A Hebrew and English lexicon of the Old Testament : including the Biblical Chaldee

ε:ς;
πὰς ἢ —

“. “ὦ; ἂν, a>
tease ist
+ ἜΣ ΕΣ

ae
Hs

—_

x

a4) i

nite

re Yel ν ἐγ ΗΝ
anid ὙΨΗ
ἘΠ ΜΕ ae
᾿ ΤΥ" . i] .
} δὴ oe

wey --

States

τ ιν} ἡ να ν᾽ τόδ νυν ἢ
sy oman OAH Teeth
beet Poti ry μ tenarh ἡ
Tif Bends tf
HATE Bled pane
ret

ὥξυ

ΠΕ : δ
A

=>
"

Wt,
“ +4

per
:

ite

Rie
ἢ
;

reer |
ΠΥ ΣΟ ΝΣ ar +
4 ge Fate et
+ ΕἾ “[ν ᾿ 1
5 Zep yee
νον he lee}

ἣν:

| Duals ΟΣ
¥ r Υ ᾿ τᾷ
+44 ake pss
Viol te
] td ΠΝ

aks

d ove vas
<3) ett
vw δ 5 ἡ
ἰ ἬΜΗΝ PAB ie a!
| μα τ

.

" i)

jst

PSs

a

τονε δα δα
ts a
ΔΝ “4

᾽ μ᾿ ᾿ ἢ

ν᾿
javecyoeribnbere Ws
ope γὐφν ϑέφιθν
ΩΣ
φιῴφηνε
vob +

¢

Bouin Σ ἫΝ jai

vee
“νὸν
Σ

ar 9 bt
br ΕῚ wy orn?

i ald ἘΠ So

a

© AA τι στ τ τ
AC 07s ‘
Ζ a

Ro

ἢ

lve. κι"

t Arch

r
in 2007 with funding

Digitized by the Inter

7M

‘
-

glishlexO0ge

on

*t
- Aare

ἐξ

as
ὧν

ils/hebrewen

Microsoft Corporat

/www.archive.org/deta

“http

‘ras

I
ὦ"

A

’ >
>?

HEBREW AND ENGLISH
LEXICON,

THE OLD TESTAMENT,

INCLUDING THE

BIBLICAL CHALDEE.

FROM THE LATIN OF

WILLIAM GESENIUS,

LATE PROFESSOR OF THEOLOGY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF HALLE-WITTEMBERG,

BY

EDWARD ROBINSON,

Professor in the Union Theological Seminary, New-York.

WITH CORRECTIONS AND LARGE ADDITIONS, PARTLY FURNISHED BY THE AUTHOR
IN.MANUSORIPT, AND PARTLY CONDENSED FROM HIS LARGER
THESAURUS, AS COMPLETED BY ROEDIGER.

EIGHTEENTH EDITION.

REVISED AND®=

_-PUBLISHED BY CROCKER AND BREWSTER,
( 51 W
ashington-street,

1865.

ΨΩ ἯΙ A, ΤῊ τὴ !
oo Me ΑΕ

if ΝΜ, ἜΝ 1 Ὁ au

ΗΠ DAU LON

Entered, according to act of Congress, in the year 1854, by
en CROCKER AND BREWSTER, on
ΓῺ Ὁ ek οὴμηρμεθαν ,

--
ΓΕ ΡΟ ae ry ΝΥ ie ce
1) is ; ae

εν

= toa .. μὰ

Hie SSE TARR OE Ὁ ey ἘΝ VRS IM) ee

ok PS ian TA:

Yor wright. Rie εῖνρε Teed fot) acd leat teh ae

my ἘΠῸ ἘΟΣΤΙΜΞΙ SU ὙΠ ΕΙΣ Titphcnty COUGARS
em Set! CTR cree Mat eee ἂὉ τὰ τὶ τι.

Ἐ ΤῊΝ PRAY te, sie Kt RST TOOT ee HON λον

neem hele mers ee eel

ἀπ λεύειν gorge, Werte ree

Mab TO a 5 aime rere et AN, SOME Set

eee ἐπαύθοα,
ars rhs, ΠῚ SOT μὴν cas
oman soil Dh

PIH233
PREFACE, Gu
(365
MAIN

BY THE TRANSLATOR, -

, Wru1am Gesenrus, the author of this work, was born at Nord-.
2: musen, Feb. 3d, 1786 ; and died at Halle, Oct. 23d, 1842, aged 56
‘years 8} months. His life was devoted to the illustration of the Hebrew
language ; first, its Lexicography, and then its Grammar and the inter-
pretation « of the Sacred Writings.
_ The works of Gesenius in the department of Hebrew Lexicography
were the following, arranged chronologically.
ς΄ -Hebriiisch-deutsches Handwirterbuch des Alten Testaments, 2 vols.
Fv. Leipz. 1810-12. The first volume was published at the age of
twenty-four, in the same year in which the Author became Professor
οὗ Theology at Halle——Translated and published in England by Chris-
_topher Leo: A Hebrew Lewicon, etc. 2 vols. 4to. Cambr. 1825.
Neues Hebriiisch-deutsches Handwirterbuch, einer fiir Schulen um-
_ gearbeiteter Auszug, etc. 8vo, Leipz. 1815.—Translated and published
in this country by J. W. Gibbs: A Hebrew and English Lexicon of
the Old Testament, etc. 8vo. Andover 1824,
: : Hebriiisches und Chaldiisches Handwirterbuch iiber das Alte Testa-
' ment, 8vo. Leipz. 1823. A new and improved edition of the preceding,
introduced by a valuable Essay on the Sources of Hebrew Lexicography.
‘This essay was translated and printed in the Biblical Repository, 1833,
Ῥ 1sq.
The same work, 3d edit. Leipz. 1828. This edition received many
improvements, especially in the Particles.
Of each of the editions of the above Manual three thousand copies
_ were printed.
Thesaurus philologicus criticus Lingue Hebreee et Chaldee Veteris
᾿ Testamenti, Tom. I. Fascic. 1. Lips.1829. The printing was completed
_ two years earlier; and this number was presented to Niemeyer, to
_ whom it was dedicated, on the day of his Jubilewm, in April 1827.

μ᾿ Lexicon Manuale ἀπδμοξανοι et Chaldaicum in V. T. Libros, 8vo..
4 Lips. 1833.

IV PREFACE,

Hebriiisches und Chaldiiisches Handwirterbuch, etc. Leipz. 1834, —
A new edition of the German Manual, conformed to the preceding —
Latin edition. |

Thesaurus philologicus, etc. Tom. I. Fascic. 2, Lips. 1835.—Tom. 11,
Fascic. 1. ib. 1839. Fascic. 2. ib. 1840.—Tom. III. Fascic. 1. ib, 1842.
This last Part includes the root \2¥ and its derivatives ; and here the
Author’s labours terminated. The completion of this great work, in
another Part, was intrusted by Gesenius at his death to his friend and ~
colleague Roediger. :

The above works are all distinguished by accurate and thorough —
research, and by-a skilful and judicious use of the materials collected,
which ΠΩ the Author in the first rank of modern philologists. ei
them was first exhibited a complete specimen of what may be termed —
the historico-logical method of lexicography ; which first investigates
the primary and native signification of a word, and thén deduces from
it in logical order the subordinate meanings and shades of sense, as”
found in various constructions and in the usage of different ages ak |
writers ; which, in short, presents a logical and historical view of each |
word in all its varieties of eijamodienon and construction. This is
doubtless the only true method ; and it was ably followed out by
Passow in his admirable Greek Lexicon.

Of all the labours of Gesenius above enumerated, it will be seen
that, with the exception of the present work, only the two earliest have
ne translated into English.

The work of which the present volume is a translation, was com-
menced by the Author in the year 1827 ; and was at first intended to be
nothing more than a Latin version of the German edition.of 1828, for
the use of foreign students unacquainted with the German tongue,
But about this time, the views of comparative philology, especially in
respect to the Indo-Huropean languages, developed by Bopp and Grimm
in various works, and applied to the Hebrew and its kindred tongues —
by Hupfeld, Ewald, and others, appear to have given a new direction,
or rather a new impulse, to the studies of Gesenius ; and these pur-
suits, together with official duties, caused a suspension of the Thesaurus,
and also protracted the completion of the Latin Manual until the close
of 1832. At the same time the character of the latter was greatly
changed ; and it became a new and independent work, drawn chiefly
from the materials collected for the Thesaurus under the influence of
these more extended views.

The work thus exhibited a great advance upon the previous labours
of the Author ; both in the wider range of scientific principles, and in .
the skill and fore: of their practical application. The main point of

distinction was, and is, a more careful and thorough investigation of the

ὯὮ PREFACE, v
primary signification of the Hebrew roots ; the reference of whole fami-
s of triliteral roots to single biliteral ones, which are mostly onomato-
“ eetic ; and the illustration of these latter from the analogy of the
Indo- -European tongues, viz. the Sanscrit, Zend, Persian, Greek, Latin,
tothic,. German, English, and other ‘iced dislante, Here it is found,
at ‘the Hebrew and the Semitic dialects generally, in their primary
4 ements, (not in their grammatical structure,) approach much nearer
tothe great family of Eastern and Western languages, than has usually
been supposed. From a similar comparison of other languages is also
given a more full and complete exposition of the power and use of the
E Lebrew particles and pronouns. From all these sources, the Author
vi 7 able, both in the Latin Manual and especially in the later Parts
‘the Thesaurus, not indeed to obtain a new basis for Hebrew
| Gra mmar and Lexicography, but. certainly to enlarge and strengthen
the old one by new courses of solid materials and a new and firmer
cement.
_ The same remarks apply to the tenth edition of the Author’s smaller
Tcbrew Grammar, published 1 in 1831 ; and reprinted in the eleventh
and twelfth editions, in 1834 and 1839, without great change. The
eenth edition, bearing extensive δὰ of further progress, was
Ἶ published ; in 1842, Four subsequent editions have been since revised
ax d published by Roediger.
_ To Gesenius unquestionably belongs the high merit of having given
an. δ and interest to the cultivation of Hebrew Literature, fax
beyond any thing which has been felt since the days of the δοχεῖα
At the commencement of his labours, Hebrew learning in Germany, as
elsewhere, was at a very low ebb. In the autumn of 1829, the writer
was present at the opening of his course of Lectures on the book of
Genesis. He,then stated, as illustrating the progress of this branch of
literature, that he was now about to lecture on that book for the tenth
time in course ; that when twenty years before he had commenced his
career in Halle with the same course, the number of his hearers was but
fourteen ; and that he had then felt gratified, inasmuch as his colleague, |
the celebrated Vater, had lectured on the same book the preceding year
toa class of only seven. This statement was made to a class of more
‘than. five hundred hearers. But among the thousands who had been
his pupils, many of whom were now devoting their lives to Hebrew and
Oriental learning ; and also among others who had been led on by his
example and instructed by his labours ; it would -have been strange
indeed, had. there arisen none to penetrate further than he into some of
the various departments and recesses of Hebrew philology. And it was
"perhaps, i in our days, a singular merit in Gesenius, that he was among
Ἧ _ the first to admit and adopt, with full acknowledgment, every valuable

A aie
i=

ἢ

'

_ result which would bear examination, however contrary it might be to

‘personal observation and an impartial examination of the researches

the present state of the study and interpretation of the Bible, and

grammar of the Old Testament stand upon a higher step of scientific

principles ; and the successive issue of six editions testifies to the spirit

γι PREFACE,

¥ ᾿
suggestion, from whatever quarter it might come; and also every —

his own previous views. The following sentence is doubtless a fair and ;
candid exposition of his creed and practice on this point : ‘‘ Unwearied —

of others ; the grateful admission and adoption of every real advance —
and illustration of science ; but also a manly foresight and caution, —
which does not with eager levity adopt every novelty thrown out in —
haste and from the love of innovation ; all these must go hand in hand, —
wherever scientific truth is to be successfully promoted.”* To the —
sincerity of this language the following pages bear ample testimony, as _
do all his later works, in the frequent references and ackiew et Ἧ
to the works of Winer, Ewald, and others.

If therefore it be true, that others have in various respects made
advances upon the saztibe works of Gesenius, it may be said without
hesitation, that these advances bear no proportion to those which he
made upon himself, in the present work as compared with former —
editions of his Manual, and in the later numbers of the Thesaurus as —
compared with the first.

The master of a wide and useful movement in the human mind has
now for twelve years been removed from the sphere of hfs labours ; but
those labours and their fruits live, and will long live, after him. Let

especially of the Old Testament, be compared with what it was forty
years ago, when Gesenius commenced his career, and it will be seen
that in no department of theological or philological learning has the
advance been more rapid and great. The study of the Hebrew Scrip-
tures is no longer an isolated pursuit, repulsive from the want of scien-
tific helps, and the jargon of unmeaning technical terms, Indeed, it
may be safely affirmed, that, at the present day, the lexicography and

philology, than do those of the New.y

Out of Germany and Denmark, the influence of this movement in
behalf of the Hebrew has been perhaps most perceptible in this western
hemisphere. The good sense and ardour of Prof. Stuart early led him
to adopt the philological principles and results of Gesenius, and to apply
them zealously and successfully in the wide field of his own labour.
His Hebrew Grammar, first published in 1821, was founded on those”

awakened, and the results produced, by his efforts in this department

* Pref. to Heb. Gram. edit. 11, p. 7. ©
+ For a fuller account of the life, character, and labours of Gesenius, the reader is
weferred to the Bratiotneca Sacra, 1848, p. 361 sq.

es

PREFACE, ime Vil

heology. This was followed in 1824 by Prof. Gibbs’ translation of
ὁ Hebrew and German Manual of Gesenius, which removed many of
e difficulties still remaining in the way of the student. The publica-
n of Hahn’s Hebrew Bible in 1831, and the Latin Manual of Gesenius
πὶ 833, furnished great additional ἜΗΝ ; and large numbers of both
ἘΞΗ͂Ν were constantly imported. The translation of this Manual
by b itie writer first appeared in 1836, in an edition of three thousand
ὧν - which were all sold at the end of six years. The later editions
omprised six thousand additional copies. Meanwhile the public received
the excellent Hebrew Grammar of Nordheimer in two volumes, 1839-41,
f which the first volume was reprinted ; and likewise Prof. Conant’s
translation of Gesenius’ Hebrew Grammar, Bost. 1839, Lond. 1840. Of
this last a new edition, revised and conformed to the seventeenth edition
of the original, as published by Roediger, is speedily to appear.
_ When it became necessary in 1841 to prepare a second edition of
the present work, Gesenius wrote proposing to furnish his own correc-
tions and additions, made during an interval of several years while
ca rrying at least four fascici#li of his Thesaurus through the press.
6 arrangement was entered into ; and the corrected copy of the first
* ortion of the Latin Manual, bstehdiag to the end of the letter Heth
(nm), was transmitted in pill 1842. It was a transcript of his own
‘copy prepared for a new edition of the same work, which he expected to
put to press near the close of the same year. The portion sent covers
nearly the whole of the first two fasciculi of the Thesaurus, which were
‘completed in 1827 and 1835; and comprises all his emendations to
those two earliest parts of his great work. With these his own revision
of the Manual ceased. The remainder of the copy was received after
his death. It contained, however, for the most part, only short hints
anc references, noted down by the Author for future use ; but not
wre pent out by him and incorporated into the work. ‘The labour
therefore devolved upon the Translator of carrying out the remainder
of ἊΝ Lexicon in the same spirit, by conforming it to the latest views
ithe Author as exhibited in the Thesaurus. Under these circum-
! ΠΝ it is a gratifying fact, that the Author was spared to revise just Ὁ
: those earliest portions of the arr which stood most in need of correc-
a tion, and as to which there is yet no printed record of his latest views ;
᾿ hile ; in the remaining portion, the Translator had only to follow those
Parts of the Thesaurus which had recently appeared, and of course
required comparatively very little correction. His effort was to make
_ the new edition a condensed copy of that great work ; and perhaps the
_ conformity is most complete in those portions not revised by the Author |
himself. A large number of the articles, especially the most important,
. had to be entirely es eas

Vill PREFACE,

In preparing for a third edition, as the author of the Thesau
now rested from his labours, and the completion of that work δε.
Roediger was supposed to be near at hand, the publishers concluded to
stereotype the present volume, and tps give it a more correct and —
permanent form. This was accordingly done, as far as to p. 1032 |
inclusive ; with the exception of pages 623-634, But the expected —
final τὼν not having appeared, the remaining pages of the third and
fourth editions, in 1849 and 1850, were issued in letter-press. =

In the final revision for the plates of the third edition, the Trans-
lator made numerous, minor corrections ; and occasionally added new —
information from later sources ; the latter always preceded by a bracket, —
and followed by the letter 2. The most important change of this kind —
was in the article "9, Great care was taken to secure the utmost
correctness. The pages were first read over by Mr. W. W. Turner, —
the extent and accuracy of whose learning, as a Hebrew scholar and —
general philologist, are well known ; and the last proofs always passed —
under my own eye, and were laboriously compared throughout with the —
originals. Various corrections in the work itself, and much of the mi- —
nute filing, were contributed by Mr. Turner ; and occasionally a remark —
added at his suggestion is distinguished by the letter 7'—The errors
since discovered during the five years in which the volume has been in
use, have been mostly corrected in the plates, A few corrections and
some additions, which could not well be made in the plates, are given
in the ries

From various unforeseen causes, the sixth Part of the Thesaurus,
prepared by Roediger, was not published until 1853, nearly eleven
years after the decease of Gesenius. This Part completes the Text of
the Thesaurus ; and shows in itself throughout, that the work could
not have been entrusted to abler hands. The leading features of the
_ preceding portion of the work are of course, retained ; though the coms
parison of the Indo-European tongues is somewhat less prominent.
The general tone of the investigations manifests perhaps a deeper
philosophical spirit. τ
| In now completing the present volume in its permanent fone in

accordance with this concluding Part of the Thesaurus, the Translator
has only followed out the same principles as in the fnan portion. The
more important articles have all been rewritten ; while most of the
‘others, have been corrected and enlarged. . For κὐὰ accuracy of the
printing in these pages, he alone is responsible-—The great effort of the
Translator has at all times been, to make the work a condensed and
faithful transcript of the latest views and labours of its distinguished
Authors, as comprised 1 in the pages of the Thesaurus.
Indeed, it is not too much to say, that the present volume exhibits

ΟΡΒΕΕΑΟΘΕ, ix

᾿ only full summary of the latest labours and results of Gesenius in
ie department of Hebrew Lexicography. No other work yet pub-
shed, of whatever pretensions, not even the later edition of the Latin
anual itself, bears a like close relation to the Thesaurus and to the
ter views and corrections of its Author.
ἢ “The beginning of Part VI, published by Roediger, corresponds with
16 oe of p. 1033 of this work ; but the subsequent pages by no
eans cover merely the same ground with that Part. The order of the
aurus is etymological ; that of the Lexicon, alphabetical. Hence
6 Part in question comprises only those roots whith come after 120,
ith their derivatives. But in the present volume, many of these Aastve
: es are found under the letter 2, pp. 623-634; while, on the other
and, a large proportion of the articles under the letter m are derived
rom roots which occur before "2a. These last, of course, were all
repared by Gesenius.— Wherever the name of Gesenius appears in the
xt, the citation of it is by Roediger.
The preparation and printing of the Thesaurus were thus spread
it over more than a quarter of a century. In the long period of his
wn labours, as is said above, the principal Author made constant pro-
re 5. in his studies ; and thus naturally was led to change his views
ἢ various points. In respect to new expositions of various passages,
; hich Gesenius had formerly been led to propose, it was his own
ut ark, that the older he grew the more he was inclined to return in
fery many cases to the long-received methods of interpretation. He
s often done so in the later portions of the Thesaurus, as compared.
ith the first two Parts ; and these changes are incorporated in the
sent volume, partly from his own pen. Occasionally, Roediger also
5. given an exposition of a particular passage, differing from a pre-
‘ ling one by Gesenius. Hence, in a few instances, the same passage
vill be found differently explained in different parts of the work. In
a4 of these cases, if not in all, a reference is made from one place to
5 other, either in the text or in the Addenda. |
The Translator has added nothing of his own ; except an occasional
remark or reference, always with his signature. Nothing more seemed
to be necessary ; since the work is purely philological, and rarely pre-
sents an allusion to theological views,

1

“1

E. ROBINSON.

- Union Tueonocican SEMINARY,
New-York, October, 1854.

: s

FOR THE STUDENT. . aor

The following are the full Titles of works by the Author (and one by the

Translator) often referred to in the following pages : ἃ
"ἢ
Thesaur. i, e. Thesaurus Philologicus criticus Lingue Hebree et Chaldee V. τ
See Pref. p. iii, iv. ΐ
Lehrgebdude der Hebritischen Sprache, Leipz. 1817. v
Hebriische Grammatik, 14th edition, revised by Roediger, Leipz
1845. English, with the same divisions, Hebrew Grammar, etc.
by M. Stuart, Andover, 1847; also by T. J. Conant, New-York, —
1847.—The same work, 17th edition, Leipz. 1854. English.
by T. J. Conant, New-York, 1854.
Gesch. der Heb. Spr. “ Geschichte der Hebrdischen Sprache wnd Schrift, Leipz. 1815.
Comment. on Is. . “ δον Prophet Jesaia, iibersetzt und mit einem Commentar solitlel
4 Theile, Leipz. 1820-21. The first Part, containing the Trans-
lation, was reprinted separately in 1829.
Monumm. Phen. “ Scripture Lingueque Pheniciea Monumenta quotquot euperunt,
4to. Lips. 1837.
Bibl. Res. in Palest.. “ Biblical Researches in Palestine, Mount Sinai, and Arabia Petra,
by E. Rosiyson and E. Sura. 8 vols, Boston, 1841. Lond, 1841.
The references to this work were made by Gesenius in :
those parts of the Thesaurus and Manual prepared by him
after its publication. In the other parts they have been
added by the Translator.—A new and enlarged edition of this
work is soon to appear

Lehrgb. or Lgb.
Heb. Gr.

ADDENDA.

The student is requested to mark the following Addenda in the proper places.

Pa 2 27. col. 1, before Art. Wx add this article :

32,
38.

ς

(
.Ψ

mS, see M2108. ?

2, 1.3 from hott. for ‘ q. d. etc.’ read:
himself.

1, 1. 25sq. read: ksatrapa, pr. protector (representative) of the regal
power, viceroy ; Lassen in Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. VI. p. 18.

1,1. 6 from bott. read: khysyarsé, rex pius, Lassen in Zeitschr. f. d.
Morgenl. VI. p. 124. It is certain, etc.

lit. soothes it, keeps it within

2, 1. 3 from bott. after to say; add: but see in "2% II. Note.’ Comp.
2, 1. 3, add at the end: See more inr. p23.

1,1. 15, after 166, add: Irby and Mangles p. 478.

2, bott. after [41]. add: In ν. 6 [21] written ἈΝ q. v.

1, 1. 22, for come among us, read: fall upon us round about.

1, 1. 20, for wounded, read: hurt, broken ;

1,1. 2, for Keri, read: Kethibh ;

1, 1. 16 from bott. dele : Nah. 2, 3.

1, |. 3 from bott. add: See τ. δ Hiph. p. 1102.

2

, after Art. "25"3 add this article:
M24 (garden, τ. 123) Ginath, pr. n. m. 1 K. 16, 21. 22.
1, 1. 12, read: to speak; see more in r. "721 II. Note.
2, before Art. M115 add this article :
DN'I14, see in "357.

2, 1. 4 from bott. after other. add: But see in r. 3" no. 1.
9.1. 11 from bott. add: See Biblioth. Sac. 1848, p. 684.

1, 1. 7 from bott. after m. add: emphat. ἐς ΒΌΤΙ,

1, 1. 15 from bott. dele: Zech. 10, 11.

1, 1. 13 from bott. read: In two places only it is spoken of the Eu-
phrates, Zech. 10, 11. Dan. 12, 5. 6. 7.
1, 1. 20, before 1. add: ‘aleo "BD Job 38, 29.
‘ before Art. pp add this article : . ᾿
“DD, see “BD.
2, 1. 3, and of the line, add: Russell’s Aleppo I. p. 76. Biblioth. Sac.
1848. p. 473.
1, 1. 16 from bott. before d) add: Also of the Holy Land, Jer. 2, 7.
16. 18. Ps. 79, 1. Ex. 15, 7.
2, before Art. 0°2"¥ add this article:
JZ Chald. m. constr. 4°; plur. }°299, constr. "299; an eye, κα
Heb. Ezra 5, 5. Dan. 4, 31. 7, 8. 20.
2, after Art. ΒΞ Ὁ add this article : ‘
minay, see MiDnw.

oy Ἐκ 4
δὰ τὰ"
ἀμ A
on 7: /
ὲ » >
Ἢ
‘ ᾿ς
ry

~ AGDBEGHA

\ abled gaiwohal ait Haan 6} be! it ae PY J
* 4 a A

}

; FS ae ᾿
ΣΤ aid Ὁ} AF . A, yt
. ry,

' ° f, ¢ 3 ΕῚ " εἰ , \ 5"
Mose ΒΥ “Sats .b op’ ΟΣ “οὐ noite

fa PEt RAGES aie when ‘HY ΠῚ το δὰ cob φᾷς ἣν se
mi ἘΦ
ἔ a5 ΜῈ αὶ Ὁ Adela of ded + yorgnie Tee
oa do if Pond a ἀντ Suk hari s Gants ρον pie ‘7

} fa) tes” a

r 4 ᾿
bh lett | ant Te
Rd Be ΚΟ As Vk Bh Ὁ tet ΕΠ +e

ae ton itt Ri ΤΠ Soe 00. bbb ἡ pte γῇ ita, εἰ “Γ τῶν ὃ.
: ; wee Ga σι ας: ΘΟ ΟΝ
: eg ph ine Mince Lind ae hoe ΠΕ νον OF
5 Pee WOU i LP als ΣΑΤΟ, otto
ΕἾΝ 7, if che Saye Tak Aa ae! ὍΝ iy oe ros oe a as, a, ‘AnD Εὖ Ww
ar % a oad: chee tal bio ee
% ~ Pay la Piast ν᾿ Ait i): ΔΑ ͵
ts Babes Tas ban ene ‘ah
; REED tg wiki iba ἐπε Dhar odie fe,

ae my tee i eee ~ . | lars ted if Cot νον br Ay! 7
Re fe «i y rt Pad Γι Ry νον "νος ee om Me. . ἀν
ΩΣ tL tee SP | "δε ea Pit Pee: τῶν et ἢ

7, » δ, a .- PTA eo ΝΑ. »»-
ἀμ» Δ. Ἀρπιρδρον BR 33

Ge yen
: Δ ᾿ ΕΣ aoe δὲν ΘᾺ ι we τε
Pe! CEA fo OT ΑΔΎΜΝΗ ἃ > ΤΣ

τ δὶ Aout ἐῤὰν Ve
Bh but, sinha
4 pi. F cero eae
gies she

amy pe ne ee (le ae

spies (ἢ =
sel rh ee Daas £ 3
and AE BLS ao
Jpn mays Ὧδ0 ΠΣ be ἜΝ h satel io - “te Of Af;
» fe he ite i. Ra oe 4 23 Se

ἀν Bh Mr εσδις ee :
ae ie tp λα Line ΝΣ Be
3 CRE WHS ἃ ἃ πὸ ao)
πῇ abok tte lilt phe ree ἿΝ δαὶ

18 ΡΝ felt Ὁ sath

ae

"dee ΑΨ Ἢ

‘with one another.
later Hebrew for the common ΠΝ; A738

Tue name Aleph, like those of the
other letters, is of Phenician origin, and
signifies o2, bullock, i. q. Heb. 528. So
Plutarch. Quest. Sympos. IX. 2: Aleph
as put before the other letters διὰ τοὺς
Φοίνικας οὕτω καλεῖν τὸν βοῦν. The
name is derived from the form of this
lecter in the most ancient alphabet, re-
presenting the rude outline of a bullock’s
nead, still found in the remains of the
Phenician dialect: 227 JK- Asa
numeral it denotes wnity or 1; and with
two points above (δ), 1000.

Of all the Hebrew gutturals Aleph
has the softest pronunciation, being ut-
tered with a slight breathing from the
throat or rather lungs, like the Greek
spiritus lenis, and the French A in habit,

homine, which we are apt to neglect,

because we cannot vive them correctly.
And since by a sort of common usage in
languages, especially in those of the
Semitic family, (comp. Ewald in Heb.
Gram. § 31,) the stronger and harsher
letters in the course of time become by
degrees softened and give place to
smoother ones, we hence see why in
Aramean, in the later Hebrew, and in
Arabic, the stronger gutturals “ and >
are softened into ὃ. E. g. >upnn,
Vet; Dep, Sei, eps; ey
Jer. 52, 15 for 7124 multitude, etc.
But, vice versa, δὲ sometimes passes
over into ™ and 3; and in general,
these letters, being very similar in pro-
nunciation, are very often interchanged
Comp. 377 in the

po”
ear of grain, comp. Syr. bao tower ;
ΠΝΞ and M2, MN> and 492; 4150. ΔΝ
and Da to ber sad ; sax and May to. turn
(both of then also in Ethiopic) ; ; PSA and
1

553 to pollute ; 2 and 39m to abhor;
N23 and 323 to suck in, to drink; o&MB
suddenly, from ΣῺΒ a moment, etc. —

Where Aleph is to be still more soft-
ened, it passes over into the quiescents Ὁ
and *, as 38% and 711 to make one; 28
wa’ to learn; O84, 07, buffalo; Wa
for “δὰ a well. Hence it comes, that |
many verbs NB accord in signification —
with verbs 59, comp. Heb. Gr. § 76. 25
e.g. WIN and wis; Won, Syr. .Δἢ , to be
sick.

In respect to the forms of words it may
be notea: a) That & without a vowel at
the beginning of a word is often dropped
by apheresis, as 52728, 1372, we; ΘΝ,
later “ὥ, who, which, whats ny and 4m
one, Ez. 33, 30; o°On dis DIONT
Ecce. 4, 14; comp. Lehrgeb. p- 135, 136.
b) But alao at the beginning of ἐρόνημοι a
prosthetic & is often prefixed, comp.
Lehrgeb. p. 139. See ΣΝ, D°DIN,
MSiasax, IDTIN. This is done chiefly,
where a word otherwise begins with two
consonants separated in’ pronunciation
only by a movable Sheva, as 3571 , ΣῪΝ.
the arm; >>Wx Aram. bis. deanna (in
which both forms occur) ; ; also TMiMBN for
mine progeny; "3% for 773 the fist;
ray for 12) a gift; STON for 5132 false.
Comp. Gr. χϑές and. ἐχϑές yesterday
and also similar examples in the transi-
tion from Latin to French, as spiritus
esprit ; status, état. In the Syriac man-
ner δ is also added before the letter ἢ;
as "3 and "Ws Jesse, 1 Chr. 2, 12.

* SN im. constr. "AN, ὁ. suff, "38
73, ἘΞ3Ὲ , 1 pers. "aN (from 53);
Plur. miax, γι μαρία niss, c. suff. "Max
pa"max, ΒΞ and Onna , father.
It isa pennitive word, see πρὸς and is
common toall the Semitic diatoutas Arab

ς
? 9 2 2? - δ ὦ ἢ ε
a 8 Ys δαλὸν ὦ 8
» > ὁ y 2s beget πὰς ἘΝ € υ τιν ὶ
ae “eles δὺ» ἃ © ) 9004 -

.»
as @

5 = 9F. Ss fF
WI, constr. oof, isl (91, Chald. and

Syr. NB, fof,

1. In a proper sense, Gen. 19, 31 sq.
44,19. 20. al. sepiss.—But tue word
father often has a wider sense ;, see
Fesselii Adv. Sacra VI. 6. E. g.

2. i. q. forefather, ancestor, 1 K. 15,11,
2K. 14, 3. 15, 38. 16, 2. al. Εἰ. g.agrand-

father, Gen. 28, 13. 31, 42. 32, 10. 37, 35;
a great-grandfather, Num. 18, 1.2. 1K.
15,11.24.al. Is. 43,27 SOM FORID WSN
collect. thy first forefathers sinned.—
Very frequent in Plur. miss fathers,
i. 8. forefathers, Gen. 15,15. Ps. 45,17.—
For the phrase ΓΞ το FON2, see un-
der FON. |

3. i. gq. the founder, author, i. e. first
ancestor of a tribe or nation, Gen. 10, 21.
17, 4. 5. 19, 37. 36, 9. 43. Josh. 24, 3.—
Here we may refer Gen. 4, 21 the fa-
ther of all such as handle the harp and
the pipe, ie. the founder of the family
of musicians, the inventor of the art of
music.

4. Of the author or maker of any
thing, espec. a creator ; Job 38, 28 hath
the rain a father? i.e. creator. In this
sense God is called the father of men,
their Creator, Is. 63, 16. 64,7. Deut. 32,
6; comp. Jer. 2, 27.—Here too may be
referred Job 34, 36 388 7727 738, Vulg.
mi pater, probetur Jobus, i.e. my Father,
let Job be tried; but the sense is lan-
guid. Others not unaptly make "8 i. q.
“a8 wo!

The above tropical senses come from
the notion of source, origin ; others are
drawn from the idea of paternal love and
care, the honour due to a father, etc. E.g.

5. ig. a nursing-father, benefactor, as
doing good and providing for others in
the manner ofa father. Job 29, 16 Iwas
a father to the poor. Ps. 68, 6 ἃ father
io the fatherless. 1s. 22,21 a father to
the inhabitants of Jerusalem, spoken of
Eliakim the prefect of the palace. Is.
9,5 19 "ay the everlasting father of his
people, i.e. the Messiah ; comp. pater
patria among the Romans. By the
same metaphor God is called the father
of the righteous and of kings, and these
also are called his sons, 2 Sam. 7, 14.
1 Chr. 17, 13. 22, 10. Ps. 89, 27. 25.

6. For a master, teacher, from the idea

=N

of paternal instruction, 1 Sam. 10, 12
Hence priests and prophets, as teachen
sent with divine authority, are saluted
with the title of father, out of respect
and hcnour, even by kings, 2 K. 2, 12. 5,
13. 6, 21. 13, 14. (comp. 8, 9.) Judg. 17,10

be unto me a father and a priest. 18,19.—

So the Rabbins are called Minx fathers ;
much as we use the honorary appellation
of fathers of the church, the holy father
i. e. the pope.

7. Spec. father of the king, in a similar
sense, i. e. his chief adviser and prime

minister, whom the modern orientals call

Vizier. Gen. 45,8 3952 ΣΝ 5 "337073
and hath made me a father to Pharaoh.
So Haman is said to be δεύτερος πατήρ
to Artaxerxes, Sept. Esth. 3,13; comp.
1 Mace. 11, 32. Comp. also Turkish
Isls} Atadek, father-prince, and Lala
father, spoken of the Vizier; see Ja
blonsky Opusc. ed. te Water, T. I. p. 206.
Barhebrei Chron. Syr. p. 219. 1. 15.—
Some of the ancient interpreters uit
derstand the same by the word 7738
Gen. 41, 43; explaining it father of the
king, or of the land, kingdom ; so Luther.

8. Asexpressing intimate relationship,
close alliance. Job 17,14 "M83p ΓΙῸ
ΠΩΣ "ax to the grave I said, thou art
my father ; and in the other hemistich,
to the worm, thou art my mother and
my sister ; comp. Ps. 88, 19.

9. In Arab. and Ethiopic, the name
father is also put trop. for possessor, and
is spoken of one who excels in any thing,
and is distinguished for it, 6. g. La ‘
father of odours, i. e. an odoriferous tree.
So in Heb. only in pr. names, e. g.
nibwax father of peace, i. Θ. pacific.

Nore. The grammatical form of this
noun may be said to follow the analogy
of verbs ΠΡ, as if for N38, Lehrg. ὃ 118.
Still it'1s no doubt primitive; since
both 2% father and ἘΝ mother imitate
the simplest labial sounds of the infant;

as also πάπας (παππάξω), papa, Pappus. —

avus, Turk. sLs.—Besides the usual
form of the constr. "2% there is also
an ancient form 38, oralso 38, (like 77,

b2t",) found only in compound proper ©

names, as HITS, DIAN, “HIS; al-
though even in these the form "38 is also
often employed, as 722738, “"YS73%.

SS

| Once in Gen. 17,4. 5, the form 38 stands
a , in ordtér to render the etymology
3 of cn738 more distinct and obvious.

ay ᾿ BS Chald. m. 6. suff. 1 pers. "38; F338,
ae SAAN ; plur. j738, the letter 4 being
inserted (comp. m9), father, i. q. Heb.
38, Dan. 2, 23. Ezra 4, 15. 5,12." Perh.
Ay, Seal Seandéather, Dan. 5, 2.

BN m. (τ. 535) greenness, green, ver-
% dure, of a plant. Job 8, 12 taxa ΣΤῚΣ
_ while yet in its greenness, i. e. yet gréen
and flourishing. Cant. 6,11 >m2m “aN
the greens (green things) of the valley ;
-“Vulg. poe after the Chaldee usage.

> Arab. ὯΙ green fodder.

38 Chald. (τ. 228) fruit, c. suff. F228,
the Dag. forte being resolved into Nun,
Dan. 4,9.11.18. In Targg. often for "72.

g * 228 in Heb. not used; Chald. Pa.
33% to bear fruit, espec. early ripe, pre-
éocious fruit. Syr. 25a to blossom. In

_ Arab. and Heb. it seems to have signifi-
ed to be green, verdant, to sprout, etc. see
_ the deriv. 38 greenness, 3°38 green ear.
_ The primary idea would seem to be that
_ of protruding, sprouting with impetus,
comp. Engl. to burst forth, to shoot,
Germ. treiben, whence =8 pr. young
_ shoots; so as to have affinity with the
roots M3N, 387, 258, which express de-
sire, eager impulse ; see 308.

_ ΔΑΝ Abagtha, Pers. pr. ἢ. of a eu-

nuch of Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10.—It seems to
_ bei. ᾳ. 823, and may be explained from
the Sanser. bagaddta ‘a fortuna datus’ ;
_ from baga fortune, the sun. (Bohlen.)

᾿ Tak fut. 32N°, and at the end of a
clause 728°.

1. Prop. io lose onesei~ to be lost, to
_ wander about, espec. of a sueep wander-

: £
_ ing from the flock and lost; Arab. dof to
flee away wild into the desert, to lose
_ oneselfin the waste. So 728 My a sheep
lost and wandering, Ps. 119,176; comp.
Jer. 50, 6. Ez. 34, 4. 16. Of men, Is.
| 27,13 οὖν POND OMTIRA who are lost
_ in the land of Assyria, i. e. wander as
exiles. Deut. 26. 5 738 "28 a wander-
_ ing Syrian. Also of things e. g. of
streams which lose themselv+s in the

ἽΝ

desert, Job 6, 18. Metaph. of wisdom
become extinct, Is. 29, 14.—Hence

2. to perish, to be destroyed; Syr.
Samar. id. The Arabic in this sense

has the kindr. SU. Spoken of persons
and other living things as perishing, Ps.
37, 20. Job 4,11; sometimes with >>"
V287 Deut. 4, 26. 11, 17. Josh. 23, 13. 16.
Also of a land or houses which are laid
waste, Jer. 9,11. Am. 3,15. Metaph. of
hope, desires, vows, as failing, being dis-
appointed, Ps. 9,19. 112, 10. Prov. 10, 28.
11, 7. Ez. 12, 22. Cetin: with > ofpers.
1 Sau. 9, 3. 20 ; seq. 12 Deut. 22, 3. Job
11, 20 ἘΠΕ ἼΞΝ O12 their refi per-
isheth. Jer. 25, 35. Ps. 142, 5. Ez. 7, 26
D.PIA HXS ἹΠΞῸ INN on the law
shall perish from the priest and counsel
from the aged, i. e. shall forsake them,
comp. Jer. 18, 18. 49,7. Hence Deut.
32, 28 mis> ἼΞΝ 5 a nation whose
counsel is perished, void of counsel, Vuig.
consilit expers. Jer. 4, 9 727m 3b TaN
the heart of the king shall perish, i. e. for
fear and terror. Job 8, 13 525 mpm}
ἼΞΝ and [so] shall the hope of the im-
pious man perish. Ps. 9, 19. 112, 10.
Prov. 10, 28.

3. to be ready to perish, i. e. to be
wretched, miserable. Part. 738 one
wretched, miserable, unfortunate, Joh
29, 13. 31, 19. Prov. 31, 6.

Piru 7238 1. to lose, pr. to let be lost,
to give up as lost, Ecc. 3, 6.

2. to make wander, to scatter a flock,
Jer. 23, 1.

3. to cause to perish, to destroy ; Ecc.
7,7 Mima =b-rx ἼΞΝ a gift destroyeth
i.e. corrupteth the mind. Seq. 72, to de-
stroy out of any thing, Jer. 51, 55.—Spec.
a) Of things, to destroy, to log waste, 9 Κα.
19, 18. Num. 33, 52. Deut. 12,2. jin TaN Ὁ
to waste one’s substance, Prov. 29, 8. b)
Of men, to destroy, to kill, to put to death,
Esth. 3, 9. 13. 2 K. 11, 1. 13, 7.

Hipu. 7"3Nr3 i. q. Pi. to destroy, to cut
off, as men and nations, Deut. 7, 10. 8, 20;
sometimes with the addition of, oon 32
Lev. 23, 30; ὉΠ mons Deut. ἢ; 24 ;
also of a fant to lay waste, Zeph. 5. Bis
of hope, Job 14, 19—-Very rarely the
quiescent δὲ in 1 pers. fut. is dropped, as
Ma for MMAXS Jer. 46, 8.

Deriv. 28—738.

‘TaN

TAN Chald. fut. 1282, to perish, Jer.
10, 11.

Apu: S250, fut. 2304, inf MIDIN, to
destroy, to cut off, Dan. 2, 12. 18, 24.—
Horr. 7255, after the Heb. manner,
Dan. 7, 11.

“TaN om. 1. one wretched, unfortu-
nate ; see r. T3X no. 3.

2. Participial noun, destruction, Num.
24, 20. 24. See Lehrg. p. 488.

MIAN f. (Tseri impure) 1. @ thing
lost, ‘something missing, Ex. 22, 8. Lev.
5, 22. 23.

2.1. yg. ὙΠ place of destruction,
abyss, 1. 6. Sheol, Hades, Prov. 27, 20
Chethibh.

FIIAN m. 1. destruction, Job 31, 12.

2. place of destruction, abyss, nearly
synon. with ΘΝ Ὁ, Job 26, 6. 28, 22. Prov.
15, 11.

- Ὑ 738 m. verbal of Piel for 758 , hence
without Dag. lene in 7, destruction,
slaughter, Esth. 9, 5.

TI38 constr.
death, Esth. 8, 6.

ria fut. M3N", pr. to breathe after,
to desire ; ; comp. the kindred roots MN,
S87, SNM, also. S48, 320, Lat. pa ς
Hence
1. to he willing, inclined, disposed ; to
will, always with a negative partic. ex-
cept Is. 1, 19. Job 39,9. Constr. c. infin.
either simpl. Deut. 2, 30. 10, 10. 25, 7. Is.
30, 9; or with 5, which however be-
longs rather to prose, Lev. 26, 21.2 Sam.
13, 14. 16. Exod. 10, 27 ena ISN ND
he would not let pee go. Job 39, 9
WISP B77 MINT will the buffalo be will-

jay id. destruction

_ ing to serve thee? Also c. ace. Prov. 1

25; absol. Is. 1,19 crests ἡ ἘΝ if
ye be willing ‘anal obedient, lit. if ye con-
sent and obey ; see in by Hiph. no. 2.
Prov. 1, 10. With dat. of pers. to be
willing towards any one, willing-mind-
ed, to obey (often with synon. > 372%),
Ps, 81, 12. Deut. 13, 9. Prov. 1, 30.

2. to desire, i. e. to want, to need, a
signif. found in the Jorivatives "ISN,
VSN. Mss.

Nore. In Arabic this verb has the
sense to be unwilling, to refuse, to loathe,
corresponding to Heb. tax 8>. But this

A.

ἽΝ

must not be regarded as a contrary sig- *
nification ; since the idea of inclining,
which in Heb. implies towards any one,
expressing good will, Germ. Zuneigung,
is in Arabic merely referred to the oppo-
site direction, i. 6. from or against any

one, expressing ill will,Germ. Aba tigung, —
£

᾿ . . ἮΝ τῶ
i. e. aversion, loathing; whence se

stinking swamp-water, pr. loathsome,

S$ os
δει9} a reed growing in marshes, bul-
rush ; comp. B38, ji73N.

Dariy: Tsk, ‘and those under no. 2.

MAN m. reed, bulrush, papyrus, i. q.

S$ of s
Arab. §=(5f, collect. 86}, see r. Fam
note ; although the-Heb. word might
come from the notion of a reed with its
top inclined, bowed down, comp. Is..
58, 5.—Once ‘Job 9, 26 ASX MPN skiffs
of reed, i. e. boats or skiffs made of the
papyrus of the Nile, in common use
among the Egyptians and Ethiopians,
and famous for their lightness and swift-
ness ; see Comment. on Is. 18,2. Others
translate ships of desire, i. e. hasting
with eager desire to the haven, Symm.
γαυσὶ σπευδούσαις. The reading M358,
which is exhibited in 44 Mss. is doubt-
less to be pronounced ΓΞ, an” ‘o be
explained of hostile or robber-s-hips,
which likewise sail swiftly ; this σ᾽ 7esa
very good parallelism to the eagle in the
other hemistich pouncing upon his prey.
So the Syr. The same sense would also
be expressed by the common reading, if
for 738 it were written M3.

“IAN τη. (r. 738 no. 2) want, poverty,
wretchedness, once Prov. 23 29; after the
form ΞΡ, prob, for the wale of paro-
nomasia with the words "i% and “in,
comp. Lehrg. p. 374 note 7, and Is. 15,
4. 17, 1. 59, 13. So Abulwalid whom
we do not hesitate to follow.—Kimchi,
who is followed by most interpreters,
makes it an exclamation of pain, O! wo!
like “ix and “nm. Comp. Gr. αἰβοῖ.
Arist. Pac. 1066.

DOIN m. (τ. 028) by Syriasm for
DAS , wihenes constr. D°=8 Is. 1,3; plur.
ΟΝ a stall, stable, barn, whan cat-
tle are fed Job 39, 9; and fodder stored
Prov. 14,4. The signif. stall is also ap-
propriate in Is.1,3; where however Sept.

see 713537728.

MoON

and Vulg. render presepe, i. 6. crib,

manger, which both here and in Job
1. c. is agi! less apt and probable. Comp.

Arab. ἘΝῚ Chald. 87"5x, stall and crib.
So ΟἿΣΝ is also used in the Talmud.

ΤΕΣ ἃ root of doubtful signif: perh.
i. gq. 928, 725, to turn, to turn about.
Hence

WARS f. once, Ez. 21, 20 23 rnax
a turning of the sword, i. e. a sword
turning itself, perh. glittering, i. gq. 294M
ΤΞΕΓΙ Gen. 3, 24. But more proba-
bly it should here read: 34M ΓΞ the
slaughter of the sword; and this con-
jecture is supported by the Sept. σφάγια
ῥομφαίας, Chald. 829% *24p, and the
words of the text which follow, ah ! it is
made bright, it is sharpened for slaugh-
ter, M30; comp. v. 14.15. The Greek

words σφάγιον, σφαγή, are elsewhere
often put for the Heb. 929, 730, M30.

press (τ. mua, by transp. for
nav to cook) m. plur. melons,

ae |

ee 11, ὡς Per reponenag is Arab.
2 by transp. for 2 Ὁ from ὦ

to debe to ripen ; like δι 1 πέπων Sia
squash, from zé1tw, comp. >62. The

Hebrews prefixed the prosthetic δὲ .—

From the above Arabic word comes the
Spanish budiecas, French pastéques.

“BN pr. ἢ. f. Abi, the mother of Heze-
kiah, 2K. 18,2. In the parallel passage
2 Chr. 29, 1, she is called more fully and

correctly 38%, which is also read in
Some copies in 2 K. l. c.

ἩΞ ΩΣ (father of strength, i. 6.

strong, from r. whe prevaluit) Abi-
_albon, pr. n. of one of David’s officers,

2 Sam. 23, 31; called also >8°38 1 Chr.
11, 32.

DMAN (father .of strength, 1. 6.
strong) Abiel, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 11, 32,
b) The grandfather of
king Saul, 1 Sam. 9,1. 14,51. In the

Be nealocical table in 1 Chr. 8, 33. 9, 39,

Ner is said to have been the ceandinthar
of Saul; but according to 2 Sam. 14, 5,
fe was his uncle. The true descent was

as follows:
. 1*

"SN
Abiel

Kish Ner

| |
Saul Abner.

FON AN (father of gathering, i. e
gatherer,) Abiasaph, pr. ἢ. of a Levite
of the family of Korah, Ex. 6, 24; called
also 0°38 1 Chr. 6, 8. 22. 9, 19.

2°48 τὴ, (τ. 238) an ear of grain, a
green ear, Lev. 2, 14. Ex. 9, 31 πο ὉΠ
Ξη3 (3) the barley was in the ear;
comp. for the syntax Cant. 2,13. win
3°aN3 the month Abib, i. e. of green
ears afterwards called 1052 Nisan, be-
ginning with the new moon of April, or
according to the Rabbins, of March;
the first month of the Heb. year, Ex.
13, 4. 23, 15. Deut. 16, 1.

ὩΔΊ δ (whose father is exultation)
Abigail, pr. n. f. a) The wife of Nabal
and afterwards of David, 1 Sam. 25, 3.14;
called also by contr. 53738 v. aa 2 Sam.

-of
3, 3 Cheth. Comp. Arab. al for οὖν!
what? b) A sister of David, 1 Chr. 2

16; called also 523 2 Sam. 17, 25.

JPAR (father of the judge) Abidan,
pr. ἢ. of a phylarch or chief of the tribe

_ of Benjamin in the time of the exodus,

Num. 1, 11. 2, 22.

YAN (father of knowledge, i. e
knowing, wise) Abidah, pr. n. of a son of
Midian, Gen. 25, 4.

PAN (i. g. 15°38 whose father is
Jehovah) pr. n. Abijah.

1, Masc. a) The second son of Sam-
uel, 1 Sam. 8, 2. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 7, 8. c)
1K.14,1. d) 1Chr. 24, 10. Neh. 10, 8.
6) 1. ᾳ. 45°38 king of Judah, see the
next article.

2. Fem.
MAR. ς
WPAN (whose father is Jehovah)
also AN (id.) pr. n. Abijah, king of
Judah, son and successor of Rehoboam,
2 Chr. 13,1 sq. In the books of Kings
always written πΞ Abijam, 1 K. 14
31. 15, 1. 7. 8,1. 6. father of the sea. vi
maritimus.

a) 1 Chr. 2,24. b) See in

ἊΝ

NWMAN (to whom He, i. 6. God, is
father) pr. n. Abihu, a son of Aaron,
slain by fire from God for offering un-
lawful sacrifice, Lev. 10, 1 sq.

THMAN (whose father is Judah, i. q.
mA "aN) Abihud, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 3.

ΘΓ (perh. for Don7aN) Abihail,
pr.n.f. a) The wife of Rehoboam, 2
Chr. 11,18. b) 1 Chr. 2, 29.

FMA adj. (τ. MAN no. 2) 1. needy,
poor, Deut. 15, 4.7.11. Sons of the
needy, i. 6. the needy, the poor, Ps. 72,
4; see ἽΞ no. 8.

2. poor, i. 6. afflicted, distressed,
wretched, often coupled with synon. "32.
Ps. 40, 18 1138} 729 "281 and Iam poor
and afflicted. 70, 6. 81, 1. 109, 22.—Spee.
like "22, spoken of one who suffers un-
justly, with the accessory idea of humble
and pious feeling; whence in Am. 2, 6
p(s and 77°38 are joined. Also of a
whole people subjected to suffering and
calamity, e. g. the Israelites in exile, Is.
41,17; comv. 25,4. In the same sense
the sect of the Ebionties adopted this
name, as being οὗ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι, ὧν
ἐστιν ἢ Boorteld τῶν οὐρανῶν Matt. 5, 3.

MIYPAN f. pr. desire, appetite, lust, from
τ, IN no. 1; then the caper-berry, which
is said to be a provocative of appetite and
lust, Plut. Queest. Symp. 6. 2. Plin. H.
N. 13. 23. ib. 20. 15. Once Kec. 12, 5.
So Sept. Vulg. Syr. The Rabbins use
the plur. }721738 not only for caper-ber-
ries, but also for the small fruits or berries
of other trees, as the myrtle, olive, etc.

S {aN (father of might, :. q. mighty)
Abihail, pr.n.m. a) Num. 3, 856. Ὁ)
1 Chr. 5,14. c) The father of Esther,
Esth. 2, 15. 9, 29.

J1O"AN (father of goodness) Abitub,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 21.

Su7aN (whose father is the dew) Abi-
tal, pr. n. of one of David’s wives, 2 Sam.
3, 4.

DPSS see 3k.

SND m. Gen. 10, 28. 1 Chr. 1, 22,
Abimael, pr. n. of one of the descendants
of Joktan in Arabia, prob. the father or
founder of an Arabian tribe called 5x2,
a trace of which Bochart (Phaleg 2. 24)

“IN

finds in Theophrast. Hist. Plant. 9. 4;
where the name Mads prob. refers to
the same wandering tribe in the vicinity
of the modern Mecea, which Strabo calls
Mevwuior, Minei.

TOMAR (father of the king, or father
king) in pause ΡΞ, Abimelech, pr. n.
a) Of several kings in the land of the Phi-
listines at different periods of time, Gen.
20, 2 sq. 21, 22 sq. 26, 1 sq. Ps. 34,1. The
same king who in Ps. |. ὁ. is called Abi-
melech, in 1 Sam. 21, 11 bears the name
of B"28 Achish ; and hence the former
might seem to be acommon title of these
kings, like the δἰ ὦ Oly Padishah (Pater
Rex) of the Persian kings, and att
Atdlik (father, pr. paternity) of the
Khans of Bucharia. b) A son of Gideon,
Judg. 8, 81 Βα. 9, 1 sq. 2 Sam. 11, 21.
c) 1 Chr. 18, 16, where the true reading
is prob. 322°M8 , as in 2 Sam. 8, 17.

5122 ὲξ (father of nobleness, or noble
father) Abinadab, pr. n.m. a) A son
of Jesse, 1 Sam. 16,8. 17,13. b) Ason
of Saul, 1 Sam. 31,2. 0) 1 Sam. 7,1.
ἃ) 1K. 4, 11. :

DYN (father of pleasantness or
grace) Abinoam, pr. n. of the father of
Barak, Judg. 4, 6. 5, 1.

“2°28 (father of a light) ἀὐδόροι pr.

| n.m. 1 Sam. 14, 50.. ποιόν οὶ “238

Abner, q. ν.

ΠΣ Δὸς (father of help, like Germ.
Adolf, from Atta father and Holf help)
Abiezer, pr.n.m. a) A son of Gilead,
Josh. 17,2; also meton. of his descend-
ants, Judg. 6, 34. 8, 2. Patronym. is
“an “an the Abi-czrite Jude. 6, 11. 24.

8, 32. —An abridged for Lis mip sy Tezer,
Nuin, 26, 30; and the,pat ‘onym. AID "N
ib. Ὁ) Olver David’s warriors, 2 Sam.
23, 27. 1 Chr. 11, 28. 27, 12. -

“PAN m. subst. (τ. 728) one strong,
mighty, only in the formula 3P2" “73x,
PRI TaN, the mighty One of Jacob, of
Israel epoken of God, Gen. 49, 24. Is. 1 24.

“PAN adj. (r.9238) 1. strong, mighty,
spoken of persons, and often as subst.
one strong, a mighty one, Judg. 5,
22. Lam. 1,15. Jer. 46,15. Ps. 76,6
a> "S7aN the strong of heast, stout-
hearted.—Poetically καὶ ἐξοχήν put: a)

“SN

For abullock, Ps. 22,13 j82 "272% strong
ones of Bashan, i.e. bulls of Bashan.
_ 50,13. Metaph. for princes Ps. 68, 31.
_ b) For a horse, only in Jeremiah, as 8,
16. 47, 3. 50, 11.—Comp. Heb. Gram.
oe μα 2, note.

me. 32: powerful, potent, noble, Job 24, 22.
| Ἢ 34, 20. ΘΝ ὈΠῸ food of nobles or
_ princes, i. 6. of superior quality, rich
and delicate, Ps. 78, 25; comp. Judg.
5, 36.--Ρ τι “aN chief of the wane
men 1 Sam. 21, 8.

Ε 8. D> "DN stout of heart, i. e. obsti-
nate, wilful, perverse, Is. 46, 12. Comp.
35 PIN.

DSN (father of altitude) Abiram,
pr.n.m. a) Num. 16, 1. 12. 26, 19.
b) 1K. 16, 34,

JOAN (father of bid) Abishag,
pr. n. ofa concubine of David, 1 K. 1, 3.
2, 17.

YAW AN (father of welfare) Abishua,
_pr.n.m. a)i1Chr.8,4. b) 6,4. 5. 50.
_ Ezra 7, 5.

ΟΠ ΟΣ (father of the wall) Abisi,
pr. n. τη. 1 Chr. 2, 28. 29.

_- WAN (father of a gift, see "wi) Abi-
_ shai, pr. ἢ. of a son of David’s sister
and one of his chief officers, the brother
of Joab, 1 Sam. 26, 6sq. 2 Sam. 2, 18.
24; sometimes also written "Wax 2 Sam.
10, 10.

pyburay (father of peace) Abisha-
lom, pr. n. of the father-in-law of Reho-
boam, 1 K. 15, 2.10. But in 2 Chr, 11,
20. 21, it is written Di>wIN.

PAN (father of abundance, for

anna) Abiathar, pr. n. of a son of Ahi-
melech the priest, and a faithful friend
_of David, by whom he was made high-
priest along with Zadok, but was de-
posed by Solomon, 1 Sam. 22, 20 sq.
23, 6. 30, 7. 2 Sam. 15, 24.—For 2 Sam.
8, 17, see 722°NN.

2 Bes prob. to roll, to roll wp or wind,

-to entangle. Kindr. roots are 752, JIL,
_ to entangle, to be entangled, intricate,
132 to well or boil up, as a fountain, 439
to interweave, to braid; also the harsher
727, At, to turn. —Once

Hrrup. to roll itself together, to be

Sa

rolled wp, spoken of smoke rolling up-
wards in a dense column; Is. 9, 17
yOP MANA ADaNN" so that (the thickets)
shall roll upwards as the mounting up
of smoke ; comp. Syr. Vulg.—Syr. y=} 2}
is explained by the grammarians as i. q.
te be proud, to walk proudly, perh. pr.
"ἴω roll oneself forwards,’ in the manner
of a corpulent man.

nite 22N fit. Dax, to mourn, seq.
>> over any thing Hos 10, 5. Am. 8, 8.
Arab. Syr. id. The primary idea seems
to be, to be languid, to g0 with the head
hanging down, as do mourners ; comp.
the kindr. roots 58, >2x, vise mba,
529, 883, all which are fram tia Biles
ral stock bal, fal, and include the idea of
falling, sinking; comp. σφάλλω, fallo,
Germ. fallen, Engl. to fall. It is trans-
ferred also from the dress and manner
of mourners to the voice and to lamen-
tation, see >a8.—Poet. of inanimate
things, Am. 1, 2 ᾿Ξ ΠΝ) 53x the
pastures of the shepherds mourn. Is. 24,
4.7 Ba M2>9N Winn bax the new wine
(i. e. the grapes) mourneth, the vine lan-
guisheth. 33, 9.

Hipn. bran to cause to mourn, to
make lament, Ez. 31, 15; of inanimate
things, Lam. 2, 8.

Hirup. pr. to show oneself as mourn-
ing, hence to mourn, i. 4. Kal, but chief
ly in prose, while Kal is more usual in
poetry, Gen. 37, 34, Ex. 33, 4; with >x
or >» of pers. 1 Sam. 15, 35. 2 Sam.
13, 37.

Dériv. an 1. 53x.

oe Ἐ
᾿ 11.528, Arab. (οἱ and dot to be
moist, wet, sc. with the moisture of

grass; hence Syr. ‘\a4 grass. Kindr.

is 553, pA to water, 53} to flow.
Hence bax II.

I. 228 adj. (r. >ax 1.) mourning,
Gen. 37, 35. Lam.1, 4 midax j¥ 7373
the ways of Zion are mourning, 1. 6.

they mourn. Constr. >2x Ps. 35, 14.
Plar. constr. "238 Is. 61, 3, with Tsere

impure ; comp. Arab. dus.
Il. 538 m. (τ. 2x II,) prob. a grassy
place, pasture, meadow, Arab. dot fresh

ton

and long grass, sea-weed. So 1 Sam.
6, 18, unless instead of mb53n 53 it
should read m>45an 738 which the con-
text in v. 14. 15, seems to demand, and
which is expressed by Sept. and Syr.—It
is frequent in geographical pr. names:

a) H2ya-m7a bax Abel Beth-Maachah
i.e. situated near Beth-Maachah q. v.
[now called Abil el-Kamh, a town on the
west side of the valley leading from
Merj ’Aydn to the plain of the Hileh,
west of Paneas and Dan; see Biblioth.
Sac. 1846, p, 213 sq.—R.] 2 Sam. 20,
14.15. 1K. 15, 20. 2K. 15, 29. Else-
where 0°727>an Abel-maim 2 Chr. 16, 4,
comp. 1 K. 15, 20. Also simpl. >ax
2 Sam. 20, 18.

Ὁ) prow bax Abel-shittim (acacia-
meadow) Num. 33, 49; a place in the
plains of Moab, prob. the same which in
Num. 25,1. Mic. 6, 5, is called simpl.
Dow.

6) pvanD bax Abel-keramim, (mea-
dow of vineyards) Judg. 11, 33; a village
of the Ammonites, according to Euse-
bius still rich in wihoyeeds'3 in his day.

d) mbina bax (meadow of dancing)
Abel-meholah, a ‘village of Issachar, not
far from Scythopolis, the Birth-place of
the prophet Elisha, Judg. 7, 22. 1 K. 4,
12. 19, 16.

e) ΘΠ bax Gen. 50, 11 (meadow
of the Egyptians) Abel-Mizraim, name
of an area or threshing-floor near the
Jordan. Here prob. we should read
with other points, and pronounce ἘΞ
m"4X2, i.e. mourning of the Egyptians;
see the context.

PAN m. (τ. ἘΞΝ L) 6. suff ΚΞΝ,
mourning, lamentation, Esth. 4, 3. 9,22;
espec. for the dead, Gen. 27, 41. "brs
Ts" mourning Yor an only son, Am. 8,
10. Jer. 6,26. Mic. 1,8 miss misap bay
a mourning as of ostriches, which make
a wailing cry. > bax Mb to make a
mourning for any one, Gen. 50, 10.

DAN adv. 1) Affirmative, inthe earlier
Hebrew, truly, certainly, indeed, Gen.
42, 21. 2 Sam. 14,5. 2K.4,14. Also
with a corrective sense, nay indeed, nay
rather,immo vero, Gen. 17,19. 1K. 1,43.—
It corresponds to the Arabic corrective

partic. JS but indeed, but more, nay

jan

rather; and is derived from r. 33, pr.
i. q: Heb. 53, so that its primary “force
seems to lie in denying the contrary.
The & is prosthetic.

2. In later writers, adversative, but,
but yet, nevertheless, Dan. 10, 7. 21.

°
Ezra 10,13. 2Chr.1,4. 19,3. Arab. AS
but.—Other particles of this kind, which
are both affirmative and adversative, are
δ, jJ28. Comp. Lat. verum, vero.

aa see DAN.

ij j28 obsol. root, prob. ‘to build,
comp. 7323 to build, and 728 to prop, tc
support, to found, whence 28 artisan,
τέκτων. Hence

J28, in pause 338, c. suff. i238; plur.
b'2aN, constr. "23%; comm. gend. most-
ly an, and so mi Job 28, 2; but m.
1 Sam. 17, 40.

1. a stone, of any kind, whether rough
or polished, large or small. Collect.
stones, Gen. 11,3. Spoken of a founda-
tion stone, Is. 28, 16; of vessels of stone

Ex. 7,19. Syr. [1.5] id. but rare. Eth.

G17 .—Metaph. 1 Sam. 25, 37 and he
became stone, i.e. stiff, rigid like stone.
jaxn 2 the heart of stone, i. 6. hard, ob-
durate, Ez. 11, 19. 36, 26; also of firm
undaunted courage Job 41, 16. 792 {38
collect. hatlstones Is. 30, 30; whence
Josh. 10, 11 mibon ὉΠ Ν lores hail-
stones, called just afterwards ‘TarI SN.

2. Sec. a precious stone, gem, Ex.
28, 9 sq. 35, 27; more fally yan jay
Is. 54,12; 9 4a Prov. 17, 8; 738
map Ez. 28, 13; which last is diss said
of finer kinds we stones for building, as
marble, 1 K. 10, 2. 11.

3. stone-ore, ore, Job 28, 2. Comp.

Arabic dual yh = the two stones,

ores, i. e. gold and silver.

4. a rock, Gen. 49, 24 Ἐπ δ" jax the
rock of Israel, i. 6. Jehovah ; comp. ""%.

5. a weight of a balance, even when
not made of stone; since anciently, as
at the present day, the Orientals often
made use of stones ‘br weights ; comp.
Engl. stone for a weight of 14 pounds,
Germ. Stein. 4381 jas diverse weights,
Deut. 25, 13. 03 "33% weights of the
bag, i. e. carried about in a bag, Prov.

ἘΝ

16, 11.—Zech. 5, 8 B53 738 the leaden’

weight. 4, 10 bean jas —Also a plum-
_ met, Is. 34, 11 he shall stretch out upon it
the line of wasteness 573 "238 and. the
ΠΡ συμ of desolation, i. 6. as if all things
‘are to be destroyed by line and rule ; as
_ to the sense, comp. Am. 7, 8.
_ θ, Sometimes ὦ stone serves as a de-
_ signation in geographical names, 6. g.
i a) "I> Ἰ3Ὰ (stone of help) Eben-ezer, set
up by Samuel at Mizpeh, 1 Sam. 4, 1.
5, 1. 7, 12. b) 5185 738 (stone of de-
=f ‘parture) 1 Sam. 20, 19; comp. ΤΌΤ.

Ἃ ἸΔῈΣ § Chald. st. emphat. 8238, id. Dan.
2) 84. 86.

| 258 2 K. δ, 12 in Chethibh for M228
q.v. Comp. in lett. 3.

_ J28 i. g. 738, a stone, only in Dual
“223% pr. pair of stones, and spoken:

1. Of @ potter's wheel. Jer.*18, 3
“Sizsxn->> noxd9 ΓῺ» ΓΙ behold. he
(the ‘potter) wrought a work upon the
‘wheel. It appears to have consisted of
_ two stones, one above and the other
_ below, and is so depicted on Egyptian

Monuments : See Rosellini
Monum. Civil. Tab. L. Wilkinson’s
Manners and Cust. of the Anc. Egypt. III.
Ῥ: 164. Originally, and also for potters
_ working in the open air, it seems to have
_ been made of stone ; afterwards of wood.
_ A wooden wheel of this kind is called in
; the Talmud 779, pr. trunk, stem, then
_ cippus, then a potter’s wheel made of a
trunk, and also:a cart-wheel made in like
_manner.—Hence, from the resemblance,
‘it comes to signify

"man sat; made, it would seem, ofa block
‘of wood, and frequently represented on
‘Egyptian monuments. A seat of this
‘kind was doubtless used by the midwife
while assisting a woman in labour lying
oOnabed. So Ex. 1, 16 when ye do the
Office of a midwife to the Hebrew women
DSA 53 Ν σΞΝ ΠΤ. jy NIH then shall
- ye see (while yet) upon the stool, whether
it be a boy, etc. The midwife is di-
rected, at the very moment of birth,
while she yet sits on her stool and no
one else has seen or touched the infant,
to ascertain its sex by the sight or ra-

2. alow seat, stool, on which the work- °

pan

ther touch, and, if it be a male, to kill it;
as she could easily do by the pressure
of her hand or finger, unknown to the
parents.

D248 m. (for 423, Aleph prosthet.) 5.
suff. 7258; plur. 5°Q23N ; a belt, gir-
dle, worn by the priests, Ex. 28, 4. 39. 40.
Lev. 16,4; also by other persons of rank,
Is. 22. 21. Comp. Jos. Ant: 3. 7. 2:
Chaid. 728, 87293, 8IPON,a belt. This
word both in Heb. and Chald. is derived
from the Persian, where ἐδ (Sansecr.
bangha, Germ. and Engl. band) denotes
any thing that binds, and also a girdle.

“248 pr: n. m. (father of'a light) Abner,
Saul’s commander in chief, 1 Sam. 14, 51.
17, 55. 57. 20, 25. Sometimes called
"2738 q.v.1 Sam. 14,50. Sept. 4S.

i ON as in Chald. and Talmud. fo
fodder, to feed largely, to fatten ; pr.
prob. to stamp in, comp. kindr. 052, and
henee to stuff, to cram; comp. Gr. tgé-
go, pr. i. ᾳ. πήγνυμι. Only in Part. pass.
Prov. 15, 17; of geese, 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23].

Deriv. D358, O1=N2.

PY2VIN plur. fem. blains, pustules
rising in the skin, Ex. 9,9. 10. It isa
verbal from Chald. r. 292, Pilp. 3333,
to boil up, to swell up; hence Syr.
jAcxcais pustules. The Heb: pre-

fixes δὲ prosthetic. Comp. 292, 333.

. yas obsol. root, perh. i. q. 753, fo
be white; whence Chald. ἐπ 3 tin.
Hence the two following:

V2 Abez, pr. n. of a city in the tribe
of Issachar, perh. so called irom tin, Josh.
19, 20:

JEAN (perh. of tin) Jbzan, pr. ἢ. of a

judge of Israel, Judg. 12, 8.10. R. yay.

*

P2S not used in Kal, prob. to pound,
to beat small, to bray. from the force of
the onomatopoetic syllables PA. FA, 25,
PD, which like p73, 47, (see PP, ἼΞΞ. )
express the idea of pounding. beating
small; comp. “23 to distil, PHT, 5125.
win, also πηγή, πηγνύω. Germ. pochen,
boken, espec. Erz pochen. Hence Pax
dust, TP3.

Nii. psx: Gen. 32, 25. 26; denom.
from 3 dust, recipr. pr. to iat each
other sc. by wrestling, and hence ts wres-

Dar

tle, seq. D9. So in Greek, παλαΐειν͵
deedaleiy, συγκονιοῦσϑαι, from πάλη;
κόγις. This rather unusual word seems
‘to have been chosen by the writer port
by way of allusion to the torrent paltv
23.

P28 m. dust, spec. such.as is fine and
light, comp. in r. P28; easily driven by
the wind, Is. 5, 24; or raised by horses
in running, Ez. 26, 10. Hence distin-
guished from “®» thick and heavy dust,
Deut. 28, 24. Poet. the dust of God’s
feet, for the clouds, as if trodden of God,
Nah. 1, 3. Comp. pnw.

MPAN f. id. whence 591" P38 powder
of the merchant, i. e. aromatic, Cant. 3, 6.

᾿ “as 1. pr. to strive upwards, to
mount, to soar, see Hiph. and the deriv.
"38 πα ΠΣ. Perhaps kindr. with "22,
“az, comp. Pers. _{ eber, ὑπέρ, super, all
which express the idea of above, over,

passing over, transcending ; see in 723.-

2. Trop. of any force or ἐνέργεια, to be
strong, mighty, see deriv. βὰς, WSN.

Hipu. to mount upwards in flight, to
soar, as the hawk, Job 39, 26.

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2.

“AS m. a wing-feather, pinion, as the
instrument of flying, soaring, 6. g. of the
eagle, Is. 40,21; the dove, Ps. 55,7. Dis-
tinguished from the wing itself, Ez. 17, 3.

MIAN f. id. Job 39, 16 [13]. Ps. 68, 14.
Poet. ascribed to God, Deut. 32, 11. Ps.
91, 4.

DIIAN pr. n. Abraham, the founder
of the Jewish nation, son of Terah, born
in Mesopotamia, which he left to wander
through the land of Canaan with his
flocks in the nomadic manner ; see Gen.
c. 12-25. In the book of Genesis as far
as to c. 17, 5. he is called 0958 ‘father
of altitude,’ Abram. But in that place,
where a numerous posterity is promised
him, by a slight change of name he is
called Ba73N8 ‘father of a multitude,’

(comp. Arab. la, a great number,
multitud«,) or as the context explains it
pvia jit ax.—So ontaN SR the God
of Abraham, i. e. Jehovah, 2 Chr. 30, 6.
Ps. 47,10. cMTSx 277 the seed of Abra-

him, i. 6. the Israelites, Ps. 105, 6. Is.

10

᾿

Aas

41,8. In the same sense simpl. ny75N
Mic. 7, 20.

ΔῈΝ a word cried by the heralds
before the chariot of Joseph, Gen. 41, 43.
Were it a Hebrew word, it might be
infin. absol. Hiph. from r. 322, for the
regular 7223, (comp. D°38 for 0°20
Jer. 25, 3,) here supplying the place of
the imperat. i. q. bow the knee; Vulg.
clamante precone, ut omnes coram eo
genua flecterent ; and so Abulwalid and
Kimchi; comp. Lehrg. p. 319.—More
prob. the word is of Egyptian origin, but
changed and inflected by the Heb. writer
so that, although foreign, it might yet
have a Heb. sound, and be referred to a

Heb. etymology ; comp. ἘΠῚ, ΓΙ Ὦ, HIB.
The true form of the Egyptian word

which lies hid in 323%, 15 prob. either
é.JPeK afrek, i. e. let every one bow

himself, in an opt. sense ; so Jablonsky
Opusc. ed. te Water Tom. I. p. 4. Copt.

Vers. John 8, 8; or better é.LEPEK or

éNIPEK; aperek, aprek, i. 6. bow th.
head, Rossii Etymologie Aigypt. s. ν.-
See stats in 38 no. 7..

"WAN see tha.

DISWAN (father of peace, i. 8. pacific)
Absalom, pr.n. a) The third son of Da-
vid, by Maacah, 2 Sam. 3, 3, celebrated
for his rebellion against his father; for
an account of his life and death, see 2
Sam.c. 13-18. As to the sepulchre near
Jerusalem which in modern times has
borne his name, see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. p. 519, 5620. Ὁ) i. ᾳ. DIDWAAN q. v.

ἌΡ
* RAN obsol. root, Arab. LSI to flee.
—Hence
NAN (fugitive) Agee, pr. n. m. 2 Sam.
23, 11.
3 aan obsol. root, Arab.

io flame, as fire. Hence the two foll.
pr. names.

Aa8 and 438 (Num. 24, 7) Agag, pr. τι.

of Amalekitish kings, Num. 24, 7. 1 Sam.

15, 8. 9. 20. 82.

"18 Agagite, gentile n. of Haman,
Esth. 3, 1.10.8, 3.5. Josephus explains
it by “Aucdyxltnyg. Ant. 11. 6. δ,

at
{ to burn, |

,

PS ae ee

TaN

™ "TAS obsol. root, Chald. to bind, to tie,
comp. ᾿ΕΝ , 7p, and the remark under
r. Δ. In ‘Arabic some of its derivatives
are used trop. of arched work, edifices
of arched and firmly compacted struc-
ture, in reference to the firm coherence
of all their parts; comp. 18 and "338
no. 4.—Hence

AIS £ 1. a band, knot. Haina nina
bands of the yoke, Is. 58, 6.
_ 2. a bundle, bunch, tied together, e. g.
of hyssop, Ex. 12, 22.
_ 3. a band of men, troop, 2 Sam. 2, 25.
Comp. 531.
4. anarch, vault, 6. g. of the heavens,
Am. 9, 6. Conip. Germ. Gat, Gaden,
story of a building, from the verb gaden,
gaiten, which implies a binding; see
Adelung Lex. h. vv.

TUN m. a nit, Cant. 6, 11.
Arab. >) Hex: Pers. ys . 786

Heb. word seems derived ἐπ the Per-
sian, prefixing 8 prosthetic. Comp. in
Jett. ®.

Syr. and

WAN Agur, pr. n. of a wise man, the
son of Jakeh, ">", to whom the 30th
chapter of Braverbe i is ascribed, v. 1. If
the name be symbolical, like Koheleth,
it may denote an assembler, one of the
assembly, sc. of wise men, i. ᾳ. MBOX 553
Kec. 12, 11. R. ὯΝ.

4 MIN £ a small coin, piece of money,
ny, so called from the idea of collect-
g, from r. "38;-as Lat. stips in the
phrase stipem colligere. 1 Sam. 2, 36.
In the Maltese idiom, agar denotes the
ame. [Or pérh. pr. hire, wages, from r.
“a8 no. 2, comp. Syr. iZpa| Is. 23, 18;
then money, 1 Sam. 2, 36, where too Syr.
J pl —T.] Sept. Vulg. ὀβολός, num-
mus. Rabb. 74 q. v.

s DIN obsol. root, pr. to flow together,
to be collected, as water, kindr. with r.
P25, which is also used of the rolling

os
Waves; comp.in73%. Arab. (ἀφ. } Conj.
II. to make. ον together, hence to collect
water ; ; (Fie standing water, a pond,
Teservoir 5 comp. also "48 .—Hence
238, Job 38, 28 5% "bax the reservoirs

1

like Gr.

ὮΝ

of the dew, i. 6. in the heavens ; comp. in
v. 22 the storehouses of the snow and
hail.—Vulg. Chald. Syr. give it by drops
of the dew, q. ἃ. globules, comp. 593 ; but
the former is better.

D724 (two ponds) Is. 15,8 Eglaim,
pr. ἢ. of a village in the territory of Moab,
the ‘Ayuddsiu of Eusebius; called by Jo-
sephus “Ayadda, Ant. 14. 1. 4.

᾿ Das obsol. root ; in Arabic:

1. Mid. A, to burn, to be hot, comp.
bem, om. Hence 7038 no. 1.

2. Mid. E, to be warm, spoiled, dead,
as water ; hefice Das and 417238 no, 2.

3. Mid. E, to loathe, to abhor, and
Chald. 538 to be pained, sad, to grieve ;
hence 038.

DIN m. (r. O38 no. 2) absol. Is. 35, 7;
constr. 41, 18. Ps. 107, 35; plur, 0°43,
constr. "724%.

1. stagnant water, a pool, marsh, Is.
35, 7. 41, 18. 42, 15. Ps. 114,8. Spec. of
the pools of stagnant water left by the
Nile after its inundation, Ex. 7, 19.
8, 1.

2. ig. jaa, α reed, cane, Jer. 51, 32,
with which fortifications (stockades, pa-
lisades) were constructed. Hence R.
a explains it strong-holds ; comp.

ea the marshy lair of the lion. then
a refuge, strong-hold.

DAS adj. once in plur. constr. Ub] "238
sad, sorrowful in mind, Is. 19.10. R.
DAN no. 3.

MAIS , FAN, m. (τ. 238) 1. acaldron,
heated kettle, Job. 41, 12 [20]. Others
translate the words 7048) TMD? 77D
as a boiling pot and a (burning) reéd.
See the root no. 1.

2. a reed, bulrush, growing in marsh
es, from 538% marsh, and the ending jj,
Is. 58, 5. For Is. 9, 13. 19, 15, comp.
mp2.—Hence ~

8. a rope made of reeds, a rush-cord,
σχοῖνος, Job 40, 26 [41, 2].
Comp. Plin. H. N. 19. 2.

Ὁ}. obsol. root; Arab. a i. 4,

(see 121) to tread witle the feet,

fo stamp, to beat ; then lo wash clothes, to

full, as a washer or fuller by treading
them in a trough.—Hence

ΔΝ

7S m. pr.a trough for washing gar-
‘ments, λουτήρ, from root ΔΝ q. v. then
any laver, basin, bowl ; constr. {38 Cant.
7,3. Plur. mina Is, 22, 24. Ex. 24, 6.

ρ OY

—Arab. and Syr. ὅθι! Βα |, id.

D "DIN m. plur. (τ. 93) a word found
only in Ezekiel, hosts, armies, Kz. 12,14.
17, 21. 38, 6. 9. 39,4. It corresponds to
the Chald. 548, 3, wing ; hence pr.
wings of an army, comp. 5722 Is. 8, 8.
The Arabic and Chaldee have the same
trop. use of the word wings ; comp.
Comment. on Is. l. ὁ.

FEN fut. “in 1. to gather, to col-
lect, ὁ. g. the harvest, Deut. 28, 39. 'Prov.
6, 8. 10,5. Comp. “δ no. 3, and 735;
also Gr. ἀγείρω. The primary ideaseems
to be that of scraping together, comp.
“713. By softening the letter Ἢ we have
bax and 543, which denote the rolling,
and flowing together of water.

2. In the kindred dialects it has the
‘signif. to gain, to make profit, from the
idea of scraping together ; and hence to
hire for wages ; see M38.

Deriv. TRS, PITT , pr. ἢ. “338, and
according to. most 543%.

Was \Chald. stat. emphat. SM75N, @

letter, epistle, i. q. Heb. a8 q. v. Ezra

4,8. 11. 5, 6.

STAN m. (for mina, Aleph. prosthet.
from r.)73 no. 2) the fist, Bx. 21, 18. Is.
58,4. So Sept. and Vulg. in’ both pas-
sages; the Rabbins also use this word
in the same sense.

2UIBN m. Ezra 1, 9 503, any “bony
Sept. Vulg. Syr. basins , chargers of gold,
of silver. ‘In the doris. Talmud this
word is said to be compounded from “38
to collect, and 75% a lamb, and basins
are so called: because the blood of lambs
is collected i them. But there is here
no mention of blood. It seems rather a
quadriliteral formed with & prosthet. and
denoting slaughter-basin, for >was , ΘΒ,
see under letter’; and this is prob. i. q.
dup, 5:75, (comp. Zab. 505 for >up,)

from \.2 to slaughter, ἐλ 85 to cut the
throat.—Some also hold it to bei. q. Gr.
κάρταλος, κάρταλλος, which in the Sept.
signifies a basket, frutt-basket, whence

12 TIN

‘cause it surrounds the earth like a veil

Arab. ἄλίοιξ, Rabb. dep, Syr
(2eS4;5; ; and it might perhaps in Ez

l. c. be understood of baskets of the first-
fruits. But this Greek word itself seem
rather of Semitic origin, from the verk
44 to plait.

mas f. plur. minax, a word of the
later Hebrew, a letter, epistle, espe
spoken of royal letters and edicts, writ-
ten by public authority and transmittec
by a public courier, «yyagog, to those te
whom they were directed, 2 Chr. 30,
The word comes most prob, from ar
obsol. form “38, which denoted ὁ
hired, spec. a letter-carrier, courier, from
r. ΔΝ no. 2; and was adopted by th
Greeks aniies the form ἄγγαρος, see
Lex. N. T. ἢ. v. Neh. 2, 7. 8. 9. 6, 5;
17, 19. Esth. 9, 26. 29. —Lorsbach, in
Staudlin’s Beytr. V..p. 20; supposes it to
be derived from the Persian; comp. mod.
Pers. .yO3 LI engariden, to paint, to
write, wherice s Lt engareh, any writ-
ing.

8 m. vapour, mist, rising from the
earth and forming clouds, so called be-

or covering, from r. ΠΝ no. 1. This
etymology is also supported by the Ara-~

bic, in which Sul (from τ. Of mid. Ye,
to surround, comp. ‘in ‘748 no. 1) is any
thing which protects and strengthens —
as a bulwark, bark, a veil, also the atmo ©
sphere. Corresponding is also

ΠΝ vapour.—Gen. 2, 6. Job 36, 27.

MIN see nisin.

ἘΖΊΝ. by. transpos. i. 4. S83 q. v. to
pine away, to languish. Found ‘only i in
Hix. causat. inf. 2°98> for S482
1 Sam..2, 33. Comp. espec. ih 38,
63.

cmap (perh. iniraéie of God, from

νὸν miracle) Adbeel, pr. n. of a son’ of
Ishmael, Gen. 25, 13.

ἘΣ obsol. root, Arab. Shi i. 4. δῷ
to befall any one, as misfortune; whence

ss
Of misfortune. Hence Ἵππον and
TIN Adad, pr. n. of an Edomite, 1 K.

11, 17; called also "95 Hadad, v. 14.

ee ee ν a ee: ἐν

i. 6. my lords Gen. 19, 2. 18.

sTIN

_ * TIN obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. M18 and
ΤῚΣ to pass.—Hence ἽΝ.

T58 pr. n. Iddo, Ezra 8,17. R. 73%.
DISS see chy.

TITS m. (r. 728 q. v-) with suff. and in
plur. defect. "258, 20°25; with pref.
“IND, WAN, "Kd ; ete lord, do-
minus. Spoken a) ‘or an owner, pos-
sessor, 1 K. 16,21 owner of mount Shom-

_ron,i.e. Samaria. Hence of the owner

and master of slaves, Gen. 24, 14. 27. 39,
2.7; of kings as the lords of their sub-
jects, Is. 26, 13; of a husband as lord of
the wife, Gen. 18, 12, comp. Ὁ53 and Gr.
κύριος γυναικός, Germ: Eheherr. Also
of God as the owner and governor of

the world, Josh. 3,13 yuxq->> ἽΝ,
— Lord of the whole earth ; hence called

κατ ἐξοχήν jiIKM Ex. 23,17, and with-
‘out art. πὶ Ps. 114, 7; comp. "278
in next art. b) Of a ruler, governor,
Gen. 45,8. So 725% my lord! an honor-

ary title of address to nobles and others
_ to whom honour and reverence are due ;
_ e.g. to a father Gen. 31, 35, a brother
' Num. 12, 11, to a royal consort 1 K. 1,

17.18; espec. to kings and princes, as
7237 727% 2 Sam. 14, 9. 1 K. 3,17. In

ἢ respectfully iddncentinir a person,: the

Hebrews, instead of the second personal
pron. thou, were accustomed to say my
lord, and instead of the first person, thy
servant, thy handmaid, Gen. 33,8. 13,14.
15. 44, 7. 9. 19 I39-MN ἘΝ FN my
lord asked his servants, i.e. thou didst
ask us. Ina style of still stronger adu-
lation, this mode of speaking is also used
in the case of an absent person, as Gen.
32, 4.

Piur. 0°58 masters, lords, Is. 26, 13
with averb plural; andsoc. suff. "=, "25%
Elsewhere
the plural forms ὉΠ ΝΣ, 7258, c. suff.
">, ὑπο, 52°—, etc. are always plur.
excellentia, and of the same signif. as
the sing. Gen. 39, 2. sq. Hence joined

_ with an adj. in the sing. number, as Is,

19,4 mvp 0725s a hard master, cruel

lord. Gen. 42, 30.33 ΚΝ we lord

of the land. *735% thy master 2K. 2, 3.

5. 16. Ps. 45, 12; 1258 his master Gen.

24, 9. 39, 2.3. 40, 7. ‘Job 3, 19. Deut. 10,

17 ὈΠΣ ΠΝ 25% Lord of lords, i. 6. Je-
2

13

TIN

howah. Ps. 136, 3. Spoken of idols,
Zeph. 1, 9; comp. >93.

Nore. This word is wanting in all
the kindred dialects, except the Pheni-
cian, where it is applied to princes,
kings, and gods, see Monumenta Pheenic.
p- 346 (comp. “dda, “ddaric,, Hesych.
κύριος); and perhaps the Chaldean,
where a vestige of it seems to be pre-
served in the pr. n. 7383.

"278 Lord, the Lord, spoken every
where zat ἐξοχήν of God, chiefly (in the
Pentat. always) where God is’ submis-
sively and reverently addressed ; as in
the formulas "258 72 Ex. 4, 10. 13. Josh.
7, 8; "278% NIN ‘Neh. 1, 11, comp. Gen. 15,
2. 18, 30-32. Ex. 34, 9. etc. Then also
where God is spoken of, 1 K. 13, 10. 22,
6. 2 K. 7, 6. 19, 23. Is. 6, 8. 8,7. Fre-
quently other divine names are added ;
as Mm" "25% (which the Masorites write
mins 25) ‘Ts. 40, 10. Jer. 2, 22; ais
ΞΡ Π Dan. 9, 13. eA sto the pS ΤῊΝ “-
grammarians differ in opinion. Many
regard it asa plural form put for the
sing. as spoken of the divine majesty
(pluralis excellentie), i. q. 0°25%, the
Kamets being put for Pattah to distin-
guish it from "25% my lords; see Grain.
§ 86. 1. c. ὃ 106. 2. δ. Others consider
°— i,q. "—, and make it strictly a suffix
plural ; ; so that "258 is pr. my lords,
then as plur. excell. my Lord, and at
last, the force of the suffix beng by de-
grees neglected, Lord, the Lord, ὃ Ku

ριος. Comp. Syr. wo and Fr. Mon

sieur. This latter view seems prefer-
able, for the following reasons: a) The
words of Ps. 35, 23 "251 ">N. 16, 2.
b) The ancient usage of the Pentat.
where it is for the Voc. my Lord! c) A
similar usage in possessive pronouns,
afterwards neglected, in the Phenician
names of gods, as "25% ᾿δωνις, smbs3
Βαάλτις, for which see Monum. Pheanic.
p-400. Heb. Gr. §119.6.n.4. 4) "25x
never has the article, and so nouns with
a suffix.—To all this it might be an
swered: a) That 7258 is plural. But
in one place only is it coupled with a
plural, Gen. 19,2; in the two remaining
passages it is sag iar, my Lord! Gen.
18, 3. 19,18. 8) That God twice calls
himself "358, Is. 8, 7. Job 28, 28. But

“IN 14,

this arose from the superstitious practice
of the Jews, who never pronounce im"
in the sacred text, but always substitute
for it "258 ih reading; whence in writers
_of a later age this latter word was some-
times received into the text itself; Dan.
9, 3. 7. 8. 9. 15. 10. 19. See in 730°.

points (two mounds or tumuli) Ado-
raim, pr. n. of a city of Judah, 2 Chr. 11,
9, Comp. “4dwea, Jaga, Jos. Ant. 8.10.
1. ib. 14.5.3. Now [γ9 Ὁ Dara, a village
W. of Hebron; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
Ill. p. 2 sq.

DIN see DSN.

TIN Chald. adv. of time, at that time,
thereupon, then, i. q. Heb. 18, "18, q. V-
Dan. 2,15. 17. 19.—j"1N2 pr. in that
time, thereupon, immediately, Dan. 2, 14.
35. 3,13. 19.21.26. "πὸ 772 from then,
since that time, Ezra 5, 16, i. q. Hebr.
TR.

“AN adj. (τ. 48) 1. large, great,
mighty, e.g. mighty waves Ps: 93,4; of
a large ship Is. 33, 21.

2. mighty, powerful, of kings Ps. 136, 18 ;
of nations Ez. 32,18; of gods 1 Sam. 4, 8.

3. achief, a prince, plur. chiefs, nobles,
princes, 2 Chr. 23,20. Neh. 10,30. >po
ἘΛΛΗΝΣ a princely boil i. 6. precious,
Judg. 5, 25. 82m ™ IN chiefs of the
flock i. q. shepherds, ποθ, Jer. 25,34 sq.

4, splendid, glorious, Ps. 8, 2.

5. Trop. of moral fiualities, noble, ex-
cellent, excelling in piety and virtue.
Ps. 16, 3 the saints who. are in the earth,
ἘΞ ΕΝ ΗΝ and the excellent
[of the earth] all my delight is in them,
i, 6. I delight in them alone.

MOT Persian, Adaliah, pr. n. of a
son of Haman, Esth. 9, 8.

7 DIN to be red, ruddy; Arab. mid.
E and O, and Ethiop. id. also to be beau-
tiful. Once in Kal, Lam. 4,7 their prin-
ces... are whiter than πος BES NOUN

psn they are more ruddy in body than
corals. Whiteness and ruddiness belong
to the description of youthful beauty ;
hence it is not correct to refer "278 in
this passage to the idea of dazzling
whiteness, as Bochart has done in Hie-
roz. II. p. 688, and Ludolf in Comm.
ad Hist. AAthiop. p. 206; although the

: DAN

Romans do indeed use purpureus of any
shining whiteness, Hor. Od. 4. 1. 10;
comp. Voss ad Virg. Georg. p. 750. But
these writers would hardly have fallen
into this opinion, had they not been
anxious to make out for 5°3°28 the signi-
fication of pearls.

Pua. Part. ὉΠ made red, dyed red,
Nah. 2, 4. Ex. 25, 5. 35, 7. 23.

Hipu. to be red, pr. to make oneself
red, to redden, Is. 1, 18.

Hirupa. to be red, e. g. wine in a cup,
to blush, to sparkle, Prov. 23, 31.

Deriv. DJN—"278 ; comp. also 55.

DIS m. 1.aman,ahuman being, male
or female, pr. one red, ruddy, as it would
seem. The Arabs distinguish two races of
men; the one red, ruddy, or perh. copper-
coloured, which we call white; th~ other
black. 'This word has neither ec: istruet
nor plural form, but is very often collect:
for men, mankind, the human race, Ger
1, 26. 27. 6, 1. Ps. 68,19. 76,11. Job 3.
29; DIN7>D all men Job 21,33. Some:
times put in the gen. after adjectives,
as DIN "25°38 the poor of men, among
men, i.e. poor men, Is, 29, 19, comp.
Hos. 13, 2; so with 3 intervening, as
ἘΞ O7932 Prov. 23, 28.—Spec. a) For
other men, the rest of mankind, opp. to
those in cuéations Jer. 32, 20 Sx qua
DIND in Israel and among other men.
Judg. 10, 7. 18, 28. Ps. 73, 5. Is. 43, 4.
b) Of common men, men of low degree,
opp. to those of higher rank and better
character; so D385 like (common) men,
Job 31, 33. Hos. 6,7. Ps. 82,7. So in
antith. with 6°s men of high ἀρθῇ,
nobles, Is. 2, 9. 5,15; Β΄ Ps. 82, 7
comp. Is. 29, 21; ani in Plur. ON "33
Ps. 49, 3. Pro, 8, 4, c) Of slaves, like
wp, Num. 16,32. d) Of soldiers, like
Engl. men, Is. 22,6. Comp. 878 no. 1.1.

2. a man, not a woman, i. q. WN.
Ecc. 7, 28 one man [worthy of the name]
among a thousand have I found, but a
woman among them all have I not found.

3. any man, any one, Lev. 1,2. With
a negative, no man, no one, Job 82, 21.
Comp. &"8 no. 3.

4, Adam, pr.n. a) Of the first man,
Gen. 2,7 sq. At least in these passages
DN assumes the nature of a proper
name in a certain degree, designating

DIN

the man as the only one of his kind ;
comp. >32% Baal, the lord κατ i.
jon Satan. fetid. p. 653, 654. Hence
Sept. ᾿ἀδάμ, Vulg. Adam. Ὁ) Of a city
near the Jordan, Josh. 3, 16.

δ, ἘΠΝ ΓΞ, with art. DINN~]2, son of
man, poet. for man, Num. 23, 19. Ps. 8,
5. 80, 18. Job 16, 21. 25, 6. 35, 8; so
very often in Ezekiel, where the prophet
is addressed from God, DIN“j3 son of
man, i.e. mortal! Ez. 2, 1. 3. 3, 1. 3. 4.
10. 4, 16. 8,5.6.8. Often also in Plur.
BIN "22 sons of men, i.e. men, Deut.
32, 8. Ps. 11, 4. al. and with art. "33
pwsn 1 Sam. 26, 19. 1 K. 8, 39. Ps. 145,

12. Ecc. 1, 13. Comp. Syr. were son
of man, for man.

DSS and ON adj. f ma38, plur.
ΒΘ ; after the form S8p, nbup, ὙΜΉΝ
is common in noting colours, see Lehrg.
§ 120. no. 21; red, ruddy, e. g. of a gar-
ment sprinkled with blood Is. 63, 2; of
ruddy cheeks Cant. 5, 10; of a chesnut
or bay-coloured horse Zech. 1, 8. 6, 2;
of a red heifer Num. 19, 2; of the red-
dish colour of lentiles Gen. 25, 30.
Subst. red, redness Is. 63, 2.

DSN pr.n. Edom. 1. The son of Isaac
and elder twin-brother of Jacob, Gen.
25, 25; more freq. called Esau, ὩΣ.

2. Collect. for the Edomites, the pos-
terity of Edom or Esau, and likewise for
their country, Jdumea. Of the nation
Num. 20, 20; more fully D4 "22 Ps. 137,
7, and poet. Dox na daughter of Edom
Lam, 4, 21.22, Ofthe country, DI YIN
Gen. 36, 16. 21.31; n5x Amos 1, 6; and

‘poy ns Gen. 32, 3 (4). hale. 5, 4,

Where it stands alone, it is masce. when
spoken of the people, Num. 20, 20; but
fem. when it denotes the country, Jer.
49,17. The country of the Edomites,

Idumea, was the mountainous tract be-

tween the Dead sea and the Elanitic

gulf of the Red sea, afterwards called

Gebalene, Γεβαληνή, now Js Jebal.
The gentile ἢ. is "7% Edomite, Idu-

-mean, Deut. 23, 8; plur. ὉΠ ΤΙΝ 2 K.

16, 6 Keri. Fem. mass, plur. misty
Bitoméiish women 1 K. 11, 1.

DIS a gem ofa red colour, perh. ruby,
garnet, Ex. 28, 17. 39, 10. Ez. 28, 13.
Sept. Vulg. σάρδιον, sardius.

15

ΤᾺ
DTATS | £ ΤΩΝ » plur. Ε ΙΒΠΘῚΝ,
adj. reddish, 6. σ. ἀροὶο in leprous per-
sons, Which ‘are described as mind
ΓΘ ΠΝ white and somewhat reddish,
Lev. 13, 19 sq. 14, 37. R. DIN.

TWAIN f£ 1. earth, Ex. 20,24. Sc
called from its reddish colour ; see Cred-
ner on Joel p. 125 sq.—Spec. the earth,
ground, land, as tilled, Gen. 4, 2. 47, 19.
22. 23. Ps. 105, 35. Is. 28,24. MIN BN
a husbandman Gen. 9,20; M278 3AX a
lover of the ground, i. e. of husbandry,
2 Chr. 26,10. Spoken of the produce
of the earth, Is. 1, 7.

2. a land, region, country, Gen. 28, 15.
MT MIN Σιβὰ of Jehovah, i. 6. Canaan
Is. 14,2. Plur. ΤΉΝ lands, countries,
once Ps, 49, 12, q. d. in all lanaé:

3. the earth, orbis terre, Gen. 4, 11.
6, 1. 7, 4.

4, Adamah, pr. ἢ. of a city in Naph-
tali, Josh. 19, 36.

OTN Admah, pr. n. of a city de-
stroyed with Sodom and Gomorrah,
Gen. 10, 19. 14, 2. 8. Deut. 29, 22. Hos.
11, 8.

“27°38 and "22°38 adj. (after the form’
Ἀ2 20) red, i. 6. red-haired, 6. g. Esau,
Gen. 25, 25; David, 1 Sam. 16, 12. 17,
42. Sept. πυῤῥάκης, Vulg. rufus.

“ATS (pr. human) Adami, pr. n. of a
city of Naphtali, Josh. 19, 33.

"25% see in pox.

RNIN Admatha, pr. n: of a Persian
nobleman, Esth. 1, 14.

* 778 obsol. root. 1. i. q. #8, Arab.
ωἷὸ mid. Waw, to be low, humble, infe-
rior. Hence 73%.

2. Transit. i. q. 1, to judge, to com-
mand, to domineer.. Hence }i78 domi-
nus, lord, and "258 the Lord; also

JIS Addan, pr. τι. of a man who re-
turned under Zerubbabel to Jerusalem,
Ezra 2, 59; in the parall. passage Neh.
7, 61 written πὸ.

TPS m. plur. org, constr. "248, a
foundation, e. g. ofa column, base, pedes-
tal, Cant. 5, 15. Ex..26, 19 sq. 27, 10 sq.
36, 38; ofa cap Job 38, 6. R. VIN
no. 1. - πῶς Ἢ

ys ᾿ 4 ᾿ —

JN

7 "D548 see after TN.

PIA“=48 (lord of Bezek) Adoni-Be-
zek, name or title of a king of the Ca-
naanitish city Bezek, Judg. 1, 5. 6. 7.

PILA7IIN (lord of justice) Adoni-
zedek, pr. n. of a Canaanitish king of
Jerusalem, Josh. 10, 1. 3.

AMPITN (my lord is Jehovah) Adoni-
jah, pr.n.m. a) Α βοὴ of David, who
attempted to usurp the succession, 1 K.
1,8sq. Called also 525% v. 5. 2 Sam.
3, 4, b) 2 Chr. 17, 8. 6) Neh. 10, 17.
In Ezra 2, 13 the same person is called
pp*25x Adonikam, i. e. lord of the ene-
my. Comp. Ezra 8, 13. Neh. 7, 18.

DEAN see wes5y c.

DIN (lord of altitude) Adoniram,

pr. n. of a man who had charge of the
public works under David and Solomon,
1 K. 4, 6. By an unusual contraction,
called πὶ Adoram, 2 Sam. 20, 24.
1 K. 12, 18; also pit 2 Chr. 10, 18.

F IN in Kal not used, pr. to be large,
great, che see deriv. “IN, MIAN;

comp. jolt to neve the hernia, pr. to be

swollen; ἢ iat swollen, inflated, e. g.

the belly. Kindr. is "75 .—Trop. to be
great, splendid, powerful ; see in “58.

Nrpu. to be made great, to be magni-
fied, glorious. Part. Ex. 15,6 507 τ m9"
M22 “IN? thy right hand, Jehovah, is
magnified in might, is made plokioue j in
strength. The Yod in "7383 is para-
gogic.

Hiren. to magnify, to make honourable,
Is. 42, 21.

Deriv. "38, M758, W758 , and the com-
pounds 72778, 723778.

ὙΝ Adar, the twelfth Hebrew month,
from the new moon of March to that of
April; or according to the Rabbins,
from the new moon of February to that
of March. Esth. 3, 7. 13. 8, 12. 9,1. 15.
17.19.21. Gr. ‘Adve, 1 Macc. 7,43. Syr.

τῷ : Oe ae 2. =o
$9], Arab. lot, fof, and plot, the
sixth month of the Syro-Macedonians.

Perh. from Pers. Af fire.
“I Chald. id. Ezra 6, 15.

16 “TIN

“IN see THN7EN.
“78 m. pr. largeness, amplitude ;

hence

1. a wide cloak, manile, i. ᾳ. M738,
Mic. 2, 8.

2. greatness, splendour, whence Zech.
11, 13 "πὶ ὙΠ splendour of the price,
i. e. the splendid price, ironically.

“VIN Chald. (τ. 12 IL) area, threshing-
floor, pr. a wide open place, Dan. 2, 35.

yn S- oF
Syr. 1321, Arab. οὐδ. Hence some
refer it to Arab. yo .excidit granum ;
but in Arab. post the nd seems to be.
for dd.

PUATIS Chald. plur. m. chief-judges,
Dan. 3, 2.3. Compounded from 778 i. q.
“38 greatness, comp. ΠΣ no. 3; and
TLE judges, comp. "3.

NITTIN Chald. adv. Ezra7, 2.3 right-
ly, diligently, carefully, Vulg. diligenter.
Prob. it is a Persian word, perh. i. q. Pers.

δ Ὁ...
cay recte, vere, probe.

FITTS m. only in Plur. DD TIN
1 Chr. 29, 7. Ezra 8, 27, i. q. 10393, ἃ
daric, a Persian coin of pure gold, com-

‘mon also among the Jews while they

were under the Persian dominion. The
ἐξ is prosthetic ; comp. in Mishna 41393

and Syr. e5s39. Tha etymology is

not certain, although we can hardly
doubt that the word is kindred to the pr.
n. Darius, 817793. Others make it either:
a) Dimin: from 37-5, daric, δαριήκης, if
the common “ena correct in Strabo
XVI. p. 5874; or b) A compound from
Ifo king (Darius) and ω» appear-
ance, figure.—The darie was equal in
value to the Attic χρυσοῦς, which, ac-
cording to our mode of reckoning, was
worth nearly 14 German ducats, or
about three Spanish dollars; see Boeckh
Staatsh. der Ath. I. p. 23. The coin
usually bears the image of an archer
with a‘tiara. Darics of gold and silver
are extant in the Museums of Paris and
Vienna. See Eckhel Doctr. Num. P. 1.
Vol. III. p. 551.

J2QTIN (contr. for 23 ὍΝ splen-
dour of the king) Adrammelech, pr. n.
a) An idol of the Sepharvites or Sip-

_ .

es

OO ἀπ ὺν ὃς συ στ τ γυναι;

“TIN

parenes brought from Mesopotamia to
Samaria, 2 K. 17,31. b) A son of Sen-
nacherib king of Assyria, who aided in
slaying his father, Is. 37, 38. 2 K. 19, 37.

JIS Chald. i. gq. 275, the arm, with
ἐς prosthetic, Ezra 4, 83, Hebr. 35%.
In the Targums with Patah STI.
Hence

WIN (strong, mighty) Edrei, pr. n.
a) The former metropolis of Bashan,
situated in the territory of Manasseh,
Num. 21, 33. Deut. 1, 4. Josh. 12, 4.
Called by Eusebius sows, by Ptolemy
‘Adga, by Arabian geographer
Zer’a, now Leo Der’. rAccording to
Euseb. and the Peut. Tables, it lay 24
Rom. miles from Bozrah on the way to
Capitolias and Gadara. See Reland
Palestina p.547. Bibl. Res. in Pal. III.
App. p. 152.—R.]_ Ὁ) A city in Naph-
tali, Josh. 19, 37.

MIS 1. Fem. of adj. "58, large,
great, mighty, (comp. w">w, f. mu>u ,)
Ez. 17, 8 M338 ἼΞ3 a large vine, i. 6. full
of branches and leaves. Comp. ΠΝ
no. 1.

2. Subst. a wide cloak, mantle, pallium,
1 K. 19, 13.19. 2 K. 2, 13. 14. Jon. 3, 6.
4220 n738 a Babylonish mantle Josh. 7,
21, i. e. variegated with figures, having
the figures of men and animals interwo-

_ ven in colours; comp. Plin. H.N. 8. 48.

So "30 NIX a hairy mantle, shaggy
with hair, or (according to eke} of fur,
Gen. 25, 25. Zech. 13, 4.

3. splendour, glory, Zech. 11, 3.

Ἶ DIAN i. q. 53, to thresh, once inf.
absol. Is. 28, 28 "3510 WiTN threshing

he threshes it.

υ aN and ans fat. SIN7 and IN,

: pers. sn Prov. 8, 17 and snk Hos. 14,

5; inf. nx Ecc. 3, 8, also M238 q. v.

1. to breathe after, to long for, to de-
sire, c. acc. Ps. 4, 4. 40,17. 70, 5; seq.
"2 Ps. 116, 1.—This sense of breathing

_ after belongs to the syllables 15, an,
and with the letters ee aN,

WN 5

comp. the roots bat; 33m, os to de-
sire, to love; M58 and nay 40 ‘desire, to
be willing.
2. to love, in which signif it is me
2

17

ris

with a3 , ἀγαπάω. With acc. Gen. 37
3. 4. Deut. 4, 37; rarely ὁ. Ὁ Lev. 19, 18.
34. 1K. 5, ae c. 2 Kee. 5, 9. 1 Sam. 20,
17 S33 wD? Mae he loved him as he
loved his own soul. Part. a58 a friend,
loving and beloved, intimate, different
from 558 companion, Prov. 18, 24. Esth.
5, 10. 14. Is. 41, 8 "AGN OMISN 51 the —
seed of Abraham my friend. —

3. to love to do any thing, to delight
in doing, seq. infin. c. > , Hos. 12, 8 pdy>
aX he loveth to oppress. Is. 56, 10. Jer.
14, ‘10.

Nipu. part. 3382 lovely, amiable, wor-
thy of love, 2 Sam. 1, 23.

Pret part. 35N9 1, @ friend, Zech.
13,6. ᾿ ai.

2. a lover, but only in a bad sense, a
paramour, debauchee, Ez. 16, 33 sq. 23,
5 sq. i. 6. metaph. for an idolater. —

Deriv. the three following.

238, only in plur. boAny 1, Loves,
spec. in a bad sense, amours, trop. of
intercourse and alliances with foreign
nations, Hos. 8, 9.

2. delight, loveliness. Prov. 5, 19 M258
DXA ὦ lovely hind.

8 m. love, in sing. once meton. for
lovers, paramours, Hos. 9, 10. Sept.
ot ἠγαπημένοι. Plur. D°38 loves, spec.
amours, Prov. 7, 18.

MAIS f, 1. Inf. fem. of the verb any,
with Ὁ pref. Is. 56, 6 Him puicny mst
to love the name of Jehovah. Deut. 10,
15. 11, 13. 22. Josh. 22, 5. 23, 11. With
21K. 10,9 ΕΝ nin mans in
Shows loving Israel, i. e. because he
loved Israel. In the same sense with
pref. > Hos. 3,1, and 72 Deut. 7, 8 ΓΞΙΤΝ Ὁ
Dany nim Because Jehovah loved you.

2. love, espec. between the sexes, Cant.
2,4. 5, 8. 8,6. 75; of God towards men
Hos: 3, i a tisds towards each other,
1 Sam. 18, 3. .

- 3. love, delight, concr. one beloved,
fem. Cant. 2, 7. 3,5.. So perh. v. 10,
where others as adv. lovely.

r WIN obsol. root, i. q. 118 to be one,
united. Hence 748 and

τις Ohad, pr. n. of a son of Simeon,
Gen. 46, 10.

1 ὭΣ: interj. expressing grief, sor-

WIS

row, and imitating the λον ΟΥ̓ cry, ah!
alas ! et. Arab. δῖ, al, whence the

verbs at and sf to grieve, lament, like
Germ. ach, échzen. Mostly in the con-
nection Tint "25x ANN ah! Lord God,
Josh. 7, 7. Judg. 6, 22 ; or "278 FIN 2 Καὶ.
6, 5. 15. Alone, 2K. 3, 10»). dat. Joel
1, 15.

AGN (union, τ. πὸ} Ehud, pr. ἢ. m.
a) A judge of Israel, Judg. 3, 15 sq. 4, 1.
Sept. ’40d. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 7, 10.

NGS Ahava, pr. n. ofa river between
Babylon and Jerusalem, Ezra 8, 21. 31.
The same is probably meant in v. 15,
where we may render: the river that
runneth to the Ahava. It is hardly
doubtful, that the word signifies pr. wa-
ter, aqua; comp. Sanscr. ap, Pers. ab,
Goth. ahva, Lat. aqua. It is hard to
say what river is meant; possibly the
Euphrates, which was called nar ἐξοχήν
the river ; comp. "330.

WIN Hos. 13, 10, i. ᾳ. 38, "8, where ?
Elsewhere “IN is always pals. fut.
apoc. from r. ΠῚ to be; and not improb.
it is here an error of transcription arising
out of v. 7. 14, instead of πὸ, The
words are NIDX 195 Ὁ "48 where then is
thy king? the two words Xi®S "rm be-
ing closely joined, as elsewhere XiDN πὰς.
—Ewald regards this word (Gr. § 444) as
compounded from καὲ (i. q. 4) and "i.e.
hic, here; comp. Ethiop. UP ibi, “HP
hic, huc. So too Hupfeld.

G
ae IN perh.i.g. dd, he 1. to shine,
to glitter, from the mutual relation of
verbs 8D and 33; see Hiph—Hence
ὅς tent, from the shining, glittering
appearance.

2. Denom. from ὅτ tent, to tent, to
move one’s tent, in the manner of no-
mades, now pitching their tents in one
place and then removing to another.
Gen. 13, 12. 18 naS8 bANm , Sept. ἀπο-
σκηνώσας ᾿Αβρύμ, Valg. movens taberna-
culum suum.

Pret, fut. 5387 contr. 2111, i. q. Kal no.
2, to pitch one’s tent, in the nomadic man-
ner, Is. 13,20: Comp. 922 for BN.

Hin. i. 4. Kal no. 1, to shine, pr. to
give light. Job 25, 5 “NDI ΠΛ ΤΣ ἽΠ

God. Jerome:

*

18 Is

dame lo! even the moon, it shineth not,
i. 6. is not bright, pure, in the sight of

splendet. .Sept. οὐκ ἐπιφαύσκει.
The deriv. follow.

DAS c. suff. “boy. aba (sholka),
with He parag. FEAR ; Plur. onbnk
Syriasm for D725 Leben p. 15% 572 ;
with pref. poss Jude. 8, 11. Jer. 35, 7.
10; constr. “ba, c. suff. bak , Pon,
Ἐξ Ὦπιν.

Ἵ. ἃ tent, tabernacle, Gen. 9, 27. al.
syin S48 jabernaele of the congregation
or of assembly, comm. tabernacle of the
covenant, i. e. the movable and portable
sanctuary of the Israelites in the desert,
described Ex. c. 26, comp. 6. 36; also
called simply 5&5 1. K. 1, 39. sate
the distinction in the tabesunetin between
ὉΓῚΝ and 399, the former (snk) denoted
the exterior covering, consisting of
twelve curtains of goats’ hair, which was
placed over the proper dwelling (j247)

i. 6. the twelve interior curtains or hang- —

ings which lay upon the frame-work ;
see Ex. 26, 1. 7. 36, 8. 14. 19.
2. a dwelling, habitation, house, Is.

16, 5 73 DAS the habitation of David.

1K. 8, 66. Jer. 4, 20. Lam. 2,4. Poet.
Ps. 132, 3:"m"2 brea Nas ox J will-not
enter the dwelling of my house.

3. Spec. the temple, Ez. 41, 1.

4, Ohel, pr. ἢ. of a son of Zerabbabel,
1 Chr. 3, 20. yh

MTN Oholah, Aholah, pr. τι. of a
harlot, used by Ezekiel as the symbol
of Samaria, Ez. 23,4 sq. Put for 7258
(Mappik) i. e. she has her tent, her own
tabernacle, temple.

MiDAN see in DDH.

ANON (tent of his father) Aholiab,

pr. Π. of an artificer, Ex. 31, 6. 35, 34.

mame Oholibah, Aholibah, pr. τι. of
a harlot, ‘used by Ezekiel as the symbol
of the idolatregs kingdom of Judah, Ez.
23,4 sq. lit. my tabernacle is in kat na
for ma. Comp. ποτ.

TaD SMS (tent of the height) Aholi-
bamah, pr. n. of a wife of Esau, Gen. 36,
2.14; also of an Edomitish tribe, v. 14.

DOS Num. 24, 6. Prov. 7, 17, and
TDN Ps. 45, 9. Cant. 4, 14, Plur. a spe

ecce ! ! luna etiam non

- ee Pe ee

7 bai ata ad Δ

_ 4

᾿ ξυλαλόη, in modern times lignum aloés,

=e

“IN

cies of odoriferous tree growing in India,
called by the Greeks ἀγάλλοχον, later

also lignum paradisi, and lignum aquile,
Excecaria Agallocha Linn. See Diosc.
lib. 1.21. The Heb. as well as the Greek
name is derived from the Indian name
of the tree, Sanscr. agaru and aguru (the
r being softened into /), also agarukam.
See Celsius in Hierobot. T. I. p. 135-
170. Gildemeister de rebus Indicis, Fasc.
I. p. 65, 66. The Portuguese also would
seem to have heard the name under the
form agulu or the like; since they call
this wood aquile lignum.

" “WIS a doubtful root ; hence perhaps

PWS pr. n. m. (perh. i.q. ji moun-
taineer, comp. Arab. ,, 9 Ls) Aaron, the
elder brother of Moses, Ex. 6, 20. 7, 7;
and the first high-priest, Ex. c. 29. Lev.
ὁ. 8.--Ἰ τς 23. sons of Aaron Josh. 21,
4. 10. 13; poet. yinAR Ma house of
Aaron Ps. 115, 10. 12. 118, 3, put for the
priests in general. So Aaron for any
high-priest Ps. 133, 2.

WS, constr. ἴδ, a noun after the form
1%, Pf, from r. ΓΝ to will,.to desire.

1. Subst. will, desire, appetite, once —

Prov. 31, 4 Cheth. "28 ἽΝ ὈΌΤ ΟῚ nor
for princes the desire of strong drink.
Keri "20 ἐν (to say) where is strong
drink ?

2. free-will, choice, and hence constr.
is as a Conjunction, implying the power
of freely choosing this or that, or, either ;
comp. Lat. vel, apoc. ve, from velle.

oF
Arab. οἷ. Deut. 13, 2 mBia ἴδ MIN the

sign or the wonder. Job 3,15. 2. K. 2, .

16 MINA INNA IS DIT INNA upon
some mountain or into some valley. Re-
peated 1. q. sive—sive, whether—or, Lev.
5,1 S73 58 ANT IN whether he hath seen
tr Texein. Ex. 21,31. Sometimes it is
intensive, i. q. or rather, 1 Sam. 29, 3
who hath been with me now these many
days, 0°20 Ht ἴδ or rather these years.

of Ge
So Arab. 3! , which they explain by (lb.

' —Sometimes also ellipt. for "> ΝΣ or (be

it) that, or (it must be) that, with fut. sub-
junct. where we may properly render
or else, unless perhaps. (Comp. Arab.

19

=I8
of ; B55
3 c. fut. nasb. ge for Si 2]. wh:ch

is explained by ὧ yf unless.) Is. 27,5
I would burn them all together, Pim τς
"33722 or else let them lay hold of my
refuge, i.e. unless they take hold etc.
Lev. 26, 41. Ez. 21, 15 [10]—Hence

3. As aconditional particle, pr. if one
choose, i. q. tf, if perhaps, but if, Sept.
ἐάν, comp. Lat. sive, in which lies also

oF

the st conditional. So Arab. 4 is often
explained by the Grammarians by ὦ) { an
With fut. 1 Sam. 20, 10 who shall ὩΣ me

MOP FIN WIS is if thy father an-
swer thee any thing harshly? Sept. ἐάν,

‘Vulg. si forte. (Winer attributes to this

passage more than the context will bear,
in endeavouring to make out a disjunc-.
tive sense, ad Sim. Lex. p. 26.) Ex. 21,
36085 M32 VW 7D ST IN but tf it be
known, that the ox was wont to push,
Sept. ἐὰν δέ, Vulg. sin autem. Lev. 4,
23. 28. 2 Sam. 18, 13.— Without a verb,
Gen. 24, 55 let the maiden abide with us
“ivy ix 0°24 some days, if perhaps ten,
q. ἃ. ten days tf she choose ; Sept. ἡμέρας
ὡσεὶ δέκα, Vulg. dies saltem decem. In
this example the primary sense of choice
remains; nor can it be well explained:
multos dies, aut saltem decem.

DNAS (prob. will of God, from "8, ἴδ.
r. 31%) Uel, pr. n. Ezra 10, 84.

κι a er DN obsol. root,-i. q. Arab.
Sit for S τ.

1. to come back, to return; also to
come to one’s senses, resipiscere, whence

8
ῳ 9] resipiscens.

2. to go down, to set, e. g. the sun.
3. to come by night, espec. in sping: to

get water. Conj. V, VIII, id. Rad ie τ᾿
water-carrier, aquarius. Hence in He-
brew:

δ plur. minis masc. comp. for the
gender of the plur. Job 32, 19.

1. a leathern bottle, pr. a water-skin,
for carrying water, see r. 21 no. 3.
Spoken of skins for wine, Job 1. ὁ. Mad
pat own like new bottles. which burst,
i. 6. like skins full of new wine.

2. νεκρόμαντις or νεκυύμαντις, i.e. ἃ

ais

mecromancer, sorcerer, a conjurer who
professes to call up the dead by means
of incantations and magic formulas, in
order that they may give response as to
doubtful or future things; comp. 1 Sam.
28, 7. Is. 8, 19. 29, 3.—Deut. 18, 11. 2K.
21,6. 2Chr. 33,6. Plur. miak Lev. 19,
31. 20, 6. 1 Sam. 28, 3.9. Is. 8, 19. 19, 3.
Spec. put a) For thedivining spirit, the
foreboding demon, python, supposed to be
present in the body of such a conjurer ;
comp. Acts 16,16. So Lev. 20,27 Wx
sik DAA MNT) "2 TUN iN a man ora

woman in whom is the spirit of divina-'

- tion, Eng. ‘familiar spirit’ 1 Sam. 28,8
sina "> ar™2Dp divine unto me by the

foreboding spirit ; whence such a sorce- -

ress is called 3i& mb>2 mwx a woman in
whom is a divining spirit, 1 Sam. 28, 7. 8.
b) For the dead, the shade or spirit
evoked. Is. 29,4 ΟΡ 7282 BIND HT and
thy voice shall be like a shade out ‘of the
ground.—The LXX usually render nias
by ἐγγαστρίμυϑοι, ventriloquists, and
correctly ; since among the ancients this
power of ventriloquism was often mis-
used for the purposes of magic.—As to
the connection between these two signifi-
cations of bottle and necromancer, it prob.
arose from regarding the conjurer, while
possessed by the demon, as a bottle, i. e.
vessel, case, in which the demon was
contained. Hence

MAIN (water-skins) Oboth, pr. n. of a
station of the Israelites in the desert,
Num. 21,10. 34,43. It must be sought
in the desert on the eastern skirts of
Idumea, not far from Moab.

D728 1 Chr. 27, 30, Odil, pr. τι. of an
Ishmaelite. who had charge of the cam-
els of David. It signifies pr. Fae of the

ag ci gat like Arab. JST and dust from

ὧδ! camel.—The form >"258 is for 525,
as qrain for “81 Ps. 16, 5.

Dae and Pak, m. (r. 22") a stream,
river, only in Dan. 8, 2. 3. 6.

* TIN and TN obsol. root. 1. to bend,

to inflect, Arab. St mia. Waw; then io

turn, to turn about or over, to stir, see
subst. THN, MITIN; also to put around,

20 ris

to surround, see “IX.
Heb. 7539. Hence
2. to load, to burden, to press down with ὦ

Corresponding is

weight ; whinge Out heavy, bargel
some, ὅδ a load, weight, Sytl mis-

fortunes, evils, calamities, by which one
is weighed down; see "8.

3. ig. Off for Af, to be strong, ro-
5
bust ; Conj. II, to strengthen, to aid, at

and Of strength, might, force ; whence
Heb. tka. Comp. 5p and other verbs
which also connect the notions of weight
and strength.

“TAN m. pr. a wooden poker, with whith
a fire is stirred, see r. ΠΝ no 1; hence
any burnt wood, a fire-brand, Zech. 3, 2.
Am, 4, 11. 15. 7,4. Syr. and Chald. id.
Others make it i. q. Dot wood.

ΓΝ plur. pr. turnings, turns, see r.
sax no. 1; then circumstances, reasons,

Gee
from r. 329 to turn about; Nae way,

causes of things.

manner, cause, from SLA, d4n, to turn
oneself; Germ. wm for wegen ; boon be-
cause of, from 5>3.—Found only i in the
formula τὐπήν τος ἢ ig. "23 59, "29% 53,
for the causes, i. e. on accoties of, be-
cause of, propter, Gen. 21, 11. 25. 26, 32.
Ex. 18, 8; 6. suff. "mitk ἘΣ on my ac-
count, Josh. 14, 6. "x nitk~>D Ὁ
for all these causes that, for this very
cause that, Jer. 3, 8.—In some editt. is
found 2 Sam. 13, 16 mink >&, which
has arisen from combining two readings,
misin~>y and mitix 5».

“Ἔ ms not used in Kal, pr. to bend, .
to inflect ; comp. kindr. ΠΣ. Hence
1. to turn aside, to take lodging, to

[3

lodge, to dwell ; 1.4. Arab. ἘΔ Conj. I,
Ss

Il; syle a lodging, dwelling. See

deriv. "ἐξ.

-g
2. i.q. Arab. (55: to incline, to have ἃ

bent, i. e. to desire, to long for, to wish ;
see Pi. Hithpa. and comp. YB. Kindr.

roots are Max, Lat. aveo, Arab. S*
Sanscr. aw, to deaire:

i max i. q. Kal no. 2, to desire, to
long for, ascribed mostly to the soul, 85).
Prov: 21, 10 34 πρῆδ 9 BER the soul
of the wicked desireth evil. Deut. 12, 20.
14. 26. Job 23, 13. 33, 20. 1 Sam. 2, 16.
2 Sam. 3, 21. Mic. 7,1. Without ‘te?
‘Ps. 132, 13. 14. Is. 26, 9 san 7p:
ΠΕΣ my soul even I desire thee in the
night ; comp. 135 for J, with 1 pers.
Gen. 44, 32.
Hrrapa. ΤΉΝ ΠῚ, fut. apoc. 18)? Prov.
23, 3. 6, i. q. Pi. but pr. to desire for one-
self, to long ; absol. 1 Chr. 11, 17; c.
acc. Deut. 5, 18. Jer. 17,16; c. dat. Prov.
3, 3.6. ΤΣ ΤΗΝ ΤΙ fo long a longing,
i. e. to long for with eagerness, to lust
after, Num. 11, 4. Ps. 106,14. Hithpael
differs also from Piel, in that it is never
Joined with 52, which is the common
usage with Piel.
. Deriv. 18 constr. 8, TIX, MY, ἊΣ I,
ΟΝ, FyNn.

rales ms obsol. root, onomatopoetic,

to cry, to howl, ululare ; so Arab. (555

to howl, as ἃ dog, wolf, jackal; see the
deriv. "i8, "8.

* TIL. TTS in Kal. not used, prob.
tosign, to mark, to describe with a mark;
kindr. with M&M and min. Comp. 3x,
mx I, am, to desire. Hence
Hires. ΠῚ Num. 34, 10 535 omnnn
ye shall mark out for yourselves a border,
etc. comp. v. 7. 8, where in the same
- connection is read fut.52>5NmM. Sept.
and Syr. in all three passages, xatops-

᾿τρήσετε, ϑϑο 22; ye shall measure out,
_ deterinine.—Hence also mix for MIX, a
sign.

aN Εἰ (τ. ΠΣ 1.2.) 1. desire, long-
ing, 6. τ. after ‘food, with 852, Deut. 12,

2, 24. Comp. in mn 1. Pi.
2. desire, pleasure, will, with 52,
~1 Sam. 23, 20; simpl. Hos. 10, 10.

“FAN (prob. i. q. “IN, ἜΣ, strong, ro-
bust) Uzai, pr. n. τη. Neh. 3 25.

| STAN Gen. 10, 27, pr. n. Uzal, a de-
_ scendant of Joktan, here taken in a geo-
graphical sense for a city and district of
the Joktanide in Arabia, prob. the same
_ afterwards called Sanaa, the metropolis

TTS 21

15. 20. 91. 18, 6; of sexual aeitre, 7,

bas

of the kinzdom of Yemen ; see Bochart
Phaleg. II. 21. J.D. Michaelis Spicil. _
Geogr. Heb. ext. T. II. p. 164 sq. Rut-
ger’s Hist. Jemane, p. 217.

"IN (desire or dwelling, i. q."%) Evi,
pr. n. of a king of Midian, Num. 31, 8.
Josh. 13, 31.

“IRs(r. TIE IL) 1. Subst. wailing,
lamentation. Prov. 23, 29. 70> ix 5
"ia% who hath τοι δαί who hath want ?

2. Interj. wo! a) Of sorrow, grief,
c. dat. wo to me! etc. 1 Sam. 4, 8. Is.
3, 9. 6,5; rarely c. acc..Ez. 24, 6. 8;
absol. Num. 24, 23. Ὁ) Of threatening,
imprecation, Num. 21, 29.—Kindr. is "in.

MIN i. α, TiN, c. dat. Ps. 120, 5.

Soe τῇ. (r. 515} plur. ΘΛ ΝΣ 1. _fool-
ish, as adj. bay, wx Prov. 29, 9. Hos.
9, 7. More freq. subst. ἃ foolish man, a
fool, Job 5, 2. Is. 19, 11. 35, 8. Prov. 7, 22.
10, 14. 11, 29. 14, 3. 15, 5. Opp. toa
prudent man (5592) Prov. 12,16; toa
wise man (0271) Prov. 10, 14.

2. Impl. impious, wicked, Job 5, 3.

"SIN id. with adj. ending, Sfoatiahy
Zech. il, 15.

7370 eal Evil-Merodach, pr. n. of
a king of Babylon, who set at liberty
Jehoiachin king of Judah after he had
been long detained in prison by Nebu-
chadnezzar, 2 K. 25, 27. Jer. 52,31. He
succeeded Nebuchadnezzar, and reigned
two years, according to Berosus in Jos.
c. Ap. 1. 20.—As to the signification of
the name, 7792 q. v. is the name of a
Babylonish idol, and 5"1x is in Heb. fool-
ish. But we may take it for granted
that some other name of Assyrian or
Persian origin lies concealed under this,
which the Jews thus wrested into the
analogy of their own tongue ; pleasing
themselves perhaps with the idea of
calling the hostile and gentile king in
scorn Merodach’s fool, i. e. his foolish
worshipper. ,

ν “ΝΣ with Vav movable, obsol. root,
i. ᾳ. δ, >N5, to be foolish, pr. to be
turned away, perverse, comp. kindr. 513,
and also 538. Hence ΝΣ, "5", fool-
ish, M258 folly.

* San and Pas a root not. used in

Oye

the verb, but of wide extent in the
derivatives,

1. Pr. to roll, to twist, to swirl, as in
kindr. >4n, ban, DMB, bba; comp. «Ago,
εἰλύω, ἴλλω, Δ ΟΣ below under τ, Ὁ53.---
Hence bax a ram, from his twisted
horns ; also >48 belly. ᾿

2. Trop. to be strong, stout, powerful ;
for the connection comp. in 55" and ὉΠ.
—Hence >x the Strong One, God; m>x
terebinth, q. ἃ. the strong tree; ji>&
an oak, Lat. robur; also 5°98, MmA> IN,
strength, aid.

3. Trop. to.be first, foremost, chief,
from the notion of strength and power ;

sO “a δ to be foremost, to come out

first, ΑΙ first, primus, (pr. princeps, like
iN4,) comp. Heb. 583.—Hence Brd5x
pbx, the mighty, the chief peix the
front part, ᾳ. v. δ no. 2, and pbx, a
projection on a building ; nba no. 3, the
first place, rank.

DIN m. 1. the belly, body, pr«a roll,
roller, from the round form ; r. D458 no. 1.

Ps. 73, 4. Arab. δῇ, df

2. Plur. the mighty, the powerful, the

chief. 2 K. 24, 15 Cheth. yah "3ax
the chief of the land. The Keri has the
more usual form δὴ. R. δὴν no. 3.

1. "DN compounded from "δὲ constr.
is, and "2 i. g. "δ, 8b) 8b, not; comp.
are, ΡΝ

1. 7 not, unless, once Num. 22, 33
Sa) "2B. AND. "ΣῊΝ unless she had turn-
ed from me, * surely now I had slain thee.
Sept. εἰ μή. Aben-Ezra well “b1.

2. whether not, Is. 47, 12; and hence
ellipt. [who bene] whether not, i. 6. per-
haps, peradventure, expressing doubt,
fear, Gen. 24, 5. 27, 12. Josh. 9,7; and
also hope, Gen. 16, 2. Am. 5, 15.—Hos.
8, 7 the stalk shall yield no meal, "Ὅτ
ΠΡ ἘΞ" mya mvs [or if] ‘perhaps it
yield, ‘strangers shall devour it. Jer. 21,2.

—In like manner Arab. ἐπ and ae
perhaps, is pr. whether not, ellipt. As to
é

its origin, for : J, and its various forms
and use, see De Sacy Gramm. Arabe 1.
§867, and note. More nearly corre-
sponding are the Talmudic particles Nat
and Nab" pr. whether not, annon, then

22.

op

whether perhaps, if perhaps, fortasse ;
e. g. Pirke Aboth 2, 4 ‘ne dicas: cum
otiosus fuero, discam, fortasse (R2W) non
eris otiosus.’? Berach 2,1.9. Also ὉΠ Ὡ
what if? perhaps, which is put for Heb.
sdast Is, 47, 12.

II. "258 pr. n. Ulai, Euleus, a river
flowing by Susa in Persia, and emptying
itself into the united stream of the Eu-
phrates and Tigris, called by the Greeks
Choaspes, now Kerah. Dan. 8,2. See
Hdot. 5. 49. Plin. H. N. 6. 27 or 31.
R. K. Porter’s Tapes Vol. II. p, 412,
and Map.

=e DON (Kamets impure,) Plur.
ΡΥ itr: "bh no. 3,) pr. the anterior
part, hon; hence

1. vestibule, porch, portico, 1 K. 7, 6
sq. Ez. 40,7 sq. Spec. of the vestibule
or porch erected on the eastern front of
the temple of Solomon, Gr. ὃ πρόγαος,
1K. 6, 3. Joel 2,17; more fully pba

| min 2 Chr. 15, 8. 29,17. The altitude

of this porch is said (2 Chr. 3, 4) to have
been 120 cubits, while the height of the
temple itself was only 30 cubits, and its
length 60 cubits, 1 K. 6,2. This would
give to the porch the form of a tower,
unless there is here an error in the text.
Perhaps for D°"w>" MRA we may read
with Meyer and others DW mix
twenty cubits.

2. Adv. pr. in front, and therefore op-
posite, on the contrary ; hence trop. as a
strong adversative particle, but, but yet,
nay but, nevertheless, ov μὴν ἀλλά, as
Sept. well. Job 2, 5. 5, 8. 13,3. Often
also HD4x1, Sept. ov μὴν δὲ ἀλλά, Gen.
48, 19. Ex. 9, 16. Job 1, 11. 12,7. 33, 1.
Where two advendiieaes propositions
stand one after the other, the Hebrews
repeat the adversative particle, as in
Engl. e. g. D25Ni—D>IN Job 13, 3. 4.
Comp. “1—"D. Once in Job 17, 10
it is written pbx, where some Mss,
falsely read ΕΝ lt may be worth
inquiry, whether this particle also, as
well as "48, may not be compounded
from 58 i. q. x an, whether, and 2? i. q.

Ρ

pos, “, not, in the ellipt. sense, [who
knows] whether not, i. q. but perhaps.
This _ conjecture would seem to be

supported by the Syriac word ἴδ],

ΕΣ

aN
which according to the ancient Syrian
lexicographers signifies ‘annon, fortasse.’

3. Ulam, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 16.
b) 8, 39. 40.
4 MIN f(r. diy) 1. folly, very often
: in Proverbs, as 5,23. 12, 23. 13, 16. 14,
| 17. 18. 29. 15, 2. 14. 21.
' 9, Impl. impiety, wickedness, comp.
7d33. Ps. 38, 6. 69, 6.
3. Perh. the first pines, i rank,

~~:

a
|

as "Folly, 3 ie. “high honour is to them only
- asource of foolish actions. There would
seem to be here a paronomasia or play
_ upon the twofold signification of m>5x.

ΔῚΣ (perh. eloquent, talkative, Syr.
ἤρατο, r. ἌΝ) Omar, pr. ἢ. m. Gen.
86,11.

Ε΄." VAS obsol. root. 1. Pr. to be no-
thing, not to be, i. e. having a negative
power, like δὲ" and kindred forms, as

Gb, xi.g5, to hinder, 522, j82; the
_ same power which in most languages
'is expressed by the letter n; comp.

Pers. x3, (3; Zend. and Copt. an; Gr.
yn in νήπιος, νημερτής, and ἄνευ ; Lat. ne,
nemo, non, also in priv. prefixed to ad-
_jectives; Germ. nie, nein, and vulgar
né, also ohne and un prefixed to adjec-
tives; Engl. no, nay, not, and un, in
_ privative; also Greek ἀναίνομαι. Less
frequently the negative power is ex-
pressed by the kindred letters m, comp.
' Sanscr. ma, Gr. uy; and J, comp. 8>,
RD, ND, 7D, 7b, de, DDN. Hence ἘΝ,
4 7X ποδί; not, Ἰδὲ nothingness.
From the idea of nothing come the
following tropical senses:

2. to be vain, empty, fruitless ; and
hence to be false, worthless, wicked, see
U8 no. 1, 2,3. Comp. in Engl. ‘to be
nothing worth,’ ‘there is nothing in
him; Lat. ‘homo nequam.’

3. to be deficient in strength. debilitat-

Γ ed, exhausted. a οἷ mid. Ye, to be

ἡ weak, exhausted ; Nat: weariness, trou-
ble, sorrow. si-Henes: pS no. 4, 5°28"

_ labours. ἡ

4, to be light, easy, facile; since

23

| Sanser. na, no, an and α privative; '

ys

things light and easy are to us 189,
Engl. as nothing. Comp. 5% to be light, .
easy.—Hence jis I, faculty (facility) of
doing any thing, ability, power.

TIS τὰ. (τ. AN πο. 1) c. suff. Fix,
Dyin Jer. 4,°14. Ps. 94, 23. Plur. ΘΠ ΝΣ
Prov. 11, 7.

1. nothingness, vanity, also a vain and
empty thing, Is. 41; 29. Zech. 10, 2.
Spec. of the nothingness of idols and of
every thing pertaining to idolatry (comp.
5311) 1 Sam. 15, 23; and so put for an
idol, idols, Is. 66, 3. Hence in Hosca
the city be-nna hone of God, as being |
given to idolatry, is scornfully called
jig-ma house of idols, Hos. 4, 15. 10, 5.
Here too are to be referred: a) ΒΞ
18 plain of Aven (idols), Amos 1,5, i.e. a
certain valley in the vicinity of Damas-
cus, perh. Heliopolis of Syria. b) "δὲ.
Aven for δ i. 6. Heliopolis of Egypt
Ez. 30,17; but with the notion of an
idolatrous city.—Spec. 3

2. nothingness of words, i. e. false-
hood, deceit, Ps. 36, 4. Prov. 17, 4.

3. nothingness as to worth, naughti-
ness, wickedness, iniquity, comp. τ. Ἰδὲ
no. 2. Num. 23, 21. Job 36, 21. Is. 1, 13,
TIS ΔΘ, PIS We, wicked men, Job 22,
15. 34, 36. ἽΝ by workers of iniquity,
evil aber 31, 3. 34, 8. 22. Plur. onvix
Prov. 11, 7, prob. re VIN WIN, as in
Sept. Chald. Syr. Arab.

4, toil, trouble, evil, calamity, i. q. by.
Ps. 55, 4 they cast calamity upon me.
Prov. 22, 8 he that soweth iniquity shall
reap evil, calamity. Ps. 90, 10. Job 15,
35. Hab. 3, TBR. sorrow, pain, Gen.
35, 18 "258"j2 Ben-oni, i.e. son of my
sorrow. ὉΠ ὈΠῸ bread of sorrows.
i.e. the food of mourners, which was
reckoned unclean, Hos. 9, 4: comp.
Deut. 26, 14.

Note. As 338 with suffixes coincides
as to form with ji, care must be taken
not to confound the two words.

I. ΤῊ m. (τ. px no. 4) faculty, ability ;
hence

1. strength, power, Job 18,7. 12. 40, 16.
Spec. of manly vigour, power of procrea-
tion, iN MWR the first-fruits or first-
iing of one’s strength, the first-born, Gen.
49, 3. Deut. 21, 17. Ps. 105, 36. Plur
nis Is. 40, 26. 29. Ps. 78, 51.

TS

2. wealth, substance, Hos. 12, 9. Job
20, 10. )
3. On, pr. n. m. Num. 16, 1.

1, 7s Gen. 41, 50 and is 41, 45. 46,

20, On, thie domestic pr. ἢ. of an ancient
Egyptian city, in Ez. 30,17 written JI8
q- v. no. 1.b. Called also by the He-
brews, prob. as a translation of the
Egyptian name, You ΓΞ Beth-shemesh,
i. e. house of the sun, Jer. 43, 13; by
the Greeks Heliopolis, city of the sun;
by the Arabs (poet pre »Ain Shems,
j. 6. fountain of the sun. Coptic Was.
which signified light, and spec. the sun,
as there seems hardly a doubt; comp.

OTE, OEM, OU, light, lumi-
nary ; see Peyron Lex. p. 273. The city
stood on the eastern side of the Nile, a
few miles north of Memphis; and was
celebrated for the worship and temple

of the sun, and for its obelisks, one of

;

Jer. 10, 9. Dan. 10, 5.

which remains to the present day ;
Diod. Sic. I. 85. Hdot. 2. 59. Near the
ruins of the ancient city is a fountain
still called ’Ain Shems, in the adjacent
modern village of Matariyeh. Comp.
Deser. de ’Egypte, Antiq. V. Pl. 26, 27.
Bibl. Res. in Pal. I. p. 36, 37.

S28 (strong, for 7218) Ono, pr. ἢ. of
a city in Benjamin, Ezra 2, 33. Neh. 7,
37. 11, 35. 1 Chr. 8, 12; with a valley
or plain of like name, Neh. 6, 2.

‘MAPDIS £. plur. 2 Chr. 8, 18 Cheth. for
τον ships, with Vav as mater lectionis
redundant.

DIN (strong, stout) Onam, pr. n. m.
a) Gen. 36,23. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 2, 26.

4218 (id:) Onan, pr. n. of a son of
Judah, Gen. 38, 9. 46, 12. Num. 26, 19.

TDA Uphaz, pr.n. of a gold country,
It seems to be
corrupted out of "bis ; since the letters
“ and 1 are also elsewhere interchanged,
comp. Pt2 and p23 lightning, ~ and
+? to boast.

spp, TDI, MHS, pr. n. Ophir,
a celebrated region, abétinding in, gold,
which the seamen of Solomon in com-
pany with the Phenicians were accus-
tomed to visit, taking their departure
from the ports of the Elanitic gulf; and

24,

EN

bringing back every three years gold,
precious stones, and sandal-wood, also
silver, ivory, apes, and peacocks; 1 K. 9,
98. 10, 11. 2 Chr. 8, 18. 9,10; espec. 1K.
10, 22, where Ophir is to be understood, —
although not expressly mentioned. The —
gold of Ophir is frequently mentioned —
in the O. T. as Job 28, 16. Ps. 45, 10. Is.
13, 12. 1 Chr. 29, 4; once also "518
itself is put for gold of Ophir Job 22, 24.
As to the geographical situation of —
Ophir, there is the greatest diversity |
of opinion among commentators. Yet —
among modern interpreters, the best —
hesitate only between two regions, viz. —
India, and some part of Arabia.—That ;
Ophir is to be sought in India, was the —
opinion of Josephus (Ant. 8. 6. 4), and |
among the moderns, of Vitringa, Reland, —
and others; and this view is supported
by the following arguments: a) The —
countries of India abound in the arti- —
cles of traffic above mentioned; and se-—
veral of these,as ivory and sandal-wood,
are found only in India; also the words —
for apes and peacocks correspond en-
tirely with the Indian words for the same —
on the coast of Malabar, and are doubt- |
less derived from these latter; see iP,
pan. Ὁ) The LXX have everywhere
(except once in Gen. 10, 29) for "BIN
put Σουφίρ, Σουφείρ, Σωφίρ, Σωφείρ, Σω-
φαρά, Σωφηρά. But coqsp: according —
to the ancient Coptic lexicographers, —
(whose authority, however, is not very
great,) is the name for India.) There |
exists in India a district from the name
of which both the names Ophir and So- —
phir may be readily explained, viz. Σου-
πάρα, the Οὔππαρα of Arrian, (Sanscr.
Uppara upper,) situated in the hither
Chersonesus where is now the celebrated
emporium of Goa, and mentioned by
Ptolemy, Ammianus, and Abulfeda.—
Of not less weight are the arguments
brought in favour of Arabia ; which
view is supported among the moderns
by Michaelis (Spicil. I. p. 184 sq.) Gos-_
selin, Vincent, Bredow (Histor. Unters. |
Il. p. 253), T. C. Tychsen, Seetzen in
Zach’s Monatl. Corresp. XIX. p. 331 sq.
and others. It is said: a) That Ophir,
in Gen. 10, 29, is enumerated among
other regions inhabited by the descend-

518

ants of Joktan; all of which, so far as
known to us, are to be sought in the
southern part of Arabia, and especially
between Sabea and Havilah, both of
which are rich in gold; although it can-
not be denied that Ophir, even if more
remote and situated in India, might have
been referred, in this genealogical list of
nations, to the colonies of the Joktanide.
b) Of the articles of traffic above men-
tioned, only certain ones, indeed, as gems
and apes, are now found in Arabia; and
in modern times no gold whatever is
found there. But that formerly certain
districts at least of Arabia abounded in
gold, and that too native and ἄπυρος, is
testified not only by the writers of the
O. T. 6. g. Num. 31, 22. 50. Judg. 8, 24.
26. Ps. 72,15; but also by Diod. Sic. 2.
50. ib. 3. 44,47, (comp. in 1253,) by
Agatharchides ap. Phot. Cod. 250, by
Artemidorus ap. Strab. 16. 4. 22, and by
Pliny H. N. 6. 28,32. The authority of
all these witnesses cannot well be im-
peached; since the mines may have been
exhausted or wholly neglected, as in
Spain; or the globules of native gold
formerly found in the sand may have
failed. 6) Ophir is expressly mentioned
as an island of Arabia by Eupolemus ap.
Euseb. Prep. Evang. IX. 30; and at the
present day there exists a place called
el-Ophir in the district of Oman, a few
miles from the city Sohar towards the
interior.

However it may be as to the respec-
tive merits of these two hypotheses, (for
we cannot here exhaust the discussion, )
they are both far more probable than
that which assigns Ophir to the eastern
coast of Africa, making it to comprise
Nigritia and the Sofala of Arabian
writers, now Zanguebar and Mozam-
bique, where there is a gold district call-
ed Fura; an opinion held by Grotius,
Huet, D’Anville, Bruce, Schulthess, and
ouners.

JDIN m. (τ. WN) constr. ix, plur.
pix, a wheel, Ex. 14, 25. al. Prov.
20, 26 jain ὈΠῸΣ Ξ 3) and turneth over
them the wheel sc. of the threshing-
sledge, i. e. he crushes them in pieces ;
see in Wis.

‘i yis 1. to press on, to urge, to hasten
. ἫΣ

25

ἊΝ

any one, Εἰχ. 5,18. Comp. Chald. ysx
Kindr. both in sound and signif. are the
roots Y28, 72, 712, comp. πιέζω.

2. Intrans. to urge oneself, to hasten, to
make haste, Josh. 10,13. Prov. 19, 2. 28,
20.—With 72, tohasten from, 1.q. to with-
draw oneself, Jer. 17, 16 M3572 "AEN Ne
FIRS, for ΠΣ nin, Ihave not with-
drawn myself from being a pastor (pro-
phet) after thee.

3. to press close, i. e. to be strait.
narrow, Josh. 17, 15.

Hipu. i.q. Kal no. 1, to press on to
urge, to hasten avy one; ὁ. inf. et >,
Is. 22,4; with 3 of pers. Gen. 19, 15.

“EIS m. constr. ἜΣ ΤΣ, plur. ὩΣ ΝΣ,
R. χὰ.

1. Pr. what is laid up, a store, stock,
e. g. of fruits, produce, provision, 2 Chr.
11,11. 1 Chr. 27, 27; espec. of gold,
silver, and other precious things, treas-
ure, 6. g. of the treasures of the temple
1K. 7,51; of the king 14, 26. 15, 18.
“ik ΓΞ treasure-house, treasury, Neh.
10, 39.

2. i. ᾳ. "IN “2 a store-house, garner,
Joel 1,17; a treasury 2 Chr. 32, 27.

* "TIN to be or become light, to shine, to
be bright, Gen. 44, 3; also of the eyes
of a fainting person when he recovers
1 Sam. 14, 27. 29. Pret. impers. “8 it
is light 1 Sam. 29,10. Imperat. "is,
Is. 60,1 shine, be bright, i. e. be sur-
rounded and resplendent with light.

ΝΙΡΗ. “82, fut. 785, i. gq. Kal, 2 Sam.
2,32. Job 33, 30 “ΝΘ for ἜΝΘ to become
light, to be made light, to dawn. Part.
“ini, bright, splendid, glorious, Ps. 76,5.

ΗΙΡΗ. ΝΠ 1. to lighten, to make
light, to illuminate, c. accus. Ps.77, 19.
97,4. 105,39. a) ‘B "35d NH to enlight-
en the eyes of any one, which before were
dark, dim, i. e. to recall him as it were to
life, Ps. 13, 4; hence to refresh, to glad-
den, Prov. 29,13. Ps. 19,9. Ezra 9, 8:
Comp. Ecclus. 31,17. Ὁ) 25 ὍΝ Zo
light up one’s countenance, to cause 1
to shine, i. e. to cheer, to enliven, Ecc. 8, 1.
Comp. synon. "33 II. So of one’s own
countenance, 1738. ΝΣ to cause his
Jace to shine, spoken. espec. of God as
regarding men with a serene and propi
tious countenance, Ps. 80, 4. 8. 20; c.
>& Num. 6, 2; 59 Ps. 31,17; 2 Ps. 119.

ἪΝ

135; > 118,27; τὰς Ps. 67,2. Once omit-
ting 598 Ps, 118, 27. ἢ Trop. to en-
lighten, i.e. to impart knowledge and
wisdom, Ps. 119, 130.

2. to give light, to shine, absol. Gen. 1,
15; c. dat. Ex. 13, 21. Is. 60, 19.

3. to light, i.e. to kindle, to set on fire,
Mal. 1,10. Is. 27,11. Comp. "58 fire.

aoe
Arab. » to kindle.

Deriv. "i8, AX, TIN, pr. names “8
—ATN, also TiN, TINA, WRX",

“i® m. (once f. Job 36, 32; see Lehre.
p. 546) light, Gen. 1, 3. 4. 5. Job 3, 9.
12,25. The diff. between it and “in
is apparent from Gen. 1, 3 comp. v. 14. 16,
i.e. “8 is light as universally diffused,
é.g. the light of day and of the sun, while
“ik’2 is pr. a light, luminary, which gives
light, and therefore admits the plural,
which "48 does not, except in one exam-
ple Ps. 136,7, where 2°58 is poetically
put for o™k2.—Spec. a) day-light,
morning-light, dawn, Neh. 8, 3 ΠΝ ΓΙ τ
bint msm 52 from day-light until noon.
Job 24, 14 sind with the light, at dawn.
b) light of the sun, also the sun itself, Job
3l, 26. 37, 21. Hab. 3,4. Is. 18,4; comp.
φάος for the sun dyes. 3. 335. ‘Also light
of day, the day, Ecc. 12,2. moss six
light of the wicked, 1. 6. their day-time,
put for the night, Job 38.15. 6) i. q.
lightning, Job 36,32 ik neD opa-dy
he epvereth his hande with light, i.e.
lightning, q.d. his hands are red with
lightning. Job 37, 3.11.15. d) the light
of life, life, Job 3, 16.20; more fully “ix
pun Ps. 56,14. 6) Metaph. light as
the emblem of welfare, prosperity, hap-
piness ; either so that the proper sense
of light is retained, Job 22, 28. Is. 9, 1;
or trop. for prosperity itself, Job 30, 26.
Ps. 97,11. InIs. 10, 17 Jehovah is called
the light of Israel, as the author and
»source of prosperity and happiness to
them; comp. 60, 1.3. [Ὁ light for know-
ledge, instruction, doctrine, Is. 49, 6 “ix
ΠῚ} a light of the Gentiles, i. e. an en-
lightener, teacher. 51,4. 2,5 let us walk
in the light of Jehovah, see v. 3. Comp.
Prov. 6, 23 for the commandment (of God)
ts a lamp, and the law is light. g) “ix
525 light of the countenance, i.e. a serene
and cheerful countenance, Job 29, 24

26 ἫΝ

(comp. Ps. 104,15). Prov. 16,15 "38 ike
7230 inthe light of the king’s countenance,
i.e. when his countenance is cheerful and
pleasant. Ps. 4, 7. 44, 4.

“AN m. 1.i.q. 718, light, and hence in
Plur.5"748 8) lights, i.e. region of light,
the East, Orient, Is. 24,15. Comp. Hom.
πρὸς ἠῶ ἡἕλιόν τε, Il. 12. 239. Od. 9. 26.
b) lights, metaph. for revelations, revela-
tion, spoken of the sacred lot of the He-
brews, Urim, Num. 27, 21. 1 Sam. 28, 6;
oftener more fully Dam DN Taio
and Thummimn, light and truth, i 1.6. reve-
lation and truth, Ex. 28, 30. Lev. 8, 8;
once Θ᾿ ΠΝ} Oh Deut. 33, 8. Sept. well,
δήλωυις καὶ ἀλήϑεια, Luth. Licht und
Recht. These sacred lots, which the
high-priest alone might consult in mat-
ters of great moment, were worn in his
breast-plate, as appears from Ex. 28, 30,
where 5X 4M) is to put into ; comp. Deut.
23, 25. Num. 4, 10. Ex. 25,21. What
they were, was elrenilg matter of dispute
in the time of Philo and Josephus. The
latter supposed that the augury was
taken from the twelve gems which deco-
rated the exterior of the breast-plate,
and from their degree of splendour; Jos.
Ant. 3.8.9. But Philo teaches that the
Urim and Thummim were two small
images inserted between the double
folds of the breast-plate, one of which
symbolically represented revelation, and
the other truth; Tom. II. p. 152. ed.
Mangey. In this case, the Hebrews
perhaps imitated a similar custom of the —
Egyptians, among whom the supreme
judge wore suspended from his neck a
small image of sapphire, as the symbol
of truth ; see Diod. Sic. 1. 48, 75. ΖΕ] δα.
V. H. 14. 34.

2. light of fire, Is. 50, 11 ὧδ ἜΝ,
Hence for fire itself, i. e. flame, blaze, Is,

44, 16. 47, 14. Ez. 5, 2. Comp. 8
Hinks no. 3. |
3. Ur,pr.n. a) Of Abraham’s native

city, more fully n"3w> "4% Ur of the
Chaldees, Gen. 11, 28. 31. 15,7. Neh. 9, 8.
A trace of it seems to have remained in
the Persian fortress Ur, situated between
Nesibis and the Tigris according to Am-
mian. 25.8. But @r as an appellative
may perhaps have signified a fortress,
castle ; so at least Pers. I! castle

“TN

Zeud and Sanscr. vara, fortification,
comp. Sanscr. pura a fortified city, after
the analogy of punar, Pracrit. unar, etc.
See Εἰ, Benary in the Berliner Jahrbb.
1841. p. 146 sq. 5) m. 1 Chr. 11, 35.

MIN f. 1. light, Ps. 139, 12; metaph.
of welfare, happiness, Esth. 8, 16.

2. Plur. minis greens, green herbs, 2 K.
4,39. The idea of brightness, splendour,
is often transferred in the Semitic
tongues to verdure and flowers ;- comp.
yx2, Arab. st lights and flowers.

Comp. also Samarit. "x" Gen. 1, 11. 12,
for 883 herb.—So Is. 26, 19 ninix bu 7D
722 for as the dew of herbs is thy dew,
i. 6. God’s quickening influence will raise
the dead to life, as the dew of heaven
refreshes plants. Comp. Ecclus. 46, 12.
49,10. Others render dew of light, i. e.
of life, the vivifying dew, comp. "ik ἃ,

MIN by transp. for ΠΛῊΝ q. v. stalls,
cribs, 2 Chr. 32, 28.

VIS (fiery, or perh. an abridged form
for 2958) Uri, pr.n.m. a) Ex. 31, 2.
b) Ezra 10, 24. c)1.K. 4, 19.

DN7IAN (flame of God) Uriel, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 6, 9. 15, 5.21. b) 2Chr. 13,2.

"8 (flame of Jehovah) Uriah, pr.
n.m. a) A Hittite, the husband of Bath-
sheba, treacherously slain by order of
David, 2 Sam. 11,3. b) A priest in the
time of Ahaz and Isaiah, Is. 8, 2. 2 K.
16, 10.

AAP IAN (id.) Urijah, pr. n. ofa prophet
slain by order of Jehoiakim, Jer. 26. 20 sq.

WAS see WwiINNh under Ox. ,

* DAN or-THN a root not used in Kal.

ΝΊΡΗ. ΤῚΝ, fut. 1 plur. mix32, 3 plur.
smn", fo consent, 2 K. 12,9; with dat. of

pers. to consent unto any one, to gratify
him, Gen. 34, 15. 22.23. In Arabic this

s
sense is found under the form is! ia

mx to come, Conj. ΠῚ sll, Heb. amis,
whence seems to have arisen the new
root Mik; unless by changing the points,
instead of Mix? , MIN", we prefer to read
MiX:, IMi8", which forms may then be
referred to Poel of r. πῶς.

I. ΓΗ͂Σ, plur. mink, comm. gend. comp.
sing. Gen. 9, 12. Ex. 4,8; plur, Ex. 4, 9.

27

IN
Josh. 24, Τῆι Contr. for min from ns ΠῚ,

comp. 5 i or Sot sign, for 551 from

ests

1. a sign, Chald. mx, ὅτ: 12}, plur.
(252). Ex. 12, 13. Josh. 2, 12. Gen. 1, 14
ἘΛΊΣ 55 ΤΟΝ wT and they shall be
for signs and for seasons, i. e. by Hen-
diadys, for signs of seasons.—Then

2. an ensign, flag, military standard,
espec. of each single tribe, Num. 2, 2 sq.
different from 533 the banner of three
tribes together.

3. ὦ sign of something past, a token,
memorial, Ex. 13, 9. 16. Deut. 6, 8.
Hence a memorial, monument, Is. BP, 13.
Kz. 14, 8.

4. a sign of something future, ὦ por-
tent, omen, τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος Rom. 5,
14, 1. ᾳ. ΒΩ. Is. 8,18 lo! I and the
children whom Jehovah hath given me
are signs and portents in Israel from the
Lord of hosts, i. 6. through the names
divinely given us, which are all of good
omen, (viz. naa salvation of Jehovah ;
>be God with. us, 7, 14. 8, 8; Shear
Jashub 7, 3,) God has made us types of
future things to prefigure future deliver-
ance and prosperity. Comp. 20, 3. Ez.
4, 3.

5. a sign or token of any thing in itself
not visible or discernible ; e. g. the token
of a covenant, as circumcision, Gen. 17,
11; the sabbath, Ex. 31, 13. Hence
a token, argument, proof, Job 21, 29;
comp. Lat. signum Cic. de Invent. 1. 34,
Gr. τεκμήριον, σημεῖον, Sept. Job 21, 29.
So of the prophetic sign or token of the
truth of a prophecy, viz. when God or
the prophet as his interpreter foretells
some minor event, the fulfilment of which
serves as a sign or proof of the future
fulfilment of the whole prophecy; Ex.
3, 12. Deut. 13, 2.3. 1 Sam. 2, 27-34. 10,
7-9. 2 K. 19, 29. 20, 8. 9. 15. 7, 11-14. 38,
7. 22. Jer. 44, 29. 30; comp. Mark 13, 4.
Luke 1, 18.2,12. Comm. onIs. 7, 10. 11.
—Finally, a wonder, prodigy, miracle,
as a sign of the divine power, i. q. ΓΒ,
Deut. 4, 34. 6, 22. 7, 19. 29, 2. 34, 11.

IT. PAR or FS only c. suff. "Vik , AMS,
etc. i. q. Τὰς I, pron. demonstr. commonly
as sign of the accus.

ΤῊΣ demonstr. part. otigitialty of place

NIN 28

in that place, there, kindred with ΠῚ,

Arab. δι ecce! Then

1. Part. demonstr. of time, at that time,
- then, Chald. j"28. Spoken: a) Of time
past, Arab. of, Gen. 12, 6. Josh. 10, 12.

14,11. With pret. 1 K. 8, 12. 2 Chr.
6, 1. 8, 12.17; also with fut. in preter
sense, Josh. 1. c. Ex. 15, 1. Deut. 4, 41.
Comp. Lehrg. p. 773. Ὁ) Of a ‘tare
time, then, thereupon, after that ; with
fut. tn fut. sense, Ps. 96, 12 43279 1% then
shall they rejoice. Sometimes also with
pret. in a future sense, where a future
precedes, Judg. 5, 11. Ex. 15, 15.

2. Part. illat. then, for thence, there-
fore. on that account, Jer. 22, 15. Ps.
40, 8. 69, 5.

3. With pref. τὸ Ὁ and tN", pr. from
that time, from then; hence a) Adv.
from ancient times, of old, long since,
2 Sam. 15, 34. Is. 16, 13. 44, 8. 45, 21.
48, 3.5.7. Ὁ) Prep. and Cont, ‘from the
time, from when, since, Fr. depuis, dés-
lors, ὁ. inf. Ex. 4, 10 7723 182 since

| thou hast spoken. Josh. 14, 10. With

subst. Ruth 2,7 “- oan ΤΝ Ὁ Foire the time:

οἵ morning, since morning. Ps. 76, 8
sR ΤΝ 2 from the time of thy anger, Ἶ 6.
when once thou art angry. As Conj.
with a finite verb, pr. for “HX tka, from
the time that, since, Ex. 5, 23 "ANS ΤῸ
ΓΙ bx since J came unto Pharaoh.
Gen. 39, 5.

Nore. Fuller forms from 18 are "IX
4. v. and Chald. j"1x. The latter seems
to have come (by. softening the letters)
from j"73, ΠΛ, here, also there ; so
that its ending appears to be plural,
while in fact it is not so; comp. j"7> for
sm7-79. See, for these particles and their
etymology, Hupfeld in Zeitschr. ἢ d.
Kunde des Morgenl. II. p. 434.

* NTN and TUN Chald. to light, to

ΓΞ
kindle ; comp. Arab. οἷ to be hot, to light
a fire. Part. pass.°51% by Syriasm for
mix Dan. 3, 22; inf. 812 for NIN2, c.
suff. 7772 3,19.
E “Ἰὰς obsol. root, whence. 3578 q. v.
"27S pr. n. τὰ. Ezbai, 1 Chr. 11, 37.

“TER Chald. i. q. bt8 to go away, to
depart. For the interchange of d and

DTN

I, comp. δάκρυον, lacryma, and see under
lett. >no.2. Hence Dan. 2,5. 8 xmba
NTIN "20 the word has gone out from me,
i. e. what I have said is ratified and can-
not be recalled ; comp. 9, 23. Is. 45, 23.
The Heb. intpp. as Saadias and Tanchum
of Jerus. have long ago well compared
the Talmudic phrase M7205 NN abiit
in sententiam suam, i. e. to follow one’s
opinion. As to the grammatical form,
N7IN is part. fem. from mase. TS, after
the form DIN, DUP.

278 m. (by Syriasm for 2ing,) ὕσσω-
πος, hyssop, much used by the Hebrews
in their sacred purifications and sprink-
lings, Ex. 12, 22. Lev. 14, 4. 6. 21. 49.
Ps. 51, 9. 1 K. 5, 13.—Like the names
of many other oriental plants, that of
hyssop also seems to have come to the
Greeks from the oriental languages.
Under this name the Hebrews appear to
have comprised not only the common
hyssop of the shops, but also other aro-
matic plants, espec. mint, wild marjoram,
etc.—Some derive it from 318, which

they regard as i. q. SS to be hairy,
shaggy; but the planté above named
hardly admit this epithet.

ΤΟΣ m. by Syriasm for Wie. R.
“In.

1. a girdle, belt, Is. 5,27. Jer. 13, 1 sq.

2. a band, bond, chain, Job 12, 18.
Vulg. funis.

“TS i. g.0%, adv. at that time, then,
thereupon. Ps. 124, 3..4. 5. Similar is
Chald. πὰ. See in 38, note.

MIDTN f. (verbal of Hiph. from r. "33
in the sénse of sacrificing Is. 66, 3; comp.
Hiph. no. 1.-b,) ἃ memorval, a remem-
brance-offering, Sept. μνημόσυνον, Vulg.
memoriale. This\name was given to
that portion of the, vegetable oblation
(422) which was! burnt with frankin-
cense upon the altar 5 the sweet odour
of which ascending fo heaven, was sup-
posed to commend tfie person sacrificing
to the remembrance and favour of Goi.
Lev. 2, 2. 9. 16. 5/12. Num. 5, 26.—In
Lev. 24, 7 the frankincense sprinkled
upon the shew-bread, is also called
NIE.

” DIN fut. dix", whence sbim for

ἘΝ. 29

sbixm Jer. 2, 36; prob. to roll, to roll
together ; Beas

1. to spin, from the rolling or twist-
ing of the thread! So Talmud. ὅτ,
whence Mx>t& weaver, Arab. Joe Conj.

δ, ς
SE TV, Joe something spun, Syr. and
_ Chald. XB, >13, id. comp. kindr. 512 to

_ spin, to flow, both from the idea ofrolling. ἢ

See Pual.

2. Intrans. to roll off, i. 6. to go away,
to depart, espec. quickly, suddenly ;
- comp. Germ. sich trollen, Engl. to troll,
Gr. νέω to spin, and Mid. vgoueu to go
_ away, to flee. So in Chald. and Syr.
Comp. Arab. Jc to put away, to re-

- move.—Prov. 20, 14 where c. dat. pleon.
4, like i> 73m. Jer. 2, 36. Metaph.
_ to be gone, to fail, as water Job 14, 11;
food 1 Sam. 9, 7; power Deut. 32, 36.

_ Poat Part. ΤΗΝ something spun,
_ thread, yarn, Ez. 27, 19,

Deriv. "τε.

: 238 Chald. i.g. Heb. no. 2. 1. to go
away, to depart, Dan. 6,19. So also in
_ Syr. and Samar.

2. to go any where, to take a journey,
| Bzra 4, 23. 5, 8. 15.

TN departure, see in ἸΞλὲ no. 6. Ὁ.

ae TS in Kal not used, pr. accord-
_ ing to the probable conjecture of Simo-
nis, to be sharp, acute, pointed ; whence
ἘΝ the ear, (which espec. in animals
might be so called from its pointed
shape,) and τ, Dy2IN arms, pointed
_ weapons. Comp. ἀκοή, ἀκούω, and ἀκή,
acies, acuo. Kindr. is perh. ΖΦ q. v.
Hipu. }"t83 denom. from jt&, q. ἃ. to
make ears, i. 6. to point or prick up the
ears, ἐνωτίζεσϑαι, a Greek word peculiar

25
to the Sept. version, Arab. <,d{ id.
Hence, to give ear, to hear, to listen, ab-
sol. Is. 1, 2; 6. accus. Gen. 4, 23. Job 33,
‘> Job 34, 2;.>x Ps. 77, 2; 58 Prov.
17, 4; 49 Numa. 23, 18, both of person
and πος. Spec. of God, to hear and
answer, Ps. 5, 2. 17,1. 39,13. 54, 4. Job
9,16; of men, to hear and obey, c. dat.
Neh. 9, 30. Ex. 15, 26.—Fut. 1 pers. {718
_ for (788 Job 32, 11; Part. 1.12 for 7482
Prov. 17, 4.

Deriv.see in Kal, and the four after 1X.
: 3*

pis

tT: TIN, i. q. Arab. Οὗ» to weigh,
to poise; whence 573182 balances.—
Found only in

PIEL. ΤΝ to weigh, trop. to ponder, to
consider, Ecc. 12, 9, where it is fol-
lowed by synon. "pm. Rabbin. ji& to
be weighed, proved.

JIN m. (Ὁ. ἘΝ 1) furniture, implement,
pr. weapon, arms, comp. Chald. 77218
arms, and see r. ἼΝΣ I. Deut. 23, 14 and
thou shalt have a little spade 4218 >>
among thy furniture ; where many Mss.”
read 472% > among thy implements,
which is preferable-—The same sense
of both utensil and weapon exists in
the word ">2.

WTS Γ᾽ dual ΘΠ Τὰ (used also for plur.)
constr. "31N, the ear, from r. wm 1.

8 ᾿Ξ 5 22
Arab. (οἱ, wy; Ethiop. 4 H3,
Chald. 7758, 82758, wee NON; Syr.
Lis], Lf. Camp: Gr. οὖς, Lat. abies
Ex. 29, 20. Lev. 8, 23. al. Phrases of
which this word makes part, see under
the verbs 23, 402 Hiph. Mnp, 45>.
So “xp "IND a3 to speak in the eare
of any one, i. e. before any one, in his
presence and hearing, Gen. 20, 8. 23,
16. 44, 18. Ex. 10,2. So Is. 5,9 "3182
mins in mine ears ‘(eaids Jehovah, comp.
22, 14. Ἕ "2INS DAW to put or lay up in
the ears of any one, i. e. to rehearse so
that-one may hear with the ear and
lay up in his mind, Ex. 17, 14. Σ᾿
2783 to hear with one’s ears, s, emphat.
Ps. 44, 2. Job 28, 22.

MND JIS (ear of Sherah, or She-
rah’s corner) Uzzen-Sherah, pr. n. of
a small city founded by Sherah the
daughter of Ephraim, 1 Chr. 7, 24.

“NARTMIN (pr. ears i. 6. summits of
Tabor) Aznoth- Tabor, pr. n. of a city in
Naphtali, Josh. 19, 34.

"278 (auritus) Ozni, pr. n. m. of a son
of the patriarch Gad, Num. 26, 16.

ΓΛ Τὰς (whom Jehovah hears) pr. n.
τη. Azaniah, Neh. 10, 10.

D°PTS m. plur. (τ. p2t) manacles,
chains for the hands, Jer. 40, 1. 4; 1. q.
p"pt with Aleph prosthetic, which some
Mss. omit in v. 1.

“IN

: “TN fat. “ταν Jer. 1,17, c. suff. "27782
Job 30, 18, to ‘gird, to hind around ;
also to gird oneself, to be girded. Arab.

ee:
αἰ to be strong, robust, but doubtful

whether also pr. to be girded; Conj. II
to gird, Conj. III to strengthen, to aid.
Kindred roots, which all have the force
of binding around or together, girding,
surrounding, are OX, "EX [>EN], ὍΣΣ,
"D9, ΠΣ; "2M, “IN, "ta.— Spoken:
a) Of a garment with which one is
girded, ὁ. acc. of pers. Job 30, 18. Ὁ)
‘ies acc. of the member girded, Job 38,
WLI NI UIN gird up now thy loins.
a ‘a. ‘Jer. ἢ 17. c) With acc. of the
Rirdle or garment with which one is
girded, only trop. 1 Sam. 2,4 53m 5718
they gird on strength.

Nipu. part. “ΤᾺ girded Ps. 65, 7.

Pre. to gird, with acc. of pers. and
also of the girdle, Ps. 18, 33. 40 "273Nm\
mamba> d4m thou hast girded me with
strength for the battle. 30, 12 ἌΝ ΤΣ
ΓΤ Ὁ thou hast girded [or ‘Goeréandad
me with gladness. Is. 50,11 mip t "IN
girded i. e. armed arith eas wea-
pons.—For the construction of such
verbs with two accusatives, see Lehrg.
§ 219.1. Heb. Gr. ὁ 136. 1.

Hirupa. to gird oneself, e. g. for bat-
tle, to arm oneself, Is. 8, 9; ὁ. ace. trop.
£a..93, 1.

Deriv. "τος, °

JINN i. g. vit, the arm, (Aleph
prosthet. see p. 1,) Jer. 32, 21. Job 31,
22.

MATS m. for πρὶ with Aleph pros-
thetic. R. M31 no. 2. 6.

1. a native tree, growing in its own
soil, not transplanted, Ps. 37, 35.—
Hence :

2. Of persons, a native, one born in
the country, not a foreigner, Lev. 16,
29. 18, 26. al.

ὝΕΣ patronym. an Ezrahile, one
of the descendants of Ezrah, FTN ;
spoken of Ethan, 1K. 5, 11 [4, 31]. Ps,
89, 1; also of Heman Ps, S822 In
1 Chr. 2, 6 both these are aid to be
descendants of Zerah, M71, the son of
Judah ; so that we may regard ΓΙ Τὸ as
another form of the same name, found
only in the patronymic

30

mS

*T. TN constr. "ny, c. suff. ΠΝ (my —
brother), Ὁ Fn, ἘΞ ΠΝ ; Plur. Dans
(Dag. impl:) constr. “HIN, a “suff. FT,
ὈΞ ΤΙΝ, c. suff. 3 pers. “amy for 17718,
comp. éhire. p- 602.

1. a brother, undone a ay bi |

word, Arab. εἶ st. constr. δ ure

τ.
L&I; Syr. Lal , Chald. mx. It follows
partly the analogy of verbs md, and
partly that of verbs 3; comp. Lehri:

§ 118.—Spoken in a less ‘exack sense of

half-brothers, e. g. those born to the
same, father, but of different mothers,
Gen. 42, 15. 43, 3. Judg. 9, 21; or vice
versa those born of the same mother, but
by different fathers, Judg. 8,19. These,
where there is need of greater definite-
ness, are called 387ja, OX"ja, Gen.
49, 8. 43, 29.—Sometimes emphat.
of full brethren, by both the father’s
and mother’s side, Gen. 42, 4.44, 20.
Comp. Gen. 49, 5 ΘΠ ">? 719728 Simeon
and Levi are true brethren, i. e. not only
by birth but also in disposition.—The
word brother is employed by the He-
brews in other and wider senses, 6. g.
2. a relative, kinsman, in any degree
of blood. Gen. 14, 16 Lot his brother, pr.
his brother’s son. 13, 8. 29, 12. 15.

3. one of the same tribe, contribulis,
2 Sam. 19, 13; 6. g. of the Levites, Num.
8, 26. 16, 10. Neh. 3, 1.

4. a fellow-countryman, popularis,
Judg. 14,3. Ex. 2,11. 4,18. Spoken also

even of kindred nations, e. g. of the

Edomites and Hebrews, Gen. 9, 25. 16,
12. 25,18. Num. 20, 14.

5. an ally, confederate, spoken of allied
nations, as-the Tyrians and Hebrews

Am. 1,9; or those of the same religion

Is. 66, 20,

6. a friend, associate ; so of the friends
of Job 6,15, and perh. also 19, 13; of
Scluiion: whor Hiram calls his brother
1 K. 19, 13. Comp. Neh. 5, 10. 14.

7. any one of the same nature, a fel-
low-man, i.q. 39, Lev. 19, 17.—Hence
preceded by "8, one—the other; Gen.
13,11 "My S32 Wx IBN and they
separated themselves one from the other.
26, 31. This formula is applied also to
inanimate things of the same kind in the
masculine gender, just as MINN—TWS

τὶ

are used in the 5816. 56η586 for things
feminine, δ: g. Ex. 25, 20 U°N ὈΠ2Ξἢ
ma by and their faces (i. e. of the
-Cherubim, shall look) one ὐναταν an-

other. 37, 9.

ο΄ 8, Trop. as expressing likeness of dis-
position, habits, etc. Job 30,29 Tam a

like them. Prov. 18, 9.
Deriv. MINN, TIN, and pr. ἢ, SNA,
ΠΝ, TON, “ang —bEhony.

ee mS interj. expressing grief, com-
plaint, onomatopoetic, ah! alas! c. dat.
Ez. 6, 11. 21, 20.—Hence the Arabic verb

of

“Lei to cry ah, ah, ah! repeatedly ;
_ see below in ΤΙΝ.
TI. πὸ ft Arab.

portable furnace or stove, in which fire
_ was kept in the king’s winter-apartment,
Jer. 36, 22.23. At the present day the
Orientals sometimes make use of such
pots or furnaces instead of fireplaces, for
warming rooms; they are called in Per-

8
: I, a large pot,a

sian and Turkish, ys tanntr. They

have the form of a large pitcher; and
are placed in a cavity sunk in the middle
of the apartment. When the fire has
burnt down, a frame like a table is
placed over the pot, and the whole is
then covered with a carpet; and those
who wish to warm themselves sit upon
the floor and thrust their feet and legs
and even the lower part of their bodies
under the carpet. R. nny IL.

MS Chald. a brother ; plur. c. suff.
W's Ezra 7, 18.

MS only in plur. o*4&, pr. howlings,
shrieks; hence howling animals, doleful

creatures, (comp. "& II) prob. hovwlets,

owls, Is. 13, 21. The word is onomato-
poetic, like Lat. ulula, Germ. Uhu,
Schubut, Fr. hibou. See mx II, and
τ. HAN. .

ANTIN (father’s brother) Ahab, pr.n.m.

_. a) A king of Israel r. 918—897 B. C.

noted for his uxoriousness and idolatry,
1 K. 16, 28.—22, 40. b) Jer. 29, 21.

brotherly) Ahban, pr. n. of a man of the

_. wibe of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 29.

brother to jackals, i. 6. I ery and ΠΟΥ].

JAAS (brother of the wise, or for 8

91

“τὰ

“ΤΙΣ a verb derived from the numeral
shy, not used in Kal, its place being
there supplied by 71" to make one, to
unite.

Hirupa. to unite oneself, to collect one-
self. Ez. 21,21 “INNNH pr. unite thyself,
[three-edged sword,] i. 6. ravage with
all thy force united; or, as the parallel-
ism permits, collect thyself, i. 6. attend !—
The suggestion of C. B. Michaelis is not
to be contemned, who regards the four
first words of the verse as spoken in the
character ofa military chief: “ Conjunge
te, dextrorsum! f[aciem] strue, sinis-
trorsum!” i.e. Fall together, right! to
your post, left !

᾿ TIN constr. SM& (and so before 12
Lev. 13, 2; before "w> Gen. 32, 23;
also Gen. 48, 22. 2 Sam. 17, 22. Zech.
11, 7,) fem. MAN for MINX, in pause
rmx ; acardinal numeral having the force
. an oye she one; unus,a,wm. Arab.

Os, £ sdSl, Eth. ἀνα. ahadu,
Chald. and Syr. 5h, . The same

radical letters are found in the Pehlvi
advek one; and except the third rad.
Daleth, in Sanser. eka, and Pehlvi jek.—
Gen. 42,13 fin. Ex. 11, 1. Deut. 1, 23.
32, 30. Josh. 12,9 sq.—Spec. also

1. one, i. q. the same, Gen. 40, 5. Job
31, 15.

2. As ordinal, the first, primus, a, um,
but only in enumerating the days of the
month. Ezra 10, 16.17 τῷ shy Dia
on the first day of the month. wih Sma
on the νοὶ of the month Gen. 8, 5. 13;
comp. μέα τῶν σαββάτων Acts 20, 7. In
enumerating years the construction is
MON mv, as sometimes in Engl. the
year one, ‘tbo, etc. for the first year, Dan.
9,1.2. Ezra 1, 1.—In other passages, ἃ
Gen. 1, 5. 2, ΤΊ, πὶ retains its common
signif. as a cardieal and the numbers
follow each other asin Engl. one, second,
third ; Lat. unus, alter, tertius, Sucton,
Octav. 101.

3. some one, any one, Lev. 13,2. Deut.
12,14. 2Sam. 7,7. 03m 71K one of the
people, Gen. 26, 10. 1 Sam. 26, 15.
SMX JR, R2, no one, Num. 16, 15. 1K.
8, ‘56. Ps. 14, ‘@+Hence often

4, i. q. the indef. art. a, an, one, espec.
in the later Hebrew. 1 K. 20, 13 ®"23

ΤΙΝ 32

“mi a prophet, a certain prophet, προφή-
τῆς τις. Dan. 8,3 58 ΘῈ a ram. 1K.
19,4. Also where aa precedes ; 6. g.
Bitp thx aholy one, acertain angel, τὸς
ἄγγελος, Dan. 8,13. Sometimes also in
the earlier books, as Ex. 29, 3. 1 Sam.
1,1; seq. gen. as MINDS IN one of the
cisteris, i.e. a cistern, Gen. 37,20; comp.
Job 2, 10.

5. one only of its kind, i. q. only, alone,
8076, Job 23,13. Ez. 7,5. Cant. 6, 9. Arab.

dls unique, incomparable, Ass id.

A. Schultens ad Job 1. c. et 9, 5.

6. Repeated, INN—"7hN, one—ano-
ther, unus—alter, Ex. 17, 12. 18, 3. Also
thrice, 1 Sam. 10, 3. 13, 17. 18. In like
manner distribu vel Num. 13, 2 ὥπὰ
TIN Bs IM one man to a tribe shall ye
send, i.e. a man for every tribe. 34, 18.

7. IND as one, i. e. together, at once,
Ezra 2, 64 Sma S4pn->2 the whole con-
gregation together. 3, 9. 6, 20. Eccl. 11,6
SIND Dw both tagetivers both ὅπ
Also together, in company, Is. 65, 25.—
In the same sense is used AX OND
Judg. 20,8. 1 Sam. 11, 7. Chald. ND.

8. Fem. mas ellipt. for mmx Dp one
time, once, 2 K.\6,10. Ps. 62, 12.

9. MMN2 a) i. 4. MAIN no. 8, Num. 10,
4. Ὁ) at once, i.e. suddenly, Prov. 28, 18.
C) i.g. INND together, altogether, Jer. 10, 8.

10. "ΠΝ πινῦ one after another, one δὴ
one, Is. 27, 12; and so Ecc. 7,27 MN
nm.

Nore. In the difficult and vexed pas-
sage Is. 66, 17, the common signification
is to be retained: those who sanctify and
purify themselves in or for the [idol-]
groves IX “M8 after one, i.e. following
and imitating the one priest who directed
the sacred ceremonies. Comp. Com-
ment. on Is. I. ὁ.

Piur. S758 1. the same, Gen. 11, 1.
_ Comp. Lat. uni, e.g. ‘unis inoribiis vivere?
Cic. pro Flacco 26. Terent. Eun. 2.3.75.

2. joined in one, united, Ez. 37, 17
pwsnx> ἘΠῚ and they (the two sticks)
shall become one.

8. some, a few, Gen. 27, 44. 29, 20.

Deriv. the verb 48, also pr. n. TAM.

“TS (Milél) an Egyptian word signify-
ing marsh-grass, reeds, bulrushes, sedge,
every thing green which grows in wet

TAS |

grounds, Gen. 41, 2. 18. Job 8,11. The

word was adopted not only into the He- —
brew, but also into the Greek i iom of
Alexandria, where it is written os, ἄχει,
see Sept. Gen. 41, 2. 18. Is. 19, 7; like-
wise in Ecclus. 40, 16, the author of which
livedin Egypt. Jerome in his Comment.
on Is. 1. c. says: “quum ab eruditis
quererem, quid hic sermo significaret,
audivi ab Aigyptiis hoc nomine lingua
eorum omne quod in palude virens nasci-
tur appellari.” The Coptic translator has
retained the same word, writing for the

Gr. ἄχει of the Sept. πιά ει. Comp.
the same in Num. 11,5. Kindred are
Δ ΚΘ, OKE, bulrush, reed.. See De
Rossii Etymol. Aigypt. p.24. Jablonski

Opuse. ed. te Water T. I. p. 45. T. IL. p.
160. Peyron Lex. p. 16.

“TES (for 38M union, from tnx) Ehud,
pr. n. of a son of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8, 6;
called in the parallel passage Gen. 46,
21 "πὶ.

MTN f. declaration of one’s mind, Job
13,17. It is a verbal of Hiph. from r.

mir, used in Hebrew only in Piel, but in
Chaldee also in Hiph.

MIN f. brotherhood, Zech. 11, 14.
Denom. from MN q. v.

MIMS Ahoah pr.n.1Chr.8,4, for which
v.7 aS .—Patronymic “AAR Ahohite,
2 Sam. 23, 9. 28.

ΓΤ Chald. a declaration, showing,
explanation, Dan. 5, 12. Strictly inf.
Aph. from mn.

“AN (brother of water, i.e. dwelling
near it) Ahumai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 2.

HTS m. (Ὁ. πὸ} 1. thehinder part,

gre
back-side, rear. Arab. z fid: Hence
a) Vinx» from behind, i. 6. behind, in the
rear, ries pip, 2 Sam. 19,9. Arab.

alos b) ving backward, back,

Ps. 114, 3.5; with pee face, Jer. 7.
24. c) "inxs backward, back. Prov.
29, 11 a fool ‘uttereth all his anger, D2"
Mimaw ings but a wise man keepeth
it back, q. ἃ. ‘drives it backward, so that
it comes back to isan d) “IMs in ace.

as Adverb, Arab. 41} behind, on the

Πὲς

ack-side, opp. to 0°28 and ΠΡ. Ez.
10 and it (the roll) was written D722
ims in front and on the back, i. 6. with-
and without. 1 Chr. 19, 10. Ps. 139, 5.
—Also backward, Gen. 49, 17 i235 5B™
“ins and his rider falleth backward.
er. 15,6. Often pleonast. after verbs
of turning or going away, i. e. of turning
back, Ps. 9, 4. 56, 10. 2 Sam. 1, 22. Ps.
35, 4. 40,15; and so others. e) Plur.
Dh the hinder parts, the back sides,
Ex. 33, 23. 26, 12. 1 K. 7, 25. Ez. 8, 16.
2. the west, the western quarter ; since
the Hebrew, in speaking of the points of
_ the compass, always regarded himself as
looking towards the east. Job 23, 7. 8.
Is. 9, 11 τς Ὁ HMDA and the Philis-
tines behind, i. 6. in the west. Comp.
DIP, 1.25, yam, baw; also C. B. Mi-
chelis Diss. de locorum differentia rati-
one antice, postice, dextre, sinistre,
Hale 1735; reprinted in Pott’s Sylloge
Commentt. V. p. 80 sq. §8.—The Hin-
dus, Mogols, and Irish, follow the same
method.
3. afler-time, the future, \iM%> here-
after, Is. 41, 23. 42, 23.

Pins £ (for ryins, from masc. Sms,
which in Arab. and Chald. is i. q. “ny)
plur. ὁ. suff. τς Ez. 16, 55 from a
sing. ἢ Ans, also WON Ez. 16, 52 from
_ asing. M79, which comes from masc.
“FIN 5 ; comp. Lehre. p: 602.

1. a sister, Arab. et, ἢ Syr. ἫΝ for
ἴδω), Chald. mmx, 4. ΡΥ, “ἃ sister of

full blood, i. e. of both the same father
and mother ; but spoken also less accu-
_ rately of a half-sister, 6. g. one born to
_ the same father but of a different mother,
: ὁμοπατρία, Gen. 20, 12. 2 Sam. 13, 2. 5;
_ or one born of the same mother by a
different father, ὁμομητρία, Lev. 18. 9.
_ 11. 20, 17.—The word sister is also em-
_ ployed by the Hebrews in other and

wider senses ; 6. g.

2. a relative, kinswoman, Job 42, 11.

So Gen. 24, 60, where the mother and
_ brother say to Rebecca, M& 320hN thou
_ art our sister. δὲ '

3. ὦ countrywoman, one of the same
tribe or country, popuiaris, Num. 25, 18.

4. an ally, a confederate city or state,
Hz. 16, 46. 23, 31.

33

TAN

5. After MUN, one—the other, spoken
also of inanimate things of the fem. gen-
der. Ex. 26,3 five curtains were coupled
AMAR MeN one to another. v. 5. 6. 17.
Ez. 1, 9. 3, 13.

6. Metaph. sister is said of any thing
with which we are intimately connect-
ed; Prov. 7,4 say unto wisdom, Thou
art my sister. Job 17,14. Comp. other
words expressing relationship, espec. 38
no. 8. MN no. 8.

7. Asa term of endearment addressed
to a spouse, Cant. 4, 9 sq. Comp. Tibull.
3. 1. 26.

* TON fat. tm, rarely thx" 1 K. 6,
10. Ecce. 7, 18.
1. to lay hold of, to take, to seize, espec.

s
with the hand. Arab. 6}: Chald. and
Syr. 36x, Ἔν τὶ Constr. with acc. of
pers. or thing, Ps. 56, 1. Judg. 12, 6;
often also c. 3, Ex. 4, 4. Job 23, 11.2 Sam.
20,9 and the right hand of Joab took
hold of Amasa’s beard.—Metaph. ascrib-
ed also to terror, fear, (like λαμβάνειν,)
Ex. 15, 14 rijbp "au° thy ΘΠ terror
hath taken hold on the inhabitants of
Philistia. v. 15. Ps. 48,7. But also vice
versa one is said as in Engl. to take
Sright, i. q. to be affrighted ; Job 18, 20
“> ὌΠΙΝ ON225p the ancient ones took
fright, were affrighted, for: ‘ terror seiz-
ed upon them.’ 21, 6. Is. 13,8 ΒΛ Σ
yAMR Obam) they (the Babylonians)
take hold of pangs and sorrows, for:
‘pangs and sorrows seize upon them.’

2. to take, to catch, e. g. in hunting,
fishing, Cant. 2, 15.

3. to hold, to hold fast that which one
has taken hold of, c. acc. 1 Chr. 13, 9.
2 Chr. 25,5; 3 Gen. 25, 26. Metaph.
ὃ; acc. Job 17, 9, comp. ‘xoutéw Rev. 2,
25; 6. 3 Job 23, 11. Part. pass. with
active signif. Cant. 3,8 aon hold-
ing the sword. Comp. on this deponent
use of passive participles, Lehrg. p. 309,
310. Heb. Gram. § 49. n. 2; also comp.
for this same verb Syr. paul holding
Ethiop. A%H ehiz, taken, held, also
holding.

4. to hold or fasten together, to join,
and in Pass. to be joined, to adhere.
Many verbs of taking and holding thus
pass over to the notion of joining and

TTS

adhering, these ideas being closely al-
lied ; comp. 12> and MP? in Hithpa. and
ἔχομαι τινός to hold or depend from any
thing, ἐχόμενος joined with any thing ;
also αἵρέω, whence Lat. hereo.—Ez. 41,
6 MIS MPA OAM WT ND) chat they
might not be joined to the wall of the
temple, i. e. inserted in it. 1K. 6,6.—
Hence

5. to make fast, to ΝΗ 6. g. to bar,

Neh. 7,3. So Syr. rel.

6. to join together timber, to cover

with timber, beams, boards, ete. conta-
bulare. 1 K. 6,10 and he covered the
house with cedar-wood. Comp. Dn
Hab. 2, 19.
_ 7. to take out or away,sc. from a larger
number ; whence Part. pass. taken out,
taken, sc. from a lot or portion, (like sy-
non. a5) ,) Num. 31, 30 and from the
half which belongs to the children of Is-
rael, shalt thou take one [part] 12 ΤῊΣ
bwann taken from fifty. v.47. 1 Chr.
24,6 oN THN rs>ed TAN IM SRT
ποτοῦ ‘(where it should twice read
with many Mss. ti IM) one family
being taken for Eleazar, and one being
taken for Ithamar, i. e. in drawing lots
they drew first a lot for a family of Elea-
zar, and then one for a family of Itha-
mar.

Nipu. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, Ecc. 9, 12.

2. Pass. of Kal no. 3, Gen. 22, 13.
Ecc. 9, 12.

3. to make oneself possessor of any
thing, to take or have possession, Gen.
34,10. 47, 27. Josh. 22, 9. 19. Comp.

Syr. raf to possess, and deriv. ΓΤ,

ῬΙΕΙ, to shut wp,as Kal no. 5. Seb

26,9 shutting up the face of his throne,

i. 6. veiling his throne with clouds.
Hopu. to be joined, fastened, to any

thing, pass. of Kal no. 4, 2 Chr. 9, 18.
Deriv. the six following.

TIS (possessing, possessor) Ahaz, pr.
nm. a)Akingof Judah, contemporary
with Isaiah, Hosea, and Micah, r. 744
—728 B.C. noted for his weakness of
character and idolatry, 2 K.16,1 sq. 2
Chr. 28, 16 sq. Is. 7, 1.sq. 38, 8. Sept.
“Ayot. b)1 Chr. 8, 35. 9, 42.

ΓΤ f. (r. 1% Niph. no. 3) posses-
sion, espec. the possession of land,
fields, etc. Lev. 27,24 minx 4> “wind

34,

ΥῊΝΠ to whom possession of the land be- ©
longed, i.e. who had been its owner. -

"ΠΝ

v. 16. 21.22. "2p ΓΥΠΝ, possession of a
sepulchre, i.e. a sepulchre belonging to
a family, their own, Gen. 23, 4. 9, 20.
49, 30.
Num. 27, 7, and Amy N2M2 35, 2, Spo-
ken of slaves Lev. 25, 45. 46.

TS Ahzai, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 13; for
which 1, Chr. 9,12 mam. Prob. it
should read in both passages TMs,
which see.

TIN and WIR (whom Jehovah
holds) pr. ἢ. Ahaziah. a) A king of Is-
rael, the son of Ahab and Jezebel, 897—
895 B. C. 1K. 22, 40. 2K.1, 2. Sept.
᾿Οχοζίας. b) A king of Judah, the son
and successor of Joram, 884 B. C. 2K.
8, 24. 9,16.

DIN (their possession) Ahuzzam,

pr. n. of one of the descendants of Ju-

dah, 1 Chr. 4, 6.

FTN (possession) Ahuzzath, pr. n. of
a Philistine, the friend of king Abime-
lech, Gen. 26, 26.

“TION a root not in use. I. Arab.

ELE
Lsf onomatop. from the sound Mx

inter}. to cry ah, ah, ah! repeatedly ;

in Heb. perh. to sigh, to groan, to howl,

whence D°MR.
II. In Arabic also to be warm, hot, to
glow, bs wie anger, as in the words

cls, we Be wee perhaps may

be derived Heb. ny, el a pot, furnace.
Better sai” to derive the signif. fur-

nace from r. st to << to burn, as fire,

Conj. II to kindle, Pat heat, ete.
lett. ἃ.

“TITS see min.

"TIN (perh. apoc. from mer) ir pr.
n.m. a) 1 Chr. 5,15. Ὁ) 7, 34

TIS see TN.

BS" (for a8 father’s brother,
uncle) Ahiam, pr. n. m, 2 Sam. 23, 33,
1 Chr. 11, 35.

OPN Chald. 1. q. Heb. mn with

Aleph. prosthet. a riddle, enigma, Dan
5,12. R. an,

See.

ee pe oe le

In the connection mbna my

"TIN

_ #PFRS (brother i.e. friend of Jehovah)
Ahiah, pr.n.m. a) A priest in the time
οἱ “ita 1 Sam. 14, 3.18. b) 1 Chr.
8,7. 0) 11,36. d)1K.4,2. e)1Chr.
26, 20. f)2,25. g)1K. 15, 27. 33.
th) Neh. 10, 97. i) A prophet dwelling
at Shiloh in the time of Jeroboam, 1 K.
11,29. 12,15; for which sn3ny 14, 6.18.
2 Chr. 10, 15.

TWIN (brother i.e. friend of the
Jews, for 7577 ἀπ) Ahihud, pr. n. m.
Num. 34, 27.

THN (brotherly) Ahio, pr. n. m.
2 Sam. 6, 3. 4. b)1 Chr. 8, 14.
1 Chr. 8, 31. 9, 37.

“WII (brother i. 6. friend of union)
Ahihud, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 8, 7.

AAD" (brother i. 6. friend of good-
ness) Ahitub, pr.n.m. a) 1 Sam. 14,3.
22, 9. b) 2 Sam.8, 17. c) 1 Chr. 5, 37.
Neh. 13,41:

ΕΝ (brother of one born, for "M8
533%) Ahilud, pr.n. of the father of Je-
hoshaphat, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20,24. 1 K.4,2.

DMS see nk.

MATIN (brother of death) Ahimoth,
pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 6, 10 [25]; for which in
‘the parallel passages stands MM.

J2QN (brother of the king) Ahi-
melec.., pr.n.m. a) A priest dwelling
at Nob, father of Abiathar, and the inti-
mate friend of David, 1 Sam. 21, 2. 22, 9.
Ps. 52, 2; and on this account put to
death by Saul. Different from him ap-
parently is Ὁ) Ahimelech the son of
_ Abiathar, one of the two high priests in
the time of David, 2 Sam. 8, 17. 1 Chr.

8)
6)

Theol. Journal IV. p. 295, very plausi-
bly conjectures that in 2 Sam. 8, 17 in-
stead of ‘ Ahimelech the son of Abia-
thar,’ it ought to read Abiathar the son
of Ahimelech ; from which error he
supposes the reading in 1 Chron. l. c. to
have flowed.

_ paris (brother of a gift) Ahiman,
pr.n.m. a) One of the Anakim Num.
13, 22. Jovh. 15, 14..Sudg. 1,10. Ὁ)
ἡ 1 Chr. 9, 17.

_—- FIT (b-other of anger) Ahimaaz,
pr.n.m. 8). Sam.14,50. Ὁ) Ason

94, 3. 6. 31. But Korb, in Winer’s ἢ

35

my

SmN

of Zadok the high-priest in the time of
David, 2 Sar. 15,27. 36,17. 17, 20. 18, 19
sq. The same person seems intended
in 1 K. 4, 15.

7,58 (brotherly) Ahian, pr. n. τι.
1 Chr. 7, 19.

2728 (liberal or noble brother)
Ahinadab, pr. τι. τὰ. 1 K. 4, 14.

DYN (brother of pleasantness)
Ahinoam, pr.n.fem. a) 1 Sam. 14, 50.
b) 1 Sam. 25, 43. 27,3. 30,5. 2 Sam. 2,2.
8, 2. Σ

FOO (brother of support or help)
Ahisamak, pr. τι. τὰ. Ex. 31, 6. 35, 34.

WIS (brother of help) Ahiezer,
pr.n.m. a)A phylarch or head of
the tribe of Dan, Num. 1, 12. 2, 25. 7, 66.
b) 1 Chr. 12, 3.

DPS (brother of the enemy) Ahi-
kam, pr. n. of the father of Gedaliah,
whom the Chaldeans made governor in
Judea, 2 K. 25, 22. Jer. 39, 14. 40, 5 sq.

DFS (brother of the high) Ahiram,
pr. n. m. Num. 26, 38. Patronym. Ἴ--
ibid.

YVR (brother of evil) Ahira, pr. n.
m. of a phylarch or head of the tribe of
Naphtali, Num. 1. 15. 2, 29. 7, 78. 83.
10, 27.

“Tey (brother of the dawn) Ahi-
Shahar, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 10.

ἜΣΤΙΝ (brother of the singer, or for
“Ww "Mx brother of the upright) Ahishar,
pr. n.m. 1K. 4, 6.

ΕΓ ΙΝ (brother of folly) Ahithophel,
pr. n. of an early friend of David, who
conspired with Absalom against him,
2 Sam. c. 15-17.

Ions (fatness, fertility) Ahlab, pr. n.
of a ‘place i in the tribe of Asher, Judg. 1,
31. R. adn.

“STN Ps.119,5, and "SMS 2K.5,3,a
particle of wishing, O that ! would God!
with fut. Ps. 1. c. without verb 2 K. 1. ο.
It is commonly derived from τ. ΠΌΤ Pi.
n"25 MM to stroke one’s face, to caress,
to court. But not improb. it may be
compounded from M¥ and "5 i. q. i

"OMS (O that!) Ahlai, pr. n. τα. ἀπά ἢ
1 Chr. 2, 31; comp. 11, 41.

omN

TMASTIN ΓΙ Ex. 28,19, the name of a
gem, Sept. Vulg. ἀμέϑυσέος, amethyst ;
but Josephus gives it by ἀχάτης, agate,
though there seems to be some confusion
in the order of his words. The form is
that of a verbal of Hiph. from τ. 52M to
dream; perhaps because it was worn as
an amulet to induce dreams. A similar
superstition is also the ground of the
name ἀμέϑυστος, this stone being re-

garded asacharm against drunkenness.

Comp. Braun de Vestitu sacerdot. Heb.
II. 16.

NMOMN Ezra 6, 2, Achmetha, i. 6.
Ecbatana, the ancient metropolis of
Media, the summer residence of the Per-
sian kings. The ancient orthography
of this name is traced by Lassen (Ind.
Biblioth. III. 36) in the Sanscr. agva-
dhana, i. 6. Ἱπποστασία ; the Sanscr. ¢
passing over sometimes into a guttural
and sometimes into 8. The correspond-
ing modern name is Ispahan.

"AOTIN pr. ἢ. m. Ahasbai, 2 Sam. 23,

34. From ΓΞ nom I take refuge in
Jehovah.

i “TIN to be after, behind ; to stay be-
hind ; hence, to stay, to delay, to remain,
in Kal once, 1 pers. fut. "183 Gen. 32,5.—

cvs
Arab. re) Conj. II, to defer, to delay.

id.

PreL “Mk, plur. 58 for m8 Judg.
5, 28, fut. “rN

1. to delay, to retard, to hinder any
one, Gen. 24, 56; to delay, to defer any
thing Ex. 22, 28. Also ellipt. Deut. 7,
10 he will not delay (punishment) to
him who hateth him.

2. Intrans. i. q. Kal, to stay, to delay,
to linger. Judg. 4, 28 why linger the
paces of his chariots? Ps. 40, 15 τὸς
“nam delay not. '70, 6. Gen. 34, 19.

3. to stay long, to tarry late in or by
any thing, with >¥, Prov. 23, 30 Ὁ ΤΙΝ Ὁ
4781.59 who tarry long at the wine, i. e.
. who drink till late in the night. Coup:
Is. 5, 11. Ps. 127, 2.

Deriv. "78—MPIhs, and ins.

“WIN (Dag. forte impl.) f. nn, Plur.
_ bn, nism, from an obsol. sing. “TIN
with Kameta' pure.

36 “ITS

3-72 who hasten to another god, i. e

Syr. Aph. and Shaph. κοΐ and a

1. Adj. pr: after, hinder, follow
spec. next following, next, second, (oe n
secundus a sequendo,) Gen. 17, 21 m2
MN in the next year, the follow
year. 1K. 3, 22.—Hence genr. anoth
other ; alius, alia, aliud ; Gen. * 25, 3

᾿
10. 12. 29, 19. al. sep. Arab. iE

Syr. mel, Liesl. plur. μι], ὍΣ
TINS —So ΠΝ EVP other gods, |
i. e. idols, Deut. 6, 14. 7, 4. Jer. 1, 16.
7, 18. al. seep. Sing. ans by Ex. 34, 145
without >8 id. Is. 42, 8 “85 “ryN> "2354,
ime and my glory will Inot give unto
another god. 48, 11. Ps. 16,4 "mx (728)

away from the true God after idols.
2. Aher, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 7, 12.

ams pr. after, the after part, h
part, extremity. Hence

1. Adv. a) Of place, behind, inte
back-ground. Gen. 22, 13 "MX bay mont
"29PS 393 INN} and lo! aram in the
back-ground, caught in a thicket by his
horns. Abraham did not see the ram
behind himself, as the Vulgate renders,
and as it is usually taken; but in the
distant part, the back-ground, of what
lay before his eyes. [Yet he may
naturally be supposed to have looked
round on hearing the angel’s voice.—T. |
Nor is it necessary to read 4%, with
the Samar. Sept. Syr. and 42 Mss. b)
Adv. of time, afterwards, then, Gen. 10.
18. 18, 5. 24, 55. 80, 91; ἃ.

2. Prep. a) Of place, behind, Cant.
2,9. Ex. 3, 1 behind the desert, back of
it, i. e. on the west of the desert, see in
“ing no. 2. Also after, as Ἔ "M& 72h
to go after, to follow any one, Gen. 37, 17.
Job 31, 7. "M82 pregn. pr. from after,
Ps. 78, 71. Ἴδε 31 mi>¥ ἜΝ from after
the ewes he brought him, 1. 6. from fol-
lowing the ewes, from being a shep-
herd. b) Prep. of time, after, Gen. 9,
28. So ΠΤ pb 5n ANN after these
things, i. e. afterwards, a formula of
transition, Gen. 15, 1. 22,1. With infin.
after that, after, Num. 6,19. 9 SAN
pr. after so, i.e. after it had so hap-
pened, afterwards, Lev. 14, 36. Deut.
21, 13.

3. Conj. "WX “NS after that, Ez. 40, 1;
and without SON, Lev. 14, 43. Job 42, 7.

‘om ἢ

Instead of the sing. "Mx, the

ΡΝ
plur. "2s is far more frequently aed j

2 below. With suffixes the plur. (οὔτι
is always used.

Ῥιση. D779, only in constr. "7X, ὁ
suff. "IAN, DIAN, OTN, etc.

1. ‘Subst. the hinder parts, 2 Sam. 2,

23 ΤΌ ΓΙ TIN with the hinder end of,
the spear,
2. Prep. a) Of place, behind, Judg.
18, 12 where it is i. ἃ. on the west of, see
jn M8 no. 2. More freq. after, behind
‘any one, Lev. 26, 33. 1 Sam. 14, 37.
2K. 19, 21. of77ns (788) those who
zo after them, their flatterers, parasites,
Ps. 49, 14. Hence, with verbs of going,
to follow ; also ’ "20% 755 to be after,
to go after any one, i. q. to follow, to be
on one’s side, Ex. 23, 2. 2 Sam. 2, 10.
Comp. 1 K.1, 7. Prov. 28, 23 03% m3"
ἈΧῸΣ πὶ TIN he that rebuketh a man
after me (i. 6. after my precepts) shall
find favour. Ὁ) Of time, after, Gen.
16, 13. 17,8. With inf. after that, after,
‘Gen. 5, 4.
3. Conj. Wx “MN after that, Deut.
94. 4. Josh. 9, 16. 23,1; rarely with "Ux
Dmnitted: Lev. 25, 48. Once "x2 alas
Josh. 2, 7.

4, 3 ΠΝ pr. after so, after it had so
happened, i. e. afterwards, Gen. 6, 4.
15, 14. 23, 19. 25,26. al. Comp. Syr.
398. and 50 5.9. With tx added
_it becomes a conjunction, i. gq. "8X8 "8
after that, like Lat. posteaquam for post-
quam, Deut. 24,4. 2 Sam. 24,10. In the
later Hebrew we find also MXt "SMX
after this, afterwards, Job 42, 16. Ezra
9,10. Comp. Chald. πὸ ΠΝ Dan. 2,

99. 45.

5. With other prepositions:

pr. from bsfters, from behind, from going
or following after ; chiefly used of those
who abandon a person or party whom
they have before followed, Num. 14, 43.
Deut. 7, 4, 2 Sam. 20,2. Also at or on
the back, behind, after, (comp. 12 no. 3.
h,) Josh. 8, 2. Ex. 14, 19. Jer. 9, 21.—
Of time, after, Ecc. 10, 14; and in Neh.
4,7 > "IN, in the same sense. Hence
- j2 "2782 pr. after so, i.e. afterwards,
2 Sam. 3, 28. 15, 1.

b) "7787>s after, with verbs of mo-

4

1. PS £ (ony)
a) "AMX, once ΤΙΝ 2 1 Chr. 17, 7,

» a “aN

tion. 2K. 9, 18 ΠΝ ΤΌΝ 30 turn thee
after me, halrind me, 2 Sam. 5, 23.

6) ἌΝ ΟΣ i. gq. "INN, Ez. 41, 15.
Comp. b3 no. 3. b.

“WIN Chald. plur. constr. "2m, after,
Dan. 2, 29; but by Hebraism. The
pure Chaldee preposit. is "M2.

TWIN , fem. 42558, from 718 with
the adj. ending jj. :

1. hinder, hindermost, latter, opp. to .
foremost, former, (j7289,) Gen. 33, 2.
Ex. 4, 8. Deut. 24, 3. Ἰπ πὶ O57 the
hinder sea, i. e. western, the Mediterra-
nean, Deut. 11, 24. 34, 2. Joel 2, 20.

2. after. later. follewinig, as ἜΗΝ “11
Ps. 48, 14. ἸΠΠῚΝ O° after time, future,
Prov. 31, 25. Is. 30, 8, Plur. ΘΛ ΤΙΝ
those after, posterity, Job 18, 20.

3. the last, latest, Neh. 8, 18. Is. 44, 6
I [Jehovah] am the first, and I the last.
Job 19, 25.—Fem. m25ms adv. last, the
last, Dan. 11,29. Also ΤΣ ΤΙΝ 3 Deut.
13, 10. 1K. 17, 13, and παν Ἢ Num. 2,
31. Ece. 1, 11, at-lasi: last.

MAS (for mv In, after the brother,)
Aharah, pr. n. 1 Chr. 8, 1.

STIS (behind the breast-work sc.
born) Aharhel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 8.

IN Chald. constr. see THIN Chald.

“IIS Chald. adj. fem. another, alia,
Dan. 2, 39. 7, 5.6; for the common
man, the © of the fem. gender being
dropped by apocope, like "8x" for
med, 125 for mis>2.

TIN Chald. adj. (fr. ἡπ ὅπ) Dan.
4,5 ἡ ΠΤΙΝ ΤΣ pr. at the last, at last, at

length; the 72 being pleonastic, see 52

Chald. A. 2.—Keri j2ns.

1. the last or
extreme part, uttermost part, Ps. 139, 9.
—Oftener of time: a) the end of a pe-
riod, Deut. 11, 12; the end, event of any
course of things, latter state, final lot,
Job 8, 7. 42, 12. Prov. 5,4 4772 ANAM
her end is bitter, i. e. the final lot of
those whom the adultress seduces;
comp. 23, 32, Sometimes of a happy
end or result, Prov: 23, 18. 24,14. b)
after-time, the future, espec. in the pro-
phetic formula 0°75 N"NNA in future
time, in the last days, Is. 2, 2. Gen. 49, 1."
Mic. 4, 1. Num. 24, 14. Dain 10, 14.

ΓΝ

2. Concer. those who come after, de-
scendants, posterity, Ps. 109, 13. Am. 4,
2. 9,1. Dan. 11, 4.

WIN Chald. f. i. gq. Heb. M7758 no.
1. b. Dan. 2, 28. ἵ

ὙΠ Chald. adj. aneher, alius, Dan.
2, 11.

MEIN adv. (τ. 78) backwards,
Gen. 9, 23. 1 Sam. 4,18. Comp. “iny.

DISIIOON τη. plur. Esth. 3, 12. 8, 9.
9, 3. Ezra 8, 36, satraps; the governors
or viceroys of the large provinces among
the ancient Persians, possessing both
civil and military power, and being in
the provinces the representatives of the
sovereign, whose state and splendour
they also rivalled. Single parts or sub-
divisions of these provinces were under
procurators or prefects, Τὴ ΠΒ ; the sa-
traps governed only whole: provinces.
See Brisson de regio Pers. principatu I.
δ 168. Heeren Ideen' T. I. p. 489'sq. ed.
4.—The genuine form of this name,

-which has lately been found in the

inscriptions of ancient India, is ksatrapa
i. e. warrior of the host; see Benfey in
Gott. Gel. Anz. 1839. p. 805 sq. Lassen
Zeitschr. f. ἃ. Morgenl. ΠΠ. p. 161. To
this harsher form corresponds the Greek
ἐξατράπης, ἐξαιϑράπης, (Boeckh~ Corp.
Inscr. no. 2691. c,) whence arose by
degrees the softer σατράπης. The j= is
appended. Comp, ΒΡῈ ΠΝ.

PIDIIOAX Chald. m. plur. i. ἃ. Heb.
Dan. 3, 2. 3. 27. 6, 2. 3..

WIGAN Ahasueris, the Hebrew
form of the name Xerzes, as it would
seem. It is found Esth. 1, 1, and often
in this book; also Ezra 4, 6, where the
order of time would require it to be un-
‘derstood of Cambyses; and further in
Dan. 9, 1, where it stands for Astyages,
the father of Darius the Mede. The true
native orthography of the name Xerxes
has recently been brought to light from
the cuneiform inscriptions; where it is
written kh-sh-y-d-r-sh-d,, which seems
.to correspond to the modern Persian
sli Ait 1. 6. lion-king ; since it is cer-
tain’that for the softer pronunciation of
8 and sh, as uttered by the modern Per-

sians, the ancient Persians had far harsh- .

38

ἊΝ
er sounds, as in the words khshayc
i.q. Shah king, khshatrap i. q. Satrap.
From this ancient harsher form, the
Hebrews, by prefixing their prosthetic
Aleph, made ὥστ Ahashverosh, and
the Greeks ξέρξης. See St. Martin in
Journal Asiatique III. p. 85. Champ
lion Précis du Systéme hiéroglyphiq
Tableau général, Tab. 7. 2. p. 24. Las
sen ib. d. Keilschrift p. 165; also in Zeit~
schr. f. Kunde des Morgen. VI. p. 124sq.

DIVX Esth. 10, 1 in Chethib, fo q
τοῦτα. : :

“ADIN (prob, cule atten a name
of Persian origin, see next art.) pr. n. Τα, ;
Ahashtari, 1 Chr. 4, 6.

rs jlaad

DIACIN : plur. m. mules, Pers.
estar, il ester, a mule, Sanscr.agwa-
tara. “ Esth. 8, 10, where/it is rendered
definite by the addition sons of mares.—
The j= is appended, as in DRE INN. |

PMN see TS.

DN subst. m. (r. vor) 1, 4 gentle
sound, murmur, whisper, and plur. DION
concr. mutterers, whisperers, i. 6. νεχρο-
μάντεις, necromancers, ventriloquists, im-
itating artificially the supposed murmur
or thin voice of the shades or manes, Is.
19,3. See under 338.

2. a going softly, gentle motion ; :
whence often adverbially, λς, ΤΣ ord,
softly, gently, slowly, e. g. of the still slow
gait of a mourner, 1 K. 21,27; of water
gently flowing, Is. 8, 6. So “ab pr. in
my slow gait, slowly, at my convenience,
Gen. 33, 14.—Also of the manner of act-
ing and speaking; 2 Sam. 18, 5 "> ued
“32> (deal) gently with the young man
for my sake! Job 15, 11 323 UN> 735)!
and words gently (spoken) towards thee.

* TON a root not in use; Arab. to be
fast, firm; Conj. II, to sballad ates’ μὰ
confirm.—Hence

TON m. the southern wicker tne
thorn, Rhamnus paliurus Linn. so called
from the firmness of its ἰὸν Judg. 9, .14.

15. Ps.58,10, Arab. obi, i.q. the more

usual ee. a PY ad

POS m. (by Syriasm for ἸΌΝ, r- ei)
thread, yarn, of linen or cotton; in Chald.

᾿

» String. Once Prov. 7, 16 tapes-

s distinguished for its firmness and
uty. Comp. Celsii Hierob. I. 89 sq.
|. Schultens compares Gr. ὀϑόνη, ὁϑό-
v, linen cloth.

BPBOR « root not in use. 8 eis ἢ
) utter a gentle sound, to murmur,

als when one is hungry, τρύζειν.
e Comment. on Is. 19, 3.

"2. to go softly, gently, see OX no. 2.
_* DOS to shut, to close, to stop, e. g.

: αὶ mouth, the ears, Prov. 17, 28. 21, 13.
mie x τῆσδε Ez. 40, 16. 41, 16. 26,

sould not be opened and shut at pleas-
Sept. ϑυρίδες δικτυωταί, Symm.
ae Comp. 1K.6,4. Kindr. is Arab.

<bt to cover a window with a curtain.

Hien. id. Ps. 58, 5.
_ * FON obsol. root, perh. to bind, to bind

, kindr. with =x. Arab. Tot
tent-cords.—Hence j7>x.

” ὮΝ fut. ἜΝ, to shut, to close,
> Ps. 69,16. Arab. bf ta shut
in, toenclose. Kindred roots are “3%,
“30, \%>.—Hence the two following:
“2¥ (shut up, bound, perh. dumb)

, pr-n.m. a) Ezra 2, 16. Neh. 7,
b) Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45.

tog a

£

i.e. impeded. Judg. 3, 15. 20,16 "ὮΝ
Spon impeded as to his ink? hand,
1. 6. who cannot use the right hand free-
Ty, and hence i. q. left-handed. Arab.

-
{ Conj. V, to be impeded : comp.

dae to bind, to tie, transferred also to

‘the tongue, like Engl. tongue-tied.

= , constr."% 1. Interrog. adverb,
where? c. suff. MD°% where art thou?
Gen. 3,9. 38 where is he? Ex. 2, 20.
ΣΝ where are they? Is. 19,12. More
freq. with He parag. πὰς q. v.—This
particle seéms to have arisen by drop-
ping the Nun from 378 II, (q. v. in 182
whence?) and this again seems to have

y, coverings. of Egyptian yarn, which’

oken yd the sighing of the camel when:
eary; also of the rumbling of the:

ps Closed, sc. with bars or lattices 7
. fing let into the walls or beams.

“ON τῇ. adj. (τ. "28) shut wp, bound,

39 "~~

tive }7% I; just as many other negative
words have also passed over to an in-
_terrogative power ; comp.Lat. ne, Getm.
nicht wahr? Engl. not 802 Hence TS
pr. he is not there, not present, i. q. 33 πὰ,
‘comp. Job 14,10; and interrog. is he not
there? q.d. where is he? In this way
ἘΝ no. I and II become closely related.
Comp. Heh, Gram. § 150. no. 1 ult. In

Arabic a has er over into an in-

terrog. pron. who ? ἢ HF and the same
also is Eth. 4B. Comp. Germ. wo?
Engl. who? ὁ
2. Asa mere sign of interrogation, put
before adverbs and pronouns in ordér to
give them an interrogative power ; just
as “WX gives them a relative sense.
Comp. Germ. wovon? for von welchem?
Engl. wherefore? i. q. for what? Hence
a) πὶ, which? what? but always with
reference to place (except in Ecce. 11,
6), 1 K. 13, 12 92h F739 πὶ πὶ what way
went he? (Or perh. i. q. Lat. ubi vie?
quorsum vie? see under 32 "8 in lett.
b.) 2K. 3, 8. 2 Chr. 18, 23. Job 38, 24.
Also without interrogation, Jer. 6, 16.
Eee. 11, 6. Elsewhere i. q. where?
(from ΠῚ here,) Job 28, 12. Esth. 7, 5.
Sometimes written in one word, 7x,
q-v- Ὁ) 30 Ἢ from what? whence ?
(from “72 thence,) Gen. 16,8. 1 Sam.
30, 13. Jon. 1, 8 AMR BS Ayo "NK from
what people art thou? 2 Sam. 15,2 "ἢ
HES WD ΓΙῸ from aphat city art thou?
strictly Lat. ‘undenam populi? undenam
urbis?’ as Plaut. unde gentium? Odyss.
1.170 πόϑεν ἀνδρῶν. 6) PNXTd 78 where-
fore? why? from mx1> therefore, Jer.5,7.
Notre. With ¢ertain other particles
“XN is joined more closely, so as to coa-
lesce with them into one word, as WR,
M2"&, ΠΡῚΝ, MEN, αν. The same use
of this particle is found in Syr. fas4]
in what way? how? fosauy whence ?
[25] who? Chald. ὙΤΣ who then? OTN
id. Eth. ΡῈ where? how 2—In Prov
31, 4 Keri "305 "x D721555, render: nor
for princes [to say], Where is anny
drink? See in "8 no. 1.
I. "8 contr. for "8, (as "3 for "2,"
for "7, comp. Lehre. p- 510,) m. perhaps

been originally the same as the nega- _

"8

fem. Is. 23,2; plur. O"*8, once "8 Ez.
26,18. R. mx 1.

1. Pr. habitable ground, dry land, opp.
to water, the sea; rivers; see the root
no. 1. Is.42,15 prey mint? sre Twill
make the rivers dry lands ; comp. 43, 19.
5), 2. Hence

2. terra maritima, land adjacent to
the sea, sea-coast, whether on the shore
of the main land, or an island; like the
East-Indian Dvipa, which signifies both
coast and island. Spec. a) the coast,
the sea-coast, Is. 20, 6. 23, 2. 6. Ez. 27,
7 ΤΡ ΘΝ ἘΝ the coast of Elishah, i.e. of
Peloponnesus or Greece. δ) anisland,
Jer. 47 4 “ΕΞ "8 the isle of Caphtor, i.e.
Crete. o°M> "28 the isles of Chittim, Ez.
27, 6» Jer. 2, 10; comp. Esth. 10, 1, where
tc "*X are put in antith. with the main
land,continent. 6) Plur.2"*8 very often
for coasts, maritime regions, espec. be-
yond sea, as in Jer. 25, 22 is added by
way of epexegesis 0°73 "352 “US "NF.
Hence genr. of coasts and islands far
remote, Is. 24, 15. 40, 15. 41,1. 5. 42,4.
10. 12. 49, 1. 51, 5; espec. hues of the
Mediterranean Ps. 72, 10. Dan. 11, 18,
which also are called more definitely
pw ἫΝ Is. 11, 11, and oan ἀπ Gen.
10, 5. Zeph. 2, 11.—In Ez. 27, 15 the
Indian Archipelago is to be understood.

IT. "δὲ contr. for "8 (r. τὸν II, see in
ἊΝ ΤῸ pr. a howling, wailing cry. Hence
1. Concr. the howler, i. 6. the jackal,

Arab. Sgt Uyl, piur. 64! wis, son,
daughters of howling, Pers. Jles,
whence Germ. Schakal, Engl. jackal.
So called from its nocturnal cry or howl,
which resembles the scream of a child.
Damiri ap. Bochart. Hieroz. I. p. 843.
Found only in plur. 57:8, Is. 13, 22. 34,
14.

_ 2. Interj. 1. α. “8% ah! alas! wo! 6.
dat. Ece. 10, 16. 4, 10 15 "x, which seve-
ral editt. read in one word, i>"& wo to
him!

IIT. "8 adv. not, non, found Job 22, 30,
and in the pr. names 7133~"8 (inglorious)
Ichabod 1 Sam. 4. 21, and dare Jeze-
bel. It is much more freq. in Rabbinic,
espec. as prefixed to adjective forms
with a privative signification, like Engl.
in, un, in the same usage ; and also in

40

ΠΝ

Ethiopic, where 4, is prefixed also to
verbs. It is doubtless an abridged form —

from JX, see r. j38, 77%; like the Greek
and Sanscr. a priv. from an.

TISI7S (inglorious) is: pr. n.
1 Sam. 4,21. See in "8 IIL 7

* AN io be an adversary, enemy, to
any one; to persecute, to hate. The
primary idea is prob. to be sought in
breathing, blowing, puffing at or upon
any one, which is often referred to anger
and hatred, Germ. anschnauben. Kin-
dred is 358, in which the idea of breath-
ing after passes over into that of desire
and love. The finite verb oceurs pi
once, Ex. 23, 22; but very freq. is Part.
378 as ΣΕ ΟΝ, an ‘qdveramtah enemy, Gen.
22, 17.49, 8. al. Sometimes it retains
the construction of a participle, 1 Sam..
18, 29 ἜΠΤῸΝ BN an ie ee
—Fem. marin collect. enemies, i i
8. 10. Comp. Lehrg. p. 477.

Deriv. =1"&, and |

MD"8 f. (contr. for W358, as nse for
38) enmity, hostility, Gen. 3,15. Num. —
35, 21.

PS m. pr. a load, burden, by which ‘
one is oppressed, crushed ; from ὩΣ ἢ
πο. 2. Hence

1. misfortune, calamity, Ps. 18, 19. 700
21, 80.

2. destruction, ruin, Job 18, 12. 21, 17:
80,15. 5x ἘΝ destruction ‘from . God,
Job 31, 23.

TPN f (for WYN, το AN IL) pr. ery, cla-
mour ; hence

1. As the name of a clamorous bird —
of prey, unclean, Lev. 11, 14. Deut. 14,
13; also keen-sighted, Job 28,7. Sept.
and Vulg. sometimes vulture, sometimes
kite. The opinion of Bochart is not im-
probable, Hieroz. II. p. 193 sq. that it is
the species of falcon called by the Arabs

.*

β
]
Ἢ

5353 yyy, i. 6. falco esalon, called also

smirle, emerillon, Engl. merlin. Or —
perhiips the Heb. word is a general term —
for hawk, falcon, etc. whence in Lev. —
and Deut. Il. ec. is added M2™2>. P

2. Ajah, pr. n. m. a) Gen. 36, 24.
b) 2 Sam. 3, 7. 21, 8.

MPN ig. °% where? with m= parag.
asin from jo, Gen. 3,9.18,9.al. Alsa

ὌΝ Al

without interrogation, Job 15, 23 he wan-
dereth about for bread, 73% where-ever
it may be.

SN pr. ἢ. Job, an Arab of Uz or
Ausitis, distinguished for wealth and
also for piety and virtue, but tried of God
with the heaviest calamities. Besides
the book of Job, he is also mentioned i

Fiz. 14,14. 20. Sept. Ἰώβ, Arab. ὥς.
The name signifies pr. one persecuted,
from τ. 328, as 71>" one born, from 75" ;
and refers to the calamities by which
he was afflicted.—Others render it: serio

irs & «oF ἵ
resipiscens, i. q. Arab. If, from r. 358,
of, to return, to convert, comp. Cor.

Sur. 38. 40-44; but see against this,
Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p. 81. col. 1.

SAMS £ (pr. non-cohabited, i. 8. ἄλο-
vos Plat. p. 249. B, Lat. intacta, chaste,
comp. Agnes ; an appropriate female
name, and not to be estimated from the
character and conduct of Ahab’s queen ;)
Jezebel, Isabella, pr. n. of a notorious
woman, the daughter of Ethbaal king
of Tyre, and wife of Ahab king of Israel,
infamous for her idolatry and cruel per-
secution of the prophets. 1 K. 16, 31.
18, 4. 13. 21, 5 sq. 2 K. 9, 7 sq.

MPS where? Job 38, 19. 24. Com-
pounded from the interrog. part. Ἂς, “8
q. ν-. πο: 2, and ny here.

TS how? apoc. from M3"8, Gen. 26,

9. Without interrogation, Ruth 3, 18.
2 K. 17, 28.—Often as an exclamation

of/pain..or grief, how! Ps. 73, 19. Is. 14,

4. Ecce. 2, 16.
IDS from “8 no. 5, μὰ ΓΞ i. ᾳ. nD
so, here.

1. how? in what way? Deut. 1, 12.
Without interrogation, Deut. 12, 30.

2. where? Cant. 1, 7.

3. Often as an exclamation of pain or
grief, how ! like ΠΝ, Is. 1,21. Lam. 1, 1.

MO" (id.) where, not interrogative,
once 2 K. 6, 13, where Keri has i>" id.

M22°"8 (Milél) how ? Cant. 5, 3. Esth.
8,6 From "8 and M22 i. gq. ΓΞ, ΓΞ, so
DTN see τ. AN.

ΘΝ m. 1. a ram, so called from his
twisted horns, 4. ἃ. rolled up; see r. 48.
‘ A*

Oo

Gen. 15,9. Plur. #°>"8 Ex. 25, 5, and
m°>x Job 42, 8—Hence intens. 55x q. v.
2. A term of architecture,. referring,
as it would seem, to a projection in a la-
teral wall, serving as a post or column,
i. e. ὦ pilaster ; either from r. >48 no. 3,
orlike Lat. aries, capreolus, Germ. Bock,
used for a buttress. 1 K. 6, 31. Ez. 41,
3. Plur. p%>"x, Ez. 41, 1. 40, 10. 14. 16.
38 ; comp. v. 26. 31. 34. 37. The ancient
versions render it sometimes posts, some-
times columns. See Boettcher’s Proben
alttestamtl. Schrifterkl. p- 302.

28 m. a stag, hart, male deer, Deut.
12, 15. 14, 5. Is. 35, 6., Plur. 0" Cant.
2, 9. 17. Always masc. but in Ps. 42, 2
jeined with a fem. in the manner ef
comm. gend. thus denoting a hind, which
elsewhere has the specific name M>°8,

8
nbmg. Chald. and Syr. id. Arab. (ut
wild goat, mountain-goat, chamvis, Eth.

PA , by which orthography the affinity
of the roots Dag and ΘΗ is distinctly con-
firmed.—As to the etymology, >°8 is a
sort of intensive of >°x, therefore pr. ὦ
large ram or buck, and ΠΝ a large she-
goat or the like. Indeed the Hebrews
would seem to have called all the va-
rious species of deer and antelopes, which
in part are furnished with twisted horns
like the ram, by the general name of
large rams or wild rams ; just as the
Germans call the same animals Berg-
ziegen, wilde Ziegen, and the Latins
capre@, from their general resemblance ©
to a goat, eapra. Sept. every where
ἔλαφος.

28 m. strength, might, once Ps. 88, 5.
R. ds no. 2.

DON τῇ, (τ. bax) plur. Β δ πὰς, pr. strong,
stout, mighty.

1. Plur. the mighty, the powerful, the
nobles of a state, city, Ex. 15, 15. Ez. 17,
13. 2 K. 24, 15 Keri.

2. astrong, stout, mighty tree, like δρῦς,
spec. the oak, terebinth, and sometimes
also the palm, i. q. M28, 738, which is
more usual. Sing. once Gen. 14, 6 in
the pr. n. FIRB dex, Sept. ἐεράδιλο ϑὲ τῆς
Φαράν. Plur. ΨΥ p">x Is. 1, 29. 57,
5. 61, 3.

M28 £. a hind, female deer, and perh.
also caprea, wild she-goat, these two ani-

ry

ὌΝ

mals being hardly distinguished in the
common usage of the Hebrew. Gen. 49,
21. Plur. mi>sx constr. mix 2 Sam. 22,
34. Cant. 2, 7. See in masc. DX.

TDN (from d=, q. ἃ. Deerfield, from
the number of deer,) Ajalon, pr.n. a)
A Levitical city in the tribe of Dan,
Josh. 10, 12. 19, 42. 21, 24. Jude. 1, 35.
See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 68. Ὁ)
A city in Zebulun, Judg. 12, 12.

TDN (an oak, see 1151) Elon. pr. ἢ.

1. A city in Dan, Josh. 19, 43. 1 K.
4, 9.

2. Of several men:
36,2. b) Gen. 46, 14.

a) Gen. 26, 34.
c) Judg. 12, 11.

ΓΟ (trees, a grove, perh. palm-
grove, see under M28) 1 K. 9, 26. 2 K.
16, 6, also ros (for "x Lehrg. p. 467,
and that collect. for mid"&) Deut. 2, 8.
2K. 14, 22. 16, 6 bis, Eloth, Elath, pr.n.
of a city of Idumea on the eastern gulf
of the Red Sea, which is called from it
Sinus ZElanites, or Elanitic Gulf. The
Edomites being subdued, 2 Sam. 8, 14,
David took possession of it, and after
him Solomon, whose fleet sailed hence
to Ophir, 1 K. 9,26. It was again recov-
ered by the Idumeans; and once more
subdued by Uzziah king of Judah, 2 K.
14, 22; but Rezin king of Syria took it
at length from the Jews, who seem never
again to have recovered it, 2 K. 16, 6.
Josephus calls it Kidawn, Ptolemy Ἔλανα,
Pliny Alana H. N. 6. 32 or 38. See
Relandi Palest. p. 217, 554 sq. Le
Quien Oriens Christ. T. III. p. Hey By

Arabian writers it is called se] Aileh,
Ailat. The ruins of the former city are
still visible near to the fortress of ’Aka-
bah, on the N. W. Riuppell’s Reisen,
p. 248 seq. Frankf 1829. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I. p. 241 sq.

mone f. i. q. D8 pr. strength, might,
then help, Ps. 22, 20. BR. da no. 2.

Dos plur, ΘΒ ΝΣ and mia>x, an ar-
chitectural term, which the Sept. Vulg.
and Targums make i. q. ΘΗΝ porch;
from which however it -is “manifestly
distincuished, Ez. 40,78sq. The b">"x
were carried round an edifice, and are
usually mentioned along with the D°2"x ;

42 -

ak

see Ez. 40, 16. 22. 26.29. Comp. Boett-
cher Proben, p. 319.

DN (trees, perh. palm-trees) Elim,
pr. n. of a station of the Israelites in the
desert, the second after leaving Egypt,
with twelve fountains and seventy palm-
trees, Ex. 15, 27. 16, 1. Num. 33,9. With
He loc. πὰς Ex. 15, 27.—Geographers
rightly assume the place of Elim in the
Wady Ghirindel, a valley of that re-
gion; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 100,
105..

j2°8 Chald. m. a tree, Dan. 4, 7. 8 sq.
Syr. tas] id. It corresponds to Heb.

7i>& ; but the Chaldee word is used in a
wider sense.

MON see in miss.

M2eN ΓΟ i. g. Mex (to which it is also
st. constr.) a hind, as a term of endear-
ment towards a female, Prov. 5, 19.—
More difficult of explanation i is it in the »
inscription of Ps. 22 "nw mbsx-by upon
(according to) the hind of the dawn.
These words seem to be the name of
some other poem or song to the measure
of which this Psalm was to be sung or
chanted; comp. "WR 2 Sam. 1,18. The
phrase hind of the dawn prob. stands for
the morning sun scattering his first rays
upon the earth ; just as the Arabian po-
ets call the rising sun the gazelle, com-
paring his rays with the horns of that
animal ; comp. 1 lett. e. See Schultens
ad Job. p. 1193; ad Har. Cons. V. p. 163.

*D°N obsol. root, Chald. and Tal-
mud. 5°, to terrify. The primary idea
seems to be to strike dumb; comp. r.
tat, ΠΕ; perh. also 599 q. v.— Hence
the fs following’

Dox adj. f ma", terrible Foviistttable
Hab’ 1, 7. Cant.’6, 4. 10. :

MON and WAN f. (for ΓΘ) terror,
dread, Deut. 32,25. With genit. of that
which inspires terror; Prov. 20, 2 ΓΝ
"1272 the dread of a king, which one feels
before him. Job 33,7 "ΓΘ the terror of
me, i.e. which I inspire. With He parag.
mna5w Ex. 15,16. Plur. Το Ps. 55, δ.

Piur. ΘΝ 1. terrors, Ps. 88, 16.

2. idols Jer. 50, 38, so called from the
terror with which they inspire thei
worshippers. Comp. ΤΥ ΘΒ,

ΤᾺ

8. Emim, pr. n. of an ancient people
who originally inhabited the land of

Moab, Gen. 14, 5. Deut. 2, 11.
᾿ ys obsol. root, 1. ᾳ. δ q.v. Hence
I. 728 constr. j°&, pr. subst. nothing,

nothingness. Is. 40, 23 9 O7214 ἸΏΣΙῚ
_ who bringeth princes to nothing. Hence
adverbially :

1. nothing, nought, usually including
the idea of the subst. verb fo be, e. g.
1K. 8, 9 ΒΞ ΓΙ mind *2t) pr FARA PR
nothing was in the ark save the two ta-
bles of stone. Ps. 19, 7. Ex. 22,2. So
2 Sam. 19,7 D"723) ow > 7S nought
to thee are princes and gervants.

2. no, not, including the idea of the
subst. verb, there is not, was not ; there
are not, were not, etc. i. ᾳ. 87 Nd, Arab.

yd, Aram. 24S, mb, mb, Ail.
Num. 14, 42 o3a5ps nine "x 9D for
_ Jehovah is not among you. Jude. 21, 25
in those days >¥ 072 522 7S ere wis
no king in Israel. Gen. 37, 29 No%" 7°8
“i2a Joseph was not in the cistern. Ps.
10, 4. Ex. 12, 30. Lev. 13, 31. In the
same phrases where " is said affirma-
tively, ΠΣ is also used negatively, as
977 515 ὃ" Gen. 31,29, and "511 dx 55x
Neh. 5, 5. Further: a) Where the bs.
ject of a sentence is a personal pronoun,
this latter is often appended as a suffix

to the word ἡ" ; 6. g. "22°% J am not,-

etc. F278 hiv art not, etc. F27%, 327,
MEN, DIN, DIMN ; and also wit phi.
form. (as if fio nosy), Wa°3"N, TWAIN
Ps. 59, 14. 73,5. b) The puberantive
verb ΓΝ iapiiea in this negative par-
ticle, as above, the latter is almost al-
ways joined with a participle; e.g. Dan.
8, 5 behold, a he-goat came from the west
over the face of the whole earth, 333 578)
7283 and touched not the gioond i. q.
232 85. Esth. 3,8. 7, 4. Ezra 3, 13. Ex.
5, ‘16 JA2 ὙΠ [3m straw there is none giv-
en, i. q. JAD ND.
forms a periphrasis for no one, none, ne-
mo, Josh. 6, 1 82 7°N} NLI7 PNR none went
‘out, and none came in. Lev. 26, 6. Is. 5,
29. Rarely joined with a finite verb,
Ex. 3.2. Ece.8,11. Jer. 38,5 3237 "8 "2
"23 ἘΞΌΝ bo for the king cannot do
_any thing against you. Job 35, 15; and
so with the particle 5, Ps. 135, 17 “7-8

It often in this way.

43

ἐλ

DrmDa mn ws nor is there any breath in

their mouth. In.both these passages NX>

would be more correct. In like manner
the modern Arabs write ud for Y.

c) "> 79% there is not to me, i. 6. 7 have
not, T had not, etc. Lev. 1, 10. 1 Sam.
1, 2. So Arab. J Before an
infin. it is often i. q: non ‘licet, it is not
lawful, not permitted, like οὐκ ἔστιν for
οὐκ ἔξεστιν, and Arab. th lS est mihi
for licet mihi, Cor. 4, 94. ib. 10,100. So
Esth. 4, 2 8in> 97% it is not lawful to en-
ter, none might enter. Ruth 4, 4. Ps. 40,6
aby 2 78 there is nothing to compare
unto thee, i.e. nothing which can rightly
be éctiipared, where ΠΡ is poetic for
7722. d) Joined with various words:

WN FN there is no man, Gen. 31, 50. Ex.
2,12. 933 "8 Ex. 5, 11, and nan rials
1K. 18, 43, there is not any thing. d> hs
there is nothing at all, Kcc. 1, 9.

3. As 8" is sometimes i. q. to be pre-
sent, to be here or at hand, so 4"& is not
to be present, not to be here or at hand
etc. Fr. a n'y a pas. Num. 21, 5 78 52
nt ΠΝῚ ὈΠῚΡ for there is no bread here,
nor water. 1 Sam. 9,4. 10, 14 and we
saw \"% "> that they were nonbhiers. Gen.
2,5. Num. 20, 5. Gen. 5, 24 of Enoch:
DTN Pk MpP> "D WII. 1 K. 20, 40
nD3"N nit lo! he was not, i. e. he was
gone. So of death, Ps. 39, 14.

4. Sometimes it may be rendered
without, i. gq. 782; but the examples
strictly fall back under no. 2; e. g. Joel
1, 6 strong and without number, pr. ‘and
there is no number. Deut. 32, 4.

5. With prefixes: a) 13 pr. in not,
in there not being, in defect of: «) i. q.
‘when there was not, Prov. 8, 24 7°82
niainn when there were no deeps, ὦ i.e. be-
fore the floods were yet created ; comp.
23. 8) Ofteni.q. 853, without, Ez.
38, 11 main ἸᾺ3 without a aall: Prov.
5, 23. 11, 14.

b) 3°82 as nothing, nothing wanting,
i. 6. almost, well-nigh, Ps. 73, 3. Comp.
ὭΞῸΞ little wanting, i. 6. almost; see
ὩΣ.

c) 7M? a) For 7% "xb to whom
there is no, nothing, 15. 40, 29. Neh. 8,
10. 8) For mins 859 so that there should
be no, etc. Ezra 9, 14.

d) ἡ pr. from there being no i. q

δὼ
s"%, but intensive, none, not one ; see on
this idiom in 72 1. Ὁ. 3. Jer. 10, 6. 7. 30,
7 So 28s" PR 1. αᾳ. Adin 4N, Is. 5, 9.
6, 11. 50, 2.

Nore. The absol. form ἢ stands
only at the end of a clause; while
the constr. }"% everywhere depends on
something following; e. g. Num. 20, 5
728 ὉΠ there ts no water, for which
might also be said D772 j°R. .

IT. 28 adv. of interrog. where? Arab.

Ἐ
pst; found only with ya prefixed, Ἰ"Ν8
whence? Gen. 29, 4. Nah. 3, 7. al.—Ori-
ginally this was the same with the
negat. 738 I, and passed over into the
interrogative sense; hence by apoc. "δὲ,
ἊΣ, ΝΣ ΠῚ. See in "8 no. 1. Heb.
Gram. § 150. 1. fin.

TS 1 Sam. 21, 9, i. ᾳ. $98, but inter-
rogatively for ΠΝ.

“WIN see MTS.

MD ΝΣ, rarely M8, f. an ephah, a
measure of grain, containing three seahs,
ONO, or ten omers, "99, Ex. 16, 36.
According to Josephus, Ant. 8. 2. 9, the
ephah contained 72 sextarii, equal to the
Attic (liquid) metretes, or 1993.95 Paris
cubic inches, about 1 ᾧ bush. English ;
see Boeckh Metrolog. Untersuch. pp.
259, 278. This is also confirmed by
other testimony ; so that there is doubt-
less an error in another passage of Jose-
phus, Ant. 15. 9. 2, where the ephah
seems to be equal to 96 sextarii, or the
Attic medimnus. 1 Sam. 17, 17. Zech.
5,6 sq. Judg. 6,19. Ruth 2.17. Also
MDs) "x a double ephah, one just,
the other false, Prov. 20, 10. Deut. 25,
14, Am. 8, 5.—The origin of this word
4s to be sought in the Egyptian lan-
guage; where the Heb. ΓΒ δὲ corre-

sponds to (ysHIy measure, spec. of corn,

modius, from r. (et, ΗΠ; to number ;

whence Sept. otp/, Arab. xa3 9, an Egyp-
tian measure. See Rodiger in Allg.
Encyclop. art. Epha. Thes. Ling. Heb.
in Append.

MDS (from "δ and Mb here) where ?
Is. 49, 21. Ruth 2,19; how? what kind
of? Judg. 8, 18. In an indirect inquiry,
Jer. 36, 19.

AA,

ὯΝ
ND WS i. α. NEN, q. v.
ON, 6. suff. "WN, FERN, FIONN 5

Plur. ΒΡ τ only thrice, Ps. 141, 4. Prov. —

8, 4. Is. 53,3; instead of which the com-
mon usage has substituted Dw (from
obsol. sing. 8:8), constr. "Wx, 6. suff
N"WIN , DFIN ; also as periphrastic plur.
x "22, comp. no. 6.

1. aman. Spec. a) a male, opp. to

a female ; Gen. 4, 1 J have gotten a man

with the Lord, i. e. a man-child.

comp. 1, 27. 6,19. So Lat. vir of beasts,
Virg. Eclog. 7,7. Ὁ) @ husband, opp.
to a wife, Ruth 1, 11, Gen. 3, 6. 29, 32.
34. With suff. 52°28 owr men, i. e. our
husbands, Jer. 44, 19. So Gr ἀνήρ Il.
18.291, Lat. vir Hor. Sat. 1. 2.127. c)
As opp. to an old man, one of manly age,
vigour, 1 Sam. 2, 38. ἃ) Emphat. of
manliness, warlike valour, comp. Hithpa.
below. 1 Sam. 4, 9 poids PIN
be strong, and be ye men! 1 K. 2,2.
Comp. Hom. Il. 5.529. 6) a man, mor-
tal, opp. to God, Job 9, 32. 12, 10. Is. 31,
8; espec. in plur. Gen. 32, 29. Is. 7, 13,
Comp. Hom. πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε ϑεῶν te,
Opp. to beasts, Ex. 11, 7. Gen. 49, 6.
[7 Joined in apposition with other sub-
stantives, as OO UN a man a eunuch
i. 6. a eunuch Jer. 38, 7; ind wow a
priest Lev. 21, 9; espec. with gentile

——— ΝΥ

‘

a

1 Sam. —
1, 11. So even of brutes, Gen. 7,2;

names, 6. g. "35 ΘΠ a Hebrew Gen.

39, 14. Comp. Gr. ἄνδρες Γαλιλαῖοι, ἄν-
δρες ᾿Ισραηλῖται, Acts 1, 11. 3, 12, g)
Witlf genit. of a city, land, people, it de-
notes ὦ citizen, inhabitant, etc. 6. g. 87x
>xit a man of Israel, i. 6. Israelite ;
al oh “wx 1 Sam. 7, 11; MTT WIN
2 Sam. 19, 42; also "3h "DIN Gen. 24,
13, In this signif. the sing. ὅδ πὰς is mostly
put collectively, as Sx ts 4x for "WIN
N70" Josh. 9, 6. 7. 10, 24. Judg. 7, 8. 8,
22. al. ἢ) With genit. of a king, leader,
military chief, master, etc. the men of
any one, for his companions, followers,
soldiers, his people, 1 Sam. 23, 3. 12. 24,
5. 8. 28, 1. Once perhaps spoken of
relatives and near friends, like Syr.
<2 wt], e.g. Ez. 24, 17. 22, where
ΣΝ ἘΠῚ the bread of men, is the food
which relatives and friends were accus-
tomed to send to mourners. i) So too
mvs wes and with art, p*ndyn ty

ON

man of God, i. q. servant and minister
f God; spoken of angels Judg. 13, 6.8 ;
f prophets 1 Sam. 2, 27; of Moses
Deut. 33,1; of David 2 Chr. 8,14. k)
ith genit. of an attribute, quality, vir-
tue, vice, etc. it denotes one possess-
that attribute or quality; and in
this way the Hebrews form a peri-
phrasis for an adjective ; 6. g. "NM ON
aman of form, i.e. handsome ; 073 ΘΟ ΝΣ
a man of blood, bloody ; 232 "028 intel-
ligent, see in =} no. 1.6; Sen “WIN men
of name, famous, Gen. 6, 4; comp. πὰ
main a husbandman, Gan, 9,20. 1)
Collect. for men, i. e. soldiers, troops, Is.
21,9. Comp. 058 Is. 22, 6. τῷ) 6%
marks also a man of rank, a great man,
noble, as opp. to 03% a man of low con-
dition; seein DIN no.1.b. n) As joined
with numerals, we find after numerals
below ten Dw, as ONIN MY>w Gen.
18, 2; between ten and twenty some-
times "8, Num. 1,44; and above twen-
ty always UK, 1 Miia. 14, 14. 22, 2. 18.
al. sep.

2. With τ or 93, one—another ; see
τὶ and 9.
᾿ς 8. Put for any man, i. e. one, some one,
any one, Gen. 13, 16. Ex. 16, 29. Cant.
8,7. So Syr. wey] for tis, 6. g. γὼ.
a3] a certain Jew. Plur. 5°v2x men,
certain men, like Syr. <n], 1 K. 20,
17. Jer. 37, 10.

4, each, every one. 1 K. 20, 20 "35
ἴον ws and they slew every one his
man, WX) Ox this and that man, each
and every one, Ps. 87, 5. Esth.-1, 8.
Once like >> prefixed to another subst.
Gen. 15, 10 ΠΣ mNip> ἸΏ ΝΣ SAM
— and laid each part of each (animal) one
over against the other, where ἡ τς
is i.q. inma7d2, but the sacred writer
puts BN for Mouth ‘order td correspond
with the following 1529. So too Ox
my Gen. 9, 5.

5. Impers. like Germ. man, Fr. on,
Engl. one, plur. men, e. g. one says, men
say, etc. 1 Sam. 9,9 nd dxnivta o>
wrx ὍΝ formerly in Israel men said
thus, i. q. it was said.

6. HN 22 sons of men, as a peri-
_ phrastic plur. for men simply, Ps. 4, 3;
like 578 "22, see DIN no. §-ABsiietines
emphat. for ‘the noble, the high, opp. to

Ab

™N

\
DI 33, Ps. 49, 3. Prov. 8, 4 ; see no. 1,
m, and 538 no. 1. Ὁ.

Norse. As to the etymology, we hold
wx to be a primitive word; yet soft-
ened from the harsher form 28 (B38)
4. v. whence also MUN, for MYX, and
plur. 5°38. In like manner the Arabic

S),—-0o 9 τις
has ust and Bee
Deriv. ὙΠ τς, pr.n, TH", τος,
also

DS denom. verb, only in Hrrupat..
wwiann to show oneself a man, ἀνδρί-
ζεσϑαι; Is. 46, 8 SOUR show your-
selves men, be men, i.e. be wise, cast
away the childish trifles of idolaters.
Chald. S8knF and SUNN id.

MUA“W"S (man of shame, i. e. sham-
ing himself, perh. bashful,) pr. ἢ. Jshbo-
sheth, the son of Saul, who for two years
after the death of his father and brothers
reigned over eleven tribes in opposition
to David. 2 Sam. c. 2-4. 3

TINDS (man of glory) Ishhod, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 7, 18.

FiOS m. (dimin. from Bx) 1. a
little man, manikin, homunculus, and .
with 3"> the little man of the eye, i. e. the
pupil, apple of the eye, in which, as in
a mirror, a person sees his own image
reflected in miniature. Deut. 32, 10.
Prov. 7, 2. This pleasing image is
found in several languages; e. g. Arab.

Ene 3

cual ἴθι homunculus oculi, Gr.

κόρη, κοράσιον, κορασίδιον, Lat. pupa,
pupula, pupilla, Pers. SJ.0; see more
in Thesaur. p. 86.—More’ fully Ps. 17,8
ἊΣ Ma jw i. 6. the pupil, daughter of
the eye ; see in M2 no. 7.

2. Metaph. the middle, the midst of

238.

any thing, like Arab. apple of the
eye, for the midst, the summit.—Hence
Prov. 7,9 in the eye-ball (pupil) of the
night, i.e. at midnight. 20, 20 in the very
eye-ball of darkness, i. 6. in the midst of
darkness; where in Keriis read π ἼἜΞΝΞ
in the darkness of night.

"WN Chald. for "8" Jesse, 1 Chr. 2,
13.

FOS for viene m. Ez. 40, 15 Keri,
an entrance, from τ. SMS i. q: Ria to

TN

come, to enter. In Chethibh the letter
Yod is transposed so as to read "δὶ",

"EPS Chald. i. gq. Heb. 8" there is,

=
from which it is derived. Arab. pools
but only in a few phrases; Syr. Do}, in
Targg.™"&, Talmud. 8m°8.—Dan. 5, 11
n> m3 ἼΔΟΝ there isa man in thy
kingdom. 2, 28. 30. 3,25. With a nega-
tive partic. "M78 NX> Daw 2, 10. 11. 3, 29.
With plur. Dan. 3,12. In order to ex-
press the various persons of the substan-
tive verb to be, pronouns are suffixed,
mostly in the plural: Ἐπ πὶ he is Dan.
2,11; NINN we are 3,185; ΠΝ thou
art 2,26; ji2"™"8 ye are 3,14. These
forms construed with a participle, consti-
tute a periphrasis for the finite verb, e. g.
Dan. 3,18 Pb NINN Rd we worship
not. Where it stands absolutely, it is
sometimes to be rendered there is, there
exists, il y a, Dan. 2, 10.11. With dat.
> ms there is to any one, he has, Ezra
4, 16.

"EMS pr. ἢ. see "FN.

DNTPS (for bx ὭΝ, God with me)
- pr. ἢ. τῇ. Jthiel, Prov. 30,1. Ithiel and
Ucal seem to have been children or dis-
ciples of Agur, to whom he addressed
his maxims.

“War (palm-coast) Ithamar, pr. n.
of the youngest son of Aaron, Ex. 6, 23.
28, 1.

JMS, also JOS Job 33, 19, for 1"
with Aleph prosthet. from r. jh" to be
perennial, constant.

1. perennity, perpetuity, spoken espec.
of water. Ex. 14, 27 the sea returned
2M"N> fo its perpetuity i. e. to its perpet-
ual, ceaseless flow. Num. 24, 21 ἼΔΗΣ
Hav perpetuity (perpetual) ὁ is thy habi-
tation. Joined in the genit. with other
nouns; as JM" Minn perennial streams
Ps. 7A, 15; jM°% M2 perennial pasture
i.e. ever verdant, Jer. 49, 19. 50, 44;
ἼΣΟΝ br a perennial brook, ever Aowing,

never failing, Deut. 21,4. Am. 5, 24; and.

so without 5Π2, 1K. 8, 2 DIMA Mm
the month of flowing brooks, elsewhere
called 7 γί, the seventh month of the
Heb. year, from the new moon of October
to the new moon of November. Prov.
13, 15 the way of transgressors ἡ is a

AB.
perennial stream, full of water, by which

whelmed.—Job~ 33, 19
and the strife in his bonds is perpetuity,

=x

one may easily be borné away and over-
WN ELE 5")

perpetual.

2. firmness, strength. Gen. 49, 24 avin
ἼΘΙ jn"xa his bow abides in strength,
i.e. is strong, firm. Jér. 5,15 jn°% ‘ia
a people of strength, i. ev strong, mighty.
Plur. 5°28 the strong, the hte Ae.
optimates, Job 12, 19.

3. Ethan, pr. n. an Ezrahite, (see
"TIN ,) a wise man 1K. 5,11; towhom
Ps. 89 is attributed in the inscription.

38 1. Part. of affirmation, yea, sure-
ly, certainly, without doubt. Kindr. are
"2, j2, j28, see Hupfeld in Zeitschr. f. d.
Morgenl. IT. 143.—Gen. 44, 28 Ὁ ὯΝ
D0 surely he is torn in pieces. Judg. 3,
24. 1K. 22,32. 2K. 24,3. Ps. 58,12. Job
18, 21.—Hence

2. Adv. of restriction, limitation, only,
merely. Ex. 10,17 0389 πὸ only this once,

Lev. 11,21 sboxn MI“MN ἘΝ only these may

ye eat. Ps, 37, 8 be thou not angry (which
is) only for doing evil, i.e. anger is the
frequent source of vil Prov. 14, 23
empty talk “ΠΌΤ. x (tendeth) ony to
penury. 11,24. 21,5.—Spec. a) Before
adjectives, whierd only i is equiv. to wholly,
altogether. Deut. 16, 15 τ} Ὁ FR HT
and thou shalt be only joyful, i. e. shalt
wholly rejoice. Is. 16,7 D°X23 58 wholly
contrite. 19,11. Ὁ) Before substantives,
only, nothing but, where we may render
it. alone, merely. Ps. 139,11 πῶσ δ the
darkness alone, i.e. natbing but the dark-
ness. Ps. 39, 12 bait ἼΝ nothing but
vanity, πονεῖν vanity. 06) Before ad-
verbs and verbs, only, i. q. wholly, comp.
above in lett. a. Ps. 73,13 P" FX only in
vain, i.e. wholly in vain. 1 Sam. 25, 21, .
Job 19, 13 "297 AMY FR Ih mine ac-
quaintance are wholly estranged from me.
Judg. 20, 39. Job 23,6. Comp. Ex. 12,15
VA DNA FN wholly-the first day, i.e.
the very first day, on no other but the
first day.

3. As a particle of exception, only, but;
Gen. 20, 12 "sx ma > ἫΝ only not
(μονονοιχί the daughter of my mother,
i.e. but not. Lev. 11, 4. Num. 2€ 55.
Deut. 18, 20. Josh. 3, 4.

4. Of time, only now, i. e. just now

ἢ

ἡ

:

- *40z08, comp. Pw2s and pian

TON

scarcely. Gen. 27,30 IP21 R37 83 πὰ
RD THR w23—and Jacob was scarce
gone out.... when Esau his brother came

iin. Judg. 1, 19.—So Lat. tantum quod,
Cic. ad Fam. 8. 23, “tantwm quod ex
_ Arpinati veneram, cum mihi a te litteree
_ redditee sint.”

Vellei. 2. 117.
* "TDN obsol. root, iq. IPY, TNX, fo

; bind; then to strengthen, to fortify a

city. Hence

“IDN (fortress, castle) Accad, pr. n. of
a city built by Nimrod, Gen. 10,10. Sept.
The
Targums and Jerome understand Nest-
bis a city of Mesopotamia.
STON (for 31>, Aleph. prosthet. τ. 513)

‘pr. falsehood, deceit but every where

coner. for 2128 5712 ὦ deceitful brook, a

failing torrent, soon drying up and dis.

appointing the hope of the traveller,
Jer. 15, 18. Mic. 1,14. Opp. jm"8 a per-
ennial stream. Comp. Lat. fundus men-

daz Hor. Carm. 3. 1. 30.

ITIN (i-g. 5155) Achzib, pr.n. 4)
A city on the sea-coast of Asher, be-
tween Acco and Tyre, Gr. Ecdippa, now
called ez-Zib. Josh. 19, 29. Judg. 1, 31.

_ b)A city in the tribe oft Judah, Inch.

15, 44. Mie. 1, 14. Comp. 219 ἀπῇ ΓΞῚΞ.

ATON m. (r. 112) pr. violence, but every
where as concr. violent, Lam. 4, 3. Job
30,21. Of poison, violent, deadly, Deut.
32, 33.—Once in a good sense for bold,
brave, Job 41, 2.—Hence ©

WITQN fierce, cruel, Prov. 5, 9. Jer. 6,
23. Also cruel, terrible; Prov. 17, 11 a
terrible messenger, who brings fatal tid-

_ ings, as of a sentence of death. Is. 13, 9.

Jer. 30,14. “

PAP ITIN f. (from "4358 with the end-
ing ™, see Heb. Gram. § 85.6,) fierce-

ness, cruelty. of wrath Prov. 27, 4.

MDDS f. an eating, a meal, 1K. 19. 8.
R. boy.

DDN (τ Way) Achish, pr. n. of a king

of the Philistines i in Gath. 1 Sam. 21, 11.

| 27,2. 1 K. 2, 39.

* DON "inf. constr. 558 , with pref. P28?
DSN, c. suff. FON, bay; fut. 52x", in
pause d385, once oT Ez. 42, 5.

1. to eat, to eat up, to debours absol.

Δ

.
Son

Deut. 27, 7. 1 Sam. 9, 13; oftener with
ace. of foods rarely > Bait 4,5; 3 Ex.
12, 43-45. Ley: 22,11; ya Lev. "; 21.
25, 22. Num. 15, 19, comp. ἐσϑέειν τινός.
Spoke not oily very frequently of
men, but also of beasts, Is. 11,7; whence
>2NT the eater, in Samson’s riddle
Judg. 14, 14, is the lion, comp. Arab.

3
ASST .—The following phrases are to be

noted: a) toeatof aland,a field, a vine,
i. 6. to eat the fruit of them, Gen. 3, 17,
Is. 1, 7. 36, 16, comp. 37, 30. +b) to de-
vour sacrifices, spoken of idols in allusion
to the lectisternia, Deut. 32, 38. Ez.16,20.
6) DM? 53} to eat bread, i. q. to take food,

“1K. 91, 7. Ps. 102, 53 with Nd, not to

take ‘pak to fast, 1 aah 28, 20. 30, 12.
Also, to take a παῖ to date or sup, to
feast, Gen. 31, 54. 43,16. Jer. 41,1. 52, 33;
comp. φαγεῖν ἄρτον Luke 14,1. . Some-
times =N> 528 is simply. i.gq. tolive, Am.
7, 12... d) nin "38> 528 to eat before
Jehanah, spoken of the sacrificial feasts
held in the temple, Deut. 12, 7.18. 14, 23.
Ex. 18,12. 6) toeatthe flesh of any one,
Ps. 27, 2, spoken of fierce and cruel ene-
mies, thirsting for one’s blood.—Differ-
ent is .f) to eat one’s own flesh, Kiccl. 4, 5,
spoken of the fool devoured by envy.
Comp. Hom. Il. 6. 202 ὃν ϑυμὸν κατέδων.
g) O32, D3 52K, ¢o.eat up or devour a
people, the poor, spoken of rulers or no-
bles who consume the wealth of a peo-
ple by,oppression and extortion, Ps. 14, 4.
Prov. 30, 14. Hab. 3, 15. Comp. δημοβό-
ρος ghosts Il. 1.231. Soalso to devour .
the flesh of a people id. Mic. 3, 3. Else-
where to eat, to devour, is i. q. to consume
in war, by slaughter, Hos. 7,7. Is.9, 11.
Deut. 7, 16. Jer. 10, 25. 30, 16. 50, 7.17.
51, 34. Comp. Judith 5, 24. h) to eat
or devour the words of any one, i. e. to
receive them greedily, to listen eagerly 5
Gr. φαγεῖν ῥήματα, dicta devorare, Plaut.
Asin. 3. 3. 59. So Jer. 15, 16 482793
ἘΡΞΝῚ F727 thy words were brought to
me, and I did eat them, i-e. devoured
them eagerly, made them wholly mine.
(Comp. ad Carm. Samarit.4. 16.) Hence
is to be explained the vision of the roll
or volume given to the prophet to be
devoured, Ez. 2, 8. 3, 1 sq. comp. Rev.
10, 9. 10.

2. to devour to consume, often spoken

ΓῚ
Das 48
of inanimate things, 6. g. fire, Num. 16,
35. 21, 28. 26,10. Job1,16.al. Withs
Zech. 11, 1; comp. ignis edazx, Virg.
En. 2. 758; πάντας πῦρ ἐσϑίει Tl. 23.
182. Also of the sword, 2 Sam. 2, 26.
18, 8. Deut. 32, 42; of famine and pesti-
lence Ez. 7, 15; of deadly disease Job
18, 13; of the wrath of God Ex. 15, 7;
of a curse Is. 24, 6; of heat and cold
Gen. 31, 40; of ardent zeal Ps. 69, 10.

3. i. q. to enjoy any thing, e. g. good,
good-fortune, ὁ. 3 Job 21, 25; the fruits
of good or bad actions, sensual pleasures, |
Prov. 30,20; comp. 9,17. So Lat. vesci
voluptatibus Cic. Fin. 5. 20.

4, Perh. to taste, to have the sense of
taste, Deut. 4, 28.

5. to eat off, i. e. to take from, to di-
minish. Ez. 42,5 the upper chambers
were shorter, M272 BP MN 35347 ὋΣ for
the galleries took away from them, i. e.
occupied part of the space.

Nrpu. >282, fut. 52x82, to be eaten, Ex.
12, 46. 13, 3. 7; also of what may be eat-
en, to be fit for food, Gen. 6, 21. “Metaph.
to be devoured by fire, Zech.9,4. __

Piet >2x i. q. Kal, like Arab. ἀξΐ.
to eat up, to consume. Job 20, 26 *n>2Nn
vx a fire consumes him, for anboxn.
The Dagesh forte extruded. is com-
pensated by the long vowel Kamets;
though some Mss. vou imbaNn. See
Lehre. § 72. n. 2. p. 251.

Pua to be consumed, with fire Neh..
2, 3.13; by the sword Is. 1, 20.

Hipu. ΖΝ, fut. 59285, once 1 pers.
᾿ SsDix Hos. 11, ‘F inf. bon for >°2N5 Ez.
21, 33; pr. to Wake eat up or consume,
e. g. the sword Ez. 21, 33. Spec. to
give to eat, to feed with any thing, with
two acc. of pers. and thing, Ex. 16, 32.
Num. 11, 18. Deut. 8, 16. Is. 49, 26;
with 47 of food, Ps. 81, 17.

Deriv. the four following, and 4>">x,
DaN2, NPN, Md>x72, MdD0.

P28 Chald. fut. bos, iq. Heb. to eat,
to devour. "Ἢ "ΧΡ ‘box pr. to eat the
pieces of any one, to eat him up piece-
meal, metaph. for to slander, to accuse
falsely, to inform against, Dan. 8. 8. 6,
25. So in Targg. ΣΡ >2s for Heb.
ban, bo ybm. Syr. ie Ἃ “7 for Gr.
διαβάλλω Luke 16,1; whence part.\.sf

"ὮΝ

(yi? diabolus, Arab. 9G at ita id.
See also in Chald. vp.

P28 m. 6. suff. 35 1. an eating, ᾿
devouring, i. e. act of eating, Ex. 12,4 ἢ
Ἴρϑϑς "BH? WN every one according to his ἢ
eating. 16, 16. 18. 21. Job 20, 21. 4

2. food, spec. a) grain, fruits; pro-
duce, provision, Gen. 14, 11. 41, 35 sq.
42,7 sq. 43, 28q. 44,1. 8) prey, meat,
of wild animals, Job 9, 26. 39, 3. 32. [38,
41. 39, 29.]

box or 228 pr. n.m, Ucal, Prov. 30,1;
see in bao.

MODN £. (r. bx) food, Gen. 1, 29. 6,
21; so of the meat or prey of animals
Ton 12, 9; food i. e. fuel of fire Ez. 15,
4. 6.

J28 adv. pr. inf. absol. Hiph. from τ. |
2, for 25, yon ; firmly, Josh. 3, 17.4
4,3. Chald. 735, "25. Others, i. q.
{> with δὲ prosthetic. |

1. Strongly affirming, surely! trdy
of acertain truth! Gen. 28, 16. Ex. 2, ©
14. Jer. 8, 8. ‘

2. Adversat. but, yet, Ps. 31, 23.Is. 49,
4, 53, 4.

* TON 1. to load up-a beast of bur- |
den, pr. prob. to bend, to make bow down —
under a load, kindr. with 53 q. v. Arab.

us II, to bind fast the pack-saddle;
IV, to put on the pack-saddle. See de- —
τίν. }28 .—Hence i

2. to impel to labour, to urge on, like 4
Syr. as}. Once Prov. 16, 26 DN “D>
np 72> for his mouth urges him on,
i.e. his hunger drives him to labour.
The construction with ἘΣ is to be ex-
plained from the primary signet of lay-
ing ona load.

S28 m. a load, burden; hence me-
taph. weight, dignity, authority, like
sind. Job 33,7 3229 8> 4729 “BIN and —
my dignity shall not weigh heavy upon
thee. So Chald. Syr. But Sept. 7 zelg
μου, and so Kimchi, regarding 538 i. q.
o> in the similar passage Job 13, 21.
The former sense is to be preferred.

* "28 a root not’ in use, i. q. Arah,
mi Conj. V, ἐο dig, espec. the earth ;

͵
:

: 9
whence 87,

“ON

5,
<a) ,apit,ditch. Kindr.

4
roots are ΓΞ, 5D, “5p, “22.—Hence

'

3

DN m. a digger, husbandman, Jer.
51, 23. Am. 5,16. Plur. 0°28, 6. suff.
“pSIDN 2 Chr. 26, 10. Joel 1, ΤΊ. ἧς 61, 5.

Chald. id. Syr. and Zab.{,s{. Arab.

| 3. Perh. from the same stock may

Come Gr. ἀγρός, Lat. ager, Goth. akr,
Germ. Acker, whence Engl. acre as a
measure of land.

, WON a root not in use, Syr. dio} Zo

_beangry. Hence 672.

FWON (fascination, τ. }%>) Achshaph,

: pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Asher,

OL ——— =

_ Josh. 12, 20. 19, 25.

ag) oN a negative word, like the
kind. Nb, eb", ed, “Ὁ.
1, Subst. hothing. ΡΟ ΕΥΣ Job 24, 25
who will bring my speech to nought 3 2
2. Conj. in the sense of prohibiting,
dehorting, deprecating, i. e. of wishing

_ that not, that something may not be done.
Joined always with the future, viz. with

ΓΕ ἊΨ» Ψ ΨΌΝΙ ee Eee ὦὖν» Ὁ», Ὁ ὙΝ ΨΌΝΜΙΨ ΥὙΥΎῊ ΤΡ

fut. apoc. where this exists, and.with 1
pers. paragog. Ex. 16,29 w7x xx7-dx let
no man go out. 1 Sam. 26,20. In 2 pers.
Gen. 22, 12 4" nbuin-bx stretch not
forth thine hand. SNTATDN : fear ye not
43, 23. Jer. 7,4... In 1 pers. Ps. 25, 2
nidinyéby let me not be ashamed, i. e.
God grant that I may not be put to
shame. Rarely is it separated from the
verb, Ps. 6, 2 ὉΠ ἼΒΑΞΤΟΝ not in
| thine anger reprove me. Also in impre-
cation, Gen. 49, 4 “στο excel’ thou
not! thou shalt have no privilege. In
entreaties δ is added, Gen. 13, 8 82->x
“rm let there not be now, I pray thee.
18, 3. 30. 32.—The partic. 8d construed
with the fut. is a direct and absolute
negative ; j8 ne forte, lest perhaps, im-
plies milder dissuasion——But a) As the
fut. apoc. which properly expresses an
optative, subjunctive, or imperative idea,
is also put poetically for the simple fu-
ture (Heb. Gr. § 126. 2), so 5x with
the fut. is put not only prohibitively,
but sometimes also poetically for the
simple idea of time future. So δὲ" ΝΣ
pr. a command, let him not see, ne vi-
deat, but poet. for simple fut. he will
5

49

ON

not see,non videbit, Job 20,17; comp. for
a similar use of the imperat. Heb. Gr.
§ 127. 1. So wands will not keep
silence Ps. 50, 3, comp. 41, 3. 2 K. 6, 27
nin προ τοτὸν Jehovah will not save
thee. Job 5, 22 xa°M->x thou shalt (wilt)
not fear, there, will be nothing to fear.
b) The verb is sometimes omitted,
whether it has preceded or not. Am. 5,
14 seek good 33 ὅδ) and not (seek) evil.
2 Sam. 1, 21 Ὀξ Ὁ» "272 SN) UTR no
dew and no rain (descend) upon you!
6) Absol. nay! not so! like μή for μὴ
τοῦτο γένηται (Aristoph. Acharn. 458) ;
as Gen. 19,18 "217% 82758 not so now,
my lord ! Ruth 1,13 “mina dx not so, my
daughters ! i.e. let it not be.

3. Interrog. like Gr. μή, i. q. Lat.
num, whether, presupposing a negative
answer; see Passow Lex. μή lett. C.
Buttm. Gr. Gram. § 148.5. Once, 1 Sam.
27,10 nit ΘΒ το ye have then not
made any incursion in these days ? The
reply is: No, for on every side dwell the
Hebrews, my countrymen.

Deriv. perh. >">8, since the assumed
root 558 I, is quite doubtful.

~

D8 Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. no. 3, but found
only in the biblical Chaldee, Dan. 2, 24.

4,16. 5, 10.

a δὰ the Arabic article, i. ᾳ. Heb.
bn, prefixed to a few Hebrew wordsin the
O. T. which are either of Arabic origin,
or at least have been received through
the Arabic into the Hebrew; see 87328,
p»yaoN, Tidy, DIP. Bindrad? is the
demonate pron. plar. ‘by, ΠΝ, 4. σ΄

I. 58 τὰ.
bax, πὰς, no. 2, strong, mighty, a mighty
one, herd, champion ; comp. >"8 no. 1.
(See note.) Sing. Ez. 31,11 ovis >
the mighty one, hero, among. the nations.
i.e. Nebuchadnezzar; Sept. ἄρχων Oram.
(Many Mss. read 073 5"&, and so espec.
Babylonish copies.) Is. 9, 5 MB bx the
mighty hero, i.e. the Messiah. Is. 10,21
of God. Kindred to this is the phrase
in Plur. Ez. 32,21 Ὁ 132 "28 (23 Mss.
a) pr. the mighty among the heroes,
i. 6. the mightiest heroes, comp. Lehrg.
p. 678. So Job 41, 17 5°28, where many
Mss. and editions read: δόστε. ᾿

2. strength, might, power, comp. D¥"3%

1. Particip. of the verb ᾿

bs

So in the phrase "32 585 ws it is in the
power of my hand, in my power, e. g.
Gen. 31, 29 ΠΡ ΘΞῺΣ Mips> "497 Syd Ws.

Prov. 3, 27. Mic. 2, ‘1; also negatively,
Deut. 28, 32 47" bed Ἢ "x nothing is in
the power of thy hand, thou canst avail
nothing. Neh. 5, 5. The > here indi-
cates state or condition, Some, with a
very slight perception of the nature of
this phrase, understand >x of God, and
render: my hand is for God, i. e. instead
of God, comp. Job 12, 6.. Hab. 1, 11; also
Virg. Afn. 10. 773 Dextra mihi Deus,
etc. Those passages are indeed paral-
lel among themselves ; but have nothing
to do with this phrase. See in Wi>x.

3. God, the Mighty One, the Almighty.
In order to illustrate how far the Hebrew
usage in respect to the names of God, as
dR, OSS, Hint, m7, is synonymous,
we note here the following in respect to
this word: a) In prose, when spoken of
God κατ ἐξοχήν, it never stands alone,
but always either with an attribute, as
qirdy Oss, Ud be, NPP 5 ς, ἽΠ ON; or with
another name of God, as basis ans bx
Gen. 33, 20; Ἴ1ΞΝ " “iby ban Gen. 46, 3;
mins ponds bx Josh. 22, 22. Ps, 50, 1,
where it may be rendered, God of gods,
Jehovah, comp. Dan. 11, 36 07>x 5x; or
lastly with the genitive of a place or
person of which God is called the God,
as Dx-m"a bx Gen. 31,13. b) Far more

frequently it is the poetic name for God,
and stands in poetry very often alone,
sometimes with the art. xm, Ps. 18, 31.
33. 48. 68,21. Job 8,3. ὁ) It takes the
suff. of 1 pers. ">8 my God! Ps. 18, 3.
22, 2.11. The other suffixes are never
found with it; and for thy God, his God,
étc.isalwayssaid 97x, 1>N. d)It
is also a general name for a divinity, and

is thus used of idols; either alone Is, 44, ©

10. 15; or with an epithet, as "Gx 5x an-
other pod Ex. 34, 14, "t 5x a strange
god Ps. 81, 10.

To God is said in Scripture to belong
whatever is excellent, distinguished,
superior in its kind; since the ancients
were accustomed to refer all excellence
directly to the deity as its immediate
author. Hence δὲὲ "178 Ps. 80, 11 cedars
of God, i.e. the loftiest, most beautiful,
as if planted by Jehovah; comp. "2
min) Ps. 104, 16, nint ja Gen. 13, 10.

50 by

prs no. 6.

Pior. D8 1. mighty ones, heroes ,
see above in Sing. no. 1.

2. gods, in a wider sense, spoken o1
Jehovah and also heathen gods, Ex. 15,
11, comp. 18, 11. Dan. 11, 36 ὈΠῸΝ bx
God of gods, i. e. the supreme God. Also
p{>x "22 Ps. 29, 1. 89,7, sons of the gods,
by an idiom of Heb. and Syriac syntax,
poet. for sons of God, i. e. angels.

Nore. Following the example of most
etymologists, we have above referred δὲ
to the root 538% ; but to speak more accu-
rately, δὲ would seem rather to be a
primitive word, yet adapted in a certain

that to the mind of the Hebrew it always
presented the idea of strength and power.

respect to Semitic usage :

the word >x (Arab. ὧι. Jt, and JD

as from a root or stem, οἱ ie several

. ΜΗ͂Σ
God, espec. in an oath ; ADR, x1, to wor-

ship God; also mix, FE, 55}, God;
comp. 05} to be a father, eeey fathers,

from «21. b) That in Hebrew, besides

oN, which follows the analogy of verbs
‘>, there are two other forms follow-
ing the analogy of verbs >, viz.
dx, ὌΝ, which are usual in pr. names,
corsp. Spy, aN
Among the Phoniojann "1A, “Thos, was
used κατ ἐξοχήν of Saturn; see Monum.
Pheenic. p. 406.

II. 5x pron. plur. i. q. 42% these, Lat.
hi, he, hec, found only inthe Pentateuch
and in 1 Chr. 20,8. Kindred is the form

ce
of the art. 4, Arab. Jf.

ΠΙ. δὲ, only in constr. dy, almost al-
ways with Makkeph, (without Makk.
2 Sam. 8, 7. 1K.7,34,) rarely and poet.
in Plur. constr. "28 Job 3, 22. 5, 26.

15, 22. 29,19, (comp. Arab. ff.) plur. ¢.

suff. “Dx, FTN, MER, SR, BIN,
binds sd pHbs, once OMS Ez. 31. 14,
poet. sande Ps, 2, δὲ pr. ἃ subst. implying
‘motion and dirachion to or towards a

So dx “an mountndal of God Ps. 36,7. ἦ
Comp. ἃλς δῖα, δῖα «Ἱακεδαίμων. See in-

measure to an etymology from 54%, so _

other derivative words, e.g. toinvoke —

T227PN, etc.— ‘

However this may be, we may note in —
a) Thatfrom —

᾿ |

wards any thing, e. g.

~~

DN

piece, but in common usage always

over into a preposition.
_ A) Prep. signifying in general to tend

_or verge to or towards a place, whether
one reaches and so enters that place, or

‘not; ; whether spoken of motion or direc-
‘tion of the body, or of the mind, thoughts,
attention, etc. i. q. to, into, towards ; Lat.
ad. versus, in; Germ. zu, gen; Greek

πρός, εἰς. It differs from >, which is

abridged from it, chiefly in being more
commonly used in the physical and pro-

per sense ; see under >.—Spec.

1. Of motion toa place, to, unto, to-
wards ; espec. with verbs of going, 725,
xia, and Gen. 8,9, tm 2K. 1,15, ΠῸΣ
Deut. 17, 8, 739 Gen. 24,29, ΞῚ Ex. 14,
20; of placing casting, 1 Sam. 6,11. Ley.
1, 16. Is. 5,14; also of giving, delivering
over, Ex. 25, 16. 21; of selling, Joel 4,8;

\d. with other like verbs, where the Lat.
and Germ. use the dative, the French
and Engl. @,to. Sometimes in construc-

tio pregnans, as 5X ΓΤ to commit whore-

dom (by going in) unto, Num. 25,1. Ez.
16, 29; δὲ ws 10 seek an oracle (in

turning) unto any one Is. 8,19. Opp. is

72, as πατρὸς ΤΙΣΙ 2 ‘from end to

bad x. 26, 28; ποτὸν mp2 Ezra 9, 11.

Of time, pin-bx pina : from day to day,
Num. 30, 15. 1 Chr. 9, 25.

2. Of a turning or direction to or to-
a) Of the body,
as after verbs of turning, Is. 38,2; of

looking, beholding, Gen. 4, 4. 5. Ex. 3, 6;

of speaking, 19, 9; of commanding,
Num. 36,13. b) Of the mind, as after
verbs of desiring, Lam. 4,17; of expect-
ing, Hos. 12, 7; of accustoming oneself,
Jer. 10, 2.

3. Where the motion or direction is

hostile, against, contra, like εἷς, πρός,

oftener ἐπὶ. Gen. 4,8 >3n->x ἢ ἘΠ
“nx and Cain rose up against Abel his
brother. Is. 8, 8“ by prmbdoas oviws
their tongue and their doings were
against Jehovah. 2,4. Josh. 10,6. Judg.
12, 3. 20, 30. Biches after a als of con-
tending, fighting, Hos. 12,5. Espec. be-

_ longs here the phrase =o "2253 lo! I
am against you, (Targ. ecce » mitto tram

meam contra vos,) Ez. 13, 8. 21,8. 34, 10.

_ Jer. 50,31. 51,25. Nah. 2,14; which ni
_ very rarely i is taken in the opp. sense,

to! Tam for you, Ez, 36, 9.—So too >8

51

ὌΝ

is taken ina sense of favour, towards,
2 Chr. 16,9 172% θῶ 0225 their heart
is upright toward him. 2 Sam. 3, 8.
Comp. Ex. 14, 5.

4. Denoting also the reaching or at-
taining to any term, limit, object, even to,
usque ad, i.g. 19. Jer. 51,9 his judgment
(punishment) reacheth praun-by even
unto heaven, 37"|~>8 even unto his mouth
Job 40, 23. Metaph. Hos. 9, 1 rejoice
not, Ferasl daav>x even unto joy. Job 3,
22. To these latter examples may not
unaptly be applied the remark of the
Arabian Grammarians, that dt includes
what is of the same kind, but excludes
what is of a different kind; see Cent.
Reg. p. 44,45.—Here belongs also the
use of b8: a) As denoting measure,

6. δ ἢ ΘΝ ΌΝ Gen. 6, 16, even to a cubit,
a cubit long ; comp. Gr. εἰς ἐνιαυτόν till
the completion of a year, a year long ;
εἰς τρίτην ἡμέραν, Bast. Ep. Crit. p. 12,13.
Schaef Ellips. p. 108. Ὁ) Compounded,
Vorb even out of. Job 5,5 D°22O->N4

amp" and taketh it even Gut of the thorns,
i. e. thorn-hedges which enclose fields,
ete. Comp. the like use of 5 Deut. 94.
5; also 19 Judg. 4,16. In Arabic we

may compare Sew utique ex, Cor. 26,

41, pr. adeo ex. Indeed J seems to
have been derived from this signification
of 5X.

5. Asimplying the entering or passing
into a term, limit, object, into, sic, i. q.
the fuller Fim7>x. Deut. 23,25 9753758
imMm N> thou shalt not put (grapes) into
thy vessel. M3MM7>¥ xia to come into the
ark Gen. 6, i8. 7,1. 8,9; mandy into
the house Gen. 19, 3. 2 Sam. 5,8; on7bx
(to cast) into the sea Jon. 1, δ᾽ yas by
into the land Deut. 11, 29. ay where
spoken of a number or multitude, it may
be rendered among, i. q. the fuller ἜΤΟΣ.
Jer. 4, 8 sow not ΣΡ οὺς among thorns.
1 Sam: 10, 22 lo, he hath hid himself
ὉΠ Ξ ΠΤ ΟΝἘ among the baggage.

τ

6. As we have seen above (no. 1) "

that dB 1 is used to denote giving, so also
it expresses an adding, superadding,
(comp. δὰ prin 1 K. 10, 7,) Zo, i. 6. in
addition to, together with, hextidee ἢ comp.
Gr. ἐπὲ τοῖσι besides these, and Arab.
dt for δ' Cor. 4,3. Cent. Reg. p. 48.

΄

és

—Lev. 18, 18 nor shalt thou take a wife
MMIMN~>¥ to her sister. Lam. 3, 41 δἰ}
bynby Ἐπ ὃν ΞΡ let us | ft up our
heart wrru our hands unto God ; Sept.
ἐπὶ χειρῶν, Arab. After a verb of

‘oining together, Dan. 11, 23.—But the
prep. >> is more frequent in this sense.

7. Metaph. of regarding, having re-
spect toany thing; hence a) in respect
to,as to, Ex. 14, 5; comp. Gr. εἰς μὲν
ταῦτα. Ὁ) on account of, because of,
propter, Ez. 44,7 op miavin->27>x be-
cause of all your abominations ; comp.
v. 6 where in the same connection is
read 12. and v. 11 where it 153. 2 Sam.
24 15:1 Ke, 5591. 22. So by m22 to
weep on account of ‘for any one, 2 Sam.
1, 24; 5x pn, bs ἘΠῚ Judg. 21, 6.
6) about, concerning, of, after verbs of
speaking, narrating, as 72% Gen. 20, 2,
"a7 Jer. 40, 16, "BD Ps. 69, 27; also of
hearing Ez. 19, 4, dx πη tidings
about any thing 1 Sam. 4, 19. (Comp. in
N. T. εἰς Acts 2, 25. Eph. 5, 32.) See
also 1 Sam. 1, 37 "n>benn myn sin-dy
for (concerning) this child I prayed ;
where >% marks also the end or object
of the prayer.

8. Metaph. also ofa rule or norm, ac-
cording to, secundum ; as “ΒΝ accord-
ing to the commandment Josh. 15, 13.
17,4; 7i227>s according to the certainty,
for certain, 1 Sam. 26, 4; mi>"mn-by ad
tibias Ps. 5, 1. 80,1. So too after verbs
of likeness, as 727, Dwi, q. v.

9. When put before prepositions de-
noting rest in a place, >8 gives to them
the signif: of motion or direction fo, to-
wards that place ; > 73" without, out
of doors, but > yann-be to without forth
without Lev. 4,12, comp. foris and_fo-
ras ; 472 batercen. naa byg in between Ez.
10, 2. 31, 10, Comp. sanyn by, ma- dx,
3 si2-by Josh. 15, 3, τι θὲ, “pon-by.

B) Less frequently and in a less accu-
rate use of language, but yet in many
certain and definite examples, >8 as
Prep. is used also of rest or delay at, on,
in a place to which one has come; comp.
Ὁ lett. B, and also Gr. εἰς, ἐς, for ἐ ἐν, as ἐς
δόμους μένειν Soph. Aj. 80, οἴκαδε μένειν,
see Passow Gr. Lex. ἔν ΠΟ. 6. Bernhardy
Gr. Synt. p. 215, 216. So in common
Engl. to home, to bed ; Germ. zu Hause,

52

ἘΝ

zu Leipzig ; comp. vice versa also 8 at
a place, no. 8. ἢ. In all this, however,
the idea of motion is not wholly lost,
viz. a motion which preceded.—Hence
spec.

1. at, by, near. jn>wA~>y aw" to sit
at table, Germ. zu Tische sitzen, 1K.
13, 20; comp. ἐς ϑρόνους ἕζοντο Od. 4. 51.

Ser. 41. 12 DID? OV" IMR ANE they

Sound hin by the great waters near Gi-
beon, comp. 2 Sam. 2,13. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 136, 138.—1 Sam. 17, 3 the
Philistines stood by a mountain on this
side ; where the same sense would be
given by “IN-ya, see 12 no. 8. ἢ. “ὃν
mess at the hill Josh. 5, 3. Ez. 7, 18
nvia Ὁ98 "ἘΞ 5 ὌΝ. shame shall be on all
faces ; comp. just after, orues-b23 --
Here does not belong Gen. 24, il 772
OY) “NS"N... O° wa, which Winer
inaccurately renders : bibendum _dedit
ad puteum aque, but which strictly sig-
nifies, ‘he made them kneel down to the
well of water,’ a verb of motion.

2. im, at, as in the phrase of Sophoe.
ἐς δόμους μένειν, Deut. 16, 6 ~DR-ON “2
mosn-nx maim ow...cipan but i the
place which Jehovah shall choose... there
shalt thou sti: the passover. (Sa-
mar. Cod. mp3.) Ps. 5, 8. 1 K. 8, 30
pr2win-be pet: oipa7oy Sein ANN
hear thou 1N thy Ἐκ πλρῆς, IN hea-
ven. Here by a slight change it might
be: ‘let our prayers come up into hea-
ven; but as the words now stand, 58
follows a verb of rest. Gen. 6, 6 382 met
nab-bx it grieved him av his heart, he
felt grief in his heart; not, as Winer
renders, ‘it grieved hin to ἘΠ heart ;’
since 32307 as being intrans. does not
express the idea of penetrating into the
mind.—Hence also

3. 58 as sometimes put before parti-
cles denoting rest in a place, does not
always change the sense ; comp. above
inA.9. 1Sam. 21,5 ΓΒ ἘΠῚ ἘΠῚ ps
"1" there is no common bread sonia my
hand da77bx for b92 q. v.

Nore. Other significations have been
ascribed to >, which are foreign to its
true power; e. g. with, appealing to
Num. 25, 1. Josh. 11, 18, see in A. 1, 3,
but comp. in no. 6; also by, with, Jer.
33, 4, ete.

rox

1. ΓΚ. 4. 18. ,

raON m. i. q. ΓΗ ice, κρύσταλ-

06, whence wWrsp>N "238 pr. stones of

a; A. Ὁ. hail-stones, ‘hail, Kz. 13, 11. 13.

8, 22. The word perhaps is rather
o?s

.rabic than Hebrew, viz. joel , which

1e Camoos p. 742 explains by duol LI
e. concretum, spec. congelatum. . See
1 bx II.

ὉΠ, 566 ὉΠ Ὁ 5 ,

ITN (whom God loveth, Theophilus)
yldad, pr. n. τὰ. Num. 11, 26, 27.

MYION (whom God calls, see 425)
Jidaah, pr. n. of a son of Midian, Gen.
5, 4.

“Ἑ
* FIN a root not in use, Arab. xJf
9 worship God, to adore ; mid. Kesra
γ) be astonished, affrighted. See note
nder δὲ 1; comp. ποις,

i rs I. pr. to be round, rotund ;
ence to be thick, fat, gross ; kindr. with
dam, comp. espec. δὲ abdomen, belly,

”, τ
5. 73, 4. Arab. dt to have thick but-

ocks, of a man; to have a fat tail, of a
keep. —Hence maby.

II. Denom. from by I, wheré see note;
r. to call on God, to Seoke God ; hence

“Ἑ es

1. to swear, Arab. Sf for Ὁ} Conj. IV,
7, pr. to call on God as a witness, to af-
rm by God. 1K. 8, 31.

2. to curse, Judg..17, 2. Hos. 4, 2.

3. to lament, to wail, pr. to call on God
or mercy, like Engl. ‘God have mercy "ἢ
oel 1, 8.

Norte. It may perhaps be worth in-
juiry, whether this root be not strictly
momatopoetic, like 55", >>&; and then
he signification which we have here put
ast (no. 3), would be the primary one.

Hipu. to cause to swear, to bind by an
ath, c. acc. 1 Κα: 8, 31. 2 Chr. 6, 22.
| Sam. 14; 24.—Fut. apoc. 5x51 from
TN" for = 1 Sam. 1. ὁ.

Deriv. πὸς and M>xn.

MON £. Kamets impure, from M>8 no.
iI, for MORN, hie again is for ΤΌΝ,

TDR, Arab. ἐν, see Lehrg. p. 509.
δὲ

53

RN (terebinth, i. q. 48) Ela, pr. ἡ.

hi, 6A he, Chald. ἢ

TION

1. an oath. M283 NID to come into or
under an oath, i. e. “to take an oath, Neh.
10, 30; hence M>X3 NAN to put to an
oath Ez. 17,13. So "ὯΌΝ my oath, i. e.
sworn to me, Gen. 24, 41.

2. an oath of covenant, a sworn cove-
nant, Gen. 26, 28. Deut. 29, 11.14. Ez.
16, 59.

3. an imprecation, ait execration,
Num. 5, 21. Is. 24, 6. > ΤΟΣ ΞΩ an oath
of cursing, i. 6. “ined with curses, Num.
5,21. m2x> nn 10 be for an execration
Ter. 44, 12. 42, 18. Plur. mips curses,
execrations, Num. 5, 23. Deut. 29, 11:

TDN f. an oak, Josh, 24, 26, i. q. idx.
R. >>x III.

TION £ (τ. 81} 1. ᾳ. DYN no. 2, a strong
hardy tree, spec. ὦ terebinth, Pistacia
Terebinthus Linn. a tree. common in
Palestine, long-lived, and therefore often
employed for landmarks and in designa-
ting places, Gen. 35, 4. Judg. 6, 11. 19.
According to Pliny (16. 12) it is an ever-
green; but this is contrary to the fact.
The ancient versions render it sometimes
a terebinth, and sometimes an oak ; see
more in Thesaur. p. 50,51. Hence the
word would seem to have been taken in
a broader signification, for any large and
durable tree, like Gr. δρῦς. The modern
name is 5 butm; see Bibl. Res. in

Palest. III. p. 15.

2% Chald. m. emphat. NITbS, i. α.
Heb. iby a god, generally Dan. 3, 28.
6, 8. 13; stat. emphat. spec. of Fehovals
Dan. 2, 20. 3,32. With a prefix, M>x>
2,19; but also with suffix contr. ae
Dan. 6,24, Plur. 7°28 gods Dan. 2, 11.
5, 4. 11. 23. yx 1B a son of the gods

Dan S25,

TDN pron. demonstr. plur. comm. these.
Lat. hi, he, hec, employed in common
usage as the plural of mt this. The
simple form is > q. v. which is less
frequent; the ending ΤΠ has a de-
νοῶν power, oer min: Arab.

Sit, ἢ, St, fem. SST, Ethiop. Ὁ Λ'

WEN .—It refers both
to what follows, fei 2,4. 6, 9. 11, 10;
and also to ὭΡΗ precedes, Gen. 9, 19.
10, 20. 29. 31. Usually put after the
noun, as A285 07277 Gen. 15,1; rare-

ΓΝ

ly before the noun, where it is δεικτικῶς,
Ps. 73, 12. Comp. mi. Sometimes it
1s ἸΝ δὲ repeated, Is. 49, 12.—Like my it
refers also to space, nby- 13 1. ᾳ. ΠῚ 1D
Lev. 96, 18—Some suppose M58 to be
ised wee for the Sing. as 2 Chron. 3, 3.
Ez. 46, 24. Ezra 1,9; but these passages
are uncertain. See on this pron. Hup-
feld in Zeitschr. f. ἃ. Morgenl. II. 161.

TON, DTN, see mide.

"ON Chald. see, lo, behold! i. q. 378
q. ν. Dan. 2, 31. 4, 7. 1, 8. Comp. under
lett. >.

_ 9S if, although, a particle of the later
Hebrew, Ecc. 6, 6. Esth. 7, 4. Syr.

asf. According to Hupfeld (Zeitschr.
᾿ ἃ. Morgenl. II. 130) it is i. gq. 9> with
the demonstr. j& prefixed.

MON m. a god, God, with pref. and
suff. F>N> Dan. 11, 38, i4>x> Hab. 1, 11.

Arab. 55)" all, c. art. xt the true
God, Syr. jog Chald. 7>x.

son with Aramean usage, the form of
the singular is employed only in the
poetic style and later Hebrew; while
the pluralis majestaticus v. excellentia,
p7>x, is the common and very frequent
- form.

Sine. 1. ἃ god, i.e. any god, Dan.
11, 37. 38. 39. 2 Chr. 32, 15. Neh. 9, 17.
So in the proverbial phrase, Hab. 1,
11 πο Ὁ imd 11 this his strength is his
god, spoken of a self-confident person
who contemns God, and trusts to the
strength of his own hand and sword.
Comp. Job 12, 6 i923 WN NAM AWN
who carries ἡ god in his hand, i.e. his
sword, weapons.
773 Dextra mihi deus, et telum..
adsint.

2. More comm. God, the true God κατ᾽

cs
ἐξοχήν, for Το τ, xt, Deut. 32, 15.
Ps. 50, 22; and often in the book of Job.
Constr. with an adj. sing. Deut. l.c. and
plur. Job 35, 10.

Piur, OTN with pref. contr. ow7>xa,
onda, ΠΌΝΟ,

A) in a plural sense: 1. gods, deities,
in general, true or false. 097949 ΜῊΝ
the gods of the Egyptians Ex. 12, 12.
"225 "Mx strange or foreign gods Gen.

In uni-

. Nune

δὰ,

Comp. Virg. A&n. 10. °

“SDN 7
35, 2.4. Deut. 29, 18. orvtn\nrnby new
ἈΜΡᾺ 32, 17. Sanietimess in the language
of common life, both Jehovah and idols
are included under this common appel-
lation; as Ps. 86, 8 among the gods
there is none like unto thee, O Lord!
Ex. 18, 11. 22,19. But elsewhere the
attribute of deity is expressly denied to
idols, and ascribed to Jehovah alone, as

Is. 44, 6 besides me there is no god. 45,

5. 14. 21. 46,9. Idols are even called
DAM>DN-ND πον 2 Chr. 13, 9.

2. Once of kings, i. q. my "23, Ps.
82, 1; espec. v. 6.

Nore. Many interpreters, both an-
cient and modern, assign also to ἘΡΓΙΌΝ
the signif. angels, see Ps. 8, 6 ibique
Sept. et Chald. 82, 1. 97, 7. 188, 1; and
also judges, Ex. 21, 6. 22,7. 8. For an
examination and refutation of this opin-
ion, see Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p. 95.

B) In the sense of the Sing. spoken
of one God ; see on this pluralis majes-
tatis s. excellentia, Lehrg. p. 663, 664.
Heb. Gram. § 106. 2, b. Θο δὴ with
verbs (Gen. 1, 1. 8 5α.) and adjectives
singular, as "M DT>R 2 K. 19, 4. 16;
pyix omy Ps. 7, 10. 57, 3. 78, 56.—
Construed with a verb plural onty in
certain formulas, retained possibly from
the usage of βοΐ Θέ in which ΘΙ ϑὲς
may perhaps be translated in the plural
and understood of the higher powers
or intelligences. Gen. 20, 13 "τὸς "ΣΤ
pdx q. ἃ. the gods cianacd seve wea
der. 35, 7. Ex. 22, 8. 32, 4.8. 2 Sam. 7,
93, 1 Κ 19, 2. Ps. 58,12. Comp. Com-
ment. de Pent. Sam. p. 58.—Hence

‘1. any god, deity. Deut. 32, 39 there
is no god besides me. Ps. 14.1. So
where the divine nature is opp. to the
human, Ez. 28, 2. Ps. 8,6 thou hast made
him but little less than a god; comp.
Heb. 2, 7.

2. an idol-god, god of the heathen.
Ex. 32, 1 make us a god, i. e. an idol.
1 Sam. 5,7 Dagon our god. 2 K. 1, 2.
3. 6.16. So of a goddess, 1 K. 11, 5.

3. the God of any one, is the god
whom one worships, his domesti¢ and
tutelary god, ϑεὸς ἐπιχώριος. Jon. 1, 5
they cried every one unto his god. Ruth
1, 16. Gen. 17,7. 8. 28,21. So the God

of Israel is Jehovah, hence very often

called Sx 0" "1>x Ex. 5, 1. Ps, 41, 14;

ὋΝ

Sp>2 ὙΠΘΝ Ps. 20, 2. 46,8; and connect-
ed *H>x minn Ps. 18, 29, abe nim in
Deuteronomy more than 200 times.

4. More rarely followed by a genit.
expressing that over which the deity
presides, or which he has created; e. g.
VIST] Ove Sy Gen. 24, 3; ἽΝ
ΤΉΝ ΝΠ the God of hosts, i. e. of the
celestial hosts, Am. 3,13. So with an
attribute of God, as ἸΏΝ "> the God
i truth Is. 65, 16.

5. o°7>N is put for a godlike shape,
apparition, spirit, 1 Sam. 28, 13, where
the sorceress says to Saul, J see a god-
like form ascending out of the earth.

6. With the art. o*n>xn, GOD, καὶ

o£
ἐξοχήν, the one true God; Arab. xi int

Go 8 - -
the well known formula xt YS xt ν

‘there is no god but God.’ Comp. Ps.
77, 14.—Deut. 4, 35 7>NN NAN iat 9D
for Jehovah he is the trae God. 1K. 18,
21 if Jehovah be God, follow him; if
Baal, follow him. v. 37. Deut. 7, 9.
Hence oN very freq. for Jehovah,
Gen. 5, 22. 6, 9. 11. 17, 18. 20, 6. 17. al.
sepiss.—But the same is also D°>x
without the art. Josh. 22, 34; and this
is very often used both in prose and in
poetry for M357, with scarcely any dis-
tinction; either so that both names are
employed together, or the use of one or
the other depends on the nature of the
formula and a certain usus loquendi, or on
the taste and usage of particular writers.
Thus we find constantly ΤΌΝ "23, and
on the other hand 5775 mwa, nin EN;
while in other instances the nai is ἊΝ
miscuous, as Mn+ 5339 and ὈΠΓΥΘΝΓΙ Tay
Dan. 9, 11; nim min and mandy ms
Gen. 1, 2. 41, 838, Ex. 31, 3. On the
special usage of different writers, see
the remarks in Thesaur. p. 97, 98.

To God is said in the Scriptures to
belong whatever is excellent, distin-
guished, pre-eminent in its kind, or
which bears an august or divine appear-
ance, τὸ ϑεῖον ; since this was regarded
by the ancients as especially proceeding
from, or created of God; e. g. the moun-
tain of God Ps. 68,16; river of God Ps.
65,10; nny mmn terror of God, i. e.
suddenly inspired by him, q. d. panic ter-
ror, Gen. 35,5. 1 Sam. 14,15; τὸς Ux

δ

soa

fireof God, ligntning, Job 1,16. Comp. 5x
p. 50. col. 1.—Similar is the force of the
phrase n°n>xd of or through God, like
Gr. τῷ ϑεῷ after adjectives ; Jon. 3,3 779
ΘΟ Ὁ nding a city great through God,
divinely great ; and so Acts 7, 20 ἀστεῖος

Comp. Arab. xU pr. ἃ Deo,

divinitus, egregie, Har. Cons. IV. p. 38
ed. De Sacy.

For the phrases D°7>8 Wx, ἘΡΉΜΗΝ .
see under W°N, JB, etc.

Note. Some interpreters also sup-
pose D°F>x to be spoken of one king, for
ὈΠΒΝ ΓΞ, (see as to the plural in A. 2
above.) and they appeal chiefly to Ps.
45,7, where they translate : Dx yNOD
53) obs thy throne, O God, (i.e. O King
divine,) is for ever and ever. But this
is to be construed as by ellipsis for:
ὈΠΌΝΣ NOD NOD thy throne shall be a
throne divine, i. e.-established and pros-
pered of God, according to a very com-
mon rule of language, Lehrg. § 233. 6.
[The rule here referred to is not ap-
plicable; and there is no philological
ground whatever for taking 0°7>x in
any other than its simple and direct
sense: J'hy throne, O God, is for ever
and ever.—R.

DON m. 1. i 4. >°>8 nought, vain,
Jer. 14, 14 Cheth.

2. Elul,the sixth Hebrew month, from
the new moon of September to that of

October, Neh. 6,15. Syr..foS.T, Arab.

JAF The etymology is unknown.

TIN m. 1. 1. ᾳ. πὸν an oak, Gen. 35,
8. Ez. 27,6. R. dbx ΠΙ.
_ 2. Allon, pr. τ, τὰ, 1 Chr. 4, 37.

TOS τη. (τ. 53%) 1. Any strong, dura-
ble tree, spec. an oak, Gen. 12, 6. 13, 18.
14, 13. 18,1. Deut. 11, 30. al. So the
ancient interpreters unanimously. Cel-
sius in Hierob. T. I. p. 34 sq. endeavours
to show that Ἰδὲ, like M>x, is the tere-
binth ; but see our remarks to the con-
trary in Thesaur. p. 50, 51.—Sometimes
single oaks are distinguished by pr.
names, 6. g. the magicians’ oak Judg. 9,
37; oa of Tabor 1 Sam. 10, 3; also Ἢ
Plur. oaks of Mamre Gen. 13, 18. 14, 13;
oaks of Moreh Deut. 11, 30.

2. Elon, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 14.

-

τῷ Feo.

ὋΝ
DDN adj. τὰ. (r. 958) 1. familiar,

intimate, a friend, Prov. 16, 28. 17, 9.

Mic. 7,5. mn "22 ADR ΕΚ of one’s
youth, i.e. a husband, Jer. 3,45 comp.
34 Jer. 3, 20.

2. wwonted, i i.e. tame, gentle. Jer. 11,19
and Iwas Dabs 5335 like a tamed lamb.

3. an ox, bullock, i. q. DPN no. 1, so
called as tanied and necuatoniod to
the yoke; in gender it is masculine
epicene, so that under the masculine the
female of the ox-kind is also included ;
Ps. 144, 14 onbaoa spade.

4. ἈΡᾺΣ of a family or, tribe, φύλαρχος,
a chief, chieftain, prince ; espec. of the
chiefs of the Edomites, Gen. 36, 15 sq.
1 Chr. 1, 51 sq. More rarely of the
Jews, Zech. 9,7. 12,5. 6. Also genr. of
chiefs, leaders, Jer. 13, 21.

WAN (Talmud. turba hominum) Alush,
pr. n. of a station of the Israelites, Num.
33, 13.

ἼΞΙΟΝ (whom God hath given, Θεὸ
δῶρος, Theodore) Elzabad, pr. n. m.
a) 1Chr. 36, 7. b) 12, 12.

Ἂ Ν ὍΣ Kal not used; Arab. Conj.

VIII a] to become acid, sour, as
milk. τς

ΝΊΡΗ. M28? trop. to be corrupt, in a
moral sense, Ps. 14, 3. 53, 4. Job 15, 16.

137728 (whom God bestowed) Elha-
nan, pr. n. of one of David’s warriors,
who according to 2 Sam. 21, 19 slew
Goliath ; see under pr. ἢ. vam>. The
one mentioned 2 Sam. 23, 24 does not
seem to be a different person.

ANON (to whom God is father) Eliab,
pr. n.m. a) A phylarch or chief of
Zebulun, Num. 1, 9. 2,7. Ὁ) Num. 16,
1. 12. 26, 8. 6) A brother of David,
1 Sam. 16,6. 17, 13.28. 4) 1Chr.16,4.

282N (to whom God is strength)
Eliel, pr.n.m. a) Of two of David’s
warriors, 1 Chr. 11, 46. 47. 12,11. Ὁ)
A phylarch of Manasseh, 1 Chr. 5, 24.
c) A phylarch of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8,
20. d) ib.v.22. 6) 15,9.11. f) 2
Chr. 31, 13.

MONON (to whom God cometh) Eli-

athah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25,4; in v. 27

written Mm*>R.

56

“ON

S28 (whom God loveth) Elidad,
pr. n. of a phylarch of Benjamin, Num.
34, 21.

YIN (whom God knoweth, i. e.
careth for) Eliada, pr.n.m. a) A son
of David, 2 Sam. 5, 16, for which 1 Chr.
14,7 79>9a. b)1K.11,23, 6) 2Chr.
ap a

moe (r, mby 1) i. g. Arab, Sa the
Sat tail of the common species of oriental
sheep, ovis laticaudia Linn. the smallest
of which according to Golius, himself an
eye-witness, weigh ten or twelve pounds,
Ρ. 146. Comp. Hdot. 3. 113. Diod. Sie.
2. 54; and other writers quoted by Bo-
chart in Hieroz. P. I. p. 494 sq. See

‘Russell Nat. Hist. of Aleppo LIL. p. 147.

—Ex. 29, 22. Lev. 7, 3. 8, 25. 9, 19. 3, 9
the whole tail let him take off near the
back-bone.

M28 and W728 (my God is Jehovah)
Elijah, Elias, pr.n.m. a) A celebrated
prophet, the thie? of the prophets in
the kingdom of Israel during the reign
of Ahab, distinguished by many mira-
cles, and received up into heaven, 2 K.
2,6sq. But comp. 2 Chr. 21,12. The -
Jews expected him to reappear before
the coming of the Messiah, Mal. 3, 23
[4,5]. b) 1 Chr. 8, 27. 6) Ezra 10,
21.26. .

328 (whose God is He, i.e. Jehovah)
Elihu, pr. τι. τη. 8) 1 Chr. 26,7. Ὁ)
1 Chr. 27, 18, 6) i. ᾳ. πος lett, a.

ΝΎΓΡΟΝ (id.) Elihu, pr. n. m. 8)
The son of Barachel the Buzite, a friend
of Job and the fourth disputant against
him, Job c.. 32-35. Sometimes written
nm > Job 32, 4. 35,1. b) 1 Sam. 1, 1.
c) 1 Chr. 12, 20.

"IVITN (towards Jehovah are my
eyes) Elihoenai, pr.n.m. a) Ezra 8,
4. b)1Chr. 26, 3.

"2WPN (id.) Elicenai, pr. n. τα. 8)
1 Chr. 3, 23... b) 4,36. δ) 7,8 d)
Ezra 10, 22. e) 10, 27.

N2I2N (whom God hideth) Eliahba,
pr. n. of one of David’s warriors, 2 Sam.
23, 32,

SIF"2N (God his recompense, from ©

Conj. III to recompense,) Eliho-
reph, pr. ἢ. m. 1 K. 4, 3.

+ Sob (r. >dx 1) 2 6 ‘ay of nothing,
3 ‘nought, empty, 1ain, 1 Chr. 16, 26. Ps.
96, 6. Plur. the nought, i. 6. idols, Lev.
ἡ 19, 4. 26,1. Comp. 5311.

Be Subst. nought, vanity. Job 13, 4
ree "854 physicians of nought, hothing
worth, i. e. empty comforters ; comp.
ν Beck. Th Os a

2 ΠΝ (God ‘his king) Elimelech,
_ pr. ἢ. of Ruth’s father-in-law, Ruth 1, 2.
21.

x ἸῸΝ and PN Chald. pron. demonstr.
plur.comm. these, Lat. hi, he, hec, i. q.
Heb. bk. Dan. 2, 44. 6, 7.

pony (whom God hath added) Elia-
_ saph,pr.n.m. a) A chief of the tribe
_ of Gad, Num. 1, 14. 2,14. Ὁ) 3, 24.

“TION (God his help) Eliezer, pr. n.
-m. a)Amanof Damascus, whom Abra-
_ ham before the birth of Isaac had intend-
_ ed for his heir, Gen. 15,2. According
_ tov.3 he was a servant born in his house,
_verna. b) A son of Moses, Ex. 18, 4.
c)1Chr.7,8. d) 27,16. 6) 15,24. f)
| 2Chr. 20,37. g) Ezra8,16.10,18. h)
~~ 10, 23. i) 10, 31.

Ε΄. “ION (perh. contr. from ἌΣ)

Elienai, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 8, 20.

DION (i. gq. DN, INR) Eliam,
pr.n.m. a) "The “fither of Bathsheba,

- 2Sam.11,3; for which 1Chr.3,5 x99. .

_b) 2 Sam. 23, 34.

TDN (God his strength) Eliphaz,
pr.n.m. a) Α Ἔοη of Esau, Gen. 36, 4
_ sq. b) A friend of Job and one of the
_ disputants against him, Job 2, 11. 4, 1.
| 15,1. al. ,

5D"28 (whom God judgeth, from dbp)
_ Eliphal, pr. τι. τὰ. 1 Chr. 11, 35.
AMD ON (whom God makes distin-
_ guished) Elipheleh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15,
ΕΞ 18, 21.

D2HON (God hisdeliverance) Eliphe-
let, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 3,6. 14,7; for

which 14,5 0>p5x. Ὁ) 2 Sam. 23, 34.
ec) 1 Chr. 8,39. 4) Ezra 8, 13. 6)
~ 10, 33.

sandy (God his rock) Elizur, pr. n.
τ ταὶ Num. 1, 5.2, 10.7, 20. 8. 10, 18.

ak sae (whom God protects) Eliza-
_ phan, pr. ἢ. m. a) Num. 3, 30; for

[ “ON 57

“ON
which j©%>¥ Ex. 6, 22. Lev. 10,4. δ)
Num. 34, 25.

NPN pr. n. m. Elika, 2 Sam. 23, 25.
The etymology is unknown.

O°2"28 (whom God hath set up) Eli-
akim, pr.n.m. a) A prefect of the pa-
lace under king Hezekiah, 2 K. 18, 18,
19, 2. Is. 22, 20. 36, 3. Ὁ) A son of king
Josiah, set upon the throne by Necho
king of Egypt, who also changed his
name to =°Pp3in" (whom Jehovah hath
set up) Jehoiakim, 2 K. 23, 34..24, 1.
Jer. 1, 3. 1 Chr. 3, 15, 6) Neh. 12, 41.

pate (God her oath, q. d. worship-
per of God, comp. Is. 19, 18) pr. n. f.

' Elisheba, Elisabeth, Ex. 6, 23. Sept.
‘Ehouset, as Luke 1, 7.

MUON Elishah, pr. n. of aregion situ-
ated on the Mediterranean, whence pur-
ple was brought to Tyre, Gen. 10, 4. Ez.
27,7. Most prob. Elis, a district of the
Peloponnesus, (comp. Cod. Samar. in
which it is written W758 without 4,) the
name of which seems to have been em-
ployed by the Hebrews as an appellation
for the whole Peloponnesus ; as not un-
frequently whole countries, espec. if re-
mote, are designated by the names of
single provinces; comp. 17. The pur-
pura, or shell-fish producing the purple
dye, was found not only in Laconia (Hor.
Od. 2.18.7), but also in the gulf of Co-
rinth and the islands of the Aagean sea:
comp. Bochart Phaleg III. 4.—Others
understand by πον, Hellas ; see Mi-
chaelis Spicil. Geogr. Hebr. T. I. p. 78.

PWN (God his salvation) Elishua,
pr. n. of a son of David, 2 Sam. ὅ, 1’
1 Chr. 14, 5.

3708 (whom God restoreth) Eliu-
shib,pr.n.m. a)1Chr.3,24. b)1 Chr.
24,12. Ezra 10,6. c) Neh. 3, 1. 20. 12,
10. 4) 6) Ezra 10, 24. 27. 36.

YAWN (whom God heareth) Eli-
shama, pr.n.m. a) 2 Sam. 5,16. Ὁ)
Num. 1, 10. 2,18. cc) 2K. 25, 25. Jer.
41,1. d)1Chr.2,41. e)2Chr. 17,8.

yonby (for 2w4 "58 God his salva-
tion) pr. n. m. Elisha, a celebrated
prophet, the disciple as well as the com-
panion and successor of Elijah, and dis-
tinguished by many miracles. He flour

"ὮΝ

ished in the kingdom of the ten tribes, in
the ninth century B.C. 2 K.c. 2-13. In
N. T. ᾿Ελισσαῖος Luke 4, 27.

DDN (whom God judgeth) Elisha-
phat, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 23, 1.
MPN see HNN.

JON Chald. pron. plur. these, i.q. Heb.
Hbx. Dan. 3, 12. 13. 21. 22. Ezra 4, 21.
5, 9. al—In jz lurks the suff. 2 pers.

(tibi), as in 93, 3, Arab. Mo.

ΜῈ DON a verb not in use, to be no-
thing, to be empty, vain ; comp. under
“ix no. 1. It is comm. derived from the
particle 5x I, merely in order to form
bxbx , but is quite doubtful; see in > fin.

‘At, DON to wail, ed howl, onomatop.

i. q. >>, and Arab. δ Camoos p. 1391.
Comp. Gr. ddadétew.—Hence ΕΟ

ΚΣ DON kindr. with Dax, πον I,
pr. to roll, then to be round, swelling,
thick ; whence M>&, 7i>8, an oak, thick
tree. -

“ON interj. expressing grief, wo!
alas! Gr. ἐλελεῦ, only with "b, Job 10,
15. Mic. 7,1. R. >dx II.

. DDN ; in Kal not used. 1. to bind, to
tie, see Piel and Map.

2. Pass. to be bound sc. as to the tongue,
i. 6. to be mute, dumb ; see Niph. and the
nouns B>X, obs, npinby Comp. Engl.
bethaptie-tied, Gr. biaube τῆς hese Mark
7,35, also φιμοῦσϑαι, Pers.

to bind the tongue, i. 4. to be silent, dumb.
᾿ 3. to be lonely, forsaken, widowed, since
solitary persons remain silent, mute;
comp. Arab. to be mute, also to be

unmarried. ee are derived }2>x,

Mmam>N, JOON, MON.

οἰ ΝΙΡΗ. 1. to be mute, dumb, Ps. 31, 19.
39, 3. 10. Is..53, 7.

2. to be silent, to keep silence, Kz. 33, 22.

Pre.. to bind sheaves, Gen. 37, 7.

Deriv. see in Kal. no. 1, 2, 3.

DON τὰ. dwmbness, silence. Ps. 58, 2
W7DIM pI Ode Oyen do ye indeed
decree dumb justice? ie. do you really
at length decree justice, which so long
has seemed dumb? So commonly; but
it may be worth inquiry, whether D>x

58

ΟΝ

perhaps from~a careless repetition of

| D328. This being dropped there arises

thesense which the parallelism requires:

do ye indeed decree justice? Maurer

|

should not be dropped, having arisen

f

gives to 058 the signif: of league, law, —
590.
from the sense of binding; as (as |

league, from 1P> ligavit.—Ps. 56, 1 m2"
D"PM Db the i νθ dove among stran-
gers, (i. e. perh. the people of Israel in

exile, comp. "im Ps. 74, 19,) prob. the
inscription of a song or poem, to the tune —
or measure of which Ps. 50 was to be

sung. Comp. the remarks under M238.

DON τη. adj. mute, dumb, pr. tongue-—
tied, see τ. ODN no. 2. Ex. 4, 11. Is.35,6.

Ps. 38,14. Plur. obs Is. 56, 10.
DON porch, see D248. Once BBX but

Job 17, 10 in some editions ; see in πω |

no. 2.

D°W22N m. plur. 1 K. 10, 11. 12, and ὦ

by transpos. D"29928 2 Chr, 2, 7. 9, 10.
11, almug-trees, a kind of precious wood,
brought along with gold and precigus
stones in the time of Solomon from
Ophir, and employed for ornamenting the
temple and palace, and for making mu-
sical instruments; according to 2 Chr.
2,7 growing also on Lebanon. It seems
to correspond to Sanser. micata simpl.

mica (so Bohlen), with the Arab.
Es

art. Jt, lignum Santalinum, Pterocar-
pus NSantaliorus Linn. red sandal-
wood, still used in India and Persia for
costly utensils and instruments. Or it
may be compared with the Malabar

word malajaga, a name of the same

wood ; so Hoffmann. See Celsii Hiero-
bot. I. p. 171 sq.—Many of the Rab-
bins understand corals, and so the singu-
lar 3258 is used in the Talmud; but
these are not wood, "> ; although were
the Talmudic usage ancient, this wood
might have been so named from its
resemblance to coral, q. ἃ. coral-wood.
Kimchi: wid {, ig. DN 2 Brazil-wood.

TON f. plur. n— and mi—, a bundle,
sheaf, ‘of grain, Gen. 37,7. Ps. 126, 6.
R. 528 no 1.

Stiabs Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20, Al-

modad, pr. n. of a son of Joktan, i.e. of a

ὯῸΝ

a People and district of southern Arabia.
Assuming an ancient error in transcrip-
tion, 7 for Ἢ, i.e. 777258, we might
- compare Morad, ofp or “oly is

the name of a tribe inhabiting a moun-
tainous region in Arabia Felix, near to
Zabid.

4 JIN (perh. king’s oak, for δὰ
qbant) Alammelech, pr. n. of a place in
the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 26.

‘PON m. adj. forsaken, widowed, Jer.
δι, 5. R. D>8 no. 3.

O28 m. widowhood, trop. of a state
deprived of its king, Is. 47,9. R. 0x
no. 3.

Se ;05
Τ᾿ WOON fa widow, Arab. Lay! ,
Byr. faSsoif. Gen. 38, 11. Ex. 22,
91. al. Metaph. ofa state deprived of

‘its king, Is. 47, 8; comp. v. 9 and 54, 4.
R. Px no. 3.

IL. M2228 ΓΙ plur. Is. 13, 22, palaces,
i. q. M2298, which latter is read in
some Mss. The letter Ἢ is here softened
mto >, as is very often done; comp. in
“jie Others retain the ed of a
widow, and understand trop. desolate
palaces.
PAP plur. onabx widowhood
Gen. 38, 15. Metaph. of the condition
of the luthelites 3 in exile, Is. 54, 384. R.
BSN no. 3.

c

"21028 m. a certain one, some one, 6
δεῖνα, pr. one kept silent, whose name is
not mentioned, from r. ἘΝ πο. 3. Al-
ways preceded by "358 q. v.

728 Chald. i. q. 77> these, q. v.

DYN (God his delight) Elnaam,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 46.

AION (whom God hath given, comp.
ἼΣΟΥ, α. ἃ. Theodore, Diodate) Elna-
than, pr. n. m. a) The grandfather
of king Jehoiakim, 2 K. 24,8; perhaps
the same mentioned Jer. 26, 22. 36, 12.
25. Ὁ) Three Levites in the time of
_ Ezra, Ezra 8, 16.

“ODN Gen. 14, 1. 9, Ellasar, pr. n. of
a country or district in the vicinity, as it
would seem, of Babylonia and Elymais ;

since it is read between "320 and por.

59 ὩΡΝ

Symm. and Vulg. Pontus. Targ. Hie-
ros. MWN2M Is. 37, 12. But the Assyro-
Babylonish name of its king, Fis,
would seem to indicate some province
of Persia or Assyria; comp. Dan. 2, 14.

SION (whom God applauds, from
9, comp. Job 29, 11,) Elad, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 7, 21.

M3928 (whom God puts on, i.e. fills
with himself, comp. w2> Job 20, 14,)
Eladah, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 7, 20.

“TAN, in some Mss. ἘΝ (pr. God
is my praises: i.e. the object of my
praise) Eluzai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12, 5.

ΤΣ 2 (whom God helpeth) Eleazar,
pr.n. τὰ. a) Ex. 6, 23. 25. 28, 1. Lev.
10, 6 sq. Num. 3, 2. 4. 32. Deut. 10, 6.
Josh: 14,1. al. Ὁ) 2 Sam. 23, 9. 1 Chr.
11,12. c) 1Sam.7,1. 4) 1 Chr. 23,
21. 24,28. 6) Ezra 8, 33, comp. Neh.
12,42. f) Ezra 10, 25.—Sept. ‘HAsa-
Cao. From ᾿Ελεάζαρος was afterwards
made by contraction the name 4ufagos.

δ Ὁ θὲς and “2928 (whither God as-
cends) Elealeh, pr. n. of a town or large
village in the tribe of Reuben, near
Heshbon, where there are still ruins
called Slt el-Al. See Burckhardt’s
Travels in Syria etc. p. 365. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 278.—Num. 32, 3. 37. Is.
15, 14. 16, 9.

MWI2N (whom God made, i. 6. cre-
ated, Job 32, 10,) Eleasah, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 2, 39. 8) ib. 8, 37. 9, 43.
6) Jer. 29, 3.

* DON or DON fut. 9282 Prov. 22, 25,

Arab. “ail 3 to join together, to asso-

ciate, Arab. Conj. I, III, IV; whence
92% a thousand, a family.—Kindred
senses are: to be accustomed, wonted,
to learn, Prov. 22, 25. Syr. Chald. id.
Hence 9528, 528 0x.—R. .

Piet to cause to learn, to teach, like
Syr. eaXf, with two acc. of pers. and
thing, Job 15, 5. 33, 33; with acc. of
pers. only, Job 35, 11, where Part. 2257
for 12X72, comp. wads.

Hiru. denom. from bx, to bring forth

_Gs
thousands, Ps. 144,13. Arab. CaSf mille
fecit.

| Dos

ΡΣ 1. an ox or cow, as tame and
wonted to the yoke; comm. gend.
like Gr. βοῦς, Lat. bos, Germ. Rind,
Engl. beeve ; see 488 no. 3. Only in
plur. D'BEN oven Ps. 8, 8. Prov. 14, 4;
fem. kine Deut. 7, 13. 28,4. The sin-
gular is found only in the name of the
first letter of the alphabet, Aleph, Alpha.

50°F ra] a
2. a thousand, Arab. calf, Syr. bos]

id. but Eth. HA a myriad, ten thou-

sand. Perh. pr. ‘conjunction of num-

bers.’—The nouns enumerated for the
most part follow the numeral word;
some in the singular, as ὅπ Judg. 15,
16; others in the plural, 2 Sam. 10, 18.
1 K. 10, 26. Deut. 1, 11; and others
again promiscuously, as "22 1 Chr. 19,
6, and 5°32 29,7. Rarely and only in
the later Hebrew does the noun pre-
cede, 1 Chr. 22, 14. 2 Chr. 1,6. Comp.
Lehrg. p. 695, 697,699. The construc-
tion is different in the phrase 02 428 a
thousand (shekels) of silver, for which
see Lehrg. p. 700. Not unfrequently it
is put for a large round number, Job 9,
3. 33, 23. Ps. 50, 10.—Dual pipbs two
msond Judg. 20, 45. 1 Chr. 5, 21.—
Plur. 2°D>x thousands, 6. g. ΒΠΕΌΝ nud
Ex. 38, 26. Put also for an indefinitely
large sound number, 9334 "528 thou-
sands of myriads Gen. 24, 60.

3. a family, i. ᾳ. MMBWA q. v. as the
subdivision of a tribe (wai, maa) Judg.
6, 15. 1 Sam. 10,19. 23,23. Spoken of
a city, Bethlehem, as the residence of
such a family, Mic. 5, 1.

4, Eleph, pr. n. of a city of Benjamin
Josh. 18, 28.

528, BPN, Chald. a thousand, Dan.
5,1. 7, 10,

ὈΞΟΝ see DEEN.

bypby (God his wages, comp. >3b,
ΓΣΣΕ, wages) Elpaal, pr.n.m. 1 Chr.
8, "11. 12. 18.

* VON in Kal not used, i. q. V8 q. v.
yn.

PrEL YN to urge, to press any one,
Judg. 16, 16. More frequent in Syriac
and Zabian.

FEIN see WPI by.

Pt ας
pxpbyy i. q. Arab. esl, with the art.
retained, the people, populace; see in

60 DON

bx II. Prov. 30, 31 129 papas 1272 a
king with whom is the people, i. e. who is
surrounded by his people, in the midst of ©
his people. See Pococke ad Spec. Hist.

|

Sov
Arabum p.207. Arab. e9 people seems |
to come from the idea of living ; comp —
Samar. D'p to live, Heb. D5>* what lives,
and m= people, from 7M to live. Sept. —
δημηγορῶν ἐν &Fve.—The Heb. intpp.
regard Dxp>X as a compound from >x
part. of negation, and ΣΡ to rise up, |
(comp. m727>8 Prov. 12, 28,) and trans-
late: a king against whom there is no
rising up, i. e. who cannot be resisted. —
But this does not accord with the or
text.

MapoN rene God created) Elkanah,
pr.n.m. a) 1 Sam. 1, 1 βα. 2,11. 20.
b) Ex. 6,24. c) 2 Chr. 28,7. δ
Chr. 12, 6. e) 1 Chr. 6,8. 10. 11. 20,
91. 15, 23.

“OPN gentile n. Elkoshite, spoken
of Nahum the prophet, Nah. 1,1. Sept.
and Vulg. without 0, ᾿Ελκεσαῖος, Elce-
saius. As toa place Elkosh there are
two opinions; one, that of the ancient”
fathers, makes it a town of Palestine
and spec. of Galilee, see Hieron. Procem, —
ad Nahum; the other, that of the ori-—
piel Swe, regards it as the village

3) el-Kash, near Mosul. Both are —
very doubtful; see Thesaur. p. 1211. B.

SDIMON (perh. God its race or pos
terity) Eltolad, pr. n. of a place in Ju-
dah, Josh. 15, 30. 19,4. See 334m.

ΜΝ and Mpres (God its fear)
Eltekeh, pr. n. of a Levitical city in the
tribe of Dan, Josh. 19, 44. 21,23. ὁ.

IPMN (God its foundation) Eltekon,
pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, -
Josh. 15, 59.

* DN £ constr. DN, c. suff. ax ; plur.
mia. st 5] Ἷ
1. ἃ mother, Arab. εἶ and el Eth.

BP, Aram. NON, {sof , Sam. WAX,
id. E.g. 08138 father and mother, pa-
rents, Judg. 14, 16. Ps. 27, 10. Esth. 2, 7.
"”aN-j2 the son of my mother, my womb-
brother, Gen. 43,29. Poet. “28 "323 i. q.
my brethren, genr. Gen. 27, 29. Cant. 1,
6. With less exactness mother is also

DX

rately called ax mex Lev. 18, 11.—But

_ mother has often a wider sense, 6. g. -

Ὁ, i. ᾳ. α grandmother 2 K. 15, 10;

also of any female ancestor, Gen. 3, 20.

3. Metaph. for a benefactress, Judg.

5,7.

4. As expressing intimate relation-

_ ship, close alliance, Job 17, 14; see in
3X no. 8.

5. Of a nation or people, as opp. to the
children i. e. individuals born of it, Is. 50,

1. Jer. 50, 12. Ez. 19, 2. Hos. 2, 4. 4, 5.

6. II ON , the mother of the way, i. 6.
biviwm, place where a way divides, pr.
the source, beginning, head of the way,
Ez. 21, a [21], i.g. D7 DTN "VY WN ibid.

Arab. elo root, beginning of a thing ; but
Gaybt “| the highway. —

7. i. gq. MX, mother-city, metropolis,
i. e. any large and important city, al-
though not the capital. 2 Sam. 20, 19
barra ON} TD a city, even a indthint in
Israel. So on the Phenician coins of

ge

Tyre and Sidon; comp. Arab. a! me-

tropolis ; also Gr. μήτηρ Callim. Fragm.
112, and mater Flor. 8. 7. 18. Ammian.
17. 13.

8. Metaph. of the earth, as the com-
mon mother of all, Job 1, 20.

Note. This word is without doubt
primitive ; and like a8 (see p. 2. n.) im-
itates the earliest sounds of the lisp-
ing infant; comp. Gr. μάμμα, μάμμη,
μαμμαία, μαῖα, Sanscr. md, ambé, Copt.
mau, Germ. Engl. Fr. Mama, Germ.

_ Amme. Deriv. fem. is a8, used only

in tropical significations. In Arabic

ae
there is a denom. verb { to be a moth-

er; then, to be related, to set an exam-
ple, to teach.

ἘῸΝ mostly with Makkeph, a particle
demonstrative, interrogative, and condi-
tional; the various significations of which

are distinguished in the more copious

of

Arabic by various forms, as el, ws
5 GE

ὦ Gy ΤῊ ; while Pe the other hand

61

put for a-step-mother Gen. 37,10; comp.
35, 16 sq. the latter being more accu-

ON
the Ethiopic and Syriac also have only

one, AP, { . Traces of this particle

exist also in the occidental languages ,
as in Gr. ἤν, lo, if, Lat. oa Germ. wenn,
wann.

A) The primary power seems to be
demonstrative, lo! behold! (kindr. 4, Gr.

ἤν, Lat. en,) Arab. at truly, certainly,
ol id. see De Sang “Gramm. Arebe t.
6

§ 889, “: Gy! lo! as in the phrase oils sls
he ae and lo! Comp. Hupfeld in
Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. II. p. 130.—Hos.
12, 12 438 ἸΣῸΣ ox lo! Gilead is wicked-
ness, i. 6. wholly wicked ; where the
other member has 3X. ΤῸ 17, 13 ON
sma Sine maipslo! 7 wait for Sheol, my
house. vs. 16. Prov. 3, 34. Preceded by
τ in the same sense, Ἰδὲ 31, 20.—There
are some who deny the doth onktraneee
power of this particle in these passages,
and claim for it here the usual condi-
tional sense. But granting that it might
be here so explained, still analogy shows
that the former is the primitive and na-
tive power of the word.—Hence

B) Adv. of interrogation, comp. 47
II. 3, and the remarks there made ; also

=e of

bn, 4, J, interrogative, from 5m, Jt,
demonstrative.

1. In adirect ΑΝΑΝ tive Lat. num?

an? corresp. with Arab. i) 1K. 1, 27.
Is. 29, 16. Job 39, 13. 31, 5. 16. 24. 25, 29.
os. hee the ΟΣ of Job c. 31 is seen

‘the close connection between this inter-

rogative power of 08 and its conditional
sense in lett. C, since between sentences
beginning with OX interrog. are interpos-
ed others beginning with Θὲ conditional
followed by an apodosis ; see v. 7. 9. 13.
19. 20. 21. 25.—F ar more frequent in dis-
junctive forms of interrogation, where

% precedes, utrum—an ? whether—or 7

ἘΠ 5
Arab. oft. Josh. 5, 13 “Dx MN n>

a> art thou for us, or for our ene-

mies? 1K.22,15 bang bx — 797 shall
we go.. “on aikall we not go? Thesame _
is DNI—A Gen. 17,17. Job 21, 6; and -

bx — HN 34, 17. 40, 8. 9.—The two are
also used together in a question with
two clauses, though not disjunctive, as
DX —13 Gen. 37, 8, δ᾿ ---ἰὶ 17, 17. But.

ὮΝ
where two questions follow each other
with a less degree of coherence, 77 is re-
peated, 1 Sam. 23, 11. See Heb. Gr.
5. 150. 2.

2. In indirect interrogation, whether,
if, after verbs of inquiring, examining,
doubting, Cant. 7, 18. 3 Κα. 1,2. Soina
double and disjunctive question, Ὀὲ ----
Gen. 27, 21. Num. 13, 20. The phrase
ἘΝ v7 572 Esth. 4, 14, who knoweth
whether, corresponds to the Lat. nescio
an, i. 4. perhaps.

C) Conj. 1. Mostly conditional, τ,
Gr. εἰ, Lat. si, q. ἃ. supposing that, etc.

comp. 37 lo, num ? if; Syr. {a lo, if. In
this signif. correspond Arab. cyl: Sam.
WK, JX, Eth. AP.— Followed,

according to the sense, by the preter,
Esth. δ, 8 7 "27°72 ΠῚ "MRED DN if J
have found favour in the eyes of the king.
Gen. 43, 9. 18,3; and fut. Judg. 4, 8 os
ἌΞΕΙ “a3 “bn if thou wilt go with me,
T will go. Gen. 13, 16. 28, 20. Job 8, 4
sq. 11, 10; more rarely by a particip.
Judg. 9, 15. 11,9; by the infin. for a
finite verb, Job 9, 27; also without a
verb, Job 8, 6. 9, 19.—This particle dif-
fers from %>, in that D8 implies a true
and real condition, where the fact is left
uncertain, whether a thing exists or will
exist, is or will be done, ‘si fecisti, si
fastaras 65: while 45> implies that a thing
does not exist, is not or will not be done,
or is at least very uncertain and impro-
bable, ‘si faceres, si fecisses,’ Gr. et εἶχεν,
See %>, and also 42 the like distinction

between ° Ι and «ἷ De Sacy Gramm.

Arabe I. § 885. By an ingenious and
delicate usage, DX is every where put
in conditional curses and imprecations,
where we might perhaps expect* nd; 6. 9.
Ps. 7, 4-6 8)» ὧν DN MNT sme DN
ΩΝ mba ps "B25 if Ihave ‘done
this, if there be iniquity in my hands, if
I have done evil to my friend, ...let the
enemy persecute me, etc. The Psalmist
here denies, (if we look at his object,)
that he had done such things ; but, as if
on trial, he leaves this point undecided,
or even assumes the truth of the allega-
tion, and then invoking the severest
punishment upon himself, he thus adds
great emphasis to the imprecation.

62

ON

Comp. Ps. 44, 21. 73, 15. 137, 5. 6. Job
31,7 sq. Other examples, where more —

—— | -

accurately ἢ» would be put instead of —

os, are: Ps..50, 12 s358 ON if J were
hungry. Hos. 9, 12. Yet ®& is here
not incorrect; since its usage has a
wide extent. — Spec. a) Condition or
supposition is modestly or timidly ex-
pressed by IER , see in).
disjunctive, if—if, i. q. whether—or, Gr.
εἴτε--εἴτε, ἐὰν τε -- ἐάν τε, Lat. sive-sive ;
comp. si—si Gell. 2. 98, So Ex. 19,13
D°N"ON ΠΏΓΙΞΤῸΝ whether it be beast or
man. 2 Sam. 15, 21. Lev. 3, 1. Deut. 18,
3; also preceded by a negative, neither—
nor, 2 K. 3,14. The same is 581—B8
Gen. 31, 52. Josh. 24, 15. Ece. 11, 3. 12,

14. Arab. éyt5— ol and Lel5— μι.

6) By an STeeis of the formula of an
oath, 58 becomes in some connections
a negative particle. The full form
is read in 1 Sam. 3, 17 God do so to thee,
and more also, if thou, ete. 24,7. 2 Sam.
3,35. Hence by ellipsis, espec. in oaths;
2 Sam. 11, 11 by thy life, [let God do so
to me, and ‘more! ΓΕ NI SINMy NWP ON
if I do this thing, i. e. I will not do this
thing. 20, 20. 1 K. 1, 51; also in obtes-
tations, Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5. Neh. 13, 25;
rarely elsewhere, and chiefly in poetry,
Is, 22, 14. 62, 8. Judg. 5, 8. Prov. 27, 24,
where the other member has ¥>.—In

the same manner the Arabs use wl

more fully wl Lo, for not.

2. As concessive, though, although ;
Arab. ὦ}5: Gr. ἐὰν καί, κἄν. Followed
by the preeter, to express the idea ‘though
I am,’ Job 9, 15. 29; more usually by
the fut. expressing the idea ‘though I
were,’ Is. 1, 18. 10, 22. Ps. 139, 8. Job
20,6; but comp. Job 9, 20. Also with
a verbal noun, Nah. 1, 11.

3. As a particle of wishing, oh if !
would that! oh that! si γάρ. Comp.
">. With fut. Ps. 68, 14. 81, 9. 95, 7.
139, 19. An anacoluthon occurs in
Gen. 23, 13 ὭΣΘ A> MM ON would that
thou—oh that thou wouldst hear me.

4, It passes over also into a particle
of time, when, pr. if ; comp. Germ. wenn
and wann. Followed by the preter
which is often to be rendered by the
pluperfect or by the fut. exactum; Is

Β) Ὡδ ---νς

-

yal

24,13 "92 ΠΡ ON when the vintage is
done, pr. if it shall have been ended.
Am 2.7, 2 5585 ΠΙΡΞ ON HAM! and it came
to pass when they had finished eating.
Ts. 4, 4 jiternia mes mx ὍΣ yr DN
‘when the Lord shall have washed away
the filth of the daughters of Zion. Gen.
38, 9. Ps. 63, 7. Job 8, 4. 17,13. Soalso
Sueonnection with other particles, as ‘ID
“D8 until when, until, Gen. 24, 19; 43
“SN ΩΝ 28, 15. Num. 32 17. Is. 6, 11.

7 5, Rarely for when causal, i. e. since,

Arab. nf Gen. 47, 18 we will not hide
it from my lord, that DN... ODF OM ON
Sx: ND τς iohén (since) all our mo-
ney is spent... there is nothing left Sor
my lord, etc. Is. 53, 10.

_ D) In composition with other, parti-
cles:

1. DNF, twice in the beginning of an
interrogation, i. q. 8>4, put affirmative-
ly, is not? nonne ? i. q. lo! Num. 17, 28
[13]: Job 6, 13.

2. xb-py a) is not? nonne? pre-
ceded by Nn, Is. 10,9. δ) if not, un-
less, Ps: 7, 13. Gen. 24,8. Hence after
formulas of oaths it appears as a strong
affirmation and asseveration ; comp.
above in C. 1. c. Num. 14, 28. Josh. 14,
9. Is. 14, 24 ; also in obtestations, Job 1,
11. 2, 5. 17, 2. 22, 20. 30, 25. 1s.5,9. ο)
After ἃ negative partic. in the sense of
but, Gen. 24, 37. 38. Comp. εἰ μή, nisi,
; Chald. NEN from xb-pR,

“SVAN £ subst. plur. mins, the letter
‘being inserted, comp. Chald. {43% , and
Lehrg. p. 530; α maid-servant, hand-
maid, female sleeve: Hence anak thy
: Rndmaid, for I, spoken even by a free
- womanin idiiséaeing her superiors, Judg.
(19,9. 1 Sam. 1, 11. 16. 25, 24 sq. 2 Sam.
14,15. Comp. in 7758. Ate ΓΙ 3 son
ΒΡ a handmaid, i. 6. a servant, slave, Ex.
was, 12. Ps. 116, 16.—Hence is derived

S
the Arab. Lof to be a handmaid. The
' word "2x is prob. primitive ; least of all

: <=
is it to be referred to a root HX, δ ΐ;
inito pacto indixit.

_ ΠΝ pr. i. g. ἘΝ, but everywhere
a metaph. the beginning, head, foundation
2 of any thing. » Spec.

ο΄ 1. mother of the arm, i.e. the fore-arm,

7+

63

ras

below the elbow, cubitus, Deut. 3, 11
Hence

2. a cubit, ulna, a measure of length
comp. Lat. cubitus, ulna, Gr. πῆχυς ani

πυγών, Arab. Bhd, Egypt: mahi. The

mode of enumerating cubits is as fa!

lows: D°max two cubits Ex. 25, 10. 17

mix W>v 27, 1, and so on up to ter
cubits; in the later Hebrew B>W nize
2 Chr. 6,13. With numbers above ten.
in the earlier Hebrew Tax DWI Gen

6, 15, in the later miax prwan Ez. 42,2
or DBS Mie 2 Chr. 3, 4. Farther; ὃς
is joined with numerals of every kind
both in the early and later Hebrew, by
means of 2, as MX2 ΣΞ ΝΣ lit. four by
the cubit, i.e. four cubits ; MAXI ΓΙῸ ἃ
hundred cubits Ex. 27, 9. 18. 36, 15. 38
9. The common cubit of the Hebrews
(2 Chr. 3, 3) was reckoned at 6 palms, or
18 inches; though some without good
reason make it only 4 palms, or 12 inches.
A larger cubit of seven palms, ἑπταπά-
λαιστος, is mentioned Ez. 40, 5. 43, 13, .
which agrees with the royal cubit of the
Babylonians (Hdot. 1. 178) and Egyp-
tians ; see Boeckh Metrol. Untersuch.
pp. 212 sq. 265 sq.—Metaph. Jer. 51, 13
thine end is come, the measure of thy
rapine, i. e. the time when God will
set bounds and measure to thy iniqui-
tous gain.

3. i.g. DN no. 7, a metropolis. 2 Sam.
8,1 and David took the bridle (bit) of
the metropolis out of the hand of the Phi-
listines, i. e. he subdued the metropolis
of the Philistines. Comp. the Arabic
proverb: I give thee not my bridle, i. 6. do
not subject myself to thee; see Schult.
ad Job. 30, 11, and Hariri Cons. IV. p. 24.
See also Gesch. der Hebr. Sprache p. 41.

4. a foundation, Is. 6,4 O° BD MIAN |
the pane ne of the thresholds. Comp.

eis, o get, roots, beginnings.
5. Ammah, pr. ἢ. ὁξὰ hill, 2 Sam. 2, 24.

MON Chald. f. plur. jx, a cubit.
ulna, Dan. 3, 1. Ezra 6, 3. Syr. Hal,
Ἰδϑοῖ, ρίαν. «ἀδοῖ.

MON i. α. MON α. v. terror.

aN f. (τ. 028) @ people, ‘nation,
tribe, Arab. δα people, Aram. NaN

γΊ δὲὰ

Jasco} id. Found only in Plur. nizx
Gen. 25, 16. Num. 25, 15; also 0"2N Ps,
117, 1. Syr. {Zaxyf.

MAN Chald. f. id. Dan. 3,29. Plur.
ὯΝ emphat. nvan, Dan. 3, 4. 7. 5,19.
7, 14. Ezra 4, 10.

Ἵ ΤῊΝ m. 1. an archiect, builder,
opifex, (τ. Ὑ38ὲ no. 1. b,) ig. Pas q. v.
Prov. 8, 30 spoken of the hypostatic wis-
dom of God as the architect of the world.
The. word seems not to have admitted
the form of the fem. gender, any more
than the Lat. artifex, opifex, whence
Plin. Il. 1 artifex omnium natura.
Quinct. 2. 15 rhetorica persuadendi opi-
fex.—Others understand son or foster-
child, from r. {28 no. 1. a.

2. Amon,- pr. n. a) The son and
successor of Manasseh, king of Judah,
τ. 644-642 B.C. 2K.21, 18-26. 2Chr.
33, 20 sq. b) 1 K. 22,26. 2) Neh. 7,
59, for which Ezra 2, 57 7x.

IL. YAN i. gq. yin, a multitude of
people, Jer. 52,15. R.nmen.

ΠῚ. FVO8 Amon, pr. n. of the supreme
god of the Egyptians, worshipped at
Thebes with great pomp, Jer. 46, 25, see
V7 82; called by the Greeks “dupa,
Ammon, and compared by them to Jupi-
ter, see Hdot. 2. 42. Diod. Sic. 1. 13.
On Egyptian monuments he is usually
-depicted with a human body and the
head of a ram; and the name is there
written Amn, more fully Amn-Re i. e.
Amon-Sun; see the figures as given in
Thesaur. p. 115. Comp. also Kosegar-
ten de Scriptura vett. ZEgyptiorum, p.
29 sq. Wilkinson’s Mann. and Cust. of

the Anc. Egyptians, Second Ser. 1. p..

243 sq.

JUAN τη. (τ. 728) by Syriasm for 5328,
Juithfulness, fidelity, Deut. 32, 20.—
Plur. 5°28 id. Prov. 20, 6 D°21728 WN
u man of (fidelity, faith ful.

MIVAN Εἰ (τ. oR) 1. firmness, sta-
θείη. Ex. 17, 12 M728 9" A and

his (Moses’) hands were firm, steady,
lit. firmness.

a security, Is. 33, 6.

t
ual, ia.
3. faithfulness, fidelity, espec. in ful-

Arab. vail

64

ἸῺΝ

filling one’s promises; so of God, Deut.
32, 4. Ps. 36, 6. 40, 11; of men, Plur.

|
|
|

minx Prov. 28, 20. Also faith, trust,
confidence of men towards God, Hab. 2,

4. Ps. 37, 3; see in MP" no. 2.

yar (strong) pr. n. Amoz, the father

of the prophet Isaiah, Is. 1, 1. 2, 1. 13, 1.
20, 2.

“AN Ami pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 2, 57. It
seems to be a corrupted form for "ὮΝ
Neh. 7, 59.

DAN see ΣΝ.

7i2"ON (faithful) Aminon, pr. ἢ. i. ἢ.
yi2aN, a son of David, 2 Sam. 13, 20.

YAN m. (τ. yes) adj. strong, mighty,

Job 9, 4. 19; more fully as joined with
m>, Nah. 2,2. Abstr. strength, might,
Is. 40, 26.

WAN m. (τ. WON αἱ v. no. 1, and

Hithp.) the top, summit, 6. g. of a tree,
Is. 17, 6 "78 WD in the highest top.
Also of a mountain Is. 17, 9; see under
art. MHDATD.

r bo or Das to languish, to drocp,
pr. to hang the head, kindr. with 538
q.v. In Kal part. pass. of a drooping
heart, Ez. 16, 30.

Pot. b>aN only 4 in poetry. 1. to lan-
guish, to droop, as of plants, Is. 24, 7;
hence of fields Is. 16, 8. Nah. 1. 4;
of a sick person Ps. 6, 3, where ἜΝ
seems to be for 228% ; so Maurer.

2. to mourn, to lataoal Is. 19, 8;. so
of a land laid waste Is. 24, 4. 33,9; of
walls thrown down Lam. 2, g.- Henes
in prose |

stax m. languid, feeble, Neh. 3, 34.

μ Das obsol. root, perh. i. q. 023,
nay q.v. to join together, to collect, to

; oF.
congregate. Arab. οἱ to be near, relat-

ed.—Hence the noun Max i. q. By a
people, and '

ON Amam pr. τι. of a place or city in
the southern part of the tribe of Judah,
Josh. 15, 26.

ΤῊΝ Vas 1. pr. to prop, to stay,
to support. a) Spec. with the arm,
to bear or carry a child, Num. 11, 12.
Lam, 4,5. Part. 728, παιδαγωγός, a

ἼὮΝ

πυγοῖηρ. Κα ν6 7, one who carries ἃ child
on his arm and takes care of it, Num.
l.c. Is. 49,23; also a foster- father, Ksth.
2,7. 2K. 10, 1.5. Comp. >3>2, Arab.

οἷο sustentavit, aluit. —Fem. mak a
: nurse, Ruth 4, 16. 2 Sam. 4,4. b) to
_ found, to build up, kindr. with ΓΞ, jaN;
hence 7728, 7128, architect, mya a pil-
lar, prop.

2. Intrans. to stay oneself, to be stayed
up, supported ; hence to be firm, stable,
such as one may safely Jean upon, me-
_ taph. tobe faithful. Part. pass. 5°2572x the
| faithful, πιστοί, Ps. 12, 2. 31,24. Comp.

; AO Ἀ,, 1 ᾿
W700 7 Ἢ 3. Arab. cpl to be παρε
ful, τοῦ to lean upon and trust in an

ful, Cyt : y

one, oul to trust, to be secure.

Nipx. 1. to be supported, i.e. to be
borne in the arms as a child, Is. 60, 4.
Comp. Kalno.1. —

_ 2. to. be founded, i. 6. to be firm, sta-
ble, sure, 6. g. of a house 1 Sam. 2, 35:
25, 28. 2 Sam. 7, 16. 1 K. 11, 38; οἵ ἃ
firm place, where a nail holds fast, Is.
| 22, 23. 25; of a firm and stable condition
7,9.

_ 3. to be durable, lasting, permanent,
le. g. of waters which never fail (opp.

3328) Is. 33, 16. Jer. 15, 18; οἵ. diseases

Deut. 28, 59; of a covenant Ps. 89, 29.

4. Metaph. to be faithful, trustworthy,
_ sure, such as one can lean upon; so of
a servant 1 Sam. 22,14. Num.12,7; a
_messenger Prov. 25, 13; a witness Jer.
42.5. Is. 8,2; of God Deut. 7,9. Is. 49,7.
Hos. 12, aie 78, 8 ὉΝτῸΝ 77283 x
man his spirit was not faithful towards
God. Part. 97282 faithful, upright; Prov.
11, 13. 27, 6 S58 "3B DVN? faithful
are the wounds of a friend, i. e. his se-
vere rebukes proceed from fidelity and
sincerity. Also of a man of tried wis-
_ dom, Job 12, 20.

5. to be sure, certain, true, Hos. 5, 9;
of the word of God Ps. 19, 8. Also to be
_ found true, to be verified, confirmed,
Gen. 42, 20. 1 K. 8, 26.

Hipw. jx 1. to stay upon, to build
upon; pr. Is. 28, 16 he that buildeth
thereon shall not flee away.—Usually

2. Metapb. to trust, to confide in, like

Arab. ἴα. «ον, Job 4, 18 7333
6

65 yas

ἼΩΝ Nb lo! he putteth no trust in his
servants. 15, 15. 39, 12. Ps. 78, 22. 32.119,
66. MIT ja 10 trust in “ehouals Gen,
15,6; "m3 Ἦ Nd to have no trust in
one’s life, i.e. to fear for one’s life, Deut.
28, 66; c. ace. et inf. Judg. 11, 20.

3. ἐῤ believe, to receive as true, absol.
Is. 7,9; oftener with > of pers. and thing,
Gen. 45, 26. Ex. 4,1. 8. 9. Prov. 14, 15.
Ps. 106, 24: "2 Ex. 4,5. Job 9, 16. Also
with infin. j ob 15, 22 fe believeth (hopeth)
not to escape out of darkness i. e. terror.

4. Perh. intrans. to stand firm, still.
Job 39, 24 he standeth not still, when the
voice of the trumpet sc. is heard. Comp.
Virg. Georg. 3.83. According toa com-
mon idiom of speech, it might also be ex-
plained: ‘ He so longs for the battle that
he scarce believes or trusts his ears for

joy,’ etc. Comp. Job 9, 16. 29, 24.
Deriv. P28—D2ON8, PVN, HAN, APN
Max, ya.

IT. ΤΩΝ Hiew. ἸΏΝ i. 4. denom.
j772 to turn to the right hand, Is. 30, 21.

JOS Chald. Apn. yan to trust, Ὡς
Dan. 6, 24; like Syr. «Ὁ Saunt pat
pass. 2 ΤῺ faithful, trustworthy, Dan.
6, 5. 2, 45. Syr. Sasate.

JOS m. an architect, artist, workman,
Cant. 7, 2; see r. j28 no. 1. b. Syr.

δ. Oy

Pisco}, Chald. ja5~, id. To this Ara-
mean form inclines the orthography 78
omman, which Kimchi and Judah Ben
Karish read in their Mss.

Pos (τ. Ἰ2Ν no. 2) 1. Adj. verbal firm ;
8 =S
metaph. faithful; Arab. cpt, Syr.

{aiss}. Abstr. i. q. faithfulness; fidelity ;
as iON ὝΟΝ the God of faithfulness Is.
65, 16. Comp. Rev. 3, 14.

2. Adv. amen, i. e. verily, truly, cer-
tainly, Jer. 28,6. ‘ax jax Ps. 41, 14.
72, 19. 89,53. Its proper place is, where
one person confirms the words of another,
and adds his wish for success to the
other’s vows and predictions, amen, so be
it. Sept. well, γένοιτο. 1K. 1, 36. Jer.
11, 5. Num. 5, 22. Deut. 27; 15 sq. Neh.
5, 13. 8, 6. 1 Chr. 16, 36.

Tas m. (τ. ax) faithfulness, verity,
Is. 25, 1

JN

MIAN ἢ (Ὁ. oN) 1. ὦ covenant, pr. a

5 0, lee |

confirmation, surety, Neh. 10, 1. Arab.

6. Ἑ
XSL.

2. Something fixed, appointed, i. e.
an allowance, portion, i. q. pm, Neh.
11,23; spoken of a daily allowance for
the subsistence of the singers.

3. Amanah, pr. ἢ. ofa perennial stream
(comp. Is. 33, 16) which rises in Anti-
Lebanon, and waters the territories of
Damascus, 2 K.5,12. Hence also that
part of Anti-Lebanon bore the same
name, Cant. 4, 8. The Greek name was
Chysorrhoas ; now el-Barada.

ΓΙΣ ὩΣ f. pr. supporting; hence a pillar,
column, plur. M2287 2 K. 18,16. R. yx.

MON f (x. TER) 1. a bringing-up,
tutelage, Esth. 2, 20.

2. verity, only as adv. verily, truly, in-
deed, Josh. 7, 20. Gen. 20, 12.

JON (faithful) Amnon pr. n.m. 8)
The eldest son of David, by Ahinoam,
slain by his brother Absalom, 2 Sam. 3,
2.13,1-39; once 115 8 q.v. Ὁ) 1 Chr.
4, 20.

D228 adv. (from 7728 with the adv.
ending D.,) verily, truly, indeed, Job 9, 2.
19, 4. 5. Is. 37,18. "D> D208 true that,
it is true that, Job 12, 2. Ruth 3, 12.

DIAN id. Gen. 18, 13. Num. 22, 37.

᾿ Vas fut. ax", to be alert, active,
firm; xindr. with yan, 02m, to be
sharp, eager. Hence of the feet, to be
strong in the feet, to be swift-footed, comp.
Piel no. 1, yo8, and the Arabic usage.
Trop. of activity and alertness of mind,
a firm and undaunted spirit, 2 Chr. 13,
18; opp.>33 and 273 to have the knees
sink, to befeeble-minded. With 12 to
be stronger than, to prevail over any
one, Gen. 25, 23. Ps. 18, 18. 142,7. pin
γ᾽ Ἢ be strong and of good courage, i.e.
brave and undaunted, et 31, 7. 23.

Josh. 1, 6-18. —Arab. nen to be active,

& st
fleet, of a horse; whence Loss 1. 4.
Vos, a fleet horse.

Pint 72x 1. tomake firm, to strength-
en, pr. sinking knees, faltering feet, Job
4,4. Is. 35,3. Trop. to render alert, to
encourage, Deut. 3, 28. Job 16, 5.

66 “a

“
>»
Ἑ

2. to strengthen, to make strong, Ts. 41
10. Ps. 89, 22. 2 Chr. 11,17. Prov. 31,17,
24, 5.

3. to restore, to repair a building, i.
pin, 2Chr. 24,13. Also to found, tos
fast, Prov. 8, 28.

4. to strengthen, i. e. to harden th
heart, to make obstinate, Deut. 2,

(a

15, 7. 2 Chr. 36, 13.
5. to set fast, i.e. to appoint, to choose.
Ps. 80, 18 whom thou hast chosen for
thyself comp. v. 16. Is. 44, 14.
Hipu. intrans. to be Glen , of good cour-
age, undaunted, Ps. 27, 14. 31, 25. ᾿

.
Hirspa. 1. fo be alent active, c. infin.

to do any thing with alacrity, eagerly,
1 K. 12, 18. 2 Chr. 10, 18.
2. to make oneself strong, of conspira
tors, 2 Chr. 13, 7. ;
3. to make oneself Jirm, i. 6. to resolve”
firmly, to be resolute, Ruth 1,18. Comp,
pan.
Deriv. 7728, oN, and the five fol-
lowing :

Vas plur. DEON, active, spirited,
fleet, of horses Zech. 6,3. It is read —
also in v. 7, where the Contre sige

neatN red.—Arab. ash and eget ac-

tive, “fleet, of a horse. ~
ΤῊΝ m. strength, Job 17, 9.

MAN ἢ strength, protection, i. q. 1372,
Zech. 12,5. R. yar.

"ZN (strong) Amzi, pr. ἢ. τη. a)
1 Chr. 6, 31. b) Neh. 11, 12.

ΓΝ δὲς (whom Jehovah strengthens)
Amaziah, pr.n.m. a) A king of Judah,
son of Joash and father of Uzziah, r.
838-811 B. C. 2K. 12, 22. 14, 1'sq. 2 Chr,
25,1 sq. Written also "πο ΝΣ 2 K. 14,
1.9.11. b) A priest of the golden calf -
at Bethel, hostile to Amos, Amos 7,10 sq.
c) 1 Chr. 4, 34. d) 6, 30.

* VAN) inf. absol. “iN, constr. “DX,
ὁ. pref. πον Deut. 4, 10, ae Josh. 6, 8,
but always sion contracted fut. "aN",
“28"1, with conj. accent. "WN", with
Aleph dropped ¥772" Ps. 139, 20.

1. to say, very freq. The primary
idea is to bear forth, to bring out to light,
and hence (o utter, to say; comp. XW),
i), 732, and Gr. φημί. Hence Hithpa.
q. v. also ""728% top, summit. and ἜΣ

pr. mountaineer.—It differs from “at to
speak, in that 723 is put absolutely,
i vhile "2x is followed by the words
spoken; 6. ¢. Lev. 1,2 ἘΝ" Wade aT

om eX NIN) speak unto the children of
sro 1, and say unto them. ete. 18, 2. 23,
2. 10; or also Ex. 6, 10 “bx nim 3"
3 ony and Jchooah spake unto Moses,
ying, i. 6. in these words. 13, 1. Also
Ὁ: aceus. Jer. 14,17 “my Ὁ bitthy nV}
3 9253 and thane shalt say unto them

this word. Gen. 44,16 ΝΘ ΤΙ what

shall Il we say? 41, Bd FO VON WD

according as Joseph had said. 22, 3
lo, the place ovr>x i> Wax ἼΩΝ which
God had said unto him. Rarely with
"2, Job 36, 10.—In a few doubtful ex-
amples, and only in the later Hebrew,
a8 seems to be put absol. for "23; 6. g.
2Chr. 2,10 “bx mbuiey sansa oon mane
ταν Br Hisram said (spake) by letter,
“and sent it to Solomon ; but here the very
yords follow, so that the clause and sent
_ttto Solomon is parenthetic, and "2x"
; _refers to the words of the letter. 2 Chr.
82, 24 15 2 5) and he (God) said unto
Sin, i i.e. spake to him ; but here we may
also render: and he prenided him, since
_ after verbs of speaking, showing, etc. the
_ object it is very often omitted ; see Lehrg.
p. 734. This remark also throws light
“upon the vexed passage in Gen. 4,8: and
_ Cain said (it) unto Abel his brother (i. e.
he told him that which God had said to
him in v.7), but it came to pass when they
were in the field, etc. Samar. and Sept.
‘insert maw n33, διέλϑωμεν εἷς τὸ
πεδίον.
_ The person to whom one says any
thing, is put with b> 2 K. 22, 8; DN
_ Gen. 3, 16. 13, 14; and > Gen. 3 17, 20,
5. 6. But both these latter particles,
_ although more rarely, serve to mark the
- person ‘of, concerning whom one speaks,
e.g. 8 2K. 19, 32. Jer. 22, 18. 27, 19;
5, Gen. 20, 13 “Ὁ "77N say af me. Ps, 3,
) 3. 71, 10. Jide. 9, 54. The person of
hom i is also put in the acc. Gen. 43, 27
_ your father, the old man oH 72x δα
' whom ye said, i. e. spoke of. v. 29. Num.
14. 31. Deut. 1, 39. Ps. 139, 20.
Spec. a) to say to or of any thing
this or that, i. q. to call it so or so, to
᾿ term, to name, Is. 5, 20. 8, 12. Ecce. 2, 2.
_ Part. pass. "4728 called, named, Mic. 2, 7.

“TaN a Ὁ.

ὯΝ

Comp. Niph. no. 2. b) to say is some-
times i. q. to exhort, Job 36, 10; to pro-
mise, 2 Chr. 32, 24; to tell, to declare,
Ex. 19, 25; and hence to declare c. acc.
i. q. to proclaim, to laud, Ps. 40, 11.
Is. 3, 10. Such examples are for the
most part readily determined by the
context.

2. i222 “728 Gen. 17,17. Ps. 10, 6. 11.

14, τ: Is. 47, 8, (Arab. ee ΕἸ Ju,

Kamndd ὦ, JU ,) also 338» “a8 Hos. 7, 2,

ἜΝ Gen. 8, 21, and simpl. "728, to say
in or to one’s heart or self, i. q. to think,
to suppose, to wish, to purpose ; see in
n> no. 1. f. Comp. man, mw, Arab.

JG, Gr. φημέ in Homer and the tragic
writers. Forster relates that among
some of the savages of the Pacific ocean
they use the phrase to speak in the belly
for to think.—1 Sam. 20, 4. Gen. 44, 28
and I thought, Surely he is torn in pieces.
Ex. 2,14 "ὮΝ HAN 227A thinkest thou
to Kill me 3 ? Sept. μὴ ἀνελεῖν μεσὺ ϑέλεις ;
2 Sam. 21, 16, Sept. διενοεῖτο. 1K.5,5
[19]. 1 Sam. 20, 4, Absol. Ps. 4, 5 com-
mune with your own heart upon your
bed. So simpl. vax Ps. 16, 2. 31, 15.
116, 11. ete. é

3. to command, like Arab. 2.5], chiefly
in the later or silver age of the Heb.
tongue; c.inf-et 5, Esth. 1,17 89372 VN
“MUIN“MN he ἐὐνην δα to bring in Vash-
ti. 4,13. 9,14. Also followed by ἢ and
a ἜΠΗ cork, Neh. 13, 9 "524 mR
then I commanded and they purified. 2
Chr. 24, 8 SN jin WoT WD WINN
the eine commanded and they made a
chest. 1 Chr. 21, 7. Ps. 105, 31. 34. Jon.
2, 11. Job 9, 7. (In Chaldee we find the
former construction Dan. 2, 46. 3, 13;
and the latter Dan. 5, 29. The same is
common in Syriac, Samaritan, Arabic.)
Elsewhere also with acc. of thing, 2 Chr.
29, 24 for the king had commanded this
burnt-offering for all Israel, i. 6. had ap-
pointed, instituted. 1 K.11, 18 "ὮΝ 5m
ib and commanded (to give) him victuals.
Job 22,29, With dat. of pers. 2 Sam.
16,11. Comp. Lat. jubere legem, fedus.

NipH. ἸΏΝ, fut. aN? and aN.

1. to be ect, with - + and >& of pers.
Num. 23, 23. Ez. 13, 12. Also’ impers,

"a

tt is said, they say, Gen. 10, 9. 22, 14.
Num. 21, 14.

2. > "7282 to be said to any one, sc.
this or that, i. e. Lo be so called, to be
named, Is. 4, 3. 19, 18. 61, 6. 62, 4, Hos.
a &

Hip. “2x0 to make say, to cause to
promise. Deut. 26, 17 thou hast this day
made Jehovah say or promise, 18 and
Jehovah hath made thee promise, i. 6. ye
have mutually promised, have mutually
accepted and ratified the conditions of
each other.

Hirupa. Waxnn to lift up oneself, to
boast oneself, Ps. 94, 4. Comp. Kal no. 1.

Deriv. VaN— —bernn, also 7728 , "72872.

WAX Chald. 3 fem. ὈΠῸΝ for MON
Dan. 5,10; fut. ΩΝ, inf. ΠΩ Ὁ and 727
Fizra 5, 11; part. 72x; i. q. Hebr.

1. tosay, with dat.of pers. Dan. 2, 25 ;
acc. of thing, Dan. 7. 1; also followed
by the words spoken, Dan. 2, 24, or even
written, Dan. 7,2. See our remarks on
the oriental usus loquendi in Luke 1, 63,
in the London Class. Journ. no. 54. p.
240.—Plur. je pr. they are saying
1. Q. they say, put "for the Pass. it is side
proclaimed ; Dan. 3,4 8222 ἼΩΝ isd
to you it ts proclaimed, O people, etc.
Theod. λέγεται. On the idiom see Lehrg.
p. 798.

2. to command, see the examples in
Heb. "8 Kal. no. 3.

Deriv. 8223.

“YQ8 in sing. only c. suff. 728 Job 20,
29 ; plur. nN, constr. “78. For the
sing. absol. the Fora "ὮΝ is ‘used.

1. a word, discourse, what is said, i. q.
"2; but, wit the exception of Josh.
24, 27, only in the, poetic style. Espec.
bi the words of God, 58-"70% Num. 24,
4.16. MAX “VOX Beas 22, 21; Bd) "aK
15, 26. Ps. 19, 15. Prov. 6, 5. a Gen. 49,
21 Naphtali is ΓΙ" 9 bx a slender
hind, ἜΛΘ "728 402N giving forth words
of grace, 1. 6. pleasant, persuasive ; prob.
to be referred to some poetic or oratorical
talent of this tribe, otherwise unknown.
If it be objected, that words cannot be
ascribed to a hind, we may reply that
snin refers to Naphtali and not to n>"8
hind; and hence there is no necessity
for the conjecture of Bochart, following
the Sept. that it should read τις and

68

“Vas

“728. For this use of the art. 4, see
Heb. Gr. § 107. init.

2. a command. Job 20,29 i7ax m2h
2x7 lit. the lot of his command from God,
i. e. his appointed lot from God. Comp.
“ὮΝ no. 3.

8 Chald. m. plur. vax, a lamb,
Ezra 6, 9. 17. 7, 17. Syr. 1,8], Arab.
Pe sel a lamb. The root is val
Conj. I, IV, to make much, to multiply.
αὶ δὰ
κι to be much, multiplied ; hence pr.
progeny of the flock. Or it may also be

‘progeny of the flock’ from the idea of

bringing forth, see in τ. "728 no. 1.

“VAN (talkative) Immer, pr.n.m. a)
Jer. 20,1. b) Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 7, 61.

ἼΩΝ i. α. “ax, the forms of which it
borrows in the plural ; a poetic word.

1. a word, discourse, Ps. 19, 4.

2. Spec. a song, hymn, ἔπος, Ps. 19, 3 ;
a song of triumph, epinicium, Ps. 68, 12.

3. a promise, from God, Ps. 77, 9. In
a punitive sense, threat, Hab. 3, 9.

4. a matter, thing, like "23. Job 22,

Soe
28. Arab. οἱ id.

MOS f. (τ. vax) plur. niver, i. q.
“yay, Wak, and like them only poetic ; a
word, discourse, mostly of God, Ps. 18,
31. 119, 38. 50. 103. 140; also ὦ song,
hymn, Gon. 4, 23. Deut. 32, 2. Ps. 17, 6.

MON f. id. Lam. 2, 17.

"AN according to the probable con-
jecture of Simonis pr. mountaineer, from
an obsol. "8 height, mountain, see un-
der r. "728 no. 1; hence as gentile ἢ. an
Amorite, collect. the Amorites, Sept.
᾿Δμοῤῥαῖοι, a Canaanitish people, appa-
rently the largest and most powerful of
all, and whose name is sometimes taken
in a wide sense so as to include all the
other Canaanitish tribes; Gen. 15, 16.
48, 22. Am. 2, 9. 10. Deut. 1,20. . A part
of them dwelt in the mountainous tract
which afterwards belonged to the tribe
of Judah, and were subject to five kings,
Gen. 14, 7. 13. Num. 13, 29. Another
part held the country beyond Jordan
north of the Arnon as far as to the Jab-
bok and even beyond this stream, Num.
21, 13. 24. 32, 39. These were subject

Se ee ee ee

a ae χε νι,

ὯΝ 69.

to two kings, viz. of Heshbon and Ba-
shan or Batanea, Deut. 4, 47. Josh. 2, 10.

. V8 (eloquent) Imri. pr.n.m. 8)
1 Chr. 9,4. b) Neh. 3, 2.

τ Δὲ (whom Jehovah said, i. 6. pro-

mised, q. d. Theophrastus) Amariah, pr.
ἢ. τὰ. a) 1Chr.5,33[6,7]. b) 1Chr.
5, 37 [6, 11]. Ezra 7,3. Comp. 177728
a. 6) Neh. 10,4. 12,2.13. ἀ) Ezra
10, 42. 6) Neh. 11,4. f) Zeph. 1, 1.
g) See sn77798 Ὁ.

W7NVAN (id.) Amariah, pr.n.m. ᾿ a)
2 Chr. 19, 11. b) 1 Chr. 24, 23, written
also M7728 23,19. 6) 2 Chr. 31, 15.

2 ΔΝ Amraphel, pr. n. of a king of
Shinar, i. e. Babylonia, in the time of
- Abraham, Gen. 14,1.9. It seems to be
Sanscr. amarapdla, keeper of the gods ;
comp. Sardanapalus, Sanscr. sridhana-
pala, keeper of the treasures ; so Boh-
len and F. Benary.

WON for neex from τ. πῦρ, Live,
vesperi fecit; comp. eX from M20.

1. Pr. the past night, as adv. yester-
night, last night, Gen. 19, 34. 31, 29. 42.
Also yesterday, i.q. 212", 2 K. 9, '26,—It
implies strictly the last part of the pre-
ceding natural day, (not the civil,) i. e.
the evening and night of yesterday, and
is then transferred so as to denote even-
ing and night in general; just as the
words which signify to-morrow, are also
often referred to morning in general. Of
yesterday we remember the close ; of to-
morrow the beginning is more pa sn

onour mind. See Arab. pak adv. yes-
terday, SORE subst. yesterday, comp.

Lie vesperi fecit; and for to-morrow,
see Heb. “Ξ morning and morrow, like
Germ. Morgen; Gr. αὔριον to-morrow,

from αὔρα morning air; Arab. δία
8.

morning, (δ ιΣ morrow, the to-morrow.
Hence

2. night, darkness, genr. Job 30, 3 they
flee τὶ 85 Nw wo into the night or
darkness of desolate wastes, the pathless
desert being strikingly compared by the
Orientals to night and darkness; see Jer.
2,6. 31, and Is. 42,16. Others: yesterday
of desolation, i. e. places long since deso-

8
lated; but against this it may be urged,

=e
that peal according to Arabian gram-
marians, is spoken only of time just past.

DAN f. (for ὭΡΩΝ, τ. PX) c. suff. "Max,
Noy.

; firmness, stability, perpetuity, Ps.
19, 10, parall. 132 M193. Is. 39, 8 οἰῶ
MAN) peace and ‘stability, i i.e. firm and
stable peace, by ἕν διὰ δυοῖν, comp. no.
2. Also sureness, certainty ; pm 2, 12
Mok MIN a token of sureness, i. e. sure
and certain.

2. faithfulness, fidelity, truth, i. e. firm-
ness and constancy in oneself; in keeping
and executing one’s promises, etc. As-
cribed to a people Is. 59; 14.15; toa

-king Ps. 45, 5; to God Ps. 30, 10. 71, 22.

91, 4. Very freq. joined with sor, Ps.
25, 10. 40, 11. 57, 4.11. 108, 5. 138, 2,
all which passages, by ἕν διὰ δυοῖν, are
to be understood of the faithful and con-
stant goodness of God. So Ion mvp
p> max to deal kindly and truly with
any one, to show him sincere kindness,
Gen. 24, 49. 47, 29. Josh. 2, 14. 2 Sam.
2, 6. 15, 20.

3. truth, as opp. to falsehood, Gen. 42,
16. Deut. 22, 20. 2 Sam. 7, 28. ΘΝ
max words ΩΝ are truth Pyew: 22, 91.
Ascribed to the word of God Ps. 119,
142; to prophecies Jer. 26, 15; to the
servant of God Is. 42, 3. Hence 2x
mim the truth of Jehovah, often put for
his true doctrine, the true religion, P
25, 5. 26, 3. 86, 11.

4, good faith, uprightness, integrity.
Ex. 18, 21 5¥2 7470 MEX "WIN men of
integrity, not eager for gain. Neh. 7, 2.
Judg. 9, 16. 19. Opp. 287 Prov. 8, 7.
Spec. af a judge, uprightness, justice’;
Ps. 19, 10 the judgments of Jehovah are
upright, just. Is. 16, 5. Prov. 29, 14.—
Also sincerity, opp. to hypocrisy, Josh.
24,14. 1 Sam. 12,24. 1 K.2,4. Is. 10, 20.

ΓΝ f. (τ. mm2 to expand) plur.
constr. nina, a sack, Gen. 42, 27 sq.
43, 18. 21. 22.

“EVAN (true, veracious) Amittat, pr. n.
of the father of the prophet Yonah, 2 K.
14, 25. Jon. 1, 1.

Δ Chald. f (for Ὧ5- strong,
mighty, Dan. 7,7. R. Δ q. v.

Ἰδὲ interrog. adv. contr. from. j78 IT, pr.

es aa 70

where? ἡ whence? 2 K. 5, 25 Cheth.
Then, where? whither? 1 Sam. 10, 14.—
Also of time, j8™73 του when? how
long? Job 8, 5.

Hence 728, with πὶ local; but Milra
Deut. 1, 28. Ps. 139, 7.

1. whither 2 also without interrogation
Josh. 2,5. Neh. 2,16. Pregn. Is. 10, 3
BI 1123 ADIN HIN ‘whither will ye (catty
and) leave your ‘wealth?

2. where? Ruth 2, 19.

' 3. Of time, MINI until when? how
long? Ex.-16, 28. Ps. 13, 2. Job 18, 2
{rbd 8p proton MIN“ how long ere
ye make an end of words ?

4. Without interrogation, M28) M28
hither and thither, any whither, 1K. 2,
36. 42.

BS ig. Fix Heliopolis, ἃ. v.
S28 Chald. pron. 1 pers. J, Dan. 2, 8;

oftener M28 2, 23. 3,25. 4,6. As genit.
Dan. 7, 15.

N28 Milél (read anna, not ons) i in-
terj. of entreaty, compounded from ΕΝ
and δὰ, pr. ah now! ah I pray thee!
With an imperat. Gen. 50,17; or fut.
apoc. as Opt. Neh. 1,5; elsewhere ab-
sol. Ex. 32,31. Dan. 4,4. Written also
mx Milél, 2 K. 20, 3. Is. 38, 3. Jon. 1, 14.

é

ei. rla® (for max, Arab. xt) i. q.

M2N, P2N, Ἰδὲς, onomatopoetic, to sigh, to

groan, Is. 3, 26. 19,8. Hence the noun

max, Gr. ἀνία (ἀνιάω, ἀνιάζω), and
mon.

Ἢ, rigs in Kal not used, to ap-
proach, to come to meet, to be present.

6
Arab. <5! to be in good time, <I fit
time. Conj. V, X, to delay, to be pa-
tient, pr. to take time. IV, toretain. .

Priew to cause to meet, to let fall in
with, spoken of God, Ex. 21, 13.

Pua pr. to be made to meet, i. q. to
be brought upon, to befall, e. g. evil, ca-
lamity, sent from God, Prov. 12, 21. Ps.
91, 10.

Hi THPA. to seek occasion against any
one, c. 2 2K. 5, 7.

Deriv. "IN, AN, MN IT (for m3),
mon, magi.

“2S whither? when? see jr.
MON Chald. J, see 82.

ΤΩΝ é
MBN see in NIN.

TN we, pron. ig. 12728, once Fae 24,
6 Cheth. This unusual flare which is
found also in Rabbinic, is derived froin
"IN, as UMN from "238; and from it
odie the suffixes 4), m—, 2—. In Keri

is read the common ὥτον,, but τηοδ

prob, "28 is the genuine reading,

JN Chald. pers. pron. 3 plur. i. q.
Heb. 13, they, Dan. 2,44. Fem. 7728 they,
7, 17, and in this passage strictly for
sunt, they are. The more regular fem.
form would seem to be }"28; but Px
stands in,all the editions, so 6. g. Ex.
1,19 Onk.—The form 3328 comes from
OWN, and 7738 or 773N from 7728, the
demonstrative syllable 8 (ecce/) being
prefixed. So also in the Talmud, 1538
i. ᾳ. 819. See under "338, note. In the

Targums also 955, fem. yo. Syr. .
aaa and qa . |
DN m. 1. a man, (see below in

Ὁ.) 1. gq. DIN, but only in poetic style.
Rarely in the sense of the singular, Ps.
55, 14. Job 5, 17; more usually collect.
for the whole human race, man, Job 7,

17. 15,14. Ps.8,5. Thesame is Wie-ja

Ps. 144, 3.— —~Spen: a) Ofa multitude,
the common people, vulgus ; hence Is. 8,
1 Wis VANS pr. with a man’s stylus, i.e.
with common letters, not artificial, so
that the common people may read with-
out difficulty ; see Comment. on Is. l. c.

and Rey. 13,18. 21, 17; also κατὰ ἄνϑρω- —

πον Gal. 3,15. b) wicked men, Ps. 9,20.
56, 2. 66, 12. Comp. ὉΠ no. 1.

2. Ence: pr. n. of a son of Seth and
grandson of Adam, Gen. 4, 26. 5, 6. 9.

* TON in Kal not used, kindr. with the Ὁ

roots M28 1, Ἰὰς, PR.

Nipu. to sigh, to groan, pr. to bemoan
oneself, Fr. se plaindre, Ex. 2, 23. Joel
1,18. Aram. Ethpa. id.—With ὃ. Ez.
21, 12, ja Ex. 2, 23, of that on account
of which one groans.—Hence

MIN £ plur. mime, α sighing, sigh,
groaning, Ps. 31, 11. Takk 1, 22. Is. 21,
2 mmnN->> all the sighthgs on account
of her i. 6: Babylon. 35, 10. 51, 11,

727328 pers. pron. 1 plur.comm. awe, the
common form; whence by apheresis

ἢ

Ἷ
:

;

δὰ

i

δ».

fam. Arab. Gen. 13, 8. 29, 4.
42, 31. etc. Ste 7238, note.

NITIN, TNIIN, Shald. id. Dan. 3, 16.
17. Ezra 4, 16.

38, with distinct. accent "38, pers.
pron. 1 pers. sing. of both cendexs.Ji5 i. q.
sb q-v. Pleon. joined with the 1 pers.
of verbs, espec. in the books of the silver
age of the Hebrew, as "38 "M28 Ecc.
2, 1. 11, 12. 15. 18. 20. 3, 17. 4, 1.2.4.7.

7, 25. Mostly in the nominative case ;:

: Hand put for the oblique cases only where
these already precede, Heb. Gramm.
| §119. 3.— Sometimes it includes the idea
_of the subst. verb, i. α. J am, Gen. 15, 7.
24, 24.—See 725s, note.

"28 comm. a ship, or rather collect.

i
]
j
Ἄχ α fleet, Bay: Arab. lst, plur.
Ll and er a vessel, espec. for wa-

_ter, a bucket, urn, pitcher, so called from
the idea of retaining and containing,

comp. is! Conj. IV. Comp. in Engl.

vessel for ship; also Gr. γαυλός a milk-
pail, and γαῦλος ship, Hdot. 3.136; σκα-
gis milk-pail and ship; Heb. Mam and
wah "32 Is. 18,2.—So 1 K. 9, 26. 27.
10, 11 where it is joined with a verb
“masc. v. 22. Is. 33, 21, in both passages
with a fem. In ait these passages it
4 seems to be a collective, to which the
corresponding noun of unity is “78,
after the analogy of the aligey nomen

vicis et sage as Bias one stalk

;
τς
[
ν

οἵ straw, os straw, see De Sacy

SGramm. Arabe I. § 577; whence also
“oN wants the plural. The author of
Chronicles by way of explanation has
twice put for it the plur. ni"28; see 1 K.
9, 26, comp. 2 Chr. 8, 18; 1 K-10, 22,
comp. 2 Chr. 9, 21. Vulg. always δίων.
sis, Syr. ships.

_ 28 f noun of unity corresponding
“to collect. "2%, a ship, Prov. 30, 19. Jon.
ΕἼ, 3. 5. Plur. ‘Gen: 49, 13. Fade. 5, 17.
ΠΟΤ Ὁ τύποις merchant-ahipe Prov. 31, 14.

ΠΣ mix ships of Tarshish Is. 23,
1; spoken genr. of any large merchant-
ships (see in O7w9m) 2 Chr. 9, 21. Ps.

PON 71

oJ8

48, 8. ΕἸ 2, 16. mins "WIN ship-men,
sailors 1 K. 9, 27.

MPN f. sighing, mourning, Is. 29, 2.
R. mn 1.

DYN (sighing of the people) pr. n.
m. Aniam, 1 Chr. 7, 19.

᾿ 728 m. lead, Lat. plumbum, i. q
mip>; hence for a plumb-line, plummet,
Am. 7, 7 ἬΝ n2in a wall of the plumb-
line, i.e. built by rule, plumb. v. 8 Iwill
lay ‘the plumb-line to my people Israel,
i. e. I will destroy utterly as if by rule
and measure; comp. Is. 34, 11. 2 K. 21,
13.—T his word appears to be primitive ;

ΓΞ
at least the Arabic verb ΘῈ to be gross,
unwieldy, dull, is prob. a denom. derived
from lead. pr. to be leaden. Correspond-

: . So 0 oO
ing is Arab. JG}, Syr. faa}. Eth. by
transp. 441, also Armen. uifiurd.

anak, which δ υπό both black
and white lead.

"228 (Milra), in Pause with a change
of tone "258 (Milél), 1 pers. pron. of both
genders, J, i.g. "28. This is the pri-
mary and fuller form, and is in general
more rare than the shorter one; yet in
the Pentateuch it is more frequent, while
in some of the later books, as the Chroni-
cles and Ecclesiastes, it wholly disap-
pears.. The Phenicians have the same
form written 738, see Inscr. Citiens. 2, 1.
3, 1, in Monumenta Pheenicie; the an-
cient Egyptians and Copts also have
it written ANoK, ANoG; while Aram.

5 _
af, xox, Arab. GI, Eth. AZ, accord
more nearly with the form "38.

Norte. The striking resemblance of
the Hebrew personal pronouns to those
of the ancient Egyptian language, ap-
pears from the following table ; in which
the capital letters are those found in the
ancient writing, and the small vowels
are inserted from the Coptic.

Pron. sep. | Suffix.
1 ANoK A; I
2.m. eNToK K
2. f. eNTO ey
3.m. eNToF F
3. ΚΙ eNToS 5

yk
Pilur. 1. ANaN N
2.° eNTOTeN TeN
os eNTSeN SeN

This table shows clearly the follow-
ing points: a) All the Egyptian sepa-
rate pronouns are compounded, by pre-
fixing to the proper kernel of the pronoun
the prosthetic syllable an, ant, ent,which
must have had a demonstrative mean-
ing, and served to give more body and
force to the pronominal word.
prosthetic syllable, at least an, is found
in the Hebrew pronouns of the first and
second persons: 1. an-oki, an-t. 2. an-
ta (sometimes an-ka), f. an-ti, an-t.
Plur. 1. an-ahhnu. 2. an-tem, an-ten.
The third pers. has it not in biblical
Hebrew; but the Talmud frequently
has 528 Ἢ τὴ ipse; Plur. 9338 for πλὰξ,
0) The demonstr. prosthetic syllable an,
in, (j8%,) has a clear analogy to thé
Heb. demonstr. ἽΠ, ecce! lo! and may
originally not have been prefixed to the
third person in Hebrew, because this
could not be pointed at as present. But
we clearly find the same syllable in the
Nun epentheticum (so called) inserted in
the suffixes of verbs future; and there
is therefore scarcely a doubt, that this
Nun belongs strictly to the pronoun.—
For a fuller exhibition of the pronouns,
see Heb. Gram. pp. 293, 294, edit. 13.
Leipz. 1842.

i 128 in Kal not used, Chald. 28 to
be grieved, to be sad, to mourn. Arab.

a
τῇ to groan, to sigh.

Hirupo. 42i8n7 pr. ‘to show oneself
584; hence to complain, to murmur,
Lan: 3, 39; with the notion of impiety,
Num. 11, 1.

CN to urge, to press, to compel;
kindr. are V28, γῆ, q. v. Once Esth.
1, 8 DDN ἡ none did compel sc. the

guests to drink.—This root is frequent.

in the Targums for Heb. 513, 72, Pw.
Syr. Ethpe. 23/2] to be compelled;
Pa, 223 for ἐκβιάζομαι Wisd. 14, 19.

O28 Chald. id. Dan. 4, 6 [9] τη."
"Ρ ΣΝ ΑΝ no secret presseth upon thee,
troubleth thee.

* TEN fut. met, to breathe ; also to
breathe hard through the nostrils, to

72

b) This |

pas

snort ; found in the verb only trop. to be
angry, comp. "2 Ps. 10, 5.—Constr.
absol. Ps. 2, 12. 60, 3. 79,5; or with 3
of the object, Is. 12,1. 1 K. 8, 46. Ps. 85,
6. Found only in the loftier and poetic
style ; in prose the more common form is

Hirupa. pr. to show oneself angry
hence to be angry, i. q. Kal, ὁ. 3 Deut.
1, 37. 4, 21. 9, 8. 20.

Deity. DN IL

5/28 Chald. only in plur. c. suff. "71228 ,
i. q. Heb. 5°BR, the face, visage, Dan.
2,46. 3,19. In the Targums we more
frequently find the contracted form "5X ,
with a plural termination, Targ. Gen.
32, 30. Deut. 1, 17. 34, 10. Cant. 1, 11.—
A Dual "58 is not found in Chaldee.

MDIN f. name of an unclean bird,
to which are ascribed several species
(F2°2>) Lev. 11,19. Deut. 14,18. Sept.
χαραδριός, i.e. a bird haunting clefts and
chasms in the banks of rivers, perh. sand-
piper. Bochart in Hieroz. I. 335 sq.
renders it with the Rabbins angry bird

and understands the bird ats i. ὁ. the
wrathful, a species of eagle; which
would also accord with the Heb. etymo-
logy from >38. Among the more irasci-
ble birds is also the parrot, and so both
the Arabic versions.

i pas 1. Pr. Lat. angi, to choke,
to be in anguish ; hence of cries extort-
ed by pain and anguish, to shriek, to
sob, to groan, Germ. Angstgeschrey,
Tor. 51,52. Ez. 26, 15.—Kindred are the
roots oon, ΤΩΣ, and. words depending
from them, as Biv ἀνάγκη, angere, an=
gustus, Germ. enge, Angst, Engl. an-
guish, anxious ; and more softened M28,
M28 for 728 .—Chald. p2x, Syr. 2], id

2. From the idea of choking (see
p2) comes also the signif. of collar,
p22, and fo adorn with a collar, see p22

hence also the neck, From its
slender neck, a she-goat or kid is called
in Arab. Lie q. d. long-neck, in
Heb. Se anciently P23, P2&, comp.

¢ to have a slender neck. From

the goat, is derived the word for roe, i. 6.
ἾΡΙΣ ; comp. Lat. caprea from capra.
Nipu. i. q. Kal no, 1, Ez. 9, 4. 24, 17

|

ἊΞ ἊΨ»

pas

ἘΠ ΩΝ sob in silence, i. 6. forbear to
ery out.—Hence

MpsN f. constr. MPR 1. ἃ shriek,
ery, mourning, Mal. 2,13; of captives Ps.
79, 11. 102,21; of the wretched Ps. 12,6.

2. Lev. 11, 30, a species of reptile,
prob. of the lizard genus, having its
name from the moaning cry uttered by
some species of lizards. Sept. and Vulg.
mus araneus or shrew-mouse. See Bo-
chart Hieroz. I. 1068 sq. i

Ἢ wis i. ᾳ. O39, Syr. wa, (comp. Gr.
νόσος.) to be sick, ill at ease; found only
in Part. pass. ON, f mys, il, des-
perate, incurable, fatal, of a disease or
wound, Jer. 15, 18. Mic. 1, 9. Job 34, 6.
Trop. af grief ia. 17, 11, like ndin, mbm;
of a day of calamity Jer. 17, 16; of a
malignant disposition Jer. 17, 9.

ΝΙΡΗ. to be very sick, 2 Slam: 12, 15.

*'O2N mn. a primitive word, not used
in the sing. pr. aman, vir, and then man
in general, homo. Instead of it the He-
brews used the contracted and softened
form τ a man, comp. Gr. εἷς for ἕνς,
gen. ἕνός ; and also the prolonged form
Wisi homo. From this primary form
comes fem. M8 for MBIN a woman, and
plur. D728 men. —The signif. of sick-
ness and disease, which lies in the root
2x, is derivéd from another source, the
primary syllable ©3; and has no con-
nection with this substantive root.

DIN Chald. and WN Dan. 2, 10, stat.

emphat. X28 Dan. 2, 38, and δον 5, 21,

also NWP 4, 13 Cheth. man, homo,

and collect. men, mankind, Dan. 4, 29.

30. Soin B38 "2 1. g. ΘΠ ΓΞ sono of man,
i. 6. Man, homo ; Dan. 7,13 lo! 83x 72>

one like the son of man came with the

_ clouds of heaven, i.e. the king of the fifth

™?

empire, the Messiah. From this passage
in Daniel was derived the appellation of
the Messiah which in the times of our
Saviour was the most common of all,
viz. Son of man. Besides the N. T.
traces of it are found also in the apocry-
phal Book of Enoch, written about the

_ time of Christ’s birth, but before the

death of Herod the Great. See c. 46, ed.

~ Oxon.—Plur. NON "22 Dan. 2, 38. 5, 21.

Pour. "28 after the Heb. form, Dan.

4,14

7

73

DON

γι δὲ Chald. i. g. Heb, omy q.
Pron. 2 pers. Sing. m. thou, Dan. 2, 29
31. 37: 38. 3, 10. 5, 13. 18. 22. 23. 6, 17
21 Cheth. This forfd is a Hebraism
peculiar to the biblical Chaldee, instead
of the usual M28, MX, comm. gend. and
for that reason not acknowledged by the
Masorites, who everywhere regard ΠῚ as
redundant, and substitute in Keri τηνὲ.

PFI Chald. ye, pron. 2 pers. plur.
Dan. 2,8. In the Targg. id. also FM.

NON (prob. physician) Asa, pr. ἢ. m.
a) A king of Judah, son of Abijam and
grandson of Rehoboam, who died after
a reign of 41 years, 914 B.C. 1 K. 15, 9
sq. 2 Chr. c. 14-16. b) 1-Chr. 9, 16.

* PION obsol. root, i. q. Arab. sO,
(t and Ὁ ete interchanged, see under
t,) to be hurt, injured, and trans. to hurt,
harm, injure-—Hence ΚΝ and NON.

JON τη, (τ. 730) pr. a vessel for hold-
ing ointment, an oil-flask, 2 K. 4, 2.

TION m. (r. Mon) hurt, harm, mischief,
done to any one, Gen. 42, 4. 38. Ex. 21,
22. 23.

“AOS τὴ, (τ. 70%) plur. OMON, ἃ
band, bond, Ecc. 7, 26. ION m3 Jer.
37, 15 the house of bonds, i. e. prison.

“VON Chald. id. Dan. 4,12. Ezra 7, 26.

EPON m. (τ. OX) collection, ingather-
ing of fruits, Ez. 23, 16. 34,22. Formed
after the analogy of the like nouns "XP,
“191, Wn.

“YON τη. (Ὁ. TON) plur. 5°7"OX, one
bound, a captive, prisoner, Job 3, 18. Ps. -
68,7. It differs from “OX, in that the
latter retains the force of a participle,
while 7°08 is a substantive; see Gen.
39, 20... Zin

WON m. (τ. 708) 1. id. Is. 10, 4, 2
22. 42,7.

2. ‘Assi: pr.n.m. a) Ex.6, 24.1 Chr. ‘
6,7. b) 1 Chr. 6, 8. 22. ἐς

* DON obsol. root, 1. ᾳ. Dw, Dw", to
put, to set, v layup ; comp. Aram. jO8,
«οἴ, (2 and 3 being interchanged,) to
heap up, to lay up, whence {1s} and
ἴζαλλυΐ a heaping up, provision, 820%
store-houses.—Hence

7208 τἀ
D"2ON plur. store-houses, Deut. 28, 8.
Proy. 3,10. Inthe East these are often
under groatid: and are now called Mat-

mhrat, wh) olan.

* 108 obsol. and doubtful root, Aram.
to lay up, to hoard,'see in DON. Hence

MON pr. n. m. Asnah, Ezra 2,50. It
is an appellative, signifying either store-
house, or thorn-oush i. ᾳ. Chald. 8208,
Heb. 30.

“BION Asnappar, Sept. ᾿“σσεναφάρ,
Vulg. Assenaphar, pr. n. of an Assyrian
king or satrap, who is said to have led Ὁ
out colonies into Palestine, Ezra 4, 10.—
Bohlen compares Sanscr. Sendpa, leader
of an army; see also 2°9M20.

FON Asenath, Egyptian pr. n. of the ,
daughter of Potiphar priest of Heliopo-
lis, the wife of Joseph, Gen. 41, 45. 46,
20. The LXX, whose authority is con-
siderable in Egyptian pr. names, write it
“‘Aowed, Ms. Alex. ‘Aoevvé, which may -
be written in Egyptian thus, ἃ. -ΠΟῚ
she is of Neith, i. 6. belongs to Neith the

Minerva of the Egyptians (4£¢ she
is); like Asisi, 2£.C-HCE€ she is of Isis,
i. e. devoted to her. A different expla-
nation is given by Jablonsky in Opusc.
II. 209. Panth. AXgypt. I. 56. For the
goddess Neith, see Jablonsky 1. c. and ᾿
Champollion Panthéon Egyptien no. 6.
* DION, imper. HON, HON Num: 11,
16, plur. "oN Ps. 50, 5; fut. pox", in
blir. et c. suff. NDON?, "ZEON", rarely
with δὲ quiescent or ‘dropped moh, OM,
mos 1 Sam. 15,6. 2Sam. 6,1. Ps. 104,29.
—Pr. to scrape, to scrape together, Lindt.
with the verbs 50 iene MBI
whirlwind), “BO, also 70", and the
harsher 0M q.v. Hence
1. tocollect, to gather, as fruits Ex. 23,
10; ears of grain Ruth 2,7; money 2 K.
22,4. Also to gather together, to assem-
ble men, a people, nations, Ex. 3, 16.
Num. 21,16. 2 Sam. 12, 28. Constr.
with acc. to which is sometimes added
dx of pers. or place to or at which ; Gen.
42,17 “atanby pm FORT in ὧς ga-
thered them together into prison, i. 6. put
them all together in prison. 1 Sam. 14,

. BPR
52. 2 Sam. 11, 27. Gen. 6. 21; also ἊΣ
2 K. 22, 20. Senos

2. to gather to oneself, to take, to receive,
espec. to one’s hospitality and protection, —
Deut. 22, 2. Josh. 20,4. moqga BHOR
2 K.5,3 sq. to receive one from leprosy,
i.e. to restore a leprous person, so that
he is again received into the society and
intercourse of others.

3. to gather up, i. e. to contract, to
draw up or_back, to withdraw. Gen. 49,
33 he gathered up his feet into the bed.
1 Sam. 14, 19 43" ON withdraw thy
hand, i. e. desist. Joel 2, 10 the stars
D432 (DON withdraw their brightness, i.e.
shine no more.—Hence

4. to take back or away, espec. that
which one has formerly given. Ps..104, —
29 Asta omn HOM thou takest away
their breath, they die. Job 34,14. Gen. —
30, 23 "ΒΤ ΤΟΝ OTR HON God hath
taken away my reproach. Is. 4, 1. 10, 14.

5. to take out of the way, to destroy, —
Judg. 18, 25. 1 Sam. 15, 6. 13 4EON 18.
lest I destroy thee with them. Ez. 84,29.
33 "BION taken away by famine, con-
sumed. Jer. 8, 13. Zeph. 1, 2. Pome
the roots NBO, Ad.

6. to bring up the rear, to bea rears’
ward, agmen claudere, as collecting and
bringing together the stragglers, Is. 58
8. Comp. Pi. no. 3.

Nipu. 1. to be collected, gathered ΡΣ
gether, assembled, with δὰ of place, Lev.
26,25; Ὁ 2Chr.30,3; Ὁ; 2 Sam. 17,11;
though more cousraasngis ὃν in this phrase
signifies against, Gen. 34, 30. Ps. 35, 15. :
Also "7257>& O82 Gen. 49, 29, 70 4
Judg. 2, 10, and simpl. ΤΙ δ Num. 20,
26, to be gathered to one’s people, fathers,
etc. i. e. to depart into Sheol, Hades,
where the Hebrews supposed all their
ancestors to be congregated. The being
gathered to one’s people or fathers, is ex-
pressly distinguished both from death and
from burial, Gen. 25, 8. 35, 29. 2 K. 22, 90,
Different are those passages in which —
FON? denotes the gathering of the dead ©
slain in battle for the purpose of burial, —
Jer. 8, 2. Ez. 29, 5. Job 27, 19. 3

2. to be received, comp. in Kal no. 2,
e. g. a leprous person, i. q. to be restored, —
as healed, Num. 12, 14. Reflex. of a —
sword, Jer. 47,6 put up thyself into thy —
scabbard

ω;

FON

_ 9. .ἐο be taken away, to depart, to perish,
Is. 16, 10. 60, 20. Jer. 48, 33. Hos. 4, 3.
Piet 1. i.q. Kal no. 1, to collect, to
_ gather, Is. 62, 9.
2. to receive in hospitality, Judg. 19,18.
3. i. q. Kal no. 6, to bring up the rear,
to be a rear-ward, Num. 10, 25. Josh. 6,
9. 13. Is. 52, 12.
_ Poat pass. of Piel no. 1, to be collected,
gathered together, Is. 24, 22. 33, 4.
Hrrupa. to gather themselves together,
to be assembled, Deut. 33, 5.
Deriv. ΠΝ, and the six here follow-

mg. .

_ ΟΣ (collector) Asaph, pr.n.m. a)
_A Levite, the chief of David’s singers,
1 Chr. 16, 4.5; ina later age celebrated
also as a poet and prophet, 2 Chr. 29, 30;
to whom twelve Psalms (50, 73-83) are
ascribed in their titles ; and whose pos-
terity, FOX "22 , in the times of Ezra and
_ Nehemiah stilloccupied themselves with
_ sacred poetry and song. 1 Chr. 25, 1.
2 Chr. 20, 14. 29, 13. Ezra 2, 41. 3, 10.
Neh. 7, 44. 11,29. b) 2K. 18, 18. Is.
36, 3. 06) Neh. 2, 8.

FON (after the form 05x) only in Plur.
BBO collections, i. e. stores, store-hou-
ses, 1 Chr. 26,15. 17. ΠΣ ΣΙ "BON the
iore-chambers of the gates, Neh. 12, 25.

| HOR collection, ingathering, harvest,
espec. of fruits, Is. 32, 10. 33, 4. Mic. 7, 1.

MDS f. a gathering together, assem-
blage. ἡ Ἢ 24, 22 pleon. MBOX ᾿ξ they
are gathered tagether with a ‘guthering,
i. 6. in one gathering, all at once.

BOS f. only in Plur. nipox, assem-
blies, congregations, espec. of wise and
learned men to dispute on divine things.
Ee. 12,11 nisos "223 masters of ussem-
blies, i. e. members, associates of such
assemblies, i i.q. 0°22 in theother clause.
In Arabic sola, II lsst; though the
Arabian consessus, ey Lae, are a dif-
ferent thing from these Jewish assem-
blies. [Others: masters of collections,
i. e. compilers, composers of books ; so
Kimchi.—T.

DY BON see HON.

F}ODON m. pr. collected, adj. dimin.
used in contempt for a mixed multitude,
rabble, vagabonds, scraped together from

75

"ION

every quarter and following the Israel-
ites in their exodus ; with art. FOO087
Num. 11, 4, Aleph being quiescent.—
The same is called in Ex. 12, 3839 342.

" NPABON (Milél) Chald. adv. diligently,
carefully, speedily, Ezra 5, 8. 6, 8. 12. 13.
7, 17. 21. 26. Sept. ᾿ἐπιδέξιον, ἐπιμελῶς,
fata Vulg. studiose, diligenter.—The
etymology is doubtless to be sought in
the Persian language, comp. 833778 ; but
in respect to the root and signification
there is little certainty; Bohlen, Symb.
p. 21, regards it as from we ὃ 3! from
wisdom, i. e. wisely, diligently. Kose-
garten prefers with Castell to compare

CS and srt: wholly, perfectly.

NMBON Pers. Aspatha, pr. n. of a son
of Haman, | Esth. 9, 7. Prob. Sanser.
Asvaddata, Pers. solduut, ‘ab equo
datus, (i. e. by Bramah ‘under the form
of a horse,) comp. Gr. ᾿σπαδής. So
Benfey, Pott.

*™ON fat. “ox” and "ὌΝ", c. suff.
STON, ATIONA.

1. to bind, to make fast, to bind to any —
thing, kindr. with "t& and other roots of
binding, which see in art. "18. Chald.

P _-&
sox, Syr. wot Arab. cut, Eth. AgaZ,
and AWZ id.—E. g. an animal, Gen.
49,11; a victim, Ps. 118, 27; a sword
upon the thigh, Neh. 4, 12; a person
with cords, Ez. 3, 25.—Hence

2. to bind, to put in bonds, Gen. 42, 24 ;
espec. in fetters, chains, Ps. 149, 8. Jer.
40,1. 2 K. 25,7. Part. "30% one bound,
a captive, prisoner, Ps. 146, 7; metaph.
of a captive to. woman’s love, Cant. 7, 6.

3. to put in prison, to hold in confine-
ment, although not bound, 2 K. 17, 4. 23,
33... Part. "90% a prisoner, Gen. 40, 3. 5.
Is. 49,9. B™AONA M72 the house of pri-
soners, i. 6. prison, judg. 16,21. ok ies!

puion ma Hc. 4, 14. Arab. 7 “fe id. τὶ
captivity. ~~ a
4. to make fast animals to a cart or
vehicle, i. 6. to harness, to yoke. 1 Sam.
6,7 nbava Minen-my oA ION? and yoke
He kine to thecart. v.10. Also with ace.
of the vehicle. to harness a chariot, Gen.
46,29; or absol. 1K. 18, 44 3) “Ox har-
ness thy chariot and go down. 2K. 9, 21

"ON

5. Pr. to bind on, to join ; hence ON
memran-re to join battle, to begin the
fight, 1 K. 20, 14. 2 Chr. 13, 3.

6. iWH2->y AON "ῸΝ 10 bind a binding
(interdict) upon oneself, i i. 6. to bind one-
self by a vow of abstinence from the use
of any thing otherwise lawful, Num. 30,
3sq. Different from "73 “3 to vow a
vow, which implies something to he per-
formed. —Chald. "Ox to prohibit, to for-
bid, Syr. {jo μοὶ to bind and lodse, to
prohibit and permit.

Nip. 1. to be bound, Judg. 16, 6. 13.

2. to be kept in prison, Gen. 42, 16.19.

Pua to be made captive in war, Is.
22, 3.

Deriv. the two following, and “0x,
“PON, WON, MIO}, HOW.

“ON and VOX m. pr. a binding, pro-
hibition, interdict; hence a vow of absti-
nence, Num. 30,3 sq. See in r. "δὲ no.
6. The absol. state is every where "ON,
but c. suff προ, plur. TON, Num.
30, 6. 8. 15.

ON Chald. a prohibition, interdict,
Dan. 6, 8 sq.

11 Οὲξ pr. n. Esar-h@ddon, a king
of Assyria, the son and successor of
Sennacherib, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38. Ezra
4,2. Before his father’s death, he had
been made viceroy over the province of
Babylonia, with regal honours.
Berosus in Eusebii Chron. Arm. T. I. p.
42. 43, where he is called ᾿ἀσυρδάν, as
also in Sept. 2 K. et Is. l. c. elsewhere
Suyeyduy, Σαχερδονός Tob. 1, 21.—This
name was perh. in ancient Assyrian
equivalent to Athro-dana, Pers. x3! ,d
‘ gift of fire,’ which comes near to Asor-
dan. Bohlen.

“MON Esther, Pers. pr. ἢ. of a Jewish
virgin, before called Hadassah, 075,
Esth. 2, 7, who became the wife of
-Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and queen of Per-
sia. The etymology is correctly given
in Targ. sec. ad Esth. 2, 7, as i. q. Pers.
s,Liw sifdreh, star, also good fortune,
happiness, Zend. stara, Sanscr. stri nom.
std for stér ; whence in the occidental
languages, Gr. ἀστήρ, Lat. aster, Germ.
Stern, Engl. star. See Lassen Ind.
Biblioth. III. 18. In Syr. put for the
star of Venus, (see Bar Bahlal Ms.) and

76

See_

ὮΝ

we recognise the same Persian name in
the Heb. πῶ, for which see in its
place. This name therefore was parti-

cularly appropriate to the character and |

circumstances of Esther.

YS Chald. st. emphat. x38, wood,
Ezra 5, 8. 6, 4. 11. Dan. 5, 4. It is soft-
ened from Heb. 73, the > being changed
into 8, and y into ». See under the
letters 8,3, ΚΖ.

I. 58 Partic. denoting: 1. addition,
accession, espec. of something greater
and more important, pr. yea more, be-
sides, even, adeo. Kindr. with 78, 4p,
i£x ; Hupfeld in Zeitschr. f. ἃ. Morg. II.
p.143. Corresp.are Syr.<3] , Chald. τὰ.
Arab. .3.—Job 15, 4 AX9 MER ΠΝ ΩΝ
yea more, thou dost bring to nought the
Sear of God. 14, 3. 34, 12. So with a
partic. of interrogation; 8 is it even ἢ
shall even? followed by 581, e. g. Job
34, 17. 40,8. Am. 2,11. Before a pro-

noun repeated for emphasis, Prov. 22, 19

MAX FX FMS TIN 7 make known to thee
even to thee—Hence i. q. Lat. nedum,

much more, by impl. much less, how

much less, (more fully "> 58, which see
in its order below, no. 2,) Job 4, 18. 19.
So "2 HN separ. much less when, if, Job
9, 14 52238 "238 "DON how much less if
I should answer him? 35, 14. Ez. 15, 5.
2. Simpl. marking accession in gene-
ral, also,-Lev. 26, 16. 28. 2 Sam. 20, 14.
Ps. 93, 1. 108, 2. Job 32, 10. al.
Hx and also, Lev. 26, 39. Deut. 15, 17;
once even ΡΩΝ, like Lat. etiam quo
que, Lev. 26, 44. Twice or thrice re
peated, Is. 40, 24. 41, 26.—Often put
poetically and with emphasis for the
more common and, also; comp. Arab.

3. Is. 48, 12.13 7 also am the last ;
my hand also hath founded the earth,
i.q. and 1...and τὴν hand, ete. 26, 8.
33, 2. 41, 10.

3. By ellipsis of the conditional parti-
cle, i. ᾳ. ON HX even if, although. Job
19,4 "7738 DANA“ TN although indeed ἴ
have erred. Syr. τ -s}, and contr.
<2 .—Also even though, when yet ; Ps.
44,10 we praise God all the day 5&8
sranboms mm although thou hast cast us
off and put us to shame. 68, 17.

Often:

cre sale ater

Job 25, 6.
_ ted, id.

"BN, IBN, dual ΒΝ, pr.
place” the member with which we
_ breathe; hence

πρόσωπον, 0°28, and Syr. [5].
1,5 3 PMR M7 a portion of two per-
sons,i. 6. a double portion.

BS

᾿ς $8 Chald. also, Dan. 6, 23.

“DON 1. pr. yea more, that; but

_also, but even. Ez. 23,40 yea further-
more, that ye did send for men from

far. Hab. 2, 5—Gen. 3,1 "28 73 ὩΣ

Dore, put be “D> ON, is it even so,
that God hath said 2—Hence

2. Lat. nedum, pr. much more, how

much more, when preceded by an affirm-

ative, 1 Sam. 14, 30. 2 Sam. 4, 11; where

a negative precedes, how much less,
Sometimes with "> omit-.

TI. 58 m. (for 28, τ. 928) c. suff.
‘a breathing-

1. the nose, Arab. il, Eth. Al,

id. Spoken of men Num. 11, 20, and of

animals Job 40, 24; anthrapor: of God,
Ps. 18,9. & F125 pride, see 724. Also
HR πη breath orblast of the nose, spoken

_ of the hard breathing of an angry per-
son, Job 4,9. Hence

‘2. anger, which shows itself in hard

breathing. 9&8 553 Prov. 22, 24, and
“PR WN 29, 22, an angry man. Very

often of the anger of God, Deut. 32, 22.
29, 19. Job 36, 13.

- Duar 1. Pr. ‘the two breathing- "
holes,’ i. 6. the nostrils, Gen. 2, 7.

2. anger, chiefly in the phrases 71%
ὈΠΕΝ slow to anger, patient, and "Pp
D DN short i.e. quick of anger, impa-
tient ; see in FIN, "Zp.

3. Meton. the face, countenance, Syr.
tsi, Chald. 538. Gen. 3, 19. Fre-

quent in the phrase fo bow oneself D758

ΠΣῚΝ the face to the ground, Gen. 19,1.
42, 6. S17 ΕΝ before David 1 Sam.

: 96, 23, for the common D5,

4, two persons, as if dual from Sing.
τς ἴῃ the signif. of face, person ; comp.
1 Sam.

See more
fully: in’ Thesaur. p. 127. Others, he

_ gave to Hannah one portion in anger,

i. e. with sadness, in a sad and sorrow-
ful spirit; words signifying anger being

_ sometimes transferred to express the

Ἢ

idea of grief, sadness.
δ. Appaim, pr. n. τα. 1 Chr. 2, 30. 31.
7*

77

‘EN

Ἶ TEN fut. SBN", to gird on, to put on
sc. the high-priest’s ephod, MIDS y Ex. 29,
5. Lev. 8, 7.

Deriv. the two following, and TibS.

“DN (i. 4. “SBS ephod,) pr. n. m,
Ephod, Num. 34, 23.

OJON fi 1. Inf οὔτ. TN, a girding
on, putting on, sc. of the ephod, Ex.
28, 8.

2. @ covering, overlaying of a statue
with gold, plating, Is. 30, 22, 1. q. "BE.
Idols of wood were often thus overlaid
with plates of gold or silver, περέχρυσα,
περιάργυρα, Ep. Jer. 6, 34. |

JIBS <i. q. Syr. Dysf a palace ; Dan.
11,45 12798 “> his palace-like taberna-

cles.—It is 1. 4. Arab. (OS a high
tower, castle, fortress, with Aleph. pros-
thetic followed by Dag. forte; comp.
ΒΝ, also D3, -Chald. Dx, 53x, blood;
72, J28, JAS, a garden.—R. 475 q. v.

* TIEN | imp. 15x for NDS Ex. 16, 23;
fut. nex, once ἢ 1 Sam. 28, 94: to
cook, spec. to bake, e. g. bread or palsed
in an oven. Chald. Syr. id. - Arab.

. 2
as: whence ste oven. furnace. In

the occidental languages comp. Gr. ἕψω,
ὀπτάω, πέπτω, Lat. epule, epulari.—
Gen. 19, 3. Lev. 26, 26. Is. 44, 15. 19.
With two acc. of the material and of
that which is prepared from it; Lev. 24,5
nibn awe ont mmk mp and bake
[of ] it twelve cakes ; comp. Lehrg. § 219.
Part. πξν a baker Gen. 40,1. ΒΝ πὶ Aw
chief of the bakers, chief- baker, an officer
of the Egyptian court, Gen. 40, 2 sq.
The same dignity αχίδίο among the
Mogols.

Nipu. to be cooked, baked, Lev. 6, 10.
7,9. Plur. Πρ Lev. 23, 17.

Deriv. ΕΝ 3, D"7En.

MES an ephah, see WD’.

TPS and 8128, Aleph paragog. like
ja7, 8125; pr. here, hic, and of time,
now ; but always a particle postposi-
tive, which gives emphasis to the pre-
ceding word, like the Greek enclitics
MOTE, πως, που, Lat. tandem. It is sub-
joined: a) To interrogative pronouns.

TEN

and adverbs, Engl. now, Gen. 27, 33.
Ex. 33, 16 Ni5SR M2 wherein now?
Is. 22, 1 NIPR Fe" what aileth thee
now? Job17,15 S158 5X where now ?
Judg. 9, 38. Is. 19, 12. Gen..27, 37 n2>5
"72 MWYIN 12 RIN and what now shall I
do for thee, ‘my son? b) To negative
and eAenatize particles or words. Job
9, 24°5DR ND ON if not now (God), i.e. if
it be not God, who is it? 24,25. The
contrary is found Gen. 43, 11 158 19 ΝΣ
ifsonow. c)Inexhortations and wishes.
Job 19, 6 81BX 433 know now, know there-
fore, Sauk γνῶτε οὖν. 19, 28. 2 Κ. 10,10.
ῥδον: 6, 3. Sornespandiins is Chald. ji8
iideed, truly, now, etc. see Buxtorf
Lex. 1706. The primary force of ‘58
is demonstrative, as in 1B, MB, here ;
with & prefixed, which is alo demon-
strative, like xm ecce! Comp. Rabb.
MAM, WX, RT, ig. RT, NI. See
Hupfeld in Zeitschr. fir d. Morg. II. p.
128, 137.—T his i5X ov enclitic, and the
interrogative MB"& ποῦ, are kindred.

TIES τὰ. (by Syriasm for TiN)
constr. also tiDX 1 Sam. 2, 18. Syr. (2,5
from the Heb. R. 75x.

1. an ephod, a garment of the high
priest, worn over the tunic and outer
garment or pallium, 5°32 7i=X Ex. 28,
31. 29, 5; without sleeves, and divided
below: the armpits into two. parts or
halves, of which one was in front cover-
ing the breast and belly, and the other
behind covering the back. These were
joined above on the shoulders by clasps
or buckles of gold and precious stones,
and reached down to the middle of the
thighs; they were also made fast by a
belt around the body, ΒΓ 3m; see
Ex. 28, 6-12.—Besides the high-priest,
the ephod was sometimes worn also by
other persons; 6. g. by David as lead-
ing the sacred choir and dance 2 Sam.
6.14; by Samuel as the high-priest’s
minister 1 Sam. 2, 18. 28; and also by
some priests of lower rank.—As to the
material, the ephod of the high-priest
was of gold, purple, scarlet, and byssus ;
that worn by others was usually of linen.

2. an image, statue of an idol, comp.
ΗΒ no. 2. Judg. 8, 27; prob. also in
Judg. 17... 18; 17-20. Hos. 3, 4.

3. Ephod, pr. ἢ. m. Num. 84, 23.

78

SEN

TPEN (refreshed, from an obsol. root

MeN 1. ᾳ. mB, +Ls, to breathe, to blow, )

pr. ἢ. τῇ. Aphiah, t Sam. 9, 1.

DDN adj. (r. ΕΝ) late, slow of erowth,
long in ripening, spoken of fruit and
grain, Ex. 9, 32.—Pr. weak, tender, see
the root no. 2.

PDS or P"DN, τὰ. (τ. PEN) constr.
P7aN, plur. "PDN.

1. a pipe, tube, from the idea of hold-
ing, containing, see r. PBX no. 1. Job
40, 18 MwAm2 ΕΝ tubes of brass.—
Spec. a) a channel, bed of a brook or
stream, Is. 8, 7. Ez. 32,6; also for the
bottom of the sea, 2 Sam; 22, 16. b)a
brook, torrent, Ps. 42; 2. 126, 4. Joel 1,20.
ΠΗ ΓῈΝ a valley-brook, Job 6, 15.
Hence c) a valley itself, as watered by
a stream or torrent, i.q. bm, Arab. sol,
wady, Kz. 6, 3. 34, 13. 35, 8. 36, 4. 6.

2. Adj. strong, mighty, see r. PES no.
2. Job 41, 7 [15] 57229 "P"DN the strong

of shields, i.e. the strong shields or

scales of the’ crocodile. 12, 21 he looseth
the girdle of the mighty ; parall, ἘΠΞ. 2.
—Ewald ad Cant. 5, 12, ascribes to this
word the notion of owiftncad 3 but arbi-
trarily.

PDN see in PEN no. 1

"DR see “DIN,

. DEN bs root not. used in Hebrews

- Arab. jaf is:

1. Pr. to go down, to set, as the sun;
comp. the kindr. roots Dax, 523, 559;
hence to be dark, obscure.

2. to fail, to be weak, tender ; spec. of
plants, to be late, of slow growth.

Deriv. from no. 1, ἘΝ, SBR, M>bR,
PEN, M7PBND; fron ῊΣ Ὁ SBN.

DN dark, 6. g. the day, Am. 5, 20.

DBR m. darkness, gloom, espec. thick
darkness, a poetic word, Job 3, 6. 10, 22.
28, 3. 30, 26. ‘Trop. for misfortune, ca-
lamity, Job 23, 17; also of a place of ar am-
bush, Ps. 11, 2.

TIDE £ (τ. bax) darkness. thick dark-
ness, Ex. 10,22. Comp. d8&. Trop.
for misfortune, calamity, Is. 8,22: Plur.
mibex Is. 59, 9.

—".

tee ee ¥ 1h aed

_ DEN
SSPN (judgment, τ. dbp) Ephlal, pr.

τι Ὁ

τα. πὶ. 1 Chr. 2, 37.

* EN obsol. root, prob. to turn, to re-
__volve, like 725 .—Hence ἸΞῚΝ a wheel, and
28 m. time, season, from the idea of
turning, revolving, see r. jD&5; comp.
"15, ΠΕΡΊ, περίοδος, and other words
which denote a year, many of which
_ signify pr. a circle, as annus, whence an-
nulus a ring, Gr. ἐνιαυτός. Hence Prov.
25, 11 ΒΝ ΤΟΣ 723-723 a word spoken
in its times, i. 6. in due season, timely.
(On the form ὝΕΣ for "358 see Lehrg.
p. 575.) So among the ancient intpp.
Symm. Vulg. acm who rightly

compares Arab. gt time. Or, if we
may take j2S as Ρ 4. ΠΡῚΝ a wheel, the
_ phrase TIEN-Dy might be rendered upon
its wheels, as a proverbial expression
implying quickness, celerity in replying.
So Syr. \.& and Les, Lae, in

rota, i. e. quickly, rapidly.

" DEN to cease, to fail, to have an
end, Gen, 47, 15. 16. Ps. 77, 9. Is. 16, 4.
Kindred perh. is 008.—Hence

TDN pr. cessation, a coming to an
end ; hence

A) Subst. m. 1. an end, extremity.
ΥῊΝ "OPN the ends of the earth ; poet. and
hyperbol. for the remotest regions, Ps.
2, 8. 22, 28. al.

2. Dual DIOSN pr. the extremities i. 6.
soles of the feet; e. g. Ez. 47, 3 DIOEN "2
waters of the solés, i.e. not deep, not
rising above the soles. Comp. 0B.
Chald. Syr. Vulg. ankles.

B) Adv. 1. πὸ more, no further, i. q.
Tid [°S, Is. 5, 8. 54, 15. Am. 6, 10. Deut.
32, 36. Also, none besides, Is. 45, 6. 46,
9. Once with "ΠΡ 2 Sam. 9,3; and so

with Yod parag. Ti? "ODS te, 47, 8. 10.
Zeph. 2, 15 iv “eps ὋΝ Fam and
there is none besides.
i. α. ΠΡ j°83, with no more ; Job 7, "6
MPM ὈΒΝΞ swith no more of hope, i. e.
without hope. Prov. 14, 28. Also for

7a Dan. 8, 25.

2. nothing, nought, Is. 41, 12.29. Opxa

for nothing, i. e. without cause, Is. 52, 4.
_ 05x22 of or from nothing, i. 6. something
from nothing, Is. 40, 17; see 12 1. Ὁ. 3.
3. Adv. of feateietion, limitation, no-

79

PEN

thing but, only, Num. 22, 35 spiny: v. 20.
23, 13.

4. Conj. "D> ODN pr. only that, i. αἱ
nevertheless, but yet, Num. 13, 28. Deut.
15, 4. Am. 9, 8.

D"AT Cf Ephes-Dammim, pr. n. of
a place in the tribe of Judah, 1 Sam. 17
1; for which 1 Chr. 11, 13 ΘΠ ΤΌΒ.

YDN found only once, and prob. a
wrong reading for 558; spoken of the
nothingness of idols, Is. 41, 24 p23
ΕΝΏ, where the ‘other prin: has
7x72. Some of the Rabbins regard
DDN as being i. ᾳ. MSDN viper ; and ren-
der, your work is worse than vipers ; but
wholly against the context, in which
idols are said to be altogether nought.
Better therefore with Vulg. Chald.
Saad. to replace 0X72, which is read in
the similar passages Ἢ 40, 17. 41, 12.
29; and is also very fequent i in these
chapters.

MEN comm. ({ Is. 59, 5) a viper,
adder, any poisonous serpent, ey 20,

16. Is. 30,6. 59,5. Arab. ai R.
MIB q. v.

. FN i. q. 330, to surround, to en-
compass, but only poetic, c. ace. Ps. 18,5.
116, 3. 2 Sam. 22, 5. Jon. 2,6; >> Ps.
40, 13.—It is not contracted in flexion,
whence 55DN, "JADEN.

i PEs in Kal not used. 1. to hold, to
contain, i. q. PIT, ΡΤ πα Hiph. no. 1.b;
see P"DX no. 1, and Hithpa.

2. to be firm, strong, see P"DN no. 2; the
idea of holding, espec. of holding firmly,
being often transferred to strength. Arab.

ἐπε ne
at to overcome, to conquer ; κι. 59 to
excel (pr. to prevail, to be strong) in

liberality, in eloquence, etc. ἘΠ ex-
cellent, pre-eminent.

Hirira, to contain oneself, i. e. to with-
hold or refrain oneself from giving way
e. g. to affection Gen. 43, 31. 45,1; to
grief Is. 42,14; to anger Esth. 5,10; to
conscience 1 Sam. 13,12. So Gen. 45,1
and Joseph could not refrain himself. Is.
63, 15 spExnn "Nx AWM thy compas-
sion toward me refraineth itself. 1 Sam.
13, 12 of Saul, I forced myself and offered

ΕΝ

a burnt-offering, i. 6. did violence to my
conscience, since I knew that this was
forbidden.

Deriv. the two following and P"5&.

pas (strength, a fortress, strong city)
pr. n. Aphek.

1. A city in the tribe of Asher, Josh.
13, 4. 19, 30; also called p"Dx Judg. 1,
31. This can hardly be any other than
Apheca, a city of Mount Lebanon near

‘the sources of the river Adonis, cele-
brated for a temple of Venus; the ruins
are still called Afka, and are situated
between Byblus and Heliopolis or Baal-
bec. See Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria
etc. p. 25, or p. 70 Germ. and p. 493 note.

2. A city near which Benhadad was
defeated by the Israelites, 1 K. 20, 26 sq.
To this corresponds the Apheca of Euse-

_bius, situated east of the sea of Galilee
near Hippus, Onom. 8. v. ‘Agexe. It is
igual ee by Arabian writers Bast
and $ Feik ; and is described by
Seetzen and Burckhardt under this
name ; see Travels in Syria etc. p. 279.
3. A city in the tribe of Issachar near
Jezreel, famous for several battles with
the Philistines, 1 Sam. 4, 1. 29,1; comp.
28,4. Hither this or the Aphek in no. 1
was the residence of a Canaanitish king,

Josh. 12, 18.

MPPN (strong place) Aphekah, pr. n.
of a city in the mountains of Judah,
Josh. 15, 53.

¥ “EN a root of doubtful signification,
kindred with "52; prob.

I. to cover, i. q. ΚΣ whence “5X a
covering.

II. to be whitish, Arab. pis whence

“DX ashes; unless this comes perhaps
from the idea of grinding, pulverizing,
“BX 1.α. 778. Comp. 153, "b>.

“DN m. (Ὁ. "BN) ashes, Num. 19, 9.10.
2 Sam. 13,19. Used chiefly in reference
to mourning, Jer. 6, 26. Lam. 3, 16;
where also belong the phrases, Ps. 102,
10 7} have eaten ashes like bread, and
Esth. 4, 1 "ἘΝῚ pe wabs he put on
sackcloth and ashes, comp. 4, 3. Is. 58, 5.
So in paronomasia, “D8! "52 dust and
ashes, Job 30,19. 42, 6. '—Metaph. of any
thing light, worthless, fallacious, Job

80

"EN

13, 12 "BR “bei maxims of ashes, i. 6.
empty, fallacious. Is. 44,20 "BX ΓΙΣ 15
Seeding on ashes i.e. σία μην after them

as driven by the -wind, i. q. elsewhere —

min ΠΡ to feed upon the wind, see in

ΓΙΣ no. 3.—For the difference between

"BN and 21, see in JWI.

“EN m. (τ. ΒΝ) a covering for the
head, head-band, turban, 1 K. 20, 38. 41.
Sept. τελαμών. Chald. and Abulwalid,
by the help of their respective lan.
guages, employ for it almost the same

word, the former M3832, the latter
S__y ἃ
δια 1. 6. cap, helmet. The same

word exists in Syriac, Tpanto i. e. the
turban or tiara of the priests and bish-
ops.—Others make it by transpos. i. q.
“85. ornament of the head.

TDN m. the young of birds. a brood,

Arab. 553, comp. MMB. Deut. 22, 6.
Ps. 8474,

young of animals.

FMB m. a sedan, litter, a portable
couch or palanquin, once Cant. 3, 9, i, q.
ΓΙ inv. 7. Sept. φορεῖον litter, comp.
Athen. 5.5; Vulg. ferculum. Talmud.

VBR and δε bed; and so also Syr.

ΩΣ The root is ΠΞ, Chald. δ Θ

vr?) 739

to be borne along, to run, comp. 778 no.

R. πὴ to break forth, to.
sprout, as plants; in Arab. alsg of ‘the ᾿

’
8 ee —E—=EEE— σοο

2, Gr. φέρω, Lat. fero; like currus from —

currendo, τρόχος from τρέχειν, φορεῖον
Serculum from φέρειν ferre.

DDN (perh. double land, twin-land, —

comp. D°2%) pr. n. Ephraim.

1. The youngest son of Joseph, and

founder of the tribe of Ephraim, "34
pias Num. 10, 22, and simpl. DUBS
Josh. 16, 10; the territory of which lay
almost in the middle of the Holy Land,
Josh. 16, 5 sq. In this tract was SH
B'DN mount Ephraim, or the mountains
of Ephraim, Josh. 19, 50. 20, 7. 21, 21.

Judg. 2, 9. 3, 27.—Different is the forest

of Ephraim 2 Sam. 18, 6, which ac-
cording to the context is to be sought
beyond the Jordan, comp. 17, 24-29;
prob. so called from the slaughter of
the Ephraimites, Judg. 12, 1 5. —2 Sam.
13, 23 DIIDN DY at Ephraim i.e. in the
territory of Ephraim.

ἜΝ

2. The kingdom of Ephraim, i. 6. of
the ten tribes, or Samaria, so called be-
cause the tribe of Ephraim was the most
important, and also because the family
‘of Jeroboam the first king was of that
tribe, 1 K. 11,26. So espec. in the pro-
phetical books, Is. 9, 8. 17, 3. 28, 3. Hos.
4 17. 5,3 sq. 9, 3 sq. Is. 7, 2 Syria rest-
eth CVIEN >» upon Ephraim, i. 6. the
‘Syrians are encamped in the territory
of Ephraim.— When the land of Ephraim
is meant, it is fem. Hos. 5,9; when the
people, masc. Is.7,8. Comp. 775 no. 2.

δ ΒΞ ὃς Chald. plur. Apharsites, pr.
ἢ. of a people from which a colony was
sent to Samaria, Ezra 4,9. Hiller under-
‘stands the Parrhasii, a tribe of eastern
Media; better the Persians themselves,
‘see in 098. The Aleph is prosthetic,
‘as in the two names here following. —

_ SDDS Ezra 5, 6, and NINO
‘Ezra 4, 9, Chald. οὐδε Apharsachites,
SAphareathchites, pr. n. of two Assyrian
‘tribes otherwise unknown ; unless per-
haps they are to be regarded as one and
‘thesame. Not improb. the Paretaceni,
between Persia and Media; comp. Hdot.
‘1. 101.

: ΓΞ Gen. 48, 7, oftener

MAID with He parag. Gen. 35, 16.
19. Ruth 4, 11, (land, region,) pr. n.
Ephrath, Ephratah.

_ 1. A city in Judah, called also Bethle-
i Gen..48, 7; more fully Bethlehem-
Ephratah, Mic. 8 1.

Ἰ 2. i. 4. DVIEN Ephraim: Ps. 132, 6.
‘Comp. "758 no. 2.

3. As pr. ἢ. Κ 1°Chr. 2, 19. 50. 4, 4.

᾿ “28 m. 1. an Ephrathite,a Beth-
lehemite, 1 Sam.17,12. Plur. Don TEN
Ruth 1, 2.

2. i. ἃ, an Ephraimite, Judg. 12, 5.
1K. 11, 26; perh. 1 Sam. 1, 1. Comp,
in HN no. 2.

| BBN Chald. adv. perh. in the end,

at last, from the Pers. {3 end, at last,
comp. Pehlv. Afdom end. Once Ezra 4,
18 prom ὈΠΞΡῺ ohex and so at last
bring damage to the kings ; comp. v. 15.
22, where thsx is wanting.—Sept. oFax"
καὶ τοῦτο, Peshito wa vejo. Aben Ezra
and others, by conjecture from the con-

Sux

text, render it revenue (of the kings) ; so
the English version.

= EN a doubtful root, perh. 1. ᾳ. 323,
to work, to toil—Hence

IAN Ezbon, pr.n.m. a) A sonof
Gad, Gen. 46, 16; called also "318 q. v.
b) 1 Chr. 7, 7; but comp. 8, 3.

YARN f. (r. 2a¥ 1) c. suff. "22¥N, plur.
misaxx ; for saz, Aleph. prosthet.

1. a finger, Ex. 31,18; espec. the fore-
finger, which is more usually dipped in
any thing, comp. r. 23%. Lev. 4, 6 56.
14, 16. Ex. 8, 15 sn pay SAEN this is
the finger of God, i. e. this is done by the
power of God himself. Plur. the fingers,
for the hand, Ps. 8, 4.144,1. Asa mea-
sure, e. g. four fingers thick, Jer. 52, 21.

=
Chald. id. Arab. «τοὶ, Sy? ἴθι,
espec. of the fore-finger.

2. With 07235, pr. finger of the feet,
i.e. ὦ toe, 2 Sam. 21, 20.—Chald. Syr.
Arab. id.

YaEN Chald. f. id. plur. ΡΞ Ν fingers,
Dan. 5, 5; toes, Dan. 2, 41. 42.

D{EN m. (τ. ἘΧΝ) 1. ἃ side, i. q. DEN.
Is. 41, 9 PUNT ΞΡ the sides of the
earth, i. e. the extremities, remotest
countries, as elsewhere V8 M1522,
ye .7297. In the other clause it
is VAN mixp.

2. Adj. i. q. Arab. LiF pr. deep-

rooted, striking its roots deep and firmly
into the earth ; hence metaph. ‘sprung
from an ancient and noble stock,’ noble,
Ex. 24,11. See, for both the Heb. and
Arabic words, under στ. >¥& no. 1. In
Engl. the corresponding metaphor is
drawn from the stock or trunk.

DEN m. (r. ὉΧΝ) @ juncture, joint ;
hence plur. 0737 Mid "ZN, "DEN joints
of the hands, i. q. the knuckles, Jer. 38, 12.
Ez. 41, 8... The same are to be under-
stood in Ez. 13, 18, where the sewing

of cushions ‘for all the joints of the

hands’ is put hyperbolically to express
the extreme luxury of the females; since
usually cushions are placed at most only

under the elbow. :

* ON 1. i.q. Arab. hos, to join, to
connect ; whence ἘΠ Ν ‘sind be, D°SN

ὌΣΝ 82

$ 95
no. 1, the side, near by. Arab. ef root,

as that which joins a tree to the ground,

Oe ἃ
duol to take root deeply, pr. to be firmly
joined to the ground; metaph. to be of
an ancient and noble stock, comp. >"28
no. 2. '

2. Denom. from 5 3, pr. to put aside,

to separate, comp. 335; hence with 12 to

take from or of any thing, Num. 11, 17;
to keep back from, to refuse, Ecce. 2, 10.
With >, to reserve for any one, Gen. 27,
86; robin p13 and DIA c. 5.

Dries to be drawn in, ‘contracted, Ez.
42, 6.

Eiusaan fats Sats , i. q. Kal‘no. 2. Num.

11, 25.
δὴν, see in Kal no. 1.

SEN (noble) Azel, pr.n.m. a) 1Chr.
8, 37. 9,43; in Pause xx 8, 38. 9, 44.
~b) A place near Jerusalem on the east
of the Mount of Olives, (in Pause 558.)
Zech. 14, 56. Perh. appellat. side or root

S$ ,5
of a mountain, i. ᾳ. (vol.

DEN m. (r. 555) c. suff. "EN 1. ἃ
side, i i. q. 2"¥8 no. 1, so called from j join-
ing, see r. bry no. 1. 1 Sam. 20, 41
sarin ὉΧΝ Ὁ » from the south side, from the
south. Β >¥N2 from one’s side, 1 K, 3,
20; also i. q. at the side of, by, Ez. 40,7;
comp. 42 no. 3.—More freq. as

2. Prep. at the side of, i. e. by, near,
Gen. 41, 3. Lev. 1, 16. 6, 3. 10, 12. 1 Sam.
5, 2. 20,19. Joined also with verbs of
motion to a place, Gen. 39, 10. 2 Chr.
28, 15.

AMZN (whom Jehovah reserved)
Azaliah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 34, 8.

, DEN an uncertain root, perh. i. q.
ΣΦ, to be strong.—Hence

ὩΣ Ozem, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 15.

b) ib. 2, 25.

MIPEN f. 1, α. 39% with Aleph pros-
thet. pr. step-chain, ankle-chain, i. q.
MIS no. 2,q.v. Hence, without refer-
rence to the etymology, an arm-band,
bracelet, Num. 31, 50. 2 Sam. 1, 10.

i “EN to lay up, to store, to treasure
up, 2 K. 20, 17. Is. 39,6. Am. 3, 10.—
The primary idea is that of shutting up,
enclosing, restraining ; comp. the kindr.

‘ kindle.

=a"N8
roots NEM Mz, also "δ, "08, and

Arab. 2 at. to shut up, to restrain, kindr. —
with which are pel and ΤΣ ;

NIPH. pass. if 2: 23, 18. ‘

Hipu. ‘ to cause to store wp or treasure —
up,’ i. 6. to set one over the store-house or
treasury, to make treasurer; Neh. 13,13
ningix 59 ΠΝ and Imade treasurers
over the treasuries.

Deriv. "S58, and

“EN (treasure) Ezer, pr. n. m. Gen.
36, 21. 30.

“EE see ἽΣΊΝ.

τὸς m. a species of gem, precious
stone ; prob. as the name would indicate, —
a flaming, sparkling gem, from r. mR to
Once Is. 54, 12. bi

PS m. (r. p28) α roe, roe-buck, Lat.
caprea, capreolus, from P28 or PIX i. q.
Arab. , sie. she-goat, and Talmud.
NPN a goat, with the ending ἢ i. q. 71;
just as Lat. caprea is from capra. Deut.
14, 5. See more under r. P38 no. 2.
Comp. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 900 sq.

AN see ix light, and πον

SIS (perh. i. q. "8 lion) Ara, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 7, 38.

NIN prob. i. 4. D8“ Lion of God,
hero.—Hence
a) “2878 (of heroic birth, son of a
hero) Areli, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 16. Num.
26, 17. |

b) Also the difficult word D> x Is.
33, 7, their hero, or rather collect. their
heroes, i. 6. those of Israel, Engl. Vers. —
their valiant ones ; in which interpreta-_
tion no change is required in the form, ~
except dropping the Dagesh from the
letter >, i. 6. DONIN. The common
reading with Dagesh has doubtless
arisen from another interpretation an-
ciently received, in which B>R"N was
regarded as contracted, ams DENN,
ΠΣ δ ΝΣ , ὄν. et Theod. ἰδοὺ apes
σομαι αὐτοῖς, Jerome ecce videntes ; see
also Chald. Syr. See οὐδεν on
Is. l. c. and Thes. Heb. pp. 146, 1248.

* "8 fat. 2491 1. to knot, to knit,
to interlace, Lat. nectere ; whence M278
net-work, lattice. Kindr. is 39> to min-

Φ ἫΝ

gle E _ Arab, SI to tie a knot, II id.

St a knot.
ἘΦ, ἐν lie in wait, to lie in πριν, Arab.

=

‘of to be cunning, astute, III to act

cunningly, pr. intricately. Verbs of
Κη itting or weaving, also of twisting,
spinning, sewing, are often transferred
‘to wiles and plots, opp. to upright and
‘open dealing; comp. 5nB, 32%, Gr.
δόλον γ. μῆτιν ὑφαΐνειν, κακά ν. δόλον
ῥάπτειν, nectere insidias v. scelera, suere
dolos, Germ. Trug spinnen, Engl. to
weave plots—Constr. c. > Ps. 59, 4.
Prov. 24, 15. Josh. 8. 4; acc. Prov. 12,
5; >> Judg. 9, 34. Elsewhere also to

82. 21, 20; ὁ. inf. et > Prov. 1. c. Ps.
10, 9. ’Part. ΔΝ, ΞΜ, a lier-in-wait,
| often collect. Nevo-escsh an ambush,
a band of soldiers pladed in ambush,
Josh. 8, 14. 19.21. Judg. 20, 33 sq. Hance
with plur. Judg. 20, 37.
| Piet i. q. Kal, c. 59 2 Chr. 20, 22;
absol. Judg. 9, 25.
_ Hipn. to lay wait, to set an ambush,
fut. 3925 for 29871, 1 Sam. 15, 5.
Deriv. 238, =, Mais, AEN, A782,
and pr. games =, bROIN.

238 (ambush) Arab, pr. n. of a city
in the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 52.
Hence prob. the gentile n. "258 Arbite
2 Sam. 23, 35.
218 m. 1. a lying-in-wait, ambush,
‘of wild beasts, Job 38, 40.
2. Place of dying in-wait, covert, lair
of wild beasts, Job 37, 8.

ΘΝ τη. c. suff. i298, wait, insidious
attempts, plots ; Jer. 9, 7 pry iaqps
4258 and in his breast he hice his
‘ pait, his plots.

SNDIN see DNDN ma in m3 no. 12. ἃ.

MAIS τῇ. (r. m7) a locust, Ex. 10, 4
g. Lev. 11, 22. Joel 1, 4. Ps. 78, 46.
‘Spoken also ofa particular species, prob.
the gryllus gregarius or common migra-
tory locust, Lev. 11, 22. Joel 1, 4.—On
the various species of locusts, see Bo-
E chart Hieroz. II. 447.

TW ΕἸ. α. 238, Plur. constr. ΠΡ Δὲ ;
. only Is. 25, 11 minty n> imi bain

aatch, to reconnoitre in ambush, Judg. 9, .

89 “πὰ

1" God will humble his (Moab’s)
pride with the plots of his hands, i. e.
the plots which his own hands have
woven, in allusion to the primary mean-
ing of the root; see in r. 338 no. 1, 2.

Mai’ f. (τ. 3s) once in Sing. Hos
13, 3; ἢ elsewhere only Plur. nin wR. |

1. viet snsicle laced work ; hence a ἰαΐ-
tice, a swindon; sc. as closed by a lattice
and not with glbind; Hos. 13, 3. Ecc. 12, 3.

2. a dove-house, dove-cote, as shut in
with lattice-work, Is. 60, 8.

3. a chimney, or hole for the smoke
covered with lattice-work, Hos. 13, 3.
Comp. Voss ad Virg. Georg. 2. 242.

4. στ MID the windows of heaven,
i. e. sluices, flood-gates, which are opened
to let fall the rain, Gen. 7, 11. 8, 2. 2 K.
7, 19. Is. 24, 18. Mal. 3, 10.

δ. mins Aruboth, pr. π. of a place,
prob. in the tribe of Judah, 1 K. 4, 10.

JAIN f. and MAI constr. MV2qN'm.
See Heb. Gram. § 95. 1.

1. Card. num. four, for 329 with Aleph
prosthet. which is wanting in the deriva-
tives, as in 324, "3929, 335, etc. With
suff, OMSDI8 they ‘four Ez. 1, 8. 10.
Dual ΛΩΝ ΞΡ fourfold, quadruple, 2
Sam. 12, 6. Plur. p°sa5N forty Gen. 8,
6. The number forty, ‘like seven and
seventy, is sometimes used by the Ori-
entals as a common and indefinite round
number; e. g. Gen. 7, 17. Jon. 3,4. Ez.
4,6. ete. Comp. Chil mindr, the forty
towers, spoken of the ruins of Persepolis ;
see more in Lehrg. p.'700. Thes. Heb.
p- 1258.

2. Arba, pr. n. of a giant of the race
of the Anakim, Josh. 14, 15. 15, 13. 21;~
11. Comp. 3358 AP.

ΣΦ and Wa Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb.
four, Dan. 8, 25. 7, 2. 3. 6. 17.

* 308 fat. shyt Is. 59, 5, ἜΝ ἢ Judg.
16, 13. ny

1. to plait, to braid, Judg. 16, 13.
Kindr. are 490, 71v.

2. to weave, e. g. of the spider, whence
Gr. ἀράχνη, Is. 59, 5.—Part. 3718 weav-
ing Is. 19,9; and subst. a weaver Ex.
28, 32. Is. 38,12. ΠΝ 7129 α weaver’s
beam, jugum textorium, 1 Sam. 17, 7.

AN τὴ, 1. any thing plaited, awe,
Judg. 16,14, R. a2 no. 1.

ya

AN

2. a weaver’s shuttle. Job 7,6 ᾿Ξ Va"
ΔΝ ΤΑΣ my days are swifter than a
aweaver’s shuttle ; 3; comp. 9, 25.

BAN (for 357 heap of stones, from r.
335 i. q. 039) Argob, pr. n.

1. Aregion beyond Jordan, containing
sixty cities, anciently subject to Og king
of Bashan, Deut. 3,4. 13. 1K. 4,13. [A
vestige of it remains in the fortress and
city ὩΡαγαβὰ beyond Jordan, Joseph.
Ant. 13. 15.5; mentioned also by Euse-
bius as Hoye (read "LoyaBa), fifteen Ro-

man miles west of Gerasa. Now wl
Rajib, with ruins ; see Bibl. Res. IIL. : App.

p- 166. Buckitigh. Arab. Tr. p. 12.—R.

2. A man, 2 K. 15, 25.

98 Chald. purple, i. q. 72298, Dan.
5, 7. 16. 29; also once by Chaldaism

oF ορ
2Chr.2, 6.—Arab.osheeyt, Syr. af.

For the root see under 72358, note.

ΤΡ δὲ m. a bow, chest, coffer, hanging
from the side of a cart or wain, 1 Sam.
6, 8.11.15. The form is for 139 with
Aleph prosthet. from r. 135 py be moved,

shaken; whence also Arab. ὃ ses asack

of stones suspended from a camel by way
of equipoise.

Poe TS m. 1. purple, reddish purple,
a precious colour obtained from certain
species of shell-fish or muscles found on
the coasts of the Mediterranean, Gr.
πορφύρα, Lat. purpura, 1 Mace. 4, 23.
Plin. H. N. 9. 60 sq. So Ez. 27, 7. 16.
Vai78 332 a purple cloth or covering,
Num. 4, 13. Different is the cerulean
purple, pbon q. v.—Comp. under the
word mushy , and Bochart Hieroz. II.
740 sq. Braun de Vestitu sacerdo-
tum p. 201 sq. Amati de restitutione
Purpurarum, edit. 3. Cesene 1784. Hee-
ren Hist. Werke XI. p. 84.

2. Any thing dyed with purple, pur-
ple cloths, Ex. c. 25. 26. 27. Ez. 27, 16.
Prov. 31, 22. Jer. 10, 9.

Note. The etymology of this word,
and of the kindred 333798, has been
traced with great probability by F.
Benary in the Sanscrit; Berl. Jahrbb.
1841. p.141. The form 772598 is Sanscr.
régaman, and {1378 is Sanscr. rdgavan,
‘tinged with a red colour;’ from réga

84, ἊΝ

red colour, with the formative syllable
mat, vat, see Wilson’s Sanser. Dict. p.
700. a. Rdgaman and régavan are put
in the nom. the primary forms bei
ragamat, rdgavat.

* "TAN obsol. root, perh. 1. 4. ee ΤᾺ τῷ,
to flee—Hence the pr. names 778% an
the two following:

TIN pr. n. Ard, a grandson of Benja-
min Num. 26, 40, or a son Gen, 46, 21.—
The gentile ἡ. is "798 Num. 1. 6.

JITAN (fugitive) Ardon, pr. ἢ. al
1 Chr. 2, 18. {

“iY iTS 1. to pluck, to pull, to pluck
off, to gather, 6. g. leaves, Cant. 5, 1.
grapes from a vine Ps. 80, 13 —Ethiop.
SZP to pluck off, to gather, e. g. fruits,
herbs; and 4ZZ to harvest. )

2. to feed by pulling, cropping, in the
manner of flocks and herds. Hence

7798 and 4748 a crib, manger, rack,

from which animals pull or crop their
fodder; "8 lion, pr. one pulling in
pieces ; ὨΞΣῸΝ a hare, pr. cropping the
grass. So other animals have their
names from the idea of plucking, οἴορ-.
ping as "73, 32, DIS, DOM, ὩΣ ΘΌ, Arab.

Sih lamb, from 3) to pluck. F

3. to gather, to collect, see Ethiopgl

above ; hence ji8. i
Deriv: see in no. 2, 3. 4
ἘΠ. ΠΡ ἢ gq. Arab. SI οὐ, a

burn, to inflame, ) ἤ to kindle; kindr.
with Heb. 75n, a and the occidenta
areo, ardeo, uo. Heenan DS" no.
hearth or altar of God.

TN Chald. also 18 q. v. lo! eta
Dan. 7, 6. 7. 18.—Not found in other
Chaldaic books; but kindred with it od
in Chald. and Talmud. “77 lo, 78 lo,
then for, because, (like Chald. va lo,
if.) and δὶς because; also Samar. >
lo, then for, because. This demons
tive force exists elsewhere likewise both
in the syllables bx, ὅπ, (see 5H, bey
πὸ, abn, mxbn, Feet Jt) and a
in 48, 57, pease: Loia, x2dn, oxen,

here, in this place,) so that it is κηρᾷ
say, which form is the more ancient and

-

J. H. Michaelis ad Jer. 30,17. R.

ms

primitive-—Commonly 5-8 is held to be

by transposition from 48" see ye.

TIS (for 319 Aleph. prosthet. prob.
wandering, place of fugitives, from r.
a9 q. v.) Arvad, Aradus, a Phenician

city situated on a small island near the

coast, founded according to Strabo by
fugitives from Sidon, Strab. 16. 2. 13;
see the etymology above. Ez. 27, 8.
11. The Arabian geographers write it

οἱ Ruwdd, which is now the name of

the island. See Rosenmiller Bibl. Ge-
ogr. Il. i. p.6 sq. W.M. Thomson in
Miss. Her. 1841, p. 98.—The gentile n.
is "W458 Arvadite Gen. 10, 18. 1 Chr. 1,
16.

TINS (perh. i. q. tind wild-ass) Arod,
pr.n. m. Num. 26,.7. Gentile n. "7198
Arodite Gen. 46,16. R. 73x.

ays and ms f. after the form

nvisn, ‘Pur. abeol: “THIN 2 Chr. 32, 28,
“(by yriasm for mings, as pink for

pwnN,) plur. constr. MW 1K. 4, '26 [5,
6] and minx 2 Chr. 9, 25. R. max I.

1. acrib, manger, ack, whence cattle
ina stall pull out their fodder, see the root

mx I. 2; hence for stall, stable, 2 Chr.

90 8. =
32, 28.—Arab. St stall, 5)! crib.—By

transpos. MII 2 Chr. 32, 28.
2. a stall of horses, i. e. a certain
number which usually stood in one stall,

_ or were harnessed to one vehicle; per-
haps two, as this was the number har-

nessed to a chariot, Engl. a pair, span,
team. 1K. 4,16 [5,6] and Solomon had

BIO Mine ἘΝ ΘΡΣΞ ΝΣ forty thousand
stalls [pairs 2] of horses.

TAN adj. (denom. from tx) of cedar,

cedrinus, Ezra 27, 24.—Others explain

it firm, stable ; comp. τ. 18.

MINS and 78 f. in some copies
also 729%, but against the Masora, see
Ἢ δὲ.
"1. along bandage, applied by a physi-

cian in order fo heal a wound, see the

rootno.1, E.g. > 297 ΠΡ» the band-

g age is applied to any one, i. e. his wound

is healed, Jer. 8,22. Neh. 4, 1 [7]. 2 Chr.

24, 13; also in Hiph. > ΠΞῚΣΝ Mb to
apply the bandage to any one, i. 6. to

heal his wound, Jer. 30,17. 33,6. Every-
where metaph. of the restoration of
Α 8

85

‘prosperity, Is. 58,8. Arab.

TAN

the state Jer.1.c. or the repairing of the
walls 2 Chr. Neh. ll. ce.—Hence
2. ἃ healing, health; trop. welfare,

GS-5
KX)! heal-
ing of a wound. _
MQM Arumah, pr. n. of a city near
Neapolis, Judg. 19, 41; perh. the same
with m5" 2 K. 23, 36.

DATS 2 K.16, 6 Cheth. a corrup-
tion for D°72558, wien is read in Keri;
see In DON.

FAS and FAS comm. gend. (m.1Sam.
6, 8. f. 4, 17. 2 Chr. 8, 11,) an ark,
chest, in which things to be preserved
are collected, from r. 578 I. 3. Arab.

ὧδ! and
a ott, Spoken of a money-chest 2 K.
12, 10. 11; of a mummy-case or coffin
Gen. 50, 26; but most frequently of the
sacred ark, in which the two tables of
the law were deposited, called more fully
mats ins the ark of the law Ex. 25, 22.
26, 33; mm masz 7im8 Deut. 10, 8. 31,
9. 25; man ss Josh. 3, 6. 4, 9; vay
mins 1 Sam. 5, 3. 4. 6, 8 sq.

MTS 2 Sam. 24, 20 sq. Araunah,
pr. n. of a Jebusite, written in v. 16
Cheth. 42958, in v. 18 Cheth. 5727; in
1 Chr. 21, 18 sq. j29% Ornan.

=e
me, { a wooden chest, espec.

* FAN a root not in use, Arab. ἢ fF to
contract oneself, to aE together, poner

to be compact, firm ; τ firm, stable, ) sf

a tree firmly rooted. Hence A. Schul-

tens and many after him derive Part.

pass. 199% made fast, firm, Ez. 27,24. But
most of the ancient versions here render

mms made of cedar, cedrini, as a

denom. from TIN, after the form w1n2

brazen, see Lehre: p- 512; and to these

we do not hesitate to lickade. —Hence

ΤῊ for TI9N2, and

TIS τῇ, plur. ow, constr. "IN, a
cedar, so called from the firmness of its
roots, which is common to all trees. of
the pine genus, Theoph. Hist. Plant. 2. 7.
It is the cedrus coniferi, or pinus cedrus,
known as the cedar of Lebanon, a tree
uncommonly tall, Is. 2, 13. 37, 24. Am.
2, 9; and wide-spreading Ez. 31, 35
formerly very frequent on Mount Leba-

τοὶ

non Ps. 29, 5. 92, 13. 104, 16, but now
greatly reduced in number; Bibl. Res. in
Pal. Ill. p. 440. The wood is odorifer-
ous, without knots, and exceedingly dura-
ble; and was therefore much used in the
temple and the royal palaces for orna-
mental work, and espec. for the wainscot
and ceiling. Hence put for pent hic

Ν᾽, which
is still in use among the inhabitants of
Lebanon; Ethiop. SCH, Aram. 8778,
| is1.—There is therefore no ground for
understanding ™8 to be the pine, and

not the cedar, according to Celsius in
Hierob. I. 106 sq.

OTIS f. denom. from ms, cedar-
work, e. g. wainscoting, awh: 2, 14.
The fora. has the force of a collective,
as in ΠΕΣ wood, Lehrg. 477.

μ᾿ ἢ 4.5... to go, to walk, to be on the
way, as finite verb once Job 34,8. Chald.
max id. Similar is Gr. ἔρχομαι, and
softer forms from the same stock are
329, 725.—Part. πον ἃ wayfarer, tra-
veller, Judg. 19,17. 2 Sam. 12, 4. Jer.
14,.8. . Plur. Jer. 9,1. Fem. 5m"8 col-
lect. a company of travellers, espec. of
merchants, a caravan, συνοδία, Gen. 37,
25. Is. 21,13. See Lehrg. p. 477. Comp.
nis, nmk.

Dery. PINAR.

wainscoting, 1 K.6,18. Arab.

μὰ τ MAN to decree, to appoint, i. q.
ΡΠ, whence nT i.g. Pin, something

Repante’, fixed. Corresponding i is cae
8
f to appoint a time; whence ἜΦΙ a

O ᾿ξ

set time, era, epoch, Ὁ) to date ἃ letter,
eye a chronicle, annals. Perh. kindr.

with τ. 323 q. v.

TIN (perh. for 48 wayfaring) Arah,
pr.n.m. a) Ezra2,5. Neh.7,10. b)1
Chr. 7, 39.

MIS , plur. ninsy, constr. mim; c.
suff. "NAAN, TH, pms, in place
of which asm pines in Mes. and editions
sna, FINA, ono, see J. H.Mich.
ad Job 13, 27; comm. Bead: e. g. masc.
Prov. 2, 15, comp. Job 6, 18.19; fem.
Prov. 15, 19 : a poetic word, a way,
path, road, i. ᾳ. 774. Chald. mak, Syr.

86

"Ne

Last, Samar. VOAIMX id—Gen. 49,
17. Jude. 5,6. Ps. 19,6. Da nin the
paths of the seas Ps. 8, 9; comp. ὑγρὰ
κέλευϑα Hom. 1]. 1. 312. 5m ΓΝ the

path of life i. 6. to life or happiness Prov.”

5, 6—Hence: a) Metaph. way i. e.
manner of life and conduct, i.q.777%. So
“PW MIR false way, i.e. Gilg and deceit-
ful conduct, life, Ps. 119, 104, minis
mim" the ways of Jehovah, i. e. a way of
life pleasing to God, Ps. 25, 4.119, 15. Is.
2,3. The idea of a way is often pre-
served, as Prov. 4, 14. 8, 20. Ὁ) i. α.
mode, manner, Gish. 18, ΠῚ nin bon
ὈΠΩΣΞ MIk MIw> i ceased to be with
Sarah afier the manner of women, by
euphemism for the menses, comp. 31, 35.
c) The ways or paths of any one, i. q. his
condition, lot, Job 8, 13... Prov. 1, 19.
Comp. in Engl. ‘the way it goes with
him.’ d) Poet. πηδ is put for a way-
farer, traveller, Job 31, 32. Plur. nin ws
Nan the travellers of Tema, the cara-
vans, Job 6, 19.

mS Chald. plur. ὁ. suff: FOTN,
MAMAN, i. q. Hebr. ways, i. e. metaph.
counsels of God, Dan. 4, 34; affairs,

destinies of any one, Dan. 5, 23.

TUT £ company of travellers, cara-
van ; see under r. MN I.

TWIN f. (τι tx IL) an appointed por-
tion of food or provision, an allowance,
delivered out daily or at fixed times, 2 Καὶ.
25, 30. Jer. 52, 34. Hence genr. a por-
tion of food, meal, Prov. 15,17. Jer.40,5.

IS m. plur. DTN 1 K. 10, 20, else-
where ὍΝ 1 K. 10, 19. 2 Chr. 9, 18.
19, a lion, q. ἃ. the pallet in pieces, the
render (see r. 58 I. 2). Num. 24,9. 1
Sam. 17, 34 sq. 2 Sam. 23, 20. al. “752
Ὠλὴν ayoung lion Judg. 14,5; Mima 74a

a lion’s whelp Ser. 51, 38. Trop. as the —

emblem of strength and valour, Num. 23,
25; of fierceness and cruelty, Prov. 28,
15. See Bochart Hieroz. I. 715 sq.
Syr. ἴω.

28" m. compounded from "a8 and
de. |
I.. lion of God, i. 6. lion-like champion,
hero. a) Collect: 2 Sam. 23, 20 "38
ayia Sx" two lion-like champions of
Moab ; see ben and "8 1 Chr. 11, 22.

ee

—

a

this passage to no. 2.—Hence

ὋΝ

Bn UE Gro oxi
᾿ς Comp. Arab. ai ual and aS eas
lion of God, an epithet of heroic war-

riors; also Pers. {hs ra Shiri khoda
lion of God.—Spoken ‘of Jerusalem, Is.’

29, 1. 2, q. d. city of heroes, which ahiould
never be subdued ; though others refer
b) a

_ pr. ἢ. m. Ariel, Ezra 8, 16.

—_— ΎΎ“--
,

Il. hearth i. e. altar of God, ‘san

8} hearth, fire-place, from r. πὶ ΠΣ
spoken of the altar of burnt-offerings, Kz.
43, 15. 16.

"DN Aridai, Pers. pr. n. of the ninth
son of Haman, Esth. 9,9. Comp. ‘Agr
δαῖος i. 6. the strong, from Pers. art, ard.

_—Perh. from Airyadao ‘digna dans’

(Benfey), or Arydday ‘donum Arie’
(Bohlen). Comp. the next article.

RNIN Aridatha, pr. n. of the sixth

son of Haman, Esth. 9, 8.—The etymo-

logy like the preceding article. _
ANS i. g. 8, with 15 parag. comp.

ὧν and TBR ; bake frequent than "78,

but used nae in the sing. alion, Gen. 49,
9. Deut. 33, 22. Judg. 14, 8. al. Spokenef
a paweril and cruel enemy, Is. 15, 9.
Jer. 4, 7. Is, 21, 8 πὴ NIP™ and he
Deted.as Hon. Comp. Rev. 10, 3.

“MIN Chald. id. Dan. 7, 4. Plur.
emphat. 87748 Dan. 6, 8.

τ δ see AN.

ΤΊ Arioch, an Assyrio-Chald. pr.
n. a) A king of Ellasar Gen. 14, 1. 9;
comp. Judith 1,6. b) A captain of the
royal guard at the court of Babylon,

Dan. 2, 14.—Sanscr. Aryaka veneran-
dus ; Bohlen.

OMAN Arisai, Pers. pr. ἢ. of a son of
Haman, Esth. 9, 9.—Sanscr. Arydsdya
sagitta Arie ; Bohlen.

ὙΠ 1, pr. trans. to make long, to

_ prolong, to extend in a straight line;

Hence
iain Syr.
st to prolong, Arab. of { to defer, to
delay.

2. Intrans. fut. ΠΝ, plur. 1258", to
be long, prolonged ; Syr. Arab. ΡΟΝ

kindr. with 329, where see.
ma:7% a long bandage.

— id. Aph. 77758, υϑοῖ, to prolong.—Ez.

87

ps

31, 5. Gen. 26, 8 nw iboats 9D. A
ns and it came to pass when the time
there was ‘long to him, i. e. when he had
lived there a long fine, Hz. 12. 23.

Hips. ΝΠ. 1. to make long, to pro-
long, Ps. 129, 3; to extend or thrust out
the tongue, Is: 51, 4, "p24 FNM to
prolong the days of any one, to grant him
long life, 1 K. 3,14; also 109 “πὶ to pro-
long one’s own dove to live long, to be
long lived, Deut. 4, 26. 40. 5, 30..17, 20.
22, 7. Is. 53,10; and without 2770 Prov.
28, 2. Ecc. 7, 15. 8, 12.

2. Intrans. to be made long. 1 K. 8, 8.
Espec. of time, as 172" ἼΞ ΠΝ ΓΙ his daw
are made long, i. q. to live long, Ex. 20,
12. Deut. 5, 16.6, 2. 25,15. Comp.no. 1.

3. to retard, todelay, to defer, as 7787
‘BX to defer one’s anger, i. 6. to he pa-
tient, μαχρόϑυμος, Is. 48, 9. Prov. 19, 11.
So too 953 JIN id. Job 6, 11. Comp.
DABN TIS in 728.

4. to remain long, to tarry, Num. 9,
19. 22.

Deriv. M3598, and those here follow-
ing.

JIN Chald. i. q. Hebr: to make long ;
also to fit, toadapt. Part. 3778 fit, meet,

Ezra 4, 14.—Talmud. id. Arab. o,f ap-
tissimus, dignissimus.

JIN adj. found only in constr. FAX.

1. long, Ez. 17, 3 "ARH FAN having
long pinions or wing-feathers,

2. tardy, slow, in the phrases M5" FAN
slow of spirit Ecc. 7, 8, and ΘῚΒΝ FIN
slow of anger, patient, ΕΟ ΒϑΝ ὃς Prov.
15, 18. 16, 32) Ex. 34,6. Num. 14, 18.

Comp. Syr. Lwods pag patient, Arab.

Jyto 30 long, i.e. oR paoring: longa-
nimis.—Once ΡΒ JIN is τὸ μακρόϑυ-
ov, patience, Jer. 15,13. Opp. πη ΣΡ.

JAN adj. f. nN , long, 6. g. of space,
Job 11, 9; of time, 2 Sam. 3, 1. :

JIN (length) Erech, pr. n. of a ¢ity
of Babylonia, Gen. 10,10. Among the
ancient interpreters, Pseudo-Jon. 'Targ.
of Jerus. Jerome, and Ephrem under-
stand Edessa ; but Bochart, Phaleg TV.
16, more correctly regards it as Areca or
Arecca, situated on the confines of Baby-
lonia and Susiana; comp. Ammian. 23.
21.

ΤᾺ

TIN m. c. suff. idan, length, Gen. 6,
15. tax, 26, ὃ 5. 27, 1 sq. 0725 FIR
length of dane. long ite, Ps. 21, 5. 91, 16.
pr" WIR? as long as I live Ps, 23, 6.
DDN sak patience Prov. 25, 15.

M28 Chald. fem. length, a lengthen-
ing, spoken of time, Dan. 4, 24. 7, 12.

MTN see ADIN.

ΓΔ δ Chald. fem. the knee, Dan. 5,
6. In the Targums 3929, 82455, the
prosthetic Aleph being dropped: See
inr. 325.

ὙΦ ἐξ Chald. plurs 87258, gentile ἢ.
Archevites Ezra 4,9; from the city 7728
Gen. 10, 10.

"28 gentile n. Archite, an inhabitant

of a city or district πὰ situated in the
territory of Ephraim, Josh. 16, 2, differ-

ent from the city of like name in Baby-.

lonia. 2 Sam. 15, 32. 16, 16.

* DON a root not in use, i. q. D9,
ὉΠ, Dw, bd, oN, to be high ; comp.

Arab. ey intumuit, extulit se.—Hence
VAN, and

DAN constr. Ax pr. n. Aram, pr. high
region, q. d. Highlands, opp. 3222 Low-
lands.

1. Aramea, the Arameans, i.e. Syria,
the Syrians, constr. with a verb mase.
sing. 2 Sam. 10, 14. 15. 18. 1 K. 20, 26;
plur. 2 Sam. 10, 17. 19. 1 K. 20, 20;
rarely with sing. fem. Is. 7,2. To the
Greeks also this ancient and domestic
name of Syria was not wholly unknown;
see Hom. Il. 2.783. Hesiod. Theog. 304.
Strabo 13. 4. 6. ib: 16.4.27. The name
Aramea however was of wider extent
than Syria, and comprehended also
Mesopotamia ; although Pliny and Mela
ascribe to Syria the same and even a
greater extent; Plin. H. N. 5. 15. 12.
Mela 1. 11. Where it stands alone,
DON, it is for the most part to be under-
stood of Western Syria, or Syria strictly
so called, Judg. 3,10. 1K. 10, 29. 11, 25.
15,18; espec. the territory of and around
Damascus, Is. 7, 1.8. Am. 1,5; which
is more dégnitely called Pkvas OAK Syria
of Damascus 2 Sam. 8, 5. Where Me-

sopotamia is meant, the expression is-

ἘΠῚ ΠΣ ox Syria of the two rivers Gen.

88

ὮΝ

24,10. Deut. 23,5. Judg. 3, 8; or ΤΣ

pen Padan ara: Plain of ΡΟΣ Gen.
25, 90. 28, 2.5. 0. 7; and ellipt. (78 Gen.
46, 7; rarely simply DAN Num. 93.7;
where however it is made definite by a

description; comp. "228.—The king-_

doms of Western Syria in the time: of
David, (not of Mesopotamia, as is often
supposed, ) were the following: N21 038
Aram Zobah, see ΓΙΞῚΣ ; 37 MD CIN
Aram Beth Rehob, see 30> M73 in M13
no. 12. pp; M222 DIX Aram Maacah,
see M232 ; and. also others ; but these all
became afar wore subject to the kings
of Damascus, 1 K. 20, 1.—Comp. gentile
n. “28, VAIN.

2. Ayecies pr.n.m. a) A βοὴ οἵ Ke-
muel and pratdde of Nahor, Gen. 22,
21. He seems to have given his name
to the region of Syma. Comp. 0°.
b) 1 Chr. 7, 34.

PAIS m. (τ. D3) plur. constr. mia,
a fortress, castle, palace, so called from
its height, Is. 32, 14. Prov. 18, 19. al.
Also 4239 ma ἸῸΝ the fortress of the
king’s house, the innermost part, as the
highest and strongest, q. d. the citadel,
1K. 16, 18. 2 K. 15,25. J. D. Michaelis
(Suppl. 128) and after him most modern
interpreters here translate it the erage

apartment, comparing Arab. “ἢ is ay }

eh conclavia, Gol. p. 78, and

Haram ; but there is no trace of this in
the ancient interpreters, nor is there any
reason for departing from the simple ex-
planation above given.—Spoken of the
citadel of a hostile metropolis, Is. 25, 2.

“OTS ig. ΒΝ, fem. MN, adv.
Aramaice, in Aramean or Syriac, Dan.
2,4. Ezra 4, 7. Is. 36, 11.

“QS gentile ἢ. an Aramean, Syri-
an, i.e. an inhabitant either of Western
Syria 2.K. 5, 20; or also of Mesopota-
mia, Gen. 25, 20. 28,5. 31, 20.24. Fem.
mats 1 Car. 7, 14. ΚΝ οὐδῷ pan 2 K.
8, 29; and by apheresis OV21n for
ΒοΘΌΝ 2 Chr. 22, 5.

"2128 (q. ἃ. Palatinus, from via)
an n. τη. Armont, 2 Sam. 21, 8.
τ fe

be active, nimble ; whence ΗΝ wild goat
Hence

ἜΝ a root notinuse; Arab. 7

a

|

ἮΝ
᾿ς FR (wild goat) Aran, pr. τ. of a
Horite, Gen. 36, 28. 1 Chr. 1, 42.

TR see yim.

TIS m. 1. the pine, pinus, Is. 44, 14:
In the Talmud of Baby]. (Para fol. 96. 1)
are joined OwWid DWAR WAN WS.
Sept. πέτυς, Vulg.- pinus.—So called,
- because when agitated by the wind it
emits a tremulous sound ; from στ. 125,
ΠΟ i. e. 728 contr. for 278, as FIP for 727"),
772 from 727. See wh.

2. Oren, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 25.

MAM f. epicen. a hare, Ley. 11, 6.

S -oF “.
Ῥρυι. 14,7. Arab. 35,1, Syr. {o357 ia.
- See Bochart Hieroz. 1. 994 sq. who re-
gards this quadriliteral as compounded
from 478 to crop, and 352 produce, fruit.
TEIN and F27N (for p27 a noise,
murmur; concr. a noisy or murmuring
stream,) Arnon, pr. n. of a torrent (3172)
with a valley of like name, rnnning from
the eastward into the Dead Sea, an-
_ ciently the northern boundary of Moab
and the southern of the Ammonites;
now called > | el-Modjeb. Num. 21,
13 sq. 22, 36. Deut. 2, 24. 36. 3, 8 sq.
“4, 48, Is. 16, 2. al. See Burckhardt’s
| Travels in Syria, etc. p. 372. Also
Comment. on Is. 16, 2. Bibl. Res. in
_ Palest. II. p. 204.
MIN see TIN.

_ 7278 (active, nimble, see r. 11) Ar-
‘nan, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 3, 21.

WS (id.) Ornan, pr. n. of a Jebusite,
on the site of whose threshing-floor
Solomon built the temple. 1 Chr. 2, 15.
~2Chr. 3,1. Comp. 72728.

JIS Chald. st.emph. 8998. 1. the
earth, i. q. Heb. 718, 2 and & being in-
_terchanged, see under 9. Dan. 2, 35. 39.
3. 31. al.

_ 2. the ground, and as adv. low, be-
low. Dan. 2, 39 after thee shall arise
another kingdom 332 829% lower than
thee, inferior to thee. Comp. Chald.
ΦΉΣ, NTI, low; 22> for s4N>2
at the reat part, below. —Hence

— FPP IS Chald. f. the ground, the low-
est part, bottom of a pit, Dan. 6, 25.

an
[ΑἹ
'

ζ΄

city, for ἼΒ from r. 359,) Arpad, pr.
Q*¥ ΐ

“BAS (prop, support, i. 6. a strong

89

- HDB NS

ys

n. of a city and region of Syria, not far

from the city Hamath, with which it

is often coupled, governed by its own
kings, and to be distinguished from
ἼΩΝ gq. v. 2K. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is. 10, 9.
Jer. 49, 23. [More prob. the same with
WAN Aread i.e. the island Ruw4Ad, with
its territory on the adjacent coast;
which was contiguous to that of Ha-
math. The interchange of 5 and ἢ
(like 3 and 4) is not unnatural.—R.

U2E IN Arphazxad, pr. n. of the third
son of Shem, and denoting at the same
time a people or region of country,
Gen. 10, 22. 24. 11, 10-13. The con-
jecture of Bochart is not improbable
(Phaleg. 2. 4), that it is the province
᾿Δῤῥαπαχῖτις, Arrapachitis, in northern
Assyria near Armenia (Ptol. 6. 1), the
primitive country of the Chaldeans; see
Comment. on Is. 23,13. Josephus, Ant.
I. 6. 4, ᾿ἀρφαξάδης δὲ τοὺς viv Χαλδαΐ-
ουὅς καλουμένους ‘Aopasadatous ὠνόμασεν.
Bohlen ad Gen. |. c. compares Sanscr.
Aryapakshaté ‘(a land) by the side-of
Asia ;? comp. Borussia i. q. Po-rus, near
the Russians. :

ae:

οὐδ low, inferior ; but this is derived
rather from the primary idea earth.

arootof uncertain signif. Arab.

78, comm. gend. (rarely masc. Gen.
13, 6. Ps. 104, 6. Is. 9, 18; or when
the earth is put for its inhabitants, Is.
26, 18. 66, 8,) c. suff. "X98, 6. art. 8H

He loc. πε, the earth, Arab. ex
Chald. 8358 ate iss} .—Spec.

1. the amie orbis terrarum, opp. to
the heavens; YN}. D72U Gen. 1, 1.
2,1. 4, and 7281 yas Gen. 2, 4, the
heavens and the earth, the whole uni-
verse. Synecd. for the inhabitants of
the earth, Gen. 9, 19. 11, 1. 19, 31.

2. the earth, land, opp. to the sea,
Gen. 1, 28. ;

3. a land, country, Ex. 3, 8. 13, 5.
Gen. 21, 32 ΠΕΣ yR. Ruth 1,778
mint. So the land of any one is either
the country subject to him, as the land
of Sihon Neh. 9, 22; or consecrated to
any one Jer. 2, 7. 16, 18; or in which
one dwells Deut. 19, 2. 10. 28, 12; or was
born, q. d. one’s father-land Gen. 24, 4.

278

30, 25. Num. 10, 9. Is. 8, 9. Comp. γῆ
τινος Acts 7, 3; and the words D3, "ΠΣ,
AN A biol: rs and TR often de:
note Palestine κατ ἐξοχήν Joel 1,2; and
so in the formula 7728 j2¥, 625, Ps. 37,
9. 11. 22. 29. 44, 4. Prov. 2, 21. ‘10, 30.—
Synecd. for the inhabitante of a land,
Is. 26, 18; spec. of wicked inhabitants
Is. 11,4; comp. Wi8 no. 1. Ὁ.

4. land, i. e. a piece of land, a field,
. Gen. 23,15. Ex. 23,10. Of the fields
or country around a city, Josh. 8, 1.

5. the ground, with He local Hz7&
(Milél) to the ground, as τυ ANHw"}
Gen. 33, 3. 37,10. Hence poet. for rep-
tiles, as crawling upon the ground, i. q.
V287 Ὁ, as Job 12, 8 pI? MD speak
lo the ground, i. 6. to the reptiles crawl-
ing thereon; followed by ‘the fishes of
the sea;’? comp. Gen. 9, 2. 1 K. 5, 13.

6. earth, i. 6. the element, earthy par-
ticles, scori@ of metals. Ps. 12, 7 silver
puri ified in a work-shop V8 as to the
earth, i. 6. from its dross, scorie.

Piur. Mix 8 lands, δὐδυκινδάς, regions,
Gen. 26, 3. 4. So mix2xn the lands,
often espec. in the later Hebrew put κατ᾽
ἐξοχήν for heathen lands, foreign coun-
tries, comp. D7*8, DA; e.g. ΤΊΝΙ ὩΣ
ihe nations of the (heathen) lands ὃ Chr.
13, 9. 17, 10. ΣΤΟΝ τ mind the king-
doms of the (gentile) lands 1 Chr. 29, 30.
2 Chr. 12,8. 17,10. The οί ρα ἐδὼ
usus hidden is apparent from the fol-
lowing passages in Ezekiel, 5, 6. 11,17.
12, 15. 20, 23. 22, 15. 20, 32. 22, 4.

Norse. He paragogic in M¥"X is for
the most part local; but sometimes also
it is merely a poetic form, so that M¥5%
does not differ from 778, 6. g. Job 34, 13.
37, 12. Is. 8,23; comp. 272 for bab —
Hence ;

NIN (earth) Arza, pr. n. m. 1 K.
16, 9.

PIS Chald. stat. emphat. SPI, i. q.
nDax, the earth, the letter > being
changed into the harsher p, Jer. 10, 11.
Freq. in the Targums.

Ν “AN fut. “&"7, imp. 718 Judg. 5, 23,
with He parag. 78 Num. 22, 6, to curse ;

j a -
corresponding is Arab. to abhor, to

detest; and still more nearly Gr. ἀρά,
ἀράομαι. Constr. 6. acc. Num. 22, 6.

90 : WAN

23, 7. Mal. 2,2. Judg. 5, 23. Job 3, 8
pin "Ik cursers of the day, i. 6. a
class of magicians who were thought
to render particular days unfortunate
by their imprecations. Gen, 3, 14 cursed
art thou from every beast, i.e. all beasts
shall avoid thee as infamous and ac-
cursed. Deut. 27, 15 sq. 28, 16 sq.

Nipu. pass. Part. D°783 Mal. 3, 9.

ΡΙΕΙ, “38, part. "89 1. i. ᾳ. Kal,
to curse, Gen. 5, 29.

2. lo cause a curse. Num. 5,22 Dan

D4N ΠῚ the waters causing a curse, i.e.

which cause destruction tothe adulterous

and perjured woman who drinks them.
Hopn. fut. 1&5" pass. to be cursed, Num

22, 6. .

Deriv. 778.

OTN pr. n. Ararat, a region or pro- —
vince near the middle of Armenia, be- —

tween the Araxes and the lakes Van
and Oroomiah, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38;
still called by the Armenians Ararat,

wipuupuui ; upon whose mountains, |

ὍΝ “I, the ark of Noah rested, Gen.
8, 4.
sense for Armenia itself, Jer. 51, 27.

That it is the name of a region, and not ~
strictly of a mountain, is affirmed also —
by Moses Chorenensis; see Schroeder —

Thes. Ling. Arm. p. 55.. Mosis Choren.
Hist. Arm. ed. Whiston, p. 289, 308, 358,

361.—For an account of this region, see _
Morier’s Second Journey, p. 312. ἢ. K.
Porter’s Travels Vol. I. p. 178 sq. Smith —
and Dwight’s Researches in Armenia, —
Vol. II. p. 73 sq.—The root is Sanscr. —
Aryavarta, ‘terra sancta ;’ Bohlen, Ben- ©

fey, etc.

3 DN in Kal not used, but as is ὶ
noted by Manger ad Hos. 2, 21, pr. i. q.
, to erect, to build, whence —

ὩΣ, ιὦ

was ἃ bed or couch, with a canopy.

So
Thence also By oi

Hence

Pret ΘΝ to betroth a woman, pr. tom
make her a spouse; 6. acc. MWR WSK
Deut. 20, 7. 28, 30; and MeN ‘> oa
Hos. 2, 21. 22. 2 Saba! 3, 14. "The price
paid for a wife is put with 3 2 Sam. |. 6.

Pua Wn, fem. in Pause MDA, to be

It is sometimes taken in a wider ;

5 a bed-fellow, hus-

band or wife, 0.75 one Βοίτοιμοά. --- ᾿

. cin αἰαὶ I~ snl pil

_ betrothed, Ex. 22,15. Deut. 22,28. Part.
_ mike Deut. 22, 23. 25.27.—Chald. 028
_ Pe. and Pa. id.

* AN obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Uys
to desire, to long for. Hence

MON £ desire, longing, Ps. 21, 3.
Sept. δέησις, Vulg. voluntas.

ORMOWNOMIN Ezra 4, 8. 11. 23.6, 14,

SHOUD 7,1.7, ΑΘ ΤΙΝ 4, 7,
_ Artaxerxes, pr. n. of several Persian
_ kings; in Greek written “Agtaségine, by
the Armenians wiping Eu Ardashes,
by the modern Persians Ati o,f;
prot, Ardeshir ; by the ancient

_ Persians, in the inscriptions of Nakshi-
Rustam in Niebuhr’s Reisebeschr. II.
tab. 27, according to De Sacy, Snwnn-sx
Artakhshetr, Artakhshatra ; whence by
interchanging the letters r and s, and by
transposition, arose the form Artakh-
sharta and the Heb. Artakhshast, Ar-
takhshasta, as above. Comp. Lassen in
Zeitschr. f. ἃ. Kunde des Morgenl. VI.
p- 160.

This name is compounded from the
syllable art, strong, mighty, (comp. the
pr. names ᾿ρτοβάρης, ‘AgtuButys, ‘Agte-
φέρνης,) and "MwM, which in the ancient
usage denoted king, like the Zend and
Sanser. ksatra. Nor yet is Herodotus
to be taxed with error in rendering it
_ mighty warrior (6. 98), comp. ksatra
_ ‘soldier ;? since kings also were warriors.
See Lassen Keilschrift p. 36.

Two kings of this name are mentioned
in the O. Test. a) Pseudo-Smerdes
Ezra 4,7. 8.23 comp. 24, who not improb.
took the name of Artaxerxes on his
- accession. b) Artaxerxes Longima-
mus. in whose seventh year Ezra led out
_ acolony into Palestine, Ezra 7,1. 7:11.

- 12.21. 8,1; and from the twentieth to

_ the thirty-second year of whose reign
_ Nehemiah was governor of Judea, Neh.
_ 2,1. 5, 14. 13, 6. See more fully in
Thesaur. p. 155, 156.

? DON obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. "ON to

: _ bind. Hence the two following :

ἈΝ (whom God hath bound se. by
ἃ vow) pr. n. m. Asareel, 1 Chr. 4, 16.

Ἰδὲ 91

ON

DNR (vow of God) pr. n. m. As-
piel, Num. 26, 31. Josh. 17,2. 1 Chr.
7, 14. Patronym. is "ρα δ Asrielite,

Ne νῶν fog

» ony, suff. ix Job 18, 5, D3WN Is.
50, 11, comm. gend. (rarely masc. Job
20, 26. Ps. 104, 4. Jer. 48, 45; comp. on
the gender of words signifying fire.
Lehrg. p. 546 note,) fire, comp. Chald.

κῶν, xp, fire fever, ὅγε. Wap fe-_

ss
ver, Ethiop. HFT fire, Arab. Riad),

which however is rarely used. The
branches of this very ancient stock are
widely spread throughout the languages
of Asia and Europe; comp. Sanscr. ush

~~

to burn, Pehlv. and Pers. yeast, perh.
Lat. estus, Germ. heitzen, heiss.—Spec

1. the fire of God, often for the lightning.
1 K. 18, 38.-2 K. 1, 10. 12.14. Job 1, 16;

comp. Ex. 9,23 and Pers. ων! yal

Trop. for thesanger and wrath of God,
(comp. Virg. An, 2. 575 exarsere ignes
animo, subit wra, etc.) Deut. 32, 22
"BNI MIP Wx a fire is kindled in mine
anger. Jer. 4, 4. 15, 14. 21, 12. Lam. 2,
4, Ez. 22,21. In like manner fire is put
for ardour in men, q. d. burning zeal or
passion, Jer. 20, 9. Ps. 39, 3. 4.

2. Poet. fire for war, 6. g. to be con-
sumed by fire, i.q. to be consumed, wasted
by war, Num. 21, 28. Jer. 48, 45. Judg.
9, 15. 20. Is. 10, 16. 26,11. Ps. 21, 10.
So Ux Mp to kindle a fire, metaph. to
kindle a war, to excite the tumult of war,
Is. 50,11.—The same figure is frequent
in the Arabian poets; comp. Comment.
on Is. 7, 4.

3. Trop. for destruction, ruin, of any
kind, both of men and things, Job 15, 34.
20, 26. 22, 20. 31, 12. Is. 1, 31. 30, 30.

38. 11. 14.

4. heat, scorching, of the sun, Joel 1,
19, 20: 2, 3.5.

5. a flashing, brightness, splendour, e.g.
of arms Nah. 2,5. x "22% stones of fire,
glittering gems, Ez. 28, 14. 16; comp.
Stat. Theb. 2. 276 arcano florentes igne
smaragdi.

Deriv. TWN, q. v.

WN Chald. st. emphat. 88, id. Dan
7, 11. re!

ON

* DN ig. wn, there is, there are, 2

Sam. 14,19. Mic. 6, 10.
Chald. ἕν, "nx.

DN (6sh) Chald. plur. j°88 , founda-
ee Eizrad, 12. 6,16. R. wwe. Arab.

- o=
Arab. gaol

Bl:

*2UN obsol. root, perh. i. q. her?
ne; sum, to icinele: to compute. --
Hence

D2UN (for ἘΝ ΞῸΝ sententia Dei) Ash-
bel, pr. n. of a son of Benjamin, Gen. 46,
21. 1 Chr.8,1. Hence patronym. "2368
Ashbelite Num. 26, 38.

ἸΞῸΝ (i. q. yizbn) pr. ἢ. τη. Eshban,
Gen. 36, 26.

YUN (I adjure) pr. n. τὰ, Ashbea,
1 Chr. 4, 21.

SyawN Eshbaal, pr. n. of a son of
Saul, 1 Chr. 8, 33. 9, 39; i. ᾳ. ζῶ δος
p. 45.

ἘΏΝ obsol. root, i. ᾳ. Chald. and
Syr. ἜΝ, oats to pour, to pour out —
Hence the two following:

THN m. an outpouring. Num. 21, 15
p> Tw i.e. places where the tor-
rents from the mountaigs are poured out,
or flow down, into the valleys and plains
below, q. d. ravines.

MIN f. id. outpouring of torrents,.a
low place or ravine at the foot of a moun-
tain where a torrent flows down, Josh.
10,40. 12,8. Ma0DM MiTGN the ravines
of Pisgah, for the foot or base of the
mountain, eh, Ξ 17. 4, 49. Josh.

12, 2.3. hig
or hill, from
THIWN (strong-hold, castle, for TY

from s'103) pr. n. Ashdod, Gr. ACwtdc, one
of the five principal cities of the Philis-

w foot of a mountain
to pour out.

tines, (assigned to the tribe of Judah |

pea 15, 47,) Josh. 11, 22. 15, 46. 1 Sam.
5,1. Is. 20,1. It was a key of Pales-
tine towards Egypt ; comp. Is. 1. c. and
Hoot. 2.157. A village still stands upon
its site, called Esdid; see Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 374 sq. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 368.—The gentile n. is
“six, fem. m°—, and this latter adver-

ma

TWN
bially, in the dialect of Ashdod, Neh. 13,
24,

: o See

ἘΣ}... obsol. root, i. ᾳ. Arab. Laf for
“= ! ;

1. to prop, to support, i.q. BOX.

2. Metaph. to heal, to cure.

Deriv. A758 and pr. n. HN".

MMPS fem. ig. 8x, fire, as in Chald.
Jer. 6, 29 Cheth. M389 Bmwx by their
Sire the lead (is consumed). Keri Dm wx.
consumed by fire.

MN m. constr. Ww, plur. constr. "WR,

a sacrifice, offering, so called from the © |

fire (88) which consumes it, as πυρά
from πῦρ, q. ἃ. the sacred fuel to be burn-
ed before God, with πος parag. like "4x,
m8 5 33,734. Spoken of every kind
of sacrifice and offering, and once even
of those not burned, Lev. 24, 7.9. Most
freq. in certain ritual formulas, as MUN
mints nh m4 a sacrifice of sweet odour
unto Jehovah Lev. 1, 9. 18. 17. 2, 2. 9.3, 5.
mins nwx ny nab Ex. 29, 41.. Lev.
8, 21; ellipt. mind rain a sacrifice to
Johotah sc. of sweet odour Lev. 2, 16.
Ex. 29, 18.25. Plur. 30" "tix sacri
of Jehovah, i.e. offered to him, Lev. 2
3, 10.

MON (for mtx, fem. of the form
inn), constr. ning (fom. of the form "8,

for mx) which is sometimes also put |

for the absol. Deut. 21, 11. 1 Sam. 28, 7.
Ps. 58, 9; ὁ. suff. “AN, AON, inex,
etc. once 7MURX Ps. 128, 3; Plur. once
nmive Ez. 23, 44, elsewhere alwayu ὉΠ
(for DIN by apheresis, from sing.
MWIN), constr. “2, c. suff, "22, bt
DIT).

1. awoman, female, of any age or con-
dition, married or unmarried. Cant. 1,8
prepa mp1 O thou fairest among wo-
men! 5, 9. 6, 1. Gen. 31, 35 9 pw 433
the way of women is upon me, i. 6. I have
what is usual with women, the menses.
2 Sam. 1, 26 thy love to me was... pass-
ing the love of women. Job 42,15. Of
unmarried females Gen. 24, 5. Is. 4, 1.—
Spec. a) As the name of the sez, and
thus applied to animals, a female, Gen.
7,25; so Lat. femina, French femelle, Gr.
γυνή in Aristotle. See Wx no. 1. a.
With the artic. collect. women, the fe-
male sex, Ecc. 7,26. 6) ἃ wife, opp.

‘to a husband, Gen. 24, 3. 4. 25, 1. 26, 34.
28,1. 34, 4.sq. [SN MN thy father’s
_ wife, i. 6. thy step-mother, Lev. 18, 8. 11.
Comp. 1 Cor. 5, 1. Frequent in the
phrase Mwix> i> mp> to take to oneself a
_ woman for a wife, Gen. 4, 19. 6,2. Spo-
_ ken also of a concubine, Gen. 30, 4; of
one betrothed, Gen. 29, 21. 6) Asa
_ term of reproach for a man who is weak,
_ cowardly, effeminate, Is. 19, 16. 3, 12.

Jer. 51, 30. Nah. 3, 13. Comp. Hom.
| “Ayatides οὐκ é¢ “Ayumi. Virg. AEn. 9.
617.
_ rious nouns, 6. g. 725} MeN ὦ harlot Josh.
"1; ΠΝ mun a concubine Judg. 19,1;
ΟΝ mun a widow 1 K. 7,14; mwx
rN" Judg. 4,4; τοῦ "15 ‘s Liev. 24, 10.
e) With genit. of an attribute, τ ΤΡ
of an adjective, 6. g. 59m mux a capable
woman Ruth 8, 11; Ὁ 91 Ὡ. MYX a con-
tentious woman Prov. 27, 15; DAD PUN
ἃ prostitute Hos. 1, 2. f ) Emphat. of a
true woman, mach as she should be,
_ Ece. 7,28; see ὉΠ no. 2, comp. in S810"
no. 1, and the saying of Diogenes, ‘T
seek a man.’

_ 2. Followed by mins or ΤΆΣ, one, an-
other ; altera, altera ; see under these

- words.

3. every one, Ex. 3, 22. Am. 4, 3.

Nore. In Chaldee the word for woman

is SAN, st. emph. ROMN, ROM, plur.

Ἐῶ). Syr ἴδ, plo. (43. Arab.

sil. sis, ae ony hp
j Oey > also il woman, plur. CR
Ethiop. A3f1T anest (not anset) which
- also is put for plur. women.

my see MIN.

PUN m. (r. ἽΝ) darkness, obscurity,
only Prov. 20, 20 Keri yan ΟΝ; ; in
_ Cheth. Ἴϑπ via. The Targ. gives
the like orthography in Chaldee, τὰ
RSTO jars.

| sry or MON m. only 6. suff. STAR,
-plur. c. suff, ION. R. six.

1. ἃ step, going, Prov. 14, 15. Ps. 40,
3. Metaph. in reference to virtue atid
| piety, 6. g. to follow the steps of Jeho-
_vah, Job 23, 11; also one’s steps are
said to slide and al, Pa: 375.912. 73;. 2.
_ Comp. 43%.

2.1. ᾳ. "WENN, a species of cedar,

onde 93

d) Joined in apposition with va- ,

TWN
Arab. Sherbin. Ez. 27, 6 juve esp
Bwana thy benches (or decks) they
make of i twory, the daughter of the Sher-
bin-cedars, i. e. ivory inlaid in cedar

wood, bordered with it; comp. Virg.
AGn. 10.136. See in WRN.

WES (τ. 1N) 1.1. ᾳ. WN, a@ step,
constr. with a fem. Job 31, 7.

2. Rarely “we 1 Chr. 5, 6, with He
local MIN Gen. 25, 18, pr. n. Assyria,
Hos. 9, 3. 10, 6. Zech. 10, 10; more fully
“AUN YIN Is. 7,18. Also the Assyrians,
constr. c. masc. Is. 19} 23. 23, 13. 30, 31.
31, 8. Ps. 83, 9. Hos. 14, 4. In the cunei-
ἐνῶ inscriptions it is written Asura ;
see Lassen tiber d. Persepol. Keitsokigt
p- 71-79.—The name Assyria is va-
riously employed by the Hebrews, e. g.
a) Assyria proper, in the ancient sense,
Gen. 10; 11. 22, seems to have compre-
hended nearly the same countries which
Ptolemy (6.1) assigns to Assyria proper,
viz. those lying east of the Tigris, be-
tween Armenia, Susiana, and Media,
and espec. Adiabene. Ὁ) Usually it
stands for the Assyrian empire, which
comprehended also Babylonia and Me-
sopotamia, Is. 10, 9.10, comp. Comment.
on Is, 39, 1 ; and extended to the Euphra-
tes, Is. 7, 20, which river therefore is put
as the emblem of the Assyrian empire
Is. 8,7. So too the name Assyria com-
prehends also Babylonia in Hdot. 1. 102
106. Strabo 16 init. Arrian Exped. Alex
7. 7.6. Once also in the O. Test. the
provinces beyond the Tigris seem to be
left out of view, and the Tigris is thus
said to flow on the east of Assyria, τ ΠΣ
"NWN, Gen. 2,14. c) After the over-
throw of the Auegrion empire, the name
“1x Assyria continued to be sometimes
used of the countries over which that
empire had formerly extended, and of the
new kingdoms which had then taken its
place, e. g. of Babylonia 2 K. 23, 29. Jer.
2, 18 (comp. Is. 8, 8). Lam. 5, 6; also
Judith 1, 5. 2, 1. 5,1; of Persia Ezra 6,
22, where Darius is called "18x 352.—
Hitzig attempts to show that πῆ is put
also for Syria, Is. 19, 23. Ps. 83,9. (Begr.
ἃ. Kritik p. 98. Jes. p. 235.) But his argu-
ments are not convincing.

"THEN plur. πὲς Asshurim, pr. n
of an Arabian tribe Gen. 25,3; perh. the

τὸς
same which is called in 2 Sam. 2, 9

"10N, to be sought in the vicinity of
Gilead.

ANWN (perh. blackness, black, σ᾿)
pr. n. m. Ashur, 1 Chr. 2, 24. 4, 5.

MUN f. (r. MS no. 1) a support, col-
umn ; “Plur. c. suff. mnmiox Jer. 50, 15
Keri, Sept. ἐπάλξεις αὐτῆς, ‘Vulg. better

fundamenta ejus. Comp. Arab. out

column. In Cheth. is PAN from
a form MANN.

NOON Ashima, the domestic idol of
the city of Hamath, 2 K. 17,30. The
name is of uncertain etymology ;. most
prob. it stands in connection with Pers.
yw asumdn heaven, Zend. agmdano.

MINDS see TN.
DON τη. λῷ ἮΝ α ᾿γβεθεγμρο Arab.

cic, ἐπὶ i unl ἢ ciel. Found
only i in plur. DWN foundations, 1. €.
ruins of buildings destroyed to the foun-
dations, so that those alone remain.
(Comp. τ Ὁ Is. 58, 12 of ruins.) Is.
16, 7 τῶι Ὁ ἼΣΩΝ the ruins of Kir-
hareseth, i. e. of the city Kerak. In Jer.
48, 31, where there is an imitation of
this passage in Isaiah, is read "828
win-n="p the men of Kir-heres ; but there
is no need of supposing an exact corre-
spondence in such passages. Later
writers employed the words of earlier
prophets only so far as they were appli-
cable to their purposes ; and sometimes
added explanations, or even changed
them, e. g. substituting for difficult or
perhaps obsolete words others more easy
and in current use. See Gesch. der
Heb. Spr. p. 37 sq. and Comment. on Is.
Le

MWD f. 2 Sam. 16, 19. 1 Chr. 16, 3;
Plur. τῶν Hos. 3, 1, and mith
Cant. 2, 5, a cake, caalees, Lat. liba, spec.
such as were prepared from dried grapes
or raisins, pressed or compacted into a
certain form, from r. BUX; so WH UN
"223 raisin-cakes Hos. |. c. . They are
mentioned as delicacies with which the
weary and languid are refreshed, 2 Sam.
1 Chr. Cant. Il. cc.and were also offered to
idols in sacrifice, Hos. l.c. They differ-

94.

SON

ed from ΤΗΣ Σ i. 6. grapes dried, but no

compacted into the form of cakes; and —

also from 337 i. e. figs pressed into

cakes.—The etymology is doubtless to —

be sought in the idea of pressing toge-
ther ;
cake, from 133 to make firm, also ΒΝ
from MD to spread out;) and not in that
of fire, UX , as if cakes prepared with fire.
The same word occurs in Pseudo-Jon.
Ex. 16, 31, where }28°O8 is for Heb.

mm By ; abo in the Mishna, Nedarim —
6. 10, Gite pw" denotes a kind of —

food prepared from lentiles, prob. cakes
made from boiled lentiles.

TUN m. a testicle, Lev. 21, 20. Syr. ἢ

toe] and Ethiop. ANT id. The

form is for ΓΌΟΝ from r. 520,

anal, from awe) Ethiop. ΤΩΡ to in-

dicate, to inform, whence ἢ 1B. index,

informer.. So in Lat. testis, testiculus.

SON plur. τ στον and τ δοῦν as if

from nbdeix , comp. ΠΟῪ masc. Num.

13, 23.
1. a bunch, cluster, pr. the stem or
stalk of a cluster, Lat. racemus ; spoken

of berries or flowers hanging in clusters ©
like grapes, 6. g. of dates, Cant. 7,8; of —

the flowers of the henna, alhenna, Cant.

1, 14; but chiefly of the vine, either fully —

with (2a 7,9; 2°52> Num. 13, 23. 24;
or absol. Is. 65, 8. Mic. yay f Once Gehi
40, 10 >5wx is distinguished from 233,
and denotes the stem, racemus, strictly
so called, 6. g. 0°223 ΠΡ ΣΝ swan,
i. 6. and its stems (the cluster-stems of

the vine) ripened the grapes, the berries,

i.e. shot forth pe στάρει. a τον τὰ

ing is Arab. SEI, Js, palm-
branch, Ethiop. Αἰ ὯΔ a grape, avine,

whence the verb f'NA to bear grapes;
Syr. and Chald. How, Ndi20, a grape, —

cluster. Among ail this variety of or:
thography, the etymology is doubtful.

Perhaps Ὁ δ may be for >>x, from
bab χὰ, to bind, to braid, to plait, —

q. d. a braid of grapes; comp. 323.
2. Eshcol, pr. n.

of Palestine, Num. 13, 98. 24. 32, 9.

(as BQN,

a) Of a valley ;
abounding in vines, in the southern part —

(see the root, and comp. 712 ἃ

[ SUN

J Deut. 1, 24. See Bibl. Res. in Palest.
Lp. 316. b) Ofa man, Gen, 14, 13. 24.
T2208 Ashkenaz, pr. n. of a people
‘and region in northern Asia, sprung
from the Cimmerians (7724) Gen. 10, 3,
and situated in the vicinity of Armenia
_ Jer. 51, 27; unless perhaps it was ἃ pro-
_ vince of that country itself. A similar
- form is 125U%.—The modern Jews un-
_ derstand by it Germany, and even call
_ this country by the Heb. name; a rare
_ specimen of ignorance in geographical
matters.
4 "DUN m. for "2%, Aleph prosthet. a
᾿ gift, present, Ez. 27, 15. Ps 72,10. R.
"28 II, i. g. "2, to hire, to rower

: ae”
«DUN ee root, Arab. h3{ and

AC i. q. ey to strike deep root, to be

deeply rooted, xf a root, stock, origin.
Hence

SON (Kimchi >wx) i. q. Arab. At,
a tamarisk, myrica, Tamarix orientalis
Linn. 1 Sam. 22, 6 >Yxan on under the
_tamarisk-tree. 31, 13, the parall. passage
to which in 1 Chr. 10, 12 has H>xn nnn
under a terebinth or tree generally.—
Then perh. any large tree, (like 7>x,

ΠΝ.) and collect. trees, a wood, pari
_ Gen. 21, 33.—An accurate description of
the tree \Sf is given by J Εἰ. Faber, in
Fab. and Reiskii Opusc. med. ex mo-
“numm. Arabum, p. 137; see also R. K.
Porter’s Travels II. p. 311.

ὶ * DON Lev. 5, 19. Num. 5, 7, also
DUN \ Lev. 4,18, 5, 2.3.4.17; fat. otis,

ἦ 1. to fail in duty, to transgress,
δὲ guilty, an Vers. to trespass. Arab
=

r id. 1 il causat. reum judicavit, ast

and ΕΘ fault, guilt, a mulct, comp.
Wf fault, guilt, AAW

. The primary idea seems to
_ be that of negligence espec. in one’s gait,

5 5...
whence eel a camel of slow gait, falter-

ing, weary. Comp. ΤΙ, m3.—Leyv.
p4, 13. 22. 27. 5, 2. 3. 4.17. ‘Jer. 50, 7.
The person towards whom one fails in
duty is put with > Num. 5, 7. Lev. 5,19;
that in which one is guilty, with > Lew
5,5, with 2 Hos. 13, 1. Ez. 22, 4.—

95

Dux

Others, in several passages, render DUS
to acknowledge oneself guilty, as Hos. 5,
15. Zech. 11, 5. Lev. 4, 22. But there
seems no good reason to depart from the
common acceptation of DWN, since we
need only render in Hos. 1. c. until
they suffer punishment, as in no. 2; in
Zech. 1. c. and are not punished ; in
Lev. 1. c. when a ruler hath sinned
through ignorance .. . then he is guilty,
has contracted aie here DWN is i. q.
i259 δὲ 89 in c. 5, 1. 17.

2. to bear one’s guilt, i. e. its conse-
quences, to suffer punishment, to be pun-
ished, Ps. 34, 22. 23. Is. 24, 6. Jer. 2, 3.

3. i. q. DW and 03%, to be laid waste,
destroyed, spoken of altars Ez. 6, 6.
Comp. Syr. sana] a desert.

ΝΊΡΗ. to be punished ; hence to be de-
stroyed, to perish, e. g. flocks, Joel 1; 18.

Hrpn. to punish, and hence to destroy,
Ps. 5, 11.

Deriv. the three following.

DUS m. c. suff. iaws, plur. c. suff.
"aN. :

1. " fault, blame, guilt, which one con-
tracts, Gen. 26, 10. Jer. 51, 5.—Hence

2. Meton. trespass, i. e. the thing
through which guilt is contracted,
Num. 5, 7. 8.

3. a sacrifice for fault or guilt, Engl.
Vers. a trespass-offering, 1 Sam. 6, 3 sq.
2 K. 12, 17. Is. 53, 10. Ez. 40,39. In the
Mosaic law these sacrifices for fault or
trespass-offerings (0Wx) are carefully
distinguished from sacrifices for sin or
sin-offerings (Mikwm). Not only were
the rites and ceremonies of each differ-
ent; (see Lev. 5, 1-26, or 1-19 and 6, 1-
7; 7, 1-7, comp. 4, 1-35. 6, 17-23 or 24-
30 ;) but the different victims pertaining
to each were sometimes conjoined in one
and the same offering, (as Lev. 14, 10 sq.
Num. 6, 12 sq. comp. Lev. 5, 7-10,) and
the particular faults or sins are carefully
enumerated by the lawgiver, which were
to be expiated by this or that rite; see
Lev. c. 5. 14, 12. 34. 19, 20-22. Num. 6,
11.12. Still, the precise point of distinc-
tion between the two kinds of faults or
sins, has hitherto been sought in vain
See Jos. Ant. 3.9.3. Philo de Victimis
2. p. 247. ed. Mang. Rosenm. ad Lev. 5,
6. Carpzov. Antiquit. S. cod. Ὁ. 707 sq.

OUN

DWN m.adj.verbal 1. in fault, guilty,
Gen. 42, 21. 2 Sam. 14, 13.

2. seats a trespass-offering, Ezra
10, 19.

MIQUE f, 1. Inf. of the verb Ets (like
non, DN), a being in fault, trespass-
ing; Lev. 5, 26 [6,7] m¥s ὑῶν dd
ma ΓΝ Ὁ of all that he hath done in
trespassing therein, i.e. every thing in
which he is in fault. Lev. 4, 3 max
psn i. 6. so that the people incur
guilt.

2. a fault, blame, guilt, Engl. Vers.
trespass, 1 Chr. 21, 3. 2 Chr. 24, 18. 28,
13, Am. 8, 14 jin Ὁ ΤΌΝ the guilt of
Samaria, i. 6. its idols. Plur. miaux
2 Chr. 28, 10. Ps. 69, 6.

3. the bringing of a trespass-offering,
see in DWN no. 3. Lev. 5, 24[6,5] nina
moun in the day when he bringeth his
trespass-offering. Comp. DX no. 2.

ΝΣ see ΠΛ ΘΝ,

ὩΣ ΟΣ m. plur. i. ᾳ. D228, Aleph
prosthet. pr. fatness ; hence fat fields,
fertile fields (comp. Gen. 27, 28); Is. 59,
10 ὉΠ ὈΠΡΏΘΝΞ in fertile fields we
are as the dead. The Rabbins and Je-
rome render it darkness, comp. Lam. 3,
6; but see Comment. on Is. l. c.

MIAN, TIVAWN, f(r. vawd,) con-
str. nytt (once abbol: Judg. 7,19),
Plur. τῶν, a watch, φυλακή, a part
of the night, 50 called from the military
watches. Among the ancient Hebrews
there were only three night-watches ;
the first or ΤῸΝ UX Lam. 2, 19;
the middle Judg. 7,19; and the third
"pan myowsx Ex. 14, 24. 1 Sam. 11,11.
Later and in the times of the N. T. there
were four, after the Roman manner.

᾿ TON obsol. root, perh. I. tobe hard,
jirm, strong ; Chald. PUN, PeR, hard,

strong; comp. 85, Arab. Sst, hard,
strong, robust.
II. to be dark, obscure, see Ἰδὲ.

3208 m. a lattice, i. 6. a latticed
window, through which the cool breeze
passes, Judg. 5, 28. Prov. 7,6. R. 128
4. ν.

MIWN (the strong, fortified) Ashnah,
pr. n. of two cities in the tribe of Judah,
Josh. 15, 33. 43.

96

Due :

JUN (prop, support) Lshean, pr. n.
of a city in Judah, Josh. 15, 52. R. 720. |

: EDN obsolete root, Syr. Saf to |
use incantation, enchantment. Simonis—
places the primary power in the notion Ϊ
of covering, hiding; whence Syr. to use —
incantation, pr. to practise hidden arts, —
comp. 0&3 and [255 ; also MBN a quiver, —
so called a recondendo. Kindred with ;
the signif: of incantation is FWD. 1

Deriv. the two following.

WON Heb. and Chald. an enchanter,
magician, Dan. 2,10. Plur. Heb. D°5wR
Dan. 1, 20. 2,2; Chald. }"5%&, emphat.
N°DON (from a Sing. Hx) Dan. 2, 27.
4, 4. 5,7. 11. 15. Syr. teas] enchanter.

MBWN fc. suff. IMBON, a quiver, perh. ἷ
SO called as covering and concealing
the arrows, see r. δ, Is. 22, 6. 49, 2.
Jer. 5, 16. Ps. 127, 5. Job 39, 23. Lani,
3, 13 InBON 22 the sons of his quiver,
his arrows.

TIBWN Ashpenaz, pr. n. of a chief
eunuch in the court of Nebuchadnezzar, —
Dan. 1, 3. Roediger well compares Pers.

crawl, Sanser. agvas, horse, and ndsd
nose; pr. ‘nose of the horse. A simi-
lar foro is T2308.

“BUN an obscure word, found only
twice, 2 Sam. 6,19. 1 Chr. 16,3; where
Vulg. assatura bubule carnis, dociviial
it absurdly enough from x fire and "B
bullock. Engl. Vers. a good piece of
flesh. But there can be little doub
that it was a certain measure of wine
or drink, a measure, cup, for "B® with
Aleph. prosthet. from r. "EW no. 3 i. qe

Ethiop. M144 to measure, whence

@7f1A,C a measure, cyathus, see Lu-
dolph Lex. Ethiop. p. 187 ; comp. kindr.
“BO to number.—An approash to the
truth was made by L. de Dieu, who,
following the same etymology, under-
standsa porren of the sacrifice measured

out.

;

MEWS m. a dunghill, finata, for
mbt (Neh. 3, 13) with Aleph. prosthet.
from r. MDW to put, to place, perh. also to
heap up, comp. Ὁ. So MbOxn "Dw
Neh. 2, 13. 3, 14. 12, 31, contr. rbth “σῷ
3, 13, the dunghill-date, dung-gate, in
: )

ἊΝ | 97

Jerusalem, see in ng. Trop. put as
the απ οὐδόν of deep andsqualid poverty ;
1 Sam. 2, 8 he raiseth wp the poor out
of the dust, PAAR OM MBOX he lifteth
up the needy fromthe dunghill. Ps. 113, 7.

So
Comp. Arab.

deepest poverty.—Plur. mimawx, from
a lost Sing. MMBON or ΓΒ. Lam. 4,5
they embrace dunghills, i. e. lie in the
just, wallow in filth. Comp. the simi-
lar phrases ‘to embrace the rock’ Job
24, 8; ‘to lick the dust,’ etc.

Nore. The signif. dunghill, which
J.D. Michaelis needlessly calls in ques-
tion, Suppl. p. 137, is expressed by all the
ancient versions with once voice ; and the
same is found also in the Mishna, where
occurs the Sing. MDwWX dunghill, Chetu-
both 7.5. Baba Mezia 5.7; and Plur.
mrpwx of dunghills in the fields, She-
biith 3. 1-3. According to this first form,
we might suppose the word to be de-
rived from the root WX, but whence
then would come the Plur. mimpwx 7
Most prob. however this Sing. belongs
to a later age, and arose’from an error of
etymology by which the earlier mBUx,
was regarded asa Plur. Comp. 3x,
plur. nin2&, and thence Chald. Sing.
MTN.

5 dung, mire, put for the

Ti>PWX (perh. migration, from τ. bp
Aram. to migrate, comp. mt22) pr. n.
Ashkelon, Askelon, a maritime city of the
Philistines: Judg. 1, 18. 14,19. 1 Sam. 6,
17. 2 Sam. 1, 20. Arab. uy dane ? As-

kelan, which name is still retained by
the village which stands among the
‘ruins of the ancient city. The gentile
nv is "3i>px Josh. 13, 3.

: ὮΝ ΟΥ̓ TON, see the pr. 0. ᾿ὔν.

1b Dr. ‘to be sinniaht, right, i.q. 8" no.
2. espec. ofa way, and then also of what is
upright, erect ; whence comes the signif.
to be firm, strong, in the Talmud.

2. to go straight forward, and genr. to
go on, to advance, Prov. 9, 6. .

3. to go well, to prosper, to be happy τ

_comp. the kindr. verbs “87 no. 1, 3,
"WD.

. Pret "8x to cause to go straight, to
guide right, Prov. 23, 19. Is. 1,17 Wx
Yon lead right the CRETE i. 6. guide

“ON -

him into the right path. Or it may
here be taken as the Act. of Pual no. 2;
and then we may render with the an-
cient versions: ῥύσασϑε ἀδικούμενον,
Vulg. subvenite oppresso, Eng. Vers.
relieve the oppressed. [More exactly:
right the oppressed.—R.] Part. "wx
genr. leader, guide, Is. 3, 12. 9, 15.

2. Intrans. to go on, to advance, i. q.
Kal. no. 2. Prov. 4, 14.

3. to pronounce happy, to call blessed,
Gen. 30,13. Ps. 72,17. Prov. 31,28. Cant.
6, 9. Job 29, 11.

Puau “WN and “Wir
guided, Is, 9, 15.

2. to be made happy, to be blessed, Ps.
41, 3. Prov. 3, 18.

Derly, “wy, MADR, WY, WN, πῶς,

“TWN , “ANN, ΕΠ Ἢ

WN (happy, blessed, comp. Gen. 30,
13) Asher, pr. n. a) A son of Jacob
by Zilpah, Gen. 30, 13. 35, 26; the foun-
der of the tribe of like name Num. 1, 40.
41, the territory of which lay in the north-
ern part of Palestine and is described
Josh. 19, 24-31. ‘The gentile ἢ. is "70x
Asherite Judg. 1, 32. Ὁ) A city east-
ward from Shechem, Josh. 17, 7.

. ὮΝ A) Pron. relat. of all genders
and numbers, like Engl. who, which ;
also that, what. In the later Hebrew
and Rabbinic is found the abbreviated
form ὦ ©, which was elsewhere used
only among ‘the Phenicians; in the other
kindred dialects the relative has forms
derived from the demonstrative M1, as

1. to be led,

Chald. "1, 3, Syr. ὃ, Samar. J, Arab.

sot i i. q. πὶ in , Ethiop. H who, comp.
‘H he, this; see Thesaur. p. 165.—The
various uses of the relative belong strict-
ly to Syntax; and we give here only
the following: .

1. Before the relative, the pron. for he,
she, it, or their plurals, is often omitted,
e. g. Num. 22,6 "XA WHR) and he whom
thou cursest. Ruth 2, 2. Ex. 4,12. Josh.
2,10. The same pron. is also to be sup-
nlied wherever prepositions are prefixed
to the relative; 6. g. "8X2 to him who
Gen. 43, 16, to thew who 47, 24; “WRN
him who, that which ; “wi from or of
those which Is. 47,13. Sometimes the:
pron. implied refers to place, as "HX~>X

mix 98.

to that place which Ex. 82, 34; ΝΞ in
that place which, i. e. where, Ruth 1,17.
Lehrg. § 198.

2. Often "OX is merely a sign of rela-
tion, which serves to give to substantives,
adverbs, and pronouns, a relative sense ;
as ΡΣ τὲ WR which dust Gen. 13, 16;
moony ἼΩΝ which field 49, 30; penis
where, from bw there; Dw an whence,
from Dw thence; ἴδ "ῶν to whom, from
i> to him; 3 my in whom ; ἼΣ9 “WN
from whom ; 28> ΩΝ whose toast? Deut.
28, 49, etc. Indeed this is the usual mode
in which the Hebrews express the ob-
lique cases of the relative, Lehrg. p. 743 ;
with a very few exceptions not as yet
noted by any one, that I am aware of,
viz. WX Is. 47, 12, for Da Wx (Targ.
yina—s, Syr. σις); and ὮΝ b>
Gen. 31, 32, for 72> "68 with whom.

3. 5 “WN serves to circumscribe the
genitive, like the Talmudic θῶ, espec.
where several genitives depend on one
governing noun, andin the later Hebrew;
e. g. 1 Sam. 91, 8 Danw> “Wy D4 AN
the chief of Saul’s herdsmen. Cant. id.
πρῶ AWS oMwN Ww the Song of
songs of Solomon, i. e. Solomon’s Song
of songs. See Lehrg. p. 672, 673.

4, In the later Hebrew ΩΝ is some-
times redundant, like the Aram. "3,5
6. g. Esth. 1, 12 22 “yx 7237 Ἔβῃ
BO"; see v. 13, where “ON 1 is omit-
ted ; comp. 2 Stain, 7,14. 9,8. See in
art. Ἀπ᾿

B) It passes over also into a relat.
Conjunction, like Heb. "3, Aram: "5, 2,
Ethiop. H, Gr. ὅτι, Lat. quod, Germ.
dass, Engl. that. Its various uses, in
which it has a great resemblance to "93,
may be reduced to the following: |

1. that, quod, after verbs of seeing,
hearing, knowing, Ex. 11,7; of finding
Ecc. 7; 39 ; of speaking Esth. 3,4; con-
fessing Lev. 5,5; swearing 1 K. 22, 16,
etc. Also after nouns of like power, Is.
38, 7. Eec. 5,4. The manner in which
the neut. of the relative passes over into
. this power, is exemplified in the follow-
‘ing passages: Josh. 2, 10 “Wx Mx 129790
PAO"Ds Wa" Mi tesin we have heard
that which (how) Jehovah dried up the
waters of the Red sea. 1 Sam. 24, 11.19.

“ION

2 Sam. 11,20. 2 K. 8,12. Dent. 29, 15.
Is. 38, 7 this shall be to thee a sign, that,
etc. Comp. no. 9.

2. that, in order that, ut, denoting end,
purpose, aim, before the Fut. Deut. 4,40 ᾿
and ye shall diligently keep his statutes
which I command you this day, 32" VR
ΌΤΙ HPD A> that it may be well with’
thee bal with thy children. 6,3. Ruth 3,
1. Gen. 11, 7. 2° Ro Soar. Ps. 144, 12.
Also after a verb of asking, Dan. 1, 18.—
More fully “Wx 322% in order that, see
in 5 ; once SOg-my Ez. 36, 27. —Neg.
Nd “WN that not, lest, Ece. 7, 21. Esth.
1, 19, 2, 10.

3. Causal, because that, because, be-
fore a Pret. Gen. 30, 18. 31, 49. 34, 27.
Josh. 4, 7. 22, 31. 1 K. 15, 5. Eee. 4, 9.
8,11. Rarely before a Fut. referring
to something still uncertain, 1 K. 8, 33;
comp. 2 Chr. 6, 24, where in the same
connection is"2. More fully "Ws nnn,
“WN fF", see no. 9. Like "3 it is also
put at the beginning of an answer as-
signing a reason where one has been
demanded ; 1 Sam. 15, 19 wherefore then —
didst thou not obey the voice of the Lord,
but didst fly upon the spoil ...? 20 And
Saul said unto Samuel, heedine that |
(ts) I have obeyed the voice of the
Lord,...and have brought Αδαρ...
and have utterly destroyed the Amalek- —
ites, i. e. because, in doing as I have
done, I have obeyed (I think) the di-
vine command. Vulg. ‘imo audivi vo-
cem domini.—Sometimes it may be
more conveniently rendered for, Deut.
3, 24; so Sept. Syr. Vulg. Here too
balance mad “tis Dan. 1, 10 (comp.
maby Cant. 1, 7), pr. for wherefore? Sor
why? and hence i. 4. ne, lest, Syr. kaso.
See under 79 D. 3. b.

4, Conditional, if that, if, Lev. 4, 22,
comp. DX in vv. 3.27. Deut. 11,27, comp.
EN v.28. Deut. 18,22. 1K.8, 31 (comp.
2 Chr. 6, 22). 2 Chr. 6, 29.. Before a
Fut. Gen. 30, 38. Is. 31, 4. Josh. 4, 21.—
Rarely it is concessive, #f that, i. q. al-
though, Ecce. 8, 12. |

5. Of time, when. ὅτε, pr. ‘the time
that ;’ before the Pret. Deut. 11, 6 when —
the earth opened her mouth. 1K. 8, 9.
Ps. 139,15. 2 Chr. 35, 20 Smswins 9739 “wis of
ΛΞ τ when γριὰ had repaired the ἢ

ON

temple. Comp. Syr. 9 Mark 11, 3. Matt.
20, 54. 28, 1.
6. Of slice, where, ov, pr. ‘the place

that,” for ot "ts, Num. 20, 13. Ps. 95,

3)

= 9, te. 64, 10. “Also for naw TUN wabsthen,
i whithereoever, Num. 13, 27. Ps. 84,4. Is.
fF. 55, ‘11. Comp. Syr. 9 Heb. 3, 9 for ov.
So. i. a. WRD » a8, like as, in protasis
_ Ex. 14, 13, Sept. ov τρόπον. 1 Κ΄. 8, 24.
, Followed by 19 Jer. 33, 22. Also in
_ what way, how ; Job 37,17 knowest thou
- aM AIS ἼΩΝ how thy garments be-
come warm ?
_ 8. Asasign of the apodosis, pr. ‘then
is it that,’ etc. i. q. then, like "3D no. ὃ,
where see. With OX preceding, Is. 8, 20
Sd ἼΡ τ. AiR ΓΙΥΓῚ a2 ON ND ON
if they speak not thus, then shall there be
to them no dawn. Like "3 and ἢ (Lehrg.
_ p. 723) it is put where a nominative ab-
solute precedes; 2 Sam. 2, 4 the men of
| Jabesh-Gilead >~d-nx 372P VW then
they buried Saul. Also with, other cases
absolute, espec. those marking time and
place ; Zech. 8, 23 "WX Manh on72
Ap HT in those Says, then shall ten men
take hold, etc. Deut. 1,31 "8x "2723
mein the desert, thére thou hast seen ; ;
comp. 2 Sam. 14, 15 ΝΞ “Hx ams and
now, so am ἜΝ Chald. ἸΣ3.-
᾿ This usage of the particle "Hx is denied
by Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 650; but in so
_ doing he seems to have uveblodked the
fact, that the Heb. and Aram. particles
"2, 2, 3, all have the like origin and
signification.
9. Prepositions to which “88 is sub-
_ joined are converted into conjunctions ; ;
_ comp. "3. E. g. δ πὶ after that ;
WN ID until that, even to; “YX τος
aside from that, except, Esth. 4, 11;
ΩΝ 7905 in order that; “8X nnn,
ror “Aaya, WW 59, WX “23 by, "9"
ἢ “UN, sti, "Ὡς “DD, “is "IB, “AP?
q SOR, on Siccolnt of that, because ; comp.
Lehrg. p- 636.—Once “8 is put first,
| 92 53 ΩΝ Job 34, 27, ig. “WR 7D by
and j aby “> on this account that, because.
c) ‘With prefixes.
1. "8x2: a) Pr. in what place, where,
wheresoerer, Ruth 1,17. Judg. 5, 27. 17,

_ 9; followed by cvi there, Job “39, 30..

More fully ow-ntxa Gen. 21, 17, and
SH Wx cipea 2 Sam 15, 21. The

oo | sep

same sense may be retained in 1 Sam,

23, 13. 2 K. 8,1, where it is commonly
rendered whither, whithersoever, as if for
maw WN. b) in that, because, i. q. Syr.
>, Gen. 39, 9.23. Ece.8,4, 6) > ἼΘΝΞ
on account of, because of, propter, where

it takes the nature of a preposition,
Jon. 1,8. Contracted >wa ib. 1, 7. 12.

Both forms correspond to Syr. Quo
propter. :
2. ΩΝ see after 3.
3. “tN pr. from that, i. 6. since, be-
cause, Is. 43, 4.

ON m. (τ. Wx) happiness, blessed-
ness, found only in plur. constr. "TW,
where it takes the nature and force of
an interjection; as D°NT "IWR lit. O the
happiness of the man, i. e. Happy the
man! Ps.1,1. 2,12. 32, 1.2. 33, 12. So by
an ellipsis of the relative, Ps. 65,5 "708
“man happy he whom thou choosest.
With suff. FR happy art thow!
Deut. 33, 29; 37728 for ἼΩΝ Kee. 10,
17, "ON Prov. 14, 21, and AT WN for
ἡστν τὶς Prov. 29, 18, DST hx Is, 32, 20.
For the shorter plural form of Segholate
nouns, 6. g. ἼΩΝ for "POR, see in
Lehrg. p. 575, 576. In the present word
this shorter form pertains to its use in
exclamation. Comp. the Gr. and Lat.
exclamatory phrases, τρισμακάριος, τρισ-
ὄλβιος, τρισευδαίμων, terque quaterque
beatus ; Germ. viel Gliick !

“WS id. c. suff. et pref. “WN pr. with
my happiness, i. re happy am 1, Gen.
30, 13.

nbs Milél (upright towards God)
Asharelah, pr. n. of a Levite and singer,
1 Chr. 25, 2; in v. 14 written MoN70".

MAWS f£ rarely TON Mic. 5, 13.
Deut. 7,5; Plur. "UN and δ.

1. Ἰδὼν a goddess of the Heb.
idolaters, to whom they made statues,
images, (M¥252,) 1K. 15, 13. 2 Chr. 15,
16; and whom they often worshipped
together with Baal, as at other times
Baal and Astarte (Judg. 2, 13. 10, 6.
1 Sam 7,4. 12,10). 1K. 18,19 prophets
of Baal... prophets of Asherah. 2 K.23
4 of Baal, of Asherah. and of all the host
of heaven. Judg. 3, 7 and served “PX
ninwanmms) pqbyan ‘Baals and Ashe-
rahs , comp. 2K. ‘17, 16. 21,3. 2 Chr. 33

"DN

3. Judg. 6,25. Once, where in the same |

context mention is made οἴ Mx 2 K.
23, 6. 14. 15, and also of ΩΣ v. 13,
the latter seems to pertain to the idola-
trous worship of the Sidonians, and the
former to that of the Hebrews.

2. a statue, image, of Asherah, made
of wood, a wooden pillar, of great size,
Judg. 6, 25-27; which on account of
its height was fixed or planted in the
ground, Deut. 16, 21. An Asherah or
statue of this sort stood near the altar of
Baal at Samaria from the time of Ahab,
1 Ὁ 16, 32. 33. 2 K. 10, 26. 17, 16; on
the high place of Bethel, 2 K. 23, 15; at
Ophra, Judg. 6. 25; and even in the
temple at Jerusalem from Manasseh
until Josiah, 2 K. 21, 3. 7. 23, 6.—Plur.
DIN, Asherahs, pillars, columns, ofien
coupled with the cippi or stone pillars
(riax2) consecrated to Baal, 1 K. 14,
23. 2 K. 17, 10. 23, 14. 2 Chr. 14, 2,
Mic. 5, 12. 13. Ex. 34, 13. Deut. 7, 5. 12,
3; with pr>s3 soap. 3,7; with 59 ἘΠ
Is. 17, 8. 27, 9, 2 Chr. 34, 4.7; and with
other species of idols, Deut. 7, 5. 12. 3.
2 Chr. 31,1. 33, 9.—That iliews pillars
were of wood appears especially from
uhe fact, that whenever they are de-
stroyed they are always said to be cut
down and burned, Ex. 34, 13. Judg. 6, 25.
2 K. 23, 6. 15. ete.

Nore. Of the ancient versions some
render this word Astarte, others a wood-
en pillar, others a tree.. Sept. very fre-
quently ἄλσος, Vulg. lucus, (Engl. a
grove,) by which they seem to have

understood a sacred tree ; but see 2 K.
17,10. In the Mishna too it is explained
by ‘7253 7" ‘a tree that is worshipped.’
The primary signification of the word
may pertain either to the goddess, her
nature and qualities ; or to the statue or
figure of the goddess. The latter has
recently been maintained by Movers in
a learned dissertation on this word (Phe-
nizier I. p. 560 sq. Bonn 1840); accord-
ing to whom M7Wx is pr. right, upright,
then a pillar, and at last a female divi-
nity of the Canaanites worshipped under
the figure of an upright pillar, often as
the partner (σύμβωμος) of Baal in his
altars, but different from Astarte ; comp.
the: epithet of Diaha, ‘Og dia, *Opdesiae
‘Phe former idea was adopted by me,

100

| ὨΩΝ
(Thesaur. 5. h. v. et in.A ppend.) referring

MOR to the nature and qualities of the
goddess herself; though I admit, that

the proper and primary signification of —

the word was afterwards neglected and |

obliterated, as is not uncommon. Ac-

cording to this view 7¢& is pr. For-
tune, happiness, (comp. “tr no. 3, "OX
Gen. 30, 13, espec. "JER ,) and hence
became an attrinate of Astarte. or Venus
as Fortuna datrix, which was made
great account of among the Hebrew
idolaters ; see the arts. δ, "22. To
this we may add, that the Romans too
regarded Venus as the giver of good
fortune and a happy lot; comp. the
expressions : Venerem jacere Suet. ve-
nereus jactus Cic. et al. And I am still
induced to regard this view with favour,
by the analogy of other similar names
derived obviously from the nature and
qualities of heathen gods, and very
rarely if ever from the form of their sta-
tues or images; 6. g. py92, ΠΩΣ,
pan.
that, the propér signification of ποθ,
ΕΝ, being afterwards neglected,
these words might come to be used of
rude pillars and wooden statues ; just as

the Gr. ‘Leujjc was used of any human ᾿

statue which terminated below the

breast in a square column, although it —
might represent any thing or every thing —

but Mercury.

ΣΡ ΩΣ Chald. a wall, so called as —

being upright, see r. WGN no. 1. Ezra
5,3. For the form, see inm2va.

* WEN obsol. root, pr. to cram or

press together, to make compact, either ᾿

by treading, stamping, or in any other

os
way; comp. Arab. 23] to tread. to

stamp, tosubdue. Kindr. is 7X to press, '
to urge; also ΥῈΝ and the roots there —

adduced.—Hence πῶ a pressed cake

of dried grapes ; S78 a foundation, se.

as made firm by stamping; also Arab.
£

6 Conj. II, to found, to make firm;

comp. MN to prop.

Nore. Hithp, Swixnn see under r.

7x p. 45.
nor see MUR.

- νυν νον SS

It is however quite possible —

TR
7 _ SSTMBN (perh. recessus, as if Inf. from
Syr. ‘jas to recede, to withdraw, 1

Tim. 5, 11) Eshtaol, pr. n. of a city
belonging to the tribe of Dan, situated
in the plain of the tribe of Judah, Josh.
"15, 33. 19, 41. Judg. 13, 25. 16, 31. Ev-
sebius places it fifteen Roman miles

- north of Eleutheropolis on the way to Ni-
copolis.—Gentile n. "28BX 1 Chr. 2, 53.

MATHS Chald. eshaliion Ezra 4, 15.
19; verbal of Conj. Ithpa. from τ, 778
_ to strive, q. v.

PINUS (womanish, uxorious, from

mx) pr. n. τὴ, Eshton, 1 Chr. 14, 11. 12.
ΟΠ ΤΕ Josh. 15, 50, and PVANWN
_ (obedience, as if Inf. of Arab. Conj. VIII,
from τ. 28) Eshtemoh, Eshtemoa, pr. n.
_of a Levitical city in the mountains of
* Judah, Josh. 21, 14. 1 Sam. 30, 28. 1 Chr.
Ε 4.17. 19. 6,42. Still called Semd’a, a
large village south of Hebron; Bibl.
- Res. in Palest. II. p. 194, 627.

_ FS Chald..comm. gend. i. q. Heb. ix,
a sign, portent, synonym. 772m. Dan. 3,
82, 33.6, 28. Rin.

“RS 1. ᾳ. OMX thou, q. v.

TS , with distinctive accent AX, pers.
pron. 2 pers. fem. dhou, often. The form
_ is apocopated from the fuller "Fix , where
see. Sometimes joined with a masc.
Ez. 28, 14. Deut. 5, 24.

Β΄ "1. DN, with Makk. “mx, c. suff.
ΟΝ, AMR, in Pause FMS, nk, ANS,
A mn, (all which are just as often writ
ten fully,) D2ns, rarely nami Josh. 23,
16, om, yn, Tonk Ex. 35, 26, ‘more
| “rarely Dons Gen. "32, 1, DMs Ez. 93, 45,
FANS v. ‘AT.

1. Pron. demonstr. αὐτός, ipse, self, this
same. This primary demonstr. power

would seem to have been pecperved in
the language of common life, and after-
wards to have emerged and become
' current in the later books, as also in
_ Rabbinic and Syriac. Josh. 22, 17 ts τί

too little for us "28 ΣΤΟΝ this same ini-
| quity of Peor? Hagg.2,17 "2% BINS PR
yet ye yourselves turned not to me. Dan.
| 9,13 as is written in the law of Moses
canbe mya, mss mp->2 mx all this
same evil is come Upon US, age as an-

᾿ Υ a)
᾽
> 5 2. »

of the soles of my feet.

_ appears less in the early Hebrew ; but

CT Ae seats
nounced in Lev. c. 26 and Deut. c. 28
Jer. 38, 16 DEIN-My 123 ND Wx MRM
i. 6. the same who gave us this life. 2
K. 6,5 as one was felling a beam, the
ΙΕῸΝ (>3937mx) fell into the water,
where the word iron is at least to be
pronounced with a certain emphasis.
Neh. 9, 19.1 Sam. 17, 34 3 ἢ "ANA 8a
there came the lion and namely the bear ;
or perh. with the bear himself, comp. αὐτῇ
σὺν φόρμιγγι Hom. Il. 9. 194. Others,
and with the bear.—Here belong also in
the O. T. the following: a) The reflexive
use of MX, as IMS ἑαυτόν, DMN ἑαυτούς.
ΕΖ. 34, 2 wo to the shepherds ἢ WS
ons 0°25 who do feed themselves, i. q.
pup). v. 8.10. Jer. 7,19. Num. 6, 13.
b) In Ezekiel it is read four times with-
out a noun following, being put for αὐτό,
this, it, itself ; while every where else,
in a relaxed sense (see no. 2), it requires
a noun or suffix; so Ez. 43,7 dipa my
"D3 Mip> DPA MN} "NOD this (αὐτό) is
the place of my throne and this the place
ΕΖ. 47, 17. 18.
19; comp. ν. 30, where MNT is ead in
the same context.*—Comp. the Rabbi-
nic formula, B17 IMI αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ on
the same day, that very day; “M83
ΠΡῸΣ in the same hour, that — hour 5
also Syr. oi he, comp. ag ἑαυτοῦ, a
se ipso.

Nore. Some have ΡΎΣΕΩΣ the
above use of this particle, choosing τὰ-

| ther to refer the passages cited, and

others like them, to its use with an ac-
cusative ; but with little success. See
Maurer’s Comm. II. p. 608. The origin
of the word, which is treated of below, is
not contrary to the above view; but

| rather*favours it.

2. By degrees Τὶ lost much of its pri-
mitive force; so that as set before nouns
and pronouns already definite, it came
to add little of demonstrative power ;
e.g. "233 PN, like Engl. the thing itself,
the same thing, often put redundantly
for simpl. this thing, the thing. As to

* Some have suspected the reading in v. 17.
18..19 ; and have proposed to substitute ΝΥ,
as inv. 20. But the similar passage in c. 43,7,
where MNT could not well be substituted, sup-
ports the common reading. Maurer suppiies:

‘lo! the place, ete. Sept. ἑώρακας τὸν τόπον

κ. τ. }.

case, it is put: a) Rarely before the
nominative, e. g. 2 Sam. 11, 25 S777
MI ASAIN MS 2 ΣΞ Let nit this thing
displease thee. 1 Sam. 20, 13. Neh. 9,
32. Not to mention, farther the exam-
ples where PX is coupled with a passive
verb, as Gen. “4, 18 TASTER rr pb ba abhi
and ‘there was born unto Enoch Irad ;

for which construction see Heb. Gr.
§140, 1. a. For the examples, see
Lehrg. p. 682-685. Maurer Comment.
on Hagg.2,5. b) Very freq. and chiefly,
before the object ofa proposition, when
definite ; comp. the pronouns αὐτός, ἦρθε,
which espec. in the oblique cases αὐτοῦ,
αὐτῷ, αὐτόν, ipsum, ipsi, lose in a degree
their demonstrative power. Hence it

passes over into a particle designating |

a determinate object ; so that Heb. “m8
pi.un, which would be pr. i. q. αὐτὸν
τὸν οὐρανόν, becomes in common usage
i. q. τὸν οὐρανόν. like Gr. αὐτὴν Χρυσηΐδα
Tl. 1. 143, without emphasis for Χρυσηΐδα;
also τ otal pr. αὐτόν σε, σεαυτόν, and then
simpl. σε. Inthismanner Τὰ is put very
frequently before substantives made de-
finite by the article, as τ ΘΙ MN
V2N0 Gen. 1, 1, comp. prot ys 2.4;
or by a genitive or suffixes added, Esth.
9, 14. Ruth 2, 15; also ‘before proper
names, Jon. 2, 1. Ἃ all these construc-
tions it is far more frequent in prose than
in poetry. Very rarely is τς put before
nouns not made definite; Ex. 2, 1. 21,
28. 2 Sam. 18, 18. Prov. 13, 21. Kec. 3, 15.
Nore. The origin of this particle is
still uncertain. Corresponding to it in
the Semitic languages are Chald. m3,
Syr. Ds, ipse ; but these are of rare oc-
currence. Kindred are thiop. eyfa who
(pr. demonstr. like all relatives), Egypt.
ent who; and espec. the demonstr. syl-
lable ent, which in the Egyptian lan-
guage is prefixed: to the personal pro-
nouns, as ent-oten ye, ent-sen they, ent-of
he. Here the simple and genuine forms
are oten, sen, of. The form ‘ent-sen cor-
responds entirely to the Heb. O4nx,
(Minx, and ent-of to the Heb. ink; at
all these forms express the nomina-
tive. See the Table in "58, note. Heb.
Gr. p. 293. edit. 13. έν ent comes
both Px (as Mm from mn), and Mik;
comp. Sanscr. état, Gr. ovt-o¢.—Others

102

- Preposition, of like force with b> q. v.

ὮΝ 7

refer PX, M58, to the Aram. ΠΝ, ΠΣ
i.qg. ©"; so Hupfeld. On the demonsir
power of the letter m, see Hupfeld in
Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. II. p. 135.

I]. M8, with Makk. τρὶς, c. suff. "hE,
FAN, in pase and fem. sn Gen.’ 6,
18 comp. 20, 18, IMR, MX, SIAN Gert,
9,9. 11, OMX; more rarely and chiefly
in the books of Joshua, Kings, Jer. and
Ezek. 78, AMS, OMX, where it might —
seem to be confounded with PR assign —
of the accus. Strictly a Subst. denoting
nearness, vicinity, prob. for 73% from τ᾿
mx ΠῚ, to approach, as ΓΞ from M3.
In common usage it passed over into a

1. with, apud, i. e. at, by, near, of
nearness and vicinity, comp. 09. Gen.
19, 33. Lev. 19,13. Job 2,13. 1 K. 9, 26 ©
Exzion-geber πῆρα ΤΣ "ὥς ΣΙΩΝ is
near by Eloth ; comp. Judg. 4, 11. “PN
ΓΒ "2p with i.e. in the presence of any
one, i,q. 22>, see in M25. Unusual
is Gen. 30, 29, thou knowest what thy —
flock has become “FIN with me, i.e. under |
my care as their shepherd ; comp. 39, 6
he took care for nothing iM& with 1 him,
i.e. so long as he had Joseph for his
οἰκόνομος. v.8.—Spec. a) As implying
eae age like Lat. penes, comp. Gr. τὰ
παρ ἐμοΐ, Arab. ons rashes espec. of
what one has in mind; Job 12, 3 "Ὥστ
nbs 0D 98 who knowetl not euch things?
14, 5 the number of his months is with
thee, i i.e. in thy mind, is determined, by
thee; comp. ὩΣ no. 2. c. b) Rarely of
motion to or towards a place, (like παρά.
c. ace. and vulg. apud te Inscr. Grut.)
2 Sam. 15, 23. Ps. 67,2 528 3B AN,
i. q. nbs, Ps. 4, 7. ὁ) 1. ᾳ. besides,
preter, (comp. παρὰ ταῦτα preter ista,y
Ex. 1,14. 1K. 11,1. 25. d) Ellipt. for
mx en 49, 25, where {2 is implied
from the preceding context. e) In
some phrases and examples MX might
seem to stand more laxly for im; as im
Lat. apud villam, apud forum, apud
Hierosolyma Suet. Vesp. 93; apud Pa.
lestinam Eutr. 7,13; see Handii Tur-
sell. p. 414,415. But still, in all such
cases, the notion of nearness can and
ought to be retained ; 6. g. 1 Sam. 7, 16
and he judged Israel nish ninborbs- δ
at all these places; ‘the tribunals i

ns

which justice was administered being in
the gates of the cities, and therefore at or
bythe cities. 1K.9, 26 νῶν ims “UPN
"7 20> and Solemn Duimed:sncanies a'r
that altar which was before Jehovah ;
comp. Suet. Aug. 35, ‘ut thure et mero
supplicaret—apud aram ejus dei etc.’
and Deut. 16,6 maim ow... Dipamm>s.
Sacrifices were offered πεν at the al-
tar, and in 1 K. |.c. this phrase is employ-
ed as if the usual one for offering incense.

2. with, cum, comp. 6Y no. 1; pr. of
accompanying, society, etc. Gen. 6, 13.
A3, 16. Judg. 1, 16. Jer. 51,59; of affi-
‘nity 1K. 3,1; of a covenant Gen. 15,
18; of help, aid, Gen. 4, 1 J have gotten
a ΙΑ ΘΗ Σ αὐ. avith Jehovah, i. 6.
with his help, ‘through his aid. Jer. 1, 8.
15, 20. Also, to speak with any one 1 XK.
8, 15; to fight or wage war with any one,
where MX can also be rendered against,
Gen. 14,9. 1 Chr. 20, 5. Prov. 23, 11.
nins-rxy WON to walk with God, ᾳ. d.
as the companion of God, to live a life
pleasing to God, Gen. 5, 94. Jon ΠῺΣ
‘e-my fo do Ieindness ie. to act kindly
with any one, ‘Zech. ‘M9. Deut. 1, 30;
comp. Ruth. 2, 20. 2 Sam. 16, 17.

For MX see after 47.

Nots. Noldius in his Concord. has
everywhere confounded the two words,
mx I and II.

ITI. FS c. suff. img 1 Sam. 13, 20;
Plur. 5°Ms ib. v. 21, and D°MN Is. 2, 4.
Mic. 4, 3. Joel 4, 10; an agricultural
instrument of iron, having an edge and
requiring to be sometimes sharpened,
(1 Sam. 1. c.) according to most of the
ancient intpp. a plough-share or coulter,
though in 1 Sam. 1. ὁ. it is joined with
mo om plough-share ; according to
Symm. and the Rabbins, a mattock.
The LXX in Sam. 1. c. use the more
general word oxsvo¢; comp. Arab.

Οὐδ᾽ household-stuff, flocks and herds,
utensils. Better perhaps to regard mx
as contr. for MIN (as MD for MID from
' § SE οἱ g§ Ξ
m2) i. q. Arab. 31 instrument, sol
apparatus, instrument, espec. of war,
. Ἑ
from r. ΤῚΣ [δὴ to help, also to be fur-

nished with instruments, apparatus ;
and then this general word is prob. put

103

mins

for some particular kind of instrument,
perhaps for the coulter of a plough ; see
the passages above cited from Isaiah
and Micah.

SYANS (with Baal, i. e. enjoying the
favour and help of Baal) Ethbaal,
pr. ἢ. of aking of Sidon 1 K. 16, 31. Jo-
sephus calls him ᾿Ἰϑόβαλος, Εἰϑώβαλος,
(532 imx,) Ant. 8. 13. 1,3. ς. Apion. 1.18.

. miss; Deut. 33, 2, and RON Is, 21,
12, plur. 12m8 Jer. 3, 22 for 23NNN ; Fut.
πρὶ Job 37, 22, plur. “mx Job 16, 22,
contr. and défect. πρὶ Mic. 4,8, sn
Deut. 33, 21 and ὨΝΞῚ for MN Ἐ 41,
25; Imper. mx for ἸῺΝ Is. 21, 12. 56,
9. 12; most of ‘which forms imitate the
Aearoisall

1. to come, poetic instead of δ.

τ
Chald. xmx, Syr. fzf, Arab. GI, in

these languages the common prose
forms. Constr. with > of pers. to wham
one comes Jer. 3, 22, and 71> Mie. 4, 8.
Part. plur. fem. ΓΝ ΠῚ things to come
i. 6. future, Is. 41, 23. 44, 7. 45, 11. Arab.

Tia OS
wi for isl future.

2. to come upon any one, to happen to
him, e. g. evil, Job 3, 25, i. q. 5} 6. ace.

3. lo go, to pass away, Job 16, 22.
Vulg. transeunt.

Hipu. to bring, i.q. 8°39. Preet. plur.
mt for ἼΩΝ Is. 21, 14; also the
same form for Imper. Jer. 12, 9..

Deriv. ji".

MAN Chald. Dan. 7, 22, inf. xm Dan.
3, 2, 1. ᾳ. Hebr. to come, with >» of pers.
Ezra 4, 12. 5, 3.

Apu. "177, inf. mm, by Hebraism,
to cause to come, to bring, e.g. persons
Dan. 6, 17.25; things Dan. 5, ᾿ 23. Syr.
δι:

Hopu. borrowed. from the Hebrew,
but anomalous, "75, 3 fem. 175 Dan.
6, 18, plur. °° 3, 13, to be brought.

“MN pers. pron. 2 pers. τῇ. thou.
With distinctive accent Mm& (Milél)
Gen. 3,11, 4,11. 27, 32; without 7 five
times in Cheth. AX 1 Sam. 24, 19. Ps.
6,4. Ecc. 7,22. Job 1,10. Neh. 9, 6.
In oblique cases: of thee, thine, 1 K. 21, ,
19; thee Prov. 22, 19; see Heb. Gr.
§ 119. 3. Lehrg. p. 727.—Instead of the Ὁ

‘ms
toubled, the Arabic and Ethiopic have

oF oF
nt, SSI, f wt, vulg. ol, AFT, ἢ
Art ; the Syriac has Nun. occult, nat
ἣν what ; and thesame letter appearsalso
in the Egyptian eNToK, f: eNTO; all
which are compounded of the demonstr.
syllable en and the simple pronouns fa,

ti, tok, comp. Indo-europ. tu. See in
“258, note. Heb. Gr. p. 293. edit. 13.

IMS f. (r. jO8) a she-ass, so called

$ <P
from its slow gait; Arab. yt she-ass,

both domestic and wild, Aram. 8278, _

2) id—Num. 22, 23 sq. ἴδ "22 son
of his ass i. e. his ass’s colt, Gen. 49, 11.
Plur. many Gen. 12, 16. 32, 16.

JAMS Chald. comm. gend. a furnace,
i, q. Syr. 3927, Dan. 3, 6. 11. 15 sq.—
The form }!M8 is for 4298, from r. }2"
to smoke; like p57 for Ppt".

PAMS Ez. 41,15 Cheth. for P"mx q. v.

“FS i. q. MN pers. pron. 2 pers. sing.
fem. thou. This form is rare in the
O. Test. occurring only seven times in
Cheth. 1K. 14,2. 2 K. 4, 16. 23. 8, 1.
Judg. 17,2. Jer. 4,30. Ez. 36,13; the
Yod being everywhere dropped through
the ἀκρισία of the Masorites, and AX

substituted, so that in the text itself the .

apparent fori is ὮΝ. Still, there can

be no doubt but that this (my) is a |
genuine form, (comp. Arab. st and .

Syr. way ,) and even the more’ ancient

and primary form, which the negligent
pronunciation of common life afterwards
abridged into MX. Yod at the end of
words is a mark of the feminine, as in
"RORN.

“EN (perh. near, from MX nearness,
and the ending "—,) Jitai, pr. n. τη.
a) A Gittite, one of David’s military
chiefs, 2 Sam. 15, 19. 22. 18,2. b) A
Benjamite 2 Sam. 23, 29; also written
sms 1 Chr. 11, 31.

P°RS m. Ez. 41, 15 Keri, v. 16. 42, 3,
5, a term of architecture signifying in-
crement, projection of a story or portico,
an offset, terrace, gallery. It is a verbal
Hiph. from ῬῸ Hiph. to tear away, to
cut off. So Bottcher recently, Proben p.
350; but so too Abulwalid long before,

104 "ὮΝ x

i. q. dues augment, increment, etc. see
his words quoted in Thesaur. Append.
s. h. v.

DMN pers. pron. 2 pers. plur. m. ye,
joined less accurately with a fem. Ez.

20>
13,20. Arab. ert, Aram. }AF28.

DMN Ex. 13, 20. Num. 33, 6, Etham,
pr. n. οἵδ place on the confines of Egypt
and the Arabian desert; from which also
the adjacent part of the desert as far as
to Marah had the same name, Num. 33,
8. Sept. ’OFapu. Jablonsky supposes it
to be i. q. Egyptian &TIORLi. 6. bound-

ary of the sea; Opuse. ed. te Water IL.
Ρ. 157.. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 80.

DANN 1 Sam. 4, 7. 14, 21. 19, 7.
2 Sam. 5,2. Ps. 90,4; bnans Mic. 2,8.
Is. 30,33; once Shans 1 Sam. 10, 11;
Adv.

1. aforetime, of old, spoken of time
long past, Mic. 2, 8. Is. 30, 33.

2. yesterday ; so in all the other pas-
sages above cited.

Nore. There exists, likewise a form
ὈΠῸΣ q. ν. Also Syr. \Sezf, Chald.
dion, “bans. The form seems com-
pounded from Mx with, at, and din i. q.
p25, fore-part, ” front j hence of time,
antea, aforetime.

* TDN obsol. root, Arab. ol ig. df
to take short steps, to go slowly ; Con:

IV to stop, to stand still; comp. at to

delay.—Hence jim a she-ass.

JOS in some Mss. and editions for
{"N perennity, perpetuity, Mic. 6, 2.
Job 33,19. See jm".

JAN pers. pron. 2 pers. plur. fem. ye ;
only once Ez. 34, 31, where some Mss.
read jFN. Elsewhere with He parag.
MIAN, but only Gen. 31, 6. Ez. 13, 11.
34, 17; also Ez. 13, 20 mime after the
sncluex of the arm mat, mq. Nun
added at the end of words is a sign of
multitude, espec. in the fem. comp. j"—, —
uk m2upn.

Mn f. a gift, reward, spec. as given
to a harlot, Hos. 2,14 [12]. R.mgy.

"IFN (giving, munificent, from 72m§)
Ethni, pr. n. τῇ. 1 Chr. 6, 26 [41].

ams

ams Ez. 16, 34. 41, and 298 m. (for
“2m, Aleph. prosthet. from r. 72m,) 6.
sult “DIM.
mt, a gift, hire, e. g. of a harlot, absol.
_ Ez. 16, 31. 34; and with mit added
Deut. 23,19. Metaph. of fruits and pro-
duce of the fields, regarded by idolaters
as gifts from the idols: Hos. 9, 1. Mic. 1,
7; comp. Is. 23, 17. 18.
_ 2. Ethnan, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 4, 7.

Υ “ON Chald. subst. m. c. suff. FIN.
δ....1. a place, Dan. 2, 35. Ezra 5, 15. 6, 5.
7. Inthe Targums freq. Syr. et Samar.

pf id.—Hence "5 "m8 the place where

Beth, ὍΘ, the second letter of the
Hebrew alphabet; as a numeral denot-
ing 2. The Hebrew name is contracted
from ΓΞ, house, lent, to which the ear-
liest form of this letter seems to have
borne a resemblance. See Heb. Gr. p.
291. edit. 13. Monumm. Pheen. p. 21.

It passes over into the other labials,
e.g. a) Into 5, as “13 and "35 to dis-
_ perse; >P2 and ‘Vas to cleave ; 2172
_ Aram. 3178, Ui-2; iron; 738 and ae
to be weak. b) Rarely into’, as 2735,
“S305, great; also into quiescent, as
Saw-nma for sab-M2; comp. in the occi-
dental languages βόσκω vescor, pascor ;
Budo vado. c) Into 2, the sounds of
_ these two letters being very nearly re-
_ lated in the mouth of an oriental; e. g.
ΜῊ and δ fat; FIN and 7A
~pr.n.ofa Babylonish idol; ἹΠ3 ΟΣ Ξ to
try; jot. Sen | time ; "723 Wa) to prune a
_ vine; 712" and 172. pr. n. of a stream ;
039 i. g. 3922 a writing, poem; Arab.

q KK for ἈΚ Mecca. Comp. βλέττω for
| μελέττω from μέλε mel, honey ; scamnum,
_ scabellum ; marmor, Fr. marbre, Engl.
_ marble, etc.

ΟΞ , before monosyllables sometimes 3
(see Heb. Gr. § 100), c. suff. "2; 43,
rarely 722 Ps. 141, 8, in Pause atid fem.
4253, FB; 55} 022, 133; DNB, bz,

105 a

Ezra 6, 3, i.q. where, a pleonasm very
common in Aramean, Syr. ? 52}; comp.
“ws Dip, in dipa. aoe

2. Perh. track, i. q. Arab. me Δ"
Ethiop. 4f1C. Hence ΝΞ for ἼΣΞ

Dan. 7,6.7, afteryi.g. St &, , il de,
pr. in the track; with aff. 72M2 after
thee Dan. 2, 39. Syr. and Samar.
sD.

D™IMS (places, regions) Atharim, pr.
n. of a place in the south of Palestine.
Num, 21,1 SQN FI by the way of
Atharim.

f. j92; Arab. «Ὁ, rarely O; Ethiop.
fl; rarely 11; Syr. 5; ἃ prefix Prepo-
sition, for the origin of which see the
note at the end of the article; primarily
denoting the being and remainingin a
place, Gr. ἐν, Lat. in; then transferred
to the ideas of nearness and society or
accompaniment, at, by, with ; and coupled
also with verbs of motion.

A) Pr. in, Lat. in c. abl. Gr. ¢vy.—Spec.

1. in, pr. of the being in a place,
(which might-be more fully and pre-
cisely expressed by Jim2, 33.) as
“"92 in the city, M733 in the house, "122
in the pit, YX in the land or province,

ΟΦ in (the place) which, i. q. where.—

Here belong also the following: 8)
The formulas "3°33 in the eyes (pr. in
the sight of the eyes), "IRS, "23;

-comp. ἐν ὀφϑαλμοῖς Hom. Il. 2. 587, in

oculis Q. Curt. 9. 4. b) The idiom
3 πρὸ ‘to drink in a cup,’ as in Engl. i.e.
to drink what is in a cup, for ‘ to drink out
of a cup,’ Gen. 44,5. Am. 6, 6, comp.
Chald. Dan. 5, 2. So Gr. ἐν χρυσῷ, ἐν
ποτηρίοις πένειν Xen. Anab. 6.1.4. Fr.
‘boire dans une tasse,’ ‘ puiser dans une
fontaine. The analogy of these other
languages speaks decidedly against the
explanation of Fasi, that the vessel is
here to be conceived of as an instru

ment, q. d. to drink with a cup.

= 106 m=

2.-As denoting the being in the midst
of a number or multitude, in, among ;
Lam. 1, 3 D°i92° among the nations.
Gen 23, 18 i999 ἜΣΘ "Na->22 among
all that went in at the gate of his city,
i. q. in their presence, -before them.
Spec. a) When a person or thing is
one individual or part from among a
large number. Cant. 1,8 Ὁρῶ πεῖ O
thou fair (fairest) among women. 2 Sam.
15, 31 Ahithophel is among the conspira-
tors, i.e. one of them. Ps. 118, 7 in"
"1132 Jehovah is among my helpers, i.e.
is my helper. Ps. 54,6. 99, 6. Judg. 11,
35. (Comp. ἐν σοφοῖς εἶναι.) Ps. 139, 16
my days were predestined 052 ΤΙΝ by
and there was not yet one among them,
i.e.of them. 1 Sam. 11,11 528 05 two
among them, of them. Ex. 14, 28. Lev.

16, 36.-Deut. 1,35. Hence: Ὁ) After
several verbs, when they relate only to
a part of a large number; 6. g. 3 72h
to smite among i.e. of them, a part of
them, 2 Sam. 23, 10; diff. from “2m ec.
accus. to smite tiem: 3 37 Ps, 78, 31.
Comp. 3 528, 3 HN, to eat of, to drink
of, Prov. 9, δ. c) Gen. 7, 21 and all
flesh fenimals) died... QAI HiT
ΕΠ 533} M134 pr. which was among
the birds, and among the cattle, and
among the wild beasts, etc. i. 6. even all
the birds, the cattle, aid the wild beasts,
etc. 8, 17. 9, 2. 10. Hos. 4, 3.

3. As referring to the bounds, limits,
by which any thing is circumscribed, in,
within, intra, e. g. Wy within thy
gates Ex. 20, 10. "nicha within my
walls Is. 56, 5.

4. Of high objects, spoken of being
upon them, i, on, wpon ; as AIMS in or
on Horeb 1K. 8,9. ἼΣ ΤΩ bnka on the
tabernacle Num. 14, 10. Deut. 31, 15.
boa wpon horses Is. 66, 20. So Gr.
ἐν τῷ ὄρει, ἐν ἵπποις.

5. Trop. of a being or happening in
time, in, within ; as MUNI in the be-
ginning Gen. 1,1. 8°" mwa in that
year Judg. 10, 8, pow wus in three
years, i. 6. ἜΗΙ three. years, Is. 16, 14.
Comp. 0703, Tiva,—So of being in any
situation, odious as Di>wa in peace
1 Sam. 29, 7. So in later Hebrew even
before allverbs as 23,52; see 13, M2.

6. Trop. of the mode or manner, the
norm or rule, in, after ; comp. ἐν τῷ τρό-

πῳ, ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, Lat. ‘hune in τηοάστη,
Heb. ὃ no. 1. 8. 7. Thus 7713 in (af
ter) the manner of Am. 4, 10. Is. 10,24. |
26 ; and, after the same aualegm 273 in
(after) the commandment, of, nya son
B's. το walk in (live after) the coun- |
sel of the wicked Ps. 1, 1. Gen.1,26 |
namatD wabya in our image after Ἐ
our likeness. ν. 27. 5, 1, 3. Adam begata ἢ
son a>z5 inva. The original form ὦ
is here conceived of as the rule or
standard, within which the copy is
kept.—Hence, without fiirther addition,
3 takes the signif. in, after, according to,
secundum ; as Gen. 21, 12 Rap" paz |
ΣᾺ > in (after) Isaac shal thy seed be —
named ; comp. ἘΣ NIP), καλεῖσϑαι ἐπὶ |
τινος. Also in the manner of, as, like —
as; comp. in Greek éat ϑηρός in the —
manner of beasts, like beasts, Arab.
Lindpatf ὦ ‘in homine, i.e. in the man- ~
ner “of men. So Job 34, 36 because of —
his answers {18 "0283 in the manner of
wicked men; Sept. ὥσπερ of ἄφρονες..
Two Mss. here read 3; and others
translate, ‘ among wicked men,’ contra- —
ry to the context. Is. 44, 4 and they —
(the Israelites) shall spring up 723 —
“"3M as among grass, i. 6. joyously and —
luxuriantly ; parall. as (3) willows by —
the water-courses ; Sept. ὡς, and several —
Mss. and editions read 3. (It would be —
absurd to translate: ‘the Israelites shall —
spring up in among the grass.’) Ps. 37,
20 s>> ἼΩΣΞ 159 they (the wicked) shall —
vanish away as the smoke; parall.as (2) —
the beauty of the pastures. Against the —
sense: they vanish away in smoke, we i
it here the parall. passage, Ps. 102, —

4 "a" "22 5>>D my days are consumed
as smoke, parall. “pind. Zech. 10, 5, |
parall. >. Hos. 10, 15 as the morning- —
dawn ("M2) shall the king of Israel be
cut off. Others, to-morrow, i.e. speedi- —
ly.—The remarks of Ewald and others —
against this signif. of 3 are not satisfac-—
tory. (Ewald Gr. p. 607.. Winer’s Lex. — 4
p- 109. Fasi in Jahn’s Jahrb. I. p. 183
sq.) As has been shown, it is not only —
susceptible of entire explanation and —
has the clearest analegies in several
languages ; but also in several of {πὸ
passages above cited, (which those
writers do not notice or else interpret —

wou

“contrary to the context and in a forced
_ manner,) it is necessary, and was there-
fore adopted in the ancient versions and
even by copyists, who sometimes wrote
2 as an explanatory gloss.
_ 7. After verbs of motion, in the several
relations of no. 1-4, in, into, εἰς. So with
verbs signif. to go in, Gen. 19, 8. 31, 33;
to send, Lev. 16, 22. Deut. 7, 20; to
_ place, put, lay, ‘ponere in loco,’ Gen. 27,
17. Also, into and through any thing,
so as to come out on the other side;
Deut. 15, 17 thou shalt take an awl and
thrust it 02324 W282 through his ear and
into the door ; comp. 1 Sam. 18, 11. 19,
-10.—So too in, among, Deut. 4,27. 1K.
11,2; on, upon, 1 K. 2, 44 Jehovah shall
return thy wickedness 872 upon thine
own head. Ley.20, 9. Comp. 3 53 to
tread upon ; a mba se a to put trust
“upon or in.
B) The other main signification is,
at, ὃν, with, expressing nearness ; asia
Bao in several; tropical senses, and put
after verbs of motion.
1. Pr. at, by, near, on; 3132 αἱ a
fountain 1 Sam: 29, 1; "3D 7922 by the
river Chebar, Chaboras, Ez. 10, 15 (Gr.
ἐν ποταμῷ by the river) ; crwa on the
_ sky, ἐν οὐρανῷ, Prov. 30,19. Here be-
long also: a) The phrases, 01°32 01°
day by day, every day, q.d. so that one
day touches the other; wha wh month
by month 1 Chr..27,1; ΠΣ ΠΡ year
by year Lev. 25, 33. Ὁ) The formula
3 322 to swear by any one, i.e. appeal-
ing to him and invoking his name, Gen.
21, 23. 22,16. So to curse by any one,
1 Sam. 17, 43. Arab. als by God.
Here 3 may indeed be referred to πο. 4
_ below, as expressing that to or towards
which one turns in taking an oath;
Ἢ comp. in Engl. ‘I swear to God.’
_ 2. Closely connected with the pre-
ἢ ceding is the signif. with; spoken:
a) Of accompaniment, Num. 20, 20 ἘΣΞ
732 with much people. Is: 8,16 "ya>a2
} with my disciples, i. e. they taking part.
Jer. 11, 19 iam>a Υϑ the tree with its

ἢ Hencetoo αἱ) Verbsofcoming followed
} by 3 denote a coming with something,
τι G. to bring ; see N13, 379, DIP, IPB;
comp. Lehrg. p. 818. De Sacy Gramm.

Sruit.. Hence 853, 3°83, 7523, without. -

3 107 a

Arabe I. p. 47. edit.2. 6) As it is said,
Ps. 55, 19 they come with many against
me, and Deut. 28, 62 ye shall be left with
Sew, i. 6. few of you shall remain; so
also it is said, Num. 13, 23 they bare it
(the cluster) upon a staff D2WA with
two, i. 6. by two at a time, Vulg. duo
virt. b) Of help, aid, with, by; Ps.
18, 30 with thee (#3) i. 6. with thy help
I have run upon a troop. 44, 10 thou (Ὁ
God) goest. not forth with our armies.
14, 5. 60, 14. Is. 26,13. 60) Of the in-
strument; as 3972 pore the sword Josh.

10, 11; 555 with the feet Ez. 34; 11;

7733 SIP to cry with the throat, :i. e.

aloud, -with full voice, Is. 58,1; to burn
with fire; ΝΞ, Lev. 8, 82; mua 393

muna, by the ‘hand of Moses by Moses

3 533 is serve with any one, i. 6. to im-

pose ‘labour «or service upon him, Lev.
25, 29; see in 722.—Sometimes also of
the material, regarded as an instrument,
with, of, out of. Ex. 38,8 he made the
laver ... with (out of) the mirrors.
1 K. 7, 14 to work all works ΤΥΘΤΊΣΞ
with copper, i. e. out of copper, or as in
Engl. in copper. Lev. 13, 52. 2 Chr. 9,
18. In like manner of the cause, author ;
as, to punish with hunger Lam. 2, 19; to
prophesy by Baal Jer. 23, 13; and also
of the efficient cause or agent after
passive verbs, Num. 36, 2. Is. 45, 17.
d) With a noun of quality 2 formsa
periphrasis for an adjective; as Ps. 29, 4
the voice of Jehovah is (M22) with power,
i.e. powerful, Also for adverbs; jit=M3
with haste, hastily, Ex. 12,11. mrana
understandingly, wisely, ‘Prov. 3, 19.

6) MNI7>22 with all this, i. e. for, in
spite of, all this, Is. 9, 11. 16, 20: 10, 4.
47,9. The 3 here denotes something as
done with, along with, other acts; hence
pr. ‘though all this has occurred or will
occur, yet along with it this other will
also take place.’

3. Spoken of price, wages, exchange,
Sor, at, (derived from the local signif.
at, by, comp. loco,) Deut. 19, 21 ‘DER
w_22 life for life. Gen. 29, 18 733 for
thy daughter. Is. 7,23 a δονορηὰ vines
at (3) @ thousand ialeate i. e. worth so
much. 2 Sam. 23, 17 oniwD23 with jeo- ὁ
pardy of their lives.

4, Asimplying motion quite toa place

as |
—

or thing, to, wnto, wpon; different from
ds towards a place, which does not imply
that the object is actually reached; this
latter idea being still more definitely
expressed by 72 even to, usque ad. Gen.
11, 4 a tower DY 2v2 IWR whose top may
reach unto heaven , comp. Jer. 51,9 with
bx. 1K. 16,11 1"p2 ἡ: mingens ad
parietem, upon (against) the wall ; see in
iny.—With 3 in this sense are con-
strued a large number of verbs, which
denote motion to or wpon any thing and
in Latin are compounded with in or ad ;
as 2 Pp", 2 πὶ, to lay hold upon ;
a ΣῈ to touch upon; ‘a 38 to rush upon ;
a pos to cleave to, or hang upon; ANP
to call to or upon ; also 2 "23 to chide
αἱ; 2 dxti, 2 WIS, to ask or seek at, ete.
Siawaesally2 a) After verbs of sense ; as
3484, 3411, to look wponor at ; 3 st
to hear or listen to ; 2775 to smell to
or at; sometimes too with the accessory
idea of sympathy, usually complacent,
rarely painful, as Gen. 21, 16 HRIN7>N
sb*m maa 1 cannot look upon the death
of the child. 29, 32. 1 Sam. 1, 11. Lehrg.
Ῥ. 814 Ὁ) Ina hostile sense wpon, i.e.
against ; as 533 177 his hand is upon
(against) every man Gen. 16, 12. 2 Sam.
24,17; 3 0M>) to fight against ; 3 nya,
2 bya, 3 Ἴ2Ξ, to rebel or be falthiloee
ἡ οϊδοὶ any Ὁ δὶ : 2 58 ON anger is
kindled against.

5. Implying a reference or respect to
any thing,e. g. a) in respect to, as to,
1K. 5, 22 [8].
of, because of ; Gen. 18, 28 mwama be-
cause of five. Ex. 10, 12. 2K. 14, 6.
Jon.1,14. 06) about, concerning, after
verbs of rejoicing, see maw, 558, ὙΌΣ ;
speaking of or about, see 25 ; testify-
ing, see 12>.

C) Particular consideration is demand-
ed by that peculiar idiom of the He-
brew and Arabic called Beth pleonastic,

soley Ls, or also Beth essentic.

Arabic, where it is far more frequent, it
is commonly put before the predicate,
espec. where this is a participle or ad-
jective, and in negative or interrogative
sentences; rarely is it prefixed to a
substantive, Hamas. ap. Schult. ad Prov.
3, 26; never to the subject. This use
of it therefore approaches near to that

In

b) for, i. e. for the sake.

108

+

‘explained : This hath destroyed thee,

=

of the Accusative after the substantive —
verb in Arabic; so that one might say —
promiscuously, hiles χλ} Lo, and
λοις af Lo, God is not remiss ;
where the former construction may ae :
explained, ‘God (acts) not as if remiss ;?
Fr. en, 6. g. ‘vivre en honnéte homme.’ —

In the same manner most of the ex-_
amples in the O. Test. may be explain-_
ed; and thus this use of 3 approaches”
near to its use in comparison, see in A, —
no. 6. Ex.6,3 J appeared unto Abraham
"1 >x2 as God Almighty, q. ἃ. in the —
character of God Almighty. Is. 40,
10 pins wins "25% m3 Lo! the Lord will
come as a strong one. Ex. 32, 22 thou —
knowest the people 845 33 "D that they are
evil; Vulg. pronus ad malum, bent on
evil. Ecc.7,14 3103 m9 Haw bia ὁ
the day of joy be thou joyful, pr. cond
thyself as joyful. Prov. 3,26 3m ni
72022 Jehovah shall be thy hope.
68, 5 aw m7 his name is Jah. all
Jon: mgt BT, Sept. Syr. Vulg. omit 3 ;
comp. Josh. 47, 4, 48,2.) 15. 26, 4 m3 ἊΣ
min for Jah ( e. eternal, unchanged
able) is Jehovah.—Some of these and
other passages may indeed be differently
explained ; but it is in vain to deny the
existence of the idiom itself in Hebrew,
as has been done by Ewald, Heb.
Gramm. p. 607; and after him by Wi
ner, Lex. p. 109. Still it is not less ce
tain, that many examples which have
been referred to this idiom, do not belong
under it; but are to be otherwise ex-
plained. So Hos. 13, 9 "3 ἘΝ ΟΝ ann
77193 "3, where Vulg. perditio tua, Is
rael, taniuininiodée in me auxilium tuum ,
but, comparing c. 7, 13, it should be s

|
|

Israel, that (thou art) against me th
helper. 1K. 13,34 render: and for thi
cause (M3 7272) the house of Jeroboai
fell into sin—In three examples, all i
the later Hebrew, 3 seems clearly to ἢ
prefixed to the subject ; e. g. Ezra 3,
pitb> MNS "D, unless this is a mir
gling of two construpeid ὈΠῸΣ man
and ἘΠ᾿ ΠΝ 3. 1 Chr. 9, 33 pain
moxbiaa pny mo">5, where yet
might render, ‘ it was rhoumbent ont
to be in the work? 7, 23 ANI ASIA 1D

τοι

‘in7a2 because evil was in his house, i. 8.

ἃ, finite verb; e.g.

Ba wa, Cin 53,

» 109

calamity. Beshava this is a solecism of
‘the later age of the Hebrew.
Ὁ) With the Infinitive 3 forms a pe-

a riphrasis for the Lat. gerund, Engl. in
with pres. particip. as pha in ridendo,
- Engl. in laughing, Prov. 14, 13. More

commonly it may be better axpitesndi in
Engl. by an adverb or conjunction with
a) while, when, i. q.
in that, of time, comp. in A. no. 5. Num.

35, 19 ia-isana when he lighteth upon

him. Prov. 30, 32. Cant. 5, 6. Esth. 2, 8.

8) when, after, with a past tense, of time

completed, comp. in A. no. 5; the infin.
here having the force of the preter.
Gen. 33,18 O98 7722 ina when he had

_ come from Mesopotamia, after he came,

etc. 2, 4. Ex. 3, 12. Is. 20, 1. Job 42, 10.
c) (hbish, even if, comp. in B. 2. e. Ps.

46,3 778 7272 though the earth be

changed. Is. 1, 15. d) because, comp.
inB.5; 03193 becantse they had forsaken,
2 Chr. 28, Ὁ.

Notre. The opinion of the ancient

_ Grammarians is not improbable, that 3

was originally apocopated from M72, "2,

1 in the house, within, in ; as > from by, δι

from 2. This view may be supported
on the following grounds : a) The

q *Chald. "3, Syr. .5, not only signifies

house, but ee has the power of the par-
ticle 3 in, not unfrequently in the Tar-

gums, as Cant. 1,9.2,15. Ὁ) Even now

in the East the Word ern house, in geo-

_ graphical names, is often abridged into
᾿ ἜΣ Ls, 9; as ως Beisén for Heb.
\ ἽΝ ma Beth-shean ; ese
} ΟῚ see note on Burckhardt’s Travels

for AAD

in Syria, I. Ρ. 491. Germ. .c) An ex-
ample of the same abbreviation occurs in
the O. Test. itself, in the form 78a for

_ MINS m2 the house of Astarte; comp.

Bebeten in Euseb. and J erome, for Beth
Beten. d) The Persian exhibits a like
analogy; in which are promiscuously

employed the separate forms x3 in, G

with, and the inseparable .— Comp.
Arab. (ὁ, prob. for =), and also other

; words not less violently abbreviated,

as ἼΞ, see 3 below; and 8"3 whence
Chald. bin, Arab.

ΝΖ

Ξ Chald. in, i. ᾳ. Heb. 6. g. in heaven,
ina dream, Dan. 2, 19.28, comp. Heb. A.
1; to drink in vessels Dan. 5, 2, comp.
A. 1. b; to be given into one’s hand
Dan. 11, 11, comp. A. 7; with the hand
Dan. 2, 34, comp. B. 2. c.

= in proper names appears as a con-
traction for {2 son ; as in “P33 1. α. ΓΞ
son of stabbing ; see also bina, pba,
sua, Ὀρῶβξ. See Schol. ‘ad Fisiinien
ed. Freitag. 3. Roediger de Libb. Hist.
interp. Arab. p. 20, 21.

MRA f. an entrance, entry, Ez. 8, 5.
ΒΗ. 853. to enter.

WAND Chald. adj. bad, wicked, Ezra
4,12. R. Pu.

*"N2 in Kal not used, Aten to
dig, e. g. a well, ditch. Kindred’ roots
are "12, "73, also "NB, Lat. forare,
Germ. bohren, Engl. to bore. .Comp.
ἌΝ, N2, 73.

Piet 1. to dig in, to grave, 6. g. letters
on stone, to inscribe, 6. >» Deut. 27, 8.
Hab. 2, 2.

2. to expound, to declare, pr. to dig
out, to dig out and explain, Deut 1, 5.

Deriv. 71a, "2, ΠΩ ΤῚΞ or "i732, and
those here following.

Wa f. plur. nae constr. ΓΝ Ξ
Gen. 14, 10. -

1. @ well, Arab. es , Syr. pre, (2,

id. Gen. 24, 11. 20. 26, 19. 20. 21. al.
Often more fully p72 "N85 Gen. 21, 19,
pM ὉΠ “NS 26, 19. —Different leas

τ fountain (712) on the surface of the

ground or flowing from a rock; al-
though a well (982) may also be called
a fountain (5), as Gen. 16, 7 comp. v.
14. 24, 11. 13. 16. Spoken of pits of
bitumen Gen. 14, 10.

2. a pit, Ps, 54, 24. 69, 16.

3. Beer, pr.n. a) A station of the
Israelites in the confines of Moab, Num.
21, 16-18; prob. the same place which
in Ja 15,8 is called more fully 5°28 "83
Beer-ohiene i. e. well of heroes. Ὁ) A
place in Palestine; Judg. 9,21. Perh.
p20 "83, so Studer; more prob. the
place now called el-Bireh i in the plain of
Judah ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p.
132. ;
DN WA, see "N23 no. 8, ἃ,

ΝΖ

ἜΝ 12 AND (well of life of vision,
2. 6. a vision of God, comp. Judg. 6, 22
sy.) Beer-lahai-roi, pr. n. of a well on the
southern borders of Palestine, Gen. 16,
14.24, 62.25,11. The etymology above
given is that of the sacred writer, Gen.
16,14. By neglecting the vowels, one
might also conjecture it to be for "83
"x7 "> well of the jaw-bone (or rock) of
vision, i. e. well of the conspicuous rock,
comp. Judg. 15, 19; or also ‘ well of the

far seen region,’ comp. Arab. 2516

jaw-bone, region.

YI “ANS (well of the oath, i. ᾳ. "83
nyiaw , according to Gen. 21, 31. 26, 33)
Beer-sheba, pr. n. of an ancient city on
the southern border of Palestine, 2 Sam.
24,7; whence the phrase, in describing
the hinnite of Palestine: 3a ΝΞ ΤῚΣ 4770
from Dan to Beer-sheba Judg. 20; 1's
and of the kingdom of Judah: 3239
ΞΘ "N2°-73 from Geba to Beer-sheba
2 K. 23, 8—Still called Bir es-Seba’,
with two deep wells; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I. p. 300-3.

SND (well, fountain) pr. n. m. Bee-
ra, 1 Chr. 7, 37.

MANS (id.) pr. ἢ. τὰ. Beerah, 1 Chr.
ae

MIND (wells) Beeroth, pr. n. of a
city of the Gibeonites Josh. 9, 17, after-
wards belonging to the tribe of Benja-
min, Josh. 18,25. 2 Sam. 4, 2. After
the exile it was still in existence and
inhabited, Ezra 2,25. Neh. 7, 29. Now
el-Bireh on the great road north of Jeru-
salem; Bibl. Res. in Palest. IT. Ὁ. 132.—
Gentile n. "MRA 2 Sam. 4, 2. 23, 37;
and contr. "m3 1 Chr. 11, 39. Comp.
in "nin2.

p22 "2A MANA, Wells of the sons
of Jaakan, pr-n. of a station of the Isra-
elites in the desert, Deut. 10,6. In the
parallel passage Num. 33, 31 ellipt. "23
ip>2.°See Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 583.

“INA (α. ἃ. fontanus) Beeri, pr. n,m.
a) The father of Hosea, Hos.1, 1. Ὁ)
Gen. 26, 34.

“82 (by Syriasm for 83) i. ᾳ. 73,
which is the more usual form, a cistern,
2 Sam. 23, 15. 16.20, Cheth. where Keri

110

ὌΝ

has “ia, as also 1 Chr. 11, 17. 18, 22;
comp. Gesch. der Heb. Sprache, p. 40,
not. 46. Plur. mink Jer. 2, 13.

*UNS fut. wes

smell, to " stink, Ex. 7, 18. 21. 8, 10. 16,
20. Comp. ONS.

2. 1. ᾳ. Chald. to be bad, wicked, to be —

of a bad disposition; see W583, DONA,

Re
MUN2, and Hiph. no. 3. Arab. ose t to

be bold, audacious, pr. to be bad; comp.

Germ. bose. —Among Orientals the idea

of bad smell is often transferred to a bad
disposition; just as a good smell is put

for a good and pleasant disposition ;
comp. 0W2 to have a good smell, to be ©

fragrant, and Syr. sam to be pleasant ;

312 to be good, and Arab. ob to have
a good smell.

1. to have a bad

Nipu. to be made to stink ; τος to

become loathsome, hateful, with 3 and τὰξ᾿
(mR) of pers. 1 Sam. 13,4. 2 Sam. 10,

6. 16,21. Comp. Engl. ‘to be in good
or bad odour,

Hipu.

2 of pers. Gen. 34, 30. More fully Ex. δ.

21 aM ITM ἘΏΝ ΖΓ ye have made our

odour bad, i. e. ye have made us loath-
some, objects of hatred.

2. Intrans. to stink, pr. to make a stink;
Ex. 16, 24. Ps. 38,6. Metaph. to be loath-
some, hateful, c. 3 1 Sam. 27, 12.

3. to act badly, wickedly, like Syr. :

af}. Prov. 13, 5 a righteous man
hateth false words, ἜΘ τι BNI σι
but the wicked man acteth wickedly, and
causeth shame, sc. by his falsehoods.
Hirupa. i. q. Niph.c. ἘΞ 1 Chr. 19, 6.
Deriv. those here following.
ND Chald. to be bad, evil, with d¥ to
displease, Dan. 6, 15.
Deriv. ©5823.

GND (bédsh) τα. a stink, stench, Amos

4,10; c. suff. IONS, DUR, Joel 2, 20.
Is. 34, 3. ;

TWN £ a bad plant, weed, Job 31,40.

ς ee ee

DWN only in Plor, Is. 5, 2.4, bad

grapes, unripe and sour, labruscz, ff
lambrusques, i. e. wild grapes, worthles
as Jerome and Jarchi well. Kimchi

δ.

1. to cause to stink, Ecc. 10, 1.
Metaph. to make loathsome, hateful, with

ΝΞ,

> pews o>, Saad. 4 px, Aqu.
“sung, Symm. ἀτελῆ. The same use
_ of the word is found in the Mishna, Maa-
_ seroth I. § 2; where for D°WaN is to be

ead D"DNI, as appears from the gloss
of Tanchum of Jerusalem. See a full
_ discussion in Comm. on Is. I. p. 230. II.
ΟΡ. 364; where it is shown that the
' sense of aconitum or wolf’s bane, monk's
hood, so commonly received among mo-
_dern interpreters, rests upon a mere error
of Celsius, Hierobot. II. p. 199.

“ANA Chald. after, see in art. "ms.

M33 f. (Kamets impure, for 533),
MINI, Γ΄ 322) pr. a hollow, hole ; and

hence a gate, door, like Arab. ob.
In Hebrew found only in the phrase
ΠΣ ὯΞΞ the gate of the eye, i. 6. the pupil,
which is literally the door to the inte-
‘rior of the eye, Zech. 2,12 [8]. Cor-
“responding is [1.59 fans, Chald. 833,
/832.—Another etymology which I for-
“merly followed, has perhaps no less
_ probability ; panely. that M23 may be
for ΤΙΝΞΝΞ i. q. ee boy, puellus, Syr.

ox

eee from the onomatop. o> παπ-
mace 5 pe then this is transferred to
the pupil of the eye, like jiw"K q. v.

| 7332 pr. π᾿ τη. Bebai, Ezra 2, 11. 8,11.
Neh. 7, 16.—Pehlvi bab kigniiien father.
222 Babel, i. e. confusion, for pada
from τ. 532, Gen. 11,9; comp. Syr. Was
‘confusion of speech, stammering ; and
‘for the dropping of the second letter
| comp. ΠΕ for MBwHL Lehrg. 134, 869.
‘ Others regard it as i.g. Arab. db wh
' gate i. 6. court of Bel; comp. the Sub-
lime Porte. Babel, Babylon, is the name
_of the most ancient and celebrated city
of Asia, the metropolis of Babylonia,
' Gen. 10, 10. 2 K. 17, 24. 20, 12 sq. Mic. 4,
10. al. It was situated in lat. 32° 32/ on
both banks of the Euphrates. Its ruins
are still visible near the small city Hil-

lah, XLs, and have recently been ex-
| plored and described with great accura-
ey and learning. See Hdot.-1. 178, 183.
Strabo 16.1.6. R. K. Porter’s Travels
Il. p. 283 sq. C.J. Rich Memoirs on the
Ruins of Babylon. Ritter’s Erdkunde

111.

gs

Th. XI. pp: 865-925. Berl. 1844.—The
name of the city is also applied to the
province Babylonia, Ps. 87, 4. 137, 1.
Is. 14,4; whence often 533 abn the kine
of Bainienta, a title ascribed also. to
the kings of Persia, as to Cyrus, Ezra
5,13; and Artaxersen: Neh.13,6. Comp.
“AWN.

7323 Chald. plur. emphat. NnDa2 Ba-
bylonians, Ezra 4, 9.

42 a Persian word signifying food,
Pers. sls, in Arab. σαὶ, comp. φάγει»,

and the Phryg. βέκος bread Hdot. 2. 2.
Found in the compound 33M® q. v. and
also in Ez. 25,7 Cheth. pind 235 FAN?
Iwill give thee Sor food to the nations.
Here the Kerj has 12> for a spoil, which
also the ancient versions express; and
this is likewise supported by the similar
passages in Jer. 15, 13. 17, 3, and espec.
Ez. 26, 5. 34, 28. The reading 339 is
therefore prob. a mere error of transcrip-
tion, like 73 for πὶ in Ez. 47, 13.

" 32 fut. 3437, once 7339 Mal. 2, 10;
pr. to cover, whence 32 a covering) gar-

‘ment.—Hence

1. to act covertly, deceitfully ; to deal
falsely, faithlessly, treacherously. Verbs
of covering, concealing, are often thus
transferred to deceit and treachery ;
comp. ; J to cover, to clothe, to dis-
semble ; Samar. **9)), to defraud, c. 5
Ex. 21,8; 22 «καρ to cover, to hide

oneself, whence >2P; also to defraud ;
comp, 5, >35, ina heo, due .—
Constr. akeol; 1 Sam. 14, 33. Job 6, 15:
oftener with 3 of pers. (eon: 3 Β. 4)
q. d. to treacherously desert any one
Judg. 9,23. Lam.1,2; espec. towards a
friend Lam. 1]. 6. a spouse Ex. 21,8; God
Hos. 5,7. 6,7. Rarely with 12 Jer. 3, 20;
ace. Ps. 73, 15 "M732 F722 VS ΓΣΠ Ἐξ
I should deal falsely with the generation
of thy children. _ Part. 7352, plur. 5°33,
treacherous dealers sc. towards God, she
ungodly, wicked, Sept. παράνομοι, trans-
gressors, Prov. 2, 22. 11, 3. 6. 13, 2. 15.
Ps. 25, 3..59, 6. Jer. 9, 1. Part. plur,
fem. ning ineapherics Zeph. 3, 4.

2. to oppress, to pillage, to spoil, i. q.
ΒΝ, PUD; ὁ. a, Is. 21, 2 Tia Tian
ce TTT the spoiler spoileth and the

‘

eee

waster wasteth. 24,16 335 w32 ma
Wga Oa the spoilers spoil, yea, the
spoilers spoil the spoiling. 33,1—With
the idea of impudence, shamelessnes,
Hab. 2, 5.

Deriv. the three following.

“Ida in pause 932; ὁ. suff. 1733, "93,
as if from 722, the - without Dag: lene,
contrary to the rule, Lehrg. p. 94; Plur.
ΛΞ, "732, once ΠΥ Δ Ps. 45, 9; τη.
once on. ‘Ley. 6, 20.

1. acovering, cloth, in which any thing

is wrapped, Num. 4, 6-13; also for a bed, '

a coverlet, 1 Sam. 19, 13. 1 K. 1, 1.
_ 2. αὶ garment, robe, usually the outer
garment of the Oriental, Gen. 39, 12. 13.
15. 41, 42; espec. costly, 1 K. 22, 10.
2 Chr. 18,9. 933 8? hisdap-full 2 K.
4,39. Sept. ἱμάτιον, στολή.

3. faithlessness, treachery, Jer. 12, 1.

4. a spoiling, rapine, Is. 24, 16.

M733 see in S22 no. 1, fin.

“132 adj. (Kamets impure, Lehre.
§120. 3) f m1i0a, faithless, treacherous,
Jer. 3, 7.10. R. 33.

ms

“33 Bigvar, pr. τι. of a man of rank
who returned with Zerubbabel from the
exile, Ezra 2, 2. 14, 8, 14. Neh. 7, 19.—
Perh. Chald. "832 husbandman, Syr.

Le garden, which passed over also into
the Persian gb bagh, garden. Or i. q.
Pers. Βαγαῖος Hdot. 3. 128; according
to Bohlen, Sanscr.
happy.

ΑΞ (perh. garden, gardener, see
"32 ) Bigtha, pr. τι. of a eunuch in the
eourt of Kerees Ksth.1,10. For another
etymology see 8M328.

722 (id.) Bigthan, id. Esth. 2, 21;
also x23 Esth. 6, 2. Come Dios
and Sanser. Papading em of for-
tune ;? Bohlen.

I. ἼΞ m. pr. separation, thing sepa-
rated, from. τ. ‘33 I.—Hence

4: a part, Ex. 30, 34 523 ἼΞ' part for
part, i.e. like parts, ἜΡΙΝ portions. Plur.
ὈΠῚΞ spec. parts of the body, the mem-
bers, limbs, Job 18, 13. 41, 4; of a tree,
the branches (comp. Gr. κῶλα) Ez. 17, 6.
19, 14; hence staves, bars, poles, for
bearing any thing, Ex. 25, 13 sq. Num.

112

bhagi, bhagasan,

Syriasm for 5872 Neh. 1. c.—Arab.

N73

4,6 sq. Metaph. bars of a city, its
princes, chiefs, Hos. 11, 6.—Sing. with
prefix, 25

themselves (12>), six curtains by them- —
selves (72). 36,16. In this sense a
suffix is often added’ Gen. 21, 28 and —
Abraham set seven ewe-lambs saat by
themselves. 30, 40. 32, 17. 43, 32. al.
b) Oftener “35. c. suff. is i. ἃ. alone’; 80-
lus,a,um ; Gen. 2,18 ἘΠῚ ΤΠ sions
ina it is not good for man-toabe alone,
pr. man’s being in his separation. nah
"725 7 alone Num. 11, 14; 9725 FAN
Ex. 18, 14; i535 ΞΡ Ὁ" Gen. 32, 25;
baa> DIF non Gen. 44, 20. Also after
oblique cases, as Dat. wand τ towards
thee alone Ps.
W322 ANP IS lit. the righteousness of

thee, of thee alone, i. e.\thy righteous-— :

ness, thine only. ὁ) Adv. of restriction,
limitation, only, in the later Hebraism,
Kec. 7, 29. Is. 26, 18. ἃ) With j2 it
passes over into a Prep. apart from, be-
sides ; ix. 12,37 besides children. Num.
29, 39. Josh. 17,5; with 5» Ezra 1, 6. ©
The same is 1252 Gen. 26, 1. Num. 17,
14; c. suff. maby besides him Deut. 4, .
35; "Ws saba besides that which Num. |
6, 91.

2. Spec. a thread, collect. thread, yarn,
espec. of linen, comp. }}08 ; hence linen, —
i. e. fine white linen, Ex. 28, 42. 39, 28.
Lev. 6, 3. Plur. "3 linen garments Ez. —

ὃ.
9, 23 5ᾳ. Dan. 10, 5.—Arab. γ byssus.

II. 73 τὰ. plur. 572, from r, 772 IT;
1. empty talk, lies, vain boasting, Job
11, 3. Is. 16, 6. Jer. 48, 30.
2. i.g. D"32 ἼΣΟΝ, liars, boasters, spo-
ken of conjurers and fain prophets, Is.
44, 25. Jer. 50, 36. ‘

* N72 1. to form, to fashion, spoken
of a potter; and this sense is preserved —
in the Zabian |,2. i |

2. to devise, to invent, to feign, with
‘nba 1 K. 12, 33 where Sept. well ἐπλά-
σατο. Neh. 6,8. Part. c. suff. DRT by |

as . )
JS to begin; IV, to produce something
new, to devise and do first ; corp. ede Ἐ
I, IV, to feign.

a) Adv. apart, separately, Ὁ
by oneself. Ex. 26, 9 five curtains by —

51, 6; Genit. Ps. 71,16

°

- ἘΠ

1 ἜΤ. 172 1. pr. to disjoin, to divide,

to separate, like Arab. do.—The notion
of cutting or tearing apart, and hence of
_ dividing, lies in the primary syllable 73,
_ as likewise with various modifications in
_ the kindred and harder syllables m3,
35, MB; comp. 273, P12; MMR, 53,
92, PMA; ὙΠ, ΠῚΒ ; ΠΏ, ΠΏΣ, Me,
ons, ὯΒ. Kindred also are the sylla-

bles 13, 73, V5; for which see under
ΤΣ, ΞΎΞ.

2. to separate oneself, fo be atone,
solitary. Part. T3712 alone, solitary, Ps.
102, 8. Hos. 8, 9. Is. 14, 31.

Deriv. 72 I, and 772.

χὰ ἢ 2 i. ᾳ. NQ3 q. v. βαττολογεῖν,

_ blaterare, to babble, i. e. to talk idly.

_ Talmud. oe, ope a .—Hence "3 II.

t32 m. separation, i. ᾳ. ἼΞ I. Hence
in Acc. as adv. separately, i. e. solitary,
_ alone, Lev. 13, 46. Is. 27, 10 MPAA WD
ΟΞ the strong city is left solitary, i. e.
desolate. Deut. 32, 12 52529 373 Nin
Jehovah alone did lead him.—Also 4125
_ pr. in separation, i. q. solitary, alone,
) Num. 23, 9. Ps. 4, 9. Mic. 7, 14.

_ ‘“TJ32 (separation, part.) Bedad, pr. n.
᾿ς χη, Gen. 36, 35.
"72 see "5.

maya (prob. i. q. 9733 servant of Je-
hovah, see 113) Bedeiah, pr.n.m. Ezra
10, 35.

Sa m. (τ. 532) stannwm of the an-
cients, i. 6.

1. alloy of lead, tin, or other inferior
| metals, combined with silver in the ore
_ and separated from it by smelting, dross ;
Pliny plumbum nigrum, H. N. 34. 16.—
Is. 1,25 5 Ὑ13:ὸ9 NON 7 will remove
all thy ‘slow i.e. all thy impure and
spurious parts. Comp. 3°09 b.

2. tin, plumbum album, Num. 31, 22.
| Ez. 22, 18. 20. 27, 12.

| mode in Kal not used, kindr. dna,
his, to separate.
_ Hips. 1. to separate, to divide, Lev.
1,17; e. g. two places by a curtain or
wall, Ex. 26, 33. Ez. 42, 20; or things
mixed together, Gen. 1,4. Part. 513
dividing, a divider, Gen. 1, 6.—For
the construction see no. 2.
10*

113

512

2. Trop. of the mind, to discern be-
tween different things, to distinguish.
Lev. 10, 9. 10 ye shall drink neither wine
nor strong drink ...that ye may discern
between what is holy and unholy. 11, 47.
20, 25.—In both these significations (no.
1, 2) constr. c. [923 — a Gen. 1, 4. 7.
Ex. 26, 33; j9a5—772 Is. 59, 2; >—jra
Gen. 1, 6.

3. to separate from others, to select, to
choose owt, in a good sense; with }2
Num. 8, 14. 16, 9. Lev. 20, 24. 26; also
with > of that fo or for which one is dee-
tined, ‘1 K. 8,53. Without 72 Deut. 4,
41. 10, 8. 1 Chr. 25, 1; absol. Deut. 19,
7. Ez. 39, 14.

4, to separate out, to shut out,e. g. a
mixed multitude from a people, with ἸῺ
Neh. 13, 3, 597 Is. 56, 3. With m4
Deut. 29, 20.

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 3, to be
separated, to separate oneself, with 2 ~
Ezra 6, 21. 9,1. 10,11. Also to be se-
lected, chosen out, Ezra 10,16; with > to
or for any thing, 1 Chr. 23, 13.

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 4, to be separated,
shut out, Ezra 10, 8.

3. Pr. to separate oneself from a place,
i.e. to go away, to depart, with 72 of
place, Num. 16, 21; with >x of pers. to
whom one d@parts, 1 Chr. 12, 8.

Deriv. 5°73, ni5332, perhaps md52,
also ;

232 m. a part, piece, 6. g. of an ear,
ts, Am. 3, 12.

M272 a costly article of merchandise,
mentioned along with gold and precious
stones Gen. 2, 12, and described as re-
sembling the Arabian manna Num. 11,
7; which latter consisted of white grains
and scales, and is elsewhere compared
to hoar-frost, see Ex. 16, 14. Num. |. 6.
though according to Burckhardt, the
colour of the present manna is a dirty
yellow; Travels in Syria, etc. p. 599 sq.
Most of the ancient interpreters, 6. g.
Aqu. Symm. Theodot. Vulg. Josephus
(Ant. 3. 1. 6), understand βδέλλιον bdel-
lium, a whitish gum or resin which distils
frém a tree growing in Arabia, India,
and Babylonia; pellucid, approaching
to the colour of frankincense, and with
grains like frankincense, but larger; Plin.
H. N. 12. 9 or 19. With this accord

. 713:
the various names μάδελκον, βδολχόν
(which latter rests on conjecture, see
Diosc. 1. 71 or 80), βδέλλα, βδέλλιον.---
On the other hand, bdellium is not of so
costly a nature as to be properly ranked
among gold and gems; or as that the
region of Havilah should become cele-
brated for producing it. Hence, the
opinion of the Rabbins is not to be con-
temned, which also Bochart has learn-
edly Sipported (Hieroz. II. 674-683),
viz. that M253 signifies @ pearl, collect.
pearls, which are found in great num-
bers’ on the shores of the Persian Gulf
and of India, and which may not unaptly
be compared with the grains of manna.
Bochart also gives the etymology, as
being quadril. M253 from r. 573, i. q.
something selected, precious, and hence

a pearl ; comp. Arab.
Sori τ oy ig. D323.

772 Bedan, pr.n. a) A judge of Is-
rael, 1 Sam. 12,11; not found written
with these letters in the book of Judges.
Sept. and Syr. read p12; the Targ. ex-
plains it by j37ja a Danite ; see 3 for 13
p. 109. But 113 is doubtless i. q. 1333
Judg. 12, 13,15; the > being dropped,
as was often fe case among the Pheni-
cians in the word 29; 6. g. jawNI3 for
ἸῺΝ Tay, mwas. Bodostor for “29
smwx. See Monumm. Pheenic. pp. 174,
175. b) 1 Chr. 7,17.

dks γῇ a pearl,

Ἷ pia 1. to sunder, to make a
breach ; whence p72. Comp. under
Fr. 172 I.

2. Denom. from P73 , to repair breach-
es, and genr. to repair, to rebuild, 2 Chr.
34,10. Syr. de> and 5,5 id.

P22 τα. ὁ. suff. 4PI3; a breach, gap,
chink, in a building 2 K. 12, 6. 7. 8.9;
in a ship Ez. 27, 9. 27.

“P72 Bidkar, pr. τι. of one of Jehu’s
captains, 2 K. 9,25.—The form is contr.
for "P3772 son of stabbing, i. e. stabber ;
see 3 p. 109.

7 “72 Chald. Pa. "73, to scatter Dan.
4,11; 1. ᾳ. Heb. "43, “35.

aera ,
"ἰὼ obsol. root, prob. to be clean,
pure; hence in Arabic trop. of neatness,

114,

Ὁ

.
elegance, whence Les to be neat, bright,
beautiful; but also of emptiness, whence _

ce to be empty, waste, of a house—

Hence

IM m. (for M2, a Segolate form)
emptiness, ΤΡ λας concr. empty, void ;
found thrice in paronomasia with 40h
Gen. 1, 2. Jer. 4, 23. Is. 34, 11.

᾿ oe obsol. root, either i. q. Arab.

2 to lie, to feign; ori. q. Aram. wna,
Heb. Win, pr. to be white, oe |
Redslob. —Hence

O12 Esth. 1, 6, a species of marble
used for pavement Sept. Vulg. σμα-

ραγδίτης, smaragdites. Arab. ngs ;ac-
cording to the Camoos p. 176, is a spe-
cies of stone, either perh. white marble,
or imitation marble; socalledas feigning —
the appearance of ‘navite’ ; comp.r. 02.

ἘΣΤΙ Chald. ἢ haste, Ezra 4, 23,
R. >a.

“TI adj. bright, shining, of the sun
Job 37, 21. ΒΒ. ἼΠ3.

᾿ 71a or 12 in Kal not used, to
tremble, to be in trepidation ; comp. by
transp. >2, and Ethiop. NUZZ to in-
spire terror, > and Ἢ being interchanged.

‘Nien. 1. to tremble, to shake, e. g. of
the bones Ps. 6, 3; the hands Ez. 7,27;
trop. of the nil Ps, 6, 4.—Hence :

2. to be in trepidation, to be amazed,
confounded, to be struck with terror,
consternation; Ex. 15,15. 1 Sam. 28, 21.
2 Sam. 4,1. Ps. 48, 6. Ez. 26,18; with
spa Gen. 45, 3. Job 23, 15. Ece. 8, 3. 7
Including also the idea of despondency, Ὁ
Job 4, 5. Is. 21, 3.

3. to flee in trepidation, in consterna-
tion, Judg. 20,41. Hence genr. to hasten
to or after any thing, c. > Prov. 28, 22

prea way pind 533 the man of evil eye

hasteth after riches, i.e. anxiously seeks
to be rich. Ecc. 8,3 72m 7728 >aM7>N
be not hasty to go out of his sicht, i, e.
depart not arrogantly, perversely.

4. to perish suddenly, as with fright,
to be destroyed ; Ps. 104, 29 thou hidest
thy face, \7>13" they perish at once, 56.
thy creatures. So Ps. 90,7, as required

ep

_by the parallelism. Comp. 7273. Part.
“fem. n2na3 subst. sudden. “destruction
Zeph. i. 18; comp. ΓΙ ΤΙΣ.

Piet 1. to cause to ‘tremble, to terri-
Sy, to confound, to strike with terror and
consternation, Ps. 2, 5. 83, 16. Dan. 11,

_ 44. Job 22,10. Hence to cause to de-
‘spond, Ezra 4, 4 Keri.

2. to hasten, to quicken, Esth. 2, 9.
Hence with inf. c. >, i. ᾳ. "1172, to hasten
to do any thing, i. 6. to do it hastily,
rashly, Ecc. 5, 1. 7, 9.

Puat to be hastened, quickened. Prov.
20, 21 Keri, m2m22 ΡΤ} ἃ possession
hastily gotten, i. e. acquired with anx-
ious haste. Hence part. 593 hastened,
quickened, Esth. 8, 14.

Hien. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1. Job 23, 16.

2. i. q. Pi. no. 2. Esth. 6, 14.

3. Caus. of Kal no. 3, to drive out in
haste, to thrust out, 2 Chr. 26, 20.

272 Chald. in Pe. not used.

ΤΤΉΡΕ. Inf.n>ann subst. haste, speed,
with pref. 3 adv. in haste, quickly, Dan.
2, 25. 3, 24. 6, 20.

Pa. to terrify, to put in trepidation,
Dan. 4, 2. 16.7, 15.—ITupa. pass. Dan.
5, 9.

Deriv. 92°73.

Moma f(r. dm) terror, Lev. 26, 16.
Plur. Jer. 15,8. With the art. terror,
κατ ἐξοχήν, i.e. sudden destruction, Is.
65, 23. Ps. 78, 33.

᾽ Dia a root not in use, pr. to shut,
to close, spec. the mouth, hence to be
mute, dumb. Arab. ~@2 IV to shut, X
to be mute, dumb. The like significa-

tion is found in many roots ending with
the letter ©, and denoting sounds pro-

duced with the mouth shut; as ΠΗ,

bos, 0>3, Dey, DM, Bow, comp. Lat.)
hem, Gr. μύω. Other roots ending with
the same letter designate murmuring,
whispering, humming sounds, which
likewise are produced with the mouth
closed; as ἘΠῚ), ON2, MAM, ἘΠῚ, Arab.

e+e, βρέμω, fremo, βριμάομαι, ΡΣ’

‘Germ. brummen, Engl. to hum.

92 f. constr, mana, c. suff. ἢ inona,
Anan (as if from nana); Plur. nian,
constr. minna; a beast, pr. a dumb
beast, from r. Dn: ; > apoken usually of

115

yar

the larger land quadrupeds, opp. to
birds and reptiles; but see in Plur. no.

Ὅν, -
2. Arab. RaQ. Gen. 6,7. 20. 7, 2.

8. 23. 8, 20. Ex. 9, 25. Lev. 11, 2. Prov.
30, 30 ΓΙΏΓΙΞ 3. 7ViBs wD the lion, a mighty
one among the beasts.—Spec.

1. Collect. domestic beasts, cattle, Lat.
pecus ; opp. VANT τ Gen. 1, 24, man
mw 2,20. 3,14, mm 7, 14.21. Lev.
25, 7, i.e. beasts of the field. wild beasts.
The word M73 includes both j8¥ and
"ps, Gen. 47, 18. Lev. 1, 2.—Elsewhere

2. beasts of burden, as asses, camels,
opp. ΠΏ, Gen. 34, 23. 36, 6. Num. 32,
26. 2 K. 3, 17. Conip Is. 30, 6. 46, 1.

3. Poet. also for beasts of the ‘field,
wild beasts ; so in plur. nvara Deut. 32,
24. Hab. 2,17; espec. with yusn Deut.
28, 26. Is. 18, 8, πῶσ, “Sw 1 Sam. 17,
44. Joel 1, 20, “55 Mic. 5, 7.

Pior. miata 1. beasts, quadrupeds,
see above.

2. Plur. majest. joined with sing. masc.
Behemoth, i. e. the great beast, huge quad-
ruped, by which name is designated the
hippopotamus, Job 40, 15. So Bochart,
Hieroz. II. p. 754 sq. Ludolf, Hist.
ZEthiop. I. 11. Others wrongly under-
stand the elephant ; as Drusius, Grotius,

Schultens, J. D. Michelis ad ἢ. 1. Scho-

der in Hieroz. Spec. I. p. 2 sq.—Proba-
bly under the form i722 there lies
concealed some Egyptian name for the
hippopotamus, so modified as to put on
the appearance of a Semitic word; see
in F278. Thus N-€ge-wworet
P-ehe-mout would signify the water-ox ;
by which epithet (bomarino) the Italians
also designate the hippopotamus ; see
Jablonsky Opusc. ed. te Water, 1.52. It
is true that this word so compounded is
not now found in the remains of the Cop-
tic language; but the objection urged
(Lee’s Heb. Lex. p. 74), that it is formed
contrary to the laws of language, is not
valid. It is said indeed that ehe (ox) is
of the fem. gender, and that the word for
water is mou, not mout. But ehe is of
the comm. gender and is frequently
used as masculine, see Peyron p. 46;
and the ¢ in mout may be an article
postpositive, see Lepsius Lettre ἃ Ro-
sellini p. 63.

"72

* via obsol. root, prob. 1. q. 03,
3 Conj. IV, to shut up, to cover.—
Hence the two following:

72 m. the thumb when followed by
so called as shutting and covering
the hand; also the great toe when fol-
lowed by ban; so Ex. 29,20. Lev. 8, 23
sq. 14, 14.17. 25.28. Plur. constr. Mi21723
Judg. 1, 6.7, from a lost sing. Teas Arab.

ol gst. and in vulgar Arab. ex id.

772 (thumb) Bohan, pr. n. of a son
of Reuben; from whom also comes the
name ἼΠΞ ΖΝ Stone of Bohan, a place
on the confines of Judah and Benjamin.
Josh. 15, 6. 18, 17.

. pla obsol. root ; Syr. woos} to be
white, spec. with leprosy ; Chald. pax
to be bright, shining, p°72 bright, shin-
ing. Comp. "12.—Hence

po. τὴ. vitiligo alba, white scurf,
morphew, an efflorescence, on the skin,
not uncommon in the East, consisting
of spots of a palish white, mind minna
miz>, resembling the leprosy, but
ὌΑΩΝ and neither contagious nor

“ S os
hereditary. Lev. 13, 39. Arab. ς ὅ-ζ9
ap. Avic. See more in Thes. * P- 183.

as, = obsol. root, Arab. — 3 to shine,

to be bright, trop. to be conspicuous.
Ethiop. OCU to be light, bright, NCU
light, ACY? a light, luminary. The
primary idea lies in being tremulous,
glittering, glancing; comp. >92.—Hence
"a and

mwa f. plur. ninna, a brightness,
i. 6. ὦ spot in the skin, for the most part
white. When such a spot is lower than
the rest of the skin, and has in it white
hairs, it is a symptom of the oriental
leprosy, Lev. 13, 2-4. 18-23. 24-28.
Otherwise it is harmless, whether it be
a scar, or arise from a burning, or from
the morphew, pna, ib. v. 38. 39—Jahn
wrongly supposes the word m3 to be
the name of a particular disease, the
λεύχη of Hippocrates; Archeol. I. ὃ 215.

Different is pn3 bohak q. v. the name of -

a particular disease consisting of whitish
spots.

116

Nia

ἘΝῚΞ pret. NB, once 333 Milél for

‘4282 1 Sam. 25, 8: Ἐς nia, "yd, twice

mR Milél 1 Sam. 20, 21. 1K. 13, oF inf.
ria, once A&B Milra 1K. 14, 12; fut.
Nin3, Xa"), once 13") 1 K. 12, 12 Cheth. ©
with He parag® and suff. sometimes
irreg. HMNIM Deut. 33, 16, FMRiIsmH Job
22, 21, “nNSh, Keri mXan 1 Sam. 20,
84; see Index at the end of the volume.
1. to go or come in, to enter ; Ethiop. —

NPA id. Arab. ls to return. Kin-

dred is 33 coéundi sensu. Correspond-
ing are Sanscr. va to go, Gr. Baw,
whence βαίνω, vado, see signif. no. 3,
which although less frequent is perhaps
the primary one. Opp. &%° Josh. 6, 1.
1K. 15, 17.—The place info which one
goes, as a house, city, country, ship, is
put with 3 Gen. 19,8. Deut. 23, 25. 26;
bx Gen. 6, 18. 7, 1. 19, 3; Ὁ sth. 6, 43
with He local Gen. 12,11. 14; and poet.
c. acc. Ps. 100, 4, Lam. 1, 10, comp. Lat.
‘ingredi urbane whence Gen. 23, 10. 18
jd ASW OND thoes entering the gates
of his city. Prov. 2, 19.—The person to
whom one enters, is put with 5 Gen. 6,
20. 7,13; with 3, to enter into e. g. one’s
body, Ez. 2, 3 mm "2 Nom} the Spirtt
entered into me (comp. μένος ἄνδρας
ἐσέρχεται 1]. 17. 157). 2 K. 18, 21.—
Spec. a) HBN"be Nin to go ἐν unto a
woman, an euphemism for sexual inter-
course, Gen. 6, 4. 16, 2. 30, 3; rarely

with 59 Gen.19,31. Arab. εἰῷ and δ.
id. Ὁ) to go or come into the house of a
husband, spoken of a bride. Josh. 15, 18.
Judg. 1,14; with >§ Dan.11,6. Comp.
Hiph. πο. 1. 6) D9 vps sin to enter
into judgment with any one, i. -e. to bring
before a tribunal, to arraign, Is. 3, 14.
Job 22, 4, Ps. 143, 2. d) xia mee la
go out and come in, to xo out and in, spo
ken of one’s daily walk and life, 1 Sam
29, 6. Deut. 28, 6. Ps. 121, 8. Different
is to go out and come in before the peo-
ple, i.e. to lead out a people to war,
spoken of a military leader, commander,
Num. 27,17. 1 Sam. 18,16. 2 Chr. 1,
10; also ‘without pen ὩΣ Josh. 14, 11.
1 K. 3,7; comp. Deut. ‘81, 2 of Moses.
Comp. Hinks. e) 3 812) ito.enter in with
any one, i. 6. to have intercourse with,
Josh. 23, 7.12. Hence M283 ΝΣ. ete

᾿ Gen. 15, 12. 17, 28, 11. al.

Nia
mbx

2%, to enter into an oath, see
m33 into a covenant, see ΡΣ;

ace.

by;

. soz to enter into the secret εὐώδ

οἵ any one, to become his confederate,
Gen. 49, 6. With >x, Gen. 15, 15
wn isy-by xia to go unto one’s fathers,

im i. α. to be gathered to one’s fathers, to

_ enter into Sheol; see Ox Niph. f) to
_ enter upon an office, duty, 1 Chr. 27, 1.
| Opp. 8¥2 2K. 11, 9. g) to enter 50.
_ into his chamber Ps. 19, 6, spoken of the
> sun, i. gq. to go down, to set, Sept. δύω.
Opp. 82}.
- h) to come in, spoken of the annual pro-
_ duce of the earth, to be brought in, to be
_ gathered, Lev. 25, 22; hence of profits,
_ revenues, to come in, to be rendered,
1K. 10,14. 2 Chr. 9, 13. Comp. mxian.
Opp. πη to go out, to be expended.

- 2. to come, very often in Ὁ. T. Opp.
‘42m, Gen. 16, 8. 1 Sam. 20, 21. 22. Eee.
5,15. With ‘by of pers. or place Gen.
37, 23; >> Ex. 18, 23; ID 2 Sam. 16, 5;
| b 1 Sam. 9, 12. Is. 49,18; also ace. and
D henee Lam: 1,4 “yin "Na those coming
to the festival.. Often of inanimate things,
Gen. 43, 23. Job 37, 9. 38,11; espec. of
time, Jer. 7, 32. Ecc. 2, 16; whence
D "Nan the coming days, adv. in the time
to come, Is. 27,6; comp. OMX. Spec.
/ a) 212 fo come with any thing, i. 6. to
_ bring. it, to offer, see 2 Β. 2. 1 K. 13,1.
Ps. 66,13. Ecc. 5,2 252 Diba x3 Ἢ
7229 for a dream brings much ado, i..e.
many and empty matters. Ps. 71, 16
ΣΝ ΤΤΊΞΑΞ δῖ 7] will come with the
_ mighty deeds of the Lord, i. e. I will re-
count and celebrate them; parall. ""23x .

Comp. Pers. wy? Ἢ] to bear and to nar-

rate; also Lat. ferunt. Ὁ) 82> 9 lit.
even unto the coming, until one come,
Judg. 3, 3, and ellipt. 835 Num. 13, 21.
34, 8, for even unto, usque ad, in geogra-
phical descriptions. The same is ANAnT
until thou comest Gen.19, 22; M282, FR3,

id. Gen. 10,19. 30, 13.10. “ἢ ‘With 5,

tocome toa ‘place or person Ex. 22,8; and
metaph. to reach or attain unto any one,
be equal to, 2 Sam. 23,19; > 2 Sam.

23,23. Arab.sl3 to be equal, like ; comp.
Germ. gleichkommen. 4) to come upon
any one, to fall upon unexpectedly;
e.g. of an enemy, to attack, Gen. 34, 27.

117

NS

1 Sam. 12,12. Job 15, 21; of calamity
Job 20, 22. In prose for the most part
constr. c. 3 Gen. 1 Sam. ll. cc. 58 Gen.
32, 8; in poetry with acc. and > Job
3, 25. Is. 47,9. Rarely spoken of good,
something desired, c. 9 Josh. 23, 15;
acc. Job 22,21. Ps, 119, 41. 77; Arab.

ΕἼ
(51 c. ace. to come upon any one, to fall
upon. e) i. 4. to come to pass, to be
Fulfilled, accomplished, 6. g. of desire,
Prov. 13, 12; espec. of prophecies 1 Sam.
9,6. Deut. 13, 2. 18, 22. Judg. 13, 12; of
a sign given by a prophet, 1 Sam. 10,7.
Opp. 583, 298. (Ὁ mina Niaz to come
with their names, i.e. to be enumerated
by name, 1 Chr. 4, 38.

8. Rarely simpl. to go, i. q. 324, the
place whither being usually expressed.
Gen. 37, 30 83 "28 728 whither shall I
go? whither turn myself. Gen. 45,17.
Jon. 1,3 he found a ship 'S"0"9n πὰ
going to Tarshish. 15. , 24. 22,15. Num.
32, 6. Job 2,11. With dat. pleon. 75
1 Sam. 22, 5.—Metaph. to walk, to live,
1. 4. 72, 2NN; so with mx and ὩΣ
with any one, i.e. to have intercourse
with, to associate with, Ps. 26, 4. Prov.
22, 24.

ΗΙΡΗ. 8°35, 2 pers. OXI, ὁ. ἀν
WNIT Ps. 66, 11, ΘΏΝΞΙΠ Ez. 23, 22
more freq. "IMAI, ANNI, oonkan;
plur. SmN3 n Lev. 23, 10, and 5mk"35
1 Sam. 16, 17. inf. R"37, once "27 Ruth
3, 15, with. pref. 873775, twih δ 535 2 Chr.
31, 10. Jer. 39, 7; fat. N735, R33, with
ἐς dropeed “38 1K. 21, 29; causat. of
Kal in most of its significations.

1. to cause to come in, i. 6. to lead or
bring in, e. g. into a house Gen. 43, 17;
a ship Gen. 6, 19; a land Ex. 6,8. Spec.

‘a) to bring home a wife Judg. 12, 9, see

inKalno.1.b. Ὁ) OBY93 N73 to bring .
into judgment, i. e. before a tribunal,
Job 14, 3. Ecc? 11, 9, see in Kal no. 1. ¢.
6) N73) NIT to ecu out and in a peo-
ple i.e. to and from war, spoken of a king
or other military leader, Num. 27, 17.
1 Chr. 11,2; see in Kal no.1.d. d)
Also to cause the sun to go down, to set,
Am. 8,9; see Kal no.1.g. 6) Spoken
of inanimate things, e.g. to bring in
fruits, produce, i. q. to bring home, to
gather, 2 Sam. 9,10; to bring or bear
in, Sept. siagéow, Gen. 27,10. Lev. 4,5

ply πὶ
16. to put in,to insert, 6. g. the hand in-
to the bosom Ex. 4, 6; staves or poles
into rings Ex. 25, 14. 26, 11.

2. to bring to any one, to lead up, pr.
of persons or animals; with >& or > to
any one, Gen. 2, 19. 22. 43,9. 44, 32; to
let come, i. e. to eal for, to admit, Esth.
5, 10.12. Also of things Loknaniiste: a)
to bring to any one, Gen. 27, 10. 30, 14.
31, 39. 33, 11..2 Chr. 9, 10.,Gen. 37, 2
pHvay by HY] ΠΏΞῚ ΤΌΝ NI he Bisupat
to their Sather an evil report concerning
them. b).i. q. to offer, 6. g. a present
1 Sam. 9,7. 25, 27; a sacrifice Gen. 4, 4.
6) With 53 to bring wpon one any evil,
destruction, e. g. the deluge Gen. 6, 17;
calamity Jer. 4,6. 5,15. More rarely
with > Jer. 15, 8, ἘΠ P& 32, 42. d) to
bring to pass, to fulfil to accomplish, 6. g.
one’s words, purpose, a prophecy, Is. 37,
20. 46, 11. Jer. 39, 16. Comp. Kal no. 2. e.

3. to bring with oneself, to bear, to
carry away, 2 Chr. 36, 7. Dan. 1, 2.
Sept. ἀποφέρω. Hence a) Simpl. to
bear, to carry, i. q. 8&2. Job 12,6 who
carries his god in his hand, see in MPN
no. 1, p. 54. Ps. 74, 5 nbs nn325
τ 5 τ . as one who beareth ‘upward
axes, a 6. ᾿ lifteth up, as ἃ wood-cutter.
b) to bring back, to let return; comp.
Arab. oly to return, IV to let return.
Deut. 33, 7 hear, Jehovah, the voice of
Judah, 323730 123-58) ane bring him
back unto his people. ‘c) ao bring away
any thing, i. e. to get, to acquire, comp.
Arab. ols ὁ. ῳ. Ps. 90, 12 335 ἐδ 532}
M2271 that we may acquire a heart of
wisdom, a wise heart.

Horn. 835s 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 1,
to be led or brought in, Gen. 43, 18. Ps.
45, 15; to be brought in, Lev. 10,18. 2 K.
12, 10 sq. to be put in, inserted, Ex. 27,7.

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be brought
-or led to any one, Lev. 13, 2. 9. 14, 2;
to be brought to any one, Gen. 33, 11.

Deriv. ΓΞ, 85122, also nai, ONION.

ΔΊΞ ἃ root usually assumed for the
forms 3433 and 723 ; which belong rather
to r. 332 q. V.

* 712 fat. 12", to despise, to contemn ;
kindr.is ta. The primary idea is i. q.
dra q. v. to tread under foot, which also
is put for contempt, comp. Prov. 27, '7.—
Constr. c. acc. Prov. 1, 7; oftener c. >

118

pia

Prov. 11, 12. 13, 13. 14, 21. 23, 9. Cant. 8,
1:7. Ῥτον. 6, 30 5925 m3 Nb mendo ak
despise a thief, i i. e. do not overlook his
crime and let him ge unpunished ; comp.
30,17. In Zech. 4,10 13 is read in pret.
3 pers. for 12, as if from 133.

Deriv. the to “following:

ΤῊΞ m 1. contempt, Job 12, 5. 31, 34.

2. Buz, pr.n. a) The second son of
Nahor Gen. 22, 21; also as the name of
a people and district of Arabia Deserta
Jer. 25, 23. . Gentile n. is "42 Buzite,
Job 32,2. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 5, 14.

mrad f. contempt, meton. one con-
temned, collect. Tre ones Neh. 3, 36
[4, 4].

"Ja (pr. a Buzite, see in 192 no. 2. 8.)
pr. n. Buzi, a priest, the father of the
prophet Ezekiel, Ez. 1, 3.

"33 Bavai, pr. n. m. of Persian origin,
i. q- "23, Neh. 3, 18.

"ΤῚΣ not used in Kal, prob. to roll up,
to involve, to entangle, and hence to per-

- -΄ x
plex ; comp. 728, A3}"and 35h to turn,

to turn about, Arab. YL to be confused
and perplexed, 6. g. a business, dhs to
entangle oneself in evil.

Nipu. 132), Part. plur. 5°33) Ex. 14,
3; to be perplexed, disquieted, Esth. 3, —
15 ; to wander in perplexity, in perturba- —
tion, Joel 1, 18. Ex. 1. ¢.

Deriv. 93532.

272 m. (for baat, τ. 53.) 1. Pr. rain,
see the root no. 1; hence as the name
of the eighth Hebrew month, Bul, i. e.
rainy month, from the new-moon of No- —
vember to that of December, 1 K. 6, 38. |

2. produce, increase, i. q. H8I3h, Job —
40, 20.—Hence Is. 44, 19 7» baa stock or
trunk of wood, as in Chaldee.

-* DAS obsol. root, prob. to be high,
whence “22 high place, q. v. This
root is not found in the other Semitic
dialects, (yet see Syr. [Sato 1 Sam. 10,
23 Pesh.) but obvious traces of it are
extant in the languages of the Indo-
european family ; as Pers. als top ofany —
thing, roof; βωμός altar, tumulus, and
βοῦνος hill; pomus, of tall trees; and in
the Teutonic tongues Bom, Boom, Baum.

7a

9 ya with its deriv. see in J"3.
272 (discretion) pr. ἢ. m. Bunah,
1 Chr. 2, 25.

"B12 see 722.

f * OID fut. 012", to tread down, to
trample under foot, 6. g. in neglect and
_ contempt, Prov. 27,7. Also to trample
| in pieces, to stamp upon enemies, i. e.
' utterly to subdue them, Is. 14, 25. 63, 6.
Ps. 44, 6. 60,14. Part. "01a Zech. 10,
_ 5.—The idea of treading is expressed in
_ many languages by the syllable pat va-
_ riously inflected ; 6. g. Sanscr. pati way,
_ pad, pada, foot, path to go; Zend petho,

pate, a path, (Pers. LL foot,) Gr. πάτος,
πατέω, and ποῦς for’ “ποῦς, gen. ποδός,
Lat. pes, pedis, also petere, Low Germ.

_ padden, pedden, i. q. πατεῖν, Pfad, Engl.
_ path, also to pad, to pat ; in Heb. ὁ being
_ changed to a sibilant, pas, bas. In ‘the
kindred sense of stamping in, cramming,
is 038; in that of despising, 112, ΓΞ,
like Gr. πατέω Il. 4. 157. Comp. also
327, 982.

Pu. 0043 to tread down a place, land,
i.e. to lay waste, with the accessory
' idea of pollution, profanation, Jer. 12,
10, Is. 63, 18. Comp. καταπατεῖν i. q.
᾿ βεβηλοῦν 1 Mace. 3, 45. 51. Rev. 11, 2;
' also 0725.

Horn. part. 021 trodden under foot,

e.g. a corpse, Is. 14, 19.

_ Hrrapar. 00%2nn to be cast forth to
be trodden under foot, Ez. 16, 6. 22.
Comp. 0B7nn.

| Deriv. no39, ΠΟΣΊ, and pr. n. O13".

* 272 a root not in use, which with
_ kindr. 732, 333. signifies to swell, and is
_ then Megiously. applied, e.g. to water as
boiling up, gushing forth ; to ulcers and
pustules as breaking forth, rising in the
skin. Hence m>a>ax.

a ya obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Usb
‘mid. Ye, to be awhite, 6. acc. to surpass
im ehiiances ; II to make white; IX
and XI to be of a white colour ; Ghisibe

Bigs
yeas! white, bright. Kindr.are Chald.
Y28, 722, p72, stannum, tin; also
52. Comp. also Pers. S229 white,

bright, Germ. weiss, High Germ. biess.
Hence 472 egg, and

119

ἊΣ

7 m. byssus, also cloth of byssus, so
called from its whiteness; see r. yia
and Rev. 19, 8.14; comp. also further in
Thesaur. p 190. Spoken of the finest
and most precious stuffs, as worn by
kings 1 Chr. 15, 27, by priests 2 Chr. 5,
12, and by other persons of high rank or
honour Esth. 1, 6. 8,15. The word is
of Aramean origin, and is therefore used
spec. of the Syrian byssus Ez. 27. 16,
which seems to be there distinguished
from the Egyptian byssus or Ww. ib. ν.
7. Elsewhere it seems not to differ
from Ww, and is often put for it in the
later Hebrew, 1 Chr. 4, 21. 2 Chr. 3, 14;
comp. Ex. 26, 31. So f,a5 and Chald.
ya in O. and N. T. for Heb. 6 and
Gr. Bvacoc.—After long inquiry and dis-
pute, whether the cloths of byssus were
of linen or cotton, (see Celsii Hierobot.
II. 167 sq. Forster de Bysso antiquor.
Lond. 1776,) recent minute investiga-
tions at London with the aid of the
microscope have decided the contro-
versy so far as relates to cloths found
around Egyptian mummies, and shown
that the threads are linen. See Wil-
kinson’s Manners and Cust. of the Anc.
Egyptians, III. p. 115.

722 (shining, glittering, from yas
to shine) Bozez, pr. n. of a rock near
Gibeah, 1 Sam. 14, 4.

* pia i. gq. PR2, to empty; hence
ΓΙ, and

ΤΡῚΣ f. emptiness, i. 6. desolation, de-
vastation, comp. Ppa. Once Nah. 2, 11
Mpa MPa intens. for uttermost deso-
lation, like Hyde πῶ, maws naa,
from the roots τῶ, 233,

“Pi pr. a herdsman, keeper of cat-
tle, denom. from "3 q. v. In a wider
sense also of a shepherd, Am. 7, 14,
comp. v.15. Vulg. armentarius, which
is like comprehensive; comp. Virg.
Georg. 3. 344.

I. 2 and "2 πὶ. (for 783, ἬΝ, τ᾿

ΝΞ.) plur. nin’.

1. a pit, Arab.
1 Chr. 11, 22.

2. Spec. a cistern, Gen. 37, 20 sq.
DIZ Mina cisterns hewn, sc. in the
rock, Deut. 6,11. Cisterns when with

S92, 1 Sam. 13, 6.

2

out water were often used as prisons,
Zech. 9, 11. Jer. 38, 6 sq.—Hence

3. i. gq. a prison, dungeon, Is. 24, 22;
more fully “iam ma Jer. 37, 16. Ex.
12, 29. ᾿

4. a sepulchre, the grave; freq. in the
phrase 7ia-"3'}'" those who go down to
the sepulchre, i.e. the dead, Ps. 28, 1. 30,
4, 88, 5. Is. 38, 18. 14,19 =p 3N7by “35°
“3 soho go down to the stones of the sepul-
chre, i. 6. those laid in costlier sepulchres
hewn in the rock. “i3 73 even to the se-
pulchre Prov. 28,17. Is.14,15 "iav"N2"3
the recesses of the sepulchre.

II. "93 alkali, see Wa Il.

*mnl i. q. 24, to search out, to exa-
mine, to prove, once Eee. 9,1 inf ΑΒΘ;
comp. 3, 18 335.

* Wid, pret. win, “ma ; part. plur.
Dwi; fut. wis.

1. to be ashamed, to feel shame. So
Chald. Syr. nna, 22; comp. also

- - ms Oe
Arab. μῦν crag to be: astonished,
¢

amazed, struck dumb; Lat. pudere, pu-
dor. The primary idea seems not to lie
in blushing, but in paleness and terror,
‘ thus kindr. with ya andms2. [Orrather
perh. to be hot, to glow, and then to blush,
comp. 83" —Tj Ezra 8,22 >> “ns
Iwas ashamed to ask. 9, 6. Once fol-
lowed by a finite verb, Job 19, 3 sWan-Nd
"D-ATDNN ye are not ushathed, ye stun me,
i.e. shameless ye stun me. With 42 of
that of which one is ashamed, Ez. 36, 32;
comp. 43, 10. 11.—Hence

2. Spec: to be disappointed in one’s
hope or expectation, which is often con-
joined with blushing and shame, Jer.
14, 3. Job 6, 20. Ascribed to enemies
and wicked men who are put to flight
after vain attempts, Ps. 6,11. 25, 3. 31,
18. 35, 4. Also to persons oppressed
with sudden calamity, Jer. 15, 9. 20,11;
to husbandmen disappointed of their
harvest, Jer. 14,4; comp. Is. 19, 9, and
w7ain. On the contrary, it is said those
who trust in God shall never be ashamed,
disappointed, Ps. 22, 6. 25, 2.3. With
ἡ of that which disappoints the hope,
Jer. 2, 36.

3. Trop. of the mind, i. q. to be con-

Sused, perplexed, troubled ; comp. Arab.

120 "3

. So espec. in the phrase ia Ww;
Judg. 3, 25 they waited Biz 39 until
they were ashamed, i. e. perplexed, trou-
bled. 2 K. 2,17. ~ |

4. Once apparently spoken of that
which disappoints the hopes of any one;
comp. Ma. Hos. 13,15 ipa Wiss his
fountain shall be ashamed, i. e. shall dry _
up, comp. Jer. 14,3; followed by 335%.
But more prob. 83" is here equivalent
to ba3. ἢ

Norse. This verb is frequent in po-
etry, and rare. in prose; see in no. 2, 4.
Kal is not found in the Pentateuch ; see
Hithpal.

Pit. wwa to delay, pr. to shame or
disappoint a person waiting; constr. ὁ.
inf. et > Ex. 32, 1. Judg. 5, 28. Comp.
Dia ID Judg. 3, 25.

Hira. 87393, 2 pers. nia.

1. to shame, to put to shame, to frus-
trate evil designs, i. q. to disappoint,
Ps. 14, 6; so of God, Ps. 44, 8. 119, 31.
116.

2. to bring to i - to disgrace, Prov.
29, 15.

3. Intrans. to doch things, to act
shamefully ; comp. 2°23, DI. Pa
wa shameful, base, wicked, opp. >"202
Prov. 10, 5. 14, 35. 17,2. The idea of
wickedness includes also folly ; and else
where words signifying folly (589)
m>32) are transferred to wickedness
Fem. mua Prov. 12, 4, opp. 59m nus,

Nore. Another fori of Hiphil, wan
see under the root 833.

Hitupat. to be ashamed, Gen. 2, 2
This seems to have been the prose form
comp. in DANN, ARNNM.

Deriv. 7383, rita, pegs, and

ΓΞ f shame, Ps. 89, 46. Ez. 7, 18
Obad. 10. Mic. 7, 10.

* TAD Chald. to pass the night, De
6, 19. In Targg. often for ἪΡ». Sy
5 id. also to sojourn, to remain; Are

if
|
7,

u

G5 mid. Ye, Ethiop. OT, to pass th
night, to remain.—Hence is commonl
derived the word M2 house; but see i
ἌΡΗ

ΤΞ m. (τ. Τ13} c. suff. MI2, prey, sp
booty, spoken of men and beasts ca
away in war, (elsewhere "2, Mp>%

γυ =. eS ee ee OOS ee

)

πον»
and also of goods or property plundered

by an enemy; Num. 14, 3. Jer. 15, 13.

49,32. 13 11a, seein 112. Very fre-

€ quently i in the phrase ἸΞ5. m0 to become

— ve

a prey, to be carried off as ‘spoil, Num.
-14, 31. Deut. 1, 39. Is. 42, 22; some-
times c. dat. Ez. 26, 5. 34, 28. Also
425 402 to give for prey, as spoil, Jer. 17,

3. Ez. 25, 7 Keri.

* NTS ἅπαξ heyou. Is. 18,2 a people..
ix38 un ANT “UN Bea land rivers

rend, i.e. break up into parts, 1813 i. q.
13; or perh. divide up, '8123 1. α. 4313 fr.

Chald. 313 to cleave. The allusion is
to Ethiopia ; see Comm. on Is. l. c.

"ya j 1. 4. 112, to despise, to contemn ;
pr. to tread under foot, see THD, 052,
Constr. c. acc. Num. 15, 31. Ps. 22, 25.
102,18; more rarely with > 2 Sam. 6, 16,

Ρ. and (suitably to the primary idea) by

Neh. 2,19. Opp. 723 1 Sam. 2,30. Also
Prov. 19, 16 1737 AYT2 he that despiseth
his ways, i. 6. overlooks them, lives heed-
lessly. Esth. 3,6 32 MbO> 172723 13" and
he despised to lay hands on Mordecai

᾿ alone, i. 6. this was too little. Ps. 73, 20.

Nis. part. M333 despised, contemned,
Is. 53, 3. Ps. 15, 4.

Hin. i. q. Kal, Esth. 1, 17.

Deriy. 1113, pr.n. 21743, 43322, also

72 verbal adj. of the intrans. or pass.

᾿ς form, despised, contemned. Is.49,7 “M3

ΦΒ2 despised of men, i.g. BD "553 Ps, 22,7.

MS i.g. ΤΞ᾿ (Ὁ. 112) prey, booty, found
only in the later Hebrew; comp. Aram.
{2445. 2 Chr. 14, 13. 28, 14. Ezra, 9, 7.

Neh. 3, 36. Esth. 9,10 sq. Dan. 11, 24.
33. Often joined with the synon. 5>%

- and "δῷ.

*1T3, plur. Ata, 8332, once 52433; inf.

72, fut. 155; to oney upon, to epi i.e. to

size as prey, to plunder. Arab. § 3 Conj.

I, VIII. Aram. 133, }2, id. The primary
_fotion seems to be that of pulling in
“pieces, scattering ; comp. the kindred

roots 812, P12, "ta. Hence Chald. 1313
to squander, to dissipate, from which is

commonly derived 3122 gift, q. v.—

Construed:
1 Sam. 14, 36.

a) Absol. Num. 31, 53.
b) With acc. of the

prey, to seize as prey, to carry off as
Ἷ " Tl

121

wma

spoil, Gen. 34, 29., Num. 31, 9. Deut. 2,
35. 3,7. ἸΞ 112 to prey the prey, i.e. to
take the prey, Is. 10, 6. 33,23; >>) 112
id. 2 Chr. 28,8. ¢) With acc. ofa city,
country, persons, Gen. 34,27. Ez. 39,10.
2 K. 7, 16. 2 Chr. 14, 13. Is. 42. 22.

Nips. 133, plur. 9733, inf. and fut. rian,
Tia", to be spoiled, plundered, pass. of Kal
lett. c. Amos 3, 11. Is. 24, 3.

Pua.. id. Jer. 50, 37.

Deriv, 12, 33.

7°72 m. (r. nt2) contempt, Esth. 1, 18.

mM T2 (contempt of Jehovah) Biz-
jothjah, pr. n. of a place in the south of
Judah, Josh. 15, 28.

ts pia obsol. root, prob: to scatter, to
disperse, like Syr. po. The Arab.
is to spit, to sow seed ; also to rise,.
as the sun, pr. to scatter his rays; in
which sense of radiating, coruscating, it
would seem to be kindr. with p22; for
the interchange of ¥ and ", see under “.
Hence

ῬῚΞ m. ἅπαξ Asyou. Ez. 1, 14.i.q. P22,
lightning, flash of lightning. So all the
ancient versions; also Abulwalid and
Kimchi.

pt (lightning) Bezek, pr. n. of a Ca-
naanitish city, whose king was Adoni-
bezek; Judg. 1,4 sq. 1 Sam. 11,8. As
to its site, see Studer on Judg. 1. c.

τὶ Wa to scatter, to disperse, to dissi-
pate, 1. ᾳ. "IB, Dan. 11,24. Arab. Ds
Conj. II, and γώ, to sow seed; comp.
Aram. "33.

ΡΊΕΙ,. toscatter enemies, to put to flight,
Ps. 68, 31.

RMT Biztha, pr. τι. of a eunuch in the
court of Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10. Perh. i. αἱ
Pers. ἄχανῳ beste ligatus sc. membro, i.e.
spado.

71M m. verbal adj. i.g. 722, acrier of
metals, assayer, Jer. 6,27. R. m3.

772 m. (Dag. impl.) a watch-tower,
tower, built by a besieging army, Is. 23,
13 Keri. R. {M3 no. 2.

“772 m. plur. DY M3, constr. "M2,
(after the form δ», Dag. f. impl. to
distinguish it from 5™5"3,) @ youth

m2

young man, pr. a*chosen youth, i. e.
choice, one in the prime of manhood, etc.
See part. "9M3 in r. "a no. 2. Or per-
haps the signif. may be derived from the

kindr. "22 no. 3, whence Arab. pe vir-

gin.—E. g. Judg. 14, 10. 1 Sam. 8, 16.
It denotes pr. a young man of ripe vi-
gour, but unmarried, Ruth 3, 10. Is. 62,
5; often joined with mbana Deut. 32, 25.
unin, 1, 18. 2, 21. al. Spec. young men
for young mnrrors, Is. 9, 16. 31, 8. Jer.
18, 21. 49, 26. 51, 3. Am. 4, 10. Comp.
mim>3 and 55.

MITT see ona.

77a Is. 23; 13 Cheth. see j:m2.

"M2 m. (τ. 72) Verbal adj. chosen,
elect, ἐκλεκτός, found only in the phrase
mint ama the chosen of Jehovah, spoken
of Saul, 2 Sam. 21, 6; of Moses, Ps. 106,
23; of the people of evel, Is. 43, 20. 45,
4, ara mim) 733; of pious men and
prophets, or of the Messiah, Is. 42, 1.
Plur. of the righteous Is. 65, 9. 15. 22.
Ps. 105, 43.

a Bi; aq. bya no. 3, with 3, to

loathe, to abhor ; comp. Syr. Wams πάν.
ing nausea, sick at the stomach. Zech.

11,8 "3 nbn ἘΦΞ2 their soul abhorred
me.—This_ signification may be drawn
either from the kindr. 3 523, or also
ὁ from 9732 and 3 "72 in the eens of re-
jecting.

Il. ig. Arab. (hss to be greedy, avari-
cious. Hence Puat Prov. 20, 21 Cheth.
mbna nm? wealth greedily gotten. See
Schult: Animadv. ad h. 1. The ancient
versions express the sense of the Keri
ὨΣΓΙΞΏ.

᾿ wa fut. (35 1. to try, to prove, to
put to the test, espec. metals, like the
synon. ΕΣ: Jer. 9,6. Zech. 13, 9. Ps.
66, 10. Metaph. Job 23, 10 amy “22M
REN let him try me, I shall come ὁ forth as
gold ; also neglecting the primary force,
Job 12, 11 ἼΠΞῸ Ὑ58 WR NbN doth not
the ear try words ? 34,3. a) Often of
God as trying the hearts or minds of
men, Ps. 7, 10. 17, 3. Prov. 17, 3. Ps. 81,
8; espec. by sending calamities upon
them, Job 7,18. b) Of men as proving
or tempting God, i. q. M3. i. 6. by doubt,

122

P WMD, j1M2, watch-tower.

“ra

unbelief, Mal. 3, 10. 15. Ps. 95, 9.— —
Chald. jn, Syr.. <u, to try, to exa- —
mine. The Arabic in this sense has —
Conj. I, VIII; w and » being
παι κούρα; : ῬΓ. ἴο rub, to rub upon, —
and hence to try metals, sc. by rubbing —
them upon the lapis Lydius or touch-
stone, Gr. βάσανος.
2. to keep a look-out, to watch ; whence

Nipu. to be tried, proved, Gen. 42, 15.
16. Job 34, 36. |
ῬυΑΙ, ΜΗ id. Ez. 21, 18 9m *> ΓῺ
is tried, i.e. trial is made ,comp. Schnur-—
rer'ad bil. Sept. ὅτι δεδικαίωται: Others )
take {M2 as a noun, for trial se. is made.

Deriv. the two following, and jin2,
yrs, PHA.

772 m. a watch-tower, tower, see the -
root no. 2. Is. 32, 14 yma) dd the hill”
(Ophel) and the tower upon it; prob. the
tower upon the hill Ophel tteritionbd in
Neh. 3, 26. 27.

2 m. trial, proof. Is. 28, 16 na i328
a tried stone, i. e. proved and found suit-
able for a foundation-stone. Ez. 21, 18,
see inr. {2 Pu. :

᾿ “ria fut. "M3" 1. to prove, i. ᾳ. to
try, toexamine ; like Syr. uD, i. q. Hebr.

jna. We place this signification first,
although it is rare and mostly found onl}
in the later Hebrew; since trial must
precede choice. The primary idea i
either that of rubbing upon the lapis
Lydius or touch-stone, so as then to be
i. q. 73 q. v. or else it lies in cutting in
pieces and scrutinizing, comp. aD, “pa
no. 1. Corresponding are Gr. πειράω,
Lat. perior, whence experior, comperior,
periculum, peritus.—Is. 48, 10 phar
“23 "4922 7 have proved thee in the fur
nace of affliction. Job 34, 4. 2 Chr. 4
6, where the Chethibh is to be thus read
pam. "m2 he proved their houses, i.
examined the houses of the idolaterd
2. to approve, i. q. to choose, to selec

Comp. Arab. re VIII to choose τ Ἢ
a 3
best, to take the best part; ss , et

thing selected, chosen.—Job 9, 14. «εἴ
29,25. Oftenc. dat. > to choose for one
self Gen. 13, 11. Ex. 17, 9. Josh. 24, 15,

a na

The thing chosen is put in the accus.
see the examples already quoted ; also
more freq. with 2, (comp. 2 B. 4,) Deut.
ἢ, 6. 14, 2. 18, 5. Num. 16, 5, 17, 20.
1. Sam. 10, 24. 106, 8. 9. 4]. Once with

ὃν as marking denise, see >3 no. 4, Job”

36, 21; also 12 implying relvedicn, Ps.
84, 11. = Part. “ama, plur. constr. "3n3
1Sam. 26,2. a) "chosen, select, Ex. 14,
nis b) choice, excellent, Cant. 5, 15.
3. to choose, i. q. to like, to delight in, to
desire ; c. acc. Gen. 6, 2. Is. 1, 29.2 Sam.
16, 15 Ὃν “IAT IW 533 according to
all that my lord shall please. Prov. 1, 29.
8, 31; 3 Is. 14, 1 Sy 3. ΡΣ AN and
he will yet delight α in Israel. Zech. 1
8,2; > 1 Sam. 20, 30, where yet many
Mss. read 3. Once pregn. with >> of
pers. 2 Sam. 19, 39 "b> aMam-7Wwy 55
ΠΡ ΠΙΩΣΝ ἸΝ αὐόδορόν thou shalt desire to
lay upon me, that I will do for thee.

: Nira. 1. to be chosen, i. e. to be wor-
thy of choice, with 72 to be better, rather
_to be chosen, Jer. 8, 3.—Part. "3 cho-
sen, choice, sncéllent. 933 ὩῸΞ choice
silver Dans 10, 20. 8, 10. 19; with 12
_choicer than, rather to be choses, better,
Prov. 16, 16. 22, 1.

2. With 3, to be chosen by any one,
i.e. to be acceptable, pleasing to him,
Prov. 21, 3.

Puat to be chosen, selected, only Ecc.
9, 4 Chethibh.

| Deriv. sa, “ma, mimMa, “M32,
“ima, pr. ἢ. sn, and the two here
following :

B72 (young men’s village) Bahu-
rim, a small town of Benjamin, beyond
the Mount of Olives; Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. 103. n. 3.—2 Sam. 3, 16. 16, 5.
17, 18, 19, 17. 1 K. 2, 4.--Henice Simonic
Revives the gentile n. "29m2 Baharu-
mite 1 Chr. 11, 33; and with the letters
transposed "9772 ὃ Sam. 23, 31.

O72 (after the form 5°7p1) m. plur.
Num. LL, 28, and minana Eee. 11, 9. 12,
1, youth, γομ Ι age. Comp. “AMS.

"ΔΩ and TOS, i. q. 973 ΤΙ, βαττο-
λογεῖν, blaterare, to babble, i. 6. to talk
idly, unadvisedly, onomatop. like the
Greek, Latin, and English words. Part.
τ 3 an idle ceniee babbler, Prov: 12, 18.

Prez id. Lev. 5, 4. Ps. 106, 33. fn

123

moa

both these passages pinava is added
intensively, see 57ND in may no. 1.
Deriv, 8232.

pf MOD 1. to trust, to confide, to
place hope and confidehce in any one.
Chald. and Samar, id. but rare. Arab

5 to throw one down upon his back,

to throw in his face ; whence Heb. 2 nua
perh. pr. ‘to cast teats or one’s cares
upon any one ;’ comp. >¥ 553 Ps. 22, 9.
—With 3 Prov. 11, 28. Ps, 28, ΠΝ by 2
K. 18, 20. 21. 24; by Ps. 4, 6. 31, 7.
With dat. pleon. Jer. 7, 4 amas by
“PUN “Wats 22d trust not for your-
selves in lying words. v.8. 2K. 18, 21.
Rarely in this sense absol. Job 6, 20;
but often

2. Absol. to be confident, i. e. to be se-
cure, without fear, Jadg. 18, 7. 10. 27.
Jer..12, 5. Job 40, 23 1531} maim Noa
or he feareth not, though Jordan
break forth over his mouth, i. q. Engl.
over his head. Prov. 11, 15 n"sph maw
Moa he that hateth suretyship is sure,
i. e. secure, has nothing to fear. Oph.
sins 34. Further: a) Ina good sense,
of the trust and security of the righteous,
Is. 12, 2. Prov. 28, 1. Job 11,18. 8) In
a bad sense, of those who place trust
and confidence in the things of this
world, and have no fear of God nor of
his punishments, Is. 32, 9. 10. 11. Prov.
14, 16. Comp. ἸΡ 9, πρῶ, m1>w.—Part.
m2 trusting, confiding, in an* active
signif. Is. 26, 3 IMA 73 1D for he is
trusting in thee. Ps. 112, 7.

Hipx. fut. apoc. Maar 1. to cause to
trust, to persuade to trust. with >x and
by, fs: 36, 15. Jer. 28, 15. 29, 31.

2, Absol. to make secure, without fear,
Ps. 22, 10.

Deriv. ΠΏΞ, ΠΏΞ, jinwa, ninwas,
ΠΏΣ.

ἘΠῚ, MOD transp. i. ᾳ. πβῷ, dab,

to cook, to ripen; whence "238 a me-
lon, where see more.

M02 τη. (Ὁ. ΠΏΞ 1) 1. trust, confidence,
as adv. confidently, boldly, Gen. 34, 25.

2. security, fearlessness, Is. 32, 17.—
Elsewhere always ma3> and mua adv,
a) in security, without danger, i. e. se
curely, safely ; so 232 31, ΠΏΞ aus,

nos

ΠΏΞ Ἰϑῶ, to dwell securely, safely, 1 Sam.
12, 11. Lev. 25, 18.19. 26,5. Deut. 33, 12.
b) securely, i. 6. without fear, Mic. 2 8;
also as implying too great spourtiy,
want of care and,caution, Judg. 8, 11.

3. Betah, pr. n. of a city of Syria,
ich in brass, situated in the territory of
Hadadezer, 2 Sam. 8,8. In the parall.
passage 1 Chr, 18, 8 written nma0.

moa f. trust, confidence, Is. 30, 15.

JING] m. trust, confidence, Is. 36, 4;
hope Ece. 9, 4. R. nova 1.

minws f. plur. Job 12, 6, ia
tranquillity. R. noua 1.

ἢ 202 to be vacant, comp. 422;
espec. to be free from labour; hence, to
cease, to rest from, Ecc. 12,3. Arab.

Ab and Ethiop. NMA to be empty,

vain; more rarely, to cease.

203 Chald. id. Ezra 4, 24.
Pa. to cause to cease, to hinder, to for-
bid, Ezra 4, 21. 23. 5, 5. 6,8.

ὁ ἼΩΝ obsol. root, pr. to be vacant,
empty, hollow, i. q. bog , dies. Hence
the three fslowing:

723. c. suff. 202, fem. as being a
female member, see no. 2; comp. Arab.
: ) and Lat. cwnnus, both of which are
fem. for the same reason.

1. the belly, so called as being empty,
hollow ;»comp. Gr. HEVEWY, λαγών, κοιλία.

Arab. pes id wos body, mostly dead
body, Ethiop. .2"7 dead body.—Spoken
of the external belly, both of man Cant.
7, 3, and of beast Job 40, 16. Mostly of
the internal belly, as the receptacle of
food, Prov. 13, 25. 18, 20. Job 20, 20.
Kee. 11, 5. Ez. 3, 3.—Also as the place
of the foetus, and hence

2. the womb, Gen. 25, 23.24. ἸΏΞΠ 2
Judg. 13, δ. 7, 7222 Is. 48, 8. 49, 1, and
more fully "ax 232 Ps. 22, 10. Judg.
16, 17, from the womb, i. e. as soon as
born; hyperbol. i. q. from the tenderest
years Job 31,18. 232 "5 fruit? of the
womb, i.e. offspring, progeny, Gen. 30, 2.
Deut. 7; 13. Is. 13, 18. Mic. 6, 7, always
spoken δὲ ‘children aleady born, and not
of the foetus; also with gen. of the father,
Mic. ].c. Spoken of one child, "232 "3

124 "2

son of my womb Prov. 31, 2, where the
suffix refers to the mothers but in Job
3, 10 "303 my womb is for my mother’s
womb, Also in Job 19, 17 "203 "22 the
sons of my womb seem not to be the sons
of Job, for these had perished, 1,19 comp. —

29, 5; but prob. his uterine beothiond ΒΕ.

ἀδεληοῖ, comp. Ps. 69,.9.

3. Trop. the inmost part, i. q. =p. 4
So Din 22 the womb of Sheol, its deep- .
est recesses, Jon. 2, 3. Kspec. the inmost
part of man, whete he thinks and feels,
like the heart, breast, reins, ete. Job 15,
35. 32, 18. Prov: 22,18. ἼΏΞ "ΔἼΠ chiens
bers of the belly, depths of the heart,
Prov. 18, 8. 20, 27. 30. 26, 22. Hab. 3, —
16 "302 TAM} and my bowels trembled.
Comp. κοιλέα Ecclus. 51, 21. John 7, 38.

4. belly of a “ἜΝ protuberance, ;
1 K. 7, 20. a

5. Beten, pr. n. of a place in Asher, '

Josh. 19,25. Perh. valley, i. q. oh,

χοιλᾶς.

D203 plur. Gen, 43, 11, pistacia-nuts,
pistachios, a kind of nuts of an oblong —
shape, so called from their form, which is
flat on one side and round or bellied on the ©
other. They grow on a tree resembling
the terebinth, Pistacia vera of Linn.
which is found in Syria, Plin. H. N. 13. -
10. The kindred dialects have not this —

» “- Seo 3
word; but ἰδοῦ, ROUND, > Butm,
signify terebinth, i. 6. Pistacia terebin- —
thus of Linn. a tree often confounded

with the pistacia.

D203 (pistacias) Betonim, pr.n. ofa

place in the tribe of Gad, Josh. 13, 26.

"2 (for "22, τ. M23, as 53 for 553)
entreaty, prayer, in common use in ac- —
cus. as a particle of entreaty, or rather —
of asking leave; everywhere joined ‘
with "258, 7258, pr. with entreaty, i. q.
Engl. with leave, by permission. Gen. 44,
18 935% ΤΑ Ξ ἜΣ τ AIFS NM "278 12”
with leave, my lord. i. e. I beseech thee, .
let now thy servant speak one word in
my lord’s ears. Ex. 4, 10.13. Num. 12,
11. Josh. 7,8. Judg.6, 13.15. 13,8. Sam.
1, 26. 1 K. 3, 17.26. Also when several
speak.” Gen. 43, 20 345 "hy Ἢ TNS
sar as and they said, With leave, my —
lord, we came down indeed, etc. Of the —

[2

4 *
ancient versions, Sept. well δέομαι,
᾿ δεόμεϑα, Vulg. obsecro, oramus, Targg.
4932, Syr. esas Judg. 13, 8 cum roga-
tione, rogando ; all which correspond
_ exactly to the Heb. "3, and confirm
the etymology here proposed. Other
opinions see reviewed in Thes. p. 222.

ἘΞ pret. Om22 Ps. 139, 2, also 113
Dan. 10, 1, "7373 Dan. 9,2; inf. and imp.
ΠΟ 972; fut. 1.37. apoc. and conv. j37, 133},
_ see note under Hiphil; pr. to separate,
to distinguish; comp. 773, 113. and
ΕΓ Arab. — G mid. Ye intrans. to be sepa-
rate, distinct; metaph. Conj. I, V, X, to
_ be distinct, manifest, easily discerned.
Hence to discern, to mark, to understand,
all which depend on the power of sepa-
rating, distinguishing, discriminating ;
comp. Ἀρίνω Lat. cerno, intelligo for
inter-ligo, Germ. merken comp. Marke,

"Z2, "p23, etc.—Spec.

1 to perceive, to discern, 6. g. a)
With the eyes, i. q. to see, c. acc. Prov.
e 7, 7; 2 Neh. 13, 7; b Job 9, 11. 23, 8.
᾿ b) With the ears, i. q. ‘to hear, Job 23, 5.
_ Prov. 29,19. ο) By the touch, i. q. to
feel, of manimate things, Ps. 58, 10.
2. As implying will, purpose, to mark,
to attend, to give heed to ; c. acc. Dan. 9,

2. 10, 1. Ps. 5,2. 94,7. Deut. 32,7. Prov.

_ 23,1; with 2, which seems peculiar to
the later Hebrew, comp. in no. 1 above,
_ Ezra 8, 15. Dan. 9, 2.23; dx Ps. 28, 5;
Ὁ 73, 17. Job 14, 21. Deut. 32, 29. Is. 32,
_ 4; 53 Dan. 11, 30. 37; absol. Ps. 94, 7.

3. to discern mentally, to understand ;
Dan. 12, 8 7738 851 "M2 7 heard, but
Tunderstood not. Is. 6,9; with "> 1Sam.
3, 8. 2 Sam. 12, 19. μ 43, 10.

4. To have Gnilerstood: i. e. to know,
to be acquainted with, c.‘acc. Ps. 19, 13.
Job 38, 20; 5. Ps. 139, 2. wptia 72 to
know the right Job 32, 9. Prov. 98, ae
MIs 57S Prov. 29, 7, comp. 273 337.

5 Absol. to hare understanding, to be
intelligent, wise, Job 42, 3. 18, 2 be wise,
then will we speak. Hos. 4,14. Part. plur.
D723 the wise, the prudent, Jer. 49, 7.

ΝΊΡΗ.
knowing’ [5. 10,13.—Part. 1139 as particip.
adj. intelligent, discreet, knowing, often
joined with. D2m wise, Gen. 41, 33. 39.

Deut. 1, 13. 4, 6. Is. 5,21; opp. to words
at. ἘΣ

125

22 to be intelligent, discreet, |

7

signifying folly, Prov. 10,13. 14,33 4133
“a5 knowing of speech, eloquent, 1 Sam.
16, 18.

Pi. $213 i. ᾳ. Kal no. 2. Deut. 32, 10
ἼΓΙ29 121 477330" he compassed him about
and gave heed to him.

Hipu. 9935, inf. 3, imp. 935, part.
7722 ; see note below.

1. Pr.causat.e.g. a) Causat. of Kal
no. 3, to cause to understand, i. e. to de-
clare, to explain, Dan. 8, 16. 27. Neh. 8, 8
spss 223), b) Causat. of Kal no. 4,
to teach, to “instruct, with acc. of pers.
Neh. 8, 9. Ps. 119, 34. 73. 130. Is. 40, 14;
also with acc. of thing added, Ps. 119, 27
"22°33 ΠΤ ΠΡΒ WTI teach me the way of
thy precepts. Prov.8,5. Elsewhere also
with acc. of thing and dat. of pers. Job
6, 24. Dan. 11,33; and with acc. of pers.
and dat. of thing, Neh. 8, 7. Spoken
also of one who reveals future events,
Dan. 10,14. 06) Causat. of Kal no. 5,
to give understanding, to make intelli-
gent, Job 32, 8.

2. Like Kal,e.g. a) i. q. Kal no. 1,
to perceive, 6. g. a rumour, report, Is. 28,
19. b) i. q. Kal no. 2, to mark, to give
heed, to attend to any thing, with 3 Dan.
9, 93. 10, 11. Neh. 8, 12; “by Ps, 33, 15;
shnal, Dan. 8, 5. 17. 6) i. ᾳ. Kal no. 3,
to discern mentally, to understand, 1 K.
3,9. d) 1. ᾳ. Kal no. 4, fo know, to be
acquainted with, Job 28, 23. Mic. 4, 12.
m>3 ὙΠ Dan. 1, 4. Prov. 1, 2, to be
knowing, skilled in any thing, 6. 2
Dan. 1, 17; acc. Dan. 8, 23. Prov. 1, 6;
absol. Is. 29,16. 6) i. q. Kal no. 5, to
have ‘eulevstouding, to be wise, Is. 57, 1.
Part. 7°22 wise, intelligent, Prov. 8, 9. 17,
10. 24. 28, 7.11. -—

Nore. Inthe examples adduced under
no. 2, are found only the Praeter, Infin.
Imper. and Participle ; which forms alone
can with certainty be referred to this
conjugation. The forms of the Fut.
j93", ja", etc. we have assigned to Kal ;
and only a few examples are found where
they have a causative power, e. g. Is.
28, 9. 40, 14. Job 32, 8.

Hirupar. 7212nn 1. pr. to show one-
self attentive, and hence for the most
part i. q. Kal no. 2, to mark, to attend,

to consider ; absol. Nar, 2, 10. 9, 16. Job

11, 11; 8. by 1K. 3,21. Is. 14, 16; by
Job 31, 1. Ps. 37, 10; "9 Job 32, 12. 38

τῷ

18; 3 Jer. 30, 24. Job 30, 20; also, the
“force of the conjugation passing over to
a transitive sense, c. acc. Job 37, 14.—
‘Hence
gre. to percerve, e. g. with the ears, 1. q.
‘to hear, c. acc. Job 26, 14.
3. to have εἰσ ν ΩΣ to be intelli-
gent, wise, pr. to show oneself intelligent,
*Ps. 119, 100.
Deriv. 712, Pa, 7273,
and pr. n. 972".

722 constr. 113 pr. subst. i. q. Arab.

§ oF

.pad separation, interval, space inter-
posed, see Dual below; found only in
the constr. state 772, miz"2a, and with
suffixes "2"2, 72°32, 5°25 also pla: 7272,
nny, 19797, ὈΞ ΔΒ, and senna, onio"a.
In diese ἙΝ it passes over into a Pre-
position. ὁ

1. between, betwixt, Lat. inter, Arab.

Pay, APSA,

-

: pony "2 between brethren Prov.
6, 19; pnw 1ἼΞ betwixt the bushes Job
30, 7; DID 772 between the eyes, i. e. upon
she forehead, see "3 no. 1.d. ja "DIN
between the Ulai, i.e. among its windings
and branches, Dan. 8,16. Plur. mi2"3 id.
Ez.10,7. After verbs of motion, i.q. “>
372, Judg.5,27.—In repetitions, between—
and, inter—et, we find }"35—}"2 Gen. 26,
28. Ex. 11, 7. Josh. 22, 25; more rarely
— "2 (pr. interval—even to) Gen. 1, 6.
Lev. 20, 25. Deut..17,8; 1539 --- τ i
59, 2; Ὁ 755 706] 2, 17. Where it is
tius put after verbs of seeing, under-
standing, teaching, and the like, it gives
them the sense: to see, undersbrnd:
teach thé difference between ; Mal. 3, 18
SwI> PTX PPA DMNA ye shall discerh
the ‘difference between the righteous and
the wicked ; comp. Ὁ --- Ἴ3 577 2 Sam.
19, 36. Jon. 4,11; ὃ -- 2 Wah 1 K. 8,
9; >—p2 ποῖπ Ez. 44, 23.

2. within, Lat. intra. Job 24,11 4°23
pmonw sbitlein their walls. Prise 26, 13
minh 103 within the streets, i. q. in the
streets; comp. Zech. 13, 6. Of time,
Neh. 5, 18 within ten days ; comp. Arab.
WS
aa Sometimes }— 73, and }"35— 473,
are put disjunctively, i. q. whether—or,
sive—sive. 2 Chr. 14,1072 "432 ἼῺΣ 7X

9 ἼΝ Ὁ 34 it is nothing with thee to help,
Peas: the strong or the weak ; pr. with

126

tains. Ps. 104, 12 which sing B NES 29

“πέσῃ μετὰ ποσσὶ γυναικός.

‘reign tongue, 12" j>8 which thor under-

i

thee, Ὁ God, is no distinction in helping,
between the strong and the weak. The
source of this idiom may be seen from
Lev. 27, 12 and the priest shall value tt
(the beast) 35 153} 2iv 153 whether it
be good or bad, pr. deciding between the
good and the bad, Sept. εἴτε χαλή, εἴτε
σαπρά. 2 Sam. 19,:36. Soin Rabbinic,
ἼΔ3-- 3 whether—or, as—so.

4. With other prepositions :

a) #"2">k pr. into-between, in amongst,
i. 6. between, after verbs of motion, Lat. —
inter, c. acc. Ez. 31,10.14; also. Pinney
10, 2.

b) yra7>y id. between, after a verb of
motion, Ez. 19, 11.

6) 7722 from between, Fr. entre;
Zech. 6, 1 there came out four chariots
Dn mpi \"22 from between two moun-

«

From between the branches, amid the foli-
age. Jer. 48,45 jim* 7727 ellipt. from
the midst of the kingdom of Sithon.—So
mrban i727 from between the feet, by
euphem. for from the womb ; Deut. 28,
57 the after-birth 7299 97272 Osi
that cometh out from her womb ; comp. ©
Hom. Il. 19. 110 ὅς κὲν én ἤματι τῷδε
Also meton.
i. q. from the seed, offspring, posterity of
any one; Gen. 49, 10 the sceptre shall
not depart...7239 ἸῺ from his seed. —
It is thus equivalent. to "322, 303 752,
ΟΠ. Sept. ἐκ τῶν μηρῶν αὐ, coknte
Gen. 46, 26.—Where two things are
inentioned, from between which any thing
comes, }"22 is repeated, 38} --" 3 ἢ
2 Κι. 16, 14. Ez. 47, 18.

d) > mina atonal in between, i..q.
mis72 , ‘Ez. 10, 2. 6. 7.

e) 1ῈΞ in between Is. 44,4; 5663 A.6.

Dua 0722 the inter soll between two
armies, τὰ μεταίχμια Kurip. Pheen. 1285;
wines pan wax 1 Sam. 17, 4. 23, α
go-between, μεσίτης, i.e. a champion, who
decides between the two in single com-
bat, as Goliah.

1.3 Chald. between, Dan. 7, 5. 8.
ma f. (r. 13) 1. understanding,
i.e. the act, Is. 33, 19 a people of a fo-

standest not. Dan. 8, 15, 9, 22. 10, 1.
2. understanding, i. e. the fac ilty of
insight, intelligence, Prov. 4, 5. 7. 8, 14.

|

9, 6. 10. 16, 16. Job 28, 12. 20. ΡΞ S45

a »

to know understanding, i. 6. to be or be-
come intelligent, Job 38, 4. Prov. 4, 1.
Is. 29,24. Plur. mina ἘΦ a people of
understanding, intelligent, Is. 27, 11.—
Spec. of skill in any art or science, 2
Chr. 2,12. 1 Chr. 12, 32 ΞΘ ΓΞ 14
i. e. skilled to judge of the times ; comp.
Ksth. 1, 13.

ΓΞ. Chald, ἢ i. gq. Heb. no. 2, Dan.
2, 21.
mia f. an egg, so called from its

whiteness, see r. yia. Arab. wal,
Syr. ἴδ. In Sing. not found. Plur.
pys72 with adj. f. ΤΊΣΙΣ oz" eggs left,
forsaken, Is. 10, 14. Deut. 22, 6. Job 39,
14. Is. 59, 5.

72 a well, i. ᾳ. "832, Jer. 1,7 Keri.
2
Comp. Arab. με :

#71" f. a word of the later Hebrew.

1. a fortress, castle, fortified palace ;
see Chald. and Syr. below. If it be of
Semitic origin, it may be for "73
strong, fortified ; or, as some prefer, for

7732, from Ethiop. 70Z to sit, whence

PTC seat, tribunal, and pe seat,

tribunal, metropolis, ᾳ ἃ. royal seat.
Perhaps however. it is of Pers. origin ;
comp. Pers. els baru, fortress, wall,
castle, Sanscr: pura, puri, pur, Gr. πύρ-
γος and Bugic.—Very often in the phrase
maran 7 Shushan the palace, not
only of the royal palace or citadel, Neh.
1, 1. Esth. 1, 2. 2, 3. 8. 3) 15. Dan. 8, 2;
but also of the whole adjacent city, Esth.
1, 5. 2, 5. 8, 14. 9, 6. 11. 12; comp. Ezra
6,2. This city is elsewhere more defi-
nitely called 7w28 ἜΣΤΙ, Esth. 3, 15. 8,
15.—Where it refers to Jerusalem, the
fortress of the temple is meant, prob. the

same called Bugis and afterwards Anto-

nia, Neh.2,8. Comp. Jos. Ant. 15. 11.4.
Biblioth. Sac. 1846, p. 632.

2. the temple, 1 Chr. 29, 1. 19.

a" Chald. f. emphat. M473 id. a
fortress castle, palace, Ezra 6, a Syr.

(2,05.

HVS f. twice in Plur. mit27"3 for-
tresses, castles, 2 Chr. 17, 12. 27, 4.

127

ma

Comp. on the nature of this ending
Lehrg. p. 516 note. |

M72 m. but fem. Prov. 2, 18? constr.
ma, with He parag. 7972 Gen. 19, 10,
constr. ΓΞ 43,17; Plur. o°ma bdtiim,
ὁ. suff. "MA, HS"H2, OMS, for ΘΠ
from a lost Sing. M3, comp. Syr. wis
Lehrg. 604.

1. a house, domus, Arab. ands Syr.
[aud, Ethiop. OT, Phenic. defective

ma, see Monumm. Phen. Ῥ. 348. It is
commonly referred to the root M2 to
pass the night, to remain. But it may
be worth inquiry, whether M72, 3, is
not rather for the harder form 22 from
τ. M22, as δόμος, domus, from δέμω. As
to the form, we ey, then compare "8
q. v. for WIN, ax ; 0°D purse, for 022;

diD cup, for DID ; ; ἀνε εἷς (ἑνός) for ὃ rs,
Lat. unus ; εἷς prep. for ἐνς, see Schmidt
de Prepositt. Gr. p.7; τυφϑείς for τυ-
pers ; ὁδούς for ὁδόνς, Lat. dens. Adopt-
ing this conjecture, M2 might then be
regarded as a secondary verb from the
noun m2; and the plur. 0°M3 as for
pm from a sing. M32 i. 4. M23, after
the form p20, ps 3, see Lehrg.
p. 575.—E. g. aia son of the house
Gen. 15, 3. Ecc. 2, 7; also ma 575"
one born in the honse ‘Gen. 17, 12. ΩΥ,
Jer. 2, 14, i.e. verna, a home- Septal
vant or slave, whose fidelity was there-
fore greater. So man dy "Wx one over
the house; i. 6. in private houses thé oixo-
γόμος, steward, dispenser, a servant who
had charge of the household affairs and
of the other servants, Gen. 43, 16. 44,1;

see also below in no. 3. san "m2 henteds
of clay Job 4, 19, spoken of the human
body as frail οὐδ mortal; comp. 2 Cor.
5, 1, and the commentators. T'he house
of Goal i is put once for the whole world,
Ps. 36,9. The constr. ΓΞ in acc. often
ganda for 722 in the house of any one,
Gen. 24, 23. 38, 11, also genr. in the
house ; and M725 into the house Gen.
24, 32.—Spec.

2. A movable house or dwelling, a
tent, tabernacle, Arab. vray, Gen. 27,
15. 33,17; of tabernacles consecrated to
idols 2 K. 23,7, comp. 1722 no. 3,4. So

m4, nbn m2, of the tabernacle of
the éevetinnt Ex. 23, 19. Josh. 6, 24

ms

Judg. 18, 31. 1 Sam. 1,7. 24.3, 15. 2Sam.
12,20. Ps.5,8. In other places ΓΞ and
brik are opposed, 2 Sam. 7, 6. _

3. House of a king, a palace, castle,
citadel ; fully 423% m2 2 Sam. 11,2. 9.
1K. 9,1.10. 14, 26. 15, 18; nisbant m2
Esth. L, 9. Also xut ἐξοχήν matt, whence
man by “WwW one over the palace, i. 6. the
prefect of the palace, one of the king’s
attendants and ministers, to whom the
key of the palace or royal castle was
committed, Is. 22,22; who also had charge
over all the household affairs of the king,
much like the mod. Maréchal du palais,
‘Marshal of the Court, 1K. 4,6. 2K. 10,5.
15, 5. Is. 22,15, comp. Dan. 2,49. In later
Hebrew called 725 35 Esth.1,8; comp.
in no. 1.—Further, 113-m"3 the house i.e.
palace of David, Is. 22,22; M39 m2
the palace of Pharaoh Gen, 12, 15.
Sometimes also of single parts of the
royal palace or castle, yet consisting of an
entire house, 6. g. 5°33 m"2 the harem
Ksth. 2, 3.9. myawana 2 Sam. 20,3.

4. House of God, i. 6. a temple ; spoken
of idol-temples, Is. 37, 38. 44,13. 1 Sam.
5, 2.5. Oftener of the temple of Je-
hayah at Jerusalem, called min" m2
pny na, 1K. 6,5. 37. 7,12. Is. 66,1,
and often. Pou. above in no. 1.

5. House of the dead, i.e. a sepulchre,
espec. one costly. sumptuous, Is. 14, 18;
comp. {20 Is. 22,16. More fully called
also cbisn ma the eternal house, long
home, Eee. 12, δ.

6. a dwelling, habitation, place of any
Aind: a) Of men,e. g. Sheol, orcus,
ἶ fob 17,13, ΣΙ m2 collect. fences of
“the people, i. e. of the citizens, Jer. 39, 8,
i. g. ODWAN "Ha 52,13. oay ma ΤΆ κὰν
of servants, i.e, workhouse, prison, spoken
of Egypt, Ex. 20,2. Ὁ) Of animals, Job
39, 6. Ps. 84,4. 104,17; comp. Virg. Ge.
2. 209 antiquasque domos avium. "2
wW"a>> the spider’s house, her web, Arab.
ον ΑΚλα! cus, Job8, 14; house of the
moth Job 27, 18.
tacle for any thing; 52 "m2 perfume-
boxes, smelling-bottles, Is. 3, '20. p'na
ἜΜΕΝ ὩΠΠΞ5, places for the bars, Ex.
26, 29. 36, 34. 37, 14. 38, 5. 1 K. 18, 32 and
he made a trench 7} ὉΠ Ὁ ΛΞ about
the space (capacity) of two measures of
seed. ὉΠ m2 place of stones, i. 6.

128

0) place, space, recep-

peel

stony place in the soil, Job 8,17. Neh. —
2,3. Ez. 41,9 m1a> “wx nisbs mea the
space of the side-chambers of the temple.
7. In the house, i.e. the inside, inner
part, within, (opp. 71M out of doors, with-
out,) mma Ex. 28, 26, maa Gen. 6,14. —

Ex. 25, 11. 37, 2, and mmya9 1K. 6, 15,

inside, snmasd: within, opp. 71" ; comp.
ἸῺ no. 3. ἢ. Sob ma Ez. 1, 27, Ὁ ΤΟΣ Ϊ
1 K. 6, 16,5 nnaab Num. 18, 7, within a
certain space. Ὁ ΤΆΞΟΝ to within Lat.

intra c. accus. 2 K. 11,15. Comp. oy
A. 9.—F rom this signifiention comes the

Chald, "3 in, whence also we have above

derived the prefix 3; see p. 109, note.
8. Trop. of persons living together, a

house, i. q. household, family, comp. Arab.

S oe
Aol; i.e. incliding the wife, children, —
and all domestics, Gen. 7, 1. 12,17. 35, 2.
36,6. 42,19. Sothe king’s household, i.q.
his court, courtiers, Is, 22, 18. nap m2
i. g. MSD “Ay Gen. 50, 4.—Hence

9. Of those descended from one’s
household, house, for descendants, pos-
terity, lineage, race, i. q. 5°22 sons, child-
ren (hence joined with a Plur. Is. 2, 5),
Gen. 18, 19. "2 ΛΞ i. g. "12 "22 Ex.
2.1. Hoi m2 Josh. 17, 17; bei ΛΞ,
MIT Ma, TT Ma hones of David, his

* descendants, 1 Sam. 20, 16. Is. 7, 2.13. οἷ: ἢ

κος ΖΙαβἰδ Luke 1,27. Lihe "22 ἀνϑᾷ also
trop. as span ΡΞ i. q. srranbn "22,
pr. my house of war, i.e. my adversaries,
enemies, 2 Chr. 35, 21; "79 ΓΞ ἃ stub-—
born house, people Ez. 2,5; and. vice
versa Mim? ΓΞ the house or family of
God, i. q. Israel, Num. 12,7. Hos. 8,1; as
οἶκος ϑεοῦ 1 Tim..3, 15. In other phrases
the figure of a house is more distinctly
preserved: Ruth 4,11 Leah and Rachel ©
did build the house of Israel, i. e. founded
the race of Israel. 5 72 432 to build up —
a house to any one, i. 6. to give him pos-
terity ; spoken of one who marries his
brother’s widow (i. q. 5 0% D°p) Deut.
25,9; of God 1 Sam. 2, 35. 25, 28. 2Sam, —
γ, 27. The same is Ὁ nia ΠῺΣ 2 Sam.
7,11. Ex. 1, 21.

10. Sep. also of the things contained
in one’s house, goods, substance, wealth ; :
Esth. 8,1 jan m3, Sept. ὅσα ὑπάρχει
“Auoy, comp. v. 2.7. Gen. 15,2. Ex.1,21
So Gr. otxia, οἶκος.

11. 38 m"3, pr. father’s house Gen, 24

Ξτω

Ἵ

2 ma 4
, 23; father’s household 31, 30. In the
᾿ enumeration or census of the Hebrew
é tribes, B73, Miwa, they are divided
into families, ‘pinswe ; and these again
f are subdivided into households, ancestral
_ houses, nay n72.1 Chr.7,40. In this
‘signification the Plural, instead of "ma
a8, takes the form Miah M3, as iscom-
᾿ fmon in Syriac; see in "bain note. Heb.
- Gram. § 106. 3. c. Num. 1, 2 nwmber the
children of Israel oniay mish omnpttia>
_ after their families and after their houses
| of fathers. v.18. 20. 22. 24. 26 sq. 2;2 sq.
Over these households, or houses of
fathers, were BMiax M73 "WN Ex. 6, 14,
ἘΣ ma patie 1 Chr. 5, "24; ofan
by ellipsis Misa "Os Num. 31, 26.
Josh. 14, 1, or mien any 1 Chr. 29, 6,
mist 9. 2 Chr. 5, 2, i. 6. heads,
chiefs, princes of households patriarchs.

12. Very often, espec. in later writers,

ΤΣ is put before the pr. names of cities
' and places, sometimes necessarily, as
forming part of the name ; at other times
_ more loosely, so that it can also be omit-
_ ted; see below in the letters, 6, h, 1, Ι,
_ v, x. So Syr. das, comp. Germ. hausen

in Nordhausen, Mihlhausen. Such are
the following:

a) Ἰδὲ ΓΞ (house of nothingness i. e.
of idols, see }38 no. 1,) Beth-aven, a city
in Benjamin, eastward from Bethel Josh.

7,2. 1 Sam. 13,5; with a desert of like
name Josh. 18,12. The Talmudists have
confounded this city with the adjacent
Beth-El, (lett. b,), which also is some-
times called by the prophets in contempt
WRT A|; see PR.

b) d¥ mB (house of God) Beth-El,
Bethel, a very ancient city of the Ca-
naanites, afterwards belonging to’Ben-
jamin, in the time of Joshua still called
τὴ Josh. 18, 13, comp. Gen. 28, 19and 159 ;
though once (Josh. 16, 2) it is more defi-
nitely called by both names. It lay upon
high ground, 1 Sam. 13, 2. Josh. 16, 1,
comp. Gen. 35,1; and was for a long
time the station of the sacred tabernacle,
Judg. 20, 18. 26. 27. 21, 2. 1 Sam. 10, 3.
Afterwards one of the calves of Jeroboam
was set up here, 1 K. 12, 28 sq. Comp.
ἜΝ M72 and ἢ". Its ruins are still seen
near the high road north of Jerusalem,
and are now called Beitin; see Bibl.

129

ma

Res. in Palest. II. p. 125-30.—For the
origin of the name, see Gen. 28, 10 sq.
35, 1 sq. 9sq.—The gentile ἢ. is "3
“oun Bethelite 1 K. 16, 34.

c) dxxm ma (house of firm root, i. e.
fixed dwelling) Beth-ezel, a town a Ju-
dea probably, Mic. 1, 11; where there
is an allusion to this aivinology.

d) ἘΞ ma (house of God’s am-
bush) Beth-arbel Hos. 10, 14; prob. i. q.
Ἄρβηλα in Galilee 1 Mace. 9, 2, situated
between Sepphoris and eras: Jos.
Ant. 12. 11. 1. ib. 14. 15. 4. de Vit. ὃ 60.
Now Jrbid, a site of ruins, with a singu-
lar fortified cavern in the vicinity ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. pp. 281, 282.

e) id 59a ὉΠ Josh. 13,17, elsewhere
jive bya Num. 32, 38, and isa m3
(house of habitation) Jer. 48, 23, Beth-
Baal-Meon, a place or town nesigeee to
the tribe of Reuben, but which soon came
into the power of the Moabites. Its ruins,
still called ...) M? iin, are mentioned

by Burckhardt, Travels i in Syria, p. 365.
The same place seems meant by 193
(for 1192) Num. 32, 3.

f) "xa ΤῊΣ (house of my creation)
Beth-birei, a city belonging to the tribe
of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 31; perh. corrupted

. from nix} nna δι 19, 6.

σ) ΠῚΞ ma Judg. 7, 24, Beth-bara,
a place near the Jordan, prob. for M73
ma> (house of passage) ; ; comp. Byda-
Baga John 1, 28 in many Mss.

h) 75 ΤῈΣ (house of the wall) Beth-
gader, a. place in the tribe of Judah, 1
Chr. 2, 51, i. q. M775 q. v.

i) babs ma Neh. 12, 29, Beth-Gilgal,
i. q. baby q. v.

k) Bara ma (house of the weaned)
Beth-gamul, a city of Moab, Jer. 48, 23.

1) ponds m2 Jer. 48, 22, see binds.

m) 7137. m3 (temple of Dagon) Beth-
Dagon, a city: «) of Judah, Josh. 15
41; 8) of Asher, Josh. 19, 27,—Comp.
rita Beit Dejan.

‘n) owt m2 (house of the height, q.d.
mountain-house) Beth-haram, Josh. 13
27, ‘a city of Gad, called [75 nea Num.
32, 36, afterwards Julias and Livias ; see
Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 1. Jerome Onomast. s. v.
Betharam.

0) Mba ma (partridge-house) Beth-
hoglah, a place in Benjamin on the con-

So

fnes of Judah, Josh. 15, 6. 18, 19. 21.
The ancient name is still preserved in
Ain Hajla near Jericho ; Bibl. Res, in
Palest. II. p. 268.

p) pm ma (house of grace) Beth-
hanan, a. place belonging to Judah or
Dan, 1 K. 4, 9.

q) ith. (house of the hollow)
Beth-horon, the name of two towns be-
longing to the tribe of Ephraim, called
Upper and Lower Beth-horon ; both of
which lay in the western part of the ter-
ritory of that tribe, Josh. 16, 5. 21, 22;
and the latter near the western petronitty
of Benjamin, Josh. 16, 3. 18,13. Twice
Beth-horon simply is mentioned, Josh.
10, 11. 2 Chr. 25, 13; where at least in
Josh. 1. c. the Lower Beth-horon is to be
understood. These two towns still bear
their ancient names ; that on the moun-
tain being Beit ’Ur el-Féka (the upper),
and the other in the valley being Bett
‘Ur et-Tahta (the lower). Between
them is a long, steep, difficult ascent or
pass; Jos. 1. 6. 1 Mace. 3, 16,24. The
two towns and the pass lie on the present
camel-road between Ramleh and Jeru-
salem. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. HI. p.
59 sq.

r) Mow ma (house of desolations)
Beth- ~jeshimoth, a town in Reuben near
the Jordan. Num. 33, 49. Josh. 12, 3. 13,
20. It afterwards became subject to
Moab, Ez. 25, 9.

s) "2 ΓΞ (house of pasture) Beth-
car, 1 Sam. 7, 11, perh. a guard-house
or garrison of the Philistines in the ter-
ritory of Judah.

t) o920 ma (house of the vineyard)
Beth-hakkerem, Jer. 6, 1. Neh. 3, 14, a
town of Judah situated on a hill between
Jerusalem and Tekoa, according to Je-
rome on Jer. l. 6.

Ὁ) minad m2 i. g. MIND q. v.

v) mesh ma, see ΠΕΡ.

w) pn ma (house of bread) Beth-
lehem, masc. Mic. 5,1. «@) A city of
Judah, more fully w7:n% pN> ma Judg.
17,7. 9. Ruth 151/23 also ΠΡ ond m3
Mic. 5, 1, since Ephratah was anciently
the name not only of the city itself, Gen.
35, 19, but also apparently of the cir-
cumjacent region. It was the seat of
the family ofDavid (Ruth 1. 6.) and the
birth-place of the Saviour ; and is hence

130 ”

na

still celebrated under the same name,
caw Beit Lahm, lying six Roman

miles distant from Jerusalem, west of
south. The gentile n. is "Man m3
Bethlehemite 1 Sam. 16, 1. 18. 17, 58. —
8) A city in the tribe of Zebulun, Josh. —
19, 15. |

x) wiba ma, see NiD2.

y) jiv ΓΞ, see lett, 6. .

z) M237 oe (house of Maachah)
Beth-Maachah, a place situated in or
near Merj ’Ayin, not far from Mount
Hermon, 2 Sam. 20,14. See in m2 bax
maya.

aa) prvan m3 (house of remoteness)
Beth-merhak, a place near the brook
Kidron, 2 Sam. 15, 17.

bb) minDvan m2 (house of chariots)
Beth-marcaboth, a place belonging tothe —
tribe of Simeon, Josh. 19, 5. 1 Chr. 4, 31. —

ec) M722 ma (house of limpid and
sweet waters, seer. 702 IL) Num. 82,86
Josh. 13, 27, and 7792 Num. 32, 3; Beth-
nimrah, a city in the tribe of Gad, called
BydvaBols i in the time of Eusebius, now
Nimrin ; Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. 279. —
The waters in the vicinity are called
m9 "2 Is. 15, 6.

dd) yD ma ‘(house of pleasantness)
Beth-eden, a city of Syria, the residence

;

of a king, Amos 1,5. Prob. the same |

called by the Gre me Παράδεισος, Ptolem.
5. 15, [and mentioned with Iabruda now
Yebrad on the eastern slope of Anti-
Lebanon north of Damascus. Cellar.
II. p. 374. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App.
Ῥ. 171.—R.
ee) myoty mea Neh. 7, 28, and simpl.
mits ib. 12, 29. Ezra 2, 24, a village i in
Judah or Benjamin, Betlnasmanetl
ff) pas m2 (house of the valley)
Beth-emek, a place belonging to the ©
tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 27.
go) Ὁ ma (house αἵ response, perh. |
of echo) Beth-anoth, a place in Judah,
Josh. 15,59. Perhaps mod. Beit ’Aindn ; —
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 186. |
hh) τὸν ὯΔ (id.) Beth-anath, a place —
in Naphtali, Josh. 19, 38. Judg. 1,33.
ii) DYD4hH Ips m3 (house of the shep-
herds’ hamlet, comp. Arab. jie ham-
let, farm) a place near Samaria, 2 K.

10, 12; without messn ν᾿ 14.
kik) my ma, with art. M3724 m2

Σ΄ ἊΝ
house of the desert) Beth-arabah, a

_ place on the confines of Judah and Ben-

_ jamin, Josh. 15, 6. 18, 22; without ΤΠ

i

Ἧ.
5
'

Τ
τᾶν

Josh. 18, 18.
ll) > ma (house of escape) Beth-

Kt gs a place in the south of Judah, Josh.
Ν 15, 27.

sam) ἜΣΘ m°2 (temple of Peor, i. e.
of Baal-Peor, see “i38) Beth-Peor, a

city of Moab assigned to Reuben, noted

for the worship of Baal-Peor, Deut.

3, 29. 34, 6. Josh. 13, 20.

nn) 722 n°"2 (house of dispersion)

ἶ Beth-pazzez, a place in Issachar, Josh.
19, 21.

00) "4% mM" (house of the rock) Beth-

zur,a city in the mountains of Judah
_ between Jerusalem and Hebron, Josh.
15, 58; fortified by Rehoboam 2 Chr.
B11, 73 aiid again also by the Maccabees,

1 Mace. 14,33. [The spot is now called

_ Beit Sir and ed-Dirweh ; see Bibl. Res.

in Palest. I. p. 320. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843.

ΟΡ. 56.—R.

pp) 36> 3 (house or region of the

' street) Beth-rehob Judg. 18, 28. 2 Sam.
10, 6; also 3h" Rehob, (unless perhaps
_ one denotes a district, and the other a
city,) a city or district on the northern
- borders of Palestine Num. 13, 21, situ-

ated among the valleys of Lebanon not
far from the sources of the Jordan. The

_ adjacent part of Syria is called ΓΞ Dux
52 Sam. 10,6; 37 ons v. 8. [Prob.
the region af Wady et-Teim west of

Mount Hermon, and perh. including also
> Merj *Ayin.—R.
qq) Rw (house of quiet) Josh. 17,

11. 16, contr. Ἠῶ ΛΞ 1 Sam. 31, 10. 12,

and “5 m2 2 Sam. 21, 12, Beth-shedn,
Beth-shan, a city in the tribe of Manas-
seh, but long subject to the Canaanites
and Philistines; situated on this side the
Jordan, and Ger Wedrds called Scythopo-
lis, Sept. Judg. 1,27. Rabb. jo"2. Now
called ,, Be Beisdn ; see Bibl. Res.
in bapat ΠῚ. p. 174.

ir) MVM m2 (acacia-house) Beth-
shitiah, a place near the Jordan between
Beth-shan and Abel-meholah, Judg. 7,
22. Comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 219.

ss) Ha m2 (house of the sun) Beth-
shemesh, the name of several cities:

a) A Levitical city Josh. 21, 16, situated

131

Slo

in Judah on the confines of Dan and
Philistia, Josh. 15, 10. 1 Sam. 6, 12 sq.
2 Chr. 28, 18; large and populous, 1 Sam.
6,19. 1 K. 4,9. 2K. 14,11. Constr. c.
plur. 1 Sam. 6, 13, where it is to be un-
derstood of the inhabitants. Its ruins
are still visible, called ’Ain Shems ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 18. The
gentile ἢ, is "Wawn ma Bethshemite 1
Sam. 6,14. 18. $8) In Naphtali, Josh.
19, 38. Judg. 1.33. ) In Issachar, Josh.
19,22. 5) ig. Fix, i. 6. Heliopolis in
Egypt, Jer. 43, 13. Comp. jik. :

tt) Mipn a (house of apples) Beth-
tappuah, a place in Judah, Josh. 15, 53.
Now called Teffih.; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 428.

"3 Chald. m. st. emphat. x72, O72,
constr. M°2,c. suff. mm22, plur. j5m3,
i. q. Hebr. a house, Dan. 2, 5. nzbo ΤΠ
Ezra 6, 4, Ἰ99 ΓΞ Dan. 4, 27, house of
the king, palace. No 3 ‘house of
God, temple, Ezra 5, 2 sq. also simpl.
ΝΠ 14. ν. 3, 9. 11.

ἸΓΞ m. constr. ἼἼ3, a great house,
palace, Esth. 1, 5. 7,7. 8.

ν X22 obsol. root, i. q. 922, to drop,

5.
distil ; hence to weep. Arab. LX to
pour milk by drops.—Hence

822 1, weeping, lamentation, Arab.

BLS, 2G. So Ἀϑξπ pry the vale of
Baca i. 6. of weeping, valley of lamenta-
tion, pr. n. of a valley in Palestine, prob.
gloomy and sterile; hence the allusion in
Ps. 84, 7 SMM Ys 1972 NIA Paya 73
passing through the valley of Baca (of
lamentation) they make it fountains, i.e.
it becomes so to the pilgrims.

2. Plur. "823 2 Sam. 5, 23. 24. 1 Chr.
14, 13. 14, the name of a certain tree, so
called froth its weeping i. e. distilling,
q. d. weepers. According to Celsius,
Hierobot. I. p. 335-340, i. q. the Arab.

al, similar to the balsam-tree, and
distilling white tears of a pungent acrid
taste.

*7122 fut. 33", convers. 4231, iq.
N22, to drop, to distil, to flow in drops,
see 33. Spec. to weep, and in this sense
common to all the kindred languages
and dialects, Ex. 2, 6. Gen. 43, 30.

yea

2Sam. 19, 2; often of a people making
lamentation under public calamities,
Num. 11, 10. 25,6; also of the sorrow
of a penitent, Ezra 10,1. With ace. to
weep for any one, to mourn, to lament ;
espec. for one dead, Gen. 23, 2. 37, 35.
50, 3; also with by of pers. or ching
wept for, Lam. 1, 16. Judg. 11, 37; >
2 Sam. 1, 24, Ez. 27, 31, and Ὁ Far. 22,
10. Job 30, 95, Further ΓΞΞ c. ὉΣ is to
come weeping to any one, Num. 11, 13.
Judg. 14, 16; also to weep wpon any one,
i. e. in his embrace, Gen. 45, 15. 50, 1.

Piet to weep for one dead, to mourn,
ὁ. ace. Jer. 31, 15. Ez. 8, 14.

Deriv. 133, mina, ΕΝ ΓΞ.

M22 m. a weeping, Ezra 10,1. R.n23.

ΖΞ τὴ. (τ. 125) 1. the first-born,
firstling, both of man Gen. 25, 13. 86,
23; and of beast Ex. 11, 5. 12, 29. 13,
15. Jt denotes the eldest son on the
father’s side, Gen. 49, 3.—The first-born
son enjoyed many rights and privileges,
see M155 no. 2; hence

2. Metaph. i. q. the first, the chief of
its kind, whatever is most distinguished,
pre-eminent. Job 18, 13 M19 “53 the
first-born of death, i. 6. the chief among
deadly diseases, the most terrible dis-
ease. By the common Heb. idiom dis-
ease is aptly termed the son of death,
as being its precursor and attendant;
so the Arabs call fevers Kiet les
the daughters of fate or of death ; and the
most fatal and terrible disease is here
figuratively described as the first-born
among many brethren.—Is. 14, 30 "152
pn the first-born of the poor, the very
poorest, the most wretched, q. d. the
chief among the sons of the poor; or
the first-born (next descendants) of the
present wretched and oppressed genera-
tion; see Comment. on Is. 1. c.

Nots. As Fem. the form 17°33 q. v.
is in use, i. e. first-born daughter.

“D2. sing. Is. 28,4 according to the
Masora, see in M122; elsewhere only

in plur. D™ 22, pwD3, the firstfruits,

spoken of fruit and grain, the first
which is gathered from the trees or
fields, Num. 13, 20; espec. of the first-
᾿ς fruits offered to God Lev. 2, 14. 23, 17.
Neh. 10, 36. Sometimes m78x° is add-
ed, Ex. 23, 19. 34, 26. mb Dan ἘΠῚ

132

ἼΣΩ

bread of the first-fruits, made of the firs
new grain, Lev. 23, 20. ΘΡΗΞΞΠ Bis
day of the first- Lfruite, the festival ¢ )
Pentecost, Num. 28, 26.

ΓΞ, 52, £ ὦ. 453) Ἢ Aaj.
pert oa Jirstling ; Phar. mins. the
Jirst-born offspring, of men Neh. 10, 375
of beasts Gen. 4,4. Deut. 12, 6.17. 14, 23.

2. Subst. ecnter birth, senior ΦΗ͂Ι opp.
mrsx, Gen. 43, 33. M152 DB. right ©
of primogeniture, birthright, Deut. 2.
17. Ellipt. for the same, nina Gen.
25, 31. 34. 27, 36.

M22 f. (r. 123) the first-ripe fig.
early fig, regarded as a delicacy Mic. 7,
1. Hos. 9,10. In Is. 28, 4 it is better to
read with several Mss. 49832 with
quiescent, instead of M7522 with the
Masora and editions; the suffix is pro-
saic.—In Mesuritanse the éarly fig i

still called 8 25, boccore, Spa 7
albacora. eal ae
m2 id. Plur. MiMDEH WANA Je Σ

24, 2,

Mvi24 (first-birth, grat hora Becho-
rath, pr. n.m. 1 Sam. 9, 1.

HAD f(r. M23) a weeping, mourn
Gen. 35, 8 miaa jibs oak of weeping.

!
"22 m. in Pause "23, 6. suff. "23 |
R.n32. | |
1. weeping, lamentation, Gen. 45, 2.
Is. 15, 3. 22, 4. al. Ding "2a ΠΞΞ toy
weep a great weeping, to make great
lamentation, 2 Sam. 13, 36.

2. a weeping, dropping, trickling 0
water in mines, Job 28,11. Comp. ἢ
for rorare, stitlaré, Lueret 1. 350, Gir
δάκρυον, and M22.

122 (the weeping) Bochim, pr. n. ὁ
a place near Gilgal, Judg. 2, 1. 5.

M22 adj. fem. the first-born daug :
ter, Gen. 19, 31. 29, 26. 1 Sam. 14, 1
It corresponds to "i>. |

M22 f. a weeping, mourning, Ger
50,4. R.mz2.

' “22 in Kal not used, pr. to clear
to open, to burst forth, i. q. kindr. "23
hence to be first, to come or do first ; als
to be early, seasonable ; to do early, sea
sonably. Referred ¥ εἰ

1. To the day, whence re 10 Tis

wa 133 Nn |
SRLS BS ah Ps, 10, 4. 6. 49, 13. Prov. 10, 30. Is. 26,
early, to do any thing early, $>X9 early | 94 Also mot yet, i. q. scarcely, Is. 40,

time, morning ; comp. kindr. “pa.
2. To the year and its produce; hence
p52 first-fruits, ™7*>2 early fig,

᾿ Set
BLS early fruit.
3. To the time of life, espec. birth ;

g 2g
hence “i38, 97°35, first-born, re and
Ese a virgin, a woman who has her
‘first child, "33,

Pret 1. to bear early fruit, as a tree,
Ez. 47,12. Comp. Kal no. 2.

2. to make or constitute as first-born,
to give the birthright to any one, Deut.
21, 16.

Puat to be be treated as a firstling, to

3, young camel.

be devoted as a firstling sc. to God, Lev.’

27, 26.

HiPH. part. f. "5372 one bearing her
First child, Jer. 4, 31.
᾿ Deriv. see in Kal no. 2, 3.

“22 τῇ. (τ. 23 no. 3) a young camel,
already fit for riding and light bur-
_ dens::comp. "79 and 539. Plur. constr.
"7232 Is. 60 6. Corresponding i is Arab.
Ss o!

3 young camel, which μὰ describe
as denoting the same ageas xa ado-
lescens in man. See Bochart. Hieroz. I.
p. 82sq. See also more in Comment.
on Is. 1. c. and in Thes. p. 206.

22 (i. q. "22 young camel) Becher,
pr.n.m. a) A son of Ephraim, Num.
26, 35. Gentile ἢ. "33 ibid. Ὁ) A son
of Benjamin, Gen. 46, 21.

M92 f. ἃ young she-camel, in heat
Ser. 2, 23. See “23.

M92 see mba.

3723 (i. q. x15 123 the first-born is
he) Bocheru, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 8,38. 9, 44.

"122 (youthful) Bichri, pr. n. τη.
2 Sam. 20, 1.

22 (τ. 453 no. 3) 1. nothing, Ps. 17,
Stry thou me, 882m 53. thou shalt find
nothing sc. of evil; unless like Sept. and
Vulg. we connect *niat ΝΣ ΩΤ 53, thou
shalt not find my evil thoughts, i ie. ‘those
which perh. lurk within me.

» 2. Adv. not, no, i. ᾳ. &>, but poetic ;
with pret. Ps. 10, 1, 21. 3; with fut.
12

24, comp. 2 K. 20,4. Once for 23 i. q.
ba, Ps. 32, 9 be not as horses... to be
ἌΣ te with bit and bridle 4728 Sp ba
lit. in not coming near to thee, i. 6. be-
cause otherwise they avoid thee.— Put
for is not, non est, the verb being omit-
ted, Ps. 16, 3 9733 22 ἸΩΞΩ.

3. Conj. that not, lest, Lat. ne, i. q.
dx, c. fut. Ps. 10, 18. 78, 44. Is. 14, 21.

23 Chald. m. the heart Dan. 6, 15.
Syr. WS heart, mind, Arab. οἱ id. for
5,,“5
LG from mba, As ΠῚ to care for; pr.

care, hence the mind as caring, full of
care.

33 contr. from 553 i. ᾳ. D932, Bel, Be-
lus, the chief domestic god of the Baby-
lonians, worshipped in the celebrated
tower of Babylon, Is. 46, 1. Jer. 50, 2.
51, 44; also Sept. Dan. c. 14. Greek
and Roman writers compare him with
Jupiter, Diod. Sic. 2. 8,9. Plin. H. N.
37.10. Cic. de Nat. Deor. 3. 16. Here:
however we are not to understand Jupi-
ter as the father of the gods, of whom
the Orientals were ignorant; but, in ac-
cordance with the peculiar mythology of
the Babylonians, which was wholly con-
nected with the worship of the stars, it
stands for the planet Jupiter, stella Jovis,
Cic. de Nat. Deor. 2.20. This planet
was regarded as a good genius, the
author and guardian of all good fortune
and felicity, hence called by the Arabs

Yt dent! Fortuna major ; and,
together with the planet Venus, (see
max, ΓΉΡΩΣ.) was the object of wor-
ship to the Semitic nations. Comp. 73,
"22, and see 533 no. 5.—Hence the fre-
quency of this name in the compound pr.
names of Chaldee men, as “2xO>3,
“zxgora, Belesys, Belibus, etc.

* ND2 Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. nba. Pa. to
afflict, to vex, Dan. 7,25. Comp. Heb
Pi. no. 2.

73822 (contr. from jIN>Pa 1. 6. Bel is
his lord, worshipper of Bel) Baladan,
pr. n.of the father of king Merodach-
Baladan, 2 K. 20, 12. Is. 39, 1.

553

| 323 in Kal not used, Arab. AS to

be bright, to shine forth, as the dawn;
V, to be cheerful, to smile.

Hiren. 1. to cause to shine forth, me-
taph. Amos 5, 9 13759 τῷ 3") who
causeth desolation to shine forth wpon the
mighty, i.e. who bringeth it suddenly
upon them; the figure being taken from
the swift and sudden diffusion of the
dawning light; comp. Joel 2, 2.

2. to make cheerful, to enliven one-
self, i. 6. to be or become cheerful, joyful,
glad, Ps. 39,14. Job 9, 27. 10, 20.

Deriv. n73">32, and

m2 (cheerfulness) Bilgah, pr. n. m.
Neh. 12, 5.18; written in Neh. 10,9 "2>3.

322 pr. n. (prob. i. q. 37> 52 son of
strife, quarreller, from r. a>. q. Vv. see in
3 p. 109,) Bildad, the Shuhite, the friend
of Job and the second disputant with
him, Job 2, 11. 8, 1. 18, 1. 25, 1.

᾿ ΓΙΘΞ, in Kal not used, prob. i.g. ΒΞ,
to tremble, to be in trepidation ; comp.

Arab. &A5 to be feeble, bashful, pr. timid.

Pie. 22 to terrify, to frighten ; hence
to cause to despond, Ezra 4, 4 Cheth.
In Keri is read the more usual 0">n30.

Syr. va quadril. to terrify.
Deriv. 4422, and pr. names >3;
722.

* D2 fut. M24, to fall, to fall away,
to fail ; like 859, “boy, where see.—
Spec. —

1. Of garments, to fall away, to decay,
e.g. to be worn out, to wax old; with >»,
Deut. 8, 4 thy raiment 472372 nba δὲ
did not fall from thee, did not wax old
or wear out. 29, 4; absol. Josh. 9, 13.
Neh. 9,21. Trop. of the heavens and
earth as growing old and perishing like
a garment, Is. 50, 9. 51,6. Ps. 102, 27.

Arab. (Ay to be worn out, as a garment.

2. Of persons labouring under disease,
.old age, cares, to fall away, to waste
away, fail ; comp. Gr. παλαιός, and with
another flexion μέλω to care. Job 13, 28
Mba" ΞΡῚΞ Ninh and he (δεικτικῶς for T)
as a rotten thing falleth away, is con-

sumed. Gen. 18, 12. Ps. 32,3. Comp.

134

2

ὧς to care, to be consumed with cares, ᾿
ve consumed with cares, x 5, the

heart, mind, as affected with cares, see —
Chald.>2. Ethiop. MAP to be or grow
old.— Hence

3. to fail wholly, to be reduced to no-
thing ; whence >32,°>3, "M>2, nothing, —
not.

Pret 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, Lam.
3,4. Hence genr. to consume, Ps. 49, 15.
Is. 65, 22. Spoken of time, like Lat.
tempus terere, Gr. τρίβειν βίον, Engl. |
to wear out the time, i. q. to spend, to
pass, Job 21, 13 ΠΩ" siwa 5535 they
spend their days in prosperity.—Hence ©

2. to afflict, to vex, 1 Chr. 17, 9. Arab.

aa a S- ps
do IV. id. 2G and 25 sorrow,

affliction, calamity. που Chald. nda.

Deriv. 53y, 52, 53, 23, iba, “ba.
"HDS, ΕΝ ΡΟΝ and the. com-
pounds bysba, “sqyb3, nenba.

moa pr. n. see in ΜῈ lett. b.

nba ; adj. f. m3, decayed, worn out,
old, e. g. garments, sacks, bottles, shoes,
Josh. 9, 4.5. Trop. of an adulteress,
Ὁ ΕΝ nba worn out with adulteries, ef-
fete, Bz. 23, 48. R.nba.

mmp3 f. sing. once Is. 17, 14; of
in Plur. RB. FID.

1. terror, terrors, Job 18, 11. 24, 17.
27, 20. 18, 14 ninbs ty the king of
terrors ; see In IDX Hiph.

2, sudden destruction, comp. niet
no. 2. Ps, 73, 19 minba-ya 4am they
perish with sudden destruction. Ez. 26,
21 APS) FAN ninba, Sept. ἐηβλῳνι
σε δώσω, καὶ οὐχ Sncuabiee ἔτι, Vulg. ὁ
nihilum redigam te. 27, 36. 28, 19.

mi23 (perh. bashfulness, see ΠΡ i
Kal) Bilhah, pr. n. a) The hand.
maid of Rachel, the mother of Dan ὃ
Naphtali by Jacob, Gen. 30, 3 sq. 35, 2
b) A place belonging to the tried 0!
Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 29; written also 723
Josh. 19, 3; sometimes M>¥2 q. v.

37122 (perh. bashful, modest) Bilhan,
pr.n.m. a) Gen. 36,27. b) 1 μ᾿
7, 10. "
ἼΞ Chald. tribute of some kind,
prob. a tax on articles consumed, excisa

2

ὶ Ezra 4, 13. 20.7, 24. Comp. also niba.
R. nba.

813 m. (τ. 3) only in ler constr.
ida Jer. 38, 12, and contr. "353 v. 11,
“old clothes, rags. The latter form (pron.
-belo-vé) is from a sing. 93 for 1153 ; but
_insome Mss. (see J. H. Michaelis) i is ia
ova, and in editt. 1153, after the form
oa, nia, from a sing. “iba of the form
J εἶπα.

ἜΣ ΘΌΣΞ (Bel’s prince, i. 6. whom
Bel favours, compounded from 83, tsha
an ending which in Zend δα the
genitive, and tsar i.q. "& prince) Belte-
_ shazzar, an Assyrio-Babylonish name
_ given to Daniel at the court of Nebu-
chadnezzar, Dan. 1, 7. 2, 26. 4, 5. 6. 15.
10. 10, 1.

995 βαθεῖ. (τ. n>3) 1. conswmption,

᾿ φ
destruction, Is. 38,17. Arab. AS id.

2. failure, nought, nothing ; hence as
_ Ady. of negation, i. q. 8>, joined with
_ verbs and nouns; Gen. 31, 20. Hos. 7, 8.
8.71. Is. 14, 6. 32, 10.—Sometimes “>a is
_ so closely joined with a subst. as to coa-
lesce with it into one idea, like Engl. in,
wn; e.g. BW "83 no-name, i. e. a bad
name, infamy, Job 30, 8.

3. For "533 with no, i. 6. without, only
in poetry ; Job 8, 11 5% ">2 without wa-
ter. 24, 10. 31, 39. 33, 9. 34, 6. Ps. 59, 5.

4. With prepositions: a) "533 pr. in
defect of, with no, i.e. without, i. q. 8>2.
So n37 baa without Riowbidee: Job 35,
16; also i. g. unknowingly, unawares,
Deut. 4, 42. 19,4; wneapectedly, Job 36,
12. Comp. in no. 2.

b) 7525 id.comp.> lett. B. 3. Job 38, 41
ΣΝ without food. 41, 25. Is. 5, 14.

‘c) sda pr. from ἀὐζοεὶ of, froin not,
“i.e. «) because not, c. infin. Deut. 9,
28 mini mp5 “ban because Fokobah
was not able, lit. from Jehovah’s not
being able. Is. 5,°13. With particip.
because no one, none; Lam. 1, 4 ">32
“312 "82 ecause no one came to the
solemn festival. Sometimes pleon. "53
qx, 2K. 1, 3. 6.16. Ex. 14,11. Syr.
9 oe Be and ws2 <2 because not.
8) so that not; Job 18,15 >4Na DUM
§> 752 terror shall dwell in his tent, so
that it shall be no longer his, i. e. terror
_ shall take possession of the tent of the

135

"Ὁ

wicked, and drive him out of it. Job 6, 6.
Deut. 28, 55. With particip. so that ne
one ; 30" 4222 so that no one dwells there,
so that there is no inhabitant, Jer. 2, 15.
9, 10; comp. Ez. 14, 15. With 7x
formats a Conj. and with pleon. ἐδ,
Kec. 3, 11 BINT NYBITND WR 722 so
80 that man cannot find out, etc.

d) "52 “2 pr. until failure, i. e. as long
as, quamdiu, Ps. 72, 7. Mal. 3, 10.

6) ᾿Ξ ΡΣ because not, with Pret. Gen.
31, 20.

2°23 m. (τ. 853} pr. mixed, a mixture ;
spec. meslin, mixed provender, Lat. far-.
rago, made up of various kinds of grain,
as wheat, barley, vetches, and the like,
all mixed together, and thus sown or
given to. cattle, Job 6, 5. 24,6. That
grain is to be understood, is apparent
from Is. 30, 24. See Varro de Re Rust.
1. 31. Plin. H. N. 18. 15 or 41.

772723 compounded from "ba and M2,
i. qet roan Nd, not any thing, nothing,
Job 26, ἧς. So at least Sept. Vulg. Syr.
Chald. The Rabbins refer it to r. 853,
and explain it by bridle, band.
59922 compounded from "3 not, with-
out, and 9" use, profit; comp. bvin

to be of use, profit, and Arab. δὲ; and
yt noble, prince.

des ia. (ἐν Not

from ">a and dis yoke, q. d. impatient
of the yoke, obstinate, rebellious, as pro-
posed by Fischer, Prolus. de Verss. Gr.
p. 93.—Pr. unprofitableness, worthless-
ness, nothingness, yielding no profit or
good fruit; comp. Arab. dolb
useless, without fruit, bad. See. note
below.—Hence

1. worthlessness, badness, wickedness,
as 53252 Ox a worthless man, i. e. wick-
ed, abandoned, 1 Sam. 25, 25. 30, 2
bynb Ὁ DIN thew: 6, 12, wai vosba ἦν
1 Sam. 25, 17, id. Blur. often bynda 5
1 Sam. 2, 12, and byrbs nga mown, WIN
bysba 23 ‘Deut. 13, 14. Judg. 19, 22, 20,
13. bysba m2 a pike woman 1 Sam.
1, 16. bytba "81 an evil thing, wicked,
Ps. 41, 9. 101,3; comp. Deut. 15,9 18
d93b3 522 ἘΦ “ΞῚ m4 Lest there be a
wicked thought in thy heart.

2. destruction. Nah. 1, 11 >33>3 ΥῈ 5
purposing destruction. Ps. 18, 5 "M3

‘Soa

spamgay ὉΣΡ5 5 floods of destruction ter-
rified me ; Sept. χείμαῤῥοι ἀνομίας i. e.
torrents of iniquity, q. d. of wicked men,
enemies. Some of the moderns render
it incorrectly: torrents of the nether-
world or Sheol.

. 3. Ellipt. for o97>2 wx a wicked man,
see no. 1. 2 Sam. 23, 6. Job 34,18. Also
a destroyer Nah. 2, 1; see no. 2.

Norr. Hence was derived in later
usage and in N. T. the pr. ἢ. Bediad or
Βελίαρ, Belial, i. q. ὃ πονηρύς, Satan.
The Engl. Viere: alen after gives 59702
in the O. T. as a pr. n. Belial ; but i in-
correctly. See Thesaur. p. 210...

pi 1. to pour over, to oint, to wet

G

all over; comp. Arab. ho to wet, to
moisten, 3" to flow, ds», babe, \ as
to sprinkle.—In Heb. only of oil ; Part.
pass. y72Wa 952 poured over with oil,
e. g. oblations Lev. 2, 4. 5. 7, 10. 12.
14, 21. Num. 7, 13. 19.—Intrans. of per-
sons, to be poured over with oil, to be an-
einted 9 Ps. 92, 11: 55 903 sniba Tam
anointed with fresh oil. Comp. the deriv.
daa and >4>an.

2. to pour together, Gr. συγχέω, 1.. 6.
trop. to mingle, to confound, espec. lan-
guage. Gen. 11, 7 oY m>an mt? nan
ΓΒ come, let us go down and confound
their lips i. e. speech, which is further
explained, so that they may not under-
stand one another's speech. The form
mba2 is for MP2); see v. 9, and Lehrg.
p: 372. Heb. Gr. §66. 11. Comp. >">3.
Arab. dads to be confounded, as speech,

St Judas confusion of languages ;

Con. II, to stammer.

3. to smear, to soil, to stain; comp.
PE>D, \S3, cited in Kal. So in the
deriv. Dan, baban Comp. Chald. 033

ingle, alo to stain.

4. Denom. from 5">2 provender, to
give provender to beasts, to fodder. Judg.
19, 21 oman. 5535), Vole: et pabulum
asinis prebuit.

Hipn. fut. plur. 1 pers. ΞΡ. Is. 64, 5 as
to form ; but the signification i is from r:
523, we ΨῊΝ awe wither, prob. for Hiph.
1 fat. 5a25; see Index.

Hirnpo. to mia oneself, to be mixed,
with 2 Hos. 7, 8.

136

Ἴ to be shut, e. g. one’s mouth, i. q. to be
In form-and
signif. 02 is kindr. with D2 ; see on

52

Deriv: 5953, 53, Ἐπ ) Pug and
pr.n. daa. | on

x Dba to bind together, to shut fast, to. to
stop, spec. the mouth with a bit or muz-
zle, Ps. 32, 9. Syr. soso id. Ethpe. —

dumb, Kees a muzzle.

roots ending i in ®, under 572.

*ODa (denom. from pokes NAMPA, fig,
in Ethiop. also sycamore-fig,) to ay :
vate figs or sycamore Figs, to gather figs 3
comp. συχάζειν and ἀποσυκάζειν. ‘Asal
7, 14 pape o>dia, Sept. technically
es συκάμινα, Vulg. vellicans sycami- Ἷ
na, i. e. one who nips sycamore-figs, a
process by which they were ripened. —
Theophr. Hist. Pl. 4, 2 πέπτειν ov δύνα-
ται ἂν μὴ ἐπικνισϑῇ" ἀλλ ἔχοντες ὄνυχας
σιδηρᾶς ἐπικνίζουσιν" ἃ δ᾽ ἂν ἐπικνισϑῇ,
τεταρταῖα πέπτεται. Plin. H. N. 13. 7.
14. Bochart Hieroz, I. 384 sq.

β y2a fut. 9535 1. to swallow, to dod
vour, with the idea of eagerness, greedi-

ness. Arab. fen and quadril. wads id.

Ethiop. NAU to eat, to eat up. Kindr.
roots are 94>, oS, and many others
beginning with »>.—Spoken of persons
eating any thing greedily, Is. 28, 4; of
animals, Ex. 7,12. Jon. 2, 1. Jer. 51, 84,
Gen. 41, 7. 24, |
sion, Job 7, 19 nor let me alone "¥>3-59
"po till Ican swallow my spitile, i. 8. not
fora moment, asin Engi. ‘ till I can ote

a breath.’ Soin Arabic ἜΝ out

let me swallow my spittle, i. 8. give mea

moment’s time, Har. Consess. 15. p. 149...

ed. De Sacy. See more in Schult. ad

Job 1. c. pata

In like manner Pers.

‘swallowing of spittle, for delay. Comp.

Pi. no. 1. :

2. Metaph. a) toconsume, to destroy,
yet so that the figure of swallowing up,
devouring, is preserved, e. g. to devour
substance, wealth, Job 20, 18 ; comp. ‘ de-
voratam pecuniam evomere’ Cic. Pis. 37.
Prov. 1, 12 let us swallow them up alive
as Sheol, i.e.consume, destroy them. Ps.
124, 3. Comp. >28 no. 1. σ. Ὁ) Ascrib-

In a proverbial.expres- _

|
,

: ~

{

ΐ

:
Ν

broken down.
_ The Syriac Vers. retains the same word,

: Fpsou «ἰῷ αὐ Ζῇ; the Arabic in the

same phrase uses the verb ἃ

19. Hab. 1, 13.

to perish, Is. 9, 15.
_ structionis prepared for any one, 2 Sam.
B17, 16,

comp. 19, 20 sq.

yda

ed to inanimate things, e. g. a chasm of
_ the earth Num. 16, 30 sq. the sea Ps. 69,
_ 163; comp. Ex. 15, 12.

Nipu. pass. of Pi. no. 2, to be swallowed

| up, destroyed, lost, Hos. 8, 8. Spec. of
drunkards, Is. 28, 7 j2" ya 33532 they

are swallowed up of wine, i. €. overcome,
Comp. 025, 799, 729.

Piet 1. i. q. Kal, to swallow ; once

᾿ς éllipt. Num. 4, 20 nor shall they go in
to look at the holy things 5333 for a
_ swallowing sc. of spittle, i.e. not fora
single moment; comp. in Kal. no. 1.

Sept. well ééawo.—Metaph. 438 553 to

_ devour iniquity, to fill oneself with wick-
edness, Brow. 19, 28; comp. MMW Job 15,
16.

2. to destroy, spec. a) to give over to
destruction, to ruin, Job 2; 3. 10,8. Is. 49,

c) to lay waste a country
2 Sam. 20, 19. 20. Lam. 2,8; also to

_ waste, to spend property, Prov. 21, 20;

_ to destroy counsel, i. e. to disappoint, to

render vain, Is. 19, 3, comp. Ps. 55, 10;

to destroy one’s way, i. 6. to lead him
into destruction, Is. 3, 12.

Puat pass. of Pi. no. 2, to be destroyed,
Impers. c. >, de-

Errors. id. to vanish away, Ps. 107,
27.—Hence

922 m. c. suff. "~>2 1. a swallow,
thing swallowed, devoured, Jer. 51, 44.
. 2. elerhiction, Ps. 52, 6.

3. Bela, pr. n. of a city near the south-

ern extremity of the Dead Sea, called

also "2% (the small) Zoar, Gen. 14, 2. 8;

4. Bela,pr.n.m. a) Aking of Edom
Gen. 36, 32. Ὁ) Gen. 46, 21. c)1
Chr. 5, 8.

"7952 6. suff. "9952, A7IDb3, com-
pounded from 83 not, non, and 33, "23,
to, even to.

1. Pr. not unto, nothing to or ya a
particle of deprecating or declining any
thing. Gen. 14, 24 32x "ΣΝ PT “1Y>3

ae

137

| b) to destroy utterly, to’
_ exterminate, Ps. 21, 10. 35, 25; ο, ja
Job 8, 18.

wo.

D325 nothing for me, Task nothing for
myself, only that which the young men
have eaten, etc. 41, 16 BSN 4yda
ΓΞ pibti-ny m7, it i not for’ me, God
will answer as to the welfare of Pharaoh.

2. without. Gen. 41, 44 without thee,
i. ὁ. without thy knowledge and assent,
shall no man lift up his hand, etc.

3. besides, Is. 45, 6. Ellipt. for "32>3
WN besides that which; Job 34, 32
“Tin MAY mm ἬΠΣῸΞ (if I have sin-
i besides what I 866, rg thou it me.

ga id. tit with prefix ja, i.e.
“33532.

1. without. Is. 36, 10 am I now come
up without the Lord against this land?
i.e. without his will and permission. Jer.
44,19. Comp. "3353 no. 2.

2. besides, Ps. 18, 32. Num. 5, 20. Is.
43, 11.

‘922 (compounded from 53 and Dy,
perh. non-popularis, i. q. a foreigner
stranger) pr. n.

1. Balaam, a false prophet, Num. c.
22-24, Deut. 23, 5. 6. Josh. 13, 22. 24,9.
Mic. 6,5. Sept. Βαλαάμ.

2. Bileam, a city of Manasseh beyond
Jordan, 1 Chr. 6, 55 [70]; elsewhere
called 52537 (B3 453") Ibleam q. v.

po to empty out, to make empty, .
waste, i.q. PP2, and like it onomato-
poetic, imitating the sound of emptying
out a bottle. Is. 24, 1. Comp. Arab.

ee I, IV, to Hine a bottle.
Puat part. δ mpea9 emptied out, i. e.

wasted, desert, Nah. 2, 11. ΤΑΝΕ,

P22 (emptier, spoiler) Balak, pr. n.
of a king of Moab in the time of Moses,
Num. 22, 2 sq. Josh. 24, 9. Judg. 11, 25.
Mice. 6, 5.

NENWP2 Dan. 5, 1. 2. 9. 22. 29. 30. 8,
1, and sywiaba 7,1, Belshazzar, pr. n.
of the last of the Προ kings, whom
the book of Daniel speaks of as the son
of Nebuchadnezzar, 5, 2. 11. 13. 18. 22;
comp. Bar. 1, 11.12. Sept. Βαλτάσαρ.
The last king of the Babylonians is
called by Herodotus AuSvrytos, 1. 188;
by Berosus in Jos. c. Ap. 1. 20, Nofov-
yn Soc.—It seems to be i. g. "¥NUD>A2 q. v

ado

ἘΣ (i.q. 1:5 :-Ξ son of the tongue,
i. e. eloquent, see in 5 p. 109) Bilshan,
pr. n. of a man of rank who returned
with Zerubbabel from the exile, Ezra 2,
2. Neh. 7, 7.

M22 or M23 a subst. not in use, from
r. nba, after the form no> from nop,
ἔν p. 507; pr. nothing, a hedurinig
to nothing, i.q. >2, "22. Hence, in the
construct state with Yod paragogic,
comes the form:

"M22 1. Adv. of negation, i. ᾳ. >,
not, 1 Sam. 20, 26.

2. Prep. for. "533, i. q. X53, without
Is. 14,6; except, besides, where a nega-
tive “iitedes Gen. 21, 26. Ex. 22, 19.
Num. 11, 6. 32, 12. —With suff “nba be-
stds tie HOS: 13, 4. 1s.10,4. 9M>2 besides
thee 1 Sam. 2,2. In Is. lc. render: with-
out me (forsaken by me) they shall sink
down under the prisoners, and shall fall
beneath the slain, i. e. part of them as
captives, exhausted with hunger, thirst,
and toil, shall sink down under. the. feet
of their companions, comp. "532 103
Judg. 5, 27; and part of them slain in
battle shall be covered with the corpses
of their fellows.

3. Conj. for ὌΝ "A>2 besides that
Dan. 11,18; except that, unless, Gen. 43,
3 ye shall not see my Face pa"ny ands
BEMN except your brother be “with you.
More fully ἘΝ "mba wnless if, unless it be
that, Amos 3,4; also simply wnless, save,
Fudg. 14 ten ‘A7, 18.

4. With other prepositions: 8) ἘΣΣῚ
c. Inf. pr. to not, in that not, Judg. 8, 1.
The Hebrews use this particle whenever
the infin. with 5 (50p>) is to be put
negatively (dep ‘m>a>), and it may
usually be rendered so as not to do so
and so, 7 not doing so and so, ete. Ex.
8, 25 [29]. 9,17; 6. g. after verbs of re-
sisting, Jer. 16, 12; of forgetting, Deut.
8, 11; of hindering, Num. 9,7. Also, so
that not, lest, Gen. 38, 9.— With acc. and
inf. after verbs of commanding, Gen. 3,
11; of consenting, 2 K. 12, 9. Once
pleonast. Ὁ ΡΞ 2 K. 23, 10. Thrice
"mba is followed by a fhite verb for
"ὧῶνπ “mba, Jer. 23, 14. 27, 18. Ez. 13, 3.

b) “pba from not, i. 6. because not,
with Inf. Num. 14,16; before a verbal
noun Ez. 16, 28.

138

to idols and to God himself, 1 Sam. 9,12

yay

6) "M2252 until not, until none, with
Preet. Num. 21, 35. Deki. 3, 3. Josh. 8,22.
10, 33; hence i. q. so long as, quam
Job 14, 12. Comp. 723 53. .

02 Kamets impure, (r. 813.) plur.
mina, constr. id. and "ni22 Deut. 32, 13.
Is. 58, 14. Mic. 1, 3 Chethibh, but in
Keri ἼΠΏΞ,; and so in the text Job 9,8.
Is. 14, 14. DoE 13, see note ; ὁ. sui. |
“nina, etc.

ta high place, height, a general word
comprehending mountains and hills, see
the root; 2 Sam. 1, 19. 25... "33 mina
mountains with forests, Jer. 26, 18. Mic.
3, 12. Ez. 36, 2, comp. v. 1. PI Mi.
the heights of Arnon, i i. 6. through whish :
that river flows, Num. 21, 28.

2. a fastness, strong-hold, an inadill
cessible retreat; comp. Lat. arx, Germ. —
Burg. Ps. 18,34 "73"7297 25 ΟΦ he set
me upon my fastnesses, i. e. put me in
safety from the enemy. Hab. 3, 19.—
Whoever possesses the fastnesses of a
country has also secure possession
of the whole land; hence the poetical —
phrase: γον “Πρ τὸς W213 he walketh
upon the fastnesses of the earth, spoken
of God as the Lord and governor of the
world, Amos 4, 13. Mic. 1, 3. Deut. 33,
29. Trop. pranna-by Job 9, 8 wpon the
fastnesses of the sea ; ay-anea-bs: Is. 14,
14 above the fastnesses of the clouds ; all
spoken in likemannerofGod. Also2"370
V8 ΠΏΞ ΟΣ Deut. 32, 13. Is. 58, 14.

3. The Hebrews, like most other an-
cient nations, νεήγῥδαθὰ that sacred rites
performed on high places were particu-
larly acceptable to the Deity; see Com-
ment. on Is. 65,7, and Vol. Il. p. 316.
Hence they were accustomed to offer
sacrifices upon mountains and hills, both

:
:

a

sq. 1 Chr. 13, 29 sq. 1 K. 3,4. 2K. 12,
2.4. Is. 56, 7; and also to build ‘there
chapels, Janae: tabernacles, M7225 “na
1 K. 13, 32. 2 K. 17, 29; with their
priests and other ministers of the sacred
rites, ΤΩΣ "275 1 K, 12, 32. 2 K. 17, 32.
And so tenacious of this ancient custom
were not only the ten tribes, (see th
passages above cited,) but also all the
Jews, that even after the building of
Solomon’s temple, notwithstanding t
express law in Deut. c. 12, they conti-

yar

nued to erect such chapels on the moun-
tains around Jerusalem, and to offer
sacrifices in them ; and even thosékings
who in other respects strictly observed
the law of Moses, until Josiah, did not
abolish these unlawful sacrifices among
_ the people, nor themselves desist from
them; 2K. 12,14. 14, 4. 15,4.35; comp.
2 Chr. 20, 33..15,.17.. 2 K. 23, 8. 9. 19.
Ez. 6, 3. 20, 29. Lev. 26, 30.. Even
Solomon himself sacrificed in chapels of
this sort; 1 K. 3, 2. 3, comp. 11, 7. See
the author’s discussion respecting these
high places in Pref. to Gramberg’s Reli-

gionsideen des A. 'T. Vol. I. p. xiv, etc.
οὐ 4, Very oftenmaa is 1. ᾳ. Maan m2
house of the high-place, i. 6. a hill-chapel,
erected to God or to idols upon a moun-
tain or hill, see in no. 3. 1 K. 11,7. 14,
23. 2 K.°17; 9. 21, 3.. 23, 15. Trans-
ferred also to any chapel or fane, e. g. in
the valley of Hinnom, Jer..7, 31; comp.

Ethiop. ®1C mountain, also cloister.—
Prob. these chapels or fanes were some-
times tents or tabernacles, decked with
curtains, Ez. 16, 16; comp. 2 K. 23, 7.
Am. 5, 26. Such tabdrhacles were in
use among the Carthaginians, and also
among the ancient Slavi; Diod. 20. 25.
Mone in Creuzer’s Symbol. 5. 176.

5. Rarely αἱ sepulchral mound, tumu-
lus, Gr. βωμός, Ez. 43,7; comp. v. 8 and
the intpp. on Is. 53. 9, where also this
signification is applicable.

Nore. The form of the Plur. constr.
“mia, in which there is a double plural
ΤῊ ΤῊ has its counterpart in "ΘΝ ἢ
1 Sam. 26,12; comp. Lehrg. p.541. The
Maxorités reject this form, and substitute
for it"n2a. This latter many pronounce
ba-mthé ; ; but 4, as being immutable,
could not thus be Moretivd into Hateph-
Kamets. More correctly therefore it is
pronounced bé-m°thé, for "722, from a
sing. M23 afier the form nia, the Ὁ
being retained in the plural, as in 35,
min23. But disregarding this suagmiant
of the Masorites, it should prob. every
where be read "ni702, “nna.

| oman (son of circumcision, i. e. cir-
cumcised, for >4727j2, see in 3 Ὁ. 109)
Bimhal, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 7, 33.

TAB see in,

139 Ἐ

nina (heights) Bamoth, Num. 21, 19,
more fully 5593 mia (heights of Baal)
22, 41. Josh. 13, 17, pr.‘n. of a town in

Moab on the river Arnon.

32 (for 723 from r. 422 no. 3) constr.
“72, and so before the prefixes 9, 3, a5
without Makkeph ; rarely j3 μων» 80, i.
Deut. 25, 2. Jon. 4, 10, and always be
fore the pr. ἢ. 382; once "33 (like 738) ὁ
Gen. 49, 11, and i322 Num. 24, 3.15. Plur.
p22 as ‘7 frou a Sing. j2; constr. "33.

So 3

1. a son. Arab. pl » plur. ore ;
constr. “9. ἜΣ in the Phenician re-
mains very often j2; Aram. sing. "2,
(>, from 873 to beget, but with plur.
723, "23, ju1>.—Spoken nut ἐξοχήν of
a king’s son Is. 9,5; comp. 2213 Ps.
72, 1. Plur. 5°22 sons sometimes for
children of both sexes, Gen. 3,16. 21, 7.
30, 1.31, 17. 32,12. Deut. 4, 10; though
this ded is more frequently put fully,
sons and daughters Mi235 0722 Gen. 5, 4.
7.10.13. 11,11sq. In “the Sing. there
is also a trace of comm. gend. in "3372
(more correctly "33 13) a man-child Jer
20,15; comp. υἱὸς ἀθόην Rev. 12, 5.—
Poet. sons of the Greeks for the Greeks
themselves Joel 4, 6, like vies ᾿ἀχαιῶν ;
also sons of the Ethiopians i. q. Ethiop-
ians Am. 9, 7; comp. 57932 757 i. q.
strangers Ἢ 2. 6, ΒΝ WA ig. the poor
Ps. 72, 4, Gr. otter πὸϊδες I]. 21. 151.
This mci of speaking every where im-
plies a like condition of the father and
son.

The word son, like those of father and
brother (seé 38, my), is employed by
the Hebrews in Wikis other and ‘wider
senses, 6. g.

2. a grandson, like 38 a grandfather,
Gen. 29, 5. Ezra 5,1; comp. Zech. 1, 1.
More definitely a αϑὐθδοδδῦιι is called
323. 13 Judg. 9, 32. - Plur. 0°22 grand-
sons Gen. 32, 1 [31, 55]. 31. 28; though
where greater accuracy is used grand-
sons are called 5°72 "23, Ex. 34,7. Prov.
13, 22.17, 6. Plur. alo for childs
ει descendants , posterity, as S877 "22

children of Israel, Israelites ; nan "22,

"12 "22, the children of Judah: ‘of ‘Levi,
£6; Fete, Levites ; a> "23 Ammonites,
Mr "22 Hittites, ΘῈΣ Ὁ) "22 Ishmaglites

P ΟΡ. Ὲ

In the same sense is said DX ma,
os Ma, see MD no. 9; also ‘Ww Ox
see "δ no. 1. g.

3. Asaname of age, i. q. a boy, youth,

like Gr. mais, comp. M3 no. 3. Cant. 2, 8.

Prov. 7, 7. |

4, Put for a subject, vassal, yielding
obedience to a king or lord, as to a father,
2 K. 16, 7—Hence metaph. son of death
i. e. one condemned to death, q. d. deliv-
ered over to the power of death, 1 Sam.
20, 31. 2Sam. 12,5; a son of stripes, i: Ὁ;
condemned to be bediam Deut. 25, 2.
Comp. υἱὸς γεέννης Matt. 23,15; υἱὸς
τῆς ἀπωλείας John 17, 12.

5. a foster-son, educated as a son, Ex.
2, 10, comp. Acts 7,21. Also a pupil,
disciple, since feaghers were regarded
and’ obeyed as in the place of parents,
and were also addressed by the title of
Jather, see in 38 no. 6. Hence "33
D°N220 the sons i. 6. disciples of the pro-
phets, ‘spoken of the schools of prophets,
1K. 20, 35. 2K. 2, 3.5. 7, 4, 38. al.
comp. Am. 7,14. So among the Per-
sians the sons ‘of the magi are their disci-
ples; comp. among the Greeks ἰατρῶν
viol, ῥητόρων υἱοί, παῖδες μουσικῶν, φιλο-
σόφων, for ἰατροΐ, μουσικοί, etc. Syr.

eer 41> sons i. e. disciples of Bar-

desanes.—Hence also in the book of
Proverbs, the poet (teacher) addresses
the reader as his son, Prov. 2, 1. 3,1.
21. 4, 10. 20. 5, 1. 6,1. 7,1; comp. m2
Ps. 45, 11.

6. With a genit. of place, {2 denotes a
᾿ native of that place, one born and brought
up there ; e. g. sons of Zion, Zionites, Ps.
149, 2; sons of Babylon, Babylonians, Ez.
23, 15.17; sons of the East, Arabians, see
DIP no.2; sons of the province Ezra 2,1;
sons of a strange land Gen. 17, 12; son
of the house, i. 6. a home-born slave,

verna, see M72 no. 1; son of my womb,
i.e. born of the same womb, see in j23
no. 2. This arises from the more gene-
ral idiom, by which whatever is done in
any place or time is ascribed to that
place or time itself, see Is. 3, 26. 8, 23.
Job 3, 3, ete. So too countries or cities
are regarded as mothers of the indivi-
dual inhabitants, see 08 no 5; and also
nations or a people, as fathers ; whence
is said likewise "23 "22 the sons of my

people, i. e. my countrymen, my tribe’s-—
men, see D9; and 827 "22 are the com-

mon δορὶ, τὰ 17, 19. 26, 38. Spoken
of animals, Deut. 32, 14 rams, the sons

of Bashan. Trop. sins of things con-—
tained in any place, as sons of the quiver
i. e. arrows, Lam. 3, 13.

7. With a genit. of time, it denotes a
person or thing born or appearing in that
time, or which has existed during that
time. So the son of one’s old age,i.e.
begotten in old age, Gen. 37, 3 ; theson of
one’s youth, i. e. begotten in his father’s
youth, Ps. 127,45; sons of bereavement,
born of a mother bereaved, i. 6. in exile, —
Is. 49, 20. Also the son of five hundred
years, i. 6. five hundred years old, Gen. —
5, 32; a lamb ΓΘ the son of a year,
a χορ Ex. 12, 5; of the ricinus, Jon. —
4,10 928 M3"37435 An mere" 2u which
came up in a night and perished ina
night. Poet. son of the morning for the —
morning star, Lat. Lucifer, Is. 14, 12.

8. With a genit. of a quality good or
bad, or of a condition in life, 13 denotesa —
man possessing that quality or brought —
up in that condition; e. g. "ὙΠΠῚΞ son of
strength or of the haat i.e. a warrior, hero,
see in 5°"; also bysba-y 2 son of wick-
edness, a wicked man, nba id, "33
V8 sons of pride, poet. of wild beasts ; ia
"237)2 1. q. 129 afflicted Proy. 31,5; son
of senate i. €. possessor, heir, Gea. 15,44
2; sons of suretyship i i.e. hostages, 2K.
14, 14. Comp. υἱὸς τῆς ἀπειϑείας Eph.
2,25 τέκνα ὑπακοῆς 1 Pet. 1,14.—In other —
πάθεα and poetical expressions of
this kind, which are also frequent in the —
kindred languages, (see Gol. Lex. Arab.
art. onl, Castell and Buxtorf art. 93, _
Jones de Poési Asiat. p. 128 sq.) that is
said to be the son of any thing, which is —
similar to that thing, as sons of the light- —
ning for birds of prey which fly swift as
the lightning Job 5,7; or which is de- —
pendent on it, as sons of the bow i. q.
arrows Job 41, 20; or which is in any
close connection with it. as sons of oil i. e.
anointed Zech. 4. 14; son of oil or fatness .
i.e. fat, fertile, Is. 5,1. Comp. ay, WN,
bya.

9. Sons of God, an appellat‘on given
intheO.T. a) To angels, Gen. 6,2 sq.
Job 1,6. 2,1. 38,7. Ps. 29 1. 29,7; either

ἢ
j
4

_ asconstituting the hosts and ministers of
_ God, see 82¥; or because of their greater
resemblance to'the divine nature, 815
_ though a body is ascribed to them in
Gen. 1. 6. Ὁ) To kings, not only of the
Hebrews, but sometimes also to those
_ of foreign nations, comp. Ps. 89, 28; ‘as
. being the vicegerents of God on earth;
taught and aided by a divine spirit,
| 1 Sam. 10, 6. 9. 11, 6. 16, 13. 14. Is. 11,
'1..23.0n this account called also by the
Greek poets Ζιογενεῖς βασιλῆες. Ps. 2, 7
_ Jehovah said unto me, Thou art my son
this day have I begotten thee, i.e. con-
_ stituted thee king, comp. Jer. 2, 27., Ps.
82, 6.7 Ihave said, Ye are gods, (O ye
Bkings,) and all of you sons of the Most
_ High ; but ye shall die like common men,
etc. Ps: 89,.28. 2 Sam: 7, 14. 9) To
_ righteous men, the pious wordliivipert of
God, saints, Ps, 73, 15. Prov. 14, 26.
Deut. 14,1. Spec. to the Intitelites, al-
| though often ungrateful children, Is. 1,
3. 90,1. 9. 43, 6. Hos. 2,1. Jer. 3,14.19.
In ἢ ρα: Ierael is called the son of God
Hos. 11,1; and also the first-born and
Bicloved son, Ex. 4, 22. 23, comp. Jer. 31,
20.

10, Spoken of the young of animals, as
xsm723 sons of the flock, lambs, Ps. 114,
4; 128 723 the son of his ass, i. q. his foal,

fry, Gen. 49, 11; ἜΘΟΥ Ὁ dove, i. 6.
young ddvtes, hie: 12, 6; sons of the
raven i. 6. young ravens, Ps. 147, 9.

11. Poet. son of a tree seems put for a
shoot, branch; bough,(comp. p21, mp3 ,)
Gen. 49,22 9079 ΓΞ j2 Joseph is the
son of a ‘fruitful tree; here 13 (or perh.
more correctly “j2) seems to be in the

constr. state, and M78 to be i. ᾳ. 4795 Is.

17,6, i. 6. fruit-bearing, fruitful, sc. tree ;
see in r. 778 no. 1. ἃ.---Ἴ 2 13. Is. 2h, 10,
see in 13.

12, Ben, pr. n. τῇ. 1 Chr. 15, 18. Other
compound pr. names are the following :
~ a) "JiN752 (son of my sorrow) Ben-ont,

‘aname given by‘his mother to Benja-
min, Gen. 35, 18.

b) 77-42 (son or worshipper of ‘Ha-
dad or Adod, the chief divinity of the
Syrians, comp. Macrob. Saturnal. 1. 23,
and pr.-n. “1273%) Ben-Hadad, pr. n.
of three kings of Syria of Damascus:
The first of them waged war with Baa-
sha king of the ten tribes, 1 K. 15, 20 sq.

a) 141

ma

2 Chr. 16,2sq. The second was the son
of the preceding and contemporary with
Ahab (1 K. 20, 34); he twice besieged |
Samaria, and became more famous than
his father, 1 K. 20, 1 sq. 2 K.24, 6sq. 8, 7.
The. third was the son of Hazael,. and
lost most of the provinces acquired by
his predecessors, 2 K. ο. 13.—The pa-
laces of Ben-hadad, i. e. of Damascus,
Jer. 49. 27. Am. 1, 4.

6) ΠῚ ΓΞ Ben-zoheth, pr.n.m. 1 Chr:
4,20. See nnit.

d) >*n7j2 (son of strength, warrior)
Ben-hail, pr. n. τὰ. 2 Chr. 17, 7.

e) }277ja (son of one cation) Ben-
hanan, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 4, 20.

Γ) 4770"7}2 (son of the righ hand, i. e.
of good fortune, see in art. 72723, also
y72",) Benjamin, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr.
7,10. Ὁ) Ezra 10, 32. Neh. 3, 23.—
Where the patriarch Benjamin is meant,
this name is always written as one word,
772532 q. v. except once in 1 Sam. 9, 1
Cheth.

5) p237"22 (sons of lightning) Bene-
berak, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of
Dan, Josh. 19, 45.

ἢ) 95 "25 see 3 ninya.

j2 Chald. id. found only i in Plur. 9723,
"24, the place of the Singgbeing filled
by “3 —E. g. xm>3 722 sons of exile,
i.e. exiles ‘captives, Dan. 2,25. woe "23

young bullocks, Ezra 6,9. Syr. >, oe

ale id.

823 Chald. ὁ. suff. "428 Ezra 5, 11,
infin. nab Ezra 5, 2. 17, mad 5, 9,
xoad 5, 3. 13, i. ἃ. Hebr. m2, to ‘build,
Dan. A, 27.

ik pass. Eizra 4, 13, 21; with ace.
of material Ezra 5, 8.

᾿ rida fut. 4339, conv. 351, and six

times P21, nN).

1. to ἈΦ to ‘erect, to construct, as a
house, temple, city, ΡΤ fortifications
Ez. 4,2; an altar Gen. 8,20; chapels or
tabernacles Jer. 7, 31; the frame-work of
ships Ez. 27,5; once apparently of lay-
ing the foundation of an edifice 1 K.6, 1,
comp. 2 Chr. 3, 1 where it is mi23> 513).

Arab. Lis, Aram. [> , 822, id. Comp.

ἼΞῈ and j28.—The material with, of,
from which any thing is built, is mostly
put in the acc. 1 K. 18, 32 “my ma"

ma

mata ΞΕ and he built the stones
(into) an altar, i. e. with or of them;
comp. Lehrg. p. 813. Ex. 20, 22. Deut.
27,6. 1 K.15,22. More rarely with 21K.
15, 22 fin. Construed also: a) With
acc. of place on which one builds, to build
up or over, 1 K.6, 15. 16,24. Ὁ) With
acc. of person, where it is i. q. to build a
house for any one. i.e. to give him a fixed
abode, and trop. to make him prosperous
(for another sense of this formula see no.
3); Jer. 24,6 I will bring them again
into this land, ὈΠΩΣ 9 Ohms Noi DNs
Wins Ndi and I will build them and not
pull down, and Iwill plant them and not
pluck up, 1. 6. I will give them a fixed
abode and make them prosperous. 31, 4.
33,7. 42, 10. Ps. 28,5. Arab. Lis bene-
ficiis auxit aliquem. c) With 3, to build
on any thing, to be occupied in building,
Neh. 4, 4. 11. Zech. 6,15. With 53, to
build against any one, to obstruct ; Lam.
3,5 God hath builded against me, ob-
structed me, shut up my way on every
side so that I cannot get out; comp. "73
v. 7. 9.—Trop. to construct, i. e. to form,
tomake, with >, into a woman Gen. 2, 22.
τ 2. to build up, to rebuild, to restore,
e. g. a house or city in ruins, Amos 9,
14. Ps. 122, 980 Jerusalem thou pestered?
147, 2. Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34. 2 K. 14,
22. Comp. ΓΞ ΠΤ ΓΞ tinder art. ΓΞ

no. 3. So of the fortifications οἱ a city,

15. 17.

3. > ΤῊΞ M22 to build a house to or for
any one, i. q. "to give him offspring, pos-
terity; see M3 no. 9, and Niph. no. 3.
By a common oriental metaphor, house
is transferred to a family, and children ;
and whoever begets children, is said to
build a house. Hence j3 son comes
from the idea of building. i. e. of beget-
ting. The same metaphor is elegantly
carried out in Plaut. Mostell. 1. 2. 37.

Nipu. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be built,
Num. 13, 22. Deut. 13,17; with acc. of
material 1 K. 6,7. Persons are said to
be built wp, when they are placed in a
fixed abode and rendered prosperous,
see in Kal πο. 1. Ὁ. Jer. 12, 16. Mal. 3,
15. Job 22, 23.—A different metaphor
see in no. 3.

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be rebuilt, re-
stored, Is. 44, 28.

142

po =

3. A woman is said to be built up when
her house (family) is built up, i.e. when |
offspring is given her; see in Kal no. 3.
Gen. 16, 2: hia MZaN “DAN perhaps I
may be built up through her, i. 6. obtain
children by her. 30, 3.

Deriv. j2. 2, 5793, 7222,9732, ΛΞ,
to which may ὟΝ addoai mah pr. names,

as "M22, "23, "22, m2, WMI , 333,
PRIS, nist, "a.

"132 (a building) Binnui, pr. n. m.—
freq. after the exile: a) Neh. 7, 15;

written "22 Ezra 2, 10. Ὁ) Ezra 10
30. 38. c) Ezra 8, 33. d) Neh. 3, 24.
10, 10. 12, 8.

mi daughters, see M3.

"22 (built) Bani, pr.n.m. a) One
of David’s warriors 2 Sam. 23, 36. Ὁ)
1 Chr. 6,31. c) 1 Chr. 9,4 Keri. 4)
Neh. 3, 17. 9,4.5. 10,14. 11,22, e) See
“aa. [Ὁ Ezra 10, 29. 34.38. Neh. 8,
7. 10, 15.

"22 (built, a verbal οἱ Pual) Bunni,
pr. ἢ. m. Neh. 9, 4. 10, 16.—Different is
“D2 Bunni, pr. ἢ. m. Neh. 11, 15.

m2 (whom Jehovah hath built up,
see 723 no. 1.b,) Benaiah, pr.n.m. a)
1Chr.4,36. b)2Chr.20,14. ο) Ezra
10, 25. 30. 35.43. d) See next art. c. 6:

24 pr. n.m. Benaiah (i. q. 9723)
a) 1 Chr. 15, 24. 16,5. b) 1 Chr. 27, 34,
c) 2 Sam. 8, 18. 23, 20. 22 ; written sles
ma 20,23. d)1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 16, 5.
e) 2 Sant: 23, 30; written also M7323
1 Chr. 11, 31. 27, 14, f) 2 Chr. 31, 13.
g) Ez. 11, 1. 13. |

ΤΡΩΞ f a building, Ez. 41, 13. Re
ma. Comp. 7723.

7723 (son of the right hand i. e. of
good fortune, q. d. Felix, see 472" no. 4,)
pr. ἢ. Benjamin, Sept. Benopir, the
patriarch, youngest son of Jacob and
Rachel, and founder of the tribe of like
name, 8.23 "23 Num. 1, 36, ‘a nee
Josh. 21, 4. 17, and simpl. 479733 m. Judg.
20, 39. 40. Their territory, 772723 YAS
Jer. 1,1, lay nearly in the middle of Pales-
tine on this side Jordan, and is describ
Josh. 18, 231 5ᾳᾷ. A certain warlike dis
position in this tribe is alluded to in Ger
49, 27.—The 39222 "2 gate of Benja-
min was on the northern side of Jerusa

με

lem, Jer. 37, 13. 38,7. Zech. 14,10; proB.
the same called elsewhere the gate of
Ephraim, 2K. 14,13. Neh.8,16.—When-
ever this name designates the patriarch
Benjamin, it is written in one word ; see
in Ἴ Δ ΠῚΞ p. 141. The gentile ἢ. is writ-
ten separately, °2°2""ja (comp. Lehrg.
p. 515) 1 Sam. 9, 21. Ps. 7, 1, Ben-
jaminite, Benjamite ; with the art. “42
"277 (like "Baw m2) Judg. 3, 15.
2 Sam. 16, 11. Plur. "9°" "33 Judg.
19, 16. Bllipt. 3770" wan for “3 WAN
"9°27, 1 Sam. 9, 1. 2 Sam. 20. 1; also

"370" v8 1 Sam. 9, 4, like Arab. SX
Bekrite for Abubekrite, from re Par
1723. m.(r.m22) 1. a building, edi-
fice, Ez. 41,12. Syr. (2425 a build-
ing, Arab. muse id.
2. a wall, Kz. 40, 5.

7724 Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. 1, Ezra 5, 4.

12°22. (our son, from the Segolate form
"22 Gen. 49, 11) Beninu, pr. ἢ. m. Neh.
10, 14 [13].

: c22 Chald. to be angry, indignant,
Dan. 2,12. Often in the Targums.

8223 (according to Simonis i. q. M233

ἃ gushing forth, fountain) Binea, pr. n.

m. 1 Chr. 9, 43; also 7325 ib. 8, 37.
M>TIO} (in the intimacy of Jehovah,

see 710) Besodeiah, pr. n. τὰ. Neh. 3, 6.

.O3 pr. n. m. Besai, Ezra 2, 49. Neh.
7,52. Perh. Sanscr. bigaya victory, also
pr.n. So Bohlen.

3 cos a spurious root, see 033 Hithp.

O02 a root not used in Hebrew,
prod. to be sour, i. gq. “NW q. v. whence
Arab. a

also to look sour, to make a sour face.—
Hence

3 to do any thing too soon;

"Ὁ ὁ. suff. 903 Job 15, 33, and

YO2 m. collect. unripe grapes, sour
grapes, ls. 18, 5. Jer. 31, 29, 30. Ez. 18,
2. Different froin pvtie q. v. ἰδία,
wild-grapes. Sept. ὄμφοξ. Chald. 890523

id. Syr.};m5 sour grapes.
S23 Chald. see after n32.

143

Wa
* 2

Arab. das to be distant, absent, re-
mote ; [V, to remove; Ethiop. pr. to be
other, different, and hence Pret. A, trans.
NUE to change, to exchange, TOUR
to be made other, different, {1U.8" and
10.8" other, another, different. Among
the Hebrews it would seem to have de-
noted: to be without (opp. to within), to
be near, close by. Hence

TWA and W3, c. suff. “192 et 72793
Ps. 139, 11, 133 in Pause 7393, 523,
27D, once 3732 Amos 9, 10, D213,
ὈἼΣΞ; ; primarily a Subst. but in asage
εἰκύνε a Preposition denoting in general
the being without an object (opp. to
within), but near to it; and then spec.
the two following more definite relations
of place.

1. about, round about, which latter idea
is expressed more definitely by 2°20.

a) Genr. see. for both particles (733
and 3730) Job 1, 10 132 MY noms son
a"300 ‘5 swix-b> “331 inna “D3 hast
thou not made an hedge about him, and
about his house, and about all that he
hath, on every side ? Lam. 3, 7 "732 733
he hath made a wall round about me. ᾿
Ps. 139, 11 729932 “ik 12921 even the night
is light about me. Hence a) With
verbs of shutting up, (pr. shutting up
around or upon any one,) as BIT) T9373
1 Sam. 1, 6, and ἘΠ 133 72> Gen. 20,
18 toshut wp the womb, i.e. to senderaiga-
man unfruitful. Poet. 0°23135 792 Onn
God sealeth up the stars Job 9, 7. For
‘p 322 730 and i493 430, see no. 2.
8) With words implying protection ; Ps.
3,4 "Ya 4972 a shield round about me.
Zech. 12,8. y) Put, like the Gr. ὑπέρ,
for all that one does for, on account of,
in behalf of any one; 6. g. to pray for
any one 1 Sam. 7, 9, see ΞΒΏΠ ; to
bring a sin-offering for, Job 42, 8, see
"82. So of consulting an oracle Is. 8,
19. Jer. 21,2; bribing a judge Job 6, 22;
andof other like ideas, Ez. 22, 30.2 Sam.
10, 12. 2 Chr. 19, 12. Ps. 138,8. In Prov.
20, 16 to take a pledge for any one, for
whom one becomes security. Then
without a verb, Job 2, 4 "id 793 "i> skin
Sor skin. Prov. 6, 26 ἪΡ nyit ΓΝ 73a
ΟΠ 122 fora whore one comes toa piece

root not used in Hebrew;

5»

fear. to disdain. Inc. 31 the common
signif: might perhaps be adopted, q. d.
although 1 (72:8) was their lord. But
this sense is not so easy; and besides,
the signif. of disdaining is not foreign
from the primary meaning of the verb.
_~In Arabic there are also other verbs, in
which the signif. of subduing, being
high, having dominion, is transferred
also to that of looking down upon, despis-
ing, contemning, as ui to subdue,
c. \ to despise; V, to be
high ; Conj. I, to look down upon, to
contemn.

Nipu. to have a husband, to be mar-
ried, Prov. 30,23. Metaph. Is. 62, 4.

Deriv. >9a—7292,, M23.

$92 c. suff. "boa, Adda; Plur. ovb93,
constr. "593, 6. oh ἢ alge: ΔΌΣ Ex.
21, 29. 34. 36, 22, 10-14. Ecc. 5, 12, and
mbps Job 31, 39. Eec. 7, 12, sometimes
for Sing. like 17258 his lord , comp. Lehrg.
663; but c. suff. 3 plur. bss Esth. 1,
17, 20, as plural.

1. lord master, possessor, owner. Fre-
quent in the Phenician dialect; see
Monumen. Phen. p. 348. Aram. 533,

5 o-
bya, \Ss, id. Arab. hep in the dia-
lect of Yemen lord, master, elsewhere a

husband ; Ethiop. NOA. Comp. also
Sanser. péla lord—Spoken of the mas-
ter and owner of a house, Ex. 22, 7.
Judg. 19, 22; of land Job 31, 39; of cat-
tle Ex. 21, 28. Is. 1,3; of money lent,
i.e. a creditor Deut. 15,2. Spoken of
the head of a family Lev.21, 4; also
pia Ya the lords of the nations Is. 16,
8, spoken of the Assyrians as the con-
querors of nations; or according to
others, of their princes.

2. a husband, Arab. Syr. Chald. id.
Comp. Sanscr. pati lord, also husband.
Ex. 21,22. 2Sam. 11, 26. mun 592 hus-
band of a wife, i.e. married Ex. 21, 3.
pwnns2 5Y2 husband of one’s youth, i. 6.
to whom one was married in youth,
Joel 1, 8, i. q. κουρέδιος πόσις 1]. 5. 414.

3. Plur. with gen. of a city,Jords of a
city, i. q. inhabitants, citizens, 1771 "293
Josh. 24, 11, Ὀϑὺ Judg. 9,2 sq. 83" ἘΣ
ἼΣΟΣ 2 Sam. 91, 12, who also are called
in 2 Sam. 2.4.5 ‘29 28. Some mod-
ern interpreters understand chiefs, no-

146

πεν "b93 55), where also Sept.

as the name of a chief domestic an

worshippers, Zeph. 1, 4. Plur. pabeiat

bya

bles, princes, misled perhaps by t
words in Judg. 9, 51 ΘΠ Onn &

οἱ ἡγούμενοι τῆς πόλεως. Better, a
men and women, even all the inhabitants
of the city, the latter expression com od
hending the two former; Engl. Vers
and all they of the city. ἡ
4, With genit. of thing, lord or 7
sessor of a thing, i. e. one having tha
thing, one to whom that attribute |
quality belongs; thus often forming
periphrasis for an adjective ; comp. ἃ
no. 1. Κ᾿ ax no.9. ΕἸ. σ΄. DIP Pa "i
aram having two horns, aries bicornis
Dan. 8, 6, 20; 092237 bya the winged on
poet. Gra bird Ecc. 10,20; “sv bya ty
a hairy man 2.K. 1,8; nivban bya he
dreamer, one who hag, dreams, Gen. 3
19; 525 52 one who has a law-s
controversy, Ex. 24, 14, comp. aye
my adversary Is. 50,8. So too possesso
of my covenant, of my oath, i.e. οὶ nec
in covenant with me, confederate, G
14, 13. Neh. 6,18; jit 53 master of
the tongue, i. 6. a charmer, enchanter
Ecce. 10, 11; 52 593 given to appetite
greedy, Prov, 23, 2, comp. 29, 22;
the receiver of a bribe Proy. 17,8 —Pro
16, 22 "23a baw OM Tipe a fou
of life is understanding to its posses.
i.e. to him who hath it, is endued 4
it. 1,19. 17, 8, Eee. 8, 8 39 ond ΝΣ
ΤΌΣΣΟΝ nor shall wickedness deliver it
possessor, i.e. him who is given to it
the wicked man. 7, 12. Prov. 3,
bya sio-syenby withhold no good
from its lord, from him to whom itis due
to whom it pertains, i. 6. from the needy,
5. With the Art. 5325, and pref. "3:
byad, Baal, i.e. the: Kase καὶ ἐξοχήν,

tutelary god of the Phenicians, and p
ticularly of the Tyrians; worshippec
also by the Hebrews espec. at Samaria
with great pomp, along with Astarte;
see in MON, MIMDY. Judg. 6, 25 sq.
2K.10,18sq. Hence 592m m2 the ter
ple of Baal 1 K. 16, 32; dear ἊΝ Ἴ59 the
prophets of Baal, 1 K. 18, 22.25; "wv
b9an the remnant of Baal, i. 6. of is

Baalim, i.e. images of Baal, Judg. 2.11
3, 7. 8, 33. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 7, 4. 12, 10,

Of the currency and extent of this wor-
“ship among the Phenicians and Cartha-
ginians, we have one proof among others
m the frequency of the name Baal in
‘compound pr. names of Phenician men,
as >9am% q. v. Jerombalus (5237),
and also of Carthaginians, as Hannibal
(5933 grace of Baal), Hasdrubal
(2925919 help of Baal), Muthumballes
( bain man of Baal), ete. Among
the Babylonians the same god was
‘ealled in the Aramean manner >3 Bel,
εἴτι, for 592, see 53. Among the Ty-
rians themselves the full name of this
divinity appears to have been m p>2
"a bya (Inscr. Melit. biling.) i.e. Malke-
reth lord of Tyre; where again ΤῊ Ὁ
‘is for ΓᾺΡ 729 king of the city. The
Greeks, on account perhaps of some
_ similarity of emblems, constantly gave
him the name of Hercules, Hercules
| Tyrius, and compared him with Jupiter ;
_ see Inser. laudat.. See more in Ersch and
_ Gruber’s Encyclop. Vol. VIII. p. 397 sq.
under the articles Baal, Bel, Belus.
᾿ Minter, Religion der Babylonier p. 16
sq. Movers Phenizier I. p. 169 sq.
_ These writers suppose that under this
name the sun was worshipped; but I
_ have elsewhere endeavoured by various
_ arguments to show that not the sun, but
the planet Jupiter, stella Jovis, as the
_ guardian ‘and giver of good fortune, was
_ the object of this worship. See Com-
_ ment. on Is. Vol. II. p. 335 sq. Encyclop.
_ Le. p. 398 sq. and so Rosenmiller in his
_ Bibl. Alterthumskunde 1. ii. p.11. YetI

would not deny, that >>2 with certain
attributes, as 72M 523 (see 1371), is also

referred to the sun.—In some cities

where the worship of Baal was preva-

lent, a special epithet was added to the

name,e.g. a) ΓΞ 522 Baal-berith,
_ i. 6. lord or guardian of covenants, wor-

shipped by the Shechemites, Judg. 8,

33. 9, 4, comp. v. 46; q. d. Ζεὺς oyxzos,

Deus fidius ; or, according to Movers l.c.

‘Baalsin covenant with the idolaters of

Israel” Ὁ) 2921 522, Baal-zebub, wor-

shipped by the Philistines at Ekron 2K.
1, 2; α. ἃ. fly-Baal, fly-destroyer, like
the Ζεὺς ᾿ἀπόμυιος of Elis, Pausan. 5. 14.
2;and the Myiagrus deus of the Ro-
mans, Solin. Polyhist.c.1. 6) 7iv8 532
of the Moabites see 7i>p.

bra a | Ὁ bya

6. As denoting the possessor of a thing
it is trop. also applied to a place which
has or contains any thing, i. e. a place
at or in which any thing is or is found,
equivalent to ΓΞ no. 6. So in the pr.
names of cities and places:

a) 592 Baal, 1 Chr. 4; 33, perh. the
same place elsewhere called "ND M2S2
Baalath-beer (having a well) in the
borders of the tribe of Simeon, Josh.
19, 8.

b) 73 522 Baal-Gad, so called from
the worship of Gad i. e. Fortune, at the
toot of Hermon near the sources of the
Jordan, prob. i. ᾳ. }i257 522 in lett. e.

@osh. 11, 17. 13, 5. By some it is er-

roneously supposed to be the same with
the celebrated Ba’albek or Heliopolis;
see Thesaur. p. 225.

6) ix 532 Baal-hamon (place of
multitude, or i. q. ὩΣ 522 sacred to
Jupiter Ammon) a place near which
Solomon had a vineyard, Cant. 8,11. A
town Βελαμών (Sept. Βαλαμών) situated
in Samaria is mentioned Judith 8, 3.

ἃ) “ixm >ya (having a village or
hamlet) Baal-hazor, a town or villag@
near the territory of Ephraim, 2 Sam.
13, 23; perh. i. ᾳ. "ism Neh. 11, 33, io
the tribe of Benjamin, q. v.

e) ji297 553. Baal-Hermon, a town
and an adjacent height near Mount
Hermon, 1 Chr. 5, 23. Judg. 3,3. Comp.
lett. b.

f) jix9 553 Baal-meon (place of
dwelling), see jive 523 m2 p. 129.

g) Θ᾿ΧῸΡ 522 (place of breaches, de-
feats) Baal-perazim, a place or village
near the valley of Rephaim, 2 Sam. 5,
20. 1 Chr. 14, 11; comp. Is. 28, 21.

h) 7px 52a (place of Typhon, or sa-
cred to Typhon) Baal-Zephon,.a place —
in Egypt near the head of the Red Sea,
Ex. 14, 2. 9. Num. 33, 7. The name
accords well with the site of this place, _
near the desert tracts between the Nile
and the Red Sea, which were held to be ᾿
the abode of Typhon, the evil genius of
the Egyptians. See Creuzer in Com-
mentt. Herodoteis I. § 22. Symbolik I.
317 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 81.
i) πῶϑ 553 Baal-shalisha 2 K. 4, 42,
the name of a place prob. situated in the
district πόθ, near the mountains of
Ephraim; comp. 1 Sam. 9, 4.

bya

fear. to disdain. Inc. 31 the common
signif. might perhaps be adopted, q. d.
although 1 (72:81) was their lord. But
this sense is not so easy; and besides,
the signif. of disdaining is not foreign
from the primary meaning of the verb.
“In Arabic there are also other verbs, in
which the signif. of subduing, hiding
high, having dominion, is transferred
also to that of looking down upon, despis-
ing, contemning, as yl to subdue,
c. \ to despise; > V, to be
high; Conj. I, to look down upon, to
contemn.

Nipu. to have a husband, to be mar-
ried, Prov. 30,23. Metaph. Is. 62, 4.

Deriv. 59a—m7b9a, M23.

292 c. suff. ">a, md¥a; Plur. py2,
constr. "D3, 6. suff 3 ἠδ. "292 Ex.
21, 29. 34. 86. 22, 10-14. Ecc. 5, 12, and
mbps Job 31, 39. Ecc. 7, 12, sometimes
for Sing. like shy his lord, comp. Lehrg.
663; but c. suff. 3 plur. bss Ksth. 1,
17, 20, as plural.

1. ine master, possessor, owner. Fre-
quent in the Phenician dialect; see
Monumen. Phen. p. 348. Aram. >33,

22, ‘\Ss, id. Arab. ir in the dia-
lect of Yemen lord, master, elsewhere a

husband ; Ethiop. OA. Comp. also
Sanscr. péla lord.—Spoken of the mas-
ter and owner of a house, Ex. 22, 7.
Judg. 19, 22; of land Job 31, 39; of cat-
tle Ex. 21, 28. Is. 1,3; of money lent,
i.e. a creditor Deut. 15,2. Spoken of
the head of a family Lev. 21, 4; also
pia "292 the lords of the nations Is. 16,
8, spoken of the Assyrians as the con-
querors of nations; or according to
others, of their princes.

2. a husband, Arab. Syr. Chald. id.
Comp. Sanscr. pati lord, also husband.
Ex. 21,22. 2Sam. 11,26 nw 592 hus-
band of a wife, i.e. married Ex. 21, 3.
p92 592 husband of one’s youth, i. e.
to whom one was married in youth,
Joel 1, 8, i. q. κουρέδιος πόσις 1]. 5. 414.

3. Plur. with gen. of a city,lords of a
city, i. q. inhabitants, citizens, 1771 "293
Josh. 24, 11, D2 Judg. 9,2 sq. 829 nbya
ἼΣΟΣ 2 Sam. 21, 12, who also are called
in 2 Sam. 2.4.5 Δ ΔΝ. Some mod-
ern interpreters understand chiefs, no-

146

POF "29a 55}; where also Sept. πάντες.

‘worshippers, Zeph. 1, 4. Plur. κέν.

ὌΣΩ

bles, princes, misled perhaps by the
words in Judg. 9, 51 D°it) DTW bb

οἵ ἡγούμενοι τῆς πόλεως. Better, all the
men and women, even all the inhabitants
of the city, the idtter expression compre-
hending the two former; Engl. Vers.
and all they of the city.

4. With genit. of thing, lord or pos-
sessor of a thing, i. e. one having that
thing, one to whom that attribute or
quality belongs; thus often forming a
periphrasis for an adjective ; comp. O7%_
no. 1.k. a8 πο. 9. ΕἸ. g. D124 p ΘΒ Say
a ram having two horns, aries bicornis,
Dan. 8, 6,20; 072235 bya the winged one,
poet. for a bird Ecc. 10,20; "sv bya “2
a hairy man 2.K. 1,8; ninbon bya.
dreamer, one who heed dreams, Gen. 31,
19; "925 593 one who has a lav
controversy, Hix. 24, 14, comp. eRe
my adversary Is. 50,8. So too posses
of my covenant, of my oath, i. 8. joisil
in coveriant with me, confederstel Gea
14, 13. Neh. 6, 18; jim 553 master of
the tongue, i. e. a charmer, enthenaay
Kce. 10, 11; 652 592 given to appetite
greedy; tov 23, 2, comp. 29, 22; als
the receiver of a bribe Prov. 17,8. “ΡΩΝ
16, 22 "29a boy on Tipe a fountain
of life is understanding to its possessor,
i.e. to him who hath it, is endued with
it, 1,19. 17,8. Ecce. 8,8 33 wba Ne
wbys"-ny nor shall wickedness deliver it
possessor, i. e. him who is given to it
the wicked man. 7, 12. Prov. 3, "ἢ
ἼΛΟΘΞ Ὦ siv-sren by withhold no gooe
from its lord, from him to whom it is due,
to whom it pertains, i. e. from the needy.

5. With the Art. 522m, and pref. bya3

ph

d92>, Baal, i.e. the Lord, uur ἐξοχήν,

as the name of a chief domestic anc

tutelary god of the Phenicians, and. par
ticularly of the Tyrians; worshippec
also by the Hebrews espec. at Samarié
with great pomp, along with Astarte
see in MON, MIAYS. Judg. 6, 25 sq.
2K.10,18sq. Hence 592m "2 the tem
ple of Baal 1 K. 16, 32; dam ἊΝ 135 the
prophets of Baal, 1K. 18, 22.25; xt
b9am the remnant of Baal, i. 6. of hi

Baalim, i. e. images of Baal, Judg. 2, 1
3, 7. 8, 33. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 7, 4. 12, 10.

bya 147

_ Of the currency and extent of this wor-
_ship among the Phenicians and Cartha-
_ ginians, we have one proof among others
im the frequency of the name Baal in
; compound pr. names of Phenician men,

b92

6. As denoting the possessor of ἃ thing
it is trop. also applied to a place which
has or contains any thing, i. e. a place
at or in which any thing is or is found,
equivalent to ΓΞ no. 6. So in the pr.

as >92mN q. v. Jerombalus (53:5),
and also of Carthaginians, as Hannibal
(222m grace of Baal), Hasdrubal
(222519 help of Baal), Muthumballes
(beam man of Baal), ete. Among
the Babylonians the same god was
ealled in the Aramean manner > Bel,
_ Belus, for 592, see 52. Among the Ty-
_rians (enidelves the full name of this
divinity appears to have been m7>7
ΠΝ da (Inscr. Melit. biling.) i. e. Malke-
_reth lord of Tyre; where again ΤΠ
is for ΓᾺΡ 722 king of the city. The
Greeks, on account perhaps of some
| elinilarity of emblems, constantly gave
him the name of Hercules, Hercules
Tyrius, and compared him with Jupiter ;
see Inser. laudat.. See more in Ersch and
Gruber’s Encyclop. Vol. VIII. p. 397 sq.
under the articles Baal, Bel, Belus.
Minter, Religion der Babylonier p. 16
sq. Movers Phenizier I. p. 169 sq.
These writers suppose that under this
name the swn was worshipped; but I
have elsewhere endeavoured by various
arguments to show that not the sun, but
the planet Jupiter, stella Jovis, as the
guardian ‘and giver of good fortune, was
the object of this worship. See Com-
ment. on Is. Vol. II. p. 335 sq. Encyclop.
l.c. p. 398 sq. and so Rosenmiller in his
Bibl. Alterthumskunde L.ii. p.11. YetI
would not deny, that >»2 with certain
attributes, as 7727 522 (see 772M), is also
referred to the sun.—In some cities
where the worship of Baal was preva-
lent, a special epithet was added to the
name,e.g. a) ΓΞ 522 Baal-berith,
i. 6. lord or guardian of covenants, wor-
shipped by the Shechemites, Judg. 8,
33. 9,4, comp. v. 46; q. 4. Ζεὺς ὅυκιος,
Deus fidius ; or, according to Movers l.c.
‘Baal-in covenant with the idolaters of
' Israel.’
shipped by the Phiiatinos at Ekron 2K.
1, 2; 4. d. Siy- Baal, fly-destroyer, like
the Ζεὺς ᾿Απόμυιος of Elis, Pausan. 5. 14.
2; and the Myiagrus devs of the Ro-
mans, Solin. Polyhist.c.1. 6) "ΣΒ 522
of the Moabites see ΣῈ. :

b) saat 553, Baal-zebub, wor-

names of cities and places:

a) 53 Baal, 1 Chr. 4; 33, perh. the
same place elsewhere called "NB M233
Baalath-beer (having a well) in the
borders of the tribe of Simeon, Josh.
19, 8.

b) 73 522 Baal-Gad, so called from
the worship of Gad i. e. Fortune, at the
toot of Hermon near the sources of the
Jordan, prob. i. ᾳ. ji29" >22 in lett. 6.

Mosh. 11, 17. 13, 5. By some it is er-
roitbously βλᾶτ ας τ to be the same with
the celebrated Ba’albek or Heliopolis;
see Thesaur. p. 225.

6) ix bya Baal-hamon (place of
multitude, or i. q. 7128 592 sacred to
Jupiter Ammon) a place near which
Solomon had a vineyard, Cant. 8,11. A
town Βελαμών (Sept. Βαλαμών) situated
in Samaria is mentioned Judith 8, 3.

4) “izm bya (having a village or
hamlet) Baal-hazor, a town or villag
near the territory of Ephraim, 2 Sam.
13, 23; perh. i. q. "ism Neh. 11, 33, in
the tribe of Benjamin, q. v.

e) Ἴ 2 522. Baal-Hermon, a town
and an adjacent height near Mount
Hermon, 1 Chr. 5, 23. Judg. 3,3. Comp.
lett. b.

f) yi99 522 Baal-meon (place of
dwelling), see 158 532 ma p. 129.

g) px4e bya (place of breaches, de-
feats) Baal-perazim, a place or village
near the valley of Rephaim, 2 Sam. 5,
20. 1 Chr. 14,11; comp. Is. 28, 21.

h) ips boa (place of Typhon, or sa-
cred to Typhon) Baal-Zephon;.a place ©
in Egypt near the head of the Red Sea,
Ex. 14, 2. 9. Num. 33, 7. The name
accords well with the site of this place,»
near the desert tracts between the Nile
and the Red Sea, which were held to be ἡ
the abode of Typhon, the evil genius of
the Egyptians. See Creuzer in Com-
mentt. Herodoteis I. ὃ 22. Symbolik I.
317 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 81.

. i) πῦϑ 55:3 Baal-shalisha 2 K. 4, 42,
the name of a place prob. situated in the
district mu>ti, near the mountains of
Ephraim; comp. 1 Sam. 9, 4.

ὌΨ

k) am 522 Baal-tamar (place of
palm-trees) Judg. 20, 33.

1) matin “bya elves Jude) 2 Sam. 6,
2, a city elsewhere called also nya
(oiwias) Baalah and Kirjathjearim,
comp. 1 Chr. 13, 6. See M223 no. 2. a.

7. As pr. n. of several men, e. g.

a) 53 Baal a) 1Chr.5,5. £) 8,
30..9,.36. ὦ

b) 329. 532 (lord of grace) Baal-ha-
nan, pr.n. o) A king of Edom Gen.
36, 38. 1 Chr. 1.49. 6) A royal pretect
or overseer, 1 Chr. 27, 28.

2Y2 Chald. m. i. q. Heb. bya, lord ;
for bs 53a see OO. From this form
comes by contraction 83 q. v.

M292 f(corresp.to>va) 1. a mistress,
man ΤῸΣΞ 1 Καὶ. 17, 17. Metaph. mis-
tress of any thing, i. 6. possessing or
endued with any thing, as 2iN"m>y2 a
woman having a divining spirit, see
ain; OrHYD ΓΌΣΞ mistress of sorceries,
a sorceress, Nah. 3, 4.

2. Collect. civitas, 1. ᾳ. 0°>33 cives, in-
habitants, see 53 no.3; as M2 daughter,
for b"22. Sol explain ΓΌΣΞ Baalah as

e pr. ἢ. of towns or cities, viz. a) One
in the northern part of the tribe of Ju-
- dah, Josh. 15, 9. 1 Chr. 13,6; called also
mam "bya ἔοι οὶ Jude) see 553 no. 6.
lett, 1; p22 NP q. v. and bya-nap.
It seems likewise to have given name to

a mountain Baalah Josh. 15, 11, lying

in the same region, but nearer the sea.
b) Another city was situated in the
southern part of the same tribe, Josh. 15,
29; and seems to be the same which
elsewhere is called 423 Josh. 19, 3, and
mba 1 Chr. 4, 29, and was aneiened to
Simeon. c) Baas in 532 no. 6. a.

MinVA (civitates, see ΓΌΣΞ no. 2) Bea-
loth, pr. n. of a town in the southern part
of Judah, Josh. 15, 24; different from
ndza in v. 9. 29.

¥3°292 (whom the Lord knows and
eares for, comp. 377577) Beeliada, pr.
n. of a son of David, 1 Chr. 14,7; called
in 2 Sam. 5, 16 25x i. e. whom'God
knows, q. v.

mova (whose lord is Jehovah) Bea-
liah, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr, 12, 5.

oy (i. q. 0953772 son of exultation,
see in 3 p. 109) Baalis, pr. n. of a king of

148

"va

the Ammonites, Jer. 40,14. Some Mss. —
read 0°53; and so Josephus Ant. 10.
OF Qu

nov. (civitas i. ἃ. M22 no. 2, after
the form mat, mI) Baalath, a city of
the tribe of Dan, Josh. 19, 44; rebuilt or
fortified by Sélomont, 1K. 9,18. 2 Chr. —
8, 6. ἢ

a so M2V2 see in 553 no. 6. a.
W2 see in MB no. 12. 8.
8272 (i. q. 829772 son of affliction, see

in 3 p. 109) Baana, pr.n.m. a) 1K.
4,12. b) ib. v.16. 6) Neh. 3,4.

ΓΞ (id.) Baanah, pr.n.m. a) 2
Sam. 4,2. b) 2 Sam. 23,29. 1 Chr. 11, ©
30. c) Ezra 2,2. Neh. 7, 7. 10, 28. -

~i

*"S= fut.123" 1. to feed upon, toeat ὦ
up, to consume ; see Pi. and Hiph. no, 1,

also "733 cattle, so called from feeding.
Syr. 2 to glean, j-se5 a gleaning.

2. Spec. to conswme with fire, to burn —
up; comp. 228 no. 3. Chald. "33 to
burn, Pa. to kindle.—Ps. 83, 15 "Dam WRD
">" as a fire burneth a forest. Mostly —
with 3, to set fire to, to burn up; Job 1,
16 the fire of God is fallen from πόθεν
DISS WNLa Asami and hath burned up —
the flocks and the servants. Num. 11, 1.
3. Ps. 106, 18. Is. 42, 25. Jer. 44, 6. Tiana
2, 3. Also to cause to burn, to kindle, —
Is. 30, 33.—Elsewhere intrans. a) to
be consumed with fire, to be burned, Ex.
3, 3. Is. 1, 31. 9,17. Ὁ) to burn, as fire
Jer. 20,9; pitch 15. 34,9; coals Ez. 1,
13; trop. of anger Is. 30, 27. Ps. 79, 5.
89, 47. c) to be set on fire, kindled.
Hos. 7, 4 as an oven MBR2 MIE kindled
by the baker. Also to kindle up, to in-
flame, as coals Ps. 18, 9; metaph. an-
ger, Ps. 2, 12. Esth. 1, 12.

3. dno: from = cattle, to be
brutish, Jer. 10, 8. Part. p°7232 brutish
men Ps. 94, 8; savage Ez. 21, 36.

Nipu. to be or become brutial Jer. 10,
14. 21. 51, 17. Is. 19, 11 M3933 MED the
counsel is become brutish.

Prev 23, inf. constr. "3a, fat. 933".

1. to feed upon, to eat up, to consume,
6. g. a field, vineyard, Is. 3, 14. 5, 5;
with 3 Ex. 22, 4 [5]. .

2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to cause to burn, to
kindle, e.g. fire Ex. 35; 3; wood Lev. 6,

"Ja,

5 [12]. Also to burn, to consume, Neh.
10, 35. Is. 44, 15. 40,16; 2 UX “D2 to
set fire to any thing, Ez. 39, 9. 10.

3. to take or put away, to remove, to

‘destroy. 1K. 22,47 and the remnant of

the Sodomites YNM-772 "D2 he put away
out of the land. Deut. 26,13. 14. 2 Sam.
4,11. 2K. 23, 24. 2 Chr. 19, 3. A usual
formula in Dantosenomy. silane the
puaishment of death, is: 275 ὩΣ 3)
ΞΡ thou shalt pul away the evil per-
son from the midst of thee, Deut. 13, 6.
17, 7. 19, 19. 21, 21. 22, 21. 24, 24,73 or
ex qe 17, 12. 22, 22; comp. Jadg. 20,
13. (For synon. Remsalaa in Exodus,
Levit. and Numbers, see r. ΓΞ Niph.)

4s. 6, 13 alihough a tenth part remain in

“the ond, "92> MN Maw yet shall this
be again destroyed. Num. 24, 22 m3"
WP 7D3> the Kenites shall be dvtgen out,
destroyed. Is. 4,4 when Jehovah shall
have washed away the filth of the daugh-
ters of Zion...722 M731 DEwa Mma
with a spirit of judgment and a spirit
of destroying. i. e. judging and destroy-
ing the wicked by his Spirit, his divine
energy or power. Construed also with
"10%, implying pursuit and destruction
from behind, 1 K. 14,10 "πὸ "M38
22377 "937 sug> ovata and I will
take away the house of Jeroboam, as one
taketh away dung. 21, 21.

Pua to be kindled. to burn, of a fur-
nace or stove, Jer. 36, 22.

Hipu. 1. to feed upon, to eat up, i. q.
Pi. no. 1, Ex. 22, 4 [5].

2. 1. q. Pi. no. 2, to cause to burn, to
kindle, Ex. 22,5 [6]; also to burn up, to
consume, c. acc.. Ez. 5, 2. Judg. 15, 5.
With ὧν3 2 Chr. 28, 3. 3 ὧδ W520 to
set Jire to any thing Jade. 15, 5 init.

3. 1. q. Pi. no. 3, to take or put away,
to destroy, with "7m" 1 K. 16, 3.

Deriv. the three following, also "33,
MISS, and pr. ἢ. ida.

“2 m. pr. brutishness, stupidity. only
as concr. brutish, stupid, like cattle ;
spoken of men, Ps. 49, 11. 73, 22. Prov.
12. 1. 30, 2. Comp. r. "D2 no. 3, and
Niph.

8172 (brutish) Baara. pr. n. f. 1 Chr.
8.8; written in ν. 9 83h, by a manifest
error.

M23 f. a burning, fire, conflagration,
13*

149

bya

espec. of produce in the field, Ex. 22, 5
[6]. Comp. r. "23 no. 2.

mowya (for 7242 work of Jehovah)
Baaseiah, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 6, 25 [40].
Comp. under lett. 3.

* wa obsol. root, Chald. 82a i. q.
Bxa, to be bad, offensive, Hence

ΣΡ ‘Baasha, pr. n. of a king of Is-
rael, r. 952-930 B.C. 1 K. 15, 16 sq. c.
16. 2 Chr. 16, 1 sq. Jer. 41, 9.

MaIMwya (i. q. TINY ΤῚΣ house of
Astarte, sée in 3 note, ‘lett. ¢, p. 109)
Beeshterah, pr. n. of a Levitical city
in the tribe of Manasseh beyond Jor-
dan, Josh. 21, 27; called in 1 Chr. 6,
56 minnws.

*nya or ny j in Kal not used. Syr.
δ to fin, to be terrified.

Pret n>3 fut.m9a9 1, simackoctolll
to terrify, only poetic, Ps. 18, 5. Job 3.5. 6,
4, 7,14. 9, 34. 13, 11. 21. 15, 24. Is. 21, 4.

2. to come upon suddenly, to seize sud-
denly. 1 Sam. 16, 14.089 439 τη" PINSA
mim an evil spirit from Jehovah came

upon him suddenly. v.15.—Arab. r3
to come suddenly, to happen unexpect-

or

2
edly; III, to attack unexpectedly; Χλὰϑ
suddenly.

Nipu. to be afraid, terrified, Dan. 8,
17; with "352 1 Chr. 21, 30. Esth. 7, 6.

Deriv. 5°mi32 and

‘NYA f. terror Jer. 8, 15. 14, 19.

72 τὰ. (r. 722) mire, mud, in which
one sticks fast, Jer. 38,22.

M22 f. (r. y£2) a marsh, fen, Job 8,
11. 40,21. Plur. 6. suff. ὌΣΣΕ 5. by an
incorrect orthography for mnie, Ez,
47, 11.

"£3 (prob. i. q. "02 q. v.) Bezai, pr.
n. m. Ezra 2, 17. Neh. 7, 23. 10, 19.

E32 τη. (τ. ἼΣΞ no. 1) 1. a vintage,
Lev. 26, 5. Is. 24, 13. 32, 10. Jer. 48, 32.

2. Adj. inaccessible, lofty, steep, i. q.
“32, spoken of a forest Zech. 11, 2
Keri. Comp. r. za No. 2.

*oe8 not in use, i. α. >%8, Arak.

hua, to strip, to peel; kindr. is ἽΣΞ,
comp. in N12, 4¥8.—Hence ΤΗ͂Ρ 5. and

bya

>¥2 only plur. pr>z2, onions, Num.
ΗΠ δ ὅγε, Ἰΐ,2, Ethiop. NAA, Arab.

2]

has, id. Comp. quadril. rbgsn.

N23 (in the shadow of God, i. 6. in
his protection) Bezaleel, pr.n.m. 8)
Ex. 31, 2. 35, 30. Ὁ) Ezra 10, 30.

maka (a stripping, nakedness) Baz-
luth, pr. n.m. Ezra 2, 52; in Neh. 7, 54
written m°>%2 Bazlith. ᾿

vs, fut. 34237 1. to cut in pieces,
to break or dash in pieces. Chald. ΣῈ 3
to cut in pieces, to divide. as bread; Syr.

Veo to break, Arab. ip to cut, to

SLU ow

cleave asunder, to cut off, 3, Keds

apart, piece. Kindr. is >£5 to wound ;
comp. in "¥3.—Amos 9, 1 smite the capi-
tals of the columns nb> uss ΣΧ Ξ} and
dash them in pieces upon the heads of
all; od%2 for o>¥2. Intrans. to be
wounded ; Joel 2, 8 ‘of locusts, they rush
among the weapons, 9X37 Nb they are
not wounded ; others less well , they break
not off their course. Comp. in 733 no.
1. b.

2. to tear in pieces, i. q. to plunder, to
spoil, pr. of enemies Hab. 2, 9. Ps. 10, 3.
Trop. in the formula Σ᾿ ἘΞ 3% to spoil the
spoil, to get unlawful gain, to be greedy
after gain, spoken of those who rob and
defraud others by extortion.and oppres-
sion, Germ. Geld schneiden. Part. 513

Sxa Prov. 1, 19. 15, 27. Jer. 6, 13. 8, 10.

‘Inf. Ez. 22. 27. Comp.’ by5, and A.
Schult. Opp. min. p. 61.

Pre., 3823 fut.>227 1. to cut off ; Is.
. 88, 12 "22827 ΠΕΡῚ he (God) cutteth me
off from the ‘thrum, a metaphor drawn
from a weaver, who, when his web is
finished, cuts it off feoae the thrum by
which it was fastened to the beam. Job
6, 9.

2. ἀνῇ, Kal ἢ no. 2, to plunder, to ss
any one, Ez. 22, 12.

3. to bring to an end, to finish, to com-
plete, e.g. the temple Zech. 4,9. Of
God, who executes his judguatnt upon
the wicked Is. 10, 12; or fulfils his pro-
mise Lam. 2, 17.—Hence

_ 9X3 m. in pause 533, c. suff. 4223.
1, spoil, plunder, prey, see the root no.

150

‘8. Jer. 7, 18.

"95, 5. 11;°0f a vineyard Deut. 24, 21.

τα d. cuts down their pride, breaks thei

"Za

2; pr. of enemies Judg. 5, 19. Jer. 51, 13.
Mic. 4, 13. Trop. of the rapine and —
extortion of kings and nobles who de-
spoil a people, Jer>.22, 17. Ez. 22,13. —
Hence

2. unjust gain, lucre, e. g. from bribes
1 Sam. 8, 3. Is. 33, 15; or by other un-
lawful means, Is. 57, 17. Also Ex. 18,
21 Prov. 28, 16. Is. 56, 11. Ez. 33, 31.

3. gain in general, profit; Θ᾽ ΞΓ ΓΙ
what profit ? Gen. 37, 26. Job. 22, 3. Ps.
30, 10.

Se ee

ἊΨ

“yaa obsol. root, Arab. yas to flow —
8 --
gradually, to trickle, e. g. water, (ana,

ξι ιν, Kaas, little water. —Hence :
ya, me. ‘
* P22 to swell ; hence spoken of the
foot as unshod, to become callous, to have —
callous spots or tumors, Deut. 8, 4. Neh. —
9,21. Sept. in Deut. well, ἐτυλώϑησαν.

Hence

ῬΧΞ τη. dough, so called from its swell-
ing, rising ; but» spoken also of that not —
yet fermented, Ex. 12,34. 39. 2 Sam. 13, —

Mp¥2 (stony region, high, Arab.

|

Kixa5) Bozkath, pr. n. of a place in.
Judah, Josh. 15, 39. 2 K. 22, 1. Josephus
Boozéd, Ant. 10. 4. 1.

Y "Xa 1. tocut off. Syr. Pa. to short-
en, to diminish, |. diminished, small,
low. Kindred roots are >¥2, >%2; see
on the primary power of the syllables 13,
V3, 75, under the roots 13 , M2B; comp.
also under 73 I. 1 —Spoken indetly of
the vintage of grapes, e. g. to gather
grapes, to hold a vintage, 6. aec. Lev. :

etal

Judg.9,27. Part. “ΧῚΞ a vintager, grape-
gatherer, Jer. 6, 9; Plur. 8°7¥3 vinta-—
gers, metaph. of enemies preparing de-
struction, Jer. 49, 9. Obad. 5; comp.
soza. Metaph. Ps. 76, 13 πὸ “303 _
pns"22 he cutteth off the spirit of princes,

spirit.

2. to cut off access, i. q. to restrain, to
prevent, see Niph. and 983; also to
make inaccessible. Hence Part. pass.
“ax2 inaccessible, walled, spoken of high

᾿

- ticle of such gold, from

- to break ; VIII, to be cut off, broken off ;
comp. Germ. brechen as a technical

tobe

. Josh. 14, 12. 2 Sam. 20, 6:

3. to cut out, to break or dig out, e. g.

' metals, see "X32.

Nips. pass. of Kal no. 2, to be cut
off or restrained from any one, to be

_ inaccessible, difficult ; c. 72, Gen. 11,
6 miws> 121" ὮΝ 5D ἘΠῚ ἼΧ3" Nd no-
thing will be restrained from them, will
' be too hard for them, which they may
_ purpose to do. Job 42, 2.

Prievi.q. Kal no.2,t0 make inaccessible,

6. 6.8 fortification, Jer.51,53. Also sim-

ply to fortify, to rebuild a wall, Is. 22, 10.
Deriv. ἼΣΞ — m3, also 1°¥2, 943.
ZA Job 36, 19, i. ᾳ. ἼΧΞ q. v. no. 1.

2m. 1. ore of gold and silver,

| precious metals, in the rude state, as cut
or dug out of the mines, from r. "¥3 in
_ the sense of gee or breaking Ps. 76,

; 13; like Arab. rs native gold or silver,
τ yet subjected to the fire and hammer,

Bos noun of unity, i. q. a piece or par-

3 1. ᾳ. 920 II,

word in mining.—Job 22, 24 “ἜΣ τὸν mou
ἽΧΞ cast upon the earth the precious ore,

parall. with gold of Ophir in the other
_hemistich. Plur. v. 25 477¥3 "30 ΓΙ ἢ

and the Almighty shall be thy precious
ores, parall. with τ OD. So
da: “A, in pause "F2 Job 36, 19, id.—
This ditinGiotory explanation of an ob-
scure word we owe to Abulwalid; see
more in Thesaur. p. 230. Winer ad
Sim. Lex. prefers the signif: a piece, par-
ticle of native gold or silver, from the

S

gor W ae
notion of cutting off, comparing a

piece of gold. But the notion of piece,
particle, in this word, does not come from

the root, but from the circumstance that.

5.

ae) isa noun of unity. So from 85

gold, comes mss a particle or bit of

gold; from eee straw, KAAS a bit of

151

_ walls Deut. 1, 28. 28, 52. Is. 2,15; of a
_ lofty impervious forest Zech. 11, 2 Ke-
ri; of Sortified cities, strong, Num. 13,
| 28. Deut. 3; 5
» Is. 25, 2. Deut. 1, 28. Metaph. difficult
to be niihaestood, Jer. 38, 3.

“pa
straw, chaff; although these feminine
forms do not always thus imply a part or
particle.

2. Bezer, pr.n. a) A Levitical city
of refuge in the tribe of Reuben, Deut.
4, 43. Josh. 20, 8. 21, 36. RS Bosor.
b) m. 1 Chr. 7, 37.

MIZ2 f. 1. a fold, sheep-fold, Mic. 2, -
12; so called from the idea of restrain-
ing, see Tr. "%2 no. 2; comp. 823 from
nb>. Chald. NATED an enclosure, stall,

2. Pr. a fortress, strong-hold, i. q.
"372 ; hence pr. n. ἜΣΚΕΝ one of the
chief cities of the Edomites, Is. 34, 6. 63,
1. Jer. 49, 13. 22. Am.1,12; comp. Gen.
36, 33. There can scarcely be a doubt
that it was the same with el-Busaireh

(% Ae AJ} dimin. from ὅ ; Busrah),
a village and castle in Arabia Petrea
south-east of the Dead Sea; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p.570. I formerly held
that Bozrah of the Edomites was identi-
cal with Bozrah of Auranitis or Hauran;
see Comm. ad Is. 1. c. Burckhardt’s
Travels in Syria etc. p. 226 sq. Yet
I cannot but assent, to the reasons urged
to the contrary by Raumer, Hitzig, and
Robinson I. c.

723 m. a fortress, strong-hold, Zech.
9,12. R, X23 no. 2.

MZ f. (r. ἼΣΞ no. 2) a cutting off of
rain, drought, Jer. 17,8; Sept. ἀβροχία.
Plur. mingza Jer. 14,1; comp. Lehrg: p.
600.—Some refer hither the word 7724
Ps. 9,10. 10,1; but 3 is there a prefix.

papa m. (τ. pp2) 1. @ bottle, so
called from the gurgling or bubbling
sound made in emptying; 1 K. 14,3. Jer.

19, 1.10. Syr. Lani, and Gr. βόμ-
βυλος, βομβύλη, also from the sound.
Comp. Maltese bakbijka, under r. Ppa.

2. Bakbuk, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 51. Neh.
7, 53.

mpaps (emptying i. e. wasting of
ie α Bakbukiah, pr. n.m. Neh. 11,
17. 12, 9. 25.

ἼΡΞΡΞ (perh. ig. "3 P2P2 wasting
of the mount) Bakbakkar, pr. ἢ. τῇ.
1 Chr. 9, 15.

ΡΞ. ig.
Num. 34, 22.
36 [51].

wmpa, Bukki. pr.n.m. a)
'b) 1 Chr. 5, 31 (6, 5]. 6

=

WPS (wasting from Jehovah) Buk-
kiah, pr. τι. τὰ. 1 Chr. 25, 4. 13.

ΦΡΞ m. plur. o-y"F3, clefts, fissures,
breaches, Am. 6, 11. Ἢ 92, 9. ΠΟ.

* Spa fut. >p27, inf. c. suff oypa.

1. to cleave asunder, to rend, to divide.
Kindred are 323, Syr. wos.. The sig-
nification of cleaving and opening, as
proceeding from a blow or violence (see
P28, 22) and inherent in the syllables
ἘΞ, PP, is found also in the kindred roots
mp, “pa, -22.—Spec. to cleave wood
Ece. 10, 9; to divide the sea, spoken of
God, Ex. 14,16; tovip-up women with
child Am. 1, 13; to rend or wound the
shoulder Ez. 29,7. Of a city, to rend
its walls, to break open, to take by
storm, to subdue; 2 Chr. 32, 1 "Qn"
smbx expa> and thought to subdue these
cities Lo “himself. 21, 17.— With 3, to
cleave into or through any ibar to
break through, 2 Sam. 23, 16. 1 Chr. 11,
18.

2. to cleave. to lay open any thing shut,
so that what is enclosed may be set free
and break forth. Is. 48, 21 he clave the
rock, the waters gushed forth. Judg. 15,
19.—Pregn. and constr. with ace. of pe
thing bursting forth; Ps. 74,15 Hsp
dri yn thou didst cleave (and ΤΣ
burst ‘forth) fountains and torrents.
Comp. Niphal, Pi. no. 3, and Gr. ῥήγνυσι
δάκρυα, πηγάς, to shed tears, to send
forth fountains.

3. to cleave eggs, spoken of a fowl,
i. 6. to hatch, Is. 34, 15.

Niew. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be cleft
asunder ; intrans. to be divided, to open
itself, 6. g. the earth Num. 16, 31. Zech.
14,4. Also to be rent, ruptured, Job 26,
8. 32, 19. 2 Chr. 25, 12; to be broken in
upon, to be taken by storm, as a city 2K.
25,4. Jer. 52, 7.

2. Pass..of Kal no 2, to be opened, as
fountains Gen. 7, 11. Spoken also of
waters which break forth, Is. 35,6. Prov.
3, 20; so the light Is. 58, 8. Comp.
synon. "YB, ἘΞ, 725, in which the
idea of cleaving, rending, is also trans-
ferred te the thing bursting forth.

3. Pass. of Kal no. 3, to be hatched. to
break forth from an egg, as the viper’s
brood Is. 59, 5. '

152

Other plains take their names from ad-

*p= ;
4. to be rent, hyperbol. for to be shaken, _
to tremble, e. g. the earth, 1 K. 1, 40. :
Piet >pa, fut. >p29 1. 1. ᾳ. Kal no,
1, to cleave, as wood Gen. 22, 3, a rock
Ps, 78,15; to rip up women with child,
2 K. 8, 15. 15, 16.

2. to rend, to tear in pieces, as wild} :
beasts, i.g. 20, Hos. 13, 8. 2K. 2, 24.

3. i.g. Kal no. 2, to open, to cause to :
break forth, e.g. waters from a rock Job
28, 10; torrents. Hab. 3,9, comp. in Kal
Ps, 74,15; a wind Ez. 13, 11. 13. |

A, i. ἃ. Kal no. 3, to hatch eggs, Is. 59, 5. |

PuaL 5193 to be cleft rent, Josh. 9, 4:
lo be ripped up Hos. 14,1 (13, 16]; of a
city, i.q. Niph. to be broken into, to be
taken by storm, Ez. 26, 10. }

Hipu. 1: i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, to rend or
break opena city, i.e. totake it by storm,
to subdue, Is. 7, 6. Ε

2. With >x, iocleate -or break through
to any one, 2 K. 3, 26. Comp. in Kal
no. 1 ult.

Horn. 3227 pass. of Hiph. no. 1, to
be broken open, taken, as a city, Jer.
39, 2. }
Prrira, to be cleft, rent, Josh. 9, 13.
Mic. 1, 4. 7

aite, P"Pa, pie the three here fol-
lowing. q

Yea m. a part, half ;. spec. hal a
shekel, Gen. 24, 22. Ex. 38, 26. :

NOP2 Chald. Dan. 3, 1, i. 4. Heb.
n>pa.

ΓΞ, f. (τ. 553) Aa mispa, a val-
ley, pr. a cleft of the mountains ; opp.
to mountains Deut. 8, 7. 11, 11. Ps, 104,
8; to hills Is. 41, 18. Often also Saale
low plain, a ἜΣ plain, level country,
Sept. πεδίον, e.g. that in which Babylon
was situated, es 11,2; comp. Ez. 3,
23. 37,1.2. jabn mepa valley or plain
of Lebanon, lying at the foot of Hernton
and Anti-Lebanon around the sources
of the Jordan, Josh. 11, 17. 12,7; not
the valley between Lebanon and Anti-
Lebanon, the Celesyria of Strabo,
and el-Bikd’a Lat of the Arabs.

jacent cities, as ὙΠ} PER gia Chr. 35,
22; in7 "3 Deut. 34, 3; 7a Am.
1, 5; see in TR is no. te ἐς 7

{psao, Arab. oi Seis and Rada

Ppa

, Pe pa 1. to pour out, to empty, sc. a

vessel, bottle, see piapa. Arab. BA
onomatopoetic from the sound of a bot-
tle in being emptied; like Pers. (hale
gulgul, Engl. to gurgle, to bubble. In
the Maltese dialect, bakbak is to boil, as
water, like Arab. eas, A
a bubble in water; bakbijka, bekbika, a
bottle. Comp. ainh vid, YAVa, P2a.—
Trop. a) to empty of inhabitants, χὰ de-
populate a land Is. 24,1; to spoil, to pil-
lage a people, Nah. 2 3, b) Jer. 19,7
πη ΤΣ τὰς "nea 7 will empty out,
pour out, the counsel of Judah, i. 6. will
make them without counsel. Comp.
Niph. Is. 19, 3.

2. Intrans. to be poured out, i. q. to
spread wide, spoken of luxuriant growth
and foliage. Hos. 10,1 ppa 182 a
spreading vine; Sept. ἄμπελος εὐκλη-
ματοῦσα, Vulg. frondosa.

Nips. P33, infinit. Pian, fut. pia.

1. Pass. of Kal no. 1. a, Is. 24, 3.

2. Pass. of Kal no. 1. b. Is. 19, 3
Ja9p2 OMS Min ΠΡΞ} the spirit of
Egypt shall be emptied out from within
him, i.e. Egypt shall Be wholly deprived
of épinit understanding, The form "p33
is for P32, see Lehrg. p. 372.

Po. ῬΡῚΞ i. q. Kal 1. a, to empty a
land, to depopulate, Jer. 51, 2.

Deriv. ἢ ΤΊΞΡΞ, and pr. names T3Papa,
"PS, mepR , par.

* "P= in Kal not used, pr. i. q. Arab. ,

mr to cleave, to divide, to lay open,

_kindr, with r..22. The notion of cleav-

ing, laying open, is in this root transfer-
red to signify :

1. to cleave the soil, to plough, Lat.
arare, comp. OI, ΠΏ, 175. Hence
ἽΡΞ armentum qs. aramentum, cattle.

2. to burst forth, to break forth, as
light, see >pa Kal and Niph. no. 3.
Hence "P3 morning. *

3: to search into, to inquire ; Syr.
89 ἴο search, to examine, [ΒΕ and
{,22 search, inquisition. Also in the
sense to look at, to inspect ; so in

Pie, “pa 1. to search, to inspect

carefully, to take note of any thing, with
> Lev. 13, 36; 5- ῦ5 (comp. 472 no. 1)

153

; bokka,

“pa

Lev. 27, 33. With 3, to look at with
pleasare, to behold sith admiration, to
admire, Ps. 27,4. Comp. 3 B. 4. a.

2. to look after, to take care of, c. acc.
Ez. 34, 11. 12.

3. to look at mentally, to consider, to
think upon, 2 K. 16, 15. Prov. 20, 25.

4. to take note of any one, to animad-
vert, i. 6. to punish ; comp. ΓΞ.

The derivatives all follow.

ΡΞ Chald. in Pr. not used.

Pa. "p32, plur. "p32, fut. "p24, inf.
mp2, to search, to inquire, to examine
Ezra 4, 15. 19. 6, 1; 6. 59 7. 14.

Irnpa. pass. Ezra 5, 17.

ΡΞ comm. gend. τη. Ex. 21, 37; ἢ
Job 1, 14.

1. a beeve, Lat. bos, male or female,
ox or cow, so called as used for plough-
ing ; seer. ΖΞ no. 1. So according to
Varro de L. L. 4. 19, Lat. armentum for

GS-7 οἱ Ε
aramentum ; and Arab. 85, according

to Damiri so called as cleaving the
ground with a plough; see Bochart
Hieroz. I. 280; or according to Ewald
from the cloven hoofs, Gramm. § 358.—
Plur. Am. 6, 12. Neh. 10, 37. 2 Chr. 4, 3.
Elsewhere always

2. Collect. oxen, cattle, herd of neat

59 mm .
cattle, Arab. re id. and noun, of unity |

S
oe ee

s ἢ) an ox.

Syr. ἵμα a herd, pr. οὔ"
oxen, but in a wider sense also of other
herds and flocks. Comp. "pia.—So jXx
“P21 sheep and oxen, flocks and herds,
Gen. 12, 16. 13, 5. 20,14. Deut. 32, 14
“pa mxan milk of kine. It is joined:
a) With numerals, opp. "18 an ox, etc.
comp. Γ and Ἰδὲς, Ex. 21, 37 [22, 1] if
a man steal an ox (7"d).. "pl nwan
“iwi mom obi. five oxen shall he re-
store for the one. Num. 7, 3 “wy "20
“pa. v.17 D320 ΡΞ, »b) With verbs
and adjectives ibe 2 Sam. 6,6 "3

“Part ἸῺ for the oxen were restive. 1
K. 5, 3. Also with fem. where kine are
understood, Job 1, 14. Gen. 33, 13.—
"Paria >a¥ a young calf Lev. 9,2 ; n2ay
“pa Is. 7, 21, and simpl. “3.3 Gen.
18, 7. 8, ἃ calf Of the figures of oxen
1. KI; 29:

Hence the denom. “p13.

\

“pa

“pa τῇ. plur.b"4p2 1. morning, the
dawn, or even before light, Ruth 3, 14;

pr. daa brehh from the breaking forth of

the i ; see r. "P2 no. 2. Arab.

“Pa ἫΝ δὰ morning light 2 Sam. 23, 4.

Acc. as adv. in the morning, early, (like

Arab. Ὁ Χ3,) Ps. 5, 4; oftener “p22
early Gen. 19, 27, and poet. "P22 Ps. 30,
6. 59, 17; which elsewhere is also 79
“pa Deut. 16,4. Ps. 130,6. Distribu-
tively "PB2 "p22 Ex. 16, 21. 30, 7. 36,
3. Lev. 6, 53 ἘΡ bab oe Ee) 1 Chr. 9, 27;
ἘΞ Ps, 73, τ. 101, 8. Is. 33, 2. Lam.
3, 23; ΓΕ Job 7, 18 ; all signifying
every morning. —Metaph. morning, q. d.
dawn of prosperity, happiness, Job 11, 17.
2. Spec. the next morning, Ex. 29, 34.
Lev. 19, 13. 22, 30. Num. 9, 12, Judg.
6, 31 "RAND ran i> 3.1 “Wr he that
will pipe for him, let him be put to death

5 id. comp. r. "23 no. 1.—So

_ before morning ; Vulg. antequam lux

crastina veniat, Sept. ἕως πρωΐ.--- Hence
the morrow, i. q. "7172 (comp. W728), and
as Adv. to-morrow, Ex. 16, 7. Num. 16, 5
(comp. v. 16); i. ᾳ. "F223 1 Sam. 19, 2.
Also for early, soon, speedily, Ps. é, 4
init. 90, 14. 148, 8; “pBd id. Ps. 49, 15.

mp2 ἢ (Kamets impure, pr. Inf.
Aram. in Paél) a looking after, care, Ez.
34,12. R. “pa Pi. no. 2.

MP2 £. animadversion, i. e. punish-
ment, chastisement, Lev. 19,20. R."p2
Pi. no. 4.

ie .

upa in Kal not used, to seek, to
search, (see Pi.) corresponding to Arab.
Gauss, Chald. 82, to inquire into, to
scrutinize, which is kindr. with 5m.
The primary idea seems to be that of
touching. feeling out; Syr. Wares a touch-

ing ; comp. YW: to feel out, ΘῈ to seek

pr. by feeling.

Pir, tP2 1. to seek, to search for, to
inquire after ; absol. 2 K. 2,17; acc. of
pers. or thing Gen. 37, 15. 16. 1 Sam.
10, 14. With >, to search: ἧς inquire
into any thing, ‘Job 10, 6; different is
Gen. 43,30 niza> TEI he sought whee
to weep, i.e.a place where. Sometimes
6. dat. commodi ἴθ, 1 Sam. 28, 7. Lam.
1.19; hence, with this dat. to seek out

154

apa
for oneself, i. q. to choose, 1 Sauk 13, 14.
Is. 40,20; comp. Ez. 22, 30. —Spec. ay
to sebhe ihe face, presence, of a king, i. e.
to go to him, to wish to see him, 1 K.
10, 24; also to supplicate his favour,
Prov. 29, 26. Ὁ) to seek the face of Je-
hovah, pr. to turn unto him, to draw near —
to ἬΜᾳ espec. with prayer ‘and supplica- |
tion, 2 Sam. 12, 16. Ps. 24, 6. 27, 8. 105,
4; or to inquire of him, to deel a re-
sponse, 2 Sam. 21, 1; or in order to ap-
pease his anger, Hos. 5,15. The same —
is: c) Min-ry Vea Ex. 33, 7. 2 Chr, |
20,4. Opp. Ἀπ to find God, i. 6. to be ~
heard by him, Deut. 4, 29. Is. 65, 1.
mins wpa they who seele Jehovah, his’
worshippers, Ps. 40, 17. 69, 7. 105, 3. Is. d
51.1. Comp. 85 no. 2.
2. to seek, to strive after, to try to gain,
8. g. the priéathoad Num. 16, 10, false-
hood Ps. 4, 3, love Prov. 17, 9; rarely
with > PSE 18,1. So ‘pS ΘῈΣ ᾿ῬἘΞ to
seek the life of any one, to plot against
him, Ex. 4, 19. 1 Sam. 20, 1. 22, 23. 23,
15. 2 Sam. 4, 8. 16, 11; once in a good.
sense, to seeks prea one’s life, Prov.
29, 10 ; comp. wEy 43 Ps. 142,5. Also
‘p ὈΣῚ wpa to seek the hurt of any one,
to strive to do him harm or to destroy
him, 1 Sam. 24, 10. Ps. 71, 13. 24. wpa
τὶ ΓΙΣ ἃ. 1 Sam. 25, 26. With inf. Cs]
Ὁ to seek to do any thing e. g. 1 Sam.
19, 2 FNVAMI> "AN DANw Opa Saul my
father seeketh to kill thee. Ex. 2, 15. 4
24; inf simpl. Jer. 26, 21.
3. to require, to demand, Neh. 5, 18;
c. 7a Ps. 104, 21; 127 Gen. 31, 39. 43,9.
Is. 1,12. Spec. Ἔ 38 Ὲ 53 WPA to 78-
quire the blood of any one at the hand of
or from any one, i. 6. to exact or inflict
punishment for bloodshed, 2 Sam. 4, 11.
Ez. 3, 18. 20. 33, 8; without 03 1 Sam.
20, 16.
4. to seek from any one, i. 8. to ask, to
request, with 2 of pers. Ezra 8, 21. Dan
1,8; also acc. of thing Esth. 2,15. With
by to entreat for any one, to supplicate
for, Esth. 4, 8. 7, 7.
5. to inquire of any one, to intertall fe
6. 172 Dan. 1, 20. :
Pua. to be sought Ez. 26, 21. Jer. 50,
20. Esth. 2, 23—Hence

mvp. f. (Kamets impure) 7eq ost,
entreaty, Esth. 5, 3. 7. 8. Ezra 7 6. a

τῳ ὉΝ
Se «αὐ ΣΝ

—_—

— ΨΎῚ

ΠΡ Ὁ 1ὅδ᾽

/

I. "3 m. c. suff” "72, a son, from the
idea of begetting, Being born, see r. nua
no. 3, and Niph. no. 2; the common
word jm son in the Cheldes, but in He-
brew only poetic. T'wice, Prov. 31, 2.
Ps. 2, 12 "2 1pw2 kiss the son sc. of J ghee:

_ vah, the king ; comp. v. 7, and 13 Is. 9,
D. Gincr here take 72 in the sense of
chosen or pure (from "2, see "2 no. II),
and suppose the king to be saluted by
the title of the chosen, the pure, i. q. ""113
m0%; but this is less satisfactory.

IL. "2 f. 73, adj. from r. "73.

1. chosen, δ δεν, Cant. 6,9 wn m3
FInT>i72 she ig the beloved of her mother,
her mother’s delight.

2. pure, clear. Cant. 6, 10 fair as the
moon, a2 ΓΞ clear as the sun, i. 6. of

purest brightness.
sense: 322 “2 pure in heart, Ps. 24, 4.

73,1. See τ΄ 3 no. 3. Ὁ.

Ε΄ .3..clean, i. e. empty, of a stall or barn,
Prov. 14, 4.

III. 13 m. Am. 5, 11. 8, 6. Ps. 72,16;
_ elsewhere "2, subst. R."93.

1. corn, grain, pr. that which has been
cleansed, winnowed, (comp. Jer. 4, 11,)
and is stored up in garners or sold, Gen.
41, 35. 49. Prov. 11, 26. Joel 2,24. Once
of grain se in the fields, Ps. 65,

14. anh kor A,

-also Lat. fier, whence farina.
_ 2. the open fields, country, Job 39, 4.
See Chald. "2 II.

I. 72 Chald. m. c. suff. #93 Dan. 5,
22. Plur. "23, see in ἼΞ p. 139.
ΠῚ. a@son, Dan: 6,1. }M2N-2 son of
the gods Dan. 3, 25.

ΠΡ ὦ prandson, descendant, Ezra 5, rs
comp. Zech. 1, 1.

II. 2 Chald..m. emph. 873, the open
field, campus, pr. campus purus Liv. 24.
14; i. e. the open country without woods
or villages, Dan. 2, 38. 4, 18. 22. 29.—

ΓΝ
gu με: we

Arab. r? Koy

3 wheat ; 3 corresponding is

campus, the open
elds, desert, Syr. Fe id.

"2 see D2.

La pit, see "3.

Il. "5 m. (r. 473) once N13 Job 9, 30.

Metaph. in a moral -

1. cleanness, pureness, mostly with

NAS

p15" Ps. 18, 21. 25, or 5182 Job 9, 30. 22,
30, i. e. cleanness of hands, metaph. for
innocence. Once A simpl. in the same
sense, 2 Sam. 22, 25.

2. That which cleanses, salt of lye,
vegetable salt, alkali, e. g. potash or soda,
i.g. M72 α΄ v. Job 9,30. The ancients
made use of alkali, both as mingled with
oil instead of soap for washing, Job 9, 30 ;
and also in smelting metals to make them
melt and flow more readily and purely,

Ts. 1, 25.

τ X73 fut. 8727 1. pr. to cut, to cut
out, to carve, to forin by cutting or carv-

Arab. [9 final Ye and

fut. J, to cut out, to cut or pare down, to
plane and polish. For the notion of
breaking, cutting, separating, which is
inherent in the radical syllable "5, see
under 138. The same belongs also to
the softer syllable "3; comp. "23, 773,
w2a, M22; 772 to scatter, 712 pr. to
break; also 727,

2. to form, to create, to produce. Comp.

pe to smooth, to polish, then to form
to create; also Germ. schaffen, Dan.
skabe, which is of the same stock with
Germ. schaben, Belg. schdeven, Eng. to

ing, see Piel.

oe δ.
shave. Arab. In id. (Sb creator. Syr.

Chald. {-2, οὔ, 822 id.—Spoken of
the creation of the heavens and the earth
Gen. 1,1; of men Gen. 1, 27. 5,1.2. 6,7;
spec. of Israel Is. 43, 1. 15. Jer. 31, 22
VI. HVIN mint x12 Jehovah hath
created a new thing in the earth, a wo

man shall protect a man ; comp. Num.
6, 30. Is. 65, 18 DY2WATI“MY NI] 72
nay behold, I create Jerusalem a re-
joicing, i.e. cause her to rejoice. Part.
77872 in Plur. majest. thy creator Kee.
12, 1.—In Gen. 2. 3 is read: miws> x12
ich he created in making, i. e. ‘which
he made increating. As to the construc-
tion, comp.rthe formulas mivy> ΛΠ,

niws> yan.

3. to beget, to bring forth, whence
"2 son; see Niph. no. 2. Chald. Ithpe.
genitus est.

4. to feed, to eat, to grow fat, from the
idea of cutting up food; hence Hiph. to
fatten, and 86]. δὰ" 3 fattened, fat. Comp.

NTS

s

Ἐ
m2 no. 2. Kindred roots are hs to be

filled with food, S)9 and ἊΣ to be fat,

8172 to be well-fed, 8°70 i. q. 8" fat-
tened, fat, and Gr. Boow (βιβρώσκω),
whence Bogus Lat. vorare.

Nipu. - 1. to be created Gen. 2,4. 5,2;
to be made, done, Ex. 34, 10.

2. Pass. of Kal no. 3, to be born Ez. 21,
35 [30]. 28, 13. Ps. 104, 30.

Pret 852 1. to cut, to cut down, e.g.
with a sword Ex. 23, 47; wood, a forest
with an axe, Josh. 17,15 get thee up to
the forest OY ἢ" MXI29 and there cut
thee down room; Vulg. well, ibigue suc-
cide tibi spatia ; so v. 18 but the moun-
tain shall be thine, 1M8935 NAN AD ἘΦ
for it is a forest, and thou shalt cut it
down.

2. to form, to fashion, to make, i. q.
Ἔχ, Ez. 21, 24 [19].

Hrx. causat. of Kal no. 4, to feed, to
fatten, to make fat, 1 Sam. 2, 29.

Deriv. "2 I, 83, HN72, and pr. n.
ΓΑΝΞ.

N72, (872, see *wIA-N7a p. 129.

yas JIN Berodach Baladan,

pr. ἢ. of a king of Babylon, 2 K. 20, 12;
called also Merodach Baladan Is. 39, 1.
This latter orthography seems to be
more ancient, and accords better with
the etymology; see in FIN.

M2872 (whom Jehovah created) Be-
raiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 21.

B22 m. plur. fowlsywhich are said
to be fattened for the table of Solomon,
1 K. 5,3 [4,23]. Kimchi understands
capons ; but more prob. with the Tar-
gum of Jerus. geese, so called from the
pureness and whiteness of their plu-
mage; from r. "13 no. 8.

4 m3 pr. to strew, to scatter, to sprin-
kle,.comp. 728 and "33, 55; hence
to scatter hail, to hail, Is, 80 si Eth,

OZR, Syr. {9-5 hail; Arab. oe hail ;
323 to be cold, to hail; but the signif.

ν ala is secondary, and derived from
that of hail.
Deriv. ‘4—7732.

156

stuffs, damask cloths, in which threac

"a

Ta m. hail, Ex. 9, 18 sq. 10, ὅ 54.
Ps. 18, 13, 14. 78, 47.48. 92 "23% hail-—
stones, i. q. hail; see ἸΞὶξ. |

72 adj. (τ. 733) plur. 5°93, pr.

strewed or sprinkled with spots, spotted, .
prebald, spoken of goats Gen. 31, 10. 12;

of horses Zech.6,3.6. So Lat. sparsus —
albo pelles, Virg. Eel. 2. 41. It differs —
from “p32 in Gen. 1]. 6. in that the lat-
ter denotes smaller spots, speckled.—

Arab. ὃ 3 and 8353 party-coloured gar-
ment; by transp. dj) Conj. If, to be
spotted, piebald, spoken of sheep. Syr.
Licr> a leopard, panther, so called from
his spots; and from this source have
doubtless come also Gr. and Lat. 2agdos,

pardus. From the above Arabic word
comes the Fr. broder, Engl. to broider.

"Ξ (hail) Bered, pr.n. a) A place
in the desert of Shur, Gen. 16, 14; comp.
v. 7. b) m.1 Chr. 7, 20.

* FINS fat. mgt 1.1. ἃ. kindr. = ;

to cut, to cut asunder ; comp. Arab. ' 2

final Waw, to cut out or off, also 833
1. Hence M72 covenant, so called from
cutting in two or dividing the victims.

2. to eat, ig. 8723 no. 4, from the idee
of cutting up food ; like "35 no. 3, and
many verbs of cutting in ‘Arabic, see
Thesaur. p. 238. Comp. Boom, βιβ σώ:
σκω.---ῷ Sam. 12,17 ὉΤῚΡ 173, ig. 53
ond, see Dax no. 1. c. 2 Sam. 13, 6. 10

3. “to select, to choose out, likeyrise fron
the idea of cutting out and separating
see "72 no. 2. 1 Sam. 17,8 Hx pad 975
choose you out a man. .

Pret inf, min i. 4: Kal no. 2.
4, 10.

Hipu. causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause t
eat, to give to eat, with two acc. 2 Sam
3, 35; 13;'5.

Deriv. "72,7793, nina, ma.

JI72 (blessed, Benedict) Baruch, pi
n. a) The friend and companion of th
prophet Jeremiah, to whom the apocry
phal book of the same name is ascribe
Jer. 32, 12-16. 36, 4 πᾳ. 43, 3-6. 45, 1.2
b) Neh. 3, 20. 10,7. 6) Neh. 11, 5.

pains τῇ. plur. Ez, 27,24, vareg

: m2

of various colours are woven together
in figures, etc. comp. r. 033 no. 2. So

Kimchi correctly. aes ΩΝ a thread

or cord of two colours,

nee: stuff woven
of such threads.

DiNS τὰ. ρίαν. owina 1. a cypress,
a tall and fruit or cone-bearing tree, Is.
_ 55, 13. Hos. 14, 9; constituting along
_ with the cedar, with which it is often
joined, the glory of Lebanon, Is. 14, 8.
37, 24. 60,13. Zech. 11, 2 comp. v. 1.
Its wood, like that of the cedar, was em-
ployed for the floors and ceilings of the
temple, 1 K. 5, 22. 24. 6, 15. 34. 2 Chr.
2,7. 3,5; also for the decks and sheath-
ing of ships Ez. 27,5; for spears Nah.
2,4; and for musical instruments 2 Sam.
6, 5. Once by Syriasm called mina
Cant. 1, 17.—That the cypress and not
the πε ϑοὶ is to be understood, is apparent
from the nature of the case, as well as
from the authority of ancient interpret-
ers; although this name may perhaps
also have comprehended other trees of
the pine genus; see more in Thesaur.
p. 246. As to its etymology, the name
seems to come from the idea of cutting
wp into boards, planks, etc. see r. W213.
[ The cypress is not now indigenous on
Lebanon, while the species of pine
known as the Pinus bruttia is found in
large tracts; Schubert Reise ins Mor-
genl. III. p. 347, 353. Hence, if an in-
ference may be drawn from the present
Flora to that of ancient times, the
wina was probably not the cypress, but
the pine.—R.

2. Any thing made of cypress [or
pine],e.g. a) alanceNah.2,4. b)a
musical instrument, 2 Sam. 6, 5.

PM τὰ. plur. oonina a cypress [or
pine], i.g. Bina q. v. a form tending to
Aramaism, Cant. 1,17. R. nia.

PANS f. food, Ps. 69,22. R. ΓΞ no. 2.

MONA Ez. 47,16, and "M772 2 Sam.
8, 8, (my wells, for "Ninx2,) Berothah,
Berothai, pr. n. of a city rich in brass,
formerly subject to the kings of Zobah,
and situated in the northern extremity
of Palestine. Some suppose it to be i. q.
Berytus, Beirit, a maritime city of Phe-
nicia; but from Ez. 1. c. it would seem

14

157

a

ma

not to have been situated on the coast.
but rather in the neighbourhood of Ha-
math. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii.
p. 292. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 441
sq. In the parallel passage 1 Chr. 18,8
it is 4D q. v.

r m3 obsol. root, Chald. and Talmud.
to transfix, to pierce; also 8192 a hole,
wound, made by piercing.—Hence quad-
rilit. 5792 and ΠΤ in next art.

ΓΟΤῚΞ (perh. m4 "82 well of olives)
Birzaith, pr. n. prob. fem. 1 Chr. 7, 31
Keri. But Chethibh has M113 (holes,
wounds, r. 2) Birzoth.

ὅΤΞ m. Deut. 19, 5, tron, ἃ quadril.
from Chald. τὴ to transhix, with: ὃ mddy
ed; comp. band from D732, 5390 from
an. Chald. ὈΠῚ3 and bap , Syr. Ἰῆ;5.

—Geh. 4, 22. Ez. 27, 12. 19. ete. Often
put as the symbol ie hardness and firm-
ness, as 193 wad a sceptre of iron, for
stern dominion Ps. 2, 9. Is. 48,4 "13
EID 5ΓἼΞ a sinew of iron is thy neck, in
allusion to the perverse obstinacy of a
people. Spec. an iron, i.e. an iron tool,
Deut. 27, 5. Josh. 8, 31; an axe 2 K. 6,
5. Is. 10, 34; trons, iron fetters Ps. 105,18
fully 913 "35 149, 8.

“3712 (iron, of iron, unless perh. we
compare Talmud. x>t%2 herdsman,
y{2"173 princes, ) Barzillai, pr.n. a)
A Gileadite distinguished for his hos-
pitality and liberality towards David,
2 Sam. 17, 27. 19, 32-39. 1K.2,7._ b)
A Meholathite, father of Adriel, 2 Sam.
21, 8. c) Ezra 2, 61.

i ΓΞ fut. M13" 1. fo pass through,
to reach across, as a bar or bolt; prob.

pr. to cut through, to break through ;

comp. 23, and for the signif: of cutting
and breaking which belongs to verbs
beginning with 93, "5, see above in
x a.—Ex. 36, 33 and he made the mid-
dle bar nxpAAy pwipA sina m435
MEPM7~>R to pass through the middle of
the boards from one end to the other.
Comp. Hiph. no. 1, and "92 a bar, bolt.
—Hence

2. to break away, to flee ; Arab. ΕΣ

to depart, to slip away, to escape into ἃ de-

sert place, er wl the son of flight

|

a gazelle.—Absol. Gen. 31,22.27. 1 Sam.
19, 18; acc. of place whither, 1 Sam.
27,4; thao Ὁ Neh. 13, 10, >& Num. 24,
11: ἜΗΝ ἸῺ of es whence 1 Sam.
20,1. The person from whom one flies
is preceded by "282 Gen. 16, 8. 35, 1. 7,
"pba Jon. 1, 3, 772 Is. 48, 20, 137 rom
one’s hand i. e. his power Job 27, 22,
exo from with 1 K. 11, 23.—It differs
from vbam to escape, e.g. 1 Sam. 19,
12 wba) mass 251 and he departed,
and fled, and escaped: —To the imperat.
is sometimes added the dat. 42-73 q. ἃ.
in Engl. get thee away, flee, Gen. 27, 43.

Num. 24, 11. Am. 7, 12. Comp. Fr.
senfuir.
Notre. In one passage, Ex. 14, 5,

Michaelis and others assign to ΓΞ the

signif. of Arab. 5 a to turn the left side

or to the left. But this is needless; for

it might well be said of a people, whom

Pharaoh had expected to return after

three days, but who were now prepa-

ring to pass into Arabia, that they fled.
Hipx. 1. 1. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, Ex. 26, 28.
2. to make flee, to put to flight, J ob 41,

20. Also to chase away, Neh. 13, 28.
Deriv. 92, M32, and

M2 Is. 27,1. Job 26, 13, and "2
plur, oon ie 43, 14; for mag, after
the form DoT.

1. One who flies, a fugitive, Is. 43, 14.
Also fleeing, the fleet, as a poetical epi-
thet for the serpent, Is. 27,1; likewise a
constellation Job 26, 13.

2. Bariah, pr. τι. τη. 1 Chr. 3, 22.

“O72 see in pna.

"3 adj. (r. H3) fmm, fat, i. q.
R "a, comp. the root no. 2. Ez. 34, ον
πὴ, mw a fat sheep, where perh. i
should read m2, or with three Misa
m2 .—In Job 37, 11 39 II ΚΠ AR,
many interpreters following the Chaldee
and Rabbins explain "2 by pureness,
spec.' clearness, serenity of the heavens,
(Targ. 8mi7"2,) and then render the
whole clause: also serenity dispelleth the
cloud. But the interpretation given be-
low in art. MX is more satisfactory.

"3 (i. ᾳ. ΝΞ. q. ἃ. fontanus) Beri,
pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 7, 36.

NX" adj. fatted, fat, seer. N73 no. 4;

158

“2 wg
of men Judg. 3,17. Dan. 1, 15; of kine —
Gen. 41, 2. 4. 18. 20; of ears of grain ib.
v. 5.7, comp. 225; of food Hab. 1, 16.

Fem. n&8™25 δε δῶ the fatlings, din fat
flock or herd, Zech. 11, 16. Ez. 34, 3

MwA f. (τ. 82) a creation, thing
created or performed of God, espec. new —
and unheard of, Num. 16, 30. Comp. —
Jer. 31, 22.

ΓΞ f foods 2 Sam. 13, 5. 7. 10. R.
ΓΞ no. 2.

T")2 see 173.

m3 m. plur. 0°73, from r. ΤῚΣ
no, 14.

1. a bar, cross-bar, which passed from
one side of the tabernacle to the other
through rings attached to each board.
and thus held the boards together; so
called from passing through, as Lat.
transtrum for transitrum. Ex. 26, 26 sq.
35, 11. 36, 31 sq. Num. 3,36, 4,31.

2. a bar, bolt, for fastening a gate or
door, Judg. 16, 3. Neh. 3,3 sq. al. In
Jon. 2,7 the bars of the earth are the
bars of the gate which leads into the
deep recesses of the earth, i.e. into Sheol, ©
ig. DY 43 Job 17, 16. —Metaph. bares
bolts, for princes, as sidiend to protect and
ἜΤ a state (comp. 72 Hos. 11, 6); Is.
15,5 "9S 79 I his princes flee unto
Zoar. Jerome, vectes ejus. Yet perhaps
such an ellipsis of the verb to flee is here
too harsh, especially as there has been
no previous mention of flight; and I
would prefer therefore with Chald. Saad.
Kimchi, to render 4°72 his fugitives ;
whether we read it 4°42, or deriv 5.
mya from ΓΞ with Kaméts pure,
after the form mys.

"3 (put for D3, wells) Berim,
pr. name of a place or district in the
north of Palestine, 2 Sam. 20, 14.—R.

My"2 (gift, donation, τ. 92) Beriah,
pr.n.m. a) A βοὴ οὗ Ephrainé 1 Chr.
7, 23 and he called his name Beriah
in33 MMI MP3 "D because a gift was
unto his "house ; so at least Michaelis
Suppl. 224. Better it would seem:
cause evil, calamity, was unto his :
mp1 Reine for 42" with Beth pleonastic
see 3 lett. C; comp. v. 21. 22. Sept. ὅτι
ἐν κακοῖς ἐγένετο ἐν οἴκῳ μου. Ὑαΐσ. e
quod in malis domus ejus ortus esset. b

-«

Γ

i ; "2 ) ΄

Gen. 46,17. 6) 1 Chr.8,13. d) 1 Chr.
23, 10.—Patronym. from Ὁ, ἼΣΗΣ Be-
) ea Num. 26, 44. |

ΓΒ f. (τ. 92) 1. acovenant, league,
' usually referred to the cutting in pieces of
the victims which were sacrificed on con-
eluding a solemn covenant, and between
the parts of which the co atradting parties
were accustomed to pass ; see in r. ΓΞ
-and Gen. 15, 9 sq. But the idea sug-
“gested by Lee (Heb. Lex. h. v.) deserves
attention, viz. that ΓΞ is strictly no-
thing more than an eating together, ban-
quet, from "93 no. 2; since among Ori-
entals to eat together ts almost the same
as to make a covenant of friendship.
The Hebrews too were accustomed to
eat together when entering into a cove-
nant, see Gen. 31, 54; and in this way
we obtain an explanation of ΠΡ m772
covenant (an eating ?) of salt, see nba.
—Spoken of a league bbtieek nations
or tribes Josh. 9, 6 sq. or between private
persons and friends 1 Sam. 18, 3. 23, 18;
of the matrimonial covenant Mal. 2, 14.
“pan Ὁ Σ3 Gen. 14, 13, and "2x
Ῥ ΠῚ Obad. 7, possessors or men of a
covenant, i. 6. confeilerate with any one.
mana τὶ Judg. 9, 46, ig. MA ὉΣΞ v. 4,
god or guardian of covenants ; see in b35
no.5.a.—The verbs Aeoroved to express
-the making and sanctioning of a cove-
nant, are: M3, DPM, 29, ob 2 Sam.
23,5,2 Nia, 3 “3 Deut. 29, 11, all which
see in (aioir order. Those which denote
its violation, are: "BM, 55M, 31d, a “pw.
The covenant of any one is the covenant
made by or with him, Lev. 26, 45. Deut.
‘4, 31; mint ma the covenant entered
into with Jehovah Deut. 4, 23. 29, 24. al.
Spec. and very freq. dasbeat of the ceve-
nant instituted between God and Abra-
ham Gen. c. 15, ο. 17; confirmed with
Moses Ex. 24, 7. 8. 34, 27. Deut. 5,25 to
be renewed and ennobled in after times
through the intervention of prophets
and the Messiah, Is. 42, 6. 49, 8. Mal. 3,
1; comp. Jer. 31, 33. The land pro-
mised and given to the people of Israel
by this covenant is called "720 yo
the covenant land Ez. 30,53; and the
people itself, 83> mena the λῶν covenant
(people) Dan. 11, 28. 30. man ΝΘ

159

ΤΞ
the messenger of the (new) covenant

μεσίτης, i. 6. the Messiah, Mal. 3, 1.
2. Elsewhere it sigflifies also the con-

dition of God’s covenant with Israel, viz.

a) the covenant promise of God, Is. 59,
21. b) Oftener the precepts of Gx d
which are to be observed by Israel, thu
divine law, i. q. πο. Hence mins
nan Dent 9,9, 15; Mima m2 FAN
and myn ins the ark of the covenant
or law, i.e. in which the tables of the law:
were preserved; see 1. So "25
mean the words of the covenant or law
Jer. 11, 2-8. 34, 18. Ex. 34,28 man “133
Seerets mv the words of the covenant
or law, the ten commandments. “BO
man the book of the law} spoken both
of its earliest beginnings, Ex, 24,7; and
also of the whole collection of lain: 2K.
23, 2. 21. 2 Chr. 34, 30.—For a covenant
of salt, see inM>2.

3. Ellipt. a) i.g. M*I3N ΝΘ the mes-
senger of the (new) covenant, its interpre-
ter, μεσίτης, i. 6. the intriatcnie of a new
law and new dispensation, the Messiah,
Is. 42, 6. 49,8; comp. Mal. 3,1. b) i. q.
ΓΞ Mix the sign of the covenant, i.e. cir-
cumcision, Gen. 17, 10. 13; comp. v. 11.

ΓΞ f. pr. that which cleanses, any
thing used for cleansing and scouring ;
from 75 q. v. with the fem. adj. ending
τς, Spec. salt of lye, vegetable salt,
alkali, (that from minerals is called
"m2 q. v.) obtained from the ashes of
various plants of a saltish or alkaline

AE Gee ea

nature, Arab. ΑΝ ey ral , AS,
Salsola Kali Linn. The ancients made
use of this along with oil for washing
and scouring garments instead of soap,
Jer. 2, 22; and also in refining metals,
Mal. 3, 2.—See more on the various
names and uses of these plants, in Bo-
chart Hieroz. Il. p. 43 sq. Celsius Hi-
erob. I. 449 sq. C. B. Michaelis Epist
ad Fr. Hoffmannum de herba Borith,
Hale 1728. J. Beckmann Beytrage zur
Geschichte d. Erfindd. [V. p. 10 sq.

* lS fut. Gras 1. to bend the knee,
Arab. &. ey Ethiop. NZ,
Syr. ¥i2, id. The primary notion is

that of breaking down, comp. P18; and
for the connection of these two ideas, -

to kneel ;

ia a=

see under 9493, 923 .—2 Chr. 6,13 724"
mp a-by and’ he Inecled down upon his
knees ; comp. Dan. 6.13. Ps. 95,6 Oh
come...1289 mim "2d M395) let us
kneel befure Jehovah our maker. See
Hiph. and 473 knee.

2. toinvoke God, to bless; often in Piel,
butin Kal only Part. pass. 3392 adored,
blessed, Sept. εὐλογημένος, Wiebe
The fuller detail in respect to 372 is
given in Piel.—The forms 173 (inf.
absol. for 373 after the form 8%2p , 40")
Josh. 24, 10, and 15592 Gen. 28, 6. 1 Sam.
13, 10. 2 Sam. 8, 10. 1 Chr. 18, 10, are
more correctly referred to Piel.

Nipu. reflex. i. q. Hithpa. to bless one-
self, Gen. 12, 3. 18, 18. 28, 14. See fully
in Hithpa.

Pie. 3723, once 322 Num. 23, 20 ; fut.
237, FIN, with a distinctive accent
W237.

1. Spoken in respect to God, to invoke,
to bless God, i. e. to celebrate, to praise, to
adore, which is done with bended knees ;
see 2 Chr. 6, 13. Ps. 95, 6. Dan. 6, 11, ete.

Arab. Sy Conj. V, to bless, to praise ;

VI, God is praised with reverential mind.
—Constr. c. ace. (like γογυπετεῖν τινὰ
Matt. 17, 14,) Ps. 104, 1. 26, 12. 34, 2. 63,
5, 66, 8. 103, 1. 2. 104, 35; rarely c. Ὁ
1 Chr. 29, 20. So Part. passive of Kal,
ΘΝ ἼΠΞ, Mins “a, blessed be Jehovah,
i. e. praised, adored, Ex. 18, 10. 1 Sant,
25, 32. 39. Ps. 28, 6. 31, 22. 41, 14.—Job
2,9 rot ὈΠΡΝ 723 ἤει God ‘and die,
i.e. bless and praise God as thou wilt,
yet thou must now die; thy piety towards
God isin vain. The laisse is that of
an impious woman. For this use of two
imperatives, one of which is concessive,
while the other affirms, promises, threat-
ens, see Heb. Gram. ὃ 127. 2. b—More
fully mim? ow 73D to bless the name of
Jehovah Ps. 96, 2. and Mins ΒΞ WI
(like ἢ pw2 sp) Deut. 10, 8. 91, 5—
Once of the invocation of rable Is. 66, 3;
also of self-praise, Ps. 49, 19.

2. Of men towards men, to bless, pr. to
invoke blessings upon any one in the
name of God, M37" OWA Ps. 129, 8. 1 Chr.

16,2. Arab. Sle, Kthiop. ΩΖΏ, id.

—Gen. 27, 27. 28. Spoken of the vows
and prayers of a dying parent in behalf
of his family, his last blessing, Gen

160

2 of thing, Gen. 24, 1. Ps. 29, 11.

ΤΞ
27, 4.'7. 10. 48, 9; of a priest for ἃ peo-
ple, Lev. 9, 22. 23. Num. 6, 23; of one
or more ribs for others, Déat: 27, 12)
Constr. usually with ace. rarely > Neh.
11, 2.—Once of the consecration of a
Mh al 1 Sam. 9, 13.
3. God too is said to bless men and
other created things, Gen. 1, 22. 9, 1.
Often implyii.r also the effect of the di-
vine favour and blessing, i. q. to prosper,
to make prosperous ; Gen. 12, 2 729385
720 ΠΡ δ Iwill bless thee, and I will
make thy name great. v. 3. 17, 16. 22, 17.
24, 1. 30, 27. Constr. with tro ace. of
pers. and of that in or with which one
is blessed of God, Deut. 12, 7. 15, 14; or
Where
a blessing is invoked upon any one from —
God, the formula is: min} mmx FAM
blessed be thou of Jehovah 1 Sam. 15,18:
mins) xin 372 Ruth 2, 20; comp. Gen.
14, 19. Judg. 17, 3. Min ΠῚ blessed —
of Jehovah Gen. 24, 31. 26, 29. Num, 24, —
9.—God is also said to bless inanimate
things, i. q. to cause thém to prosper, —
thrive, be abundant, Ex. 23, 25. Job 1,
10. Ps. 65, 11. 182, 15, Prov. 3, 33. So
of the consecration of the Sabbath, Gen. —
2.3. |
4. Of men, to bless, i. q.'to salute, to
greet, implying the wish or invocation —
of every good, 1 Sam. 15, 13; comp.
εἰρήνη ὑμῖν, Arab. Jude edt. (This |
of course is more emphatic than the mode ~
of salutation which merely asks after —
one’s welfare, > Bi>w> dN, see ἴδ.)
Prov. 27, 14. 2K. 4, 29. 1 "Saka, 25, 14, (
comp. v. 6. Spoken of a person whol
comes to any one, Gen. 47, 7. 2 Sam. 6, —
20; of one who departs and bids fare- —
well, Gen. 47, 10. 1 K. 8, 66; also of
those present who salute a person on —
coming, 1 Sam. 13, 10; or bid farewell
to those departing, Gen. 24, 60. 28, 1.
Josh. 22, 6. 7.
5. In the sense of invoking evil, i. q.
to curse, to invoke a curse from God, to —
wish destruction to any one; comp. Job
31,30. This is one of the class of inter-
mediate verbs, verba media, like Arab.
x wt, Ethiop. NZ, to bless and to —

curse ; hes VIII, to supplicate, also to
wish one ill; see more in Thesaur. ΡΥ
241.—Spoken strictly only of men. Βα

72
_ transferred also to curses and impious
_ words uttered against God, 1 K. 21, 10.
_ Ps. 10, 3. Job 1, 5. 11.2, 5.—Some inter-
_ preters, as Schultens, are not fully satis-
_ fied that the sense of cursing belongs to
this verb; they therefore derive from
the idea of bidding farewell (see no. 4)
a signif. to deny, to renounce, which they
apply in the passages above cited ;
comp. Gr. χαέρειν ἐᾷν, χαίρειν φράζειν
τινά. But the signif. of cursing is sup-
ported both by the words in 1 K. 21, 10,
_ and by the analogy of the kindred lan-
_ guages as above exhibited.

| Post ΠἼΞ, part.3y259, 1. Pass. of Pi.
_ no. 1, to be blessed, i. e. adored, praised,

50. God, Job 1, 21.
2. Pass. of Pi. no. 3, to be blessed, i. 6.

prospered of God, with 12 of the thing.

ΟΠ with which ; Deut. 33, 13 Ain n2732
ΠῚ Dw ἼΣ 5 ἸΧῸΝ blessed of Jehovah

be his land with the precious gifts of
| heaven, etc. Comp. " 373 i. 6. 33
mint>. The prep. 72 has here the same
force as elsewhere after verbs of abun-
- dance, Ex. 16, 32.

Hips. 37237 causat. of Kal no. 1, to
make kneel down, e. g. camels, in order
to rest and drink, Gen. 24, 11. Arab.

τ 5
Oost ia. Eth. ANZN, ὅγε. «ἱ ἢ ia.
See 75923, also 7238 p. 10.

Hirapa. 32207 reflex. of Pi. no. 2, to
“a oneself, Deut. 29,18. Constr. with
-a) Of God as invoked in blessing

ὙΠ comp. "7 0W2 742. Is. 65, 16
ἸῺΝ ὙΤΟΝΞ T2377 ΤῊΝΞ ἸΞΏΒΗ he that
blesseth himself in the land, shall bless
himself in (by) the true God. Jer. 4, 2.
b) Of a person or people whose happi-
ness one invokes for himself. comp. Gen.
48,20. Ps. 72, 17 spoken of the king
there celebrated: p1ia->> ia Ἰ3ἼΞ."
ATW in (by) him shall all nations
bless themselves, they shall call him
blessed. In a similar manner is to be
explained the formula occurring with
slight variation five times in the book of
Genesis : YIN wiawd2 AS IIa AD NaN
and in thy seed shall all the nations ‘of
the earth bless themselves, i. e. they shall
invoke for themselves the lot of Israel,
Gen. 22, 18. 26, 4, comp. 28, 14 where
Niph. is read for Hithpael ; also 12, 3.
18, 18, where for 7273 is read 7A, ia.

14*

161

2a

So Jarchi, Le Clerc, and others.—But
many interpreters, as I also formerly,
prefer to follow the Sept. and Chald.
(comp. Gal. 3, 8,) and explain this pas-
sively: and in thy seed shall all the
nations of the earth be blessed, i.e. pros-
pered, be brought by them to the know-
ledge and worship of the true God. See
Jahn Archeol. II. ii. ὃ 168 note. But the
analogy of the other examples in which
2 722, 2 72205, are read, favour the
other interpretation.

The derivatives follow, except the pr.
names FAiN2, W337 5 comp. IAN.

772 Chald. 1. i. q. Heb. no. 1, to
fall upon the knees, to kneel down, sc. in
prayer to God Dan. 6, 11.

2. to bless ; Part. pass. 373 i. q. Heb

7772, Dan. 3, 28.

Pa. 73 fir comm. 372, to bless God,
to praise, to adore, with > Dan. 2, 19. 4
31. Part. pass. Dati. 2, 20.

72 a knee, once in sing. Is. 45, 23.
Syr. yopo, ἴϑϑα5, Ethiop. MCA, id.
Chald. transp. 8233"58.

Dua 05553, constr. "D2, knees, the
knees, spoken nat only of thea but also —
of many, for the plural. 01292752 all
knees, every knee, Ez. 7, 17. 21, 12. 249
"33 waters reaching to the Ienees Kz.
47,4, 0923 >3 upon the knees, upon the
tans where new-born children are re-
ceived by the parents or nurses, Gen. 30,
3. 50,23. Job 3, 12; where also children
are fondled by their parents, Is. 66, 12.

722 Chald. id. Dan. 6, 11.

D822 (whom God hath blessed)
Barachel, pr. n. of the father of Elihu,
Job 32, 2. 6.

M272 f. once 433 Gen. 27, 38, constr.
n27a, c. suff. "ὩΞΉΞ ; plur. nisza. R.
Ἴ153.

1. a blessing, benediction, as of a dy-
ing parent, Gen. 27, 12 sq. 33,11. mD"3
pw" the blessing of the supright Prov.
11, 11. mim? mD72 the benediction of Je-
howads the divine blessing, the source of
prosperity and happiness of every kind,
Gen. 35, 9. Ps. 3, 9. Is. 44, 3; so also
22 simpl. Is. 19, 24. Joel 2, 14; some-
times with genit. of him whom God thus
blesses, Gen. 28, 4 DSN mD72 the

ln
blessing of Abraham, i. e. with which
God has blessed him. 49, 26 "Tin nia
ἪΣ the blessings of the everlasting moun-
tains, 1. 6. with which God has blessed
then, With gen. in another sense, Prov.
24, 25 sin mD"2 benediction of ie ee
Plur. miss3 blessings from God, Prov.
10, 6. 28, 2; but oftener benefits, ‘favours,
gifs, sent fron God, Ps. 84, 7. Gen. 49,
25. Comp. Is. 65, 8 destroy it not (the
cluster) 12 5392 "3 for a blessing is in
it, 1. 6. a gift from God.

2. Concr. i. q. an object of blessing,
one blessed of God, one prosperous and
happy. Gen. 12,2 392 mn}. Ps. 21,
7 33> midq3 AANA thou dost make him
most blessed | forever. Collect. Zech. 8, 13.

3. a gift, present, as signifying kind-
ness and good-will, usually offered with
congratulations and good wishes, Gen.
33, 11. 1 Sam. 25, 27. 30, 26. 2K.5, 15.
ΓΙΞῚΞ WH: the liberal soul, i. e. a munifi-
cent man, Prov. .11, 25. Syr. Lojan,
Eth. NZ 'T , id.

4, ig. DIU, peace, 2K. 18,31 "τὶ wy
M273 make ye peace with me. Is. 36, 16.

5, Berachah, pr. n. a) A valley in
the desert near Tekoa, 2 Chr. 20, 26.
Still called Wady Bereikit, near the
village Bereiktit; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 189. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843,
Ρ.43. Ὁ) m. 1 Chr. 12, 3.

M72 f. constr. M292, a pond, pool,
pr. at which camels kneel down to drink;

seer. 513 Hiph. Arab. τα the basin

of a fountain or other like reservoir for
water, Span. alberca.—2 Sam. 2, 13. 4,
12. Cant. 7,5; fully p47 ὯΞῚΞ Nah. 2, 9.
Kee. 2, 6. Pacts were two pools of thie
kind on the western side of Jerusalem,
one at the head of the valley of Hinnom,
and the other lower down in the same
valley, intended to preserve the waters
of the rainy season:and perhaps those
of Gihon; viz. the upper pool Is. 7, 3,
called also the old pool Is. 22,11; and
the lower pool Is. 22,9. See Bibl. Res.
in Palest. I. p. 483-87.

372 (whom Jehovah hath blessed,
for 77392) Berechiah, Barachiah, pr. τι.
m. a) Asonof Zerubbabel 1 Chr. 3,
20. b) ib. 9,16. c) Neh. 3, 4. 30.
d) See sm"553 a.

162

denied by some; who however do not

pia

W723 (id.) Berechiah, Barachiah, —
pr.n.m. a) The father of the prophe
Zechariah, Zech. 1,7; but inv.173393.
b) 1Chr. 8, 34. c} 2 Chr. 28,12.

p73 a root not used in the verb, ©
pr. onomatopoetic, i. 4. βρέμω, βριμάομαι, —
Lat. fremo, Germ. brummen, summen, —
Engl. to hum, to buzz. In Arabic it is —
spoken: .

1. Of the noise and murmuring of mo- —
rose and discontented men, to murmur, —
to grumble ; whence in 1 Pet. 4, 9 for
Gr. γογγυσμός the Arabic version has
Sg_-

pyres comp. also Py? to be disdainful,

proud, pr. to be peevish, morose.

2. Of the sound made in spinning
and twisting a thread, to hum, to buzz;
and hence ey Conj. I, IV, to twist
threads together, e. g. of different col-
ours. Hence Heb. "9753.

3. Like other verbs of twisting and
binding, (see 54m, ptn,) this is also”
transferred to the idea of firmness,

strength, a8 wy) to make firm; comp.

Lat. firmus. Hence perhaps |

DIA Chald. pr. adv. of affirmation,
yea, truly, certainly, as in the Targums”
and Syr. $;5; but in the O. T. it is

every where adversative, but, yet, never-
theless, Dan. 2, 28. 4, 12. 5, 17. Ezra 5,
13. Comp. 538 no. 2.—The possible
derivation of this word from r. 032 is

suggest any other. Kindred perhaps
with Chald. D498 ; see 178, 98.

3272 see 3293 WIP.

a oa obsol. root, Arab. to ex-

cel; Conj. V, to give spontaneously. :
Hence pr. ἢ. ΠΡ ΛΞ... '

ΠΣΞ 1 Chr. 7, 33, see inny a.
53 (for "ΓΞ, see 5 p. 109) Bera,
pr. n. of a king of Sodom, Gen. 14,2. _
* ΡΞ to lighten, to send forth lig
ning, as God, once Ps. 144, 6. Arab,

al

GP: Syr. κϑρς id. Ethiop. NZ®
fulsit, &Z® fulminavit. 4
Deriv. D"2p72, MPI, and

δ

pr
ἼΞ τὴ. i lightning, Syr. Arab.

Lop, (ὃ 3, id. Dan. 10, 6. Collect.

. Risers Ps. 144, 6. 2 Sam. 22, 15.
Ezra 1, 13. Plur. "p72 Job 38, 35.

5.18, δ. 77, 19. al. Trop. of the
brightness or glittering of a sword, Ez.
21, 15.33. Deut. 32,41 "25n pia the
lightning of my sword i.e. my glittering
sword. Nah. 3, 3. Hab. 3, 11; comp.
Zech. 9, 14.—Hence

2. Poet. for a glittering sword, Job
- 20, 25.

3. Barak, pr. n. of a leader of the Is-
raelites, who with the aid of Deborah,
obtained a great victory over the Ca-
naanites, Judg. 4, 6 sq. 5, 1. 12. 15.
He is called Barak i. e. thunderbolt,
Lat. fulmen (Cic. pro Balb. 15), as
among the Carthaginians Hamilcar
was called Barcas.

P23, see ῬῊΞ 23, p. 141. a.

Dip1a (painter, for ὈἿΡ ΓΞ, see 5
p. 109; from Arab. UH) to paint with
colours; or from the quadril. Uy id.)
Barkos, pr.n.m. Ezra 2,53. Neh. 7, 55.

ΠΣ m. plur. i.g. Dai, thresh-
ing sledges, tribula, see in 372. Judg.
8, 7. 16. The bottom or the rollers were
set with jagged iron or stone, prob. flint-

stone so common in Palestine, Gr. πυρῦ-᾿

τις fire-stone; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
ΠῚ. p. 143.—This name is perhaps de-
᾿ rived from an obsol. form P72 lighten-
ing, giving out light, which prob.
denoted flint, firestone, πυρῖτις ; comp.
5

R505 stony ground, perh. pr. abounding
in flint-stone, as is the case with a great
part of Palestine and Arabia. Hence
Sing. "2772 ὦ threshing-sledge of ‘flint,
Plur. ΒΡ.

MP2 ἢ Ex. 28, 17, and M22 (Lehrg.
p. 467) Ez. 28, 13, a species of gem, so
called from its glittering, sparkling, from
r. p12. Sept. Vulg. and Josephus ren-
der it smaragdus, emerald, which Braun
also advocates, de Vest. Sacerdott. p.
517 sq. appealing to the Greek form μά-
gaydoc, σμάραγδος, which seems to come
from the Heb. word. And not unaptly;
since also Gr. μαραγή, σμαραγή, with
their derivatives, which have the signif:

163

ΤΩ

of noise, thunder, correspond also to the
Heb. p22; while μάραγδος, as the name
of a gem, would come from the notion of
brightness, sparkling, which is primary
in this root.

ἘΞ, praet. 1 pers. "Mina Ez. 20, 38,
inf. c. weil pa Kee. 3,18 after the Sorin
38 from 72u. Kindr. are NUD, ΓΞ.

1. to separate, to sever out. Ez. 20, 38
man baa onina Iwill separate from

Ge

among you the rebellious. Arab.

Conj. VIII, to stand separate from others.

2. to select, to choose out, comp. 773
no. 3. Part. pass. "472, selected, chosen ;
1 Chr. 9, 22 cath pays ne> all
those chosen for porters, as porters. 16,
41. Also select, chosen, choice, 1 Chr. 7,
40; animals Neh. 5, 18.

3. to separate and remove filth, impu-
rity, i. q. ἐο cleanse, to purge, to purify,
e.g. a) An arrow from rust, to polish,
to make bright and sharp, Is. 49,2. See
Hiph. Arab. ἢ. to cut or pare down,

to point a weapon. b) Ina moral sense,
of words and actions, to cleanse, to pu-
rify. Part. pass. Zeyh. 3,9 7793 ADD
a pure lip, i. e. language. Adv. Job 33,
3 dba sana snp rps) and what I know,
my lips shall utter purely, i i. 6. with sin-
cerity, without falsehood. Ps. 19, 9
the commandment of Jehovah ts pure,
i. 6. true, just, holy. Comp. Niph..

Pi. Hithpa.—Arab. r mid. E, to be
rn just, true. Syr. (pope
pure, neat, simple, {2op4,5 purity. In
the literal signification it corresponds
with Lat. purus, Engl. pure, Germ. bar,
Engl. bare ; and trop. with Lat. verus,
Germ. wahr.

4. to search out, to examine, to prove, ©
which is done by separating and distin-
guishing, comp. "Pa no. 3. Ecc. 3, 18
n1a>; corresp. to inf. "122 Ecc. 9, 1.

just, true,

A Ge--
See "32. Arab. peel scrutatus est

veritatem, sG mid. Waw, exploravit.

5. to be clean, clear, i. e. empty, see
adj. "2 II. no. 3, and Chald. 92 Il.

ΝΊΡΗ. 33 reflex. to purify oneself, to
be clean, sc. for the performance of a sa-
cred office, Is. 52, 11. Part. "32 pure

wn
i.e. upright, pious, Ps. 18, 27. 2 Sam.
22,27. See Kal no. 3. b. )

Piz to cleanse, to purify, morally,
Dan. 1, 35.

Hien. to cleanse, to clean, e. g. arrows,
to make bright and sharp Jer. 51,11, see
Kal no. 3. a. Also grain in the thresh-
ing-floor, Jer. 4,11.

Hirupa. 1. 10 purify oneself, sc. from
the filth of idolatry and sin, to be purified,
to reform, Dan. 12, 10; comp. 11, 35.

2. to show oneself pure, i. e. just, up-
right, benignant, spoken of God, comp.
in Kal no. 3. Ὁ. Ps. 18, 27 "23 bd
"sanm bith the pure thon wilt show
thyself pure. The form "2mm 2 Sam.
22, 27, is for "73nN in Ps. 1c. see Lehrg.
p. 374.

Deriv. "2 II, 92, Ma, E243.

wa obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab.
Sty to cut, to ἫΝ in, see under r. N13 ;

3 axe.—Hence wina
cypress or pine, q. Vv.
PWIA (i. ᾳ. ΘΠ ΓῚΞ. son of wicked-

ness, see 3 p. 109,) Birsha, pr. n. of a
king of Gomorrah Gen. 14, 2.

* 122 obsol. root, prob. to cut, to hew ;
see 072. Hence mi73 cypress or pine.
NWA (cool, cold, comp. Arab. ον;
to be ‘cool, 6. g. water,) every where
with art. “ivan q.d. the cold, Besor, pr.
n. of a torrent emptying itself into the

Mediterranean near Gaza, 1 Sam. 30, 9.
10. 21.

MMW and maiwa ¢ (r. sys) 1. glad
tidings, good news, 2 Sam. 18, 22. 25.
2 K.7,93; once with mie added, 2 Sam.
18, 27.

2. reward for good tidings, 2 Sam. 4,10.

whence Arab. eh

. pws obsol. root, to have a good
smell, to be fragrant. Chald. et Syr.
nos, samo, id. but oftener genr. to be
sweet, pleasant. Comp. ὥν3.

Deriv. the pr. names DW3", DwAN;
also the three following :

nwa or nwa (Kamets impure) m

balsam, balsam-plant, frequent in the
gardetid of the Hebrews, Cant. 5, 1.

Arab. elie a fragrant shrub, similar
to the balsam-plant; also with Lam

164 “wa

_ cheer by good news, with acc. of pers. and

Also with ace. of the thing announceé,

elds; ahaa |
βάλσαμος, balsam, bhteare- pleat or tree |
Chald. and Talmud. 72912, also Fag es .
l being changed into 7.

MWA and OW? m. both in Ex. 30, 23. —
1. aromatic odour, fragrance, espec.

as diffused by spices; Syr. [Sam spice
Is. 3, 24. ἘΞ 9 spicy cinnamon,
aromatic, Hx. 1.c. Plur. Cant.4,16. —

2. spice itself, spicery, 1 K. 10, 10. ©
Ex. 35, 28. Ez. 27, 22. Plur. poava ©
spices, aromatics, Ex. 25, 6. 35, 8. "37
O22 mountains bearing spices, spice 4
mountains, Cant. 8, 14.

3, i. ᾳ. 002, balsam-plant, Cant. 5,
13. 6, 2.

M203 (fragrant) Basemath, pr. n. f.
a) A wife of Esau, spoken of as a Hittite -
Gen. 26, 34, and also as a daughter οὗ
Ichmael Gen. 36, 3.4.13. b) A daugh-
ter of Solomon, i K. 4, 15. !

inserted quadril.

ὅν "wa in Kal not used, Arab. bell

to be cheerful, joyful, espec. on account —
of good news; mid. A and Conj. II. to

Ww of thing. The primary idea seems
to be that of fairness, beauty, perh. rud-—
diness or brightness, see DIN; whence

9 - 4
ΩΣ fair, beautiful ; since the coun-

tenance is made fairer by cheerfulness
and joy; (comp. 21% good, fair, joyful;
"re cheek, from τ. MM? to be fair;)
as vice versa it is deformed is Pla

S- o
Hence 2, Spite

the human skin, "2 flesh, in both which
is the seat of bein:

Piet “Wa 1. pr. to cheer with glolh
tidings, i. 6. to bring glad tidings, good
news, to announce (good news) to any
one, with acc. of pers. 2 Sam. 18, 19
‘aa ἘΦ anny mwar: See let
me now run and bring the king tidings,
etc. Ps. 68, 12 39 Rag minwann (fe-
males) miaiinked the glad tidings to
the mighty host. 1 Sam. 31,9. Is. 40,9
Absol. 2 Sam. 4, 10 "2"93 “wan rm
he thought to ye brought good tidings.

ness and anger.

Is. 60,6. Ps. 40,10. Part. “wae 168-
senger of good tidings Is. 40, 9; esp. of |

wa

peace 52, 7, of victory 1 Sam. 31,9. Ps.
68, 12.

2. Rarely in a more general sense of
any messenger, to bear tidings, 2 Sam.
18, 20. 26; even of evil, 1 Sam. 4, 17.
Hence twice more definitely 210 "wa
1 K. 1, 42. Is. 52, 7.

Hirupa. to receive good tidings, 2 Sam.
18,31. Arab. Conj. I, mid.
IV, VIII, X.

Deriv. πο 3, and

22 τὰ. once plur. b*7wa Prov. 14, 30.
1. “flesh ; for the etymology see in r.

“wa Kal. Syr. Vrms, Chald. ae and

x72, id. Arab. τ "thie

skin, but metaph. the human race, with
comes trom the idea of flesh. _Spokeii:
a) Of the flesh of the living body, both
of men and beasts, Gen. 41, 2. 19. Job
33, 21. 15. Once, it would seem, for the
plik. (comp. Arab.) Ps. 102,6 "2x3 ΠΡΞ Ἢ
“i335 my bones cleave to my skin, as
denoting extreme emaciation. b) Of
the flesh of cattle for eating, meat, Ex.
16, 12. Lev. 7,19. Num. 11, 4. 13. So
Job 31, 31 in praise of his hospitality :
yaw xb jnwa m1 7 where is one who
is not satiated with his meat? i. e. his
feasts.— Also

2. Meton. flesh, i. q. the body, the whole
body, opp. 1855), Is. 10, 18. Job 14, 22.
Prov. 14, 30 xB72 32 pwws Ἴ5Π| the life
of the body is a quiet heart. Sometimes
with the accessory notion of frailty and
proneness to sin, (comp. Matt. 26, 41,)
lice. 2, 3. 5, 5.

3. Spoken of all living creatures ; as
“wa-b> all flesh, i. e. all animate be-
ings, men and animals, Gen. 6, 13. 17.
(19. 7, 15. 16. 21. 8, 17; all animals Gen.
8,17. Spec. all men, the human race,
mankind, Gen. 6, 12. Ps. 65, 3. 145, 21.
Is. 40, 5.6. Very often as opp. to God
and the divine Spirit, ("75x M5 , ΤΠ.)
with the accessory notion of weakness,
frailty, mortality, Gen. 6, 3. Job 10, 4
Πρ wa ΠΣ hast thou eyes of flesh?
i. e. mortal eyes, dull, not clear-sighted.
Is. 31, 3 the Egyptians are men, and not
gods ; M9 N54 “wa DOA thet horses
are flesh, and not spirit, i.e. not endowed
with a-divine spirit. Ps. 56, 5. 78, 39.
Jer. 17,5; comp. 2 Cor. 10, 4. InN.T.

τ aka
in and gc

165°

E, and Conj.

ua

σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα are in like manner opp. to
God and his Spirit, Matt. 16, 17. Gal.
1, 16.

4, "wah M222, my bone and my flesh,
i.e. my relative, blood-relation, Gen. 29,
14. Judg. 9, 2. 2 Sam. 5, 1. 19, 13. 14;
comp. Gen. 2, 23. Also gimpl, “wa id.
Gen. 37,27 85 "303 3 ΤΙΝ 7D. Spoken
of any other person, a fellow-mortal, Is.
68,7. Comp. "XW.

5. By euphemism i. q. pudenda viri,
comp. Gr. σῶμα, Gen. 17, 11 sq. Lev.
15, 2. 3.7.19. Also πῆ" “wa flesh of
nakedness Ex. 28, 42.

“WA Chald. i.q. Heb. flesh, Dan. 7, 5;
in stat. emphat. 81¥3, spoken of man-
kind, mortals, Dan. 2, ‘LL. xqwa-52 all

flesh, all iting creatures, men and ani-
mals, Dan. 4, 9 [12].

mmW2 see nriwa.

A 20a or Ὁ to be cooked, ripen-
ed, i. 6.

1. By fire, to be boiled, seethed, Kz.
24, 5.

2. In the sun’s heat, to ripen, to be
ripe, 6. g. a harvest, Joel 4, 13 [3, 13].

Syr.\2o, Chald. dvia, Eth. OLA to
be cooked, to be ripe. In the same man-
ner the ideas of cooking and ripening
are united in other verbs; as in Arab.

, Pers. E> and eos bukhten

and pukhten, to which nearly corre-
sponds Germ. backen, Engl. to bake ;
Gr. πέπτω, πέσσω, Lat. coquitur uva,
vindemia, Virg. Georg. 2. 522, i. q.
Germ. die Traube kocht. |

Piri causat. of Kal no. 1, to cook, i. 6
to seethe, to boil, espec. flesh, Ex. 16, 23.
29, 31. 1 K. 19, 21; other kinds of food,
Num. 11, 8. 2 Sam. 13, 8. 2 K. 4, 38.
6, 29.

Puat pass. of Pi. Ex. 12, 9. Lev. 6, 21

Hipu. causat. of Kal no. 2, to ripen.
to bring to maturity, Gen. 40, 10; see
under τῶν. ᾿

Deriv. nibwan and

bwin m. Ex. 12,9, M2W2 £ Num. be
19, the boiled, the audilen.

powa (for b>¥i-2 son of peace, see
in 3 p. 109) Bishlam, pr. n. of a Persian
officer in Palestine Ezra 4, 7

wa
τ wa not used in Hebrew; Arab.

KS light and level soil, soft sand.
Hence pr. n. 1.233 and

JWA (light sandy soil) often with art.
j8an, Bashan, pr. n. of the northern
part of the country beyond Jordan ;
bounded on the northwest by the region
᾿ adjacent to Mount Hermon 1 Chr. 5,
23; on the south by the Jabbok and
mountains of Gilead; and extending on
the east as far as to Salchah (Silkhad)
Deut. 3, 10. 13. Josh. 12, 4. It was
taken by the Israelites from Og, king of
the Amorites; and given with a part
of Gilead to the half tribe of Manasseh,
Num. 21, 33. 32, 33. It is often cele-
brated for its groves of oaks, Is. 2, 13.
Ez. 27,6. Zech. 11, 2; and for its rich
pastures and fat cattle and flocks, Deut.
32, 14. Ps. 22,13. Am. 4,1. Ez. 39, 18.
[Though comparatively a level region,
. yet there are high mountains in its
southwestern part, Ps. 68, 16. —R.]
Chald. 9272, 42752., Syr. Ms, Gr. in
Josephus and Ptolemy Βαταναΐία, Bata-
nea, Arab. Kita el-Bethenyeh ; see

Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p. 158.
n. 5.

MW f. (τ. wiz) shame, Hos. 10, 6.
Nouns ending in-the syllable ΤΣ, &2,
appended to the root, are found also in
Chaldee, see art. 827 ; and more fre-
quently in Ethiopic, see Ludolf Gram.
Zéthiop. p. 90. It is analogous to the
ending j-. |

ows once read in Po. OWS for
Ὁ to tread down, to trample upon, c
by Am. 5, 11. For the interchange of
Ὁ and &, see under lett. Ὁ.

WW a spurious root, whence some
derive the form 4a Pil. of the verb
wiz, q. v.

nya f. (r. Bia) c. suff. "Mv, θῶ.

1. sleame, confusion, often with 0°28
added, where Engl. Vers. confusion of
Face, Jer. 7,19. Ps. 44, 16. Dan. 9, 7. 8.
So mua ab Job 8, 22. Ps. 35, 26, and
mwa ney Ps. 109, 29, to be clothed with
shame, to be covered with confusion.

2. shame, i. e. disgrace, ignominy, Is.

166

na

54,4. 61, 7. Hab. 2, 10. Mic. 1, 11: πῆηϑς
nus in nakedness and shame ; others: |
having thy shame (pudenda) naked,

3. an idol, which only disappoints the ᾿
hopes of its pronghippers: and puts them —
to shame and disgrace, Jer. 3, 24. 11, 3.
Hos. 9, 10.

1 rat. <contr. from ΤΩ for ΒΞ, r.
23) ὁ. suff. "m2 from ma; Plur. ΓΒ,
constr. N22 as fr. a Sing. 423, comp. —
"22 sons.

1. a daughter. Arab. EAL, plur.

4 wis; Syr. [ζῇ plur. {212 ; Chald.
na and 8F)73, constr. M73, c. suff. AIA,
plur. m23 at τὶ DING nba the drughiel
of men, women, opp. to the sons of God,
Gen. 6, 2. 4. Cant. 7,2 [1] ΡΣ O
prince's daughter, a term of courteous
address to a high-born maiden. So the —
queen herself is addressed as M2, Ps. 45,
11; comp. Ἴ3 no. 4.
The word m2 daughter, like 43, is”
employed also by the Hebrews in wider
senses:
2. a grand-daughter, and genr. a fo’
male descendant. So >x iH? ΤῊΣ daugh-
ters of Israel for the Hebrew wome oy
Judg. 11, 40; 7329 miva daughters of
Canaan, the Canaanitish women, espec.
maidens, Gen. 28, 8; and so with the:
name οἱ 8 particule people, mia
o‘nwoan 2 Sam. 1, 20; "ὩΣ mba my
countrywomen Ez. 13, 17. So also mia
mim" Ps, 48, 12, where some incorrectly
understand the towns of Judah ; since the
small places around a city are called the
daughters of that city, and not of the
district. ° In this passage the daughters
i. 6. women of Judah (no. 5) are put i
antith. with Zion, i. 6. the sons or men of.
Zion, and thus both together according
to the laws of parallelism designate the
inhabitants of Zion and the rest of Ju-
dah of both sexes. Comp. Is. 4, 4.
3. ἃ maiden, young woman, comp. *
no. 3; Gr. Seven Fr. fille. Gen. ὃ,
13. Cant. 2, 2. 6, 9. Judg. 12, 9. Is. 32, 9.
Poet. oni na daughter of women, &
maiden, Dan. 11, 17. δ
4. an adopted daughter, foster-daugh-
ter, Esth. 2,7. 15.—Also @ female pupil,
disciple, comp. ἼΞ no. 5; here in refer-
ence to a god, i. q. female worshipper.

na

Mal. 2, 11 922 Dx na the daughter of a
strange god.

5. With a genit. of place, espec. of a
city or country, ΓΞ denotes a native of
that place, one born and brought up
there, a female inhabitant, espec. of
youthful age; 6. g. p»>wans Miva Cant.
2, 7. 3, 5. 5, 8. 16; Ἰΐος mda Is. 3, 16. 17.
4,4;°798F mia pots 34, 1.—By a pe-
guliar idiom of the Hebrew and Syriac
tongues, the word m3 daughter, like
other feminines (comp. Lehrg. p. 477.
Heb. Gram. § 105. 3. d,) is used by the
poets asa collective, for D523 sons ; comp.
7193 ΓΞ Mic. 4,14 δὰ SAT: "23 2 Chr. 25,
13; and then the daughter of a city,
country, people, is put poetically for its
inhabitants. KE. g. "2-2 for "¥ 733 the
Tyrians Ps. 45, 13; ὈΡ πη ΩΣ Is. 37,
22; rena Is. 16, Ἰ. 52, 2. Του. 4, 31;
nox na Lam. 4, 22; nm¥9-na Jer. 46,
11. 19, 24 ; dnnacns Is. 23,10; ‘av-na
i,q. ὩΣ "22 my countrymen Is. 22, 4.
Jer. 4, 11. 9, 6. So also in Syriac,
son,2] 2,5 the daughter of Abraham,
for the sons or descendants of Abraham,
the Hebrews ; see Comment. on Is. 1, 8.
Hence has arisen the προσωποποιΐα so
common to the Hebrew poets, by which
the whole body of inhabitants in a place
is personified as ἃ female, (Is. 23, 12 sq.
47, 1 5α. 54,1 sq. Lam. 1, 1 sq.) and thus
the daughter of a land is also said to be

a virgin, as ἼΣΑΣ Ξ MDM2 i. e. thou Ὁ

virgin, daughter of Sidon, st. constr. in-
stead of apposition, Is. 23,12; >2a-na “3
Is. 47, 1, HNN: 3 ΠΑΝ 1, 15,
ὉΠ ΏΓΩΞ ‘ig Jer. 46, 11. "ad"-n3 9 Jer:
14,17. Butas the name of a people is
often transferred to designate its land,
and vice versa, (Lehrg.p. 469, ) so this use
of M2, which strictly designates inhabi-
tants, is transferred by the poets to the
city or country itself. Thus ji*"7ma
i. q. the city Jerusalem Is. 1, 8. 10, 32;
b3a-n2 Ps. 137, 8; and so we find even

ΞΞτὯ3 nao sahabitend of the daugh-
ter of Babylon. i.e. inhabitants, dwellers
in Babylon, Zech.2,11. Jer.46,19. 48,18.

6. With genit. of time, as denoting a
female who has lived bring that time ;
6. g. ποῦ prveim-na the daughter of
ninety years, i. e. ninety years old, Gen.
17,17. Comp. 43 no. 7.

167

mma

7. Trop. the daughter of any thing is
that which is dependent on, connected
with, or distinguished for that thing ;
comp. j2 no. 8. Thus the daughters of
a city are the small towns and villages
lying around it and dependent on its
jurisdiction, Num. 21, 25. 32. 32,42. Josh.
17, 11. Judg. 11, 26. So ἢ 3 daugh-
ter of the eye, i. e. the pupil, Ps. 17, 8,
see in ji"; also 78M M22 the daughters
of song, songstresses, Ecc. 12, 4; ma
D928 a wicked woman, 1 Sam. 1,16;
παν ΠΣ (ivory) the daughter of lag
wood, i. 6. inlaid in cedar, Ez. 27, 6.

8. Chie of animals, in the prt “na
ms7, Koleilf wats, daughters of the
oatrith i. q. the ostrich, see under 22°.
Comp. j2 no. 10.

9. Poet. daughters of a tree, for its
boughs, branches ; Gen. 49, 22 MIsx M32
“ny "Dd its dasphtove mount over the
wall, i.e. the branches of the fruitful
tree to which Joseph is compared ; see
“DY.

10. In a few feminine proper names:

a) p°25-na (daughter of many) Bath-
rabbim, pr. n. of a gate in Heshbon,
Cant. 7, 5 [4].

b) >2H°ma (daughter of the oath)
Bath-sheba, pr. n. of the wife of Uriah,
defiled by David, and then taken as his
wife after the murder of her husband ;
known also as the mother of Solomon.
2 Sam. 6. 11, c.12.1K.1,15sq. Called
also s80-na Bath-shua, 1 Chr. 3, 5.

c) Mma (daughter i. e. worshipper
je of Jehovah) Bithiah, pr. n. ἢ 1 Chr. 4, 18.

II. (r. mma no. 1) plur. o1n3,
comm. gend. m. Ez. 45, 10. f. Is. 5. 10;
bath, a measure of liquids, as of wine
and oil, equal to the ephah (M5"8 q. v.)
in dry measure, i.e. about 81 gallons.
Ten baths made one homer (3h, see
ΕΖ. 45, 11. 14), 1 K. 7, 26. 38. 2 Chr. 2,
9. 4, 5. Ez. 45, 10 sq. iw. 5, 10.

ΓΞ Chald. i. gq. Hebr. no. II. Plur.
s{"ma, Ezra 7, 22. |
mma f. (τ. mm2 no. 2) desolation ; Is.
7,19 miman "bm the desolate valleys, de-
serts. Or perh. abrupt valleys, precipi-
tous, craggy 5 comp. ΝΞ cut off, abrupt,
precipitous, and ῥαγάς from ᾧ ῥήγνυμι. But
the former sense is preferable. Comp.

in M2.

Εν"

mM f. (r. ΓῺΞ no, 2) desolation ; spo-
ἴω of a vineyard Is. 5,6 TMB ANMwA
ᾳ ἃ. πὸϑ inns 7 anil make it a deso-
lation, pr. a cutting off, consumption ;
Vulg. ponam eam desertam. 'The gram-
marians have not been consistent in re-
spect to this and the preceding form
mma; they ought both to have been
Ῥοϊητοῦ with the same vowels.

D8IM2 Bethuel, pr. n. 1. Of a man,
(i. q. baima man of God,) the father of
‘Laban and ‘Rebecca, Gen. 22, 22. 23. 24,
15. 24. 47. 50. 25, 20. 28, 2. 5.

2. Of a place, (from Lis i i. q. M3, pr.
abode of God,) belonging to the hike of
Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 30; written by con-
traction >3Ma in Tia, 19, 4. In the
same list of cities in Josh. 15, 30, we find
instead of it o>. See Reland Pales-
tina p. 152, 153.

2AN3 see in b¥IN3 no. 2.
moana f. (τ. bna q.v.) 1. α virgin,

pure and unspotted; Arab. 555, Syr.
Wioao, id. Gen. 24, 16 ndama... 79271
MBIT ND Wet and the nehden ν . was a
virgin, neither had any man known her.
2 Sam. 13, 2.18. /mb8n3a M432 a maiden
who is a virgin, intacta, Deut. 22, 23. 28.
Judg. 19, 24. 21,12. 1 K. 1, 2—Hence
also

2. a virgin just married, a young
spouse, Joel 1, 8. Sept. νύμφη. So Lat.
virgo Virg. Hcl. 6. 47. Aun. 1. 493;

puella Georg. 4. 458; also Arab. pe
virgin.

3. By a προσωποποίΐα. common to the .
Hebrews, in which cities or countries
are personified as females, the same are
also called virgins, see the examples
cited in na no. 5. So too where ὯΞ is
omitted, simpl. >xtw1 n>3n2 virgin of
Israel, i. e. the Israelitish people, Jer. 18, «
13. 31, 4. 21. Am. 5, 2. Chald. Vers.
correctly Peony Nm cetus Israélis.
—Hence

moana m. plur. 1. virginity. Lev.
21,13 mpi AMDINAa HUN NAN he shall
take a wife in her virginity, who is a
virgin. Judg. 11, 37. Ez. 23, 3 "53
WDM their virgin breasts.

2. signs, tokens of virginity, (comp.

168

ie. mountains cut up with valleys. ἡ

“na

m7. no. 3. b, sign of a covenant.) i. 8
the bed clothes stained with blood on the
wedding-night, Deut. 22, 14 sq. Comp.
Leo Afric. p. 325. - Niebuhr’s Descript.
of Arabia p. 35 sq. Germ. Michaelis

Mosaisches Recht IT. ὃ 92.
MPA see na I. no. 10. ο.
D.Ma plur. houses, see M2.

ῬΏΞ, whence 4>4n3 virgin. Arab.
his is to separate, i. ᾳ. D132; hence
mina is one separated and Tbottndd ;
from intercourse with men. But it may
be worth inquiry, whether dma is not
i. q. ῬῺΞ to ripen ; whence nbina one
ripe, mature. Comp. mad. ,

* Poa j in Kal not used; once in Prer
Ez. 16, 40 enisqn3 yPHI and the
shall cut (hew) thee in pieces with cd
swords ; Sept. κατασφάξουσί σε, Vulg,

trucidabunt te. Arab. Se to cleave
asunder, to cut in pieces, to cut off;
Ethiop. ΩΤ Ὦ to break.

᾿ gia) to cut im two or in pieces, t uC
divide, as victims in sacrifice, so il

Kat and Pret, Gen. 15,10. Arab. Ἵ

to cut off, to break off. Kindred root

are os, κἄν, 0B, IMB.
Deriv. "na, ji73.

“M2 Chald. after, for "M82; see ὃ
mR p. 105.

“2 τὰ. (τ. ἼὩ3) ὁ. suff. 3, plu
constr. "2.

1. a piece, part of a victim as cut u
Gen. 15, 10. Jer. 34, 19. 4

2. section, i.e. the being cut up; spe
ken of a region cut wp or divided |
mountains and valleys, rugged, cragg,
precipitous, comp. 73. Cant. 2,_
sna ΉΤΟ», Sept. ἐπὲ ὄρη κοιλωμάτ

a σα στον τσ σννν».......»....».......»............ὄΦῳΆἌ.

7iNM m. (τ. 12) pr. section, i.e. a7
gion cut wp with mountains and valleys
or better, a valley cutting into mountain
i.q. @ craggy valley, mountain g me
defile, κοίλωμα, like ῥαγάς from ῥηγνῖ
2 Sam. 2,29. Comp. "na no. 2.—Othe
take it as the pr. n. of some pi ing
valley or region; but this ΗΝ
little difference, since even then it m

nna

have been derived from the nature of

_ the place.

*nna obsol. root, Arab. tin I, IV, to
eut, to cut off, to babak ‘off comp. andor

ΤῊ Ἢ ὠἰΐϑ something broken off,
finished, destroyed, Xt and Ki whol-

Ψ

Gimel, 5273, the third letter of the
Hebrew siohabets as a numeral denot-
ing 3. Its name differs only in form

from 525 camel ; and its figure in Pheni-

cian inscriptions (A, A,) bears acer-
tain resemblance to the camel’s hump
or neck; see Monumen. Pheen. p. 22.
As the softest of the palatal letters
(p274) except Yod, it is often inter-
changed: a) With the harder palatals
>and Pp, both in the Hebrew itself,

and in the corresponding forms of the

kindred dialects; 6. g. "7A, peter
yard) a heap of sheaves; M53,
ἴδ βϑ, Cas sulphur; 324 and 42>
to cover, to protect ; ὯΔ and 022,

to collect, to heap up; 53" and $35 to run

; 5 “3. :
up and down, 2733, Kar3, calix of flow-

Ge Ge R
ers; 773, > and 5 to cut; 7pw,

πλῷ, ire: an almond-tree.

b) More rarely with the gutturals ; as
3, e.g. 532, Chald. 932, 233, to burst

forth : 8, Arab. Ss σὲ to provoke ; alson,

6. g. MDX, Kor, young of birds ;
comp. MX.

83 m. adj. for ΝᾺ (Ὁ. nya) elated, i.e.
haughty, proud, Is. 16, 6.

c INS fut. M37, a poetic word.
1. to lift up oneself, to rise, to increase,
e. g. of rising waters Ez. 47, 5; of a
plant growing Job 8, 11 be, κ᾿ 10, 16
"ASH Ow. HAI iit of it lift up itself
(sc. my head) thou eee me as a lion.

169

WW

ly, entirely. In Hebrew it seems tu
have signified :

1. to cut or mark out, to ἌΡ. and
hence to measure ; ΠΑΝ ma Il, as ἃ
measure of liquids.

2. to cut off any thing, to make an end
of, to lay wholly waste, i. q. 122; whence
nna, nna.

2. Metaph. to be exalted, majestic,
glorious, spoken of God, Ex. 15, 1. 21.—
Hence in the derivatives also:

3. to be eminent, excellent, splendid ;
see deriv. ji84 no. 2.

4. to be elated, i. e. haughty, proud ;
see deriv. Na no. 2, 7183 and Fiks no. 3.

Syr. Pa. ly to decorate, to make
splendid, magnificent ; Ethpa. to boast
oneself ; i LL. decorated, elegant,

magnificent. In the signif. of pride it
corresponds with Gr. vaio.

Deriv. 83, 714 I, and those here fol-
lowing.

TIN adj. 1. lifted up, high, lofty,
Is. 2, 12. Job 40, 11. 12 ΠΝ Δ 29 ΠΝ"

ὙΠΡ ΒΘ ΠῚ look upon every high thing

and bring it low.

2. elated, i.e. proud, haughty, Jer. 48,
29. Plur. ®°x3 the proud, often with the’
accessory notion of impiety, ungodli-
ness; as elsewhere gentleness and hu-
mility include also the idea of piety, see
"32>. Ps. 94, 2. 140, 6. Prov. 15, 25. 16,
19. Sept. ὑπερήφανοι, ὑβρισταί.

MINA f. pride, haughtiness, Prov. 8, 13.

DSANI (majesty of God) Geuel pr. n.
m. Num. 13, 15.

MINA ( (r. 4N4) pr. elevation, exalta-
tion; hence

1. majesty, glory, as of God, Deut. 33
26. Ps. 68, 35. :

2. ornament, excellency, splendour,
Job 41, 7. Deut. 33, 29.

3. pride, haughtiness ; Ps. 73, 6 12>

“ΓΝ ἸΏ» therefore pride surroundeth

them like a neck-chain, i. e. clothes their
neck, as being the seat of pride. Ps. 31.

aR

24. Prov. 14, 3. Is. 9,8. 13, 3. 11. 16, 6.
25,11. Trop. of the sea, Ps. 46, 4 the
mountains tremble through its pride, i.e.
its proud swelling or heaving.

D SANS m. plur. (τ. 5&5, after the form
ΠΡΟΣ, op,) προ πολ redemp-
tion ; Is. 63, 4 "DANA MND the year of my
Fedemption, ὦ ive. in which I will redeem
my people. So Sept. Vulg. Syr. Usu-
ally: the year of my redeemed.

ὙΠ 3 m. (τ. TRA) constr. jks, once
plur. o2i83 Ez. 16, 56; pr. elevation,
exaltation; hence

1. majesty, grandeur, e. g. of God, Ex.
15, 7. Is. 2, 10. 19. 21. 24, 14 aby ™ ἽΝ
die shant for the majesty of " Jehovah.
Job 37, 4 ἼΣ 5. DIP the voice of his ma-
jesty, ὲ 6. thunder. 40, 10 jika δ) ID
mah) deck thyself now with majesty and
grandeur. Mic. 5, 3.

2. ornament, excellence, splendour, Is.
4,2. 60, 15 I will make thee Bid ἽΝ Ἀ a
perpetual excellency, glory. 13,19 ΡΒ.
23 ΝᾺ the glorious ornament of ‘the
Chaldeans, i. 6. the city of Babylon.
14,11. Ps. 47,5 aps" 7ixs the excellency,
ornament, of Jacob, q. d. the pride of Ja-
cob, the Holy Ltd’, also of God, Am. 8,
7. FPP PRs the excellenty, pride, of
Jordan, poet. for its green and shady
banks, clothed with willows, tamarisks,
and cane, in which lions make their cov-
ert, Jer. 12, 5. 49,19. 50,44. Zech. 11, 3.
Comb. Sdecuhe on Zech. l. 6. Relandi
Palestina p. 274.

3. ig. M485 no. 3, pride, haughtiness ;
Prov. 16,18 pride goeth before a fall.
SPP" ΝᾺ the haughtiness of Jacob Am.
6, 8. Nah. 2, 3. Job 35,12. Is. 13, 11.
16, 6. Hos. 5, 5. Ascribed also to waves,
Job 38, 11; see in MIRA no. 3. Comp.
MAXd no. 4.

MANA f. (r. mya) Tsere impure.

1. a lifting wp, any thing high. Is.
9,17 jOY mas a column of smoke.

2. majesty of God, Ps. 3, 1.

3. ornament, excellency, splendour, Is.
28, 1.3. Concr. Is. 12, 5.

4. haughtiness, pride, Ps. 17,10. Trop.
of the sea, Ps. 89,10; comp. in 7383 no. 3.

JPRS adj. (τ. MNa) proud, haughty,
Ps. 123, 4 Cheth. In Keri 0°21" "3 the
proud oppressors.

MPRA valleys, see NA.

170

_est kinsman, Ruth 4, 1. 6. 8; comp. κ᾿

ὈΝΔ '
ἋΣ q
ΤΣ, BY: fut. Dea 1. to redeem, t i

ransom, 6. g. a field or farm sold, Ὁ:
paying back the price, Lev. 25, 25. Ruth '
4,4.6; any thing ‘consecrated to God,
ay. 97, 13. 15. 19. 20. 31; a slave Lev.
25, 48.49. Part. xi Ἀπ ΡΟΝ, one who
redeems a field, Lev. 25, 26. Trop and —
very often spoken of God as redeem-
ing and ‘delivering men and. espec.
Israel, e. g. from the bondage of Egypt
Ex. 6, 6; from the Babylonian exile Is
43,1. 44, 22. 48, 20. 49,7. al. Cont Ὁ »
72 Ps. 72,14; 129 Ps. 106, 10. Part. pas
ὈΠΟΝΣ, mins “ba, the redeemed of Jeh
vah, Is. 35, 9. 51, 10. Part. act. Job 19,2
al “yi "AT" ὋΝ I know that myredeem-
er liveth, i.e. God himself, whowill deliver
me’ from ‘these ‘eatemiticHaadap 3; 5 in
curses upon his natal day: 7M 572 oe
ΓΛ let darkness and death-shade Τ᾽
deem it for themselves, i. e. recover t
again take posséssion’of it. |
2. With 05, to redeem blood, i. 6. to
avenge bloodshed, to demand or i
punishment for blood; found only in Part
nat bx the avenger of blood, Num. 35,
19 sq. Deut. 19, 6.12. Josh. 20,3. 2 Sam
14, 11; without pan id. Num. 35, 12. Ma
3. As the right ‘of redemption (no. 1
and the duty of blood-revenge (no. 2) be
longed to the nearest relative, hence 58
denotes a blood relative, kinsman, Num
5, 8. Lev. 25, 25. Ruth 3, 12. With th
art. R50 the Goél, the next of kin, n

12. The one next after him is calle
bein Ruth 2,20,comp. 4,4. Plur. 5°98
blood-relatives, kinsmen, 1 K. 16, 11.--
So to Heb. "XW i. 6. blood-relative, col

ag cn Arab. me avenger of Βοος
and bs a friend, kinsman, also a pre

tector, avenger.

4, Since also by the Mosaic
when a man died without children, ἢ
was the duty of the next of kin to mam
his widow and raise up children in h
name, (see 037, Ὁ3",} the verb DXA
also transferred to denote this a it
duty of relationship, and is then der
from dxh, E.g. Ruth 3, 13, where B
says: YB ND-DN} bye" ait baa
SDN NS ΠΈΡΤΗ if he will perfor

[᾿

marry thee.

on

thee), well; let him do the kinsman’s
part ; but if he will not,... then I will
do the kinsman’s part to thee, i. e. will
Comp. Tob. 3, 17.

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be redeemed,
ransomed, e. g. a field or tarm Lev. 25,
30; things cousecrated Lev. 27, 20. 27.

28. 33; a slave Lev. 25, 54.—Reflex. to

redeem oneself Lev. 25, 49. ;
Deriv. Mya, ΘΗΝ, and pr. n. 9837.

ς Il. ORS, a verb of the later He-

_ brew, in Kal not used, to be defiled, pol-

luted, unclean, i. q. Chald. PNB,
ἡπρόὶ d¥ANN to be polluted.

Prax x3 to defile, to pollute, Mal. 1,7.

Puat 1. to be polluted. Part. byhn
polluted, wnclean, of food Mal. 1, 7. 12.

2. to be pronounced unclean, i.e. to
be removed as polluted from the priest-
hood, Ezra 2,62. Neh. 7,64. Comp. Syr.
Sa to cast away, to reject, and 55}
Hiph.

Nipu. 5833 Zeph. 3, 1, and ΔῈ39 Is. 59,
3. Lam. 4, 14, to be defiled, polluted.
The latter form i is Soplar to the Arabic

passive Conj. VII Judit.

Hipu. fo soil, to stain, as a garment
with blood, Is. 63,3. The form "ΘΝ ΩΝ
for ἘΌΝ is by Syriasm.

Hrrapa. to defile oneself, e. g. with
unclean food, Dan. 1, 8— Hence

33,
:

P84 plur. constr. “>a, defilement,
pollution, Neh. 13, 29.

MONS f(r. bez 1) 1. redemption, re-
purchase of a field or farm, Lev. 25, 24.
Ruth 4,7—Hence aa) i.q. right of re-
demption, fally ΤΡ ἈΠ ΒΦ 8. Jer. 32, 7,
comp. v. 8 and see mina. Lev. 25, 29.
31. 48, odi> mbna perpetual right. of
redemption, in perpetuity, Lev. 25, 32.
b) With gen. of pers. a field to be re-

deemed by any one as next of kin, Ruth

4.6. c) price of redemption, Lev. 25,
26. 51. 52. ῖ

δῷ, relationship, kindred. Ez. 11, 15
MONA WIN thy relatives, thy Rehadired:
Seer. bya 3;

33 m. (τ. 333 no. 1) c. suff. "23, plur.
O73, and nina, see no. 5,6; pr. some-
thing gibbous, convex, arched; hence

171

unto thee the kinsman’s part (i.e. marry

== be}

1. the back, 6. g. of animals Ez. 10,
12; also of men, Ps. 129, 3 484m 72a by
β᾽ Ὁ. the ploughers ploughed. upon my
back, i.e. they made deep furrows on
my back with their blows.

2. the boss of a shield or buckler, i. 6.
the exterior convex part; comp. Arab.

ὡς shield, and Fr. bouclier from bou-
cle. Soin the proverbial expression, Job
15, 26 "7292 "BA TAD... 72N PIII he
runneth upon him. vail the thick
bosses of his fecklesecd a metaphor drawn
from soldiers who join their shields to-
gether and so rush upon the enemy.
Comp. Schult. ad 1. c. Har. Cons. 23, p.
231. 40, p. 454, ed. de Sacy.—Hence

3. a bulwark, intrenchment, strong-
hold. Job 13, 12 02722 “72h "Ba bulwarke
of clay are your bulwarks ; here spoken
of weak and futile arguments behind

.which his opponents intrench them-

selves ; comp. Is. 41,21. So Arab. gb
back, also for bulwark.

4. a vault, fornix, spec. of a brothel,
arched cell, in which harlots prostituted
themselves, Ez. 16, 24. 31, 39. Sept.
οἴχημα πορνικὸν, πορνεῖον. So Lat. for-
nix Juven. 3. 156. ᾿

5. the rim of a wheel, the circum-
ference, felloes. Plur. 0°33 1 Κὶ. 7, 33;
miay Ez. 1, 18.

6. an eye-brow, q. d. arch of the eye,

Plur. mi25 Lev. 14,9. Arab. Kap the
bone which the eye-brow covers.

7. the back, i. e. upper part, top of an
altar, Ez. 43,13. Sept. τὸ ὕψος τοῦ ϑυ-
σιαστηρίου. So Gr. νῶτος for the surface
of the sea, of the land, etc. The same
is Mata δὲ Ex. 30, 3. 37, 26; so that
one might doubt whether it ought not to
be so read in Ez. l. c.

34 Chald. i. q. Heb. the back ; plur.
for sing. like Gr. τὰ νῶτα, Dan. 7, 6
Cheth. it had four wings M724 >> upon
its back ; Keri aa. Sept. ἐπάνω αὐτής,
Theod. ὑπεράνω αὐτῆς, Vulg. super se.

23 plur. p'a3 2 K, 25,12 Cheth. see
r. 333 no. 3.

I. 33 τη. (τ. 33) 1. α board, from
the idea of cutting; plur. 0°33 1 K. 6, 9,

2. a well, cistern; plur. 3°23 Jer. 14,
; 8. 2K. 3, 16,

2 172

II. 35 (for naa, r. 23) a locust, plur.
3°33 Is. 33, 4. Bape: ἀκρίδες.

33 Gob, pr. n. see 333.

35 Chald. (r. 333 no. 2) emph. 833, ὦ
pit, den, in which lions were kept, Dan. 6,
8 sq. In Targg. for Heb. "a. Syr.

ee ee » δ γ᾽

poo,» Ἰδδϑαςς, Arab. Ue, Eth. 1),

id. :
i N25 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. GS final

Waw and Ye, to gather together, to col-

lect, e. g. waters into a reservoir, tribute ;

- IV, to gather together, to collect.—
Hence

834m. 1. a@ reservoir, cistern, Is.
30,14. Vulg. fovea.

2. a marsh, pool, Kz. 47, 11.

ἢ 5:3 a verb of twofold signification,
one its own, the other derived.
1. Pr. to be curved, hollow, or also to

be gibbous, convex, in the manner of an °

arch, vault; hence 34 q. v. something
gibbous, the back, etc. The same pri-
mary idea lies also in th® kindred roots,
as 113.13, whence δ, 18; 523 whence
ΒΔ; Dan hence ΗΝ ᾿ also in p>
where see more, and MED; 32, ls,
and even 5PM. ‘Covteiondinge: are ‘algo
Lat. gibbus, Engl. gibbous, Germ. Gie-
bel, Gipfel. Comp. also the roots m5,
M33, 123, 533.

2. The other signif. is borrowed from

» a -
ΔΙΆ, 237, to cut in, to dig; Arab. >

to cut, to cut or hew out; comp. Cols
mid. Wqw and Ye id. Conj. VIII, to dig
a well. Hence Chald. 35 a well ἂν pit.

* yas obsol. root, i.q Arab, ΤΩΣ to
come forth out of the ground, to creep
forth, as a serpent from his hole ; whence

- δ.
ωοἱΞ. for igh a locust, so called as

issuing from the earth when hatched;
comp. Eth. A7MM the great locust,
from fous to emerge from the water.

Comp. Plin. H. N. 11.29 or 35. Bochart
Hieroz. II. p. 443—Hence 33 IT. 345 I.

**I23 inf. mds, once m3: Zeph.
3,11; fat. mS3", ¥ lar. fem. irregular
myrsan Kz. 16, 50,

1. to be high, lofty, tall; comp. in 333

ak ἢ

,

mnaa.

riots

no. 1. E. g. a tree Ez. 19, 1; the
heavens Ps. 103, 11; a man ‘Sam, 7
10, 23. ql
2. to be elevated, exalted, toa higher {
degree of dignity and glorg: Is. 52, 13.
Job 36, 7. a
3. 125 ΓΞ} one’s heart lifts itself up, is
lifted up, elated: a) Ina good sense,
i. q. to take courage, 2 Chr.17,6 mag
mint “2973 12> and his heart was en-
couraged i in the ways of Jehovah. Ὁ) In
a bad sense, to be lifted up in pride, to be
proud, Paso ΤᾺ Ps. 131, 1. Prov. 18, 15.
2 Chr. 26, 16.—Hence
4. Of a person himself, to be cca q
haughty, Is. 3, 16. Jer. 13, 15. |
ΗΙΡΗ. 97230 to make high, to exalt,
Ez. 17, 24. 21, 31 [26]. Prov. 17, 19
inne A730 έφήμν, βένο gate highh 4
Jer. 49, 16 Wie WED Azan Da though —
thou makest thy nest high like the eagle,
i.e. buildest thy castles upon the highest
cliffs; comp. Obad. 4, where 727 is omit-
ted. Adverbially with an infin. Ps. 113, δ
maw> ἜΠΑΞΑ ΣΙ pr. who maketh high to
dwell, i.e. who dwelleth on high. 100
5, 7 HAY ὙΠΆΞ25 they fly on high, soar
aloft; so with 42 impl. Job 39, 27 [30].
Also followed by a finite verb, Is. 7, 11. q
Deriv. the four following, and pr. ne

733 iq, mby adi heh, ΠΝ ΡΣ
only in constr. 5"2"3 723 Ps. 101, 5; ἐς.
2> Prov. 16, 5; πο ΤΙΞᾺ Ece. γ 8,

‘325 adj. once in Ps. 138, 6; constr, —
maa 1 Sam. 16,7, comp. 723; f.mmaa.
1. high, lofty, tall, e. g. a tree Ez. 17,
24; a tower Is. 2, 15; a mountain Gen.
7, 19. Is. δὴ: εἰ mei fate 9, 5
ΤΊΟΡ. powerful Ecc. 5,7. Subst. height,
tallness, 1 Sam. 16, 7. ]
2. proud, haughty, Is. 5,15. 1 Sam. 2, 8, Ὶ

rad τὴ. 6. suff. ἧπαρ 1, height, alti-
tude, as of trees, buildings, ete. Ez. 1, 18.
40, 42. 1 Sam. 17. 4. Am. 2,9. Job 22, 12 —
bray mah mibacndm is not God in the
height of heaven? i. e. in the lofty hea-*
vens. Plur. constr. Job 11,8 πῶ "38 —
bsen- as the heights of heaven are the
mysteries of divine wisdom, what canst |
thou do ? .
= majesty, grandeur, Job 40, 10. .
3. pride, haughtiness, Jer. 48, 29; more

᾿ Ἵ

rls)

fully 3> mab 2 Chr. 26,16; "1" F135 Prov.
16, 18; HR mA Ps. 10, 4. This latter
expression is also very frequent in Ara-
bic, see Thesaur. p. 257.

ΓΔ f. (τ. w2a) pride, haughtiness,
Is. 2, 11. 17.

bag m. (r. 523) ὁ. suff. "Daa, "233,

plur. onda.

l. ἃ bound, limit, Sonia as of a field,
district, country ; pr. a cord or line ἣν
which a limit is measured out; see r.
53} πο. 1. Deut. 19, 14. 27, 17. Prov.
22, 28. Judg. 11, 18. ὯΝ 95:3} western
border Num. 34, 3. 6. Spoken of the
bounds of the sea, Ps. 104, 9.—T he idiom
21235 Num. 34, 6 etc. see in” copul. no.
1. f.

2. The space included within certain
borders, territery, country, district, like»
Engl. bounds, limits. Gen. 10,19 5138
"23227 the bounds, territory, of the Ca-
naanites. prs daas->d the whole
bounds, land, of Egypt Ex. 10, 14. 19.
0 ‘bengnba 1 Sam. 11, 3.7; “33 Dada
wind ‘Num. 21, "24. al. Plur. bountda, ter-
ritories, Jer. 15, 13. Is. 60,18. 2 K. 15; 16.
Ez. 27, 4 thy borders, terwitonies are in
the midst of the sea, spoken of Tyre.

3. a margin, edge, e. g. of an altar,
Ez. 43, 13. 17.

~ T1393 f(r. 533) a border, margin. Is.
28, 25 indaa ΓΘ ΞῚ and spelt in the bor-
der of it, sc. of the field.—Plur. midis,
ΤΡ, borders: bounds, as of a field, Job
24,2; of regions, countries, Num. 34, 2.
12; of nations, Deut. 32, 8.

a3, 34, adj. (τ. 38) 1. strong,
mighty, valiant ; spoken οἵα hunter, Gen.
10,9; mostly of an impetuous warrior,
champion, hero, 2 Sam. 17, 10. Ps. 33,
16. 45, 4. “aa 7322 @ mighty king, im-
petuous, i. e. Alexander the Great, Dan.
11, 3. 733 > the mighty hero Is. 9, 5.
10, 21, comp. Ez. 82, 11. Gen. 6,4 man
pwn qwiy ὈΡῚΣ Ὁ “ὧν pean these were
the mighty men, heroes, who of old were
men of renown. Prov. 30, 30 the lion is
mighty among the beasts. Also genr. a
warrior, Jer. 51, 30. Ps. 120, 4. 127, 4;
ban “a3 a mighty man of valour, valiant
warrior, Judg. 6, 12. 11,1. 1 Sam. 9, 1;
plur. 57>" "7123 1 Chr. 7,5. 11.40. So
of God, Ps. 24, 8 MIN hag way Minn

1δῈ

179 135

mano ini Jehovah strong and mighty,
Jehovah mighty in battle. Deut. 10, 17.
Jer. 32, 18. Neh. 9, 32. Ironically, Is. 5,
22 sox barre 7a mind) omnia an
"20 wo unto those mighty to drink wine,
the valiant to mingle strong drink ; see
Comment. on Is. 28, 1.—Trop. spoken
also of ability, activity, in the transac-
tion of business, etc. 59% i24 strong
in ability, i. e. active, capable, enter-
prising, 1 K. 11, 28. Neh. 11, 14;
also of wealth, >" “ina mighty in
wealth, of great substance, Ruth 2, 1.
1 Sam. 9, 1. 2 K. 15, 20; of power, Gen.
10, 8.—Hence

2.. Like Engl. warrior, put for a leader ~
in war, war-chief. Is. 3, 2 Wnt 7iDa
nanena the war-chief and, the soldier ;
comp. Ez. 39,20. The same is prob..to be
understood of those who are called ™33
17 2 Sam. 23, 8.1K. 1, 8. 1 Chr. 11, 26.
29, 24. Genr. of any chief, prefect ; 1
Chr..9, 26 D™ Ze VIiD4 the chiefs of the
porters.

3. In a bad sense, violent, an ἄρον

or, tyrant, Ps. 52,3. So Arab. pir

4, Poet. a man, i. 4. "33, 2 Sam. 22,
26. In the patall. Ps. 18, 26 is "33.

MVII3I f. (τ. 3) 1. strength. Ecc.
9,16 MI9389 MISH ΓΞ wisdom ts bet-
ter than strength. 10,17 Ohappy land!

.. whose princes eat in due season
"nwa Nb) Maa for strength and no
Sor drunkenness, i. 6. in order to strength-
en the body. Plur. Ps. 90, 10 our years
are seventy years i mw 9 ὦ nina 1323 ON?
and if by reason of. strength they be eighty
years, etc. Job 41, 4 [12].

2. Spec. our, strength, might, sc.
for war, Judg. 8, 21. Is. 36,5; ascribed
also to the horse, Job 39,19. Once trop.
of the bold and intrepid spirit of a pro-
phet, Mic. 3, 8. Sometimes as concr.
might, for mighty deeds ; 1 Κι. 15, 23 and
the rest of all the acts of Asa ingas-b3)
nips ἜΘ τ 31 and all his mighty deeds,
and all that he did, etc. 16, 27. 22, 46.
Also concr. for D213 mighty men, he-
roes, Is. 3, 25.

3. power, might, Is. 30, 15; espec. of
God, Ps. 21,14. 54, 3. 66, 7. 71, 18:89,

14, Plur. mia ΤΠ ΛΗ2} mighty acts, won-

ders of Jehovah, Deut. 3, 24, Ps. 106 2.
Job 26, 14.

33

4. victory, Ex. 32,18; comp. the verb
in Ex. 17, 11.

_ #09933 Chald. emph. 8M7533, power,
might, of God, Dan. 2, 20.

3 Maa i. q. maa, to be high ; spec. of
stature and of the forehead. So ae

m5 one who is too tall; Arab. at
one Who has a high broad orale Lat.

fronto, Prat forehead. Hence the two

following:

T3324 m. adj. one who has the forehead
too high, fronto, since nouns of the form
Sup denote blemishes of the body;
hence, bald in front, forehead-bald, Lev.
13, 41. Sept. ἀναφάλαντος. Opp. MOP
i. e. bald behind. ὃ

M324 f. (τ. M22) baldness in front, a
bald forehead, Lev. 13, 42. 43. Trop.
bareness,'‘a threadbare spot on the outer
or right ade of cloth, Lev. 13, 55. Opp.
mrp baldness behind, also a threadbare
spot on the wrong side of cloth.

"34 (i. q. Syr. poy tax-gatherer)
Gabbai, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 8.

BD" (cisterns Jer. 14, 3, or locusts Is.
33,4) Gebim, pr. n. ofa small place a short
distance north of Jerusalem, Is. 10, 31.

M2935 f. (τ. 323 no. 3) curdled milk.
cheese, Job 10,10. Arab. τὰ IV to
gurdle milk; V, to be curdled, coagu-
lated ; Bocas Ae, Ethiop. 21.21,
Syr. jaa, cheese.

23 τὰ. (r. 223) 1. a cup, goblet,
bowl, of a large size, Gen. 44,2 sq. So
a bowl or goblet of wine Jer. 35, 5, distin-
guished from the ΤΌ or smaller cups
into which the wine was poured from
the larger goblet.

_ 2. cup, calix of flowers, as an orna-
ment of the sacred candelabra, Ex. 25,

31 sq. 37, 17.19. Comp. Arab. Kaas calix
of flowers, and Heb. n2ap cup, calix.

“33 τῇ. (τ. 23) @ master, lord, from
the notion of might and power, Gen. 27,
29. 37.

M1734 f. (fem. of preced.) a mistress,
every where for @ queen, e. g. the king’s

174

Trop. for crystal, which resembles ice,

from the signif. bowndary comes Aa

‘i. 6. little mountain.—Gentile ἢ. “bal

- Gebal Ps. 83, 8, i.e. Gebalene, pr. n. of

Ὁ

consort, 1K. 11,19. 5 Κ.10,13; the king’s
mother, 1 K. 15, 13. 2°Chr. 15,16. >

O23 τη. (r. Waa) pr. ice, see ΠΗ.

and was in fact supposed to be ice, Plin.
H. N. 37.2; comp. Gr. χρύσταλλος and
Eth. 4114: AZ.& hail-stones, also erys-
tal.—Once, Job 28, 18. }

‘ 225 1. to twist, to wreathe, as ἃ
cord or rope, wreathen work; kindr. 52m,

>3D, Big) also Ay a rope. Hence
nabas, 22 wreathen work ; also ΘΊΞ5,
pr. a cord, line, with which boundariias
are. τα δάϊδηι δὲς, and then for a bound or
limit itself ;-comp. Lat. finis and funis,
Engl. linei.q.cordandboundary. Then

pte mountain, chain of mountains, as —
the natural boundary of countries ; comp.
ὄρος and ὅρος, and Heb. daa, Poa.
2. Denom. from 5433 to Bound, to limit,
e.g. a)Asa boundary Josh. 18, 20
imix-diass ye and Jordan shall b ba!
its boundary. b) With ace. of bound-
ary, to set, to determine ; Deut. 19, 14
thou shalt not remove thy neighbour’:
boundary, B77 3533 WR which they
of old time have established. a
3. With 3, to border upon, also denom.
from 555}. maak 9, 2.
Hipu. Ἕ set bounds around any thing or,
Ex. 19, 23 -nnvmy ban set bounds
around the mountain. v. 12 "ὮΝ mba
pst and set bounds to the people roun
about.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1.

533 (i. q. i ea Jebel, mountain, see
Te boy no. 1,) Gebal, pr. n. of a Pheniciai
city between Tripolis and Beirit, situ-
ated on a hill, and inhabited by ceainel
and builders, Ez. 27,9; comp. 1 K. δ
[18]. Strabo XVI. p. "155 Casaub.
was called by the Greeks BiBloe, 8 3€
Strab. Ptol. Steph. Byz. rarely Bidho
The Arabs still call it Reve Jebet

Giblite, plur. ὉΠ 553} 1K. 5, 82 [18].

223 m. (mountain, see in τ. b35 no. 1,

the thountainous tract inhabited by th
Edomites, extending from the Dead Se:

$35

soutnwards to Petra, and still called by
the Arabs Jl Jebél. In Judith 3, 1
Lat. Vers. and also in the writings of the
Crusaders, it is called Syria Sobal ; by
Josephus, Bizaob. and Steph. Byz. I’ofo-
λῖτις, 1 εβαληνή, Γάβαλα. See Bibl. Res.
n Palest. II. p. 552.

223 see dan3.

M235 f(r. 538) wreathen work, twist-
ed like cords, see the root Kal no. 1. Ex.
28, 22 and thow shalt make upon the
breast-plate ant may nye. noaa Ὁ
inw wreathed chains (i. e. like cords),
braided or laced work of pure gold;
Sept. well χροσσοὺς συμπβλεγμένους.
Ex. 39,15. The same thing Is expressed,
in Ex. 28, 14, and two chains of pure gold,
may mvs ons nem ΤΊΘΞΔῸ wreathed
(like cords) shalt thou make them, braid-
ed work ; Sept. καταμεμιγμένα (ὦ ἂν-
ϑεσι). Most prob. we are to understand
small chains made of gold threads or

wire twisted or braided together like
cords; and then M33 ΠῺΣ is added by
τ οἵ epexegesis. ~

eas not used in Heb. 1. ἐο be gib-
bous, curved, see under 333 no. 1; so of
the body, see j23; of a mountain, see
873333 ; of the eye-brow, arch of the eye,
see “Syr. and Chald. 82°33. ‘
2. Trop. of the body, to shrink together

From fear, terror, Arab. CMS and one
to be timid, fearful; Act. to terrify.

3. Of milk, to curdle, to coagulate ;
comp. Germ. die Milch erschrickt, i. e.
curdles. Hence 2723 curdled milk,

cheese.

724 m. adj. gibbous, hunch-backed,
Lev. 21, 20. R. 133 no. 1.

03233 m. plur. (r. 138 no. 1) heights,
sumnuits, q. ἃ: humps, hummocks of a
mountain. Ps.68,16 Wana 7233-50 O
mount of summits, mount of “Bashan;
and v. 17 072223 O°" by apposit. ye
mountains, summits, i. e. abounding
in summits.—Comp. Talm. ™"35235
- crown of the head, summit; Syr. εἶν
summit of a mountain, arch of the eye-

brow; Arab. epee rough uneven coun-
try; alsoa cemetery, so called from the
sepulchral mounds, tumuli.

175

y24

, 233 not found in the verb, kindr
with the roots 333 q. Vv. 733, M33, etc.
and signifying to be high, like a rian |
tain, hill; and spec. to be arched, con-
vex, round, like a cup, the top of the
head, ate, see 9723 , 9323, 49239. Comp.

Arab. ae head. chief; Gr. κεφαλή, Lat.
caput, capo, all which few from the same
primary source.
Deriv. 5733,
following.

533 (hill) Geba Gaba, pr. n. of a
Levitical city in Benjamin, Josh. 18, 24.
21,17; situated on the northern border
of the kingdom of Judah, 2 K. 23,8. Zech.
14,10. More fully j-"33 233 1 Sam.
13, 16. 1 K. 15, 22. It was near to
Gibeah (M233 no. 2. a); towards the
northeast, Is. 10, 29. Josh. 18, 24. 28.
From these passages too it is evident
that Geba and Gibeah could not have
been the same place ; although in Jude.
20, 10. 33, 323 is inaccurately put for
M233; comp. the context. [Now

Jeb’a ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p.
113,114. Biblioth. Sac. 1844, p. 598 sq.
—R.

N8I34 (hill). Gibea, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr.
2, 49.

Mls f. (r. "πὴ plur. mivay 1. ἃ hill,
2 Sam. 2,25. Is.40,12. 41,15. Cant. 2,8. 8].
ἘῚΣ myay ἐδ κοξη; hills, i.e. ever.the
same from the creation anil now, Gen.
49, 26. Job 15, 7 Ma>in missy “2d wast
thou brought forth before the hills? Prov.
8, 25. mint m933 the hill of Jehovah, i.e.
Zion Ez. 34, 26, comp. Is. 31, 4. Many
of the hills in Palestine were distinguish-
ed by pr. names; as Mak, 32, ΓΟ ΣΤΊ,

2. Meton. a city on a hill ; ecienb the
termination dunum in the early names of
cities in Germany, France, and Britain,
which in Celtic signifies a hill, as Au-
gustodunum, Cesarodunum, Lugdunum,
etc. Hence as pr. n. Gibeah:

a) 2523 M933 1 Sam. 13, 2. 15,923
7779923, 2 Sam. 23, 29, Gibeah of Benj
min ; likewise ealled bat ms2a Gibeah
of Saul 1 Sam. 11, 4; panbyn ms33
1 Sam. 10, 5. comp. 10; also xat ἐξοχήν
maan Gibeah. Hos. 5, 8. 9, 9. 10. 93

mas, and the six here

: maa 1 Sam. 10, 26, ie Josh. 18, 28

E pal

a city of Benjamin, the birthplace of
Saul, noted for the atrocious crime com-
mitted by its inhabitants Judg. 19, 12 sq.
20,4 sq. Like Bethel it seems to have

been reckoned among the ancient sanc-

tuaries of Palestine, 1 Sam. 10, 5. 6. [It
lay on and around a high and sharp hill,
now called Jwletl el-Ful, about three
miles north of Jerusalem, near the great
road; see Biblioth. Sac. 1844, p. 598 sq.
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 144, 317. Jo-
seph. B. J.5.2.1.—R.] Gentile n. "934
Gibeathite 1 Chr. 12, 3.

b) omp"B ΓΞ} Gibeah of Phinehas, in
the mountains of Ephraim, Josh. 24, 33.

6) M333 Gibeah, a place in the tribe
of Judah, Josh. 15, 57. Now called
x2as Jeb’ah, a village southwest of
Jerusalem near the foot of the moun-
tains ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 327.

71934 (hill-city, i.e: built on a hill,)
Gibeon, a large city of the Hivites Josh.
10, 2. 11, 19, afterwards belonging to
Benjamin Josh. 18, 25. 21,17; to be dis-
tinguished from the neighbouring cities
Geba 324, and Gibeah 4933, lying west-
ward of both, and narth eat of Jerusa-
tem; now called >| el-Jib ; see
- Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. Ῥ. 135-9. In the
reigns of David and Solomon the sacred
tabernacle was stationed here, 1 K. 3, 4.
5. 9, 2.—Gentile n. "23233 Gibeonite, 2
Sam. 21, 1 sq.

yas quadril. m. the caliz or corolla
of flowers, i. q. 3723 calix with > added,
which sometimes seems to have the fared
of a diminutive, comp. 5272, 53°99 from
aan. Once spoken of flax, Ex. 9,31 for
the barley was in the ear 553} HME
and the flax in the caliz, i.e. in flower.—
It is used also in the Mishna for the calix
or covolla in the flowers of hyssop or ori-
ganum, which exhibits almost the ap-
pearance of ears of grain, e. g. Para 11.
δ 7.9. 10. 12. ὃ 2,8; where the more learn-
ed Rabbins have long ago explained .it
correctly. See more in Thesaur. p. 261.

MYAA see in M233 no. 2. ἃ.
. 23 and ar) 2Sam. 1, 23, fut. 235,

to be or become strong, mighty, to prevail,
The primary idea is that of binding,

kindr. with >23; like Arab. ᾿ξ I, VII, :

176

“a4

VIH to bind up something broken, te —
make firm and solid, which is also re- —
ferred to strength and power, as in Conj.
V, to be strong, strengthened, confirmed ;
VVvVge γ γν- ἐν

Syr. ἐξ, par], to show oneself —
strong. Ethiop. 114 to labour, to do, —
which seems derived from the idea of
force and strength. Kindred is also "23,

.—Absol. of an enemy Ex. 17, 11;
of waters rising and increasing, Gen. 7, —
18. 19. 20. 24; of wealth Job 21,7. With —

2 to be stronger than any one, 2 Sam. 1,
23; also with >>, Gen. 49, 26.

Pie. to make strong, to strengthen,

Zech. 10, G2. Ecc. 10, 10 7333 px
he puts to more strength. |
Hipx. 1. to make strong, to confirm. —

Dan. 9, 27 ΠΡ Ma WAIT he shall
make a firm covenant with many. |
2. Intrans. to prevail, pr. to exercise
strength, comp. synon. P28, PIN,
and Lat. robur facere Hirt. Bell. Afr.85. —
Ital. far forze.—Ps. 12, 5 97533 522105
with our tongue will we prevail. Comp. —
Is. 28, 15. ;
Hirupa. 1. to show oneself strong, to
prevail, with >» Is. 42, 13. :
2. toconduct oneself proudly, insolently,
ὑβρίζειν, Job 36,9; with DN against any
one, Job 15, 25. Arab. V, to be proud,

contumacious, jus proud, contuma-
cious. ἃ
Deriv. "523, 77533, 733, 79733, “
those here following. Ἷ

724 m. plur. 533 1. α man, so
called from his strength, i.g. O"®; found
only in poetry except a few exaniplell
Deut. 22, 5. 1 Chr. 24, 4. 26, 12, comp.
ΘΒ; but the usual word in Aramean,
"33 ones fan: —Ps. 34,9 "33 "iR
"Στ ΠΌΤ happy the man who trusteth in
him. 52, 9. 94, 12. al. p75, OSA,
man by man, Josh. 7, 14. 17.1 Chr. 23, 3.
Spec. a) Opp. to woman, a man, male,

| Deut. 22,5. Jer. 30,6. 31,22; and so even

of a man-child just born, Job 3,3 the night
when it was said "33 797 a man-child 4 is
conceived. Comp. WN ‘La. b) Opp.
to a wife, a husband, Prov. 6, 34. οἵ
Sometimes put for manly vigour, might.
Is. 22,17 behold Jehovah will cast t

out "23 72052 with a manly cast, i.e.

ὯΔ

_ mighty, *toleat: Job 38, 3. 40,7. Ps. 88, 5.
Comp. wx 1. ἃ. d) a man, niortdl,
opp. to God, comp. 88 1. 6. Job 4, 17.
610, δ. 14,10.14. e) a soldier, warrior,
comp. 87x 1.1, Judg. 5, 30; comp. Jer.
41; 16 manda mio ΒΞ.
2. ig. “ON no. ‘4, each, every one. Joel

2,8 1123 inbona "123 they shall go every
one in his path. Lam. 3, 39 in the sec-

ond hemistich.
3. Geber, pr. n.m. 1 K. 4,19, comp. 13.

133 i. g. "3a, a man, a form imitating
the Chaldee, ‘Ps. 18, 26. In the-parallel
passage 2 Sian. 22, 26 j ig "iB3.

24 Chald. id. a man, Dan. 2, 25. 5,
11. Plur. 77733 , 82753 (as if from 8733),
men, Dan. 3,8 sq. 6, 6 sq.

24 Chald. m. i. q. "23, plur. constr.
wa).

l. a mighty man, hero, warrior, Dan.
3, 20.
| 2. Gibbar, pr. n. of a place, Ezra 2,
20; apparently for ji>33, comp. Neh.
p?, 25.

"D3 see "33.

SNS (man of God) Gabriel, one of
the archangels, Dan. 8,16. 9,21. Comp.
Luke 1,19. ©
A733 f. (for m3"33 from masc. 9733)
6. suff, "M733, @ mistress, opp. to a
“maid-servant, Gen. 16, 4. 8. 9. 2 K. 5, 3.
Prov. 30, 23, ᾿Ξ 88 m733 mistress of
‘Ieingdoms Is. 47, 5.7.

Ἐ133 not found in the verb, i. q.
Arab. nw and nes to freeze, to

congeal ; whence 735>8 and W233.
But Chald. 833 is to collect, to gather ;
hence pr. n. wna.

Ting (a height, hill, r. 232, comp.
Chald. maa) Gibbethon, pr. n. ‘of a city

Dan, Josh. 19, 44, 21, 23. 1 K. 15, 27.
It is called fey fusehive Γαβαϑὼν τῶν
᾿Αλλοφύλων, by Josephus Γαβαϑώ.

32 m. constr. 33, 6. suff. 133, with He
parag. 734 Josh. 2, 6, plur. musa.

1. a roof, the flat roof of an oriental
house, Josh. 2, 6. 8. 1 Sam. 9, 25. 26.
Prov. 21, 9. al. Spoken of the roof of
a tower Judg. 9,51; of a temple Judg.
16, 27. .

‘Samar.

of the Philistines in the territory of

177 “2

2. the top, upper part of an altar, Εἰ.
30, 3. 37, 26.

Note. The suggestion of Redslob is
not improbable, that 43 may be for 423
424, and this from 7223 5 as HWY from
nays ; 5, dS; from "292; Γολγο-

yoda Arab. KA from m25>3. It
can also be for m4, ma, from the root

5.5 ; whence a> a plain, level sur-
8S .o-
face ; comp. roof, from ene to

expand,

"3 m. (τ. 2) 1. coriander, the seed,
so called from the little furrows or stripes
on the grains, see r. ‘773 no. 1. Ex. 16,
31. Num. 11,7. Sept. Vulg. κόριον, xog
avoy, coriandrum ; and so the other ori-
ental interpreters, except the Chald.an¢d
This is also supported by the
Carthaginian usage; comp. Dioscorid.
3. 64 Αἰγύπτιοι ὄχιον, Ἄάφροι (i. 6. the
Carthaginians) void.

2. i. gq. Ἴ no. 1, fortune, with the art.
spec. the god Fortune, Gad, worshipped
by the Babylonians arid the Jewish ex-
iles, Is. 65,11. He is elsewhere callea
also Baal, Bel, >22, >3, i. 6. the plane’
Jupiter, stella Jovis, which was regard-
ed throughout the east as the genius
and giver of good fortune, and is hence

called by the Arabs rool hewn! bona

fortuna major ; see more in art. 53. In
the other hemistich in Is. I. ὁ. is also
mentioned "22, prob. the planet Venus,
which is called i in the east bona fot
minor, see in "24. See more fully on
these superstitions in Comment. on Is.
II. p. 283 sq. 335 sq. Sept. well Τύχη,
Vulg. Fortuna. Comp. 13 553 p. 147.

Am. 1. fortune, i. q. Δ no. 2, comp.
Arab. διῶ and Syr. ire

Ge
id. ch> to be fortunate, to be rich,

r. 7733 no. 3.
ε

dS fortunate.—Gen. 30, 11 Cheth.

332. Sept. ἐν τύχῃ, in fortune, fortunate-
ly, Vulg. feliciter sc. hoc mihi accidit.
Keri 73 ΝΞ forturl® cometh.

2. Gad, pr.n. a) A son of Jacob,
the name being prob. derived from good
fortune, Gen. 30,11; although another

17.

signification is alluded to in Gen.49, 19.
He was the head of the tribe of like name,
whose territory lay in the mountains of
Gilead, Deut. 3, 12. 16, between that of
Manasseh and Reuben, Josh. 13, 24-28 ;
comp. Num. 32, 34. 35. 36. Ez. 48, 27.
28. ‘tan 5112 the torrent of Gad, i.e. the
Jabbok, not the Arnon, 2 Sam. 24, 5.—
Gentile ἢ. is "73 Gadite, (diff. from "73 ,)
mostly collect. "421 the Gadites Deut.
3, 12. Josh. 22,1. Ὁ) A prophe twho
lived in the time of David, 1 Sam. 22, 5.
2 Sam. 24, 11 sq.

1212 Chald. see below in "213.

ἢ 773 quadril. Ethiop. guadguada
to beat. pulsare ; to thunder. Hence

So 545 (perh. thunder) Gidgad, whence
spain “hm Hor-hagidgad Num. 33, 32,
pr. ἢ. of a station of the Israelites in the
desert, i. q. 13393 Gudgodah Deut. 10,7.

MISA see in 7373.

*'T73 fat. 143 1. to cut or hew, to cut
in. to make incisions, see Hithpo. Arab.

ds to prune a vine, to cut cloth from
the loom; comp. Chald. 733. Kindred
roots are 173, 333. This primary sig-
nification of cutting, hewing, is possessed
by the syllable 53 in common with the
sibilated 14, see 113 ; from which indeed
it has arisen by dropping the sibilation ;
and both of them are only softened forms
from the harder syllables yp, wp, o>,
7, ™, and dropping the sibilation Up,
4p, ὉΠ, IM, to all which belong the
same idea of cutting ; see the roots 13,
ΥῈΡ, 725, TIP, TH. In the Indo-
Kuropean languages, comp. Lat. cedo,
scindo, Gr. σχίζω for σχέδω, Pers. Lyne

to cut, to cleave, Wye i. q. Engl. to
cut. ἐκ Henee

2. to penetrate, i. e. to break in upon
any one, to press or crowd upon, i. q.
“hi; c. DY, Ps. 94, 21.—Hence 73 and
ithbo. no. 2.

3. From the notion of cutting off, de-
ciding, comes also the signif. of lot, fates
fortune, comp. "14 no. 2; whence Heb.
74a, 72, fortune. ἀπ

Hirupr«. 1. to cut oneself, to make
incisions in the, skin or flesh; e. g. in
mourning Jer. 16, 6. 41, 5. 47,5; or as

178

upon him, i. e. bands ἂΐ Wandering Ant

73

a part of idol worship, Deut. 14, 10} κι
18, 28.

8. Reflex. of Kal no. 2, to press or
crowd themselves together, sc. great num-
bers into one place, Jer. 5, 7. Mic. 4, 14.

Deriv. 73, 73, 7473, and pr. n. "a,
ΝΟΣ, in.

“3 Chald. to cut or hew, to cut d
e.g. a tree, Imper. 97% Dan. 4, 11. 20.
Comp. Heb. "113 no. 1. . .

Md see 33 ἬΣΙ.

c ΠΕΡῚ obsol. root, prob. to cut, to cut
off, and hence to pluck, to crop, to tear
off; comp. kindr. 13. Hence "Ἢ a
kid, so called from cropping; also |

33 or 3a ff plur. constr. rita,
banks of a river, Josh. 3, 15. 4,18. Is. 8,73
so called as cut and torn away by the
stream, comp. Τὶ 73. Comp. 423, ale

sn, eg sg from §2% to rub or
wash away ; 0 te bank, from >
pis a kid;
comp. Gr. ἀκτή, ἀγή, from ἄγνυμι; ῥη-

γμίν, dugiu, from gyyvyut.—Chald. X33
a wall, stone wall; also bank, shore, q. id.

to cut aise whence also

wallofthesea. Arab. 83 shore , coast,
also from the notion of cutting. /

“3 τη. plur. 5°73 and ΤΥ ΠΣ,

1. an incision, cutting, from r. 733 n0.
1; 6. g. in the skin Jer. 48, 37; in the
wile Surrow, Ps. 65, 11.

2. a troop, band of warriors, (pr.
cutting in,) so called from the figure as
intended to cut or break in upon the
enemy, like Lat. acies ; used mostly of
light-armed troops engaged in plunder-
ing and predatory incursions. Gen. 49,
19 52839 3453 53 Gad, troops shall p

from the neighbouring desert. 2 K.5,2
Τὰ ANS. DIN the Syrians had made
an excursion in bands. 1 Sam. 30, 8. 15.
23. 2 Sam. 3, 22. ‘Hh 433 the sons of
the troop, i. e. soldiers, 2.Chr. 25, 13; poet.
sata ma Mic. 4, 14. Ofa band of robbers
Hos. 1: ἃ K. 11, 24. mn VTA
bands of Jehovah, be armies of ange 8,
Job 25, 3; also hosts of calamities i
flicted by him, Job 19, 12.—Syr. tree Ὶ
troop, band of soldiers. a

on

Sa πὶ. adj. (x. 5.1) rarely defect.
bh Gen. 1, 16 ; constr. 5173, 553, thrice
“in Keri “bt Ps. 145, 8. Nah. i Ὁ Prov.
19, 19; fem. mdi53, nba.
1. great, in itgilitalll and extent,
>in osm Num. 34, 6; dian ΘΝ
7 Rpisa a large (tall) man among "the
᾿ Anakim Josh. 14, 15; in number and
multitude, as 511 "ia Gen. 12, 2; in
intensity, as joy Neh. 8, 12, mourning
Gen. 50, 10; in weight, importance,
Gen. 39, 9. Joel 2,11. Also Gen. 29, 7
oar pint ‘Tid it is yet great (high) day.
i. e. much of the day yet remains; comp.
French grand Jour, Germ. hoch am
Tage. Sept. ἔτι ἐστὴν ἡμέρα πολλή. Subst.
ΣΤ 53 the greatness of thine arm Ex.
15,16. Plur. mid4a great things, mighty
deeds, espec. of God, Job 5, 9. 9, 10. 37,
5. Spec. a) Of greater age, natu ma-
jor, elder, eldest ; Gen. 10, 21 ΓΞ" “nx
-2953m the elder brother of Jphet: 27,1

boa ‘iba his eldest son. ν. 15. 42. b)
great in power, dignity, rank, wealth,
powerful, high, noble, Ex. 11, 3. 2 K. 5, 1.
Job 1, 3. din jnDn the high priest

Hag. 1, 1.12. 14. Plur. nb54 the great,
i.e. men of rank and power, Prov. 18,
16; 30 aap 2 K. 10, 6. 11.

2. haughty, proud, insolent, comp. >73
Hiph. Hithpa. no. 2. Ps. 12, 4 ΠΕ
ΤΡῚΣ M9579 the tongue speaking proud
things, i. 6. insolent, impious. Comp.
Dan. 7, 8. 11. 20. 11, 36. Rev. 13, 5;
also Gr. μέγα εἰπεῖν Od. 16. 243. ib. 22.
288.

M2973 or MDT, see mba.
5/14 only in Plur. a y34 Is. 43, 28.

‘Zeph. 2, 8, and mips7a Is. 51,7 reproach-
£8, revilings: R. F733. -

MDA £ id. Ez. 5, 15:
lA 1. a Gadite, patronym. from ἢ ;

see 73 no. 2. a.
2. Gadi, pr. τ. τη. 2 K. 15, 14.

_ 34 (fortunate, from 73, 13) Gaddi,
pr. n. m. Num. 13, 11.

"74 m. (r. 773) a kid, so called from
its cropping the herbage, see the root.

Arab. sas id. &3od> a she-kid.—

Gen. 38, 23. Ex. 23,19. Deut. 14, 21;
more fully o> “a ἃ kid of the goats

179

“2

Gen. 38, 17. 20. Plur. pw 1 Sam. 10,
3; DD "743 Gen. 27,9. 16.

ONT TE (fortune of God, i. 6. sent from
God) Gaddiel, pr. n. τα. Num. 13, 10.

ΓΙ or M27 f. (Ὁ. Ia) bank of a
river ; Plur. waning or ΩΣ 1 Chr
12, 15 Cheth. In Keri “nina, see M73
shia

ΠΡ f. a she-kid, plur. mi"73 Cant. 1,
8. Comp. "3H.

2°33 m. only in plur. 07748 , pr. twisted
threads, see r. 573 mo. 1. Chald. ΣΈΘΕΝ
a thread, cord, Syr. Wop. plaited jodie

9 ar
Arab. (hych> a rein or halter of braide

thongs. Hence

1. fringe, tassels, i. α. ὍΣΑΣ, worn by
the Israelites on the corners of the outer
garment, Deut. 22, 12.

2. festoons, on the capitals of columns,
1K. 7, 17.

D4 τὰ. (τ. ta) 1. a heap of
sheaves in the field, a shock or stack of
grain, Ex. 22, 5. Judg. 15, 5, Job 5, 26.
Syr. Chald. ore soa id. Arab.

‘espec. among the Moors, yw3d>,

vanes) comp. rd to heap up.
2. a tomb, tumulus, sepulchral mound,

Job 21,32. Comp. Arab. Ree sepul-
chre.

3 913 1. to twist, to twist together,
to bind together, like Arab. Jch> to turn,
to twist a cord, Chald. 543, Syr. ΔΩ to
twist, to twine; hence Heb. Ὁ
twisted threads q. v. This primary
signification is in the kindred dialects
transferred, on the one hand to wrestling,

whence ἦδιΞ to wrestle, also Ethiop.

12 A to wrestle, to contend; and on the

other to strength and force, like other

verbs of twisting and binding, as >5n,
ῷ

dan, 122; Wp; whence δ strength,
might. And from this again comes the
intrans. signification alone current in
Hebrew, viz. ὁ

2. to beor become great, to grow 3 once
pret. E, ἘΠ, Job 31, 18; fut. always
339. (A trace of transitive power hes

Da
in the pr. n. m4593 α. ν.) Gen. 21, 8.
20, 27. 38, 14. Ex. 2, 10.11. Job 31, 18
AN2 "2298 he grew up to (with) me as
with a father, i.e. the orphan, the suff.
being here for the dative.—Trop. of
wealth and power ; Gen. 26, 13 2437-73 49
Sx2 until he became very great, i. e. very
wealthy. 24, 35. 48, 19. 41, 40 only in the
throne will I be greater than thou, i. e.
as possessing royal dignity.

3. to be great in value, i.e. to be greatly
valued, to be highly prized, 1 Sam. 26,
24; comp. v. 21. Also to be magnified,
i. e. praised, extolled ; Ps. 35, 27 552"
min let Jehovah be marnified. 40, 17.
70, 5. 2 Sam. 7, 26.

Piki bay Tosh: 4, 14. Esth. 3, 1; at
the end of a clause 853 Is. 49, 21 ; comp.
Lehrg. § 93. n. 1. Heb. Gram. ὃ 51. n. 1.

1. to make great, to cause to grow, to
let grow, i. q. to nourish, to train; e. g.
the hair Num. 6, 5; so the rain nourish-
es plants, trees, i.e. causes them to grow,
- Is.44,14. Ez. 31,4; to bring up children
2K. 10, 6. Is. 1, 2. 23, 4.—Trop. to make
great, biicerful: Josh. 3, 7. Esth. 3, 1. 5,
11. 10, 2. Gen. 12, 2.

2. Taine: of Kal no. 2, to value greatly,
to prize highly. Job 7,17 what is man
npogan 7D that thou sliouldet. ao greatly
prize him? Hence to magnify, i. e. to
- praise, to extol, Ps. 69, 31; with > 34, 4.

PUAL pass. of Pi. no. 1, to be brought
up, trained up, Part. Ps. 144, 12.

Hipu. 1. to make great, to increase,
Gen. 19, 19. Is. 9, 2. 28, 29. miws> dean
pr. to make great in doing, i. e. to do
great things, wonders, spoken of God,
Joel 2,21, and with nigh impl. 1 Slam,
12, 94: see also below. So with the
ΠΝ lof a different infin. 1 Sam. 20, 41
and they both wept ‘13 >"330739 ἴω.
Γ1235) until David wept greatly, vehe-
mently. —The like construction is also
taken in a bad sense: M8 5"435 Obad.
12, npa San Ez. 35, 13, pr. to make
great the mouth, i. q. to speak great
things, i. e. proudly, insolently. Also
miss d953n to do proud things, to act
proudly, insolently, Joel 2, 20; and
simpl. 5°73 Lam. 1, 9. Zeph. 2,8; with
by Ps. 35, 26. 38, 17. 55, 13. Job 19, 5.
Jer. 48, 26. 42. Sia. “23 Hithpa.

2. to make high, to lift up, Ps. 41, 10.

Hirupa. 1. to show oneself great and

180

wy ,
powerful, to magnify oneself, of God, Ez.
38, 23. ; 4. q

2. to magnify oneself in a bad sense,
i. e. to act proudly, insolently, ὁ. 551
10, 15. Dan. 11, 36, 37.

Berit. Θ1Ἴ8, ΡΝ Py, and με
n. D335, boa or bina. The re
here Esllow,

213 m. part. or verbal adj. becomii
great, growing up, 1 Sam. 2, 26. Gen
26,13; great Ez. 16, 26.

25 τῇ. ὁ. suff. 1543, once sa Ps, 1 ,
2. R. 33.
1. greatness, magnitude, Ez. 31, 7.
2. greatness, i: e. majesty, magnificence,
as of aking Ez. 31, 2.18; of God, Deut
3, 24. 5, 21.
3, nab bth ereatnese of hewitt. i.e. pride,
ον Ἰροῖ Is. 9, 8. 10, 12.

ἢ (perh. too great, giant, after th
form of adjectives expressing blemishes
of the body, as Maa, ΠΡ», Mp2) Giddel,
pr. n,m. a) Ezra 2, 41. Neh. 7, 49.
b) Ezra 2, 56. Neh. 7, 58,

23 see bina.

M273 f. (τ. 512) five times TRI oF

aoa] (the copies differ, see J. H. Mich.
ad 2 Sam. 7, 23. 1 Chr. 17, 19) ἃ word d
of the later Hebrew,

1. greatness, concr.. great thing 5,
mighty deeds, espec. of God, 2 Sam. 7
23. 1 Chr. 17, 19. Plur. nibs 1 Chr,
17, 19. 21, also Ps. 145, 6 Cliethibh.

2. greatness A. e. majesty, magnifice
of God Ps. 145, 3; of a king, Esth. 1, 4
Ps. 71, 21.

M5533 (whom Jehovah hath made
great or powerful, see r. 573 no. 2) Geda
liah, pr.n.m. a) Of the governor Οἱ
Judea appointed by ΜΕΝΟΝ ΝΝ
2 K. 25, 22 sq. Jer. 40, 5 sq. 41, 1 sq,
called alo n5534 39, 14. b) Ezra 10
18. c) Zeph. ἢ. Ἰ;

ἜΤΙ ἢ (id.) Gedaliah, pr.n. τὰ. a)
Jer. 38,1. b) 1 Chr. 25,3.9. ¢) See
mp3 lett. 8.

“M23 Giddalti, pr. n. of a son of He
man, 1 Chr. 25, 4.29. R. 51} Pi.

* 7A fut. 2499 1. to cut or hew de
to cut off to fell trees, see Pual.
of persons slain, Is. 10, 33,

ἡ 212
eg to cut off the hands, nose, ears,

eT et

east mutilated. Kindr. is 13; see
' more under 733 .—Once of the beard.as
__ eutoffin mourning, Is. 15,2 49973 jpI->D
every beard is cut off, mutilated. In the
i corresponding passage Jer. 48, 37 is read
_ 3973 clipped, which some 80 Mss. have
also adopted in Is. l. c. though without
᾿ good reason; since Jeremiah, in the man-
ner of later writers, nahatitites a more
* common word in the place of one less
usual. See Comm. on Is. 1. c. comp.
_ Gesch. d. hebr. Sprache p. 37; see also
above under 7x p. 94.

2. to cut: or break asunder, as a staff,
Zech. 11, 10. 14. Trop. God is said to
_ break the arm of any one 1 Sam. 2, 31,
_ or the horn of any one Lam. 2, 3 (comp.
| Ps. 75,11), i. ᾳ. to break his power, to
take away his stength. So also in
_ Arabic. |

_ Nipu. to be cut off or down, Judg. 21, 6.
Is. 14, 12.22, 25, Also to be broken, e. g.
horns Is. 48, 25, statues Ez. 6, 6.

Ὁ Pip. 333, with distinct. accent 333, to
cut or break asunder, to break in pieces,
as bars, bolts, Is. 45,2; horns, Ps. 75, 11;
idols, images, Deut. 7, 5. 12, 3.

_ Poat to be cut down, as a tree Is. 9, 9.
The derivatives all follow.

_ PT (perh. tree-feller, i. 6. impetuous
“warrior, comp. Is. 10 33) Gideon, pr. n.
‘of a warrior and judge of Israel, who de-
livered the nation from the bondage of
Midian, Judg. c. 6-8. Sept. Γεδεών.

DY (a cutting down) Gidom, pr. n.
of a place in the tribe of Benjamin, Judg.
20, 45.

| "25°35 (id. after the form 739") Gid-
ont, pr. n.m. Num. 1, 11. 2, 22.

* oa pr.i.q. Arab. ῳ3.λ- to cut off,
comp. under 73; trop. to use cutting
ppords, verbis proscindere. Hence
“Pree "34 to reproach, to revile; Arab.
Conj. II, Syr. Pa. id. So as to men, see
675173; mostly of God, to blaspheme,
2K. 19, 6. 22. Is. 37, 6. 23. Ps. 44, 17.
So also by actions, by presumptuous
ar han sins, with which men mock

20, 27.
Deriv. Mp3, Dp.
16 ’

181

“2

ἘΠ to wall, to wall in or around,
also to build a wall. Arab. )}Ξ- id.

The primary idea is that of surrounding,

_ enclosing, 6. g. with a wall, hedge, etc.

comp. the kindr. roots "XM, "IM, ete.
and see under “τὰ p. 30. Comp. also
"OX, "m2. The same stock of roots is
widely diffused likewise in the occidental
languages, designating now that which ὦ
encloses, and now the space enclosed.
Compare in later Lat. cadarum, Ital.
catarata, Germ. Gatter, Gitter ; oftener
with the letter r transposed, as Gr. χόρ-
τος, Lat. hortus, cors, chors, cohors, Germ
Garten, Engl. garden, also Germ. Gard
i.e. a fortified enclosure, fortress, as ir
the pr, ἢ. Stuttgard, etc. Slavic goroc
i. e. fortified city, comp. Russ. Novogorod,
Engl. yard, etc. ete.—Part. 0°74 ma-
sons, Germ. Maurer, 2 K. 12,13. Trop.
a) >Y ὙΠῸ 93 to build a wall around any
one, ise. to protect, to defend, Ez. 13, &
comp. 22, 30. b) Ἔ ἼΣΞ 773 to wall up
around any one, i.e. to obstruct his way
shut him up, Lam. 3, 7. 9. Job 19, 8
Hos. 2, 8.
The derivatives all follow.

‘Y34 comm. gend. τη. Ez. 42,7; ἢ Ps
62, 4.

l. @ wall Ez. 13, 5; spec. wall of a
vineyard Num. 22, 24. Is. 5, 5.

2. a walled ef enclosure, Ezra 9, 9.

Sow
Arab. >: de, a wall of a house

or enclosure, Poe place walled in.

VA m. 1. ig. "3, ἃ wall of a court,
garden, etc. twice in constr. state, Prov.
24,31. Ez. 42,10. Comp. Lehrg. p. 565.

2. Geder, pr. n. of a Canaanitish city,
the residence of a king, Josh. 12, 13; per-
haps the same with 1773.

3. (wall) Gedor, pr.n. a) A place
in the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 58.
Now called Jedir on the brow of the
mountains; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p- 338. δ) m. 1 Chr. 8, 31. 9, 37.

τ f(r. 1a) constr. 73a; plur.
mint, constr. mina, ὁ. suff. ὙΠ Ps,
89, 41.

1. a wall, as of a city Ps. 89, 415; of
tener of a vineyard Jer. 49, 3. Nah. 3,

—5

17. It differs from a hedge, 73:2 Is.
5, 5.
2. a place walled in, enclosure ; hence

i. q. Arab. BOS, a fold for flocks and

cattle, i.e. a stall in the open fields, open
above and surrounded with a wall ; fully
INS MINI sheep-folds Num. 32, 16. 24,
36. For such folds, comp. then Od. 9.
185.

3. With art. 9933, Gederah, pr. n. of
a city in the plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 36;
perh. the same elsewhere called "33 ΓΛ.
Comp. Pun. "73 i. 6. Gades in Spain, see
Monumm. Phen. p. 304 sq. also adage
a city of Perea, Ταδαρηνός Matt. 8, 28.
al.— The gentile n. is "173 Gederathite
1 Chr. 12, 4.

ΓΗ (folds) Josh. 15, 41, and with
art. ΤΊΣ ΓΙ 2 Chr. 28, 18, Gederoth, also
a town in Judah. R. "73. |

oniny (two folds, comp. pinevin)
Gederothaim, pr. n. of a town in the plain
of Judah, Josh. 15, 36. R. Δ.

ὙΠ gentile n. Gederite, from “M72
331, or from "33 q. v. 1 Chr. 27, 28.

& 3 i.q. Chald. 613, to heap up.
Hence "3 q. v.

ma Ez. 47, 13, a corrupt reading for
mt, which οτος in v. 15, and is also ex-
prestied in the Sept. Vulg. Chald. and
Engl. Vers. So also in 14 Mss. See un-
der 323.

* —
rid pr. to thrust away, to remove,
sc. the bandage or dressing from a wound,
i.g. to cure. Hos. 5,13 032 naseNdy
ἼΤΩ nor remove from, you. the sore,
i. 6. the king of Assyria could not cure
the wounds of the Jewish state ; as in

the other clause. Syr. Joy to go away,
to flee; Aph. to i rest, to relieve, to

deliver; Arab. χε. to repulse. The

Rabbins explain nna by 85".—Hence .

m4 f. pr. ‘removal of the dressings,’
i.e. a healing, cure of a wound. Prov.
17,22 mma 555 Maw 3d a joyful heart
maketh a happy cure; comp. 16, 24.
Sept. εὐεκτεῖν ποιεῖ,

᾿ 3 to bow oneself down, to prostrate
oneself ; spoken of Elisha as about

182

“Δ

to raise the dead child, 2 K. 4, 34. 35
"9 “Mas and he bowed himself upon
him. Also 1K. 18, 42 τι “IN and
he bowed himself to the ground. This
signif. is demanded by the context, and
is also unanimously expressed by all
the ancient versions and interpreters ;
except Chald. and Arab. in2 Κα. The
Syriac has the same word under the
form Ethpe. with which corre-
sponds Chald. 33; the letters Ἢ and ἢ
being frequently interchanged; see ex-
amples under lett. 2.

A m. (r. 4331) c. suff. "43, the back ;
only in the phrase Ἷπ2 πὸ ΡΠ to
cast behind one’s back, i. 6. to neglect,
to contemn, 1 K. 14, 9. Ez. 23, 35. Neh.
9, 26. Comp. srbun. So the Arabie

sgl» chee, sab Ny us
A Chald. m. constr. ia and ia, e. suff.
maa, Mia; che middle, midst, see τ. M3

γ᾽ ὃ. ,
I. Syr. a. id. Arab. yo the inside of

a house, pes within.—Hence a) ‘3,
Nisa, i. ᾳ. Fira; in the midst of, or
simpl. in ; as 8742 ἼΔΞ in the fire Dan. 8,
25. 4,7. 7,15. maga in it Ezra 4, 15.
Ezra 6, 2 471935 ΓΙΠΔΞ 2 21 and in it
(the roll) was a record thus written. 5,7

b) xia> into the midst of, i.q. into, Dan
3,6. 11.15. c) Nis-ya from the mid
of Dan. 3, 26.

2 for mia τὴ. (r. ha, as 13 for M22)
constr. 3, 6. suff. "3, ΠῚ.
1. the buck, Prov. 10, 13. 19, 29. 26, |
Is. 50, 6. 51, 23. Ἢ ΠΝ το θη Is. 3
17, see in "3 :
2. Trop. the middle, midst ; pr. th
belly, see r. 712. Job 30,5 sO955 1374
they are driven forth from the midst ¢
men, from among men.

Ni see ἢ Chald.

ἘΦ 1. ig. vl. mid. Waw a
Ye, to cleave, to cut ; whence Bye be a
plank. —Henee r

2. to dig a well, like Arab. Conj
See 3} I. 2. ¢
3. i. q. 239, to plough, to cleave t
ground with > plough. Hence 2 K..
12 Cheth. p33 (8°33) ploughene
Keri 07235",

“(ὧν 07343,

“2

Ἴ 353 m. (τ. 73a q. ν.) α locust, Nah.
3, 17. Plur. or collect. "353 and 725
Heb. Gram. ὃ 86.. 1. c)
Am. 7, 1. Nah. 3, 177353 343 locust of
locusts, denoting swarms of locusts.

Ε Chald. R218, RDA, “213, plur. ἈΝ 313 :

11. 353 and 38 pit, cistern, (r. 344 no.

_ 2,) Gob, pr. n. of a place otherwise un-

known, where David fought with the

Philistines, 2 Sam. 21, 18. 19; in 1 Chr.

20, 4 "33.

* 34 Gog, pr. n. a) The king of
the land Magog, 31925 yx, Ez. 38,
ΝΣ 18. 29, 1.11; ‘also! of
Meshech and Tubal, Ez. 38; 2.3; who is

‘described by the aemphiet Ezekiel as

about to come with a vast army from
the extreme north, 38, 15. 39, 2, after
the exile, 38, 8. 12, im order to invade the

Holy Land; where, however, he is to

perish. See 3332.—In Rev. 20,8 Iwy,
like Magog, seems to be the name of a
region, and not of a king; as also in

Arabic, gre b) A Reubenite, 1

- Chr.5,4$

a if 75) ‘i. q. 773 no. 2, to press or crowd
ἢ upon any. one, to invade, Gen. 49, 19.

3, 16.

TS and >) a root not in use, hav-
ing the same general force as 333, i. e.
to be rising, gibbous, like a back or belly.

_ The derivatives follow partly the ana-

logy of verbs 33, as 12, "Δ; and partly
that of verbs rib, as ‘Ny for 33, M3,
m3; and have partly the εἰναι "of

back; see 13; and/also that of belly, see

Ἵ τσ. 2. From the belly comes then
the word for body, see 13, 7793; and

this idea is then transferred to the

signif. of a people, see "13.

I. 73 f. contr. for ΠΝ; from τ. ΠΝ"
l. a lifting up, exaltation. Job 22, 29

Mia TaNM ISBN "D when men hombls

themselves, thou dost command exalta-
tion, i. e. the humble and meek thou
Mibt-exalt’ Others: when they (thy
ways, v. 28) are cast down, then thou
shalt say, exaltation, i. e. thou shalt
soon pass from the lowest to the most
prosperous condition.

2. haughtiness, pride, Jer. 13, 17. Job
33, 17.

ieee. “3

IL. M5 f. i. q. 12, the body, Job 20, 25.
See in r. 33.

MA Chald. pride, Dan. 4, 34.

*TIA kindr. with Th, pr. to cut in
pieces, to cut through ; ‘henite

1. ο pass through, to pass over or

away, i. q. Arab. + τις. mid. Waw, Syr.
Ἐν to pass away, to fail. Ps. 90, 10
ΠΙΕΣΞῚ War 127" for it (life) soon passeth
over, and we fiy away.

2. Causat. to cause to pass through or
over, to bring over. Num. 11, 31 there
went forth a wind from Jehovah, 1331
pan-ja ow and brought up quails
from the sea; Sept. ἐξεπέρασεν, Vulg.
detulit ; Heb. intpp. and cut them off
From the sea, comp. 3 —[ Also to bring
or take out, e. g. an infant from the
mother’s womb; Ps. 71, 6 "4x "3122
“tia mms thou didst take me out of my
mother’s bowels, where ΤΊΣ is a less usual
form of the participle, Lehrg. p. 402;
comp. part. "Mia Ps. 22, 10, and see in
ma no. 2. But see also r. 713 no. 2.—R.

Tid m. (Ὁ. Ἐ1 IL) a young bird, e. g.
a dove or pigeon Gen. 15, 9; an eaglet
Deut. 32,11. So called: from its peeping,

Arab. Aes
of doves and other mite 4 ae the same

genus; Syr. transp. ey :

Wa (τ. ta, as 21} from θα, perh.
quarry,) Gozan, Gauzanitis, a region of
Mesopotamia subject to the Assyrians
2K.19, 12. Is. 37, 12, situated on the
river Chaboras 2 K. 17,6. 18, 11. 1 Chr.
5, 26; whither a part of the ten tribes
were carried away by Shalmaneser 2 K.
17,6; Gr. Γαυζανῖτις, Ptolem. 5,18. Cel-
larius II. p. 603.—In 1 Chr. 5, 26 indeed,
in the words 83) “iam nbn ΣΕ 135}
wia "7325, the Chaboras is separated
from the river of Gozan by the word
x27 interposed; so that these might
seem to be different streams. But this

see the root. the young

‘is prob. to be attributed to a laxness of

construction in the writer. ©
M3 see ma.

“Nd m. (r. M93) c. suff. 1 pers. once
sia Zeph. 2,9; plur. 5°53, constr. "74

oo

sumetimes in Cheth.
Gen. 25, 23.

1. a people, nation, pr. it would seem,
body, corpus, see the root; and then
transferred to a body politic or whole
people; comp. Lat. ‘corpus reipublice,
populi, civitatis’ in Cicero and Livy. It
is a general word, spoken of nations
universally, and also of the Israelites,
notwithstanding the doubts of some
interpreters; 6. g. Is. 1, 4. 9, 2. 26, 2. 49,
7. Gen. 35, 11. 12,2. Ps. 33, 12—The
Plur. ='13 is spoken spec. of nations other
than Israel, foreign nations, Neh. 5, 8.
Comp. ὈΠῸΣ no. 1. a, espec. Jer. 32, 20;
also ΓΝ p. 90. Often with the ac-
cessory notion of hostile and barbarous,
Ps, 2, 1. 8. 9, 6. 16. 20. 21. 10, 16. 59, 6.
9. 79,6. 10. 106,47; comp.5°". Or also
as profane, aliens from the true God,
i. e. Gentiles, heathen, (see below,) Jer.
31, 10. Ez. 23, 30. 30, 11. Ps. 135, 15. al.
brian 5554 the circle of the Gentiles, Gali-
lee of nations, see 5953. So pram 78
islesof the Gentiles,comp."®. Collect. "13
for 03 Is. 14,32. Sometimes opp. too?,
p2n, which the Israelites usually ap-
plied to themselves; [5.42.0 M7735 72M
ota Wind DY [will set thee as a covenant
for the people and a light to the Gen-
tiles, i.e. a teacher, enlightener, comp.
v. 1. 49, 6. Deut. 26, 18. 19. 32, 43.—
Very rarely found with a genit. or
suff, mins “ia, 1a Zeph. 2, 9; usually
min Dy, “ay, iad. The LXX com-
monly éetdor a by λαός, ia by ἔϑνος,
Vulg. gens; whence also in N. T. τὰ
ἔϑνη opp. ὃ λαὸς ϑεοῦ “Iogayd Luke 2, 32.

2. Poet. of flights or troops of animals,
Joel 1,6. Zeph. 2,14. Comp. ὩΣ Prov.
30, 25. 26; Gr. ἔϑνεα χηνῶν, γεράνων,
μυιάων, μελισσάων, χοίρων, Hom. Il. 2. 87,
458, 469. Od. 14. 73; equorum gentes
Virg. Geor. 4. 430.

3. Sometimes 0112 Gentiles approach-
es nearly to the nature of a proper name.
Josh. 12,23 3535 ovis 7° the king of the
Gentiles at Gilgal, where apparently, as
afterwards in Galilee, Gentiles had set-
tled down among the Fistirowa: In Gen.
14, 1 it is uncertain where the ἘΠῚ are
to be sought who joined in the war
against Sodom; Le Clerc understands
the people of Galilee, comparing 5753

ba Is. 8,23; perhaps comparing Gen.

184
ph Ps. 79, 10. |

ὯΔ
10, 5 we might understand nations of the

West.
λεὺς Παμφυλίας.

ΓΡῚ2 ᾧ (Ὁ. πῶ) 1. the body, pr. the

belly, as. Syr. μᾶς trunk. Ez. 1, 11.

23. Dan. 10, 6. Gen. 47, 18 there is no-—
. ἼΣΓΛΟ ἽΝ VNB Ada
but our bodies and our lands. “Neh. 9, 37

thing left, .

ἸΣΏΓΙΞΞῚ otbwa smsya-bs. they have
dominion over our bodies and over our
catile.

2. dead body, corpse, carcass, of men
1 Sam. 31,10. 12. Nah. 3, 3; of animals
Judg. 14, 8. 9.

Om sée δ

ΓΙ} f. 1. Part. act. fem. of the verb |

33 no. 2; collect. exiles, company of ex-

iles, captives, (comp. sing. Mia an exile

2 Sam. 15, 19,) Ezra 1, 11. 9, 4. Jer, 28,

6. Ez. 1, 1. 3, 11. 15. 11, 24. 25. al.

Spoken also of those who have been
in exile and returned, Ezra 10, 8,

Arab. LS and μις. exiles.

2. Abstr. exile, captivity, emigration.
1 Chr. 5, 22 mbisn-7y until the exile.
ndinn nb equipment for exile, vessels
or baggage for wandering, Ez. 12, 7.

ΓΙΞῚΒΞ 72h to go into exile, captivity, Jer. .

29, 16.al. M3435 "22 exiles, captives, also
those who have been in captivity, Ezra 4,
1. 6, 19. 8, 35.

725 (exile) Golan, pr. n. of a city of
Bashan, afterwards belonging to Manas-
seh, and assigned as a city of refuge to
the Levites, Deut. 4, 43. Josh. 20, 8. 21,
27 (where Cheth yid3). 1 Chr. 6, 56.

Josephus mentions both the city, which
he calls Γαυλάνη, B. J. 1.4. 4,85; and the -

adjacent region, I'aviovitic, Ant. 8. 2. 3.
ib. 8. 13.45; which latter he sometimes
distinguishes from Bashan and places
west of it on the Upper Jordan and Sea
of Galilee, though elsewhere he includes
it under Bashan. Its modern name is
Jauldn.
pp. 308, 312. App. 149, 162.

724m. ( v3) a pit, once Ecce 10,
Chald. nxt

8. Syr. [sony id.

NX72D, the letter ἃ being interchanged

with > The root 774 has in Syr. and

Chald. the signif: to dig,

Not unaptly Interp. anon. βασι- Ἷ

See Bibl. Res. in Palest. Π1.

—

ew

a

m3

* 115 aroot not used ; Syr. ey colour,
Chald. 433 to colour, to dye. Hence

"214 (coloured, dyed) Guni, pr. n. τη.
a) Gen. 46, 24; whence also patronym.
of the same form, for "253 , Gunite, Num.
26,48. b) 1 Chr. 5, 15.

* 315 inf. δ and 51}, fut. 2135, to
breathe out one’s lige, to. expire to as.
Gen. 6, 17. 7, 21. Num. 17, 28; mostly
poet. Job 3, 11. 10, 18. 13, 19. 14, 10. 27,
5. al. Sometimes with mia Gen. 25, 8.

ὙΦΗΞ i. g. Arab. GLS to be hollow,
see in 333 no. 1; Conj. V, id. also to be,
or be hid, within any thing; Conj. II,
to shut, to close a door or gate, pr. to
cause any thing to be or be hid within.

Hipu. to shut, 6. g. a door, Neh. 7, 3.
—Hence

MDA £. a body, i. 6. dead body, corpse,
so called from its hollowness, 1 Chr. 10,
12; i. ᾳ. ΠΡ in the pene passage I

[ Sam. se 12. Arab. ee a hollow, the

belly, ie dead body. Rabb. 5

_ body, person.

οὐ ὅν.» 7. ᾳ. Arab. se pr. to turn
_ aside from the way, like’™55 ; then, toturn
aside to any person or place, sc. in order
_ to lodge or remain; and hence in com-
mon usage :

1. to sojourn, to dwell for a time, i. e.
as a stranger or guest; e. g. of single
persons Gen. 12, 10. 19, 9. 20,1. Judg.
17, 7; also of a people Ex. 6, 4. Ps. 105,
23. Ezra 1,4. Poet. of beasts, Is. 11, 6.
With 3 of the land in which one sojourns
Gen. 21, 23. 26,3. 47,4. The person or
people υἱεῖς what one sojourns is put
with 0» Gen. 32,5; ™x Ex. 12, 48. Lev.
19, 33; 21s. 16,4; but poet. οἷω in the
-aceus. Ps. 120, 5 ΠΣ MID Sn
wo ἐσ me that I. sojourn with Meshech, tHe
Moschi. Judg. δ, 17 min2x 25 nia 1

and Dan, why abides he at the ships ‘ 2

i.e. why dwells he listless on the coast
of the sea? as aptly Sept. Vulg. Luth.
Job 19, 15 "ma "Δ the sojourners in my
house, i. 6. my servants, parall. with
maids in the other hemistich. Ex. 3,22
AND 2. the sojourner in her Route.
Sept. σύσκηνος, Vulg. hospita ejus ;
16*

185

“Δ

others understand neighbours, from the.
Arabic usage. Is. 33, 14 ὧν 4925 ΒΔ "9
Deis “Ipia sd “As mba who among
us shall dwell with devouring Sire? whe
among us shall inhabit everlasting burn-
ings? the language of sinners trembling
for themselves in sight of destruction and
overthrow from God, v. 12,13. 5483 “Aa
mins to dwell in the Labeprnele of Jeho-
vah, i. e. to frequent the temple, to be as
it were the guest of Jehovah, and by
impl. under his care and protection; Ps.
15, 1. 61, 5, comp. 39, 13; also c. ace.
Ps, 5, 5 3 ΠῚ NP nor shall the wicked
dwell with thee ; ; parall. God hath no
pleasure in wickedness. Arab. ye
Conj. III, to remain in a temple out‘of a
sense of religious duty, also to receive

ὥ no
under one’s protection ; xf ie guest

of God, i. e. one who has sojourned in
the sacred city.—Part. "3 a stranger,
foreigner, to be distinguished from the
verbal noun "3; whence Lev. 17, 12
ὈΞΞῚΤΞ 73m 7a the stranger that so-
journeth among you. 18, 26. 19, 34.
Fem. 73 Ex. 3, 22. Pir Dp." stran-
gers, nomades, Is. 5, 17.—Job 28, 4 in
the description of a mine, 092 bn ΥΒ
“a he breaketh a channel, shaft, from
where men dwell, i. e. from the surface of
the ground as the abode of man; here
“a 037 is for the fuller DY "3 "OX D3
i. q. afterwards Wi2N72. So with R. Levi
would I interpret this passage.

2. to fear, to be afraid, like "53 and

post from the primary idea of turning

out of the way ; since he who is timid
and in fear of any one, yields the way
to him, gets out of his way. With 12,
(comp. 8 no. 3. b,) Job 41, 17; "25%
Num. 22, 3. Deut. 1, 17. 9, 19. 18, 92.
1 Sam. 18, 15; once with acc. of the
thing fared Deut. 32,27; with > of that
for which one fears Hos. 10,5. Of fear
or reverence towards God, Ps. 22, 24.
33, 8.

3. to gather themselves together, to be
gathered together, a signification which
it has in common with kindr. 738, 73,
4. Vv. pr. to scrape together ; see more in
Thesaur. p. 274, where this meaning is
vindicated against J. D. Michaelis. Ps.
56,7 ΒΝ ἡπηλη they gather themselves

ἐὰν

together, they hide themselves, i. e. in
troops they lurk in ambush. With >»
and P& against any one, Ps. 59, 4. Is.
54, 15. See Hithpal—Once. it would
seem, trans. i. q. Chald. and Syr. 333,
δον: Ps. 140, 3 miamba sas4 they ga-
ther together wars, i.e. multiply wars,
strifes.

ΗΊΤΗΡΑΙ, “3nn
to sojourn, 1 K. 17, 20,

2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to gather themselves
together. Hos. 7, 14 ΦΊΛΑΣ as"
"2 ὙΌΣ ANTaM for corn and wine they
assemble themselves, they rebel (turn
away) against me, i. e. they assemble to
supplicate idols in behalf of the fertility
of their fields.—For ὝΛΑΣ Jer. 30, 23,
see under "3.

Deriv. “ἢ, "73, M73, “Vin,
ΓΡ ΔΩ, nya, nope , pr. ἢ. au,

1. i. q. Kal no. 1,

"9,
τ

* it. “AA a different root, perh. éo
suck ; whence 43, "3, ὦ suckling, the
sucking whelp of a lion. Comp. 9,
Ethiop. UPA, a young ass ; 543 a suck-

ing child ; (Nisa young animal.

“3 τὰ, (τ. 753 IL) a whelp, sc. of a
lion, -plur. miv9x 4 Jer. 51, 38; "1
Nah. 2, 13.

3 om. (τ. 9a 11) plur. pa 1. ἃ
whelp, cub, so called as still a suckling ;
see the root. Spec. of a lion’s whelp,
Ez. 19, 2. 3, 5. Mm a Gen. 49, 9.
Deut. 33,22. Different from ""53 i.e. a
young lion already weaned and begin-
ning to seek prey for itself. Once of
the pore seas ae (jm) Lam. 4, 3.—

Arab. Lye fos "5 whelp of the lion

and of the dog. Syr. {3a

2. Pr.n. ἌΡΤΙΟΣ Ὁ (ascent of the whelp
or whelps) Maaleh-gur, a place near
Ibleam, 2 K. 9, 27.

bya 5 (sojourn of Baal) Gur-Baal,
pr. n. of a place in Arabia. prob. so called
from a temple of Baal, 2 Chr. 26, 7.

DVS m. (τ. 852) plur. midis, pr. a
small stone, calculus, κλῆρος, as used in
casting lots ; hence

1. a lot, Lev. 16, 8 sq. To express
the casting of lots the verbs used are
yg. πὸ, ΕΠ, eM, oer, M2,

186

| 18, 4 νὰ τ Mm wN. the first of ἱ

375

which see; for the lot as cast, >B3 Jon.
1,7. Ez. 24,6; of the lot as shaken from
the urn 44 abd dy 9.11} ΓΙῸΣ Lev. 6, 9,
and > 551} NX" Num. 33, ‘54, Josh. 19,
1 sq. That as to which ‘the lot is con-
sulted is put with >» Ps. 22, 19, δὲ Joel
4, 3.

2. lot, that which falls to one by lot,
espec. a portion, inheritance. Judg. 1,3
sDIia2 "FN ΓΙῸΣ come up with me into
my lot, my portion. Is. 57, 6. Ps. 125, 3.
Metaph. lot, portion, destiny, as selene!
to men fest God, Ps. 16, 5. Dan. 12, 13
2282 ἼΩΣΤΩΝ and arise to thy lot in the
end of days, in the Messiah’s kingdom ;_
comp. Rev. ΝΜ 6.

* wa, "3, a clod, lump of earth or —
dust; once "ah 7, δ Keri may “wa ba2
“ED ἘΝ (Cheth. ὁ) my body is clothed |
with worms and lumps of dust i. e. they ©
coverit, referring to the ashy skin ofa sick
person, which, as being also rough and
scaly, has in a measure the appearance
of being sprinkled over with lumps of
dust. Sept. βώλακες γῆς, Vulg. sordes
pulveris. The Talmudists also use this
word for a clod, or mass like a clod,
Mishna Tehor. 3. § 2. ib. 5. ὃ 1. See
more inThes. p. 276. From it they then
derive the denom. wwunn to wrestle,
pr. to raise the dust in wrestling; see
pax2.—The etymology is very _ob-
scure. Simonis regards 843 and "ἢ as

put for Waa3, 823, from τ. us to be

unclean, filthy, whence cols filth.
Better perh. to assume a root Way i. q.

as 5 whence also pr. ἢ. 73.

TA m. (r. 113) plur. estr. "23 1. ἃ shear-
ing, meton. wool shorn, a fleece. Deut.

fleece of thy sheep. Job 31, 20. Com
mya.

@2. ἃ mowing, e.g. a mown meadow.
Ps. 72, 6. Am. 7,1 32m 7433 the king’s
mowings, referring perhaps to some righ’
of the Israelitish kings to exact the θὲ
liest grass.

“274 m. Ezra 1, 8, @ treasurer, th
keeper of the royal treasures among the
Persians; see in r. 133. Plur. Chal
y7a%3 Ezra 7,21; and dropping the sib
lation 979374 Dan. 3, 2.3. Correspondi

ὌΝ
is Syr. Teh ἤβδῶῳ pop, Pers.

Ss all which are compounded from
‘ 123, and the Pers. syllable y's 9 99?
(like ae bar in ehrbar, achtbar,)

_ which seems to.denote possession.

“ ΓΞ pr. to cut, like 118 ἃ. ν. Spec.
1. to cut stone, to hew, to form by cut-
_ ting orhewing; whence ΤΣ. Syr. “Ky
to cut off, to shear

2. Metaph. to divide out to any one, to
mete out, to assign as a portion; comp.
Gr. ταμίας from τέμνειν. Espec. like
synon. 528, spoken of benefits, kindness
bestowed; Ps. 71, 6 "Tia OMAN "AN 1377
from my mother’s womb thou hast. meted
out to me in kindness, i. e. hast been my
benefactor. [Better from r. 11a no. 2,

where see.—R.] Arab. = to retri-

bute, to repay, ale retribution, pun-

ishment, reward.
Deriv. m"t3, and pr. ἢ. M43, ris.

MA f. (τ. 112) ig. 12 no. 1, a fleece,
Judg. 6, 39. vd more “fully ἜΝΙ ΤῚΣ

ν. 37. Arab. ὅγε.

“TW (Ὁ. Ht, after the form Mba, πϑῶ,
perh. quarry) Gizoh, pr. n. of a place
otherwise unknown, whence is derived
_ the gentile n. "233 Gizonite,1 Chr. 11,34.
Comp. 5355} from >a, οὐ θαι from sow).

"278 see preced. art.

*1T3 to cut, 6. g. grass, to mow, see
τὰ viola Sipeeit to shear a flock, Gen. 31,19.
38,12. 1 Sam. 25,4.'7. Also ofthe Snir,
to shine the head in mourning Job 1, 20.

Mic. 1,16. Syr. Chald. and Arab, +>

id. Kindred roots, all having the pri-
mary idea of cutting, are M12, DIR, 513,
dia, 733, and transp. 13; see under
ΥῈΡ, 25, Wa, T74.—The form 1335
Num. 11, 31, see under the root 133.
Nipx. 122, plur. 54332, to be shorn, to
be shaven, spoken of enemies, i. e. to be
cut off, slain, Nah. 1,12. Comp. as to
the metaphor, Is. 7, 20.
- - Deriv. ta, 73, and

ΤΊ (shearer) Gazez, pr. n. of two
men, 1 Chr. 2, 46.

187

13

My f(r. 412) @ cutting, hewing of
stone; hence Mth "238% hewn stones,
espec. squared, 1K. 5, 31; and simpl.
mya id. Is. 9, 9. 1K. 6, 36. 7, 9. 11. 12.
Ex. 20, 22.

ἘΠ 515. fat. diy, kindr, with “13.
1. to strip off, as skin from the flesh,

to flay, Mic.3,2. Arab. Jy

of burden, to be aii wounded, flayed.
Hence _

2. to-pluck off or away, to tear away,
to take by force, like Syr. transp. uy
a) By open violence, 2 Sam. 23, 21 8125"
ἜΣ ΓΙ 332 MINIM he plucked the
spear out of the Egyptian? s hand. 1 Chr.
11, 23. Job 24, 9 they tear the orphan
from te mother’ abreast.’ Ger: 88 SET
feared lest thou wouldst take by force thy
daughters from me. Deut. 28, 31. Of
the carrying off of women, Judg. 21, 23.
Trop. Job 24, 19 ~"a"2 sro ἘΠ ἘΞ my
bbls drought anil heat carry of the snow-
waters, i.e. absorb them, dry them up.
b) Oftener by fraud or injustice of any
kind, e. g. the property or possessions of
others, to seize wpon, to take by force,
Job 20, 19.:24, 2. Mic; 2,2. Espec. of
the rich and powerful who seize upon
the possessions of the poor by fraud and
violence, Lev. 5, 23. Jer. 21, 12. 22, 3.

3. With acc. of pers. to strip, to spoil,
to rob any one, Judg. 9, 25. Ps. 35, 10.
Also by fraud and injustice, i. q. Pwy,
Lev. 19, 13. Prov. 22, 22. 28, 24. Part.
pass. 5113 Deut. 28, 29.

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. to be taken away, 6. g.
sleep, Prov. 4, 16.

of 3 beast

a 1 ἢ 513 obsol. root. i. 4. Arab. Som
to peep, as a young bird. Hence tia.

_ 393 m. robbery, concr. any thing taken
by violence, plunder, Lev. 5, 21. Is. 61, 8.
dra bts Ez. 22,29. R. 5121.

TR m. (Ὁ. 513 1) @ spoiling, violence,
violation, Kz. 18, 18. Ecc. 8, 7.

TOTS Γ (Ὁ. ὅτ 1) constr. md13 Is. 3,14,
a spoiling, violence ; ΓΤ} 513 Ez. 18, 7.
12. ὭΣΤ Mba the spoil of the poor,
i.e. goods taken’ from them by violence
and injustice, Is. 3, 14.

=) pe)

* DTS obsol. root, to cut off, like

Arab. es and

Jesm, the cutting off of a syllable ; comp.
under r. %3. In Heb. trop. to crop, to
eat off, to devour, like kindr. 002, D073,
comp. “ΤᾺ no. 3.—Hence

--- 90“
ΩΣ whence

Dia τη. a locust not yet winged, bru-
chus, Joel 1, 4. 2,25. Δη. 4,9. Targ.
Syr. ἴχζωλζο
(exuens, detrahens) a locust without
wings; Sept. κάμπη, Vulg. eruca. See
Credner ad Joel. |. ὁ.

x>mt a creeping locust ;

Dia (devouring) Gazzam, pr. ἢ. m.
Ezra 2, 48. Neh. 7, 51.

i +74 obsol. root, i. q. 373 no. 1, to cut
down a tree. Comp. ha Conj. II, and
ey I, Il, to cut off; VIII, to cut wood
from a tree.—Hence

513 m. c. suff. ἼΣΤΕ, the trunk of a tree
cut down, the stump, Job 14,8. Then,
genr. brink, stock, stem, Is. 11, 1; also
of a tree just wlanted and τ root, Is.

40, 24. Arab. ες: trunk of the palm,

Syr. ya, a trunk, espec. a slender

trunk.

. ΠῚ fut. "ta" see no. 3, and "134 see
no. 4.
1. to cut, to cut in two, to divide, 1 K.

3, 25. 26. Ps. 136, 13. Arab. yy to cut
off, Syr. hy to cut away or around.
Comp. under the roots t13, 333. Kindr.
are also "XP, “YD, , and by transp.
Mm, IR, PB.

2. to cut down trees, wood, 2 K. 6, 4.
See 9132, and jf a axe, from kindr.
rma.

3. to eat, to devour, from the notion of
cutting up food, see 842 no. 4, and M3
no. 2. So Fut. O, Is. 9, 19, trop. of war
and slaughter, parall. with >>. Arab.

y= to eat quickly, to slaughter, to kill.

4. Trop. to cut off, i. e. to decide, to de-
termine, to decree, fat. A, Job 22, 28. So
Chald. Syr. "14, iT. Comp. 7773.

5. Intrans. to be cut off, to fail. Hab.
3,17 ΝΣ m>2a9 "12 though the flock

188

"Δ

fail from the Sole ; Sept. ἐξέλιπεν πρό:
Boro. Arab. spec. of failing water. [

Νιρη. 1. pass. of Kal no. 4, to be de-
creed, Esth. 2,1. |

2. to be cut off i. e. separated, excluded,
2 Chr. 26, 21 mins ma ΤΩ. "2 for hed
was cut off, excluded, from the house of —
Jehovah, Is. 53,8 BF yaya 7132 "2 for —
he was cut off from the land of the living.
Ps. 88, 6.

3. to be cut off, i. q. to perish, Lam. 3,
54; ὁ. dat. plete ΕΖ. 37, 11 933 999733 we

’

perish, Arab. Fa calamity, destruc- —
tion Sy
The derivatives follow, except marge, ;

Wa-Chald. 1. i. q. Heb. no. 1, to cut
to cut off ; see Ithpe. .

2. i.q. Heb. no. 4, to decide, to deter-
mine, to decree, spec. of fate, destiny. —
Part. plur. 7°13 pr. deciders determiners,
put forthe Chaldean astrologers,diviners, —
who by casting nativities from the place
of the stars at one’s birth, and by various
arts of computing and divining, foretold —
the fortunes and destinies of individuals,
(numeri Babylonii Hor. Carm. I. 11. 2,)
Dan. 2, 27. 4, 4. 5,7.11. Comp. Chald.
NIT] decree: in Rabtiwle spoken of the
divine decree, fate ; 1712 the art of cast-
ing nativities, astrology; on which see
Comment. on Is, II. p. 349.

Irupe. to cut off or.out, 3 pret. fem.
maramx Dan. 2, 45; and in the Heb.
manner mann v. 34.

“Wa τὰ. (τ. 12) 1. @ piece, part, plur.
mnta pieces of victims Gen. 15, 17;
parts of the sea as divided Ps. 136, 13.

2. Gezer, (prob. a steep place, preci-.
pice,) pr.n. a) A city anciently the
seat of a Canaanitish king Josh. 10, 33.
12, 12; situated on the western border
of Ephraim and assigned to the Levites
Josh. 16, 3. 21,21; although the ancient
inhabitants were not expelled, Josh. 16,
10. Judg. 1,29. It was destroyed by the
Egyptians, and again rebuilt by Solv-
mon, 1 K.9,15 sq. Ὁ) A place else-
where called = Gob, 1 Chr. 20, 4;
comp. 1 Sam. 21, 18.

MITA f. once Lev. 16, 22 7713 PRN
into a desert land or tract. The same
is expressed in v. 10. 21. 22 fin. by
manta. Sept. εἰς γὴν ἄβατον, Vulg. in

“4

terram solitariam. Lit. into.a land eaten
off, cropped, naked, ie ip pos

Te,

seer. "13 no. 3. So Arab. > 5

see Camoos p. 699. Syr. be sterile.

M1f4 Chald. f. constr. m2113, ὦ decree,
sentence of God, of angels, Baw 4,14. 21.
Often in the Targums. Comp. r. "14 no.

_ 4, and Syr. 12p,.

ΤῊ} f. (τ. 31) 1. cut, i. 6. form,
Jigure of a man, the body; comp. 353}
from Sp and Fr. éaille. Lam. 4, 7.

“=

Corresponding is Arab. +

2. Pr.a place cut off, a separate place,
prob. an area, enclosure, court, in the
middle of which the temple was built,
_ Ez: 41, 12-15. 42, 1. 10. 13.

_ ‘MA 1 Sam. 27, 8 Keri (Cheth. 7173)
Gezrites, pr. n. of a people attacked by
David while sojourning among the Phi-
listines; prob. the inhabitants of the
city Gezer, "15.

pn m. (τ. }93) the belly of reptiles,
so called from its bent or curved form,
Lev. 11, 423 of a serpent Gen. 3, 14.
Comp. Glenii: Bauch from beugen, bucken,

"7734 2 K. 4, 31. 5, 25, oftener "1707S
(valley ofvision) Gehazi, pr. n. of the ser-
vant of Elisha, 2 K. 4, 12. 14. 25 sq. 5,
20 sq.

*On3 obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab.

= (> and 2 being interchanged) to
light a fire, to kindle ; mid. Damm. to

δ 5
burn, to flame, whence AS a great fire

‘burning fiercely, Gehenna; from the
primary root 05, Dam.—Hence

mbna f. plur. psdra, constr. "m3 (f
Kz. 1, 13) a coal, a burning coal, diff.
from DMB a Black coal Prov. 26,21. So
Job 41, 13. Prov. 6, 28. Is. 44, 19; more
fully Ux *>m3 Lev. 16, 12. Post; coals
for lightnings, 2 Sam. 29. 9.13. Hence
put for punishments to be sent from God,
Ps. 140,11. Cvals upon the head. a pro-
verbial expression denoting something
exceedingly troublesome, which causes
the severest pains and torments; so
Prov. 25, 21 if thine enemy be hungry,
give him bread to eat; and if he be

189

NN"

thirsty, give him water to drink ; 12 for
so thow shalt'heap coals of fire on his
head, i. e. thou wilt overwhelm him with
shame and remorse for his enmity to-
wards thee; comp. Rom. 12, 20. In like
manner the Arabs speak of coals of the
heart, fire of the liver, to denote burning
care, anxiety; remorse, and shame. See
the author’s remarks on this expression
in Rosenmiller’s Repert. I. p. 140, and
in the Lond. Class. Journ. no. LIV. p.
244.—F urther, a coal, as being kept in
order to preserve fire, is put for the last
hope or scion of a race or family, like
Gr. ζώπυρον, 2 Sam. 14, 7.

“DMS i. gq. Arab. -=
flame, see 5113 .—Hence
D4 Gaham, pr. n. of a son of Nahbs,

Gen. 22, 24; perh. appellat. i. q. es
having πυρὰ eyes.

to burn, to

ὙΠ 1. ᾳ. Chald. yha, Syr. hy 10
incline, to bend.—Hence ὙΠ.

* ἽΠΠΩ obsol. ee Arab. ΧΞ to hide

oneself, to lurk, = lurking-place. —

Hence

“4 (lurking-place) Gahar, pr. n. τῇ.
Ezra 2, 47. Neh. 7, 49.

"A see R1B.

* N° or N75 to flow together, as wa-
ter—Hence “

NM rarely 8"4 Zech. 14, 4, and δὲ ἢ
Is. 40, 4, without Aleph "3 ; constr. 873
and "3; Plur. pr. ΓΝ (Mika) 2 K. 2,
16. Ez. 6, 3 Chethib, but oftener transp.
MINN, 6. ‘watt Fmixs Ez. 35,8; comm.
gend. (in: Zech. 14, 5. fv. ἐγ valley,
so called as the phicé where waters flow
tngeriet: then a level region, low plain ;

Se
Arab. ΤΣ valley, level tract, %i>
Sey 9. τὸ

“. ὦ
BAAS kA=>, place where waters flow

together, valley, depressed tract.—It
differs from >m2; which signifies a valley
watered by a brook or torrent; also from
m2p2 and py, which denote plains of
greater extent; see Relandi Paleest. 348
sq. Hence it is spoken only of certain
particular valleys; just as others are
called 5m3, Apa, pay. Thus

a) Dina "4, Δ, Jer. 7, 32. 19, 2. 6.

1

pin "22 "a 2 K. 23, 10 Cheth. nin 3
Josh. 15, 8, valley of Hinnom, of the sons
of Hinnom, etc. on the south and west
of Jerusalem, through which passed the
southern boundary of Benjamin and the
northern of Judah, Josh. 15,8. 18,16. It
was noted for the human sacrifices here
offered to Moloch, 2 K. Jer. 1]. ce. and
was also called MEM and καὶ ἐξοχήν
xin Jer. 2,23. See Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. p. 382, 402 sq.

b) Dvn "a, with Art. ΘΓ "2,
valley of craftsmen (see Wm) near Je-
rusalem, with a village of like name,
1 Chr. 4, 14.. Neh. 11, 35.

c) by-nme" ab (valley which God
hath opened) the valley of Jiphthah-el in
the northern part of Zebulun, Josh. 19,
14, 27.

d) m3 x, 2 Sam. 8, 13. Ps. 60, 2, the
- valley of salt, [ prob. the very Komiarka
ble Valley of Salt a few miles southeast
of Aleppo; see Russell’s Nat. Hist. of
Aleppo I. p. 55. Maundrell p. 213.—
Another valley of salt, m>7a3 74, is men-
tioned 2 K. 14, 7, in the vicinity of the
Dead Sea; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p. 483.—R.

6) D723 93 the valley of the passen-
gers, east of the sea of Galilee, Ez. 39, 11.

f) nosy "ἢ che valley of Shot i.e.
hyenas, in the tribe of Benjamin, 1 Sam.
13, 18.

g) ΠΕΣ xa the valley of Zephathah
in the plainof Judah, 2 Chr. 14, 9 [10].
Comp. the mod. es-Sé/eh, Bibl. Res. in
Palest. IT. p. 345.

h) 8"2, with Art. x30, the valley, a
place in Mount Pisgah, opposite to Beth-
peor in the land of Moab, a station of
the Israelites, Num. 21, 20. Deut. 3, 29.
4, 46.

*"TA a root not in use, signifying to
bind, to tie together, to couple, like Arab.
ols mid. Ye Conj. II, to bind, to fetter,

9
dus a bond, fetter, thong; and with a
guttural prefixed 3p3, 728, Att 1, TaN,
perh. 798,15. In the occidental lan-
guages comp. the roots gaden, gatten,
i.e. to couple, whence Germ. Gatte, Gat-
tung, Kette, Lat. catena, etc.—Hence
‘TA m. a nerve, sinew, tendon, Chald.
ΝΣ, Syr. Ip: Gen. 32, 32. Plur.

190

ae)

Ez. 37, 8. Job 10, 11. 40, 17. Trop
Is. 48, 4 of a stiff-necked people: 7°3
WEI ΓΞ a sinew of iron is thy neck.

ΤΣ and TA Mic. 4, 10, fut. m733,
cony. Mas}.

1. to break or burst forth, spoken of a
fountain or stream of waters, Job 40, 23 ;
of an infant breaking forth from the —
womb, Job 38, 8; of a warrior rushing
forth to ‘battle, Ez. 32, 2.—Syr. Laing to
break forth, as water or as an infant.
Chald. id. and espec. to break forth a
battle.

2. Trans. to cause to break forth, to
bring or draw forth ; 6. g. an infant from
the mother’s womb, Ps. 22, 10 HARD
7329 "MA for thou didst bring me forth
out of the womb, where 13 is a less usual
form of the participle, comp. Lehrg. p.
402. So of a mother, to bring forth,
Mic. 4, 10. '

Hira. to break forth, to rush forth
from a place of ambush, Part. "373 Judg.
20, 33.

Deriv. ying.

3 or M4 Chald. Apu. to break
forth, to rush forth, e. g. the winds, as
if to battle, Dan. 7,2. See the Heb.
root no. 1.

5
3

{
|

q

T3"4 (breaking forth sc. of a eal
Giah, pr. n. of a place near Gibeon,
2 Sam. 2, 24.

ὙΠ pr. a stream, river, so called ΔῈ
breaking forth from fountains ; comp.
Job 40, 23. rade των. is Arab,

les and os: which is use i
by the Arabs before the names of several
large Asiatic streams, as the Ganges,
the Araxes, etc. In Heb. it is a pr.r
Gihon, e. g.

1. A fountain with a stream and pool
on the west and southwest of Jerusalem,
1 K. 1, 33. 38.,.2 Chr. 32, 30. 33, 14.
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 512. |

2. The second of the four rivers of
Paradise, which is said to flow arounc
the land of a> Cush, Gen. 2,13. Some
follow here the Arabic usage of the wore
ῳ > mentioned above, and unde
stand the Arazes ; ; thus taking 85> in
sense different from the usual one. O

ὌΝ

the other hand, the constant testimony
of the ancients is in favour of the Nile,
as Sept. Jer. 2,18. Ecclus. 24, 37. Jo-
seph. Ant. 1.1.3. On this supposition,
prob. the Ethiopian Nile is to be under-
stood, which may be truly said to flow
around Ethiopia. See Thesaur. p. 281 sq.

ἜΤ 3 see "IM.

Ξ 575 rarely 593 or DiS Prov. 23, 25
Cheth. fut. >"33, apoc. 3"; pr. to move
in a circle, to revolve, whence deriv. 858,

comp. 523; also like Arab. Jie mid.
Waw, to dance in a circle, comp. >4n
and 33% .—Hence

1. to exult, to rejoice, poetic. Job 3, 22
arabs oonnwN joyful even unto rejoic-
ing, pr. unto leaping for j joy. Is. 49, 13.
65, 18; with 3 of pers. or thing in δεν,
one rejoices, Ps. 9, 15. 13, 6. 21, 2. 31, 8.
149, 2; also ὃ Zeph. 3, 17. nina bay
_ to rejoice in Jehovah, espec. in his good-
ness and mercies, Is. 29, 19. 41, 16. Joel
2, 23. Ps. 35, 9. 89, 17. Trop. joy is also
uscvibed to inanimate things, Ps. 96, 11.
Is. 35, 1.

2. to tremble, to fear, which comes
from the leaping or palpitation of the
heart, see Job 37, 1. Ps. 29,6; comp. the
roots 439 and 54m. So Gr. ὀρχεῖται καρ-
δία φόβῳ Aaschyl. Choéph. 164, 1022 ;
ἢ καρδία πάλλει, πάλλει φόβῳ, Seidl. ad
Kurip. Electr. 433; Lat. cor salit Plaut.
So vice versa 38 implies a trembling
| for joy, Is. 60, 5. Jer. 33, 9.—Hence Ps.
2, 11 M3992 5553 fear with trembling ;
others, rejoice with trembling, as no. 1.
Hos. 10, 5 for the people shall mourn over
tt (the calf) 95533 "22 19225 and its
priests shall tremble for it.

The derivatives follow.

2B see bay.

Dm. 1. pr. @ circle, circuit ; hence
an age, evum, and meton. men of an age,
generation, i.g. “i, comp. 28. Dan. 1,
10635533 ἬΝ oN the youths of your

age. Arab. hace or dice i. gq. 5,

γενεά. In the Talmud %>"3 42 is one
born in the same hour and under the
same star with me.

2. exultation, rejoicing, gladness, Hos.
9, 1. Is. 16, 10. Jer. 48, 33.

191

252

TID" f. ig. "a no. 2, exultation, re-
joicing, gladness, Ps. 65, 13. Is. 35, 2
WPT) _Md74 rejoicing and shouting, i i.e. st.
constr. for the absol.

"3594 see in mda.

*""3 obsol. root, Arab. \LS mid. Ye,
prob. to boil wp, to effervesce, whence

ne a boiling of the breast, from an-

ger, hunger, thirst. Corresponding is
Germ. géhren, in some dialects gohren,
giehren. Hence

"A or 14 m. lime, so called from its
me Gem when slacked, Is. 27, 9.

Arab. > and 4S unslacked lime.

re Chald, emphat. 873 id. Dan. 5, ὃ.
Comp. Targ. Is. 27, 9. Am. 2, 1.

"4 ἃ sojourner, stranger, i. q. 2 4. V.
2 Chr. 2,16. R. 3 I.

"3 see wins.

704 (filthy, see tina) Geshan, pr.n.m.
1 Chr. 2, 47,

23 τῇ. (τ. 853) plur. ona 1. @ heap .
of stones, Job 8, 17 ; mostly with p°228
added, Josh. 7, 26. Often of ruins Is.
25,2. Plur. heape, ruins, Jer. 9, 10 "AN
pnb) prbwamny and Iwill make Jeru-
salem heaps, ruins. 51, 37.

2. a fountain, spring, so called from
the rolling or welling up of the waters,
Cant. 4,12. See >da Niph. no. 1.—Plur.
rolling waves, billows, Ps. 42, 8. 89, 10

107, 25.29. Syr. rie a wave, billow.

25 m. a bowl, reservoir for oil upon the
sacred candelabra, so called from its
round form, i. ᾳ. 723 no. 2.. Zech. 4, 2.
R. 553 to roll.

Nba see MD3.

μ =p) obsol. root, softened from 273,
to scratch, to eT OR, to shave ; kindr.

Arab. Wil to scrape, to meres; es

to shear wool. Hence
233 m.a barber, Ez.5,1. Syr. Pad,

a razor.

954 (boiling fountain, from 58. and
312 ebullition, see r. 312) Gilboa, pr. n.
of a mountain or mountainous tract in

Se

the tribe of Issachar, where Saul was
defeated and slain by the Philistines.
1 Sam. 28, 4. 31, 1. 2 Sam. 1, 6. 21.—
From the etymology it would seem to be
strictly the name of a fountain ( Tuba-
nia?) or of a village near a fountain ;
whence it was prob. transferred to the
neighbouring mountain. A village called
Τεβουέ (τ. Γελβουέ) is mentioned by Eu-
sebius ; and the same exists upon the
mountain at the present day as Jelbén ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 157, 170.

3.23 τῇ. (Ὁ. 258} plur. o"Ea>3 1. α wheel,
e. g. of a chariot, etc. Is. 5, 28. Ez. 10,
2. 6. 23, 24. 26,10; of a well for δῶν.
ing water, Ecc. 12, 6.

2. a whirlwind, Ps. 77, 19. Ez. 10, 13.
Syr. Hence

3. chaff, stubble, any thing driven
round before a whirlwind.’ Ps. 83, 14
PRDAD WanW “ride O my God, make them
as the chaff, etc. Is. 17, 13 "3B? DRDsD
meio like stubble before the whirl-

wind ; parall. yia.— Aram. i, nba,
chaff, dust, or the like, which is driven
Ss

round by the wind; Arab. ὧν id.
2323 Chald. a wheel, Dan. 7, 9.

babs πα. (τ. 04) 1. a wheel, Is. 28, 28.

2. With the art. 53937 (circle, or ac-
cording to Josh, δ, 9a rolling away)
Gilgal.

a) A place situated between Jericho

and the Jordan, Josh. 4; 19.20. 9, 6. 10,
6. 7. 14, 6. 15, 7; where Samuel and
Saul offered sacrifices, 1 Sam. 10, 8. 11,
14. 15. 13, 4-9. 15, 21. 33; and where
the prophets dwelt, 2 K. 4, 38, although
idols were also worshipped there, Judg.
3, 19. Hos. 4, 15. 9, 15. Am. 5,5. More
“fally papa ma Neh. 12,29. Gr. Dud-
γαλα, Ϊ ‘Mace. 0.9, No trace of the
name er site of Gilgal now remains;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest, II. p. 287.

b) [A place or region near the western
coast of Palestine, Deut. 11, 30. Josh. 12,
23. .Euseb. and Jerome speak here of a
Galgula, and the modern name Jiljileh
is still found; Bibl. Res. in Palest. III.
Ῥ. 47.—R.

ὨΡΒ 98 f, (τ. 553) α skull, cranium, so
_ called from its round form, 2 K. 9, 35.
Also used like Lat. caput, Engl. head,

“162

poll, where the individuals of a tribe or

rae

people are enumerated or mentioned, as
Ex. 16, 16 m>h>n> “a> an omer the
head, i. e. for each person. Num. 1,2
pryeaba> ἽΞΙ ΟΞ all-the males aocondiny
to their polls, i. 6. singly, man by man,
v. 18.20. 22. Comp. tx Judg. 5, 20.—
Among the Rabbins m3 o> is
‘poll-money,’ a poll-tax. Syn foXe

id. Lamed being. dropped in the first
syllable ; Arab. oe et id. where the

second Lamed is dropped, COP. Tol
youu Matt. 27, 33.

" DS obsol. root, signifying prob. to
be smooth , polished. Kindr. are 72%, 7% q
q. v.—Hence

23 m. 6. suff. "724, the skin, i. e. the
human skin, as aintibek and ah Well Job

16,15. Arab. de, Syr. [om idv9

᾿ ΓΙῸΣ fut. 1239 conv. 535), pr. to be
naked, and trans. to make naked ; kindr.
with r.™23. to be naked, bald, whence
with a softer. pronunciation m>a, M3.
It is applied espec. to the ear as unco-
vered by removing the hair, or to the
face when the veil is removed. Comp.
Arab. > to put off a garment, to put
off a veil and so uncover the face ; me-
taph. to disclose any thing. Hence in
Hebrew:

1. to make naked, to uncover ; and
then to disclose, to reveal; espec. in
the phrase ‘B ἼΝ M23 to make bare Gil
uncover the ear of any one by removing
the overhanging locks, as is often done
in whispering a secret to another; hence
to tell to any one, to disclose, to show.
1 Sam. 20,2 my father doeth nothing ..
“INNS nba NX> but that he telleth me.
v. 12. 13. 9, 15. 22, 8. 17. Also in a
slightly different sense spoken of God,
Job 36, 10 he openeth their ear to disci-
pline, to instruction, i.e. causes them to
hear. v.15. 36,16. Hence trop. io 33_
to reveal a secret, Am. 3,7. Prov. 20, 19.
—Also "Bd nbs to unfold or open ¢
book, to unroll a volume. Jer. 32, 11,14.

2. to make bare a land of its inhabi =
ants, i. 6. to migrate, to emigrate, (Arab.
Ye and > id.) either voluntarily
2 Sam. 15, 19; or involuntarily, i. 6. to be

Ὶ

55

carried away captive, to go into captivity |

or exile, 2K. 17, 23. 24,14. 25,21. Am.
1,5. 6,7. al. Spoken of inanimate things,
Is. 24, 11 the joy of the land is banished,
gone. Job 20, 28. Prov. 27, 25.
_ Nira. 1. to be uncovered, made na-
_ked; Is. 47, 3 thy nakedness shall be
uncovered. Ez. 13, 14. 16, 36. 23, 29.
_ Also of removing a veil, Jer. 13, 22.
2. to be revealed, i.e. a) Of men and
_ God, to discover oneself, to appear, as if
_ a veil were removed, i. ᾳ. 5872, with >
~ Gen. 35,7. 1 Sam. 14,8. 11; comp. Is.53,
©, mharé0- by, b) tide discovired,
; mianifested, to come to light, spoken of
f

x
4

what before was concealed, Is. 49, 9.

Hos. 7,1. 6) to be uncovered, with >
“and x, Is. 23, 1. 1 Sam. 3, 7.

8. to be carried away, removed, pass.
of Hiph. Is. 38, 12.

Prat i.q. Kal, but oftener in the literal
_ and primary signification.

1. to make naked, to uncover, 6. g. the
feet Ruth 3, 4. 7; the foundations of
a building Mic. 1,6. Also with acc. of the
' veil or covering removed, Is. 22,8. 47, 2.
Nah. 3, 5. Job 41,.5.—Spec. 8) nbs
nur MIND to uncover the nakedness of a
woman, i. e. to have carnal intercourse
with her, Ley. 18, 8.sq. 20,17 sq. So
to uncover the nakedness of a man is to
have unlawful intercourse with his wife,
‘Lev. 20, 11. 20. 21, as is explained by
Lev. 18,8; and in the same sense is used
the phrase to uncover one’s skirt or cover-
‘Tet, Deut. 23,1. 27,20. 8) God 1s said
to uncover the eyes of any one, i. 6. to
“open the eyes, to discover secret. things
to mortal eyes, Num. 22, 31. Ps. 119, 18.
ae "323 opened as to the eyes, having
4 he eyes open, spoken of a prophet, um.
“24, 4, 16.

a 2. Metaph. to reveal any thing hidden,
‘Tob 20, 27; a secret Prov. 11,13; to ha.
tray a Hcitive Is. 16,3; to lm open, to
make known, e. g. God ae attributes Ps.
98, 2. Jer. 33,6. So “Ἴ 59 mba is ig. mba
by aYig-7y to uncover that which is
‘upon any thing, to remove the veil from
upon it, Lam. 2, 14. 4, 22.

Puat to be uncovered, made naked.
‘Nah. 9, 8 mnea she is made naked, i. 6.
j ignominiously. spoken of Nineveh.

> Hien. 5535 and 7334, fut. conv. 35,
17

193

3

to carry away captive, to carry into exile,
1 K. 15, 29. 17, 6. 11. 18, 11. al.
Hopu. pass. of Hiph. Esth. 2, 6. al.
Hirup. 1. to uncover oneself, Gen. 9,

ei:

2. to disclose or reveal oneself, 6. g. the
heart, Prov. 18, 2.

Deiiv: mia, mada, Pea, and pr. ἢ,
ia, ΓΑΒ, “ban,

ΓΖ, Soy. Chald. to reveal, Dan. 2,
22. 28. 29.

Apu. after the Heb. manner "534, i. αὶ
Heb. Hiph. to carry away captive, ta
cause to migrate, Ezra 4, 10. 5, 12.

M25 i. q. mia q. v. exile, migration

m3 (after the form “iw"p, md;
exile, τ. 123,) Giloh, pr. n. of a city in
pa mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 51.

2 Sam. 15, 12.—Gentile n. 93593 Gilon-

ite 2 Sam. |. c. from a form ἜΡΟΝ as
θῶ from n>").

M2 f(r. dd3) 1. a fountain, spring,
i,q. da no. 2. Plur. Josh. 15, 19. Judg.
1, 15.

2. a bowl, reservoir, so called from its
round form; spoken of the reservoir for
oil above the sacred candelabra, Zech.
4, 3, comp. v. 2, where is masc. 3.
Trop. Ecc. 12,6 in describing old age
and death: O39 >an pow-N> Wwe 33
amt mba yn} before the silver cord be
loosed, and the golden bowl be broken,
ἐν 6: lanrpidwl, oil-cup.

3. a ball or globe, as an ornament on
the tops or capitals of columns, 1 K. 7,
41. 2 Chr. 4, 12. 13.

4, mbd nibs and m'nnnm ‘x, Gulloth,
ae and Lower, pr. n. of dito towns,
not far from Hebron, Judg.1,15. In the
parall. passage Josh: 15, 19 its mindy “ἢ
and nana 3.

393 τη. plur. (τ. 553 note, lett. b)
pr. trunks, logs, blocks, which are rolled ,
hence in derision, idols, Lev. 26, 30.
Deut. 29, 16. al. So in various phrases,
as ebibsn "IM& 2h to go after idols
1 K. 21, 26; osbibsn a> to serve or wor
ship idols 2 K. 17, 12. 21, 21; DD Koy
τὸν to lift wp the eyes unto idols Ez
18, 12. Often joined with other con-
temptuous names of idols, as O°x5pu
Deut. 29, 17, niavin Ez. 16, 36, pxbaby
30, 13; alte very ‘freq. in expressions in

65

which idol-worship is reprobated, as
BrDADAQ NBL? to pollute oneself with idols
Ez. 20,7; ΠΝ "ame ΠῚ 6.9; "may FR?
mba 23. 37; etc.

ὩΠ53 m. (r. 558) a covering, mantle,
pallium, in which one is wrapped, Ez.
27,24. Chald. 053, 82">3, id—Hence
Gr. χλαμύς, χλανίς, po

7123 Josh. 21, 27 Cheth. i. q. 7bia q. v.

nad} £ once M23 Obad. 20, wich Ka-
mets impure. R. m>3.

1. a carrying away, captivity, exile,
2 K. 25, 27. Jer. 52,31. Ez. 1, 2. 33, 21.

2. Collect. captives, exiles. nan nabs
the exiles of Judah, Jer. 24, 5. 28, 4. 29,
22. 40, 1. nim nabs epokon or ἌΜΕ
living in exile Is. 45, 13. |

maDd Chald. f emph. xm%d3, captivity,
exile, M953 723 the exiles Dan. 2, 25. 5,

13. Ezra 6,16. Syr.{zeXy.

* m5 in Kal not used, pr. to be
smooth, and hence to be bare, naked,
comp. >i; spec. to be bald, Arab.

Ρ ττ p )
ΛΞ. to have a bald forehead. This

-

is a softened root from the harsher ΤΠ ;
comp. by transpos. pen . In the western
languages correspond calvus, Slavic
goly, holy, Germ. kahl ; also gelu, glacies.

Piet to make bare, bald; hence to
shave the head, Num. 6,9. Deut. 21, 12;
a person 1 Chr. 19, 4. Also to shave off,
to cut off the hair, see Pual; the beard
2 Sam. 10, 4. Once intrans. to shave
oneself, the hair and beard, Gen. 41,
14. Metaph. to shave a land, i. 6. to lay
it waste with fire and sword, Is. 7, 20.—
Chald. m>3 to shave, to shear, m3 shave-
ling, spoken by the Rabbins of monks,
like Bohem. holy.

Pua to be shaven, shorn, Judg. 16,
17. 22.

Hirupa. 1. to shave oneself, Lev. 13, 33.

2. to shave or cut off from oneself, c.
acc. Num. 6, 19. Comp. Lehrg. p. 284. d.

pha τη. (τ. M>5, after the form 71723,
ymin, ip) @ table, tablet, of wood,
stone, or metal, on which to write or
inscribe any thing, i.g. M>, so called
as being smooth, bare, naked, or empty;
see the root. is. 8, 1—In Talmudic

194

"ἢ

yinba_ is the empty margin of a page or ©
volume, roll. 3

Puur. 072553 Is. 3, 23, mirrors, 1. 8.
tablets or plates, lamina, of polished
metal, which were used by the Hebrew .
women as mirrors, Ex. 38,8. Job 37,18; —
and which were carried about by them |
in the nianner of other nations, being —
mostly of a round form and furnished
with a handle; see Comment. on Is. |. 6.
So Chald. Vulg. Kimchi in Comment.
Abarbenel, Jarchi.—On the other hand,
the LXX and Kimchi in Lex. under-
stand transparent garments, διαφανῆ
Aaxovixe, as if making naked the body ;
comp. Schroeder de Vestitu mul. Heb.
p. 311, 312.

bby τη. (τ. 852) 1. Adj. rolling, turn-
ing, e. g. the leaves of a folding door,
1 K. 6, 84. Comp. Ez. 41, 24.

2. Subst. a ring, Esth. 1, 6. Cant. 5,14.
wryjoma oNbag ΞΠῚ subs "1 his
hands are as gold rings set with gems of
Tarshish, i. e. the fingers when curved
are like gold rings, and the nails dyed
with henna or the like resemble gems. —

3. a circle, circuit, region, i. q. “33.
Spec. ois babs Is. 8, 23 ‘the circle of the
Gentiles,’ i. e. Galilee ; and xat ἐξοχήν,
ιν Josh. 20, 7. 21, 32; mo%ban (He
parag. )2K. 15, 29; baba γον "1K. ,
11) i.e. the dietriet with twenty small
dition in the tribe of Naphtali, around th
city Kedesh (thrice called 5">32 Wp),
inhabited mostly by Gentiles, espec. by
the neighbouring Phenicians. Sept.1
Ταλιλαία, Galilee.

ToD f. ig. d5dz no. 3, a circle,
cuit, region. ΕΣ nibsby the cir
cles or districts of the Philistines Josh
13,2; mebp mibyba Joel 4,4; Γαλιλαΐ
πον 1 Mace. 5, 15. aie. πες
ig. 2953 "D3, the circuit or borders 0
the Jordan, el-Ghor, Josh. 22, 10. 11
The same region seems to be meant ii
Ez. 47, 8. ‘

mds (fountains) Gallim, pr. n. of
city of Benjamin, lying north of Jerusé
lem, 1 Sam. 25, 44. Is. 10, 30.

mnd5 (exile, an exile) Goliath, a Ph
listine giant, slain by David in sing
combat, 1 Sam. 17, 4. 23. 21, 10. 22, 1
comp. Ecclus. 42, 5. On 1 Chr. 20.1
see under art. "n>, ,

52

#5551 1 pers. oat. but 3 plur. P|
Gen. 29, 3. 8; imp. “ba, das, once δὲ Ps.
119,22; to roll, e.g.a icine Gen. 29, 3.
8. Metaph. with ὩΣ to roll off or away
from any one, e. g. reproach Josh. 5, 9.
Ps. 119, 22; with >¥ and 53 Zo roll froin
oneself to or upon another, Ps. 37, 5 dis
4273 Tiny roll or devolve thy way
upon Jehovah, i. e. commit all thy affairs
tohim. Prov. 16, 3 ἸΠΏΣ Mimw>y 53
commit unto Jehanal thy works, deeds.
Ellipt. Ps. 22,9, where the poet intro-
duces his iautbies as deriding his confi-
dence in God and saying: Hin >y >A
snwbb" [roll all upon Jehovah, tely upon
him ; let him deliver him; ; comp. a like
lianas of person in v. 27.—R.] Or, 58
may be infin. put for the finite verb, he
rolleth etc.

Nore. The genuine force of this
widely extended root, which imitates the
sound of a globe, ball, or other round
body rolling rapidly forwards, is ex-
pressed by the Germ. rollen, Engl. to
roll, each onomatopoetic like the Hebrew
word. Hence in the derivatives it 1s re-
ferred: a) To things round, rolling, re-
volving, as 5353 wheel, also a whirlwind,
dba a ring, | mb32 a roll, volume, mbibs
a skull, 853, bby ball of dung, bi, nba a
bowl, eeurvvir, b) To things ea,
which are rolled along, and not carried ;
whence >: a heap of stones, prbaby
logs, blocks, put for idols ; 533 weight, a

large stone; Arab. (AS a heavy busi-
ness. 6) Also spoken of rolling waves,
like Germ. quellen, Engl. to well, whence
da, DES, i. q. Germ. Wellen, Engl. waves,
billows.—F rom this most fertile mono-
syllabic stock have also flowed the
triliteral roots >ax, Arab. chef, dad,
whence "532 wagon, wain; and as in-
creased at the end, 5>3 to roll or wrap
up, D153, 024, Lat. glomus, glomeravit,
globus, Germ. Klumpen, Engl. clump.
Other kindred roots in the Hebrew it-
self are: 593 to move in a circle; and,
changing the palatal to a guttural, 53m,
bom, ban, 98%, q.v. Beside these, there
is also a multitude of shoots branching
off into the occidental languages, espec.
the Greek; comp. χέλλω, κέλλω (Valck.
ad Hdot. 7. 155), xvdiw, xvdivdw (553),

195

bbs

κόλλοψ, κόλλαβος, κόλλιξ, κύλλος (comp.
κοῖλος), κόλλυρα a round cake (732);
also, the palatal being dropped or trans-
ferred to the end, ἔλλω, sido, εἰλέω, εἰλύω,
ἴλη, οὖλος, ἴουλος, ἴλιγγος, ἕλιξ and ἑλέίσσω,
etc, Lat. volvo, later Lat. callus i. q. Fr.
gallet, caillou (>3), Germ. Galle, Gélle
i. ᾳ. Quelle, quellen, wallen, walzen, ono-
mat. kullern, Swed. kula, low Germ.
Kaul, whence Kugel.—Where any thing
is rolled along or revolves on a rough,
stony, gravelly soil, so as to cause a
harsh, grating, scraping sound, this is
expressed by similar roots made harsh
by the letter 1, as 573, "2a, "92, the
branches of which are no less widely
diffused.

Nien. 832, plur. 3] pers. 552, fut. D3".

1. to be rolled, to roll along, a billows,
Am. 5, 24.

2. to be rolled together, as a scroll, e. g.
the heavens, Is. 34, 4.

Hien. fut. conv. 534, to roll, to roll
away a stone, Gen. 29, 10.

Poat, to be rolled, e. g. in blood, to be
stained with blood, Is. 9, 4.

Hirupo. id. 2 Sam. 20,12. With dp
to roll oneself wpon any one, i. e. to rush
or fall upon him, Gen. 43, 18.

Pixp. 5353 i. q. Kal no. 1, to roll, to roll
down, Jer. 51, 25.

Hirapawp. 539309 to roll oneself down
upon an enemy, i.e. to rush or fall upon.
Job 30, 14.

Deriv. see in Note above.

223 m.

1. dung, ordure, so called from

tee globular form, i. q. bbs ; ; see r. >D3

note, lett. a. 1 K.14,10.—Arab. ἰῷ
the round dung of camels, sheep, etc.

2. acircumstance, cause, reason, Germ.
Umstand ; comp. as to this turn of the
etymology, M20, τῆς, Hence 5553 as
Prep.c. suff. abbsa, b2>a2 on account of,
because of, Gen. 12, 13. 30,27. Deut. 15,
10. 18, 12. Jer. 11, 17. Mic. 3, 12. Cor-
responding is Arab. Sines ue and
SHA! ω» with Elif prosthet.

3. Galal, pr. n. m. pert weighty

worthy, like Arab. ea a) 1 Chr.
9,15. δ) ib. v. 16. Neh. 11, 17.

223 Chald. m. pr. a rolling then
weight, magnitude, see τ. 523 note, lett.

δὰ

b. Ezra 5, 8 and 6, 4 552 ja% great or
heavy stones, hewn stones, which must
be rolled along, not carried.—So Tal-
mud. x>>3 without j28, spoken of a
large stone, Buxt. Lex. p. 433.

225 m. i. q. 523 no. 1, dung, ordure of
men; in Sing. once, Job 20,7 Mxz> i232
ax", Chald. and Vulg. well sicut ster-
* cus suum in eternum peribit. Comp. for
this degrading figure of destruction, 1 K.
14, 10.—Plur. 0"533 balls of dung, dung,
Zeph. 1,17; spec. human ordure Ez. 4,
12. 15.

ap? (perh. dungy) Gilalai, pr. n. m.
Neh. 12, 36.

i =e fut. pda, to roll or wrap toge-
ther, to “fold, ones ὁ KC. 2,8. Seer. 553
Kal and note.

Deriv. 05>3, and

=p m. pr. any thing rolled or wrap-
ped together ; hence an unformed mass,
substance, not yet wrought, the parts of
which are not yet unfolded nor devel-
oped; spoken of the embryo fetus, Ps.
199, 16.—Often in the Talmud for any
thing not yet wrought, elaborated, per-
_ fected, see Chelim 12. ὃ 6; also trop. of
an unformed unlettered man, Pirke
Aboth. 5. ὃ 7.

᾿ Ἴ223 quadril. not in use, formed
from Qhac> and Me, both which roots
signify to be hard.—Hence

37023 adj. quadrilit. hard, Arab.
ὃ poets hence sterile, barren, as a hard
stony soil, comp. στεῤῥός, sterilis ; then
of a woman, Is. 49, 21. Poet. of a night
in which none are born, Job 3,7. Trop.
lean, famished, emaciated with hunger,
Job 15, 34. 30, 3.

ᾧ 528 in Kal not used, Arab. Conj.
III, to quarrel with any one, espec. in a
game of dice, drinking, or in dividing an
‘inheritance. So in Hebrew:

Hirupa. to become angry, to be irri-
tated, to grow warm, sc. in strife. Prov.
20.3 it is an honour to a man to cease
from strife, spans bux-b2) but every
fool becometh angry. With 3 of thing or
cause, Prov. 18, 1.—Spoken also of strife
itself as growing warm, Prov. 17, 14.

196. ὨΔ

Ξ 7375 obsol. quadrilit. comp. Arab,

Sale hard, rough.—Hence

ἼΣὉ3 Gilead, pr: n. 1. Of several
men: a) A βοὴ οἵ Machir and grand-
son of. Manasseh, Num. 26, 29. 30.
Patronym. "I3>5 Gileadite, Judg. 11,1. Ὁ
12,4, b)Judg.14,1.2. δ) 1Chr. 5,14

2. With the art. 33547 , Gilead, Gileas
ditis, (pr. hard, stony. reigns or i. q. 7328
hillof δα a district of Palestine be-
yond Jordan, strictly comprehending the
mountainous region south of the river
Jabbok, Gen. 31, 21-48. Cant.4, 1; with —
acity of like name, Hos. 6,8, comp. Sept.
Judg. 12, 7, apparently the same with —
ἜΣ nay. Here is the highest part of
the mountains east of the Jordan; and —
one ridge is still named Jebel Jel’dd or
Jel’id, from two ruined towns so called —
upon it; see Burckhardt’s Travels in
Syria, etc. p. 348. Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II. p. 243, 306. III. App. p. 167. But the
name Gilead was also employed in ἃ
wider sense, so as to include the whole —
mountainous tract between the Arnon —
and Bashan, inhabited by the tribes of —
Gad, Reuben, and part of Manasseh,

now called Laut and pst dual .
i. 6. el-Belka and Jebel ’Ajliin, Num. 32,
26. 29. 39. Deut. 3, 12, Josh. 12, 2. 5. 13, _
10. 11. 30. Am. 3,13. Hence put for —
the territory of the tribes of Gad and
Reuben Ps. 60, 9. 108, 9; for the tribe —
of Gad Judg. 5, 17, comp. 5, 16; although
too this usage is not constant, and in h —
Sam. 13,7 the land of Gad and Gilead —
are joined.—Once it comprehends also
Bashan, and extends to the northern
extremity of Palestine, Deut. 34, 1.
“23 (i. e. 1D ἘΝ heap of witness) Ὁ
Galéed, pr. n. Gen. 31, 47. 48.

*WD3 i. q- Arab. rhc to sit down,
to lie down. Cant. 4, 1. 6, 5 thy locks
are as a flock of goats πρὸ ὙΠ sibs
which lie down upon Mount Gilead, i Ὁ:
upon its side, as if hanging from it, see
472 no. 3.h.—Jerome Cant. 4, 1 que ascen-
derunt.Sept.Complut, Cant.6,5 ἀνέβησαν.
Comp. (μιὰς Conj. II, to ascend.

aye) see MDa.

DA Conj. (τ. 03) 1. Implying con- —
junction, together, at once; so in the

ἈῺΔ

"phrases p28 pa two together, both, Gen.
27, 45. Prov. ‘17, 15. 20, 10. 12; 55 88 all
Ὶ together, i. 6. every one, cunctt, 2 Sam.
19, 31. Ps. 25,3; 31 Da Ps. 133, 1.

2. Implying accession, also, etiam, Gen.
_ 8, 6. 22. 7, 3. 19, 21. 35. 30, 15. 35, 17. al.

It is commonly put before the word to
_ which it refers ; but where a word is re-
_ peated for the sake of emphasis, its place
_ is before the latter, e. g. with pronouns
8% Da N81 she, she herself also, Gen.
. 20,5; δὲ! 03 1°BA in Ais mouth also,
| 2 Sam. 17, 5. Prov. 23, 15. Gen. 27, 34,
_ comp. Lehrg. §191. Heb. Gr. § 119, 3.
_ With verbs, Gen. 46, 4 ἘΔ 7238 7258)
ΟΣ and I will also come up with thee.
» 31, 15. 1 Sam. 1,6. Sometimes af the
Re cioning ofa diawe it refers not to the
_ next word, but to another more remote,
_ Proy. 20,11. Repeated 03 —b3 also—
also, i. g. both—and, Gen. 24, 25. 43, 8.
_ Ex. 12, 31. Jer. 51, 12; thrice repeated
Is. 48,8 ; δ) ---;ϑ Gen. 24, 44.
3. Intensive, even, see 8 no. 1; Prov.
14, 20. 17, 26. Joel 3,2. With a nega-
tive particle, not even, not so-much as,
| Ps. 14, 3. 53, 4. 2 Sam. 17, 12. 13, comp.
mas Ο. 3. So Dai Gen. 6. 4.—Often it
serves merely to give emphasis to the
owing word, and frequently cannot
be rendered into English, q. ἃ. yea, in-
deed, 1 Sam. 24, 12 AX7 DA AN see, yea
see! Gen. 29, 30 and he loved Rachel
more than Leah, where it shows merely
that the word Rachel is emphatic. Gen.
16, 13°85 79ny ἜΝ Ob Dn do J
then here see (live) after the vision, sc.
of God ? i. e. in this place, just here, and
not elsewhere. Job 2, 10 what! shall
we receive good at the hand of God, and
mot etc. Hos. 9, 12 for wo to them!
Gen. 42, 22. Job 13, 16. 16, 19. Is. 66, 4.
ΠῺΡ 53 yea now, now then, Gen. 44, 10.

4, Adversative, even so, yet, neverthe-
less. Ez. 16, 28 yea thou hast played
‘the harlot with them, MY3U NX> Ὁ) and
even so (yet) thou art not satisfied. Ps.
129, 2. Ecc. 4, 16.—Hence “3 Da even
when, even if, although, Is. 1, 15; and
without "2 id. Is. 49, 15. Ps. 95,9. Da ">
id. Ecc. 4, 14.

4 NOS in Kal not ‘used, to absorb, to
drink up, to swallow, i. q. Chald.

Prex poet. of the horse swallowing as
17*

197

"a3

it were the ground in his eagerness and
fleetness. Job 39, 24 y3x7N723" he swal-
loweth the ground, q.d. he runs away
with it.—The same metaphor is common
in Arabic in the verb to drink, to
take a draught, as U4) HI if; see

Schultens ad ἢ. 1. and Bochart Hieroz.
I. p. 142-148.

Hipn. to let swallow, to give to drink,
Gen. 24, 17. —Hence

N05 m. a bulrush, spec. the Egyptian
papyrus, papyrus nilotica, paper-reed,
so called from its porous nature as ab-
sorbing moisture ; comp. bibula papyrus
Lucan. 4. 136.—Job 8, 11. Is. 35,7. The
Egyptians made from it garments, shoes,
baskets, vessels of various kinds, and
especially boats or skiffs, Plin. H. N. 13.
21-26. So Ex. 2,394 nam an ark or
skiff of papyrus. Is. 18, 2.

* Ws a root not in use, Arab. hee
to cut off to amputate ; Ethiop. 12 ,
transp. D3, spy. Hence is derived
‘ah a cut, i. 6. a rod, staff, and then

cubit. The same verted is ἐμέναν ΘΉμῈ to
brave warriors, who cut down the enemy

like trees ; whence Arab. ἀμ. and Syr.
Apu. fo be bold, brave, fierce, of a soldier.
—Hence

"3 τη. (τ. "123 q. v.) pr. a cut, i.e. ὦ
staff, rod, as being cut from a tree; Zab.
Hpasciay, a staff, rod, the letter Ἢ being
inserted, and * and “Ἵ interchanged ;
Chald. τ, Then a cubit, the
measure of a cubit, Judg. 3, 16.—Syr.
ἵράξοας cubit, pasos, Vpatopy, id.

D"33 τὰ. plur. Ez. 27, 11 brave sol-
diers, fierce warriors, Jerome bellatores.
This word has given rise to endless

conjectures among interpreters; see
Thesaur. p. 292.

7703 (weaned) Gamul, pr. n. m
1 Chr. 24,17. Comp. >123 ma.

DAA m. (τ. θ22) 1. act, work, deed,
whether good or evil, q. d. donert more
any bis ee Judg. 9, 16. Prov. 12,14.
Is. 3, 11; in a good sense, benefit, Ps.
103, ἢ Hence 5 154723 ΞΕ to render
to any one his desert, to repay his doings,
works ; Ps. 28 Aor pbi2a atin. Prov.

Δ

12,14; 6. >9 Ps, 94,2. Sr > bay ob
id. Ps. 137, 8. Ῥίον: 19, 17, 6. by Joel
4, 4,

- 2. recompense, retribution, Is. 35, 4.

moras f. (τ. 583) 1.i.q 5903 no. 1,
Is. 59, 18 ; some copies read plur. ΤΡ.
ΒΤ Ὁ. bray no. 2, 2 Sam. 19, 37.

: M25 obsol. root, prob. i. q. 1724 to cut
off; whence Arab. yA > acute-minded,

Soas
sagacious, and yas sycamore, from
the idea of cutting, see 0>2. Hence

W723 (for jit, place fertile in syca-
mores) Gimzo, pr. n. of a place in the
plain of Judea, 2 Chr. 28, 18. Now
Jimzu, a village east of Lydda; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 56, 57.

: 523 fut. 5139 1. 1. to do, show, or
cause to any one, sc. good or evil, to deal
well or ill with him, with two acc. of
pers. and of thing (comp. Gr. εὖ, κακῶς
πράττειν τινά). 1 Sam.24,18 “3 8} NMR
maiwn thou hast done me good, hast dealt
well with me. Gen. 50, 15 ali the evil
mR 1503 ὍΝ which we did unto him.
γ. 17. Prov. 3, 30. 31, 12. Is. 63,7. With
> of pers. Is. 3, 9 nD ἘΠῚῸ sbing they have
brought evil upon themselves. Ps. 137, 8

ἢ) Meant) ΡΠ thy deed which thou

hast done to us.

2. to do good to any one, to benefit ;
Prov. 11, 17 ἼΦΞ9 5% he doeth good unto
himself. With >> Ps. 13, 6. 116, 7. 119,
17. 142, 8.

3. to reward, to render, to recompense
to any one good or evil ; c. acc. Ps. 18, 21
“PIxD mint ἡ: ΒΝ" the Lord rewarded
me according to my righteousness. With
>> 2 Chr. 20, 11. Ps. 103, 10; 5 Deut.
32, 6, unless by a diff. ἰνίον of the
words mim bin is here acc. of person.

Deriv. bara, may, 423m, and pr. n.
aN7D02.

II. 1. to wean a child, Is. 28,9 where
am is added. Is. 11, 8. 1 K. 11, 20
Hos. 1, 8.—Hence pr. ἢ. 57705.

2. to ripen fruit, to make ripe, Num.
17, 23. Intrans. to ripen, to become
ripe, Is. 18, 5.

Nipu. pass. of no. II. 1, Gen. 21, 8.
1 Sam. 1, 22.

Norse. The primary signification of

q

198 a5 ΟΣ

this verb, and the origin and connection
of the other senses, are illustrated by A.
Schultens (ad Prov. 3, 30) by comparing
Arab. (4 pr. to cover with fomenta-
tions so as to produce warmth and heat, ©
to cherish ; which idea of warming and .
cherishing he supposes is then trans-
ferred: 8) To the ripening of fruit;
b) Toachild as weaned; 6) To be-
nefits done to any one, by which we as”
it were cherish him; and also even to
evils which we bring upon any one. But
the verb (4 can refer only to the sig-
nifications in no. Il; while for those in
no. I, we may compare 523, Arab. \yc,
to labour, to do.
223 plur. pba, comm. gend. a ca-
mel, male or female, Gen. 32, 16. al._—
This word is found in all the Semitic
languages; also not only in Greek
and Latin, but likewise in Egyptian,
KEIMOPA, S2ILOFA, and in San-
scrit under the form kraméla, kramé-
laka. If the origin of the word is to be
sought in the: Semitic languages, >723,
is prob. bearer, carrier, from 5723 i. q
Arab. (hy to bear. .

ΡΩΝ see Md424.
ay P| (camel-driver, or camel-rider)
Gemalli, pr. n. m. Num. 13, 12.
ΝΣ ΡΒ (reward or benefit of God)
Gamaliel, pr. n.m. Num. 1, 10. 2, 20. 7,55.
* ΒῺΞ a root not used, i. q. D22 q. ¥.
to congregate, to conjoin, to heap up;

Ge
comp. Arab. ~> to heap up, to increase
also intrans. to be heaped up, to ἢ
much.—Hence 03 and ΓΒΔ.

" Υ33 a root not used in Hebrew, #
dig, see 783}. oe

: Vas fut. "an" 1. to bring to a
end, to complete, to perfect. Ps. 57,3 >
“by "724 God who will complete for me
i. e. will do all for me, will maintain m
cause ; c. 132 Ps. 138, 8.
eS tutana en come to an end, to cea .
to fail, Ps. 7, 10. 12,2. 77, 9.—In th
Aramean dialects this verb is very fre
quent in both significations.

"Wai Chald. id. Part. pass. "723, per
Sect, complete, finished, in skill or ‘ear
ing, Ezra 7, 12.

>!

25 Gomer, pr. n. 1. A northern

_ people sprung from Japheth, Gen. 10,2;

from which Togarmah or the Arme-

᾿ς nians are said to be descended. Gen.

10, 3; and who are mentioned along
with Togarmah in the armies of Gog,

_ Ez. 38,6. Most prob. we are to under-
_ stand the Cimmerians, Κιμμέριοι, inha-
_ biting the Chersonesus of Taurica and
_ the adjacent regions as far as the mouths —
_ of the Tanais and the Ister, and cele-
_ brated for their incursions into Asia Mi-

nor in the sixth century before Christ;
see Herodot. I. 6, 15, 108. IV. 1, 11, 12.
The Arabs call this people by transpos.

py?) whence the modern Krim, Crimea,
i, e. the Taurican Chersonesus; also
e af 5 the Cimmerian sea, for the

EKuxine. Wahl compares Gamir, the

_ Armenian name for Cappadocia; Altes

and neues Asien I. p. 274.
2. The wife of the prophet spe pone

harlot, Hos. 1,3. Perh. appell. 1. q. ee

coals.

9°24 (whom Jehovah has perfect-
ed) Gemariah, pr. n. m. Jer. 29, 3.

WII (id.) Gemariah, pr. n. of a
man of rank in the time of Jeremiah,
Jer. 36, 10-12.

74 ὁ. suff. "23 (r. 323) comm. gend. (f.
Gen. 2, 15,) a garden, espec. a park,
orchard, place planted with trees; pr.
a place surrounded and protected by a
fence or wall; Gen. 2,8 sq. ΡΠ 18 a
garden of herbs, plants, Deut..11, 10.
1 K. 21, 2. ja9 ΤῈΞ ἃ garden-house 2 K.
9, 27, or perh. pr. ἢ. of a place. 41> 43
the eanilin of Eden, planted of God, Gen.
8,24. Joel 2,3; also-called ony 8 Ez.
28, 13. 31, 8.9; and min ya Gen. 13, 10.
Is. 51,3. A Scrila enclosed, shut up, as
the emblem οἵ ἃ chaste female, Cant. 4,
12.—Plur. 0723 Cant. 4, 13. 6, 2.

223 fut. 3535 1, to steal, to take
by stealth, secretly. This verb would
seem strictly to be a denom. from Arab.

ods side, latus, Chald. 33, and hence
to signify pr. to put aside privily ; ; comp.
Sanser. pdrevaka thief, from paregva
side ; and so Arab. i> has several
Mivoifiedtions drawn from the idea of

199

12

side, as fregit latus, duxit a Ἰαΐον6.--- Τὸ
Heb. with ace. of thing, Gen. 31, 19. 30.
32; acc. of pers. 2 Sam. 19, 42. Deut.
24,7. Job 21, 18 BID "32 γ 29} and as
chaff which the storm stealeth (carrieth)
away. 17,20. Part. pass. fem. with Yod
parag. "1323 Gen. 31, 39.

2. to deceive, like Gr. κλέπτειν. Gen.
31, 27 "M& dams and didst deceive me.
Espec. with 35, pr. to deceive the heart
or mind of any one, as κλέπτειν γόον
Hom. Il. 14. 217. Gen, 31, 20 apyt 33371
72> ab-msx and Jacob decesed Laban.
v. 26. See L. de Dieu ad Gen. l. c.

Nipu. pass. of no. 1, Ex. 22, 11.

Previ. q. Kal. 1. to steal, rR 23, 30.

2. With 35, to deceive, 2 Sam. 15, 6.

PvuAL pass. i q. to steal intrans. Job 4,
12 3239 23 "28 an oracle stole secretly
upon me. Inf. absol. 33} Gen. 40, 15.

Hirupa. to do by stealth, with ‘nf and
2, 2 Sam. 19,4 san ofa oh spans
ΡΝ wind and the people that day gat
them by "stealth into the city. Syr.

Laci to steal oneself away.
Deriv. the three following:
224 m. a thief, Ex. 22, 1. 6. 7.
M35 f. a theft, thing stolen, Ex. 22, 3.

ΓΞ 33 (μοῦ. Genubath, pr. n.m. 1 K.
11, 20.

“24 fem. of 33, a garden, park, Job 8,
16; Plur. m2, Am. 4, 9. 9,14; α grove,
where idolatrous rites were performed,
Is. 1,29. 65,3. 66.17. BR. 423. |

M33 f. id. chiefly in the later Hebrew,
Esth. 1, 5. 7, 7.8. Cant. 6,11. R. 18.

5 Τ23 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. τῷ. and

Chald. 123, to hide, to hoard, to lay up
im store. Kindred roots are 023, yjS,

US, 25, and transp. Wind ἸΞΌ, jon
athcabe

O°f24 plur. constr. 423 1. treasures,
Esth. 3, 9. 4, 7.

2. chests, treasure-chests, in which
precious goods or wares are stored, Ez.

Q7, 24.

P1243 Chald. plur. πη. treasures, Ezra
6, 1. 87123 ΤᾺΞ house of treasures, treas-
uUry, Ezra 5, 17. 7, 20. Comp. 72a.

3723 m. plur. 5°Dt23, treasury of the
temple, 1 Chr. 28, 11. The ending 7-,

re , ~ 200

J~, occurs also in other Chaldee words,
as 3, 728; Lehrg. p.516. R. 123.

weer to cover, to cover over. i. q.

Arab. es kindr. 723, 125.
protect, every where of God as protecting
en, c. >9, like other verbs of covering,
see 59 no. 2.b. 2K. 20, ) "9379 ἼΓ132}
xin and I will protect this city. Is. 37,
35. 38, 6; Ὃ. τὴ 2 K. 19, 34. Inf. absol.
1123 Is. 91, 5,

Hin. fut. 3 i372 i. q. Kal, c. 53 Is. 31, 5.
Zech. 8. 15; ‘with 733 Festi 12, 8, see
ἼΣΞ no. 1. a.

Deriv. 4a
pr. n. rok

Trop. to

. MBA, MPA, 432, B39, and

7-)

ints.

TIM 23 (gardener) Ginnethon, pr. n. m.
Neh. 10,7. 12,6. Inv. 4 is the corrupted
reading "inz3.

risa to low, as an ox or cow, an ono-
matopoetic root, 1 Sam. 6, 12, Job 6, 5.

Talm. id. Syr. TK, to ery out, to exclaim.
Corresponding is Gr. youw, Sanscr. and
Zend. gauw-s, Pers. bs gl) kau, gau, ox
or cow, Lat. ceva cow, Columel. 6. 24
fin. ‘Teut. Ko, Kuh, Engl. cow, so
called from their lowing. See Grimm’s
Deutsche Gramm. III. p. 327.—Hence

my5 (lowing) Goah, with He local
mrsh, Goath, pr. ἢ. of a place near
Jerusalem, Jer. 31, 39.

Σ Σ3 to abhor, to reject with loath-
ing, to cast away. Chald. Ithpe. to be
polluted, impure, unclean, see >x3 II;
whence too the signif. of loathing, ab-
horring may be derived, i. q. to hold as
polluted, unclean, comp. ἘΠῚ .—Often in
the phrase m8 “WiE3 n>z3 my soul abhors
any thing, Lev. 26, 11. 15. 30. 43; ο. 3
Jer. 14,19; also without we? Lev. 26, 44.
ΕΖ. 16, 45,

ΝΊΡΗ. to be cast away. 2 Sam. 1, 21
p'7iD3 4372 5332 DY "> for there was cast
away the shield of the mighty ; Vulg. ibi
enim. abjectus est clypeus heroum ; Sept.
προσωχϑ ίσϑη.

Η!ΡΗ. i. q. Kal, Job 21, 10 ad ὦ
bea Nb» his cow breedeth and casteth not,
i. e. does not suffer abortion; Vulg. bos
eorum concepit, et non abortivit ; and so
Aqu. Symm. Sept. But Saadias, Kim-

W953
chi, and others, his bull gendereth ‘
lets pass in, sc. membrum genitale) a

suffereth not to cast his seed. See i
“2> Pi.—Hence the two following:

by3 (loathing) Gaal, pr. τι. τη. Judg.
9, 26. 28. 30.

295 a loathing. Ez. 16, 5 aaa 55: 7
with loathing of thy soul, ive. so that thou
didst loathe thyself, i. q. 72333. Not, as
some suppose, with loathing of thy life

+03 fut. "337, to rebuke, to reprove,
to chide, e. g. as a father his son, ¢.. 2
Gen. 37, 10 "58 ia 237) and his fathe
rebuked him. ‘Ruth. ὃ, 16. Jer. 29, 27.

Syr. my id. Ethiop. 1.2 to cry out.

Kindred is Arab. Ls to low, to'ask with
a loud voice, to supplicate with wailing
and lamentation.—Often spoken of God
as rebuking his enemies, constr. with 3 or
accus. Is. 17, 13. 54, 9. Ps. 9, 6. 68, 31.
119, 21. Espec. as thereby restraint
and deterring them from their wickec
purposes; Zech. 3,2 jwwn 73 mint ὍΣ
the Lord rebuke thee, Satan! i.e. ‘restrain
thee, deter thee. Mal. 3, 11 855 ἼΟΣΣ,
boa I will rebuke (restrain) for you:
sakes the devourer, i, 6. voracious and
hurtful animals, 2,3 "mx 02> 935 "27
sain behold, Iwill rebuke your seed, i.e.
will restrain it from coming into your
garners, will deny you the usual harves
Spoken also of the sea as dried up at
God’s rebuke, Ps. 106, 9. Nah. 1, 4.
Deriv. M3332 and

M4 f. constr. MP3, rebuke,
Prov. 13, 1. 17, 10. Eee. 7, 5. Is. 30, 17.
Spoken of the ‘rebuke of God upon his:
enemies, by which they are destroy ed,
Ps. 76, 7. 80, 17; also as causing the

sea to beéome ay, Ps. 104,7. Is. 50, a

* 035 pr. to push, to thrust, to she ce
by asudden impulse. Syr. Sto pus
with the horns, to butt ; and in the pas-
sive confuiations, to δὲ shaken, to | be
moved violently to and fro, to quake.
Heb. once in Kal, Ps. 18, 8 829m} oer
ΝΠ then the pai shook and tremble i.
In the parall. passage 2 Sam. 22, 8 Ker
Hithpael is read, which is more freque
in this signification; while in Ps. le
the writer seems to have employed ἢ

/

proo},

ὭΣ,

intrans. for the sake of paronomasia in
t he words Byam, OPIN.

Puan 3b “id. Job 34, 20 pd sviphs
ra) the people shall be moved and
9 away, i. e. shall be troubled, shall
eel and perish.

_ Hrrupa. to be moved, shaken, to quake,
of the earth Ps. 18, 8 and2 Sean 22, 8 fin.
Of waves, to be agitated, to toss them
, Jer. 5, 22. 46, 7. 8.

_ Hirupo. to stagger, to reel, as one
drunken, Jer. 25, 16.—Hence

ἔῃ Oa (a shaking, earthquake) Gaash,
“al n. of a hill among the mountains of
Sephraim, Josh. 24, 30. Judg. 2,9. Hence
$33 "M2 the valleys of Gaash, around
‘that hill, 2 Sam. 23, 30. 1 Chr. 11, 32.

ones (i. ᾳ. Arab. one puny

Ὰ nd thin) Gatam pr. n. m. of a son of
Eliphaz, Gen. 36, 11. 16.

᾿ς $m. (τ. 953) 1. the back, i. ᾳ. 33;
hence 783 > wpon the back of. i. q. simpl.
upon, like Chald. "33 >>, Prov. 9, 3.

_ 2. the body; hence 4833 pr. with his
body, i. 6. by himself, alone, withoet
vife and children, Ex. 21, 3.4. Sept.
μόνος.

$3 Chald. a wing, plur. 188} Dan. 7, 4.
5 Syr. ἴας, comp. Heb. π᾿. It
eems to come from Heb. 522, whence
722, 924, and thence 43.

“124 a root not used, i. q. 733 to
bent, curved, arched ; heads’ Arab.

AR the eye-lashes, also a young and
pendulous shoot, vine-branch, so called
from its bending. See more on this
oot in Thesaur. Ρ. 298.—Hence

Bux vent "253, plur. "253, comm.
nder, (rarely m. Hoe: 10, 1. 2 K. 4,39,)
δι srserig and pendulous shoot ¥ hence a
plant having such shoots, espec. a vine,
erape-vine (comp. saliz i.q. ἕλιξ, pr.arod,
witch), which where’ greater accuracy
“ἢ Wis required, as in laws, is called fully 753

$75 Num. 6, 4: Judg. 13,14. Rarely
| poken of other similar plants, as MW 153
2K. 4,39 a. wild vine, bearing wild cu-
cumbers.—Most freq. it denotes simpl.
pine, i.e. grape-vine, Gen. 40, 9. Is. 7,23.
24,7. 32,12. Judg. 9,13 sq. A noble

τ vine is put as an emblem of men of no-

|
Ἵ.
$40
¢
᾿
ἐ

201

N"5

ble and generous disposition, Jer. 2, 21,
comp. Is. 5, 2; and vice versa a strange
vine, a vine of Sodom, stands for men of
ignoble and degenerate character, Jer.
2, 21. Deut. 32, 32. With the latter
comp, also the apples of Sodom, Joseph.
B. J. 4. 8. 4.

‘i Ξ3 obsol. root, i. q. 323, to be curv-

τ᾽

ed, gibbous, conver. Hence 43, 27838.

ν “BS obsol. root, prob. i. q. "BD and
= to cover, to cover over.—Hence the

two following:

"5 once Gen. 6, 14 , pr. pitch, i.g. "BD;
hence “BA "XD pr. pitch-wood, resinous
wood, such as the wood of the pine, jr,
cypress, cedar, and other trees of like
kind, which are used in ship-building ;
see M53. Among modern interpret-
ers, Bochart in Phaleg. I. 4, and Celsius
in Hierob. I. 328, not unaptly understand
the cypress-tree, κυπάρισσος, cupressus ;
appealing not without reason to the
similar letters and sound.

FM"DA f. (τ. 53) prob. pr. piich, but
transferred also to other combustible
substances, spec. brimstone, sulphur.
Gen. 19, 24. Deut. 29, 22. Is. 30, 33. 34,

9. Job 18,15. Syr. ἴδ μϑρ and ἴδ,

8 ο “042
Arab. Sra whence Sys to smear

with sulphur; Chald. 8n™53, SN™75a,
Rm", id.

“af. ma, plur. O43, Part. of στ. "ἘΣ 1.
1, q. v. p. 185. ;

A m. (Ὁ, 793 1) @ sojourner, stranger,
a man living out of his own country, ©
Gen. 15, 13. Ex. 2, 22. 18, 3. 22, 20. al.
Often joined with the synon. ADin a
stranger (comp. Michaelis in Mos. Recht
II. § 38) Gen. 23, 4; opp. M28 a native
Ex. 12, 19, —With suff. τ 7, i713, thy or
his sojourner, stranger, i. e. living in
thy or his land, (not in thy house,) Ex.
20, 10. Deut. 5, 14. 24, 14. 31, 12..-

Δ lime, see "74.
"3 Lion’s whelp, see "δ.

83 (ig. 493 a grain) Gera pr. n.
a) A son of Benjamin Gen. 46, 91. Ὁ)
Judg.3, 15. c¢)1Chr. 8,7. d) 8.3.5.
e) 2 Sam. 16, 5.

ὩΣ Δ

* “3 obsol. root, pr. fo scratch, to’

scrape, a signif: found also in several
other verbs beginning with "4, imitating
the sound of scratching, pa Se 2. Β66
TA, O93, 118, 52, 4; and transferred
also afterwards to the idea of roughness,

see 13, ne Arab. Oye to be scab-

by, mangy, ῳ > the scab, mange, Syr.

oy bonita ; comp. Germ. Krdétze,
kratzen, Engl. with sibilant to scratch,
the scratches, scurf, scurvy.—Hence 33 ,
pr. ἢ. 33.

22 m. scab, scurf, scurvy, perh. of a
malignant kind, Deut. 28, 27; concer.
scabbed, scurvy, Lev. 21,20. 22,22. Sept.
ψώρα ἀγρία, Vulg. scabies jugis.

274 (scabby) Gareb, pr.n. a) One
of David’s chief warriors, 2 Sam. 23, 38.
1 Chr. 11,40. Ὁ) A hill near Jerusa-
lem, Jer. 31, 39.

"373, m. (r. 13 no. 5) plur. "353,
a berry, from its round and rolling
form, τῇ 17,. 6—In the Mishna id.

Arab. =

MIAN plur. f. (r. 74 no. 3) the eae
gullet, (comp. Lat. surges, Germ. Boar
gel, Engl. gargle,) i. q. 178 ; spoken
every where of the external throat,
neck, Prov. 1, 9. 3, 3. 22. 6, 21.—A Sing.
Δ Δ is read in the Mishna, Cholin 2. 4.
ib. 3. 3.

| ἢ D575 obsol. quadril. Chald. xmvana
clay, loam, lump of earth, Syr. Ἰδιαςς ἐς»
Arab. UX>y> black mud. Hence

W373 (dwelling in clayey or loamy
soil) a Girgashite, collect. Girgashites,
a Canaanitish tribe, whose residence is
not distinctly specified in the O. Test.
Gen. 10, 16. 15,21. Josh. 24,11. Sept.
and Josephus Ant. 1. 6. 2 Τεργεσαῖος.
Euseb. in Onom. 5. v. Τεργασεῖ affirms
that they dwelt beyond Jordan.

ὴ TA in Kal not used, Arab. Aram.

* ‘m2 to grate, to scrape, to scratch,

onomatopoetic ; comp. O12, 095, Hn,
mrt, χαράττω, Wdyyld dads,

and from the occidental languages, grat-

202

| c. 3, Deut. 2, δ. 19 ἘΞ ἼΤΩ ἘΝῚ mor

we)

tare, gratter, to grate, to scratch, kratzen.
Comp. in 23.

Hirupa. to scrape oneself, 6. 5. with a
shell or sherd to allay an itching,Job 2, 8.

᾿ 13 in Kal not used, pr. to be rough,
from the notion of grating, scraping,
comp. roots beginning with 4; spec. of
roughness of the throat, i. q. 123 no. ὃ:
whence 4193 throat. Thence transfertedl
to harshness, moroseness, proneness to
anger, Arab. sy to give way to anger,
IV to provoke, 8 . g-adog; Aram. "93, _

Sy NY to irritate. Comp. Germ.

kratzig, griesgramig, spoken of a morose
person.

Pret. 773 to excite, to stir up strife.
Prov. 15, 18 iva ΠῚ}. Mn WN a wrath-
ful man stirreth up ‘strife. 28, 25. 29, 22.

Hrrupa. pr. to excite oncaie to be
stirred up to anger, strife, battle, ete.
Hence

1. to be irritated, angry. Prov. 28, 4
bl sam ΠΡ “ya they who keep the
law are angry with them sc. the wicked.
Dan. 11, 10 init.

2. to contend with, to make war upon ;

contend with thems so with nigh added,
to contend with in battle, ν.9. 54. mI ὦ
mim3 to contend with Jehovah, to wage
war against him, Jer. 50, 24. 2 K. 14,10 ‘
ΓΙΣῚΞ mann nis wherefore shouldest f
thou contend with calamity, q. ἃ. excite ᾿
it to battle. Absol. Dan. 11,10 πηρτπι
Miya and shall wage war even to his ὃ
fortress. ν. 25 manba> msm he shall
be stirred up to battle, i. e. shall rouse
himself to war. ; ;

Deriv. 7173, 773m. :Σ

ΓΒ ἢ (τ. "3 πο. 4) 1. rumination ;—
hence the cud, the food which ruminating
animals bring up and chew over again, —

Arab. — Of a ruminating animal —
is said: M3 MdyM to bring up the cud,
i. q. to chew the cud, Lev. 11,3 sq. Deut. —
14, 6.7; also 93 V3 Lev. 11, 7.

2. a grain, berry, i. q. "392; used as
the smallest weight and coin of the He- Γ
brews, a gerah, equivalent to the twen- —
tieth part of a shekel, Ex. 30,13. Lev ὸὸ
27,25. Num. 3, 47. 18, 16. Sept. Vulg
ὄβολος, obolus. So called either from ἃς

2

granule of lead (as Gr. ὅβολος accord-
ing to Aristotle is from the figure of a
spit or needle, Chald. 829 a little stone,
obolus); or because in weighing small
things the Hebrews used grains or ker-
nels either of barley (comp. Engl.
barleycorn), or perhaps the seeds of
the carob tree, ceratonia siliqua, like
the Greeks and Romans. But it must
_ be remembered, that the Mosaic gerah,
_ which is 13,4 Paris grains, is equal to 4
or 5 beans of the carob, and according to
_ the Rabbins to 16 grains of barley.—Of

Ss -
a like origin are Arab. Xs> grain, ber-

S_ -
ry, and Rs ᾿Ξ, carob bean, Pers. slo
᾿ᾳδανάκχη) i. q. Isto, x3fo, all of which
refer also to small weights.

7174 πὶ. (τ. 93) constr. 7173 , che throat,
so called as giving forth rough, harsh,
hoarse sounds; see the root, also "74 no. 3,
ming73, comp. Ps. 69,4. Spoken of as the
instrument of speech, Ps. 115, 7. 149, 6. 5,
10 0253 MMB “AP their throat is an open
sepulchre, i.e. they-utter smooth speech-
es, while like an open sepulchre they
meditate destruction. Is. 58, 1 1153 δὲ
cry with the throat, i.e. with open throat,

aloud, with full voice coming from the —

throat and breast ; while vice versa one
who speaks low uses only the lips and
tongue, 1 Sam. 1, 13.—Of the external
throat, the neck ; Is. 3, 16 4173 MTD}
_ with outstretched throat or neck, i. e. toss-
ing back the head. Ez. 16, 11.

MINS £. place of sojourning, habitation,
encampment, Jer. 41.17. ΒΔ. ἘΣ 1.1.

- mA in Kal not used, i. q. "ta q. v.
Arab. > to cut, to cut off, to separate ;
_ also to devour, whence Samar. AMAT
- locust. Comp. in 513.

Nipu. i. gq. "33 Niph. no. 2. Ps. 31, 23

or presence ; comp. “122 Ps. 88,6. But
14 Mss. in Ps. 31 read also "M7143.
The derivatives follow.

"P73 or "TA (after the form "158,

dwelling in a shorn or desert land,
Soe

comp. Arab. },> sterile land,) Girzite

or Gerizite, pr.n. of a tribe in the vicinity

203

par

of the Philistines, attacked and subdued
by David, 1 Sam. 27,8 Chethibh. In
Keri "714 q. v.

D-NY, always "3 9 Mount Ge-
rizim, one of the mountains of Ephraim,
situated over against Mount Ebal, Deut.
11, 29. 27, 12. Josh. 8, 33; and over She-
chem Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44; on which after
the exile a temple was built-by the Sa-
maritans as the seat of their national
worship; see Joseph. Ant. 11. 7. 2. ib.
11. 8. 2, 4, 6. On the reading of the
Samar. Codex Deut. 27, 4, see the au-
thor’s Comment. de Pent. Sam. p. 61.—
As to the etymology, 5"773 "7 seems to
be pr. Mount of the Gerizites, see "373 ;
so called prob. from some colony or set-
tlement of that people which anciently
dwelt there; just as the Amalekites their
neighbours also gave name to another
mountain in the same tribe, "P2230 74
Judg. 12,15. Now called Jebel et-Tur,
overhanging Nabulus; see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. III. p. 97 sq.

P74 τὰ. (r. 13) an aze, for cutting or
chopping wood, Deut. 19, 5. 20, 19. Is.
10,15; for hewing stone, 1 K. 6,7.—Kin-

S

S o> 5 ὁ oe
dred words are .yy~3> () 08» CPSP?
dred words are 975) wp75) yD
eye ayy an axe.

. 275 obsol. root, softened from "73,
(as 59m from. ὙΠ to burn,) pr. to be

rough, espec. of a rough, gravelly, gritty
soil, in which the foot partially sinks

witha grating sound; comp. Arab. Joe

a gravelly place, ines gravel, grit.

Hence Heb. 8.15 pr. a small stone, lapil-
lus, then lot, Gr. transp, KAyPos, Lat.

GLaRea ; also Arab. Je to be stony,
gravelly, Camoos p. 1412, derived from

the noun Joe q. v. above.
Deriv. 5713 and

23 rough, morose, stern, comp. Germ.
grollig, grillig, from the same stock.
Prov. 19, 19 Cheth. ποτ 5} stern in
anger, i. e. rough, harsh, angry. All
the versions express the Keri 77am >5a
which however is too feeble.

275 see Ἀγ}.

πὰ
" ὉΠ pr. to cut off or away, as Syr.

rere and Arab. ΡΞ Once in Καὶ,

c. dat. to cut off for any thing, i. q. to
reserve, to keep, to lay up. Zeph. 3,3
"pa? wana NX> they lay up nothing for
the morrow ; Sept. well οὐχ ὑπελίποντο,
Vulg. non xelnatebant ad mane. Comp.
2 > Gen. 27, 36; also ey Koran
11. 87. Pg

Piet 093 denom. from 03, to gnaw,
crush, craunch bones. Num. 24, 8 he
shall devour the nations his enemies,
Dis? on ias3. and shall craunch their
bones. Hence trop. Ez. 23, 34 thou shalt
drink and suck it out (the cup) “Fx
"223m Mw and thou shalt craunch the
sherds thereof, i i. e. hyperbol. thou shalt
lick it out clean, lest a single drop be
left therein.

Dam. 1. a bone, i. gq. S¥2, but rarer
and only poetic, Prov. 17. 22. 25, 15.

Plur. Job 40, 18. Syr. Chald. doi. ἴδον»
x23, Sam. "YT id. Arab. o> the

body. The letters r and s being inter-
changed, kindred words are Chald. Dua,

So

>, and even BX> itself.
2. “the body, as in Arabic. Gen. 49, 14
ΠΣ “iam an ass of body, well-bodied,
i.e: strong, stout; Vulg. asinus fortis.

So also Arab. — body is used of a

beast of burden, e. g. ΡΞ uy a horse.

of body, large bodied, ΡΣ j= a
strong ass. The same is expressed by
a special adj. δὲ

3. the very bone, substance, of any
thing, i. q. self, ipse, like DY. 2 K. 9.
13 then took every man his garment and
spread them under him (Jehu) D337>8

ΤΕΣ ΓΙ upon the steps themselves, the
very steps.

D3 Chald. a bone, Dan. 6, 25.

"074 (bony) Garmi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
4, 19.

i 22-obsol. root, Arab. G5 > to make
smooth, level, to wipe or sweep off ; kindr.

with 043 and other roots beginning with
"1.—Hence

204,

on

774 τὰ. (but fem. Jer. 51, 33) ὁ. suff.
"23, He parag. 4295 Mic. 4, 12; Plur.
mts Joel 2, 24, constr. nis Hos! 9,153
a place made opie an area. ἌΡΗΝ
Soe
ΩΣ oye ors id.—Spoken :
a) Of the area or open place around
the gates of cities, called also 34, 1 K.
22, 10. 2 Chr. 18, 9. b) Mostly “Of the
area on which grail is trodden out or
threshed in the open field, a threshing-
Jloor, Ruth 3, 2 sq. Judg. 6, 37. al, ὨΝΗΞΩ
wh the produce of the threshing- -floor,
i.e. grain, Num. 18, 30. j357ja id. Is.21,
10 "28 3 my son (grain of the threahs 3
ing-floor, i. e. my country, my people ! |
now broken and trodden down, as grain
upon a threshing-floor; parall. “ma
my threshing. Comp. Mic. 4, 12. 18.
Meton. for the grain itself, Job 39, 12.

“OTA pr. to break in pieces by scrap-
ing, grating, rubbing; and genr. to
grate, to break in coarse pieces, to
crush ; comp. 723, 823. So Syr. Sing,
Arab. (iy> comp. Heb. 022, whence
NOM erits, groats, Germ. Gries. Griiize.
—In O. T. once intrans. Ps. 119, 20 γι"
maxn> wr? my soul is broken crushed,
for longing.

Hipu. to break in pieces, to crush. Lam.
3,16 "20 yuna O13" he hath broken my
teeth with gravel-stones, trop. for a state
of calamity and wretchedness. See be-
low in B93.

Ἢ 53 fut. 5434, pr. to scratch, to
scrape, like many verbs beginning with
"4, see in 273, "93.—Hence

1. to scrape off, to shave off the beard,
like Syr. \p-y, Jer. 48, 37; also Is. 15, 2
in some Mss. see under 533. Corre-
sponding is Gr. χεέρω, Germ. scheeren,
Eng. to shear.—Then

2. Genr. to take away, to detract, to
withhold ; kindr. χῆρος, and intrans. ca-
reo. Jer. 26,2 733 323M >& thou shalt
not withhold aught therefrom ; with 77a
Job 36,7. Often 72 374 is i. q. to take
away (aught) from any thing, the accus.
of the part taken away being omitted,
comp. opp. "07M no. 2, Deut. 4,2. 13,.
1. Ex. 5, 8.19. Ecc. 3,14. Hence c. ace.
to diminish, pr. to take away or with-

7

hold from, Ex. 21,10. Ez. 16, 27. Job 15,
—4$x rp nw san} and withholdest
prayer (adoration) before God. With >x
to take to or for oneself, i. e. to reserve, to
keep, to lay up for oneself, comp. 573.
Job 15,8 hast thou listened in the council
of Jehovah, MDM ΤῸΝ Taam and dost
- thow reserve all τὐλλδοη te thyself? Simi-
lar is the Arabic usage, in which :
is to absorb, to drink in. oF
Pipi. q. Kal no. 2, to take to oneself,
_ to attract ; Job 36, 27 Θ᾿ 2.522 S297 8D
when (God) attracleth, draweth upwards,
the drops of water.
_ Nips. . 1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be
taken away, withheld ; construed so that
the thing to be taken away is either ex-
pressly mentioned, Num. 27, 4. 36,3; or
else it is implied, 973 573) it (something)
is taken away from a thing, i. q. to be
_ diminished, Num. 36, 3 fin. Ex. 5, 11.
Lev. 27, .18.—Hence
2. to be put back, to be made less of,
Num. 9, 7.
Deriv. ΓΗ͂Σ ΔΩ.

Ν ἼΆΡᾺ 1. to snatch or hurry away, to
drag off, to pluck off ; comp. Engl. to
grab, to gripe. There is something
“dnomatopoetic in this root, both in the
letters "4, which include the notion of
‘scraping, grating, see under r. 373 ; and
also in the syllable 57, comp. Lat. rape-
re,Germ. raffen. Arab. 3y> to scrape
away, fo clear off, e.g. mire with ashovel;
-Conj. II, to carry off, to wear away, as a
ο 9 Ὁ.»

>> wipes
ashore eaten away by astream. Ethiop.
“1Z4 a drag-net, which sweeps all be-
fore it. Chald. and Talmud. to sweep ;
‘Syr. Hof water sweeping away what-
ever it meets.—Once in O. T. Judg. 5, 21
“5523 jit-p 512 the river Kishon swept
them away ; Sept. ἐξέσυρεν, Vulg. traxit
cadavera eorum.

_ 2. to grasp, to gripe, whence FINN
ἵ the fist. See also mp7.

a . 5,
δέ δ πη ἃ part of its bank ; κ. 9

a ῬΥ an onomatopoetic root, express-
a ing the idea of grating, scraping, drag-
Bing, sawing, and other similar rough
and harsh sounds, such as are produced
in the throat; comp. Gr. saigw, σαρόω,
4 σύρω, Lat. βαγῖο, sarrio, serro, verro. gar-

18

205

‘So fut. "39 Lev. 11, 7.

"Δ

rio, Germ. zerren, scharren, schiiren,
scheuern, kehren, Eng. to grate, to scrape,
to scour, to drag, to saw ; comp. also "3%
no. 1,293. Spec.

1. to drag or sweep away, Hab. 1, 15.
Prov. 21, 7. See Hithpo. Syr. and
Arab. id. ᾿

2. to saw, to cut with a saw; whence
mi a saw. See Poal. In Syr. and
Arab. this signif. belongs to the kindred
form "43.

3. Lat. gargarizare, to gargle,to gur-
gle,to give forth harsh or gurgling sounds

from the throat. Comp. Arab. 75)

“or

rey which denote various guttural or
gurgling sounds as made either by a
liquid or by the voice ; also Germ. schliir-
Sen; schnarren, schnarchen, gurgeln, Gr.
γαργαρίζω, Fr. gargariser, Eng. to gur-
gle, to guggle, to gulp. Hence nina;
comp. 173 throat.

4. to ruminate, to chew the cud ; pr. te
bring up again through the gullet, sc. the
food in order to chew it over; which is
usually attended with a gurgling noise.
Arab. ~> IV
and VIII; Syr. $ay2f. This form 737
may be either in Kal by Chaldaism, or
in Niphal; as also the Syriac and Ara- -
bic languages express this idea by pas-
sive or reflexive forms, pr. to ruminate
with oneself.

5. Sometimes this verb remits some-
thing of its roughness of signification,
and expresses the softer sound fo roll,
which elsewhere pertains to the kindr.

bb3. So Ethiop. A37C1Z, to roll one-
self, Syr. lems i. q. ᾿δίδω δος a cha-

riot, and in O. T. 7373 for 5255 a berry,
which latter form is read in the Talmud.
Comp. "13, 7272, and Lat. currere.
Nien. 1. to be dragged or scraped
together, collected, spoken. of wealth,
riches; comp. kindr. "48, which also is
used of wealth scraped together and
collected trom every quarter—So doubt-
less Part. plur. M932 after the Chaldee
form Job 20, 28, i. 6. gathered riches, i. q.

/ 5925 in the other hemistich.. The whole

verse may then be rendered: The in-
crease of his house shall depart, his
riches shall depart in the day of his anger.

a 206

2. to ruminate, see in Kal no. 4.

Poa to be sawed, to be cut with a
saw 1K. 7,9. Comp. Kal no. 2.

Hirnpo. i.q. Kal no. 1, spoken of a
whirlwind sweeping all before it, Jer.
30, 23.

Deriv. 3, MINER, 7799, WSO q. v.

774 (according to Simonis, a sojourn,
lodging-place, from r. "74 i. q. "94, comp.
Gen. 20,1; perh. also water-pots, Arab.

>) Gerar, pr. n. of a city, anciently

the residence of a Philistine king, and
in the time of the patriarchs subject to
king Abimelech, Gen. 20, 1. 26,1. m3
"13 valley of Gerar Gen. 26, 17.

i wr5 i. q. 093 q. v.—Hence

D3 c. suff. "tw , something crushed,
broken, pounded, Lew. 2, 14, 16.

* On pr. to drive, to thrust, to carry
off or away, as in Chald.. Spec.

1. to drive or cast out, to expel, as a
people from a land, Ex. 34, 11; but this
signif. is more ὐδὰϊ in Piel. Spoken of
inanimate things, Is. 57, 20 the wicked
are like the troubled sea when it cannot
rest, O°) WH 772 WI whose wa-
ters cast. up mire ‘and dirt, mud.—Also
to pul away a wife, to divoreé ; Part.
pass. TWAM3 one put away, divorced, Lev.
pA We 6 14, 22, 13. Num. 30, 10. Ez. 44, 22.

2, to plunder, to pillage, to spoil, Ez.
36, 5 132 MOI ἸΣῺ 10 spoil it (the
land) as a prey, booty; here ©7372 is
infin. after the Arameean form.

3. to drive out, i. e. to ΡῈ forth fruit,
see WA.

4. to drive to pasture, e. g. cattle, see
wre.

Pre 83 to drive or cast out, to expel,
with acc. of pers. Gen. 3, 24. 4, 14. 21,
10; also 2 of place whence, Ex. 11, 1.
Judg. 11,7. Ὁ 28a Wra to drive out
Srom before any one, so as to make room
for any one, 6. g. God the Canaanites
before Israel, Ex. 23, 29. 31. Judg. 2, 3.

Pua 05 pass. of Piel, Ex. 12, 39.

Nipu. 1. to be driven or cast out, Jon.
2, 5.

2. to be carried off, swept away, by the
violence of waters. Am.8,8 M121 7032
mx ΝΞ it shall be swept away and
drowned as with the flood of Egypt.

stops}

3. to be driven, agitated, tossed, 6. g.
the sea. Is. 57,20 732 0° the tossed sea,
troubled. :

Deriv. 8732 and those here following. —

Ὧ 3 m. pr. what is put forth, protrud-—
ed; hence produce, product. Deut. 33,14
noma 3a the produce, products of the
months, that which each month produces
from ihe earth. Comp. r. 73 no. 3.

aia f. a driving out, expulsion ; spec.
of a person from his possessions, extar
tion, exaction, Kz. 45,9. R. O73.

}1W74 (expulsion) pr. n. Gershon, a
son of Levi and the founder of the Levi- —
tical family of the Gershonites, Gen. 4b, —
11. Ex. 6,16. Num. 3, 17 sq. Once οὖς
q. ν. lett. b. Hence patronym. sha a
Gershonite,and collect. Gershonites, Num.
3, 23. 26, 67.

DW (expulsion i. q. 7053) pr. τι.
Gershom. a) A son of Moses and Zip-
porah, Ex. 2,22. 18,3. In the first of
these passages there is an allusion to
the etymology of the name, as if it were
for DD “ἢ 1. ᾳ. OY "Δ ἃ sojowrner there

>
(comp. pe i.q. WY); and hence the LXX,
in order the more clearly to express this
etymology, write it Γηρσάμ. b)Asonof
Levi, 1 Chr. 6,1; elsewhere called jit
q.v. ¢) Fudge, 18, 30. d) oe 8, 2.

“05 (a bridge, Arab. ὃ,

prew) pr. n. Geshur, a district of Syria
subject to king Tolmai, whose daughter —
David married, 2 Sam. 3, 3. 13, 37. 15,8.
From 1 Chr. 2, 23, we may gather that
Geshur is to be sought in the neigh-—
bourhood of Gilead, and that its inha-
bitants are not to be distinguished from
the o" 7" ; see the next arucle.

>; Syr.

"V1W3 Geshurite, a gentile name:
a) Of a people dwelling at the foot of
Mount Hermon, near Maachah, on the
north of Bashan and Argob; included
indeed within the boundaries of the Holy
Land, but not subject to the Hebrews
Deut. 3, 14. Josh. 12, 5. 13, 13. 1 Chr. 2,
23; comp. "3. [Perh. near the pre-
sent bridge in that quarter over the Jor-
dan, called Jisr Bendt Ya’kéb; see

‘Burckh. Syr. p. 316. Bibl. Res. in Palest. —

III. p. 361.—R. Ὁ) Of a people in the

upon, Vulg. ‘compluta est,

μάλα, Arab.

- διὰ
neighbourhood of the Philistines, Josh.
, 2. 1 Sam. 27, 8.

μι pws in Kal not used, to rain, espec.

with violence, to pour.

Pua Ez. 22, 24; see in DWa.
Hipu. to cause to rain, Jer. 14, 22.—

‘Hence the two following:

DWI m. plur. prota, constr. Vata.
1. rain, i. e. violent rain, heavy shower,
diff. from “22, which denotes rain in

general. Svnos Dw, 109 shower of rain
Zech. 10,1; also 742 ous Job 37,6. The
same is apparent from the epithets, as

dima DA 1 K. 18, 45, oi “a Ez. 13, 11.
13.
2. Geshem, pr.n. m. Neh. 2,19. 6, 1.2;

written also BLAL=E| Gashmu Neh. 6, 6.

pws c. suff. mB; Ez. 22, 24, rain.

But it is better to write without Mappik,

ma for mows Pual of 5a, is rained
R. pws.

pw Chald. c. suff. mawa, πος,
the body, Dan. 4, 30. 5, 21.—Syr. sodas,

S$ -¢
eau ἃ Gis id
See in D3. “oO

wavs Gashmu, pr. n. see in pws no. 2.

703 pr. n. Goshen. 1. A region of
Egypt where the Hebrews dwelt from
the time of Jacob until Moses, i.e. during

_ four hundred and thirty years, Gen. 45,

10. 46, 28. 34. 47, 27. 50, 8. Ex. 9, 26.
As the name of this region is mentioned
by none of the Greek geographers, in-
terpreters and modern geographers have
differed widely in respect to its site.
But it seems well ascertained, that Go-
shen was the name given to that part of
Lower Egypt lying east of the Pelusian
branch of the Nile, between Heliopolis
and the extremity of the Sinus Herodpo-
litanus or Gulf of Suez. This opinion
is supported: a) By several passages
of the O. Test. which indicate the same
not obscurely; e. g. Gen. 46, 29. Ex. 13,
17. 1 Chr. 7, 21. Ὁ) By the authority
ef the LXX, who render ἡ} by Τεσὲμ
‘AgaBius Gen. 45, 10, and Ἡρώων πόλις
ἐν γῇ Ῥαμεσσῇ 46, 28. Other opinions
are reviewed in i hseaie: p- 307. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. p. 76 sq.

2. A city with the neighbouring dis-

207

ὯΔ

trict in the mountains of Judah Josh. 10,
41. 11, 16. 15, 51.

i ae) obsol. root, Syr. aay to

stroke, to caress, to flatter. Hence

NBWS (caress, flattery) oni pr. n.
m. Neh. 11, 21.

he obsol. root, Arab. ree to
bridge, to build a bridge, pr. to join,
comp. "Wp; also to be bold, daring ;
since the building of a bridge, espec. in
war or over a rapid stream, requires

boldness and energy. Syr. pany id —
Hence "703. '

i wa, only in Piet, to feel, i. 6. to
seek by feeling, to grope for, c. ace. Is.

59, 10.—Arab. wales Aram. ay and
id. but mostly trop. to examine, to

explore. Kindr. is SYP.

ΓᾺ f. (contr. from 23, after the form
mia, ΓΞ; for 7337, r. 429) plur. mma.
1. a press, wine-press, or rather trough,
vat, in which the grapes were trodden
with the feet, and from which the juice
flowed off into a lower vat placed near,
aR", ὑπολήνιον. Joel 4, 13. ma 379 to
tread the wine-press Neh. 13, 15. Lam.
1, 15.

2. Gath, pr. n. of one of the chief cities
of the Builistines the birth-place of Goli-
ath, Josh. 13,2. 1 Sam. 6,17. 21, 11. 1K.
2, 39, 40.—Hence patronym. “τς Gittive.

3. “5M Ma. (wine-press of the well)
Gath-hepher, a city of Zebulun, with He
loc. "BM OM, Josh. 19, 13; the birth-
place of the prophet Jonah, 2 K. 14, 25.

4, ji7 ma (press of the pomegranate )
Gath-rimmon, a city of the tribe of Dan,
Josh. 19, 45.

“Ml Gittite, gentile n. from τῷ no. 2,
2 Sam. 6, 10.11. 15,18. For mma see
in its place.

ΩΣ (two wine-presses) Géttaim, pr.
n. of a city in Benjamin, Neh. 11, 33.

MMi, a stringed instrument of music,
Ps. 8,1. 81,1. 84,1. So called from Ma,
ΤᾺ for 332 (r. 422) ‘music of stringed
instruments;? hence similar to, if not
identical with 2°33 q.v. See Redslob

a ye

derivation foes Ma a city or wine-press
is less probable. 4

Daleth, 723, the fourth letter of the
Hebrew diphaber: as a numeral denot-
ing 4. The name signifies a door, and
the midst ancient form of the letter (4)
obviously imitated the ds onal door
of a tent.

In sound Daleth is kindred: a) Tothe
harder dentals, as Ὦ, M, with which it is
often interetianged ; a 327, 330, FDR;
boa, bmg, dis; PIR, png. Rarely it
passes over also into 5, see 738, and
lett. 5 no. 2. 8) To the sibilant 1, see
below under lett. 1.

SJ Chald. i.q. Heb. πὶ and mx, this,
fem. and neut. hec, hoc ; elsewhere 73,
may. Dan. 4, 27. 5,5 sb NI this upon
that, together: —In the Targg. written
with τ demonstrat. 837, 837; Syr. hoa.

᾿ =N7 to melt away; hence to pine
away, to languish. This signif. of melt-
ing or pining away is widely extended
in the kindred verbs, as 338, 833, 355,

BLT ly
nis, Syr. 209, Arab. wd, Wd ἦ
and is variously transferred, both to the
languor of sickness and old age, and to
the weakness of terror.—Spoken of the
. eye as pining away for grief Ps. 88, 10,
see HWS, M22; of the spirit, OD2, Jer.
31, 25; of a person Jer. 31, 12.
Deriv. the two following :

MAN'T £ terror, dread, from the idea
of melting away, becoming weak, comp.
00% Niph. Job. 41, 14, 22.

FIAT m. (τ. 385%) constr. JISR3, a
pining, languor, faintness of spirit, 052,
Deut. 28, 65... Comp. Jer. 31, 25.

ANT i. g.57, a fish, Neh. 13,16. Since
Kamets in this word (signifying a
fish, and not a fisherman) is pure, as
eoming from 23, the letter δὰ which the
Kasora notes as being omitted in very

known.

208 a7

de voc. Ὥπῶϊ, Lips. 1831. 8.—The usual |

‘3 Gen. 10, 23, Gether, pr.'n. of an
' Aramean region, otherwise wholly“un:

wo Deer pet τ

~

of {

' WEY YL
many Mss. is here a mater lectionis 76-
dundans, as in 0°23 2 Sam. 11, 1.

* ANT fat. ANT", to be ansrious, to fear,

to be afraid, not pane in the kindred
dialects. Absol. Jer. 17, 8; 6. ace. Jer.
38, 19. Is..57; 11; 7. Sue: 42, 16. Also
with > of pers. ΩΝ whom one fears
1 Sam. 9, 5. 10, 2; and 47 of that from
or on account of which one fears, Ps.
38, 19.

Deri: the two following:

.

at (fearful) Doeg, pr.n. of an Edom-
ite, the chief of Saul’s herdsmen, 1 Sam.

21, 8. 22, 9. Ps. 52. 2—In Chethibh —

1 Sam. 22, 18. 22, it is written 3975 , after
the Syrian pronunciation.

MINT fi. g. Days, fear, dread, anx-
iety, Ez. 4, 16. 12, 18. 19. Prov. 12, 25.
Ascribed alse to the sea as agitated, Fer.
49, 23. R. ars.

‘ ΓΝ Ἢ fut. ANT, apoc. and conv.
eT Ps. 18, 11, to ‘fly, to dart, Sanscr, dé
id. Spoken of the rapid flight of birds
of prey, Deut. 28, 49. Jer. 48, 40. 49, 22.
Trop. of the Deity, Ps. 18, 11 “b> x7
m5 "522 and did fly upon the wings of
the wind.—For 2 K. 17, 21, see ΠῚ 1.

Deriv. "5 and

ANT f. only Lev. 11, 14, pgs of 4

ravenous bird, having a raptd flight,

Sept. γύψ, Vulg. milvus. Comp. Bochart
Hieroz. II. p. 191.—In the parall. passage
Deut. 14, 13 is read M89, by an error of
the copyists. . OY κεν
NT see MONT.
ANT see Wis no. 3.

25 and 317 masc. epiceen. (r. 598) α
bear, so called from its slow gait; 1 Sam.
17, 34. 36. 37. 2\Sam. 17,8. Prov17,12.

Fos. 13,8 bd Ξ a bear bereaved of

her whelpst Plur. 5°25 bears, she-bears,

ala

. ὃ » Sas»
9Κ.2,234. Arab. 0, &0, bear, she-
_ bear.

a5 Chald. id. Dan. 7, 5.

* R27 a root not in use, i. q. Arab.
ΟΝ to Ser, to be quiet, kindr. with r.
3x3 q.v. A vestige of this root appears
in the pr. n. 827"72 Medeba, i. 6. waters
of quiet.—Hence

NAT m. rest, quiet, i. e. a condition
of rest; once Deut. 33, 25 RIT 253
as thy dave, so shall thy rest be, i. 6. as
_ long as thy life endures, so long shall
thy condition of rest continue, i. e. thy
prosperity. Vulg. senectus tua; but old
age cannot well be put in antithesis
with life.

237, Arab. SS 1. pr. to go soft-
ly and slowly, to creep along, an ono-
matopoetic root like Germ. tappen, Fr.
tapper, comp. Eng}. to tap, to step.
Similar is #5, spoken of a light and
quick gait, which we express by the
verb to trip, Germ. dim. trippeln ; comp.
also 312 whence 37n2, Gr. στείβω. In
the signif. of treading the Semitic lan-
guages have by transp. pat, see under
r. 012.—Hence 353: ἃ bear.

2. to creep about, as a slanderer, tale-
bearer; then i. q. to slander, to dispar-
age, whence M35; comp. 53 and 72h
52.

3. Of liquids, to flow softly, 6. g. wine
Cant. 7, 10; for which PORES see in
art. 72" adj.

mat { (τ. 225 no. 2) slander, evil re-
port, e.g. ΓΙΞῚ NIN to bring out an evil
report, to spread aslander, Num. 14, 36.
Prov. 10, 18. The genitive which fol-
lows is either active, i.e. of the slander-
er, as Ps. 31,14 "35 rat ὭΣ ὩΣ "> for
T hear the slander of many. Jer. 20, 10;
or also passive, i. e. of the person sin
_ dered, as Num. 13, 32. 14, 37. Gen. 37,
2. Prov. 25,10 55: NX> ΠΏΞ 1 and let
thine infamy (ill report) turn not ana’,

_ i.e.not depart from thee.—Arab. 35
a secret detractor, one who spreads slan-
ders. Syr. (23 report, rumor, and aay
to spread a report. Chald. 30 re-
proach, contumely.
18*

a7 209°

$274 |

MINIDF f(r. 923 n0.2) 1. abe, Is. 7,
18: plur. p55 TJudg. 14, 18. Ps. 118,

9 —Syr. (2sa23 a bee, wasp. Arab.

pe collect. a swarm of bees, wasps,

comp. Lat. examen, qs. exagimen, ab

-exagendo; like agmen, qs. agimen, ab

agendo; comp. r. "23 no. 2. But in ©
Heb. this word is a noun of unity from

ὃ Se +.
an obsol. form "13'7 i. q. re Ἶ ἂ

2. Deborah, pr. n. f.
ess, Judg. 4, 4. 5. 5, 1.
nurse, Gen. 35, 8.

ig ΓΞ: Chald. to sacrifice, to offer
sacrifice, i.q. Heb. mat. Ezra 6, 3.—
Hence ΓΞ altar, and

a) A prophet-
b) Rebecca’s

M24 Chald. plur. j°"35, @ sacrifice,
Ezra 6, 3.

D2"3T m. plur. 2 K. 6, 25 Keri,
doves’ dung, a softer expression for "5
p°217, which stands in Chethibh; pr.
the flowing, flux of doves, from the verb
N23, 757, ig. 383, 355, to flow. Comp.
ῥεῦμα γαστρός, διάῤῥοια, flux, diarrhea.

ὙΠ m. (Ὁ. 7243 πο. 3) 1. the inner
sanctuary, adytum, of the Mosaic taber-
nacle and: of Solomon’s temple, also
called S°87p Op holy of holies, 1 K. 6,
5. 19-22. 8, 6. 8. 2 Chr. 3, 16. 4, 20. 5,7.
9. Aquil. Somme χθηματιστήριον, Vulg.
oraculum, from "2 to speak; but more
prob. it is pr. pars postica, the hinder
part, i.e. the western side ; see in "τὲς
no. 2. See Iken, in Dissert. philol. theol.
P. I. p. 214.

2. Debir, pr. n. a) A royal city of
the Canaanites Josh. 12, 13; afterwards
within the limits of Judah, lying on the
mountains not far from Hebron, Josh.
11, 21. 15, 49; and assigned to the
priests 21, 14. Called also "BD MP q. v.
b) A town of the Gadites, Josh. 13, 26.
Ὁ) A king of the E Eglonites, Josh. 10, 3.

. 27 Chald. obsol. root, prob. i. q.
p2't lo cleave, lo adhere ; trans. to join
together ; see 3372.

. 923 to press together, espec. into ἃ
round mass; kindr. 531. Hence Arab.

Jls3, x55 ball of dung (comp. 353),

oat
Σοὶ, ds, ic}, dung, LS, ἀϊδό
buccella rotunda.—Hence
M227 f. constr. mbas, plur. 0°35,
round cakes of dried figs pressed Pee

ther into a mass, 1 Sam. 25, 18. 1 Chr.
12, 40; with ἢ added 2 Bs eek

Gr. παλάϑη, from Aram. NADI FS

qprpme the Daleth. See Celsii Hie-
ot. T. Il: p: 377-79.

‘ moa Ez. 6, 14, doubtless a corruption
of the text fir nas Riblah, a city in
the northern part of Palestine, q. Vv.

ὈΠΟΞῚ (double-cake ?) Diblaim, pr. n.
of the father-in-law of Hosea, Hos. 1, 3.

p°M>234 (twin cakes, prob. so called
from the shape of the city) Diblathaim
Num. 33, 46, and tineas ma Jer. 48,
22, pr. n. of a city of Moab. Jerome: in
-Onomast. sub v. Jassa: “et usque hodie
ostenditur inter Medabam et Deblatai.”

ἘΞ and Pav, fut. p2t?, inf. ΡΞ.
1. to cleave, to adhere, spec. with firm-
ness as with glue, to be glued, to stick

fast. Arab. ($30, Syr. .25?, id. Con-

strued c. 2 Job 19, 20, >% Jer. 13, 11, 5
Ps. 102, 6. Lam. 4 4 “by pain sib Sah
ἼΞΙ the tongue of the suckling Uhh to
his palate, for thirst, dryness. Ps. 22, 16.
The same sipketsion is also used or one
who is silent from reverence and awe,
Job 29, 10. Ps. 137, 6; comp. Hiph. Ez.
3, 26. Also Deut. 13, 18 let nothing
cleave to your hands, i. e. take nothing
covertly. Job 31, 7.—Trop. to cleave to
a person, i. e. to follow, to adhere to him,
Ruth 2, 8. 21; c. 3 v.23. Hence to be
attathed or Bevoted to any one, to hang
upon, to love him, Gr. κολλᾶσϑαι τινί,
e. g. a wife, Wing: God, with 3 and Ὁ
Deut. 10, 20. 11, 22. 2 ἜΠΟΣ 90, 3. 1K.
11, 2. Josh. 23, 12. Gen. 2, 24. 34, 3;
with sams, Ps. 63,9 FN WE? ΠΡ.
my soul cleaveth as thee, is ‘wholly
devoted unto thee.

2. to attach oneself to any thing, i. 6.
to come upon, to overtake, to befall, with
acc. or 3 or "248 Gen. 19, 19. Deut. 28,
60. Jer. 42, 16 p>"InN | pat? Bw shen
( famine) shall overtake vie befall you.

210

“lanl

Comp. Hiph. no. 3. Synon. with ΔΘ
no. 1, 568 ina}.

Pua pass. to be glued together, to
cleave fast together, to cleave, Job 38, 38.
41, 9.

Hipw. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to
cause to cleave, to make adhere, Ez. 3,
26. 29, 4. Jer. 13, 11.

2. to follow close, to pursue, with acc.
Judg. 18, 22. 2 Sam. 1, 6; with nx,
Judg. 20, 45 "ΠΝ Spratt and they
pursued hard after him. 1 Sam. 14, 22.
31, 2.

3. to overtake, comp. Kal no. 2, Gen.
31, 23. Judg. 20, 42. Also causat. fo let
over take, to cause to come upon,’ bcighidg
28, 21.

Hora. to be made to adhere, i.e. to
cleave fast, Ps. 22, 16. te os

The derivatives all follow.

P27 Chald. id: Dan. 2,438. Ὁ

p27 verbal adj. cleaving, adhering,
2 K. 3, 3. Prov. 18, 24.

p23 m. 1. @ soldering, “7 “of
metals, Is. 41, 7.

2. Plur. o°p24-1 K. 22, 34. 2 Chr: 18,
33, prob. joints ‘of a coat of mail; so
Chald.— Others understand orwapstte,
comp. Chald. 377 "7279 Jer. 38, 12 Targ.

boa) mostly to speak ; a root of va-
rious significations, some of which in
Heb. are found only in derivatives, al-
though in the kindred languages they
still appear in the verb itself. E.g. |

1. to set in a row, to range in order ;
comp. 772. Hence : >

2. to lead, to guide, to drive, spec.
flocks and herds to pasture, see βῆ,
mai, “a1; also fo govern, οἷο rule s

προς Chala. and Syr. 925, 2), to lead,

to rule, Arab. 35; further, to reduce

to order, to subdue, see Hiph. and comp.

Arab. pe swarm of bees, examen, q. d.

flock or herd of bees, also ΠΣ a bee,
q. v.i—Hence asa stiepherd who guides
or drives his flock also follows it, there
arises also the sense :

3. to ϑοῦριαϊ to be behind, like “Arabs:

ΚΣ , whence 78 the hinder part, AG

727

Aindmost, last ; Heb. "35 inner sanctu-
ary of tlie Ἰολουϊοι —Hence also ,

4. to approach from behind, i. 6. to way-
lay, to plot against, to destroy, comp. 22.

Hence "33
tiJence.
_ 5. From the primary idea of ranging

Soe
Wa © , destruction, death, pes-

in order, connecting, comes also the

most freq. signification of this verb, to

_ speak, pr. to set in order words ; comp.

sermo and dissero ὃ. serendo, and Gr.
εἴρω to connect and to speak. In Kal
found i in Part. act. "25 Ex. 6, 29. Num.
32, 27. 36, 5. Ps. 5,7. 15, 2. 28, 3. 8], Part.
pass. 253 Prov. 25, 11. Inf. c. suff. 77253
Ps:-51, 6.—Far more freq. is

Pre. "25 at the end of a clause, else-
where "35; fut. "27".

1. to speak, diff. from “72% to say (q. ν.
no.-1), as also Germ. reden and sagen,
Gr. λαλεῖν αηὰ λέγειν, Lat. logui and di-
cere, Aram. >5% and "28%. Canstrued:
a) Absol. e.g. Job 11,5 725 mMibx jt
Oh that God would speak. 33, 2. Num.
12, 2. Ez. 3, 18. al. Sometimes emphat.
i. q: lo speak well, eloquently, Ex. 4, 14
RAT ADIT WAI D ὭΣ τος Jer.1,6. Often
with “0% added, see "étemplée under
“728 no. i b) With the acc. of that
which one speaks, utters, as PIX 73°,
BID, NW, "PW , 10 speak or utter justice;
deceit, fidlechood, etc. Ps. 101, 7. Is. 45,
19. 59,3. Dan. 11,27. 335 “24 to talk
a palhicnan. i.e. much and idly, is 58, 13.
p33 725 10 speak words, i. Eat.
verba dedit, Hos. 10, 3. Ex. 6, 29 se "a5
FN WaT ay Tea-b> oN now speak
thou unto Pharaoh all that I speak unto
thee. 24, 7 T2312 MIT TaIW~TwN 99. all
that Jehovah hath ‘spoken will we do.
ger. 1, 17.. Dan. 10,.11, Ζοη, 3.8. ὁ)
Rarely, it is Senmaadjataly followed by
the words spoken, and “®xX> is to be
τορος apie supplied, Gen. 41, 17. Ex. 32,7

“ἢ ΠΌΤ Aine 7274 and Teliowitih
spake unto ‘Moses, Go, etc. 1K. 21, 5.
2 K. 1, 7. 9. Ez. 40, 4. Dan. 2, 4.

The person to or with whom one

speaks, is put mostly after the particles

bx Gen. 8, 15. 19, 14. 1 K. 21, 6; and >
Jude. 14, 7; but also after ἘΣ Gen. 21,

, 29. Deut. 5,4; MX (MN) Gen. 23, 8. 42,

30; d> ah 6, 10; 385 Ex. 6, 12. Ale
4 725 to speak to or with, is used of God

211

"27

as making a revelation, communication,
an oracle; Zech. 1, 9 "2 7255 ΝΘ
the angel who spake with me. v. 14. 2,
2.7. 4,1. 4.55. Hab. 2,-1. Jer. 31, 20.
Num. 12, 6. 8. Once c. acc. to speak to,
to address, Gen. 37, 4, comp. λέγειν tive.
— To speak of any person or thing is put
with acc. as λέγειν τινά. Ruth 4,1 dx55
ἸΣΞΤΞΞ WR ad the kinsman came by,
of whom Boaz spake. Gen. 19, 21. Τ᾽
16; with 3,1 Sam..19, 3 42 “238 τς

nay-by and I will speak of thee to my
father (v. 4), >% Job 42,7; >2 1K. 2,
19, the latter espec. of πη μὲ God sboals
or promises to any one (see below in
lett. a) 1 K. 2, 4. Dan. 9, 12. Jer. 25, 13.
42,19.—To speaks against any one, with
by (pr. to assail with reproaches) Ps.
109, 20. Jer. 29, 32. Deut. 13,6; with 5
(see a B. 4. b) Num. 21, 7 mina 725
32) we have spoken caasnat Jehovah and
against thee. Job 19, 18. Ps. 50, 20. 78,
19. But 3 737 is web to speak ihectegh

. or by any one, to use one as an interpre-

ter (see 3 Β. 2. 6) Num. 12, 2. 2 Sam.

ἢ 23; 2: Κα, 22,28. 40 ὦ

Spec. to speak is also used in various
senses according to the context: a)
i. q. to promise, Deut: 19, 8. Jon. 3, 10;
with acc. of thing Deut. 6,3; with >x
and 53 of pers. see above; also of evil,
to threaten, Ex. 32, 14. Jer. 25, 13. Ὁ)
i. q. to command, to prescribe, comp. a8
no.3; with >¥ Ex. 1,17. 23,22; to warn,
to seiviniioks 1 Sam. 25, 17. τ to utter
a song, i. q.'to sing, Judg. 5. 12; comp.
Arab. οἱ 5 and Gr. ἔπος ig. song. d)
to speak for a woman, i. e: to ask her in
marriage, with > Judg. 14,7; 21 Sam.
25, 39. Comp. Arab. oo and Pual.
—Further to be noted are also the fol-
lowing phrases: e) Ἔ 35-53 "23 to
speak to one’s heart, i. e. to speak kindly
with any one, espec. to comfort, to con-
sole ; comp. Gr. παραμυϑέομαι, Lat. al-
loquium. Gen. 34,3. 50,21. Ruth 2, 13.
2 Sam. 19, 8. 2 Chr. 30, 22. 32,6. f)
jab-by, τὲς 737 0 speak to one’s own
heart, swith oneself, Gen. 24, 45. 1 Sam.
1, 13 mab“>s ΓΞ she spoke in her
Ate Also jad oD, ig>a. Ece. 1, 16.
15, Pa. ϑρθλς .6) by naa, a2 723, of
God, to speak good concerning any one,
to promise good, Num. 10, 29. 1 Sam.

recy

25, 30. Jer. 18, 20. Also 53 N39 "35 to
speak cvil concerning any one, to deter-
mine evil, 1 K. 22, 23. Jer. 11, 17. 19, 15.
26, 19. 35, 14; with 5X 36, 31. Ina
somewhat different sense, Esth. 7, 9
2a >> ain as Ww ἼΞΞ V Mordecai
who had spoken good for ‘the king, i. e.
given him good information, comp. 6, 2.
h) 58, ΤΣ ΤΊΣ nas to speak kindly
with any one, 2 K. 25, 28. Jer. 12,6;

also BY Di>Y NaI to speak peace with
any one, i. e. kindly, friendly, Ps. 28, 3

my Jer. 9, 7; with >x to speak paces
unto, i. e. to announce or promise welfare,
happiness, Ps. 85, 9; c. 3 Ps. 122, 8
Wa C199 NITIAIN i.e. I will now pray
for thy peace, prosperity ; ; 6. > Esth. 10,
3 istinb2> ibe nah and spake for the
peace, prosperity, of all his race. So
absol. Ps. 35, 20. 1) FS DEW? “AN to
speak a jude ment i. e. to pronounce sen-
tence upon ; see in DEBWA.

Nore. In former editions, like A.
Schultens (Opp. min. p. 124. al.) I have
ascribed further to the verb "353 in Pi.
the significations to waylay, to plot
against, also to destroy; comp. "23 and
Arab. .30 c. As motitus est in ali-
quem. ναι the three passages usually
cited, do not necessarily make out this
sense. Thus Gen. 34,13 5727" and they
spake so, i.e. 773722 deceitfully, as before.
Ps. 127, 5 they shall not be ashamed when
they shall talk with the enemies within
the gate, i.e. when they combat with
enemies ; corresponding to the Gr. phrase
συλλαλεῖν τινί Is. 7,5 Alex. and ints ‘to
have something to say to any one,’ se.
in fight; comp. also Heb. π nA 2 K.
14, 8, and see Comm. in Jes. I. p. 280.
More difficult is 2 Chr. 22,10 and Alha-
liah arose 32277 sur-ba-rx “27M1, in
parall. 2 Κ. A, 1 SENM? 5 here Sept.
ἀπώλεσε, Vulg. interfecit, But it can be
rendered: and she talked with them i. e.
_ made war upon them, comp. Ps. 127, 5;

or it may be ellipt. for eh) = hp) “2171
‘2"r& i. e. pronounced sentence wpon
them.

Puat pass. Ps. 87,3 72 "279 nita22
glorious things are Pe ion of thee, i. e.
decreed of God. Cant. 8, 8 "a7" pita
m2 when she shall be spoken for, i.e.
asked in marriage. See in Piel. lett. d.

NiPH. recipr. of Piel, fo speak one with

212 at

another, to converse, Mal. 3,16; 6. 3 Ez.
33, 30. Ps, 119, 23; ὃ» Mal. 3, 13.

Hipu. to subdue, see in Kal no. 2. Ps.
18,48 "mmm ὩΣ 32754 who subdueth the
nations under me. Ps. 47, 4.

Hirup. 1. Pass. part. fem. rina,
what one has spoken. So with farchi
would I interpret Deut.33,3 τ aT nw
they(Israel)receive what thou hast spoken,
i.e. thy words, precepts.

2. Recipr. to speak with, to converse
with, Part. "aa Num. 7, 89. 2 Sam. 14,
5 Ἔν 2,2. ,

The derivatives follow, except 9135 ,
"735, "272.

27m. 1. ὦ word, verbum, λόχος,
2K. 18,36. Job 2,13. Gen. 44,18. Col-
lect. words, speech, discourse, Job 15, 3.
pinpSw 3247 lip-talk, vain words, Is. 36,
5. “33 1159 skilled in discourse, fuaent.
1 Sam. 16, 18. Often in plur. Gen. 29, 13
ΓΝ πο ππ στὸ all these words. 34,18.
Ex. 4, 28. 18, 19. 19, 7.8. 20,1. 24,3.al.
p25 532, ON, a man of ried fluent,
eloquent, Ex. 4, 10. 24, 14. —Spes, a)
ὦ promise, 1 Κ. 2,4. 8,20. 12, 16. Ps. 33,
4. 56,5; comp. Gr. τελεῖν Feud Engl. ‘ to
give one’s word.’ b) precept, command,
mandate, comp. r. 927 Pi. lett. Ὁ. “735
masd ἀνόδαὶ mandate, Esth. 1,19. Josh.
1,13. 1Sam.17,29 89m “2185n was there
sot atonmulers Is. 8,10. Ex. 34,28 maivs
p37 the ten commandment the deca-
logue. 1 Chr. 26, 32. 2 Chr. 29,15. ο)
α saying, sentence, maxim, as of a wise
man ; Plur. Ece. 1,1 Γ ΠΡ "933. Prov. 4,
4,20. 30,1. 31,1; espec. an oracle, effa-
tum of the deity, Num. 23, 5.16; comp.
ἔπος, λόγος." So PR mm 527 7 atid the
word, oracle, of Jehovah came to any one,
Jer. 1, 4. 11. 2,1. 13,8. Ez. 3, 16. 6, 1.
7,1. 11,14; c. >» 1 Chr. 22, 8. Job 4,12
225 "53 "28 a.word, oracle, stole upon
me, i.e. a divine communication. Col-
lect. oracles, Hos. 1, 1. Mic. 1, 1. Joel 1, 1.
d) counsel, advice given, 2 Sam. 17, 6.
e) report, rumor, 1K. 10,6. With genit. ©
the report of any thing is what ts to be
reported of that thing, what is to be said
of it; Job 41, 4 [12] Iwill not conceal...
miniaa “25 che report of his strength, i. 6.
what is to be said concerning hisstrength. |
1K. 9,15. Deut. 15,2. 19,4. Or we might

ΠΆΑΤΔΡ.

8 “25

~ also render, the measure, manner of his
_ strength, comp. 173% no. 1.

2. thing, matter, affair, business ; pr.
thing spoken of, subject of discourse ;
comp. λόγος in Passow, A. no. 11, ἔπος,
djuo from ῥέω, Germ. Sache from sagen.
The same signif. word and thing are

waited in Aram. nba, JASS, panp,

5 o> §2 2
yl and {bs —E. g. nin ἜΒΗ
this thing, Gen. 20, 10. 21, 11. 26; τὸϑ

— Oban oan all thede ibis Gen. 20, 8.

_ this manner, 80.

— daily affairs, i. 6.

main “2 332 "Gen. 18, 25. 32, 20. 44; 7, and
ban O32 24, 88. 39, 17. 19,.1. e. in
nbn p23 nN
(LXX μετὰ τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα) after these

things, afterwards, Gen: 15, 1. 22,1. 39,

7. Hiddd 435 the thinze of Solomon, i.e.
his acts, deeds, 1 K-11, 41. e105 "35
course of "events,

_ chronicles, 1 Chr. 27,24. Esth. 6,1. Also
Ὁ Ἴ33 daily matter, hence 7572 03" 725
_ the daily task in its day i. e. day by day,

every day, Ex. 5, 13.19. 16, 4. Lev. 23,
37. 1K. 8, 59; pina ὉΠ "272 2 Chr.
8, 13, and iaira in ba v. 14. 31, 16.

Often pleonast. like Gr. χρῆμα, 1 Sant.
10, 2 MRASA ἈΞΊΩΝ FAN Wy. thy

father hath left the matter of the asses,

i.e. has done thinking of the asses. Ps.

65, 4 "32 1733 min ΔῈ iniquities
prevail over me. Ps. 105, 27. 145, 5.—

Hence

a) cause, in a forensic sense, suit at

law. Ex. 18, 16 933 ἘΠῚ mani") if they

have a cause, suit. v. 22. 22,8. ~b5-d3
ΞΘ Θ 21 in every suit of trespass, fraud,
ete. 24,14 524 525 one who has causes.
Fully opi “St 2 Chr. 19, 6.

b something, any thing, Gen. 18, 14.
"35 PN, BIND, nothing; 1 Sam. 20, 21
ἽΞΗ ΝΣ these deduthing: sc. to fear. Fade.
18, 7,28 ἘΝ ΟΣ ἘΠ5 τ IIT) and they
had nothing 1 to do with other men. "37>2
every thing Num. 31, 23. Deut. 17, 1.
RQ “23 any uncleai thing Lev. 5, 2.
“3 mine any thing filthy Deut. 23, 15.
24, ΝᾺ 5. "23 evil thing, harm, 2 Κι. 4. 41.
Also Plur. ‘praia 139 Chr. 12, 12.

3. @ cause, reason, Josh. 5,4. Hence
"a3 5D because of, oe the sake of, Gen.
12, 17. 20, 11. 43, 18. Ps.45,5; “a7 Ὁ»
id. Deut. 4, 21. Jens 7,22. 14,1. "a5 >»

mts beloes a verb, because that, because,

213 da

Deut. 22, 24. 23,5. 2 Sam. 13,22. Comp.
ΓΞ no. ὃ.

“27 m. plur. p23 Hos. a 14, pr,

destruction, death, like Arab.

r. "23 no. 4. Hence plague, pestilence.
comp. m2; often with the art. "237
(Heb. Gr. § 107. n.1) Lev. 26, 25. Deut.
28, 21. 2 Sam. 24, 13. 1 K. 8, 37; mur-
rain among beasts Ex. 3) 9} Sept
mostly ϑάνατος, comp. Ecclus. 39, 29.
sat 7m. (1. ἼΞ no. 2) i.g. "279, a
pasture, whither flocks and herds are
driven; Mic. 2,.12. Is. 5, 17.—Syr. }po9

30, ser

and {,-23, Arab. pe field, tilled field.

ΓΖ plur. αὶ (τ. "23 πο. 2) pr. drifts,
i.e, floats, rafts, as driven by the sea,
1 K. 5, 23 [9]. Sept. σχεδέαι.

M33 or ΓΞ a form assumed in
Deut. 33,3. Butsee τ. "23 Hithp. no. 1.

MIF f. i. qg. 125, but mostly in the
later Hebrew.

1. thing, i. e. manner, mode, see in 133
no. 1 fin. Ps. 110, 4 thou art a priest for
ever ΤῚΣ ΞΘ σπηπητὸν after the man-
ner of Melchizedek ; here the "— is para-
gogic, see Lehrg. ὁ 127. 2.

2. 1. q. "35 no. 2. a, cause, suit at law,
Job 5, 8.

3. i. gq. 133 no. 3, cause, reason ; hence
mass > because of Ecc. 3, 18. 8, 2, by
ὦ mins for this cause that, to the end
that, Ecc.7, 14.

M33 Chald. f. a cause, reason. Dan.
2,30 "3-mIa5 ἘΣ for this cause that, to
the end that.

"233 (perh. eloquent) Dibri, pr. n. τα,
Lev. 24, 11.

ΓΞ Josh. 21, 28; with art. ΤΆΞΗ 19,
12; Daberath, pr. n. of a town in δεν
chink prob. now Debirieh at the foot of
Μουπὶ Tabor; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
IIT. p. 210. |

, 121 a root not in use, prob. i. q.
δέψω, Lat. depso, to knead, to make soft
by kneading, working over, etc. Kindr.
are 54, O95, perh. wv to be fat.—
Hence the tir following. |

W253 τη. ὁ. suff. αὔξη, honey, so called
as being glutinous, like a kneaded mass:

gs

9 ο vp m
Arab. (wood, Syr. bas, id. Maltese

dibsi yellow, i.e. honey-coloured. There
is now in the Semitic languages no verb
from which this noun can be derived; in
Greek however there is derived from
this word the verb τιϑαιβώσσω to make
honey, Od. 13. 106.—Spec.

1. honey of bees, Lev. 2,11. 1 Sam. 14,
26. 27. 29. 43. Prov. 16, 24. 24, 13. al.
Spoken of wild honey, i.e. from wild bees,
Deut. 32,13. Ps. 81, 17 ἼΣΞῸΝ Was ΠΝ Ὁ
with honey from the rocks I will satisfy
thee.

2. honey of grapes, syrup, i. e. the
newly expressed juice of grapes, must,
boiled down to the half or third part, Gr.
ἕψημα, Lat. sapa, defrutum, Ital. musto
cotto. At the present day this syrup is
in common use in Palestine under the
Arabic name (jw dibs, and is export-
ed espec. from the district of Hebron into
Egypt; see Russell’s Nat.Hist. of Aleppo,
I. p. 82. Bibl. Res. in Palest. IT. pp. 442,
453.—Gen. 43, 11. Ez. 27,17. Often
joined with milk, as the spontaneous pro-
ducts of nature; and hence the frequent
phrase: a land flowing with milk and
honey, Ex. 3, 8.17. 13,5. 33,3. Lev. 20,
24. Num. 13, 27. Honey and milk are
put also for pleasant discourse, Cant. 4,
11.

ΓΏΞΙ ΓΙ 1. the hump of a camel, Is.
30,6. This signif. is sufficiently certain
from the context, andis expressed by the
Chald. Syr. Vulg. but the etymology
has long exercised the ingenuity of in-
terpreters. Perhaps so called from the
softness of the flesh or fat of which the
hump is composed ; it being a mere mass
of fat, soft and yielding to the touch;
comp. τ. 025. See Burckh. Notes on
the Bedouins II. p. 82 sq.

2. Dabbasheth, pr. n. of a place, Josh.
£9.17.

AF m. (τ. 43) ὦ fish, so called as mul-
tiplying abundantly (comp. 452), Jon. 2,
1.11. Plur. 0°35, constr. "35, Gen. 9, 2.
Num. 11, 22. 1 K. 5, 13. Henge comes
the denom. verb 34% 10 fish. The form
4x3 see in its order.

ΓΔ constr. P38 , fem. of the preceding,
a fish, Deut. 4, 18. Jon. 2, 2; mostly col-

14 — πον s

lect. fish, (comp. M050 ,) Gen. 1, 26. 28.
Ex. 7, 18. 21. Num. 11, 5. Ez. 29, 4. δ.

. mas pr. to cover, Arab. leo; then
to cover over by numbers, to multiply, to
be increased ; once Gen. 48, 16.

Deriv. 53, 533, 7197.

PAF (pr. little fish; then in endear-
ment and worship, ‘dear little fish ;’
comp. on this use of diminutives in sa-
cred things, J. Grimm’s Deutsche Gram.
III. p. 665,) Dagon, pr. n. of an idol of
the Philistines worshipped at Gaza and
Ashdod, Judg. 16, 23 sq. 1 Sam. 5, 1;
having a human head and arms, but the
rest of the body like a fish; see 1 Sam.
5, 2 sq. espec. v. 4. Judg. 16, 23. 1 Chr.
10, 10; comp. 1 Mace. 10, 83. 11, 4.—
Similar was the figure of Derceto, wor-
shipped at Askelon under the like form
of a fish; comp. Diod. Sic. 2. 4, αὕτη δὲ
TO μὲν πρόσωπον ἔχει γυναικός, τὸ δὲ ἄλλο
σῶμα πᾶν ἰχϑύος. See on the worship
of fishes in this region, Selden de Diis
Syris II. 3. Creuzer Symbol. II. § 12.
Movers Pheenizier I. p. 590.

y 235 perh. i. q. Arab. he, to cover,
to cover over; then also to act covertly,
to deceive, comp. 32. Hence 535 a
flag, banner, standard, pr. a covering,
like Germ. Fahne from πῆνος, pannus.—
The signif. of glittering, shining, which
I formerly ascribed to this root, with
Nanninga Diss. Lugd. II. 916, and
Muntinghe ad Ps. 20,6, now seems to me
hardly susceptible of proof_—From the
noun 55 is then again derived the de~
nom. sense of 551, to set wp a banner, to
erect a standard ; Ps. 20, 6 qyoN ἘΞ
2532 in honour of our God will we set
up our banners; comp. the formulas
“Dwa “"2It, and ἢ ΒΞ ΝΡ. Sept.
μεγαλυνϑησόμεϑα, reading or “conjectur-
ing >722. Muntinghe (I. c.) from his
etymological conjecture, gloriabimur,
exultabimus. Part. pass. 2435 lifted up as
a banner, i. e. conspicuous, distinguished,
spoken of a noble youth, Cant. 5, 10.

ΝΊΡΗ. to be furnished with banners ,
Cant. 6,4. 10 τ ΝΣ may terrible as ar
army with banners ; Symm. ὡς τάγματα
παρεμβολῶν. The virgin is here repre
sented as victorious and triumphant ver
hearts. Comp. the similar figure drawn

$33

from an army in ὁ. 2, 4; the same is
very common in Arabian poets.

227 m. (Ὁ. 555) 6. suff. i533, plur. ODay ,

constr. "35, ὦ flag, banner, standard,
i.e.of a Reger kind, serving fer three
tribes together; the smaller flags being
called mins. Num. 1, 52. 2, 2. 3. 10. 18.
25. 10, 14. 55. Cant. 2, 4 many "53 yn
and his banner over me is love.

( a3 obsol. root, to cover, i. q. ΓΝ ;
_ then, fo multiply, to increase. Hence

123 τὰ. constr. 123, corn, grain, pr. as

_ covering the AS increase ; Gen. 27,

28. 37. Num. 18, 27. Deut. 28,51. Me-

_ ton. for bread Lam. 2, 12.—Samar. 435,
Δ, ja58, id.

shag , like Chald. "35, to brood, to sit
upon, as a bird her eggs or young. Jer.
17, 11 339 851 4397 NIP the partridge
eitteth on eges she hath not laid, so is he
that gathereth riches and not by right.
Sept. πέρδιξ συνήγαγεν ἃ οὐκ ἔτεκεν. In
Is. 34, 15 spoken of a serpent brooding
its young, noteggs. Vulg. in each pas-
sage well, fovere—The rash assertions
_of J. Ὁ. Michelis in respect to this root,
_have been well refuted by Rosenmiller,

ad Bocharti Hieroz. II. 632 sq.

“TH i. g. πῶ, mH, 4. v. breast, pap,

found only in the Dual, constr. "33, c.
suff. 3°77, breasts, paps, Ez. 23, 3.8. 21.
Prov. 5, 19.

: rita to go slowly, softly. Talmud.
m3 to lead slowly, gently, e. g. a child.
| Hrrup. M330 for opin, Is. 38, 15
| Sryinti->> ππῆν I will go softly all my
years, i. 6. submissively, comp. 2% 325
1K. 21,27; gq. d. I will walk humbly and
| submissively all my life, I will never
cease to mourn.—Hence spoken of a
slow and solemn procession, Ps. 42, 5
DWN ΓΞ ay Ὀππὸ 7 went with them
(in slow procession) to the house of God ;
here the suffix D— is for o>, and this
dative is to be referred to ‘the circum-
_ stance, that the poet as leader of the choir
prob. led the way for the procession.

TTI Dedan, pr.n. 1. A people with
_aregion of like name, descended from
Raamah, Gen. 10, 7. Ez. 27, 15. Raa-
mah, 7297, Sept. ἹῬέγμα, is to be sought

215

ott

on the shore of the Persian Gulf (see
m3 no. 2), and so also Dedan; in
which, with Bochart (Phal. [V. 6) and
J. D. Michelis, we recognise Wolo
Déden, an island of the Persian Gulf,
called by the Syrians <i? ; see Asse-
mani Biblioth. Orient. III. ii. p. 560, 564,
744. Most of the islands of this gulf
were anciently occupied by colonies of
the Phenicians; see Heeren’s Ideen I.
2. p. 227, 419.

2. A people of northern Arabia, de-
scended from Keturah, Gen. 25, 3, adja-
cent to the Edomites Jer. 49, 8. 25, 23.
Kz. 25,13; and also following traffic, Is.
21, 13. According to Eusebius and ΄
Jerome, they dwelt not far from the city
Pheeno; prob. a colony of the former
(no. 1), or vice versa.

DIF m. plur. Dodanim Gen. 10, 4,
pr. n. of a people descended from Javan,
i. e. from the Greeks. It is usually re-
ferred to the inhabitants of Dodona in
Epirus; but possibly 0°235 may be for
p79 i.e. Dardani, the Trojans. For
" thus softened into a vowel, see Mo-
numm. Phenic. p. 432. Still we must
not overlook the reading 972345 Roda-
nim, the Rhodians, which is expressed
by the Samar. Sept. and by the Heb.
text itself in 1 Chr. 1,7. See in 07274.

333 Chald. m. emph. 8205, ΠΆΓΩ,
gold, i.q. Heb. 291. Dan. 2, 32. 3, 1. 5.
7.—Hence M3072.

S773 Chald. or in Cheth. S7J, τὴ,
plur. Dahi, Dehavites, pr. n. of a people
from which a colony was led out into
Samaria, Ezra4,¥. Most prob. the Jao
Hdot. 1. 125, (i. e. perh. pagani, villagers,
from Pers. δῷ deh, dih, a village,) a Per-
sian tribe near the Caspian Sea, some-
times enumerated with the Scythians,
Strab. XI. p. 580. Plin. H. N. VI. 17.

. Ds in Kal not used, prob. to be
dumb, to be struck dumb, like 072, an
idea which is aiso kindred to stupor,
astonishment, as in 020, mm. Arab.

ὦ is to come upon suddenly, pr. to
confound, to amaze, pPAro stupified,

= 90. 9
stupid, gO sudden

/ calamity, pr.
astounding, stupifying.

ὙΤΊ

ΝΊΡΗ. part. ἘΠῚ 12 struck dumb, asto-
, nished, by sudden calamity, Jer. 14, 9.

ἽΠΠ i. q. A", pr. fo move in a cir-
cle, and espec. swiftly ; comp. also "7%.
ΝΑ

1. to move swiftly, to press on rapidly,
to course, spoken of a horse and his rider,
Nah. 3, 2; pr. to run, course, prance in
a circle, as is usual with horses in break-
ing and exercise. See the noun ΓΙ.

2. to revolve in a circle; then to en-
dure, to last. Hence "i377; also

UNIT ἢ rapid course of a horse, Judg.
ὅ, 22.. See Bochart Hieroz. P. I. p. 97.

ait i. q. 337 q. v. a bear.

ἜΦΗ: q. 2853 q. v. to pine away, to
languish. Not used in Kal.

Hipu. causat. to cause to pine away,
to consume, Lev. 26, 16.

Deriv. pr. ἢ. ji".

ΔῊ and 2.7 a secondary root, de-
nom. from 23, to fish. Jer. 16, 16 ΘῃΔῪΠ)
and they shall fish them.

Deriv. 7355, 4°54 and 55 fisher.

AJ m. a fisher, a fisherman, Ez. 47,
10 and Jer. 16, 16 Cheth.

TAF f(r. a4 )a fishing, fishery ; hence
Mais Min fishing-hooks,harpoons. Am.
4,2 he will take you away with hooks,
mais Mis j2N NN} and your pos-
terity with ‘fahing ἘΜ, a figure taken
from animals which are tamed by put-
ting hooks and rings in their noses;
comp. Is. 37,29... Why fishing-hooks are
here mentioned, may be understood from
ΕΖ. 29, 4. Job 40, 26; comp. Oedmann
Verm. Sammll. aus d. Naturkunde V. 4.
- The larger fishes when taken were again
let down into the water, suspended by a
ring or hook in their nostrils.

*"T1 obsol. root, 1. i. q. ‘Tit, ‘t"t, to
boil, as water; hence 55 a pot.
2. Trop. of the mind, fo be moved,

agri ated, Syr. 909 ; espec. to love, i. q.

7, Ss! Hence 715 love, W755, "N79 ,
ant pr. names 75 , ΤΟΝ, “ΠΝ (Tis.

"ΤΠ m, c. suff. defect. ith, 9Th, δίο..
1. love, chiefly as between the sexes,
only in Plur. 5°, loves, caresses, endear-
ments, Cant. 1, 2. 4. 4.10. Ez. 16, 8. 23,

216

"4

17 oo 339 Led of love. Prov. 7, 18
pet ny nb come, let us drink our fill
of love.

2. Concer. object φ' i one beloved
comp. ὃ; Sani hey ae <) love and one
beloved, a lover, friend ; M2172 acquaint-
ance, also an acquaintance; Engl. my
love, my first love, etc.—Cant. 1, 13. 14.
16. 2, 3. 8. 9. 10. 16. 17.

3. a friend, Is.5,1. Spec.anunele, the
father’s brother, Syr. 199 κατ ἐξοχήν called
the friend of the family, as also Chald.
82° friend, then uncle; comp, 8M3°34
mother-in-law, Germ. and Eng. Freund,
friend, for a relative; Lat. amita aunt,
qs. amata. Lev. 10,4. 20,20. 1 Sam. 10,
14. 15,16. Esth. 2 15. Jer. 32, LBs Os
in v. 12 it seems to be pat fos πὐπτὴς
uncle’s son. |

ΠΥ m. 1. a boiler, pot, see r. ἽΝ ΠΟ.
1. Job 41,11. 1Sam.2,14.. Plur. ΘΠ

2 Chr. 35, 13—Syr. 569]. ἃ large pot,
foo> kettle, Samar. n°75 pots. ;

2. a basket, Jer. 24, 2. Ps. 81, 7. Plur.
ours 2 K. 10, 7.

13, also ΛΠ ‘in Chron. | “Bara,
Nehem. Zech. anid rarely in the earlier
books, Hos. 3, 5. Am. 6,5. 9, 11, (beloved,
teibal adj. fbn si. q.. 399 no. 2.)
David, pr. n. of the son of Jesse, the
sbicad’ king of the Israelites, τ. 1055-
1015 B. C. renowned for his warlike
achievements as well as for his sacred
songs. The account of his life is chiefly
contained in the books of .Samuel, from
1 Sam. c. 16 to the end of the second
book ; also 1 Chr. c. 12-30.—By meton.
David is put for 7947)2 spoken of the
Messiah, the son of David, Ez. 34, 23.24.
37,24; elsewhere also i..q. 77°3 "32, Hos.
3,5. ‘tht “72 the city of David i. e. Zion,
1K. 3,1. 8,1. 9,24. Is, 22,9 3 mg
the house of David, i. 6. the palace or cita-
del of his race, Is. 22, 22 ; elsewhere his fa-
mily, posterity, Is. 7, 2. 13. Jer. 21, 12. -

M77 £. aunt, father’s sister, Ex: 6, 20;
also an uncle’s wife, Lev. 18, 14. 20, 20.

ὙΠ (for jist amatory) Dodo, pr. n.
m. a) 1 Chr. 11,12. 2Sam. 23, 9 Ker:.
b) Judg. 20,1. 0) 2 Sam. 23,24. 1 Chr
11, 26. .

2
"7

= 7775 (for am7ti5 love of Jehovah)
Dodavah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 20, 37.

“S57 2 Sam. 23, 9 Cheth. See it" a.

"377 adj. with Chald. ending "= i.q.
s—, from r. 713. In Sing. not used;
‘Plur. ΘΝ ΠΗ.
1. Pr. boiling ; hence a boiler, pol, i. q.
“Sino. 1; then a basket, Jer. 24, 1.
2. loving, amatory, from r. 755 no. 2;
plur. love-apples, Gen. 30, 14 sq. i. 6. the
apples of the mandragora, Atropa man-
dragora Linn. a plant similar to the
belladonna, with a root like a beet, white
and reddish fragrant blossoms, Cant. 7,
14, and with yellow apples also fragrant,
which ripen from May to July. To these
apples the Orientals to this day ascribe
the power of exciting to venery ; comp.
Li l. c. See Dioscorid. 4. 76, Mardgu-
yoous... οἱ δὲ Κιρκαίαν καλοῦσι, ἐπειδὴ
δοκεῖ ἡ ῥίζα φίλτρων εἶναι ποιητική...
[κυ παρ αὐτὰ (φύλλα) μῆλα, οὗοις (eae
bis) ἐμφερῆ, ὠχρά, εὐώδη, ἐν οἷς καὶ καρ-
nbc, ὥσπερ ἀπίου.
des Hochsten, V. p..197. D’Herbelot
Biblioth. Oriental. p.17. Sept. μῆλα μαν-
Oayogay. Chald. 779723 which denotes
‘the same ; comp. Arab. oy , and see

Sprengel Hist. Rei herbarie I. p. 215,
ed. 2..'Tuch Comm. in Gen. 1. ο.

* yas iq. 584 q- ‘v. to belanguid, δα ρὲ)
unwell, Arab. SS and εἰ for (53

spoken espec. of women in their monthly
courses. Lev. 12,2 the wncleanness of
her being sick, i.e. of her courses, comp.
15, 33.

2. to be sick at heart, sad; see M15
no. 2. ’ ᾿
Deriv. ΠΡ, "7, 7953, HIT.

MYT fons, adj. 1. languid, faint,
_ sick, spec. of women in the*menses, Lev.
15, 33 ΠΙΠ23 HI. 20,18. Hence 715

Is. 30, 22 a menstruous cloth, i. 6. polluted
with menstrual blood.

2. sick at heart, sad, Lam. 5, 17; af-
fiicted, unhappy, Lam. 1, 18, Syr. {o»
to grieve, to be unhappy; Aph. to af

flict, to make unhappy. [o> afflicted,

, wretched ; [a0 affliction, misery.

217

Schulz Leitungen

nt
* TF in Kal not used, i. gq. ΓΙ, M72,

to thrust away, to cast off; Arab. 245

to render abject; also intrans. to be ab-
ject, vile ; VI, to project.

Ηιρη. 3° 1. to thrust away, to cast
out, Jer. 51, 34.

2. to wash away, to cleanse, 6. g. an
altar, 2 Chr. 4, 6. Ez. 40, 38 ; blood-
duittiness Is. 4, 4.

"13 m. (Ὁ. 73, after the form “eR)
constr. " ms.

1. languor, sickness, Ps. 41, 4.

2. Spoken of any thing sickening, i. e.
insipid, loathsome, exciting loathing,
nausea. Job 6, 6 can that which is un-
seasoned be eaten without salt? or is
there flavour in the tasteless herb? (7)
My soul refuseth to touch, "am "17> an
these are as the loathsomeness of my
food ; i.e. heavy calamity is described
under the figure of insipid and*loath-
some food (comp. in m7abm); in accord-
ance with the common Oriental figure
by which one is said to eat or taste of
any thing, i. q. to experience it; comp.
Maiva 528 Job 21, 25, γεύεσϑαι ϑανάτου,
Syr. |Za8e say.

“J m. (after the form 5:2) faint, sick
at heart, Is. 1, 5. Jer. 8, 18. Lam. 1, 22.
R. m5.

‘TTT see 15.

ἘΠῚ ᾧ 327, to pound, to beat in
a mortar, to bray, Num. 11,8. Chald.

τ, Arab. OS, id.
Deriv. 372 a mortar.

MDD f. Lev. 11,19. Deut. 14, 18,
a species of unclean bird, according
to Sept. Vulg. Saad. the hoopoe, Lat.
upupa; according to the Targum
gallus montanus, mountain-cock, a spe-
cies of large grouse, Tetrao urogallus.
Perh. compounded from 435, Joao, gal-
lus, and &5°D, one 5 being dropped.

The ending m= is forn—, see Heb. Gr.

§ 77. n. 2.
* DAI obsol. root, i. ᾳ. 223 no. 1, to be

dumb, silent, still. Arab. eld to be still,
quiet, to remain; II, to quiet, to allay.—
Hence the three following nouns.

ὯΔ

Mais f. 1. silence, land of silence,
poet. for Sheol, the region of the dead,
“ai 94,17. 115, 17.

2. Dumah, pr. n. of a tribe and diewhat
sichmactites | in Arabia, Gen. 25, 14. Is.
21,11. Prob. the same called at this
day Joadt Ke Stony Dumah, and
λοι X90 Syrian Dumah, situated
on the confines of the Syrian desert and
Arabia, with a fortified castle, marked
on D’Anville’s map under lat. 29°, 30/,
long. 58°; the 4“ουμαΐϑα, of Ptolemy.
See Abulfeda ed. Paris, p. 82. Edrisi par
Jaubert I. p.355. Niebuhr Arabien p. 344.

ΠΡ f. 1. Adj. fem. (from an obsol.
masc. a%5) silent, mute; Ps. 62, 2 τοὶ
"WB? Γ 555 ony my soul is silent unto
God, i.e. trusts inhim. R. 097.

2. Subst. silence, and adv. silently, Ps.
. 39,3; quiet, remission of pain, Ps. 22,
3; trust, confidence in God, Ps. 65, 2
mbnn mass τ 10 thee (belongeth) confi-
dence and praise:

Dat (ro) 1. Subst. dumbness, si-
lence, Hab. 2, 19 ox jan the dam
stone, silent, Lifelése, Or it could be
taken here adverbially, comp. 03M.

"Ὁ, Adv. silently, in silence, Is. 47, 5.
Lam. 3, 26 it is good that one wait 072571
even in silence, quietly.

PWArT pr. n. 2 K. 16, 10, a rare form
in Hebrew, but usual in Syriac for
pwas or pwuets, Damascus.

* 117 or 1 prob. i. ᾳ. Ghd mid. Waw
intrans. to be low, depressed, humble ;
whence perh. }"% trans. 10 subject to
oneself, to rule, to judge. Kindred is
778 q. v. whence 7178 lord, master.
Once Gen. 6, 3 D>iy> HIND MAN YITITND
my spirit shall not be made low in man
for ever, i. e. the higher and divine na-
ture shall not for ever be humiliated in
the lower, shall not ever descend from
heaven and dwell in flesh upon the
earth ; comp. ν. 1. 9. Others here take
y73 asi. q. 11, thus: my spirit shall not
rule in man for ever.—Most of the an-
cient versions give to 171. the sense of
remaining and dwelling ; Sept. ov μὴ
καταμείνῃ τὸ πνεῦμά μου x. τ. A. Vulg.
non permanebit ; Syr. Arab. shall not
dwell. This is best adapted to the.con-

218

7

text ; whether they regarded the spirit
as the ruling and therefore indwelling
principle in man, or perhaps read 91>";
comp. 91> μένω Judg. 19, 9.

JIT Job 19, 29 Keri, i. q. 13 Cheth.
judgment.

5317 Ps. 97,5, and 3277 m. waz, Ps.
92, 15. 68, 3. Mich. 1,4. R. 328 q. v.

᾿ yu to leap. to skip, to dance ; Job
41, 14 [22] ΠΞΝΞ prom 172B>5 before him |
dancelh terror. So the trepidation of
terror is compared to skipping, dancing,
in Ps. 29, 6. Corresponding is Arab.
yolo mid. Waw and Ye, see Schult. ad
le. Syr. 40? in N. T. for σκιρτᾶν, Chald.
v3, whence &¥"4 caprea, Lacon. δέζα.
Kindred roots are 653, 075.

* PF obsol. root, Chald. and Syr. to
look around, to keep a look-out. Chald.
ἢ Dan. 2, 35, see in r. Pe4.—Hence
P2t-

wa Lake 4. Arab. p15 to to ΝΣ round.
in a circle, to Zo round ; enahts » and

5315 circle, orb, Als round. Kindr.

roots are “Πρ, "25, "0, “Hm, and the
dental being changed to a sibilant “AT,
"id, "90, all which express the idea of
going round, turning oneself, surround-
ing, variously modified. Hence 755 no.
1, and "5.

2. to remain, to dwell, like Chald. ""5,
Ps. 84,11. This sense comes perhaps
from the circumstance that the primitive |
dwellings were usually erected in a cir-
cle (Simonis) ; or better, the signif. of
moving round, turning oneself, is trans-
ferred to the idea of moving about in
a place, Lat. versart ; comp. 794, TIX.

‘1 Chald. to dwell, Dan. 4, 9.18. Part.
spat, Keri ies Dan. 2, 38. 3,31. 6,26.
Deriv. "79, 71772, 795999, aR

tm. 1. @ circle, Arab. 90° Is.
29,3 "99> as a circle, i. 6. round about.
: 2. a ball, Is. 22, 18.

3. a round pile of wood or bones for
burning, Ez. 24,5; comp. 735772 v. 9.

ὙΠ and ὙΠ τὰ. 1. an age, genera-
tion of men, q. d. the revolving period or
circle of the years of human life, from r.

a ae

4:3 no. 1.

-nifying time, see under 358.

"mx another generation.
: sia->2 ἘΓΙΓῚΣ until all the generation
- was consumed. “31°55 generation and

| simpl. “ind id. Ps. 22, 31..71,,18.

εἰς

Comp. Arab. 8b time, from
yb to go round ; also other words sig-
Corre-

sponding to the letter is ps time, age,
middle Waw and He being interchan-
ged, see lett. 5.—Ece. 1, 4 2171 72h 1
ΝΞ one generation goeth, and another

generation cometh. Deut. 23, 3. 4. 9
mtb vist, “wy 77, the third, the tenth

Rensrdtion. Job 42, 16. Judg. 2, 10 “45
Num. 32, 13

generation, every generation, many gen-

erations, all ages, for ever, Ps.61,7. Joel

2,2 793.95 53 coe to the years of many
generations, all future time. Ps. 45,18
313) 3in7>22 through all generations, all
coming ages., So 15 35> unio all gene-
rations, all filture ages, Ex. 3, 15. Joel
4, 20; Ὑπὸ ab Ps. 10, 6. 33, 11. 49, 12:

nh 49
“51 100, 5. Is. 13,20; 75 “50 Ex.17,16
Bisewhere also of past ages or genera-
tions, Deut. 32, 7. Is. 58, 12. 60,15; "73
“ΠῚ Ps. 90,1. Comp. Plar. below. With
genit. or a the generation of any one,
i. e. the men of his age, his contempora-
ries, Is. 53, 8. Gen. 6, 9 ΠῚΠ Ὁ
sninta Noah was upright among his
generation.—The Hebrews, as we do,
seem commonly to have reckoned the
duration of a generation at from thirty
to forty years, comp. Job 42; 165; but in
the times of the patriarchs it was reck-
oned at a hundred years, see Gen. 15, 16,
comp. v. 13 and Ex. 12,40. So among
the Romans the word seculum originally
signified an age or generation of men, and
was later transferred to denote a,centu-

ry; see Censorin. de Die natali ¢. 17.—

Dropping the notion of an age, 155 sig-

_nifies also @ race, class of men, e. g. of
_ the righteous Ps. 14, 5. 24, 6. 73, 15.
ΒΕ 112.2; of the irked Dans: 32,5 "95

_ dbmbmas wipe a deceitful and perverse ge-
_ neration, race. v. 20. Jer. 7,29 in733 75

se ee

— Bxi5 and

the generation of his wrath, i. e. against
which God is angry.

_ PLur. with two forms in this sense,
mins, both masc. Job 42. 16.
The former occurs thrice in the phrase
pws 75 ages of ages, generations of

219

Ὁ

generations, signifying perpetuity, eter-
nity, everlasting, Ps. 72,5. 102, 25. Is. 51,
8. The latter is very frequent for future
ages, generations to come, posterity ;
Lev. 23, 43 pa m5 ἸΣΤῚ 40>. 22, 3.
Num. 9, 10 ὈΞΎ ix "pad of you or
your posterity. 15, 14. Espec. in the
legislative brinite pa") obis mpn a
perpetual law for your posterity, Lev. 3,
17. 23, 14. 31.41; comp. Gen. 17, 7. 9.
12. Ex. 12, 14. 17. 16, 32. 33. 8

2. a dwelling, habitation, Arab. 15.

Is. 38, 12. Ps.49.20 MAK WF the dwell-
ing of his fathers, i. 6. their sepulchre.

3. Dor, pr. n. of the city of a Canaan-
itish βὰν Judg. 1,27; written also "85
Josh. 17,11; more fully 15 52 (height
of Dor) Josh. 12,23; "83 ΓΕΣ 1 K.4,11;
“873 mip? 1K. 12.2; Gr. Δῶρα, τὰ Δῶρα,
ἡ Muga. It belonged to Manasseh ; but
lay in the territory of Issachar, on the
coast, near Mount Carmel. Now Tan-
tira. See Reland Palest. p. 738 sq.
Prokesch Reise p. 27.

S73 Chald. pr.n. Dura, a town, it
would seem, in Babylonia. Dan. 3, 1
x79 ΟΣΞ the plain or valley of Dura ;
comp. inn ὌΣΡΒΞ, Ὑπὸ Mpa. Inter-
preters usually compare Dura a city
mentioned by Ammian. Marcell. 25. 6.
situated on the Tigris ; or another of like
name in Polyb. 5, 48, on the Euphrates
near the mouth of the Chaboras.

* WII, WI Mic. 4, 13, and 1
Deut. 25, 4, softened from 93 q. v.

1. to beat, to bruise in pieces, espec. by
treading; comp. Engl. todash. Hence
to tread, to trample; to crush, Job 39, 15.
Hab. 3, 12; enemies, Mic. 4,13. 2 K.
13, 7. |
2. to tread out grain, to thresh, by
driving cattle round upon the grain, Jer.
50, 11. Hos. 10,11. Spoken also of per-
sons who thus thresh with cattle; 1 Chr.
21, 20 τῶ π Wa WN and Ornan was
Hiteshing (treading out) wheat. ‘Trop.
of a cruel punishment inflicted by the
Hebrews upon captives, by crushing
them with threshing-drays like grain on
the threshing-floor, Am. 1, 3. Arab.

ualo to trample the earth, to trample
upon enemies, to tread out grain. Syr

wa id. Comp. WIN.

wn
Nipw. wi53, inf. constr. wa3h, pass. of
Kal no. 1. fs. 25, 10.
Hopu. pass. of Kal no. 2. Is. 28, 27.
Deriv. 677, ji, NWI.
WAT Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 1, Dan. 7, 23.

seat rims to thrust, to push or knock
down, to overthrow. Arab. Lao id. also
de coitu, like s).4 and other verbs of
thrusting, pushing, see 7193. Syr. and
Chald. (42, 817, id. The idea of thrust-
ing, pushing, knocking, impelling, is
found in many verbs of which the pri-
mary syllable is M7, as M5, mms, 903,
ἘΠῚ, ΤῚΣ, ASO, PSO, O, Oy,
a0? ; comp. similar families of roots
under 325 and PR .—Ps. 35, 5. 118, 13
bpsd ἌΣ ΤΤῚ AN thou hast thrustane thiat
I should fail. 140, 5. 62,4 FUN NTE
a wall thrust dawn, overthrown.

Nripu. pass. of Kal, to be thrust down.
Prov. 14, 32 the wicked is thrust,down in
his wickedness, i. e. rushes to destruc-
tion, perishes. Comp. 573" from mn,
Jer. 23, 12.—But Part. plur. constr.
"ΠΣ, as DX? "172, is more properly
referred to r. m3 q. ν.

Puaw pret. amt, to be thrust down,
made to fall, Ps. 36, 13.

Deriv. "73, ΠΤ, and

M33 Chald.f. plur. (397, a concubine,

from r. 53, Arab. LS3 and iss sishe-
git femincem. —Dan. 6, 19 5338-8? [INT
ὙΠ, and his concubines he did not
let come before him. 'Theodot. and Syr.
render it food, but arbitrarily. The
Rabbins, instrwments of music, spec.
those which are struck.

7 mint i. q. 3, to thrust; whence
fut. Niph. 1m33 Jer. 23, 12. But by
simply writing it 1m", it may be re-
ferred to 45.

73 τὴ. (τ. OM) in Pause "ΠῚ, a
thrust, push, so as to fall; hence a fall,
falling, Ps, 56, 14. 116, 8.

i Ὁ. Chald. to fear, to be afraid,
i. q. Heb. 5m, pr. to creep along hesi-
tatingly and tual. Corresponding is
Syr.‘\. to fear, Arab. hs to flee, to
get away, pr. to steal away, to withdraw
covertly.—Constr. c. DIP, 72 (comp. &74

ν᾿

220 “|

"82) Dan. 5, 19, Part. 9m, Sone
terrible, Dan. 2,31. 7,7. α΄.
Pa. bmn to terrify, Dan. 4, 2.

*07 not in use, Arab. yo to
smoke, and trop. of a smoky, ibid
colour. Hence eee

ait im: Arab. ξ ὁ, Ez. 4, 9, the

holcus.dochna of Pinas a species of mil-
let of which several kinds are cultivated
in Italy, Syria, and Egypt, and used
partly as green fodder, and partly for
the grain; which is of a dark smoky
colour, and is employed for bread, pot-
tage, etc. The ancient versions render
it milium, i. q. Panicum Italicum Linn.
panic-grass ; see Celsii Hierob. 1. 453 sq.

. sia) to thrust, to impel, to urge, see
under r. 7m. Part. pass. impelled,
hastened, Esth. 3, 15. 8, 14.

Nipu. 973 to urge oneself to hasten,
2 Chr. 26, 20. Esth. 6, 12.

Deriv. nipmt2.

μ PO7 to thrust, to push, to press upon,

as is done in a great crowd, Joel 2, 8.
Arab. ( ὅτ to repulse, to drive away,
(SA>O rejected. Aram. κῶωϑ, PN,
i.q. Heb. Comp. Gr. d:axw.—Part. pms
oppressor of a people, Judg. 2, 18.

"3, constr. "1, c. suff. "9, 42, B'S.
1, Subst. sufficiency, quantum sufficit,
enough ; and hence as Adv. enough.
The form is as A from a verb °"5 i. q.

m5 (like "11, μι from >) which ac-
cording ie Simonis is equivalent to

Arab. el to be much. Or one might
also conjecture that “5 is put for"%3 ; but
this is quite untertain.—Esth. 1, 18 “734
Hsp) ja and there will be pnbkeh of
contempt and strife. Mal. 3,10 I will
pour you out a blessing 77 “3 “> until
there is not enough, i. e. until my abun-
dance shall be exhausted; hence, as
this can never be, the sense is: per
petually, for ever ; comp. Ps. 72,6.—The
genitive or suffix which follows mostly -

designates the person or thing to or for

whom any thing is sufficient. Prov. 25,
16 435 what is sufficient for thee, pr. thy”
sonnei sufficit. Ex. 36,7 855 sufficient
for them. Obad. 5. Jer. 49, 9. Lev. 5/7

ee ΘΠ ῸῊ.-»

..

fa Ai τ που i ie ei

τὰ : 221 χὰ

my "3 enough for a lamb, i. 6. to buy ἃ

damb ; not as Simonis renders, quot suffi-

ciunt ad agnum comedendum. 12, 8. 25,
26 indx3 73D enough to redeem it. Neh.
5, 8 533 “1D quantum in nobis erat, after
our ability. Rarely the genit. denotes
that of which there is enough; Prov.
27,27 ὈΠῚΣ 32m "3 enough of goat’s milk.

2. To the construct ™#, the preposi-
tions 2. 72, 3, are often preheat. with
which it then pr new compound pre-
positions; in all of which, however, the

- notion of sufficiency and abundance is

more or less preserved.

a) "ID according to the abundance
of, i. q. according to, as. Judg. 6, 5 they
came up 372 M278 "4D as the locust for
multitude. Dent. 25, 2 IMP "ID ac-
cording to his fault. :

b) "37 id. according to the abundance
or multitude of, comp. 2 no. 2. σ. Hence
with inf. as often as, whenever ; 1 Sam.
18, 30 ΝΣ 7379 4 and it came to pass,
as ‘often as they went out, made an excur-
sion; comp.1,7. 1K. 14,28 si2 "772 "7
aban and it was so, as often as the king
went, etc. Is. 28,19. Jer. 31,20. 2K. 4,8.
Also before a finite verb, where suppl.
“0x. Jer. 20,8 "BIN ὙΠῸ as often as I

speak. In like manner before a noun,

where there is an ellipsis, as WIh "72

Wana Is. 66, 23, 1. 6. as often as the new-

moon cometh in its new-moon, i. q. in its
time, every month; and so M293 mow 772
from year to year, every year, 1 Sam.
7, 16. Zech. 14, 16. °

6) "12 «@) according to the abun-
dance or multitude of, i. q. "ID and “πῶ,

_ comp. 2 A.6; hence as often as, Job 39,

stich ANID.

25 “BI "73 as often as the trumpet sc. is
sounded. 46) to sufficiency for any one,
(comp. 3 B.4,) i.e. until he have enough,
i. q. for any one, usually where there is
mention of food; Nah. 2, 13 "8 “a
for his whelps, comp. in the other hemi-
Hab. 2, 13 the nations

labour 8x 743 for the “fire (i. 6. they only

what, that ;

become food for the fire), yea, the nations
labour Ὁ "32 for nothing, in vain. Jer.
51, 58, where the same words are read.

_™IChald. A) Pron.relat. who, which,

qui, que, quod ; i. q. Heb.

δ . This form of the relative comes

_ from the demonstr. my, ΣΝ οὗ, (so,

which latter is often rendered lord, mas-
ter, possessor ; 6. g. ups ra οὗ posses-

sor of two horns, bicornis ; but still it is
nothing more than a.pronoun, and in|
the Tayitic dialect is used for the relat.
sat. So plur. 9} and { com- |
monly lords, masters, but pr. i. q. Y,!,
MEN, qui; comp. 341 "4. Hence in Syri-
ac and Chald. the "apocopated prefix 3.
On the use of the Chaldee relative the
following is to be noted:

1. It is often put for he who, that
which, Dan. 2, 23; more fully "7 m9 2,
28. 43. Cone nix no. 1.

2. Often it is merely a sign of rela-
tion, comp. "ZX no. 2. Man 53 where
Kz. 6; 1. Vins "3 whose dwelling
Dan. 2,11. "28 "5 Dan. 7, 17.

3. Also as ὦ sign of the Genitive, comp.
"WN no. 3; 6. g. NddQ “Norby the
king’s captain, pr. who was of the king,
Dan. 2,15. The preceding subst. is thus
put either in stat. emphat. as Dan. 1]. 6. or
in the constr, "52 "3 972 Dan. 7, 10; or
c. suff. pleon. HT38 75 ποῦ the name of
God, comp. Engl. “God his name,’ Dan.
2,20; RIAN PITA trop. accusa-
tions a the Jews 3,8. So with a genit.
of material, Dan. 2 32 3:2. 311. AWN
his head was of fine gold. Ezra 6,4.

4, In the verbose manner of the Chal-
dee, it is sometimes redundant before the
prepositions 3, 12 ; e.g. D>w9773 7 Nd
the temple (which is) in Jerusalem Dan.
5,2. 793 77 ΝΞ the palace (which
is) in Media Ez. 6, 2. Dan. 6,14; espec.
Dan. 2, 34, comp. Esth. 1, 12 iit ds 15.

B) It also passes over into a relat.
Conjunction, like Heb, "4x lett. B, and
then signifies:

1. that, Dan. 2, 23; because that, since,
4, 15. Ἴπ Ἢ Dan. 2, 9, i. gq. Heb. 58 "3,
bat if ; Theodot. well ἐὰν οὖν.

2. that, so that, ut, Dan. 2, 16. 47.

3. Put beises words directly quoted or
spoken, like “3, ὅτι. Dan. 2,25 and said
unto him, "25 rng yc "5 Ihave found a
man, etc. v. 37. . 6, 6. 14.

C) With Profixes, 1. "72 i.g. "WN,
as soon as, when, comp. “ND no. 3. .
Dan. 3, 7. 5, 20. 6, 11. 15.

2. 917572 from what time, after, Dan.
4, 23. Ez. 5, 12.

3) "3752P7>2, see in bap no. 2.

a 222 "

aT FT (of gold, i. 6. a place rich in
gold, comp. under Chald. "3 no. 1) Di-
zahab, pr. n. of a place in the desert of
Sinai, apparently so called from the
presence of gold, Deut. 1,1. Now called
Dahab, on the western shore of the
Elanitic gulf, abounding in palms; see
Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria, etc. p.
523. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 1. p. 217 and
Map. 11. p. 600. n.—Sept. Καταχρύσεα,
comp. Euseb. et Hieron. in Onom. ἢ. v.

113. (a pining,
n. Dibon.

1. A city in the borders of Moab, on
the northern bank of the Arnon, rebuilt
by the Gadites Num. 32, 34; ἰδίου call-
ed Dibon-Gad, Num.33,45; afterwards
assigned to Reuben, Josh. 13, 9.17; and
ut last again occupied by the Moabites,
5. 15, 2. Jer. 48, 18.22. At the present
lay it is called Dhiban; see —Burck-
iardt’s Travels in Syria, etc. p. 372.—
Jnce by an interchange of the letters 2
and 3 it is written 7172". for the sake of
harmonizing with the word 05, Is. 15, 9.

2. A city in the tribe of Judah, Neh.
11, 25; also written 7252"% Josh. 15, 22.

A} to fish, see 5 .—Hence

1.7 m. a fisher, fisherman, Is. 19 8
and Jer. 16, 16 Keri.

wasting, r. 293) pr.

RS a a root not in use and doubtful :

I. Perh. i. gq. Chald. "m5 to be dark,
dusky ; hence 1°" ink.

II. to be enough, sufficient, much ; see
a

mT f. Deut. 14, 13. Is. 34, 15, a bird
of prey, inhabiting ruins. Bochart under-
stands the black vulture, comparing "3.
Beiter, the kite or falcon, so called from
its swift flight; deriving 755 from τ. ΓΝ Ἢ,
the & when doubled being changed into

5, as Syr. \Le , Pa. Vie. Vulg. milous.

‘Sm, (τ πρπὶ after the fot 153)
ink, Jer. 36, 18. Arai. RMI", [Zao

Arab. st; © ink-stand.
re, ma" see jin" no. 1, 2.

fet "7 fut. y", pret. ᾿Ξ. 1. to rule, to
govern ; pr. as it would seem, to subju-
gate, to subject to oneself, causat. of r.
Ἵ3Ξ q.v. as if for [°-37.—Constr. 6. acc.

2 Sam. 19, 10.

1 Sam. 2,10. Zech. 3, 7 then shalt thou
rule my house. Gen. 6, 3, se@ in r. 975.
2. to judge, i.q. BY, but more fre-
quent in poetic style. The ideas of ruling
and judging are closely allied not only
in Oriental practice and polity, but also
in their languages; comp. 25W, also
wld and pX>.—Gen. 49,16 59 4°97 53
Dan shall judge his people. Often of
God as judging the nations, Ps. 7,9. 9, 9,
50, 4. 72, 2. 96, 10. Is. 3, 13.—Spec. to
judge any one isi.q. a) to condemn, to
punish the guilty, Gr. κατακρίνειν, Gen.
15, 14. Job 36, 31; 6. 3 Ps. 110, 6. _b)
to protect the cause of any one, to defend
his right, to see that he obtains justice ;
spoken of a just judge, espec. of God.
Prov. 31, 9 7938" "2d 94 defend the cause
of the poor and needy. Gen. 30, 6 "225 |
eve God hath judged me, hath pro-
tected my cause. Ps. 54, 3 Anas
"22°7M and in thy might defen me, 1. e.
protect and avenge me. More fally Jer.
5, 28. 22,16 ὙΠ 32" ὍΘ τη 1π he judgeth
the cause of the poor and needy. 30, 13.
3. With ἘΦ, to contend with any one,
pr. before a judge, as in Niph. Eee. 6, 10.
Nipu. 4572 recipr. to contend together,
pr. before a judge, to strive together,
Comp. synom. θὰ,
Arab. to judge ; III, IV to strive
together.
Deriv. 13, 71773, 55272, 7272, and pr.
n. (772, 779, byt ; ales those here tals
lowing :*

13 and ΤΠ Chald. id. part. Ezra 126:

TT m. 1. judgment, Ps. 76, 9. 1.1 NOD
judgment-seat, tribunal, Prov. 20, 8.—.
Spec. a) a judgment-seat, tribunal,
Is. 10, 2. b) α cause, right, which is
brought for judgment; Deut. 17, 8 113
77> 1 between cause and cause, i. 8.
ἀνα the rights of the parties. Prov
29,7. jt nes Ps. 140, 13,1. ἃ. PA 3
to judge or protect the cause of any one.
c) wrong, guilt, as being judged; Job
36, 17 and fillest thou up the guilt of the
wicked, guilt and punishment take hold
on each other. 4) sentence of a judge
Ps. 76,9. 6) right, justice ; Esth. 1, 13
PR mt s-bp all who knew law and
justice.

"

2. controversy, strife, Prov. 22, 10; see

αι ἸΞ το. 3, and Niph.

11 Chald.m. 1. judement, and meton.
tribunal, i.e. the judges ; comp. wyls2 ῷ

Diwén, the highest tribunal. Dan. 7,10
an? x2" the judges were seated. v. 26.
2. justice, right, righteousness, Dan. 4,
34 4° ΠΤ his ways are righteous-
ness, i. 6. just, upright. Dan. 7,22 2°)
ΟΡ ΠΡ am and until justice was
rendered to the saints of the Most High.
3. punishment, Ezra.7, 26.
᾿ WT m. (τ. 15)
24, 16.
2. a defender, advocate, Ps. 68, 6.
Chald. Ezra 7, 25.

ΤΊΣ (judged, acquitted) Dinah, pr. n.
of the daughter of Jacob, Gen. 30, 21.
34, 1 sq. :
* N72" Chald. m. plur. Dinaites, pr. n.
of an Assyrian people transferred to Sa-
maria, Ezra 4, 9.

ΓΞ 1.Chr. 1,6, a various reading
for ΓΕ in the parallel passage Gen.
10,3. But many Mss. have ΓΒ also
in 1 Chr. 1. c. and so Sept. and Vulg.
Riphat. See rp.

p.7 m. (τ. p's Chald. and Syr. 4. v.)
pr. a watch-tower, specula ; then genr.
a tower, erected by besiegers to over-
look and harassa city ; i.q. ja and Syr.
Loos. Mostly collect. 2 K. 25, 1. Jer.
52,4. Ez. 4, 2. 17, 17, 21, 27. 26, 8.
Freq. P93 722; once “Ἴ jn? Ez. 26, 8.—
J. D. Michaelis understands a wall or
line of circumvalilation, Sept. in 2 K.
περίτειχος, and this I have formerly fol-
lowed; but see Rosenm. ad Ez. 4, 2,
and also Barhebr. p. 206,.‘ exstruxit tur-

rim Loops ad speculandum.’

1. a judge, 1 Sam.

Swi. q. 0's q. v. to tread out grain,
to thresh. Hence

O73 τη. threshing-time, Lev. 26, 5.

ΤΊ. m. 1. A-species of ontenene
so called from, its leaping, springing

from τ, 33 pr. to tread, but prob. ale

i. ᾳ. γ8π to Jeap, to spring, whence
Aram. 83™5, ἢν εἶν caprea, pygarg; comp.
Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 270, ibique Ro-

223

N27

senm.—Deut. 14, 5.. Sept. πύγαργος,
Engl. Vers. pygarg; Syr. and Targ.
$o25, Arabs (both) S93 all which
words denote a species of antelope, ga-
zelle, etc.

2. Dishon, pr.n. a) A son of Seir,
also of a region of Idumea bearing his
name, Gen. 36, 21. 30. 1 Chr. 1, 38. b)
A grandson of Seir, Gen. 36, 25. 1 Chr. ©
1, 41.

JI τὴ. adj. (τ. 423) crushed, broken;
hence dejected, afflicted, oppressed, un-
happy, Ps. 9, 10. 10, 18. 74,21. Once
apparently in an active signification, i. q.
crushing, i.e. chastising ; so with Luther
and Geier I understand Prov. 26, 28

ΤΠ DT Rw PY ji) a lying tongue ren

son) hateth them that chastise it. Ver-
bal adjectives of the forms 33, 73, and
also of the form 5:29 from which these
are contracted, are indeed for the most
part intransitive, and are derived from
intransitive verbs, as tM, >5, 3, and
many others ; yet there is nothing in the
nature of the case, why a form of this
sort derived from a transitive verb, such
as is 31, should not also have a transi-
tive sense, 3273 contr. 33, 73, 1. 4. 31;
and that in some instances this is the
fact, is shown by the words j2W, 728.
Sept. well as to the sense, γλῶσσα ψευδὴς
μισεῖ ἀλήϑειαν. The other clause favours
the same sense, ὦ flattering mouth work-
eth ruin.—Those who prefer to take
it intransitively, may render: a lying
tongue hateth those crushed by it, α. d.
its victims.

73 Chald. m. this, hic, Ezra 5, 16. 17.

6, 7.8; and_J73 fem. this, hec, Ezra 4,
15. 16. 19. 5, 8. Corresponding is Arab.

SS; and both have arisen from the
simple demonstrative [ὦ (71), with the
pleonastic *suffix of the second person,
td pr. hic tibi, elsewhere SUS; and

3 -
where one speaks with several, wo

hic vobis. Inthe Targums for Heb. mt
Bre PUCAS a Mag go dy ts

* NOT i. q. M=3, to be broken in
pieces, beaten small, crushed, in Kal not
used. Comp. j=.

N34

Piru 3 1. to break.in pieces, to

crush. Ps.72,4 ῬΘῚΡ XDI" he breaketh
in pieces the oppressor. 89, 11. 143, 3.
Job 6, 9 "282371 ION bh and would
that God might crush me! destroy me.
4,19 those dwelling in houses of clay..
* they are crushed (lit. they crush them)
as by the. moth, in the manner of the
moth.—Infin. 833 as noun, a bruising,
bruise, wound, Is. 53, 10 i823 YER nin
“Smt ἐΐ pleased Jehovah, he made sick
his wound, i.e. it ildasod Jehovah to
wound hit severely, incurably ; the con-
struction is ἀσύγδετος. Others: it pleased
Jehovah that disease should crush him ;
“bon for "mn; so Hitzig—Metaph.
Job 19, 2 phen "axDIMi and (how
long) break me in pieces with words ?

2. to crush under foot, to trample upon,
Lam. 3, 34. “Hence to oppress, 6. g. the
needy, Is. 3,15. Ps. 94,5; espec. in the
forum, in court, Prov. 22, 22.

Nipu. part. broken in spirit, contrite,
humble, Is. 57, 15.

Puat 1. to be broken, crushed, bruised ;
e. g. the arm, Job 22,9; with plagues,
calaniities, Is. 53, 5

2. to~be broken in spirit, afflicted,
humbled, Is. 19,10; with penitence, con-
trite, Jer. 44, 10.

Hirup. fut. 833", pass. of Pi. no. 1,
Job 5, 4. 34, 25.—Hence

NDT adj. intensive from r. 825, after
the form >uP.

1. broken very small, beaten fine ;
hence as Subst. poet. for dust. Ps. 90,3
NDINIS Wie stm chow turnest man to
dust.

2. broken in spirit, contrite, humble, Is.
57, 15. Ps. 34, 19.

‘ Te i.q. 823, to be broken in pieces,
crushed ; in Kal once, Ps. 10, 10 Cheth.
mos mst) and he is crushed; he sinks
down. ‘Keri met id. ’

Pie to breals in pieces, to crush; Ps.
44. 30. 51,10 m-25 minsy mzdsm that the
bones thou hast broken ma y rejoice, i. 8.
broken with the consciousness of guilt.

Nipn. to be broken, crushed, Ps. 38,
9; trop. of the mind, heart, Ps. 51, 19
ΓΞ ἜΞῸΣ 32 a broken and contrite
heart. .

Deriv. "23.

crushing, sc. the testicles.

22M Ὁ

m7 f. (τ. 33) α crushing ; Deut. 2,
2 mp3 ΣἾΧΘ wounded or mutilated by
The allusion
is to a peculiar kind of emasculation, still
practised in the East, as we have learn-
ed from Greek physicians ; it consists in
softening the testicles of very young —
boys in warm water, and then rubbing
and pressing them till they disappear.
The Greeks call a eunuch of this, kind
ϑλαδίας, as Sept. ἢ. 1. Vulg. well, eu-
nuchus attritis testiculis.

"23 m. (Ὁ. Mt) a crushing, dashing,
beating together of waves; hence a
raging, roaring noise. Ps. 93, 3 5X8
prs minh? the floods lift up their roar-
ing, ‘parall. -abip.—Arab. L¥Q to beat, to
thrust; VI to beat together, to collide ;
comp. who VI to press upon each other

in the tumult of battle, x56 ὦ tumult,
conflict. é

ἘΠΞῚ obsol. root, Arab. ὧδ, to beat
small, to break in pieces, to crush, i. ἃ.
N23, M55, WY, Chald. J Hence
33,523. Comp. Pz and the remarks’
undermms. In the western languages
comp. Gr. duxo, δάκνω.

723 Chald. this, hic, i. q. 73. Dan. 2
81. ἡ. 20:

*"27 Chald. i. q. Heb. “21, to re-
member ; whence V7S5, i754, ood

"21 Chald. plur. j=", α ram, Ezra
6, 9,107.47, The? ht viguilies pr. ὦ male,
i.q. Heb. 1231; but is put spec. for a male’
sheep, ram, like Gr. ἄῤῥην male, ἄρην,
ἄφης, aries, a ram. |

PID Chald. m. (Ὁ. 3} emph. 72435,
a record, register, in which any thing is
noted for remembrance, Ezra 6, 2.

7727 Chald. m. id. Ezra 4, 15 “BO
ΣΑΣ Ἢ che book of the recohde ti e. the
public ‘records of the kin gdom kept by the
king’s secretary or recorder, Heb. "21%.
Syr. [a;¢209 record, mémoir, e. g. me-
moirs of the martyrs.

Ὁ m. (for M3, r. M5) constr. 51, pr.
something hanging, swinging ; hence
valve of a door, a door, as hanging sus-
pended and moving to and fro. Once,
metaph. door of the lips for the mouth ~

by

στόματος Barry. Hippol. 882. The fem.
n25 door is far more frequent, q. v.

27 m. (τ. 553) in pause 55, plur. D°}s,
weak, feeble, powerless. 2 Sam. 3, 1 Da-
vid waxed stronger and stronger, M"35
mbt} px DAN and the house of Saul
waxed weaker and weaker, i. e. conti-
nually weaker.—Spec. a) lean, thin,
2 Sam. 13, 4 53 nD ΠῺΝ v2 why art
thou so lean? emaciated. Once plur.
fem. ΓΞ of kine, Gen. 41,19... Ὁ) weak,
low, poor, of low estate, Ex. 23, 3. Lev.
14, 21. 1 Sam. 2, 8. Ruth 3,10. Ps. 41,
2. 72, 13. Prov. 10, 15. Is. 14, 30. al. seep.

. 307 to leap, to spring, in Kal once
Zeph. 1, 9.

Prev id. Is..35, 6 MOB 5515. AST IN
then shall the lame man leap as the
hart; with >3 Cant. 2, 8; acc. Ps. 18,
30 ΡΝ “ba with my God have I
leaped walls.

τ m7 1. i. q. 555, to hang down, to
be ate comp. Nrebi do Conj.
‘V, spoken of pendulous boughs, and Eth.
ὃ AO to wave, to hang down. See
m->5.—For the form 3735 Prov. 26, 7,
see under Det.

2. to let hang down, i. e. to let down a
bucket or pitcher into a well, to draw
water, Ex. 2.16.19. Arab. Yo and do,
Syr. ly id. Metaph. Prov. 20, 5 coun-
sel in the heart of man is deep water,
M2577 ΓΞ Wx) but a man of under.
standing will draw it out.

Pret to draw out, pr. from a well;
metaph. to deliver, to set free. Ps. 30, 2
"3n723 7D F2aINN I will extol thee, for
thou hast delivered me.

S eriv. ὅπ, 23, mds, “>t, aba, m5,
and pr. n. mits, γιοῦ ὌΝ

MD i. α. no a door, see in >5. Is. 26,
20 ett’ Hence Dual banks, see ander
n>.

| me fF. (r. 553) pr. something hanging
down, pliant, slender. Spec.
_ 1. thread, spoken of the threads or

_thrums which tied the web to the weav-

er’s beam. Is. 38,12 2283" ΓΞ. from
the thrum he cutteth me off, an image of
death drawn from the weaver, who when

Ps. 141, 3; comp. Mic. 7, 5, and πύλαι

5

his work is finished cuts it out of the
loom. Chald. 5755 filamentum.

2. hair, locks, hanging down, Cant 7,
6. Vulg. coma capitis. '

3. slenderness, i. 6. weakness, lowness,
poverty ; concr. the poor, 2 K. 24, 14.
25,12. Plur. osm mibs id. Jer.52,15 ©
and yas Ἢ v. 16.

* Pk to trouble water with the feet,

to make turbid, Kiz. 32,2.13. Syr. PAS
id.

"2 m. (r..9>3) ἃ bucket, any vessel

for drawing water, Is.40,15. Arab. piks

“7 τη. (r.7125) id. Num. 24,7 072 537
baa the waters stream frou his buck-
ets, Ἵν e. his posterity will be numerous ;
a metaphor drawn from water as flow-
ing from a bucket, and applied to the
semen virile ; comp. ba, AS, and Is.
48,1. In the other hemistich 022 i371
535. The form 7>3 (dél-yav) is from
Dual 0°75 the two. buckets (as was
usual), Metheg being retained in the
penultima.

223 (whom Jehovah hath freed)
Delaiah, pr.n.m. a) Neh. 6, 10. Ὁ)
1 Chr. 3,24. c) Ezra 2, 60." Neh. 7,
62.—The Phenicians had the pr. n. 4s-
λαιαστάρτος. as read in 705. 6. Ap. 1. 18,
i.e. Manws 455 ‘freed by Astarte.’

TDF (id.) Delaiah,pr.n.m. a) Jer.
36, 12.25. b) 1 Chr. 24, 18.

ΤΣ f. (feeble, pining with desire)

Delilah, pr. ἢ. of a Philistine woman

whom Samson loved, Judg. 16, 4-18.

m3 ff (τ mds) only plur. nibs
(Kamets impure), boughs, branches, so
called as hanging down, waving; Jer.
11, 16. Ez. 17; 6. 23. 31, 7. 9. 12. Syr.

{aes9 id.

: 227, preet. 3 plur, 1554 Is. 19, 6, 954
Job 28, 4, and "5 Prov. 26,7 see in no.
1), 1 pers. omiby Ps. 116, 6.

1. to hang down, to Ν" pendulous, to
swing, to wave; e.g. as a bucket let
down ina well, the slender and pendulous
branches of the palm, willow, etc. which
wave to.and fro, Kindr. is >, also 551,
J: SY pen and >mbm.q.v. Comp. in the
Indo-European tongues, Sanscr. tilla to

34

go, to be moved, Gr. σαλεύω, σαλάσσω,
σάλος, to wave, to fluctuate,etc. To the
same family may be also referred 5,
dbs, jks, in all which the primary
notion is that of hanging down, laxness,
languor.—In Job 28, 4 spoken of miners
letting ae down into the pits or
shafts: 132 Wiax72 33 they hang down
Sar ὑλῶν men, they swing to and fro.
Here too I veonld refer Prov. 26, 7 aye
mud o> "DA dwn Mona op the legs
hang down from a lame man (sc. as a
useless weight), and so is a sententious
saying in the mouth of fools. In this
passage if we read 1725 (with Patah), it
may be for 3; so several Rabbins, and
comp. 81953 Ezra 10, 16 for Din5, er
λον folium, ἄλλος aia and vice versa
filia, fille. But it is easier with R. Ju-
dah, R. Jonah, and several Mss. to read
smb ἢ i. q. δ, from r. 724.

2. to be nick, languid, feeble, weak.
Spoken 8) of shallow and languid
waters; Is. 19,6 “is "982 139M} 955
the streams of ‘Egypt ‘languish and are
dried up; comp. ‘flumen languidum’
Hor. Od. 2. 14, 17, ‘aqua languida’ Liv.
1.4. .b) Of persons, to be brought low,
to be afflicted, oppressed, Ps. 79, 8. 116,
6. 142,7. c) Of the eye, to languish,
to pine with desire, Is. 38, 14 72°32 529
pina>.

Nipn. pass. of no. 2, to be onfeebled, to
be brought low, of a people, Judg. 6, 6.
Is. 17, 4.

Beriv: by, mba, and pr. ἢ. M2954.

P 553 obsol. root, Arab. ἰο thrust out
the tongue ; Chald. nz>3 a gourd, perh.
oblong, tongue-shaped. ‘Hence

9223 (gourd-field) Dilean, pr. n. of a
city in Judah, Josh. 15, 38.

* DD fut. 5/539 1. to drop, to drip,
to distil ; spoken of a house, Eec. 10, 18
mann abt the house droppeth, i.-e. leaks,
lets the rain drop through the roof.

2. to shed tears, to weep, as the eye,
Job 16, 20 "252 ΠΡῸΣ ΡΝ ΤΟΝ my eye
φἰδεββεὶῃ unto God. Ps. 119, 28 sup) meds
my soul weepeth ; comp. we no. 3. Aram.
id. Arab. Ua) to go slowly, to creep
along; VII, to be poured out, to flow;
comp. 2233.—Hence

226

nn
| p27 m. a dropping, dripping, from a
roof, Prov. 19, 13. 27, 15.

piby pr. n. of a son of Haman, Dal-
phon, Ksth. 9, 7.

% pot fut. P23" 1. to burn, to flame,
Aram. ‘igs id. Ps. 7, 14 ὉΠ a da

Ὁ5Ὲ" he maketh his arrows flaming, i. 6.
shooteth burning arrows. With .2 to
inflame, to kindle, Obad. 18.

2. Trop. in various senses: a) Of
love, ardent friendship, to burn. Prov.
26, 23 o»p>h none) burning lips, i. e.
discourse professing ardent affection,
burning love. Ὁ) Of burning anxiety,
to burn with anguish, often compared to
heat, Ps. 10, 2 through the pride of the
wicked "23 p27" doth the poor man burn,
is troubled, anxious ; comp. Is. 13, 8. Ps.
39,4. 6) Of burning persecution, whence
ΠΝ p25 to burn after any one, to pur-
sue hotly, Germ. nachfeuern. Gen, 31,
36 "38 MP2s "2 that thou so hotly pur-
suest after me. 1 Sam. 17, 53. With ~
ace. id. Lam, 4, 19 "p24 pynncbs they
pursued us hotly upon ‘the mountains.

Hiren. to make burn, to kindle, Kiz. 24,
10. Trop. to inflame, e. g. as wine, Is.
5, 11 op7>75 155 wine inflames them.

Deriv. reba.

P27 Chald. to burn, Dan. 7, 9.

mp2 f. (r. P23) inflammation, fever,
Deut. 28, 22.

nF f. (r. nbs) comp. the mase. ἅπαξ
λεγόμ. ὅπ; pr. valve of a door, so called
as hanging and swinging; then a door,
as hanging and turning on hinges Prov.
26, 14; as shut and opened Gen. 19, 10.
2K. 4,4. 9,3; as knocked at, beaten,
Judg. 19, 22. Diff. from "8, whieh
denotes a door-way or opening for a
door. Where a double or folding door
is meant, the Dual (q. v.) is for the most
part employeds but the Sing. also some-
times includes both valves ; 6. g. 1 K. 6,
34 psbsba ΠΝ ΓΡΗΠ ΡΟΝ "ὦ the
two leaves of the one door were folding,
turning. In Ez. 41, 24 ΓΒ is laxly put
both for the single ville and also for the
whole door: pond mins) Micha Dunes
“Aw! PON τὰ Ὁ ἔπινον minora
rand mint two leaves were to each
door, two turning leaves, tivo to the one

oy)

_ door and two to the other door. Spoken

—_——

ve eS eee

of the lid of a chest, 2 K. 12, 10.—Me-
taph. Cant. 8, 9. if she be a door sc. our
sister, i. e. if she make herself easy of
access to suitors.

Ὅσαι, D7M>5 constr. "M>5 (pr. from a
form 125) folding doors, Lat. fores, es-
pec. large, as of a city, gates, Deut. 3, 5.
1 Sam. 23, 7. Is. 45, 1. Jer. 49, 31. Me-

| taph. doors of heaven, through which the

rain flows down, (elsewhere ΓΞ.) Ps.

78,23. Job 3,10 "20: "ΡΞ the doors
(of my (imother’ s) womb. 41,6 1.8 "027

_ the doors of his face, i. 6. the j jaws ‘of the
- crocodile.

38, 8 or shut up the sea with
doors, comp. v. 10.
Pior. mines constr. minds f. but in

_ Neh. 13, 19 masc.

1. doors, i. e. leaves of a folding door
or gate, 1 Κ. 6, 31. Ez. 41, 24; see Sing.
Hence |
2. a door, gate, Judg. 3, 23-25. 19, 27.
Ez. 26, 2 o°a2n minds maw. broken is
the gate of the nations, i.e. J erusalem.

3. the columns of a book or roll, so
called as resembling a door in their
form, as in Lat. from their likeness to a
column, Jer. 36, 23. Others, chapters
of a book, like Rabb. “σῷ

DJ τη. constr. D4, c. suff. 103, 0295
Gen. 9, 5.

1. blood ; prob. for DIX, τ. DIN to be
red ; whence Talmud. DoN, DIN, RON,
Punic edom oe 46 Augustin

on Ps. 136. Arab. "δ, rarely Pes

-whence a new verb ar to bleed, to

let blood ; II, to wound.—So 53 59 52x
to eat (flesh) with the blood, 1 Sam. 14,
32. 55. Ez. 33, 25; this was contrary to
the Mosaic law, Lev. 17, 11. Deut. 12,
23. “pi 03 innocent blood 2 K. 21, 16.
Ps. 106, 38; spoken likewise of an inno-
cent person, Ps. 94, 21 5 πη "p2 DT
and condemn innocent blood ; also “Pp? =a

_ blood of the innocent Deut. 19, 10. 13. 27,

p.

25. Jer. 19,.4. 22, 17.
_ ~2. Trop. blood, tor bloodshed, murder,

_ Lev. 19,16. Also for the guilt of mur-
_ der, blood-guiltiness, Gen. 37; 26. Lev. 17,

4. Deut. 17, 8 ὉΠ ὉΠ ῚΞ.
“Et ἸῈΣ he is not "guilty of blood, no

Num. 35, 27

blood- -guiltiness is upon him.
3. blood of grapes, poet. for wine, which

221

rat

in Palestine is red, Gen. 49,11. Deut.
32,14. Comp. αἷμα τῆς σταφυλῆς Ecclus,
39, 26.

Pur. 0°23 bloods, i. e. drops of blood,
but put like the sing.

1. blood, espec. as shed. Gen. 4, 10.
Is. 9, 4. Hos. 1, 4. Ps. 106, 38.

2. bloodshed, blood-guiltiness ; "x
m2 a man of blood, blpody man, Ps. 5,
7. 26,9. 55,24. Bs Ma, 19D, house or
city of blood, i. e. guilty of bloodshed, 2
Sam. 21, 1. Ez. 22, 2. 24,6. ‘a 1795
Lev. 20, 9. Ez. 18, 13, and ba D794
Lev. 20, 11 sq. his blood be upon him,
their blood be upon them, i. 6: they are
guilty of their own blood.

Nore. To 0° is once usually ascribed
the signif. likeness, similitude, i. q. D721,
in Ez. 19,10 773 5339 FAN thy mother
is like a vine after thy likeness, than
which nothing can be more langage
especially as there follows: planted by
the waters. Most prob. we ought to read
with Calmet: 77292 {232 like a vine of
thy vineyard.

* |, ΓΤ, Aram. δὰ Ὧπ, ἴδον, to be or
become like, similar, to resemble, c. > Ps.
102, 7. 144, 4. Cant. 2,9. 7,8; dx Ez.
31,8. With dat. pleonast. Cant. 2, 17

sad “Tit Wb-n23 be thou, my beloved,
like a roe. 8, 14.

ΝΊΡΗ. to become like, to resemble, c.
acc. Ez. 32, 2.

Piet 725 1. to liken, to compare, c.
dx Is. 40, 18. 25 ; > 46,5. Cant. 1, 9. Lam.
2,13 SSA ma ‘had shall I ΠΝ unto
thee ?—Hence to use similitudes, para-
bles, i. g. 222, >t. Hos. 12, 11 a
MATS DNA n is the prophets... I have
used similitudes ; so in accordance with
the context. Others, I have destroyed,
i, 6. announced destruction.

2. to liken in one’s mind, i. q. Engl. to
deem, to think. Ps. 50, 21 “nin ΤῈ
7722 HN thou thoughtest me to ‘be ‘like
thyself. Esth. 4, 13. Is. 10, 7.

3. to think, i. 6. to purpose, to meditate,
sc. to do any thing; Num. 33, 56. Judg.
20, 5 443 31 "MS they thought to have
slain me. Is. 14, 24.2 Sam. 21, 5 w-xn
aad mat “wit 5.92. “tix the man who'con-
sumed us and who meditated against us
sc. destruction.

4. to think upon, to remember. Ps. 48.

ad

lat

10 470m ὈΠΓΙΒῈΣ 424 we remember, O
God, thy loving-kindness.

Ηραμ, fut. 1 pers. M7238 Is. 14, 14, to
make oneself like, to become like, with >.

Deriv. ΤΠ, 1102.

Nore. This signif. of likeness seems
to be the appropriate and primary one
in this verb; but. it has still another,
borrowed from,the kindred family 27,
bit, as in the following article:

κυ δ re} 1. to be dumb, silent, still ;
to rest, tocease. Jer. 14,17 my eyes flow
down with tears night and day, and do
not rest. Lam. 3, 49.

2. Causat. to cause to cease, to make
an end of ; hence to destroy, comp. D7,
“ans, matin, m2D no. 3; espec. do lay
‘ waste, to destroy a country, Hos. 4, 5
ἼῈΝ 2 will destroy thy mother, i. 6.
will lay waste thy country. Jer. 6,2
yPscra (m3 7 will destroy the daugh-
ter of Zion, i. e. thee.

ΝΊΡΗ. to be destroyed, cut off, to perish ;
of persons, Hos. 10, 15 797} M04 “Nea
ἘΝ) ΠΡ to-morrow the king of Israel
shall be cut off. Is. 6,5 "7272793 2-718
wo is me, for I perish ! So of brutes Ps.
49, 13. 21; of nations Zeph. 1, 11. Hos.
4 6;.of sities lands, Is. 15, 1. Feb 47, 5.
Hos. 10, '7.—In all the examples here
quoted, the Preter only is read. For
the Fut. are used the.forms a7", 123M,
from the synon. 0%.

Deriv. "25, "7.

mn Chald. to be like, similar, fats
3, 25. τ τὰ

My f. (r. 625) desolation, destruc-
tion; also for concr. desolated, laid
waste. So commonly ΕΖ. 27,32 “ix3 "79
ΓΙΒῚΞ who is like Tyre, like the de-
stroyed ; but probably it is better with
Hitzig to read 7727 the desolated.

mins f£ (x. mes. 1) 1. a@ likeness,
image, i. q: Syr. [Zaso9. Gen. 1, 26 let
us make man... 327927 after our like-
ness ; comp. 5, 1. 3 he begat α son inet
jabs in his own likeness, after his own
image. 2 Chr. 4,3 DPsa M25 images
of oxen, i. 6. cast, molten. Is. 40, 18

Spas eR ΓΝ ΓΙῺ aha likeness, image,
will ye compare unto him?

2. a model, pattern, e. g. for an altar,
2K. 16, 10.

228

ὨῚ

3. an appearance, form, shape. Ez.
1, 16 jASaIN INN M4 one shape was
to the four. With genit. the appearance,
likeness, shape of any thing, i. e. some-
thing having that form; e. g. spoken of
what s indistinctly seen in dreams or
visions; Ez. 1, 5 229% ΤΉ mina
nism and in the midst of it the appear-
ance, likeness, of four living nein
i. e..an appearance like four. animals.

26 ROD M25 the appearance of a haa
v. 28. 8, 2. 10, 1.21. Dan. 10,16. Comp,
ΓΙ. Henbe

"4, Adv. like, as, Is. 13,4; mant> id.
Ps. 58, 5.

AT m. (τ. 12 IL) stillness, rest, qui-
et, i. q. "703. Is. 38, 10 "2" "7272 in the
quiet of my days, i. e. now when I might
reignin quiet. Sept. ἐν τῷ ὕψει τῶν 7u8-
eay μου, either reading or conjecturing
"7272. See more in Comment. on Is. I. c.

“27 m. (τ. 53 IL) stillness, quiet ;
Ps. 83, 2 727077>N ΡΝ O God, be
thou not quiet, i. e. look notin quiet in-
activity upon our persecutions, defer not
thy help; comp. 02m, num. Is. 62, 6.7.

MT see Γῆ,

on m. (Ὁ. ΠῚ 1) ig. m4, a like-
ness, Ps. 17, 12. )

* Da" pret. 124, imp. and inf. ἘΞ,
pin Josh. 10,12. Ps. 37,7; fut. 054, plur.
ya" in the Chald. manner.

1. to be dumb, silent, still, Lev. 10, 3.
Lam. 3, 28. Ez. 24,17 05 pan Vulg.
ingemisce tacens. With Ὁ to be silent to
any one, i. 6. to listen to him in silence;
hence: Job 29, 21 »nxy ab 1977 they
kept silence at my counsel. nin bot
to be silent towards Jehovah, i.e. to wait
in silent patience and saniedanei for his |
help, Ps. 37, 7. 62, 6.—Jer. 8, 14 why de
we sit still? assemble yourselves and let
us enter into the fenced cities DW7N2737
and let us be silent there (i. e. remain
quiet), for Jehovah hath put us to silence,
q. d. hath brought our affairs to such a
strait that we cannot resist. Here [259
is fut. Kal with He paragogic.

2. to be struck dumb, i. e. to be asto-
nished, amazed, see note below; i. q.
now. Εἰ σ. with admiration and terror,
Ex. 15, 16. Is. 23, 2 58 ΞΘ" 475 be asto-
nished, ye inhabitants of the coast, se. of ©

— -

ὩΣ 229

7 Tyre. Lam. 2, 10.—The idea of silence,
stillness, i is also transferred from speak-
ing to acting, comp. B24, Nw ; hence

3. to rest, to cease, to leave off Ps. 4,-

5. 1 Sam. 14, 9. Job 31, 34. Lam. 2, 18
ΤΟΣ ΩΞ hme let not the apple of.
thine eye cease sc. to weep. Job 30, 27
{a7 ND} AMAT 7372 my bowels boil, and
rest not. Also to stand still ; Josh. 10,12
Dis jiP333 Haw Sun, stand thou still on
Gibeon! v.13 wawi oa and the sun
stood still.

Norte. This root isonomatopoetic and
widely spread in other families of lan-
guages, imitating, like the kindred 0277,
Din, 425, and Gr. μύω, the sound made
with the lips closed, hm,dm. It is there-
fore pr. to be dumb, which is referred
either to silence and stillness, quiet ; or
also to stupor, astonishment *or lastly in
the causative and transitive conjugations
to desolation and destruction, as implying

subsequent silence.—Most nearly kin-
dred to 02% are the roots 045 (the ob-
scure sound made with the lips closed,
comp. the Lat. and Teutonic words
below) and 25, which see; and the
same primary force lies in the roots 028,
mam, ἘΠῚ, etc. not to mention those in
which the idea of the mouth as closed
is referred to the taste (030), to hun-
ger (D5X), to inarticulate or unmeaning
sounds, (D723, 0M), 0X2, 7273), or lastly
_to the general sense of closing, shutting,
‘see DON, DY, etc. In the Greek lan-
guage a tbat at the same family is μύω,
which is spoken of the mouth, lips, eyes,
as closed ; and also of sounds κᾶν with
the lips closed ; see Passow’s Lex. in wi,
uv, and the citations there made; then
also ϑαῦμα, ϑάμβος, i. ᾳ. Heb. DW,

Chald. mam. In Lat. mutus from wider,
utw; and still more in the Teutonic
Deiaiages, Germ. dumm stupid, Anglo-
sax. and Engi. dumb, mute, which is
hearer the primary idea; also with a
‘sibilant, Germ. stumm, comp. Lat. stu-
por, stupidus, Germ. stawnen, Engl. to
stun, Fr. étonner.

| Po. nat to silence, to quiet, Ps. 131, 2.
a _ -Hipn. ἘΠῚ to aks silent, Jer. 8, 14;

see in Kal no. 1.

_ Nien. 073, plur. 9273 Jer. 25, 37; fut.
"2, also "asm Jer. 48, 2; pass. of
Ph. to be destroyed, cut off to perish ;

20

é,!

wnt

spoken of persons, 1 Sam. 2,9 D530"
van1 yuma the wicked perish in dark-
ness. Jer. 49, 26. 50, 30. 51,6. Ofa
region, to be laid waste, destroyed, Jer.
25, 37. 48, 2.

Deriv. W723, 77925.

mva'2'3 f. silence, stillness, 6. g. of the
winds, a calm Ps. 107,29. maa Dip a
voice of stillness, i. e. still, gentle, 1 K.
19,12. So poet. by Hendiadys, Job 4, 16
ΣΩ͂Ν dip ΠΩ [hear stillness and a
voice i. e. a still voice, light whisper.
Sept. and Vulg. lenis aura, gentle
breeze.

y yaa obsol. root, Arab. Lo fo dung,

8
to manure; perh. denom. from were

Hence the deriv. 772772, 732772, 922772,
and the two following.

a7 m. dung, manure, 2 K. 9, 37. Jer.
8, 3. 16, 4. 25, 33.
Si -4
yd.

223 Dimnah, pr. n. of a city in Ze-
bulun, Josh. 21,35. But prob. we ought
here to read ma Rimmon, see Josh.

19,13. 1 Chr. 6,62 [77]. Comp. Mover’s
Chronik, p. 72, 73.

*9 Pai to weep, to shed tears, Jer. 13,
17. Aram. and Arab. id.—Hence the

9
Arab. ey) and

' two following.

ΣῈ m. a tear, collect. tears ; me-
taph. tears of olives and grapes, i. e.
wine and oil. Ex. 22, 28 4371 FMN>2.
Sept. ἀπαρχὰς ἅλωνος καὶ Anvov.—Comp.
Gr. δάκρυον τῶν δένδρων Theophr. arbe
rum lacrime Plin. 11. 6.

ΠΡ ΔΓ (r. 353). α dem but only col-

Let

lect: tears ; Arab. acd tears, απὸ a

tear; and so Gr. δάκρυ is often used col-
lectively by the poets. Ps. 6, 7. 39, 13.
56,9. Plur. miv2% Ps. 80, 6. Lam. 2, 11.
For the poetic phrase in Jeremiah : 37"
myat ΠΣ my eye flows down with tears,
see in r. 777 no. 1 fin. lu
3 “Va obsol. root, whence "7 q. v.
"- pwn quadril. not used; Arab.

Ed to be quick, hasty, active,

wt 230 “Ἢ

9 - O- So ae ᾿
ἐλ ΝΣ ace “9 do, quick, active, alert.
—Hence perh. pr. n.

᾿ς o ο
PUT, Arab. ς διλ and ς διῶ
Dimeshk, (activity, alertness, perh. in
reference to traffic,) sometimes PY2"' ,
pws q. v.

2. Damascus, the metropolis of west-
ern Syria, situated on the river Chry-
.sorrhoas, now Barada, in a large and
beautiful plain at the eastern foot of
Anti-Lebanon, Gen. 14,15. 15, 2. It
was subdued by David, but in the reign
of Solomon recovered its independence,
2 Sam. 8, 6. 1 K. 11, 24; and was gov-
erned by its own kings, until Tiglath-
pileser king of Assyria annexed it to his
empire, 2 K. 16, 9. Is. 7, 4. 8. 8,4. 10, 9.
At the present day Damascus is one of

the most opulent cities of hither Asia.
2. Damascene, Gen.15, 2, i.g. PWAT B®
or pwas-ja a man of Damascus: as {322
Hos. 12, 8 for "2222. The writer doubt-
less shuwe this form, and not "pws, for
the sake of paronomasia with the pre-

ceding ptt3. See more under pwr.

put (in very many Mss. pws,
pws, see De Rossi Schol. Crit.) a spe-
cies of cloth, stuff, of silk artificially
woven, silk stuff, manufactured at Da-
mascus, and still bearing in the western
languages the name of that city, Engl.
and Dan. damask, Ital. damasco, Fr.
damas, Germ. Damast. Amos 3, 12.
The same word with the letters various-
ly interchanged and transposed is found

90,
also in Arabic, viz. (jRod silk, ac-

cording to the Camoos p. 760, espec.
that made from cocoons from which the
insects have broken forth, flos-silk ; or

according ye era tae silk. Also
9 το

wind, νυ τὴν Mere At the

present day there is still a great culture
of the silk-worm around Mount Lebanon.

1 (judge) Dan pr. n. 1. The son
of Jacob and the tribe descended from
him, whose territories are described in
Josh. 19, 40-48.

2. A city in the northern. extremity of
Palestine, formerly called 8">, but named

Dan from a colony of Danites, Josh. 19,
47. Judg. 18,29. It lay west of Paneas
at the spot now called Tell el-Kéddy ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. pp. 351, 358.
Biblioth. Sac. 1846, p. 196, 211. In the
words {37 733 2 Sam. 24,6, there seems
to be an error in transcribing, for which
"3" should be restored. Vulg. silvestria,
—For 771 Ez. 27,19, see in its order
under ".

72 Chald. st. emphat. 425, Pron. de-
monstr. i. gq. Heb. πὶ, Xt, comm. this,
Lat. hic, hec, hoc ; Din, 2, 18, 28. 30. 36.
43.47. al. 27D as this, so, thus; Ezra
5,7 2.3 are) thus it was written, Jer.
10, 11. Dan. 2, 10 m272 ba a word like
thia, such a word. ἀν by on this account,
therefore, Dan. 3, 16. Ezra 4, 14. 15.
nt "INN efter this, afterwards, Dan. 2,
29.—In the Targums mostly fully writ-
ten 1, 71, IM, for Heb. my; 1.19
thus.

D827 see in DAD.

"Ἢ 221 obsol. root, prob. to melt, to be-
come liquid, like 381, 395, τήκω. See un-
der lett. Vav, Thesaur. p. 393.—Hence
3213 wax.

M27 (r. 42) Dannah, pr. n. of a city in
Judah, Josh. 15, 49.

M3727 (perh. for 7252 "5 lord i. 6.
place of plundering, q. d. robbér’s den;
comp. _»@5 to rob, to plunder,) Dinha-
bah, pr. n. of an itdomivials city, Gen. 36,
32. 1 Chr. 1, 43.

N23 (judge of God, i. 6. who judges
in the name of God, r. 7.5) Daniel, pr. τι.
a) The celebrated Heb. prophet and sage
attached to the court of Babylon, whose
life and prophecies are contained in the
book bearing hisname. Mentioned also
Ez. 14, 14. 20. 28, 3; where it is >x25.
b) A son of Deeds 1Chr.3,1. 6) Ezra
8, 2. Neh. 10, 7. |

“23 obsol. root, Arab. £5 to whis-
per, to murmur. Hence 735. β

51 m. pr. infin. of τ. 573, as Subst.
what one knows, knowledge, opinion. Job
82, 10 ἜΝ ΤΩΝ “ST MAN’ 7 also will show
my opinion. v. 6. 17. 36,3. Plur. ἘΞ 5
O'S perfect in knotoledige or wisdom,
Job 37, 16.

_ to call.

“YI (fem. of preced.) a knowing,
knowledge, Ps. 73, 11; c. acc. Is. 11, 9
Tw 437 knéwledge of Jehovah, pr.
a "knowing Jehovah. 28, 9.—Plur. ΤῚΣ
1 Sam. 2, 3. Job 36, 4.

MYT Prov. 24, 14, see r. 53" init. and
Index.

ἢ ΓΊΣ Ἴ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Leo
A trace of this root is found in

pr. n. H93>8, and in

28997 (invocation of God) Deuel, pr.
n. m. Num. 1, 14. 7,42; for which in
2,14 ἘΝ» q. v. lett. d.

᾿ 21 i. q. 1 and Syr. Ὁ), to go
out, to be quenched, extinguished, as

light, lamp. Prov. 13, 9 7377 Bye “Ὁ "2

the lamp of the wicked shall be put
out, i.e. their good fortune shall perish;
comp. the Arabic proverb Lab XT

; {w ill fortune has putout my lamp.
Prov. 20, 20. 24, 20. Job 18, 5.6. 21,17.
Trop. of the destruction of enemies Is.
43, 17.—Also of water drying up, see

_ Niph.

ΝΊΡΗ. to become extinct, 6. g. water,

to dry up, Job 6, 17.—Comp. eatinguere

aquam Liv. 5. 16, succum Curt. 6. 4,

~ mammas Plin. 23. 2.

Pua to be quenched, destroyed, e. g.
enemies, Ps. 118, 12.

7 ὉΣῚ obsol. root, in Samar. i. ᾳ. 511
to fear. Hence pr. ἢ. 5337).

FYI inf. fem. of r. 937, as Subst. like
273 and 35.

1. a knowing, knowledge sc. of any
thing ; which is thus put as the object,
either in the acc. Gen. 2, 9 m33n y>
sai 310. Jer. 22, 16; or in the genit. as

| Dory ὌΣῚ Driovleiige of God Hos. 4, 1.
6.6; once 6. art. m>3m id. Hos. 4, 6.

With genit. of the subject, Job 10, 7.
Also M33 7222 without knowing, un-
awares, (opp. on purpose, with intent,)
Deut. 4 42. 19,4. Josh. 230, 3. 56. ">a

ΤΡ 15. 5,13 either: δυδααδδ of no know-
_ ledge i. e. because of their lack of know-

ledge of God, religion, comp. Hos. 4, 6

_ where once m33m 752; or: unexpect-

edly, suddenly, see Fr. a no.l.a. Sept.
διὰ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι αὐτοὺς τὸν Κύριον.
2. intelligence, understanding, insight,

231

"ΡῚ

wisdom, i. q. 793%, 7393m, Prov. 1, 4. 7
2,6. 24,5. al. M93 33" to have wisdom
Prov. 17, 27. m372 wisely, discreetly
Prov. 13, 16; contra ΓΘῚΞ 85 wnwisely,
indiscrectly, ‘Job 34, 35; ὩΣῚ “ba id. 38, 2.
42,3; my't "522 id. 35, 16.

ἢ ΓΙΞῚ obsol. root, Arab. 30, bo

to thrust, to push sc. so. as to make fall ;

@ a
comp. the similar roots 25, 30, >:
p23. Hence

"57 m. in pause "BS, a stumbling-
block, cause of falling, Ps. 50, 20; Sept.
Vulg. σκάνδαλον, offendiculum.—The
Rabbins, by a conjecture drawn from
the other hemistich, explain it by "a3
m3" evil report, slander.

" ὈΞῚ 1. to thrust, to beat, to knock

sc. at a door, Cant. 5, 2. Bonny Hithpa.
2. to drive hard, to overdrive a flock,
Gen. 33, 13.—Arab. ($20 to go swiftly,
pr. to be thrust forward, propelled.
Hirup. Part. o*pein knocking in
rivalry at a door, i. e. emulously, eager-
ly, Judg. 19,22. This seems here to be
the force of the conj. Hithp—Hence

227 Dophkah, pr. n. of a station of
the Israelites in the desert, Num. 33, 12.
Comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 107.

ῬῚ adj. (τ. Pps) f. mp3 1. beaten
small, fine, minute, spoken of dust. Is.
29,5 PI Pax small dust, fine. Lev. 16,
12. Hence Subst. any thing small, mi-
nute, ἃ. ἃ. small dust, atom, Ex. 16, 14..
Is. 40, 15.

2. slender, thin, lank, withered; e. σ
hair Lev. 13, 30; of kine and ears of
grain Gen.41,3sq. Soofa person, tabid,
withered, dwarf, or having a withered
member, Lev. 21,20. Also small, light,
slight, of a sound or whisper, 1 K. 19, 12.

Ps m. pr. inf. of τ. Pps, fineness ;

hence fine cloth, a garment, curtain, etc.
Is. 40, 22.

Pa obsol. root, Arab. ἐδ, Aram.
bp, tio), palm-tree—Hence

M2P7 £ Gen. 10, 27, Diklah, pr. n.of a
district of Joktanic Arabia, prob. abound-
ing in palm-trees; of such there are
several in Arabia. One famous place
of palm-trees existed at the very en-

“ Ἕ

PPT

trance of Arabia Felix, called by the

Greeks Pow xo Ptol. 6.7; but this was ©

remote from the other territories of the
Joktanide. With Bochart therefore
(Phaleg II. 22) I would understand the
district of the Minei, which was also
rich in palm-trees, Plin. 6. 28.

eR pret. Pa, fut. pt, i, q. 927
q. v. and Arab. Lo, onomatopoetic.
Kindred are 923, 827, also 3,505.

1. to beat small, to break in pieces, to
crush, espec. by pounding, stamping,
threshing. Is. 41, 15 behold I will make
thee as a new sharp threshing-sledge...
pom) on tm thow shalt thresh the
mountains and crush them small. There
is a play upon a twofold usage in Is.
28, 28 spuaTy ity Mez2 Nd 7D py ond
1p Nb... bread-corn is beaten out,
but yet one 08 not thresh it always ..
nor does he crush it. Here the fiat
pI. is i.g. WIN" in v.27 (perh. it should
be so read) ‘to beat or tread out with a
dray or cattle” opp. 037) v. 27; while
"2p77 implies the crushing of the ker-
nels, ‘which the husbandman avoids.

2. Intrans. to be beaten.small, crushed,
to be made fine. Ex. 32, 20 43 ΠΏ)
PI-MwNX and he brake it in pieces until
it was made ag like powder. Deut.
9, 21.

Hien. ΤΠ i. q. Kal no. 1, to beat or
stamp small, to break in pieces, e.. g.
altars, idols, 2 Καὶ. 23, 6. 15. 2 Chr. 15, 16.
34, 4. 7. Inf | pin wide: very small, fine,
like: powder, Ex. '30, 36. Metaph. Mic.
4,13 and thou shalt ‘beat in pleces many
nations. Inf. pI 2 Chr. 84, 7. Fut. ce.
euff. OPIN for ppt 2 Sam. 22, 43.

Horn. pass. ls. 28, 28, see Kal no. 1.

Deriv. p3, po. p

Pe? Chald. id. to be beaten small,
broken in pieces ; in Peat only 5p3 for
ἢ», Dan. 2, 35.

Apu. p35 to beat small, to break in
pieces, in.3 pret. fem. OPIN Dan. 2, fs
45; fut. Pam, P3m; part. Pat, f. mp
μι dy ἤν Ἐν

vee fut. "Pt, to thrust through, to
pierce, to stab, as with a sword, spear,
Aram. 09, “pt, id. Num. 25,8. Judg.
9.54. 1 Sam. 81. 4 —Metaph. to curse,

i

232,

4.

to contemn, Zech. 12, 10; oonre “Sp,
pon.

Nipa. fut. "p37, ito be pes trong
Is. 13,15. -

Poat id. Jer. 37, 10. 51, 4. Gaur 4,9
happier those slain with the sword than
those slain with hunger, 2°79 pV 9313 Dnt
"Iw missin for these pine away, | ‘being
thrust through (perishing) for want of
the fruits of the field ; here "p77 by
the force of antithesis is put for those
perishing of famine, as in the preceeding
member 39 “bb is opp. 237} sbbn;
comp. Is. 22, "2. Vulg. contabuerunt a
sumtt a sterilitate terre.

Deriv. ΡΞ, MMP Va, and

“PT (a thrusting through) Dekar, pr.
n.m. 1 K. 4, 9.

‘YI m. Esth. 1, 6, commonly taken as

ὃ. 80
i. q. Arab. 0; 8503, a pearl, espec. a
large pearl, from r. “7% to glance, to
glitter. Nor indeed would pavements

inlaid with pearls be foreign from Asiztic —

luxury; see Bochart. Hieroz. II. 708 sq.
Yet we may pérhaps understand a spe-
cies of marble resembling pearl; per-
haps a kind of alabaster called mother
of pearl stone; or possibly mother of
pearl itself’

VI Chald. i. q. "i3, age, generation,
Dan. 3, 33. 4, 31.

3 see Win,

ae ae
ἘΝῚ obsol. root, Arab. Iho ἰ. 4. 5) 3,
=o; to thrust away from oneself, to re-

pulse, espec. evil. Hence the two fol
lowing :

Pay m. constr. ἽΝ, repulse; hence
aversion, abhorrence. Dan. 12, 2 and
these to ‘shame pois yan do everlast-

ing abhorrence. Sept. et Theod, αἰσχύ-
yn. Syr. ἵμα.

TINT m. Is. 66, 24, an abhorrence, ol) ὁ

ject of horror. R. R"'s.

"2.1 obsol. root, i. q. Arab,
to be sharp, pointed—Hence
7133 only in plur. ni2i243 (dérbéndth,

comp. Lehrg. p. 43) goads, ox-goads,

βούκεντρα, Ecc. 12, 11.

j277 τὰ. (dorban,) a goad, ox-goad, -

βούκεντρον, 1 Sam. 13,21. It differs from

Wo

i afr

5 sabe, the latter being strictly the staff in
| "which the goad is fixed.—As to the form,
Dag. lene is not more necessary in 13.5.5

than in 7748 Esth. 8, 6, or in ΤΑΣ,

mags.

"Δ obsol. root, Arab. yo to go on,

: to advance, espec. by steps, and so to as-
_ cend by steps, kindr. 723. Hence 73772.

Y713 (pearl of wisdom, compounded

ὥ. : Η
from "3, 5d, and 33 1. α. 33, M33 wis-
dom,) Darda, pr. τι. of a wise man con-

_ temporary with Solomon or a little be-
fore him, 1 K. 4, 31 [5,11]. In the parall.

passage 1 Chr. 2, 6 by contraction or
corruption 373.

VIF m. (r. 927 no. 3) a thorny plant,
caltrop, thistle, tribulus terrestris Linn.
growing in fields and among grain ; col-
lect. Gen. 3,18. Hos. 10,8. Syr. {5953
for Gr. τρέβολοι Heb. 6, 8, and for ἄκαν-
Dor Matt. 7, 16.

DIF m. (for dint, r. V3 no. 2,), pr.
bright sunny region, hence the south,
the southern quarter, Ez. 40, 24 sq. 42,
12 sq. Ecc. 1, 6. Poet. for the south wind,
Job 37, 17.—Opp. jiPS region covered
with darkness, the north, comp. Hom.
πρὸς ᾿μῶ t ᾿Πέλιόν τε, and πρὸς ζόφον».

TNF m. but fem. Ps. 84,4. R. 795.

1. Pr. swift flight, a wheeling, a gyra-
tion; hence concr. for a bird which flies

in circles, wheels in gyrations, according

to the Heb. intpp. the swullow ; in the

other member is ΠἾΞ asparrow. Ac-
- cording to the ancient versions a turtle-

_ dove, i.g. “ΤΥ, which is less suited to the
context. Ps. 84, 4. Prov. 26, 2.

2. spontaneous flow, a flowing freely

and abundantly, comp. r. "73 no. 3. Ex.
80, 23 MINA" myrrh flowing sponta-

neously, q. d. pure.-—Hence

3. a letting go free, freedom, liberty.

So 3 717 ΝΡ fo proclaim liberty to any

one, Is. 61, ‘1. Jer. 34, 8. 15,17; c. 2
Lev. 25,10. 71-37 τοῦ the year of lib-
erty i.e. of the manumission of slaves,
i. q. year of jubilee, Ez. 46, 17.

BIN Darius, pr. ἢ. of several Me-
dian and Persian kings.

1. Darius the Mede, Dan. 6, 1. 9,1; of
whom Josephus says, Ant. 10. 11. 4, ἦν

3 , Be eg
dotvayous υἱός, ἕτερον δὲ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλ-

20*

Re 233

_ tus.

ΤΠ

λησιν ἐκαλεῖτο ὄνομα. This was appar-
ently Cyaxares II, the son and successor
of Astyages, and uncle of Cyrus; who
held the empire of Media between As-
tyages and Cyrus, yet so that Cyrus was
his colleague and viceroy, on which ac-
count he alone is mentioned by Herodo-
See Xenoph. Cyrop. I. 5. IV. 5. 8,
18, 27, 51, 53. V.1.5. See also Ber-
thold’s Daniel p. 842 sq. Against this
view see v. Lengerke ad Dan. p. 219 sq.
Hitzig Begriff der Kritik p. 141 sq.

2. Darius Hystaspes, king of Persia,
Kzra 4, 5. 5,5. Hagg. 1, 1. Zech. 1, 1.

3. Darius Nothus, king of Persia, Neh.
12, 22.

Nore. The genuine form of, this
name appears in the cuneiform inscrip-
tions of Persepolis, nom. DAR Ya WUS,
accus. DAR γα ΟΜ; see Lassen tiber
d. keilformigen Inschriften p. 158. Zeit-
schr. fir ἃ. Morgenl. VI. p.9,169sq. Beer
in Allg. Lit. Zeit. 1838. πο. δ. It is com-
pounded according to Lassen (p. 39)
from the root darh (dary), Zend. dere,
Sanscr. dhri,to preserve, with the afform-
ative awu, and s as sign of the nomina-
tive; all which accords sufficiently with
Herodotus (6. 98), who translates the
name by ἑρξεέης, perh. coercer, con-
servator.

Ὁ Ezra 10, 6, see 815 Piel.
ὙΠ fut. Jo.
ple with the feet.
Kindred are 373, 2)" Gay’ a way,

Gr. τρέχω ; and of the same family are
also 673, (wy0, pr. to rub, beat, pound ;

1. to tread, to tram-
Syr. and Chald. id.

and from the occidental languages‘tero,
δρέμω, trappen, treten, to track, to tread ;
in all which the initial letters or sounds
tr imitate the sound of the foot planted

firmly upon the ground, espec. as in

stamping any thing in pieces, 716 Ten,
zertreten, Engl. to T’ReaD.—Spet. a)
35 W273 Job 24, 11, or ma, ΓΞ, Lam. 1,
15. Is. 63. 2, to tread the wine-press, ete.
i. e. in order to crush the fruit and
express the wine or oil. Also 1 775
p7ap7a Is. 16,10, τὴν 77 Mic. 6, 15, and
simpl. ἢ to tread sc. the grapes, etc.
Judg. 9,27. Jer. 25,30. Metaph.of ene-
mies trodden down as grapes Is. 63, 3

‘

ey.

and so also Judg. 5,21 13 "52 "244m O
my soul, thou didst tread down strength
Hes the mighty. b) rep 773 to tread

a bow, i. 6. to bend a bow Ne placing the.

foot upon it, as is usually done when the
how is strong and stiff, comp. Arrian.
Ind. 16. Diod. Sic. 3.8. So Ps. 7, 13.
11, 2. 37,14. 1 Chr. 5, 18. 8; 40. 2 Chr.
14, 7. Is. 5, 28. al. Trop. and without
reference to the origin of the phrase,
D xm 375 to bend the arrows i.e. to fit
the arrows upon the bent bow, Ps. 58, 8.
64, 4.

2. Spec. to tread a way or place, by
going or walking upon it, entering into
it; hence to tread in or upon, to walk, to
enter a place, Mic. 5,4; in a place, c. 3
Deut. 11, 24. 25. Josh. 1,3. 14,9. Is. 59,
8; 6. acc. Job 22,15; >9 1 Sam. 5,5;
6. 2 to tread forth out of a place, to come
forth, Num. 24,17. 52 975 is also to
tread upon, to walk or go upon any thing,
Job 9, 8. Ps. 91, 13.

Hiew. J. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to
cause to tread, go, walk. Is. 11, 15
ὈΠΟΣΣΞ IT and-he shall: hake them
tread (the channel of the Euphrates) in
shoes, i. e. pass over dry-shod, scarcely
wet. With 3, to cause to tread in a
way, to lead, to guide ; Ps. 107, 7 53°73
Mmw3 77a he caused them to go in a
right way, he led;them forth in a right
way. 119, 35. Is. 42, 16. 48, 17. Prov. 4,
11. Ps. 25, 5 FONT "QT cause me to
walk (lead me) in thy truth. v. 9.

2. 1. 4. Kal no. 1, to tread a threshing-
floor, i. e. to tread oat the grain, Jer. 51,
33; also a bow, but metaph. Jer. 9, 2
“Pd omvp mriwWo-msy sy they bend
(tread down) their tongues, as their bow,
for lies.—Also i. q. Kal no. 2, to tread a
way, fo walk in it, poet. c. acc. Job 28, 8.

-—\y- 0 S
3. ig. Arab. Qof and Syr. Aph. to
tread upon, i. 6. to overtake in pursuing,
6. acc, Judg. 20, 43.
Deriv. 3772 and the two following:

JF i. gq. WN, way, only in the Dual
D273 Ops perverse in his double way,
spoken of a double-tongued deceitful
person. Prov. 28, 6. 18.

777 comm. gend. (m. 1 Sam. 21, 6.
f. Ezra 8, 21,) 6. suff. "295, plur. 95°95
constr. 9295. R. 777.

234,

. senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. p. 161.

a
1. Pr. the act of treading, walking,
going ; agoing, way, journey; e.g. ΓΙΌΣ
TT, ποιεῖσϑαι ὁδόν, to make one’s way —
Judg. 17,8, and 327 72h to go one’s way
Prov. 7, 19, i. 6. to be on one’s way, to
journey. 1K. 18, 27 ‘ib 477 lita way
is to him, i. e. het is journeying ; or perh.
he is gone out, is away from home. 773
pi" a day’s journey 1 K. 19, 4; see Ro-
rebe ἢ}
n°" three days’ journey Gen. 30, 36,
comp. 31, 23. Ex. 5, 3.

2. a way, path, ἢ odos, in which one
treads, goes; very freq. So 9295 >2 by
the wayside Gen. 38, 21. 1 Sam. 24, 3.
Also 32 9251. to go (by) a way, comp.
Engl. the way he went, Deut. 1, 31. Judg.
2,17; and after other verbs of going,
Num. 21, 34. Josh. 13, 18. 8) With
genit. of place, it is i. q. the way leading
to that place ; comp. on the Attic usage
Valck. ad Hippolyt. 1197. E.g.y3 473
the way ¢o the tree Gen. 3,24; dixw 295
Prov. 7,27; comp. Gen. 16, 7. 35, 19.
38, 14. Ex. 13, 17. Rarely anaiher iqordl
is interposed,as Hos. 6, 9 πὴ" 773
m2 they murder in the way to Shechem.
In the Accus. it approaches to the force
of a preposition, the way to, i. q. towards ;
6. g. DININ WTI towards the south, 777
MDs towards the north, Ez. 8, 5. 21, 2.
40, 20 sq. 41, 11. 12. Deut.1, 19 we passed
through the desert..." 2x "iI FTI to-
wards the mountain of the Amorites. Ὁ)
With genit. of pers. the way of any one,
i. e. the way by which he is wont to go
or pass, 6. g. 25 419 the king’s way, ἢ
i.e the public highway, military road,
Num. 20, 17. 21, 22; comp. 7 0d0¢ βασι-
ληΐία Herod. 5. 53. 5.15 92h te go on
in one’s way, to proceed on one’s journey —
by the usual road, Gen. 19, 2. 32, 2.)
Num. 24, 25. Josh. 2,16. yARn->> 423
the way oF all the earth i. 6. of all man-
kind, the way to Sheol, 1 K. 2, 2. Josh.
23, 14.—Sometimes it includes a whole |
region or district in or through which a
way passes; Is. 8, 23 DT 323 the way
i.e. region of the sea, the coast of the sea
of Galilee. ;

3. & way, i. e. course, mode, manner, in
which one walks, lives, which one follows; i

like Gr ὅδός. Arab. Gayb, ως ὶ

5

Eth. 7, Τὶ, 20H, Germ. einen
Gang nehmen.—Gen. 19, 31 ~>2 F779
VIN after the manner of all the eurth,
ofall mankind. Spec. a) wayof vine,
acting, one’s walk, conduct, life. Prov.
12,15 77pa 25 ὌΝ Ἴ13 the way of a
fool is right in his own eyes. Ps. 107,17
SWE 1, sinful way. Prov. 1, 31 "8
p77 the fruit of their ways, the good or
evil resulting from their own conduct.
1 Sam. 18, 14 and David acted wisely
792937525. Often the figure of a way
is retained, comp. 724 no. 2; F273 42,
Ἔ 72973, to walk in the way of any one,
to ΤῊ ἈΝ his conduct, 1 K. 16, 26. 22,
43. 2 K. 22, 2. 2 Chr. 17, 3. 21, 12. 22, 3.
Also M357 7393, 77, spoken ‘of men, a
way or conduct which Jehovah approves,

and in which men ought to walk, Ps. 5, 9.

27,11. 25,4; spoken of God, his mode of
acting, agency, Ps. 18, 31. Deut. 32, 4;
spec. of the creation, as the effect of the
agency, operation of God, Prov. 8,22 nn"
{DIF MWK 722-2 Jehovah created me the
beginning of his way, i. e. as the firstling
of his agency, work. | Plur. ways of God,
i. e. his works, Job 26, 14. 40, 19 [14].
b) way of worshipping God, wayvhin

UT Sax,

Pers. al), 000¢ het 19, 9.23. So Amos

8,14 aes 127 the way of Beer-sheba,
i. e. idol-worship. Ps. 139, 24 2.5 ΠῚ
idol-way, idolatry ; ibid. obis 23 the
way of old, i.e. the fathers’ way, the
true and genuine worship ; comp. "273
pbdix Jer. 18,15. 6) Sometimes pass-
ive, way, manner of one’s experience,
i. 6. lot, how it goes with any one. 773
nx afier the manner, lot, of Egypt,
Is. 10, 24. Ps. 37,5 F237 by δὴ} com-
mit thy way, lot, fiat unto Jehovah. So,

9 —9-

religion ; comp.

retaining the figure of a way, Job 3, 23..

Amos 2, 7.

0297 m. Ezra 2,.69. Neh. 7, 70-72,
a daric, a Persian cold coin, i. q. 9 τᾷν
q. v. from which however it differs perh.

in its origin, being i i. q."Pers. wy fo
bow of Darius, as bearing the image of

an archer.

pws i. q. ῬΏΞ: Damascus, 1 Chr.
18, 5.6. The Dagesh forte is by Syri-
asm resolved into “.

235

wn

* 977 Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. 211 the arm,
Dan. 2, "32.—Hence ΠΝ, “STN.

51 pr. ἢ. see 3773.

᾿ p73 obsol. root, Chald. i. q. P12 to
strew, to scatter ; Arab. 5) to hasten.
—Hence

ΡΞ pr. ἢ. τὰ. Darkon, Ezra 2, 56.

Ν aa) an onomatopoetic root, not in
use, imitating the sound of swift rotary
motion, like Engl. to drill, to twirl, to
whirl ; comp. kindr. "5 and the roots
there quoted ; also togyos, τοργεύω,
Germ. dorl, drillen, trillen, trillern, Engl.
to trill. In Arabic spoken of a spindle, .

5. Ge 8 ᾽
δ))γὃ ἃ. spindle, γα a woman turning

her spindle.—Hence in Hebrew:

1. to fly in circles, to wheel in flight ;
whence 7177 the swallow so called from
its gyrations. Also to run swiftly ina
circle, as a2 horse, comp. "#73; whence

Arab.

idea of swift motion comes the sense

2. to mane, to sparkle, to radiate.

Ba»

δ) radiant star, "5, » BO a

7 a fleet horse.—From the

Hence

pearl, (although this might also be so
called from its roundness,) and ©1773 for
nina bright region.—Also

3. to flow out like ray to spout, as

milk, blest, rain; Arab. .)δ ap. Gol. no.
1-3, 550 abundance of milk. Hence to

flow freely, spontaneously, see 7i77 no.
2,3. Trop. to grow luxurianily, exube
rantly, as a plant; hence "375.

‘ Ὁ fut. OI", pr. Lat. terere, to
rub with the hands ; to stamp, to tread
with the feet, like Syr. 239 to tread or

beat a path, Arab. | wo to rub, to beat,
to thresh ; trop. terere libros, i. e. to use
books, to study. The kindred roots are
collected under ΤΠ, all having the
common idea of treading. The letter"
being softened into a vowel, there comes
from this root the biliteral 657; comp.
Germ. dreschen, Engl. to thresh, Belg.
dérschen, low Germ. déschen.—Hence in
Hebrew :

ΠΥΡῚ

1. Pr. to tread a place, i. 6. to go or
come to it, to frequent, c. acc. 2 Chr. 1, 5.
Amos 5, 5; 6. δὲ Deut. 12, 86. Part.
pass. TWIN a city ἡ δριδνδα; celebrat-
ed, Is. 62, 12.—The signif. of going or
coming to a place or person, is also
transferred to express the ideas of seek-
ing, inquiring, demanding, and also car-
ing for; hence the following:

2. to seek, to search for, Ez. 34, 6; c.
ace. of thing, Lev. 10, 16; 5 Job 10, ἜΠΗ
“ΠΝ to search after Job 39, 8. “Chiefly
in the phrase Min "nx Ws Engl. Vers.
to seek Jehovah, pr. to go to him, to have
recourse to Hem for aid, by prayer, etc.
(Often coupled with synon. pa q. v.
no. 1.) 2 Chr. 16, 12 yet in his dis-
ease DINBAD "3 Mini-my Was-nd he
sought not the Lord (implored not his
aid) but to the physicians. Deut. 4, 29.
Ps. 34, 5. 88, 34. Lam. 3,25. al. sep. Of
ten of the pious who habitually invoke
God, to worship, to adore, Ps. 14, 2. Is.
58, 2; mint w55 seekers of God, his
pious πὰ inane: Ps. 9,11. 22, 7.34,
11. ἃ]. Sometimes with sb-bos Ps. 109,
2. 10. 2 Chr. 22,8. Also in the liter
Hebrew with >, as nin*> ws 1 Chr.
22, 19. 2 Chr. 15, 13. 17, 4. Ezra 4, 2.
Ὁ. el... .Once with DR Job 5, 8.— —Spo-
ken also rarely of false voile of whom
their followers implore aid, 2 Chr. 25,
15. 20. Jer. 8,2; with > Deut. 12, 30.—
Part. pass. Ps. 111, 2 the works of the
Lord are great, pren-bsb pray
sought out of all those delighting there-
in, i. 6. sought and obtained of God by
their prayers.

3. to seek from any one, i. e. to ask,
to inquire, Judg. 6, 29. Deut. 13, 15. 17,
4.9. With acc. of pers. or thing about
or into which one inquires ; ; 2 Chr. 32, 31
min wd to inquire concerning the
miracle. 1 Chr. 28,9 ™ wos mina 2D
Jehovah inquireth into “all hearts, i. e.
examines, searches them; also with >
2 Sam. 11,3; δ᾽ 2 Chr. 31,9. Ecce. 1, 13.
Spec. to inquire of any one, to ele an
oracle, to consult, 6. g. God, c. acc. Gen.
25,22. Ex.18,15. 2K. 22,13; also idols,
magicians, with 3, pr. to inquire at or of
any one, 1 Sam. 28,7. 2 K. 1, 2. 1 Chr.
10, 14; >, pr. to go with inquiry to any
one, Is. 8, 19. 19. 3. Deut. 18,11; > Ez.
14,7; ™ "BD 532 out of the brook of

236

Ὁ

Jehovah Is. 34, 16. The prophet by or
through whom one inquires of God, is —
put with 637 1 K. 14, 5, mx 2 K. 3, 11.
8,8, a Ez. 14,7; e.g. 1K. Le. the wife
af ie oboam ain τον FN ἼΞ: Wad
M22 to ask an oracle of thee concerning
her son.

4. to ask for, to demand, to require,
with acc. of thing and 12, 522 of pers.
Deut. 22, 2. 23, 22. Mic. 6, 8. Absol.
to ask bread, to beg; Ps. 109, 10 895
pa nian let them beg far ἝΩΣ the
desolations of their home. Also to re-
quire or demand back, with 7372 Ez.
34, 10; and hence by ‘tone to avenge,
to ον, absol. Ps. 10, 4 ὅτ ba God
will not punish. v. 13. Deut. 18, 19.—
Spec. 792, ἘΣ D3 Ws to require blood
from or at the hand of any one, i. 6. to
punish bloodshed, to avenge murder,
(comp. >83,) Gen. 9, 5. 42, 22. Ez. 33,
6. Ps. 9, 13.

5. to seek, i. e. to apply oneself unto,
to regard, to follow, to practise ; comp.
Ux to apply oneself, to study, Eth.

Ὁ ΔΗ͂ to compose a book with study.—
E. g. to seek or practise justice Is. 1,
17. 16,5; good Am. 5, 14; the divine
law Ps. 119, 45. 1 Chr. 28, 8. Ὁρῶ wot,
‘p ΓΞ “4, to seek the good, the welfare
of any one ‘Deut. 23,7. Ezra 9,12; 875
> oiw> Jer. 38,4; Ἔ ὨᾺ 51 Ps, 38,
13. Prov. 11, 27. 31, 13 "ὩΣ ning she
applieth herself to wool, ete. —Hence,
to care for, to take care of any thing;
comp. no. land ἽΡΒ. Deut. 11,12 77%
πῶ τ ws Ws a land which Jehistak
careth for. Job 3, 4. Ps. 142, 5. Ez. 84,
G3, Ὁ ΡῈ, 112, δ. Jer. 80, 14. 17; be
2 Chr. 24, 6.

Nipx. 132, inf. abso W998 for W3n
Ez. 14, 3; 1 fut. ὅτε.

i. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to let come to
oneself, to grant access to any one, with
5; hence of God, to hear and answer
any one, to listen to his prayer. Ez. 14.3
Ἐπ Hams wun should 1 listen unto
them? i.e. to their prayer. 20, 3.31. Is.
65, 1 δε Xb smut 7 have listened
unto those that asked not. So with
accus. of the thing granted, Ez. 36, 37;

comp. 29 c. acc. to bestow.

2. Pass, of Kal-no. 2, to be ocugheaae
mustered, i.q. IPB, 1 Chr. 26, 31

ἐ

No

8. Pass. of Kal no. 4, to be required,
e. g. blood, Gen. 42, 22.

Prev inf, wires Ezra 10, 16, if the
reading be genuine, for ine, SORE
under r. 55: no. 1.

Deriv. wr72.

aa Nw to sprout, to spring up ; hence
to be green, Joel 2, 22.—Kindr. is Arab.

“= S -
Urs: whence Uws sprouts from the
earth.
Hipu. to cause to sprout, to bring forth
herbage, e. g. the earth Gen.1,11; comp.
δ ΓΙ v. 4.—Hence

NWI m. the first shoots from the earth,
tender grass, young herbage, Gr. χλόη (so
Sept. five times), Is. 66,14; as clothing
the meadows Deut. 32,2. 2 Sam. 23, 4;
as the choice food of beasts Job 6, 5.

Rw PI? greenness of the herbuge, green
herbage, Ps. 37, 2.—Diff. from "sn ripe
grass, ready for mowing, Prov. 27, 25.
Ps. 104, 14; and also from > an herb
fall grown and setting seed, Gen. 1, 11.

12. Chald. πα, Syr. transp. loz,
Zab. Lag).
ῳ 23 to be or become fat, Deut. 31,

20. Arab. «
terchanged.

Pinu 1. to make fat, marrowy, 6. g.
the bones. Prov. 15, 30 M2iv nw
DED" IN good news maketh the bones
fat, q. ἃ. fills them with marrow, gives
strength—Hence also to anoint, Ps.
23, 5.

2. to pronounce or regard as fat. Ps.
20, 4 ngvian Amd) and pronounce fat
thy burnt-offering, i. e. regard it favour-
ably, accept it. For S > parag. comp.
1 Sam. 28, 15.—Kimch: here takes it as
denom. from Ἴ2 51, comp. no. 3, i. 6. to
reduce to ashes sc. by fire from heaven,
comp. 1 K. 18; 24. 36.

3. Denom. from 74, to cleanse from
ashes, totake away ashes, Ex. 27, 3.
Num. 4, 13.

Puat pass. of Pi. πο. 1, to be made fat,
spoken of the ground moistened with
blood Is. 34,7; of men Prov. 11, 25. 13,

wo id. Ὁ and } being in-

- 4, 28,25, where it is metaph. i. q. to be-

come rich.—Trop. to be satiated, abun-
dantly satisfied, Prov. 13,4 ΘΠ wp?

237
jem the desire of the diligent shall be

mn

abundantly satisfied. 28, 5.
Horup. yea for yw to be smeared
with fat, e. g. a sword, Is. 34, 6.
The derivatives here follow.

JOT adj. fat, comp. yaw.
fertile, of soil Is. 30, 23.

2. full of sap, fresh, of a tree Ps. 92, 15.

3. rich, opulent, Ps. 22,30. Comp. 72.

JOT m.‘c. suff. 204. 1. fatness, fat,
Judg.9,9. Meton. of fat food, 1. 6. sump-
tuous, Job 36, 16. Is. 55, 2. Jer. 31, 14.
Trop. fertility, abundance, Ps. 65, 12.

2. ashes, pr. fat ashes, from the vic-
tims consumed upon the altar, Lev. 1,
16. 4, 12. 6, 3.4. 1K. 13,3; also from
corpses burned, Jer. 31, 40. Diff. from
“ἘΝ q. v.—Ashes were also used by the
ancients, as by us, for fattening i.e. ma-
nuring the soil; see Plin. 17. 9.

\

1. rich,

MI f. constr. m3, plur. constr. "m5, a
word of the later Hebrew; see note.

1. a mandate of a king, an edict, de-
cree, Ezra 8, 36: Esth. 1, 8. 2, 8. 3, 14.

2. a law, statute, Esth. 1, 19. 2, 12. 3,
8. 4,11.15. Here too we may refer the
difficult words, Deut. 33, 2 M3 WN 325727
42> at his (Jehovah’s) right hand fire
a law to them sc. the Israelites, where
we may understand perhaps the pillar
of fire guiding their way in the desert.
Others render: a fire of laa, referring it
to the law as given in fire. Vulg. ler
ignea, Engl. Vers. fiery law.

Note. The origin of this word is
doubtful. Many regard it as Persian,
comparing ὁ right, justice, from the
verb Wolo daden, to give, to publish,
to command, coll."an3. But it may be
Semitic, for 77, from r. 7? to throw,
to cast, perhaps also to point out, to
teach, like the synon. 73"; hence pr. ἃ
pointing out, concr. one iho points out,
a guide, leader, as in Deut. 1. ο. then i.q.
main law, mandate.

MI Chald. f. 1. an edict, decree, Dan.
9. 9. 13. 15.

2. a law, collect. laws, law, Dan. 6, 9.
13.16. πρὸς “NM the law of God, Ezra

| 712.21,

3. divine law, i. q. religion, system of
faith and wtoraliip. Dan. 6, 6 3>N M73

in his religion, comp. 7, 25. —So the

Nm

Rabbins call the Christian and Moham-
medan religions.

NI)J Chald. st.emph. 485, i.g. Heb.
NWT, tender grass, young herbie: Dan.
4, 12. 20.

VN} Chald. m. (pr. Pers.) only
plur. emph. x0307 Dan. 3, 2. 3, skilled
in the law, judges ; 5 @rapoinaed from
ms law, and the ending "3, EE comp.
in-ata. In Pehlvi datouber’ is a judge, .
Pers. gblyolo lawyers.

He, 81, the fifth letter of the Hebrew
alphabet, as a numeral denoting 5. Its
original figure represented perhaps a
lattice or window, and the same seems
to be expressed by the word 8m lo! see!
Compare the German Haha, a garden-
window opening upon a prospect. See
Heb. Gr. p. 291. edit. 13.

As a guttural, © holds a middle place
between the softer δὲ and the harsher
m.—lIt is interchanged with δὲ, see p. 1;
rarely with M, as ἼΠ3, «τος; MIA, M3,
etc. Not unfrequently also 4, as the mid-
dle letter of a root, is softened into Vav
quiescent ; although in the preseng state
of the Semitic languages, the harder
form with is more frequent in the later
dialects. Comp. Dia, Aram. 73, 22

OS age; >,
"2 to shine ;

ν᾽ So
to be ashamed; "5,
ὉΓΙ to circumcise ; 753,
v
717, a5 to run.

wd, το ἊΝ 1. Pron. demonstrative,
this, Lat. hic, hec, hoc; like ὃ, 7, τό in
Homer and often in Herodotus. So

é
in the forms 0°55, seat; this day, i. 6.
to-day ; 038 this time Ex.9,27; n>"bn
this night Gen. 19, 34, comp. 35. DIST
on a day, at a time, pr. at this time,
about this time.—Rarely: a) Prefixed
to the relative as in Engl. 2 K. 6, 22
FMP FAIA ΛΞ WAT those whom
thou hast taken ‘captive with thy sword
and with thy bow. b) Or it stands itself
in the place of the relative, and is then

298. Ἢ

ὉΠ (two cisterns, dual of Talm. ΓΞ
a cistern, r. M77) ζεῖ, 37, 17, contracted
JM 2K. 6, 13, comp. Lehre. p. 536;
Dothain, Dothan , pr. n. of a place in the
north of Samaria, Gr. 4“ωϑαΐμ Judith
4,6. 7,18; Ζωταία 3, 9.

77 (perh. fontanus, from mai. ᾳ. m5
a well, see in 13) Dathan, pr. n. of
one of the conspirators with Korah,
Num. 16, 1. 26, 9. Deut. 11, 6. Ps. 106,
17.

prefixed to the verb, but mostly only in
the later Hebrew. Josh. 10, 24 the chiefs
of the warriors ‘ire si2>nn who had
gone with him. Ezra 8, 25 the vessels
zi" an awn which the king
and his ministers had offered. 10,14. 17.
1 Chr. 26, 28. 29, 17. Dan. 8, 1. aks like

ie ¥
manner Arab. Jt for sot is put before

verbs and prepositions; see De Sacy
Gramm. Arabe I. § 793.—Hence

2. As the definite article, Engl. the,
like Gr. 6, ἡ, τό, in the insertion or omis-
sion of which the Hebrews and Greeks
and also the English and Germans fol-
low similar laws, for which see the
usual grammars, e. g. Lehrg. p. 652 sq.
Heb. Gramm. § 107 sq. One topic how-
ever, which has latterly been much
discussed, although superficially and
carelessly, as is usual where the deduc-
tions are made from a few examples, it
will be proper here to consider, and to
give the result.of recent and careful
investigations. See Winer’s Lex. p. 239.
Gramm. Excurs. p. 57. Ewald Heb.
Gramm. p. 568. The question is raised:
Whether the definite article is used
indefinitely 2 This is wholly denied by
some, and affirmed by others. The
true answer is, that the definite article
cannot indeed be rightly said to stand
indefinitely ; but yet the Hebrew con-
ceives and expresses many things defi-
nitely, which in Greek, German, En-
glish, French, are expressed without
the article. Just as the modern lan

᾿. Ε tolerate the definite article.

rT

guages differ much in this respect among
themselves ; and espec. the French lan-
guage by a peculiar idiom inserts the
article before very many words, which
in English and German do not admit of
it. Thus in French it is said correctly:
nous aurons aujourd’hui la pluie, soyez
le bien venu, il ala mémotre bonne, Pes-
prit inquiet ; in all which phrases the
idiom of the English and German does
The
ebrew usage in this respect may be

reduced to certain classes ; which how-

ever for the most part all flow from the
one principle, that the article is prefixed
to things well known. Apollon. de Synt.
1. 6 τὸ ἄρϑρον προὐφεστῶσαν 7νῶσιν δη-
λοῖ, et ibid. ao Foor, ov ἐξαίρετός ἐστιν 7
ἀναφορά, comp. 2.3 ἰδίωμα ἀναφορᾶς προ-
κατειλεγμένου προσώπου δεύτερα γνῶ-
σις. See the excellent remarks of Har-
ris in his Hermes, B. II. c. 1—Hence, in
a manner differing from English usage,
the article is put:

a) Before nouns which denote objects
and classes or species of things which
are known to all; such as ἼΝΝΠ, ait,
HOD, pan. Gen. 13,2 Abraham ‘was
very rich ANI31 ὩΌΞΞ A3paa. Deut. 14,
26 and thou shalt lay out that money
“2W35 531 JIN pag. Ex. 31, 4
ROD ana niwy>2 co work in’ gold and
silver. Lam. 4,2 192 ὉΠ ΞΟ. Is. 1, 22
wine 22 bina, Ex. 2, 3.and datibed
tt (the ark or skiff ) ΓΕΙ͂ΞῚ "Na with
bitumen and pitch. 2 K.9, 30 7333 relay
M2"y she put her eyes in paint, painted
them. Comp. Is. 28, 7. 40,19. 43, 24.
Comp. Heb. Gramm. § 107. n. 1.

b) Before abstract nouns, like Gr. τὸ
πολιτικόν, τὸ ἱππικόν, espec. before the
names of virtues and vices; comp, F'r. ‘la
modestie convient ala jeunesse, la super-

‘ stition engendre l’erreur, where Engl.

omits the article. So "pwa 72h Jer. 23,
14, comp. 51,19. 16, 4.5. Is. 29) 91. Brow
25, 5 INOD Dia yi". Yet Gees in such
cases the article is omitted. Also before
words signifying evils and calamities ;
Θ. ρ΄. NED 752 to perish of thirst Is. 41,
17. 50, 2. Judg. 15,18; oie blind-

ness (which in Engl. is indefinite, though

we too say the plague, the small-pox),

Gen. 19, 11 he smote them 3973303. Is.
45, 16 ma>3a 325m ἽΠΤΙΣ i. e. into dis-

239

mt

grace, shame; comp. 32, 19 Satin n>awa
ἜΣ into (the) lowness sinks the city.
46,2 n29h "awa we. 47,5 ἼΦΓΙΞ δ Ξ,
comp. 60, 2.

c) The most frequent use of the article
in this manner is after 9, the particle of
comparison; since a thing can properly
be compared only with what is presup-
posed to be well known. See.Heb. Gram.
ὃ 107. n.1.a@. Comp. in Engl. ‘ quick as
the bird in the air, as the ses in the water; _
white as the driven snow.’ So jX22 Is.
53,6. Ps. 49,15; mw Is. 53,7; "pad 11,
7. 65, 25. Job 40, 15; ΝΞ. Is. 1, 18. 51,
8; bu Job 17,8. 14,2; orzo, Shing, as
the coccus, as crimson, Is. ἣν 18. How
very widely this usage is extended. is
apparent from the following exafiiplild
taken from the single book of Isaiah:
5, 24 My) pad. v. 25 MMOD. v.28 "kD
and ἜΡΟΝ , comp. 66, 15. Jer. 4,13. Is.
10, 14 "DD. 13, 8 nadie (and so always
in this word, Ps, 48,7. Is. 42, 14. Jer. 6,
24. 30, 6. 49, 24. Mic. 4, 9.10). 14, 17
"2742 <oomp 27, 10. ΠΝ 9, 11. How 2,
5). 22,18 "47D as the ball, comp. 29, 3.
24, 20 “idw> like the rushed: etc. see
30, 17.29. 34,4. 35,6. 38,14. 41,15. 42,
13. 43,17. 44,22. Here it 1s to be noted,
that the article.is mostly omitted before
the noun or object of comparison, when-
ever this is rendered definite by an adjec-
tive or in any other way ; comp. 93 Is.
10, 14, but Mdvi 72 16,2; yiaD Ps. 1, 4.
but 133 yin3 ‘Is. 29, 5; itd 5712 30, 28 ;
wata mmx Ex. 16, 31. Add ban
and ‘ax ">> bray Ps. 131,3; also Is. 17,
13. 24, 13. 28, 4. 29, 4.

The Seilhorwrinigy usages with the article
are more commonly known:

d) Before Collectives, see Lehrg. p.
653. Heb. Gr. § 107. 1.

e) Sometimes the article is put before
a noun which more accurately would be
made definite by a suffix; comp. De Sacy
Gramm. Arabe II. § 482.1; as when a
German woman calls her husband xat
ἐξοχήν, the husband; or a servant his
master, the master. So Is. 9, 6 Hava
mawan for inawa, which the Engl. Vers.
eXpresses ;_V. "2 anata for inmaw. So
too is prob. to be explained 19>9F Is. 7,
14, which, with the Hebrew intpp. αὐᾷ
Groting) I understand as for "172>9.

After this exposition it is hardlv ne-

rT

cessary to repeat, that every noun which
has the article, is, and ought to be taken
as, definite and demonstrative. As to the
examples which we have elsewhere cited
in support of the contrary opinion, Lehrg.
p. 655, they may be explained as follows:
1 Sam. 17, 34.7987 the lion, as the known
and perpetual enemy of flocks, comp. 4
λύκος John 10, 12, Arab. sae J

Ex. 2,15 "830 the well of that tN
Num. 11, 27 “92M the young man, i. e.
the servant, minister ; and so Gen. 14, 13
ws>en the ἡ μενα, the only one who
escaped. 1 Sam. 17,8 lo, Jam the Phi-
listine, “mwbpr, i.e. he who challenges
you to single combat. So in Is. 66, 8
23> 999 ΓΙῸΣ Nit Ow nae ἜΣ oniw.

Here it may be, asked why the words
ΠΩ, MW, take the article, while 87x and
ΠΝ υἱοῖς it. The reason is, that the
slaughterers of oxen and sheep really
existed and could be pointed out by the
writer as with the finger; but homicides
and sacrificers of dogs are here only
supposed, for the sake of comparison ;
the ox-slaughterer is as a@ homicide, etc.
—The precept is also correctly given
by Grammarians, that the predicate of
a sentence does not take the article;
comp. χαλεπὰ τὰ χαλὰ and τὰ χαλεπὰ
καλά. See Heb. Gr. § 108. 3

Nore 1. The vowels with which 4
is to be written, may be specified as
follows:

a) Commonly before letters not gut-
tural, it takes Patah followed by Dag.
forte, WQUIN.

b) The gutturals do not admit Dagesh
forte, and before them © therefore takes
different vowels; e.g. o) Before καὶ,
which wholly rejects all duplication, the
Patah is every where prolonged into
Kamets, as Ji585, JONI, PING, CUNT.
So also before 4, as "bran, b3iNN ; and
often also before 5 and nm, as an, on.
6) On the other hand the harsher gut-
turals 5 and ™ admit a certain degree of
duplication, although no Dagesh forte is
marked in them by the Grammarians ;
(just as Germ. sicher, verglichen, are pro-
nounced almost as if with double ch ;)
and the syllable being therefore more
acute, the Patah is mostly retained, as
mann, O1hn. Butsee nevertheless "17
Gen. 6, 19. γ) But whenever the gut-

240

7

tural has Kamets, the Patah passes over

into Segol, according to the general rule, —
Heb. Gram. ὃ 27. ἢ. 2.b. So espec. be- —

fore Fh, as WInn, PINT, ann, om.
Before 7 mand 3 in monosyliables the
vowel is Kamets, (see above in a,) as
“Ton ; and Segol stands only in dis-
syllables or trisyllables, where the tone
is thrown forward towards the end, as
ΛΠ (although 79), jenn, Ninn,
On, psn. a

Norte 2. Corresponding to the Heb.

article in the kindred languages are: -

a) Phenician δὲ, more rarely 7, once dx;
see Monumm. Phen. p. 437. by Ara-

ot
bic Jt, rarely and in the vulgar tongue
hs, kindr. with Heb, 8, bX. Many
grammarians suppose therefore that -5

os
comes from ἘΠῚ i. 4. dx, Jf; and this
not without reason, agen τον Bau the

sun, Arab. λέ τι { pron. esh-Shems.
On the other hand, it cannot be denied,
that the pure syllable ha has the same
demonstrative power; as in Chald. 15:

34; ba, Arab. {chs®; and this sylla-

ble Hupfeld supposes to be the source
of the Heb. article, so that Dagesh in
wun arises in the same way as in M7
for ΠΣ ΠΏ, ΞΡ for pad-m72. See Zeit-
schr. f. d. "Kunde des Morgenl. IT. p. 449.

rt, ἊΝ ri, for the origin and use of
which te pee the note below Adv. of

interrogation, like Arab. 1, a prefix put
before the first word ofa clause, and apo-
copated from the fuller 55 (Deut. 32, 6
in the reading of the Nehardeenses, see

ο

Kennic. and De Rossi), Arab. AD.

1. In simple and direct interrogation,
i. q. Lat. -ne? Job 2,3 τοὶ 42> math
aR "IID hast thou observed my servant
Job? Ex. 10, 7. 33, 16. ete. 8) The in-
terrogation is often so put as to require a
negative answer; and then the question
itseif has the force of a negative, i. q.
Lat.num? Gen. 4, 9 238 "nx ἜΘΟΣ am
I my brother’s keeper? i.e. I am not his
keeper. Job 14,14 M3719 “2, mas DR
if aman die, shall he live again? i.e. he
shall not revive. 8, 11. 21, 22. Comp.
Job 23, 6. 36, 19, where the negative an-
swer is given by the speaker. A strik-

~

7 241

ing example is $2 Sam. 7, 5 man OASn

ra ">, which in 1 Chr. 17, 4 is express-_

ed without interrogation in ‘the negative,
‘mn mmx 8D. Ὁ) Sometimes the inter-

sogation seems to have an affirmative

πὰ» γυ υν

866 DR ;

force, equivalent to ἃ negative question
in Engl. Job 20, 4 n377 MNT knowest
thou (not) this ? Ez. 20, 30. Elsewhere
Non i is put in the same sense ; comp. Gr.

ἢ γάρ; and γὰρ οὔ; for is not? and Lat.
—ne for nonne? see also Heusinger ad
Οἷς. Off. 3.17. 0) In disjunctive ques-

. tions, where the latter clause is preceded

by Dx and DN}, see above on p. 61; e. g.
in—T
Job 16, 3. But in Bee poetical books
X— and oxI—F are frequently em-
ployed, where two questions expressing
the same or a like sense in different

_ words, follow one another in poetic par-

allelism, i.q. num—an? num—et? (not
utrum—an?) though even here there
is a sort of disjunctive relation, which
however lies more in the words than in
the sense. Job 4,17 pax" ΠΡῚΡΝ Ὁ. Bin
924 ἽΠΠΩ Ants. oN, comp. 6, 5. 6. 8, δὴ
10, 4.5. 11, 2. 7. 22, 3. Hence in sich
patidletisin, the getond member is often
preceded merely by the simple copula,
as i— Job 6, 26. 10, 3. 13,7. 15, 7. 8.
11. 18, 4; comp. espec. 13, 7. 8; and
even the copula is omitted 22, 4.

2. In indirect interrogation, whether,
(comp. ΒΝ B. 2,) after verbs of proving,
trying, Ex. 16, 4. Judg. 2, 22. Deut. 8, 2.

13,4: of seeing, Ex. 4,18. Gen.8,8. In
a disjunctive proposition, followed by 88 -

Gen. 18,21; or 3, Num. 13, 18 and see
the land nd the people, MEW RAN PIN
S7-ON NAN ὈΣῺΤΙ whether ihey be strong

or weak, whether few or many. So too
| in— Ecc. 2, 19. ;

Ῥγβῆχϑα to other particles, as DNn,
"am, seé "D; NOM, see ND.

N bet AD to the Yotrels ~ander , the
following may be noted: 8) Before let-
ters not guttural, and which have not

_ Sheva simple, the interrogative 7 takes

the Hhateph-Patah, as m3, Monn; the
vividness of interrogation causing it to
_be made still shorter than in the de-
‘Monstrative ‘3.
᾿ same form as the Article, as ΞΏ 3 Π Lev.
10,19. Ecc. 3,21; mostly before letters
_ with Sheva simple, as j255 Gen. 17, 17.

b) Rarely it takes the

21.

br

18, 21. 37, 32. c) So too it sometimes
coincides with the Art. in form before
gutturals, as 728%. d) Also before
gutturals with Kamets, as "23N, PI.

NI Chald. interj.lo! behold! Dan. 3,
25. Syr. fa, Arab. L® id.

NT] Heb. and Chald. id. Gen. 47, 23.
Ez. 16, 43. Chald. pleon, Dan. 2 43

“32 xO lo as, etc. So Syr. {a often.

MN interject. onomatopoet. of joy,
rejoicing, aha! Lat. eja! Is. 44, 16.
Espec. in exultation over a fallen ene-
my, Ps. 35, 21. 25. 40, 16. Ez. 25, 3.

3 imperat. of the verb 373° q. v.

D°AI37 m. plur. Hos. 8, 13, pr. gifis,.
offerings, here sacrificial, for ΒΡ ΓΙ,
R. 3" to give.

‘ 227 fut. bam 1. to breathe, to
breathe "out, to exhale ; for the: idea of
breathing as connected with the syllable
an, see under 338%. Hence 53m breath,
something vain, vanity; whence also

2. to be or become vain, to act or speak
vainly, i. 6. idly, foolishly. 29. K. 17, 15
aba) ban way 32551 chey folloived
after vanity (i. e. idolatry) and acted
vainly. Jer. 2, 5. Job 27, 12 53m nina
san why then do ye thes act (or speak)
80 vainly 3 ? Also to cherish vain hopes ;
Ps. 62, 11 sbanm7>y 53a place not vain
hope in robbery.

Hien. to make vain, to seduce to vant-
ty, i. e. to idolatry, Jer. 23, 16.

an 6. suff. "23m ; plur. 0435, constr.
"oa.

1. a breath, breathing, e. g. of air, a
gentle breeze, Is. 57, 13.. Vulg. well,
aura ; Sept. less well xaturyic.—Oftener
breath of the mouth, Kimchi &°0 "x
mpa, Aqu. ἀτμίς, Symm. ἀτμός, which
word in Wisd. 7,25 the Syr. Vers. trans-

“lates ica. Prov. 21, 6. Ps. 144,4. So

very often for any thing evanescent,
transient, frail ; Job 7, 16 "727 ban 7D for
my days are a ἤτω, Prov. 13, 11 reba
uy" Sara wealth vanisheth more swiftly
than a breath.’ Ecc. 11, 10 for childhood
and youth are a breath. 21, 6. 31, 30.
Ps. 39, 6. Kec. 1, 2. 14. 2, 11. 17. 23. 4, 4.
8. 5, 9. 6, 9. al— Hence the signif: vanity,

sh

i. e. something vain, empty, fruitless,
Tam. 4,17. Jer. 10, 3.8; also as Adv. in
vain, vainly, Job 9, 29. 21, 34. 35, 16. Is.
30, 7. Ps. 39,7. Spec. of idols as things
vain and worthless, and also of their
worship, 2 K. 17, 15. Jer. 2, 5.—Plur.
pba vanities, espec. idols, Jer. 10, 8.
Ps. 31, 7. Jon. 2, 9.

2. an exhalation, vapour, mist, which
one cannot see through ; so of an abor-
tion, Ecce. 6, 4 for he cometh in mist and
depurteth in darkness, seen by none.
11, 8 5am 3.29 all that cometh ts mist,
i. 6. shrouded in darkness. 8, 14.

3. Abel, pr. n. Sept. βελ, the second
son of Nilsen prob. so called from the
shortness of his life. Gen. 4, 2 sq.

22M i. q. dan no. 1, breath, hence va-
nity, with Chald. Pa pbsn bait Ece.
1, 2, 12, 8.

" am obsol. root, i. q. {28 ; hence

"234] m. (stony, qs. "238 from 73X i. q.
ἼΞΝ a stone) plur. 0°23 Ez. 27, 15 Keri,
in Cheth. D237, ebon-wood, eboney, q- ἃ;
stone-wood, so called from its hardness.
This etymology is so obvious, that we
need not look for another, much less for
a foreign one. The Semitic name is
preserved in the Gr. and Lat. ἔβενος,
ebenum, ebony, see Bochart Hieroz. II.
Ρ. 141; and from the Greek it has been
transferred back with an epenthesis into
the Arabic and Persian, where it is
written wl, iy! . The Hebrews
use the plural, prob. because this wood
was cut up into pieces or sticks for ex-
portation, called by the Greeks φάλαγγες.
Comp. DXADRN, m"x>.

i “art to cut, to cut up, to divide out,
i. q. Arab. Once Is. 47, 13 Keri
pw "ah sky- -dividers, i. e. astrologers,
who divide up the heavens for augury,
or to take a horoscope. Sept. ἀστρολό-
yot τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Vulg. augures celi.
Cheth. is Ὁ 4725 ("GN).—Others take
"an as i. q. n> to know; and some
again prefer to read "72h, comparing
737 v. 10.

R30) Esth. 2, 3, and "3° v. 8. 15, Hege,
Hegai, Pers. pr. n. of a eunuch in the

court of Ahasuerus. Benfey compares
Aja eunuch ; Monatsnamen p. 192.

242.

Ta
* 3a obsol. root; Arab, sD IV to
set on fire, to kindle, st heat

Hence 3739 —Others, to moan, as 3h IT.

1 ult.

μά: ἃ man fut. 7303 1. to murmur,
to mutter, to growl, pr. to utter a low
rumbling sound, nearly i. q. 97253. Spo- -
ken of the ἘΝ of the lion over his
prey Is. 31,4, Gr. ὑποβρυχάομαι (to roar ”
is ANY , βρυχάομαι) ; also of low thunder,
see nant Job 37, 2; of the muttering of
enchanters, see Hiphil ; of the low tones
of a harp, see 71739 Ps. 9,17. 92,4; of
the murmuring or cooing of doves, Is,
38, 14. 59,11; of the moaning and sigh-
ing of men, οἰμώζειν, Is. 16,7. Jer. 48, 31.
2. Poet. i. q. to speak. a) Absol. pr.
to utter a sound, Ps. 115, 7. Ὁ) With
acc. of thing, Job 27, 4. Ps. 37, 30. Is. 59,
3. Prov. 8,7. Hence to speak of, i. q. to
sing, to celebrate, (comp. "Y28 ,) Ps. 35,
28 APIS mann ἌΣ 129. my tongue shall
speak of (sing) thy righteousness. 71, 24,
3. to meditate. pr. to speak with one-
self in a low murmuring voice, as is often
done by a person in deep meditation ;
opay no. 1, and "a8, 1222 728. With
3 to meditate i in or un any thing, to think
upon it ; Josh. 1, 8 ΠΡ Ὶ os 13 NBT}
and ‘bide shalt eee thereon ( the
law) day and night. Ps. 1, 2. 63, 7. 77,
13 Ἴ5 Ὁ 923 oN 7 mediate on all thy
works. 143, 5. (Synon. is m7.) Prov.
15, 28 ningd mann ΤΣ > the heart of
the righteous meditateth what to answer.
With acc. to think upon, to remember ;
Is, 33, 18 ms*s MBN? 42> thine heart re-
membereth the time of terror. Also ina
bad sense, to devise, to plot; Ps. 2, 1
prt anit Dan? why do the nations devise
a vain thing? i. 6. attempt resistance in
Prov. 24, 2: Is. 59, 13.—Syr. Kya

to meditate, to read by syllables; Pa. to
meditate, to contemplate ; Ethpa. to read.
Comp. Eth. 70M to murmur, to utter
inarticulate sounds, to wre to meditate;

vain.

Conj. IV, toread. Arab. ws to mutter.
Post inf. ish i. q. Kal no. 2, Is. 59, 13.
Hiren. part. plur. "302, the mutter-

ers, i. e. soothsayers muttering enchant-

ments; or the sighing, the whimpering ©

rat

ive. jugglers pretending to imitate the

low thin voice of the shades, Is. 8, 19.

Deriv. 7353, man, 7173.

Ἔ. ΤΊΣΙ i. q. 73° II, to be separated,
taken away, comp. 32 and 42". Transit.
to separate, to take away ; Prov. 25, 4
ὩΌΞ ὉΠ Ὁ aN separate the dross from
the silver, where it is Inf. abs. for the
imperat. Symm. χάϑαιρε, Vulg. aufer.
v. 5.- Here too is apparently to be refer-
red Is. 27,8 DIP BQ HVE inms ΓΙΣΓῚ
he taketh them’ away with his strong
wind in the time of the east-wind. Kim-
chi well "on.

Note. Maurer not unaptly explains
the connection of this second significa-
tion with no. I, by supposing that 735 II
is pr. to cause lo puff or pant for breath,
then to drive (comp. 372, ἄγω), to impel,

Is. 27,8; and with 12, to drive off, to

separate, Prov. 25,4. See Maurer ad

Prov. l. c.

Mi τη, (τ. πὰ 1) 1. a@ muttering,
growling of thunder, Job 37, 2.

2. a sighing, moaning, Ez. 2, 10.

3.) a laigtion, thought, Ps. 90, 9;
i. q. Paar.

Mma f. (Kamets impure) meditation,
thought, Ps. 49,4. R. nan 1.

"33 see in Rat.

3°03 τη, (τ. 3353) heat , fervour of mind.
Ps. 39, 4x van Na in my fervour
the fire burned. Hence fervent cry,
prayer, Ps. 5, 2.—Others, moaning.

TPIT τὰ. (τ. 4951) constr. 774, 6.
suff. 725737] Ps. 19, 15. Lam. 3, 62.

1. murmur, sound of the harp or ci-
thara ; comp. 7m Is. 14, 11.—Ps. 92, 4
siaza pun 7 “with the murmur of the
harp, with its murmuring tones’; Sept.
pst ὠδῆς ἐν κιϑάρᾳ. In Ps. 9,17 115.3Π
mo is a musical sign, Sept. ᾧδὴ δια-
ψάλματος, and so Symm. Aqu. Vulg.
see in ΠΡΌ.

2, meditation, Ps. 19, 15; device, ma-

_ chination, Lam. 3, 62; comp. Ps. 2, 1.

ΤΠ m. adj. (τ. 13%) convenient, com-
modious, suitable, i. q. Talmud. 7135 and

‘jane. Ez. 42, 12. .

ὃ (a3 to be convenient, commodious ;
but not found in this signification i in any
of the kindred languages.

243

THI

ae | τ obsol. root, Arab. oe to flee ;
whence Bes Hejrah, flight of Mo-
hammed ; kindr. 39.—Hence

737 (flight) pr. n. Hagar, the hand-
maid of Sarah, of Egyptian birth, the
mother of Ishmael; so called as having
fled from her mistress. Gen. 16, 1. 25,
12.—Also

“143 (fugitive) Hagri, 1 Chr. 11, 38
27, 31; Plur. pan Ps. 83, 7, ‘and
= bal taba 4 1 Chr. 5, 10. 19. 20, πάν
Hagarenes, pr! n. of an ‘Arabian people,
with which the tribes living beyond Jor-
dan carried on war. oe Seen cor-

responds to the Arab!” , whence the

gentile n. ($y ls, a people and region
adjacent to the Persian Gulf, called
‘Aygatot in Strabo XVI p. 767 Casaub.
᾿ἀγφέες Dionys. Perieget. 956, in the pro-
vince now called Bahrein.

TI m. i. ᾳ. TIM, shout of joy, rejoic-
ing, Ez. 7.7; comp. Is. 16, 9. 10. R.
S37.

12 1Γ1 Chald. m. plur. counsellors of
state, ministers, viziers, Dan. 3, 24. 4,
33. 6. 8; also ND>0 "7353 3, 27 the
king’s counsellors—It seems to be a
compound word; and if Semitic, may
be either Chald. 77733 (τ. 923) eialord:
governors, with ite ‘Heb. article pre-
fixed, which then coalesced with the
word itself} as elsewhere the Arabic
article also with several Heb. words,
see 5X p. 49; or it may be pela

“sm :sc te

Lee.

TI obsol. root, Arab. AM to break,
kindr. ΓΤ ; in Heb. trop. to break forth
into joy, to shout for joy, comp. ΠΙΞΒ,
m2. Hence 4, 11°.—The Arabic
root is likewise tenmeforced to sound,

comp. δῷ ory of the camel, a deep
hoarse voice, διῶ the sound of waves

dashing upon the shore, Paes a crash-
ing, fragor.
‘T343 Hadad, pr. n. 1. An idol of the

Syrians, and perhaps of the Edomites.
see ὙΠ ῚΞ and "INI. ἦν:
Ἂς a

sn

2. Of several Edomites and Ishmael-
ites. a)A king of Edom, Gen. 36, 35.
1 Chr. 1, 46 comp. 50. _b) 1 Chr. 1, 30.
c) 1K. 11, 14; called in v. 17 53.

WTI pr. n. (Hadad i. e. Adod is
his help, see in 7213742) Hadadezer a
king of Syria-Zobah, contemporary with
David, 2 Sam. 8,3 sq. Written "32775
2 Sam. 10, 16. 19. 1 Chr. 19, 16. 19;
though some Mss. every where retain
the better and genuine form with 5.

Paw Hadad-rimmon, pr. n. of a |

place in the plain near Megiddo, Zech.
12, 11; afterwards according to Jerome
called Mazximianopolis. Prob. so called
from the worship of the idol Hadad-
rimmon ; see Hitzig ad Jes. 17,9. Mo-
vers Pheenizier p. 297. See Biblioth. Sac.
1844, p. 220.

5 TIT. q. 775 (comp. 737 and 435)
‘pr. to throw out the hand, i. e. to stretch
or put out the hand; once Is. 11, 8.—

Arab. cde to lead right, to show the

way; Syr. 2901, ds; way, custom,
Gr. ὁδός.

ὙΠΓῚ (for nish) Syr. opla, Arab.

iD, India, Esth. 1,1. 8,9. The form

Hidhus, is old Pers. for Sanscr. Sindhus
(omitting 7), the land of Sind; Lassen
in Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. VI. p. 62.

DI Hadoram, pr.n. a) A tribe
of the Joktanites in Arabia Felix, Gen.
10, 27. They would seem to be the
7Adoupitou, Atramite, Ptolem. ΥἹ. 7, and
Plin. 28 or 32, on the southern coast of
Arabia, between the Homerite (Him-
yarites) and the Sachalite. Ὁ) Masc.
ig. DIAN, HIND q. v. 2 Chr. 10, 18.

ὙΠ Hiddai, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 30;
for which in the parall. passage 1 Chr.
11, 32 is "Nn.

Bly to tread down to the ground,
to trample under foot, once Job 40, 12.
Kindr. roots are 823,725. 525. Arab.
(SchS to tear down sc. a house, to de-
stroy.

om obsol. root, perh. to tread down,
intrans. to be trodden down; whence

QAA,

“7

trop. to serve, to wait upon; Arab.
p>. Hence 0% footstool.

B33 Chald. i. q. Syr. ἔρμα ie 6 ah

member. Dan. 2, 5 kis ap. (Gr.
μέλη ποιεῖν 2 Masia: 1, 16) pr. to make
into members, i.e. to cut or hew in pieces,
aspecies ofpunishateas common to many

Comp. sooo Barhebr.

amember ; comp. Pore

ancient nations.
p. 218.

DST m. (τ. 03%) astool, footstool, every
where with D535. Only trop. Is. 66, 1
the earth is thy ‘footstool. Ps. 110, 1 until
I make thine enemies thy footstool.—

Spec. the ark of the covenant is called

the footstool of God, because his pre-
sence was supposed to be always upon it,
1 Chr. 28, 2. Ps. 99,5. 132, 7. Lam. 2, 1.-

η O77 obsol. root: Talmud. to leap,
to spring, to hasten.—Hence

O77 m. plur. D°O15, the myrtle, so

called according to some because it leaps

or springs up rapidly and grows quickly ;
like salix ἃ saliendo according to Ver-
rius, though salix is from &us.—Neh. 8,
15. Is. 41,19. 55,13. Zech. 1,8. 10, 11,
See Celsius Hierob. P. II. p: 17 sq. Arab.

ἀῶ id. in the dialect of Yemen; |
among the other Arabs this tree is called

oa
MOI (myrtle) pr. n. Hadassah, the
earlier Jewish name of Esther, Esth, 2,7.

“SiN fut. qh 1. to thrust, to push,
to smite, ‘Chald. 977 id. Comp. 753, pps.
Num. 35, 20. 22. Ez. 34, 21. With ia, to
thrust away; Job 18, 18 “in AMI
Wen->x they shall thrust him from the
light into darkness. 1s. 22, 19.—Hence
to thrust down, to oop Jer. 46, 15.

Bs to thrust away, to repulse, 2 K. 4,

. Prov. 10, 3.

ἮΝ to rast out, to drive out, with "352,
"2552, Deut. 6, 19. 9, 4. Tiled, 23;

if “07 1. to cause to swell, to make

fumed, and saps to be swollen up, tu-. .

mid. Arab. ie tumid, o> to be-
come tumid.—Hence part. pass. “974

swollen, tumid, raised. Is. 45,2 B-=san~ |

_ montes Ovid. Amor. 2. 16. 51.

adorn, pr. of apparel, see "377.

ὙΠ

“WN the swelling (raised) places will I
make plain, level. LXX. ὄρη, unless,
perh. they read ΘΠ. So tumidos
. Comp.
Engl. a swell, i. q. a low hill.

2. Trop. of ornament and splendour,
in allusion to the wide and flowing robes
of Oriental pomp; hence to decorate, to
Is. 63, 1
Swazda ἌΓ decked, glorious, in his ap-
parel. Also to honour a person, with
Ἔ "28 to honour the face, person, of any
one, to reverence, Lev. 19, 32; also ina
bad sense, to favour his cause, to be par-
tial in judgment, like 0°25 Nw, Lev. 19,
15; c. ace. of pers. Ex. 23, 3.

Nipu. Pret. plur. in Pause 19773, were
honoured Lam. 5,12. Comp. Kal no. 2.

Hiruap. to show oneself proud, to carry
oneself proudly, Prov. 25, 6.

The derivatives fallow:

ὙΠ Chald. Pa. "34, to honour, Dan.
4, 31. 84.

VF m. (τ. "IA no. 2) 1. ornament,
decoration, splendour, pomp, Ps. 45, 4.
96,6. Ez. 16,14, ΤΡ “In holy-orna-
ments Ps. 110, 3; see in m4. Prov.
20, 29 mary ΠῚ ὙΠ the ornament of
old men is the gray head. Lev. 23, 40
“111 7> ornamental trees.—Spec. of the
splendour, majesty of God. Ps. 104, 1

mpa> sami Tin thou art clothed with
splendour ‘and majesty. Job 40,10. Ps.
29, 4 “Ἴπ|ξ Min Dip the voice of Jehovah
is in majesty, majestic.

2. honour, Ps. 149, 9.

V3 Chald. i. gq. Heb. 777, ὁ. suff.

7770 Dan. 4, 27 [30].

VII m. (τ. 995) ornament, splendour ;
once Dan. 11, 20 naz>a. ὙΠ ὉΔῚ ὍΣΣ Ὁ
sending forth an exactor of tribute
through the ornament of the kingdom,
Palestine, q. d. the best part of the king-
dom, like "387 ys v. 16, comp. Zech.
9, 8. For the historical allusion, see
2 Mace. 3, 1 sq.—Others understand tri-

bute, census, by a Grecism, like τιμή.

But see in Gesch. d. Heb. Sprache p. 64.

ANI f(r. 777) constr. PIIN, i. q.
17, ornament, decoration, Prov. 14, 28.

Sap mn Aoly adornment, i. e. apparel

morn on solemn festival occasions, (not
21*

2A5

΄

NT

sacerdotal as some suppose,) Ps. 29, 2
96,9. Comp. 83p "275 Ps. 110, 3.

“WTYV3 so written sometimes fot
ὙὝΣΠΗ Ὁ ve

ri} inter}. expressing grief, onomato-
poetic, like HIN, ah! wo! Ez. 30, 2.

aa inter]. expressing grief; onomatop,
like "5, ΟἹ wo! alas! Am. 5, 16.

NW m. SWI Lf he, she; is, ea, id; per-
sonal pronoun.of the third person. The
same form dropping the & is found in the
pr. n. 7728. Corresponding forms are:
Phen. 84; Samar. 815, f. 7, and 87,

faa; Arab. 5, ἢ 5.

As to its origin, see Hupfeld on the Se-
mitic demonstr. Particles in Zeitschr. f. ἃ.
Kunde des Morgenl. II. p. 127 sq. 147 sq.
—In the Pentateuch 857 includes also
the feminine gender, and is put for 8",
which latter (according to the Masora on
Gen. 38, 25) is read only eleven times
in the whole Pentateuch. The puncta-
tors, who prob. did not notice this idiom
of the Pentateuch, wherever 85> refers |
to a feminine object, seem to have regard-
ed it as an error, and wrote it 814, sig-
nifying that 8°74 ought to be read. Be-
sides the Pentateuch, 850 is found as fem.
in1K.17,15. Job 31,11. Is. 30,33, where
it is also written by the punctators 815.

Like the Lat. is, ea, id, so the pronouns
Ni, RW, point out a definite person or
thing already mentioned or well known
from the context. They thus.differ from
mt, mXt, which is i. q. οὗτος, this, point-
ing to a person or thing present and
near; and correspond rather to the Greek
αὐτός, especially in the oblique cases, as
> ig. αὐτῷ, imix ig. αὐτόν. Hence xin
and 8"F. are put:

1. Without emphasis, he, she, like Lat.
is, ea. Gen. 4, 20 and Adah bare Jabal,
brik aw" 73 MF NAM he was the father
of such as dwell in tents. v. 21. 10, 8. 9.
12. 19, 36. 37. 20, 16. That its proper
place ᾿ where a person or thing is men-
tioned a second time, (see the remarks
above on the article,) is obvious from
passages where itrefers to Mt preceding ;
so Judg. 7, 4 92 πὶ yy Wek 7x nan
πὶ abe “2R-TN ben JN 4b? Nn ἸῺΝ

abo 8d xe spas πον ND, aren Sept.

»
1; Syr. on,

ΝΠ

well: καὶ ἔσται, ὃν ἐὰν εἴπω πρὸς σέ,
οὗτος πορεύσεται σὺν σοΐ, αὐτὸς πορεύ-
σεΐαι σὺν σοί" καὶ πᾶς ὃν ἂν εἴπω πρὸς
σέ, οὗτος οὐ πορεύσεται μετὰ σοῦ, αὐτὸς
οὐ πορεύσεται μετὰ σοῦ. So too in the
same relation, MX and Msn, Gr. οὗτοι
and αὐτοί, Ps. 20, 8. 9.

2. Witha degree of emphasis, as again -

taking up a preceding noun. Is. 33, 22
ἊΣ ἼΖ 1. Nin A2D>2 Min Jehovah our Isai:
he will save us. 38, 19. So in various
ways and examples; as Gen. 13,1 Abra-
ham. ΘΝ" Rin, Sept. aUTOS καὶ ἢ
γυνὴ αὐτρῦ, he and hide wife. 14, 15. Gen.
4,4 nampa ban, Sept. ᾿“βὲλ καὶ αὐτός,
Abel, even'he. Gen. 20,5 9) "ax NAN Nm
wea HE not unto me 2 Shlec. a) Some-
times 841M i. q. αὐτός is referred to God,
as HE who alone is to be adored, wh
alone created and governs the world.
Ps. 33,9 7 WAN RIT. Job 5,18. Deut.
32, 39, So in the pr. names 557>N,
WT"ax, etc. Ὁ) Put also by way of
amis. 2 Chr. 28, 225 like Gr. οὗτος,
Lat. iste. ὁ) Like 5 αὐτός, the same,
idem, Ps. 102, 28 85 OMX thou art the
same. Is. 41, 4. 43, 13. 48,12. d) Put
after a noun it is often i. q. αὐτός, ipse,
self. Is. 7, 14 nix ἘΞ. NIM ἼΣΗΝ nT j2>
therefore the Lord hi mself (Sept. Κύριος
αὐτός) will give you a sign, i. e. of
himself, of his own accord. Often and
emphatic after the pronouns "238 (15.
μὲ 25), MAX, 72; as Jer. 49,12 AmN

Pim ΠΡῸΣ ssn and shalt tuou go un-
ΤΗΣ Is. 50, 9 "23597 NAM “2 WHO
then shall condemn me ? Gen. 27, 33.

3. Put with the art. after a noun having
the art. it expresses the remote demonstr.
that ; tlle, illa, iilud; and so OAR, jan.
Job 1,1 88H WNT that man. Ged, 28,
' 11 SIN Dips. in that place. Mic. 8, 4
xn ΤΣΞ αἱ that time. So very often
Rim bia in that day, at that time;
spoken both in the historical books of a
day just before mentioned, Gen. 15, 18.
. 26, 32. 30, 35. 33, 16; and also. in the
prophetic writings of a day just before
announced, Is. 2, 17. 20. 8, 7. 18. 4, 1. 2
(comp. 2, 12). 5, 30. 7, 18. 20. al. Sept.
ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκεῖνῃ.---ΤῊ Syriac on ᾽ wor;
are used to correspond with Heb. δ,
aan.

4. Like the other personal pronouns, so

246

THI

NIT. N41, (also OF 44,) involve the idea
of the verb of existence or substantive
verb, i. q. he is, she is, it is. Gen. 24,65
what man is this? Ὁ. "27% 815 he is my
master. 20,7 for he is a prophet. 2, 11
MNT ὙΝ ΡΞ ΤῸΝ ἘΞ ΘΓ RIM that is
it which compasseth the whole land of
Havilah. More frequently put last;

as Gen. 25, 21-8" ΤῊΣ %D for she

was barter. Ps. 18, 31. Ts. 41, 7. In
both genders it is not seldom ‘put by
way of explanation, i. q. that is, ete)
Gen. 14, 8 ΣΝ NN ΣῸΞ Bela, that is
Zoar, now called Zoar. ν. 7. 23, 2. 19.
Josh. 15, 8. 9—Hence it comes that
these pronouns frequently stand instead
of the substantive verb itself; as Gen. 7,
2 and of the beasts SIT HAH Nd Wwe
that arg not clean. Ps. 50, 6 ponds nD
win DS for God 1s judge. Gen. al, 20."
320) m7 Dw yaw rhtn mop 3303
Mi ow yay pobn pawn the seven
good kine are seven years, and ihe seven
good ears ARE seven years ; comp. v. 27
fin. where instead of M33 we have 4757.

Gen. 25, 16 Θ᾿). "32 pn ΠῈΝ these
ARE the sons of Ishmael. Zech. 1,9.
will show thee H>R MBM ΓΡῸ what these
ARE. Espec. Zeph. 2, 12, where man
even refers to a different (the second)
person: Mgr} "S47 725m Oo waD DMS ba
also ye Ethiopians sHaut BE slain with
my sword. Comp: Ezra 5,11; also Syr.’
Matt. 5, 13.

N17 m. NWI £ Chald. i. q. Heb. he,
she; is, ea, id; Dan. 2, 22. 6,11. 17.
Often as implying the verb of existence
or substantive verb, he is, she is, ete.
Dan. 2, 9. 20. 28. 32, 47. 6,5. Put also
for the substantive verb, Dan. 4, 27.

ΔΓ Chald. i. q. M15 q: v.

ὙΠ apheresis for TiM3 (r. 92) Arab.
<5 to swell, e. g.'the flesh, the female
breast.

1. a swelling sc. in the exuberance
of health and strength; hence vigour,
strength, e. g. of the youthful body Prov.
5,9; of anoble steed Zech. 10,3. Dan. 10,
8 ‘remind "DY FEM? MN my strength was
turned within me to destruction, i. e. was
destroyed. Hos.14,7 !1in ΓΞ like the
olive-tree his strength.—Trop.of strength —
of voice, snorting, Job 39, 20 [23].

oo ae QNT

— 2. splendour, majesty, e.g. a) Of
God; often, with "35, Ps. 21, 6. 96, 6.
104, 1. 111, 3. Job 40,10. b) Ofkings
and princes, 1-Chr. 29, 25. Dan. 11, 21.
Comp. Num. 27, 20.

3. Hod, pr. τι: τὰ. 1 Chr. 7, 37.

MITT (perh. i. ᾳ. ΓΝ ΤΕ praise ye
Jehovah) Hodaviah, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr.
5, 24. b) 9,7. 6) Ezra 2, 40.

WIT (id.) Hodaviah, pr. n. τη.
1 Chr. 3, 24

M15 (splendour of Jehovah) Ho-
deiah, Neh. 7, 43, i. ᾳ. 327757 lett. Ὁ.

mM (id.) Hodijah, pr. n. of several
Levites, Neh. 8, 7. 9, 5. 10, 11. 14. 19.

f rd to be, to exist, i.g. 790. In

ἢ Aramean this is the usual form for

Pon a Owe —s =. Ὁ

from on high, i. q. ἘΠ:

the substantive verb, Chald. m5, Syr.

jon; in Hebrew it rarely occurs, and
only in the poets and later writers.
That it is however the primitive form
and earlier than M741, is apparent, be-
cause the form has obviously an onoma-
topoetic origin; and hence 4°47 comes
from 715, as ΓΙ from Tim. The ori-
gin of 55 lies in the idea of breathing,
comp. 838, Arab. Ss: and see in no.
2,3. This idea is then transferred to
the breathing of persons and animals;
whence fo live i.g. MIN, and so to be.—
Part. m:n Neh. 6, 6. Ecc. 2, 22. Imp.
mis, kt, " Gen. 27,29. Is.16,4. Fut.
apoc. 819" Kee. 11, 3, for 177 from F357.
2. to breathe after, to desire, i.q. ΓΞ,

mx 1.2. Arab. ἘΠῚ to desire, to love,
to will—Hence 55 no. 1, desire.

’ 3. Intens. to strive eagerly, to rush
headlong ; hence to fall headlong, to fall

Job 37, 6

IR NIT WN Ἢ ΡῈ 5. Ἴ2 for to the snow
he saith, Fall (rush down) upon the
earth; Vulg. ut descendat in terram,
Sept. as in no. 1, γίνου ἐπὶ yijc.— Hence
Mi no. 2, Tin. ,

ma and St Chald. to be, i.q. Heb.

mn. Often joined with the participle

of another verb, e. g. M7177 TIM thou wert
seeing, i.e. thou sawest, Dan. 4, 7. 10. 7,
2. 4. al.

- Nore.—In the formation of the Fut.

mn

of this verb, there occurs this singulari-

ty, that in the third pers. sing. and plur.

is found the prefix >, where we should
expect the pealeniiatine ἢ: "; and this with
the regular and usual ΠΡΑ που ῦϑ, of the
future or subjunctive. Thus, 8152 will
be Dan. 2, 28. 29. 45. 4, 22. Ezra 7, 26 ;
be it, let it be. Dan. 3, 18. 5, 29. Ezra 7,
23. 4, 12.13... 528; plus, a may be
Dan. 6, 2. 3. 27. Ezra.7, 25; fem. 115
Dan. 5, 17; but in 3d fit. sing. man
Dan. 2, 40-42, 4,24; Ninn 7, 23. Ezra
6, 8. ovis of the same ἘΝ are found
in the Targums, as Hieros. Ex. 10, 28.
Jonath. Ex! 22, 24; and more in the
Talmud, as 1>2W> for 1320", 1"70> [οἱ
ya", 1975 for 1955, see Furst Chald
Lehrg. p. 114. From all this it appears
that these forms are not infinitives, as is
sometimes supposed; but that in suck
examples either the > is put for the Nuz:
of the Syrians (so de Dieu, Beer Inscr.
et Papyri I. 19, 20), or else these forms
have arisen out of the Hebrew usage
which began to put >¥p> instead of

bop, Heb. Gr. § 129. π. 1. Comp. Wi-
ner Chald. Gr. p. 67. edit. 2.
avs f. (Ὁ. 9) verbal of Pi. 1. dere,

cupidity, see the root no. 2. Prov. 10, 3
HA ow mit he thrusteth away the
desire of the wicked ; parall. P"I¥ 052.

Comp. mix. Arab. ἘΠ: desire, will.

2. fall, ruin, Arab. Ss : 5, see the root
no. 3. . Only in the plur. calamities, de-
struction; Ps. 57,2 mi 7332779 until
these calamities are overpast. 91, 3737
mins fatal pestilence. 94, 20. Prov. 19,
13. Job 6, 2. 30, 13. (In Job Il. ce.
Chethib 55 .)—Hence also, ‘calamities
which one prepares for another,’ mis-
chief, injury, wickedness ; Ps. 5,10 D29P
mint their inward part (or mind) is
wickedness. 38,13 nix 9733 they speak
mischief, mischievous things. 52, 4. 9.
55, 12. Prov. 11, 6.17, 4 1199 το2ϑ pra
niin giving ear to a wicked tongue. Job
6, 30. Sing. id. Ps. 52, 9.

min i. ᾳ. O55 no. 2, fall, ruin, cala-
mity, Is. 47,11: Ez. 7,26. R. ΠῚ Π no. 3,
oan (prob. for omint, whom Jeho-

vah impels, τ. ΘΠ.) Hoham, pr. n. of a
king of Hebron, Josh. 10, 3.

oH

"Wt interj. onomatopoetic, like "ix.

1. Of threatening, ho! wo! ove, oi,
with nominat. for the vocative ; comp.
Sept. Is. 1, 4 Nom Ma IN wo, sinful
nation! 5, 8.11. 18. 20. 21. 10, 5. 28, 1.
29, 1. 15. 30, 1. 31,15; with by Jer. 48,
“1; 53 50, 27. Ez. 13, 8; Ὁ 13, 18.

2. Of grief O! tbo! ae 1 K. 13, 30
“mx “in alas, my. brother ! Is. 17, 12.

3. Of exhortation, ho! πρίν 2, 10
[6]. Is. 18,1. 55, 1.

‘ yd Chald. to go, a softened form
from 72; comp. 873 and a5, y>s8 and
ἘΝ, P29 and ΤῈΣ ; and in modern lan-
guages Engl. to talk, to walk (in which
the / is not sounded), Fr. dowa from Lat.
dulcis, faux from falsus. Fut. A (the
only instance in verbs 5) ἼΠ i. q. 5202,
Eizra 5, 5. 6,5. 7.13. Infin. 7599 7, 18,
—The same forms are found in the Tar-
gums.

M227 £ (τ. dd Po.) plur. middin,
folly, Kec. 1,17. 2, 12. Then, impro-
bity, wickedness, Ecc. 9, 3.

mabbin £ id. Ecc. 10, 13:

pein (Milél) m. Is. 41, 7; see in DDH.

* DAT to put in motion, throw into
commotion, consternation, to agitate ;
kindr. 025, mot. Deut. 7, 23 Den
ΓΙΡ ΤΣ non he will bring upon them

great consternation. —Hence pinn.
NipH. see in 025.

Hien. to make commotion, to make a

noise, (comp. Y*PUtn to keep quiet.) of
a noisy multitude Mic. 2, 12; of an un-
quiet mind, internal commotion, Ps. 55, 3.
Deriv. M2107, DIM.
DOW (destruction, τ. oan) Homam,

pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 1, 39; for which in Gen.
36, 22 pant.

ἘΠ i. 4. Arab. Gls, to be light,
easy ; comp. kindr. πὲ, 778. °

Hipu. to act lightly, with levity ; Deut.
1, 41 mibed anim? ye acted lightly to go
up, went up heedlessly ; comp. Num.
14, 44.

Deriv. 9", and ;

TW m. 1. riches, wealth, substance,
Prov. 1, 13. 6, 31. 8.18. Ps. 44, 13 Xda
yin for nought, pr. for no wealth. Plur.

9.0.
pon Ez. 27, 33.—Arab. ..y_ ease,

248

rit

-

comfort ; comp. ΤῊΝ mid. 1 to live

in comfort and quiet, te quiet, com-
fort, }i8 wealth, substance.

2. Adv. enough, Prov. 30, 15. 16. So
Sept. ἀρκεῖ, Chald. Syr. Arab. Vers.

“in and Ἢ 1. Anold and unusual
word, i. ᾳ. "3, α mountain, Gr. ὄρος.
Gen. 49, 26 53 "5 (i. 6. IY IF) efer-
nal mountains, parall. with D2is nivas
everlasting hills in the other hemistich.
—The Masorites direct it to be read
“42 "iN, and seem to follow the inter-
pretation embraced by the Vulg. and
Chald. i. 6. taking "7M as particip. of
the verb 555, i. q. my parents, progeni-
tors, and referring “> to the words fol-
lowing. But against this is the compa-
rison of the similar passages in Deut. 33,
15. Hab. 3, 6; and also the parallelism
of the members.

2. Hor, pr. n. of two mountains: a)
One on the borders of Idumea, one and
a half days’ journey from the Dead Sea
towards the south; at its eastern foot

lay the city Petra. At the present day
it takes its name Bo Aaron, who died
on it, up ot > hie Jebel Neby

Harin, Mount mo. the Prophet Aaron.
See Comment on Is. 16,1. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 548, 651.—Num. 20, 22.
33, 82, Ὁ) The other was perhaps a
spur of Lebanon at the northeastern
extremity, Num. 34, 7. 8.

ΣΙ (for »2tins, whom Jehovah
heareth,) Hoshama, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3,
18.

YIM (deliverance, safety, see τ. 98"
Hiph. and Niph.) pr. n.

a) Oshea, afterwards Joshua, the mi- —
nister and successor of Moses, Num.°13, |
8. 16. etc.

b) Hoshea, a king of Israel, 2 K. 15,
30. 17, 1 sq. 18, 1 sq.

c) Hosea, a prophet Sept. Qoné, Hos.
1, 1. 2.

ΤΣ ΤΊ (whom Jehovah helpeth, r.
3°) Hoshaiah, pr. n. of several men:
a) Neh. 12, 32.33. Ὁ) Jer. 42, 1. 43, 2.

* TT see NNN.

, rir) to dream, to talk in one’s

-π 249

_ dreams, Is. 56,10. Kindr. is mm; and
+ the primary idea seems to be that of
nocturnal vision. Sept. évummafouevor,
Aqu. φανταζόμενοι, Symm. δραματισταί.
—Arab. eae and {chs to talk at ran-
dom, espec. of one delirious ; and nearly
_ the same in the Talmud.

WJ m. (for "2, τ. 972, as 592 for 553")
wailing, lamentation, wo, Ez. 2, 10.

NI pron. of 3 pers. sing. fem she,
Lat. ea; neut. id; see fully in x17,
Sometimes in the Masoretic text it is
read 8°74, where 8" used in a neuter
sense is referred to the masculine, and
the Jewish critics expected 810; 6. g.
Job 31, 11. Eee. 5, 8. Ps. 73, 16.

87 Chald. i. q. Heb. she, Dan. 2, 9.
«320. 21. 7,7. Ezra 6,15. See in sin.

TIN} m. (τ. TIM) shout of joy, joyful
acclamation, 6. g. (a) Of vintagers
treading the grapes, vintage-shout, Jer.
26, 30. 48, 33. Ὁ) Of soldiers rushing
to battle, batile-shout, Jer. 51, 14. Is. 16,
9. 10, where these two senses are put in
antithesis.

HT Neh. 12, 8, a corrupted form,
prob. for MINIM choirs, as 1 Chr. 25, 3.
Comp. also Neh. 11,17; where in a like
context is Nitin.

ῳ ΓΙ, fat. MH, apoc. 5°, with
Vav cnrers. 74; ὃ inf. absol. nin and
it Num. 30, 7; ‘inf. constr. mint, once
. mH Ez. 21, 15, with pref. nit, mina ;
imp. T355 ; art: f, mh Ex. 9, 8, signi-
fying i. ᾳ. M35, Chald. 14, Syr. loa,
on.

1. to come to pass, to happen, to be ;
for the origin and etymology see the
Note. Ex. 82,1 we know not i> mn m7
what has happened tohim. Ecce. 3, 22
PINS ATTY ΤΠ what shall be (happen)
after him. Is. 14, 24 ΓΙΑΤῚ 13 "NAT AWAD
as Ihave thought. 80 shall it come to pass.
1 K. 13, 32. So ὦ mF m2 how comes
(is) tt that? oer 4, 10, iq. Gr. thyé-
yovey ὅτι; John 14,.22. Often in the
phrase δὲ "7.723-55h the word of Jeho-
vah happened (came) to any one; see
examples in 727 no. 1..c, and comp. Lat.
fama. accidit ad aures alic. Liv.—Most
_ frequent of all is the form "4%, Gr. καὶ
ἐγένετο, and it came to pass, in historical

a

narrative, with a notation of time. Gen.
22, 1 DOAN) HR PAT INS ἜΤ.
mo: and it came to pass after these
things, and God did try Abraham. 23, 1.
26, 32 ἢν 5) NANT DISD 77 and it came
to pass on the same day, and they came
etc. Josh.4, 1 WaN)...78R WRI TN.
5,1 0a™.. pads 77 and it came to
pass when they heard... then their heart
melted. The notation of time, as ap-
pears from these examples, is variously
expressed ; 6. g. with D and inf. Gen.
24, 30. Ex. 16,10; 5 and inf. Gen. 35,
17. 18. Num. 10. 35; “ORD with pret.
Gen. 24, 22. 52. 1 Seca 8, 1; "2 with
pret. Gen: 6, 1. 27, 1im-Clorresponilieig
to this is also the form 7°53) and it shall
come to pass, referring always to a future
event, and usually followed by a nota-
tion of time. Is. 7,18 83953 D192 4771
an patie and it shall come to pass in that
day, Jehovah shall hiss, ete. Ex. 12,25
DRI... YAN NBN 2 AT and
it shall come to pass when ye shall come
to the land ...then shall ye keep, ete. So
with "3 Ex. 12, 26. Judg. 12,5; ox de-
noting time or a condition Ex. 4. 8.
Deut. 8, 19; 5 and 3 with inf. Deut. 17,
18. 20, 2. 9. Judg. 2, 19.

2. to begin to be, i. e. to become, to be
made or done. Spec. a) ΤῸ come into
existence, to begin, to arise, to be ; Gen.
1,3 ΝΣ WAN WN WT Let light be, and
light was. v. 6. Is. 66, 2 mex 22 90775
and all these things hove arisen, have
come into existence. With 3, of or
from any source, Gen. 17, 16 ava> 72573
wi) ΠΡ dose of nations shall be of
her, spring from her. Ecc. 3, 20. δ) to
be done, established, opp. to fall, to be in

vain. 15. 7, 7 57250 ἐξ 9) pipn δὲ it shall

not stand, οὐδ shall it be done. With
> auctoris, Is. 19, 15 nIa¥a> mnt 8d
mwyva neither shall any work be done by
the Egyptians.—It is construed as fol-
lows: o) With a subst. following, to be-
come or be made any thing. Gen. 19, 26
ma a°x2 "ΠῚ and she became a pillar
of salt. 4, 30. 21: So Gen: 1, 5 29 ὙΠ)
Ins Din "pa "75 and the evening was
and the morning was one day, i.e. even=
ing and morning became one day. β)
In the same sense, with > before the
subst. Gen. 2, 7 ΤΠ wind PINT NT
and man became a living soul. v.24. ὃ

Ten

15. Is. 1, 22. 31. 5,9. y) But > m°n, to
be or become to any one, as his posses-
sion, property, etc. Is. 17,2 "259 ">
mImnh OID the cities of Aroer shall
be for the flocks. i.e. be given up fo them.
23, 18. Job 30, 31. So espec. of a wo-
man, 8"x> nn", she became to a man,
ive, became his wits: (MND being bften
added, Num. 36, 3) Num. 30, 7. 36, 3.
Deut. 21, 15. 24,2. δὴ 3 55 to ὑὲ or
become as or like any thing. Gen. 3,5
p'm>xD on and ye shall become as
God. v. 22. Ps. 1,3. Cant. 1,7. Then
also, to be or hecome like any one, is to
have the like lot with him; comp. Fr.
‘je ne sais pas ce qu’il est devenu.’ Is.
1,9 "πὶ DIDD we should have become
like Sodom, i. e. have experienced the
fate of its inhabitants. Gen. 18, 25. Num.
17, 5. Is. 17, 3. 24, 2. 28,4. 29,7. 30, 13.
Comp. Is. 10, 9. 20, 6; where “°F is
omitted.

3. to be, i. e. the substantive verb. like
Gr. εἰμέ, Lat. swm. a) As the copulative
connecting the subject with the predi-
cate; whether the latter be an adjective,
noun, numeral, or adverb; or whether it
stand alone, or in connection with a par-
ticle. So with an adjective, Gen. 3, 1
ἘΠῚ my emits and the serpent was
cunning. 2, 25. With a substantive,
Gen. 3, 20 “np Dx ON NT 1D orshe
was the mother of all living. 5, 32. 16, 12.
With a subst. and numeral, Gen. 5, 5
and all the days of Adam.... were nine
hundred and thirty years. v. 8. 11. Job
1, 8. With an adverb, Gen. 15, 5 2
SON! m7 so shall thy seed be. Witha
subst. having the prefix 2, Ps. 22,15 155
ἈΞ 125 my heart is like waz. Ἢ 1, 18.
30. 9, 18. In very many examples of
this kind the substantive verb may be
omitted; and indeed is more frequently
omitted than inserted ; see Lehrg. p. 849.
But the rules laid down as to its use by
Ewald are too narrow; Krit. Gr. p. 632.
Kl. Gr. § 571..2. b) As expressing
the being or remaining in any place or
state; Gen. 4,8 MIWwa cnn 1 and it
came to pass when they were in the field,
pr. in their being in the field. 13, 3. 17,
13. Is. 7,23. Gen. 2, 18 DIRT Minn 51 sib
52> it is not good for man to be alone.
Ece.7,14. c) Emphatic, to be in exist-
ence, to exist, 6. g.in some place, Gen. 2,5

250

rsd

P2207 OI MwA Mw the planis of

‘the field: were not yet in the earth, did not °

yet exist. 6,4. Is. 11, 16. Absol. Gen.
13,7 = > and there was strife. 15,
17 πὴπ maby there was darkness. Zech.
14, 6. Is. ‘1s, 6. Ecce. 1, 9. 10. —Also, to
exist, to lide so Gr. ΚΗ 9. g. ἔτ εἰσί
Hom. Od. 15. 432; οὐ δὴν ἦν Il. 6. 131.
Matt. 2,18. So Toh 3,16 as a hidden
untimely birth MAN Nb Thad not been,
should not have éxisted, lived. Is. 23, 13.

' Dan. 1, 21. Eee. 2, 7. 18. 4, 16. 6, 12.

The following constructions and phra-
ses may also be noted: aa) >¥p m7n,
he was slaying, for he slew ; comp. Syr.
joa Lo. Gen. 4, 17 533 “1 and he
was building. 15, 17 mN2 wewn 3
and the sun was going down. Is. 10, 14,
Often in the later writers, Job 1, 14.
Neh. 1,4. 2,13.15. bb) 5 m3, to be to
any one, i.e. to belong to, and with a per-
sonal subject, to have. Gen. 12, 16 "7
“pai jNx i> and he had sheep and oxen.
Ex. 20,3 DUNN OAD FD TTR thou
shalt have no other gods. ‘Gen. 13, 5.
2 Sam. 12, 2. Is. 5, 1; > omitted 2 Sar:
4, 2. Comp. "> ws, Gr. ἔστε μοι, Arab.
J S) Κ est mihi, i. gq. habeo, Cor. 10. 100.
cc) Also 3 4°, to be for any thing, i.e.
to serve as or for any thing, to be any
thing, Gr. εἶναι εἴς τι, γένεσϑαι εἴς τι.
Gen. 1, 15 mink> 3°17 and they shall
be for lights. v. 14. 29. Is. 1, 14 "ὃν mh
το they are to me for a burden. With
bc. inf. Is. 5,5 ἜΣΞ» mm and it shall
be for consuming, ‘burning, pr. Eng. tz
shall be to burn. With a dat. of pers.
Gen. 6, 21 M228> ἘΠῚΞῚ 4b MAM and it
shall be to thee and to them for ‘food. Ex.
4,16 > TIN omy ἢ ΠΕΡ Τ9 ΓΙΆΓΡῚ Rn
Θ΄ ΟΝ Ὁ he shall be to thee fora mouth,
and thou shalt be to him for God, i. e.
he shall speak in public whatever thou
shalt suggest to him in _ private.—
Sometimes > 577 is i. q. to show oneself
so and so, to acquit oneself as; 1 Sam.
4,9 pow ny) Apiaimn be strong and
quit yourselves like men. So with >
twice, 1 Sam. 18, 17 5°n-425 τ be
thou valiant for me, pr. quit thyself for
me as a man of wallow. dd) The for-

mula mivs> mn has a double signif.
a) to be about ‘to do, to begin to do, as
Gen. 15, 12 xin} wav ὙΠ and the

:

2 Sam. 13, 20.

‘ab 1K. 11, 11; see DY no. 2. 6.

a

sun was about to go down, was in going
down. 2 Chr. 26, 5 mindy wt ὙΠῚ
and he began to seek God, applied him-
self to seeking God. 6) to be about to be
done, implying necessity, it must, it ought,
etc. Josh. 2,5 7403 ἼΣΘΙ ὙΠ and the
gate was to be shut, it was time to shut
the gate. Is. 6,13 a tenth part in her
273925 nmin shall be to destroy, i.e.
shall be destroyed. So with the pas-
sive, Ez. 30,16 span? mann 82) and No
{ Thebes) shall be to be rent asunder, i i.e.
shall be destroyed. ee) » o> ΠῚΠ to
be with any one, in various senses:
αν) to be on his side, of his party, VRB;
see DY no. 1. Comp. εἶναι μετά τινος Matt.
12,30. β) πῸΝ Dy HN 10 be with a wo-
man, i. q. to lie with her, Gen. 39, 10.

Comp, Syr. sas fon
122.3}, Hist. of Susann. 14. Judith 12, 16.

7) to be in one’s mind, heart, i. ᾳ. ἘΦ ΤΠ
ff ) mn
Έ "2793 to he in the eyes of any one, i. e.

to seem to him, see 19 no. 1. Ὁ. gg)

ἘΦ 57 fo be over any one, i. 4. to protect
him; pr. ofa wall, 1 Sam. 25, 16. Metaph.
Zech. 12,2 πῆ mam by 023 and also
over Judah shall (God) be, i. e. he will
protect Judah. μ

ΝΙΊΡΗ. 97) only in Pret. and Part.
i. q. Kal, but less frequent.

1, to come to pass, to happen, to be.
Judg. 19, 30 MNt2 OMN FINS AMD
no such thing had come to pass nor was

| seen. 20, 3. 12. Deut. 4, 32. Jer. 5, 30.
_ Ez. 21, 12. Neh. 6, 8. Dan, Le, i

2. to become, to be made or done, to be

| accomplished. Part. fem. 7773 it is done!

it is over! Mic. 2,4. So mn MRM a
desire aecomplished, fulfilled, Prov. 13,

19; comp. parall. ΠΝ v. 12. With > to
| Eecome any thing, ‘lit. for any thing,

Deut. 27,9. With mx noting the au-
thor, 1 K. 12, 24. 1, 27. 2 Chr. 11, 4.

3. to be, as the subst. verb, Joel 2, 2.
Twice emphat. implying the idea of

_ something finished and past; as Lat.
_ ‘ fuimus Troes.’

Dan. 2,1 mm ings
πο» and his sleep for him: had been, i.e.

. sleep for him was over, existed no more ;
᾿ ΩΣ for em, ἌΡ Theodot. well, ὃ ὕπνος
αὐτοῦ αν χὐνμὴὰ ax αὐτοῦ, ΡΝ Sugit

ab illo.

Comp. 6, 19. Dan. 8, 27 and I
Daniel "77372" "mn had BEEN (vulg.

251 |

ὉΤΊ

Engl. was done up) and was sick. Vulg.
langui et egrotavi.

Norse. As-the notion of the αὐλόν:
tive verb is too abstruse and metaphy-
sical to be regarded as primitive, etymo-
logists have with good reason sought
after the origin of the Heb. verbs 1°45
and m3. With some I formerly em-
braced the conjectural opinion, that the
primary idea was that of falling, comp.
Arab. Ss ruit, decidit ; and that the

sense of falling out, coming to pass, was
derived from this; in support of which
one might appeal to Pers. wolasl to
fall, to fall out, to happen. But I can-
not now regard this signification as the
primary one. The notion of existence
would seem rather to come from that of
living,applied metaph. evento inanimate
things; so that then the verbs ΠῚ, πη,
and mM", M7, may all be referred to the
same origin. Of these 71M and 415 sig-
nify primarily 10 breathe, to blow, (comp.
MIS, FIN, ION, 52,) which notion then
passes over into the signif. partly of
breathing after, desiring, rushing, and
partly of living, existing. See more
under 735. Some also regard the verbs
mit and 45 as very closely related to
the pronouns 817 and ἀξ,

m7 f. in Cheth. Job 6, 2. 30, 31, for
mit fall, ruin, calamity.

ΤΠ a form imitating the Chaldee, for
378 how? 1 Chr. 13, 12. Dan. 10, 17.—

Freq. in Chaldee writers; Samar. =f
id.

22°F} comm. gend. once fem. Is. 44,
28. Plur. 0"~, once mi Hos. 8, 14.

1. a large building, edifice, a palace,
Prov. 30, 28. Is. 39,7. Dan. 1,4.—It comes
from r. 57 i. q. 3D, 22, to take, to hold ;
espec. to be capacious, spacious. Syr.

Wasa, Arab. (UGS, Ethiop. Ὁ ὯΔ,

id. alsoa temple. There is likewise a

verb IS.

2. mini 52" the palace of Jehovah,
i. 6. the temple at Jerusalem, 2 K. 24, 13.
2 Chr. 3, 17. Jer. 50, 28. Hagg. 2, 15.
Zech. 6, 14. 15; aliswhiore mins m2.
Spoken also of the dicred tabernacle in
use before the building of the temple,
comp. ΤῊ no. 2; 1 Sam. 1, 9. 3,3. Ps

ΤΩΣ

5,8; not 2 Sam. 22, 7. Ps. 29, 9, where
the heavens are to be understood. Poet.
for the heavens, Ps. 11, 4. 18, 7 et 2 Sam.
22, 7. Ps. 29, 9. Mic. 1,2. Sometimes
the epithet holy is added.

3. Spec. for a part of the temple of
Jerusalem, the outer sanctuary, or rather
the temple itself, ὃ ναὸς κατ ἐξοχήν, as
distinguished from the holy of holies
(7923); so 1 K.6,5 33>) bard. v.17.
7, 50.—But ἘΞ" ΠῚ does not stand for the
holy of holies itself.

3 ΤΙ Chald. m. emphatic. ΔΌΞΗΙ, 6.
suff. ΠΡ ΠῚ, as in Hebr.

ἃ; palace of the king, Dan. 4, 1. 26.
Ezra 4, 14.

2. the temple, Dan. 5, 2. 3. 5.

227 Is. 14; 12, according to Sept.
Vulg. Targ. Rabbin. Luth. brilliant star,
i.e. Lucifer, the morning star. Aptly,
since it is followed by "7W~)a son of the
morning ; and in Chaldee also this star

9 ’

is called nmx2 aziz, Arab. §)9y, ie.
splendid star. In this sense ΒΘ would
be derived from r. >3F to shine, as a par-

ticipial noun from a conj. Θ᾽, comp.
Arab. » A, Syr. Chat, and the like;
or rather it is for 555 verbal of Pi. light-
giving, radiant.—T he form >>" is else-
where Imperat. Hiph. of the verb 555
in the signif. wail, lament, Ez. 21, 17.
Zech. 11,2. This gives here a less apt
' sense; though adopted by Syr. Aqu.
Jerome.
D7" see in p2in.

T's (i. ᾳ. jana Chald. and Syr.
faithful) Heman, pr.n. a) A wise man
of the tribe of Judah, who lived before
the times of Solomon, 1 K. 5, 11. 1 Chr.
2,6. b) A Levite, of the family of the
Kohathites, one of David’s chief singers,
1 Chr. 6, 18 [33]. 15, 17. 16, 41. 42. Ps.
88, 1.—Some have supposed these to be
one and the same person; but see Thes.
p. 117.

ΤΠ @ hin, a measure of liquids con-
taining the seventh part of a bath, i: e.
twelve Roman sextarii, according to Jos.
Ant. 3. 8. 3. ib. 3.9. 4; or about five
quarts English.—Num. 15, 4 sq. 28, 5. 7.
14, Ezra 4, 11. Sept: εἴν, iv, tv.—This

word corresponds to the Egyptian hn,

202

sor

hno, which signifies pr. vessel, and then
a small measure, sextarius, Gr. tov.
See Leemans Lettre ἃ Salvolini p. 154.
Bockh Metrol. Uniersuch. pp. 244, 260.
But it is not certain that these Heb.

— —. »»»5»..

Ee

and Egypt. measures were of the same —

size.
"213 see "D.

* 27 once in fut. Kal (or perh. Hiph.
Heb. Gr. § 52. n. 4) Job 19, 3 iam Nd

"b aNDAN, Sept. οὐκ αἰσχυνόμενοί μὲ énl-
κεισϑέ μοι, Jerome: et non erubescitur —

opprimentes me. Usually compared with
Arab. to be stupified, stunned ;

Hiph. to stupify, to stun; whence in
Job 1. c. shameless ye stun me. Better
perhaps i. q. Arab. -

litigate pertinaciously ; whence in Job

to injure, to

l. c. shameless ye injure me.—Several —

Mss. read "727m.
M213. f, (Ὁ. 923, verbal of Hiph. after

the form m23h , Heb. Gr. § 83. 28. ὃ 84. I,)

a regarding ; hence DF1"38 M13 the re-
garding of their persons, i. e. respect of
persons, partiality, in a judge, Is. 3, 9.

Comp. the phrase 0°38 "ΣΙ in "22 Hiph.
no. 1. 9

| ef

" on 1. The article, Arab. Jt, in
Hebr. “πὶ the letter 5 ἘΠ assimilated
to the inet letter and inserted in it; see
above on p. 240, note 2.

2. Particle of interrogation, Arab. he, :
whence comes J interrogative, q. v. The

full form is found once Deut. 32, 6, ac-
cording to the reading of the Nahar-
deenses ; who separate nin 54, which
is elsewhere written as one word,
minsdn. In that case, 525 is to be con-
strued with the accusative, as is often
done.

MNF (Milél, pron. hd-l’ah) adv. off,

afar off, pr. to a distance, thither away.
It is for M25 from 5h that, as 3812 Is. 8,
1 for 473. Corresp. are Chala. "snd,

MEM , Syr. Ἃς σι, Nas, id. whence the

verb esp tZ to prolong, to remove.
1. Of space, Gen. 19, 9 are stand

of; stand back, see in Wa) ; ‘Sept. ἀπόστα

ἐκεῖ, Vulg. recede illuc ; ἐδὲ Comment. |
on Is. 49, 20. Deere come niger κέ ὡς |

9 Κ

thence further. 90, 22 ΓΙ ΘΓ 2 from
thee further, i. 6. beyond thee. ν. 37.
(Opp. 343) 329 this side of thee.) Num.
32,19. Is. 18, 2.7 nxditn RIN-P! NT OD
a people terrible and further off than he,
beyond; others here of time: from the
first and onward ; see Comm. on Is.1.¢.
So 5 ΠΝ ΘΙ further off than, beyond, as
Am. 5,27 pont ΓΝ ΘΓ beyond Damas-
‘Us.

2. Of time, further, forward, onward.
1 Sam. 18, 9 ANDI NINH DIN from
that day forward. Lev. 22, 27. Is. 18, 2.
7, see in no. 1.

Hence as a denom. verb comes

Nips. part. fem. OX8>4:5 removed,
~emote ; collect. the far remote, Mic.
4,7.

D227) m. plur. (τ. 551 verbal of
Piel, days of rejoicing, thanksgiving fes-
tivals, after the ingathering of the fruits
and harvest, Judg. 9, 27. Lev. 19, 24.

DIM see Dr.

7273 pron. demonstr. comm. gend. this,
these. Masc. Judg. 6, 20. 1 Sam. 14, 1.
17, 26. 2 K. 23,17. Zech. 2, 8. Dan. 8,
16. Fem. 2 K. 4, 25.—The fuller form is
ΤΙΣΙ, which is apocopated also in Ara-

bie, QT, LT.

M25 τη, this, Gen. 24,65. 37,19. It
is compounded from Ft onl the fall form
of the article 55, comp. tha for ὩΓΙῺΘ ;
or according to Hupfeld from mt and an

i. ᾳ. 4854, which is also favoured by :

the Talmudic plur. 9555 for S58 Nn.
: os
Corresponding is Arab. swt, which
also takes the force of a relative—Hence

. 95 ᾿
by apoc. tn, UI, by apheresis φῶ.
‘TBM id. once Ez. 36, 35 ; joined with
‘Y'28, and therefore fem.

PO or POM m. (τ. 21) a going,
step. Job 29, 6 "27> my steps.
M227 £ (Ὁ. Π5Π) only in plur. Το,
1. goings, progress, Nah. 2,6. Spec.
p, processions, in honour of God, Ps.
ὴν 25. 4
2. ways, Hab. 3, 6 5. o>is misthn the
‘ancient ways are to him, i. 6. his ways
‘are as of old, in ancient ‘dinve.Trop,
22

|

203

pa

ways of life; Prov. 31,27 mm7a min">n
(she looketh well) to the ways of her
household, i. e. to her domestic affairs.

3. companies of travellers, caravans,
Job 6, 19.

, ree and "JO" (Heb. Gr. §77) fat.
Te2, TEM, from Wd", once with Yod
m22"% Mic. 1,8; poet. 72m" from 72h,
twice 72on Ex. 9, 23. Ps. 73, 9; Imp.
"2, with He parag. 72> (see in no. 7),
or He being dropped => fem. "33, 135
rarely 52> Jer. 51,50; Inf. abs. 97557
constr. nad, c. suff. πο; part. 727.

1. to go, ‘to walk, to go fir also
rarely to come, etc. Chald. and Syr.
Pa. id. Arab. JU to perish—1 Sam.
17, 39. Gen. 3, 14. Is. 6, 8 395 G23 779 who
will go for us? sc. as our messenger,
prophet. Job 38, 35. Often before an
infin. with 5, as t13> 45m he went to
shear Gen. 31, 19: xpd 125 he went to
call 1 K. 22, 13. Judg. 8,1. Ina differ-
ent sense, Gen: 25, 32 “nab 27 ἼΞΌΝ FA
lo! I am going to die, am at the point
of death.— With another finite verb 9>7
is often apparently redundant, mostly in
the language of common life ; as Job 1,
4 Mm sws1 13m they went ΕὟΡ ἡ ΔῈ
a feast. Gen. 35, "92. Ex. 2,1. Josh. 9,
4. al.

The following constructions are to be
noted: a) With >x of the person to
whom one goes. Num. 22, 37 85> a>
ἊΝ M2>M wherefore wentest (camest)
thou not unto me? 1Sam.17.44. Some-
times in a hostile sense; see >& A. 3.
1 Sam. 17, 33. 2 Chr. 11, 4. Also of
place to which, Gen. 22, 2. Jon. 1, 2.
b) With 5 of plate withers as abn
inna he went to his house, went home,
1 Sam. 10, 26. ἴον ‘rn to his tent
Judg. 19, 9. ‘aipo> Judg. 19, 28. cc)
With an accus. and He parag. in the
same sense; Gen. 28, 2 ΝΣ M278 9
bNAra mma go to Pid ornin: to the
house of ‘Bethuel. 1 K. 17,9. Without
He, 2 Chr. 9, 21 νυ δ nisbin nits
ships going to Tarshish. Judg. 19, 18.—
But with a simple accus. the sense’ is
also to go through, to pass through ;
Deut. 1, 19 MBTAM~DD My 7222 we went.
Aouah all the desert. 2,7. So too Ἴ5Π
217 he went the way, see in 1 no, 2.
ἃ) With 73, Gen. 22, 5. Judg. 19, 18. al

ἽΝ

6) Rarely with >>, Jer. 3, 18. 2 Sam.
15,20 FF 728 Wes by 72h "281 and Igo
whither I go. Jer.3,6. f) The phrase
> 727 has several senses a) to Zo
i.e. move about in a place; Josh. 5, 6
satan ΝΣ 173 925m the children of
Israel went (walked) in the desert. 14,
10. Judg. 11, 16. 18. ) to go intoa
place, to pet see 3 A. no. 7. Is. 38, 10
bind mss nabs I shall enter the gates
of Sheol. ΠΕΡῚ 72 and ἸΞῸΞ ἼΞΠ to
go into captivity, Is. 46; 2. Jer. 20, 6.
Lam. 1,18. y) togo avith a person or
thing, i.q. to take along, Ex. 10, 9. Jer.
ς 46,22. Hos.5,6. g) ὯΝ, DS 42M, to go
with any one, to accompany, Gen. 24, 58.
Ex. 10, 24; particularly as an ally in
war, Gen. 14, 24. Josh. 10, 24. Judg. 1,
17. 4, 8. 7, 4. More rarely to go in
company with, to company with, Job 34,
8; metaph. 31, 5. hh) "25> τς to go
betes any one, 2 Sam. 6,4. So of God
and his angel as leading his people, Ex.
13,21. 23,23. 32,1.21.34. i) “Ins 7A
to go after a person or thing, to follow ;
comp. in N. T. ἔρχεσϑαι oniow. Gen:
24,5 samy ms>> NUNN OaNkm ND DAN
perhaps the woman will not be willing to
follow me. ν. 8. 31,17. Ruth 2,9. Often
in a bad sense; Has: 2, 15 [13] 72m
ὈΡΓΗ͂Σ TIN anil she went after her
lovers. DIAM D*ADR MANN 'N fo go af-
ter other gods Deut. 8, 19. 11, 28. 13, 3.
Judg. 2, 12. Jer. 35, 15. Metaph. “nx ΝΠ
a> mann to follow stubbornness of heart
Jer. 3,17. 9,13. 11, 8.

2. Metaph. to walk, i.q. to live, to pur-
sue a way of life, see 723 no. 3. Very
often in the phrase 'Ἔ "2772, FIA 727
to walk in the way of any one, to imitate
his life and conduct, see in 77 no. 3. a.
So "3 nipna ‘mn to walk in the statutes of
Jehovah Ez. 5, 6.7. 11, 12.20. “wpwaa
“ἢ Ez. 37, 24. Ps, 89, 31. “a MNS Neh.
5, 9etc.etc. Also Έ nys3 sen to walk
in the counsel of any one, to live and act
as he does, Ps. 1, 1, comp. Mic. 6, 16.
Ps. 81, 13. 2 Chr. 22,5. Poet. c. acc.
(like 913 ‘nN, Wma ‘n,) Is. 33, 15 ηὴπ
ΤΡῚΣ SE in 71 ‘oieousene living a
righteous life. Mic. 2,11 "pen man Ἴ2Π
walking in wind and falsehood. So
with an adject. subjoined, Ὁ 32h
walking uprightly Ps. 15, 2. Prov. 28, 8.

3. Used often of inanimate objects;

254

“pn

thus ships are said to go Gen. 7, 8. 2 Καὶ.
22, 46; wheels Ez. 1, 19. 10,16; the
moon in the heavens Job 31, 26 ; rumours
2 Chr. 26, 8. Spec. of waters, streams,
to flow, torun; Gen. 2,14 027 9200 san
“IN which flows before Assyria. Josh.
4, 18. 1 K. 18, 35. Ece. 1, 7. Is. 8, 6. 7.
Comp. Virg. En. 8. 726 ‘ Euphrates ibit
jam mollior undis.—Poet. of a land, to
go or flow with any thing, i. e. to produce
it in abundance, see Heb. Gr. ὃ 135. 1. n.
2; with accus. Joal 4,18 mam Missan
abn the hills shall flow with ‘milk, “b3
= nabs MTAM “Pa and all the valleys
of Judah shall flow with water se. in
abundance. So too Ez. 7, 17 et 21, 12
[7] v2 mo25m ὈΛΞΊΞΘΞ, Vile. due
genua fluent aquis, se. for terror.

4. Spec. to go away, to depart ; in this
sense opp. to 812. q.v.no.2init. 1 Sam.
15, 27 and Samuel turned m2>% to go
away. 10,9. With 72 from any place or
person 1 K. 2,41; ἘΣ 1 Sam. 10, 2. 14,
17; ΓΝ Jer. 3,1; 938% Ecc. 8,3; "252%
Judg. 6,21. So by euphemism for death,
Gen. 15,2 "12 925 7238 J depart (die)
childless. Ps. 39, 14. 2 Chr. 21, 20.—
Also to be gong to perish, Arab. SLAs,
of men Job 19, 10. 14, 20; to vanish, of
a cloud Job 7, 9. 27, 21; of the bieath'
Ps. 78, 39.

Norte. In the preceding senses and
constructions, and espec. in no. 4, there
is sometimes appended to 72 a pleo-
nastic dative of the subject, i> 42H i. q.
Fr. s’en aller, Ital. andarsene ; which
seems to have belonged chiedy to the
language of every-day life. Cant. 4, 6
“ian ainm>s 4b [> 7 will go (get me) to
the mount of myrrh. Jer. 5, 5. Imperat.
"72 go, for thyself, get thee away, Gen.
12, 1. 22,2. 5.53» Cant. 2, 10. 13.

5. A not.unusual formula is the follow-
ing: “AT! Wie Wl he went on going
and talking, i.e. talking as he went, 2 Καὶ,
2,11. So 1 Sam. 6, 12 52) ibm ab
they went on lowing as they went, Is. 3, |
16 τῦΞ 5 HiBy Wibh they walk mincing
as they go. 2 Sam. 3, 16. Josh. 6,9. In
this sense the same idiom is found in
other verbs of going, as M531 M>y Ὁ Σ᾽
2 Sam. 15, 30; >bp2n ἐξ πὰ nh 16, δι
comp. 1 K. 20, 37. Jer. 12, 47.—But it ig
peculiar to abn that to go is also used

a

trop. for to go on in any thing, to in-
crease ; and that in a threefold construc-
tion: a) With the infin. pleonast. ΡΠ
and a participle or verbal adj. of another
verb; Gen. 26, 13 512} cia W221) he

_ went on going and growing, i. e. grew
“more and more. Judg. 2,24 7722 73 9m}
Rep) Wien lew and the hand of the

—

hice went on going and being hard,
i.e. grew harder and harder upon hac
bin. 1 Sam. 14, 19. 2 Sam. 5, 10. 18, 25.
b) Instead of the first 724, is not seldom
put the verb itself which expresses the
action thus increased; as Gen.8 343075
212] qin yus0 ΕΝ 27am and the wa-

ters “returned (flowed) from off the earth,

going and returning, i.e. more and more.

12.9. Rarely for the first 427 is put

min, as Gen. 8,5 and the waters 720 97
“IO were going and decreasing, i. e.
decreased continually, more and more.
6) With the part. 925 anda particip. of

_ another verb; 1 Sam. 17, 41 smo ΠΈΡΑ

ap) 72h oad the Philistine went on, go-
ing jeg drawing near, i.e. drew nearer
and nearer. 1 Sam. 2, 26 529 ABET}
D331 92h and the child Samuel went on,
going and growing, i.e. grew more and
more. 2 Sam. 3, 1. ‘Esth. 9,4. Jon. 1, 11.

Prov. 4.18. Comp. in Fr. ‘la maladie va

toujours en augmentant et en empirant.’
—See on the above idioms, Heb. Gr.

_ § 128. 3, and notes.

_ rush, also to rage ;

Ww

ἡ om

6. Judg. 19, 11.

6. Intensive, to go swiftly, to run, to
6. g.of lightning, Ex.
9,23 MEAN WX Wen and fire ran along
the ground. Ps. 73,9 YISZ ἽΠΠΩ o7iw>
their tongue rageth through the earth.
91, 6 ab 58: Ν 3 ἽΞ the pestilence that
walketh (rageth) in darkness. Comp.
Piel no. 4.—In Kal this signif: is marked
by the harder forms 39, 9am.

7. Imperat. 52> with He parag. is not
only: go, depart, etc. Num. 10,29. 1 Sam.
22,5. al. sep. out it also passes over into
a particle of inciting, goto! come! come
now! Lat. age! Gen. 31, 44. Num. 22,
It is even addressed to
females, instead of "35, Gen. 19,32. So
without He parag. 82 + 72 goto! go,2K.

5, 5.—Plur. 129 id. Gen. 37, 20. 1 Sam.

9, 9. al. sep.
Nipw. 7272 pr. to be made to go;

hence, to be gone, to vanish away, like a

shadow, Ps. 109, 23. Comp. Kal no. 4.

299

7
Prev 32M i. q. Kal, but only poetic
except 1 K. 21,17; in Chald. and Syr
the usual form.—Spec.

1. i. gq. Kal no. 1, to go about, to walk,
like Hithp. Ps. 115, 7. With an adjunct
of manner, Job 30, 28. 38,7. 1 K. 21, 27.
Ps. 38,7. With 3 Ps. 131, 1.

2. i. 4. Kal no, 2, trop. to walk, to live;

as "2 moa Ps. 86, 11; "ἢ nipna Ez. 18,
9: also Ps. 89, 11: Pv, 8, 20. Ece. 11, 9.

3. i. gq. Kal no. 3, to go, to flow. of
inanimate things; as ἘΝ: Ps. 104, 26;
streams Ps. 104, 10.

4. Intens. i.q. Kal no. 6, to go swiftly
to speed, to fly; spoken of arrows Hab.
3, 10; of God on the wings of the wind
Ps. 104, 8. Also to roam about, to rav-
age; Lam. 5, 18 the foxes ravage upon
it. Part. abn a rover, ravager, robber,
Prov. 6, 11; parall. 732 Us.

Hien. τοϑὴπ (fr. ΚΝ rarely 72773
Ex. 2, 9; part. plur. 5°2>n2 Zech. 3,
ἡ foe abn, formed in the Chaldee
manner.

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, pr. to cause to ᾿
go, hence to lead, Deut. 8, 2. 2 K. 24,
15. Is. 42, 16. al. Part. 0°25 leaders,
companions, Zech. 3, 7.—Of things, to
take away, to carry, Zech. 5, 10. Eee.
10, 20. Ex. 2, 9 min Sbn-ny sa7b-n
take away this child. 2 Sam. 13, 13
“MBININ-MN WIN MIN whither shall J
carry my pede 2. whither shall I σε
with it?

2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to
flow, e. g. a river, Ez. 32,14; to cause to
flow off or out, e. g. the sea or tide, Ex.
14, 21.

3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to
perish, to destroy, Ps. 125, 5.

Hirapa. 725n0 1. Pr. to go for one-
self, Fr. se promener, comp. Gr. mogevo-
μαι; hence to walk up and down, as for
exercise or amusement, Gen. 3, 8. 2 Sam.
11, 2; to go about, to walk about, Ex. 21,
19. Job 1, 7. Zech. 1, 10.11. 6,7; to go,
to walk, Ps. 35,14. With acc. (like Kal)
Job 22, 14 ἼΞποι ow an he walketh
the vault of the heavens.

2. Trop. like Kal no. 2, Piel no. 2, to
walk, to live. maxa Fea, cha τ, to
walk in truth, in uprightness, i. e. so to
live, Ps. 26, 3. 101, 2. Prov. 20, 7. 23, 31.
To walk before God Gen. 17,1. 24, 40.
48, 15, also to walk with God 5, 22. 24. 6

᾿ pn

9, τ. 6. to live in ἃ manner well pleasing
unto God.

3. i. q. Kal no. 3, to flow, 6. g. wine,
Prov. 23, 31.

4. Part. PIM Prov. 24, 34, a ravager,
robber. Comp. Pi. no. 4. .

Deriv. besides those here following,
are 77725}, N27, Tea; NBN.

ἸΣΓῚ Chald. Pa. to go, to walk, Dan. 4,
26.

Apu. id. Part. plur. 4723472 Dan. 3, 25.
4, 34.

J τα. 1. away, journey; then i. 4.
en Os a wayfarer, traveller, 2 Sam.
12,4. Comp. Heb. Gram. § 104. 2. a.

2. a flowing, a stream. 1Sam. 14, 26
was 720 a flowing of honey, i. 6. hanen
was flowing. Comp. 725 no. 3.

27 Chald. m. α way-taz, toll, Ezra
4, 13. 20. 7, 24.

εν 52. 1. to give a clear sharp sound,
an onomatopoetic root. In Ethiopia the
women on occasions of public rejoicing
are accustomed to repeat the sounds
ellellell-ellellell ; whence to make ellell is
i. q. to rejoice ; see Isenberg Amhar. Lex.
p.112. Comp. Germ. hallen, gellen ; Engl.
halioo, yell ; and with a sibilant, Germ.
schallen, Heb. >>.

2. Transferred to light, to be clear,

a
bright, to shine, Arab. AS, Germ. hell
seyn. Job 29,3 152 iba when his candle
shined ; for the pleonastic suffix, comp.
33.20. Ez.10,3. See Hiph. andn. 55°.

3. Trop. of persons to shine, to make a
show, i.e. in external things and in words,
i.q. to boast, to glory. Ps. 75,5. Part.
mbit boasters, the proud, Ps. 5, 6. 73,3.
75, 5.—Hence

4. to be foolish; see Poel. Inthe minds
of the sacred writers the idea of boasting
and pride is always connected with that
of folly; as on the other hand modesty
and humility are the attendants of wis-
dom and piety. Comp. 329.

Piet 1. to praise, to celebrate, mostly
spoken of God, c. acc. MI7I>>h praise
Jehovah, Hallelujah, Ps. 104, 36. 117, 1.
145,2. Inthe later books c. Ἂ pr. to sing
unto Jehovah. 1 Chr. 16, 36. 95, 3. 2 Chr.
20, 21. 30, 21. Ezra 3,11; 6. 2 Ps, 44, 9.
_ Also of men, ἕο praise, Prov. 27,2. 28, 4;

256

no

with ἘΝ, fo praise to any one, to com> —
mend, Gen. 12, 15. | |

2. Titrans! to glory; Ps. 56,5 ΘΤΡΝ9
bax in God will I glory; c. Ὁ Ps.
10, 8.

Puat to be praised, celebrated, renown-
ed, Ez. 26, 17. Part. >r9 one to be
praised, aworthy of praise, e. @. God, Ps. |
18, 4. 96,4. 145, 3.—Ps. 78, 63 mnbanss |
sbban sb as dis vowels now stand: and ᾿
their virgins were not praised, se. in nup-
tial songs; comp. Chald. x59 nuptial —
song. But this does not accord with the
parallel sentiment in v. 64; and there-
fore it is better to read “553m for 35557,
they made no lamentation ; see in 555
ῬῸ"

Ροει, din, fut. dims, causat. of Kal

no. 4, to neil foolish, Ece. 7,7. Also to Ὁ

show to be foolish, to put to ‘shame, Job
12 17. Is.44,25 ἜΗΝ ΠΣ ΩΌΡῚ and show- |
eth diviners to be fools, puts them to
shame.

Poat part. >2in9 pr. made foolish ;
hence mad, raving. Ps. 102, g "Doing
those mad spares me, like "2. Ece.
2, 2.

Hien. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to
cause to shine, Is. 13, 10. Job 41, 10.

2. to shine, pr. to cause light, to give
forth light, i. q. "Xt no. 2, Job 31, 26.

Hirupa. 1. Pass. of Piel no. 1, to be
praised, Prov. 31, 30.

2. to boast oneself, to glory, 1 K. 20, 11.
Prov. 20, 14 Sbamt tw i> ἘΠῚ he goeth
away, and then he boasteth sc. of his gain.

With 3 of that im which one glories

Prov. 25, 14. 27,1; espec. in God Ps. 34,
3. 64, 11. 105, 3. Orcs’ és ἘΦ Ps: 106,5.
Hirupo. 1. to be foolish ; hence to be
mad, to rage, Jer. 25, 16. 51, 7. Nah. 2,
5 a2 sbbinn: the chariots are mad,
i.e. rage, are driven furiously. Jer. 50,
38 s>dinn H2"Nz they are mad in (af. )

ter) idols.
2. to feign oneself mad, 1 Sam. 21, 14.
Deriv. ell an mbbin, ΣΝ

~~ “ab

bation, pes =
bon Hiliel, pr. n. m. Judg. 12) 13. 15.

* D7 fat. cbr Ps. 74, 6. 1. to beat,
to strike, to smite. Judg.5,26 83070 MDS
she smote Sisera. Ps. 74, 6. 141, 5. Is.
41,7 ὉΣΘ ὈΡῚ who smote the andi pr

ἢ τον

ἘΞΒ odin; for this change of accent see
-Lehrg. p. 175, 308. Of a horse’s hoof
smiting the ground, Judg.5,22. Metaph.
Is. 28, 1 929 "7255 smitten of wine, drunk-
ards; comp. Gr. οἰνοπλήξ, Lat. percussus
tempora Baccho Tibull. and for similar
expressions in Arabic see Thesaur. Heb.
p- 383.

2. ta smite in pieces, to break, Is. 16, 8.

3. Intrans. to break up, e. g. an army,
_i. q. to disband, to scatter themselves.
1 Sam. 14,16 o> 55) and they went
on and were scattered, i. e. dispersed
themselves more and more.

Deriv. the three following, and t>m°,
ΤΌΤ.

τις pr. a stroke or tap of the foot,
as if showing where to come; hence
Adv. of place, hither.—Corresp. is Arab.

Bie
wis come hither, declined as an imper.

whence fem. eld. Ewald regards

it as from 4N>4 with o~ added, ὃ 448;
but Ὦ seems to be radical.

1. hither, to this place, Ex. 3, 5. Judg.
18, 3. 1 Sam. 10, 22. sdm-y hitherto,
thus for, 2 Sam. 7, 18. 1 Chr. 17, 16.
᾿ς Ὁ, here, in this place, Gen. 16, 13.

ὩΣ (stroke) Helem, pr. n.m. 1 Chr.
7, 35.

non f. a hammer, mallet, Judg. 5,
26. R. pba.

DM or B49 Ham, pr. n. of a region or
district otherwise unknown, the resi-
dence of the Zuzim, prob. in or near the
country of the Ammonites. Gen. 14, 5.

DM or Of} m. (τ. 42) only in Plur.
6. suff oye for oan their riches,
wealth. Ez.7, 11 8>% prom, x1 one Nb
ὈΓΠΏΓΤ (there shall remain) nothing of
them, neither of their multitude, nor of
their wealth. The patononinaia of the
words 0712, Diam, om2n2, seems to
have piven occasion for this new or at
least unusual form.

Dr and ¢ Tan pers. Pron. 3 plur. masc.
they, Lat. τὶ ; sometimes connected with
a fem. as if for Lat. ee, Zech. 5, 10.
Ruth 1, 22.—The general use of this
pron. is similar to that of 897 q. v. viz.

1. Without emphasis, they, Lat. ii,
Gen. 37,16 D°25 ἘΠῚ Mb ἢ Man tell

iavtat 4

257

sant

me where they are feeding. 44,4. Often
with .a particip. marking the present
time, Ex. 5, 8. 6, 27. 14, 3.

2. With a certain emphasis, i. q. αὐτοί:
Ps. 37,9 As WI Man mins Tip those
that wait upon Jehovah, they ‘shall possess
the land. 23,4. 43, 3. Gen 14,24.—Gen. 44,
3 the men were sent away, B72 Man
they and their asses. 7, 14. 42, 35.

3. Subjoined to nouns, and with the
article ; 6. g. in the Ooriaula DIT D772
in those days, Sept. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις éxet-
vows, Gen. 6,4. Ex. 2,11. Deut. 17, 9. al.
sep. More rarely 7237 5222 Joel 3, 2.
4,1. Zech. 8,23. See in 8415 no. 3.

4, As involving the idea of the sub-
stantive verb, they are, Gen. 3,7 and
they knew bi BAND ἊΞ that they (were)
naked. 34, 23. Ex. 15, 23. Is. 37, 19. seep.
—Hence 04, a5, stand also instead
of the substantive verb itself; Gen. 25,
16 ἘΣΣΙ" "23 ὉΠ mx these are the sons
of Ishmael. 34, 21. Ps, 16, 3. Zech. 1. 9.
So even with feminines, Cant. 6, 8 aww
mind mam there ARE threescare queens.
Also for the second person, Zeph. 2, 12;
see in 8 no. 4.

5. With prefixes : a) Marya by them
Hab. 1, 16, 1. ᾳ. comm. ἘΓΙ͂Ξ. "b) on,
man, ha they, i. q- such, like, 2 Sam. 21,
3. Jer. 36, 32; comp. 2 K. 17, 3. {ἢ
ΓΙ i. q. pnb, Jer. 14, 16. ἃ) mar.
from them Ecce. 12, 12. Jer. 10, 2. But
pn Ez. 8, 6 is for ἘΠῚ 72; see 72.

i rar fut, M727, onomatop. like
Engl. to hum, Germ. hummen, of bees,
whence Hummel humble-bee; comp.
also Germ. brummen, swmmen, Arab.

peo, eip0 ey , and (pws; pr. spoken of

any ἐδῶ ὁ ἀν a confused noise or sound ;
similar to 3 q. v.—Hence :

1. Of the sounds uttered by certain
animals, 6. g. to growl asa bear Is. 59,
11; to growl or snarl as a dog Ps. 59, 7.
15; to cooas a dove Ez. 7,16. Trop. of
the sighing, moaning of men Ps. 55, 18.
77,4; which also is compared with the
growling of bears Is. 59, 11, and the coo-
ing of doves Ez. 7, 16.

2. Of various sounds and noises, genr.
lo sound, to make a noise ; so of the hum-
ming sound of the harp, comp. Germ,
Hummel as the name ofa species of harp
or guitar, Is. 16, 11, comp. 14, 11; also

raed

of other musical instruments Jer. 48, 36 ;
of rain 1 K. 18, 41; of waves, to rage, to
roar, Ps. 46, 4. Is. 51, 15. Jer. 5, 22. 31,
35. 51,55; also of a tumultuous crowd,
to be noisy, clamorous, Ps. 46, 7. 59, 7.
83, 3. Is.17,12.—Part. fem. Mean “"3 Is.
22,2. Hence mirain poet. noisy places,
i. 6. the public streets, Prov. 1, 21.—
Prov. 20,1 "2 nah p30 72 wine is a
mocker, strong drink is raging, noisy.
Comp. Zech. 9, 15.

3. Trop. of internal emotion, tumult,
of a mind agitated and disquieted by
cares, anxiety, pity, and the like, i. q. to
moan internally, to be disquieted, Ps. 42,
6. 12. Jer. 4, 19. 31, 20; comp. Cant. 5,
4.—This internal moaning or commotion
is sometimes compared by the poets to
the sound of musical instruments, comp.
no. 2; just as Forster relates of the na-
tives of some of the islands in the Pacific,
that they call pity ‘the barking of the
_ bowels.’ Is. 16, 11 407 999 3} 729. ἊΣ Ὦ
my bowels sound (moan) like a har; Ῥ for
Moab. Jer. 48, 36 m7>5m> anid 7nd
mam my heart shall moan for Moab like
pipes.—Hence

4, Of a person roving about from in-
quietude, q. ἃ. to buzz about, to ramble,
e. g. an adulterous woman Prov. 7, 11.
9.13.

Deriv. CH or BF, M39r, jim, pr. ἢ.
mat.

MAM see on.

‘AM and FAN Chald. pers. Pron. 3

pers. plur. m. they, i.q. Heb. Ἐπ, Dan.
2, 34. Ezra 4, 10. 23.

MDW see nbn.

JO m. (r.2m) once fem. Job 31, 34.
Comp. jan.

1. noise, sound, e. g. of rain 1 K. 18,
41; of singers Ez. 26, 13. Am. 5, 23;
espec. of a multitude 1 Sam. 4, 14. 14,
19. Job 39, '7.—Hence

2. Meton. a multitude, crowd of men.
yionm Sip the noise of a multitude, Is.
13, 4. Dan. 10,6; espec. a tumultuous
crowd, a tumult, Is. 33, 3. 2 Sam. 18, 29.
pia 713 Gen. 17, 4, 5, ὈΠῸΣ ‘nm Is. 17
12. a multitude of nations. ὈΠῸΣ ji a
multitude of women, many wives, 2 Chr.
11, 23. Espec. of troops, a host, army,

258

yan

Judg. 4,7. Dan. 11, 11.12.13. Also a
ΜΉΝ δὲ of waters 4: 10, 18, 51, 16,

3. multitude of possessions, i. e. abun-
dance, riches, wealth, Ps. 37, 16. Ecce. 5,
8. Is. 60,4. Concer. the rich Is. 5, 13.

4. commotion of mind, disquietude. Is.
63,15 4932 ji pr. the sounding (moan-
iin) of thy bowels, i. e. thy compassion.
Comp. τ. 77217 no. 3.

TAM see ian.

221 (multitude) Hamonah, pro-
phetical name of a city in a valley
where the slaughter of Magog is to
take place, Ez. 39,16. R. man.

mart f. sound of a harp, Is. 14, 11.
R. nit.

“bon obsol. root, Arab. Ms to rain
continually, kindr. with "2. The pri-
mary idea is prob. that of noise, sound ;
comp. 21 spoken of rain 1 K. 18, 41.--
Hence

MPM and MAM £ noise, sound, i.q.
yin. "Jer. 11, 16. Ez. 1,24 dip pnsba
nym dips nben (I heard) as they went
the dood of their noise as the sound of
a host. Comp. 72m ῚΡ Is. 13,4. 33,3.
1 K. 20, 13. 28; espec. Dan. 10, 6.

ΩΡ fat. Dh, i. g. 0°59, pr. to put

in motion ; hence

1. to put in commotion, consternation ;
to disturb, to discomfit, e. g. God his ene-
mies, Ex. 14, 24. 23, 27. Josh. 10, 10. Ps.
144, 6 Dann yan πὸ send forth thine
arrows and discomfit them sc. the ene-
mies. Ps, 18,15. 2 Chr. 15,6 52725 p"nbs
mox-b22 God did discomfit ‘them with
all affliction. —Hence

2. to destroy utterly, to make extinct,
Deut. 2, 15. Esth. 9, 24 joined with 738 ;
Jer. 51, 34 joined with 52x.

3. to impel, to drive. Is, 28, 28 ban
inbax Dn>a he driveth the ὌΝ of his
car, i. Ὁ, threshing-dray.

N IPH. fut. DA, to be moved, disturbed,
e. g.acity, land, Ruth 1, 19. 1 Sam. 4,
5. 1K. 1, 45.—Simonis wrongly fefers
this form to min.

Ya) i. g. jim q.v. hence Ez. 5, 7
pring con 15 because of your tu-
mult more than the nations, i.e. because
you have been more tumultaons than
the nations round about; comp. 1. A2h

π΄ - Oe

yan

no. 2. Here 03229 is for 5322 (from
yi07) ; or perh. this latter form is the
_ true reading.

7129 Haman pr. n. of a Persian noble,
celebrated for his plots against the Jews,
Esth. 3, 1 sq.—Perh. Pers. a homam
magnificent, splendid ; or Sanser. héman,
the planet Mercury.

7223 Chald. or according to Cheth.

712729, Dan. 5, 7. 16. 29, ἃ necklace,
neck-chain, Lat. monile. Corresponding
is Syr. [ealson ; Loudson , and Gr. wav-
ἄάκης, μαγνίακον, μάννος, also μανάκιον,
μαννάκιον, all which are diminutives
from wavos, μάννος, μόννος, words chiefly
‘Doric, whence also Lat. monile ; see
Polyb. 2. 31. Pollux 5. 16; also the
LXX, in Biel and Schleusner. The 5
in the Chald. and Syriac words is pros-
thetic, and ἢ or 7"~ is a diminutive
ending common also to the Persians and
Greeks. Comp. also Sanscr. mani, a
gem, pearl.

2 ony obsol. root, iq. (press peer;
which are spoken of any light noise,
comp. M727, 225, 727, "72; 6. g. as of
persons moving or walking; or of small
boughs or brushwood thrown together
and breaking, i.e. the cracking or crack-
ling of brushwood; comp. by transpos.

%.5> to break any thing dry, as twigs,
brushwood, με brushwood.—Hence

Do m. plur. Is. 64, 1, brushwood,
twigs. Saadias well retains yet.

‘ vat not in use in Hebrew; Arab.
re to flow rapidly, to stream, to
9

-0- ,
pour; ὃ rain, a heavy shower.
The primary idea is doubtless that of
noise, sound, (comp. 271, andsee "21 II,
note,) as in >2m, which indeed comes
from this root, the ἢ being softened into
5. Hence prob. also the Greek ὄμβρος,
‘Lat. imber. Similar is "72.

Deriv. minan.

ΠῚ ΠΣ pers. Pron. 3 pers. plur. fem.
they. ee ; found only with prefixes, as
yma Gen. 19, 29: 30, 26. 37; {n> Ez. 18,
14; (72 Ez. 16,47; 30> therefore Ruth
1,13.. As a separate pronoun it always
takes “ parag. as Mit, q. v.

959

ΡΝ

ἘΠ. ἸΠ, with Μακκ. -Ἴπ 1. Adv. ot
interj. demonstrative, lo! behold! Kin-

S -
dred particles are Arab. Gy! lo! is,

US here, Gr. ἤν, ἠνέ ig. O24, ἠνέδε, Lat.
en; also Chald. 9, 9513, j48, pron. de-
monstr. hic, heec, hoc. Indeed, demon-
strative pronouns and adverbs are often
expressed by the same or similar words ;

comp. (St, of lo! and {chs this; "x

ss
where, and isl who ?—Gen. 3, 22. 4,
14, 11,6. 15,3. 19, 34. 27,11. 29,7. 30,34.
39, 8. 47, 23. Job 8, 19, etc. More fre-
quent is 3h q. v.

2. It passes over into a particle of
affirmation, lo! i. q. yea, surely, as in the
Talmud. Gen. 30, 34 where Saadias
well, Hence 9? i. q. 135.

3. Also into a particle of interroga-
tion, num ? or at least of oblique interro-
gation, whether? Jer. 2,10 075 7A 489
MND see, whether there be such a thing.
Comp. Chald. 4 no. 2. This transition
of demonstrative particles into interro-
gatives is easy; comp. Heb. 5, ox lett.
B; also Syr. 1a lo! which is used inter-
rogatively in some formulas, as {a 1! is
not? Lat. ecquid? for en quid or ecce
quid.

4.°As a conditional particle, if, i. q.
BN lett. C, like Chald. 37, Syr. 15 but
chiefly injthe later books which verge

towards Chaldaism. E. g. 2 Chr. 7, 13

where ®8 follows. Job 40, 23. Is. 54, 15.
Jer. 3, 1. The manner in which this
signification has arisen, is apparent from
the following passages of the Penta-
teuch: Lev. 25, 20- what shall we eat the
seventh year? 3212 ΝῸ 5m for lo! we
shall not sow, etc. i. q. unless we sow, if
we do not sow. Ex. 8, 22.

7 Chald. 1. lo! surely, Dan. 3. 17.

2. whether, Ezra 5, 17.

3. tf, Dan. 2.5.6. 3,15. 18. Repeat-
ed, 7/—or, whether—or, Ezra 7, 26.

man (Milél) TI. As pers. Pron. 3 pers.
plur. fem. they. ee, Gen. 41. 19; also
themselves, ipsa. αὐταὶ, Gen. 33.63; with
art. these 1 Sam. 17. 28.—Often as in-
cluding the substantive verb. Gen. 6, 2

Γ

my mind "5; or put directly for it, Gen.
41. 26 min ΔΝ 330 ninen mine saw.
v. 27.—With prefixes, e. g. mana Lev.
5, 22. Num. 13, 19; m2 Lev. 4. as AB
34,16; nem> Ez. 1, 5. 23; nI3 as they,
gach, Gen. Al, 19. Job 23,14; M2439 MIMD
such and ial things 2 Sam. 12, 8.—See
ἘΠ. 835,

II. Adv. of place: a) hither, to this
place, compounded from ἽΠ II, lo, here,
and © parag. local; Gen. 45, 8. Josh. 3,
9. al. m2) Min hither and thither. this
way. and that way, Josh. 8,20. 1 Sam.
20, 21 mem Fa from thee hither, i. 6.
on this side of thee, opp. M83 7132;
see ΓΊΝΘΙΤ, --- So mn hitherto in
place, thus far, Num. 14,19. 1 Sam. 7,
12; hither 2 Sam. 20, 16. 2K. 8;-7;
siden of time, hitherto} as yet, Gen. 15,
16. 1 Sam. 1, 16, etc. Contracted into
VIZ, ΠΡῚΣ, α. ν. b) here, in this place,

ae
Arab. is, where © is merely demon-
strative, Gen. 21,29. Repeated, here...
there Dan. 12, 5; mim mn here and
there 1 K. 20, 40.

25), with Makk. xi7hin Gen. 19, 2,
i. q. ἡπ with πὶ parag. having a demon-
strative power, (like "8X, M=8,) a demon-
strative particle, inter}. lo! behold! For
the etymology, or-rather analogy, see in
77 II. It serves to point out both per-
sons and things, places and actions;
Gen. 12,19 >Mwsx min behold, thy wife.
16, 6. 18, 9 brits min behold, in the tent.
20, 15. 16. 1, 29 ‘as ἘΞὉ “maynn lo, 1
give unto you every herb, etc. “Espec. in
descriptions and in lively narration, ani-
mated discourse; Gen. 40, 9 7375 “cma
nyp> ἼΞᾺ in my dream, and. lo, a vine was
before me. v.16. 41,2.3. Is. 29,8; comp.
Dan. 2, 31. 7,5.6. Sometimes it serves
for Stern bat: exhortation; Ps. 134, 1
"Δ PX AD A MEM behold, bless ye Jehorals

"When the thing to be pointed out is
expressed by a personal pronoun, this is
appended to Mm asa suffix ; as in Plau-
tus eccum for ecceeum. The forms are:
"320 behold me, the pron. being in the
accus. since the particle contains a ver-
bal idea, see Heb. Gr. ὃ 98, 5; in Pause
“200 Gen. 22, 1. 11. 27, 1, and ἌΣ: Γι 22,
7. 27. 18. 43% behold thee Gen. 20, 3,
once M2in 2 K. 7.2; fem. 725 Gen. 16,
ll. in behgld him, eccum, Num. 23, 17.

260

ἼΞΠ

1553 behold us Josh. 9,253 in Pane oh ba

Job 38, 35, 133 Gen. 44, 16. 50, 18. ps7
Deut. 1, 10. D3 Gen. 47, 1 —The forms
“2303 behold me! SEP behold us! are used
by way of answer when persons are call-
ed, and imply that they are present and
ready, Gen. 22, 1. 7. 11. 27, 1. 8. Num.
14, 40. 1 Sam. 3, 8. Job 38, 35. Is. 52, 6.
58, 9. 65, 1—Further, Min c. suff. is
very often in animated discourse put be-
fore a participle standing for a finite verb,
and espec. for the future; Gen. 6, 17
ΤῸΝ ND) 72 pr. behold me abeut to
bring a deluge, i. 6. behold, I will bring,
etc. 20, 8 ™Q 429 behold thee about to
die, i. e. behold thou art a dead man. Is.
3, 1. 7,14. 17, 1. Jer. 8,17. 30,10. Also
for the preeter, Gen. 37, 7. 1 Chr. 11, 25;
and the present. Gen. 16, 14. Ex. 34, 11.
Rarely a finite verb follows, the person
being changed; as Is. 28, 16 TO? "235
behold the, who layeth, etc.

mies f. (verbal of Hiph. r. 53) per-

mission of rest, rest, quiet, Esth. 2,18. —
Sept. and Chald.. understand a remis- —

sion of tribute.
D3 Hinnom, see in nv5 lett. a.
5271] Hena, pr. n. of a city of Mesopo-

tamia, otherwise unknown, 2 K. 18, 34.
19, 13. Is. 37, 13.

* Ord an interject. onomatopoetic like
hist! hush! implying silence! comp. Gr.
σίζω. Hab. 2, 20. Zeph. 1, 7. Zech. 2,
17. Judg. 3,19. Amos 6,10. Adv. si-
lently Am. 8, 3, Sept. σιωπήν. It was
declined like Imp. Piel; so plur. "ΘΠ
Neh. 8, 11.—Hence the verb

MOM denom. only in Hira. fut. oF",
to hush, io still, 6. g. a people, Num.
13, 30.

MDM f. intermission, pause, Lam. ἃ
49. R. a.

* JEN] fut. Gb, 1 pers. Bq Zeph.

3,9. Aram. yen, Arab. OG.

1. to turn, to turn about or over, e. g.
a cake Hos. 7, 8; a dish 2 K. 21, 13; a
bed, i. ᾳ. to make, Ps. 41,4. 9472 320
turn thy hand sc. in driving a chariot, so
as to cause the horses to turn round
i.e. turn about, return, 1 K. 22, 34. 2
Chr. 18, 33; comp. 2K. 9,23. 539 ἼΞΠ
‘p "25> to turn the back (neck) to any

ee ee

en ne

ἼΞΠ

one, Josh. 7, 8.—Intrans. like Engl. to
turn, also στρέφειν in Hom. to turn one-
self, to turn about, 2 K. 5, 26; hence
to turn back, to flee, Judg. 20, 39. 41.
Ps. 78,9. _

2. to overturn, to overthrow, to destroy
cities, Gen. 19, 21. 25. Deut. 29, 22; c.

F ΄ >
a Am. 4, 11.—Arab. RAC er the
overturned, destroyed, κατ ἐξοχήν of
Sodom and Gomorrah.

3. to turn, to convert, to change, Ps.
105, 25. With > to turn into any thing,
Ps. 66, 6. 105,29. Jer. 31, 13; without >
Ps. 114, Bi Yatrans as in no. 1, to turn,
to be Ey changed, c. acc. ini any
thing ; Lev. 13, 3 Ἴ39 ἼΞΙ 3222 3 the
hair in the Plagite (spot) is turned white.
v. 4. 10. 13. 20.

4, to turn away, to pervert, e. g. the

words of any one, Jer. 23, 36. Comp. .

FER.

Nipu. 722, inf. absol. 7553, part. f
in pause M2873 Jon. 3, 40.

1. to turn oneself about, to turn back,
Ez. 4, 8. Lam. 1, 20. Prov. 17, 20 3573
4252 who turns about, is Versatile: with
his tongue. With 3 to turn against any
one Job 19, 19; >> 10 any one Is. 60, 5;
ἘΝ Josh. 8,20; > Lam. 5, 2.—1 fam, 4,
19 πο Σ maby SDM} her pains turned
- themselves within her, i. e. began to
cause writhings within her; see in >9
no. 3. e.

2. to be overturned, overthrown, de-
stroyed, Jon. 3, 4.

3. to be turned, i. e. to be changed,
with > Ex. 7,15. Lev. 13, 16.17; ace.
Lev. 13, 25. Spec. to be changed for
the worse Dan. 10, 8, see in 57 no. 1;
to be changed, dried up, as moisture,
Ps. 32, 4.
᾿ς Hopu. ὭΒΠΙ c. ἘΣ to be turned or to

turn against any one, to assail, Job 30,
15.

Hirupa. 1. fo turn oneself, Gen. 3, 24
mpm. 3 a sword continually turn-
ing itself, i. e. brandished, glittering.
Of a cloud turning itself, i.e. moving
about on the sky, Job 37, 12.

2. to be turned, changed, Job 38, 14.
3. i. q. to roll oneself, to tumble, Judg.
e 7, 13.

Deriv. those here following, and also
nzery2, MIRE, N2wD.

261

ay)
JI or FOI m. the reverse, the con-
trary, Ez. 16, 34.

JOM τη. trop. perverseness.
D325 O your perverseness !

WD £ overthrow, destruction, Gen.
19, 29. RB. 5aH-no. 3.

JPIDA adj. turning, winding, crooked,
Prov. 21,8. Opp. "0". R. 957.

MONT f. (verbal of Hiph. τ. 512) a
snatching away, deliverance, Esth. 4, 14.

Is. 29, 16

“VI obsol. root, prob. i. q. pas

3 F
and τ , the letters Π and ΠῚ being
interchanged, to be firm, strengthened,

fortified ; whence pas defence. weap-

ons, Ethiop. 48,7 iron, plur. iron umple-
ments, weapons.—Hence

IZ Ez. 23, 24, weapons, arms, as the
Targums and Kimchi well. Many co-
pies read xh.

WI m. (τ. "5 q. v.) with He loc. A745
Gen. 14, 10; with art. "45, and He lo-
eal AAA Cou, 12, 8. 19, 17. 19. al. Plur.
7, “constr. "7, with art. On.

1. a mountain, mount, Germ. Berg ;
corresponding is Gr. ὅρος, Slavic gora.
Is. 30, 25. 40, 9. 57,7. al. sep. Often
with a pr. n.as "270 "7 Mount Sinat,
sian πὶ Mount Tabor ; and with the
art.;i222F 7 Mount Lebanon. —Further,
DO M>NT 5H the mountain of God, i.e. a)
Sinai, as the place where the law was
pa Ex. 3,1. 4,27. 18,5. δ) Zion
Ps, 24,2. 15.2.8; which also is often call-
ed God’s holy mountain, mostly "74> 71,
{Op 7, where the ait refers to God,
Is.11,9. 56,7. 57,13. Ps. 2,6. 15,1. 43,3.
Obad. 16. Ez. 20,40. More fally Zion is
called "7 m2 553 Is. 2,2. 6) In plur. the
Holy Land, Palestine, as being moun-
tainous, the mountains of God, Is. 14, 25.
49,11. 65, 9.—On the superstition of the
ancient nations and partic. of the He-
brews, by which they regarded moun-
tains as sacred and the seats of the
Deity, see Comment. on Is. Vol. IL. p.
316 sq. Gramberg die Religionsideen
des ] T.’Pref. p. XV sq.—m"nwan An
the mount i. e. citadel, castle, of the de-
stroyer, spoken of Babylon, Jer, 51, 25.

ἘΣ

gion, Germ. Gebirge, Josh. 14,12; e. g.
“ΠΣ “iT the mountains of Seir; NIN AA
the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15,48. "3
wa the mountains of Bashan, Ps. 68, 16.
With the art. "nh the mountains, κατ
ἐξοχήν, viz. a) The high mountainous
tract extending nearly through Pales-
tine between the plain on the sea-coast
and the valley of the Jordan, Gen. 12, 8.
Josh. 9,1.. Ὁ) The mountains of Judah,
i.e. the same tract south of Jerusalem,
(ἡ ὀρεινή Luke 1,39,) Num. 13,29. Deut.
1,2. c) The mountainous region east
of the Dead Sea, afterwards the country
of Moab, Gen. 14, 10. 19, 17. 19. 30.

3. In proper names: a) 095 ἽΠ
(mount of the sun) Mount Heres, a city
of the Samaritans, Judg. 1, 35. b) "4
D737, see 732.

a see “ih.

NF] (mountainous land) Hara. pr. ἢ.
of a region of Assyria, 1 Chr. 5, 26. Prob.
Media Magna, now called - sf

Irak ’Ajamy, also SLAY el-Jebal the
mountains. See Bochart Phaleg III.

c. 14.

ala (mount of God) put for the
altar of burnt-offering, Ez. 43, 15; called
also there and in v. 16 >8""8 4q. v.
no. II.

Δ fut. 251", to kill, to slay, viz.
a) Men, spoken not willy of homicide
between private persons (for which also
ΤΙΣ) Gen. 4,8 sq. Ex. 2,14; but also of
the slaughter of enemies in war, Is. 10, 4.
14, 20. Josh. 10,11. 13, 23; and of any
killing, 1 K.19, 10 sq. 2K.11,18. Esth.
9,6; whether done with the sword Ex.
22,23. 2Sam. 12,9. Am.4,10, or bya
stone thrown Judg. 9,54. Hence ascribed
also to the pestilence Jer. 18, 21; toa
viper Job 20, 16; and poet. even to grief,
vexation, Job 5,2. Ὁ) Beasts, Is. 27,1;
hence to slaughter for eating, Is. 22, 13.
6) Plants, like Engl. to kill. Ps. 78, 47
p25’ Waa NM" he killed their vines swith
hail ; comp. m7 Job 14, 8, and see in
ria. Virg. Georg. 4. 330 felices inter-
fice messes. —Construed mostly Ge acc.
rarely c. Ὁ, 2 Sam. 3, 30. Job 5, 23 also
c. 3, q. d. to slay among them, 2 Chr.
28, 9. Ps. 78, 31. Comp. 3 A. 2.

262

2. Collect. mountains, mountainous re-

aie pass. to be killed, slain, Ez. 26,
6. 15.

Puav id. Is. 27, 7.. Ps. 44, 23.

Deriv. the two following:

41} m. a killing, slcupe Is. 27, Ἴ,
90, 25, Bz. 26,15. Esth.9,5. Prov. 24, 11.

MAI f id. Mao INS sheep for the
slaughter Zech. 1, 4. 7; comp. the verb
Is. 22,13. M977 N72 the oaiil of slaugh-
ter len. 19,6. ΒΕ. λπ. ᾿

ν m5 fut. conv. "IM; inf. 55, inn.
1. to become pregnant, to conceive,

spoken of a female; the etymology

seems to lie in the idea of swelling, kin-
dred with "25, "1991.—Gen. 4, 1. 17.
16, 4. 21, 2. 25, 21. 29, 32; with Ὁ of the
man to.or by whom one conceives, Gen,
38, 18. Part. πη πὶ she that conceives,
hence poet. for a mother, Cant. 3, 4. Hos.
2. 7.—The Heb. interpreters also affirm
that plur. 2°77 is put as if by Zeugma

for both parents Gen. 49, 26; comp.

τ ᾿
Arab. yl the ‘two fathers, i. 6. the

parents. But see under "iF.

2. Metaph. to conceive in mind; hence
to meditate, to purpose any thing. Ps. 7,
15 “Rv sb") S23 mn he conceived mis-
chief and brought forth disappointment.
Job 15, 35. Is. 33, 11. 59, 4.

Note. Some nacre also to this verb
the sense to bring forth, to bear, appeal-
ing to 1 Chr. 4, 17 Duye-Mx TIM). But
here the writer only omits to mention
the birth.

Puat 555 pass. to be conceived. Job 3,
3 and (perish) the night which said nh
ἜΞΆ a man-child is conceived. Schultens
well: “Inducitur nox illa (in qua Jobus
conceptus sit) quasi conscia mysterii et
exultans ob spem prolis virilis.”

Po. inf. absol. inh Is. 59, 13, i. q. Kal

no. 2.

Deriv. in, "5, ji, and

M1 adj. only fem. Mh pregnant,
with child, Gen. 16, 11. 38, 24. 25. Ex.
21, 22. al. With of pers. to or by
whom, Gen. 38, 25. “mdb man with child
near to be Belesehed 1 Sam. 4, 19. man

‘Bbid ever pregnant Jer. 20, 17,—Plur.

mins Jer. ibid. With suff. mins,
caeninn (forms with Dag. f. impl. as if
from Pi.) 2 K. 8, 12. 15, 16.

ttl IE AES a Se ννονονον

es ἐν 4... ἰ-

ΟΥ̓

“N73 Chald. conception, thought, from
“i371 to conceive in mind, to think, see
Chald. τ. 995. Plur. Dan. 4, 2 daoliais of
visions in dreams, like the synon. 7"33,
2, 29. 30. 4,16. Syr. {sada fancy, ima-
gination.

TIN} m. (r. 924) conception, pregnan-
cy, Gen. 3,16. Tsere impure.

ὙΠΟ i. qg. 94, fem. 4°75, whence
sna Hos. 14, Ἷ. R. i nn.

THI m. (x. 134) conception, Ruth 4,
13., Hos. 9, 11.

MoM" ( (τ. 014) something torn
down, a ruin, 6. g. a house demolished,
Am. 9, 11.

MAO MN f. (τ. ὉΠ) a tearing down,
destruction, Is.-49, 19.

"ΘΠ obsol. root, i. ᾳ. BIN, BAN, to
be high. Arab. pr to make great, to

πῇ up; whence “75 a pyramid, lofty

building.—Hence 70777 and

DM (height, after the form bis ; or
mountaineer, from ΠῚ with the ending
B+,) Horam, pr. ἢ. of a Canaanitish
king, Josh. 10, 33.

DW (exalted) Harum, pr. n. m. 1
Chr. 4, 8.

yan i.g. ἸΏ, a fortress, castle,
sc. of an enemy, Am. 4,3. R.557.

72 (mountaineer, from 97) Haran,
pr.n.m. a) The brother of Abraham,
Gen. 11, 26.27: Ὁ) 1 Chr. 23, 9.—For
72 ΓΞ see p. 129. n.

“ONT fat. chit Job 12, 14. Is. 22,
19, and SoA" Bx. ‘15, 7; 2K. 3, 25.

1. to pull or tear down, ‘to destroy.
The primary signif. lies in the syllable
07, which like v1, Gr. ῥήσσω, ῥήττω,
Gorm. reissen, is onomatopoetic, with
the notion of rending, tearing, pulling
in pieces, etc. Comp. 7%", ΠΣ, also
V2, V2, 778, O28, etc. Arab. Uw
©, to tear in pieces, to lacerate.—Pr.

and mostly to tear down houses, cities,
walls, (opp. 722 Ps. 28, 5,) 1 K. 18, 30.
19, 10. Is. 14, 18. Jer. 1, 10. 45, 4. Laie,
, 2 Ez. 13, 14. 16, 39, Mic. 5, 10. al.
Elsewhere also to tear out teeth, i. e. to

263

‘er

break out, Ps. 58,7; to pull down from
a station Is. 22,19; to pull or tear down
a people, to destroy, Ex. 15,7; and hence
of a kingdom, Prov. 29, 4 a king by jus-
tice establisheth the land, Mia" ON}
ΓΙΌΣ but he that loveth bribes pulleth
it down, i. e. an unjust king destroys it.

2. Intrans. to tear through, to break in ;
Ex. 19, 21 "27> }OTTI“IB lest they break
ἐν unto Jehovah. v. 24.

Nipu. to be torn down, overthrown, de-
stroyed, Ps. 11,3. Joel 1,17. ΕΖ. 30,4. al
Also of mountains, Ez. 38, 20. |

Piex i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1. Ex. 23, 24. Is.
49, 17.

Deriv. No", mio", and

OW ἅπαξ deyou. and of doubtful au-
thority, destruction, Is. 19, 18; where
most Mss. and editions, as also Aqu.
Theod. Syr. read: MAN? ΩΝ OTT 7D
one (of these five cities) shall be called,
The city of destruction, i.e. in the idiom
of Isaiah, one of these cities shall be de-
stroyed ; comp. 87 Niph. no.2.y. The
Jews of Palestine, who approved this
reading, referred it to Leontopolis in
Egypt and its temple, which they ab-
horred, and the destruction of which
they supposed to be here predicted.—
But the more probable reading is 077
4. v.no.2. See more in Comment. on
Ie. 1s.

r “Ἢ a root not in use, prob. to swell:
kindr. with mat to become pregnant, pr.
to swell, to become tumid; Chald. "1775
to become pregnant.—Hence “4, πο
"73, mountain, "775.

ὙΠ Chald. in Peal not used, kindr.
with Heb. 737 to conceive ; PaLp. 777
to conceive in mind, to think. Hence
shan

“nn, once 6. suff. "7° Jer. 17, 3, sate
VI only c. suff. "77 Ps, 30, 8; Plur.
sgh το ὙΠ, δ. suff. m7 Deut. 8, 9,

i. gq. "3, a schsitelin’ but ‘mostly poetic.
Jer. τῇ 8 ἸῺΝ rab - nts “In my
mountain (Zion) with the ‘field . . . will
I give as spoil; in the parallel clause
is MNBMI FN. thy high places with
their sin i. e. with their idols. R. 777.

"11 2 Sam. 23, 33, and 1) v. 11,
a mountaineer, inhabiting the mountain-
ous tract of Ephrata or Judah. R.WI7

Zt

oun
DW (perh. i. q. pun fat) Hashem,

pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 14, 34; in the parall..

passage 2 Sam. 23, 32 is jw".

masawT verbal of Hiph. (τ. >2v})
i. q. inf. a causing to hear. Ez. 24, 26
Drie mavawiyd tu cause the ears to hear.

FAH verb. Hiph. (r. 3) α melting,
Ez. 22, 22.

70 Hatach, pr. n. of a eunuch in
the court of Xerxes, Esth. 4,5. Bohlen
compares διὸ verity. | abi

ᾧ ons a secondary root not used in
Kal, formed from Hiph. of the verb >>m.
Most of the forms exhibit manifestly an
origin from >>m; while in others the
letter πὶ acquires the nature of a radical.
The former is the case in Pret. >nn
Gen. 31, 7; inf. >nn Ex. 8, 25; fut.
ann Job 13,9; pass. man Ts. 44, 20;
all which are real forms of Hiph. bar
Hoph. from >>. The latter has place
in omit 1 K. 18, 27; nomnn Jer. 9, 4;
and the ale a p bn, “ribo ; ; in
all which 1 is retained as if radical.
These forms signify :

1. to deceive, c. 3 Gen. 31, 7. Judg.
16, 10. 13. 15. Job 13, 9. Jer. 9, 4.

2. to mock, to deride, 1 K. 18,27. See
the derivatives above.

Note. Inthe kindred languages the
root >>m is both primary and secondary,
and the guttural preformative (4) as-
sumes also the power of a radical letter.

GL
Thus Arab. (\3 is to cause to fall, to

Vav, the sixth letter of the Hebrew
alphabet; as a numeral denoting 6.
The name Vay, "Ἴ, sometimes written
"31, denotes a peg, nail, hook, see in its
order; to which its form in many ancient
alphabets bears a resemblance.

For the twofold power and office of

this letter, as movable and quiescent,
see the Grammars. As a consonant, it
is rarely found at the beginning of a root,
Yod (") being mostly substituted for it,

264 5

=

prostrate ; whence Hiph. > fo deceive,
like a", σφάλλω, fallo ; which aaa

sense also belongs to the kindr. A to
defraud. Then from >nn, the letter π
being changed for a hanahan guttural,

5 ed
comes (Li to deceive, to defraud, iS

fraud, cunning; comp. Ewald, Heb.
Gramm. p. 487, where he errs enly in
denying that © is at all radical. Other
secondary roots of this kind, in which
one or another servile letter becomes
radical, are M2, MMO, ah, q.v. Also
from the kindred languages we may
add: Mvp bow from r. Bip, and thence
Ao; wom from 7472, thence Rabb.
TOT 5 5.65.» before, from δ 5.0.
thence aad).
Deriv. nibmaa, and

monn m. plur. mockings, derisions,
poet. for mockers, Job 17, 2.

ΩΓ in Kal not used, prob. i. q.

τ

non, AD, to break; whence to break
in upon, to set upon, to assail any one.
Hence as ἅπαξ deyou.

Port Ps. 62, 4 wx Ὁ. ANNAN FIX 7D

how long will ye break in upon a man?

i. 6. set upon him. Sept. ἐπιτίϑεσϑε,
Vulg. irruitis—Less well Abulwalid
assigns to this root the sense of talking,
prating. Others assume a root Min,
comp. Arab. wls to acclaim, to ap-

-plaud. Simonis compares Arab. aL to

harm, to injure.

as "185 for ah J, ; in the middle of a
root it is sometimes movable, and is
there interchanged with 2 q. v. but
oftener it is quiescent, see Lehrg. p.
406; at the end of a root or word it is

τ στῶ» ne a as

—--.- λιν.

——— σα

quiescent, except in a few examples, as —

θῶ, M120. See Thesaur. p. 393.

Ἵ, or ἢ before Sheva movable and the
letters $22, also Ἵ before monosyllables
and barytones espec. when marked with

— ΞΟ---

/

"Ἢ , 265 Ὶ

a distinctive accent (see Heb. Gr. § 102.
2), the Conjunction copulative, and,

et, καί, Arab. 5 Waw and 3, Syr. o,
Ethiop. (Ὁ. The use of this particle is
of wide extent; since the Hebrews, in
many cases where sentences are to be
connected, did not accurately distinguish
the exact manner of connection; but
in the simplicity of an early language
rested satisfied with this one copula,
where more cultivated tongues employ
various particles, adversative, caugal,
final, etc. To its very frequent use is to
be ascribed especially an appearance of
loose simplicity, which is characteristic
of the Hebrew.—Hence

1. Primarily and most frequently Vav
is merely a Cépula, serving both to con-
nect words, as YIN) OvawW7 Gen. 1,1;
ἩΓΙΞῚ AM 1,2; and also sentences, espec.
as continuative of discourse, e. g. Gen. 1,
2 ΓΞ} nh Hn praxt.—Special uses
as connecting words, are the following:

a) Where three, four, or more nouns
or verbs are connected, the copula is
inserted, either before each one after the
first, Gen. 6, 21. Ex. 25, 4. Deut. 14, 26;
or only before the latter ones, as the

third, if there are three, Gen. 13, 2. Ex.
_ 28,19; the third and fourth, if four, Deut.
18,10; the third, fourth, and fifth, if five ;
2 K. 23, 5. Or, what is more remote

from our usage, it is inserted between
the first and second, and not before the
subsequent ones; as Ps. 45, 9 ΓΊΞΓΙΝῚ 72

ΡΣ ΧΕ myrrh aiid aloes andl cussia. v.

᾿ δ. Devt. 29, 22. Job 42,9. Is. 1, 13.—For
_ the omission of the cbpula, conetrnciia

asyndeta, see Lehrg. p. 842. Σου τς

Heb. Gr. § 354. 5.

b) Sometimes two nouns are connect-
ed by Vav, of which the first denotes a

_ genus and the other a species, or at least

the latter is included in the former; here

_Vav is i. q. and especially, and particu-

larly, and namely.
_ Judah and especially Jerusalem, Is: 1 1.
mo, '4.
and among them the inhabitants of Sa-
maria. Ps. 18, 1.—More rarely is the

So bua asain

In like manner, Is. 9, 7 Bolirain,

special word put first, 2 K. 23, 2 Jerusa-
tem and the rest of Judah. Is. 24, 23
Zion and Jerusalem. Jer. 21, 7. So

23

Lat. Pent et Hannibal Just. 29.3; Han-
nibal et Peni Liv. 21. 40.

c) The copula is occasionally inserted
between words strictly in apposition,
Engl. even, and that too. 1 Sam. 28, 3
ὙΣ3} 7231Xin Ramah, even in his own
city. Chald. Dan. 4, 10 πὴ Wa
watcher (angel), even a holy one.—Some-
times the copula thus adds emphasis to
the word to which it is prefixed ; 2 Sam.
13, 20 m9) “2m awn and Tamar
abode; and that desolate. Lam. 3, 26. Is.:
57, 11 have I not held my peace bisa
even from of old? Am. 3, 11.

d) The copula sneehinaes connects
two words, whether nouns or verbs, in
such a way that they coalesce and form
one idea. ἃ) In nouns this constitutes
the figure Hendiadys (ἕν διὰ δυοῖν) ; in |
which the latter noun depends upon and
serves to define the former, as elsewhere
the genitive. Gen. 1, 14 and they shall
be ὉΠ ῚΣ 29) minxd > for signs and for sea-
sons, i. e. for signs of seasons. Gen. 3,
16 L will multipl y thy sorrow and thy
pregnancy. i. e. the sorrow of thy preg-
nancy. So ΓΘ ΝῚ 70M favour and fide-

‘lity, i. e. constant favour, see in M28 no.

2. But the defining noun may also
stand first ; as 2 Chr. 16, 14 521) OOAwS
odours Wied kinds, i. e. divers kinds of
odours. Job 10,17. §) Of two verbs
so connected by. the copula, the latter is
dependent on the former, and elsewhere
is oftener put in the infin. or in a finite
form without the copula; see Heb. Gr.
§ 139. Esth.8,6 7°87) 5238 43278 how
can I endure gained see? i.e. endure to see.
Cant. 2, 3. Very often we may best
render the first verb in Engl. by an ad-
verb; as Mp FOI" he added and took,
i. ᾳ. he again took, Gen. 25, 1. 26, 18
“pm) aus he returned and dug, i. e. he
again dug. Dan. 9, 25.

e) The copula is also used where to
the primary person there is subjoined a
person or thing less important; which
is expressed in Engl. more definitely by.
with, and likewise in Heb. often by the
particles 59,3. Esth. 4, 16 "n4325 ὋΝ
pixx J and my maidens will fast, i. q.
sm493 Db» I with my maidens. Jer. 22,
7. Gen. 3, 24 Cherubim and the blade of
a glittering sword, i.e. with a glittering
sword. 1 K. 20, 20. Judg. 7,10. Ina

5 266 5

similar way the ancient interpp. under-
stood the difficult passage: 1 Sam. 14,
18 the ark of God was at that time "323
ayn Engl. Vers. with the children of
Israel ; Vulg. cum, Syr. Chald. Sak,
mn». Better to read "2" "252 as Sept. or
“wo "333.

f) In the following idiom peculiar to
the Pentateuch and Joshua, Vav is put
like Lat. etiam, simul, i. q. also as, even
for: at the same time. Num. 34, 6

ΣᾺ Dita Or 02> mT DT οηΞ 51 and
as for the western ‘border, there shall be
to you the great sea even for a border ;
i. q. in Greek ἔσται ὑμῖν... καὶ ὅριον,

fe ἔ

Arab. Lee. Deut. 3,16 Fim FAN bm 3
daaan bain even unto the brook Arnon,
to the middle of the brook, which is even
for the border. v.17. Josh. 13, 23 "775
Daaaa PRINT ἸΞῚΝ Ἢ 22 513} and the bor-
der of the children of Reuben was Jor-
dan, even for a border. v. 27. 15, 12. 47.
See Thesaur. p. 394 sq.

g) When a noun is repeated, the in-
sertion of the copula denotes:. #) Pr.a
doubling, something two-fold; Ps. 12, 3
39 3a with a double heart i. 6. with
duplicity of mind, comp. 1 Chr. 12, 38.
Deut. 25, 13 Ἰ3ΝῚ 728 double ἀφ ΝΙΝ
one full and the other light. Heb. Gr.
§106. 4. £) Single things of a kind,
distributively, each, every. Ezra 10, 14
ὍΣΣ AWD "2PT the elders of every city. 2
Chr. 11, 12 ὌΣῚ ἜΣ ΤΟΞΞ in every seve-
ral city. 28, 28. Jer. 48, 8. Esth. 1, 8.
“4 “it every generation, see in "7 no.
1. Esth. 3, 4 pin pi and 2,11 5933
mins every day, daily.

h) Repeated 1—1, i. q. Lat. et—et,
Engl. both—and. Ps, 76, 7 333) D3
Did" both the chariot tenet horses are
stunned. Dan. 8, 13 N3¥1 WIP" both the
sanctuary and the host. Num. 9, 14.
Josh. 7, 24. Is. 16, 5.—Here too Belong
the examples where it may be rendered,
whether—or ; e. g. Ex. 21, 16 and he
that stealeth a man i973 δὰ 22) 17375
whether he sell him or he be found in his
hand, he shall surely be put to death ;
pr. anid if he sell him, and if he be found
in his hand. Lev. 5, 3. Deut. 24, 7.

i) That Vav is put as a disjunctive
between words, i. q. or, is hardly sup-
ported by a single probable example ;

those usually referred hither not requir-
ing such a signification. Thus in Ex.
21, 15. 17 he that curseth his father anp
his mother shall surely be put to death ;
here the verb refers not to one or the
other, but to both: he that curseth his
father anv he that curseth his mother
etc. Ex. 12,5. For 1 Sam. 17, 34, see
in x 1. πο. 1. [But in 1 K. 18, 27, it is
difficult to avoid the disjunctive sense
of Vav; and so the author himself else-
where admits, see in "3 no. 2. a. y, fin.
Thgsaur. p. 679.—R.

k) It sometimes connects two impera-
tives, and then the latter expresses a
promise or threat. Gen. 42, 18 do this
and live, i. e. and thou shalt live ; comp.
John 7, 52, also Lat. divide et impera.
See Heb. Gr. ὃ 127.2. ™

As to the use of Vav as a copula in
connecting sentences and giving continu-
ity to discourse, for which also Vav con-
versive serves, the following may be
noted :

aa) Sometimes, though rarely and for
various causes, the copula stands at the
beginning of discourse, e. g. a) At
the beginning of some books, Ex. 1, 1.
1K. 1,1. Ezra 1,1. In these cases the
history is continued from a former book.
8) Twice, 2 K. 5,6. 10, 2, MHz) stands
at the beginning ofan epistle; the salu-
tation and exordium being prob. omit-
ted. Comp. Arab. dx Lol; also Lat.
et at the beginning of epistles, Cic. ad
Fam. 10. 1. ib. 13. 62; see Handii Tur-
sell. II. p. 494. γ) Ex. 2, 20 and he
(Jethro) said unto his daughters; And
where is he? So Lat. et often; Handii
Tursell. 1. c. p. 493. no. 14.—See more
in no. 4 below.

bb) It serves to introduce the apodo-
sis, espec. where this is to be distinctly _
marked ; Engl. then, Germ. da ; comp.
Arab. ὃ. So when preceded by. 58,
Gen. 13, 9 4772577 Ex) M20 s) SNowH Bx
nba) if thou take the left hand, then
Twill go to the right; and if the right
hand, then I will go-to the left. Ps. 78,34
AMAT Da ON when he slew them, then:
they sought "him. Ruth 3, 13. Job 10, 14.
Preceded by 1551 Sam. 15, 23; 359.
Deut. 7, 12; "2 Gen. 29, 15. Is. 98, 18 3%
Δ Ὁ. infin, Gen., 3, 5. Ez. 33, 18 awa”

: ‘267 5 ee

ἣν ΠΝ. Comp. in N. T. we... καὶ
ἰδού Luke 7, 12. Acts 10, 17.—Very often
it is put with a certain emphasis after

- words and clauses which stand abso-

lutely, espec. those which mark time.
Ex. 16, 6 Dm33"7 373 at evening, then
shall ye know. Prov. 24, 27 ΤΑῚ TIN
3 afterwards, then build thy “house.
Gen. 40, 9. 48, 7. Jer. 7, 25.—Here too
belong examples where the copula is
inserted in a clause between the subject
and predicate, so as to take up a sen-
tence not yet completed; 6. g. .«@)
Where the subject precedes and the
copula is put before the predicate ;
Prov. 23, 24 ia naw 02m 33" he that
besetteth ἃ wise son, and (then) he shall
have joy in him ; here the copula is em-
phatic. 31,°28 mon" mba her hus-
band, and he praiseth her, i. e. he too
praiseth her. 1 Sam. 25, 27. Gen. 22,
14. Job 36,26. β) When the predicate
stands first ; 2 Sam. 15, 34 7 {AN 323
ἸΝῺ "IN thy father’s servant, and I was
so hitherto. Job 4, 6 F277 Hh AMpN
thy hope. and it is the uprightness of thy
ways, i. 6. in the integrity of thy life lies
thy hope. y) Where the object stands
first ; 2 Sam. 22,41 om 2485 "Nw them
that nie me, and (then) I will destroy
them. Num. 23, 3.

cc) It has an intensive or cumulative
force, like Gr. καί, i. ᾳ. even, yea, yea
even,e.g. α) It augments; as Job 5,
19 in six troubles he shall deliver thee,
S235 yea in seven there shall no evil
touch thee. Ps. 74, 11. Prov. 6, 16. 30, 15.
18 sq. 21sq. Am.1,3.6.9.11. ) Itdi-
minishes; as Job 21, 6 MMs MITT ONT
yea even if I remember, I am afraid, i.g
if I only remember, if I barely, think
thereon. So ἐξ not even, Deut. 28, 39.

dd) It is put between clauses which
are to be compared together, and marks
espec. an equality or likeness of lot, i. q.
as, 80. (So 02 q. v. no. 1. 6, f. g.) This
is calied by Grammarians Nine 4
Vav adequationis. Job 5,7 man is born
to trouble, and the sons of lightning soar
on high, i. e. as swift birds of prey soar
onhigh. 14,19 the waters wear away the
_ stones, their flood washeth away the dust
of the earth, and (so) thou destroyest the
hope of man. 12,11. 34, 3. Prov. 26, 9.

ee) It is put before clauses inserted

by way of parenthesis, where also the
relative often stands. Gen. 49, 25 >x2
FIIIN WI ΓΝῚ PRIS ΡΣ froin the
God of thy father (and he hath helped
thee). and from the Almighty (and he
hath blessed thee), shall come the bless-
ings of heaven above. Job 29,12 for I
delivered the poor...%> 73> Ndi bins)
and the orphan, and there was none to
help him, i.q. to whom there was no
helper. Is. 13, 14. Ps. 55, 20.—On the
intimate connection between the copula
and the relatiye, see Harris’ Hermes,
B. I. c. 5 penult.

2. Vav is also put before adversative
clauses, and yet, but, since. But here the
antithesis lies in the thought or in the col-
location of the words, rather than in the
particle Vav ; and when it is to be more
strongly expressed, the regular adversa-
tive particles are used, as DD48 , 538, 38.
Cant. 1, 5 MIN) ὋΝ ANY Tam black,
and yet comely. Gen. 2, 16. 17 of every
tree of the garden thou mayest freely eat,
ao SONM ND say 31 ryan py but
of the tree of the knowledge of good and
evil thou shalt not eat of it. 17, 21. 42,
10. Judg. 16, 15 how canst thou say, tious
thee, "AN 77% 73>) and yet (since) thine —
heart is not with me? Ruth 1, 21. Job
6, 26.— Where the subject of a clause in
this construction is a personal pronoun,
it is put first. Gen..15, 2 75 ἸΏ
say ἼΡΓΙ Ἴ25Ν} what ‘wilt thou give me,
and yet (since) I depart childless? So
"25X17 18, 13. 27; 7281 Is. 49, 21; AMR}
Neh. 2, 2; sam} Ἢ 10: 7. 42, 22; ome
Gen. 26, 27; ἘΠῚ Is. 1, 2. aUsldine inven
also it may be ‘rendered though, al-
though ; but here 9 is in itself only and,
the conditional particle being omitted.
Job 15, 5 for thy mouth teacheth thine
iniquity, D™AID ἢ 9. ANIM although
thou choosest the tongue of the crafty.
Mal. 2, 14. Is. 32, 7.

3. Before causal clauses, i. e. those
assigning a cause or reason, i. q. for,
because of. Gen. 20, 3 behold! thou art
a dead man because of the woman thou
hast taken, 532 ΤΈΣ N71 for she is a
man’s wife. 6,17. Ps. 7, 10. 60, 13 give
us help from the enemy, “for (3) vain is.
the help of man. Is. 8, 7. 39, 1.

4. Before inferential clauses, therefore.
wherefore ; then, so then. Ez. 18, 32 1

, 96g ΠΝ

desire not the death of the βἴημου,..
wm Aa tit wherefore turn ye and lien’
Zech. 2, 10. Ps. 81, 13.—Here belong
most of the vaeinuiia in which Vav
stands at the beginning of discourse
(see others in no. 1. aa); since there is
usually here some reason implied in the
preceding circumstances, from which the
proposition to which Vav is prefixed isa
conclusion; i. q. then, sothen. 3 K.4, 41
Mp Amps ἜΝ) and he said, Then bring
meal, sc. since these things are so. ‘Is.
3, 14 ODEN oNITAa CM} so then ye have
eaten up ‘the vineyard. PS. 4,4 4335 know
then. 2, 10. pad mms) now therefore,
O ye kings, comp. v. 6. 2 Sam. 24, 3. Is.
47, 9. 58, 2.

5. Before final and consecutive clauses,
marking end or aim and result, that, in
order that, so that ; followed by the fu-
ture, often apocopated or paragogic. So
where a sentence precedes including a
command, Gen. 27, 4. 42,34. 1 Sam. 15,
16; or an entreaty, Job 10, 20. Judg.
16, 28; or an interrogation, 1 K. 22, 7.
Is. 41, 26; or a hope, Jer. 20,10. Thus
Gen. 42, 34 and bring your youngest
brother unto me, M2781 that Imay know.
Judg. 16, 28 strengthen me only this once,
ΓΞ ΝῚ that I may be avenged. 1 K. 22,
7 is there not here a prophet of the Lord
besides, INN MWA: that we might in-
quire of him?

6. Before clauses dependent on verbs
of perceiving and uttering, where com-
mon usage admits the relat. conjunction
“2 thal. So after a verb of knowing
Gen. 47,6; of swearing Josh. 2,12; of
augury Gen. 30, 27. Also without a
verb, Is. 43, 12 ye are my witnesses "281
dx that Yam God ; comp. v. 10 837 "28 7D
in the same connection. Lam. 3, 26 31
25 D373 good that one wait even in
silence, comp. v.27 "2 3iv. Num. 14, 21.

7. Vav conversive of the Preter, (so
ealled as converting the preter into a fu-
ture,) is merely the Copula; and affects
the Preter simply by connecting it back
to a preceding future. Yet it also has
the effect, that in most verbal forms
having the tone on the penultimate, the
same is moved forward by it upon the
final syllable; ὃ. ο΄. "M23 J went, "mb
(with a preced. fat. ) and 1 will £0, Judg.
1,3. See Heb. Gr. ὁ 48 ὃ. 1, 3.

‘1 and before a gutt. ἢ, a particle
prefixed to the Future, and imparting to
it (when a preter precedes) the sense
of the Imperfect ; hence called Vav con-
versive of the Future; e.g. 58% he will
slay, >¥>7) (with preced. pret.) and he
slew. It appears to be nothing more
than Vav copulative -with a peculiar
punctuation; and affects the Future
simply by connecting it back to a pre-
ceding preter. Whena shortened form
of the Fut. exists, this is preferred; and
very often the tone is drawn back from
the last syllable to the penultimate; e.g.
fut. m2", apoc. a5, with Vay convers.
m5 . But in the first pers. especially
in the later books, the fut. paragog. is
sometimes employed’ 6. 6. ΠΝ Ezra
9,3. See Heb. Gr. ὃ 48 6. 1, 2.

Norte. In former editious thé prefer-
ence was given to another view of this
Vav ; according to which it was regarded
as a contraction or fragment of the verb
mit do be, put before the Future so as to
form by periphrasis the narrative tense,
viz. ops mn it came to pass (that) he
slew ; then dropping nas in Syriac
bepe- n>, and contracted 229%), like “7g

mt, 3%; comp. aks < Gy 8 he was (that)
he will slay, for he oa —But on the
other hand it is evident that the Copuwla
lies in this αν. for the following rea-
sons: a) The Fut. conversire as con-
nected with what precedes al ways stands

‘before the noun, as ΘΝ WEN; and

where the noun is put first, the Vav is
separated from the verb, e. g. Is. 6, 4
iis Nba7 musi)... sea and trembled
the ‘foundati ons of the shevenkobds) . and
the house was filled with smoke. 8, 16.
b) It never stands after the Relative or
Conjunctions, which exclude the copula.
c) In parallel passages there often stands

for it a simple 1, see Is. 59, 16; comp.

63, 3.5.6; also in the same connection a
simple ἢ Is. 43, 28. 4) When whole
sections or books begin with Vav con-
versive, as is often the case, this denotes
that they are connected with an earlier
narrative, Ex. 1,1. Ezra1,1; or at least
are regarded as having such connection,
Ruth 1,1. Esth. 1,1. In 1K.1, 1 the
book begins with a simple}. See in ἢ
no. 1. aa. Heb. Gr. 1. ο.

SS δὰ

————

yn

TT) Vedan, pr. n. of an Arabian city,
whence cloths, wrought iron, cassia, and
other spices were brought to Tyre, Ez.
27, 19. Very prob. the prophet here
speaks of the city and mart j7>, Bloat

?Aden, in connection with which Edrisi
enumerates these very wares, Τ᾿. 1. p. 51.
ed. Jaubert: “La.ville d’Aden est petite,
mais renommée ἃ cause de son port de
mer, d’oti partent des navires destinés
pour le Sind, l’Inde, et la Chine. On y
apporte de ce dernier pays des marchan-
dises telles que le fer, les lames de sabre
damasquinées, ... le cardamome, la can-
nelle,... les myrobalans, ... diverses étof-
Ses tissues Vherbes, et d'autres riches et
veloutées, etc.”—The text ought there-
fore prob. to read "9 or j7>"; unless
perhaps 775 is here for 5355.

23) a doubtful word, found only in
Num. 21, 14 am1-mx, pr. ἢ. of a place,
Vaheb, in the territory of Moab on the
Aywwn; according to Le Clere i. q. jf”

v. 18, comp. ae) to give, i. q. 173.-
Kimchi found it in some Mss. written in
one word 335M, which would be Aram.
Ethpa. of the verb ee) i. ᾳ. 27", Jeho-
vah dedit se in turbine. But the whole
passage is abrupt and fragmentary, and
therefore very obscure.

Δ m. plur. 0") (Kamets impure) a
peg, nail, hook, spoken only of the pins
or hooks from which the curtains of the
tabernacle were suspended, Ex. 26, 32.
37. 27,10. 11.17. 36, 36. 38. 38, 10 sq.
The etymology is unknown; see Thes.
p. 399.

Zayin, ἡ, the seventh letter of the
Hebrew alphabet; as a numeral de-
noting 7. The name is i.q. Syr. tu7
a weapon; which the figure of this let-
ter resembles in all the ancient alpha-
bets.—In Arabic there are two corre-

sponding letters, differently pened
viz. ὁ dh (d, z), and 3) 2.88 mat ὦ 35 to

9 o-
slaughter; 273 &)) seed. For the for-
° 23*

269 7

yeni Arab. » to bear. to carry, por-

tare; whence , 259 ς Vizier, pr. porter of

public business ;~ comp. bajulus used by
writers of the middle ages for an
envoy, chargé daffaires, whence Engl.
bailiff. Ital. bailo. Also in Pass. to be
laden with guilt, borne down with pun-
ishment ; since sin and guilt in the Se-
mitic idiom are a burden laid upon the
wicked, Ps. 38, 4. Is. 53,11. Comp. 8),
αἴρω, to take off or away, i. 4. to par-
don.—Hence

“Tm. laden with guilt, guilty, Prov.
21, 8.

SOT) (Pers. $239 pure, pr. white,
see 713) Vajezatha, Pers. pr. n. of the
youngest son of Haman, Esth. 9, 9. |

aoa i. q. 755, to bear, to bring forth ;
Arab. ws, Hanes the two following:

“2 m. a child, offspring, Gen. 11, 30.

2) m. id. 2 Sam. 6, 23.—Keri 334,
and so the occidental Mss.

91 pr. ἢ. m. Vaniah, Ezra 10, 36.

"OD (perh. i. q. "0B" additamentum
meum) pr. n. m. Vophsi, ‘Num. 13, 14.

"201 pr. n. m. Vashni, 1 Chr. 6, 13
[28]. Prob. a corrupted form for "387",
comp. 1 Sam. 8,2. The passage should
read: MPayx "Ty Ὁ ἢν 33; see Mo-
vers Chron. Ῥ. 54.

nD) (Pers. whe a beauty, la belle,)

Vashti, the former queen of Xerxes,
Ksth. 1, 9.

mer the Aramean has"; for the latter
it sometimes also has 1; hence a9 5
mat, for "21 to slaughter ; <3], a,
for 231 to sow, etc. Comp. in lett. 7.

But ὦ and ἃ are also interchanged ;
e.g. ἜΣ, ie and 5,5 to help; 5,
eh> and ey> to cut off.

Further, t is interchanged: a) With

μαΐ. Ἢ!

Υ, -n pst and P2x to cry out; 19 and
ΥΕΣ to exult, to shout; m3 gold, comp.
shy yellow, tawny. b) With Ὁ, Ὁ, as
sat and "90 to go away ; T23 and 0>3 to
ma, Syr. {ms to despise ; jiON
harm, from ox, eo) to harm. c)
With ἡ, as pos pry pia, etc.

exult ;

* ONT obsol. root, prob. i. gq. 31, VIS,
to be yellow, tawny.—Hence

ANT m. (Tsere impure) 1. a wolf, so
called from its tawny colour; like Lat.
vulpes from fulvus, Goth. wulfs, whence

ΘᾺ, i.
wolf. Arab. WO; Syr. bolo.—Gen.

49, 27. Is. 11, 6. 65,25. Jer. 5,6. "ant
352 evening ‘abtllnen: prowling at night,
Hab. 1, 8. Zeph. 3, 3; comp. ise γυ-
κτερινοΐ Oppian. Cynegee 3. 266, νυκτι-
πόροι ibid. 1. 440.

2. Zeeb, pr. n. of a Midianitish prince,
Judg. 7, 25. 8, 3. Ps. 83, 12.

PNT this, hec, fem. of the pron. Mt αν.

* 221 obsol. root, onomatopoet. prob.

ig. O%3 to murmur, to hum, to buzz.
Germ. swmmen ; whente 321 a fly, from
its buzzing, like Lat. museca. fr. pute,
musso (mussito). Bochart compares
wed to move up and down in the
air; but this is secondary.

ἡ ΡῚ] once Gen. 30, 20, to give, to pre-
sent with any thing, to endow, Lat. do-
nare ; Sept. well δεδώρηται, Vulg. dota-
vit. Comp. Chald. Saad. Abulw. Arab.
ov id. Syr. {1 spec. dowry ; see The-
saur. p. 401.—That this root was in fre-
quent use in Hebrew, is shown by the
many pr. names derived from it; e. g.
those which here follow, six in number,
and also "ΣΙ, MIST, ἜΣΤΙ, WN.

“iat τῇ. a gift, dowry, Gen. 30, 20.

Tat (whom God gave, as {3 for 58202,
15:15) Zabad, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 36.
b) 1 Chr. 7, 91. c) 1 Chr. Τ|;41, ἃ)
2 Chr. 24, 26.
ὁ K. 12, 22 is 933%".

“Jat (for mat gift of Jehovah)
Zabdi, pr.n.m. a) Josh. 7, 1;
saratlel passage 1 Chr. 2,6 "πὶ. Ὁ)
1Chr. 8, 19. ¢) 1 Chr. 27, 27. d)
Neh, 11, 17.

270

In the paral: passage

in the.

mat

NFAT (gift of God) Zabdiel, pr. τι. τα.
Neh. 11, 14. Comp. Σαβδιήλ 1 Mace.
Walsh re We

ΤΡ Ἴ2] (Jehovah gave) Zebadiah, Ze-
bedee, Gr. Ζεβεδαῖος, pr. n. of several
men: a) 1Chr.8,15. b) ib. Κ 17.
c)ib.12,7.27,7. ἃ) Ezra8,8. e)10,20.

WIiIST (id.) Zebadiah, pr. n. m.
a) 1Chr. 26,2. Ὁ) 2Chr. 17,8. ο)
19,11.

A737 m. (τ. 221 q. v.) α fly, Is. 7, 18.
Ece. 10, 1 τὴ tt dead flies. For the
pr. n. ΞΗΞῚ bya Beelzebub, see in 33

no. 5. b.—Arab. SLs, Chald. N33, id.

WT (donatus) Zabud, pr. n. m. 1K.
4, 8. R. ἽΞΙ.

‘TAT (id.) Zabbud, Ezra 8,14 Cheth.

MTT (donata) Zebudah, pr. n. f.
2 K. 23, 36 Keri; but Cheth. is M7731.

2527 and 227 m. (Ὁ. 531) 1. a dwell-
ing, habitation, Ps. 49, 15. Hab. 3, 11
ΓΡΞῚ ISD MII Wr) sun and moon stand
still in their liabitation, i. 6. they hide
themselves, do not ΚΌΡΗΝ —Of the habi-
tation of God, Is. 63, 15; so >= ΞῚ ΤῊΣ id.
1 K. 8, 13.

2 . Zebul, pr. n. m. Judg. 9, 28.

FAT , 7277, ΣΤ, (habitation,
see Gen. 30, 20.) Zebulun, pr. n. of the
tenth son of Jacob, born of Leah ; also
of the tribe ΣΡ ΟΣ from him, the ter-
ritory of which is described in Josh: 19,
10sq.—The gentile ἢ. is "75437 Zebulon.
ite, from a form jioazt, Num. 26, 27,

ἜΤΞΙ kindr. with nso , Arab. 3 τὸ,

Syr. μ᾽, Zab. wo9 and 2], Eth.

Hf)th. Perhaps from the same stock
is Gr. σφάσσω, σφάζω, i.e. Shaul.

1. to slaughter, to kill animals, sc. for
eating, Deut. 12, 15. 1 Sam. 28, 24. 1 K.
19; 21. Ex. 39, 17.

2. Spec. to kill for sacrifice, to sacri-
ἴσο, to immolate victims, 1 Sam. 1, 4;
with > of the deity to whom sacrifice is
offered 1 K. 8, 63, also 25 1K. 8, 62.
2 Chr. 7, 4. Lev. 9; 4.—This verb is not
used of the priests as slaughtering vic- |
tims in sacrifice ; but of private persons
offering sacrifices at their own cust;
Num. 22, 40. Deut. 12, 21. 27, 6.

nat

Pre. M31, fut. mar, fo sacrifice, i. q.
Kal no. 2. ΓΚ. 12, 32. 2Κ. 12,4. Spo-
ken also of a ταν υ ἐωδὸ οἵ dserifites, 1K.
8, 5; of repeated or customary sudvifice,
1K. 3, 2. 3. 11, 8. Hos. 4,14. al. So

Arab. 2

Deriv. mara, and

ar :
> to sacrifice much, often.

MAT τὴ. ὁ. suff. "737; plur. 07731,
“constr. “31, once nina Hos. 4, 19.

1. Pr. a slaughtering, e.g. a) Of
men, slaughter Is. 34,6. Zeph.1,7. Ez.
39,17. Ὁ) Of beasts, meton. the flesh
of slaughtered animals, i. q. α repast,
Gen. 31, 54. Prov. 17,1 2-9-7731 ban-
quets of strife, quarrelsome feasts.

2. asacrifice, i.e. the act of sacrificing,
Lev. 19, 6. Also the thing sacrificed,
victim, Is. 1, 11. Ps. 51,18; opp. both to
mm22 a bloodless offering 1 Sam. 2, 29.
Ps. 40,7, and to M>4> a burnt-offering ; so
that M27 denoted a sacrifice which was
only in part consumed by fire, such as
were the sin and trespass-offerings, the
thank-offerings, etc. Ex. 10,25. Lev. 17,
8. Num. 15,5. D220 mata victim of
thank-offering Lev. 3, 1. 4,10. al.—Spo-
ken also genr. of any great and solemn
sacrifice and of sacrificial feasts, as M31
D277 the yearly sacrifice 1 Sam. 1, 21,
20, 6. nnpsa nat a family sacrifice 20,
29, comp. 9, 12. 13. 16, 3.

3. Zebah, pr.n. ofa Midianitish prince,
Judg. 8, 5. Ps. 83, 12.

"AT pr. ἢ. τῇ. Zabbai, Ezra 10, 28.
Neh. 3 20 Cheth. Prob. a corrupt read-
ing for ">t, as is read in Ezra2, 9. Neh.
7, 14.

MPI see ΠΞΗΣΙ.

R227 (bought, τ.
n.m. Ezra 10, 43.

at 1. pr. prob. i. q. bam to be
round, lo make round, ,comp. 838; whence
Talm. >21, a1, dung in balls, round
dung, as of 8058, camels. ἊΝ and

Arab. t=}, i.

2. to dwell, see in ΜΠ no. 8. Gen. 80,
20 “25 hha he will dwell with me, sc. my
husband. with the accessory idea of con-
jugal intercourse, as in Engl. to cohabit.

Other verbs of dwelling also take the

j=1) Zebina, pr.

271 rit

accus. inthe sense ‘to dwell with;’ see
3, j20.

Deriv. 5,21, j7>921.

52] see D423}.

TAT see jAda=t.

* 127 Chald. to get for oneself, to buy,
to gain, as in Syr. and Samar. Dan. 2, 8
ἼΞΤ FMI RITID ὙἹ that ye would gain
the time, i.e. make delay.

Deriv. pr. ἢ. 82731.

ΔΤ m. Num. 6, 4, the skin of a grape
husk, as being transparent. R. 331.

. AAT to be clear, transparent ; comp.
Samar. 437 i. q. 721 to be pure. Arab,
Ae ἢ
ce glass, i. ᾳ. M7392; Chald. 351 to

.

be clear, transparent.—Hence 31.

“IT m. verbal adj. (τ. 751) proud, arro-
gant, pr. boiling, swelling, inflated ;
with the accessory notion of wickedness
and impiety, comp. in 53m no. 3, 4.—Is.
13, 11. Jer. 43, 2. Ps. 19, 14. 119, 21. 51.
69. 78. 85. 122.

TINT m. (τ. 447) constr. it as if from
a root M7, c. suff. 4257 1 Sam. 17, 28.
Jer. 49, 16; pride, arrogance, haughti-
ness. sseibinei with fdsblonce: Prov. 11,
2. 13, 10. 21.24. 35 yt the pride of
thy heart, proud insolence, Jer. 49, 16.
Obad. 3. Deut. 17, 12. Conan soaked
of haughty Babylon, Jer. 50, 31. 32.

ΓΊ τῇ. rarely put with a subst. fem:
Josh. 2, 17; with pref. mta, 713; Fem.
MT, more rarely ΓΤ Ecce. 2, 2. 5, 15.
18. 7, 23. 9,13; so in the formula πὶ
mio Judg. 18, 4. 2 Sam. 11, 25. 1 K. 14,
5; also Ἵ Hos. 7, 16. Ps. 132, 12 (here

relat.) once MmNxt Jer. 26,6 Cheth. Plur.

MEN q. v.

1. Pron. demonstr. this, Lat. hic, hec,
hoc. Arab. 3, fds hic, Syr. ba heee,
Eth. Ἢ, fem. H, H*i:. Hence the
Aram. "3, 3, and Eth. H, which have
passed over into relatives. Corresp. are
Sanscr. sa-s, sd. tat ; Goth. sa, so, that ;
hic, hee, hoc.—It εὐἰάπαν: ᾿

8) Absol. i. 6. by itself. this. this one;
Gr. οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο. Job 1. 17 πὶ THY
“aT. this one was yet speaking. Eee.
6, 9 ban mz pa /ris also is vanity. 9. 13

ὟΣ 272 Ἐν

Ex. 2, 6. 2 Sam. 23,17. So in the ge-
nit. 1 K. 21,2 ΠῚ “11 OD money, the
price of it Dat my to this one, to him,
1 Sam. 21, 12 [11]; Tt to this woman
Gen. 2, 23. Sometimes in contempt,
like Gr. οὗτος, Lat. iste; 1 Sam. 10, 27
AY sw" how shall this (fellow) save
us? Ex. 10, 7.

b) With a subst. aM so that like an
adj. it is often put after the subst. and
both take the article ; as M7 7250 this
word, P&T MUNG this woman, Mim Dina
on this day. Rarely without the art.
where the noun hasit; comp. 11 "ii Ps.
12,8. Poet. also MNT 183 this vine Ps.
80, 15.—But ΠῚ without the art. is also
put before a noun made definite, e. g.
a) When the pronoun marks the sub-
ject or predicate of the sentence, the
substantive verb being implied. Ex. 35,
4 "237 ΠῚ this is the word. Judg. 4, 14
pin my this is the day. 2 K. 6,13. Ps.
118, 20. Is. 14,16. βὺ More ranely also
Mian ΠῚ is i.g. ANI MEN; yet so that
the former has a stronger demonstrative
force. So too in Aramean and Arabic ;
comp. Chald. 825m 725 this dream Dan.

4,15; Syr. Lis} La this time; [Δ
SL this book; also in Greek οὗτος

0 οἶκος.--- τὰ 3,12 man mr this house,
this temple, Sept. τοῦτον τὸν οἶκον, opp.
Hwa ova. 1K. 14,14 07 Τὶ this
day, Sept. ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, Vulg. in hac
die. Ps. 49, 14. Josh. 9, 12 "5 ΓΞ ΠῚ this
our bread. Ps. 73, 12 lah hs) : πεν mn
lo! these ungodly.

c) The difference between πὶ, PNT,
and 815,85, has been pointed onl τ
art. N37 init. The former, πὶ, PNt, refer
to a person or thing present, which one
can as it were point at with the finger ;
and also to the present time. Gen. 38,
28 PION RST Ty this came out first, was
first born. Is. 29. 11 mITN? NIP ee
this, 1 pray thee. Very often in the
phrase min visa on this day, 1. 6. this
day, to- day, Lev. 8. 34. Josh. 7, 25. 13
mrt cir unto this day. sc. this very day
when I am speaking or writing, Sept.
ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης, Gen. 32, 33. 47,
26. 48.15. Deut. 2 22.3. 14. 10.8. 11,4.
—In historical narrative also the follow-
ing are regarded as present: o) That

which has just been mentioned; Gen.
7, 11 on the seventeenth day of the month,
mit Dita on this very day, were all the
fountains, etc. v.13. Ex. 19,1. βὺ That
which is immediately to follow, and
which is as it were pointed at; Gen. 5,

1 DWN mitdin 72D ΠῚ this is the book of
the ‘generations of Adam. 6, 15 WR TY
AMX ΠΌΣΏ this is how thou ‘thal make
it, i. e. so shalt thou make it; Sept.

ofan ποιήσξις, comp. Ex. 29, 38, Gen.
45, 19. Ps. 7, 4. |

d) These idioms are also to be noted :
a) Repeated, ΠῚ --- πὶ i. q. this—that,
one—another, Job 1, 16. 1 K. 22, 20. Ps,
75, 18; mXt—nxt id. 1 K. 3, 16; ΠῚ
nib one to another Ex. 14, 20. Is. 6, 3.
8) Vividly demonstrative is it, when ΠῚ
is added to interrogatives to increase
their strength; Is. 68, 1 82 ΠῚ 2 who
is this that cometh? Job 88, 2. 42, 2.
The same is 847 "72, see in 815 no. 2. ἃ.
—A similar usage with mt as ady. see
below in no. 3. 6.

2. Rarely and only in poetic style it
is put for the relative, like Engl. that, |
which is both demonstr. and relative ;
see it no. 1. Comp. the relatives as
derived mostly from demonstratives, un-
der Ux A, p. 97. ΤΠ no. 1.—Ps. 104, 8
end mien ΠῚ rips ΤΌΝ unto the place
which thou hast founded for them, i. 6.
destined. Prov. 23, 22. Job 15, 17. Ps.
78, 54. In this sfenie it seems, like
“WO, to be indeclinable, and is put also
for the plur. Job 19, 19.—A]so as a mere
sign of relation, like "Wx no. 2. Ps. 74,2
12 MISW ΠῚ Ps An mount Zion, wherein
thou dwellest. Is. 29, 9.

3. It passes over ἰού Adv.
a) Of place, here, for “12 in this place,
Gen. 28, 17. Num. 13,17. al. πὶ from
ete hence, Gen. 37, 17. Ex. 11,1. m4

ΓΙ 21 anos and hence, i. e. on thi side
bad on that side, Num. 22, 24. Josh. 8,
33. It often corresponds to Engl. here,
there, Germ. da, δεικτικῶς. Judg. 5, 5
ἌΣ Ὁ ΓῚ this Sinai, Sinai itself. Dan.
10, 17 mt ΣΝ my lord here. Sony min
lo here! see here! Cant: 2, 8. 1K. 19,
5. Ὁ) Of time, pr. at this time, now.
Mic. 5, 4 οἵδ πὶ mA amd now there
shall be peace. τ ΠῺΣ just now, even
now, this ‘thee “Ruth > ae 705} K. 17,
24 mst ΠῚ ΠῺΣ now 7 know. In this

at

signif. it is often put before numerals,
as Gen. 27, 36 DY2SD Mz now twice. 31,
38 πρῶ HMw? ΠῚ this twenty y years, now
for twenty years. v. 41. 43.10. 45, 6.
Num. 14, 22. Judg. 16, 15. Zech. 7, 3m
ὉΠ) ma2 this (now) somany years. C)
Of manner, thus, so, Gen. 6, 15. Ps. 49,
14, It is often added to interrogatives
to augment their force; as ΓΙ} how
so, how then, Gen. 27, 20; ; mt πρὸ pr.
why so that, scharefore, Gen. 18, 13.

4. With prefixes: a) M12 in this sc.
_ place, here, comp. no. 3. Gen. 88, 21. Ex.
24, 14. Trop. of time, then, Esth. 2, 13.
| b) πιϑ such, seein 3 Β. 1. ἃ. 0) matt
on this Sein therefore ; whence ἾΝ
rxt> wherefore? Jer. 5,7. Comp. 425
ΠΉΞΙῚ, 1211.

Ὗ Ξ.Π obsol. root, i. q. 33%, to shine,
to glitter, to be yellow, as gold ; comp. 31.

a7 m. constr. 271,
2, "

1. gold. Arab. δ, Syr. Chald.
Loans, 337 id. Gen. 24, 22. 53. 36, 39.
Ex. 3, 22. a. Where numerals precede,
the weight 5} shekel is to be supplied,
e. g. Gen. 24, 22 ant ΓΙΌΣ ten (shekels)
of gold.

2. Metaph. of the golden brightness
of the sky, perhaps for the sun itself, Job
37, 22. Also for golden oil, i. e. pure
and bright as gold, Zech. 4, 12.

᾿ rit obsol. root, Arab. Ls to shine,
to be bright and beautiful ;

once =3 Gen.

also to be

proud ; >) brightness, beauty, espec.

of flowers, and hence a flower; comp.

las flower, from r) to παρῆν Syr.
Ἰσι] to be proud, Ethpa. to be made

bright, splendid.
Deriv. 11, "", and m4.

* DoT in Kal not used, Arab. το to

stink, to be rancid, spoken of fat ; Chald.
to be dirty, filthy. In the abian dia-
lect this verb is used of stinking water.
Kindr. are ΠΣ, 21, 2 ΟΝ

Pier, to regard as filthy; hence to
loathe. Job 33, 20 om> amnaiat he loath-
eth it, the bread. The suffix is pleo-
mastic; see Lehrg. ὃ 195. 2.—Hence

213. *:

OM (loathing) Zaham, pr.n.m.2 Chr
11, 19.

WaT in Kal not used, i. q. ro jay.
to be bright, to shine, comp. "4%. Hence
a bo

ΗΙΡΗ. 14 1. to cause to Ἢ ΤῊΝ to
make light, i.e. metaph. a) to enlight-
en, to teach, with two acc. of pers. and
thing, Ex. 18, 20; acc. of pers. 2 Chr.
19,10. b)to admonish, to warn, sc. to
beware of any thing 2 K. 6, 10; to desist
from any thing Ez. 3, 19, 20, with 12 lo
warn from any thing, Lev. 15,31 DAA,
others DNF. Ez. 3, 18 sw ashy
mw 32 to warn the wicked from
his evil way, to admonish him to turn
from it. But Ez. 3, 17 et 33,7 mann
"27279 ἘῺΝ warn this them from me, i.e.
in my name, by my authority. Syr. Pa,
et Aph. Chald. Aph. id.

2. Intrans. to give light, to shine, Dan.
12,3. Chald. "71 id.

Nipu. to be taught, admonished, Ps. 19,
12. Also to receive instruction, admo-
nition, to take warning, Ecc. 4,13. Ez.
33, 4.5.6; to beware Ecc. 12, 12, where
2 belongs to "mi".

“WIT Chald. id. Part. pass. 173 ad-
monished, cautious, Ezra 4, 22. Syr.°
Ethpe. to take heed, to be watchful
over any thing.

“WIT m. brightness, splendour, of the
heavens, Ez. 8, 2. Dan. 12,3. R. 71.

Wm. i. gq. 1% which is read in many
Mss. (pr. for. 771, r. M1.) brightness,
beauty, espec. of flowers; hence as the
name of the second Hebrew month,
Ziv, from the new-moon of May to that
of June, or according to the Rabbins
from the new-moon of April to that of
May; q. d. flower-month. 1 Κ΄. 6, 1. 37.
Chald. 872472 1% M71 the month ef the
brightness of flowers. The same month
is called bs Chald. Syr. Arab. "7"8,

ἵμ δεῖ, also from brightness, splen-
dour.

iT see ny.

ἼΤ᾽ comm. gend. i. q. πὶ and Mt.

1. Pron. demonstr. Ps. 12,8. Hab. 1,11
indxd ind 51 this his strength is his god.

2. Oftener as relat comp. “Yt no. 2,

ait
Ex. 15,13. Ps. 9,16. 10, 2. 142,4.. Also
as a sign of relation: Is. 42, 24 NOM ἢ
i> against whom we ues peel.

Nore. In the Talmud ἼΤ᾽ is not un-
freq. put for M1, and also in compounds.
Among the Tayitic Arabs, . is often
used for scott; see Schult ad Har. II.
p. 75.

FAT 1. to flow, pr. of water, Ps. 78,
20. 105, 41. Is. 48,21. Often also of the
monthly courses in women, Lev. 15, 25;
of the seminal flux or gonorrhea in men,
Lev. 15, 2.—To flow with any thing. is
also by an idiom of language said of a
person or thing in or from which any
thing flows; so of a woman having the
menstrual flow Lev. 15, 19; of a man
having gonorrhea Lev. 15, 4 sq. 22, 4.
Num. 5, 2. 2 Sam. 3,29. Espec. also of
affluence, abundance, with acc. of that
with which any thing flows or overflows;
Ex. 3, 8 8278 32m nar ΥῈΝἘ a land flow-
ing (with) milk and honey. v.17. 13,5.
33, 3. Lev. 20, 24. Num. 13, 27. 14, 8.
16,14. Absol. Jer. 49,4 ΡΣ at thy
valley flows, sc. with blood.—Aram. =) ‘
an, to flow, to flow down, to melt.
2. Trep.to flow away, i.e.to pine away,

.to die, Lam. 4, 9.—Arab. Id to pine
away, sc. with hunger, disease. See
under r. S83.

aT τη. (r. 351) a flowing, flux, as of
the semen in men, gonorrhea benigna,
Lev. 15, 1-15; of the monthly courses
in women, Lev. 15, 16 sq.

TN or FT Ὁ. 4: q. kindr. 55, to
boil, to boil over, as water ; éndinaitapo-
etic, like Engl. to seethe, Germ. sieden,
Gr. ζέω, whence ζύϑος (Germ. Sud, Ab-
sud, Engl.suds) ; comp. the similar oifw.
See Niph. and Hiph. no. 1.

2. Trop. of the mind, to boil, to be fer-
vid, like Gr. ζέω and Lat. ferveo ; (comp.
m5 and Arab. Las, Schultens Opp. min.
p- 80 ;) also of pride. insolence, wicked-
ness.—Hence, to act proudly, wickedly
towards or against any one, c. >> Ex.
18, 11, δ Jer. 50, 29. In this signif: it
is kindred with "7%.

Nore. Both the Arabic roots of:
mid. Waw, and df, mid. Ye, have sig-
nifications derived from the idea of boil-

φ7λ, “7

ing; but only secondary. The former,
for Og)» signifies, to prepare provisions

for a journey, ots “provision for a jour-

ney, from the idea of cooking, boiling.

The latter, for doy, is, to increase, to
exceed, from the idea of boiling over.

Nipu. part. 7°32 (from the form ΠῚ,
see Lehrg. p. 411, nor is it necessary to
assume a root “12), something seethed,
sodden, potiage, Gen. 25, 29. 2 K. 4, 38-
40. Hag. 2, 12.

Hea. <1. 't6 seethe, to cook, see Kal ἡ
no. 1; to prepare by boiling, seething.
Gen. 25, 29 "512 Sp23 “1 and Jacob sod
pottage. Sept. ἥψησε δὲ ᾿Ιακὼβ ἕψημα.

2. to act insolently, presumptuously,
wickedly, spoken mostly of those who
knowingly and purposely violate the
precepts of God and commit sin, Deut.
1. 43. 17, 13. Neh. 9, 16. 29; with inf. et
> Deut. 18, 20; dy of pers. Ex. 21, 14
n.s3 ‘ian — WN Tt 4D if a
man act wickedly against his neighbour
in slaying him with guile. Neh. 9, 10.

Deriv. 31, 717%, vir.

TAT Chald. id. Apa. Inf. m4 i. q.
Heb. Hiph. no. 2, to act proudly, wick-
edly, Dan. 5, 20.

*F1t obsol. root, Arab. (99) ἴο hide,
to conceal, by putting away, comp. 739;
VII to hide oneself, to get in a corner;
in Heb. also prob. to lay up, to hoard.

Deriv. Ὅτ, ἸΏ.

* TAT obsol. root. 1. i. q. ΥῈΣ to glit-
ter, to sparkle, to throw out rays ; hence
of milk, to flow out like rays, to ate
see ΤῊ no. 1. Comp. "75.

2. to move, to move about, from the
idea of sparkling, glancing ; Talmud. id.
Hence Τοῦ no. 2, Mat.

ὈΠΤῚ Gen. 14,5 Zuzim, pr. ἢ. of a
people on the borders of Palestine. Sept.
ἔϑνη ἰσχυρά, and so Syr.Onk. So called
perh. from the fertility of their country ;
see Τὴν no. 1, and r. THT no. 1. |

DT Zoheth pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20.
A root mm is not found, either in He-
brew or the kindred languages.

mT f. (Kamets impure) only in plur,
rviNNt , Conners, from r.3t. Syr. {roo}

Arab. ὅρος. Spoken of the corners οὗ

|
:
:

ing

corner-columns of a palace; Ps. 144, 12
miawn maqt> j2°m 123 lit. that our dintieh-
ters may be as corner-columns Sinely
sculptured, in allusion prob. to the Ca-
ryatides, or columns representing female
figures, so common in Egyptian archi-

tecture; Aquil. ὡς ἐπιγώνια, Vulg. quasi

anguli. The point of comparison lies in
the slenderness and tallness combined
with elegance; comp. Cant. 5, 15. 7, 8.

ie Sor 1. ig. 551 , comp. 512, to shake
out, 10 pour out; once Is. 46, 6 D>

0732 31 they pour out gold from the bag,

lavish it. Arab. Jt IV, to make light
of.

2. Pr. to shake off, i. q. to remove, to

put away or aside; comp. Arab. (ἢ ὦ
mid. Waw and Ye, to remove, to put
away; intrans. i. q. to go away, to de-
sist, to fail—Hence

Moar ἢ pr. removal, a putting aside ;
only in constr. M251, et c. suff. "M>41,
724, with the force of a Prep. bevides;
aside from, except. ἘΣ. g. "M231 bupicles
me, aside from me, pr. by my removal,

‘IT being removed, Is. 45, 5. 21; constr.

2K. 24,14. Sometimes with Yod pa-
ragog. "M251 for ΓΗ Deut. 1, 36. 4, 12;
comp. "M?2.—Once as a Conj. for m>41
“WX except that, save that, 1 K. 3, 18.

*at in Kal not used; Chald. Syr.
and Sam. to nourish, to feed, to pasture.

Horn. Jer. 5, 8 Θ Στὴ ὉΠ" Cheth.
Sed horses, i. e. well fed, fat.—Keri has
Dos", which, decording to Schultens,
is teed from 41", δ» to weigh, in
the sense: ponderibus “Gibhpudsh bene
vasati ; -pondera i. q. testes, see Catull.
62,5. Stat. Silv. 3. 4.77. Comp. Engl.
stone-horses. Sept. ἵπποι ϑηλυμανεῖς.

Deriv. 71172.

TT Chald. id.
Dan. 4, 9.
Deriv. i172.

Irupe. fut. ὙΠῸ pass.

27 f. a harlot, prostitute, part. fem.
of r. 523, where see more.

Pe, very frequent in Syr. Chald.
Zab. i. g. Gr. σεέω, σεύω, (comp. 312

veve,) pr. to shake, to agitate, see Pil.

275

an altar, Zech. 9, 15. Meton. of the

Ἢ

and ΠΣ. In Kal intrans. fo be shaken,
agitated ; hence

1. to move oneself, Esth. 5, 9.

2. to quake, to tremble, Eee. 12, 3.

PIL. part. 51312, to deitaté, to dis-
quiet, to maltreat, Hab. 2,7. Aram. and
Arab. id.

‘Deriv. pr. ἢ. 9%, and the two here
following.

5 Chald. to tremble, to fear, c. 74.
Part. }"2NT, or as in Keri 77371, Dan. 5,
19. 6, 97.

mT f. (τ. 5510) with Vav movable.

1. agitation, i. e. disquiet, ill treat-
ment. Jer. 15,4 nisboe 535 sid OMANI
7287 7 will. give them over for ill treat-
ment to all the kingdoms of the earth.
24, 9, 29, 18. 34, 17. 2 Chr. 29, 8.—Keri
in all these examples has the form 7131
q. v. as being more easily pronounced.

2. a quaking, terror, Is. 28, 19.

Ἶ aa obsol. root, prob. i. 4. 251 to flow
to become liquid ; comp. Ws ; SLE to
flow, to liquefy.— Hence mq pitch, and
pr. n. 5".

ἘΠ. TT fat. conv. "ii 1. to press to-
gether, to press out. Syr. 5] 3 ες: , to press

in the hand, to grasp, Arab. | τ to com-

press, to pinch, spec. the lip of a horse.
The primary idea is ¢o straiten, to bring
into a narrow compass ; comp. the kindr.
roots "Ax, W2X¥.—F ut. Judg. 6, 38 “151

IRIN «πᾶ he pressed out the fleece,
wrung it out. Job 39, 15 533 "> n>Umi

‘mm and (the paivieh ) forgetieth that
the foot may press them, i. e. may crush

her eggs.—Intrans. Pret. 171 (for which
intrans. form see Lehrg. p. 401) Is. 1, 6
Ant NX> they have not been pressed out, sc.
the wounds, i. e. not cleansed from blood.
—Part. pass. Is. 59,5 ofan egy: M5574
MZDX Spam and being crushed it break-
eth out a viper, i.e. when broken a viper
comes forth.
Deriv. “i179 I.

ἘΠ. ΠΤ kindr. with τὸ and 1; 3
plur. pret. 171, also 17% Ps, 58,4, Lehrg.
p. 401.

1. to go off, to turn aside or away, to
depart, like Arab. ,/, mid. Waw Conj.

VI, ΠῚ; with ja from any one Job 19,

κι

13. Ps. 78, 30; espec. from God Ps. 58,
4. So from the way of truth and right,

whence “ΠΤ II, falsehood,
hood, lie, yf, Conj. I, to speak falsehood.
Comp. 754 and Arab. le.

2. to turn aside to a place or person,
sc. in order to lodge, to take lodging ;
Arab. οἷν to visit any one. Hence fo be
strange, to be a stranger, Arab. fad
a visitor, stranger; only in

Part. "I strange, a stranger, foreign-
er. Spec. 8) one of another nation,
not an Israelite. Ex. 30,33. With this
is often connected the accessory idea of
an enemy, a barbarian ; just as Lat.
hostis was primarily a stranger, Cic. de
Off. 1. 12, and Gr. ξεῖνος also denoted an
enemy, Hdot. 9. 11; and vice versa Sa-
mar. X& εἰ pr. a hater, then a stranger.
eo is. 1, 7. 29,2. 29, 0. Ps. 54, Ὁ, Hz.
11,9. 28; 10. 30, 12.\ Hos. 7, 9. -8, 7.
Obad.11. “3 Ἐν a strange god, i.e. the
domestic god of another people, foreign
to the Hebrews, Ps. 44,21. 81,10; ellipt.
“i id. Is.43,12. Plur. ὉΔῚ Deut. 32, 16.
Jer. 3, 13. 5, 19.

b) one of another family, Deut. 25, 5 ;
then for another, any other, Prov. 11, 15.
14, 10. 20, 16. 27.13. Fem. ΠΤ a
strange woman, the wife of another,
(i. ᾳ. 2 τῶνδ Prov. 6, 29,) spoken espec.
in respect to unlawful intercourse with
her, an adultress, prostitute, Prov. 2, 16.
5, 3. 20. 7, 5. 22, 14. 23, 38. (Syr. and
Sam. ὯΝ AX, is to commit adultery,
pr. to lodge with.) So ὉΔΟῚ strangers,
i. q. adulterers, debauchees, Jer. 2) 25.
Ez. 16,32. oO; 0°23 strange chile:
i. 6. spurious, bastard children, Hos. 5, 7.

c) Opp. to true, right. lawful, strange,
i. gq. unlawful ; so N71 CNX strange fire
i. 6. uniawful, profane, opp. to the sacred
fire, Lev. 10,1. Num. 3, 4. 26,61. myop
M1 sfrange incense, Ex. 30, 9.

d) Trop. strange, i. e. new, unheard
of, Is. 28, 21. if

3. i.g. Arab. τ᾽ ὃ mid. Ye, to loathe ;
intrans. 10 be loathsome. Job 19,17 "77
“MUNd Mm my spirit (as agitated: quer-
ulous) is loathsome to my wife-—Hence
δὲ loathsomeness, for 751.

Nipu. i. q. Kal no. 1. Is. 1, 4.

S 9
9) a false-

276

va)

———

Hopn. part. "17 made strange, es

tranged, Ps. 69, 9.
Deriv. πρὶ, ΠΤ II.

*TOT in ὶ c=
i) im Kal not used, i. q. Arab. O

and ξ =) to move, to shove, to displace.

Aram. wo], Π "t.—Hence

Nipn. lo be moved, shoved, displaced,
Ex. 28, 28. 39, 21.

. Pint 1. to creep, to crawl. Part.
sesh pr. crawlers of the dust, ser-
pents, Deut. 32, 24. Mic. 7, 17. -Henos

2. to fear, to be afraid ; pr. to creep
timidly along, see 593. Job 32, 6 j2°>2
NTI ONSET therefore Iwas afraid and
feared.

mony (serpent) Zoheleth, pr. ἢ. 43%
rbnin i. q. the stone f Zoheleth, near
Jerusalem, 1 K. 1, 9. R. Smt.

“INT see m3 no. 2. ¢.

"iT ad m. (τ. 141) boiling, rebthig
raging, 6. g. waters, Ps. 124, 5.

YT Chald. m. brightness, splendour,
(contr. from 771, i. q. Heb. 14, r. ΠῚ
4. v.) Dan. 2, 31. 4.33. Plur. of a bright
and cheerful countenance, bright looks,
Dan. 5, 6. 9 "ATs 5920 “Hi his bright
looks were changed, i. e. his cheerful
countenance grew pale. v. 10. 7, 28.

Comp. the Heb. in c. 10.8. Syr. {05}
splendour, Arab. S) and S) ornament.

TT in. (Ὁ. 151) 1. @ full breast ; so,
retaining the image, Is. 66, 11 48m 43722
MIVSD IQ CHEST that ye-may suck
and delight yourselves (i. e. suck with
delight) from her abundant breast, as
overflowing with milk. Parall. tt
Tene.

2. any moving thing, whatever lives
and moves ; so poet. "7¥ τὴν what moves
on the field, i. q. beasts of the field, Ps.
50, 11. 80, 14. Comp. Gr. χγώδαλον
beast, for κινώδαλον, also κινώπετον, χνώῳ,
from κιγέω ; πρόβατον from προβαίνω.

NTT (full breast, abundance, iq. τ)
Ziza,pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 4,37. b)
2 Chr. 11, 20.

OMT (id.) Zizah, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 23,

11; for which in v. 10 82".

oy

2"T (motion) Zia, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 5,
13. R.>0.

ST (a flowing, τ. 957) Ziph, pr.n. a)
A city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15,
55. 2 Chr. 11, 8; also a desert of like
name in its vicinity, 1 Sam. 23, 14. 15.
Now Zi?f, a place of ruins between He-
bron and Carmel; Bibl. Res. in Palest.

II. p. 191. Gentile n. "5" Ziphite, 1
Sam. 23, 19. 26,1. Ὁ) A man, 1 Chr.
4, 16.

MPT plur. f. (tor mp2, Mipt, τ. P21)
burning arrows, fiery darts, Is. 59, 11;
i. q. SPT Prov. 26, 18, where many Mss.
read ὉΠ. ~Syr. Los} a weapon, thun-
derbolt.—On the form, comp. the exam-
- ples collected in Lehrg. p. 145, and add
V="P for FiXP, VN for sox.

PT τὴ, (τ. πὶ) constr. mt, plur.
pont.

1. an olive, olive-tree, Judg. 9,9; more
fally 12 my otl-olive Deut.8,8. mn 129
olive-oil, Ex. 27, 20. 30, 24. Lev. 24, 2.
on 3M the Mount of Olives. near Je-
rusalem, Zech. 14,4. 2Sam. 15,30; used
as a high-place for sacrifice, 1 K. 11, 7.

2. an olive, the fruit; MM > the
olive-tree Hagg. 2,19. mt 725 to tread
olives, in order to express the oil, Mic. 6,
15.

3. an olive-branch, Zech. 4, 11, comp.
v. 12.

Nore. This word is current in all the

kindred dialects; Syr. {du} olive-tree,

Arab. wast olive-oil, Ἢ 335 olive, Eth.

HPT olive and oil; hence it passed
into the Coptic RWIT, Theb. ROEIT >
olive, and Span. azeyte oil. The ety-
‘mology is to be sought in the root

mitt to. shine q. v. Arab. Ss) (for ἘΝ

to adorn, pr. to cause to shine; V, to be

clothed (adorned); (¢) ornament, pr.
splendour ; see Castell’ p. 1040, and the
examples there cited; Heb. "1, Chald.
"1. mance: ΤΙ poi be pr. fem. of

a form “1, ὋΣ , and denote ΩΝ

shining. This might be referred either

to the freshness and beauty of the olive-

trce, comp. MiININ; or, better, to the
24

247

i

shining of the oil, ent “i337 oil, from
“mx to shine, also 35% spoken of shining
and transparent oil, "Zech. 4,12. After
the true etymology had ieconie neglect-
ed or forgotten, the ™ came to be re-
garded as a radical letter ; and hence it
is that mM" is of the masc. gender, and
the Arabs have thence formed a new
verb, wif, to preserve in oil; II, to pro-
cure cil.

Sirisee
JT (olive-tree, Arab. ὡΣ Ὁ) Ze-
than, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 7, 10.

ΠΤ and JT, fem. m31, adj. clean, pure,
e. g. oil Ex. 27, 20, frankincense 30, 34.
Trop. in a moral sense of the heart and

- life, Job 8, 6. 11, 4. 23, 9. Prov. 16, 2. 20,

11. 21,8. R. 9},

+ mine

biel i. q. 721, to be clean, pure,
every where ina moral sense, Job 15, 14,
25, 4. Ps. 51, 6. Mic. 6, 11.—Arab. Ls,
Syr. be? and [5] id.

Piet to cleanse, to make clean, pure,
6. g. one’s way, heart, Ps. 73, 13. Prov.
20. 9. Ps. 119, 9 IMIR "AY ATI MBIA
how shall a young man. cleanse his way ?
i. e. keep himself pure.

Hirupa. 725m for MzInn, to cleanse
oneself, to make oneself clean, pure ; Is. 1,
16 5355 make yourselves clean. Others
regard this form as Niph. of the verb
321, which however is against the ac-
cent; fer 1535 (Milra) implies a verb
rm, while Niph. of 423 would be 5337
(Milél).

127 Chald. f. purity, innocence, Dar
6,23. R. mat. 7

AMDT f. (τ. 423) once Job 28, 17,

glass or crystal. Arab. cS) , Syr
ἴδα δ id. Comp. 31.

ΣΤ m. i. α. 921, α male, spoken both
of men and of animals, Ex. 23, 17. 34, 23.
Deut. 16, 16. 20,13. R. "51.

“Dt (mindful) Zaccur, pr. n. of seve-
ral men, Num. 13,4. 1 Chr. 4, 26. 25, 2
(in 9,15 9731). Neh. 3,2. 10,13. 13, 13.
R. 724,

ἜΤ (pure, innocent) Zaccai; pr. ἢ.
m. Ezra 2, 9. Neh. 3, 20 Keri. 7, 14.

Prob. also Ezra 10, 38; see in’ "a1. R.
ToT

ἘΣ

τ 13] i. q. 33 q. v. to. be clean, pure,
physically of things Lam. 4,7; in a moral
sense Job 15,15. 25,5. Comp. kindr. 331.

Hipn. to cleanse, to wash, Job 9, 30.

Deriv. 3} or 31, h7=9>7, and pr. ἢ. "21.

--

᾿ “21 fut. "217, to remember, to recol-
lect, to call to mind ; Lat. meminisse, re-
cordari, reminisci, for the difisrones of
which wonlla see Οἱξ. pro Ligar. 12. 35;
Doederlein Lat. Synonyme und Etymo-
logien I. 166. Arao. “ὃ, Syr. 19)»
Chald. "33, id—The origin seems to
lie in the ‘idea of pricking, wprereng,
comp. kindr. "—3; whence “21 mem-
brum virile, a like the ogc si A
fem. ΓΞ) seems to be derived from the
shape. The idea of memory then may
come from that of penetrating, infixing ;
comp. Ecce. 12,11. A different etymo-
logy was proposed by me in Monumm.
Phen. p. 114, viz. that as in Athen. 1. 1,
“20 is written for "3% memory, perhaps
“21 is primarily i. q. "20 10 shut up, and
then to keep, to preserve ; comp. "728
no. 2. But the other view is favoured
by the noun "33 .—Hence

1. to remember, to call to mind, as
above; with an accus. Gen. 8, 1. 19, 29.
al. sep. more rarely with > Ex. 32, 13.
Deut. 9, 27. Ps. 25, 7. 136, 23; 3 Fox. 3,
16; "3 Job 7,7. 10, 9. Deut. 5, 15. Part.
pass. “931 <Sinemberne, mindful, Ps.
103, 14.—Spec. a) to call to mind, to
recollect, Gr. i alee, opp. to for-
get. Gen. 40, 23 o"pwan iy N27 Ni
AMD HOM. v. ‘14, 42, 9. Num.
11, 5. Ece. 9,15. Job 21, 6. Tah. 44, 21
synon. with 3> >3 msm. Often with
the inset bed idea οὔ care, kindness, to
renew one’s care for any one, i. q. ἽΡΒ,
Gen. 8, 1. 19, 29. 30,22. b) to relepened
_ ber, i.e. to base in mip to be mindful
of, Ps. 9,13. 98, 3. 105, 5. 42. 2 Chr. 24,
22. Ex. 13, 3 797 DINI“PN st remem-
ber this ἀὰν, be mindful of it. 20, 8.
‘MMMM D1 to remember a covenant,
to bear it in mind, Gen. 9, 15. Lev. 26,
. 43. Am.1,9. 6) to bear in mind, to con-
sider, to reflect. Deut. 5, 15 remember
that thou wast a servant in Egypt. 15,
15. 16, 12. 24,18. 70} 7, 7 "3 mn ΠῚ
O consider, that my life is a breath ! Ps.
103,14. d) to recall to mind and con-

278

ie "at

template, Lat. recordari. Ps. 119, 55
“1 9799 Mba smI21 J call thy name to
mind in the night, O Lord! 1. 6. 1 medi-
tate upon it. v. 52. 143, δ. 63, 7. 6)
With dat. of pers. and acc. of thing, to
remember a thing to or for any one, i. 6.
to bear it in mind either to his advantage
or disadvantage ; e. σ΄. for good, Neh. 5,19
τῶν πῶς Ὁ fu οὲ ἜΠΟΣ 1b mast 76-
member to me for good, O my God, all
that Ihave done, i. 6. so that I may at μὴ
obtain from thee reward. 13, 22; for evil
Neh. 6, 14. 13, 29. [ἢ Referred also to
things future, i. q. to think upon, to con-
sider, comp. Lat. memento mort. Lam.
1,9 she remembereth not her latter end.
Is. 47, ἡ. Hence also i. q. to think of,
to meditate, to attempt, Job. 40, 32 734
manda think of the battle, i.e. prepare
to attack.

2. to mention, to make mention of, Gr.
ἐπιμνάομαι, Jer. 20, 9,

Nipu. 1. to be remembered, recollect-
ed, Job 24, 20. Jer. 23,16. With dat. of
pers. >, to be remenibered 16 δὲ against
any one, to his detriment, Ez. 18, 22.
33, 16. minx “212 Ps. 109, 14 and
m1 9253 "3 ‘Num. 10, 9, to be remembered
with or before Jehowahe to be borne in
mind of him.

2. to be mentioned, Jer. 11, 19. Job 28,
18.

3. Denom. from "31, to be born a male,
Ex. 34, 19. Arab. «ὁ IV, to beara
male.

Hipu. “7210, inf. c. suff. o3921n Ez.
21, 24.

1. to cause to remember, to biti to re-
membrance, to keep in remembrance.
Construed:' «) With an acc. of thing
2 Sam. 18, 18. So freq. {9 771M to
bring to remembrance iniquity, 1 K. 17,
18. Ez. 21, 24. 28. 29,16. Num. 5, 15
ἫΣ MYST. Pind MMI an offering of me-
morial, bringing iniquity to remem-
brance sc. with God. #) With an ace.
of bbjert and >x of pers. Gen. οὖ 14
belinis to Phardon! 7) With an ace. of
pers. Is. 43, 26 "29°31 put me in remem-
brance sc. of thy virtues and merits.
5) Absol. "°D1M> to bring to remem-
brance sc. oneself with God, in the inscr.
Ps. 38, 1. 70, 1; comp. 38, 93. 70, 2. 6.—
Spec. a) ences prodere, i. e. to

- the membrum virile.

“oF

record, to register ; Part. ""31"2 as subst.
a recorder, register, i.q. historiographer,
the king’s annalist, whose duty it was to
record the deeds οἴ the king and the
events of his reign, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20, 24.
1 K. 4, 3. 2 K. 18, 18. 37. 1 Chr. 18, 15.
2 Chr. 34, 8. Is. 36,3. 22. The same
office is mentioned as existing in the
Persian court, both ancient and modern,
where it iscalled Waka’ Nuwish ; Hdot.
6. 100. ib. 7. 90. ib. 8.100. Chardin Voy-
age en Perse T.III. p. 327; T. V. p. 258.
ed. Langlés. So too in the time of the
Roman emperors Arcadius and Hono-
rius, under the name of magister memo-
rig. Ὁ) In the ritual language, to offer
as a memorial sacrifice, M7318 q.v. Is.
66,3 M745 37212 he ‘that burneth incense
sc. as a memorial sacrifice.

2. 1. ᾳ. Kal no. 2, to mention, to make
mention of ; with acc. of thing, 1 Sam.
4,18. Ex. 23,13. Is. 49, <a With 5x
of pers. edded. Is. 19,17; > of pers. Ps.
87, 4 "3355 533} ann 921% Iwill make
_ mention of Egypt and Babylon to them
that know me ; and without an accus. of
thing, Jer. 4,16 o%isd ΛΞΓ make ye
mention to the nations sc. of this, an-
nounce this to the nations. Sice: to
mention with praise, to praise, to cele-
brate ; with an acc. 1 Chr. 16, 4. Ps. 71,
16. Is.63,7. mint ov warm Ex. 20, 24.
Is. 26, 13. " OWS τ Josh. 23,7. Ps. 20,8.
45, 18. Is. 48, 1. 63,7. minm> ‘m1 Chr. 28,
4; with "5 Ἢ 12, 4.—Once, to cause to
praise to let be praised: Ex. 20, 21 [24].

3. i.q. Kal no. 1, to remember, to call
to mind sc. with oneself, Gen. 41, 9.

Deriv. the five here following, and
PIIDIN, ΣΤ, ἜΤ.

27 m. a male ; spoken of mén, Gen.
1, 26. 5,2. 17,10 sq. 34,158q. Also of
animals, Gen. 7,3. 9.16. Ex.12,8. Plur.
pest Ezra 8,4 sq. Compr. 731 Niph.

Arab. po: Syr. 1-29 ‘
id. The Arabic word also denotes pr.
For the etymo-

no. 3, also "421.

logy, see r. 27 init.

— 37 m. and ἍΞΙ Ex. 17, 14. Is. 26, 14.
Prov. 10, 7, (where Koweinet other Mss.
have Tsere, comp. J. H. Michaelis Nott.
erit.) c. ak, “ot. R..“33.

1. remembrance, memory, Arab. pe ᾧ.

219

ἘΠῚ]

Ex. 17, 14 I will utterly put out the re
membrance of Amalek. Deut. 25, 19
32, 26. Ps. 9, 7. 34,17. 109, 15. al.

2. memorial, i. e. name, by which one
is brought to remembrance, mentioned,
i.g. OY. Ex. 3,15 Πιὶ pbisd ἜΘ ΠῚ

75953 7931 this ds my name for ever,

and this my memorial (name) to all
generations. Ps. 30,5 twp "319 sin
praise his holy name. 135, 13. Hos.
12, 6.

3. praise, laud, Ps. 6,6. 102,13. Arab.

ῳο

o laud. :
4. Zecher pr. n. of a man 1 Chr, 8, 31;
called also M931 9, 37.

TI73T m. (Ὁ. 721) constr. 73, plur.
ΒΡ 3} and mizinst.

iF remembrance, memorial, Kicc. 1, 11.
2,16. 5 7131 m5 to be for a memorial |
to any one, so that his memory shall not
perish, Ex. 12, 14. Josh..4, 7. So 23%
yi7D1 stones of remembrance, memorial
stones, i. e. the two engraved stones
upon the shoulder-braces of the high-
priest’s ephod, Ex. 28, 12. 39,7. mn
si923 ὦ memorial sacrifice Nui 5, 15.
yi93t niw to set up a memorial, sc. of
oneself by procreating children, Is. 57,5

2. a memento, record, Gr. ὑπόμνημα,
Fr. mémoire. Ex. 17, 14 ji9D1 ONT 3h
"DoD wrile this as a memento in the
book. 41721 "BO Mal. 3, 16, and Plu
ΤΥ 3. ABO Esth. 6; 1, book of records,
annals, register or journal, comp. 1,33.
Also até memorial sign, Ex. 13, 9.

3. 1. ᾳ. δ, a@ memorable ‘saying,
ἀπόφϑεγμα, Job 13, 12.

4. a day of memorial, a celebration,
festival, Lev. 23,24. Comp. the verb
in Esth. 9, 28. Ex. 20, 8.

“I2T (remembered, renowned, comp.
9 g .
“ ὦ renown) Zichri, pr. n. of several

persons, Ex. 6, 21. 1 Chr. 8,19. 23. 9,15
(in 25, 2. 10. “$D1). 2 Chr. 23, 1. Neb.
17, 2. al.

ΓΦ and W"ST (whom Jehovah
remembers, r. "31) pr.n. Zechariah, Gr.
Ζαχαρίας.

a) A king of Israel, son of Jeroboam
II, put to death by Shallum after a reign
of six months, B. C. 773. 2 K. 14, 29.
15, 8-11.

ΝῸῚ

b) A prophet who flourished after the
exile, whose writings are preserved in
the sacred canon, son of Berechiah and
grandson of the prophet Iddo, see in 43
no. 2. Zech. 1, 1.7. Ezra5,1. 6, 14.

c) A son of Jeberechiah, contempo-
rary with Isaiah, prob. also a prophet,
Is. 8, 2; comp. v. 16.

d) A prophet, son of Jehoida the priest,
slain in the court of the temple during
the reign of Joash, 2 Chr. 24, 20 sq.

e) A prophet at Jerusalem in the reign
of Uzziah, 2 Chr. 26, 5.—Also of several
other persons; see in 733 no. 4.

᾿ NOT obsol. root, perh. i. q. O53, fis,

to draw sc. water. Hence pr. ἢ. H87>17.

* 507 obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab.
ὦ to draw up, kindr. h>3. Hence

7

32172, , Mgbt0, fork.

ΓΗΣῚ f. ἅπαξ λεγόμ. pr. a shaking,
trembling, earthquake, see r. >>1 Niph.
Hence a storm, tempest; Ps. 12, 9 the
wicked walk on every side, "23> naby p12
ban like the rising of a tempest upon the
sons of men.—[ Others better, abjectness,
vileness, see r. 551 no. 3.—R.

ToT m. (r. +51 Niph.) only in plur.
pxb151 , shools, twigs of a vine, so called
from their waving and tremulous mo-
tion, Is. 18, 5. Comp. miz050, D7r020,
ἘΡΩ͂.

ἜΣ to shake, kindr. with >>3 and
the roots there caatpieih

1. to shake, to make tremble or nats
see Niph.

2. to shake out, to pour out, trop. to
squander, spoken of property, reputation,
etc. Part. 5551 a squanderer, prodigal,
Prov. 23, 21. 28,7. Deut. 21,20. Prov. 23,
20 “wa bb squanderers of their own
body. voluptuaries, debauchees. Comp.
bnt.—And as one shakes out and casts
away only worthless things, hence

3. Intrans. to be abject, vile, ey

Jer. 15,19. Lam.1,11. Arab. Sia. J3
vileness, abjectness of mind. Syr. \] to
be vile. Comp. Hiph. :
Nipu. 542, to be shaken, to tremble, to
quake. Is. 64,2 9242 Dan ΠΣ ΒῸ at thy
presence the mountains quaked. So also

280

rat

Judg. 5,5 "519 psn the mountains quak-
ed, the form ‘aby being for sbi, Lehrg.
§ 103. n. 15. Sept: well svalsSieun,
(the root 551 corresponding in etymology
also with σάλος, σαλεύω,) and the same is
vn eat by Chald. and Arabs Polygl.

Arab. ἜΞ , to shake the earth, J

earthquake. See 55151.

Hien. ὅπ, with Chaldee flexion,
causat. of Kal no. 3, to lightly esteem, to
ΕΣ Lam. 1, 8.

* ODOT quadrilit. not used, i. q. 521 to
be hot, to glow, the letter > here insert-
ed, comp. Lehrg. p. 864.—Hence

ΓΊΣΣΟΙ and MPY>T, plur. τοῖς Ps. 11
6. Lam. 5, 10, violent-heat, glow, espec.
of a wind Ps. 11, 6, prob. the wind called
regen | es-Simtim, i.e. the poisonous.—
Also of a famine, Lam. 5, 10; comp. Ez.
5, 2 and v. 12. 16.17; also λιμὸς αἴϑοψ
Hes. Op. 361, ignea fames Quinctil.
Declam. 12. Arab.
famine, Hariri Consess.—Of anger, Ps.
119, 53.

i Pi obsol. root, Chald. Pa. to drop.

to trickle, i. q. }2.—Hence

ME=T (a dropping) Zilpah, pr. n. of
Leah’s maid, Gen. 29, 24. 30, 9.

ΓῺΤ f. (τ. Dt) 1. purpose. counsel,
plan, sc. for evil, Prov. 21, 27. 24, 8;
rarely for good, Job 17, 11.

2. mischief, wickedness, crime, Ps. 26,
10. 119, 150. Spee. of crimes arising
from unchastity, as rape, incest ;. Lev.
18, 17 8° Mat this is wickedness. Job
31, 11. Ez. 16, 27. 22, 9.44.

3. Zimmah, pr. ἢ. τὴ. 1 Chr. 6, 5. 27.
2 Chr. 29, 12.

ΠῺΣ f. (τ. D1) purpose, thought, i. q.
mat, mata; Plur. c. suff. "at for "Mint
Heb. Gr. § 89. 3.n. Ps. 17,3 ΞΕ
“p--ast my mouth doth not pass over
(go beyond) my thoughts, i. e. my
language and thoughts are the same.
Or: my thoughts transgress not my com-
mand, i. 6. do τοῦ swerve fromthe laws
of God and of virtue which I have im-
posed on myself; see Thesaur, p. 1087
fin. [Others take "Mat as infin. of 52}
ὁ. suff. my thinking, thought, which
gives the same general sense.—R

3! Ls fire of

-ρω χανε

ἝΝ

Vat

maT f. (τ. Vat 1) Plur. o°— Nah.
2, 3.

1. ἃ vine-shoot, twig, so called from
being pruned, Num. 13, 23. Is. 17, 10.

2. Genr. a twig, shoot, branch; Ez.

15,2. 8,17 and lo, they put the branch to,

their nose; in allusion to the custom of
the Persians (Parsees). who adore the
rising sun holding in their left hand a
bundle of twigs called Barsom; see
Strabo XV. p. 733 Causab. τὰς δ᾽ ἐπῳ-
Sug ποιοῦνται πολὺν χρόνον ῥάβδων μυρι-
κίνων λέπτων δέσμην κατέχοντες. Comp.
Hyde de Rel. vett. Persarum p. 350.
Zendavesta ed. Anquetil du Perron, II.
532. °

d ΤῺ quadril. obsol.

-- 0-

>) onomatop. like Germ. swmmen,

. 4. Arab.

i. 6. Lo hum, to murmur, to make a noise ;
9

“-“ - ο . .
whence a) noisy multitude.—Hence

ὩΣ ΩΤΤ m. plur. (noisy people) Zam-
zummimn, pr.n. of a race of giants dwell-
ing anciently in the territory of the Am-
monites, but extinct before the time of
Moses, Deut. 2,20. Comp. 07151.

WT m. (τ. 21 I, after the form 37x23,
wear, Lehre. § 120. no. 5,) pruning-time
SC. foe vines, Cant. 2,12; Sept. well καιρὸς
τῆς τομῆς, Syram. x. hee el ὦ ὕσεως, Vulg.
tempus putationis. Others, time of the

singing of birds, but contrary to the
' usage of the’verb 721 and to the analogy
of nouns of the form 5.5.

Wat m. Is. 25,5, (τ. vet I) plur.
Min21, a song, Ps, 119,54. 2 Sam. 23,1.
Spec. song of praise, hy ymn, Is. 24, 16.
Job 35, 10 who giveth songs in the night,
i.e, ‘ey, rejoicing in misfortune.’ Also
song of triumph; Is. 25, 5.

M1"OT (song, fem. of preced.) Zemi-
rah, pr. n. of a man, 1 Chr. 7, 8.

* Oa pret. ΩΤ and ."727; fut.
pin | plur. 21" for τα, see Heb. Gem.
5 66. n. 11. Lehrg. p- "372; to memiate,

΄σ

to have in mind, to purpose ; Arab. «

id. It seems to come from the idea of

murmuring or muttering, i.e. the low

voice of persons talking to themselves

or meditating; comp. 0127 to murmur,

also 331, MM, ΠΣΓΙ no. 1, 2, 3.—With
24*

281

“aT

accus. Prov. 31,16 Snnpmi my Mast she
meditateth upon a field (purposes ' to ; buy

it) and acquireth it. With inf.c. > Gen.
11,6; absol. Jer. 51,12. Lam. 2,17. For

ἼΘΙ Ps. 17, 3, see art. Mat Ἐπ ΡΤ ina

bad sense, to siiedittive evil Prov. 30, 32;

c. inf. etd Ps. 31,14. With > ét pars. to
plot against Ps. 37, 12.
Deriv. ΠῚ, Mat, M2172, and

DT m. a purpose, plan, device, sc.

for evil, Ps. 140, 9.

* VT not used in Kal, to determine,
to fix, to appoint ;
Chald. and Syr. Pa. id.

Puat plur. part. 052279 B°nD Ezra 10,

14. Neh. 10, 35, and nist ‘y Neh. 13, .

31, appointed times, stated times.
Deriv. ee

ΤΩΤ Chald. Pa. to determine, to rn
point, to prepare.

Hirupa. ja31M convenire inter se, ta
agree together, pr. to appoint time and
place with each other, Dan. 2, 9 Keri;
comp. Am. 3,3 Targ. The Chethibh is
to be read 59m2°217, and is Aphel; which
is used also in Chaldee and Samaritan.

TOT m. (τ. 721) plur. o°721, time, spec.

2 Σ

an appointed time, season; Arab. ur)»

<=] id. Kee. 3, 1

721 ca to every thing a stated time, i. e.
every thing remains but for a time, all
things are frail and fleeting. Neh. 2, 6.
Ksth. 9, 27. 31.—A word of the later
age, instead of the earlier n>,

TT and JOT Chald. m. st. emphat.
R751, plur. 77791.

1. time, an appointed time, season,
Dan. 2, 16. 221 ΠΙΞ at that time Dan.
3, 7.8. 4, 33. ἸΠΡῚ 7721 3 even to a sea-
son ined time. 7,12. Spoken of sacred
seasons, festivals, Dan. 7, 25. Comp.
“5917 no. 3.

2. Plur. times, Lat. vices, Dan. 6, 11

nanan yt three times. So Syr. ΟΝ

and Arab. ὡς, time, plur. times, Lat
vices.

be “Vat to prune a vine, Lev. 25, 3.4
Arab. id.

Νιρᾷ. pass. Is. 5, 6.
Deriv. Hy, "21, HATA,

5, time. Syr.

mat" .

kindr. with 072%. |

“ὮΙ

wy ἐν “it in Kal not used; bat fre-
quent in

Pie. to touch or strike the ates of
an instrument, to play, Gr. ψάλλειν ; and
hence to sing, to chant, as accompany-
ing aninstrument. Chald. Syr. id. Eth.

HZ, to sing, c. ἢ to strike an instru-
ment. Arab. ys, I. II, to sing to the

pipe.— With dat. of pers. to or in honour
ef whom, i. q. to celebrate, Judg. 5, 3. Ps.
9. 12. 30, 5. 47, 7. 66, 4. al. With >x
Ps. 59,18; accus. 30, 13. 57, 10. 66, 2.
68, 5. Sometimes with 43 of instrum.
Ps. 33, 2. 98,5. 145,3. ΕΝ,

Deriv. "721, “70172, and the seven
here following. '

Nore. The origin of this root, no. II,
seems to lie in the hum, murmur, clang
of chords, of the hurp, etc. which is else-

ewhere expressed by the verb 727, and
also by various kindred verbs, as referred
to the humming or buzzing of bees and
flies, to the murmur of water, the noise
of a multitude, and other like sounds; of
which the following comprises a large
family: a) 1 and O11 to hum, to mur-
mur, Germ. swmmen, sumsen, whence
also the first means to meditate ; 321 id.
spoken of the buzzing of flies, whence
3527 a fly; also with an aspirate in place

of the sibilant, 035 in Arab. +240 to

hum, Germ. hwmmen (whence Huminel
humble-bee), ΠῚ to clang asa harp,
to clamour as a multitude. Ὁ) ‘vat to
clang as a harp; Chald. ΓΞ, Arab.
»» Heb. 57424, a bee, so called from
its humming, buzzing; "35 to speak
(comp. 735 no. 1, 2, also ἘΝ) comp. ἘΠῚ,
D727, ΠΕ); "Ad and "aw to meditate
(comp. in 021); “728 and "72M i.q. 729 to
give forth a tremulous vibrating sound,
as a rod or branch; and with an aspirate
in place of the sibilant or dental, 125,

, to murmur as water; and also

without much doubt, V8 to speak, which
then is of like origin with "33. ὁ)
With mid. radical n for m, ΝΣ to make
a noise as the rushing of falling water,
comp. Germ. schnarren, schnurren ; 72
to clang, to clatter, as arms; "25 to give
a quavering sound, Germ. knarren,

whence "3D harp. See Hupfeld in

282

“27

Zeitschr. f. d. Kunde des Morgenl. Il.
p- 394 5ᾳ. Thesaur. App. ἢ. v.

“WaT Chald. m. music of instruments,
Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15.

V8T Chald. m. a singer, Ezra 7, 24.

‘VOT m. once Deut. 14, 5, an animal
of the deer or gazelle species, so called
from its leaping and springing ; as ji"
from Oa3 1. g. yea. Arab. ᾿ saliit ca-

prea. The idea of leaping (i. e. danc-
ing) is connected with that of singing ;
comp. 121 II.

mat ἢ (τ. wet IL) song, music, e. g.
of the voice Ps. 81, 3. 98,5; of instru-
ments, Am. 5, 23. 2 Sam. 23, 1—Meton.
VIN met the song of the land. i. 6. its
best and most celebrated fruits, Gen. 43,
11. Comp. Gr. ἀοίδιμος sung, celebrated
in song, i. 6. renowned.

AT m. (sung, celebrated in song, ἀοί-
διμος) Zimri, pr.n. a) A king of Israel
who slew and succeeded Elah, B. C. 930.
1K. 16,9. 10. 2K. 9,31. Gr. Zopfoi.
b) A phylarch or chief: of the tribe of
Simeon, Num. 25, 14. 6) 1 Chr. 2, 6;
in Josh.7,1 321. ἃ) 1Chr.8,36. 9,42.
e) Apparently also as patronym. from
Wet for "2770 Zimranite, Jer. 25, 25.

TWAT (id.) Zimran, pr. n. of a son of
Abraham by Keturah, and of an Arabian
tribe descended ‘fons him ; Gen. 25, 2.
1 Chr. 1,32. We may compare perhaps
Zabritin: a city with a king, according
to Ptolemy, situated between Mecca and
Medina. See also "71 lett.e.

NOT ἢ (τ v1 IL) ig. ΠῚ, song,
meton. for the object of song or of praise.
Ex. 15,2 πῆρ mst) “> Jehovah is my
glory and song. Ps. 118, 14. Is. 12, 2.

JI m. plur. 6°21, form, sort, kind, man-
ner ; for the etymology see under r. 431.
Ps. 144, 13 737>x 4372 from sort to sort, of
every sort. 2 Chr. 16, 14. Chald. Syr. id.

ἽΤ Chald. id. Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10:15:

3 2:1 subst. m. plur. ΓΊΣΟΙ, ie

mint, tail of an animal, Arab. 5o)
2055, Syr. [316 id. The verb 2d
to follow after, is secondary.—Ex. 4, 4.
Judg. 15,4. Job 40,17. Metaph. end.
stump ; STANT ΤΊΣ 72 these taro tails

rat

stumps, of firebrands, Is. 7, 4.—Put also
for something small, mean, contemptible,
mostly in opp. to UX. Deut. 28, 13 Jeho-
vah will make thee the head. and not
the tail. v. 44. Is. 9,13. 19,15. In the
same sense the Arabs put in antithesis
Hd, —23f nose and tail; see Comment.
on Is. 9, 13.—Hence the denom. verb
Piet 237 pr. to hurt or cut off the tail ;
hence trop. to smite the rear of an army,
to cut of the rear -guard (Arab. 5d,
comp. Gr. οὐρά, οὐραγίαν), Deut. 25, 18.
Josh. 10, 19. S-Dicnowitiative verbs de-
rived rom nouns signifying members
of the body, often ‘have in the Semitic
tongues this sense of injuring or cutting
off those members; see Lehrg. p. 257.
Ewald’s Heb. Gram. p. 200.

ἜΡΩΣ fut. 7239, apoc. jj") 1. to com-
mit fornication. to ‘play the whore or har-
lot. Arab. ἘΣ coivit, scortatus est, Syr.

1 id. Eth. HPO, although Nun is,

retained in H4'F semen coitus—Pr.
and chiefly spoken of a female, whether
married (where it may be rendered to
commit adultery) or unmarried, Gen.
38, 24. Lev. 19, 29. Hos. 3, 3. Constr.
with acc. of the male paramonr, Jer. 3, L.
Ez. 16, 28. Is. 23,17 unless here PX is
with ; also a τὰ τὴ Ez. 16, 17; ὃς Ex.
16, 26. 28; very often with SAMS, pr. fo
go a whoring after any one, torun after a
paramour, Ez. 16,34. Lev. 17,7. 20, 5. 6.
Deut. 31,16. al. On the other hand, the
husband from whom a woman departs
in playing the whore, agatnust whom
she-commits this crime, is put with 12
Ps. 73, 27, "7x2 Hos. 1, 2, MN. 4, 12
and ὑπ Ez. 23,5 (comp. Num. 5, 19.
29), 552 Hos. 9, 1'and b> Judg. 19, 2
where however the reading is doubtful.
Ez. 16: 15 >> i. 6. with a husband,
having a husband, in spite of him.—
Parr. fem. 7331 a whore, harlot, Gen. 38,
15. Deut. 23.19. al. more fully M271 AES
Ley. 21,7. Josh. 2.1. Judg. 11,1. Plur.
mi:t Hos. 4.14. 1 K.3,16; also 1K. 22,
38 where Sept. αἵ πόρναι. Nor is there
any ground to render 7251 in Josh. |. 6.
hostess, one who keeps a public house, as
if from 731 to nourish.—Rarely this verb
is appliel to men, e.g. with 5x Num.

283 Ἢ

25,1; comp. Arab. oh for shy whore-
monger.

2. "Trop. andoftenspoken: a) Ofidol-
atry, to go a whoring, i. q. to commit idol-
atry ; the relation existing between God
and the Israelitish people being every
where shadowed forth by the prophets
under the emblem of the conjugal union,
see Hos. c. 1. 2. Ez. c. 16. 23; so that
the people in worshipping other gods are
compared toaharlotandadulteress. For
the prepositions with which it is constru-
ed, see above inno. 1. A very frequent
fenwain j is DUN OAD TIN 431 10 go
a whoring after other gods: Lev. 8 rp
20, 5. 6. Deut. 31, 16. Judg. 2, 17; also
THN mina mt to goa hiarine from
their god, see in no. 1. Further, ΤΙΣ
DMA TMX fo goa whoring after i. 6. in
the manner of the heathen Ez. 23, 30.
Ὁ) Of superstitions connected with idol-
atry, MiaNm 77nN M2 10 go a whoring
after wizards, necromancers, Lev. 20, 6.
c) Of the intercourse and commerce of
heathen nations among themselves, e. g.
of Tyre, Is. 23, 17 and commits fornica-
tion with all the kingdoms of the world.
Comp. Nah. 3, 4, and j278.

Pua 735 pass Ez. 16, 34.

Hiren. mote , fut. apoc. 115} 2 Chr. 21,11.

1. to edluce. to fornication, to ἀπο δ:
dom, Ex. 34,16; to cause to commit for-
nication, to let be a whore, Lev. 19, 29.

2. Intrans. i. 4ᾳ. Kal to commit forni-
cation, Hos. 4, i 18. 5, 3.

Devi. DAT, PAST, MALTA.

mit (perh. marsh, bog, comp. r. M33
Hiph.) Zanoah, pr. n. of two places in
the tribe of Judah. Josh. 15, 34. 56. Neh.
3,13. 11, 30. 1 Chr. 4, 18.

D727 m. plur. abstr. from στ. 423, with |
formative Nun added. as }°S? from TEP,
7278 from ΠΣ. Lehrg. p. 508.

1. whoredoms. for nication Gen. 38. 24.

Hos. 1, 2 072927 2755 ἘΣηΣΤ ΤῸΝ a wife

of whoredoms and κε δὴ of whore-
doms, i. e. ἃ wife who is a whore and
bastard children. 2 6. 4.12.5 4. 2,4
ΓΞ ΠΆΣΗΣ MOM and lel her phe away
her whoredoms fro her countenance. i.@.
lay off her wanton countenance, *vultum
protervum’ Hor. Carm. 1.19. 7,8. Comp.
Ez. 6. 9.

2. Trop. spoken: a) Of idolatry, 2 K.

ἫΝ 284

9,22. b) Of the intercourse and com-
merce of heathen nations, Nah. 3, 4;
comp. the verb in Is. 23, 17.

DAT f. (τ. 21) plur. pM, whore-
dom ,_ fornication, only trop. a) Of idol-
atry, Jer. 3, 2. 9. Ez. 23, 27. 43, 7. 9.
Hos.4,11. Ὁ) Of any breach of fidelity
towards God, e. g. of a murmuring and
seditious people, Num. 14, 33.

Ξ mat 1. to be foul, rancid, to stink,

see Hiph. sr any δ Kindr.

are (MX, ἘΠῚ, 39) foul water, turbid ;

Gr. τάγγος and ταγγή rancidity, ταγγός
rancid, Engl. tang; also σικχός loath-
some, ouxyuirw.—Metaph. to be” loath-
some, abominable. Hos. 8, 5 3233 ΠΣ]
vind thy calf, O Samaria, is an abomi-
nation. Hence

2. Trans. to loathe, to spit out, i. e.
to reject, to cast off, comp. ἘΠῚ; Hos.
8,3 si Saw mt Israel hath réhected
good. Often of Jehovah as rejecting a
people, Ps. 43,2 ἌΠΟ M%> why dost
thou cast me off? 44, 10. 24. 60, 3. 12.
74, 1. 77, 8. 89, 39. With 52 to thrust
away, to nenistee from any thing, Lam. 3,
17 "D2 ΘΊΡΕ Ὁ MIM chow hast thrust me
Sar away from prosperity, hast destroyed
my welfare.

Hien. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, pr. to emit a
stench, to stink, Is. 19,6 MING? ΠΆΤΑ ΓΙ
the rivers stink, i.e. “ἘΠ become shallow
and foul. Sept: Vulg. deficient flumina.
—The form 4n"3218F is scarcely Hebrew,
and seems to be made- ‘up of two read-
ings, 9M7:17 and ‘77:18, the latter of
which imitates the Ohaldes:

2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to reject, to cast off,
ΤΣ δ 94). ὩΙΟΒ 11, 14.
Causat. to cause to cast away, i. q. to
profane, 2 Chr. 29, 19.

Deriv. ΤΡῚΣ pr. ἢ.

are obsol. root, prob. i.q. Arab.
(kindr. with Heb. 1:2} to form, to Bhape
Se» 9...
whence Xiw form, appearance,

rule, mode. Hence Heb. jt form, sort,
species. (the origin of which has escaped
ety mologists,) although afterwards, the
etymology being overlooked, it was in-
flected after the analogy of nouns from
verbs m>,

D7

* Pat in Kal not used. Syr. «δὴ ἴο
throw, to shoot an arrow, spec. to ἃ
great distance. Talmud. to spring, to
leap forth ; and so by transpos. Arab.
(ὅν. The primary idea seems to be
that of binding ; comp. Arab. ($55 to
bind underneath, Syr. fo} a cord with
which:a load is bound. Spoken espec.
of animals, which draw their feet toge-
ther before a leap (comp. YEP, +25)
pr. to contract the feet for a leap, to —
throw: oneself forward; and so of an
arrow. Comp. ®"p}.

Pret to leap or spring forth ity vio--
lence, of the lion Deut. 33, 22. Sept.
ἐχπηδήσεται, and in other Mss. ἐκπηδή-

ost. Kimchi 9.

Deriv. ὉΡΡῚ for BP, Mp": for mipt,
DTPIN.

OST f. for ΠΙΣΤῊ (τ. 54, as M3 from
555} sweat, Gen. 3,19; iq. ΣΤῊ, Gl 2
mud, ΠΣ sweat, ΣΤ to sweat ; ‘Syr.
ἴδιο» sweat, whence a new verb δ
to sweat.

MST f. by transpos. for ΠΣ (as |
mi>3 for M212) pr. a shaking, agitation,
i. 6. oppression, tll treatment, in ΟΠ ἢ.
Deut. 28, 25. Ez. 23, 46; in Keri Jer.
15, 4. 24, 9. 29, 18. 34, 17.

TIZT (unquiet, ‘comp. M131) Zaaran,
pr. ἢ. m. Gen. 36, 27. 1 Chr. 1, 42.

YT m. (τ. 251) a little, Job 36,2; like
μικρόν. The form imitates the Chaldee,

"YT Chald. little, small, i. g. Heb.
“SX, Dun. 7,8. «ΤΣ ΠΣ:

4
Beal i. . Ἴ
extinct, once in
Nipu. id. Job 17,1; where three Mss.
read 125373, as if from ὭΣΤ.

* DST fut. cbt: Num. 23, 8, and e271
Prov. 24, 24, i. q. Arab. ha Conj. V, to
foam at the mouth, spoken of a camel;
also, 10 speak in anger. Of the same
family is Germ. Schaum, schaumen,
Engl. to scum, to skim, Fr. écume; comp.
ὭΣΤ. Hence

1. to be very angry, to be indignant
towards any one; often with the idea
of punishment, to pour out one’s anger
upon any one, to punish with indigna-

33, to be extinguished,

\

Ὁ —

OST
tion, c. acc. Mal. 1, 4. Zech. 1, 12 "9
MAST WW TTA the cities of Judah
upon which thou hast poured oul thy in-
dignation, etc. Is. 66, 14; >9 Dan..11,
30. Part. mins cast Ploy: 22, 14.

2. to curse, c. acc. Num. 23, 7.8. Prov.
24, 24. Mic. 6, 10.

‘Nrpeu. as if pass. of Hiph. to be pro-
voked to anger, to be angry. Prov. 25, 23
D733) DIB an angry countenance, i. 6.
morose, ill-natured; Vulg. facies tristis.
Comp. 521 no. 2.—Hence

DIT m. foam, as one angry foams at
the mouth, Is. 30, 27. Lam. 2, 6; then
trop. wrath, anger, Hos. 7, 16. Spoken
espec. of the indignation of God, as
manifested in punishment ; so Is. 1. ¢.
Eiz. 22, 24 nxt dina in the day of God’s
Sddienntion. Absol. D335 Dan. 8, 19;
without art. Dan. 11, 36 ost m>> 43 until
the indignation (punishment) be accom-
plished. Is. 10, 25.

ΩΣ fut. AS. 1. to be angry, ὁ. 55
Deny, 19,3; 09 2 Chr. 26,19. The pri-
mary iden ried either in breathing: blow-
ing, Sam. jv‘3 id. comp. Chald. 8531
a strong wind; or else in burning, comp.
Syr. 35] Kthpe. to be burned, and
quadril. 5251 ; or possibly in foaming, so
that ὭΣΤ is i. q. 531, comp. BX O31 Lam.
2, 6 and 58 937 Is. 30, 30.

2. to be morose, gloomy, sad ; the con-
nection of the significations lying in the
pain of mind; comp. in τ. =¥2. Part.
ΠΕΣ gloomy, sad, Gen. 40, 6. i.g. D727
inv. 7. Dan. 1, 10 of the countenance

as fallen away from long fasting, and

also sullen and sad. Theod. aptly oxv-
ϑρωπός, comp. Matth. 6, 16.

Deriv. the two following:

527 m. adj. angry, 1 K. 20, 43. 21, 4.

ὭΣΤ τη." 6. suff. test, anger, rage,

2 Chr. 16, 10. 28, 9. Trop. of the raging

sea Jon. 1, 15.

ΕἾ
ῬΣῚ fut. P19, imp. Prt, inf. Pry,
i. q. PPS, to cry out, to exclaim, espec.

in pain, by way of complaint and for

help. The form px belongs more to
the earlier books of the Ο. T. while P21,

od] , 1s the common form in Arainzan ;
the Arabic like the Heb. having both

285

| forms,

“pT
_§wo and S55, also eo. a

The person to whom ‘one cries, whom
one implores, is put with >x Ps. 22, 6.
142, 6. Hos. 7, 14; > 1 Chr. 5, 20; in
acc. Judg. 12, 2. Neh. 9, 28. The thing

_ or cause of complaint j is put after b2 Jer

30, 15; > Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48, 31; "2%
1 Sam. 8, 18; ales in acc. as Hab. 1, 2,
where both constructions are προς

DM ΠΝ ΤΣῚΝ (how long) shall I cry
out unto thee because of violence ? comp.
Job 19, 7.

Nipu. pass. of Hiph. no. 3. to be call-
ed together, convoked, Jadg. 18, 22. 23.
Hence to come together, to assemble, 1
Sam. 14, 20. Judg. 6, 34. 35.

Hipu. 1. 1. ᾳ. Kal to cry out, pr. to
make an outcry, Job 35, 9; to proclaim,
to make proclamation, absol. Jon. 3, 7.

2. to cry unto any one, to call upon, to
invoke, c. acc. Zech. 6, 8.—Hence, as
referring to many,

3. to call together, to convoke, 2 Sam.
20, 4. 5. Judg. 4, 10. 13.

Deriv. | Poi, ΓΣΣΤ.

ῬΦῚ Chald. to cry out, Dan. 6, 21.

ῬΦῚ m. outcry, cry, Is. 30,19. More
frequent is

M37 f. outcry, cry, espec. from pain
and sorrow, or as imploring help, Is. 15, °
10. 65, 19. Neh. 5, 6. 9, 9. Jer. 18, 22. 20,
16. 50, 46. R. a

* ΣΙ obsol. root, Aram. 1, "=1, to
be small, i. q. Heb. "3%.
—Hence ΣΤ, "219.

, “ET obsol. root, Arab. -30 to emit
sweet odours, to be fragrant, e. g. a gar-
den.—Hence

TINDT (sweet odour) Ziphron, pr.n.of
a city in the north of Palestine, once
Num. 34, 9.

- FST : ἐξ m1) pitch, Ex. 2, 3. Is. 94, 9.

Comp. in p=t.

Arab. τόν, Aram. 122]; x21, but also
RST.

DPT m. plur. for ΘΠ, from a lost
sing. Pt for P3t, r. 9].

1. bonds, ifetters chains, with which
captives are bound; see the root in its
primary sense. Ps. 149, 8. Is. 45, 14.
Nah. 3, 10. Job 36,8. Chald. ppt id
Comp. "18.

PF

2. burning arrows, fiery darts, fitted
with safe anti Prov. 26,18. Comp.

nip’. Arab. es the sharp point of
an arrow.

* PI subst. comm. gend. Is. 15, 2.
2 Sam. 10, 5, the bearded chin Lev. 13,
29. 30. Meton. the beard Lev. 19, 27.

2 Sam. 20, 9.—Arab. ὡϑὸ the chin;
[1.09 beard, chin.—Hence the verb

23 denom. fut. jp1" to be or become
old, to grow old, to be aged; pr. to have
the chin hanging down, from 42%, like

So.
upd. an old man with a hanging chin,

decrepit ; whence perhaps may come
the Lat. senex, senectus, which some
absurdly suppose to be for seminex.® But
ἸΡῚ is spoken not only of decrepit, but
also of vigorous old age, Gen. 18, 12. 13.
19, 31. 24, 1. 27, 1.. 1 Sam. 2, 22.--al.
For the difference between this word
and the synon. }#", 20, wun, see those
articles.

Hiren. intrans. to grow old, to be old,
Prov. 22, 6; qs. to contract old age,
comp. ΗΠ in Heb. Gram. § 52. 2. ἢ.
Also of plants, Job 14, 8; as RRPY,
‘senescunt arbores.’

Jet τὰ. (τ. 151) constr. {pt Gen. 24, 2,
plur. OFT, ΡῚ, old, aged. an old man ;
as adj. joined with a subst. {237 Woxn
Judg. 19,17; jt =% Gen. 44, 20; and
also i separately as subst. Gen. 19, ἐν Is.
20, 4. al. seep. With 72 older than some
one, Job 32, 4 Brand ἢ3)3 Ὁ ΓΙΩΓΙ Ὁ MPT 7D
for they were elder ‘than he. —Sr v7 367,
musa Ὁ, sh 't, elders of Israel, of
Egypt, of the citysi. e. proceres, senators,
the chief men, magistrates, the notion of
age being neglected. Ex. 3,16. 4, 29,
Deut. 19, 12. 21, 3. 4. ed: 22, 15. 17. 18.

Ps. 105, 22.

Son

In like manner Arab. Aste

Sheikh, an old man, and then, ‘chief of
a tribe; also Ital. Signer. Fr. Seigneur,
Span. Sevior, Engl. Sir, all which come
from the Lat. Senior elder; also Germ.
Graf, Count, is pr. i. q. graw, krawo,
gray-headed.—Metaph. of an old and
decrepit people, Is. 47, 6. Plur. fem.
mint old women Zech. 8, 4.

286

27

TPF m. (τ. 321) old age, Gen. 48, 10.

ΓΤ f. (τ. WPI) old age, Gen. 24, 36.
Ps. 71, 9. 18, Metaph. of a people Is.
46, 4, comp. 47, 6.

DT m. plur. (Ὁ. Ἴ51) old age, Gen,
21, 2. 7. 44, 20. ORs a son of old age,
i.e. born in one’s old age, Gen. 37, 3.
On this form of denominatives, see
Lehrg. § 122. 13.

* Sil to raise up, 6. g. those bowed
down, trop. to comfort, Ps. 145,14. 146,8,
Syr. 25] id.

ΡΤ Chald. to raise up, to hone up,
6. g. a criminal upon a stake or cross,

Ezra 6,11. Syr. «5.01 to crucify.

* Ppt 1. i. g. PRY, to strain, to fil-
ter, to Sine, e. g. wine, see Pual ; comp.

Arab. (ὃ 3) wine newly strained. Trop.

of metals, to refine, Job 28, 1.—In this
signif. corresponding words are Gr. oux-
x06, σάκος sackcloth, strainer, σακχκέω,
σαχκεύω, σακκίξω, Lats saccus, saccare,
Heb. Pw; and of the same family are
Germ. séthen, seigen, seigern, a form ap-
propriate to metals ; stronger sickern.

2. to make flow, i. e. to pour, to pour
out, genr. as Fr. couler from Lat. colare,
Job 36, 27.

Prbx } PPT, to refine, to purify metals,
Mal. 3, 3.

Puat, to be strained. fined, e. g. wine
Is. 25, 6; to be refined, as metals 1 Chr.
28, 18. 29, 4. Ps, 12, 7.

“WT a stranger, enemy, see r. "51 IT. 2.

Wom. (τ. "1 1) ἃ border, wreath,
crown, around a table, the ark of the
covenant, etc. Ex. 25, 11. 24. 25. 37,2.

11. 26. Syr. (1 necklace, collar.

NT f for πρὶ (τ. 71 IT. 3) loathsome-
ness, once Num. 11, 20; Vulg. nausea.

* 277 in Kal not used; Chald. Ithpe.
to pour out, to flow off or away ; whence
a5} gutter, and by transpos. 31973,
Arab. \y,, channel.—Once in

Puat, spoken of streams, torrents, full
in winter, but drying up and failing in
summer; Job 6, 17 5m9x3 sash mya
what time they flow off, “they fail, 1. 0.

ΝΣ 2

when the waters flow off. the streams
dry up. See more in Thesaur. p. 428.

22377 (prob. for 53 33 S491 sown i. 6.
5 begotten i in Babylon) ἢ pr. n. Zerubbabel,
Sept. Ζοροβάβελ, one of the descendants
of David, who led out the first colony of
Jews into their own country after the
δου Ezra 2, 2. 3, 2. Hag. 1, 1.

ean obsol. root, Aram. ‘7 to prune,

trees, to remove the superfluous boughs
and foliage ; 173 exuberant growth of

trees. Hence

TIT Zered, pr. ἢ. of a valley Num. 21,

12, and of the stream flowing through it
Deut. 2, 13. 14, in the territory of Moab
on the east of the Dead Sea. Targ. of
Jonath. brook of willows, willow-brook ;
“comp. p7aasn 5712) Is. 15,7. Prob. the
modern Wady el-Ahsy ; see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p- 555.

, mT 1. to scatter, to cast loosely
about, Ex. 32, 20. Num. 17, 2 [16, 37].
Is. 30, 22.—Arab. (5 ὦ to scatter, as the
wind dust; II, to winnow. Syr. and
Chald. 132, N77.
kindred roots, all having the primary
idea of ἀκ δ δα e.g. S33, PI, V1 IL,

The following are

also mr, Arab. 55 to sow. In the

Indo-European tongues correspond San-
“ser. sri to scatter, Lat. séro ; and with p
or ¢ added to the sibilant, Sanscr. stri,
Gr. στορέω, Lat. sterno, Germ. streuen,
Engl. to strew; σπείρω, spargo, Goth.
sprethan, Germ. spriihen, Spreu, chaff.
—Espec.

2. to winnow, by casting up and scat-
tering in the wind, Is. 30, 24. Jer. 4, 11.
Ruth 3,2 omsivn ὙΠΆΤΩΝ ἢ mat sancnt
lo, he winnoweth the threshing- -floor of
barley.—Trop. of enemies as routed and
scattered, Jer. 15; 7. Is. 41, 16. Ez. 5, 2.

3. Genr. to spread out ; whence 71
8, span. ;

_ Nien. to be scattered, Ez. 6, 8. 36, 19.

Pie. ΠῚ 1. to scatter, to strew, Prov.
15,7 ; to scatter, to disperse, 6. g. nations
Lev. 26, 33. Ez. 5,10. 6,5. 12, 15. 30, 26.
Prov. 20,8 the king... scattereth all evil

with his look.
} 2. towinnow, i.q. Kal no.2, Prov. 20,26.
Hence trop. i. q. to winnow out, to sift,i.e.

287

to search out, to prove; Ps. 139, 3 "N78

a

mut 37) my walking and my lying
down thou searchest out ; Jerome eventi-
lasti, Sept. ἐξιχνίασας. In Arab. trop.
(Ss)? to know.

Puat, to be scattered, strewed, Job 18,
15; to be bestrewed, besprinkled, Prov.
1,17.—The form ΠΤ Is. 30, 24, which
some refer hither, is part. Kal impers.
The form 574 in Ps. 58, 4, is from στ.
sat IT.

Deriv. O73, 7779, ON.

ΣῪ fem. rarely masc. Is. 17, 5. 51, 5.
Daa. 11, 15. 22, chiefly in δἰ αἴ: no. 2.
Comp. Tohreb: p- 470. Plur. p7s"1 and
ΤΣ στ. R. >t no. ds

1. the arm, Is. 17, 5. 40,11. al. ‘Spec.
the lower arm, hie the elbow, ἢ in Lat.
also called Pasrheien κατ ἐξοχήν, diff.
from ΤΣ the upper arm, Job 31, 22. In
animals the fore leg, shoud. ΓΆΜΟΝ

Num. 6, 19. Deut. 18,3. Arab. ehyd,

Aram. 8975, iS59,
Hence M35) 2-1 a stretched-out arm,
ascribed to God and signifying his power
and promptness to protect or punish, Ex.
6, 6. Deut. 4, 34. Ez. 20, 33. 34; in like
manner 39 ΣῪ Job 38, 15.

2. Trop. a) ‘strength might, power,
2 Chr. 32,8 "w2 Στ an arm of flesh
i. €. inn might. Ps. 44, 4. Job 40, 9.
mst “Sint the powers (might) of δὼ
hands, Gen. 49, 34. Hence military
force, an army, ἕῳ» 11:15, 95. 31.3 sb):
violence Job 35,9. Si7t ON the violent
man Job 22, 8. Here belongs the phrase,
to break the arm of any one, i. 6. to de-
stroy his power, to put an end to his vio-
lence, 1 Sam. 2, 31. Job 22,9. 38,15: Ps.
10, 15. 37,17. Comp. Arab. sQuae cus.
c) strength as imparted to any one, hence
help, aid, Ps. 83, 9. Is. 33,2. So Arab.
OWES ; Pers. gb arm, also help, Syr.

[N39 με son of the arm, i. e. helper; see

more in Comment. on Js. 1.c. Meton.
a helper, ally, ἴ5. 9,19; comp. Jer. 19,9
where it is 92. Sept. cod. Alex. ἀδελφός.

Hence denom. >i*4& , with Aleph pros-
thetic.

JAN τὴ. verbal of Pi. (τ. 271, after
the form PiaM,) sown. to be sown, Lev.
11, 37. Plur. 23471 things sown, garden
herbs, Is. 61, 11.

arm, also a cubit.—

ΤῊ

ΤΙ m. quadril. a pouring rain, vio-

lent shower, Ps.72,6. Syr. ἴθ] show-

er, Talmud. 8°27 “D7171 ‘adspersiones
aque, gutte.—It comes from 571 to flow,
by repeating the first radical between
the second and third; comp. pes from
r. "71; also Zab. aie and a.m ac-
aaa

MET m. bound together, girded, ver-
bal Pilp. from r. "21 I, q.v. Once Prov.
30, 31, where, among those comely in
going, is mentioned =72m%2 "171 one
girded about the loins, by this some
understand ὦ war-horse, as ornamented
with girths and buckles about the loins;
others a greyhound, as having the loins
contracted and slender ; and others again
a wrestler, see 'Talm. Hieros. Taanith,
fol. 57. Maurer ad ἢ. 1.

μι ΓΙ fut. πστ΄ 1. 10 rise, as the sun
Gen. 32, 31. Ez. 22,2. 2 Sam. 23, 4. Ps.
104,22.al. Soofthe light Is. 58,10; the
splendour or glory of God Is. 60, 1. 2.
Deut. 33, 2.—Pr. to scatter rays; comp.
kindr, ποτ, "97 II. In the kindred dia-
letts this root has undergone various
changes ; in Arabic and Ethan: there

have come from it Gy, WZ®; in
Aram. "25, sande:

2. Trop. hodlten! a) Of leprosy rising
in the skin, 2 Chr. 26, 19.—Further, in
the derivatives: δ) Ofa fetus break-
mg forth from the womb, see Mt and
Gen. 38,30. c) Ofa plant springing up,
germinating, i. q..77B; see MIN.

Deriv. M718, 9779, pr.n. M319, AIMITS,
und the three Bere follow tigi

Mim. 1. a rising, of light Is. 60, 3.

2. Zerah, Zarah, pr.n. Gr. Ζαρα. a)
A son of Judah by Tamar, Gen. 38, 30.
Num. 26,20. Ὁ) A son of Reuel, Gen.
36, 13.17. c) Num. 26, 13, for which
in Gen. 46,10 “Mz. d) 1 Chron. 6, 6. 26.
e) A king or leader of the Ethiopians,
who invaded Judea in the reign of Asa,
2 Chr. 14,8 [9]. See the conjecture of
Champollion, Précis p. 257; et contra,
Rosellini in Monum. Siorici II. 87-91. |

‘ITT patronym. a Zarhite, from M2
no. 2.a. Num. 26, 13. 20. See 7.

TIT (whom Jehovah caused to be
born, r. Wt 0. 2.b) Zerahiah, pr. τι. τη.

288
a) 1 Chr. 5, 32. 6; 36. Ezra 7, 4; for

wT

which ΤΆΤ 1 Chr. 7,3: OB Ezra 8, 4,

Dv m. (τ. 851) ig. Ot, a violent

shower, inundation, bursting of a cloud ;

Is. 1,7 ὉΔῚ ΞΕ as the destruction
of an inundation or overwhelming rain.
So Saadias, Aben Ezra, Michaelis, etc.
Better, 5°} is here plur. strangers; and
2 is the Caph veritatis so called, see in 3
B. 4.

Ἶ =a) to flow, to pour, i. q. ὉΔῚ q. v.

With acc. to pour wpon, to overwhelm, to

wash away, Ps. 90, 5.

Po. to pour out, c. acc. with any thing,
Ps. 77, 18.—Hence ΠΡ, perh. 5°55,
also

DIT m. a pouring rain, violent shower,
storm, Is. 4,6. 25, 4. 28,2 Wa 5 @
ἜΠΟΣ Is. 25, 4p DY a wall-
storm, i. e. which prostrates walls. Hab.
3,10 ὩΣ Dnt gush or flood of waters.

ΓΤ f. (τ. 51) a flowing, emission
of seed, ἘΠΕῚ of seed-horses, Ez. 23,
20.

be Ἵ fut. sor 1. to scatter, to dis-
perse; “Zech. 10, 9, See the kindred roots
beginning with “5 underart. 537. From
the kindred sense of spreading out, ex-

panding, comes 2171 arm; as ΓΤ span,
But a pecondnee form, and
εἰ) is the Arabic

from ΠῚ.
derived from 315%,
to attack violently, to seize,
IV to take in the arms.—Spec.
2. to scatter seed, to sow, Arab.

verb

Ey?
Syr. ὌΝ Ethiop. HCU, id. Construed:

a) Absol. Job 31, 8. Is. 37, 30. b) With

accus. of the seed sown, e. g. B°EM 5.1

to sow wheat Jer. 12, 13. Hage. 1, 6.
Lev. 26, 16. Ecc. 12,6. 6) With ace.
of the field sown, Gen. 47, 23. Ex.23, 10.
Lev. 25, 3. Jer. 2 2 mssnT ND PIN aland
not sown.
and field; Lev.19,19 51852 571m 83 WI
thou shalt not sow thy field with mixed
seed. Deut. 22,9. Is. 30,23. Judg.9, 45.
To scaiter its με: 15 wid ofa end bund
ing plant or tree, Gen. 1,29; comp. v. 12.
Metaph. to sow righteousness Prov. 11,
18; also to sow iniquity 22, 8, mischief
Job 4, 8, the wind Hos. 8, 7; i. e. genr. u
prepare for oneself the rewards or pun

d) With two ace. of the seed’

|
|

5
ishments of good or evil actions, which
in the same connection are also said to
be reaped, harvested ; comp. Gal. 6, 7.8.
In another construction, Hos. 10, 12 4391
Som ἜΞ XP NPI = sow fe your-
selves in Rae and reap accord-
ing to your piely, comp. in 8 no. 6. b.
Trop. Ps. 97, 11 p7322 a “ix light is
sown for the righteous, i. 8. happiness is
prepared for him.— Ὁ sow a people, to
increase, to spread, to multiply, Hos.
2, 25. Ver. 31, 27.

3. i. gq. to plant, with two acc. Is. 17,
10.

Nipa.
Ez. 36, 9.

2. to be sown, scattered, as seed Lev.
11, 37. Trop. Nah. 1, 14 that no more
of thy name be sown, i. e. thy name shall
no longer be propagated.

3. Trop. to be sown, spoken of a wo-
man, i. 6. to be made fruitful, fo con-

ceive, Num. 5, 28.
τ Puat pass. of Kal no. 2. Is. 40, 24.

Hips. 1.tobear seed,asa plant; Gen.
1, 11 333 BS" 72 =>, comp. v. 29 where
in the same connection it is Sy Dat.

2. to conceive seed, spoken of a woman,
to be fruitful, Lev. 12, 2; comp. Niph.
“no. 3.

Deriv. the three following, and 3174
(SiN), S77, SNSIT, Sa.

1. to be sown, as-a field, trop.

ΚΤ, constr. id. once 5 Num. 11, 7,
6. suff. "291; plur. c. suff. ὈΞῸΣ ΣΙ 1 Sani:
8, 15.

1: PY: a sowing, then seed-time, time
of sowing, i. 6. late in autumn in Pales-
tine, Gen. 8, 22. Lev. 26, 5.

2. seed, which is scattered, sown, whe-
ther of plants, trees, or grain, Gen. 1, 11.
12. 29. 47, 23. Ley. 26, 16. Deut. ‘99, 9;
Ke. 11, 1. Meton. a what springs
from send sown, field of grain, harvest,
1Sam. 8,15; crop, produce of the fields,
Job 39, 12 [15]. Is. 23, 3.

3. semen virile, Lev. 15, 16 sq. 18, 21.
19, 20; comp. r. 321 Niph. no. 3. Hiph.
no. 2.—Hence_ a) i. q. children, off-
spring, posterity, Gen. 3,15. 13, 16. 15,
Ὁ. 13. 17, 7. 10. 21,.13. al. Spoken also
_ of one child, when an only one, (whence
_ Gen. 3, 15 does not belong here,) Gen.
4, 25. 1 Sam. 1,11 ΣΝ 571 ὦ male
Ps child. HEM 51 seed of thy seed, i. e.
. 25

289

nT

children’s children, grandchildren, Is,
59,21. b) iq. α΄ race, stock, family ;
ἘΝ Sap Ps, 22, 24. ‘qbun or, 54
ΠΡ ΘΠ, the seed royal, royal line, 2 K.
11, ἐν 14. 6) a race or class yao as
wIp saz Is. 6 13, "2 DIMA 51 65, 23;
in a bad sense, i. d. breed, iréod, al
ΠΣ Is. 1, 4, 2 Σ 57, 4. Carpi
Heb. AMD, Gr. γέννεμα ἢ Matth. 3, 7;
Germ. Brut brood, ΕἾ. race.

4. a planting, what is planted, Is. 17,
11. Also a sprout, shoot, Ez. 17, 5. See
the root in Kal no. 3.

5 Chald. id. Dan. 2, 43.

DAT and OST m. plur. (τ. 51)
pr. seed-herbs, greens, vegetables, i. 8.
vegetable food, such as was eaten ina

half fast, opp. to meats and the more
delicate kinds of food, Dan. 1, 12.16. So

Chald. and Talmud. Syr. es} id.

BT obsol. root, Arab. 40; to
flow, to pour, of water ; to flow as tears,
Comp. 071. Hence the quadril. 57177.

ee prt to scatter, to sprinkle, kindr.
M3, ΣΤ. a) Things dry, as dust, Job
2,12. 2 Chr. 34,4; cinders, soot, Ex. 9,8.
10; coals, Ex. 10,2. Ὁ) Often of things
liquid, as water, Num. 19, 13; blood, Ex.
24, 6, 29,16. 20. Lev. 1, 5. 11. 3,2. al.
sepe. With >> lo sprinkle upon Ex. |. ο.
—Intrans.. Hos. 7, 9 13 APA aw ba
yea gray hairs are sprinkled upon him.
Comp. Lat. spargere in the same sense
Prop. 3. 4. 24; and Arab. ἢ ὃ to sprin-

kle ; mid. E, to be gray on the front

_ part of the head, pr. to be sprinkied with

gray hairs, to begin to be gray.

Pua. pass. Num. 19, 13. 30.

Deriv. P71.

Ge

We mit obsol. root, i. q. Arab. » to
bind or fasten together, as with buckles,
clasps, to buckle together, kindr. with 71
I, and also with ἊΣ, ἜΣ, Hence the
nouns “4, 77%t.. Chald. 11 to bind

around, to gird, comes. from the quadril.
"TT.

mF mal) pr. to scatter, like Arab. "Ἂν
kindr. with | mat, 3571, pat. Hence

Po. “51, to sneeze, which scatters the

mucus from the nostrils, 2 K. 4. 35.

Ὁ]
Comp. Chald. ""21 a sneezing. see
Schult. ad Job. 41, 40.
| wT (gold, from Pers.
the ending |») Zeresh. pr. n. of the wife
of Haman, Esth. 6, 13.

NT f. a span, Ex. 28, 16. 39,9. 1
Sam. 17,4. Aram. 25], [23], NAN id.
R. ΠῚ to spread out, toexpand; whence
“1 for O71, f MI, as MIP from ΠΡ,
ΤῸΞ from nos -<Aceording! to the Rab-

bins nat is also the little Singer (j2>), for
ΤΊΣ; and hence they derive the mean-

4 gold, with

Hheth or Cheth, 0°11, the eighth letter
of the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral
denoting 8. The figure of this letter on
Phenician monuments and on Hebrew

coins, is ΕἸ ΠΗ » whence the Greek

H; and the name ΛΓ prob. signifies an

enclosure, fence, from r. bls, tes, to

surround, to enclose. Ὁ and Ὁ being inter-
changed. The name corresponds to that
of the Ethiopic letter ch Haut. Comp.
Monumm. Phen. p. 28.

’ As to pronunciation, this letter, the
harshest of the gutturals, seems ancient-
ly to have been uttered sometimes in a
softer manner, like a strong / or Ah, and
sometimes more forcibly and harshly,
like the letters kh ; which double pro-
nunciation was afterwards marked in
Arabic and Ethiopic by different letters
or characters, viz. hh by ,, th (Haut),

and kh by +, 2 (Harm) ; although at

a still later period this distinction was
neglected in Ethiopic, and both letters
softened down into the simple h. Hence
the same Hebrew root is often written
in Arabic in two ways, as, M¥" to kill,
Arab. ) and gn.< ) to break or dash

in pieces. Still more frequently. how-
ever, the various significations of one
Hebrew root are distinguished in Arabic
by this double manner of pronouncing ;

290

Ran

ing span, as being terminated by the
little finger.

τὸ NDT obsol. root, perh. i. q. Aram.
NMI i. q. NWS to sprout ; hence

NAT pr. n. m. Zattu, Ezra 2, 8. 10,
27. Neh. 7, 13. 10, 15.

DMT (perh. i. g. Smt, jM"t, olive) pr.
n.m. Zetham, 1 Chr. 23, 8. 26, 22.

“NT (perh. i. qg. "MW star) Zethar, pr.
n. of one of the eunuchs of Xerxes.
Eisth. 1, 10.

as ΤΌΤ a) to be smooth, Arab.

trans. to make smooth or bare, to shear ;
b) to smooth, to form, Arab. bh to
form, to create ; also 55m a) to pierce,

Gu
to perforate, Arab. h& «το: ΓΟ}

b) to open, to loose, Arab. dé. Comp.
the roots "2M, SUM, DIN, On. '

It is tates chiefly with mq. v.
Besides the gutturals, it passes over also
on account of the similar sound into the
palatals, espec. 3 COB, the roots 54 and
bam, Som; Sap and 52m; 13 and ὙΠ;
alae 2, as Pon, ΓΏΞ; “2m, "SD, 733;
dan, bap, 528; so too with p, as ΠΤ

ὦ to rise, as the sun, UES Gas .to

seek, "SP AZ to be short.

Sometimes also, like & and πὶ, it is
prefixed to triliteral roots, and thus
forms quadriliterals, as 522m, D"PStN,
see Lehrg. p. 863.

aM m. (τ. 22m q. v.) 6. suff. "25, the
bosom, lap, so called from cherishing,
Job 31, 33. Chald, 8am, 823n, RN,

id. Samar. 4A. :

᾿ NIM in Kal not used, i. 4. man, to
hide, to conceal ; comp. the kindr. roots
nem, REN. Arab. LA, Eth. $A,
to hide ; also Ls for gi to put out

fire, pr. to hide or cover it; Conj. X to —
hide oneself.

.

_ they held their peace.

221
Νιρη. to hide oneself, to lie hid, Gen.
3, 10. Judg. 9, 5. Job 29, 8 the young men

saw me and hid themselves, i. 6. gave
_ place to me from reverence and modesty.

v. 10 the voice of the nobles lay hid, i. e.
With 3 sh.
10, 16. 2 Sam. 17,9; 58 1 Sam. ‘10, 22.

é With infin. it may be rendered by an
adverb (like λανϑάνειν with part.) Gen.
$1, 27 5935 mx2nm2 12> wherefore hast

thou secretly fled away ?
Pvat id. pr. to be made to hide oneself

_ Job 24, 4.

- Hipu. to hide, to conceal, Josh. 6, 17.
25. 1 K. 18, 13. 2 K. 6, 29. °

Hopn. pass. Is. 42, 22.

Hirup. i. q. Niph. Gen. 3, 8. 1 Sam.
13, 6. 14, 11. al.

Deriv. 837172, 8i3"2.

“230 to love, once Deut. 33, 3.

Arab. GS 1, ΠῚ, Χ. Syr. 25 Pe. and
_ Pa. id. The primary idea lies in breath-
_ ing upon, warming, cherishing ; whence

=h lap, bosom, in which we cherish ;
comp. further under the root =x. A
manifest trace of this origin is found in
Syr. «αὖ to burn, as fire, tou a burn
ing, heat, espec. from blowing.

Deriv. 3h and

237 (beloved) Hobab, pr. n. of the
father-in-law of Moses, Num. 10, 29.
Judg. 4,11. Comp. "m7, 7m".

* FI i. gq. NIN, to hide, to hide one-
self, in Kal once Imper. 21 Is. 26, 20.

Nips. inf. mmm id. 1 K. 22, 25. 2K.
7, 12.

Deriv. 91937, and pr. n. 4238, Hin,
“am.

nbn Chald. f (r. dam) evil deed,

crime, Dan. 6, 23; comp. Heb. D3 no. .

3. and Neh. 1, 7:

sian (joining together, τ. "3") pr. ἢ.
Habor, Chaboras, a river of Mesopota-
mia which rises in Mount Masius near
Ras el-’ Ain, and flows into the Euphra-
tes near Circesium, 2 K.17 6. 18, 11.
1 Chr. δ, 26. Arab. ysl Khabar.

Gr. ᾿“βοῤῥας Strabo XVI. p. 748 Casaub.
Χαβώρας Ptolem. Ritter’s Erdk. Th.
XI. p. 253 sq. See more under "39.

ϊ

291

San

MV and TAN Is. 53, 5, f. a stripe,
weal, bruise, i.e. the mark or print of |
blows in the skin, Gen. 4, 23. Is. 1. 6. 53,
5. Ps. 38,6. R. 737 no. 3. q. v.

* DOT fut. wan, to beat off or out
witha stick or club, ina Lor% to beat
off leaves with a stick. —Hence

1. to beat off apples or olives from a
tree, Deut. 24, 20. Is. 27, 12.

2. to beat out grain with a stick or flail,
to thresh, Judg. 6, 11. Ruth 2,17. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 385.

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. of no. 2. Is. 28, 27.

M31 (whom Jehovah hides, protects.
r.2m) Habaiah, pr.n.m. Ezra 2, 61;
for which 793m Neh. 7, 63.

ΤΠ m. a hiding, covering, veil, Hab.
3,4. R.O5n.

© aan 1. to tighten a cord, to twist ;
and so to bind, to bind fast. Correspond-
ing is Arab. his, for which see Camoos
p. 1219. Kindr. are the roots 538, 532,
also "an, ὅπ. Hence >ana fed, , Tope.
—Parr. bch pr. binding, a binder, bond,
poet. for a cord. So is prob. to be under-
stood the parabolic name of the staff or
crook, plur. 8°>2h bands, Zech. 11, 7.
14, i. e. a crook of cords, bands, which
being broken, the fraternal league be-
tween Judah and Israel is dissolved, v. 14.

Comp. Arab. das league, covenant.

2: to bind by a pledge, to take a pledge
of any one, with ace. of pers. Job 22, 6.
Prov. 20, 16. 27,13. Also with acc. of
thing, to take as a pledge or in pledge,
spoken of one who compels a debtor to
give pledges, Deut. 24,6. 17. Ex. 22, 25.
Job 24, 3. Ibid. v. 9 aban "23 535 for ἬΝ"
"29.52 and what is on the poor man (his
garment) they take as a pledge, comp. >>.
Part. pass. 2121 taken in pledge Am. 2,8.

Comp. Arab. Avex debt, usury, Camoos
p. 1434; Syr. loom, Chald. x7d920 id.

3. Metaph. to twist, to pervert ; in-
trans. to be perverse, corrupt ; to act per-
versely, corruptly. Job 34,31 >anx Nd
I will no more do corruptly. With >
Neh. 1,7. §yr. and Chald. Pa. to act
corruptly:

Nipu. pass. of Piel no. 2, io be de-
stroyed, Prov. 13, 13.

san

Piet 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to twist ; hence
to writhe, to be in pain; and so of a fe-
mule, to travail, to bring forth, Cant. 8,
5. Ps, 7, 15.

2. to turn upside down, i. e. to destroy,
Ecce. 5,5; spoken of persons Is. 32, 7.
Mic. 2, 10; of countries, 1. q. to lay waste,
Is. 13, 5. 54, 16.

Puax pass. Job 17,1 533m ὙΠ my
spirit is.destroyed, i. e. my vital powers
are spent. Is, 10, 27 ygu77282 >) Dam}
and the yoke (of Israel) is destroyed
(broken off) for fatness, where Israel
is thus compared to a fat and wan-
ton bullock which shakes off the yoke;
comp. Deut. 32, 14. Hos. 4, 16.

Deriv.23h—733n, andadan, nibann

an Chald. Pa. 1. to overthrow, to
destroy, Dan. 4, 20. Ezra 6, 12.

2. to hurt, lo harm, Dan. 6, 23.

Irupa. to be overthrown, destroyed, 6. g.
a kingdom Dan. 2, 44. 6, 27. 7, 14.

an τη. (r. 5371) Is, 66,7, mostly in
plur. p7>23m, constr. “ben, writhings,
pains, pangs, espec. of a ἀράδα in tra-
vail, throes, (see the root in Pi.) Gr.
ὠδῖνες, Syr. mae id. Is. 13, 8. Jer. 13,
21. 22, 23 DXbam 5.33 when pangs
come upon thee. Is. 66, 7. Hos. 13, 13.
Job 39, 3 ΠΡΠΣ ἘΠ ἘΞ, pr. they cast
forth their pangs, i.e. they bring forth
their young with throes; and since the
pangs cease with the birth, the mother
may strictly be said to cast forth her
pains with her young. In like manner
the Greeks put ὠδίές, ὠδῖνες, for a foetus
brought forth with pain, Eurip. Ion. 45.
Zéschyl. Agam. 1427.—Once of other
pains, Job 21, 17.

an τη. once ἢ Zeph. 2, 6, c. suff.
~bsn ; plur. D°>an, constr. bon Ps. 18,
5. 116, 3, and “350 Josh. 17, 5. R. bon.

1. a cord, rope, Arab. ἡδέα Syr.
ἴα, Eth. ANA. Corresponding is

Gr. κάμιλος, Fr. and Engl. cable ; nor
is there any good reason why philolo-
gists should regard this Greek word as
spurious, see Passow, Greek Lex. art.
xouihoc.—Josh. 2,15. Ecc. 12, 6 dan
Hos the silver te i. 6. matle of silver
threads. Spec. a) a measuring-line,
Am. 7, 17. 2 Sam. §, 9. Hence, α por-

292,

xan

tion measured out, as of land, and as-
signed to any one by lot, Josh. 17, 14,
19,9; and so genr. an hereditary portion
of tanh possession, inheritance, Ps. 16, 6

iY - + a

p23 ἼΞΤΡΕΣ Oban my portion has —

fallen to me in ᾿ pleasant places. Deut.
32,9 indm2 bam aps2 Jacob is his por-
tion of seaheritavions Ps. 78, 55. Also
gear. a tract, district, repiin; Deut. 3, 4.
13.14. 05m an the region of the sea. sea-
coast, Zeph. 2, 5.6. b) a snare, gin,
toil, Ps. 140, 6. Job 18,10. dixth sban,
ny? ‘nm, toils of Sheol, of death, ‘Ps, 18,

5. ὃ, 116, 3. c) A cord or hots used
as a bit, bridle, Job 40, 25 [41, 1].

2. As in Engl. a band of men, ἃ
company, 1 Sam. 10, δ. 10.

3. destruction, desolation, Mic. 2, 10.
So Syr. Vulg. See the root in Pi. no. 2.

233 m. a pledge, Ez. 18, 12, 16. 33,
15. Comp. r. 53m no. 2.

223 Chald. m. hurt, harm, Dan. 8, 25.

an Chald. m. hurt, damage, Ezra
4, 22.

2293 m. (Ὁ. 311) mast of a ship; so
called from the ropes and stays by which

it is fastened. Once, Prov. 23, 34 thou _

shalt be as one lying 53m ἘΞ at the
top of a mast, at mast-head; the other
hemistich hin, one lying in the heart of
the sea. Vulg. freely: sicut sopitus gu-
bernator omisso clavo.

ΒΩ" τὰ, (denom. from 53m ἃ ship’s

rope,) @ shipman, sailor, Jon. 1, Ὁ; Ez.
27, 8. 27-29.

moan ἢ, (τ. 53m) 1. g. 5am, a pledge,
Ez. 18, %:

ΓΡΝΞΙῚ £ Cant. 2, 1. Is. 35.1, a flow-

er growing in meadows and pastures,

which the ancient versions render some- _

times the lily, and sometimes the nar@is-
sus. More accurate, however, is the
Syriac translator, who uses the same

[
'

word, VradeSou, which according to —

the Syriac lexicographers (cited in full

*

in Comment. on Is. 35, 1) signifies the —

colchicum autumnale ἐδ or meadow

saffron, an autumnal flower similar to ¢

saffron, springing from poisonous bulb

ous roots, and of a white and violet —

colour.

This is favoured by the etymo-

Zan

_ logy; the word being compounded from

_ yn acid, acrid, and >¥2 bulb.

28377 pr. n. m. Habaziniah Jer.
_ 35, 3.—Appellative, perh. light or lamp
of Jehovah, from Chald. 82°x12 lamp,
_and Γι Jehovah, the being prefixed ;
see in M fin. p. 290.

ri P= in Kal thrice., 1. to fold the
hands, spoken of a sluggard, Ecc. 4, δ.

2. to fold in one’s arms, to embrace ;
6, acc. 2 K. 4, 16; absol. Ecc. 3, 5.
Pie, pan, fut. pan, part. pana, to
embrace, c. acc. Gen. 33, 4. Prov. 4, 8.
5, 20; ο. dat. Gen. 29, 13. 48,10. To
embrace the rock, the dunghill, i. e. to
_ make a bed of them, Job 24, 8. Lam. 4, 5.
Deriv. the two following.

P27 m. a folding of the hands, as
characteristic of the sluggard, Prov. 6,
10. 24, 33.

P'\p2 (embrace, after the form
“ΠΣ 9) Habakkuk, pr. n. of a prophet,
Hab. 1,1. 3,1. Sept. ‘duBaxovp, after
the fiiten p'pan, and with x corrupted

into μ at the end. .R. pan.

;; “27 pr. to bind, to bind together,
_ kindr. with ban; see Piel. Hence
1. to join together, but almost always
_ intrans. to be joined together, lo adhere ;
Aram. ;2, Eth. $MZ,, id. Ex. 26, 3.
28, 7. 39, 4. Ez. 1, 9. 11. Spoken of
nations, to be confederate, allied, Gen.
14, 3 ὈπΠ pesn>y aman ΓΙΞΝ bp all
these came together as allies in the valley
of Siddim. Part. pass. Hos. 4,17 7320
ΠΣ» allied with idols.

2. to bind with spells, to fascinate, to
charm, spoken of a species of magic
which was practised by binding magic
knots, Gr. xatadém, κατάδεσμος, comp.
Germ: bannen, i. q. binden, and other
words of binding, which are transferred
to magic incantation, as Eth. AUWZ.
Spoken of the shaming of serpents,
Deut. 18, 11. Ps. 58, 6.

3. to be bound ar dua with stripes, i.e.
to.be marked with lines or stripes, io be

striped, Arab. n> meee BAS a
striped garment, Pass. a> the skin is

striped, i. e. covered with stripes and
25*

293

“ar

marks of blows, 566 Camoos p. 491.— _
Hence 77527 astripe, weal, and 9172924
the stripes and spots of a leopard. Comp.
Schult. ad Har. Cons. V. p. 156, 157.

Pie, "aM 1. to join together, to con-
nect, Ex. 26, 6 sq.

2. to join in a league, to Citrus
2 Chr. 20,36 39 577355 and he mate
alliance with him.

Puat "2M, once “am Ps. 94, 20.

1. tobe joined together, Ex. 28,7. 39,4.
Ecc. 9, 4 Keri. Ps. 122, 3 of Feruadled
as restored, TT m2 MIaMy WsD asa
city that ts σία together, compacted,
i. e. whose stones and ruins, so long
thrown down and scattered, are now
again brought together.

2. to be confederated, allied. Ps. 94, 20
mint NOI FISM NT shall the throne of
iniquity be confederate with thee?

Hipu. to join together words, espec.
empty and false. (Comp. 59 ΠΣ ἜΣ Π
Targ. Ps. 119, 69.) Job 16, 4 WANs
ὈΠΡῸῺΞ potty J could join together (with)
words against you, i.e. 1 might heap up
vain and lying words against you, imitet-
ing your example. For this use of 3 see
Heb. Gr. § 135. n. 3.

ΗΙΤΗΡ. “amnn and by Syriasm
ἜΣΠΩΝ, to join oneself with any one, to
make a league with, to be confederate,
ce. &9, 2 Chr. 20, 35.37. Dan. 11,6. Infin,
in the Syriac manner is Γῆ, πο Dan.
11, 23.

Deny. see in Kal no. 3, also moana,
Minas, pr. n. “am, and thiose here ἊΝ
lowing, an—nvsh.

“aM τη. an associate, companion, i. q.
"2m, Job 40, 30; where fishermen are
to be understood, who follow their voca-
tion in partnership; see in ΓΞ I.

“al m. an associate, companion, Cant.
1,7. 8,13. Judg. 20,11 2°93 ANN O°KNd
associated as one inan, joined or knit to-
gether. Ps. 119, 63. Ps. 45, 8 47272
above thy companions, ‘fellore, i. e. other
kings; comp. Barhebr. p. 328.

“2 Chald. m. id. Dan. 2, 13. 17. 18.

“ail m. 1. society, company, commu-
nity, Hos. 6,9. Prov. 21,9 "2 ΓΞ a
common house. 25, 24.

2. spell, enchantment, Deut. 18, 11.
Plur. 5973" Is. 47, 9. 12.

92h

3. Heber, pr.n. a) Gen. 46, 17, for
which "3 Num. 26,45. Ὁ) Judg. 4, 11.
ΕΣ c) 1 Chr. 8, 17. d) 4, 18.

mina an f. plur. variegated spots of
the panther ; or rather, stripes, streaks,
of the tiger, Jer. 13,23. See r. "23M no. 3.

M31) Chald. fem. an associate, com-
panion, and then fellow, other, i. ᾳ. ΤΩΣ,
_ Dan. 7, 20.

MIM f. (r. aM) society, company, Job
34, 8.

77727 (conjunction, alliance, τ. 927)
Hebron, pr. n.

1. An ancient city in the tribe of Ju-
dah, first called S29N-N29p Gen. 13, 18.
23, 2, comp. Judg. 1,10; and which for
a time, before the capture of Jerusalem,
was the royal residence of David, 2 Sam.
2,1. 5,5. It is now called Sutd | el-
Khilil, fully yey Jude i.e. [ον
of | the friend of the Most Merciful sc.
God, i.e. Abraham. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 431 sq. 454 sq.

2. Of several men. a) Ex. 6, 18.
1Chr. 5, 28. Patron. "- Num. 3, 97. Ὁ)
1 Chr. 2, 42. 43.

ὙΠΖΓῚ patronym. a Heberite, from pr.
ἢ, "=" lett. a. Num. 26, 45.

MIAN f(r. 92am) a companion, wife,
Mal. 2, 14.

mash f. (τ. 3M) a joining, teadebet
Ex. 26, 4. 10.

* WM fiat. στε, once tiam Job5, 18.

1. to bind, to bind on, to bind around,
e.g. a) Asa head-band, turban, Ex. 29,
9. Lev. 8, 13. Jon. 2, 6 "N75 wean 1D
the sea-weed was bound around my head,
as if my head-dress, turban. Ez. 16, 10
tea WWsnxi 7 bound thee around with
fine linen, i. 6. adorned thy head with a
turban. b) to bind up a wound, Job 5,
18. Is. 30, 26; c. > Ez. 34, 4..16. Is. 61,
1. Part. Sah a binder up, dresser, sc.
of the wounds of the state, Is. 3,7; comp.
1, 6.

2. to saddle an animal, which is done
by binding on the saddle or panniers,
6. acc. Gen. 22; 3.. Num. 22, 21. Judg.
19, 10. 2 Sam..17, 23: -.

3. to bind fast, i. q. to shut up ; Job 40,
13 [8] java Wisn Bw shut up their

294,

aan ἵ
faces in darkness, in Sheol. See Piel —
no. 2.

4. imperio coéreuit, to bind to , alle- .
giance, i.e. to rule, to govern ; Job 34, 17
Wom cbt» xiv Ox shall even he that |
hateth right, govern? Some here take —
ΤῊΝ in the sense of anger; but less well,
on account of the parall. passage c. 40,
8, 9.

Piet 1. to bind up wounds, c. > Ps.
147, 3.

2. to bind fast, i.e. to shut up, to stop,
lo restrain. Job 28, 11 tan Γῆ) 7339
he stoppeth up the streams (rills) that
they trickle not, spoken of a miner shut-
ting off water Ste flowing into the pits.

Pua to be bound up, as a wound, Is.
1, 6. Ez. 30, 21.

* TM obsol. root, prob. to caok, to

bake bread, Eth. \21'T, Arab. : Sad
bread, ἃ to bake bread. Hence ἔξπο
cooking-pan, frying-pan, and

ὨΠΤΛΔΤῚ m. plur. things cooked or fried,
1 Chr. 9,31. Comp. amo.

at m. (τ. 339) constr. 39, and so be-

fore > Ex. 12, 14. Num. 29,12; c. suff.
“3m; with art. am; plur. B°sn.

1. a festival, feasts Ex. 10, 9. 12, 14.
an ΠΏΣ, am 3m, to keep a festival Liev.
23, 39. Deut. 16,10. Spoken κατ᾿ ἐξοχήν
of the passover Is. 30, 29; of the feast
of tabernacles 2 Chr. 5, 3. 1K. 8, 2.

Comp. Arab. & pilgrimage to Mecca.

2. Meton. a“festival sacrifice, victim,
Ps. 118, 27 o°Maza am-s7oN bind the
sacrifice (victim) with cords. Ex. 23, 18
sam nom the fat of my victim. Mal. 2, 3.
Comp. 73° 2 Chr. 30, 22.

N37 or [32 which is read in many
Mss. fem. vertigo, i. q. consternation, ter-
ror, Is. 19, 17. R. 337 no. 3.

* Sse
237 obsol. root, Arab. U5 lo
hide, to cover over. Hence

ΦΑΓῚ m. 1. a locust, winged and edi-
ble Lev. 11, 22; also Num. 13, 33. Is.
40, 22. Ecc. 12, 5, So called, it is said,
as covering the ground, hiding the sun,
etc.—Another etymology is proposed by
Credner, ad Joel. p. 309. The Samar. in-
Lev. 1. c. for =35 has H539n, which ean

=a

signify a leaper, comp. Arab. >
_and from 3:97 then might come’ the
triliteral 33" ; comp. de>, Dam.

_ 2. Hagab, pr. n. τη. Ezia 2, 46.

ΓΊΖΑΓΙ (locust) Hagabah, pr. n. m.
Ezra 2,45; written also 8230 Neh. 7, 48.

* 3471 kindr. with 34m, pr. to move in
acircle. Hence

1. to dance, pr. ina circle, 1 Sam. 30, 16.

2. to keep a festival, to celebrate a
holiday, sc. by leaping and dancing,
by sacred dances, Ex. 5, 1. Lev. 23, 41;
spec. of a ponte ΠΉΡΘΒΗΝΙ Ps. 42, 5.

Syr. Le, αἰ, id. Arab. ¢

thé Haj, tomake a pilgrimage to Mecca.
8. to reel, to be giddy, spoken of drunk-
ards Ps. 107,27. Also to be astonished,
amazed ; whence 83M terror, conster-
nation.
Deriv. 44, 8m, and the pr. names
"OM, "AN, Man, man,

man obsol. root, i. q. Arab. l= to
take oe —Hence oan.
man see Nin.

to perform

D4 m. plur.(r. 737) refuges, “3m
sben the as ylums of the rocks, Cant. 2,

14. Obad. 3. Jer. 49,16. Arab. sla
refuge, asylum. ‘

“33. verbal adj. intrans. (τ. 737)
girded ; Ez. 23, 15 ΠΝ τ ΠῚ girded
with girdles ; comp. 2 K. 3, 21.

33 m. (τ. “27, after the form >izp)
a girdle, absol. Prov. 31, 24; constr.
2 Sam. 20,8 39m 730; ¢. suff. 1 Sam.
18. 4.

MNT f(r. 3m) α girdle 2 Sam. 18,
11. Also an apron Gen. 3, 7.

"213 (festive, from 3m with the ending
“= i.q.°-) Haggai, pr. ἢ. of a prophet,
Hagg.1,1. Sept. “dyyuTtos.

"AT (id.) Haggi, pr. n. of a son of Gad,
Num. 26.15. Patronym. is the same, ibid.

τ ΓΙΡΑΤΊ (festival of Jehovah) Haggiah,
pr. ἢ. τὴ. 1 Chr. 6, 15 [30].
MTT (festive) Haggith, pr. n. f. of a

wife of David, the mother of Adonijah,
2 Sim..3, 4. 1 K. 1,5.

295

dia

* 5am obsol. root, Arab. (LS to hop,
to advance by short leaps, i in the manner
of a bird, or of a person with his feet
shablded: This triliteral seems to have
come from the quadril. >39m q. v. by
dropping \".—Hence

nay (partridge, like Arab. AS, Syr.
iL.) Hoglah, pr. n. f. Num. 26, 33. 27,
1. 36, 11.—Comp. 123m ΓΞ p. 129.

; ΒΡ ' fut. Ἄβπι, to bind around, to
gird, to tein up; kindr. are Arab.
to restrain, Syr. pe to be lame. Con-
strued: a) With acc. of the part to be
girded, 2 Καὶ, 4, 29. 9,1; and also with 3
of that with which one is girded, trop.
Prov. 31,17 she girdeth her loins with
strength. Ὁ) With acc. of the garment
or thing okie on, 6. g.. DIAM aN

to gird on one’s amore 1 Sam. 17, 39. 25,

13. Ps. 45,4; Pw man to gird on sack-
cloth, to gin oneself with sackeloth, Is.
15, 3. Jer. 49, 3. Part. act. 2 K. 3, 2]
msm aan 59 from all who girded on a
girdle. i.e. whe were able to bear arms.
Part. pass. TIEN 793% girded with an
ephod 1 Sam. 2. 18; with gen. Joel 1, 8
ΤΏ ΡΤ girded with sackcloth, and so
sometimes ellipt. Joel 1, 13 473m gird
yourselves sc. with sackcloth. 2 Sam, 21,
16 τι ΓΙ “AIM NAN? and he was girded
with a new sword.—Metaph. Ps. 65, 18
monn mists 272 dhe hills gird on
rejoicing, comp. v. 14, Ps. 76, 11. With
3 of a girdle Lev. 16, 4. a With two
acc. of pers. and that with which one is

girded, Ex. 29, 9. Lev. 8,13; also 3 of

that with which. Lev. 8,7. 4d) Absol
to gird oneself, Bz. 44,18. 1 K.20, 11
Here belongs 2 Sam. 22, 46 573m"
primo they gird themselves (and σοὶ
forth out of thei? strongholds ; unless we
follow the Syriac usage, ‘they creep
or limp forth olit of their strongholds
comp. Mic. 7, 17. Hos. 11, 11.

Deriv. best ows, Mama.

I. “ΠῚ adj | (τ. 73m) fem. N31. sharp
spoken of a sword, Ez. 5, 1. Ps. 57, 5,
Prov. 5, 4.

Il. 3 j{ q. Chald. 1m, Heb. πῶς
one, Ez. 38. 90.

--

“ΤΙ Chald. num. f. 837, TI", one, i.e.
unus, a, um, for Heb. snk, ἢ. ἐξ being
dropped by apheresis. Used: a) Often
for the indef. article ; Dan. 2, 31 4m 03x
an image, a certain image, comp. 6, 18.
Ezra 4,8. Ὁ) Fem. 0 is put also for
the ordinal, first, espec. in the enumera-
tion of years, as Ὁ 129 HIN ΓῺ Engl.
the year one of Cyrus, Ezra 5, 13. 6, 3.
Dan. 7,1. c) Before Ὁ ΒΆΡΕΙ 4m im-
plies rauliiplieation times ; as Dan. 3,19
na be MspI lit. one seven more te
So Syr. ps .
d) MIMD as one, i. e. at once, πρᾶν,
1. 4. Heb. ἼΠΝΞ. Dan. 2, 35.

i. 6. one seven limes more.

1. to be sharpened, sharp,

Prov. 27, 17, see in Hiph. Arab. Le
fut. J. Kinde, 774, and the roots there
quoted.

2. to be quick, vehement, fierce; comp.
Gr. ὑξύς, Lat. acer. Hab. 1,8. Comp.

Ww.

Hipu. to sharpen. Prov. 27. 17 ora
ANSI I. SN IN 5ΤΞ3 iron 18
sharpened on iron, and a man sharpen-
eth the countenance of his friend ; here
ἼΤ᾽ is fut. A of Kal for 3h7; and 717° is
fut. Hiph. formed in the Chaldee manner
for M7, 1M°, as n>? Num. 30, 3, 5nx Ez.
39,7. See Lehrg. § 38. 1. § 103. n. 14.

Horn. 1735 to be sharpened, e. g. a
sword, Ez. 21, 14. 15. 16.

Deriv. 37 I, 3855, pr. ἢ. 77, and

‘T311 Hadad, pr. n. of one of the
twelve sons of Ishmael Gen. 25, 15,
where many read 979; 1 Chr. 1, 50,
where most read 77M 5 ἢ this chigmldt
probably stand in both places.

*STIM fut. apoc. 317, 10 rejoice, to be
glad, Aram. |p, 837 id.
ing in the occidental languages are y7-
dew, γαϑέω, Bapeeo: —Ex. 18, 9. Job 3,
6 πρὸ wera an wy let it not rejoice
among the days of the year.

Pie to make glad, jouful, Ps. 21,7.
Deny. MIT. pron. SS", ATAN,
“TNT (τ. 34M) sharp, and perh. subst.

sharpness, a point, Job 41.22 [30] τ πηπ|Π
wan sharp points of a polsherd, sharp
potsherds, broken pieces of earthen-ware,

put for the scales of the crocodile. Comp.
ΖΕ]. Hist. Anim. 10. 24.

Correspond-

296

ὉΠ

MIT f. joy, gladness, 1 Chr. 16, 27
Neh. 8, 10. In Chald. context, Ezra 6,
10. R. man.

‘3"'II3 (sharp, τ. +n) Hadid, pr. n. of
a city in Benjamin, situated on a moun-
tain, Ezra 2,33. Neh. 7, 37. 11,34. ᾿᾿διδά
1 Macc. 12, 38; comp. Jos. Ant. 13. 6. 5.

ΤΠ Chald. plur. the breast, Heb.
min, Dan. 2, 32. In Targg. oceurs
Sing. “1m. See Heb. Gr. ὃ 106. 2. a.

“0M and 230 fut. 53m", in pause
bm Job 10, 20. For the anomalous

| form “Aan see Index.
1. to leave off, to cease, to desist. Arab.

JA id. also to desert, to forsake, see

Scheid ad Cant. Hiskie p. 53. Schul-

tens ad Job. p. 72. The primary idea
lies in becoming pendulous, languid. flac-
cid, which is transferred to slackening
mad desisting from labour. It belongs
to the family of roots quoted under 555,
which all express the idea of being pen-

dulous, flaccid, flabby.—Construed: a) |

With infin. and >, Gen. 11, 8 555m"
ἜΣΤΙ ΓΖ and they y left off to build the
city. 41, 49. 1 Sam. 12, 23. Prov. 19, 27;
poet. also with inf, In 1,16 390 an
cease to do evil ; or with a verbal noun,
Job 8,17 125 bon they cease from tumult.
b) Absol. to cease from labour; 1 Sam.

2,5 adam oases the hungry do not labour.
a to rest, Job 14, 6. Judge. 5,6 the
highways rested, were not travelled.
c) Absol. i. q. to cease to be, to be at an

end, Ex. 9, 34 the rain and the hail -

ceased. v. 29. 33. Is. 24,8. Also to fail,
to be wanting, Deut. 15,11 the poor shall
never fail. Job 14, 7.

2. to cease from any person or thing:
a) With 12 of pers. to desist from any
one, to forbear from, to let alone, Ex. 14,
12. Job 7, 16 "2:42 54M let me alone. per-
secute ine no more. 2 Chr. 35, 21 for
bear from God, strive against him no
longer. Without 72, absol. Judg. 15, 7.
Job 10,20. δ) to cease from, to leave,
sc. a person or thing formerly loved. un-
dertaken. pursued, i. a: to desert, to give
up, Job 19,14; with 72 1Sam. 9,5. Judg.
9,954. Is. 2. 22 ΞἼΝΙ 2 b=> 155M cease
ye from man, i. e. leave the vain confi-
dence ye have reposed in man. Absol.
Ps. 49,9. ὁ) With 12 and inf. to cease

᾿
Ἢ

Sin

from, to desist, 1 K. 15,21. Hence to
forbear from doing any thing, i. q. to
beware of, Ex. 23, 5; see in 31> no. 1.
3. to leave undone, fo let. alone, to for-
bear, not to do. 1K. 22,6.15 δὲς... 7220
ΓΙ shall we go... or shull we τοὶ go?
lit. or let it Shania! Kz. 2, 5. Jer. 40, 4.
Job 16, 6. Zech. 11, 12. With infin. and
>, Num. 9, 13. Deut. 23, 23. Ps. 36, 4.
Deriv. the three following:

2737 m. verbal adj.
Frail, Ps. 39, 5.

ee forbearing to do any thing, Ez.
3,27.

3. Intrans. left, destitute, forsaken,
comp. Arab. Js hse id. Is. 63,3 >In
DN ipbiaiien’: of men, comp. Job 19, 14.

1. ceasing to be,

241 m. pr. place of rest, region of the
dead, hades, Is. 38,11. R. >" no. 1. Ὁ.

"25M (resting, r.bIM no. 1.b) Hadlai,
\ pr. ἢ. m. 2 Chr. 28, 12.

εν pln obsol. root, i. q. Arab. dS
to prick, to sting, with which are kindr.

sc\> to be sour, biting, as vinegar,
and go> to be sharp-sighted.—Hence

P24 Mic. 7, 4, and P73 in pause
pim Prov. 15,19, a species of thorn.

Arab. dS melongena spinosa, i. e.
solanum insanum Linn. prickly mad-
apple ; see Abulfadli ap. Cels. in Hierob.
IL. p. 40 sq.

2PM in pause ἘΠῚ, pr. n. Hiddekel,
i.e. the Tigris, Gen. 2 14. Dan. 10,4. In

v a Ie ο
Aramean δ 51, ASvc9, Arab. Keo,
If oe
KL>S; also Zend. Teger, Pehlv. Tege-

ra, stream, whence have arisen hoth the .

Greek name TJigris and the Aram. and
Arab. forms. In Hebrew is prefixed "ΠῚ
aclive, vehement, rapid ; so that >PIN is
pr. the rapid Tigris ; comp. Hor. Carm.
4.14. 46. The Hebrews seem not to
have been aware that the name Jeger,

Ὁ, of itself signifies velocity ; (so in’

the language of Media, Tigris i is an ar-
row, Strabo 11. 527. Plin. Η. Ν. 6. 27,
Pers.
swift;) and hence arose ἃ pleonasm,
such as we have in M238 732 bing Pha-
_ raoh and in Engl. the Alcoran..

297

$ arrow, Sanscr. tigra sharp,

wn
“iT 1. q. Syr. ἫΝ to surround, to
enclose, 6. g. with a wall or rampart ;
and in a hostile sense to beset, to besiege.
This root is of the same family with "37
and "1i-q.v. A secondary form is Arab.

ioe curtain, and o> to hide behind

a curtain; also Eth. SRF to dwell.
Hence Ez. 21, 19 [14] Ὀπὸ mytnn ΞῚπ
the sword BE besiegeth them, which
besets them on every side. Abulwalid
derives the same sense of besetting,
lying in wait, from the idea of dwelling
or lurking ; see Ethiop. and Arab. above.
The ancient versions render, the sword
that terrifieth them, as if i. g. PIIN.—
Hence

ὙΠ m. in pause 77M, constr. TI, c.
suff. in3n ; plur. on, "eos “4n.

1. an apartment, chamber, espec. an
inner one, either of a tent or house, Gen.
43, 30. 1.[ὰ. 16, 9. 12. Hence, ἃ hed-
chamber 2 Sam. 4, 7. 13, 10 Κ female
apartment, harem, Cant. 1, 4. ὃ, 4: a
bride-chamber Judg. 15, 1. Joel 2, 16;
a store-chamber Prov. 24,4; "3Ma 757
a chamber within a chal. i. 6. an
inner chamber, 1 K. 20, 30. 22, 25. 2K.

9, 2. Arab. ye curtain, hanging, by

which the inner apartment is concealed,
the inner chamber, private apartment ;
comp. ΠΡ’ tent-curtain, and Syr. Topo
tent.

2. Metaph. jan" Job 9, 9, the |
chambers of the south, the remotest re-
cesses of the south, comp. jiD¥ "727°.
Also 123 ΠῚ the chambers of the belly,
the inmost breast, Prov. 18, 8. 26, 22.
mya "73m the chambers of death, i.e. the
grave, Sheol, Prov. 7, 27.

JI ἅπαξ λεγόμ, and very obscure,
Hadrach, pr. ἢ. of a country ; Zech. 9, 1
290 ys land of Hadrach, in the parall:
member is Damascus. Perhaps the land
of Hadrach is the region of Damascus
itself.

ὙΠ pr..n. see in TIM.

Ἶ wan in Kal not used, to be new,
Aram. MImid. Arab. ddr to be new,
recent ; IV, to produce something new;
but Conj. III, IV, also to polish a sword.

wan

Perhaps the original idea is to shine, to
glitter ; comp. WIP to be pure, holy. —

Piet to make anew, to renew, 1 Sam.
11, 14. Job 10, 17. Ps. 51, 12. Espec.
buildings, cities, to rebuild, to repair, Is.
61, 4. 2 Chr. 15. 8. 24, 4.

Hirup. to renew oneself. Ps. 103, 5.

Deriv. the three following :

WIM adj. f nvisn, new, e. g. a cart,
threshing-dray, 1 Bam: 6, 7. Is. 41, 15;
a house Deut. 20, 5. 22,8; a wife Deut.
24,5; aking Ex. 1,8; a song Ps. 33, 3.
40,4; a name Is. 62,2. Often also it is
i. q. fresh, of this year, spoken of grain
(opp. 1:33) Lev. 26, 10 ; unheard of Ecc.
1,9.10. So new gods i. e. not before
worshipped Deut. 32,17. MYM a new
thing Is. 43, 19; ple. Is. 42, 9. For
moon "3m 2 Sam. 21, 16, see in "3n
lett.b.

WIN m. (τ. 83m) 1. the new moon,
day of the new moon, the first day of the
lunar month, which wasa festival among
the Hebrews, Num. 29, 6. 1 Sam. 20, 5.
18, 24. Ex. 19, jwehben wha in the
third new moon, i. 6. on the first of the
third month. Hos. 5,7 W3n D>=N9 nny
now shall the new moon consume them,
i.e. in the time of the new moon they
shall be consumed.—Plur. O°O7N new
moons, often coupled with sabbaths and
Bietivals 2 Chr. 2,3. 8,13. Ezra 3, 5.
Is. 1, 13.14. Ez. 45, 17. al.

2. a month, i. e. a lunar month, begin-
ning with the new-moon, Gen. 8, 5. Ex.
13,15. al. om" OIh a month of time,
for the space of a month, (see 5.25.)
Gen. 29, 14. Num. 11, 20. 21.

3. Fiodesh, pr. n. f. 1 Chr. 8, 9.

“WM Hodshi, metronym. of no. 3,
2 Sam. 24, 6.

nan Chald. to be nen, i. My oan .—
Hence

M3 Chald. adj. new, Ezra6.4. Syr.
ἵδρώ.

Nn 565 mim.

* 39M in Kal not used, to be or come
under penalty, reum esse v. fieri, like

Syr. Siu, Arab. ols of debt (Ez. 18,
7) and of guilt.

Piet 25 ΠΠ to bring under penalty, to
cause to forfeit, Dan. 1, 10.—Hence

298

on

3M m. debt, Ez. 18, 7.

M31 (hidden, hiding-place, τ. 2m)
Hobah, pr. n. of a place to the northward
of Damascus, once Gen. 14, 15; comp.
Χωβὰ Judith 4, 4. 15, 4. Eusebius in
QOnomast. confounds this place with Co-
caba, the seat of the Ebionites ; see the
author’s note to Burckhardt’s Travels in
Syria, etc. II. p. 1064. Germ.

* 1M to describe a circle, to mark out
with a compass, Job 26, 10. Syr. ww
to move in a circle, ἵδικω circle. Kindr.

roots are 527 and Δ,
Deriv. 73572 and

AT m. circle, sphere, e. g. the arch or
vault of the heavens, Prov. 8, 27. Job
22. 14; the circuit of the earth, orbis
terrarum. Is..40, 22.

*9 1. pr. ig. Arab. SLA mid. Ye,
to turn aside ; II, to tie knots ; whence
may be derived Heb. 17°M an enigma,
riddle, parable.—Hence

2. Joined with "'1"M, to propose a rid-
dle Judg. 14, 12 sq. to propose a parable
Ez. 17, 2. Comp. y2> and ΠΧ, also
Gr. din Missi αἰνίγματα ZEsch. 'Prometh.
Vinct. 610.

Deriv. 9H, OPN, TN.

ἘΠῚ in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to
breathe, comp. Piel. For this power in
the syllable 37, 38, 1%, see under =A,
TaN, bs 23. Hence

'2. to live, i. ᾳ. 5°, comp. subst. Fn.

Pret “3m pr. to breathe out; hence
to declare, to show, a poetic word for the
prose 1°35. Chald. and Syr, "35, aha
Arab. transp. ; like max, Arab.

9 .—Job 32, 10.17; with dat. of pers.
Ps. 19, 3; also accus. Job 32, 6; 6. suff.
15, .17.. 36, 2.
Deriv. S38.

mum} Chald. in Kal not used.

Pa. NM i. q. Hebr. 55M, to declare, to
show, Dan. 2, 11; with > of pers. Dan.
2, 24; c. suff. 5, 7.

‘Ava. inf. m=, fut. mm, id. with
> Dan. 2, 16. 2A, “7; accus. 2, 8.9

Deriv. On.

ΓΗ fig. msn.
comp. Γῆ ἀπ 735,

ain)

1. life,i.q.7°". Hence pr. ἢ. of the
first woman, Havvah, Eve, as the mo-
ther of all the living, "7-52 =&, Gen. 3,
20. 4,1. Sept. Εὔα, (comp. 7 Εὐαῖος,)
Vulg. Heva.

2. i. gq. M35 no. 2, a village, nomadic
encampment, (pr. place where one lives,
dwells; so Germ. leben in pr. names,
E7%sleben, Aschersleben, etc.) Num. 32,
41. Hence δὴ min Havvoth-Jair,
towns or villages of Jair, i. e. Bashan or
a part of it, so called from Jair, a descend-
ant of Manasseh, Num. |. c. Deut. 3, 14.
Josh. 13, 30. 1 K. 4,13. In Judg. 10, 4
this name is given to thirty towns in
Gilead pertaining to Jair, one of the
judges; comp. 1 K. ]. ¢.

*T47 obsol. root, prob. i. q. ΤῊΣ fo flee

to; »andm being interchanged. Hence
rim.

"TIM (seer, τ. IN) Hozai, pr. ἢ. m.
1 Chr. 33, 19.

Ti m. contr. for M24. from r. M30 ;
see other like forms in 01D. Others de-
rive it from a root ™1N of the like signif.

1. i. gq. MM, a hook, ring, or the like,
which was put through the nostrils of
large fishes in order to let them down
again alive into the water, Job 40, 26
[41,2].—A similar instrument was used
in binding captives, 2 Chr. 33,11; comp.
Am. 4, 2.

2. a thorn, thorn-bush, Job 31, 40.
Prov. 26, 9. 2 K. 14, 9. Plur. oonin
Cant. 2,2, and with Vav movable ΤΠ" ΤΊ
1 Sam. 13, 6, thorn-bushes, thickets.—
In the kindred languages are found

δὸς
ἐστ᾽ [wow the sloe, sloe-thorn.

* DAT Chald. to sew, to sew loci
Ld
Syr. Qu, Arab. bls mid. Ye, id.
Apu. to mend, to repair, e. g. a wall,
Ezra 4,12. Comp. x571.—Hence

DO τὰ. a thread, Judg. 16, 12. Ecc.
4,12. Cant. 4, 3. Collect. thread, Josh.
2, 18. Proverbially, Gen. 14, 23 vim
ἜΝ πἰ 335 from a thread to a shoe-
latchet, i i. e.neither a thread nora sandal-
thong, not even the least thing. Corre-
sponding is the Lat. neque hilum Lucr.
8.784. Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 4. 22, for
*neque filum,’ whence nihil. The Arabs

299

pala

have a similar proverb ; see Hamasa ed.
Freytag. p. 245. ed. Schult. p. 404.

"7 (perh. villager, from 74n i.g. man
no. 2,) gentjje n. Hivite, often ‘collect. the
Hivite, Hivites, Sept. Ltutog, a Canaani-
tish people dwelling at the foot of Her-
mon and Lebanon, Josh. 11, 3. Judg. 3,
3; but living also at Shechem and Gi-
beon, Gen. 34, 2. 2 Sam. 24, 7. 1K. 9
20. Josh. 11, 19.

mon Havilah, pr.n. 1. A region of
Arabia, inhabited by descendants of Jok-
tan Gen. 10,29; eastward of the Ishmael-
ites and Amalekites, Gen. 25,18. 1 Sam.

15,7. Probably the Χαυλοταῖοι of Stra- .

bo are to be understood (XVI. p. 728
Casaub.) dwelling on the Persian Gulf, -
on the coast of which Niebuhr mentions
a town and district hog HawHat;
Beschr. v. Arab. p. 342.

2. A region of the Cushites, Gen. 10,7.
1 Chr. 1, 9, which is to be sought in
Ethiopia. Most prob. the Avalile, dwell-
ing on the Sinus Avalites, now Zeilah,
to the southward of the Straits of Bab
el-Mandeb, Pliny 6. 28. Ptolem. 4.7. So
also Saadias apparently, who three times
in Genesis for ΓΤ puts Ἄλον ig Shey
Zeilah.

3. The first Havilah (no. 1) enables
us probably to ascertain the land of Havi-
lah, τ τι YX Gen. 2, 11, abounding
in gold, pearls (comm. bdellinm), and
gems, and flowed around by the river
Pishon (Indus?) ; since the Havilah of
Gen. 10, 29, is also enumerated among
gold countries, and, as being on the Per-
sian Gulf} was adjacent to India. In-
deed we are here probably to understand
India, in accordance with the ancient
usage, in so far as it also embraced
Arabia. See Assemani Bibl. Orient. T.
III. P. Il. p. 568 sq.—Those who regard
the Pishon as the Phasis, make Havilah
to be Colchis; so Reland Diss. I. p. 17.
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 202. But
the name of the Colchians is Ὁ ΓΙΞΌΞ.

«am, and 5 “TI. fut. Sams and ΓΗ,
apoc. briss Ps. 97, 4, brs} 1 Sam. 31, 3
thm Jer. 51, 29; Imp. “aban Mic. 4, 10,
and ἢ ΤΊ Ps, 96, 9; pr. to turn eine
to twist, to whirl ; and intrans. to be turn-
ed around, to be twisted, to whirl or be

Dan
whirled. Arab. As mid. ἐμῶν: to be

turned, converted, changed, ds round

about, Jo a year, ἐν et of turns,
wily. Kindred are >4x, Gr. sidéw, εἰλύω,
ἴλλω; and with Vav as it were strength-
ened into Beth, >am.—Hence

1. to dance in a circle, to whirl in the
dance, Judg. 21,21. Comp. Pil. no. a
and subst. Dim.

2. to be whirled, to be hurled upon any
person or thing, pr. of a sword Hos. 11,
6; of a whirlwind, c. >» Jer. 23, 19.
30,23. Trop. 2 Sam, 3, 29 ὥδ by sn
“Δὲ ain let it (the murder of Abner) be
hurled wpon the head of Joab. Lam. 4,
- 6 85πὸ Fa 45m ND and no (human) hands
were hurled upon her, i. e. laid upon her
with violence.—Often in the Targums,
see Buxt. Lex. Chald. p. 719. Arab.

hss to swing oneself upon a horse, to
mount a horse; IV to rush upon one
‘witha scourge, with As and W.

3. to twist oneself with pain, to writhe,
to be in pain, comp. 537; espec. of a
woman in travail, Is. 13, 8. 23, 4. 26, 18.
66, 7. 8. Mic. 4,10. Hence to bear, to
bring forth, Is. 45,10. Metaph. c. 5,
to be in pain for any thing, Mic. 1, 12.—
Hence

4. to tremble, to quake, in allusion to
the trembling or shuddering of a woman
in travail, Ps. 55, 5. 77,17. 97,4. With
72. of pers. before whom one trembles,
1 Sam. 31, 3, 1 Chr. 10,3; 35 Deut.
2, 25. Joel 2,6; "2550 Ps. 114, 7.

5. to be strong, firm, stable, just as
also other verbs of binding and twisting
are transferred to strength, see D213, Pin,
"wp. Arab. dln mid. Waw, id. Rees
Pa. 59m to make strong. Eth. ΡΛ
to be strong, able. Hence >*n strength:
—Ps. 10,5 137 559M" his ways are frm
stable, i.e. all his affairs prosper. Job 20,
21 ini dS" Nd his good shall not ἐὲ
stable, his prosperity shall not last.—
Hence

6. to stay, to delay, and so to wait, i.q.
brs, Gen. 8, 10. Judg. 3, 25.

ike. causat. of Kal no. 4, Ps. 29, 8.

Hopn. fut. 537, pass. of Kal no. 3, to
be born, Is. 66, 8.

.

300

ὍΤΙ

Pit. >5>5m 1. i. α: Kal no. 1, to dance |

in a circle, Judg. 21, 23.

2. iG: Kal no. 3 to bear, to bring
forth, Job 39, 1; things to create, to
form, Deut. 32, 18. Ps. 90, 2. Causat.
Ps. 29, 9.

3. i. q. Kal no. 4, to tremble, Job 26, δ᾽

4, 1. ᾳ. Kal no. 6, to wait, for, ο. 2 Job
35, 14.

Put. ddim to be born, Job 15, 7. Prov.
8, 24. 25. Ps. 51, 7.

Hirup. Sbinnn 1. to. whirl or hurl
oneself, i. 6. to rush. with violence, i. q.
Kal no. 2, Jer. 23, 19.

2. lo writhe with pain, Job 15, 20.

3. to wait for, c. >, i. q. Kal no. 6

and Pil. no. 4. Ps. 37, 7.

Hirupace. >m2nnn to be pained,
grieved, Esth. 4, 4,

Deriv. 53M, bn, birt, ΘΠ dm, ΤΣ
Dn, den, yh, nbnbn, bine, ndina.

ban (circle) Hul, pr. ἢ. of an Arame- .

an region, Gen. 10, 23. Rosenmiiller

compares the district Hileh, Arab. υδ) ] 4

rape a Ard el-Hileh, near the jeri
ofthe Jordan. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 252,
309.—R. dan.

>iM m. (r. 8m) sand, Syr. Le, from
its rolling and sliding motion, Ex. 2, 12.
Deut. 33, 19. Jer. 5, 22.
the sea, 2271591, poet. ΘΒ 34M, is very
often put as the image of abundance,
Gen. 32, 13. 41, 49; also of weight Job
6,8. Prov. 27,3.—In Job 29, 18 the Rab-
bins uuiderstand by =n the bird pheniz,
from a conjecture resting on the other
member of the parallelism, where there

The sand of —

is mention of a nest; and the Codd.

Babyl. for the sake of distinction even —

read d3m. But sand is the frequent
emblem of numerous days; nor is there
any reason to depart from the common
signification. :

* DAM obsol. root, pr. to be burned,
scorched, and hence to be black. . Comp.

kindr. t2m, Arab. pes to be black.— |

Hence
Dw adj. black, Gen. 30, 32 sq.

Main £ (τ. mn q. v.) @ wall, Ex.\14,
22.29. Deut. 3, 5. 28, 52. Often for the

wall of a city, Is. 22, 10. 36, 11:12. Neh,

3, 8. 33. al. rarely: of other buildings

'

4

t

eh ha

_ Lam. 2,7. Metaph. of a maiden chaste
and difficult of access, Cant. 8, 9. 10.

Piour. Mian walls of a city, Is. 26, 1.

Ps. 51, 20; with a verb plur. Jer. 50, 15.
So too Jer. 1, 18 lo, I have made thee this

day a defenced city...and brazen walls ;
although i in the same phrase in 15, 20,
it is in the singular.

Dua ΓΙ, formed from the Plural,
two walls; hence ὉΠ ὩΓΙΓΙ 773 between

the two walls, 2K. 25,4. Jer.39,4. These

were near the king’s gardens below Si-

_ loam, [and may refer to the wall on the
east of Zion and the eastern wall of the

461].

city; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 400,
In Is. 22, 11 the same expression
seems to refer to the western part of
Jerusalem, and may perhaps denote the
first and second walls described by
Josephus, B. J. 5. 4. 2. Biblioth. Sacr.
1843, p. 199.—R.

* OAM fut. pins, om, 1 pers. ΓΙ
Jer. 13, 14. Ez. 24, 14. Jon. 4, 11.

1. to pity, to have compassion on, c.
>> Ps. 72, 13; also to be grieved for any

_ thing, Jon: 4, 10 PD PINs mon ΠΝ
thou wast grieved for the ricinus which

perished; comp. Gen. 45, 20.—Hence
2. to spare, to treat with pity, c. >>,

Neh. 13, 22. Jer. 13, 14. Ez. 24, 14. Joel

2,17. Aram. we 6. \S id.

Norse. In connection with this root,
it is to be observed that the ideas both
of pity and of sparing are attributed

more frequently to the eye than to the
person himself; as elsewhere weakness

and strength to the hands, comp. 75",
pin; longing or pining also to the eye,
see MDD. Hence we may gather, that
the primary idea of the verb is that of a
gentleand benigncountenance; like Engl.
to overlook, Germ. nachsehen, Nach-
sicht. So Deut. 7, 16 42°2 pinn-N>
ἘΠ 55 spare them not, pr. let not thine
eye have pity on them, i. e. behold them
not with a feeling of pity. 13, 9. 19, 13.
21. 25, 12. Is. 13, 18. Ez. 5,11. 7, 4. 9.
Gen. 45, 20 pa"b3 by chn-bx D22"> be
not grieved for your stuff left. behind,
pr. let not your eye grieve. Once alin:
1 Sam. 24, 11 4752 omm but (mine eye)
spared thee. In like manner the Arabs
attribute pity to the eye; Vit. Timur. T.

Lp. 542.1. 14.

96

301

yin

sin or oi m. (r. 529 II) a coast, shore,
as washed by the sea, yer 49,13. Deut.

1,7. Josh. 9, 1.—Arab. ziL<, zee
margin, sea-coast. Of the same origin

ere ὶ
are also (hols and ja” sea-coast.

DEW (perh. coast-man, from 44m)
Hupham, pr. n. of a son of Benjamin
Num. 26, 39; for which Gen. 46, 21
p"en.— Patronym. "255m Huphamite,
Num. I. ὁ.

VIM obsoi. root. Syr. Pa. εν to
gird ; comp. bl, Juss, to surround.—
Hence 775 wall; also

70 m. pr. wall, side of a building;
then spec. the outside of a house; whence
the antithesis 7325 7737 on the inside
and on the outside, pr. on the house-side
and on the wall-side or outside, Gen. 6,
14, Ex. 25,11. Hence

1. Subst. whatever is out of doors or
abroad, i.e. a) Out of a house, the
street, Jer. 37, 21 BDH yan the bakers’
street, in Jerusalem. Is. 51, 23. Prov. 7,
12. Plur. ΤΊ ΗΓ streets Is. 5,25. 10,6. 15,
3. Jer.7,17.al 1K. 20, 34 and thou shalt
make mixin streets for thee in Damascus,
as my father made in Samaria, i. e. build
whole streets of houses. Others, mar-
kets. b) Out ofa city, the country, the

fields, pastures, the desert, Aram. "3,

Job 5,10. 18,17. Hence in opp. γα
mixin the (tilled) land and the deserts,
Prov. 8, 26; comp. Mark 1, 45.

2. Adv. out of doors, without, abroad,
Deut 23, 14; e. g. yan-n το ο born
abroad, out of the house, Lev. 18, 9.
Also forth, forth abroad; Deut. 23, 13.
Also with © loc. m£5M abroad, without,
1 K. 6,6; forth abroad Ex. 12, 46; c.
art. y3nn forth abroad Judg. 19,25. Neh.
13, 8, pr. into the street; and so ΓΚ
Gen. 15, 5.—With prepositions: a)
ΥΓΙΞ without, abroad, i. 6. out-of a tent
Gen. 9, 22; a house Ex. 21, 19; ἃ city
Gen. 24, 31. Ὁ) y:m> poet. id. Ps. 41,
7, and myim> 2 Chr. 32,5. 6) y3m2
from without, on the outside, opp. 139
Gen. 6,14. yamma id. Ez. 41,25. d) ©
> yin without, implying rest, 6. σ. yim
a3 without the city Gen. 19, 16% 24, 11.
δ] gina Ez. 40, 40. 44. 6) Ὁ pananby

pin
without, out of, after a verb of motion,
Num. 5, 3. 4 mama> yima7>x without the
camp Deut. 23,11. Lev. 4,12." f) Me-
taph. 12 73" except, besides, i. q. more
than, Ecc. 2,25. So Chald. 7a 3, Syr.
Samar. and Zab. <x os.
Hence jix7h.
sk

PT a root not in use, i. q. cS
to surround, to embrace. It seems to
have come from P=, the 3 being soft-
ened.—Hence ΡΠ and

PIN or PM, i. 4. pr, the bosom, Ps.
74, 11 Cheth.

PP'N wee FPN.

ν min fut. “113 1. to become white ;
and hence of the face, to become pale
for shame Is. 29, 22; comp. Zeph. 2, 1,

[2 ᾿ Ἀ
Aram. ja#, Ἔτι, id. Arab. Waw quies-

cent yl to be fulled white, as a gar-
ment.—Hence ΓΙ, “in I, and ἜΗΙ, "7h.

2. Trop. to be splendid, noble, i. q. "241
no. 2.—Hence pr. ἢ. O71N, HIN.

*"ATT obsol. root, prob. to hollow out,
to bore, or the like. as appears from the
derivatives “in, 72m II, a hole, cavern,
and the pr. names ὙΠ, 72.5. Comp.
some of the derivatives of r. jy >: as

σὺ.
°

hye

river, bay of the sea.

, Sor
foramen ani, mouth of a
Kindred are the

roots “9 and γι; whence M7532,
S_ -=- 9 -
Ro, yt cavern.

1. ὙΠ and WI m. (τ. 517) fine white
linen, Sept. βύσσος, Esth. 1, 6. 8, 15.

II. "AN m. (τ. Ἔτι) 1. 1. g. “in Ila
hole, as of a serpent Is. 11, 8; also of a
narrow and filthy subterranean prison,
‘Is. 42,22. Comp. the black hole of Cal-
cutta.

2. Hur, pr.n. a) A king of Midian,
Num. 31, 8. Josh. 13,21. Ὁ) The hus-
band of Miriam, Moses’ sister, Ex. 17,

10. 24,14. c) 1 Chr. 2, 19.50. 4,1.4;
comp. 2, 20. Ex. 31,2. d) Neh. 3, 9.
e) 1K.4,8.

1.50 m. (τ. 7911) ig. SHI, white lin-
en, only plur. "2h poet. for DN, white
‘inens, cloths of linen or byssus, Is. 19, 9.

302

on
Kindred ie Arab. nye white silk; Eth

~¢hAC cotton, according to Ludolf in

Lex. Aith. p. 36.

11. ὙΠ τὰ. (τ. 4m) 1. α hole, 2 Καὶ.
12, 10; spoken of a window Cant. 5, 4;
of the socket of the eye Zech. 14, 12.

2. a cave, cavern Job 30,6, 1 Sam. 14,
11; of the dens of wild beasts Nah. 2,13, —

ΠῚ. in, plur. 2°" nobles, see "πὶ.
“3 Chald. m. white, Dan.7,9. R.771.
27M see ah.

ὙΠ (perh. worker in linen, fr. ἌΤΙ,
like Arab. SP Hariri,) pr. ἢ. τὰν.

Huri, 1 Chr. 5, 14.
“UM (id. Chald.) Hurai, 1 Chr. 11,
32; see "377.
“NM see “Ih.

DIF (noble, high-born, r. “17 no. 2)
Huram, pr. 0.

a) A king of Tyre, contemporary
with David and Solomon, 1 Chr. 14, 1.
2 Chr. 2, 2, and so always in the Chroni-
cles. But in the books of Samuel and
Kings this name is written 59° Hiram, ὦ
2 Sam. 5, 11. 1 K. 5, 1-18. 9, 11. 12;
by Greek writers Ligemos, Jos. 6. Apion.
1. 17, 18.

b) A Tyrian artificer sent by Hiram
to Solomon, 2 Chr. 4, 11; elsewhere
pinn Hirom 1 Κι. 7, 40, em Hiram
2 Chr. 1. ς. Cheth, Also "38 BUN
2 Chr. 2,12, ay DM 4, 16; where
however "38 and 1738 do not belong to
the name, but are appellatives; Huram
my (his) father, i. e. counsellor, master-
workman.

c) A Benjamite 1 Chr. 8, 5.

7711) Hauran, pr.n.ofa region beyond ~
Jordan, eastward of Gaulanitis (i245),
and west of Trachonitis or el-Lejah, ex-
tending from the Jabbok to the territory
of Damascus, Ez. 47, 16.18. Gr. Adgwi-

‘ SG ,o- ‘

τις, Roortts, Arab. ωἱ oo Haurén, so
called prob. from the multitude of caves
sim) found there, which even at the
present day serve as dwellings for the
inhabitants. See a full description of —
this region in Burckhardt’s Travels in
Syria, etc. p. 51 sq. 211 sq. 285, 291 sq

"a

win

EUAN 1. to haste, to make haste.
Arab. Ula mid. Ye, to flee hastily.
This root is onomatopoetic, imitating
the sound of rapid and hasty motion,
like Germ. huschen, transit. haschen, also
hasten, Hast, hetzen, Engl. to haste, to

Ge
chase. Kindr. are Arab. 5 i. ᾳ. Germ.
hissen, hetzen, to rouse up, to urge on, to

chase, 1 ae id. ayy to rouse, to chase,

intrans. to be swift, to fear, Heb.
mom to flee, to take a a WAY, ΤῊΣ,
dle, q.v.—Constr. a) Absol. 1 Sam.
20, 38; also i. q. to come hastily, to ap-
proach speedily, Deut. 32,35. b) With
infin. aud >, to make haste to do any
thing, Ps. 119,60. Hab. 1,8. Also with
dat. of a noun, Ps. 22, 20 man ons
make haste for my help, i. e. to help me.
38, 23. 40, 14. 70, 2. 71, 12; and in the
same sense dat. of pers. Ps. 70, 6 D°77>x
“Ὁ nuism O God, make haste for me, help
me quickly. 141, 1. Part. pass. with
active power, plur. O°", hasting, hasty,
quick, Num. 32, 17.

2. Trop. a) Of vehement emotion,
internal haste or ardour. Job 20, 2 "1232
“a "2am because of my hasting within
me, i. e. the fervid impulse by which I
am driven. Ὁ) Of the passions, appe-
tites, lusts. Ecc. 2,25 tam 9705 bax 40
who doth banquet or who is hasty i. e.
eager therein? i. q. who doth gratify his
appetite, or enjoy the pleasures of life ?
In the Mishna it is not unfrequently used
of the feelings of pleasure and of pain.

Syr. ow and Lau to feel, to perceive,
tas emotion of mind, passion, [aoc

lust, Arab. ues to feel, whence oe

and kindr. meg Ethiop. hhPi feel-
ing, sense.
Hipu.
19. 60, 22.
2. i. q. Kal intrans. to haste, to make
haste, Ps. 55,9. Judg. 20, 37. Job 31, 5
wri for Smmi; see in r. UD.
3. Pr. to make haste to flee, i. 6. to flee
hastily, Is. 28, 16.
Deriv. 8° and the four following pr.
names.

MM (haste) Hushah, pr. n. 1 Chr.

1. to hasten, to urge on, Is. 5,

303

rir

4,4; see maw. Patron. “man Husha-

thite. 2 Sam. 21,18. 1 Chr. 11, 29. 20, 4.

“WM (hasting) pr.n. Hushai, David’s
friend and ally in the war against Absa-
lom, 2 Sam. 15, 32 sq. 16, 16 sq.

DAN (the hasting) Hushim, pr.n.m.
a) A son of Dan, Gen. 46. 23; see DMD.
b) 1 Chr. 7, 12. c) 1 Chr. 8, 8. 11.

DWN (haste) Husham. pr. n. of a king
of Edom, 1 Chr. 1, 45. Written defect.
Ὁ πὶ Gen. 36, 34. 35.

DAN a spurious root. For jn" Hab. —
2, 17, see τ. [MM Hiph. no. 2.

DMM m. (r.omm) 1. ἃ seal, signet-
ring, Ex. 28, 11. 21. Job 38, 14. 41, 7.
Jer. 22, 24. al. The Hebrews, like the
Persians of the present day, sometimes —
wore their signet-ring suspended upon
the breast by a string, Gen. 38, 18; to
which allusion is made in Cant. 8, 6.

Arab. wl and wil.

2. Hotham, pr. n. m.
b) 11, 44.

O8TT and SAIN 2 Chr. 22, 6 (whom
God beholds i. 8. cares for, r. 717) pr.n.
Hazael. king of Syria, 1 K. 19, 15. 17.
2K.8,9.12. ‘nm m3 house of Hazael,i. 6.
Damascus, Am. 1,4. Lat. Azelus Jus-
tin. 36. 2. ΣΡ

᾿ ΓΙ fut. MIM, apoc. 1m Mic. 4, 11,
in Pause TIN Job 23, 9; to see, to ΑΚ
Engl. to gaze, the eeuion venti in Aric

mean (|}s, xia, S434) for Heb.
ΓΝ Ἢ ; in Heb. mostly poetic, like Engl.
to behold, Germ. schauen, Ps. 46, 9. 58,
9. al—Spec.

1. to see God, sometimes of the actual
vision of the divine presence, Ex. 24, 11.
Job 19, 26, comp. 38, 1; elsewhere spo-
ken of those who worship in the temple
Ps. 63, 3. So to behold the face of God
is metaph. i. q. to enjoy his favour, to
find him propitious, the figure being
drawn from the practice of kings, who
admit to their presence only those whom
they favour, Ps. 11, 7. 17, 15.

2. Spoken espec. and as the usual
word for what is presented by a divine
influence to the prophet’s mind, either
in visions properly so called, or in reve-

a) 1 Chr.7, 32.

niin

lations, oracles: Hab. 1, 1 "Oy ΝΠ
‘nm Hm the oracle which Habakkuk saw,
i.e. which was divinely presented to his
mental vision, revealed to him. Is. 1, 1.
\2,1: 13, 1. Num. 24, 4, Am. 1, 1. Ez. 13,
6 NO 31m ἐλευ behold Lies, false revéla-
tions. Zech. 10,2. With >, to announce
or declare visions or revelations to any
one, Lam. 2,14 8) 2 51m FINI thy
prophets announce unto thee lies, false
revelations. Is. 30, 10.

3. to look upon, to gaze upon, to con-
template, c. 3 Is. 47, 13; espec. with
pleasure, to delight in Denolatig: to feast
the eyes upon, Ps. 27, 4. Cant.'7,1. Job
36, 25. Mic. 4,11. With an ace. to look
upon with favour, to care for; Ps. 17, 2
let thine eyes look upon the right, i. e.
regard justice. Also to look out for one-
self, to choose, to select, Ex. 18, 21. Is. 57,
8; comp. i> AX Gen. 22, 8.

4. Trop. to see, i. 6. to perceive, to expe-
rience, to feel, mentally ; comp. M87 no.
3. Job 15, 17. 24, 1. 27, 12. 34, 32. By
a bold metaphor ascribed to the roots
of a plant, which feel the stones, i. e.
meet with, strike upon the stones; Job
8, 17 it (thy root) seeth the stony place.

Deriv. AIN— man, FM, AMS. MI,
and the pr. names bein, bxoIn, Sarr,
ym.

tt and smn Chald. to see, c. acc.
Dan: 5; 5. 23.3, 19 min ws by ΓΙΣΞ ΘΠ
one seven times more than (ever was)
seen. Inf. atm Ezra 4,14. Also ab-
sol. to behold, to look on, Dan. 2, 34. 7,
4.9. 21.

MT τη. (r. ΓΤ) the breast of animals,
pr. the part seen, front. Ex. 29, 26. 27.
Lev. 7, 30,31. Plur. nitm Lev. 9, 20. 21.
—Chald. in plur. 999M q. v.

OM τὴ. (τ. ΠῚΤῚ) 1. @ seer, prophet,
a word mostly of the silver age of He-
brew, signifying i. q. 8°22, 1 Chr. 21, 9.
20,9. 29,.29,

2. Segolate (like m4 Is. 28,7) and
abstr. i. q. MAM no. 3, g. v. pr. ὦ vision ;
then a league, covenant, agreement, Is.
28,15. See Comment on Is. I. c.

03 (perh. for mtn vision) Hazo, pr.
n. of a son of Nahor, Gen. 22, 22.

ὙΠ Chald. m. emphat. sam, plur.

304

ἽΠ
constr. "IM, a vision, Dan. 2, 28. 4, 2.7
7,7. 13.20. Syr. tops.

yin τῇ. (τ. 43m)~_ 1. ὦ vision, spoken
of ἃ ‘night-vision or dream, Is. 29, 7.

| Spec. a vision from God respecting fu-

ture events, prophetic vision, Lam. 2, 9.
Mic. 3, 6. Ps. 89, 20. Dan. 1, 17—Hence
2. an oracle, prophecy, Hos. 12, 11.
Hab. 2, 2. 3. Obad. 1. Nah. 1,1. Col-
lect. Is. 1, 1, where it is for jim "BO.
3, a revelation, divine communication,
1 Sam. 3, 1. Prov. 29, 18.

Mit £ a vision, revelation, 2 Chr. 9
29. R.om.

DiI Chald. sight, view, prospect,
Dan. 4, 8. 17. |

HA f£ Kamets impure, r. AIM.

1. look, appearance, espec. something
conspicuous, remarkable, comp. M8772.
Dan. 8, 5 ΤΙ jp a horn of appear-
ance, i.e. conspicuous, large. v.8 0372201.
sax maim and there came up four con-
spicuous horns; for so the sense seems
to demand, on account of v. 5.

2. a vision, i. e. prophetic, Is. 21, 2.

3. a revelation, revealed law, Is. 29,
11; and hence, league, covenant, these
two ideas being kindred in the mind of
the Hebrew, whose whole religion was
a covenant with God, Is. 28, 18, comp.
nin v. 15.—Hitzig derives the signif. of
covenant from the fact that in making a
covenant the prophets were consulted ;
comp. 2072 libation and covenant.

* TIT obsol. root, Arab. <& to pierce
through, to transfix, e. g. with an arrow;

= to cut in, to perforate, to wound.
Kindred is y2m.—Hence Tir.

P8413 (vision of God) Haziel, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 23,9. R. mm.

ΓΟΤΙ (whom Jehovah beholds) Ha-
zaiah, pr.n.m. Neh. 11,5. R. 51m,

THT (vision) Hezion, pr. n. m. 1K.
15,18. R. myn.

JVI τη. (τ. 417) constr. 714, plur.
miosis.

1. a vision, Job 4, 13. 7, 14. 20, 8.

2. a revelation, 2 Sam.7,17. ins "5
Is. 22, 5 (comp. v. 1) valley of vision, or
collect. of visions, i. e. Jerusalem, as the

“TT

seat and home of the divine revelations,
comp. Is. 2, 3. Luke 13, 33; perhaps also
_ in allusion to 77x (whence Sept. Ζιών),
or to 729%, which latter 1s explained as
signifying ‘vision of Jehovah,’ Gen. 22,2.
2 Chr. 3,1. The city is sitpated on the
side of a valley.

MT or TI τὴ. (τ. 111} pr. arrow;
hence lighining, Zech. 10,1; more fully
ΤΡ mm thunder-flash Job 28, 26. 38, 25.

VT m. a ee Lev. 11, 7. Syr.
jap, Arab. rye id. with Nun in-

serted; whence is perh. derived the verb
5) es to have small eyes or swines’ eyes.

See r. “11.

"TTI (swine) Hezir, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr.
24, 14. Neh. 10, 21 [20].

* PPI fut. pr 1. to bind fast, to
gird tight, e. g. bands, ligatures. Arab.
Ἔα and = id. Syr. to gird. Of
the same family are Heb. 72m, Gr.
ἴσχω, ἰσχύω, ἰσχύς, both in the sense of
adhering and of being strong.—Intrans.
to be bound fast, made tight, Is. 28, 22.
Hence

2. Intrans. to hold fast to any thing,
to cleave, to adhere firmly. 2 Sam. 18,9
H2X2 WAX pr) and his head canght
fast in the terebinth. Trop. H7imz ΤΊ to
hold fast to the law, to be zealous in it,
2 Chr. 31,4. With > ο. infin. to persist
“ἴῃ any thing, to be constant, diligent in it,
Deut. 12, 23. Josh. 23, 6. 1.Chr. 28, 7.

3. to make firm, strong, to divtostheis
Verbs of binding, binding together, gird-
ing, are thus transferred also to the idea
of strength, because things are. made
firmer and stronger by girding or bind-
ing together; as also persons with their
loins girded feel stronger and more ac-
tive ; see the roots 27a, an, 54m no.
5, DP; also the similar Arabic usage
in Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 514 sq. and
Schultens Opp. Min. p. 101 sq.—Trans.
iz. 30.21; hence i. q. to help, 2 Chr. 28,
20.—Oftener intrans. to be or become
strong ; spoken of a prosperous people
Josh. 17, 13. Judg. 1,28; of a famine,
which becomes severe. Gen. 41, 56. 57.
2K. 25.3. Jer. 52.6; of a strong and
fixed purpose, will, 2 Sam. 24, 4. 1 Chr.

26*

305

"ar

21,4. With 18 to be stronger than, to
prevail over, 1 Sam. 17, 50; c. 5% id.
2-Chr. 8, 3. 27, 55 acc. 1.K..16, 22.
Trop. a) Of bodily health, to grow
strong, to recover, Is. 39,1. b) Of the
mind, to be strong, firm, undaunted, as
in the formula y2x} PIN (Hom. ἴσχεο)
be strong and of good courage Deut.
31, 23, comp. Dan. 10, 19; also in the
same sense spoken of the hands of any
one, Judg. 7, 11. 2 Sam. 16, 21. Comp.
in OM ult.. c) to be confirmed, establish-
ed, 6. g. a kingdom, dominion, 2 K. 14,5.
2 Chr. 25,3. ἃ) In a bad sense, to be ©
Jirm, hardened, obstinate, of the heart,
Ex. 7, 13. 22; comp. Mal. 3, 13.

4. to be strong upon any one, i. e. to be
urgent, to press upon, c. ὉΣ Ex. 12, 33.
Ez. 3, 14; acc. Jer. 20, 7.

Piet pin 1 Causat. of Kal no. 1, to
bind a girdle around any one, to gird
with two acc. Is. 22,21; with acc. of the.
member girded Nah, 2, 2.

2. to make firm, strong, to strengthen ;
espec. to fortify a city, 2 Chr. 11, 11. 12,
26, 9; to repair ruins, to build anew,
2 K. 12, 8. 9.13.15; ὁ. > 1 Chr. 26, 27;
comp. Neh. 3, 19.—Spec. a) to heal, to
cure, comp. Kal no. 3. a. Ez. 34, 4. 16,
b) to strengthen one’s hand, i.q. to en-
courage him, Judg. 9, 24. Yer. 23,14. Job
4,3. 1Sam. 25, 16; without 7” id. Deut.
1, 38. Is. 41, 7; with, > to or fory any
thing 2 Chr. 35,2. 1979 3M fo strength-
en one’s own hands, i. q. to take courage,
Neh. 2, 18. ὁ) to help, to assist one
2 Chr. 29, 34. Ezra 6 22. 1,6 and all
their pene Blonine Ὁ Ξ 533 env aan
aided them with vessels of silver, etc. i.e.
made them presents. d) Ina bad sense,
with 32>, to harden one’s heart, to make
obstinate, Ex.4,21. "25 prim to harden
one’s face, i.e. to be obstinate, perverse,
Jer. 5,3. Ps. 64, 6 39.733 105 sPIM they
are obstinate in wickedness. ea

Hips. ptm 1. to bind fast to any
thing, i.q. to fasten to or upon; so in
the formula 3177 ΡΤ ΠῚ Jo fasten one’s
hand upon any thing i.e. to lay hold of,
to take, comp. Gr. taza to hold. Gen. 21,
18 3 πο τν Wp MN fasten thine hand
upon him, i.e. take him, hold him.——So
with 3" impl. with 3 of pers. or thing,
to lay hold of, to take, to seize a person
or thing,(comp. Gr. κρατεῖν τινος.) Fe,

pin

4, 4, Deut. 22, 25. 25, 11; also c. >
2 Sam. 15, 5; by Job 18, 9; poet. c. ace.
Is. 41, 9. 13. Jer. 6, 23. 24. 8, 21. 50, 43.
Mic. 4, 9 >°n Ten pangs have seized
thee, and in the like sense Jer. 49, 24
MP ny wyy she hath seized on terror.
So in Lat. ignis comprehendit ligna,
and vice versa domus comprehendit ig-
nem; Engl. the fire seizes the house,
and the house takes fire. Comp. Heb.
tN Job 18, 20. 21,6. Gr. ἔχω, see Pas-
sow ἔχω no. 1. b.— —Spec. a) i. ᾳ. to hold
fast, to retain, Ex. 9, 2. Judg. 19, 4.
b) to take in, to hold, as a vessel, 2 Chr.
4,5. c) to take or get possession of,
Dan. 11, 21.

2. to hold fast to any thing, to cleave
unto, e. g. integrity, innocence, with 3
of thing, Job 2, 3.9. 27,6; with >» of
pers. Neh. 10, 30.

3. to make firm, strong,e.g. a) Of
buildings, to repair, to rebuild, Neh. 5, 16.
Kz. 27,9.27. Nah. 3.14. Ὁ) Of persons,
to strengthen Ez. 30,25. Intrans. to be-
come strong. powerful, (comp. Lat. robur
Sacere, Ital. far forze,) 2 Chr. 26, 8.
Dan. 11, 82. c) to help, to aid, c. 3 tae.
5, 35; comp. ΠΤ helper Dan. 11, 1,
c. acc. v. 6.

Hirupe. 1, to be strengthened, estab-
lished, confirmed, as a new king, 2 Chr.
1, 1. 12, 18. 13, 21. Also to strengthen
oneself, i. e. to collect one’s strength,

ypowers, Gen. 48, 2; to tuke courage,
2 Chr. 15, 8. 23,1. 25, 11.

2. to show oneself strong, courageous,
brave, 2 Sam: 10, 12; "25> against any
one 2 Chr. 13, 7. 8.

3. to show oneself strong for any one,
i. e. to help, to aid, with 3 and DY 2 Sam.
3, 6. 1 Chr. 11, 10. Dan. 10, 21.

Deriv. the eighe following and MPT,
SNPIM.

FI τὰ. verbal adj. 1. firm, ina bad
sense.hardened, e.g. 22° PIN, MLQ"PIN
hardened in heart, forehead, i. e. obsti-
nate, perverse, Ez. 2, 4. 3, 7.9, comp.
v. 8.

2. strong, vigorous, Num. 13, 18. Ps.
35,10. Also powerful Is. 28,2. Amos 2,
14; and in a bad sense, violent, Job 5, 15.
Freq. is the phrase ΠῚ 5 a strong
hand ; spoken of men i. q. an armed
force, Num. 20, 20, coupled with 733 DY.

306

"Ktsyiue, Lat. Ezechias.

τὰ

Ex. 3, 19. 6,1; oftener of God, his mighty
power, espec. exerted for the deliverance
of his people, Ex. 13, 9. 32, 11: Deut. 3,
24. Ps. 136, 12. al.

3. strong, i. e. vehement, violent, e. g.
wind Ex. 10, 19; disease 1 K. 17, 17;
famine 1 K. 18, 2.

PIN adj. strong, powerful, waxing
strong, Kix. 19, 19. 2 Sam. 3,1. R. pin.

PIT] πὶ. ὁ. suff. "prin, strength, in the
sense of help, aid, Ps. 18,2. R. prim.

PIM τη. strength, might, Ex. 13, 3.14
16. Am. 6,13. R. ptn.

MPT pr. infin. fem. of the verb pin,
the being or becoming strong ; as 2 Chr.
12, 1 and 26, 16 ἼΣΡῚΠ9 in his becoming
strong, i.e. when he had strengthened
himself, had become strong. Is. 8, 11
sa-mpina in the being strong of his
hand, i. e. when God’s hand was strong
upon me, when his Spirit impelled me;
comp. the verb in Ez. 3, 14. Jer. 20, 7.
Dan. 11,2 9833 ἼΤΡΊΙΓΙΞ in his being
strong in his wealth, i. e. trusting in his
riches.

OPT f. (τ. prim) 1. strength, force ;
mpina by force, violently, 1 Sam. 2, 16.
Ez. 34, 4; vehemently, greatly, Judg. 4,
3. 8, 1.

2. a strengthening, repairing, of a
building, 2 K..12;13. Comp. the verb
Pi. no. 2.

"PTD (strong) Hizki, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
8, 17.

MPT and WPT (for Hpi Hos.
1, 1. Is. 1, 1, and this for M5P1m9 Jeho-
vah strengthens) pr. n. Hezekiah, Gr.
a) A pious king
of Judah 728-699 B.C. 2K. c. 18-20.
2 Chr. 29, 18 sq. c. 30-32. Is. 6. 36-39.
Prov. 25,1. Ὁ) An ancestor of the pro-
phet Fephanias! supposed by many to
be the same with king Hezekiah, Zeph.
1,1. c) 1 Chr. 3,23. ὦ) Neh. 7, 21.
10, 18. ;

᾿ ἽΠ obsol. root; Chald. "19, Syr.
3}, to return, to go about. Arab. > -

to have small eyes like a swine; but
perhaps this is a denominative.
Deriv. ""I, pr. ἢ. 4, PT.

I τη. (τ. 72m) c. suff. "nn, plur
ὈΠππ Dag. forte impl. Lehrg. § 38. 1

‘mn

The form is-contracted for "20, as nin
for MM, ὈἿΞ for 023, etc.

1. a hook, ring, inserted in the nostrils
of animals, to which a cord was fastened,
in order to drag them about, or subdue
and tame them, 2 K. 19, 28. Is. 37, 29.
ΕΖ. 19, 4. 29, 4. 38,4. Comp. Job 40,
26, and Mn no. 1.

2. a hook or clasp, according to Kim-
chi, for fastening the garments of fe-
males, Ex. 35, 22. Comp. Fr. épingle,
Germ. Spendel, from spinula, see Tacit.
Germ. 17.—Others understand a nose-
ring, elsewhere called B13, see Bochart
Hieroz. I. p. 764.

HI i. g. mm, plur. own Ez. 29, 4
Cheth.

*S8ON fut. NOI, inf. constr. ROM,
Nig, once ἼΩΠ Gen. 20,6; part. RvIN,
also Ron Kee. 8, 12.

1. Pr. to miss, not to hit the mark,
spoken of an archer, slinger, see Hiph.
in Judg. 20, 16; also of the feet, to
miss, to make a false step, to stum-
ble and fall, Prov. 19, 2. The same

primary idea lies in Arab. bs to

miss, opp. Wle to hit the mark; also
in Gr. ἁμαρτάνω, spoken of a weapon
Hom. 1]. 10. 372. ib. 4. 491, of a way Od.
7. 292.—So too as opp. &¥2 to light
upon, to find. Prov. 8,36 ivi ooh "Son
whosoever misseth me (doth not find me)
harmeth his own life, opp. "822 v. 35.
Job 5, 24 thou musterest thy pasture
(flocks), NUMM Nd and missest nought,
nothing is gone, all thy flocks are there.
In this sense corresponds Ethiop. 444
not to find, not to have.

2. to sin, i. e. to err from the path of
right and duty; Syr. Chald. Arab, id.
Job 1, 22. 2,10. al. sepiss. MOM NOM to
sin a sin Lev. 4, 3. 28. 35. 5, 6. 10. 19, 22.
With > of him towards at against whom
one sins, e. g. minn> xon Gen. 20, 6. 9.
1 Sam. 2, 25. 7, 6.al. With 3 of pers.
and thing t in which one sins, Gen. 42, 22.
Lev. 4, 23. Neh. 9, 29; by Lev. 5, 4.
Num. 6, 11. Neh. 13, 26. Pregn. Lev!
5, 16 wipn-ya kon τῶνπ re τ δαὶ he
hath taken sinfully ‘of the holy things,
sc. through ignorance.

3. to sin away any thing, i.e. to forfeit
by sinning, fo incur as penalty, c. acc.

307

NOM

Lev. 5, 7, comp. v. 11. Prov. 20, 2 sain
ἼΦΞ2 he forfeiteth his own life, i. e. ex-
poses it to danger, comp. Hab. 2, 10.
Gen. 43, 9 if I bring him not again,
‘ia SnNum then will I bear the blame
all my life.

Pir, δὲ 1. to bear the blame or ©
loss of any thing, to alone for, c. acc.
Gen. 31, 39.—Hence

2. to offer as a sin-offering, as a sacri-
fice of atonement or expiation; Lev. 6,
19 [26] FIM& NwMaM he who offereth it
Sor sin, as a sin-offering. 9, 15 ἘΓΠ ΓΙ ἢ
and offered it as a sin-offering. Also

3. to make atonement, to expiate, i. e.
to cleanse by a sacred site: to purify, i. α.
"BD, as men Num. 19, 19. Ps. 51,9; a
building, vessels, etc. Lev. 14, 49; c. 53
Ex. 29, 36. Sept. καϑαρίζειν.

Hipx. 8°25 1. Causat. of Kal no.
1, to let miss, “not to make hit the mark ;
ub walingtr Fudg: 20,16. Arab. Conj. IV.

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2. to cause to sin,
to lead into sin, c. acc. Ex. 23, 33. 1 K.
15, 26 byntny ron wig ἸΓΟΣΤΟΤΓΊΖἢ
and in his sin, which he made Israel, to
sin, i. 6. idolatry, as often. 16, 26. 2 K.
3, 3. 10, 29.

3. to cause to be accused of sin, Deut.
24,4. Ecc. 5, 5. Also i. ᾳ. 3°89N, fo
pronounce guilty, to condemn, as before
a tribunal, Is. 29, 21.

Hirup. 1. 1.4. Kal no. 1,¢0 miss one’s
way, to lose oneself, spoken of a person
in astonishment and terror missing his*
way in precipitate flight, Job 41, 17 [25].
Comp. Schultens Opp. min. p. 94.

2. Reflex. of Piel no. 3, to purify one-
self by a sacred rite, Num. 19, 12 sq. 31,
20

Deriv. the five following.

SOM m. c. suff. "NOM; plur. NON,
constr. "son, which tattor 1 is from ROM.

1. asin sfimaall Lev. 19, 17. 22, 9. m7
2 NOM it 18 sin unto any one, he is guilty
of asin, Deut: 15, 9.

2. punishment of sin, ὀμενμείι, Lam.
3, 39.

SOM m. (Kametsimpure) 1. a sin-
mer, not in the sense in which all are sin-'
ners, but as wont to sin, Gen. 13, 13. Is.
1, 28. Ps. 1, 1. 5. al. sep.

2. one held guilty, an offender, 1 K.
1, 21.

NOM

mR ¢. (r. ἈΠ) 1. asin, Gen. 20
9. Ps. 32, 1.
2. a sin-offering, Ps. 40, 7.

ONO ( (Ὁ. kvm) 1. Fem. of Non,
ὦ sinner, Am. 9, 8.

2. i. ᾳ. TREN a) a sin Ex. 34, 7.
b) a sin-offering, Ezra 6,17 Keri. ὁ)
punishment, like mNwm no. 4, Is. 5, 18.

PROM f. once ram Num. 15, 24,
constr. PREM, plur. ninw 2m. R.xon.

1. a miss, misstep, slip. of the foot,
Prov. 13, 6.

2. a sin, Gen. 4, 7. Is. 6, 7. al. sep.
Rarely for the habit of sinning, sinful-
mess, Prov. 14, 34. Is. 3, 9.—Meton. of
that in which one sins, the cause or
occasion of sin, as idols, Hos. 10, 8.
Deut. 9, 21; comp. 2K.13,2. Pron 2
water of sin, i. e. of expiation or "puri-
fication tor i, Num. 8, 7.

3. a sin-offering, Ex. 29, 14. Lev. 4,
. 1-35. 6, 18. 23. al. On the difference
between it and St, see this latter, no.
3. p. 95.

4. punishment for sin, Lam. 4,6. Zech.
14,19. Hence for calamity, misfortune,
Is. 40, 2.

7 =O" 1. to cut wood, to hew, Deut.
29, 10 sq. Josh. 9, 21. 23. 2 Chr. 2, 10.
q ,

Jer. 46,22. Arab. obs wood cut or

hewed, bs to go after wood. Kindr.

is 3£M to hew stones; also S¥p and the
roots there given.

2. Intrans. like Arab. mid. E, pr. to be
cut with a whip, rod, etc. Hence to be
marked with stripes, to be striped, varie-

gated; comp. "37 no. 38. Arab. obs

to be variegated, versicoloured; Syr.
ἵδιϑΐλωζο an embroidered garment, pr.
striped.—Hence Part. pass. plur. ΓΊΞΌΣ
Prov. 7. 16 I have decked my bed swith
coverings DVIS JASN ΟἼΣΩ variegated
(striped) with the thread of Egypt; where
M=oN as adj. is to be referred to 5°73.

Pua pass. of no. 1, to be hewn oul,
sculptured, Ps. 144. 12.

PICT see in 2M no. 2.

MOM ἢ (τ. 02M no. 3) wheat, as being

Seg

ofareddish tinge. Arab. Ui Khia,

308

pen

Chald. }"»:m. In the sing. mostly of
the plant as growing in the fields, Ex.
9, 32. Deut. 8, 8. Job 31, 9. Is. 28, 25.
Joel 1,11. But the following μανίαν
ure to he understood of the grain, e. g.
nun =>m fat of wheat Ps. 81,17, and abn

wn minds kidney-fat of wheat Deut. 32,
14; for here the fat denotes the marrow
or flour, farina, μυελὸν ἀνδρῶν, and is
also called pven adm Ps, 147, 14.

Pior. ΘΠ wheat, i.e. the grains, col-
lect. the grain. Sing. mom of a single
grain, Mishna Chelaim 1.§9. Hence
mean sar Jer. 12,13; oem "zp Gen.
30, 14. Judg. 15,1; ΒῸΠ was 4 Chr.
21, 20; ὉΠ “5 2 Chr. 27, 5. By
Chaldaism 1.2 Π Ez. 4, 9. |

WAT (prob. assembled, τ. Yum) Hat-
tush, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 3,22. Ezra 8,
2. b) Neh.3,10. c) Neh. 10,5. 12, 2.

* DON obsol. root, Aram. «δῦ to dig,

to explore, Arab. LE to cut in, to write.
—Hence pr. ἢ. δὲ ΤΊ:

"0 Chald. m. a sin, c. suff. ΩΤ
Dan. 4,24. R. on ig. Heb. kon.

Mord Chald. i..q. Heb. HRzn, a sin-
offering, Ezra 6, 17 Cheth. R. Ron.

ROOTS (a digging, exploring) Hatita,
pr.n.m. Ezra 2,42. Neh.7,45. R. von.

PaO) (wavering) Hattil, pr. ἢ. τη.
Ezra 2, 57. Neh. 7,59. R. don

ND OT] (seized, captive) Hatipha. pr.
n.m. Ezra 2, 54. Neh. 7,56. R. non.

ἘΘΏΤΙ obsol. root, Arab. ὧδε. to be

pendulous, loose, to wave to and fro;
kindr. "2. Hence pr. n. >*om.

μ pon to muzzle an animal; Arab,

plas, whence elas amuzzle. Kindr.

are COM, CX, also O&M; comp. on the
signif. of the syllables 07, tH, tn,
what is said in the note under art. 05.
Of a kindred power w:th this root are
Lat. domare, Germ. démimen, zudéim-
men, zaihmen. Engl. to tame.—Metaph.
Is. 48.9 ΠΡ ΘΌΤΙΝ pr. J muzzle (myse’f)
towards thee, i i.e. refrain myself.

: gon fut. Hom, 1. ᾳ. HMM, to catch
to seize, to make captive, Judg. 21,21. Pa

SOM

10,9bis. Aram. o}u, Arab. 4b id
—Hence pr. ἢ. 85"011.

Ὅ “ON obsol. root, to wave, to bran-
dish a rod, spear, etc. to wag the tail ;
Arab. Kindr. are the roots >on,
Abs’, Ae: and others, whose pri-
mary syllable is dal, tal, sal, implying
the idea of being yondilous: or waving,
or swinging to and fro; see under 533
p- 225. Hence

“oh τη. ὦ rod, i. 6. slender and flexi-
ble, Prov. 14,3; α shoot, twig, Is. 11, 1.

9 ES
Arab. μὰ > twig, branch, Syr. ἵμὼω

ἃ staff, rod. Samar. Ax , Aleph and
Heth being interchanged.

᾿ von obsol. root, perh. i. q.
to gather together, to assemble, as a peo-
ple.—Hence pr. ἢ. wien,

ὙΠ constr. "1, fem. 729; plur. on,
fem. nem. R. =n,

A) Adj. 1. alive, living, Gen. 43, 7
"TI DI" ‘Tish is your father yet alive 7 ?
v. 27. 28. 45, 3.20. 46,30. “1-2 all
living, every living thing, Gen. 6, 19. 8,
- 21, Tob 12, 10; espec. all men, every
man, Gen. 3, 20. Ps. 143, 2. Plur. o=n
living, alive, Num. 16, 30. 33; and with-
out subst. the living, Ecc. 4, 2: 15. 6, 8.

Is. 8,20. mom ΥῊΝ the land of the living, ἡ

opp. Sheol, Ps. 27, 13. Is. 53, 8. Ez. 26,
20; 6. art. D0" τς Ps. 142, 6. Job 38,
13.—Very often of God, who is called 5x
"mi the living God, i. 6. eternal, efficient,
true, (opp. to dead idols Ps. 106, 28,)
Josh. 3, 10. Hos. 2, 1; "4 Το 2 K.
19, 4. 16; comp. 1 Thess. 1, 9.° ΤΙ
ἘΠῊΝ δὰ the living forever, i. 6, God,
Dan. 12, 7. Soin the usual formula of
an path: mins ἘΠῚ living is Jehovah, i.e.
as Jehovah liveth, Ruth 3, 13. 1 Sam.
14, 45. 2Sam. 4, 9; ΠΝ “7 2 ὅδ).
2,27; poet. 8 "ΠΠ Job 27,2; also "IN ἽΠ
as I live, where Jehovah himigal? speaks,
Num. 14, 21. 28. Is. 49, 18. Jer. 22, 24.
Ez. 5, 11. 14, 16. 18; so Deut. 32, 40.
Without path; Ps. 18, 47. 2 Sam. 99. 47.

2. lively, vigorous, strong, 2 Sam. 23,
20 Cheth. in Keri Dom wes 5 comp. ἢ mn.
Also flourishing, prosperous, 1 Sam. 25, 6,

3. living again, reviving ; whens
metaph. ΓΒ PSD Gen. 18, 10. 14. 2K.

309

ὙΨΙ

4, 16. 17, with the reviving year, i. 6. the
coming spring, when the winter shall
be past and nature revives ; περίπλομέ-
vou ἐνιαυτοῦ Od, 11. 247.

4. live, fresh, raw, of flesh, 1 Sam.
2, 15. Lev. 13, 14 sq.

5. living, fresh, e. g. of a plant, green,
not dry, Ps. 58, 10; of flowing water as
opp. to stagnant and putrid, which latter
is called in Arab. eve | LS dead wa-
ter, Gen. 26, 19. Lev. 14, 4. 20.

B) Subst. life, Lev. 25, 36. 1 Sam.
25,6 "M2 HD on vers and thus shall ye
say: For life, a form of salutation, Lat.
salve ; "112 in pause for "72. Often in
the formula of an oath by things other.
than God ; in the accus. as M375 ὙΠ is
the life of Pharaoh Gen. 42, 15. 16;
222 by the life of thy soul, be thy life
1 Sam. 1, 26. 17, 55. Am. 8, 14. The
name Jehovah in the like formula is
preceded by "5, see in A. no. 1; whence
ἼΦΞ9 MT) Hi “3 1 Sam. 20, 3. 25, 26.
—Far more usual in this sense is the

Prior. ΘΝ, once 97m Job 24, 22, life,
Gen. 2, 7. 3, 14. 15. 7,15. ἃ]. Bm man
breath of life Gen. 6, 17; B"h "BO book
of life, Ps. 69. 29; DB" Y> tree of life,
i. 6. of long life, ϑεοείκελος, of immortal-
ity, Gen. 2,9, comp. 3, 22. 24.—Hence
a) living, sustenance, Bios, Prov. 27, 27.
b) refreshment, recreation, Prov. 3, 22.
4,22. cc) welfare, prosperity, happiness,
Ps. 34, 13. Prov. 4, 22. 23. 12, 28. 13, 14.
14,27, nM πον the way of life, of hap-
piness, Prov. 2,19.5,6. Comp. Syr. ἔχω
Luke 3, 6. 19, 9, for Gr. σωτηρία.

I Chald. emph. 897, plur. 777.

1. Adj. alive, living, Dan. 4, 31. 6, 21
27. Plur. the living, Dan. 2,80. 4, 14.

2. Subst. in plur. j™m, life, Ezra 6,
10. Dan. 7, 12.

287 (perh. for bx"42 God liveth)
Hel, pr. ἢ. m. 1 K. 16, 34.

ΓΤ ἢ pr. something entangled, in-
tricate ; see ΓΤ. 15M, espec. no. 2; comp.
Dan. 5, 12.—Hence

1. trick, stratagem, Dan. 8, 23.

2. intricate speech, a riddle, enigma,
1K. 10,1; comp. 4x752. To propose
a riddle is expressed by 75M q. v. to
solve a riddle by 3735 Judg. 14, 14.

3. i. g. δ Ὁ, @ sententious saying.

maxim, Prov. 1,6; a parable Ez. 17,2 ;
a poem, song, Ps. 49, 5. 78,2, comp. Hab.
2,65 an oracle, vision, Num. 12, 8.

ἢ ane inf. absol. Hn Ez. 18, 9 and
i 3, 21. 18, 28; inf. constr. ὁ. suff,
pmin Josh. 5, 8 with pref. nin) Ez. 33,
12; Imp. with pref. m2m1 Gen. 20, 7,
plur. 4°71) 42, 18; Fut. m3, apoc. ἜΝ,
“TTT

1. to live, the usual and frequent word.

Arab. -

see "57 5
τ

= , which form is also in Heb.
Eth. MPO, Syr. paw id.
The primary idea is that of breathing,
as the manifestation of animal life, comp.
WED ; and its more ancient form is Mn
q-v. The same origin belongs to the
Gr. Caw, Cow, kindr. with dw, ἄημι, to
breathe, and used by Aéschylus also of
the winds as breathing, blowing ; comp.
Passow in faw.—Construed: a) With
acc. of time, Gen. 5, 3 and Adam lived
a ‘undred and thirty years. 11, 11 sq.
b) With 3 of place Lam. 4, 20; alas of
that on or from which one lives 2 K. 4,
7; and of that by which one lives and
prospers Hab. 2,4. c) With ἘΣ, to live
on any thing, see >> 1. a. «—Further,
mn 0 live is also put: aa) i. q. to live
well, to prosper, to thrive, Deut. 8, 1. 30,
16. Neh. 9, 29. 2713 7M" let the ide
live, prosper, flourish, 1 Sam. 10, 24. 2
een: 16, 16, 02235 "Mm let your heart
live, i. e. be lively, ‘cheerful, joyful, Ps.
22, 27. 69, 33. bb) to live, to be pre-
pee alive, Josh. 6, 17. Num. 14, 38.
Espec. in the formula "852 ΔΓ my
soul liveth, 1 remain alive, Gen. 12, 13.
19, 20. Is. 56, 3. Jer, 38, 17. 20. Contra,
man XD he bons dive he shall die,
Gen. 31, 32. Ex. 19,13. Zech. 13, 3. 2
Κι 20, 1.

2. to live again, to revive, Job 14, 14.
Ez. 37,5 sq. 1K. 17,22. Hence a)
to become well, to recover one’s health,
Gen. 20, 7. Josh. 5, 8; with 472 of dis-
ease, 2 K. 1.2. 8,8. δ) to recover, to
revive, spoken of one overcome with
grief or fatigue, Gen. 45; 27. Judg. 15,
19,

Pre. ΠΡ 1. to make live, to give life
to any one, Job 33, 4. A woman is said
to make live or to quicken the seed of a
man, when she conceives by him, Gen.

310 mn

19, 32. 34; and in like manner Hos. 14,
8 151 47m" they shall quicken the corn,
make it live and flourish, sc. in the de-
serted land, by tilling and sowing the
fields anew. Metaph. Hab. 3,2 Jeho-
vah, let thy work live, i. e. accomplish it,
complete it. Also to make live prosper-
ously, to make prosper, to give life and
prosperity to any one, Ecc. 7, 12. Job
36, 6..Ps. 119, 156.

2. i. q. to preserve alive,.to let live,
comp. Kal no. 1. bb. Gen. 12, 12. Ex. 1,
17. Ps. 40, 3. 138,7; Ὁ ie men id. 1
K. 20, 31. Ps. 22, 30. 9πὶ MM to pre-
serve seed Gen. 7, 3. ἘΞ ΤΠ to keep
cattle, lit. to keep them alive, Is. 7, 21.

3. i. q. to revive, to bring to life again,
to restore to life, 1 Sam. 2, 6. Ps. 30, 4.
Deut. 32, 39. Hence to revive, to com-
fort, to refresh, Ps. 71, 20. 85, 7. Trop.
to revive a city, i. e. to rebuild, to repair,
1 Chr. 11,8. Neh. 3,34 O3RAT Py TT
will they revive the stones again? i. e.
again build them up. So Syr. Saud sus-
citare ruinas.

Hipu. 7°71 1, i. q. Pi. no. 2, to pre-
serve alive. ‘to let live, Gen. 6, 19. 20,
With 53 Gen. 19, 19 ;"to save one’s life,
i. 6. to preserve frou deliths, Gen. 47, 25.
50; 20;°c. > 45,7. Also, to permit to
live, to grant one’s life, Josh, 6, 25. 14,

10. 2 Sam. 8, 2.

2. i. q. Pi. no. 3, to restore to life, 2 K.
5, 7. 8, 1. 5.

Deriv. nn, mrma, and pr. n. ἘΝ,
na, ben.

ΓΤ and N° Chald. id. Dan. 2, 4
“In "jabs ΕΝ O king, live for ever!
a form of salutation towards a king. 3, 9.
5, 10. 6, 7. 22. Comp. Neh. 2, 3 2n
mn phish. 1 K. 1, 31.

"Apa. Part. NIT2 saving alive, preserv-
ing alive, Dan. 5,19. Comp. Syr. ἴωζο.

MF adj. plur. αὶ mien, lively, vigorous,
strong, Ex.1,19. See ae no.2. R.nn,

ΓΤ f. constr. ΡΤ and poet. in2n Vav
parag. Gen. 1, 24. Ps. 50, 10. 79, 2. 104,
11, comp. Heb. Gram. § 88, 3. ὃ ; c. suff.
insm Is. 40,165; pr. fem. of adj. "MF, i. 6.
living, where see ; then as subst. living
thing. Hence

1. an animal, beast, 6. ο΄. ΤΣ AN a
ravenous beast Gen. 37,20.33. Plur.nm

es ς Ὡ.....

ὙΠ

Ps. 104, 25. Is. 35, 8. Ez. 1,5; πὸ men
the beast’ of the feeds i. 6. the crocodile,
Ps. 68, 31. Oftener in the Sing. collect.
nin-52 every living thing, all beasts,
Gen. 8, 19. 9,5. Lev.11,46. The word
isthus used: a) In the widest sense, of
all kinds of beasts, including also aqua-
tic animals, Lev. ].c. Ὁ) Oftener of
quadrupeds, as opp. to birds, Gen. 1, 30.
2,19. 8,19. 9,2. Lev. 11, 2. 27. 17,3..Is.
46,1. Ὦ Of wild ininiads us opp. to tame
cattle (mana) Gen. 1,25. 2,20. 714.21.
8,1. 9,10; spec. of wid baste where it
is sometimes more fully "7wm mm Ex.
23, 11. Lev. 26, 22. Deut. 7: 22. Hos.
2, 14, 13, 8. Jer. 12, 9. Ez. 33, 27; also
ΠΣ 9m collect. Ez. 14, 14. 34, 25.
“ia71N77)_ gregarious animals, Zeph. 2,

14. Arab. iS denotes spec. a serpent.

2. Collect. pr. the living ; hence a
band of men, troop, 2 Sam. 23, 11. 13.
‘Poet. a people Ps. 68, 11; and so Ps.
74, 19 arm 952 nem jmm->x deliver
not over to the blood: y-minded troop thy
turtle-dove, where Ὁ 52 signifies a desire
of slaughter and vengeance; see 05}
no. 3.

3. life, but only poetic, i. ᾳ. 5°°, Job
33, 18. 22. 28. Ps. 143,8. Soin m5 By,
c. art. ASM Wp, ‘animal of life, i. 6.
living animal, see W52 no. 4.—Life is
also put for vigour, strength, Is. 57, 10
ὈΝΧῸ WIT MM thow findest yet airaneth
in thy hand.—Hence

A. 1. q. 953 no. 2, life, vital spirit, ani-
ma, to which is ascribed hunger, thirst,
lodthing. Job 33,20. mm xba Job 38,
39 i. ᾳ. 62 ΝΞ, to fill the spirit, i. 6. to
satisfy, to satiate.

NIT, TIT Dan. 7,5, Chald. f. emph.
RN, eon, an animal, beast, Dan. 4,
12 sq. 7. 3, 12. 17. It is for 5, the
double Yod being changed into 1".

DANI f. life, 2 Sam. 20,3. Β.. Ἀπ,

stk τ, q. 7°95, to live, a verb of the

form 39, like Arab. Here belongs

3 Pret. 9, Gen. 5, 5 "1-7ON DIN VQINDD
all the ise of Adam, which he lived. 3,

22 obdis> "ΠῚ D283 lest he eat and live -

for ever. Num. 21, 8.—From these are
to be disitngtisted the passages in which

911

Ὁ.
"J is an adjective, as "1 O2"aN Tish is |
your futher yet alive? Gen. 43, 7.
Deriv. "1, 457, men.

2 see ban.

2°17 m. also 27 Is. 36, 2. Job 20, 18;
constr. ὉΠ, c. suff. “bn, plur. pan.
R. 53m no. 5,

1. strength, might, valour, Prov. 31, 3.
Zech. 4, 6; espec. in war, Ps. 18, 33. 40.
33,16. 59m ΠῺΣ to display valour, to do
valiantly, Num. 24, 18. Ps. 60, 14. "28
>1n men of valour, valiant men, Judg. 3,
29. 1 Sam. 31,12; metaph. Is. 5, 22;
Dim 723 id. 2 Sam. 2,7. 13, 28.—Hence

2. forces, a host, army, Ex. 14,28. 1K.
20, 25. 59mm "ὦ captain or leader
of the host, 2 Sam. 24, 2. ὉΠ 723,
‘Mh ΣΝ, men of the host, men of war, βοΐ.
may ‘Deut! 3, 18. 1 Sam. 14, 52. Ps. 110,

Aon pina. in the day of thy warfare,
i.e. ‘of thy warlike expedition, campaign.

3. ability, i. q. substance, wealth, riches
Gen. 34, 29. Job 20, 15. Is. 8, 5. Jer. 15,
13, Zeph. 1, 13. al. 4m my to get
riches, to acquire wealth, Deut. 8,17. 18..
Ruth 4,11. Prov. 31, 29. 59m “as 2 K.
15, 20.

4. Trop. moral strength, good quality,
integrity, virtue. 2°71 πῶλος active, cupa-
ble men Gen. 47,6. Ex. 18, 21.25. rw
θη a capable woman, well qualified for
her station, Ruth 3, 11. Prov. 12, 4. 31,
10. 51|π13 an honest man’. ὅξὶ 1, 52.

5. strength of a tree, poet. for its fruit,
Joel 2, 22; comp. > Job 31, 39.

S97 Chald, m.
Dan. 3, 4.

2. forces, a host, army, Dan. 3, 20. 4,32.

2 and > m. strictly ig. don.
Spec.

1. a host, army, 2 K. 18, 17. Is. 36, 2.
Once >m Obad. 20; also Ps. 10, 10 Keri,
where =°XD">m may be rendered the
host of the afflicted ; but it is better to
follow the Chethibh, see 435m.

2. fortification, intrenchment, espec.
the exterior low wall or rampart which
surrounds and covers the trench, 2 Sam.
20, 15. Is. 26,1. Nah. 3, 8. Lam. 2. 8.
Comp. 1 K. 21. 23. Ps. 48,14. 122. 7
Sept. προτείχισμα, περίτειχος, Vulg. an-
temurale.—In the Talmud 57m is the ex-
terior space surrounding the wall of the
temple ; see Lightfoot Opp. Ty II. p. 193.

1. strength, valour,

br

211 m. also once ΓΘ f. Job 6, 10.

1. pain, pang, espec. of childbirth,
Ps, 48,7. Jer. 6, 24. 22, 23. Mich. 4, 9.
R. 54m no. 3.

2. trembling, terror, Ex. 15, 14. R.
DAM no. 4.

ΤΊ ΤΊ Ps. 48, 14, according to the com-
mon reading i. q. ΘΠ no. 2; but Sept.
Vulg. Syr. Chald. Jerome, and 18 Mss.
read with Mappik ™2°m, from 5. q. v.
no. 2, and this is to be preferred.

DOM 2 Sam. 10, 16, and DSM v. 17,
Helam, pr. n. of a city near the Euphra-
tes, where David gained a victory over
Hadadezer. R. 55m, subst. 5°n.

32°M) Hilen, pr. n. ofa city of the priests,
in the tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 6, 43 [58].
Written also 7>" Holon, Josh. 21, 15. al.

TTT m. (τ. 9273) 1. g. ὙΠ, grace, beauty ;
Job 41, 4 [12] id"9> 7°M the beauty of his
trappings, armature, i.e. of the croco-
dile. The form is contr. for 335, as
Wn for WIN, OND for OID.

ΥῊ τὰ. (τ. yim) a wall, side of a
house, Ez. 13,10. Arab. bac id.

FLT adj. (τ. yan) ἢ nyieen, outer,
exterior, Ez. 10,5. 40, 17. 31. Hence
civil, as opp. to sacred, 1 Chr. 26, 29;
comp. Neh. 11,16. ΣΤΡ. without, on
the outside, 1 K. 6, 29, 30.

Pp" m. rarely PM Prov. 17, 23, c. suff.
spn Ps. 35, 13, and "pm Job 19, 27. R.
pm q. v.

1. bosom of a garment, Ex. 4, 6.7.
Prov. 6, 27. 16, 33. pma In a present
in the bosom, i.e. given secretly, Prov.
21,14; comp. 17, 23. Comp. Lat. sinwm
laxare v. expedire, spoken of a person
expecting a gift, see Senec. Ppt 119.
Thyest. 430.

2. bosom of a person, as ΠΏ 338 to
lie in the bosom, 6. g. of a wife 1 K. 1, 2.
Mic. 7,5; of a mother 1K. 3, 20, ἐν ἤδη
ofa child ; comp. Ruth 4,16. Hence of the
tenderest conjugal affection, ΡΠ MUN
the wife of thy bosom, the object of thy
love, Deut. 18, 7. 28, 54, comp. 56. Bbw
pom->x Jer. 32, 18, Ἔ ῬΊΟΝ a7 Ps.
79,12, to repay or aie into one’s bosom,

o requite, (as God the actions of mpi.)
ig. elsewhere UX a ΓΙ Judg. 9, 57.

312

mon

1 Sam. 25, 39. Joel 4, 7. Comp. the simi-
lar Arabic phrase = & ) ‘redit in
jugulum alicujus,’ ae Tim. 4 I. p. 30.
Mang.—Spoken of the internal bosom,
the breast, mind, Job 19, 27. Ecce. 7,9.
3. Metaph. the bosom of a chariot, the
inside, hollow part, 1 K. 22, 35; the bosom
of an altar, the cavity or hollow in the
hearth, where the fire is kept burning,
Ez. 48, 13. .

ΓΛ) (noble birth, r. "3%) Hirah, Ἐπ
ἢ. m. Gen. 38, 1. 12.

DI" and DAN see pun,

γὰ να i. ᾳ. bin, to hasten, to make
haste, imper. MH" Ps. 71, 12, Cheth.
Hence

WT adv. hastily, soon, Ps. 90, 10.

37) m. (Ὁ. 72) c. suff. "2M, the palate,
together with the corresponding lower
part of the mouth, the inside mouth, the

jaws, like pane . Arab. ican the pal-
ate and corresponding lower part of the
mouth, beak, Syr. fore palate.—Hence
Job 20, 13 am Fina in the midst of his
mouth. 33,2. Spec. a) As the organ
of taste, Job 12, 11, comp. 6, 30. Ps. 119,
103. Ὁ) Asan organ of speech, Prov.
8,7 "DM mam ΤῸΝ "3 for my mouth (pal-
ate) speaketh truth. Job 31, 30 nor have
I suffered my mouth (palate) to sin ;
comp. Hos. 8, 1 the trumpet to the mouth !
Comp. m2n.—In Cant. 7, 11, palate
seems put by way of delicacy for the
moisture which accompanies a kiss,
comp. 5,16. Lette ad Amrulk. Moall.
p- 180: See fully in adj. qw> no. 1.

, rian to look, to look out ; hence with
Ὁ to look for, to wait for, to desire. In
Kal once Part. constr. i> "24M ‘those who
wait for him Is. 30, 18.—More usual in

Pie, ΠΞΤῚ id. 2K. 7,93; 6. ace. et >
Job 32, 4; espec. Hind NBM fo wait (full
of hope and confidence) for Jehovah, Ps.
33, 20. Is. 8,17. With infin. and, Is.
30, 18 porn ns mart 42>) and therefore
Jehovah wai iteth, that ks may be gracious
unto you, he desires nothing more than
to favour you again, and therefore he
delays punishment. In the parallel mem-
ber is ΘΠ he doth arise sc. in order to
do this or that, which thus comes near

=

ot

oars)

wo the Arab. aly, ig. dgévecGou.—Inf.
in the Chald. manner, "25 Hos. 6, 9.

M7 f. (τ. 927) a hook, angle, so called
as contracting the mouth of a fish, etc.
Job 40, 25. Is. 19, 8.

M2927 (darksome) Hachilah, pr. n. of
a hill near the desert of Ziph, 1 Sam. 23,
19. 26,1.3. R. don.

D313 Chald. adj. wise Dan. 2,21; spec.
α wise man, magus, magician, Dan. 2, 12

sq. 4. 8. ὅ, 7. 8. R:03n. >

_ person excited with wine:

i an obsol. root, to be dark, black ;
kindr. with 52, and spoken, in the de-
rivatives of the dark flashing eyes of a
a) Ina
good sense Gen. 49, 12; see "2">3n.
b) In a bad sense and referring to the
fierceness arising from intoxication, Prov.
23, 29; see mas*ban. See Thesaur.
App.

Deriv. the three following :

m2 (whose eyes Jehovah enlivens)
pr. n. m. Hachaliah, Neh. 10, 2.

“S20 adj. dark, dark-flashing, spo-
ken of the eye, see r. 52m. Gen. 49, 12
pire Bray 7222N his eyes darkly flash-

ing from wine, implying abundance of

wine ; dark eyes are here contrasted
with white teeth. Aquila well κατάκοροι

satiated with colour, dark ; Sept. zago-
᾿ ποιοί.

F222 £. Prov. 23, 29 uy ΓΗΒ Ὁ 5ΤῚ
dark flashing of the eyes, fierceness, as
arising from intoxication. See r. bon.

τ pon fut. 05113, to be or become wise,
to act wisely, Prov. 6, 6. 23, 19. Ece. 2,

19. 1K. 4,31. Job 32,9. al. Arab. Xs
to judge, to govern, ee judgment,

wks ¢ and “13 a judge; plied to

know, rarely to be wise.

Piet to make wise, to teach wisdom,
Job 35, 11. Ps. 105, 22.

Pua. part. made wise, i. e. taught
wisdom, wise, Prov. 30, 24; of a magi-
cian, Ps. 58, 6. ᾿

Hipu. i. q. Pi. Ps. 19, 8.

Hirup. 1. to be wise in one’s own eyes,
Ecc. 7, 16.

2. to show oneself 2 wise, 1. 6. cunning ;

27

313

pon

with 3 to outwit, to deceive, Ex. 1, 10.
Comp. Gr. σοφός cunning.

Deriv. the six following, and Chald.
ΊΞΠ.

DIT adj. i. q. Gr. σοφός, wise.—Spec.

1. knowing. skilful, skilled in the arts,
Is. 3, 3. 40, 20. 2 Chr. 2, 6. 12; more
fully ‘ab-oon Ex. 28, 3. 31, 6. 35,10. 36,
1. 2. 8. Comp. Hom. eile sansa
Jer. 10, 9 Ὁ ΛΏΞΠ ΠῺΣ the work of skil-
ful artisans. 9,16 (7327p) mina i.e.
mourning women skilled in lamenta-
tion.

2. wise, i. 6. intelligent, φρόνιμος, sen-
sible, judicious, endued with reason and
using it, Deut. 4, 6. 32,6. Prov. 10, 1.
13, 1. Hos. 14,10. Often coupled with
7132 Deut. Il. cc. and opp. 532 ibid. >",
2°02 Prov. 17, 28. Ecc. 6, 8. Also sa-
gacious, shrewd, never at a-loss, 2 Sam.
13, 3. Jer. 18, 18. Is. 19, 11. 29,14; wise -
froti the experience of life and niin
affairs Prov. 1, 6. Ecc. 12,11; also skill-
ed in divine things Gen. 41, 8; and
hence spoken of magicians and enchant-
ers Ex.7,11; comp. Chald.5°5n. Fur-
ther. skilful to judge, wise in judging, ᾿
1 K. 2,9; and hence cunning, artful, 2
Sam. 13, 3. Job 5,13; firm and constant ©
in mind, consistent, Is. 31, 2.—The wide
circle of virtues and mental endowments
which the Hebrews comprised under .
this word, is best gathered from the his-
tory and character of those whose wis-
dom became proverbial among the He-
brews, 6. g. Solomon 1 K.5,9 sq. Daniel
Ez. 28, 3; the Egyptians 1 K. 1. ὁ.
Thus the wisdom of Solomon is mani-
fested in his acute judgment 1 K. 3, 16
sq. 10,1 sq. in his knowledge of very
many objects, espec. of nature 5, 13; in
the multitude of verses and sentences
which he either composed himself or
retained in his memory 5, 12. Prov. 1,1;
in a right judgment as to human affairs,
etc. Elsewhere, wisdom also includes
skill in civil matters, Is. 19, 11; the fa-
culty of prophesying, and interpreting
dreams, Dan. 5,11; and the art of en-
chantment and magic, Ex. 7, 11. A
higher and more enlightened wisdom is
ascribed to angels, 2 Sam. 14, 20; to
God, Job 9, 4. 28, 1sq.—The seat of
wisdom is placed in the heart; hence

aso

often Dan a Prov. 16, 23, and so Don
11, 29. 16, 21.—Plur. D°25M wise men,
magi. magicians, Ecc. 9, 17. Gen. 41, 8.
Jer. 50, 35. Esth. 1, 13. |

MIT f.(r.02m) 1. skill in an art,
dexterity, Ex. 28, 3. 31, 6. 36, 1. 2.

2. wisdom, for the notion and extent
of which, see in 02m no. 2. Job 11, 6.
12, 2.12. 15, 8. 26, 3. 20,18. It com-
prises various learning Dan. 1,17; also
reverence and piety towards God Job
28, 28; is attributed to a leader Deut.
34, 9; to a king Is. 11,2; and in a
higher and more perfect sense to God,
Job 12, 13. 28, 12 sq.

M2277 Chald. id. Dan. 2, 20.

"221 (wise) Hachmoni, pr. n. m. 1
Chr. 11, 11. 27, 32.

_ FIA ἢ sing. (perh. for m2") wis-
_dom; constr. with sing. Prov. 9,1, comp.
14,1; perh. Prov. 1,20, where however
msm can also be plural. With plur.
Prov. 24,7. Elsewhere only once, Ps.
49,4. R.p5n.

M0911 id. with sing. Prov. 14, 1.
7] see b°n.
5m τὴ. unholy, profane, common, opp.

to holy, consecrated, Lev. 10, 10. 1 Sam.
21,5.6. R.>dnm Pi. no. 3.

᾿ NOM to rub, to wear away ; then to
be sick, -i.g. MM no. 2, 3. Once fut.
sori 2 Chr. 16, 12.

‘Deriv. smn and

MN ff 1. rust, on a brazen pot,
Ez. 24, 6. 11. 12.—Prob. pr. external
disease, scab, leprosy of metal. Arab.

on is spoken of pustules on the lips,

an eruption.
2. Helah, pr. n. f. 1 Chr. 4, 5. 7.

DNS see “on.
ENON see nd"n.

i 321 obsol. root, to be fat. The pri-
. mary idea lies in the smoothness and
slipperiness of fat things ; corresponding
are Gr. Auta, λιπάω, λιπόω, ἀλείφω, Lat.
lippus.—Hence pr. n. 2278, and the five
here following.

229 m. ὁ. art. 23m4, constr. 3bm (as

if from 32m), 6. suff. ‘aabn, milk, i.e. new

314

s5n

milk, different from MN", and so called
ραν. its fatness, Gen. 18, 8. 49, 12. Prov.
27,\27. Is..7,, 22... Yet inva Sans, 17, 18
it seems to be for curdled milk; see in
yn. For the phrase 225 Mat 738
a7) see under art. 351.
the milk of nations, i. ᾳ. to make their
riches one’s own, to get possession of

their wealth, Is. 60, 16.—Arab. pi
avers id. whence ods to milk, Eth.
MAA milk.

355 m. also 22% Is. 34, 6. 6. suff.
ἼΞΌΤΙ ; plur. 0°22n, constr. "22m Gen.
4, 4.

1. fat, fatness, of victims Lev. 3, 3. 4.
9.10. 15 sq. Is. 1, 11; of persons πᾶν;
3, 22. 2 Sam. 1, 22, Job 15, 27.. .Plor.
Gen. 4, 4. Lev. 8, 26. 10, 15,-Metaph.
a) For the best, richeat part of any thing,
as YN ΞΡΤῚ the fat of the land, i. 6. its
best fruits, richest productions, Gen. 45,
18; non. sbn Ps. 81, 17, and ΠΩ =bn
147, 14, the fat of ished! also nish =bn
mon Deut, 32, 14 (comp. Is. 34, 6) the
kidney- -fat of sohant i. e. the finest wheat,
the finest flour... Ὁ) For a fat heart,
i.e. covered thick. with fat, and there-
fore torpid, dull, unfeeling, Ps. 17,10;

comp. Ps. 73, 73 also Gr. παχύς, Lat..

pinguis, for dull, stupid. Some have
here compared Arab. She pericar-

dium ; but this seems:rather to be so
called from its fatness; although under
the root whe the Arabs comprise al-
most every thing. )

2. Heleb, pr. n. of one of David’s mili-
tary chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 29; for which 1
Chr. 11, 30 “bn, ahd “sled Chr 27, 15
"3391.

moh (fatness, fertile region) Helbah,
pr. n. ‘of a city in the tribe of Asher,
Judg. 1,31. R. 33m.

TiD2M (fat, fertile) Helbon, pr. n. of a .

Syrian city, celebrated for its wine, Ez.
27,18; Gr. Χαλυβών. On its ὄχθρηθης Ν
wine, ade Strabo XV. p. 1068 (al. 735). —

Poet. to suck -

The city is famous i in Arabian history in Ϊ

815
the middle ages, under the name os t=

Haleb, now Aleppo; see Freytag Hist.
Halebi. Bochart Hieroz. I. 543. Abul-

ᾷ
ν
᾿

β

Ἢ

ΝΣ

feda Syria p- 118. Golius ad Alferga-
num p. 270 sq.—J. D. Michaelis, Sup-
plem. p. 748 sq. conjectures without
sufficient ground that the city Kennes-
rin, or Old Aleppo, is to.be understood.

ma27 f. galbanum, Gr. χαλβάνη, a
gum of a strong odour, flowing from the
ferula galbanifera, which grows in Syria
and Arabia, Bubon galbanum Linn.
Ex. 30,34. Syr. toss gum. Comp.
Celsii Hierob. T. I. p. 267.

*7om a root not in use, pr. to be
smooth, slippery ; then also of smooth
and swift motion, to glide, to slip away,
to fleet ; kindr. with 229, 03m, 52m, 75°.
See Thesaur. p. 474.

Deriv. the five following.

ἜΤΙ m.in pause 72" 1. life, as fleet-
ing and transient, Ps. 39, 6. 89, 48. Job
11, 17.

2. this world, as fleeting, transient,
vain, Ps. 49, 2. 17, 14.

21 pr. ἢ. see 25m no. 2.

727 m. a weasel, Lev. 11, 29. So
called from its swift gliding motion, or
from its gliding into holes; comp. Syr.
ἘΠ insinuavit se. So Sept. Vulg. Targ.
Jon. and so Talmud. 47>" a weasel. —

Syr. |,Ssou and Arab. eed signify a
mole.

mon (weasel) Huldah, pr. ἢ. of a
prophetess, 2 K. 22, 14. 2 Chr. 34, 22.

ἜΤΣΙ (worldly, see 127 no. 2) Heldai,
pr.n.m. a) See 2>mno.2. Ὁ) Zech. 6,
10; and also to be read in v. 14 for o>.

. Pia 1. to rub smooth, to polish,
kindr. on; ; intrans. to be polished pr.
from the idea of smoothness, lubricity,
so that Mn (75m) is kindred to the
verbs abn, "gbn, pom, and also "57
αὶ v. Fienée “Tt, nbn, necklace, fe-
male ornaments, δὼ “called as being
polished.—Syr. 4s to be sweet, pleas-
ant, (pr. smooth.) Pa. to adorn, ἴω
sweet. So of sweet and pleasant sounds,
as Eth. SAP to sing, whence Heb.
mdm q. v.

2. to be worn down in strength, to be
weak, Judg. 10. 7 sa. Is. 57 10.

315

Pon

3. to be sick, diseased, Gen. 48, 1
“om Men, as Gr. γοσεῖν νόσον, 2 K. 13,
14. 397 mx dn to be diseased in the
feet, lame, 1K. 15, 23; of disease from
a wound or hurt, 2K.1,2. ΠῚ ass

a deadly evil, sore ἘΠῚ i. 6. scarcely |

curable, Ecec..5, 12.15. M358 O35n sick
with love Cant. 2, 5. 5, 8.

4. to be pained, hurt, Prov. 23, 35. Jer.
5, 3.—Hence metaph. to be concerned,
anxious, grieved, c. 59 1 Sam. 22, 8,
Comp. Eth. fhAP to be anxious, for Gr.
μερὶμνᾷν Matt. 6, 28; see Lud. de Dieu
ad ἢ. |. ;

ΝΊΡΗ. 42m}
strength, to be wearied, Jer. 12, 13.

2. to be made sick, to be sick, Dan. 8,
27. Part. fem. mbm, 8. g. πὸ πὸ ΠΞῸ a
deadly wound, i.e. severe, scarcely cura-
ble, Jer. 14, 17. 30, 12; comp. 10, 19.
Nah. 3,19. So ellipt. mom id. Is.17, 11.

3. to be concerned, anzious, grieved,
ὁ. >> Am. 6, 6.

Pret HM, imperative bn 1K. 13, 6.

1. Pr. to vib or stroke the face δὲ any
one, from the primary force of the root;
see in Kal no. 1, and comp. Gr, xy
to soothe, to caress.
Έ "2D mbm to stroke one’s face, i. q.
to soothe, to caress; spoken: a) Of
one who strives to please a king or
noble, i. q. to caress, to flatter, to court,
Job 11,19. Prov. 19, 5. Ps, 45, 13 the

richest of the nations shall make court:

to thee with gifts. b) Of one who
entreats God’s favour, i. q. to beseech,
to supplicate, Ex. 32, 11. 1 Sam.

13,12; 1K. 13, 6.2 K. 13, 4. "Dan.
9, 13. al. Comp. Iliad 8. 371. ib. 10.
454 sq.

2. to make sick, to afflict with disease,
Deut. 29, 21. Ps. 77, 11 8° 7MibM this
maketh me sick, ill. —

Pua. pass. to be made.weak, so of a
shade in Sheol, Is. 14, 10.

Hien. pret..°204,.by Syriasm for
nonin, Is. 53, 10.

1. to make sick, diseased, incurable,
e. g. a wound Is. 1.c. Mic. 6,13. Also
to make oneself sick ; Hos. 7, 5 in the
day of our king j2772 nan pw abn the
princes make themselves sick with the
glow of wine.

2. Trop. to afflict, to grieve, Prov.13. 12.

Always > fully

1. to be worn down in ἢ

ae

τηὸπ

Hopn. to be hurt, wounded, 1 K. 22, 34.
Hirupe. 1. to make oneself sick, to

_ fall sick, for grief, 2 Sam. 13, 2.

\ in. Holon.

Loe

2. to feign oneself sick, 2 Sam. 13, 5.6.

Deriv. from the signif: to polish ete.
see in Kal no. 1; from the signif. to be
sick, “Ὅτι, m>n72, Om, "M2.

m2 £ a cake 2 Sam. 6, 19; espec. as
offered in sacrifices, Lev. 8, 26. 24, 5.
R. 55m no. 1, to bore, to pierce; since
such cakes were perforated like bis-
cuits, as among the Arabs and modern
Jews.

pion hs O° τὰ. plur. nian, α
dream, Gen. 20,. 3. 6. 31, 10. 11. 94.
Pires are put er trifles, follies nuge,
ice. 5,6; comp. v. 2. R. bn.

pen comm. Josh. 2, 18. Ez. 41, 16;
plur. ="— Joel 2,9, and mi- Ez. 40,165 a
window, hole for the light. from r. bbn to
perforate. jibNn ἼΣΞ through a window,
out of a window, Gen. 26, 8. Josh. 2, 15.
Judg. 5, 28.

FOF and 72h (sandy, comp. 4M) pr.
a) A city of the priests in
uke tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 51. 21, 15;
the same called 7>"m 1 Chr. 6, 48. Ὁ)
A city of Moab, Jer. 48, 21.

so m. (r. 2m) @ passing away, de-
parture, decease,-as of parents. Prov.
31, 8 312M "22 children of decease, i ie. 2
orphans. Symm. υἱοὶ τῶν ἀποιχομένων.
Arab. Cale II, to leave children at
death, Mark 12, 19. 20. Acts 18, 21.

MOON αὶ αθεγίίτου, defeat, Ex. 32,18.
R. wn,

men Halah, pr. n. of an Assyrian
province, into which a part of the ten
tribes were transported by Shalmaneser.
Prob. Calachene, ΚΚαλαχηνή Strab. XVI.
1, Καλακινή Ptol. VI. 1, the northernmost
province of Assyria proper, on the east-
ern bank of the Tigris. 2K.17,6. 18,11.
1 Chr. 5, 26. Comp. 952 no. 2.

Damon Halhul, pr. n. of a town in the
mountains of Judah, Josh. 15,58. Jerome
places it near Hebron; and its remains
still bear the name Πα, Bibl. Res.

in Palest. I. p. 319.

momen ἢ (τ. Ῥηπι Pilp.) 1. pain, pang,
of a woman in travail, Is. 21, 3

316

“Sr

2. trembling. terror, Nah. 2, 11. Ez.
30, 4. 9. i

i men ἅπαξ λεγόμ. in Hiph. i. q. Arab.

bik, bis » to be quick and hasty in

any thing, to press, to urge ; for the pri-
mary idea see in kindr.93m. 1K. 20,33
aay wor IT and they haste
and urged whether it was from (or of )
him. The form 35m" is for Hiph.
newbs, as 327M for ΡΒ 5) 1 Sam. 14,
22, 31,2. Lehre. Ρ. 322.

"1 m. plur. owxtn for ood Lehrg.
p- 575. R.nb 5ΓἼ no. 1

1, necklace, trinket, so called as being

polished, Prov. 25, 12. Cant. 7,2. Arab.

84 -

id.
2. Hali, pr. ἢ. of a town in the tribe
of Asher, Josh. 19, 25.

"2 m. in pause “3h, 6. suff. on,
plur. ‘ohn, R. mdm,

1. sickness, disease, ‘both internal Deut.
7, 15. 28, 61; and external Is. 15:5.

2. anxiety, affliction, grief, Ece. 5, 16
in>n for i> 55m.

3. an evil, calamity, Kce. 6, 2.

ΤΙ fem. of Ἔτι, a necklace, trinket,
Hos. 2,15, R. 3m no. 1.

221 m. 1. Subst. @ pipe, as an in-
strument of music; so called as being
perforated, see r. >>M no..1. Is. 5, 12.
30, 29. 1 K. 1, 40.

2. Adj. unholy, profane, see τ. >> Pi.
no. 3; also as Neut. something profane,
whence with He parag. M255n, 4>>n
(Milél), pr. ad profana, profane be it,
i. q. absit, far be it, Talmud. 97>°n
>, an exclamation of abhorrence. So
1 Sam. 20, 2 τῆ X> mb=bm far be it!
thou shalt not die. comp. 2, 30. Con-
strued a) "> ΠΡ ΒΓ with 97 and inf,
far be it from me to do so and s0,
Gen. 18, 25. 44. 7. 17. Josh. 24, 16;
comp. Job 34,10. Ὁ) With tx before
a fut. Job 27,5. 1 Sam. 14, 45 without >.
2 Sam. 20, 20. —To both these construc-
tions thére is sometimes added Min,
1 Sam. 24, 7. 26,11. 1 K. 21, 3 so that
the sense is: ‘ profane or accursed be it
from Jehovah,’ God forbid, Sept. μὴ yé-
γοιτο, or, the primary signification being
neglected:

‘we to me from Jehovah. if -

ἀν το ee ee

“Sn

etc.’ Josh. 22, 29 a> ssa "Ὁ ΓΘ ΡΤ
ΓΞ. wo to us from him (Jehovah), if
we rebel against Jehovah.—A somewhat
different turn is in 1 Sam. 20,9 ΤΉ be it
from thee (for me), that if I new . a

_ would not tell thee.

»

ΓΒ ΣΤ £ (τ. 92") 1. achange, sc. of
morals, life, Ps. 55,20. Espec. of gar-
ments, 2K. 5,5 07732 ΓΒ ΘΓ "ws ten
changes of raiment, i. e. ten suits, so
that one can change himself. v. 22. 23.
Judg. 14, 12. 13. Gen. 45, 22; also with-
out 5°52 Judg. 14, 19.

2. change, ΘΗΝ alternation, espec.
of soldiers keeping watch alternately
and relieving each other; hence metaph.
Job 14, 14 all the days of my warfare
will I wait "mb7>m ΝΞ ΤΣ until my ex-
change come, ‘until I am relieved by
others; the giieerkbte state of the shades
in Sheol being compared to the hard
service of a soldier on guard. Also spo-
ken of new troops succeeding in place

of those fatigued; Job 10,17 nip bm

“a> ax) by Hendiadys, changes and a
host are against me, i. e. hosts continu-
ally succeeding each other. So of simi-
lar changes or alternations of labourers,

adv. in alternate courses, alternately,
1 K. 5, 28 [14].

myn f. spoil, booty, stripped from the
dead bodies of the slain, 2 Sam. 2, 21.
Judg. 14,19. R:y>n.

᾿ Ton obsol. root, Arab. G&A to be
black ; metaph. to be dark, sad, wretched,
as SLe a wretched life.—The

primary idea is prob. to burn, to scorch;
and then this root isa softened form from
Chald. 32m, Arab. 3y>> to scorch ;

eomp. 55m black, from r. 53m and ‘Dn.
Hence

M22 or 8227 m. adj. quadril. (for 7
or δὲ added at the end, see Lehrg. p.
865.) Ps. 10, 8; in pause M23m v. 14;
Plur. poysbn v.10 Cheth. wretched, af
flicted, the poor ; so the ancient versions
correctly.—[ The vowels belong to Keri,
which takes 5m as i. q. ΠῚ host ; hence
m25n thy host ; Αἴβο ΘΝ 9 >m the host of
the afflicted, see MRD. Hengstenberg
(ad v.8) regards nsbn as compounded
from the two roots nbn to be weak, ill,
and 782 to be afflicted.—R.

27* ©

S17

᾿ pon

. mon 1. to bore through, to perfo
wo

rate, to pierce, Arab. (ἀξ. Conj. I and V;

also reflex. or intrans. to be pierced,

wounded, Ps. 109, 22.—Hence >3n, >">n,
nb, jan, mba. Comp. Pi. and Po.

2. to lay open, to loose, to dissolve,

. Arab. nee similar are Gr. χαλάω, λύω.

Comp. Pi. and Hiph.

3. Denom. from 595m, to play the
pipe, to pipe, comp. Piel no. 4. Part.
ΠΡΟΤῚ Ps. 87; 7. -

Piet 1. ἕο pierce, to wound, Ez. 28, 9.

2. to loose a covenant, i. e. to break, to
violate, Ps. 55, 21. 89, 35.

3. to lay open, to give access to; hence
to make common, to profane, to defile,
since holy things were not open to the
people; 8. 5. a sanctuary Lev. 19, 8. 21.
9sq. Mal. 2, 11; the sabbath Ex. 31,
14; the name of God 19, 22. Mal. 1, 12;
priests Is. 43, 28; a father’s bed by incest
Gen. 49,4; also splendour, i.q. to pol-
lute, destroy, Is. 23, 9.—Pregn. Ps. 89, 40
inn ys? m>bn thou hast profaned his
crown (casting it) to the ground, comp.
74, 7. Ez. 28, 16. ‘ima >bnm to make
common ( pollgte) one’s daughter, to pros-
titute mee Lev. 19, 29; comp. 21,7. 14.
pian >bn to make common a tineyared
(which had been consecrated for the first
three years Lev. 19, 23), i.e. to gather its
fruits for common use, Deut. 20, 6. 28,
30. Jer. 31, 5.~Hence bh, nbsbn.

4. Dénoit. from ΠΝ to play the
pipe, to pipe, 1 K. 1, 40.

Pua pass. of Pi. no: 1, Ez. 32, 26;
pass. of no. 3, Ez. 36, 23.

Po. >>1n to pierce, to wound. Is. 51, 9
els) nbbinn who hath pierced the great
dragon, i.e. Egypt. Pass. part. bona
pierced, wounded, Is. 53,5. Sept. ἐτραυ-
ματίσϑη.

ΝΊΡΗ. 273 from 53m, inf. > (like
oan), fut. ὅπη, bam Lev. 21, 9, pass. of
Piel no. 3, to be profaned, defiled, Ez.
7, 24. 20, 9. 14. 22. Lev. 21, 4.

Hien. ἘΠῚ 1. to loose, to set free.
Hos. 8, 10 58 ΝΘ wo stm and
they (the hostile nations) shall presently
set them free from the burden of the
king, i. e. from his oppressive rule.

2. to loose, i. 6. to break one’s word,
faith, Num. 30, 3.

or

3. i.q. Piel no. 3, to prefane, to defile,
Ez. 39, 7.

4. to begin, like Eng). to open, as also
in many synonymous words, e. g. Arab.

Syr. |, to
loose, to open, to begin; Germ. erdffnen.

—Constr. with > and inf. Gen. 6, 1. 10,
8; without > Deut. 2, 20, 31. 1 Sam. 3,
2. Rarely followed by a finite verb, as
᾿ Deut. 2,248.3 5nn. 1 Sam. 3, 12 bn
ΓΞ beginning and finishing, i. e. from
‘beginning to end. Gen. 9,20 m3 brim
MAINT wx and Noah bépah to pea
husbandman, was the first husbandman.
—Also to have a beginning, to be begun,
Num. 17, 11 [16, 46]. 2 Chr. 29, 27.

Horn. pass. to be begun, ceptum est,
Gen. 4, 26.

Deriv. ὅπ, nbn, πὴ πὶ,
mann, and

2297 m. adj. 1. pierced, wounded, i.e.
mortally, Job 24,12. Ps. 69,27. Jer. 51,
52. Often also killed, slain, in a private
feud Deut. 21, 1.2.3.6; oftener in battle
Josh. 11,6. Judg.9,40. al. Collect. Deut.
32, 42. Ez. 6,7. 22" 52m slain with the
sword Num. 19,16. Ez. 3], 17.18; and
trop. on account of the antith. 5 ἘΣΤΊ
slain of famine Lam. 4, 9; comp. ‘ls. 22,
2.—In respect to the active signif. af
slayer, i.e. soldier, which some have
unnecessarily proposed, see Comment.
on Is, 22, 2. Thesaur. p. A78.

2. profane, polluted, Ez. 21, 30 [25] ;
see the root Pi. no. 3. Fem. 535m (joined
with M251) one profaned, polluted, a pros-
titute, Lev. 21, 7. 14.

*p>n fut. b> 1. i. q. Arab. 7
Conj. I. V, to be fat, full, rounded,
kindr. with 35m; and as this takes place
at puberty, hence to arrive at puberty,

«ὁ to open, to begin;

yibn, mbna,

to become ripe, manly, like 523, phe
puber, coéundi cupidus fuit—Job 39, 4
[7] their young ones 725M" grow up ripe,
puberes fiunt, full of manly vigour ; spo-
ken of the ibex.

2. to dream; spoken primarily of the

sensual dreams of puberty ; comp. pes

nocturnal pollution, a dream ; AS to
suffer nocturnal pollution, to dream ;

918.

“orn

VIII, to arrive at puberty; Syr. and
Ethiop. to dream ; see Thesaur. p. 479.
—Gen. 37,5 sq. 42,9. Is. 29,8. bin
pion a yee of dreams, ἕ q. 8733,
since dreams were regarded as a me-
dium of divine communication, Deut. 13,
2.4. Comp. Joel 3, 1. Num. 12, 6.

Hiren. 1. Pr. to make fat, sound, well;
hence to heal, to let recover, Is. 38, 16.
Syr. Pe. Ethpe. to be sound, strong,
robust.

2. to cause to dream, Jer. 29, 8.

Deriv. pi>m, ΤΉ ΩΡ, nbn.

Don τη.
dream, Dan. 2, 4 sq. 4, 2 sq.

2. Helem, pr. n. m. see “Ten Ὁ.

DM see pibn.

man [ ἅπαξ Asyou. Job 6, 6, a
much vexed passage, where homeune all
agree that the context requires this word
to mean some kind of insipid, tasteless
food. The exact signification can be
determined only by the etymology. The
form mvabn then (from τ. 021, after the
form m:s>8) denotes pr. somnolency,
dreaminess, and hence fatuity, simplici-
ty, folly (comp. Ece. 5, 2. 6), any thing
simple, foolish ; which may then be trop.
referred to tasteless food, just as vice

versa the notion of tnsipidness is trans-

ferred from food to discourse ; comp.
μωρός in Dioscorides, spoken of tasteless
roots. What this food was, is clearly
shown by the Syriac translator, who
renders it |ASa\, a word similar to
the Heb. name, and denoting portulaca,
purslain, an herb formerly eaten as
salad, and proverbial for its insipidity
among the so Grom and Romans ;

comp. aS) ¢ Ce: ree portulaca stul-

tior, see Meidanii Proy. no. 344, p. 219
ed. H. A. Schultens ; ; Golius ad Serten-
tias Arab. no. 81. So Greek μωρὸν λάχα-
γον, βλίτον, whence βλέτων, βλιτάς, βλιτο-
μάμας Aristoph. Nub. 997, of ἃ silly per-
son; and so Lat. bliteus Plaut. Trucul.

4.4.1. Hence called Aves | ΦΈΜΙ

olus fatuum, silly herb, which very word
the Arabic translator of Job puts for the

Syr. |ASaSw. Hence in Job Le. “ἢ

maabn purslain-slime, prob. spoken con- ὦ
temptuously for purslain-broth, as 1m ~

1, Chald. empl ΣῊΝ a 4

.
ons 5 -
“πα ν᾿ ὦ ΔΝ να eS e ee + of" de

= SL Sl t——S ...

ee

‘pated, Hab. 1, 11.

- abr

is jestingly called Kohl-Briihe, cabbage-
broth. See Thesaur. p. 480.—The Rab-
bins and Targums regard ΤΩΣ as the
same with Chald. i05m and yon yolk
of an egg, from τ. 05m i. q. 37 no. 1;
and slime of a yolk they explain’ by the
white of an egg, as a tasteless, insipid
food. This in itself is not ill; but the
former interpretation is to be preferred,
on account of the analogy of so many
languages.

WAIT m. quadrilit. flint, silex, any
hard stone, Job 28, 9. Ps. 114, 8; more
fully Wrabnn =x Deut. 8, 15. 32, 13.

} S os
The ae has ὡσόλξι according
907

to others ‘ys A , pyrites. The pri-
mary idea seems to be that of smooth-
ness, which is found in several roots be-
ginning with >n, 6. g. 32m, Mon, pan;
comp. Lat. glaber, gladius, Germ. glatt.
Comp. also Gr. χάλιξ silex.

727 (strong, τ. 1m) Helon, pr. ἢ. m.
Num. 1, 9. 2, 7. ©

>A see γ5π.

. pon fut. 5m", to slip, to glide,
spoken of the swift motion of any thing
smooth; the primary idea being that of
smoothness and slipperiness, as of fat
things; comp. 22h, also 75m, 03, Gr.
ἀλείφω ; and so Germ. schliipfen, Engl. to
slip, with the sibilant prefixed—Hence

1. to glide along, to pass by, Job 4, 15.
9, 11. 26. Cant. 2,11. Also, to pass on
1 Sam. 10, 3; to pass away, to perish,
Is. 2,18; to pass beyond sc. a law, to
transgress, Is. 24,5. [Here too may be
referred: Ps. 90, 5. 6, of herbage, fo pass
away, to wither and die; also Hab. 1,
11 oven Map Mn DM τὸ then his spirit

. passes over and he transgresses and is

guilty, i.e. his spirit overflows, becomes
proud and arrogant. The signif. to
flourish, to revive, given in no. 2. b, is
doubtful in Kal.—R.

2. to pass through; hence causat.
a) to pierce, to transfix, Judg.5, 26. Job
20, 24. b) to let spring up, as new
shoots pierce the ground, i. e. to grow
green, to flourish, as a plant Ps. 90, 5. 6.
Trop. of the mind, to revive, to be reno-
But see in no. 1.

319

German any long and tedious discourse »

yon

3. Intens. to pass on against any one,
to assail, Job 11, 10; to rush on, as the
wind Is. 21, 1; a stream Is. 8, 8.

4, tochange, intrans. i. q. to be changed,
Rass: of Pi. and Hiph. Ps. 102, 27.

\ Pint to let pass away, to icimda: e. g.
garments Gen. 41, 14. 2 Sam. 12, 20.
Syr. Pa. id.

Hieu. 1. to change, i. q. Piel, Gen.
35, 2. Lev. 27, 10. Ps. 102, 27; to alter
Gen. 31, 7. 41.

2. to change for new, to renew, to re-
vive, to make flourish again, 6. g. a
tree Is. 9,9. Also intrans. to revive, to
flourish again, pr. to produce new
sprouts, foliage, Job 14,7. Hence with
m>, to renew one’s strength, to gain new
strength, Is. 40, 31. 41,1; and so ellipt.
without M3, Job 29, 20.

Deriv. gon, ain, men, 7m,
mipora.

on Chald. to pass, spoken of time,
Dan. 4, 13. 20. 29.

52°31. pr. subst. exchange; hence
as Prep. in exchange for, instead of, for
Num. 18, 21. 31.

2. Heleph, pr. n. of a place in Naph-
tali, Josh. 19, 33.

* Von ‘fut. ym? 1. todraw out e.g.
the: breast to suckle Lam. 4, 3. Also fo
draw off, to pull off, sc. the shoe, Deut.
25,10. Arab. ΦΞ id. Υ and 3 being
interchanged.

2. to withdraw oneself, to depart, with °
ἸΏ, Hos. 5, 6. ‘Arab. discessit e
loco.

3. Part. pass. 715M expeditus, stripped,
spoken of a warrior disencumbered from
all impediments eapedite for war. or
battle, i. q. armed, ready, alert for con-
flict, comp. Lat. ‘expedire se ad pug-
nam?’ Liv. 38. 21. Tac. Hist. 2.99. So
Josh. 6, 7. 9. 13. Num. 32, 21. 27. Deut.
3,18. More fully nanbad yan Num.
32, 29; ΝΙΝ ‘nm 1 Chr. 12, 23; plur.
NSE OE! sb Num. 31, 5. Josh. 4, 13.
ayy "x99n Is. 15,4, ig. aNia =i35 Jer.
48, 41.

Piex intens. 1. to pull off garments
by force, i. 6. to strip, to spoil, with ace.
of pers. Ps. 7, 5 and yf I have spoiled him
that without cause is mine enemy. i
Pe. and Pa. id.

yon

2. to draw out, to take away, e. g.
stones from a wall, Lev. 14, 40. 43.

3. to deliver sc. from danger, 2 Sam.
22, 20. Ps. 6, 5. 50, 15. 81, 8.

Niro. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 3, to eaype-
dite oneself for war or battle, to arm
oneself, Num. 31, 3. 32, 17.

2. Pass. of Piel no. 3, to be delivered
sc. from danger, Ps. 60, 7. 108, 7.

Hipu. to make alert, strong, vigorous,
6. g. the bones, Is. 58, 11.

Deriv. n47>m, mix>m2, and the two
here following.

yon only Dual 8°29 the loins, where
one girds himself for strength, vigour,
activity; seer. yen Kal no. 3. Hence to
gird up the loins, to prepare for an en-
counter, Job 38, 3. 40,7; to come forth out
of one’s loins, i.e. to be begotten of him,
Gen. 35, 11.—Chald. 7>x9n, Syr. lew,
Ὁ or being dropped.

72M in pause y2n (perh. loin, i. q.
yen) Helez, pr-n.m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 39.
Ὁ) 2 Sam. 23, 26; for which ἀπ 1 Chr.
11, 27. 27, 10.

* pon fut. Pom 1. to be smooth.

Arab. ($4 and ge id. but 5.1.

act. to form, to make, pr. to smooth off;

to which is kindr. ($A to cut off the
hair, pr. to make smooth the head or
chin. This signif. of smoothness is found
in several families of roots beginning
‘with gl, and espec. glc, in the occidental
languages also; as Gr. χαλκός, χάλιξ
smooth silex, calculus; κόλαξ a smooth
man, flatterer, i. q. P24 no. 2; γλυκύς of
which the primary idea lies in touch;
γλοῖος, γλίσχρος, Lat. glacies, glaber,
gladius, glisco, gluten; Germ. glait,
gleiten, Glas, gleissen, i. q. glanzen;
Engl. to glide, glass, glue, etc. comp.
Heb. m3, Ὰς, to polish.—Metaph. to
be smooth, bland, flattering, e. g. the
heart Hos. 10, 2; the lips, words, Ps.
55, 22.

2. to divide, to distribute, to appropri-
ate, espec. by lot, Josh. 14, 5. 18, 2. 22, 8.
This signif.is derived from the noun pon,
which denotes pr. a smooth stone used
as a lot, comp. Chald. P2% ἃ reckoning-

9 “κί =
stone, lot, ΡΞ. ia. Secondary forms

320

pon

are Arab. (gs to destine, to predes-
tine, Eth. "ΛΟ to number, to reck-
on among, “2A. * number, lot; comp.
Aram. bass, xp>an lot, xpbm land di-
vided by lot, an inheritance —2 Sam.
19, 30. 1 Sam. 30, 24 5pdmn 135 they
shall divide (share) together, i. e. alike,
in equal portions. Prov. 17,2 he shall

‘share the inheritance along with the

brethren, i. e. shall have an equal por-
tion, comp. Job 27,17. With » to divide
with any one, to be partner with him,
Prov, 29, 24; with > to divide out to any
one, to impart to him, Deut. 4, 19. 29,
25. Neh. 13, 13; with 2 of thing, Job
39,17 masaza md pbm bi nor hath he
imparted to her with (of) understand-
ing. Comp. P2M no. 2.

3. to divide out as spoil, i. q. to spoil
from ΘΓ no. 2. 2 Chr. 28, 21 Ahaz
spoiled the- house of the Lord and the
house of the king and the princes. Sept.
well ἔλαβεν τὰ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ, the house being
put for what is therein contained, see
m3 no. 10.

Nipu. 1. to be divided out, distributed,
Num. 26, 53. 55. Ἂ

2. to divide or distribute oneself, Job
38, 24. Pregn. Gen. 14, 15 ὈΠῸΣ pons
and he divided himself against them,
i. e. divided his forces and attacked
them. Job 38, 24.

3. to divide among themselves, like
Hithp. 1 Chr. 23, 6 open and he di-
vided them into courses. 24,3. But the
better reading is Dpen, see Lehrg. p.
462.

‘Piet 1. Like Kal no. 2, to divide out,
to distribute, 6. g. spoil, prey, Gen. 49, 27.
Ps. 68, 13; with > to distribute among,
2 Sam. 6, 19. Is. 34,17. 1 K. 18,6 Span
VNTR OND they divided the land be-
tween them. Also c. > i. q. to apportion,
to assign, Job 21, 17. Is. 53, 12 i>"phny
pa72 [will assign hima portion among
the great.

2. to disperse, Gen. 49, 7. Lam. 4, 160.

Puat fo be divided out, distributed, Is.
33, 23. Am. 7, 17. Zech. 14, 1.

Hiew. 1. Trans. of Kal no. 1, to make
smooth, to shape, as an artisan Is. 41, 7.
Metaph. to make smooth the tongue, i. q
to flatter, Ps. 5, 10. Prov. 28, 23; and so
to make smooth one’s words, id. Prov

«+ allel

pon 3

2,16. 7, 5; also without accus. Prov.
29, 5 snza->y pt 723 a man who
flattereth another. Ps. 36, 3.

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2. Jer. 37, 12
pwa pem> to obtain from thence his
portion, his inheritance ; so Vulg. Targ.
But Kimchi: that he might slip away
from thence, a signif. which might easily
come from that of smoothness.

Hirup. to divide among themselves,
Josh. 18, 5.

Deriv. pon —nipopon, ΓΤ.

Pot m. adj. 1. smooth, opp. to hairy,
rough, Gen. 27,11; hence bare, bald, of
a mountain Josh. 11, 17. 12, 7. Trop.
smooth, i. e. bland, flattering, of the pa-
late (i. e. mouth, words) of a harlot,
Prov. 5, 3; comp. 26, 26.

2. slippery, deceitful, false, Ez. 12,24;
comp. 13, 7.

P21 Chald. lot, portion, part, Ezra 4,
16. Dan. 4, 12. 20. Comp. Heb. pon.

pen m. 6. suff. ce plur. ΡΝ
constr. "22M, once "R= Dag. euph. Is.
57, 6.

1. smoothness, polish, Is. 57, 6 spoken
of idol-worshippers: Ren bn "pbna
Wbris ἘΠῚ ch with the smooth (stones)
of the torrent is thy portion ; these, these
- are thy lot. i. 6. with idols formed of
smooth stones set up (comp. 1 Sam. 17,
40) is thy intercourse, these are thy
gods; as immediately follows: even to
them hast thou poured out a drink-offer-
ing, etc. So Targ. and most intpp.
Others: in the bare (smooth) places of
the valley is thy lot, i. e. in the open (not
wooded) places dost thou worship idols.
In either case there is a play upon the
double meaning of 72m i. 6. smooth-
ness, also portion.—Metaph. smoothness,
flattery, Prov. 7, 21.

2. part, portion, share, lot, Job 32, 17.
Josh. 18, 5.6.9. p2m> Pm portion as
portion, like portions, Deut.18,8. Spok-
en of the portion of the sacrifices allotted
to the Levites Lev. 6,10; ofa portion of
spoil Gen. 14, 24. Num. 31, 36. 1 Sam.
30, 24. Hence for spoil itself, Job 17, 5
py 3732 p2m> who betrayeth friends to
the spoil, i.e. concy. spoilers. Hab. 1, 16.
Especially of a lot or portion by inheri-
tance, Josh. 14, 4. 15, 13. 18,7 the Levites
shall have no portion (P2M) among you.

“1 (pon

“as p>m the portion of my people i. e.
the land of Israel, Mic. 2,4; comp. Is.
61,7.—In phrases: 8) pon % (778) ws
Ἔ py mbm he has (or has not) lot and
possession with any one, i. e. receives a
like portion, partakes with him (κοινωνεῖν
τινι) Deut. 10, 9. 14, 27. 29. 18,1; SS
ib. 12,12. Metaph. to participate with,
to consort with, Ps. 50; 18; comp. Dan.
4,12. b)3 by pen (778) = he has (or
has not) part in any thing, partakes in
it Sess τινος) Num. 18, 20. Kce. 9, 6.
any one, i. . 4. ἴο athe ‘othe to do with ~
him, 2 Sam. 20. 1. 1 K. 12, 16. Gen. 31,
14. Josh. 22, 25. 27; also Neh. 2, 20.
6) BP27 pen the portion of Jacob, i. e.
Jehovah, whom it is allotted to Israel to
worship, Jer. 10,16. 51, if; comp. Deut.
4,19. Ps. 16,5. 142,6. Vice versa, P2n
mim the portion of Jehovah, i. 6. the peo-
ple of Israel, whom God has allotted to
himself to protect and cherish, Deut. 32,
9. d) lot, portion in this life; press
Kee. 2,10. 3, 22. 5,17. Job 20, 29. 31, 2
mids PM lot appointed of God.

3. a portion of land, q. d. fields, terri-
tory, 2 K. 9,10. 36. 37. So by transpos.
Chald. xbpn and Ethiop. dA field.
Hence the land. terra firma, as opp. to
the sea, Am. 7, 4.

4. Helek, pr. n. of a son of Gilead,
Num. 26, 30. Josh. 17, 2.—Patronym.
"pon Helekite Num. 1. ὁ.

pan adj. (r. P2%) smooth ; 1 Sam. 17,
40 DIAN "PEM Awan five smooth ones of
the stones, i.e. five smooth stones. For

this idiom comp. Is. 29, 19. Hos. 13, 2;

see Lehrg. p. 678.

MP fi. q. pn 1. smoothness,-
smooth part, Gen. 27. 16.. Plur. smooth
i. 6. slippery places Ps. 738,18. Metaph.
flattery Prov. 6,24. Plur. nip>m smooth
things, flatteries, Is. 30, 10. nic pon ΓΞ
flattering lips Ps. 12, 3. 4,

2. portion, part; with M0 added,
portion of a field Gen. 33,19. Ruth 2, 3;
so without M7W id. 2 Sam. 14, 30. 31.
23, 12.

3. Constr, npenaspr.n. Helkath. a)
A city of the Levites in Asher, Josh. 19,
25; writtenmpon 21,31. b)o EN npbn
Helkath-hazzurim (field of swords) a
place near Gibeon, 2 Sam. 2, 16.

pon

mpon f. plur. mipn flatleriee, Dan. 11,
39. 2 2 pen Hiph.

Mpen 1 f. partition, division, 2 Chr. 35;
5. |B. pen

"PON (for ΓΘ ΤΙ Jehovah his portion)
Helkai, pr. τι. m. Neh. 12, 15.

m pon and ἼΓΙΡΡΟΤῚ (portion of Jeho-
vah, i. e. specially assigned to God,) pr.
n. Hilkiah. a) A high priest in the
reign of Josiah, 2 K. 22, 8.12. Ὁ) The
father of Jeremiah, Jer. 1,1. ὁ) The
father of Eliakim, 2 K.:18, 18. 26. Is. 22,
20, 36,3. ἋΣ Chr. 26,11. e) Jer,
29,3. f)1Chr. 6,30. g) Neh. 8, 4.

mipopon plur. f. (r. pdm) 1. slippe-

riness, q. d. smooth or slippery places,
Ps. 35, 6. Jer. 28, 12.

2. flatteries, blandishments, Dan. 11,
21. 34.

᾿ won 1. Fut. 65m", to prostrate, to
overthror, to discomfit, Ex. 17,13; with
>> Is. 14, 12, like Engl. to triumph over.

Arab. pees to prostrate, (ase man-

ful, brave.—Hence nwabn.

2. Fut. 8m intrans. pr. to be pros-
trate. i. e. to be weak, _Srail, to waste away,
Job14,10. Syr. Ethpa. to be weakened,

he weak.—Hence
won m. weak, Joel 4, 10.

I. OF m. (τ. 77h) only ὁ. suff. 772n,
man; a father-in-law, Gen. 38, 13. 25.
1 Sam. 4, 19.21. Fem. is min q. v.
It follows the analogy of the irregular
nouns 38, MX, Lehrg. p. 479, 605, 606.

9 Soe ;
Arab. , father-in-law, a rela-

tive of husband or wife, Eth. mh father-
in-law, TACO to contract affinity, to
become a son-in-law, Samar.2¥¥f father-
in-law, also one betrothed. Correspond-
ing is the Greek γαμβρός for γαμερός
father-in-law, son-in-law, bridegroom,
kinsman, from γάμος, youem. See r.
man, also Day.

Il. OF (τ. pn) 1. Adj. warm, hot,

e.g. of bread just baked Josh. 9, 12.

Plur. ΘΠ ἘΠῚ Job 37, 17.

2. Ham, pr. ἢ. a) A son of Noah,
whose posterity are described in Gen.
10, 6-20 as occupying the southernmost

322

No

regions of the known earth. thus accord
ing aptly with his name, i. e. warm, hot.
Ὁ) Aname of Egypt, prob. itsdomestic —
name among the Egyptians themselves;
but so inflected by the Hebrews as to
refer it to Ham the son of Noah, as the
progenitor of the Egyptians as well as
other southern nations. Ps. 78, 51. 105,
23.27. 106, 22.—In the Coptic language,
the name of Egypt is written CHL

in the Sahidic dialect KH&KE ; which

words, according to Plutarch, have the
signification of blackness and heat; de
Iside et Osir. VII. p. 437. Reisk. So

also according to their Coptic etymolo-

gy ; see Peyron Lex. p.66. In the hie-
roglyphic language it is written with
two letters, KM. The same name for
Egypt is likewise found in the Rosetta
Inscription, in which this word occurs
more than ten times, (line 1, 6, 7, 8,11, —
12, 18.) and is read by Champollion —
Chme. See Jablonski Opusc. ed teWater
1. p.404sq. Champollion ?Egypte sous
les Phar. I. p. 104 sq. Gramm. p. 152.
Akerblad Lettre ἃ Silv. de Sacy sur Pin-
scription de Rosette p. 33-37.

ἘΠῚ m. 1. pr. inf ofr. nen to be warm,
e.g. DaNMS Jer. 51, 39.

2. Subst. warmil heat, Hos. 1, 6; of
the day Gen. 18, 1: 2 Sam. 15,5; of the
sun 1 Sam. 11,9. Neh. 7, 3; δος Gen.
8, 22. Is. 18, 4.

μ N70 obsol. root, Arab. G& to be-
come thick, to curdle. to coagulate, as
milk. The primary idea seems to be
that of growing together. coalescing ; see
man, and the remarks on the syllables
pn, ὃν, D3, under 023.—Hence ΓΝ ὩΓῚ,
Axon, and mar no. II.

ἐς ΤΙ by Chaldaism for 2h, anger,
wrath, Dan. 11, 44.

ἐς ΤΙ, ΟῚ Chald. f f. i. 6. Hebr.
mam, heat, anger, wrath, Dan. 3, 13. 19.

NAT ΕΓ (τ. ΝΠ) 1. curdled milk,
curds, Gen. 18, 8. Judg. 5, 25 where
comp. Jos. Ant. 5. 5.4 γάλα διεφϑορὸς

70n, milk in this state having an inebri-

ating power. Is. 7, 22. 2 Sam. 17, 29.
Poet. also for milk in general, Job 20, 17.
Is. 7,15. Deut. 32.14. To eat curdled
milk and honey Is. 7, 22, i. e. by those

TAR

who remain in the land after it is deso-
lated by the enemy, without fruits and
grain; see in "D B. 2. a.—Sept. βούτυ-
gov, Vulg. butyrum, which in most places
is inept; see Thesaur. p. 486.—Plur.
_ MINH, see ΤῊΝ ΤΙ.

"2, cheese, Prov. 30, 33.

Deriv. by syncope 772m IL. q. v.

i Tah fut. Tam? and 7271, whence
piur. 1 pers. 4777273 Is. 53, 2.

1. to desire, to covet, Ex. 20,17. 34, 24.

Mic. 2, 2.

2. to delight in any thiiigt to take plea-
sure in, Ps. 68,17. Is. 1,29. Prov. 12, 12;
also with dat. pleon. , Prov. 1, 59...
Part. pass. 7472" pr. desired, delighted
in; hence something desirable, pleasant,
a delight, what is dearest to any one,
Job 20, 20. Ps. 39,12. organ Is. 44, 9
their delights; i.e. tdola, comp. Dan. 11,37.

Nipa. part. 77273 desired, i. 6.

‘1. desirable, pleasant, grateful, Gen.
2, 9. 3, 6.

2. precious, Ps. 19, 11. Prov. 21, 20.

Prex i.g. Kal no. 1. Cant. 2,3 ‘bya
“Maw "NTN in his shade I desire to

sit down. Heb. Gr. § 139. 3.
Deriv. Varya, Jara, and the four here
following.

ΤΊ m. desirableness, pleasantness,
beauty ; Ez. 23, 6 7am Ma comely
young men. Is. 32, 12 an "Ty plea-
sant fields, comp. Am. 5, 11. Is. 27, 2 in
some copies; others ΤΙ.

myo f(r. 32m) 1. desire, 2 Chr.
21, 20 he departed M3737 >a undesired,
i.e. regretted by none.

2. object of desire, a delight, 1 Sam.
9, 20. Dan. 11, 37 5782 ΤΠ ΤΊ the delight
of women, where the context requires us
to understand some idol specially wor-
shipped by the ean women, as As-
tarte, Anaitis.

3. pleasaniness, excellence. Jer. 3, 19.
ΠΌΤ PIN @ pleasant land. Ez. 26, 12.
nyan "22 precious vessels 2 Chr. 32; 27.
36, 10. Nah. 2, 10.

mits and misvant f£ plur. precious
things, ‘Dan. 11,38.43. mivan bs, h "793
goodly raiment, precious ὁ peasels, Gen.
27,15. 2 Chr. 20, 25. nistvan ot sa-
voury food, delicacies, from which a per-
son fasting was wont to abstain, Dan.

323

van

10, 8. mitvan Ss Dan. 10, i1. 19, and
without "8 9, 23, man of God’s delight,
i.e. beloved of God. R. 727.

1727] (pleasant) Hemdan, pr. n. m.
Gen. 36, 26. In 1 Chr. 1, 41 it is written
ἸΏ πι, by an error of the transcribers.

᾿ Wan obsol. root. 1. to join toge-
ther, spec. to. join in affinity ; hence on
father-in-law, nian. Comp. 82m, and
also the force of the syllables on, 53,
ba, under D2.

2. to surround witha wall; pr. to γοῦν
or hold together things conjoined. Arab.

L=>. Hence min, and pr. names

man, vans.

Mart f.(r.n2m) 1. warmth, heat of
the sun, Ps. 19, 7.

2. Post. for the sun itself, Job 30, 28.
Cant. 6, 10. Is. 30, 26. So often in the
Mishna.

I. 27 f. once NO Dan. 11, 44
constr. M2"; for nom from r. om,

1. heat, sc. from wine, Hos. 7,5; hence
meton. for wine itself as heating, Hab
2, 15. ᾿

2. heat of anger, i.q. anger, wrath,
often coupled with synon. &, espec. in

the later books and in poetry, Gen. 27,

44, Deut. 29,27. Jer. 7,20. Esth. 2, 1.
3, 5.. Ps. 37, 8. Prov. 15, 1. 21, 14. al.
Mam WAN, Man 532, aman of wrath, an
angry man, Prov. 15, 18. 29, 22. Often
of the wrath of God, Is. 27, 4. 34, 2.
Ez. 7, 8. Nah. 1,6. al. mann jn ot
Jer. 25,15, and mann oiD Is. 51, 17, the
cup of wrath, of which Jehovah causes
the nations to drink; see in 04D no. 1,
comp. Rev. 16, 19 and Job 21, 20 he shall
drink of the wrath of the Almighty—
Plur. Mim Prov. 22,24. Ps. 76, 11.

3. poison, so called as causing inflam-
mation, Deut. 32, 24. 33. Ps. 58, 5. Job

6,4. Arab. Ram id.
Il. 2M 1. ᾳ. HNN, the radical καὶ
being dropped, milk, Joh 29, 6.

PS Syl) (wrath of God) Hammuel, pr.
n.m.1.Chr. 4, 26. R. on.

ΓΤ ΤΙ ‘see mitan.

pow (father-in-law or kinsman of

the dew, or perh. for 54 miam) Hamu-
tal, pr. τι. of the wife of king Josiah, 2 K.

von

23, 31. 24,18. Jer. 52,1. In these latter
passages the Chethibh is >¥°2n.

San (pitied, spared) Hamul, pr. n.
m. Gen. 46, 12. 1 Chr. 2, 5.—Patron.
“byan Hamulite Num. 26,21. R. dan.

yan (warm, sunny, r. 02m) Ham-
mon, pr.n. a) A place in Asher Josh.
19,28. b) A town in Naphtali, 1 Chr.
6, 61.

7 Vrs m. (τ. YON no. 3) a violent man,
oppressor, i.q. yam, Is. 1, 17.—Accord-
ing to others, pass. one who suffers vio-
lence, oppressed, Sept. ἀδικούμενος, Vulg.
oppressus ; nor would I object, since an
intransitive form (70M) may assume a
passive sense.

P12" m. circuit, compass. Cant. 7, 2
NS o> FIST "pran the roundings
of thy hips are like neck ornaments, i. e.
like the knobs or bosses of a neoklane,
The maiden is here painted as καλλίπυ-
γος. R. pan

“an, 72% m. 1. anass, so called
from the reddish colour, which belongs

- not only to the wild ass, but also often to

the common ass in southern countries ;
hence ealled in Spanish burro, burrico.
Gen. 12,16. 24, 35. Ex. 13,13. Judg.
10, 4. 2 Sam. 17, 23. al. R. an no. 2.

2. a heap, i.g: 4h; and this rarer
form is chosen perhaps on account of
the paronomasia in Judg. 15, 16 "Mba
Danan “ian Mh with the jaw-bone
of an ass, a heap, two heaps, sc. have I
slain, R. van no. 3.

3. Hamor, pr. n. of a Hivite, contem-
porary with Jacob and his sons, Gen. 33,
19. 34,2. Josh. 24, 32. Judg. 9, 28.

MIM £ a heap, i. q. “art no. 2, q. v.
Mian f(r. man, after the form Minx

q. v.) a mother-in-law, Ruth 1, 14. 2,11.
See on I.

ST nian pr. ἢ. see man.
* Dan obsol. root, Chald. to bow

down, to lie upon the ground, in the Tar-
gums for Heb. 21>.—Hence

“AM m. Lev. 11, 30, prob. a species
of lizard. Sept. σαύρα, Vulg. lacerta.

ΓΙΌ (place of lizards, or i.q. Syr.
Laisa “nultvgth.) Humtah, pr. n. of a
city in Judah, Josh. 15, 54.

324

oon
ΦΩΤῚ see δὼ vor .

YO) m. adj. salted, seasoned. Is.
30, 24 yran 5.53 salted provender, i.e.
sprinkled with salt, which is eaten so
greedily by flocks and ΠΝ have
occasioned, the Arabis proverb: ‘sweet
fodder (XLS) is the camels’ bread ;
salted, it is their sweet-meats.’ See
Bochart Hieroz. T. [. p. 113.

"2" and "WATT m. (fr. card. wan) —
fem. F"—, Adj. ordinal, fifth, Gen, 1,
33. 30,17. Lev. 19,25. Num. 6, 36. al
Fem. ellipt. the fifth, the fifth part, Gen.
47,24. Lev. 5, 16. 17,15. Plur. irreg.
wnwen Lev. 5, 24; comp. ὉΠ ΤΊ,

“DT fut, barn; int nbon Ez. 16,5
to be mild, gentle, clement. Arab. by

transpos. de to be mild, clement, whe
μαχροϑυμία, mad mild, gentle. The

primary idea is that of softness; and —
this is preserved in Gr. ἁμαλός, ἀμαλός,
amahog.—Hence

1. to pity, to have sympathy, compas-
sion, with >3 of pers. Ex. 2,6. 1Sam. —
23, 91.

2«to spare, to treat with pity, c. >»
1 Sam. 15, 3. 15. 2 Sam. 21, 7.. 2 Chr.
36, 15.17; >& Is. 9,18 [19]. Also of
Hilaoe, to spare, to use sparingly, c. bx
Jer. 50,14; > c. inf. 2 Sam, 12, 4; ἘΚ
Job 20, 13. “Biz. 36, 21 and I will spare
my holy name, i. e. have regard for its
honour. .

Deriv. ΠΩ, unless this is from Arab.
ches; also pr. n. 5995 and

nan f. pity, mercy, Gen. 19, 16. Is.
63, 9.

*DeM pret. on, fat. O ss conv.
om Is. 44, 15. 16. Also fut. A ἘΠῚ
Deut. 19,6; omm Ez. 24,11; plur. sams
Hos. 7, 7; fat. impers. - om 1K. 1,1;
> ἘΠῚ Eee. 4, 113 see "below. These
fornis of the fut. are by some referred
to 6m3, but they belong rather here ;
comp. pret. 24, fut. 999. Inf th, o3n,

see below.—7Zo be or become warm,

kindr. with om. Avab. es to make

warm, mid. Kesr. to be warm; 45 to
be hot, 6. g. the day.—Ex. 16, 21. Is. 44,

‘yan

16. Impers. Ὁ om, fut. ἴδ om, it is
warm to him, he is made warm, gets
» warmth, 1 K. 1,1. Ecc. 4, 11.—Trop. of
the mind as heated, excited. Ps. 39, 4;
and so of heat from wine Jer. 51, 39;
from lust Hos. 7, 7. Also of cattle, to be
in heat, to conceive, Gen. 30, 38.39; see
in ont.—Inf. ch, c. suff. oana Jer. 51,
990.» Once pan, with pref. in pause
pend for warming sc. oneself, Is. 47, 14.

Νιρη. part. plur. ὩΛΏΓΤΙΣ, burning, in-
flamed, sc. with lust, ο. 3 ἴω 57, 5.

Pie. to warm, to make warm, Job 39,
14.

Hirup. to warm oneself, Job 31, 20.

Deriy. 0m LI, of, man, jan, aba the
proper names baman, yian, man.

JO, only in plur. ἘΠ ΤΙ, images, idols
of some kind for idolatrous worship, Lev.
26, 30. Is. 17,8. 27,9. Ez.6,4.6. 2 Chr. 14,
4, 34,7; in which passages it is several
times joined with statues of Astarte,
p“1tin; while from 2 Chr. 34, 4 it ap-
pears farther that the nan stood upon
the altars of Baal. Arabs Erpen. and
Kimchi long ago explained the word by
suns, images of the sun; and both this
interpretation and the thing itself are
now clearly illustrated by ten Punic
_ cippi with inscriptions, consecrated to
yan ὉΣΞ (722 53) i.e. to Baal the solar,
Baal the sun. See the subject fully
treated in Thesaur. p. 489. Monumm.
Pheenic. p. 170 sq.—The form jan solar
is from an the sun; and the plur.
nm in the O. T. is put ellipt. for
on nb>a, and is found in the same
context as iheewibins ὈΠΛΡΣΞ.

* 0m fut. d2m3 1. to do violence
to any one, fo oppress, to wrong ; pr. to
be eager, vehement, and hence violent,

Arab. Ue in a

good dense, to be active, brave, con-

i. g. 72M no. 3. a.

stant, tl oe warlike valour; ; comp.
730. Jer. 22,3. Prov. 8, 36 he that sin-
neth against me, iwes ooh wrongeth his
own soul, injures himself. Job 21, 27
ADAM “by nit the plans wherewith ye
think to oppress me, how ye may over-
come me. Mim dan 10 violate a law
Ez. 22, 26. Zeph. 3, 4,

2. to tear away with violence, 6. g. a

28

325

yan

hedge, Lam. 2, 6. Also to tear off from
oneself, i. q. to shake offs Job 15, 33
{70a 3339 oan? like a vine he shall
shake off his unripe grapes. ᾿

Nipnu. to be treated with violence, Jer.
13, 22; i. 6. by impl. to be violently mgde
hare as the other clause shows.

Deriv. 02mm, and :

DMM m. 1. violence,oppression,wrong,
Gen. 6, 11. 13. 49,5. oan wrx Ps. 18,
49. Prov. 3, 31, and ΘΟ ΤΙ WN 2 Sam.
22, 49. Ps. 140, 2. 5, ἃ violent man, op-
pressor. 02m ἽΣ a wrongful witness,
i. 6. false, Ex. 23, 1.—A genitive or suffix
after this word may refer either to him
who does the wrong, or to him who
suffers it. Of the former kind are oan
his wrong i. 6. which he does, Ps. 7, 17,
pS"37 0% 58, 3, comp. Ez. 12,19. Of
the latter, "0% my wrong i. e. done to
me Gen. 16, 5, an" "22 07M Joel 4, 19;
also Judg. 9, 24. Obad. 10. Hab. 2, 8.17.
Jer. 51, 35. So Lat. injuria, e. g. Ces.
Bell. Gall. 1. 30 ‘ pro veteribus Helveti-
orum injuriis populi Romani,’ i. e. done
to the Roman people ; see the Commen-
tators, and comp. Heinrich ad Cic. part.
inedit. p. 21.

2. Meton. what is got by wrong, ill-
gotten wealth, Am. 3,10. Plur. id. Prov.
4,17.

“yan fut. yarns, inf ΠΧ ΌΤΙ Hos. 7,
4, to be sharp, pungent.

1. As to taste, to be sour, eid, leav-
ened, e. g. fermented or leavened bread
Ex. 12,39. Hos. 7,4; or vinegar,see ὙΠ.
Also to be salted, seasoned, see 721 .—

Arab. Uda, Syr. εἴων.

2, As to sight, colour, fo be bright,
splendid, so as to dazzle the eyes;
spoken espec. of a bright red or scarlet
colour. Part. pass. 732" splendid, gor-
geous, spoken of the scarlet mantle or
pallium of a prince, Is. 63,1; comp. D5N >
v. 2, and Sept. Syr.—In the same manner
the Greeks say χρῶμα ὀξύ i. 6. κόκκινον,
πορφύραι ὀξύταται, ὀξυφεγγῆ ῥόδα, see
Bochart Hieroz. I. p.114. Simonis Are.
Formarum p. 66, 102.

3. Trop.ofthe mind: a) 0 be eager,
vehement ; to do violence, like kindr.
ὉΠ; whence part. yan a violent man,
oppressor, Ps. 71,4. Comp. yam and

yan
yn no. 2. Eth. UU to be unjust,
violent, to wrong. b) to be sharp, bit-
ter, spoker of pain, see Hithpa.

Hieu. part. intrans. MX2M"2 soured,
leavened, pr. what has contracted sour-
ness, Ex. 12, 19. 20.

Hiruapa. to be embittered, pained,
i. e. moved with anger, pain, Ps. 73, 21.
Chald. Pa. id.
᾿ς Deriv. pian, yon, and the two here
following.

ΤῊΣ τὰ. 1. any thing soured, leav-
ened, Ex. 12, 15. 13, 3. 7. al.

2. Prob. i. q. 02° , what is got by wrong,
ill-gotten wealth, Am. 4,5; see τ. ὙΠ
no. 3. So Chald.—The common signifi-
cation of something leavened might also
serve; but the other is preferable.

VM τὰ. vinegar Num. 6, 3. Ruth 2,
14. Ps. 69, 22. Sept. and Syr. render it
ougas, sour grapes, in Ps. 1. c. and Prov.
10, 26; and this Michaelis also endeav-
ours to vindicate, Suppl. p.828. But the
common signification is not unapt.

τ pan 1. to go round, kindr. with
pan.. See Hithpa.

2. to turn about, to go away, to depart,
Cant. 5, 6.

Hirupa: to go or wander about, Jer.
31, 22.

Deriv. pian.

% van 1. to boil up, to ferment, to
foam. Arab. p> Conj. I, II, VIII, to
ferment, to rise, as leaven; Con}. VIII, to
farttient, as wine.—Spoken of the sea Ps.
46,4; of wine Ps. 75,9, where others as-
sign to it the sense of redness, see no. 2.
Comp. Poalal, "72" wine, Yah no. 1.

2. to be red, from the idea of boiling,
foaming, becoahay heated or inflamed.

Arab. re Conj. IX, XI, to be red;
Conj. I mid. E, to burn with ange

Conj. it to write with red ink; πεὶ

red, Ἢ Sear 2S vehement

ardour ; to blush, to feel shame.—

Spoken of wine according to some Ps.
75, 9; but see in no. 1. Hence ὙΠ,
“i708 no. 1, “72 no. 2, "2M".

3. to swell, to rise in bubbles or heaps,
from the idea of boiling up, foaming, as

326

“ΤΙ

the sea, leaven, etc. Hence 9h no. 3,
“iam no. 2, 777093 heap.

4, Θϑυροὶ from “2m bitumen, to daub
with bitumen, to pitch, Ex. 2, 3.

PoaLaL, pass. "2972", doubling the
last two radicals.

1. to be made to boil, to be in a fer-
ment, to be troubled, Lam. 1, 20. 2, 11.
Comp. 2 no. 3, ΠΏ.

2. to become red, e. g. the countenance
as inflamed by weeping, Job 16, 16.

Norte.
radical letters doubled, are chiefly em-
ployed where rapid motion is to be ex-

' pressed ; as has been abundantly shown

by Hupfeld in his Exercitatt. ΖΕ ΟΡ. p.

27, 28.

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2, 3.

ΤΠ τη. ἄσφαλτος, asphaltus, bitumen,
which boils wp in the manner of boiling
oil or pitch, from subterranean fountains
not far from Babylon, also from the
bottom of the Dead Sea; afterwards it
hardens in the sun, and is collected even
on the surface of the Dead Sea, which
is thence called Lacus Asphaltites ; see
Tac. Hist. 5. 6. Strabo XVI. p. 763.
Diod. Sic. 2. 48. ib. 19. 98,99. Q. Curt.
5. 16. Comp. also Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II, p. 228 sq.—Gen. 11,3. 14, 10. Ex. 2, 3.

Arab.

either from its boiling up from fountains
(Gen. 14, 10) from r..727 no. 1; or from

‘ [ el-Hummar. Itisso called

its redness, the best kind being of that:

colour, Dioscor. 1. 99 ἄσφαλτος διαφέρει
ἢ ἸΙουδαϊκὴ τῆς λοιπῆς" ἐστὶ δὲ καλὴ ἢ
πορφυροειδῶς στίλβουσα.... Γεννᾶται
καὶ ἐν Φοινέκη καὶ ἐν Σιδῶνι καὶ ἐν Βαβυ-
λῶνι καὶ ἐν Ζακύνϑῳ. '

‘WaT τὰ. (τ. "7am no. 1) wine, so called
as being fermented, Deut. 32, 14. Is.
27, 2 Ὡς most editions; others 31}.

Arab. Sah, Syr. ἵμβοῦ id.

"ΠῚ Chald. m. emph. 8, id. Ezra

6, 9. 7, 22: Dan. 5, 1. 2. 4. 23.
AN an ass, see im.

"72h τὰ. 1. a boiling, foaming, e. g. of
waters, waves, Hab. 3,15. R."72F no. 1.
' 2. clay, loam, sc. of a reddish colour ;
see r. 72M no. 2. E. g. potter’s clay'Is.
45, ὟΣ 64, Ὑ; as used for sealing Job 38

Forms of this kind, with the,

EE = SS

—--_s

ae Se μοον... - ΝΝΝΝΝ, υἶν

ΜΒ.

14; mortar, cement, Gen.11,3; mire, Is,
10, 6. Job 10, 9. 30, 19.

3. a heap, EX. 8, 10 [14]; see τ΄. 72N
no. 3.—Hence homer, chomer, a measure
for things dry, containing ten ephahs, or
114 bushels; Lev. 27, 16. Num. 11, 32.
Ez. 45, 11. 13. 14. Called elsewhere
"D, q. ν.

323 Hamran, pr. n see in ἽΠΏΤΊ.

args F wan obsol. root, to be fat,
whence arn II, belly, abdomen. Arab.

-
is 55. fat, fatness, Camoos p. 826;
Sot
but, far more usual is by transpos. a

STi
fat, eerie to be fat, corpulent;
also to become fat after leanness.

Ὁ wan a root having affinity
with 09m and yen, ig. Arab. (ee

to be fierce, active, brave in battle ;'II,
IV, to provoke to anger; XII to be an-
gry ; V to show oneself stern agd obsti-

-

5
nate 4 (religion and)’ War 5 (jprress
et brave, warlike, πυρὰ bravery,

ale

valour; comp. > to be angry, | ipo

to kindle with.anger; all which senses
come from the primary idea of sharp-
ness, pungency ; seer. ὙΠ init. —Hence

Part. pass. plur. 5°82", a word of
which the etymology was long sought
in vain, i. 6. fierce, active. eager, brave
in battle, Ex. 13, 18. Josh. 1, 14. 4, 12.
Judg. 7, 11. (Comp. also the use of
n°x>m in the same connection Josh. 4,
13 comp. v. 12. Num. 32, 30. 32.) Aquil.
ἐνωπλισμένοι, Symm. καϑωπλισμένοι,
Vulg. armati ; and so Onk. Syr.—Some
have referred this form to wen III,

S

comp. Une, i. e. in battle-array, pr.

quinquepartitum, q. ἃ. quinquefied, as
consisting of five parts, the centre, the
two wings, and the front and rear gusied,
Theod. πεμπταΐζοντες. Other solutions
have also been given; but the one above
presented is best suited to the context
and to the genius of the language.

* JIT. wan f.constr. Ban; mn m.
constr. 7721, card. numeral five ; Arab.

327

nan
Soe 59 “6. τ, t
>, Xun, in the other kindred
dialects tam. In the Indo-european fa-
mily, this numeral is Sanscr. pantshan,
Zend. and Pehlv. peantshe, pandj, Pers.
, Gr. πέντε (ZEol. πέμπε), all of

which have affinity with the Semitic form
in the last two radicals; and with a pal-
atal instead of the labial we have also
Lat. quinque (uévne), like πῶς κῶς, λύκος
lupus, ὕτπος equus, ἕπομαι sequor, etc.—
Like the number seven, so also five is
sometimes put as a round number, Is.
17, 6. 30,17; especially, it would seem,
in what has siacebel to Egypt, Gen. 43, |
34. 45, 22. 47,2. Is. 19,18. This usage
nating peseed over to the Hebrews
from the religious rites of Egypt, India,
and other oriental nations; among whom
five minor planets, and five elements and
elementary powers, were accounted sa-
cred. Comp. the sacred πεντάς of the
Basilidiani, Iren. adv. Heres. 1. 23. Epi-
phan. I. p. 68. Colon.

Piur. own fifly, c. suff. ΘΠ,
wen. thy fifty, his fifty, 2 K. 1 9-12,
mwan a captain of fifty sc. soldiers,
πεντηκόνταρχος, 2K. 1, 9-14. Is, 3, 3.

Denom. an, wan I.

WAN Prex denom. from 2n, q. d. to
fifth land, i. 6. to exact the fifth part,

e. g. of all the produce as a tax, Gen.
41, 34.

I. BaF τὰ. a Sifth, fifth part, from an
five ; as 53 a fourth, from 335, 2378.
Shae: the fifth of all rode, paid by the

Egyptians to the king as tribute, Gen.
47, 26.

11. WAM τὰ. (τ. wan 1) the belly, abdo-
men, 2 Sam. 2, 23. 3, 27. 4, 6. 20, 10.
Syr. Lasoo id. 2 Sam. 3,27. 4,6. Eth.
hr womb, Talmud. τ "ΤΙ abdomen,

ὦ and x being interchanged.—From
this Semitic word seems to have come

’ Lat. omasum.

"WT see "an.

΄σ 93.
Η men obsol. root, Arab. wry> to be
warm, hot, as the day; mid. E, to be
spoiled, foul, rancid, as water, butter, etc.

9 - -§ 905
whence wrAp-> and east a bottle or

skin. and any thing becoming rancid

nan

withmit. Or perhaps this root is second-
ary, and derived from these very nouns ;

while the primary root may be t= to

be warm, hot, whence wrrp> for Kine.
Hence perhaps

Mar m. Gen. 21, 15. 19, constr. man
v. 14, a leathern-bottle, water-skin. R.
men or 12m. But constr. 2m Job 21,
20. Hos. 7, 5, is from 25 heat, anger.

ΓΤ (fortress, citadel, from στ. 72n,
kindr. 725M wall,) pr. n. Hamath, a large
and important city of Syria, situated on
the Orontes near the northern boundary
of the Holy Land, Num. 13. 21. 34,8. It
was anciently the seat of a powerful
king, the ally of David ; and was called
by the Greeks Epiphania, while the

Arabs retain the ancient’ name, {4s
Hamah. Fully Am. 6,2 "a" ren Ha-
math the great; also 35% ron 2 Chr.
8, 3. The gentile name is πὶ Ha-
mathite Gen. 10,18. man pax 2 K. 25,
21 land of Hamath, i. e. the country or
district around. See Abulfeda, who was
a prince of this still noble city, Tab. Sy-
rie p. 108,109. Relandi Palestina p.
119 sq. Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria,
etc. p. 146.

G1 (warm springs, r. 62") Ham-
math, pr. n. of a town of Naphtali near
Tiberias, Josh. 19, 35. Josephus calls
it ‘duuoots, which he interprets by ϑὲρ-
μά, B.J. 4.1.3. Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. p. 260. The same prob. is "83 nian
Josh. 21, 32.

V3 πὶ. (7. 327%) ¢. suff. in 1. grace,
favour, kindness, Ecc. 9,11. a) &82
aybp "2°32 ὙΠ to find Poon in the eyes
of any one, i. 6. with him, Gen. 6, 8. 19,
19. 32, 6.' 18, 3 FILA [MT AN. NTO
if now I have panth? aaa in thy sight,
if thou favourest me. Gen. 30, 27. 47,
29. 50,4. In the same sense, ἊΝ ἽΠ xis
Esth. 2, 15:17. Ὁ) 2°33 ‘pM 179 to
give one favour in the eyes of any one,
with any one. Ex. 3, 21 Ἱπττὰ ἽΠΠΩ
py) Ta HI ὭΣΤ and I will give
this people favour. in the sight of thee
Egyptians. 11, 3. 12, 36. Gen. 39, 21.—
Spec. compassion Zech. 12. 10.

2. grace, i. q. gracefulness, beauty, ele-

328

neha

gance, Prov. 22, 11. 31, 30. 5,19 jm mbes
the graceful chambien Pd 45, 3. Ecce. 10.
12. ὙΠ 73 stone of beauty, i. e. precious
stone, Prov. 17, 8.

3. Hen, pr. ἢ: τὴ. Zech. 6, 14. But
comp. v. 10.

‘TI27) (for 135. Ἴπ| favour of Hadad,
see 3) Henadad, pr. n. m. Ezra 3, 9.

‘Neh. 3, 18.

“127 fut. moms, apoc. ΠΡ] 1. to
bend, to ‘bow down, rm incline ; kindr. 437,
my. Arab. Lis to bend, to incline ;
metaph. to incline, to be favourably dis-
posed, comp. 2M. —Judg. 19, 9 mA
pitt ΓΤ lo! the declining of the day,
i.e. the day is declining —Henee min
a spear, lance, so Sapp: as being flexi- -
ble.

2. to set oneself down in any place, to
sit down, i. e. to pitch one’s tent, Gen.
26, 17; to pitch a camp, to encamp, Ex.
13, 20. 17, 1. 19, 2. Num. 1, 51 Pisma
j2ean Dior the tabernacle is set down,
i.e. pitched. Poet. of locusts, Neh. 3, 17.
Spec. a) With >, lo encamp against
a city, i. q. to besiege, Ps. 27, 3. 2 Sam.
12, 28. Is. 29.35; with 3 id. Jude. 9, 50;
also c. ace. id. Ps, 53 6. b) With Ὁ, to
encamp for or around any one, i. q. ta
defend, Zech. 9,8; comp. Ps. 34, 8.

3. Poet. i. q. to dwell Is. 29,13 comp.
PAR i. g. house. ὁ

‘Deriv. PAI, MM, MM, Mim, pr.

n. JOM.

mn Γ (τ, 20) 1. Plur. ni3n, grace,
favour, compassion, Ps. 77, 10. «ὦ

2. Perh. entreaty, tupplication. prayer,
see the root in Hithp. Job 19, 17 "Msn
"203.7235 and my prayers (are loath-
some) to the sons of my womb, i. e. to
my brethren. The form "3m is then
for "n't. see Heb. Gram. ὃ 89. 3.n; not
1 pers. Preet. from (24, contrary to the
accent.

3. Hannah, pr. ἢ. the mother of Sam-
uel, 1 Sam. 1, 2 sq.

77273 (initiated or initiating, τ. 429)
pr. n. Henoch, Enoch. a) The first-
born son of Cain, whose name was also
given to acity founded by his father,
Gen. 4,17. b) The father of Methu-
selah, translated to heaven on account
of his piety, Gen. 5, 18-24. The later

a

oie)

Jews, founding a conjecture on the ety-
mology of the name, make him out to
have been not only the most distin-
guished of the antediluvian prophets,
but also the inventor of letters and
learning ; and have forged in his name
a spurious book, comp. Jude v. 12.
These fables are current also among the
Arabs ; by whom he is called υ"9)0
Idris, i. 6. the learned. c) The eldest
son of Reuben, Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 6,-14.
Patronym. "235 Henochile Num. 26, 5.
d) A son of Midian Gen. 25, 4.

P35 (graciously regurded, favoured,
r. 425) Hanun, pr.n. a) A king of the
Ammonites, 2 Sam. 10,1. 1 Chr. 19, 2.
b) Neh. 3, 30. c) Neh. 3, 13.

Tad m. adj. gracious, merciful, com-
passionate, Ps. 111, 4, 112,4. R. jn.
᾿ PA f(r. m2) plur. mit, a vault,
cell, so called from its curved or arched
form. Chald. and Syr. mast, [2ou, a

tradesman’s cell, stall, Arab. web,

Sus: Hence in Jer. 37, 16 the pro-
phet is said to be cast ~>x1 Vian maby
mis2mm into the dungeon and into the
vaults, i.e. under ground. So common-
ly, and not unaptly.—An exposition per-
haps more suitable to the context is given

by E. Scheid in Diss. Lugdun. p. 988,

who understands curved blocks or stocks,
nervi curvi et obtorti, in which a prisoner
sat bent and distorted, elsewhere called
"Ὁ, M2an2, 4. V. comp. Jer. 20, .2.:3.
29, "26 ; ae κύφων ffom κύπτω. Comp.

Arab. 515 a saddle-bow, saddle-tree,

i.e. the curved wood which constitutes
the frame.

‘ ΤΣ not in use, i. 4. 320 and pon
(comp. Gr. ἄγχω, Lat. ango), to straiten,
to choke, to suffocate ; intrans. to be nar-
row, strait, close. Hence deriv. mM for
mon, and min for mon.

é. Dan to spice, to season with spices.
Hence

‘1. to embalm dead bodies Gen. 50, 2.
3.26. Arab. his I, II, id.

2. Poet. the fig-tree is said to spice its
fruit, i.e. to fill it with aromatic juice,
to ripen, Cant. 2,13. Arab. lis to

DQ*

329

Ἵ:Π

ripen fodder; IV to be ὦ νὴ of the har-
vest,- grain.
3. to be reddish ; Arab. we to be -
red, e. g. leather; see H&M wheat.
Deriv. Mon, lds

D°O277 m. plur. the embalming of dead
bodies, and hence time of embalming,
Gen. 50,3. It follows the analogy of
other nouns designating time, as 27733,
DPT.

PO Chald. m. plur. wheat, Ezra 6,
9. 7, 22, 1. ᾳ. Heb, 92M q. v. in Hen.

νυ (grace of God) Hanniel, pr. n.
a) A phylarch or chief of the tribe of
Manasseh, Num. 34,23. b) 1 Chr. 7,39.

727 τὰ. (τ. 525 no. 2) pr. initiated ,
hence trained, proved, of tried fidelity,

ΠΤ
Gen. 14,14. Arab. Sass tried, proved,
8.

-. . 3 .
Kis experience.

MIT Εἰ grace, favour, mercy, Jer. 16,
13. R. 53.

M3 f£ plur. oom 2 Chr. 23, 9,
minim Is, 2,4. Mic. 4, 3; a spear, lance,
so called as being flexible, 1 Sam. 18,11.
19, 10. 20, 33. R, 425 no. 1.

. 20 1. to straiten, to choke, Lat.
angere; also intrans: 0 be narrow, strait
5 ᾽

close, i. ᾳ. ΤΊ, P22, α.ν. Hence 3m for

gS
32, Arab. HES, the jaws, palate.
Comp. ΤῸ neck, from kindr. P29, and
p2n to choke.

2. Denom. from 3M, Ὁ τυ the palate,
jaws, fauces, pr. ἐμβύειν, Lat. imbuere,
i.e. to stuff into one’s mouth or jaws, to
give lo taste, and then by a common me-
taphor transferred to the intellect ; comp.
nde and Job 12,11. Hence a) to im-
bue one with any thing, to initiate, to
train; (comp. «&3 to put into one’s
mouth, also to teach, to train;) Prov.
22,6 train up a child according to his
way, according to his disposition and ha-
bits.. Ὁ) Of things, to initiate, i. 6. tode-
dicate, to consecrate, e.g. a house before
taking possession, Deut. 20,5; the tem-

ple 1 K.8, 63. 2 Chr. 7,5.—Arab. Jas
to understand.

Deriv. 911, 921, 4727, pr. name Fi",
also

oan

M2215 f. dedication, consecration, 6. g.
of a house, altar, Num. 7, 11. Ps. 30, 1.
Also sacrifice of dedication Num. 7, 10.

227 Chald. f. id. Dan. 3, 2. 3. Ezra
Ὁ. 16. 17.

DIM adv. from 7h with the adverbial
ending O-.

1. gratis, gratuitously, for nothing, i. 8.

without reward, Gen. 29, 15. Job 1, 9;
without price or payment, Ex. 21, 2. 11.

2. frustra, tono purpose, in vain, Prov.
1,17; more fully pn->y q. d. for in
vain Ez. 6, 10. Comp. δωρεάν i in N. T.
gratis, frastris and frustra in Plautus
for gratis,

3. without cause, undeservedl, γ, Job 2,
3. 9,17. Ps. 35,7, 69,5. al. As genit.
1K. 2. 31 Opn-"24 blood without cause,
i. e. innocent blood. Prov. 26, 2.

Syn (perh. i. ᾳ. >8229) Hanameel
pr. n. m. Jer. 32, 7. 9.

22253 quadril. found once Ps. 78, 47,
where it is parall. with 772 hail, in the
other member, and the context implies
that it is something destructive to trees.
Sept. Vulg. Saad. Abulwalid render it
frost, which however cannot be gupport-
ed on etymological grounds. Michaelis
more prob» ants, i. q. 7222, comp. Arab.

aay ants, 145 an ant, the letter πὶ be-
ing prefixed as in M>¥2m, >P43M; Suppl.
846. See more in Bochart Hieroz. III.
p- 255 ed. Lips.

ἐπ fut. ἹπῚ, also [2M Am. 5, 15;
the former c. suff. 422m" Ps. 67, 2. 123, 2
Pha ΤΕΥ: 11:3 Ὁ, suff. 2 pers. 727 fir
Tip Gen. 43, 29. Is. 30, 19; inf. absol.
yim Is. 1. ὁ. constr. c.. suff, 52227 Is. 30,
18, 227) Ps. 102, 14.
1. to incline, to bé favourably disposed,
comp. kindr. 7211 ; hence to regard with
favour, to be Siegseeen: χων to com-

passionate. Arab. to feel ‘desire,
compassion towards ea one, ¢. ἐδ As. ‘
—With acc. Ex. 33, 19. Lam. 4, 16.
Prov. 14, 31. al. "22m, 3227, (once 722377
Ps. 9, 14,) be gracious unto me, have
mercy upon me, upon us, Ps. 4, 2. 6, 3.
~ 31, 10.

2. to give graciously, to bestow in
mercy and kindness, with two acc. of

330

Jon

pers. and thing, Gen. 38, 5. Ps. 119, 29.
Judg. 21, 22.
be charitable, with accus. of pers. Prov.
19, 17; absol. Ps. 37, 21. 26—For Job
19, 17 see? 23 no. 2.

Nips. ΠΣ (after the form "83 from r.
“8, ὉΠ from r. D277, see Lehrg. p- 371)
to be compassionated, pitied, to be an ob-
ject of pity, pass. of Poel, Jer. 22, 23.

Pinu to make gracious, pleasant, fair,
e. g. words Prov. 26,25. Comp. 9M, ὙΠ.

Port i. q. Kal no. 1, Prov. 14, 21; to
pity, to grieve for, Ps. 102, 15.

Hop. to be shown favour, mercy, i. q.
ἽΠ 8¥2 to find favour, mercy, Prov. 21,
10. Is. 26, 10.

Hitup. to implore favour, mercy, i. 8.
to entreat, to make supplication, with Ὁ
of pers. Esth. 4,8. Job 19,16; 58 1K. 8,
33. 47. Job 8, 5. Ps. 30, 9; Ν 1 Κ. 8,
59. 9, 3. 2 Chr. 6, 24.

Deriv: besides those here following,
are ὙΠ, 7°, ME, 727, M2, BIN, Minn,
ὈΡΣΗΣΤΊΩ, and pr. names ann, Syn,
aging, Fe.”

1271 Chald. to show mercy, to compas-
stonate, inf. 772 Dan. 4, 24.

Irupa. to entreat, to make supplication,
Dan. 6, 12.

327 (merciful) Hanan, pr. n. a) One
of David’s officers 1 Chir. 11, 43. Ὁ)
1Chr. 8, 39. 8, 44.
Jer. 35, 4. 6) Others less known, Ezra
2.46. Neh. 7, 49. 8,7. 10,11. 23. 27.
13, 13.

82293 (God has, graciously given)
Hananeel, pr. ἢ. of a tower in Jerusalem
Jer. 31, 38; comp. Zech. 14, 10. Neh. 3,
1. 12, 39.

"227 (gracious) Hanani, pr.n.m. a)
A prophet, the father of Jehu, 1 K. 16,1.
2 Chr. 16,7. Ὁ) A brother of Nehe-
miah Neh. 1, 2. 7,2. 60) 1 Chr. 25, 4.
25. d) Ezra 10, 20. Neh. 12, 36.

22273 (whom Jehovah has graciously
given) pr. n. Hananiah, Gr. ‘Avoviag, An-
anias. a) A false prophet in the time
of Jeremiah, Jer. 28,1sq. Ὁ) A com-
panion of Daniel, afterwards called Sha-
drach, Dan. 1, 6. 7. 2, 17.
less known, 1 Chr. 3,19. 8,24. Ezra 10
28. Neh. 3, 8. 30. 7,2. 10,24. 12, 12.41
Jer. 37, 13.

Also to give in charity, to.

c) 1 Chr. 8, 33. 4)

c) Others —

ee

a
—

᾿

Ι

pn

WII (id.) Hananiah. pr.n.m. 8)
A military leader under Uzziah 2 Chr.
26,11. b) 1 Chr. 25, 23; comp. 57225

c) Jer. 36, 12.

O27 once Is. 30, 4, Hanes, pr. n. of a
city of middle Egypt on the west side of
the Nile, called by the Greeks Heracleo-
polis, “Ἡρακλέους πόλις, Arab. ysl,
Egypt. CMEC, CMHC, ECMHC, an-
ciently a royal residence. See Etienne
Quatremére Mémoires sur l’Egypte T.I.
p.500, 501. Champollion l’Egypte sous
les Pharaons I. p. 309. Comment. on Is.
Uc:

, 2 fut. 72m" 1. to pollute, to de-

> file, i. gq. 52%. Jer. 3, 9.

2. Intrans. to be polluted, defiled, as a
land with blood Ps. 106, 38. Is. 24, 5.
Jer. 3, 15; or persons with crimes Jer.
23. 11.

Hipn. to pollute, to profane, 6. g. aland
Num. 35, 33. Jer. 3, 2; so of persons, to
make profane, i. e. to seduce to impiety

0 OF

and apostasy, Dan. 11, 32.—Syr. Lalu

one unclean, a heathen, eis to apos-

tatize from the faith. Sept. well μεαΐνε-
σϑαι, μολύνεσθαι; but Vulg. wrongly
renders 35 by hypocrita, a meaning
drawn from the Talmudic and Rabbinic
usage.

Deriv. the three following :

51217 one profane, impious, godless, pr.
polluted ; Job 8, 13. 13, 16. 15, 34. 17,
8. al. Sept. ἀσεβής, ἄνομος, παράνομος,
twice ὑποκριτής, see in τ. 92" Hiph.

525 m. profaneness, impiety, wicked-
ness, Is. 32, 6.

MBIT f. id. Jer. 23,15. R. HM.

. Pn Kal not used, pr. to be strait,
close, to choke, of the same family with
PIN. 72M, P2> (055), and in the occiden-
tal languages ἄγχω, ἀνάγκη, ango, ang-

ustus, enge (Zange, Zwang), anxious.—

Hence

Piet to strangle, to throttle, Gr. ἄγχω,
nviyw, as a lion his prey, Nah. 2, 13.
Arab. (34, Ethiop. 4® , Syr. ols,
id.

Nipu. to strangle oneself, to hang one-
self, 2 Sam. 17, 23.

Deriy. 727

3

Q
Jv

i sen

ἸΏΞΤῚ (graciously regarded, r. 427)
Hannathon, pr. n. of a place in Zebulun
Josh. 19, 14.

᾿ Ton not used in Kal, but commonly
said to have the signif. of kindness, be-
nignity, and by antiphrasis that of re-
proach, disgrace. The primary idea
seems to be that of eager and earnest
desire, ardour, zeal, by which one is
actuated, i. q. 82, and then like N2p
transferred to the trop. senses:

1. to be zealous towards any one, i. 6.
to feel desire, kindness, love towards him; —
see Hithpa. and 40M no. re.

2. to be jealous, envious towards any

i7 =

one, to envy, Arab. unc to envy, rite το
envy; and hence i. q. to hate, to reproach, _
to treat with reproach and contumely ;
see Piel, and 49M no. 2.

Pieu to reproach, to disgrace, to treat
with reproach and contumely, Prov. 25,
10. Syr. pits id. in Targ. 30m for Heb.
4M to reproach. Syr. | atts oppressed
with envy, also beloved, see in Kal.

Hirup. to show oneself kind, benign,
merciful, Ps. 18, 26. Comp. Kal no. 1.

Deriv. 30%, 3°OM, ΠῚ ΌΤΙ, and pr. ἢ.
mor.

TON} in pause ION, c. suff. "707; plur.
ὈΥΤΌΤΙ, constr. "πο ΠΣ , pr. desire, enone
zeal, ie r. “ὉΠ Kal ahaha

1. In a good sense, zeal towards any
one, kindness, love. Spec. a) Of men
towards one another, kindness, good-will,
as shown in doing mutual favours, bene-
fits, Gen. 21, 23. 2 Sam. 10,2. As re-
ferring to the afflicted, pity, compassion,
Sept. freq. ἔλεος, Job 6, 14. Frequent
in the formula, by Tom ΓῺΣ to do or
show kindness with or to any one, Gen.
lc. 2 Sam. 3, 8. 9,1. 7; also with m8
Zech. 7, 9; by 1 Seas 20, 8; more fully
By Mex] TOM mvs Gen. 24, 49. 47, 29.
Josh. 2, 14. ὃ Sam. 9,3 ἼὍΠ lay ΠῸΣΝ
ὈΠῸΝ Τὰ show him Ieindness like that
of God. Also > 10m MB to turn kind-
ness upon any one to procure favour
for him, Gen. 39, 21; more fully Ezra
7, 28 ban Ὁ on ne m "533 and’God
turned kindness upon me defere the king,
i. 6. gave me favour with him; alsc
Dan. 1, 9 7om> bse2a-Py OTN GAM
and God gave Daniel good-will, favour

“ΟΠ

etc. b) Of men towards God, piety,
goodness, love of God. Ion ΟΝ ae
ΠΟΤῚ the pious, Is. 57, 1. Plur. aon
good deeds, goodness, 2 Chr. 6; 42. 32,
32. 35, 26. Neh. 13,14, .-.c) Of God to-
wards men, ΒΟ ΒΆΔΕῚ mercy, grace, Ps.
5, 8. 36,6. 48, 10. 4]. Very often coupled
with max truth, fidelity, (q. v. no. 2,)
τρ δ. faithful mercy, constant goodness.
Here also occur the same formulas as
above in lett. a, as 5 Jom Mwy Gen.
24, 12. 14; δ, Ὁ Ex. 20, 6. ‘Deut. 5, 10;
BY ΓΝ TOM ΓΙῸΣ 2 Sam, 2, 6. 15, -20.
Trop. ‘of God himself asa Senifal Lenk
factor, Ps. 144, 2. Jon. 2, 9.—Plur.
BOM mercies, benefits from God, Ps. 89,
2. 50. 107, 43. Is. 55. 3 ὩΠ2 ὯΝ) TI τας τ
the sure mercies of David, i. 6. the per-
petual benefits bestowed on David. ἃ)
Once, like synon. 4M, it seems to denote
grace, favour, i. q. elegance, beauty, Is.
40, 6. Sept. δόξα, and so 1 Pet. 1, 24.

2. In a bad sense, zeal against any
one, envy; hence. reproach, disgrace,
see the root in Kal no. 2. Prov. 14, 34.
Lev. 20, 17. Some also refer hither
Job 6, 14.

3. ROE Ea 1 K, 4, 10.

M7053 (whom God loveth) Hasadi-
ah, pr. ἢ. of a son of Zerubbabel, 1 Chr.
3, 20,

* non fut. Mom, Pret. 3 pers. fem.
before pause 70M Ps. 57, 2, see Lehrg.
p- 429. Heb. Gr. "§ 74. I. ‘4; pr. to flee ;
see under τ. ΘΓ no. 1. pe:

1. to flee to a place, to take refuge or
shelter, with 2 of place, as ‘bp 5x3 in the
shadow (protection) of any one, 7 udg. 9,
15. Is. 30, 2; "Ὁ "H2D ὉΧ3 in thé shadow
of Phovalis wings Ps. 57, 2. 61, 5.—
Hence

2. to put trust in any one, to trust, to
confide, espec. in God, c. 3 Ps. 2, 12. 5,
12. 7,2. 25, 20. 31, 2. 37, 40. al. ‘A deol:

Ps, 17, 7. Pie’ 14, 32 Pp! iniaa moh:

the peal ees in his death trusteth sc. in
God.
Deriv. Mion, noma,

mon, and

mon (taking refuge, or a refuge) Ho-
sah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 16, 38. 26, 10.

TION adj. strong, Am. 2,9; collect. the
mighty, the powerful in a state, Is. 1, 31.
R. jon.

332

Don

DAC £f. refuge, Is. 30,3. R. non.

TO adj. (r.10)-_ 1. kind, merciful,
benevolent, Ps. 12, 2. 18, 26. 43,1. >
170m malevolent, wicked, Ps. 43, 1.—
Spoken in allusion to the stork, Job
39, 13; see in next art.

2. pious towards God, godly, e. g.
mins "ton the pious of Jehovah, i. e.
his pious worshippers, saints, Ps. 30, 5.
31, 24. 37, 28; i> "ΌΤΙ Ps. 4, 4.

3. Of God, kind, merciful, gracious,
Jer. 3, 12. Ps. 145, 17.

ΓΤ ΟΠ f. (τ. 10M) the stork, pr. the
pious, avis pia, so called from the affec-
tion and tenderness it manifests, towards

_ its parents and its young, for which it

was celebrated in antiquity ; see Plin.
H. Ν. X. 23. AKlian. Hist. An. 3. 23. ib.
10. 16. On the contrary, the Arabs call

S$ 1f ‘
the male ostrich partis the impious, on

account of its neglect and ‘cruelty to-
wards its young ; comp. Job 39, 13 sq.—
Lev. 11, 19. Deut. 14, 18. Ps. 104, 17.
Jer. 8, 7. Zech. 5, 9.. See Bochart Hie-.
roz. II. 327 sq.—In Job 39,13 Hon |
does not stand for che stork, but as an
adj. fem. pia, pious, affectionate, in allu-
sion however to the stork, thus: the
wing of the ostrich exults, 572% BR
Mein MIO but are her pinions “and
feathers pious ? i. e. she is not, like the
stork, affectionate towards her young,
but treats them with cruelty, v. 14. 15.
16. |

DOF τη. (τ. 50m) pr. devourer, put for
a species of locust, 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6,
28. Ps. 78, 46. Is. 33, 4. Joel 1, 4. Sept:
ἀκρίς and in 2 Chr. βροῦχος, which how-
ever is rather the B73. —

PUI adj. strong, mighty, Ps. 89, 9.
R.,jon.

OT] Chald. adj. wanting, deficient,
sc. in weight, light, Dan. 5,27. R. "on.

‘ on to eat off, to devour, Deut. 28,
38. Chald. id. Kindr. are the roots "
“Id, NOM. q. v.—Hence ΠΌΤ,

. BoM to muzzle an ox Deut. 25, 4,

to stop the nostrils, Ez. 39, 11 mon}

ἘΞ ΤΟΝ KT (the valley) shall "stop
the nostrils of them that pass by, i. e. ee

᾿ jen
its stench. Others render with the Sy-
riac: it shall stop the way to them that
pass by, sc. from the multitude of the

slain. Kindr. 50" where see; comp.
also onm.—Hence dion.

. jon 1. to be strong, mighty, like
Syr. and Chald. —mw», jo". The pri-
mary idea lies in binding together; comp.
n Pin no. 3.—Hence jin, °Or, jor.

2. Trop. to be rich, wealthy, see OM ;
- hence to heap together, to lay wp, to

hoard, Arab. >: whence wy

storehouse, magazine.
Nipu. to be laid up, hoarded, Is. 23, 18.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2.

JM Chald. Apu. or rather Hien. after
the Hebrew manner, to possess, to have
in possession, Dan. 7, 18. 22.—Hence

ἼΘΙ Chald.m. emphat. 820n, strength,
might, power, Dan. 2, 37. 4, 27.

JOM τὰ. (τ. OM no. 2) riches, wealth,
Prov. 15, 6. 27, 24. Jer. 20, 5. Ez. 22,
25; treasure, abundance, Is. 33, 6 ἸῸΠ
nis" abundance of deliverance, parall.
“zis treasure.—Chald. ἸΌΤΙΝ to possess.

᾿ ὉΠ in Kal not used, i. ᾳ. ΦΘΤΙ, to
strip off bark, to peel, to scale, to scrape.
- Arab. Visas to peel dates, and transp.
ae to anes off; hence Chald. on,

Arab. ke S and WA om, a scale, sherd,

-. fragment of an earthen vessel, Syr.

ἔξει ἢ id. In the occidental tongues

words of the same stock are Gr. σκάπτω,
Lat. scabo, squama; Germ. schaben,
schuppen, Schuppe, Scherbe, Schiefer,
schaufeln; Engl.scab, scale, shell,sherd ;
in all which a sibilant precedes, as also
in Heb. and Arab. 97ND, 2s .—Hence
quadrilit. O80, part. pass. ὈΞΌΤΤ ; Ex.
16,14 DEON. ~ something small cue
off, like scales.—Hence

NOM Chald. m. sherds, burnt clay, ο

earthen-ware, Dan. 2, 33 sq.
OBO quadril. see in r. HON.

* CT fat. som, plur. mon, pr. to
diminish, to be ‘cut short, intrans.—
Kindr. are "13, "12, “XP; comp. >on,
~>ta.—Hence

"-

——

333

riers
1. to be diminished, to fail, Gen. 8, 3.

5. 1 K. 17, 14.—Also to fail, to be want- _

ing,
15, 8.

2. to want, to lack, to be without any
thing, with acc. like other verbs of
plenty and want, Deut. 2, 7. 8, 9. Ps. 34,
11. Prov. 31, 11. Gen. 18, 28 pron aba
mwan oan pwanm perhaps there
shall lack five to the fifty righteous, lit.
perhaps the fifty righteous shall lack
five. Absol. to want, i. e. to be in want,
to suffer need, Ps. 23, 1. Prov. 13, 25.

Ecce. 9, 8; with > of. pers. De Digi

Neh. 9, 21. Comp. Arab. ΤΣ. and
_— to suffer harm or loss.

Pret to cause to want or lack. Ps. 8,6
ΠΝ Ὁ UA AMON thou hast tanned
him to lack but little of a god; see in
ovn>s B. 1. p. 54. With 12 of thing,
Kee. 4, 8.

Hiren. 1. Causat. to cause to fail,
with accus. Is. 32, 6.

2. Intrans. to want, to lack, i. e. to suf-
fer want, Ex. 16, 18.

Deriv. ΌΤΙ, “ora, and the five here
following.

“OM verbal adj. wanting, lacking, with
ace. i K. 11.525; with 7 Ecc. 6,2. “ὉΠ
ἘΠῚ lacking ἐγ 2 Sam. 3,29. 55 on
lacking understanding Prov. 6, FQ 7,
9,4. Subst. want of understanding
Prov. 10, 21.

OM} m. want, i Prov. 28, 22.
Job 30, 3.

“OF m. want, poverty, Am. 4, 6. Deut.
28, 48. 57.

M013 Hasrah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 34, 22;
for which in the parall. passage 2 K. 22,
14 is Onn.

pron m. (τ. 90M) deficiency, defect,
Kee. 1, 15.

ὉΠ adj. m. clean, pure, morally, Job
33,9. R. san IL.

DM see pin.

Ὑ NET prob. i. gq. MM and pen I, to
cover ; whence ΡΊΕΙ, to do covertly, se-
cretly, 2 K. 17, 9.

* SIEM to cover, to veil, 6. σ. the head
2 Sam. 15, 30. Jer. 14,4; the face Esth.

nen

6,12. 7,8. Syr. Tou, Arab. Las iid.

-Comp. ὭΞΙῚ I.

Prex to overlay with gold, silver, etc.
with two acc. 2 Chr. 3, 5. 7. 8. 9.

Pua to be covered, Is. 4, 5; see in
Mer no. 1.

Nrpu. pass. of Pi. Ps. 68, 14.

mem f. (τ. HEN 1) 1. @ covering,
protection, Is. 4, 5 MBM TinD-bD-d> over
all the glory shall be a covering, i. 6.
protection. Others here take Bn as
Pual of 755.

2. a canopy; hence a bed with a
canopy, curtains, bridal-bed, nuptial-
couch, comp. ΠΣ. Ps. 19, 6. Joel 2, 16.

3. Huppah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 24, 13.

* TEM fat. tem to leap or start “τὰ
kindr. with ΤΒΡ, »25, comp. 118, xl,
ΩΣ γϑ: pals ath

1. to start up, to rise up suddenly, in
order to flee, 2 Sam. 4, 4. Job 40, 23.
2 K. 7, 15 Cheth.— Hence

3. to be startled, alarmed, Deut. 20, 3.
Ps. 31, 23. 116, 11.

Nipu. to flee away sc. in terror, to
shrink away, 1 Sam. 23, 26. Ps. 48, 6.
104, 7.—Hence

ΤΕΣ m. haste, hasty flight, Ex. 12,
11. Deut. 16, 3.

D°ST (coverings) Huppim, pr. ἢ. m.
a) Gen. 46, 21, elsewhere ἘΞΗΓΙ gq. v.
b) 1 Chr. 7, 12. 15.—R. pen 1.

μὴ jan obsol. root, Arab. ‘pac to take
with both hands, to fill both hands.—
Hence, unless the verb itself be a de-
nominative,

7271 only in dual D2BN, the two fists,
Ex. 9, 8. Lev. 16, 12. Prov. 30, 4. Ez.
10, 2. 7. Ecc. 4,6. Aram. sas, Arab.
Gia. )

SARS. By transpos. πυγμή, pugnus.

"251 (perh. fister, fighter, from 151)
pr. n. Hophni, one of the sons of Eli,
1 Sam. 1, 3. 2, 34. 4, 4.

ἘΠ gan i. g. MBM, to cover, with 59,
comp. 702; hence to protect, Deut. 33,12.

Arab. ἕω to cover with a garment.
The idea of covering lies in the syllable
ἘΠῚ, as also in the kindr. 3m, >, 5p,
55, >; comp. besides HEN and XBN, the

334

yen
roots 82M and 73M to hide; "BD, aS, —

22, and wp>, to cover; > Is. 31, 5,
339, 439, etc. also 522, 923, in which
Nun and Lamed are insect in the pri-

mary syllable, as in 728, VAX, ete.
Deriv. npn, DBT.

7 1} 95m obsol. root, i 1. to rub,
scrape, wipe off. Arab. a> rasit, fri-
cuit.

2. to wash off or away, to lave; hense |
deriv. FIM, ἘΠ.

“VET fut. yr and yan: Ps. 37,
23. al,

1. to bend, to curve ; Job 40, 17 ym,

i221 he bendeth his tail, ete. Arab.

Years to bend wood.

2. Intrans. and metaph. to incline, to
be favourably disposed: a) Towards
any one, to delight tn, to favour, to love
e. g. a person, c. 3 Gen. 34, 19. 2 Sam.
20, 11; God towards man, Num. 14, 8.
2 Sam. 15, 26. Ps. 18, 20. al. Also of
things, c. 2 2 Sam. 24, 3. Is. 56, 4. Ps.
112, 1; acc. Ps. 40, 7. Mic. 7,18. b) To
dolog any thing, i. q. to will, to desire, to
please; absol. Cant. 2,7. 3,5; with a
finite verb Is. 42, 21. 53, 10; init: c. >
Deut. 25, 8. Ps. 40, 9. Job 9, 3. 1 Sam. 2,
25; inf. simpl. Job 13, 3. 33, 32 "MSH
ἩΡῚΣ 7 desire to justify thee, i.e. thy
justification.

Deriv. the three following:

723 m. plur. constr. "¥8n Ps. 35,
27. 40,15; but pmoxEM Ps. 111, 2; fem.
MEM ; verbal adj. from r. yen.

1. delighting in, loving any thing. Ps.
5,8 πολ S89 yan Ἐκ ND. 34,13 pan
pn loving life. 35, 27. 111, 2. With
infin. and > Nah. 1, il. Also desiring,
Ps, 40, 15 "ny ἼΧΕΤΙ. 35, 27. Mal. 3, 1.

2. πβαρ: 1K. 21, 6 MR PEON tf
thou art willing, if it plenies thee. 30, 33.
1 Chr. 28, 9 MxDm ΘῈ a willing mind.

TET τὴ. c. suff. ἜΧΕΙ 1. inclination
to any thing, and hence favour, love,
delight in any thing, Prov. 31,13. 4b ws
2 V5M one delights in any thing 1 Sam.
15, 22. 18, 25. Ecc. 5,3. 12,1. Ps. 1,2.—
Concrete} that which delights, pleases
any one, 1 K. 10, 13, "1 yam ΓΙῸΣ to de
the pleasure of God, etc. Is. 44, 28. 46."

35m

- 10. 48,14. 1 K. 5, 8. 9.—Spec. desire,
Ps, 107, 30. Job 31, 16.

9. pn Clegunice; as causing de-
phecione. Is. 54, 12. yRIp We pleasant
land Mal. 3,12. Plur. 5°52 precious
things Prov. 3, 15. 8, 11.

3. Any application or purpose of mind,
purpose, studium ; hence a business, a
matter, affair, Sept. teayue.—Ecc. 3, 1
ὙΠ 935 n>} and a time to every matter,
i. e. all things are frail and fleeting,
nothing is stable and enduring. 5, 7 το
‘yearn ἘΣ HMM marvel not at the matter.
8,6. The transition to this signification
is manifest in passages like these: Is. 53,
10 m>x2 Ἴπὴξ Hin ὙῈΠ the pleasure of
Jehovah (i. 6. his cause, affair) shall pros-
per inhis hand. 44,28. 58, 3.13. Job 21,

21. 22,3.—Similar is Syr. ay a mat-

ter, business, affair, from [o, ig. YER

to will.

_ - AAEM (my delight is in her) Heph-
zibah pr. n. of the mother of king Ma-

nasseh, 2 K. 21,1. Also as a symbolic

name of Zion, Is. 62, 4.

#1. a) fat. "M2 1. to dig, to ex-

cavate ; Arab. VIII, X, to dig
S27 9.
the sears, p> , ἃ well, pit;

Syr. a6 to dig, j;a a pit, ditch.
Hence with mid. rad. softened 74M q. v.
In the Indo-European tongues the idea
of digging is expressed by transpos. in
γράφω, χρίμπτω, Germ. graben, Engl.
grave; and with a sibilant prefixed Lat.
sCRiBo ; with r softened γλάφω, γλύφω,
sCaLPo, sCuLPo.—Absol. Jer. 13, 7;

with acc. 6. g. a pit, well, Ecc. 8, 8. Ps.-

7, 16. Gen. 21, 30. Num. 21,18. So ¢o
dig for any thing, Ex. 7, 24. Job 3, 21.
Poet. of the war-horse pawing the
ground, Job 39, 21 P22 47H they paw
in the valley ; comp. Virg. Georg. 3. 87,
88 cavat tellurem.—Metaph. to dig a pit
for any one, i.e. to plot against him, 6.
> Ps. 35, 7.

2. to dig out, i. e. to search or spy out,
to explore ; Job 39, 29 from thence he
spieth out the prey. With acc. to explore
a land, to spy out, Deut. 1,22. Josh. 2, 2.
3.—For Is. 2, 20 see H7595N.

. Deriv. 7295N, pr. ἢ. aN, DYES.

-

335 “20

* TT. 9273 fat. rans, plur. sent. in

pause 17977, Arab. > to become red.

to blush, kindr. perhaps with "7217 no. 2
to be red. Hence to be ashamed, to be
put to shame, espec. as being frustrated
or disappointed in one’s plans and ex-
pectations, Ps. 35, 4. 26. 40, 15. 70, 3.
83, 18. Is. 24, 23. Ser: 15,9; with 5735
Ps. 34, 6. Job 11, 18 Ξϑϑ naa men
now thou art dshitumedd, ‘then shalt thou
lie down in quiet. With ἽὩ of that in
which one is disappointed, ashamed, Is.
1, 29; comp. Wiz.

Hira! to bring to shame, to cause dis-
grace, Prov. 19, 26.

2. Intrans. like Kal; comp. verbs of
colour, Heb. Gram. ὃ 52. 2. n; to be
ashamed, to be put to shame, Is. 54, 4.
Trop. of Mount Lebanon, as grieving
for the loss of its beauty, Is. 33,9. Also
to act shamefully, to come to shame, Prov.
13, 5.

“EM see mIBION.

“2M (a pit, well, r.-=m 1) Hepher,
pr. n.

1. A royal city of the Canaanites,
Josh. 12, 17; comp. 1 K. 4, 10.

2. of nexerat men: a) A son of Gi-
lead Num. 26, 32. 27,1. Josh. 17,2. Pa-
tronym. “"2n Hepherite Num. 26, 32.
b) An officer of David 1 Chr. 11, 36. 6)
1 Chr. 4, 6.

Dye (two pits) τρανό pr. ἢ.
ofa place i in Issachar, Josh. 19, 19.

757 pr. n. Hophra, aking of Egypt,
contemporary with Webuchadnezzar,
Jer. 44, 30. Sept. Οὐαφρῆ, in Manetho
GPapods) the eighth king of the second
Saitic dynasty ; the same who is called
by the Greeks ‘Amoing, Hdot. 2.161, 162,
169. ib. 4.159. Diod. Sic. 1. 68. See
Rosellini Monum. Storici IT. 143.

MIB f. (Ὁ. ΒΤ 1) an animal which
frequents houses, so called from its dig-
ging or burrowing; Jerome, a mole ;
better perhaps, a rat. In Is. 2, 20,
where we now read divided ning “Bm
i,e. into the digging of rats, q. ἃ. rats’
holes, the plural form of this noun ought
prob. to be restored, as better suited to
the context, .viz! nine yen to the pos
or moles. PS m3.

ὯΕΤῚ

«wen fut. plur. "wpm, pr. to dig,
Sept. αὐ λλὸ Ps. 76, 7; Chald. and Sa-

‘nar. ODM id. Kindred parhepe with “5M ΄

1, the “and Ὁ being interchanged. In
Heb. only trop. to seek, to search after,
to find out, 6. g. wisdom Prov. 2,4; secret
things Prov. 20,27; one’s conduct Lam.
3,40. Also to devise, to contrive ; Ps. 64,
7 midis swam they devise wickedness.

Nien. pass. to be searched out, Obad. 6.

Pie to seek, to search, absol. Gen. 31,
35. 44, 12. -With acc. to search out,
1 Sam. 23, 23; to search through 1 K.
20, 6. Zeph. 1, 12. Metaph. once Ps.77,
7 "TAN wen my spirit maketh search,
inquiry.

Puat 1. to be sought, and so ‘to let
oneself be sought,’ i. 6. to hide oneself,
Prov. 28, 12; comp. v. 28, and Hithpa.

2. to be searched out, devised, Ps. 64, 7.

Hirupa. pr. to let oneself be sought,
i. 6. to hide oneself, see Pu. no. 1; hence
to disguise oneself, 1 Sam. 28, 8: 1 Καὶ. 20,
38 ἼΣΟΣ “MHRA wenn and dismmaed
himself with a ‘bandage over his eyes.
22,30. Job 30,18 "w»a> wenn ΠΙΞ 32
thepiich the violenieg (of disease) my gar-
ment is disguised, i. e. my skin or exter-
nal appearance is changed ; comp. v. 19.
—Hence

2M m. a device, purpose, Ps. 64, 7.

See τ. WEN Pu. no. 2.

. WEN pr. to be loose, free, opp. to
what is bound, restrained. Hence

1. to spread out loose things, to spread
loosely, see YEN. Arab. URS II, to
stretch out, to prostrate.

2. to lie prostrate, and hence to be
weak, feeble, exhausted. Comp. 02m.

Arab. mid. E. Hence miter.
3. to set free, e. g. a slave. Arab.
to be poured out freely. Hence

Puat to be set free, to be freed, asa
slave, Lev. 19, 20.
τ Deriv. the four following.

DON m. a spreading out, stratio ; once
Eiz. 27, 26 mas > Opn-"732 tapetes stra-
te ad equitandim, i i. e. cloths spread out,
carpets, for riding and driving.

TWEEN f. freedom, Lev. 19, 20. R.
Der no. 3.

336

aan
PAWOM and MUST £ weakness, in-

firmity, disease, whence "Enh ΓΒ
the sick-house, infirmary, hospital, 2 Κα.

15, 5. 2 Chr. 26, 21. R. Φξπ no. 2.
“WEN adj. (pr. from a subst. WE i. q.

nen, ‘with the adj. ending “—) plur. —

pwn.

1. prostrate, weak, feeble, Ps. 88, 6.
But see in no. 2.

2. free, opp. to a slave or captive, Job
3,19. "EM nbw to let go free, e.g. a
slave, Deut. 15, 12. 13. 18;
id. Ex. 21, 26.27. "wan si, stend ’ "
to go out free, to be set free, δὲ under
nx". [Ps. 88,6 "W5m Bonz. free among
the dead, sc. trom the cares and oppres-
sion of life; comp. Job 3, 19.—R.

3. free from public taxes and burdens,
1 Sam. 17, 25.

PMWEN see mien.
77 τα. (τ. 72") c. suff. "8M, plur. Bsn;

also "2M (Milél) with Yod parag. 1 Sam.
20, 36.37. 38 Cheth.2K.9,24.

1. an arrow,2 K. 13,17. 1Sam.20,20.

ὈΠΣΤΙ ΤΟΣ Ξ arrow-men, archers, Gen. 49,

23. Trop. the arrows of God are light-.

nings, Hab. 3,11; also poet. evils, cala-
mities, inflicted upon men, Deut. 32, 23
comp. v. 42. Job 6, 4. Ps, 38, 3. 91,5;
espec. famine Ez, 5, 16.—Num. 24, 8
yrrat wan he doth shake his arrows in
blood ; comp. Ps. 68, 24, and 7112 no. 2.

2. an αὐλοὶ Αδαρ wound, Job 34, 6.
—Vice versa, in Eurip. Iphig. Taur. 314,
missile weapons are called τραύματα
ἐπιόντα, flying wounds.

3, mun yn 1 Sam. 17,7 Cheth. the
iron point of a spear. But i in Keri and

the similar passages 2 Sam. 21,19. 1 Chr.

20, 5, the reading is 72 wood i.e. the
handle or shaft of a spear; and this
alone is suited to the context.

* 2ST and 237 Is. 5, 2, fat. S87.

1. to cut, to hew, to hew out, espec.
stones; kindr. 30m. For the primary
idea of cutting, which lies in the sylla-
ble yn, see in y2.—Deut. 6, 11. 8, 9.
Is. 5, 2. 10, 15. 22, 16. Prov. 9,1. Part.

paz hewers of stone, stone-cutters, 2 Καὶ.

12, 13. 1 Chr. 22, 2.15. 2 Chr. 24, 12;
also hewers of wood, wood-cutters, 1 K.
5, 39 [15]. 2 Chr. 2, 1.17. Metaph. Ps.
29, 7 the voice of Jehovah cleaveth out

ἜΣΤΙ mw

en

flames of fire, i. e. sends forth forked
lightnings ; comp. Pu.
_ 2. Trop. to cut off, to destroy ; Hos. 6,
5 pwg7ara ἼΏΞΕΓΙ 7 cut them off by pro-
phets, i. e. I announce to them death
and destruction. The other member has
Bors.
Nipu. to be cut in, to be graven, on
stones, Job 19, 24. .
ραν to be hewn out, formed, Is. 51, 1.
Hiren. i. q. Kal. no. 2. Is. 51, 9.
Deriv. 3472.

"ΓΝ fut. ΠΥ, with Vav conv.
yn.

---

1. to cut in two, to halve, like kindr.

yin q.v. Chald. and Syr. 83m, xu,
to cut or dig out.

2. to divide, espec. a) Into two parts,
to halve, Gen. 32, 8. Ps. 55, 24 ¥m7 ND

ἘΠ 2} they do not halve laeir days, i. 8.
do not live out’ half their lives. With
Pa... 13 pregn. to divide and distribute
between, among, Num. 31, 27. 42. Is. 30,
28 NEMNI Wx ID the stream divides his
even to the neck, i. 6. rises to the neck
and there divides him asit were into two
parts. b) Also into several parts, Gen.
23, 1. Judg. 7, 16. 9, 43. Job 40, 30 [41,
6]. :
Nipu. to divide oneself, to be divided,
2 K. 2, 8. 14. Dan.11, 4. Spec. into two
parts, Ez. 37, 22.

Deriv. "¥, ΤΙΣΙ, ΠΕ, mxn2,
and pr. names byxns, “byssnn,

ZT (enclosure, castle) Hazor, pr. n.
a) Acity in Naphtali, fortified by Solo-

mon, Josh. 11,1. 12, 19. 19, 36. Judg. 4,
2.1K. 9,15. 2 K. 15, 29. [It appears
to have been situated on the high
ground somewhere to the south of Ke-
desh; see Biblioth. Sacra, 1846, p. 212
sq.—R.] b) Another in Benjamin,
Neh. 11, 33. 9) Two cities in the
south of Judah, Josh. 15, 23. 25. One is
called also jin" v. 25. 4) A region
of Arabia, Jer. 49, 28.

MALE see maze, a trumpet.

PASM f. sing. only in constr. mixn,
the middle, midst, as 37> nixn mid.
night Job 34, 20. Ps. 119, 62. Ex. 11, 4.
R. msn.

"£13 m. (τ. HM) constr. "2M, c. suff.
“en

29

337

e an,

yan

1. half, the half part, Ex. 24,6. Num.
15, 9. 10. Josh. 22, 23. A22En the half of
us 2 Sam. 18, 3; sn Is. 44, 16. 19.

2. the mild midst, 2 Plan, 10, 4.

mb ἜΣΤΙ midnizht Tada, 16, 3. Ruth
3, 8.

Nore.
in 77.

Min XI (midst of resting=
places) Hatsi-hammenuchoth, pr. n. m.

For "3M signifying arrow, see

1 Chr. 2, 52, Hence patronym: "ΣΤ
ΤΣ ΓΙ v. 54.
YEN m. 1. i. ᾳ. I¥M, pr. an enclo-

sure, court ; then poet. a dwelling-place,
habitation, i. q. ΓΞ. Is. 34, 13 WSN ©
mp3 nina a dwelling-place ‘for ostrich:
es. 35,7 a court for reeds and rushes.
R. 755 no. 1.

2. grass, herbage, Job 8, 12. 40, 15. °
Ps. 104, 14. al. Spec. @ leek, collect.
leeks, Num. 11,5. R."¥5 no, 2.

eaSn a root not in use, having the
primary force of strength, firmness, like

the kindr. j8, jom, and Arab. ras

to be firm, fortified, whence Soe for-
tress.—Hence the two following:

J=3 m. the arm, fore-arm, as the seat
and symbol of strength. Ps. 129, 7, see
in "a> Piel.

720 τὰ. (v. ἼΞΠ) the arm, on which
children are carried, the bosom, Is. 49, 22.
Hence also bosom of a garment, Sept.

ἀναβολή, Neh. 5,13. Arab. pas arm

bosom; denom. ,. to carry in the

Eth. dw bosom.

*t/Z0 Chald. to be hard, rough;
hence to be harsh, severe ; see Thesaur.
p- 510.

Apu. part. ΓΒ ΓΙ strict, severe, of a
royal edict, Dan. 2,15. 3, 22.

arms or bosom.

“VS5 to divide, and intrans. to be
divided. Arab. yas ITT, ay, to divide

one’s portion with another, a> part,

portion. Talmud. to cut or hew in
pieces, whence MX"EM an axe or adze;
trop. to distinguish. Kindred roots are
nn, Chald.1xm. The primary,

yan

force of cutting, hewing, sharpening toa
point, is possessed by the syllable ym in
common with the kindred 1M, 4M, see
i, TI, win; also VP, O35, τὰ, 7A,
see ‘Mnder TTS, 113, ΥῈΡ a τ δὲ ται 30, 97
the locusts hate no ph sb = ysn ἘΣ
yet go they forth all of them divided, 1. @

in divisions, bands; comp. Gen. 14, 15.

Jerome: per turmas suas.

Prev part. o°sxra Judg. 5,11, either:
those dividing sc. the booty, spoil; comp.
Is. 9, 2. 33, 23. Ps. 68, 13; or, with the
Pater. and Rabbins, ναρ ζιαιβον; archers,
as denom. from YM an arrow; comp.
Targ. Judg. 5, 8.

Puau to be divided out, to be allotted,
e. g. the months of one’s life, Job 21, 21.

Deriv. 77, and the two following.

7* τὰ. 1. ig. YM, an arrow, poet.
for lightnings, Ps. 77, 18.

2. a small stone, gravel-stone, as cut
or broken small; collect. gravel, grit,
Prov. 20, 17. Lam. 3, 16.—Syr. {yew,

“ῳω»
Arab. «65: Eth. &8.

WAN FLIN, WALI (pruning of
the palm) Gen. 14, 7. 2 Chr. 20, 2, Ha-

zezon-tamar, pr. n.of a city on the west- |

ern shore of the Dead Sea, renowned
for its palm-trees; afterwards called j7>
"13 En-gedi. On the palms of En-gedi,
see Plin. H. N. V. 7. Celsii Hierob. II.
491.

MASE and MING Γ a trumpet,
Num. 10, 2 sq. 31, 6. Hos. 5,8. 2 K. 12,
14. This was the straight trumpet,
different from the "piv buccina or horn,
which was crooked like a horn; see
Joseph. Ant. 3.12.6. Jerome ad Hos.
5,8. Buxtorf Lex. p.816.—The etymo-
logy has occasioned various conjectures.
With most interpreters, I have formerly
referred it to "xm, Arab. to be

present, Conj. X to call together, to con-
voke; whence then the form "iz after
the elders of Arab. Conj. XII, i. q. to
convoke sc. with the trumpet; and hence
maxxn trumpet, so called as used for
convoking an assembly. Others, as re-
cently, Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 242, sup-
pose the trumpet to be so called as being
narrow and slender ; a meaning which
1s not found in the root either in Hebrew

338°

or Arabic. But there can be little doubt, "

"Zr

that this is an onomatopoetic word, imi-
tating the broken pulse-like sound of the
trumpet, like the Lat. taratantara in
the verse of Ennius ap. Serv. ad Virg.
fen. 9. 503. Germ. trarara. Similar
to this is the Hebrew word, especially
4 pronounced in the Arabic manner,

οἰ, 2. haddderah.—Hence the de-.

nom. verb:

“XEN to trumpet, to blow the trumpet,
found only i in part. ὉΠ ΤΙ (O™ ESM)
1 Chr. 15, 24. 2 Chr. 5, 13. 7, 6. 13, 14.
29, 28 Chethibh. In Keri, one X being
dropped, it is every where DEM i. 6.
p°xm9 Part. Pi. by a needless correc-
tion of what was an unusual form.—In
2.Chr. 5, 12 is B""""M2, which seems
to be an error of the transcriber.

* "ET obsol. root. 1: to surround,
to enclose with a wall, hedge, etc. Arab.

“ὯΔ. to surround, to besiege, Eth.
mh&Z to wall in. Comp. in "t5h.—
Hence "2m, ἜΣΤΙ no. 1, and pr. n, ΣΤ,
vinx, Ὄπ.

2. to be green, verdant. Arab. rs

to be green, sc. a field, grain, etc.— —

Hence ΝΠ no. 2, grass.
Note. Etymologists have usually as-
sumed here two different roots. But the

connection of the ideas is shown in the.

Greek χόρτος, which like "3M signifies
first an enclosure, court, especially for
cattle; and then a pasture, and by me-
ton. pasturage, i.e. grass, green herbage,
etc. See Passow and other Gr. Lex.
art. χόρτος.

2M constr. ἜΣΤΙ, c. suff. "750; Ναὶ
ἘΠ ΣΤ constr. “azn, also ninsn boriste
ninsn, comm. geil: an enclosure, 1. Ἣν
an ἍΝ place surrounded by a fence,
paling, wall, ete.—Spec. ~~

1. a court, before or surrounded by a
building; 6. g. a private dwelling, Ex.
8,9. 2 Sam. 17, 18. Neh. 8, 16.
minan court of the guard or prison Jer.

32, 2. 12. 33,1. Neh. 3,25. Ofa palace, —

1 K. 7, 8. 9. 12. Esth. 2,11.. Before the
tabernacle Ex. 27, 12 sq. 35, 17. 18. 40,
8. Also of the temple, which had two
courts; one inner, "72728 “smn Ez. 40,
28. 32, and m"- 1 K. 6, 36. Ez. 10, 3;

“sn
bo 4

a an,

Ἐν

called also the court of the priests 2 Chr.
4,9; the other the outer, T2ix°NA ΤΙΣ
Ez. 10, 5. 40, 17. 31. Plur. Is. 1, 12. Ps.
65, 5.

2. a village, hamlet, Lat. villa, pagus,
i. 6. farm-buildings, farm-hamlets, usual-
ly erected around an open space or court,
often in the neighbourhood of cities,
Josh. 13, 23. 28. 15, 32 sq. 1 Chr. 4, 33,
Neh. 11, 25. Diff. from 97353 ΓΞ, Josh.
15,47. Spoken also of the movable vil-
lages or encampments of nomadic tribes,
who usually pitch their tents in a circle,
or so as to form an ericlosure, Gen. 25,
16. Deut. 2, 23. Is. 42,11; comp. Ps. 10,
8.—Hence

3. As the name of several cities and
villages:

a) Ἐπ τΟΣΤῚ Hazar-Addar (village of
Addar) a place on the border of the tribe
of Judah Num. 34, 4; called shortly "78
Josh. 15, 3.

b) ποῖ “XM Josh. 19, 5, and "xn
po 1 Chr. 4, 31, Hazar-susah or Ha-
Zar-susim (village of horses) in the tribe
of Simeon.

6) find ἜΧΠ Ez. 47,17, and 4279 "sn
48, 1. Num. 34, 9. 10, \Haserenan (vil-
lage of fouditains) on the northern bor-
der of Palestine.

d) dai asm Hazar-shual (village of
jackals) Josh. ‘15, 28. 19, 3. 1 Chr. 4, 28.
Neh. 11. 27, in the tribe of Simeon.

e) a “zm Hazer-hatticon (mid-
dle village) Ez. 47, 16, on the borders of
Hauran, Auranitis. .

f) Plur. ninszm Hazeroth, a station of
the Israelites after leaving Sinai, prob.
the fountain now called ’Ain el-Hidhera,
1! a5; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p.223.

—Num. 11, 35. 12,16. 33,17. Deit. 1, 1.
In Hezro, see in "2".

IZ (enclosed, walled in, τ. °¥")
Hezron, pr. n. a) A son of Reuben
Gen. 46, 9. Ex.6,14. Patronym. is 72°34

Num. 26, 6. b) A son of Perez Gen.
46, i2: Ruth 4, 18. Gr. ᾿Εσρώμ Matt.
1,3) ΥΑ ity in the south of Judah,

called also "izm Josh. 15, 25.

"72 (id.) Hezrai, pr. n. of one of
-David’s military chiefs, 2 Sam: 23, 35
Chethibh. In Keri and 1 Chr. 11, 37,
‘ins Hezro.

339

apn

HITS (court of death) Hazarma.
veth, pr. ἢ. of a district in Arabia Felix, |
situated on the Indian ocean and abound:
ing in frankincense, myrrh, and aloe;
but noted for the insalubrity of the
climate, whence the name; still called

by the Arabs es , Hadramaut.
Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr’ 1, 20. See Abulfe-
de Arabia ed. Gagn. p. 45. Niebuhr’s
Descr. of Arabia p. 283-294. Germ.

PT see Pp". 3
ῬΤῚ τη. (r. PRM no. 3) c. Makk. “pn, c.
suff. "pr, but ΡΠ Lev. 10, 13, popn Ex.
5,14; hie DPN constr. Ἢ smand “pan Ez.
20, 18; pr. something etachent. prescrib-
ed, pratt e. g. "pM that which is
décresd or appointed for me, Job 23, 14.

—Spec.

1. An appointed portion, e. g. of la-

bour, a task, Ex. 5, 14. Prov. 31, 15; of
food, an allowance, Prov. 30, 8. Gen. 47,
22.
_ 2. An appointed bound, limit, Job 26, .
10. Prov. 8.29. Jer.5,22, ph 753) with-
out bound, without measure, immeasur-
ably, Is. 5, 14.

3. An appointed time, set time, Job 14,
13. Mic. 7, 11.

4. A prescribed statute, ordinance, law,
Gen. 47, 26. 1 Sam. 30,25. Ps. 81,5. In
Sing. also coliect. ef a body of laws
(comp. 5m) Ex. 15, 25. Is. 24,5. Plur.
statutes, laws, espec. laws prescribed
from God to men, Deut. 4, 5. 8. 14. 6,
24. 11, 32. 12,1; of the laws of nature
Job 28, 26. Ps. 148,6. Also: 8) ade-
cree of God Ps. 2,7; comp. Job 23, 14.
b) a statutory portion, appointed portion, :
as fixed by law, Ex. 29, 28. Lev. 7, 34.
10,15. Num.18,8. 6) a custom, having
the authority of law, Judg. 11, 39, 2 Chr.
35, 25.

* pn in Kal not used, i. q. PPM, pr.
to cut in, to hew, i. q. to hack ; hence to
engrave, to carve, see Pual no. 1; to de-
lineate, to portray, see Pual no. 2, comp.
PRG no. 2; also to hack up the ground,
to dig, see Hithpa.

Pua part. ΠΡ 1. engraved, carv-
ed, 1 K. 6, 35.

2. delineated, portrayed, painted, Ez.
8, 10; comp. 23, 14. .

Hirup. to hack up the ground with a

owe Ge

npn

hoe or pickaxe, to dig a trench, ete. So
from the primary Rentheatian I would
explain Job 13,27 NpMNM 737 ὙΦ ΣΤΟΣ
around the roots (soles) of my feet hast
thou digged,i. e. hast made a trench, so
that I can go no further, thou hast stop-
ped my way; comp. 19, 8. Lam. 3, 7.
Usualiy, around the roots of my feet hast
thou drawn lines, i. e. made marks how
far 1 may go.

“pi fem. of ph no. 4, a statute, law,
ordinance. Sing. spoken always of a
single law; 6. g.noBm mpm the law of
the passover Ex.12,43. Num. 9, 14. 19,2.
Lev. 3, 17. al.—Plur. statutes, laws, Lev.
18, 5. 26. 20, 13. Ez. 5. 6. 48, 18. Deut.
8,11. 2 Sam. 7,19. al. Of the laws of
the heavens, of nature, Job 38, 33. Jer.
31, 35. 33, 25. Also customs, 1 K. 3, 3.
Mic. 6, 16; of the heathen i. e. idolatry
2 K. 17, 8. Lev. 20, 23.

NDAPTI (bent, crooked) Hakupha, pr.
n.m. Ezra 2, 51. Neh. 7, 53. R. pn.

* Ti" i. gq. Arab. Wass to bend one-
self. to be crooked. Hence pr. ἢ. 8B3PN.

= pen pr. to cut in, to hew, to hew in;
comp. the kindred verbs (all of which

Ge
and

to cut or hew with the sword,
and then also to stamp vioiently, to en-

also are onomatopoetic) MPN

Φφ.

counter violently ; GAD and Keke id.
Germ. hacken, Engl. to hack. We may
remark in passing. that espec, in verbs
ΣΡ, which double the middle radical,
there are many which are onomatopo-
etic, and therefore common to several
πη δ. ἊΝ as PP? to lick, 333, HDL, to
tap, to grope, bby allen, bby tinnio,
schallen. PEI to beat. to pound, etc. and
also in dsubled forms, as "393 gargari-
zavit, DSO pipivit, byby tintinnum edi-
dit, etc. Spec.

1. to cut in, 6. g. a sepulchre in a rock,
to hew in, Is. 22, 16; letters and figures
ona tablet, to grave in, to inscribe. γράφω,
Is. 30, 8. Ez. 4, 1.

2. i. ᾳ. γράφω, to grave, to trace, to
portray, Is. 49, 16. Ez. 23, 14.

3. to ordain, to appoint, Prov. 8, 27.
29 ; to decree, as a judge Is. 10,1. Part.
PPM poet. for ves, judge, leader, ruler,
Judg. 5. 9.

340

“ph,

Puat part. Ppns pr. what is prescrib-
ed, i. 6. a law, statute, Prov. 31, 5.

Horn. fat. "PA" (for prs Dag. f. be-
ing dropped) to be graved in, inscribed,
Job 19, 23.

Po. i. q. Kal no. 3, to decree Prov. 8,
15. Part. ppm a) a lawgiver, Deut.
33, 21. Is. 33, 22; a judge, leader, ruler,
i. q. DEW, Jade. 5.14. 6) a@ sceptre, as
the badge of power, Num. 21, 18. Ps.
60, 9. Gen. 49, 10.

Deriv. ΡΠ , OPM, pr. n. PRN , and

Piet} m. only in plur. constr. "ppm de- ὦ
crees Is. 10, 1; resolves, determinations,
Judg. 5, 15, Shee it corresponds to the
similar word ΠΡ in ν. 16.

pen Hukkok, pr. n. of a town on the
confines of Asher and Naphtali, Josh. 19,
34; for which psn 1 Chr. 6, 60. Perh.
mod. Yékik, Bibl. Res. in Palest. ΠῚ.
App. p. 133. Biblioth. Saer. 1843, p. 80.

τ “pM ' fut. "pri Job 13, 9, to search,
to search out; to examine, pr. the interior
of the earth, spoken of mining, Job 28, 3
The primary idea lies in boring and dig
ging ; kindred with "2, %3>.—Constr.
absol. Deut. 13, 15. Ez. 39, 14; with
acc. of pers. or thing, to search out, to
explore, e.g. a land Judg. 18, 2; food
and drink, i. q. to taste, to try, Prov. 23,
30 ; wisdom Job 28, O17 ; the mind or
heart of any one 1 Sam. 20, 12, Ps. 139,
1. Prov. 28, 11 the rich man is wise in
his own eyes,32>—M7 4722 9.1) but the poor

‘man who hath understanding searcheth

him through ; Sept. καταγνώσεται, Aqu.
Theod. ἐξιχνιάσει.

Prez i. ἃ. Kal, Ecc. 12, 9.

Nipu. pass. of Kal, Jer. 31, 37. 1 K. 7,
47 Ὠφγ Spin ἜΤ Nd the weight of ;
the brass was not to be searched out, as-
certained ; comp. "PM ἡ.

Deriv. ἘΠ and

“PM 1. asearching out, examination,
Job 34, 24; Prov. 25, 27 see in 7122 no.
2% Retire “PM ik no searching out,
past finding out, cancion Prov. 25,
3; so of what is innumerable. Job δ. 9.
9,10. 36,26. Also 32 "APN searchings of
mind, queries, deliberations, Judg. 5, 16.

2. What is known only by searching
out, a secret, the inmost part,Job 33, 16
binn 7PNn the secret recesses of the deep.

ΟΠ
Metaph. mi>x “pm Job 11, 7, i. ᾳ. τὰ

βάϑη tov ϑεοῦ 1 Cor. 2, 10. .

~

‘TI. a. only in plur. oh, nobles,
Sfree-born, 1 K. 21, 8. 11. Neh. 2, 16. 4,
13; once fully written ΘΠ EKce. 10, 17.
R. 727 no. 3, q. v.—But on Horites
see in "5h II.

Il. "7 a hole, see >in.
WI see “AN.
557337 WH pr. n. see in S273.

. Ran or R20 obsol. root, Arab.
Be
Om
for this act. Hence, wherever a deriv-
ative from it occurs in the text, the He-
brew critics have placed in the margin
or Keri a less offensive expression. See
the deriv. ΓΝ ΠΏ, and

to ease oneself, the vulgar word

D875 τὴ, plur. constr. "4 for "X40
2K. 6,25; c. suff. pa Ran Is. 36, 12, and
contr. DiI" 2 K. 18, 27; excrements,
dung. In Is.1.c. and 2 K. 18, 27 is read
in Keri the less vulgar MNix, the vowels
of which are written under this word in
the text—2 K. 6, 25 07219 “=m doves’
dung; which may be taken literally ;
since it is not incredible that persons
oppressed by severe famine should de-
vour even the excrements of animals;
comp. Celsii Hierobot. II. p.32. Rosen-
miller ad Bocharti Hieroz. II. p. 573.
Still, it is not improbable, that some
kind of vegetable food is to be here un-
derstood ; just as the Arabs call the herb

Kali, sparrows’ dung, pirat > ;

and as in Germ. asafcetida is called de-
vil’s dung. See Bochart Hieroz. II.
p-580 sq. But comp. Celsius |.c. p. . 233,
who clearly shows that Bochart was
mistaken in affirming that among the
Arabs doves’ or sparrows’ dung is a com-
mon epithet for chickpeas or vetches
fried. In Keri 2 K. 1. c. is D773 q. v.

* 35M and 21 fut. 23773, once 33209
Jer. 26, Ὁ in’ some copies ; imperative
ann.

1. to be dried up, to be dry, spoken of
water, streams, Gen. 8, 13. Hos. 13, 15.
Ps. 106, 9.—It seems to denote merely
the absence or failure of water, and thus
differs from 3" to be fully dry, dried ;

29*

941

an

see Gen. 8, 13 comp. 14; also Job 14, 11
Is. 19, 5, where Wat SIT? Wy ex
presses graitices Of the same ‘family
is Gr, κάρφω.

2. to be laid waste, to lie desert, e. g.
lands, cities; since dry places quickly
become waste and desert (comp. Is. 42,
15. 48, 21); Is. 34, 10. Jer. 26, 9.; of
sanctuaries Am.7,9. Also to be wasted,
destroyed, of a people, Is. 60, 12; and
trans. to waste, to destroy, Jer. 50, 21. 27.

—Arab. o to be laid waste, Conj. I],

to waste to destroy; kindr. with which ὦ

is Coys I, ΠῚ, IV, to wage war.

3. to be amazed, astonished, Jer. 2,12;
since the silence and solitude of the
desert overpower the mind. See the
synon, 072.

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be deso-
lated, to be laid waste, Ez. 26, 19. 30, 7.

2. Recipr. to waste one another, to fight
together, 2 K. 3, 23.

Pua. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be dried,
Judg. 16, 7. 8.

Hiex. 1. todry up water 2 K. 19, 24.
Is. 50, 2. Jer. 51, 36.

2. to desolate, to lay waste cities, lands,
Ez. 19,7. Judg. 16, 24; to destroy a peo-
ple 2 K. 19, 17: Is. 49, 17.

Hopu. pass. of Hiph. no. 2. Ez. 26, 2.
29, 12.

The deriv. all follow.

377 Chald. i. q. Heb.
Hopn. to be laid waste, destroyed,
Ezra 4, 15.

3 adj. fem.n39n 1. dry, Lev. 7,
10. Prov. 17,1.

2. waste, desolate, Jer. 33,10. 12. Neh.
2, 3.17. Ez. 36, 36.

a7) f. in pause 294, c. suff. "25,
plur. ΤΊΞ ΤΙ, constr. nian.
1.6 sword, as laying waste, destroy-

ing; Arab. — Syr. [Topo whence
Gr. ἅρπη, see Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 760.
So 237] "b> 42H to smite with the edge of
the sword, i. 6. to slay with the sword.
Deut. 13, 16. 20, 13. Josh. 6, 21. 8, 24.
10, 28. 3973 370 to slay with the sword 3
Josh. 13,22. ‘ma 459 to fall by the sword,
Num. 14, 3. Is. 3, 25. Jer. 11,22, mind
237 iniqiities (worthiy) of the sword i, e.

or

of death, Job 19,29. Metaph. ofa false
and slanderous tongue, Ps. 57, 5.

2. Trop. of other cutting instruments,
e. g. a knife for circumcising Josh. 5, 2.
3; a knife or razor Ez. 5,1; a graver
or chisel Ex. 20, 25; an axe Ez. 26, 9.
Poet. of the curved tusks of the hippo-
potamus, Job 40, 19.

3. dryness, dpéught Deut. 28, 22; un-
less perhaps it should be written 23h.

275 and 375M (dry, desert) pr.n. Ho-
reb, a lower part or peak of Mount Sinai,
so called at the present day, from which
one ascends towards the south the sum-
mit of Sinai properly so called, or ἀμ

Jebel Misa. Ex. 3, 1. 17,.6.

Deut. 1, 2. 6. 4, 10. 15. 5,2. 18, 16. 1 K.
8,9. 19,8. Mal.4,4. Comp. Burckhardt’s
Travels in Syria, etc. p. 566sq. [But
Horeb seems rather to have been a
general name for the whole mountain,
of which Sinai was a particular summit ;
see Hengstenberg Auth. des Pentat. II.
p. 396. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. pp. 177,
551.—R.

370 m. 1. dryness Judg. 6, 37. 39.
Hence, drought, heat, Gen. 31,40. Hagg.
1, 11. Is. 4, 6. 25, 4.5. Also of the dry-
ness and heat of fever, Job 30, 30.

2. waste, desolation, Ez. 29,10. Zeph.
2,14, 3. ὩΣ waste cities Is. 61, 4.

Man f. plur. M290, withart. ΓΞ,
constr. Mian. R. 337.

1. dryness, plur. dry places, deserts, Is.
48, 22.

2. wasteness, desolation ; concr. waste,
desolate. Lev. 26, 31 ΞΔ τΩΝΣ "N32
main 7 will make your cities. desolate.
Ez. 25, 19. 35, 4. Plur. waste places,
ruins. Ps. 102, 7. Ez. 13, 4. 33, 24. 27.
nisin ΓΞ to build up waste places, to
rebuild ruins, Ez. 36, 10. 33. 38, 12.
Mal. 1, 4. Is. 58, 12. 61, 4; also DRP
miasn id. Is. 44, 26. Somewhat differ-
ent is: Job 3, 14 kings and counsellors of
the earth sab miann 0285 who build up
ruins for themselves, i. e. who build up
splendid palaces which will soon be ru-
ins. Sora mina ruins of the rich, i. e.
their ruined houses, etc. Is. 5, 17.

nan f (for M229) only with art.
mam, the dry, the dry land, Gen. 7,

342

BOD

92. Ex. 14, 21. 2K. 2,8; comp. in tas.
R. 5:1. |
ΤΊΖ ΤΙ τὰ. (τ. 39") plur. constr. 971390,
dryness, drought, heat of sammer, Ps.
32, 4.
N13) (prob. Pers. we > ass-dri-
ver) Harbona, pr. n. of & eunuch of
Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10; for which in 7, 9 ©
man.

% al ἅπαξ heyou. to tremble, to be in .
trepidation, to fear. Chald. 8399 fear,
trepidation. The primary syllable is —
39, which like 2" denotes tremulous
motion, see 139, 339, 559.—Ps. 18, 46
prminao7a"3 aan ‘and they were dies
mayed out of their strong-holds, they
came out trembling from their strong-
holds and delivered them up; comp. —
Mic. 7, 17. Hos. 11, 11. Others here

compare Arab. to go forth, i. e.

they came forth from their strong-holds,
but this is languid. In the parall. pas-
sage 2 Sam. 22, 46 is 730; see in"3n.

“500 obsol. quadril. i. q. Arab.

7-0

b> >> to leap, to gallop, as a horse,
locust. It comes from the triliteral 325
to tremble, to be in trepidation, which is
also referred to leaping, comp. 274. By
dropping the Ἢ from this root, there re- —
mains the triliteral 539 q. v.—Hence

ia m. a locust, so called from its
leaping ; see 7. Bsn, and comp. attux 0s,
ἀενέλαθδς; from deeb Spoken of a
winged and edible species of locust, Lev.

S< -%-
11, 22.—Arab. Χλε. a troop of horses,

a flight of locusts, olyeye a kind of
locusts without wings, / afid n being in-
terchanged.

ἘΠ fut. sam" 1. to tremble, e. g.
a mountain, Ex. 19, 18. Elsewhere
only of persons, to be in trepidation, to
be terrified, Ex. 19, 16. Gen. 27, 33.
Ruth 3, 8. Is. 10, 29. al. Ascribed to
the heart, 1 Sam. 28,5; with > of cause,
Job 37, 1. Pregn. a) Gen. 42, 28
“ΝΟ sry by ving atone they trembled
one towards ‘another i. 6. they turned
trembling one to another, saying. Ὁ)
With "nx, to follow any one trembling,
1 Sam. 13, 7. 6) With ΤΡ, to trem-

mn

ble at meeting any one, to meet him
trembling, 1 Sam. 16, 4. 21, 2.

2. Trop. a) i. 4. to come trembling,
to hasten, (comp. Lat. trepidare, Virg.
ZEn. 9. 14.) with 72 from a place, Hos.
11, 10.11. Ὁ) With 5x, to tremble for
any one, i. q. to care for, 2 K. 4, 13.

Hipn. to terrify, to make afeatd, Judg.
8,12. 2 Sam. 17, 2. Lev. 26, 6. Job 11,
19. Is. 17, 2. al.

Deriv. pr. ἢ. 739% and those here fol-
lowing.

‘TI adj. 1. trembling, fearful, Judg.
7,33; with 53 of that for which one trem-
bles 1 Sam. 4, 13.

2. Trop. of reverence towards God,
piety, i.e. fearing, revering. Ezra 10,3
2 ΆΓΥ 5 ὲ mizaa ὈΥΤΉΓΙΓΙ fearing, revering
the commandment of our God, comp. 9,
4. Is. 66, 2 “27 52 39 who trembleth
at my word 3 with 5x v. δ.

OTN f. constr. n374, plur. nin
ΕΖ. 26,16. R. 735.

1. a trembling, terror, fear. Gen. 27,

33 and Isaac trembled M253 NINN a
great trembling, i. e. was in great trepi-
dation and alarm. 1 Sam. 14, 13. Is. 21,
4.al. The genit. following refers to the
person feared, as 078 N37 fear of man
Prov. 29, 25; ony ΡΝ] a terror of
God, a great or panic terror, 1 Sam. 14,
15; comp. ϑεσπέσιος pita Il. 9. 2.

2. care, concern, 2 K. 4,13; see the
root no. 2. b.

3. Haradah, pr. n. of a station of the
Israelites in the desert, Num. 33, 24.

ἘΓΡΉῚ fut. FN, apoc. "3, “WIT.
But 3777 Is. 24, 6 is from ὙΠ.

1. to burn, to be kindled, to glow, kindr.
"75; spoken only of anger, espec. in
the following phrases: a) Ἔ 98 On
Ex. 22, 23. 32, 22. Num. 11, 10; with 3
against any one Gen. 30, 2. 44, 18. Job
32, 2. 3; often of God, Ex. 4, 14. Num.
11, 33. Josh. 23, 16. Is. 5, 25. Hos. 8, 5;
rarely with > Num. 24, 10; 53 Yech:
10, 3. - b) Impers. 5 man it was kin-
dled to him, i. e. he was angry, wroth,
where δ anger is usually supplied, Gen.
31, 36. 34, 7. 1 Sam. 15, 11. 2 Sam. 19,
43. al. “) SI ΠΤ (anger) is kin-
dled in his eyes, anger being chiefly
- visible in the kindling eyes and inflamed

343

"nM

countenance. Gen. 31, 35. 45, 5—Some-
times these formulas express the feeling
of grief; sadness, rather than anger; |
and hence are rendered in Sept. by the
verb λυπέομαι, as Gen. 4, 5. Jon. 4, 4. 9.
Neh. 5,6. On the affinity of these ideas,
see in 3X3.

2. tobe angry, wroth, c. 3 Hab. 3, 8.

Nipu. Part. plur. 5°73, i. q. Kal no.
2, to be angry, wroth, with 3 of pers. Is.
41, 11. 45,24. The form ΤΣ Cant. 1, 6
is fot r Vn.

Hipu. mann, fut." 1, to let burn,
to kindle sc. ogi c. b¥ Job 19, 11.

2. to be ardent, zealous, to do with
ardour, zeal, followed by a finite verb.
Neh. 3,20 793 ΡΤ TIANA WINK after
him Baruch zealously repaired, etc. or,
emulating him repaired, etc.

Tipu. fut. 537M" (after the form >upm)
to emulate, to rival, Jer. 22,15; ὁ, rx to
contend awith any one, Jer. 12, 5.

Hirupa. fut. apoc. "MM, fo fret one-
self, to be angry, indignant, Ps. 37, 1. 7.
8. Prov. 24, 19.

Deriv. }i95, "0, ΡΤ.

NII (he was dry) Harhaiah, pr.
n.m. Neh. 3,8. R.734.

TINT (trembling, terror, τ. 2%) Ha-
rod, pr. n. of a fountain, or of a place
near by it, Ti9h 19 τάς 7, 1:—Hence
gentile n. "750 Harodite, 2 Sam. 23, 25.

DANI m. plur. (τ. 199) strings of
pearls, gems, corals, or the like, neck-

laces, Cant. 1, 10θ. Syr. ἤρα and

9 “=
Arab. ἡχ» a necklace of gems or pearls.

2990 m. Job 30, 7. Zeph. 2,9; Plur.
n-bam Prov. 24, 31, a thorn-bush, bram-
ble, so called from its pricking, burning ;
from a root 2M i. g. 720. Comp. Eth.
AMAA to burn, for AZZ. See Cel-
sii Hierobot. T. II. p. 166.

ΠΥ ΤΙ (i. ᾳ. FN BAIN snub-nosed)
Harumaph, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 10.

JING τὰ. (r. mn) a burning, something
burning, Ps. 58,10. Of anger, 98 ὙΠ
glow of anger, burning anger, fierce
wrath, Num. 25, 4. 32, 14. 1 Sam. 28, 18.
Hos. 11, 9. Job 20, 23, Jer. 25, 37.—
Hence

2. Trop. anger, wrath, Neh. 13, 18

hn
Ps, 2, δ. Ez. 7, 12. 14.
bursts of anger Ps. 88, 17.

ἐμ 7 m. plur. constr. niz3M Am.
1,3; part. pass. from r. ὙΠ to cut in, ete.

1. Pr. something cut in, dug out ; Wins
a) a ditch, trench of a fortified city, Dan.
9, 25; ee the verb M232 can be re-
fated to yA7n only by Zeugma. Chald.
ἈΠ. b) Poet. for gold, pr. some-
thing dug out, fossil, Ps. 68, 14. Prov. 3,
14. 8, 10. 16, 16. Zech. 9, 3.

2. sharpened. pointed, see the root no.
2; hence as a poetical epithet for the
threshing-sledge, tribulum; fully 3742
Yin a sharp threshing-sledge Is. 41,15;
and then without the’ subst. in the same
sense, Is. 28, 27. Job 41, 22. Plur.
mizan Am. 1, 3. On the form of this
instrument see in 3947.

3. Trop. decided, see the root no. 3;
and hence decision, judgment. Joel 4,
14 yon pays in the valley of judg-
ment, i. 6. of punishment. Sept. ἐν τῇ
κοιλάδι τῆς δίκης.

Il. 7393, Kamets impure, for y75n,
2 =e

1. Adj. eager, see the root no. 5;
hence active, diligent, strenuous, Prov.
12, 27. 21,5. Plur. 5°99 Prov. 10, 4.
12, 24. 3, 4,

2. Haruz, pr. n-of the father-in-law
of king Manasseh, 2 K. 21, 19.

* TI obsol. root, kindr. with ὙΠ,
to cut in, to puncture ; hence to bore
through, to perforate. Arab. + χα to
bore through, e. g. pearls or gems, in
order to string them. Hence D°739n.

Cm pr. ἢ. m. Harhas, 2 K. 22,14;
in 2 Chr. 34, 22 written M70n q. v.

WII τη. (τ. 20) 1. inflammation,
burning fever, Deut. 28,22. Sept. ἐρε-
ϑισμός, Vulg. ardor. .

2. Harhur, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 51. Neh.
7, 58,

* OAM obsol. root, Syr. ὥξω; pr. to
scrape, to scratch ; hence to cut in, to
grave, to wnsculp, like kindr. D9N, P25,
bin, won, χαράσσω, yogatto. See
more ander τ. 123.—Hence 031 a gra-
ver, ὉΠ.

OV} τὰ. 1. ἃ graver, graving-tool,
chisel Ex. 32, 4.

Plur. 0255

BAA,

=n

2. a stylus, style, with which letters
were written or inscribed on wood or
stone ; hence poet. of a manner of writ-

‘ing, Is. 8,1 Bix VINA with a man’s

style, i.e. with the common letters, so
as to be read without difficulty by the
common people.

Don m. only j in plur. 0°09, sacred |

scribes, skilled in the sacred writing or
hieroglyphice. ἱερογραμματεῖς, a class of
Egyptian priests ; see Jablonski Proleg.
in Panth. AXgypt. p. 91 sq. Creuzer
Symbolik und Mythologie, I. p. 245.—
Gen. 41, 8. 24. Ex. 7,11. 22. 8, 3. 14. 15.
9,11. The same name is appliéd also
to the Magi of Babylon, Dan. 1, 20. 2, 2.
—The word seems to be of Hebrew ori-
gin, and derived either from van style,
and Ὁ΄- formative, comp. pine from
ΓΒ, D195 from "23; or else a quadrili-
teral made up from the triliterals DON
to grave, and D9 to be sacred. See
Michaelis Suppl. 923.

DOW Chald. id. Dan. 1, 20. 2, 10.
Plur. 0°09 Dan. 2, 27. 4, 4. 6. 5, 11.

"IT m. (Ὁ. ΠΤ) heat, glow, sc. of anger,
with 98% Ex. 11, 8. Deut. 29, 23. Is. 7, 4,
al. With the idea of grief, 1 Sam. 20, 34.

Ι. ΠῚ τὰ. (τ. "1M%) white bread, ands
of fine flour ; once Gen. 40, 16 ™h "bd,
Vulg. canistra farina, Sept. κανᾶ Saabs
tov.—In the Mishna, Tract. Edaioth 3.
δ 10, "7m is a species of bread or cake ;

Arab. Slee white bread, white flour.

II. "35 (a dweller in caverns, troglo-
dyte, from "15 II, a hole, cavern, and
the ending "—) pr. n.

1. Horite, Horites. a people who an-
ciently dwelt in Mount Seir, Gen. 14, 6;
and were afterwards driven out by the
Edomites, Deut. 2, 12. 22.—Gen. 36,
20-30. Plur. oh id. Deut. 2.12.

2. Hori, pr. ἢ. m. a) Gen. 36, 22.
b) Num. 13, 5.

p27) "OT see in art. DANN.

OT m. (r. 09) twice pl. ΘΠ,
purses, bags, for money; prob. so called
from their long and round form, perh. like
an inverted cone, 2 K. 5, 23. Is. 3, 22.

S_
Arab. Ray Comp. Schreeder de
Vest. mul. Heb. c. 17.

δὰ:

ΠῚ (Arab. yh the autumnal

_ rain, from Aan atitumn,) Hariph, pr. n.

τμήματα τοῦ ἁπαλοῦ τυροῦ.
cem formelle casei.

Arab. Yas

of a man, Neh. 7, 24. 10, 20.—Instead
of this is read 73" (antamnal rain)
Ezra 2, 18.

ee verbal ἢ. (τ. 79") 1. acutting,
τμῆμα, piece cut off, slice ; 1 Sam. 17,18
Sony "7M MIwS ten cuttings (slices)
of curds, new or soft cheese. Sept.
sonmaiiies i. e. according to Hesych.
Vulg. de-
Chald. Syr. 972355.
soft cheese.

2..a threshing-sledge, tribulum, i. q.
yin no. 2; spec. for a sharp threshing-

sledge, 2 Sam. 12, 31. 1 Chr. 20, 3.

Ow" m. (r. 84m) a ploughing, old
Engl. earing, 1 Sam. 8, 12; time of
ploughing, ἀροτός, Gen. 45, 6. Ex. 34, 21.
1 Sam. 8, 12.

"WN adj. (τ. 87H no. 5) silent, still,
and hence sultry, spoken of the east
wind, Jon. 4, 8.

“77 a root ἅπαξ λεγόμ. Prov. 12,
27 i"x hey JM N5, i. e. either: the
slothful man roasteth no game, comp.
Chald. 72% to burn, to scorch ; or bet-
ter: he snareth no game, pr. icon not
take it with a net ; comp. 0°27" net.
Kindr. is 38.

723 Chald. to burn, to singe, i. q.
Arab. ἘΠῚ

ΙΤΗΡΑ. Conn to be singed, 6. g. the
hair, Dan. 3, 27.

D'S τὴ. plur. lattices of windows,
pr. net, net-work, Cant. 2, 9; Sept.
“yaa Chald. 8295 a lattice-window.

R. 727 kindr. with aN.

*5n see Dan.

᾿ Ban pr. to shut up, to shut in ; see
Dan net, no. 1.

1. Spec. to shut in the nose, to draw
in, to contract, comp. 50%. Hence part.

~painm Lev. 21, 18 pr. drawn in as to the

nose, i.e. snub-nosed, Jlat-nosed ; bie
parvo naso. Arab. ° and ῥ᾽

-bore through between the nostrils of a

camel and pass in a ring; pr. to con-
tract the nose.
2. to shut up from common use, to

345

aan
make sacred, to consecrate, to devote te .

God, opp. 3. Arab. os
to prohibit, sc. from common use; II to

-

to shut up,

9, σ

make sacred; IV to devote. a
sacred place, adytum; also the women’s
apartment, harem. Ethiop. MZ to

esteem unlawful, KHLSP to forbid, to
prohibit. See Hiph.

Hipw. ΘΠ 1. to consecrate, to de-
vote unto God, so that the person or thing
thus devoted can never be redeemed,
Lev. 27, 28. 29. Mic. 4, 13. Ethiop.

AihLO to anathematize, t> put under
a curse.—In the exterminating wars
against the Canaanites, cities were often
thus devoted; and these when taken
were razed to the foundations, and the
inhabitants, both man and beast, utterly
destroyed ; so as to prevent them from
ever being redeemed from this vow.
Hence

2. to devote to destruction, i. q. to utterly
destroy, to exterminate, e. g. cities and
their inhabitants, Deut. 2, 34. 3,6. 7,2.

20, 17: Josh. 8, 26. 10, 28. 37. 11, 21.°

Judg. 1, 17. Is. 37, 11. Jer.51,3. Some-
times with =n “p> added, Fun 11, 12.
1Sam. 15,8. The formula’s "7nx Sn
Jer. 50, 21, seems to denote the enemy
as pursuing after those who are to be
utterly destroyed; comp. ΠΝ 732 1K.
14, 10. 21, 21.—Poetically, God himself
is said thus to devote any person or
thing, i. 6. to utterly destroy, Is. 34. 2.
Jer. 25,9; also Is. 11, 15 min4 cnn
ὈΠΟΧΌΤΟΣ FW mx ani Jehovah will
utterly destroy (dry up) the tongue of the
Egyptian sea; comp. Ps. 106, 9.

Horn. 5750 10 be condecwated: devot-
ed, Ezra 10,8; of persons i. q. to be put
to death Ex. 22, 19. Lev. 27, 29.

Deriv. the five following, and 5725971.

DIN (devoted) Harem, pr. n. of a place
in the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19, 38.

DIT for on (i. gq. BAN flat-nosed)
Harim, pr.n.m. Ezra 2, 32. 10,31. Neh.
3, 11.

DT once OI Zech. 14, 11, c. suff.
‘ann, io7n, plur. oon. R. oon.

1. a net, ὧν fishing or fowling, so call-
ed from its shutting in the prey, see the

oan

root init. Hab. 1, 15.16.17. Ez. 26, 5.
14. 47,10. Metaph. nets, for female en-
ticements, Ecc. 7, 26.

2. devotion of any thing to destruction,
utter destruction, Mal. 3,34. Zech. 14,11.
ὙΠ WN one devoted by me to destruc-
tion 1 K. 20, 42. Is. 34, 5.—Often coner.
any thing devoted to God without power
of redemption, and, if animated, to be
put to death, Lev. 27, 21. 28. 29. Num.
18, 14. Deut. 7, 26. 13,18. al. Sept.
generally ἀνάϑεμα.

ΓΘ 77 (place desolated, r. 04") Hor-
mah, pr. n. of a royal city of the Canaan-
ites, inthe south of Judah towards Edom,
afterwards assigned to the tribe of Si-
meon, Num. 14, 45. 21, 3. Deut. 1, 41.
Josh. 12, 14. 19, 4. Anciently called ΤῈΣ
Judg. 1,17. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p. 591.

So < Se ?

pan (i. q. ΡΞ ῥ) prominent

summit, peak, of a mountain; perh. pr.
ΕΞ

nose of a mountain, comp. iT Her-

mon, the high southern part of Anti-

Lebanon, Josh. 11, 3.17. Ps. 89,13. 133,

3. It lies around the sources of the Jor-

dan, and is now called Jebel esh-Sheikh,

mits, and is therefore spoken of in the plur.
eqn Ps. 42,7. According to Deut. 3,
9. 4, 48, this mountain was called by the
Amorites "720, by the Sidonians FI,
and sometimes πα it was named jR"W ;
but in Cant. 4,8. 1 Chr. 5, 23, Senir and
Hermon are distinguished. Probably dif-
ferent summits or parts of the chain bore
different names, which were applied in a
wider or narrower acceptation at differ-
ent times. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III.
Ῥ. 357. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, Ρ. 13.

WAI m. a sickle, Deut. 16, 9. 23, 26.

Prob. made up from Dn ὌΝ to cut off,
and ©" to cut in.

17 (i. q. Arab. ls parched, dry,
τ. πὸ Haran, pr. n. a) A city of

Mesopotamia in the time of the patri-
archs, Gr. and Lat. Καῤῥαι, Car-

It has two or more sum-

r@, Arab. and Syr. ols ; φ» after-
wards celebrated for the defeat of Cras-
sus; Gen. 11, 31. 12,5. 27, 43. 2 K. 19,

346

Onn

12. Ez. 27,23. See Golius ad Alferg.

p- 249. Schult. Ind. Geogr. v. Charre.
b) A man 1 Chr. 2,46.

ὈΠΣ (two caves, dual of 73h i. q.

“im) Horonaim, pr. ἢ. of a Moabitish
city, situated upon a declivity, Is. 15, 5.
Jer. 48, 3.5.34. Gentile n. 25m Horo-
nite, Neh.2,10.19.—Different is 797 ΓΞ.

B27) (perh. for “ByIM2 fr. “M2 to

snort, to snore, and Syr. ;a2 to breathe !

hard, to pant,) Harnepher, pr. ἢ. τῇ.
1 Chr. 7, 36.

i ὉΠ and wan obsol. root. 1. i.q.
Uy; to scrape, to scratch; intrans.

lo be scratched, rough ; > a sherd,

potsherd, so called from being rough
and scratching, comp. Job 2, 8.—Hence
In potsherd, also 09M, ΓΒ ΡΠ,

2. Perh. to be dry, arid, hot ; the idea
of roughness being transferred to what
is dry, or shrivelled and cracked from
dryness, and so to heat as the cause of
dryness; see under r. "2%.—Hence 0497
the sun.

O°] m. (τ. 049) in Pause 09M Judg.
8, 13.

1. the itch, as the cause of scratching,
Deut. 28, 27.

2. the sun, a sense not frequent and
rather poetic, Job 9,7. Judg. 8, 13; with
He parag. 907A Ταῖς. 14, 18, like nen,
ΠΡ, Prob. on is hots pr. heat, ‘like
ran, see the root no. 2; unless one
choones with Hitzig to take it as de-
noting the orb or disk of the sun, Germ.
‘die Sonnen-scheibe, from the idea of
scraping, forming, making, as Germ.
Scheibe from the verb schaben to scrape ;
see Adelung h. v.—As to 0977 "99 Is,
19, 18, (which is read in 16 Mss. and
some editions, and is expressed by the
Sept. Complut. ᾿ἀχερές, by Symm. πόλις
ἡλίου, by the Vulg. civitas solis, by Saa-
dias U~y> 3,5, and has also the tes-

timony of the Talmudists in Menachoth |

fol. 110. A,) if we follow the certain and
ascertained usus loquendi, it denotes city

of the sun, i. 6. Heliopolis in Egypt, else- -

where called Ἰδ and 828 m2; whatever
we may determine as to the authenticity
of the words: MAND WER OWT ΟΡ

ee ee es

ἱ

|

onan

Or, “from the Arabic usus loquendi,
(comp. , wy> to defend, to preserve,) it

may be rendered, one shall be called, A
city preserved, i. e. one of these five cities

' shall be preserved. Whichever inter-
_ pretation may be chosen, this reading is

to be preferred to the other, 09773 "9,

_ for which see 075 p. 263.

PAO f. (from subst. wIM) a pot-

tery, a potter? s work-shop. Hence "3
᾿ mad MA the pottery-gate Jer. 19,2 Cheth.

a gate of Jerusalem near the ‘valley of
Hinnom; see in “28 no.1. Keri m7-0"n
id.

< 5 a doubtful root, Syr. Ethpa. to
be cunning ; whence 370".

*$)27 fut. s2m1 Job 27, 6. Is. 18, 6

1. to pull, to pluck, to gather fruit,
Arab. .3,. Kindr. are 93, 921, 920;
comp. in 85". Corresp. is Lat. carpo,
Engl. to carp.—Hence 92h, a3,>,
time of gathering fruits, autumn ; and
from this again:

2. Denom. to pass the autumn and
winter, to winter, χειμάζω. Is, 18, 6

Aponn nbs yuan mona-d2) and all the

beasts of the field shall winter upon it,
as Chald. Jerome, Luth. Engl. Vers.
correctly. Opp. y3P to summer, to pass
the summer, from Y??.—The Arabic
verb 3, has also many denom. sig-

nifications derived from 235

3. Trop. carpere conviciis, Engl. to
carp, i.e. to upbraid, to reproach, to
scorn, c. acc. Ps. 69, 10. 119, 42. Prov.
27, 11. Job 27, 6 7292 7332 HANI ND my
heart reproacheth not one of my days,
i.e. my conscience upbraids me for no
day of my life.

Pre. 93m 1.1. q. Kal no. 3, towpbraid,
to reproach, to scorn, c. acc. 1 Sam. 17,
26. 36. 1 Chr. 20.-7. Ps. 42,11. Zeph.
2, 8.10; spec. God, 2 K. 19, 4. 16. Is. 37,

4.17; also his anointed, Ps. 89,52. With’

> 2 Chr. 32,17; 3 2 Sam. 23,9. Ann
man Ps. 79, 12. 89, 51. 52. Pregn.
Judg. 5. 18 rarad Wwe? AT oY ἸΔΟΞῚ Ze-
bulun, that people, scorned their life even
unto death, i.e. jeopardized their lives,
exposed themselves to instant death.
in like manner the Arabs use the words

BAT

an

ὡὐϑι, ὠὸόσ, » YOre see Comment. on
Is. 53, 12.

Nira. to be betrothed, spoken of a
woman; Lev. 19, 20 a handmaid npn}
wind betrothed to a man. So in the
Talmud. MBI is i.g. MON betrothed.
Pr. to be delivered over to a husband ;

like Arab. Jd, » YO), pr. to esteem
lightly, and then to deliver over a wo-
man to a man; see Schultens Opp. min.
p- 145 sq.

Deriv. the three following, and "7".

ὉΠ (plucking off) Hareph, pr. ἢ. m,
1 Chr. 2, 51.

DIF τὰ. (r. mM no. 1) autumn, the
season when fruits are gathered, Arab. —

κὐνγξ,, see Schult. ad Job 29,4. Not
unfrequently it includes also the winter,
so that 9h yp summer and autumn
is put for the whole year, Gen. 8, 22.
Ps. 74,17. Zech. 14,8. 9 9n7 ΓΒ win-
ter-house Am. 3, 15. Metaph. of ripe
manly age ; Job 29, 4 "BIN 7273 in the
days of my ripeness, τῆς ἀκμῆς μου, of my
manly vigour, in the flower of my age.
Comp. Gr. ὀπώρα Pind. Isthm. 2.8. Nem.
5.10; Lat. auctumnus Ovid. Met. 15.
200. Hor. Carm. 2. 5, 11.

ΓΒ f. (τ. IN no. 3) 1. reproach,
cast upon another, scorn, contumely, Job
16, 10. ‘Ps. 69, 21. 79, 12. Jer. 51, 51.
Lam. 3, 61. So 52 mBq Nw to take
up a reproach against any one, Ps. 15,
3; but also to bear reproach on account
of, Ps. 69, 8. Jer. 15, 15; without >» id.
Mic. 6,16. For Zepk. 3, 18 see in mx.
With gen. of him who casts reproach,
Zeph. 2, 8. Neh. 5, 9. Is. 51,7; ὁ. suff.
id. Neh. 3, 36. Hos. 12, 15, also of him
suffering reproach, Ps. 74,22. Meton.
a reproach, i. e. the object of reproach,
a person or thing subject to scorn and
contumely, Neh. 2,17. Ps. 22,7. Joel
2,17. 19.—Plur. minan reproaches, Ps.
69, 17. Dan. 12, 2.

2. reproach, which rests upon any one,
i. ᾳ. disgrace, shame, Gen. 34, 14. 1 Sam.
11, 2. 17, 26. Ps. 119, 22. Is. 4,1. With
genit. of that for which one suffers, Ez:
36, 30. Is. 54,4 ΠΡΟΣ ΤΊ the reproach
of thy widowhood, i. e. which rests upon
widows. Josh. 5,9 the reproach of Egypt,

yu

..e. the reproach of being uncircumcised,
resting on Israel as having dwelt in
Egypt. Is. 25, 9. Jer. 31, 19.

3. pudenda, Is. 47, 3.

ΠῚ fat. yom 1. pr. to cut, to cut
in, kindr. with Oan, ran. The LXX.
sometimes render it by συντέμνειν Prov.
21, 5. Is. 10, 23. 28, 22. Hence ὙΠ
a cutting, slice.—Spec. a) to cut into
the skin, to wound slightly; Part. y37n
slightly wounded Lev. 22, 22. Arab.

Θ - ~~
ωθ.»» to σαί the skin, hols a wound

oe ae

skin-deep, Xoy> id. upon the head.

b) to dig, see yan I. 1.
2. to cut to a point, to make pointed, to

sharpgn, comp. Arab. La2S point of

a spear, Schult. ad Prov. p. 251. Only in
the proverbial phrase, Ex. 11, 7 "22 55
HH 353 yom Nd Senos against all the
children ‘of Israel not a dog shall sharpen
(point) Ais tongue, i.e. no one shall even
slightly offend or provoke them; Vulg.
non mutiet canis. Josh. 10,21. Comp.
Judith 11, 13 [19]—Hence yarn I. 2.

3. Trop. to decide, to determine, from
the idea of cutting off. 1K. 20,40 such
is thy sentence, MIN AM thow thyself
hast decided. Job 14, 5 1797 ὉΠ ΧΗ ON
if his days be determined. -Is. 10, 22
yinn 7i9bD destruction is decreed. Comp.
Niph. and yann I. 3.

4. Trop. to be sharp, spoken of the
taste, i. e. to be acid, sour; comp. Arab.

9.09

Ue alkali.
rie

5. Trop. of the mind, to be sharp,
eager, active. Comp. in Germ. ‘sich’s
sauer werden lassen.’ Hence adj. 7300
II. q. v. and once in the verb 2 Sam. 5, 24,
ΥΠῸ τὸ then be thou on the alert, i. 6.

Hence ὈΠΣ ΧΙ grape-

“=

bestir thyself, make haste.—Arab. | 0

to desire eagerly, to be impelled’ by
eager desire, VIII to covet, to strive

S
after, to be strenuous and ready, δ.
studium.

Nipu. part. f. ΠΧ ΤΣ, constr. MEI",
something decided, determined, i. e. a
decision, decree, Dan. 11, 36; chiefly in
the phrase ΓΝ 9) >> destruction and

348

κα

decree, by Hendiadys for destruction de-
creed sc. from God, Is. 10, 23. 28, 22.
Dan. 9, 27.—Dan. 9, 26 τ 1 Msn
desolations decreed.

Deriv. yarn 1, U1, yan, exon.

723 Chald. m. loin, lumbus, plur. the
loins, the lower part of the back around
which the girdle passes, i. q. Heb. ΘΕ ΘΠ,
the letters > and "ἡ being interchanged,
In Targg. Sing. Deut. 33, 11. 2 K.1, 8;
Plur, 77s" Ex. 28, 42. Job 40, 11. Also
in λας where Sing. ἵςώ (Resh being
dropped) is often put for the back, Rom.
11, 10; see Castell Lex. Syr. ed. Mi-
chaelis p. 316.—So Dan. 5,6 πὴ OR
ἼΔΩ Ὦ the joints of his loins were loosed,
i.e. the joints of his back, the vertebra.

* 227 obsol. quadril. i. q. Arab.

5 to bind fast a cord, to

draw tight, comp. pyro and aye

—Hence

ΣΙ plur. ΓΞ 1. tight bands, —
cords tightly drawn, Is. 58, 6.

2. Impl. pains, pangs, torments, Ps.
73,4. Comp. 53m and 54m no 3.

DSL m. plur. (τ. YI no. 4) grape-
kernels, grape-stones, so called from their
acrid taste, once Num. 6,4. Syr. (2; ‘
Onk. }"28758, grains. So also the Tal-
mudists; see Mishna Tr. Nasir. 6. § 2.
R. Tanchum in Lex. v. 41. See The-
saur. p. 527.—Others: sour grapes.

transp. Ww

*

pam fut. Pan, to grate, to gnash.
with the teeth, onomatopoetic. Arab.
ι ὃ. Syr. Djs, [osau grating of
the teeth; corresponding is also Gr.
κρίζω, aor. ἔχριγον, from the old root
ΚΡΙΙ. Construed, 09203 pry Job 16,
9; and ow: ‘nm Ps. 35, 16. 37, 12. 112.10.
ae. 2, 16.

ΠΥ 1. to be dry, arid, parched ;
Job 30, 30 aah "32 mh Ἴ2ῚΣ my bones
are dried up with heat ; “comp. Niph. no.
1. Syr. sa to be dried up with heat.
Kindr. are 229, O77 no. 2, Lat. areo.

Ge
9. to burn, to glow. Arab. to be |

warm, hot, to glow, Ethiop. #hZZ, to
be hot, to boil. For this signification of

“san

heat, burning, comp. ΓΤ, >2n, GS
Lat. areo, ardeo, old Germ. har, ‘hyr,
fire, Heerd, harsten, to roast, Engl.
hearth. Spoken of glowing metal Ez.
24, 11; of persons as consumed, Is. 24, 6
V2 [3297 7.

3. i. q. Arab. > for Jy> to be of no-

“ble birth, to be free, free-born ; whence

Heb. 9h, 71m, free-born, noble; Syr.

1 Spas to fae free, Chald. "2 id. The

primary idea seems to lie in the glowing
brightness, the purity of one whose rank
and character is obscured by no stain.

ΝΊΡΗ. "2, also ὙΠ) Ps. 69, 4. 102, 4,
after the form >m2 from >>m and ΓΙ)
from Mmm; fut. "m5 Ez. 15, 5.

1. to be dried up, Ps. 69, 4. 102, 4.

2. to be burned, scorched, Jer. 6, 29.
Eiz. 15, 4. 5. 24, 10.

3. Trop. to burn with anger, to be an-
ery, Cant. 1,6 "2 Ὑπὸ. Others make
this form from ΓΤ. :

Pixp. inf. “119M to kindle strife, Prov.
26, 21.

Bariv. sh I, 399, 70, and

Doe m. Sie, arid places, parched
by the sun, Jer. 17, 6.

7 wan i. q. ὉΠ q. v.—Hence

DIT) m. in pause WIN, a sherd, pot-
sherd, i. 6. fragment of an earthen ves
sel, comp. in 037 no. 1. Job 2,8. 41, 22.
Ez. 23, 34. Hence wn >> an earthen
vessel a 6, 21. 11, 33. 14, 5. 50. 15, 12;

. for which poet. τ ον wan Prov. 26, 23.

Proverbially, a potsherd is put for any

thing mean and contemptible, Is. 45, 9;

also for any thing very dry Ps. 22, 16.

For 53% ΠΡ see in PR no 2.—Arab.
Soe

Ve a a wine-jar, Uys to make earth-

‘en wine-jars, Golius ex Maruph.

MUI MP see in Pp no. 2.

* WAN fut. dam and tian, see no.
3, 4.

1. to cut in, to grave, to inscribe letters
upon a tablet, Gr. χαράσσω, χαράττω, Jer.
17,1 Kindred roots are μα vIn, yan,
man, which see. Syr. rar to cut one’s
throat.

2. to grave, i.e. to form, to make, to
fabricate, e.g. in metal 1 K. 7, 14; in

30

349

wan

=
wood, stone, see 89M; with acc. of mate-
rial 1 K. ].c.—Metaph. to work, to devise,
to machinate evil, mischief, Prov. 6, 14.
14; 22 where once by Zeugma also BIN
niv; with >» against any one 3,29. So
Lat. facteurs Sraudem Plaut. Asin. 1. 1.
89; doli fabricator Virg. Ain. 2. 264;
κακὰ τεύχειν, δόλον τεύχειν, Hom. Hesiod.
τεχνάζω to machinate, τέχτων machina-
tor, zextuiver Foe μῆτιν 1]. 10, 19. In
Chald. Syr. Ethiop. spoken of magic
arts; see in WAM no. 2.

3. Fut. wan to plough, Arab. —
Eth. MZ id. {5.0 ploughman, hus-

bandman, Els a a plough.—Spoken

of cattle ploughing, Job 1, 14; also of
the plougher, with 2 of the nfinal Deut.
22,10. Judg. 14, 18. ‘Am. 6,12; with ace.
of ‘the field 1 K. 19, 19. Ps. 129, 3 "aa D9
pwn swan the ploughers ploughed
upon my back, i. e. they furrowed my
back with stripes.—Metaph. to plough
in iniquity, as elsewhere to sow iniquity
(Prov. 22, 8), is to prepare for oneself
the punishment of it, Job 4, 8. Hos. 10,
13; opp. to reap calamity.

4. Fut. 8am, to be deaf, Mic. 7, 16;
comp. ΘΠ deaf. atte

5. to be dumb, which often depends on
deafness and is joitied with it, to be mute,

is ie mid. E,

Ξ
id. nee St dumb, The

origin of this signif. lies in the idea of
cutting with repeated strokes, hacking,
beating; so that Wn is pr. blunted, dull,
as also xwpos is both deaf and dumb
from χόπτειν, and Germ. stumm, dumb,
is of the same origin with stumpf, dull.
So obtusus from Lat. obtundere, tundere.
But the examples show that 8am im-
plies only voluntary silence, and so dif-
fers from 05x which refers to that which
is involuntary.—Spoken of God, Ps.’50,
3; as not listening to and answering
the prayers of men (opp. 925), Ps. 35, 22
Wanh~>x ἢ AM ND thou beholdest all
things, O Lord, ‘keep not silence. 39, 13.
83, 2. 109, 1. With j2 pregn. Ps. 28, 1
"D720 son >& keep not silence from me.
turn not away from me in silence.

Nipu. pass. of no. 3, to be ploughed,
Jer. 26, 18. Mic. 3, 12.

to keep silence.

Arab. Uy

} wan

Hira.
to devise sc. evil, c. 52 1 Sam. 23, 9.

2. i. q. Kal no. 4, to be deaf, pr. to act
the deaf man, as if deaf, 1 Sam. 10, 27.

3. Corresp. to Kal no. 5. a) Causat.
to put to silence, to make one hold his
peace. Job 11, 3 will thy lies make men
hold their peace? So Chald._ Ὁ) In-
trans. to keep silence, to be silent, to hold
one’s peace, Gen. 24, 21. 34, 5. 2 K. 18,
36. Prov. 17, 28. Job 6, 24; as abstain-
ing from complaint, 2 Sam. 13, 20. Job
13,19. Is. 42, 14; or also from confession,
Ps. 32,3. With > to be silent towards
any thing, to allow it silently, to let
pass in silence, Num. 30, 5. 8. 12. 15.
With 47 to be silent from any one,
i.e. not to interrupt*him, Job 13, 13;
with >& id. to keep silence towards, Is.
41,1. With acc. to be silent as to any
thing, to conceal, Job 41,4. ο) Often
by impl. to be still, quiet, inactive. Ex.
14, 14 the Lord shall fight for you, DAS}
wenn and ye shall remain quiet.
With 12, to withdraw quietly from any
one, to leave him alone, Jer. 38, 27.
1 Sara. 7,8. Also with > and inf. qui-
etly to neglect doing any thing, comp.
Engl. ‘to say nothing of doing it,
2 Sam. 19, 11. Spoken of God, to be
quiet as to sin, to bear it in silence, i. q.
to forgive, opp. to punishment, Zeph. 3,
17.

Hirupa. to keep ener 2 still, quiet,
Judg. 16, 2.

Derivat. Dan—nean, wn, "wn,
mon, ruin.

WT m. (for Bn) constr. Jan Ex. 28,
11. Is. 44,12. 13; comp. 8» constr. 815
Ez. 26,10. Plur. own, constr. "wan.

1. a graver, engraver in stone, Ex.
28, 11.

2. a workman, artificer, craftsman,
e. 5. a) In stone, fully jax won 2
Sam. 5, 11. 1 Chr. 22,15. Ὁ) In wood,
a carpenter, Jer. 10, 3 ; fally ovx> πὶ Is.
44,12; plur. 2 K. 12, 1. 1 Chr. 14, 1.
c) In metals, a smith, 1 Sam. 13, 19.
Jer. 10, 9. Hos. 8, 6. ὑτη΄ nm Is. 44, 12;
plur. 2 Chr. 24, 12. 4) ᾿'Μείαρῃ. “wan
ΓΤ Ὁ artificers of destruction, skilful
to destroy, Ez. 21, 36 [31].

WM adj. (for Wyn after the form
5102) plur. own, deaf, see στ. WIN no.

900

1. i. q. Kal no. 2, trop. to work,

om
4. Ex. 4, 11. Lev. 19, 14. Ps. 38, 14.
Metaph. of those who refuse to hear the |

prophets and obey the law, Is. 29, 18.
42, 18. 19. 43, 8.

wv} m. 1. artificial work, work of
the ὥστ, hence ow Δ valley of arti-
ficial works, valley of craftsmen, near Je-
rusalem, Neh. 11,35; comp. 1 Chr. 4, 14.

2. In a bad sense, an artifice, art, spo-
ken of magic arts, like Syr. Lape, Lape,
comp. Lain, Chald. 3m, magician, en-
chanter. Is.3, 3 ΘΠ DSM one skilled -
in magic arts, a skilful magician; fol-
lowed by end 722 a skilful enchanter.
So Chald. But Sept. Vulg. Saad. un-
derstand a skilful artificer.

3. silence, comp. the root no.5. Hence
as Adv. silently, secretly, Josh. 2, 1.

4. Heresh, pr.n.m. 1 Chr. 9, 15.

ὌΠ ΤΊ τὰ. pr. part. Kal of Brn no. 1, 2,
cutting, graving, forming ; hence a cule
ter, graver, i. e. any cutting instrument,
tool. Gen. 4, 22 mum2 wannd> every
cutting instrument of brass.

WIA a thick wood, thicket, forest,
either as being to be cut (τ, ὉΠ). or
from Chald. ΘΠ to be entangled, inter-
woven, δὲ ΓΙ a wood, RMA 7H thicket
of trees; comp. Samar. ΛΩΝ a
wood.—Is. 17, 9. Ez. 31, 3. With He
parag. NWN 1 Sam. 23, 16; so too with
prep. WINS v. 15, 18, Plur. own
2 Chr. 27, 4.

NUTT .(Chald. enchanter, magician) —
Harsha, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 52. Neh. 7, 54.

HOW ἢ (τ. wom) 1. a work, working
in wood, stone, etc. Ex. 31, 5. 35, 33.

2. print ‘mM Harosheth of the Gentiles,
pr. ἢ. of a city in the north of Palestine.
Judg. 4, 2. 13. 16.

* PAM i. g. wan no. 1, to cut in, to
grave, to inscribe, comp. χαράσσω, χα-
ράττω. Once Ex. 32, 16. Chald. non
id.—Hence

tT) (prob. i. q- wh thicket) Hereth,

pr. n. of a wood in the mountains of ip
dah, 1 Sam. 22,.5.

NDA (stripped, τ. nvm) aes
pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 43. Neh. 7,46. δ η
. ’
UTI τὰ. (τ. HwM) pr. something peeled
off, separated ; hence a flock, i.e. a little

«
f
.
᾿

_ if thou forbear. .

‘Jon
flock. 1 K. 20,27 ΘῚΣ Ἔ" ΘΠ Ἢ two
little flocks of goats ; Sept. δύο ποίμνια
αἰγῶν, Vulg.duo parvi greges caprarum.
Abulwalid compares Kerbs a little flock,

so called from being cut off, separated
from a larger one.

SAN fat. Jor, once FMR Job 7,
11; pr. to hold, to keep, kindr. with Pin
q.v- Job 16, 5 Fem "mBw 3735 and the
comfort of my lips should hold you, i. e.
hold you up, ironically; parall. ΞΘ ΘΝ,
Oftener

1. to hold or keep back, to withhold,
with 12 from any thing,e.g. a) Genr.
Gen. 20, 6 J also withheld thee "> ‘urva
from sinning against me. 1 Sam. 25,
39. Ps. 19, 14. Job 30,10. Absol. that
being omitted from which one is with-
held; 2 Sam. 18, 16 Joab held back the
people sc. from pursuing. Prov. 10, 19.
17, 26. Job 7, 11. Is. 58, 1 ery aloud (pr.
with thy throat), hold not back. 54, 2.
b) With ace. of thing and 47 of pers. to
keep back or withhold a thing from any
one, Gen. 39, 9. 22, 12 and hast not
withheld thy son... from me; comp. v.
16 where 12 isimplied. Poet. Ps.78, 50
he kept not back their life from death.
6) to keep from danger, i. 6. to save, to
preserve, Job 33, 18.

2. to forbear, to spare, 6. g. a)
Things, 6. acc. Prov. 13, 24 joaw win
23 8210 whoso spareth his rod, hateth his
son. With an inf. 24, 11 Fiwnm ox—>en
. to deliver, etc. With >
to spare for any thing, to reserve, Job 38,
23. Absol. Prov. 11, 24. 21,26. Ὁ) Ber:
sons, i. q. to deal bently with, c. acc. 2K.

5, 20.. Absol. Ezra 9, 13 nub moon

922532 thou hast farborsé below our ini-
quities, hast punished us less than our
sins deserve. Is. 14, 6.

Nien. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be
restrained, spoken of pain, Job 16, 6.

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be spared,
reserved, for any thing, Job 21, 30.

“SOM fat. poms, ig. AON q. v.

1. to strip off bark, to bark, to peel,
e. g. a tree, Joel 1,7. So of a firbat to
strip off the bites’, to make bare, Ps,
29, 9.

_ 2. to strip off a covering, to uncover,
with acc. of covering, Is. 47,2 53% "sn

901

Sun

uncover the train. Jer. 13,26. With acc.
of pers. i. q. to make naked, bare, Jer. 49
10. Is. 52, 10 the Lord hath made bare
hisholy arm. Ez. 4,7. Is. 20,4 MY "pon
with the buttocks uncovered.

3. to draw water from the surface, to
skim off, Is. 30, 14. Hag. 2, 16.—In Ara-

nee te
bic 3 is a well of living water in
sandy ground; but the etymology is
different.

Deriv. 9°03, Hem2, and pr. ἢ. NbwN.

* SUM fat. sins, but ~stin7 Ps. 40,
18, pain Ps. 35, 20.

1. to think, to regard as so and so.
The primary idéa is that of computing,

reckoning, see Piel no.1; Arab. gum
Syr. os, Eth. ἤν ἢ and mH id.
Or perhaps it may be that of mingling,
like Arab. it» and δ; whence
aun a weaver in colours, pr. mingling
threads of different cblotivs —Is. 10, 7
sms 13 N85 1339 nor doth his heart think
80. Often, to think to be so and so, to
hold or count as, Gr. λογίζεσϑαΐ τινὰ εἰς
τι, c. acc. et 5 Gen. 38, 15 m2it> Hane
and he thought her a harlot, re rded
her as such. 1 Sam. 1, 13. Job 13, 24
9 =7N>d ΠΌΤ and holdest. me for
(as) thine enemy. 19, 15. 35, 2. al. With
two acc. Is. 53,45; ace. et 2 Job 19, 11.
—With ace. sitaph to think of, i. e. to
regard, to esteem; Is. 13, 17 03 "ὧς
natin Xb who regard not silver. 33, 8.
53, 3. Mal. 3, 16. Comp. Rabb. a12m
one esteemed, honoured.

2. to think of as belonging to any one,
to impute, to reckon to any one; with
ace. of thing and > of pers. e. g. sin 2
Sam. 19, 20. Ps. 32,2; ἃ good deed Gen.
15, 6, comp. Ps. 106, ‘31. Ellipt. perh.
Ps, 40, 18, comp. Ps. 32, 3-5. —

3. to think, to meditate, to purpose.
a) With acc. to think out, to invent, to
devise, e. g. musical instruments Am. 6,
5; artificial work Ex. 31, 4. Hence
Part. 38m an inventor, artificer, as of
warlike engines 2 Chr. 26,15; also an
inventive weaver, an artist, Vulg. plu-
marius, whose work is called 3=m Nw"
Vulg. opus plumarium, Ex. 26, 1. 31.
28, 6. 15. 36, 8. 35. 39, 3.8. Here is tc
be understood a fabric artificially wover

awn
with figures of various colours, as asso
of gold and silver, such as flowers, fruits,
and birds ; used mostly in Babylonia
(see “320 ΤῊΝ Josh. 7, 21); and diff.
from 3, ΠΡ, in Vulg. likewise opus
plumarium, which consisted of figures
embroidered or stitched upon the cloth,
and not woven into it; seein 2". See
Braun de Vest. sacerd. I. ὁ 267 sq. The-
saur. p. 531, 1310 sq. Ὁ) With > and
infin. to think to do any thing, to pur-
pose, to devise; Ps. 140, 5 330m "Ox
"ὮΣΒ min3> who have purpoeed to over-
throw my goings. 1 Sam. 18, 25. Jer. 18,
8. Lam. 2, 8. Job 6, 26. by dn. bad
sense, to meditate ἐδ against one, to
devise, to plot ; so 55 Minwma awn to de-
vise devices against any one, to lay plots,
Esth. 8, 3. 9, 25. Jer. 11, 19. 49, 30. Dan.
11,25; 5x Jer. 49, 20. 50,45, Πρ atin
by Mic. 2, 3. Nah. 1, 11; comp. Gen. 5,
20, where by antith. it is also put ina
good sense. ἫΝ BWM, mara πὶ, Ps. 10,
2. 21, 12. 52, 4. Ez. 11, 2. Mic, 2, 1. al.

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. Pass. of Pi. no. 1, to be com-
puted, reckoned, accounted, 2 K. 22, 7;
to be reckoned or counted to any one, ὁ. -
Josh. 13. 3; >» 2 Sam. 4, 2.

2. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be regarded,
counted, esteemed as so and so; ©. acc.
Prov. 17, 28 even a fool, so long as he is
silent, 20M7 DM is counted wise. Gen.
31, 15. Neh. 13, 13. With > to be count-
ed as, to be eitecused like, Job 18, 3. 41,
21. Hoe: 8,12. (Hence fo be Like Is. 5,
28.) With > id. 1K. 10,21. Lam. 4, 2;
2 Is. 2, 22 san aumnm2a to what 15 he
to be sniccmell like? i.e. how is he to be
estimated ? ἘΣ Ps. 88, 5.

3. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be imputed to
any one, 6. 5 Lev. 7, 18. 17, 4. Num. 18,
27. Ps. 106, 31.

Piet 1. to compute, to reckon ; see
for the primary signification as often
_ preserved in Piel, Lehrg. p. 242. With
acc. Lev. 25, 27. 50. 52. 27, 18. 23; mS
(mx) to reckon with any one, 2 K. 12, 16.

2. to make account of, to regard high-
ly, Ps. 144, 8. Comp. in Kal no. 1.

3. to think upon, to consider, Ps. 77, 6.
119, 59.

4. to think, to meditate, to purpose, i. q.
Kal no. 3; absol. Ps. 73, 16; c. acc. to
think out, to plan, Prov. 16,9. Ina bad
sense, to devise, to machinate, Prov. 24,

352

.
=un 7 -

8; with 59 of pers. Ὁ nian sum Dan.
11, 24; ὃ of pers. Nah. 1, 9. Hos. 7, 15.
—Metaph. of things,-to be about to do or
suffer. Jon. 1, 4 the ship was about to be
broken, wrecked.

Hitup. reflex. i.q. Niph. no. 1,toreckon
oneself, c. 2 among, Num. 23, 9.

Deriv. 338m, M2072, and those here
following.

30M Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. 1, to repute,
to regard, to count as so and so, 6. 3 Dan.
4, 32.

2011 m. girdle, belt of the high-priest’s
ephod, Tnx 30M Ex. 28, 27. 28. 29, 5.
39, 20.21. Lev. 8.7; inves stn Ex. 28,
8. 39,5. So called fica its ‘being woven
in slates see r, 30M no. 3. a.

ΤΩ 3 ὉΤῚ (for 7272 ΞῈΠ thought in

judging, perh. thoughtfal judge,) Hash-
badanah, pr. n. m. Neh. 8, 4.

man (esteemed, i. q. ΞΘ ΤΠ with art.
Aram.) Hashubah, pr. ἢ. τῇ: of a son of
Zerubbabel, 1 Chr. 3, 20.

FIDO m.(r.20) 1. Power of think-
ing, reason, intelligence, understanding,
Ecce. 7, 25. 27. 9,10. Vulg. ratio. .

2. Heshbon, pr. n. of a city, celebrated
for its fish-ponds Cant. 7, 5; formerly
the seat of an Amorite king Num, 21.
26 sq. afterwards within the bounds of

Reuben and Gad and assigned to the Ὁ

Levites, Josh. 13, 17. 21, 39; and still
later ranked among the cities of Moab,
Is. 15, 4. Jer. 48,2. Pliny mentions a
tribe of Arabs called Esbonite, H. N.
5. 11; comp. Abulfeda Tab. Syr. p. 11.
Now called Hesban, lms, according
to Seetzen and Burckhardt, Travels in
Syria etc. p. 365. Comp. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 278.

yan τῇ. plur. mizatn, Ecce. 7, 29;

pr. inventions, from r. son Kas 3. a. Spee.

1. warlike engines, for casting darts,
stones, etc. 2 Chr. 26, 15. Comp. Lat.
ingenium, which in the middle ages
came to signify a warlike machine, ba-
lista, whence Engl. engine.

2. arts, devices, Ecc. 7, 29.

Mawr, A730 (whom Jehovah re-
gards) ΤΗΝ pr. n. of several Le-
vites: a) 1 Chr. 6, 30. b) 9, 14.
Neh. 11,15. c¢) 1 Chr. 25, 3. 19 Ezra

΄
ΝΥ ae

‘ aun
8, 19. d) 1 Chr: 26, 30. 27,17. e)

Ezra 8, 24. Neh. 12. 24. f) Neh. 3, 17.
10, 12. 11, 22.

natn (id. > for ") Hashabnah, pr. n.
m. Neh. 10, 26.

maw (id.) Hashatyiiah, pr. ἢ. m.
a) Neh. 3,10. b) 9. 5.

“ION fut. mein, to be hush, silent,
still, an onomatopoetic root, comp. Engl.
hush ! hist ! Ecc. 3, 7. Is. 62, 1. 6. Ps.
107, 29. Kindr. is ὉΠ, 0.—Spoken
also of one not acting, i. q. to be still,
quiet, to rest ; espec. of God as not af-
fording help, Is. 64, 11. 65,6. With 72
i. q. to turn away in silence from any
one, not to render him aid, Ps. 28, 1.
Comp. 835 no. 5.

Ηιρη. mOn4 1. Causat. to silence, to
still, to make quiet, Neh. 8, 11.

2. Intrans. to keep silence, to be still,
like Kal, (comp. ὅπ, wo pwin,) 2 K.
2, 3. 5. 7, 9. Ps. 39, 3.—Also as in Kal,
to be still, quiet, inactive, Is. 57,11. 1 K.
22, 3. Judg. 18, 9.

‘Nore. The form 8mm) in Job 31,5

-—

belongs to Win; comp. in τ. OD.

A077 (thinking, r. 2m) Hasshub, pr.
ἢ, τῇ. a) 1 Chr. 9, 14. Neh. 3, 23. 11,
15. b) Neh. 3, 11. 10, 24.

JO Chald. m. emphat. τ τι, dark-
ness, Dan. 2, 22. R. 70m.

ὩΣ ΤΙ see ΌΤΙ.

non Chald. 1. to be needed, neces-
sary. Ezra6,9 jNvN-2 whatever things
are necessary. Syr. ssw to be suitable.

2. to have need, c. inf. et >, Dan. 3,
16.—Hence |

PANWH £ need, necessity, i. 6. what is
necessary, Ezra 7, 20.

mon see mourn.

* JOT fat. Wim, to be dark, darken-
ed, obscured, to ih shrouded i in darkecen:
Chald. 73m, Syr. sbipae id. Spoken of
the light of the sun, Job 18, 6. Is. 5, 30.
-13, 10; of the stars, Job 3,8; the day,
Ez. 30,18; of the eyes as dim, not able
to see, Lam. 5. 17. Ps. 69, 24, and so of
persons Ecc. 12, 3; of the colour of the
skin Lam. 4. 8;,of the earth darkened
by locusts, Ex. 10, 15.

Hien. 1. fo darken, to make dark ;

30*

353

Sun

Am. 5, 8 77m 1272 Din he maketh the
day dvi eben nto night ; with > Am.
8, 9. Metaph. Job 38, 2 sna: my Δ
ΔΊ MD who is this that darkeneth my
counsel by words without wisdom ? i. e.
strives to hinder it.

2. Intrans. to be dark, pr. to keep dark,
Ps. 105, 28. 139, 12. Jer. 13, 16.

Deriv. the five following ; comp. 7127.

yon adj. plur. ΡΞ ΌΤΙ, dark, metaph.
obscure, mean, Prov. 22, 29. Chald.
NSTOM, NIN id.

sin τη. 6. suff. "Dd 1. darkness,
opp. to Vik, Gen. 1, 2 sq. Ex. 10, 21. 22.
al. Also of a derk place, as of Sheol,
Hades, Job 17, 13. Ps. 88, 13 comp. Job
10, 21; WOM 72" days of darkness, to be
spent in Sheol, Ecc. 11, 8; of a subter-
ranean prison, Is. 42, 7. 47, 5. 49, 9.

WIN Minsix treasures of darkness, 1; ἃ,
laid up in dark subterranean cells, Is.
45, 3.

2. Metaph. a).adversity, misery, ca-
lamity, Is. 9,1. Job 15, 22 358 ὯΝ 85
WON "22 he hopeth not to return out of
darkness, destruction. ν᾿ 23. 30. 20, 26.
23,17. Mic. 7,8. Am. 5,18. 20. Ps. 18,
29. b) darkness of mind, ignoranee, Job
37,19; comp. 12, 22. 25. 0) sorrow, sad-
ness, Kice. 5,16. d) wickedness, Prov.
2,13; comp. τὸ σκότος Rom. 13, 12, and
see Job 38, 13. 15. Is. 29, 15.

M2 f. darkness, Gen. 15, 12. Is. 8,
22. Ps. 82,5; once ΠΤ Ps. 139, 12.
Plur. 5°36n id. Is. 50,10. R. Wn.

M2UM or MDW (Tsere pure) constr.
natn Ps. 18, 12, darkness, sc. of wer
clouds. R. jon.

MUM f. id. Mic. 3, 6 52> ms
pop. and darkness shall be around you
from divining, i. e. so that ye cannot
divine. Some editions read 30M, as
if pret. 3 pers. fem. impers. it shall be
dark unto you; but the formeris to be
preferred on account of the subst. mad
in the other member.

* 0M j in Kal not used, to prostrate,
to enfeeble ; kindr. 65m no. 2.

Nipu. part. ὉΠ ΤΊΣ enfeebled, ex-
hausted, Deut. 25, 18. Sept. χοπιῶντες͵
Vulg. lassi.

> Chald. to make thin, small;
hence to crush, to beat fine, i.q. P35. |

pwn

Dan. 2, 40.—Chald. and Talm. of Jerus.
to beat out thin, to draw out with a
hammer, 203m pounded barley. Syr.

<2.» to draw out thin with a hammer.

is DON obsol. root, Arab. to
be fat, transp. M72; metaph. to be rich,

opulent, to have many servants. Hence
Pat, Hyawr, oy, and
OUT (rich, opulent, Arab. hav-

ing many servants,) Hashum, pr. ἢ. m.
Ezra 2,19. 10,33. Neh. 7,22. 8, 4. 10, 19.

pun see DAN.

TiN (fatness, fat soil) Heshmon, pr.
n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 27. °R. oon.

mW (id.) Hashmonah, pr. n. of a
station of the Israelites in the desert,
Num. 33, 29.

22 m. smooth brass, i. e: polished,
burnished, Fiz. 1, 4. 27. 8, 2.—Bochart,
in Hieroz. II. p. 877 sq. supposes this
word to be compounded from m3 for
mim: brass, and Talmud. 82> gold, so
- that devin for bom: would be a mix-
ture of brass and gold, or at least pre-
senting the splendour and colour of gold.
But this noun 85>” itself seems to be of
very uncertain authority. And since in
ΕΖ. 1,7 we read in the same connection
Ὁ τῷ τ burnished brass, it would seem
that bavin ought to be explained in the
same sense, viz. from wm, the 2 being
dropped by apheresis, and ba, a sylla-
ble which had the sense not only of soft-
ness but also of smoothness and polish,
as is manifest from many roots begin-
ning with it, e.g. 022, 722, Uno,
Labo, μαλάσσω, mulceo, mollis, and
with a guttural prefixed 52%; see 722.
The LXX translate it ἤλεκτρον, Vulg.
electrum. by which words however they
do not mean amber, but a mixed metal
composed of gold and silver, and distin-
guished for its brilliancy; see Pausan.
5. 12. Plin. 33.4 or 23. Buttmann tiber
das Electron, in his Mythol. II. 337 sq.
In Rev. 1, 15 in a like connection is
read χαλκολίβανον, which might be for
χαλκολίπαρον burnished brass, i.q. 27201.

mon m. plur. (τ. DUM) ἅπαξ λε-
you. Ps. 68, 32, pr. the fat, i. e. the opu-

3o4

pen

| ol: SE
lent, nobles, princes; comp.Arab. pein

a great man with a large train of serv- —
So Kimchi well, 55.73 p°w3x |

ants.
p35.

}

Ἐπ obsol. root, i. gq. Arab. τ
to be fair, beautiful, Conj. Il, LV to adorn.
In the occidental tongues accord perhaps
Goth. skeinan, Germ. scheinen, whence
skéni, schon, Engl. sheen.—Hence

JUN m. pr. ornament ; spoken of the
breast-plate or gorget of the high-priest,
woven in colours with figures, orna-
mented on the outside with twelve
gems, on which were inscribed the
names of the tribes, and hollow within,
where were deposited the sacred lots
ΞΟ O78 q.v. whence more fully
called vpn jun, Ex. 28, 15. 29. 30.
39, 5 sq. Lev. 8, 8. Comp. ΘΝ. Sept.
Loveide, Philo λόγια; Ecclus. 45, 10 λο-
γεῖον κρίσεως.

*

PM pr. to join or fasten together,
comp. ptm no. 1,2. Also intrans. (for
pum) to be joined or fastened together,
to adhere, see Piel. In Kal only me-
taph. e. g.

1. to be attached, to cleave to any one, .

i.e. to love with warm affection; comp.
Engl. to stick fast to any one, Lat. af-
αι est, Οἷς. ad Q. Frat. 3.1. So of
love toveainda a maiden, c. 3 Gen, 34, 8.
Deut. 21, 11; towards God Ps. 91,14;
of God towards men Deut. 7, 7. 10, 15.
Comp. Arab. (mu to cleave to a
maiden, to burn with love for her.—
Pregn. Is. 38,17 "Da ὉΠ WS? ΠΡῸ ΠῚ

in love to my soul thou hast delivered me —

From the pit of perdition.

2. With infin. and >, to love to do any —

thing, to delight in diag: to please, 1 K.
9, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 6.

Pret trans. of Kal init, to join or fasten
together, to connect, Ex. 38, 28.

Puat pass. of Pi. Ex. 27, 17.

Deriv. the three following.

pon τη. c. suff. pun, delight, plea-
sure, desire, 1 K. 9,1. 19. Is. 21,4 53
“pun the night of my desire, i. 6. long
anaired,

pun, ΣΡ ΤΊ τὰ. 5. joinings
ie, poles or rods which served to join

OO μιν. ιν νΝμνς ὑννιννυι. μι. δ΄. κι .... Δ... .....»...

pun
together the tops of the columns around
the court of the tabernacle, and from

which the curtains were suspended. Ex.
27, 10. 11. 36, 38. 38, 10 sq.

mpen m. plur. spokes of a wheel,
which connect the rim with the nave,
1K. 7, 33. R. pon.

: on obsol. root Arab. to

gather together, to assemble. Hence the
two following :

MIU Εἰ constr. mtn, a gathering
of waters, poet. for clouds 2 Sam. 22, 12.
In the parall. Passage Ps. 18, 12 it is
: nur.

pwn m. plur. the nave of a wheel,
into which the spokes are gathered, 1K.
7,33. R. wn.

aes ὁ G =
. won obsol. root. Arab. Um is to
Sodder with hay; but this is denom.

from bhutan hay, dry grass; while

the primary signif. is in Conj. IV, to be
dried up, to be dry.—Hence

WON m. dry grass, hay. Is.5,24 won
mand the dry grass of flame, i.e. daming,
burning. 33, 11.

PT m. (τ. mmm) c. suff. o2AM Gen. 9, 2.

1. Adj. broken, e. g. a bow 1 Sam. 2,4.
Trop. broken in spirit, dismayed, terri-
fied, Jer. 46, 5.

2. Subst. dismay, terror, dread, Gen.
9, 2. Job 41, 25.

PI (terror, dread, r. Mm") Heth, pr. n.
of a son of Canaan, Gen. 10, 15; whence
ΤΠ 23. children of Heth, Gen. 23, 5 sq.
25, 10, also "MM plur. ΘΠ the Hittites,
a Canaanitish tribe dwelling in the vi-
‘cinity of Hebron, Gen. 23,7. Josh. 11, 3;
sometimes also further north, Judg. 1,24

sq. They still remained in the times®

of the kings, and also after the exile,
1 Sam. 26, 6. 2 Sam. 11, 3 sq. 23, 29.
Ezra 9,1. pomnn ΞΡ 2 K. 7, 6, spokiin
of all the Canaanitish kiage. nae
menn Ez. 16,3. Plur. ΤΩ 1K. 11,1;
also mm τ Gen. 27, 46.

* PIE fat. mm, to take, to lay hold
of, to seize; perh. kindr. with 5nn,
whence by softening the third radical
might come 2mm and inn. Spoken once

355

—-

oar

of a person Ps. 52,7; elsewhere always
of taking up fire, apis: Is. 30, 14 τη.
‘TAP 372 WN Zo take up fire Srom the hearth.
Prov. 6, 27. 25, 22 pregn. TMX B2M3 4D
Wxa-by nnn ‘Ton thou shalt take up and
heap coals of fire upon his head; see
under m2m3.

Deriv. 7M"2 fire-pan, and pr. ἢ. "72.

OMT f. (τ. mmm) terror, Gen. 35, 5.

Sunn m. (r. 50M) a bandage, roller,
for binding up a wound, Ez. 30, 21.

DMN adj. plur. oANNN, timid, terri-
Jied, dismayed, Ecc. 12,5. R. nn.

"INT see mn.

MAT f. (τ. mmm) terror, dread, Ez.
32, 23. 27. With suff. om"nn the dread
of them, i. e. which they inspire, Ez. 26,

17. 32, 24. 25. 26.—Also as gent. n. fem.

see in MM.

ΟὟ yon in Kal not used, pr. to cut off;
trop. to divide, and so to determine, to
decree, as in Chald. and Rabbinic ;
comp. γι, ΤῊ.

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. Dan. 9, 24 seventy weeks
Way ἘΣ GM are decreed upon thy peo-
ple. Theod. and Gr. Venet. συνετμήϑη-

σαν, τέτμηνται. Sept. ἐχρέϑησαν.

*onn in Kal not used, to wrap in
bandages, 6. g. a wound, see ΤΙ ; also
a new-born infant, to swathe, to swaddlle,
see Pual and Hoph. Arab. his pr. to
cover, also to hide, to deceive.

Pua and Hopn. pass. Ez. 16, 4.

Deriv. 54mm, and the two here fol-
lowing.

monn f. a bandage, erst Wand
Job 38, 9.

orn (wrapped up, hiding-place)
Hethlon, pr. n. of a city in northern Sy-
ria, Ez. 47, 15. 48,1. R.>nn.

* DOM fat. bmn 1. to shut up, to
close ; kindr. with other words of shut-
ting up, closing, as DOM, DUN, DXDT; see
Piel, Hiph. Arab. pri id. Conj. IV, to

shut fast, to lock. The general sense of
closing is found also in some forms of
the Ethiop. root 21 59, see Ludolph
col. 282. *

2. Spec. to seal, to seal up, to close by
a seal. Chald. Syr. Zab. id. Arab.

ann

I, Il, Eth. TO, id. So Gr.
σφραγὶς seal, from φράσσω to shut up.
a) With ace. Is. 8,16 πὴ onMG seal up
the oracle. Part. pass. DIMM sealed ;
Cant. 4, 12 ΘΠ 42372 a sealed fountain,
metaph. for a chaste maiden. Deut. 32,
34. Job 14,17. The ancients were ac-
customed to make fast with a seal many
things for which we use a lock. as doors,
gates, fountains, etc. Cant. 1]. c. comp.
Dan. 6, 18. Matt. 27, 66. See Lips. ad
Tac. Annal. 2.2. Salmas. Exercitatt. c.
45.—They also sealed up rolls or vol-
umes, espec. oracles Is. 29, 11. Dan. 12,
4.9; billsof sale or purchase Jer. 32, 10.
11.44. The seal also, as in the East
at the present day, was the token
and confirmation of signature, e. g. in
covenants Neh. 10, 1. 2; in letters\1 K.
21, 8. Esth. 8, 10.
10.44; with 3 of the ring 1K.1.¢, Esth.
lc. 9) With ἼΣΞ pr. to seal up around
any thing, Job 9, 7. d) With 3, e.g.
phim? pyN7>> 32 he sealeth up the hand
of every man, i. e. binds up their hands,
hinders the use of them, Job 37, 7. Diff.
is Job 33, 16 chm? oyo%2 he sealeth up
their admonition, i.e. admonishes them
δ seule ἃ. d. under seal; comp. Arab.
c. \ to reveal to any one; see
Schult. ad ἢ. 1.

3. As a letter or roll when completed
was sealed up, hence to complete, to_fin-
ish ; Dan. 9, 24 87335 jitm oMM> to com-
plete the vision and the prophets, i. e.
until the prophecies are fulfilled. Ez.
28, 12.—Arab. to mark with finis,
to finish: Γ i

Nipu. pass. of no. 2, to be sealed, with
3 of the ring Esth. 2, 12. 8, 8.

Piet to shut up, see in Kal no. 1;
with >, q.d. to oppose a barrier to any
one, Job 24,16 i> Samm Dain by day
they shut themselves up.

Hipu. i. q. Pi. to shut up, to stop;
once Lev. 15,3 iaiva inva DOAN IK
or whether he stop his flesh from the

issue, 1. e. the part become so ob-
᾿ structed that the issue cannot flow off
freely.

Deriv. onin, mann.

DM Chald. i. q. Hebr. to seal, to seal
up, Dan. 6, 18

vameeven. 34, 9.1 Καὶ, 8.
b) Absol. Jer, 32,

356 nn

pan see ONIN a seal.
mann f. a seal, signet, Gen. 38, 25.

“yoo to marry, i.e. 1. to give in
marriage, to marry away a daughter.
Hence Part. ΠῚ a father-in-law, i. e.
the father of the wife, one who gives his
daughter in marriage; the father of the
husband is called DM q. v. So π fon
the father-in-law of Moses Ex. 3, 1. 4,
18. 18, 1-27. Judg. 1, 16. 4,11. Fem.
minh a mother-in-lato, mother of the
wife, Deut. 27, 23.

2. to take in marriage, to marry a
wife; hence jNM, m2nn.

Hitupa. to mutually give and take
daughters in marriage, to contract af-
Jjinity by marriage, with any one, ¢. AX
2 Deut. 7, 3.
Josh. 23, 12. 1 Sam. 18, 22. 23. 26. 97,
Ezra 9, 14; > 2 Chr. 18, 1.

Norr. In Arabic we find: κα
Conj. LII, to contract affinity by marriage;

9...

father-in-law, son-in-law, any af-

Jinis. Further, this root signifies: Conj.
eis

I, to circumcise an infant; wy cir-
Ss ᾿ -

cumcision ; ups an infant circum-

cised. That these two significations

are connected by a common bond, is

shown not only by Ex. 4, 25, see in {nn

no. 1; but also by another signification

of ut}, viz. Conj. I, to give a feast,

both a nuptial feast and one at ie cir-
S e+

a feast, either at a fart or a Cir-
cumcision. The primary idea is per-
haps that of cutting off, circwmcising ;

cumcision of a child;

: (comp. Sees a cutting off, also the

roots j2P, WM, and others beginning
with the syllable kat;) and then the
word for the celebration of this rite was
transferred to the like celebration of
nuptial rites.

JON m. (τ. jo no. 2) one who mar-
ries the daughter of ariother, Gr. γαμ-
Booc.—Hence

1. In respect to the bride, @ bride-
groom, spouse, Ps. 19, 6. Is. 62, 5. Jer. 7,
34. Joel 2, 16. al—In Ex. 4, 25 an in-

onn

_ fant son after being circumcised by his
_ mother, is called by her 5°93 On a
bloody spouse, in allusion probably, to
the signif. circumcision, i. e. an infant
circumcised ; see r. jMM note. Aben-
Ezra: “mos est mulierum, filium, cum
circumciditur, sponsum vocare.” Others
regard these words as spoken not of the
child, but of Moses.

2. In respect to the parents, ὦ son-in-
law, Gen. 19, 12. Judg. 15, 6. Neh. 6,
118. al.

3. a relative by marriage, affinis, 2 K.
8, 27.

mat f. (τ. 197) espousals, nuptials,
Cant. 3, 11.

᾿
‘i

ἱ

* TION fut. prs, i. gq. 90M, to catch,
to seize, in the manner of a lion, Job 9,
12. Comp. Ps. 10, 9.—Hence

STI m. prey, rapine, then poet. for
HMM Dx a robber, Prov. 23, 28. Comp.
2 for 32m wrx 2 Sam. 12, 4.

*DT fat. “rm. 1. to dig or break
through a wall, kindr. with N25, won
Constr. c. acc. o°MD IMM to break
through houses, as a thief. to break into
them, Job 24,16. With 3.as "pa "nn
id. Ez. 8, 8. 12, δ. 7. 12; also to break
through into, im. 9, 2 bina IAIN? ON
though they break through into Sheol.

2. to dig through or plough the waves
by rowing, i. q. to row, absol. Jon. 1, 13.
Comp. ‘arare aquas’ Ov. Trist. 3. 12. 36;
‘scindere freta’ Metam. 11. 468.

Deriv. man.

‘e nan fut. om, plur. S75 1 Sam. 2,
10. al. The same form is also fut. Kal
of m2 q. v. and Job 21, 13.

1. to be broken, weakened, destroyed ;
kindr. with the other onomatopoetic roots

Ge
nn, tne, dS.

Spoken of a king-

Teth, ΤΏ, Sept. in Lamentations T79,
the ninth letter of the Hebrew alphabet ;
as a numeral denoting 9; whence “Ὁ i. q.
9+6 for πὴ 15. The signification is

357

[9]

Ὥ

dom Is. 7, 8; of the justice of God Is.
51, 6. .

2. Metaph. to be broken with fear,
to be terrified, dismayed, confounded.
Other verbs of breaking are also trans-
ferred to terror, as "28 Job 41, 17, Arab.
iy» Tous aD, Schult. Opp. Min.
Ρ. 93.—So Is. 8, 9. Obad. 9. Jer. 50, 36.
Often coupled with synon. 837, as Deut.
31, 8 MMn ND NIN ND fear not, neither
be dismayed. Josh. 1,9. 8, °° 10.25;
With "28 before any one Jer: 1,17. Ez.
2, 6. 3,9; with 72 of that Fam which
one flees i in dismay, Is. 30, 31. 31,4. Jer.
10,2. Coupled also with wis, train,
where it signifies to be confounded,
Saint-hearted, sc. from fear, terror, Is.
20, 5. 37,27. Jer. 8, 9. 17, 18. 50. 2; also

from shame, Job 32, 15.

Nira. TM) (comp. 5712 from >>, Ἢ
from 977) i. q. Kal no. 2, with "22 Mal.
2, 5.—Another mm) is from nm.

Pret. 1. Intrans. but with an inten-
sive power, to be broken in pieces, 6. g. a
bow Jer. 51, 56.

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to terrify, to
dismay, Job 7, 14.

Hips. m5, fat. nm, c. suff. "Am,
once jn°n" for jmm Hab. 2, 17, see
Lehrg. p. 369; once in the manner of
regular verbs "mann Jer. 49, 37.

1. to break, to break in pieces, Is. 9, 3.

2. to terrify, to confound, to pul to fear
and shame, Jer. 1,17. 49, 37. Job 31, 34.
Hab. 2, 17 jn-m miota 301 and the
destruction of the beasts (which) terrifies
them, sc. shall cover thee, shall return

=e
upon thine own head.—Arab. sak te
be terrified, put to shame.
Deriv. 9, Onn, ΓΤ, onninn,
ona, pr. ἢ. mI, and
DM m. 1. terror, dismay, Job 6, 21.
2. Hathath, pr. τ. m. 1 Chr. 4, 13.

uncertain. It iscommonly explained to

mean a serpent, Arab. bib; others

make it something rolled or twisted t-

Ὁ 358

Se
gether, ΤῺ from r. m0, Arab. Kubo , 50

Lee ; or perhaps it is Egypt. δὶ hand ;
all which views accord well enough with
the figure of this letter in the Phenician
alphabet ; see Monumm. Phen. p. 30.
As to the pronunciation, 0 is ¢ pro-
nounced with a certain roughness or
scraping of the throat, (appropriately
written ?’,) but differing from ™ whether
aspirated th, 3, or smooth M, t, τ; just
as Ὁ, k’, pronounced at the back part of
the palate near the throat, differs from
> whether aspirated ch, x, or smooth 3,
k, x.—Ewald, in his Gramm. p. 26, main-
tains the opinion, that Ὦ is strictly an
aspirated letter ; but in this he has been
ably met by Hupfeld, in his review of
that work in Hermes Vol. 31, p. 9, 10;
and more recently by Ehrenberg, in Ar-
chiv f. Philologie VIII. fasc. 1. Ewald
appeals: a) To the Greek &, which
accords with © both in name (Ὁ δῆτα)
and in its place in the alphabet; and
which is unquestionably aspirated. But
however much in general the Greek
letters may accord with the Semitic, yet
we are not warranted in deducing from
their nicer and more exact pronuncia-
tion, rules for the Hebrew pronunciation;
~ especially since some of them have man-
ifestly changed their nature and power ;
e.g. n—E; n=H; 9=O; =A. 0)
To the Arabic 4. which also has a semi-
gutturalsound. Correctly; but this must
not be confounded with an aspirate.—
The common mode of pronunciation rests
also upon the authority of the LX X. who
with the exception of a very few exam-
ples (one only, 2 Sam. 5, 16, is quoted
by Hartmann in his Ling. Hinleituog
page 63, and by Ewald 1. c.) constantly
render it by 1, as ἸΏ “Ζατανᾶς, ΤΙΝ
Τωβίας, SHY Ταρφαλαῖοι; and like-
wise upon the contrary usage of the
Syriac translators, who for the Greek t

everywhere put J, and for ? always 2;

as Τιμόϑεος wwofdSerg, Τίτος ee we) ᾽

In Arabic. the letters corresponding
to the Heb. Ὁ are b and 4s, more fre-
quently the former ; since the latter, as
approaching more to a sibilant, nearly
corresponds to Heb. ¥, see under ΣΦ.
Comp. the roots "12, 550, j20.

ΠΏ.

Itisinterchanged: a) With %, whieh
see. b) With Ὁ. as 0%, NM to seize,
bop (λχϑ to kill, nom, mem, Ty, to wane
der. c) With 5, which see.

7 =80 Chald. to rejoice, to be glad, c.
>» Dan. 6, 34. Syr. oly id. See r.
352 no. 3. -

NOND see after 0°,

20 Chald. good, i. q. Heb. 3%. Dan.
2. 32. Ezra 5, 17 32 NDoa-by ἼΠ af at
seem good to the king, if it be his plea-
sure. Comp. 250 Esth. 1, 19. 3, 9.

ὉΝΣΦ in pause 2838 (God is good, |
by Syriasm for beaten, comp. 7172930,
m350) Tabeal, pr. ἢ. Syr. a) A per-
son of low condition, whose son the Sy-
rians and Ephraimites were about to
make king in Jerusalem, Is. 7, 6; see
Comment. on Is.adh.J. Ὁ) A Persian
governor or prefect in Samaria, Ezra
Ye ae

* 220 obsol. root. Syr. «οὖ Aph. is
i. q. Heb. 335 no. 2, to creep about, to
slander ; and also in a good sense, to —
spread a good report.—Hence mad.

pay m. plur. head-bands, tiaras,
turbans, Ez. 23,15. Sept. Alex. τιάραν
βαπταί, Vulg. tiarae tinctae.—T he usual
etymology is from 539 to dip, to which
corresponds Arab. hyo to dye with co-
lours. Better perhaps from Ethiop. —
MAA to wrap or wind around; so
Simonis.

“22 m. (r. 930) the highest part,
height, summit. Judg. 9, 37 Bd DNS
ΤΠ 720 they come down from the
height of the land, in v. 36 DAA WR.
Ez. 38, 12 γῆν πὶ ΠΞΌΤΟΣ "a0" ‘wha
dwell on the height of the earth, i. 6. i»
the Holv Land, which the Ἡδέξενα re:
garded as higher than all other lands
comp. >&70" nt for the land of Israes
Ez. 6, 2. 33, 28. 35,12. 38, 8. Corre-
sponding is Samar, ΩΨ, Ethiop
PC, mountain.—Sert. and Vulg. ren-
der "120 by umbilicus, navel, as the tor
or height of the belly ; comp. Talmud
"7270 navel.

*T20 1. to slaughter, to kill ani-

mals, Ex. 21, 37 [22, 1]. Deut. 28, 31

“ria 1 Chr. 18, 8.

rao

Jer. 11,19; espec. for eating, Gen. 43, 16.
1 Sam. 25, 11. Prov.9,2. To slaughter
for sacrifice is expressed by the kindred
verb Mat q. v.—Ethiop. Mh to

slaughter, to butcher, Arab. wb to

cook, to roast ; comp. art. O°"23IN.

2. to slay, to kill men, Ps. 37, 14. Lam.
2. 21. Ez. 21, 15.

Deriv. 720 and the six following.

M20 τὴ. pr. a slaughterer, slayer ;
hence |

1. a cook, 1 Sam. 9, 23: 24. Arab.
1 Lib id.
8 an executioner, then a lifeguards-
man, body-guard of a king ; since these
in the East act as executioners. So
p"mawn~aw Gen. 37, 36. 39,1. 40, 3. 4.
41, 10. 12, and later Ὧ 35 2 K. 95, 8 sq.
Jer. 39, 9. 11. 40, 1-5, the captain of the
body-guard, pr. the chief executioner.
In Egypt he had a public prison in his
house, Gen. 40, 3; in Babylon Nebuzar-
adan, who held this office, commanded

also a part of the royal army, Jer. 39, 13.

52, 15.

M20 Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 2, an execu-
tioner, and hence lifeguardsman, body-
guard, Dan. 2, 14.

M20 m. in pause M3v, c. suff. ANID.

1. slaughter, 6. g. of cattle, Prov. 7, 22.
Is. 53,7. 65,12. Also of men, Is. 34, 2:6.
Jer. 48, 15. 50, 27.

2.’ Meton. cattle slaughtered, meat,
butcher’s meat, Prov. 9, 2. Gen. 43, 16.
Comp. M33 no. 1.

3. Tebah, pr. n. of a son of Nahor,
Gen. 22, 24.

“M30 f. a cook, 1 Sam. 8,13. R.maw.

WAP f. (r. M32) 1. q. masc. Fay.

1. slaughter of cattle, Ps. 44, 23. Jer.
12, 3.

2. cattle slaughtered, meat, 1 Sam. 25,
11.

MIAN Tibhath, pr. ἢ. of a city of Sy-
In the parall. passage
2 Sam. 8, 8, it is written nua q. v.

᾿ av fut. 524", to dip, to dip in, to
immerse, with ace. of thing and 3 of the
liquid Gen, 37, 31. Lev. 9, 9. Deut. 33,
24. Job 9, 31 Ruth 2,14; also without

909

“ΔῸ

acc. Ex. 12,22. 2 Κι. 8, 15. Intrans. fo
dip, to immerse oneself ; 2 K. 5, 14 he
went down D°Q28 532 7772 bars and.
dipped himself 5 seven times in Jordan.—
Chald. bau, Arab. dub, id.

Nieuw. pass. Josh. 3, 15.

Deriv. 072530 and

9719220 (whom Jehovah has immers-
ed, purified,) Tebaliah, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr.
26, 11.

τὰ Ξ: 1. pr. to sink, to press in, to
impress into any soft substance, as clay ;
then to impress a seal, to seal. Arab.
Hence ΣΞῺ a seal.—Kindr. ‘s

vax, A , to dip in, to immerse, Eth.

MU id. as also 52. The primary
syllable is 30, which in the western
languages also expresses depth and im-
mersion ; comp. Goth. diwp, Engl. deep,
Germ. tief; also Goth. doufan, Germ.
taufen, Engl. to dip; Gr. duatw and
softened dev.

2. Intrans. to sink, to be sunk, immers-
ed, as in the mire, a pit, 6. 3 Ps. 9, 16.
69, 3. 15. Jer. 38, 6. Lam. 2, 9 yiN2 Ia
ΠΣ her gates are sunk into the ground.
Trop. 1 Sam. 17, 49 iM¥22 jaNt >20MI
and the stone sunk into his forehead, was
fixed in it.

Pua i. q. Kal no. 2. Ex. 15, 4.

Horn. id. Jer. 38, 22; of the founda-
tion of the earth or mountains, to be
sunk, settled, Job 38, 6. Prov. 8, 25.

Deriv. the two following.

Mmy20 f. plur. mivaa, constr. ΔΊΣΞΏ.

1. a seal, signet-ring, Gen. 41, 42.
Esth. 3,10. Ex. 35,22. Is.3,21.al. The
signet-ring was worn by the Hebrews
on the right hand, Jer. 22,24; comp.
Ecclus. 49, 11 [13]. The person to
whom a king committed his signet-ring
became. thereby prime minister, Gen.
41, 42. Esth. 3, 10. 8,2; comp. 1 Mace.
6, 15. Q. Curt. 10. 5. ;

2. a ring. of any kind, Ex. 25, 12 sq.
26, 24. 28, 28.

mivao (ange) Tabbaoth, B-, Ἀν Βν

᾿ Ezra 2, 43.

*"920 obsol. root, prob. i. q. "3% to
heap up. Hence 7932, q. v.

i220 (for 77 3B, good is Rim-
mon, comp. in 13. no. 2,) Tabrimmon

nae

pr. ἢ. of the father of Benhadad king of
Syria, 1 K. 15, 18.

MQ perh. 1. ᾳ. ἴλας the cele-
brated, r. 22%) Yabbath, pr. n. of a
place not far from Abel-meholah in the
tribe of Ephraim, Judg. 7, 22.

_ ὨῸῺ Tebeth, the tenth Hebrew month,
from the new moon of January to that
of February, Esth. 2, 16. So Jerome ad
Ez. 39,1: “Decimus mensis, qui He-
breis appellatur Tebeth, et apud Aigyp-
tios Τύβι, apud Romanos Januarius.”

Copt. teGs La Croze Lex. p. 107.
Arab. Kgl. The etymology isunknown.

“IND m. adj. constr. "hv, fem. nVinD,
clean, pure, spec. a) in a physical
sense, opp. to filthy, soiled, of a garment
Zech. 3, 5; a place Led. 4,12; water
ΕΖ. 36,25. b) pure, unalloyed, spoken
of gold Ex. 25, 11 sq. 28, 36. al. c) In
the Levitical sense, opp. to profane, pol-
luted, Lev. 7, 19. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 20, 26.
Is. 66, 20; and hence of animals which
might be eaten, Gen. 7, 2. 8,20. d) In
a moral sense, Ps. 12, 7. 19, 10. 51, 12
“inv => a clean heart. Job 14, 4.—See
also "nz.

ΠΩ fut. 710" 1. to shine, to be
bright, like kindr. "31, "4%. Syr. (son
noon, Chald. ἐδ πη Ὁ id.—Hence "130 no.
1, "50.

2. to be er become clean, pure. a) In
a physical sense, opp. to the filth of
leprosy, 2 K.5,12.13. Ὁ) In the Levi-
tical sense, opp. 820, Lev. 12, 8. 13, 6.
34. 58. Num. 19,12. 19. 4]. c) Inamoral
sense, Ps. 51, 9. Jer. 13,27. Job 4, 17.
Prov. 20, 9.—Arab. to be clean,
pure, espec. from the monthly courses ;
kindr. 5 to be manifest, conspicuous.

Ethiop. ΔΖ to purify, to wash one-
self with water.

Pre. "0, fut. "Me4 1. fo cleanse, to
purify. a) Physically, as metals from
dross Mal. 3,3; a land from corpses Ez.
39,12; the heaves from clouds Job 37,
21. b) Levitically, 6. g. things Ez. 43,
26. 2 Chr. 29,15.18. Neh. 13, 30; per-
sons Lev. 14, 11. Num. 8, 6.7. ο) Mo-
rally, Jer. 33, 8. Ez. 24, 13. Mal. 3, 3.

2. to pronounce clean, spoken of per-

360

sons or things.

᾿
Ὁ
a) Ina Levitical sense,
Lev. 13,6 sq. 16,30. b) Ina moral sense
Ps. 51, 4. |
Ῥυλὲ to be cleansed, part. fem. Ez.
22, 24. q
. Hiriir. “un and “en, to purify or
cleanse oneself, to make oneself clean. —
a) Levitically, Gen. 35,2. Lev. 14, 4 βα.
Num. 8, 7.. Ezra 6, 20. Neh. 12, 39. 18.
22. Ὁ) Morally, to cleanse oneself from —
sin, 6. 7a Josh. 22, 17. .
Deriv. the four here following, and —
“nD.

"12 τὰ. Holem pure, constr. ne, | |
i. q. "Hb, cleanness, pureness, 6. g. of —
hands, infismence: Job 17,9; of heart |

Prov. 22, 11 Keri.

ὝΠΟ m. 1. brightness, clearness, pu-
rity of ether, Ex. 24, 10,
2. purification, cleansing, Lev. 12, 4.6.

“2 m. brightness, splendour, see
r. no no. 1. Ps. 89, 45 Awa MavA
thou makest his brivhinbed® to cease.
The verb m7atn c. 72 is also found
thus construed Ez. 34, 10, according to
which it should here be rendered, thow
causest him to cease from his bright-
mess; or, better, it is a constructio
pregn. for, thou causest to cease and
takest away from his brightness. But
as nouns of the form "M¥ are of very
doubtful authority, it may be worth in-
quiry, whether by transposing the Sheva
we ought not here to read i719 from
the common “Ht. This strikes me now
more favourably, than the solution of
Aben Ezra and Kimchi which I have
formerly followed, Lehrg. p. 87, viz. that
Dagesh in the © is euphonic, and % is
formative, so that NS or 17782 (asis
read in some Mss.) would be for ὙΠ
from the subst. “ΠΩ.

Mio f. (τ. ὙΠῸ) 1. pureness, ina
moral. sense, 2 Chr. 30, 19.

2. purification, cleanaing: Lev. 13, 35.
14,2.al. m mv 725 blood of purifica-
tion, i.e. from which a lying-in woman
is to be purified, Lev. 12, 4. 5.

S70, see NOND after DID. ν
u aio pret. 12% Num. 24,5. Cant. 4,

10; for the fut. is used the form 2
fois 30".

ae

1. to be good, well: Chald. Syr. τᾶ.

_ Arab. ; Slb wid. Ye, to be good, sweet,
᾿ pleasant, espec. of fragrant odour, comp.
ΝΞ, xa. Always impers. in the foll.
_ phrases: a) "> 310 it is well with me, it
goes well with me, etc. Deut. 5, 30. 15, 16.
19,13. Num. 11,18. Ece.9,4; also Jam

_ well, 1 Sam. 16, 16. 23. With bs id.1 Sam.
20,12. Job 13,9 "> aivM is {{ well (for
Fs you) that? ete. For Job 10,3 see lett. b.
) b) 2733 310 i is good in my eyes, i.e.
| it pleaseth me, is my pleasure, Num. 24,
1, In the later books with >», 1 Chr. 13,
)2. Esth. 1, 19 siv ΡΠ» ΓΝ if i
Γ please the king. 3,9: 5, 4. 8. 7,3. Neh.
2, 5, comp: Ezra 5,17; once with > Job

Vulg. Chald.

2. to be goodly, fair, pleasing, Num.
24, 5. Cant. 4, 10.
_ 8. to be in good humour, i. 6. to be
cheerful, joyful, the prevailing usage in
Syriac; espec. of the heart, 1 Sam. 25,
6. 2 Sam. 13, 28. Esth. 1, 10.

Hiren. 3725 fut. 3°25 1. to do well,
9 act right, c. acc. 1 K. 8, 18. 2 Chr. 6,

to others, to confer benefits, Ez. 36, 11.
2. to make goodly. fair, Hos. 10, 1.

3. to make cheerful, to cheer, Ecc. 11,9.
Nore. More frequent is Hiph. 2°0"7
from 325.

Deriv. the five following.

310 m. good. A) Adj. having fem.
T3210.
ri, good, καλός, bonus, in various senses,
iccording to the character of the ob-
jects; 6. σ. of a land, field, pasture, i. e.
f eile, fruitful, Ex. 8, 8. Ez. 17, 8. 34,
4; of cattle, in good case, fat. (opp. 5
Ge n. 41, 26. 27,) Lev. 27, 10 sq. Gen. 18,
i”. 21,9; of a tree, fruitful, 2K.3, 19; of
ff its! feel sound, Jer. 94. 25 of pa
‘pu are; Gen. 2 12. 2Chr. 3, 5. 8.—Spec.
i = a) Spoken of what is ἘΌΝ to the
senses, good, pleasant, sweet,etc. «) To
he sight, good to look upon, goodly, fair,
beautiful. Dan.1,15 21 210 BK their
ppearance was better, fairer, than, ete.
persons Gen. 6, 2. Ex.2,2. 1 Sam.
BP 5 often with a yeord added, as MN
fen. 24, 16. Esth. 1, 11. 2, 3.7; sui
| ΤῈ Ok 6; ἜΝ 1 Sam. 16, 12. OF Νούίόξα
15. 5, 9. B) "To the hearing, pleasing,
31

δὰ

yr.

3

10, 3 ἘΞ aivm doth it please thee? So

8; inf. ο. > 2 Κ 10,30,—Also to do good

Ό

Ι

well sounding, harmonious, spoken of a
poem Ps.45,2. y) To the smell, plea-
sant, frakrant, sweet-scented ; as 720
a2 fragrant ointment Is. 39, 2. Ps. 133,
2. 210m ΤΡ the fragrant cane Jer. 6,
20. δὴ To the taste, good, pleasant ;
>2N2> 3 good to eat Gen. 2, 9. 3, 6.
Prov. 24, 13 eat thou honey, because it is
good, tastes good. Comp. 3125 j% Cant.
7,10. ε) To the senses and feelings
generally ; Gen. 49, 15 he saw the rest,
that it was good, pleasant. Ps. 73, 28
but to draw near to God is good for me.
84, 11 a day in thy courts is better than
a thousand. 183,1. So 318 Di α good
day, i.e. joyful, Esth. 8,17. 9, 19. 21.
Zech. 8, 19; comp. bonus dies Ovid.
Fast. 1. 72. Also very freq. "Β "2733 321
good in the eyes of any one, i.e. grateful,
pleasing to him, Num. 24, 1. Deut. 6, 18.
Gen. 16, 6 33 siv π πὸ “wy do to her
as it pleaseth thee. 19, 8. Is, 9, 25. Judg. ,
10, 15. 19, 24. Esth. 8, 8. et. 26, 14.
In the later books for "3792 is put 2B
Ecc. 7,26 o°r>8n "25> si2 whoso shea
eth God. 2, 26; ‘also > Deut. 23, 27;
comp. Job 10, 3.
b) good for a particular purpose, i. e.

“ἸῺ

well adapted, useful, profitable, etc. Gen.

1, 4 and God saw the light, that it was
good. 2,18 it ts not good that the man
should be alone. 29,19. With "2, it is
good that, Ruth 2, 22. 2 Sam. 18, 3.
With dat. of pers. good for any one, Ex.
14, 12 “ian sora... TAY 999 31 better for -
us to serve the Egyptians, than to die in
the wilderness. Num. 14, 3. Ps. 119,71
Kee. 2, 3. 8,15; with 3 Kec. 2, 24.

6) good in measure and quantity, 1. e.
much, great, abundant; Syr. 2) very,

comp. Fr. bien. Soa good profit Prov.
31,18; good wages Ecc. 4,9; a good
(ample) present Gen. 30, 20; main naw
a good old age Gen. 15, 15. 25, 8. Ps. ‘69,
17 FIOM 312 "3 for great is thy loving-
kindness. 63, 4. 109,21. Comp. 312 9h
Prov. 22, 1.

d) goodinamoralsense: «) Of per-
sons, good, well-disposed, upright, Lat.
vir bonus, honestus, 1 Sam. 2,26. Prov.
12, 2. 13, 22. 14, 14. Ece. 9, 2. Espec.
kind, benevolent, benign, of Jehovah Ps, |
25, 8. 34, 9..52, 11. 54,8; with dat. to-
wards any one Ps. 73, 1. Lam. 3, 25

“Ὁ

Prov. 22,9 912 31 good of eye, i. 6. look-
ing with kindness, Sept. ὃ ἐλεῶν πτωχόν.
Comp. also 310 733 α kind word Prov.
12, 28. ) Of actions, good, right, true ;
8. g. iO WIT the right way Jer. 6, 16;
opp. 2iv Xd W217 Ps. 36, 5. Prov. 16, 29.
niv das the right path Prov. 2, 9. Job
34, 4 let us know among ourselves i772
what is good, true. So 510 δ» not good,
not right, wrong, Prov. 18, 5. 20, 23.—
Hence often as Subst. the good, τὸ καλόν,
see in B. no. 1, and 7270.

2. Spoken of the character or feelings
as affected by good, viz. a) glad, joy-
ful, joyous ; 1 K. 8, 6 ad -ziv glad of
heart. Ecc. 9,7% 31 33 with a glad
heart. Ὁ) well, prosperous, happy ; 80
of persons as made prosperous and
happy, Is. 3, 10. Jer. 44, 17. Ps. 112, 5
wx 21 happy the man; comp. Syr.
? «ὀσιαξος Oh, the happiness of! i. q.
satis, see Matt. 5, 2 sq.—Of things as
making prosperous and happy, 1 Sam. 2,
24 main ΠΣῸΦ a good report, pleasing.
Prov. 15, 30. 25, 25. 2 Sam. 18, 27 maiwa
naziv glad tidings. J osh. 21, 45 318 "33
a good word, glad promise. 23, 14. 15.

B) Subst. for which also fem. 72350 is
employed , q- Υ.

1. good which one does, the right, τὸ
καλόν, in a moral sense, Prov. 11, 27.
aiv ΠῺΣ to do good, to lead a good life,
Ps, 14, 1.3. 34, 15. 37, 3. 27; with ὩΣ fo
do good with or to any one, to deal well
with, Gen. 26, 29. Ps. 119, 65. So 38
οἷο to love good Am. 5,15; aiv FI" Ps.
38,21; aiv wos Am. 5,14; also 21 δὲ Ὁ
Mic. 3,2; 210 1M Prov. 14,22; comp.
in wan no. 2. Hence >>) aio 3" to
know good and evil, see in $7} Do. 5. bb.

2. good which one receives; Job 2, 10
shall we receive good from God? Ps. 21,
4. Hos. 8, 3 210 SNIw? ΤΣ Israel rejects
the good sc. that is proffered.—Spec.
a) a good thing, a benefit, spoken of sin-
gle benefits; Ps. 34, 11 siu-d> sOTM ND
they shall not want any good i. 6. any
benefit from God. 84 12. Prov. 18, 22
aio N¥Q ΓΝ Xs whoso findeth a wife,
findeth a good thing. 3,27. Collect. for
all good, benefits from God; Ps. 104, 28
thou openest thy hand, aiv asa’ they
are satisfied with good, i. e. with thy
benefits. 107, 9. Prov. 12, 14. Ὁ) goods,

362

“ἸῺ

wealth; Job 22, 18 51 BAH nba he
filled their houses with goods, wealth, —
1 K. 10, 7. ὁ) good fortune, welfare,
prosperity ; Ps. 25, 13 rom iva iE,
his soul shall abide in good, he shall
prosper. 23, 6. Job 21, 13. 36,11. Soin
the phrases: 310 MN) 10 see good, to —
prosper, Ps. 4, 7. Job 7, 7; nivs ANI Δ.
Eee. 2, 1; 210 >28 id. Prov. 13,2; S23 |
sip id. Prov. 16,20; ete. So too sb 310
(itis) good for me Ps. 119,71. Lam. 3,27;
also Ecc. 8, 12.13. 310% for good Deut.
30, 9. Ps. 119, 122; 6. dat. Deut. 6, 24.
10, 13. Jer. 32, 39.

3. Tob, pr. ἢ. of a region beyond Jor-
dan, Judg. 11, 3. 2 Sam. 10, 6. Prob.
i. q. Τούβιον or Τώβιον 1 Mace. 5, 13.

C) Adv. good, well, καλῶς, Ruth 3, 13.
1 Sam. 20, 7. 2 Sam. 3, 13. 1 K. 2, 18.
So too the phrase: "27 310 the thing —
is good, i. q. well, 1 K. 2, 38. 42. 18, 24.

ἜΣ ἸΣ ID Tob-Adonijah, pr. n. τὰ.
2 Chr. 17, 8.

330 m. subst. 1. goodness, the quali- .
ty of being or doing good. Ps. 119, 66 —
psy a1 goodness of understanding.
good insight. Often of the goodness or —
benignity of God, Ps. 25,7. 31,20. 145,7.
Is. 63,7.—Concr. good things, i.e. things
good in themselves, wealth, Deut. 6, 11.
2 K. 8, 9; precious things Gen. 24, 10,
comp. v. 22. 30." With a gen. the good-—
ness of any thing, the best, Gen. 45, 18.
20. Spec. a) YRS Be the goodness
of the land, its best fruits and products,
Gen. 45, 23. Is. 1, 19. Jer. 2, 7. Ezra 9,
12. Ὁ) mint 300 the good gifts of Jeho-
vah, which in his goodness he bestows
on men, e. g. the gifts of nature, fruits,
wine, oil, flocks, ete. Jer. 31, 12. 14. Hos.
3, 5. Ps. 27, 13. 65, 5.

2. goodness of appearance, fairness,
beauty ; comp. adj. 31% A. 1. a. a. Hos.
10,11. Spoken of the divine majesty
and glory, Ex. 33, 19. Zech. 9, 17. |

3, ab 310 gladness of heart, joy, Deut.
28. 7. Is. 65,14. Comp. adj. 210 A. 2. a.

4, good fortune, welfare, prosperity,
Job 20, 21. 21, 16. Prov. 11, 10. Comp.
adj. 2iv A. 2. Ὁ. j

mao fem. A) Adj. fem. of 312 α. v-
lett. A. | |

B) Subst. i. q. 210 lett. B, good, a
good thing, opp. M3}; 80 maivd for

ὕω “1

a ψνον

ere δ μ ἀω,

a

210

good, not for evil, Neh. 5, 19. 13, 31. Ps.
86, 17. Jer. 24, 6.—Spec. ;

1. good which one does, confers, bene-
fit; so in formulas: M214 ΠῺΣ to do
good to any one Ex. 18, 9. Num. 24, 13.
Judg. 9,17; Maiv nnn nn ὈΡ Gen. 44,
4. Ps. 35,12; Haiv Ξ τι to requite good
1 Sam. 25, 21. 2 Sam. 16,12. Hence
goodness, the doing of good, Ps. 68, 11.

2. good which one receives, viz. a)
welfare, prosperity, happiness, e. g. O87
Mid to see goud, to enjoy prosperity,
happiness, Job 9, 25. 22, 21. Ece. 5, 17.
6,6; M3i~a 528 to eat in prosperity, to
enjoy it, Job 21,25. So Ps. 16, 2 "᾿Ξ
323 53 my happiness is nought beyond
thee, i. 6. 1 delight in nothing more than
thee, besides thee. b) goods, wealth,
riches, Ecc. 5, 10. Ps. 65, 12 ἡ m2
the year of thy riches, i.e. of thy rich
bounties; comp. 352 Ps. 104, 28.

3. goodness, sc. in any one ; plur. Misi
good qualities Neh. 6, 19.—The signif.
goodness in the sense of kindness, benig-
nity, is by some ascribed to this word in
Ps. 65, 12. 68, 11; but see in nos. 1, 2.

APBD and WIND (i. q. Hianb sin
pleasing to Jehovah) pr. ἢ. Tobiah, To-
bias, Gr. Τωβίας, a name common after
the exile. a) Neh.2,10. 4,1. Ὁ) Ezra
2, 60. Neh. 7,62. c) Zech. 6, 10. 14.

ἘΠῚ 1. i. q. Arab. ἘΠ᾿ to roll up
or together, to twist ; hence to spin, Ex.
35, 25. 26. Hence 02.

2. to be hungry. famished, to fast, i. q.

Arab. (55, whencé spb hungef,

jib hungry, famished ; pr. to be con-

Cer twisted, sc. in one’s bowels: so
the ‘Arabs mackie to hungry ‘persons
bowels convolved, twisted, e. g. Hariri
Cons. 3. p. 142. ed. Schult. Une (55:

spat As to twist up the bowels from
hunger. Comp. Schult. 1. c. Cons. 3. p.
136. Hence min.

Deriv. MID, MID.

mio to spread over, to daub, to be-
smear, e. g. a wall with mortar, to plas-

ler, Lev. 14, 42. 1 Chr. 29, 4; the eyes,

so as not to see, Is. 44, 18, where pret.
MQ for M2; with two acc. Ez. 13, 10-15.

22, 28.—Arab. +b mid. Ye, II to cover

ς

363

“0

over with fat, to besmear, see Camoos p.

328. In the occidental languages, comp.

τέγγω, tingo, to tinge, Germ. tiinchen.
Nipu. pass. infin. Lev. 14, 43. 48.
Deriv. πῶ, Ing.

* DAU obsol. root, Arab. “29.
lect, to gather. Hence 072.

MDW plur. f. bands, fillets, spec. the
prayer-fillets or phylacteries of the Jews,
7 EEN, φυλακτήρια Matth. 23, 5; i. e.
strips of parchment on which are writ-
ten various sentences from the Mosaic
law, 6. g. Ex. 13, 1-10. 11-16. Deut. 6,
4-9. 11, 13-21, and which the Jews are
accustomed to bind around the fore-
head and the left wrist while they are at
prayers, Ex. 13, 16. Deut. 6, 8. 11, 18.
Chald. x2uid, δ ΒΤ, a bracelet, front-
let—The ‘Sorin te foes ΠΕΣ, as 533
for 353 ; 224> for 3332; mbibs, Syr.

fasstite: Lehrg. p. 869. The root is
DY q. v. not Dv, to which the signif.
of binding has been attributed without
good reason.

ἜΘΗ ἃ in Kal not used; Arab. Aja
mid. Waw, to be long.

Hien. 5°24 pr. to throw down at full
length, to prostrate, comp. Hoph. and
Is. 22,17; hence to throw, to cast, Ez.
32,4; a spear 1 Sam. 18, 11. 20, 33; to
cast out, as from a land Jer. 16, 13. 22,
26, from a ship Jon. 1, 5. 12; to send out

a wind Jon. 1, 4.

Hopu. bess, faut. θη, Sw".

1. to be cast ‘down at full length, to be
prostrated, Ps. 37, 24. Job 41, 1.

2. to be cast, as the lot, Prov. 16, 33 ;
to be cast out Jer. 22, 28.

Pitp. 50 i. q. Hiph. to cast down, to
prostrate, Is. 22, 17.

Deriv. 52050.

*{)10 obsol. root, Arab. Lb mia.
Waw, to go around, to surround. Hence
Mipwid q. v. bands, fillets.

*"10 obsol. root, prob. like kindr.

“3, "Im, to go round about, to surround.
—Hence

“10 m.

3 to col-

1. a wall round about, an en-
closure, Ez. 46, 23. Arab. 538 border,
bound 55 fence, enelosnre.

Ὁ

2. a row, range, ἃ5 οὗ gems, Ex. 28,
17 sq. 39, 10 sq. Also a course of hewn
stones 1K. 7, 12; of beams 6, 36. 7,43
of pomegranates 1, 42. etc.

WW Chald. m. a rock, hitountieen. i. q.
Heb. "1%. Dan. 2, 35. 45.—Syr. [3ag,

Arab. yl, a:

* WIAD to fly swiftly, to pounce upon
the prey, as an eagle, Lat. tundere ;
comp. Germ. stossen spoken of birds of
prey, whence Stdsser, Stossvogel ; also
Engl. to toss. Job 9, 26 "33 res 29D

ἘΞΝ —Corresponding is dir! 2} of the

flicht of the eagle, vulture, for Heb. 783
Jer. 48, 40. 49,22; Pa. Deut. 32, 11. Job

39, 13; [ood lofty and rapid flight.

M0 Chald. f. a fasting ; as Adv. fast-
ing, without food. Dan. 6, 19. R. πλῷ
no. 2; the form is like 72> from 732.

BE rime in Kal not used, ο stretch, to
bxbetid. Arab. “Lab to spread out.
Pi. part. πῶ τ INL? pr. those draw-
ing the bow, i. e. bowmen, archers, Gen.
21, 16.—For the form, comp. "58, Hith-
pal. πῦρ τι, doubling the last radical.

ΤΠ τὰ. a mill, hand-mill, Lam. 5, 13.
R. jn.

ON m. ce (τ. "M2) “wmores ani,
i. 6. the piles, hemorrhoids, so called as
protruded from the fundament, with
straining or. tenesmus and a flow of
blood, 1 Sam. 6, 11. 17; also Deut. 28,
27. 1 Sam. 5, 6. 9. 12. 6. 4. 3 in Keri,
for Chethibh 0°>D3, which seems to
have been the more vulgar or less usual
word. .

ming plur. f. the reins, according to
the Heb. interpreters ; so called because
overspread with fat, from r. MD q. v.
Comp. =bm and 32. Like 35 and mi72>
it is put as the seat of the mind, feel-
ings, intellect ; Ps. 51,8 lo! thou, Yovest
truth in the vbhie sc. of a man. Job
38, 36 who hath put wisdom in the reins,
i.e. so that thou knowest and under-
standest all these things; the other
member has “12> the mind, intellect.
However this whole passage may be
understood, the same signif. must be
attributed to the word Mind as in Ps. |. c.

364,

Ὡ"Ὦ
*MNO, see nv Is. 44; 18 in τ. MIB.
“00 fat. |10" ,imper. fem. "278, to

crush, to beat small, c. ace. Ex. 32, 20.
Deut. 9, 21; spec. fo grind with a afi .

mill, Fuad: 16, 21. Num. 11, 8. Is. 47,8.

Arab. , Aram. τιν ime, id.—
Trop. "23 "38 ἼΠῸ to grind the person 7
(not face) of ihe poor, i. e. to oppress ©
him with exactions, Is. 3,15 ; eomp. nz.
Job 31, 10 "Max sox jon let my
grind on another, i i.e. be his ‘nil-eeneks
his abject slave, (comp. Ex. 11, 5. Is. 47,
2.) and also his concubine, a sense re-
quired by the other clause and v. 9; so
Sept. Vulg. and Chald. The Rabbins
understood the phrase to grind for ano-
ther in a trop. and unchaste sense, q. d.
‘let her be ground, violated, by another
man ;’ just as Gr. μύλλειν Theocr. 4. 58, —
and Lat. molere, permolere, are spoken
of intercourse with a woman; see the
commentators ad Petron. Sat. 23. Hor. —
Sat. 1. 2. 35. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 188.
But in such instances the word for grind-
ing is every where attributed to the
man.
Deriv. ji"%, and the two here follow-
ing. a
M2170 (ἃ mill, hand-mill, Eee. 12, 4.

mina plur. f. grinders, for the double-
seth dentes molares, Eee. 12, 3. Arab.

Sialb id.
* "TD obsol. root, Syr. κι 10 lireazhe

' hard, ay blow, as under a load; also in 4

easing the belly with a great effort ; to
have tenesmus ; hence pangs [5csng , te-

. nesmus with flow of blood; Arab. ’

espec. 2}, spoken of the same.—Hence ~
ΠΛ ΠΩ q. v.

ΤΠ Ὁ m. plaster, roughcast, spread over —
a wall, Ez. 13, 12. CR. πλῷ.

ὩΣ m. (Ὁ. ἀρ ph mire, Eth. R®
mire, Arab. iba. ὅ mud collected in —

the bottom of a pool; see the root.—
Spec. a) mud, mire, as in streets Ps.
18, 43. Mic. 7, 10; at the bottom of the
sea Is. 57, 20; in a cistern or subterra-
nean prison Jer. 38,6; on the banks of

- ΤῸ

hie Nile Job 41, 32 [30]. Trop. for deep
zalamity Ps. 69,15. b) clay, potter’s
elay, Is. 41, 25. Nah. 3, 14.

Hence the denom. verb:

NON Pip. to remove mud or dirt, to
sweep away ; comp. 1151 to rémove ash-
es, from 723. Once, Is. 14, 23 πο ΘΝ Ὁ
S203 xoxve2a I will sweep her (Baby-
lon) away with: the besom of destruction,
1. 6. will wholly destroy her, so that her
site shall be as a place swept clean;
' comp. 1 Κι. 14, 14. 21, 21. 2 K. 21, 13.—
In the Talm. is the form "0x0 ; Kimchi
has ὌΝ, and also DIN"D a sweeping
_ away. Heb. Xoxd is either for "ONG
' adding &, or else by transp. for D°X0.—
A derivation from a root δὲ" is less cer-
tain.

Deriv. 8280-2 a broom, besom.

᾿ yo Chald. m. clay, potter’s clay,
Dan. 2, 41.43 x2" HOM earthen ware,
sherds of clay. Arab. and Syr. uprb,
Gor id. whence the denom. verb ω-

‘mid. Ye, to besmear with clay or mud,
_toform fromclay. Kindr. are "0, ἸΝΌ,

q.v.

MMOL (r.93) 1. a wall round about
_ a place, i. q. "98 no. 1. Ez. 46, 23.

2. A place surrounded by a wall, an
enclosure; hence a) a fortress, castle,
- Cant.8.9. Ὁ) A nomadic encampment,
_ rustic village, hamlet, usually enclosing
_ a space in which the cattle were secur-
ed, Gen. 25, 16. Num. 31, 10. 1 Chr. 6,
_ 39 [54]. Ez. 25,4. Poet. of a habitation

Ps. 69, 26. Syr. Tena enclosure, fold.
_ See “57 no. 2.

20 m. (τ. 5541) in pause 52, c. suff."52 ,
dew, Gen. 27, 28. 39. Ex. 16, 13.14. Num.
' 11, 9. Job 29, 19. Zech. 8,12, ninix >a
Job 26,19, see inHaixno.2. The dewas
_ moistening plants is the emblem of fresh-
ness and refreshing, Deut. 32, 2. Prov.
19,12. Hos. 14,6. The drops of the dew
_ are put for a multitude, 2 Sam. 17, 12.
_ So Ps. 110, 3 from the womb of the morn-
ing shall be to thee the dew of thy youth,
_ i. 6. the youths of thy people numerous
and fresh as the drops of the morning
_ dew shall go forth to fight thy battles.
_ Mic. 5,6. Also, the morning dew is the
_ symbol of something evanescent, Hos.
| 31*

365

nde

8 -
6, 4. 13,3. Arab. jb fine rain, dew;
Syr. ty, Ethiop. MA, id.
50 Chald. id. Dan. 4, 12. 20. 5, 21.

* R90 to patch, to mend ; see Pual.
Chald. xbv id. In Kal only Part. pass.
Sober“) patched, i.e. spotted, having large
spots like patches, Gen. 30, 32 sq.

Puat part. patched, clouted, Josh. 9, 5
mixbus ΓΘ») shoes clouted.
END see "bu.

5 ΠΡΌ obsol. root, i. ᾳ. Syr. thy to be

new , fresh, young ; kindr. is "30, comp.
Gr) Béla Herve "bv and

M20 m: a lamb, young and tender

Ze

1 Sam. 7,9. Is. 65, 25. Arab. Yue a
young animal of any kind, espec. a young
gazelle just born, Eth. MMA, kid, Syr.
ὭΣ boy, aS girl.

moon f. a casting down Is. 22, 17.
See τ. 53 Pilp.

"50 τη. (r. 75%) i. gq. 954, only in plur.
pny for pby,

1. lambs, young and tender, Is. 40, 11.
Comp. Lehre. p- 575.

2. Telaim, pr. n. of a place in the
tribe of Judah, 1 Sam. 15, 4. See also
pet.

~ =“
Ἐ]. 520, Arab. Ab, Eth. APAA,
to moisten gently, as the dew, light rain.
Hence 52 dew.

τ If. 220 i. ᾳ. >>¥% II, and Arab.
Lb II, to shade, to overshadow ; hence
to cover, to cover over. Chald. 20, Syr.
SZ, id.

Piet 53% to cover, espec. with beams,
timber, contignare, Neh. 3, 15; else-
where Mp q.v. Comp. Gen. 19, 8 55
“NP.

Pitp. 5250 is from 5572, q. v.

220 Chald. i. q. Heb. >} II.

Apu. ἘῸΝ to get shade, to lie in the
shade, Dan. 4, 9. ,

. pot obsol. root, Aram. 530, saz,
Arab. yA, Ethiop. MAP, to oppress,
todo wrong. Hence the two following:

ὩΡῸ (oppression) 7 θην, pr. ἢ. of ἃ
city in Judah, Josh. 15, 24. According to

nu

Kimchi and others it is the same which
is called in 1 Sam. 15, 4 D°N>D.

71020 (oppressed) Talmon, pr. n. τα.
Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7,45. R. bw.

"N20, fut. wavs, inf. παν Ὁ Lev.
15, 32; to be or become unclean, impure ;
to be defiled, polluted. Syr. Ἰζδ to pol-

lute, Kew polluted; comp. Lat. conta-
mino, attamino, intamino. The primary
idea is that of immersing ; see in 720.
a) Chiefly spoken of Levitical unclean-
ness, both of persons and animals, (i. e.
animals not to be eaten, see Lev. 11, 1-
31.) and also of things, as buildings,
vessels, etc. opp. 0, Lev. 11, 24 sq.
12, 2.5. al. With 3, to be defiled with
any thing, Lev. 15, 80. 18, 20. 23. Ὁ)
Spec. to defile oneself SC. with idolatry,
guilt, ὁ. 2 Ps. 106, 39. Ez. 22, 4.

Nira. NOU, part. plur. ΘΠ 232 Ez.
20, 30. 31; pas, of Pi. no. 1, to defile one-
se if, lo be defiled, polluted, as @ Woman
by adultery, Num. 5,13.14; a people by
whoredom or idolatry, Hos. 5, 3. 6, 10.
With 5 of that with which one is defiled,
e.g. idols, Ez. 20,7. 23,30; > Ez. 20, 31.

PieL 820 1. to make unclean, to de-
file, to pollute, Lev. 15,31. Hence a)
to defile, to profane, e.g. the name of
God Ez. 43,7. 8; the sanctuary Lev.
15, 31. Jer. 7, 30. Ps. 89,1; a land by
wickedness and idolatry, Num. 35, 34.
Jer. 2,7. Ez. 36,18; oneself, 1052, Lev.
21, 44. So of jaolatroun: high wacps,
mina, i. α. to destroy, 2 K. 23, 8. 10. 13.
16. Is. 30, 22; this was done by casting
uriclean things, as dead men’s bones, up-
on the places, in order that they might
νι not be rebuilt, 2 K. 23, 6. 14.16. 90. b)
to deflour, to violate a woman, virgin,
Gen. 34, 5. 13. 27. Ez. 18, 6. 15.

2. to pronounce unclean, 6. g. as a
priest, Lev. 13, 3. 8. 11 sq.

_ 3. to let pollute oneself, to let be pol-
luted, c. ace. Ez. 20, 26.

Puac part. defiled, polluted, Ez. 4, 14.

Hirup. fut. Xavi. q. Niph. to make
oneself unclean, to defile oneself, Lev. 21,
4. Hos. 9,4; with 3 of that with which
one is defiled, Lev. 11, 43. 18, 30; also
> Lev. 21, 3. 11.

Hovar. nawn id. Deut. 24, 4.

Deriv. the three following.

366 at

-is better in Job 1. 6. we are foolish

N20 adj. f. mye; unclean, defiled,
impure, opp. sing, S lev: 10, 10. 11, 47.
Deut. 12, 15. 22. a) ‘Levitieally, as per-—
sons Lev. 13, 11. 15. 36. 44 sq. 15, 2.
Num. 19, 13. 15. 20; spec. BE) NBD ide-
filed by a dead Wacky Hagg. 2, 13; NOD
>> id. Num. 5, 2. 9, 6. 7. 10. of ani-
mals which may not be eaten, Lev.5,2. —
7, 21. 11, 4. 5.'7. Deut. 14, 8. 10; of fhod
jada 13, 4, Ez. 4, 13; of Sonal from
leprosy, Lev. 14, 44. ete. Ὁ) Morally,
Job 14, 4. Is. 6, 5 DINBY Ngee unclean
of lips, i. e. sinning with the lips, utter-
ing blasphemies and falsehood. MRaD
nun the unclean of name, infamous, Ez.
22,5. Of the gentiles, Is, 35, 8. 52, 11.
N20 ΓΟ Ν Am. 7, 17.

MNO f. Mic. 2, 10 (τ. 822) also

MND f. wncleanness, impurity, pollu
tion. a) In the Levitical sense, Lev. 5
3. 7, 20. 21. 14,19. Num. 19,13, 2 Sam.
11,4. m3 mxoy Lev. 15, 26. Ez. 36,
17. Also an unclean thing, Judg. 13,7.
14. 2 Chr. 29,16. b) Ina moral sense, —
impurity frei 4 crime, e. g. adultery, for-
nication, idolatry, Bev 16, 16.19. Num.
5, 19. Lata, 1, 9. Ez. 22,15. τι ὍτοΓΙ ΓΙ
the unclean spirit, moving the false pro-
phets, Zech. 13, 2. Of the gentiles,
Ezra 6, 21. 9, L.—Plur. constr. ΤΡ Ὁ
Lev. 16, 16. 19. Ez. 36, 25. 29.

ἣ ΓΙΌ, ᾳ. 820; at least some forms
of this latter verb follow the analogy of
verbs Πρ. Thus

ΝΙΡΗ. to be unclean, to be defiled,
nov? Lev. 11, 43. Job 18, 3 "5γ5023
paqy7s2 we are unelean'i in your eyes, i. 8. (
impious, wicked, comp. 14,4. Ψαῖρ. sor-
duimus. Some of the Hebrew interpret-
ers, favoured by the parallelism, here
make 30 to be i. q. Chald. 520, DD,
Heb. 008, to be stopped up, i. q. to he
stupid, foolish; and this sense perhaps

(stupid) in your eyes.

* 1720 fut. ja", to hide, to conceal:
Josh. 2, 6. Job 31,33. The primary idea
is that of 7mmersing, and is common to
several verbs beginning with the syllable
mY (=), some of which retain the idea of
immersing, while others pass over to that
of hiding and also of defiling, polluting ;
comp: synon. jP¥, and see more in

S20

Thesaur.. p. 552.—Spec. to hide under
‘ground, to bury, Gen. 35, 4. Ex. 2, 12.
Josh. 7, 21. 22. Jer. 43,10. jan be ἃ
hidten abortion Job 3,16. Sod mB jaw
Ps. 140, 6. 142, 4; Ὁ ny Ὄ Ps. 9, 16.
31, 5, i. e. to hide a snare, net, for any
one, i. 4. to lie in wait, to plot against
tien : comp. Ps. 64, 6. Job 18, 10. With
Ὁ. to hide for any one, i.e. to hoard up,
to reserve for him, Job 20, 26 ἼΣΟΣ
ἼΛΗΣ 9 4900 all darkness (calamity) is
hoarded up for his treasures, where ob-
serve the paronomasia in the kindred
words }20 and 52. Similar is Deut.
33, 19 Dim "22D “ΒΩ pr. the hidden of
the hid treasures of the sand, perh. glass.
Tronically, Prov. 19,24 ΠῚ Ὑπὸ buy jou
the slothful hideth his hand in the dish,
i.e. he plunges it slowly and deeply
into the dish. Pass. part. }'002 in the
hidden, i.e. in secret, in darkness, Job
40, 13.

Nipu. to hide oneself, under the earth,
Is. 2,10. ᾿

Hipn. i.q. Kal, 2 K. 7, 8.
. Deriv. 29.

*NIO m. c. suff. FNIV, a basket,
Deut. 26, 2. 4. 28, 5. Chald. 2% id.
Kindr. axe m3x2% basket, urs to weave,

whence ὙΠῸ basket; also 0°50, etc.
For the origin, see r. 530 no. 2.

* 20 in Kal not used, Aram. aly

to be soiled, dirty.
ῬΙΕΙ, to soil, to defile, Cant. 5, 3.

Ἧ iy Ὡ i,q. NIN, to go astray, to wan-
der, Aram. 830, ty, and Arab. lab ,

Hipu. to lead astray, to seduce, Ez.
13, 10.

ΟΣ Ὧ 1. to taste, as in all the kin-

dred dialects ; e.g. a) totry the fla-
vour, Job 12, 11. b) to eat a little,
1 Sam. 14, 24. 29. 43. Jon. 3, 7.
have the sense of taste, to perceive the
flavour, 2 Sam. 19, 36.

2. Metaph. to perceive by the mind, to
feel, Prov. 31, 18. Ps.34,9 “93 ANT ΠΏΣ
mins 210 O taste and see that Jehovah is

Deriv. those following, and nva>u72.

367

c) to.

ne

ὩΣ Chald. id. Pa. to make taste, ive:
to cause to eat, to feed, Dan. 4, 22. 5, 21.

DIO m. 1. taste, flavour of food, Num.

11,8. Jer.48,11. Job 6,6. Arab. palo id.

2. Metaph. intellectual taste, i. e. judg-
ment, discernment,understanding ; comp.
Lat. sapere, sapiens, sapientia, et contra
insipidus. 1 Sam. 25, 33. Ps. 119, 66. Job
12,20. ὩΣῸ NID NWS an insipid woman,
i. e. without discernment, Prov. 11, 22.
ὈΣῸ πρῶ he changed his understanding,
i.e. feigned himself mad, Ps. 34,1. ἈΞ Ὁ
ὩΣῺ who answer discreetly Prov. 26, 16.

3. From the Chald. judgment of the
king, 1. 6. mandate, decree, Jon. 3,7. See
Chald. 530 no. 3. |

DYL Chald. m. i. q. Hebr. no. 3, man-
date, decree, Ezra 6, 14.—More frequent
is

DYY Chald. m. 1. taste, flavour, espec.
pleasant. Dan. 5, 2 87°35 0202 in the fla-
vour of wine, i. e. while drinking.

2. judgment, discernment, reason, see
Heb. 02 no. 2. Dan. 2, 14, Hence,
reason as demanded or given, an ac-
count ; Δ ΩΣ 3" to render an account,
Dan: 6, 3; >9 psy Dit to make account
of, to regard, Dan. 3, 12.

3. judgment of the king, mandate, edict,
decree, Dan. 3, 10. 12.29. DBSu Dw to
give command Ezra 4, 19. 21. 5, 3..9. 18.
6,1. 7,13. Of a cause to be judged, de-
creed, Ezra 5, 5. ov 553 lord of judg-
ment, the title of the Persian governor
in Samaria, Ezra 4, 8. 9. 17.

ae ἸΣῸ to thrust through with a

sword, Arab. ik id. cyano thrust

through, rele a thrust. Chald. Pa. id.
Pua pass. Part. plur. constr. "2907
Is. 14, 19.

ἍΕ ἸΣῸ to load up beasts of burden,
Gen. 45, 17. Aram. 522, ead: to be

loaded, laden. Arab. upeb VIII to sit

upon a camel, 2A a loaded camel,
Kinal camel’s saddle i.e. with a tent
or canopy. Comp. ἸΣΣ.

Ὁ τὰ. (Ὁ. 92) c. suff. 02_v, collect.
little ones, little children, boys ἀνὰ girls,
so called from their quick and tripping

rao

gait, see the root; comp. >2i9. Gen.
34, 29. 43, 8. 45, 19. 46, 5. Opp. to
youths and maidens Ez. 9, 6; to men
above twenty years old, Ex. 12, 37; to
maidens, Num. 31,18. Often ΠΏ 3 Π
Deut. 20, 12; ow ὩὯΏ Josh. 1, 14;
ἢ aor DIN Jer. 40, 7. etc. = Hole:
times it is applied toa whole family, ex-
cepting only the father or head of the
family; 2 Chr. 20, 13 pn") Deore
ἘΠ 23 also their families, to wit, their
wires and their children. 2 Chr. 31,18.
Gen. 47, 12 uh "£> according to their
families. Ex. 10, 10. Num. 32, 16.
24, 26.

*TDO in Kal not used. Syr. wo,
to spread out, to expand. Kindr. ΠΕΣ.

Piet ΠΒ 1. tospread out, to expand,
trans. e. g. the heavens, Is. 48, 13.

2. Denom. from M5 no. 1, to bear
wpon the palms, sc. a child, in Engl. ‘to
carry in the arms,’ Lam. 2, 22.

Deriv. "724%, and the three follow-
ing.

m0 τὰ. plur. rinse 1. Pr. the
spread hand, palm ; put as a measure
of four fingers, a hand-breadth, 1 K. 7,
26. 2 Chr. 4, 5, comp. Jer. 52, 91. Ps. 39,
6 "2" ΠΡῸΣ minay mn lo! thow hast
made my days hand-breadths, i. e. very
short.

2. As a term of architecture, plur.
mutuli, corbils, i.e. projecting stones on
which the ends of timbers are laid, 1 K.
7,9. Sept. τὰ γεῖσα.

MDVD m. ig. NEY no. 1, a palm, hand-
breadth, Ex. 25, 25. 37,12. Ez. 40, 5.
43. R. ΠΕΏ.

DSO m. plur. verbal noun (τ. ΠΕῸ
Piel no. 2) a bearing on the palms, nurs-
ing of children, Lam. 2, 20.

ῳ Bt fut. DBO", pr. ¢o patch, as in
Talinudic ; then trop. to patch up false-
hood, i. 6. to devise, to forge ; comp. δό-
hoy ῥάπτειν, Lat. suere dolos. Ps. 119, 69.
Job 13,4. Ellipt. Job 14,17 “by bbon}
“is Pin devisest (falséhoods) upon my
iniquity, i. e. thou makest my sins more
numerous by false accusations in addi-
tion. Comp. the similar passage in Targ.
Jonath. Deut. 1,1 3p 7b MOD FIMbED
concinnastis contra eum verba menda-

368

aoa

cia.—Arab. dab to arrange one’s dis-
course artificially. ϊ

ΠΌΣΟ m. Jer. 51, 27, plur. c. suff

“qriepy Nah. 3, 17, a foreign word, a

satrap, military governor of a province
among the Assyrians and Medes. If we ©
may form a conjecture from the modern
Persian language, we may compare —
pays , pes , war-chief, prince. Boh-
len in his posthumous sheets compares
Sanscr. adhipacara king’s legate. In
Targ. Jonath. Deut. 28, 12, it occurs as
the name of an angel of high rank.

ἘΏΞῸ ae of te

20 Arab: Wal and W30 to take
short and quick steps, to trip, spoken of
the walk of children, whence 9%. Also
of the affected gait of coquettish females,
to mince ; once infin. absol. Is. 3, 16 7755
m22>m Hie) walking and mincing as
they go; Luth. well as to the sense: sie
treten einher und schwénzen, i. 6. wag,

waddle ; so Saad. uyb=; Chald. jana

ἸΒΡΏ. Corresponding are 223, Germ.
tappen, trappen, and its dimin. ‘trippeln,
Engl. to tap, to trip.

. "50 Chald. m. plur. } 50, i. q.
Heb. 77S, nail of a man, Dan. 4, 30;
hoof of an animal, Dan. 7, 19.

* WED to be fat; metaph. to be dull,
stupid, like Gr. παχύς, Lat. pinguis, Ps.
119, 70. Comp. 477285 Is. 6, 10.—More
frequent in Chaldee. |

MY (for mw drop, r. }22) Taphath,
pr. ἢ. of a daughter of Solomon, 1 Καὶ,
4, 11.

᾿ TO to thrust, Lat. trud-o with the
same radical letters; hence to follow on
continually one after another ; only Part.
Prov. 19, 13. 27, 15 "τῷ 524 stillicidium
trudens, i.e. a continual dropping of the
eaves, one drop following another and
thrusting it forward ; comp. Engl. ‘ driv-
ing rain.—Arab. d, trusit, propulit ;
IV, res consecuta est aliam ; see Schult,
ad Prov. 1. 6. Chald. 1%, Syr. 2d, te
extrude.

Deriv. pr. n. T7022.

“ΠΏ Chald. to thrust, to drive forth,
Dan. 4, 22. 29. 30.

ao

ὩΣ obsol. root, i.g. 950

τ

Or τὴ

ee raw, uncooked. The primary
idea perhaps lies in plucking off, so that
MID (770, 330) may be i. a FY gq. v.—
Hence "10.

nin i. 4. DIY not yet, Ruth 3, 14
Chethibh.

5 mao in Kal not used, Arab.

Conj. I, IV, VIII, to cast down, to project.

His once Job 37, 11 AB? “S-HR
a> also in rain, he (God) casts down the
thick cloud, precipitates it, implying the
descent and sudden fall ofclouds through
the weight of water in them, the burst-

ing ofa cloud. But Arab. cree. ο. Ac

signifies also to cast upon, to lay upon
any thing, comp. M7 a load, burden;
and hence the passage might be ren-
_ dered: with rain he loads the thick
_ clouds ; so some of the Rabbins. Symm.
ἐπιβρίσει. Still another interpretation
see in art. "3, p. 158.—Hence

MQ m. a cumbrance, trouble, Deut.
1,12. Is. 1, 14.—Chald. xv toil, weari-
ness, M7 to be wearied, Eth. MCh id.

"YQ adj. fem. HD, fresh, new, e.g. a
wound Is. 1, 6; the jaw-bone of an ass,
Judg. 15,15. ΒΗ. πρῶ.

hie =a) obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. 42% to
pluck off, comp. ey? to cut off.—Hence

DI pr. a cutting off, the place where
_ a bough has just been cut from a tree;
_ then, beginning.—Hence, though this
etymology is doubtful :

1. before, sooner than; with fut. in a
_ past sense, Ex. 12, 34 the people took
their dough yon one before it was
leavened. Josh. 3, 1. Ps. 119, 67; with
fat. in fut. sense, Is. 65,.24. me" this
signif. we more freq: find ΞΏΞ.

2. not yet; with pret. Gen. 24, 15 ἘΞῺ
nat ΠῸΞ he had not yet done speaking.
- 1Sam. 3, 7. Oftener with fut. in past
_ sense, Gen. 2,5 and every plant of the
_ field was not yet in the earth. Ex. 10, 7.
_ Josh. 2,8. 1Sam. 3,3; fut. in fut. sense,
Ex. 9, 30.

3. With the prepositions 3 and 12, id.
a) D703 when not yet, before with

369

op

pret. Ps. 90,2. Prov. 8, 25. With fut. in
the fut. ἄγει" Is. 66, 7. Job 10, 21 ὉΔῺΞ
2% before I shall go; but often in the |
signif: of pret. Jer. 1, 5 I sanctified thee
NEM O12 before thou camest forth. Gen.
27, 33. 41, 50. Ex. 1,19. Ruth 3, 14. 2 K.
6, 32. With inf. Zeph. 2, 2 ny} pHa.
Tbid. pleonast. Sia? N> DID pr. before
it come not upon you, strictly a double
negation. With a subst. yp 0703 be-
fore the harvest, pr. in there being yet
no harvest, Is. 28, 4.

b) DIwa i. gq. 0703, when not yet,
Hagg. 2,15. Comp. 7 in the formula
mw, OTP, Is. 46, 10.

*FI0 fat. F547, once in pause 707
Gen. 49, 27.
1, to pull or pluck off, kindr. 728, DID,

comp. Gr. ϑρύπτω. Hence Arab. 3 at

to be fresh, new, i. 6. freshly plucked,
Heb. 470, 79 no. 1.

2. to pull or tear in pieces, to rend, as
wild beasts, Gen. 37, 33. 44,28. Deut. 33,
20. Ps. 22,14. Nah.2,13. Trop. of fierce
warriors and enemies, Gen. 49, 27. Ps. 7.
3; even of God, Ps. 50, 22 554X778 lest
I tear you in pieces. Hos. 4, 14. 6, 1.
Ascribed also to anger, as of God, Job
16,9; of men Am. 1, 11. Job 18, 4

ΝΊΡΗ. pass of no. 2, Ex. 22, 12. Jer. 5, 6.

Pua id. Gen. 37, 33. 44, 28.

Hien. to tear up food, i. 6. into small
pieces or mouthfuls, to cause to eat, to
feed a person, Prov. 30, 8.

Deriv. the three following.

sie adj. fresh, new, of a’ leat, Gen. 8,
11. Seer. 90 no. 1.

70 m. c. suff. aay 1. a green leaf,
fresh foliage, pr. freshly plucked off, Ez. .
17,9; comp. Gen. 8,11. Chald. et Syr.
ΝΒ ἌΝ id.

2. prey of a wild beast, pr. an animal
torn in pieces, Job 4, 11. 29, 17. 38, 39.
Is. 5, 29. Am. 3, 4. Nah. 2, 13. 3, 1.
Trop. 922 "25 mountains of prey i. e.
of plunderers, robbers, fastnesses whence
they sally forth for prey, Ps. 76. 5.

3. food, of animals Job 24, 5; of men,
Prov. 31,15. Mal.3,10. Ps. 111,5. Comp.
the verb in Hiph.

MDD Γ᾿ collect. what is torn in pieces
flocks torn by wild beasts, Gen. 31, 39

570

Ex. 22, 12. Lev. 7, 24. Ez. 4, 14. Nah.
2,13. R. $20.

N22BID Chald. Turpelites Ezra 4, 9,
the name of a people from which the

Yod, the tenth letter of the Hebrew
alphabet, as a numeral denoting 10.
The name of this letter, ti5, is doubt-

less i. ᾳ. 1" the hand, comp. 01", plur. .

D°72" from obsol. 5"; and its figure in
the Phenician and Samaritan alphabets
and on Maccabean coins, still presents a
rude image of the hand; see Monumm.
Phenic. p. 30, also Pl. 3. So too the
Ethiopic, where this letter is called Ya-
‘man, i. e. right hand.

Itisinterchanged: a) Withthe other
feeble letters, δὲ, 7, 1, so that these three
aspirates are softened into Y od; 6. g.with
δὲ, 566 ἰη δὲ ; with 5, as 72M 722, nan na,
see Thes. p. 360; often with 1. Indeed
most of the Heb. roots which have Yod
for the first radical, i. e. verbs “5, are in
Arabic and Ethiopic 5, see Lehrg. p.
379 sq. as ‘72°, J, MAR etc. For
the affinity of verbs “B with other bili-
teral roots, espec. verbs 19 and 33, see
Lehrg. §112. 2. Ὁ) With the semi-
vowel 3, as MN?) ON", etc. seein}. ὁ)
@ With the other palatals; 6. g. with ἃ,
as "HQ" yedham Iturea; "Ὁ" Ethiop.
WIZ, td chastise ; 155 Armen. gini
wine. Also with > and P, as "W* and
ἜΘ; see Thesaur. p. 557.

y =N° to long for, to desire earnestly,
6. Ὁ Ps. 119,131; Sept. ἐπεπόϑουν. Syr.
«αὐλῇ and Ὁ τα ὙΦ id. Kindr. are
AIAN, TIN; comp. 338 where see, 38M.

Υ ΔῈ to be comely, becoming, i. q.
Mx? (Ps. 33, 1. Prov. 17,7). Impers.
with >, it is becoming, suitable for any
one ; once Jer. 10,7 Hx 5> "D for thee
doth it become. Sept. “ed. Compl. cot
γὰρ moénet.—Syr. | Le it is Ῥφορχαίη μὴ
=> for any one, πρέπον.

TIN” see “ik” river.

᾿ς 370

Sy

Assyrian kings sent colonists to Sama-
ria. Sept. Ταρφαλαῖοι. Perh. the Ta-

pyri, Ταπουροΐ, dwelling on the east of

Elymais; Ptol. p. 148. !

ΤῊ 1 δ. (whom Jehovah hears, τ. j8)
Jaazaniah,pr.n.m. a) Jer.35,3. Ὁ).
Ez. 11, 1.

WWITS? (id.) Jaazaniah, pr. n. m.
a) 2 K, 25, 23. Contr. 347321 Jezaniah
Jer. 40, 8; 37" 42, 1. b) Ez. 8, 11.

YN" (whom God enlightens, τ. "ik)
prin. Jair, Gr. ‘Tasigog Mark 5,22. a) A
descendant of Manasseh, 1 Chr. 2, 21-23,
comp. Gen. 50, 23; called also his son,
Num. 32,41. Deut. 3,14. Ὁ) A judge

of Israel, Judg. 10, 3. Patronym. "7782 |

Jairite 2 Sam. 20, 26. c) Esth. 2, 5.

wah 2s for >85, in Kal not used, to
be foolish, i. q. 248 q. v.

Nipu. >8%3 to become foolish, to dote,
Is, 19, 13. Jer. 50, 36. Also to act fool-
ishly, Num. 12, 11. Jer. 5, 4.

a 41; ys to will, to desire ; kindr.
with Sanscr. wal, Gr. βούλομαι, Lat.
volo, Germ. wollen, Engl. to will. Found
only in

Hira. "xin, fut. apoc. 5xi"1, to will,
in two senses :

1. Of one who undertakes that which
he wills, however difficult, implying ac-
tive volition, i. q. to take upon oneself, to

assay; Sept. often ἄρχομαι to begin.

With inf. c. > Gen. 18, 27. 31. Josh. 17,

12. Judg. 1. 27. 35. 1 Sam. 17, 39. With

verb fin. ἀσυνδέτως Deut. 1, 5.

2. Of one willing to yield to the re-
quest or entreaty of another, implying
passive volition, i. q. to be content, to
consent, to please, sc. to do any thing.
Job 6, 28 "3 526 A>"N IN be content, look
upon me. 2K. 6,3. Spec. a) of one
who yields and accepts a kindness offer-
ed; Judg. 17, 11 maw> “bm Θὲ) and
the Levite consented to dwell, etc. Ex. 2,
21. 2K. 5, 23. So Josh. 7,7 would we
had been content, and dwelt on the other

=

:

3

side Jordan! _») Of one who yields to
sin; Hos. δ, 11 12-78 925 S*win 7D
for he consented and went after vanity
i.e. idols; 1% being for 18 i. ᾳ. NIU.
c) Of God, who in his clemency yields
to prayer; Job 6, 9 "28277 HIN ONT
that it may please God, and he destroy
me. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 2 Sam. 7, 29.—Con-
str. infin. ὁ. > Todg. 17,11; with verb
fin. ἀσυνδέτως 2 K. 5, 23. How: 5, 11. Job
6, 28; with verb fin. c. 1 Josh. 7,7. 2 Sam.
7, 29, Job 6, 9.

"SN" and ik? m. an Egyptian word,
signifying canal, channel, river ; in the
dialect of Memphis 52.)0; in that of
Thebes SEPO, see Jablonski Opuse. ed.

_ te Water T. 1. p. 93, 444. Peyron Lex.

Copt. p. 40. In the Inscription of Ro-
setta, 1, 14, 15, it is written JOR; see
Kosegarten de Scriptura vett. Aigypti-
orum p. 14. Among the Hebrews it
signified :

1. a ditch, canal, channel, Is. 33, 21,
where it is the fosse of a fortified city ;
Sept. διῶρυξ. So of the canals of the
Nile, Ex. 8,1 [5]. Nah. 3,8; comp. in
no. 3.

2. a channel, shaft, sc. of a mine, Job
28, 10.

3. ἃ river, καὶ ἐξοχήν the river of
Egypt, the Nile ; fully oo" “N° Am.
8, 8. 9,5; often with the art. “Ron, ὃ
ποταμός, Gen. 41, 1 sq. Ex. 1, 22. 2, 3.
7, 15.18. So with prefixes : aor Ex.
1. 18. 20. Is. 19,8; “δὴ as the Nile Jer.
46, 7.8. Am. 9, 5, once contracted “82

- id. Am. 8,8. Poet. also without art. Is.

19,7. 23, 3. Ez. 29, 9. Zech. 10, 11;
whence "8"> as the Nile Am. 8, 8. 9, 5.
In one place only is it spoken of ano-
ther river, Dan. 12, 5. 6.'7.—P tur. "18"
727% Is. 7, 18, and siza "nk" 2K. 19,
24. Is. 19, 6, the rivers of Egypt, Ϊ. 6. the
branches and canals of the Nile. So
with suff. Ez. 29, 3. 4.5.10. Ex. 7, 19.
Ps. 78, 44.

ἘΩ͂Ν;

ΝΡ

in ae not used, Arab. ΤΣ

and transp. inal, to despond, to despair.

Nipa. ὉΝ ia. with 12 pregn. fo de-
spair of and desist from; 1 Sam. 27, 1
id "2UP2> D4Nw "yan win) and Saul
shall desist from me to seek me any more.

371

ran bale

Bi δ

—Part. Uxi2 one in despair, desperate,
Job 6, 26. Impers. desperatwm est, there
is no hope, it is in vain, Is. 57, 10. Jer. 2,
25. 18, 12.

Pret inf. wx", with 12>, to let despair,

to give over to despair, Bee. 2, 20.

τλϑ δ" (see next art.) Josiah, pr.n. m.
Zech. 6, 10.

WON” (whom Jehovah heals, r. 73x)
pr. n. Josiah, king of Judah 642-611
B. C. the restorer of the Mosaic law,
slain at Megiddo in battle with Necho
king of Egypt, 2 K. 23, 23. 2 Chr. 34,
33. Gr.’ Iwoias.

“INN? , Jeatherai, pr. n. τα. 1 Chr. 6, 6
[21]; for which v. 26 τὶ q. v.

53 in Kal not used. Pret, ἕο call
aloud, to cry out. Judg. 5, 28. Aram.
id. spec. of shouts of rejoicing, in the

Targums for Heb. 2°95, 329; Syr. also
to blow the trumpet, ἔϑϑοῦ sound of the

5
trumpet. Arab. aS, id. chiefly of the
shout of battle; but from 2,3 is also

SLs desert, so called from the howl-
ing of wild beasts. Comp. >3'".
Deriv. pr. ἢ, 33%".

272" m. ὁ. suff. mMDI=", once M23" or
mba" Deut. 32, 22; produce, increase of
the earth, Law: 26, 4,20. Deut. 11, 17.
32, 22. Judg. 6, 4. Ps. 67, 7. 85, 13. Hab.
3, 17. Trop. Job 20, 98 mea baat 5}
the increase of his πδώς departs, disap-
pears, i.e. the wealth laid up in his
house.—R. 523 Hiph. i. q. 8°35, as
MM proventus, from Nia.

O12" (place trodden down, threshing-
floor, r. 013) Jebus, the ancient name of
Jerusalem among the Canaanites, Judg.
19, 10. 11. 1 Chr. 11, 4.5.—The gentile
n. is "0527 Jebusite, collect. the Jebusites,
a Canaanitish tribe who inhabited this
city and the neighbouring mountains ;
they were subdued by David, but still
existed in the time of Ezra; Gen. 10, 16.
15, 21. Num. 13, 30. Josh. 15, 63. 2 Sain.
5, 6. Ezra 9, 1. The same gentile name ~
ti scmoaniuees put for the city itself (i. q.
"91a ΠΣ Judg. 19, 11), Josh. 15, 8.
18, 16; also poetically in later times for
Ioauislans Zech. 9, 7, as B°7WD for
Chaldea.

ma"

“W237 (whom God chooses, r. "M3)
\ Dhar, pr. n. of a son of David, 2 Sam.
5, 15. 1 Chr. 14, 5.

1.3.) (whom God observes, r. 113) Ja-
bin, pr. n.of two kings of Hazor. a)

Josh. 11,1. δ) Judg. 4, 2. Ps. 83, 10:
wn see 2532.
mh. ey 1. to well, to flow, sc. copi-

Arab. as to
vik copiously, to rain, whence dS;

ously and with impetus.

dts, rain, a shower. Corresponding

are Germ. wallen, whence Welle ; Engl.
to well. Hence bo, a1" 1, >aAN a river,
Pad for 553" rain, “Sag dal sires —Also to
flow, to run, sc. with matter, as a sore,
whence 53" sanie diffluens.

2. Poet. to go, to advance gently ; as
in Engl. to flow, to glide, also Germ.
wallen, poet. for to go, the figure being
taken from water; chiefly spoken of
the waving motion of a crowd or of a
solemn procession; hence

Hien. dain, Syr. “Sef, Chald.
>°3"1, causat. of no. 2; poet. for 8"2n.

1. to lead, to bring, to conduct, sc. per-
sons, chiefly in solemn pomp, Ps. 60, 11.
108, 11. Jer. 31, 9, Is. 23, 7.

2. to bring, to offer, e. g. presents Ps.
68, 30. 76, 12. Zeph. 3, 10,

Horn. ὅπ. 1. to be led, brought,
conducted, Is. 53, 7. Jer. 11,19. So of
persons, mostly: in state or solemn pomp,
Ps, 45, 15. 16. Is..55, 12; of funeral
pomp. ἭΝ 10, 19. 21, 80. 32,

2. to be brought, offered, e. g. gifts,
presents, Is. 18, 7. Hos. 10, 6. 12, 2.

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, algo bas and
bnz produce, dan.

ant fe par a root not in use, onoma-
topoet. like Lat. jubilare, i. q. 10 shout in
joy and triumph; other kindred forms
see in 527. Hence 31", 555" IL.

Da Chald. iq. Heb. 1. Apa. 53"
to bring, Ezra 5, 14. 6, 5.

22” τὴ m.(r.>2"1) 1. a stream, river.
ΠΟΣΌΝ Is, 30, 25. 44, 4.

2. Jabal, pr. n. son of Lamech, the
father of nomadic pastoral life, Gen.
4, 20.

372

p="

22? adj. f. mba", flowing; running, se.

with matter as a sore, i.e. having run-

ning sores, ulcers, spoken of a flock Lev.
22,22. Vulg. papulas habens, having
pimples, pustules; and so in biked yg

see Mishna Erubhin10.13. Arab. Ls
defluxus pilorum.

235 see in pas.

= (for DY 422% he consumes: the’
people, r. M23) Ibleam, pr. n. of a city in.
Manasseh, Josh. 17, 11. Judg. 1,27. 2 K.
9; 27; δὰ in 1 Chr. 6, 55 πὸ.

3 ὰ m. 6. suff. "23", a brother-in-
law, husband's brother, Lat. levir, who
by the Mosaic law, when a husband
died without heirs, was bound to marry
the widow, Deut. 25, 5-9. Hence the
denom. verb:

Piet 02" pr. to act the husband's
brother, to perform his duty, to marry ἃ
brother’s widow, Deut. 25, 5.7. Gen. 38, 8.

ΓΞ. ἢ ὁ. suff. FHQS1, ἸΌΒΑ, sisler-
in-law, a brother's wife, Deut. 25, 2.8,
Also the wife of a husband’s brother,
Ruth 1, 15.—Fem. of ἘΞ",

P8229 (God lets build) Jabneel, pr.

n. a) A city in Judah Josh. 15, 11.
b) In Naphtali Josh. 19, 33. R. m3.

227 (God lets build, τ᾿ 422) pr. n.
Jabneh, a city on the Mediterranean,
taken from the Philistines by Uzziel,
2 Chr. 26, 6, comp. Josh. 15, 46. Sept.
᾿Ιαμνία 1 Mace. 4, 15, and ᾿Ζάμνεια 5, 58.
2 Mace. 12, 8. Strab. XVI. 2. Arab.
Ling Yebna, which name is still borne
by a village’ among the ruins of the

| ancient city. See Bibl. Res. in Palest.

ILL. p. 22.

M227 (Jehovah will build) Ibneiah
pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 9,8. R. 23.

m3.) (id.) Ibnijah, pe. n. τὰ. 1 Chr.
9, 8.

*'V22 obsol. root, Arab. (299 to
shine, to be bright. Hence pr. n. Yan,

P2" Jabbok, pr. n. of a stream or tor-
rent near Mount Gilead, flowing from
the east into the Jordan on the northern
border of the Ammonites, now called

Ly sol, Wady Zerka, i. e. cerulean,

ΩΡ

ΟΝυπ).21,24. Gen. 32, 23. Deut. 2.37. 3,
16. Josh. 12,2. Judg. 11,13. See Burck-
hardt’s Travels in Syria, p. 347. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 121.—As to. the
_ etymology, Simonis (Onomast. p. 315)
not unaptly derives pa? from Ppa to
_ pour out, to empty, by Chaldaism for
ΡΞ", i.e. a pouring out, emptying. Yet
in Gen 32, 23. 25, there is an allusion to
_. this name, as if it were for pia", from
|r. PBS.

— 9339 (whom Jehovah blesses)

Jeberechiah, pr. n. m. Is. 8, 2.

pwa> (pleasant, τ. 0W2) Jibsam, pr.
n.m. 1 Chr. 7, 2.

* Wa" fut. dam, vi, plur. "2"; inf.
constr, MY2" Gen. 8, 7, with prep. Wa"
Is. 27, 11.

1. Perh. pr. to be hot, to glow, comp.
_ in; then ¢éo be arid, to be or become
dry, to dry up, as plants, trees, grass, Is.
15, 6..19, 7. 40, 7.8. Joel 1, 12; bread
Josh. 9, 5. 12; fields tilled and sown Jer.
23,10. Is. 27, 11; the earth after the
_ deluge Gen. 8, 14; bones as destitute of
marrow Ez. 37, 11; the hand as para-
lyzed 1 K. 13, 4. Zech. 11, 17, comp.
Mark 3, 1; hence of the vital strength,
Ps. 22, 16 sn wand wa" my strength is
_ dried up like a potsherd. —_The moisture
itself is also said to dry up; hence of
streams and the sea Job 14, 11. 1 K. 17,
7. Joel 1, 20; a fountain Hos. 13, 15.—
Aram. id. Arab. 4) id. For the
_ difference between 037 and 25M to be
_ dry, see under 357.

2. Like tia, to be ashamed, to be put

_ to shame, see Hiph.no.2. Arab. wl
_ pudendum. [This signification comes
- from the idea of heat, blushing ; comp.
in ΟΞ no. 1.—T.

Piet a" to make dry, to dry up, Job
15, 30. Prov. 17, 22. Nah. 1, 4, where
anwar is for awa.

Hie. wrzin 1. ‘to make dry, to dry
wp, as plants, trees, Ez. 17,24. Is. 42, 15;
streams, the sea, Josh. 2, 10. 4, 23. Is. 44,
27. Jer. 51, 36.—Intrans. to become dry,
to be dried up, of plants, fruits, the har-
vest, Joel 1, 10.12.17. Metaph. ν. 12
joy is dried up, withered away, from the
sons of men.

2. to shame, to make ashamed, see Kal
acs ae

373

ira"

no. 2. 2 Sam. 19, 6.—Intrans. i. q. Wid im
Kal, to be ashamed, to feel shame, Jer.
2, 26. 6,15. 8,12. Often of persons who
are disappointed in their hopes, Joel
1,11. Jer. 2,26. Zech. 9, 5. Poet. of
cities overthrown, to be put to shame,
disgraced, Jer. 48, 1. 20. 50,2. Also to
act shamefully, Hos. 2, 7 [5].

D2? adj. ἢ mvs. R. war no. 1.

1. dry, Job 18, ‘25. Ez. 17, 94. 37, 2. 4.

2. Jabesh, pr.n. a) A city: in Gilead:
fully written “7253 wa" Judg. 21, 8 sq.
also 872" 1 Sam. 11, 1. 3. 5. 10, ete. dis-
tant a night’s journey from Bethshean
1 Sam. 31, 11. It was prob. on the
Wady Yéabes, which enters the Jordan
from the east not far below Beisdn;
Burckh. Trav. in Syr. p. 289. ® Accord-
ing to Eusebius, it was six miles from
Pella towards Gerasa. Ὁ) A man, 2 K.
15, 10. 13. 14.

ὯΞ adj. an intensive form, i. q. 83";
found only in fem. M31, dry ; so Masa
on the dry, i.e. on dry ground, Ex. 14, 16.
22. 29. Josh. 4, 22. Then for the dry
land, opp. the sea, Gen. 1, 9. Ex. 4, 9. .
Jon. 1, 9. 13. 2, 11. Ps. 66, 6. Comp.
ma3n.—So_ Gr. ἢ ξηρά πᾷ τὸ ξηρόν,
Matt. 23,15, opp. 7 ϑάλασσα. 1 Mace. 8,
32. Vorstius de Hebraismis N. T. ed.
Fischer. cap. 2. ὃ 2. —

MwA? ( id. Ex. 4,9. Ps. 95,5.—Chald.
st. emphat. SMw3" id. Dan. 2, 10.

2837 (God will avenge) Jgal, Izeal,
pr.n.m. a) Num.13, 7. b) 1 Chr.
3, 22. 6) 2 Sam. 23, 36. R. 558.

22" i. q. 253, to cut sc. with a
plough, to plough, to till; only Part.
plur. 0°3317 ploughmen, husbandmen,
2 K. 25, 12 Keri. Jer. 52, 16.—Hence

33” m. plur. 5°33", a field, as plough-
ed, Jer. 39, 10.

M23? (elevated, verb. fut. Hoph. r.
maa; comp. 12") Jogbehah, pr. n. of a
place in the tribe of Gad, Num. 32, 35
Judg. 8, 11.

772732 (Jehovah will make great,
r. 933) Igdaliah, pr. n. m. Jer. 35, 4.

εὖ ἢ ma" in Kal not used, to grieve.
The primary idea lies either in being
pained, kindr. 935; or else in panting, Ὁ
sighing, groaning, kinér. 035.

a”

Piet 54, to afflict, to grieve, fut. 73"
for 73775 Lam. 3, 33. Comp. 853" Pi.

Hira. 9357 to afflict, to grieve, Job 19,
2, Lam. 1, 5. 12. 3, 32. Is. 51, 23.

Nipx. Part. 73% for 333, afflicted,
grieved ; plur. Zeph. 3, 18 ἼΣΞ "Δ"
those grieved as prohibited from the
sacred assembly. Fem. Mist3 afflicted
Lam. 1, 4.

Deriv. 9137, 734m. -

*II. ria” i. q. mat II, to be separated,
apart.

Hiren. 43h for m3in, to take away, to
remove, 2 Sam. 20,13. Arab. >s Con}.

IV, id. Syr. Ba to expel, to eject.

ΤΆ m affliction, grief, sorrow, Gen.
42, 38. “tt, 31. Ps. 13, 3. al. R. ms
no. 1.

“i part. or adj. verbal (τ. "b1) _fear-
ing, used with pers. pronouns for a finite
verb, Jer. 22, 25. 39, 17.

“iA? (lodging-place, τ. "53) Jagur, pr.
n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 21.

Σ᾽ m. adj. wearied, weary, Job 3,17.
R. 339.

3°47 τῇ, (τ. 23) 1. labour, toil, espec.
difficult and wearisome; Gen. 31, 42
"BD 373" the labour of my hands.

2. Meton. the product of labour ; hence
a work, Job 10, 3. Oftener earnings,
_ gain, wealth, Is. 45, 14. 55, 2. Jer. 3, 24,
20, 5. Ez. 23, 29. Ps. 109,11. Neh. 5,13;
espec. as derived from tillage, Ps. 78, 46.
Job 39,11; 59 2939 Hag. 1, 11, id. Ps.
128, 2. Plur. "739 id. Hos. 12, 9.

3. Asconnected with eniioring: labour,
pain, i. 6. the effort and pain of parturi-
tion; spoken. of the ostrich Job 39, 16.

ΠΣ Δ f. (τ. 521) labour, pion
Kee. 12, 12.

5539 (exiled, r. nba) Jogli, pr. n. m.
Num. "34, 22.

’ 52» fut. 22°" 1. to labour, to toil,
espec. with wearisome and painful effort,
Arab. >» to pain; kindr. is 133 I.
Constr. absol. Job 9,29 39% 531 ΓῚ ΤΩΡ
why then should I labour in ‘vyain? Is.
49, 4. 65, 23; with Ὁ c. inf. Prov. 23, 4;
with 3 ὀϊ that in which one ἰυδῶν:

374 Bs

Josh. 24,13. Is. 43,22 thou hast not call-
ed upon me, O Jacob, so that thou hast
laboured in me, i.e. so that thou hast
taken much pains about me (comp. v.
23. 24). 47, 12. 62, 8; once with ace. in

the same sense, v.15; with "Ja for any

thing Hab. 2, 13. Jer. 51, 58.

2. to be wearied, faint, 2 Sam. 23, 10.
Is. 40, 31. With 3 of that im or with
which one is weary, Ps. 6, 7 "md35

i-T

“nnina J am weary with my groaning.

Jer. 45, 3. Ps. 69, 4.

Pre. to weary, to make faint, Josh, 7
3. Ecc. 10, 15.

Hipu. 3°350 to weary any one, to be
burdensome to him; with ace. of pers.
and 3 of thing, Is. 43,23 Frnszin NS
nyinda I have vot wearied thee with in-
cense, i.e. have not burdened thee by
demanding it. v. 24 s7miiga Sys
thou hast wearied me with thy iniquities.
Mal. 2, 17.

Deriv. 3°33, 3°35,
two which here follow.

5 m. labour, i.e. product of labour,

ἌΝ

earnings, Job 20, 18.

ΠΡ, and the

33° adj. verbal (τ. 329) weary, ex-
hausted, faint, Deut. 25, 18. 2 Sam. 17,
2. Ecce. 1,8 D334 pwaan-ba all words |
become weary, i. e. would fail in trying =
to recount all those things.

"i" Chald. m. α heap of stones, Gen.
31, 47, where it is ig. Heb. 53 in 1358.

Syr. me id. Ethiop. ΦΊ( ia. ΦΊΖ io

stone. Kindr. in Heb. is r. "38.

᾿ "a, only in 1 and 2 pers. "M75",
maS4, i.g. 7A no. 2, to fear, to be, afraid
of, ὁ. ace. Job 3, 95. 9, 28. Ps. 119,39; ἡ
with "282 Deut. 9, 19. 28, 60. Arab. 1

ΕΞ id. —Hence
"A" adj. see 39.

“Δ Εἰ (r. 734) constr. 4, c. suff. "4,
7, but, also 0379, 7272 (for 515,
5.5); Dual 0775 constr. Tc suff. “3; λ
Plur. nit", constr. mivs,

1. the hand, strictly. the whole bani :
as extended, (ahd so diff. from 2 the
hollow hand,) from τ. M3 espec. Hiph.
no. 1; comp. >i" arm, “and mat span, |
both fron the idea of expanding ; also
Goth. handus i. 6. a hand, ἃ prehend-

}

ae.

endo. Syr. 4, Arab. OS, Eth. AP ia.
_ Strictly and usually only of the human
hanc ; once spoken of the feet of the
Heard as resembling the hand of a man
Prov. 30, 28.—The following are the
principal phrases in which the literal
signification is retained.

a) Ἔ ΤΣ 739, Έ DD's, my hand is with
any one, i.e. I aid him, am on his side,
1 Sam. 22,17. 2 Sam. 3, 12. 2 K. 15,19.

Ὁ) ἘΞ ANH 741 my hand is upon any
one, i. q. against him (Gen. 16, 12), i.e. I
do him violence and harm, Gen. 37, 27.
1 Sam. 18, 17.21. 24, 13.14. Josh. 2, 19.

So 2794 “75, of the hand of God as —

afflicting and punishing Ex. 9, 3. Deut.
2,15. Judg. 2, 15. 1 Sam. 7, 13. 12, 15;
rarely in a sense of kindness, as aiding,
favouring, 2 Chr. 30,12. Ezra 9,2; and

for avoiding the ambiguity of this phrase

» 18. 31.

there is added 37> Judg. 2, 15.—So in
a sense of disfavour only: 3 Ὑπὸ m2 (of
God) Ex. 7, 4,and 3 ™° πὸ meer Ruth
1,13; but in a sense of ‘favour, Is. 25, 10
I Aa 8 ΤΊΣ the hand of Jehovah
shall rest upon this mount.

6) Ἔ 595 τ AM the hand of Jeho-
vah is upon any one, both for good and
for evil, but more usually ina good sense.
EK. g. as aiding, favouring, Ezra 7, 6
72 HDR 9D when the hand of Je-
hovah his God was upon him. v. 28. 8,
(Hence to withdraw his hand,
i. q. to take away his favour, Ps. 74, 11.)
Twice it is added expressly, orchids ”

"main Ezra 7,9. Neh. 2, 8; also Hated

Ezra 8, 22. In a good sense further,
Is. 1,25 7729 2 Naw. But ina hos-
tile sense, Am. 1, 8 pope ἘΦ 3 “NS
Iwill turn my hand upon i.e. against
Ekron; and so with >x for 59, Ez. 13, 9.
Comp. in N. T. Acts 13, 11 zelg Κυρίου
ἐπὶ σε, καὶ ἔσῃ τυφλὸς x. τ. λ.

4) The phrase, the hand of Jehovah is
upon (>2) any one, is further used in the
sense: the Spirit of Jehovah is upon a
prophet, the prophet is moved, inspired,
by the Spirit of God; since the divine
Spirit was communicated to men by the
laying on of hands, Ez. 1, 3. 3, 14. 22.
37,1. 2K.3,15; with de for ὃν, 1K. 18,

46. The same is ἘΦ "775 api Ez. 3,

14 (comp. Is. 8, 11), and by "5 Ἢ nb:
Ez. 8,1, comp. ἮΙ 5 where for n is mn.

3715

7

Hence also Jer. 15,17 477 728 because
of thy hand, i.e. because of the divine
Spirit which rests upop me, by which I
am moved.
6) Ἢ ἼΏ9 to give the hand, as a pledgé
of fidelity, as confirming a.promise, i. q.
to promise, 2 K. 10, 15. Ezra 10, 19.
Spec. of the vanquished giving their
hands as a pledge of submission’ and
fidelity to the victors, Ez. 17,18. Jer. 50,
15. Lam. 5, 6. 2 Chr. 30, 8 τῆ am
give the hand i. 6. submit yourselves to
Jehovah.—Similar is the formula 7 12
Έ nnn to pledge fidelity under i. e. to
any one, 1 Chr. 29, 34. Here belongs
also the gloss of the Arabic lexicogra-

phers, dd, i. 6. surety by a pledge, fide-
jussio ; surrender, supjectio, χεέρωσις.

f) 325, rae hand, zat ἐξοχήν, is some-
times spoken: α) Of the hand of God,
as Mann for 7 m4, ov for TInt ov.

So Is. 8, 11 Son npina for ™° “ ‘na r

(comp. lett. d) with strength of the hand,
i.e. with the powerful hand of God. 8)
Without art. of the hand of man, i. e.
human help, as 773 ἐδ Job 34, 20, and
33 ΌΒΝ3 Dan. 8, 25, without man’s hand,
i. 6. without himan aid or interference.
Chald. 113 &> Dan. 2, 34. 35. Comp.
Lam. 4, 6.

g) The hand of God is put: «) For

the divine agency, mode of action, provi-
dence; Job 27, 11 πὴ Dany HTN 7
will teach you concerning the hand of
God, his providence, how he acts. A)
For the power, care, protection of God ;
hence M355 372 in the power of God, Ps.
31, 16. 95, ‘4. Prov. 21,1; in the care or
providenis of God, Ἢ 62, 3; comp. Ps.
74,11. .
h) 175 34, hand to hand, from hand to
hand, i.e. throagh all ages and genera-
tions, ever, and with a negative particle
never. Prov. 11, 21 32 npr NP πῆρ πῇ
through all generations the wicked shall
not go unpunished. 16, 5. Similar is
the Persian formula, wwods wiwd,
Schult. Animadverss. ad Prov.l.c. Also -
Syr. {ts TT i.e. sigillatim, one after
another. For a like reason Arab. Oy
i. q. succession,

i) πῈ τὸ the hand to the mouth, i. 6. lay
thy hand upon thy mouth, i. q. be silent.

so oe 376 "Ἢ

hold thy peace, Prov. 30, 32. Comp.
Job 21, 5. 29,9. 39, 34. Mic. 7, 16. - Pers.
wd 2 crawd.

k) UX bY 45 ONY 2 Sam. 13, 19, i. α.
to smite the hands together over one’s
head, a gesture of despairing grief;
comp. Jer. 2, 37.

For other phrases see under the verbs
ND9, NBD, ΠΏΣ, NWI, NBT, Md, Fon,
3pm, etc. atid ‘tite dijectived pa, pin.

With prepositions, where sometimes
the proper force of the noun itself is lost:
aa) "72D a) in my hand, often for
with me, after verbs of bearing, bringing,
leading, eic. as ἕο bring in-one’s hand,
i.e. with him, 1 Sam. 14, 34 “3 sine
W733 IM WN osm and all the " people
brought every man his ox with him, etc.
Jer. 38, 10 pyw2x Doe) AI FIA ΠΡ
take ‘from hence thirty men with thee.
Gen. 32, 14. 35,4. Num. 31, 49. Deut.
33, 3. 1 Sam. 16, 2. 1 K. 10, 29.—That
which one has in his hand, or takes with
him, he has in his possession ; hence this
phrase is also referred to possession, like
PN, ἘΣ, Lat. penes. Ecc. 5,13 he beget-
leth a sun 79582 1793 ἼΣΝῚ who has no-
thing in his hand, i. e. possesses nothing ;
comp. Heb. "33 ΓΝ Ὁ “9 under the art.
RED no. 2. c. Chald. Ezra 7, 25 the
wisdom of thy God which is in thy hand,
i.e. which thou possessest. . 2) into my
hand, i. e. into my power, after verbs of
delivering over, Gen. 9, 2. 14. 20. Ex. 4,
21. 2 Sam. 18, 2. Hence i77 ΝΣ the
flock of his hand i. e. delivered into his
hand, Ps. 95,7; and here too belongs
Is. 20, 2 Jehovah spake 7320" 773, Sept.
πρὸς Houiuy, sc. as about to deliver him
arevelation. y) by my hand, often for
by me, by my intervention. Num. 15, 23
whatever Jehovah hath commanded you
mena-372 by the hand of Moses, i. e. by
Moses. 2 Chr. 29, 25. 1 K. 12, 15. Jer.
37, 2. al. Often after verbs of sending,
1 K. 2,25 and king Solomon sent 772
wea. Hx. 4,13. Prov. 26, 6. 1 Sam. 16,
20. 2 Sam. 12,25. Comp. Acts 11, 30.
15, 33. δὴ at my hand, i. e. Before me,
in my sight, i.q."22>. 1 Sam. 21, 14 he
feigned himself mad 07°23 at their hands,
i.e. before them. Job 15, 23 he knoweth
Wan ois inna Ὑ22 72 that the day of
darkness is ready at his hand, impends

over him.—In this sense the Arabs often
say, EROS eye between the hands
of any one, see Koran Sur. 2. 256. Sur.
3. 2. Sur. 20. 109. Schult. Opp. min. p.
29, 30, et ad Job. p. 391. So the Greeks ©
ἐν οὐδ, Apollon. Rhod. 1. 1113; comp.
πρὸ χειρῶν, Germ. vorhanden, at hand.
διὰ χειρῶν ἔχειν, Lat. ‘hostes sunt in ma- —
nibus’ i. 6. in conspectu, Ces. Bell. Gall.
2.19. Sallust. Jug. 94. Virg. A=n. 11.
311 ‘ante oculos interque manus sunt
omnia vestras,’ i. 6. πρόχειρά ἐστι.

bb) 573" 3°32 between the hands, i. 6.
on the breast, on the front of the body, ©
Zech. 13, 6. Comp. 072"3 7°3.0n the
forehead. μ

ec) 7°D pro manu, according to one’s —
hand, in the phrase sb 372 according ©
to the hand i. e. bounty of the king, 1K.
10, 13. Esth. 1,7. 2,18. The phrase ~
Fenda the open and liberal hand of the —
king. Others less well: according to the
royal power ; but power and strength
do not here belong to the subject of dis-
course, but libérality. .

dd) Ὁ 522 from or out of the hand of
any one, i. q. Engl. at his hand or out of
his power ; often after verbs of demand- —
ing Gen. 9, 5. 31, 39. Is. 1,12; of receiv-
ing Gen. 33. 19. Num. 5, 25; of delivering
Gen. 32. 12. Ex. 18, 9. Num. 35, 25. ©
Hence also we ‘find: from the hand
(power) of the lion and the bear 1 Sam. —
17, 37, of dogs Ps. 22, 21, of the sword
Job 5, 20, of Sheol Ps. 49, 16. 89, 49, of
the flame Is. 47, 14.

ee) B12 53, ’p 952) upon the
hand or hands of any one, i. q. into his —
hand, after verbs of delivering over,
committing, Gen. 42, 37. 1 Sam. 17, 22.
2 K. 10, 24. 12,12. 22,5. 9. Ezra 1, 8. ©
So to deliver 395 77" by into the hand
(power) of the sword Ps. 63, 11. Jer. 18, 7
21. Also in the same sense:ie amine
‘pn rom,’5 Τὶ Ὡς under the hand of
any one, fas 16,9. 41,35. Is.3,6. β) 5
"35 on or at the hoo of any one, asin —
Engl. under the hands of any one, iq. #
under his guidance and auspices, his —
hand guiding and directing, Germ. ‘an —
der Hand jemandes.’ 1 Chr 25,3 "7" 59
chsx under the guidance or auspices
of their father. v. 2. 6. 7,29. Also of —
one absent or dead, whoke ordinances —

"ὦ Kien

β
[
;
|

am

under his guidance, according to his or-
dinances. Ezra 3,10. Of things, 2 Chr.

990, 27 the song began with the trumpets

4973 93> "T} >> at or under the lead of
the instruments of David, i. 6. it followed
the measures of the instruments appoint-
ed by David. Comp. on this idiom Lud.
de Dieu ad Jer. 5, 31, Critice jiucks p-

C-- -

240. So Arab. 83 Ps <yee

under the auspices or care of any one ;

a formula often used on Arabic coins to

denote the persons by whom they are

coined. See also below under no. 5.
ff) 17>, see no. 1. h; also no. 5.
Dual 573" the two hands of a person ;

_ also for the plural, Job 4, 3. Prov. 6, 17.
Is. 13, 7.

2. Plur. mit" artificial hands, also of
things which bear resemblance to hands,
e.g. a) tenons on boards, Ex. 26, 17.
19. 36, 22.24. Ὁ) azles, azletrees, for
wheels, 1 K. 7, 32. 33.—For the diate
tion between ‘the dual and plural fem.
in nouns denoting members of the body,

see Lehrg. p.539.—Arab. δῷ handle, as
of a mill, axe. Syr. plur. f2o,of han-
dles, tenons. Comp. mip>.

3. Metaph. power, strength, might, the
hand being regarded as the seat of
strength ; here too the proper force of

the word is sometimes lost, comp. above

in no. 1. dd. "ἈΞ with πολέ Is. 28, 2.
Ps. 76, 6 none of the men of might have
found τι their hands, i. 6. they found

_ themselves without strength. (Comp. in

Vita Timur. I. 44, they found their hand

_ and side, i. 6. had all their strength rea-

dy.) So of one powerful deed, mighty
work, Ex. 14, 31; comp. manus Virg.
fEn. 6.688. Spec. protection, help, Deut.
32, 36 "ἢ τς help is departed.—So
Arab. Loa Ae the force of the east-
wind, = 6) oe S tas hast no power
in this or that. . padoomis ἴ,.]

the power of the gi Pers. νυ
power.—F or the phrase a short or long
hand, see under the verb “2p.

4. Meton. a stroke, blow, pr. as given
with the hand. Job 20, 22 b29 "5.83
SENN every stroke of the wretched. cometh

. 32*

577

are followed by posterity, 2 Chr. 23, 18
mrt by at the hands of David, i. e.

1 Neh. 11, 1.

a

upon him, i. e. all that befalls. the
wretched. Job 23, 2 my stroke, calamity.
—Comp. Lat. manus for blow, as used
of gladiators.

5. a side, pr. of the sides of the body,
where the hands and arms are situated ;
comp. Engl. ‘on the right hand, left
hand,’ Lat. ‘ad hance manum?’ Terent.
Ad. 4. 2. 381. Hence Dual 577" pr. the
two sides, chiefly in the phrase 0739 315
large on both sides, on every side, i. e.
broad-sided, spacious, (comp. in 3m",)
Gen. 34, 21. Ps. 104, 25. Is. 33, 21. al—
Sing. of the side or shore of a river, Ex.
2,5. Deut. 2, 37. Syr. [sos sea shore,
coast.—With prepositions: nb 1 Sam.
19, 3. 1 Chr. 18, 17. 23, 28. Prov. 8, 3;
42 Iya 1 Sam. 4,18; 7 οὶ 2 Sam. 14,
30. 18, 4; "ἢ 59 Teah. 15, 46. 2 Sam. 15,
2. 2 Chr. 17, 15. 31, 15. Job 1, 14. Neh.
3,28q. "75 by Num. 34, 3. Judg. 11, 26;
all signifying at, on, by the side of any
one, near, Syr. r ἋΣ near. 1 Chr. 6,
16 [31] mea τῶ oy) ἘΣ TT THOT TR
min? whom David appointed by the side
of the temple-singing, i. 6. to whom he
gave an appointment in or by the tem-
ple-music * See further on the partic.
"37 >> in no. 1. ee.—Plur.' i79 sides,
e.g. 8) Of a throne, 1. 6. lateral sup-
ports, arms, 1 K. 10, 19. _ b) lateral
projections, side-borders of a base or"pe-
destal, 1 K. 7, 35. 36.

6. a place, Deut. 23,13. Num. 3. 17
ἡ ὍΣ WN every one in his place. Jer.
6, 3. Is. 56, 5, see in no. 8. Is. 57, 8 “5
min thow lookest out for thee a place.
Ez. ὯΙ, 24. Dual id. Josh. 8, 30 mn ἐδ
ὈΝ29 on ἘΠῚΞ they had no place to flee to.

7a part, perh. pr. a handful, a part
of a thing taken up at once in dividing,
Dan. 12,7. Plur. min3, 2 K. 11,7 "na
33 Miss the two parts ‘of you, opp. the
third part. Gen. 47, 24 mit F258 the
four parts, opp. N87 the fifth part
Comp. “8 no. 4. Also in
the connetion’t Dan. 1, 20 and he found
them ΘΙ ΤΊΓΙ ΓὉΞ 59 ΤΟΥΤῚ Aw? ten parts
above (ten times wiser than) all the ma- —
gicians, etc. Gen. 43, 34. 2 Sam. 19, 44.

8. a monument, trophy, i. ᾳ. DY, 6. g.
of victory, 1 Sam, 15, 12; a sepulchral
monument 2 Sam. 18, 18. Iv. 56, 5 to
them will I give a place within my walls

77" 378

pws πα monument (or portion) and a
name.—Perhaps this name for monu-
ment in the Hebrew language may
stand in some connection with the an-
cient custom of sculpturing upon the
cippi or sepulchral columns an uplifted
hand with the arm. See Hamacker
Diatribe de monumentis Punicis p. 20;
also Reuvens ad eadem Animadvers.
p- 5 sq.

Dua see no. 1. 3.5.6. For. Prior.
mim see no. 2. 5. 7.

2 Chald. st. emph. 837 Dan. 5, 5.24;
6. suff. 777, AIT, CAT Ezra 5, 8; Dual
7 Dan. 2, 34. 45: i. ᾳ. Heb. 35, the
Kai So 723 in one’s hand, spoken of
what one has with him, in possession,
Ezra 7, 14.25; comp. Heb. 37 no. 1. aa.
Έ 72 3977 to give into the hand, power,
of any one, Ezra 5, 12. Dan. 2, 35. 7, 25.
Also 3% 572 from or out of one’s hand or
power, after verbs of delivering, comp.
Heb. "5 in 3 no. 1. dd; 6. g. from the
power of lions, Dan. 6, 28.

N37" Chald. i. q. Heb. m4, to cast.

Apu. to praise God, i. q. Heb. Hiph.
no. -2; Part. Ting Dan. 2, 23; contr.
NTI 6, 11.

eet Idalah, pr. n. of a place in
Zebulun, Josh. 19, 15.—Perhaps from a

“5.
dovfbtful root bx3 i.g. Arab. S{S and

5.
ὃ to go softly and secretly. Or, ac-
cording to Simonis, for mDbT" ‘what

God exalts, by Syriac flexion from ἧδ
to show.

W's (perh. honied, comp. 833) Id-
bash, pr. ἢ. τη. 1 Chr. 4, 3.

Tike ΠΩ i. ᾳ. 17°, to throw, to cast,
6. g. lots; only Pret. 3 plur. 452 Joel 4,
3. Nah. 3, 10. Obad. 11.

ἘΠ ae i. q. T4, to love, to esteem
highly, Arab. 35: Hence "3" one be-

loved, 737797", and the pr. names 7'3"75,
IITs, TINA, 1, MT.

*ST7" to throw, to cast, i. ᾳ. ΠῚ 1.
Kindr. is tn. Eth. OPP id—tmp.
am Jer. 50, 14.

Pret i.q. Kal, to cast e.g. stones. Fut.
aa} for sn) Lam. 3, 53. Inf. nist
Zech. 2, 4.

il ον,

Hires. min, fut. mais, sometimes
mains Ps. 28, 7. 45, 18. Neh. 11, 17.

1. to profess, to can fees: perhapé i i. q.
to point out, to show with the hand ex-
tended, as if with the hand thrown out,
projected; see Kal, and comp. 772 πρῶ
and 33 Kal and Hiph. to cast, to throw,
and then ‘to point out with extended
hand.’ Arab. ‘SO Conj. Χ, Syr. Aph.
id.—Constr. c. acc. Prov. 28, 13; ¢. 53
concerning Ps. 32, 5.

2. to give theres: to praise, to cele-
brate, since the acknowledgment (con-
fession) of benefits is naturally followed
by thanksgiving and praise; with ace.
Gen. 29, 35. Jer. 33, 11. Ps.'7,18. 30,13; |
also > of pers. Ps. 92,2. 106, 1. 1 Chr. 16,
7. 8. Neh. 12, 46. al. So in the phrase
"" Dw main 10 celebrate the name of Je- —
hovah 1 K. 8, 33. Ps. 54,8; ™ 08> id,
106, 47. 122, 4; absol. id. Neh. 12, 24.

Hirspa. T7300, Vav being assumed
in place of Yod, i. q. Hiph. .

1. to confess, pr. concerning oneself,
to point out oneself as guilty; Ethiop.
HUTPELP to accuse, to criminate, pr.
prob. to object, Germ. vorwerfen, from
the sense of casting, i. 4. to cast in one’s
teeth; ORT accusation, objection, Vor-
wurf.—Dan. 9, 4; with acc. of thing,
Lev. 5,5. 16,21. 26,40; ὃ; Neh. 1,6. 9,2.

2. to praise, to celebrate, c. > 2 Chr.
30, 22.

Deri. “> hand, perh. 3 law, 3204;
also MTim, Mit, and the pr. names
yinwss, mM, mm; likewise those
which again come from this latter, as
Ta, A, MAM, IN.

I> (for yi4 loving) Jddo, pr. n. m.
a) 1Chr.27,21. 8) Ezra 10,43 Cheth.

ri (judge) Jadon, pr. n.m. Neh. 3,7.

31°37 (known) Jaddua, pr.n.m. a)
Neh. 10, 92. Ὁ) 12, 11. 22.

PHA, PI, and FH 1 Chr.
16, 38, (praising, celebrating, from obsol.
subst. 777 laud, with the ending jf,
τ. 35 Hiph.) Jeduthun., pr. n. of a Le-
vite, one of the choristers appointed
by David, 1 Chr. 9, 16+ 16, 38. 41, 42.
25,1. Put also for his descendants ("33
jans7s) the Jeduthunites, who also were
musicians, Neh. 11, 17. Ps. 39, 1. 62. 1
ry ee

ε

——_— νου

555

ν “a (i. q. pat ina pr. ἢ. m. Ezra

ΕΝ m. a 137 Il) constr. 17°.

i Adj. lovely, pleasant, Ps. 84, 2. Plur.
Τὴ delights, as Ps. 45, 1 miw aw
a delightful song. Others ‘a song of
love, i. e. an epithalamium.

2. Subst. one beloved, a friend, Is. 5, 1.
mim? 3°73 the beloved of Jehovah Ps.
127, 2; so of Benjamin Deut. 33, 12; of
Israel Jer. 11,15. Plur. of the Israelites,

Ps. 60, 7. 108, 7. Syr. fpa_ beloved.

ΓΙ) (one beloved, fem.) Jedidah,
pr. n. of the mother of king Josiah, 2 K.
22,1. R. 5 IL.

mim £. something beloved, a de-
light, Jer. 12,7. R. 097 IL.

ms") (beloved of Jehovah) Jedi-
diah, the name given to Solomon at his
birth by the Senne Nathan, 2 Sam. 12,
25. R. 77 IL.

m3) (praise God, τ. na") Jedaiah,
pr.n.m. a) 1Chr.4,37. Ὁ) Neh.3, 10.

282737 (known of God, τ. 515) Jedi-
ael, pr. n. of a son of Benjamin, 1 Chr.
7, 6. 10. 11.

PNW see Amis.
:

23° (tearfal, yr. 92%) Jidlaph, pr. n.
of a son of Nahor, Gen. 22, 22.

* 7° fut. 914, once 5155 Ps. 138, 6;
inf. absol. 315", constr. M33,;.M33; imp.
33, with 4 parag. once ΠΣ for 135 Prov.
24, 14; Part. 335, fem. m334; pr. to see,
and hence to perceive, to come to know,
to know; corresponding to Gr. εἶδον,
οἶδα. It comprehends the action of
knowing, both as inchoative and com-
pleted, i. e. to come to know, to gain a
knowledge of, and also to know, to have
a knowledge of. This root is widely
spread in the Indo-European tongues, in
the sense both of seeing and knowing ;
as Sanscr. wid, Zend. weedem, Gr. εἴδω,
ἴδω, οἶδα, Lat. video, Goth. witan, Germ.
weten, wissen, Engl. to weet, to wit ;

‘and so also in the Slavic languages, as

Pol. widze to see. Bohem. wedeti to see.
See Pott Etymol. Forschungen I. p. 246.
In all these examples the first radical is
τὸ; and so 53" is for 37).

379

we

A) The primary signif. to see in 37%
is apparent in these examples; Gen. 3,
7 and their eyes were opened 3 33773
nm oeaay and they saw that they were
naked. Ex. 2, 4 and his sister stood
afar off 5. muss-ma ΤΙΣ to see what
would be done to him. 1 Sam. 22,3. So
too Deut. 34, 10 “5X DnB 77 iF TWN
D"28 ; elscwehenti in the same connection
we ‘find maga Gen. 32, 31. Judg.'6, 22.
2 K. 14, 8. 11. So Esth. 2, 11 τος 5
Έ οὐδ, ig. Ἔ οἰρτος ΠΝ ἢ Gen. 87,
14. Sometimes 37° to see is coupled
with a verb of hearing, to indicate what
one perceives with his eyes and ears;
Is, 40, 21 gavin Nom ADIN Nd have ye
not seen? have ye not heard? v. 28. 43,
19. 44, 18 32733 Nd1.37" ND they see not,
they understand not, for he hath daubed
their eyes from seeing, and their hearts
from understanding, where 373" and
MX" are attributed to the eyes, as 113
and >"2vn to the heart or mind. The
LXX also often translate S35 by εἶδον
to see ; as 1 Sam. 10, 11. Job 28, 13. 31,
6. Ece. 3, 81. Frenee

B) The verb 2% signifies to perceive,
to know, pr. what follows seeing, or from
seeing, unless one is destitute of the
senses and of intellect, or obstinately
shuts up his understanding; as in Is. 6,
9 AIM ONT INT INT seeing they shall see
and shall not perceive, understand. Ecc.
6, 5.—To be more specific, 37° is

1. to know, i. 6. to perceive, to discern,
to become aware of, e. g. with the eyes Is.
6, 9, see above ; often with the mind, an‘
hence to understand, to comprehend,
Judg. 13, 21. Gen. 8, 11. 1 Sam. 20, 33;
with τος by Deut. 8.8 5. With 3 of that
by or "from which one understands.
knows, Gen. 15; 8 538 ΓΞ whereby shall
I know? 24, 14. Ex. 7, 17.—Spec. .

a) Often with intent and purpose, to
take knowledge of any thing, to observe,
to mark; 1 Sam. 23, 22 “MX Ἴδη ASS
jap. observe and see his place. v. 23,
12, 17. 25, 17. Job δ. 27 52 53 mark it
for thee:—+Herice by a peculiar poetic
idiom, not to know, not to mark, 15 said in
respect to things which happen wne2-
pectedly, suddenly, as if before one
knows or marks them. Ps, 35, 8 let
destruction come upon him 3732 &> and
he know it not, i.e. unexpectedly un-

7

awares, Job 9, 5 God removeth moun-
tains 19°74 > they know it not, i. e. unex-
pectedly, "suddenly. Cant. 6, 12 “FIST ND
“δ "anew "WH. Tknew not, my soul made
me etc. i.e. unexpectedly, before I was
aware. Jer. 50, 24. So 35%" "2 who
knoweth 2 who marketh? i.e. no one
marketh, for wneapectedly, suddenly,
Prov. 24, 22; parall. psms.—Koran Sur.
16. 28 ‘ evertit eos Deus ws wee) Y,

et non animadvertebant.’ Lokm. Fab. 28.

b) With the like idea of volition, often
to know, i.e. to see after, to care for, to
regard. Gen. 39, 6 ΠΝ Ὁ 910 ND he
saw after nothing of what he pad. Prov.
9, 13. 27, 23. Job 9,21, opp. OX. Is
51, 7 Pi ΣΙ those who regard right.
With 3 Job 35,15 tan 515 Nd he re-
gardeth not iniquity. —Spec. aa) Of
God as knowing i.e. regarding men and
kindly caring for them, Ps. 144, 3. Nah.
1,7; with 7a Am. 3,2 you only have I
known, regarded, loved, of all the fami-
lies of the earth. Gen. 18, 19 93722 PAST"
MIS WON him (Abraham) have I known,
regarded, chosen, that he may command,
etc. With 3 Ps, 31, 8. parall. AX q. v.
no. 2.d. Comp. Ps. 1,6. bb) Of men

as knowing God, i. e. as honouring and-

worshipping him, Hos. 8, 2. 13, 4. Ps.
36, 11. 9, 11 πῶ ὅλ who know thy
name, i.e. who worship thee. Job 18, 21
PX ΣΤ δὲ (ὯΝ) who knoweth not God,
i.e. who careth not for him, an atheist.
1 Sam. 2, 12. Job. 34, 4.

2. to know, i. 6. to come to know, to
learn, to discover, e. g. by the sight, Ex.
2,4. 1 Sam. 22, 3, “see above; or by
houriie: Gen. 9, 24. Deut. 11, 2. Neh.
13, 10; also to learn by experience, to
experience, Job 5, 25. With an ace,
Ecc. 8, 5; "3 Ex. 6,7. Is. 45,6. Ez.
6, 7. 13. 7, 4.9. 11,10. al. Often in
threats, comp. Eng]. you shall soon know,
learn, feel; Lat. lu ipse videbis, sen-
ties. Hos. 9,7 dx nv ast: Israel shall
see and know, shall learn. Job 21, 19
SIT WEN ἜΤΗ God shall recompense
him, so that he shall know, feel. Is.5,19.
9,8. Ps. 14,4.—In the Korén a freqitent
phrase is ; Wogavy then they

shall know, understand, learn, e.g. Sur.
26. 48; see Schult. Opp: min. ad Job
21. 19.

380

a

3. to know, i. 6. to become acquainted
with, 6. g. a person Deut. 9, 24; a land
Num. 14,31; so Ῥτον. 94, 14.—Often also
by euphemism for intercourse with the
other sex, e.g. a) Of a man, to know
a woman, i.e. to lie with her, Gen. 4, 17.
25. 1 Sam. 1, 19. al. Also of unnatural

lust, sodomy, Gen. 19, 5.—This euphe-

mism is frequent also in verbs of know-
ing in other languages both oriental

and occidental; e. g. Syr. Sonu, Arab.
, Ethiop. HHPL,, Gr. γινώσκω,

see Fesselius Advers. Sac. II. 14. Lat.
cognosco Justin 5,2; and so even Ital.
and F'r. conoscere, connaitre, although in
these the usage is perhaps derived ae
the Scriptures. 8) Of a wonffn, ny ἽΔ
wx to know a man, to have latin with
man, Gen. 19,8. Judg. 11,39; more fully
“st aDw2> ΣΝ Hs Num. 31, 17. 18
35. Comp. Ovid. Heroid. 6, 133, ‘ tur-
piter illa virum cognovit adultera virgo.’
4. to know, i. e. to be acquainted with,
any person or thing; with acc. of pers.
Gen. 29,5. Ex. 1,8. 2 Sam. 3, 25. Is. 45,
4.5. Ps. 18, 44 "289394 ΝΣ ND ED a
people whom I have not’ known shall
serve me. 81,6 "7S nd rew the
lip (language) of one J knew not.
Job 11, 11. With ace. of thing, Deut.
34, 6 INTAP Mx WK ST ND no man
knoweth his sepulchre, where it is. Is.
29,12 BD ὭΣ NX> 7 know not writing,
am unacquainted with writing and read-
ing. Ps. 104,19. Job 21, 27. 28, 13. 23.
al. With 5 of thing Ps, 69,6; acc. et
"2 2Sam.17,8. Jer. 10, 23. Ps, 119, 75.
With acc. of pron. isnph Job 36, 26 be-
hold, God is great, 232 8>) and we know
him not, sc. his greatness. 37, 5. Is. 1,3.
Also ΕΞ Ἐ 33" to know one by name,
i.e. to know him well, to have familiar
intercourse with him, Ex. 33, 12. 17.—
Parr. Act. 27° one who knows a person
or thing. Job 19,13 "B74 those who know
me, my acquaintances. With a genit.
of thing, knowing, skilled, skilful in any
thing. Gen. 25, 27 x 35 skilled in
hunting, a skilfal hunter. 1 K. 9, 27
pr s't* skilled in the sea, in maritime
affairs. Am. 5, 16. Esth. 1, 13.—Part.
Pass. 3979 known, with > Deut. 1,13 men
nsreswd ps evondn ἐπίο your tribes ;
dat. impl. v. 15. Poet, c. gen. Is. 53, 3

'

construction ἌΡ DAT,
1. ἊΣ r
5. to know a thing, to have a know-

oo?

with sickness, for the common prose
Comp. Syr.
known, ronawited.

ledge of it; followed: a) By a subst.
in the acc. as 4}"2 51 (see M373), 91
93, to. know understanding, knowledge,
i. 6. to excel in knowledge, wisdom, etc.

ον. 17,27. al. Job 15,9 372 N>1 ADIN

what knowest thgu and we know it not?
20,4. 38,18; with 2, to know of a thing,
Gen. 19, 33. 35. 1 Sam. 22,15. Jer. 38,
24; >¥ id. Job 37, 16; Ὁ. 7a 5 to
lento (discern) hebaicen one thing and
another, Jon. 4,11. 2 Sam. 19, 36. b)
By a verb, aathe infin. Jer. 1,6 "M1939 ND
ἜΣ. 1Sam. 16,18; infin. c. > Ece. 4,
13. 10,15; a finite verb, Job 32, 22 eS

— RDN AMI 7 know not to flatter. 1 Sam.

Job 23, 23.

16, 16. Neh. 10, 29; so with 3 interposed
c) By a clause, mostly
with "2D, Gen. 20, 6. 3,5. Ex. 34, 29.
Num. 11,16. Job 9, 2. 28. al. rarely with
"2D impl. Job 19, 25 "nM Rh "HOT 7
know that my redeemer liveth. “Also
with % whether Judg. 18, 5; often with
interrog. pronouns, as "2 Glen: 21, 26.
43, 22; m7 Ex. 32, 1. 16, 15; ΠΡ Dan.
10, 20; 7987 Josh. 2,4 5. etc. d) With
an acc. of a pron. impl. as after verbs of
speaking; Gen. 48, 19 "M577 723 "HDT
I know, my son, I know, i. 6. I know it.
4,19. Cant. 1, 8. Job 38, 5. 21. Ps. 139,
14.—Spec. in phrases: aa) 93" 772 who
knoweth ? i.e. no one can well know,
c. acc. Ecce. 6, 12. 8,1 (comp. 3, 21);
with in— Ecc. 2,19. So too as ex-
pressing desire and hope, i. q. ‘who can
tell but,’ etc. with fut. 2 Sam. 12,22 7

— Aint ὭΣΤ 234 who knoweth? perhaps

Oe ὑπ i el

Jehovah may have mercy upon me. Joel
2 14. Jon. 8,9. With 0% and a pret.
Esth. 4,14. bb) 27) 310 535 to know
good and evil, to know what is good and
what is ewil, i.e. to be wise, prudent,
Gen. 3, 5.22; whence 97) 210 ὭΣΤ p>

Gen. 2, 17, the tree of wisdom. Hence

young children are said not to know
good and evil Deut. 1,29, comp. Is.7, 15;
also old and decrepit persons who are

_ in their second childhood, 2 Sam. 19, 36.

See Hom. Od. 18. 228. οἶδα ἕκαστα, Ho Fhe

‘ ν᾿ Ρ 3.» , 3
Te Kul χέρηα" magoc δ᾽ ἔτι νήπιος He.

381

bn vist known of disease, i. 6. familiar

a

6. Absol. to know, to be knowing, to be
wise ; Job 8,9 we are of yesterday S>4
52 and know nothing, i. e. are not wise.
Ps. 73; 22. Is. 32.4. 44, 9.18. 45, 20. 56,
10. Part. n°975 i.g. O722n Job 34, 2.
Ecc. 9,11. Hence 33 wisdom, q. V.

Nie STi2 fut. 9337, 9779-1. Pass. of
of Kal no. 1, to be perceived, known, with
the eyes; Gea. 41,21 by ἼΝ3. 2D OTD ND
ΓΞ and it could not be known that they
had come into their bellies, no one could
perceive it. 1K. 18,36. Ps. 77,20. 74, 5.

2. to be or become known, sc. to or by
any one, with > Ruth 3, 3; or by any
thing, with 3 Ex. 33, 16. Houan genr.
a) Of persons, with 3 of place where, Ps.
76, 2. 79,10. Prov. 31, 23. Is. 61, 9; or
Ὁ of pers. to or by secica, Ex. 6, 3. Is. 19,
21. Ez. 20, 5; 58 Ez. 20, 9. Comp.
1 Sam. 22, 6. Ps, 9, 17. b) Of things,
Ex. 2, 14. Lev. 4, 14. Judg, 16, 9. Nah.

3,17. Impers. it is known, with > of
pers. 1 Sam. 6, 3; "> Ex. 21, 36; "Ὁ
Deut. 21, 1.

3. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be made to
know, to be taught by experience, i. q. to
be punished, comp. Kal no. 2. Prov. 10,9
PIII M33 Opa he that liveth perversel y
shall be made to know, shall be punished.
Jer. 31,19 "337 "ANN after Iwas taught
by experience ; Luther well, ‘nachdem
ich gewitzigt bin,’ i.e. made wiser.

PIEL causat. to cause to know, to show
one something; with two accus. Job
38, 12.

Poa part. 9372 known, ὁ. suff. "95377
my acquaintance Ps. 31, 12. 55, 14. 86,
9.19. Fem. ΤΙ ΎΣ ᾿ἃ known thing. Is.
12,5 Cheth,

Po. STi" ig. Pi. to se and hence
to appoint, with acc. of pers. 1 Sam. 21, 3.
But perhaps it should read "M3310 ΠΣ
“STi.

Hien. yin, imp. stim 1. Causat.
of Kal no. 1, to cause to see, to let per-
ceive, to show ; with two acc. Jer. 16, 21
ἌΡΤΟΝ oS"Tix 7 will cause them to see
my hand, i.e. my power. With > of pers.
Ex. 18, 20 and shalt show them the way.

2. to let know, to show any thing to
any one ; with two acc. Gen. 41, 39. Ex.
33, 12. 13. Ez. 20, 11. 22,2; acc. of
thing and dat. of pers. Deut. 4, 9. Ps.
145, 12. Neh. 9. 14; acc. of pers. and a
whole clause. Job 10, 2. 1 Sam. 6, 2. 1 K.

\

7”

1,27; comp. Josh: 4, 22; acc. of thing,
Ps. 77, 15. 98, 2. Job 26, 3.

3. to make known, to acquaint, to teach,
with acc. of pers. Job 38, 3. 40,7. 42,4;
dat. Prov. 9,9; acc. of thing Ex. 18, 16 ;
two acc. of pers. and thing Is. 40, 14. Ps,
16, 11. 51,8; ace. of pers. and ined, >
Prov: 22,19. Spec. to teach by experi-
ence, or by punishment, i. q. to punish ;
comp. Kal no. 2.. Judg. 8, 16 he took
thorns of the desert and threshing-sledges,
midd "WIN MX oD sa and with them
made the men of Succoth know, i. e. pun-
ished them, prob. by crushing them with
the drays upon a layer of thorns, see
wat no. 2. Sept. and Vulg. ἡλιόησεν,
contrivit, as if from Heb. 83", which
seems indeed better adapted to the con-
text, than is the common reading.

Hopu. >in to be made known, to be-
come known, with >& of pers. Lev. 4, 23.
28. Part. fem. n>357 Is. 12, 5 Keri.

Hirup. 23107 to make oneself known,
to let oneself be known, Gen. 45, 1; to
reveal oneself, c. δὰ Num. 12, 6.

Deriv. "2577, 33, MPI, MBI, 972,
yA572, STi, msTi2, and the pr. names
S32, MIST}, B92, OMIT}.

51) Chald. fut. 3334 Dan. 2, 9. 30. 4,
14; i. q. Heb. to know. Spec.

1. to perceive, to understand, Dan. 2, 8.
5, 23.

2. to come to know, to learn, to discover,
Dan. 4, 6. 6, 11.

3. to Ieriown, to have knowledge of Dan.
5, 22. Part. pass. ND>2> NIT2 BT? be
it known unto the king, Ezra 4, 12. 13.

Aru. 2715, fut. εἶπα, part. ST ina,
to make known, to show, with dat. of
pers. Dan. 2, 15.17. 28; acc. as suff.
Dan. 2, 23. 29. 4, 15. 5, 15. 16. 17. 7, 16.

Deriv. 3729.

93" (knowing, wise) Jada, pr. n. τῇ.
1 Chr. 2, 28. 32.

ΤΟΣ 5 (Jehovah cares for him) Jeda-
iah, pr.n.m. 1 Chr. 9, 10. 24,7. Comp.
Zech. 6, 10. 14.

"3932 m. (Ὁ. 515) plur. D937.

1. Pr. knowing, wise; and hence a
wizard, sorcerer, Lev. 19,31. 20, 6. Deut.

18,11. 1 Sam. 28, 3.9. Comp. pdle pr.

knowing, wise, magus; so Engl. wizard
is pr. a wise man.

382

a7

2. awizard spirit, spirit of divination,
by which wizards were supposed to be
attended, Lev. 20, 27. Comp. 3°8 no,
2. a.

# 719 Jah, a poetic form from Min" ἯΣ
vah, or rather from the more ancient
pronunciation min, whence by apocope
im (as ΓΘ for Ayn), and then 3
by ‘dropping the unaccented 4, see Lehre. '
p. 157. Both these forms (ama and ™)
are promiscuously used at ‘the end
of many compound pr. names, as "7258
and πρὸς, ὙΠ Ω Δ and ΠΆΩ", snow
and niswh ; the latter always in such
cases waibons Mappik. The form πὰ is _
chiefly employed in certain customary
formulas or refrains; as 775>>h halle-
lujah, praise ye Jehovah, Ps. 104, 35. 105,
45. 106, 1. 48. 111, 1. 112, 1. 113, 1. al.
Further, e. g. Ps. 89, 9. 94, 7. 12. Is. 38,
11. Ex. 15, 2 m3 M927) 4D Jah is my
glory and my song. Ps. 118, 14. Is. 12, —
2. Ps. 68,5 i024 M72 Jah is his name, see |
in 2 lett. C. Is. 26, 4.—This form is also
retained in the Syriac i in a few doxolo-

gies, as ἴον» oad glory to Jah ; As-
sem. Bibl. Orient. II. 230. III. 579.
* SIT" i. q. (M2, to give, to set, to put ;

ἃ verb defective and rare in Hebrew,

but very common in the kindred lan-
guages; Chald. 33", Syr. — Arab.
wy, Eth. MUN. Once in Pret. Ps.
55, 23 yah minwby y2Un cast upon
Jehovah what he hath given (or laid up-
on) thee, i. 6. thy lot, for 42 33 Tx.
The person to whom, is often thus ex-
pressed after a verb of giving, by a suffix
pron. e. g. "202 Josh. 15, 19; comp. in
r. (92 no. 1. Others here take =) asa
subst. lot, burden, trouble. —Elsewhere
only in imper. 2 once Prov. 30, 15;
usually with He parag. Man, ἢ 3 Ππ Rath
3, 15, plur. 12 Ps. 29, 2. a give, give

here, Gen. 29, 21. Job 6, 22. 2 Sam. 16, 20

my n5> sam give ye counsel b) set.
put, place, 2 Sam. 11, 15. Deut. 1, 13
ὉΠ ΞΘ ἼΞΙῚ set ye for yourselves men, .
i.e. appoint. Josh. 18, 4. ὁ) Adv. of

exhorting, of incitement, come, come on !
goto! Gen. 11, 3. 4. 7. 38, 16. Ex. 1, 9.

Arab. ae: give, grant.—For 53°) Hos,
4, 18, see Index.
Deriv. D°A30 .

᾿
4
a

|
|

᾿

om

317° Chald. Dan. 3, 28, imp. = Dan.
3 part. act. 23° 2, al, pass. 2°74,
eet pass. nat, 37 Dan. 7,
11. 113. Ezra 6,14. The fat. and inf. are
borrowed from 4M; comp. Syr. oo,

fat. Sal from Na. i. q. 12}.— T° give,

a.

to set, i. q- Hebr.

1. to give, with acc. and dat. Dan. 2,

91. 23. 37. 5,17. 19. 7, 4.6; to give or
_ deliver over Dan. 2, 38. Ezra 5,12; with

acc. to offer, to yield, Dan. 3, 28. 393°

R230 to give account Dan. 6, 3.

2. to set, to put, to lay a foundation,

Ezra 5, 16; in the fire Dan. 7, 11.

irare. amns, fat. on), part.
amin , to be dnd to be deleterd over,

Dan. 4, 13. 7, 25. Ezra 4, 20. 6, 4. 8. 9.
ai” Ps. 55, 23, see in r. 34.
‘os wi" a secondary: root, denom. frogn
want, HIM, Judah, τ. N77.
Hirap. 331M4 pr. to make oneself a

β Jew, to become a Jew, by embracing the
Jewish religion, Esth. 8, 17. So Eth.

TPUR, Arab. or to become a Jew,

from Sgt Jews, for ὁ,45. 5.668 in.
“WI? see "Γ᾽ no. 2.

"31? or "373? (for M2377 whom Jeho- -

-vah directs, r. m3) Jahdai, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 2, 47.

37 Jehovah, see in 7.
SAN) (for RAG wT i. q. NAMI Jehovah
is He, comp. andy, simmax, and the

- same contraction in 3055) Jehu pr. n.

prob. from obsol. tax,
_ dehoash, pr. n.

a) A king of Israel who destroyed the
family of Ahab, r. 884-856 B. C. He
was hostile to idolatry, but of great cru-
elty, 1K. 19,16. 2 K.c.9.10.. b) A
prophet in cusaarias in the reign of Baa-
sha, 1 K. 16, 1..2 Chr. 19, 2. 20,34. c)
1 Chr. 2,38. d) ib. 4, 35. e) ib. 12, 3.

TSI (whom Jehovah holds, sus-
tains, r. 178%) Jehoahaz, pr. n. a) A
king of Israel, r. B. C. 856-840, the son
of Jehu, 2 K. 10, 35. 13, 1-9. b) A
king of Judah, τ. 611 B.C. the son of
Josiah, 2 K. 23, 31-35. 2 Chr. 36, 1;
written also 14x77, v.2. Sept.’ Images.

osm (whom Jehovah bestowed, x

cul, donavit,)
a) A king of Judah 877

383

ὙΠ᾿

-838 Β. C. the son of Ahaziah, 2 K. 12,
1. 21. 14,13; written also δε τη ib. 11,2.
12, 20. b) A king of Israel 840-825
B. C. the son of Jehoahaz, 2 K. 13, 10-
25; written also by contraction δι ib.
v. 9. Sept. ” Tortie.

‘TH apocop. from aan. 1. Judah,
i. 6. the land of Judah, "Judea. Dan. 3,
25 Tat NMIDZ 722 the captives of ἐν
dea. 8, 18. 6, 14. Ezra 5, 1. 8. Arab.

a os 8
On gs ἢ ὁρῶ, collect. the Jews.

denom. TIN, see in WI.
2. Jehud, writin Ἔα, pr. n. of a town —
of the Danites, Josh. i9, 45.

MTN (pr. verbal from fut. Hoph. of
m5, celebrated, lauded, comp. Gen. 29,
35. 49, 8) pr. n. Judah.

1. The fourth son of Jacob, born of
Leah, Gen. 29, 35, 35,23; also the tribe
descended front him, 97303 my. Num.
1, 27. "ma 2Sam. 2, 7. 10, Ἢ Num.
1, 26; the bounds of whose territory
are described in Josh. c. 15. MAN AH
the mountains of Judah, Josh. "15, 48.
After the secession of the ten srihion
the name of Judah was given to the
subsequent kingdom, which comprised
the tribes of Judah and Benjamin with
a portion of Simeon and Dan, and
had Jerusalem for its metropolis. The
other kingdom was called 5x7 Israel,
and also 5758 Ephraim ; ‘the latter
chiefly in the prophets. Hence M248
maim the land of Judah, the kingdom of
Judah, Is. 19,17. MIAN WD the city of
Jutlals i. e. Jerusalem, 2 Chr. 25, 28, is q
T13 "> 2 K. 14, 20.—Afier the carrying
away of the ten tribes and after the Ba-
bylonish exile, the name Judah, Judea,
was applied to the whole country of the
Israelites, Hagg. 1, 14.. 2, 2.—Where
the land, Judea, is signified, "757° is
fem. Is. 7,6. Joel 4,20. Ps. 114,2; where
the people is intended, the Jews, it is |
masc. Is. 3,8. Hos. 4, 15. al. but also cou-
pled with.a fem. Nah. 2,1. Jer. 14, 2. al.

2. Of several persons: 8) Neh. 11,
9. b) Ezra 3,9. Neh. 12,8. 9) Neh.
12,34. d) ib. v. 36..

FAT plur. DA , sometimes mean
Esth. 4,7. 8, 1.7.13. ‘9, 15. 18, Cheth.

1. As a antite name, ὦ Join, the Jews.
a) A member of the Sieedoas of Judah

Hence

7

2 K. 16,6. 25, 25. Jer. 32, 12. 38, 19. al.
b) In the later Hebrew, after the carry-
ing away of the ten tribes, put for any
Hebrew, the Hebrews, Neh. 1, 2. 2, 16.
Esth. 3,4 sq. 4, 3 sq. °8, 1. al. Fem.
mea a Jewess 1 Chr. 4, 18.

"2. Jehudi, pr. τι. τὰ. Jer, 36, 14. 21.

ὙΠ Chald. a Jew, only in plur.
PRN, sx. emphat. RN, the Jews,
Dan. 3, 8. Ezra 4, 12. 5, 1. 5.

mvs f. 1. Gentile n. fem. of "73,
as Adv. Judaicé, in Jewish, i. e. in the
Jews’ language, 2 K. 18, 26. Neh. 13, 24.

2. Judith, pr. ἢ. of the wife of Esau,
Gen. 26, 34.

᾿ ri Jehovah, pr. n. of the su-
preme "Deity, ΘΠ ΝΠ, among the He-
brews. The later Hebrews, for seve-
ral centuries before the Christian era,
either misled by a false interpretation
of certain laws (Ex. 20, 7. Lev. 24, 16),
or following .out some ancient supersti-
tion, regarded this name as too sacred
to be uttered, as the ineffable name
which they scrupled even to pronounce ;
see Philo Vit. Mosis T. III. p. 519, 529,
ed. Colon. Jos. Antt. 2.12.4. Hence in
the sacred text, wherever this ὄνομα
ἄῤῥητον was written, they substituted
for it in reading, or pronounced for it
the word "258 ; and for this reason the
vowels of the name "258 are in the Ma-
soretic readings every “where written
with the four letters 15". The initial
Yod, however, takes only a simple She-
vas and not the composite one, mins not
mint ; while prefixes receive the same
points as if followed by "258, 6. g. MIND,
ΓΞ, min. This Bp ἮΝ must at:
ready have existed in the time of the
LXX interpreters; since they uniformly
render M1" by ὃ Κύριος ἱ. 6. "25%. The
Samaritans also followed the same cus-
tom; pronouncing however instead of
min the word N27" i.g. Stn. veel
er the sacred text has MN? "35x,
order not to repeat “258 twice in em
cession, the Jews pronounce DNDN DAN,
and write Mins "258.

Hence it appears that the name Fin"
is furnished not with its own vowels, but
with those of andther word; and the
question arises, what are its true and

384

7

genuine vowels? Many interpreters
regard it as for τ πο, after the an
of 3p32, ΠΡ, justly appealing to the
authority of several ancient writers, who
relate that the God of the Hebrews was
called IAN, 6. g. Diod. Sic. 1. 94, ἵστο-
govar... τοὺς νόμους διδόναι---παρὰ δὲ
τοῖς Ιουδαίοις Maoiy tov [AQ ἐπικαλού-
μένον ϑεόν. Macrob. Sat. 1.18, Hesyeh.
v. ᾿Οζείας. Clem. Alex. Strom. p. 666,
Oxon. See more, Thesaur. p.577. To
this may be added, that the same form
is conspicuous as the name of God on the
gems of the Egyptian Gnosties; Iren.
adv. Heres. I. 34. Bellermann aber die
Gemmen der Alten mit dem Abraxas-—
bilde, I, 11. Not very unlike is the form
ΤΕΥ, of Philo Byblius ap. Euseb, Prep.
Evang. 10. 11; and 140 ("πλ) ap.
Clem. Alex. Strom. V.p. 562.—Others, as
Reland in his Decad. Exercitatt. de vera
pronunciatione nominis Jehova, Traj. ad.
Rh. 1707, following the Samaritans,
suppose it anciently to have been pro- —
nounced M77, and have a support for —
their opinion in the abbreviated forms
int and B41. So Theodoret Quest. 15
in Exod. καλοῦσι δὲ αὐτὸ Supugsiras
TABE, ‘Iovdaior δὲ ATA (TAN); Cod.

Aug. 14.—Even those who regard 70
as the tfue pronunciation, as Michaelis
in Supplem. p. 254, are not destitute of
some apparent grounds; for the abbre- —
viated syllables 7° and ἦν, which stand
first in many compound proper names,
can be so readily explained from πὸ
other form.—But those only waste their
time and labour, who endeavour to refer
this name to a foreign origin, or assign
to it any special relation with Aphid ,
Jov-is, or the like.

My own view coincides with that of
those, who regard thisname asanciently _
proiounoed nim, like the Samaritans; —
since from this all the apocopated forms —
can be more readily derived (177, 7,
in", for 13, Ὑπὸ}; and because allusiow |
is made i in the Ὁ. T. to such an etymo-
logy; 6. 5. Ex. 3, 14 72m WR TIA
I shall be what I am, (comp. Rev. 1, 4. 8,

ὃ ὧν καὶ ὃ ἦν καὶ ὃ ἐρχόμενος,) the name
mim" being derived from the verb πὴ Π
to be, and regarded as designating God
as eternal, immutable, who will never be
other than the same. A like allusion is

Γ

ἔχ

found i in Hos. 12, 6 i133 Min" Jehovah is
his name, i. e. the Eternal, the Immuta-

‘ble. Comp. also the Inscription on the
‘Saitic temple of Isis, Plut. de Iside et
“Osir. 9, ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ γεγονὸς καὶ ὃν καὶ ἐσό-
μένον. See Tholuck on the Hypothesis
of the Egyptian or Indian origin of. the
name Jehovah, Vermischte Schriften 1.

p- 377 sq. rane! in Bibl. Repos. IV. p.
89 sq. 1834. Hengstenb. Authentie des

|

Pentat. I. p. 204 sq.
As to the usus loguendi of this name,

some of the differences of usage be-
tween it and 0°7>xn4 or ΤΌΝ have
already been noted ; see in pony B. no.

6. It may be Sother added, that in the

: prophetical books for the most part only *
mint is employed, as being the more

august and venerable name ; D°7>x be-
ing there used of the true God only i in
certain formulas, as Is. 13, 19. 53, 4. Jer.
35, 4. etc. On the other hand, in certain
other usual formulas, 737" alone is em-

ployed, 6. σ. HIN BNI, Nin ὍΝ AD,

MIN} 333, Ain 1, Mint 337, ete.

_ Thes. p. 578.—Spec. we may note:

a) DPX Mins, i.e. Jehovah God,
comm. the Lorp Gop, by apposition, and
not as some would have it Jehovah of
gods, i. 6. chief; or prince of gods. This
is the customary appellation of Jehovah
in Gen. 6. 2.3; elsewhere less frequent,
as Ex. 9,30. 2 Sam. 7, 22. 1 Chr. 28, 20.

| 29, 1. 2 Chr. 1, 9. 6, 41. 42. Ps. 72. 18.

“4 «b+ 2K. 12, 22.

Jon. 4,6; also ounban mins 1 Sam. 6,
20. 1 Chr. 22, 1.19. 2 Chr. 32, 16. Far
more Enqwent is this semipound form
when followed by a genit. as "77x Mint
Px07 Josh. 7, 13. 19.20. 8, 30. 9, 18. 19.
al, πτρῖξις "πῶς mint Deut. 1, 21. 6, 3.
27,3; AFTON rin, “by min" Deut. 1,
1,31. 2,7. 4; 5. 18, 16. 26, 14. al.

Ὁ) Minas mins + Jehovah ( God) of hosts,
i. e. of the celestial armies, see in 82%
no. 2. b.

c) Mins "25x, for the points in mins
see ahove at the close of the first para-
graph; 2 Sam.7, 18.19. Is. 50,4. Jer. 32,

17; also very freq. in Ezekiel.

a) mint "225, see in "28>, under art.

me Ὁ.

Jay" (whom Jehovah bestows, r
931) Jehozabad, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 26,
6) 2 Chr. 17, 18.

33

980.

1 ὅδ. c. 13-31.

we

PT m. (whom Jehovah bestows,
τ. 329, q. ἃ. Θεοδῶρος) Jehohanan, pr. ἢ.
a) A military commander under Jeho-
shaphat, 2 Chr. 17,15. 23,1. b)2Chr.
28,12. wv) 1 Chr. 26,3. d) Neh. 12,13.
6) ib. 6,18. [Ὁ Ezra 10, 6, contr. 429%
Neh. 12, 22. 23. g) Ezra 10,28. 8)
Neh. 12, 42.—See 2m". Hence Greek

᾿Ιωαννᾶς and *Im@urynge.

3371) m. (whom Jehovah knows, fa-
vours, r. 51.) Jehoiada, pr.n.m. a) A
priest of great authority in the kingdom
of Judah, 2 K.11,4.al. b) 2 Sam. 8,
18. 20, 23. c) 1 Chr. 27,34. d) ib. 12,
27.—Hence contr. 3375" q. v.

P27) τὴ, (whom Jehovah hath ap-
pointed, τ. 1,3) pr. n. Jehoiachin, son of
Jehoiakim, king of Judah B. C. 600, 2 K.
24, 6.8-17. The same name is written
3. Ez. 1, 2; 97234 Esth. 2, 6. Jer.
27, 20. 28, 4; ΓΗ for qm 553 Jer. 24,
1 Chethibh ; and a3 Jer. 22, 24. 28.
37, 1.

ΡΟΣ m. (whom Jehovah hath set
up, r. ἘΞ) pr. n. Jehoiakim, son of Jo-
siah, king of Judah 611-600 B. C. 2. K.
23, 34. 36. 24, 1. Jer. 1, 3. His former
name was D7P7>N q. v.

ay and 277" (whom Jehovah
defends, r. 32°) pr. n. Jehoiarib, Joiarib,
a distinguished priest. at Jerusalem,
1 Chr. 9, 10. 24,7. Ezra 8, 16. Neh. 11,
10. 12, 6.19. Hence Gr. ᾿Ιωαρίβ 1 Mace.
2, 1.

22577" (potent, verbal fut. Hoph. from
555) Jehucal, pr. n. m. Jer. 37 3; for
which contr. ‘bom Jer. 38, 1.

227 and 2727" (whom Jehovah
impels, r. 332) Jehonadab, Jonadab. pr.
n. a) A βοὴ οἵ Rechab, an ancestor οὔ
the nomadic Rechabites, who bound his
tribe by a vow to abstain from wine, 2 K.
10, 15. Jer. 35, 6. See 339. b)2Sam.
13, 5 sq.

FOI" and 427" (whom Jehovah
gave, τ. 02, Gr. Θεοδῶρος,) Jonathan,
pr.n.m. a) A βοὴ οἵ Saul, ovlebrated
for his noble friendship sowaeils David,
b) A son of Abiathar,
2 Sam. 15, 27. 36. 1 K. 1, 42. 43.—Also
of several others, called only }M25777, viz.
6) A son of Gershom, an idolatrous

wT

priest, Judg. 18, 30.
1 Chr. 20, 7. 27. 39. e) 2 Chr. 27, 25.
f) 2 Chr. 17,8. g) Jer. 37, 15. 20. 38,

26. ἢ) Neh. 12,18.-—See more in 791).

ROW" ig. HO (by Chaldaism not
contracted, r. 5}0") Joseph, pr.n. Ps. 81, 6,
poetically for the nation of Israel. See
mou.

ΤῊΣ ΤΊΣ (whom Jehovah adorns, r.
1115) Jehoaddah, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 8, 36 ;
for which 9, 42 ΠΣ",

pwn (fem. of preced.) Jehoaddan
pr. ἢ. f. 2 Chr. 25,1. 23 Κα. 14,2 Keri;
but pus" Cheth.

Pp I= and PIX" (whom Jehovah
makes just, r. PIX) Jehozadak, Jozadak,
pr. h. of the father of Joshua the high
priest, Hagg. 1, 1.12. Ezra 3, 2. 8. 5, 2.

- DTW (whom Jehovah has exalted,
τ. 09") Jehoram, Joram, pr.n. a) Aking
of Judah 891-884 B. C. son of Jehosha-
phat, 2 K. 8, 16-24. b) A king of Israel
896-884 B.C. son of Ahab, 2 K. ο. 3.
c) A priest 2 Chr. 17, 8.—Written also
contr. D3".

Yawn? (Jehovah is her oath, i. 6.
worshipper of Jehovah, comp. satby)
Jehosheba, pr. n. of a daughter of king
Joram, and wife-of Jehoiada the priest,
2 K. 11, 2; written in 2 Chr. 22, 11
msayin.

YAWN and yon (Jehovah his help,
r. 90%, comp. Sanh, Germ. Gotthilf,)
Jehoshua, Joshua, pr. n. m. a) The
minister and assistant of Moses, after-
wards his successor and leader of the Is-
raelites, the son of Nun, Ex. 17, 9. 24,
13; elsewhere called also SO Num. 13,
8.16; see also 9205. Ὁ) A high priest
contemporary with Zerubbabel, Zech.
3,1. 6, 11. Hagg. 1, 1.12; see also
305. c)1Sam.6, 14.18. d) 2K. 23,
8.—Sept. ᾿Ιησοῦς, Vulg. Josua.

DEW? (whom Jehovah judgeth, i.e.
whose cause he sustains, ) pr. ἢ. Jehosha-
phat. a) A king of Judah, 914-889
B.C. son of Asa, 1 Καὶ. 22,41-51. From
him the valley between Jerusalem and
the Mount of Olives is supposed to have
received the same name, Joel 4, 2. 12.
2 Chr.c. 20. See Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. p. 396. Ὁ) The recorder or annalist

d) 2 Sam. 21, 21.

386

x7

of king David, 2 Sam.°8, 16. 20, 24.
c) 1K.4,17. ἃ) The father of Jehu
king of Israel, 2 K. 9, 2. 14.

ὙΠ. adj. (τ. "92) elated, proud, arro-
gant, Prov. 21, 24. Hab. 2, 5.—Chald.
and Talmud. id. "4°M& to be proud ;
mans, R51, pride.

ela (who praises God, it’ oo
Jehalelel, pr.n.m. a) 2 Chr. 29, 12.
b) 1 Chr. 4, 16.

DOM? m. (r. £m) a species of hard —
gem,so called from beating, hammering,
Ex. 28, 18. 39, 11. Ez. 28,13. Several
of the ancient versions render it ὄνυξ,
ὀνύχιον, the ony2, which is not im-
probable. Others, adamant, but less
well; so Braun de Vestitu Sacerdotum,
II. 13.

τ v1" obsol. root, Arab. UA, to
tread down, to trample upon.—Hence

V2 Is. 15,4. Jer. 48, 34, elsewhere

mxri), (place trodden down,) Jahaz,
Jahazah, pr. n. of a Moabitish city situ-
ated near the desert, afterwards reckon-
ed to the tribe of Reuben and assigned
to the priests. Num. 21, 23. Deut. 2, 32.
Josh 13. 18. 21, 36. Judg. 11, 20. 1 Chr.
6, 63. Jer. 48, 34.—In several of these
examples the final 5 in 735% is local ;
as Num. Deut. lc.

i Ὕ a root not in use, prob. to be
high, tumid, kindr. with "3, "5. Arab.

9 390.

ree a prominent heap of sand.--
Hence ἜΠΗ,

381" (whose father is Jehovah) pr. »
Joab. a) The nephew and chief mili
tary officer of David, 2 Sam. 2, 24. 1 K.
2,5. 22. al. .b) 1 Chr. 4,14. c¢) Ezra
2,6. 8,9. Neh. 7,11. Ὁ

MN (whose brother i. 6. helper is
Jehovah) pr. n. Joah. a) A son of
Asaph, the recorder or annalist of He-
zekiah, 2 K. 18, 18. Is. 36,3. Ὁ) The
annalist of king Josiah, 2 Chr. 34, 8.
6) 1Chr. 6, 6. 2 Chr. 29, 12. ἀ) 1 Chr.
26, 4.

TINT see Ὑπὸ ἔτη,

8" (Jehovah is his God, i. 6. worship-
per of Jehovah,) pr. n. Joel. a) A pro-

: Jobab, pr. n.

Εν
phet, son of Pethuel, Joel 1, 1. Ὁ) The
eldest son of Samuel, 1 Sam. 8,2. c) A

son of king Uzziah 1 Chr. 6, 21; for
which, by a manifest error in transcrib-

ing, is read in v. 9 53x .—Also of seve-_

ral other persons ; see Thesaur. p. 582.

UNM (i. 4. wNiN" q. v.) Joash, pr. n.
m. a) See in wyim a. b) See ibid. b.
c) The father of Gideon Judg. 6, 11.
ἃ) 1K. 22,26. 2Chr.18,25. 6) 1.Chr.
12,3. f) ib. 4, 22.

31° Job, pr.n. of a son of Issachar Gen.
46, 13; perhaps an error in copying for
1 Num. 26, 24. 1 Chr. 7, 1 Keri.

227 (ig. οἰ: desert, see in r. 33")
a) “A people of Arabia,
descended from Joktan, Gen. 10, 29. 1
Chr. 1, 23. A trace of this tribe is-to
be found perhaps in Ptolemy, who men-
tions a people on the eastern coast of
Arabia near the Sacalite, whom he
calls ᾿Ιωβαρίται, or as Salmasius and

. >
Bochart conjecture ᾿Ιωβαβέται, chang-

ΨΥ

_ the Canaanites Josh. 11, 1.
8, 9.

ing the g into 8. See Bochart Phaleg
II. 29. b) A king of Idumea Gen. 36.
33. 34. 1 Chr. 1, 44.45. ὁ) A king of
d) 1 Chr.
e) ib. 8, 18.

227° comm. see in no. 2, (r. >= 11)

~onomatopoetic, i. q. Lat. jubilum, Germ.

Jubel, comp. Engl. jubilee, signifying

acry of joy, joyful shout, and then

transferred to the sound or clangour of

_ trumpets, trampet signal, alarm, like

mDa9m q. v.—Roots of like sound and

signification denoting outcry, clamour,

as the expression both of joy and pain,
(since the two are often hardly to be
distinguished, and are frequently ex-
pressed by the same words, comp. >5%,

mtn.) are in the Semitic, tongues bbs

ee ΣΝ eee

the Teutonic dialects,

oe

Joly, d58, also 33", ws ; Gr. ὀλολύ-
ζειν, ἀλαλάζειν, Lat. δα μά ululare ; in
Swed. jolen,
whence the ancient Scandinavian festi-
val called Jul (Engl. Yule), Dutch joelen,

comm. Germ. jodeln. In all these syl-

lables 761, jobl, jodl, the primitive idea
is to cry to; comp. Lat. to triumphe.
- Hence

1. bain 1} the horn of jubilee, signal-

_ horn, i.e. with which asignal of attack or
_ alarm is sounded, Josh. 6, 5; also ellipt.

387

3}

dais Ex. 19, 18. ΡΙαν. πεῖς ninpisi
Josh. 6, 6, with art. pba mini 6, 4.
8. 13, trumpets of jubilee (for the pit,
form see note) i.e. with which a signal
is given, alarm-trumpets, signal trum-
pets. Between 529° 11} the signal-horn
and 5313 “Div the signal-trumpet, there
seems to have been no difference, see
Josh. 6, 4, comp. v. 5. 6.—>2 23
Ex. 19, 13, and 533° 7 2—3 W622 Josh.
6, 5, Ἐς ΡΟΝ the signal-horn is sounded,
ΡῈ eleéwhere ninpiwWa Spm, comp. oak:
6, 4 and v. 5.—The Chaldee translator
and the Rabbins by an absurd conjec-
ture interpret 831" a ram, and 52955 ‘Pp
the ram’s horn; nor are several modern
conjectures much better, for which see
Fuller’s Miscell. [V. 8. Carpzov. Appa-
rat. Antiqu. Cod. sac. p. 449. Bochart
Hieroz. I. lib. 2. ο. 43.

Nore. The plural o*>3isn mined
trumpets of alarms, which stands where
we should expect basen ’ ὦ, depends on
an idiom of the Hebrew language,
which has hitherto been overlooked by
Grammarians ; see Heb. Gram. § 106. 3.
In Hebrew, as in Syriac (Hoffmann
Gramm. Syr. p. 254), there ure three
modes of forming the plural of compound
nouns, or nouns in construction, viz.
either: a) The governing noun alone
is put in the plural, and this is much
the most common method, as 5. “435,
plur. 5" “i232; or b) The Genitive
or noun governed i is also put in the plu-
ral, as 0°59 "934 1 Chr. 7, 5, Dea “MY
for dan oni) Ex. 1. 11, pbx "33 Ps. 29,
2 for dx "235 or firihaes , 6) The gov-
erning noun remains unchanged, and
the Genitive alone is made plural, of
which a striking example is the phrase
miax ΓΞ ‘houses of fathers, for 38 "M3,
see in M3 no. 11.—The example above
in question belongs to the second form,
lett. b.

2. baint mw Lev. 25, 13. 15. 31. 40
and ellipt. Sai ib. v. 28. 30. 33, (comm
gender, m. Num. 36, 4, but often fem. on
account of the ellipsis of M23 Lev. 25. 10,)
the yeur of jubilee, Vulg. annus jubileus,
annus jubilei, so called from the sound-
ing of trumpets on the tenth day of the
seventh month, by which it was an-
nounced to the: people, Lev. 25,9. It
occurred every fiftieth year, Lev. 25, 10.

=

11. Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 3; not as some sup-
pose in the forty-ninth; and according
to the Mosaic law, in this year all lands
which had been sold returned to their
first possessor, all slaves were to be set
free, and the lands lay untilled. Sept.
ἔτος ἀφέσεως, ἀφεσις.

227 m. 1. a river, stream of water,
Jer. 17,8. Β. 5551.

2. Jubal, pr.n. of a son of Lamech, and
the inventor of music, Gen. 4, 21. The
name Jubal signifies perhaps pr. jubi-
lum, or the sound of trumpets and other
instruments, i. 6. music, kindr. with 53%";
and was afterwards applied to its in-
ventor.—R. 53" IL.

“att (i. q. satin«) Jozabad, pr. n. of
several Levites, a) 2 Chr. 381,18. Ὁ)
Ezra 8, 33. 10, 23. 0) 10, 22.

“I (whom Jehovah remembers)
Jozachar, pr. ἢ. of the murderer of king
Joash, 2 K. 12, 22. In 2 Chr. 24, 26
written 731, a manifest error in trans-
cribing.

81 (perh. contr. from Hi" whom
Jehovah revives, comp. 53% for 733")
Joha, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 16. Ὁ)
11, 45.

20) (i. q.. j20IN? where see) Joha-
nan, pr. ἢ. as contracted borne also:
a) By two of David’s officers, 1 Chr. 12,
4.12. b) A βοὴ οἵ king Josiah 1 Chr.
3,15. 6) A priest ib. 5,35. d) 2 K.
25, 23. Jer. 40,8. e) 1 Chr. 3, 24. f)
Eizra 8, 12.

no see mw.

ΣῊ (i,q. STINT q. v.) pr.n. Joiada.
Neh. 3, 6. 12, 10.

‘PIM see pati.

DP (i. q. EAP) Joiakim, pr. n.
m. Neh. 12, 10.

a9 (i. gq. Sati") Joiarib, pr. ἢ.
a) See anim. Ὁ) Neh. 11,5. ᾿

227° (whose glory is Jehovah, x.
12>) Jochebed, pr. ἢ. of the mother of

Moses and wife of Amram, Ex. 6, 20.
Num. 26, 59.

29} Jucal, see Daan,

*D'" a root not in use, prob. to be
warm, hot, like the kindred roots nM,

388

DAT, ἘΠῚ, oe) the π᾿ being gradually

softened into % and so into ἢ; see p.
370. And as there exist three roots
with the harsher guttural, DAN, ΘΠ,
mam; so also with the softer letter, bit,
ba, ΠΣ .—From the root pi" come Di"
diy pian warm springs; from m7

comes plur. D772" constr. "27 days.
DT c. suff. ‘i, Bl a plur.
constr. 27, poet. nt Ἦν
si as Eee. 7, 14. Jer. a 18. 27.10.
1. a day, so called frou the diur
heat, r. Di. Chald. Samar. id.

Ἰζοαῦ, Arab. ΜΕ id.— Spoken of the
natural day, from the rising to the set-
ting sun, opp. the night, Gen. 1, 14. 16.
7,4. 12. 8, 22. 31, 39; also of the civil
day or 24 hours, which includes the
night, Gen. 7, 24. 50, 3. al. Job 3, 6 let
not (that night) rejoice among the days
of the year. “TM Ci" in or on one day
Gen. 27, 45. 33, 18. Num. 11, 19; the
same das y Is. 9, 13. mit Oy Dera in
the self-same day Gen. 7, 13, see in OS.
Gen. 18, 1 01° BMD in the heat of the ©
day, at noon, elsewhere called D1" 7153
Prov. 4, 18, see in Ἰ9.- τ Ὁ oO the ©
sabbath-day Ex. 20, 8. 5°9B> Bi" day
of atonement, expiation, Lev. 23,28. Dx
micm Num. 29, 1. Prov. 27,1 boast not —
thyself of to-morrow, for thou knowest
not di t>=-m72 what a day (to-day )emay
bring forth. —Put for the light of day,
day-light ; comp. Gen. 1, 5. So Zech.
14,7 >"> ND) OTN... IN BT
and there shall be a ae when there
will be neither day-light nor night. Job
3,5. Also for a day’s journey, i. q. 723
nit, Deut. 1, 2; comp. Num. 11, 31.— |
Adv. absol. £1" i. q. 0249", by day, tn the
day-time, Ps. 88,2. Also Bi7 017 day by —
day, daily, Gen. 39, 10. Ex. 16, 5. Is. 58, —
2. Ps. 68; 20; in genit. p17 DY" "92 daily —
vows Ps. 61,9; 81) Οἷα id. Esth. 3,4; —
pita ot pr. day by day 1 Chr. 12, 22.
Neh. 8, 18; ΕἿΣ bind from day to day,
daily, 2 Chr. 24, 11; but ofa ἘΤῚΞ. as
day by day 1 Sam. 18, 10; also. pita
piv-bx from day to day Num. 30, 15.
1 Chr. 16, 23.—With a genit. of pers.
the day of any one signifies: a) In a
good sense, his festival day. Hos. 7, &
42359 Di" the day of our king, his birth-
day or day of inauguration. 2, 15 "2"

or
mrbyvan the festivals of idols. 2,2 [1,11]
ὈΝΣ ΤῸ pin the day of Jezreel, i. 6. when
the people shall be aasembled at Jezreel.
Spoken of one’s birth-day Job 3,1; not
1,4. So ἡμέρα τινος Diog. Laert. 4. 41;
comp. Cic. Att. 13. 42. b) In a bad
sense, day of calamity ; Obad. 12 pi"
ΠΝ the day of thy brother. Job 18, 20
posterity shall be astonished at his dany,
ΔΑ, i. 6. at his calamity. Ps. 37, 13.
“187, 7. 1 Sam. 26, 10. Ez. 21, 30. Arab.
day of misfortune. sey Is. 9, 3

ira oh the day of Midian, when the
Midianites were defeated with slaughter.
~ Comp. dies Alliensis, Cannensis, Arab.

ae) a dies pugne Bedrensis, Kor. 3.
119. ὁ) the day of Jehovah, i.e. the day
of judgment and punishment which Je-
hovah will hold upon the wicked, Joel 1,
15. Ez. 13, 5. Is. 2,12. 13, 6.9. Am. 5,
18. 20. Obad.15.al. Plur.Job24,1. Gr.
ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 1 Thess. 5, 2. 2 Pet.
3, 10.

2. time, like ἡμέρα and Lat. dies, Judg.
18, 30. Is. 48, 7. Job 15, 32. 30, 25.—See
the forms Bi, OD, DID, etc. below
in no. 3, under the letters a, Ὁ, ἃ, e, f, g.
More frequent in this sense in Plur.
pins, see below in Plur. no. 2.

3. With the art. and prepositions pre-
fixed :

a) Din this day, to-day, Gen. 4, 14.
Ex. 22, 14. 24, 12. 30, 32. 31, 48. al.

Arab. egal id.—Also: α) by day, in
the day-time, opp. 12925 by night, Neh.
4, 16 [22]. Hos. 4, 5,i.q.01". 8) at
this time, now, Deut. 1, 39. 1 Sam. 12,
17. 2 K. 6, 26. y) that day, at that
time, then, 1 Sam. 1,4 Die 4. 14,
1. 2 K. 4, 8. Job 1, 6, where some ren-

der a day, a certain time, i. q. Logs,
neglecting the force of the article.

b) pita with infin. a) in the day
that, ete. Gen. 2,17 WP2¥ Dina inthe day
that ‘(when) thou eatest. 3,5. Lev. 7, 36.
B) in the time that, i. q. when; Gen. 2,4
pind) ΥᾺΝ minds ἢ mivs pina when
Jehovah made the earth and the heavens.
Ex. 10, 28. 32, 34. 1K. 2,8. Is. 11, 16.

Lam. 3,57; after, 2 Sam. 21,12. With ©

pret. Lev. 7, 35. 2 Sam. 22, 1.
c) bina) αν) in the day-time, opp.
mosba Gen. 31, 40. Jer. 36,30. ) in
, 33*

389

oY

that same day, i. e. immediately, at once,
Prov. 12,16. Neh. 3,34. ) on that day,
i. q. the other day, lately, Judg. 13, 10.—
For S13 Ὁ 53 see in 857 no. 3.

d) 9153 (with 3 of time) this day, at
this time, now, 1 K.1,31. Is.58,4. Some-
times it refers to an action about to take
place, now, i. q. before, first, Gen. 25, 31.
33. 1 Sam. 2, 16. 1 K. 22; 25.

6) M3 DID α) as at this day, as at
this time, as things now are; a phrase
marking the present state of things as
if pointed to with the finger. Gen. 50,
20 where Sept. ὡς σήμερον. Deut. 2, 30.
4, 20. 38. 29, 28. 1 Sam. 22, 8.13. 2 Chr.
6, 15. Jer. 11, 5. al. So too nin ΘΠ
Deut. 6, 24. Jer. 44, 22. Ezra 9, 7. 15.
Neh. 9,10. βὺ) Once ΠῚ ΘΠ, about
that time, then, > being taken as a parti-
cle of time, Gen. 39, 11.

f) 2152 from the time that, since, Ex.
10, 6. Deut. 9, 24.

g) piva->>—s aw) all days, every day,
daily, Ps. 42, ‘4. 11. 44, 23. 56, 2. 3.6. 71,
8. 15. 24. 73, 14, parall. pvpad every
morning. Sep’. sometimes 208? ἑκάστη»
ἡμέραν. γ)) the whole day, all the day,
Is. 62, 6 parall. n>"ba->d. Ps. 32, 3. 35
28. 37, 26. 38, 7.13. Sept. ὅλην τὴν. ἡμέ-
ραν. y) at all times, always, continu-
ally. Ps. 52,3 τῖνπτο 58 TOM the good-
ness of God is manifested continually.
Prov. 21, 26 MXN ΠΗ DiwM->D the
wicked continually burneth with desire.
23. 17. Is. 28. 24 doth the ploughman
always plough? 65, 5 DisI~>>d MIP wR
a fire always burning. Often with 172m
added, Is. 51, 13. 52,5. Ps. 72,15. The
seme is 0197523 every day, at all times,
Ps. 7, 12. 88, 10. 145, 2.—This formula
belongs to the poetic style ; in prose the
corresponding expression is 0°277>D
q. v. below in no. 2.

Dua 5721" two days Ex. 16, 29. 21,
22. Num. 9, 22. Hos. 6, 2 pita pv
ΡῈ τι after two days on the third day,
i. e. soon; comp. John 2, 19. 20. ‘

Piur. 0°97 as if from a sing. 5° (Ὁ.
m0"), by Chaldaism 9779 Dan. 12, 13;
constr, 727, poet. mia" Deut. 32, 7: Ps.
90,15. Comp. Aram. mai, , (adoas.

1. days, 6. g. D9 MZIAB seven days
Gen. 8, 10. 12. B-Imy 51%" some days,
i.e. some time, for a time, Gen 27 44.

bp
In the same sense 0°27 is put absol.

c 2, oF
(like Lol} some days, some time, Syr.

{adca» 345 after some time, Barhebr. |

Chron. p. 391, 418,) Neh. 1, 4. Dan. 8,
27. Gen. 40, 4 ~awea poe 1 and
they were for some time in ward. 07232
after some time Judg. 11, 4. 14, 8. 15, Ἵ.
ps" ὙΡ id. Gen. 4,8.1 Κ. 17,7. “ yR>
id. Neh. 13,6. The space of time thus
signified, often several months, never a
whole year, is apparent from these ex-
amples: Gen, 24, 55 let the damsel abide
with us VW ἴδ 2%" some days, per-
haps ten, the indefinite 0°27 being made
specific by the adjunct "Mwy. Is. 65, 20
pn" ΘῈΣ an infunt of a few days. A
longer time is implied in Num. 9, 22
pw is wih ix ovis two days or a
month or some longer itme. 1 Sam. 29,
3 he hath been with me Ht iN O27 TT
Dw for these aig days or rather
these years.

2. days, time, as odelathtiity of a suc-
cession of days, very frequent. So 1 K.
2,11 and the time (9°2°1) that David
reigned over Israel was forty years. 1
Sam. 27, 11. Gen. 47, 8 475m Ὁ 7"
the time of the years of thy life. peta
ἘΠῚΤ in those days, at that time, Ex. 2,
11. 23. Josh. 20, 6. 1 Sam. 28, 1. Jer. 3,
16. 18. Joel 3,2. al. mrasn-b> for all
time, for ever, Fr. toujours, (ἤματα πάντα
Hom. Il. 8. 593. ib. 12. 133,) Deut. 4, 40.
5, 26. 6, 24. 11, 1. 1 Sam. 1, 28. 18, 29.
Job 1, 5. Jer. 31, 36. 32,39. al. "35
p75 pr. the daily affairs, i. 6. annals,
see in "35 no. 2.
ham’s time Gen. 26, 1.15. 18; so espec. of
kings and princes, e. g. ΒΝ Ὁ 252 in the
time of Saul, during his reign, 1 Sam.
17,12; of David 2 Sam. 21,1; Solomon
1 K. 10, 21; so Esth. 1, 1. Neh. 12, 26.
47. oomubp 272 in the time of the
Philistines, during their rule, Judg. 15,
20.—Is. 39, 6 m'xa DO MEIN behold
the days come, the time cometh, etc. a
phrase frequent in prophecies, espec. in
those containing threats; Jer. 7, 32. 9,
24. 16, 14. 23, 5.7. 31, 27. 31. 38. al.
comp. Is. 7, 17.—With a genit. or suff.
time appointed to any one; Gen. 29, 21
"729 ΝῺ my time is full, completed, out,
comp. v. 18.—Spec. a) Often i. q. time

390

| of life, age.

cm338 72°93 in Abra- ὁ

oy

Se nva"a 8a far gone in
days, advanced in age, Gen. 24, 1. Josh.
13, 1; comp. προβεβηκὼς ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις,
Luke 1,7. ΘΝ "732 great of age, i. 6.
of great age, very aged, Job 15, 10;
opp. 5°72" “sp short of age, short-lived,
14, 1. ΡΟΣ all one’s days, hits
whole life, Gen. 43, 9. 44, 32. With —
genit. Wik "2" a man’s days, life, Job
10,5; 2" my life 7,6; ΩΡ all thy life
long, so long as thou hast lived, Job 38,
12. 1 Sam. 25,28. 1 Κὶ. 1.6, Basan
your days, while ye live, Jer. 16, 9. |
‘5727 FINA to prolong one’s days, to live
long, see in 328 Hiph. Poet. Job 32, 7
ἜΠΞ 1 D725 let age speak, i. 6. the aged.
Trop. of things, Gen. 8, 22 yarn "7297>3
all the days of the earth, while the earth
endures. Ὁ) 8°75 in accus. is often put
pleon. after words denoting a certain
and definite time, as 0°97 0°N20 Engl.
two years of time Gen. 41, 1. Jer. 28, 3. ©
11; 525 OWay Mabe Dan. 10, 2, 8;
ὉΠ} ὉΠ a month of time, i. 4. a month
long, Gen. 29, 14; ΛΩΝ My" id. De
21, 13. 2 K. 15, 13. See on this idiom,
Lehrgb. p. 667. In like manner the
Arabic subjoins yh time, and the
Ethiopic PUA days, like the Hebrew;
see the Ascension of Isaiah by Laurence,
£11. 2a,
3. Sometimes 0°23" marks a definite
space of time, viz.a year; as also Syr. and
Chald. eS 73>, denote both time and
year ; and as in Engl. several words
signifying time, weight, measure, are
likewise used to denote certain specific
times, weights, measures; see inT733. —
—Certain examples of this idiom are
the following: 1 Sam. 27,7 and the time
that David dwelt.in the country of the
Philistines was DOSIN HPA WW) Dm a
year and four months. Ley. 25, 29, "
Judg. 17,10. 0°25 M31 the yearly sac-
rifice 1 Sam. 2,19. Mare B02 from
year to year, every year, Ex. 13,10. Judg.
11, 40. 21, 19. 1 Sam. 1, 3 (comp: mw
mwa v. 7). 2, 19. novisbs nn Is. 32,
10, for which is read 29, 1 τοῦτος τῷ.
abso for Plur. years, with numerals
added, (as 0°28 plur. faces,) 2 Chr. 21,
19 052%) pmb VPA ras ΤΣΞ after the
end of two years.—Am. 4, 4 ah ὈΡΘῸΝ
is doubtful, either every ‘hree years. or

oY
better every three days, the latter in bit-
ter irony.

εὐ D1 Chald. m. i. q. Heb. ΠΡ. Ezra 6,
15. Siva 51" day by day. daily, Ezra 6,
9. Emphat. 821° Dan. 6, 11.

Puiur. hasathreefoldform: a) 77%",
constr. "25", emphat. X25", Dan. 2, 28.
5, 11. 6, 8.13; and so in the Targums.
Ὁ) Constr. ΤΟ Ezra 4, 19, like the Syr.
and Samar. 6) Heb. constr. "29 Ezra
4, 7.—Like Heb. "2" it denotes in Plur.
time, Dan. 4, 31. 5, 11. Ezra 4, 15; es-
pec. time of life, age, as 872°" P"MD ad-
vanced in age, the ancient one, Dan.7, 22.

DAN adv. (from i> with the adv.
ending D—) by day, in the day-time, opp.
nm"), Ex. 13, 21. 22. Job 5,14. bom
nbsby day and night, i. 6. continually,
Ps. 1. 2. Is. 60, 11. Jer. 8,23. Once i. 4.
pin->>, all the day, Ps. 13, 3; so with
genit. Di" "2S every-day etait, con-
stant, Ez. 30,16. Once with 3, as 97°23
Neh. 9, 19.— Syr. [iakas] day-time,
Ἰζοΐα 9 daily.

1 (322) obsol. root, prob. fo boil up,
to be ina ferment ; whence 115 mud,
mire, and j™2 wine; as "2h mire, μὲ
ΠῚ wine, δ΄ "2n to boil up, to fer-
ment. Kindred roots are 51°, 533, 7703.

Deriv. 533, 535°, 37°.

72? pr. n. Javan, i.e. 1. Jonia, the
name of which province as being adja-
cent to the East, and better known than
others to the orientals, was extended so
as to comprehend the whole of Greece,
as is expressly said by Greek writers
themselves ; see Aristoph. Acharn. 104,
ibique Schol. ZEschyl. Pers. 176, 561.

Syr. αἱ, os cass Greece ; Arab.

als Greek.—Gen. 10, 2. Dan. 8, 21.

Is. 66, 19. Ez. 27, 13. Zech. 9,13. Pat-
| Tonym. is "339 an Ionian, Greek ; hence
m3 "3 ihe sons of the Greeks, υἷες
Ayalon, Ἂν the Greeks, Joel 4, 6.

2. In Ez. 27, 19, Ἴ is prob: a city of

Arabia Felix; comp. wee? wipe: Ya-
wan, atownin Yemen; Camoos p. 1817.

122 m. (τ. 719) constr. 175, mud, mire,

pr. prob. dregs, feces, Ps. 69, 3. 40, 3
ji ve mire of clay, deep miry clay.

991

37, 16, 19. Zech. 10, 6.

a
2327" see aim.

m1 f(r. 715) ρίαν. Θ΄ 1. @ dove,
Gen. 8, 8 sq. Hos. 11. 11. Ps. 55, 7. —
279 "23 young doves Lev. 5, 7. 12, 8. al.®
"ἤν my dove, a term of endojieniit
Cant. 2, 14. 5, 2. 6, 9. 1, 15 531) FAs
thine eyes are dévbe-tike: i. e. like the
eyes of doves. 4, 1.—Derived from r.
i", referring to the sexual warmth of
the dove.—Another 27" see as part.
fem. of r. 73%. .

2. Jonah, pr. n. of a prophet, Jon. 1, 1
2 K. 14, 25.

%2)? see in 937 no. 1.
p21, np2i9, see r. p2" Part. -

7927" pr. ἡ. Jonathan, i. q. {NAY q. v.
This contracted name was borne by se-

veral: a) 1Chr.2,32. δ) Jer. 40,8.
c) Ezra 8,6. d) 10,15. e) Neh. 12,
11. f) 12, 14.

ΠΟῪ m. (whom may God increase, r.
5/07) Joseph, pr.n. Once 9017 Ps. 81, 6.

1. The son of Jacob, the youngest ex-
cept Benjamin, sold by his brothers into
Egypt and afterwards advanced to the
highest honours; see Gen. ο. 37-50.—
The two sons of Joseph, Ephraim and
Manasseh, were adopted by Jacob, and
became heads of tribes in Israel; hence
yo and Hoi" m"a are put: a) For
these two tribes, Josh. 17, 17. 18, 5. Judg.
1, 23.35; so also O07" "23 Num. 26, 28 sq.
Josh. 14, 4. 17,14. Ὁ) Poet. for the
kingdom of Ephraim, i. e. of the ten
tribes, see S725 no. 3. Ps. 78, 67. Ez.
c) For the
whole nation, of Israel. Ps, 80, 2. 81, 6.
Am. 5, 15. 6, 6.

2. Several other persons,
25, 2.9. b) Neh. 12, 14.
42.

Nore. In Gen. 30, 23, 24, allusion is
made-to a double etymology, both as if
for 5ON° he will take away, or also for
Fut. Hiph. apoc. from 50" he will add ;
and this latter is also supported by the.
Chaldaizing form Sicha Ps. 81, 6.

ΓΟ (id.) Josiphiah, pr. ἢ. τα. Ezra
8, 10.

ΤΙΣ (perh. for m453%, whom Jeho-
vah helps) Joelah, pr. n. m. 1,Chr. 12,”
R. 533 Hiph. -

a) 1 Chr.
6) Ezra 10

5

wr (his witness is Jehovah) Joed,
pr.n.m. Neh. 11,7. R. 749.

ἜΣ (whose help is Jehovah) Joezer,
pr.n.m.1 Chr. 12,6. R. "19.

yn see r. 72" no. 2, Part.

on (to whom Jehovah hastens sc.

with help, τ. 05>) Joash, pr.n.m. a) 1
Chr. 7, 8. b) 27, 28.

PIX) see ῬΎΣΙΣ,
“XN see r. “x Part.

mph (contr. from 951.) Jokim, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22.

mI" (i. ᾳ. ποτ) Jorah, pr. ἢ. τη. Ezra
2, 18. Elsewhere called ΛΠ q. v.

ΤΡ m. (part. act. Kal of τ. 79) pr.
sprinkling, watering, Hos. 6,3. Hence
the first or early rain, which falls heavily
in Palestine from about the middle of
October until December or January.
The first showers prepare the ground for
receiving the seed. Deut. 11, 14. Jer. 5,
24. Comp. Wipba. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 97.

"7" (for 24%" whom Jehovah teach-
eth, τ. 57" Hiph.) Jorai, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr.
5, 13.

DI (i. q. prim) Joram, pr. n. m.
a) i.g. Jehoram king of Judah 2 K. 8,
23; comp. v.16. b) i. q. Jehoram king
of Revagl 2 K. 8,16; comp. 3,1. c) 2
Sam. 8, 10; for which 1 Chr. 18, 10
eying. d) 1 Chr. 26, 25.

“OJ AW (whose love is returned)
Jushab- hesed, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 20.

MAW” (whom Jehovah lets dwell, τ.
3") Joshibiah, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 4, 35.

MO (contr. for M7 g. v. or from |

τ. M5 after the form 721s) Joshah, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 4, 35.

mo (for M7344, ig. MIBWiF q. v.)
Joshaviah, pr. Π. πη. 1 Chr. 11, 46.

DM" (Jehovah is upright) pr. n. Jo-
tham. a) Α βοὴ οἵ Gideon, Judg. 9, 5. 7.
b) A king of Judah, son of Uzziah, r.
759-743 B. C. 2 K. 15, 2.’ 7 32-38. is. 1,
1.. ¢) 1 Chr. 2, 47.

SM and "act. part. Kal οὔτ. ὅτι.
1. Pr. ‘that remaining, ‘ what is over
and above ;’ hence as subst. the rest, re-

392

ἪΡ"

stdue, 1 Sam. 15, 15. Also gain, ka
emolument, Ecce. 6, 8. 11.

2. Adv. a) more, further, of time,
with τὸς Ecc. 2,15; comparat. Ece. 7,
11, With 12 more than Kee. 12, 12.

Chald. "nin, Syr. 424 id. b) too much, Ὁ

overmuch, i. q. δα; Kee. 7, 16, parall.
man. c) besides ; Esth. 6,6 "yaa amis
besides me. So 3 anit Conj. besides
that ; Ecc. 12,9 bon nbn many Anim
and δῶ that Koheleth was wise.

. MANN, only defect. MIN, (fem. of
“mi, pr. redundant,) in full -59 mymsn
2290 Ex. 29,13. Lev. 3,4, also 73 ΩΣ
ἼΞΞΙΣ Lev. 9, 10, and 7335 ΓΝ Ex. 29,
22. Lev. 8, 16. 25.. 9, 19, i, @. collect.
the lobes of ‘the liver, qs. the redundant
parts of the liver, the flaps. Sept. do-

ραν
Bog τοῦ ἥπατος, Saad. sob id. of like
origin with the Heb. from Off i. q: 5

See other views in Thesaur. p. 645 sq
ἘΣ

rit” obsol. root, Arab. Ss intrans
to gather together, to anpouile —Hence
ar (assembly of God) Jeziel, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 12, 3.
97 (for 3 435, whom Jehovah sprin-
kles, τ. 412) Jeziah, pr.n.m. Ezra 10, 25.
TT? (whom God moves, to whom he

gives life and motion, r. 51) Jaziz, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 27, 31.

ΤΙΝ 27. (whom God draws out, pre-

serves, r. X21) Jizliah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.

8, 18.

᾿ Di a root sometimes assumed for
the form 923" Gen. 11,6; but see r. D7.
**.

11 see in r. Ἐν’ Hoph.

ΓΤ see MINT.

* 53” obsol. root, Arab. ὃς to flow,
to run, as water, Amhar. OH for OHU
to sweat. Hence ΠΣ and

51. m. sweat, i. q. ΤΙΣΤ, ἅπαξ λεγόμ.
Ez. 44, 18.

MIT? c. τί, ΠΤ the Izrahite 1 Chr.
27,8; prob. for "AT15, i. gq. ἜΤΙ, ὝΠΙΝ,

mT? (whom Jehovah brings forth,
τ. ΠΤ no. 2.) lzrahiah, pr. ἢ. τὰ. a) 1
Chr. ἡ, 3, see πῦπιτὶ Ὁ) Neh. 12, 42.

~~

ee ee Ὁ ε-

—

Ἴ" :

ΝΣ ΤΟ, once NPI 2K. 9, 10(God
hath planted) pr. n. Jezreel.

1. A city in the tribe of Issachar, Josh.
19, 18; the royal residence of Ahab and

_ his successors, 1 K. 18, 46. 21,1. 2K. 9, .

15; whence bean "25 Hos. 1, 4, the
blood of Jezreel, i.e. the blood here shed
by Ahab andJehu. [The city lay in the
midst of the great plain, on the brow of
the descent into the lower broad middle
arm of it, which runs down eastwards to
the Jordan valley, between the moun-
tains of Gilboa and the modern Little
Hermon. This latter seems to have
been the Valley of Jezreel, 583919 Pay
Josh. 17, 16. Judg. 6, 33. Hos. 1; δ. The
great stain on the west is τὸ μέγα πεδίον

᾿Εσδρηλών the great plain of Esdraelon.

Judith 1, 8. 1 Mace. 12,49; now called
pe up! Oi Merj Ibn ’’Amir. The
town itself is called ὌΧ» Zer'in, ἃ

corruption of 583717. In the valley be-
ἰοῦ the city, about twenty minutes east,
is a large and fine fountain, 1 Sam.
29,1. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. pp.
162. sq. 173, 227 sq. This great plain
has ever hesn a celebrated battle-field,
Judg. c. 4. 6,33. 1 Sam. 29, 1. ο. 31.—R.]
There too the prophet Hosea (1, 5) pre-
dicts a great slaughter of the people, 0"
bxoitt Hos. 2,2. The same prophet
gives to his oldest son, then just born, the

name of Jezreel, 1, 4: and εὐπειχα αν

makes him, borether with his brother

_Lo-Ammi aff his sister Lo-Ruhama (1,

6. 9), emblems of the people to be re-
stored after punishment and dispersion
and augmented by new favours, 2, 24. 25,
comp. 2,2. In this way is to be undet:
stood the vexed passage Hos. 2, 24, the
earth. shall answer, and yield hes. corn,
wine, and oil ; ana these (gifts of the
earth) shall answer Jezreel, i.e. the earth
rendered fertile from heaven (v. 23) shall
again yield her produce to Jezreel. The
prophet then proceeds in the allusion
thus made to Jezreel, v. 25 πη Τὴ

7283 7 will sow her ion myself in the

land, and I will again cherish Lo-Ruha-

_ ma (the non-cherished), and I will say

to Lo-Ammi (not my people), thou art
my people, i. 6. the whole people of Is-
rael (whom the prophet thus represents

393

ine

emblematically by his three children) I
will again plant, cherish, and vindicate
as my own. Here >X351" is construed
c. fem. as a collect. like. Ephraim Is. 17,
10. 11. al—The gentile n. is ἘΝ
Jezreelite, 1 K. 21, 1; fem. mabasar
mason, Jearediteas: 1 Sam. 27, 13
30, 5. .

2. A town in the mountains of Judah,
Josh. 15, 56.

3. Mase. pr.n. a) A son of Hosea,
comp. in no. 1. Hos.1,4. b) 1 Chr. 4,3.

“TO? fat. 1, kindr. 7n¥, INN, to
become one, to be united, joined ; to unite
oneself, c. 3 Gen. 49,6; τὰ (MN) Is. 14
20.

Pre. to make one, to unite, Ps. 86, 11.
Arab. X>s Con}. II.

, Deriv. 7°57, 73m7 also

‘TI? m. 1. a being one, oneness, union.
1 Chr. 12,17 1135 235 ΒΞ ὃν ab nin
my heart shall be towards you for one-
ness, shall be one with you; comp. opp.
"35 apart p. 112.—Hence ,

2. Adv. in union, conjointly, together ;
spoken :

a) Of united action, together. Ps. 2,2
IMIS γἼῸ 2 they take counael together. 31,
14. Ezra 4, 3 but we Israelites 2) 437
minn> will toge:her build unto the Lord.
with our united strength. So after verbs
of contending together , as 3112 0M to
Sight together 1 Sam. 17, 10; also Is. 48,
26. 50, 8.

b) As to place, together, in one place;
am 30" to dwell. together Ps. 133, 1. 2
Sam. 10, 15. 1 Sam. 11, 11 so that two
of them were not left together.

c) As to time, together, at the same
time, Job 6, 2. Is. 45, 8. Sometimes
sameness of both time and place is im-
plied, 2 Sam. 14, 16. 21, 9.

d) It connects two or more nouns
more closely by the’ idea of equality
likeness, together, alike, in like manner.
Ps. 49, 3 high and low, i738) "82 37
rich ond poor together, alike. v. 11. Jok
34, 29. So also as connecting verbs, Is
42,14. 44, 11 “πη 9825 SMD they shall
feu, they shall be ashamed together, i.e.
shall both (alike) fear and be ashamed.
Ps. 40, 15.

6) With nouns or pronouns it implies
oneness, a whole, all, all as one. Ps. 62,

7"

10 SM ΞΙΠῺ MBM they all are swifter
than a breath. Job 40, 13. Ps. 74, 6
31 ΠΎΤΠῺΒ all the carved work thereae
v:8. Is. 27,4. Also afier 59, all together,
all as one, wholly, Job 34, 15 st va-b>
all flesh labether. all as one. Is. 22, 3.—
Hence

f) With >> implied, altogether, all as
one, wholly, poet. for 59 itself. Job 38,7
when the morning stars all sang toge-
ther, i. e. all as one. 3, 18. 24, 44. 31,38.
Deut. 33, 5. So without a noun, Job
16, 10 ἘΝ ΌΤΣ "by ὙΠ all they have
gathered themselves against me. 17, 16.
19, 12. Ps. 40, 15. 41,8. With a nega-
hee. no one, none at all, i. gq. 55 δ,
Hos. 11, 7 mins X> 312 none of all ex-
alts him.

g) As referring to a single thing, i. q.
5, altogether, wholly. Ps. 141,10 Ὑπὸ
“AyN ID 755N until that I wholly pass
oxer, escape. Job 10, 8 thine hands have
fashioned me 2°30 M7 wholly round
about.

WITT? Jer. 46, 12. 21. 49, 3, elsewhere
ὙΠ, (from the preced.) pr. im his
unions, conjunctions, for %"3"7, i. 6.
conjointl y, together ; sols. 40,5 Sipa-by
11119 all flesh together. Ex. 19. 8 psn-bz
“3m7. But by degrees the force of the
suffix was lost, so that 13"? is referred
not only to the Sing. as in these exam-
ples, but also to nouns and verbs, plural,
Deut. 33, 17. 2 Sam. 2, 16; and even to
those in the first and second persons, Is.
41, 1. 23. Ps. 34, 4. Job 9, 32, also Is. 45,
20. Hence it is i. gq. 1M", but more fre-
quent. Opp. i925 in ἼΞ no. 1. b.—
Spoken:

a) Of united action, together; Ps. 34,
4 O magnify the Lord with me, 72725735
sam ‘iw and let us exalt his name to-
gether. Is. 11, 4. So with reciprocal
verbs, as to seinstilt together, etc. Job
2,11. Ps. 55, 15.-83, 6. Is. 45,21. Also
with verbs of contending, fighting, Is.
41, 1. 23.

b) As to place, together, in one place,
Deut. 22, 10.11; 13m" 32" to dwell to-
gether Gen. 13, 6. 36, 7. Deut. 25, 53 to
go together Gian: 22, 6. 8. 19. Job 9, 32;
to eat together Jadg. 19, 6. Jer. 41, a%
to gather together Josh. 9,2. Judg. 6, 33.
Ps. 102, 23.

ὅθ᾽

1

c) As to time, together, at the same
time ; Is. 1, 31 and they shall both burn
VIM together. 65, 7. 66, 17. 1 Sam. 31,
6. 1 Chr. 10, 6.

d) With the idea of equality, likeness,
together, alike, in like manner; 1 Sam.
30, 24 pom 13m they shall part alike,
share equally. Deut. 12, 22. Am. 1, 15.
2 Sam. 2,17. In this way it often con-
nects more closely two nouns; comp.
ἽΠ no. 2.d. Jer. 6, 12 1372 DB wp1 NT
fields and wives togeihan alike. v.11. 91.
13,14. Is. 41,19. 60,13. Also verbs, Ps
35, 26. Is. 46, 2.

e) Put with a plural, as if comprising
many in one, all, all as one; Jer. 5,5
VN Mah they all, all together. Job 94,
17 mobs 722 “PA THM the morning is
to them all the shadow of death, i. q.
wab vam. So after 53, all together: all
as one, ‘Ts. 31, 3 499334 rb sam" they all
shall fail together. 43, 9. “45, ‘16. Jer. 31,
24.

f) With >> implied, altogether, all, all
as one; Is. 10,8 B32 vars sy Non are
not all my princes kings? Ps. 37, 38. 48,
5. Deut. 33,17. So without'd noun; they
all, i. q. pba, Ps. 14, 3. 19, 10. Is. 18, 6.
48,13. Jer. ‘51, 38. Prov. 22, 18.

75132 (his union) Jahdo pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 5, 14.

287307? (whom God makes joyful, τ.

| 3m) Jahdiel, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 5, 24.

123) (whom Jehovah makes joy-
ful, τ. 1m) Jehdeiah, pr.n.en, a) 1 Chr.
24,20. ὁ) 27, 30.

28111) (whom God saves alive, for
by mam, τὶ 79m) Jehavel, pr.n.m. 2 Chr.
29, 14 Cheth.

ST (whom God beholds) Jaha-
ziel, pr. ἢ. m. of several persons, 1 Chr.
12, 4. 16, 6. 23, 19.

ΓΤ (whom Jehovah beholds) Jah-
ztah, pr. τ. m. Ezra 10, 15.

ONPTT (for bx Pim ‘whom God
makes strong,’ Patah in a short syllable
being chased to Segol, as 4228 Ex.
33, 3 for "228, Heb. Gr. § 27. n. 2. a.)
Ezekiel, pr. n.

a) A celebrated prophet, the third iu
the prophetical canon, son of Buzi a
priest. He was carried into captivity

: ™

with king Jechoniah, and lived in the
Jewish colony on the river Chaboras ;
Ez. 1,3. 24,24. His prophecies extend
to the sixteenth year after the capture
of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar, comp.
Ez.29,17. Sept.’ ZeCexiqd, and so Ecclus.
49, 8 [10]. Vulg. Ezechiel. Comp. the
like forms in ?P1"", ᾿Εζεχίας, Ezechias.
b) A priest, 1 Chr. 24, 16.

MPT) m. i. g. OPIN, q. v.

WPT? pr. ἢ. m. Jehizkiah, 2 Chr.
28,12. For the form, see in ΠΡ ΊΤ,

ΓΤ (whom God leads back, fut.
Hiph. parag. of Chald. "35 to return,)
Jahzerah, pr.n.m.1 Chr. 9,12. Better
perh. to read ΠΤ" q.v. See also in
“TAN.

287 (God liveth, τ. m9") Jehiel, pr.
n.of several persons: a) 1 Chr. 15, 18.
16,5; calledalso =r" 15,24. b) ib. 27,
32. 6) 2 Chr. 21,2. d) ib. 29, 14 Keri,
but Cheth. 58304. 31,13. e) ib. 35, 8.
f) Of others Ezra 8, 9. 10, 2. 21. 26.—
From lett. a comes Patronym. "δ ΓΙ
1 Chr. 26, 21. 22.

‘TH adj. (r.M) f. nn. 1. uni-
cus, one alone, only, espec. an only child,
only begotten, with j2 Gen. 22, 2. 12. 16;
absol. Am. 8,10. Jer. 6,26. Zech. 12, 10.
Prov. 4, 3.—Fem. mam Judg. 11, 34;
poet. the only one, put for life as not to be
replaced, Ps. 22, 21. 35,17. Comp. "123.

2. alone, lonely, forsaken, wretched,
Ps. 25, 16. 68, 7.

MTT) see in 5x71" lett. a.
ὩΣ m. waiting, hoping, sc. in God
Lam. 3, 26. R. ὅπ.

he on in Kal not used, i. q. 537 no. 3,

T

to be in pain, see Hiph. no. 2. Also to

stay, to delay, and so to wait, i. gq. D3

no. 6; see Pi. Hiph. Niph.

Piet 5m 1. to wait, Job 29, 21 "Ὁ
abm7} Ad2Y wnto me they gave ear and
waited sc. for my opinion; the Dag. is
euphonic, Lehrg. p. 85. Espec. with
hope, confidence ; hence i. q. to expect, to

hope; Job 6,11 bras "2 ἽΓΙΞ᾽ ΓΙ what is -

my strength, that I should (longer) hope?
13, 15.—With an acc. of time, Job 14, 14;

>of pers. Job 29, 23. Mic. 5, 6; b of
| thing Job 30, 26. i. 42,4. Vecaonnt is

395

am

mims> bm to hope in Jehovah, to await
his aid, Ps. 31, 25. 33, 22. 69,4; 7 dx
130, 7. 131, 3; 72.7275 5137 to hope in the
word of Jehovah, to trust in his promise,

Ps. 119, 74. 81. 114. 147; also Ps. 33, 18.

147, 11. 119, 48.

2. Causat. to cause to hope, Ps. 119,
49; inf. c. > Ez. 13, 6.

Hien. 1. to wait, totarry, i.q. Piel no.
1; with acc. of time 1 Sam. 10,8. 13,8;
BS ἀαρ 2 Sam. 18, 14; > of thing Job 32,
11. Also to wait with hope, to hope, ὁ
>, as Min*> DmMin to hope in Jehovah, to
await his aid, Ps. 38, 16. 42, 6. 12. 2 K.
6, 33. Mic. 7,7; 2 9272 7. Ps. 130, 5;
absol. id. Lam. 3, 21, comp. v. 24.

2. i. ᾳ. >4M no. 3, to be in pain ; Jer. 4,
19 Keri ᾿Ξ ΤΡ Honig Jam pained
at my very heart. So too, many Mss.
in the text. Cheth, m>4:nix, made up
perhaps from 2"Mi8 ahd 72548 which
is read in some Mss.

Nipu. >ri3 fut. das (for dm) i. q.
Piel and Hiph. to wait, pr. to be made
to wait; with acc. of time Gen. 8, 12;
absol. Ez. 19, 5.

Deriv. 5°13, M2Min, also

2851" (hoping in God) Jahleel, pr. ἢ.

‘of a son of Zebulun, Gen. 46,14. Pa-

tronym. "2x>m" Jahleclite Num. 26, 26.

: pm" i. q. 3°25 to be or become warm,
espec. as cattle in heat; Arab. to
be warm, as the day; V, to be in heat.

5 heat, lust. The forms

usually referred to Kal of this verb. I
have referred above to Dam p. 324.
Thither too may be referred 12m" for
vars Gen. 30, 39 and the flocks were in
heat, i. e. conceived ; also mms) v. 38,
which is 3 plur. fie in the Chald. and
Arab. manner for the comm. ΓΙΣΏΤΗΣΣ,
see Lehrg. p. 276.

Piet 07" or om, to be warm in Just
of a flock, to be in heat, to rut, Gen. 30
41. 31,10. Hence to conceive, of a wo-
man, Ps. 51, 7 "ax “arya ἐξ ΓΙ and
in sin did my mother conceive me, where
ΓΙ is for "272M9, as 75N for ATIN
or "MN Judg. 5) 28.

Deriv. mar ἐν ala

ΩΤ Deut. 14, 5. 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23];
Arab. Qe a species of deer, of a red-

8
as cattle;

mr

dish colour, (see τ. ὙΠ no. 2,) with ser-
rated horns which are cast every year ;
prob. the cervus dama or fallow-deer.
See Bochart Hieroz, P. I. p. 913, or T.
II. p. 284, Lips. Oedmann Verm. Samml.
I. p. 30 sq.

an? (for 72m", whom Jehovah
guards, r. 772m) Jahmai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
7, 2. :

* ΩΤ. obsol. root, to be barefoot. Arab.

st id.
take off one’s shoes. The ultimate root
lies in the syllable 5M, and the primary
notion is that of rubbing off, qs. peeling,
removing the bark or shell, etc. see r.

Syr. waoe unshod, 23} to

men Il. Hence igt> is also ‘to have

the hoof worn,’ as a beast of burden;
‘to have the skit! rubbed, galled, as a
horse ; IV, to cut off the mustachios, to
trim the beaitt—Hunce

5” adj. unshod, barefoot, 2 Sam. 15,
30. Is. 20, 2. 3. 4. Jer. 2, 25.

Sur (whom God allots, r. msm)
Jahzeel, pr. n. of a son of Naphtali, Gen.

46, 24; in 1 Chr. 7, 13 written ΘΑ ΛΣΤ,

SHertile n. “syn Num. 26, 48.

=e ig. "FIN, to delay, to tarry,
once 2 Sam. 20, 5 Cheth. "nm" i. e.
ἽΠ fut. Kal. The Keri "Mi" is Hiph.
οὔτ. "9, or also of ΠΝ by: Chaldaism.

; on” obsol. root, prob. to protrude
itself, to swell out, and hence to put forth,
tosprout, of plants. Comp. Arab. (4
to shoot up, to grow, as a plant; also
Heb. 018, whence "nw ‘what grows
of itself? said ΥΠ to lift up oneself, to
rise.—Hence

WIT? m. a word of the silver age, stem,
lineage, family ; once Neh. 7, 5 "59
wen the genealogical table or register.
—Chald. 0m" and 01m" in Targg. are
put for Heb. nnpwa and mitdim Ruth
2,1. Gen. 6,9. Simonis compares also

$,-2

ys nature, origin; but this word
Strictly denotes brass, i. ᾳ. Mwy, and
the formula vist μὲ ‘ofa liberal
and generous disposition,’ is merely tro-
pical, pr. ‘of fine brass..—Hence the
denom. verb in.

396

30"

Hirap. ὉΠ to enrol one’s name in
the genealogical tables, to be registered
ἀπογράφεσϑαι, 1 Chr. δ, 1. 7. 17. 9, 1.
Neh. 7, 5.—Inf. omann often\as a noun,
i. q. register, genealogical table, 1 Chr.
7, 5.7.9. 40. 2 Chr. 31, 16.17. 2 Chr.
12, 15 the acts of Rehoboam,...are
recorded in the annals of Shemaiah...
wrnn in the manner of a register ;
Vulg. ‘diligenter exposita.’

5 .
MM? (perh. union, contr. for ΤΠ")

Jahath, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 4, 2. 6, 5. 28. al.

* 20" i. ᾳ 242, used only in fut.
2077, 309, once "20° Nah. 3, 8. In
the pret. only siv is used.

1. to be good, well, before 77 comparat.
to be better Nah. 3, 8.—Elsewhere im- ©
pers. a) 30" it shall be well with
me, Gen. 12, 13. 40, 14. Deut. 4, 40.
Pret. nb nid. b) "2°32 3V it was
good in my eyes, i. e. it pleased me, Was
my pleasure, Gen. 41, 37. 45, 16. Lev.
10, 19. 20; in the later books with "38>
Esth. 5, 14. Neh. 2, 5.65; > Ps. 69, 32.

2. 10 be cheerful, joyous, i. e. the mind
or heart, 35, Judg. 19, 6. 9. Ruth 3, 7.
Ece. 7, 3. 1 K. 21, 7.

Hiru.
Job 24, 21, ἐφ su").

1. Genr. a) to make or do well, sc.
what one does, Deut. 5, 25 [28] "5" πὶ ἢ
AMD WR-d> they have done well all that
they have spoken, i. 6. have well and |
rightly spoken. 18,17. With infin. ce.
>, Jer. 1,12 minyd mawN chow hast done
well in seeing, hast well seen. 1 Sam.
16, 17 82> 2°22 who can play well,
aia > being omitted, poet. Is. 23, 16
Inf. absol. ao", 2%, pr. doing well
or right, as Adv. well: carefully, dili-
gently, Deut. 9, 21. 13, 15. 17, 4. 19, 18
27, 8. So best Mic. 7, 3 B°BD Sam D3

Ξ ΠΡ for evil are their hands dili-

gently, i. 6. they do evil diligently. Ὁ) ᾿
W255 ΞΡ Jer. 2, 33. 7, 3. 5, and ‘nm
wbbon 35, 15, to make pood one's ways,
one’s dbihes i.e. to conduct oneself well
to live uprightly, virtuously ; also ellipt.
the acc. being omitted, Jer. 4,22 35277755
ἜΣ 15. ND to-do well they know not. 13; 23
Gen. 4,7. Inf. abs. 20° as Adv. well,
right, Jou, 4,4. 9. 6) to do good to any
one, to benefit ; absol. Is. 1, 17. Jer. 10,
5; with dat. of pers. Gen. 12, 16. Ex. 1,

"O'R, fat, 3°27, once so" |

3D

20. Judg. 17,13; 0» of pers. Gen. 32, 10.
13. Num. 10, 32; τὰ (δ for ὯΔ) Jer.
18, 10. 32, 41; acc. of pers. Deut. 8, 16.
30, 5. Job 24,21. Once in a bad sense,
Ps, 49, 19 they do praise thee 372") 53
τ because thou doest well to thyself, i.e.
indulgest thine appetites, ete. d) In-
trans. to be guod, well, Mic. 2,7. Hence
with 5x, to please, as in Kal, 1 Sam. 20,
13.

2. to make well. comely, to adorn ;
Prov. 30. 29 bis; there are three "2°27
13% which make comely their going, i. e.
walk or run gracefully. Jer. 2,33. So
to dress the head, to tire, 2 K. 9, 30; to
trim lamps Ex. 30, 7.

3. to make cheerful, joyous, Judg. 19,
22. Prov. 15; 13.

Deriv. 3272 , and those here following.

30" Chald. fut. 30% id. with 59 to
seem good, to be pleasing to any one,
Ezra 7, 18.

207 (goodness, pleasantness, r. 32")
Jolbah, pr: n. of a place elsewhere un-
known, 2 K. 21, 19.

MMHAY? (id.) Jotbathah, Num. 33, 33.
Deut. 10, 7, pr. n. of a station of the Is-
raelites in the desert, with water.

2" and 1 (extended, r. nv fut.
Hoph.) Juttah, pr. n. of a city in the
south of Judah, assigned to the priests,

Josh. 15, 55. 21,16. [Now Ly Yutta
south of Hebron, see Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. p. 190, 195, 628. Prob. the πόλις
᾿Ιούδα of Luke 1, 39, the birth-place of
John the Baptist ; see Reland Palest.
p. 870.—R.

0" (prob. i. q. 82, πο Ὁ, an enclo-

sure, nomadic camp, ὍΝ r. ‘aap, after .

the form 5p") pr. ἢ. Jetur, a son of Ish-
mael, Gen. 25, 15. 1 Chr. 1, 31; put also
for his posterity, the Itureans, dwelling
beyond Jordan east of Mount Hermon,
1 Chr. 5,19. Here was later the pro-
vince of Iturea, Luke 8.1. See Reland
Palest. p. 106; now called “ας:

Jeidiwr. Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria,
etc. p. 286. The general boundaries of
this province seem to have been Gaula-
nitis and Bashan on the south, Mount
Hermon on the west, the territory ‘of
Damascus on the north, and Trachonitis
34

397

mS"

(el-Lejah) and Hauran on the east ; bus
its limits appear to have varied at differ-
ent times. The inhabitants were skilful
archers and daring robbers ; Cic. Phi-
lipp. 2. 8, 44. Strabo 16. 2. 10, 18, 20
κακοῦργοι nmavtsec. See Thesaur. Ρ. 548.
fF’. Minter Progr. de rebus Itureorum
ad Lue. 3, 1. Hafnie 1824.

722 πὰ. (τ. 713) constr. J", once ie
Cant. 8, 2, ὁ. suff. 7275.

1. wine, so called from its fermenting,
effervescing ; as 72M from 92m. Arab.

wes collect. sinsten turning black,

with the noun of unity a5, Eth. ORF

a vineyard, wine, Gr. οἶνος, Lat. vinum,
Armen. gint.—Gen. 14, 18. 19,

32 sq. Ex..29, 40. "203 72 wine and
slrong drink: Lev: 10, 9, Num. 6, 3. Judg.
13, 4. 7. j= IN wind bottle i. 6. skin, 1
Sam: 16,20. Hence 7° "23 the house
of wine Cant. 2, 4, poet. for ANY. m2
13Π the banqueting-hall Esth. 7,8; and
the words in Cant. 1. c. ΡΝ “δ 2
ym he brought me to the banqueting-
house, imply ‘he made me drunk with
love,’ μεϑύσκομαι ἔρωτι. Vulg. cella vi-
naria. Others understand a vineyard ;
but less well.

2. Meton. of cause for effect, wine, for
drunkenness, intoxication, Gen. 9, 24.
1 Sam. 1, 14. 25, 37.

37 1 Sam. 4, 13 Chethibh, a manifest
error of copyists for 7 side, which stands
in Keri.

s ΓΞ" in Kal not used. 1. Pr. 1. q.
M23 to be right, straight, direct ; then

2. to be in front, right before the eyes;
and so to be clear, manifest. Kindr. is
Arab. > i. q. . 9. to appear; IV

to be clear, manifest, of a way.

Hiew. m7 _~—s 1. Pr. to make or set
right, e. g.a cause, to decide, to judge,
comp. Gr. εὐθύνω, ἰϑύνω. Is, 11, 3. δὲ»
mais ΤῊΤΝΣ satiad nor decide nee the
hearing "of his ears, according to what
his ears have heard. Gen. 31,42.—Hence,
to do justice to any one, to defend his ©
right, see 113, BBY; so with > Is. 11, 4.
Job 16, 21. Also ‘to adjudge to any
one, to appoint, ο. Ὁ Gen. 24, 14. 44.
With 33 to judge between parties, to

mo"

set right, to be an arbiter, Gen. 31, 37.
Job 9, 33.

2. to show to be right, to justify, to
prove ; Job 13,15 M7218 Δ: Β ΡΣ ἼΞ.1Ξ ἫΝ
only I will prove my own ways before
him, show that they are right. v. 3 I de-
sire to prove my cause, to justify myself.
19, 5 prove against me my reproach,
show that I have deserved it. 6,25 see
in no. 3.—Spec. to defend one’s cause
in court, to plead, Is. 29, 21. Am. 5,10;
comp. Job 13, 3 above.

3. to set right from error, etc. to admo-
nish, to warn ; with acc. of pers. Lev. 19,
17. Prov. 9, 8. 28, 23; > of pers. Prov.
9, 7. 15,12. 19, 25. Also to confute, to
convict, to show to be wrong ; Job 22, 4
WMD AMR ΩΓ will he confute thee for
Jear of thee? 32,12. Ps, 50, 21; ¢. 3
Prov. 30, 6. —Often with the idea οἱ cen-
sure, i. 4. to reprove, to rebuke, to chide,
Gr. ἐλέγχειν. Ps. 50,8 not for thy sacri-
jices will I reprove thee. Job 6 25 “m9
ὈΞῸ Msn M731" what doth your reprov-
ing prove? i.e. your censure (M27 for
main). v. 28. 15, 3..Gen. 21, 25. Part.
m3 ὦ reprover, censurer, Prov. 25, 12.
Ez. 3,26; DIN “2 Prov, 28, 23; mi>x "Ὁ
Tob 40, 2.

4. Intens. to set right by punishment,
i. q.. to correct, to chasien, to punish.
(Comp. ἰϑύνω ϑανάτῳ Heéot. 2. 177.)
Ps. 141, 5 let the righteous smite me...
let him chastise me. Prov. 24,25. Hence
of God as punishing men; Job 5, 17. hap-
py the man whom God correcteth, chas-
teneth, comp. Heb. 12,6 παιδεύει. Prov.
3,12. Ps. 6,2. 105,14. Job 13,10. 2 Sam.
7,14. Hab. 1,12. 2K.19, 4 it may be the
Lord thy God will hear all the words of
Rabshakeh ...0°7232 1°35 and will
punish him for the words, etc. Is. 37, 4.

Hopu. pass. of Hiph. no. 4; to be chas-
tened, Job 33, 19.

Nipx. ΓΞ 1. Pass.. of Hiph. no. 3,
to be confuted, convicted. Gen. 20, 16
mrss) and she (Sarah) was convicted,
had nothing to say in excuse.

2. Recipr. pr. to set right one another,
i.e. to argue or reason together, to dis-
pute with any one, Is.1,18; c. ὮΣ Job
23, 7.

Hirup. M21nM i.g. Niph. no. 2, c, 9
Mic. 6, 2.

Deriv. nnDin, MASI.

398

bs"

mada" see in mab".

73 (whom God makes firm, τ᾿ 115).
Jachin, pr. n.

i. Of men: a) Asonof Simeon Gen.
46, 10; for which 1 Chr. 4,24 3". Pat-
ronym-is "2°23" Num. 26,12. Ὁ) Neh.11.
10. 1 Chr. 9,10. ) 1 Chr. 24, 19,

2. The column on the right before the
porch of Solomon’s temple, 1 K. 7, 21. °

2D. rarely >i" 2 Chr. 7, 7. 32, 14,
"m>5). Judg.-8, 3, ὌΡΟΣ Ps. 13, 5; fut.
bom , bak pr. fut. Hoph. ‘ to be enabled,
see τοι Δ p. 460; (that it is not fut.
Kal is apparent ΓΝ the fact, that the
pr. n. 523" Jer. 38, 1,.is also written
225m Jer. 37, 33) fat. Ῥίον; Ἴβϑῆι, ADD"
Ps. 18, 39; inf constr. M25" ‘Num. 4 16.

1. to be able, I can. Chald. et Suniar.
id. Kindr. is 55> to iake in or hold, to
contain to sustain. Constr. with ace.
Job 4,2; more freq. inf. c. >, to be able
to do any thing, ete. Gen. 13, 6. 16.
45,1. 3. Ex. 7, 21. 24; inf. simnpft Ex.
2, 3: 10, 23% ἘΠῚ with a finite verb
Esth. 8, 6 "M"N9) 5258 N22"8 how shall
I be able to see the evil; and without 1
Lam. 4, 14. Num. 22,6 see in 732 Pi.
Absol. Is. 39, 11. Job 31, 23. 33, ine
Spec. a) to be able to effect, to accom-
plish, to prevail, stronger than My;
1 Sam. 26, 25 525m 553 2) nven nw τ.
1 K. 22, 22, Jer. 3, 5. With negat. Ps.
21,12. Jer. 20,11. Is,16,12. 8) to be
able legally, J may, i. q. impers. it is law-
ful for any one. Gen. 43, 32 the Egyp-
tians could-not eat with the Hebrews, sc.
by law, it was not lawful for them. Num.
9, 6. Deut.12,17. 6) In a moral sense,
to be able sc. to bring oneself to do any
thing. Gen. 37, 4 they could not (bring
themselves to) speak kindly with him.
Job 4,2. Hos. 8, 5 ellipt. 8> "mo
"Pp? bom how lone will they yet not be
able (to show) cleanness of hands, suppl.
mixy>, q.d. how long that they cannot
resolve to practise integrity? d) to be
able to bear, for the fuller ΓΘ 55 Jer.
44, 22. Prov. 30, 21; so Is. 1, 13 boa xd
ws 7 cannot bear iniquity, etc. Ps. 101, 5.

2. to be able, strong, to prevail, to over-
come, sc. in battle or in any business, un-
dertaking, etc. Hos. 12,5. Gen. 30,8. 32,
29. With > of pers. to prevail over any
one in contest, Gen. 32, 26 Judg. 16, 5.

55"

{Sam.17,9. Jer.20,10. With a verbal
suffix, either as dat. or acc. Ps. 13, 5.
With dat. of thing, metaph. to master
any thing difficult, to comprehend it,
Ps. 139, 6.

Deriy. pr. names 97339, 5257, 52574.

bo or 895 Chald. fut. 59 Ὁ Dan. 3, 29.
5,16; and with Heb. form 355 Dan. 2, 10.

1. to be able, I can, with inf. c. > Dan.
2, 47. 3, 17. 4, 34.

2. to prevail, to overcome, with dat. of
pers. Dan. 7, 21.

23" and 7717227 (able through Je-
hovah, στ. 531) Jecholiah, pr. n. of the
mother of king Uzziah, 2 K. 15, 2; also
2 Chr. 26,3 Keri, where Cheth. 75739 id.

7339, 3 >, see pom,

«abs , 1 pers. "M72", ὁ. suff. ANT"
> Pas. 2, 7, som Jer. 15 10, samt>4 2, 27,
Patah changed to Hirek, Heb. ‘Gr. § 27.
n. 3; Infin. absol. 152, constr. 77> (mdb
Is. 37, 3, Mba Hos. 9, 11), usually ma.
once nb 1Sam. 4,19, c. suff. mm} ; Fut.
5"; Part. S>45, fein. mabis, main and
nbs Gen. 16, 11. Judg. 13, 6. 7.

Ἵ. to bear, to bring forth, as a mother,

Arab. Ms, Eth. OAR, comp. 754, 753;
Aram. τῷ SB%, θα,
idea seems to be that of slipping or
gliding out ; ‘so that 755 is kindred with
ΡΠ, comp. 22, wb.
kind Gen. 4, i. ‘17. 20, 25, and often;
also of beaata Gen. 30, 39. 31,8. Job
39, 1; and of birds, to lay eggs, Jer.
17,11, comp. Gr. ὠὰ τίκτειν. Constr.
absol. Gen. 17,17. 1 K. 3, 17. Judg. 13,
2. Ecce. 3,2; with accus. and often with
dat. of the father to whom a child 15 born,
Gen. 17, 21 with Isaac, nv ἢ Ton ἼΩΝ
whom Stirah shall bear unto thee. 21, 3.
41, 50. Judg. 8, 31. Hos. 1, 3. al. dnd
so ellipt. with the dat. Blbne Gen. 6, 4.
16, 1. 30, 2; comp. Niph. and Pual.—
Part. fem. has three forms distinguish-
ed as follows: a) >i" as subst. a wo-
man in travail, a lying-in woman, Hos.
13, 13 m3>% “ban. Is. 21, 3. Jer. 6, 24.
Mic. 4, 9.10. Ps. 48,7. Ὁ) το" as
real particip. often put for a finite verb,
Gen. 17, 19 13 94> τη ANUS nw. Is.
7, 14. Jer. 31, 8; rarely as a subst. a
woman in travel Lev. 12, 17. With

The primary

399

Spoken of man-,

35°

genit. genitrix, mother of any one, Prov.
17, 25. 23, 25 4125 she that bare thee,
thy mother. Cant. 6, 9. Jer. 60, 12.. ὁ)
m72° like the Arabic (comp. 3272 for
757), for the finite verb in the like for-
mula: 13 M3351 ΠῚ 42M Gen. 16, 11.
Judg. 13, 5. 7.—Part. pass. 13" ey
hence a child, son, just born, 1 K. 3, 26.
27. 1 Chr. 14,4; with gen. NWR 3357
born of a woman, i. e. a man, mankind,
Job 14, 1. 15, 14. 25, 4—Trop. to bring
forth deceit, wickedness, comp. in 777,
Job 15, 35. Ps. 7,15; comp. Is. 33,11: .
By a like metaphor, Prov. 27, 1 for thou
knowest not what this day may bring
forth. Zeph. 2,2 pm m12 07a before
the decree (of the Lord) bring forth, i.e.
take effect.

2. to beget, as a father; so Arab. Ethiop.
as ahove, Gr. τέκτειν, γεννᾷν, Lat. parere,
of both sexes. So 0°34 Zech. 13, 3
parents, ot τεκόντες Hom. Gen. 4, 18
Methuselah begat (135) Lamech. 10, 8.
13. 15. 24. 26. 25, 3. Prov. 23, 22. al. seep. .
Spoken of God in two senses: a) fo
create, to produce, i. q. 812, comp. Job 38,
8.9. So Job 38, 28. 29 hath the rain a
father ( creator) τ . Hs 79 DIY “bos
and the hoar-frost of the heavens who
hath begotten it? Deut. 32,18. Comp.
38 father, also creator, no. 4. So of an
idol, Jer. 2,27. Ὁ) to constitute, to ap-
point, sc. as son of God, as king; Ps. 2,7
FMI) oT ὋΝ ON "22 thou art my
son, this day have I begotten thee, con-
stituted thee as king. Comp. éyévyyom —
1 Cor. 4, 15.

Nrpu. 7343, twice plur. "9552 for 97532
1 Chr. 3, 5. 20, 8, (with Dag. euphon.
and 6 shortenci to u, Heb. Gr. ὁ 27. n.
1,) to be born, as $755 Din the day -»of
one’s being born, his natal day, Kec. 7,1. ὦ
Hos. 2,5; comp. Job 3, 3. “353 ov a
people to be born, yet unborn, Ps. 22, 32.
With > of father, Job 1, 2. 2 Sam. 14, 27.
Gen. 10,1; impers. or wit \2 impl. Gna,
17, 17, shall there be Pal (aba) unto
him that is a hundred years old? With
2 of the mother, 1 Chr. 2,3. Ezra 10,3;
> 1 Chr. 3, 1.

PIEL abs to help bring forth, to deliver
a woman, as a midwife, Ex. 1,16. Part.
f. τῆ a midwife Gen. 86, 17. 38, 28.
Ex. 1, 15 sq.

Bias 3p7 and 73%" Judg. 18, 29. Job

5.

5, 7; to be born, i. q. Niph. Judg. 13, 8.
Ps. 87, 4. 5.6. With > of father Gen.
4,26. 24,15. Judg. 18, 29; with 13 impl.
Gen. 10, 21. So with > of a near rela-
tive, Ruth 4, 17 "72329 1D 2". Is. 9, 53
5 of thing Job 5, 7.--- ane to be broushit
forth, created, e. g. the mountains, Ps.
90, 2.

Hien. 555 361. to cause to bring
forth, as God a woman Is. 66, 9; aman
his wife, to make fruitful, to have chil-
dren by her, 1 Chr. 2, 18. 8, 8.—'Trop.
of rain as fertilizing the earth Is. 55, 10.

2. to beget, as a father, i. q. Kal no.2;
Gen. 5, 4. 7. 11, 11 sq. 1 Chr. 2, 10 sq.
Ecce. 6, 3. al—Trop. to create, Job 38, 28
by-abay ΡΠ who hath hepbtion
(created) the store-houses of the dew?

3. i. q. Kal no. 1, to bear, to bring
forth ; bat only trop. to bring forth
wickedness, Is. 59, 4; parall. >a> nn.

Hopu. pr. ‘to be begotten,’ hence fo
be born. Inf. r'334 Gen. 40, 20. Ez. 16,
5, and m3ban Ez. “16, 4,a being born,
birth, nativity. Gen. Ἰ. ὁ. ὯΝ mah bin
mp the birth-day of Pharaoh, pr. the
day of Pharaoh’s being born. On the
accus. with passives, see Heb. Gr. § 140.

Hirupa. to declare one’s birth or de-
_ scent, pedigree ; to give one’s name to
be enrolled in genealogical tables, Num.
1, 18.—In the ‘later books this idea 1s
expressed by erns.

Deriv. 375%, mai, ma>im; pr. names
indi, nadia, odin, abinby ; and the
four here Giiveing

427 m. in pause 32"; plur. 07735,
constr. "72", once "75" Is. 57, 4.

1. one nee a son, poet. i.g. 323 spoken
nut ἐξοχήν of the king’s son Is. 9, 5.
Hence 0°22 "5" sons of strangers,
poet. for foreigners, see {2 no. 1; also
sons of transgression, for transgressors,
Is. 57, 4.—Plur. comm. children, i. q.
b.22, Ex. 21, 4. Ezra 10,1. Hos. 1, 2;
also for the young of animals, Is. 11, 7.
Job 38, 41.

2. a boy, child, recently born, an in-
fant, Ex. 1, 17. 2..3 sq. Ruth 4, 16.
2 Sam. 12,15sq. 1K. 3 25; as δ᾽ in
the arms Gen. 21, 8; also as older and
mingling in childish sports 2 K. 2, 24.
Job 21,11. Zech. 8,5; but still of tender
age Gen. 33, 13. Is. 57,5. Also as more

4.00

J

33"

advanced, a youth, young man, Gen. 4,
23 parall. Wx. 37, 30. 42, 22 of Joseph
when 17 years old. Dan. 1, 4.10. 1K.
12, 8. 10. Ece. 4, 13.

mys2 fem. of 13%, a girl, maiden,
Gen. 34, 4. Joel 4,3. Plur. mi539 Zech.
8, 5.

mato f. (denom. from 93) childhood,
youth, Ecc. 11, 9. 10.—Coner. youth, for
young men, Ps. 110, 3.

715? adj. verbal, born, i. q. 7454, Ex.
1, 22. Josh. 5, 5. 2 Sam. 5, 14.

113. (passing the night, abiding, r
42>) Jalon, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 4, 17. .

759 m . (Ὁ. πη) 1. Adj. verbal, born,
chiefly i in the phrase M22 7959 one born

in the house, a house-born slave, verna,
Gen. 14, 14. 17, 12. 18. 23. Lev. 22, 11.

Jer. 2,14. Arab. duds, Dab, ia.

2. Subst. a son, child, p23 "375" the
sons of Anak Num. 13, 22. 28; anh
ΠΡ the sons of Ragha, i. q. ΠΕ
Rephaim, 2 Sam, 21, 16. 18,

* -
Ἴ2᾽ to go, see 725.
r 55. not used in Kal, onomatopoetic,

to yell, to wail, Arab. ὑφῆς, Syr. and
Zab. “uf, Chald. >>%-Aph. dd5x.
Kindred roots are >>% II, πϑὲ, Gr.
ὀλολύζειν, Lat. ejulare, ululare, Engl.
to yell; also Armen. lal, Germ. helen,

Engl. to lull.
Hien. d*>5n; fut. 59553 Mic. 1, 8;

oftener baba Τὰ 15, 2. 3, from the tg
a5di9 Is. 52, 53m Ἰριώμῶν two vowels

being éoftened to”.

1. to wail, to lament, Jer. 47, 2. Ez.
21,17. al. With >> of that over or for
which, Jer. 48, 31. 51, 8. Mic. 1, 8; > id.
Is. 16, 7.—Ascribed also to inanimate
things, as trees Zech. 11, 2; places, as
filled with wailings, "28 sbabh Is. 14,31.
23,1. Often in prophetic denunciations
Is. 13, 6. 23, 6. Jer. 25, 34. Joel 1,11. 13.
Zeph. 1,11. Amos 8, 3 b3" Minny sS%bh
the songs of the palace wail, are turned
to wailings.

2. Once of the exulting cries of
haughty victors, to yell; to shout, Lat.

ululare, Is. 52,5. So Sof ofa warlike

>),

ery, Barhebr. p. 411, 413; Gr. ὀλολύζειν
of a shout of joy, AXschyl. Sept. ante
Theb. 831. Agam. 28 sq. Vice versa
ἀλαλάζειν of wailing. Eurip. Phen. 358.
Comp. also 929, 3°97, M179, signifying
a cry of either kind.

Hopu. >bam (as ΓΞ) to be made to
wail. Ps. 78, 63 the fire consumed their
young men sbban Nd wemdbanaa and their
virgins made no wailing, comp. v. 64
_ ‘their widows made no lamentation ;
Sept. οὐκ ἐπένϑησαν, Vulg. non sunt la-
mentate. So Schnurrer; but perhaps
it should be read %>">inm in the active
i. q. 1575" .—More usually taken as Pual
of 55m, where see.

Deriv. δῆτ] and the two here follow-

»ing.
229 m. a yelling, howling of wild
beasts in the desert, Deut. 32,10. Comp.

Arab. ar oes howling, poet. for the
desert in which wild beasts howl; see
Willmet’s Lex. Arab. 8. ν΄. Comp. also
Heb. 578.

729 £ (τ. 855) constr. ndd4, wailing,
lgmentation, Is. 15, 8. Jer. 25, 36. Zeph.
1, 10. Zech. 11, 3.

: 5" 1. 1. ᾳ. 355 to lick up, to swallow
down ; see Ἢ 33>. Hence >>im, n>>in.

2. to speak rashly, to utter at random ;
a signif. connected with the former, and
frequent in the syllable >>; see in 35>,
note. Pfov. 20,25 wip 55" DIN wpin
“pa> O°72 “NN it is the snare of a
man, that he rashly utters a vow, and
after the vow makes inquiry. Arab.
_ id. chiefly of those who take rash oaths,
Kor. Sur. 2. 225.

Deriv. see in no. 1.

i te obsol. root, Arab. wil Conj.
ΠῚ, to stick fast, to cling. ace

MDD" f. a sort of itching scab, scurf,
tetter, so called as sticking fast. Lev. 21,
30. 22,22. Sept. λειχήν, Vulg. impetigo.

δ p>” obsol. root, i. ᾳ. PP? to lick, to
lap, also to lick up or off, as an ox in
feeding, to feed off, comp. 37> Num. 22,
4+ also 3>3.—Hence

P2” m. feeding, the feeder ; put fora
species of locust, winged Nah. 3, 16, and
hairy Jer. 51, 27; so Ps. 105, 34. Joel 1,

34*

401]

ἜΝ

4, 2,25. Prob. the ἀττέλαβος, attelabus,
a locust with small short wings, not yet ᾿
full grown, and therefore not yet able to
fly; so Jerome in Nah. l.c. See The-
saur. p. 597.

Dap? m. a sack, pouch, scrip, 1 Sam.
17,40. R. Ὁ. to collect.

D? m. (r. 02°) constr. "ἘΜ except ir
FOTN; ¢. suff. 72" Jer. 51,36; with He
loc. 7725; Plur. Donn".

1. a sea, so called from its tumult

ὃ. ο
and roaring. Arab. ἊΣ Syr. {ses anc
{DSas, but the latter is more usually a

lake, Egypt. 1034, EJORKX, id— Where
the sea xat ἐξοχήν is spoken of, the arti-
cle is usually added: m1 τι the sand
of the sea Gen. 32, 13 [12]. 41, 49; maw
ont Judg. 7, 12. 1 Sam. 13,5; O37 "ΔῈ
Gen. 1, 26. 28. Job 12, 8; also in po-
etry Job 36, 12. 36, 30. Ps. 8, 9. 33, 6.
78, 53. al. But in poetry the art. is
often omitted, Ex. 15, 8. 10. Job 9,8. 11.
9. 38, 8. 16. Ps. 66, 6. 68, 23. Is. 5, 30.
50, 2. 60, 5. al. sep. hkewise in prose,
but more rarely, as 5° 1 towards the
sea 1 K. 18,43; ὈΠῸΣ on the sea, by
sea, 2 Chr. 2, 15 [16], comp. 5°->8 Ezra
3, 7.—Is. 11, 9 B\M29 DD D122 as the
waters cover the sea i. e. its depths, bot-
tom. Hab. 2,14. p53 02 from sea to
sea, from the Mediterranean to the Per-
sian Gulf or Indian Sea, Am. 8, 12.
Zech. 9, 10. Ps. 72,8; comp. Mic. 7, 12.
—Various parts of the ocean, and also
several lakes (for 5° is used of these
Job 14, 11, comp. Syr. [24a4), are deno-
ted by special names: a) The Medi-
terranean, as ΤΙΝ ΓΙ O° the hinder or
western sea Deut. 11, 24. Joel 2,20; 0°
ΠΩΣ the sea of the Philistines Ex. 23,

31; bing b5n the great sea Num. 34, 6.

7. Josh. 1,4. 9,1. Ez. 47, 10. 15. 20. 8)
The sea of Galilee, or [ἐλ of Tiberias ;
39 Ὁ" the sea of Chinnereth Num. 34,11.

y) The Dead sea: bat 5° the salt sea
Gen. 14,3; ΠΕΣ 05 the sea of the Ara-
bah oxdesert Deut. 4, 49; "jo TPIT OAT the
eastern sea Joel 2, 20. Zech. 14,8. ὃ)
The Red sea: 4070" the weedy sea Ps.
106, 7. 9,22; DII42 07 the Egyptian sea
Is. 11, 15.—Absol. 555 according to the
context is put for the Mediterranean

e

o A02

Josh. 15, 47; the lake of Galilee Is. 8,
23; the Red sea Is. 10, 26; the Dead
sea, without art. Is. 16, 8.—Poet. the sea
is put for maritime regions; so T3 "R703
the princes of the sea i.e. of countries
around and beyond the sea Ez. 26, 16,
i. 4. NN ‘3 Is. 60, 5. Deut. 33,19. So
Is. 23, 4 DT Tis” BY WAN the sea hath
spoken, the fortress of the sea. i.e. Tyre.—
Piur. 5°" seas Gen. 1,22. Lev. 11, 9.10.
Ps. 135. 6. Poet. often where the sing.
stands in prose; as Da" Din ¢he sand of
the sea Job 6, 3. Ps. 78, 27. Jer. 15, 8;
comp. sing. above. 07> 915M the coast
of the sea Gen. 49, 13. Judg. 5,17 (comp.
ptm aim Josh. 9,1); 029 35 the heart
of the sea Ps. 46,3. Jon. 2,4; comp. also
‘Gen. 1, 10. Deut. 33, 19. Ps. 8, 9. al.—
The word 0° sea is also transferred :

a) To a large river; 6. σ. the Nile
Is. 18, 2. 19, 5. Nah. 3, 8. Job 41, 23; the
Euphrates Is. 27, 1. (prob. 21, 1.) Jer.
51, 36. Plur. the branches of the Nile

᾿ ὥ.
Ez. 82, 2—So Arab. gy of the Nile,
Kor. Sur. 20, 39. al. In like manner
ΑἹ the sea for the Nile, Elmac. I. 12.

Kutych. Alex. I. 86. II. 377,499. The
Egyptians still use , | the sea in

common parlance for the Nile; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. I. p. 542.

b) By hyperbole,.to a large vase or
basin ; hence MYmz ὯΔ the sea of brass,
brazen sea, i.e. the great laver in the
court of the priests before Solomon’s
temple, 2 K. 25, 13. 1 Chr. 18, 8; also
ΤΕΣ oo 1 K.7, 23; O81 v. 24. 29. 2
K. 16, 17. 2 Chr. 4, 3 sq.

2. the West, the western quarter, since
_ the Mediterranean sea lies west from
Palestine ; see in “M8 no. 2. p. 33. A
Δ the west wind Ex. 10,19; D°"MN® the
west side Ex. 27, 12. 38, 12; M2) west-
ward Gen. 28, 14. Ex. 26, 22. (But mas
is to or at the sea, Num. 34, 5. Josh. 16,
6. 8. 24,6; so M52 19, 11.) Ὁ from
the west, i. 6. αἱ or on the west, Gen. 12,
8. Josh. 11, 2. 3; > ὉΞ on the west of
any place, Josh. 8, 9. 12. 13. —Twice,
Ps. 107, 3. Is. 49, 12, D" is joined with
yes the north 3 whence some have
preferred to understand it, at least in
these passages, of the south ; but else-
where too, other quarters are coupled

"7"

together not opposite but adjacent to
each other, comp. Am. 8, 12. Deut. 33,

. 23. i

D° Chald. emphat. x32 the sea, Dan.
7, 2.3.

* 172" obsol. root, i. q. bY, D2", q. v.
to be warm, to be hot. Comp. Ἔα et

x» ferbuit dies—Hence 0°72" and mia"
plur. of 0°"; also

by770” (day of God, 104 i. 4. BS, Bi,
comp. 12% i. gq. BY, ἸῺ i. q. ΤΏ man.)
Jemuel, pr. n. of a son of Simeon, Gen.
46, 10; for which 5x43 Num. 26, 12.

mia” poet. plur. of the noun nis, 4 Υ.
DO" id. see Di". ὦ

nO" m. (τ. pit) plur. ἅπαξ λεγόμ.
Gen. 36, 24, prob. as Vulg. aque calidt.
warm springs ; such being actually
found in the region in question on the
eastern shore of the Dead sea, see in

suid. Arab. , Syr. ἰβδασα»ἤ, id.
Jerome says, in Guaat ad. 1. 6. “nonnulli
putant aquas calidas juxta linguee Puni-
ce [Syriace ?] viciniam, que Hebrage
contermina est, hoc vécstuld significa-
ri ;” and this is not to be disregarded. nor
is it destitute of etymological grounds ;
see under ὉΠ and 77".—The Cod. Sa-
mar. reads D°2"N the Emim or giants,
and so Onkelos and Pseudo-Jonathan
understand it. By a groundless con-
jecture from the context, some of the
Rabbins and modern versions render it
mules.

mig" (dove, Arab. Kaleg, τ᾿ BED;
comp. nisin, r. 75") Jemimah, pr. n. ἐν
one of Job’s daughters, Job 42, 14.

7"? comm. gend. rarely masc. Prov.
27, 16. Ex. 15, 6; constr. 18". R. 125.
1. the right hand, as the pledge of
good faith and as lifted up in swearing,
2 K.10,15. Is. 62,8. Lat. spans ro

fe Valer. Flacc. 5.65. Arab. ose

3, Ethiop. PA, Syr. Lakes, the
Πα ‘haba, the right.—Gen. 48, 8. 14.
Ex. 15, 6. Ps. 44, 4. al. sep. Ps. 144, 8.
11 "PY 7" 62°70" their right hand is a
right hand of ‘falsehood, deceit. Is. 62, 8
the Lord hath sworn ‘27273 by his right
hand. (Comp.,the Arabic oath ἜΣΧΟΝ:

ΜΡ ΠΟ

95: 7707

"2"

xt by the right hand of Allah; whence

te) fem. oath.) Is. 41,10 7 will up-
hold them “PI% 23 with my righteous
right hand. Hence 42727 078 the man
of thy right hand, whom thou sustainest,
aidest, Ps. 80,18. So freq. 73 1585 Ex.

. 15, 6. Ps. 118, 15. 16. Hab. 2, 16; 5770"

ynbs Ps/77, 11. al. Pleon. 42727 73"
Ps. 74, 11.—The following constructions
may be noted: a) On the right. at
the right hand, is }7727 ἘΣ Job 30, 12,
yrama 1K. 7, 39.49. Ὁ) On the right
of any one, at the right hand of any
person or thing, is "Ὁ 1.25 95 Ps. 109, 6.
Zech. 4, 11, 933 7707 58 1 Sam. 23, 24,
Έ an. Ps, 109, 31. Is. 63, 12, Ὁ 7
Gen. 48, 13. Ps. 16, 8, > ya" 2 K. 23,
13. ‘p 7.25 2 Sam. 94. 5. 8. 6) On or
at the right hand, after verbs of motion,
is 1.255 Neh. 12, 31, 5709 59 Zech. 12,
6; of any one, 85, as Ps. 110, 1 3
"2972"> sit thou on my right hand. ἀ)
Toor towards the right hand, is }""2"71 >>
2 Sam. 2,19. Is. 9, 19, oe Ez. 1,
10, j77253 Gen. 13, 9; ie ira Is. 54, 3,
Zech. 12,3. So 1)" chiefly ἴῃ phrases :

dxow ix 525 He? Num. 20, 17. 22, 26.
1 Sam. 6, 12, and "brent ix [22 7D, to
turn to the right or to the left, Dank 2,
27. 17,20. Josh. 1, 7. 23.6.—Further in
the phrases: aa) ‘To stand or be at
one’s right hand, i. q. to aid, to assist
any one, Ps. 16, 8. 109, 31. 110, 5. Is.
63,12. _ bb) Jo sit on the right hand
of the king, as the highest place of hon-
our, e. g. spoken of the queen 1 K. 2,19.
Ps. 45, 10; of one beloved of the king
and vicegerent of the kingdom Ps. 110,
1, where see the Commentators. Comp.
Heb. 8,1. Jos. Ant. 6.11.9. Elsewhere
too the right hand is the place of honour,

to which there is allusion in Job 30, 12."

cc) To take or hold the right hand of
any one, i. q. to sustain. to aid, Ps. 73,
23. Is. 41, 13. 45, 1.

Ὁ the right, i. 6. the right side, part,
quarter ; comp. 7° signifying both hand
and side. In the genit. after other nouns

it expresses the adj. right ("12"), as pis

y729 the right leg Ex. 29, 22. Lev. 8,
W212 Ais right thigh Judg. 3,

16. 21; j7a" ἩἼΣΤΘ9 all your right eyes

‘1 Sam. 11, 2; also 29m ‘5 his right

hand Gen. 48, 17. Judg. 3, 15. 20, 16;

403

2

"2777 ‘32 my right hand Ps. 73, 23. Jer.
22, 24 ; m2" 39 their right hind for
their ἥδε hands Judg.7, 30, comp. 25
Ps. 17, 10 their mouth ior ἐμοῖς mouths.
—The right part or side seems also to
be put for the right place, the proper
and legitimate position ; Ecc. 10,2 awise
man’s heart is {27> at his right, i. 6.
in its right and proper place, is itself
right ; but a fool’s heart is at his left,
i. 6. in the wrong place, perverse.

3. the South, the southern quarter, see
in “IFN no. 2. p. 33. Ps. 89,13. Ace.
7772" in the south Job 23, 9. 1 Sam. 23,
19 jin"w 477 on the south of the Te.
sert. v. 24. 2 Sam. 24, 5.

4. good fortune, prosperity, happiness,
since the right hand was of good omen ;

hence Arab. ure to be happy, one
happiness. So in the pr. name j72732
q. v. p. 142.—Hence |
5. Jamin, pr. τι. m. i. ᾳ. Felix. a) A
son of Simeon Gen. 46, 10. 1 Chr. 4, 24.
b) 1 Chr. 2,27. ὁ) Neh. 8, 7.—Hence

ὩΣ Jaminite, patronym. from pr. n.
y75, Num. 26, 12.

"9772 1. Adj. i. ᾳ. "224. right, not
left, only 2 Chr. 3,17 Cheth. Ez. 4, 6
Cheth.

2. 99°97""72 and ellipt. "2°27, Benja-
mite ; gentile n. from 572723 q. v. p. 142.

N22” and 227 (whom God makes
full, τ. ΝΡ) Imlah, pr. n. of the father of
the prophet Micaiah, 1 K. 22, 8. 9.

32%? (whom God makes king, τ. 72)
Jamlech, pr. n. of ἃ phylarch or chief in
the tribe of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 34.

i = obsol. root. I. i. gq. B25 and
mart to make a noise, to rage and roar,
as the billows of the ocean. Hence ὉΠ
sea.

II. 1. ᾳ. DT, 724, to be warm, hot, as
the day, whence Syr. [Sokes day-time ;
comp. in pit. Trop. of desire, love;
whence 72"2" dove, as pr. ἢ.

* Va, in Kal not used, kindr. with

yor to be firm, also to be farthful.
Hence 477 the right hand, as the pledge
of good faith, etc.

Hipw. 470" and jan 2 eae 14, 19,
denom. from 477°.

27"

1. touse the right hand, (opp. >"82Bn,)
part. plur. 5°3°""2 right-handed 1 Chr.
12, 2.

2. to take the right, to turn to the right
Gen. 13, 9. Is. 30, 21. Ez. 21, 21. So
proverb. to turn to the right or left of any
thing, i. q. fo evade, 2 Sam. 14, 19.—

Arab. oye and cue a dextra_acces-
sit.

Deriv. {7727 see Kal, "3°25, ἸΏ,
perh. 82°M; also the two following.

227 (good fortune, i. q. Rigs) Jim-
nah, pr.n.m. a) A son of Asher, Gen.
46,17. Num. 26, 44. 1 Chr. 7, 8. b) 2
Chr. 31, 14.

"2727 adj. (τ. 121) f£ m2", right, not
left, Ex. 29, 20. Lev. 8, 23. 1K. 6, 8. al.—

The form is as if from a subst. 73,

οὐ 8. the right side.

322" (whom God keeps back, r. 22)
Imnah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 35.

i Va? i in Kal not used, i-q. "97, to
change, to alter, intrans. Hence

Hiren. "2" to change trans. to ex-
change, Jer. 2,11; where several Mss.
read "72m from r. "7,

Hirue. "29M to change oneself with
any one, i. e. to substitute oneself for him,
to take the place of any one. Comp.
Arab. Jide to change, to exchange ;
Conj. V, to take the place of any one.—
Is. 61,6 Wa MM ὉΠ 295 in their splen-
dour ye shall take their place, i.e. pos-
sess it in their stead. So Saadias and
Jarchi. Others, as Vulg. Chald. Syr.
‘yn their splendour shall ye glory,’ as if
i,g. Wannn.

_ 17? (refractory, r. 92) Imrah, pr.
n.m. 1 Chr. 7, 36.

* Wo" j. gq. Ww, to feel, to touch, in
Kal not used.

Hien. id. Judg. 16,26 Cheth. "20°7"n ,
read 3 ὉΠ, let me feel, touch.

3 ra” fut. 2°", part. ἢ 25", to be vio-
lent, raging, cruel; the primary idea
being that of heat, so that 42° is kindr.
with i" to boil up, and also with D1,
br", M7", see in ni".—Part. fem. Zeph.
3, 1 F353 ἜΣ ΓΙ the violent or oppressing
city. Elsewhere as an epithet of the

ἀρ. oe

sword, M355 29M the cruel, the

sword, sword of violence, Jer. 46, 16 50,
16; and without 237 id. Jer. 25, 38 Fan
πρό the wrath of the cruel sc. sword,
where the epithet is put for the thing
itself, as Schnurrer well; or perhaps,
with Sept. Chald. and some Mss. it
ought to read M2 397).—With an ac-
cus. Ps. 74,8 om 55) ‘let us maltreat
them all, desctoy them.

Hipx. 257, fut. m2, to treat with
violence, to maltreat, to oppress ; with:
acc. as princes a people Ez. 45, 8; the
Chaldeans Israel Is. 49, 26; espec. of the
rich and noble as oppressing the poor,
widows, orphans, strangers, Ex. 22, 20.
Lev. 19, 33. Deut. 23,17. Jer. 22, 3. Ez.
18, 7. 12. 26. 22, 7. 29; of fraud and
overreaching in buying and selling Lev
25, 14.17. With acc. of pers. and 2
to thrust out of a possession by violence
to dispossess, Ez. 46, 18. . pat) Aph.
"218 id.

I> (rest, quiet, τ. 942) Janoah, pr. n.
of a place on the confines of Ephraim
and Manasseh, 2 K. 15, 29. With ©
local MMi28 Josh. 16, 6. 7.

D2" (slumber, r. 053) Josh. 15, 53
Cheth. for which Keri has 0435 (flight,
r. 043) Janum, pr. n. of a place in the
tribe of Judah.

O52" Janus, see in B24.

x ma” a spurious root, assumed for
Hiph. m:n. But see 2 Hiph.

Mp7" (1. α. MPI, a sucker, sprout,
Ez. 17,4. It has the pass. form but ac-
tive power. Chald. p73", pas, suckling,
R. p23. ,

᾿ ἘΝ fut. PI" to suck; Chald. 5",
Syr. «οἷν, Sam. Pim id. Absol. Job
3,12; pr. to suck the mother’s breast,
ὁ. acc. Cant. 8,1. Joel 2,16; but also
other things, as Job 20, 16 he ΜΕΤῸΝ the
poison of asps. Trop. Is. 60,16 thou
shalt suck the milk of the nations, and —
shalt suck the breast of kings, i. 6. thou
shalt be made rich with the wealth οὗ
nations and kings. Deut. 33,19 SW ">
spi pa" for they shall suck the abun-
dance of the seas, i. e. of nations beyond
the sea. Is. 60, 11. 12.—Part. P32" a)

a suckling, sucking child, (Syr. }ea4

“ap

[oi ,) Num. 11,12. Deut. 32,25. 1Sam.
15, 3. 22, 19. Is. 11,8. Jer. 44,7. Ps. 8,
8. al. More fully 073% "p25 Joel 2, 16.
b) Trop. a sucker, sprout, as drawing
the sap from the parent stock, Is. 53, 2.
More frequent in this sense is fem. MP2%",
Job 8, 16. 14, 7. 15, 30. Plur. mip
Ez. 17, 22. Hos. 14, 7. Ps. 80, 12.

Hipx. p72" ‘so p24 int. 4, 3, to
give suck, to suckle, as a mother her in-
fant, Gen. 21,7. Ex. 2,7.9. 1 Sam. 1,
23; also of animals, Lam. 4, 3; absol.
mip 2.2 (camels) giving suck, milch-
camels, Gen. 32,16. Trop. to cause to
suck sweet things, i. 6. to give to taste,
to let enjoy, Deut. 32, 13.—Parr. fem.
mp2 Ex. 2,7, ὁ. mull, inpa 2 K. 11, 2,
giving suck, as subst. a wet-nurse. Plur.
mip Is. 49, 23.

Deriv. HR72".

5/2" m. once 122 Is, 34,11, an un-
clean pird, prob. a water or marsh fowl!
Lev. 11,17. Deut. 14,16; frequenting
deserts or marshes, Is. ].c. Sept. and
Vulg. render it ibis, i. 6. the Egyptian
heron ; Chald. and Syr. the owl, which
also Bochart adopts, Hieroz. P. II. p. 281
sq. and supposes it to be derived from
FH2 twilight. Most prob. some species
of heron or crane is to be understood,
whose cry resembles the blowing of a
horn or trumpet, as the ardea stelluris or
bittern, the ardea agami or trumpeter-
bird, or the common crane, etc. and this
is supported by the etymology from 82
to blow. In the list of unclean birds in

Lev. 1. c. this bird is followed by the

movin, derived from the similar verb

pti. q. >.

* 70" inf. with pref. πο Is: 51, 6,
sod 2 Chr. 31, 7 (as if from 38), ¢
suff. "70" Job 38, 4; pr. to set, to place,

to seat, comp. Niph. no. 1, and ‘id

seat. The primary monosyllabic root is
Sanscr. sad to sit, Lat. sed-ere, Goth.

_ sat-jan to put, Engl. to set; the same
root with harder letters is Heb. τῶ,
Gr. στάω, ἵστημι, and with softer letters

Gr. 80— (owas). Arab. Owe i is spec. to
put or place under, 6. g. a cushion, pil-
low -Hence

1. to set, 1. 6. to place, put, lay the foun-

dations of any thing, to found, e. g. a

λρῦ

"To"

building Ezra 3,12; a city Is. 54, 11.
(Comp. 2° Is. 42,4. 44,7; τοῦ 1 Sam.
2,8.) More freq. in this sense in Piel; in
Kal mostly poet. of God as founding the
heavens and the earth, Ps. 78, 69. 89,
12. 104, 5. Job 38,4. Is. 48,13. Zech.
12, 1. Am. 9,6 πο" PAN by INIaN) and
hath founded his vaull upon the earth,
i.e. the vault of the heavens as appa-
rently resting upon the earth. Ps. 24, 2.

| —Ofa heap, fo lay down sc. the bottom,

2 Chr. 31, 7.

2. to set, i. 6. to appoint, to assign sc. a
place to any one (comp. 5°w Ex. 21, 13).
Ps. 104, 8 they go up mountains, they go ἡ
down valleys, pnd MIO" Ay ripe by unto
the place that thou hast ‘appointed for
them. ‘So of a people, Is. 23, 13 lo the
land of the Chaldeans ; this people till
now was not, D> MIO" "AWN Assyria
appointed it for dwellers in the desert,
i. e. for the Chaldeans; see Comment.
on Is.ad loc. Hence to appoint or con-
stitute for some specific purpose, Hab.
1,12 imto1 M721N> for chastisement hast
thou appointed them sc. the Chaldeans, :
i.e. hast called them forth; parallel
‘mow vera.

3. to set laws, to ordain, Ps. 119, 152.
Comp. D° Gen. 47, 26, ale Gr. γομυ-

ϑ ἕτης.
Nieuw. 7092 J. to be settled, seated
down, i.e. a) to settle in a land, Ex. 9.

18 in Egypt ot03 Dim 129 since the
day of their setiling in it until now. i. 6.
since the Egyptians settled down in the
land. b) to sit down together for cou-
sultation ; hence to consult, to take coun-
sel together, with >> against any one
Ps. 2,2. 31, 14.

2. to be founded, as the temple Is. 44,8

Pret 30" 1. to set, place, lay, 6. g.
a foundation-stone Is. 28, 16; to found
an edifice Zech. 4, 9. Ezra 3, 10; a city
Is. 14, 32. Josh. 6, 26 MIO 1333 with
his first- -born (i. 6. with the loss of him,
2 of price) shall he lay its foundation.
Also acc. of material 1 K. 5, 17 [31].—
Trop. Ps. 8, 3: owt of the mouth of babes
and sucklings τῷ MID" hast thou founded.
for thee praise, glory; so Arabic writers
compare glory to an editice firmly found-
ed and fortified, see Muntinghe ad ἢ. I.
Thesaur. p. 602.

2. to set, i. e. to appoint, to constitute

i

for any purpose, 1 Chr. 9, 22. Also to
set fast, i. 6. to prescribe, to ordain, c.
> Esth. 1,8. ἢ

PuaL to be founded, e. g. columns
Cant. 5,15; the temple 1 K. 6,37. Ezra
3, 6. Hagg. 2,18. Zech. 8, 9; with an
acc. of material, as in Pi. 1 K. 7, 10.

Hopu. i.q. Pual. Inf. 10455 ‘the being
founded, subst. foundation, Ezra 3, 11.
2 Chr. 3,3. Part. 3©472 (Dag. euphon.)
Sounded, Is. 28, 16 8172 4047 a founda-
tion founded, i. e. firm, sure; comp. Yn
vpn? Ps. 64, 7, wan 5.5 Ex. 12, 9.

Deriv. the three “next Slowing, and
Tid, Toi, Tow, TION, IO, pr.n. “Tid.

TO? m. foundation, metaph. begin-
ning, Kzra7,9. R. 0%.

“Ὁ m. foundation, as of an altar Ex.
29, 12. Lev. 4,7. 8,15. 9,9; of a build-
ing Job 4, 19. Ps. 137, 7. al. [Poet.
foundation of the sea, the ground or
bottom on which it rests, the depths,
Hab. 3, 13; see in "X*¥.—R.]—Plur.
p70" Mic. 1, 6, and miso Lam. 4, 11;
also metaph. princes Ez. 30, 4, comp.
minw. R. "Ὁ".

MIO” f. foundation, Ps. 87,1. R. 30%.

VO" m. (τ. Ὁ") a corrector, reprover,
censurer, verbal subst. of the ἰδίαι “a3.
Job 40, 2 [39, 32] “ids "πῶ ὩΣ 355 con-
lending shall the reprover of God contend
with the Almighty? 35 is here inf. absol.
from 3" instead of the finite verb (comp.
Judg. 11, 25 Sx 3w1 py 39 2455, where
the finite verb is added), and to iD"
then corresponds in the other hemistich
πῖον M212, comp. Prov. 9, 7. The sin-
gle words of this clause have often been
correctly explained, (see for "i" Junius
and Tremellius, and for the form 5
Aben Ezra and Kimchi,) but I have
found no one who has rightly appre-
hended the whole sense. The above
interpretation was proposed in former
editions, and has been adopted by Um-
breit, Winer, De Wette, but neglected
by Rosenmiller.

"AO? (verbal of fut. τ. "30, as 3"
from 3.) departing, one who departs ;
Jer. 17, 18 Cheth. "10" those departing
Lik me. Keri 970. ‘

Ἐ70. a doubtful root, i. ᾳ. 9 to pour,
but intrans. to be poured, comp. D5 and

4.06

ro"
Bz"; once Ex. 30, 32 FO" Nd it shall

not be poured. Perhaps it should read
yen? Hoph. of FiO. ~

20? (she looks abroad, r.420) Iscah,
pr. n. of the sister of Lot, Gen. 11, 29.

71937207 (whom. Jehovah upholds, r.
20) Ismachiah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 31, 13.

ὙΦ᾽ in Kal and Hiph. both of which
are defective, thus: Pret. 0", rarely
proin 2 K. 20, 6. Eee. 1, 16; Inf. ΠΟΤ;
Imper. twice 15d Is. 29, 1, Jer. 7, 21,
though this form can be referred to
MO; Fut. 9°01", apoc. O17, in pause
Doin Job 40, 32, noO!M™>s Prov. 30, 6,
and by a wrong orthography FON" Ex.
5, 7. 1 Sam. 18, 29 (as vice versa 9%,
nos, from FOX q:. v.) convers. 50%;
Part. 50%" for HO" Is. 29, 14. 38, 5, plur.
n"BO'" Deut. 5, 22; also Hoi Neh.
13, 18.

1. to add, Syr.and Chald. Aph. 9d%x,
ae}. The primary idea seems to be
that of scraping, scraping together, like
kindr. 550, comp. }10.—With accus. of
the thing added and 5 of that to which
it is added, Lev. 5, 16 O%" {MWA PNY
"b> and shall add the Sifth part of it
thereto. Lev. 22,14. 27,13 sq. Deut. 19,

9; dx 2 Sam. 24, 3. Often too the ac- ©

cus. of the thing: addidhi is omitted, Deut.
13,1 [12, 32] sya 393 ND) by nohcNs
thou shalt neither add thereto nor di-

minish therefrom, sc. any thing. Prov.

30, 6. Ecc. 3, 14-—Hence

2. to add to, i. 6. to increase, to en-
large, comp. French ajouter ἃ. With >>
Ps. 71, 14 ἸΏΞΠΏ ΡΞ ΟΣ. sMpdINy J will
add to, increase, all thy praise ; 3 comp.
Lat. cd trahere (aliquid) de laudibus
alic.’? Ps. 115, 14. Ezra 10, 10; δ Ez.
23, 14; Ν Is. 26, 15; acc. Lev. 19, 25.
Job 49, 10 sien swincbo-ry mins FO"

| nazigd and Jehovah increased twofold

all that Job had. Ece. 1, 18. Prov. 9. 9.
16, 21. 19, 4. Job 17, 9. Is. 29,19. Im-
pers. Priv. 9, 11 by me mie ἪΡ ἼΞ "Ὁ ἢ"

ἱ

pM shall they increase the years of thy

life, i. e. thy years shall be increased;
comp. Heb. Gr. § 134. 3.--- ΤῸ increase
any thing ¢o any one, is sometimes i. q.
to give more, as Ps, 120, 3 “a8 42 ἸΏ ΤΙ

mean ΩΡ 7> poh δαὶ giveth to thee

and what giveth more (adds to give) to

. nO"
thee thy false tongue? i.e. what doth thy
false tongue profit thee ? comp. Lev. 26.
21. Ez. 5,16. Elsewhere to increase
is also i. q. to surpass, to exceed, as
2 Chr. 9,6 ΠΡΟ 53 MBO? thou ex-
ceedest (hast added to) the ‘fame that I
heard ; comp. 1 K. 10, 7. So Kec. 1,
16. 2, 9..

3. to add to do any thing, with infin.
either simply or with pref. >; more
rarely followed by a finite verb with or
without the copula, Proy. 23, 35. Is. 52,
1. Hos.1,6. Hence a) i.g.todoagain,
another time, so that it may be express-
ed in Engl. by the adverb again. Gen.
4,2 τ 35 yom} and again she bare. 8,10.
12. 18, "29 nat> ἪΡ HOM and he spake
yet again. 25, 21. Ex. 10, 28.29. Ὁ) to
do further, longer ; ; to continue to do any
thing. Gen. 4, 12 9> AMD-mm FOND
the ground shall no longer yield to thee
her strength. Num. 32, 15. Josh. 7, 12.
1 Sam. 19, 8. 27, 4. Is. 47,1. ὁ) to
do the more ; Gen 37,5 Now ‘Tid ἸΘΌ 15)
ins and they hated him yet the more. V.,
8. 1 Sam. 18, 29. 2 Sam. 3, 34. —Some-
times the action which ia thus to be
repeated or continued is not directly
expressed, but is implied in the pre-
ceding words. Job 20,9 >) AMaIy jy
HOI the eye saw him, but shall not add
sc. 91>, i.e. shall see him no more. 34,
32 if I have done iniquity, I will (do it)
no more. 38, 11. 40, 5. 32. Ex. 11, 6 such
as was never before, $)"0n~X> sins) sc.
nitnd, and such as never more shall be.
Num. ΤΙ, 25 and when the spirit rested
upon them they prophesied, "29" Nd1 sc.
N2IMM> but never again or more after
that day ; so Sept. and Syr. well. Here
belongs also the phrase: D°FF>8 ΓΙΌΣ ND
Epo ΓΞ God do so and so add to do,
i. e. and more also, 1 Sam. 3, 17. 14, 44.

Nipu. 9043
36, 3.4. Reflex. to join oneself Ex. 1, 10.
Ὁ, to be increased, i. 6. intrans. to in-
crease, to grow, e.g in wealth, Prov. 11,
24. Part. ΓΙῸΣ Is. 15, 9 additions,
accessions, sc. of calamities, i. q. new
calamities.

Deriv. pr. names 9077, FO, AIDA.

. Ὠδ᾽ Chald. in Kal not used. Hops.
‘inthe Hebrew manner 4017 fo be added,
‘Dan. 4, 33.

1. to be Mike. c. >3 Weer {

A407 i

* "0" rarely found in Kal, fut. c. suff.
DSN Hos. 10, 10; part. “ἡ Prov. 9, 7.
Ps. 94, 10. Elsewhere with the same
sense :

Pret "87, fut. "©", inf. 5797 Lev. 26,
18, 1107 Ps. 118, 18.

1. to chastise or chasten, to correct, to
punish with blows, strokes, Deut. 22, 18.
1 K. 12, 11.14 my father chastened you
with whips. Espec. of children as cor-
rected by their parents, Prov. 19, 18. 29,
17; of men as chastened of God, Lev.
26, 18. 28. Ps. 6, 2. 38, 2. 39, 12. 118, 18.
Jer. 2,19. 10, 24.—Eth. 2UJZ, to chas-
tise, to reprehend, to,instruct ; the pala-
tal " being changed into the harder 5.

2. to chasten with words, i.e. a) lo
admonish, to exhort, Prov. 9, 7. Job 4, 3
(comp. Hoi. 7 15). Ps. 16, 7 mibsb-n
sMind> "D707 also by night my reins ad-
monish me sc. to praise the Lord. With
"72 to admonish or dehort from any thing,
Is. 8, 11. Often of the admonition and
discipline which parents give to child-
ren, Deut. 21,18; or which God bestows
on men, Deut. 4, 36. 8, 5. Ps. 94, 12.
b) to set right, to instruct ; Is. 28, 26
ἢ wy oped ‘ino? he doth instruct
him according to the right, his God doth
teach him. With two acc. Prov. 31, 1.
—It is often coupled with 1315, which
differs from "0" only as it primarily de- |
notes a milder discipline consisting in
admonition and confutation, and is trans-
ferred to the severer which employs
blows and punishment ; while the latter
is used pr. of the severer discipline, and ᾿
trop. of that which is milder. Like the
former is also Gry παιδεύειν, Germ. zitich-
tigen, from Zucht, ziehen, erziehen ;
like the latter, Heb. 77>.

Hien. i. q. Kal and Piel; once D2"0"8
Hos. 7,12. —

Nipu. "043 to be chastened, admonish-
ed, to take warning, Ps. 2, 10. Jer. 6, 8.
31,18; 6. 3 Lev. 26, 23. Prov. 29, 19.

ΝΊΤΗΡΑ. 19032 Ez. 23, 48, to be in-
structed ; for 191M}, see Lehrg. p. 249.
Yet the common analogy would be pre-
served by giving it the vowels of Niph.

ag ANDI.

Deriv. “87, 90", “Ὁ.

2m. (r. 532) plur. O°", a shovel, for
removing ashes, mentioned among the

ae”

furniture of the altar. Ex. 27, 3. 38, 3.
Num. 4, 14. 1 K.7, 40. 45. al. Vulg.
forceps.—In Arab. several nouns deriv-
ed from the root signify vessel ;
but the Arabic usage in this root seems
nevertheless to have differed from the
Hebrew.

V2? (he causes pain, r. 722) Jabez,
pr.n. a) Aman 1 Chr. 4, 9.10, where
the name is so explained. δ) A place
in the tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 55.

" 73" fut. 39" 1. to point out, to ap-
point, to fix, to or for any one, with >;
espec. a place Jer. 47, 7, or time 2 Sam.
20, 5; also punishment, Mic. 6, 9.—
Arab. (λῶῳ to point out beforehand,
sc. good, but also evil; III, to appoint
a time or place. The primary idea is
that of commanding ; kindr. are 737,
15, q.v- Arab. ἃ

2. to fix wpon as a wife or concubine,
to betroth. with ace. and > Ex. 21, 8. 9.

Nip. ἜΣ 1. Reflex. to meet with
any one at an appointed place, by ap-
pointment, with > Ex. 25, 22. 29, 42. 43.
30, 6. 36; > Num. 10, 4.

2. Rech: to meet together at an ap-
pointed time and place, by appointment,
Neh. 6,2. 10. Job 2, 11. Am. 3,3. Also

3. Genr. to come together, to assemble,
Josh. 11, 5.1K. 8, 5. Ps. 48,5; with >3
against any one, of conspirators Num.
14, 35. 16, 11. 27, 3.

Hien. 310, to cause or appoint to
meet at a certain time and place, espec.
‘ before a tribunal, fo cite before a court,
to arraign, c. acc. Job 9, 19 "27"Bi" "2

who shall arraign me? Jer. 49, 19. 50,

44.

Horn. 1. to be fixed, set, Jer. 24, 1.

2. to be turned, directed, of the face,
Ez. 21, 21.

Deriv. M39, IDI, Ii, MID, and
pr. names Hi, HIS, and

Ty" 2 Chr. 9, 29 Keri (in Cheth.
s13") Jedo, pr. n. m. elsewhere 433 Jddo,
8. Υ. pane

* STS" ἅπαξ Asydu. to snatch away, to
sweep away; Is. 28,17 Homa “3 AVN
513 and the hail shall sweep away the
refuge of lies. Vulg. subvertet, Saad.
Sym abripiet.—Arab. (5, to collect ;

408

12"

IV, to lay up; but the primary
seems to be that of snatching, which is
applied both to snatching or scraping
together and to snatching away ; comp.
FON, FQ, FRO, MEQ.

N19" (perh. treasured of God, from
the Arab. see in τ. ΠΣ) Jeuel, pr. ἢ. ma.

1 Chr. 9, 6.—Elsewhere beast is found -
only in Chethibh, where Keri has PRD,

as: a) The founder or restorer of Gi-
beon, 1 Chr. 9,35. Ὁ) A military offi-
cer of David, ib. 11,44. ὁ) A scribe of
Uzziah, 2 Chr. 26,11. d) ib. 29, 13.
e) Ezra 8, 13.

Τ᾽ (counselling, verbal fut. r. r)
Jeuz, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 10. |

“AY see in “33.

on plur. woods, forests, i. q. 8°39,
Ez. 34, 25 Cheth. See "3" no. 2.

WAY” (to whom God hastens, r. a>)
Jeush, pr.n. a) A son of Esau, Gen.
36, 18; for which "2" vy. 5. 14 Cheth.
b) A son of Rehoboam, 2 Chr. 11, 19.
c)1Chr. 7,10. d)ib.8.39. — e) ib.
23, 10.

ἜΤΣΙ im Kal not used, prob. i. 4. 123
to be strong, Jirm, robust ; see in 729.

Nipu. Is. 33, 19 1353 DY ἃ firm people,
i. e. fierce, obstinate, sc. the Assyrians.
So Symm. ἀναιδής shameless, Vulg. im-
pudens.

a be (whom God consoles, from r.
(sy to console,) Jaaziel, pr. n. τη, 1

Chr. 15, 18; for which v. 20 5x"13.

72" (whom Jehovah consoles, see
preced. art.) Jaaziah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
24, 26. 27.

“197 and "JY" 1 Chr. 6, 66. 26, 31
(whom God helps, r. "12) Jazer, pr. ἢ.
of a city in the tribe of Gad, on the bor-
der of the Ammonites, and for a long
time subject to Moab; Num. 21, 32. 32,
1. 3. 35. Josh. 13, 25. 21, 37. Is. 16, 8. 9.
The sea of Jazer, "137 DS Jer. 48, 32, is
of doubtful authority. as no such sea is
known to exist; see Comment. on Is.
16, 8. Gr. Ἰαζήρ 1 Mace. 5, 8.—Comp.
Eusebius de locis Heb. voe. Ἰαζήρ. Re-
land Palest. p. 825. It was perh. situa-

‘ted where now are found the ruins ’A

Hazir, or those of Sar or Sir ; Burekh

‘ae?

Travels in Syr. p. 355, 357. Seetzen in
Zach’s Monatl. Corr. XVIII. p. 429, 430.

. oP" a root ἅπαξ λεγόμ. i. g. NBD to

clothe Is. 61, 10.

ὭΣ. Chald. i. q. Heb. 72>, to counsel.
Part. ὩΣ" counsellor of the king, plur. c.
suff. Wies2 Ezra 7, 14. 15.

Irup. to consult together, Dan. 6, 8.

Deriv. 82>.

DN (iq. dis) Jeiel, Jehiel, see
Keri in bass, Elsewhere: a) A wines
of Reuben 1 Chr. 5,7. b) A Levite
ib. 15, 18. 21. 16, 5. 2 Chr. 30, 14. c)
2 Chr. 35,9. d) Ezra 10, 43.

"9? (whom God awakes, τ. 932) Jair,
pr. n. of a man 1 Chr. 20, 5 Keri; in
Cheth. is "33". In the parallel passage
2 Sam. 21, 19, there stands instead of
it ὩΣ "337 (forests of the weavers) ;
but prank is prob. repeated from the
following ΡΝ 39 by an error of
transcription.

ὍΣ) see in Was lett. a.

$29" (afflicted, τ᾿ 135) Jachan, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 5, 13.

Ae Bess in Kal not used: 1. to go up,

ΕΟ ἢ to rise above, kindr. with M22,

Arab. hes to rise above, to ascend a
mountain, to stand upen the summit,

ne eminent, noble, a prince. Hence

ΣᾺ rock-goat, ibex.

. 2, to be eminent, to have worth, to be

cpa comp. B35 in the compound
sda, and see Hiph.

Hira. bwin 1. to be of use, to profit,
to help, absol. Prov. 10, 2. 11, 4, Jer. 2,
8 ἼΞΡΓ" 55 ὙΥ ΝΡ INN they Z0 after those
that profit nothing, i. e. false gods, idols.
1 Sam. 12, 21. Is. 44, 10. Hab. 2, 18.
With dat. Br pers. Is 30, 5. Jer. 23, 325
or.of thing, Job 30, 13 sbagh ant ees
help my fall. With suff. 935935" Is. 57,
12

2. Intrans. to profit, to receive profit,
from any thing. Job 21, 15 >°3i3-m2
what profit should we have, ete. 15, 3
words DD 57359 δὲ by which he is not
profited. 35, 3. Is. 47,12. 48,17. Jer.
12, 13.
Deriy. the two following.

35

409

iP:

22° m. plur. 73" constr."239 1. the
wild or mountain goat, ibex, Germ. Slein-
S

bock, Arab. hes and hss. Ps. 104, 18.

Job 39,1. m7b>3m “4x the rocks of the
wild goats, situated in the desert of En-
gedi, 1 Sam. 24,3. See Bochart Hie
roz. P. { p. 915 sq.

2. Jael, pr.n. a) A judge in Israei
before the age of Deborah, Judg. 5, 6.
Ὁ) The wife of Heber the Kenite, whe ©
slew Sisera, Judg. 4, 17.18. 5,24. Some
suppose the same to be meant in Judg
5, 6.

NOD? see next art. no. 2.

M23" fem. of the preced. 1. a wild
she-goat, the female ibex; Prov. 5, 19
j ΤΕΣ" the graceful ibex, an epithet for
a lovely woman. The Arabs say pro-

verbially het Cm is! more beau-
tifal than the ibex, Bochart Hieroz. I.
899.

2. Jaalah, pr. n. of a man, Ezra 2,56;
written 825% Neh. 7, 58.

Do" (hidden, τ. 859} Jaalam, pr. ἢ.

of a son of Esau, Gen. 36, 5. 14.
* mye ΤΥ af
\Z, obsol. root, Syr. Ethpa. <>
to be greedy, voracious, to be avaricious,
fas» greedy, voracious. Hence }°,
M239, ostrich.

22 (for M394, τ᾿ 29 I. no. 4) pr. subst.
purpose, intent,aim. But it everywhere
passes over into a particle, viz.

1. Preposit. with a subst. on account
of, because of, propter, Ez. 5,9. Hagg.
1, 9. With inf. Is. 30, 12. 37, 29. Jer. 7,
13. 48, 7. Ez. 5, 7. 16, 36. al.

2. Conjunct. “νὸν 32" because that, be-
cause, Gen. 22, 16. 1 Sam. 30, 22. 1K.
3,11. al. So ae freq. "> {27 Num. 11,
20. Is. 7, 5. al. Both forms are followed
by a preter. With fut. "Ox 327 Zo the
intent that, in order that, Ez. 12, 12.—
With ary impl. i. 6. {23 alone as Con-
junct. because, with pret. Num. 20, 12.
1 K. 20, 42. 2 K. 22,19. al. Thrice it is
repeated emphat. }2735 737 because, even
because, Lev. 26, 43. Ez. 13,10; and
fithout copula Ry 22 Ez. 36,3. Comp.
“372.

155 τὰ. (r. 42%) the ostrich, the male,.
so called from its greediness and glut

2"

tony ; once in plur. 29 Lam. 4,3 Keri,
and there prob. éaixoty ὡς, nabnicher Sept.
ὡς στρουϑίον, Vulg. sicut siruthio. Com-
pare for the sense, Job 39, 16. 17. —Much
more frequent i is

my fem. of the preced. the female
ostrich, (for the form comp. 59 fem.
mp9, not M23",) always coupled with
m3, i. 6. HID na the daughter of the os-
trich, i.e. the female ostrich herself, see
Bochart Hieroz. II. 230; opp. o2mm
the male ostrich, Lev. 11, 16. Deut.
14, 15.—Plur. 733" ΓΞ, ἀρ ωΣ for
both sexes, Is. 13, 21. 34, 13. 43, 20. Jer.
5, 39. Mic. 1, 8. Job 30, 29; in which
passages they are said to inhabit the de-
sert and to utter a plaintive cry. The
Arabs also call the ostrich, without dis-

9 “a - “a
tinction of sex, elas, Roles wir

—Others derive 732" from ΓῺ ἰο cry
out, referring to the doleful cries of the
ostri¢h. Others again without good
reason render it an owl.

"22" (for 735, whom Jehovah an-
swers, r. 722) Jaanai, pr. n. τὴ. 1 Chr.
5, 12.

ΩΣ Jer. 51,58. 64, fut. 92, 424,
to be wearied, faint, comp. ὉΠ, ὯΝ ;
either with running, Jer. 2, 24 ΡΞ
ΒΦ στ Ὁ they that seek her will not bé
wearied. Is. 40, 30. 31; or also with se-
vere labour, Is. 40, 28, Hab. 2, 13; and
also thirst, Is. 44,12. Hence to be wea-
ried out, exhausted, Jer. 51, 64. . Arab.
Wtf, to run swiftly; IV, to go with
fatigue, to loll as a dog; I, IV, to look
feeble. The primary idea seems to be

that of breathing hard, panting, like one '

weary with running; so the syll. 53,
comp. 27, ON, IX.

Horu. part. wearied, faint, exhausted,
Dan. 9, 21 "2 ὩΣ wearied with a
wearisome course, i. e long and swift ;
comp. ΞΘ no. 2. Sept. τάχει φερό-
μένος. Others following Theod. Vulg.
Syr. derive m2" from r. ὩΣ, and render
it flying ; but unaptly, since it is fol-
lowed by 5"3.

Deriv. mi5Sim and the two following.

ΠΣ τη, wearied, faint, Is. 40, 29; of a
people 50,4. ᾿

410

>"
52? m. weariness, fatigue, from a swift
course, Dan. 9, 21; see r. }23 Hoph.

55 fat. 727"; for imper..is twice
ΧΦ from τ. YA, Judg. 19, 30. Is. 8, 10;
to consult, to advise, i. 6. both to take and —
give counsel. Phenic. 72% 73" Ὁ δ coun-
sellor of the king, Monum. Pheen. p. 152.”
Chald. t35 id. Arab. Lae, to admon-

ish, to exhort, as prophets. The native
power of this root is prob. to command,
which is kindred to that of taking and
giving counsel, of exhorting and pre-
dicting, comp. consid and consulo; al-
though the ultimate primary idea seems
to be that of strength, firmness, power,
which lies in the root 73, 3. Kindr.
roots are: MSY to make firm, strong, to

be firm, whence 72, Las, wood ; ee

and },% to be firm, obstinate ; yas to
be hard, ata strong; also DED, 483;

, UHH, to strengthen;

and SHH to command; also 33%
q. v. The LXX express the native
power of the root Ps. 32,8; where they
render the Heb. "3" aby ΓΙΣΘῚΝΣ by
ἐπιστηριῶ ἐπὶ σε TOUS ὀφθαλμούς pov.—
Hence |

1. to consult, i. e. to take counsel, te
purpose, to determine. Is. 14, 24 "UND
pAPH NN ὭΣ as I have purposed (de-
creed) so shall it stand. v.27. With an
ace. Nah. 1, 11 59253 Y2" purposing de-
struction. Is. 32, 7.8. ΠΙῈΡ 735 to take
counsel, to purpose a purpose, Is, 8, 10.
14, 26. Ez. 11, 2. With infin. and >
2 Chr. 25, 16; with by against any one |
Is. 7, 5. 19, 12, 17. Jer. 49, 30; 5% Jer.
49, 80. μὐώγρεδβον τπλι., to Sue i. q. to.
devise, c. acc. Hab. 2, 10 thou hast con-
sulted shame to thy house, hast dévised
it, prepared it by thy counsels. Mic. 6,
5; with inf. and > Ps. 62, 5.

2. to counsel, i. e. to advise, to give
counsel, Judg. 19, 30. 2 Sam. 17, 15;
with acc. of counsel ΠΧ» ys ib. 16, 23.
17, 7. Prov. 12, 20; with ὃν apainel
any one 2 Sam. 17, 21; followed by ἃ
whole sentence v. 11. With dat. of pers.
Job 26, 3; for which is put a suffix Ex
18, 19. 1K. 1,12. 12,8. 13, 2 Chr. 10,8. |
Jer. 38, 15.—Spec. a) Of God as coun y

further: τ =

-7)

“py

selling, admonishing, and persuading
men, by the law and prophets; Ps. 16,7
I bless the Lord ἼΣΩΝ who giveth me
counsel sc. to abstain from idolatry, comp.
v.4-6. Pregn. Ps. 32,8 "5 Ἴ Ὁ» NYDN
1 will counsel thee and keep mine eye
upon thee, will be propitious to thee;
see in "9. Others refer this to the
psalmist, comp. Jer. 38,15. Ὁ) Of future
things, to advise, to advertise, to predict,
Num. 24, 14; comp. Is. 41, 28. So Arab.
fas, .—Hence

Part. 721" as Subst. a counsellor, ad-
viser, Prov. 11, 14. 15, 22. 24, 6. 2 Chr.
25,16. Ezra4,5. Espec. a king’s couwn-

or, royal adviser, 2 Sam. 15, 12. Ezra
7, 28. 8, 25, comp. 7, 24.25. 28> yi
the king’s counsellor 1 Chr. 27, 33. 2 Chr.
22,4. mdqp x97" Is. 19, 11. Also
ys "x31" Job 3, 14 and “n> Ἢ Is. 1, 26.
comp. Mic. 4, 9, the counsellors, chief
men (q. d. consuls) of a state or city;
and so simpl. yi" Is. 3, 3. Job 12, 17.
In Is. 9,5 735" is one of the attributes of
the Messiah, as mighty in counsel.—
Fem. nx3" a female counsellor to evil,
2 Chr. 22, 3.

ΝΙΡΗ. ΥΣ 1. Reflex. to let oneself
be counselled, advised ; Part. y3%2 q. ἃ.
well advised Prov. 13, 10.

2. Recipr. to consult or take counsel to-
gether ; spoken of several, often with
sams. Ps. 71, 10. 83, 6 ὑπ 35 ἸΧΣῚ
they have consulted together with one
heart, mind. Is. 45,21. Neh. 6,7. Of
one. i K. 12, 28. With ὩΣ, to consult
with any one, 1 Chr. 13, 1. 2 Chr. 32, 3;
with MX (AN) id. Is. 40,14. 1K. 12,6.8.
Also with >, spoken of a king consult-
ing with his servants and giving them
his commands, 2 K. 6, 8. 2 Chr.-20, 21.

3. to decide after consultation, to coun-
sel, to advise, 1 K. 12, 6.9 D°x>32 OMS ΤῸ
what do ye advise? what is the result
of your deliberation? 2 Chr. 10,6. With
inf. and > 2 Chr. 30, 23.

Hirupa. i. q. Niph. no. 2. Ps. 83, 4.

Deriv. HE>, >i.

=p2" (heel-catcher, supplanter, lier-
in-wait, τ. 3P9, comp. Gen. 25, 26. 27.
36. Hos. 12, 4,) pr. n. Jacob, the young-
-est. of the twin sons of Isaac, called also
Israel, 58787, the founder of the Israel-
itish nation, Gen. c. 25-50; hence ἜΤ

411

a

=pP1 the God of Jacob, i. e. Jehovah, [5.
2,3. Ps. 20,2; and so prob. Ps. 24. 6,
where "/7>8 seems to have been dropped
in transcribing. Also 3p>4 72 the house
or family of Jacob, poet. for the people
of Israel, i. ᾳ. Ἐδῶ, Den 122, Ex.
19, 3. Is. 2,5. 6. Am. 3,13; and simpl.
ΞΡ" id. Num. 23, 7. Ps. 14, 7. Is. 27, 6.
9. al. Elsewhere put for the whole
people regarded as one individual, e. g.
Is. 44, 1. 45, 4. Jer. 30,10. Obad. 10. al
Put also later, like Israel, for the king-
dom of Ephraim or the ten tribes, Hos.
12, 3. Mic. 1, 5. Is. 17,4; as likewise
afterwards for the one remaining king-
dom of Judah, Obad. 18. Nah. 2, 3.

Mapz? (id.) Jaakobah, Jacobah, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 4, 36.

1P2? see iP.

* "2" obsol. root i. q, Arab. κξ 2. Pr.

to boil up and over ; then to be redun-
dant, spoken of any kind of redundancy
or exuberance, as of plants. Hence the
two following:

"> m. c. suff. "37, with He local
m37 Josh. 17,156, Plur. 5° 3" Ez. 39,
10; mins" Ps, 29, 9.

1. redundance or overflowing of honey,
the droppings, i. e. honey flowing or
dropping of its own accord from the
combs, which the Greeks and Romans
call ἄκητον μέλι, mel acetum, (Plin. H.N.
15. 11,) Cant. 5, 1. More fully maz"
a3 1 Sam. 14, 27, from the fem. form
mast. Some have ‘wrongly rendered it
favus mellis, which signifies’ honey-
comb, i. 6. the cells in which the honey is
contained: comp. Ovid. Fast. 4. 152 ‘ ex-
pressis mella liquata favis.’ It is rather
i. ᾳ. ΘΕῚΣ MBI dropping of the honey-
combs, Germ. Honigseim, i. 6. liquid
honey, Ps. 19, 11.

2. a thicket of trees, so called from the
exuberance, luxuriousness of trees and
shrubs. Syr. {p44 thicket of briers, Arab.
rs rugged tract, whence the verb re
to be rugged, difficult of passage.—Is.
21, 13. Ez. 21,2.3. Hence genr. a wood,
forest, Deut. 19, 5. Josh. 17, 15. 18. al.
sep. “DT "XD trees of the forest Ps. 96,
12. Is. 44, 14; "32 imi beasts of the
forest, wild Hanate, Ps. 50, 10. 104, 20

“3°

Contrasted with "35 is 5293 a park,
garden, as the smaller with the greater,
the cultivated with the wild, Is. 29, 17.
32, 15; but the forest of cedats in εὐναὶ
non, as being small and beautiful, is
called iba ND ἜΣ. the forest of his park
i. e. like a park, 2 K. 19, 23. Is. 37, 24.
S32 ma the house of the forest Is. 22, 8,
fally 7225 ἜΣ m2 the house of the forest
of Lebanon 1 K. 7,2. 10,17, i. 6. the
armoury or arsenal of king Solomon,
called also P¥2 Neh. 3, 19, and having
its name from the cedar of Lebanon of
which it was built. Metaph. a forest of
enemies, Is. 32, 19, comp. 10, 18. 19. 34.—
Spoken of the sanctuary or tabernacle,
Ps. 132, 6 lo we heard of it at Ephratah,
we found it ἜΣ. “72 in the fields of
the forest, implying a region of Ephraim
with forests where Shiloh was situated ;
or perh. in allusion to the name of the
city DIS NMP Airjathjearim, where
the ark was kept twenty years.

v9" or ΤΌΣ (7 732) 1. “Fem.
honey, 1 Sam. 14, 27; see in "3° no. 1.

2. Jarah, pr. ἢ. τῇ. 1 Chr. 9, 42; prob.
a corrupted form, see πη ΠῚ

Dyas "172 see in “739.

mw (whom Jehovah makes fat,
τ, Ud) Jaareshiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 27.

"WP (contr. for Mw", whom Jeho-
vah has made, τ. M2) Jaasai, pr. τι. m.
Ezra 10,37 Keri. In Cheth. 1023 Jaasu.

SSW2" (whom God has made, r
mes) Jaasiel, pr. ἢ. of one of David's
military officers, 1 Chr. 11, 47, comp.
27, 21.

32) (whom Jehovah sets free, r
mz) Iphedeiah, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 8, 25.

3 me" fut. MH", apoc. Ὁ Ez. 31, 7.

1. Pr. to be bright, to shine, kindr. with
S53, comp. 233 and 733. Hence "5" no.
1, and mpi splendid “deed, miracle.

2. to be fair, comely, beautiful, of a
woman Ez. 16, 13. Cant. 7, 2. 7, ae
4,10; Siatace Kz. 31, 7.

Dict to beautify, to deck, with silver
and gold Jer. 10, 4.

Pu. ΠΕΡ", the two first radicals being
doubled. tsa. lo be very beaultful, Ps.
45.3,—But this form is without analogy,
there being no other example of thus

412

ΓΕ"

doubling the first radicals. According
to some the letters 5" at the beginning
are spurious; having arisen perhaps
from a mode of abbreviation practised

by the copyists, which has been the -

fruitful source of errors; see Thesaur.
Heb. p. 64. Others propose a different

punctuation, "5°57 or MBS", com —

paring the adj. n*2np" q. v. so that the
signif. would then ®¢ diminutive rather
than intensive. But in all languages

diminutives are used to express strong

affection and praise. See Thes. p. 612.
Hirup. to beautify oneself, to deck
oneself, e. g. a woman, Jer. 4, 30.
Deriv. the three followings also “B®,
"bp", and Mpia. wit

Ring adj. m. constr. 981, f. ΓΒ constr.
ms "plur. mip", constr. MBS, rb.
Et fair, comely, beautiful, of both men

and women, Gen. 12, 14. 2 Sam. 13,1.

14, 25. Cat! 1, 8. 16. 5, 9; often with

ΓΝ 1 Sam. 17, 42, or =xh Gen. 29, 173.

of animals Gen. 41,2 sq. Of a region
or country Ps. 48, 3; of the boughs of a
tree Ez. 31, 3; of a pleasing voice Ez.
33, 32.

2. good, excellent, καλός. Eee. 3, 11
God hath made all things seat srg ive.
good, well, καλῶς. 5, 17..

ΠΡ ΓΘ adj. f. Jer. 46, 20, fairish,
tolerably fair. The form is pr. TPEND,
a diminutive, Lat. pulcherula, Span.
bonitina, and should be thus written as
one word, the letter M being quiescent,
as im >NOIn 2 K. 8, 8. 15, dang ,
“AXMIB; or "perh. mp"E" with many
Mss. which however savours of emend-
ation. The division into two words has
arisen from copyists, who did not per-
ceive the grammatical character of the

_word; comp. also in Is. 2, 20. 61, 1.
©” (beauty) Josh. 19, 46. 2 Chr. 2,

15. Jon. 1, 3, also ee? Ezra 3, 7, pr. n
Japho, Gr. ’ Jonny Joppa, a maritime
city in the territory of Dan, with a har-
bour on the Meditéipenbany now called
Lely γάζα, and still distinguished for its
port. Reland Palestina p. 864.

* TS" ig. mE, mB , to puff, to blow,

in Kal not used.
Hirnp. to pant, to sigh, to bewail one-
self, Ter. 4, 31.—Hence

4

H

{

of Lachish, Josh. 10, 3.

mS"
ΤΡ"

-τ

adj. breathing, puffing out. Ps.
27,12, 077 M5" and breathing out vio-
lence. Comp. Prov. 6,19. Acts 9, 1.
Cic. Catil. 2. 1.

"5 Ez. 28,7, elsewhere "2", τῇ. in
pause "55, c. suff. "22. R. ΠΕ".

1. splendour, 6. g. of a king Is. 33, 17;
of a city Ps. 50, 2. Ez. 27, 8. 4. 11; ofa
people Zech. 9, 17.

. beauty, of a woman Ps. 45, 12. Is. 3,

. Ez. 16, 25. Esth. 1, 11. al.

3")? (splendid) pr. n. Japhia.

1. A place in the tribe of Zebulun,
Josh. 19,12. Now γάζα near Nazareth;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 200.

2. Of persons: a) A king of the city
b) A son of
David, 2 Sam. 5, 15. 1 Chr. 3, 7. 14, 6.

025" (whom God delivers, τ. 58)
Taphlet, pr. τι. τὰ. 1 Chr. 7, 32. 38. Pa-
tronym. with the syllable "— added,
Josh. 16, 3.

125? (perh. for whom is prepared,
see r. 725 Pi. no. 2,) pr. ἢ. Jephunneh.
a) The father of Caleb, Num. 13, 6. 14,

6. b) 1 Chi. 7, 38.

v 75" in Kal not used, to be bright,
to shine, kindr. with 53. Chald. Zab. id.

Hirw. 2"5in = 1. to cause to shine, said
of God, Job 37, 15.

_ 2. to shine forth, pr. to give light, to
scatter light, (like ἜΝ.) Job 3, 4. 10,
22. Espec. of Jehovah as appearing in
light and splendour, Deut. 33, 2. Ps. 50,
2, 80, 2. 94, 1.—Trop. Job 10, 3, to shine
upon, i. e. to approve, to aid.

Deriv. pr. names 3°57, M352; also

MZD? f. splendour, beauty, of a city,
Kz. 28, Alf.

MD? pr. n. Japheth, the second son of
Noah, Gen. 5, 32. 7, 13. 9, 18 sq. whose
posterity are described as occupying
chiefly the western and northern re-
gions, Gen. 10, 2-5. This accords well
with the etymology of the name, which
signifies pr. widely spreading, from r.
mms; see Gen. 9,27. Sept. ‘aged.

FID? pr. n. perh. for MMB whom
God sets free, r. ΠΏ ; comp. ΠΉΠΌΒ.
1. Jiphtah, a place i in the tribe of Ju-
dah, Josh. 15, 43.
35*

AAS

Xx"

2. Jephthah, a judge of the Israel-
ites, who by a rash vow bound him-
self to immolate his daughter, Judg. c.
11.12. 1Sam.12,11. Gr. Ἰεφϑάε, Vulg.
Jephte.

SN"MMD" (which God opens, τ. MM)
Jiphthah-el, pr. n. of a valley in the ter-
ritory of Zebulun and Asher, Josh. 19,
14, 27.

Ν XE" ; pret. once "MX" Job 1, 21;
fut. 8¥2; imp. 8¥, with He parag. ΠΣ
Judg. 9, 29, plur. once anomalous τα τ᾽
Cant. 3,11; inf. absol. 8%", constr. MNS
part. SZ, ἢ 8z5 for mass Ecc. 10, 5,
mai" Ps. 144, 14, and & being drowned
nzi" Deut. 28, 57.—T go out, to go
forth, Ethiop. OWA id. In Syt. and
Chald. the corresponding verb as to the
radicals is 83°, ἴδ, to put forth, to ger-
minate, i.e. a plant “but of men and
other things the usual word for the idea

of going out is 23), p22, and in Arabic,
Opp. is 83 fo go in, to come,

566 in 813 no. 1. ἃ ; and see there also
the phrase fo go in and out.

Constr. «) absol. Gen. 24, 11. Ex.
16, 4. Judg. 3, 24. al. sep. £8) The
place whence one goes out is put with
772, Gen. 8, 19. Job 3,11; also with acc.
like Lat. egredi urbem, to go out of a
place, Gen. 44, 4 “"3"mx SNE" OF they
had gone out from the city. ‘Ex. 9, 29.
33. Job 29,7. Deut. 14, 22 ΤΙ ΓΙ xxi
what goeth forth from the field, its pro-
duce. Am. 4,3 M2X%m B'S ye go forth
from the breaches, ruins. So Part. "NETS
ἼΔΗΣ “SU Gen. 34, 24. 9,10. Ex. 1, δ...
The gate through or by ‘Which one goes
out is marked by 47a Judg. 11, 31; 3
Jer. 17, 19. Neh. 2,13; in acc. Job 30,
24. y) The person from whom one
goes out is put with ἘΞ Ex. 8, 26. 9,
33; mag Ex. 5,20; "2559 from the pre-
sence of a king, etc. Gen. 41, 46. 47, 10.
Esth. 8, 15. Ecc. 10,5. So ΒΦ xx3
mint Gen. 4,16; 77 "2B ΤΣ Ὁ Job 2, 7,
Poet. also Ἂς. acc. Jer. 10, 20 [JAN 32
my children go forth from me, abandon
me. Different are those passages where
72 NE" is to go forth from a people, i. 6.
to go away, to depart from them; Is.
49, 17 thy wasters 5X" 722 shall go
forth of thee, i. e. shall ieiert from thee

ea

comp. v. 19. Jer. 43,12; trop. Lam. 1, 6.
δ) The place whither and person to
whom, are put with >, Ex. 33,7. Ez.
3.20, Set, 19, 2. Deut. 33, 11; 5, as 8x3
san} Num. 31, 27.28; a1 Sai: 28. 1;
c. acc. as nen Rx" Gen. 27, 3. Num.
11, 26; 83% Ren whence in part. "8x4
sx 1 Chr. 5, 18. 7, 11. 12, 33; comp.
By in b. Also with DN οἱ pers. Gen.
19, 6. Ex. 2; 115 mRap> to go out to meet
any one Prov. 7, 15:—Both construc-

tions (vy, δ) are found trop. Jer. 9, 2. 25,

32. ε) The time when one goes out
is put in regimen with the participle ;
2K. 11, 7.9 mai ἈΝ ΧΗ who go out (of
duty) .on) the Sabbath. ¢) Once poet.
with accus. of number or quantity with
which any thing goes forth; Am. 5, 3
DPX MNS WMS the city that ‘went forth
a thousand.

Spec. to go out, to go forth, is spoken:

a) Of those who emigrate out of a
land ; 6. g. persons or families, Gen. 10,
11. 12,4. Ruth 1, 7. Jer. 22, 11..1 Sam.
22,3; also a whole people, Ex. 34, 18.
Num: 22,5. Deut. 9,7.. Hence 43493 83°
to go forth into captivity Jer. 29, 16. 48,
7. Zech. 14, 2; and so prob. Ps. 144, 14
PRS" PN nothing going forth sc. into
captivity, exile.

b) Of.soldiers, as going forth, march-
ing out,.e. g. from the city to war, from
the camp to battle, 1 Sam. 23, 15. 26,
20. 1 K. 20, 39. 2 K. 19, 9. Is. 37,9. al.
or with nranbisd Judg. 3, 10.1 K. 8, 44;
man>np 2 ‘Sam. 21, 17; with reap
Num. 20, 18; DN noitease Deut. 28, 7;
aabals; Josh. 8, 17. Trop. of God hp
goes forth to conquer his foes, Is. 26, 21.
42,13. Hab. 3,13. Zech. 14, 3. Ps. 81,
6; of an dupel warring for, a peuple
Dan, 10, 20; of a war-horse Job 39, 21.
So psn and Nx" 10 go out before the peo-
ple to war, to be their leader, e. g. of a
king 1 Sam. 8, 20; of Jehovah 2 Sam.
5, 24. Judg. 4 14. Ps. 68, 8.—On the
other hand, 8° is also spoken of soldiers
as going forth out of a strong city in
order to deliver it up, 1 Sam. 11, 3. 10.
1 K. 20, 31. Is. 36, 16. al.

6) Of persons going forth or out in
various ways; 6. g. from a house abroad
Prov. 7, 15. Job 31, 34; a shepherd to
hunt wild beasts 1 Sam. 17, 35; a hus-
bandman to his labour Ps. 104, 23; a

A414,

‘to put forth, to spring up, to grow, 1 K.

Rx"

merchant or sailor to exercise his cail-—
ing, Deut. 33, 18 ANN¥a Pay My 76-
joice, Zebulon, in thy going forth, i. e. in
thy voyages and commerce.

d) Of children, to go forth, to issue
from the mother’s womb, i.e. to be born ;
Gien. 25, 25. 26. 38, 28. Ex. 21, 22. With
7222 added Job 1, 21. 3, 11. Eee. 5, 14;
ἘΠῚ Jer. 1, 5. 20, 18; comp. Deut. 28,
57. ‘Trop. Job 38, 29.—So too a soy is
said to go forth from the loins or bowels
of his father ; “x79 Gen. 35,11; 97"
Gen. 46, 26; "322 Gen. 15, 4. 2 Sam.
7,12. Hence j2 8¥3 to go forth from
any one is i. q. to be descended from
him, Gen. 10, 14. 17, 6. 2 K. 20, 18. Is.
39, 7. al.—Of animals Is, 14, 29.

e) Persons are said to go forth, who
are set free, escape, from prison, danger,
etc. 6. g. from prison Eee. 4, 14 (comp.
Ps, 88, 9); from trouble Pred 12, 13;
danger Jer. 11, 11; fire Ez. 15, 7; ser-
vitude, i. q. to be delivered, 2 K. 13, 5. —
So of slaves who go forth free, are man- —
umitted, Ex. 21, 3. 4. 11. Lev. 25, 41.54; —
more fully "5m ΝΗ, as Ex. 21, 5.
‘Trop. of lands reverting free to their
former owner in the year of jubilee, Lev.
25, 28. 30. 31. 27, 21. Oncec. ace. Kee.
7, 18 he that feareth God D22-m& 833
goeth forth (escapeth) from them all. Ἰὰς
a like sense, to go forth free from a lot |
1 Sam. 14, 41; from trial Job 23, 10;
contra 38" '" to go out guilty, be con-
demned, Ps. 109, 7.

f) The soul, spirit, heart, is said to
go forth, when one is overwhelmed,
faints, with joy, Cant. 5,65 or fear, ter-
ror, Gen. 42, 28.

Trop. also of inanimate thiiigt Ἔ

g) Of plants, to go or come forth, i. 6.

—

5, 13. Is. 11, 1. Job 31, 40; flowers Job
14, 2; fruits Deut. 14, 22; also a horn
Dan. 8,9. So Job 28,5 the earth 4222
ἘΠῚ Nx? oud of which cometh forth bread.
—Hence oongny. Comp. Syr. [Ss te
germinate.

h) Of the sun, to go forth, i. 6. lo rise
Gen. 19, 23. Judg. 5, 31. Is. 13, 10. Ps
19,6; the stars Neh. 4,15; comp. the
dawn Hos. 6, 3. . Poet. of deliverance,

as compared with the sun or dawn, Is.
51,5. Ascribed also te fire Nunu. 26,

Sz"

35 “PRD ANT EN. 21, 29; to light-
ning” Ez. 1, 13; to the withis Zech.
- 6, 5.

i) Of waters, to go forth, to spring up,
sc. from a fountain, source, Gen. 2, 10.
Ex. 17, 6. Deut. 8, 7. Ez. 47,11. Comp.
bw vin Is. 41, 18.

k) Of the lot as going forth from the
urn, with > of pers. Num. 33, 54. Josh.
16, 1. 19, 17. 32.40. So of an arrow
that is sped, Zech. 9, 14.

1) Of things exported 1 K. 10, 29;
comp. 8342 v. 28.

m) Of money as being laid out, ex-
pended, with >» 2 K. 12,13. Talm. id.
comp. the synon. verbs in Syr. Arab.
Ethiop.
᾿ς δ) Of a border, boundary, to go forth,
i.e. to run on, to pass on, Num. 34, 9.
- Josh. 15, 3. 4. 9. 11. 16,6. 19, 12. Jer.

31, 39.

0) Of a building or a part of it
which runs out, projects, Neh. 3, 25.
26. 27.

p) Of words, discourse, which go forth
frum the mouth, Josh. 6, 10. Num. 30, 3.
Espec. of vows Num. 33, 24. Judg. 11,
- 36; also of a command Esth. 7, 8; pro-
mises Is. 45, 23; pc aie Is. 48, 3.
Ez. 33, 30.

q) of whatever goes forth, is i μοι
gated, to the public; 6. g. an edict of the
king or of God Esth. 1, 19. Dan. 9, 23 ;
a judicial sentence Hab. 1, 4. Ps. 17,
2; comp. Zech. 5, 3. So of rumours
Esth. ἢ ὁ — Comp. Ps. 19,5 pusn~>22
ἘΞ ΟΣ ἊΣ

Ἷ οὐ things which go or come forth,
from any person or thing as their author,
source; 6. g. physically, Judg. 13, 14
{iT ἸΒΔῸ NLDA 5D any thing that

cometh forth of the vine. 14,14. Also
morally, 1 Sam. 24, 14, Jer. 23, 15. 30,
19. Comp. Job 26, 4. Of the hua
counsel, Gen. 24, 50. Is, 28, 29; comp.
Is. 2, 3. 51, 4.

s) Οἵ dings which come to an end,
the outgoing or end of any thing. Ez. 7,
10 A752 ANE" the circle is out, the turn
is ended. So of the outgoing or end of

time, Ex. 23, 26 m2 mrxxa at the end
of the year ; and hence of the end, de-
struction of a city Ez. 26, 18. Comp.
Chald. ΓῸΣ for ΝΣ end.

Hips. 87355; fut. δὲ ΤΥ, conv. SLI ;

ALS

ἀ.

NX"

imper. 8217, once N"¥1IN Is. 43, 8; part.
"2172, once X¥12 Ps. 135, 7; to cause te
go out or forth ; 1. 6.

1. to lead forth, to bring out, with acc
of pers. and 47 of place whence, Ex. 13
14, 16, 6. al. see below; also with 522
of pers. from whom Gen. 45, 1. 2 Sam.
13, 9. With 58 of pers. to δ ποι Chak
19, 5. Jer. 38, 23. Hos. 9, 13, also of place
τῆς Shichi 46, 21; Ὁ of isles 2 Chr.
29,16. The pines thionigh which is put
with 3 Ez. 12, 5.—E. g. to bring out the
people from Egypt Ex. 13, 14. 16, 6. 18,
1. Deut. 1, 27. 7,8. 16,1; any one from
prison Gen. 43, 23. Is. 42,7. Jer. 39, 14.
Ps. 68, 7; from distress Ps. 25,17. 143,
11, comp. 31, 5; from the power of
enemies, i. q. to deliver, 2 Sam. 22, 49
"2"NQ "NEI, for which in Ps. 18, 49
is "athe “2h5n, which: is more. usual.
Also to lead ‘forth to war Is. 43, 17; to
bring or lead forth for punishment SC.
without a city Gen. 38, 24. Deut. 17, 5.
22,24. 1K. 21,10. Ina stronger sense,
i. q. to send forth, to put away, Ezra 10,
3. 19.—Trop. of various things: a) to
bring forth out of the womb, i. q. to let
be born Job 10, 18. Is. 65,9; see Kal lett.
d. Also of the magicians who brought
forth flies Ex. 8, 14; and of the artisan
who produces an instrument Is. 54, 16.
b) to bring forth, to produce, as the earth
herbage, trees, Gen. 1,12. 24. Ps. 104,14.
15. 61,11. Hagg. 1,11; also to put forth,
as a rod buds, shoots, Num. 17, 23 [8];
see Kallett.g. c) to bring or lead forth
the stars, to cause to rise, Is. 40,26. Job
38, 32; see Kal lett. h. d) to bring
forth to light, to make conspicuous, Job
38,11. Ps. 37,6. Jer.51,10. e) to bring
or take forth, i.q. to separate, Lev. 26,
10. Jer. 15,19 >bitva “po δ ΧΙ ON if
thou take forth (separate) the precious
from the vile.

2. Of things, with the idea of bear-
ing, to bring forth, to bear forth. to
carry out, 6. g. from the camp. Lev. 4, 12.
21. 6,4. 14,45; from the temple 2 K. 23,
4; Gorn a hota Ex. 12,46. Amos 6, 10;
into the field Gen. 14, 18. Deut. 24, 11.
Judg. 6, 18. Also ofa report, rumour, to
bring out, to spread, to publish, with >»
of or about, Num. 14, 37. Deut. 22, 14.
19; with 3, to report words to any one,
Neh. 6, 19. Comp. Is. 42,1 vind vein

ΔῊΝ

nx" he shall bring forth (publish) law
to the nations. v. 3.

3. to take or draw out, as the hand
from the bosom Ex. 4, 6. 7; a sword from
the sheath Ez. 21, 8.10. So to take out
or bring forth from a coffer, etc. Gen.
24, 53. 2 Chron. 34, 14; from a pot Ez.
24, 6.—Hence

4. to exact money, and with >» to im-
pose a tribute, contribution, 2 K. 15% 20;
comp. Kal lett. m.

Horn. to be led forth, to be brought
out, Gen. 38, 25. Jer. 38, 22. Ez. 14, 22.
38, 8; of water flowing out Ez. 47, 8.

Deriv, 8°X5,
PINSIN, DONERY, ONY, ONiIZ, viz.

82" Chald. in Kal not used. Suapn.
ΧΩ and ΧΦ in Targg. to bring to an
end, to finish, for Heb. 522. Hence
Nz finished, Ezra 6, 15.
=" in Kal not used, to set, to put,
to place, i.q. 3%2, from which latter verb
Niph. Hiph. and Hophal, as also many
derivative nouns, are formed.

Hrrup. 22274 1. 10 set or place one-
self, to take a stand, to stand. 1 Sam. 17,
16 Di Eva aL IM and took his stand
(for combat) forty days. 2 Sam. 18, 30
md assnn. Ex. 2,4. 14,13. Num. 22,
22. 1 Sam. 3,10. 12,7. 16; i. q. to stand
Sorih Ser. 46, 4. 14. With 3 of place Ex.
19, 17. Deut. 31, 14. Judg. 20,2; ὃ; Ps.
36, 5. Hab. 2,1. Num. 23, 3. 15. ~Other
egnstractions ure : a) With >3 of pers.
_ to set oneself to any one, to present oneself,
to resort to his party; 2 Chr. 11,13 and
the priests and the Levites 1923 338°Nh
resorted to him, Rehoboam, i. e. went
over to his party, Vulg. venerunt ad illum.
So Him by ax7NA to present oneself un-
to Jehovah, to stand before him, spoken
of angels as his attendants, ministers,
presenting themselves daily, etc. Job 1,
6. 2,1. Zech. 6,5; comp. Luke 1, 19.
Once in a hostile sense, against, Ps. 2, 2.
8) With ἘΦ to stand with, near, any one,
Ex. 34,5. Num. 11, 16. ”) With "25>,
as ΕΝ 55 ΤΠ to present @neself before
the king, to attend upon him, Ex. 8, 16
[20]. 9,13; comp. "ὩΣ Prov. 22,29. So
ns "95> ΤΊ to present oneself before Jeho-
vah, in the holy place, Josh. 24, 1. 1 Sam.
10, 20.—It sometimes implies the idea of

416

Nxi2, ΠΝ ΤΩ, ox II,

ἽΝ"

rising up, ο. "23 against, 2 ϑατα. 18,18:
comp. Ps, 2,2 and 2.

2. to stand, to stand forth, of things; —
Job 38, 14 wand j> AawoM and (ali
ἐπί ρον stand forth asin splendid attire ;
see 12>.

3. to stand firm, to endure, sc. before
any one, either as victor before an
enemy, "252 Deut. 9, 2. Job 41, 2, "323
Deut. 7, 24. 11, 25, bY 2 Chr. 20, 6; or
as upright and innocent before a judge,
"27D 33> Ps. 5, 6. Absol. 2 Sam. 21, 5.

4. to stand up for any one, to stand by
him, with 5 of pers. Ps. 94, 16.

Nore. For the anoinalogs form 330m
Ex. 2, 4 for Ξ ΠΏ, see Lehrg. p. 386,

3%" Chald. Pe. not used, to be firm,
sure, certain.

Pa. to speak the truth, certainty, Dan.
7,19. comp. v. 16.—Hence adj. 374.

* 3%" in Kal not used, but kindr. with
the roots 335 (3.3), >%7, and px Hiph.
Hipx. 3°25, comp: 3¥%, Hiph. 33h,

pr. to cause to stand, i. 6.

1, to set, to place, e.g. persons Gen.
43, 9. 47, 2, Judg. 7, 5. Jer. 51, 34. Job:
17, 6; things Gen. 30, 38. Deut. 28, 56.
al. Trop. to set up, to establish ; Am.5,
15 establish justice, right, in the gate.

2. to put, to place, Judg. 6, 37.

3. to let stand, i. 6. to let stay, to leave,
Gen. 33, 15. 6 :

Horn. suit” pass. of Hiph. no. 3, to be
left Ex. 10, 24,

“WZ? m. from r. “M¥ to shine ; comp.
in 3 no. 2.

1. oil, espec. new and of this year’s
growth, Num. 18, 12. Deut. 12, 17. 14,
23. Joel 1,10. al. It is often ‘coupled
with oien must, new wine; and seems
to differ from 738, as win from 47°.
Hence "nx "23 the sons of oil, i. 6. the
anointed, Zech. 4, 14.—Hence the de-
nom. vee “27; see in "ΠΣ.

2. Izhar, pr. n. of a son of Kohath,
Ex. 6, 18. Num. 3, 19. Patronym. in "=,
Num. 3, 27.

7X" subst. m. (pr. part. pass. Kal, r.
3%") any thing spread down or strewed:
hence

1. a bed, couch, plur. Ps. 63,7. 132, 3
Job 17, 13; of the marriage bed, sing
Gen. 49, 4 |

ne

2. a floor, story, Vulg. tabulatum, 1
K. 6, 5.6.10; Keri 3°%7. Constr. with
fem. v. 6; with masc. v. 10.
mon’s temple this name is given (I. c.)
to the three stories of side-chambers
(miv2%) which were built around the
temple on three sides, five cubits in
height, one above another. In v. 6,
33x" fem. is spoken of the single webvlews
in vv. 5. 10, where it is joined with the
masc. it is put collect. for this whole
part of the building. See A. Hirt der
Tempel Salomo’s p. 24, 25; who how-
ever makes these stories to have risen to
the height of the temple itself, following
indeed the testimony of Josephus, but
contrary to the express words of the
Hebrew text in v. 10: S4s5O"My 135}
inaip niay wan mran->D->3.

PZ" (sporting, mocking, r. POS, see
Lehrg. p.500; to which etymology allu-
sion is made Gen. 17, 17. 19. 18, 12. 21,6.
26, 8) pr. ἢ. Isaac, Sept. ᾿Ισαάκ, the pa-
triarch, son of Abraham and Sarah, Gen.
c. 21. 22, 24-27. Inthe poetical books it

is four times Pmw (Syr. -ouste), Arab.

GE) Ps. 105, 9. Jer. 33, 26. Am. 7,

9,16. In Am. ]. ο. put poetically for the
whole nation of Israel, i. ᾳ. 5870".

"WIZ" Izhar, see NS.

N°) m. adj. verbal (r. 8¥>) pass. in
form but with active signif. plur. constr.
ΝΣ gone forth, come out, 2 Chr. 32, 21.

3°) Chald. adj. m. (r."%7) 1. es-
tablished, fixed, valid, Dan. 6, 13.

2. certain, sure, true, Dan. 2, 45. 3,24.
7, 16. 3.552 adv. certainly, 2, 8.

*? =" to spread down, to strew as a
bed, Lat. sternere. Arab. ado to put

or place, to strew. Kindr. are 127, PX?,
χη. In Kal only Part. pass. 35X72 as
subst. q. v.

Hipu. 3°85 to spread down or under-
neath, asa bed. Ps. 139,8 inv ΤΡ ΟΣ ΝῚ
and if I spread down Sheol as my bed,

i.e. make Sheol my bed. Is. 58, 5.
~ Horn. pass. Is. 14, 11 ma Sa" ΠΏΣ
worms are spread under thee, as thy
covch. Esth. 4.3; comp. Is. 58, 5.
Deriv. 3°27, 5272. -

AT

In Solo-—

| steadfast, intrepid, Job 11, 15.

ἜΣ"

ς ps fut. p81, plur. pz? 1 K. 18,
34; once fut. Εἰ p>) intrans. 1 K. 22,
35; imp. px 2 K. 4, 41, and px" Ez. 24,
3; Inf. ΓῸΞ Job 38, 38. ;

1. to pour, to pour out ; kindr. is pix
II, comp. 702.—Spoken: a) Of liquids
Gen 28, 18. 35, 14. Ex. 29, 7. 2 K.3, 11.
al. Metaph. to pour out the spirit, Is.
44, 3; also Part. pass. Ps. 41, 9 "25
ja paz 5y2ba his wicked deeds are
poured out upon him, i. e. the wrath of
God is poured upon him on account of
his wickedness; see also in pax I. Ὁ)
Of melted metal for molten work or ves-
sels, to cast, Ex. 25, 12. 26, 37. 36, 36.
al. Part. pass. pix? poured out, cast,
1 K. 7, 24. 30; hence hard, firm, solid,
as of cast metal, Job 41, 15. 16.

2. Intrans. to be poured out, to flow out,
1 K. 22, 35. Job 38, 38 pein? 722 MPpxa
when the dust flows into a molten mass,
i.e. when wet with rain it flows together
and becomes hard.

Pew to pour out, Part. fem. ὉΠ}
2 K. 4, 5 Chethibh.

Hier. p°sin, Part. fem. ΤΩ id.
2K.4,5 Keri. But with another form:

Hipu. p"3 Zo set or lay out, to place.
i. gq. 5925, Josh. 7, 23. 2 Sam. 15, 24.
The idea of. pouring out is kindred with
those of laying out, setting, placing, etc.

Horn. pxin to he poured out, as
liquids Lev. 21, 10. Job 22, 16; trop. Ps.
45, 3; of metal, to be cast, molten, 1 K.
7, 23. 33. Job 37, 18.—Part. P22 molten,
i. 6. molten work, 1 K. 7, 16; trop. firm,
The
form psi 1 K. 7, 37. Job 38, 38, see
in its order; also in Kal no. 2, above.’

Deriv. ΡΝ ΠΏ, ΓΙ ΩΣ, NPA, and

Mpz? f. a pouring out, casting of
metal, 1 K. 7, 24.

: "x? 1. Pri. ᾳ. ἜΣ, “4S, but in-
trans. to be straitened, narrow, scanty ;
found in this signif. only in fut. "33, aoe
sax", Prov. 4, 12. Is. 49,19. Job 18, 7
cthewhiene i impers. i> "874 it is strait to
him, i.e. a) he is ina strait, in trou-
ble, Side: 2,15. 10,9. Job 20,22. Ὁ) he
is in distress, in anxiety, Gen. 32,8; and
so in fem. i> "¥m1 1 Sam. 30,6. 6) he
is grieved, takes it to heart, 2 Sam. 13, 2.
For the pret. is used ἜΣ, from r. ΠΣ

=

2. to form, to fashion, to maké ; from
the idea of cutting, see in 1X. In this
signif. we find pret. "X75; part. "Zi; fut.
ἘΝῚ, also 74 Gen. 2, 7, ἌΧ 2, 19, Cc.
aie, wes Is. 44, 12 Solan of a
workman i in wood whi carves statues, Is.
44,9.12; also in iron, who forges any
thing, Is. 54,17; and of a potter who
moulds clay Is. 64, 7. Hence of God as
the creator, Gen. 2,19 and the Lord God
formed out of (47 “s"1) the ground every

beast of the field ; with ace. of material,
v. 7. Often without mention of the ma-
terial, Ps. 94, 9 429 “i" who formed the
eye. 95, 5. 104, 26. Am. 4, 13. Is. 45, 8;
whence, the idea of fashioning being
neglected, it is i. q. to create, as Ps. 74,
17 thou hast created summer and winter.
Is. 45, 7. Ps. 33, 15. Zech. 12, 1; in all
which passages it differs little from the
synon. 892, MWY, with which it is often
coupled, Is. 43, 7. 45, 7. 18. Am. 4, 13.
Jer. 33, 2.—Further: a) With Ὁ it is
to form for any thing, to destine ; Is. 42,
6 py mead FIM) AIBN [have formed
and set thee for a covenant with the peo-
ple, as the author or mediator of a cove-
nant. 49, 5.8. 45, 18 fin. Without > Is.
41,21. Ὁ) Of things predestined, pre-
formed, purposed of God in his counsels,
to take place afterwards, (opp. ΓῺ of
the actual event,) Is. 22, 11. 37, 26. 46,
11 ABWSN HX WNT Thave purposed, I
will also do it. 2K. 19,25: ¢) With
22, to\ form in mind, to devise, to plot
against, Ps. 94,20; of God Jer. 18, 11.—
Hence

Parr. "24" assubst. 1. a potter, Is.
29, 16. 41, 25. Jer. 18,2 sq. Lam. 4, 2.
“xi "5D a polter’s vessel, earthen, Jer. 19,
11. Ps. 2, 9. 2 Sam. 17, 28; comp. Is. 30,
14.—Zech. 11, 13 cast it ΣΊΤΩΝ to the
potter ... and I took the thirty pieces of
silver, ‘onal cast them *Zi*->8 Nin m2
in the house of the Lord to the potter.
Here Grotius interprets "¥7"17>8 10 the
potters, to the pottery, or place where the
potters dwell, where was prob. a court
into which were thrown all the broken
vessels of the temple (comp. Jer. 19, 2. 10.
11), and where it may be supposed that
other filth was cast out; so that the ex-
pression is i. q. ‘to cast upon the dung-
hill,’ ἐς κόρακας. This pottery was ap-
parently on the south-east part of the

A418

nx

city, at the pottery-gate, MIOIN “Dw,
near to the valley of Hinnom, which
was polluted by various kinds of filth ;
and some understarid here this valley
itself, Hengstenb. Christol. II. p. 249.
But the words Tin" ΤῊΣ. seem not to
be reconcilable with this interpretation.
[Yet such a place for refuse pottery may

well have been connected with the tem- —

ple itself—R.] Hence the other and
earlier explanation is preferable, which
here regards "1" as i. q. ἼΣῚΝ treasurer,
from r. "X&8; so Chald. and Syr. Vers.
Kimchi: "258 125 Nin AZT. Two
Mss. read "X18 >. The letters δὲ and
" are elsewhere not unfrequently inter-
changed; see in &, and Thesaur. p. 2.

2. a statuary, maker of statues, Is. —

44, 9. |
3. a creator, spoken of God Is. 43, 1.
44, 2. 24.

Nira. pass. of Kal no. 2, to be Sormed
created, Is. 43, 10.

Puan "x" pass. of Kal no. 2. Ὁ, to be
preformed, predestined, Ps. 139, 16.

Hopn. fut. ἜΧΗ" to be ‘formed 8. δ.
weapons Is. 54, 17.

Deriv. the two following.

"2" m. c. suff. inx1 1. formation,
Frame; Ps. 103, 14 3925 373 ΜΉΤ ΤΣ for
he knoweth our frame, i. e. he knoweth
how and whence we are formed. Hence
thing formed, work, e. g. of the potter
Is. 29, 16; spec. an image, idol, Hab.
2, 18.

2. Metaph. what is formed in the
mind, imagination, thought, purpose,
fully 25 χα, Gen. 8, 21. 6, 5. Deut. 31,
21. 300 “21 staid in purpose, i.e. a
man of stable mind, firm purpose, Is. 26,
3. Comp. Ps. 112, 8.

3. Jezer, pr. n. of a son of Naphtali

Gen. 46, 34. Patronym. is "1 Jezerite

Num. 26, 49. This latter form after-
wards was also the pr. n. of another
person, Jzri, 1 Chr. 25, 11, for which in
v. 3 ἌΣ.

ms? m. plur. (τ. 182) pr. things

formed, forms, poet. for members, as

Vulg. well. Job 17, 7—Others under-
stand lineaments of the face.

* miz"

=_, only in fut. m2", plur. in panse
im" Is, 33, 12, Dag. euphon. for ἢ".

“ap

1. to set on fire, to kindle, c. 3 Is.
9,17.

2. Intrans. to burn, i. q. to be burned,
consumed, with txa, Is. 33, 12. Jer. 49,
2. 51, 58.

Nirg. pret. m2 1. to be set on fire,

to be burned, consumed, Neh. 1, 3. 2, 17.
Jer. 2, 15. 9, 9. 11. 46, 19.
᾿ς 2. Metaph. to kindle up, to burn, of’
anger, with 3 against any one, 2 K. 22,
13. 17.
Hira. M85. once msn 2 Sam. 14, 30
Cheth. i. q. Kal no. 1, to set on fire, to
burn, construed:
set ‘fire to any thing, Jer. 17, 27. 50, 32.
Lam, 4,11, Am. 1,14; ¢. 3 Jer. 11, 16.
b) te "25 naan to burn any thing
with fire, Josh. 8, 8. 19. Jer. 32, 29.
2 Sam. 14, 30.31. With ΘΔ Ξ impl. Jer.
51, 36.

* =P: obsol. mes to hollow out, to e2-

λυ τον τὶ Arab. ans and κχϑς a hollow
in the rock, in which water collects ; the
former alec of any hollow in the hady, ad

of the eyes. Kindr. are Arab. OG I,
- II, to dig, to excavate, Heb. 32 to bore,
Chald. 33} to vault, and others which
‘see under 52D “Ufuioe

ap) m. c, suff. 3} Deut. 15, 14. 16,
13; plur. constr. "ap? Zech. 14, 10.

1. a wine-vat, ὑπολήνιον, the vat or
receptacle into which the must or new
wine flowed from the press (ma), Joel 2,
24. 4,13 [3,18]. Prov. 3, 10. Hagg. 2,
16. Jer. 48, 33. It was often excavated
in the earth or even in the rock.

2. the wine-press, i.e. the upper vat
or receptacle in which the grapes were
trodden out or pressed, Job 24, 11. 2 K.
6, 27; comp. Hos. 9,2. See m3.

ΝΣ ΞΡ" (which God gathers, τ. Υ30)
Jekabzeel, Neh. 11, 25, and S8X3p
(God’s gathering) Kabzeel, Josh. 15, 21.
2 Sam. 23, 20, pr. ἢ. of a δια in the
southern part of Judea.

μαι fut. 1p" Is. 10, 16, also Ἵ."
Deut. 32, 22; to set on fire, to burn, Is.
65,5. Arab. OSs id. Syr. poe .—Part.
pass. Tip? as Sci a kindled or burn-
ing mass upon a hearth, Is. 30, 14.

Hepa. “pin, to be kindled, to burn,

419

a) 372 ὧν msn fo |

"Ρ"

Lev. 6, 2. 6.6; top. of anger Jer. 15,
14. 17, 4.

Deriv. Tip", Ipia, MIpia.

iP? Chald. id. Part. fem. emphat.

RMIP? and RAMP? burning, flaming,
Dan. 3, 6. 15. 21. 23. 26. —Hence

NJ? Chald. f. constr. mIP", a burn-
ing, conflagration, Dan. 7, 11.

Dy" (possessed by the people, r
mp) Jokdeam, pr. τι. of a city in the
mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 56.

ΠΡ obsol. root, Arab. 535 to obey.
Hence ΠΡ".

, rip” obsol. root, Arab. 3, V, to

venerate ; VIII, to fear God, to be pious.
Hence pr. ἢ. S4"Msp", also

2" (pious) Jakeh, pr. n. τὰ. Prov,
30, 1.

FI? £. (τ. HP) only in constr. MAP"
Dag. euphon. obedience, Gen. 49, 10
pray mop? 9) and uutil to him ΑΝ
be the obedience of the nations, i. e. until
the nations obey him. Prov. 30, 17.

TIP? m. a burning, Is. 10,16. R. 4p".

DAP? m. (r. sp no. 3) whatever exists
on the earth, living thing, Gen. 7, 4. 23.
Deut. 11, 6."

Bip? m. Hos. 9, 8, also WIP? Ps. 91, 3.
Prov. 6, 5; Plur. p"wap" Jer. 5, 26, a
fowler. The first of the above forms is
pr. intransitive ; the other is passive,
but with an intransitive sense.—R. tips.

a a (perh. piety towards God, r.
mp") Jekuthiel, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 4, 18.

ee JQP? (who is made small, τὸ (2p) Jok-
tan, pr. n. of one of the sons of Eber, a

descendant of Shem, Gen. 10, 25. 26, the
progenitor of many tribes in southern
Arabia. In the Arabian genealogies he
is called lbs Kahtaén; see Bochart
Phaleg II. c. 15. Pococke Spec. Hist.
Arab. p. 3, 38. A. Schultens Hist. im-
perii Joctanidarum in Arabia Felice,
Harderov. 1786. 4.

DB")? (whom God sets up, r. og Ja-
kim, pr. n,m. a)1Chr. 8, 19. Ὁ
24, 12.

YP? adj. dear, beloved, i. q. "22 no. 3
Jer. 31,20. R. 7p".

7

"Ρ᾿

“Pp? Chald. adj. (τ. "p")
difficult, Dan. 2, 11.
2. honoured, noble, Ezra 4, 10.

Mp" (whom Jehovah gathers, r.
map) Jekamiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr.
241. b) 3,18.

made (who gathers the people, Ir.
map) Jekameam, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 23, 19.
ot 23.

Dy")? (gathered by the people, r
map) Jokmeam, pr. n. of a Levitical
city in the tribe of Ephraim, 1 K. 4, 12.
1 Chr. 6, 53. For it is read in Josh. 21,
22 DISSP q. v.

DY2P" (possessed by the people, στ.
mp) Jokneam, pr. n. of a place in the
tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 12, 22. 19, 11.
21, 34.

* 22> only in fut. 515, ig. 513 of
which only the preter is used, ¢o be rent
or torn away ; hence

1. to be out of joint, dislocated, as a
limb Gen. 32, 26.

2. Metaph. to be alienated from any
one, with 47 Jer.6,8. Ez.23,17; 537 v.18.

Hix. 3"pin to hang up on a stake or
cross, to impale, ἀνασκολοπίζειν, pr. to
dislocate the limbs, since this was an
accompaniment οἵ" this punishment ;
Num. 25, 4. 2 Sam. 21, 5. 9.

Hopn. pass. of Hiph. 2 Sam. 21, 13.

¢ VR? only in fut. γῇ, YP, once
yR™ Gen. 9, 24, also yp? 1 K. 3,15
in some Mss. al editions ; ἰλύν to
awake, Gen. 28, 16. 41, 4. 7. al. For
the pret. is bed the fren y7"pn Hiph.

of yap. Arab. ἰδ 85 id.

ἘΠ fat. spy 2 K. 1,13, "pt Ps.
72, 14, and "Pp" Ps. 49, 9.

1. Pr. to be Oi Syr. 4 , Chald.
“p?, Arab.

2. to be tat em i. 6. to be dear, pre-
cious, costly ; Ps. 49, 9 DWE? 1118 “5
_the redlemption (λύτρον) οὗ their life is
precious, costly, i. e. they cannot be re-
deemed from death with money. With
"3°22 to be dear, precious, in the eyes of
any one, i.e. to him; 1. Sam. 26, 21 “WN
12°33 "We? map" ἜΉΘΗΗΙ my life was
precious in thine e eyes, because thou didst
spare my life. 2 K. 1, 13. 14. Ps.-72, 14.
With 51d. Ps. 139, 17. Also with >379

1. hard,

420

kings’ daughters are among thy beloved

"Pp"

to be highly estimated, prized, by an
one, (comp. 12 PIX, 12 59...) Zech. 11,
13 the noble price_Dy"232 "HIP? WUE
which Iwas prized at of them, i.e. which
I was held to be worth, ironically. 1 Sam.
18, 30.

Ἠμρῆ. “"pin to make rare, Is. 13, 12.

Prov. 25,17. Comp. adj. "Pp? no. 5.
Diet. the three following, and ""p" ©

“WP? constr. “p"; fem. H4p* 1. Pr.
heavy, weighty, see the verb; only me-
taph. of demeanour, grave, calm; Prov.
17, 27 Keri, 335 Δ calm of spirit. In
Cheth. is M9 “pi, see in “Pp. Arab.
735 to be grave, quiet, patient. —

2. precious, costly, Jer. 15, 19. 458
mp" collect. precious stones, ἘΣ ΉΜΕ, 1K.
10, 2. 10. 11. 1 Chr. 20, 2. Ez. 27, 22.
28, 13; also of the costlier lids of
stones empligad ‘in building, as marble,
and even hewn stones, 2 Chr. 3, 6. Is.
28, 16; plur. ΠΡ" Das 1 K. 5, 31. 7,
9sq. Metaph. Ps. 36,8 9th ΡΥ ΤΙ
p"n>s how precious is thy loving-kind-
ness, O God! 116, 15, comp. 72, 14.
Prov. 3,15. 6,26. Also esteemed, prized,
Ecc. 10, 1.

3. Of persons, dear, beloved. Ps. 45,10

ones, in the number of thy maidens;
where ΠΟΤ is by Syriasm for
WMP a Dag. euphon. Lam. 4. 2.

hs splendid, beautiful, Job 31, 26 7"
"2h “ps the moon walking in splendour.
Plur. ἢ ἔχετ the splendid, as an epithet
for the stars; as Zech. 14,6 Cheth. γῆν
PREP the splendid ones are drawn in,
i. e. the stars grow pale, draw in their
brightness, comp. Joel 2, 10.— Subst.
splendour, beauty, Ps. 37, 20 ΒΞ “P"D_
like the beauty of the pastures, i. e. the
grass, verdure.

5. precious, i.e. rare, 1 Sam. 3,1. See
the verb in Hiph.

“iP? m. Kamets impure. 1. precious-
ness, costliness. “1 "22 a precious ves-
nel. Pas 20, 15. Coner. “p22 what-
ever is precious, precious things, Job 28,
10. Jer. 20,5. Hence value, price, Zech.
11, 13.

2. honour, dignity, Ps. 49, 13. 21.
KEsth. 1, 20. 6, 3. 6. 9. 11.

3. splendour, magnificence, Esth. 1. 4.

PA nm

- softened form of 3°." and oe q. v.
‘found in the kindred dialects. ‘—Hence

9p"

“PP? Chald. m. 1. precious or costly
things, Dan. 2,6; comp. Is. 3, 17. 10, 3
Targ.

2. honour, dignity, Dan. 2,37. 4,27. 33.

an wp” (yakosh) 1 pers. "M8P3 Jer. 50,

24,i.q. Bprand wip q.v. to lay snares ;

with > of pers. to lay snares for any one,
i.e. to plot against him, Jer. 50, 24;
more fully > mp ps Ps. 141, 9. Part.
wpi a fowler Ps. 124, 7.—Fut. poe
Is. 29, 21 is from Bip.

Niex. pis to be snared, caught in a
snare, Is. 8, 15. 28, 13; c. 3 Prov. 6, 2.
Metaph. to be ensnared by avarice, to
be seduced, Deut. 7, 25.

Puav part. plur. D°e_™ for pw"
Ecc. 9,12; see, for this dropping of 7,
Lehrg. p. 316.

Deriv. Bip, UP, and

JOP? (fowler) Jokshan, pr. n. of the
second son of Abraham and Keturah,
the ancestor of the Sabeans and Dedan-
ites, Gen. 25, 2. 3.

SNMP? (subdued of God, τ. MAP) Jok-
theel, pr.n. a) A city in the tribe of
Jodah, Josh. 15, 38. Ὁ) Given by king
Amaziah to the city Sela or Petra, the
capital of Arabia Petrea, 2 K. 14, 7.

ἘΝῚ pret. plur. oX27 Deut. 5, 5,
once MN? Josh. 4, 24; Fut. xo,
RIN, N71, plur, 3899 anid ART 2 K.
17, 98 ; en. an , plur. Ἴδα by Syriasm
ὥς INI Lehrg. p. 417, 1 ‘Sam. 12, 24.
Ps. 34, 10; Inf. X77 Josh. 22, 25, with
pref. sab for Nard 1 Sam. 18, 29, else-
where fem. me11.—The primary signif
is pr. to tremble, since 8° is strictly a
Not

1. to fear, to be afraid, construed:
a) Absol. Gen. 3,10, 18,15. so°m->x,
Το fear not Gen. 15, 1. 21, 17.
26, 24. al. sepe. Poet. of the earth, Ps.
76, 9. Ὁ) With ace. of pers. or thing
Ioaeed. Num. 14, 9. 21, 34. Job 9, 35;
also ja Ps. 3, 7. 27, 1. Job 5, 21; pr.
to be in fear from or before any person
or thing, in the manner of verbs of
fleeing, comp. 72 no. 3.b. With 252
2K. 1, 16., Jer: 1,8. 2K. 19,6; spb
1 Sam. 18, 12. δ) With 5, to fear for
any pers. or thing, Josh. 9, 24 SkQ 8773
ἘΞ wMdD2> we feared greatly for

36

42]

ΝΡ

our lives because of you. Prov. 31, 21.
4) With > and 12 c. inf. to fear to de
any thing, to hesitate, Gen. 19, 30 δὰ Ἵ2
“ska m30> for he feared to dwell in
Zoar ; oftener 772 Gen. 46, 3. Ex. 3, 6.
34, 30. e) With 48, to fear lest, etc.
Gr. δείδω μή, Gen. 31, 31. 32, 12. ‘

2. to fear, i. 6. to reverence, to honour,
as parents Lev. 19,3; a king 1 K. 3, 28.
Ps. 72,5; a leader Josh. 4, 14; a prophet
1 Sam. 12, 18; a sanctuary Lev. 19, 30;
an oath 1 Sam. 14, 26—Spec. x3
Minny, OT>SN-nN a) to fear God, pr.
because of his wonders, portents, Ex. 14,
31. 1 Sam. 12, 18. Ps. 33, 8. 40, 4. Is.
41,5. Mic. 7,17. b) to reverence God,
as the punisher of wrong; hence to ab-
stain from evil, to be upright, pious, e.g.
Lev. 19, 14, 32. 25, 17. Ex. 1,17. Prov. 3,
7 fear God and shun evil. Job 1, 9. Ecc.
12,13. With "2252 before God, Ecce. 8,
12. 13. ὁ) to worship or serve God,
1K. 18,12; also of false gods 2 K. 17, 7.
35. 37. Deut. 3, 22.—In like manner in
Syr. and Arabic, verbs of fearing are
also transferred to religion and piety, as
5293 83) we (στ

Nore. The form "85h ("87") Is. 60,5
15 from MN" fo see ; comp. Is. 66, 14. Zech.
10, 7. Mic. 7, 16. etc. Thesaur. p. 622.

Nipu. 8753 to be feared, fut. 873M Ps.
130, 4. ‘Elsewhere only Parr. 8752, δει-
γός, i. 6: :

1. fearful, dreadful, terrible, of a peo-
ple Is. 18, 2.7. Hab. 1,7; of a desert
Deut. 1, 19. 8, 15; of the judgment-day
Joel 2, 11. 3, 4.

2. deserving reverence, august, awful,
holy, of God Deut. 10, 17. 7, 21. Neh. 1,
5. Ps. 47, 3. 96, 4; the name of God
Deut. 28, 58. Ps. 99,5. Mal. 1,14; an .
angel or celestial appearance Judg. 13.6.
Ez. 1, 22; a sacred place Gen. 28, 17.

3. As causing astonishment and awe,
stupendous, wonderful, great, Ps. 66, 3.
5. Ex. 15, 11.. Plur. miniia wonderful
acts, glorious deeds, of a king Ps. 45, 5;
espec. of God Deut. 10, 21. 2 Sam. 7. 23.
Adv. in a wonderful way, wonderfully
Ps. 65, 6. 139, 14; like ΤΊΝΕΣ,

Piet 872 to make afraid, to terrify, ὃ.
acc. 2 Sam. 14, 15. 2 Chr. 32, 18. Neh.
6, 9. 14.

Deriv, 873—jiNW NWA.

ΝΡ"

8) m. constr. 877, plur. constr. *875;
fem. ANT, constr. PST Proy. 31, 80;
participial adj. r. 83°.

1. fearing, reverencing ; joined with
personal pronouns it forms a periphrasis
for the finite verb, as "28 a1 7 fear
Gen. 32,12; MMX NI thou fearest Judg.
7,10; D987" TN we fear | Sam. 23, 3;
negat. SI 42278 he feareth not Ecc. 8, 13.
Followed by the case of the verb; 6. ace.
Prov. 13, 13. Ex. 9, 20. Ecc. 9, 2;_also
freq. TITTY RT n fearing God 2K. 4.1.
17, 32 sq. Jon. 1, 9, Oftener with genit.
mint NT, ΡΟΝ x7", fearer of God,
and therefore abstaining from evil, i. q.
upright, godly, pious, Gen. 22, 12. Job
1,1.8. 2,3. Fem. id. Prov. 31, 30. Plur.
pwndy "wy? Ps. 15, 4. 22,24. 115, 11. al.
Comp. Ovid, ‘ timidus Deorum.’

2. fearful, timid, Deut. 20, 8.

as? 1. Pr. inf. of the verb 83%, to
fear, to reverence, with pref. > Neh. 1, 11
ΠΌΤ ΓΝ 9. to reverence “thy name.
Deut. 4, 10. 5, 26. 6, 24. 10, 12. 14, 23.
1 K. 8, 43. a With pref. 2, 2 Sam.
3, 11 wrk ings because he feared him.

2. Subst. fear, terror ; Jon. 1,10 3x7
ΓΞ 2 MN OWN dhe men were afraid
with ‘great fear. Ps. 55, 6. Ez. 30, 13.
With genit. of the subject, i. e. of hiin
who fears, Job 22,4; also of the object,
i.e. that which i is fared, 6. 5. ANT? the
Sear of thee Deut. 2,25. Acc. as adv. Is.
ἢ, 95 meds saw a for fear of briers
tind thorns. Comp. Ez. 1, 18 54> ΓΝ
terror was to or in them, i. 6. they were
terrible, dreadful.

3. holy fear, reverence, awe; PR"
pvnds Gen. 20, 11. 2 Sam. 23, 3, also
nin mgm}, reverence towards God , prety,
religion; Prove 1,7 τὸ Mw ins my.
Job 28, 28. Is. 11, 2. Ps. 34, 12. 111, 10.
Meton. precepts if piety, af religion, Ps.
19,10. With min‘ impl. Job 4, 6. 15, 4;
and so c. suff. "nN" the fear of me, sc.
of God, piety, Jer. 32, 40. Ps. 5,8. Ex.
20, 20. Rarely the suff. refers to the
subject, as "M& ἘΏΝ their piety to-
wards me Is. 29, 13.

PINT (piety? τ. δ.) Tron, pr. ἢ. of
a city in Naphtali, Josh. 19, 38.

PRI (whom Jehovah looks upon,
r. πὸ) Jrijah, pr. n. m. Jer. 37, 13. 14.
Written 75x" in some editions.

422

i

a)? i. g. 2°", an adversary; hence
a3 322 an atloerse king, hostile, i. 6.
the king of Assyria, Hos. 5, 13. 10, 6.
Β. 505.

2927" m. (contr. for ὅ53 355, with
whom Baal contends, r. 2°) Jerubbaal,
a surname of Gideon, the judge of Israel,
Judg.6,2. In 2 Sam. 11, 21 he is ealled
myan", q.v. Sept. Ἱεροβάαλ.

DY)? (whose people is many, r. 333)
pr. Jarobeam, comm. Jeroboam, pr. n. of
two kings of the ten tribes. a) One,
the son of Nebat, was the founder of
that kingdom, and introduced the wor-
ship of the golden calves, r. 975-54 B. C.
1 K. 11, 26-43. ο. 12-14. Ὁ) The other,
the son of Joash, r. 825-784 B. C. 2 K.
13, 13. 14, 23-29.

ΓΞ (with whom the idol contends,
τ. 3", comp. mwa) Jerub-besheth, pr. n.
m. 2 τᾷ 11,21. See >za7".

͵

5 1 once by apheresis ‘5 Judg. 19,
41. Fut. 722, TIN, in pause 3534 Ps.
18, 10; Imp. =, aI, once aah Judg.
5, 13; Inf absol. nal Gen, 43, 20, constr.
N72, ὁ. suff. "M75, once ΠῚ Gen. 46, 3.

1. to go down, to descend ; Eth. OZP
to descend; in Arabic comp. Ory to go

to drink, to go to water, pr. to go down
to the wey etc. but the word in com-
mon use is Jy3.—Construed: a) Ab-

sol. Ex. 19, 24. Is. 47,1. ) The place
whence is put with 2, Ex. 19, 14. Ez.
27, 29; 592 1 Sam. 25, 23. Ez. 26, 16 ;

also in acc. Jer. 13, 18 the crown shall
come down as to your heads, i.e. from
your heads. y) The place whither with Ὁ
>> upon, 6. g. from heaven wpon a moun-
tain Ex. 19, 18, also Ez. 47,8. Josh. 3,16.
Judg. 11, 87; with bx 2 Sam. 11, 10; >
Cant. 6,2; 5 Ex. 15, 5. Is. 63,14; 6. ace.
with oFwithiOat π- Ἰορδὶ Gen. 12,10. Ps.
55, 16. Job 7, 9. 17, 16. Hence ‘Parente,
oni “3 "πη oat going down to the
pit, i.e. about to die, see “ia, Ps. 28, 1.
30, 4. al. Ps. 22, 30. Is.42,10. Also with
by of pers. to whom Ex. 11, 8. Neh. 6, 3.
5) Poet. like other verbs of running down)
flowing, (see Heb. Gram. § 135. 1. ἡ. 2.)
it is construed with an accus. of that
which descends or flows down in abun-
dance; espec. of the eye as running

ene

_ down with tears, weeping abundantly ;
᾿ς Lam. 3,48 "Ὁ Iam D7 735 my eye

_ runneth down with rivers of water, i. e.

_ pours them forth. 1,16. Jer.9,17. 13,17.
14, 17. Ps. 119,136. The same idiom is

frequentin Arabic, oy j Wo) “Ὁ

my eye flows down with waco see
Schult. ad Prov. 20,5. By a different
turn, Is. 15,3 "333 a running down
᾿ with weeping, i.e. weeping abundantly.
Spoken of motion from place to place,
not only of descending from a mountain
Ex. 34, 29, but genr. of those who go
from a higher to a lower place or region.
Often of God as descending from hea-
ven, Gen. 11, 5. 18,21. Ex. 3,8. Is. 31, 4.
Mic. 1, 3.—Spec. a) Of those who go
down to a fountain or river Gen. 24, 16.
45. Ex. 2,5. Josh. 17,9. 1K. 2,8; or to
the sea Jon. 1, 3. Is. 42, 10. Ps. 107, 23,
since the land is higher‘than the water;
but comp. Ez. 27,29. Ὁ) Of those who
go outofa ‘city, cities being mostly built
on hills and mountains for the sake of
security, Ruth 3, 3. 6. 2K. 6,18; or
who go down from a citadel (acropolis)
to the lower parts of a city 1 Sam. 9, 25.
27. 2Sam. 11, 9.10.13. 1K. 1, 25. 38. al.
6) Of those who go out to battle, as oc-
curring in plains, Judg. 5,14. 1 Sam.
14, 36. 2 Sam. 21, 15. 2 Chr. 20,16. d)
Of those who go from a mountainous
district or country to one lower’ and
more level, as from Jerusalem or its
vicinity to Egypt Gen. 12, 10. 26, 2 sq.
46,3; or to the country of the Philistines
and the sea-coast (M>5Y) Gen. 38; 1.
1 Sam. 13, 20. 23, 4.11; or to Samaria
1 K. 22, 2. 2 K. 8, 29. 2 Chr. 22,6. 6)
Of those who go towards the. south ;
since the ancients regarded the northern
parts of the earth as the highest; 1 Sam.
25, 1. 26, 2. 30,15. See the intpp. ad
Virg. Georg. 1. 240 sq. Hdot. 1. 95.
_ 1 Mace. 3, 37. 2 Macc. 9, 23. Comp. C.
«B. Michaelis Diss. de notione superi et
inferi, reprinted in Comment. Theol. a
Velthusen aliisque, V. p. 397 sq.

Often also of inanimate things, as
of a stream descending from a moun-
tain Deut. 9, 21; of the rain Ps. 72,
ὁ; of a way and of boundaries which
tend downwards or towards the south,
Num. 34,11.12. Josh. 18,13sq. Of the

423

™7

day as declining, Judg. 19, 11; of ca-
lamity as sent down from God Mic.
1, 12. etc. _

2. to be brought down, cast down, thrust
down, to fall. 1 Sam. 23,6 1793 77" TiS
an ephod had fallen into his hand, 8."
he had an ephod with him. So οἵ ἃ
crown falling from the head (see above
in #) Jer. 3, 18; a wood cut down Is.
32, 19. Zech. 11,2; a wall thrown down
Deut. 28, 52; a city destroyed Deut. 29.
20; horses killed in battle Hagg. 2, 22.
So 10 be cast into the sea, to sink, Ex. 15,
5; into Sheol Is. 5, 14; also trop. of
those who are cast down from a state of
prosperity into poverty and want, Deut. ἡ
28, 43. Jer. 48, 18. Lam. 1, 9.

Hipu. 3775 to make go down, to cause
to descend, in any way, either a person
or thing, to bring down, Gen. 42, 38. 44,
29. 31. Hence

1. Of persons, to lead or bring down,
cause to come down, Gen. 44, 21. Judg.
7.4; to let down, as with a cord, Josh.
2, 15. 18; to bring or send down, as into
Sheol, 1 Sam. 2, 6. Ez. 26,20. Also with
violence, to cast down, cause to fall, as
God nations Ps. 56, 8; or kings from
their thrones Is. 10, 13, comp. Obad. 3.
4; to subdue nations 2 Sam. 22, 48.

2. Of things,'to bring or carry down,
Gen. 37, 25. 43, 11; ¢o let or take down,
Gen. 24, 18.46. Num. 4, 5; to let descend,
fall, flow down, 1 Sam. 21, 14. Joel 2,
23. Lam. 2,18. Ps. 78, 16. Also with
violence, to cast down, Hos. 7, 12. Prov.
21, 22.

Hopu. 355 pass. of Hiph. fo be led or
brought down Gen. 39, 1; to be taken
down, as a tent Num. 10, 17; to be cast
or thrust down Is. 14, 15. Ez. 31, 18.
Zech: 10, 11.

Deriv. the two following, and 3712.

‘TI (descent) Jared, pr. n. m. 8)
Gen. 5,15. Gr. ᾿Ιαρέδ Luke 3, 37. Ὁ)
1 Chr. 4,18. ©

J2.., always with art. j3°9°5, except

Ps. 42,7. Job 40, 23, (pr. the flowing, the

river, from the idex of descending, flow-
ing down, r.3", as Germ. Rhyn, Rhein,
from the ‘verb rinnen,) the Jordan, Gr.
ὃ Ἰορδάνης, the chief river of Paleas
tine, rising at the foot of Anti-Lebanon,
and flowing into the Dead Sea, where

7

it terminates. Gen. 13; 10. 11. 32; 11.
50,10. Arab. we I el-Urdun, and
at present also xa) “Sf esh- - Sher? ah,

watering-place. On the character of
the Jordan, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p. 257. III. p. 309 sq. and for its sources
see ib. III. p. 347 sq. Biblioth. Sac.
1846, p. 187 sq. 208 sq.—Hence “32>
J277, ἢ περίχωρος τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου, the
valley and region through which it
flows, Gen. 13, 10. 12. 19, 17. 2 Sam.
18, 23; comp. Matt. 3,5. Poet. without
art. 7772 73 id. Ps. 42,7. In Job 40, 23
Jordan is poet. put for any large stream ;
as a Cicero, for any distinguished orator.
—On the etymology, see more in The-
saur. p. 626.

* FIN ἅπαξ λεγόμ. kindr. with the
roots 79, 879, pr. to tremble, and then

to be astonished, amazed, like Arab. 89:

Hence 505m, in 2 Mss. πη, Is. 44, 8.
Sept. μὴ ἀλύδόϑὲ but the other ancient
versions express the sense to fear, to be
afraid, as if it were i. gq. IN4°h.

Ewe νιν) inf. absol. M55, constr. nin",
also xin 2 Chr. 26, 15; fut, abe , plur.
1 pers. 6. suff. 51") Nam. 21, 30; imp.
ma? 2 K. 13, 17.

1. to throng, to cast, c. acc. Ex, 15, 4;
e. g. lots Josh. 18,6; an arrow 1 Sam.
20, 36. 37. Prov. 26, 18, hence absol. to
shoot 2 Κι. 13,17; metaph. of plots Ps.
11, 2. 64,5; acc. of pers. Num. 21, 30.
Part. plur. ὉΠ archers 1 Chr. 10, 3.
2 Chr. 35, 23. Eth. ᾧ ΖΦ id.

2. to place, to lay a foundation, to
found ; comp. Gr. βάλλεσϑαι ἄστυ i. q.

to lay the foundation of a city, Syr. ke

to cast, also to lay a foundation. Job 38,
6 who hath laid the corner-stone thereof ?

Gen. 31, 51 lo this pillar "7777 VEX

which I have founded, placed, erected.

3. to sprinkle, to water, c. acc. Hos.
6. 3; pr. to throw water, to scatter
drops of water,- comp. P72t.— Hence
Part. M35" as subst. the early rain, see
above p. 392.

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be cast at,
shot through, with arrows ; fut. 7739 Ex.
19, 13.

Hips. F557, fat. H315, conv. Wi") WK.
13, 17, plur. ANIA 2 Sam: 21, 24.

A24,

ἽΝ

1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to throw, to cast, Job
30, 19; spec. arrows, to shoot, 1 Sam.
20, 20. 36. 2 K. 13,17. 19,32. The
person shot at is put with > 2 Chr. 35,
23; in acc. Ps. 64, 5. 8.—Part. ΠΏ an
archer 1 Sam. 31, 3. 1 Chr. 10,3. By
Aramaism, written in the manner of
verbs 8>, 2 Sam. 11, 24 ΘΝ yin Ih
and the archers shot, ete. comp. 2 Chr.
26, 15.

2. to sprinkle, to water, i. q. Kal no.
3; hence Part. τ] i. q. HY the early
rain, Joel 2, 23. Ps. 84, 7.

3. to thrust out the hand, like 34 M33,
espec. in order to point out or show any
thing; hence to point out, to show, Gen.
46, 28. Prov. 6, 13 HdaxRa 47% point-
ing with his fingers, i.e. ‘making signs.

With two ace. of pers. and thing Ex. 15,

25.—Hence

4. to teach, to instruct, comp. Gr. δει-
xvi, ἀναφαίνω, absol. Ex. 35, 34. Mic.
3, 11; with acc. of pers. Job 6, 24. 8, 10.
12, 7.8; acc. of thing Is. 9, 14. Hab. 2,
18; with two acc. of pers. and thing Ps.
27, 11. 86, 11. 119, 33. Also with 3 of
thing, pr. to instruct in any thing, Job
27,11. Ps. 25, 8. 12. 32, 8; once with
by pr. to teach “or form to any thing
2 Chr. 6, 27; with 72 as fo any thing Is.
2, 3. Mic. 4,2. With dat. of pers. and
acc. of thing Deut. 33, 10. Hos. 10, 12.—
Part. 7572, teaching, a teacher, see in its
order.

Deriv. M77, My, ποῖ, and pr.

names M47, "77, barn, bern, mP9",

ovina.

bem (founded of God, τ. 19) Jeruel,
pr. n. prob. of a town and of a desert
adjacent, 2 Chr. 20,16.

Tin? (i. q. M22 moon) Jaroah, pr. n.
τη. 1 Chr. 5, 14.

Pin? m. green thing, green herb, ‘Job
39,8. R. pn.

NWN and MW" (possessed se. by
a husband, r. tins) Jerusha, pr. n. of the
mother of king Jotham, 2 K. 15, 33.
2 Chr. 27, 1.

2a,

Esth. 2, 6. 1 Chr. 3, 5. 2 Chr. 25, 1. 32,
9; fem. Is. 3, 8. 10,11. 40, 2. 9. al. (ioe.
τὸν Gen. 14, 18. Ps. 76, 3;) pr. ἢ. Jeru-

4
a

|

according to the Masora
five times fully moon Jer. 26, 18...

7

salem, Gr. “Isgovoadnu and “Ιερουσόλυμα,
a royal city of the Canaanites Josh. 10, 1.
5. 15,8; after the accession of David, the
chief city of the Hebrews, and the royal
residence of David and his posterity,
' situated on the confines of Judah and
Benjamin. Fora full description of its
topography and antiquities, see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. I. p. 371 sq. Comp. Re-
land Palest. p. 832 sq.

As to the etymology and orthography
_ of the name, there has been much dis-
pute. In respect to the former, Reland
Palest. p. 832 sq. and recently Ewald
Heb. Gram. p. 332, hold 824557 to be
ig. ΘΠ τη possession of peace, one
being dropped. But this is contrary
to analogy; since where a letter is
doubled, the first in such case is not
dropped, but compensated by a Dagesh
forte in the other, as in 532°" for 3177
ὌΣΞ; and besides, the form wan’ no-
where occurs in the sense of possession
(i. ᾳ. M89) either separately or in com-
pounds. Hence it is better to regard
17 as derived from r. 77" no. 2, i. ᾳ. ἃ
Sounding, foundation ; whence p>wA7"
a foundation of peace, of prosperity ;
comp. >¥97.—As to the other part of
the compound name, there are some who
regard 05% and Ὁρῶ as the dual of
5%) quiet, and suppose the city to be

thus designated as double, or having two.

parts, comp. 2 Sam. 5,9; so Ewald and
Maurer. But in the passage cited there
is no mention of a double city ; and that
the Ὁ in this word is a primitive radical,

and not servile, is apparent from the —

forms 02% Gen. 14, 18, Chald. n>vans,
Gr. Sodvua, “Περοσόλυμα. More proba-
bly, therefore, it was dnciently pro-
nounced 03% peace, safety, prosperity ;
but in the later periods of the silver
age, some began to write it 5°>w, and
᾿ to regard it asa noun plural or perhaps
dual which was to be pronounced 073W;
and this in the seventh-or eighth cen-
tury, when the points were added, had
become the established view, so that
the grammarians supposed the same
pronunciation was to be restored in all
cases. It follows, in our view, that the
defective form ought every where to be
read and pointed 53%". In like man-
ner Samaria in Heb. and anciently, was
36*

A2Q5

ΠΡ
called yin2t, Chald. 37°28, and thence,

as if dual, pied ; comp. Lehrg. p. 538.
See more in Thesaur. p. 628, 629.

Down” Chald. Jerusalem, Ezra 4, 12
20. 24. 5, 1.2. 15, also D209 Ezra 5
14. 6, 9.

᾿ mm obsol. root, perh. i. q. ΤᾺ, to be
pale, yellow, ™ and Pp being interchang-
ed; see under ™, p. 290.—Hence the
two following, and Min".

TT)" m. the moon, so called from its
paleness ; in prose always with the arti-
cle, in poetry usually without it; Gen.
37, 9. Deut. 4, 19. 17, 2. 2 K. 23, 5. Jer.
8, 2. Ecc. 12, 2. Ps. 8, 4. 104, 19. Job 25,
5. al. Ps. 72, 5 1927 "28> in the sight of
the moon, i. e. so long as the moon shall
give her light ; comp. v. 7.

TT)" m. plur. D9", constr. 792; de-
nom. from M5".

1. a month, i. e. a lunar month, as was
customary among the Hebrews ; comp.
Germ. Mond and Monat, Engl. moon
and month, Gr. μήνη and μήν, Lat. mensis.
Syr. ἕω month. It is i. q. win, but
less frequent, and used mostly by earlier
writers, Ex.2,2; and in the poetic style
Deut. 33, 14. Job 3, 6. 7, 3. 29, 2. 39, 2.
Zech. 11,8. But see 1 K. 6, 37. 38. 8
2,.—n"79" ΓΙ see in D1" Plur. πο. 2. b.

2. Jerah, pr. ἢ. of a people and region
of Arabia, of the descendants of Joktan,
Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20. Bochart in
Phaleg II. 19, not unaptly supposes this
name to be itself Hebrew, but yet a
translation from an Arabic name of the
same signification ; and this being pre-
mised, he understands by it the Alilai,
dwelling in a gold regionon the Red sea
(Agatharchides c. 49. Strabo XVI. p.
277), whose true name he conjectures to
be JIS ἐὉ sons of the moon, so call-

ed from the worship of the moon or Ali-
lat, Hdot. 3.8. Fora tribe bearing this
name in the vicinity of Mecca, see Nie-
buhr’s Descript. of Arabia p. 270 Germ.
—More probable however is the opinion
of J. Ὁ. Michaelis in Spicileg. II. p. 60,
who understands by it the Moon coast

( pou ὌΝ δ" and Moon mountain

( pot ue), near Hadramaut; since

ΠΡ

my? in Gen. 1. 6. is joined with the
land of Hadramaut, i. 6. MYOIEM q. v.
See Edrisi par ΤΟΝ I. p. BA,

ΤῊ Chald. a month, Ezra 6, 15. Dan.
4, 26.

I}? see in"y.

DMA (who finds mercy, r. Et) Jero-
ham, pr.n.m. a) 1 Sam, 1, 1. 1 Chr.
6,12.19. b)1Chr.9,12. ¢) 27, 22.
d) 2 Chr. 23,1. 6) Neh. 11,12. ἢ)
Other persons, 1 Chr. 8, 27. 9, 8. 12, 7.

287277" (on whom God has mercy, r.
ons) Jerahmeel, pr.n.m. 8) 1 Chr. 2,
9, 25. 26. 42. Hence patronym. in "-:
Jerahmeelite 1 Sam. 27, 10. 30,29. Ὁ)
1 Chr. 24, 39... ὁ) Jer. 36, 26.

3131) Jarha, pr. n. of an Egyptian
slave 1 Chr. 2, 34.35. The etymology
is unknown.

*O7", Arab. yy! II, to throw head-

long, to precipitate, xb5s a precipice,
destruction; hence in Kal once, to be
headlong, rash, perverse, Num. 22, 32 ;
in Cod. Samar. stands 355 as gloss.

Piz, 05" to throw headlong, to cast ;
once Job 16, 11 "2099 DXDw4 TT be
God hath cast me into the hands of the
wicked ; Sept. ἔῤῥιψέ με, Vulg. tradidit
me.

2877 (i. q. PRIN q. v.) Jeriel, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 7, 2.

a") m. (τ. 55) 1. an adversary,
Ps. 35, 1. Jer. 18, 19. Is. 49, 25.

2. Jarib, pr.n. a) See "53" no. 1. a.
b) Ezra 8, 16.

7") (see "2%) Jeribai, pr. π. τὰ. 1
Chr. 11. 46.

ΓΙ and Ww?) (founded i. 6. consti-
tuted of Jehovah, τ. Γ΄) Jeriah, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 23, 19. 24, 23. 26, 31.

TI" Josh. 2, 1. 2. 3, TI? Num. 22,
1, and AN 1 K. 16, 34, Jericho, a
celebrated city of Palestine, situated
near the Jordan and Dead Sea, in the
‘territory of Benjamin, and in a most fer-
tile region. Sept. “Ἱεριχώ, Strabo “Jeg-
κοῦς XVI. 2. 41, Arab. Ls, Eriha,
called also Riha ;.see Reland Palestina
p- 383, 829 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
279, 285 sq.—The form in" is prob.

426

T

the primary one, signifying place of fra-
grance, from r. M7.

mia see in nia.

nian (heights, τ. Ὁ...) Jerimoth, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 8.

myn" ἢ (r. 232) a curtain, hanging,
so called from its tremulous motion,
spec. of a tent Is. 54, 2. Jer. 4, 20. 10,
20. 49, 29; of the sacred tabernacle Ex.
26, 1 sq. 36, 8 sq. 2 Sam. 7, 2; of Solo-
mon’s palace Cant. 1, 5. Syr. [Soyo
tent-curtain, also tent itself.

ΓΦ (curtains) Jerioth, pr. n. f 1
Chr. 2,18.—R. 3°23.

4 ΠΝ obsol. root, of the same or ἃ.

similar power with the kindred 32%, to
be tender, soft. Hence 323,27, pr. ἢ.

nai.
72" constr. W272, 6. suff. "3%; dual
b.27" ; fem. Num. 5, 21.

1. the thigh, so called from its soft-
ness, see r. 55; Gr. μηρός, Arab. ὥ»

and eke 9 thigh, buttock, haunch. How

far it ΤῊΝ from 692m the loins, ὀσφύς,
is apparent from Ex. 28, 42: thou shalt
make for them linen drawers to cover
their shame, B23" “3 B52" from the
loins even unto the thighs ; as also from
the general use of the word. That is,
ὉΠ denotes the lower part or region
of the back, while 723, dual 693°, sig-
nifies the thick and fleshy double mem-

. ber which commences at the bottom of

the spine and extends to the lower legs
(Do °piw), i.e. the two thighs with the but-
tocks. So 72" ὮΞ the socket of the thigh,
by which the thigh is connected with
the pelvis, the hip-joint, Gen. 32, 26. 33.

72-2 on or at the thigh, where the |

sword is worn, Ex. 32,27. Judg. 3, 16. 21.
Ps. 45,4. To smite the thigh, a gesture
of mourning and of indignatfon, Jer. 31,
19. Ez. 21, 17; comp. Hom. Il. 12. 162.
ib. 15. 397. Od. 13. 198. Cic. el. Orat, 80.
Quinctil. XI. 3. Also, to put the hand
under the thigh, as the accompaniment
of an oath, prob. in some connection
with the sacredness of circumcision, Gen.
24, 2. 9. 47,29; to come out from the

thigh of any one, i. 6. to be begotten by —

any one.or descended from him, Gen. 46,

5 4

26. Ex. 1, 5. Judg. 8, 30; comp. Koran
Sur. 4. 27. Sur. 6.98. The buttocks are
prob. meant Num. 5, 21.27. For ῬῚ
ΠΡ Judg. 15, 8, see in art. piv. ᾿
animals the tien, haunch, ham, Ez.
244.5 τ

2. Trop. of things, in which sense the
fem. form 35" is much more usual.
K.g. a) the shank of the sacred can-
delabra, where the stem (73>) separated
into the three feet, Ex. 25, 31. 37, 17.
b) the side of a tent or tabernacle Ex.
40, 22. 24; of an altar Lev. 1, 11. 2K.
16, 14.

Punt Dw" the two thighs Ex. 28, 42,
see in no. 1, above. Cant. 7, 2. :

ΓΞ f. (Ὁ. 5,2) ig. WIM πο. 2. b, the
side, hinder part, 6. g.of a country.c. suff,
in297 Gen. 49, 13. Comp. m2, 02¥.

Dua p'n293 constr. "D5", once
“mina 1 K. 6, 16 Cheth. pr. the two
thighs, buttocks, haunches, but used
only of things. E. g.

1. the hinder part, hinder side, rear,
Ex. 26, 22. 23. 27. 36, 27. 28. 32; of the
temple 1 K. 6, 16. Ez. 46, 19.

2. The interior of any thing, the hinder
or inner parts, recesses, penetralia, as of
a house Am. 6, 10. Ps. 128, 3; of a ship
Jon. 1,5; of acavern 1 Sam. 24,4; ofa

.sepulchre Is. 14, 15. Ez. 32,23. Hence

7225 ἼΠΞ.. the recesses of Lebanon, i. e.
the extreme and inaccessible parts of
the mountain, Is. 37, 24; also Judg. 19,
1, 18 DENA MND77 the recesses of
mount Ephraim. Hence

3. uttermost parts, remote regions, 6. g.
Vinx "ND79 the uttermost parts of the
north, extreme northern regions, Is. 14,
13. So in Ps. 48, 3 beautiful in its ele-

_ vation, the joy of the whole earth is mount

Zion ; the joy of the remotest north is
the city of the great king, viva being
répeated, and the remotest north being

| put by synecd. for the most distant na-

tions ; so De Wette ed. 4. ΥΝ "ὭΞ5"
the extremities of the earth, remotest
lands, Jer. 6, 22. 25, 32; comp. minzD
787. |

O27) Chald. f. the thigh, Dan. 2, 32.

pn" obsol. root, prob. i. 4. wg, B97

Bux, 10 be high. Hence pr. ἢ. mio
ris, "7279, also

3

ἌΧΟΣ

py

ΓΙ. (height) Jarmuth, pr.n. 8)
A city in the plain of Judah, anciently
a royal city of the Canaanites, Josh. 10,
3. 12,11. Neh. 11, 29. Vulg. Jerimoth,
Jerimuth ; Euseb. and Jerome Jarimuth,
Jermucha, ten miles from Eleutheropolis
towards Jerusalem; now ON 2 Yar-

mtk, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 344.
b) A city of the Levites in Issachar,
Josh. 21, 29; called 8" 19, 21.

nia)? (heights, τ. 22") Jeremoth, pr.
n.m. a) 1 Chr. 8,14. Ὁ) Ezra 10, 26.
c) v.27. d) 1 Chr. 23, 23, for which
mia) 24, 30. 6) 25, 22, for which
nia v. 4. f) Ezra 10, 29 Cheth.
Keri nian.

"27? (dwelling in heights, r. 77) Je-
remai. pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 33.

777 and 4% (whom Tehowal
setteth up, fT. Aral Chald. no. 2) Jere-
miah, Sept. “Iegsuiwc, py n. a) The
distinguished prophet, son of Hilkiah a
priest, Jer. 1,1. 27,1. Dan. 9,2. ete. Ὁ)
1 Chr. 12, 13. ¢) 2 K. 23,31, comp. Jer.
35,3. d) 1Chr. 5,24. e) 12,4. f) 12,
10. g) Neh. 10, 3. 12, 1. 12.

. 5 to tremble, and hence to fear,
to he afraid, ig. 79, 879. Arah. δ)
and ¢y3 id. This signification lies in
the primary syllable >", comp. the roots
592, 539, 529. Once in pret. Is. 15, 4
ib hess ΕἾ "his soul trembleth within
him (Moab), sc. for fear, terror.—Fut.
371 belongs to r. 335.

Deriv. 5377, pr. ἢ. ΣΝ,

SRB? (what God heals, τ. ΝΕ) Jr-
peel, pr. n. of a place in Benjamin, Josh.
18, 27.

δ px 1. to spit, i.q. Pps II, Chald.
P27, Ethiop. OZ®, id. Pret. Num. 12,

14. Deut. 25, 9. Inf. absol. ps Num.
l.c.—The fut. Pi is borrowed ‘Goin PP.

νὴ ἈΝ obsol. root, to be green, pale
green, as a plant; comp. jip33. Arab.

5) to put forth leaves, as a tree; IV,

to sprout; both from the idea of green-
ness, verdure. Hence the six following,
and Fin",

PI? m. adj. green, neut. something

| green, green herbage, 2 K. 19, 26. Is

pe

37, 27. Spec. greens, herbs; ὭΣ jz a
garden of herbs Deut. 11, 10. 1K. 21, 2.
PI? MMI ἃ portion of herbs, vegeta-
bles, Pray 15,17. Syr. Lope, Pacis,
an herb.

P). m. greenness, 29 ΛΞ all
greenness of plants, every green plant,
Gen. 1, 30. 9,3. N03 PT? greenness of
grass i. e. green grass, Ps. 37,2. Else-
where concer. the green, the venture , foli-
age, of fields and trees, Ex. 10, 15. Num.
22, 4. Is. 15, 6.

TP) m. (r. Τ᾽.) greenness, paleness,
χλωρύτης, ὠχρότης. Spoken

1. Of persons, paleness of face, that
ghastly greenish-yellow tinge which
arises from sudden affright, Jer. 30, 6.

2. Of grain, paleness, yellowness, a turn-
ing yellow from disease, Deut. 28, 22.
1K. 8, 37. Am. 4,9. Hagg.2,17. Arab.

S “A

or id. Cgupled with ji53¥ q. v.

ΤΡ m. (r. Pa) yellowness, see “2
TPIT in art. 7, O72, bb.

DP? (paleness of the people, r. Ῥ ΔῈ;
or perh. ‘the people is spread abroad,’
for SY sp 77) Jorkeam, pr. n. of a town
of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 44.

PIP? plur. f. nipapm. R. py.

1. Adj. greenish, yellowish, χλωρίζων,
spoken of a leprous colour in garments,
‘Lev. 13, 49. 14, 37.

2. Subst. paleness, yellowness, of gold |.

Ps. 68,14. Ethiop. OC® gold itself.
Arab. ἊΣ money, coin.

: 2) Jer. 49, 1, also wn. 2 pers.
mos Deut. 6, 18, bat 6. suff. HMB 30,
5, ‘plur. 2. Ῥ. Dnt ; Fut. wa", plur,
a, HY 5 Imp. 3 Deut. 1, 21, ἡ ib.
2, 24, 51, and fully 3", with He parag.
mos 33, 23; Inf. nw, c. suff. ind.

1. to take, to seize, to take possession
of, to occupy, mostly by force, 1 K. 21, 15.
16, 18.—That this, and not ; to hentia
is the primary signification, is apparent
from the derivatives MY net, and Bin"n
must, new wine ; as also from the sylla-
ble 8", which like 0", 7", has the force
of taking, seizing, see in 01. The
secondary sense of inheriting is found

in Arab. sy; Syr. 2,2, Chald. m7,

428

wo
Eth. OZF1; and perhaps Lat. heres
for hered-s is from the same seurce.—
Construed: a) With ace. of thing,
spoken very frequently of the occupa-
tion of the promised land, Lev. 20, 24.
Deut. 1, 8. 3, 18. 20. Ps, 44, 4. 83, 13.
al. So of the whole earth Ἰὼ 14, 21;

houses Ez. 7, 24; the wealth of satin
Ps. 105, 44. Part. V9 @ possessor, con-
queror, Mic. 1, 15. Jer. 8,10. b) With
acc. of pers. to take possession of any
one, i. 6. to seize upon his possession, fo
drive him out, to dispossess him, to suc-
ceed in his place. Deut. 2, 12 "®2 "355
ὉΠ ἘΣΤῚ ow and the chil-
dren of Esau drove them out (the Hor-
ites), and destroyed them from before
them. v. 21. 22. 9, 1. 11, 23. 12, 2. 18,
14, 19,1. 31,3. Prov. 30,23 a handmaid
who has dispossessed her mistress, has
succeeded in her place. Is. 54, 3. Jer. 49,
2. With "282 from before Deut. 12, 29.
Judg. 11, 24. The proper force of the
word is apparent in the following pas-
sages: Deut. 31,3 the Lord will destroy
these nations from before thee, Bre")
and thou shalt take possession of them,
seize upon their possessions, succeed
them. Judg. 11, 23 Jehovah hath driven
out the Amorites before his people Israel,
ay I°T OMX" and wilt thou (Sihon) take ~
possession of their land ?

2. to possess, to hold in possession, ~
Lev. 24, 46. Deut. 19, 14. 21, 1. al. So
ofa land Obad. 19. Ez. 36, 12. Judg. 18,
9; wealth Judg. 18, 7. Very frequent —
in the phrase VI% ΘΔ to possess the
(promised) land, spoken of the quiet ὦ
occupancy and abode of the Israelites —
in Palestine, promised of old to Abra- —
ham, and emblematic of the highest
prosperity and happiness, Gen. 15, 7.
Ps. .25, 13. 37, 9. 11. 22. 29. Is. 60, 21.
Comp. Matt. 6, 5.—Poet. of animals Is.
34, 11; plants Hot: 9, 6.

3. Syde: to inherit, to receive an inhe- —
ritance, with ace. of thing Num. 27, 11.
36,8; also, acc. of pers. (comp. no. 1. b,)
to inherit one’s estate, to be one’s heir,
Gen. 15, 3. 4. Absol. Gen. 21, 10 the son
of the bond-woman shall not inherit witk —
my son, with Isaac. Part. 071" an heir,
Jer. 49, 1. 2 Sam. 14; 7.

Nipu. Ὁ to be dispossessed, to be
driven out of one’s possessions, to come

on

to poverty, pass. of Kal no. 1. b. Gen. 45,
11. Prov. 20, 13. 30,9. In this senseG%

has affinity with an to be poor.

Piet ©" twice, i.q. Kal no. 1; with
acc. of thing Deut. 28, 42; with acc. of
_ pers. i. q. to drive out from a possession,
_ to dispossess, to bring to poverty, Judg.
14,15 ὮΝ EMR IP 32475 have ye called
us to impoverish us? Here ‘some Mss.

and editions omit Metheg, and the form

would then be Kal.

Inf. Kal would be 529W"7>.

Hien. B75 = 1. to cause to possess,
_ to give possession of any thing ¢o any one,
_ with two acc. Judg. 11, 24. 2 Chr. 20, 11.

Poet. Job 13, 26 "432 Mins "WTI and

makest me to possess the sins of my youth,
ice. still imputest them tome. With >
of pers. Ezra 9, 12.

2. i. q. Kal no. 1, to take possession of,
toseize upon. a) With acc. of thing, e.g.
a land Num. 14, 24; a city Josh. 8, 7.
17, 12; a mountainous tract Judg. 1, 19.

possessions, to drive out of a possession,
to dispossess, to expel, Judg. 1,29 sq.‘ 11,
23. Josh. 3,10. Ps. 45,3. al. Often of
God as driving out the Canaanites, Ex.
34, 24. Num. 32,21. 1K. 14, 24. 2K.
16, 3. al. Trop. also of things, Job 20,
15 God shall drive them out from his
belly, sc. the riches swallowed.—Hence

3. to dispossess of wealth, to make
poor, 1 Sam. 2,7. Comp. Niph.

4. to destroy, Num. 14, 12.

Deriv. FON, FV, My, Oia,
πῶ], winsn, and pr. ‘i m. Rut *

BAN, nui.

MW" f. a possession, Num. 24, 18.
mw? ΓΟ 1. a possession, Deut. 2, 5. 9.
fosh, 12, 6. 7. Judg. 21,17. Ps. 61, 6.

2. inheritance, Jer. 32, 8.

PID? see pret.

2872707 (whom God has set up, r
piv) Jesimiel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 36.

δ pw” 1. i. ᾳ. BAW, fo put, to place ;
hence πρὶ Judg. 12, 3 Cheth.

2. Intrans. to be put, placed ; comp.
sz" and “x,
also Gen. 24, 33 Cheth. where in καὶ
is Ἐ} 15" Hoph. of 32.

Sew" (for > M04, warrior or sol-
dier of God, τ. MY, see Gen. 32, 29)

429

But the regular

b) With acc. of pers. to seize upon ane’s,

Fut. pens) Gen. 50, 265°

“0°
Israel, pr. n. given by Jehovah to the
patriarch Jacob, see Gen. 32, 29. 35, 10;
but more frequently put for his pos-
terity, the people of Israel—Hence

1. For the whole people of Israel, the
twelve tribes, is put 58 3W7 "23 the chil- -
dren of Israel in the Pentat. Josh. Judg.
Sam. Kings and Chronicles; 5877 ΤῈ
the house of Israel Ex. 16, 31. 40, 38;
also simpl. 5x17 Israel, the ἡαάρῆμον,
Ex..5, 2.. 9, 7. 11, 7; with sing. mase.
Josh. 4, 22. 7,8. 11. hen 7, 11.17; sing.
fem. Ἢ 19; 94. Jer. 3, 11; plur. masc.
Josh. 3,17. 7, 25. Judg. 8,27. So too in
the phrases beni wimp, * wbx, ie.
Jehovahg byrinna in Ὁ 1 Sain! 9,9.
Judg. 11, 40. Ruth 4, 7. Deut. 17, 4.
dx ys the land of Israel, Palestine,
1 Sam. 13, 19. 2 K. 6, 23. Sometimes
the whole people is presénted as one
person, Ex. 4, 22 Israel is my son. Num.
20,14; and so Is. 41,8. 42,24. 43, 1. 15.
22.28. 44.1.5; parall. sp91.—Emphat.
dbxrw is sometimes put for the érue
Israelites (adn Pas ᾿Ισραηλῖται John1,48),
those distinguished for piety and virtue,
and worthy of the name, Is, 49,3. Ps. 73,
1; comp. Rom. 9,6 ov γὰρ πάντες οἵ ἐξ

᾿Ισραήλ, οὗτοι ᾿Ισραήλ.

2. In consequence of the dissensions
between the ten tribes and Judah after
the death of Saul, these ten tribes,
among whom Ephraim took the lead, as
being the majority, took to themselves
this honourable name of the whole na-
tion, see 2 Sam. 2, 9. 10. 17. 28. 19, 40-
43. 1 K. 12, 1; and on their separation
after the death of Solomon into an inde-
pendent kingdom, founded by Jeroboam
this name was adopted for the kingdom,
so that thenceforth the kings of the ten
tribes are called S377 725%, and the
descendants of David, who reed over
Judah and Benjamin, 5757" “a2, So
in the prophets of that period Judah and
Israel are put in opposition, Hos. 4, 15.
5,3 5. Am.1,1. 2,6. Mic. 1,5. Is. 5, 7.
al. Yet the kingdom of Judah was still
reckoned as a part of the people Jsrael ;
as in Is. 8, 14 the two kingdoms are
called the two houses of Israel, comp. Is.
10,20. And hence, after the destruction
of the kingdom at Samaria, the name
Israel began to be applied to the whole
surviving people ; so in Jer. Ezek. Ezra,

ww”
Nehemiah, see 2 Chr. 12, 1. 15, 17. 19,
8. 21, 2.4. 23, 2. 24, 5.

The cantite ἢ. is "xr" Israelite 2
Sam. 17, 25; fem. midge Lev. 24, 10.

_ .IDWW? Issachar, pr. n. of the fifth son
of Jacob by Leah, Gen. 30, 18. The
tribe of Issachar ("2W" "23) inhabited
the region adjacent to the sea of Gali-
lee, Josh. 19, 17 sq. comp. Gen. 49, 14.
Deut. 33, 18. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 22.—The
name, as it now stands in the text, is
every where furnished with the vowels
belonging to the constant Keri "2%
i.e. bought with a reward or price, see
Gen. 30,16. The fuller form in Chethibh
may be read in two ways, eithe? "38 w"
there is reward, or “vw for "2 Nw"
he brings reward, see Gen. 30, 18.

o>, with Makk. “wi (Ὁ. M3, as 13
from 123) pr. τὸ εἶναι, being, existence ;
then what is, what exists, there is.
Hence !

1. Implying existence, presence, ete.
there exists, there is; so Arab. yal
Syr. δαὶ, Chald. "m8 q.v. 8) Spec.
there exists ; Ps. 58,12 Dron on Sy-ws
ΤῊΝ there is (exists) a God that judgeth
in the earth. Is. 44,8 "13229 BPX Wn
is (exists) there a God besides me?
Ps, 14, 2. 2 Sam..9, 1. Jer. 5,1. Lam.
1,12. b) Genr. there is, Fr. il y
a, Germ. es gibt, implying existence,
presence, readiness, etc. Ruth 3, 12 ws
“p72 inp >xk there is (here) a kinsman
nearer than I. Judg. 19,19 there is (Ὁ)
both straw and provender, i. e. here,
ready. 1 Sam. 21,5 ὃν tap ond. Ecc.
1, 10. 2, 21. 7, 15. 8, 14. Prov. 13, 7. 18,
24. Hence comes in later Heb. the
phrase “Wx wW there are (were) who,
twice or thrice repeated, for some, others,
others, Neh. 5, 2. 3. 4 ΘΝ WR ws
there were who said, i. e. some said.
Also mst “ON ws there was that it was,
repeated for ‘it was (happened) some-
times,” i. gq. "2 “πη, Num. 9, 20. 21.
Onk. “33 τὸν. Ἢ With a note of
place added, Gen. 28, 16 Mim WI 28
min pipaa. 24, 33. Num. 13, 20. Judg.
4, 20. Job 6,6; or a people, etc. in or
from which one is, Deut. 22,17. 2 K.
2,16. Ezra 10, 44.

2. Put directly for the subst. verb to

430

5.

12"

be, i. q. as, it is; Judg. 6, 13 mim ey
ἪΘΣ and Jehovah is with us. Gen. 23,8 j
cating ws ox if it is in your mind, ὦ
ifit be your mind. For "33 ΝΡ ts see —
in δὲς I. 2. Also with a suffix, which —
then expresses the subject of the subst. —
verb; as 98 thou art Judg. 6, 36; ἘΞ
ye are Gen. 24, 49; ‘i283 he. (it) is Esth. —
3, 8. 1 Sam. 14, 39. 23, 23 ; with a note —
of place Deut. 99, 14. θα Ἢ parti-
cip. Judg. 1. c. Gen: 24,49 o> D202 ON
son if ye are dealing kindly, if ye “deal
kindly.

3. > ws there is to any one, he heel
genr. to have, i. q. > 7A, see in ny no. ;

+r) ἢ
8. bb. ὅϑ'υ7σ. aS "ἢ id—Ruth 1, 12 a
mipn "> ws there is to me hope, J have
hope. Gen. 44, 20 jpt a8 ssb-2s we have
a father. 43,7. 1 Chr. 29, 3. Job 25, 3.
Jer. 41,8; so i> ws αὐϑν τὸ all εὐπαίϑο-,
ever he had Gen. 39, 4. 5.8. 2K. 4,18.
ἜΡΓΟΝ 2 TS wn hast thou to speak
to the king ? So with the dative impl.
Job 33, 32 15 9. bx for 7152 5 2 DS
if thou rate words i.e. any thing to say.
Is. 43, 8. 2 Chr. 25, 9. Prov. 8, 21. A

Note 1. It appears from the exam-—
ples, that the subst. 8 corresponds, so
far as the common use of language is”
concerned, to the substantive verb 737,
viz. to those significations of it given in”
m3 no. 3; in such a way indeed as of
itself to mark no distinctian of number
or time, but more commonly implying
the present time. Thus in very many
examples it is put for is, plur. are, 2 K. —
2, 16. Ezra 10, 44. Ps. 58, 12. Ecce. 8.
14; also Preet. was, were, Gen. 39, 4.5.8.
Num. 9, 20.21. Neh. 5,2. 3.4; Fut. will
or shall be, Jer. 31,6. So too in con-
ditional οἰκοῦν after ox Gen. 23, 8.
1 Sam. 14, 39; ἢ» Num. 22, 29. Job
16, 4. 4
Nore 2. For tt xd there is not, which
is found in Arabic and Arameean con-

tracted into one word Coad ᾿ Rates 3
m->), the Hebrews employ 7°8, δὲν
the various uses of which correspond to ~
those of 84; see above, p.43. Strictly
therefore a form Ὁ 4°& is not admissi-—
ble ; yet it is found twice, by a pleonasm ~
of the subst. verb, 1 Sam. 21, 9. Ps. ἜΝ
17; see in Ἴ δ no, 2. b.

20"

si a" . fat. 383, conv. 3¢°; inf: abs.
_ sits 1 Sam. 20, 5, once 51 Jer. 42, 10;
constr. M3, ὁ. suff. "Mau; Imp. a,
maw; Part. fem. N38%" Nah. 3, 8, else-
where "28%", mau". For M38 Ps. 23,
_ 6, see Index. .
1. to sit down, to seat oneself ; kindr.
_ with 337 to set, to place; intrans. to be
_ set, placed. Aram. 3", ois id. The
_ Arab. verb wey has the signification to
_ sit, only in the Himyaritic dialect; see
_ the amusing story in Pococke Spec. Hist.
“Arab. p. 15 ed. White; but this sense

_is found in the common Arabic in the
3

9 -,
_ subst. wk, throne, couch, consessus.

—-— !

_ The verb is frequent in the sense to lie
‘in wait, to spring upon the prey, and
genr. in the sense of leaping, springing.
—Construed: absol. Gen. 27, 19. Prov.
23,1; with > of place Ps. 9,5. 110, 1. Is.
47,1. 1K. 2, 19; ο. dat. pleon. Gen, 21,
ΕἸ6 ‘mb 30m) ‘and sat doion for herself, by
A herself—Also to be seated, to sit, to be
‘sitting. with 3 Gen. 19, 1. 2 Sam. 7, 1;
ὃν 1K. B 35. 2 K. 13, 13. 1 Sam. 20,
94. Poet. with acc. of that on which
one sits, Ps. 80,2 5°392F 38° who sitteth
_ upon the cherubim, i. 6. upon a throne
“borne by the cherubim. 99, 1. Is. 37, 16.

Impl. to sit up, Is. 52, 2.

Spec. 20" 10 sit spoken: a) Of
_ judges who sit to dispense justice, Is.
28,6 wprian d2 avis who sitteth at judg-
ment, at the judicial table (comp. >3 35
q onin to sit at meat 1 Sam. 20, 24), ive.
asa judge. Joel 4, 12. Mal. 3,3. Hence
ΘΠ May the seat of violence, i. 6. of un-
just judgment, Am. θ, 38. b) Of kings
sitting either as judges Ps. 9, 5.-8; or
upon the throne, Germ. thronen, Ps. 61,
8. 55, 20. Is. 14, 13. Zech. 6, 13; comp.
Rey. 18, 7.. Hence in Is. 10, 13 nai"
are kings sitting upon thrones. Of God
as king and judge of the world, to sit
enthroned for ever, Ps. 29, 10. 102, 13.
6) Of those who sit in ambush, fo lie in
await, to luk, fully 398 70> 35 Job 38,
40; with dat. of pers. Judg. 16, 9. Jer. 3,
2; absol. Ps. 10, 8. 17, 12. So Ho;
see above ; comp. Gr. λόχος, λοχεύω, λο-
χίζω, from λέγω to sit down, Lat. insi-
diz. 4) Of mourners, who sit upon

. -

“-

491

212"

the ground Is. 3, 26. 47,1. Job 2, 13; or
solitary Lam. 1, 1. 3, 28; or who are
said simply to sit, Ps. 137, 1. Neh. 1, 4.
Deut. 21, 23. Hence of a widow. Gen.
38, 11. Is. 47,8. 6) Of those who sit
still, who are quiet, idle, opp. to those
who go out to war or to hunt, Jer. 8, 14.
Is. 30, 7, Gen. 25, 27 DXA Addi sitting
in tents i. e. remaining at home, occu-
pied in domestic affairs. So κάϑημαι
Valckn. ad Hdot. 2,86. f) Of an army
which sits down in a place, holds it, 1
Sam. 13, 16. Lat. ‘sedere contra aliq.’
5) 0D 35 10 sit with any one, to have
intercourse, to associate with him, Ps.
26, 4.5; comp. Ps. 1,1. Jer.15,17. h)

The phrase to sit at the king’s right
hand see in }"2" no. 1. bb. i) Further
at" is used also of things which else-
where are said to be set, put, placed,
comp. the primary idea above and also
Piel; and where other languages em-
ploy either verbs of standing, being laid,
(comp. 70", ",) or like the Heb. those
of sitting, dwelling. Comp. 217% site of
a city, 2 K.2,19; Chald. 3" to be situ-
ated, of a city, Targ. Is. 22, 1. Nah. 3, 1.
Eth. ZZ id. So of thrones as set,

placed, Ps. 122, 5 mixd> 130" Mav "D
vpn? for there are set thrones for judg-
ment, as the highest seat of justice. Ps.
125, 1 a Mount Zion, which cannot be
moved, 23" 21> but is set fast for ever.
Zech. 12, 6. 14, 10; comp. Jer. 30, 18.
Zech. 2,8. This last example can also
be referred to no. 4; to which also some
interpreters refer all these passages.
But the idea of inhabiting does not suit
the most of them ; while they all admit
and even require the signif. of being set,

placed. —flence inf. ΓΞ as eet. seat,

see in its order.

2. to remain, to abide, to tarry; since
those who continue in a place sit down.
2 Sam. 10,5 tarry (238) at Jericho until
your beards be grown. 1 Sam. 25, 13.
Gen. 24, 55. 29,19. Num. 35, 25. Judg.
6, 18. al. With ace. of place, as in no.
1; Ruth 2,7 099 man Ana her tarry-
ing in the house is little. With dat.
pleon. Gen. 22,5 nb 02> 13} abide ye
here.. With dat. of pers. Hos. 3, 3 ἌΘΩ
"Ὁ abide for me, i.e. remain true to me ;
also to stay for any one, to wait, Ex. 24,

au"

14; absol. id. Num. 22, 19.—Of things,
Gen. 49, 24 ‘imvip 103 stim his bow
abides in strength, remains strong.

3. to dwell, to dwell in, to inhabit, Gen.
13, 6. Ps. 133, 1. al. seep. With 2 of
plese, e. g. a land Gen. 13, 12. 45, 10.
Deut. 2, 10. 12. 20; a city Gen. ¥9, 29;
a house Deut. 19, ι ; with >> as M24N by
on or ina land Lev. 25, 18. 19. Jer. 23,
8. Ez. 28, 25; also with >& at, by, Ez.
3,153 b Judg. 5.17; 2 Gen. 27,44; τὰ
with Gen. 34,16; Ἐ “25> before ateach-
er, master, 1. 6. ith. 2K. 4,38. 6,1; ¢.
acc. as ΓΞ 3" Is. 44, 13. 42, 11. Poet.
Ps, 22,4 beri mibam sui inhabiting
(dwelling among) the ‘praises of Israel,
in the temple, where the praises of ie
rael resound before thee. But 35 ο.
acc. is also to dwell at, by, near a place,
to be neighbour, comp. "53, 3} ; 6. g.
in both senses Gen. 4, 20 naps brik au"
those dwelling in tents and by (with) the
flocks, i.e. nomades ; also Ez. 26, 17 fin.
ma her neighbours, i. 6. neighbour-
ing cities, nations. 170 dwell in the
house of God is to frequent his temple and
its worship Ps. 23, 6. 27, 4. 84,5; comp.
"13. Spoken often of God as dwelling
either in heaven Ps, 123, 4. 1 K. 8, 39.
43. 49; or the temple Ps. 9, 12, 2 Sam.
7, 6; so too of an idol Is. 44, 13; of
beasts Jer. 50,39; and also of things,
as the ark 1 Sam. 7, 2; justice Is. 32,
16.—Parr. 285" a dweller, inhabitant,
often as subst. as bowans "aui9 Jer. 1,
25; baa" 51, 12; PIN Ὁ 10, 18;
ben Is. 18, 3. Ps, 33, 8. Sing. often 2.
lect. = 50} inhabitante of Jerusalem
Is. 5, 3; γ awin 9,8; comp. 20, 6.
24, 17. Jer. 48, 43. al. Also in fem.
“maw? collect. for inhabitants Is. 12, 6.

Jer. 21, 18. 48, 19. Mic. 1, 11 ἐᾳ. See i in
M2 no. Π Ῥ. 167.
4. Poet. also pass. or intrans. to be in-
habited, to be habitable, i. q. Hoph. with
_which Kal often agreesin signif’ Comp.
b55 fut. 529". So too Gr. veiw, espec.
voustuw Od. 4.404. Spoken of cities Jer.
17, 25; regions Joel 4, 20 Judah shall

be inhabited for ever, opp. ‘to be deso- .

late’ v.19; Sept. κατοικηϑήσεται, Vulg.
-habitabitur. Zech. 7, 7. Often 22 8>
to be uninhabited, not habitable, in the
description of desolate cities and regions,
e.\g. Babylon Is. 13, 20 comp. parall. Jer.

452

30"

50, 40; also Jer. 49, 18. 33. 50, 13. 39
Of Tyre Ez. 29,11 no foot of man ΟἹ
beast shall pass through it, neither shal.
it be inhabited (atin 8d) forly years
comp. Jer. 2, 6 and parall. Ez»26, 20.
Of Askelon Zool’ 9,5; the δ. ἢ
Idumea Ez. 35, 9. of regions Jer. 17,6
also of single houges Job 15, 28, whe 2
Sept. οἴκους ἀοικήτους. In all these μὲ
sages the Sept. and Vulg. have the pass
κατοικεῖσϑαι, habitari ; while the Chald.
and Syr. mostly retain the active form
which in those languages, as in Heb
admits the passive or intransitive sensé
This signif. therefore stands firm, al
though denied by Hengstenberg, a
Zech. 12, 6. Christol. IL. p. 286.
ΝΊΡΗ. ΠΝ to be inhabited Ex. 16,
Jer. 6, 8. Ez. 12, 20. 26, 17 Dra ΓΞ =
inhabited trom the seas i. 6. frequente¢
by maritime nations. 38, 12.
Pret causat. of Kal no. 1. i, to set, to
place, to pitch tents Ez. 25, 4.
Hipn. 3"win, once c. suff. ὈΠΊΣΩ
Zech. 10, 6 for 5°7385F as in some Mss.
The writer prob. had in mind the simila
form ὉΠ ΣΉ ΘΓΙ from r. 398.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to sit,
to seat, to set, 1 Sam. 2,8. 1 K. 21, 9. 10
12. Job 36, 7.
2. οὐδε, of Kal no. 3, to cause
dwell or inhabit, Ps. 4, 9. 68, 7. 113, 8
with two ace. Ps. 113,9; 3 of place Ger
47,6. 2K. 17, 6. Hos. 12, 10; ὃ; He
11,11. Also to let dwell with oneself, ὁ
cohabit with, as a wife; hence i. q. t&
take to wife, to marry, Ezra 10, 2. 10. 14
17.18. Neh. 3,27. Comp. Eth. AM aL
id.

3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to b
inhabited, Ez. 36, 33. Is. 54, 3.

Horn. 1. to be made to dwell, Is.5,§

2. to be inhabited, Is. 44, 26.

Deriv. M34, πο, ΞΟ, avin, pr
n. M234, aa, =53 ats, nBpaeys
ἈΠῸ the tive fllowing.

᾿Ξ AW (sitting in the consessus
Josheb- bashshebeth, pr. n. of one of Da
vid’s chief officers, 2 Sam. 23, 8; in tk
parall. passage 1 Chr. 11, 11 beats.

ANI" (seat of one’s father) Jesi
beab, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 24, 13.

| maw: (praising, τ. M38) hbbah ἢ
n. 1 Chr. 4,17

30"

353 ‘5t> (nis seat is at Nob) Ishbo-

benob, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 21, 16 Cheth.
323 "20" (my seat is at Nob) Ish-

bi-benob, pr. ἢ. τὴ. 2 Sam. 21, 16 Keri.

DD "BW (τ. a9) Jashubi-lehem, pr.

BoM. xn. 1 Chr. 4, 22.

DYIW> (to whom the people turneth)

Jashobeam, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 11, 11. 27, 2.
P2W? (leaving, τ. p2td) Ishbak, pr. ἢ.

of a son of Abraham by Keturah, Gen.

25, 2.

᾿ ΡΞ" (for [HPS =H" seat in hard-

~ ness) Joshbekashah, pr. τι. τα. 1 Chr. 25,

4, 24,

"πὸ" not in use, pr. to stand, to
stand out, to stand upright, and hence to
be ; whence the noun © being and
mom ὦ setting upright, uprightness.
Corresponding are Sanscr. as to be,
Pers.: |. , Lat. esse; comp. Syr.
tof, Arab. 4" Comp. as to signifi-
cation }i> to stand, whence ylS to be.

Other traces of this root in erie are
᾿ς found in the pr. names τυ, πῶσ,

370? (he turneth, r. 33%) Jashub, pr.

-n. a) Ason of Issachar, Num. 26, 24.
Hence patronym. "307 Num. Ty. Gj ,-.D)
Ezra 10, 29.

M10" (even, level, τ. mi) Ishvah, pr.
n. of a son of Asher, Gen. 46, 17.

M2? (whom Jehovah bows down,
τ, ΠῚ 9.) Jeshohaiah, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 4, 36.

“IO (ig. mitin) Ishvi, pr.n. a) A
son of Asher, Gen. 46,17. Ὁ) A son
of Saul, Ἐ Sam. 14, 49.

YA" pr. n. Jeshua, contracted from
DOW ig. Sw Joshua q. Vv. common
in the later Hebrew; whence Gr. ’In-
᾿ σοῖς. ‘

1. Of men. a) Of Joshua the suc-
cessor of Moses, Neh. 8, 17. Ὁ) Of the
high priest of the same name, see Sin"
no. 2. Ezra 2, 2. 3, 2. Neh. 7, 7. ὁ) 1
Chr. 24,11. d) Three Lesites 2 Chr.
31, 15. Ezra 2, 40. 8, 33. Neh. 7, 43. 8,
ἢ. 9,4.5. 10, 10. 12, 8. 234. 6) Neh. 3,
19, comp. 7, 11. Ezra 2, 6.

2. Jeshua a city of Judah, Neh. 11, 26.

mpi f. (τ. 98) with πὶ parag. poet.
ΠΡΌΣ Ps. 3, 3. 80, 3. Jon. 2, 10.

37

433

“1

1. deliverance, safety, salvation in a
temporal sense, Is. 56, 1. 59, 11. Ps. 14,
7. al. Ps. 3,9 Myawr Hind to Jehovah
belongeth deliverance, it comes from
him. “mst5 x God my deliverer
Ps.§8,2. myatis> "2 m°n he is to me for
deliverance, is become my deliverer, Ex.
15, 2. 2 Sam. 10, 11. Ps. 118, 14.21. So
of deliverance from guilt Job 13, 16.—
Concr. a) a deliverer, Ps. 68, 20 >xn
NHS. 62, 3.7. Is. 33,2. Plur. Ps: 42,
12 and 43, 5 “rN IB MSs my deliv-
erer and my God ; so too doubtless 42, 6.
b) delivered, rescued, (comp. 273 Gen.
12, 2, and plur. miosis Ps. 21, 7,) Is. 26,
18 yay mys da roan we hace not made
the earth ‘delivered, i. e. we have not
delivered the earth, vig deliver-
ance in it.

2. help, aid, espec. from God, Ps. 9, 15.
13, 6. 20, 6. 21, 6; fully "2 myrws Ex.
14, 13. Is. 26, 1 brs nian ‘mts magn
his help will God set as walls and bul-
warks, i. e. God’s help will be to us
instead of walls, etc.—Hence, victory,
1 Sam. 14, 45. Is. 59, 17. Hab. 3, 8. Ps.
118, 15. Plur. victories, espec. those by
which a people are delivered from dan-
ger through the divine aid, Ps. 18, 51.
44,5. 74,12. Comp. the root Hiph.

5
no. 2. Arab.

3. welfare, prosperity, happiness, Is.
51, 6. 60, 18. Job 30, 15.

ἘΠῚ). obsol. root, Arab. transp.
Us to be empty, spoken of a desert

and desolate region, also of a hungry
stomach. Conj. 1V, to have an empty

a5 help, also victory.

stomach, to be hungry, Liss fasting.
Hence

Mw" m. emptiness, hunger, once Mic.

"

6, 14.
* OD" only Hips. vo wiNn, to stretch

rT

out, fo extend, c. acc. et > Esth. 4,11. 5,
2. 9, 4. Chald. owix, Syr. υλὰ οἴ id.

"> (perh. firm, strong, see r. mw) pr
n. Jesse, the father of king David, who as
being of humble birth was often called
by his enemies in contempt "877j3 the
son of Jesse, 1 Sam. 20, 27. 30. 31. 22, 7
8. 2 Sam. 20, 1. 1 K. 12, 16. (1 Sam. 16,
1sq.) The stem of Tease, poet. for the

"135

family of David, Is. 11,1; and the root
(sprout) of Jesse for the Messiah, id.
v.10. Sept. Jeooud.

mo) (whom Jehovah lendeth, r. 32)
Ishiah, Ishijah, pr. n. a) 1 Chr. 7,3.
b) Ezra 10,31. Also of several Lovites.

wnew (id.) Ishiah, Jesiah, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 12, 6.

moe f. (r. Ow7) ρίαν. Mit deso-

lations, ruins, destruction, Ps. 55, 16
Cheth. Comp. pr. n. mio g-n72 p.
130. r.

via m. a waste, desert, Is. 43, 19.
20. Ps. 68, 8. 78,40. 106, 14. al. R. oth.

DW m. (τ. ww) an old man, pr. one
grey-headed, only poetic, Job 12, 12.
15, 10. 29, 8. 32,6. In the kindr. dia-

= v

lects the corresponding word is beim.
Bis ok.
UsAw5, the letter ἢ being changed to

a rough palatal, see under lett. >.

"WW" (son of an old man) Jeshishai,
pr.n.m. 1 Chr. 5, 14. ΒΕ. Ow.

*DW" ji. gq. pew to be laid waste,
made desolate ; hence fut. o&m Gen. 47,
19. Ez. 12,19. 19,7. But this form can
be derived from Ὁ ὦ itself, as 5155 from
b4p, see Heb. Gramm. § 66. n. 1. 3.
Plur. mad" Ez. 6, 6.

Deriv. mas, pian", pr. ἢ. ji,
and

Now? (waste, desolation) Ishma, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 3.

2822? (whom God heareth, τ. 22%)
Ishmael, pr.n. a) The sonof Abraham
by Hagar, the ancestor of many Arabian
tribes, Gen. 25,12-18. Hence patronym.
“sxsw 1 Chr. 2, 17. 28, 3, plur. o°-,
Ishmaelites, Arabs descended from Ish-
mael; they are spoken of as carrying on
a traffic with Egypt, Gen. 37, 25. 27: 39,
1; and living a wandering life as noma-
des at the eastward of the Hebrews and
of Egypt as far as to the Persian gulf and
Assyria, i. e. Babylonia, Gen. 25, 18;
which same limits are elsewhere (1
Sam. 15, 7) assigned to the Amalek-
ites. Judg. 8, 24 comp. v. 22. Ps. 83, 7.
b) The murderer of Gedaliah, Jer. 40,
8.14 sq. 41, 3 5ᾳ. c) Of several other

ABA,

ἊΝ

persons, 1 Chr. 8, 38, 2 Chr. 23, 1. are’
10, 22.

2220" (whom Jehovah heareth, 4
sau) ‘Ishmaiah, pr. ἢ. τῇ. 1 Chr. 12, 4.

ἜΠΟΣ (id.) Ishmaiah, pr. ἢ. m.
1 Chr. 27, 19.

"720" (for n2y7204, whom Jehovah
keepeth, r. 120) Ishmerai, pr. n. m. Ὁ
1 Chr. 8, 18.

ew. 1 pers. "M702 Job 3,13; fut.
jo, plur. 3209 Prov. 4, 16; inf. γ15
Ecc. 5, 11; pr. to be langrusd weary.
Hence
1. Of persons, to fall asleep, Gen.2,21
41,5. Ps. 4,9. Also to sleep, 1 K. 19, 5.
Prov. 4, 16. Ecc. 5, 11 ; of beasts Ez. 34
25.—Arab. Gps to begin to sleep, to
slumber, Kw beginning of sleep. Vice .
versa, the Arabs use the verb pls of
sleep itself, while the Hebrews denote
by it only slumber, see =52.—Coupled
with 042 in the phrase jW7 N>3 Β525 Nd
to neither slumber nor sleep, spoken of
an active soldier Is. 5,27; of a sleepless
guardian Ps. 121, 4.—To sleep is also
spoken poetically: a) Of the listless,
those who do nothing, whence ἀνϑρωπο-
μύρφως of God, Ps. 44, 24 why sleepest
thou, Jehovah? 78,65. Ὁ) Of the dead,
Job 3,13; more fully c. ace, D213 MIB 79
Jer. 51, 39. 57, and mit 7 Ps. 13, 4.
2. Of things, to be flaccid, flabby, dry ;
hence to be old, not new, comp. 533,

mba2. So adj. jw, and
‘Niu. 52 1. to be dry, spoken of old

grain of a former year, opp. to new or
of this year, Lev. 26, 10. .

2. to be old, i. e. of leprosy, to be inve-
terate, Lev. 13, 11; of a person who has
dwelt long in a country, Deut. 4, 25.

Pie causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to
sleep, Judg. 16, 19.

Deriv. πρῶ; my, and the three here
following.

1 adj. fem. nye, dry, i. 6. old, not
new, spoken of grain of a former year
Lev. 25, 22. Cant. 7,14; of an old or
former gate Neh. 3, 6. 12 39; of an old
pool Is. 22, 11. See Ὁ. 195 no. 2.

70" adj. fem. m0", plur. constr. "20"
Dan. 12, 2.

ow

1. Part. and verbal adj. sleeping,
asleep, 1 Sam. 26,7. Ps. 78, 65. Cant. 7,
10 thy palate (i. e. its moisture) ts like
sweel wine flowing straight to my belov-
ed, 079159 "MDW A215 gently stealing over
the lips ‘of the ‘sleepers, i. e. those sleeping
together. The Arabian poets often thus
refer to the moisture of kisses, see Hug
ad Cant. p. 49. Doepke ad Cant. 4, 11.
p. 142. Trop. of death Dan. 12, 2.—In
the manner of participles it serves to
form a periphrasis for the finite verb,
1 K. 3,20 A289 ANN thy handmaid was
sleeping, { i. 6. slept. Cant. 5, 2.

2. Jashen, pr. n. τὰ. 2 Sam. 23, 22; for
which 1 Chr. 11, 34 pwn.

mw" (old) Jeshanah, pr. n. of a city
in Ephraim or Samaria 2 Chr. 13, 19;
see Jos. Ant. 8. 11. 3. ib. 14. 15. 12.

* pa" ; a.
~_ in Kal not used, Arab. ous to

be broad, ample, spacious ; trop. to be
rich, opulent; kindr. with 35%. See
Jauhari in A. Schultens Orig. Heb. T.I.
p- 20. To the Hebrews broad space,
wide room, is the emblem of liberty, de-
liverance from dangers and straits, comp.
am, M9; as on the other hand narrow-
ness of space, straits, is put for difficulty,
distress, danger, comp. "3%, 79%. Hence

Ηιρη. 3°Win ; fut. 9815, rarely with
m retained ΣΟ 1 Sam. 17, 47. Ps.
116,6, apoc. Suir, swim, ΣῸΞῚ Job 5, 15,
once 6. suff. 533" Is. 35, 4.

1. to deliver, to save, Sept. σώζω, with
acc. of pers. Ps. 3,8 "2>°Win 7" Msp.
Is. 38, 20. Jer. 17, 14. al. So a city

1 Sam. 23, 2. Is. 37, 35. Often with 52°

of pers. from whom, Ps. 7,2. 22, 22. 109,
31; also 199 Ex. 14,30. 2K.19,9; D2
2K. 16, 7; also 12 of thing, as 33%
Job 5, 15, dr. 2 Sam. 22, 3, etc. Rare-
ly with 3 or 772 of pers. or thing by or
through whom, 2 K. 14, 27. Hos. 1, 7.
The acc. being omitted: Is. 59, 1. Ps,
118, 25 xemns win save now! whence
Gr. ewoavve.—Parr. >i a deliverer,
saviour, Sept. σωτήρ, Judge. 3, 9. 15.
1 Sam. 10, 19. Is. 19, 20; of God as de-
livering, saving his people Is. 43,11. 45,
15. 21. ἃ]. Θ΄ 7x1 and there is no
deliverer, no hope of safety, Deut. 22, 27.
2 Sam. 22,42. Often coupled with "25
in a like signif. Ps. 6,5. Jer. 15, 20. al.

439

5"

2. to help, to aid, to succour, Sept.
βοηϑέω, with acc. of pers. Ex. 2, 17.
2 Sam. 2,19; c. dat. Josh. 10,6. 2Sam —
10,11. Absol. 2 Sam. 14,4 9245 n> win
help, O king ! 2 K. 6, 26. Often of God
as affording help, aid, c. acc. Ps. 12, 2.
28, 9. 76, 10, though these examples can
also be referred to no. 1; c. dat. Ps.72, 4.
86, 16. 116,6. Prov. 20, 22; of idols
Judg. 10,14. Jer. 11,12. Hence, as help
from God brings victory, i. q. to give vic-
tory. to let triumph, Deut. 20, 4. Josh.
22, 22. 2 Sam. 8, 6, 14. 1 Chr. 11, 14
nbing mp 3 Sein and Jehovah gave
them a great victory, by which they
were delivered from their enemies.—A
customary phrase is "72 "> ΠΡ ΗΓ or
sar Ὁ ΠΣ ΓΙ, my own hand or arm
hath helped me, i.e. by my own might,
my own valour, have I gotten the vic-
tory, sc. without the help of another,
Judg. 7, 2. Job 40,9 [14]; of God Ps.
44, 4. 98, 1. Is. 59, 16. 63,5. But ina
different construction and sense, 1 Sam.
25,26 4> τὸ Vwin Lo help thyself with
thine own hand, i.e. to avenge thyself
privately. v. 33. Here 10 and "75 v.
33 is the accus. of instrument, which is
elsewhere coupled with this verb, Ps. 60,
7. 108, 7, comp. 17,13; for which see
Heb. Gram. § 135. 1. n. 3.

Nipu. 3813 1. to be delivered, saved,
Ps. 80, 4. Is. 30,15. Jer. 4,14. Zech.
9,9; with 2 of pers. Ps. 18,4. Num.
10, 9; 12 of thing Jer. 30, 7.

2. to be helped, succoured from God ;
and hence, to gain the victory, to triumph,
Ps. 33, 16 where the parall. member has"
ΧΡ, showing that the primary force of
ΣΦ is every where preserved. Deut. 33,
29. Is. 45, 17.

Deriv. the four here following, also
mpaws, mivdia, the pr. names 1072,
φῶτ, Mswin, Doin, Sw, sn,
Sut,

9D? and JW? m, in pause 24, c. suff.
ΘΝ, FH Ps. 18, 36, once 725" a 85, 8.

1. broad place, wile room, freodint,
iq. 272, opp. to straits, see the root.
Ps. 12, 6 sun MMR Twill set him ina
wide place, at liberty, i.e. I will deliver
him; comp. 18, 2.—Hence

2, deliverance, help ; with acc. of the
kindr. verb, Hab. 3,13 Aa-ny ye

yD"

for the deliverance of thine anointed.
_ So wot “Ax my rock of deliverance,
through which I am secure from danger,
2 Sam. 22,47. Ps. 95,1; "3" jp id. Ps.
18,3; ast MTN God of my deliverance,
1.8; God my deliverer, my helper, Ps.
18, 47. 25,5. 27,9. Mic. 7,7. Coner.
“ot my delideren helper, Ps. 27, 1.

3. safety, welfare, prosperity, Job 5, 4.
11. Ps. 132, 16. Is. 61,10; comp. 2 Chr.
6, 41.

“i? (saving, salutary, τ. 5%") Ishi,

>

436

pr.n.m. a) 1Chr. 2, 31. b) 5, 34."
c) 4, 20.

ΓΙ (id.) Jesaiah, pr.n.m. a) 1
Chr. 3, 21. b) Ezra 8, 7. c) v.19.
d) Neh. 11, 7.

"729 (help of Jehovah, r. >t)
Isaiah, Sept. “Hovius, Vulg. Isaias, pr.n.
a) The celebrated prophet who lived and
had great influence under the reigns of
Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah ;
see Is. 1,1. 6, 1 sq. 7, 1 5ᾳ. 20, 1 sq.
22,15 sq. c. 36-39. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 25, 3. 15.
c) 26, 25.

τ po" obsol. root, kindr. with Maw to

—T

smooth, to polish, and ΠΕΣ, so: to
shine. Hence

MEW" (in some Mss. Mp4) Ex. 28,
20. 39, 13. Ez. 28, 13, jasper. a precious
stone or gem of various colour, but

mostly green. Arab. δ, Uda,

pin; ring «
MEW" (perh. bald, r. MBw) Ishpah, pr.
n. 1 Chr. 8, 16.

jeu? (id.) Ishpan, pr.n.m.1 Chr. 8, 22.

=D" fat. mains, plur. 3 pers. [ΡΝ
1 Sam. 6, 12.

1. to be even, level, [which seems to
be the primary idea of this verb and its
derivatives.—T.] Arab. 3 facilis,
lenis, prosper fuit.—Metaph. ofan even
mind, tranquil, composed, (comp. πη
Is. 38, 13.) opp. to inflated, proud. Hab.
2,4 jn ἼΘΕΣ Mawe-Nd ΠΡῸΣ nin lo elated,
not tranquil is his soul within him.
Hence “* no. 2, “W770, πῶ.

2. to be straight, right, espec. of a way,
kindr. with "WX, and also "WD, WW .—
1 Sam. 6,12 533 Mises HMw pr. and
the kine were straight in the way, i.e.

"0"

took the straight way; for the grammat.
form, see Heb. Gramm. § 47. n.3. Me-
taph. only i in the phrase "2°32 "10" ἐξ is
right in my eyes, i. e. ‘is pleasing to me, |
I approve it, Num. 23, 27. Judg. 14, 3.
1 Sam. 18, 90. 1K. 9, 12. Jer. 18 4:

Piet 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make
even, to level, to make plain, 6. g. ways
Is. 40, 3. 45,13; with > for any one. So
God is said to make plain the ways of
any one, i.e. to give him success, pros-
perity, Prov. 3, 6. 11, 5, opp. 885.

2. to make straight one’s way, Prov.
9,15 who make straight their ways i. e.
who go straight forwards, the upright.
m2>> “un pr. to make straight to go,
i.e. to go straight forwards, to walk up-
rightly, Prov. 15, 21. Hence to direct,
to lead, e. g. an aqueduct 2 Chr. 32, 30;
poet. the thunder Job 37, 3.

3. to esteem as right, to approve, Ps.
119, 128.

Puat pass. of Pi. no. 1. Part. amt
ἜΘ flattened gold, i.e. drawn out into
plates, fitted, 1 K. 6, 35.

Hipx. "03, also "Win Ps. 5, 9 and’
Is. 45, 2 Cheth.

1. to make even or level, to level, 6. σ΄.
a way Ps. 5, 9, uneven places Is. 45, 2
Cheth.

2. to make straight one’s way ; ellipt.
Prov. 4, 25 let thine eye-lds 73332 3770"
make straight (their way) before thee, .
i. e. look straight before thee.

Deriv. i072, “O79, ; Pr. ἢ. vine, and
the six here fllowinge

“VW? adj. fem. πῶ. 1. even, level,
plain, of a way Jer. 31,9; hence 773
mw a plain way, not difficult j i. δὲ pros-
perous Ezra8,21. Trop. 23> "12 plain-
minded, i. e. prompt, ready to do, 6. inf.
et > 2 Chr. 29, 34. Comp. Arab.
facilis obsequiosus fuit. Conj. ITI, faci-
lem se prebuit alicui.

2. straight, right, Ez. 1, 7. 23. Job
33, 27 ἜΣΤΙ ΩΣ I have made crooked
the straight, i. e. have acted perversely.
Mic. 3,9. So espec. of a way 1 Sam.
12, 23. Is. 26, 7. Jer. 31, 9. Ps. 107, 7.—
Metaph. a) "3°23 "0" right in my eyes,
i.e. pleasing to me, what I approve.
Judg. 17,6 every one did "3°32 “OST
what was right in his own eyes, what he —
pleased. Josh. 9, 25. Deut. 12, 28 "Wsr

δ"

Mint "2°23 i. e. what God approves. 1K.
11, 33. 38. 2 K. 10, 30. al. 2 Sam. 19, 7.
Rarely with 7285 Prov. 14, 12. 16, 25.
b) upright, righteous, just ; so of God,
Deut. 32, 4. Ps. 25, 8. 92, 16; of God’s
Sndgments Ps. 119, 37. Neh. 9, 13; of the
divine word Ps. 19, 9. 33,4. Of men,
a hate 29, 6. Job 1,1. 8. 23,7. Ps. 11,

; often in plur. Th the upright, the
as alk Job 4, 7. Ps. 49, 15. 111, 1.
Prov. 2, 21. al. sep. More fully 53 ἼΔΩ}
Ps. 7,11. 94,15; omiaza Ὁ Ps. 125,
4; alee 773 ΜΝ Prov. 49, 27, ἘΠῚ “04
Ps. 37,14. So ofa way of life, conduct,
Prov. 20, 11. 21,8. Subst. "0s upright-
Ness, integrity, Ps, 37, 37. 111, 8.—Hence
"FI "HD the book of the upright, (Vulg.
liber justorum, Engl. Vers. the book of
Jasher,) a collection or anthology of an-
cient Heb. poems, twice quoted in the
O. T. Josh. 10, 13. 2 Sam. 1, 18; so
called as celebrating the praises of up-
right men, or perhaps for some other
cause; since the Orientals often derive
the titles of their books from words or
things having little connection with
the argument. See various conjectures
in Wolf Bibl. Hebr. IT. 219.

“0” (uprightness) Jesher, pr. n. m.
i Chr. 2, 18.

"WW" m. (τ. 1") 1. evenness, smooth-
ness, rightness, of a way Prov. 2,13. 4,11.

2. Trop. a) equity, right, duty, what
is right and proper ; Prov. 11, 24 who ts
more frugal “u'2 than is meet. With
suff. 15 what is right for him to do,
his duty, Job 33,,23. Prov. 14,2. Also
what it is right to speak, right, upright-
ness, sincerity, Job 6, 25. Adv. rightly,
Ecc. 12, 10 ΤῸΝ “35 WW sna" and
the tnards of truth are rightly written,
i. e. consigned to this book, as is right.
b) Of persons, wprightness, integrity. 1
K.9, 4. Ps. 25, 21. “ws b> because of
= gues Prov. 17, 26. Often with

2, 22>, Deut. 9,5. Ps. 119, 7. Job 33, 3.

nbytds (right towards God, τ. "¥%")
β Jesharelah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25, 14. ’
TID or TIO f(r. “ws) constr.
niu", uprightiness, integrity, 1 K. 3, 6.
15 m. Jeshurun, a poetical name
for the people of Israel, apparently ex-

pressive of affection and tenderness, and
a *

*
ABT

to the wall, etc.

om"

occurring four times, Deut. 32, 15. 33, 5
26. Is. 44, 2.. The origin is doubtful ;

but prob. }'78" is a diminutive (of the
form 4°33, pr) from "13" i. ᾳ. WW
(comp. οὐδ and Ἐ5Ὁ) q. d. rectulus, . jus-
tulus, ‘the good little people ; Aqu.
Symm. εὐθύς, Vulg. rectissimus et dilec-
tus.—Others, as Grotius, whom I for-
merly followed, make it a diminutive
from the name 5X7 itself, for jF>N727 ;

but a contraction of this sort is without
analogy.

Ν ww obsol. root, kindr. δ), to be
white, hoary ; hence to be grey-headed,
aged ; comp. MA".

Deriv. BW", pr. n. "Ww", and

UW" m. an old man, pr. one grey-
leaded, 2 Chr. 36, 17.

ΓΙᾺ Chald. i. q. Hebr. mx, a sign of

. the accusative, c. suff. jim" them Dan.

3, 12.

* St)? Chald. i. q. Heb. sv 1. to si
down, to sit, Dan. 7, 9. 10. 26.

2. to dwell, Ezra 4, 17.

Apu. anim to cause to dwell, Ezra 4,10.

Ἢ 7m” obsol. root, Arab. c\3q to drive
in firmly, to fix fast, e. g. a pin or stake
in the ground; comp. db, . Hence

“TE? constr. 107, plur. Mitm, constr.
niin; mase. Ez. 15, 3; fem. is, 22, 25.
Deut. 23, 14.

1. a peg, pin, nail, as driven into the
wall, Ez. 15,3.1s. lc. Spec. a tent-pin.
stake, driven into the earth to fasten the
tent, Ex. 27,19. Judg. 4, 21. 22. Is. 33,
20. Judg. 16, 14 ΔΝ πὶ 3M" the pin of the
web or braid, with which it was fastened
Hence, to drive a peg,
to fasten a nail, sc. in the wall, is to the
Hebrews an image signifying to render
firm, stable, Is. 22, 23; for which also
simpl. tm" Ezra 9, 8, comp. 775 v. 9.
The Arabs have also the same figure,
see Vit. Timuri, I. p. 134, 228. ed. Mang.
—Further, @ nail, peg, is put metaph.
for a prince, on whom the care and wel-
fare of the state depends, Zech. 10, 4;
where the same person is also called
35 corner stone, on whom the state is
founded.

2. alittle spade, apatle, paddle, Deut.
23, 14.

Ἢ"
Bin? m. (τ. 07) an orphan, Ex. 22,
23. Job 6,27. 31, 17. al. Also of one
whose father only is dead, a father-
less child, Job 24, 9. With genit. Ps.
109, 12; so of a people Is. 9,16. Jer.
49,11. Hence the stranger, the orphan,
and the widow are named together as
forlorn and needing help from others,
Deut. 14, 29. 16, 11.14. 24, 19. 20. 21.
26, 12. 13; so the widow and orphan
Ex. 22, 21.

VAN? m. (τ. 4A, after the form 54>)
a searching out, search, and meton. that

sought out, what is found by search,
Job 39, 8.

» mn a ας root, Arab. 35; to beat

with a club, χάξ aclub. Hence minim
club, q. v.

Wr)? (pre-eminent, τ. "M7) Jattir, pr.
n. of a city in the mountains of Judah,

assigned to the priests, Josh. 15, 48, 21,
14. 1 Sam. 30, 27. 1 Chr. 6, 42.—Perh.

the mod. A *Attir; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 194, 625.

ὝΣ Chald. (τ. 5) 1. Adj. ezcel-
lent, pre-eminent, Dan. 2, 31. 5, 12. 14.

2. Adv. fem. πη", very, exceedingly,
Dan. 3, 22. 7, 7. 19.

‘ mon (hanging, high, τ. 52m) Jithlah,
pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Dan,
Josh. 19, 42.

τ om obsol. root, Arab. nay and es
to be lonely, bereaved. This signif. of
loneliness seems to come from the idea
of silence, so that this verb has affinity
with 528, D253, comp. in D> no. 3.
Hence Dim" an orphan.—The form ΘΝ

Ps. 19, 14 is from Dam.

ΓΘ (orphanage, r. >) Ithmah, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 46.

" mo obsol. root, i. q. Arab. urs to

τ

be perennial, to flow constantly, of water ;
8

III, to be assiduous, constant ; up Ις any

. thing perennial, permanent; kindr. perh.

=e
8 Ty! to stand. The primary idea
seems to be that of extending, comp.
be .—Deriv. Ἰὰς.

A38 π᾿ νὴ

ἘΣ λα (whom God bestows, r. nm) .
Jathniel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 26, 2. |

rela (bestowed. τ. 532m) Ithnan, pr. ne
of a city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15,
23.

τ “nm” in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to hang
out over, to be redundant, see Δ no. 1,
and "nm". Hence

2. to be abundant, to be more than
enough, see Hiph. no. 1, "m3 no. 2; also
to have over and above, to gain, πλεο-
γεκτέω, see FIM, AM no. 1.

3. to be over and above, to be left, to
remain ; see Hiph. no. 2, Niph. no. 1,
Sry" no. 3, AN.

4. to εὐοδοῖ bounds ; and hence to be
very great, excellent, pre-eminent ; see
Niph. no. 3.

Part. "ni", MIM", see in their order,
p- 392. |

Hew. “nin, fut, "95, "Mi, in pause
anit, conv. =m.

1. to cause to abound, to make abun-
dant, sc. a person in any thing, constr.
with acc. of pers. and 3 of thing, Deut.
28, 11. 30, 9.

2. to let ‘remain, to leave, with ace. of
thing Ex. 10, 15. 16, 19. 20. Ruth 2, 18.
Ez. 12,16; and 5 of pers. added Is. 1, 9.
Jer. 44,7. Absol. in the phrase ‘to eat
or drink, and leave,’ sc. when satisfied,
Ruth 2, 14. 2 K. 4, 43. 44; also Ex. 36,
7. Ez. 6, 8.—Ps. 79, 11 ΠΣ "32 ANIA
let remain the sons of death, i ive. preserve
those appointed to die.

3. Intrans. to be more than others, to
excel; Gen. 49,4 “τ ὃς thou shalt not
excel, i. 6. shalt not. be pre-eminent
among thy brethren according to thy
birthright.—But "mim may also be Hoph.
for "msm, as Sin from 339, δι for

man Pris 11, 25.

Nipu. “ni2 1. to remain, to be left
remaining, Gen. 44, 20. Neh. 6,1; e. g.
after a slaughter or destruction of others
Num. 26, 65. Josh. 11, 11. 1 K. 17,17.
Is. 1, 8. 30, 17. al. sep. so of things Ex.
10, 15; with dat. of pers. added 1 Sam.
25, 34.. With "IM after 1 K. 9,21; ja

of, out of any number, quantity, etc. 2 ἢ

Sam. 13, 30. Zech. 14, 16. Lev. 14,29; —
Ξ in or of any thing Lev. 8, 32. 14,18;
also with 3 ina like sense 2 Sam. ‘17, 12. j
—Part. ania, f. myMi2, that which is left, |

/

a | Ws

the rest, remainder, remnant, Gen. 30,
36. Ex. 28, 10. 29, 34. Lev. 2, 3. 10. al.
sep.

2. to. remain, to be left, sc. after the.

departure of others. Gen. 32, 25 and
Jacob ("m3") was left alone. So also
many intpp. Dan. 10, 13 DY “HAM "28
and I remained there with the king of
Persia ; but the context favours ἃ refer-
ence to no. 3.

3. to be more than others, to excel ;
hence fo get the_victory, to be victorious.
Dan. 10, 13 "2a "χὰ DY "AND UNI
ὉΠ and I there obtained the victory with
the ‘kings of Persia. Comp. Hiph. no. 3.
Syr. Ethpa. prestans, excellens fuit.

Deriy, 997, PAHs, VHD, Wis, WN,
and those here following:

I)? m. c. suff. ian? 1. a cord, rope,
pr. something hanging over, redundant,
see the root "M2 no. 1. Judg. 16, 7. 8.

9. So Arab. τς id. string of a bow, of

a lute, ete.—Spec. a) Of the cords by
which a tent is fastened to the pins or
stakes ; metaph. Job 4, 21 ba DIM 59)
their cord in them is torn away, their tent
is thrown down, i.e. they die; comp. the
figure of a tent in v.19, also Is. 38, 12.
Ὁ) The string of a bow, Ps.11,2. c) Of
a cord used as a rein or halter ; Job 30,
11 Cheth. Mm Imm" he letteth loose (lets
go) his rein, or collect. they let loose
their rein, i.e. are unbridled, impudent.
Keri "πὴ they loosen my rein, i. e. the
rein which I have put upon them, the
reverence due to me.

2. abundance, Ps. 17, 14; comp. Ex.
23, 11. “m1 >> abundantly, enough and
more, Ps. 31,24. Adv. "nt, abundant-
ly, paveddingly, Is. 56, 12. Dan. 8, 9.

3. remainder, esidiss, the rest. "ty

Caph, the eleventh letter of the He-
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting
20. The name 42 signifies the hollow
of the hand, palm, to which the ancient
figure of this letter prob. bore a resem-
blance

439

non the rest of the people Judg. 7, 6..
2 Sam, 10, 10; Ὁ "723 “mM the rest of
the. acts of limon 1K. 11, 41. 14,19.

al. sep. Spec. what is left after de-
struction, the remnant, residue, Deut. 3,
11. Josh. 12, 4. 13, 12. Job 22, 20.—But
Joel 1,4 ΠΕΣ SMI that which the lo-
cust hath left, his leavings. Ez. 23, 11.

4, Spoken of what exceeds ἘΝ ΟΥ̓
measure; hence a) excellence, pre-
eminence, Prov. 17, 7. Coner. Gen. 49, 3.
Ὁ) Adv. more than, besides, i. q. "77 no.
2.c. Num. 31, 32.

5. Jether, pr. ἢ. m. a) The father-
in-law of Moses, elsewhere i707, Ex, 4,
18. b) Judg. 8,20. c) 1 Chr. 2, 32.
d) 4,17. e) 7, 38, for which 737" v. 37.
f) 1K. 2, 5, Sig ‘whieh nary) 2 Sam. 17,
26. —-Patronymi. want 2 Sam. 23, 38.

NW? see sm no. 5. f.

min? f. ig. "M3 no. 2, abundance,
wealth, riches, Is. 15, γ. Ὧν. 48, 36.

IAM? (i. q. yin) Jethro, pr. n. of the
father-in-law of Moses, Ex. 3, 1. 4, 18.
Comp. "1 no. 5, a, and 23m.

JINN? m. (τ. 27) a word of the later
Hebrew.

1. excellence, pre-eminence, Ecce. 2, 13.
7, 12 10, 10.

2. gain, profit, emolument, what one
has over and above, Kce. 1, 3. 2,11. 3,9.
5, 8.15. Syr. [a5 2e4 gain.

TU? see M7 no. 5. e.

ὩΣ (residue of the people, r. Δ")
Ithream, pr. τι. τα. 2 Sam. 3, 5. 1 Chr. 3, 3.

mam see nani.

Mr)? (for mim pin, nail, r. 3071, so
Simonis) Jetheth, pr. τι. of an Edomitish
chief, Gen. 36, 40.

It is a palatal of a middle character
as to roughness, and is therefore inter-
changed: a) With the softer 4, see p.
169; “and even with ", as "0" εὐ "2,

comp. also 87H" and ae senex. δ)

i

With the harder palatal P, see 723 and
P75 327 and pe; j2h and 1h “23
and "22; and others almost innumerable
in the kindred dialects; see Schult. Clav.
Dialectorum p. 295. Scheid ad Cant.
Hiskie p. 196. 0) Less freq. it passes
over into the stronger gutturals ΠῚ ας

So 9.909 τ᾿.
and 5 ὁ, as 12h, dle, US, a mole;

"33 and “ian yn> Chaboras; ὙΠ,

0) =) 80,
Uae, ‘cheese; “752, » ht, yet, young
lion ; ane and "M2 to surround,

2; before monosyllables and bary-

tones often 2 (Lehrg. § 151, 1), c. suff.
D322, 02,05; with the other persons
it takes the form 2, 02, q. v.

A) Adv. of quality, abridged from 42,
as ἫΝ for j38, and the like ; see Heb.
Gramm. ὃ 100. ᾿

1. Pr. demonstr. thus, so, in this man-
ner, Gr. wc. Hence repeated, 3—2, as
—so, where two things are compared.
Lev. 7,7 DWND PNRLMD as the sin-offer-
ing so the trespass-offering. Num. 15, 15.
Hos. 4, 9. 1K. 22, 4. Is. 1,8. Some-
times (though rarely) inverted, so—as ;
Gr. oc—we. Gen. 44, 18 ΠΣ Ξ9 Π7Ὼ9
so thou, as Pharaoh. Ps. 139, 12.—
According to the various modes of com-
parison, this particle may also be va-
riously rendered, e. g. as well—as, Lev.
24, 16 all the congregation shall stone
him, WIRD 732 as well the stranger
as the native. Deut. 1,17. Ez. 18, 4.
Also how great, so great ; quantus, tan-
tus; qualis, talis; ὅσος, τόσος ; οἷος,
τοῖος ; so Josh. 14, 11 "M234 1 "MSD
mm> how great my strength then, 80
great my strength now, or in Engl.
shorter, as—so. 1 Sam. 30, 24.—More
fully, j2—2 Ps. 127, 4. Joel 2,4; also
35-- Josh. 14,11. 1 Sam. 30, 24, Dan.
11, 29. Ez. 18, 4.

9. Relat. δι what way, how, after the
verb 379 (as elsewhere 7"8 Ruth 3, 18),
Kee. 11, 5 as thou knowest not what will
be the way of the wind, j233 ὉΛΏΧ 59)"
mba nor how the bones grow in the
teeming womb, so, etc.

3. Indef. in some way, in some mea-
sure; hence, where numbers or mea-

sures of space and time are expressed _

without strict exactness. about, nearly,

2

Gr. ὡς (ὡς πεντήκοντα), ὡσεί, ὅσον. 1K.

22,6 O° mine SAIND about four hun-
dred men. Ex. 12, 37. Ruth 2, 17 MED
psy about an ephab of barley. Num.
11, 31 it 212 about a day’s journey.
Ruth 1, 4 Ὁ ἢ ΩΣ about ten years
Gen. 38, 24. Josh. 3, 4. al. seep. With 3
rarely; Sam. 14, 14. —Also of a point
of time not exactly. defined. Ex. 11,4

ΓΡΆΞΓΙ ὨΝΤῚΞ about midnight. 9, 18 —
sn about this time to-morrow. Dan. 9,
21 33 ΠΡ; ne about the time of the
evening sacrifice. In all these exam-
ples, > may be taken adverbially, as is —
here done; and the subst. is then in the
accusative of time when. But see in B.
no. 3.

B) Prep. 1. as, like, as if, denoting
resemblance of any kind, 1 Sam. 25, 86
227 Owed ina nti. Gen. 9, 3,
29, 20. Ps. 1 8. Job 32, 19. Gen. 25, 25,
So of the torn, appearance, Cant. 6, 6
thy teeth are bmn 7139 like a flock of 4
sheep. Judg. 8, 18. ‘Job “41, 10. Of mag- -

nitude, Josh. 10, 2 for Gibeon was ὦ

great city, nabay "79 MAND like one of —
the royal cities, i.e. as great as one of
them. Of number, Gen. 22, 17 733552
p2ui. 13,16 "B22. Also of time, Job ἰ
10, 5. Ps. 89, 37 Uews ἼΝΌΞ his throne
shall endure like the sun, i. e. as long
as the sun shall shine, comp. 72, 17.
Of lot, fortune, comp. 3 73H to be as, like,
to experience the same as, etc. p. 250,
col, 1. δ; also 9 jM2 see in jm}. Often so
that the ‘tertium comparationis’ is sub-
joined, as Job 34,7 who is like Job, who
drinketh in iniquity like water? Gen. 3,
5.—Spec. to be noted are the following
idioms: a) A subst. preceded by 3
often denotes something like itself, a
person or thing similar to that which the
noun denotes. Dan. 10, 18 DIX MX 29
(an appearance) like the appearance of
aman, (something) like the human form. ἡ
Deut. 4, 32 whether there hath been
min bits "20> any thing like this
great thing ? Gen. 41, 38 MID Reo
wx can we find a man like this man?
i.e. such a man. Hence 32 ΡΝ,
may often be rendered such, Judg. 13,

23. Is. 66,8 HENDON PND soy
who hath heard such a thing ? who ,

hath seen such things? Job 16,2; also
PND (what) is like this, i.e. the same .

a 4A1 2

in like manner, Judg. 8, 8. 2 Chr. 31, 20.
ΓΞ} ΠῚ thus and thus, so and so, Fudg.
18, ‘4, 1K. 14,5. ὈΝΤΞῚ ND id. 2 Sam.
17, 15. Ὁ) With verbs of likeness 2 is
put by pleonasm, 6. g. 3 dw22 Ps. “49,
13. 21; 4s in Engl. to be made like as
a person, etc. 6) For the article so
frequent after 9 of comparison, see
above under the art. ‘1 no. 2. 6. Ρ. 239.

2. according to, after, Gr. κατά, im-
plying aecordance and conformity with

some rule or model. Gen. 1, 26 39m).

after our likeness. 4,17 32 ‘23 pw >
after the name of his son Enoch. Josh. 6,
15 πὴ wEhD after this manner. 2 K.
1,17 mint 272 according to the word
of Jehovah. 1 Sam. 13, 14 12253 ON a
man afler his own heart, such as is
pleasing to him. Ps. 7, 18 7 will praise
Jehovah 15 iocotding to his right-
eousness. i.e. as his righteousness de-
mands. Zech. 2, 10. Ex. 8, 9. 27.. Josh.
1.7, Jer. 17,10. Prov. 24, 12. al. Comp.
173 according to one’s hand, i. 6. bounty,
see 37 no. 1. ec.—In this signif. also 3 is
followed in the apodosis by 72; Gen. 6,
22 ΤῊΣ 13 DON ink ΤῊΣ Wy 595.

3. From the adverbial use explained
above in A. 3, comes also the use of this
particle as a article of time or space,
like Germ, wm, Engl. about, at, as in the
phrase, ‘wm drey Uhr,’ which means
not only about three o’clock, but also at
three o’clock. So οἰ binns i. q.
pissy Siam yesterday and the day be-
fore. formerly, 1 Sam. 14, 21. 21, 6;
‘DD to-day, at this time, now, see di"
no. 3. d,e; 3232 in a moment, at once,
Num. 16, 21; 22> in a Little ‘while Is,
26, 20. isp too of space; 1 Sam. 20, 3

MrT 7734 9272 SwED there is as a step.

(but a step) between me and death. Ps.
73, 2.

_ 4. The notion of likeness and compari-
son is retained by 9 in those places also
where the Heb. grammarians give it
the name of Caph veritatis (Mmvax 52),
or also of Caph confirmationis et identi-
tatis (OMIPM H2, oxsm 3). Here, al-
though no comparison is actually ex-
pressed, yet > is not redundant, but
implies a comparison with all other
things of the same kind; see Lehrg. p.
846. Heb. Gr. § 151. 3. f. Neh. 7,2 "3
τον W°N> NIT for he was as a faithful

man is and should be, i. e. he was what
is called a faithful man. Ecc. 8,1 2
mann who is as the wise man? wlio ἰδ.
such that he may be called wise? who is
truly wise? Is.1,7 D3 N3BM22 ΓΘ
desolation like the overthrow ‘of stran-
gers, truly such as enemies make.—This
comparison is so far from weakening the
force of the expression, that on the con-
trary it strengthens it: ΤῸΝ ΘΝ 9. ‘as
only a faithful man can be,’ most faithful,
Lat. quam Jfidissimus ; p"t M2BN29 ‘as
only foreign enemies can “destroy, the
utmost desolation; comp. the Gr. ὡς ἀλη-
ϑῶς, Passow Lex. i ὡς ; also ὅσον Viger.
ed. Hermann p. 563. So espec. in the
phrase 0323 very few 1 Chr. 16, 19;
very little Prov. 10, 20, comp. Gr. ὅσον
ὀλίγον. ὩΣῺΞ TW a very small rem-
nant Is. 1, 9.—But very many examples
usually referred to Caph veritatis, be-
long rather to the Caph of resemblance
or similitude (B. 1), though with various
relations; 6. g. 3 757 Zo be as any one,
to act like him; Ex. 22, 24 i> minn sb
me thou shalt not be to him as an
usurer. Num. 11, 1 ORNS OP ὙΠ}
>" and the people were as if complaining
of evil, complaining as if some evil had
happened to them. 1 Sam. 10, 27. Job
24,14 5333 ὙΠ ΓΙ 53} and by night is us
the thief, acts the thief. Hos. 5, 10. 10,
4. Cant. 1,7. So Lam. 1,20 abroad the
sword bereaveth, nad T7323 at home
there is as death, α. ἃ. as it were death
itself, viz. famine and plague; see no.
l.a. Is. 13,6 int Ἐπ 32 like a de-
stroying tempest from the Alinighty shall
it come, i.e. suddenly, as tempests are
wont to come. Is. 1, 8 see in A. 1.—In
Job 3, 5 "7929, the 5 is radical.

5. Prefixed to the Infinitive > is:
a) as, like, comp. no. 1, 2. Is. 5, 24.
Ironically, as if, Is. 10, 15 way 2
Wa" Va" as if the rod should brandish
him who lifteth it wp. Ὁ) as. i.q. after,
when, as soon as, a particle of time,
(comp. no. 3,) where the time of two
actions is compared, like Gr. ὡς for ἐπεί,
Passow in ὡς B. II. 5; comp. Ps. 89, 37.
38, in no. 1 above. Gen. 39, 18 "2°75
a193... 2p as [lifted up my voice (ise.
when, as soon as)... then he left, etc.
1 Sam. 5, 10 minbyn jie xiap ons
“Δ APB") as the ark of God came, then

Te
they cried oul, etc. 1K. 1,21. Also of
future time, in a conditional sentence,
Gen. 44, 30 Han... [aN7>R NBD ANT)
ΤΩΣ. nie and it shall be as (when)
I come to my ‘father... . and as (soon as)
he seeth... then he will die, etc. comp.
Deut. 16, 6. Jer. 25,12. Strictly of both
time and condition in Is. 28,20 >27an "Xp
ὈΞΞΏΓΞ IS N20) sanwns shorter is
the bed than that one can stretch himself,
and the covering is too narrow when
(if) he will wrap himself—In the same
sense 2 is prefixed also to verbal nouns.
2 Chr. 12, 1 inzim> as his strength sc.
inereased. Is. 23, 5 "¥ ΣΦ when the
report of Tyre sc. is heard. 30, 19.
Rarely in like manner before a partici-
ple, Gen. 38, 29 17 a" "7775, for in"
="W7s, as he drew back his hand. 40, 10.

C) Conjunct. rarely, where 9 is then
ig. ΝΞ, and is put befure a whole sen-
tence, as, Like as. Is. 8,23 jitx yw m2
ΔΊ 79297 ΤΙΝΙ ος bat ΓΙΣῚΝ bon
like as the times of old have manele
despite upon the land of Zebulun .
shall future times bring honour, ate: for
msi "GRD. 61, 11.—For prepositions
thus converted into conjunctions by an-
nexing to them the relative conjunction
ἸῸΝ or "D, (which also may be omitted
by élikinet see Lehrgeb. p. 636. Heb.
Gr. ὃ 102.1.c. Comp. also on the above
example Ewald Heb. Gr. p. 614.

Nore. For the alleged ellipsis of
the prefix 3 after 3, which many inter-
preters have domecossarily assumed,
see Heb. Gramm. § 116. note.

2 Chald. i. q. Heb. B. 1, like, as, Dan.
a 4. 6. 9.18; as, as if, as it were, Dan.
6, 1. 7393 i.q. Hebr. MN1D as this, i.e.
so, thus, see “in 43 p. 230; "such Dai. 2;
10. For "12 i.g. "WND, as, when, see ᾿Ξ,

“WND (Aram. "73, 52) pr. as who,

as one who, Job 29, 25; but varying
according to the diferent significations
of each particle.

A. according to what, i.e. a) accord-
ing as, as much as, Gen. 34, 12 and 1
will guve "2X ὙΠ Δ ΘΝ pipe δὰ as
ye shall say to me. 1 Sam. 2,16. 8) ac-
cording to what manner, as, like as, i. q.

ν A. 2, not prefixed to a a ν words, but
to whole sentences only; Gen.7,9 “WX2
pins irk ΤΣ as God had commanded

nin as at the first.

=N5

him. 34, 22. Is. 9, 2. 1 K. 8, 573 also

before an imperfect or elliptical sen-—
tence, Josh. 8, 6 they flee before us "WR3
c) because, pr.
in accordance therewith that. Num. 27,
14 "B BM. WWD because ye rebelled
against my commandment. 1 Sam. 28,
18. 2 K. 17, 26. Mic. 3, 4. Compare
the corresponding usage of the prefix 9
in phrases like "P7¥2. d) Very often —
“U2 is followed by a corresponding 19,
6. g. j2—"UND, as—so, Num. 2, 17. Is.
31,4; even as—so, Judg. 1,7; in what
manner—so, i. q. the more—the more,
Ex. 1, 12. Is. 52, 14, 15. Hos.*4; 7.
So where there is a double protasis,
j2—"ERD—"ENP Is. 10, 10. 11. -

2. as if, as though, comp. “8x B. 4.
Job 10, 19 HAM "MNT NS WwWRD 7 should
be as though I had never been. Is. 29, 8.
Zech. 10, 6.

3. Of time, as, so as, i. 4. 3 before an
infin. (comp. 2 B. 5.b.) i. 6. after, when,
as soon as. With pret. Ex. 32,1977
ΞΡ "UN2 and as soon as he came nigh
to the camp. Gen. 18, 33. 1 Sam. 8, 6.
Ex. 17, 11. Ps. 51, 2. Jet. 39, 4. al. Esth.
4,16 "ΣΝ ὍΠΩΣ “WND when I perish,

. 1 perish, ‘the language of despair. Gen:

43, 14.—Before a future it acquires a
conditional power; Ecc. 4,17 when (if)
thou goest to the house of God. 5,3 when
thou vowest a vow,.i. 6. if thou dost vow.
Gen. 27, 40. Hos. 7, 12; so the verb
being impl. Is. 23, 5.

* SND (see Syr. and Arab.) fut.
3X5" 10 have pain, to be sore, Gen. 34, 25,
Trop. of the mind, to grieve, to be sad,
Prov. 14, 13. Ps. 68, 30. By hyperb.
pain is attributed to a dead body, with
by of cause, Job 14, 22; comp. Is. 66, 24.

Judith 16, 7.—Chald. 383, Syr. {> to
be in pain, to be sad, Arab. pee to be

sad.

Hipu. 1. to cause pain, to wound, to
make sad, Job 5, 18. Ez. 28, 24; acc. of
pers. Ez. 13, 22.

2. to afflict, i. 6. to mar, to destroy. 2
K.3, 19 55382 ἸΞΝΞῺ ΓΒ ΓΙ Ope 25)
and every good field ye shall mar with
stones, by casting stones upon it so as to
render it sterile, Sept. ἀχρειώσατε, comp.
Is. 5, 2. Job 5, 23; by a similar figure,

μι

land left untilled is said to die Gen. 47,
19; and vines destroyed by the hail are
poetically said to be killed Ps. 78, 47.—
Simonis regards 4N3m as by Syriasm
for 12°22, from r. 333, Syr. 25, to
harm, comp. 0X2" for Ὁ. Job 7, 5; but
this ib unnecessary.

Deriv. 318372 and

382 m. (Tsere impure) constr. 382
Is. 65, 14, pain of body Job 2, 13. 16, 6;
so of sblagnity, adversity, Jer. 15, 18. Ps.
39, 3. Also of mind, grief, Is. 17, 11;
with 39 added Is. 65, 14.

*FISD in Kal not used, to chide
harshly, to upbraid, like Syr. its; then
intrans. to become dejected, desponding,
to be sad; comp. 772 to rebuke,

.- G -ς
to be faint-hearted, sLS to be sad, to

terrify, to restrain, intrans. mid. E to
be timid, faint-hearted. The primary
idea lies perhaps in smiting, comp. &33 ;
whence intrans. and pass. to be cast
down, dejected, so that Niph. 4833 is i. q.
R53.

Hipu. to afflict, to make sad, inf. Ez.
13, 22 a2 MIND 155.

ΝΊΡΗ. fo be dejected, desponding, hum-
ble, Ps. 109, 16. Dan. 11, 30. The form
4X32 Job 30, 8 is Niph. of 833.—Hence

TSP m. dejected, sad, unhappy. Plur.
τ Ps, 10,10 Keri. But the Cheth.
is to be pietaited, see M357.

“WED see after 3, p. 442.

* 322 obsol. root ; Arab. ἀντ Eth.
TNA, to roll up; N1NN bail, globe ;
Syr. }225 something rolled up, a ball.
Hence 1139, 339 star, pr. globule.

*"J2) Is. 24,20 and 123 Judg. 20,
34, fut. 723°.

1. to be heavy; Eth. OLN id. In
Arabic and Syr. traces only of this signif.

remain; as OS to be burdensome, trou-
blesome, as cold, paszf to be indignant,

angry. Spoken pr. of weight Job 6, 3;

then trop. of any heavy guilt Gon, 18,
20; comp. in 731. With >3 to be heavy
upon any one, as a victorious powers
which depresses and crushes an enemy,
Judg. i, 3° ; so of the punitive hand of

AAS

oh)

God Ps. 32,4. 1 Sam. 5, 11, comp. also
Job 23, 2; of sin Is. 24, 20, comp. Ps.
38,5. Hence to be burdensome, griev-
ous, to any one, Neh. 5, 18. Ex. 5, 9. 2
lai. 13, 25 412d 3223 8) and let us
not be burdensome unto thee. 14, 26. Job
33,7. With >x for 55 1 Sam. 5, 6.—
Usually trop. as in the following senses:
2. to be heavy in the sense of abun-
dance, i. q. to be great, abundant, to be
rich in any thing, with 3, Gen. 13,2 and
Abraham 73722 482 22 was very rich
in calile. See Niph. no. 1, ‘132 no. 1.
3. to be great in number, to be many ;
see Hithpa. no. 1, adj. 123 no. 2, and
722 no. 2.
4, to be heavy. i. 6. vehement, sore, as
a battle Judg. 20, 34; with δὲ 1 Sam.
31, 3. Comp. 735 no. 3, adj. 739 no. 3.
5. Of things as not easily moved, to
be heavy, i. q. to be dull, slow, sluggish,
e. g. of the senses, as the eyes Gen. 48,
10; the ears Is. 59,1. Also of the mind
or heart, to be dull, stupid, hardened,
Ex. 9,7. Comp. Piel no. 1, Hiph. no. 3,
adj. 733 no. 4.

6. to be weighty, honoured, comp. Gr.

βαρύς, Ez. 27, 25. Job 14, 21. Of God,
to be honoured, glorified, Is. 66,5. This
signif. is more freq. in Piel no. 2; see
Hiph. Niph. Hithp.

PIEL 23
harden the heart 1 Sam. 6, 3.

2. Causat. of Kal no. 6, to honour, to
do honour or reverence to any one ; spo-
ken: a) Of men, Ex. 20, 12 “mx 725
FENN FPN honour thy father and thy
mother.. Deut. 5, 16. Num. 22, 17. 37.
1 Sam. 2, 29. inde 1,8. 1 Sam. 2, 30 “"3
ἼΞΞΝ "7229 for them that honour me I
will honour. Ps. 15, 4. 91, 15. ‘b) Of
God, 1 Sam. 2, 30. Prov. 14, 31; and
hence often i. q. to glorify, to preine, Ps.
22, 24. 50, 15. 23. Is. 24, 15; elsewhere
also to honour with oblations, c. 972 Prov.
3,9; 2 Dan. 11, 38 (of idols) ; ; with two
ace. Is, 43, 23. So} mins Dw ἼΞ9 Ps. 86,
12:5) pu v. 9. Poet. the beasts ans
are said to praise God Is. 43,20. ο)
Of things, e. g. the sabbath Is. 58,13; a
sacred place 60, 13; of the olive, Judg.
9,9 should I leave my fatness, which in
me both God and men do honour ?

Pua 122 to be honoured, Prov. 13, 18.
27, 18. Is. 58, 13.

;

1. Causat. of Kal no. 5, to .

ag παν

Hien. 1. to make heavy, 6. g. a yoke
1 K. 12, 10. Is. 47,6; a chain Lam. 3,7.
Ellipt. Neh. 5, 15 the former governors
poi by ὙΤΊΣΞΓΙ, sc. 59, had made heavy
the yoke upon the people, had heavily
oppressed them.

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to make abun-
dant, to heap up, Hab. 2, 6. Comp.
Niph. no. 1.

3. Causat. of Kal no. 5, to make heavy,
dull, 6. g: the ears Is. 6, 10. Zech. 7, 11;
to harden the heart Ex. 9, 34.

4, Causat. of Kal no. 6, to honour, to
cause to be honoured, Is. 8, 23 [9, 1]. Jer.
30,19. Also, to acquire honour, renown,
for oneself, 2 Chr. 25, 19.

Nipx. 7253, Part. plur. D252 Dag.
euphon. Prov: 8, 24. Is. 23, 8. 9, Nah.
3,10; but with grave suff. 017725) Ps.
149, 8. |

1. to be heavy, from abundance, i.e. to
abound, to be rich in any thing, comp.
Kal no.2. Prov. 8,24 52 "332 M332
fountains abounding in water.

2. Pass. of Piel no. 2, and Hiph. no. 4,
to be honoured, to be held in honour, to
enjoy honour, Gen. 34, 19. 2 Sam. 6, 20.
22. 1 Sam. 22, 14. Is. 49, 5 "2°22 328
“yet am I honoured in the eyes of Jeho-
vah. 43,4. 2 K. 14,10 ΡΞ 3} ἼΞΞΠ
enjoy the honour and abide at home.—
Part. 3233 honoured, honourable, distin-
guished, Num. 22, 15. 2 Sam. 23, 19. 23.
1 Chr. 4, 9. Is. 3, 5. 23, 8. 9 (opp. ἘΠ),
comp. Nah. 3, 10. Ps. 149, 8; so of the
name of God as honoured, glorious, Deut.
28,58. Plur. fem. P1722) glorious things,
promises, Ps, 87, 3.

3. Reflex. like Hithp. to get honour to
oneself, to show oneself great and glori-
ous, Lev. 10, 3. Is. 26,15. Ez. 28, 22,
Hagg. 1, 8; with 2 im or by any one
Ex. 14, 4. 17. 18.

Hirup. 1. to make oneself many, to
multiply oneself, see Kal no. 3. Nah. 3,
15.

2. to honour oneself, to glory, to boast,
Prov. 12, 9.

Deriv. 323 —ma733, 7733, N75.

‘122 constr. 12> Ex. 4, 10, and 733 Is.
1, 4.

A) Adj. 1. heavy, e. g. a load Ps.
38.5; a yoke 1 K. 12, 4. 11; an old
man of large frame 1 Sam. 4, 18; of a

hk

_218,) spoken of an army Num. 20, 20.

Quenched.—Arab. LS to cover with

a)

cloud charged with rain Ex. 19, 16;
rock, i. 6. great Is. 32,2. Ina bad se:
heavy; i i. 6. oppressive, grievous, sore, 8. σ΄.
a murrain, Ex. 9,3; locusts and flies
Ex. 8,20. 10,14; hail 9,18. 24; fami
Gen. 12, 10. 41, 31. 43,1. 47,18. Trop
of sin Ps, 38, δ: henea Is. 1, 4 a people
yy 732 heavy with iniquity, i.e. la-
den with heavy sin.—Also burdensome,
roublesome, Prov. 27, 3; rir: Ecclus.
22, 17. .
2, much, many, great, (comp. ‘ graves
pavonum greges’ Varro ap. Non. 4. no.

Is. 36, 2; a retinue 1 K. 10, 2. Gen. 50,
9; flocks Ex. 12, 38.

3. great, vehement, sore, see the root
Kal no. 4; 6. g. lamentation Gen. 50, 10.

4. Of things as not easily moved,
heavy, i.e. dull, slow, sluggish ; so of
the speech and tongue Ex. 4,10; of the
heart, hard, Ex. 7, 14.

5. difficult, hard, sc. to be done, as a
business Ex. 18, 8. Num. 11, 14; hard
to be understood, as a language Ez. 3,
5.6. Comp. Germ. schwer, schwierig.

ρον
B) Subst. the liver, Arab. WAS, OAS,

ee

δ JUS, as being the heaviest of the vis-

cera, both in weight and importance ;
Prov. 7, 23. Ez. 21, 26 [21]. Lev. 3, 4.
10. Lam. 3. 11 "22 yoy yews my liver
is poured oul upon the ground, hyperbol.

expression for the severest mental suf
fering ; comp. Job 16; 13.

“Ia? see in Tisd and M333.

“22 1. heaviness, weight, Prov. 27, 3.

2. a great number, multitude, Nah.
3, 3.
3. vehemence, violence, e. g. of fink. Is.
30, 27; of war Is. 21,15. See r. 733
no. 4.

PAT f. heaviness, difficulty, Ex. 14,
25. 'R: 523.

*yia2 fut. M32", to go out, to be
quenched, pr. of fire Lev. 6, 5. 6. Prov.
26, 20; of a light 1 Sam. 3, 3. Prov. 31,
18. Metaph. of the anger of God 2 K.
22,17. Jer. 7,20; of enemies who pe-
rish, Is. 43, 17 like a wick are they

ashes, not wholly to extinguish; but

29

Li to extinguish. The primary no-
tion is that of covering over, concealing ;
yaad ᾧ RAM, 750.

Przt to put out, to quench, e. g. fire Is. 1,
31, alight 2Chr. 29,7. Is. 42, 3. Metaph.
anger Jer. 4, 4. 21,12; bevel Cant. 8, 7.
So 2 Sam. 21, 17 be ἜΤΟΣ TAIN sb)
that thou quench not the light of Israel,
i. e. lest thou, the light of the nation,
perish. Comp. 2 Sam.14, 7, and art. N23.

Ti3D, defect. 723 twice Gen. 31, 1.
Nah. 2, 10; ὁ. suff. "i233, OTIAD , rarely
defect. "732 Ex. 29, 43. 33, ‘22 ; m. but
fem. Gen. 49, 6; pr. weight, but always
rop. R. 733.

1. abundance, substance, riches, wealth,
Nah. 2, 10. Ps. 49,17. Is. 10,3. Gen. 31,
1, ἂς See 1, Ἴ39. πο. 2.

2. honour, glory, Sept, δόξα, see the
rout no. 6, a) Of men, 1 K. 3, 13 ">
ind 03 riches and Roa, Ecc. 6, 2.
Proy. 8, 18. 2 Chr. 1, 11. 12.—Prov. 20, 3
=" a Wd ΖΦ it is honour far a
man to cease from strife. 11, 16. Ps. 8, 6.
Job 19, 9. 1 Sam. 4, 21 of the ark.—
Prov. 95, 27 to eat much honey is not
good, "i332 D132 37 and the search-
ing out of their honour is not honour, i. e.
to seek one’s own honour is not honour,
the negat. being repeated from the pre-
ced. member. Or it may be so divided:
wia22 3i22 IPM the searching out of
honour is without honour ; comp. for 72
Is. 14,19: Job 11, 15. 21,9. See The-
saur. p. 515. b).Of God, Ps. 19, 2
by iad ὈΒΟ or OUT the heavens dle-
clare the glory ‘of God. 29, 1. Is. 42; 8.
48, 11. al. ‘isd 7272 the King of glory
Ps. 24,7.8.9.—T give or render ho-
nour to any one is: > ὙΞ9 Ἴ2, as to
men Prov. 26, 8, to God 1 Sam. 6, 5.
Ps, 115, 1; > tia2 C1, to God Is. 42, 12;
Pi > 377" to ‘God Ps. 29, 1. 9. 1 Chr. 16,
28 ; δ > mize to do honour to 2 Chr.
32, 23. 33, comp. Is. 14, 18.—Concr.
an) God is called 5x09 Tin the glory
of Israel, i. 6. in whom Israel should
glory, Dar: 2,11. Ps.106,20; genr.’D 7133
the glory of any one, i.e. who restores
and protects his honour, Ps. 3, 4. 57, 9.
bb) Also 5x57 7122 collect. the pean
of Israel, the nobility, nobles, Is. 5, 13
(opp. ‘ian. 17, 3.4. Mic. 1,15. So too
the nobles of Assyria Is. 8, 7. 10, 16; of

38

AAS

125

Moab Is. 16, 14;,comp. also Is. 22, 23.
24, cc) ‘B 29 the honour, glory, of
any one, poet. for the spirit, the heurt,
as the noblest part of man, Gen. 49, 6
where it is joined with a fem. like WED.
Ps.7, 6 (parall. 853, pM, 3d Ps. 16, 9).
16, 3. 30, 13. 57, 9. 108, 3, Comp. Gi
(ites Fan Seiietiens assign to 29
the signif: of liver, i.q. 723; but the
liver is never (like the heart and reins)
assumed as the seat of the mind and
affections.—Adv. with honour, glorious-
ly, Ps. 73, 24; comp. 149, 5.

3. splendour, glory, majesty. Gen. 45,
13 and ye shall tell my father “bony
puss "7133 of all my glory (splendour)
in Egypt. Is.4,5. 11,10. 22,18, tin2 dD
a throne oF elors 1 Sam. 2 8. Jer. 14, 21.
17,12. jf225 31nd the glory of Labia.
non, its magnificence, beauty, Is. 35, 2.
60, 13. 5 ina M7 10 be for glory (ho-
nour) fo any one, Is. 4,2; comp. Zech. 2,
9. Espec. min" ὙἼ29 the glory, majesty.
of Jehovah, Sept. δόξα Κυρίου, Is. 59,19
60, 1; pr. that fiery effulgence surround-
ed with dark clouds in which Jehovah is
represented as appearing, or Jehovah
himself as surrounded by this effulgence
(from which lightnings proceed Lev. 9
23. Num. 16,35. Ps. 18, 13), such as he
manifested himself at Sinai to Moses
and the people, Ex. 16, 7. 10. 24, 16
comp. v.17. 33,18. Lev. 9, 6. 23 ; or ap-
peared in che tabernacle Ex. 40, 34; or
in the temple 1K. 8, 11. 2 Chr. 7, 1,
comp. Ez. 43, 2.5. 44,4; or was seen in
prophetic visions Is. 6, 3. Ez. 1, 28. 3, 12.
23. 8,4. 10, 4.18; comp. in N. T. δόξα
Κύριου Luke 2, 9. 9,11. Acts 22,11. To
this corresponds the πρῶ Shekinah of
the later Jews, Buxtorf Lex. Chald. h. v.
—God appears too in glory to punish
transgressors Lev. 10,2; and sinners are
said to provoke i733 "3°9 the eyes of his
glory, i.e. of him as thus appearing in
his glory for their punishment, Is. 3, 8.

MJIAD f. for 1723, from a masc. 723,
after the form DUN, N27y. R.732.
_1, Adj. fem. splendid, magnificent,
e.g. a bed Ez. 23,41; the attire of a
queen Ps. 45, 14.

2. Subst. precious things, wealth, Judg.
18, 21; i. ᾳ. 'TiaD_ no. 1, comp. Is. 10, 3.
Gen. 31, 1.

i)

2529 (r. 539) Cabul, pr.n. a) A city
in the tribe of Asher Josh. 19, 27. It
seems to correspond to the village Xa-
βωλώ mentioned by Josephus de Vit. 5. §
43,44. B.J. 3.3.1. Comp. Reland. Palest.
p- 668. A fortress Jnl Kabul is men-
tioned by Arabian writers in the district
of Safed; see Rosenm. Analecta Arab.
Til. p. 20.

b) A district of Galilee comprising
twenty eities and towns, given by Solo-
mon to Hiram king of Tyre, 1 K. 9, 13;
so called by the latter in token of dis-
satisfaction, comp. v.12. Josephus says,
prob. by conjecture from the context,
Ant. 8. 5. 3: μεϑερμηνευόμενον γὰρ τὸ
Χαβαλὼν κατὰ Φοινίκων γλῶτταν οὐκ
ἀρέσκον onucive. The LXX have
ὕριον border, as if 422 i. q. 2933, and so
Bochart; but this neglects the context.
Hiller, in Onomast. V. T. p. 435, takes
baad for >A3D part. pass. of ban, ‘as
something exhaled, as nothing.’ Some-
thing like this was perhaps present to
the mind of the sacred writer; though
the reading of the Sept. is in itself the
more natural.

‘JIBD (Syr. Haas cake, τ. 339) Cab-
bon, pr. n. of a place in the plain of Ju-
dah, Josh. 15, 40; perhaps the same
with 8225 1 Chr..2, 49.

"5 τη. (r..72D) something braided
or plaited; hence a quilt, mattress.
1 Sam. 19,13. 16 ODF 9935 the mat-
. tress of goat's hair. Comp. “237.

“22 m. adj. poet. mostly in Job. R.
"23 no. 2 and Hiph.

1. great, vast, mighty, Arab. pas
So py"AaD 072 mighty waters Is. 17, 12.
28,2. “aD M5 a mighty wind Job 8, 2
Spoken of great men, renowned, Job 34,
24; of God as great, mighty, Job 34, 17.
36,5, mm) "22 of great age, grand:

evus, Job 15, 10; so Arab. tah ora

senex Lenni des wuil

* 52D obsol. root, Talm. Syr. Arab.
to tie, to bind, to bind together, kindy.
with bas and ban; also "33, "22, 72".
Hence the qnadeilit. ἘΞ. q.v. pr. ἢ.
baad, and

bn m. a fetter, plur. constr. "232, Ps.
105, 18. 149,8. Arab. and Syr. id.

AAG

“25

. 133 obsol. root, Chald. and Tal-
mud. to bind, to bind together, i. q. kindr.
22; Syr. to bind around. Hence pr.
names ἃ 82252, ἈΣΞΞὮ.

*T22 pr. to tread, to trample with
the feet, kkindr. with ODD; on the syllable,
ὍΞ, which is primary in this root, see
under art. 042 p. 119.—Hence to wash,
to cleanse, sc. garments by treading them
in a trough, etc. differing from 7} to -
lave or wash the body, as Gr. πλύνειν
from λούει». In Kal not found except in
Parr. 0343 2 K. 18, 17. Is. 7, 3. 36, 2. a
washer, “fuller, Gr. πλυντήρ, κναφεύς,
whose business it was to cleanse soiled
garments, and to full new ones. See
Schneider Ind. ad Scriptt. Rei Rustice
p. 385. Schottgen Triture et fullonize
Antiquitates, Lips.1763.—The ὈΞῚ9 ay
fuller’s field Is. 1. ὁ. was a place on the
west of Jerusalem, where the fullers
spread out the garments after washing
to dry.

Piet 03> Gen. 49, 11. 2 Sam. 19, 25.
elsewhere 023. .

1. 1. q. Kal, Ex. 19, 10. Lev. 11, 25.
98, 40.,13, 6. 34. Num. 19, 7. al. Part.
0229 i. q. 02D Mal. 3, 2.

2. Metaph. to cleanse: to purify the
heart from sin, Ps. 51, 4.9. Jer. 4, 14;
yet so that the priinard notion of Wail! |
ing is retained and alluded to, Jer. 2, 22.
Mal. 3, 2.

Pua Pass. Lev. 13, 58. 15, 17.

Horap. pass. 0237 Lev. 13, 55. 56.

* 922 obsol. root, like kindr. 333 aan
Sap, to be high, espec. with a round
form, as a tumor, a cup, the head.
Hence 3152 helmet.

ΩΣ; in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to bind
together, to plait, to braid, i. q. ἘΞ and
the verbs there compared, also “32 II.
Hence "733 plaited mattress, n733
sieve, 230 coarse cloth, "237 net:
work. bike many other verbs of twist-
ing, plaiting, braiding, (>, >, "Yp.
mip,) it is also transferred to the idea of
strength and magnitude ; hence

2. to be great, much, many, also to be —
long, both in space and duration, see

Arab. με to be great, Ded

to be advanced in years, Syr. :29 to

"2D, 732.

TP

merease in wealth, Eth. ὯΏΖ to be
honoured, illustrious.

Hiren. to make many, to multiply, Job
35, 16. Part. “23 subst. (after the
tind manta ,) multitude, abundance,
with > pref. a7) i. ᾳ. 292, abundant-
ly, Job 36, 31.

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1 also "39,
732, 7°39.

22 pr. subst. length, both of space
and time, see the root "23 no.2. Hence

1. Chebar, pr. n. of a river in Mesopo-
tamia, called also "ian q. v. Gr. and Lat.
Chaboras, Ez. 1,3. 3, 15. 23. 10, 15. 22.
This orthography of the name , approach:
es to Syriasm, Syr. p22, a5; while
the form "ian. ( 5.5.) imitates the
Arabic. Although each form admits
of a tolerable etymology (713m conjoin-
ing, "32 long river), yet in a river of
Mesopotamia the Aramean would be
more likely to exhibit the genuine and
primitive orthography. See Ritter’s
Erdkunde Th. XI. p. 253 sq. Berl. 1844.

2. Ady. of time, long ago, already,
formerly ; found only in the book of
Kec. and belonging to the later Hebrew;
Kee. 1, 10. 3, 15. 4, 2. 6, 10. 9, 6.7. 2,16
ΠῺΣ bon DARDS DAT ἼΞΞΩΞ since in
days to come all will have been long ago
Sorgotten ; here "22 qualifies the verb.

Syr. pats long ago, already:
M122 f. α sieve, Am. 9,9. ΒΕ. "32
no. 1.

M32 f. (τ. "2D no. 2) only constr.
mia. pr. length, and then a certain

definite measure of distance, like many »

other words denoting measure, weight,
time, which are also used to designate
particular measures, weights, intervals
of time; comp. Heb. Axo, Ὁρῶ, nya, 0°72"
a year; Aram. ἴω», ὥρα, a short time,
spec. an hour; Engl. a measure of wine;
Lat. pondo, whence Engl. pound.—The
exact length of the M733 cannot be
ascertained from the passages where it
occurs, Gen. 35, 16. 48, 7. 2 K. 5, 19.
The Sept. once adds (Gen. 48, 7) by
way of explanation, ἱππόδρομος, which
may be either a stadium, see Hody de
bibl. Text. originalibus p. 115; or else
a measure common among the Arabs,

Ἀλῆ

, Bap
ors 9 be
us , boyd the course of a horse, i. e.

as far as a horse can run or travel
without fatigue, a stage or post; see
Koehler ad Abulf “paca in Addend.
ad p. 7. not. 27.

i was obsol. root, pr. i. gq. ©2D and
032 to tread, to μια to force, spec. a
female, comp. W232 no. 3. Arab. yd
subegit semel puellam. Hence

2? m. a he-lamb, a young ram, from
one to three years old, already fit for
coupling, whence the name. Lambs of
this kind, chiefly a year old, were used
for the sacrifices; hence frequently with
the addition in3¥772 the son of his year,
one year old, Num. 7. 15. 21. 23.39.45. 51.
57. 63.69.75; also in plur. 53% "23 ib. 7,
17. 23. 29. 35. 41. al. Elsewhere lambs
(Θ᾿ 33) are mentioned as feeding in
pastures Is. 5, 17. Hos. 4, 16; as yield-
ing wool Job 31, 20. Prov. 27, 26; as an
emblem of wigs and patience Jer.

11,19. Arab. a he-lamb of one or
two years; see the Arabian grammari-
ans in Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 421 sq.— By
transpos. sometimes 12, fem. M2D5 ;
but the other forms, as the more “diff
cult, are doubtless primitive ; comp.
"gen, transp. ὝΠΝΟ,

MWD 2 Sam. 12, 3. 4. 6, and MWAD
Lev.14,10. Num.6,14, constr. mva>, plur.
mwad; fem. of 33, an ewe-lamb, from
one to three years old. Plur. Gen. 21, 28.
29. 30.—By transpos. M202, see in 223.

*wWad fut. Bia2" 1. to tread upon,
to trample under foot, kindr. with. 02D.
Zech. 9, 15 S2p7"23N saz and they
shall trample under foot the stones of the
sling, i. e. easily turn them aside as
harmless; comp. Job 41, 20. 21 [28].
Metaph. Mic. 7, 19 antag wins" he
treadeth under foot our iniquities, ie,
disregards them, does not avenge them.

2. to subdue, to make subject to one-
self, 6. g. a man the beasts Gen. 1, 28;
enemies, slaves, a hostile land 2 Chr. 28,
10. Jer. 34, 16. Neh. 5,5. Comp. πη.

3. to force a woman, Esth. 7,8. So

Arab. ἐν A
Pre., to subdue a people, i. q. Kal no.
2. 2 Sam. 8, 11.

.

2.5
Hrpu. i. q. Kal πο. 2. Jer. 34, 11 Cheth.
Nipx. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 9. Num. 32,
22. 29. Josh. 18, 1. 1 Chr. 22, 18.

2. Pass. of Kal no. 3. Neh. 5, 5 fin.

Deriv. the two following.

TAD m..a footstool, 2 Chr. 9, 18.
Chald, wa, Syr. Paces, id.

1225 m. a furnace, i. e. according to
Kimchi a lime-kiln, or also for smelting
metals, and aiderent from ΠΣ a kind of
oven for baking. Gen. 19, 28. Ex. 9, 8.
10. 19, 18—So. called from subduing
metals, from r. Y3D; comp. igne ferrum
aomatur’ Plin. H. N. 36. 27.

2 f. (τ. 73D no. 2) 1 K. 17. 14. 16;
Plur. 0°53 masc. Judg. 7, 16. 1 K. 18, 34;
a bucket, pail, both for drawing water
and carrying it, Gen. 24, 14 sq. Ece. 12,
6; a tub for keeping meal, 1 K. 17, 12.
14.16. Water was carried by women
upon their shoulders, Gen. 1. e.—Corre-
sponding are Sanscr. ghada, Gr. κάδος,
κάδδος, Lat. cadus, Slav. kad.

? 53 Chald. Pa. to lie, not to speak
the truth, i.q. Heb. 31>. Hence

ma32 Chald. f. a lie, falsehood, Dan.
2.9 M372 nba by apposit. words, false-
hood, i. e. false words. Others make it
an adj. contrary to the form and usage.

+77 obsol. root, kindr. mm>, Lat.
cudo, to beat, to pound ; hence

1. to strike fire, whence 7i7"2 spark,
and 3372 sparkling gem, ruby.

2. to labour severely, to toil hard, pr.
in the manner of smiths and other arti-
sans, comp. cudo; spec. to draw out a
well, to draw water; whence 43. So

Arab. OT to hammer or forge, toil hard,
to draw out a well. Comp. Eth. NPR
to tread with the feet, to triturate.
32 see "5.
“J2 Chald. see "5.
4D5D m. (r. 11D) Ez. 27. 16. Is. 54,

12, a sparkling gem, prob. ruby.—Chald.
NITDID, [TWDID id. Ex. 39, 11, Targ.

Comp. also Arab. $SQS rubedo max-

ima.

᾿ "3 obsol. root, kindr. “1p, Arab.

pate and os, to be turbid, troubled, as

AAS

πο

water ; metaph. of life,

79S to be aise

turbed, troubled, by site fortune, ¢ ca-
farniiye comp. "23. By another meta-
phor the Hebrews transfer it also to the
tumults of war; hence "i773.

“QvoN3D pr. n. Chedorlaomer, king
of the Elamites in the time of Abraham,

Gen. 14, 1. 9.—This name if Semitic
may be i. q. handful of sheaves, from

50S handful, and 723 sheaf; but not

) improb. the etymology is to be ane

in the ancient Persian.
ΓΞ contr. for in2, Heb. Gr. § 57,25 pr.

as this, i. q. "13, Arab. tas Hence

1. thus, so, οὕτως, referring pr. to what
precedes; Gen. 15, 5 tell the stars...
and he said unto haat ὭΣΤ ἃ a7 m> so
shall thy seed be. Ex. 5, 15 comp. 14.
1 Sam. 17, 27 comp. 25. But more freq.
to what follows, Deut. 7, 5 but thus shall
ye deal with them ; ye shall destroy their
altars, ete. Gen. 31, 8. 2 Καὶ. 12,10. OF
ten where the words of any one are re- -
peated, Judg. 11, 15 and said unto him, -
Mma? ὍΝ MD thus saith Jephthah. Ex.
5, 10. 3, 15; also freq. in the formula
mim “ax MD thus saith Jehovah Jer. 2,
2. 7, 20. 9, 16. 22. 22. 6, 49, 12, al. seep.—
There are also examples, where Τῷ
stands without any thing to which it
can refer; as in the formula of swearing ©
and adjuring: (Min) ods 9b nits nD
ὉΠ AS) God do so to me and more
also, where at first the words were prob.
accompanied by some gesture of chas- —
tisement or punishment; since they im-
ply: let God inflict dire punishment upon
me ; see Ruth 1, 17. 1 K. 19, 2. 20, 10.
1 Sam. 14, 44. 95, 22. Where this for-
mula cation a negative, it is followed
by 5&8, 2 Καὶ. 6, 31 God do so and more
also to me, 1F (ἘΝ) the head of Elisha
shall stand on him this day, i. 6. it shall
not remain on him. 1 K. 20,10. 1 Sam.
3, 17. 25, 22; once OX "3 2 Sam. 3, 35.
On the contrary, when the oath is affirm-
ative, 8> oN follows, 2 Sam. 19, 14;
oftener with "3 1 Sam. 14, 44. Ruth
1,17. 2'Sam. 3, 9. 1 Ki'2723. "19; 2
See in D8 C. 1. c.

2. Partic. of placa, here, like Gr. ὧδε,
but rarely, Ruth 2.8; 50 [13 -- ϑ here

ait

ar)

—there Num. 11,31. 3 3 to that place
sc. before spoken of, yonder, Fr. jusque
la, Gen. 22,5.—After verbs of motion.
hither, here, Gen. 31,37. Num. 23,15. n>
35 hither and thither Ex.2,12. Syr. ἴ-
here, in comp. tad hither, {= hence.

3. Partic. of time, now ; M253 until
now, hitherto, Ex. 7, 16. Josh. 17, 14.
MS439 MD-3> till now and till then, in
the mean time, meanwhile, 1 K. 18, 45.

ΓΞ Chald.i.q. 3 πο. 3. Dan. 7, 28
MD"4> hitherto.

ω ΣΡ fut. MAIS", apoc. M2m1 Job 17,
7. kindr. with AND afid ΓΙ ; to be weal
feeble, faint, to be digpirited, to déepond,
Is. 42,4. Spec. of a light about to go
out, to be feeble, dim, Is. 42,3. Also of
eyes, to be or become dim, either from
old age Deut. 34,7. Zech. 11, 17. Gen.
27,1; or from grief Job 17, 7.

Pre, 773, also ΠῚ Lev. 13, 56.

1. Intrans. lo become faint, pale, as a

| spot on the skin, Lev. 13, 6. 56; comp.

adj. MD y. 21. 26.28. Also to be faint-

‘hearted, timid, to despond, Ez, 21, 12;

comp. Is, 61, 3.

2. to chide, to admonish, to restrain,
with 3 1 Sam. 3,13 Da Ama N54 (be-
cause) he rebluked them not, i.e. did not
restrain them. Comp.7x2. Deriv. the
two following.

32 adj. found only in the fem. m3

_ weak, feeble, faint, spec. of the dim wick

of a lamp just about to go out, Is. 42,3;

of eyes bedimmed, dull, 1 ϑοιά, 3, 2; or
of a faint or pale colour; Lev. 13, 21. 26.
28. 39 spots ni2a> nin> of a palish white;
comp. the root Pi. no. 1. So of ἃ faint
heart, desponding, Is. 61, 3. ;

m2 f. mitigation, alleviation; sc. of a
wound, i. q. healing, Nah. 3, 19. R.
nin.

EMD -Chald: tobeable« Team; kinds.
with bp, bos; 3 comp. on the affinity of
verbs ΠΡ and ‘> under lett. 4, p. 238.—
Part. 592 plur. 77292, with inf c. > Dan.
2,26. 4, 15. 5, 8.15.

* S12 not used in Kal; whence i>
a priest. The etymology is doubtful ;

Arab. oe and oret to presage, to

divine ; ed a diviner, soothsayer,
38*

4A9 τ

">

often among the pagan Arabs; then, an
internuncio, envoy ; Ethiop. SUZ to be
a priest, to minister ; Syr.
ministered, consecrated ; in Bar Ali, to
be rich, opulent, to enjoy the comforts
On zy, .
of life ; {2021.05 richness, riches, pros-
perity, happiness. But all these appear
to be secondary meanings, derived from
the station and power of the priesthood,
i. e. from 77> priest, which is found in the
Heb. Chald. Syr. and Eth. languages.—
The native power of this word, there-
fore, is still to be sought by conjecture.
Hitzig supposes (ad Is. 61, 10) that n>
is i. q. 31D to stand, whence A> pr. one
who stands by, an assistant. Maurer
regards {> as i. q. 74, j44, to incline,
to bend, i. e. to bow down, as is done
in worship, whence 43> pr. one bowing
down, making prostrations. Both of
these conjectures are worth attention ;
in favour of the last, we might perhaps
also appeal to the Syro-Arabic gloss

ue to be

us
in worship. Other conjectures see in
Thesaur. p. 661, 662.

Pie, 732 denom. 1. to minister as
priest, to act as priest, to perform the
priestly functions, Ex. 31, 10. 35, 19.
Ley. 16, 32. Num. 3, 34; often with
mins Ex, 28, 1. 3.4, 29,1. 44. Lev. 7,
35. al. Sept. ἱερατεύω.

2. to be or become priest, Deut. 10, 6.

3. Unusual is Is. 61, 10 942" jms
"xB as the bridegroom priests it with
his turban, i.e. decks himself with a
splendid turban such as the priests
wore ; q. d. ‘plays the priest with his
turban” So Aqu. ὡς γνύμφιον ἱερατευό-
μενον στεφάνῳ, comp. Jarchi, Symm.
Vulg. Syr. :

«ιοζί i. 6. to bow down oneself

a) m. plur. Dw2D, a priest ; Chald.
emph. 8233, Syr. aus, Arab. po,

Eth. ")4J7, id. , For the etymology see
inr. 43. Very freq. in Ex. Lev. Deut.
of the priests of Jehovah, as Ex. 2,16. 3,
1. 18, 1. al. sexcent. Also of the priests
of idols, as Gen. 41, 45. 50. 46, 20. 47,
26.al. Gonstr. a) With genit. of the
divinity, as Mim jm> 1 Sam. 14, 3; Ε
bean 2 Chr. 28, 17; ji ὭΡΙΞ 1 Sinks

n>

; ID thy priests, sc. of Jehovah, Ps.
zi 9. Sometimes with a genit. of the
ΡΝ or city where the priest officiates,
as ἽΝ 9 priest of On Gen. 41, 45. 50;
{272 ‘> priest of Midian Ex. 3,1. 18,1;
be ma‘> Am. 7, 10; ninan 2nd the
priests of the. highs places 1K. 13, 2.33; c.
suff. 27205 owr priests sc. of erael, Ezra
9,7. Neh. 10,1. ete. Ὁ) With of the
divinity, as hind ἼΠΞ Lev. 23, 20. 1
Sam. 1,3. 2°Chr. 96, 17; ΠΗ de> 9
Gen. 14,18. πα bb '> 2 Chr. 13,
9. Sometimes 5 marks the person who
employs a priest, Judg. 17, 12. 13. 18, 4.
19. 2 Sam. 20, 26. —Among the He-
brews the Hieh Priest, ὃ ἀρχιερεύς, was
ealled 51535 955 Lev. 21, 10. Num. 35,
25. 28. Josh. 20, 6. Hagg. 1, 1. 12. 14. al.
also UNAM iS 2 K, 25, 18. 2 Chr. 19,
11. 26, 20; Win ‘Dt Ezra 7,5; jndn
mz the anointed priest Lev. 4, 3. 5.
16. The next in dignity was called ‘>
ΓΘ Ὁ. the second priest Jer. 52,24; but
this phrase in the plur. Mar "IMD 2 K.
23, 4 seems to imply all the other priests
in opp. to the high priest.—Melchize-
dek, the earliest “king of Jerusalem, is
also called a priest of Jehovah Gen. 14,
18. Ps. 110, 4; and several of the earli-
est Hebrew kings were in fact also
priests, as Solomon 1 K. 6. 8; comp.
Uzziah 2 Chr. 26; 16. So Virg. En. 3.
80: “Rex Anius, rex idem hominum
Pheebique sacerdos.”

Nors. It is an ancient opinion of the
Heb. intpp. that ἸΠ signifies also prince.
Not only have the Chaldee translators
rendered it in several places by 2°
prince, as Gen, 41, 45. Ex. 1. c. Ps. 110,
4; but the author of Chronicles also
seems to have followed this view, since
he renders the words 2 Sam. 8, 18 7334
aD OD 7, giving in his manner a
gloss : 1 Chr. 18, 17 cps 3. 3}
ean > and the sons of David, the
chiefs, were at the side of the χων i i. δι
were the chief ministers of the kingdom.
The chief passages are 2 Sam. 8, 16-18.
20, 23-26. 1 K. 4, 2-6; from all which
it appears that there were priests con-
nected with the court, partly exercising
their proper functions, and partly as
friends and counsellors of the sovereign ;
as was also often the case with prophets
and priests in later times. The author

450

pala)

of Chronicles seems td have chosen this —
interpretation of the more ancient con- —
text, because priests of any other than —
the Levitical family were unknown to —
him. Of less weight is the authority of
Onkelos. Hence in all the passages re-
ferred to, the signif. priest is the only
true one. Comp. the case of Solomon
above. See more in Thesaur. p. 663.

2 Chald. m. st. emphat. 8272.,, plur.
7202, i. q. Hebr. j3, ὦ priest, Ezra 7,

12. 21. Plur. Ezra 6, 9. 16. 7, 16. 24.

M202 f. priesthood, the priests’ office,
Ex. 29, 9. 40,15. Num. 3, 10. 25, 13. 1
Sam. 2, 36. R. 993, 72.

12 Chald. plur. 792, ἃ window, Dan. 6,

ν > Ἢ g > Ss-
11, Syr. ἴαδ, Arab. 95, 8S id. R.
mp II. ey

37D ἅπαξ λεγόμ. Ez. 30, 5, Chub, pr.
n. of a country, coupled with Egypt and
Ethiopia. Some understand Coben, a
port of Ethiopia, or Cobium, a town near
the Mareotis. Perhaps itshould be writ-
ten 253 Nubia, which at least is followed
by the Arabic version, doubtless in ac-
cordance with the Septuagint, although
this word is wanting in our Mss, of the
latter. Thus the Arab. has Kary dl Ast
the people of Nubia ; anda vestige of this-
reading remains in Cod. de Rossi 409,
which for 3533 has a proma manu 31235.
—Or perh. we might read 3% Libya.

92> (Milra) m. Ez. 27, 10, in pause
said 38,5; constr. 3215 (Milél) 1 Sam.
17, 5. Is. 59, 17; plur. ὉΠΣ 319 Jer, 46, 4.
2 Chr. 26, 14, a helmet. Metaph. Is. 59,
17. ἦν 932 Ton written with p, as
Sip (Milra) Ez. 23, a4, constr. sap
(Milél) 1 Sam. 17, 38. .

Norte. There is in this word a singu-
lar confusion of the Segolate and pena-
cute form Op, >3B, with the acute form
p>id, which may be thus explained.
Strictly, the word in either shape was
originally a Segolate, after the form

dvb, like the Arab. Kaas cup. But
Holem, as strengthened by the tone, and
also as fully written, contrary to the com
mon Heb. usage and in the later He
brew and Syriac manner (comp. WTP
Dan. 11, 30, 721 2 Sam. 18, 9, Syr

ΣῊ

ἴγ3.). became so strong in this word
as to be retained also in the plur. S*2 24D
(instead of B°235, or B°33D kdbaim), as
‘if from a Sing. 3355, after the form pdis.
‘Hence it arose, that such a form (2559)
came into Scttal use, at least in the ab-
solute state ; although in the construct
the primary segolate form was preserv-
ed; comp. 723, constr. 733. Alengthened
and secondary form is the Syr. φῶς.

Intermediate forms fluctuating between
the two, are 9353 Ez. 27, 10, ΣΞῚΡ 23, 24.

ἀπ: a root not used in Kal.
I. to burn, Gr. καίω (καύω). Arab.
> Syr. ἴα», to burn in, to brand, to
mark with cautery. Hence "2 II, ΤΡ,
ΓΞ.
IL. Like the kindred 33}, =P, 3p",
also 32, 112, prob. to hollow out. to
excavate, of which there is a vestige in

Chald. 1> window, Arab. peg hole in a

wall, ἔν 5, window.—Simonis refers these
to «S95 to pierce, to bore through; but
the word has not this meaning. The
signif. given by the Arabic lexicons,
to prick or sting, as a scorpion,
comes from the notion of burning ; since
the scorpion injecting the poison with
his sting, may be said to mark the skin
as with a hot iron.
Nien. pass. of no. I, to be burned,
scorched, with fire, Prov. 6, 28. Is. 43, 2.

TD strength, Dan. 11, 6, see MD.
MD f. a burning, brand, i.e. a part
of the body burned, Ex. 21,25. R. >.

299 m. (for 3333, 3912, then,33'5, r.
535) constr. 2353, a wane pr. & globule 5

Arab. LES. Chald. 3345, Syr. {asa5,
Eth. NO" and nnn , id.—Gen.
1, 16. 37,9. Job 3,9. 9.7. Ps. 8, 4. al.
Am. 5, 26 ΠΝ 224D, see in 1559.
Often spoken of as animated, see 82%;
as pure Job 25, 5; as praising God, 38,
7; also as innumerable Gen. 15, 5. 22,
17. Ex. 32,13. Deut. 1. 10. al—Metaph.
of an illustrious prince Num. 24,17. So

~ Arab. 5, see Camoos.

* . 7
DAD to measure, to include or con-
éain in a measure, e.g. grain, as in Syr.

45]

119

Chald. and Arab. SLY for JUS. In Kal
only once, Is. 40, 12.

Pitp. 5352 1. to hold, to contain, as
a vessel, measure. 1 K. 8, 27 lo the
heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot
contain thee. 2 Chr. 2, 5. 6, 18.

2. to hold up, to sustain, a) i. q. to
bear up, to endure, to hold out, Mal. 3, 2.
Prov. 18, 14. Jer. 20,9. b) i. q. to protect
any one Ps. 55, 23; to maintain one’s
cause before a tribunal Ps. 112, 5.

3. to sustain, to nourish, to furnish with
the means of living, 6. acc. Gen. 45, 11.
50, 21. 1 K. 4;'7..17, 4. With two ace.
Get 47, 12. 1K. 18, 4. 13.

Poxp. pass. >D>3 to be furnished with
provisions, etc. 1K. 20, 27.

Hiew. 592m 1. i. q. Pilp. no. 1. 1 K.
7, 26. 38. 8, 64. 2 Chr. 4,5. Ez. 23, 32
basnd mas i. 6. containing much.

2. i. q. Pilp. no. 2. a. Jer. 6, 11. 10, 10.
Joel 2, Il, Am. 7, 10.

* DAD obsol. root, Arab. alS Con). II,
Θ᾽...»
to heap up, ἄχ. 5 a heap. This word
belongs to the widely extended family
of roots D3, ὯΔ, ὩΣ, ON, for which see
under r. 52> .—Hence 72".

ΤῊ Ὁ τη. (Ὁ. 122, after the form 3359) a
globe, globule of gold, perh. collect. ¢lo-
bules, drops, or rather a string of gold
drops like beads worn around the neck
or arm by the Israelites in the desert,
Ex. 35,22. Num. 31, 50. Such are
found solid in Arabia according to Diod.
Sic. 3. 44 or 50. Strabo XVI. p. 777
Casaub. Thesaur. p. 692.

Ἂ 113 in Kal not used, pr. to stand up-
right ; whence 19 upright, 119 place
of standing, m2'>% base. Frequent in
the kindred dialects in various forms
and meanings: Chald. Pa. 39 i. q. Heb.
25D to set up, to establish ; Syr. <2}
to establish, to plant; Arab. eS to ex-
ist, to be; II, to cause to ΜΌΝ to create,

Pit. 1219 1. to set upright, i.e. to set,
to place, 6. g. a throne Ps. 9.8; espec. to
set up firmly, to establish. a throne 2 Sam.
7,13. 1 Chr. 17, 12. Ps. 48.9. Metaph.
Ps. 7, 10. 40, 3. 68,10. 90. 17. 99. 4.—
Also to found, as a city Ps. 107, 36.
Hab. 2, 12; the earth Ps. 24,2. 119, 90.
Is. 45, 18; the heavens Prov. 3. 19

12

2. to form, to create, as God creates
man Deut. 32,6. Ps. 119,'73; the moon
and stars Ps. 8,4. .So to form for one-
self, to prepare, sc. a people 2 Sam. 7,
24.—Here belongs Job 31, 15 3353")
ms B42 and did (not) the same one
form us in the womb? for 123312", the
first and second Nun coalescing into a
double one, and ἢ being shortened to ἢ.
, 3. to fit, to direct, to aim, as arrows,
Ps. 11, 2 58m 212. 7, 13; with DSN
impl. Is. 51,13; with >9 of the mark
Ps. 21, 13.—Metaph. for 3> 424, i. q.
animum advertere, to apply one’s mind,
with > Job 8,8. Comp. in Hiph. no. 3.
a, 6.

Pou. 325D 1. Pass. of Pil. no. 1, to be
established, metaph. Ps. 37, 23.

2. Pass. of Pil. no. 2, to be formed, pre-
pared, Kz. 28, 13.

Hien. 2. 1. to set up, 1. q. to set, to
place, 6. g. a seat Job 29,7, Ps. 103,19;
a statue Is. 40,20. Also to fownd, as the
earth, the heavens, mountains, Ps. 65,7.
Prov. 8, 27. Jer. 10, 12. 51, 15.
sol. j25 and Ἴ2Π as adv. firm, firmly,
Josh. 3, 17. 4,3.— Hence a) fo consti-
tute, to appoint any one, Josh. 4, 4. 2 Chr.
2, 6. Jer. 51,12. Job 28, 27. So to set or
constitute as king 2 Sam. 5, 12. 1 Chr.
14, 2. 1 Κα. 2,24. b) to establish, to con-
Jirm, 6. g. the throne of a kingdom Is.
9,6. 1 Chr. 22,10; the kingdom of any
one 1 Sam. 13, 13. 2 Sam. 7,12. 1 Chr.
17, 11. 2 Chr. 17, 5; one’s posterity Ps.
89,5; the heart Ps. 10, 17. 89,5. 0) to
repair, to restore, e.g. the temple 2 Chr.
35, 20; comp. 34, 10.

2. to set right, i. e. to make ready; to
prepare, Gen. 43, 25; 6. g. wood and
stones for building 1 K. 5, 33; a sacrifice
Zeph. 1,7 comp. ὁ. Ὁ Is. 14,21; a way
Deut. 19, 3; a net Ps. 57,7; food Gen.
43, 16. Ex. 16, 5. Josh. 1, 11; the parts
of a building 1 Κα. 6, 19. 2 Chr. 31, 11;
a place: for any thing, c. > Ex. 23, 20.
1 Chr. 15, 1. 3. 12. Ps. 68, 11; war, i.q.
to fit out, to arm, Ez. 7,14. 38,7. Jer.
46, 14. Metaph. Job 15, 35.—Also to
prepare, i.q. to procure, to provide, often
‘with a dat. besides the acc. Num. 23, 1.
29. 1 Chr. 22, 5.14; e.g. food Job 39, 3
[38, 41]. Ps. 78, 20. Prov. 6, 8. 30, 25;
arms 2 Chr. 26,14; garments Job 27, 16.
17; to take care of a work, to transact

A52

Inf. ab-.

ΠΩ

business, Prov. 24,27. Of God, to create,
to prepare, to provide, as fruits Ps. 65, 10 ;
the rain 147,8; the sun and light 74, 16.

3. to set, i.e. to aim, to dinect, to ad-
just, e.g. weapons against, c. > Peay,
14; one’s face towards or gainst, c. 8
Ez. 4, 8.7. So God directs the steps of
any one Prov. 16, 9. Ps. 119,133; a man
his own steps Jer. 10, 23; a man his
ways 2 Chr. 27, 6. Prov. 21,29. Spec.
a) Ὁ ab 3 to set or fix the heart on
any thing, to apply the mind to do any
thing; 2 Chr. 12, 14 he had not applied
his heart to seek the Lord. 19, 3. 30, 19~
Ezra 7, 10. With 2> impl. 1 Chr. 28, 2.
b) myns7>x ΞΡ 772m to set the heart upon
Jehovah, to apply the mind to the wor-
ship of God, 1 Sam.7,3; with 5 to idols
2 Chr. 20, 33. With mim3~5x impl. Job
11,13. Ps. 78, 8. ¢) 9°35 ellipt. for
=> 4"2n to apply the mind, to give
heed, 1 Sam. 23, 22. Judg. 12,6. 2 Chr.
29, 36.

Horn. ἸΞῚΠ 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 1,
to be established, as a throne Is. 16, 5.

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be made
ready, prepared, 6. g. a funeral pile Is.
30, 33; a horse for battle Prov. 21, 31;

mantlets Nah. 2,6; to be set in order,

arranged, Zech. 5, 11.

Nipu. 1133 pass. of Pilel and Hiphil.

1. to be set up, i. e. to rise up, e. g. the
breasts as becoming round and full Ez.
16,7; to be made to stand, to stand, Mic.
4, 1etIs.2,2; to be founded, with 59 upon
any thing Judg. 16, 26; to be established,
confirmed, as a kingdom 1 K. 2, 12. 45.
46. Hence i. q. to stand firm, 6. g. a
throne, kingdom, 2 Sam. 7, 16. 26. Ps.
25, 5. 29,14 comp. 1 Sam. 20, 31; the
world Ps. 93, 1; the moon 89, 38; of
men i. 4. to flourish, to prosper, Job 21,
8. Ps. 102, 29. 140, 12. Prov. 12, 3. 19.
Ps. 101,7 he that telleth lies 1332 7127 85
"2"3 shall not abide in my sight, shall
not prosper; parall. ‘to dwell with.’ So
of the counsels of men Prov. 20, 18. 16,
3.—Peculiar is Ou 552) the fixedness
(steadiness) of the day, Prov. 4, 18, i. 6,
high noon, when the sun seems to stand
immovable in the zenith, Gr. σταϑερὸν

} ἦμαρ, σταϑερὰ μεσημβρία, Ruhnken ad

Timeum p. 236, Arab. Leis 1 Kwls
Schult. ad Prov. 1. c.—Trop. mostly in _

"2

Part. "33: a) to be firm, steadfast,
fixed; Ps. 51, 12 152 M57 @ steadfast
spirit, a mind fixed in virtuous purpose.
Ps. 78, 372. b) to be firm, steadfast, in-
trepid, full of hope and confidence; so
the heart Ps. 57, 8. 108, 2. 112,7. ὁ)
Of things, to be firm, fixed, established ;
Gen. 41, 32 ΘΠ bya ἼΞΙΠ 1129 the
thing is established from God, is cer-
tainly decreed. Hence, to be certain, sure,
Deut. 13,15. 17,4. Hos. 6,3; and as subst.
122 the certain, i. q. certainty, 7i227>%
for certain, with certainty, 1 Sam. 23,
23; adv. certainly 26,4. d) to be right,
true; Part. 1132 right, true, Job 42, 7.
8. Ps. 5, 10, comp. 78,°37. e) to be
right, fit, proper, Ex. 8, 22 [26].

2. to be made ready, prepared, e. g.
a) Of business, to be taken care of, trans-
acted, 2 Chr. 8, 16. 29, 35. 35, 10. 16.
b) Of things, to be prepared, to be ready
for any one, with > Neh. 8, 10. Prov. 19,
29. Job 18, 12 destruction apbud 39 is
ready at his side, impends over him. 12,
5. 15,23. But Ps. 38, 18 Ὑ129 55:29 "διὰ i
am ready to fall,am near to ruin. ‘c) Of

persons, to be prepared, ready, Ez. 38,7. '

Ex. 19, 11 (with an adjunct of time). v.
15. 34, 2. Josh. 8,4. ἃ) Intrans. or re-
flex. to prepare sc. oneself; Am. 4, 12.
ΗΙΤΉΡΑΙ,. 723207 Prov. 24, 3, else-
where 92525. 7
1. to be es‘ablished, to be made firm,

strong, Prov. 24,3. Num. 21,27. Is. 54,14. .

2. to prepare oneself, Ps. 59, 5.

Deriv. 13, j28, 119, 772, 132, 72532,
M353, M742M, and the pr. names $3,
mu334 Spain, and

119 Chun, pr. ἢ. of a Syrian city,
1 Chr. 18,8; which in the parallel pas-
sage 2 Sam. 8,8, is called "m2. Perh.
the Conna mentioned in the Itin. An-
tonini p. 199 ed. Wesseling; situated
between Laodicea of Lebanon and He-
liopolis or Ba’albek.

712 m. a kind of cake, wafer, offered
in sacrifice, Jer. 7, 18. 44, 19. Sept.
καυών, χανών, χαβών, the Heb. word in
Greek letters. R. 119, Pi. 119, Chald.
12, to prepare.

Dif. plur. το Jer. 25, 15; for 035
(τ. 22>) pr. a receptacle, ¢bieel as DD
for 023, Ὅτ for BI, ma for m3, min
for ΤΣΤῚ ; so abhaahé.

45S.

a

1. a cup. Syr. (m5, Chald. xoia,
kop, arid, Sam. 4QX¥X and QA,

68> SFs Ses

Arab. ls; ον, 3 a cup, cup οἵ.
wine.—Gen. 40, 11.13. 21. 2 Sam. 12, 3.
Ps. 23,5. al. Ps. 116, 13 Rwy misiws-oiD
I will take the cup of deliverance, i ie. I
will pour out to Jehovah a cup of thanks-
giving for his aid.—In the prophets Je-
hovah is often represented as pouring
out for the nations a cup of intoxicating
wine, ΓΙΌΣ ΓΙ O81, in order that reeling
they may rush into destruction: Jer. 25,
15 take this wine-cup of wrath at my
hand, and cause all the nations, to whom
I send thee, to drink it; 16 and they
shall drink and stagger and be mad,
because of the sword that I will send
among them. Jer. 49, 12. 51, 7. Lam. 4,
21. Is. 51,17. 22. Hab. 2, 16. Ez. 23. 31.
32. 33; comp. Rev. 17, 2. 4. For the
same usage in Arabic poets, see Comm.
on Is. 51, 17.—Further, cup is also put
metaph. for lot, portion, and is so coupled
with pon portion, Ps. 11,6. 16,5; comp.
Matt. 26, 39. 20, 22, ale ohn no. 2. ¢.
See on this inetaphor as employed by
Arabian writers, Comment. on Is. 51,
17, also on Matt. 1. c. in Rosenm. Re-
pertorium I. p. 130. Lond. Classical
Journal no. LITI. p. 159. .

2. A species of unclean bird, Ley. 11,
17. Deut. 14,16; living among ruins. Ps.
102, 7. The ancient versions render it
an owl, but against the etymology. Bo-
chart more correctly, Hieroz. Il. p. 267,
understands the pelican or cormorant, so
called from the receptacle or pouch un
der the throat, as Lat. truvo from trua.

*], Da root, doubtful in the verb,
but so far as can be gathered from the
derivatives i. q. to dig, to bore through,
to pierce, like the kindr. 533, 728, “Pp,

“2. Arab. \LS to dig in the earth, also

to prostrate; comp. Sanscr. khur to
cleave, to cut.. Hence M729, μάχαιρα,
a sword, so called from its piercing, “2
executioner; also 752%, M715", place
where metals are dug, then ‘native
place.’

The verb itself is found by many in
the vexed passage referred to the Mes-
siah, in Ps. 22,17, where David as if

™

hard pressed by the troops of Saul ex-
claims: for dogs do compass me about,
the bands of evil-doers surround me,
"237) ὙΠ 77ND. Here the simplest
interpretation seems to be that which
preserves the ordinary sense of the
words: as lions they gape upon my
hands and my feet, i. e. they threaten to
tear my limbs in pieces. The form "πὲ
is pr. ὡς ὃ λέων, i. e. as lions, comp. Is.

38, 13; and the notion of surrounding, .

ee upon, or the like, is then readily
derived in this manner by zeugma from
the preceding context.—Most of the an-

cient interpreters have taken "82> as a_

_ verb; and this is certainly possible, if we
regard "782 as particip. Kal in the Chal-
dee manner (D45p part. XP) and in the
plural number for 583, as "372 Ps. 45,
9 for 2°32; although to “ind two gram-
matical ναι of such extreme rarity
combined in this one word, is at least
remarkable ; comp. Lehrg. p. 401, 523.
In this way it would be rendered: 8)
piercing my hands and my feet, i.e. my
enemies wonnd me with darts and wea-
pons on every side. And it is hardly
necessary to remark, that all this ap-
plies as completely as possible to David,
to whom the Psalm is assigned in the in-
scription; and there is at least no necessi-
ty for understanding here directly Christ

_as affixed to the cross. A verb of boring
through, in the sense of wounding, (comp.

: Ge
2M and Arab. ys to pierce, to wound,)

is aptly attributed to hostile weapons;
and the hands and feet are put poetically
for all the members and so for the whole
body, comp. Hesiod Op. et D.114. Sept.
ὥρυξαν, which word is elsewhere used
in Sept. for 593, "72. Vulg. foderunt.
Syr.eS}2. 8) Aqu. Symm. in Hex-
apl. and Jerome in the reading vinze-
runt, attribute to this word the sense of
binding, which may also be defended on
philological grounds, (and this Hengst-
enberg ought not to have denied,

Christol. des A. T. I. p. 180,) comp. \S"
J, V, to fold or bind around the turban,

Sos

95 a wreath, turban. But this is far

less suitable to the context. 6) Finally
Aqu. in the earlier edit. renders it ἤσχυ-

ASA

1512

γὰν they disfigure, stain with blood, ete.
prob. assigning to the root “ΝΞ the sig-
nif. of Aram. "83 and "32.—That "x2
was commonly held to be a verb, is also

shewn by the reading found in two Mss.
Viz. TAN82 (A982) for ἢ.

ἘΠῚ. 55 or "3. obsol. root, prob.
i. gq. "8 to boil wp, and then to cook.
Syr. 5052) to boil up, to be hot.—Hence

ἘΠῚ 5 frying-pan, “153 basin, and the
two following.

“iD m. (r. 19D IT) a furnace, for smelt--

ing metals, Ez. 22, 18. 20.22. Prov. 17, 3.
27,21. Metaph. Is. 48, 10 I have tried
thee in the furnace of affliction. Deut. 4,
20 and hath brought you forth out of the
tron furnace of Egypt. 1K. 8, 51. Arab.

ys Syr. ἴ5α.5, id.

ND ig. τ q. Υ.

ἸῺ VD (smoking furnace) Chor-
ashan, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of
Simeon, 1 Sam. 30, 30; elsewhere Ὁ 9
q. ν.

wD Ezra 1,1. 7. 8, also 2, Cy-
rus, pr. n. of a king of the Persians, son
of Cambyses and grandson of Astyages
the Mede; Ezra 3, 7. 4, 3. 5. Is. 44, 28.
45, 1. 2 Chr. 36, 22. 23. Dan. 1, 21. 6,
29. 10,'1.
that this name in Persian signified the
sun, Ctesias ap. Plut. Artax. Opp. g yt ἢ
Ῥ. 1012. Ktym. Μ. Κύόρος, κοῦρος, ἥλιος.
Correctly, for it is the Pers. >; Zend.
hvaré sun, gen. hiiré; comp. Sanser.
stra, stiri, and the, more frequent siryd.
The &—is merely an ending, as in W175
q.v. [This signification is doubted ‘by

Lassen, but without suggesting another; _

see Zeitachr. f.d. Morgenl. VI. pp. 152,
154.—R.

3D Cush, pr.n. 1. Of persons: a)

A son of Ham, and father of Seba, Ha- '

vilah, Sabtah, Raamah, Sabtecha, and
Nimrod, Gen. 10, 6. 7. 8. 1 Chr. 1, 8-10.
b) A Benjamite of the court of Saul,
Ps. 7, 1.

2. As the name of a country or region,
Cush was of wide extent, and variously
employed. Of the descendants of Cush
(Gen. 10, 6-8, see no. 1. a), Nimrod peo-
pled Mesopotamia and Assyria; Raa-

The Greek writers affirm

1219 ἀδδ mM

man and his sons Sheba and Dedan had
their seats in eastern and southeastern
Arabia (see these articles); while at
least Seba and Sabtah are properly re-
ferred to Ethiopia. Hence the posterity
of Cush, the Cushites, accupied the im-
mense region stretching from Assyria
in the N. KE. through eastern Arabia
into Africa; carrying with them into
the latter country a branch of the Semi-
tic language, viz. the Ethiopic, which
stands in the closest affinity with the
old Himyaritic dialect of eastern Arabia.
The name Cush, Cushites, appears not
to have been used of the posterity of
Nimrod or their country in the north ;
though some find such an spiel ieditsiot
of it in Gen. 2, 13; see jim7a. But
these names were evidently applied to
the descendants of Cush both in Arabia
and Africa; and as a country Cush is
therefore backald .

a) As denoting Eastern Arabia, in
which were situated the Seanaito ute
and territories of Raamah, Sheba, and
Dedan; Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 9. All
these, as merchants trading with Tyre,
are expressly coupled with Arabia, Ez.
27, 20. 21. 22.
bians are said to be awd h-d¥ at the
side of the Cushites. When the Israel-
ites were at Hazeroth, in or near the ter-
ritory of the Midianites, Moses had mar-
ried a Cushite woman, prob. from eastern
Arabia, Num. 12,1. In Hab. 3,7 the
prophet sees the tents of Cushan (Cush)
and of Midian agitated, i. e. the noma-
dic tribes of both eastern and western
Arabia troubled. at the advance of\Israel.

In Is. 11, 11 Cush is perh. doubtful, be--

ing mentioned between Egypt on the
one hand, and Elam and Shinar, Persia
and Babylonia, on the other. Perh. Job
28,19; see ΠΏ. See Ritter’s Erd-
Bande. Th. XII. p- 56. Berl. 1846. Ro-
senm. Bibl. Geogr. III. p. 154 sq.

b) Put for Ethiopia, (fem. Ps. 68, 32,)
in part surrounded by the upper Nile,
and therefore understood by ancient
intpp. in Gen. 2, 13, see in jim74 and
comp. ls. 18, 1. Zeph. 3, 10; inhabited
by a people of dark colour Jer. 13, 23;
opulent Is. 43, 3. 45, 14; situated on the
south of Egypt Ez. 29, 10; and there-
fore often mentioned with Egypt Nah.

- WD no. 2.
eastern Arabia, plur. 9 Chr.21,16. Fem. :
In 2 Chr. 21, 16 the Ara- .

3, 9. Ez. 30, 4. 5. 9. Ps. 68, 32; with the

Libyans 2 Chr. 12, 3. 16,8; with Phut
Jer. 46, 9. Ez. 38, 5; as the extreme
western limit of Xerxes’ empire Esth.
1, 1. 8,9; also Ps. 77, 4.—Sépt. αὐϑιο-
nto, Αἰϑίοπες, Vulg. Athiopia, Azthio-
pes; Chald. and Syr. retain 139, eas.
Josephus explains the ancient name ;
Ant. 1.6.2 Χοῦσον μὲν οὐδὲν ἔβλαψεν ὁ
χρόνος, AiPionss γάρ x.t.4. The name
Kush for Ethiopia is also found upon
the hieroglyphic monuments of Egypt ;
Champollion Gramm. Egypt. p. 150, 151.
See more in Thesaur. p. 673.

Nore. In the Thesaurus, art. WD, p.
673, the author strenuously maintains,
in opposition to Bochart, Walton, and
Vitringa, that the name Cush, Cushiies,
is applied only to Ethiopia in Africa.
In the art. 5239, Thes. p. 1297, written
some years later, he admits that this
tribe (Raamah), as also Dedan and
Sheba, were Cushités, and dwelt in
Arabia.—R. for the whole article.

"01D m. 1. a Cushite, gentile n. from

a) Spoken of a native of

ΛΘ Num. 12,1; see in Wid no. 2. a.
b) i. ᾳ. an Ethiopian, see UD no. 2. Ὁ.
Jer. 13, 23. 38, 7.10. 12. 2 Chr. 14, 8.
Plur. ΔΛ 2 Chr. 14, 11. 12. 16, 8.
Dan. 11, 43; also πη. Am. 9, 7.—R.
2. Cushi, pr. n. of the father of the
prophet Zephaniah, Zeph. 1, 1.

722 Cushan, i. 6. eastern Arabia,
i. ᾳ. WAD no. 2. a, where see. Hab. 3, 7.
—R.

DNYw JW Chushan-rishathaim,
pr. n. of a king of sons prea Judg.
3, 8. 10.

ΓΘ fF ἮΝ “wd no. 2) prosperity,
plur. Ps. 68,7. Syr. ἴω», ἱμάς, id.

MAD 2 Κ 17, 30, and “M2 ν. 24, pr.
n. Cuth or Cuthah, the land of the Cuth-
ites, who with others were brought by

the king of Assyria into the desolated
kingdom of Israel, and there amalga-

mated with the ancient inhabitants into —

the Samaritan people; whence the lat-
ter are called by the Chaldee writers
and Talmudists "MD. Nothing certain
is known of the site of this country ; Jo-

ὅς) γ5

sephus places it in Persia, which is not
improbable, Ant. 9. 14.3; others seek it
in Phenicia, because the Samaritans
themselves professed to be of Sidonian
origin, Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 6. ib. 12. 5. 5.
See Michaelis Spicileg. P. I. p. 104 sq.

* 27) in Kal only part. 21 Ps. 116,

11 ; more usual in
Piet 332 to lie, to speak falsehood ;

Chald. 352, Syr. eyes Arab. dS,
id. The primary idea, lies perhaps in
breaking and cutting, so that 219 may
be a softened form from 3¥P 53 and then
this idea is transferred to falsehood and
fraud; comp. >%3.—Mic. 2, 11. Job 6,
28. 34, 6. Prov. 14,5. With > tolie unto
any one, to deceive him, Ez. 13,19. Ps.
78, 36. 89, 36 shall I then lie unto Da-
vid? 1. 6. break my faith, comp. Num.
23,19; with 2 id. 2 K. 4, 16. Metaph.
Hab. 2, 3; so of waters ΜΈΡΕΙ dry up
and thus deceive the hope of the tra-
veller Is. 58, 11, see 3338. Comp. Lat.
‘spem mentita seges’ Hor. Ep. 1.7. 87;
‘fundus mendax’ Carm. 3. 1. 30.

Hiru. to make lie, i. e. to give the lie,

to convict of lying, Job 24, 25.
ΝΊΡΗ. pass. of Hiph. to be proved false,
fallacious, Job 41, 1 [9]. Prov. 30, 6.
Deriv. 332 —3™9, also 3128, ΟΝ

519. m. a lie, falsehood, Is. 28, 15. 17.
5139 COP lying divination Ez. 13, 6;
3 top to divine lies. Ez. 13,7. 21, 34
[29]. 22, 28, D's'D M2 to utter lies,
to dele falsehood, Prov. 6, 19. 14, 5. 25,
19,5.9. Also deceit, Sraud, pint τ Dan.
11,27 333 725. Ps. δ, 7. 58, 4. Prov. 19,

22 219 δὴν a man of filsthood, a War, |

deceiver. 23,3 pat ἘΠῚ» 5 deceitful food,
spoken of the banquct ofa prince, which
allures his guests into danger.—Concr.
liars, deceivers, deluding with false hope,
θὲ ρὲ idole- ΤᾺ 40, ὅ. Am. 2, 4.

N75 (lying, false) Cozeba, pr. n. of
a place 1'Chr. 4, 22; prob. the same
with 319. and 32x Ὁ.

"ST? (lying, false, τ. 31D) Cozbi, pr. n.
of the daughter of a Midianitish prince,
Num. 25, 15. 18.

5139 (lying, false) Chezib, pr. n. of a
place in the tribe of Judah Gen. 38, 5;
prob. i. q. ΞῚΞΝ Ὁ.

4.56 m2

ε

ΗΘ obsol. root, kindr. with Arab.
(there being no Arabic root 5. )

to break with violence, to rout an enemy ;
in Heb. transferred to the idea of vio
lence in general.—Hence “358, USS,
DAIITON.

Mm. once M12 Dan. 11, 6, ὁ. suff.
"md. R.mm>q. v.

1. strength, “might, power, both to act
and to endure, Job 6, 11. 12; spoken of
men, as of military prowess Judg. 16, 5
9.19. Hab. 1,11. Is. 63,1; vital stre eth
Ps. 22, 16. 31, 11. 38, 11; πλννν νὰν
energy in buisitresd Gen. 31, 6. Is. 49, 4 ;
virile strength, and pset: for its fruit,
the first-born son, Gen. 49, 3; also of
animals Job 40, 16. Dan. 8, 7. Spoken
of the power and might of God, Jer. 10,
12 insa γὴν nbs. ‘Num. 14, 17. Job
23, 6. 24, 22, 37, 23. Ps. 65, 7.—(757) wr
3 m5 there is shrenatele power, in any
one, he has power, 2 Chr. 25, 8. 1 Sam.
28, 20, comp. 1 K..19, 8; 6. inf et > to
have power ta do any ching i. q. to be
able, I can, 1 Sam. 30, 4 wntil ora ἫΝ
ninsd n> they had no power to weep,
could weep no more. 2 Chr. 20, 12. 25,
8. Dan. 8, 7. 11, 15. Is. 50, 9 eine.
times it is put in the genit. after sub-
stantives and adjectives; as M2 y"28
mighty in strength Job 9, 4. Is. 40, 26;
ΠΞ ΝΙΝ Job 37, 23; m5 "455 Ps. 103,
20; m5 x55 for ΓΞ xb sein Job 26, 2.
τ ἐπέ δ a) Ina bad sense, vio-
lence, Ecc. 4,1. Ὁ) Trop. ability, i. 6.
wealth, riches, comp. >", Job 6, 22. 36,
19. Prov. 5, 10. Hos. 7,9. c) strength
of the earth, its fruits, produce, brought
forth by its vivifying power, Gen. 4, 12
Job 31, 39.

2. A species of large lizard, prob. so
called from its strength, Lev. 11, 30.
Sept. and Jerome the chamelion ; Arab.
Vers. wy the land crocodile, or a

species of it. [Not improb. as Bochart
supposes (Hieroz. I. p. 1069), Arab.
Joel the waral (vulg. waran), a spe-
cies of lizard several feet in length,
lacerta Nilotica, found occasionally in
Palestine ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL
p. 253.—R.

a

ia)

+97) j in Kal not used, prob. like Un}
and bm having the signe to cover, to
hide ; which then passed over partly to
the idea of denying, deceiving, lying, as
in OmD, 13D; and partly to that of be-
silecsrings painting, as in >>. The
order of derivation is md, an, PMD ;
comp. medius, milieu. Eth. Ὦ ΠᾺΡ to
deny, to apostatize ; Arab. (X= to de-
ny.

Pre. M3, to hide, to conceal, with acc.
and 12 of pers. Jer. 38, 14. 2 Sam. 14,
18; acc. impl. Josh. 7, 19. 1 Sam..3, 17.
18. Jer. 50, 2; different is a in Job 15,
18. With "2 Gen, 47,18. By litotes
“m2 X> not to hide is for to speak out
openly, to proclaim, Job 27, 11. Ps. 40, 11.
78, 4. Is. 3,9; contra, not to hide what
is true, i. q. not to deny, Job 6,10; comp.
wn.

Hipx. 735 1. to hide, Job 20, 12.

2. to destroy, to cut off, pr. to make
disappear, Gr. ἀφανέζειν, 6. σ΄. men Ex.
23, 23. 2 Chr. 32, 21. Zech. 11, 8; with
121 K. 13, 34. Ps. 83, 5.

Nip. 1. Pass. of Piel, to be hidden,
concealed, with 32 from any one, 2 Sam.
18, 13. Ps. 69, 6. 139, 15. Hos, 5, 3.

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be destroyed,
fo be cut off, Job 4, 7. 15, 28. 22, 20.
Zech. 11, 9.16; yaxn ja Ex. 9, 15.

9132 Chald. see in Chald. “πὶ p. 296.

* TM) obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. Syr. καθ

lo pant, Germ. keuchen, comp. the simi-
lar onomatopoetic roots MD), M28; then
fo exert oneself, one’s strength, ete.
Hence M5 strength, power. The Arab.

LS to prevail in battle, is apparently

secondary, and derived from the Heb.
71>.

*OnD ἢ ἅπ. heyou. i.g. Arab. SS, to
paint the eyes with stibium, Ez. 23, 40;
comp. 2 K. 9, 30. Jer. 4,30. The pri-
mary idea is that of covering, besmear-
mg; see in IMD. Chald. Syr. Arab.
Eithiop. id—The paint of the Hebrew
women, called 335 q.v. Gr. στέμμι, oti-
joy, was a powder producing a black
colour, commonly prepared from anti-
mony or from lead ore and zinc, which
they mixed with water, and spread by
means of a needle or probe of silver or

39

AST bi

ivory upon the borders of the eye-lids;
so that the white of the eye might ap
pear still whiter by being surrounded
with a black margin. See Bottiger’s
Sabina p. 22, 48. Hartmann’s Hebrae-
rin II. p. 149. sq. III. p. 198 sq.

“WMD 1. pr. to lie, to speak lies’ see
Piel. For the primary idea see in kindr.
sD.

2. Trop. to fail, to waste away, 8. δ.
the body, Ps. 109, 24 2 wns “wa
my flesh faileth from fatness, i. e. is
without fatness, pines away. Comp.
wm, also Piel no. 3.

Pie, ὉΠ 1. to deny what is true,
Gen. 18, 15. Josh. 7, 11. With 3 of
pers. to deny any one, as if not knowing
him, Job 8, 18; hence mint OD to deny
Jehovah Is. 59, 13. Jer. 5, 12. Josh. 24,
27; > id. Job 31, 28; absol: id. Prov. 30,
9. ’ With 2 of pers. and 3 of thing, to
lie or deny to any one as to any thing,
Lev. 5, 21 [6, 2].

2. to lie, to speak falsehood, Lev. 19,
11. Hos. 4,2. With 51K. 13, 18 wn
ἴθ he lied unto him.

3. to deceive or disappoint hope, ex-
pectation; hence i. q. to fail, spoken of
the products of the earth, Hos. 9, 2."
Hab. 3,17. Comp. in 519 Pi.

4, to feign, to flatter, to fawn upon,
chiefly of the vanquished, who profess
devotedness and love towards their vje-
tors, 6. Ὁ Ps. 18, 45. 66, 8. 81, 16.

Nieuw. ‘Deut. 33, 29, and Hrrnp. 2 Sam.
22, 45, ο. ὃ; i. q. Pi. no. 4.

Deriv. the,two following.

WMD 1. a lie, deceit, Nah. 3, 1. Hos.
10, 13. 12,1. Ps. 59, 13.

2. a pining away, leanness, Job 16, 8.

OM2 τη. adj. lying, false, e.g. children
who deny their father, Is. 30,9. R. ὉΠ.

pal aon primitive particle. A) Pr.a
Pron. relat. i.g. "88, although in this
its primary sense it is extremely rare
and therefore uncertain in the Hebrew
writings. The use of this ancient and
primitive word is also widely spread in
the Indo-European tongues: comp.
Sanscr. relat. yas, yd, yat, (softened for
gas, qa, φαΐ.) Lat. qui, que, quod; Pers.

, poet. 5, and even Chinese khé he,
and ¢éshé who. Correlative to these are

as , 458 omy

demonstr. δ, , Gr. 1, ts, Lat. is,

see Buttm. Ausf: Sprachl. I. p. 290;
demonstr. and relat. "5, So; comp.
Germ. die; interrog. %, 72, Ti-s, τί.
By dropping also the initial palatal from
the fuller and antique form qui, there
has arisen the Pers. and Zab. S97
Germ. wie.—The most certain example
of the relat. use, is prob. Gen. 3, 19 till
thou return unto the ground 232 "2
mnpe from which (whence) thou wast
taken, Sept. ἐξ ἧς ἐλήφϑης, and so also
Onk. Syr. Saad. The same idea is ex-
pressed in v. 23 by ΒΘ προ “Why.
Causal it can hardly be in these words;
since the cause isimmediately subjoined:
BWA ADS7>N1 MAX WDD "7D. Soo too in
Gen. 4, 25 ἢ 39m 9D, Vulg. quem oc-
cidit Cain, Sept. ὃν ἀπέκτεινε Kaiy, and
so Onk. Syr. since nothing could well
be feebler than the expression, ‘ for
Cain slew him. The same ancient
usage is again revived in Is. 54, 6 the
Lord calleth thee as a wife of youth ">
ὈΝ ΘΓ who hast been rejected, Sept. μεμι-
σημένην, Vulg. abjectam, Chald. que ab-
jecta eras. Is. 57, 20 the wicked are
dike the troubled sea 5259 ἂν» LPM Ἢ
which cannot rest, Vulg. quod quiescere
non potest. Other examples which may
be referred to this usage, are Prov. 30,
23. Deut. 14, 29. Ps. 90,4. Further, the
LXX take "D asa ΚΝ ΤΙΝ in why "2,
translating 27> ἕγεκα τούτου, and "5
ΞΡ ov ἕνεκεν. Of the primary prono-
minal power of this word no one can well
doubt, who considers the analogy of
other languages, and compares the two-
fold use of "®& as relat. and conjunc-
tion.

B) As a relative Conjunction, like
“tx, Gr. ὅτι, (whence wti, wt,) Lat.
quod, Fr. que.

1. that, (which also is a relat. pron.)
before dependent clauses following an
active verb and standing in the place of
an accusative, as elsewhere "WX and
fully "WX MX, see WW B. 1. Gen. 1, 10
siv: Ἢ “ponds nom pr. and God saw
this, that it was good. Job 9,2 ἜΣ ἼΔ
j2 “3 IT know that it is so. So snes verbs
of seeing Gen. 1, 4. 10. 12. 3, 6; of hear-
ing Gen. 14, 14. 29, 33. 39, 15; of know-
ing Gen. 22, 12. 24, 14. 42, 33; of point-

γ΄ -

ing out Gen. 8, 11. 12, 18. Ps. 50,6. 92,
16; of demanding Is. 1,12; of believing
Ex. 4,5. Job 9,16; of remembering Job
7, 7. 10, 9; of forgetting Job 39, 15.
Repeated, "31—"2 Gen. 29, 12.—In for-
mulas with a verb (or verbal) intransi-
tive, the dependent clause with "3 is to
be regarded as in the nominative, e. g.
"2D 31D it is good that, comp. Gen. 2, 18.
—Here also belong the following uses
of "3, viz. :

a) After formulas of swearing, as "1

"> mim by the life of Jehovah (1 swear)

that, 1 Sam. 20, 3. 25, 34. 26, 16. 29, 6.
Drban “m2 Seam. 2, 27 ; bx ὙΠ Job 27,
2; SON ‘an Is. 49; 18; ΡΝ > ΠΏΣ" ΓΞ
pro ma) 1 Sam. 14, 44, "2 Sam. 3, 8
19,2. 1 Κ. 3,28 ; seein M23 πο. 1. Hence,
by an ollipais οἱ a like formula, "3 is put
affirmatively even at the beginning of
an oracle, Is. 15, 1.

b) Where "2 is put before a clause or
words directly quoted, like Gr. ὅτε, Syr.
9, for which last see a host of examples

in Agrelli Otiola Syr. p. 19. Gen. 29, 33
nt Sw 9D WANN and she said, Jehovah

hath heard, pr. and she said that Jeho- ;
“vah hath heard Ex. 3, 12. 1 K. 11, 22.

Ruth 1, 16. 1 Sam. 10, 19. al.

c) Subjoined to adverbs and interjec-
tions which have the force of a whole
clause, 6. g. Job 12,2 DD DMN "D DION

no doubt that ye are the people. So ran |

"> behold that, i. q. the simple 735, Ps,
128, 4: "ἢ 2 wibh id. 1 Sam. 10, 1; “> AN
ΓΤ that, see FN; "D OBS only that,
see ODN; in all wine phrases "2 can
be omitted in rendering.

d) "2m is it so that? is it the case

that? Fr. est-ce que ? for whether? num?
Job 6, 22 "max "25 is it that I said?
didd say? 2 Sam. 9, 1.
an affirmative answer is expected (comp.
ΓΙ no. 1. b), is 7 not the case that? Fr.
nest-ce pas que? i. q. nonne? Gen. 27,3
29, 15. 2 Sam. 23, 19; comp. 1 Chr.
11, 21,

2. Asa relative causal particle, ὅτι
quod, viz.

a) As marking the cause and 7
of any thing, because, since ; so where
the causal clause precedes, as Gen. 3
14 because thou hast done this, cursec
art thou, etc. v. 17 because thou

So also where

‘a

hearkened unto thy wife, .... cursed is the
ground, etc. So where it follows, which
is far more common; Gen. 2, 3 and God
blessed the seventh day....because (3)
in it he had rested, etc. Lam. 3, 28 he
sitteth alone and silent 1739 9.22) "> be-
cause God hath laid it upon him. Ps. 22,
9. Where the causal clause is thus put

_ last, "2 may often be rendered by a de-

monstrative causal particle, for, Gr. γάρ,
6. g. Ps. 6, 3 heal me, Jehovah, 12132 7D
“2x2 for my bones tremble greatly. 10,
14, 25, 16.. Is. 2, 3. 6. 22. 3, 1. 10. 11.
Gen. 5, 24. 30, 13. 41, 49. al. sepiss.—
Almost dimaya "2 stands at the begin-
ning of its clause; very rarely it is in-
serted after one or more words, like Lat.
enim, Ps. 118, 10. 128, 2; so too Gen.
18, 20.

Where two or more causal clauses
follow each other, "2 is repeated, as
"3—"3, "3'—"D, because—and because,
or for—and. Of such examples there
are several classes: «) Where more
than one cause of a thing is assigned, as
Is, 6,5 wo is me! for (53) Tam undone,
aban ΤΣ D.... 728 ὉΠ Ὁ NID Wx "Dd
"229 AN nina " because Iam a man
of unclean lips .. .and because mine
eyes have seen the ine Jehovah of hosts,
i. e. because I, a man of unclean lips
have beheld the Deity. Ps. 22,12. )
Where the clauses are either less close-
ly connected, as Is. 9, 3. 4. 5. 15, 6. 8. 9.
28, 19. 20. 21. Job 3, 24. 25. 8, 9 (comp.
γάρ---γὰρ Matt. 6, 32, 18, 10. 11. 24. 27.
28); or one is, so to epeak, continuative
of the other, as Gen. 33, 11 for (53) God
hath dealt graciously with me, and ("3")
7 have all things. Job 38, 20. Is. 65, 16.
7) When the latter sinisdh dopants on
the former; Gen. 26, 7 for (3) he feared
to say, she is my wife, lest the men of the
place should slay him; because ("2) she

was fair. 43, 32. 47, 20.—To the first

class (α) belongs also the ironical pas-
sage 1K. 18, 27 cry aloud ποτ θὲς 72
19 977 53) #5 ony 923 ΠῚ "DRAM for
heisa god, and he is meditating, or has

gone aside, or has gone out, etc. the ἡ ins

"ai, 731, being here pyideatly disjunc-
tive ὅδ in 1 no. 1. i. p. 266.
Sometimes the causal power of "2 is
not at once obvious, where yet on con-
sidering the connection of the sentences

459

ar

it is found really to exist. E. g. Job 5,
22 at destruction and famine thou shalt
laugh, and of the beasts of the field thou
shalt not be afraid ; 23 for (53) with
the stones of the field shalt thou be in
league, and the beasts of the field shall

_ be at peace with thee, i. e. thou shalt fear

nothing, because thy field shall be fer-
tile, not covered with stones nor infested
with wild beasts. Is. 5, 10 for (73) ten
acres of vineyard shall yield one bath,
and the seed of an omer (ten ephahs)
shall yield one ephah; where the pro-
phet had just said, many houses shall be
desolate, without inhabitant, sc. because
of the impending sterility of the fields.
Is. 7,21 in that day a man shall leep
a heifer and a couple of sheep, 32.
‘sal miznn-b> Dok wath Nan 7D Ἂν
curds and honey shall every one eat, ete.
i. e. those who remain in the desolated
land, for want of fruits and wine, shall
live only on curdled milk and honey, and
therefore turn their attention to the
keeping of cattle and flocks. Comp. Is. 17,
3 sq. 30,9. In other examples "5 refers
not to the words next preceding, but to
others more remote, as Is. 7, 14 therefore
the Lord himself will give thee a sign:
Behold, a virgin shall conceive....16
for (72) before the child shall know, ete.
i.e. in this very thing, contained in v. 16,
consists the sign and prophecy which
Jehovah will give; comp. 8, 4. Is. 10, 25
fear not....26 for yet a very little while
and the punishment shall cease. Josh 5,
δ. 14, 12. 17, 18. Ps. 45, 11. 12. Comp.
for the like use of the particle γάρ,
Herm. ac Viger. p. 846; and for enim,
Ramshorn’s Lat. Gram. ὃ 119.1. With
these particles "D> has also this further
in common, that it is put where one
appeals to a thing as, known to all, as
matter of common notoriety, for surely,
for certainly, of course, 6. g. Job 5, 6
VIN DI NY ND.1D_ for surely affliction
cometh not forth from the dust. Is. 32, 6.
13. So ironically, Prov. 30,4 what is
his name and what his son’s name? “D
stn for thou knowest it of course. Job
38,5. 1 K. 18, 27, see end of preced.
paragr.

Finally, to this causal signification
belong the following uses of "D>: αα)
After verbs implying an affection of the

“5 460 8 a

mind, as marking the cause of that
affection; e. g. of rejoicing Is. 14, 29.
Ps. 58, 11. 105, 38. 107, 30; of being
angry Gen. 31, 35. 45, 5; of fearing
Gen. 43, 18. Ps. 49, 17; of respecting
Gen. 6, 6. 7. £88) As introducing an
explanation, or the application of a par-
able, etc. for, for indeed, Lat. atqui, Is.
5, 7. Job 6, 21.

b) As marking consecution, result, ef-
fect, i. e. the cause or reason why a thing
is or will be so and so, i. q. that, so that,
so as that; comp. Gr. τέ γέγονεν ὅτι.
Gen. 20,9 what have I sinned against
thee, that (53) thou hast brought on me

..a great sin? 40,15 here also I have
dame nothing, that ("D) they should put
me into the dungeon. Is. 36, 5 now on
whom dost thou trust, that ("D) thou hast
rebelled against me? Ps. 8, 5 what is
man, that (53) thou art mindful of him?
comp. Ex. 3, 11. Is. 29, 16 shall the pot-
ler be accounted as the clay, that ("3)
the work shall say of the workman, He
made me not? Hos. 1,6; also Gen. 20,
10."Ps. 44, 19. 20. 2 K. 8, 13. Job 6, 11.
10, 5. 6. 15, 14. 21, 15. al.

3. From the preceding causal power
is derived the use of "D> in various ad-
versative constructions. Εἰ. g.

a) Preceded by a negative it is i. q.
but, Lat. sed, Germ. sondern. 1 K. 21,
15 Naboth is not alive m2 "> but dead ;
pr. for he is dead. Gen. 24,3 thow shalt
not take a wife for my son τὰ the daugh-
ters of the Canaanites’....4 τοις "2
WOM... ἼΣΟΝ but thou shalt g go unto my
tan etc. Inv. 38 in the same con-
text we find ἔσταν. Gen. 45, 8 it is not
you who sent me hither, but (53) God,
pr. for God sent me. Gen. 19,2 "3 &>
152 ainna nay! but we will abide all
night in the street. Gen. 3,°4. 5. 17, 15.
Ex. 1, 19. Josh. 17, 18. 2 Chr. 20, 15.
Ps. “4. 8. Is. 7, 8. 65, 6. Dan. 9, 18. al.
See below in Ὀδ "D Β. 1. Once for
Dx "D B.2, 1 Sam. 27,1 nothing is well
for me, 23%% "D unless that 1 flee, ex-
cept I flee; Sept. ἐὰν μή.

b) Similar to this is the use of "5 in
passages where a preceding negative is
not directly expressed, but yet a nega-
tive force lies in the sentence itself;
e.g. where in Latin the full construction
would be, ‘(minime vero) sed,’ also sim-

ply enim, as in Cicero Tusc. 2. 24: “num
tum ingemuisse Epaminondam putas,
quum una cum sanguine vitam effluere
sentiret ? Imperantem enim patriam La-
cedeemoniis relinquebat, quam acceperat
servientem,” for: Minime vero, nam —;
Germ. nein sondern ; Engl. nay but ; nay
for; but no, for ; ete. Job 31, 17 have
I then eaten my morsel alone, and the
orphan hath not eaten thereof? 18 Nay
but (53) from my youth he grew up with
me as a father. Mic. 6, 3 what injury
have I done to thee? 4 None, for (but)
I brought thee up out of Egypt, etc. Ps.
44, 21 sq. if we had forgotten God....
would not God have searched it out? 24
But no ("2), for thy sake are we slaugh-
tered. Job 14,13 Oh that thou wouldest
hide me in Sheol. . until thy wrath be
past (and afterwards recal me to life,
though I know this cannot be!) 16 59
“BOR “IT¥ ΠῺΣ bul no! instead of this
thou numberest my steps; so far from
dealing kindly with me, thou even liest
in wait as it were against me. Ps. 49,11.
130, 2. 2 Sam. 19, 23. Is. 49, 24. 25.

c) Rarely where no negative pre-
cedes, like ἀλλὰ γάρ, but truly, but yet,
yet, nevertheless ; comp. DN "D B. 3.. Is.
28, 28 bread-corn is beaten out, X> “>
sents tity mxz> but yet one does not
thresh it always ; see in ppt no. 1. Is.
8, 23.m> ΤΣῊ atind Asan ND τῷ never-
theless the darkness shall not abide
where now distress is. Job 23, 10.

4. As a particle of time, like "tx B.
5; pr. at which lime, what time, when.
With a pret. Ps. 32, 3 35a ΤΙΣΙ “2
“2x2 when (while) I kept silent, my
bones wasted away. Judg. 2, 18. Ez. 3,
19. Job 7, 13. Oftener with a fut. Gen.
4,12 ΠΝ ΠΤΟΝ TAsM ὙΦ when thou
tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth
yield unto thee her strength. 24, 41. Is.
43, 2. Jer. 2, 26. 1 K. 8, 44. Job 27, 8.9;
and so with fut. as pres. Job 22, 2 is a
man profitable unto God. when as d wise —
man he is profitable to himself? Ps. 8.4
when I consider thy heavens, etc. Job

4, 5. Ps. 11,3. Is. 1, 12. Lev. 21,9. al.

With a participle Jer. 44.19. So too —
without a verb, Hos. 11, 1 5x4 722 ΓΞ
when Israel was a child. Joh 39, 24.
Very freq. in the construction "2 "77",
"2 nim and it came to pass, when, etc.

- ditional ° ot i. q.

γε

Gen. 6, 1 and it came to pass when
(3 "π|5) men began to multiply, etc.
Sept. καὶ ἐγένετο ἥνικα x. τ. 2. 2. Sam.
7, 1. 19, 26. al. sep. Ex. 1, 10 and it
come to pass when (3 nim) there fall-
eth out, etc. Judg. 21, 22. 1 Sam. 10, 7.
Is. 16, 12. Jer. 5,19. 15,2. See in Ain
no. 1, p. 249.—Sometimes this use ap-
proaches near to a conditional power
(comp. 788 B. 4) as in Engl. when for
if; so with a pret. Ex. 20, 25; or with
a fut. 2 K. 4, 29 when (if) thou meetest
any man, salute him not. Gen. 46, 33
where Sept. ἐάν. Ex. 7; 9. Deut. 14, 24.
Josh. 20,5. At other times, a strict dis-
tinction is observed between this parti-
cle and the conditional 08, as Ex. 21, 2
when (53) thou buyest a Hebrew servant,
six years shall he serve thee, and in the
seventh he shall go out free. 3. If (2%)
he came in alone, he shall go out alone ;
if (ON) with a wife, then his wife shall
go out with him. 4. If (0%) his master
have given hima wife... 5 and if (5&3)
the servant shall say, etc. So very often,
ps being every where used before the
particular conditions of a law, and "2 be-
fore the whole law. Comp. in the same
chapter, v. 7 "2, and v. 8. 9. 10. 11, O&.
v. 14.18 "3, and v.19 ON. v. 20 "5 and
v.21 08. v.22 "Dandv.23 0x. Sov.
26. 27. 28, comp. 29. 30. 32. Also Lev.
1, 2. 3.. In Arabic the same distinction

exists between fof i. q. "D and the con-
Dx .—This *> of time
Seiad "stands’i in a clause after the
nominative, as Lev. 1, 2. 2,1. 4, 2. Is.
28, 18. 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 28. Ez. 14,
13. al.

To the same conditional usage per-
tain the examples where "2 is for the
fuller "> ΘᾺ even when, even if, although ;
see DA no. 4. p. 197. Ex. 13, 17 God led
them not the way of the land of the Phi-
listines, 277°) IN 7D although that was
near. Ps. 49, 19. 116, 10. Hab. 3, 17.

5. A less usual but certain use of 73
is in the apodosis, Engl. then, so. The
protasis then has a ἀμ δἰ ἀσραὶ particle,

e.g. DN, Job 8,6 HAY "3 ANN WW AON
Ὁ» = if thou art pure ‘and ‘upright,
then he will soon awake for thee. 37, 20 ;

xd on, Is. 7, 9 if ye will not believe, then
205

461 "5

ye shall not be established ; > Job 6, 2.
3; "55 Gen. 31, 42. 43, 10; ">48 Num.
22, 33; WW condit. Ecc. 8,12; "YX Ἴ55
Gen. 22, 16. 17.—Some assume here an
ellipsis, e. g. I affirm that, sure it is that,
or the like. This accords with the like
usage in no. 1. a, and is not improbable ;
although a demonstrative or affirmative
power, which some assume as the pri-
mary one in this particle, is without any
certain traces.

6. Prepositions to which "3 is sub-

joined, (like τῶν B. 9.) are thus convert-

ed into conjunctions, as "3 432 and "> dz
on this account that, because ; “ΤῚΣ un-
til that, until ; “D PY and "9 MAN for
the reason that, because. Comp. Lehrg.
p. 637.—For }27>> "D see in its order
after ON "D p. 462. For "2 5N see p.
77.

Note. A remarkable example of the
various significations of "> is found in
Josh. 17, 17. 18 Thou shalt not have one
lot only, but (72) the mountain shall be
thine ; since ("2) it is a forest, so thou
shalt cut it down, and its utmost ends
shall be thine ; for (53) thou shalt drive
out the Canaanites, because (53) they
have iron chariots and because ("2) they
are strong, i. e. because otherwise they
will be a source of trouble and destruc-
tion to you. Comp. 14, 12. |

DX "5 a compound particle having a
twofold usage :

A) Where ἘΝ refers to an inserted or
parenthetic clause, and each particle
retains its own native force. Thus:

1. that if, see "> B. 1. Jer. 26, 15 but
know ye 037-72 "NN DAN ΘΛ Ὁ ΓΝ 7D
ps">9 ound DMN “PP? THAT, IF ye put me
to death, (that) ye shall bring innocent
blood upon yourselves. 1 K. 20, 6. So
after a formula of swearing, 1 Sam. 14,
39 92 22 FNM ΤΟΣ ἜΘ. πη Π
mia" mia as Jehovah liveth .. (I swear)
THAT, IF it be even Jonathan my son,
(that) he shall surely die. Jer. 22, 24.
In these examples "D is repeated after
the parenthetic clause; in others Vav
copulative is put instead: 1 Sam. 20, 9
far be it τι ANID sy Dao 72
2 TEN FMR NDT...7IN DIA THAT, IF
I knew that evil were prepared of my
father ...then I would not tell it thee.

ἐς λθῷ

Ex. 22, 22. Gen. 47, 18; comp. ἢ p. 266.
bb.

2. because if, for if, see "D> Β. 2. Ex.
8,17 [21]. 9, 2. 10,4. Deut. 11, 22. Esth.
4.14. Is. 10, 22. Prov. 23, 18. al. sep.
Also interrog. nam num ? for whether ?
see DN B. 1. Lam. 5, 22 dka7DN 1D
amon’. for wilt thou then utterly reject
us? comp. Jer. 14, 19 where it is 4 in-
stead of "3.

3. but if, after a negative, see "D B. 3.
Lam. 3, 32 DA ΠΡ ΠΝ "DB but if he
cause inte yet will he have compassion.
Also without a previous negative, see
in "3 B. 3. c, Ex. 23, 22.

Norte. In 1 Sam. 25, 34 "3 introduces
the apodosis, see "2 B.5; while ἘΝ is
the negative after an oath, see O& Ὁ. 1.
ce. In 2 Sam. 3, 35 "3D continues the
clause after a formula of swearing, see
“2 B.1.b; and 0&8 is negative as be-
fore.

B) Where both particles are closely
conjoined and refer to the same clause.

1. but if, after a negative; Ps. 1, 1
happy the man who walketh not (q. ἃ. tf
he walk not)... 2 but if (0% 59) his de-
light 18 in the law of Jehovah ; here it is
simply but, Germ. sondern, after a nega-
tive, i. gq. "> B. 3. a; the force of the
other particle being attenuated and ne-
glected. So Gen. 15, 4 this shall not
be thine heir, but (G8 “D) he that shall
come forth, etc. 32, 29 thy name shall not
be called Jacob, but (ἘΝ 52) Israel. Josh.
17, 3 he had no sons, but (ἘΝ "D) daugh-
ters. 1 Sam. 8,19 and they said, Nay,
but (ON ἈΞ) we will have a king over us.
2 Sam. 5,6. 1K. 18, 18. Is. 37, 19. 65,
18. Jer. 3, 10. al. sep.—Sometimes the
negative before O& "D is to be supplied,
comp. "D2 B. 3. Ὁ. 1 Sam. 26, 10 as the
Lord liveth 5323" TN BX ἘΦ (not 1) but
the Lord smite him. 2 Sam. 13, 33 let
not the king take it to heart etise they
say, All the king’s sons are dead ; (not
so) but Amnon only is dead.

_ 2. but tf, but when, i. q. unless, except,
always after a negative. a) Beforea
verb, ‘Gen. 32, 27 I will not let thee go,
except (ON "D) thou bless me. Am. 3, 7.
Gen. 42,15. Lev. 22,6. Ruth 2, 16. 3,
18. 2Sam. 5, 6. Ecc. 3,12. Ὁ) Before
a noun; ‘Gen. 39,9 he hath kept back
nothing from me except (DX "D) thee,

as a

because thou art his wife. v. 6. Lev. 21,
1.2 there shall none be defiled for the
dead ...except (0% "D) for his kin. Num.
26, 65. Josh. 14, 4. 1 Sam. 30, 17. 22.
Esth. 2, 15. Jer. 7, 23. al. The preced-
ing negative is sometimes implied in a
question, Mic. 6, 8. Is. 42, 19.

3. Without a preceding negative, but, .

Germ. aber, comp. "D B. 3. e. Gen. 40,
14 "M721 ON "DB but remember me, when
it shall be well with thee ; Sept. ἀλλά,
Syr. iif. Num. 24, 21. 22 strong is thy
dwelling-place ...but (ἘΝ 32) Kain shall
be wasted.

C) It is seen above, that one of the
two particles is often redundant and
might be omitted; and so 5X is four
times actually omitted in Keri, Ruth 3,
12. 2 Sam. 13, 33. 15, 21. Jer. 39, 12.
Still more is this the case, where 5X 72
stands in the following connections:

1. that, i. q. "> B. 1. a, after formulas
of swearing, 2 Sam. 15, 21 where Keri
omits ON. 2 K. 5, 20; after a verb of
swearing, Jer. 51, 14; after 0208 Ruth
3,12. So where the words of an oath
or affirmation are implied, thus marking
astrong affirmation, Judg. 15,7 ΠΏΣ ON
“rap? OX "D PND if ye have done thus,
(know assuredly) that I will be avenged.
1 K. 20, 6.—For 2 Sam. 3, 35, see above
in A, note.

2. because, for, causal, i. ᾳ. "D B. 2.
Job 42, 8.

]2702 "2 a formula signifying lit. for
therefore, and used to mark not purpose
and end, but rather the reason and cause
ofa thing. The examples fall into two
classes, viz.

1. Where "> and 3. 85 are to be taken
separately, for because; so that ΞΘ is
for VX 4275 on this account that, be-
cause, (see in {> with Prep. d,) and in-
troduces the protasis, which the apodo-
sis then follows. Soin these passages :
Gen. 33, 10 receive my present, }2">2 "2
ab Salo cobs “8 PROD ΠῸΒ NN for,
because I have seen thy face as though I
had seen the face of God, so thou wilt
receive me graciously. Num. 10, 31. 14,
43 for, because ye are turned away from
Jehovah, so Jehovah will not be with you.

2. Where the formula is i. q. 3.»
for "WX 3.55 on this account that. be.

es

tee

cause, as above. Gen. 38, 26 she (Ta-
mar) is more righteous than J, because
(j27>2 53) I gave her not to Shelah my
son; Vulg. quia. Judg. 6, 22 alas, O
Lord God ! (I must die) because I have
seen an angel of the Lord face to face ;
comp. 13, 22. Is. 6,5. Sept. ὅτι, Vulg.
quiu.—2 Sam. 18, 20 Keri. Jer. 29, 27.
28. 38, 4. Gen. 19, 8 only unto these men
do nothing ; because (jD7>3 "D) they
have come under the shadow of my roof.

Nors. From the examples in no. 1, it
appears that in this formula "3 origi-
nally retained its distinct native causal
power; and no transposition or trajec-
tion is necessary, suchas I formerly as-
sumed. In the other examples 19 >> ">
seem to have coalesced into one com-
pound particle, in which two causal
particles are ‘accumulated ; and the
power of the first became by degrees
so attenuated as to be nearly or quite
redundant ; just like "78 in Chaldee
(2753 TN, ‘which stands for the Heb.
formula i in the Targums.

I]. "D subst. (for "3D, στ. MID, as "δὶ
for 8, 9 for "2) a ‘mark burnt in,

brand, once Is. 3, 24. ΠΤ οι
*I"D obsol. root, Arab. SW mid. Ye,

E Sor
to use deceit, to overreach ; whence QuS
trick, fraud, also destruction, ruin, war.
Hence-in Heb. "3, ji".

2 m. destruction, calamity, Job 21,
20. See also ji".

TWD m. ἅπαξ λεγόμ. a spark, Job 41,
1 Ὡς. Ὑ2.

PT m. (τ. 13) 1. a javelin, spear,
asmaller kind of lance, different from
mm (1 Sam. 17, 6. 7. 45. Job 39, 23);
borne by soldiers suspended from the
shoulder, 1 Sam. 1. c. and thrown after
brandishing Job 41, 21 [29]; common
among the Babylonians and Persians
Jer. 6, 23. 50,42; and so made as to be
conspicuous when lifted up Josh. 8, 18
comp. 26, being probably decorated with
a flag, like the lances of the modern
Polish lancers or Uhlans. So Kimchi
02 aw MINN Nin ‘this is the spear with
a flag onit.” Bochart aptly derivesit from

59 o-
1.°D, comp. 237 sword, and yo war.

463

i

2. Chidon, pr. n. of a place between
Kirjath-jearim and Jerusalem ; 1 Chr.

é

13,9 γ71Ὶ3 7.8 the threshing- -floor of Chi-

don; in 2 Sam. 6, 6 1133 775, see 1122.

“iD τὰ. (τ. 1D) tumult, espec. war-
like tumult, wav, Job 15,24. Vulg. pre-
lium, Syr. war.

713 unas λεγόμ. prob. a statue, image,
from r. 119 Pi. 1533, after the ἐπα Pian,
2435p, etc. The prophet says of the Is-
dublites % in the desert: Am. 5, 26 ye bore
the tabernacle of your king (idol), and
the statue (j"°2, or statues, Heb. Gr.

. § 106. 3) of your idols, the star of your god

which ye made to yourselves ; so Vulg.
imaginem idolorum vestrorum ; comp.
Acts 7,43. According to this interpre-
tation, the only one which the received
vowels well admit, the name of the idol
so worshipped by the Israelites is not
given; and it can only be inferred from
the mention of a star, that some planet
is to be understood, which Jerome con-
jectures to have been Lucifer or Venus.
—The Syriac translator gives a differ-
ent explanation, translating D275 4.72

by este, ele Saturn your idol; pro-
nouncing the Heb. 112 prob. as 272,
and regarding it as i. q. Syr. ek Arab.

S$ ,-oF
las the planet Saturn, which the

Semitic nations worshipped along with
Mars as an evil demon to be propitiated
with sacrifices ; see Comm. on Is. II. p.
343.—The LXX held 41" to be the
proper name of an idol; although chang-
ing 3 into " (comp. WX> Nah. 1, 6 Sept.
ἀρχάς as if for WN") they write it cor-
ruptly ἹΡαιφᾶν, ἹΡηφάν, which by the fur-
ther corruption of transcribers became
‘Peupay, ἹΡεμφᾶ. It has been assumed,
but cannot be shown, that “Poway or
“Ῥηφάν was an Egyptian word denoting
the planet Saturn. It was so found in-
deed in two Coptic-Arabic Lexicons by
Kircher, Ling. AXgypt. restit. p. 49, 527;
but Jablonsky long since remarked,
that this word and the other names of
planets in these lexicons were of Greek
origin, and were drawn from the Coptic
version of Amos and the Acts. The
more recent lexicographers of the Cop-
tic tongue have been able to find ne

᾿Ξ

more in Thesaur. p. 669, 670.

“92 and Ἴ59 m. plur. o*D 2 Chr.
4, 6, and ni- 1 K. 7, 38. 40, 43. R. "55 IT.

1. Pr. a basin, fire-pot, fire-pan, so
called from boiling or roasting, 1 Sam.
2,14. So Ox "2 a fire-pan, fire-basin,
Zech. 12, 6.

2. a basin, wash-basin, laver, from its
form, Ex. 30, 18, 28. 31, 9. 35, 16. 39, 39.
1 K. 7, 38. al.—Further

3. a platform or pulpit, suggestus, for
speaking in public, so called from the
form, 2 Chr. 6,13. The context does not
determine whether this suggestus was
round or square; and the measure of
length and breadth given would rather
imply the latter. But as the name im-

‘plies a likeness to a basin, it was more
probably round.

"2° Is. 32, 5, and "DD vy. 7, deceitful,
a deceiver, Vulg. fraudulentus; by
apheresis for “b523, "523 (r. 523) the
adj. termination "— ‘bee added. Syr.
111. id. The comet perhaps uses the

form ">> for ">">, in allusion to the fol-
lowing sb.

nish f. plur. (τ. sb) sledge-ham-
mers or axes, Ps. 74,6. Syr. tases
a hammer, axe,-mattock. Kindr. is
Chald. xp>5p club, cudgel.

ΓῺ f. (τ. 85:9) pr. a heap, cluster,
espec. of stars, and hence for the con-
stellation of the Pleiades, or the Seven
Stars, consisting of seven large stars
closely con gst alo with other smaller

ones, Arab. GS ee ἐὰ multitude,
more fully Le | dg&e the binding to-
gether, bundle, cluster, of Pleiades; Syr.
like Heb. aao.—Am. 5,8. Job 9, 9. 38,
31, in which latter passage we have the
Habla figure M7272 Nin. ἼΣΟΙ didst
thou bind the bands of the “Pleiades ?
See more in Hyde on Ulugh-Beigh’s
Tabb. p. 32. Niebuhr’s Arabia p. 114
Germ. Ideler Ursprung und Bedeutung
der Sternnamen, p. 146.

ΟἽ m. contr. for 022 from r. 022, like
Did q. v. for 025.

1. a bag purse, for money Prov. 1;
14. Is. 46,6; used also by merchants to

ἀρά,

other examples; Peyron. p. 184.—See .

=>

carry their weights for money and mer-
chandise, Deut. 25, 13. Mic. 6, 11; see
Chardin Voyage T. III. p.420. Hence

ὈΠ3 "258 Prov. 16,11. Syr. and Chald. id.

2. a cup, i.q. 01D, Prov. 23, 31 Cheth.
where Keri 01>. Hence ὉΠ and ὈἿ2
are seen to be kindred forms

"2 only Dual Ὡ 9 (τ. 44D 11) prob.
a cooking-furnace, range for pots, per-

chaps of pottery, as it could be broken ;

and double, as having places for two
pots or more, Lev. 11, 35, where it is
coupled with "52m oven. So Kimchi.

Syr. aod dad pot-house, hearth, Sept.
χυτρόποδες pot-feet, supporters.
47D see 3.

“WWD m. (τ. 8D) a righter, director,
sc. of a spindle, i. e. the whirl or twirl of
a spindle, fixed upon its lower end for
the purpose of twirling it; once Prov.
31,19. So Kimchi. In the East the
spindle is held in the hand, often per-
pendicularly ; and is twirled with one
hand, while the other draws out the
thread. Comp. Thes. p. 722.

M22 (Milél) contr. from 2 MD so so,
i. e. so and so, thus and thus, i. q. simpl.
HD, but stronger. As referring to
what precedes, Ex. 29, 35. Num. 8,
26. 11,15. Deut. 29, 23. Hos. 10, 15;
also to what follows Ex. 12,11. 1K.
1,48. It is found in every age of the
Hebrew: and stands always absol. be-
ing never preceded by 2. Hence M2378
how? q.v.—In Aramean the final 7
is dropped, leaving the form 3 ‘so;

whence some have regarded M32 as de-

rived from 32 with He paragogic. This
opinion, though false, seems to have

been followed by the Hebrew gramma- —

rians in placing the tone on the penult.

22 f£ Gen. 13,10. Ex. 29, 23. 2K. 5,
5, constr. "22, pr. a circle, orb, for "272,
from r.113, Pilp.93"2. Plur. see in no.
2,3. Inthe occidental languages corre-
sponding words are circus, circulus, and
with the r softened κύκλος. Comp. 22

1. a circuit, circumjacent tract of coun-

try, Neh. 12, 28. So ipsa “22 the cir-,
cuit or tract of the Jordan, i.e. the tract —

through which the Jordan flows into the
Dead Sea, Gen. 13, 10. 11. 1 K. 7. 46

Tae

2 Chr. 4, 17; Sept. ἢ περίχωρος τοῦ

᾿Ιορδάνου, and so Matt. 3,5. Often also

καί ἐξοχήν “DD id. Cesk 13, 12. 19, 17.

25. 2 Sam. 18, 23. Neh. 3, 59, Now
| el-Ghor. .

2. ἘΠῚ “2D lit. a round of bread; a
round loaf or cake, Ex. 29, 23. 1 Sam.
2, 36. Prov. 6, 26. Plur. ΠΡ ninD>
Inde. 8, 5. ales 10, 3.

3. a talent, Syr. ᾿μαϑ, a weight equal
to 3000 shekels of the sanctuary, as ap-
pears from Ex. 38, 25.26; comp. how-
ever 2 Sam. 12, 30. =snt "22 a talent
of gold 1 K. 9, 14. 10, 10. 14; HOD "2D
2 K. 5, 22. 23, 33; map> “> Zech. 5, 7.
Dual 5"">> two talents, 2 K. 5, 23 ;
02 p23 two talents of silver, ib.
where 5.25 holds as it were the mid-
dle place between the stat. absol. DDD
and constr. "22; which latter would
not*here mark the dual number. Plur.
B22 constr. "222 f. talents 2 K. 5, δ.
1 Chr. 22, 14. 29, 7. Ezra 8, 26.

22 Chald. plur. 133 or 1.123, a
talent, i. q. Hebr. no. 3. Ezra 7, 22.

55 im. once 54D Jer. 33. 8 Cheth.
c. Makk. “59, pr. subst. the whole, to-
parish from r. 553 to complete. Arab.

, Syr.\\5, Samar. 274; Eth. A,

id. Corresponding are Gr. ὅλος, Lat.
ullus, Engl. whole. In the occidental
languages it is mostly to be rendered by
adjectives.

1. Where it refers to a single thing
and includes the idea of oneness, totality,
whole, all, Lat. totus, Gr. ὅλος ; followed
by a substantive in the genitive, made

definite either by the definite article, as
Gr. πᾶσα ἡ γῆ, toute la terre, the whole
earth; or by the genit. of a noun or pro-
noun; unless it be a proper name which
is in itself definite. E. g. yuxt7>> all
the earth, the whole earth, Gen. 9,19. 11,
1; orn->> all the people Gen. 19, 4;
4820-59 all the flock 31,8; dixn-d> the
whole ram Ex. 29, 18; oin->D all the
day, the whole day, see ἘΠ no. 3. g. 8;
JPINI ID2->2 the whole tract of the Jor-
dan Gen.13,10; 85D y7N~>> all the land
of Ethiopia Gen. 2,13, comp. 14. 7. 41,8.
45, 20; ἼὩΣ. 23 all my people Gen. 41,
40; Ἴ952. 533) Faa>-bsa Deut. 4, 29.

A465 >>

2 Sam. 9,9. Gen. 2, 2; 9) 1.55 all
Israel, the whole people of Israel, 1Chr.
11,1. But even in this signif. there oc-
cur certain examples where the subst. 7
without the art. (comp. in no. 2. c,) 6.
ΘῈ5- 555} 327523 with all the heart cold
with all the mind 2 K. 23,3; so Ps. 111,
1. 119, 2. 34. 69. 145. Also “wan->> all
flesh, all men, Gen. 7, 15; but 1wa-5>
6, 12. 13. Is. 40, 5. 49, 26.—With suff.
wR, 22, thou ‘whole, Is. 14, 29. 31. 22,
5 ibe all of him Gen. 25, 25. Rarely
ἐς is ‘put in the genit. after a noun, (in
the manner of the phrase 83> "5 and
the like,) as D>m mtn the whole vision

or revelation, Is. 29, 11; oftener with a

suffix, as nbp byte =a Israel all of it,
i. e. all Israel, 2 Sam. 2,9; 22 bez
for ΤΣ 2.59 Ez. 29, 2; bs ban Job 34,
13. For the Minilar usage ‘in the Ave

bic words is and

Gramm. Arabe II. § 68.

2. Where it refers to several things,
many individuals, all, every, e. g.

a) Absol. o) Without art. 55 all, i.q.
they all, but with verb sing. Is. 30,5 >>
texan all were ashamed. Is. 44, 24 all
things, sc. which exist. Ps. 8,7. Job 13.
1. 42,2. 8) With art. 55m the whole, all,
i.e. all: men, i.q.DINM7>D. Gen. 16, 12479
b22 his hand against all. Ece. 9. 2b
>D> “wind all things alike to all, i.e. the
same lot awaits all. Job 24, 24 bop 12277
PREP) they melt away, like all they die.
Joined with a verb sing. Ps. 14, 3. Eee.
6,6. So for all things, every thing, Ece.
1,2 93m 55h all is vanity. 3, 11. 7, 15.
12, 8. Ps. 49, 18. Dan. 11. 2.

b) Before a plur. subst. made definite,
comp. F'r. ‘tous les hommes.’ So “>>
pia all the nations Is. 2, 2. 25,7; “b5
mibsbn all the nights, every night, 21, 8.
prswn-bp all the wicked Ps. 145, 20 ;
ptbpin-b>. all the falling 145,14; “bp
pon all the days, i. e. the whole time, ’
seein ἘΠῚ no.2; DI %277d> all the days
of Adam Gen. 5, 5; ash ΤΈΣ all the
Levites Ex. 32, 26; ‘bon natin-d> Is. 18,
3; pra “abn-bs 14, 9; arminbay-b2 all
thy mighty works Ps, 9,2. Poet. and in
the later books also without the art.
p3"->9 Is. 13, 7, mismew->> 28, 8, comp.
5: 18, 80; prha-bs all the women Ezra

ase see De Sacy

59
10, 3. With suff. plur, 1252 all of us,
we all, Gen. 42, 11; 0255 all of you, ye
all, Deut. 1, 22; nbs they all Is. 14, 10.
18/.31,, 3, yal cms 2 Sam. 23, 6; f.
m3bD Gen. 42, 36, “ranbe 1 K. 7, 37.—
Mes hhelore tite vabai{ τως Gen. 6, 2 “>>
na “tx all (the daughters) whom
they "chose. 7, 22 °° τ) “wx->>
TBR all in whose nostrils was the breath
of life. 39,5 %> ὧν “wix-d> all that he
had ; and ellipt. "minh nb all thet I
have prepared 1 Chr. 29, 3. So too be-
fore a periphrastic plural, “oi “->2a
in all generations Ps. 45, 18; “pin-b5a
nin) Esth. 2; 11.

ο) Before. a noun sing. collective, with
the article, as DINN">D all men Gen. 7,
21. Judg. 16, 7; naan b> all living
things, abarnals, Gen. 8, 1; jan->> all
sons, every son, Ex. 1, 22, Rarely
ἠοῦς art. though still definite, as
tB2->> all the souls Gen. 46, 15. 22. Ex.
1,5; mx1~>> all this Is. 5, 25, where the
demonstr. pron. does not require the art.
to make it definite. ‘b> they all Is. 1, 23.

d) Before a noun sing. without the
art. 5D signifies all, every one, whoever,
whatever, Fr. tout homme ; e. g. 82752
every people, nation, Esth. 3, 8; nin-b3
id. 2 Chr. 32, 15; DIN7>D every man Job
21, 33. 37, 7. Ps. 39, 6; ΤΠ ἘΞ every
house Is. 24,10; @x77>>D Jer. 48, 37. Am.
8,10; "21->D every male Gen. 17, 12;
mow->=3 every year Esth. 9,21; Mg7>D
every mouth Is. 9,17; and in the same
sense 6. art. Hencbe 1 K. 19,18; jan->2
every son Ex. 1. 22,

3. Before a noun not made definite, 5
is also any one, any thing, as "237>D any
thing whatever Ruth 4, 7. Num. 35, 22.
Ez.15,3. With plur.miz2 59 any of the
commandments, any commandment, Lev.
4.2.—Hence with a negat. part. not any,
no one, none, nothing,e.g. a) Where >>
stalids absol. Deut. 8,9 ma 59 Sonn Xd
thou shalt not lack any thing in it, thou
shalt lack nothing. Prov. 30, 80. Ὁ)
With a genit. sing. Ex. 12,36 nexba-bp
mist NX> no work shall be done. 20, 4.
2. Chr. 32, 15. Gen. 3, 1. Lev. 3,17. Prov.
12, 21. Dan. 11, 37. With neg. part. }°%,
Todo. 19, 19 στὴ som 5° there is
no want of any thing, nothing wanting.
Ece. 1, 9; 6. > Judg. 13,4. 6) With
&plur, Dan 8, 4 ὑπ: xb mism-555 and

A66

i

gether vanity, wholly a vain thing, i. q.

22 <

no beast could stand before him, pr. none
of the beasts. Dan. 12, 10.—Different is -
55 with neg. in the passage Ps. 49,18,
>2 Mp? inion NX> (where 53 has the
article) dying he takes not this all with
him, i. e. all these things; and also in
those passages where 55 before a defi-
nite subst. signifies the whole, totus, as

1 Sam. 14, 24 om> csn-bz ὈΦῸ xd the
whole people did not taste food. Num. 23,
13 MANN NX> ibD thou shalt not see the
whole sc. of Israel, but only a part.

4. all, i.e. of all kinds, of every kind
and sort, like Gr. πᾶς for παντοῖος, παντο-
δαπός Il. 1.53 just as the Hebrews also —
use the periphrastic plural for things
of various kinds, Heb. Gramm. § 106. 4;
comp. in Engl. many for many kinds.
Germ. Viel for Vielerley. KE. g. ΥἹΈ Ὁ
all manner of trees, trees of every kind,
Lev. 19, 23; "279755 all manner of wares
Neh. 13, 16. 1 Chr. 29, 2.

5. Adv. for πάντως, all, wholly, altoge-
ther,e. g. a) Before substantives, Ps.
39, 6 ΠΝ ΓΘ danm>D every man is alto-

ba ἼΝ. 45,14. Ὁ) Before other ad-
verbs, chiefly in the later Hebrew, as
a ras-bp wholly as, in all points like
as, Ece. δ. 15; tiv->>D all the while yet,
wholly SO long as, Job 27, 3. Comp.
Lelrgb. 626.

Note. When 55 stands in connection
with a subst. fem. or plural, the predicate
usually agrees in gender and number
with the noun as the more important
word, 6. g. 22mm matwin-b> Ps. 150, 6;
more rarely with b> as the governing
word, Gen. 9,29. Ex. 12,16. Nah. 3, 7.—
Once 5D is found separated from” ited
genitive, Hos. 14, 3 43 xWmn->D; also
Is. 40, 12 according to some.

>> Chald. with Makk. ->2, i. q. Heb.

1. With the sing. all, the whole, every;
xminb27>> the whole kingdom Ezra 6,
11. 12. ty 16. ;

2. With the plural. all, every, Dan. 3, ‘2S
5.7. With suff. ἡ πὲ all of them, them
all, Dan. 2, 38. 7,19. Absol. in st. em-
phat. ND (Milél, as in Syr.) i. q. Hebr.
ἘΞ, all,i.e.all things (not adverbially),
Dan. 2, 40 xb> dein grinding small all
things. 4,9 FA NP5> ji food for all
was in it sc. the tree. v. 25. Ezra 5, 7.

NDS
Before the relat. ellipt. Dan. 2, 38 in
every place where men dwell.
3. any one, whoever, Dan. 6, 8 mid.
With x, no one, Dan. 2, 10. 35. 6, 24.
_ 4, Adv. like the Heb. no. 5, wholly,
altogether, before other adverbs pleo-
nastically in the diffuse manner of the
Aramean dialects, which delight in the
languid accumulation of particles. So
in the formulas: m337>2p7>2 wholly for
this cause, Ἐπ ΞΡ wholly because,
i. q. simpl. because ; see in >ap.

: 23 fut. 823" Ps. 40, 10. 12. Is. 43,
6; but both in pret. hid fut. often so
inflected as to imitate verbs ΠΡ, as
“nxb> Ps. 109, 101, "2m>> 1 Sam. 25, 33,
ἘΞ 1 Sam. 6,10; mba Gen. 23, 6. Vice

versa δὲ 9 Dan: 9, 24 is for nbs inf. Pi. -

- from nbd,
ΟΠ. to close, and so to enclose, to shut wp
any one Jer. 32,3. Part. pass. 893 shut
up v. 2. Ps. 88,9. Intrans. to be shut up
Hagg. 1,10. ©

2. to withhold, to restrain, a person
Num. 11, 28. Is. 43, 6; the wind Ecc. 8,
8; the lips Ps. 40,10; also 1 Sam. 6, 10.
With 2 from doing any thing 1 Sam.
25, 33. Ps. 119,101. With 47 of pers. to
withhold a thing from any one, to prohi-
bit in respect to any thing, Gen. 23, 6.
Ps. 40, 12; comp. Hagg. 1,10. Chald.

Syr. N22, i>, Ethiop. DAA to prohibit,

=

Arab. XS to guard; Il. to prohibit, to
constrain.
_ 3. From the idea of separating con-
tained in no. 1, seems to come the no-
tion of diversity in D°X>D q. v. in N>D
no. 2. a

Nore. This root is also widely spread
in the occidental languages, e. g. in the
signif of shutting up, as κλείω, whence
κλείς, κληΐς, κλαΐς, clavis, claudo, Eng). to
close ; in the sense of restraining. κωλύω,
xohovw, comp. also celo, occulo.
~ Nira. to be shut wp. restrained, as wa-
ters Ez. 31, 15; the rain Gen. 8, 2.
With ya and inf. to restrain oneself “from,
lo cease from doing, Ex 36, 6.

Deriy. ΝΗΡ, snp, nbs and plur.

ΤΟΝ ΘΞΏ, also

καθ m, ¢. suff. ix>>D Jer. 52, 33; plur.
ἘΠ 52. R. ΠΕΣ

la shutting up ; hence a prison, Jer.

467

“
555

lc. 2K. 25,29; elsewhere more fully
nba ΓΞ 2 K. 17, 4. Is. 42, 7: ὁ. art.
ndon ma 1K. 22, 27. Jer. 37, 15. 18;
plur. obs nna Is. 42, 22.

2. separation ; then things separated,
diverse, see the root no. 8. Found only
in Dual mind> two things of diverse —
kinds, hetenngeneous, Lev. 19, 19. Deut.
22, 9.—Corresponding is Eth. AA,

two, of two kinds; Arab. WY both, see

De Sacy Gramm. Arabe II. p. 155, 156,
edit. 2.

3852 (perh. like to his father) Chi-
leab, pr. n. of a son of David, 2 Sam.
3; 3.

DIN>D dual, see in N2D no. 2.

“i 325 obsol. root, onomatopoetic, pr.
imitating the sound of striking, beat-
ing, like kindr. 922 q. v. Engl. to clap,
Germ. klappen, as a door when shut or
the like; hence 3859 q. v. Thence
transferred to the barking of dogs, as if
a series of pulses or claps; as in Engl.
also ‘the dog strikes up ;? comp. Germ.
klaffen, French. clapir, clabauder, Swed.
glaffa, to bark, Engl. to yelp. Hence
352 dog, where see.

229 (perh. dog, for 353) Caleb, pr. n.
a) The companion of Joshua, son of Je-
phunneh, Num. 13, 6. 14, 6 sq. Josh. 15,
14. Patronym. “ab 1 Sam. 25, 3 Keri.
b) 1 Chr. 2, 18. 19, for which naib v. 9.
c) 1 Chr. 2, 60.

OMIDS abs Caleb-Ephratah, pr. n.
ofa place otherwise unknown, 1 Chr. 2,
24.

222 m. (τ. 252) plur. 5°3>D. constr.
"a>>, a dog, so called from his bark-

ing, pr. the barker. Arab. ἕως ἐα Syr.
tas, Eth. MAA, id. Secondary

verbs, derived from the nature and ha-
bits of the dog, are: eas to. be mad,

rabid, to pursue enemies, aso to be

rabid.—Among the Hebrews, dogs were
kept to guard houses and flocks Is. 56,
10. Job 30, 1; but throughout the Bast
they are taoatty without masters, and
wander half famished and fierce in troops
around the cities and villages, 1 K. 14

τ)

11, 16, 4. 2 K. 9,10; whence dogs is
often an appellation for fierce and cruel
enemies, Ps. 22,17.21. ‘Further, as the
dug was to the Hebrews an unclean and
despised animal (Is. 66, 3), so by way
of reproach a person is said to be a dog
2 K. 8,13; a dead dog 1 Sam. 24, 15.
2 Sam. 9,8. 16,9; a dog’s head 2 Sam.
3,8; just as at the present day in the
Kast, Christians are called dogs by the
Muhammedan rabble.—In allusion to
the lechery of this animal, the name dog
is also applied to a male prostitute, sod-
omite, Deut. 23, 19, comp. v. 18 where it
is UIP. Comp. κύνες Rev. 22, 15.

ὴ rod fut. 922", once M22" like verbs
851K. 17, 14; apoc. bo, bon Job 33,
21; inf. constr. ΓΝ

1. to be complete, perfect, finished ;
Sept. often συγτελεῖσϑαι. The primary
idea is pr. to close up, to come to a close,
kindr. with 82D and 53D, comp. Dan.
This root is almost peculiar to the He-
brew, few traces of it being found in the
kindred dialects.—Spoken of any work,
e.g. a building Ex. 39, 32. 1 K. 6, 38.
2 Chr. 29,34. Hence a) to become
ready, to be ready, prepared, sc. for a
person, to impend over him; e. g. pun-
ishment, calamity, Ez. 5, 13 "Bx m0,
mine anger is prepared, i. e. is ready to
be poured out. Prov. 22,8. With o>2,
mx2, from or by any one, and >8 for any
one, Esth. 7,7; comp. 1 Sam. 20, 7. 9.
25,17. b) Ofa prophecy, to be accom-
plished, fulfilled, 2 Chr. 36, 22. Ezra 1,
1, Dan. 12, 7.

2. to be finished, ended, past, 6. g. a
season or period of time Gen. 41, 53.
Ruth 2, 23. Is. 24,13 "4% >D ON chen
the Vintaire is eniled. 10, 25 ost nbs) and
the indignation will be past, i.e. the
time .of punishment. 16, 4. 32, 10. Jer.
8, 20.

3. to be ended, spent, adie 6. g.
food 1 K. 17, 16; c. 72 Gen. 21, 15.
Hence a) 10 be consumed, destroyed,
to perish, as by the sword, famine, di-
vine judgments ; Jer. 16,4 33935 Ξ ΓΞ
43" they shall be consuined by the sword
and by famine. Ps. 39, 11. 71. 13. 90, 7.
Is. 1, 28. 29, 20. Mal. 3, 6. Ὁ) to waste
away, to pine away. to fail, as the flesh,
eyes, strength, Job 33, 21 nwa 52° his

468

- thou shalt not finish reaping the corners

ἌΡ ἢ

flesh is wasted away. Prov. 5, 11. Ρε, 8,
26. Lam. 3, 11 72793 mista 35 72 mine eyes
do fail with: tears. Ps: 71,9 ΓΞ ΓῖΡΞ2.
So espec. in the pliradeet "279 DD Ps.
69, 4. 119, 82. 123; sminb2 τὸ Job 19,
27; "WE? minds Ps. 84, 3. 119, 81; Anda.
smn Ps. 143, 7, i. 6. my eyes, reins, soul,
spirit, pine away with desire, i. q. I my-
self pine away, languish, with the hope
of deliverance so often disappointed ;
constr. either absol. Ps. 69, 4. 143,7; or
with > of thing Ps. 84,3. So the eyes,
as expressive of emotions, are said to
pine away, fail, from disappointed hope,
Job 11, 20. 17, 5. Lam. 4, 17; also of
beasts Jer. 14,6; comp. Pi. no. 3.b. οἢ
to pass away, to vanish, as a cloud Job
7,9; smoke Ps. 37, 20. 102,4; time Job
7, 6. Ps. 81, 11. Jer. 20, 18, !

Piet 5D, 1 pers. "MD Ez. 6, 12. 7,
8, and ὙΠ ἘΦ Num. 25, 11. Is. 49, 4, ΔῈ
Ez. 4,6; Inf. constr. mibp, absol. ‘and
constr. MED, once XPD Dan. 9, 24; Fut.
M2", conv. bam.

Ἷ. ‘ Causat. of Kal no. 1, to complete, to
Jinish, to end ;-Gen. 2, 2 and on the sev-
enth day God. eniled (5251) his work.
Ex.5,1402—h Bm >> Nb D110 wherefore
have ye not finished your task? Ruth 3,
18. Lev. 19,9 "p> + 77H PNB ΠΕΞῚ Nd

of thy field, i. e. shalt not wholly reap
the corners, but, leave them for the
gleaners. 1 K. 6, 14. Ez. 42, 15. Ruth
2, 21. Dan. 9, 24 >wEM Nb2> 10 finish the
transgression ; see on the whole passage
Thesaur. p. 538. In Gen. 6, 16 it differs
little from ΓΙῸΣ to make.—Hence, tomake
ready, to prepare, st. evil against any
one, Prov. 16, 50 xe who biteth his lips
ΠΣ ΠῈΣ hath prepared evil sc. in his
heart. But 5 (ὉΠ) ΒΝ m2 is to com-
plete one’s anger upon any one, to pour
it out, spoken of God Ez. 6, 12. 7, 8. 18.
15. 20, 8. 21. Lam. 4, 11.

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to finish doi
any thing, i. q. to leave off tocease ; Gen.
44, 12 he began at the eldest and left off
(ΠΕΞ) at the youngest. 1 Sam. 3, 12.
With inf. c. 5, Gen. 18, 33 as soon as
left off speaking (7379 mb) with Abra-
ham. 24, 19. 43, 1. 1 Chr. 27, 24 he be-
gan to number 4>2 δὲ 5. but finished not,
sc. because of interruption. Deut. 31,
Josh. 8, 24. al. 2 Chr. 24, 10 32> 49

PAS ‘469 ΡΣ

-

until they had finished, done. More |
rarely with 12, Ex. 34, 33. Lev. 16, 20.
1 Sam. 10, 13. Ez. 43,23.—Also to finish,
i. q. to make an end of, to make cease ;
Num. 17, 25 [10] omas5m 53} and thou
shalt make their murmurings to cease ;
comp.’ v. 20.

3. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to consume, to
spend, e. g. food Is. 27, 10; strength Is.
49,4; arrows, i. q. to use up, Deut. 32,
23. Hence ἃ) 10 consume, to destroy,
e. g. men, nations, Gen. 41, 30 and the
famine shall consume the land. Often
of God as destroying a people with fa-
mine and pestilence, Num. 25, 11. Josh.
24, 20. Jer. 5, 3. Job 9, 22. Ez. 22, 31.
Of man 2 Sam. 21, 5. 1 Sam. 15, 18 43
mis ΤΑῚΣ: even unto the destroying of
them, until they be destroyed. 32> 43
id. 2 Chr. 31,1. ὃ) to make pine away,
to cause to fail, e. g. the eyes Lev. 26,
16. Job 31, 16. 1 Sam. 2, 33. ὁ) to
cause to pass away, to make vanish, as
time Ps, 78, 33. 90, 9. Job 36, 11.

Puau M22 Ps. 72, 20, fut. 152" Gen. 2,
1, to be completed, foished.

Deriv. N2D, ΓΞ... ἈΦ, 72D, ΠΡΟΣ
mids, mbon, nsbon, and pr. names
yined, “ASD.

M22 adj. ἢ md>, pining, failing, of
the eye, Deut. 28, 32. Seer. 45> Kal
no. 3. b.

M22 1. completion ; hence acc. >>
as adv. completely, wholly, altogether,
Gen. 18, 21. Ex. 11, 1; also M325 id.
2 Chr. 12, 12. Ez. 13, 13.

2. consumption, destruction, Dan. 11,
16. So m>> Mwy to make a destruction,
i. e. to destroy utterly, Jer. 4, 27. 5, 10.
Neh. 9, 31. Nah. 1, 8.9; with 3 Jer. 30,
11, and τ of pers. ΝΣ 5, 18. 46, 28,
Ez. 11, 13. 20, 17.—For 7x32 nbs see
in wn Niph.

ΓΡΞ ἢ (τ. 589 no.2) 1. a bride, spouse,

so called from her bridal chaplet, Cant.
4,8 sq. Is. 49,18. 61,10. Jer. 2,32. 7, 34.
16,9. 25,10. Syr. ἴδδνϑ, ρίαν. WSS, ia.
2. a daughter-in-law, Gen. 88, 11. 24.

Lev. 18,15. Ruth 1, 6.7.8. 4,15. Comp.
ὉΠ.

8923 m. (τ. NSB) a prison, ig. Nb2

no. 1. Jer. 37,4 and 52. 31 Keri. The
40

Cheth. has x75>, which differs only in
form.

27>) m. (r. 233) 1. a bird-cage sc. of
a fowler, i in which he keeps a bird asa
decoy; furnished with valves or clap-
pers, which as soon as a bird has entered
shut to with a clap, q.d. α trap-cage
see the root. Jer. 5,27 as a cage (=4>2)
is full of birds, so are their houses full
of deceit ; comp. v.26. The Greeks have
the same word adopted from the east,
κλωβός, κλουβός, κλοβός; see Bochart
Hieroz. I. p. 662. II. p. 90.

2. a basket, from its likeness to a cage,
as made of wicker-work; or perhaps as ©
having a clap-cover; Am. 8, 1. 2.

3. Chelub pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 11.
b) 27, 26.

"25D see 3>> lett. b.

"95D, Keri 3993, Cheluhai, Che-
luhu, pr. p.m. Ezra 10, 35. .R. >>.

ribs f. plur. denom. from M2, the
bridal state, the condition ofa ride be-
fore marriage, Jer. 2,2. R. 555.

. m2> obsol. root, perh. i.q. M22 to
be complete, finished ; comp. YP and
mop, HMB and MMe. ΠΧ and nxB.—
Hence

m2> m. 1. old age, perh. α good or
vigorous old age; Job 5, 26 M223 Nia
“ap 728 thou shalt come to the grave in
a good ald age, as a shock of corn cometh
in its season. Job 30, 2 spoken of despi-
cable persons: even the strength of their
hands, whereto is it to me? 73% 42723
ΓΞ to them old-age perisheth, i. δ. they
are weak and exhausted, so as to have
no hope of old age. So Kimohi ΓΩΡῚ my.

“~—

—Secondary forms are Arab. DAS to
look sullen, peevish, and s A $ to con-

tract the lips, to show the teeth. Some
have compared here Syr. wo ‘inte- |
gritas, sanitas ;? but this rested on an
error of Castell in translating a gloss of |
Bar-Bahlul.

2. Calah, pr. n. of a city and province
of Assyria, Gen. 10, 11. 12, prob. the
same which is elsewhere written nbn
where see; comp. "39. and "ian. See
Bochart Phaleg 3.14. Michaelis Sup-
plem. p. 767. '

4

>?) m. (τ. 423) in pause "Ὁ; Plur. -
pb. (from an obsol. sing. nba) cotiate,
sb, c. suff. 1922; pr. ‘any thing com-
pleted, repared, made, (comp. M=D
Gen, 6, 16,) q. ἃ. apparatus, implement,
equipment, etc. Comp. Germ. Zeug
from zeugen, Gr. tevyey i.q. to make.
Spec.

1. Of furniture, utensil, vessel, Gen. 31,
37. 45,20. amt “b>, HOD “DD. wissels of
gold, esate of ἌΝ Germ. Silberzeug,
Ex. 3, 22. 11, 2.‘ n>ia "bd vessels for
captivity, equipment for exile, Jer. 46, 19.
. Spec. a vase, vessel ; WIN "ἂρ earthen
vessel Lev. 11, 33. Jer. 19,11. m2 9
mim" the vases, vessels of the temple,
Ezra 1, Y i tie “b> Is. 52,11; also Num.
4, 15. Ex. 27, 19. 431, 38, 3. 30.

2. Of clothing, equipment, i. e. dress,
garments, trappings, Germ. Zeug. ">2
"31 a@ man’s garments Deut. 22, 5; of
bridal ornaments Is. 61, 10. Hence 5°>>
impedimenta, baggage, of a person 1
Sam. 17, 22; of an army, 1 Sam. 25, 13.
30, 24. Is. 10, 28; 59 “mtd the bag-
gage-master 1 Sam. 17,22. Also of the
harness or yokes of oxen, 2 Sam. 24, 22.

3. ἃ vessel for sailing, a boat, skiff, Is.
18,2. So σκεῦος.

4, implement, instrument, tool, Germ.
Werkzeug. “7% "22 instruments of mu-
sic 2 Chr. 34, 12.-Am. 6,5; 19 "b> in-
struments of praise 2 Chr. 30, 21; “tp
532) pleon. a hanp-instrument Ps. 71, 22.
Metaph. nin? pst "DD instruments of the
divine wrath Ts. 13, 5. Jer. 50, 25. Is. 32,
7 my bp sb> de intiranenite of the
deceiver are evil, i. e. the means and de-
vices which he employs to accomplish
his purposes. Gen. 49, 5.

5. implements of war, weapons, arms,
Germ. Riistzeug, Gen. 27, 3; more fully
rr>7 "3D Judg. 18, 11.16. nya-bs ὁ im-
plements of death, deadly weapons, Ps.
7,14. b> xo armour-bearer, much
like the mod. aide-de-camp, 1 Sam. 14,
1. 6.7 sq. 31,4.5.6. 559 m2 house ἐς
arms, armoury, arsenal, Germ. Zeug-
haus, Is. 39, 2.

"3D see ΝΕ

ΛΘ see in ΣΕ

mb> f. only in plur. mi*2D, constr.
ΣΕ R. >>.
1. the reins, kidneys, Ex. 29, 13. 22.

"ἢ

»

| called as being in two parts, double,

0 509

Job 16,13. m»buy misty abn the fat of
the kidneys of rams Is. 34, 6; comp. Deut.
32, 14. Chald. sing. ἈΠῸ, Syr. ‘plur.

jAudsas, Arab. tts rarely and less
ὃ:
well KL id—As to the etymology,

Schultens supposes the reins to be so

a

comp. D°N2D, XG; but this is not well
founded, because 0°8>2 signifies rather ©
things of different kinds, and the Arabs
use this word in the sing. dual, and plu- —
ral. Aben Ezra and Bochart derive it
from 522 with the idea of desire, long-
ing, comp. Job 19, 27. Perhaps 752
may be simply fem, of the noun “bo,
and so signifies pr. instrument, vessel,
just as physicians call the veins and
arteries vessels, vasa.

2. Meton. reins for the inward part,
mind, soul, as the seat of the desires, af-
fections, passions, like 3> with which itis —
often coupled; Jer. 11,20 abi minds wna
(God) trieth the reins and the heart.
Jer. 17, 10. 20, 12. Ps. 7, 10. Job 19, 27 ~
ΠΝ ">> my reins pine away within :
me, i. 6. my soul pines. Ps. 73, 21.
Prov. 23, 16.

722 τὰ, constr. ftbD. R. mop. 1
1. consumption, destruction, Is. 10, 22.
2. a pining, wasting away; B72 9
a pining (failing) of the eyes, i.e. in
pining for one’s home and country,
Deut. 28, 65. See ΡΞ no. 3. b.

23 (a pining, τ. M>>) Chilion, pr. ne
m. Ruth 1,2. 4, 9. :

"22 m. (τ. 853) 1. Adj. complete,
finished, perfect, espec. of beauty; Ez.
28,12 "ἜΣ 5°22 perfect in beauty. 27, 3.
otis 2, 15. Ez. 16, 14. |

2. Subst. the whole, Judg. 20, 40 “baba
“930 the whole city. Ex. 28, 31 >">>
ΓΞ the whole of blue, all blue. 39, 22.
Num. 4, 6.

3. i. ᾳ. πὸ no. 2, ἃ holocaust, w ole
burnt-offering, i ἷ, 6. which i is wholly con-
sumed, Lev. 6, 15. 16. Deut. 13, 16. Ps.
51, 21; espec. 1 Sam. 7, 9. ‘Z
4. Adv. wholly, Is. 2, 18. Lev. 6, 15
[22]. ,

DPD (perh. sustenance, from >35 )
Pil. of 515%) Chalcol, pr. n. of a wise man

*

δὼ

[4,31]. 1 Chr. 2, 6

x 222 1. to complete, to make perfect,
Ez. 27, ‘4.11. Kindr. with δὲ 59 and >>
q. Vv. ‘Hence bd, bib, dban, didny,
75>, pr. n. bby,

2. to deck, espec. with a crown, to

os ny
crown. Arab. hS Conj. II, Syr. Ws,
Ethiop. MAA, id. Hence nba, nidada.

5525 Chald. id. whence Shaph. >>>)
to complete, to Sinish, Ezra 5, 11. 6, 14.
Inf. 352%) Ezra 5, 3,,9. Pubs. Ishtaph.
boone Ezra 4, 13. ‘Often in the Tar-
gums. —Ezra 4, 12 Cheth. has ">>IwWR,
but a form of this sort is elsewhere ἀδ
known.

222 (perfection, r. 859) Chelal, pr. ἢ.
m. Ezra 10, 30.

ἘΏΞ53 in Kal not used, Arab.
Conj. I, II, to wound. In Heb. it is
always referred to threats, reproaches,
injury, like other words of pricking,
piercing, cutting, as 3P2, 43, etc.

Hipu. ‘psn and ΗΝ 1 Sam. 25, 7.

1. to reproach, to revile, to insult, in
words, pr. to wound any one, 1 Sam. 20,
34. Job 19, 3.

2. to hurt, to harm, to injure, in word
or deed, 1 Sam. 25,7. Judg. 18, 7. Ruth
2, 15.

3. to shame, to put to shame, Job 11, 3.
Prov, 25, 8. 28, 7. Ps. 44, 10.

Nore. This is a stronger word than
the synon. Siz, Hiph. 8°31, comp. Is,
45, 16.17. Jer.31,19. See Reimarus de
Differentiis vc. Heb. Diss. I. p. 67 sq.
Hops. 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be

hurt, injured, 1 Sam. 25, 15.

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 3, fo be made
ashamed, put to shame, i. e. disappointed
in one’s hope, Jer. 14, 3. Comp. Niph.
no. 2.

‘Nieg. 1. to be insulted, disgraced,
2 Sam. 10, 5. 1 Chr. 19, 5.

2. to be affected with shame,i.e. a) to
be ashamed, to feel shame, i. q. Bia but
stronger, Num. 12, 14. Jer. 8, 12. Is. 54,
4, 2 Chr. 30, 15. With 3 of that of
which one is ashamed, Ez. 16, 27. 54.
43, 10. 11.
be put to shame, 2 Sam. 19, 4. Is. 41, 11.
50,7. Jer. 31,19. Spoken often of one

471

before the age of Solomon, 1K. 5, 11 4

b) to be made ashamed, to —

ra.

who suffers disappointment, fails in

what he undertakes, Ps. 35, 4. 40, 15.

70, 3. 74, 21 let not the oppressed return

ashamed (022) i.e. disappointed. With

2 of cause, Jer. 22, 22; 3 Ps. 69, 7.
Deriv. 5233, ΡΟΝ

1122 Chilmad, pr. n. of a city or
region, mentioned along with Assyria,
Kz. 27, 23. Both the signification of
this quadriliteral name, if indeed it be
of Semitic origin, and the situation of |
the place, are unknown. Sept. Χαρμᾶν.

M222 f. (r. 805) shame, reproach, Ὁ
contumely, Ps. 69, 8. Jer. 51, 51. Ez. 16,
54. Is. 30, 3. Job 20, 3. nb wad to be
clothed with shame, i. e. wholly covered
with it as with a garment, Ps. 109, 29.
Plur. ni222 Is. 50, 6. Mic. 2, 6.

MA2D ff id. Jer. 23, 40.

™252 Gen. 10, 10, M25D Am. 6, 2,
4250 Is. 10, 9, prob. also MED Ez. 27, 23,
Calneh, Calno, Canneh, pr. n. of a large
city subject to the Assyrians, according
to the Targums, Euseb. Jerome, and
others, i. q. Clesiphon, situated on the
eastern bank of the Tigris opposite Se-
leucia, and the winter residence of the
Parthian kings; Strabo XVI. p. 312.
Plin. H. N. 6. 30. Cellarii Not. Orb. II.
p- 774. See Bochart Phaleg. IV. 18.
Michaelis Spicileg. I. p. 228.—The m52
of Ez. 1. c. Michaelis refers to the Kavy
of Ptolemy, a promontory and port of
Arabia Felix; but Arabia had already
been mentioned in v. 21. 22, and ΓΣ9 is
here coupled with Haran and Eden,
cities of Mesopotamia. !

* p25 a root not in use, onomato-
poetic, and imitating the sound of beat-
ing, striking, pulsation, i. q. Engl. to
clap, Germ. klappen, klopfen ; comp.
Gr. xohuntw, whence κόλαφος, colaphus,
Ital. colpo, Fr. coup. Verbs of a kindred —
form are transferred, sometimes to the
beating of the feet, i. q. to leap or dance,
Gr. κάλπη, Engl. to gallop ; sometimes
to hewing or scraping, as 9>3, γλύφω,
sculpo, scalpo; and also to the barking of
a dog, as if a series of pulses or claps, see
2>>.—Hence subst. mipd"> hammers.

* 9 to pine after any thing, ἔο
long for, once Ps. 63,2. Arab. X45 to

ride

become dark, as the eye, a colour, the
mind. According to Firuzabadi (Ca-
moos p. 1832) it is used spec. of a person
who changes or loses colour; hence pr.
to grow pale, and so metaph. of desire,
longing, comp. }02. Similar is Sanser.
kam to desire, Pers. LS desire ; comp.
also Gr. κάμω, κάμγω.

Deriv. pr. ἢ. 0922.

MAD see M2 D. 2.

DMa>2 (pining, longing, r. 2D) Chim-
ham, pr. n. of a son of Barzillai, 2 Sam.
19, 38. 39. Jer. 41,17; Chethibh ἘΠῚ 29.
Called also ἹΠῺ3 2 Sam. 19, 41.

YO2, WO, the former before simple
nouns, also before grave suffixes, as
ΞΘ, EminD; the latter before light
suffixes, e.g. agi as I, 4523, nid,
Mind, 30D; a separate particle, ρα
chiefly in poetry, for the 2 of prose;
instead of which it is likewise almost
every where employed with suffixes.
For the force of 12, see in 12 I.

A) Adv. of quality, demonstrative, i. q.

> lett. A, like Gr. ὥς, thus, so; e.g. in |

the difficult passage Ps. 73,15: should I
say, 23 T7BOX 7 will speak thus, i. 6. as
the wicked speak. Sept. οὕτως. Others
here take 12> for 0533 as they; but then
it should read ied —Repeated, as—so ;
qualis, talis ; Judg. 8,18 ἘΠ Aird
as thou, so they; also mayetied so—as ;
talis, qualis ; 1 K. 22, 4 41D "2923, so
1 as thou, i.e. 1 am as thou. 2 K. 3, Ζ,
2 Chr. 18, 3.

B) Prep. implying likeness, similarity,
as, such as, like Gr. ὥς. "2722 WR a
man such as I, like me, Neh. 6, 11. Ex.
15, 5 they sank inte the depths {38 ‘22
as a stone. Ps. 58, 9. Job 6, 15. 10, 22
PES oD HMB γὴν a land ofidanienens
like thickest darkness. Ex.15, 8. 11. Ps.
29, 6. 58, 5. 9. ‘al—Hagg. 2, 3 snia2 Nd
DITA PND is nota eenighe like this as
nothing in your eyes? Mbx¥ 22 words
like these, i. e. such words, Job 12, 3.
amin like it, such as this, Ex. 9, 18.

C) Conj. i. ᾳ. "RD, before a whole
sentence; pr. as that which, like what,
as how, i. 6.

1. as, like as, Is. 41,25 “07399 “Ei W023
"0 as the potter treadeth the clay.

2. Of time, as, i.e. when, after, as soon
us; with pret. Gen. 19, 15 “Tu iD

A72,

“n°

m3 when (as soon as) the dawn a
Is. 26, 18 mn nT" 23 as we bre
forth, it was wind. a
Nore. In the kindred dialects co omnes

sponding forms are: Arab. as: Chal
nod, Syr. [eo], Eth. NP, as.

ὙΠ defect. 135 q. v. a

wins m. (perh. subduer, vanquisher, —
r. 83) Chemosh, pr. n. of the con |
god of the Moabites, 1K. 11,7. 2 K. 23,
13. Jer. 48, 7; and of the Canaanites,
Judg. 11, 24; the worship of which w
tintvoriedsl at Jerusalem under Solomon,
1K.2K.ll.cc. Hence 82> ὩΣ people
of Chemosh, i. 6. the Moabites, Num. 21,
29. Sept. Χαμώς, Vulg. Chamos. ᾿

᾿ ΤῺ3 obsol. root, Arab. %
globulate, whence W252 q. v.

*1722 obsol. root, Syr. and Chald. to
lay up, to hide away; hence D°3233°

treasures. Arab. 5, ΘΙ id—In

Syr. also 10 preserve, 10 season, espec.
with salt, pr. to lay up in salt; hence

to CON- Ἑ

ΤΏ m. cumin, Germ. Kimmel.
num sativum Linn. used along with salt
as a condiment, Is. 28, 25.27. See Plin

H. N.19.8.—Arab, fe Chald. ntl
Syr. [iesas, Eth. "OV, Gr. xduuvor.

ἘΞ το lay up, to hide away, perh.
i. ᾳ. 02D, 123. Once part. pass. Deut.
32, 34 “3 D2 sim ἐξ ts not this laid
up with me? i.e. their sins for punish-
ment; comp. Hos. 13, 12. Job 14, 17.
Cod. Sam. 0°35 in the same sense.—
Hence pr. ἢ. 037.

Tihs a2 in Kal not used, kindr. wit
“att. ἥ
1. to be warm, ὦ grow warm, to
burn; see Niph. no. 1. Talmud. πο
δ 29, calefactio.

2: to be burned, scorched, see Niph,.
no.2; hence to be dark, obscured, comp.
pin and ben; also to be ‘gloomy, sad,
like Syr. hao, Aph. to go about in
black, i. e. in mourning. Comp. “Be,
py.

Nira. 1. to be warm, to burn, 6. zg.
one’s affection, i. q. to yearn, with >>

J

t

“a2

1 K. 3, 26; 58 Gen. 43, 30. So of pity,
compassion, to be kindled, moved, Hos.
11,8. Comp..Hom. Od. 1. 48 pot aug .
᾿οδυσῆϊ δαΐφρονι δαίεται ἦτορ.

2. to be burned, scorched. Lam. 5, 10
our skin is scorched as with a furnace

__ from the glow of famine. Vulg. exusta
68.

ἘΠῚ. 23 1. q. ἼΞ5, to plait, to braid,
to interweave ; whence "23%, 723%,
m70579 , net.

"722 m. (τ. 122 1) only plur. 5732
idol-priests 2 K. 23,5: Hos. 10,5. Zeph.
1,4. Syr. |;sooo a priest, in general.
But this word, as well as other Syriac
words relating to divine worship, is re-
stricted by the Hebrews to idol-worship ;
see Gesch. der Heb. Sprache p. 58.—As
to the etymology, 7725, {;soa5, is pr.
blackness, sadness, and concr. ‘one who
goes about in black, in mourning ;’ hence

| Ἂς se
anascetic,a priest. Comp. ἀμ Wet,

gloomy, sad, mourning, also an ascetic,
monk, ecclesiastic. See Comment. on
Is. 22, 12. 38, 15.

“B92 plur. m. (τ. 7231) obscu-
rations, after the form "75H, except
Hirek in the first syllable, as in ΠῚ.
Once Job 3, 5 577 "7793 5ANS23 ‘let
bhecurations of the day terrify it se. my
natal day, i.e. obscurations of the day-
light or of the sun, eclipses, which
were anciently supposed to portend evils
and calamities—Some ancient versions
regard > asa prefix before the subst.
pr77712, and then the sense is, the bit-
ternesses as of the day, i. e. the greatest
calamities which can happen to a day ;
comp. on this 3 p. 441. no. 4. But the
first sense is far better adapted to the
parallelism.

i Ὁ ῺΞ3 obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. 62D to
subdue, to depress, 3 and 2 being in-
terchanged; whence [acsas incubus,
night-mare, Arab. υ»". oases
grape-husks, refuse, as being trodden
out. Hence Heb. 42.

*TV22 obsol. root, perh. i.g. MD to
hide. Hence 937 pr. ἢ.
. 40}

473

Ἴ3

4} ἼΞ3 a particle in frequent use, from
r. 2. ΨΥ Σ

A) Pr. participial Adj. upright, erect ;
metaph. upright, honest, plur. 5°22 Gen.
42,11. 19.31. Neut. right Ezra 10, 12.
With negat. j> > not right, wrong,
2K. 17,9; empty, vain, Is. 16, 6 13 >
w12 his lies are vain. Prov. 15,7. Jer. .
23, 10.—Adv. uprightly, right, well ;
2K. 7,9 BBD wm 3 N> we do nol
right. Ecc. 8, 10. Ex. 10, 29 ὩΞῚ 13
thou hast spoken rightly, well. Num. 27,
7. 36, 5.

B) Adv. so, thus, Gr. ws, οὕτως, pr.
right according to some rule or standard,
right so, just so. But Gusset, Danz, and
also Ewald (ΚΙ. Gr. § 455. ed, 2 and 3)
make Ἴ9 so a different word, as if contr.
from 4132 as they, like HD from "42; but
comp. j2%, and see Thesaur. p. 650, note.
With Makkeph τῇ Gen. 44, 10. Josh. 2,
21. Prov. 23,7. Almost always 19 re-
fers to what precedes: Gen. 1,7 13 "07
and it was so, as God commanded. v. 9.
11. 1 K. 20, 40 HEIN HX ἸΏΒ 2 so
(this) is thy judgment, thou hast thyself
decided. 1 Sam. 23,17 and also Saul
my father Ἵ3 27" so knoweth, where there
is no need of reading 13 as a demonstr.
pron. this.. Jer. 5, 31 j3 3508 ὩΣ my
people love it thus, love to have it so..
Prov. 28, 2 but with prudent and wise
men, ὭΣ Ἴ9 80 shall he endure, i.e. the
prince (comp.~ the other clause) shall
prolong his reign; here }2 approximates
to a sign of the apodosis, comp. ovze
Matthie Gr. Gramm. ὃ 565.1,2. Ps. 61,9.
63, 3. 90, 12.—Often as Sorcoupordhies to
each other are }2—>, as—so, see in 9 A.
1; }2—"WRD, see Wind no. 1. p. 442.
More rarely inverted, "Yxd—}2, so—as
Gen. 18, 5. 2 Sam. 5, 25; i02—j2 Ex.
10,14. In other places 3 is omitted in
the protasis, Is. 55, 9 (comp. v. 10. 11).
Judg. 5, 15.

Further, this adverb may be variously
rendered, according as it refers to quali-
ty, to quantity, or to time, etc. a) As
to quality or character, so, such, so con-
stituted, etc. Job 9, 35 "a> 725N 13 NP
non ego sic sum (as Terence often) apud
me, Engl. I am not so constituted with
myself, 1 am not so at heart. 1K. 10,12
D ADR WLP 4P RIND there came after-

13 ATA, "5 ᾿

wards no such almug-wood. Also so very,
Nah. 1,12 5739 3} 0°50 oN alihough
they be secure and so very many ; comp.
Lat. negat. non ita multi, not so very
many. Ter. 14,10 3525 Aa 4D they have
so loved to wander. Ps. 127, Ὁ ὦ BAAR
to quantity, i. 4. so much, so many. Ex.
10, 14 'm2D MAAN 13 so many locusts as
these, in such multitudes. Judg. 21, 14
ἼΞ ont ax ND" but they found not dor
them so many, i.e. not so many women as
were needed, not womenenough. c) As
to time, i. 4. so long. Esth. 2, 12 48577 19
WM 770" so lone continued the days of
their purification. Also so often, Hos. 11,
2 Drape 1255 13 OD ANP (as often ὌΝ
they called them, 80 often did they go back
from them. —Further, so soon, straight-
way, immediately, preceded by > of time
(as soon as), 1 Sam. 9, 13 42 bSsxS>
Ik JANSGM as soon as ye be come. so
soon ye shall I fi ind him, i.e. αὶ ον μάν:
comp. Gr. ὡς---ὥς fiuHp: Pheeniss. 1437.
Hom. 1]. 1. 512. ib. 14. 294. In poetry
by astrong ellipsis > is sometimes omit-
ted, Ps. 48. 6 "ΠῺΣ "3 IN" as they saw,
80 they were astonished, i. 6. as soon as,
immediately.

Nore. This particle is found also in
the kindr. languages; but so that in its
form or signification it departs more from
its original than in Hebrew. Arab. only

AS ae OT δ
in Crs; pees see below inc. Syr.

-Ξ refers to time, and is changed also
into Δι. Chald. 13, also jx23 here,
ἼΝΞ5 hither, 822 hence. Zab. { SO.

As connected with Prepositions :

a) 139 “ΠΝ, 3 INN, after so, i.e.
thereafter, after things have so hap-
pened, afterwards ; see “TiN.

b) ἼΞΞ in such a state or condition,
i. 6. so, then, therein, Ecc. 8, 10. Esth. 4,
16.—In the Targums very often then, so.

c) 72> «) As causal adv. lit. ‘on ac-
count of so,’ i. e. on that account, there-
fore, Ex. 6, 6. Judg. 10,13. 1 Sam. 3,14.
Is. 5, 24. Job 32,10. al. Gen. 4,15 42>
‘sa Vp sab therefore (lest it be as
thou fearest) tbhosoever slayeth Cain,
etc. Corresponding to each other are
Re "D 155 because—therefore Is. 8, 6.

7; [3 Is, 29,13. 14. Num. 20, 12,—

that, because, Is. 26, 14, where it has the

Once it is for “OX 42> on this account

fereb δα conjunction ; comp. }27>> for
“Wx i275). 6) By degrees 42> was also .
deflected so as to assume an adversative
power, yet therefore, nevertheless, atta-
men, comp. j28. So preceded by ἘΝ in
the protasis, Jer. 5,2 although (D8) they
say, As the Lord liveth ; yet therefore
(422 pr. for this very reagan) they swear
falsely. Also Is. 7, 14, ‘although ye
impiously refuse the offered sign, yet
therefore (nevertheless) the Lord him-
self will give you a sign. Often in the

prophets, where there is a transition

from rebukes and threats to consolations
and promises; as Is. 10, 24 nevertheless, —
thus saith Jehovah of hosts,...fear not,
etc. Is. 27, 9. 30, 18. Jer. 16, 14. 30, 16.
Ez. 39, 25. Hos. 2, 11 [14]. In Job ~
20, 2, Zophar begins "}12"H3 "Bs 139
nevertheless my thoughts suggest to me
an answer, i. e. notwithstanding thy
vaunting and threatening words, I
have yet something to reply ea

responding to this is the Arab. pre

Bie) attamen, nevertheless, which is

prob. derived from the Heb. 42>; but
see De Sacy Gr. Ar. I. p. 566.—This
adversative 2? many regard as another —
word and of a different origin; and so
I have also formerly taken it, viz. as_
made up from δὲ (NX>) and 43. This
view may indeed be supported by the
authority of the LX X, who have twice
rendered it οὐχ οὕτως, Gen. 4, 16. Is. 16,7;
and by the Arabic orthography, where

it is also written Oey ᾽ oS), see

Hamas. Schult. p. 312, 364, 412. But.
the adversative use, as we have seen
above, is really connected with and de-
pendent on its causal power; and so too
in the Chaldee particle > q. v.

d) "27>y on that account, therefore,
i. q. 135, but more frequent hoth in
prose and poetry; Gen. 2, 24. 10, 9. 11
9, Is. 5, 25. 13, 7. 16, 9. Job 6, 3. Ps.
45, 8. al. sepiss.—In the poetic style it
has also the force of a causal conjunction,
for "HX 427>2, on this account that, be-
cause ; comp. 1ΞὉ Is. 26, 14, and "τὸν ":
p- 462; also the remarks on the ellipsis

= 415

of relative conjunctions Lehrg. p. 636.
Ps. 45,3 thou art fairer than the children
of men. ἘΌΝ 4272 ΞΡ because
that God hath blessed thee for ever. Ps.
1, 5. 42, 7. Is. 15, 4. Jer. 48, 36.

6) {5772 lit. until so, i.e. until now, as
yet, hitherto, Neh. 2,16. Here 93 refers
to time as in δἰ τίμα. ; see note above.

f) j2710> like this, in like manner,
Is. 51, 6; comp. Engl. such-like. Sept.
ὥσπερ ταῦτα, Vulg. sicut hec; and so
all the ancient versions. But see in ἢ9
ΠΙ.--ΞΠ.

Il. 13 m: (τ. 221) ὁ. suff. "2D, ἴ59.

1. a stand, base, pedestal ; 1 K. 7, 31
ἸΞ ΠΏΣ in the manner of a base, like 8,
pedestal. Spec. of the base or foot of
the laver in the court of the temple, Ex.
30, 18. 28. 31, 9. Lev. 8, 11. Of the
base or socket of a ship’s mast, Is. 33, 23;
called in Greek μεσόδμη Od. 15. .290,
ἰστοδόκη Il. 1. 494, ἰστοπέδη Od. 12. 51.

2. a stand, station, place, Gen. 40, 13.
41,13. Dan. 11,20 425 53 7723 and there
shall rise up in his place, in his stead. v.
21.38. So v. 7 39 Hwy ὍΣΣ TIT
and out of a shoot of her roots (one) shall
rise up in his place, pr. stand in his place.
Sept. and Vulg. render 422 by φυτόν wi-
tov, plantatio ejus, taking it in the nom.
case; see in 722.

ΠῚ. 13 m. (τ. 723 11) a gnat, in Sing.
once Is. 51, 6 j2-123 like gnats. Sept.
frigidly ὥσπερ ταῦτα, Vulg. sicut hec;
see in 19 I. B. f. above.

Pior. 0733 Ex. 8, 12. 14. Ps. 105, 31;
Sept. oxvigec, Vulg. sciniphes, a species
of small gnats, very troublesome from
their sting, and abounding in the marshy
regions of Egypt; culex reptans Linn.
culez molestus Forsk. See Hdot. 1. 95.
Philo de vita Mosis T. II. p. 97 ed. Man-
gey. Other ancient and modern testi-
monies are collected in Bochart Hieroz.
Il. p. 572. Oedmann’s Verm. Sammill.
aus der Naturkunde, Fasc. I. c. 6.—The
Hebrew intpp. and Josephus (Ant. 2. 14.
3) with little probability explain it by
lice; and the Talmudists also use the
sing. 0:2 for a louse. Comp. 33.
᾿ 13 Chald. i. q. Heb. so, thus, but re-
ferring always to what follows, where
the Hebrews use not 13, but MD; so
Dan. 2,25. 4 11. 6,7. Ezra 5, 3. 6.2.al.

135

ἣ PP) in Kal not used, Arab.
I, II, IV, to call a person or thing by
another and more honourable name or
title, to deck with a title ; see Tauriz.
ad Hamas. Schult. p. 320. Teblebi ad
Harir. Schult: If. 57. Chald. to address
one by his proper title. ‘The primary
idea is perh. to cover, comp. 323.—In
Heb. only '

Pret fut. 7329 1, to address in a
soothing manner, to speak kindly to any
one. Is. 44, 5 m359 Dewi ows and
αλλ πεῖν names the name of Tsrael.
kindly, though thou hast not lento me.

2. to flatter, Job 32, 21. 22.

Deriv. subst. "22.

M32 f. (τ. Ὁ9 1) α plant, shoot, as be-
ing set, placed; comp. 332, >nw. Ps.
80, 16 42772" ASHI WS m3) and (visit,
protect) the plant which thy right hand
hath planted. The ancient intpp. as-
sumed also the masc. 13 in the same
sense Dan. 11,7; see in 13 II. 2.—Others
here make "2D imper.-Kal with He pa-
ragog. from r. 123 in a signif. ἐο cover, to
protect ; of which however there is no
other trace. |

M22 un. λεγόμ. Ez. 27. 23, Canneh, pr.
n. of a city, prob. Clesiphon, i. q. [1223
which also is read in one of De Rossi’s
Mss. Comp. mp? for Mp>%; see more
in m2>2.

ΓΞ see M22.

32 m. (τ. 922) plur. minh> 1 K. 10,
12, c. suff. s"MTD Ps. 137, 2, once
W722 Ez. 26,13; Gr. κινύρα, κινγύρα,
a species of harp or lyre, Lat. cithara,
[whence the modern word guwilar,] a
stringed instrument of music, celebrated
for David’s skill in playing upon it, and
employed both in sacred and profane
music, in rejoicing and in mourning,
1 K. 10, 12. Is. 5,12. 23, 12. Gen. 31,27.
Job 30,31; usually as an accompaniment
to the voice, Ps. 33, 2. 43, 4. 49, 5. 71,
22. al. Josephus relates, Ant. 7. 12. 3,
that the κινύρα had ten strings. and was
struck with a plectrum ; but this is con-
trary to the words in 1 Sam. 16, 23. 18,
10. 19,9, from which it appears that this
instrument was played with the fingers

"32
Corresponding are Arab. SUS, Syr.

(15, fps, cithara, harp, lyre. The
etymology lies in the tremulous, stridu-
lous sound ; comp. r. "2D.

N22 Chald. see τ Chald.

W722 pr. n. see P2707.

DZD 1. q. D°2D gnats, Ex. 8, 13; comp.
v. 12.14. It is construed with the femi-
nine; and seems to be a collective form
from Sing. 72. Cod. Samar. has plur.
m72>. Comp. Lehrg. p. 517.

8222 Chald. adv. so, thus, in this

manner, referring mostly to what fol-.

lows, Ezra 4, 8. 5, 9. 11; but also to
what precedes, 5, 4. 6,13. It seems to
be compounded fects 3 and 870"), 873,
which is often negligently used in the
Talmud for 772"2 , "7282, we say, dropping
the "; pr. therefore as we say, as is said,
referring sometimes to what precedes,
and sometimes to what follows. The
Heb. translator renders it in Ezra 4, 8
by Wax j> (read 72822), and in 5, 4 by
“2x20 as is said. In like manner Syr.
DLs namely, is contracted from Zpshs
ae dicas.

* 22 I. i. q. 119, but trans. fo set,
[0 place ; comp. 517323, 5772:3. Hence
}2 stand, base, 732 plant.

II. Perh. to nip, to pinch, Gr. κνάω,
χγήϑω, xvito, Germ. kneipen, Engl. to
nip; comp. κνιπός, κνιφός, κνίψ, a nip-
ping insect; and with a sibilant prefixed
oxviw, oxvigec, a gnat, gnats. Hence
j2, 0°22, gnats.

Deriv. 19 II, HI, m:D, and the three
here following.

"222 (prob. for 77323, whom Jehovah
hath set) Chenani, pr. ἢ. m. Neh. 9, 4.

W322 (id.) Chenaniah, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 15, 22. 26, 29; for which 15, 27
M22.

Ww232 (id.) Conaniah, pr. n. of a Le-
vite, 2 Chr. 31, 12. 13. 35,9 Keri. -In
Cheth. sn722%9.

; O22 1. to collect, to heap up, as
stones Ecc. 3, 5; treasures Ecc. 2, 8.
26; waters Ps. 33.7. Hence 0°23, 01D.

2. to gather together persons, to assem-
ble, Esth. 4, 16. 1 Chr. 22, 2.

476

5). ;

3. to hide, see Hithp. and deriv. 0327.
Chald. 02> id. but more freq. vy,
uals, whence Nw ID Congr λνοοι sy-

nagogue,- Arab. to hide one-
self; but in the deriv. also to collect.

as ROLES, Kind, synagogue, church,
temple; but }iS to collect, Eth. ἴῃ ζῶ

to assemble, Ὡ ΖΕ church. See more
in 123.

Pret i. q. Kal no. 2, to gather together,
to assemble persons, Ez. at, 21. 39, 28.
Ps. 147, 2.

Hitup. to hide oneself, to wrap oneself
in any thing, see the Arabic above. Is.
28, 20 dann mx nZ08m) and the
covering is narrower than that he can
wrap himself in it.

Deriv. "2, 01D, 033%, ΤΠ ΞΌ ΔΩ.

*¥22 in Kal not used, pr. to bend the
knee, to fall upon the knees, kindr. with
39> q. v. This root is widely spread,
comp. γόνυ, γνυ in γνυπετεῖν, genu, San-
scr. ganu, Germ. Knie, Engl. knee; yo- —
via, tyvve hollow of the knee; Aram. 823,
ἴςς incubuit; also with the third radical
strengthened, Germ. knicken, einknick-
en. In Heb. spec. |

1. to fold together, to lay together, and —
hence to collect, to bind up, as packages,
bundles, see 1332 ; comp. Arab. aid to

contract, be contracted, Conj. I, V, VII.

2. to be bowed down, to be low, de-
pressed, as a land, see ἼΣ39 ; and trop. —
of the mind, to be depressed, like Chald. —
and Samar. 323. Arab. «iS Conj. I,
IV, id. of |

Hiren. 37935 to bow down, to bring
low, to humble any one, Job 40, 12. Ps.
107, 12. Is. 25, 5. So espec. enemies, to
varices, to pitas: 2 Sam. 8, 1. 1 Chr. |
17, 10. 18,1. Ps. 81,15; andsometimes
God is said to subdue enemies before
(3559) any one, Judg. 4, 23. Deut. 9, 3.
2 Chr. 28, 19. Neh. 9, 94.

ΝΊΡΗ. 523) 1. to be brought low, hum~
bled, subdued, e. g. a vanquished enemy,

| with Β τὸ nnn Judg. 3, 30. Ps. 106, 42

"292 Judg. 11, 33; νὰ. 1 Sam. 7, 13,
1 Chr. 20, 4. ;

2, 16 himnble oneself, to submit, cipal
before God or a divine messenger, with

555 ATT pps

"98> 2 Chr. 34, 27; yea 1 K. 21, 29
seest thou how Ahab hath humbled him-
self before me? 2K. 22,19; "28> 2 Chr.
3a, 14. 23.36, 12; aay Lev. 26 41.
2 Chr. 12, 7. 12. 30, 11.

Y29 f. (r. 539) once c. suff. 4N922 Jer.
10, 17, a package, bundle, bale, so called
from folding and binding together. Sept.
by conject. ὑπόστασις. Targ. wares.

7222 pr.n. Canaan. R.223 Kal no. 2.

1. Canaan, the son of Ham, and father
of the Canaanites, Gen. 9, 18. 22. 25-27.
10, 6.15. Sept. Χαναᾶν.

2, Canaan, the land of the Canaan-
ites, Ex. 15, 15; fully {322 y28 Gen.
13, 12. 16, 3. 23, 2.19. 33,18; pr. low
tract or region. from r. 539 with the end-
ing | as in }2%, opp. to the higher
land 548 or Syria, see "2333 no. 1.—
Spec. ‘a) The country on this side
Jordan, opp. to Gilead, Num. 33,51.
Josh. 21, 2. 22,9. b) Phenicia, a 23,
11, i. e. the northern part of Canaan at
the foot of Lebanon. whose inhabitants
call themselves 1529 on coins; comp.
Comment. on Is. |. c. Monumm. Phenic.
p- 267. They are called by the Greeks
Φοίνικες. The Carthaginians, a colony
of the Phenicians, also retained this an-
cient name ; as is testified by Augustin
(Expos. Ep. ad Rom. ὃ 13) as follows :
“Tnterrogati rustici nostri (i. 6. Hippo-
nenses), quidsint? Punice respondentes
Canani, corrupta scilicet, ut in talibus
solet, una littera, quid aliud respondent,
quam Chananei?” cc) Philistia, Zeph.
2. 5 OMwse IN 1529 —Hence mina

ἼΣ29 Canaanitish women Gen. 28, 1. 6.
86. 2; ‘> ἼΞΧΣ the idols of Canaan, wor-
δ ρροῦ there, Ps. 106, 88 ; ἼΣ29 MDw the
language of Candan. i. e. the Hebrew,
which was spoken by the Canaanites
and Hebrews, Is. 19, 18; comp. also Ps.
135, 11. Judg. 3, 1.

3. Put for 1529 ὅτ a Canaanite, Hos.
12,8; and so for a merchant generally,
Te 93, 8 Π 2529 her merchants ; comp.
Zeph. 1, 11, ‘and see "3222 no. 2.

T3923, fem. of the preced. Chenaanah,
pr. n.m. a)1Chr.7,10. b) 1K,
22, 11. 2 Chr. 18. 10.

"2232 Gen. 38, 2, fem. 2322 46, 10.
Ex. 6. 15; Plur. ΓΕ Neh. 9, "24. Ob.

20, but far more freq. Sing. with art.
collect. "3322'7, a gentile noun.

1. a Canaanite, the Canaanites, i. e.
a) A single people who inhabited, be-
fore the Hebrews, the lower tracts of Pa-
lestine on the sea-coast. and the Jordan ;
Num. 13, 29 the Canaanites dwell by the
sea and by the side of Jordan. Josh. 5,1.
11, 3. Deut. 11, 30; see the etymology
in {323 no. 2. ‘Often coupled with the
names of other tribes; and the sacred
writers, while intending to comprise all
the tribes dwelling in Palestine, some-
times by synecdoche mention only two,
the Canaanites and Perizzites, Gen..13,
7; sometimes three, the Canaanites,
Hivites, Hittites, Ex. 23, 28; or again
five, the Canaanites, Hittites, Amorites,
Hivites, Jebusites, Ex. 13, 5; or six,
adding the Perizzites, Ex. 3, 8. 17. Josh.
12. 18; or seven, adding the Girga-
shites, Deut. 7, 1. Josh. 3, 10; -or finally

.ten, the Kenites, Kenizzites, Kadmon-

ites, Hittites, Perizzites, Rephaim, Amor-
ites, Canaanites, Girgashites, Jebusites,
Gen. 15, 19-21. In this number are
several which cannot be reckoned as
Canaanites, but as other aborigines ; as
the Rephaim, the Kenites, ete. Ὁ) In
a wider sense put for all the tribes
dwelling west of the Jordan and in Phe-
nicia before the Hebrews, deriving their
descent from Canaan (Gen. 10, 15-18) ;

Gen. 10, 18. 19. 12, 6. 50, 11. Josh. 16, -

10. 17, 12 sq. Judg. 1, 10. 28. 29; also
Ex. 3, 8. 17. Deut. 11, 50. Ez. 16.3

They are mentioned as Gentiles and _

unclean Zech. 14, 21.—Sept. for j2:3,
"1322, has usually Χαναάν, Χαναναῖος,
but sometimes also Φοινίκη, Φοίνιξ, Ex.
6,15. 16,35. Josh. 5, 1. 12. Job 40, 25.
So Mark 7, 25 comp. Matt. 15, 22.—The
Canaanites were celebrated merchants,
and hence

2. Canaanite for merchant, generally,
Job 40, 30 [25]. Prov. 31,24. So "129
Chaldean, for astrologer.

* 022 i. q. Arab. Was to cover. to
protect ; whence 23 covering, wing.
Comp. r. 13. Not found in Kal.

ΝΊΡΗ. to cover or hide oneself. Is. 30,

| 20 Fain Tid ΠΣΘ ΝΡ no longer shall

thy teachers hide themselves, i. e. they
shall come forth openly, and no longer

ΓῺ

pe vexed by persecutors. So Abulwalid
and Jarchi; see Comment. on Is. 1]. ¢.—
Hence

99 f. 1 K. 6, 24. 2 Chr. 3, 11. 12,
constr. 123 ; Dual D"f2> constr. 7522 ;
but the same is used for the Plur. as ὦ
ὉΠΕ29 Is. 6, 2, ὈΞ529 53 Ez. 1, 6. 10,
21. Plur. constr. rip? fem. Die 22,
12. Is. 11, 12; but masc. in the signif
no. 2. a. b, Ez. 7, 2. R. #23.

1. ἃ wing, so called as covering,

protecting. Arab. ἜΤ wing, side,

Eth. AIG wing ;
Chald. 923, Sam. JTS, Syr. velo,
(215, id. Comp. 93 Heb. and Chald.

from kindr. 523; also 5°Bax p. 12.—Is.
10, 14. Job 39, 13. 1 K. 6, 27. Ez. 1, 8 sq.
al. p27 197>D every fowl of wing, every
winged fowl, Gen. 1, 21; ‘2 "1px birds
of wing Ps. 148, 10; “3 "ipx->> Deut.
4,17; "3.9 “ips Ez. 39, 17 comp.v. 4;
555 ὝΒΕΤΟΣ every bird of every wing,
every species of bird, Gen. 7, 14. Ez.
17, 23. So 2D 553 Prov. 1, 17, and
DIED 553 Ece. 10, 20, ‘one having
wings,’ poet. or a bind. Poet. m3" "532
the wings of the wind Ps, 18, 11. 104, 3;

“mu "52D the wings of the morning 139, 9;

expressive of the swiftness with sahieh
the winds and the dawn move o:ward.
—Metaph. with the idea of protection,
defence, Ps. 17, 8 ΠΌΤ 7°H2D >¥2
hide me beneath the shadow of thy wings.
36, 8. 57, 2. 61, 5, 63, 8. 91, 4. Ruth 2,

12. Comp. Arab. Lis and

οὐλπ Schult. ad Job. 472.

2. an extremity, corner, e. 8: a) Of
a garment, a skirt, flap, πτέρυξ, πτερύ-

region, protection.

yor, fully >9an 42> the skirt of the.

robe 1 Sam. 24, 5. 12. Num. 15, 38.
Deut. 22, 12. Hage. 2. 12; also, the
name of the garment being omitted,
Zech. 8, 23 "759 WN 29 the skirt bbe
Jew, i. 6. of his upper garment. Ez. 5, 3.
As the outer garment was ‘used by
the Orientals to wrap themselves in
at night, hence #23 is also put for the
extremity or corner of a bed-covering,
coverlet, etc. Deut. 23,1 523 Mb N54
"38 nor shall he uncover his father’s
coverlet, i i. 6. he shall not violate his fa-
1} ev’s bed. 27,20, comp. Ez. 16,8. Ruth

A78

025,

3, 9 spread now thy covering over thy
handmaid, i. e. receive me to thy bed.
comp. Theocr. Idyll. 18. 19, and ἐπισκιά-
few Luke 1,35. Ὁ) Spoken of a land,
the earth, etc. a border, corner, end ; as
the habitable earth is often compared
by the ancients to a garment spread out.
Is. 24, 16 YAN 425 corner, end of the
earth. Mostly in the plur. Job 37, 3. 38,
13 YIN MEI the corners of the be
extrema terrarum; also Is. 11, 12 and
Ez. 7,2 7287) mined MPa the νὰν: cor-
ners of the earth or land. 6) Of an ar-
my, wing, as in Lat. and Engl. whence
poet. for an army itself, Is. 8, 8. 18, 1.
Comp. 0"Bax p. 12. d) The highest
point, battlement, pinnacle of the temple,
Dan. 9,27. Comp. πτερύγιὸν τοῦ ἱεροῦ,
Matt. 4, 5.

r

" “22 obsol. root, onomatopoetic, pr.
to give forth a tremulous and stridulous
sound, e. g. the quavering sound of a
string when struck, Germ. schnarren,
knarren. Hence “"3> harp, lyre, from
its stridulous sound.—Kindred are Greek
κίνυρος, pr. whimpering, spoken of a que-
rulous, mournful tone, whence Gr. xwv-
ou; also γέγγρος, yiyyou, yiyyoas, Lat.
gingrina, i. e. a pipe yielding a stridu-
lous querulous tone, and gingritus the
cackling of geese.—Deriv. 9123, and

m2 (i. q. Vi2D lyre) Deut. 3, 17,

mins> (plur. lyres) 1 K. 15, 20, Γῆ ΩΦ,

Josh. 11, 2, Chinnereth, Chinneroth, pr.
n. of a city in the tribe of Naphtali, situ-
ated on the lake of Galilee, which is
thence called m= 0° Num. 34, 11,
Josh. 13,27; Τὴ π89 δ" 5 Josh. 12, 3. Inthe
Targus’ is found the later name “ὌΝ,
“o21, whence Gr. Τεννησάρ 1 Mace. 11,

67. hin Ant. 2. 25. 3,17; and in N. T. 7
Τεννησαρέτ Matt. 14, 834. Mark 6, 58.
This beautiful lake is about. .
twelve miles long by six broad in its”
widest part, with limpid water and

Luke 5, 1.

abounding in fish. See Reland Palest.

Ῥ. 258 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIT. pe

261 sq. 312 sq.

Ἐ123 Chald. to gather together, to”
assemble, i. q. Heb. 023, Syr. id. Inf

Dan. 3, 2.

Irup. to be νων together, baie ;

bled, Dan. 3. 3.27. Freq. in the Targg. —

a ν

omy

23 m. (Ὁ. 423) only Plur. ΓΞ; pr.
ἃ surname, cognomen, title. Meton. one
having the same surname or title as an-
other, i.e. sustaining the same office,
subject to the same king, i. ᾳ. σύνδουλος,
colleague, associate in office. Correspond-
ing is Syr. ᾿δλο ρίαν. [Ζα 5, i.e. σύνδου-
λος, σύνδουλοι.---Οπηο6 Ezra 4, 7 "NDA
ΓΦ and the rest of his abllcasuce ;
Sept. οἵ λοιποὶ ovrvdovdor.—The form
ΤΣ is for MN22, MX22, and the plural is
formed in the es manner as mini ,
ΤῊ), from m3, see Lehrg. p. 509, 606.

ΓΞ Chald. id. a colleague, rindaiite
only plur. c. suff. N12> his colleagues,
Ezra 5, 6; i332 their colleagues 4, 9.
17. 23. 5, 3. 6, 6.13. Comp. the Heb.

ὉΞ3 m. um. λεγόμ. in the suspected
reading Ex. 17,16, commonly held to be
i.q. OD throne, which is read in the
Samaritan codex. But the context and
the words of v. 15 "3 Mim", demand the
reading 02 a standard, banner, where
see.

᾿ NOD obsol. root, i. ᾳ. 502 to cover ;
whence δὲ Ὁ 5 and

NOD Prov. 7, 20, also MOD Ps. 81, 4,
the full moon, time of the full moon. Syr.
[ms , according to Isa Bar Ali, is ‘ the

first day of the full moon,’ and also ‘the
whole time of the full moon;’ so also often
in Barhebreus and Ephrem Syrus.—
The etymology is doubtful; unless we
may say that the moon at her full is whol-
ly covered with light, from r. 50D, 8O2 ;
comp. Ps. 104, 2 nabw> "ἿΝ ny cover-
ing thyself with light as with a garment.
See Thesaur. p. 698, 699.

NOD m. twice MOD Job 26, 9. 1K. 10,
19; c. suff. "NOD (for "NOD), ΠΝ ῸΞ ; le:
ΤΟΥΝῸΞ for nmino>. , R.Rd2.

1. a throne, i. 6. an elevated seat with
@ canopy and hangings which cover it ;

& 2 ρ ES
Arab. cw, Aram. 8072, bates, id.

the letter ἢ being inserted instead of
doubling the ©, i.e. rs for ss, see under
lett... The Samaritan has also in the
root Hex4 4% for MOD.—So jW δῸΞ a
throne of ivory 1 K. 10, 18; nbn 5
the throne of the kingdom, royal throne,
Deut. 17,18. 2 Sam. 8, 13; and so "9

A79

"09

mazda 1 Chr. 22,10. 2 Chr. 7, 18. Esth.
ἐδ δ Ὡς πριν natban ἜΣ Ἢ 48. Hence
oe the royal dignity ΦΙ authority ; Gen.
41, 40 only as to the throne will I be
phenter than thou, i.e. l reserve to my-
self only the royal dignity. Ps. 45, 7,
see in DN p. 55, note. So to establish
one’s throne, i.e. his kingdom, Is. 16, 5.
Spoken of the throne of God, Ps. 9, 5.
47,9. Is. 6, 1. Job 26, 9.—Also

2. For the elevated seat or cathedra
of the high-priest, 1 Sam. 1, 9. 4, 13;
the tribunal of a judge, Ps. 122, 5 (comp.
Dan. 7,9). Ps. 94,20 niin “3 tribunal of
wickedness, i.e. unjust judges. Hence °
for jurisdiction, district, Neh. 3,7. Of
a military tribunal, Jer. 1, 15; also of
any seat, e. g. a stool or chair, 2 K.
4,10. Prov. 9,14; espec. an honourable
seat, "23 NOD 1Sam.2,8. Metaph. Is.
22, 23 and he (Eliakim) shall be fora
seat of glory to his father’s house, i. e.
through him shall all his kindred be
honoured.

302 Chald. a Chaldean, Ezra 5, 12;
elsewhere "302 q. v.

i "ΟΞ to cover; kindr. are SOD and
med. Syr. [mo id. also ‘to put on;
Arab. LuS to put on; Chald. MOD te
cover, and hence to hide, lie concealed.
—In Kal only in particip. NOD Prov.
12, 16. 23; and pass. constr. "10D Ps.
32, 1. Far more usual is

Pree MOD, 1 pers. "MOD, "MOD Ps.
143, 9, "M2 Ez. 32,7; fut. 52", apoc.
O21.

1. to cover, c. acc. Ex. 10, 5. Num. 9,
15. 22,5; or also >» (like otek verbal
coperisay 6. g. 20, 2D), q. d. to cover
over, Num. 16, 33 ὙΠ Dm72d d2M1 the
earth covered them over, pr. was a cover-
ing over them. Job 21, 26 mean ma"

ninby and worms cover them. 2 Chr. 5,
8. Ps. 106, 17. Hab. 2, 14; ¢. > Is. 11,9.
—So to cover a person or thing with any
thing, e. g. construed : a) With acc.
of pers. and 3 of the covering, Lev. 17,
13 "ἜΣ3 ἢΓΙΟΞῚ he shall cover it (the
blood) with earth. Job 15, 27. Is. 51, 16.
Num. 4, 5.8. 11. Ὁ) With two acc. Ez.
16,10. 18, 7.16. 9) With >» of pers.
and 3 of covering, Ps. 44,20. ἃ) With
acc. of the covering and >» of the thing
covered, Ez. 24,7; comp. Job 36, 32.—

mos

Trop. in the phrases: fo cover any one
with shame Mic. 7, 10; confusion Ps.
44,16. Jer. 51, 51; terror Ez. 7, 18. Ps.
55,6; so God covers the faces of judges,
makes them blind, Job 9,24. Also to
cover any one (a wife) with violence,
heap.up injuries upon her, Mal. 2, 16.—
Intrans. to cover oneself, to put on any
thing, 6. 3 Gen. 38, 14. Deut. 22, 12;
c. ace. Jon. 3,6 pw D275 he covered on:
self with sackcloth, put on sackcloth,
Arab. Lu to put on, 6. ace.

2. to cover, i. e. to hide, to conceal,
comp. Chald. Prov. 10, 18. 12, 16. 23.
Job 31, 33; with >» of pers. Deut. 13, 9;
with acc. of thing and 12 of pers. Gen.
18,17. Job 23,17 Dax-meD 35} and
bécaisse he hath (not) covered the dark-
ness from my sight, hath not freed me
from. calamities.—Intrans. pregn. Ps.
143, 9 »M"@> 478 unto thee do I hide, I
flee to thee for covert; Sept. πρὸς σὲ
κατέφυγον.

3. Metaph. to cover sin, i. 6. to pardon,
to forgive, i.q. "BD, c. acc. Ps. 85, 3; ἘΣ
Prov. 10, 12. Neh. 3, 37 [4, 5]. Ps. 32, 1
ΓΙ ΟΣ OD whose sin is covered, i.e. par-
doned. Comp. "DD.

PuaL 48> and no Ps. 80, 11. Prov.
24, 31, fut. nos", part. M029 ; to be co-
vered, Gen. 7, “19. 20 ; with = of the
covering, 1 Chr. 21, 16. Ecc. 6, 4; also
with acc. Ps. 80, 11 ΠΡ OM AOD the
mountains were covered with ils shade.
Prov. 24, 31.

Nipu. id. Ez. 24, 8; 6. 3 Jer. 51, 42.

Hirup. to cover oneself, to wrap one-
self up, with 2 of the covering, Is. 59, 6.
1 K. 11, 29; once acc. Jon. 3, 8.

δεῖν, "IDD, ΓΠΌΞ (and mio), ΓΌΞ,
MO29, ΠΕΞΏ.

MDD see NOD.
MOD i. gq. NED q. v.
ΤΩ Is. 5, 25, see HMAD.

"702 m. only constr. “i "30D αὶ cover-
ing of skins Num. 4, 6.14. Β. ΠΌΞ.

ΓΟ ἢ (τ. nOD) 1. a covering,
cover, Ex. 21, 10. 22, 26. Job 24, 7. 26,
6. 31,19. Metaph. b22"> M802 ὦ cover-
ing of or for the eyes, i. e. a present offer-
ed as an expiation for some fault, in order

that one may shut his eyesuponit, connive .

at it; or, a present made in the hope of

A80

\

"D5 ἧ:

pardon, an atonement, a penalty. Soin
the much vexed passage Gen. 20, 16
WAS Wx b55 ὉΠ» md. 9 RAM AE
b> PN) lo, this (the thousand shekels) is
to thee a penalty for all which has hap-
pened with thee and before all men.
Comp. Gen. 32, 21 Maa 72D MSN
pr. I will cover his face (appease him)
with the present. The Sept. though here
neglected or misunderstood by interpre-—
ters, renders it correctly: ταῦτα ἔσται σοι
εἰς τιμὴν τοῦ προσώπου Gov, where τιμή
is a fine, penalty, price, Il. 1. 159, i. q.
elsewhere tiunuc.—Most interpreters
understand this covering of the eyes to be -
a veil, and the whole passage they arbi-
trarily render thus: lo, this shall be to
thee a veil for the eyes unto all who are
with thee and to all others, i. e. so it shall

be manifest to all that thou art a mar-

ried woman. They add further, that
only married women were accustomed
to wear veils; but this is contrary to
oriental custom, and is incapable of
proof. |

2. a garment, Deut. 22, 12.

moo to cut off a plant, vine, etc. to
cut down, part. pass. MOD Is. 33, 12. Ps.
80, 17. Kindr. are MEP, MEP, SEP,
V2XR, also δὲς, Ota, ta. Chald. and
Syr. ΠΌΞ, wal, to prune vines.

D°OD τη. (r. bo>) 1. a fool, Ps. 92, 7.
94, 8, Prov. 1, 32. 10, 1. 18. 13, 19. 20.

14, 8. 24. 33. 15, 2.7, and often in Prov.

and Ecc. The notion of impiety, un-
godliness, is often implied, Prov. 5, 20.
19, 1. al. comp. the synon. 518, 535, and
the opp. O37.

2. Chesil, as the name of a conataitin
tion, Job 9,9. 38, 31. Am. 5,8; according
to most of the ancient jaternetnes the
constellation Orion, which the Orientals
call US, an, nd°b2, i.e. the giant.
They appear to have conceived of this
constellation under the figure of an im-
pious giant (>"02 impious) bound upon
the sky; whence Job 38, 31 canst thow
lodse the bands of Orion 2—Plur. Drb"OD
Is. 13, 10, q. ἃ. the Orions or giants of
the sky, i.e. the greater constellation

similar to Orion. So Lat. Cicerones
Scipiones, i.e. men like Cicero and

. 202
Scipio.—Abulwalid understands ri
or Canopus, a bright star in the rudder
of Argo or the ship, in the southern
hemisphere. See more in Comment.
on Is. 13,10. Michaelis Suppl. p. 1319
sq. Hyde on Ulugh Beigh’s Tables, p.
74. Ideler ἄρον Ursprung ἃ. Bedeut. der
Sternennamen p. 240, 263.

3. Chesil, pr. n. of a city in the south-
ern part of Judah, Josh. 15, 30.

MADD f. folly, Prov. 9,13. R. >o>.

“ 202 a root found only once in the
verb, see no. 2. b; but of various signifi-

cations in the derivatives The primary
idea seems to be:

1. lo be fleshy, fat ; whence >92 loin,
flank.—Then

2. Asa denom. from 503, in a double
signification: a) Ina cas sense, lo be
strong, lusty, the loins being the seat of
strength; comp. 72%, 22; metaph.
to be firm, confident, whence bop, ΠΡΌΣ,
confidence, hope. b) Ina bad one,
to be dull, sluggish, languid, like Arab.

hind to be weak. Hence also as a

kindred idea, to be foolish ; comp. >33,
832, 229; and vice versa compere
words signifying strength transferred
to the idea of virtue, as ΘΓ.
this sense may come by transpos. from
520 to be foolish.—So once fut. A, 50>"
Jer. 10,8. Hence the deriv. bpp fool-
ish, abv, ῬΌΞ, folly.

202 m. 1. loin, flank, lumbus, Job 15,
27. Plur. "502 the loins, pr. the internal
muscles of the loins near the kidneys,
to which the fat adheres, woos, ψοῖαι,
as Symmachus well. Lev. 3, 4. 10. 15.
4,9. 7,4. Job 15, 27 o> »53 mann wo
᾿ς and because he maketh fatness upon his
loins, i. e. the γαστρέδουλος pam pers him-
self. Also for the viscera generally, the
bowels, inward parts, Ps. 38, 8. Comp.
Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 506 sq.

2. confidence, hope, Ps.'78,7. Job 8, 14.
31, 24. Prov. 3, 26. See r. 50D no.
2. a.

3. folly, Ecc. 7,25. See the root no.
2. b.

Ti20 f. (r.>0>) 1. confidence, hope,
Job 4, 6.
2. folly, Ps. 85, 9.
41

Or perh. .

verbs beginning with 14;

A481 205

"20D m. Zech. 7, 1. Neh. 1, 1, Gr
Χασελεῦ 1 Mace. 1,54, Chislev, the ninth
month of the Hebrews, beginning with |
the new moon of December.—The ety-
mology is unknown; yet it might per-
haps be so called from the languor and
torpor of nature, from r. 502 no. 2. Ὁ.
Or it may be of Persian origin, as would
appear from a Palmyrene inscription ;
see Benfey, die Monatsnamen, comp.
Thesaur. p. 702.

71202 (confidence, hope, τ. 509)
salon, pr. n. of a place on the border of
the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 10; there ©
called also D"939°771.

yibo> (id.) Chision, pr. n. τῇ. Num.
34, 21.

nibop (hopes, τ. 50D) Chesulloth, pr.
n. of a place in the tribe of Issachar,
Josh. 19, 18; prob. the same with the
next art. 2

ἸΏ 29 (loins or flank of Tabor)
Chisloth- Tabor, pr. ἢ. of a place near the
western foot of mount Tabor, on the bor-
der of Zebulun, Josh. 19,12. [Prob. the
same as the preced. article, and both
identical with the mod. Iksdl JLuSt,
Gr. Zuid Jos. B. J. 3. 3.1. See Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 182.—R.

p°7202 plur. Gen. 10, 14. 1 Chr. 1,
12, Casluhim, pr. n. of a people sprung
from the Egyptians; probably, as Bo-
chart supposes, Phaleg IV. 31, the Col-
chians, whom the Greek writers also
mention as being a colony of the Egyp-
tians, Hdot. 2. 104. Diod. Sic. 1. 28, 55.
Strabo I. 3 ult. The name Colchians
might readily come from the fuller
m>o>, dropping the 8.

, Ro2 to shear, to poll the head, once
Ez. 44, 20. Kindred are 013, and other
see Τῖ3 ---
Hence

M902 f. Ex. 9, 32. Is. 28, 25, plur.
p> Ez. 4,9, a species of grain like
wheat, with a ἐχάθη or bald ear as if
shorn, Lat. far, adoreum, Gr. ζέα, ὀλυρά,
the modern spelt, triticum spelta Linn.

9 --9 :
Arab. ὅλων, which is in fact the same

word as in Hebrew, m and being inter-
changed and r inserted. See Comment
on Is. l. ¢.

᾿ cos

co) 1. Pr. to divide out, to distri-
bute ; kindr. with yxP and other verbs
begiming with yp, >, t3. Hence

2 tribute.

2. to number, to reckon, comp. ΓΙ ;
once Ex. 12, 4 every man according ‘0
his eating shall ye reckon for the lamb.
Sept. συναριϑμηϑήσεται, Onk. jinn,
Syr. elie.

Deriv. 023, 7032, 02, ΠΡ.

érc2 fut. ROS" 1. Pr. to be or be-
come pale, as in Chald. Comp. Niph.
no. 1, and 42 silver.—Less near are

and Sa deficit sol, luna, ca-
ligavit oculus, diminutus est.

2. Trop. to pine or long afler any
thing, to desire greatly, with > of pers.
Job 14, 15; inf. c. > Ps. 17, 12.

Nira. 1. to be pale, to turn pale, from
shame, since this feeling is indicated not
only by blushing, but also by turning
pale; see "3m and Talmudic 7725n to
make ashamed, comp. Comment. on Is.
29,22. Hence, to be ashamed; Zeph. 2,
1 9022 δὲ inn O nation not ashamed,
i. 6. without shame, shameless.

2. i.q. Kal no. 2, Gen. 31, 30. Ps. 84,
3.—Hence

322 τὴ, c. suff. "BoD 1. silver, so
called from its paleness, r. }OD, as Gr.
ἄργυρος from ἀργός white, and 2m gold
from its yellow colour; comp. ins. Syr.
Samar. id.—Gen. 23, 15 ~>pw nv dane
HOD four hundred shekels’ of silver. v.
16. Lev. 27, 3. 6. Josh. 7,22. Often
mith the sword bau dicted: 6. g. FPN
mO> a thousand (shekels) of silver Gen.
20, 16. HOD pws twenty shekels of
aber Gen. 37, 28. Deut. 22, 19. Hos. 3
2. Metaph. to purify pilver; i. 6. τὸ
cleanse a people from their sins, Mal. 3,
3 comp. v. 2. Is. 1, 25.

2. money, which anciently consisted
of bars or pieces of silver weighed out
and not coined; comp. ἀργύριον, Fr. ar-
gent. Gen. 23, 13. 43, 15. 21. Ex. 22, 6.
Num. 3, 49. 51. Deut. 23, 20. "a> 502
current money, see in "39 no. 2. Also,
that which is bought with money, e. g. a
slave, Ex. 21,21 ein BOD "2 for he is
his money, his purchase; also Gen. 17,

12. Ex. 12, 44. Plur. pieces of siloer,

money, Gen. 42, 25. 35.

482

Ὁ59 ὁ ᾿

FO2 Chald. m. id. silver, st. emphat.

npo2 Dan. 2, 35. 5, 2. 4. 23. Ezra 5, 14.

6, δ. Td ἐς 18.
N"DODD Ezra 8, 17, Casiphia, pr. n.

of a place (0'P2) on the way between —

Babylon and Jerusalem.—To this corre-
sponds neither the Pyle Caspie@ nor the
city Kaswin, as held by some.

NOD f. (r. 50D) plur. mine>D cushions,
pillows, Ez. 13, 18. 20. Sept. mgooxs-
φάλαια, Vulg. pulvilli, according to the
Rabbins long pillows, bolsters.—The
letter m, although not radical and mere-
ly the sign of the fem. gender, is never-
theless retained also in the plural; as in
mbt, mvp, comp. Lehrg. p. 474.

29> Is. 59, 18, see 53 lett. Ce 1.

172 Chald. adv. of time, now, at this
time, Dan. 2, 23. 3, 15. 4,34. 5,12. Ezra
4, 13. 8]. {33> 79 until now Ezra 5, 16.—
It is prob. derived asa prolonged form
from Heb. 42 so, also now, comp. 2742
Neh. 2, 16, and art. 13 lett. e. p. 475;
just as Samar. BYP from Heb. ἘΠ. In-
deed j3> seems also to have had the
signif. so; whence the following art.

M292 Chald. fem. of the preceding,

adv. so, thus, i. q. 13.) but found only in —

one formula ΓΩΣΞἢ and so forth, et cetera,
Ezra 4, 10. 11. 7, 12; contracted M334
id. 4, 17.

Ν OD fut. O33" 1, to be indignant,

vexed, ns take ill, ‘Ece. 5,16. '7, 9. Néh.

8, 33 [4, 1]. Ps. 112, 10.

2. to be angry, Ez, 16, 42; with dx
of pers. 2 Chr. 16, 10. .

Piet 022 to provoke, to irritate, i. q.
Hiph. Deut. 32, 21. 1 Sam. 1, 6.

Hipr. 0°53 1. to vex, to grieve, to
trouble any one, 1 Sam. 1, 7. Neh. 4,5
[3, 37]. Ez. 32, 9.

2. to make angry, to provoke, often of
men who provoke Jehovah by their sins,
espec. by idolatry, c. 3 Deut. 31, 29. 32,

16. 1K. 14, 9. 15. 16, 2. 7.13 54. Ps. 78,

58. Jer. 8, 19. al. More fully ‘ora
aa“my OSD 1K.15, 30, 2K. 23, 26; also
qwith the name af God implied, 1. Ke
21, 22 mOsan AWN OraM-by because of |
the anger with which thou hast made

me angry. 2K. 21, 6. 23,19. Hos. 12 —

15.—Hence

———— «μές,

Ὁ59

᾿ς O22 m. 1. vexation, trouble, grief,
Eee. 1, 18. 2, 23. 11, 10. Ps. 6, 8. Prov.
17, 25. 21, 19 ὈΣΞῚ DT MWR a con-
Sritiotte aiid Sretful woman. Deut. 32, 27.
2. anger, Deut. 32, 19. 1 K. 15, 30.
Ez. 20, 28. Plur. 5°022 bursts of anger,
2 K. 23, 26.
O22 τα. i. q. O22, found only in Job.
1, vexation, grief, Job 5,2. 6,2. 17,7.
2. anger, wrath of God, Job 10, 17.

FY see in m33>.

52 f. (r. 92D) c. suff. "BD, pr. some-
thing curved, hollow.—Spec.
1. the hollow of the hand, the palm ;
S

Arab. WaS, Syr. (225. Lev. 14, 15 and
pour (the oil) upon the palm (52 >2) of
the priest’s left hand. v. 18.26. 2 8>2
ΤΡ a handful of meal 1 K. 17, 12 ,comp.
ὮΞ nba Lev. 9, 17. Ps. 129, 7; so Is. 28,
4.2K. 18, 21. At pet times 52D is
used like 37 the hand ; as Deut. 25, 12
MBD-PX OM) and thou shalt cut off
her hand. Often of the hand as that
with which we lay hold of any thing,
Hz. 21, 16. 29. 29,7; or with which we
labour, whence 4°25 5D a@ slack hand
Prov. 10, 4. So espec. in the following
phrases: 8) Ἐ 93% out of the hand of
any one, after verbs of freeing, deliver-
ing, like 152, 1 Sam. 4, 3. 2 Sam. 14,
16. 19, 10. 22,1. 2K. 16, 7. 20, 6. Ps.
18, 1. Jer. 5. 21. al. Ὁ) 59 5D Bw Zo
lay the hand upon any one, i. e. to attack
him, Job 40, 32 [41, 8]; also 5D ow
12> to lay the hand upon one’s mouth, sc.
in order to stop it, i. q. to be silent, Job
29,9. But >> 52 mz) to put the hand
over any one, i. 4. to protect him, Ps.
139. 5; comp. Ex. 33,22. ο) Judg. 12,
3 "B22 "WD? ms"wRNs T put my life in my
: hand, 1.8, exposed myself to great dan-
‘ger; since what we thus take in our
hands is liable to be dropped, or to be
east away. 1 Sam. 19.5. 28, 21; comp.
Job 13, 14. Ps. 119,109. The same pro-
verb occurs in Atheneus Deipnosoph.
XIII. p. 569. C, ἐν τῇ χειρὲ τὴν ψυχὴν ἔχων.
So the Danes also say of ἃ man in dan-
ger of his life: at gaae med Livet 1
_Haenderne, i. 6. he goes with his life in
hishands. d) 92525, 52 2pm, 2 xa,
fo clap the hands, see pndor these verbs.
Ὅσαι 0°»), c. suff. "BD, 7782, -both

483

_#pP

palms, the two hands, the hands, Job 36,
32. Is. 49,16; very freq. also for the
plural. Hence, 0°23 61» to spread out
the hands in prayer, etc. see in 78 no.
3.6; DNBD Nw» Zo lift up the hands. Lam.
2, 19. Ps. 63, 5; [ΒΞ 59 Nw? to bear
upon the hands, to deal kindly with, to
cherish, Ps. 91,12; ‘5 "B22 ON τς
is in the hands of any one, i.e. he has
done violence, wrong, Job 16, 17. Is. 59,
6. Ps. 7, 4. 1 Chr. 12 , 17. Jon. 3, 8; con-
tra, 5B "23 of clean hence, eho ἐὴ Ps.
24,4; "BD 58 the work of one’s hands
Ps. 9,175; also DYED 3727 the labour of
the λαῶν profit, Gen. 31, 42. Ps. 128, 2..
—PLouR. MiBD palms, used instead of the
Dual before 577", as0177"> the palms of
the hands Dan. 0, 10; twice pws MED
of hands cut off and dead, 1 Sam. 5, 4.
2 Κι. 9, 35; see Lehrg. p. 539. Comp.

in no. 3, 4, 5, 6, below.

2. 523 ὯΞ the sole of thé foot, Deut. 2,5.
11,24. So in the phrase 53) 5) [92
(ΠΡ) ὅδ" Srom the sole of the foot even
to the. head, i. e. the whole body, Is. 1, 6.
Deut. 28, 35. 2 Sam. 14, 25. Job 2, 7.
Deut. 28, 65 7227 92> Misa rest for the
sole of thy foot, i.e. a quiet habitation,
comp. Gen. 8, 9.—Plur. always nips
Josh. 3. 13. 4, 18. Is. 60,14. Ez. 43,7
1237 mip nip the place of the soles of
my feet, i. 68. the ark as the footstool of
God; comp. in 055. Once with ὩΣΘ
2 K. 19, 24.

3. the foot or paw of a quadruped hav-
ing toes, as the bear Lev. 11,27. Sept.

| χείρ. So Arab. δ

4. a hollow vessel, a pan, dish, censer,
(so Syr..and Arab.) Num. 7, 14. 20. 26.
32. 38. al. Plur. mip> Ex. 25, 29. Num.
7, 84. 86.—Hence soph 52 the hollow or
dish of a sling 1 Sam. 25,29. y2 4D

| the hollow of the thigh, socket of the hip,

Gen. 32, 26. 33.

5. Plur. ΒΞ handles of a bolt or bar
Cant. 5,5. Comp. mits.

6. nr Mmipd Lev. 23, 40, palms, i. 6.
palm-branches, with green leaves, so
called from their bent or curved fori.
See MD, and comp. Lat. palma.

52 m. (r. 92D) a@ rock, pr. hollow or
arched, used only in plur. Jer. 4, 29. Job
30,6. Syr. and Chald. tels, xBvD, id.
whence in N. T. Κηφᾶς i. ᾳ. Πέτρος

ΤΒ5

5 ΓΊΞΞ to bend, to bow, kindr. with
HD; and hence {0 tame, to subdue.
Chald. and Talmud. 85> to bow, to sub-
due, to compel, to turn away, see Bux-

‘ Ξ.
torf Lex. p. 1070; Arab. La to turn
away, to turn aside.—Proy. 21, 14 jm
RX B27 “Noa a gift in secret tameth
anger. Sept. ἀνατρέπει dgydc, and so
Syr. Contra Symm. σβέσει ὀργήν, αἱσ.
exlinguit tras, comp. M32 to extinguish.

MBD f. (τ. 9D) 1. a palm, palm-
branch, the fem. form being often em-
ployed for things without life, Heb.
Gram. § 105.3. Comp. 2 no. 6. Chald.
xE"D, Syr. [des.—Is. 9, 13 and 19, 15
772381 ΠΕΣ the palm-branch and the bul-
rush, proverbially for the high and the

low, noble and vulgar.
2. Genr. branch, bough, Job 15, 32.

“DD τῇ. (r."BD) 1. a cup, goblet,
prob. covered with a lid, 1 Chr. 28, 17.
Ezra 1, 10, 8, 27.

2. hoar-frost, so called as covering the
ground, Ex. 16,14. Ps. 147, 16. Job 38, 29.

ODD un. λεγόμ. Hab. 2, 11, prob. a
cross-beam, for binding together the
walls of a building, from r. SED to con-
nect. Sept. κάνϑαρος, 1. q. cantherius
in Vitruv. 4.2. Jerome: “lignum quod
ad continendos parietes in medio struc-

ture ponitur. vulgo iwartwors.” Comp.
Eeclus. 22, 16 [18].

WED τὴ. (τ. ΒΞ) 1. i. g. ED, a vil-
lage, Neh. 6, 2. —

2. a young lion, old enough to roar
Judg. 14, 5. Ps. 104, 21. Prov. 19, 12. Jer.
2,15. Am. 3, 4; going forth for prey Is.
5, 29. Mic. 5, 7. Jer. 25, 38. Job 4, 10;
ferocious and bloodthirsty in his youth-
ful strength Ps. 17. 12. 91, 13. Is. 11, 6.
How “"5> differs from 753 whelp, ap-
pears from Ez. 19, 2.3: she (the lion-
ess) brought up one of her whelps (πιὰ
r4952), it became a young lion (77=2),
tt learned to seize the prey, it devoured
men.—Trop. a) Of cruel and. blood-
thirsty enemies, Ps. 34, 11. 35, 17. 58,7;
comp. Jer. 2, 15. Ez. 32, 2 oa "75D
a young lion of the nations, an enemy
prowling among them, sc. Pharaoh. Ὁ)
Of the young princes or warriors of a
state, Ez. 38, 13, comp. Nah. 2, 14.—The

484

15D

etymology seems to be from r. "BD no.

8, to be shaggy, with special page

to the lion’s mane. Comp. Arab. Be,
pe, hair re the neck, back of the

head, jaws; ; pe hairy on the neck, face,
back of the head.

MDD (i. q. "2D no. 1, village) Che-
phirah, pr. n. of a city of the Hivites
assigned to Benjamin, Josh. 9, 17 comp.
v. 7. Josh. 18, 26. Ezra 2, 25. Neh. 7,29.

* DED 1. to divide equally, to dis-
tribute, i. q. Ethiop. DAA, whence

“\<-A part, portion, Arab. cis” por-
tion, like part, equal, and Dual ys

ἘΠΞῈΞ two portions, double. —Hence

2. to fold, to double, Ex. 26, 6. Part.
pass. S32 doubled, double, Ex. 28, 16.
39. 9.—Chald. 88} to double, to fold
around, Syr. Ethpe. \ao2f to be dou-
bled, infolded.

Nipn. to be doubled, i. 6. repeated, Ez.
21, 19 [14].

Deriv. mbps, and

923 m. a doubling, Job 41, 5 207 SED

the doubling of his jaus, i. e. his double
row of teeth.

Duat 0°52 I. Pr. two folds, double
folds. Job 11, 6 mand cxbes ἊΦ for
double folds hath God's wisdom, i i.e. the

wisdom of God is complicated, inexpli-
e. manifold, ©

cable. Others double, 1.
infinite, is the wisdom of God.

4

2. double, twice as much, Is. 40, 2.

Arab. Lis.

if |22> Arab. 7
SBD no. 2), to otek to spin ; whence
Aram. 522, «35, to be hungry, NDED,
j125, hunger, sc. as accompanied uy

a twisting and writhing of the bowels,
see in τπῖ no. 9. In Syriac with > it is
also to hunger or thirst for any thing.
to pine after, see Thes. p. 705. Hence
Heb. 322 id. once preegn. fiz. 17, 7 lo,
this vine 72> Hw md did tnirst
(and bend) “her roots towards him.
that he might wate it. Vulg. nittene
radices suas ad eam.—Hence

‘to roll up comme

a)
22 τὰ. hunger, famine, Job 5,22. 30, 3.

* ODD a root of doubtful signif. prob.
to contract, to draw together, and so to
connect ; kindr. with VER, ἸΒΡ, 72P,
to contract, to compress, to gather one-
self for leaping; see also yD3. Syr.
mao according to Castell: to connect,
to contract, to abbreviate.—Hence 0°22.

Υ ὩΞΞ to bend, to curve, to bow. Chald.
᾿ς id. Syr. vas to be curved, bent. This
root with its kindred ones is found ex-
tensively in the Semitic and western
languages, both in the sense of bending
curving, and in that of being hollow,
arched, vaulted; see 75D, 333 no. 1,

m3 II, 33p, ee to hollow, to vault,
5.55 to hollow out, excavate, =P? to bore
out; and comp. Gr. κάμπω, κάμπτω,
γνάμπτω, also κύπτω, κύβη, κύμβη, La-
con. κύββθα cask; Pers. to bend

over, to incline, me a hollow, a cavern;
Lat. cubo, cwmbo, also cavus ; old Germ.
Gaff i. e. 2, kippen, umkippen, in the
sense of folding.—So Is. 58,5. Intrans.
to bow oneself, to be bowed down, trop. Ps.
57,7. Part. D°B'DD those bowed down,
deproased, Ps. 145, 14. 146, 8.

Nipu. to submit oneself to any one, 6.
> Mic. 6, 6.

Deriv. 52, 42, TBD.

*"B2 1. Pr. i. q. Engl. fo cover,

whence “"i5D and MED a cover, lid.

i eg I, to cover, to hide; also

pe to cover.—Spec.
2. to cover over, to overlay with any

thing, as pitch, i. q. to pitch, as the ark
Gen. 6, 14. Comp. “55 no. 2.
_ 3. to be covered with hair, to be shaggy ;

see "BD. Arab. ἀξ I, XI to be shag-
gy. e.g. cloth.
_ 4. to cover over sins, i. e. to forgive,
comp. "D5 no. 4, and Piel. Arab.

II to expiate a crime, -&& to pardon.
Chald. "85 id. Salinas

_ Pret "82, found only with Vav "835,
2 pers. N82, fut. "p>".

1. to cover over sin, to hide, spoken of
God as the offended party, i. e. to for-
give, to pardon sin, comp. 23. With

A1*

485

"22

acc. Ps. 65, 4. 78, 38; with δ᾽, like
other verbs of covering, Jer. 18, 23. Ps.
79,9; > Deut. 21, 8; also > of pare: Ez.
16, 63; once 733 2 Chr. 30, 18.

2. Spokeii of the offevider or his repre-
sentative, to cover sin, to hide, i. e. to do
away by some expiatory act, to purge,
so that he may be pardoned; hence
a) to expiate an offence, fault, to atone
for, c. acc. Dan. 9, 24; >» Lev. 5, 26
[6,7]; 323 for Ex. 32, 30; 12 Lev. 4,
26. Num. 6,11. Ὁ) to make expiation
or alonement for an offender, to free him
from guilt, comp. 82%; with >» of pers.
Ex. 30, 15. Lev. 4, 20; 193 Lev. 16, 6;
11. 24. Ez. 45,17; 3 Lacy. 17,11. Sincken
also of things without life which are
polluted, c. acc. Lev. 16, 33. Ez. 43, 20.
26. Deut. 32,43; >» Lev. 16, 18. Ex.
29, 36. 37. 30, 10. Examples of full
me aa are: Lev. 5,18 59 “B55

Δ Ὁ ἘΦ Dn and the priest shall make
ude Sor him on account of his fault.
4,26 imxwne jodo 1p. "ΒΞΞῚ and the
priest shall make expiation for him from
his sin. 14,19. Num. 6, 11. ὁ) to ap-
pease, to placate the person offended,
with ace. of pers. Gen. 32, 21. Prov. 16.
14. So of impending evil, i. 6. to avert
by expiation, Is. 47, 11.—The gift or
sacrifice by which expiation is made, is
put with 3, 2 Sam. 21, 3. Num. 6, 8
Lev. 7, 7.

Poat 1. to be covered, i. 6. done
away, obliterated, pr. of letters, writ-
ing, which are covered or erased by
drawing the stylus over them; Is. 28.
18 5373 B37 your covenant shall be
blotted out, i. e. cancelled, abolished, re-
ferring to the written law. Aram. 35 )
“SD, abstersit, diluit, abolevit.

2. Pass. of Piel no. 2. a, to be hidden,
expiated, purged, sc. iniquity, Is. 6, 7.
22, 14. 27, 9.

3. Pass. of Piel, no. 2. b, to be freed
from guilt, i.e. an offender, to obtain
pardon, Ex. 29, 33; c. > Num. 35, 33.

Hirupa. fut. "Bm" to be expiated
1 Sam. 3, 14.

Nirupa. "823 Deut. 21, 8, to be expi-
ated, forgiven, i. e. an offence. See.
Lehrgebs p. 249, note.

Deriv. "BI—N75D, also Wipd, "DD
and pr. ἢ. M3752.

“55

“22 m. a village, hamlet, so called as
being a covering, shelter, to the inhabit-
ants, Cant. 7, 12. 1 Chr. 27, 25. Neh. 6,

2. Arab. Kefr id. very frequent.

“29M “DP (village of the Ammon-
ites) Chephar-haammoni, pr. n. ofa place
in Benjamin, Josh. 18, 24. In Keri
maior 5. ;

22 m. (τ. 2) 1. i. g. "BD, α vil-
lage, hamlet, 1 Sam. 6, 18.

2. pitch, as a material for overlaying,
see the root no. 2. Gen. 6,14. Aram.

0
nor id.
3. i. ᾳ. Gr. κύπρος, cyprus-flower, el-

Henna of the Arabs, a shrub or low tree,
with fragrant whitish flowers growing

ΝΣ, jpoas, and Arab.

F; G
in clusters like grapes, Arab. εἰ: )
eae Lawsonia inermis Linn. So

called in Hebrew, as Simonis well sug-
gests, because the powder of the leaves
mixed with water into a paste, is used
by oriental females to cover or besmear
the nails, in order to produce the reddish
colour which they regard as an orna-
ment. Cant. 1, 14 "85m 55t'x a cluster
of el-Henna. Plur. D"BD Cant. 4, 13.
—Comp. Celsii Hierob. Ἐ Ῥ. 222. Ro-
senin. Bibl. Alterthumsk. IV. i. p- 132.

4. Ἰγερὸς ransom, price of expiation
or redemption, Ex. 21, 30. 30, 12 ">
WWE] a ransom Sor his life. Is. 43, 3
W222 thy ransom i.e. for thy redemp-
tion. Num. 35, 31.32. 1 Sam. 12, 3. Job
33, 24. al.

DBS τῇ. plur. (τ. BD) expiations,
atonement, Ex. 29, 36. 30, 10. Num. 29,
11. oy pan ὉΠ the day of atonement,
Lev. 23, 27. 28, 25,9. “am dx Num..5, 8.

PbD ἢ (τ. "ΒΞ) a cover, lid, only of
the lid of the ark with cherubim upon it,
over which appeared ἡ δόξα τοῦ Kiglow,
Ex. 25,17 sq. 30,6. 31,7.al. ὈΠΒΞΙ ma
the holy of holies phen the ark of the
covenant was placed, 1 Chr. 28, 11.—
Sept.. ἱλαστήριον, Vulg. propitiatorium,
Luth. Gnadenstuhl, Engl. mercy-seat, as
if from the signification of appeasing,
placating ; see "22 Pi. no. 2. ¢.

* WDD ἅπαξ λεγόμ. perh. i. q. ne

to fill up, to cover, sc. with earth, 6. g. a

4.86

S

n> :
5
well, channel ; V. to be filled up; oad

earth with which a well etc. is filled ἀρ...

So in Hires. Lam. 3, 16 “ΒΝ 72878sh
he hath covered me with ashes.—The
Talmudists use it to express crowded,
pressed, heaped measure; also of the
Jewish church bowed down in ashes, or
covered with ashes, “δὲ MwD>12 Ber.
Rabba, sect. 75. Chald. depressit me
in cinerem. But Sept. and Vulg. ἐψώ-
μισέ μὲ σποδόν, cibavit me cinere, from
the context, because verbs of feeding
precede.

nD Chald. to bind, to fetter ; Pret.
pass. ΓΞ 9 Dan. 3, 21.

Pa. id. Inf. med Dan. 3, 20;
pass. "F829 v. 23. 24. |

“MED and VIMDD Am. 9, 1, a quadri-
lit. prob. compounded from the triliterals
"£2 to cover, and "m2 tocrown. Hence

1. a crown, chaplet, cirelet. a) Ofa
column, the capital, Am. 9, 1. Zeph. 2,
14. Ὁ) An ornament of the golden
candelabra, Ex. 25, 31. 33 sq. 37, 17 sq.
Sept. σφαιρωτῆρες, Vulg. spherule. Jo-
sephus pomegranates Ant. 3. 6.7. Comp.
Syr. |e blossom of the pomegranate.

2. Caphior, pr. n. of a country on the
sea Jer. 47,4. Am. 9,7. Plur. ΒΕ
Caphtorim Gen. 10, 14. Deut. 2,23, the
inhabitants. These are described as a
colony of Egyptians and as ancestors
of the Philistines; so that in Gen. l. c.

Part.

‘the words p*mv>p own Nx “WN should

prob. stand after ove, comp. the
other passages cited. Almost all the
ancient interpreters understand Cappa-
docia ; but from Jer. 1. ὁ. it was clearly
an island, or at least on the sea-coast,
ἌΝ Ὶ to which indeed the ancient limits

of Cappadocia are said to have extended
on the north upon the Euxine.

. Some
have thought of Cyprus, and this is fa-
voured both by the situation of the

‘place, and a partial resemblance in the
name; but on the other hand it is next

to certain that the Cyprians were called

6°m>; comp. Michaelis Spicil. T. I. p.

292-308. Supplemm. p. 1338. Better,
the island of Crete, which is favoured
by the circumstarce that the Philistines

are called "ΩΣ Cretans; see this word —

The choice therefore woth seem to lie

EE ——— a, πο

%
‘between Cappadocia and Crete; but
the weight of ancient testimony is in
favour of the former.

"2 τη. (τ. 533) plur. 572
riage, litter, so called from running ;
comp. 7i7988 from 833,778. Hence 2
Doan Gen. 31, 34, a τ paid litter, sad-

dle, i.e. the ἜΜΕΝ tent or canopy fas- :

tened upon the back of camels, in which
females are accustomed to ride. Arab.

2 ο 9
yp and ye, also /§ id. See Jahn
Bibl. Archeol. I. i. § 58. [Engl. § 49.]

Thesaur. p. 715.
- 2. a lamb, so called from its leaping
and bounding, see the root no. 2; espec.
as well fed and fat, feeding in rich pas-
tures, Deut. 32, 14. Is. 34,6. Ez. 39, 18;
also Am. 6,4. 1 Sam. 15,9. 2 K. 3, 4.
Ps. 37, 20. Jer. 51, 40. Collect. Is. 16, 1
yay iin spans send ye the lambs
of the lord of the land, i.e. which be-
long to him, are his due; comp. 2 K. 3,
4—Trop. a)a Bier poe Gr. κρίος,
a warlike machine for making a breach

in the walls of cities (Arab. οὐδ᾽ ), plur.
Fiz. 4, 2. 21,27. b) pasture for lambs,
meadow, Is. 30, 23. Ps. 65, 14 8.3 nin
Nan the pastures are clothed with ‘flocks,
i. e. adorned. 37,20. This word was also
adopted by the Jonians in the sense both
of lamb and pasture. Hesych. Κὰρ...
πρόβατον. Κάρα... Ἴωνες τὰ πρόβατα.
Κάρνος.... βόσκημα, πρέβατον. Κάρος....
Booxnua. Comp. Bochart Hieroz. I. 429.

“2 m. (Ὁ. "ἢ 1) pr. a digger through,
piercer ; hence a stabber, executioner,
ἃ kind of body-guard or soldiers attach-
ed to the person of the king, whose duty
it was to execute capital punishment,
not only by beheading ("773, see 72)
but also by stabbing. Thrice in Plur.
"92> for o> Lehrg. p. 525; so 2 K. 11,
4. 19 ΠῚ "797 the executioners and
the xunners, spoken of the guards of
Athaliah; and 2 Sam. 20, 23 Cheth.
ὭΞΒΓῚ 7720 of David’s guards; Keri
ΓΞ ἼΔῚ. Sce more in Thes. p. 671.

- (D> τῇ. (τ. 9 no. 1) cor, prop. a
round: vessel, then.a measure both of
things dry and liquid, 1 K. 5, 2 [4, 22].
Ez. 45,14; containing ten ephahs or
baths, i 6. 11} bushels or 882 gallons,

> as 487

1. acar-

5

i.g. an.—In Aramean "9, fias, is
usually put for Heb. "2h. It was also
adopted by the Hellenists, i. 6. κόρος.

* ND Chald. to be pained, te grieve,
like Syr. ἵ,».

Irup. Dan. 7, 15 "πῆ MNN my
spirit was grieved.

ων 53 a doubtful root, see 3} fin.

«dann quadrilit. i. gq. 523, Pi. bap,
to gird, to put on, with © inserted ; see
Lehrg. p. 864. Bou part. 53927 REL IS
clothed, 1 Chr. 15, 27; in the parall.
2 Sam. 6, 14 is 39. —Hence |

ἈΝΞῚΡ Chald. f. @ manile, pallium,
plur. c. suff. Dan. 3, 21.

ΣΤΩΣ Ἵ todig ; Chald. 893 and Arab.
IS to dig the ground. Kindr. are "ἢ I,

728, also IP, "P).—E. g. to dig a well
Gen. 26, 25; a pit or sepulchre 50, 5.
Prov. 26, 27. Trop. a) Of plots, de-
vices against any one, to dig a pit, Ps.
7,16; c. 5 Jer. 18, 20. 22. Ps. 119, 85;
35d Ps. 57,7. With >y of pers. the
word for pit being omitted, Job 6, 27
PIV "INDY ἸἼΞΏ ye ‘dig (a pit) for your
friend ; and so in the vexed passage,
Job 40, 30 Bam 759 47D" do the com-
panions (the fishermen in company) dig
pits, lay snares, for him sc. the croco-
dile? do they part him among the mer-
chants? i. e. do they catch him and sell
him like fish? So by a bold figure
Prov. 16,27 499 MD d39"ba vinx @ wicked
man dispetk (deviseth) evil. b) Ps. 40,

7 "2 HNMID ONIN pr. mine ears hast thou
aS out, a bold poetical figure for
the more common ™> mba ἽΝ my ear
hast thou opened, i.e. thou hast revealed
(this) to me.

Nipu. to be digged, Ps. 94, 13.

Deriv. 972 I, 7337.

ἘΠ, ra 1. to buy, to purchase,
Deut. 2,6. Hos. 3,2 77381 c. Dag. euph.
—Samar. id. Arab. {5 ΠῚ, IV to lend,
VI, VIII to hire.

2. to give a feast, to make a banquet,
2K. 6,23. For Job 40, 30 see [13 1.--

Arab. 9. to make a feast, espec. at
the completion ofa building; also sp

to entertain as guest, [τ entertainment,

m7

hospitality.—Perhaps splendid and cost-
ly entertainments are to be understood,
for which one’s own stores do not suffice,
so that he must purchuse more.

I. ΤΡ or ΓΔ f. (τ. 9D 1) only plur.
constr. rap , pits, cisterns, wells ; Zeph.
2, 6 IRS nine peas map nip fields full
of shepherds’ cisterns and ‘folds for flocks.
In the word ΤῊ lies an allusion to 5°73
v. 5.

IT. 2 f(r. πὸ ΠῚ) a feast, banquet,
2 K. 6, 23.

3772 m. plur. 8°3993, ΒΞ 1. Che-
rub, plur. Cherubim., in ‘the theology of
the Hebrews, a creature of a sacred and
celestial eatare: mim Ez. 1, 5. 14 sq.
10, 17. 20; ζῶον πετεινόν, μορφὴν δ᾽ ov-
dat τῶν un ἀνθρώπων ἑωραμένων παρα-
πλίσιον, Joseph. Ant. 8.6. 56. In the ear-
lier books they are represented as hav-
ing in great part the human form and
erect, 1 K. 6, 23-27; with one face Ex.
. 25, 20; two wings ib. 1 K. 6,24; and
prob. also with hands Gen. 3, 924. Eze-
kiel on the other hand (c. 1. 10), while
he ascribes to them the erect human
figure (Ez. 1, 5 mim> Dts M405), repre-
sents them as having four wings, of
which two covered the body and two
served for flying, 1, 6. 11. 23; with hu-
man hands under their wings 1, 8. 10,
7.8.21; and four faces (1, 6), viz. of a
man, a lion, an ox (78 "38 1, 10, but "28
3972 10, 14), and an eagle; though in
c. 41, 19 only two are mentioned, those
of a man and a lion; having the soles
of the feet round like those of a bullock
1,7; and the whole body full of eyes
1, 18. 10,12, comp. Rev. 4,6. Aboda
Sara fol. 20.2. Most of the attributes
here assigned to them, go to imply the
power of looking, walking, flying in any
direction, without the necessity of turn-
ing the back.

The office ascribed to the cherubs is
twofold. The earliest mentioned is
where they are set to guard the ap-
proach to paradise, Gen. 3, 24; comp.
Ez. 28, 14-16, where the king of Tyre
guarding his treasures is compared to
the Cherub which covered with his
wings and protected radiant gems ("238
WX) in the holy mount of Eden. The
other consists in bearing the throne of

488

ΤΊ ye
God upon their wings through the
clouds; whence 2 Sam. 22, 11 >» 3274
R25) ΞΖ he rode wpqn a Cherub and
did fly. Ps. 18, 11. 80,

who sitteth upon the Cherubitn, ie. upon
a throne borne by Cherubs. 99, 1. 1
Sam. 4, 4. 2 Sam. 6, 2. 2 K. 19, 15. Is.
37,16. These celestial bearers, again,
were represented by the two wooden
images of Cherubs overlaid with gold,
with expanded wings, which stood upon
the cover of the ark in the holy of holies
both of the tabernacle and temple, Ex.
25, 18 sq. 37, 8. 9. 1K. 6, 23 sq. 2 Chr.
3,10sq. Throned upon these Jehovah
is represented as communing with Mo-
ses, Ex. 25, 22, Num. 7, 89. Further,
the figures of Cherubs were woven into

the curtains of the tabernacle Ex. 26,
1. 31. 36. 8, 35; and were sculptured —

among palms and flowers upon the walls
of the temple 1 K, 6, 29. 32. 35. 2 Chr.
3, 7, comp. Ez. 41, 18. 20. 25; and with

the figures of lions and oxen upon the —

bases of the saered lavers, 1 Καὶ. 7, 29. 86,

As to the symbolic meaning of this
compound figure of the Cherubs, we are
not informed. Many supposé, the forms
of a man, a lion, an ox, and an eagle, de-
note valour and wisdom; and that these
figures are symbols of these virtues.
More prob. the attributes of the lion,
the ox, and the eagle are thus added to
the human figure, to mark partly the
strength and partly the swiftness of
these ministers of Deity.

The etymology is obscure. If the
word be of Semitic origin, and I may be
permitted to suggest a new derivation,
perhaps we may take the root 293 as
having had a meaning like 537, ey>

‘to prohibit from a common use,’ Con).
II to consecrate; Ethiop. AZ& to
forbid, to prohibit; at least Ethiopic
PY is i. q. ey
adytum, comp. in r. 03M p. 345. Hence
2192 would be a keeper, warder, guard,

a sanctuary,

sc. of the Deity, to guard against all ap- —

proach; asense aecording perfeétly with
their office as above represersed.—Or
as assumed by Gussett, de Dieu, Rddi
ger, it may be by transpos. 353 for 33,
and 2372 as if 313 steed or courser of

2 ayaa air.

᾿ a2

navis vectoria.—Or, as Hyde supposes

“(46 Relig. vett. Persarum, p. 263), 272

may be i. 4. 29> one near to God, his
minister, one admitted to his presence ;
comp. i. q. \y3.—Others, as
Eichhorn (EHinleit. ins“A. T. III. p. 80.
ed. 4), think the 35 to be the same
with the γρύπες griffins of the Persians,
the guardians of the golden mountains,
comp. Gen. 1.c.. In this case the root
must be sought in the Pers. |.,s ¥ to

grasp, to seize, to hold.i—See further
Thesaur. p. 710; also the article of Ro-
diger in Ersch and Gruber’s Encyclop.
XVI. art. Cherub. .

2. Cherub, pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 2, 59. Neh.
7, 61.

ΤΥ Chald. m. emphat. RIND, a her-
ald, Dan. 3,4. Syr. ἴγο 9. -R. 129.

TD Chald. to cry out. to make pro-
clamation, in the manner of a herald.
Apu. Dan. 5, 29.—Syr. 1-2 Pe. et Aph.
id. This root’is widely diffused in the
Indo-European languages, 6. g. Sanser.
krus to cry out, Zend. khresié crying out,

a herald, Pers. aay Wms

to cry out, Gr. κηρύσσω, also χρέζω, κρα-
ζω, Germ. kreischen, kreissen, Engl. to
ery. Comp.873p. Among the Christian
Arabs 5) is to preach, for χηρύσσειν.

"5 2 K. 11, 4. 19, see in 79.

MD (a cutting, separation, r. M2)
Cherith, pr. n. of a torrent near the Jor-
dan, 1 K. 17, 3.5. [Perh. the modern
Wady el-Kelt, chet}, near Jericho ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 288.—R.

MAMMA and MND £. (τ. M22) pr. a
culling in two of wedlock, separation,
divorce. mm77> "BO bill of divorce
Deut. 24, 1. 3. Is. 50, 1. Plur. c. suff.
Mm “DD Jer. 3, 8.

* 2 obsol. root, Syr. ΜΞ to sur-
round ; also Syr. and. Chald. to wrap
around. It would seem to be a second-
ary root from 775, “27> to surround
(whence “22 circuit, circle), one letter
being dropped. Comp. mw chain, for

/ mwas, dsm from dann q. v.
Deriv. 3722" mantle; comp. 72372. .

489
the sky (Ps. 18, 11) comp. Arab. aye

=e)

3 3272 .obsol. quadrilit. Zab. fo sur.
round, compounded from 22 to sur
round, and 332 to roll up or together
Hence

2273 m. ὁ. suff. 1533 Ex. 27, 5. 38,
4, a margin, border, pirteunding the
mica of the altar over the brazen grate
or lattice, perhaps in order to receive
what fell from the altar.

D2 m. crocus, saffron, both the com-
mon plant, and also crocus Indicus or In-
dian saffron; Cant. 4,14. Sept. κρόκος.
Chald. 02953, 822755 crocus, 0272 to
be dyed a crocus or saffron colour Syr.

ἴλαοϑαϑ, Arab. ΞΕ

WDD Is. 10, 9. Jer. 46,2. 2 cox
35, 20, Carchemish, pr. n. of a cit
the Euphrates, doubtless the same ‘ith
the Greek Κιρκήσιον, Lat. Cercusium,
Arab. Ladys The city is large and

strong, and is said to be witisetce onan
island formed by the Chaboras at its in-
flux from the east into the Euphrates.
—The Heb. name is compounded from

W272, 8DID, Syr. Lops, fortress, and the
proper name 7%) i. q. iD pr. n. of an
idol, pr. ‘ fortress of Chemosh.?

0272 Carcas, pr. ἢ. of a eunuch of
Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10. Comp. Sanser.
karkaga severe ; Benfey p. 199.

PND f. plur. (r. 972) dromedaries,
swift camels, Is. 66, 20. Comp. Hdot. 3.
103 αἵ γάρ σφι κάμηλοι ἵππων οὐκ ἥσσονες
ἐς ταχύτητά εἶσι. So called from their
bounding or heaving motion, from Pil.
“2.3 to dance; their speed being also
sometimes accelerated by musical in-
struments; according to Sadi Gulist. p.
190. See Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 90.
On the speed of the dromedary see
Burckhardt’s Notes on the Bedouins
II. p. 76 sq.

*D™S obsol. root, Arab. ey to be no-

ΠΝ

ble, of a generous nature, fic noble,

generous, epokey πο, of persons and of
things, as US good and fertile
soil, etc. Hence

2D m. (fem. Is. 27, 2. 3,) c. suff.
~an>; Plur. ΞΘ, constr. "273.0

2

1. a field or park of the nobler plants
and trees, cultivated in the rhanner of a
garden or orchard. So mt ὉΠ olive-
yard Judg. 15,5; 8°53 Fink the way to
gardens and orchards i. e. leading to a
cultivated and inhabited land, opp. to
the desert, Job 24, 18.

2. Spec. a vineyard, Ex. 22, 4. Deut.
20, 6. 28, 30. al. sep. Fully ar 542
wine-garden Is. 27,2. In the prophets
a vineyard is a frequent emblem of the
people of Israel, Is. 3, 14. 5, 1.sq. 27, 2
sq. comp. Matt. 20, 1 sq. 21, 28. Luke
20,9. In Cant. 1,6 the spouse says:
my own vineyard have I not kept, i. e.
her beauty ; comp. 8,12. Chald. 87253,

Syr. Trop, id.—Hence

D7 m. (denom. from 03, as “pa
fron® 23) a vine-dresser, Joel 1, 11. Is.
61,5. Syr. [ozo id.

212 (vine-dresser) Carmi, pr.n. 8)
A son of Reuben, Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 6, 14.

Also as patronym. Carmite Num. 26, 6,
for "7292. b) Josh. 7, 1.

2.29 m. crimson, a colour prepared
from insects inhabiting a species of oak,
coccus tlicts of Linn. Also crimson stuffs,
2 Chr. 2,6. 13. 3,14. It is a word of the
later Hebrew, for the earlier "28, rz>im ;
see espec. in "2%.—The Hebrews adopt-
ed the word from the Persians or Arme-
nians. Among the latter it was called
karmir, from Pers. eS, Sanscr. krimi

worm; and Pers. JLo kermiel is ‘the

and Jf bright
sa Lorsb. Archiv. f. morgenl. Lit. IT. p.
~Comp. Arab. yoy: also Sy

μὴ red ; whence ΕὟ. cramoisi, Germ.
carmesin, Engl. crimson. In like man-
ner from vermiculus comes Fr. vermeil,
Engl. vermillion. See Thesaur. p. 714.

21212 τη. c. suff. sbosD 2 K. 19, 23;
denom. from the noun p12, with Ὁ ap-
pended, which perhaps may have a di-
minutive force ; see in >.

1. a garden, orchard, park, i. 6. a
place cultivated like a garden and
planted with fruit-trees, herbs, corn,
etc. (Kimchi: mw mints ΤΣ Dp
τ 121.) opp. to the desert, and also to
the forest. Is. 29. 17 Lebanon shall be

red of worms,’ from

490

See Reland Palest. p. 327.
| in Palest. IIT. p. 190.

yale =) af

turned into a garden, and the garden
shall become a forest. 32, 15. 16. Jer. 2,7
I brought you 22725 YAN" into a
land of gardens, that ye should eat the
fruit thereof. Is. 10, 18. 16, 10. Jer. 48,
33. 2 Chr. 26. 10. 8 K. 19 23, of ieee:
non, 12292 “3° his ‘foréstoatentioh, prob.
the nursery of his cedars in the deep
recesses of Lebanon.

2. Meton. most prob. garden-fruits,
the produce of gardens, as earlier and
more valued than those of the fields;
just as with us the finer species of fruits
and herbs are cultivated in gardens,
and are superior to those growing in the
fields. Thus 5993 Ὁ} Lev. 2, 14, i. 6.
grits or polenta of ear rly grain, and so,
by an ca ellipsis in a word so common,
simply 5992 Lev. 23, 14. 2 K. 4, 42. In
both the passages in Levitean ΩΣ ἃ
is offered on the altar along with the

first-fruits, with which also it is coupled.

in 2 K. 1. c. and we may perhaps under-
stand grits or groats, polenta, ἄλφιτα,
made from the new and earliest grain,

i. 6. fresh wheat or barley groats; in —

preparing which as an offering to God,
the best and earliest ears were selected
from garden wheat or other grain.—The
Jewish interpretation therefore is not ab-
surd, but opens the way to the true sense,
viz. mM>s AD" ΡΞ a young and tender
ear of grain; not a green ear.

3. Carmel, pr.n. 8) A lofty promon-
tory, jutting out into the Mediterranean
on the south-western borders of the tribe
of Asher, beautiful for its forests and
flowers ; often with art. bon>n Am. 1,2.
9,3. Jer. 4,26. Cant. 7,6; fully bongn “7
(the gardenemourit) 1K. 18, 19. 20; with-

out art. Is. 33, 9. Nah. 1, ᾿ Josh. 19, 96.
Hence Cant. ]. 6. 59733 9723 FUN thy

head is like Carmel. i. e. adorned with
locks, as Carmel with groves of trees.
Bibl. Res.
b) A city about
six miles south-east of Hebron, beyond

_Ziph, Josh. 15,55. 1 Sam. 15, 12. 25,5. 40.

2 2 i aati
Now Kurmul. aS; seo Bibl. Res in
Palest. II. p. 193, 196 sq. Biblioth. Saer.
1843, p. 60. Comp. Reland Sip ove
p. 695.—Hence gentile n. 9>372/Car-
melite, 1 Sam. 30, 5. 2 Sam. 23,°85;
fem. "57292 Carmelitess, 1 Sam. 27 3.

119 |

| :

9 Cheran, pr. n. τα. Gen. 36, 26.
‘Arab. lst q. "2 cithara, lyre.

_ δὲ Chald. throne, i. ᾳ. Heb. xed,
where see; Dan. 5, 20. With suff.
#052 Dan. 7,9; plur. 37973 ibid.

q * Do") quadrilit. for 0&> Piel of
B82 q. v. (see 8O7D, and letter 4,) to
cut down or off, to lay waste, to de-
_vour, as the wild-boar a vineyard Ps.

80, 14. Jerome vastavit, Syr. No]
) comedit eam.

τῇ κα ἽΞ to bend, to bow, intrans. spoken
of the knees. Kindr. is 923 q. v. Chald.
id. Samar. VS to lie down. In Ara-
bic only some vestiges of the primary
signification remain, as ‘to drink stoop-
ing,’ pr. to stoop down to drink; ‘appe-
tivit congressum viri,’ pr. to stoop down
to him. By transpos. is ‘to be bent

with age, to bow in prayer,’ ete.—Hence
Is. 45, 23 ἬΊΞ. 59 SIM every knee shall
bow. Tove, 4. Then of a person, 52
D'D72~>> Lo ‘bow down upon his knees,
to kneel, Judg. 7, 5.6. 1 K. 8, 54. 2K.
ny) 13. Bzra 9, BLU teh the! keiee δὲ
to bow down upon the knees, to kneel, is
alsospoken: a) Of those who do reve-
rence to a king, or who worship God, 2
Chr. 29, 29; in which sense it is coupled
with minmwn Ps.95,6. With > of pers.
Esth. 3, 2:5. Is. 45, 23; "25> Ps. 22, 30.
72,9." 'b) Of those θεν strength fails
and their knees become feeble and sink,
where it is usually followed by 583. Ps.
20, 9 Ἰ9Ε31 5373 they bow down and fall.
ΓΚ. 9, 24 he sank down in his chariot.
Is. 10, 4. 46, 1. 2. 65, 12. Judg. 5, 27.
So of the knees ἀρεταί δα. Job 4, 4
‘mivyd Ὁ 3ἼΞ bowing i. 6. feeble Ienees.
6) Of those about to lie down for rest,
Gen. 49,9 3 55. he bowed himself
and lay down. Num. 24,9. Or who kneel
down to drink Judg. 7, 5.6. 6) Of wo-
men in labour, who were delivered kneel-
ing, as is still the custom in Ethiopia
(see Ludolf. Hist. Athiop. I. 15), 1 Sam.
4,19; so of the hind Job 39, 4.—Rarely
Spoken of those who bow dows with the
whole person, (comp. Arab.) 2 Chr. 7,3
MEW ODN 19371 and they bowed them-
selves their faces to the ground. Hence
ΠΙῺΝ 52 222 comprimere feminam Job

491 “ep

aad

31, 10; comp. incurvare Martial 11.44, —
subbices Juvenal 9. 26. 10. 224,

Hiren. 1. to make bow down, to cast
down, to prostrate, e. g. enemies Ps. 17,
13. 78, 31. 18, 40 and 2 Sam. 22, 40.

2. to bring low, to afflict any one,
Judg. 11, 35.—Hence

D2 dual fem. (Ley. 11, 21,) the
legs of quadrupeds, both the fore legs
and hind legs, from the knee to the an-
kle, so called as being bent under in
kneeling or lying down; Ex. 12,9. Lev.
1, 13. 8, 21. 9,14. Am. 3, 12; also of
locusts Lev. 11,21. .Chald. and Syr. -

PSTD, ΝΡΣῚΣ id. Arab. els:
OB 12 m. fine white cotton, cotton stuff,
9.202
Ksth. 1,6.—Arab. er . Pers. Lys

Gr. κάρπασος, Lat. carbasus, a species
of fine linen, or more prob. cotton, which
the classic writers describe as produced -
in Spain and in India and the East.
Sanser. karpdsa cotton, cotton stuff. See
Celsii Hierobot. T. II. p. 157. αἰ

Ἢ ἽΞ in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to go
or move in a circle, comp. "78 no. 5, and
the kindred but softened root >>3, also
555, bam. ~=Hence “5 pr. a round vhiseil
i. q. "bh, nbs, from >>}; also "D9.

2. to ΚΑΙ sc. in ἃ circle, comp. Dan
no. 1, (Gr. with a sibilant σκαίρω,). to
leap, to exult ; whence “> lamb, from
its leaping and springing. Also to run,
as a wheel or carriage; whence "> no.
2, camel’s litter or riding tent, ΓΞ.
Comp. Lat. curro, currus, carrus, car-
rum, Engl. car.

Pitp. "D923 to dance around, e. g. the
ark, 2 Sam. 6, 14. 16; in the parall.
passage 1 Chr. 15, 29 is 4p".

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2.

wD to bend, to be curved, i. q. kindr. ©
ὉΠΡ».. Hence

WD the belly, Jer. 51, 34; so called
from its curved shape, like Germ. Bauch,
from beugen te bend, and Heb. jins from

r. ja. Aram. ts ἵν,5, NOD, i. 4.
33. Arab. bs ventricle of ruminat-

ing animals PLES: a big-bellied woman.
WD pr. n. see wip.

25

NID Carshena, pr. n. of a prince in
the court of Xerxes, Esth. 1,14. Bohlen
compares mod. Pers. (εχ Ly belli spo-

liatio, or spoiler. Benfey suggests Zend
keresna, Sanscr. krishna, black.

ΠΩ 1 pers. "AD, 1. ΡΞ. 1. to
cut, to cut off ; not found i in the kindred
Hinlevias comp. Sanscr. krit to split.
So to cut off part of a garment 1 Sam.
24, 5.12; a branch οἵ ἃ tree Num. 13, 23.
24; the prepuce Ex. 4, 25; the head
1 Sam. 5, 4. 17,51; to cut down trees
Deut. 19, 5. 20, 20. Is. 44, 14. Jer. 10, 3.
22, 7. 46, 23, whence D°E35 "MD wood-
cutters 2 Chr. 2,9; to cut or hew down
idol-images Ex. 34, 13. Judg. 6, 25. 26.
30; p15 mod 10 cut in two parts Jer.
34,18. Part. pass. MIMD Lev. 22, 24 and
more fully M2pW ΤΡῚΣ Deut. 23, 2, pr.
cut off as to the privy member.

2. to cut off persons, to destroy, Jer. 11,
19. See Niph. and Hiph.

8. Spec. Ma mID, Gr. ὅρκια τέμ-
vew, τέμνειν σπονδάς, icere fadus, to
, strike a league, to make a covenant, in
allusion to the victims offered in sacrifice
and cut in pieces on occasion of entering
into a covenant; see Gen. 15, 10. Jer.
34, 18. 19. Comp. Bochart Hieroz. T.
I. lib. 2. cap. 35. Danzii Interpres p.
255. Grotius ad Gen. l.c. Comp. also
Gr. σπο»δή libation, league, whence
spondere.—Constr. c. ὩΣ with any one,
Ex. 24, 8. Deut. 4, 23. 5,3. 29,11. 1K.
8, 9.21; or MR (nx) Gen. 15, 18. Ex.
34, 27. Deut. 28, 69. Jer. 11, 10. Ps. 105,
ἢ); al. Mostly of the éowenant of Tehp-
vah with his people; but transferred also
to other things, as Is. 28, 15 we have
made a covenant with death. Job 40, 28
[23]. Also ¢. dat. commodi Hos. 2, 20.
—But with >: a) Where the more
powerful party prescribes the terms of
the covenant. 2 K. 11,4; poet. Job 31. 1
ἜΣ oma na 7 wiles a covenant with
my eyes, i.e. imposed this law upon them,
comp. 2 Sam. 5, 3. 1 Chr. 11, 3. Benes,
where a victor grants to the ‘vanquished
the benefits of peace and a league, Josh.

9,6 mea n> imaD> ΠῺΣ make now α΄

πω with us. ν. ἡ sq. 1 Sam. 11, 1. 2.
Ex. 23, 32. 34, 12. 15. Deut. 7, 2. Hence
of J ahovah establishing a covenant with
men, 2 Chr. 21, 7. Is. 55, 3. 61, 8..Jer.

492

is said of those of whom there remai

_ ment of death in general, without defin-

n> es

32,40. Ὁ) Where.any thing is solen.a-
ly’ promised to God, Ezra 10, 3 ΓΙΏΣῚ
mrws-b2 Nwind nnrnbeb n95°-n333 ‘let
us now make a covenant with our God to.
put away all our wives.—Further, 75
ἊΣ m2 is to make a league against
any one Ps. 83, 6.—Instead of ma
we find once πρὶ covenant Neh. 10, i
[9, 38]; and once "35% word, promise
Hagg. 2,5. But ra can also be omit-
ted, as 1 Sam. 20, 16. 22, 8. 2 Chr. 7, 18.
Is. 57, 8 ore ΕΝ prob. and thou
didst covenant for thyself from them, i.e.
to receive from them the price of thy
whoredom. Vulg. fedus pepigisti cum
eis, i.e. cum quibusdam ez eis.

Nipo. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to oe cut
down, as a tree Job 14, 7.

2. Pass: of Kal no. 2. to be cut off hel
stroyed, to perish ; énokest of persons,
Gen. 9, 11. Ps. 37, 9. Prov. 2,22. 10,31.
Dan. 9, 26. al. sepe. Also of things, as
a land (people) perishing with famine,
Gen. 41:36 ; the name of any one, Ruth
4,10; adwelling Zeph. 3,7; hope Prov.
23,18. 24,14, comp. 738 Job 8,13; wi
ἸῺ Joel 1, 5. Jer. 7, 28.— Not to be cut off

a perpetual succession; as Josh. 9, 23
Tad ἘΞῸ mp7 ND there Shall not be cut:
off from you a servant, i.e. ye shall be”
servants for ever. 2 Sash; 3, 29 let there
not be cut off from the house of Joab one
having an issue or a leper, i.e. let there
never be wanting in the house of Joab
such a person. 1 K. 2, 4. 8, 25. 9,5. Jer.
33, 17. 18. 35, 19.—Here too belongs the
frequent formula of the Mosaic law
mal NWT WENT ΠΡ 52 that sow
(person) shall be cut off. ‘from his people,
Gen. 17, 14. Lev. 7, 20. 21; "ὩΣ Ley.
17,95 ΡΝ i> ΠΡ Ὼ Lev. 17, 4, 18, 29.
20, 18. Navi 15, 30; byron Ex, 12, 15
Nau: 19, 13; bar on yim Num. 19, 20;
penn ΤῚΣ Ὦ Ex. 12, 19; and simpl.
ἈΠ WEI MMos) Ley. 17, 14. 20, 17
where this phrase denotes ‘the punish

ing the manner, see Ex. 31, 14. 35, 2
Num. 15, 32-36; comp: Tob. 6, 12. Heb
10, 28. It is never the punishment οἱ
exile, as is supposed by J. D. Michaeli
Mos. Recht V. ὃ 237. |

3. to be cut off from one’s city, i. e.
be carried into exile, Zech. 14, 2.

mp

_ 4. to be. consumed, devoured, as food,
Num. 11, 33.

5. to be cut asunder, divided, as the
waters of the Jordan, Josh. 3, 13. 4, 7.

Puat ΓΞ Judg. 6, 28 and τὴ Ez.
16,4; to be cut off, as the navel-string,
Ez. 1. c. to be cut down, as a statue,
Judg. 1. ο.

Hips. ΛΞ, 1 pers. ΘΠ. 1. i. α.
Kal no. 2, to cut off, to destroy; 6. g.
single persons from a people ‘9 39
(comp. in Niph. no. 2) Lev. 17, 10. 20,
3. 6, ἘΝ 5 Is. 9, 13; also whole tens
and nations Josh. 23, 4. 1 K. 11, 16. 14,
14. Is. 10,7. Ez. 25, 16. al. Hots be-
long the iplrases: “Pa Prva ἼΠΠΞΠ
1K. 14, 10. 21,215; 7335 472) "Nw DY ΄ 35
Is. 14, 22, comp. Jer. 44, va 47, 4; "31 'π
Ps. 34, 17. 109, 15. a8 too of beasts
Ex. 8, 5. Lev. 26, 22. Mic. 5,9; and of
things Zech. 10, 10, as idols Lev. 26, 30.

Mic. 5,12; cities Zech. 9, 10. al. Some-_

times from a place Am. 1, 5.8. See in
Niph. no. 2.

2. to cut off, to withdraw, ¢ 80. og hii
kindness, from any one, c. 092 1 Sam.
20, 15.

Hora. m3 to be cut off, to perish,
c. Δ Joel 1, 9,

Deriy. τῷ, ΤΉ, and the two fol-
lowing.

PAD f. plur. hewed beams, 1 K. 6,
36. 7,12. R.m2.

“2 τη. (τ. 922). 1. an executioner,
_ see the root in. 1 Sam. 5,4. 17,51; only
_ in the formula "3971 ἼΘΙ 2 Sain, 8,
18. 15,18. 20,7. 23..1K. 1, 38. 44. 1 Chr.
18, 16, ‘coll. the executioners and the run-
nersor couriers, names applied to David’s
body-guard (σωματοφύλακες Jos. Ant. 7.
5.4), whose duty it was both to execute
_ punishment and to convey the king’s
_ commands as speedily as possible to his
officers; comp. 9, ΠΞΏ, MBN. See
1K. 2, 25. 34. 36, comp. Dan. 2, 14. In
2 Sam. 20,7 they are sent forth on an
urgent occasion without the king—
Some understand here Cherethites i..e.
Philistines ; but it can hardly be sup-
posed that David would choose his own
life-cuard from a people at all times so

hostile and odious to the Hebrews.
2. Cherethite, a gentile name i. q. Phi-
Rstine, 1 Sam. 30, 14; plur. o°123 Chere-

42

493

‘psd ὯΞ Is. 47, 1.

TW

thites, Philistines, Ez. 25,16. Zeph. 2, 5.
Sept. and Syr. render it Cretans, from
which and the passages Am. 9,7. Jer. 47,
4, Deut. 2, 33, the conjecture would be
strong that the Philistines sprang from
Crete, were it certain that "R22 Caph-
tor signifies the island Crete ; see ἼΏΕ2.

a> m. plur. p7aw>2, by transpos. of
letters i. q. 2335 q. v. a lamb, from the
first to the third year, Lev. 3, 7: 4, 35.
7, 23. Gen. 30, 32. 33. 35. al.

maw> f. by tranpos. for MW32 q. v. ἃ
lamb Lev. 5, 6.

, 23 obsol. root, UF doubtful signif.
Arab. δ to cut i in, NES, gain. Hence

“WD Chesed, pr. n. of a son of Nahor,
the brother of Abraham, Gen. 22, 22.
He is perhaps mentioned in order to de-
rive from him the Hf of the Chal-
deans, B"502.

%JW2 only in plur. pens re Chal-
deans, gentilen. Once 072302 Ez. 23,
14 Cheth.

1. Pr. as the inhabitants of Chaldea or
Babylonia; Ez.23,23 o7w2-521 5237323,
where 533 refers only to the city. Often
also called 533 7207, 2K. 25,4 sq. Is.
43, 14. 48, 14. Jer. 21 9. 32; 4. 24. 25.
98. 29. Ez. 23, 14. Hab. 1, 6-11; poet.
Their country is
called p°3w> YR the land of the Chal-
dees, Chaldea, often parall. with 523,
Jer. 25, 12. 50, 1.8.10. Ez. 12,13. Is. 23,
13; ans ellipt. o°302 fi (as Lat, Bruttii,
Sumustan, for their district,) Is. 48, 20.
Jer. 50, 10. 51, 24,35; with Mloc. ng"3H2
unto Chaldea Ez. 16, 29: 23,16. Ina
wider sense the name Chaldea compre-
hended also Mesopotamia, which was
inhabited more or less by Chaldeans,
Ez. 1, 3. 11, 24; hence ἸΏ "4x Gen.
11, 28 Ur of the Chaldees, a city of upper
Mesopotamia. The Chaldeans in their
irruptions into Palestine are said to come:
from the north, (not from the east,)
through Syria hy way. of Hamath and
Riblah, Jer. 1,14. 4,6. 6,1. 39,5. 52; 9.
Ez. 26,7; but this can be matter of
difficulty to no one, since they would
naturally march around the Arabian
desert, elit} Xsd4, nor indeed was
there any other way.—LDesides: the

“25

Chaldeans inhabiting Babylonia, Greek
writers mention a people of this name
as dwelling among the Carduchian
mountains bordering on Armenia; Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1. 24. ib. c. 2. Anab. 4. 3. 4. ib.
5. 5. 9. ib. 7. 8.14; and also Chaldeans
adjacent to Colchis and Pontus, Strabo
12.3.19. Nor 1s the opinion improbable,
as held by many, that the primitive seat
of this people was in that mountainous
region (now occupied by the Kurds) ;
and that under the Assyrian sway a por-
tion of them migrated into Mesopotamia
and Babylonia, of which they afterwards
became the masters; see Is. 23, 13 and
the commentators, Vitringa ad Jes. I. p.
412 sq. Gesen. art. Chaldéer in Ersch
and Gruber’s Encyclop. Others main-
_ tain the Semitic origin of the Chaldeans,
as implied in Gen. 22, 22; so Adelung
Mithridat. I. p. 314 sq. J. Olshausen
Kmend. z. A. T. p.41sq. Comp. Comm.
on Is. II. p. 748.—If the former opinion
be adopted, the forms "502 and Χαλ-
δαῖος may be easily reconciled. The
primary form was not improbably "172,

3
still preserved in the name ὥς Kurd

(plur. ots! 1); and from this the He-

brews made "3vD (putting Ὁ for ‘),
and the Greeks Χαλδαῖος. Gol. ad Al-
farag. p. 17. Rédiger:in Zeitschr. fir
die Kunde des Morgenl. III. p. 8. Las-
sen ib. VI. p. 49, 50.—Syr. Le pss

2. Meton. Chaldeans, for astrologers,
magicians, this nation being particularly
devoted to astrology, Dan. 2, 2.4. So
also in profane writers, Strabo 16. 1. 6.
Arrian. Exp. Alex. 7.16. Ammian. 23.
6. Juv. Sat. 6. 553. Comp. Comment.
on Is. II. p. 349 sq.

"32 Chald. m. emph. nxsw>, plur.
PRT. emph. xyWw2.

1. a@ Chaldean, Dan. 8, 8.

2. an astrologer, magician, Dan. 2, 5.
10. 4,4. 5, 7.11. See Heb. no. 2.

᾿ ri prob. i.q. MOD to cover; spec.
to be covered with fat, to grow fat, comp.
Job 15, 27 ἼΞΞΤΙΞ 1.25 Nea. Once Deut.
32, 15 of Israel, as likened to a bullock:
mw> may neat thou art waxen fat,
thow art grown thick, thou art covered
with fatness—We may compare Arab.

ADA,

819 2
as to be stuffed with food, Camoo8

p-31; though here is a ὕστερον πρότερον.

202 m. an are, asa felling instru-
ment, Ps. 74, 6. See τ. 285 Hiph.—
Chald. id. Jer. 46, 22 Targ.

7 55 fut. Diviss Prov. 4, 16 Cheth.
Elsewhere fut. Niph. is used.

1. to be or become weak, feeble, to fail,
Ps. 31,11; see Niph. Sept. often ἀσϑε-

’ > ’ , -
γόω, also aduvatéw, κοπιάω. Corresp.

is Heb. >tim, Arab. duwS to be weak,

feeble, sluggish, pr. weak in the loins,
from >02 loin. It is one of a class of
verbs derived from the names of members
of the body and signifying an injury or
weakness of those members; e. g.

to be weak in the ankles, to waddle,

Ἐν... ee
from Pd =P ankle; Os and OS to have

the liver affected, sont RECs Liven Kin-
dred is 50>.

2. to faint, to falter, to totter, as being ©
ready to fall ; 6. g. the knees Ps. 109, 24.
Is. 35, 3. Oftener of persons who faint
and falter from weakness, 6. g. as arising
from weariness and exhaustion, Is. 5, 27.
40, 30. Ps. 105, 37. Lam. 5, 13 5°33 ©
abut ΥΣΞ the youth faltered under the
wood sc. which they had to carry; or as
arising from wounds, followed by 553,
Jer. 46, 16. 50, 32. Is. 31, 3. Ps. 27, 2.
“ins bw to falter backwards Is. 28, 13.
Trop. of one who falters in mind, is dis- —
heartened, >wii> Job 4,4; of a city or
state tottering and falling Is. 3, 8. Hos.
14, 2.—Hence also

3. to stumble, as accompanying a faint —
and faltering gait. Is. 59, 10 we stumble —
(92243) at noonday as in the night. v.14.
With 3 of that wpon or against which ©
one stumbles, Is. 8, 15. Lev. 26, 37. Jer. Ὁ
6, 21. 46, 12.

Nien. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to be weak ;
Part. >> weak 1 Sam. 2, ἃ Zech: 12, 8.

2. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 2, to faint, to alter |
Dan. 11, 19, with ΡΝ Also to falter βο
as to fall, Dan. 11, 14. Prov: 24, 16. 17. ᾿
Ps. 9, 4, with 938. Ez. 833, 12 where it
is nearly i ᾳ. 438. Of a state Hos. 5, 5.1

3. 1. 4. Kal no. 3, to stumble, Prov. 4,
12. Is. 63, 13. Jer. 20; 11. Hide. 14, 10.
Nah. 2,6; c. 3 Nah. 3, 2. Prov. 4. 19.

.
4
Ἷ

ἡ
a

bu> .

Piet to make falter Ez. 36, 14 Cheth.
but the Keri is to be preferred, *>>an
thou shalt bereave, comp. v. 13. So too
in v.15; see de Rossi Schol. crit. ad ἢ. 1.

Hirw. 1. to cause to fail, Lam. 1, 14.

2. to cause to fall, to fell, (comp. >"%'D),
to destroy, 2 Chr. 25, 8. 28, 23. Ps. 64. 9.
Metaph. to seduce into sin, Jer. 18, 15.
Mal. 2, 8.

Hopu. to be made to stumble and fall,
to be overthrown, Jer. 18, 23.

Deriv. 59832, Diva, nDw22, and

Tew m. ὦ fall, ruin, Prov. 16, 18.

* pw ~~ in Kal not used. Syr. Ethpa.
snail to pray, to offer prayers or wor-
ship, 6. g. Acts 4, 31. 13, 2, for Gr. Asi
τουργεῖν ; Phil. 1, 4 for Gr. δέησιν ποιεῖν.
Like many other Syriac words pertain-
ing to religious rites (as 523, 0°22,
730, S0p,q.v.) this word male in the
Heb. language i is limited to idol-worship ;
whence

Piz. ΠΕ 9 to practise magic, pr. to use
magic formulas, incantations, to mut-
ter, 2 Chr. 33,6. Part. }w2 a magi-
cian, sorcerer, Ex. 7, 11. Deut. 18, 10.
Dan. 2, 2.. Mal. 3, 5. Fem. mawoo Ex.
22,17. Sept. φαρμακός, φαρμακεύεσϑαι,
Vulg. maleficus, maleficis artibus inser-
vire.

Deriv. pr. n. }Y2N, and the two fol-
lowing.

_ 9 only in plur. ΡΞ incantations,
sorceries, 2 K. 9, 22. Mic. 5, 11. Nah. 3,
4, 15. 47,12. R. Hae.

MWD a magician, sorcerer, Jer. 27, 9.

R, 2.

* "10D fat. tio 1. to be right, like
the kindred roots "Wx, πο, Constr. c.
"29>, Esth. 8, 5 aban 255 “31 72"
and if t the thing be right before the king,

i. e. if it be approved by, if it please, the
king. Chald. id.

2. to prosper, to succeed ; and hence
of seed, to sprout, Ecc. 11,6. Syr. id.

Hiren. to make prosper, Ecc. 10, 10.

Deriv. "wd, N2WiD, and

TIWD m. Syr. {pao 1. success, pros-
verity, Ecc. 2,21. 4.4. See navia.

- 2. profit. advantage, Ecc. 5, 10.

“SDD fat. smo", -an27, to write,
Arab. Chald. Syr. Batear. ‘id. Ethiop.

Se

A495

πε μι

‘Ace letter, book. The primary idea
is to cut tn, to grave, comp. 38h, 2ΧΠ ;
since the earliest writing was probably
graven on stones.

1. Genr. to write. Ezra 4, 7 «255
ΓΛ written with Aramaan letters.
Construed : a) With an ace. of that
which is written; as words, discourse,
Num. 5, 23. Deut. 10, 2. 17, 18. 31, 24.
Jer. 45, 1. Also "20 amd to wirite a
book or record Ex. 32, 32 ; a letter 2
Sam. 11, 14; a book or writing of accu-
sation Job 31, 35, which in Ezra 4, 6 is
>3 ΤΣ amd. Further, naa 3 to write

a roll, volume, Jer. 36,27; though this

may also be referred to lett. b. b) The
material or book upon or in which one
writes, is often put after d¥, as dy ‘>
mindy Ex. 34,1; "20 53 ‘> Josh. 10, 13.
1 Chr. 29, 29 now the acts of David the
king .. οὐ δα νου "997 59 ὈΛΞΊΓΞ ὈΣΠ Lo,
they are written in the book entitled the
Acts of Samuel. 2 Chr. 9, 29. Deut. 6, 9.
Josh. 8, 32. Is. 8,1; trop. 23 59 amd to
write upon the heart Jer. 31, 33. Also
after 5x Jer. 36,2. Ez. 2,10; a Josh.
23,6. Neh. 7, 5. 8, 14. 13, 1. So too
with an accus. to inscribe, q. ἃ. to BE-
write any thing, to cover with writing ;
as part. pass. Ez. 2,10 0722 MIMD AT
“InN and it was written on before and
behind. Ex. 32, 15 "2872 BYDIND nind

pn 32 tables written upon both sides.
31, 18. Deut. 9, 10. Here belongs Is.
44. 5 mind τὸ sma" he inscribes his
hand: I am Jehovah’s, i. e. he writes
this upon his hand, (Sept. ἐπιγράψει zeigt
αὐτοῦ" τοῦ ϑεοῦ εἰμί,) in allusion to the
ancient custom by which servants bore
the names of their masters, soldiefs
those of their generals, idolaters those
of their idols, cut or burnt in upon the
forehead, hand, wrist ; see Rev. 13, 16.
Spencer de Legib. Heb. ritual. § 135. 1,
note 3. Others: he writes with his hand,
etc. 6) The instrument, stylus, is put
with 2 Is. 8, 1. Ex. 31,18. For Is. 44,
5, see in lett.b. ἀ) He to or for whom
one writes is put with 53, >, >; as >
PN ED to write a letter to Hie one 2
Sam. 11, 14. 2K. 10,6; >> "2 ‘3 -id.
2 Chr. 30, 1. Ezra 4, 7; but “ΞΌ ‘3
Ὁ ΤΙΣ to write a bill of divorce for a
wife Deut. 24, 1.3. So to write any

ans
thing for oneself, i. 6. to write down, to
note any thing, is put with Ὁ of pers.
Jer. 30, 2. Deut. 31, 19; >8 Judg. 8, 14
he wrote down for him the princes of
Suceoth. 6) To write of or concerning
any one is 58 2n> Jer. 51, 60 fin. or 2nD.
by Ps. 40,8; so Sept. and others, but
see in no. 6 Belews Also for any one, in
his behalf or for his benefit, 59 an>
Ksth. 8, 8.—Spec.

2. to write, i. 6. to write down, to com-
mit to writing, Num. 33, 2. Judg. 8, 14;
6. g. acts, deeds, 1 Καὶ, 11, 41 and the
rest of the acts of Solomon...lo, they are
written in the book of the Acts of Solo-
mon.

3. to write up, to inscribe in a regis-
ter, e. g. men, inhabitants, soldiers; Ps.
87,6 Jehovah counteth, when he writeth
up the people, when he enrols them. Is.
4,3 ὉΠ airzn-d> every one who is
inscribed unto life, i.e. in the book of
life, the register of those predestined to
live. Jer. 22, 30; comp. Is.10,19. Part.
pass. D°31"D the inscribed, enrolled,
Num. 11, 26.

4. to write about, to describe, 6. g. a
land Josh. 18, 4. 6. 8.

5. to write or record a sentence, edict,
i. q. to decree, Is. 65.6; with >> against

Se
Job 13, 26. Arab. GES. ᾳ. ree ju-

dicial sentence, Kor. 4, 104.

6. to write or record a law, i. q. to
prescribe ; with 53, 2 K. 22, 13 552
ἼΣΟΣ DAT DN Gécorthing to all that i 18 pre-
scribed unto us. Ps. 40, 8 lo, I come with
the volume of the book “by 33MD prescrib-
ed unto me ; where Sept. and others:
ἐν κεφαλίδι βιβλίου γέγραπται περὶ ἐμοῦ
in the volume of the book it is written of
me, see above in no. 1. 6. Also with 5x
Esth. 9, 23; > 2 K. 17, 37. Prov. 22, 20.

7. to subscribe, "BOA ‘> Jer.*32, 12.

Nipew. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be
awritien Esth. 3,12. 8, 5.8.9. al. With
3 of the book in which, etc. Esth. 1, 19.
2. 23. 9.32; trop. vasa =M=} fo be writ-
fen in the dust. i. 6. given over to obli-
vion, Jer. 17,13. With 52 id. Ps. 139,
16; > for any one Ps. 102, 19. ἡ

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be written
down, committed to writing. Job 19, 23.

3. Pass. of Kal no. 3, to be inscribed,
enrolled, Ps..69, 29

496

a) oa “Sa

Pre. to write a sentence, edict, to
decree, i. q. Kal no. 5, Is. 10
Deriv. and, m3h3, ΞΏΞΏ. .

312 Chald. fut. 392", to write, Dan.
55’; with acc. as a ‘Teter Ezra 4, 8;
with 3 of pers. to whom Dan. 6,26; 3
of the book iz which Ezra 5, 7. 6, 2.
Also to write down, to commit to writ-
ing, Dan. 7, 1.

2.9 m. (Kamets impure) a word of
the later Hebrew for the earlier “ee.
R. amo.

1. writing, a writing, 1 Chr. 28, 19.
2 Chr. 2,10 333 DAM aN and Hu-
ram onid in writing, by letter. So of
the kind of writing, the form of the let-
ters, Ezra 4, 7. Esth, 1, 22, 3, 12. .8, 9.

2. @ prescript, precept, sc. as written,
2 Chr. 35, 4.

3. a document, book ; e. g. an edict,
decree, Esth. 3,14. 8,8.13; fully man “9
Ksth. 4. 8; a register of names Ez. 13,
9. Ezra 2, 62. Neh. 7, 64; a book, 3m>
man the book of truth, in which God’s
decrees are written, Dan. 10, 21.—Syr.

Lots, Arab. SUES; Ethiop. Arn a
book.

ΖΞ Chald. m. 1. writing, a writing,
something written, e. g. an inscription
Dan. 5, 8. 15. 16. 24. 25.

2. a prescript, precept, Ezra 6, 18. 7,
22 23 Nb "5 without prescription, at wil:

3. ‘a document, edict, Dan. 6, 9. 10. 11.

mah f. ἃ writing, mark, Lev. 10, 28.
R. 3n2.

on and DMD Jer. 2, 10. Ez. 27,
6. Is. 23,12 Cheth. a gentile n. plur.
Kittim, Chittim, Lat. Chittei, viz.

1. Citienses, Cyprians, i. e. inhabitants
of the ancient Citiwm, Kitior, Κίττιον,
Κήτιον, now Chieti or Chitti, a city of
Cyprus founded by the Phenicians; as is
shown by the thirty-three antique mar-
bles with inscriptions in the Phenician
character dug out of the ruins by R.
Pococke, and first published by him ;
and also published and explained in the
author’s Monumm. Pheenic. p. 124-153 —
The sing. "M2 does not occur in the O. T.
but is found in a bilingual inscription at
Athens; where the pr. ἢ. ofa manof Citi- —
um buried at Athens is written in Greak

“nS

νγουμήνιος Κιτιεύς, and in Phenic. letters

M2 ON...WIM 13.1.6. "MD UN. » Ina
Ben-Hodesh (son of the new βου δόμα
a man of Citium; see Boeckh Kar:
Inser. Gre. I. p. 523.—Among the He-
brews the name ὉΠ Chitlim seems to
have comprised all the Cyprians, Gen.
10, 4. Is. 23,12; O°MD YI i. e. Cyprus
Is. 23, 1; “> "28 the coasts of Cyprus Ez.
27,6. Comp. Epiphan. in note below.
So in Gr. Κιτταῖοι, Menand. ap. Jos. Ant.
9. 14. 2.—Studer conjectures that "Md
is for "MM Hittite. and that Citium was
a colony of this Canaanitish people;
B. der Richter p. 44. This is supported
also by Inscr. Citiens. no. 33; see in
Monumm. Pheenic. p. 152, 153.

2. In a wider acceptation this name
comprehended the islands and coasts of
_ the Mediterranean sea, especially the
northern parts, and therefore stands for
the islands and coasts of Greece and even
Italy, (in the same manner as DX,
which also has a wider sense,) Num. 24,
24. Jer. 2, 10. Dan. 11, 30 ΘΠ ox
ships of Chittim, i.e. Roman ships, Sept.
Ρωμαῖοι, comp. Polyb. 29.11. App. Syr.
66. In the like sense also Perseus is
called Κιττιέων βασιλεύς 1 Mace. 8, 5,
and Alexander the Great is said to have
come ἐκ τῆς γῆς Χεττιεὶμ ib. 1, 1.

Nore. The truth in regard to this
twofold signification is thus expressed
by Josephus, Ant. 1. 6. 1, Χέϑιμος δὲ Xe-
ϑιμὰ τὴν νῆσον ἔσχεν" Κύπρος αὕτη νῦν
καλεῖται. καὶ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς νῆσοΐ τε πᾶσαι καὶ
τὰ πλείω τῶν παρὰ ϑάλασσαν Χεϑὶμ ὑπὸ
Ἑβραίων ὀνομάζεται. μάρτυς δὲ μου τοῦ
λόγου μία τῶν ἐν Κύπρῳ πολέων ἰσχύσασα
τὴν προσηγορίαν φυλάξαι. Κίτιος γὰρ
ὑπὸ τῶν ἐξελληνισάντων αὐτὴν καλεῖται.
Also by Epiphanius, bishop of Cyprus, a
native of Palestine and acquainted with
Hebrew learning, e. g. adv. Her. 30.
25, παντὶ δὲ δῆλόν ἐστι, ὅτε Κίτιον ἢ
Κυπρίων νῆσος καλεῖται" Κίτιοι. γὰρ Κύ-
πριοι χαὶ Podvot. Hence it appears that
some included Rhodes as well as Cyprus
under this name. The Syro-Arabic
lexicographers mostly understand Greece,
so Bar-Bahlul; Jerome and many of the
Heb. intpp. /taly. and so Bochart Pha-
leg p. 157. Vitringa ad Jes. 23,1. But
the name doubtless included both coun-
tries. See Thesaur. p. 726.
/ 49:

497

n>

MHD m. (τ. ὯΏ9) beaten; hence

ΕΣ

mon> 7333 beaten oil, Ex. 27, 20. 29, 40.:

Lev. 24, 2. Num. 28, 5. VK. 8. Sg.ddet
socordinns to the Heb. intpp. such as
flowed from the olives when merely
pounded in a mortar and not put into a
press ; hence, the purest and finest oil.
Celsii Hierob. II. p. 349 sq.

z n> obsol. root, Arab, (iS in unum
Geo?
coégit, also to enclose; & i

pact mass, etc. Hence
Ὁ. m. a wall, c. suff. ὭΣ) Cant. 2,9.

2M? Chald. id. Dan. δ, δ; plur. 8m2
Ezra 5,8. Comp. "24 plur. NP733.

won (prob. for ΘΝ dn> a man’s
wall) Kithlish, pr. n. of a town in the
tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 40.

" pn> in Kal not used; the various
significations may be thus brought to-
gether:

1, i. gq. AND, 30M, A¥NM, fo cut stones.
perh. to cut owt or dig ore; hence Dm=
gold.

2. to cut in letters, to grave, to write.
see Niph. and 0m39.—Kindr. is Syr.

a com-

v
seh2 to make scars, to mark; also to.

spot, to soil.

ΝΊΡΗ. to be written. Jer. 2, 22 for
though thou wash thee with nitre, and
take thee much soap, yet thine iniquity
is written before me; Kimchi 0w73.—
But Sept. κεκηλίδωσαι, Vulg. maculata
eris, after the Syriac usage.

Deriv. 592, m2.

DMD m. (τ. ἘΠ) a poetic ar) gold,
Prov. 25, 12. Job 31, 24; “ἘΣ “D gold
of Ophir Is. 13, 12. Job 28, 16. Ps. 45,
10; tax “9 id. Dani 10, 5; sias Lam. 4,
1. Job 28, 19. Cant. 5, 11.

*4n2 obsol. ἘΝ Eth. RZ to cover,
to hide, b'aR 2 to clothe oneself, 41.2%

tunic. Hence

mm f. only absol. Gen. 37, 31. Ex.
29, 5. Lev. 8, 7; also min> mostly as
constr. rarely absol. Ex. 28, 39, c. suff.
"m2m> Gen. 37, 23; comp. Gr. χιτών,
Engl. coat; pr. a tunic, i. 6. the inner
garment next the skin Lev. 16,4; worn
also by females Cant. 5, 3. 2 Sam. 13,

rns

18; and espec. by the priests and Le
vites Ex. 28, 4. 29, 5. Neh. 7, 70. 72;
commonly with sleeves, and reaching to
the knees, rarely to the ankles; see D"OB.
Plur. ΤΣ Ex. 28, 40. 29, 8. 40, 14, also

misn2 Ex. 39, 27; constr. mind ΜΉΝ 9)91;:

6. suff. onion Lev. 10, 5.—The etymo-
logy is doubtful ; Chald. 792, ἸΏ, jm",

Syr. }22.5, Arab. Uy, saga OSs i is

oO? > Bis
flax, linen; comp. 85, 5, col-
ton, cotton cloth ; and the garment might
be so named from the material; see
Jos. Ant. 3.7.2. To the same effect
Bohlen compares Sanscr. katam some-
thing woven, linen. But it is easier to
derive ΤῸ from the idea of covering,
7 plgthing see Γ΄ in2.

* one f. constr. 92D; dual c. suff.
mena Ex. 28, 22; plur. ΓΒ, constr.
nin.

1. the shoulder, strictly so called, dif-
ferent from 020, where see. Chald.

3° ts
mn2, Syr. fears, Arab. Wass, KAS, id

whence is derived the denom. verb

to wound in the shoulder, etc.—
Burdens are said to be borne upon the
shoulder, > ἘΣ Is. 46, 7. Ez. 12, 6,
hnz2a Num. 7, 9; also infants Is. 49, 22;
so of animals, Is. 30,6. Hence metaph.
Neh. 9, 29 maid τος ‘2m and showed
a pebellions shoulder, refused to bear the
appointed burden, i. e. they refused to
obey, comp. Zech. 7,11. "Ema 1.3 be-
tween his shoulders, i. e. upon his back,
1 Sam. 17, 6.

2. Trop. of things, the border, side,
- e.g. ofa building 1K. 6,8. 7,39; of the
sea Num. 34,11; of a city or country
Josh. 15, 8. 10. 11. 18, 12 sq. Hence
poet. Deut. 33, 12 (Benjamin) shall dwell
‘between his shoulders sc. Jehovah’s, i. 6.
between the sacred mountains, Zion and
Moriah. Is. 11,14 (the enemies) fly upon
the shoulder of the Philistines, i. e. rush
upon their borders, the figure being
taken from birds of prey.

Pur. MBM, constr. MIEN 1, shoul-
der-pieces of ‘the high-priest’s ephod,
iN, Ex. 28, 7. 12. 39, 4. 7. 18. 20. See
Braun de vest. Sacerd. p- 467.

2. sides of a gate, i. e. spaces on each
side of 1 gate, Ez. 41, 2. 26.

΄

| =e

498 nns Ἢ

3. shoulders of an axle, 1 K. 7, 30;
also v. 34 ΒΞ, as if from the dual.

, “In? in Kal not used, pr. to sur-
round. Kindr. are ὭΣ, \¥9, "135 75M,
on, 8.

Pie. 1. to surround, ina hostile sense,
c. acc. Judg. 20, 43. Ps. 22, 13.

2. to wait, as in Syriac and Chald.
Job 36,2; prob. from the idea of going
round and round, comp. 55 no. 6, and
5115.

Ητρη. 1. i. q. Pi. πο. 1; ina hostile
sense, to circumvent, Hab. 1,4; but also
in a good sense, c. 3 Ps, 142, 8.

2. Intrans. i. 4. to crown oneself with
any thing, to be crowned, see "M2. Prov.
14,18 m3‘ "3 TIM the “prudent
are crowned with insight:

Deriv. m2n>, and

“ID m. diadem, crown, of the Persian
king Esth. 6,8; of the queen Esth. 1, 11.
2°17. Gr. κέταρις, κίδαρις, comp. Quint.
Curt. es

man) plur. ninn>, f. capital, chapiter
of a column, made of brass, sometimes
in the form of lilies 1 K. 7,19; and some-
times with pomegranates or the like,
2 K. 25,17; so 1 K. 7, 16-20. 2 Chr. 4,
12, R. ne.

*WN2 fut. ms to pound in a mor-
tar, to bray, to mash, kindr. "M25; Prov.
27, 22.—Chald. n> to pound, also to
smite, to war.

Deriv. ©M>2 a mortar.

*MND fut. m4 Deut. 9, 21; imper.
plur. ond.

1. to beat, to hammer, to forge, Joel 4,"
10. Comp. quatio, percutio; kindr. 773 _

on
to beat, Lat. cudo, Arab. dS to pound
in a mortar.

2. to beat in pieces. to break, e. g. a
vessel Is. 30, 14; the golden calf Deut.
9,21. Part. pass. mirD crushed, i. 6.
emasculated by crushing or bruising the —

. testicles, Lev. 22, 24.

3. to beat down, to rout an enemy, Ps
89, 24.

PEL mm> 1. i.g. Kal no. 1, Mic. 4,3
Is. 2, 4.

2. i.g. Kal no. 2, 2K. 18,4. 2 Chr
34, 7 J

Ans

3. i. 4. Kal no. 3, to smite a land, i. 6.
to lay it waste, Zech. 11, 6.

Pvuat pass. to be dashed upon any
thing ; 2 Chr. 15, 6 they dash themselves
nation upon nation, and city upon city,
spoken of civil discord and war.

Hipu. fut. 3932, 10 smile an enemy,

Lamed, the twelfth letter of the He-
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 30.
The name, 72>, signifies the same as
ὙΦ o2-goad, in allusion to the figure
of this letter in the Phenician alphabet.

Itisinterchanged: 1. With the other
consonants of the class of liquids or semi-
vowels, of which it is the softest; 6. g.

a) With 3, as ym> and yn to urge;.

mt? Chald. 72>, 8272 sheath; nDwWo
and M2? cell, chamber; 1) Syr. QI
to give; in all which examples 2 seems
to be the primitive form. Vice versa,

χσ

ψαλτήριον, Chald. \"7n20B; ἘΣ,
image, etc. where 3 seems to come from
5; comp. Dor. ἦνϑον, βέντιστος, for ἦλϑον,
tlaurioc, also the multitude of examples
from the Arabic collected by Ev. Scheid
in Diss. Lugdd. p. 953. Ὁ) With ἡ,
mostly so that Ἢ as the harder letter
is softened into 5, espec. in the later
books and Gislecta, e.g. TW chain,
Chald. and Arab. πρῶ es el ΤΟΝ and
even Kliniw; mio οὐλὰς with a
softer pronunciation Mix2>x Is. 13, 22;

yx and τοὶ Chald. lo! ΞΡ ake
midst ; comp. λείριον, Lilium. Yet else-
where the > sometimes appears to have
gone over into the harder, e.g.72>8,

So ue

SE ΧΟΡ ἢ widow; o7xon Chald.
R270 loins; mini Job 38, 32 for mi>ra
2 K. 23,5; pr. n. 7250 Arab. AS
minds Sam. minx divinity; see’ also
the paronomasia in ">> and 827 Mic.
1, 13. _ Ὁ) Ay with a; as babs

Arab. te skull.
2. Sometimes with 4, as 518, Chald:

“199, 5395 pr. n. SND,

499 b

i. q. Kal no. 3; c. ace. Num. 14, 45. Deut.
1, 44.

Horn. fut. 937, plur. "M33, to be beaten
in pieces, broken, e. g. of a gate, Is. 24,
12; idol images, Mic. 1,7; metaph. of
persons, Job 4, 20. Jer, 46, 5.

Deriv. ΠΩ, O39, pr. ἢ. "MD.

drs and 38, to go away, to depart, q. v.
comp. the kindr. 43 and θη; ἽΤΙΞ, 53;
mod. chs j
Irbid, see p. 129. Comp. also ‘Odnaee
Ulysses ; δάκρυον, lacryma ; odor and
oleo; δαήρ Lat. levir; medius, Fr. mi-
lieu, etc.

Quadriliterals are occasionally formed
from triliterals by means of >, viz. a)
By inserting 5 after the first radical, as
ὭΣΤ, S21 to glow. b) By annexing >
at the end, by which form perhaps the
Semitic languages may have designat-
ed diminutives, like the Greek, Latin,
and German; comp. Matth. Gr. Gram.
§ 102. Ramshorn Lat. Gram. p. 236, 257.
Grimm’s Deutsche Gramm. III. p. 665.
Thus 539m to hop, to gallop, Germ.
huppeln ; benz garden, >d7p ankle,
Germ. Knochel, knuckle ; baa caliv
ofa flower, ete.

Bs and before monosyllables and ba-
rytone dissyll. > (as 295, m¥2>, Lehrg.

p- 628) ; ‘a> see in its order; c. suff. 7;
72, 92>, in pause and fem. τὸ; Df. ab;
na; B22 f. mad; cmd, mam> Jer. 14,16,
poet. iad, ἢ ind; Arab. J, Ethiop. A,

Syr. &; a prefix preposition, abbrevi-
ated from δὲ, with which it is in a great
measure synonymous; but with this
distinction, that >X is more usual in the
proper and physical signification. while
> is more commonly employed in a tro-
pical and metaphysical sense.

A) Pr. as denoting motion, or at least
direction towards any thing, a turning to
or towards any object.

1. to, towards. unto, Gr. εἰς, espec. δὲς.
ter verbs of going. where eta differs eg

»Ἣ»»Ἕ" “ον σα

5 500

bx in that ὃν is put before the person to
whom one goes, and > before the place ;
so >X 72h and > E72, see in 32 no. 1.
p. 2533 xin c. by of pers. Gen. 37, 23.
Judg. 3, 20, c. > of place 1 Sam. 9, 12.
2 Chr. 98, 9; =m c. bx of pers. and : of
place Ruth 1,8; and so after 775, =p
Job 33, 22, bn 1 Sam. 4,10. Also to be
led to, as naub Is. 53,7; ἼΞΙΡ9 Job 10, 19;
Ez. 5, 10 to scatter to all the winds, “bob
man. Job 12, 22. Mic. 7, 9. Also > ΝΡ
to call to any one, see in 83P. Put Sis
before particles of place to intimate
direction, like Engl. -ward, -wards, as
“ined ΣΑΙ ΤΆΣ ΓΙῸΣ Ὁ ἀρ δ γῶν, nab
downwards, ete. So in ‘phrases like the
following: Ps. 99, 5 17239 Cond Anon
worship towards his footstool i i.e. turning
towards it. Is. 51,6 Doq2"> Drew sNy
lift up your eyes tbicards the heavens.—
Trop. of a turning or direction of the
mind to, towards, upon any person or
thing; e.g. > man, > map to look to, to
wait for ; Sock, by INT, to listen to ;
> ἼΦΕΣ mmbD Ps. 84, 3; 5 ΞΝ to lie in
wait for any one. Ope. is 2, see Gen.
9,10. So 5"---Ὦ Neh. 3, 15—Some-
times > differs little from 32 unto, even
unto; 6. g. M25 unto fullness, satiety,
Ez. 39, 19; pnind even unto their death
Ps. 73, 4; et see in 792 no. 1.

2. into, εἰς, spoken of a passing into
another state or condition, e. g. to make
or change fo or into any thing. Gen. 2, 22
nwed... S>an-msy cy 99 7355 and the
Lord God made the rib...into a woman.
2 Sam. 5, 3. Job 17,12. Hence > Fen
to Runge into; > 3, > nv», > psi, to
make or place a person or thing inito or
for any thing; > 975 to be for any thing,
to become any thing, see in M75 no. 2.
a, 3. So by hyperb. for ‘to become as
any thing, 1 Sam. 25, 37 7385 "74 Nn}
and he became as a stone. With 75
impl. Job 13, 12. Lam. 4, 3. Is. 1, 5 -b5
sdm> Ox the' whole Wedd i for sickness,
is wick; comp. 2 Chr. 21, 18. Job 30, 31.
So pati ΓΞ to cut into two parts, Ser.
34, 18; comp. Lev. 8, 20.

3. It serves to mark the dative, like
Engi. fo and Fr. ἃ prefixed to nouns,
where the Greek. Latin, and German
employ the dative case. —Thus

a) After verbs of giving, > m2, > nx

Ex. 4, 11; of rewarding, ‘eetcibattog,

p) ;
2 m3, > atin; of bringing, > 873n
Gen. 27, 31; of forgiving, > DD; of
giving over, Ἰεαν ον, >? ΞῚΣ Ps, 16, 10,
Ὁ mam Ecc. 2,18; of consulting, > > 733,
etc. So too 3 as m2" she bare to him
a son Gen. 24, 36; > ra M22 to make
(grant) a covenant ‘to any one, see in
ΓΞ no. 3.a. Ofa person to whom any
thing is said, > "aN Gen. 27, 31, 34.
Deut. 33, 9; or narrated, > sar, Ὁ BD;
or promised with an oath Deut. 6, 23.
26, 3.15. But for > "28 to speak of
any one, see below in no. 11.—Very
freq. verbs in Hiph. are followed by >,
if they include the idea of giving, im-
parting, causing to any one, 6. g. > ΓΙΆΓΙΣΙ
to save life to any one Gen. 45, 7; nn
Ὁ to give rest to Ex. 33, 14. te 14,3;
Ὁ ΠΡΌΣ 1 K. 19, 20; oles Is. 53, ll.
Judg. 7, 2.

b) As marking the person (or thing)
to or for whose use, advantage, profit, a
thing is done or serves. Lat. Dat. com-
modi. Gen. 2,20 ror Adam there was
not found a help, etc. 24,4 and take a
wife for my son Isaac. 45, 23. 50, 10.
Ex. 26,7. Neh. 8, 4. Gen. 12,7 he built
an altar unto Jehovah, in his honour.
Kee. 1, 3. 6, 11. 12. 8,15. So too con-
tra, as marking the Dat. *ncommodt,

Prov. 17, 25 a foolish son is a grief "38> —

to his father. 19, 13.—A reflexive dative

of this kind is often added after verbs, ᾿

and espec. verbs of motion, 6. g. of go-
ing, as 32M, >IN.
ba, M22; signifying strictly that one
does a thing for his own advantage or

pleasure, for himself ; although by de- |

grees it passed over into a pleonasm,

Ξηῶ ; of fleeing, as

which cannot well be expressed in En- ©

glish. Cant. 2, 17 [38> "is 9) ΠΡ
my beloved, be thou ( for thyself ) like a
roe. Job 15,25 125 saws xd ooma houses
which none inhabit ( “for themselves).
Ez. 37,11. Prov. 13, 13. al. Gen. 12,1
72-72 go for thyself. See Lehrgeb. p.
736, 737.

c) As implying an effect, impression,
influence, /o or wpon a person or thing.
Prov. 24,9 7> oTN> mazim the scorner
is an abomination to men. Cant. 1, 3.
Job 10, 3 πὸ 212m is it good to thee? se.

iwthine eyes ; comes ab ao) Ps. 69, 32.

So Ὁ ΡΣ Π profane (be it) to me! tar

‘be it from me, see in >"> no, 2. Here

~ 501 ον

too belongs Gen. 45, 1 then Joseph was
not able 739 ΠΞΧΒΓΙ 55D PERM to re-
frain himself to (before) all them that
stood by him, i. e. could not appear firm
and unmoved to those present.

d) Implying possession, or a dative of

the possessor, Lat. est mihi; as "> 5h,
> wh, 9b PN, see in MT, Br, PX. Also
_ 3 3x what is to any one, what he has;
- Gen. 31,1 s29axd “Wix-d> all that was to
our father ive. all that was our father’s.
29,9. 47,4. See Lehrg. p. 672. “S-ma
723 what is there to me and to thee?
what have I to do with thee? see in
A.1.c. So too ΠΡ pibw, nad nibui, peace
(prosperity) be to thee, to you, i.e. be
thine, yours, see Ὁ, Further: «)
_ Of him who comes into the possession
of any thing, fo whom it becomes pro-
perty, etc. as "5 n° it becomes mine,
5866 ἴῃ ΠῚ πο. 2. γ. () Of him to whom
any thing belongs as a duty. office, ete.
2 Chr. 26, 18 ""apn> ΠΣ 72 8> it is
not unto thee (not thine), Uzziah, to burn
incense. 20,17. 35, 3. Ps. 50, 16. Mic. 3,
1. So perh. "43 5x5 wh it is permitted
to the power of my hand ; but see in δὰ
I. 2. p. 50. γ) Of that to which a per-
son or thing pertains; 1 K. 15, 27 and
Baasha, the son of Ahijuh, 9202" m3)
of the houube of Issachar, pertaining to
that tribe.

e) As marking the cause and author
of any thing, like the dative in Greek ;
also the instrument. Job 37, 1 mst
"a> 32m" for (at) this my heart trem-
bleth. Ps. 18, 45 “Ὁ 53NW7 Wk SQW at
the hearing a the ear they obey me, ‘be-
cause of the report of my fame. Num.
16, 34. Is, 19, 22 n> 52 he is entreat-
ed of (by) them, listens td their prayers.
Thus put: «) After passive verbs, Ex.
12, 16 535 ΠΏΣ" 1135 NIN this only may
be done by you. Prov. 14, 20. Neh. 6, 1

B5320> Saw it was heard by Sanballat.
Gen. 14, 19. Ex. 13,7. Lev. 21, 11. 1
Sam. 15, 13. Esth. 5, 12. Is. 65,1. “So
Syr. S, Hoffm. Gr. Syr. §143. β)
After other verbs having ἃ passive
sense ; as mr to be done by any one,
Is, 19,15; 5 nn to conceive by any one,
Gen. 38, 18. 25. 7) In the inscriptions
of poems, Lamed aztctoris so called;
comp. the J auctoris of the Arabs in

the titles of books, see Pref. ad Golii
Lex. So 3115 "219 psalm of or by Da-
vid Ps. 3, 1. 4, 1. al. ἜΤ 17> id. 24,
1; also without ‘the noun, ow of or by
David Ps. 25, 1. 26, 1. 27,1. ‘al. comp.
Ps. 86, 1. Hab. 3, 1. Is. 38, 9. etc. The
same Dat. auctoris stands alone on Phe-
nician coins; e. g, DIT¥> (Ὁ 5115) of the
Sidonians, i. 6. struck by them; "x5
of Tyre ; in the corresponding Gioek
Σιδονιῶν, Τύρου. 5) In many other
examples, where often some passive
verb or the like is to be supplied ; Is. 2,
12 MRB~bD-bY Hind oi "DB for the day
of Jehovah, etc. i. 6. the day of wrath
and judgment held by Jehovah. 22,5
Mims "5N3...02I92 DID for a day
of confusion. -sent ‘by the Lord Jeho-
vah ; Sept. παρὰ Κυρίου. 28, 2. Zech.
14,1. Ps. 3,9 mann mind from (by)
Jehovah is deliverance. Job 33, 6. Jon.
2, 10. Is. 61, 2. 1 K. 10, 1. Jer. 10, 23. Ez.
1, 18 04> AN fear was by them, they
were terrible. 2 Sam. 3, 2. 3. 5. Ηρα; 6.
10.—Also of the instrument, as "ΞΘ 737
351 to smite witu the edge of the sword,
see in ΓΒ no. 3; so 7123 MN Lo see with
the eye Ez. 12, 12. Ps. 12,5. s9233 not 55
with (by) our tongue will we prevail,
conquer.

f) Often after nouns signifying mas-
ter, lord, God, or servant, minister, alse
Friend, enemy, and the like, as marking
those relations to any one; comp. Gr.
ἄναξ ἄνδρεσσιν 1]. δ. 546, also ὁταῖρος,
φίλος, ἐχθρὸς τινέ et τινός. So espec.
where the first noun is indefinite, as 13
"wind a son of Jesse 1 Sam. 16, 18, contra
sunny THE son of Jesse. > 717% Gen. 45,
8.18; > ἘΌΝΤΙ Is. 37, 16; > 3a Gen.
9, 25-27, 40, 12; also Gen. 14, 18. 1 Κ.
18, 22. 1 Chr. 27, 33. 1 Sam. 14, 34.
5 ook 1K. 5, 15; > 5 Job 30, 29; xz
5 Deut. 4, 42; > six Num. 35, 23. ete.
So the αι εἰδεδ, see Monumm. Pheen.
Ῥ. 199, 351. ;

5) Sipieetines also Hebrew writers,
especially the later ones. who inclined
to Chaldaism, employ > (the sign of the -
dative) incorrectly after active verbs
for the accusalive, as in Chaldee, Sy-
riac, and Ethiopic; e.g. > mp> Fer, 40,
8. ‘boy Lam. 4, 5, Ξ #15 Job 5, 2; comp.
1 Chr. 16, 37. 25, 1. Ps. 135, 11. ete.
Once > is thus put before a whole sen-

3 a 5 «Ἢ

3

tence, which must be regarded as in
the accus. Is. 8, 1 and write upon it with
a common stylus (these words), “*72>
ta wn bbb fasting to the spoil, etc.
comp. ν. 3, ‘where Ὁ is omitted; see in
"372 Pi. no. 1.

4. Many of the examples above cited
(no.3.d,ande.yv) would properly be trans-

lated in Lat. by the Genitive, in Engl. ;

by the Gen. or by of with its case ; and
hence in various other kinds of examples
also, > maybe taken asa sign of the Gen-
itive; comp. the like use of the Greek da-
tive for the genitive by the figure called
Κολοφώνιον, 6. g. ἢ κεφαλὴ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ,
see Bernhardy’s Greek Syntax, p- 88 ;

also the Gascon idiom, le fils ἃ Mr. A.
s'est marié avec la filled Mr. B. for de.
Spec. a) Where several genitives are
dependent on one nominative, as "723
‘wa "25> pram the dhnonicies annals,
of the kings of Israel 1 K. 15,31. ΤΌΤ
rad maw a part of the field of Boaz
Ruth 2, 3; also Judg. 8. 28. 1 K. 15, 31.
2 K. 5, 9. Seals 14,1. So too where the
nominative has an adjective, as SM& 42
ΠΡΌ ΤΙΝΘ 1 Sam. 22, 20. In both these
kinds of examples the usual form of the
construct and absolute could not well be
applied. Comp. Lehrg. p. 673. Ὁ) Af-
ter numerals, Gen. 7,11 in the sir hun-
dredth year ¥13 "2712 of Noahs life. So
55 {iwi the first of all 2 Sam. 19, 21;

end rmx one of them Ez. 1, 6; “πὸ
with on the first day of the month Gen.
8,13. Ez.1,2. c) Asmarking the genit.
of the possessor, comp. in no.3.d. Kee,
5, 11 suis sawn the abundance of the
ΠΝ nian.) Pe. 37, 16 pyIE> ὉΣῸ the
little of the righteous man. Is. 34, 6. Jer.
12,2. ἃ) Where adverbs with Ὁ are
put before nouns, and thus take the force
of prepositions ; as > 3°30 prep. also
Ὁ momo ig. mmm preposit. So > ὉΣΏ,

Ὁ yina, Ὁ ὉΠΡ, ete. Lehrg. p. 631. 3.

From the primary signification of di-
rection or turning to or towards any
thing, come also the following tropical
“senses ;

5. Spoken of time,itdenotes: a) The
point of time ἕο or until which something
is done, etc. i.g. 12. Am. 4,7 J have
withholden the rain from you when yet
three months ΧΡ to the harvest. Deut.
16,4 shall not remain all night "p2> un-

til the morning. Comp. bdis> εἷς αἰῶνα
for ever i. ᾳ. D219 43; also mgd εἰς αἰεὶ
Sor ever i. q. me "2. Ὁ) The point of |
time for or against which a thing is done; :
Ex. 34, 2 be ready “Pp2> for to-morrow.
Num. 11, 18 sanctify yourselves “ry72>
against tpanornete. Ksth..5, 12. Is. “4, |
23. Prov. 7,20. Also of an interval of |
time ; 1 K. 5, 2 [4, 22] and Solomon's —
provision "MX Di%> for one day, every
day.—Other significations relating to
time, see below in B. 2.

6. to, even to, until, usque ad; comp. —
in no. 1 fin. So pr “S25 even to no
measure, i. 6. without measure, Is. 5, 14;
mand pd even to no remnant, aati
none were left, Ezra 9, 14; also 2 Chr.
20, 25. 1 Chr. 29. 4; comp. 2 Chr. 36,
16. Judg. 16, 16 vexed mn even unto
death, comp. Gen. 27,46. Hence a)
Of a number to which any multitude
amounts, as Greek εἰς μυρέους, πρὸς μυ-
gious. 2 Chr. ὅ, 12 m4 we HRB? ὈΡΣΣΙΘ
priests to the number of a hundred and
twenty. But 1 Sam. 29, 2 belongs in
no. 13 below. . Ὁ) Of degree. amount,
even; Deut. 24, 5 923 95 1729 "33 NS
there shall not pass over (be imposed)
upon him even any thing, not the slight- —
est charge; comp. 32 in the phrase
Ἔτι S3—N>. So 2 Chr. 7, 21. Kce. 9,
4532 “a1 31 δῆτ: ὙΠ 3355 for even a dog
alive is better than a lion dead.

7. Like >x A.6, it implies an adding,
superadding to, i. 6. in addition to, wpon,
besides. Is. 28, 10 9P> 1p 12> 1% precept
upon precept, line wpon line. Ecc. 7, 27
mand mos adding one to another. Ps,
135, 7 he maketh lightnings "22> to the
rain, i.e. accompanying the rain in addi-
tion. Jer. 10,13. Gen. 46, 26 all the souls
that came 3P2"> in addition to (besides)
Jacob into Egypt.—In this sense 559 is
more frequent.

8. It marks a direction of mind {o-
wards any one, either to, for, or against ;
e.g. 5 ΠΌΤ pious towards God Ps. 4, 4;
Ὁ on nny” see in TOM no. 1. 6; 5 51
good to any one Lam. 3, 25. Contra,
> xum do sin against any one, see in
RUM; ‘Sb man to be angry against, see in
ΠΣ; Ὁ Dor to plot against Ps. 37. 12.

Ὁ, Flere too it forms a Dat. commodr
(comp. no. 3. b)¥ for, in behalf of any
one, for his advantage, on his side, ete

gal.

49>, propterea, therefore.

; we Π τὦ

Gen. 31, 43. 5 ΤΠ ὈΛΤΌΝ 7b5d unless

God had been for me, ou my side. Ps. 56,
10. 118, 6. Is. 6, 8 125-Gb9 "2 who will
go for us? Judg. "ἢ i. Deut. 30, 12..13.
So Judg. 7, 20 the sword for Pehovak
and for Gideon ! comp. v. 18. Job 13, 7
M233 ASIN bNdM will ye speak wickedly
‘for God? i.e. in his behalf, to défend
him. Ps. 69,22. ‘p 9835 for one’s life,
to preserve it, see in wED no. 2. 6. Also
? on to fight for; Ὁ 5 to contend
for; > 2 "MST to entreat for:

10. Spoken of a cause, reason, motive,
on account of, because of, for, Lat. prop-

ter; comp. Arab. XAs/{ 2 Lam cau-
So in md, md, wherefore? Gr.
εἰς τί; πρὸς ti; Germ. wozu? Also 135,
Gen. 4, 23 I
have slain a man "3%5> for my inion
(because he wounded me), “72M> 3259
yea, a young man for my stripe. Is. 14,
9. 15, 15. 36, 9. 60, 9 (comp. 55, 5, where

it is more fally 155). Hos. 10, 10. Lev.

*%

19, 28. Josh. 9, 9. Ezra 3, 13.

11. As marking the object of discourse,
etc. of, for, about, concerning, Lat. de.
Lev. 14, 54 237525 ΓΟ MN this is

the law for (concerning) every kind of

plague. Ps. 22,31 i732 °75N2 “BD it
shall be seacotmted concerning the Lord
to the coming generation. So after

_ verbs of speaking Gen. 20, 13. Ps. 3, 3;

of commanding Ps. 91,11. Esth.3,2; of
singing Is. 5, 1. 27,2; of inquiring, as

> pibw> Saw; comp. Gen. 42,9. Hence

of the subject or argument of an oracle,
as DY2> concerning Egypt Jer. 46, 2.
48, 1. 49, 1. 7. 23. 28. 23, 9. So Arab.

ὦ Kor. Sur, 3. 162. Sur. 4. 64.

12. Of the end or final object; as
ΠΣ» for help, either as sought or giv-

en, Is. 10, 3. 20,6. 31,1; pmd, xrwd,

for jotight in vain. So “napa tor
“1233.

13. Spoken of a norm, rule, etc. ac-
cording to, after, by, Lat. secundum.
Gen. 1, 11 5585 after its kind. 8, 19.
10, 5 3b wn every one dccordine to
is language. Num. 4, 29 after their
tribes and families. 1 Sam. 10, 19.
2 Chr. 25,5; P3"> according to right
and justice, i.e. justly, righteously, Is.

32, 1. 11,3. 2 Sam. 18,4 and all the peo-

ple came out Ὁ ΠΕ 3815} τὴ 25. by hundreds

and by thousands. 1 Sam. 29, 2. Is. 27,
12. 1 Chr. 23, 3. Gen. 41, 46 ΣΡ by
sheaves.—Hence also the idea of like-
ness, q. d. like, like as, as if, as though,
Job 39, 16 [19] 2 N5> M722 MPN she
is cruel towards her young, as though
not hers; Vulg. quast non sint sui. Hos.
9,13 Ephraim ...ts planted in a pleas- _
ant place “> like Tyre, pr. as though he

were Tyre. “EM> Nz? fo go out (from

servitude) as free, i. e. free; written

also without > in the same sense, 8%

"WEM, see in SEN. So > aun fo re-

gard as, see in sun no. 1.

14. As denoting reference or relation,
as to, in respect to, as for, in; and thus
subjoined: a) After adjectives, to mark
the nature or quality of an attribute ;
8. σ΄. H22M24 ὍΣ 511 great in (as to)
riches and wisdom, comp. 1 K. 10, 23;
mva%> ΣΟῚ older in years Job 32, 4;
aw) bing Josh. 22, 10. Comp. Lar

‘ preestantior ad rationem sollertiamque,’
Cic. Nat. Deor. 2.62. Ὁ) After verbs,
Gen. 17,20 and 5x22)" as for Ishmael,
I have heard thee. 19, 21. Num. 18, 7.
Ps. 12,7. Comp. Lat. ‘ad omnia alts
etate eapiitvus rectius’ Ter. Ad. 5. 3. 45.
6) After substantives; 2 Chr. 21, 3 and
their father gave them great gifis 7023:
ambi in (as to) silver and gold. 16, 8.
Aliso before a subst. put absol. at the
beginning of a clause ; as Is. 32,1 Do 7w>4
snot xptind and as for princes they
shall rule justly. Ps. 16, 37>b2...prwinp>
p2"x5m as for the saints. -all my de-
light is in them. 17, 4. 32, 6.

Nore. It is affirmed by some (Ewald
Krit. Gramm. p. 603. KI. Gramm. § 326),
and denied by others ( Winer in Simonis
Lex. p. 509, 510), that > is also prefixed
even to the nominative case; and the
following examples are quoted: 1 Chr.
3. 2. 7, 1. 24, 20. 22. 2 Chr. 7, 21. Ecc.
9,4. Ps. 89,19. But it would seem that
most of these examples may be referred
to one or another of the acknowledged

‘senses and constructions of this parti-

cle; (although in particular examples I
would explain it differently from what
Winer has done;) while nevertheless
the > in such instances stands before
what would otherwise have ‘been the
nominative. Thus Ps. 89, 19 our shield
is or the Lord, and or the Holy one of.

9 504 >

Israel our king. For 2 Chr. 7, 21 and

Kec. 9,4, see above in no. 6. In 1 Chr..

7,1 and 24, 20.22 we may render: to
the sons of Issachar, to the Levites, sc.
belonged, are to be reckoned, those who
follow. In 1 Chr. 3,2 pibvs ab senbuin
the third was Abeaion, the reading with
?i is indeed suspected, since it is wanting
before the names of the other five sons
v. 1-4, and is not found in 20 Mss. of
Kennicott; yet > stands in the same
way halire the predicate after mt in
2 Chr. 16, 8 p>vinpbs 595 ΞΡ bord | clara
they were (for) a “hug ge host in (as to)
chariots and horsemen. So too 2 Chr.
15, 3, for which gee below in B. no. 3.

B) Less frequently > is spoken:

1. Of rest or delay at, on, in a place,
i. 6. the being at a place to which one
has come; comp. Lat. ad, also ἐς ϑρό-
vous ἕζοντο Od. 4.581; Germ. zu Hause,
zu Leipzig. E. g. '» 17> at one’s side ;
Ἔ 47775 at one’s right hand, see 7707;
srs ned at the door of his tent Num.
11, 10; ΤῊΣ Ἢ al the entrance of the
city Deo 8,3; O°" min? on the shore of
the sea. Gen. 49,13; Ὲ “333 i.e. before
the eyes, in the aight of any one; "25> id.
This use of > is more extensive in the
poets and later writers, who sometimes
put it for the common 3, e. g. yine Ps.
41,7, and nyin>- 2 Chr. 32, 5, i.g. Yama
Moria ΓΒ ὩΣ αἱ Mizpah as 5.13
ΤΠ Ὁ in the pit, i. 6. in prison, Is. 51, 14.

2. Trop. of time, and spoken of a
point of time to which an action has ap-
proached so as to coincide with it; comp.
inA.no,5. Hence a) Of time when,
i. 6. the moment or point of time at or
in which any thing is done; chiefly in
poetic style and in the later writers who
imitated this. E.g. "22> in the morning,
early, Ps. 30,6. 59,17. Am. 4, 4, for the
usual "j253; so mind at day-light, dawn,
Job 24, iA: spb at evening Gen. 49, 97,
Ps. 90, 6. Ece, ‘11, 6, for the usual 2733;
Shy rgb Gen. 8, 11, pitt mind Gen. 3, 8,
wan xe ry) at the time of sunset Josh,
10, 27; also conjoined 3°2>) "pad 1 Chr,
16, 40. 2 Chr. 2,3. Ὁ) Of a time with-
in which any thing i is done, 6. g. τῶ»
n°2"h within three days Ezra 10, 8. DAN
pap) τὼν once in three years 1 K. 10,
22. 6) Of aspace or interval of time
after the lapse of which any thing is to

| be done; comp. Gr. εἰς ἐγιαυτόν |
3 Ρ

‘for a year, and ‘after a year, and
Engl. ‘ina year.’ Gen. 7, 4 Tid Ὁ 5
ΓΙΣΞ in yet seven days, i. 6. after seven
days. Am. 4,407" ΤΌΘ after (every)
three years. 2 Sam. 13, 23 Dra", DINE
after two years. 11, 1.

3: Also of the state or condition in
which one is ; where espec. in the later
writings the partic. > is said to be used
in nearly the same sense as 3. The
examples however are doubtful # and
most of those usually referred hither, ad-
mit of a different solution. E.g. ">>
see in A. no. 2; "N2x> Ps. 69, 22, see in
no. 9; "73 >x> Bs soe find: SMe B. So
33 apart, separately, may be referred
to B. no. 1; also mua> in security, se-
curely ; pas> justly ; ὍΝ gently ; for
Is. 5,14 see in A.6; and so Job 41, 25.—
Contra, 2 Chr. 15, 3 ἘΝ. DXA) DOG
"ἢ Ndba nox “πῶς ΡΩΝ and long time
to Israel (he hath been) without the true
God, and without a teaching priest, and
without law ; here it might be difficult
to say in what N55 differs from 853; un-
less we prefer to render it: and for a
long time was Israel witheut the true
God, etc. see in A. 13, fin. Further, we
have in 2 Chr, 20,21 ὅπ ΓΛ ΠΡ in holy
ornaments, for wIp natn id. Ps. 29, 2.
96,9. 1 Chr. 16, 29. This analogy also
serves to strongthel the usual interpre-
tation of Ps. 45,15 ΞΘ 53") ΤΛΏ ἽΝ
in embroidered garments (adorned with
these) shall she be brought unto the king.

C) The Infinitive with > prefixed has
in general the nature and signification
of a noun, or rather of the Engl. infin.
with to; 6. g. Inf. ΤΣ;

1. Lat. ad faciendum, to do, denoting
end and purpose, like Engl. to before the
infin. Thus Cant. 5,5 J rose up ΠΕΡ
to open. m12> rd a time to bring forth,
Ece. 3,2. 825 ἢ nap near to flee to, Gen.
19, 20. nivg> ΓΙ what is to be done? 2
K.4,13. Is. 5,4. ‘tap soa (7373) Dir τὴν
yet this day (he must) remain at Nob,
Is. 10, 32; comp. p. 251. dd. β.

2. Lat. faciende, for doing, ΤΟΣ Ὁ m7
to be ready or disposed for doing (to do),
see 77} no. 3. 41. Ellipt. ΣΤ. mins
Jehovah is ready lo save me, i. e. wil
save me, desires my safety, Is. 38, 20.
21,1. 44,14, So ellipt. and negat. nh

?

—_ =

ον ἐςπ δορὶ 505

mivs> one may not do, Am. 6, 10; or,

one cannot do, etc. Judg. 1, 19, comp.

Josh. 17, 12. \

3. Lat. faciendi, of doing ; Num. 1,1
in the second year SMXX> of their coming
out, i.e. after their departure from Egypt.
afn/other examples > c. inf. signifies :

4. even to, until, Is. 7, 15. Comp.
above in A. 5. a.

_ 5. on account of, because, Is. 10, 2 init.
30,1 mivs>. Num.11,1. Comp. in A.10.

6. as if, as though, 1 Sam. 20, 20.
Comp. in A. 13.

7. ata time, when; 392 ΤΕ lit. ‘at
the turning of evening,’ when evening
drew near, at even tide, Gen. 24, 63.

D) Once > seems to serve as a Con-
junction, and is apparently prefixed to a

finite verb, in the sense of that, like

5. 45, 1. 8. al.

Arab. J for «9 ; thus 1K. 6,19 in the

common reading, ΠΡ that thou mayest
_ place. But as this sense is harsh in con-
- nection with the context, we may per-

haps with Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 213,

_ regard jMm as a sort of reduplicated in-

fin. for 7F2F), as also in 1 K. 17, 14 Cheth.

Ὁ Chald. prep. i.q. Hebr. 1. to, τηΐο,
towards, spoken of place, Dan. 2, 17. 4,
19. 6,11. 7, 2.

2. As sign of the Dative, Dan. 2, 5. 7.
9. Put often also with the Accusative
after active verbs, Dan. 2, 10. 23. 24. 25.
5,4. -Also as a sign of the Genitive,
Ezra 5, 11. 6, 3. 15.

3. Prefixed to the Infinitive, after
verbs of speaking, commanding, ete.
Dan. 2, 9. 10. 12.

Nore. For Chald. > as prefixed to the
forms of the fut. of mi, e. g. aim,
>, etc. see in MIM mated p: 247. The-
saur. p. 734.

NO and 35 times Rip according to
the Masora, e. g. Gen. 37, 13; Adv. of
negation, 70, not. Ratiqne παν were
wb, 7b, whence xb3>. "bad, "baw. Syr.
ff and oS, Chald. x>, Arab. δ. The
ultimate root is Ni) q.v. whence also
nnd, 9D.

1. Like Gr. ov, οὐκ, it expresses an ab-
solute negative, and is put: a) Witha
Preter, unlike >8 q.v. as Gen. 2. 5. 4,

43

xd

Gen. 3, 4 jimon Min Nb thou shalt not
surely die. Ps. 16, 10 atm ΝΘ thou will
not leave. With the 2d pers. it often in-
terdicts, and thus stands for the negat.
imperative as Ex. 20,15 33am’ 8> thou
shalt not steal. v. 5. Gen. 3,1.2. 24,37 .
Lev. 19, 4. 25,17. Deut. 25,4; here it
differs from 58 which expresses dissua-
sion, but comp. Prov. 22, 24. With the
3d.pers. Gen. 31, 32 4377 N> he shall not
live, i.e. let ΕΝ die. So Arab. Ν with.
the Fut. condit. De Sacy Gr. I. § 419.
Whether &> is put (like 5x) with the
fut. in clauses marking purpose, may
justly be doubted; 6. g. Ex. 28, 32 x}
ΞΡ (so) tt shall not be rent, not: ‘that it
be not rent.’ Is. 41,7 he fasteneth it with ©
nails, 5729 X> thus it moveth not, stands
firm. Job 22,11. c) Itstands also where
the substantive verb is omitted; as Ps.
5, 5 ms sO yen dx Nb thou art not a
God having pleasure in wickedness. Ex.
16, 8. 2 Sam. 18, 12. Is. 63, 9. Very
rarely with a Participlé, Wwiere ἽΝ is
the usual negative ; or with an Infini-
tive, where "M23 is comm. employed.—
As to its place in ἃ clause, 8> is always
closely connected with the verb, and
immediately precedes it; although oc-
casionally for the sake of emphasis a
word may be placed between the two,
as Gen. 32,9 70 "ἿΡ ἼΩΝ apn ND.
1 Sam. 8,7. Ez. 16, 47. Job 22, 7. 34,23.

The plowing uses of this particle
may likewise be noted:

2. Absol. in answer to a question, no,
nay, Zech. 4,5. Job 23,6 will he con-
tend with me with all his might? No
(5), but, etc. Also in declining an in-
vitation, Gen. 19, 2 nay, but we will abide
in the street all night. 23, 11. Is. 30,16;
comp. Gen. 18, 15.

3. In neg. interrogations, where an
affirmative answer is implied, (different

from >& no. 3,) for 8>m is not? nonne?

like Gr. οὐκ Hom. 1]. 10. 165. ib. 4. 242.
Mostly in clauses coupled with a preced-
ing one; Job 14, 16 "NNwNM Dy an Nb
dost thou not wateh over my sin? 2, 10.
2 K. 5, 26. Jer. 49,9. Lam. 3,36. Ton. 4,
11»; Bleo Jer. 49, 25.

4, Put for 8>3 with no, i.e. without,

1 Chr. 2, 30 and Seled died 2722 δ

without children. Ps. 59,4. 2 Sam. 23, 4.

Ὁ) With Futures, as | Job 34, 24. 397 N> without way Job 12,. .

nd 506 nd Ἧ

24. tins Xd without men, deserted, deso-
late, Job 38, 26.

δ. i. ᾳ. DIY not yet, 2 K. 20, 4. Ps. 139,
16.

6. Prefixed to nouns it gives them
"a negative or contrary meaning, like
Engl. un, in,im. a) Before adjectives,
son ND not pious, i. ᾳ. ungodly, Ps. 43,
L; 12 NX> not strong, i. q. infirm, weak,
Prov. 30,25; Dam NX> unwise Deut. 32, 6.

b) Before suetan tives, as DY δὲ q.d.

non-deus, a no-god, i.e. an idol, Deut.
32, 21. Jer.5,7; V2 δὲ nol wood, spoken
of a man in opp. to a rod or instrument
of wood, Is. 10,15; S78 N>, DIN 5,
spoken of God, as not to be brought itt
comparison with mortals, Is. 31,8. But
the sense is different in phrases like
m> Xbb Job 26,2 and M327) N92 ib. v. 3,
where there is an ellipsis for: ‘he whe
hath no power, no wisdom ; see below in
C.2. c) For the phrase b5 xb see under
ἘΞ πο. 3. d) With anadverb, as ¥>9 NX>
no litile, i. e. much, Is. 10, 7.

7. Da7N> nol even, see in 03 no. 2; not
much different is ἀρ. εἶν Judg. 4,16.—
Also >—X> Deut. 24,5; see in > A.6.b.

8. By pleonasm Nd j is joined with 18
1K. 10,21; with oy Zeph. 2, 2.

Nore. Some assign also to N> the
power of a subst. nothing, but the exam-
ples adduced are not certain. In Job
6, 21 the reading is doubtful; and Job
31, 23 Do4x NX> may be rendered, J could
not se. do any such thing. Comp. how-
ever Chald. 8b, 2, Dan. 4, 32.

With prefixed ab is connected ns fol-
lows:

A) Xba 1. Prep. varying in signifi-
cation, according to the different signifi-
cations of the particle 3. a) notina
certain time, comp. 3 of Give, A. 5; ie.
out of, beyond a. certain time. Lev. 15, 25
ΠΣ ΤΡ Nba beyond the time of her un-
cleanness. Also before, i. q. 2223, Job
15, 32 ‘iain Xba before his time, conip.
above Nd for piv, no. 5. Ὁ) not for
a certain price, ἐόν 3 of price, Β. 3;
Is. 55, 1. Ps. 44, 13; also 3 ND Is. 45, 13.
c) not with sc. any thing, i. €, awithout,
1 Chr. 12, 33 3b) 3> Nba not with a
double heart, i. e. with one heart, with
‘the whole soul, comp. Ps. 17, 1. Job 8, 11.
Ez. 22,29. 2 Chr. 30, 18 they did eat the
© passover 2132 soa without (doing) as

it was written. In the same sense is anid
38>, as 393 &> without (man’s) hand
Job 93. 90; ὩΞ3 N> not with silver, i.e.
not so as to obtain silver, Is. 48,10. Syr.
2 fy without. d) not by or with, comp.
2 of the instrument and cause, B. 2. ¢;
Job 30, 28 I walk darkened an nda
but not by the sun.—tIn some instances
also X52 is put concisely for 8> “NB,
as Is. 55, 2 ΠΙΡΞῸΣ Nba for (that which}
satisfieth not. Jer. 2, 11.

2. Conj. with fut. in that not, i. 6. 80
that not. Lam. 4, 14 5333 sbosn Nba
piwab. so that (men) cannot touch
their garments.

*B) nbn nonne? is not? ete. Gen. 4,
7. 20,5. Job 1, 10. Num. 23, 26; annon?
1 K, 1, 11: implying an affirmative an-
swer, and Nb is often therefore nearly
i.g. 72, 725, lo! behold! 1 Sam. 20, 37 ©
myst} 7732 ‘umn xbn lo! the arrow is
beyond thee. 2 Sam. 15, 35. Ruth 2, 8.
Prov. 8, 1. 14, 22. 22, 20. Job 22, 12
(parall. mx). Hence for ΡΠ in the —
books of the Kings, we find in Chron.
often min, e. g. 2 K. 15, 36 th Ron
“pO 5 Drs lo! they are written in
the book, ete. comp. 2 Chr. 27,7; so2K. ©
20,20. 21, 17, comp. 2 Chr. 32, 92. 23, 18.
etc. Very rarely both particles stand
together; as 035 N>m 2 Chr. 25, 26;
mn ait Hab. 2, 13. See Gesch. d.
Heb. Sprache p.-39. The LXX also
often render 8>5 by ἰδού Josh. 1, 9. 2 K.
15,21. In Samar. and Rabbinic Ndr is

common for 735.—Arab. St ᾽ NES

C) 8>> 1. in not, i. q. without, once
2 Chr. 15, 3, pr. in the not having.

2. as hii not, Job 39, 16, see in >
A. 13. Salaceehoas: also τὰ ἰδ, “EN? , Is.
65, 1. Job 26, 2. 3.

Nore. By a certain laxness of ortho-
graphy, X> is occasionally written for
i> to him, according to the Masorites
fifteen times in all, Ex. 21, 8. Lev. 11,
21. 25, 30. 1 Sam. 2, 3. 2 Sam. 16, 18.
Ps. 100, 3. 139, 16. Job 6, 21. 13, 15. 41,
4. Ezra 4,2. Prov. 19, 7. 26, 2, Is. 9, 2.
63,9. Vice versa also ‘> is put for 8>
1 Sam. 2, 16. 20, 2. But several of
these examples are doubtful.

ND once m2 Dan. 4, 32.Chethibh.
i. q. Heb. 8d ὃ

“

wd

1, not, no, non, Dan. 2, 5. 9. 10. 11. 3,
12.14. 83h annon? ib. 3, 24. 4, 27.
2. nothing, Dan. 4, 32.

123 xd (no pasture) Lo-debar, pr. n.
ofa town of Gilead, 2 Sam. 17,27; writ-
ten inc. 9, 4. 5734 i>.

"Ay XD (not my people) Lo-ammi,
symb, name of a son of Hosea, Hos. 1, 9.

wart) x5 (not compassionated, r.
nm) Lo-ruhamah, symbolical name of
a daughter of Hosea, Hos. 1, 6. 8. 2, 25.

z aN2 obsol. root, kindr. with 34>,
am), to burn, and thence to thirst.

Arab. SY mid. Waw, to thirst. ἐδρή κυδο
mandy thirst.

᾿ ΠΣ in Kal only fut. πὰ 55, apoc.
Rom. -

1. to be wearied, exhausted, i. q. 77>,
where see for the origin. Chald. nib
and m3> id. Syr. ail id. Aph. aSf.—
Job 4, 5 but now it (calamity) is come
upon thee, xbm? and thou faintest. With
> c. inf. to labour in vain, not be able,
Gen. 19, 11.

2. to be weary of any thing, to take iil,

Job 4, 2.

Nipu. i. q. Kal, but more usual.

1. to be weary, exhausted, to faint ;
Part. fem. 58>) weary Ps. 68,10. Espec.
to labour in vain, Is. 16, 12; 6. inf. Jer.
20,9. Also to weary oneself 56. by vain
labour, Jer. 9, 4.

2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to be weary of any
thing, to take ill, to be grieved, with inf.
Is. 1,14. Jer. 6, 11. 15, 6; inf. c. > Prov.
26, 15 it grieveth him (the sluggard) to
bring his hand again to his mouth. In-

‘tens. to disdain, to loathe, Ex. 7, 18.

Hien. πδθ 1. to make weary, Jer.

τ 15. δ. Ez. 24, 12.

2. to weary out, to tire one’s patience,
Is. 7, 13. Mic. 6,3; comp. Job 16, 7.
Dorty. ΠΡ ΤΙ, alsa

my (wearied) pr. n. Leah, the elder
daughter of Laban and ifs of Jacob,
Gen. 29, 16 sq. 30,9 sq. 34, 1.

ες DND i. ᾳ. 39> and und, to wrap
around, to muffle, to cover, 2 Sam. 19, 5.
Comp. Sanser. lud, Gr. λάϑω, λανϑάνω,
Lat. lateo.—For ©x> Job 15, 11, see un-
der ON.

507 “Sie

DN ing. ὍΣ part. Kal from r. 04> q. v.
᾿ UN? adv. softly, genily, see 2X.

* IND obsol. root; Arab. oY Con.’
IV, also Eth. AA), to send a messenger,
TAG'N (to be sent), to wait upon. to
minister, AAS a minister, servant.
Kindred are 921, 5".

Deriv. 98572, 72829, MAN", and pr.

Nn. "3822.

by (of God sc. created, comp. Job
33, 5,) Lael, pr. n. m. Num. 3, 24.

My OND obsol. root, of doubtful signifi-

.-'

cation; Arab. @Y is to agree, to be
congruent. Perh. D%> may be softened
from ὉΠ, pr) ; signifying to make a

noise, ΤῊ ἘΠῚ multitude, and pr. ἢ.
DMN 5 comp. 515, o>" .—Hence

DN? m. c. suff, "aNd, ὝΞΗΝ Ὁ Is. 51, 4;
plur. prayd.

l. a people, nation, only poetic, Prov.
11, 26. 14, 28; Plur. Gen. 25, 23. 27, 29.
Ps. 7, 8. 9, 9, αἰ,

2. Plur. Ὁ ΚΘ τοδὶ pr. n. of an Arab
tribe, Gen. 25, 3; supposed to be the same
with the Mil oiuasinl of Ptolemy 5. 7.

29 m. (τ. 332) c. Makk. 73), c. suff.
"a>, 92>, plur. mind; also

332 m. constr. 22>, ὁ. suff. "225,
E5235; plur. nia2> 1 Chr. 28, 9, 6. au
once wns} Nah. 2. 8.

1. the heart, so called as being covered

& ?
with fat; see the root. Arab. ws , Syr.
ἴα, Eth. Af, id—2 Sam. 18, 14. Ps.

45,6. al. As the heart is the central
point for the blood, and the seat of life,
it is often put:

a) i. q. 0B (Hom. φρένες) anima, life,
the vital principle, Ps. 84, 3. 102, 5. Jer.
4, 18, comp. 022 in v. 10. Hones the
heart is said to live, to recreate itself, Ps.
22, 27; or to be sick Is. 1,5; and even
to sleep and wake Ecc. 2, 23, comp. 8,
16. Cant. 5,2. Also to stay the heart is
to refresh oneself with food and drink.
see 130. Ex. 9, 14 ¥3>7>R upon thy
heart, i. e. upon thee, thyself.

b) Further, with the Hebrews as in
Engl. the heart is the seat of the feel-
ings, affections, and emotions of various

Yo) 508
ΟΠΞΞῸΞ do all that is in thy heart, what

kinds. e. g. of love, as Judg. 5, 9. 16,15
thy heart is not with me, i.e. thou lovest
me not; (contra, to love with all the
heart, Deut. 4, 29. 6, 5;) of confidence,
Prov. 31, 11; contempt, Prov. 5, 12;
joy, Ps. 104, 15; sorrow, Neh. 2,2. Ecc.
7,3; contrition, Ps. 109, 16; bitterness,
Ps. 73, 21; despair, Ecc. 2, 20; security,
22 113) Ps. 57, 8. 108, 2. Poetically
there is also ascribed to the sorrowful
a heart sick, wounded, grieved, Prov. 13,
12. 14,13. Is. 61,1; to the timid a heart
which melts, Is. 13,7. Deut. 20,8; to the
inflexible and obstinate a hard heart (see
mup, mins) like a stone Ez. 11, 19.
36, 26, not circumcised Lev. 26,41. The
words too by which we utter or express
those feelings, are poetically ascribed
to the heart; and thus the heart is said
to cry out, Hos. 7, 14; to lament, Is.
15, 5; to pant, to sigh, Ps. 38.9. Also
to pour out the heart is i. q. to pour out
oue’s feelings in tears, Lam. 2, 19.—EHs-
pec. heart is put for fortitude of mind,
courage; so taaa bold. courageous.
1 Sam. 17, 32 >3-n4N => ΘΒ ΓΝ let no
man’s heart fail, etc. Gen. 42, 28 δ 3}
~ p> and their heart went forth, their
courage failed. 2 Sam. 7, 27. 17, 10.
Jer. 49, 22. Neh. 3, 38 [4, 61. Piriitheas
of heartai is also put for the same, Job 41,
15 [24]. Commotion, agitation of eaind
seems to be implied in Job 15, 12: "ma
22 FNP? whither doth thy heart carry
thee away ?

c) In reference to the mode of thinking
and acting, i.e. to disposition and char-
acter; in which sense there is ascribed
to any one a.clean heart, Ps. 51, 12;
sincere 1 K.3,6; faithful Neh. 9,8; up-
right 1 K. 9,4; also on the contrary, a
heart perverse Ps. 101, 4; contumacious,
froward, Prov. 7, 10; deep, i. e. hidden,
crafty Ps. 64, 7; ungodly Job 36, 13;
also double-minded men are said to
speak with a double heart or mind, Ps.
12, 397277 255 253; comp. contra, 1 Chr.
12, 33 =i =} Nba with one heart, sincere-
ly. Further, a heart or mind that is
wide =m4 Prov. 21, 4, great 51 Is. 9, 9,
high mai Ez. 28, 5, signifies pride ; but
the former also dente foi Is. 60, 5.

d) As the seat of w7ll, purpose, deter-
minition. 1 Sam. 14,7 "x52 ΠΡ

“Ss τ ἘΝ

thou wilt or hast determined. Is. 10, 7
nada savind to destroy is in his heart,
Is. 63, 4 the day of vengeance "2b2 is in
my hiort; i.e. 1 have decreed it, will
bring it to pass: So a thing is asia tobe ©
"a> ὩΣ in my heart, i.e. 1have purposed —
it, 1K. 8, 17: 18.. 1 Chr. 22, 7.928, 2. 9
2 Chr. 1, 11. 29, 10. "23253 i.e. after my —
own heard, to my own pleasure, 1 Sam. |
13, 14. Ps, 20, 5; so "2>D Jer. 3, 15,
ἈΞ 1 Sam. 9, 35. Also nab-by Neh,
7,5. Ecc. 11, 9 WB "2773 5bM walk in
the ways of thy heart, follow out your
own desires, will.
6) To the heart is also ascribed wnder- —
— intelligence, wisdom, (comp. —

μὲ heart, intellect, Lat. cor Cic. Tusc. ©

1.9. Plaut. Pers. IV. 4. 71, also corda-—
tus i. e. discreet, prudent,) and even too
the facully of thinking, Is. 10,7. 1 Chr. —
29, 18.—1 K. 10, 2 she (the queen of
Sheba) spake with him all that was in
her heart, i.e. all she knew. Judg. 16,
17 he told her.all his heart i.e. all he
knew.. Ece. 7,2. Hence one is said to
be 225 02m wise of heart Job 9,4, comp.
1K. 10, 24;-et contra 3 “ΌΤΙ void of
ἘΣ Δαν αν ee foolish, Prov. 7, 7. 9, 4.
2> ΣΝ viri cordati. men of undeestaian
ing, intelligent, Job, 34, 10. 12, 3 “το.
e2i2D 32> I too have uideratandine as”
well as you. 32> > strength of under-
standing Job 36, 5, spoken of the infinite
wisdom of God. Α fat heart, i. e. cover-
ed over with fat, is put for a dull and cal-
lous understanding, Is. 6,10; see in 9.
—The consciousness of right and wrong
the Hebrews expressed by: the heart
knoweth, is conscious to itself, Ecce. 7, 22.

f) Trop. heart is put for self, like 252
no 5, in the formuts 1323 7728, a2) x, J
jad-dx ‘x, to say in or to one’s ‘hearts
i. 6. oneself ; see in "Y28 no. 2, also in
"23 Pi. no. 1. f.

2. Metaph. heart, for the middle, midst,
inner part, e. g. of the sea, Ex. 15,8; of
the heavens, Deut. 4, 11. 2 Sam. 18, 14
moun 222 in the midst of the terebinth.
So χαρδία τῆς γῆς Matt. 12, 40.

22 and 225 Chald. m. the heart, i. q.
mind, intellect, Dan. 4, 13. 7, 43; c. suff.
sad 7, 28; san} 2, 30. 5, 22; M3392 4,1
5, 20. 21.

}

est; and render thus:
man will become wise, (when) the wild
ass’s colt is born a man, i. e. never;
contrary to the dignity of the Hebrew.

ND

ul ND and " m9 obsol. root, whence
are derived som," =, Bad, “Hine lioness.
Prob. onomatopoetic, ἰδία μος the sound
of lowing, roaring, like old Germ. liuwén,
leuen, Engl. to low, whence Germ. Leu,
Léwe, comp. Gr. λέων, Lat. leo.

mina? (lions, see °2>) Lebaoth, pr. n.
of a city of Simeon, Josh. 15, 32; more
fully nixa> ma 19, 6.

ba τε αὶρ in Kal not used, prob. to be fat.
The primary idea lies in the slipperiness,
lubricity, of fat things; which notion is
expressed by the syllables 35, ΠΡ; see
22m to be fat, H>m, 450, Abed, to be
smooth, slippery; Sanscr. lip illinere.
Hence 323, 3359, 32>, the heart, as
covered with fat, and therefore called
also 35h q. v. no. ES ‘Kiso miatn q. v.

ΝΊΡΗ. denom. from 225, pass. of Pi. no.

1, to be without heart, i. 6. to want under-

grinding. Job 11, 12 3357 393) ex)
4217 DUN NAD Ἐν but man rs hollow
(empty) and wanteth MN TCrRGNIN: 5
yea, man is born like a wild ass’s colt,

signifying the weakness and diliness

of human understanding in comparison
with the divine wisdom. There is a
paronomasia in the words 3533 and 325".
—To this interpretation, which alone
accords with the context, I have formerly
objected, that there was no example of
the privative power of Piel thus transfer-
red to Niphal; but this objection is re-

eG 5.
moved by examples in Arabic, as ous

in hepate lesus est, hepate laboravit,
OgKo in hepate ΠΆΡΕ Others com-

pare Syr! 25S cordatum fecit, animum

addidit; Ethpa. cordatus, confortatus
but the foolish

Pizt 32> 1. Denom. from 335, to rob
one of his heart, i. 6. to ravish the heart,
spoken of a maiden, Cant. 4,9. Comp.
on this species of denominatives, Heb.
Gramm. ὃ 51. 2. 6.

2. Denom. from min"2>, to make fat
cakes, 2 Sam. 13, 6. 8. See miata.

23? heart, see under a>.

23? Chald. see in Chald. 3.
43*

509

==
=

I> alone, see 73.
2 22 see r. N22."

nab contr. for M233 flame, Ex. 3, 2;
as bap for dup .—Others derive it
from r. “ad, a Samar. to shine, to
give light, kinds, with 39>.

M22 f(r, 22>) the heart, Ez. 16, 30 ;
plur. “pind Ps. 7, 10. Prov. 15, 11.

mia? see mad.

tina and tab m. once with fem.
signif. see no. DH a>.

1. a garment, vestment, i. q. 732 and
mostly poet. Job 24, 7. 10. 31, 19. 38, 9.
Ps. 22, 19. 45, 14. Prov. 27,6. Jer. 10, 9.
Spec. a splendid garment, Job 38, 14
hand 129 ἼΞΝ ΠῚ and (all things) stand
forth as in splendid attire, i. e. the
earth as illumined by the morning sun;
comp. Esth. 6, 9. 10. 11. Is. 63,1. Trop.
of the skin Job 30, 18; of the armature
or scales of the crocodile Job 41, 5.

2. Metaph. a wife, spouse, Mal. 2, 16.
Freq. in Arab. comp. Kor. Sur. 2. 183
wives are your garment, and ye are
theirs; so the words αὐὖμξ. and wh.
to put on a garment, and also to lie with
a woman. See more in Schultens Ani-
madv. ad Ps. 65, 14.

waa Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. 1. Dan.
8, 21.

ἘῺΣΡ in Kal not used, Arab. 4!
to throw wpon the ground, to prostrate.

Nipu. to be thrown down, to fall, to
perish, Prov. 10, 8. 10. Hos. 4, 14.

"22 m. (τ. 82>) @-lion, not found in
sing. Plur. m. D082 lions Pa 57, 5;
fem. ninad lionesses, c. ‘suff. sanitsd
Nah. 2, 13; see nab.

wa> a lion, pr. a lioness, so called
from their roaring, see Τ᾿ N32; a poetic
word, Gen. 49, 9. Num. 24, 9. Deut. 33,
20. Job 4, 11. vis om Is. 5, 29. Be se al.

Se, 5 ;
Arab. δι), Rud nal 1, a4, also Sa, etc.

alia’ Copt. Ἀπ κι lion, lioness, and
also a bear. Bochart, in Hieroz. I. p.
719, supposes this word to denote, not
the male lion, but the lioness ; and this

| rests on good grounds, though different

from those assigned by him, viz.

a) It

te 510

of one of David’s enemies ; others regard

is coupled with other nouns denoting a
lion, where it can hardly be a mere sy-
‘nonyme, Gen. 1. c. Num. |. c. Nah. 2, 12.
Is. 30,6. Ὁ) The passages in Job 4,11
and 38, 39, accord much better with a
lioness than with a lion. c) In Ez.19,2
the letters 8725 certainly imply a lion-
ess, and the pointing &°3>“savours of
grammatical artifice. d) The mase.
termination is no objection, since there
are many names of female animals with
masc. endings; as jiM8 she-ass, 5119 ewe,
1d she-goat.

N°2> f, Ez. 19, 2 a lioness; see δὲ 3 Ὁ
lett. c.

rian? f. plur. (τ. 335) a species of
cakes prepared in a frying-pan, prob.
with fat, q. d. fat-cakes, perhaps a kind
of omelet or the like, fried in fat; 2 Sam.
13, 6. 7.8.10. Sept. χολλυρίδες, Vulg.
sorbitiuncula. Hence the denom. verb
Pi. 235 no. 2, q. v.

"D>, see rand,

. 139 1. to be white, in Kal not used,
see 135, 23>. Hence Arab. Be milk.

2. Denom. from 4235, to make bricks,

Gen. 11,3. Ex. 5, 7.14. Arab. ond id.

Hien. 1. Catsat. to make white, me-
taph. to purify, to cleanse from the filth
- of sin, Dan. 11, 35.

2. Intrans. to become white, Ps. 51, 9.
Is. 1, 18. Joel 1,7. On verbs of colour
in Hiph. see Heb. Gramm. § 52. 2.

Hirup. to purify or cleanse oneself,
Dan. 12, 10.

eri: 222, and the nine here fol-
lowing (without 42>).

Ἰ29 adj. fem. 23> 1. white, Gen. 30,
35. 37. Ex. 16, 31. Lev. 13, 3 84. Zech.
1,8. White natment was worn on fes-
ive occasions, Ecc. 9, 8; comp. Hor.
Sat. 2. 2. 60. Ep. 2. 2. 3, 4.

2. Laban, pr.n. a) The son of Be-
thuel, an Arameean, the father-in-law of

Jacob, Gen. 24, 29. 50. c. 29-31. ‘b) A
place in Arabia Deut. 1, 1.

22 ig. 422 no. 1, white, constr. “73>
Gen. 49, 12.

42> in the phrase 42> ὈΠῸΣ Ps. 9, 1.
Here some take 43> as a pr. ἢ. Labben,

925 ’

> as servile and 43 as the pr. n. of a Le-
vite, as in 1 Chr. 15,18. Some moderns
suppose Ἴ39 ΤῊ to be the name of a mu-
sical instrument. Better to read nv2>>
ΞΘ as in many Mss. with virgins? voice
(mindy Sz Ps. 46, 1) for the boys, to be
sung by them; 13 being taken as col-_
lective. See j3 no. 3.

m29 f. (τ. 422) 1. the white, poet.
for the moon, as am for the sun, and

Arab. ὩΣ moon, from re to be white.

Cant. 6, 10. Is. 24, 23. 30, 26.
2. Lebanah, pr.n.m. Bere 2.45. Neh.
7, 48.

M239 f. (r. 325) α brick, a tile, dried
in the sun or burnt, Gen. 11, 3. Ez. 4, 1.
Plur. 0°92> Gen. 1. c. Ex. 1, 14. 5, 7 sq.
Is.9, 9. al. So called from the white and
chalky clay of which bricks were made,
as described by Vitruv. II. 3. Arab.

ops ops ὧν, id. Comp. 1398.

ma2 m. (r. 135) a species of tree or
shrub, so called from the whitish colour
of its bark or leaves, Gen. 30, 37. Hos.
4,13. According to the Sept. and Arab.
in Gen. styrax, storax, called in Arab.

χο

oul ; according to the Sept. in Hos.
and Vulg. in Gen. λεύκη, populus alba,
the white poplar. See Celsii Hierobot.
I. p. 292. Michaelis Supplem. p. 1404
Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. p. 263.

M232 ( (τ. 135) 1. whiteness, clear-
ness, transparency; Ex. 24, 10.

2. Libnah, pr. n. a) A city in th
plain of Judah, the seat of a Canaanitis
king, afterwards assigned to the pries
and made an asylum, Josh. 10, 29. 1
15. 15,42. 2K. 8,22.al. Ὁ) A station
of the Israelites in the desert, Num. 33.
20.

M22? and M2532 £ Gr. λίβανος, λιβα

γωτός, Arab. Sue, Syr. Ἰδᾶδων.

1. frankincense, Lev. 2, 1. 15. 5, 11
24,7. Num. 5, 15. Is. 60,6. al. So calle
from the white colour which marks the
purest frankincense, Plin. H. N. 12. 1
or 32. It is found not only in Arabia,
60, 6. Jer. 6, 20; but also in Palesti
according to Cant. 4, 6. 14, unless i

Ὁ

these latter passages the word is to be
understood of other odoriferous plants.
Used chiefly for burning incense. See
Celsii Hierobot. I. p. 231 sq. Rosenm.
Alterthumsk. IV. p. 153 sq.
2. Lebonah, pr. n. of a city near Shi-
loh, Judg. 21, 19. Now Lwubban, see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 90.

7222, in prose always with the art.
ἸΏΞΕΙ 1 K. 5, 6. 9. Ezra 3,7; poet.
without it, Ps. 29, 6. Is. 14, 8 (comp.
Ps. 29,5); but also with it, Is. 29, 17.
33, 9. Cant. 4, 11.15; pr. n. Lebanon,

Libanus, Gr. AiBayos, Arab. wid,
Syr. «ον, a celebrated mountain on

the confines of Syria and Palestine, de-
scribed as d@bounding in cedars (see
Ts), vines Hos. 14, 8, and various kinds
of fragrant plants Cant. 4, 11. Hos. 14,
7. It consists*of two lofty parallel ridg-
es, of which the western one is called
καὶ ἐξοχήν, Lebanon, Libanus ; while
the eastern ridge bears the name of
Anti-Lebanon, and in its high southern
part, that of Hermon, 107% q.v. [The
whole eastern ridge is called by the
Arabs Jebel esh-Shirkiyeh ; while its
southern part or Hermon, as having
upon it ice in its ravines for a great part
of the summer, takes the name of Jebel
eth-Thelj, snow-mountain ; but more
commonly that of Jebel esh-Sheikh.
The name 31232 Lebanon comes from
the whitish colour of the limestone rock ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 439.—R.]
—The valley between the two ridges of
Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon is now call-
ed Kata el-Bikd’a; different from
«which is the }i22>5 m>p2 the valley of
Lebanon Josh. 11, 17. 19,7, see in ΠΣΡΞ.
See Reland Palecstina I. p- 311. Burck-
hardt’s Travels in Syria, p-1sq. Ro-
senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 236 sq. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 344, 345, 439.

"22> (white) Libni, pr. ἢ. of a son of
Gershon, Ex. 6, 17. Num. 3,18. Also
as patron. Libnite Num. 3, 21. 26, 58.

93>, see mzb winnd.

*O2> and U2? Lev. 16, 4. Ps. 93,
1; fut. wads, imper. 83>.

1. to put on a garment, i. e. upon one-

self; Arab. pd , Syr. 22%, Ethiop.

511

wa
Alii, id. With acc. of garment, Lev.
6, 4. Jon. 3, 5 m pw sviad™ and they put
on sackcloth. Gen. 38, 19. 2 Sam. 14,2;
to wear 2 Sam. 13, 18. With >3 of the .
member Lev. 6, 3; once c. 5 Esth. 6, 8,
as Lat. “induit se veste,’ and Arab.
AJ c. acc. et \. Absol. to clothe
oneself, Hagg. 1, 6. —Parv. pass. 833,
82>, clothed, with ace, Ez: 9, 2. 3. Dan,
10, δ᾽ Zech. 3, 3, comp. 1 Sam. 17, 5.
Prov: 31, 21; or with gen. having the
art. B"TaN wnat Ez. 9, 11. 10, 2. 6. 7.
Dan. 12, 6. 7.

2. Trop. in various senses: 8) Ps.
104, 1 meab atm tin splendour and
majesty hast thou pul on, sc. as a gar-
ment. Job 7,5 ma wa wad my body
hath put on worms. is clothed or covered
with worms. Ps. 65, 14 jx D> sw
the pastures are clothed with flocks.
pean > clothed with slain, i. 6. lying
in a confused heap of the slain, and
covered by them, Is. 14,19. b) Often,
to put on or be clothed with shame, i. e.
to be covered with it, Job 8, 22. Ps.
35, 26. 109, 29; cursing Ps. 109, 18;
righteousness Job 29, 14; terror Ez. 26,
16; astonishment Ez. 7, 27; salvation,
welfare, 2 Chr. 6,41. Ps. 132,9; strength
Is. 51, 9. 52,1. ete. Comp. the Home-
ric formulas, δύειν ἀλκήν Il. 19. 36 ; ἕννυ-
σϑαι ἀλκήν 20. 381; ἐπιέννυσϑαι ἀλκήν
Od. 9. 314. There is ἃ play upon this
twofold use of the word in Job 29, 14:
sygabe "mwa prs 7 put on pighteneal
ness, and it put me on, i. 6. without I am
clothed with righteousness as a gar-
ment, and within it fills me wholly. In
like manner the Spirit of the Lord is
said to put on any one, i. 6. to fill him, to
come upon or enter into him, Judg. 6, 34.
1 Chr. 12,18. 2 Chr. 24,20; comp. Luke
24, 49. Comp. the Syr. phrase Lx
yas Satan has put thee on, i. 6. has
entered into thee, Ephrem Opp. Syr.
II. 504, 505.

Pua. ‘pare: ὈΛΘΞΡ Ezra 3, 10, and
mya owas 1 K. 22, 10. 2 Chr. 18, 9,
clothed in (royal or priestly) robes.

Hipu. to put on a garment upon an-
other, to clothe in or with any thing;
with two acc. of pers. and garment ;
Gen. 41, 42 vei "Jaa irk tabs and
clothed him with vestures of fine linen.

wa
Ex. 28,41. 29,5, 40,13.14. 1 Sam. 17, 38.
Ez. 16, 10. al. With acc. of garment
and >> of the member. Gen. 27, 16 the
skins of the kids "32 539 "87224 she put
upon his hands. With acc. of pers. only,
Gen. 3, 21. 2 Chr. 28, 15. Esth. 4, 4.—
Trop. aah 39, 19 ΠῺΣ TNs veaben
hast thou clothed his neck with shud-
dering? i.e. with a mane; see in ΠΏΣ"
Job 10,11. Is. 50,3. So to clothe mh
ΕΣ ΡΟΝ salvation prosperity, i.e. to be-
stow it largely, Ps. 132, 16. Is. 61, 10;
to clothe (cover) with shame, Ps. 132, 18.

Deriv. wand, waaba, MYaon.

wn? Chald. fut. 825" to put on a gar-
ment, 6. ace. Dan. 5, 7. 16.

Apu. 72>, after the Heb. form, to
clothe, with acc. of garment and Ὁ of
pers. Dan. 5, 29.

Wa, see wand.

32 τῇ. (τ. 23>) pr. as it would seem,
‘a deep cavity, basin;’? comp. Syr.
ἵδο:ς basin, dish, Gr. λάκκος, λᾶκος,
Lat. lacus, lacuna. Then as the small-
est measure of liquids among the He-
brews, a log, containing according to
the Rabbins the twelfth part of a Hin
(7°), or six eggs; equal to about 3+
gills Engl. Lev. 14, 10. 12. 15. 21. 24.

ai obsol. root. Arab. μὰ} has for

one of its meanings, to be~deep, e.g.

3
vvater, the sea; depth of the sea,

abyss.—Hence Heb. 3>.

I> (perh. strife, quarrel, r. 17>) pr.
n. Lod, a large village of Benjamites,
Neh. 7, 37. 11, 35. 1 Chr. 8,12. Ezra 2,
33.—Gr. “ύδδα, Avddn, Lydda, Acts 9,
32. 35. 38. 1 Mace. 11, 34. Jos. Ant. 20.

w 3
6.2; afterwards Diospolis. Now dJ
Ludd. See Reland Palest. p. 877. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 49 sq.

i map) obsol. root, in Arab. to strive,
to quarrel ; hence pr. n. 72, and 77>2
for 772742 son of strife, q. v.

ΓΦ Chald. nothing, i. q. nd, Dan. 4,
82 Cheth. See in Rd.

> Deut. 3, 11 Cheth. for 82 not.

512

tab) Ἴ

"5.9 obsol. root, Arab. wr ip Eth,
AUN, to burn, to flame. The origin

lies in the notion of licking, lapping,
gliding over, which is contained in
roots beginning with the syllables >,
m>, 25, and is variously transferred (see
under the verb 35>); especially to flame
which seems like a tongue to lick, 1. 6.
to be lambent; see md, and comp.
γλῶσσα πυρός Acts 2, 3.

Deriv. the three following, and 433,
mando.

372 m. plur. b°a> Is. 13, 8, constr.
“smd Is. 66, 15.

1. a flame, Judg. 13, 20. Job 41, 13.

¥ ΞΡ Joel 2, 5. Is. 29, 6. 30, 30;
Wx 20> Is. 66, 15.—Is. 18, 8 D'AMS Ἢ
ἘΠ faces of flame are their faces,
i. 6. red and burning (flushed) with
anxiety, agitation; comp. Ps. 10, 2.
39, 4.

2. flame of a weapon, i. e. glittering
brightness, e. g. of a spear Job 39, 23;
of a sword Nah. 3, 3. Hence genr. —
blade of a sword Sails 3, 22.

Mand £ (r. 31>) constr. mand Ez. 21, —
33 plur. nian? Ps. 105, 32, constr. nian ‘
Ps. 29, 7.

1. a flame, i. q. 39> but more freq.
Num. 21, 28. Is. 5, 24. 10,17. 43, 2.
47, 14. Joel 1, 19. 2, 3. Dan. 11, 23. al. 9
ΟΝ mad fire of flame, i.e. flaming |
fire, Is. 4,5. Lam. 2,3; misn> tx id.
Ps. 105, 32; Ox nisnd flames of ire Ps.
29,0:

2. i. g. 32> no. 2, blade of a spear, its
poin: or head, 1 Sam. 17, 7.

mane m. plur. ἅπαξ deyou. Gen. 108 —
13, pr. n. Lehabim, a people of Egyptian
origin, i. q. i Libyans. Comp. on —
the affinity of forms 49 and 43 under —
let. 1, p. 238. This is prob. the primi-
tive fotm, since the roots 34>, 38>, are
doubtless softened from and.

ΤΩΣ obsol. root, Arab. pr. to

be eager, greedy, for any thing; often

trop. to be eager, zealous, for any thing ;
to hear or learn diligently ; nearly i. q.
Engl. to study. The primary idea is
that of languishing, fainting, sc. from —
exertion; see ΓΘ, mm>, o>. Hence

*

<oR

37D m. study of letters, learning, as
Aben Ezra well, Ecc. 12, 12; parall.
with 5°80 miw> the making of books.
Sept. μελέτη, Vulg. meditatio.

εἰς, 7? obsol. root, Arab. we to press,
to oppress. Hence.
42 Lahad, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 4, 2.

ε mite to be languid, wearied, ex-
hausted, i. q. 082; comp. 82 and n>.

_ The origin seems to lie in the idea of

fainting from, thirst, when the tongue
is thrust out, and one burns and longs for
drink ; comp. the verbs beginning with

m>, as 39>, mm>, and see further under.

the root 335. Comp. Lat. langueo, also
Germ. lechen, whence the frequentat.
lechzen.—Once, Gen. 47, 18 V8 72m
35777 "38 DME the land of Egypt
languished, fainted, because of the is
ine. Chald. > often for Heb. ΠΝ οὶ

7 inp. in Kal not used, prob. i. q.
nm and a>, pr. to have bérning thirst ;
eee as this 3 is a trait of rabid dogs, to

be had, rabid, like a dog; to be enraged,

Srenzied. Thus.
Hirupatpe. part. ΠΤ. a madman,
one insane, Prov. 26,18. Sept. Aldin.

and Symm. πειρώμενοι tempted, driven,

sc. by a demon. Venet. ye Kei
secondary form, prob. derived from the
idea of insanity, is the Syriac aXsadzf
obstupuit, horruit.

Ὁ]. ὮΣΙ pr. to lick, to lap, see in

=>; then fo burn, to flame; Ps. 104, 4
on BY flaming fire. So ΘΠ. the

| flaming i i.e. those breathing out fire and
_ flames, trop. Ps. 57,5. Syr. Chald. id.

Pret ond 1. to make burn, to set on

Jire, 6. ace. Ps. 88, 15. Is. 42, 25. So of

the breath, Job 41, 13 [21].

2. to burn up, to consume, c. acc. Joel
1, 19. 2, 3. Ps. 106, 18.

Deriv. 2m.

gis ὍΣ ig. 24>, UXd, (comp. un-
der 4, p. 238,) pr. to wrap up, to cover ;
then to use secret and magic arts ;
whence Dun} q. v.

ὌΓΙ2 m. (τ. wd 1) pr. flame ; hence
glittering blade of a sword Gen. 3, 24.
Comp. 37> no. 2

513

xpd

pon m. magic arts, enchantments,
Ex. 7, 11, i. g. 0°02 in v.22. R. und II.

*pip in Kal not used. Arab. κε] to

9

swallow greedily; whence "9 greedy,

an epicure, glutton. Kindr. is ἘΠῚ,

Hitap. part. 0°23n2 ‘ things gree-'
dily swallowed,’ dainty morsels, Prov.
18, 8. 26, 22.

2 therefore Ruth 1, 13; see in 45 I.
p. 259.

ἹΠῚΡ Chald. (74 with >) 1. i.g. Heb.
propterea, therefore, Dan. 2, 6. 9. 4, 24.
Hence

2. As an adversative particle, by a
transition like that of Heb. 42>, see in
ἽΞ p. 474. c. 8, nihilominus, nevertheless,
i.q. but, Ezra 5,12; and so after a nega-
tive Dan. 2, 30; i. q. except, Dan. 2, 11.
3, 28. 6,8.—Some regard this as a dif-
ferent word, made up from δὲν and ἡ.

Mpi2 £ only 1 Sam. 19, 20, prob. by
transposit. for M>4P (r. 4p) an assem-
hly, company ; comp. the form 32p"
2 Sam. 20, 14 Cheth.—Others make it

from a doubtful root pad, Eth. AU®

to grow old, whence A presbyter,
prince ; q. d. a senate.

> twice for Xd not, see δὲ note,
p- 506. col. 2.

"23 12, see "at ND p. 507.
19, see in Nid.

ἘΝ obsol. and perh. a secondary
root, to negative, i.g. S12. q.v. Hence
X> not, also

N12 1 Sam. 14, 30. Is. 48, 18. 63, 19;
δὲ 2 Sam. 18, 12 Cheth. elsewhere 1;
see note.

1. Interject. of wishing, i.q. Oh if!
Oh that! would that ! Constr. with fut.
Gen. 17,18. Job 6,2. Imper. Gen. 23, 13.
Preter, Num. 14,2 Ὁ 59> would that
we had died! 20,3 53353 τὸ, Josh. 7, 7;
but with fat. signif. Is. 63, 19 AEP xb
paw Oh that thou sopuldat rend the hea-
vens! Also as merely concessive, Gen.
30, 34 FIDID "7 4D i. q. let it be accord-
ing to thy word.—Hence as

2. Conj. conditional, if, implying that
the thing supposed does not exist, is not
true, or at least is very uncertain avd

=,

improbable; comp. D& C, and Arab. pa )
De Sacy Gr. I. ὃ 886. It is followed,
according as the sense requires: 8)
By the preter, Deut. 32, 29 13h ἢν
mXt bid if they were wise (which
they are not), they would understand
this. Judg. 13, 23 "5 ΓΙ ™ yan Ὁ
san Mp> N> if the Lord were pleased
to kill us, he would not have accepted,
etc. 8, 19. 1 Sam. 14, 30. Mic. 2,11. Ὁ)
The Future, Ez. 14, 15. if I shall send
evil beasts upon the land (which I do not
say will take place),...16...these (three
upright men) alone shall be delivered.
In v. 13 is "D in the same sense; while
in vv. 17. 19, the conditional particle is
wholly omitted. c) A Particip. 2 Sam.
18,12 FOD Ab "BD ἘΦ Sp “Day 1%
“Δ ΠΡῸΝ ND even if I should have
weighed out to me a thousand shekels
(which no one will do), yet would £ not
put forth my hand, etc. Ps. 81, 14. ἃ)
v4, Num. 22, 29.—Comp. ndad. An
example of aposiopesis is Gen. 50, 15 ἢ»
“Hoi avout if now Joseph should per-
secule us! what then? Sept. well as
to the sense, μή ποτε.

Nore. As to the origin, 81> and > are
prob. i. ᾳ. Nib; ND, non, nonne? see δὲ"
no. 2; which latter was so pronounced
in interrogation as to express desire,
and thus passed over into a particle of
' wishing; 6. g. M21 ἢ» shall he not live?
i.e. Oh that he might live! 747 ἢ»
nonne sit? i.q. sit! Comp. Gr. ov in
entreaties, as Od. 7. 22 οὐκ ἄν μοι
δόμον ἀνέρος ἡγήσαιο ᾿Αλκινόου. ib. 22.
132.—This view is confirmed by the
analogy of the Syriac; in which the
various significations of the Heb. parti-
cle are expressed by particular forms;
thus the primitive negat. is αἷς non,
also wtonne? the optative is wes uli-

nam ; the conditional asf if,

* 340 obsol. root, i. q. aN to thirst ;
kindr. 393. Arab. id.—Hence

ὈΠ 39 gentile n. plur. 2 Chr. 12,3. 16,
8. Nah. 3, 9, also DD2 Dan. 11, 43, Liby-
ans, every where joined with the Egyp-
tians and Ethiopians. Comp. »°3m>.

Arab. Ste Libyan, strictly, ‘inhabi-

514

sid.- Comp. ἘΠ Σ.

ἘΠῚ Lud, pr. n. of two nations οἵ

tribes, viz.

1. A people descended from Shem,
Gen. 10,22; not improbably the Lydians
in Asia Minor, according to the opinion
of Josephus, Ant. 1. 6. 4.

2. A people of Africa, (perh. of Ethio-

pia,) sprung from the Egyptians, and
accustomed to fight with bows and
arrows, Ez. 27,10. 30,5. Is. 66,19; also

plur. 0"'35> Ludim Gen. 10,13. Jer. 46, 9. |

See J. D. Michaelis Suppl.1418. Bochart ©
Phaleg IV. 26. ‘i

* FIND fat. yb 1, to fold, to wreathe,
to twine, whence 47> and 57> a wreath,
garland, j971> a serpent coiling himself
in folds; comp.™2>. Arab. sx to twist

a cord, Se to be distorted, Conj. III to

coil oneself, as a serpent.

2. to join oneself to any one, to cleave
to him ; pr. to fold oneself around him.
Chald. x15, Syr. Zab. JaX, id. Eee. 8,
15 it is good for a man to eat and to”
drink and to rejoice, 12222 52324 RID}
for this will cleave to him (abide with |
him) in his labour; Vulg. hoc solum se-
cum aufert de labore suo. Hence

3. to borrow, q. ἃ. to bind oneself to
any one, Lat. nexus est, Neh. 5,4. Deut.”
28,12. Part. > a borrower Ps. 37, 31. .
Prov. 22.7. Is. 24, 2.—Comp. Lat. neaus,
ji. 6. a debtor given up, bound to serve
his creditor till payment is made, Varro
Ling. Lat. 6. 5. Liv. 2. 27. ib. 8. 28. *

Nipu. to join oneself to any one, like

mm 4

tant of a dry and thirsty land,” from r

:

.

Kal no. 2; either in society and friend-
ship Is. 14, 1. Dan. 11, 34. Esth. 9, 275
or for aid Num. 18, 2. 4; or, in respect
to the Deity, for worship Is. 56, 3. 6.
Jer. 50, 5. Zech. 2, 15 [11].—Constr. ὁ.
by Num. 18, 2. 4. al. 5x Gen. 29, 34.
Is. 56, 3. al. D9 Ps. 83, 9.

Hirn. causat. of Kal no. 3, to let bor-
row, i.e. to lend; with ace. of pers. pr.
‘to bind to oneself? Deut. 28, 12. 44.
Prov. 19, 17 mint n> a lender to J
vah ; also with ace. of thing Ex. 22, 94.
Absol. Is. 24, 2. Prov. 22, 7. Ps. 112, 5.
Sept. δανεέζω, éxdaveilo.

Deriv. >, jamb, ΠῚ pl. misd, mye
and pr. ἢ, "2. !

v
ΕἸ

16, 2: 18, 13.

mab

᾿ Τὴ 1. to bend, to bend aside ; Arab.
jy to bend, to incline.
2. to turn away, to depart, fut. plur.

| abe 6. 2, Prov. 3, 21.

‘Nien. part. ΤῊ perverted, i. 6. per-
verse, wicked, (comp. mid, Upy,) Prov.
3, 32. Neutr. 11>) perverseness, wicked-
ness, Is. 30.12. More fully Prov. 14, 2

ata riba perverse in his ways, and 2,

15 pnibasen Ὁ51199 id.
ivi: fut. ΤΆΞΗ inflected in the Chal-

, dee manner (like 32°51 from 41>), i. q:
_ Kal no. 2, to turn away, to depart, Prov.
4, 21.

See Heb. Gr. § 71. n. 9.

ΤῊ m. 1. As the name of a tree or
shrub bearing nuts, Gen. 30, 37; either
U Sor Θ᾽, -
the almond-tree, Arab. 39) ’ Sea Syr.
Hes; or the hazel, -Chald. 135. almond

or hazel. Interpreters are divided; but

the former seems the more probable.—
The etymology is hardly to be looked
for in the Semitic dialects. It seems to
be softened from a primitive form, which
the Armenian has preserved in engies,

Lat. nuz, old Germ. hnuz ; and which
_ the Heb. also exhibits in another man-
ner (dropping 7) in Tiax nut.

2. Luz, pr.n. a) Anancient city of

the Canaanites, called also δὲ ma Beth-
el as the seat of a sanctuary, see M2
no. 12. b. Gen. 28, 19. 48, 3..Judg: 1,

23; with 7 loc. Ars Gen. 35, 6. Josh.
b) Another in the dis-
trict of the Hittites, founded by an in-

habitant of the preceding, Judg. 1, 26.

? mad obsol. root. Arab. ..Y to shine,

i ° , , ,
to glitter ; comp. λευκὸς, γλαυκὸς ; λευσ-
00, yhavoow; Lat. lux, Germ. leuchten,
Engl. to lighten.
smooth.

Hence fo be polished,

Deriy. n>, mond.
MD m. ρίαν. ninsd, mind, a tablet,
_,* <

table. Syr. twas, Arab. 4), Ethiop.
AQ, id. 4) Of stone, on which any
thing is inscribed or cut in, j38 n> Ex.
24, 12. 31,18, and m773x ΤΠ 34, 1. 4,
tables of Bones meaan mind Deut. 9, 9.
15, myn mhb Ex. 31, 18, the tables of

the covenant, of the lan. b) Of wood,
a board ; mind 3533 hollow made swith

515

Ὁ»

boards Ez. 27,8. 38, 7; sculptured 1 K.
7,36. So of tablets for writing, covered
perh. with wax, Is. 30,8. Hab. 2,2. Of
the valve of a folding-door Cant. 8, 9.
Dual D°nh> the deck of a ship, which
seems to have been double, Ez. 27, 5.
c) Trop. Prov. 3, 3 upon the tablet of thy
heart, comp. Jer. 17, 1. 2 Cor. 3, 3, and
the δέλτοι φρενῶν of AXschyl. Hence

ΤΉ, with art. nonin (made of
boards, prob. having boarded houses, )
Luhith, pr. n. of a Moabitish city, Is. 15,
5. Jer. 48, 5.

wMi>, with art. wribn (enchanter, r.
win>) Lohesh, Hallohesh, pr. n. τὰ. Neh.
3,12. 10, 25.

ἘΏΝ 1. i. q. DX, Nd IT, to wrap
up, to muffle, to cover ; Arab. Lb id—
Part. act. i> covering Is. 25, 5.7; also
ὯΝ intrans. covered, clandestine, whence
vba privately, secretly, Ruth 3,7. 1 Sam.
18, 22. 24,5; once uxba Judg. 4, 21.—
Part. pass. f. 44> wrapped up 1 Sam.
21, 10.

2. to do or act secretly ; hence Part.
plur. 0°2> secret arts, magic arts, sor-
cery, Ex. 7, 22. 8,3.14; for which pooh
Zk. See pind Il.

Η]!ΡΗ. i. q. Kal no. 1,1 K. 19, 13.

Deriv. 4>, wi>, pr. n. 72%.

DID m. 1. a covering, veil; Is. 25. 7

piasn-ba-by vib vib the covering

(muffler) ‘which covers all nations, which
covers their face, makes them sad.

2. Lot, pr. n. the son of Haran, Abra-
ham’s Brother Gen. 13, 1 sq. 19, 1 sq.
the ancestor of the ‘Amindtittes and
Moabites. who are therefore called the
children of Lot, Deut. 2, 9. Ps. 83, 9.

3. As the name of a fragrant gum ;
see in 0.

J21> (covering) Lotan, pr. n. of a son
of Seir, Gen. 36, 20. 29.

"12 m. (a joining, τ. mi>) Levi, pr. n.
of the third son of Jacob by Leah, Gen.
29, 34. 34, 25. 35, 23; the head of the
tribe of the Levites, "15 "22, who were
set apart for the worship of God, and of
whom the family of Aaron (ji778 772)
possessed the right of the priesthood.—
Also patronym. (for "=1>) a Levite, Deut.
12, 18. Judg.17,9.11. 18,3. Plur. 2775
Levites Josh. 21. 1 sq. al. seep.

ἡ» Ὁ

515 Chald. plur. emphat. 8313 the Le-
vites, Ezra 6, 16.18. 7, 13. 24.

m1? f. (τ. πὴ) a wreath, garland,
Prov. 1, 9. 4, 9.

a (from 4719 with adj. ending ἡ,
like Ἰπ τ brazen fr. mam, jinap> fr.
ἜΡΟΝ pr. an animal areata, gather-
ing itself in folds, see τ. 12 no. 1. E. g.

1. a serpent, espec. a large one Job 3,
8; seeinr. "13 Pil. So Is. 27,1, as the
symbol of the hostile kingdom of Ba-
bylon.

2. Spec. the crocodile, Job 40, 25 sq.

3. a sea-monster, Ps. 104, 26. Trop.
for a cruel enemy. Ps. 74, 14; comp.
ym Is. 51,9. Ez. 29, 3. 32, 2.3. See
Bochart Hieroz. P. II. lib. V. cap. 16-18.

*b95 obsol: root, kindr. with >a,

i. q. Engl. to roll, Germ. rollen, to wind.
Hence 5d, "δὴ, 59d.

252 m. plur. 07555, winding stairs, 1
K. 6, 8. Chald. id.

“bn m. (r. 555) only in plur. mixd%>,
defect. nin?>, constr. MiN>> (after the
form Dns δὶ v.) loops, corresponding
to the hooks or taches ("Ὁ") in the
curtains of the tabernacle, Ex. 26, 4 sq.
26, 11 5ᾳ. Sept. ἄγκυλαι, Vulg. ansule.

N27 Gen. 43, 10. Judg. 14, 18. 2 Sam.
2, 27. Ps. 27, 13; elsewhere always

nD AD | (comp. from ἢ5 if and xd, >,
i. q. 8D not,) a conditional conjunct. ne-
gat. if not, i. e. unless, implying that
the condition has a real existence, and
therein differing from X> 08 ; compare
also under 84> no. 3. With Pret. Gen.
81, 42 "Ὁ mn... ΒΝ “>be 72nd unless
God..; . had "bean for me. Is, 1,9. 1Sam.
25, 34. 2 Sam. 2,27. With Put. Deut.
32.27. With Part. 2K. 3, 14 "25 "bad
no IN EWING unless I regarded the
presence of Jehoshaphat, etc. With mn
impl. Ps. 94,17. 119, 92. 124, 1. 2. The
apoddsis Someta takes 8, "IN, Ps.
119, 92.124, 3; "> Gen. 43, 10.

Ν Ὁ and ἢ Ὁ pret. > Gen. 32, 99.
2 Sam. 12, 16, fem. mgd for "35 Zach. 5,
4,1 plur. ns Tude. 19, 13; inf constr. c.
pref 3752 Gen. 24, 25 et seepe, also 37>>
ib. v. 23; Imper. nb Judg. 19, 6.9, 92",
nnd Ruth 3, 13. Joel 1, 13; Fut. bs,
adn, apoc. bn 2 Sam. 17, 16, yen Judg.

516

19, 20. Job 17, 2; conv. 155) Gen. 28,11.
32, 14. Part. "hee, n.d Neh. 13, 21.

1. to pass the night, to remain oe
night, to lodge, kindr. with 572, W273,
night, > and ἡ being often interchabgeds
see lett. 5. Not found in the kindred
dialects.—Gen. 19, 2 and often; see the
examples above quoted. Spoken also
of things which are kept over night,
e. g. food, Ex. 23,18. 34, 25. Deut. 16, 4.
Lev. 19, 13 the wages of the hireling
shall not remain with thee all night until
the morning. Poet. Job 29,19 the dew
lay all night upon my branches. Cant. 1,
13. Also inchoat. to stop for the night,
to turn in; Ps. 30, 6 at evening weeping
may come in, but in the morning pare
is joy.

2. to abide, to remain, to dwell, comp.
Arab. uly to pass the night, to continue |
in any state. Is. 1, 21. Ps. 25, 13 his life
abides in good, he enjoys constant pros-
perity. 49, 13 1585 ba “psa BIN) yet
(such a) man in honour abideth not, his
honour is not permanent. Job 41, 4 in
his neck dwelleth strength. 17, 9. 19, 4
yea, be it so, that I have erred, Ἴ Ὅτ "M8
“mit with myself abideth mine error
i.e. J have erred, not you, and I alone
suffer the consequences. Prov. 15, 31.

Nipu. to show oneself obstinate, to be
stubborn, from the idea of remaining and
persisting, taken in a bad sense; hence
to murmur, to complain, with 59 against
any one, asa people against their leader,
Ex. 15,24. Num. 14, 2. 17,6. Josh. 9,18
Keri.

Hiren. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2. Jer.
4,14 how long wilt thou let thy vain
thoughts remain with thee? i. e. cherish
them.

Ὁ, i. q. Niph. pr. to show oneself obsti-
nate, to be stubborn, with >> against any
one; hence to murmur. Pret. om3>5 i
Nur. 14, 29; Fut. conv. 155) Ex. 17, 33
elsewhere always with the first radical

doubled in the Rabbinic manner (see
Lehrg. p. 407. Heb. Gr. § 71. ἢ. 9), as
go7b9,, ἢ Ex. 16, 8. Num. 14, 36. 16,

11 Keri; Part. n2"5 Num. 14, 27. 17,

20. This mode of flexion is found only
in this signification.

Hirapan. }i2n4, i. qe Kal no. 2, Ps
91, 1. Job 39, 28.

Deriv. ibn, maida, MyM.

—

op

ae 5. _to swallow greedily, to suck
Z dion. Obad. 16. Hence 2> gullet, swal-

low. Syr. ‘SS and SX to lick, to suck

up.—Fr 59> Job 6. 3, see r. 533.
- Pin. shy) | to suck up blood, Job 39, 30

[38], if we read 12>3> for 1553"; ; see in
r. D3.
᾿ς Nore. J,D. Michaelis long ago appo-
_ sitely remarked, Supp. p. 1552, that the
_ syllable »> expresses the sound of swal-
| lowing greedily, sucking down ; and this
signification is found in many Semitic
_ roofs in which >> constitutes the first or
primary syllable, e. g. > 22) to lick up, to
_ swallow, “aed (Arab. ecke)) to
“eat eagerly and daintily, εὐ a Ethpe. to

rou greedily, ΜΗ greedy, an epicure,
| vist, yas, ox), to lick, to eat

eagerly; .msX, pad, to eat; Syr.
Ba, pSasas, puso, sad, the

jaw. A similar power belongs to the
kindred syllables 55, Πρ, n>, as 03> to

taste, dd, , to lick; ym> (PR)
_ to lick, 5972 to swallow down, and 2m to

eat, ad, ¢ Jd, νῷ, to lick,

33 and ©) to lick, ne be lambent as
; flame, i.e. to flame ; comp. Sanscr. lih
to lick, Gr. λεέχω, δορός λιχνεύω, Lat.
| LinGo, LiGurio, transp. GuLa, deglu-
tio, Germ. lecken, Engl. to lick, and with
a sibilant prefixed Germ. schlucken,
schlingen. See Pott Etymol. Forsch.
I. p. 283.
__ To these may be added a large class
of Semitic roots, beginning with the
syllables >>, n>, 5d, which denote va-
vious motions of the tongue; 6. g. to
“gape, sc. with open mouth and tongue
thrust oul, as in burning thirst and mad-
“ness, see M3, m3, 39>, ΓΝ 5, Germ.
_lechen, lechzen, comp. snp, 385, ad ;
also to vibrate the tongue nd hiss, ik the
“manner of serpents or of those speaking
in a whisper, see 8m>; to stammer, to
» speak barbarously (uhintelliptbly aned
inepily, comp. 322 where see more, 73>,
, 12>, ed. The Greeks expressed
the ideas of eating daintily, and of stam-
mering or senseless babble, by the syl-
lables. la, lam, lab, lap, lal, comp. λάω
to lick, λάρος, λάμυρος voracious and
loquacious, λαμός, λαιμός gullet, λαμία
44

517

wD

the voracious (Lamia, man-eater, XJae
Ghilah, see in 75"), λάπτω, λαφύσσω.
Comp. Lat. lambo, labium, Pers. 3
lip, Germ. Lippe, Engl. lip, also to lap,
and vulgar Germ. labbern schlabbern,
schlappen, Eng}. to slabber ; also λαλέω,
Germ. lallen. The signification to de-
ride, to mock, which comes from the
idea of stammering (see in r. 432 no. 2),
was expressed by a transposition, as in
γελάω, χλεύη.

ἥ yo pr. to slammer, to speak unin-
telligibly, comp. 12>, and the note under
31>. Hence

1. to speak in a barbarous or foreign
tongue, since those who speak in a for-
eign language seem to ignorant persons
merely to chatter unintelligibly. See
Hiph.

2. to deride, to mock any one, pr. by
imitating his voice or mode of speaking;
comp. Is. 28, 10. 11, and 33>. Corresp.
is Sanscr. lad, Lat. ludere, Gr. λάσϑη
derision, τὸ Prov. 9,12, Parr. y> a
mocker, scoffer, scorner, i. e. a frivolous
and impudent person, who sets at nought
and scoffs at the most sacred precepts
and duties of religion, piety, and morals,
(comp. 73,) Ps. 1, 1. Prov. 9, 7. 8. 13, 1.
14, 6. 15, 12. 19, 25. 22, 10. 24, 9. Is,
29, 20.

Hien. 1. to act as interpreter, to in-
terpret, from the idea of speaking a for-
eign tongue, comp. Kal no.1. Parr.
ya an interpreter Gen, 42, 23, where
Sept. well ἑρμηνευτής, Onk. Ἰ23 ΛΓ,
Hence also intercessor, internuncius,
messenger, 2 Chr. 32, 31. Is. 43, 27;
Υ 98 W8>2 Job 33, 23 the intercetting
angel, i. e. interceding with God for
men, μεσίτης, tutelary, comp. Matt.
18, 10.

5. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 2, to deride, to weck
c. acc. Ps. 119, 51. Prov. 14, 9. Job 16,
20; c. dat. Prov, 3, 34,

Pit. part. plur. 0°%2%> scorners, for
myxx'iba, Hos. 7,5. See Lehrg. p. 316.

Hirapat. yeion to show oneself a
mocker, i. 6. frivolous, impudent, Is. 28,
22.

Deriv. 7132, ΞΡ,

# wind pr. to knead with the hands or
feet; kindr. 53, also W233, t15. Hence

1. to knead dough, c. acc. Jer. 7, 18.

wD
Hos. 7, 4; absol. Gen. 18, 6. 1 Sam. 28,
24. 2 Sam. 13,8. Syr. and Chald. id.
Ethiop. APP id—Hence
2. tobe firm, strong ; whence %"? lion.
—Arab. wel strength, ὧν mid. Ye
ΠῚ, V, to be firm, strong.
OD Lush, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 3, 15
Cheth. See > no. 2. c.
"2 Chald. (τ. 72, like Dp, 79)
pr. adhesion, connection; but passing
over into a Preposit. by, with, like Syr.

Za. Ezra 4, 12 W072 72 from with
thee, i. q. Heb. 772372, Fr. de chez toi.

Τῷ see Teh.

Σ ΓΤ obsol. and doubtful root, i. q.
115; whence perh. mt>.

mq? see nibN.

"72 see stbn.

χων, f. perverseness, frowardness,
Prov. 4, 94. R. mt> or 18> q. v.

m2 adj. (r. MN>) plur. ΘΙ with Dag.
_ forte impl. see Heb. Gram. ὃ 22. 1; pr.
moist, and hence green, fresh, e.g. wood
Gen. 30, 37; Ez. 17, 24. 21, 3; grapes
Num. 6, 3; spoken also of new cords or
ropes, Judg. 16, 7. 8.

ΤΣ τη. (r. πῆ) freshness, vigour,
Deut. 34, 7.

7 rind obsol. root. Eth. AthP to be
fair, beautiful ; prob. pr. to be new, fresh,

nearly i. α. ΠΡ, and spoken of the fresh

colour of the ἐπε, Hence “TI cheek.

DAM? or HA? m. (rend) 1. What-
ever is eaten, food, meat, Job 20, 23
Samba i733 AUB") and shall rain upon
them with his food, i. e. God will send
upon them what shall be their food, fire
and brimstone, the divine wrath; comp.
Ps. 11,6. The phrase to rain with food,
nin>a, is here poetic, i.q. to send down
food in rain, as we also say: It rains in
or with large drops, it. rains large drops.

2. flesh, body, Zeph. 1, 17; where for
bain? other Mss. and editt. read bane

as if fromaform ἘΠ». Arab. ve flesh.

3 mm obsol. root, to be moist, fresh ;
Eth. AthA sh to moisten, see Ludolf
Lex. in Syllab. p. 635; in both editions

518

Ἐπὶ -

of the Lexicon itself} this word is omit-
ted. Chald. m>m> id. ΠΡ, mansb,
narene moisture, freshness, Hever
Kindr. is nm>.—Hence ΓΞ, ΠΣ,

"M2 f. (r. nm>) in pause "TTD , ©. ou.
im Job 40, 26; Dual pun Deut. 18, 3,
constr. “nh Is. 30, 28, c. suff, ἤν: ΕΖ.
29, 4, but ἘΠ ΤΙΣ Fok. 11, 4.

1. ‘the cheek, so called ree its fresh

| colour, see the root; Cant. 5, 13. Lam.

1,2. So ὙΠ ἘΣ ΠΞΠ and ® som non,
to smite one upon the cheek, or to smite

the cheeks of any one, in chastisement

or insult, Mic. 4, 14. 1 K. 22924. Job
16, 10; comp. Lam. 3, 30. Is. 50, 6.

2. the jaw-bone, Job 40, 26. Ps. 8, 8
ὙΠ. "DNDa"ny NSN thou hast smitten
all mine enemies as to the jaw-bone, an
image drawn from ravenous beasts, —
which are thus rendered harmless. So
the jaw-bone of an ass, Judg. 15, 15-17.
Dual Deut. 18, 3. Ez. 29, 4. 38, 4.—
Arab. es id. xa beard.

3. Lehi, pr. n. of a district on the bor-
ders of Philistia, Judg. 15, 9.14.19; fully
v.17 "> ΤΌΣ the height or hill of Lehi
(the jaw-bone), prob. so called from a
chain of steep, craggy rocks; just as
single rocks are called teeth, see 7.
So ~ jaww-bone for a mountainous tract —
in the Chald. pr. π. 2872 m2> for Heb. —
ay ἜΣ, Michaelis Suppl. Ῥ. 1453. The
sacred writer himself (v. 17) seems to
refer this name to the throwing away.of
the jaw-bone; as if written "> m2,
from r. 7729 to throw.

* 02 inf. 772, i. 4. PR2, to lick,

Germ. lecken. Arab. Jd, Syr. yw

Pe. and Pa. id. In Kal once, of an ox
which gathers the grass with his tongue
before biting it off, to lick up mea
to feed off, Num. 22, 4. ;
-PreL 77> to lick, to feed by licking,
as the ox, see in Kal; comp. Arab.
to lick up pasture or fodder, as
cattle.—Num. 22,4; spoken of fire 1 K.
18, 38, “D> ΠΡ to lick the dust, hyper-
bol. of one who prostrates himself as a
suppliant, Ps. 72,9. Mic. 7, 17. Is. 49, 38.

* DM) fat. ombs 1. to eal, to take
food, (kindr. with tn> and bb to taste,

᾿
᾿

%

ond

see note under 35>,) i. ᾳ. >>8, but used
only in poetic style; with acc. of food
Prov. 4, 17. 23,6; with 3 to eat of any
thing, Prov. 9, 5. Ps, 141, 4; absol. of a
meal Prov. 23, 1. Metaph. to consume,
Deut. 32, 24 ah 721n> devoured by
pestilence.

2. to fight, to war; Part. =m> one
Sighting, i.q. an enemy, foe; with mx
of pers. with whom Ps. 35, 1; ο. > 56, 2.
3; more usual in Niph.—Soldiers in
war or battle are hyperbolically said to

sdevour their enemies, as Joshua the

Canaanites, Num. 14,9 ὈΓῚ 22m> they

shall be our bread; and the sword

also is said to devour (>28) Ez. 21, 33.
3

Is. 1, 20. Arab. > to be slain in bat-

tle, pr. to be consumed; also σῶν to

chew, Conj. II to fight, Pers. y= poy

-man-eater, spoken of a Pe warrior ;

also Hom. πτολέμοιο μέγα στόμα 1]. 10.8.

Nips. 0793, fut.om>, conv. om>54, inf:
absol. phd, i. q. Kal na. 2, to fight, to
wage war, to contend, in a recipr. signif.
like Gr. μάχεσϑαι, rae battre. Absol.

| Judg. 5,19. 1 Sam. 17, 10 3m7 mand that
we may fight together.
_ whom is put with 3 Ex. 1, 10. Num. 21,
| 26. al. sep. ὩΣ 2 K.13, 12. 14,15; mx
| (hs) 1K. 20, 23. Is. 37, 9; by Jer. 1,19.

The pers. with

15,20; >» Neh. 4,8; ἀϊδο in the ace. ac-

| Stine to some, but i in part of the exam-

ples “M8 with a noun signifies with, as

Sudg. 12, 4. 2. K. 9, 15, and elsewhere

DMis is for OMX, as Josh. 10, 25. 1 K.20,.25
comp. v. 23. ὅρος 6. suff. "957271" thes y

_ war against me.—The pers. for whom
_ is put with > Ex. 14, 14. 25. Deut. 1, 30;
ἘΚ Judg. 9,17. 2K. 10, 3.—So too, ons
333 Τοῖς: 9, 45 and "9 ὉΣ to fight
against a city, to besiege it, Is. 7, 1

2K. 19, 8. Jer. 34, 22. 37, 8; so with

2D Josh, 19, 47. Also manda ὈΠῚ53 to
war a war, to fight a fight or baitle,

1 Sam. 8, 20. 18, 17. al.
Deriv. 51>, ond, pan, mare" , and
pr. n. 72m.

DM verbal of Piel (τ. oM>) war, siege.
Judg. , 8 ΠΣ ὩΠῚ5 Τὰ then was siege
of their gales, i. 6. “their gates, cities,
were besieged. Segol for Tsere, which
most Mss. exhibit, is perh. on account
of the constr. state; though other like

ι

519.

pnd

examples are wanting. Or, better, we
may read with some Mss. end, with tone
retracted; comp. M733 mon ‘Prov: 17, 10.

OM? of both genders; m. Num. 21, 5.
f. Gen. 49,20. R.emd.

1. food, meat, both for man Gen. 47,
12; and beasts Job 24, 5. Is. 65, 25
Ps. 147, 9. al. seep. 02 528 to eat food,
to take a meal, ete. see in ‘bon no. 1. ¢.
ἘΠῚ ot fo set on food Gen. 43, 31. pn
yoy see in S78 no. 1. ἢ. Past: Obad.
7 ΚΕ for sam “WIN those who eat of
thy food, thy household. Num. 14, 9 see
in r. OM no. 2. 1 Sam. 20, 24. Dns pm
the food of God, spoken of a sacrifice
Lev. 21, 6.8.17. 91. 22. So Jer.11,19 73
jon >a the tree Fade its food i. 6. its fruit;

comp. Arab. ἀξ! food, also for fruit.
—Further: a) provision, sustenance,
living, Kec. 9, 11. mau} nm> Solomon’s
provision, supplies. 1K, 5, 2 [4, 22].
MMBM OM? the provision of the governor,
his table- -allowance, Neh. 5, 14. 18.
b) a meal, feast, as D> 528 see in ἘΞ Νὰ

no. 1. 6. ond nw to make a feast Ece.
10, 19.

2. Spec. a) bread, as in mod. Arab.
S of

*>' spec. flesh; Gen. 21, 14. 25, 34. 28,

20. al. sep. 0172) ὈΠῚ- bread and water,
as daily and common food, 1 K. 18, 4. 13.

Num. 21, 5. Is. 3, 1. ond "D> a cake
or loaf of bread Ex. 29, 23; but when
there is more than one loaf the word
min2> is omitted after the numeral (as
p">pw before 90D and 357), 6. g. sre
on two loaves of bread 1 Sam. 21, 4. 17,

17. ἘΠῚ ὯΒ 5668 inne. For the phenae
ὈΓ moa “au see in maa no. 2.. So
pen en bread of the presence, Sept.

ἄρτοι ἐνώπιοι, Vulg. panes propositionis,

Engl. shew- bread, 3 i. e. the twelve lgaves
which were set out every sabbath before
Jehovah in two rows upon the table in
the sanctuary, Ex. 25, 30. 35, 13. 39, 36;
comp. Lev. 24, 5-9. Called in the later
books M3533 ἘΠῚ Neh. 10, 34. 1 Chr.
9,32. b) wheat, as that from which
bread is made, bread-corn, grain ; comp.

Arab. "ἰῷ food, spec. wheat, and con-

tra Gr. σῖτος wheat and also food. Gen.
41, 54, 47, 13. 15. 17. p34 pm Is.
36, 17; 28,28 py ond, see in Ppt no. 1.

DM .
nn Chald. food, a feast, Dan. 5, 1.

‘pA see in pam no. 2.

"ane a) Gentile n. see “ane ma
Bethlehemite, art. M72 no. 12. w.

b) Lahmi, pr n. of a man in 1 Chr.
20, 5, a passage perhaps corrupted from
2 Sam. 21,19 Drak TISI77R MN 51
Smart mobs my wanbn mea Elhonon son
of Jaare-Oregim (Brak i is here doubt-
ful, see in ""3") the Bethlehemite, slew
Goliath the Gittite; where, in order to
remove the supposed discrepancy with
the account of David’s victory over Go-
Bath, the text in 1 Chr. |. c. stands thus:

mao ΠΝ TRS TOMES VINA TEN ΠῚ
ὌΡΝΙΝ son of Jair, slew Lahmi, the
br other of Goliath of Gath. [Vice versa,
Winer and others suppose the true
reading to be preserved in 1 Chr. and
the passage in Kings to be corrupted ;
Realw. ed. 3, art. Goliath.—R.

OM Lahmas, pr. τ. of a place in
the plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 40 ; where
32 Mss. read pam. Vulg. Leheman,
Engl. Lahmam.

r 17 Chald. a root not used in the
verb, to be longing, lustful, like Gr. λά-
yvos; pr. to be eager, greedy, like kindr.
om>, om>, and transferred to sexual de-
sire—Hence —

mz Chald. f. a concubine, Dan. 5, 2.
3. 23. More frequent in the Targums.

ἘΥ͂ΤΡ fut. ym>" 1. to press, to crowd,
Sept. ϑλίβω. Num. 22, 25 the ass crushed
(ym>m) the foot of Balaam against the
wall. Hence to crowd out, to thrust forth,
2 K. 6, 32; a people into the mountains
Judg. 1,34; comp. Am. 6, 14.

2. to oppress, to distress, e. g. persons
Ps. 56, 2; strangers Ex. 22,20. 23,9; a
μοῦ έρ Jude. 2, 18. 10, 12. 1 Sam. 10, 18.
2K. 13, 4. 22. Is. 19,10. Jer. 30, 20.
yn> 's ym Ex. 3, 9.

Kindred is ym2; also YS, VAN, ON.

Samar. ὙΠ), Arab. yo II, to

press. to distress; also y= to press, to
importune. :
Nipx. to press oneself, sc. against a

wall Num. 22; 25.—Hence

72 m. oppression, distress, affliction,
e.g. of persons Job-36, 15. Ps. 62,10; of

520

ond

a people Ex. 3,9. With a genitive of —
the object, beri 12 the oppression of —
Israel, which “he suffers, 2 K. 13, 4; στ΄
suff. Deut. 26, 7. Ps. 44, 25. Also, with 3
genit. of the subject, ais, ym? Ps. 72, 10.
—yn> bra, ym? bm, bread and water’
of affliction or calamity! one’s food in
time of distress, 1K. 22, 27. 2 Chr. 18,
26. Is. 30, 20.

y nd in Kal not used, to whisper, —
Gr. yu voifew, Germ. zischeln, all which
as well as the Heb. are onomatopoetic ; _
comp. kindr. ὅτ. Syr. «κῶν to whis-
per in the ear, Arab. a the serpent —
vibrates his tongue, hisses; whence

~

yuely hissers, i.e. serpents. Ethiop.

Adhf id. also to mutter, to speak soft-
ly, for Gr. γρύζω, AAS LIL to whisper
in the ear, TAZPLM to whisper
among themselves.

Pie ΤΙ to whisper, to mutter, spec.
as magicians or sorcerers their incanta-
tions; only Part. muna conjurers, en=—
chanters, also charmers of serpents, Ps.
58,6. Syr. ous Pe. to use enchant-

ment, whence ἤν charmer of ser-
pents.
Hirnp. to whisper among themselves,
2 Sam. 12,19; with 5% against any one,
Ps. 41, 8. .
Deriv. pr. n. Omid and

Ἁς 4

wn? m. pr. a whispering ; hence

1. prayer, uttered in a low voice, Is.
26, 16. .
_ 2. incantation, magic, also the charm-
ing of serpents, Is. 3, 3. Jer. 8, 17. Eee.
10, 11. Comp. 0°28 in art. O&.—Hence

3. Plur. evin> Is. 3,20, pr. charms.
remedies against enchantment, i. e. amu-
lets, superstitious ornaments, often gems
ἐπᾶ precious stones, or plates of gold
and silver, on which certain magic fe
mulas were inscribed, and which were
worn suspénded from the neck or in the
ears, by oriental’ females. According
to Kimchi ear-rings, amulets being of-
ten so worn; and so Luth. and Engl
Vers. comp. Gen. 35,4 and the com-

mentators, also Syr. ws 8. But eu

rings had already been mentionea δ
Isaiah in v. 19.

rep) 521

ὩΣ part. Kal, see in on,

wo (in Cod. Samar. and many Heb.
Mes. fully 01>) m. Gen. 37, 25. 43, 11,
Lat. ledwm, ladanum, Gr. λῆδον, λάδανον,
a fragrant resinous gum, which is gath-
ered from the leaves of ashrub growing
in the island of Crete, Arabia, and Af-
rica, κέστος, Cistus ladanéfera, Herod.
3.112. So called perh. from covering
over, concealing, from r. 81>; comp. "22
pitch. from r."5D. Sept. Vale. στακτή,
᾿ stacte, Syr. and Chald. pistacia, Saad.
chestnut. See Celsii Hierob. T. I. p.
280 sq.

* ND obsol. root, i. 4. Chald. xu
i. q. 03> fo hide; or Arab. ὮΪ and ca

terre adhesit. Hence

ΓΙ ΟΣ f. a species of lizard, Lev. 11,
30. Sept. χαλαβώτης, Vulg. stellio. See
Boch. Hieroz. I. p. 1073. Zab. {ARS
lizard.

pian (the hammered, the sharpen-
ed) Letushim, pr. n. of an Arabjan tribe

_ descended from Dedan, Gen. 25, 3. R.

wud.

$ woud fut. wods

| forge, Gen. 4, 22.

_ 2. to sharpen by hammering, 6. g. a

ploughshare 1 Sam. 13,20; a sword Ps.

7,13. Metaph. Job 16,9 "> "272 Winds

he sharpeneth his eyes against me, be-

| holds me with a stern and threaiening
look.

_ Puau part. Sw>2 sharpened, sharp,
Ps. 52, 4.

Deriv. pr. ἢ. 05D.

M7 for nd, contr. for M77 (Ὁ. 915)

| a wreath ; only Plur. nix wreaths, fes-

toons, in architecture, 1 K. 7, 29. 30. 36.

272 Is. 16, 3. Lam. 2, 19 Cheth. once
DS Is. 21,11 (in pause, as 5°71 and >"n),
constr. bab Ex. 12, 42. Is. 15, 1. 30, 29;

_but far more freq. with He parag. 1 nbs

(Milél, see note), in pause n>"); Plur.
mib"2; masc. R. >>.

1. night; Arab. hi ᾽ 112},
ἴων, ὭΣ, Eth. AAT, id. in ai
which there is a vestige of the He parag.

as in 72"2; see note. This word is by
many regatied as primitive; and the
᾿ A

1. to hammer, to

559

etymology is at least very doubtful. But
as Di" day comes from the idea of heat ;
so "5 night may come from that of cold,
viz. as causing one to roll or wrap his.
self in his cloak or bed-covering, r. 43>.
—So Πρ wa forty nights Gen. 7,
4.12. 1K. 19, 8; mid muby 1 Sam.
30, 12. Jon. 2, 1; ‘pbb boa every night
Ps, 6, 7, but nbs ᾿Ξ the whole night
Ex. 14, 20.21. Num. 11. "32. al. “πὶ mb.b2
in one night Gen. 40, 5. 41, 11. nbsba
Rind in that night Gen. 32, 14. 22. Ena
nibsbn at midnight Ruth 3, 8; ΓΒ Pw
see in JN no. 2. nbsb ἼΣ pina from
day-break even to night, i.e. in one day,
Is. 38, 12. 18, 372772 see in 13 no. 7.
ma"> ὙΠ vision 4 the night, noctur-

nal vision, ‘Job 4, 13. 20, 8. 33,15; MRI.

ΓΒ id. Ges. 46, 2; nbs bibn nochnnal
dream Gen. 20, 3. minh “m3 nocturnal
terror Ps. 91, 5. —By night is expressed
in Heb. by nbd Gen. 14,15. Ex. 13, 22;
whence ΜΠ ΠΕΡ pais by day and righ
Ex. 13, 21. ‘Lev. 8, 35. Num. 9, 21, and so
Bin nbsb night and day Is. 27, 3, m3">
pai" 34, 10. Jer. 14, 17. Poet. ΡΟΣ
Job 24, 14. Ps. 42, 9. 77, 7. 88, 2. 119,
55, mibs> Ps. 16, 7, mi>*Sa Cant. 3, 1.—
Also with art. nbsbn adv. this ‘ight to-
night, (like ΟἿΣ this day, to-day,) Gen.
19, 5. 34. ΠΡΟΣ as by night Job 5, 14.

2. Trop. a) For calamity, adversity.
misery, comp. 78M, Is. . 31. 11. Job 35,
10. Mic. 3,6. Arab. ἡ misfortune.

Schult. Opp. Min. p. 74.
Hades, Job 36, 20.
Nore. The form 43%3 with He parag.
signifies pr. by night; but by degrees
came also to stand for ‘the time when it
is night, and so for night itself; in the
same manner as 233, MBX, pr. the
region towards the por sosceae the
north, are then put for the south, the
north, whence M25DZ2, 73323; comp.
naina. Indeed the paragogic ending
became so closely united with this sub-
stantive, that in Chald. and Syr. it was
retained as a radical letter, and passed
over in the stat. emphat. into *.—Hence

w75"5 Chald. m. night, Dan. 2, 19
5, 30. 7,2. 7.13. Often in Targg.

m2") ( (from b>, τ. 855} pr. noctur-
na, @ night-spectre, ghost, a creature

b) For Sheol,

r
of Jewish superstition, frequenting the
desert, Is. 34, 14. According to the
Rabbins it bore the form of a female ele-
gantly dressed, and lay in wait for chil-
dren by night. Similar are the Greek
and Roman fables respecting the female
᾿Εμπούσα, the ὀνοκένταυροι, see Aristoph.
Ran. 293. Creuzer Comment. Herod. p.
267; the Lamia, Striges ; and the Ara-
bian Ghal, Ghilah,(SpeM, ἃ) ..4}},} i-e.
female monsters dwelling in deserts and
tearing men in pieces. Comp. the other
names of spectres, in Heb. e. g. ΠΗ,
py"sy. See more in Bochart Hieroz.
T. IL. p. 831. Buxtorf in Lex. Chald.
Talmud. p. 1140.. Also Comment. on Is.
13, 22. 34, 14.

i a see >.

122 m. (τ. td) 1. Poet. a lion, so
called from his strength and courage,
Is. 30, 6. Job 4,11. Prov. 30,30. Arab.

Gx, Chald. rs}, Gr. dig Hom. Il. 11.
239. ib. 15. 275.

2. Laish, pr.n. a) A place in the
northern extremity of Palestine, called
also ἘῸΝ and 3 Dan q. v. Judg. 18, 29;
with 7 loc. moi v.7. Ὁ) Also with π
‘loc. med Is. 10, 30, a place near Ana-
thoth, ‘northeast of Jerteslexh ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 149. ὃ A manf
1 Sam. 25, 44 and 2 Sam. 3, 15 Keri; in
Cheth. wad.

=> imper. see 72'7 init. and no. 7.

ῳ "2D fat, 1554 1. to take, to catch,
sc. animals, e. g. in a net, snares, (pr.
‘to strike or hit with a net,’ comp. Arab.
M0 percussit,) Judg. 15, 4. Am. 3,5.
Ps. 35, 8; in a pit, Jer. 18, 22; of a lion
seizing his prey Am. 8, 4.—Metaph. Job
5,13 he taketh (snareth) the wise in their
own craftiness. Prov. 5, 22. Jer. 5, 26.

2. to take, to seize, to get possession
οἵ viz. a) to take captive in war, Num.
21, 32. Josh. 11, 12. Judg.8, 12. Ὁ) to
take a city by assault, storm, to capture,
Deut. 2, 34. Josh. 8, 21. 10,1. 11, 10.
6) to take or occupy a land, Josh. 10, 42.
Dan. 11, 18; also single places, as the
fords of Jordan, Judg. 3, 28. 12,5. So
Judg. 7,24 Danny pnd sibs and.seize
the waters before ‘them, even Jordan.
d) Other things, as chariots of war,

522

775

1 Chr. 18,4. 1 Sam. 14, 47 ‘Saul took
(32>) the kingdom over Israel. 8 >me-
times with 2 of pers. from whom, 1 Ch r. 4
18, 4. 2 Chr. 13, 19; comp. > Judg. 7, 2
3. to take, to choos any one by lo
comp. M8 no. 7. Josh. 7, 14 “Ws & Ἐπ
rims avian the tribe ‘which Jehovah
taketh, designates by lot. v. 17. wey
Niz. 1. to be taken, caught, with
snares, Is. 8, 15. 28, 13. Jer. 48, 44. Pe
9, 16. a Top, Prov. 6, 2. 11,6. Job 36, 8.
2. to be taken, captured; of men Jer
51, 56; a city 1K. 16, 18. 2 K. 18, 10.
fer: 13, 28. 50, 2. 51, 31. 41. Reais
3. to be taken by lot, Josh. 7, 15. 16, 18.
1 Sam. 10, 20.21. 14, 41.42 [43. 441.
Hirup. to take hold of one another,
hold fast together, to cohere. Arab. a
Conj. V, to be joined together, to have”
the parts compacted. Job 41, 9 [17]
ἘΠῚ they hold together, se. the scale
of the crocodile. 38, 30 13227 Dinh “22
the surface of the deep coheres, i is frozen.
Comp. "M8 no. 4.
Deriv. nybdh and

"Ὁ m. ὦ being taken, capture, Prov :
3, 26. ἐ

I. 723 imper. see in 320 init. ρὲ πο. 7.
Il. not for 3 to thee, Gen. 27, 37.

m2? (a going, journey, for =)
Lechah, pr. n. of a place in the tribe o
Judah, 1 Chr. 4,21. R. Ἴ5:.

τ. (either: the smitten, eantmeal
or: the tenacious, i. e. impregnable, r.
235) Lachish, pr. n. of a fortified city
(Is. 36, 2. 2 Chr. 11,9) in the plain of
Judah, anciently the seat of a Canaan
itish king. Josh. 10, 3. 12, 11. 15, 39.
Neh. 11, 30. 2 Chr. 11, 9. Is. 36, 2. Jer.
34, 7. Mic. 1, 13. Comp. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 389, 393.

22 see 19 p. 474. ο.

᾿ 39 obsol. root, prob. i. q. kindr. |
Arab. eS, ΔῈ «ἐν a) to strike,

tosmite. Ὁ) to adhere, to be tenacious; |
hence, to be difficult.—Deeriv. pr.n. ">>.

mind? see nbnd, |

4 τῶν fut. 7259 1, Pr. to beat with {
a rod, to chastise, espec. beasts of bur-—
den; whence sabn an ox-goad. Arab.

Ou! ig. eo to strike, to beat with a

ap
᾽ rod. Hence to discipline, to train, to
_ teach, sc. beasts of burden, etc. see Pual
( ‘Hos. 10, 11; also troops to war, 1 Chr.
, 5,18 προ Ὁ “3172 trained to war, i. 6.
practised, skilled. Comp. Pual no. 2.
2. Intrans. to be trained, taught, i. q.
_ to learn, 6. g. war, Is. 2, 4. Mic. 4, 3.
_ With ace. Deut. 5, 1. Is. 26, 10. Prov.
30, 3. Jer. 12,16; with infin. Is. 1, 17;
_ infin. c. 5 Deut. 14, 23. 17, 19. 18, 9;
_ verb. fin. with} Deut. 31, 12; see Heb.
Gr. § 139. 3.a. Also, to accustom one-
self, to be wont, c: >& Jer. 10, 2.

Piet 32> 1. to train, to accustom.
Jer. 9, 4 they have accustomed their
_ tongue to speak lies. Ps. 18, 35.

2. to teach, absol. Ps. 60, 1. 2 Chr. 17,

7. With acc. of pers. to teach one any
thing, Ps. 71, 17. Cant. 8, 2. Jer. 32, 33.
Part. 9222 a teacher, c. genit. Ps. 119,
99. Prov. 5,13. With two acc. of pers.
and thing, Deut. 4, 5. 14. 11, 19. Ps. 25,
4. Jer. 2, 33 ἼΛΞ ἸῸΝ sated niswi-ns
wickedness hast thou taught thy ways.
Eec. 12, 9.. With acc. of pers. and dat.
of thing (pr. to train one 0 any thing)
Ps. 144, 1; with 3 in any thing, Is. 40,
14; 47 of thing Ps. 94, 12+; inf. ο. > Ps.
143, 10. Is. 48, 17. Jer. 12, 16; so with
nist impl. Jer. 13, 21 ποὺς tnis "mtd
Danby thou hast baught iti, to be lead-
ers over thee, accustomed them to exer-
cise dominion over thee. With dat. of
pers: Job 21, 22. ;
. Puat 1. to be trained, accustomed,
taught, e. g. a heifer well trained, Hos.
10, 11; of troops (comp. Kal no. 1),
Cant. 3, 8 manda "37> trained to war,
i.e. expert ; comp. 1 Chr. 25, 7 “aba
"70 instructed in song.

2. to be taught, spoken of that in which
one is instructed; Is. 29,13 Σὲ ΤῊΣ Ὦ
M122 a mere human precept ‘taught,
inculcated, which they are made to learn.

Deriv. 7325, sab, 725m.

TA? see in 74>,
— m2, TAD, see in m9 Ὁ. 3, 4.

TT?)

‘a> poet. for, as 02 for 9, 103 for
2, see 2; four times in the book of
Job, c. 27, 14. 29, 21. 38, 40. 40, 4.

D822 (of God se. created, see aed)
Prov. 31, 4; also Syna> Prov. 31, 1,
Lemuel, pr. n. of a king otherwise un-

523

59

known, prob. not an Israelité, perh. an
Arabian, to whom the moral maxims
Prov. 31, 2-9 are directed.

TWA? and 7A? adj. 1. accustomed,
used to any thing, Jer. 2, 24. 13, 23;
practised, expert, Is. 50, 4 277572 ΠΡ
the tongue of the practised sc. in speak-
ing, the eloquent.

2. one taught, a disciple, follower ;
mint “a> the disciples of Jehovah,
prophets, Is. 50, 4. 54,13; pious men
8, 16.

sf ΤΩΡ obsol. root. Arab. JH to taste;
6, -¢-
but HQAS a strong youth. Hence

772 Lamech, pr.n. 8) A son of Me-
thusael, a descendant of Cain, and the
first to misuse the arms invented by —
his son, Gen. 4, 18-24. Ὁ) The son
of Methuselah, a descendant of Seth,
Gen. 5, 25-31.

ἸῺ see afler 12. 7
ἸΣῺ2 on account of, because, see 3372.

> τὰ. (τ. 35>) the swallow, gullet,
throat, Prov. 23, 2. Chald. 8345.

* 399 in Kal not used, Arab. a3

to play, to sport, to jest ; also to jest at,
to mock. Kindr. are 33>, 12>, see Ὁ
note. Chald. 3155 mockery, “derision;
svbmx to mock at, to deride any one,
Syr. κοῖς Ζῇ id.. Comp. Gr. λώβη, λω-
βάομαι.

Hien. to mock at, to deride, part. c. 3
2 Chr. 36, 16.

5 492 fut. 2255, pr. to stammer, to
speak unintelligibly, Syr. HSS; also
Jat λα], 115 Eth. Δὐδλὺ
and AfAG stammering, comp. 12> and
see 315 note. Hence

1. to speak in a barbarous or foreign
tongue, see in 735, comp. Niph. By

9
transpos. 559, Arab. ek barbare lo-

quens.
2. to mock, to deride, pr. by imitating

the stammering voice of any one in de-

rision. Chfald. 3525 to mock. Comp. by
transp. Gr. γελάω, also χλεύη, χλευάζω,

Goth. hlahjan, lahhan, Pers. .yOnt¥

229

to jest, Germ. lachen, Engl. to laugh.—
E. g. absol. Job 11, 3; oftener with 5 of
pers. and thing Job 9, 23. Prov. 17, 5. 2
K. 19, 21, al. Spec. spoken : a) Of
those who mock at others in distress,
Job 9, 23; c. 2 Prov. 1, 26; 5 of pers.
Ps, 22, 8. Job 22, 19; also vabeasgbs they
laugh among themselves Ps. ‘80, ἢ, b)
Of a scoffer, who mocks at God and reli-
gion, Job 11,3; comp. in γῈΡ πο, 3, ἀ)
Of one who contemns the threats and ef-
forts of enemies, Ps. 2,4, 59,9. Is. 37, 22.

Nipa. to speak in a barbarous or for-
eign tongue, Is, 33, 19.

Hipu. i. q. Kal no. 2, to mock, to de-
ride, Job 21, 3; ¢. b Ps. 22, 8, Neh. 2,
19; 3 2 Chr. 30, 10; ΕΣ) Neh. 3, 33

[4, 1).
Deriv. the two following.
372 τὰ, 1. mockery, derision, scorn,

Ps. 79, 4. Ez. 23, 32, 36,4. Meton. for
the cause of derision, Hos. 7, 16.

2. scoffing, i. e. impious discourse, Job
34, 7; comp. in 79> no. 2.
ep adj. (r. sb) 1. speaking a bar-
barous or foreign tongue; Is, 28, 11
Mew 3252 i.e. as barbarians, foreign-
ers, sc. the Assyrians.

2, a mocker, jester, buffoon. Ps. 35, 16
iva "322 pr. cake-jesters, table-buf-
fons, i. @. parasites ; Gr. ψωμοκόλακες,
κνισσοκόλακες. Soin the Talmud Ὁ
ΓΊΣΗΣ cake-talk, i. 6. jesting, buffoonery.

*199 obsol. root, Arab. Kei) to put

in order. Hence the two following:
ΠΣ (order) Laadah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.

4,21.

7792 (put in order) Laadan, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 7,26. 8) 23, 7. 26, 21.

Η mz? i. q. Arab. LaJ, , to speak
rashly, to talk at random, kindr. with

51> q. v. +4) rash discourse.—Once pret.
8 plur. Job 6, 3 423 "727 427>2 therefore
were my words rash, ἘΣ Milél for "ΣὉ
Milra on account of the pause ; like
mmx, in pause OAR.

᾿ 12D to speak in a barbarous or for-
eign tongue; part. ΤΣ 5 Ps. 114, 1. Comp.
32>, and see 39> note. Syr. JS%& to

speak in a barbarous (spec. the Egyp-
tian) tongue.

624

589

"ὌΣὉ to eat eagerly, to devour; οι
25> note. Arab. quadril. plaad ia. id g

voracity. ie

Hieu. to give to eat ; once Gen. 2:
ἈΝ) "20°50 give me now to eat Be. €
gerly, hastily, to devour ; spoken o
hungry and greedy.

*139 obsol. root, Arab. ω-" toc

Hence

M222 £. wormwood, Jer. 9, 14. 23, 15
Prov. 5,4. It was apparently reg dec
as a noxious or poisonous plant, a
hence called the accursed; see the
and Deut. 29,17. Rev.8,10.11. [πὸ
bitter herbs were commonly so regarc
ed by the Hebrews; see Heb. 12, 16
Trop. of a bitter lot, calamity, ἡ
15. 19; bitler injury or injustice
7. 6, 12. ,

*"E2 obsol. root, to flame, to shin
Gr. λάμπω. The origin lies in lap-pin,
being lam-bent, which iikewioat hy
Semitic and Gréek tongues express
the syllable lab, lap. and apply also
flame ; 6. g. 28>, =>, labium, ων» p
see 22> note. The common radix there
fore of the Hebrew and Greek vers ;
ὮΡ, and the third radical 4 is added in
the same manner as in SP, 722, Ὁ
ὅμος, ὕμαδος; ἃ vestige of it appea
also in the Greek λαμπάς, gen. λαμπά
From the Semitic 18>, declined in the
Aramean manner 7822, came the G ek
λάμπω; and from +B, Syr. fps

Chald. B32, the Gr. λαμπάς, ijn
and not vice versa. —Hence

"BD m. 1. a flame Gen. 15, 17. Ex
20, 18. Job 41, 11. Nah, 2, 5. Dan. 10,
6. al. ve

2. Gr. λαμπάς, Lat. lampas, a
torch, see r. 72>. Judg. 7, 16. 20. Z
12,6. So according to some, Job 12, 5
tia ‘12d ὦ torch despised, i. 6. thrown
aside because it ceases to give
the emblem of a man once in high ¢ con=
sideration, but now vile and contemned
comp. Is. 7, 4, and Comment. in loc
But it accords better with the parallel-
ism to make "p> correspond to "75702
539 in the other member: for misf Mu
(778 from > and "*B) there is ¢4

mpd

in the thought of him that is at ease ; it
(contempt) is prepared for those who
_ slip with the feet ; see 17.

mined (torches) Lappidoth, pr. n.
__ of the husband of Deborah the prophet-
ess, Judg. 4, 4.

"28D adj. anterior, front, in front, 1 K.
6,17. It is formed from "25>, as "D030
; from "πο, Heb. Gr. §85. 5. Lehrg. Ρ.

516. See ‘abd i in 738 lett. Ὁ.

e MED f fut. Mp2", pr. to bend, to turn
to fold. Arab. at to inflect, to turn
_ away the face ; V, to look back by turn-
ing the Saad; VII, to turn oneself to
any one; Kor. Sur. 11. 83. Vit. Salad.
p- 17, 22,26. Hence, to enfold, to em-

brace. to clasp; Judg. 16, 29 mpd
“sa pint and Samson clasped the two
_ middle pillars... . the one with his right
hand and the other with his left. Sept.
περιέλαβε, Vulg. apprehendens ; Jarchi
REIN’ i. 6. Fr. embrasser.

‘Nien. to bend oneself, i. e. . a) to
turn oneself around or back, in, order
to see, Ruth 3,8. See Arab. above.
_b) to turn aside from a way; Job 6, 18
D277 Mins §Mbd9 the wayfarers of their
way turn aside, i.e. those who travel
that way, and turn aside to find those
streams, are disappointed and perish.

ἘΣΘ m. (r. vi>) mocking, derision,
scorn, sc. of every thing good and noble,
| Prov. 1,22. Hence jix> "22x i. g. O73
) mcckers, Is. 28, 14. Prov. 29, 8.

τὲ v2? to mock, a doubtful root, from
which some derive Part. plur, o°%%>
_ mockers, scorners, Hos. 7,5. But this
is rather for B°%>2 Pil. οὔτ. 73> q. v.

pp? (pr. way-stopper, i. e. a fortified
place, τ. op>) Lakkum, pr. n. of a place
in the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19, 33.

*mp? once 3 pret. ΠΡ Ez. 17,5; fat.
ΤΡ, plur. snp, 3p; imper. πρὸ Ex.
29, 1, oftener — with He parag. ΓΙ
Gen. 15,9; Inf. absol. mip> Deut. 31,
26. Jer. 32, 4: constr. rnp, once “AMP
2 K. 12, 9, ‘with pref. MMP> (to be distin-
guished from MNP? 2 fem. pret.) c. suff.
“AMR -

1. to take, i. ᾳ. λαμβάνω. Comp. Arab.
ἐξ semen recepit camela; Malt. la-

525. "

mp>
gach, fut. jylgach to receive as a guest,
Vassali p. 430. Also by transpos. Arab.
to take hold of each other, to co-
here, see in Hithpael, also Gr. Aaya, hay-
yave.—Pr, to take with the hand, to lay
hold of ; Gen. 8,9 Noah put forth his
hand ΤΡ" and took her sc. the dove.
Ps. 18, 17. 1 Sam. 16, 23. 2 Sam. 22, 17.
Job 40, 24. al. sep. With acc. of pers.
and 3 of member or part, Ez. 8, 3 "20273
"WX Mss. and took me by a fore-
lock of my head; in Greek it would be
τῆς κόμης, comp. Hist. of Bel ν. 36.
Rarely with > of pers. Jer. 40, 2.—Then
i. q. to take to oneself, with accus. of
thing or pers. Gen. 8, 20 and (Noah)
took of all beasts... and offered burnt-
offerings. 2,15 and God took Adam and
put him into the garden. v.21 and he
look one of his ribs. 12, 5. 16, 3. Deut.
4, 20. 2 Sam. 2, 8. al. sep. In these
and similar examples MP>, like the Ho-
meric λάβων (see Vigerus ed. Herm. p.
352), often appears as if pleonastic ;
though it strictly serves to place the
action more fully and vividly before the
eyes. Here belongs also 2 Sam. 18, 18
Mago-ry IND eae mpd cibzion
and Absalom had taken a column and
erected it for himself in his lifetime. 1
K. 11, 37 and I will take thee and thou
shalt reign. But in Jer. 23. 31 they take
their tongues and pronounce oracles. it
seems to signify that the false prophets’
misused their tongues.

“To the object is often prefixed 12 par-
titive, to take of a thing; e. g. D372 MP2
to take of the blood i. e. some blood,
Lev. 4, 25. Gen. 6, 21. 28, 11. 43, 11.
The accus. of a pronoun is’ often omit-
ted, as also after verbs of speaking ;
Gen: 12, 19 behold thy wife 5. ΤῊ take
her and go thy way. 24, 51. 27, 14. 33,
11.—The person or thing from whom
any thing is taken or received, is put
with 12 Gen. 23, 13; 322 Num. 5, 25. 1
Sam. 10,4; "x2 Lev. 7, 34. Ex. 25, 2;
so too the place whence, with 72 Gen.
45, 19. Josh. 4, 20; 527 Is. 6, 6.

Sometimes also a Dat. commodi is
added, i> Mp> pr. to take to or for one-
self ; Gen. 38, 23 m> mpr let her take it
Sor herself. 14,21. Num. 8,16. More freq.
the force of the pronoun is so attenuated

mp>

that it is apparently redundant ; Job 2, 8
won i> nps and he took him a potsherd s
espec. in the imperative, Lev. 9,2 42 ΠΡ
bay take thee a calf. 15, 14. 29, Eix. 30,
23. 1 Sam. 21, 10. Is. 8, 1. Kz. 4, 1. 3. 9.
al. sep. Plur. 02> snp Gen. 45, 19. Ex.
5, 11. al.

Spec. a) mee ΤῸ to take a wife,
Gr. λαμβάνειν γυναῖκα, Gen. 6, 2. 19, 14.
1 Sam. 25, 43; more fully mwx 45 πρὸ
Gen. 4,19. Ex. ‘21, 10; nvixd rnsbp i> ng
Gen. 12,19. Ex. 6, 25. al. Also npe
422> nen he took a ‘wife for his son, i. e.
the father gave his son a wife, Gen. 34,
4. Judg. 14, 2. 3. Ellipt. Ex. 34, 16
srz3b (ert) THRE AMBP. In the
later books the more usual phrase is
Mes NO? q. v.

b) to take, i.q. totake away, sometimes
with force and violence (Spina 1 Sam.
2,16); 1 Sam. 12, 3. Gen. 34, Ὧ8. Judg.
5,19. Jer. 28, 3. αἱ. Hence ἰο take cap-
tive and carry away, Gen. 14,12. 1 Sam.
19, 14. 20.—'p HH2 NP? to take the life
of any one, Ps. 31, Ἢ 1 K. 19, 10. 14.
Prov. 1,19; comp. Jon. 4, 3. Job 1, 21.
Gen. 27, 35 thy brother hath taken away
thy blessing. Job 12, 20 he taketh away
the understanding of the aged. Gen. 5,
24 ὉΠ ink ΠΡ "> for God had taken
him away, i.e. translated him to heaven.
2 K. 2, 3. 5.

c) to take, i. q. to take possession of, to
caplure, to seize upon, e. g. a city, hos-
tile country, Num. 21, 25. Deut. 3, 14.
29,7. Metaph. Job 3, 6 that night, let
darkness seize wpon it. Also to take or
captivate one by blandishments, wis-
dom, etc. Prov. 6, 25. 11. 30.

d) to take a person any where, to any
place, etc. iq. to lead, to bring, to con-
duct, with acc. of pers. and bs of place.
Nem: 11, 16 and bring (πρὸ) them to
. the ΑἸ πολιν ἘΚ of the congregation. 23,

27. Job 38, 20. 2 K. 18, 32. Is. 36, 17;.

Dx of pers. to whom, Gen: 48,9; > Pink.
24,11; >c. inf Ex. 14, 11.

e) to take and bring to any one, to
fetch ; with acc.of thing Gen. 18, 5. 7. 8.
27, 13. 2Sam. 4, 6 pon "Πρ as if
fetching wheat, as if in order to buy
wheat. 1 K. 17,11; with acc. of pers.
2K. 3,15 43: 2 “> amp bring me a min-
strel. Gen. 42, 16. 43,13. Judg. 11, 5.

Am. 9, 2.3. Often to fetch by another, |

". 626

mp> =

to let come, 1 Sam. 16,11. Gen. 90 2.
Jer. 37, 17. —With 72 “of place whence, >
Am. 7, 15. Ps. 78, 70. -

2. to take, i. ἃ. δίχως i.e. a) ὁ αο-
cept, to receive, sc. any thing offered, as
gifts 1 Sam. 12, 3. Ps. 15, 5. Am. 5,12; —
food, 52 Judg. 13, 3. Also of a
buyer receiving wares Neh. 10, 32; of —
God as accepting prayers Ps. 6, 10; of
a person receiving and following coun- —
sel, Prov. 2,1 "228 NPM Ex Ba. 4, 10.
10, 8. 24, 82. Job 22. 22. b) to ‘take in,
to receive ; Gen.4,11 the earth, which hath —
opened her mouth to receive (rnp) thy
brother’s blood. So to receive a person —
under one’s care and protection, Ps. 49,
16. 73,24. c) to receive, i.e. to get, a
obtain ; Is. 40, 2 for she hath received
(ΠΕ) of the Lord’s hand double, etc.
Prov. 9,7. 22,25. Num. 23, 20. ‘So Prov.
31,16 she considereth a field and taketh it,
i.e. gets it, buys it, Sept. ἐπρέάτο; comp,
2 Sam. 4, 6. Neh. 10, 32. d) to receive,
to perceive, sc. with the ears, Job 4, 19.

Nira. Mp?) 1. Pass. of Kal πο. 1. b, to
be taken away, 1 Sam. 21, 6 [7]; of the
ark as captured by the enemy, 1 Sam.
4,11. 17. 19. 21. 22; of Elijah as taken
up to+eaven, 2K.2,9. Also to be taken
away from life by violence Ez. 33,6.

2. Pass. of Kal no. 1. ἃ, to be brought,
c. bx Esth. 2, 8. 16. | ,

Puan πῆρ» and Fut. Hora. mp; the
fut. of Piel and pret. of Hoph. being
wanting.

1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be taken, with
Ἵ of that whence, Gen, 2,23. 3, 19. 23, ©
Job 28, 2. Ez. 15, 3. Trop. to be taken
up, repeated, as a curse, Jer. 29, 22.

2. Pass. of Kal no. 1. b, to be taken
away, of things, with ἢ of pers. Is. 49, |
24.25; > Judg. 17,2; of persons 8. g. to
Pana 2 K. 2, 10, comp. Is. 53,8. Also
to be taken captive, carried away, Is. 52,
5. Jer. 48, 46.

3. Pass. of Kal no. 1. e, to be fetched,
as things Gen. 18, 4; to be ore as
persons Gen. 12, 15.

Horn. fut. see in Pual.

Hirup. part. ὈΠΊΣΩ Ox Ex. 9, 24
and Ez. 1, 4, a fire taking hold on itself,
holding together, continuous, i.e. amass
of fire. Comp. synon. “porn. .

Deriv. Mp2, HAP? , ΠΡΌ, ΠΡ Ὁ |
and the two fallowing,

mp

5 πρὸ m.c. suff. "MPp> 1. taking arts,

faur spéech, by which the mind of any
one is captivated, Prov. 7,21; see τ. Mp?
no. 1. c.

2. doctrine, learning, kno wledge, which
one receives, perceives, learns, see the
root no. 2.c,d. Prov. 1, 5. 9, 9. 16; 21.
- Comp. Chald. >2p to receive and to
learn, 1>2p cabbala, learning ; Gr. πα-
ραλαμβάνω, Lat. accipio.—Hence so far
as this is communicated to others :

3. instruction, discourse of a teacher,
Prov. 4,2. Deut. 32, 2. Job 11, 4. ᾿

"Mp> (learned) Likhi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
7,19. Comp. Mp? no. 2.

ie wpe fut. YP>", to take up, to gather
_ up, to collect, pr. things upon the ground;
as stones Gen. 31, 46; flowers Cant. 6,
2; manna Ex. 16, 4 sq. Num. 11, 8;
ears of grain, to glean, Ruth 2,8. Poet.
of animals gathering up the herbage,
pasture, etc. Ps. 104,28. Usually with
accus. but also abel. as Mwa Vp> to

glean ina field Ruth 2, 8. —Arab. Jai!

to take up, Li gleanings, etc.
had id.

Pizz i. q. Kal, totake up, to gather up ;
as ears of grain, to glean, Ruth 2, 16 sq.
Is. 17,5; grapes scattered in a vineyard
Ley. 19,10; wood Jer. 7,18; herbs2 K.
4,39; arrows 1 Sam. 20, 38. Trop. of
money Gen. 47, 14. Usually with ace.
but also absol. as N7Wa wpP> Ruth 2, 3.
17; and so Judg. 1,7, comp. Matt. 25, 27.

Puat to be gathered, as a people dis-
persed, Is. 27, 12.

Hitup. to gather themselves together,
with >x to any one, Judg. 11, 3.

Deriv. 23>>" and

Syr.

yards, Lev. 19, 9. 23, 22.
mi to stop
*ppd
as they drink, 1 K. 21, 19. 22,38. Judg.7,
Sz on

UP? m. a gleaning of fields or vine-

. Dp? obsol. root, Arab.
the way. Hence pr. ἢ. ΠΡΌ.

l2?, 8 plur. sppe, fut. p>3, ono-

matopoet. fo lick, to hin. of dogs lapping
5. Kindr. is 4m> q.v. and see 31> note.
Armen. JWHE] lakiel, to lick, Arab.
BA tongue.
Pies, id. Judg. 7, 6. 7.

527

"Ὁ

' wp? in Kal not used; Syr. waS

to be late ripe, of fruit. Hence wipes
the latter rain, and Ὁ 5 after-grass.
Piet to gather the late fruits, i.e. to
glean a vineyard; Job 24, 6 >w7 DID
"wpb" they glean the Hineyard "of the
wicked. But some Mss. read ἸΏ.

WP? m. latter grass, rowen, after-math,
Am. 7,1. R. p> Kal.

‘ 12 obsol. root, Arab. daw fo lick,
to suck ; hence

"9 τη. 6. suff. "5, pr. something
usually licked or sucked, something
sweet, etc.

1. juice, sap, as being aeked: spec.
vital moisture, life-blood, vigour, Ps, 32,
4 ὑπ JEm2 my life-blood is changed,
i. 6. is dried up.

2. a sweet cake. Num. 11,8 wn τῶ
a sweet cake made with oil. Sept. ἐγκρὶς
ἐξ ἐλαίου, Vulg. panis oleatus. ‘Comp.
mz from r. 739.

7129 of both genders, but oftener fem.
Ps. 12, 4. Prov. 6, 24. al. masc. Ps. 22,
16. Prov. 26, 28; constr. 78>, ὁ. aaa
iW, ‘i2b> Ex. 11, 7; plur. maid, ὃ,
suff, ‘Bmbtis Gen. 10, 20. R. 5.

1. the tongue, both of men and ani-
mals, as the instrament of licking, Ex.
11, 7. Ps. 68, 24. Job 20, 16. 40, 25 [41,

1]. al. Arab. jLaJ, Ethiop. A‘,

Aram. 38>, a: Comp. also from
languages not Semitic, Sanscr. rasana,
Armen. yeqm, Copt. A&C, and

even Gr. γλῶσσα, in which the y is an
addition, comp. λεύσσω, γλαύσσω; γνό-
gos, νέφος; χλαῖνα, lana, λα many others.
—Spoken with few exveptions of the
human tongue as the instrument of
speech ; (exceptions are Ex. 11, 7. Ps.
22,16. 68, 24. Lam. 4, 4. Is. 57, 4. Job
20, 16. 40, 25;) thus Job 33, 5 ΓΞ
ἈΞΓΞ nyiatd Ps. 12, 4. 45, 2. 39. 4;
but Ps. 109, 2 "py jiwd 555} they
speak with a lying tongue, (for which
accus. of instrum. see Heb. Gr. § 135,
1. n. 3.) Prov. 15,4. 18, 21. Is. 33, 19,
45, 23. al—The words which one is
ready to ulter, are said to be either wpon
Ne tongue, D Β yiviba Job 6, 30. Ps. 139, 4

pea by 2 Sam. 23, 2. Prov. 31, 96:

ἘΡΩ
or also under the tongue, » 385 ΤΠ Ps.
10, 7. 66, 17, comp. Cant. 4, 11; which
phrases seem not greatly to differ in
meaning ; comp. ‘upon the lips’ Ps. 16,
4, and ‘under the lips’ Ps. 140, 4.— With
genit. "pw 189 a lying tongue Prov. 6,
17. (Meton. for a lying person, with
masc. Prov. 26, 28.) mo" qi id. Ps.
52,6. misenn 1110 id. Prov. 10. 31.—
Also κατ ἐξοχήν for a spiteful, malignant
tongue, (or as in Chald. and Zab. ‘lingua
tertia,’ comp. Ecclus. 28, 15,) whence Ps.
140, 12 9 ex a man of tongue, i.e. a
tattler, slanderer. (But }iW> 533 an en-
chanter, charmer, Ecc. 10,11.) Jer. 18,
18 come, let us smite him with the tongue,
i. 6. as Chald. well, let us bear false
witness against him. Job 5,21 ἡ» oid
the scourge of the tongue, comp. the simi-
lar figure in Germ. klatschen, Engl. lash,
Fr. coup de langue. Ez. 36, 3 ye go up
yit> ray ds upon the lips of ihe slan-
derer’s tongue, i.e. are traduced in men’s
mouths.—Meton. a) i. q. speech, Job
15,5 ὉΠ jie crafty speeches. Prov.
16, 1. b) tongue, for language, dia-
lect. Dan. 1,4 ova Vid the Chaldee
tongue. Gen. 10, 5 θυ wan every
one after his tongue, dialect. Deut. 28,
49. Is. 28, 11. Neh. 13, 24. Esth. 1, 22.

3,12. 8,9. Arab. Qld, ον’ id

Hence 6) a nation, people, having ἃ
tongue or language of their own. Is.
66, 18 τὶ 3 ΠῚ ΘΛ ΝΠ ΡΞ all nations and
tongues ; see Chald. itd.

2. Trop. of what resembles a tongue,
e.g. a) ant ὙΦ a tongue of gold, i.q.
bar of gold, Josh.7,21.24. Vulg. regula
aurea. Ὁ) ὋΝ ὙΠ a tongue of fire, i.e.
a flame of fire, Is. 5, 24, so called from
its shape and motion, whence also it is
said to lap, to be lambent ; see amd,
_ ὌΠ, and Virg. Ain. 2.684. Comp. γλῶσ-

σαι woed πυρός Acts 2,3. Arab. (youd

gat, Pers. yeshc yb) zabani dtesh.

2 on ὙΠ. ἃ tongue of the sea, a bay,
Josh. 15, 5. 18,19. Is. 11,15; and simpl.
yiwbn didn. 15, 2) iin Avdbien geogra-

phers pasty Laws. Comp. Engl.

‘tongue of land ὅς Germ. Erdzunge.

* we obsol. root, perh. transp. i. q.
πρῶ, but intransitive, to throw oneself

528 ,

7 oa
down, i. 6. to lie, to lie down. Henve
perhaps é

M20? Γ with He loc. nnd8> 1 Sam.
9, 22: Plur. nizw> , constr. rine}; a cell,
chatnber. pr. bed- ‘chambers spoken esp.
of the cells or chambers in ‘the courts of
the temple, mostly at the gates, 2 K. 23,
11. 1 Chr. 23, 28. 28, 12. Jer. 36, 10.
Ez. 40, 17. 44 sq. 42, 13 sq. in which the
treasure of the temple and every thing
necessary for the temple-service were
kept, 1 Chr. 9, 26. 28, 12. 2 Chr. 31, 5.
11 sq. Ezra 8, 29. Neh. 8, 38 sq. 13,
5. 9; where the priests, Levites, etc.
lodged, Ez. 40, 38. 44 5ᾳ. 42, 1 sq. 45, 5.
Neh. 13, 4; (comp. 1 Chr. 9, 33;) and
where other persons were rarely admit-
ted to dwell or as guests, 2 K. 23, 11.
Jer. 35, 4.5. Once of an eating-room,
1 Sam. 9, 22; also of the chamber of
the king’s scribe in the palace Jer. 36,
12.—Thrice written 22 Neh. 3, 30.
12, 44. 13, 7.

Nore. The etymology is uncertain. If
the more common ">> be the primary
form, it may come from r. 73> as above;
and at any rate has no connection with
Gr. λέσχη, as has been suggested. But
as is more readily softened into ὦ than
the contrary, it may be that M2w3 is the
older form; and this Bohlen derives

from Pers. οὐ to sit, to sit down,
whence might come slag seat, though
this is not found. Others make it by
transpos. for 723 dwelling, from r. j2¥.

See Thesaur. p. 762, 763.

i nw obsol. root, Arab. ἢ al
pr. to lick ; see in 1%3.—Hence

pw m. 1. A species of gem, Ex. 28,
19. 39,12; Sept. λιχύριον, Vulg. ligu-
rius, Engl. opal—The λιγύριον or dvy-
κούριον is described as a species of am-
ber, and also as a species of hyacinth ;
see Thesaur. p. 763.

2. Leshem, pr. n. of a city, elsewhere
called 72 and 33; see j3. Josh. 19, 47.

to taste,

xs he ‘
| in Kal not used, prob. to lick, to
lap, like the kindr. pal wud ant
comp. &m>, :

Po. yy sletint from ied , pr. to
tongue, i. 6. to use the tongue freely, Ἷ
and by impl. to slander; see ἢ) no. 2 ;

ἐ

εὐ

Ἰ9

mid. Part. with " parag. "20152 Ps.
101,8; in Keri "90> for 7282 part. Pi.
_ Arab. ,.

to slander.
Hipu. id. Prov. 30, 10.

15 Chald. τη. tongue, and hence α na-

_ tion, having a tongue or language of its

own, see 102 no. 1. c. Dan, 3, 4 827209

ΡΣ 51 NNN tribes, nations, ond tongues.

v. 7. 31. 5,19. 6, 26. 7, 14. al.
Rev. 5, 9. 7, 9.

* yw obsol. root, Arab. 2“ to

puncture, to sting, as a scorpion ;

Comp.

a chink, fissure, perh. of chasms in the
earth, fountains, ete.—Hence

5 Ὁ3 Lesha, pr. τι. of a place, Gen. 10,

19; according to Jerome (in Quest.)

Callirrhoé on the eastern coast of the
Dead sea, celebrated for its warm

Mem, the thirteenth letter of the He-

brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting

40. The name ΘΠ probably signifies
water, i. q. 0772, and the antique forms
of the letter have a certain resemblance
to waves ; see Monum. Phen. p. 35, 36.
Its name accords with Gr. Mi i. 6. Phe-
nic. 1 water ; in Ethiop. also Mai water.

It is interchanged: a) Often with
other labials, as 2 and 4, which see;
rarely with 1, as 70m, Chald. 1m, to be
astonished. b) With liquids, chiefly

Nun, comp. ἘΝ, Syr. als Arab. ὡ» “ἡ ;
ya, Arab. eles! thumb ; "303 pista-

3 “ ᾿,
cios, comp. Trend pistacia tere-
binthus Linn. 32%, Arab. pwd to be fat;

37572, ape threshing-sledge, 2 Ὁ and

mY to ‘be hostile, 5°—- and 15-- plural
endings. Rarely with >, see in > no. 1. 6.

For Mem dropped at the end of words,
see Lehrg. p. 138,524. Comp. the similar
usage in the language of the Etruscans
and Umbri, in O. Miller’s Etrusker T.
I. p. 56.

45

529

IN

springs; see Plin. H. N. 5.16. Jos. B. J.
1.33.5. These springs were visited by
Irby and Mangles; Travels, Lond. 1844,
p. 144 sq.

i mn? obsol. root, perh. i. q. ΠΏ,
Samar. ΠΣ, to spread out a garment;
whence Eth. HA a garment, tunic,
perh. ae Hence ΠΡ.

: ῺΡ obsol. root, prob. i. 4: 392 Zo
be poured out. Hence >

J2 m. a measure for grain, Hos. 3,
2; so called from pouring. Sept. ἡμές
κορος, Vulg. corus dimidius, accom#mo-
dated to the context.

*? n> obsol. root, i. q. ae

also to bite, whence ΤΊΣ ΤΡ biters, teeth.
—To this root some refer the form 53m}
Job 4,10; but it belongs rather to r. 53.

to strike ;

‘2 prefix, for 2 what? where see
note.

“2 prefix, for 12, q. v.

872 Chald. i. q. Hebr. 2 what? also
without interrogation "7'N2 that which
Ezra 6,8. See 2.

ὉΠ τὴ. (τ. 038) a store-house,
granary, plur. Jer. 50, 26. Sept. ἀπο-
ϑήκη.

N70 m. (Tr. TAX no. 3) c. suff: FIN,
ka.

1. Subst. might, vehemence ; Deut. 6,
5 and thou shalt love Jehovah, thy God,
with all thy heart, with all thy sou, B53
FIka. and with all thy might. 2 K. 23,
25; comp. Luke 10, 27. Is. 47,9 Maxva
IN III with (notwithstanding) the
great abundance of thine enchaniments,
where connect ἽΝ ΤΩΣ, Job 35, 15.
Hence a) 182 ἼΝΏΞ with might of
‘might, i.e. mightily, very exceedingly,
Gen. 17, 2. 6. 20. Ez. 9,9. Ὁ) 7ka 5>
even to vehemence, i.e. very exceedingly,
Gen. 27, 33. 1K. 1,4, Dan. 8.8; wholly;
utterly, Ps. 119, 8 ; too.much, too exceed-
ingly, Is.64,8. 0) 18732 539.i.g. 182 ἜΣ,

ΓΝ

but in later Hebrew, 2 Chr. 16,14; comp.
2 Chr. 17, 12. 26, 15.

2. Adv. pr.acc.asadv. a) mightily,
vehemently, exceedingly, Gen. 4, 5. 7,
18. 13, 13. 19, 3. al. Often joined with
adjectives and adverbs, as I89 21D very
good Gen. 1, 31. “δ ΠΕ" 12, 14. maw

Sk very much Gen. 15, 1: Emphat.
doubled sk Sk Gen. 7, 19. Num. 14,
7.—Ps. 46, 2 kx N92 MINEI MID he
is found a help in trouble mightily, i i. δὶ
amighty helper. Ὁ) speedily, quickly,
as being connected with the exertion
of one’s strength; 1 Sam. 20, 19 73m
ἽΝ. come down quickly; Vulg. festi-
nus. Comp. Germ. bald from Lat.
valde; Low Germ. swieth, Anglo-Sax.
swithe, i. q. valde, Germ. geschwind,
Engl. swift.

; dual ΠΝ Ὁ

τ

" ΓΝ} f. constr. MNS

for D9; plur. ΤΙΝ Ὡς rite.
Se Se

1. a hundred; Arab. Xa and Kale,
Ethiop. PAT, Syr. IL.
logy be sought, we may compare Pers.
ma, mah, meh, great, much; of which
also some uncertain traces are found in
the Phenician, see Monum. Phen. p.
152.—Lev. 26, 8 p> mx a hundred of
you. Ecc. 6, 3. al. ‘With substantives it
is joined variously, and is put: a) Be-
fore substantives in the singular, usually
such as denote things often spoken of in
great numbers ; as 730 ΓΝ a hundred
years Gen. 17, 17; ΘΝ OND 1 K. 18,
13; also Gen. 23, 19. Josh. 24, 32. 2K.
23.33. 1 Chr.18,4.al. b) Before sub-
stantives in the plural, usually those
denoting things less frequently spoken
of in great numbers; as "8732 MND ὦ
hundred prophets 1 K. 18, 4; ὉΠΏΣΕ “Ὦ
2 Sam. 24, 3. 1 Sam. 25, 18. Gen. 26,
12; ὦ) In the construct in like manner,
though rarely, before nouns sing. and
plur. as "DD mx Ex. 38, 25; ΒΝ “2
Vv. 27. But, on the other abd, ὈΝ
stands very frequently where the num-
ber one hundred is combined with others;
as MIO DSI) MW mx2 a hundred and
seventy years Gen. 25, 7. 17. 35, 28;
mw mayan bw wan Gen. 5, 6. 18. 96.
28. 7, 24. 47, 28. Ex. 6, 16. 18. Num.
33, 39. al. d) Rarely and only in the
later books is 58 put after a noun plur.

If an etymo-

530 Ni a

as ΓΙ ἘΠ; 3) 2 Chr..3, 16; comp. 4,
Ezra 2, 69. 8, 26. ἘΝ

2. Adv. a hundred times, Prov.17,10;
constr. M8 id. Ecc. 8, 12.

3. the hundredth or one per centum,
sc. of money or other things, exacted in
monthly usury; Neh. 5. 11 =n ἘΝ,
i771, Vulg. centesima. For the cente-
sima or one per cent..of the Romans,
see_Ernesti Clav. Cic. sub. ν. and for
the usury still common in the East, see
Volney’s Travels, II. p. 410. Bowring’s
Report on Egypt p. 82.

4.° Meah, pr. n. of a tower in Jerusa-—
lem, Neh. 3, 1..12,.39.

Dua ἘΠΩ͂Ν Ὦ two hundred ; put before
a noun sing. roe ὈΠΟΝ Gen, 11, 23. 1
Sam. 18, 27; before a plur. p»bpe) ’ 22
Sam. 14, 26; after a plur. 2 D> Gen.
32, 15.

Pron. ming a) hundreds, as MiN'> by
hundreds 2 Sam. 18,4; mixan "Ὁ ‘the
captains of hundreds, centurions, ‘Num,
31, 14. 48. 52. Hence “a bw siz hun--
ved Ex. 12, 37; “2 πο Ὁ eight hundred —
Gen. 5, 7. etc. ’b) a hundred, q. ἃ. each
hundred, hundred by hundred, 2 Chr.
25, 9 Cheth. comp. v.6. Keri ¥9.—A
rare form of the plur. is Cheth: mmx
(ΠΝ) 2 K. 11, 4.9.10. 15, Comp. the
Arabic.

O82 Chald. a hundred, Dan. 6, 2.
Ezra 6, 17. 7,22. Dual INNS Ezra 6
17,

"1872 m. (τ. ΠΝ 1) desire ; once oan
constr. 38" "71872 the desires of the wick-
ed, Ps. 140, 9.

DAN") for 5489, usually contr. 547 qv.

a spot, blemish, Dan.1,4. Job 31,7. R
pin.

τ δ Milél (prob. for 7723 2, or
perh. for "92 i8 m2, what or what?
though the etymology is doubtful, ) what-
ever, something, any thing. Num. 22, ©

38 have I now any power at all “27

moira to say any thing? 2 K. 5, 20
and accept of him 25% something.—
Oftener with a negat. particle, nothing, —
nothing whatever, nothing at all; e.g. |
with X> Deut. 13, 18. Gen. 39,6.9.1 ἢ

Sam. 12,5. With 398, 1-K. 18,43 Ἐπ

mara nothing at all, ‘Jade. 14, 6. Ecc.
5.13; more fully Gen. 39, 23 ων ἮΝ

ᾧ

1
Ἷ

{

᾿
Ἕ
ty
Ὗ

᾿

ἱ
ered candelabra,
| taph. 57393 ΝῺ the light of the eyes,

é

ASN

‘a7 >2-nx not looking to any thing at all.
With by, Jer. 39, 12 mang i> benroy

P33. 1 Sam. 21, 3.

Υ
᾿
Gen. 1,16. R. ix.

“582 m. once IN Ex. 25, 6, constr.
“ina; plur. D0 Ez. 32,8, and mink

, 1, light, a light, Ps..90, 8. 74, 16; also

_ aluminary, as the sun and moon, Gen.

1, 14. 16. Ez. 32,8. How it differs from
“ik, seeinh.v. "ΝΒ Δ) the sa-
Num. 4, 9. 16.—Me-

i.e. bright eyes, joyous, Prov. 15, 30.
2. a candlestick, candelabra, Ex. 25,6.
27, 20. 35, 14.

MVNA fem. of Vika (Ὁ. VIN) pr. light,

_ then light-hole, sc. by which light en-

ters, and so meton. hole, den of a serpent,
Vulg. caverna, Is. 11, 8.—Or it may also
be taken for 7999, 739, Bylo, a
cavern, τὰ and > being interchanged.

DTN m. dual (τ. ὯΝ I) balances,
ἃ balance, Arab. ole, Is. 40, 12. 15.

Job 6, 2. Ps. 62, 10 so that they as-
cend in the balance, sc. for lightness.
ΤῚΣ “2 a just or even balance Lev. 19,
36. Job 31,6; opp. M7292 “2 a false bal-
ance Prov. 1, 1. 20, 23. It differs from
DDB q. Vv.

722782 Chald. id. Dan. 5, 27.

ns, see M82 Plur. fin.

D280 m. (τ. 53}}) food, Gen. 2, 9. 3, 6.
6, 21; espec. of grain, 2 Chr. 11, 11.
dona ya tree for food, fruit-tree, Lev.
119, 23. Deut. 20, 20. dox ix ‘flocks
for food, for slaughter, Ps. 44, 12.

M222 f. (τ. doy) plur. nid2y2, @

knife, as an instrument for eating, Gen.
22, 6. 10. Judg. 19, 29. Prov. 30,14. Arab.

ater spoon.

M22N2 f. (τ. b>) food, trop. Is. 9, 4
tx 35x food for fire, fuel. v. 18.

i DN obsol. root, perhaps fo spot, to
soil ; whence DINX2, DI, q. v.

DSN m. plur. (τ. yx) powers ;
trop. of wealth, Job 36,19 M5 "ΣΝ 8.59
all the powers (resources) of wealth.

WAN'2 m. (r. VOX) an edict, mandate,
ἃ word of the later Hebrew, Esth. 1, 15.

531

ὈΝ

2, 20. 9, 39. Chald.

x70, id.
“WON"2 Chald. id. Dan. 4, 14.

ἸΝῺ Chald. m. vase, vessel, utensil,
i.q- Hebr. "22, Dan. 5, 2. 3. 23. in
Targg. defect. 72, Syr. Lit .—It seems
to be for 7382, from r. 72x II, Arab.

KA SIR

ἘΔ IV, to retain; whence (3 vase, "28
a vessel, ship, q. v.

* 4872 in Kal not used, to refuse, see
adj. 1 2. Syr. be, every where impers. ,
wes ALS sais me; Aph. cessavit,

destitit. Kindred is 722; comp. in 833.
Pret {82 to refuse, to be unwilling,
(opp. 738 ,) absol. Gen. 39, 8. Is. 1, 20.
1 Sam. 28, 23; with inf. Jer. 8, 8. Ps.
77,3; inf. c. > Ex. 7,14. 22, 16. 1 Sam.
8, 19. Jer. 25, 28. Hos. 11, 5. al.
Deriv. the two following.

JS) adj. unwilling, refusing, used
with personal pronouns for a finite verb ;
Ex. 7, 27 mx jx727oN if thou refusest.
9, 2. 10, 4.

J82 m. verbal of Piel, refractory, per-
tinaciously refusing, Plur. 5°28’ Jer..,
13,10. R. jx.

* OND fut. ON", inf. c. suff. ΒῸΝ 9
Am. 2, 4.

1. 1.ᾳ. 00%, to melt, to melt away,
to run; see Niph. no. 1. Comp. Chald.
ON2 1. gq. 009, and FXO i. q. 32.
Spec. of a sore which runs ἘΠῚ matter,
see Job 7,5; comp. Arab. , late pa-
tet vulnus. Kindred is the idea of being
fetid and loathsome.

2. to reject, to refuse, hs from the

‘idea of loathing, comp. M21, (opp. 7113 to

choose.) Is. 7, 15. 16. 41, 9. Job 34, 33.
Constr. 6. acc. Ps. 118, 22. Is. 31,7; ¢.3
Is. 33, 15. Ps. 78, 67; acc. et inf. ὁ. 5
Job 30,1; acc. et j2 c. inf. 1 Sam. 16,
1; absol. Job 6, 14. 42,6. Chiefly spo-
ken: 8) Of God, as rejecting a people
or individuals, Jer. 6, 30. 7, 29. 14, 19.
Ps. 53, 6. Job 8, 20. al. Ὁ) Of men re-
jecting God and his precepts, Num. 11,
20. 1 Sam. 15, 23. Am. 2. 4. Job 5, 7. al.

3. to contemn, to despise, c. acc. Prov.
15, 32. Job 9, 21; 6.3 Job 19, 18. Judg,
9, 38; absol. moxs vay a despiteful.

PND :

scornful tribe, Ez. 21, 18. Infin. o&2
Lam. 3, 45 as subst. aversion, contempt.

Nipu. 1. to be melted, to melt away ;
Ps, 58, 8 ἘΠ ΠἸΩΞ ἸΌΝ 3. let them melt
away like water, i. e. iet them perish.
Spec. of a running sore; Job 7, 5 "959

DN" 535 my skin shrivels (cracks) and

runs with matter.
2. Pass. to be rejected, contemned, Is.
54,6. Part. Ps. 15,4 On).

MN m. (r. MEN) a baking, some-
thing baked, Lev. 2, 4.

DEN m. (r. DEX) darkness, Josh. 24,7.

ΤΣ f. (for m2 bBX2, compare
nanan Cant. 8, 6) darkness of Jeho-
vah, i. 6. thick davkowne’ Jer. 2, 31 738
msde land of thick darkviess, spoken
of a pathless desert, in which men wan-
der as if in darkness. Comp. in v. 6
prbx 728, and Job 30, 3.

*"N2 in Kal not used, but prob.
kindred with “Δ to be bitter, acrid ;

comp. O82 and oO. Arab. ye recru-

duit vulnus, to excite hatred, ps to
΄

conceive hatred; all which may come
from the idea of bitterness.

Hipu. part. "822 pr. making bitter,
and hence causing bitter pain; Ez. 28,
24 “"N22 ἩΞῸ a thorn causing pain,
i.e. pricking. Fem. ΓΝ Ὁ ὉΣῸΣ pain-
ful leprosy, i. 6. fretting, malignant,
Lev. 13, 51. 52. 14, 44.

“IN see sin.

ΝΣ Ὁ τὴ, (τ. 328) ambush, i. 6. place
of ambush Josh. 8, 9. Ps. 10,8. Coner.
troops in ambush, an ambushment, 2
Chre 13,13.

MIN f. (τ. ΠΝ) constr. MIND, a
curse, execration, Prov. 3, 33. Mal. 2, 2.
Deut. 28, 20. Plur. Prov. 28, 27.

MND, compounded of 12 and Mx, pr.
from with, see next after 72.

Pict Γ᾽ plur. (Ὁ. 513) separations,
i.e. separate places; Josh. 16,9 D™3n
mibya2n the cities separately assigned.

S132 m. (τ. 843) constr. ning, 820;
pl. Misia, constr. "8133 ,-c. suff. ΛΝ 52.

1. an contig, cen ah 5 Ez. 26, 10.
33, 31.

2. an entrance, place of entering ;

532

922

Judg. 1, 24. 25 ἜΣΤΙ Ninn the entrance
of the city, i.e. the gate. Prov. 8,3 Risa
ΠΏΣ in the entrance of the gates. 2 K.
11, 16. Jer. 38, 14.

3. Gavin ἘΞ the going down of the
sun, the west, Deut. 11, 30. Ps. 50, 1.
104,19. Mal. 1,11. Ace. towards the
west, westward, Josh. 1, 4. 23, 4. Ἢ

M2139 f. (r. 32) perplexity, Is. 22, 5.
Mic. 7, 4.

D722 m. (r. dn 1, the radical Yod
being represented by the Daghesh in 3,)
an inundation, deluge, spoken of Noah’s
flood, Gen. 6,17. 7, 6.7.10. 9,11. 28. 10,
1.32. So of the floods above the firma-
ment, Ps. 29, 10; where others: the
Lord did sit at the flood, sc. of Noah, i.e.
did sit in judgment, comp. Ps. 9, 5. 8. 9.

Θ ἸῺ 2 Chr. 35,3 Cheth. for 5°3"39
Keri; if not a mere error in copying, it
is abstr. wisdom, for concr. wise teach-
ers. R. "Δ.

MOI [. (τ. 013) α treading down,
sc. of enemies by the victors; Is. 22. 5.
18, 2.7 a people....7033% of treading
down, i. e. treading their enemies under
foot.

2722 m. (τ. 232) a fountain, Ecc. 12,6.
Plur. wasp ὩΠῸ "sia Is. 35,7. 49, 10.

Arab. cae id.

P1372 f. (τ. p12) emptiness, nee 5
11; see MPA.

“ina m. choice, 2 K. 3, 19. 19, 23.
R. “na.

“3272 m. (τ. ἽΠ3) constr. “M32.

1. choice, and hence whatever is
chosen, choicest, best; only in the constr.
Is. 22,7 ΠΠΡῺΣ “ΠΞ thy choicest valleys.
37, 24 Dina sna its choice cypress-
trees [or pines]. Jer. 22,7. Gen. 23, 6.
Ex. 15,4. Ez. 23, 7. 24, 4, Inverted
wana oD the people of his choice, his
chosen people, Dan. 11, 15.

2. Mibhar, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 38.

ὌΞ τὴ. (τ. 232) expectation, hope,
Zech. 9, 5. Meton. for the object of
expectation, Is. 20, 5. 6.— With suffix
moa. for ΓΞ Zech. l.c. Patah being
shortened into Seghol, as "M38 for
“ma8 ; comp. Heb. Gram. ὃ 27. ‘not. 2. a.

» O25

᾿ δ Ὁ3 Ὁ m. (1. 822) something rashly
uttered, as D2mav “a Num. 30, 7. 9.

ΤΩΣ τη. (τ. MB) constr. MBI, ὁ.
suff. "M239 and "ΠΏΞ, plur. ὈΠΤΙΩΞΏ,
Dag. f. impl. inn.

IL. trust, confidence, firm and certain
hope, Prov. 22,19. Meton. of a person
_or thing in which confidence is placed,
Ps. 40, 5. 65, 6. 71, 5. Job 8, 14. Jer. 17,
7. Plur. Jer. 2, 37.

2. security, safety ; Job 18, 14 his secu-
rity shall be torn from his tent, i.e. he
himself in his too great security. Plur.
Is. 32, 18.

mya ff. (τ. 23) exhilaration,
cheerfulness, Jer.8,18. The form is pr.
denom. from the Hiph. part. 37522 ex-
hilarans ; see Lehrg. p. 514, where to
the examples ending in ΤῊ this in ™-
may be added.

ΓΔ τη. (r. 423) a rrghtite! edifice,
Ez. ‘40, 2.

"220, see "230.

V3") m. (τ. "¥3 no. 2) plur. O¥32,
constr. "27$23%5; once plur. ninx32 Dan.
11, 15.

1. a fortification, fortress, citadel, Is.
25, 12; then for a fortified city, i. q. "">
nmysa, Is. 17,3. Hab. 1,10. The same
is “33% "9, δ g. WX “37 ΠΣ Josh.
19, 29, sg "x57 2 Sam. 24, 7, i.e. forti-
fied Tyre, or Palztyrus, old Tyre; comp.
Comm. on Is. 23, 7.—Plur. Num. 13, 19.
Jer. 48, 18. Lam. 2, 2:5. Nah. 3, 12. 14.
al. So 7x39 "9 Num. 32, 36. Josh.
19, 35; or ‘with both words in Plur. ἊΣ
W832 Jer. 5, 17; or the latter only,
ΓΞ "> fortified cities, Dan. 11, 15.
See in art. bain note. Heb. Gram. § 106.
3.—Metaph. Jer. 6, 27 I have set thee as
a watcher for my people, "%23 a for-
tress, i. e. secure from the violence of
enemies; comp. 1, 18.

2. Mibzar, pr. n. of a prince of the
Edomites, Gen. 36, 42.

ΤΣ τη. (τ. 7722) pr. flight, then as
concer. fugitive, plur. Ez. 17, 21.

: nwa (sweet odour, τ. 0w2) Mibsam,
pr.n. a) A son of Ishmael, Gen. 25, 13.
b) 1 Chr. 4, 25.

D022 τὰ. plur. (r. ia) pudenda,
Deut. 25, 11.

45*

533

mist Γ ρίαν. (τ. θῶ) boilers, botl-
ing-places, pr. part. Piel, Ez. 46, 23,
comp. 24. Vulg. culine.

42 m. Magus, plur. Magi, the name
for priests and wise men among the
Medes, Persians, and Babylonians, pr.
great, powerful ; see Hyde de relig. vett.
Persarum, p. 372 sq. Compare Pers. ἡ

mogh magus, from xo mih magnus, -

' dux; Zend. meh, maé, méo; Sanscr.

mahat, mahdé, in which lies the Greek
root μέγας, Lat. magis, magnus.—So
4273 .. in appos. the prince Magus, chief
of the Magi, Jer. 39, 3.

8572, see in bya I. no. 3, and 12 no.
3. g.

W332 (a gathering, τ. 823) Mag-
bish, pr. n. of a place, or, according to
others, of a man, Ezra 2, 30.

ΓΒΔ f plur. (r. 838) cords, i. e.
wreathen work like cords, Ex. 28, 14;
see in Mi>33.

ΓΣΞΛῺ { (τ. 925) a cap, turban, sc. of
the common priests, so called from its
round form, differing from the ™52%2 or
mitre of the high priest ; Exod. 28, 40
29, 9. 39,28. Lev. 8,13. Comp. Jos. Ant.
3. 7.3, 7.—Syr. ea cap; Eth. PAW
mitre or cap of the priests and monks.

"ἼΔΩ obsol. root; Arab. Be to be

honoured, renowned ; Bes nobility,
honour, glory. Most prob. i. q. "23 (m

and 7 interchanged), ὅξ, to be chief.
to be noble, whence 7722, ‘ous, prince.

—Hence mi3739 precious things, pr. n.
ἘΝ ΠΏ, and

372 m. plur. 0°32, something most
precious, most excellent ; Deut. 33, 13
pa) 132 the most precious things of the
heavens, i.e. rain, dew, as immediately
follows. Verse 14 wow nision "Δ the
most precious products of the sun. v. 15,
16. Cant. 4, 13 5°73 "98 most precious
fruits. v.16; and so without "2, 7,14
p"s327>2 all precious or pleasant fruite,
apples, ete. Vulg. every where poma

—Syr. tw fructus aridus.

173° see in 712

ἼΔΩ

2153 and 93 Miedol, pr.n. a) A
city of lower Egypt, Jer. 44, 1. 46, 14,
situated in the northern limits of Egypt,
Ez. 29, 10. 30, 6; according to the Itin.
Anton. p. 171, twelve miles from Pelu-
sium. In Egyptian the name is written

gewTwa (many hills); and the He
brews seem to have softened this foreign
word into 51532 (tower); see Champol-
' lion l Egypte sous les Pharaons, II. p.79.

b) A place near the head of the west-
ern gulf of the Red sea, Ex. 14,2. Num.
33,7. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 81.

717392 Zech. 12, 11, elsewhere 1730
(perhaps place of trope, r. ‘TIA, 1373)
Megiddo, pr. n. of a fortified city of
Manasseh, situated within the borders
of the tribe of Issachar, and formerly
a royal city of the Canaanites; Sept.
Muy:d50, Vulg. Mageddo. Josh. 12, 21.
17, 11. Judg. 1, 27. 1 K. 9, 15; comp.
1K. 4,12. 1 Chr. 7, 29. [It is usually
mentioned along with Taanach ; and ap-
pears to have been the place afterwards
called Legio, now Lejjtin ; see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. III. p. 177-180.—R.] Hence
Suyo-mspa the plain of Megiddo 2 Chr.
35, 22. Zech. 12,11; this was part of
the great plain of Esdraelon, and here
king Josiah was slain 2 K. 23, 29. 30.
2 Chr. 35, 22. i532 2 waters of Me-
giddo, [prob. the brook with mills, flow-
ing by Lejjain into the Kishon, Judg.
5,19; see Biblioth. Sac. 1843, p.77.—R.

ΝΣ ΥΠΔῺ (praise of God) Magdiel, pr.
n. of a prince of the Edomites, Gen. 36,
43. 1 Chr. 1,54. R. 32.

2732 m. (r. >35) constr. 5332; plur.
pybs33, mibaa2, constr. nibaaa.

l. a tower, 50 called from its altitude,
Gen. 11, 4. 5; spoken chiefly of the
towers of fortified cities and fortresses,
Judg. 8,9. 9,46 sq. 2 Chr. 14,6; of a for-
tress itself, 1 Chr. 27, 25. Prov. 18, 10;
elsewhere of watch-towers, 2 K. 9, 17.
17,9; of the watch-turret of a vineyard,
18. 5, 2, comp. Matt. 21, 33—Metaph. of
proud and powerful men, Is. 30, 25. 2,15.

2. an elevated stage, pulpit, βῆμα, Neh.
8,4; comp. 9, 4.

3. a bed in a garden, elevated in the
‘middle ; Cant. 5, 13 thy cheeks are...as
heds of spices. ὶ

534:

1373 -

4. In pr. names, it marks a town ἊΝ ὲ
tified by a tower, Migdal, e. g. a
a) Sx7>y30 (tower of God) ‘Micdal-el
a fortified city in the tribe of Naphtali, —
Josh. 19, 38; prob. Maydada Matth. 15, —

39, now Jos Mejdel on the western
coast of the sea of Galilee. not far from
Tiberias, See Bibl. Res, in Palest. ΠῚ.
p. 298. |

b) 357332 (tower of Gad) Migdal-
Gad, a "town of tHe tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 37.

τῇ “13-5332 (tower of the flock) Mig-
dal-eder, a village near Bethlehem Gen.
35, 21; hence put for the city Bethle-
hem itself and trop. for the royal line
of David, Mic. 4, 8. [Others, in Mic.
l. c. a tower so called on Zion; or perh.
for Zion itself—R.

27399, see δ᾽ π2Ώ.

mizy30 f. plur. (r. 33) precious
things, Gen. 24, 53. Ezra 1, 6. 2 Chr.
21, 3. 32, 23. :

+4 Magog, pr. n.
pheth, Gen. 10, 2.

2. A region and also a great and pow-
erful people dwelling in the extreme
recesses of the north, who are to invade
the Holy Land at a future time; Ez. 38,
2. 15. 39, 2.6. Nearly the same people
seem to be intended as were compre-
hended ‘by the Greeks under the name
of Scythians, Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 1. Jerome
ad Ez. 38, 2; Pete: the Arabs call .
Eble ctl Yajij and Majiy,
and have embellished with various fa-
bles. Their king is called 315, q.v. See
Kor. Sur. 18. 94-99. ib. 21. 96. Asse-
mani Biblioth. Orient. T. III. P. Il. p.
16, 17,20. D’Herbelot Biblioth. Orient.
arts. Jagiouge, Magiouge. Edrisi par
Jaubert II. p. 349. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
I. 1. p. 240. In the same manner are
joined οτος Chin and Ma-
chin, i. e. the Ciisede.: " On the syllable
ma in these names, as signifying place,
region, Frahn has given a learned dis- -
sertation; de Musei Spreviziani num-
mis Cuficis, p. 95.

2 om. (τ. “ἢ 1.2) plur Ss
Lam. 2, 22; fear, terror, Ps. 31, 14. Jer
6, 25. 20, 3. 10. Is. 31, 9.

1. A son of Ja- —

Δ

~ 992 m. (τ. 74a I. 1) once sing. c. suff.

23999 Ps. 55, 16; elsewhere only Plur.
οὐ saan, c. suff. 77799.

. Plur. journeyings, sojournings, in

so countries; Gen. 17,8 7732 728

the land of thy sojournings, in ‘which

thou art a stranger. 28, 4. 36, 7. 37, 1.
Trop. of human life, as a sojourning

᾿

on earth, Gen. 47, 9. Ps. 119, 54; comp.
Ps. 39, 13. 1 Chr. 29, 15.
2. adwelling, Ps.55,16. Pl. Job 18,19.

mynd Γ (τ. 581. 2) i, ᾳ. "ἴδ, fear,
Prov. 10, 24.

m9 f, (τ. 993 I) 1. fear, also ob-
ject of fear, plur. Is. 66, 4. Ps. 34, 5.

2. a granary, storehouse, Hagg. 2, 19.

MTV £. an axe, 2 Sam. 12,31. R.
"i no. 2.

2372 m. (τ. 222) a sickle, Jer. 50, 16.

S$ ¢ > ἐν
Joel 4,13. Arab. hste, Syr. ss, id
T2379 f(r. 554) a volume, roll, i. 6. a
book, Jer. 36, 14 sq. Ez. 2, 9. Ps. 40, 8
mpp-nb3 the. volume of the book, κατ
Boats of the bells of the law. Syr. es,

PDS se, Arab. ae id.

25 Chald. iq. Heb. Ezra 6, 2.

ΓΙΩΔ f. (Ὁ. 023) a gathering, host,
once Hab. 1, 9, of the invading Chalde-
ans: ΓΘ OB M237 the gathering of
their faces is forwards, i i.e. all their faces
are turned forwards, pressing on. Arab.
Εν. i. band, multitude.—Kimchi
on Ps. 27, 8 uses this word for desire,

longing ; comp. Arab. > appetiit, prope
fuit instititque res.

* 4372 in Kal not used; Prex 437 to
deliver over, c. acc. Gen. 14, 20; with
two acc. of pers. and thing, Prov. 4, 9.
Also like jm2, D1”, to make one any
thing, 0 make as, Hos. 11, 8.—It seems

“ ᾽

to be kindred with Arab. Ἐπ potuit,
valuit; II, in potestatem dedit; 5 and ἃ
being interchanged.

722 pr. part. Hiph. (τ. 123) comm.
gend. (f. 1 K. 10,17. 2 Chr. 9. 16,) c. suff.
$33; plur. 0°39, misao 2 Chr. 23, 9,
constr. "252; @ shield, Judg.5,8. 2 Sam.
δ. 21. 22, 31. 36. 2 K. 19, 32. al. Arab.

535

“ΔΩ
a. 86.
CNS Rise, id—The 773 was of less

size and weight than the ΓΙ, see
1 K. 10, 16.17. 2 Chr. 9,16. 8 ὍΝ
an armed man, spoken of a robber, Prov.
6, 11. 24, 34—Metaph. a) Of God as
a protector, Gen. 15, 1. Deut.-33, 29. Ps.
8, 4. 18, 3.31. 144,2. Ps. 7,11 ΤΣ "239
b'n>dx my shield is upon God. i.e. God
holds as it were my shield, protects me
with ashield; comp.89,19. b) 73877337
shields of the earth or land, poet. for
princes, chiefs, protecting the people by
force of arms, Ps. 47,10. Hos. 4,18. Once
of the crocodile’s scales, Job 41, 7 [15].

302 f. (Ὁ. 324) @ covering, once Lam.
3, 65 ΞΡ ΓΞ) covering of the heart,
Le. obduracy, stubbornness, comp. κά-
λυμμα ἐπὲ τὴν καρδίαν 2 Cor. 3, 15, and

$6 5
Arab. will Ac Kis! coverings
over the heart, Koran 6. 25. ib. 17. 48.
Kimchi also properly compares fatness
of heart, Is. 6,10. But Jos. Kimchi, the
father, understands failure of mind, fatal
disease ; comp. Arab. wees) Ruble
i. 6.8 veiling of the heart, failure of mind.

ΓΟ ΔῺ f. (τ. 193) rebuke, curse, sc. of
God, fatal to men, Deut. 28, 20.

ΓΊΞ9 Ὁ f. (r. 32) Tsere impure, constr.
mena Zech. 14, 15; plur.c. suff. "mba
Ex. 9, 14.

1. a plague sent from God, Ex. 9, 14.
Spoken chiefly of pestilential and fatal
diseases, Num. 14, 37. 17, 13. 25, 18. 31,
16. 1 Sam. 6, 4. 2 Sam. 24, 21. |

2. slaughter in battle, 1 Sam. 4, 17.
2 Sam. 17, 9. |

ὭΣ Δ (perh. for 37s moth-killer, _
τ. 932) Magpiash, pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 21.

% :
"Δ i,q. "32, ""35, to cast before,

to deliver over ; once Part. pass. Ez. 21,
17 ΠΣ 3 cast down before the-
sword, delivered over to it. Syr. in-
trans. ; to fall.

Piet 732, to cast. down, to overthrow,
Ps. 89, 45.

Deriv. pr. n. 71739.

"32 Chald. Pa. "3% id. to cast down,
to overthrow, Ezra 6. 12.

M190 Ff. (7.7793 no. 2) α saw, 1 K.7,9
2 Sam. 12, 31. 1 Chr. 20. 3.

γ

ΤῺ (precipice, r. 932) Migron, pr.
n. of a place in the tribe of Benjamin
not far from Gibeah, 1 Sam. 14, 2. Is. 10,
28.

ΓΗ Δ f. plur. (r. 324 no. 2) contrac-
tions, drawings in of the wall, ledges,
resis, 1 K. 6, 6.

MEI f. (τ. 598) a lump or clod of
earth, as taken up and turned by a spade
or like instrument, pr. a spadeful ; Joel
1, 17 the seeds die beneath their clods, a
description of excessive drought. So

3 Sat Ezra and Kimchi. —Syr. ἴδε ζο,

ἜΣ spade.

W792 m. (τ. 874) constr. wt; plur.
constr. "W752, once Miw 737 Ez. 27, 28.

1. Inf. after the Aram. ‘form, to plun-
der, to spoil, Ez. 36.5 ; see the root no. 2.

2. A place whither herds are driven
to graze, a pasture, 1 Chr. 5, 16. Ez.
48,15; see the root no. 4. Spoken es-
pecially of the open country set apart
for pasture around the Levitical cities,
Num. 35, 2 sq. Josh. 21, 11 sq. 1 Chr. 6,
40 sq., Hence these cities are called
pows9 93, 1 Chr. 13, 2.

3. an open place, area, around a city
or building, Ez. 27, 28. 45, 2. 48, 17.—
Plur. once ΓΘ} (as if froin a sing.
mui), but masc. Ez. 27, 28.

‘Tid m. (r. 7172) c. suff. "7 Ps. 109, 18,
m3 Job 11,9; Plur. o"72 Judg. 3, 16,
once 11 Judg. 5, 10, c. suff. ΠΤ Jer.
13, 25.

1. a vestment, garment, so called from
its fulness and width, see the root no. 1;
Ps. 109, 18. Lev. 6,3. Also a carpet on
which the wealthy sit, plur. j"972 Judg.
5, 10.

2. a measure, Job 11, 9. Jer. 13, 25 m2
W279 the porlion measured out to thee.

maa Chald. m. emphat. sna‘, an
altar, Ezra 7.17. R. ΓΞ.

“2'T2 m. with Π loc. miata Ex. 4,
27; constr. "250 with 5 loc. once 7239
1K.19,15. R. =.

1, pasture land, open fields, i. e. an
uninhabited tract or region, untilled,
and adapted only to pasture, see the
root no. 2; like Germ. Trift from trei-

ben. Syr. (-29, 1-255, id. Joel 2, 22

536

‘Ries, tn: Paleat. ἮΝ p. 202 sq. Motegi

sq. 41, 1 sq. Deut. 21, 2. Zech. 2, 6.

grain, Ruth 3, 15.—Metaph. Is. 65,7 ἢ

ΝᾺ 4
“aya Mik? Nw the pastures of the fields
do flourish. Ps, 65, 13 "ata MIR? om
the pastures of the en dr ‘Op, distil, fat-
ness, fertility. So the opp. Jer. 293,10.
"2772 MN? 102" the pastures of the fields :
are dry. Joel 1, 19.—Is. 42, 11 let them —
exult "73% “373 the open fields and their
cities, i.e. the open country together with
the cities; comp. 1 K. 2, 34.—Often also

2. a desert, a sterile and solitary re-—
gion, Is. 32, 15. 35, 1. 50, 2. Jer. 3, 2. 4,
11. al. Also of a region desolated by
violence, Is. 14,7. 64,9. 93%) "aT
Joel 2,3. 4,19. With the art. ἈΦΊΕΙ
everywhere the great Arabian desert
towards and around Sinai, Gen. 14, 6.
14, 7. Ex. 3, 1. 13,18. Deut. 11, 24, of -
which the different parts are dintiue
guished by separate pr. names, see 770,
"29D, 750, j¥, FIRB. So too T1939 |
the desert of Judah, on the west of the
Dead Sea, Judg.1,16. Ps.63,1; see Bibl.

Hos. 2,5 “a'va2 ΠΡ 7 have made her
asa desert, 1 i.e. naked, destitute of every
thing. Ter. 2, 31 byte ἼΗΙ ἜΣ ΘΙ,
have I been a desert to Israel? i.e. have
I commanded them to worship me for
naught, have I been barren towards
them ? 9, 11. Is. 27, 10.

3. Poet. instrument of speech, the mouth,
(τ. "23 to speak, ) Cant. 4, 3 τὴν ἼΔΩ,
thy mouth is comely, parall. thy lips. —
Sept. Aadia, Jerome eloquium, and so —
the Rabbins; but the context almost
necessarily demands some member, as
A. Schultens justly remarks.

i TT, plur. 3 pers. 17172, twice contr.
“mina Is. 65,7, omina Num. 35, 5; inft
“7a Zech. 2, 6; fut. 7", Tim, conv,
28). |
1. to stretch, to extend, 1. 4. Arab. ἃ; ἡ
see Hithp. and the nouns ‘V2, 772,

2. to mete, to measure. ΟΣ
ing are Sanscr. mad, md, to measure
Zend. meélé, maté, Gr. μέτρον, μέδιμνος,
Lat. metior, meta ; Goth. mitan, Anglo-
Sax. metan, Germ. messen, Engl. t
mete ; see Pott. Etymol. Forsch. I.
194.—Pr. to measure a thing by exrtenc
ing a measuring line upon it, Ez. 40, 5

Then also of hollow measures, as ¢

.
ΜΗ
.

will measure their deeds into their bosom,
i.e. 1 will bring upon them just retribu-
tion.

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 2, Jer. 31, 37.
33, 22. Hos. 2, 1.

Pret 73, fut. ὙΠῸ" 1. Intrans. and
intens. to be Ndblanded; to be long ; Job %
4353 °77 long is the night! So Sind.
—Others take 1372 as a noun; see the
next art.

2. 1. q. Kal no. 2, to mete, to measure,
2 Sam. 8, 2. Ps. 60, 8 7 will mete out the
valley of Succoth, sc. to my victorious
troops, who shall become its inhabitants.

Po. “ἸῺ i. q. Piel no. 2; Hab. 3, 6
ΥῊΝ Wa 22 God stood and measured
_ the earth with his eyes, surveyed it. So
Vulg. Kimchi and others; and this is
best in accordance with the Hebrew
usage. But Sept. and Chald. and shook
the earth, from r. ‘3*2 q. v. and this ac-
cords best with the parallel clause: ‘he
beheld and made the nations tremble.’
_ But a root 799 is elsewhere unknown in
Hebrew.

__Hrrapo. 1yann to stretch oneself. 1 K.
© 17, 21.
Deriv. 72, 79, 72°2, pr. ἢ. 7772.

_ ‘THO m. (τ. 12) flight ; Job 7,4 when

7 lie down, I say, When shall I arise?
a9 79721 and when the flight of the
_ night 2 poet. for: When will the night
be gone? But see in 779 Pi. no. 1.

- * rit i. q. 172, to stretch, to measure,
ἃ root not in use, Arab. φίλο to extend,

- Go 9 :
6 a kind of measure.—Hence the
_ houns 172 and 41772 IL.

M72 f. (τ. 172) 1. extension, length.
ΤῊ Ws a man of stature 1 Chr. 11, 23.
20, 6. Plur. M39 ΣΝ Is. 45, 14, τ
ΤΊ] wos Num. 13, 32; comp. Bi the
double form of the pluk. in compounds,
Heb. Gram. ὃ 106. 3. Jer. 22, 14 ma
nina a large house, of ample extent.

2. i. q. V2 no. 1, a vestment, garment,
plur. nina Ps. 133, 2.
_ 3. measure, Ex. 26, 2. 8. 36, 9.15. 1
K. 6, 25. Ez. 40, 10. 24. al. na ban
Z measuring ΠΝ Zech. 2,5. 792. mp
a measuring reed or rod Ez. 40, 3. 5.
Also a portion, as measured out, Neh. 3,
11. 19. 20. 21. etc.—Metaph. Ps. 39, 5.

4. From the Chald. tribute, Neh. 5, 4.

537

ou)

my Chald. m. tribute, as if measured
out to each person, Ezra 4, 20. 6, 8.
Also with Dag. forte resolved, 3372

Ezra 4, 18. 7,24, Syr. [2] 36.

MATT ἅπ. λεγόμ. Is. 14, 4., If this
be the correct orthography, it is a de-
nom. from Aram, 33% (q. v.) i. q. ΞΠῚ
gold, formed in the manner of part. Hiph.
fem. pr. gold-maker, i. e. exactress of
gold, a not unapt epithet of Babylon
(parall. 35); or else heap or treasury
of gold, where formative implies place,
comp. 12} dung, 2292 dung-hill,
Lehrg. p. 512. n. 14. With Kimchi,
Aben Ezra, and others, I prefer the for-
mer.—But most of the ancient versions
(Syr. Chald. Sept. ἐπισπουδαστής, Vulg.
tributum) give the sense of the Heb.
M3172, oppresstgn, which is also read
in the edit. Thessalon. 1600, and ought
perhaps to be restored in the text; comp.
Is. 3,5, where the similar verbs 35 and
32 correspond to each other in parallel
members.

ὙΤ m. (r. ΠῚ) plur. c. suff. ἘΓΤΟΥ ΤΩ,
a vestment, garment, 2 Sam. 10,4. 1 Chr.
19, 4.

M72 τὴ. (r. 773) disease, sickness,
Deut. 7, 15. 28, 60.

DTT τη. plur. seductions, Lam. 2,
14. R. 73 see Hiph. no. 3.

I. ΤΠ ΤῸ m. (r. 1.1) ρίαν. ὨΠ5Ν 12.

1. contention, quarrel, strife, Prov. 15,
18. 16, 28. 17, 14. al. Plur. Prov. 23,
29, 26, 21. 27, 15. al. So of an object
of strife, Ps. 80, 7.

2. Madon, pr. n, of a royal city of the
Canaanites, Josh. 11, 1. 12, 19.

IT. 7179 m. (r. 47) extension, tall-
ness ; 2 Sam. 21, 20 Keri jit72 Uw a
tall man, i. q. 7372 πὰς 1 Chr. 20, 6.
The Cheth. is to be read 72 measures,
from sing. "2.

27772 (contr. from 3235"m2 what is
known, taught? i. q. for what reason ?
Gr. ti μαϑών ;) Adv. of interrog. why?
wherefore? Josh. 17, 14. 2 Sam. 19, 42.
1K. 1, 6. Job 3, 12. 18,3. Jer. 8, 5. al.
In an indirect interrog. Ex. 3, 3.—In
Job 21, 4, 24572 D8 are not to be closely
joined ; for 08 corresponds to 1 inter-
rog. in the prior clause, and causes the

77

whole verse to contain a double inter-
rogation: do I then complain of man?
min gpm ND Sra ἘΝῚ wherefore then
should I not be impatient? See ox B. 1.

ἼΤΩ Chald. (r. "4) habitation, Dan.
A, 22. 29 5, 21.

M17 f. (τ. 5553} a round pile of fuel,
i.g. 73 no. 3. Ez. 24, 9. Is. 30, 33.

maT see ΠΏ.

TT m. overthrow, ruin, es 26,
28. R.nns.

MDT ἢ plur. (τ. 93) pr. ‘ thrust-
ings, impulses,’ sc. to a fall; hence, over-
throw, ruin; Ps. 140,12 miprt> to his
overthrow. Vulg. in interitum.

ὙΤῺ f. (Is. 21, 2) Media. a celebrated
country of Asia, lying on the south and
west of the Claspinis se@, Esth. 1,3.2K.
17,6. 18,11. Jer. 25, 25. 51, 11. 98, Me-
ton. the Medes, Gen. 10, 2. ke 13, 17. 21,
2. Dan. 9,1. Syr. ope. Gentile noun
"172 a Mede, Dan. 11, 1.—The etymo-
logy is perhaps from Pehlv. miavad mid,
comp. Sanscr. madhya medium ; imply-
ing that Media is in the middle of Asia,
or rather of the world; comp. Polyb. V.
44 ἡ γὰρ Μηδία κεῖται μὲν περὶ μέσην τὴν
᾿Ησίαν.

72 Chald. Media, Ezra 6, 2. Dan.
5, 28. 6,13. Gentile n. emphat. [X72 a
Mede Dan. 6,1 Keri; but in Cheth.&772.

ὙΠ (contr. for "37N2) pr. what is
enough, 2 Chr. 30,3. See ΠΏ, note.

“I see 73 no. 2. b.

7279 m. (Ὁ. 13 Niph.) 1. strife, con-
tention, only plur. 0°2°77 Prov. 18, 18.
. 19,13. Elsewhere in Keri, where Cheth.
p71, see ΤῸ ; also Bivvy. 6, 14 Keri.

2, ‘Midian, pr. n. of a son of Abra-
ham by Keturah, and of an Arabian
tribe descended from him Gen. 25, 2.
They would seem to have occupied por-
tions of the tract of country extending
from the eastern shore of the Elanitic
gulf (where Arabian geographers still
place a town Low) to the region of
Moab on the one hand, and to the vici-
nity of Mount Sinai on the other, Ex. 2,
15. 3, 1. 18,1. Num. c. 31. Judg. c. 6-8.
Sometimes the Midianites appear to be
reckoned among the Ishmaelites, Gen.

538

tia ~
&
37, 25 comp. 36. Judg. 7, 12 comp. 8,
22.24; elsewhere they are distinguished
from them, Gen. 25, 2. 4. 12-18. This
arose prob. from their being nomadic in
their habits; so that bands of them often
moved from place to place.—Hence "733
i272 the dromedaries of the Midianites
Is. 60, 6. 473 DIT the day of Midian Is.
9,3, i. e. the victory gained over Midian,
see Judg. ὁ. 7. 8.—Gentile ἢ. "39°99 Mi-
dianite Num. 10, 29, plur. 5°~ Gen. 37,

28; once contr. Ὁ Gen. 27, 36; f -

ni— Num. 25, 15.

ὙΠ (measures) Middin, pr. n. of a
town in the desert of Judah, Josh. 15, 61.
R. 7772.

2°70 Γ (τ. 13) a word of the later
Hebrew, see the Chaldee; pr. judgment,
jurisdiction ; hence

1. a province, district, under the juris-
diction of a prefect or viceroy, as the
Persian provinces and satrapies, Esth.
1, 1. 22. 3, 12. 14. al. e. g. Elymais Dan.
8,2, mira Ὁ the viceroys, rulers of
the provinces, Ksth.1, 3. 8,9. 9,3. "33

moa the sons of the provinces, Lass

Israelitish exiles dwelling in the Per-
sian provinces, Ezra 2,1. Neh. 7, 6.—

ie ἢ τ σ
Syr. [Ads γδο id. Arab. RigQye city.

2. In a wider sense, land, region,

‘country, Dan. 11, 24. Lam.1,1. Ez. 19,

8. Ecc. 2, 8 (comp. Ezra 4, 13). 5, 7.
ΤΡ Chald. f(r. 703) @ province,
district, Dan. 3, 2.3. So of the province

of Baby ΑΝ ὑπ΄ Ὦ, not the empire, Ezra
4,15. 7, 16. Dan. 2, 48, 49. 3, 1.12. 30;

so of Media, Ezra 6, 2; of Judea, Ezra

5, 8.

ΓΤ f. (r. 35%) a mortar, Num. 11,8.

Chald. 839772 id.

yay (dunghill, r. 723) Madmen, pr.

es

n. of a town in the borders of Moab, Jer. —

48, 2.

ΓΡΟΤΩ £ (τ. 191) 1.
dunghill, Is. 25, 10.

2. Madmenah, pr. n. of a town in the

tribe of Benjamin, not far from Jerusa-
lem, Is. 10, 31.

i. q. δ α

Ψ

pr. n. of a town in the south of Judah,
Josh. 15, 31.

‘

727279 (dunghill,r. 795) Madmannah,

Gr. ti; Syr. Iso, Arab. Lo.

ya

139 τὰ. (r. 1.3) 1. contention, strife,
only in plur. 0°22 Prov. 6, 14. 19. 10, 12.
2. Medan, pr. n. of a son of Abraham

and Keturah, the brother of Midian,Gen.
25, 2.

ὩΣ ΤῺ Midianites, see in 112 no. 2 fin.

Y72 m. also YT 2 Chr. 1, 10, a
word of the later Hebrew. R. >", the
" being represented by Daghesh dorte,
as in verbs iD.

1. knowledge, intelligence, 2 Chr. 1,
10. 11. 12. Dan. 1, 4. 17.

2. consciousness, thought ; Ecc. 10, 20
curse not the king even in thy thought.
Sept. συνείδησις. ---- Chald. 3332, Syr.

Sp, id.

DTA, see » ΤΩ:

MiP £. plur. constr. (Ὁ. Ἢ) pierc-
ings, thrusts sc. of a sword, Prov. 12, 18.

VW" Chald. i. ᾳ. 9179, dwelling, Dan.
2,11. R. 75.

MINT f. (τ. Ἀπ α steep mountain,
precipice, which can be ascended only
by steps or stairs, Cant. 2,14. Ez. 38,
20. Comp. κλίμαξ, e.g. κλίμαξ Τυρίων.

712 τὴ. (τ. 7.3 α treading, i. e.
space trodden upon, a foot-breadth, Deut.

2, 5. Comp. Deut. 11, 24. Josh. 1, 3.
ὌΠ m. (τ. 825 no. 5) a commentary,

Arab. Unde a
commentary, book. 2 Chr. 24,27 67772
pisban "HO a commentary on the book
of the Kings, i.e. an historical comment-
ary containing a supplement. 13, 22.

as often in Rabbinic.

Comp. Cesar’s Commentaries.
MOI or ΤΡ ΤΩ f(r. wins) pr. fa

treading out ;’ concr. trodden out, thresh-

ed, metaph. of a people trodden down

and oppressed, Is. 21, 10.

ΤΏ with art. xnwan, Medatha,
Hammedatha, Pers. pr. n. of the father
of Haman, Esth. 3, 1. 8, 5.

ἘΠ, “Va, ἽΠΠΩ. ΓΙ, °72, 72, for
the difference of spin forms see note at
the end of the article.

A) Asa Pronoun. ᾿ 1. Pron. interrog.
used of things, as "2 of persons, what 2

In a direct

539 ᾿

ria

interrog. Gen. 4, 10 ΩΣ ΓΙ what hast
thou done? Is. 38,15 "338 ΓῺ what shall
Isay? Esth.5,6. 1Sam. 4,16. 2K. 4, 13.
al. sepiss. In an indirect interrog. after
verbs of asking, answering. speaking,
seeing, and the like; 1 K. 14, 3 he shall
tell thee “922 M73" what shall be to
the child. Ex. 2,4. Neh. 2,12. Job 34,
33. Num. 13. 18. al.—Put also in the gen.
after a subst. Jer. 8, 9 ἘΠῚ my-M22N the
wisdom of what thing is in them? or
vice versa before a subst. which is to be
taken as a gen. as Ps. 30,10 >x¥a7N72
what of gain? Is. 40,18 maaan what
of likeness ? where in Engl. we say what
gain? what likeness? So with plur.
Zech. 1,9. Ellipt. Judg. 18, 8 omy ma
what word bring ye ?—Further :

a) Where 2 refers to substantives, it
often expresses inquiry after quality, like
Lat. gualis, Engl. what, what kind of ?
1 Sam. 28, 14 ἽΝ ΤΠ ahead form is he
of 2 2K. L, 7 WANT vp. ΓῺ what man-
ner of man? Num. 13, 18. 16, 11. So by
way of depreciation, Ps, 8,5 Biax7n72
what is man? 144, 3. Job 6, 11. %; 17.
1K. 9,13 Hbxn omen ΠῸ what are
these cities? Hence also in ‘reproaches,
Gen. 44,15. Judg. 8,1. Is. 36, 4. Josh.
22, 16.

b) 727572 what is to thee? i.e. what
wilt thou? Judg. 1, 14. So with %D,
what is io thee that thou doest so and so?
i.e. what aileth thee that, etc. Gr. ti
παϑὼν τοῦτο ποιεῖς; Is: 22,1; with "D
impl. Is. 3, 15. Comp. Arab. dU Le,

Lo, Kor. Sur. 57. 8, 10.

Ὁ) 321 "boa what is to me and thee?
what hast thou to do with me? Jidg.
11, 12. 2 Sam.16, 10. 19, 23. °K. 9,
18 Ὁ θη Ab-M2 what hast thou to do
wilh peace? Without the copula, Jer.
2,18 ΘΠ WWD Ἴ Π. Hos. 14, 9.
So with mx, Jer. 23,28 7an-n DN Ἰ2ΠΙΞ ΤΙ
what is to the chaff with the grain? what
likeness is there between them?—-Comp.
Syr. yo as Ls Barhebr. p- 170. 1. 8.
Arab. x3 Lo, ὦ lo, Gr. τέ μάχαισι κἀμοὶ
Anacr. 17.4. Comp. Matt. 8, 29. Mark
5, 7. John 2, 4.

2. Pron.indefinite, whatever,something,
any thing ; more fully m25x72 for 7217
q.v. Arab. bo id. Prov: 9,13 παρ στὴ
m2 he careth for nothing. 2 Sam. 18,

ye

22 MANN ΠΙᾺ ὙΠ whatever there is, let
me run. Job 13, 13 9 "ἜΣ 7597) and
let come upon me whatever will. v.14.
Once put after the noun, as 42 [25
whatsoever thing Num. 23, 3.—Also won

that which (Syr. 9 tse) Ece. 1, 9. 3, 15.

22. 6, 10. 7. 24. 8, 7. 10, 14. Or with
the relat. impl. like Engl. what ; Judg. 9,
48 "nue πον 72 what ye saw that I

did. Sept. ὃ εἰδετὲ μὲ ποιοῦντα. Arab.
Lo id quod.
B) Adv. ofinterrog. 1. why? where-

fore? for the fuller ">, as Gr: ti, Lat.
quid? Arab. Lo. Ex. 14, 15 pssnrma
"bX why criest thou to me? Pa. 42, 12.
Job 7, 21. 2 K. 6, 33.

2. how, how itch: in exclamations of
admiration, as often Arab. Lo. Gen. 28,
17 myn Dipan x72 how dreadful is
this place! Ps. 8,2 how glorious is thy
mame! Num. 24,5 ποτ Ask how
beautiful are thy tents! Cant. 7, 2. Ps.
119, 97 ἡ τ "MIAN NY how love Tthy
law ! Ironically, Job 26, 2 ΤῚΣ ΓῺ
MS-N>> how hast thou helped the weak !
ἥν τὰ

3. how? in what way? Gen. 44, 16
press-n2 how shall we justify ourséloce?

4. when? Ps. 39,5 let me know >3n-773
ἊΝ when I shall cease to be.

C) Sometimes 2 of depreciation and
reproach (see in A. 1. a) approaches
very nearly to a negative power ; comp.
Lehrg. p. 834, and Lat. quid multa? for
ne multa. So Job16,6 if J speak, my
grief is not assuaged ; and if I forbear,
Jed cams what goeth from me? 1. 8.
even so nothing of my pain departs;
Vulg. non recedit a me. Prov. 20, 24
Ws THe CIN and man, how shall
he know his own way 2 i. 6. hie knows it
not; Chald. x>. Job 31,1 Ihave made
a cbbeiant with my eyes, “>> 5IBNN ΓῺ
~ MeAMD “ey should I look upon a maid?
Sept. ov, Vulg. ne, Syr. tls. Cant. 8, 4
MSAK ry MSHA ASAT ‘why
awake ye....my love? i. 6. awake him
not; comp. 2, 7. 3,5, where tN stands
inthe same conettastion: Prov. 31,2.3.—
Comp. below in 23 Is. 2, 22, ΓΞ Job
21,17, and n> lett. b. In Arabic, Le
has by degrees actually adopted this
negative power, the origin of which we
here clearly see in the Heb.

540

6 ABM 122 how great is the breadth of

ss

aye =

D) With various ‘prepositions, viz. y

1, Maa, 723, pr. in what? wherein?
Ex. 22, 26; in hie thing ? wheraal
Gen. 15,8; with what? 1 Sam. 6,2; by
what ? whereby ? Judg. 16,5 latter part.
—Then according to the various uses’
of 2, viz. at what price? see 3 B. 3. Is,
2, 99 Nim ΌΤΙ M22 at what price shall
he be estimated? i.e. at an empty price,
he is nothing. So too on what account?
wherefore? 2 Chr. 7, 21; see 3 B. 5.

2, N22, 92, (for the art. after > see

3 2.c,) Arab. aS

im FS pr. as what? i.e.

with what shall it be compared? Spo-
ken: a) Of space, how great, Zech. 2,

it? “Also how long? Ps. 35,17. Job 7,19.

b) Of number, how many? Gen. 47, 8.
2 Sam. 19, 35. 1 Καὶ, 22,16 Desh Map“ sy
how many times ? hee often? So inan.
exclamation, Zech. 7, 3 5°23 ΠῺΞ πὶ
this how many years! Also how often?
Ps. 78, 40. Job 21, 17, where how oft is
the question of one in dpabt for seldom.

3. ΠΡ Milél (for 12>) also M25 Mil-
ra, this latter form except in a few ex-
amples (2 Sam. 2, 22. 14, 31. Ps. 49, 6.
Jer. 15,18) being used before the letters
N, 7, >, and the name Min" (see Nol-
dii Concord. Part. p. 904), thrice 192
1 Sam. 1, 8.

a) wherefore? why? for what cause?
Gen. 4, 6. 12, 18. 44, 7. Ex. δ, 4. Ps. 49,
6. al. Emphat. nina, see in ΠῚ no. 3.
c. Gen. 18, 13. 25, 22 SShy hyn why
then am I? why do I exist ? the lan-
guage of an impatient woman. Jer. 6,20.
Prov. 17,16. So in an indirect interrog.
after a verb of knowing, 1 Sam. 6, 3.
Dan. 10, 20.—Sometimes it expresses”
dehortation, warning, prohibition; as
Prov. 5, 20 why wilt thou, my son, be
ravished with a strange woman? i.e. be
not thus ravished. Ps. 44, 94, 1 Sam.
19, 17 let me go, why should I kill thee?
i.e. else I must kill thee. 2 Chr. 25, 16.
Gen. 27, 45.—Hence |

b) In later writers, where it is chiefly
used by way of dehortation or prohibi-
tion, it often passes over into a prohibit- ἵ
ive or negative power of itself, lest, lest

perhaps; like Syr. Fas, a9, Chald.
nod, N22 "I; Eee. 5,5 ORR ΠΝ ΡΣ mb

ΤΩ

πὲ by afi should God be angry
at thy voice? for, lest God be angry;
Sept. well, ἵνα μή, Vulg. ne forte, Syr.
PS). Ece. 7, 16. 17. Neh. 6,3. To
_ the Syriac form [sao correapanda ex-
ἱ actly mabe Cant. 1, 7, Sept. μή ποτε,
Vulg. ne; as also rab “ws, which is

put after a verb of fearing, like ἼΞ, as.

- Dan. 1, 10 J fear my lord the king 738
aa ANT M2 ‘lest he should see, etc.
; Theod. μή ποτε.

_ 4, 23 on account of what, on this
"account that, i. 6. because ; from 2 prop-

ter (see > A. 10) and m2 what? 80
once, 1 Chr. 15, 13 contr. ΓΝ 39
for mba 2» because that from "the
beginning, ete. Comp. "12> enough,
_ 2 Chr. 30, 3. |
8, marsy, Gr. ἐς τί Il. 5. 465, till when?
how long? Ps. 74, 9. 79, 5. 89,47. But
Num. 24, 22 how Lane till Asshur shall
carry thee away captive? i. 6. he will
carry thee away shortly.

6. M72->d pr. upon what? Is. 1,5. Job
38, 6; then, wherefore, why? Num. 22,
$2. Jer. 9,11. Job-13,14. In an indirect
interrog. Job 10, 2. Esth. 4, 5.
Nore. On the use of the forms of
this particle, the following may be noted:
a) The primitive form ΓῺ is found every
_ where in pause, and also before 8 and,
Makkeph being inserted or omitted, as
mba Zech. 1, 9, om NK m2 Judg. 9,
48. More rarely before 4 Josh. 4, 6. 21.
Num. 13, 19. 20. pent 6, 20; 4 1
22, 16. Judg. 8, 1; % Gen. 21, 29;
1K. 9,.13; also 3 2 K. 8,13; 3 Gen. τ
32. b) The form “72 is parentarte
frequent before letters not guttural, with
Dag. forte conjunctive, as 72>"M2 Judg.
1 14, inw-na Ex. 3, 13, mn 1K.
14, 3. al. seepiss. Also Beforn the harder
Pattarals: © 6. g. πὶ with Dag. forte impl.
as πη ΠΤ Num. 16, 11, 8-72 Num.
13, 18. Ps. 39,5. But before © it can
also take Kamets; see above ina. c)
Sometimes “M2 with Dag. unites with
the foll. word into one, as D272 for “m7
o> Is. 3, 15, m1 Ex. 4, 2 2, nxbm Mal.
I 38, 3157 αν. So with a foll. guttu-
ral, ἘΓῺ for ἘΠῚ M72 Ez. 8,6; also the pr.
names "333, "27332. d) The form
m2 is put before the letters 5, », M with
Kamets, according to the known canon,

46

δ4.1. a ey

Heb. Gram. ὃ 27. ἢ. 2. δ. Lehrg. § 47
1. ΤΩΣ ng, damn Ps. 39, 5. 89, 48-
also sag ΓῺ Ἴ Sam. 20, 1. Very fre-
quently ‘also it stands before letters not
guttural, chiefly at the beginning of
sentences, O"NM ΘΒ ΓΙῸ 2K. 1,7. Ps.
4, 3. 10, 13. Is, ἘΝ 5. Jer. 11. 15. Still
more frequently it is found alter prefix-
es, as 72? 1 Sam. 1, 8, ma> 1 K. 22, 16.
2 Chr. 18, 15. Zech. 7, 3, also M2 Ex.

22,26. 33, 16. Judg. 16, δ. 1 Sam. 6, 2.

29, 4. Mal. 1, 7. al.
f. “p23 Judg. 16, 5.

ΓῺ Chald. once 82 q. v.
rog. what? Dan. 4, 32,

2. Indef. what, shateven, Dan. 2, 22,
Ezra 6,9. "3 %2 whatever it is which,
Dan. 2, 28. 29.

3. With pref. a) "23 how! how ex-
ceedingly! Dan. 3, 33. Ὁ) ΓΙ where-
fore? in dehortations, and hence i. q.
lest, Ezra 4,22. 793 55 id. 7,23. Comp.
Heb. mus in m2 D. 3. Ὁ.

. mda or O72 in Kal not used,
prob. to deny, to refuse Comp. in Ard

Followed by Dag.

1. Inter-

bic the particles κα, x0, Syr. oss, be-

ware, desist ; whence to forbid,
to hinder ; II, to abstain, to desist; comp.

“συ.

xi.g5 and with the final He softened
Lg3, abegit, prohibuit, interdixit; see
on negative verbs under 813. Hence |

Hitup. ΓΙ ΩΓΤ ΩΓ pr. to refuse, to be
reluctant ; hence to delay, to linger, Gem.
19, 16. 48, 10. Ex. 12, 39. Judg. 3, 26.
19, 8. 2 Sam. 15, 28. Is, 29, 9. Hab. 2, 3:

MAW f(r. 594) 1. confusion, con-
sternation, Is. 22, 5. Deut. 7, 23. 28, 20.
1 Sam. 5, 9. 11 mya-maing a, deadly) con-
sternation.

2. tumult. Ez. 22, 5 maim nan full
of tumult. Trop. of the unquiet and
troubled life of the rich, Prov. 15, 16
Plur. minim tumults Am. 3, ἐν 2 Chr
15, 5.

ΤΩ ΓΙ (i. ᾳ. Syr. Stes faithful
then eunuch, τ. 7728) Méhuman, pr. of a

eunuch in the court of Xerxes, Esth.
2, 20,

282072 (whom: God does good to,
Chald. for ἘΝ Ξ 2) Mehetabeel; pr. n
a) m. Neh. 6,10. Ὁ} Ὁ Gen. 36, 39.

ὙΠ

ΤΙ τὴ. (τ. ὙΠ I. 2) quick, hence
vrompl, apt, skilled in business, ete.
Prov. 22, 29. Is. 16, 5. Ps. 45, 2. Ezra 7,

6. Syr. [peordo id.

Ἶ ὉΓΤῺ ἅπαξ λεγόμ. i. ᾳ. Chald. ΓΤ,
Heb. 8:2 (comp. under lett. τι), to cut
off, to prune ; trop. to adulterate, to spoil
wine by mixing water with it, Is. 1, 22.
The Arabs have the like trope with
verbs of cutting, breaking, wounding,
killing, which they use for diluted wine,
etc. See Thesaur. p. 772. So too Mar-
tial forbids ‘jugulare Falernum,’ Ep. 1.
28. [In Engl. also one might speak of
cutting down the wine, diluting it.—R.

Jom m. (r. 4b) 1. way, journey,
Neh. 2, 6. Jon. 3, 3. 4.

2. a walk, place for walking, Ez. 42,

sat ΠΝ Zech. 3,7 is part. Hiph.
of r. 42, way )-fellows, companions.

-ϑῷ m. (τ. >3 Pi.) praise, applause.
Prov. 22, 21 as the crucible to silver....
so let a man be to the mouth of his praise,
i.e. let him try closely the mouth which
tran him.—Hence

pr. n. ἫΝ A patriarch descended from,
Seth, Gen. 5,12. Ὁ) Neh. 11, 4.

ΣΗΙΡ f, plur. strokes, blows, Prov.
18, 6. 19, 29. R.obn.

miriam f plur. (τ. 772) ἅπ. λεγόμ.
Ps. 140, 11, streams, whirlpools, abysses

of waters. Comp. wl. many waters,
whirlpools. The Rabbins, Symm. and

Jerome understand pits of water.

ME ff. (Ὁ. 525) overthrow, destruc-
tion, Deut. 29, 22. Jer. 49,18. Is. 1, 7.
In the manner of verbals, constr. mith
the case of its verb, 6. g. acc. Is. 13, 19
piohy pTI>bN MBN? like God’s over-
throwing Sodom. Jer. 50, 40. Am. 4, 11.

MDH f. (τ. 42%) pr. torsion, distor-
tion ; hence a wrench, stocks, Lat. ner-

_ pus, a wooden frame in which the feet,

hands, and neck of a person were so
fastened, that his body was held bent ;
Jer, 20, 2.3. 29, 26. 2 Chr. 16, 10 m3
mopar the house of the stocks, the pri-
son. ‘Comp. So. Scheid in Diss. Lugd.
p. 986. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 694.

542

ἽΠΠΩ ὙΜῊΝ

ἘΠ ΠΩ
Kal once, Ps. 16,4 Ἀπ “8 they hasten
after other gods. —The primary idea of

haste lies in the syllable "7; comp. —
High Germ. hurjan to hasten, whence

Germ. Aurtig, Engl. to hurry.
2. to be quick, prompt, apt, skilled, in
any art or business. Arab. solers,

ingeniosus fuit; see Pi. no. 3 and ΠΏ.

Preu ὙΠ fut. “737 1. to hasten, to
make haste, 1 Sam. 9, 12. Is. 49, 17. Jer.
48,16. With >x of place whither Prov.
7, 233; with π- loc. Gen. 18, 6; impl.
Nah. 2 6.
name, Is. 8,1. 312 tm 520 “2 Maher-
shalal-hash-baz, i.e. hasting to the spoil
he speeds to the prey ; the subject is the
king of Assyria ; comp. in > no. 3. g.—
Often coupled with another verb, to d»
any thing quickly, where in the ocei

dental languages we use an adverb,

hastily, quickly, ete. a) With a finite

verb and copula; Gen. 45, 9 3535 9772

haste ye and go up, i. 6. go up quickly.

v. 13. 24, 18. 20. 46. 1 Sam. 4, 14. 23,

4 a With a fin. verb without copu
la, Judg. 9, 48. Esth. 6,10. c¢) With
inf. and >, Gen. 18, 7 irk ΓΙΌΣ 9. “ey
and he hasted to dress it. 41, 32. Ex. 10,
16. 12, 33. Prov. 6,18. ἃ) With inf.
simpl. Gen. 27, 20 δ 25 ΠΣ ΓΝ ΤΩ
how is it that thou hast found it so quick-
ly? Ex. 2, 18. Ps. 106, 13.—Inf. "72 as

adv. hastily, quickly, Ex. 32, 8. Deut. 4,.

26. Judg: 2, 17. 23. Zeph.1,14.al.

2. Causat. to hasten, to let make haste,
of persons Esth. 5, 5. 1 Καὶ. 22, 9; of things
Gen. 18,6. So of God, Is.5,19.

3. to be quick, prompt, apt, Is. 32, 4.

Nipu. 9122 pr. to be hurried, preci-
pitate ; Job 5, 13 m2) ὈΠΡΕ MSs the
counsel of the cunning is headlong, i ine.
hastily executed and therefore fruit-
less.—Part. "52 hurried, hasty, i. e.
a) rash, headlong, Is. 32, 4. Ὁ) im-
petuous, rushing on in haste, Hab. 1, 6.
c) With =>, timid, pr. hasting to flee,
Is. 35, 4.

Deriv. "712, 379, pr. ἢ. “2.

* TT. "0372 to buy, espec. a wife for a

price (ὉΠ) paid to her parents, Ex. 22,

15.—Kindred are "92 q. v. and with 7
hardened, "72, "22. Hence

1. to hasten intrans. in

Inf. absol. in the symbolic —

3
|
|

"WT

“i m. price, paid for a bride to her
parents, Gen. 34, 12. Ex. 22, 16. 1 Sam.
ais
18, 25.—Different from the Arab.
gift, dowry, promised by a bridegroom
to his future wife ; also from Lat. dos,
Engl. dowry, given by a father to his
daughter on her marriage.

ΠΤ f. (r. ἜΤ 1) haste, speed ; hence
maa Ece. 4, 12, ΓΤ ὉΓἽΣ Ps. 147, 15,

and mann dy. quickly, speedily, Num.

30, 10.

! b) into, Job 37, 8.

which σατο see in "2, 0° lett. ο.

17, 11. "Deut. 11, 17. Josh. 8, 19. al.
\
ὙΠ (impetuous, see ὙΠ I. Niph.)

_ Maharai, pr. n. of one of David’s cap-

tains, 2 Sam. 23, 28. 1 Chr. 11, 30. 27,
13.

ya ὍΤΙ 9 2, the symbolical
name of one of Isaiah’s sons, Is. 8, t 3;
see in "72 I. Pi. no. 1.

mina ἢ plur. (r. 5m) delusions, Is.

τ ἢ ἼὩ pr. i. q. ma what, Arab. Lo,
often annexed pleonastically to the pre-
positions 2, 3, >, so as to form the sepa-
rate words 123, 102, 125; as in Arab.

ἰῷ for ῳ; GS for s, see De Sacy
_ Gramm. Arabe, edit. 2. Tom. I. ὃ 1037,

1047, 1048. II. §117. These separate
forms beiong almost exclusively to po-
etry; except that before suffixes 12>
and 22 are almost always used for >.
—Hence a2 poet. i.g.2 a) in, Ps.
11, 2. Is. 25, 10 Keri. 43, 2. 44, 16. 19.
c) bi: with, i. q. 3
of instrument, Job 16, 4. 5.—For ‘02 and
25 see in their order:

II. A for win (τ. Ni) waler ; once
Job 9, 30 Cheth. 233 123 with snow-wa-
ter ; Keri 323 "223 .—Found also in the
pr. ἢ. A812 aqua (i. e. semen) patris, for
Cor-
responding is Chald. "i2 like the form
‘ia; and Phenic. ma, my, fem. 12 muth,
found in pr. names, as Mysocarus “pw 172
aqua mendax. Mutigenna 724 “m1 aqua
horti, etc. See Monumm. Phen. pp.
418,425. Thesaur. p. 774.

* ND obsol. root, prob. to be fluid, to

flow ; whence 472 for 812 water, and 772
for NV (as "3 for 8"3) plur. ὉΠ wa-

543

212

τ -
ter—From the τ. 8a Arab. {Lo comes
Arab. 20, σείω, water; and in the

verb is found 3le to have water, sc. a
well; II, topour out water. These roots
are softened forms from the harder >12,

“2, elo mid. Ye, to flow, to be liquid ;
also 39, FN, 722, ΓΡῸ, all which
contain the idea of being fluid, flowing.

Kindred are also Arab. Lex aqua per-

fudit, and “32 q. v. Compare in the
Indo-European languages, Sanser. mih
to pour out, to void, Gr. ὀμιχεῖν, Lat.
mingere, mejere, and others; see Pott.
Etymol. Forsch. I. p. 283.

38772 (semen patris, see in ἴ 11)
Moab, pr. n. a) The founder of the
Moabitic people, born of incest, Gen.
19,37. See vv. 30-38. Also Ὁ) The
Moabites, descended from Moab, mase.:
Num. 22, 3. 2 K. 1, 1. Jer. 48, 11. 13;
fem. Judg. 8. 30. 2 Sam. 8,2. Put also
for their country, fem. Jer. 48,4. The
proper territory of the Moabites, more
fully ayia IH the field of Moab Ruth
Li. 2, 6. 2, 6. 4, 3, lay on the east of
the Dead Sea and Jordan , strictly on the
south of the torrent Abnon, Num, 21, 13.
26. Judg. 11,18; but in a wider sense it
included also the region anciently occu-
pied by the Amorites over against Jeri-
cho. called usually 3x13 ΤΊΣ the plains
(desert) of Moab, Num. 22, 1. 26, 3. -
12. 33, 49. 50. 35, 1. Deut. 34, 1;
dséwheére simply N10 YI Deut. 1, 3.
28, 69. 32,49. 34,5; ‘which latter region
was afterwards resign to the Reuhen-
ites, but during the “captivity was again
occupied by the Moabites, see Is. c. 15.
16. Jer. c. 48. This region is now call-
ed the district of Kerak, from the city
of that name ; see 3x12 ἪΡ. Bibl. Res.

‘in Palest. II. p. 569.—Gentile ἢ. "Ax

Moabite Deut. 23, 4. Neh. 13,1. Fem.
maxi Moabitess 2 Chr. 24, 26; meaxia
id. Ruth 1, 22. 2,2. 6. 4, 5. -10; "plur.

ame syi0 Ruth 1,4. 1K. 11, 1.

Set i. q. di, D472, q.v. over against,
Neh. 12, 38 Cheth.
S272 m. for wind (Ὁ. NIB) in-coming.
entrance, Ez. 43, 11. 2 Sam. 3, 25 Keri;
a word formed contrary to grammatizal

av

_ rule in order to correspond to the accom-
panying word 812; comp. Lehrg. p.
374.n. See also in pua.

ΔΊ 1. to mell, to flow down, see
Pil. and Hithp. It corresponds to Arab.
lo nid. Ye.—Trop. to melt, to be dis-

solved, with fear and terror, comp. 00%;
Ez. 21, 20. Ps. 46, 7. Am. 9, 5.

2. Trans. to cause to melt; trop. to
cause lo melt away and perish, Is. 64, 6.

Nien. to melt away, of a host 1 Sam.
14,16. Trop. to melt with fear and ter-
ror, Ex. 15, 15. Josh. 2, 9. 24. Ps. 75, 4.
Is. 14, 31. Jer. 49,23. Nah. 2,7 ds*nn
373 the palace melts with terror, i.e.
the ‘king and his courtiers; or perhaps
better: the palace is dissolved, is bro-
ken down, sinks into ruin.

Pix. 3% trans. to cause to flow, to
soften, 6. g. the dry earth with showers,
Ps. 65, 11 Mpgsam ora —Metaph.
Job 30, 22 Keri, magn ἼΣΑΙ thou causest
my health to melt away ; Cheth. ἌΣ ΤῈ
Γῆ chow causest me to melt, thou terri-
Jfiest me.

Hitupat. to flow down, to melt ; Am.
9, 13 hyperbol. all the hills shall flow
down, as if into wine and oil.—Trop. to
melt with fear and terror, Nah. 1,5. Ps.
107, 26.

ΤΩ obsol. root. 1. i. q. 772 to
stretch, to measure. Hence 30M.

II. Perh. i.q. Arab. OLe mid. Ye, to
be moved, to be agitated, to shake, e. g.
of an earthquake; kindr. 24, 393, 343.
Pil. 73° is perhaps found Hab. 3, 6, he
stood VX T7207" and shook the saath;
so Sept. and Chald. But see in 7172 Po.

35 m. Ruth 2, 1 Keri, 72 Prov.
7, 4, acquaintance ; concr. an acquaint-
ance, friend. R.>3".

ryTia.f id. Ruth 3,2. Β. 515.

* D412 fut. ov", to waver, to totter,
to move or be moved ; Chald. et Syr. id.

Arab. bbc mid. Ye. to swerve from the

right, Ethiop. @.PM to incline ; comp.
Syr. Mt to vacillate. Kindr. are 053,

3.—Spoken of mountains, Ps. 46,.3. ᾿

Is. 54, 10; of a land or kingdom Ps. 46,
7. 60, 4; of persons whose affairs are
not prosperous, who fail and are ruined,

DAA

bon | : =<

Prov. 25, 26. Ps. 66,9; in which sense
aleo-we find Ὁ 3 ΓΙ the foot wavers,
slides, Deut. 32, 35. Ps, 38, 17. So Lev.
25, 35 if thy brother becomes poor M734
a> ὑπὸ and his hand wavers with thee,
i.e. ifhe is threatened with ruin.

Nip. 04702, fut. Bi", 1. gq. Kal, but
more freq. to be moved, shaken, i. e. to
shake, to waver, e. g. of the foundations
of the earth Ps. 82,5; also of men, comp.
in Kal, Ps. 13, 5.—With a negat. not to
waver, not to be moved, is said: a) Of
persons or things that stand firm, secure;
as things Is. 40, 20. 41, 7. Ps. 93, 1. 96,
10; the earth 1 Chr. 16, 30; persons
Ps. 112, 6. Prov. 10, 30. 12,3. Ὁ) Of
those who are of firm mind, intrepid,
fearing nothing, Ps. 21, 8. Job 41, 14.—
Metaph. Ps. 17, 5 "ὮΣΕ 12703 ba let not
my footsteps waver, slip, se. from the
paths of virtue.

Hien. to make totter over any one, by
impl. to cause to fall upon, to bring down
upon, Ps. 55, 4. 140, 11 Cheth.

Hirup. i. q. Kal and Niph. spoken of —
the earth Is. 24, 19. :

Deriv. the two following.

Din m. 1. ἃ wavering, a being
moved, of the foot Ps. 66, 9. 121, 3.

2. astaff, pole, bar, for bearing on the —
shoulder, so called from its unsteady —
motion, Num. 13, 23. Also, a frame
for bearing, Numi. 4, 10. 12,—Hence

3. a yoke, Nah. 1,12. See mui no. 2.

MOA Γ (τ. vin) 1. ἢ. ᾳ. BID no. 5, α΄
pole, staff, bar, for bearing, 1 Chr. 15,
15. >3n ΤΟ the bars of the yoke, i.e. |
the ox-bows, of the same form as now;
Lev. 26, 13. Ez. 34, 27. ; j

2. a yoke, Jer. 27,2. 28, 10.12. Ez..30,
18.—Metaph. Is. 58, 6. 2. 1

: 12 ‘m= i,q. ἼΞ2 to pine away, trop.
to wax poor, be reduced to poverty, Lev. ©
25, 25. 35. 39.47. Syr. and Chald. id.—
Some absurdly refer to this root the pr.
names M52, M9, 47D", which see
in their places.

HON tat -cone bins, to cut off, spec.
the prepuce, to circumcise, περιτέμνειν,
Kindred are >i, Ὁ II, 522. Constr.
with acc. of pers. Gen. 21,4. Ex. !2, 45.
Josh. 5, 4. 7 ; ace. of the pudenda Gen,
17, 23. Metaph. Deut. 10, 16 rX DADA

>a

b233> ΓΒ» and circumcise the foreskin
of your hearts, put away impurity from
your hearts. 30, 6. Comp. περιτομὴν
καρδίας, Rom. 2, 29. Arab.
cumcidit, pr. purgavit, since the prepuce
is held as something unclean and pro-
fane.—Imper. 5:2 Josh. 5, 2. Part. pass.
δη Josh. 5, 5. Jer. 9, 24.

Nien. 5122 by Chaldaism.for 9122
‘Heb. Gramm. § 71. note 9; fut. di27,
inf, >in, part. plur. πο Ὡ5; to: be cir-
cumcised, to circumcise oneself, Gen. 17,
10. 13. 34, 15. 17. 22. Ex. 12, 48. Lev.
12, 3. Josh. 5, 8; usually of the person,
once of the oaths Lev. 1. c.—Trop.
Jer. 4, 4 nin nbian circumcise your-
selves unto Jehovah, i.e. putting away
all impurity from your hearts, conse-
erate yourselves to Jehovah.

Pit. 5512 10 cut down ; impers. Ps. 90,
6 63" Boia ΞΣ9 in the evening one
cutteth it down and it withereth, i. e.
grass as the emblem of man.

Hipu. to cut off a people, to destroy,
Ps. 118, 10. 11. 12.

Hrrarat. Daim to be cut off, sc. the
points of arrows, to be blunted ; Ps. 58, 8
sbbian? 2D 1M 710 when “he filteth
his arrows, let them be as if cut off,
blunted ;.comp. in 377 no. 1. Ὁ.

Deriv. 7372 and

ba, once 558 Deut. 1:1; Sein Neh.
12, 38 Cheth. c. suff. sb Num. 225.5;
pr. subst. the forepart, front, used always
as a preposition, before, in front of, etc.
The etymology is doubtful. In a former
edition I suggested that perhaps in the
verb 55} to cut off, there lies the notion
of the forepart, i.q. 538; and then the 8
in >xi2 might be inserted in order to
: lengthen the syllable, as at the end of
2 for "P2, comp. Germ. hohl, Huhn,
Eng. foal, seal. ButI would prefer with
Redsiob, to regard the form 5x2 as by
Brenkpos. for bine (comp. ἽΝ ΤΙ and xim)
from τ. d'8; and this is better than the
etymology θῤορϑυοά by Ewald (Krit.
Gramm. p. 612), who derives 5x17 from
‘r. O83, as if for >xa. See more in
Thesaur. p. 777.—Hence
1. before, in the presence of, sc. a per-
son, Ex. 18, 19 omy 552 before God.
Deut. 2, 19.

2. over against, opposite, e. g. a place
ACH

cir-

O45

» Gerizim. 9, 1.

509

or city, Deut. 1, 1. 3, 29. 4, 46. 11, 30.
Josh. 19, 46; the desert Josh. 18, 18.—
The force of a subst. seems to be retain-
ed in 1 K.7, 5 Stfva->x mim 517 the
Sace of a window loa window, i. 6. win-
dow over against window.

3. Preceded by various prepositions :

a) >172">N pr. to before, i. 6. towards ᾿
any one, after verbs of motion, 1 Sam.
17, 30. Ex. 34,3; also of rest, Josh. 8,
33 stood 27774 “11 3x2->8 cowards mount
Spec. 128 δ᾽ ὌΝ pr. in
face or front of, afier verbs of motion ;
2 Sam. 11, 15 set ye Uriah "28 >472->N
Mandan in the fore-front of the battle.
Ex. 26, 9. 28, 25. 37. Lev. 8,9. Num.
8, 2.

Ὁ) >xin> as adv. over against, Neh.
12, 38.

c) ona a) pr. from before, from the
Front of, i. q. "2252, after verbs of mo-
tion, Lev. 5, 8. 2Sam. 5,23 33 dy
from before the trees called Bacha. Mic.
2,8 ye strip off the mantle of the traveller
πρὸ ΘΗ pr. from before the robe or
upper garment, i.e. from over it. )
Of rest in a place, 1 K. 7, 39 332 dy
i.e. on the south side. Num. 22, 5 and
they abide ">%°2 over against me. With
"28 on the forepart, in front, Ex. 28, 27s
39, 20.

M7249 (birth, lineage, r. 155) Mola-
dah, pr. n. of a town in the southern part
of the tribe of Judah, afterwards yielded |
to the tribe of Simeon, Josh. 15, 26. 19.
2. 1 Chr. 4, 28. Neh. 11, 26. Gr. Mada-
da, Joseph. Ant. 18. 7. 2. [Perhaps the
mod. Milh, nine hours south of Hebron :
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 621.—R.

nya f. (τ 85) 1. birth, nativity,
Esth. 2, 10. 20. Plur. rindi natales,

nativity, Ez. 16, 3.4. So ‘mibia ΤᾺΝ

caged country, patria, Gen. 11, 28. 24, |
7; simpl. θ᾽ id. Gen. 12, 1. 54. 4. al.
2. Concr. offspring, progeny, children,
Gen. 48, 6; so of one child, Lev. 10, 9.
11.
3. kindred, family, Gen. 31, 3. 43,7;

7606, countrymen, Esth. 8, 6.

m7 f. circumcision, Ex. 4, 96. R.
ῬηΏ,

πὰ» (genitor, r. >") Molid, pr. ἢ.
m. 1 Chr. 2, 29.

ὩΣ

D4 m. (for ΘΗΝ, r. ON2) a spot,
blemish ; Syr. oaks id. Arab.
cula, spec. of the small-pox, Gr. μῶμος.
—Spoken: a) Physically of any cor-
poreal blemish, Lev. 21, 17 sq. 22, 20.
24,19. 20. al. It was essential to per-
sonal beauty to be without blemish,
2 Sam. 14, 25. Cant. 4,7. Ὁ) Morally
Deut. 32, 5. Job 11, 15. 31,7. Prov. 9,.7.

*41'2 obsol. root, Arab. ωἷ mid.
Ye, to tell lies; Ethiop. TO°PZ to be
wily, cunning; Heb. prob. to wear an

appearance, to pretend. Hence 4" spe-
cles, MM.

ma-

2052 m. (r. 330) circuit, sc. around
_ an edifice, Ez. 41, 7.

‘TOW m. (τ. 70%) only in plur. ΤΥ ΤΟ
Jer. ‘61, 26, constr. "IOi2, MID.

1. πρὸ αι τον, 6. g. of a building, Jer.
51, 26; of the earth, Prov. 8, 29. Is. 24,
18. Mic. 6. 2; of the world, 2 Sam. 22, 16.
Ps. 18, 16; of heaven, i. e. lofty moun-
tains on which the sky seems to rest,
2 Sam. 22, 8; of the mountains, i. e.
subterranean rocks, Ps. 18, 8. Deut. 32,
22.—Is. 40, 21 have ye not marked the
foundations of the earth? i.e. how they
‘are laid, etc.

2. ruins, i. e. buildings of which only
the foundations remain, Is. 58, 12.

TO" m. i. g. 012, a foundation ; Is.
28, 16 Tora 2 a foundation well
founded, i. e. firm, lasting. Comp. r.
10" Hoph.

TION f. (τ. 304) 1. foundation,
plur. Ez. 41, 8 Keri, where Chethibh
mI".

2. appointment, decree, sc. of God Is.
30, 32 MIO" ML. the rod ippointed of

God, sent by him; comp. 70" Kal and’

Pi. no. 2.
ΠΟ m. (τ. 72d) a covered walk,
portico, 2 K. 16, 18 Keri, where Cheth,

ayer

ΟἿ τοἰ δίων "ond (r. WON) only in

plur. S047 and ΟἿ.

1. bands, bonds, spec. of a yoke, often
metaph. Ps. 2,3. 107,14. 116, 16. Is. 28,
22. 52, 2. Jer. 5, 5. 27, 2. Job 39, 5.

2. Aw pr. n. Sing. c. 7 loc. H0%7 Mo-
serah Deut. 10, 6; also Plur. Moseroth

5A6

Sao ᾿ς

Num. 33, 30; a station of the ioc
in the dederts

“OW m.(r.707) 1. correction chas-
tisement, of children by parents, of a peo- —
ple by kings, of men from God. Prov. 22,
15 “012 VAY. 23,13 “OMA ASE ΟΝ
withhold not correction from a child.
Job 12,18 Mme D232 7572 he looseth the
chastisement i. 6. discipline, authority, —
of kings ; others here take "05% as for
"0%, i.e. band or girdle ; so Vulg. bal-
teum regum dissolvit. et precingit fune
renes eorum.—Job 5, 17 "33 "052 the
chastisement of the Almighty. Hos. 5,2
Iwill be chastisement to all. Prov. 15, 10.

2. discipline, i. e. warning, admoni-—
tion, reproof, such as parents give to
children, God to men, etc. Ps. 50, 17.
Jer. 2, 30. Prov. 1, 8. 4,1. 5, 12. 8, 33."
So of the reproof of other men, Job 20, 3.
—Hence erample, by which others are
warned, Ez. 5,15; comp. the verb 23, 48.

3. instruction, learning, joined usually
with P33, 93M, Prov. 1,2. 4, 13. 23, 23.

“2 τὰ. (τ. 134) assembly, poet. for
troop, host, of soldiers, Is. 14, 31; comp.
ssi Lam. 1, 15.

“20 m. 22 Deut. 31, 10 (r. 325) c.
suff. 13377 , ΤΙΣ Ὁ Lam. 2,6; plur. ΘΟ ἸΏ,
ὈΥῚΣ ἸῺ 2 Chr. 8, 13, constr. an Pal) —But
ΣΤ Job 12, 5 is Part. of r. “39 4: Vv.

1. appointment, of time ; 2 Sam. 24.15
“Sia My the time of appesiinmnd i.e, ap-
pointed time. 1 Sam. 13,11 BY" 3342
the appointment of days i.e. time appoint-
ed; comp. 7357 1 in lett. b—Hence, ὦ
seltime, appointed season; spoken: a)
Of a point of time, set moment, 1 Sam.
13,8. 2 Sam. 20,5. Gen. 17,21 mim 7249
non mwa about this set time another
year. ‘18, 14. 21, 2. 2 K. 4, 16. 17. Jer.
8, 7 the stork nays m3 knoweth her
seasons, sc. of migration. "Hab. 2,3 11
“3b the vision has respect to a set time,
sc. more remote. Dan. 8, 19. 11, 27. 35.
Ps. 75, 8. Ὁ) Spec. festival day), Sesti-
val, Lam: 1,4. 2,6; more fully 3279 04
Hoa: 9,.5. 12, 10.. mine “7p the fest
vgls of Jehovah Lev. 23, 2.4.37. Hence
meton. spoken of the victims, festive
offerings, 2 Chr. 30, 22; comp. 34 ne 2
c) Spoken of a space of time, appoint
and definite, i. q. 21, Gen. 1,14. Poe

ΨΩ

in the prophetic style for a year, Dan.
12,7; comp. Chald. 11} Dan. 7, 25.

2. a coming together, sc. ata time and
place appointed, an assembly, congrega-
tion ; comp. r. 12° Niph. ι

a) Genr. Job 30, 23 "n~53> ΣΤ ΓΞ
the place of assembly for all the living,
where all convene, i.e. Sheol. Is. 33, 20.
Num. 16, 2 73972 ΣΡ those called to the
assembly, elsewhere T7377 τὴ, Zeph.
3,18. Lam. 1, 15. aia bnik the tent or
tedhervitaple of the congregation, spoken of
the sacred tent of the Hebrews, also
called the tabernacle of the covenant,
Ex. 27,21. 28,43. 30,16.18. 40, 6sq. Lev.
J, 1.3. Josh. 18, 1. 1 Sam. 2, 22. 1K. 8,
4.al.sep. Itisso called, either because
God there met Moses, Ex. 25, 22. Num.
17,19; or because the assemblies of the
people were held before it. Sept. σκηνὴ
τοῦ μαρτυρίου, Vulg. tabernaculum testi-
monii, both taking 3372 as equivalent to
ΤΡῚΣ, i. 6. μαρτύριον, testimony, it being
elsewhere also called miazm 5n& Num.
9, 15. 17, 22. 23 [7.8]. 18, 2.—The place
wiéationed j in the words of the king of

‘Babylon Is. 14,13, 12172"979 the mountain
of assembly (of the gods), is prob. the

Persian mountain ol yt, el-

Burj, el-Burz, (comp: Gr. πύργος, Germ.
‘Burg,) called by the Hindoos Meru,
supposed to be situated in the extreme
north, and, like the Greek Olympus, re-
garded by the Orientals as the seat of
the gods; see Asiat. Researches VI. p.
448. VIII. p. 350 sq. Hyde de Relig.
Persar. p. 102. Also Comm. on Is. II. p.
910 sq.
b) Meton. place of assembly, sc. as ap-
ΒΡ με, Josh. 8, 14. 1 Sam. 30, 35. 33%
"> the place of God's assembly, the
ete Lam. 2, 6; but Ps. 74, 8 7>>D
ὙῊΝΞ ἘΝ ΤΎΊΣ all the sacred places of
assembly in the land, i. e. other places in
a certain sense sacred, as Ramah,
Bethel, Gilgal, etc. distinguished as
seats of the prophets and as high
places, M123; see M23 no. 3.
3. an appointed sign, signal, Judg. 20,
ΤΊΣ f. (r. 132) an appointed place
where fugitives assemble, i.e. an asylum,
refuge ; Josh. 20, 9 M3392 "7D cities of

δ. BY

Oe eo Uy “-
refuge. Syr. ἴρδϑ portus ; jpso Duo
asylum, perfugium.

mya pr. ἢ. see ΠΣ.
INA see r. 132.

177 m. (verbal Hoph. r. 95>) dark-
ness, Is. 8, 23.

OEP f. (τ. y34) i. q. OEY, only in
plur. Mix>i2 counsels, which one takes
or follows, Ps. 5, 11. 81, 13. Jer. 7, 24.
Mic. 6, 16. Prov. 1, 31 i220" binnssa2
let then be satiated with their own coun-
sels, i. e. the fruits of them.

972 f. (verbal Hoph. τ. p3>) heavy
burden, Ps. 66, 11.

MyDiA Jer. 48, 21 Cheth. see M35".

mpd m. (τ. 18} plur. onsite, ὩΣ Ὁ
Ex.4,21,a miracle, prodigy. The etymo-
logy was long uncertain, but there is lit-
tle doubt that it belongs to the root 75%,
and meansa great and splendid deed, for
mxpia; although, the etymology being
neglected. the Tsere of the syllable n—
is dropped in the plur. Another deri-
vation see in Thesaur. p. 143.

1. Spoken chiefly of miracles, wonders,
exhibited by God and his messengers,
Ex. 4, 21. 7, 3.9. 11, 9. Ps. 78, 43. 105,
5.27. Often joined with ΤΊΣ, as ΟἿΌΝ
ὈΠΩΞ 2) signs and wonders Ps. 135, 9.
Deut. 4, 34. 7, 19. 26, 8. 29, 2. 34, 11. Jer.
32,21. mmpiol ΓῚΣΝ jm2 he gave signs
and wonders Deut. 6, 22. Neh. 9, 10.
Also with the verb Ὁ’ Jer. 32, 20.

2. a sign, token. proof, since prodigies
were accounted as tokens of divine au-
thority ; e. g. of the divine protection,
Ps. 71, 7; of the divine justice in pun-
ishing the wicked, Deut. 28,46. Spoken
often of a sign given by a prophet in con-
firmation of his prediction or promise. i. q.
min no. 5; 1K.13,3.5. 2 Chr. 32, 24. 31.
Deut. 13, 2.3; see in MIX no.5. Hence

3. a sign of something future, @ por-
tent, omen, i. 4. MIN no. 4. Is. 8, 18 lo
I and the children whom Jehovah hath
given me ὉΠ 255 rir} are for signs
and portents to Israel, i. e. our signifi-
cant names shadow forth future things;
see in Mix no. 4. Is. 20,3. Zech. 3,8
mpi "28 men of omen, who themselves
shadow forth future things. Ez. 12,6. 11.
24, 24. 27.

yr

Va 1. to press ; hence Part. 772

oppressor Is. 16,4. Kindred is M¥2 to

press out. Syr. se to suck out.—De-
riv. 777,

2. Prob. in general, to separate out,

like Arab. τ mid. Ye.—Hence

Vi. Zeph. 2, 2, oftener defect. va
m. chaff, separated from the grain by
winnowing ; Chald. 112, ἈΝΤΙ, Nth.
So. Is. 17, 13. 41,15. Ps. 35, 5 yop ἜΝ
min"25> they are as chaff before the
wind, driven, dissipated by the wind ;
and so Ps. 1, 4. Job 21, 18. Is. 17, 13. al.

S22 m. once NYA Job 38, 27 (τ. Nx")
Kamets impure, plur. constr. "X12, c.
suff. CANIN.

1. a going out or forth, exit, 2 Sam.
3, 25; plur. Num. 33, 2. Ez. 12, 4. Seah)
137 the going forth of an oracle Dan. 9,
25, comp. v.23. So for the rising of the
sun Ps, 19, 7, comp. Hos. 6, 3; the ex-
portation Vheineini up) of heries from
Figypt 1 K. 10, 28, comp. v. 29.

2. place o pans forth ; e. g. S10
bY fountain of waters, i.e. spring-head,
source of a stream, 2 K. 2, 21. Is. 41. 18.
58, 11. Ps. 107, 33; comp. 2 Chr. 32, 30.
FO2 XX vein, mine of silver, Job 28, 1.
RWI RSID a place springing up in grass
‘Job 38, '27-—Absol. for the east, whence
the sun goes forth, Ps. 75,7; and by
zeugma, Ps. 65, 9 929m ATS “eh ἜΝ ΧΩ
the outgoings of the morning and of
the evening thou causest to rejoice, i. 6.
the east and the west. Comp. surgit
uoxr Ovid. Met. IV. 92; surgunt tene-
bre Senec.—Also a way out, a gate, Ez.
42,11. 43, 11. ‘

3. that which goes forth, as D1NDw Ni
‘whatever issues from the lips,’ i. e.
words, language, Num. 30, 13. Deut. 23,
24; promises, Jer. 17, 16. Ps. 89,35; a
divine command, Deut. 8, 3.

4, Moza. pr. n.m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 36.
9,42. hb) 2, 46.

ALVA f. of the preced. only plur.
minsia, c. suff. ΟΝ ΧΩ,

1, outgoings, i. 6. origin, descent, Mic.
5, 1.

2. cloace, latrina, sewer, by which
filth is carried forth, 2 K. 10, 27 Keri.
Comp, πὰς, Nix, and Mark 7, 19 εἰς
τον ἀφεδρῶνα ἐ Sebo: VET.

548

"3 ΝΣ

pE2 m. (r. PS?) something fused, a
melted mass ; spoken of dust wet by the
rain, which flows together and after-
wards becomes hard, Job 38, 38; of fused
metal, a casting, 1K. 7, 37.

p=". m. in pause P¥19 (verbal Hoph

r. Pix I) something narrow, straitness,
opp. 335. Job 37,10 pxiea bi ono
the breadth of the waters becomes nar-
row, is contracted; comp. 36,16, whence
it appears that P92 in this place can-
not be referred to P¥° to fuse.—Trop.
straitness, distress, Is.8,23 Τ ΧΗ without
pause accent.

ΓΡΧῚΩ f. (Ὁ. PE) a tube, tunnel, for
pouring, Zech. 4, 2.

Pps f. (τ. ps") a fusion, casting, c.
suff. 2 Chr. 4, 3.

* P7172 in Kal not used. Arab. , sLe

_mid. Waw, to be light. foolish.

Hiren. p.m pr. ‘to make light of?
and so to mock. to deride, Ps. 73, 8.—

v FA πὸ
Aram. Pa. P22, «ϑαϑδο, id. Comp. μῶ-
x06, μωκάω, -ἄομαι, μωκέζω, μωκεύω, Br.
se moquer, Engl. to mock.

“Pi m. (τ. Ἴ5) @ burning, confla-
gration, Is. 33, 14.. Meton. fuel, faggot,
Ps. 102, 4.

MIP" f(r. p>) fuel, upon the altar,
Lev. 6, 2 [9]. |

oa m. (r. Up?) plur. ΣΡ,
Dp wp constr. "Wpia, “Spa, once
nivp >in Ps, 141, 9.

1. a noose, snare, springe, by which
beasts and birds are taken, Am. 3, 5;
strictly here perhaps the stick or rod by
which the springe was set. see fully in
art. MB no. 2.—Once of a ring or hook in
the nostrils of a beast, Job 40, 24; comp.
min, nn.

2. " Metaph. > cxtipis mw fo lay snares
for any one, i. e. to plot against him,
Ps. 140, 6. 141, 9. mira "8p in the snares
of death, fatal dangers, Ps. 18,6; so of
sins as causing destruction Prov. 13, 14.
14, 27. Also of a person or thing as @
cause of ruin, destruction to any one,
1 Sam. 18, 21. Ex. 10, 7. 23, 33. 34, 12,
Deut. 7,16. Prov. 18, 7. Job 34, 80, al.

"10 see "ἰῷ.

ΟἿ

ἘΠ in Kal not used, to change, to
alter, intrans. i.q. "2%. The Syrians
include in this root the idea of buying ;
the Arabs in the form οἷον mid. Ye, that

of selling ; both from the practice of
barter.—The form "1% is softened. from
“im II, q. v.

Hiex. "25 1. to change for some-
thing else, to exchange, c. acc. Lev. 27,
33. Ez. 48, 14. Mic. 2,4, With 3 of the
thing for which exchange is made, Ps.
106, 20. Jer. 2, 11. Lev. 27, 10; also of
that into which any thing is changed,
Hos. 4, 7.

2. Absol. to change, intrans. Ps. 15, 4
he swears "2 x4 and changes not sc.
his mind. i. e. does not violate his oath.
46,3 738 WITT ΝΥ τ Ὁ we will not fear
though the earth should change, i.e. pe-
rish, comp. 102. 27.

Rigi. "722 (as if from a root 92) to be
changed, Jer. 48, 11.

Deriv. 340m.

N11 m. once NA Deut. 26,8. R.
xo".
1. fear, Gen. 9,2 ἘΞ the fear of

you. Deut. 11,25. Also reverence, Mal. °

1, 6.

2. object of fear or reverence, spec. of
God, comp. 7M5, Is. 8, 12. 13. Ps. 76, 12.

3. Meton. a fearful and wonderful
_ deed, a miracle, Deut. 26. 8. 34, 12. Jer.
32, 21. Ps. 9, 21 Keri: si Ajo AM
ἘΓῚΡ ‘set forth, Jehovah, terrible deeds
among them ; Cheth. M7". Plur.
px Deut. 4, 34.

AWWA m. (τ. 397) Is. 41, 15, plur.
p91 2 Sam. 24, 22, and with the syl-
lable prolonged in the later manner
(comp. Lehrg. p. 145) ΘΛ 1 Chr.
21, 23, a threshing-sledge, Lat. tribulum,

S-oe

Span. trillo, Ital. trebbio, Arab. oor?

a rustic instrument for rubbing or beat-
ing out grain upon the threshing-floor:
It is of two kinds. The one is a sledge
of thick planks, having the bottom fixed
full of sharp stones or irons, and drag-
ged about by oxen over the grain; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 143. The

other consists of three or four rollers οὖς

wood, iron, or stone, made rough, and
joined together in the form of a sledge

549 “12

or dray, drawn in like manner by oxen
over the grain; see Varro de R.R. 1.
52. Niebuhr’s Reisebeschr. T. I. p. 151.
Of these the former is pr. the Hebrew
7%; the latter is called 133 Is. 28, 26.

“ΠΛ m. (τ. 122) 1. α descent, decli-
vity, Josh. 7,5. 10,11. Jer. 48,5. Mic. 1, 4.

2.1 K. 7, 29 Tia ΠΌΡ hanging-
work, festoons.

mv m. pr. part. Hiph. of στ. 4.

1. an archer, see 199 Hiph. no. 1.

2. the early rain, see ho Hiph. no. 2;
also in wip>a.

3. teaching, Is. 9,14. 2 K. 17, 28; a
teacher, Prov. 5, 13; plur. of prophets,
Is. 30, 20.—Job 36, 22 lo, God is mighty
in his power, ΤΥ 302 72 who is a
teacher like him ? i. e. wise, and impart-
ing unto us wisdom ; comp, 35, 11 52557
Naam pyow ΠΣ ΥῸΌΝ miomay.
Sept. δυνάστης, perhaps from the analo-
gy of the Aramewan x72, fp, lord
Others here make 777 i. q. N77 Ps. 9,
21, and 8352, fear, object of fear and re-
verence.

4. Moreh, pr. n. a) A Canaanite,
like Mamre, whence M772 7758 Gen: 12,
6, and M779 πος Deut. 11, 30, the oaks
of Moreh, not far fro Shechem, 50
called feos their former owner.’ Ὁ)
ΓΛ ΞΓΙΓΏΣ33 the hill of Moreh (teacher’s
hill) in the valley of Jezreel, Judg. 7, 1.

I. 777 τὰ. (cr. m2) a razor, Judg.
13, 5. 16,17. 1 Sam. 1, 11. :

IT. 7979 Ps. 9, 21 Cheth. ig. x70,
fear, terror, which stands in Keri by
way of gloss. See in 8712 no. 3.

ΤΡ see ATID.

WI" τὰ. (τ. v7) Kamets impure,
possession, Is. 14, 23. Obad. 17. Trop.
Job 17, 11 "223 "770 the possessions of
my heart, i.e. my delights, my pleasing
hopes, possessed and cherished in my
heart.

morn f (τ. Wn") possession, Ex. 6,
8. Deut. 33. 4. Ez. 11, 15. 25, 4. 10. al.

ma mw (possession of Gath, τ.
t=") Moresheth-Gath, pr. n. of a town
near Eleutheropolis, the birth-place of
Micah the prophet, Mic. 1, 14. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. IT. p. 423.—Gentile
η. "HY Mic. 1, 1. Jer. 26, 18.

wi

*T. Ὁ 1, t0 give way, to recede,
to depart; absol. Is. 22, 25. 54, 10;
_ with acc. of place whither, Zech. 14, 4;
ya of place whence, Num. 14, 44. Judg.
6, 18: Josh. 1, 8. Is. 59,21; mx id. Is.
54, 10; "25 of pers. Jer. 31, 36.—Not
found in the kindred dialects.

2. Causat. to put away, to remove,
Zech. 3, 9.

Hiew. 1. Trans. to let remove, to let
go, e.g. prey, Nah. 3,1; to withdraw
from, ο. 2, Mic. 2, 3 from which ye
shall not withdraw your necks. v. 4.

2. More frequently i. q. Kal, to give
way, to withdraw, to depart, absol. Ex.
. 13, 22. Job 23,12; with-47 of place, Ex.
33,11. Prov. 17,13 Cheth. Ps. 55, 12;
ac. inf. Jer. 17, 8 "78 nivsg Ws NN
and doth not withdraw (cease) from
yielding fruit.

ἘΠῚ. ΘΠ |. q. ΘῈ and 2", to feel,
to touch, to try by the touch, Gen. 27, 21.

Hipn. id. Ps. 115, 7. Judg. 16, 26
Keri.

Deriv. pr. ἡ. "292.

300 m. (τ. 3") constr. 389, c. suff.
"2012; plur. constr. MinHi2, once "310
Ez. 34, 13.

1. a seat, 1 Sam. 20, 18. 25. Job 29,
7. Of things, as a city, seat, i.e. site,
situation, 2 K. 2, 19.

2. a sitting, session, an assembly of
persons sitting together, Ps. 1, 1. 107,
32.
3. seat, dwelling, Gen. 27, 39. Num.
24, 21. 1K. 10, 5. Ps. 132,13. sWiarma
a dwelling-house, Lev.25,19. asia "ΣΡ
acity of dwelling, to dwell in, Ps. 107, 4.
7. Meton. a time of abode, Ex. 12, 40.
Concr. dwellers, inhabitants, 2 Sam. 9,
12 8a°¥ Ma BWin-dd.

"W2 (prob. for m=O felt out by Je-
hovah, r. 8572 II) Mushi, pr. ἢ. m. Ex. 6,
19. Num. 3, 20; defect, "82 1 Chr. 6, 4.
—Patronym. also "572 for "057 Num.
3, 33. 26, 58.

MDW f. plur. (τ. 72) the drawers,
poet. for cords, bands, with which one is

bound, Job 38,31. Comp. Arab. χα
a fetter, from Suwo firmiter tenuit.

ΓῊΣ Ὁ) f. plur. (τ. 5») deliverances,
Ps. 68. 21 ;

/ e

550

* «
72 pret. m2, "72, plur. ἘΓΏ,
12772; inf abs. Mia, constr. ΓΗ; imper.

m7; fut. mivan, 3 pers. nah, conv. MO".

1, to die, and so in all the Semitic lan-
guages; Arab. «οἷο mid. Waw, Syr.
Duso. The middle radical 1, however,
seems to be softened down from the liquid
“, comp. ὥστ, 055; so that the primary
root is probably mrt, comp. Sanser. mri
to die, mrita dead, mrityu death, also
math, muth, mith, méth, mid, méd, to
kill; Malay mita to kill and to die; Zend.
mreté, mereté, Pehly. murdéh, mard, mor-
tal, man; Pers. Koy to die, Gr. μορ-
τός i. ᾳ. βροτός, Lat. mors, mortis, Morta
in Liv. Andr. Germ. Mord, in old Germ.
used not only of killing but also for death,
Engl. murder.—Spoken of the death of
men or animals, Ex. 11,5. Eee. 9, 4;
both natural Gen. 5, 8. 11. 14. 17. 20. 27.
31. al. sepiss. and violent Ex. 21, 12.
15. Deut. 13, 10. 19, 11. 12. 21, 21. Job
1,19. al. The instrument or cause of
death is put usually with 32, Num. 35, 17.
18.23; as 22 Jer. 34, 4. 42, 17. Am.
9,10; also Jer. 11, 21. 22. 21,6. 2 Chr. 21,
19. al. Josh. 10, 11 more died 97353 "2382
of the hail-stones than, ete. Judg. 15, 18
ΝΞ max 7 die of thirst. Ez. 5, 12;
also "2872 Jer. 38, 9.—F req. is the phrase
raas mi dying he. shall die, i. 6. he shall
surely die, Gen. 2,17. 3,4. 20,7. 1 Sam.

.

14, 39. 44. 2Sam. 12,14. al. Slightly

different is the phrase M725" M72 with fut.

Hoph. he shall surely be put to death, ὦ

used in the Mosaic law to denote punish-
ment, Ex. 21, 12. 15 sq. 22, 18. Lev. 20,
2.9 sq. 27,29. Num. 15, 35. al. Also
mad mbm to be sick unto death, 2 K. 20,
1. 2 Chr. 32, 24; and hyperbol. Judg. 16,
16 mrad ἼὩΞ2 MXP his soul was vered
unto death, impatient.—Trop. the heart
of any one is said to die, i. 6. to faint, to

fail. 1 Sam. 25, 37; comp. opp. "3 —
Gen. 45, 27. Judg. 15,19. So the trunk —

of a tree Job 14, 8, comp. 325; or land
untilled, Gen. 47, 19 why should we die,
we and our land, which is afterwards
explained by πῶσ NX> πον πὶ. Comp.
Arab. ws inculta, sterilis, deserta fuit
terra, Kor. 2. 159. ib. 25. 51. .v. 29.
63.—Spoken ironically Job 12, 2 O3%2
naan min wisdom will die with you. —

nia 9

ΝΠ ΎΥΥΥ ων oh aie ad ΕΞ

nia

Parr. 12 a dead person, i.e. one about

to die, Gen. 20,3; or actually dead, Num.
19, 11.13. 16; without distinction of gen-
der, like Germ. ein Todter, ein Kranker,
Gen. 23,4; comp. Heb. Gr. § 105. 1. ἢ.
—Plur. ὈΠ the dead, spoken of idols as
opp. to the living God, "Mm >x, Ps. 106,
28; of men Is. 8, 19. Lam. 3, 6.

2. to perish, to be destroyed, of a state
or people, Am. 2, 2. Hos. 13,1. See

ν ΤᾺ.

“Put. mmia to kill, to slay, Ps. 34, 22.
Judg. 9, 54. 1 Sam. 14,13. 2 Sam. 1,9 sq.
Hipeu. m9, 2 pers. m2, | pers. c.

suff. ὙΠ 1 Sam. 17, 35, AAI Hos.

2, 5; fut. m5, conv. m2"; to put to
death, to kill, to slay, Judg. 16, 30. 2 ϑδτη.
3, 30. 21,1. Often of “death through
Sinehaed, famine, etc.‘sent from God, Is.
65, 15. Hos. 2, 5. Ex. 16, 3. 17,3. Num.

- 14,15. 16,13; and thus opp. to 395,

which implies a violent death by the
hand of man, comp. Is. 14, 30.—Part.

Ὁ destroyers, perh. angels of death,

Job 33, 22.
Horn: main to be put to death, to be

slain, Deut. 21, 22. 1 Sam. 19, 11.—For
- the phrase M725" M2 see in Kal no. 1.

Deriv, nia9, Amn, and

ΓΙ m. constr. nia, with © parag.
mma Ps. 116,15; piar. constr. "ni
Ez. 28, 10; c. suff. "m7 Is. 53, 9.

1. death, Arab. wn, Syr. [Zo%.
Spoken of both natural and violent
death ; so nya "22 deadly weapons Ps.
7,14; my 18. to sleep the sleep of
death Ps. 13,4; ΤΊ ΓΞ 1 Sam. 20, 31.
26, 16, and ΤΊ σαν, one worthy of death,
condemned, 1K. 2, 26. 2 Sam. 19, 29.
nya wpa sentence of death, α. ἃ. capital

»

Ό

crime, Deut. 19,6. 21,22. mya "BD the:

dust of death, the penulohre, ‘Ps. 22, 16.
mia "ban, mia “Opa, snares of death,

; with ες δῆ death Leni in wait for mor-
tals, Ps. 18, 5. 6. Prov. 13, 14; comp.

the personification of death Ps. 49, 15.
Cant.8,6. Also Jon. 4,9 mio 3 “bnan,
comp. ἜΧΕΝ 27,2. Matt. 26, 38. <—Boat.
the dead, Is. 38, 18.

2. place of the dead, Sheol, Hades, the
grave, Job 28, 22. Hence nya the
gates of death; i. 6. of Sheol, of the grave,

Ps. 9,145 ὭΣ 750 the chambers of the

a)
grave Prov. I, ole

51

ari

3. deadly disease, plague, pestilence,
Jer. 15, 2. 18, 21. 43, 11. Job 27, 15.
Comp. duvatos Rev. 6, 8. 18, 8. Chald.

nia, Syr. HZa%, Arab. Gye, id.
also Germ. schwarzer Tod, the black
death, a pestilence which raged in the
middle ages.

4. destruction, ruin, opp. 8° prosper-
ity, happiness; Prov. 11, 19. 12, 28. Is.
25, 8. Ex. 10, 17.

mia Chald. death, Ezra 7, 26.

“ΤΩ m. (r.m") pr. ‘what is over
and above ;’? hence

1. gain, profit, Prov. 14, 13. 21, 5.

2. excellence, pre-eminence, Ecc. 3,
19.

ΓΞ m. (τ. M3%) constr. mara, 6.
suff. snara, ymsta 1 K. 8, 31, plur.
minara; an altar, Lev. 1, 9. 13. 15.
2 Chr. 99, 22. al. Sept. Sescupsaiak

6» . 2 Ψ γ
Arab. do, Syr. baa pso.— T'0 build

an altar is 2523 Gen. 8, 20. 12,7; “a ΓΙῸΣ
35, 1.3. 2 Chr. 28, 24; “a mpn 1K. 16,
32. 2K. 21,3. Often followed by a gent:
tive: a) Of the materials, as M27N “2
Ex. 20, 24; 97238 "Ὁ 20, 25. Josh. 8, 31.
b) Of the divinity to which the altar is
dedicated, as "7 M212 Lev. 17, 6. Num.
12, 27. Deut. 26, 4. ἃ]. ἘΣΞΠ Judg. 6,
96, 28. 305 c) of the species of sneer.
fice offered upon it; according to which
the altars in the sanctuary both of the
tabernacle and temple were: «) ‘2
ndisn the altar of burnt-offering Ex. 30,
28; or MYM “Ὁ the brazen altar Ex.
39, 39; this stood in the vestibule. 3)
mn opn “2 the altar of incense Ex. 30, 27.
31.8; or anit “a the golden altar 39, 38.

40, 5. 26. 1 K. 7, 48; in the outer sanc-

tuary of the keniple (>27°2).—Plur. of-
ten of idol-altars, Is. 17,8. 27, 9. 2K. 21,
3. 4. 2 Chr. 14, 2. 33, 3. 34, 4. αἱ.

. 41/2 obsol. root, i. 4. JO? q. v.. to
mingle, spec. to mix wine, to prepare it
with spices; see Thesaur. p. 808, and
comp. Gr. κεράννυμι. Chald. 319 id. Syr.

“Ke Pe. and Pa. to mingle; Pa. also for
ee. καπηλεύω 2 Cor. 3,17. Arab. ->* to.

mingle, spec. wine with water Abulf
Ann. IV. 468. Kor. 76. 17.—Hence

ΤῺ

ΔΤ m. wine sc. as mixed, i. 6. pre-.

pared with spices, spiced wine, Cant. 7,
3. Pliny mentions (H.N. XIV. 13 v.15,
19) a ‘vinum aromatites,” made with
myrrh and fragrant cane; and this
seems to be the kind of wine implied in
3372, and also in 7%, 9932, q. v.—
Others, from the use of the verb 31
in the kindr. dialects, understand wine
tempered with water. See in Thesaur.
p. 808.

*f1T72 obsol. root i. ᾳ. ΠΣ, P22,

q. v. Arab. 5», to suck. Hence

ΓΙ τὴ. verbal adj. intrans. sucked
out, exhausted ; once plur. Deut. 32, 24
339 "ΤῸ exhausted with famine. Sept.
τηκύμεν 1 λιμῷ, Vulg. consumentur fame.

ΓΤ (fear, r. 112) Mizzah, pr. n. m.
Gen. 36, 13. 17.

Wd (for mia, στ. Mt) plur. Sy9,
cells, garners, Ps. "144, 13. Sept. ταμεῖα.

“ATO £ (τ. 1 no. 2) a door-post, on
which the door moves on its hinges, Ex.
21,6. 1 Sam. 1, 9. Is. 57, 8. Ez. 41, 21.
al. Plur. mitsva Deut. 6, Bh. 6, 31.
‘Prov. 8, 34; also a7 smd Ex. 12,7. 99. 23.

{72 m. (τ. 151) food, Gen. 45, 23. 2
Chr. 11, 23.

Ji Chald. food, Dan. 4, 9. 18.

I, ΤΩ τὰ. (τ. 74-1) compression,
binding up, of a wound; trop. of reme-
dies applied to the wounds of a state,
Jer..30, 18. Meton. a wound, sore, sc. to
be pressed and bound up, Hos. 5, 13.

II. Vit τὰ. (τ. 441 II. 1) falsehood ;
then treachery, plot, Ob. 7. So Sept.
Vulg. Chald. Syr. well.—Others, a net,
snare, from Aram. "1 to spread out.

i Lae) obsol. root i. q. 00%, Chald.
marane to flow down, to melé with fear.
Hence pr. ἢ. ΠΤ.

i ny obsol. root, perh. to gird ;
whence are usually derived M72 and
mn girdle. This sense of these words
is indeed certain, espec. from Ps. 109, 19;
but the etymology is doubtful. Thus
mia and m"172 may come from r. M172 (af-
ter the forms MZ}, 4°72); and also from
mnt, mt, in which case ΤΙ would be

552

ΤΩ

part. Hiph. of mm, and ΤῸ or Ye
part. Hiph. of m1. But none of th
roots, neither ΠῚ nor MM} nor ΣΝ
found in the Semitic languages Wiehe e
requisite signification. Still, we m
with’ probability ascribe ΜΡ θα ττν ΟΒΥ
root Mt, πτὶ Pt, FW, and transp. 1m, the
θα to bind, to strengthen ; comp. Pin,

o>; > to bind, ete. δ πὶ prem,
>> 1 San, Sir etc. and er

nothing to hinder us from assigning the
same power to the biliterals mnt, mt,
and to the triliteral mr. Siménie: Ἢ An,
Hitzig, and others, follow the ety mola Υ
from M12; the other from ΓΤ, mst, ac
cords better with the common analogy.

ΤΙ m. a girdle Ps. 109, 19.
of the bonds of a subject people, Is. 23,
10. Seeinr. mi. - a

ΤΠ m. constr. M12, ἃ peat) Job.
12,21. See inr. m9.

ΓΗ f plur. (see note) constella-
tions, spec. the twelve signs of the zodi-
ac, 2 K. 23, 5. Sept. μαζουρώϑ, a ΠΗ
reading ΤῊ ΤῺ as in Job 38, 89, Vul
duodecim signa. arg. sobre, sy:

ἴδ οἷο .—The same word is frequent

in later, Hebrew writers, and also in a
form slightly changed in Aramean; eg.
N20 m>%2 the constellations of heaven
Targ. Is. 47,18; tbr 7079 the twelv
signs Targ. Esth. 3, 7. al. The sens ν᾿
signs of the zodiac, therefore, is sup-
ported not only by the context, but also
by the Aramean usage, as well as by
the almost constant tradition of ancie it
interpreters. See Thesaur. p.869.
Nore. More difficult is it to determine
the origin and true signification of the
forms mi=32 and ΤΥ Ὁ, which are justly
regarded as identical, r and J being in”
terchanged (see in 5); although it:
uncertain which form is the primary ones,
Taking first the softer, mi>372, these con-
stellations are held to be so called from
their influx or influence upon the desti-
nies of men, from r. 513 to flow (comp.
Lat. influus stellarum Firmie. ); or fron
their going, revolving, from r. >38 q. v. ¢
again the signs of the zodiac were
garded as the stations or lodgings of the

ID.

ο-
sun in his course; comp. Jie ‘station,

»

bra 5

‘night-quarter, from r. (5 to descend,
dismount; as the Arabs in like manner

ag all the zodiac -3y { JU the circle

"of palaces. More correctly, however,
the harder minx Job 38, 32, is assumed
by others as the earlier and primary
form, though they have not succeeded
ia pointing out its true origin; for the
mins are not crowns, as if kindred with
“13 diadem ; nor zones, belts, from r. "138,
‘as implying either the belt of Orion or
the zone of the zodiac; but, in accord-
ance with the certain usage of the He-
brew and Arabic, the word signifies pre-
monitions, forewarnings, concr. fore-
“warners, presagers, (comp. presaga
Stat. Theb. 8. 145,) i. e. constellations
having a foreknowledge of future events
and foretokening them to mortals, ac-
cording to ancient and popular belief;
566 in r. "12 Hiph. no. 1, for the Arabic
usage.

3272 m. (τ. 351) a fork, flesh-hook,
with which flesh was drawn out of the
pot, 1 Sam. 2, 13. 14.

MITA f(r: 351) a fork, flesh-hook,
enumerated among the utensils of the
altar, Ex. 27, 3. 38, 3. Num. 4, 14. al.

δι

MOT f. (τ. 581) with ΓΕ parag. nna
Jer. 11, 15; plur. miata.
a aadtlation. cogitation, thought; Ps.
10, 4 λον ΠΩ DTN iN there is no
God ! such are all his thoughts. —Spec.
counsel, purpose ; Job 42,2 no purpose
is withholden from thee, 1. 6. thou dost
accomplish all thy couneels, Ps. 37, 7

in his plans. Oftener in a bad sense,
evil counsel, wicked purpose, Ps. 10, 2. 21,
12. Job 21, 27. Jer. 51, 11; ind nists
Jer. 23, 20. 30, 24. Fénce

2. machination, device, plot, Prov. 12,
. 14,17. 24, 8.—Also mischief, wicked-
288, 1.q. Mat, Ps. 139, 20.

3. 1.α. Miata MP3 (Prov. 8,12), coun-
el, prudence, sugacity, Prov. 1, 4. 3,21;
plur. 5, 2.

“AT m. ve “21 Il) @ song, psalm,
Sept. ψαλμός, found only in the inscrip-
ions of the Psalms, e. g. Ps. 3. 4. 5.6. 8.

etc. 24. 47. 48. 68. 98. etc.
An

53 “ἷν

ΩΤ ᾧ (r. 11) ἃ pruning-knife,
pruning-hook, only plur. ninvara, Is. 2,
4, 18,5. Mic. 4, 3; 6. suff. Joel 4, ‘10.

nyara [ (Ὁ. 9721 I) only plur. mivvar,
forceps, snuffers, 1K. 7, 50. 2K. 12, 14,
Jer. 52, 18. 2 Chr. 4, 22.

“WTA m. (τ. ΣΤ) smallness, fewness ;
Is. 16, 14. 24, 6 7310 "BIN few men.
Of time, "312 B29 emphat. a very little
time, Is. 10, 25. 29, 17.

ἢ “ΤῺ obsol. root of uncertain signif

either i. bi: joe to be corrupt, foul,
whence pi: rotten, as an egg, and

filthy, polluted, of a man; or else i. q.
> (2 and 3 being interchanged) to de-
_ spise, to contemn, pr. i. q. “13 to separate
out, to expel; and Syr. ,02%0 fo contemn:
Hence "1722 bastard.

MiTd £ plur. ἅπαξ λεγόμ. Job 38, 32,
i.g. Mi>32 , the twelve signs of the zodiac.
See fully in Mi>2, and note. R. "12.

VITO τη. (τ. 1) a winnower, winnow-
ing fork or shovel, Is. 30, 24. Jer. 15, 7.

? 9.
Arab. Sys, Syr. bets, id. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. pp. 277. 371.
AIP, see ore.

ΤΠ τὰ. (τ. M7) the sun-rising,
only by meton. for the orient, the east,
Ps. 103, 12. Dan. 8, 9. Am. 8, 12. al.
Zech. 8, Ἴ τ ΥῈΝ the land of the east,
east country. Neh. 3, 29. 2 Chr. 29, 4,
With genit. in-5 mar on the east of
Jericho Josh. 4. 19. 1 Chr. 4, 39. 6, 63;
c. 5 id. 2 Chr. 5, 12. 1 Chr. 5. 10 “ba-by
sgbab mnt "28 on all the eastern quar-
ter ‘of Gilead.—With Prep. a) maya>
towards the east Neh. 3, 26. 1 Chr. 12,
15; once ΓΤ. 2 Chr. 31, 14. b)

mara from the east Is. 41, 2. 48, δ. 46,
11. Dan. 11, 44. Ps. 107, 3; also α or on:
the east (see in {2 no. 3 h) Josh. 11, 3.
17, 10. More fully wow moines ‘froin

| the east Judg. 11, 18. Is. 41, 25. Ps. 50;
1; also on the east Num. 21, 12. Jude.
20; 43.—Further: ο) Accus. mt". to-
neers the east, eastward, 1 Chr. 9; 24,

_ Neh: 12; 37; and Baw mora Deut. 4, 47.
Josh: 1, 16. 13, δι 81: d), With A= local:

“ΤΏ

nina towards the east, eastward, Ex.
97, 13, 38, 13. Num. 2, 3. 3, 38; mM
wow id. Deut. 4, 41. Josh. 12, 1. Judg.
21, 19.

ὩΠΤ m. plur. (pr. part. Pi. ΠΤ, r.
71) lit. the scattering, poet. for the
north winds, which scatter the clouds
and bring severe cold, Job 37,9; Vulg.
Arcturus, Sept. ἀκρωτήρια, perhepe to
be read ἀρκτῷα or agxtovgos. Comp.
wll, and whlyls dispergentes, of

winds, ps 51. 1.—Others make it the
same with mins Job 38, 31.

“ΤῺ τὰ, (Ὁ. 221) constr. 59179 place
sown, a field; Is. 19, 7 "8" 112 the
‘fields of the Nile, i. e. watered by the

Nile. Arab. rage id.

Ῥ ΤῺ m. (τ. P23) plur. D*p 12 constr.
“p71d ; also ΡΤ, c. suff. "MP ITA; a
vase, vessel, from which was sprinkled
the blood of victims, a sacrificial bowl,
basin, Num. 4, 14. 7, 13. 19. 25 sq. Ex.
38, 3. al. Also of a wine-bowl Am. 6, 6.

2 m.adj.(r.mm2) 1. fat, marrowy,
spec. of fat sheep, plur. ΘΠ, Ps. 66,15;
in some’ copies B77".

6
Arab. Gia -
marrowy, of a fat sheep. κὰὼ

2. Trop. rich, noble, comp. 7X7, Is. 5,
17.

ma ο: (r nme) marrow, Job 21, 24.—

opie ὁ’ and a Aram. [wats, xmin

ela i. q. Aram. 812, Cass)
strike, to smite, in Heb. poet. for the
common 35; comp. ΓΤ no. 2. With
HDi. g. 9. πξπ (2 K. 11, 12) to clap the
hands. Ps. 98, 8 para mint let the
floods clap hes hands, in exultation.
Ts. 55, 12.

Pret id. inf c. suff. 13 ANTI, Hz. 25, 6.

NT Chald. to strike, to smite, Dan.
2, 34. 35, and often in the Targums.
Comp. Gr. μάχομαι, μάχη, Heb. ἈΠῸ,
mm, 752.—Some refer hither 812 or
ama Dan. 5,19; but this is part. Aph.
from 83, ‘saving alive.’

Pa. Nya id. with 792 to smite wpon
, one’s hand, i. 6. to stay his hand, to re-
strain. Dag. 4, 32 [35] none can stay
his (God’s) hand, and say unto him,

554

ana ἕν:

What doest thou? This phrase is τῆογθ᾽
common in the Targums (comp. Ece. 8, —
3) and Talmud, for to restrain, to hin-
der ; and in the same sense the Arabs —
have the formula soy As φγϑ: Ca-—
moos.

Irupe. to be affixed, to be fastened up-—
on, sc. by nails, Ezra 6, 11.

82172 m. (r. 8am) a hiding-place, Is.
32, 2.

DSI m. plur. (τ. 82h) hiding-
places, 1 Sam. 23, 23.

n739 f. (r. 92m) -c. suff. inqara,
junction, juncture, i. 6. the place where
one thing is joined upon another, 6. g.
of curtains, Ex. 26, 4. 5; of the parts of
the ephod, Ex. 28, 27. 39, 20.

ΓΠΞΙΤ f. plur. (pr. Part. Pi. r. 937)
conjoiners, couplers, i. e. a) beams,
braces of wood, for joining and fastening
a building, 2 Chr. 34,11. Ὁ) cramps,
hooks, of iron for joining, ete. 1 Chr
22, 3.

FIT) f. Ez. 4,3 (τ. Pam) contr. for
mnsim., a pan, frying-pan, Lev. 2, 5. 6
14. 7,9. 1 Chr. 23, 29. Ez. 4, 3.

marta Γ (r. 737) α girdle, belt, cine-
ture, Is. 3, 24.

ἘΠ fut. nes, pr. to stroke, to rub
over, to wipe. Hence

1. to wipe off. to wipe away. a)
Genr. e. g. a dish 2 K. 21, 13 see below;
tears Is. 25,8; the mouth Prov. 30, 20.
So of letters, writing. to blot out, Ex,
32, 32. 33. Num. 5,23. Trop. to blot out
sins, to forgive thers: Ps. 51,3. 11. Ie
43, 25. 44,22. Ὁ) So to blot out, i. q. t
destroy, as men from the face of the
earth Gen. 6, 7. 7, 4; the name and
memory of any one Ex. 17, 14. Deut. 9.
14. 25, 19:-Ps. 9, 6. 2K. 14,27. So 2
K. 21, 13, where the native power is®
preserved: I will wipe (destroy) J
salem as one wipeth a dish, he wipeth
and turneth it upside down. et.

2. to stroke, i. e. emph. to strike,
smite, i. ᾳ. XM; hence "M3 stroke:
Trop. ὁ. 53, to strike upon, in a g
graphical sense i. q. to reach unto, to
tend to, as a boundary Num. 34, 11.

3. to rub over with a fat substance

rina

hence intrans. to be fat, marrowy, i. q.

;

or

a τς Ἢ

“mm ἃ. v. see below in Pual.

Nore. From the primary signif. of
stroking, rubbing over, which is also the
usual one in this root, have arisen the
_ other two; and these are more common

in the kindred forms X12 and MN. q. v.

Chald. 812 to wipe off, to strike ; “Arab.
Ls to wifie or wash off, to blot out, to

_ destroy. In the Indo-European tongues

sorresponding in signif. are μάσσω μέ-

poze, μύσσω, and with a sibilant σμάω,

σμύω, σμήχω, σμώχω.
Prev privat. emedullavit, α. ἃ. to un-

Ge
4.0 Conj. II; see
Kal no. 3. Hence ς᾽

Pua pass. emedullatus est ; Is. 25, 6
pin2 6732 fatness unmarrowed, i. 6.
drawn out from marrow-bones and there-
fore the most delicate. The form is from
a sing. "172%, for the common 499.
and corresponds to the form opPIS in
the other clause.

Hipu. fut. apoc. mm Neh. 13, 14, also
“mar masc. Jer. 18, 23 for MMIeM ; i. q.
Kal no. 1, to blot out, to destroy, Neh. 13,
14. Jer. 18, 23. ee 31, 3 FSI
47229 ninsd nor give thy ways to the
destroying of kings, ninad for nina ;
so those who suppose a warlike spirit to
be here reprehended. Better, to the cor-
rupters, destroyers of kings, i. e. courte-
sans; either reading mind> as part. fem.
of Kal, or else regarding nina as fem.
plur. of an adj. ΓΤ in an active sense.

ΝΙΡΗ. 17703, fut. ΓΤ, apoc. 3° for
ras Ps. 109, 13. Gen. 7, 23.

1. Pass. of Kal no. 1. a, to be wiped
away, to be blotted out. e. g. from the
book of life, Ps. 69, 29. So of reproach,
Prov. 6, 33; of sin Ps. 109, 14. Neh. 3,

marrow, i. q. Arab.

_ 373 comp. Ez. 6, 6.

_ 2. Pass. of Kal no. 1. Ὁ, to be destroyed,
as men Gen. 7, 23; a tribe from Israel
Judg. 21,17; the name ofany one Deut.
26, 6. Ps. 109, 13.

M2 adj. fem. nm, see in r. ΓΙ
Hiph.

39 f(r. 28m) @ compass, compass-
es, for drawing circles, Is. 44, 13.

THM m. (τ. 33M) pr. a refuge ; hence
a haven, harbour, Ps. 107,30. So Chald.
Syr. Vulg.

555

Σ

gore

S872 and O72 (perh. smitten
of God, for SX ΓΙ, τ. ΤῸ) Mehujael,
pr. n. δ a patriarch Sesetded from Cain,
Gen. 4, 18.

“DNTD (r. 434) Mahavites, a gentile
name 1 Chr. 11, 46, where we should
expect the sing. "72. Elsewhere un-
known.

ain τη. (τ. 55") constr. >i.

1. a dance, dancing, sc. in a circle,
Ps. 30, 12. 149, 3. 150, 4. Jer. 31, 4. 13.
Lam. 5, 15.

2. Mahol, pr. n. m. 1 K. 5, 11 [4, 31].

mina or mona f. (r. dm) a dance,
i. q. D1m2 no. 1, Cant. 7,1; Plur. nna
Ex. 32, 19. Judg. 11, 34. 21, 21. al.

MIT m. (τ. HIM) a vision, Gen. 15, 1.
Num. 24, 4. 16. Ez. 13, 7.

mur f. (τ. MIM) a window, 1 K.7, 4.5.

MINN (visions) Mahazioth, pr. ἡ.
m. 1 Chr. 25, 4.30. R. min.

* - .
nm. obsol. root, i. ᾳ. M2 no. 3,

Arab. 2.2 IV, to be marrowy, of a bone;

to be fat, of a sheep; whence 2 mar-
rowy, %2 marrow.—The primary notion
lies in rubbing over, besmearing, with a
fatty substance, comp. ΠΤ note. Kindr.
are M172 and ΓΙ.

472 τη. (τ. 4M no. 2) a stroke, per-
cussion. Ez. 26.9 ἼΡΞΙΡ ὙΠ the preg
of what is over against it, i. e. batter-
ing-rams or the like. See in >ap.

NTN (perh. junction, r. 739 Pa. 35
to join) pr. n. m. Mehida, Ezra 2, 52.
Neh. 7, 54.

mma ᾧ (τ. ΠῚ ΤΠ) 1. preservation of
life, Gen. 45, 5. 2 Chr. 14,12. Ezra 9,
8.9. Meton. means of life, living, suste-
nance, Judg. 6, 4. 17, 10.

2. Prob. something live, the quick, a
raw spot on the body; hence a spot, the
quick ; Lev. 13, 10 nxwa ὅτι “wa mora
and if there be a spot (the quick) of raw
flesh in the tumour. v. 24 and if the spot ᾿
of burning be a white spot. So Syr.
Chald.

“TIO m. (τ. 19) 1. price, for which
a thing is bought or sold, Prov. 17, 16.
27, 26. "7132 αἱ a price, for money, 2

ὈΡΙΩ

gratis, i. ᾳ. DIM, Is. 45, 13. 55, 1. al.
2. hire, wages, Mic. 3,11. Deut. 23,
ὰ Dan. 11, 39. Plur. ΘΠ Ps. 44, 18.
. Mehir, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 11.

7ST τη. (τ. 425 no. 3,) constr. Mm,

sickness, disease, Prov. 18, 14. 2 Chr.
21, 15.

2m" (disease, τ, h4m) Mahlah, pr.
ἢ. a) Fem. Num. 26, 33. 27,1. Josh.

17,3. b) 1 Chr. 7, 18, where the sex
is uncertain.

moma f ig. nama, disease, Ex. 15,
26. 23 25. 1K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 28.

mara f. (r. 53m) ἃ cave, cavern, plur.

Ie. 2, 19.
mn ἢ see ndina.

yon (sickly, from the form >
and ending 11) pr. π᾿ τὰ. Mahlon, Ruth
1,2. 4, 9. 10.

7217 (sickly, τ᾿ Πρ τι) Mahli, pr. n. m.
a) Ex. 6, 19. Num. 3, 20. b) 1 Chr.
23, 23. 24, 30.

p22 m. plur. (τ. 3% no. 3) dis-
eases, 2 Chr. 24, 25.

S272 τὰ. (r. 52m) a slaughter-knife,
with which the victims were killed for
sacrifice, so called as gliding or passing
through the flesh ; once in Plur. D"D>r2
Ezra 1, 9. Syr. tes, Rabb. ΕΝ

knife ; hence r. wes to shave the hair,
comp. M772 "33h.

mips f¢ plur. (r. mm) braids,
plaits. of hair, Judg. 16, 13. 19; so all the
ancient versions. The idea of braiding
differs little from that of changing, inter-
changing, see the root in Pi. and Hiph.
no. 1; and a trace of it is found also in

9 33
’ Arab. wees twistéd, convolute.

misma £ plur. (τ. 72M) costly or fes-
tive garments, holiday clothes, which
are put off at home, Is. 3,22. Zech. 3, 4.
Comp. Arab. o> exuit vestem, veste

ss] ο
solemni donavit; XeL& a costly gar-
ment.
mpm f(r.
sls riphm.
J. smoothness ; hence a slipping away,

Pen) ὁ. suff. "np>M

556

Sem. 24, 24. ὍΠΏΞ 85 not for price,

. Tar

escape, comp. the root Hiph. no. 2. So
in pr. n. Mipsis >>0 the rock of es
capes, 1 Sam. 23, 28. a)

2. division, class, course ; spec. of the
24 classes of the Levites and priests,
ἐφημερίαι, κλῆροι, 1 Chr. 24,1. 28, 18.
2 Chr. 8, 14. 31,2. 35,4. al. Also of the -
people of Israel, Josh. 11, 23. 12. 7. 18,
10. Ez. 48,29; of an army 1 Chr. 27,
1 sq.

pea Chald. id. only plur. ΠΡ;
courses of the Levites, Ezra 6, 18. |

mm τη. (r. nbn no.1) 1A string- ᾿
ed instrument, κιϑάρα, cithara, i.e. a
lyre, guitar, eccoripenial by the voice, |
Ps. 53, 1. 88,1. Comp. Eth. ASAP
song, also κιϑάρα, see Vers. Aithiop.
Gen. 4, 21. |

2. Mahalath, pr.n.f. a) The daugh-
ter of Ishmael, the wife of Esau, Gen.
28, 9. Ὁ) The wife of Rehoboam,
2 Chr. 11, 18.

“noha Meholathite, gent. ἢ. from
m>ina bax, see >ax IL. ἃ, 2Sam. 91, 8.

PUNTA Ps. 55, 22, commonly taken
as a noun ‘detivel from “Nm curdled |
milk, q. ἃ. milky words, but against the ©
context.—Better, if we take MIN as
for ΓΝ ΓΙ or Miata (as Cod. R. 368),
Hirek or Tsere being changed to Pa-
tah on account ‘of the foll. Hateph- —
Patah ; comp. Ὑπὸ for 8 Judg. 5,
28, "ΩΤ" for “nom Ps. 51, 7, and the
li ke: and then we may rendiér, smoother
than curds of milk is his mouth. Chald.
and Symm. also take the Mem here for —
2 ; and this accords too with the paral-
lelism. So Kimchi.

"ΩΤ Ὡ m..constr. 72172; plur.B"72m2, ὦ
constr. ΠΏ. R. ἼΞΠ.

1. desire ; then thing desired, a de-
light, 6. g. 47292 ‘Warva the desire, de-
light, of thine eyes, 1K. 20,6. Ez. 24, 16.
Is. 64, 10. Hos. 9, 16 the delights of their
womb, i. e. their dearest offspring.

2. loveliness, Cant. 5, 16.

3. something precious, costly, plur. Joel
4, 5. 2 Chr. 36, 19. Is. 64, 10. Lam.
1, 10.

D°T217'2 m. plur. (τ. M21) sometring
precious, costly, Lam. 1, 7; also fully
written o°797"2 v. 11 Cheth.

ΟΠ,

ΦΏΓΡΩ m. (1. 5271) constr. bana, pr.
abject of pity, sympathy ; then of love
and affection, a delight; Ez. 24, 21
ὈΞΩΞ9 sme the delight of your seul
The prophet employs the word in an
unusual signification, for the sake of
paronomasia in the nouns 772m and
>2n2; comp. DWH] xw2 v. 25 in the
same context.

MBM f. see τ. yan Hiph.

37792 (τ. 427) usually mase. but fem.
Gen. 32,9. Ps. 27,3; constr. 727; sing.
c. suff. 32M Deut. 23, 15. 29, 10;
m272m72 Am. 4,10; of 2m2 Num. 5, 3.
Josh. 10, 5. 11, 4. Judg. 8, 10; perh. ida
1 Sam. 17, 1. 53. 28, 1. 29, 1 (comp.
Heb. Gr. § 91. 9. δὴν Which’ last pas-
sages the ancient interpreters and
Kimchi take as in the plural; see in
Ay. For the plur. see after no. 2.

1. an encampment, camp, either of
troops Josh. 6, 11. Judg. 7, 10 sq. 8, 11.
12. 1 Sam. 4, 3. 14, 15. 19; or of noma-
des Gen. 32, 21. Ex. 14,19; and so of
the encampment of the Israelites in the
desert Ex. 32,19. 26. Lev. 14,18. Num.
4.5.15. 5,2. 10, 34. 11, 9. 30. 31. al. sep.
—Hence

2. an army, host; >x tor nina Ex.
14, 19. Josh. 6, 18. 1 Sam. 28, 19; ak 2
Judg, 7, 15; δὴ ’ 21 Sam, 17, 46.
28, 5; ponds ‘2 God’s host, of angels
Gen. 32, 3 (elsewhere Ὁ: Π ΝΞ);
perli. stan 1 Chr. 12, 22, comp. Dan. 7,
10; elsewhere of the Israelites 2 Chr.
14, 12, and poet. of locusts as sent of
God Joel 2,11. So of any troop, com-
pany, band, Gen. 33, 8. 50, 9.

Pivr. with a threefold form: a) 972"
camps, Num. 13,19. But c. suff. τ 7722,
my72M2, are in the sing. see aie.
b) nism τῇ. whence ‘2 73% two camps
or bands Gen. 32, 8. 11. Num. 2,17. 32.
1 Sam. 17, 4. Ez. 4. 2. Zech. 14, 156:
but τοῦτο mir. the camps i. 6. courts of
Jehovah, where the priests as it were
encamped, 2 Chr. 31,2. 6) 592m, as
from a sing. "272 ; comp. 577799 in nina
Pual. Cant. 7, 1 punan the heavenly
hosts, as in Gan: 32, 3; i. e. angels
(nixss). to whom the poet here ascribes
dances. as elsewhere song, Job 38, 7;
comp. the pr. ἢ. 072%, which some very
ineptly apply in Cant. 1. c.

47*

557

Ἷ ma

JP2T2 (camp of Dan) Mahaneh-
Dan, pr. n. of a place near Kirjath-jea-
rim in the tribe of Judah, Judg. 18, 12.

O°2772 (camps, see ΓΤ Plur. lett. 6,
according to Gen. 32,3 ‘camps or hosts
of angels,’) ‘Maiiaerm. pr. n. of a town
beyond Jordan on the confines of the
tribes of Gad and Manasseh, afterwards
assigned to the Levites, Josh. 13, 26. 30.
21, 38. 2 Sam. 2, 8. 12.29. 17, 24. 27.
1 K. 2,8. 4,14. [In the same region
are still the ruins of a place called xiss
Mahneh ; Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App.
p- 166.—R.

Pp: m. (τ. P29) a strangling, parall.
ΤῊ, Job 7, 15.

MOM Ps. 46, 2, elsewhere TO m.
(r. non) constr. MOM, c. suff. "ὍΤΙ Ps.
62, 8 and "om 71, 7; ὦ refuge, shelter ;
Is. 25,4 mo nom a refuge from the
storm. Job 24, 8. Ps. 104, 18. Is. 4, 6. 28,.
15. 17. Often of God, in various con-
structions, Prov. 14, 26. Joel 4, 16. Ps.
46, 2. 71,7. 73, 28. 91, 9. 142, 6.

pions τη. (τ. DOM) a muzzle, faster -
ing for the mouth, Ps. 39, 2.

ΠΟΤ and “Ὁ πὶ. Β. πο π.

1. want, deficiency, sc. of any particu-
lar thing; 7237>D 7iOrM2 PX there is no
want of any thing Judg. 18, 10. 19, 19.
20; comp. Deut. 15, 8.

2. want, need, poverty, Prov. 6, 11. 11,
24, 14,23. 21,5.17 ΠΌΤ WN a poor man.
22, 16. Plur. Prov. 24, 34, comp. 6, 11.

MOM (his refuge is Jehovah, r.
mom) Mahseiah, pr. n. m. Jer. 32, 12.
51, 59.

y "ἸΏ fat. 759709 1. to smite through
and through sc. with a shock, to dash
in pieces, to crush, e. g. the head of
any one Ps. 68, 22. 110, 6. Hab. 3, 13;
the loins Deut. 33,11; the tempies Judg.
5, 26; enemies Ps. 18, 39. 2 Sam. 22, 39;
absol. Deut. 32, 39. Job 5,18. Trop. Job
26, 12 by his wisdom he smiteth through
(crusheth) the pride sc. of the sea, i. e.
restrains its proud waves.—Arab. Yas?
to smite the earth with the foot, to stamp.

2. to shake, i.e. to move to and fro, to
stir, as the foot in blood, dipping it in
blood, Ps. 68, 24 513 439 pron 7292.
So prob. Num. 24,8 (Israel as victor)

ὙΠ ἘΠ ΝΒ | ue =

doth eat up the nations his enemies, he
doth craunch their bones, Y13" 72)
(5:3) and shake (stir, dip) his arrows
in their blood; comp. Ps. 1. 6. Some
ancient interpreters take SM as in-
strument: and with his arrows he doth
crush sc. his enemies; Sept. καὶ ταῖς
Boliow αὐτοῦ κατατοξεύσει ἐχϑρόν. Vulg.
-et perforabunt sagittis. Others: his
(the enemy’s) weapons doth Israel crush.
—Arab. (4.9 to shake, to agitate, 6. g.
a bucket in the water, milk in a skin for
butter; see Schultens de Defect. Ling.
Heb. p. 75. Origg. Heb. I. p. 100. ad Job
I. 153, 722.—Hence

7779 τη. a contusion, wound, Is. 30, 26.
am m. (r. 33m) a hewing of stones,

baineried stones, eK 12 AB. 22,6. 2 Chr.
34, 11.

mz. f. (τ. mm) the half, Num. 31,
36. 43.

PPL f. (τ. mem) 1. the half, Ex.
0, 13. Num. 31, 30. 42, 47. al.
2. the middle, sc. of a day, Neh. 8, 3.

Ἢ Pay) to smite through, to crush,
once Judg. 5, 26.—Arab. ( §=9 delevit,
Conj. I, perdidit. Kindred are δὰ,
nna, yr.

“WT m. (τ. ~pn) ‘what is known by
searching,’ the inmost depth, the recesses,
i.g. "PM no. 2, Ps. 95, 4.

$3 “ΠΩ obsol. root, i. 4. "2% to buy, to
sell ; see in 739 [L—Hence ὙΠ price.

“Wa subst. and adv. 1. to-morrow,
the morrow, Syr. spaahd , Samar.id. Judg.
20, 28. 1 Sam. 20, 5. Is. 22, 13, al. ἘΠ
sma id. Is. 56, 12. Prov. 97, 1. “ina
for the morrow Num. 11, 18. Esth. 5,
12; also to-morrow Ex. 8, 6. 19, comp.
ἐς αὔριον. “2 ΤΣΞ to-morrow about this
time, see in M3 no. 1. ¢; more fully "72
mxin ΤΣΞ Josh. 11,6. του δοῦν nrg PPD
about this time to-morrow or the third
day. 1 Sam. 20, 12, as Vulg. Chald. well;
others here join together mvsben “ΠΏ,
as if crastinum tertium, the day after to-
morrow, but less well; so Syr.
' 2. in time to come, hereafter, Ex. 13,
14. Josh. 4,6. 21. ὙΠῸ Diva id. Gen.
3), 33. Comp. ΤΠ,

Nore. This word seems not to come
from τ. “ὙΠ, but is rather connected —
closely with r. "78. Not indeed for
"ΤΙΝ as if from Pi. “MN ; but it comes
more prob. from ὙΠ fi, and mane
from MAMN BAT. contr. "m9, MIM; as
in Targ. Jonath. often sone, Wr,
see Buxtorf Lex. Chald. p. 941. In the
2 therefore we have a vestige of Di*..
See more in Thesaur. p. 784.

ASIA Γ (τ. 82m) cloaca, a sink,
privy, 2 K. 10, 27 Cheth.

MOM and MW f. (τ. wom) 1
Sam. 13, 20, two agricultural cutting
instruments, one of which perhaps is the
plough-share, and the other the coulter.
The plur. of both is ΤΊ ms v.21.—For
the form of oriental ploughs, see Paulsen
Ackerbau d. Morgenlander p. 52. Nie-
buhr’s Deser. of Arabia p. 155 Germ.
On the Egyptian plough, see Deser. de
Egypte I. Plates 70, 71.

HM" ἢ (see “ΤΙ note) constr. PIM,
6. suff, ANIM, the morrow, to-morrow,
once with. Din, vis. marvan Cn the day
of the morrow, to-morrow, Num. 11, 32.
Elsewhere nam (comp. 725) Tou. 4,
7, Dr IN) 1 Sam. 30, 17 (the suff. is
pleon.) ‘and more freq. moma, on the
morrow, the next day, Gen. 19, 84. Ex.
9, 6. Num. 17, 6. 23. Josh. 5, 12. Judg.
6, 38. al. mamaa> even unto the mor-
row Lev. 23,16. With genit. Bi mom
the morrow of that day, the day afier,
1 Chr. 29, 21. Lev. 23, 11. 15. 16 mom
ἈΞῈΠ the day after the sabbath. Num.
33, 3. 1 Sam. 20, 27.

SWI m. (Ὁ. LYM) α peeling, decorti-
cation, adverbially Gen. 30, 37.

Mt and MAW f. Ex. 35, 33.
2 Chr. 2, 13; constr. M3um2, c. suff.
inst; plur. Mistn2, constr. Nise.
R. avin.

1. work of art or skill, see the root no.
1. Ex. 31,4. 35, 32. 33. 35. 2 Chr: 26, 15.

2. counsel, purpose. plan, what one
meditates or has devised, 2 Sam. 14, 14.
Job 5, 12. Ps. 33, 10.11. Prov. 15, 22. al.
So of God’s counsels, Ps. 40, 6. 92, 6. Jer.
29, 11. Mie. 4, 12.—Gen. 6, 5 every ima-
gination "35 mint of the purposes of
his heart, which his heart has medi-
tated; comp. 1 Chr. 28, 9. 29, 18.—Spee.

τον rn
of wicked counsels, devices, machinations,
as is ‘2 Prov. 6, 18. Is. 59, 7. Jer. 4,14;
neo 2 Ez. 38, 10. Esth. 9. 25; τ μία,
Esth. 8, 3. 5. For the phrase “2 aun
868 in sein no. 3. ὁ.

FON m. (r. FE) darkness 15. 29, 15.
Ps. 88, 19 Fw "33772 my acquaintances
are in darkness, i. e. are lost from my
sight.—Plur. 0°>m darknesses, i. e.
dark places, Ps. 88,7 . 74,20 pS "DEN
the dark places of the earth. Spec. of
Sheol, Ps. 143, 3. Lam. 3, 6.

D2 (apoc. for nana taking, grasp-
ing, τ. Om) Mahath, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 6,
20. 2 Chr. 29, 12. 31,13. See niany.

OAM f. (τ: ΠΡ) plur. ΡΠ 1. ἃ
Sire-pan, fire-shovel, censer, in which
coals were taken up and incense kindled,
Lev. 16, 12. Ex. 27, 3. 38, 3. Num. 16,
6. sq. 1 K. 7, 50. al.

2. Plur. snuff-dishes, trays, Ex. 25, 38.
37, 23; Sept. ὑποϑέματα, Vulg. vasa,
ubi que emuncta sunt, exstinguantur.
This accords with the context, which
treats of the lamps.

IMI f. (τ. mom) pr. a breaking in
pieces ; hence

1. destruction, ruin, Prov. 10. 14. 13,
3. 18, 7.. Ps. 89, 41.

2. consternation, terror, Prov. 10, 15.
29. 21, 15. Is. 54, 14. Jer. 17,17; comp.
48, 39.

Man) f(r.) @ breaking in, sc.
of a thief by night, Ex. 22, 1. Jer. 2,34.

012 m. (for mw, τ. [129 ; as ῬΣῺ for
nbz) inclination, doaveteion: a low
place ; only with He local ἃ m2, which
see below.

DM see vin.

* O72 Chald. Dan. 4, 25, 109 7,
13. 22; comp. Heb. 832, in which how-
ever the usus loquendi differs. Freq. in
the Targg.

1. to come to any place or person, c. >
Dan. 6, 24.25; 43 7, 13.

2. to reach to, c. > Dan. 4, 8. 17. 19.

3. to come, to come on, as time Dan.
7, 22; with >3 to come upon any one, to
happen to him, Dan. 4, 21. 25.

NDNOD m. a bi oom, besom, Is. 14, 23;
see SUN under art. 2° p. 365.

559

ria
M2072 m. (r. ns) slaughter, Is. 14,21,

MQ m. but ἢ Mic. 6, 9, prob. Hab.
3,9; constr. MB, Ὁ. se. Inw., ΤῺ;
plan mica Num. a3 16. Josh. 14, in 2s
once 6. suff. "272 Hab. 3,14. ΒΕ. πῶ»...

1. a branch, bough, diva, Ex. 19, 11
sq. So called from its stretching or ex-
tending itself, comp. 7W°2? from ww).

2. a rod, staff, for walking, supporting
oneself, Gen. 38, 35 (comp. Hdot. 1. 195).
Ex. 4, 2.4.17. 7, 15 sq. Num. 17, 21 sq.
1 Sam. 14, 43; with which grain is
beaten out Is. 28, 27; espec. for chas-
tisement, Is. 10, 5. 15. 24. 9,3 Yaaw mB"
the rod of his back, with which he is
beaten. 14, 5. 30, 32. Ez. 7, 11 canna
59. muad op the violence (of the ene-
my) is risen up for a rod of wickedness,
i.e. to chastise it. v. 105220 YX the
rod hath blossomed, sc. for your chastise-
ment. Hab.3,9 72% ning misas sworn
are the rods of his word, i. e. the prom-
ised chastisements, he hath sworn the
overthrow of his eneiatew but more in
accordance with the parallelism the Syr.
reads mizaw i.e. sated are the spears
sc. with blood, a song! Mic. 6,9 52728

22 heur ye the rod, the chastisement,
aS tow een ΠΡ no? “as to
break the staff of bread, i. e. to cause a
dearth of bread, which the Hebrews call
also ‘the strenatheser of the heart’
(see in 120), pr. therefore i. q. to break
the staff of life, which bread is, Lev. 26,
26. Ps. 105, 16. Ez. 4, 16. 5, 16. 14, 13.
—Spec. for a) ascepire ofaking Ps.
110, 2; hence as an emblem of power,
empire, Jer. 48,17. b) a spear, lance,
1 Sam. 14, 27. Hab. 3, 14.

3. a tribe of Israel, (pr. a branch, no.
1,) i. gq. 228, Num. 34, 11. 15. 36, 3, 4,
ἊΣ m7 Num. 1, 49; saan “2 Num.
13, 2 sq. Josh. 20, 8 sq. 21, 4; also
yisaT "3a mua, 1 733 Ἔν; Num. 34
20. 22. 24 sq. Josh. 13, 29. 18, 11. al.
rivet wx the heads of the tribes

1K.8,1; τ: ΤῚΣ τῷ δα the heads

of the fathers (families). ‘of the tribes,
Josh. 14, 1. 21, 1.

M72 (Milél) adv. from 2 q. v. with
τι loc. down, downwards, beneath. Deut.
28, 43. Prov. 15. 24. Opp. 4322 up-
wards, above. With Prefixes:

a) 2722 αἱ) down, downward, Deut.

ΓΙ

28, 18. Ez. 1,27. 8, 2..Ecc. 3, 21.3)
below, beneath, 2 K. 19, 30. Jer. 31, 37.
1 Chr. 27, 23 twenty years old 224
and under. With ja Ezra 9, 13 mwa
422139 below our guilt, less than our sins
deserve.

b) ΠΡ from below, underneath,
(opp. 72325 from above, above,) Ex.
26, 24. 27,5. 28,27. 36, 29. 38, 4. 39,
20.

ΓΘ f. (τ. m2) constr. M22, plur.
mina; comp. Gr. κλίνη from κλένω.

1. a bed. genr. Gen. 47, 31. 48, 2. 49,
33. Ex. 7, 28. al.—So for reclining at
table, Esth. 1,6. Ez. 23, 41; for ease
arid: quiet, a couch, divan, Am. 3, 12.
6, 4, 1 Sam. 28, 23. Esth. 1, 6. 7. 8.
Prov. 26, 14.

2. a litter, palanquin, Cant. 3, 7.

3. a bier, for dead bodies, 2 Sam.
3, 31.

MO m. (pr. part. Hoph. τ. 2) 1. a
spreading out, expansion, plur. Mn" Is.
8. 8.

2. a stretching, bending, wresting of
right, i. e. wrong, iniquity, sing. Ez. 9, 9.

mdi see πρῶ.

MO" m. (τ. M52) @ spinning, i. 6.
thing spun, Ex. 35, 25.

| aera m. a hammered bar, as of iron,
once Job 40,18. R. dun.

. 2072 to draw out, to make long,
kindr. with 55%; hence to forge, to ham-

mer sc. iron. Arab. part. Joby ham-
mered iron.

ΤΩ m. (τ. you) plur. prow,
constr. "720 Is. 45, 3.

1. Place where any thing is hidden
under ground, espec. a subterranean cell,
storehouse for grain. Jer. 41,8. Such
subterranean storehouses for grain are
still common in Palestine; see Bibl.
‘Res. in Palest. II. p. 354, 385.

2. hidden stores. hid treasure, sc. un-
der ground, Prov. 2, 4. Job 3, 21. Is. 45,
3. So genr. treasure, Gen. 43, 23.

YO m. (τ. 522) constr. 282; plur.
constr. "5072 Mic. 1,6; a planting, plan-
tation, Ez. 17,7. 34, 29. Is. 61, 3. 60, 21
Keri: "2072 722 the branch of my plant-
wg, planted by me.

560

“073 ἐς

D°AYN2 m. plur. (r. 032) Gen. 27,
4, and niayva f. plur. Prov. 23, 3. 6,
dainties, savoury dishes. A. Schultens
ad Prov. |. c. remarks that the Arab.
9 ae -

is used espec. of dishes from the
flesh of animals taken in hunting, which
the nomades esteem a great delicacy.
This accords well with Gen. ].c. Comp.
his Epist. 2 ad Menk. p. 78.

HMO ᾧ (τ. ΠΕ.) Ruth 3, 15, plur
nino Is. 3,22, a wide upper garment
of a woman, a manile, cloak. See
Schroeder de Vestitu mulier. Heb. c. 16.

᾿ O72 in Kal not used, to rain, as
Chald. Syr. Arab. be.

Hien. to rain, i. 8. to give or send rain,
so God, Gen. 2, 5. 7,4. Am. 4, 7; the
clouds Is. 5, 6 (here more fully ΘΠ
"0); with >> upon any thing, Am. Is.
l.c. Trop. of other things which God

sends down from heaven in the manner —

of rain; as hail Ex. 9, 18. 23; lightning
Ps. 11,6; fire and brimstone Gen. 19, 24.
Ez. 38, 22; manna Ex. 16, 4. Ps. 78, 24.
Constr. with acc. of the thing rained
down, and ἘΣ wpon any thing, see the
passages cited above. Once with 3 of
the thing rained down, Job 20, 23; see
in ἘΠ.

Nieu. to be rained upon, Am. 4, 7.

Deriv. pr. n. "02 and

“272 m. constr. "22, plur. constr.
ninua Job 37.6; rain, Ex. 9. 33. Deut.
11,17. al. by ὙΩ 105 10 give or send
rain upon any one, so of God 1 Sam. 12,
17. 18. 1 K.8,36. 2 Chr. 6,27.al. Also
ἼΣΟΝ [Le the rain of thy land, i. e. ne~
cessary for watering the ground, Deut.

28, 12. 24. 11, 14; and so ΣΙ “Ὁ Is.

30, 23. To the rain is compared pleas-
ing and flowing discourse Deut. 32, 2
comp. Job 29, 23; also gentle and be-
neficent rule Ps. 72, 6.

7102 (propelling, τ. 772) Matred, pr.
n. f. Gen. 36, 39.

M1072 Εἰ also 87H Lam. 3, 12. RK.
"3. |

1. place of guard, i. e. a prison, jail
Neh. 3, 25. i2, 39. Jer. 32, 2.8. 33, 1. al.

2. scope, aim, hence mark to shoot at

a

Biers)

{see the root no. 3; like Gr. σκοπός from
σκέπτομαι,) 1 Sam. 20, 20. Job 16, 12.
Lam. 3, 12.

WO (for Mya, rain of Jehovah)
pr. ἢ. m. Matri, 1 Sam. 10, 21.

2 for δ" (τ. Ni where see) a sing.

not in use, water. The only vestige of

it is in the pr. n. "23NN (brother of wa-
ter), Eth. QB, Zab. ud Norb. Lex. ed.
119.—Hence

Piur. 0°, constr. "2 and rarely
970770 , (comp. on such reduplicated forms
Ewald’s Krit. Gram. p. 508. n.) c. suff.
ἼΔΩ, F772, ὙΠ ἸΏ, OI, with 4
local nasa Ex. 7, 15. 8, 16; walers,
water, comp. Chald. x2, Syr. Lis,
—s0.— Sometimes the hast Dp" is
found where we should expect the con-
struct, as pm> 0% 1K. 22, 27. Is. 80.
20; also 09393 ὉΠ waters to the knees
ΕΖ. 47, 4, comp. 072" "72 waters to the
loins, which immediately follows ; see

_ Heb. Gr. § 114. n. 6.—Joined with plur.

adjectives; D°°M ὉΠ living water Gen.
26. 19. Lev. 14, 5.50. ὉΠ D2 con-
secrated water Num. 5, 17. ΘΠΞῚ ὉΠ
Ps. 18,17. With verbs plural, Gen. 7,
19. 8.5. Ez. 47,1. So also with verbs

sing. not only where the verb precedes, —

Gen. 9,15. Num. 20, 2. 24, 7. 33, 14. 2
K. 3, 9; but sometimes where it fol-
lows, Num. 19, 13. 20. Coupled also
with a suff. sing. fem. Job 14, 19; see
Heb. Gr. ὃ 143. 3.—Spoken of the waters
of the ocean Ps. 18,6, comp. 2 Sam. 22,
16; of the waters above the firmament
Gen. 1, 7. Ps. 29, 3. 104, 3. 148,45; of
water held in the clouds Job 26, 8. Ps.
18, 12; of rain Job 5. 10, etc.—Joined
with the name ofa place, it denotes wa-
ters situated near that place, a fountain,
stream, torrent, lake, marsh, etc. So
i739 72 Judg. 5, 19, either the river Ki-
shon or a stream flowing into it; so of
fountains, 59773} 772 Jer. 48,34, Ma Ὁ Δ,
mind3-"72., ving) 73°72 Sask: 15, ¥3 ἄξει
brook, on "Ὦ Josh. 16. 1, 18 “2 Is.
15, 9. pina "2 (q. v.) of a lake or
sanyo ; comp. Bx "72" the waters
of Eeypt Ex. 7, 19. 8.2. bene n7n"707>2
2K. 5,12. m3 Ἢ the waters of Noah,
the deluge, Is. 54, 9.

Trop. a) 8X1 72 water of poppies,

561

“A

i.e. the juice, Jer.8,14. Ὁ) ὉΠ 85 49%
water of the feet Is. 36,12 Keri, by eu-
phemism for wrine, like Syr. 3: as

Talmud. p35 "2"; Pers. wy’ οἵ,
Engl. to-make water. 6) the waler of
aman is put for the semen virile, i. q.
sat; comp. Arab. #Le id. Kor. 86. 5.
Pers. ating WI aqua dorsi. Is. 48, 1
who have come , forth from the waters of
Judah, are his offspring, Num. 24, 7. Ps.
68, 27. But not improb. for the word
“a2 should here be read 8, comp.
Gen. 15, 4. 2 Sam. 7, 12. 16, 11.

In poetry, water is an euiblem : a) Of
multitude, abundance, Ps. 79,3. 88, 18. Is.
11,9. Hab. 2,14. §) Of great and over-
whelming dangers, Ps. 18,17 he drew
me out of many waters. 32, 6. 69, 2. 3.
16. Job 27,20. Comp. also many exam-
ples from the Arabian and Greek poets,
in Dissertatt. Ludg. p. 960.sq. y) OF
terror, Josh. 7, 5 the heart of the people
melted 22> "7175 and became as water.

8,2
Comp. Arab. se water-hearted, timo-

rous. Opp. is a heart like stone, Job 41,
16. 6) Of weakness, debility, Ps. 22,15
Iam poured out like water. ε) Of lust,
as likened to boiling water, Gen. 49, 4.

Further, as found in proper names:

aa) mt % (water i. 6. lustre of gold.
comp. Arab. 2Le) pr. ἢ. m. Me-zahab,
Gen. 36, 39.

bb) 7p 2 (waters of yellowness)
Me-jarkon, a town of the Danites, prob.
so called from a fountain or stream in the
vicinity, Josh. 19, 46.

cc) Mime2-"2 Waters of Nephtoah
(opening), a fountain in the tribe of Ju-
dah, south-west of Jerusalem, Josh. 15,9.
18,15. See Bibl. Res. in Pal. II. p. 334.

In other pr. names, "3 with its gen.
coalesces into one word, as 8372 q. Vv.

“a a primitive personal pronoun.

1. Interrog. τίς; who? pr. of persons,
as M2 of things. For the correlatives
"I, SWI, 5,3, see in"D A. In the kin-
dred languages the Eth. alone has 093
mi, but in the sense of what? spoken of

things; Aram. 772, 72, -ἰο, Arab. Cpe

—Gen. 24, 65. mths Bonn 2 who ts this
man? Ruth 3, 9 ὮΝ 79 "who art thou?

ars 562.

Cant. 6,10. Also where the question

respects several, (Arab. oy.) Gen.

33,5 mx "2 who are these? Is. 60, 8;
here too for the sake of exphiitiion. we
find "725 "72, Ex. 10,8 D725 521 "7 who
are the going? whoshall go? comp. Eth.
P%, OFF, AFTAR", quinam vos?
Lud. Lex. p. 80.—More rarely it refers
to things, but so that the idea of person
or persons is included. Gen. 33, 8 ἢ "Ὁ
"II Mpma~>> who to thee (what to thee)
are all these bands? Judg. 9, 28 BS) "2
ἸΣΊΞΣ2 "D who (what) are the Shechem-
ites, that we should serve them? 13, 17
yo "2. 1Sam. 18, 18 "2m 7297558 49.
Mic, 1,5 M377 ming 98.,.p99 swE A,
i.e. hac’ is ‘(the author of ) the acre
sion of Jacob... who (the authors of ) the
high places of Judah?

Specially to be noied are the follow-
ing uses: a) Put in the gen. as "2 ΓΞ
the daughter of whom? whose daugh-
ter? Gen. 24, 23. 47. 1 Sam. 12, 3. 17,
55. Jer. 44,28. With prefixes marking
the other cases: "09 cui? to whom?
Gen. 32,18. 38,25; for plur. Ex. 32, 24;
on account of whom? Jon. 1,3. "Ὥστ
whom? 1 Sam. 12, 3. 28,11; "aa Ez.
32,19; 3.1K. 20,14; "275d, ete. Ὁ)
For the Lat. quis eorum? Engl. who of
or among them? is put tia 2 Is. 48,
14; or 12, Judg. 21, 8 “yawn IHR "7
byes what one among the tribes ‘of Is-
rael? c) Put also in an indirect interro-
gation, after a verb of knowing, Gen.
43, 22. Ps. 39,7; of seeing 1 Sam. 14,
17; of pointing out, 1K. 1,20. 4) As
made intensive, in the phrases Mt 72,
(RAT OAPI 2, see SIT OY. e) Often
where Ἐν ραν ἢ ΤΟΣ a negative
answer, so that the interrogative form
assumes almost a negative power. Num.
23, 10 YON MES 22% who can count
the dust of the earth? i.e. no one. Is.
53, 1 ἸΏΝ 7 who hath believed? 1. 6.
no one, few. 51, 19. Also with fut. Job
9, 12 77287 77 who will say? who would
gay? (comp. τίς ἄν with Opt.) for, no one
will say. Prov. 20,9. Ecc. 8,4. 2 Sam.
16,10. With part. in the formula 2717 772
who knoweth? for no one knoweth, Ps.
90, 11. Ecc. 2, 19, (opp. 279 N8> "ἢ Job
19, 9,) in the sense of the Lat. nescio an,

e. perhaps, see 515 no. 5. 88. ; also un-

Ta ᾿

expectedly, suddenly, see ibid. no. 1. a,
Put also with a following noun by way
of disparagement and contempt; Judg.
9, 28 Fb7=8 "Ὁ who is Abimelech, that
we should serve him? Ex. 3, 11 "238 79

MY Ww"dy JPN "D who am J, that I should '

go ‘unto Pharaoh ? for, I am not the
proper man to go to his, f) With fut.
it often expresses wish, longing. 2 Sam.
15, 4 ὉΒ 722m" "2 sh will make me
judge’ 2 i.e. Oh that I were made judge!
Is. 27,4 ἌΣ "72 who will give to me?
i. 6. Oh that I might have! Judg. 9, 29.
Ps. 53,7. 55, 7. Job 29,2. Hence jm *72
is a usual formula in wishing, see 4m?
no. 1. i.

2. Indefinite, whoever, any one who,
Ex. 24, 14 ommby way ὈΠΛΉΞῚ bya "Ὦ
whoever has a ‘suit, let him come to them.
Judg. 7, 3 32 ΤΣ NT 7 whoever is
timid. and fear, ful, let him return. Prov.
9,4. Kec. 5,9. Is. 54,15. In Gr. and
Lat. this may properly be rendered by
et τις, st quis, Eng. tf any one.—2 Sam.
18, 12 "33 "9 472 take care of the
young man every one of you. With "x,
Ex. 32, 33 YM “ON 72 whosoever hath
sinned. 2 Sam. 20, 11. Comp. Syriac

? «(ο.

Nore. Sometimes "2 is said to be
put as an adv. for how? in what way?
like 772 B. 3. But in all the examples
given, it is better to retain the common
signification’ Am. 7, 2.5 apo" paps “Ὁ
pr. who shall Jacob stand, concisely for,
Who is Jacob, that he should stand? sc.
under these calamities. Comp. the for-
mulas above in no. 1. 6. Is. 51,19 "7
228 for the fuller ΠΣ 72 ἼΞΌΝ 77.

Proper names beginning with "2, as
ἘΝ ΘΛ, ΓΞ, M75", etc. see below in
their places.

827") (waters of quiet, τ. X59) Me-
deba, pr. n. of a city of the Reubenites,
situated on a plain of the sume name,
Num. 21, 30. Josh. 13, 9. 16. 1 Chr. 19,
7. It was afterwards reckoned to Moab,
Is. 15, 2. Gr. ΜἭηδαβά, Mydu8y, My-
dave, see 1 Macc. 9, 36. Jos. Ant. 13. 1.
4,9. ib. § 1. Euseb. ἢ. ν. Reland Pa-
lestina p. 893. At the present day
ruins, called Médeba, are found in that
region; Burckhardt’s Tray. in Syria
etc. p. 365 sq.

-

"7 5

‘T72 (love, τ. 732) pr. n. τὰ, Medad,
Num. 11, 26. 27.

DMI" see in m2.

20) τη. (τ. 30") the good, and with
genit. the best of any thing, the best part.
1Sam. 15, 9.15 jX2m 327 the best of
the flocks. Ex. 22,4 aga ANY an
j27> the best of his own field, and the
best of his own vineyard. Gen. 47, 6
VIN Ξ 23 in the best part of the land.
v.11. Sept. ἐν τῇ rte yi, Vulg. in
optimo loco.

N32 see ΓΞ lett. b.

2822 (who like God?) Michael, pr.
n-m. a) One of the seven archangels,
the advocate of Israel with God, Dan.
10, 13.21. 12,1. Gr. Μιχαήλ Rev. 12, 7.
b) 1 Chr. 27,18. c)2Chr. 21,2. ἃ)
Others, Num. 13, 13. 1 Chr. 5, 13. 14. 6,
25. 7, 3. 8, 16. 12, 20. Ezra 8, 8.

29 (for 147277, who like Jehovah 7)
Micah, Sept. Mizaiac, pr.n.m. a) The
sixth among the twelve minor prophets,
surnamed "Mw at q. v. Mic. 1,1. Jer.
26, 18 Keri, where Cheth. has 77372.

b) 2 Chr. 34, 20, for which in 2 Καὶ. 22,

12 95%. c) and d) see 17°37 a, Ὁ.
e) and f) see 1793"9 a, b.

W122 see in 17279 lett. Ὁ.

m2 (who like Jehovah?) Micaiah,
pr.n.m. a) See M3"2-a,b. Ὁ) Neh.
12, 35, i. ᾳ. 8372 il, 17.22. ὁ) Neh.
12, 41.

WwI"D (id.) Micaiah, pr. n. 8)
A commander under Jehoshaphat, 2
Chron. 17, 7. Ὁ) The wife of Reho-
boam, daughter of Uriel, 2 Chr. 13, 2;
but comp. 2 Chr. 11, 21. 22. 1K. 15, 2,
where the same wife of Rehoboam and
mother of Abijah is called Maachah,

maz, the daughter of Absalom.

WI" (id.) Micaiah, pr.n. a)A
I.evite who set up idol-worship in the
tribe of Dan, Judg.17, 1.4. Also more
shortly called 53°72, ν. δ. 8. 9. 10. al. Ὁ)
A prophet in the age of Jehoshaphat
and Ahab, the son of Imlah, 1 K. 22, 8.
2Chr. 18, 7; called also M3" v. 24,
and 5" v. 8 Cheth. c) Jer. 36,
11. 13. ͵

09.

Ὅτ

Ki 2270 m. (τ. 523) a brook ; 2 Sam.
17, 20 nant 5392 the brook of water,
rivulet. Sept. μέκρον τοῦ ὕδατος.

IL. 55:5. (contr. for >8272, q. v.)
Michal, pr. n. of the daughter of Saul,
the wife of David, 1 Sam. 14, 49. 19, 11
sq. 2 Sam. 6, 16 sq.

ὩΣ constr. "2 waters, see under "72.

T°) (a dextra, unless it is rather
for j72722,) Mijamin, pr. n.m. a) |
Chr. 24,9. b) Ezra 10, 25. Neh. 10, 8.
12,5; also 1.252} Minjamin 12, 17. 41.

1 m. (r. 132) Lat. species, i. 6. form,
but also kind, sort, Engl. species, comp.
Gr. ἰδέα, which also denotes form and
kind. Only with suffixes: {27725 , 1m27%} ,
according to its kind, Gen. 1, 11. 12. 21.
25. Lev. 11, 15. 16. r2a> Gen. I, 24.
25. Plur. once enn Gen. 1,21. Syr.

[au family, tribe.
M272 nurse, Part. Hiph. r. P29 q. v.

702 2 K. 16,18 Cheth. a very doubt- Ὁ
ful orthography for 35% q. v.

ΓΞ Josh. 21, 37. Jer. 48, 21, also
MYL} Josh. 12, 18, (splendour, r. 35%, or
perh. lofty place, hill,) Mephaath, pr. n.
of a Levitical. city in the tribe of Reu-
ben, afterwards belonging to Moab, Jer.
l. c. where Cheth. ὩΣΒΊΩ.

ΥΩ τὰ. (τ. 712) pressure, Prov. 30,
33 ter.

xo (retreat, r. 32) Mesha, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 8, 9.

280 (who is what God is? from
"2, Ὃ, >8, comp. 58272) Mishael, pr.
n.m. a) Ex. 6, 22. Lev. 10, 4. Ὁ)
One of the companions of Daniel, Dan.
1, 6. 2, 17, afterwards called 7 =i, c)
Neh. 8, 14.

WW m. and Ἢ Ὁ Ps. 47,7. R. 7s.

1. evenness; hence a level region,
plain, 1 K. 20, 23.25. Is.40. 4. 42, 16. al.
Trop. Ps. 26, 12. 27,11. 143, 10.—With
the art. Niwivan, xut ἐξοχήν, the plain in
the tribe of Reuben near the city 82772,
Deut. 3, 10. 4,43. Josh. 13, 9. 16. 17. 21.
20, 8. Jer: 48, 21; of the plain of Judah
2 Chr. 26, 10. So Jerusalem is called
“art ΠΣ the rock of the plain Jer. 21,13.
Trop. peace, concord Mal. 2, 6, where

ἸῺ

it 15 coupled with ni>ws; see in 8
no. 1.

2. equity, righteousness, Ps. 45, 7. 67,
5. Is. 11, 4.

JW Chald. pr. n. Meshach, see
brine lett. b. Dan. 1, 6. 2,49. 3, 12.

Pers. sls x¥ guest of the Shah.

YA (deliverance, r. 59) Mesha,
pr. ἢ. of a king of Moab, 2 K. 8; 4.

"2" (id.) Meshar, pr. n. of a son of
Caleb, 1 Chr. 2, 42.

WW" τὰ. (τ. 125) only in plur. 270,
once 5°92 Prov. 1, 3.

1. evenness, smoothness, of a way Is.
26, 7, as in the other clause. Adv.
m-7u22 Prov. 23, 31, and owned
Cant. "Ἢ 10, in sinoothnesis smoothly.
Trop. fat peace, concord; Dan. 11, 6
pga mivs> (0 make peace, lit. to
make things smooth.

2. equity, uprighiness, Prov. 1, 3. Ps.
17, 2. 99, 4. omen LEY to judge
uprighily, equitably, Ps. 58, 2. 75, 3;
pywea “Wid. Ps: 9, 9. 98, 9. Also
uprighiness, sincerity, in speaking or
acting, Prov. 8, 6. Is. 33, 15. 45, 19.
Cant. 1, 4. 1 Chr. 29, 17.—R. for the art.

"WH" see “7.

EM]. τη, (τ. Ἢ") i. ᾳ. ὍΣ no. 1, only
in plur. c. suff. ΠΤ ; cords of a tent or
tabernacle, Num. 3, 37..4, 32. Jer. 10, 20.
Is. 54, 2. al. strings of a bow Ps. 21, 13.

29822 and I83°2 m. (r. 5x3) plur.
p°sk=a, 6. suff. m=k20- Ex: 3, 7, also
mizks2 Is. 53, 3; pain, Jpb 33, 19.. Ps.
69, 27. 2 Chr. 6, 29. Metaph. pain of
rita! sorrow, grief, arising from adver-
sity, calamity, Ex. 3, 7. Lam. 1, 12. 18.
Ps. 32; 10. 38, 18.

"3272 abundance, see r. "32 Hiph.

22972 (pallium, τ. 722) Machbenah,
pr. ἢ. ofa Hehde 1 Chr. 2, 49; see jia2.

"2322 (i. q. "2329 for "23572 what
like my ney “Mockbanat pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 12, 13.

232 m. (τ. 533) coarse cloth, i. e. of
a coarse texture, perh. hair-cloth, cili-
cium, 2 K.8,15.—The idea of κωνωπεῖον,
fly-net, proposed by J. D. Michaelis,
does not seem adapted to the context.

564

1273

2572 m. (r. "2D) constr. "332, ne:
work, grate, of brass, Ex. 27, 4. 35, 16. —
38, 4. 5. 30. 39, 39.

ΓΞ f. (τ. 722) constr. "2; plur.
mina’, twice B°32 2 K. 8, 29. 9, 15.

1. a beating, smiting, the act; Is. 30,
26 inz2 72 the wound of his smiting.
with which he is smitten. Esth. 9, 5 they
smote them 3751 32 with the smiting of
the sword, i. e. with the sword. Jer. 30,
14. Is. 10,26. 14,6.—Spee. a) a@ kin’.
ing with ada Deut-25, 3. Ὁ) a beating
out of grain; so 2 Chr..2,9 Mida DDN
(in appos.) wheat, the beatings out, i. e.
wheat beaten out, threshed. But prob.
it should read: va nda DBM wheat
as food for thy servants ; as in 1 K. 5, 25
[11] inna ΓΕΘ ‘m. So Sept. εἰς Δι.
ματα δέδωκα σῖτον moot σου, Vulg. ser-
vis tuis dabo in cibaria tritici, ete.
Syr. id.

2. a stroke, blow, either as inflicted by
a rod, Prov. 20, 30. Jer. 30, 17 (comp. Is.
14, 6) ; or by a sword or other iron in-
strument, a wound 1 K. 22, 35, Is. 1, 6.
Jer. 6, 7. Mic. 1, 9. Nah. 3,19. Zech. 13.
6; where it is sometimes trop. for the
wounds of the state, as Is. lc Spec:
strokes, i. e. calamities inflicted of God,
Lev. 26, 21. Deut. 28, 59. 61. 1 Sam. 4
8. Jer. 10, 19. 49, 17. al. | ,

3. defeat, slaughter, 1 Sam. 4, 10. 14,
14; so in the phrase ΓΒ) ΓΙΞῸ B Dn
to smile with a great slaughter Josh. 10,
10. 20. Judg. 11, 33. 15, 8. 1 Sam. 6, 19,

mo f. (τ. 9D) a burning, burnt
spot on the body, Lev. 13, 24. 25. 28.

712 m. (τ. >) constr. "9 1.
foundation, basis, Ps. 89, 15. 97, 2.
Plur. Ps. 104, 5.

2. Genr. a place, e. g. the temple Is.
4, 5. cme 2,68; espec. in the phrases?
WMse> 113 the place of thy habitation,
for thee to dwell i in, Ex. 15, 17. 1 Καὶ. 8, 133
WMSw 113 id. 1K. 8, 39. 43, 495. fiom
mao Ps. 33,14; and nsw being omitted,
ἾΞῸΞ in my dvelling-place Is. 18, 4.

Dan.8,11. Arab. Ke, ιν

ἜΠΗ. PNY nice spec. temple.

ΤΙΣ 9 and m2" f: (r. PD) c. suf,
ΠΙΤ23 Ὁ Zech. 5, 11 (Heb. Gr. § 27. 1)
plur. meine, mi2d0

δ:
io

13%

1. ἃ base, stand, for the lavers in
the court of Solomon’s temple, 1 K.
᾿ ἢ, 27-40.

᾿ 2. a place, Zech. 5, 11. Ezra 3, 3;
comp. 2, 68.
- 3, Mekonah, pr. n. of a place in the
tribe of Judah, Neh. 11, 28, situated
between Vérusalem and Fleatheropolis
according to Jerome, Onomast. art. Beth-
_macha. Reland Palest. p. 892.

M7139 and M729 f. (τ. wD 1) 6.
suff. onsis@ Ez. 29, 14; plur. 72n552
10, 3, ΠΣ 21, 355; nativity, birth,
_ pr. a digging out, a mine, whence met-
als are dug. The metaphor is here
drawn from metals (comp. Is. 51, 1),
as the German Abstammung is drawn
from plants; comp. also in Engl. ‘a
genealogical tree.’— Ez. 16, 3. 21, 35.
29, 14 ompiI=2 ΥΝ >> to the land of
their birth—The Hebrew interpreters
take it as i. α. W759 habitation.

ὙΠ (sold, τ. 22) Machir, pr. n. τὰ.
a) A son of Manasseh, and father of
Gilead, Gen. 50, 23. Num. 27, 1; hence
poet. for that portion of the tribe of
Manasseh inhabiting Gilead beyond
Jordan, Deut. 3, 15. Judg. 5,14. Pa-
tronym. °3% Machirite Num. 26, 29.
Ὁ) 2 Sam. 9, 5. 17, 27.

1532 fut. 25, to tumble down, to fall
in ruins; Chald. and Syr. 422, ySo, id.
Pa. to depress, to humiliate. Kindred
are "2, Chald. 98, Arab. JLo to con-
sume away, to perish. The primary idea
is that of melting, pining away, comp.
ῬΡΏ, 3272.—Trop. to be brought low, to
perish ; Ps. 106, 43 5253 9251.

Nipu. fut. 373" 10 tumble down, to fall
in ruins, 6. g. a frame, frame-work, Eee.
10, 18.

Horn. plur. 1235 a Chaldaizing form
for 137257, to be brought low, to Lakin
Job 24, 24,

—

i {

of a well, to have little water, to have

muddy seo ade ioe JX , a well of

this sort; hie a pool with little water.
Hence 5277 I.

nin?o0 see in 9227 II.

48

565

ΚΘ obsol. root; Arab. AK spoken

Jail

I. ΓΞ f. (τ. 5D) completion, per
fection, once plur. 2 Chr. 4, 21 mi>ag
=n1 perfections of gold, i.e. the most
perfect, purest gold.

II. 232 m. (for 8>>9, τ. x>D; like
ΠῚ Ps. 9, 21 for x79) a fold, "sheep
fold, Hab. 3,17. Plur. constr. mix>>2
Ps. 50, 9. 78, 70.

152%) m: (τ. 855) perfection, sc. in
beauty, splendour, Ez, 23, 12 and 38, 4
Pipa Ἴ23» clothed in perfection, i. 6:
splendidly, gorgeously.

2222 m. (τ. 55D) perfection, sc. of
beauty, Ps. 50, 2.

p22 m. plur. (τ. >>) pr. perfee-
tions, beautiful things; hence costly mer-
chandise, espec. splendid garments, Ez.
27, 24; comp. 23, 12. 38, 4.

m5 £. food, once 1 K. 5, 25 [11],
contr. for M2582. R. d2x.

2737222 m. plur. treasures, once Dan.
11, 43. R. 723 to hide.

07992 Ezra 2, 27. Neh. 7, 31, 02"
1 Sam. 13,2. 5. 14, 31. Is. 10, 28, BaD
Neh. 11, 31, (something hiddden, r.
02>,) Michmash, pr. n. of a city of
Benjamin situated on the east of Beth-
aven, 1 Sam.13,2.5. Gr. Mozyos 1 Mace.
9, 73; Mazyo Jos. Ant. 13.1.6. Still
called (wl? Miukhmas, two miles
N. E. of Geba, with a deep and difficult
ravine between; see Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. p. 115 sq. Comp. 1 Sam. 14, 1.
5 sq.

"23'2 m. Is. 51,20, and 2"2 whence
plur. 5°9%572 Ps. 141, 10, a net, hunter’s
net. Talmud.id. R. "25 II.

ΓΘ Is. 19, 8, 6. suff. Ἴ 23 (as
if from 77222) Hab. 1,15. 16, a net, fish-
net. R. 722 I.

W2'2 and WII, see 222. Φ

ΓΙ ΩΦ Ὁ (perh. hiding-place, τ. m2>)
Michmethath, pr. n. of a town on the
confines of Ephraim and Manasseh.
Josh. 16, 6. 17, 7.

"372292 (what like the liberal?) for
"5129 ΠΏ) CMP OREO, pr. ἢ. τῇ. Ezra.

10, 40.

0222 m. (r. 022) only in plur. or dual
constr. "0232, drawers, Vulg. feminalia,
worn by the Heb. priests in order to
hide the parts of shame, Ex. 28, 42. 39,
28. Lev. 6,3. 16, 4. Ez. 44,18. Josephus
describes them as follows, Ant. 3. 7. 1:
διάζωμα περὶ τὰ αἰδοῖα ῥαπτὸν ἐκ βύσσου
κλωστῆς εἰργνύμενον, ἐμβαινόντων εἰς αὐτὸ
τῶν ποδῶν ὡςπερεὺ ἀναξυρίδας: ἀποτέμνε-
ται δὲ ὑπὲρ ἥμισυ, καὶ τελευτῆσαν ἃ ἄχρι τῆς
λαγόνος περὶ αὐτὴν ἀποσφίγγεται. Comp.
Braun de Vestitu Sacerdot. Hebr. lib.
II. c. 1. p. 345 sq.

0272 m. (r. 003, as 92 from "79,) 6.
suff, ΒΌΞΏ, a portion, ‘tribute, paid to
the Lord, Sous 31, 28. 37. 38. 39: 40. 41.

v

Sept. τέλος, Vulg. pars.—Syr. ἴωωςζο,
Arab. oon census, tax; whence the
new verb Sa ee to collect tribute; also
denom. noun [mass, rsh, publi-

can.—Contracted Ὁ q. v.

M0272 fem. of 0272 (r.003) 1. num-
ber, as of persons Ex. 12, 4. Sept. ἀρι-
Sos.

2. price of purchase, Lev. 27, 23.

m2 m. (r. ΠΌΞ) constr. M32, a
covering, cover, sc. of a tent, Ex. 26, {4.
36,19. Num. 3; 25. al. of Noah’s ark
Gien. 8, 13.

M92 m. (pr. part. Pi. τ. MOD) constr.
M22.

1. a covering, coverlet, stragula, Is.
14, 11; inaship, perh. an awning Ez.
27,8. Hence clothing Is. 23, 18.

2. the caul, omentum, which covers the
intestines, Lev. 9,19; fully ne29n 33nn
ΡΣ Ex. 29, 13. 22.

222 (portion, part, lot, τ. >B>, like
Eth. CM ΖΔ. ΔΤ) Machpelah, pr. n. of a
field or tract near Hebron, where Sarah
was buried, Gen. 23, 17. 19. 49, 30. 50,
13 ;qan ΤΟΣ the cave of Machpelah
Gen. 23, 9. 25, '9.—The ancient versions
render it as an appellative from r. dD
no. 3; Sept. τὸ σπήλαιον τὸ διπλοῦν,
Vulg. pelican duplex.

. "272 fut. "57", to sell, kindr. ‘with
"79, ὙΠ II, perh. Arab. III, IV, to

sell on interest. The primary root is
perh. the syllable ">, asin 43 1; San-

566 οὐ ΤῊ

ser. krt.—Constr. with acc. of thing Gen.
25, 31. 37, 28. 36. 47, 20.22. Lev. 27, 30;
with 72 partit. Lev. 25, 25. With
added of pers. £0 whom, Lev. 25, 27. Joel
4,6; or 3 of price Dent. 21, 14. Ps. 44,
13. Joel 4,3. Am. 2, 6; or ace. of lice
whither Gen. 45, 5. Joel 4, 7—Spec.
a) to sell a daughter, i. e. to give her in
marriage for a price, "1%, Gen. 31, 15.
Ex. 21, 7. Syr. paso to give in mar-
riage. Ὁ) Of God, to sell a people.
i.e. to give them over to the power of
their enemies, Deut. 32, 30. Ps. 44. 15
Jit Nba ABs Don thou sellest thy people
for nought. Judg. 2, 14 Tia S20"
cia"& and he sold them into the hand
of their enemies. 3, 8. 4, 2.9. 10,7. 1 Sam.
12, 9. Ez. 30, 12. Comp. Judith 7, 25
πέπρακεν ἡμᾶς ϑεὸς εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν.-ττ:
So of a nation, Nah. 3, 4 the beautiful
harlot, the sorceress, M"}3212 ON HS
that selleth the nations through her
whoredoms, i. e. reduces them to slave-
ry, makes slaves of them.

NipH. "2%3- 1. to be sold Lev. 25,34;
with dat. of pers. Neh. 5, 8. Jer. 34, 14.
3233 "272 10 be sold for a servant, τυ
Ps. 105, 17. Esth. 7,4. Trop. see Kal
lett. b, Ἧ 50, 1. 52, 3.

2. to sell oneself for a slave, ὡς 25,
39. 47.

Hirnp. 1. to, be sold, Deut. 28, 68.

2. Trop. to sell oneself to do evil, te
become a slave to the doing of evil, i Κι.
21, 20. 25. 2 K. 17, 17.

Deriy. "939, "22, 1299, 17207, and

1272 m. c. suff. 22. 1. ware, any
thing ‘to be sold, Neh. 13, 16. |
2. price, value, Num. 20, 19.

“272 m. (τ. 122) pr. acquaintance ;
concr. an acquaintance, friend, 2 K. 12,
6. 8.

ΓΦ m. (τ. 7231) α pit, Zeph. 2, 9
ΤΡ M29 a salt-pit.

m2 f. (τ. ΞΟ 1, Tsere impure)
ἅπαξ λεγόμ." perh. sword, so called as
piercing; hence Gr. μάχαιρα. Once
plur. Gen. 49, 5 a7y"39 027 "22 weap-
ons of violence are their swords ; Jerome
arma eorum. Among the Rabbins this
interpretation is followed by R. Eliezer
in Pirke Aboth. c. 38, ἘΞ ΤΙ mx D>p aps"
mans ywha Jacob cursed their swords

son

(i. e. of Levi and Simeen) in the Greek
_tongue.—Another view deserving atten-
tion is that of L. de Dieu in Critici Sa-
cri ad ἢ. 1. and of Ludolf in Lex. ΖΕ.
Ῥ. 87, who translate machinations, wick-

ed devices, comparing Arab. machi-
natus est,and O49) Z consultavit. P'AC

consilium. The Tsere impure in this
ease would create no difficulty, comp.
Lehrg. p. 595.

| “2 (for 4429 price of Jehovah)
Michri, p τ. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 9, 8,

"A212 Mecherathite, gentile n. from
m3, a place otherwise unknown 1
Chr. 11, 36.

rit m. also rian Lev. 19, 14 (r.
bud) plur. osdt20, a stumbling-block ;
Is. 8,°14 bivion maz a. stone of stum-
Bling. 57,14. Trop. a) a cause of
falling, cause of ruin to any one, Ez. 3,
20 ‘11 93> Divina *mN2) 7 lay a stum-
bling-block ‘before him, and he shall die.
Bz. 18, 30. 44, 12. Jer. 6, 21. Ps. 119, 165.
b) Ina wioral sense, cause of offence,
enticement, incitement to sin, (comp.
the root Mal. 2, 8,) Ez.7, 19. 14,3 piven

5D their enticements to iniquity, i. 6.
idol-images. 0) => "2 offence of mind,
scruple of conscience, 1 Sam. 25, 31.

MDW f(r. 509) 1. ΤῊΝ i. e. ἃ
state in ruins, Is. 3, 6.

2. cause of offence, incitement to sin,
i. q. 5.99 lett. b; plur. ribwise of idols
Zeph. i, 3.

ΙΔ m. (r.3M>) 1. writing, Ex. 32,
16. 39, 30. Deut. 10, 4.

2. a writing, thing written; hence
a) a rescript, edict, 2 Chr. 36,22. Ezra
1,1; @ prescript, 2 Chr. 35,4. Ὁ) α
letter, epistle, 2 Chr. 21,12. 0) a poem,
psalm, Is. 38,9. Comp. ®m32.

ng in pieces, Is. 30, 14.

DMD m. (τ. ΒΞ Niph.) i. q. 3m22 no.
2.¢; 3 and 2 being often interchanged,
‘comp. in 3 lett.c; a writing, espec. a
poem, psalm, song, found only in the in-
scriptions of Ps. 16 and Ps. 56-60, comp.
Is. 38, 9.—Others translate 0939 as if
om ΘΙ gold, viz. golden psalm, i. 6.
precious, pre-eminent.

067

nn f. (Ὁ. ΤΏ) fracture, a break-.

oval

AIO πὶ. (r. θ59)
Prov. 27, 22.

2. Prob. socket of a tooth, Judg. 15, 19;
Lat. mortariolum, Gr. dluicxos. See
Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 202.

3. Maktesh, pr. n. of a valley near
Jerusalem, prob. so called from its re
semblance to a mortar, Zeph. 1, 11.

2 see δ᾽.

᾿ NOD, once δ 52 trans. Esth. 7,5:

pret. 1 pers. "mX>%, rarely without
Aleph "n> Job 32, 18, 1b Ez. 28, 16;
infin. ΝΡ Lev. 8, 33, mists Job 20, 22;
fut. 82727.

Ἦ Tas to fill, to make full.
i Syr. [& id.

widely also in the Indo-european lan-
guages, where however p is put for m,
as Sanser. plé to fill, Gr. πλέω (πληρής,
πίμπλημι), πλέος, perh. μάλα very, pr.
fully, comp. X>2 Jer. 12,6; Lat. plere,
whence implere, complere, plenus; Goth.
fulljan, Germ. fijllen, voll, Eng). full, to
fil. Further, Polish pilny, Bohem. plny.
The primary idea seems to be that of
abundance, overflow, Germ. tiberfliessen,
as we may infer from the kindred words
πλέω, πλείω to sail, and also φλέω, φλύω,
fleo, fluo, pluo.—Spec. a) to fill up or
out an empty space with one’s own bulk
or abundance, with acc. of place, Gen. 1,
22 mvana ὈΠΣΠΤΟΝ ΝΘ fill the waters
in the sea. v. 28. 9,1. Ex. 40, 34 "ἢ "39
javan-mx ΝΟ the glory ΟἿ Jehovah
filled the tabernacle, 1K. 8,10.11. Ez.
10, 3. Jer. 51, 11 n»wd8in aby fill out
the shields sc. with your own bodies, put
on your shields. Ὁ) to filla place with
any thing, with two acc. of place and of
thing; Ez. 8, 17 Dan yryn-my sxd2
they fill the decid with violence. 28, 16.
30, 11. Jer. 16, 18. 19,4; rarely wish ἸΏ
of thing, Ex. 16, 32. ἮΝ Often with the
accus. of thing implied, Ex. 32, 29 5xd%
minn> 0579 fill your hand unto Jehovah,
sc. with offerings. Ksth. 7,5 who is he
{2 nivs> ind ixd2 ἼΩΝ that hath filled
his heart (sc. with boldness, audacity) to
do this? i. e. who has dared, presumed,
to do it? The suffix in indo ἢ is pleonas-
tic, as in Job 29,3; comp. also Ecc. 8, 11.
Acts 2, 5--Job 36, 17 mxba 304 aa

1. a mortar,

Arab.

This root prevails

we

ΝΘ

and fillest thou up the guilt of the wicked,
i.e. the measure of a wicked man’s sins;
comp. Gen. 15, 16.

2. Intrans. to be full, to be filled, Josh.
3, 15; with acc. of that with which any
thing is filled, Gen. 6, 13 VINA ONXd2
on the earth is filled with violence.
Jude. 16, 27 the house was full D"8I8n
of men. Job 32,18 I am full mba of
words. Ps. 10, 7. 26,10. 33, 6. 48, 11.
65, 10. Is. 11, 9. al. With 772 Is. 2, ae
Spec. a) "ὥΞ2 ΠᾺΡ my soul is filled,
my desire is satisfied, e. g. with ven-
geance, Ex. 15,9. b) Of a space of
time, to be fulfilled or completed ; Gen.
25, 24 mab m1g2 aNdae and her days
were fulfilled to bring forth her time to
be delivered was come. 50,3 583727 42
DOI Va so were completed the days
of embalming, i.e. so many days did the
time of embalming continue, comp. Esth.
2,12. Also Gen. 29, 21. Lev. 8, 33. 12, 4.

6. Lam. 4,18. Jer. 25, 34. Syr. G&%o2]
often of time; comp. πληροῦσϑαι in N. T.

Nipu. chiefly in the fut. 8229, i. q. Kal
no. 2, to be filled, to be full ; with acc. of
thing, Gen. 6, 11 bah yarn ΝΡ ΘΠ and
the earth was filled ‘with violence. Ex. 1,
7 OMS PINA NXbam and the land was
filled with them. 1 K. 7, 14. 2 K. 3, 17.
Also with 12 of thing Ezra 32, 6. Ecc.
1,8; 5 Hab. 2, 14. —Spoken of desire,
to he filled, satisfied, Ecce. 6,7; of a time
gempleted Ex. 7, 25. Job 15, 32. So

2172 83729 10 be filled with iron i.e. with
armour, 4. ἃ. to be fenced with armour,
lo be forma, 2 Sam. 23, 7.

Pre nbn » EBRELY. xbe Jer. 51, 34; inf.
Nba and mixta; fut. xo, once 452"
Job 8,21; to fill, ‘to make full, to fill up
or out.

1. Constr. with acc. of the place or
thing filled, 1. ᾳ. Kal no.1.c¢. Thus in
phrases: a) to fill the hand of any one,
i. 6. give over the priesthood into his
hand, Ex. 28, 41. 29,9. Lev. 21, 10. al.
b) to fill one’s hand to Jehovah, sc. with
abundant offerings, 1 Chr. 29, 5. 2 Chr.
13. 9. 29, 31. Comp. in Kal Ex. 32, 29.
6) Trop. of time, to fulfil, to complete,
comp. Kal no. 2. b. Gen. 29, 27 complete
this work, finish it. v. 28. Job 39, 2 [5].
Dan. 9, 2 comp. 2 Chr. 86.291. d) to fill
wp. to complete, sc. a number; Ex. 23, 26

568 ᾽

nbn

I will complete the number of thy dc
comp. Is. 65, 20. 1 Sam. 18, 27
brought the foreskins 222 EINbott ὦ and
completed them to the king, i. e. “gave
them in full number. 1K. 1,14 "ΝΒ Ὁ .
WIT MN and Iwill complete thy words,
i.e. supply what may be wanting. 6) to
fulfil, to satisfy, 6. g. one’s desire, hun.
ger, etc. Jer. 31, 25. Job 38, 39. Prov. 6,
30; comp. under 7° subst. no.4. The
opp. is an empty, famished soul Is. 29,8;

comp. Kal no.2.a. f) to fulfil a promise
1K. 8,15; a petition Ps. 20,6; a pro-
phecy 1 K. 2,27... g) Joined with ano-
ther verb it hes an adverbial force, fully,
i. e. strongly, much, ete. Jer. 4, 5 4x9p
nba cry fully, cloud, Sortiter, as Vulg.

well. Comp. Arab. ff oul
to look fully at any one, SG; Tal

to do fully. So in elliptical construc-
tions, the other verb being suppressed
mie ἈΞ to fully bend the bow, for
nepn ca x22, Zech. 9, 13; comp

Arab. uit 3 Sui fully Sil

wg ὦ» Schult. Opp. Min. pp. 176
355. Syr. fdas th. Alsom “IM Nb,
for ™ “any msbd ΝΘ, to ‘follow |
fully, to yield him full obtdiepse: Num
14, 24. 32,11.12. Deut. 1, 36. Josh. 14,
8.9. 14, 1K. 11, Gaal wep,
2. With ace. of that with which one
fills any thing, to fill up, 6. σ. libations,
Is. 65, 11 799 "792 OND they fill
up libations to fortune, i.e. they fill the
goblets with libations in honour of g00¢
fortune. So 8°738 N52 to fill in ge
i. 6. to set them in sockets, chasings, Ex
28, 17. 31, 5. 35, 33. Onde absol. 1 Ch
12,15 snitgcbacbs nba xan and (Jor-
dan) filled up toallits banks, i.e. ran with
full banks, was brim-full ; see Bibl. Res
in Palest. TL. p. 262. |
3. With two acc. of the thing filled
and that with which it is filled, see Ka
no. 1. b. Ex. 35,35 a5"masn ΠΝ Nba
hath filled them with wisdom of mind.
Job 3, 15. 22, 18. Is. 33, 5. al. More rare
ly with 472 of the thing with which, Ps
127, 5. Jer. 51, 34. Lev. 9.17. Also with |
2 in the phrdad mwpa Ὑπὸ ΝΞ to fill the}
hand with the bow, i. 6. to fully draw the
bow, 2 K. 9, 24: comp. in no. 1. g. |

τς ΝΟ

Ῥυλι, Part. o°x>29 filled, set, with

_ gems inserted, c. 3 Cant. 5, 14. Comp.

= Pi..no. 2.

Hirap. pr. to fill out each other mutu-
ally, i. 6. to stand by each other, and each
fill out what others lack ; hence with >>
to stand together against any one, to as-
sail together, Job 16, 10.

Deriv. nbo—oonba, niba, mba, and
pr. names nba, nan,

N22 Chald. to fill, Dan. 2, 35. Trap.
pass. Dan. 3, 19.

N20 m. mba fem. A) Adj. verbal:

1. Trans. filling, with acc. of place,
Is. 6, 1 ΒΞ ΠΤ O°NdD DAD his train
was filling (filled) the temple. Jer. 23, 24.
Comp. the verb &>2 Kal no. 1. a.

2. Intrans. full, filled, as N72 HOD the
full money, i, 6. full price, value, Gen. 23,
9. 1 Chr. 21, 22. 24. With acc. Deut. 6,
11 aiu-5> pwnd pm houses filled with
all good things. 34,9. Is. 51, 20; with
genit. Jer. 6,11 09 x32 full of days,
advanced in age. Is. 1, 21; once with
dat. pleonast. πὸ ΙΝ Θ᾽ Am. 2,13. Soa
full wind is strong, vehement ; Jer. 4, 12
ΤΡ Ὁ. ΝΘ M95 a wind stronger than for
these, i. e. than is necessary for winnow-
ing grain. Of a female, one pregnant,
Ecce. 11, 5.

B) Subst. fulness, Ps. 73, 10 x>2 2
waters of fulness, i. e. full, abundant.

C) Adv. fully, i.e. in full number,
Nahi. 1,10. Jer. 12,6. Comp. Thesaur.

-p. 788.

8279 τη. also N1°"2, once Ἴ2 Ez. 41,
8. R.xda.

1. fulness, 1. 6. that which fills, or with
which any thing or space is filled. Is. 6,
3 find yINN->2 Nb0 the fulness of the
whole earth is his glory, i. e. the whole
earth is full of his glory. 8,8. So 55
ἐδέθη the sea and its fulness Ps. 96, 11.
98, 7. Is. 42,10; ΤΙΝ 5.25 ΥῈΝ the νὰ,
and its fulness Ps. 24, 1. Is. 34, 1. Jer.8,
16. Mic. 1, 2; mybon ban Ps. 50, 12. 89,
12; mybis => Am. 6,8.—With a gen. of
space or measure ; often best expressed
in English by the syllable full appended;
as D>725M Xd your hands ( fists) full,
handfuls, ‘Ex. 9, 8. Lev. 16, 12; “zap 2
his handful Lev. 5,12; abs ἜΝ an omer-
full Ex. 16, 33; mmrvan Xba a censer-
full Lev. 16, 12. So too in measures of

48*

069

nda

length, 320 > the fulness of a reed,
j.e. a full reed, Ez. 41,8; dann Nba a
full line 2 Sam. 8, 2; imeip xb the ful-
ness of his wine ὡς at full length, 1 Sam.

28, 20.—Arab. , A fulness, that
which fills ; wig SU handful; Syr.

(Ko th πρὸς ὥραν a moment, Gal. 2, 5.
—The thing so measured, as after other
words of measure, is put in the accus.
Heb. Gr. ὃ 116. 3; so Map 52 N52 a
handful of meal 1 K. 17, 12; been Nba
072 a bowl-full of water Foun 6, 38; so
Num. 22, 18. But Ecce. 4, 6 better a
handful with quiet, than both hands
full with travail.

2. a multitude, company. Gen. 48, 19

pris Nba. Is. 31, 4—Arab. Ys id.

ΓΝ ΘΓ (τ. Ndv) fulness, abundance,
spoken espec. of that portion of the corn
and wine which was to be offered to
Jehovah as a tithe or first fruits; the
lawgiver thus signifying to the Israel-
ites, that such things only were required
of them as they possessed in abundance.
Of grain, Ex. 22,28 asa} WNNP2 , Sept.
ἀπαρχὰς ἅλωνος καὶ ληνοῦ. Deut. 22, 9
DID MNtans... 50757 ΓΕΘ ΏΓΙ ἢ see Heb.
Gr. § 116. 3. “OF wine, Num. 18, 27
ΞΡ ΠῚ ΓΙῸ as the abundance of the
wine-press, ‘Sept. ἀφαΐρεμα ἀπὸ ληνοῦ.

ΓΝ f. filling, i. 6. setting of gems,
Ex. 28, 17... Phar. mind v. 20. 39, 13.
See τ. 8b no. 2.

ὩΣ Ξ τη. plur. also ms Lev. 7,
37. 1 Chr. 29,2. R.xba.

1. consecration to the priest’s office,
pr. the delivering over of the office ;
Lev. 8, 33. Ex. 29, 22. 26. 27.—Meton.
the sacrifice of consecration (comp. ΤΙΝ ΤΌΤ
sin and sacrifice for sin) Lev. 7, 37. 8,
28. 31.

2. i. ᾳ. ΠΝ Ξ a setting of gems, Ex.
See 35, 9. Ὶ Chr. 29, 2.

yea m. (τ. 482) constr. Nd, 6.
suff. 7"28>2; plur. pYDN>2, constr.
ΝΡ.

1. one sent, a messenger, 6. g. from
private persons Job 1, 14. 1 Sam. 11, 3.
2 Sam. 11, 19 sq. 2 K. 5,10; also from
a king 1 Sam. 16, 19. 19, 11. 14. 20. 1
K. 19, 2. Prov. 17, 11. al.

ya (B70

2. Spec. a messenger of God, viz.
a) an angel ; Syr. Lots, Arab.

GS Fe

Jo, Eth. PAA'A, id. Fully yxbx
min? Gen, 16, 9.10. 11. Ex. 3, 2. Judg,
2,1. 4. al. more rarely msnbe ’ 2 Gen.
21, 17. Ex. 14, 19. 2 Sam. 14, Ὕ. al. but
also καὶ Sass simply ΝΘ an angel,

WN>%24 the angel, Gen. 48, 16. Ex. 23, 20.
33, 2. 1 K. 19: 5. 1 Chr. 21, 9. Hos. 12,
5. Zech. 1, 9. al. Job 33, 53 9 2,
see inr. yb Hiph. moni “2 the angel
destroying, sent from God to destroy,
2 Sam. 24, 16.—To angels there is at-
tributed, when they appear on earth, a
human form, Gen. 18,2. Judg. 13, 15.
20; but more august and sublime, 2
Sam. 24, 16. Dan. 8. 15. 16. 10, 5. 6;
without wings Gen. 28, 12 (on Dan. 9,
21 see in r. 53"); in habiliments like
the sacerdotal costume. Dan. 10, 5. 12,
5.6; and of the moral virtues there is
ascribed to them superior wisdom 2 Sam.
14, 20. 19, 28; justice 2 Sam. 14, 17;
clemency 1 Sam. 29.9; integrity, though
not wholly free from imperfection, Job
4,18. 15,15. The office of angels is to
assist God in the government of the
world Job 2, 1 sq. chiefly as his messen-
gers to execute his will and his decrees.
By their agency are wrought the phe-
nomena of nature, Ps. 104, 4; it is their
office to protect the righteous from dan-
ger, and save them from destruction,
Gen. 24, 7. 40. Ex. 23, 20. 33, 2. 1K.
19, 5. Ps. 34, 8. 91,12; to plead their
cause with God, Job 5, 1. 33, 23. Dan.
10, 13. 21. 12, 1; to bear the divine
commands and revelations to men, Judg.
13, 3 sq. Dan. 9, 21; and on the other
hand to execute the divine judgments,
‘and bring punishment upon the guilty,
Is. 37, 36. 2 Sam. 14, 6. Ps. 35, 5. 6. 78,
49. See on the angelology of the O. T.
von Coelln Bibl. Theol. I. p. 187 sq.
Steudel Theol. des Alt. Test. p. 215 sq.
Stuart Sketches of Angelol. in Biblioth.
Sacra, 1843, p. 88 sq¢.— Sometimes the
same divine appearance, which at one
time is called Hin” ΠΡ, is afterwards
called simply im", as Gen. 16, 7 sq.
comp. v. 13; 22, 11 comp. 12; 31, 11
comp. 16; Ex. 3, 2 comp. 4; Judg. 6,
14 comp. 22; 13, 18 comp. 22. This is
to be so understood, that the angel of

poo :

God is here nothing else than the invi-
sible deity itself, which thus unveils it-
self to mortal eyes ; see J. H. Michaelis
de angelo Dei, Hal. 1702. Tholuck
Comment. zum Ev. Johannis c. 1, 1. p:
52. Ed. 6. 1844. Hence oriental trans-
lators, as Saadias, Abusaides, and the
Chaldee-Samaritan, wherever Jehovah
himself is said to appear on earth, al-
ways put for the name of God the angel
of God.

b) a prophet, Hagg. 1, 13. Mal; 3, 1:
perh. Judg. 2, 1. ᾿

6) a priest, Ecc. 5, 5. Mal. 2, 7.

d) Once of the people of Israel, as the
messenger of God and teacher of the
nations, Is. 42, 19.

qo Chald. an angel, c. sll raya
Dan. 3, 28. 6, 23.

MONI f(r. ΝΡ, by irish | for
nexbz Ὕ constr. noxbe, c. suff, FMIN2 5
plur. constr. ΤΣ Ὁ 1 Chr. 28, 19.

1. ministry, service, pr. on which one
is sent 5 then work, labour, business ;
Sept. ἔργον, ἐργασία. Ex. 20, 10 8)
MaNxba~b2 Nes thow shalt not do any
work. 12, 16. 31, 14. 15. 35, 2. Lev. 16,
29. Num. 4, 3. Deut, 5, 14, al. More
fully Lev. 23 7 δ WIS naxbo-ba
swsm ye shall. do no work of labour, no
servile work ; Sept, πᾶν ἔργον λατρευτὸν
ov ποιήσετε. v. 8. 21. 25. Num. 28, 18, 25.
26. 29, 1.12. So ΠῚ nsxbn work of 4
the field, tillage, 1Chr. 27, 96: Ps. 107, 23
pra) pS NaNba “> they that do busi
ness on the great waters, i. e. sailors,
merchants, who follow μαρία δι on the
sea. eB pae! a) work, labour of an ar-
tisan, chiefly of an architect or others
employed in building, Ex. 31, 3.5, 14.
Jer. 18,3; wn “2 work of the artificer
Ex. 35, 35; πϑ ΡΠ ΡΣ the doers of
the work, the workmen, Ex. 36, 8. 2 K.
12, 12. 15. 16. Ezra 3, 9. Neh. 11, 12;
comp. Hagg. 1, 14. nexban by sty
the overseer of the works 1 K. 5,30 [16].
na mea ΓΞΝΘῸ work upon. the house of .
Jehovah 1 Chr. 23, 4. Ezra 3, 8. Neh.
10,34. 5) business of the Ῥ δια of the
hing, etc. M2xba ΓῺΡ to do the king’s
business Dan. 8, 27 ; ἘΠ ΓΙΩΣ one doing
the public διδθμδοῦ, espec. a questor.
procurator in fiscal matters, Esth. 3,9
9, 3. Neh. 2, 16; Vulg. arcarius. So

won
ee ΓΞΝΡῸ "7% 1 Chr. 29, 6; comp.

ἦν πρᾶγμα τοῦ βασιλέως 2 Mace. 8, 8. Fes-

selii Ady. Sacra lib. I. c. 1. ο) service,
ministry, of the Levites, 1 Chr. 9, 13.
28, 13. 20. 2 Chr. 24,12. ἀ) bork’ oF

᾿ς God, 6, g. in the creation, Gen. 2, 2;
᾿ so of divine judgments, like "7 ΠΏΣ,
Jer. 50, 25. Plur. of God's works Ps.
> 73, 28.

ως

or made, Ex. 13, 3. 5.

2. work sc. as wrought, thing done
“id M2N20 a

* work of skin,made of skin, Lev. 13, 48.

3. That which is acquired by work,

labour, business, as goods, substance,
_ property, 2 Chr. 17, 18, Spec. house-

hold goods, stuff, Ex. 22,7. 10; cattle,
herds and flocks, Gen. 33, 14. 1 Sam.
15,9; comp, 3p.

ΓΘ 9 , f. constr. M528>72 , , a message,
Hagg. ‘1, 13. From "Nba.

"oN (apoc. for M3285 messenger

of Jehovah, comp. "738 for M2798 ,) Ma-

lachi, pr. n. of the latest prophet of the
Ο. T. Mal. 1,1. Sept. Mudaziac, Vulg.
Malachias.

ὨΝΦῸ f(r. xb) fulness, sc. of wa-
ters; concr. full streams. Cant. 5, 12
his eyes as of doves by the rivers of wa-
ters, washed with milk, mx>2 59 Miu
silting in fulness, i. e. by full streams.
Sept. Alex. Ald. ἐπὲ πληρώματα ὑδάτων,
Vulg. super fluenta plenissima.—Others,
not unaptly, i. q. M852, a setting, bezel
of a ring, so that the eyes are compared
to a gem filling the socket of a ring;
though mia" cannot so well be refer-
red to the eyes.

WAI m. (τ. a>) a garment, vest-
ment, i. q. WI2>, 2 K. 10, 22. Ez. 16, 13.
Zeph. 1, 8; collect. raiment Job 27, 16.
Plur. o7wsaba 1 K. 10, 5. 2 Chr. 9, 4.
Is. 63, 3.

q220 m. (denom. fr. "32> brick,) a
brick-kiln, place where bricks are made,
Jer. 43, 9. Nah. 3, 14. Erroneously
written 139 2 Sam. 12, 31 Cheth.

M22 f. (τ. 552) ὁ. suff sma; plur.
ΒΡ. 472, see below.

l. ὦ mors, i, q. "33, only poetic, 2
Sam. 23, 2. Ps, 139,4. Chald. and Syr.
ja , Zab. |ASNa%, word, thing, cause.
—Often in plur. 0°52 and more freq.

»

[9

71

"52

752 (Syr. SS) words, but excepting
Prov. 23, 9 and Ps. 19, 5, only in the
book of Fob 3 as Job 6, 26. 33, 32 wh ox
"2700 ὍΝ if thou hast ‘bon ds, answer
me. 36,2 B72 MIDND Tip thove(ate yet
words to God, God ‘has yet wherewith
to answer. 4, 4. 8, 10. 12; 11. al.

2. speech, discourse ; in sing. Job 13,
17. 21,2. 24, 25. 29,22. Plur. discourses
Job 32, 11.—Meton. object of discourse
or of talk, q. d. by-word, proverb, Job 30
9 nba? Or? "AN.

m2 Chald. f£ Dan. 2, 9; emphat.
xnba, once 422 Dan. 2, 5; Plur. 7752,
emphat. neha; iq. Heb.

l. a word, Dan. 4, 28; spec. command
Dan. 3, 28. Plur. Dan. 7, 11. 16. 25.

2. speech, discourse, Dan. 2, 9. 10.

3. a thing, matter, Dan. 2, 5. 8. 15. 17.
Comp. Heb. "25.

5, NIP, see Nbr.
DMN, see UND.

S150 τη. (τ. 832) a mound, rampart,
so called as filled in with stones and
earth; hence fortress, castle. Chald.
ante, ΝΡ, xm7bD, N7310.—Spec.

a) A part of the ‘citadel of Jerusalem,
prob. the rampart, intrenchment, 2 Sam.
5,9. 1K. 9, 15. 24. 11, 27. 1 Chr. 11, 8.
2 Chr. 32,5. Sept. thrice ἄκρα. Targ,
umd, ἈΠΟ ΒΏ, vallum, See Lightfoot
Opp. II. Ρ. 189. Hamelsveld Bibl. Geogr.
II. 46 sq.—The same with Xi>2, or a
part of it, is prob. also 8159 M73, whiera
Joash was killed, 2 K. 12, 21.

Ὁ) A fortress in Shechem ;*Judg. 9,6
Niba ΤΣ ὉΞῚ pow) 53.939 all the men
of Shechem and all that dwelt in the
castle ; also v. 20 bis.

ΤΡ m. (denom. fr. ΓΙ salt,) Gr.
ἅλιμος, atripler halimus Linn. orach,
sea-purslain, a marine plant, the buds
and leaves of which were eaten by the
poor both raw and boiled, Job 30, 4.
Comp. Engl. Fr. Ital. Gera, salad,
salade, Salat, pr. salt-plant.—Athen.
Deipnos. IV. 16. See Abenbitar in
Bochart Hieroz. T. J. p. 873 sq. The-
saur. p.791. .

72 (reigning, τ. 72%; or i.q. Syr.
yess counsellor.) Malluch, pr. ἢ. τῇ.
a) 1 Chr. 6, 29 [44]. Ὁ) Neh. 10 5

0

12,2. Called also "3552 Malluchi Neh.
19, 14 Cheth. where Keri 2720 Melicu.
6) Ezra 10,29. 4) Neh. 10, 28.

M2729 £ also 229 1 Sam. 10, 25
(τ. 32) a kingdom, 1 Sam. 10, 16. 11,
14. 1 K.2,15.22.al. Often in the genit.
6. g. nstban "2% the royal diadem Is.
Oe ὃν nosban "ἊΣ the royal city 2 Sam.
12, 26; noiban δ ῸΞ the royal throne
1K. 1, 46; noiban ΣΤ the seed royal,
royal hes; Jer. 41, 1. Dan. 1,3; nv
2952 to oduiatuer the χρυσόν to
reign, 1 K. 21,7. Of Jehovah’s king-
dom, Ps. 22, 29, Obad. 21.

"279% see 722 Ὁ.

7122 m. (τ. 38>) pr. place where trav-
ellers lodge, either in the open air or
under a roof, lodging-place, inn, cara-
vanserai, Gen. 42, 27. 43, 21. Ex. 4, 24.
Of an encampment of trodps for the
night, Is. 10, 29.

m7" fem. of the preced. a lodge, hut,
of the keeper of a garden or vineyard,
Is. 1.8. Also a hanging-bed, hammock,
suspended from trees, ia which travel-
Jers and also the keepers of gardens and
᾿ vineyards sleep for fear of wild beasts,
Is. 24, 20. Arab. and Aram. Jt

His, soins. See Buxtorf’s con
Chald. h. v. Niebuhr’s Arabien p- ig
Germ.

τ» mb" prob. i. q. M22 (7 being
softened to 1), to rub in pieces, to pul-
verize. Once in

Nipn. to be rubbed small, to vanish in
dust. Is. 51, 6 3392 jWPD ova 9D for
the heavens like smoke shall vanish away,
be dispelled; parall. 423m 7332 yusn
the earth like a garment ‘shall wax old.
Hence it appears that there lies a simi-
lar power in the two roots M>2 and m>3,
whence Domb (see > II) ‘and vba
old clothes. But it also marks a distinc-
tion between the two roots, that 37 is
here referred to smoke, and M>3 to a
garment; so that the former seems to
imply a vanishing away as fine dust,
Germ. zerstieben, i. e. the being dis-
pelled as dust or smoke.

Il. mo" denom. from M2 salt, to salt,
to season with salt, mba3. ‘Lev. 2, 13.
Syr. Arab. Ethiop. id.

572

mb
Puat pass. Ex. 30, 35.

Hopu. mbar, inf. absol. M225, to be Ϊ

salted, i. 6. touched or sprinkled with
salt, as a new-born infant, Ez. 16,4. Je-
rome in ἢ. |. “tenera infantium corpora

. . Solent ab obstetricibus sale contingi, —

ut sicciora sint et restringantur.” Galen
de Sanit. I. 7.

ai 2 mo", in pause also M32 Gen. 14,

8, salt; Chald. nb, Syr. Lads, Arab.

; If an etymology be sought, ΠΡ
salt may be something rubbed small,
pulverized, from r. M22 1; comp. Syr.
ype to preserve in salt cod spices, with

[o9ak0 contritum, and r. υ contrivit.—
Job 6,6. Judg.9,45. Mm Ὁ" the Salt sea,
i.e. the Dead sea, the waters of which
are very strongly impregnated with salt,
and deposit it in the low places along
the shores, especially in the southern
part (ΕΖ. 47, 11. Zeph. 2, 9); Gen. 14,
3. Num. 34, 12. Deut. 3, 17. Josh. 3, 16.
18. 19. al. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. Il.
pp. 223-26. m2 δηλ the valley of salt, see
art. "5 lett. d. ΤΡ ΟΣ the cily of salt,
see in "9 no, 1. aa. —Also my m2 a
covenant of salt 2 Chr. 13, δ, ie. ἃ
league for ever sacred and inviolable:
whence 0539 ΠΡ ma Num. 18, 19.
This formula arose from the circum-
stance, that salt as preserving from de-
cay is a symbol of duration and perpe-
tuity, see Philo Opp. II. p.°225; and
hence the Arabs are said by some. to eat
bread and salt together in making a

covenant; Steph. Schulz V. p. 246. At

any rate they have the phrase Lins
there is salt between us, i. 6. ἃ

whence lexicographers ex-
, Rake, by covenant, oath.
» DY ;

But see also the conjecture of Lee in
mena no. 1. Hence we may understand
why the offerings of the Hebrews were
to be seasoned with salt, as in Ley. 2, 13
FN bya ΠΎΤΟΝ mM nby mawn by
nor shalt thou let lack the salt of the cove-
nant of thy God from thy offering, i. e.
the offerings are to be seasoned with
salt, because salt is the symbol of the
perpetual covenant between God and
Israel, which he thus daily renews and

covenant ;
plain

a

ψγυνσ

a

—— ΡΟΝ a ae -
z .

mb

confirms. With other nations, too, salt
was a symbol of friendship, and was
added to their sacrifices; see Syke’s
Essay on Sacrifices. Rosenm. Schol.
ad Lev. 2, 13.—Further, Gen. 19, 26
ΤΡ 3x2 a pillar of salt, i.e. statue of
fossil salt, bearing the appearance of a
pillar or cippus; see, for the fossil salt
at the south end of the Dead Sea, Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. pp. 482 sq. and for the
legends of the Arabs respecting Lot’s
wife, see ibid. p. 589.
Deriv. 132 II, M52, ΠΡΙΡ, mba.

Il. 529 only in plur. onda, ‘old
clothes, worn oul garments, Jer. 38, 11.
12. Β. ΠΡῸ I. gq. v.

M29 Chald. salt, Ezra 4, 14.

M2"2 Chald. (denom. fr. subst. m>2) to
eat salt; Exzra 4, 14 because we have eaten
the salt of the palace, i. e. are the ser-
vants of the king, have our maintenance
from him. Syr. wudtozf to take salt
with one, to eat at his table. Arab.

Lo to eat with one. Comp. ‘men of

thy bread’ Obad. 7. So with the Per-
sians and Hindoos to eat one’s salt is
said of servants who are fed by their
masters; see Rosenm. Morgenl. no. 688.

ΤΡ m. @ seaman, mariner, Ez. 27,

9. 27.29. Jon. 1, 6. Arab. cu, Syr.

0,0 7

Luwcto id—It is a denom. of the form

mu, from ΤΡ in the signif. sea, like

Gr. ἡ tds, Lat. ‘sal, put poet. for the sea,

whence ἁλιεύς seaman; comp. Arab.
if lm salt sea, the ocean.

ΤΙΣ f (denom. fr. ΠΡ) α land of
salt, and therefore barren, a desert, Job
39, 6. Ps. 107, 34; fully mba V2 Jer.
17,6. Comp. Ecclus. 39,30. So Virg.
Georg. 2. 238 ‘Salsa tellus—frugibus
infelix.’ Plin. H. N. 31. 7.

ΤΟΤΕ once M929 1 Sam. 13,
22, ¢. suff, irram>2 ; plur. ‘pinnda, constr.
nonin. R. on> no. 2.

1. As-a verbal noun, warring, fight-
ing, i.e. the act, Is. 7, 1 m7>9 mam>ad [0
war against il (the city), to besiege it.
Hence fight, battle, Ex. 13, 17. Job 39,
25. Is. 28.6. Ecc. 9,11. manda ἼΠΞ see

573

ya
θεν =
Arab. KAS battle,

2. war; so Haba Hwy to make war
Prov. 20, 18; 59 with any one Deut. 20,
12. 20; TN (mx) id. Gen. 14,2. πρὴπ
3 "2 here was war’ with 2 K. 21, 20;
ΛΞ" "2 between—and, 1K.14, 30. 15, 6.7.
MMs δἰ see in XX lett. Ῥ. “ad 720
id. 1 Κα. 22,4, “2 Wap see in SIR Piel
no. 3.—Hence Mansa wrx, plur. “2 "Way,
a man. of war, warrior, Num. 31, 28. is:
3,2. Joel 2,7. Jer. 38, 4. al. Poet. of Je-
havak Ex. 15,3; comp. “2 "i353 of the
same Ps. 24,8. Also miam>a ON id.
1 Chr. 28, 3. Is. 42,13. So with genit. of
the adversary, 2 Sam. 8, 10 niand2 x
“2h. 1 Chr. 18, 10; so too snare m3
the house of my war, i.e. with which I
wage war, 2 Chr. 35,21. “2 ἘΣ people
of war, troops, Josh. 8, 11. 11,7; Ὃ xax
id. Is. 13,4. Also "2 "32 weapons of
war, see in "5D no. 5; and so poet.
mands id. Ps. 76, 4.

in 32> no. 1. a.

‘overthrow.

i ube; in Kal not used, pr. to smooth,
to smooth over, as in Arabic; then in-
trans. to be smooth, slippery ; and hence
trop. to slip away, to escape, i.q. 028.
Syr. dso to smooth over; Arab. Jue

to smooth over a wall with mortar
(whence 7), to shave the head; taki

to be smooth, to be without hair ; then
Conj. I, IV, to cast (let slip) the foetus.
Kindr. are 7>% to be smooth, ya id
V, VII, to escape, ωο»λα to be smooth,

she to escape, eke to smooth, to
soften ; ἀϑ ἢ dL, tender, soft, comp.

Gr. μέλδω, Germ. and Engl. νηΐ, also
with the third radical a guttural or pa-

latal ee) to smooth, δ" ΠῚ to ca-

ress, to flatter, Gr. μαλακός, ἀμέλγω, μέλι,
Lat. mulgeo, mulceo. The mid. radical
being hardened, we have ©7 q. v.

Pre, Ὁ Ecc. 9,15, in pause 2>2,
fut. vb", to let slip away, i.e.

1. to let escape, to save from danger, to
deliver, with acc. of pers. Job 22, 30. 29, 12.
Jer. 39,18; acc. of thing 2 K. 23, 18.
Ecc. 9, 15. Ts. 46,2. So’p tp; ohn to
save the life of any one 2 Sam. 19, 6. Ps.
116,4; itp) ob id. 1 Sam. 19, 11. Jer.
48, 6. Ez. 33,5. Am.2, 14.15. Once with

ὩΔῺ

a of thing partitively (see 3 A. 2. b);
Job 20, 20 wba. xd ὑπ) ΌΤΙ he shall not
save aught among his delights. Some-
times with 17 from the hand or power
of any one Joh6, 23. Ps. 89,49; Ὡ3 2
Sam. 19,10; 2 Ps. 107,20. Absol. Ps.
33, 17. Is. 46, 4.

2, to lay eggs, Is. 34, 16; comp. in Kal

and Hiph. no. 2. Arab. ius foetus.

Hirn. 1. i.q. Piel no. 1, to save, to de-
liver, Is. 31, 5.

2. to bring forth, as a woman, c. acc.
Is. 66,7. Comp. Piel no. 2.

Nipu. 1. to be delivered from danger,
to be saved, Ps. 22, 6. Job 22, 30. Prov.
11,21. Ez. 17,15. Oftener reflex. to de-
liver oneself, to escape ; with 172 1 Sam.
27,1. Jer. 34, 3. 38,23; ΞΎΓΤΩ 1K. 19,
17; 78 Kec. 7,26; also with 12 of place
whence, 1 Sam. 23,13. 2 Sam. 1, 3; acc.
of place whither Is. 37, 38; with > loc.
Gen. 19,17. Judg. 3,26. Absol. Ps. 124,
7. 1 Sam. 30,17. Coupled with ΓΞ to
flee, 1 Sam. 19, 12. 18.

2. to hasten away, without the idea
of escape or flight, 1 Sam. 20, 29.

Hirup. i. q. Niph. no. 1; Job 19, 20
"30 “isa nobomxi Jam feraios) escaped
with the skin of my teeth, proverbially
for ‘there is no soundness left in all

my body.” The Arabs have a similar |

proverb, xwl,3 ls he escaped with his

head, i. e. just saved his life, Vit. Tim. 1.
180.—Poet. of sparks emitted, Job 41, 11.
Deriv. the two following.

Ὁ m. mortar, cement, from smear-
ing or smoothing over, Jer. 43,9; see
the Arabic usage in r. Ὁ Καὶ. ne CO"

bi, Syr. ἕντο, id. Comp.also Gr.
μάλϑη, Lat. maltha, Ital. malta.

mn (whom Jehovah delivers) Me-
latiah, pr.n.m. Neh. 3,7. R. 022.

"D719 see 775% lett. Ὁ.

mo f. (r. 559 IL) an ear of grain,
pr. an ear cut off; once Deut. 23, 26.
Comp. Job 24, 24. |

ΤΙΣ ΣΡ Εἰ (r. 55) 1. Pr. interpreta-
tion ; meton. what needs interpretation,
an enigma, obscure maxim, aphorism,
Prov. 1,6. Sept. σκοτεινὸς λόγος.

2. a song of derision, taunt, Hab. 2, 6.

574

pn

* 510 =, fut. 30", inf c. suff. 12%

1. to reign, to be king. Eth. PAL
id. Arab. SUL6 to possess, to reign ;
Syr. to consult; Chald. and Samar. to
consult, to reign. So in other languages
the words for consulting, judging, and
reigning, are the same, comp. Lat. con-
sul, and Germ. rathen, Anglosax. redan
and Swed. rada to command.—Constr.
with >3 of persons and people Gen. 37,
8. 1 Sam. 8,7. 1 K. 6,1; or of a land
2K. 11, 3; rarely with 3 1 K. 11, 37.
2 Sam. 3, 21. Oftener with 3 of the
royal seat, or residence, where the king
dwells, 2 Sam. 5, 5. Josh. 13, 12. 21.
Judg. 4, 2. al. sep. With an ace. of
time how long, 1 K. 11, 42. 14, 20. 2K.
10, 36. 12,2. Absol. as tbh mints mwa
in the eighth year of his reign 2K. 24,
12. 25, 1. Esth. 1, 3. Jer. 1, 2. Ps. 93,1.
96, 10. 97, 1. So of Jehovah: Ps. Il. ce.
Ex. 15, 18. Mic. 4, 7. Of the rule of the
wicked Job 34, 30.

2. to begin to reign, to be made king,
2 Sam. 15, 10. 16,8. 1K. 1, 11. 13. 59.
41. 2K. 9,13. 2 Sam. 2, 10 Ishbosheth
was forty years old 2222 when he began
to reign, was made king. 1 K. 16, 15. 23.
29. 2 K. 3, 1.

ΝΊΡΗ. recipr. fo consult, to take cown-
sel, Neh. 5,7. Comp. the Syriac and
Chald. usage in Kal above.

Hiru. to make king, to constitute as
king, e. g. as done by a people 1 Chr.
11, 10, or by a more powerful king 2 K.
23, 34. 24, 17. Jer. 37, 1, or by Jehovah
1 Sam. 15, 35. 1 K. 3,7; constr. usually
with the accus. rarely the dat. ‘to give
the kingdom to any one,’ 1 Chr. 29, 22.
Sometimes with ΠΡ pleonast. 1 Sam.
12, 1. Is. 7,6; 585 Judg. 9, 6. 1 Sam.
15, 11. With by of the people over whom
2 Sam. 2,9. 1 Chr. 28, 4; 58 2 Sam. 2,
9;51 Sam. 8, 22. Abeok Hiss: 8, 4.

Hone: pass. of Hiph. Dan. 9, 1.

Deriv. 2557, 52392, mia, and the
nineteen here Sllewiud (except mqzbe).

32° m. in pause also 92, 6. suff. ἈΦΡῸ ;
plur. 5°23, once 1135 Prov. 31, 3, and
with’ ae mater lectionis Os Nb 2 Sam.

11, 1, constr. "2b. 8
1. ὦ king, Arab. Ms, ke, rarely

Ha be Syr. LaS& id. Ethiop, PAN,

a

moderator. Coupled often with a gen.
of people or country, as M35 723)
Pew? a, Dyn “a, “ABE “a, boa Ὦ,
etc. But s2bn, isbn, my or his "king,
i.e. Jehovah's king the king of Israel
constituted by Jehovah, Ps. 2, 6. 18, 51.
Where the king of any people is bindkcdn
of κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν, the article is often prefixed
22, ὃ βασιλεύς, 6. g. 3272 ἜΤΙ long live
the king! 1Sam.10,24; also in poetry
Ps. 20, 10. 45, 6.12. Cant. 1,4. 3,9; but
not seldom the art. is omitted in such
case in both prose and poetry, as 1 K.
21, 10. 13. Is. 32,1. Prov. 24, 21. Ps. 21,
2. 45, 2. 16. 61,7. In Ps. 72,1 420773
the son of aking is said by way of honour
for a king descended from kings, parall.
with 7272 in the preced. clause, opp. to
one of ignoble birth or without royal
ancestors; comp. βασιλεὺς ἐκ βασιλέων
Xen. Agesil. 1.2. Comp. also in the title
of the modern kings of Persia the phrase

οἰ! uP wy abn the Sultan
son of the Sultan.—As in the East infe-
rior princes and likewise the viceroys
and satraps of powerful monarchs were
often dignified with the title of kings,
(comp. Is. 10, 8 are not my princes alto-
gether kings?) so the great sovereigns
of Asia took loftier titles, viz. a) 7230
diam the great king, put κατ ἐξοχήν for
the king of Assyria, Is. 36,4. So the
king of Persia in the arrow-headed in-
scriptions, see Lassen die Altpers. Keil-

- inschr. 4. 140, 146, 165, 174; and also

among the Greeks, μέγας βασιλεύς, ὃ βα-
σιλεὺς ὃ μέγας, Aristoph. Plut. 170. Plat.
Gorg. p. 470. E. Menex. p. 78. Ὁ. So
too the emperor of Germany by Syrian

writers of the middle ages, Lo5 Lasso

Barhebr. 3384. 8) 0°22 322 king of
kings, so the king of Babylon Kz. 26,
7, and Chald. x*2>2 32 Dan. 2, 37;
ales the king of Persia, Ezra 7,12 Chald.
So too the king of Persia in the arrow-

headed inscriptions, Syr. fa\& yd

Barhebr. Gr. βασιλεὺς βασιλέων, see Bris-
_ son de regio Persarum prince. $3. See

also Lassen 1. c. Thesaur. p. 794.—
Plur, 27239 kings is sometimes put for
foreign and therefore hosiile kings, Ps.
2,10. 68, 15. 30. 110, 5; i. ᾳ. DMA "39
Is. 14, 9. 18.

Trop. the title ofkingisapplied: a)

575

apy
To Jehovah, as king both of the whole
nation of Israel (SP37 “2 Is. 41, 21, “a
bx yw 44, 6), and of each indivigdel ¢
Deut. 33, 5 739 pws IM and he
was king in Jeshurun i. e. Israel. Ps.
5, 3. 10, 16. 29,10. 44, 5. 98, 6. 145, 1.
Is. 33, 22. 43, 15. 1 Sam. 12, 12. al. So
with art. 92% the king Jer. 46, 18. 48,
15. 51, 57, comp. Is. 57, 9. With epi-
thets, 27 πὸ Ps. 48, 8; sian Ὁ 24,
7-10; ΤΙΝΕΣ 7 abun Is.6,5. So Eth.
and Arab. of God. b) To idols, in the
language of their worshippers, 1 8, 21.
Am. 5, 26. Zeph. 1, 5. Comp. Gr. ἄναξ,
βασιλεύς, Hom. 1]. γί 351. πί 388. ο)
To animals, 6. g. the crocodile Job 41,
26 [34]; of locusts, Prov. 30,27. Here
it is put for chief, leader ; since kings
are often introduced as the chiefs and
leaders of armies, Job 15, 24. 18, 14. 29,
25.

2. Melech, pr. h. m. 1 Chr. 8, 35. 9,
41. Also with the art. 9224 Jer. 36,
26. 38, 6. |

722 Chald. m. emphat. 8252, plur.

(72> (Kaph without Dag.) Dan. 2: 21.
47. al. and by Hebraism 57257 Ezra 4,
13, emphat. 83252 Dan. 2, 44; a king,
Bara: δ, 6. 7. Ὁ, 3. 4, 23. Dan. 2, 46. 4,
15. For the king καὶ ἐξοχήν, emphat.
ΞΘ Dan. 2,5sq. 8. 3 5ᾳ. Also 729
sab 22 king of kings, spoken of the king
of Babylon Dan. 2, 37, and of Persia
Ezra 7,12; see alious ἠδ, εἴων, 3272 1. β.
Dan. 4, 34 [37] N*owi 7272 the king of
heaven i. e. Jehovah.—Dan. 7, 17 four
kings, i. e. four kingdoms, as Theod.
and Vulg. comp. v. 23. 24; so 8, 21,
comp. v. 20. 22.

720 Chald. m. c. suff. "222, counsel,
Dan. 4, 24.

ἸῺ 1 K. 11, 7, elsewhere with art.
πο, qoiab, Lev. 18, 21. 20, 2 sq. 1 K.
11,7. 2K. 23.10. Jer. 32, 35, Molech,
pr. n. of an idol of the Ammonites, Aqu.
Symm. Theod. Moiozy, Vulg. Moloch,
Sept. appellat. ὃ ἄρχων, βασιλεύς ; called
also 032 Milcom 1 K. 11, 5 (comp. v.
7). 33. 2K. 23, 13; and pada Malcam,
Sept. Medyou, Jer. 49, 1.3. Syr. Soaatsso
comp. Zeph. 1, 5. To this idol the He-
brews from the time of Solomon sacri-
ficed infants on Mia erected in the

ν""

pa

valley of Hinnom ; see 723 no. 4. Ac-
cording to the Rabbins, its statue was of
brass, with the members of the human
body, but the head of an ox; it was
hollow within, was heated from below,
and the children to be immolated were
placed in its arms, while drums were
beaten to drown their cries; see Jarchi
ad Jer. 7,3. Lund Jad. Heiligthimer p.
638. Carpzov. Antiq. 87,404. Such a
tradition is strongly confirmed by a pas-
sage in Diodorus Siculus, respecting
human sacrifices.offered by the Cartha-
ginians to Κρόνος i. 6. Saturn, Diod. Sic.
20. 14. Hence it has been commonly
held, that the Molech of the Old Test.

_ was also Saturn, and indeed the planet

Saturn, which the ancients regarded as
a κακοδαίμων to be appeased with human
sacrifices ; see Comm. on Is. II. p. 343,
and comp. in "> p. 463.—But from the
language of Jeremiah, 6. g. 32, 35 and
they built the high places of Baal which
are in the valley of the son of Hinnom,
to cause their sons and their daughters to
pass through the fire to Molech, comp.
19, 5 they have built also the high places
of Baal, to burn their sons in the fire for
burnt-offerings unto Baal, it would seem
to follow that the idol Molech (531)
was no other than Baal (5531), to whom
also in the region of Carthage and Nu-
midia children were immolated ; see
three Punic inscriptions, Monumm. Phe-
nic. pp. 448, 449, 453. It may be sup-
posed that aba, bbb, 0229, was an
epithet of Baal in curtelt ise chiefly
among the Ammonites, as mp2 was
an epithet of the same god among the
Tyrians; see in >32 no. 5. Among the
Phenicians also a customary epithet of
Baal was 05» 452 king eternal, and also
simply ΠΡ king ; see Monumm. Phen.
l.c. The forms 0252, D252, may be

ὙΠ Α compared with 1125 Ρ. 914; Ἂν és the end-
_ings 0— and Ὁ-- may be regarded as di-

minutive forms of endearment affixed to
the names-of gods; although in these
syllables there may also lurk a suffix,
the force of which was by degrees lost,
as in the names of the gods “Ada,

93258; Βααλτίς, °N>22, Monumm. Phe-

nic. μᾷ 400; see “alas art. "258 p. 13
above.—For the apologetic ‘comments
of the Rabbins see in "2 Hiph. no. 4.

576

55

x2>% Chald. f. emphat. ΕΝ a
queen, i. q. Heb. nz2>2, Dan. 5, 10.

Ts?
ΓΗΞΡῸ f(r. 522) ὁ. suff. int2>2, a
noose, snare, springe, Job 18, 10.

M22 f(r. 7b) constr. mD>2, a queen,
i.e. the consort of a king Esth. 1, 9 sq.
7, 1 sq. or-as reigning in her own right,
e. g. the queen of Sheba 1K. 10, 4. 4.
10. 13. Plur. ΓΞ. of the wives of
Solomon who were of royal birth, opp.
to concubines (Θ᾽ 9558) Cant. 6, 8. 9..

ahr) (id. or Chald. counsel) Milcah,
pr. n. of the daughter of Haran, the wife
of Nahor, Gen. 11, 29. 22, 20.

m220, see 3957.

sb Chald. f. constr. m435% , emphat.
xmabe, i. q. Heb. mazb2, a kingdbnn,
i, 6.

a) dominion, reign, the exercise of
kingly power, Dan. 4, 28. 6, 2. 7, 14. al.
In the genit. as adjunct for an adj. roy-
al; as 1252 ΤῊΞ the royal residence,
eautropolia. Dan. 4, 27; maz 5951
the royal palace 4, 26. wing ‘0 the
reign of Darius Ezra 4, 24. 6, "15. Spo-
ken of the kingdom or dominion of God
Dan. 3, 33; and of the future reign of
the saints 7, 18. 22. 27.

b) realm, a country under kingly rule,
Dan. 2, 39. 44. 7, 23.. Plur. emphat.
nade Dan. 2, 44. 7,23. Syr. aah,

ae OT 6 UI.
ἴζαξ ἕο, Arab. erga, id. i

MAD22 ᾧ (τ. 5) plur. ni*sb, a word
of the later Hebrew, freq. in ‘the books
of Chron. Esth. and Daniel, but rare in
the earlier books, as Num. 24, 7. 1Sam.
20, 31. Ps. 45, 7. 103, 19. 145, 11 sq.

1. a kingdom, i. 6. the royal dignity,
dominion, reign, Dan. 11, 21 comp. v. 4.
Esth. 1,19. δηδ ‘2 the kingdom (do-
minion) of Saul 1 Chr. 12, 23. 2 Chr.
12,1. Often in the following phrase:
Dan, 1,1 in the third year D*prin® M3 585
of the reign of Jehoiakim. 2, 1. 8, ae
Chr. 26, 31. 2 Chr. 15, 10. al. comp. the
earlier plirabe Cea) abs 1K. 15, 1. 9.
Often in the genit. as adjunct for the
adj. royal, e. g. Bees, ma the royal
house, palace, (i. q. 2 bn m3) Esth. 1, 9,
2,16. 5,1; masda “a5 (i. gq 7230 “23)
α 70 yal μεθ σοί Esth. 1 19; ‘a NOD

= ya]

the royal throne 1 Chr. 22, 10. Esth. 1, 2.
5, 1.8]. “a 030 Ps. 45,75 “2 Sin 1 Chr.
29, 25. Dan. ΤῊΝ ΣΙ: died ‘2 "2 royal
wine Esth. 1 1—Ellipt. Esth. 5, 1 mw3>
m25’2 she put on royal apparel.

2. a kingdom, i. e. a realm, a people
under kingly rule; e. g. MAM} “2 ἐν
-kingdom of Judah 2 Chr. i, 17's
ὉΠ ὩΞ the kingdom of the Chaldeans
Dan. 9,1; Dap “2 the kingdom of the
Pereiahs 2 Chr. 36, 20. Dan. 10, 13. ete.
“a "xm the half of the kingdom Esth. 5,
3.6. 7,2. Plur. miso Dan. 8, 22.

872270 (God’s king, i. e. suncioead
by him, fir. 42,) Malchiel, pr. n. m.
Gen. 46, 17. Num. 26, 45. 1 Chr. 7, 31.
—Patron. in "— Num. 26, 45.

9222 and ΓΙ 39 (Jehovah’s king)
Malchiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 9, 12.
Neh. 11. 12. Jer. 38, 1. b) Ezra 10,
31. Neh. 3, 11. 14. 13. 0) Neh. 8, 4.
10,3. d) Jer. 38,6. ε) Ezra 10, 25.

ῬΊΣ 99 (king of righteousness) pr.
n. Melchizedek, king of Salem (Jerusa-
lem) and a priest of Jehovah, Gen. 14,
18. Ps. 110, 4. Comp. Heb. c. 7.

177222 (king of altitude) Malchiram,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 18.

yr (king of help) Malchishua,
pr. n. of a son of Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 49. 31,
2. Also written separately sntinab2
1 Chr. 8, 33. 9, 39.

D228 (their king) Malcam, pr. ἢ.
a) An idol of the Moabites and Ammon-
ites, i. q. 02> and 32%, Jer. 49, 1. 3;
see in 72. ‘But i in Zeph. 1, 5 and Am.
1, 15 ἘΞ is their king. b) A man, 1
Chr. 8, ‘9.

D222 Milcom, i. q. Molech, an idol of
the Ammonites, 1 Κὶ, 11, 5. 33. 2 K. 23,
13. See in 92%.

139 an error for ἸΞ9 q. v.

M227 fem. of the Chald. form 57,
(as mada fr. Π53,) a queen, found only
in Jer. 5 18. 44. 17. 18. 19.25; in which
passages DY2U M229 the queen of
heaven, which the Hebrew women wor-
shipped, is either the moon, or Astarie
(mano?) i. 6. the planet Venus. So
Sept. in c. 44, and Vulg. everywhere.
But several Mss. read the word fully

49

577

yn

written Wit M2Nd% the service or worship
of heaven, as also the Syr. renders it

Pp γῶν,

besow? a2 cultus celi, i.e. abstr.
for concr. the gods of heaven.

m2>4a f with art. n2>ian (the queen)
Moleketh, Hammoleketh, pr. n. 1 Chr
7, 18.

gol 220 to speak, mostly poet. for
the comm. "23. Chald. and Syr. 522,
ἕο, id. It has something of the ono-

matopoetic character, like Gr. λαλέω
Germ. lallen—In Kal once part. Ὁ
Prov. 6, 13. .

Piet >b2, to speak, c. acc. Job 8, 2
how long wilt thou speak such things?
33, 3. Ps. 106,6; with dat. of pers. and
a direct clause following, as Gen. 21, 7
“ΔῈ OFAN 5b 70 who would have said
to Abraham, Sarah shall give children
suck ? Comp. "253 no. 1. 6.

Deriv. 752 word, pr. n. ">>.

gh | pp ig. 530, ἘΠ, to cut off, or

to be cut off, espec. of grass, herbage.
ears of grain. Fut. in the Chald. form,
58" Job 14, 2. 18, 16, plur. in pause 3>17
24,24. Ps. 37, 2, to be cut off; see Bleek
on these forms, in Rosenm. Repertor.
I. p. 80.—Job 14, 2 da) NE VIED like
the flower he cometh forth and is cut
down. 18, 16 beneath, his roots are dry,
ἼΛΟΣΡ 9} ΕΗ ahove, his branches are
cut off—Others, as Kimchi and Simonis,
derive these forms from b23, which
seems to be supported by the noun
103; but the preceding mode is better
established. .

ΝΊΡΗ. to be circumcised, i. q. d4709 or
d402 from r. a0. Preet. pnb) for onde,
Gen. 17, 11.

Po. ἜΝ fut. >bi7", to cut off, Ps. 90,
6; see Ὁ" Pil.

Deriv. 2557.

59 Chald. Pa. 52, to speak, Dan.
7, 8.11. 20. 25; ο. 09 with any one Dan.
6, 22.

"5210 (eloquent, τ. >37 pete ge pr.
n. m. Neh. 12, 36.-

ΩΦ or WA2%2 m. (τ. 735) once in
constr. Judg. 3, 31 “P34, 725 an ox-
goad, a stout staff with an, iron point at
one end for urging on oxen; see Maun

ya

drell’s Journ. Ap. 15. Gr. βουπλήξ Il. 6.
135, and βούκεντρον. See Schodttgen de
Stimulo boum, Francof. 1774.

* v2 in Kal not used, to be smooth,
i. ᾳ. 032 ἃ. v.
Nibu. Ps. 119, 103 how smooth (a%>702)
to my palate are thy words, i. e. pleasant,
sweet.

ἜΣΘ with art. 9279 Dan. 1,11. 16,a
name of office in the Babylonian court,
prob. Pers. master of wine, chief
butler ; so Bohlen Symb. p. 22. |

po to nip, to nip off, to crack, e. g.
the fi of a fowl Lev. 1, 15. 5,8. Sept.
anoxvige. Kindr. is pte, the 5 being
softened into >, and » interchanged
with 2. Syr. and Chald. 3272 to pluck.

Mp2 τὴ. (τ. AP >) 1. prey, booty,
espec. of cattle aad ‘animals. Num. 31,
12 ἘΠ ΤΣ ΤΡ ΘΙ ΝΣ "avin the
captives, and the prey, ‘and the spoils ; ;
but in v.11. 27. 32, the captives also are
included under this word. Is. 49, 24. 25.

2. Déau dD Mip>2 the two jaws, with
which food is taken, Ps. 22, 16.

Wipoa m. (r. p>) the latter rain,
i.e. the vernal, the showers which fall
in Palestine in the months of March and
April before the harvest, Prov. 16, 15.
Zech. 10,1. Hos. 6, 3; often coupled
with M357, M77, the early or autumnal
rain, Deut. 11, 14. Jer. 3, 3. 5,24. Poet.
of eloquent discourse, Job 29, 23.—On
the rains of Palestine see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 97.

pnp. m. dual (τ. Mp>) tongs for
the fire, Is. 6, 6.. So of small tongs or
the like, snuffers, for lamps, etc. 1 K. 7,
49, 2 Chr. 4,21. With suff. n°mp>2 id.
Ex. 25, 38. 37, 23. Num. 4, 9.

ΓΙ f. (rnd) @ wardrobe, ves-
try, sc. of the king, 2 Καὶ. 10, 22. So the

context demands, and 80 Vulg. Chald.
Arab. Kimchi.

ἼΠΙΡ (perh. for "MXba my fulness, r.
δ 82) Mallothi, pr. n. τη. 1 Chr. 25, 4. 26.

nism f. plur. (τ. m>) constr. ΤΣ ΤΡ
Ps. 58,7; also with the letters transp.

ΓΦ ΘΙ Job 29, 17. Prov. 30,14. Joel
1,6; the biters, the grinders, poet. for the

578

oma

teeth. Comp. Ethiop. PAthT the
jaw, pr. that with which one bites;
Ludolf p. 19. There*seems to be no
reference to a particular class of teeth,
as the incisors, maxillary, ete.

ΛΘ f. (Dagesh euphonic) plur.
ming. Joel 1, 17, garners, storehouses,
places or buildings -where grain is laid
up, i.g. minh. It is a denom. from
manna Hag. 2, 19, with 7 local prefixed ;
comp. nivya, miaqe, and Lehrgeb.
§ 122. 1.no.14. R. waa 1.3.

ὩΣ Τ Δ m. plur. (Ὁ. 72) measures, sc.
of the earth, Job 38, 5.

Ἰ9 2 Memucan, pr. n. of a prince or —
satrap in the court of Xerxes, Esth. 1
14. 16,21. Also 9272 v. 16 Cheth.

ΓΔ m. (τ. ΤῊ) only in plur. Bonin,
deaths, Jer. 16,4. Ez. 28,8.—In 2 Καὶ, 11,
2 Cheth. concer. the dead, the slain, where
Keri 5°m257.

“ΙΩὩ τὴ, (r. 32) filthiness, concr.
filthy, polluted ; hence

1. one spurious, a bastard, Deut. 23, 3.
Sept. ἐκ mogvr7s, Vulg. de scorto natus,
and so the oriental intpp. as also the
Rabbins, who use this word of a bas-
tard.

2. Metaph. a. stranger, foreigner,
Zech. 9, 6. Sept. ἀλλογενής. In like
manner, foreign nations are often com-
pared to harlots by the Hebrew poets,
comp. Is. 23, 17. 18.

"37272 m. (τ. 122) 1. sale, Lev. 25,
27. 29. 50.

2. Concr. thing sold ; Lev. 25, 25
nm 37 that sold by his brother. v.
98. 33. Ez. 7,13. Plur. Deut. 18, 8.

3. something for sale, ware, etc. Lev
25, 14. Neh. 13, 20.

11200 f. (τ. 122) sale, a selling, i. q.
“27072 no. 1, Lev. 25, 42.

mabe ἢ (τ. 42%) constr. M2292, 6.
suff. ἩΩΞΌΘῸ ; plur. nisbos, ‘conite
nizban ; Ἐπ ἢ asda, but of an earlier
age, ‘though also found in the later
books, as 2 Chr. 11, 1. 14, 4. 17, 5. al.

1. kingdom, i.e. the royal dignity, do-
minion, reign, 1K. 11,11. 14, 8. 1 Sam.
28,17. In genit. for ‘the adj. royal, as
nates ἜΣ the royal city Josh. 10, 2.

ba

1Sam. 27,5; 02 ma Am. 7, 13; also
2 Chr. 23, 20. 2K. 11,1. Abstr. for concr.
1 Sam. 10,18 niz>a2-52 i.e. all kings.
2. akingdom, i.e. a realm, a people
under kingly rule; Num. 32,33. 1 Sam.
24, 21. Ex. 19, 6.

proba f. (τ. ΞΘ) only constr. M4357
tingle, iq. ἢ robo no. 2; Josh. ‘13,
12 sq. 1 Sam. 15, 28. 2 Sam. 16, 3. Μέ
20,1.

782, see 470 and 472 init.

4222 m. (r. 302) mixed wine, spiced
wine, i. q. 972 q. Vv. Prov. 23, 30. Is. 65,
.11, See in ara.

ὙΠῸ m. grief, sorrow, Prov. 17, 25.—
R. "72; as 029, Γ. 00D; OM, r. DOT;
30), Γ΄ bba.

N72 (pr. fattening, then concer. fat,

r. 872) Mamre, pr. n. of an Amorite who
made a league with Abraham, Gen. 14,
13. 24. Hence 87972 "2558 the oaks of
Mamre, Gen. 13, 18. 18, 1; and simpl.
m7 Mamre 23, 17. 19. 35, 27; the
name of a*grove of oaks not far from
Hebron. [Mamre is said to be Hebron,
Gen. 23, 19. 35, 27. But the oaks or
terebinths of Mamre are distinguished
from Hebron or Mamre itself; Gen. 13,
18. 18,1. They are placed by a tradi-
tion older than Josephus at some dis-
-tance from Hebron towards Jerusalem ;
Jos. B. J. 4. 9. 7. See Bibl. Res. in Pa-

lest. I. p. 454. I. p. 318. Bibliotheca —

Sacra, 1843, p. 52.—R.

m2 m. plur. (τ. "9, Dag. eu-
phon.) bitternesses, calamities, Job 9, 18.

nwa τη. (τ. M2) expansion ; Ez.

238,14 nan 513 cherub of expansion,

Vulg. cherub extentus, i.e. with expand-
ed wings; comp. v. 16 and Ex. 25, 20.

>on τη. (τ. 5:0.) dominion, rule,
Dan. 11, 3. 5. Plur. 5°72 coner.
_ princes, lords, 1 Chr. 26, 6.

mown f. (vr. dui) Mic. 4, 8 ; constr.
mbvio2 Gen. 1, 16. Ps. 136,8; 6. suff.
gee Is. 22,21; Plur. constr. ΓΝ

5. 136, 9, c. suff. winibuine Ps. 114, 2;
dominion, rule, Mic. 4, 8. Dan. 11, 5;
also 1 K. 9, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 6. Jer. 51. 25.
34, 1; of Jehovah’s dominion Ps. 114,
2. 145, 13; also the office of a prince of

579

}2

the court, Is. 22,21. Trop. of the rule of
the sun and moon, Gen. 1, 16. Ps. 136,
8.—Hence concr. a) dominions, juris-
diction, realm, 2 K. 20, 13. Ps. 103, 22.
b) rulers, princes, chief officers, 2 Chr.
32, 9. Less well Sept. Vulg. power,
army. Comp. 1 Chr. 26, 6.

pwns m. (τ. pti) possession ; once
Zeph. 2, 9 549 prin the possession of
the bramble, a place overgrown with
brambles. Comp. Is. 14, 23.

DPM") m. plur. (Ὁ. PN") sweetnesses;
sweet things, Cant. 5, 16. Neh. 8, 10.

ΤΩ πὶ. (r. 132) c. suff. 422 Neh. 9, 20,
but in other Mss. without Dag. manna,
which some regard as identical with the
manna Arabica, a sweet resin similar
to honey, which in Arabia and other
oriental regions exudes chiefly in July
and August, before sunrise, from the
leaves of several species of trees: and
shrubs, but principally from the tama-
risk genus. Ex. 16, 15-35. Num. 11, 6
sq. Deut. 8, 3. 16. Josh. 5, 12. Ps. 78, 24.
Within the present century English
naturalists first proved that a certain
insect, similar to the coccus, is coopera-
tive in producing the manna; see Hard-
wicke in Asiatic Researches XIV. p.
182 sq. Frederick in Transact. of the
Lit. Soc. of Bombay, Lond. 1819. Vol. I.
p. 251sq. This has more recently been
confirmed by Ehrenberg, who has shown
that the manna flows out of the leaf in
consequence of the punctures of this
insect. The tree which produces it at
Sinai is the Tamarix gallica mannife-
ra, Arab. Lib Turfa; and the insect

is called coccus manniparus. See Eh-
renb. Symbol. Phys. Berl. 1829. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. I. pp. 170, 550. Comp.

ἧς

Niebuhr’s Deser. of Arab. p. 145.Germ. .

J. ἘΣ. Fabri Historia Manne in Fabri et
Reiskii Opusc. med. Arab. p. 121.—Arab.
nt id. pr. a portion, gift from heaven,
fally Lys uo. But allusion is made
to another derivation Ex. 16, 15. 31;
comp. Chald. 7a. [Of all the charac-
teristics ascribed in Scripture to the
manna, not one belongs to the present
manna; nor could there ever have been
a supply of it sufficient for the consump-

Ἰ2

tion of a host like that of Israel, contain-
ing at least two millions of people; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. 1. c.—R. »

ἸῺ Chald. Pron. 1. Interrog. who?
what? Ezra 5, 3.9. Dan. 3,15. Also
in an indiree: .nterrog. Ezra 5, 4.

2. Indef. "3"}72 whoso, whoever, Dan.
3, 6.11. 4, 14.

72 πὰ. (τ. 422) 1. part, portion. The
proper subst. force of this word does not

indeed occur in common use in the O. T. ~

since the form 5722 Ps. 68, 24, which
Simonis explains by: the portion of him
(them), i. e. of the dogs, is more readily
solved another way, viz. by rendering
it: that the tongue of thy dogs may lap

(yh) of it. But the primary subst.
power is manifest in the forms "339 pr.
a parte mea, Fr. de ma part, Engl. for
or on my part, (comp. Ez. 3, 17 warn
them “222 on my part, from me,) and
15922 a parte ejus,on his part ; and hence
the prep. 72 is pr. originally nothing but
the constr. state sing. of 72; and "37 Is.
30. 11 is its constr. plural.

2. Plur. 2°32 strings of an instrument,
pr. slender threads, from their being di-
vided, Ps. 160,4. Syr. -αἴϑὸ id. Prob.
also we may refer hither Ps. 45, 9: out
of ivory palaces = Maw “22 the strings
(resounding music) have made thee glad.
On the plural ending "- for ἘΠ--, see
Lehrg. p. 525, 526. Ewald’s Gram. § 359.

V2 and ‘a, before a guttural "9, rarely
7 (as wina Gen. 14, 23, ΠΛ 2 Sam.
18, 16, and constantly in the forms yin,
nina), poet. "372 with Yod paragog. as
annexed to the constr. state Judg. 5, 14.
Job 6, 16. Ps. 44, 10. 11. Is. 46, 3. al.
once 73 plur. constr. Is. 20, 11; .c. suff.
. 9 (see ἸΏ no. 1), poet. "22 and “379
(by Syriasm); 72 in pause 722, f.
yas; 92722 for sm33° from him, poet.
MED, 7379. f. 579; plur. 337272 for 12373
from us; ἘΞ; ἘΠῚ poet. Di, f. a.
Syr. <9; Arab. Ceo usually joined to
the next word by dropping Nun, as
with the art. le for tt De Sacy
Gram. I. ὃ 838. Strictly 7 is constr.
state of the noun 72, (as ἼΞ constr. 43,)
pr. part of any thing, and hence a Pre-
position; see 72 no. 1.

580

ἸῺ

1. Strictly as a Prep. partitive, (a2
mnzp Mem purtitive as the Hebrews
call it,) denoting a part taken from or
out of a whole, which in Gr. and Lat. is
expressed by the prepositions ἐξ, ἐκ, ex,
6, and also by aro, ab, a, rarely by de.

a) Put after oumeraies ; Ruth 4, 2 fen
men “73m ἜΤ of the elders of ihe cily.
2 K. 2,7 “fifty men DNB ἈΞ of the
sons of the prophets. Neh. 1, 2 Sant SAN
one of my brethren. Job 5, i pagipa “2
who of or among the holy 2 Jer. 45, 28
all....shall know “232 DAPI 3 933
ons ἀλλο word shall stand, of me or
of them, mine or theirs, where 72 refers
to "2, as in Job |. c.—So after substan-
tives which denote a part; 2 Chr. 31,3
the king’s portion from (2) his sub-
stance. Is. 21, 11 M29 m3 what of the
night? i. e. what part (time) of the
night ?

b) Indefinitely, the noun being omit-
ted.
titude, it implies some out of a whole
number; Ex. 17, 5 take with thee 3737
Ὁ" (some) of the elders of Istael. 16, 27

41 12 1NS2 there went out (some) of
the people. ‘Gen. 33, 15. Num. 13, 23. 2
Sam. 11,17. Ez. 5, 4. Am. 2, 11. Cant.
1, 2 πὴ Nip wie “2p let him kiss me
(with some) of ‘the kisses of his mouth.
So Arab. pero some of them Kor. 57.

26; also ars c. genit. a part, some;
Syr. «ἰο. Comp. the Fr. indef. art. des
anciens, des baisers—More rarely it
marks one oat of a number; Gen. 28, 11
and he took ἘΠΡΏΓΙ "2382 one of ‘the
stones of the place, comp. v.18. Ex. 6,
25 Eleazar took him one of the daughters
of Putiel to wife. Jer. 1,1. Dan. 11, 5 the
king of the south ΝΘ 25 and one of
his princes, Sept. εἷς ἐκ τῶν δυναστῶν. So

Arab. (aay, Syr. <&, of one.

Ex. 12,7. 29,21. Lev.5,9. (So ose7 <&
Barhebr. 529.) Job 11.6 God will remit
to thee 72532 (something) of thy guilg
Ps. 137,3. With a negat. part. nothing,
none at all; 1 K. 18, 5 72 m"932 NWS
mena and that we destroy none “of the
beasts. 2 K. 10, 10. Deut. 16, 4. Nah. 1,

14 ‘Tid pou STN ND there shall be sown

6) As
referring to a whole, something, some of;
as D572 (some) of the blood, some blood, ἡ

a) As referring to number or mul- —

_

A =n ἃ ἀν ἃ. ee ᾿ζί α.

a
é

nothing of thy name more, nothing which
bearsthyname. jy) Hence is manifest
the proper force of the Arab. ,.»0 ‘pleo-
nastic,’ treated of by Agrell, de Variet.
gen. et num. in Lingg. Orient. p. 142 sq.
and corresponding to which there are
similar phrases in Hebrew. In these
_ Arabic formulas, xt St at ω» Le,
lit. nothing of God but God, i. e. there is
no God but God, Kor. Sur. 3, 55. 5, 77.
38, 65 (comp. the same words without
po Sur. 3, 1. 11, 27. 20, 7); po Lo
rae nothing of one, not even one, Sur.
2,96. 19, 98; uy "6 Ls lit. no-
thing to them of knowledge, i. e. they
have no knowledge, Sur. 18, 4 (comp.
without ,.»0 22,70. 24, 14); in these and
many other like instances, 72 is not pleo-
nastic, but partitive: not a single part
of God, i. q. no god; not a particle of
one, not even one; not a particle of
knowledge, etc. In Syriac the corres-
ponding form is Soo Do «ὦ if and contr.
SoodSaSo Ἰΐ -nequaquam, Gal. 5, 16.—
Hence in Heb. δ) ἼΠΙΝ 8 lit. any part
of one, i.e. even one, ullus. Deut. 15,7
_ Af there be a poor man among you “TIX2

ΤΙΝ any one of your brethren. Lev. 4 |
2 and if he doeth M272 ὈΓΙΝ Ὁ any one

of them; comp. Ez. 18, 10 where πὶ
seems to be spurious. Dan. 8,9 see in
ma"su%2. a) In the negative phrases
PIN, DEN, Is. 40, 17. 41, 24, i.e. (some-
thing) from nothing, nihili quid, as if
diminutive of nothing, q. d. less than no-
thing, though there is here no compara-
tive forcein 72. Is.40,17 all nations be-
fore him are 7382 as nothing, and they are
counted to him 0x less than nothing.
41, 24 ὈΞΝ Ὁ ὈΞΟΣΒῚ FIND ON ye are
from (less than) nothing, and your work,
Srom (less than) nought; comp. v.12. 29.
The rendering less than nothing is ra-
_ ther mathematical than poetical, though
it correctly expresses the fact that the
idea of nothing is diminished by prefix-
ing this particle. Nor is this usage pe-
culiar to Isaiah; to it indeed belongs the
form 3°82 nol one, not even one, none, as
Jer. 10,6 9 72D ΝῺ not one is like to
thee, Jehovah. v.7. So too I would ex-
plain the phrase 28477 9°82 1. α. PR I,
see in j38 no. 5. d. p. 48 —But to this
49:

ἸὩ 581 Ἰ2

idiom do not belong several passages

in which interpreters have thought they

discovered the 472 pleonastic ; Storr Ob-
servatt. p. 450. Thus Gen. 7, 22 all
in whose nostrils was the breath of life,
ἜΝ 552 of all that was on the dry land,

died ; i. 6. all-animated beings died. So _.

in the anacoluthon Judg. 10, 11..12.

e) After verbs of taking or receiving
of or from any thing, i. e. a part from a
whole; 6. g. Gen. 2, 22 the rib which
the Lord took ὉΠ from the man. Ex.
29, 22 thou shalt take of the ram the fat.
Job 23,6. So after verbs of a similar
sense ; as verbs of eating, 72 528 Gen.
25, 20. Job 31, 17; of satiating, ya 32 ;
of choosing from a number Ex. 18, 25.
2 K.10,3. Vice versa also after verbs
of giving Gen. 25, 30. 30, 14; so too
after verbs of filling, as 72 NB, 12 Nd2;
of leaving Ex. 10,5. Lev. 6,93; of teach-
ing Is. 2, 3. Ps. 59,13. In all these ex-
amples 12 denotes a part, portion, some ;
which the Greek, French, and German
express also by the genitive, as ἐσϑέειν
καὶ πίνειν τινός, prenez du sang, nimm
des Blutes.

2. From the above partitive significa-
tion comes the notion of proceeding out
of any thing, i. 6. out of, of, from, Gr. ἐκ,
Lat. ex, implying that a thing has been
in another and made as it were part of
it. So very freq. in the proper sense
after verbs signifying to go out e. g.
from a people, city, land, gate, and the
like, see in 8¥"°; to draw out sc. from
the water, a pit, Ps. 18, 17. 40, 3; to
draw water out of a well Is. 12,33 to
deliver or save from the power of any
one; see the verbs 5°25, 702, "90;
e. g. 98972 Ps. 17, 13, mya 33, 19, =3N3
22, 21; also to help (save) from Deut.
33, 7. Ps. 43,1; to drive out from a land
Ps. 10, 18 ; to cut off from a land Ez. 14,
17; to remove out of Deut. 26, 13. al.
Further, fo take or receive from, see
Mp>; tocry out from any place Jon. 2, 3.
Hab. 2,11. al. Trop. to pass from one
state to another, e. g. to be turned from
sorrow to joy, Esth. 9,22 comp. Is. 17, 1.
—Hence spoken :

a) Of the material out of which any
thing as it were proceeds, is formed or
made. Gen. 2,19 and the Lord God
formed Jw Msn->2 MINH 18 oul of

ry | 582 2

the ground every beast of the field. v. 23.
Cant. 3, 9 Solomon made a litter (pa-
lanquis) yiaabn «x20 of the wood of
Lebanon. Ps. 16, 4. 45, 14. Hos. 18, 2.

Ὁ) Of source or origin, e.g. a) Of
parents, Gen. 17, 16 kings shall be n329
of her. 16,2. 1 Sam. 2, 20 the Lord give
thee seed of this woman. Judg. 11, 34
she was his only daughter, 5322 ‘i> ἽΝ
he had no other of himself, of his own
body. Gen. 35, 11. Lev. 21, 17. Job 14,
4 δ Ὁ TINY jm} who will show one
pure born of the impure! see in 4m2
no. 1. i. Is. 58,12 42 those from thee,
thy children, descendants. 6) Οἵ ἃ
people or native place; 1 Sam. 9, 1
y72905"3 Vx a man of Benjamin. Judg.
13,2 προ wes a man of Zorah. 12,
ae ie 2K. 21, 19: Am..1,. 1. Jer, 1,-1.
Neh. 7, 6. So of beasts and things;
Ps. 80. 14 ΣΡ ἜΤ ΠῚ the boar of the for-
est. Jer. 5, 6. Ps. 80, 9 5°92 5A a vine
of Egypt. Comp. Ps.72.15. Trop. Neh.
6, 8 thou feignest them ¥257 out of thine
own heart.

c) Of the author or agent from or by
whom any thing proceeds or is done;
so Gr. ἀπό i. ᾳ. ὑπό Hoot. 2. 54. Thue.
3.36. EH. g. 12 78 to conceive by any
one Gen. 19, 36. Hos. 7. 4 an oven M333
mak heated by the baker. Ps. 9, 14
ἜΝΟΟ Ὁ "22 my sorrow from (caused by)
them that hate me. 31, 12. 62, 2. Judg.
14, 4. Job 6, 25. Prov. 16. 1. 1 Chr. 13, 2.
Hos. 8, 4. So with passive verbs, Ps.
37, 23. Ecc. 12, 11.—Often as marking
the author of a judgment or estimate ;
Job 4,17 shall mortal man be accounted
just of God (B°1>x72), a man pure of
his maker ? i,.e. can he be just and pure
in the judgment or sight of God ? Num.
32, 22 Mins DP? guiltless before Jeho-
vah. Zech. 11,13. Contra, Ps. 18, 22 x5
ἜΠΙΟΝ Ὁ mun 7 have not done wickedly
before my God, he being judge; but
others take it here as constr. pregn. 7
have not wickedly departed from my
God. Jer. 51, 5. Deut. 32, 47.—To the
same idiom may be referred Gen. 3, 14
ΓΙΏΓΙΞΙΙ 59 ON WAN, 1. 6. “Pd Ws
ona, cursed art thou of all beasts, their
curses follow thee ; Sept. ἀπὸ πάντων
τῶν κτήγνων, i. 6. ἀπό for ὑπό, see above.
Gen. 4, 11, Soon the other hand 3732
ἸΏ Deut, 33, 24. Judg. 5, 24; though

both these passages may be referred to
no. 5 below. .

d) As the efficient cause ; e. g. after
active verbs, Is. 6, 4 and the posts of the
door trembled at (42) the voice. Job 4,9.
14, 9. Ps. 6, 8. 73,19. After passive
Herbs, Is, 22,3 MUP ION they are cap-
tured by the archers. 28, 7. Ps. 78, 65.
Biz. 27, 34. After substantives, Hos. 7,
5 ja man heat from (by) wine. Job 4
13 thoughts from the visions of the night.
After an adject. Gen. 49, 12. see in"57>2n.

e) Of the instrument 3 comp. Soph.
Trach. 1133 ἐξ ἐμῆς ϑανεῖν χερὸς. Gen.
9, 11 neither shall all flesh be cut off any
more by the waters of a flood, 53272 "722.
Job 7,14. Ps. 28,7. So pregn. Lev. 14,
16 Ἰ2 ΤΠ 2... ISBNS [dA 530) and
the priest shall dip and moisten his finger
with the oil.

f) Of the remote cause, ‘the ground or
motive on account of, because of, for
which any thing is done. Joel 4, 19 [3,
19] mm "22 Ὁ for the violence to
the children of Judah. 15. 53, 5 "Dts
for (on account of) our transgressions.
Prov. 20, 4. Deut. 7, 7. Josh. 22, 24.
Cant. 3,8. Zech. 8,10. So to rejoice
(mw) or grieve on account of, at any
thing, Ruth 1, 13. Ex. 2, 23. Mic. 7, 16.
Also where the reason is assigned why
something is not done, Lat. pre, Engl.
for ; Gen. 16, 10 2572 "ἘΦ" δὲ ἐὲ shall
not be numbered for multitude. Ex. 15,
23 they could not drink of the water for
bitterness. 6, 9.—Hence "tx because,
see in "Wx C. 3.

g) Ofa ‘law, rule, precept, according
to which, in conformity with or by which,
any thing is done, comp. Lat. ez more,
ex lege, ex foedere ; M77 "B2 by com-
mand of Jehovah 2 Chr. 36, 12. Jon. 3, 7.
Hence genr. according to. after, Lat.
secundum ; Ez. 7, 27 DMX ΠΌΣΝ DIN
according to their ways will I do unto
them. Job 39, 26. "τὼ according to the
number, as ahaa as; see "I.

3. Very frequent, though not as is
usually supposed the primary idea, is
the notion of receding, departing, o*
motion from a place, ὃ. g. from a place
hither, from a place away, out from, off
from, and the like, in any direction
whatever, whether upwards or down-
wards ; 6. g. Daw from heaven Is. 14,

ἸὩ 583 3

12. Ps. 14, 2. 33, 14; 72 32" to descend
from a mountain; and vice versa ΓΞ»
72 to ascend from ; {2 ΠΡ 1 Sam. 2,8.
So also of the voice'and the senses, as

exerting themselves or calied into exer-
cise from any place or distance ; comp.
Judg. 4, 20 the stars fought from heaven.
Thus of the voice Is, 24, 14. 16. 42, 10;

of the hearing 2 Chr. 6, 21. 25. 30. 33.

7, 14; of the sight Cant. 2,9 comp. 5, 4.
—As opposites we find: oa) I¥3—j2,
and 33i— 772. Lev. 13, 12 735 ‘iwin-va
nnba9 from his head even to his foot. Is.
1, Ὁ. 1K. 6, 24. 7,9. The same formu-
la is often used so as to comprehend
every thing without distinction, from
beginning to end, from head to foot, etc.
Jon. 3,5 ἘΞΏΡ 93) 05550 from the great-
est to the least, i. e. all. Esth. 3, 13. Ex.
11, 5. 12,12. 1 Sam. 5,9. So too .for
whether—or, i. q. both—and, Ex. 9, 25.
22. 3. Deut. 29, 10. 1 Sam. 30,19. With
a negative particle, netther—nor, Gen.
14, 23 dya-qinw 331 win ON neither
thread nor shoe-lachet, i. e. nothing at
all. 31, 24. £8) Ἐκ ---ἼὮ from—to, see
by A. "1. p. 51; Ps. 144, 13 y7dy ὙΠ
from kind to kind, i. 8. of every kind.
So 5---ἼὉ id. Gen. 9,10. γ) π-----Ἴ 2
id. Ez. 25, 13 ΓΙ9᾽ 13 -- 9 2 from Te-
man—even unto Dedan, For m2) 7737
and MN>m) 7799 see in ΠΝ no. 2.—In
all,these constructions ΕΣ is more com-
mon, for which see below.—Specially
8) After verbs of going away from ἃ
place, see 727 ; of coming Gen. 16,8; of
returning, see 353 ; of sending, as ποῦ;
sftiiching as Mp ob Jer. 13,7. Also athe
verbs of departing. receding, so TAD, TAA,
and others of kindred meaning, as 2 328,
772 732, 79 733, 72 NUN pr. to err froma
law Lev. 4. 2. Further, of removing,
"707, P7194; of repulsing, 2°65 Ps. 44,
11; of driving out, ΘΒ; of withholding,
322; of restraining, 7 Son sof dehorting,
Ἐπὶ. So too after “uit of desisting,
bin; of ceasing, leaving off. Esth. 9, 28,
and 2 123 Gen. 29,35; of resting, "2,
maw; also of forgetting , ja maw Ps. 102
δ. "Here too may be referred 1 K. 12,
28 ΤΡ 02> 39 enough to you (i. 6
desist) from going up. Joel 1, 12 joy is
withered away from the sons of men. Ps.
104, 35. Prov. 25,17. So mivz2 n>,
see in >">M no. 2. a.

b) From the notion of departing, re-
ceding, comes the use of 12 after verbs
of fleeing, M22, 052; of hiding oneself,
"MO, 059, IMD; of fearing, 877, 779;
of trembling (comp. in no. 2. d) Is. 6, 4.
Nah. 1,5; of beingaware, guarding, “720 ,
ΩΣ ; ἀξ defending, protecting, Ps,
43,1. 107,41. All these verbs take ἸῺ
of the person from whom we flee, hide,
guard, defend, or of whom we are afraid,
beware, etc. Comp. κρύπτω ἀπό, καλύπτω
ἀπό, Matt. 11, 25. Luke 9, 45. 19, 42.
Lat. ‘ custodire v. defendere ab,’ ‘ tutus a
periculo.’—Similar to these are: 12 "0M
Sree from a master Job 3,19; a7ix72 risa
a refuge from the enemy Nah. 3, 11;
ana 5x a shadow from the heat, which
protects from the heat, Is. 4, 6. 25, 4.
Job 21,9. So Esth. 5, 9 he stood not up
n57070 st N>1 nor moved for hin, i. 6. for
fear or reverence of him. Job 31, 23.

6) After words of receiving, 772 mp>,
32 Mp>; of giving, Ecc. 12, 11; οἱ
seeking, Opa; of asking, 5X; here ἢ
marks the person from whom one μὴ
ceives, etc. So too after a verb signify-
ing to take vengeance of or from any
one, 12 5 1 Sam. 24, 13. al. Also Is.
57, 8, see in M72 no. 3. fin. ἐν αν

d) After verbs of rising or raising up
Srom a place, DP, ΞῬΠ, Judg. 3, 20.
2 Sam. 12,17. So also after verbs of
consoling, comforting ; Gen. 5, 29 this
one shall comfort us pang (ander) our
work and the toil of our hands.

6) Often 2 is prefixed to particles of
place, (most of them being nouns,) and
signifies departure from the place de-
noted by the particle. Thus: «) Before
adverbs, “ima from behind ; pw 2 from
there, Srence : j7R2 whienbe? nya, Mpa,
hence ; and so 37307, 1297257 ; ΠΡΌΣΩ.
6) Before prepositions, ‘an from af-
ter; 222 from amid, from within ;
ΒΞ, bana, 7357, ofan before; Px,
n> from with ; ὉΣὮ from above, Dnm2
‘from beneath ; \722 from between, etc.
Comp. Fr. de chez, d’auprés.

{7 Put without a preceding verb, it im-
plies distance or absence from any place
or thing, far from, away from, comp. Gr.
an Ἄργεος far from Argos, φίλης ἀπὸ
πατρίδος αἴης I]. 2.162. So Prov. 20,3
3799 728 to sit away from strife. Num
15, 24 ΓῚΣΠ "293 away from the eyes

4.

ya 584 bce

of the congregation. Is. 14,19. Hence
a) i.g. without ; Job 11, 15 for then shalt
thou lift up thy face 0122 without spot.
Gen. 27, 39. Mic. 3, 6. Jer. 48, 45. β)
besides, preter, 2 Sam. 13, 16. 1 Chr.
29, 3.—Contra

δ) It implies also a connection, ἃ de-
pendence of one thing from another, sO
as to seem to proceed from or out of it.
Is. 40, 15 "5372 "2 a drop from the bucket,
Sept. σταγὼν ἀπὸ xadov. Cant. 4,1. See
in dz, and comp. ἐκ δίφροιο καϑήμενος
Od. 21. 420. Arab. ue -Ξῇ prope

abesse ab aliqua re.—Perh. Ruth. 2, 20
win ἢ Θὰ Ὁ he is next from our Goel see
in bxa 1. 3. p. 170. For 37387 Dan. 8,
9, see in its order.

h) Often 12 marks the place or region
in or at which a thing is; as ΠΡ from
the east, B32 from the west, where in
Engl. we say on the east or eastward, on
the west or westward, The mind of the
oriental passes from the place specified
to himself; we from ourselves to the
place specified. So Gen. 2,8 and the
Lord God planted a garden in Eden
Dp eastward, i.e. in the eastern part
of Eden. 12, 8 Dip? Wi} or baon7a
Bethel on the west and Ai on the east, 1. 6.
those coming from the west would pass
by Bethel, and those from the east by Ai.
So jipz2 on the north Judg. 7, 1. In
like manner the following: 7272 on the
inside, within ; 7312 on the outside, with-
out, as Gen. 6,14; 51270 from before, i. 6.
infront; mmm ‘fie beneath, i.e. below.
So Gr. πρὸς νότου, Lat. a fronte, a tergo ;
Fr. dessous, dessus, dedans, dehors, der-
riére for d’arriére—When followed by
a genitive or by 3, the following forms
arise: ἽΝ at the side of any one;
> ya" at or on the right of any one,
Sateen on the left ; > >2 above, upon,
ig. >9; > mmm beneath, under, i. q.
MM ; b ὙΠῸ i.g. 73M, ete. see in A.
4. ἃ. p. 502. Thesaur. p. 805.

i) Any thing at which we look, may
also be said to look towards us, 6. g.
a place at some distance; hence in Lat.

e regione, ex adverso, over against. So

also in Hebrew, 732 e regione, over
against, Gen. 21, 16. Num. 2,2; Pim7
e longinguo. afar off. 1 Sam. 26, 13.
Comp. ἑστηκέναι μακρόϑεν.

k) Sometimes forms of this sort, as
bp. from the east for in the east, and
Pinna from afar tor afar off, are even
put after verbs of motion to mark the
terminus or place whither; so Is. 22,3
ama pimra they have fled afar off, far
away. 23,7 her own feet shall cagry her

pinye afar off to sojourn. Gen. 13, 11
bipa wid so and Lot journeyed east-

ward. Such phrases seem to be taken
as in the accus. of place whither, q. d.
pinoy.

A, Of time, as marking: a) The ter-
minus a quo, a time from which onward ;
as NAIM msn ja from that time forth
Neh, 13,21; 183 from times of old ; ΓΙ
from now, henceforth ; 3 BMDI from
childhood 1 Sam. 12, 2. 1 K. 18, 12; so
too "aX 7239 ‘frome my mother’s soomb,
from my birth, Judg. 16, 17. Is, 46, 3.—
When prefixed toa word implying a
space or period of time, the reckoning is
always from the beginning and not from
the end, like the Gr. ἀφ᾽ ἡμέρας, ἀπὸ
γυκτός, Lat. de die, de nocte. Lev. 27, 17
doh rivia Vulg. well, statim ab initio
incipientis jubilei, opp. 5250 ΠΝ v. 18.
Is. 38, 12 Mb7>.53 Disa from morning
till night, i.e. the whole day. 7250
since thy days, i. e. since the beginning
of thy life, Job 38, 12. 1 Sam. 25, 28. -
pina from time on, ‘fro the beginning
of time or of the worl Sept. ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς,
Is. 43, 13.

b) Of the time im or at which any
thing takes place, comp. 92 no. 3, ἢ;
Ps. 94, 13. 1 Sam. 25,28. So n7M20 on
the morrow Gen. 19, 34. Ex. 9,6. ‘pbig
a long time ago, i. 6. of old, Sil 42, 14.
Prov. 8, 23. DIP, MORI, le: 46, 10.

c) of the time which next follows an-
other, immediately afler, comp. in no. 3.
σ᾽; so Gr. ἐξ ἀρίστου, Lat. ab itinere, ex
consulatu. Ps. 73, 20 ὙΠ DI>MD as a
dream after (when) one awakes. Prov.
8, 23 VIN "ΠΡ immediately from
(after) the beginnings of the earth ; o°72%
after two days Hos. 6,2; 7p" at the end,
see 7R. Simply often, ner after a
time, in process of time, Judg. 11, 4. 14,
8; ΒΞ. D872 Josh. 23, 1, 0472" 3479 Is.
94. ΟΡ. pau wun after three months
Gen. 38, 24." Here too may be referred
“zimt} 72 beyond (after) the appointed
time 2 Sam. 20, 5.

a 8 ᾽ὀ ὀ "2

5. From the idea of proceeding from
or out of (see no. 2), in which is included
the notion of taking or choosing out of,
comes the use of ἸὩ asa comparative, to
mark any thing as prominent or pre-emi-
nent in any way above other things from
or out of which it is taken. Comp. Lat.
egregius, eximius ; Gr. ἐκ πάντων μάλι-
στα Il. 4. 96; also ἐκ πασέων 1]. 18. 431.
Hebr. ἸῺ “ΠΞ Ps. 84, 11. The same
usage is found in the Syriac and Arabic.
—So Deut. 14, 2 a people Ὁ ὩΣ ΤΙ 99
out of all nations, q. d. chosen out, supe-
rior to them. 1 Sam. 9, 3 os->>0 maa
taller than any of the people, pr. in this
respect eminent out of, above, all the
people. 10, 23. 522, sp2 deceitful above
all things, i.e. the most deceitful of all,
Jer. 17,9; comp. 1 Sam. 18, 30. 2 K. 10, 3.
2 Chr. 9, 22. Ez. 31,5. Ps. 45, 8. al.—In
other examples a thing is said to be in
some way eminent, distinguished, above
another, to surpass it, e.g. P>aa 30
better than Balak, distinguished above
‘him for goodness, Judg. 11, 25; pin
270 sweeter than honey 14, 18; 05m
banyan wiser than Daniel Ez. 98, 8. Also
with a verb implying virtue or vice,
Judg. 2, 19 omiax2 sm*mbn they did
worse than their fathers. Gen. 19, 9. 29,
30. 38, 26. Jer. 5, 3. al. So too the
phrases: 12 "0M to have less than an-
other Ps. 8,6; }2 532 to fall more than
another, to yield, Job 12,3; ἸῺ ‘1723 to
stand more than another, not to yield,
Dan. 11, 8.—Not much different is the
view of those who refer this comparative
use of 12 back to the idea of receding ;
see Thes. p. 806.—The following uses
may also be noted: a) The tertiwm com-
parationis is sometimes omitted, but
may be easily supplied: Is.10,10 5n">"08
nbA7"9 their idols surpass hose eeu
rusalem sc. in multitude and power. Mic.
7,4. Ps. 62,10. Job 11,17. Ὁ) A thing
is said to be above or greater than any
one, when itisurpasses his powers; as
Deut. 14, 24 FIM Fa NaI the journey
is greater ian: thou, i. e. exceeds thy
powers, is too long for thee. Gen. 4, 13.
18, 14. Job 15, 11. 35, 5. Is. 49,6. Num.
16, 9. Judg. 7, 2. See Lehrg. p. 690.
6) There is a close connection between
the comparative use of 72 and its nega-
tive power (no. 6. b); e. g. Hos. 6, 6

mids ponds mys} may ND) ΏΣΒΤΙ Ion
I delight in “goodness, and not sacri ifice,
in the knowledge of God MORE THAN in
burnt-offerings.

6. Before an infinitive, 2 signifies:
a) on this account that, because ; comp.
no. 2. f.. Deut. 7,8 B38 ἢ 25N9 be-
cause Jehovah lovetg you. Ὁ) Most fre-
quently, so as not, so that not, lest, witha
negative sense, from the signification of
receding (no. 3), after verbs which in
any way imply restraint, hindrance, etc.
6. g. verbs of restraining, 8°27 Num. 32,
7; of guarding, of caution and care, Ps,
39,2. Gen. 31, 29; of dehorting Is. 8, 11;
of rejecting 1 Sam. 8, 7; of shutting up
Is. 24, 10. Zech. 7, 12; (comp. Gen. 27,
1. Ps. 69, 24;) of dismissing Ex. 14, 5;
of forgetting Ps. 102, 5. Is.49,15. Thus
Num. 32,7 wherefore turn ye the heart
of the children of Israel Y3RN7>8 7282
from going over, etc. i.e. so that they go
not over. Gen. 27,1 his eyes were dim
mk so that he could not see. Is. 49,15
can a woman forget her sucking child
ΓΞ 3 OMI2 80,68 not to have com-
passion, etc. So Is. 54,9 I have sworn
222 HSP2 not to be wroth with thee, i.e.
the oath restrains me from it.—In this .
sense, a noun is often found instead of
the inf. and then 12 is for the fuller
nina ; so 1 Sam. 15, 23 he hath rejected
thee qa from being king, i.e so that
thou art no longer king. Jer. 48,2 we will
destroy it "ΒΔ so that it shall be no more
a nation. Is. 52, 14 ΘΝ ΤΠ dis-
JSigured so as to be no man, so as scarce-
ly to have the appearance of a man.
Also Is. 17, 1. 23,1. 25,2. Jer. 2, 25. 1
K. 15, 13. Job 34,30. c) Oftime, e.g
from which, since, see no. 4. a." Is..44, 7
since I created the ancient people. Num.
24, 23. Job 20, 4. 1 Chr. 8, 8. 2 Chr. 31, 10.
Also after, when, see no. 4. 6. Ps. 73, 20.

7. Once 372 is found as a Conjunction

before the future, i. q. Syr. » -(ο, Arab.

ἘΞ.
Gy! (om, in the sense of lest, comp. no.

6.b. Deut. 33, 11 yap 3-72, Sept. μὴ

ἀναστήσονται, Vulg. non consurgant.
Comp. Lehrg. p. 636.

729, >, 2? ig. bn (which is only
feond inl certain forms, as 1>375%)
nuaba, pba), and corresponding en

Ὁ 586

tirely to the Lat. inde for de-in. It is put
for \72 in the signif. no. 3. ad, marking
a terminus a quo, from; so of place,
pina from afar Job 26, 3. 39, 29;
also of time 2 Sam. 7, 19. 2 K. 19, 95,
1 Chr. 27, 23 nwads πο oes wa}
Srom twenty years old. and under. 1 Chr.
17, 10. Mal. 3, 7—Mpst frequently. fol-
lowed by 2 or 331, from—to, even to,
Zech. 14, 10. Mic. 7, 12; of time, Judg.
19, 30. 2 Sam. 7, 6. Jeri 7,7. Also i. q.
shether—~or, 2Chr. 15,13 nvix ἸΣῚ ws
whether man or woman. Esth. 1, 20;
and so with a negative particle, ether
—nor,. Ex. 11, 7. 2 Sam. 13, 22.—Here
however does not belong nna Num.
18, 7, nor > Monn? 1 K. 7, 32, which are
for M27, Ὁ nam. pdonladine the idea of
ation ὅδ place; comp. V3M727>&.

MN i. g. O22, pr. from with, from
near by any person or thing, Syr. ae
Zoas, Arab.- dic ; hence genr.

from, of a terminus a quo, 1 K. 6, 33;

espec. after verbs or nouns of ἀνδνίηα
or sending from any place, Gen. 8, 8.

26 31; also of receiving Job 2, 10; of
buying Gen. 17, 27. 23, 20; of asking
from any one 1 Sam. 1, 17; of perform-
ance from (by) any one, Ex. 29, 28 this
shall be to Aaron a perpetual slatute
‘wr 2a ΓΝ from the children of Israel,
i.e. to be performed by them. Josh. 11,
20 amin ἢ mx. from Jehovah is this.
Ps. 22, 26 "τ 25M FANN from thee is my
song, i.e. I owe to thee my deliverance,
the cause of my song. In Is. 54, 15
ΙΝ Ὦ is for "MN2 v. 17; see in OX IL—
In Is. 44, 24 Keri, "δ is i. q. Gr. an
ἐμαυτοῦ John 5, 30, of myself, by my
own authority, Arab. (SOUS |.po, Syr.
ws? to, Heb. "299 Hos. 8,4. Comp.
on this idiom Gesen. Anecdota Orientt.
I. p. 66.

ἸῺ Chald. Ezra 6, 14, 6. suff. "52,
2s, ΠΡ, 129, jinp2, i. q. Heb.

1. part of any thing, pr. constr. state
of the noun 2. Its partitive power
is apparent in examples of this sort:
Dan. 2, 33 as to his feet 51 "3 ΠΣ
pom Ἢ jim27 @ part of them was iron
and a part of them clay. Comp. Syr.
ooLlsc— colts 2 Tim. 2, 20. Barhebr.

Ρ. 171, 200.

70

2. from out of, pr. proceeding out of,
etc. Hence: a) Of the author, from
whom as a source any thing proceeds,
after the passive, Ezra 4,21. Ὁ) Of the
moving cause, motive, on account of,
because of, Dan. 5, 19; "37972 because,
Dan. 3, 22. c) Of a rule or law ac-
cording to which any thing is done, Ezra
6, 14. 7, 23... Hence v&p ἸῺ of a truth,
in truth, truly, Dan. 2,47; 3922 77 of
a certainty, i. e. certainly, Dan. 2, 8.
Comp. Gr. ἐκ as used in periphrasis for
adverbs, 8. g. ἐξ ἐμφανοῦς i. q. euparars,
ἐξ ἴσου.

3. from, with the notion of receding,
departing, see Heb. 2 no. 3; hence to
require punishment from any one, Ezra
7, 26; to be in fear of any one Dan.
5,19. Of time, from a time onward,
Dan. 4, 23 [26]. Ezra 5, 12.—Often fol-
lowed by other prepositions, 6. g. Τὴ 772
i.q. Heb. 032, m2, see NIP. ΠΡ, 47
i. q. Heb. ΘΒ, =pbn. PRE 72 1. q.
tx72 from then, frets that time, see 778.
—Here. too bélonge the privative or
negative signification, on which see in
Heb. 72 no. 6. b. Dan. 4, 13 ἸΏ ΤΙ͂Ξ35
yw NWIN his heart shall be changed
from a man’s heart, i. e. 80 as to be no
longer the heart of a man.

4. Comparat. above, more than, Dan.
2, 30.

8272 Chald. see "2.
ΓΗ͂Ν) parts, plur. of My q. v.

M272 f. (τ. 132) i. q. 23} no. 3, @
song, espec. of derision, @ satire, Lam.
3, 63.

322 Chald. f. tribute, i. q. Chald.
ΠΤ q. Vv.

722 Chald. m. i. q. Heb. 558, the
Dag. being resolved in the Chaldee
manner into}. R. 57°, fut. 5327.

1. knowledge, Dan. 2, ‘21. 5, 12.

2. understanding, intellect, Dan. 4,
31. 33.

* 7722 fut. nyan, pr. to divide out, to
measure out ; kindred are 4272 and 372.
Comp. by transpos. Gr. véu@.—In Καὶ

1. to allot, to appoint, c. > Is. 65, 12.

2. to number out, to count, 6. g. money
2K. 12,11; the stars Ps. 147, 4; the
dust Gen. 13,16. Num. 23, 10; a people

pn

_ by a census 2 Sam. 24, 1. 1 Chr. 21, 1.
17. 27,24 (ὁ. 3). 1K. 20, 25 and number
thee an army, etc. Part. 4212 the num-
berer, counter, i. e. inspector of flocks,
Jer. 33, 13.—Chald. and Syr. [1s id.

Nien. pass. of Kal no. 2, to be num-
_bered, Gen. 13, 16. 2 Chr. 5, 6. Ecc. 1,
15; to be numbered with, c. Τὰς Is. 53, 12.

Piei 7372, fut. apoc. 1251, imp. apoc.
2. Only in the later Heb.

1. to allot, to appoint, i. 6. to divide
out to any one, Dan. 1, 10; with > of
person, Dan. 1, δ, Job 7, 3.

2. to appoint, i.e. to constitute, to pre-
pare, spoken of God, Jon. 2, 1. 4, 6. 8.
Followed by a finite verb ἀσυνδέτως, Ps.
61, 8 AM7x2" 2 appoint (cause that)
they may preserve him. With 53, to
appoint over, to set over, Dan. 1, 11.

Pua pass. to be appointed, to be set
over, 1 Chr. 9, 29.

Deriv. "29, 2, pr. ἢ. 479M, and the
four following.

M22 and δὲ Chald. to number ;

Dan. 5,26 God hath numbered thy king-
dom, i. e. the years of thy reign. Part.
pass. 8379 v. 25. 26.
_ Pa. ἈΞ, to constitute, to appoint to an
office, Dan. 2, 24. Ezra 7, 25; c. 5» over
Dan. 2, 49. 3,12. Imper. "3 Ezra 7, 25.

Deriv. }232. -

272 m. (τ. 422) plur. po, pr. part,
portion, number; spec. maneh, mina,

S

Gr. μνᾶ, (Syr. add, Arab. ups) a
weight of a hundred shekels, as we may
gather from 1 K. 10, 17. 2 Chr. 9, 16.—
Another and somewhat obscure specifi-
cation is given Ez. 45. 12: twenty shekels,
twenty-five shekels, fifteen shekels, shall
be your mina ; spoken either of a triple
mina of 20, 25, and 15 shekels; or of a
single mina of sixty shekels, distributed
into three parts, 15-++-20+25. The lat-
ter is best.

27 f. (r. 72) constr. M29, plur. Mi39,
6. suff. Kamets impure 9°12 Esth. 2, 9,

1. a part, portion, Ex. 29, 26. Lev. ".
38 ; mostly of food, 1 dam; 4.5. 9, 23,
ΤΣ M2 to send portions from a feast,
Neh. 8, 10. 12. Esth. 9, 19. 22.

2: α lot, i. ᾳ. P25, Jer. 13, 25. Arab.

sy
τῷ fate.

587

127

2% only in plur. 5°34 parts, i. 6.
times, Gen. 31, 7.41. R. Πρ.

422 τη. the driving of a chariot, 2’ K.
9,20. R.an.

TIAL f. (7.3 to flow,) @ fissure,
clefi, in mountains or rocks, hollowed
out by the water; such were used by
the Israelites in times of distress as
dens, recesses, retreats, once Judg. 6, 2.

9 -
See Thesaur. p. 858.—Arab. ree and

ὅτις ἀκ fossa aque; see Schult. ad Job ©
Ρ. 49.

‘Ti m. (r. 132) a nodding, shaking.
Ps. 44, 15 UN" i392 ἃ shaking of the
head, i. e. concr. one at whom men shake
the head, an object of derision.

ΤΡ) m. (r. 972) plur. ὁ. suff. noma
Ps. 116, 7.

1. @ resting, a settling down in ἃ fixed
place ; e. g. of the ark 1 Chr. 6, 16 [31].
See the root Kal and Hiph. no. 1.

2. rest, quiet ; ΥΩ δὰ Χ to find rest
Gen. 8, 9. Is, 34, 14. "Lam. 1, 3; comp.
Deut, 28, 65. > “a wpa to seck rest for
a female, sc. in matrimony, Ruth 3, 1;
comp. Liv. 3. 45.

3. Manoah, pr. n. of the father of
Samson, Judg. 13, 2 sq.

MTA Εἰ also WI Gen. 49, 15 (r.
m3) ¢. suff “ryr349999 , inn Is. 11, 10;
plur. ΓΙ) Is. 32, 18.

1. a resting, a settling down for rest
(comp. mm} no. 1); hence, ‘ place where
any thing settles down ;? Zech. 9, 1 the
oracle of Jehovah is against the land of
Hadrach, and Damascus is the resting
thereof, i. e. Damascus is the place where
it settles down, on which it rests ; comp.
Num. 11, 25. 26. Is. 11, 2.

2. rest, quiet ; "2 ὥστ a manof quiet,
i. 6. pacific, 1 Chr. 22,9; mins "2 wa-
ters of quietness, i. e. still, placid, Ps. 23,
2. Adv. quietly, without noise or tumult,
Judg. 20, 43.—Also i. q. comfort, conso-
lation, 2 Sam. 14,17. Hence “a xx to
find comfort Jer. 45,3; but also of a fe-
male, to find rest sc. in matrimony, Ruth
1,9; comp. 3, 1.

3. place of rest, resting-place, Num.
10, 33. Mic. 2,10. Plur. Is. 82, 18, Spee.
of the temple, as the abode of Jehovah,

3

Ps. 132, 8.14. “a ΓᾺΞ 1 Chr. 28, 2. Is.
66, 1; comp. Is. 11, 10. Also of the
Holy Land, in which the people of Ged
found rest. Deut. 12, 9. 1 K. 8, 566. Ps.
95, 11 "mm my rest, i. 6. conceded by
. me (God) to them. Is. 28, 12. Gen. 49,
15.—Jer. 51, 59 "4579 “Ww, an officer of
Nebuchadnezzar’s court; according to
Kimchi, chamberlain, who attended the
king when he retired to rest; better
perh. chief of the quarters for the king and
his army, 4. ἃ. quartermaster-general.
Comp. Num. 10, 33. Syr. Ἰδυμαΐο 25
chief of the camp.

P22 m. (τ, 32) a child, offspring.
Once, Prov. 29, 21 when any one bring-
eth up his servant delicately from child-
hood, {122 τ in NN? he will after-
wards be as achild. So the Heb. intpp.
and many early commentators. Others,
abstr. condition of a child.

01272 m. (r. 032) ὁ. suff. "O42 2 Sam.
22, 3; see Lehrg. p. 161.

1, flight, Jer. 46, 5.

2. refuge, i.e. place of flight or re-
treat, Ps. 142, 5. Job 11, 20. al. Of God
as the refuge of man, 2 Sam. 22, 3. Jer.
16, 19.

Mo fem. of the preceding, flight
Ley, 26, 36. Is. 52, 12.

“22 τὰ. (τ. 93) a yoke, jugum, pr. a
ploughman’s yoke; hence trop. "27
ὈΠῸΝ jugum textorium, a weaver’s beam,
1 Sam. 17,7. 2 Sam. 21, 19. Syr.

~43 id. Arab. δ jusum aratorium
fs pe ive

a jugum textorium. But in this

latter signif. Syr. and Arab. have more

commonly tio}, “55. aise: » with r
softened. ‘

ΤΥ) and 17729 f. (τ. 192) a candle-
stick, candelabra ; spoken of the great
chandelier in the tabernacle, Ex. 25,
31 sq. 30, 27. 37, 17. 40, 4. 24. al.
Plur. of the candelabras in the temple,
1 K.7, 49. 1 Chr. 28, 15. Jer. 52, 19.

5 .-.
Arab. ὅλα id
D9 m. plur. (τ. τ, Dag. euphon.)
princes, i. ᾳ. O°"), Nah. By Atal av

588

"272.

* m7 obsol. root, Arab. ὦ 21, Il,

give, to bestow, pr. to divide out, to dis-
tribute, kindr. with 722, 232. Hence —

M28 f. constr. ΤΠ, ὁ. suff. "MGI;
plur. ὁ. suff. #>NINy2 Gen: 32, 14.

1. a gift. present, Gen. 32, 14. 19. 21.
43, 11. 15. 25.26. al. Espee. oe presents
offered to nobles and kings, Judg. 3, 15.
1 Sam. 10,23. 2 Chr. 17, δ. 11. Ps. 45,
13. Is. 39,1. 1 K. 10. 25.

2. tribute, which was extracted from
a subject nation under the milder name
of a present, see Diod. Sic. 1.58. So 2
Sam. 8, 2.6. 1K. 5,1 [4, 21]. 2 K. 17,
4, Ps. 72, 10.

3. an offering to God, a scenttie Is.
1,13. 1 Chr. 16, 29. Spoken espec. of a
bloodless offering, meat-offering, opp. to
mat a bloody sacrifice ; it consisted of -
flour, meal, or cakes, with oil and fran-
kincense, and was burned upon the altar

. either by itself or in connection with the

bloody sacrifice ; so Lev. 2, 1. 4. 5. 6. 6,
7.[14] sq. 7, 9. ‘al. Hence mr nat
Ps, 40, 7. Tee 17, 26. Dan. 9, 27 ; nm
502) Joel 1, 9. 13. 2, 14. As offered’ to
idols, Is. 57, 6. 66, 3.

ΓΤ] 2 Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 3, Dan. 2,
46. Ezra 7, 17.

M2 see M2.

D322 (consoler, r. 553) Menahem, pr.
n. of a king of Israel, r. 772-761 B. C.
2 K. 15, 17-22. Sept. Mavenu, Vulg.
Manahem.

mr22 (rest, τ. 12) Manahath, pr. τι.
a) Of aman Gen. 36,23. Ὁ) Ofa place
otherwise unknown 1 Chr. 8, 6.

"372 m. (τ. 722, see Is. 65, 12,) fate,
fe Sg e. :
fortune, destiny, Arab. Lin, ἄλλο; with

the art. "25, Meni, as the name of an
idol which the Jews in Babylonia wor-_
shipped along with Gad (see 3), by
lectisternia, Is. 65, 11. Probably the
planet Venus is intended, which, as the

source of good fortune ( SI Ose

bona fortuna minor), was regarded by
the ancient, Semitic nations as coupled
with Gad or the planet Jupiter. It
seems to be the same as the goddess
$Liuc of the heathen Arabs, mentione1

992

_ 1. "3 Jer. 51, 27, Minni, pr. n. of an

- Armenian province, cused with D728.

According to Bochart, Phaleg lib. Le.
3. p. 19, 20, it is 1. ᾳ. Muvag, a region
of Armenia, Nicol. Damasc. ap. Jos. Ant.
1, 3.6; perh. the region of the Mana-
vas@i near the centre of Armenia, see
St. Martin Mém. sur |’Arménie I. p.
249.—F or Ps. 45, 9, see in 72 no. 2.

II. 93 poet. for 72 with Yod para-
gogic. Judg. 5,14. Is. 46,31; see 77 init.
For the form "32 Is. 30, 11, see 772 no. 1.

min, see nz.

D722, see 12.

PII, see Ἰ Ὡ3Ὡ.

222 Chald. m. number, Ezra 6, 17.
Syr. faa. Rn.

P32 (τ. 132) Minnith, pr. ἢ. of a
place in the territory of the Ammonites,

Judg.11.33. Hence wheat was brought
to the Tyrian market, Ez. 27, 17.

7920 τη, (τ. 92) c. suff. 0d", once in
Job 15, 29 Ὁ538 yas na > their pos-
sessions spread not abroad wm the land,
i. e. their flocks. Thus usually ; but
the root >2 is very doubtful, see in
art. ™>3.—The reading 0372 is also
doubtful, and we ought perhaps (with
one Ms.) to restore £339 from M>39 i. q.
n>272, their fold, poet. ‘for their flocks.

“1272 obsol. root, Arab. os to di-

vide out, to allot, kindr. with 22 and
22.—Hence j2, 7, constr. 72, plur.
p52, and pr. n. 73, ΤΏ,

δ 53 fut. 2270", to keep back, to with-
hold, to restrain. Arab. id. Chald.
id. The primary syllable is 53, which
has a negative power, see r. 812.—Con-
strued: a) With acc. of thing and 47
of pers. to withhold from any one; Gen.
30,2 ἸῺΞ3 "1B ἼΒῺ 522 “ON who hath
withheld ‘from thee the fruit of the womb.
Job 22,7 thou hast withholden (222m)
bread fice the hungry. 2 Sam. 13, 13.
1 K. 20, 7. Prov. 3, 27. Neh. 9, 20. ‘Ain.
4,7. al. Rarely with > of pers. Ps. 84,
12; absol. Ps. 21,3. Ὁ) With acc. and
ya of thing, to restrain or withhold from

50

589. .

᾿ in the Koran, Sur. 53. 19.20. See on
“these points, Comm. on Is. 1. c.

win

any thing. Jer. 31,16 "229 ποῚΡ 24
refrain thy voice from weeping. 48, 10
D372 jaan 32% who keepeth back his sword
from blood. Prov. 1,15. So with 4
before an infin. 1 Sam. 25, 26. 34 a:
FNS SI 72929; also eoncicely, Jer. 2,
25 = Sa) 3b ΡΝ withhold thy ‘foot
peas being unshod, see in 772 no. 6. b.—
But to withhold a person from a thing
is the same as lo withhold any thing
from him, as in lett. a. So Num. 24, 11
ΞΘ 79 4320 the Lord hath kept thee
back from honour, i.e. hath withheld
honour from thee. Job 31,16. Kec. 2, 10.
—Apbsol. Ez. 31, 15 nonin DIN I re-
strained the ‘floods thereof. Prov. 11, 26.
Job 20, 13.

Nipa. to be withheld, restrained ; e. g.
the rain Jer. 3,3; with 7a of pers. Job
38, 15; ἸΏ σα. infin. Num. 22, 16.

Deriv. pr. ἢ. 3297, 29h.

SA922 m. (τ. 859) @ bolt, bar, Cant. 5,
δ. Neh. 3, 3. 6.

2972 m. id. Deut. 33, 25.

ὩΣ 9 m. plur. dainties, delicacies,
Ps. 141,4. R. ὩΣ.

ὩΣ 2) 9 m. plur. (r. 952) Vulg. sistra,
2 Sam. 6, 5; a musical instrument or.
rattle, which gave ἃ tinkling sound on
being shaken ; so Gr. osiotga, from σεέω.
The sistrum was used in Egypt in the

-worship of Isis; see the description and

figures of it in Wilkinson’s Mann. and
Cust. of the Anc. Egyptians II. p. 323 sq.

ropa ἢ (τ. Hp? q. v.) only in plur.
mitp2 sacrificial ‘dishes, bowls for liba-
tion, Kix. 25,29. 37,16. Num. 4,7.—Syr.

Θ. et im

2.15.0 id.
ΓΙ for m2, see P2" Hiph.
729 see ΓΙ).

m2" (who makes forget, r. πῶ 1;
see Gen. 41, 51,) pr. n. Manasseh, Gr.
Muvacoyjs. a) The son of Joseph,
adopted by Jacob, Gen. 48,1 sq. For
the territories of the tribe of Manasseh.
which were partly beyond and partly
on this side the Jordan, see Num. 32,
39 sq. 34, 14.15. Josh: 13, 29-32. 17,7 sq.
Patronym. "827. Manassite, Deut. 4, 43,
b) A king of Judah, r. 699-644 B. C.
son of Hezekiah, and notorious for his

m2

idolatry, superstition, and cruelty to-
wards those who worshipped God, 2 K.
21, 1-18. 2 Chr. 33, 1-20. 6) Judg. 18,
30 Cheth. d) Ezra 10, 30. 6) v. 33.

ΓΦ [ (for 8279, ΓΝ, τ. 22) constr.
ΤῸ; plur. mina ‘Neh. 12, 44, and ΤΑ)
12, “47, 13, 10, (Kamets i impure, ) @ part,
portion, 2 Chr. 31, 4, comp. v. 3. Ps. 63,
11 pxb>ui M30 the portion (prey) of foliven,
Ps. 11, 6 a scorching wind is BO'D M32
the portion of their cup, i.e. is poured
out to them. 16,5. So of portions of

food, Neh. 1. c. Syr. {21% id.—For the
form see Lehrg. p. 509, 606.

Ὁ τὴ. one pining, consumed, sc. un-
der calamities, one afflicted, Job 6, 14.
R. 00, see Niph. lett. Ὁ.

ΟἿ m. plur. 0°06, tribute ; common-
ly derived from τ. 00% to pine away,
because tribute is ‘a consuming of
strength,’ confectio virium, which fs
hardly tolerable. Better to regard 02
as contr. from 03% tribute, tax, from r.
‘OOD to ntimber, like fem. mon tember,
for i ΠΌΞΏ. Instances of the letters ks or
£ at the end of words being softened by
dropping the k, exist in multitude in
Greek and Latin, as Ajaz, Αἴας ; pistriz,
pistris, πίστρις ; ὄρνις, Dor. ὄρνιξ; mix-
tus, mistus; sestertius for sextertius ;
also of 2 and ss between two vowels,

like Heb. micsa, missa ; Ulixes Ulysses;

μαλάσσω, malaxo ; further, maximus and
Ital. massimo ; eel and Alessan-
dro.—Spoken mostly of tribute to be
rendered in service, tribute-service, fully
“23 07.‘ tribute of one serving’ 1 K. 9,
21; and concr. of a levy of men as labour-
ers; 1K. 5,27 [13] and king Solomon
let come up a levy (0%) out of all Israel,
and the levy (027) was thirty thousand
men; comp. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 8, 8. Fre-
quent in the phrases: 025 πὴ Deut.
20, 11. Judg. 1, 30. 33. 35. Is. 31, 8, also
“a3 02> πὴ Gen. 49, 15. Josh. 16, 10,
to become subject to tribute-servich. So
o> ἸῺ) Josh. 17,13 oad cre Judg. 1,
28, and 53 0” phi Esth. 10, 1, to impose
tribute-service upon anyone. Also "08
pam >» ‘the prefect over the tribute-
service,’ tribute-master, 2 Sam. 20, 24.
1K. 4,6. 12,18; plur. ὉΠΘ Ὁ “Δ ser-
vice-masters task-masters, Ex. 1, 11.

590

"ΠΟ

302 m. (τ. 320) c. suff. 120%; plur.
mi20%, constr. "20%.

184 Subst. consessus, triclinium, divan
of the orientals, i. e. a company of per-
sons seated round about a room, Cant.
1,12. Comp. r. 530 1 Sam 16, 11.

2. Adv. round about, 1K. 6, 29, Plur.
mao id. Job 37, 12. ;

3. Plur. constr. as Prep. round atom:
2 Κ. 23,5 ὈΞ ἢ" 7202 round about Wee
rusalem.

“30% m. (τ. 730) pr. part. Hiph.
‘shutting up;’ hence ᾿

1. Of a person who shuts up, closes,
etc. a locksmith, smith, artisan, 2 K. 24,
14. 16. Jer. 24, 1. 29, 2.

2. That which shuts up, @ prison;
Ps. 142, 8. Is. 24, 22. 42, 7.

ΓΙῸ f. (τ. 130) ὁ. suff. inno,
plur, ninz0%2. ;

1. close places, i. e. strong-holds, poet.
of fortified cities, Ps. 18, 46. Mic. 7, 17.

2. a border, margin, so called as sur-
rounding and enclosing any thing, Ex.
25, 25 sq. 37, 14.

ΘΚ ΚὟΣ 28. 29. 31. 32. 35.°36. 2 K.
16, 17, ornaments on the brazen stands
or pedestals of the lavers, which appear

from v. 28. 29. 31, to have been square

shields decorated with sculpture upon
the four sides of the stand.

“3072 m. a foundation, se. of a build-
ing, 1 K. 7, 9. R. 0", in the manner
of verbs 15.

rma aiey-) τη. (τ. 1) @ porch, portico,
so called from the rows of columns
which inclose it; comp. "79, "77,
row. Once Judg. 3, 23, where it is the
open gallery or balcony, from which
there was access to the M352 or private
apartment. .

ἘΓΏ 1 g. Dow and OND, to melt,

i

to flow down. Chald. 809, Syr. [mso

dissolutus est, computruit ; Eth. PLO
to melt.

Hiru. fut. apoc. O9m! Ps. 39, 12, to
cause to flow, to dissolve, to melt ; Ps. 6,7
Moy "Way ΠΩΣ Ὁ with my tears 1] make
my couch to flow. So of ice Ps. 147, 18.
—Trop. to cause the heart to melt SC.
with fear, plur. "92m by Chald. for
so Josh. 14. 8.

“pon

=O f. (r. FO?) constr. me, plur.

mio.
1. temptation, trial, e.g. a) Of men
_ from God, viz. the mighty works of God
intended to excite and prove the faith
of his people, Deut. 4, 34. 7,19. 29, 2.
So too when these consist of calamities
sent upon them; hence calamity, evil.
Job 9,23; so πειρασμός ἴῃ Ν. Τ. b) On
the other hand, temptation of Jehovah
Is 1, q. complaint, murmuring against
him, Ps. 95, 8.—Hence

2. Massah, pr. n. of a place in the
desert, Ex. 17, 7. Deut. 6, 16. 9, 22.
33, 8.

MQ f. (contr. for MO22, as 072 for
03, r. OOD) pr. number ; hence constr.
Mo as Prep. pr. ‘according to the num-
ber, i. 6. according as, pro ratione ;
once Deut. 16, 10 = Ἧτο M32 ΓΙῸ accord-
ing as ay hand is able to give; Sept.
καϑὼς 7 χείρ σου ἰσχύει. —Syr. Ams.

Chald. m3 for Heb. "3, "32. See in
D2.

M012 τη. (τ. M10) a covering, veil, for
the face, Ex.:34, 33. 34.45. So all the
versions, and so the context seems to
demand ; and Jarchi remarks that m107

is used also in the Gemara of a veil.

MID f. for naw, ἃ hedge, thorn-
hedge, Mic. 7,4. R. 2.

MO τη. (τ. M02) a keeping off, remov-
ing, sc. of people, a crowd, 2 K. 11, 6.

WO) τη. (r. "MO) trade, traffic, LK.
10, 15.

“yes to mix, to mingle, i. q. 31,
This root is widely spread both in the

Semitic and Indo-European languages,
and also in the Slavic. See Arab.

sh "μὰς oo Ube mid. Ye

miscuit, red fee ‘ Engl.

nuishmash; Aram. “he, 4172, 712; San-
scr. maksh, mi¢, migr, Pers. Wry t,

1; Gr. μέσγω, Lat. misceo, Po-
ish micazam, Bohem. smisseti, Germ.
mischen, Engl. to mix.—Ps. 102, 10. Is.
19,14 ὉΠΣῚΣ MAN Ma IPA yO Mins Je-
hovah hath mixed in the midst of her
(Egypt) a spirit of perverseness, i. e. Je-
hovah hath implanted in the Egyptians

591 - 907 | y

a perverse disposition—Spec. to miz

wine, i.e. to prepare it with spices, Prov

9,2.5. Is.5,22. So the Mishna,’Maaser

Sheni 2,1; see fully in Thesaur. p. 808.
Deriv. 707272, and

ἸΦῺ m. mixed wine, i. 6. spiced, Ps.
75, 9. Comp. in 518.

JO. m. (τ. 420, Kamets impure) ©
constr. 02, Ἢ covering, 2 Sam. 17, 19.
Ps. 105,39. Spec. of the veil or curtain
before the entrance of the tabernacle,
Ex. 26, 36 sq. 39, 38. 40,5, and of the ©
court 35, 17.“ 39, 40; more fully m35s
yon 35, 12. 39, 34. 40, 21.—Trop. ‘Is.
22,8 AIAN FO My 52} aa he uncovers
the covering (veil) of Judah, i.e. exposes
Judah to reproach; the figure being.
taken from a virgin whose veil wanton
and violent men have torn away. The
Arabs make use of the same figure,
Schult. de Defect. § 258. See Thesaur.
p- 953.

m0 f. (τ. 920) a ΒΆΡΣΙΣ that
with which one is covered, Ez. 28, 13.

I. M90 f. (r. 302 1) constr. ΞΘ,
plur. c. suff. DN=02 ; a pouring out,
effusion.—Hence

1. fusion of metals; e. g. M302 525 a
molten calf Ex. 32, 4. 8. M202 "75x
molten. gods Ex. 34, 17. Lev. 19, 4.
Spec. a molten image, Deut. 9, 12. Judg.
17, 3. 4. al. sep.

2. a truce, league, σπονδή, made with
libations, Is. 30, 1.

II. M28 f(r. 902 IL) @ covering,
Is. 25, 7. 28, 20.

222 τὰ. (τ. 3Ὁ no. 4) poor, needy,
wretched, Ecc. 4, 13. 9,15. 16. Chald.

id.. Syriac [auam%, Arab. κυ,
pS, Eth. φϑὴν Ὦ, 7. Hence the
new verbs O°£1'f1Z to be poor, j20%,
<a, lo make poor.

languages have adopted this word, prob.
through the Arabic, as Ital. meschino_—
meschinello, Portug. mesquinho, abstr.
mesquinhez, Fr. mesquin, abstr. mesqut-
nerie. Hence

ΓΞ f. poverty, misery, Deut. 8, 9
See the preced. art.

Several modern’

2072

ΤΠ ΘΟ f. plur. stores, magazines, by |
transp. for a form mio:29 from r. 023.
Wx. Ὁ 481K. 9, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 4. 16, 4.
17, 12. 32, 28.

M202 f. (r. 702 11) thread, the warp,
in weaving, Judg. 16, 13. 14.

M200 f. (τ. 220) constr. MPO%2, plur.
nikon.

1. a raised way, αὐρροδα ον highway,
for public use, Judg. 20, 31. 32. 1 Sam.
6, 12. Is. 40, 3. 49, 11. Jer. 31, 21. al.
Ps, 84, 6 ΡΟΝ mbon in thee Rearts
are the ways sc. to the sanctuary, comp.
v.7.8. Poet. of the paths of locusts Joel
2,8; of the courses of the stars Judg. 5,
20.—Trop. way of life Prov. 16, 17.

2. a staircase, stairs, i. q. cho, 2 Chr.
9,11 3° Sept. ἀνάβαοὶς, See Biblioth.
Sac. 1846, p- 612.

252072 τη. (Ὁ. 59Ὁ) α raised way, high-
way, Is. 35, 8.

WC τὴ, (τ. 920) only in plur.
ἘΠ Is. 41, 7, min20% Jer. 10, 4, also
p20 1 Chr. 22, 3, minzo9 2 Chr. 3,

9 - @
9, nails ; comp. Arab. pene nail.—

Once written with ©, i.e. ΤΥ Ὁ Ὁ trop.
Ecc. 12, 11 the words of the wise are...
nails fastened, i.e. they sink deep into
the heart.

i C072 to melt, to flow down ; in Kal
once trop. of a person wasting away by
disease, Is. 10, 18.—Chald. 009. Kin-
dred are M02, 0X72, also ὠσί to dis-
xolve, to macerate; comp. too r. Ni”,
472.

ΝΊΡΗ. 023, in pause 0%) and 02;
fut. Da"; inf. oam 2 Sam. 17, 10; part.
o0%3 Nah. 2, 11; to melt, 6. g. as manna
Ex. 16, 21; wax Ps. 68, 3; hyperb. of
- mountains flowing with blood Is. 34, 3.

Judg. 15, 14 the bands melted from his
hands, were loosened and fell from his
hands. Of diseased or mangy cattle
and flocks 1 Sam. 15, 9.—More freq.
trop. to melt, to faint. a) For fear,
2 Sam. 17, 10. Mic. 1,4. Ps. 97,5 often
of the heart, Deut. 20, 8. Josh. 2, 11. 5,
J. al. The primitive force of this con-
struction is preserved in Josh. 7, 5: the
heart of the people melted 2723 "171 and
became as water. Ὁ) For, grief, sor-

592

oer

row, Ps. 22, 15. 112, 110. Comp. Ovid
ex Ponto 1. 2.57: “sic mea perpetuis
liquescunt pectora curis, Ignibus admo-
tis ut nova cera solet.”
Hipu. causat. of Niph. lett. a, tomake
Jaint-hearted, to discourage, Deut.1, 28.
Deriv. 02, 02m.

YOO m. (τ. 202) 1. ἃ stone-quarry,
see the root Hiph. no. 3. 1 K.6,7 438
so M22 stones whole (not fhe wi} from
the quarry ; comp. Heb. Gr. $112, 1. n.

\

Sept. Aldous ἀκροτόμοις ἀργοῖς.

2. a dart, arrow, Job 41,18. Arab.

ὧν
eye id. from ex attraxit s. tendit ar-

cum, Kor. 79. 1; the lettera Ὁ and 7 be-
ing interchanged. See Thesaur. p. 892.

OQ m. (τ. 203 no. 2) plur. constr.
“sd, c. suff. "202, a breaking up, de-
parture, journeying, pr. of a nomadic
or other encampment, and also of single
persons, as of Moses Deut. 10, 11 s02>
psn "25> for departing before the peo-
ple. Num. 10,2 misman-my 5025 for the
breaking up, deparlure, of the camps.—
Plur. of the breaking up of different
tribes or bands successively (Num. 10,
4 sq. 14.sq.) Ex. 40, 36. Num. 10, 6. 12.
28.—Hence ‘place of breaking up,’ sta-
tion, Ex. 17, 1. Gen. 13, 3. Num. 33, 1.2.

WO τὴ. (τ. 10) a support, balus-
trade, 1 K. 10, 12; comp. 2 Chr. 9, 11.-

HO τὰ. (τ. 38D) constr. MEDD, 6.
suff, "“ἼΒῸ Ps. 30, 12, wailing, lamenta
tion, Gen. 50,10. Am. 5, 16.17. al. Sep*

χοπετός.

NEC m. (τ. NED) fodder for cattle,
Gen. 24, 25. 32. 42, 27. 43, 24. Judg.
19, 19.

ΓΙῸ f. i. q. ΓΠΒΌ q. v. seurf, scab,
an eruption not dangerous, Lev. 13, 6.
7.8. ΒΕ. προ.

mimeo f plur. (Ὁ. MEO) cushions,

quilts. mattrasses, so called from being

spread, Ez. 13. 18. 21.
vio, Vulg. cervicalia.

Symm. ὑπαιχέ-

“B02 m. (τ. “ἘῸ) constr. spon, 6.
suff. pte BO; plur. constr. ΒΟ.

1..ἃ telling. narration, Judg. 7 15;
comp. the root in Pi. |

2. numher, Num. 1, 2. 9, 20. al. ‘Seep.

Bow

Freq. in acc. adverbially for: according
to the number, Ex. 16, 16 ΒΞ ΕΣ "BO?
according to the. number of your persons.
Job 1,5. Elsewhere, like Gr. ἀριϑμῷ,
πριϑμὸν, used pleonast. with numerals,
as 2 Sam. 21, 20 "Bd Pann) Ooms
twenty-four in number.—Hence 780 778
Gen. 41; 49. Cant. 6,8, 98072 7>X> 1 Chr.
22, 4, and "BO? PRI Job 5, 9. 9, 10,
without number, innumerable. Contra,
"BOD "NS, WHO "WN, men of number,
i.e. Sew, easily homered, Gen. 34, 30.
Deut. 4.27. Ps. 105, 12. Jer. 44, 28. 1 Chr.
16, 19; and by apposit. "#0 0°70" days
which are a number, which may be
numbered, few, Num. 9,20. In Deut. 33,
6 “BOD "M2 "ΠῚ, a negative particle
is implied from the preceding clause, so
as to translate: and let not his men be a
number, i.e. let them be many, innumer-

able. Comp. Arab. wld, αν els

dies numerati, i. e. few, Kor 2. 180.
3. Mispar, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 2; for
which m780% Neh. 7, 7.

T8090 Mispereth, pr. n. m. see in
spo’ no. 3. R. “5D.

*"00 a doubtful root, found only
twice, Num. 31, 5. 16; prob. i. q. "12 (or
perh. “ΤΏ q. v.) to separate, to separate
oneself.. Hence in Kal, Num. 31, 16
mimca bva-7o2> to fall away teaache-
rously ly from. Jehovah; i. q. 53 >>
which occurs in the Sliel passages
Num. 5,6. 2 Chr. 36, 14. Ez. 4, 13; un-
less perhaps the same reading is to be
restored in Num. |. c.—Others: to ven-
ture defection from Jehovah, comp. Syr.
εἴῶζο ausus est, opus aggressus est.—In
a different connection is

Nie. Num. 31, 5 “Ὁ "ΕΘΝ 370729
ΓΙ 5. ΤῸΝ and bare toeke separated (set

| apart) out of the thousands of Israel, a

thousand for every tribe, as Saadias well
renders. More foely Onk. and Syr.
electi sunt. Sept. ἐξηρέϑμησαν, perh.
from a reading "75D", or according to
the Samaritan usage, in which "02 is

1. q. Heb. “8.

Nore. In Talm. "0% is tradidit, pro-
didit ; Syr. Ethp. accusatus est ; nei-
ther of which is applicable to the pas-

sages in the O. T. .
ARO*

593

ay

ato} i. q. 7052, admonition, instruc- ἡ
tion, Job 33, 16. R. 107.

PANDA Job 39, δ, see din.

m0 Εἰ contr. for ΤΟΝ 3 (τ. NON) a
band, bond, Ez. 20, 37.

“ino m. (r. "MO) a Ro Pectine nitee,
refuge, Is. 4, 6.

“RO? m. (τ. 9M) plur.c. suff. 7907,
a hiding-place, lurking-place, Ps. 10, 9.

‘Hab. 3,14; elsewhere only plur. D°"n072,

Jer. 13. 17. 49, 10. "2 "372072 hiditen
treasures Is. 45. 3. Spec. a ‘place for
lying in wait, Ps. 10, 8. 64, 5. Hab. 3,
14; of the dens πὲ το heats Ps. 10, 9.
17, 12. Lam. 3, 10.

“HO see in r. “Ὁ Hiph. no. 1..
832 Chald. see ΠΣ.

“2972 Chald. m. (r. sa>) c. suff.
ἩΓΕ ΣΡ, work, i.q. Heb. ΠΏΣ, >2b,
Dan. ‘4, 34. Once by Chaldaism in Heb.
context, Job 34, 25.

MA m. (τ. 35) density, compact-
ness. 1 K.7, 46 ΠΝ M3905 in the
compact soil, prob. clayey.

“972 τὴ. (τ. "29) 1. transit, then
place of passing, viz. a) ἃ ford οἵ ἃ
stream, Gen. 32,23. Ὁ) A narrow val-
ley, pass, gorge, in mountains, 1 Sam.
13, 23.

2. a passing over, overwhelming ; Is.
80, 82 ΓΟ Ὁ No ἀΞΣΘτῸΞ so often as
the appointed staff shall pass over them.
i.e. so often as punishment from God
overwhelms them.

M2972 f. (τ. 929) plur. mninz372, also
minaza (from M9232) as absol. Ἴδε, 2.
7, and as constr. Judg. 3, 28; i. q. "397
no. 1, viz. 8) a passage, ford, Is. 16,
2. Jer. 51, 32. Judg. 3, 28. al. b) a
mountain-pass, gorge, Is. 10,29. 1 Sam.
14, 4.

“D390 τὰ. (r. bad) constr. 25372; plar.
constr. "DAD, 6. suff. > W7bas Ps. 65, 12,
oftener * somibas2 Ps. 17. 5. al.

l. a wade ‘rut, in which wheels roll,
Ps. 65, 13... -Ἡράρο, a way, path, Ps.
140, 6. Prov. 2, 18. al Often metaph.
like 327, way or path of life and con-
duct, Ps. 23, 3. Prov. 4,11. Ps. 17 ©
Is. 59, 8.

‘like Arab.

Ἰήπαν.. perh. are

ἽΣΩ

2: Denom. from 233 wagon, a wagon-
rampart, a defence or bulwark formed
of the wagons and other vehicles of
an army, 1 Sam. 26, 5.7. With Π loc.
ΓΘ Ὁ id. 1 Sam. 17, 20.

i 1972 to waver, to be unsteady, to
totter ; not found in the kindred dia-
lects; kindr. are win, 392, Arab. dL.
Spoken of the ankles 2 Sam. 22, 37. Ps.
18, 37; of the step Ps. 37, 31; of the
whole man Ps. 26, 1. Job 12,5 529 "IS"
whose feet waver, are not firm. Prov.
25, 19 ΤΊΣ 535 a wavering fool, un-
steady, for naa, the i being shortened
into 4, comp. Lehre: p- 309.

Fired: to make waver, to cause to shake;

e. g. the loins Ps. 69, 24.
“y'0 see S312.

"722 (for 477372 q. v.) Maadai, pr.
n. m. Ezra 10, 34.

- ΤΊΣ Ὦ (for ΣΤῚΣ Ὁ ornament of Jeho-
vah, r. ΠΣ) Maadiah, pr. ἢ. m. Neh.
12, 5; for which in y. 17 ΓΛ Σ Ὁ (fes-
tival Si Jehovah). The passages are
consistent if we point the former as
mash.

I. ΤΊΣ τὰ. (τ. 32) only in plur.
mrs, c. suff. "719% Jer. 51, 34, also
mists aay, 1 Sam. 15, 32.

1. delicacies, dainties, Gen. 49, 20.
ἐν 51, 34. Lam. 4, 5.

2. delights, pleasures, Prov. 29, 17.
Acc, ΤΊΣ Σ᾽ as adv. with delight, cheer-
fully, 1 Sam. 15, 32.

II. ΓΞ ΠΣ m. by transp. for ΤΥ ΠΣ Σ
(τ. 322) bands, ligatures ; Job 38, 31

ὙΠ. ΤΙΣ the bands of the Pleiades ;

gee in M272.
ΠΝ Ὦ m. (τ. 59) a weeding-hook, hoe,

ΟΝ 7 95,

a riya obsol. root. prob. fo be soft,
V, to be soft, as the skin,
Lo soft, tender, as food, from r. cr
lo to flow, 34, and
tilso sLo; see in r. 8ia.—Hence

2 m. only plur. "9", constr. "32,

6. suff. 7722, also ome (for ee

Ez. 7, 19; once rina Is. 48,19. See
‘note:
1, the bowels, intestines, 2 Sam. 20, 10.

594 ἸΣῺ

2 Chr. 21, 15. Jon. 2, 1.
yee plur. PRR» ἸΣΏ.

Chald. 839 the
Syr. Pass in-
testine. Arab. ΜΕ > plur. ἴαμα:

id. Eth. APQU«b id.—Spec. put for:
a) the stomach, the receptacle of the
food, Num. 5, 22. Job 20, 14. Ez. 7, 19,
comp. Jon. 2, 1.2. b) the womb, Gen.
25, 23. Ruth 1,11. Is. 49, 1. Ps. 71, 6.
6) As the seat of generative power in
the father; whence ‘© "332 83° fo
come forth out of the bowels of any one,
i. q. to be begotten of him, Gen. 15, 4. 2
Sam. 7,12. 16,11. 4) Trop. like the
breast, heart, etc. for the inmost part. as
the seat of grief, pity, affection. Job 30,
27. Lam. 1, 20. 2, 11. Cant. 5, 4. Is. 16.
11. 63, 15; or of piety, Ps. 40, 9. ete.

2. the belly, externally, Cant. 5, 14;
comp. Dan. 2, 32.

Note. The plur. f ΤῊΣ occurs in the
vexed passage Is. 48, 19, which I would
explain thus: thy seed shall be as the
sand, °HiS%2 W732 “NERB and the off-
spring of thy bowels like the offspring
of its bowels sc. the bowels of the sea
(v.18), for the fuller "13% "NEN, i.e.
like the fishes of the sea generated in its
bowels. Plur. Mis2 is i. q. 5°29. but
the fem. form implies a figurative use.
—The ancient versions render "i242
incorrectly: as the slones thereof, sc. of
the sand. This is hardly supported by
referring to the Chald. δὲ Ὁ nummulus,
obolus, perh: lapillus, and Arab. καί
minutim trita res.

ΓῺ or δὲ Ὁ Chald. only in plural
i. q. Heb. 0°37 no. 2, the belly, i. 6. the
exterior, c. suff. "72% Dan. 2, 32.

41972 τη. (τ. 255} i. q. HIE. a round of
bread, bread-cake, 1 Κα. 17, 12, comp. v.
13. Hence Ps. 35, 16 x13 “ἢ ὩΣ ΒΟΥ
placenta, cake-buffoons i. e. ‘parasites ; ;
see adj. 35>. Gr. μετα, κγισσο-
κόλακες.

TID m. rarely Τ᾽ (τ. 112) Kamets :
impure, c. suff. "32, "393, plur. D429,
constr. "35372 Dan. 11,19, ¢. suff. ΣΤ Ὁ
for 733% Is. 23, 11 (like rere ‘for
PINSD, see art. mt3 and Thesaur. p-
8310); a strong or “fort ified place, for-
tress, Judg. 6, 26. Dan. 11, 7. 10. al.
risa "> fortified cities Is. 17, 9. 23, 4

κων. κὐὐΝνδν. αὐὐνῶ, δ᾿ ὑνκὰ ... νων δ μννμνμννννοσν ων

7

ps 192 the fortress of the sea, i. e.
Tyre. Ez: 30,15. ΠΡ Ὸ DN the god
of fortresses Dan. 11, 38, 8 deity of the
Syrians obtruded upon the Jews, prob.
Jupiter Capitolinus, for whom Antiochus
built a temple at Antioch, Liv. 41. 20;
others Jupiter Olympius, comp. 2 Macc.
6, 2. Liv. 1. 6. Trop. Ps. 60,9 Ephraim

is "WN ΤΊΣ Ὁ the fortress of my head i. e. —

my helmet. Prov. 10, 29 a fortress to
the upright is the way of God, i. e. reli-
gion, piety. Often of Jehovah, as Ps.
27,1 Jehovah is the fortress (bulwark)
of my life. 31, 5. 37, 39. 43, 2. Is. 25, 4.
Joel 4, 16. Nah. 1, 7.

ΤΊΣ (breast-band? r. 432) Maoch,
pr. ἢ. τῇ. 1 Sam. 27,2; comp. 7332 no.
2. a.

7172 m. (τ. 115} constr. yiv9, c. suff.
S232; plur. 092539 1 Chr. 4, 41 Keri.

1. a habitation, dwelling, e. g. of God,
the temple, Ps. 26, 8. 2 Chr. 36, 15;
heaven Ps. 68, 6. Deut. 26,15. al. Of
men Zeph. 8,7. Also of wild beasts, a
den, lair, Nah. 2, 12. Jer. 9, 10. 10, 22.
51, 37.—Acc. in one’s dwelling, at home,
like 772, 1 Sam. 2, 29. 32.

2. a refuge, Ps. 71, 3. 90, 1. 91, 9.

3. Maon, pr. n. .a) A town in the
tribe of Judah, southeast of Hebron,

Josh. 15, 55. 1 Sam. 25. 2; in its vicin-

ity was the yisa772791 Sam. 23. 24, 25.
Now Main eee, See Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. p.193sq. Ὁ) An Arabian tribe
coupled Judg. 10, 12 with the Amalek-
ites, Sidonians, and Philistines, and 2
Chr. 26, 7 with the Arabians properly
so called; Plur, 59292 2 Chr. 1. c. and
1 Chr. 4,41 Keri. At the present day
there exists a town Maan, ων, with
a castle, in Arabia Petrea to the south
of the Dead Sea ; see Seetzen in Zach’s
Monatl. Corresp. XVIII. p. 382. Burck-
hardt’s Travels in Syria, etc. p. 437 sq.
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 572.—That
the Min@i of Arabia are a different peo-
ple. has long since been shown by Bo-
chart. Phaleg. II. 23. 6) A man,1 Chr.
2, 45.

7") see jig SBA MB, in M72 no.
5, ο΄ p: 129...

MI and ΓΦ Ὁ Γ᾿ (τ. A>) α habita-
tion, dwelling, Jer: 21, 13; e.g. of Jeho-

595

oy.

vah, the temple, Ps. 76, 3. Also of wild
béasts, den, lair, Ps. 104, 22. Am. 3; 4,
Nah. 2. 12. Job 37,8. al. Ofan cxdtan
refuge, Deut. 33, 27

D2 Meunim, pr.n. a) See ji92
no. 3. b. Ὁ) Masc. Ezra 2, 50. Neh.
7, 52.

“m0 (my dwellings) Meonothai,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 14.

5)" m. (τ. 92) darkness, Is. 8,:22
ΠΡῚΝ FAD.

ὙΦ m. (τ. 49 IT) only plur. Dida,
pudenda, Hab. 2, 15.

ΓΙ see ny.

T9 see ris.

MFI and WPT (consolation of
Jehovah, r. (¢}£ to console) Maaziah,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 24, 18, Neh. 10, 9. Comp.
in DR"ID9.

“O97: fut. 037091. 1. q. Arab. hoes

to be smooth, naked ; then, to be polished,

to be sharp, sce 232. Trans. Laxw pr.

to scrape, to scrape off, (comp. (®0
fricuit, also "12, since the letters > and
Ἢ are kindred). whence ὩΣ Ὁ pr. ὦ scrap-
ing, scrap, and then a little. From this
comes the denom. signif.

2. to be little, few; Lev. 25, 16 "Bd
Du Ula according to the fetoneas of
years. Ex. 12,4. Also\to be made few,
to be diminished, to vanish away, Ps.
107, 39. Is. 21, 17. Prov. 13, 11. al.

3. to be light, Neh. 9, 32.

Pie. 02 intrans. i. q. Kal, to become
few, Ecc. 12, 3.

Hien. 272m 1. to make small or
few, to diminish, Lev. 25, 16. Num. 26,
54. 33, 54. Jer. 10, 24 “2 "9 lest
thou make me (the people) few, bring
me to nothing. Ez. 29, 15.

2. to make or do little, i. e. to do any
thing in a slight degree, to a small
amount. Num. 11, 32 Mw? FOX ὉΠΡ ΘΠ
pi2zm he who did little (i. 6. gathered
little) gathered ten homers. Ex. 16, 17.
18. 2K. 4, 3 borrow empty vessels, "δὶ
(2805) "2"z2m and make not scant se.
to borrow, i. e. borrow not a few. Spec.
to give little, few, Num. 35,8. Ex. 30,15.

5 Ὦ 3 596

OYA, in pause ὩΣ Deut. 7, 22. al.

plur. 5°43, pr. a scraping, scrap, see
r. 2372 no. 1; hence a litile, a few.

1. Subst. a) Absol. a little, not much,
ὀλίγον. Gen. 30, 30 5 AH “wy wy it
‘was little that thou hadst. Ps. 37, 16.
Prov. 16,8. Hagg.1,9. Opp. to ? m9
much Ecc. 5, 11. Jer. 42,2; 5 Num.
13,18. Also few, Gen. 47, 9 few and evil
have been the days. Josh. 7, 3. 1 Sam.
14, 6. Job 10, 20. al. With the art.
ust, of ὀλίγοι, c. > pref. Num. 26, 54.
33, 54.
fore a genit. 072 022 a little water Gen.
18.4. 24,17. bax uy a litile food 43, 2.
Also put in the gen. after a noun, as
vr. "M72 men of fewness, few men,
Deut. 26, 5; DQ “ID Little help Dan. 11,
34. Joined also with nouns by apposi-
tion, Is. 10, 7 ὩΣ Ὁ ND DA nations not a
fer, 1.6. by litot. many. Neh. 2,12. Eee.
9, 14.

2. Adv. a little, not much, Ps. 8, 6;
of space, 2 Sam. 16,1. Often of time,
for a little, a little while, Job 10, 20. 24,
24. Hagg. 2,6. ἢ ὉΣῸ ‘Tid yel a little
while and, i. 6. soon, shortly, Ex. 17, 4.
Ps. 37, 10. Hos. 1,4. Repeated ὩΣῸ
ὩΣ little by little, Fr. peu ἃ peu, by de-
grees, Ex. 23, 30. Deut. 7, 22.—Spec.
Uys is it little? is it not énough? Gen.
30, 15. Num. 16,13; with 12 of pers.
pao ὈΣῈΠ 15 it little for you? not
enough ? ‘Num. 16, 9. Job 15, 11. Is. 7,
13. al. > of pers. id. Josh. 22, yg But
Ez. 16, 20 ΠΣ Vs was it little
this of thy spibesdoine’ ?

3. Adj. rarely, small, few ; plur. B°w>9
few, Ps. 109, 8. Ecce. 5, 1.

4. With Prefixes: a) 0322 ina lit-
tle, i.e. αν) nearly, almost, little is
wanting, Gen. 26, 10. Ps. 73, 2. 119, 87.
ὦ ὩΡῸΞ litile that, shorély that, for
scarcely, Cant. 3,4. 8) Of time, shortly,
soon, Ps. 81, 15. 94,17; ἐπὴν, sud-
denly, Ps. 2, 12. Job 32, 22. Comp. in
art. > B.3. fin. y) i.q. 299 but inten-
sive, ὅσον ὀλίγον, very little, see art. 5
B. 4. Prov. 10, 20. 1 Chr. 16, 19 a few
men, yea, ὩΦῺΞ very few. Ps. 105, 12;
of space. a very liltle, 2 Sam. 19, 37. In
apposit. Is. 1, 9. 26, 20. Ezra 9, 8.

b) ὉΣῺΡ (pr. ‘according to the few-

ness,’ comp. 72>) i.q. 099, Hagg. 1,9. .

2 Chr. 29, 34.

b). With other nouns, e. g. be-

i

arn adj. fem. ΠΣ Ὁ once Ez. 21, 20,
smooth, bare, and hence polished, sharp,
of a sword, i. g. 07% v. 15.16. R. ose
no. 1.

mov τὴ, (r. MBs) constr. ΠΏΣ, a
vestment, garment, Is. 61, 3.

ΠΡΌΣΩ f. (r. ΠΩΣ) a cloak, manile,
ΓᾺΡ 8. ἢ

Is. 3,22. Arab. ΠΈΡΥΣΙ and Libs» id.

See Schreed. de Vest. mul. Heb. p. 235.

"272 m. (for 722, τ. M32) a heap of
rubbish, ruins, i.q. "9, Is. 17,1. The
prophet here employs an unusual form
in allusion to the preceding "32.

2 (perh. σπλαχγχνιζόμενος, comp.
m2) Maai, pr. n. τη. Neh. 12, 36.

_ 2°92 m. (τ. Ἐ59) an upper garment,
robe, spec. an exterior tunic, fuller and
longer than the common one, but with-
out sleeves; that of. kings’ daughters
was with long sleeves, ΘΒ 5532 2 Sam.
13,18. It was worn by women, 2 Sam.
l. c. by men of birth and rank Job 1, 20.
2,12; by kings and princes 1 Sam. 18, -
4, 24, 5.12: by priests 1 Sam. 15, 27.
28, 14. Ezra 9, 3.5; and especially by
the high-priesi under the ephod, whence
TIEN S5y2 Ex. 28, 31. 39, 22. Comp
Ex. 28, 32 sq. Lev. 8,7. See Braun de
Vest. sacerd. II. Ὁ. 486 sq. Schraeder de
Vest. mulierum Heb. p. 267. Hartmann
Hebraerin III. p. 312 sq.

D°S"2 bowels, see N32.

7292 m. (denom. from 4"¥) constr.
75%, poet. c. Vav parag. 1399 Ps. 114,
8; 6. suff. ‘27> Hos. 13, 15; Plar.
ὈΠῸΣ Ὁ, constr. 92°52 ; also plur. ΓΗ͂Σ Ὁ,
constr. M3752.

1. a place of fountains, watered with
springs, Ps. 84, 7; see more’ under art.
N22.

2. a fountain, i.q. 772, Gen. 7, 11. 8,
2. Ps. 74, 15. 114, 8. Joel 4, 18. 2 Κ. 3,

25. ἃ]. Syr. asso ja .—Metaph. source
of the highest delight, pleasure, bliss,
Ps. 87, 7; comp. Is, 12, 3.
my. 1 Chr. 4, 41 Cheth. i. q.
pq22, see 7132 no. 3, Ὁ.
᾿ 272 to press, to compress. only
Part. pass. 1 Sam. 26, 7 πσϑηΣ Ὁ INIA

2. Sam. 3, 8.

592

“poss $2 his spear was pressed (i. e. fixed,
stuck) into the ground. Hence
spoken of an animal emasculated by

compressing,

5333

bruising the testicles,
Lev. 22, 24; Sept. inte 9 Lspjilvos, Vulg.

— contrilis testiculis.

Puat to be pressed, handled, 6. g. the

} breasts of animmodest woman, Ez. 23, 3.

Deriv. pr. n. 9192, also
M2272 and 322 Josh. 13, 13 (op-

τ' -

; pression) Maachah, pr. n.

1. Of a city and region at the foot of

_ Hermon, not far from Geshur a district

of Syria (see "305 and "7903), 2 Sam.

10, 6. 8. 1 Chr. 19, 6. 7. Josh. 13, 13.

Hence the adjacent portion of Syria is

called 332 DIN Syria of Maachah
1 Chr. 19, 6. (It prob. stretched from
_ Mount Efamaon eastwards on the south

of the plain of Damascus.—R.]—The
gentile noun is "N32 Maachathite, put
also for the people, Deut. 3, 14. Soaks.
12, 5, 13, 11. 2 K. 25, 23.—Comp. ma
M292, also ΓΘ ΓΞ bay.

2. Of several persons, male and fe-
male. a) A man 1 K. 2, 39. 1 Chr. 11,
43. 27, 16; also called ΠΡ q. v. Ὁ)

_ Gen. 22, 24, where the sex is doubtfal.

6) The wife of Rehoboam, 1 K. 15, 2. 10.
13. 2 Chr. 11, 20. In 2 Chr. 13, 2 she
is called 39237. 4) A wile of David,
e) Fem. 1 Chr. 2, 48. f)
Fem. 1 Chr. 7, 15. 16.

+590. fut. P2707 Prov. 16, 10, 9525

ΠΤ ον. 5, 1b.

—— lr

We cover, whence >*D7.

2. Trop. to act covertly, treacherously,
to be faithless, Prov. 16,10. 2 Chr. 26,
18. 29,6. Neh. 1,8; more fully 592 bo
Lev. 5, 15. 2 Chr. 36, 14. Ez. 14, 13.
Spec. a) With 2 of pers. to deal trea-
cherously, faithlessly, with any one, e. g.

_ an adulterous woman against. her hus-
_ band, Num. 5, 12. 27; so too mina >37

to deal treacheroualy with Jehovah, to
sin against him, Deut. 32,51. 2 Chr. 12,
2. 30,7. Neh. 13, 27. ἃ]. Often in the
construction ΓΞ 5392 d3972 1 Chr. 10,
13. 2 Chr. 28,19. Ez. 17,20. δ) With
2 of thing, to take by stealth, to steal any
thing, Josh. 7, 1. 22,20. 1-Chr. 2, 7.—
Comp. under the wink 732. πνκούε μι

_ ing are Arab. ἀκ to whisper, to back-

597

p> ya

vB gi ba
bite, Slee perfidy, fraud; also haw
to steal.
Deriy. 5932 and

I. 532 m. 6. suff. idea, treachery
against God, transgression, til, Job 21,
84, 2 Chr. 29, 19. 33,19. Ezra 9, 2; ‘9
mia Ezra 9, 4. 10,6; minra “x Toshi:
22,22. Also in the formula Ὁ 5372 ὉΣῸ,
see the examples i in τ. 55 no. 2. For
Num. 31, 16 see in "Ὁ.

Il. bn m. (apoc. for ΓΙῸΣ Ὁ r. m>3)
pr. the uppermost, upper part, and then
as Ady. above, over. Found only with
prefixes and affixes.

1. 53132 from above Is. 45, 8. Job 3, 4;
also simply above (comp. 12 3. ἢ), Deut.
5, 8. Am. 2,9. Ps. 78, 23.—With >, Ϊ, 8.
4 2399, ig. > d32 and simpl. >» , above,
upon, on the ifpper part of any aes g,)
as Gen, 22,9 ox>3 d3729 wpon the wood.
Dan. 12, 6 ων sa72b dy upon the
waters of the river. Also near by, Is. 6,
2 the Seraphs stood i> bo, Sept. xv-
κλῳ αὐτοῦ. . Comp. d2 of a multitude
thronging around a chief or prince, Ex.
18, 13. 14, Judg. 3,19; espec. Job 1, 6;
andiese in ἘΦ no. 3. a, b.

2. With 7 loc. nbs upwards ; opp.
ΓΙ. Deut. 28, 43 ΠΣ Ὁ n>32 upwards
upwards, higher and higher. Judg. i,
36. Of space, 1 Sam. 9,2 from his shoul-
der and upwards. 10, 23. 1 K. 7. 3i1.—
Of time, upwards, abous, over; Ex. 30,
14 from. twenty years old and above.
Num. 1, 3. 18, 20. 3, 15. 22. al. Also
onward, forward ; 1 Sam. 16, 13 from
that dai forward. 30, 25. Hage. 2,
15. 18.

3. 72322 a) upwards ; opp. nz2>.
Ex. 25, 20. 37, 9: Ks. 8,131: Ps. 74, 5.
With verbs “23 x2 to lift upwards, on
high, 1 Chr. 14, 2; “10> m>> to ascend
upwards Ece. 3, 21; "Ὁ b53 Lo let grow
upwards, to greatly magnify, 1 Chr. 29,
25. 2 Chr. 1,1. Judg. 7, 13 and over-
threw it (the tent) nbsab upwards, i. e.
by tearing up the tent-pins, etc. Deut.
28,13. ΠΡΣΏΡ byob Ez. 41, 7. Of
time, upwards, above, over, 1Chr. 23, 27,
2 Chr. 31,17. b) With a subst. fol-
lowing, cboue: over; Ezra 9,6 wxn “0d
over our head. With 12, above, over
and above, 1 Chr. 29,3. Also n>32b ἪΡ
even to the highest point, to the utmost,

brn

i.e. exceedingly, 2 Chr. 16, 12. 17, 12.
26, 8.

4. ΠΕΣ ὩΡῸ 6) from upwards, from
above; Gen. 7, 20 fifteen cubits 237257
from above, i.e. measured from the sur-
face of the waters downwards to the
tops of the mountains. 6, 16. Josh. 3, 13.
16. So m>x250 "5 53 Ἴ3 to place upon
any thing from above, q. d. above upon
any thing, Ex. 25, 21. 26, 14. 40, 19;
comp. 1 K, 7, 25. Ez. 1, 26. 10,19. Ὁ)
above, on high, i. q. 53, Jer. 31, 37.

59° for 9 ἸΏ, see in bd C, 2.

ὩΣ Ὼ Chald. τη. (τ. 559 to go in) the
going down of the sun, plur. constr. ">372
Dan. 9, 15.

2978 m. (apoc. for ΠΣ, n>32, r.
n>) a lifting up of the hands, Neh. 8,6.

; ΠΡ m. (r. M53) οοπξιν. M337, sing.
c. suff. "532, Heb. Gr. § 91. 9.n; comp.
in ANT.

1. ascent, place of ascent; Neh. 12, 37
mind “7 the ascent to the wall: With
suff, ὙΌΣ Ὁ sing. Ez. 40, 31 the ascent of
(to) it ‘had eight steps. v. 34. 37.

2. Spoken of any elevated place: a)
a platform, suggestus, for speaking, Neh.
9,4. Ὁ) an ascent, acclivity, cliff, Josh.
10, 10. Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48,5. 1 Sam. 9, 11

ἜΣ 2. Hence the pr. names of ac-
clivities or hills:
a) pwns msn the ascent or mount

of Olives 2 Sam. 15, 30.

8) ὈΠΘῚΝ "Ὁ the hill of Adummim (the
red), on the confines of Judah and Ben-
jamin, Josh. 15,.7. 18, 17.

y) ὙΠ 2 the cliff ‘of Ziz (blossoms),
prob. the difficult pass of En-gedi, 2 Chr.
90. 16; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p.
208, 215. Also 2 Chr. 32, 33. 2 K. 9, 27.

5) p'a py “2 (cliff of scorpions) Maa-
leh- akrabbim, south of the Dead Sea,
Num. 34,4. Josh. 15, 3. Judg. 1, 36; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 501, 611.

e) oon “Ὁ (cliff of the sun) Judg.
8, 13.

myn f. (r. mdz) plur. ΤΙΣ 1. a
going up, ascent, to a higher region,
6. g. from Babylon, Ezra 7, 9.—Metaph.
Ez. 11, 5 pamn mids the risings of
your mind, i. e. the ‘things. thoughts,
(hat. arise in your mind; comp. the
phrase 39 53 >> Ez. 38, 10.

598

370

2. a step, stair, by which one ascends; —
plur. 1 K. 10, 19 nibva Wy six steps.
Ex. 20, 26. Neh. 3, 15. Ez. 40, 26. al—
Trop. plar. put for the degrees: of a dial,
2 K. 20, 9-11. Is. 38, 8; hence τοῦς: Ὁ
mn the degrees of Ahaz, for the dial of
Ahaz, sc. as divided into degrees, 2 K.
20, 11. Is. l.c. Others here understand
the steps of a staircase, but less well:
so Sept. Syr. and Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 1.

3. Any elevated place, as an upper
chamber, i. q. 729, Am. 9,6. Also in
the difficult passages 1 Chr. 17, 17 and
hast regarded me 1232 DIN WMD in
the manner of men on high, i. e. in hea-
ven, from heaven; comp. the parall. 2
Sam. 7,19 DING Mim MNXt and this is
the manner of men, not of God.

4. The phrase mi>32 7°, found in
the inscription of fifteen Psalms (120-
134), is of doubtful meaning. The inter-
pretations proposed may be arranged un-
der three classes. a) ὦ song of degrees —
or steps, Sept. dai τῶν ἀναβαϑμῶν, Vulg.
carmina graduum; referred by later
Hebrew intpp. to the place where they
were supposed to be sung, viz. the steps
leading up from the outer to the in.er
court of the temple. b) Others with
better reason refer this name to the a7-
gument of these Psalms, viz. a song of the
ascents (comp. no.+1), Theod. ἄσμα τῶν
ἀναβασέων, Symm. Aqu. ὠδὴ εἰς τὰς ἀνα-
βάσεις. These ascents or ascendings are
explained ina twofoldmanner: «) As
referring to the re/urn from the Babylo-
nish exile under Zerubbabel and Ezra;
comp. Ezra 7,9 inno. 1. SoSyr. This —
can mean only that these Psalms were
composed at or about the time of the
return, for the contents have no allusion —
to the return itself. #) As referring to
the annual journeys of the Israelites up
to Jerusalem (q. ἃ. pilgrim songs), in
respect to which M59 is used Ex, 34, 24.
1 K. 12, 27. 28. Ps. 122,4; and to which
Ps. 122 evidently refers. So Herder,
Eichhorn, and others. The contents of
Ps. 124-128 suit well to these journey-
ings as undertaken after the exile; but
some of the rest, as Ps. 120, 132, 184, do
not favour this hypothesis. ὁ) Others —
again suppose them to be so callea
because of a certain number or rhythm
which they exhibit. Thus Saadias

Op

Gaon, Aben Ezra, and other Jewish
intpp. regard them as having been sung
with an elevated voice. But more prob.
the name refers to that peculiar rhythm
obvious in some of them, by which the
sense advances by degrees or steps,
some words of a preceding clause being
repeated at the beginning of the suc-
ceeding one with additions and ampli-
fication, so that the sense as it were
ascends. EK. g. Ps. 121.1 J will lift up
mine eyes unto the hills from whence
cometh My HELP. 2. My neLp cometh
from the Lord....3. He will not suffer
thy foot to be moved ; THY KEEPER WILL
NOT SLUMBER. 4. Lo, NOT SLUMBER nor
sleep will THE KEEPER of Israel. 5. Je-
hovah is THY KEEPER. Ps. 122, 2 our
feet shall stand within thy gates, O Jn-
RUSALEM! 3. Ο JerusaLem! builded...
4. Whither the tribes go up, etc. See
also Ps. 123, 3.4. 124, 1-5. 126, 2.3. 129,
1.2. 130,5-8. 131, 2. 133, 2.3. To the
same class belongs the song of Debo-
rah, Judg. 5, 3. 5. 6. 9. 12. 19. 20. 21. 23.

24. 27. 30°; comp. Is. 26, 5.6. Similar

in character was the κλίμαξ or gradatio
of the Greek and Roman rhetoricians,
except that this was more artificial.
That some of these Psalms do not exhibit
this structure (e. g. Ps. 120), however
it may invalidate the position, does not
overthrow it; these fifteen Psalms ap-
pear to have formed a particular collec-
tion, and may have been so named from
the peculiarity obvious in most of them.

27292 i. ᾳ. dd20, Zech. 1, 4 Cheth.

92970 τη. (Ὁ. 52) only in plur. ΘΟ,
constr. "2532, c. suff. 772>272, ἀφοῦ το;
works, deeds. @. g. of God | facinora ‘Del,
Ps. 77, 12. 78,7; of men Prov. 20, 11.
Hos. 12, 3, and in a bad sense Zech. 1, 6.
Jer. 7,5. 11,18. 21,14. 93522 395,
‘2 272°, to make one’s deeds good or
evil, to do well or ill, Jer. 35,15. Mic. 3, 4.

‘WAY m. (τ. 1723) station, post, 1 K.
10, 5. Is. 22, 19. 1 Chr. 23, 28. 2 Chr.
9, 4.

“TAS m. (Ὁ. 123) a standing-place,
foundation, Ps. 69, 3. Sept. ὑπόστασις.

ΓΟῺΣ Ὁ f. (τ. 0S) burden ; Zech. 12,
3 [will make Jerusalem 131 502372 438
a stone of burden to all nations. This

599

1)

is finely illustrated by Jerome ad h. I»
“Mos est in urbibus Palestine, et usque
hodie per omnem Judzeam vetus consue-
tudo servatur, ut in viculis. oppidis et
castellis rotundi ponantur lapides gra- -
vissimi ponderis, ad quos juvenes exer-
cere se soleant, et eos pro varietate
virium sublevare, alii ad genua, alii
usque ad umbilicum, alii ad humeros et
caput, nonnulli super verticem, rectis
junctisque manibus, magnitudinem viri-
um demonstrantes pondus extollant.”

ὈΡῺΣ Ὁ τὰ. plur.(r. Pas) deeps, depths,
Is. 51,10. Ps. 69, 3.15. 130, 1. Ez. 27, 34.
pn (for M232 no. 2, r. 33 I. 4) pr.
subst. ‘counsel, purpose ;’ found only

with pref. >, i.e. 739, c. suff. 1239,
ΤΟΣ ῸΘ, p22305, and every where as a

| particle.

A) Prep. propter, on account of, be-
cause of. for the sake of, e. g.*

1. Of the motive or moving cause, Ps.
48, 12 let mount Zion rejoice... 4372?
ΠΟΘ Ὡ because of thy judgments. 97, 8.
122,8. So God is often said to have
ἄδιϊο something i739 Th 73702 because
of ( for the sake of ) David his servant,
i. e. because of his memory and the pro-
mises made to him, Is. 37, 35. Ps. 132,

10. 2 K. 8,19. 19, 34; t90n 330 for

his mercy’s sake, i. e. because of or ac-
cording to his known mercy, Ps. 6, 5.

25, 7. 44, 27.. (See in the same sense
WIOND Ps, 25, 7. 51, 3. 109, 26.) 1585
i720 for his nismes sake, according to his
name or character, i. e. what this au-
thorizes us to expect (which, as Winer
observes, is always goodness, mercy),
Ps. 23, 3. 25, 11. 31, 4. This meaning
of the phrase is apparent from the foll.-
passages: Ps. 109, 21 5303 "AN ΠῺΣ
FIOM ΞῚ2 "D> FAG do thou with me ac-

-cording to thy name, For great is thy

goodness. 143, 11 NA Ὁ i329
a) AMP ΧΞ for thy name's "sake, Jeho-
vah, preserve me, according to thy right-
eousness or goodness: etc. Another use
of this phrase see in no. 2.—ip73% 12 29
(Jehovah) for the sake of, according to,
his righteousness, Is. 42, 21.

2. Of the purpose, object, end, at which
one aims, on account of, for the sake of ,
6. g. 022322 for your sake, for your be-
nefit and advantage, Is. 43, 14 comp.

/

7

, 45, 4. 63, 17; "33> for my own sake,
“i.e. in order to vindicate my name, Is.
43,25. 48,11. In this sense we find the
fuller "οι: (72722); — "708 4272?
“nan for my name’s sake—and for my
glory’s sake Is. 48,9; comp. 7720 937>
Ps. 79, 9, which is immediately Lt ia
ed: Haw Tina 723 53 for the glory of
thy name, and 106, 8 ΣΤΡ aw js
inss3-MX for his name’s sake, that he
might show his power. A different sense
of this phrase occurs 1 K. 8, 41: the
stranger who cometh ποῦν a distant land
τὴ ὦ joo for thy name’s sake, i. 6. to
behold thy glory.—In the Psalms, God
is often said or besought to do something
because of his enemies Ps. 8, 3, or because
of the psalmist’s enemies Ps. 5,9. 27, 11.
69, 19, i. 6. in order that these may be
put to shame, q. d. 12" 432>.—With
an infin. in order that, Am. 2, ἢν Jer.
7, 10. 44, 8. Deut. 29, 18. al. a some
passages interpreters have preferred to
understand ἸΣὯ9 of the event or result.
and render it so ¢hat, i. 6. with such and
such a result ; which however is to de-
stroy the force of language. The idea
of purpose or aim is every where to be
retained, 6. g. Amos |. c. a man and his
Sather goin unto the same maid (harlot)
"WIP Cw-rN Sb 42%> in order to pro-
Sane my holy name, i. e. with such wan-
tonness and atrocity of iniquity do they
purposely provoke the divine punish-
ment; or, to use a Heb. proverb, with
such nerds of sin do they draw down
punishment, Is. 5, 18; comp. below in
B. [Yet the feeanent and undeniable
ecbatic use of ἵνα and ὅπως in the N. T.
not improbably arose from their sup-
posed correspondence to Heb. j372> etc.
for which they are put in the Sept. To
assert for 4372? in all cases a telic power
is equally to destroy the force of lan-
guage; e.g. Am. I.c. Jer. 44, 8, etc.—
R.

B) Conj. Wx 422> Gen. 18, 19. Lev.
17, 5. Num. 17, 5. Deut. 20, 18. 27, du»
Josh. 3,4. 2 Sam. 13, 5. al. also simply
322°, to the end that, in order that, with
a fut. Gen. 27, 25. Ex. 4, 5. Is. 44, 20. al.
sep. and so in all the μάμφμφι bid 32?
N> that not, lest, with fut. Ps. 125, 3.—

' We subjoin here some examples as to

which interpreters have hesitated ;

600

2773

Gen. 18, 19 hz" ahs 3222 WNIT 8D
for I have chosen him (Abraham, i in or-
der) that he may command, etc. see 573
no. 1. b, Is. 66, 10. 11 rejoice ye with Je-
rusalem.... ΩΣ ΞῺΝ ἼΡ2 ΣΡ that ye
may suck, etc. i. 6. declare your joyful
sympathy with Jerusalem, in order that
ye may partake of her rejoicing and
abundance. Hos. 8, 4 they have made
them idols ™ >" 43722 that they may be
cut off, i.e. they rush headlong as it
were to their own destruction. Ps. 30,
12 thou hast turned my mourning into
dancing ...13 to the end that my heart
may extol thee, sc. God. Is. 28, 13. 36,
12. 44, 9. Jer. 27. 15, where some under-
stand <P of the event; see at the close
of A.2. above. So slag τελικῶς, Ps. 51,6
against thee only have I sinned.. sqeed
771273 ΓΊΧΩ that thou mightest be just
an thy sentence, i. e. to this end have I
been left to sin, that thy justice might
be manifest. .

3272 m. (Ὁ. ΠΡ I. 3) constr. M3372.

1. an answer, response, Prov. 15, 1.
23. Hence a) answer of prayer, i. e.
the hearing and granting of prayer,
Prov. 16,1. b) reply, refutation, Job
32, 3. 5.

2. counsel, purpose, whence apoc. j22,
Prov. 16, 4. Comp. Arab. intendit.
See r. noe I. 4. s*

M2972 f. (τ. 433 IL) a furrow; 1 Sam.
14, 14 there fell....about twenty men
mio We M23 suns in about half the
furrow of a “yoke of land, i. e. a furrow
drawn through the length of a yoke of
land.—Plur. Ps. 129, 3 Cheth.

ΓΦ f. id. Ps. 129, 3 Keri.

M292 f. dwelling, see mis.
“V2 obsol. root, i. q. ann, to be
angry, whence

722 (anger) Maaz, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr.
2,27. Comp. y32"n8.

MALIA f. (τ. 382) pain, sorrow, Is.
50, 11.

ΧΦ Ὁ τη. (τ. 389) an ave, adz, Is. 44
-@ ι
12. Jer.10, 3. Arab. Quads id

“E92 m. (τ) restraint, hindrance.
1 Sam. 14. 6.

2...

ΧΦ m. (r. ἼΣ5) restraint, i. e. power

of ποῖοι Prov. 25, 28.

222 τὰ. (τ. ΠΡ) a ledge, parapet,
around the flat roof of an oriental
house to prevent persons from falling
off, Deut. 22, 8.

D wp. τὰ. plur. (τ. Bpy) crooked
ways or places, opp. Vi, Is. 42, 16.

72 τα. (for ΠΣ, τ. ΠΣ) 1. naked-
“ness, pudenda, i. q. ΓΛ, Nah. 3, 5.

2. naked space, δ δι room. 1K. 7,
36 ΘΝ "33 according to the room of
each border.

T. 39972 m. (τ. 323 1) a mercantile
word, found only in Ez. c. 27 in several
senses: a) Pr. barter, and so trade,
traffic, v. 9. 27. Ὄ) Place of barter,
market, mart, v.12.13.17.19. ο) gain,
acealth, acquired by traffic, i. q. "M0 and
jiniz no. 2; or perh. precious wares ; v.
27. 34. Plur. v. 33.

I], 352 m. (τ. 222 II) the occident,
the west, place where the sun goes
down, Ps. 75, 7. 103, 12. 107, 3. Is. 43,

δ. α]. With ΤΠ loc. ΠΙΞῸΣ Ὦ westward 1
Chr. 26, 30; with >, on the west of, 3
Chr. 32, 30. 33, 14.

«HDI f. ig. a322 II, the occident,
the west, Is. 45,6. R. 379 IL.

7122 τη. (r. M23) a naked place, i. e.
a field or plain του trees and sal

ings, Judg. 20, 38. Comp. Arab. ἫΝ

the environs of a city, pr. a naked tract
around it.

727 f. (r. “39 IIL) constr. ΤΡ Ὁ

| ens 23, 9, plur. MIND, a cave, cavern,
Gen. 19, 30. 1 Sam. 24 4. 8. 9. 1 Chr.

“11, 15. Is. 32, 14. al. Arab. ὑιά.--τὸ

Josh. 13. 4 some take it as a pr. name,
Vulg. Maara, Engl. Mearah.

mM ἢ plur. 1 Sam. 17, 23 Cheth.
prob. an error for the Kefi nis 22,
which is expressed by all the ancient
interpreters.

JIL2 m. (τ. FI) arrangement, dis-
position. Prov.16, 1 =>-"2"372 disposings
of the mind, counsels.

MI ἢ (τ. 5) 1. arrangement,
_ disposition, order, 6. g. 3797271 ΤΥ the
hee?

601.

ὩΣ

lamps set in order sc. upon the sacred
candelabra, Ex. 39, 37.
2. Spec. a heap, pile, of wood arranged

on an altar Judg. 6,26; comp. the verb»

Gen. 22, 9.

3. array, i.e. an army in battle-array,
host, 1 Sam. 4, 2. 12. 16. 17, 22. 48,
1 Chr. 12, 38.

m219 f(r. 123) plur. niswwa,
constr. min 2.

1. a row, pile, arranged in order, as of
the shew-bread or loaves set out in rows
before Jehovah in the temple, Lev. 24, 6
bis. Hence 23229 8m> in the later
books, the shew-bread, pr. ‘the bread of
arrangement’ Neh. 10, 34. 1 Chr. 9, 32.
23, 29, i.g. ΘΒ ἘΠῚ in the earlier;
also πο ond 2 Chr. 2,3. So too
pnd maw 13,11. maqyan ymbW the
table of the shew-bread, on which the
loaves were arranged, 2 Chr. 29, 18.

2. Plur. ranks ofa an army, array, army
in battle-array, host, 1 Sam. 17, 8. 10.
23, 26. 36. 45.

ΩΣ m. plur. (τ. O19 1) naked-
ness, for concr. the naked, 2 Chr. 28, 15.

MITA { (Ὁ. p21) terror, sudden vio-
lence, Is. 10, 33.

MA (i. gq. ΠΡ, τ. 49) Maarath,
pr. n. of a place in the mountains of Ju-
dah, Josh. 15, 59.

non τη. (τ. Mw>) constr. mvs, ὁ.
suff. ΠΏΣ ; “Plur. ὈΠῸΣ Ὁ Gen. 20, 9,
c. suff. “ino Kee. 2, 4. 11, which same
form is also sing. Ps. 45, 2 (comp. in
mxva, and Heb. Gr. § 91, 9.n); Awd
plur. Ps, 92, 6, also sing. Ex. 23, 12. Ps.
66, 3; ‘wa plur. Ps. 103, 22, sing.
1 ae 19,4; 3 ΦΣ plur. alee sing.
Gen. 47, 3.

1. work, i.e. labour, business, occwpa-
tion, pr. noun of action of the verb Mw>,
Gen, 47,3 na ὩΣ ΘΠ ΓΙ what is your oc-
cupation ? 1 Chr. 23, 28 maby non
ΤΟΝ ma the Lidar (doing) of the
temple-service. Ex. 5,4 why do ye call
off the people "ὩΣ Δ ‘from their labour?
Ez. 46, 1 ΓΙΌΣ ΘΓ =" the days of labour,
as opp. to the sabbath.—Hence spoken
of any general mode of acting, conduct,
almost i. ᾳ. 923; Ex. 23, 24 nigsn xb
ἘΠ ὩΣ Ὧ3 thou shalt not do according to
their works, i.e. thou shalt not do as.

wn

they do, sc. the gentiles. 18,20. Lev. 18,
3. Mic. 6,16. Ecc. 4,3 who hath not seen
Been mom Hes) "Ws son nepencrs
the evil work, conduct, wickedness, that
ts done under the sun. Absol. of evil
works, wicked conduct, Job 33, 17.

2. a work, i. 6. a deed, act, something
done,e.g. a) Of God, Judg. 2,10. Ps.
86, 8. b) Of men, deed, action, chiefly
in a bad sense ; Gen. 44, 15 Nepean ma
envy ἘΝ mn what deed is this that
ye have done? Plur. Gen. 20,9. 1 Sam.
8, 8. 2 K. 23,19. Ecc. 1,14. Absol. of
an evil deed, 1 Sam. 20, 19 mesa Disa in
the day of that deed, sc. when Saul was
on the point of killing David; others,
working day, opp. to a festival day. .

3. a work, i. e. something made, creat-
ed. a) Of God, "3" "wz2 the works
of his hands, (fingers Ps. 8, 4,) which he
created, e. g. heaven, earth, all living
things, Ps. 8, 7. 19, 2. 103, 22. In sing.
min ΓΙῸΣ Ὦ the work of Jehovah, spec. of
the judgments of God upon the wicked,
Is. 5, 19. 10, 12. 28, 21. Ps. 64, 10; also
“3.975 mp id. Is. 5,12. 29, 23. Ps, 28,
5. Comp. bye. b) Of men, "33 ΓΙΌΣ
DIN the work of men’s hands, often said
of idols, Deut. 4, 28. Ps. 115, 4. 135, 15.
Spec. of works of art, as ΞΘ ΤΊ nese da-
mask-work Ex. 26, 1. 31; 328 Mv>2 wo-
ven-work 28,32; muy ΓΙῸΣ Ὦ net-awork 27,
4. Inverted, 2 Chr. 16, 14 nine τ 153
with spicery-scork, Once of the work of a
poet, ποίημα, Ps. 45, 2.—Metaph. of the
Sruit, effect, of any ἐνόν, Is. 32,17 ΠΕΣ
bipt) ΠΡῸΣ the work (fruit) of righteous-
ness is peace. Hab. 3, 17.—Difficult is
Job 37, 7 snivoa οὐ τὸ rp3> that all
men of his (God’s) work may know him,
i.e. that all men as his creatures may
know him. But it is better with Reiske
and A. Schultens to divide the words
differently: anw> owex-b> rtd that
all men may know their Maker.

4. work, i. e. the fruit of one’s labour,
goods, effects, property, i. q. 2822 no. 3.
Is. 26, 12 s2%wy2-5> all our goods. Jer.
48,7. Spec. of fruits, produce, Ex. 23,
16; of cattle 1 Sam. 25, 2.

ΟΦ (contr. for mvs work of Je-
hovah). Maasai, pr. π. m. 1 Chr. 9, 12.

ΓΙΌΣ Ὦ and Weyy" (work of Jeho-
vah) Maaseiah, pr. n. of several men,

602

rj

Jer. 21, 1 (comp. 37, 3). 29, 21. 365, 4.
1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 2 Chr. 23,1.“

“22 τὰ. (denom. from “wy ten)
constr. “272 Num. 18, 24, also "ia

Lev. 27, 30. 32, c. suff. M22; plur.
mines. Neh. 12, 44, c. suff. Dosminwy2
Num. 18, 28; a tenth part, tithe, of fruits
and produce, of flocks and herds, to be
paid to the Levites, ete. see Ley. 27,

30-33. Num. 18, 21. 24. Neh. 13, 5. 12;

also Num. 18, 26 sq. Neh. 10, 38. al.
Genr. Gen. 14, 20. 28, 22. sepen nw
the tithe of the tithes Neh. 10, 39. Also
ἜΞΕΣΤΙ ΓῺ the tithe-year, every third
year, in which the tithes were to be
applied in giving enteriainments at
home, Deut. 26, 12; comp. 14, 22-28.

mipwy'a Γ plur. (τ. PED) oppressions,

exactions, Prov. 28, 16.

51 Moph Hos. 9,6 and #2 Noph Is.
19, 13. Jer. 2, 16. Ez. 30, 13. 16, pr. n.
Memphis, a very ancient and splendid
city of Egypt, the royal seat of four
dynasties, and from the time of Psam-
metichus the metropolis of all Egypt;
surrounded with lofty mounds to guard
against the inundations of the Nile and
also against hostile assaults; and em-
bellished with splendid edifices, among
which was a celebrated temple of Vulcan
or Phiah enlarged and decorated by
many kings, Hdot. 2. 99, 136, 153. Diod.
Sic. 1. 50, 51, 67. Not ‘far distant are
the pyramids: and the long ranges of
tombs stretching far to the south of these
were doubtless once the necropolis of the
ancient city, which lay between them
and the Nile. After the founding of
Alexandria, Memphis fell into decay,
and in Strabo’s time was partly in ruins,
XVII. p. 807. In the thirteenth cen-
tury there were still here extensive and
splendid remains; see Abdallatif p. 184
ed. De Sacy. At present“the site is
marked by large mounds and a few
slight architectural remains. It bears
the name of the nearest village, Mitra-

heny, fully xis, ἄλλο Minyet Rahi-

neh. See Jomard in Deser. de ’Egypte ἢ

V. 1 sq. 531 sq. Champollion PEgypte
sous les Pharaons I. 336 sq. Comp.

Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 40, 41.—The |

ancient hieroglyphic name is read Ma-

ἱ

a5
' m-Paran, the place of Phiah or Vulcan;
3 — ‘later ILanorgq Panour, the tem-

_ ple of the good god. From the ancient
rm Ma-m-phiah came the Coptic

lows, Uleasgs, Gr. miugus, Arab.
τς ὅλο Menf, and prob. Heb. 52; while
from Panouf came Heb. 52. The true
signif. of the name was known to Plu-
‘tarch, de Isid. et Osir. p. 369: "τὴν μὲν
πόλιν Μέμφιν οἵ μὲν ὅρμον ἀγαϑῦν
eg ot δὲ ὡς τάφον ᾿Οσΐριδος,
i. 6. both these interpretations arose out
, of the proper signif: the place of the good
ΠΗ i. 6. Osiris, or place (sepulchre) of
the good. Comp. Lepsius Lettre a Ro-
sellini p. 52. See Thesaur. p. 812.

gap, pr. n. see in ὈΠΊΣΩ.

+

?

a=) m. (τ. 338) attack, assault ;
| object of assault, mark, Job 7, 20.

IB τη. (τ. MB2) constr. Job 11, 20
2 mp2, a breathing out, expiration
of the soul, i.e. death. Comp. 052 mp3
Je

er. 15, 9. Job 31, 39.
TI m. (Ὁ. M22) the bellows of a forge,
“Jer. 6,29. Arab. ἐδ id.

MUI and MYA (contr. for
nts ἨΝΒῸ extermination of idols’ acc.
“to ‘Simonis, τ. mxp,) Mephibosheth, pr. n.
τῆ. a) 2Sam.21,8. Ὁ) 2Sam.4,4. 9,6.

A) see in ΞΡ,

V2} τὰ. (pr. part. Hiph. τ. 738) a
mallet, maul, war-club, Prov. 25, 18.
Comp. 73%.

2B m.(r.>53) 1. a falling, i.e. that
which falls off or away, refuse. Am.
8.6 “2 5B the refuse of the grain, chaff,
straw.
2. Any thing pendulous, a flap; Job
ἯΣ 15 inwa "38 the pendulous parts of
esh, i. 6. on the belly of the croco-
Maid the flabby parts, flaps——So the
Latin poets employ cadere of any thing
pendulous, see Gronov. ad Stat. Silv. 38.
_ Bil. Ital. Pun. 13. 333.

mena f. (τ. 822) once plur. constr.

ΡΞ lc es ΝΣ

nixdes, miracles, wondrous works, Job |

37, 16, 1. ᾳ. MINdD2. The poet prob. chose
this unusual form because of the like
gounding "W>»2 in the other clause.

603

wen
ma>p f. (r. 128) a division, class,

2 Chr. 35, 12.

M2812 £ Is. 17,1, and M289 Is. 23, 13.
25, 2 (ὦ. 883) fallen buildings, ruins.
Syr. |ANvast id.

DPD m. (τ. ude) escape, Ps. 55, 9.

ὨΣΘΘΩ f(r. y2®) pr. ¢error ; then

an idol, as inspiring terror, 1 K. 15, 13.

2 Chr. 15, 16.

enn m. (τ. ΒΒ i. ᾳ. DDB) a pois-
ing, balancing of the clouds, Job 37, 16.

nena f. (r. 589) c. suff. in>en.

1. fall, Ῥείη, of a man Prov. 29,163 of
a kingdom, Ez. 26, 15. 18. 27, 27. 31, 16.

2. a ruin, spoken'of a fallen tree, Ez.
31, 13.

3. a carcass, as cadaver from cadere,
πτῶμα from πέπτω, Judg. 14, 8.

2950 m. Prov. 8, 22, and mappa δ
Ps. 46, 9. 66,5, work, sc. of God. Β. 5:8.

MDH" see MID".

ΤῺ τὰ. (r. γ83) a smiting in pieces ;
Ez. 9,2 7572 "52 i. 6. a deadly weapon,
i. q. mone Ἀν. 1. Comp. v. 5. 6.

72 m. (τ. 7B2) a mallet, maul, war-
club, Jer. 51,20. Comp. 7752.

“ΡΞ τὴ. (τ. Ἴ3) 1. a review, num-
bering, census of a people, 2 Sam. 24, 9.

~ 1 Chr. 21, 5.

2. an appointment, mandate, 2 Chr.
31, 13.

3. an appointed place, Ez. 43, 21.

4. Miphkad, pr. n. of a gate of Jeru-
salem, Neh. 3, 31.

7229 τὰ. (r. 728) haven, harbour, pr.
a rent, re in the coast, Judg. 5, 17,

—Arab. Sete ἔξ tatet from a river where

water is drawn up, also an anchorage
for ships.

Mp2 f. (τ. PI) the neck, pr. the
joints or vertebre of the neck, 1 Sam.
4,18. Chald. m=psp, Xp, ‘a. Syr.
{2.042 vertebra.

a) >) ) τη. (τ. B98) a spreading out
expansion. Job 36, 29. Ez. 27, 7.

myWS f. (τ. Sep) a step, stride,
meton. for the upper part of the legs or
the buttocks 1 Chr. 19,4; by euphemism
for Mind in the parall. 2 Sam. 10, 4.

| na
monsia see mpi.

ΠΏΣ m. (τ. mee) a key, pr. the
opener, Judg. 3, 25. Is. 22, 22. 1 Chr.

9,27. Arab. cee id.

| ΠΏΒὩ τη. (τ. MB) an opening ; Prov.
8, 6 the opening of my lips, what my lips
utter.

JD τὰ. (τ. 128) the sill, threshold,
1 Sam. 5, 4. 5. Ez. 9, 3. 10, 4. 18. al.

ΤῺ see Υ2.

ἘΝ, 1 pers. "AXX2, also "Mx
Num. 11, 11; fut. 840", imp. 882, inf.
constr. N¥2, c. suff. "N¥2, but poyitis
(for nous) Gen. 32, 20 ; part. xia,
once 83/2 like verbs ΤΡ Bec. 7, 26, fom.
ΓΝ, ΤΑΣ 2 Sam. 18, 22. Cant. 8,10.

ἢ: to come to, i. 6. to atlain to, to ar-
rive at, to reach any thing, c. 79 Job 11,
7. Chald. and Syr. δ, (se, Eth.
PAA, id. Arab. to go away,
kindr. once to go.—Hence to acquire,
to get, to receive; with ace. of thing,
Gen. 26, 12 Isaac in this year received
a χεβια νὰ measures, i. 6. he harvested
a hundred-fold. 2 Sam. 20,6 1> xx 18
minga Onn lest he get possession of ‘for-
tified cities.

2. lo find, to find out, a person or
thing, Sept. εὑρίσκω, and this is the most
freq. usage of the word; pr. to come
upon, to fallin with. So of persons Gen.
38, 20. 23. Num. 35,-27. Deut. 22, 27.
1 Sam. 10, 2. ἃ]. Of things Gen. 36, 24.
2 K. 23, 24; espec. things lost Lev. 5,
22. 23. 1 Sam. 9, 4; either with search
Gen. 31, 33 sq. Ex. 15, 22. 16, 27. al.-or
without Gen. 11, 2. 26, 32. Deut. 24, 1.
al. 1 K. 13, 14 and found him sitting
under an oak. 2 K. 19, 8.—Hence in
various senses:

a) to find, i. q. to attain unto, to get, to
gain. comp. in no. 1; so in a good sense,
(like Lat. ‘invenire laudem, cognomen,’)
e.g. to find good, happiness, Prov. 8, 35.
18. 22; wisdom 3, 13. 8, 9; favour, see
ja iM no. 1; wealth Hos. 12,9; a vision
from God Lam. 2, 9, comp. Ez. 3,1; the
grave 1. 6. death Job 3, 22; rest Jer. 6,
16. 45.3. Lam. 1, 3. (But in Ruth 1, 9
lo find rest is said of a woman in respect
to marriage, i.gq. ΒΡ xx Cant 8, 10.)

604

RYO

Job 33, 24 “BS "max. 7 have found a
ransom, λύτρον, comp. Od. 19. 403 ϑανά-
του λύσιν εὑροίμην, also Heb. 19, 12.
Absol. 2 Sam. 18, 22 ΝΣ Ὁ H3ba iN no
tidings finding sc. favour, i.e. no grate-
ful message, none which will bring re-
ward to the bearer. Also ina bad sense,
(like Gr. εὑρίσκειν κακόν Od. 21. 304. ib.
24. 462,) 6. g. to find evil, trouble, sor-
row, i. e. to fall into adversity, calamity,
Ps. 116, 3. Prov. 6, 33. Hos. 12, 9.

b) to find out sc. by thinking, men-
tally, 6. g. an answer Job 32, 3. Neh. ©
5, 8. Ecc. 3,11. 8,17. (See Kee. 1]. ec.
in D349 B.) So to find out a riddle, to
solve it, Judg. 14, 12.

6) The phrase 537 ΠΝ Ὁ "75 my hand
Jindeth any thing, is found in a threefold
sense: ἃ) to get for oneself, to acquire,
i. q. to possess any thing. Lev. 25, 28
1) anwiT 17 itt HN Nb Ἐδ fhe cannot
get enough to restore it to him. 12, 8,
comp. 25, 26. Job 31, 25; 6. > Is. 10, 14
and my hand hath found (possessed), as —
a nest, ὈΠὩΣΤΙ 5M) the riches of the na- —
tions. β) Spoken of what happens in- ὦ
cidentally, what comes to hand; e. ἫΝ ᾿
1 Sam. 10, 7 τὸ 83M ΣΝ πὸ ney
do what thy hand shall Jind, i. e. act as
occasion shall serve. 25, 8. Judg. 9, 33,
Similar 1s Eee. 9, 10 whatavever thy hand
Jindeth to do, do.it with thy might, i. e.
whatever is incumbent upon thee. y)
Of enemies, to find out, to get into one’s
power; 1 Sam. 23, 17 the hand of Saul
shall not find thee out, i.e. shall not get —
thee into his power. With > of pers. —
Ps. 21, 9. Is. 10, 10.

d) to find or discover a fault or wrong —
of which one is accused; 6. 3 of pers. —
1 Sam. 29, 3 ΓΙ ΗΝ ia ὭΝΧΌ Nd 7 find
in him nathinige no fault, Ps. 17, 3; more ©
fully Job 19, 28, comp. Luke 6,7. Dif- ©
ferent is 2 K. 9,35 M3 ΝΣ 2 ND they found ;
nothing of her but the skull, etc. here 3
is partitive, comp. Job 20, 20.

6) to find God, i. 6. to find him propi-
tious, ready to hear and answer prayer,
Deut. 4, 29. Here belongs Ps. 32, 6
one shall pray unto thee 882 Dz> in ἃ
time of finding thee, i. e. a time when
thou art propitious; see Niph.

f) inb-my_xx to find one’s heart. to
take heart, to take courage, 2 Sam. 7,
27; comp. Ps. 76. 6.

ΟΝ ΧΩ

5) As in Engl. to try to find, to seek ;
1 Sam. 20, 21 ὈΠΣΠΠΤΩΝ RxD 72 go,
find (seek) the arrows. v.36. Job 33,
_ 10. Ecc. 7,27. So of pleasure, to find

out, to seek after, Is. 58, 3. 13.

3. to come upon any one, to befall, to
happen to, with acc. of pers. (comp, 812
6. ace. no. 2. d.) Ex. 18, 8 all the travail
FI OMNI WR that had come upon
(befallen) them in the way. Gen. 44, 34.
Num. 20, 14. 32, 23. Josh. 2, 23. Judg. 6,
13. Ps. 116, 3. 119, 143. Comp. εὑρίσκω
τινά Tob. 12, 7.

4. to suffice for any thing, c. dat. Num.
11, 22. Judg. 21, 14. Comp. Engl. to
reach, Germ. hinreichen, hinlangen, hin-
langlich seyn, Gr. ixvovpevos, ἱκανός sufli-
cient, from ἵχνέομαι.

_ Nira. 8292, 2 pers. ὈΝΧῺΣ; fut. 837";

part. 8293, plur. ΘΝ 2.1 Sam. 13, 15,
in pause D°NZ22 Ezra 8, 25.

1, Pr. a) Pass. of Hiph. or i.g. Kal
no. 1, to come to any one, to be brought.
Jer. 15, 16 47937 ἸΝΧῸῺΣ thy words were
brought sc. tome. ὃ) Pass. of Kal no.
1, to be acquired, with > of pers. Deut.
21, 19 %> ἘΝ 3.0 ὍΝ 39 all that has been
atiuired by him, all that he hath. Josh.
17,16. Pregn. Job 28, 12 wisdom, {282
᾿ ΝΣ whence shall it be acquired 2

2. to be found, pass. of Kal. no. 2,
1 Sam. 10, 2. 16.21. Gen. 41, 38. Ps. 37,
36. Josh. 10,17. al. So of a thief, to be
detected, caught, Ex. 22, 1. 6. 7. Deut.
24, 7. Jer. 2,26. Often with an adjunct
of place where, Gen. 18, 29 sq. 44, 16.
17. 2 K. 20, 13. Is. 39,2. al—Spec. a)
With 12 to be found and selected out of
a number, i. q. Engl. to be found among,
Dan. 1,19. Ezra 10,18. Ὁ) Of good
and evil; 1 K. 14, 13 313 "23 33 “x32
there is found in him some good thing.
1, 52 JA N¥an ASI ON. 1 Sam. 25, 28.
Biz. 28. 15; also with D> 2 Chr. 19, 3;
ἘΣ 36, 8; > Deut. 22. 20. c) God is
said to be found of men, when he is pro-
pitious, or hears and answers prayer
ὁ. 5 1 Chr. 28, 9. 2 Chr. 15, 2. 4, 15. Jer.
29, 14. Is. 55, 6. 65, 1. Comp. Rom. 10,
20 εὑρέϑην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν.

_ 3. to be found. i. 6. to be, to exist, to be

present inany place. a) With an ad-

ne of place where; 1 Sam. 13, 19

nw 552 xg Nd cinm there was no

smith (found) in all Israel, i. 6. none
51*

605

=x

existed. 1 Chr. 29, 17 ΓΞ ἸΝ Σ ὩΣ Wad
thy people which are here present. 2 Chr.
34, 32. 2 Sam. 17, 12. 13. Is. 65, 8. al.
Of things, Gen. 47, 14 all the money that
was (found) in the land of Egypt. Ὁ)
Absol. Gen. 19, 15 MiINSs3 FAN NY
thy two daughters present, opp. to those
absent v. 14. Ezra 8, 25. Is. 22, 3. 1 Sam.
13, 15.—Dan. 11, 19 and he shall stum-
ble and fall 839 8>1 and shall be (found)
no more, i. q. 33378).

Hipo. 8°42 1. Causat. of Kal no,
1, to make come to; with 173 to deliver
up or over, 2 Sam. 3, 8. Zech. 11, 6.
Also to bring to, to present, with >x
Lev. 9, 12. 13. 18.

2. to let acquire, to let receive, i. e. to
allot to any one, Job 34, 11. 37, 13. |

NIA see δ ΤΏ.

3272 m. (τ. 3519) constr. 382, a sta-
tion, i. 6. place where one stands, Josh.
4,3.9; a military post, garrison, 1 Sam.
13, 25. 14,1.4. 2 Sam. 23, 14; office,
post, Is. 22, 19.

3372 m. (part. Hoph. τ. 32) a station
of troops, post, Is. 29,3. Here too we
may refer Judg. 9,6 S233 73x 329 ὙἹῸΝ
the oak of the garrison which is at She-
chem, so called prob. from a military
post established . there. Othpea eel
take 382 in the sense ofa monument,
piliar, i. q. 7322.

max 1 Sam. 14, 12, and “AX
Zech. 9, 8, i. q. =%2, a military post. R.
3%).

Maid f. (r. 313) constr. P32; plur.
ΤΣ, constr. Mi=%2, pr. ‘something
set upright.’ Spec.

1. a pillar, cippus, of stone, Gen. 28,
18. 22. Ex. 24, 4. Is. 19,19. Jer. 43, 13
way mea miaxe the columns of Beth-
shemesh, i. e. the obelisks of Heliopolis.

2. a statue, idol-image, e. g. Taxa
bsan the inage of Baal 2 K. 3, 2. 10,
26. 27. 18, 4. 23,14; genr. Mic. 5, 12.
Hos. 10, 1. al.

MAL Mezobaiah, pr. n. of a place
otherwise unknown, 1 Chr. 11, 47.

PAL. ἢ (Ὁ. 3¥3) 1. ig. ΠΝ 8, a
monument, cippus. Gen. 35.14.20. 23 Sam.
18,18. In this sense it is also found in
Phenician inscriptions. ,

2. trunk, stump of a tree, Is. 6, 13.

ΧὩ

"ΠΣ m. (r. 2%) plur. N79, Kamets
impure, a fastness, castle, stronghold, on
a hill or mountain, so called as a place
of lying in wait and watching. 1 Chr.
11, 7 and David dwelt %%23 in the
stronghold (castle, citadel) ;... therefore
it was called, the city of David. Plur.
strongholds, fasinesses, 1 Sam. 23, 14.
19. 24, 1. Is. 33,16 ὈΠΣΞΌ ὨΤΙΣῸ. Jer.
48, 41. 51, 30. Coupled with caverns
Judg. 6, 2. Ez. 33, 27. Chald. ΡΣ Ὁ

9 σῶν
id. Arab. Lax mountain-top; comp.

Muouda the name of Herod’s strong
castle Jos. B. J. 7. 8. 2.

M72, TIX, see niga, Nx.

4 ΓΝ 2 fut. conv. 72") Judg. 6, 38.

1. Pr. i. g. 729, ΠΏ, to suck, then to
sucl out, to drink out greedily, to drain.
Is. 51, 17 the inebriating cup thou hast
drunk, thou hast sucked it out. i. e. hast
drunk it greedily even to the dregs. Ps.
75, 9. Ex. 23, 34.—Syr. [ys id. Lapse
epotatio.

2. to press or squeeze out moisture,
with 12. from any thing, Judg. 6, 38.
Chald. Syr. Pa. id.

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, Ps. 73,
10... 7
2. Pass. of Kal no. 2. Lev. 1, 15. 5, 9.

1. M82 ἢ (r. v2) pr. sweetness, concr.
sweet, i. 6. not fermented, unléavéned.
ἄζυμον. Lev. 2,5 mn ΓΝ it shall be
unleavened. Often in genit, maa rbn
an unleavened cake Lev. 8, 26. Num. 6,
19; a Γ᾿ Num. 1. 6. In plur. nibn
nix ecbine cakes Num: 6, 15 (for
the double plur. see in 531} no. 1, note.
Heb. Gr. ὃ 106. 3); “a "ΡῚ Tp 2, 4.
7, 12; mime miss Ex. 12,39. Here he-
farice also mize “pnd unleavened bread
Ex. 29, 2, and simpl. mix id. Gen. 19,
3; also often mix2 ἘΞ Ν fo eat feideeoiietd
bread Ex. 13, 6. 7. 23, 15. Lev. 6, 9.
Deut. 16, 3. 8; comp. Lev. 10, 12. 1
Sam. 28. 24. So mixan an the festi-
val of unleavened bread, the Passover,
Ex. 23, 15. 2 Chr. 8, 13. 30, 13. 21;
ellipt. ΤΣ Ἐπ id. Gr. τὰ ἄζυμα, Ex. 12,
17, comp. 23, 15. %

IT. M9 ἢ (Ὁ. 982) contention, quarrel,
Prov. 13, 10. 17, 19. Is. 58, 4.

606

1273

mxia (perh. for 83472 fountain) Mo-
zah, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Ben-
jamin, Josh. 18, 26.

Monza f, (Ὁ. ἘΠῚ) a neighing, snort
ing, Jer. 8, 16. 13, 27.

Tix) m. (τ. 32%) constr. Tix, c. suff.
{194 Job 19,6; plur. Size.

1. capture, i. 6. prey, gain, Prov. 12,
12.

2. a net, sc. of a hunter, Ece. 7, 26.-

= 9 -
Job 19,6. Syr. [Zpagss, Arab. Muar,
net.

3. i. ᾳ. 18, a fortress, bulwark. a
besieging tower, Ecc. 9,14. Two Mss.
read 5°9°E%, which accords better with
the context ; comp. Deut. 20, 20, Ez. 4,
2. Mic. 4, 14.

MIE f. (Ὁ. 19%) i. q. mase. THE.

1. a net, sc. of a fisherman, Ece. 9, 12.

2. a fortress, castle, on a hill or moun-
tain, Is. 29,7. Plur. nits Ez. 19, 9.

APL f. also TIL Ez, 13, 21 (τ.
ἜΣ) constr. Ix, c. suff. ints.

1. capture, prey, Ez. 13, 21.

2. a net, of a hunter, Ez. 12, 13. 17,
20. Ps. 66, 11.

3. 1. 4. 749, MISA, a Sortress, castle,
stronghold, "Job 39, 28, ms "72 the cita-
del of Zion 2 Sam. 5, 7. 9. 1 Chr. 11,5;
genr. 1 Sam. 22, 4. 5, 24, 23. So with
art. ‘2m of a fortress near the plain of
Rephaim north of Bethlehem 2 Sam. 5,
17. 23, 14. 1 Chr. 11, 16.—Trop. God is
said to be a fortress, i. e. a defender, —
protector, Ps. 18, 3. 31, 4. 71, 3. 91, 2.
144, 2; and so M1744 N72 Ps. 31, 3.

M27 f. (τ. MS) constr. ΤῊΣ, c. suff.
antic 3 plur. ΤῊΣ, once miss Neh. 9,
14, c. suff. ἜΣ Χ; a command, precept,
law, Sept. ἐντολή. Spoken: a) Of
human commands, 7237 ΤΟΣ Is. 36, 21.
Esth. 3, 3. 2 Chr. 8, 15. 30, 12; also
Jer. 35, 18. Is. 29,13. Ὁ) Of the divine |
commande either singly or of the whole
divine law, comp. Mim, ΒΘ. Lev.
4.13 one of the commandments of Jeho-
vah that are not to be done, i. e. a prohi-
bitory command, interdict. Most freq.
in plur. Mix the commandments of
Jehovah, often coupled with the synon.
Dopn, mipm, minim, oepta, mind;
Gen. 26, 5. Ex. 16, 98. Deut. ὃ . 2. 1K

vg ee πον

- fon

ya

Ἢ 3.al.sep. Collect. the law, Deut. 5,

28. 6, 1. 8,1. 17, 20. 27, 1. al. Meton.
oe mix the éommandment ‘of the
Levites, i. 6. what was commanded to
be given to them, Neh. 13, 5.

Mit f, Ex. 15, 5. Neh. 9, 11. Ps. 88,
7, also M2220 f. i. g. dS, a depth, deep
place, e. g. of the sea, Jon. 2, 4. Mic. 7,

_ 19; trop. Ps. 88,7; of a river, Zech. 10,

᾿ 56. 57.
S22, 2.

11; of mire, Ps. 69,3. R. >ax q. v.

PIX m. (τ. ΤῈΣ I) straitness, distress,
Ps. 119, 143. Jer. 19, 9. Deut. 28, 53.
‘2 wx one in distress 1 Sam.

przXQ m. (τ. prs II. 2) plur. constr.
"p72, a pillar, column ; Kimchi well,

ἜΡΩΣ, a3. 1 Sam. 2, 8 78 "pxa
the pillars of the earth i. q. ΥῈΝ o7723
Trop. of a rock or cliff isolated like a
column ; 1 Sam. 14, 5 the one crag p12
‘2 ὉΞῺ ἸἸΒΧῸ a πο ei on the north over
gainst Michmash. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 116.—In the Talmud ΤῈΣ
is a high and steep mountain.

MPA" f. (τ. ps I) straitness, distress,
Job 15, 24. Zeph. 1,15. Plur. Ps. 25,
17. 107, 6. 13. 19. 28.

I. "52" m. constr. “ix,
Ez.4.8. R. ἫΝ 1.

1. straitness, distress, Deut. 28, 53 sq.
Jer. 19, 9.

2. siege. Ez. 4, 2. 7. Zech. 12,2. si3
“ix. to be besieged, of a city, 2 K. 24,
10. 25, 2. al.

3. a mound, bulwark, of besiegers,
Deut. 20, 20. Mic. 4, 14. Ez. 4, 2.
Hence

A. a fortification, fortress, Hab. 2, 1.
“isa ὍΣ a fortified city Ps. 31, 22. 60,
11; plur. 2 Chr. 8, 5. Mic. 7, 12.

11. “2 pr. ἡ. for Egypt, and appa-
rently for Lower Egypt; thrice "78"
ΚΣ (he streams or canals of Egypt. the
branches of the Nile, Is. 19, 6. 37, 25. 2
K. 19. 24.—Under the name “x9 there

seems to lurk the Egyptian *LETOTPO
kingdom, as in A272 the word porpo
king. But the Hebrews doubtless as-

cribed to it a domestic origin, prob. as
signifying a border, limit, (τ. "$2,) i.q.

c. suff. W737

Arab. ee. perh. as sing. of the dual

607
‘pea the two Egypts, q. v.

ΝῺ

Others,
6. g. ‘Bochart i in Phaleg IV. 24, suppose
Egypt to be so called as being strong
and fortified, 1. ᾳ. "1x2 I. 4; see Diod.
Sic. 1. 31.

MN f(r. 41) plur. ΓΗ, Mine.

1. a mound. bulwark, of besiegers, i. ᾳ.
ΣΧ no. 3, Is. 29, 3.

2. a fortress, fortified city, 2
11,11; more fully mS ID 14,5;
nins2 11, 10. 11.. 23. 12, 4. 21, 3.

PALA f. (τ. M¥2) i. g. 22 II, quarrel,
strife. Is. 41,12 ΤΗΣ "YIN thy ad-
versaries, enemies.

% y= a root not in use, perh. fo shine,
y
i- 4: “ed and $, Comp. w2 to be

cheerful, and by transp. who to shine.
Hence the two following:

"IZ m. (Is. 48, 4 proves nothing for
the fem.) c. wii, "ms°2, plur. constr.
minsa; the Sorehead, 1 ‘Sam. 17, 49.
2 Chr. 26, 19. Mit MEN Myx the (shanie-
less) brow of a harlot Jer. 3, 3. Ez. 3,7
ΤΙΣ "PIN of an impudent forehead. ν. 8.
9. 15. 48, 4 mon ΠΧ thy brow is
brass, brazen. Plur. Ez. 9, 4.

NZ f. a greave, greaves, armour for
the legs, q. d. frontlets of the leg, constr.
ΓΠΧῸ 1 Sam. 17,6. R. nx. |

maz f. (r. ddx 1) only plor. nibza,
bells, upon horses and camels for orna-
ment, Zech. 14, 20. See in r>z2.

mx f. (τ. 55% 11) a shady place,
shade, Zech. 1, 8.

. Moz f(r. bbe 1) only in dual Din>s,
cymbals, for accompanying music, 1 Chr.
13, 8. Ezra 3.10. Neh. 12, 27. al. So
in Greek, dual κυμβάλω, -ow. See in
proebe.

MI f. (τ. 551) turban, tiara. of the
high priest Ex. 28. 4. 39. 29. 6. Lev. 8,
9. 16,4; of aking Ez. 21,31. For the
form of it, see Braun de Vestitu sacerd.
Heb. p. 624 sq. Jos. Antiq. 3. 7. 3. B. J.
oo: fF.

YZ τη. (τ. ΣΧ) a couch. bed, some-
thing spread down, Is. 28, 20.

IWR τη. (τ. 22) plur. constr. “128%,
step, walk, Ps. 37, 23. Prov. 2°. 54.

yx

w1sz2a in his steps, i.e. in his com-
pany, Dan. 11, 43. Comp. 17233 Judg.
4, 10.

ΠΥ ΚῺ f. (Ass and 12) pr. ‘ what
is next to a little,’ i. 6. subparvum, par-
vulum, a little thing, 2 TM j2P Dan.
8,9; see Lehrg. ὃ 123, also art. 2 no.
3. g.—Better: even a little one, accord-
ing to the idiom noted in 12 no. 1. a. 7;
see Thesaur. p. 805. g.

“22 m. (τ. WSS) constr. "982.

1. Pr. smallness ; hence any thing
small, little, Gen. 19, 20. Job 8, 7 ; of a
small number, 2 Chr. 24, 24 ΣΝ ΠΣ ΧῸ
few men; of a short time, Is. 63, 18
“2x22 for a litile while.

2. Mizar, pr. n. of a summit prob. in

the ridge of Anti-Lebanon or Hermon, ἢ

Ps. 42, 7.

M29 m. (τ. MBS) constr. MEX.

1. a watch-tower, Is. 21, 8. Also a
lofty place, whence one can see far and
wide around, whether furnished with a
watch-tower or not. 2 Chr. 20, 24.

2. Mizpeh, pr. n. of several towns and
cities, in elevated situations: a) Inthe
plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 38. Ὁ) In Ben-
jamin, Josh. 18,26; see MBS no.2. c)
In Moab, 1 Sam. 22. 3. d) In Gilead
Judg. 11, 29, see MBS no. 1. This may
be the same with mps2n ΓῺ Josh. 13,
26. e) A valley in the high region of
Lebanon Josh. 11, 8, comp. 11, 3.

MDI (watch-tower, lofty place, r.
Mex) always with the art. ΠΣ ἘΠ, with
n loc. πο Ἐπ, Mizpah. pr. n.

1. A town or city of Gilead, Judg. 10,
17. 11,11. 34. Hos. 5, 1. Some qefer
hither Judg. 11, 29 ἼΣ ΣΕ, but see
in MBX no. 2. ἅ. For the origin of this
place, see Gen. 31, 49.

2. A city of Benjamin, where the peo-
ple were wont to convene, Judg. 20, 1.
3. 1 Sam. 7,5-16. al. It was afterwards
fortified by Asa to protect the border
against the kingdom of Israel, 1 K.15, 22.
2 Chr. 16.6. Later it was the residence
of the Chaldean governor, Jer. 40, 6 sq.
comp. Neh. 3,7. 15.19. Once written
ΠΕΣ ΕΠ Josh. 18,26. [Prob. the high
point two hours north-west. of Jerusa-
lem. now called Neby Samwil ; see Bib.
Res. in Palest. I. p. 143, 144.—R.

608

“ΧὩ

py m. plur. (r. ἸΞῈ) hidden places,
Obad. 6.

“ys2 fut. ya? 1, to suck, to suck

oul, i.g. X72 and πιῶ. Arab. ass
Chald. p82, Syr. -&, id. all of which
imitate the sound, as also Gr. μύζω,
μυζάω, μάζος. Hence to draw out with
relish, to taste, Is. 66, 11; comp. 3" v.
12.—Things sweet and pleasant are
wont to be sucked out, hence

2. to be sweet, whence M22 sweet 1. 6.
unleavened. Comp. Pn, which also
has both significations.

ῬΧῺ see in PAX.

"᾿ς yan νὴ
“S73 obsol. root, which seems to
have had the same power as the kindr.
“2, to shut in, to restrain; whence

S 0
Chald. "x2, Arab. poe limit, border.
and Heb. “ix II, 01727. ΕΣ

“29 τὴ. (τ. ὍΣ, as 502 from 330)
straiiness, distress, Ps. 118, 5. Plur.
p°"xs2, constr. "29, Lam. 1, 3. Ps.
116, 3.

M2, see in ΠΧ.

DL) dual pr. n. for Egypt, Gen. 46,
34. 50, 11; often more fully ΦΧ Ὁ PAR
the land - Egypt, fem. Gen. 45, 20. 47,
6.13. Also for the people, the Eeyp:
tians, in prose, and mostly with plur.
Gen. 45. 2. 47, 15. 20. 50, 3. Ex. 1, 14;
rarely with sing. masc. 14, 25.31; poet.
with sing. masc. Is. 19, 16. 25. Jer. 46, 8,
and fem. Hos. 9, 6. Joel 4,19. With
m loc. M277%2 Gen. 26, 2. al.—Sing.
sixa Lower ‘Egypt q.v. Hence the
dual ἘΠΟΣῸ seems to have originally
denoted the two Egypts, i. 6. Lower and
Upper Egypt (the latter pr. di>mB) by

zeugma, as we now say the two Sicilies, .

for Sicily and Naples; although this
origin being afterwards left out of view,
the dual 0""x7 is sometimes so employed
as not to include Pathros or upper Egypt,
Is. 11,11. Jer. 44,15. Others ineptly refer
the dual form to the two parts of Egypt
as divided by the Nile. The Arabs have

the sing. pee Misr, Egypt, pr. limit,

Ὅν

> < i σε

border ; Syr. has the Jual, although rare —

ars

in this language, igs .—The gentile
noun is ἜΞΩ an Egyptian Gen. 39,1;
f. τη ΣΧ Gen. 16, 1. Plur. m. oz
Gen. 12, 12.14; f. τ Ex. 1, 19.—
[Engl. Vers. as pr. n. of pers. Mizraim,
Gen. 10, 6. 13. 1 Chr. 1, 8.—R.

122 τη. (τ, ΠΣ) a fining-pot, cruci-

‘ble, Prov. 17, 3. 27, 21.

ῬΏ m. (τ. PR) rottenness, putridity.
Is. 3, 24 τιν "pa cia rn instead of a
sweet smell there shall be roltenness, i. 6.
the (ἴον of putrid ulcers. 5, 24 the root
shall be as rottenness i. e. rotten wood.

Mapa f. (r. 3p) a hammer, mallet,
pr. the pointed hammer of the stone-
cutter and smith, 1 K. 6, 7. Is. 44, 12.
Jer. 10,4.—Hence prob. the name Maz-
καβαῖος, “Ap, the hammerer; comp.
the French name Charles Martel.

ΓΒΡῺ f. (τ. 353) 1. ig. Mapa, a
hammer, Judg. 4, 21.

2. a mine, quarry, broken in the rock,
Ts. 51, 1.

MIP (place of shepherds, r. 509)
Makkedah, pr. n. of a place in the plain
of Judah, anciently a royal city of the
Canaanites, Josh. 10, 10. 12, 16. 15, 41.

WIPA m. (τ. Wp) once ΤΡ Dag.
euph. Ex. 15,17; ¢c. suff. ΘΠ, once
irreg. 1372 Num. 18, 29; plur. o-wapa,
constr. “Ip.

1. any thing sacred, hallowed, Num.
18, 29.

2. a holy place, sanctuary, espec. the
sacred tabernacle of the Israelites, Ex.
25, 8. Lev. 12,4. 21, 12. Num. 10, 21.
18,1; the temple 1 Chr. 22,19. 2 Chr.
29, 21. Dan.11,31.al. Often more fully,
as eee pips Ts. 60,13; 72 Bape jis
Dan. 8,11. 5>2 wipe the "Minas sanc-
tuary, i.e. set apart and sacred to him-
self, Am. 7, 13. Plur. ἈΞ "ΤΙ Jer.
51, 51 sanctuaries (sacred places) of the
temple ; ds ὙΦ Ps. 73, 17 id. But
ἘΝῚ weinp the sanctuaries of Israel,
i.e. idolatrous and unlawful, Am. 7, 9.

3. an asylum, the ternple and ἐπε ρθῆ
places among the Hebrews having the
privilege of an asylum, as also among
the Greeks, Is. 8,14. Ez. 11, 16; comp.
1K. 1,50. 2,28. See 2 Macc. 4, 34.
Pausan. Corinth. 13.

609

"p’2

Db onps m. plur. Ps. 26, 12, and
micripa f. plur. Ps. 68,27. R. dap.

1. assemblies, chiefly of those praising
God, choirs, Ps. Il. ec.

2. Makheloth, pr. τι. of a station of the
Israelites in the desert, Num. 33, 25.

MP2 m. also 8)P4 2 Chr. 1, 16
Cheth. once Mp2 1 K. 10, 28; constr.
mp. 2 Chr. 1,16. R. mp.

1. expectation, hope, confidence, 1 Chr.
29, 15. Ezra 10,2. Also one in whom
confidence is placed, of God Jer. 14, 8.
17, 13. 50, 7.

2. a gathering together, collection, see
τ. Mp Niph. a) Of waters, Gen. 1, 10.
Ex. 7, 19. Lev. 11, 36. Ὁ) α band,
company, of men and animals, e. g. of
horses, a caravan ; so prob. in 1 K. 10,
28 ΠῺΞ MPD ANP? B28 WMO MPA
and a company of the king’s merchants
brought from Egypt a company of horses
at a price; also 2 Chr. 1, 16. There is
a play of words in the double use of the
word mip for a band of merchants and
a troop of horses. So Piscator and Va-
tabius; but interpreters have here very
widely differed; see Bochart Hieroz. T.
I. p. 171. 172. Michaelis Supplem. p.
1271. Mos. Recht III. p. 331.

Mp2 ἢ (τ. ΠῚ Niph.) gathering-place
for waters, a pool, reservoir, Is. 22, 11.

DIPS, also DP’2 Ex. 29, 13 (τ. cp)
constr. DIP, ὁ. suff. iaipa, HPs Gen.
29, 8; plor. minipa, c. sci pninps ;
comm. gend. Elie peed Gen. 18, 24.
Job 20, 9, in plur. 2 Sam, 17, 12 Cheth.

1. place, pr. station, from standing

Arab. elie, Eth. PHP, id.
Phen. pp place, town.—Gen. 1, 9. 13,
3. 14. 22,3. 28, 11. 17. Kec. 3, 20. 6, 6.
al. sep. Gen. 24, 23 a place for us to
lodge in. v. 25.31. "% Dip a narrow
place Num. 22,26; wisp 2 a holy place
Ex. 29, 31; "inv “Ὁ aclean place Lev.
4,12. 6. 4; x02 “2 an unclean place Lev.
14, 40. pipe-bea in every place, every
where; Num. 18, 31. Prov. 15, 3. 15
> nip to assign a place to any one, e. g.
for sitting 1 Sam. 9, 22, or dwelling
Josh. 20, 4. 1 Sam. 27,5; but also fo
give place to any one, i. e. to give way
to yield, Judg. 20,36. > pip 55 to av-

etc.

ipa

point a place to any one, sc. as a refuge
Ex. 21, 13, or for dwelling 2 Sam. 7,
10. LK. 8,21. With genit. (235 ΠΡ
the place of ashes Lev. 1, 16; mp7 ‘na
place of (for) catile Num. 32, 1; 15."
David's place, seat, 1 Sam. 20, 25, ΝΗ
Spec. the place of any one,i.e. a) a
dwelling-place, habitation, home, Gen.
29, 26. 30, 25. Num. 24, 11. Judg. 11,19;
also Ex. 3, 8. Ps. 44, 20. Is. 18,7. Pro-
verbially Job 7,10 ‘ipa Tid 124757 ND
his place shall know him no more, i. 6.
he shall be wholly forgotten. Ps. 103, 16;
comp. Job 20, 9. Ps.37,10. Also Job 16,
18 "mpst> Dip? wT DN let there be no
abiding-place for my cry, i. e. no delay,
but let it ascend at once to God. b) A
place where any thing is found, finding-
place, as =1 ‘2 Job 28, 1 (parall. Six).
v. 6. Comp. v. 12.23.—The constr. state
is often found before “x, espec. in the
phrase "UX DIPeA in ‘the place where,
Lev. 4, 94. 33. 6, 18. 2 Sam. 15, 21. 1K.
21,19. Jer. 22,12; also "ὦ bipanby id.
Ece. 1,7; and with mi as saint Ps. 104,
8. Saitotimnen the absol. is retained, as
“wx cipa-b> Josh. 1, 3. Deut. 12, 13.
Ex. 21, 13. al. In the Jater books cipa
“UN, or WY DIP, the place where, is some-
tines used fedundennay for where (δ 3,
ἜΝ), wherever ;-Ecc. 11,3 ΒΞ vipa
nim" DW psi where the tree falleth there
it shall be. Esth. 4,3. 8,17. Ez. 6,13; so
too Gen. 39, 20. 40, 3.—Adv. with emt.
i.q.in place of, instead of, Is. 33, 21. Hos.
2, 1 [1, 10]. Ecc. 3,16. Comp. Arab.
uso, Syr. dso9, locus et adv. loco.

2. a place, i.e. a town, village, Gen.
18, 24. 19, 12. 14. 29, 22. 23, 17. τῶν
Dipan the men of the place, the inhabi-
tants, Judg. 19,16; taip2 “9 Ruth 4, τς
Also a region, decries ,Judg.18,10. Sip
ἘΞ} the region of Shechem Gen. 12, Ai

“iP'2 τὰ. (τ. “4p) constr. "pa Lev.
12,7; 6. suff. in}pa, HAP? Lev. 20, 17;
a ioaebain, pr. ppendd ae digging, Hos.
13, 15. Jer. 51, 36. Zech. 13, 1. “ipa
oun ὉΠ a fountain of living waters
Jer. 2, 13. 17, 13—Trop. fountain of
tears, Ἢ e. the eye, Jer. 8, 23; fountain
of blood, by euphemism for pudenda mu-
liebris, Lev. 12,7. 20, 18 (where 0°75 is

omitted); fountain of life or happiness”

Ps. 36, 10. Prov. 10, 11. 18, 14. 14, 27.

Ζ
’

610

Spa

16, 22; fountain of wisdom Prov. 18, 4.
In a different sense, Ps. 68, 27 “ipsa
ἘΝῚ ye from the fountain of Israel,
i. e. who are the posterity of Israel ;
comp. 6 Is. 48, 1.

Mp" τη. (τ. MP>) a taking, receiving,
of gifts 2 Chr. 19, 7.

minp’a f plur. (τ. mpd no. 1.2). κάτ,
merchandise, Neh. 10, 32, comp. v. 31.
Talm. Mp2 emtio.

“O}72 m. (τ. "BP 1) incense, Ex. 30,1.

miop. f. (τ. sep 1) ἃ censer, for
burning incense, 2 Ghr. 26, 19. Ez. 8, 11.

* 5p obsol. root, prob. i. q. Ethiop.
NwA and NPA to germinate, to
sprout, (a and Ὦ being interchanged,)
whence f\P*A a sprout, scion, twig.
From this again comes the secondary
verb TNPA to punish, pr. obviously, to
smite with a rod, although Ludolf sepa-
rates these roots in his Lex. p. 238.
Comp. also Syr- [ioca. The Lat. bacu-

lus is not here to be drawn into compari-,
son; for.this comes from βάω, and is
pr. a walking-stick, comp. βακτήριον.---
Hence the two following:

>p'2 m. constr. bp. Jer. 1, 11, and
bpa Gen. 30, 37, ¢. suff, bp, p=bp ;
plur. Mbps; a sheet, rod, Gen. 30, 37 sq.
Jer. 1,11. Then, a staff (comp. "2h),
which one carries in his hand, Gen. 32,
11. Ex. 12, 11. 1 Sam. 17, 40. 41; with
which an animal is beaten Num. 22, 27;
the crook of a shepherd Zech. 11, 7 sq.
“1 >p2 a dart or javelin Ez. 39, 9.
Chald. "τὸ ΒΡ spiculum, Castell. SUE a
divining rod, ῥαβδομαντεία, Hos. 4, 12.

npn (perh. for mi>p staves) Mik-
loth, pr.n.m. a) 1Chr.27,4. b) 1Chr.
8, 32. 9, 37. 38.

DPA m. (τ. ἴ D> no. 2) a refuge, asy-
lum, Num. 35, 12. 15. Josh. 20,3. ὋΣ
wpa α city of refuge, for homiciine to
flee to, Josh. 21, 13. 21. 27. 32. 36; plur.
wopa “> Num. 35,6. Josh. 20, 2. 1 Chr.
6, "42. 52.

ΤΣ ΦΡῺ Γ (τ. sp IL) sculpture, carved
work, sc. in relief, 1 K. 6, 18. Plur.
miz>p7, constr. mistpa, 1K. 6, 29. 32.
7. 31.

Op ν
BP’? see in vipa.

27 m. (r. H2P) once fem. Ex. 34,
19; constr. ΓΙ, 6. suff. 4279, ὙΠ,
"22p2; also sing. with rad. Yodh re-
tained (see under NY32, MN, Heb.
Gr. §.91.9.n), as "27 my flock Num. 20,
19, ΠΡ thy flock Is. 30,23; but plur.

where the suff. is plur. and refers to more ἡ

than one, as 03°22 your flocks 2 K. 3,
17. Josh. 1, 14; ph pa their flocks Gen.
36, 7. 46, 6. 47, 17. Jer. 49, 32.

l. a gurchase, i. e. things bought,
Gen. 49, 32.

2. possessions, riches, wealth, but al-
ways of catile, in which alone the wealth
of nomadic tribes consists; comp. Gr.
κτῆνος, pr. i. 4ᾳ. κτῆμα, possession; δὲς
i. ᾳ. Lat. ovis and ops (whence opilio),

plur. opes; Arab. Jl , Syr. -«ἀας3,
opes et oves; comp. also Germ. das Gut
used in Holstein for cattle, see Voss on
Virg. Ecl. 10. 19.—So Gen. 13, 2. 7. 29,
7. Ex. 9, 4. 6. Is. 30, 23. al. sep. "028
Ὁ men of cattle, herdsmen, shep-
herds, Gen. 46, 32. 34. πὲ YIN a
land for cattle, adapted for pasturage,
Num. 32,1.4. The word ΓΙ Ὦ is strict-
ly used only of sheep, goats, and neat
cattle, ("P31 jX8*,) excluding beasts of
burden; Gen. 26, 14 ΠΣ 2) jE Mp
"pa. 47, 17 and Joseph gave them
bread TEST MIPVD JRBM ΓΙ 3 ὉΠ ΌΣΘΞ
peiins. Ecce. 2, 7. 2 Chr. 32, 29. Gen.
36, 6. Num. 31, 9. More rarely asses
and camels are also comprehended, e. g.
Job 1, 3.

M272 fem.of Mp2 1. purchase Lev.
27, 22; mapan 760 a bill of purchase
Jer. 32, 11 sq. Coner. thing purchased,
as 02 7272 purchase of money, a slave
bought with money, Gen. 17, 12. 13. 23.
‘Ex. 12, 44. Also price of purchase,
Lev. 25, 16. 51.

2. a possession, Gen. 23, 18.

W193P2 (possession of Jehovah) Mik-
neiah, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 21.

Do?) m. (τ. HOP) divination, Ez. 12,
24. 13, 7.

TP? (end, τ. yp,
Makaz, pr. τι. of a place in Dan or Ju-
dah 1K. 4,9.

611

like Ὁ from 20)

“pra

YIZP'A m. also PLPA Ez, 46, 21 (τ.
3zP) plur. ΡΝ ΡΏ, constr. "isp, c.
suff. "Missp2; an angle, corner, Ex.
26, 24. 36, 29. Neh. 3, 19. 20. 24. 25.
Mostly an internal angle, Ez. 46, 21. 22.
Neh. 3, 24.

ΤΙΣ ΧΡ f. (Ὁ. SEP) a Hhisel, carving-
tool, with which wooden images were
carved out; Plur. ΤΊΣ ΧΡ Is. 44, 13.
Targ. >218 a knife, cutter.

NLP, see in NP no. 2.

é PRs in Kal not used, to melt, to pine
away, comp. kindr. 337, 3, 4772, q. v.
Chald. id. Comp. among occidental
roots maceo, macer.

Nipu. P22 fut. spa"
to melt. Is. 34, 4 DYQvM-NA~52 pd?
and all the stars of heaven shall melt, be
melted, sc. like wax candles, to which
the poet thus compares them; so Vi-
tringa well explains thisimage. Hence
to flow, to run, of ulcers, Ps. 38, 6 3p23
"nan my sores run 80. With matter.

"2. to pine away, to consume away, of
the eyes and tongue, Zech. 14, 12; of
men, Lev. 26, 39. Ez. 24, 23. 33, 10.

Hien. ῬΏΠ causat. to cause to pine
away, Zech. 14, 12.

Deriv. P2.

“P'2 see in “iP 2.

S772 m. (Ὁ. 8 3p) plur. constr. "4p.

1. a calling together, convocation ;
Num. 10, 2 ΠΣ x1p2> for convoking
the assembly. Hence a) aconvocation,
assembly, sc. of the people for worship
and for the performance of the sacred
rites, παγήγυρις, Is. 1,13. Often ΠΡ
wip Lev. 23, 3. 7. 8.24. 27. Num. 28,
25.26. 5) place of convocation, plu.
holy places, Is. 4, 5.

2. a.reading, reading aloud. Neh. 8,
8 they gave allention to the reading.

MP2, m. (τ. ππ|ῷ 1. hap, chance,
accident, 1 Sam. 6, 9. 20, 26. Ruth 2, 3.

2. lot, fortune, event, which happens
to any one. Ecc. 2,14 τι ἜΤΙ AIP?
DED"rxy the same event happens to them
all. ν. 15. 3, 19. 9, 2. 3.

M22 m. (τ. HP) pr. part. Pi. frame,
Srame-work of beams, joists, etc. Ece.
10, 18.

1. to be melted, ἢ |

“pa

MP f. (τ. WIP) α cooling, refreshing,
Judg. 3, 20. 24.

WPA see wipin.

MOP τὰ. (τ. Heep II) pr. turned work,
opus tornatum, i. q. fem. Mepa. Once,
Is. 3,24 mupa ΓΙΌΣ turned work, lit.
‘work of turned work,’ ironically of the
lair dressed in artificial curls. Other
interpretations see in Thesaur, p. 1243.

I. Mp" Γ of the preced. turned work,
opus tornatum, both of wood Ex. 25, 18,
and of gold and silver Ex. 25, 31. So
of the golden candelabra Ex. 25, 31. 36.
37, 17.22. Num. 8,4; of the silver trump-
ets, Num. 10,2; ofa column, Jer. 10,5;
ofthe diseabim: Ex. 25, 18 Hern nvpa
ΣΝ with turned work shalt thou make
them, sc. the cherubs. These were of
oleaster-wood covered with gold, as
appears from 1 K. 6, 23, comp. v. 28;
hence the signification of solid, beaten
gold. assigned by some to N&pa, as
if from r. Hep no. I, is false.

IL. MOP m. (for xtip2, denom. from

kup cucumber) a field of cucumbers, Is.
GELae

1,8. Arab. διῶ.

‘Wa m. (τ. 2). A) From the root
no. 1, subst. a drop, Is. 40, 15.

B) From the root πο. 2. 1. Adj. with
fem. 7772, bitter, Is. 5, 20. Prov. 27, 7;
of brackish water, bif/er, acrid, Ex. 15,
23.—Metaph. a) sad, sorrowful, Ez.
3,14; often of the mind Job 21, 25; "2
wp? bilter in spirit, sad at heart, 1 Glas
1, 10.. 22, 2. Job 3, 20. Prov. 31,8. b)
biter. af a cry, of grief, etc. i. e. vehe-
ment ; M2 AINA NPS a great and
bitler cry "Gen. '27, 34. Esth. 4, 1. Ez. 27,
31972 780% bitler Ἰωον είοδ i. 6. vehe
ment. Also of a bitter or cruel fate,
Jer. 4, 18. Prov. 5, 4. Am. 8; 10... c)
For fierce, vehement, raging, i. g. Arab.

, (whence also we see how 13

strong can stand in antithesis to sweet
Judg. 14, 14,) Hab. 1, 6; 5279 id.
Judg. 18,25. 2 Sam. 17,8. d) deadly,
destructive, Ps. 64, 4. Jer. 2,19. Ecce. 7,
26 ; comp. in no. 2. 6.

2. Subst. a) billerness, as of death
1 Sam. 15,32. b) "892 12 the bitter-
ness of my soul, sadness, Job 7,11. 10,1.
Is. 38,15. cc) bitter lot, calamity, Is.

εἴ "

ND
38, 17. Hence deadliness, destruction,

Num. 5, 34. 273 8°78] "2 the deadly |

waters v. 18. 19. 24.
3. Adv. bitterly ; so V2 Is. 33,7. Zeph.
1,14; πλῷ Ez. 27, 30.

“id m. fully 11 Cant. 4, 6. 5, 5, 6.

-Makk. τ Ex. 30, 23; myrrh, so called

from its flowing, distilling, see r. "79

no. 1, Arab. Pr

a fem. M72) also σμύρνα ; a substance
which distils in tears from a tree grow-
ing in Arabia, resembling the Egyptian
thorn according to Dioscor.I.17. These
tears then harden into a bitter aromatic
gum, which was highly prized, and used
in incense Ex. 30, 23; in perfumes Ps.
45, 9. Prov. 7,17. Cant. 3,6; in unguents
Ksth. 2, 12. Cant. 5,5; and among the
Greeks for strengthening wine, Mark 15,
23. 36. The best kind. was called 7%
“22 Cant. 5, 5, and 7in4 “a Ex, 30, 23,

, Gr. μύῤῥα (as if from

as distilling of itself from the tree, and —

therefore most -highly prized, σμύρνα
στακτή, Sept. σμύρνα ἐκλεκτή. So "ΠΣ
“ian a bag of myrrh, worn for the sake

of its perfume (as 653 ΤῊ Is. 3,20) sus- —

pended from the neck of a female, Cant.
1,13. (Others understand here a bun-
dle of the flowers or leaves of myrrh,
against the common usage of the words.)
Of the tree, however, which produces
the myrrh, we have had until recently
no accurate account. Ehrenberg dis-
covered it in Arabia, and has fully de
scribed it. The name is balsamodendron
myrrha ; see Nees v. Esenbeck Plant.
Officin. Tab. 357. Comp. Dioscor. |. 6.
with Sprengel’s commentary. Celsii
Hierobot. T. I. p. 520.

πο"

a

ee Ύ ΟΣ ΝΣ ῸΝ

1. to lash, ;

to whip, 6. g. a horse into a more rapid —

course ; see Hiph.

2. to be perverse, rebellious. Part, fem. |

mei, i. q. M7, rebellious, Zeph. 3, 1.

Hipu. once of the ostrich rising from
her nest, and by the flapping of her
wings lashing herself up into her course,

Job 39, 18 ΠῺΣ Bina MSD yet now

she lashes herself up on high. Comp
τὴ and wits.—All the ancient intpp

to raise oneself up, to rise up, as if 82

were by transp. for X79, B57.

ΟΝ

* TI. N72 or N72, a root not
found in sa verb, to = well fed, to be

fat. ‘Arab. Ἰπ aid ey bene profecit
s. bene cessit cibus, ἢ — fortis oe pin-

, Chald,

δ, ἃ τη. Kindred are 872 Hiph. to
feed, to fatten, 8°72 fat, which we have
referred (see 873) to the idea of cutting
up, and so of eating. But perhaps this
signif. may come rather from the notion
of filling. since 872, 823, approach near
to 8>2q.v. Comp. the Sanser. pri, pri,
to fill, nourish, sustain.—Hence "779
fat. ΠΝ crop. of a bird, and pr. ἢ.
nyo.

NO (1. q. 72 sad) Mara, pr. nf
Ruth 1,20 Cheth. See in m9 IL. 2. Ὁ.
N12 Chald. m. dominus, lord, Dan.
2,47. 4,16.21. 5,23. Syr. Laps, Arab.

guis), virilis fuit, whence 240

B50, id. pr. man. R. 879 IL.
᾿ 870 see Nin.
FIN Merodach, see 5797.

123 ΠΊΝΩ (Merodach i. 6. Mars
his lord ; according to Bohlen i. q. Pers.

who Soya vir laudatus, but less

well.) Merodach-Baladan. pr. n. of a
king of Babylon, Is. 39, 1, according to
Berosus (in Euseb. Chron. Vers. Arm.
ed. Aucher. T. I. p. 42, 43), a viceroy
of the king of Assyria, who rebelled and
seized the kingdom of Babylon for him-
self; see Comm. on Isa. |. ο. Hitzig
supposes the Merodach- Baladan of Be-
rosus to have been a different person.—
He is also called j34>3 F%N72 q. v. the
Ὁ being exchanged for 3.

AWA m. (τ. 583) constr. HN, ὁ.
suff. 37879 Cant. 2.5, W879 2, 14, aN
Ley. 18, 34, ΠΙᾺ v. 4. 205; more fre-
‘quently with suffix forms apparently
plural, but of which the Yod is never-
theless radical (see ΠΏΣ Ὁ, ΠΡ, and
Heb. Gr. § 91. 9.n), as F182 Gans, 2,

14, ΠΝ) Job 41, 1, and cel”, FRR,

| hich are construed with the sing. Gen.
41, 21. Lev. 14, 37. Dan. 1, 15; but
aga Dan. 1, 13 constr. with a Ῥέαν.
verb. Plur. constr. "e712 Ece. 11, 9
Cheth. in Keri NV.

geod

613

δ

1. sight, aspect, view, the act of looking
upon, Gen. 41, 2. Cant. 2, 14. al. sep,
Say _
Arab. 31 0 id.—Lev. 13, 12 ΠΝ Ὑ 2.999
(m2 "25> according to all the viewing
of the priest, i. e. so far as the priesi can
see. Deut. 28,34 12.» ON V2 what thine
eyes behold. v. 67. Is. 11,3. Ez. 23, 16.
Kee. 11, 9.

2. appearanee. form, Engl. looks, Ex.
24,17. Ez. 1,16. 28. Often in the gen.
after an adj. nyt me" Gen. 12, 11. 29,
17, Axe MID 24, 16. 26,7, 1. 6. of a. fair
appearance, fine fen ἀρὰ bo with >
as MNT2> Tan? of a plantant appear-
ance, form, Gen. 2,9; ΠΝ 59. 911} Josh.
2, 10; hetice put simpl. for comeliness,
Bemnity, Is. 53, 2.—In the prophetic style,
the form of a thing is something like
that thing, comp. in 427 no. 3. Dan.
10, 18 DIN ANID "a-> 21 there touched
me something ‘like the form of a man
i.e. having the semblance of a man.
Ez. 8, 2, and so Ez. 1, 26 HX WV22 ΓΗ,

3. sight, thing seen, vision, Ex. 3, 3.
Ez. 8, 4. 11, 24. 43, 3. Dan. 8, 16.

ANN ( (τ. ΠΝ) 1. ἃ vision, Num.
12, 6. 1 Sam. 3, 15. Dan. 10, 7. 8. 16.
nbsbn ΓΝ nocturnal visions Gen.
46, 2. py ΤΙΝ visions from God
Ez. ἘΠῚ = 8 3. 40, 9.

2. a mirror, i. 6. a polished plate of
metal, i. gq. "89, plur. Ex. 38, 8,—Arab.
3 | x id.

NIA f. (τ. ΝῊ. no. IL) the orORs

craw, of birds, Lev. 1,16. Arab. :
Ὧι ; ᾽ ) sy

MONT Josh. 15, 44, (i. g. MUNI,
q. d. on the top of a hill, denom. fr. 887)
contr. MW 1 Chr. 4, 21. 2.Chr. 11, 8.

14, 8.9. Mic.1,15; Mareshah, pr.n. a)
A fortified city in the plains of Judah,
Josh. Chr. ll. cc. Gr. αρησά Jos. Ant.
8. 10.1; Mugiooe 12.8.6. Euseb. and
Jerome place its ruins “in secundo la-
pide Eleutheropoleos,” Onomast. art.
Muenow ; and the remains of an ancient _
site are still visible ona hill about a
Roman mile and a half southeast from
Beit Jibrin, the ancient Eleutheropolis;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 422, comp.
p. 397. b) A man, 1 Chr. 2, 42.

δῶ

TUNA Γ᾿ (denom. fr. O84) pr. at the
head, what is at the head, comp. ni>s"72
at the feet. Plur. mivx va id. and
posts the ‘sane itself; Jer. 13, 18 33"
fidide shall come dono the crown of your
glory; here 7713 is followed by the acc,
of that from which, like RE? mds.
Sept. Vulg. and Syr. seem to awe read
ὈΞ ΟΝ 2 from at your heads, with the

same vowels as “ὭΣ Δ 1 Sain. 26. 12,
which is also well. See the next art.

MNS ΓΟ plur. (denom. fr. OX) 1. 4.
mox 2, pr. place at the head, as 1 Sam.
19, 16; opp. Mirs92. Put in the accus.
as Adv. at the head of any one; 6. suff,
ἼΩΝ Δ al his head 1 K. 19, 6. 1 Sam.
26, 7.11.16; also wnder the head of any
one, 1 Sam. 19, 13. 16. Gen. 28, 11. 18.
With a genit. 1 Sam. 26, 12 he took
the spear... >'xB "mbx va from at the
head of Saul, where 2 seems to imply
removal, diff. from v.11 "OX MIAN
‘2; and we must suppose, either that
aniieys is here for "MOx wa, one 2
being dropped ; or that snide is here
put for"rdx79. For the double plur.
comp. smica p- 139, note.

272 (increase, r. 329, as 30% from
=20) Merab, pr.n. of a daughter of Saul,
1 Sam. 14, 49. 18, 17. 19.

"327 m. plur. (3 without Dag.) co-
verings, coverlels, as spread upon beds,
Prov. 7, 16. 31, 22. R. 73".

ΓΞ τὰ. (τ. 734)
increase, Is. 9, 6.

2. greatness, abundance.
mara >2v a great spoil.

maa f. (τ. 25) largeness, ampli-
tude, concr. ample, large, Ez. 23, 32.

mad f. (r.733) 1. greatness, mul-
titude, 2 Chr. 9, 6. 30,18. With suff.
tna the multitude of them, i. e. the
greater part, 1 Chr. 12, 29.

2. increase of a family, offspring, 1
Sam. 2, 33.

3. increase on money, interest, usury,
Lev. 25, 37. Comp. Gr. τόκος from
tixtw, Lat. fenus from feo i.e. fero, pa-
rio, whence fetus, fecundus ; see Gellius

18. 13. Arab. 9 fenus, LG) IV fenera-

vit.

1. enlargement,

Is. 33, 23

Syr. as}.

614

pay)

m. (τ. p32) crouching-place
lair, of animals Zeph. 2, 15; of flocks,
constr. y272 Ez. 25, 5. See Lehrg.
p. 578.

v7

p2T2 m. (τ. ΡΞ.) stall, stable, in —

which cattle are tied, Am. 6,4. “Ὦ 533
a stalled calf, fatted, 1 Sam. 28, 24. Jer.
46, 21. Mal. 3, 20.

ks :
εἰ δ πὸ obsol. root, prob. i.q. 323, Arab

-τ)

quadril. meet so far as can be gath-

ered from the derivatives, viz.

1. to roll rapidly, to revolve, whence
ἸῺ threshing-roller or sledge ; unless
perhaps 39 in this noun is i. q. M79,
p22, to rub, to rub in pieces.

2. to talk rapidly, pr. ‘to roll out dis-
course,’as babblers, tale-bearers, whence
S 0

- ey, a whisperer, tale-bearer. ,
Ὁ m. (τ. 532) rest, place of rest,
Jer. 6, 16.

ΤΗΣ f. plur. (denom. fr. 535) place

at the feet of any one, opp. MWR q. v.
Ruth 3, 4. 7. Dan. 10,6. Acc. as adv.
at the feel of any one, Ruth 3, 8. 14.

ΓΝ f. (τ. 039) a heap of stones;

Arab. .5 a heap of stones to mark a
grave, tumulus. © Prov. 26, 8 {28 "i"¥3
naan22a as a bag of gems in a heap of
stones, a proverbial expression similar
to that in Matt. 7, 6.—Sept. α sling, as
if from τ. 53) to throw stones; hence
the version: ὃς ἀποδεσμείει λῖϑον ἐν
σφενδόνῃ.

MSA f. (τ. 229) rest, quiet, Is. 28, 12.

* 'T fut. tv21 to be disobedient,

perverse, to rebel, to fall away from one’s”

allegiance; absol. Gen 14,4. Neh. 6,6;
with 3 of pers. against whom 2K. 18, rf
20. 24,1. 20. Is. 36, 5. Jer. 52, 3; by
Neh. 2,19. 2 Chr. 13, 6; rarely with

acc. (comp. M72) Josh. 22, 19. Job 24, ©

13 ΠΝ το 2 rebels against the light,
enemies of the light. minva ὙΠ 10 rebel”
against (fall away from) Jehovah, Ὁ
idolatry, Josh. 22,16 sq. Ez. 2, 8. Dan.
9, 9.—Syr. 9,80 id. Arab. Oo pervi-.

cax, contumax fuit. Kindred is "79.
Deriv. the four following, and pr. n.
sin),

7

4

ie, iil

EE ————— ὧν a κοον >?"
i ea _4
(na ᾿
ae

ἽὩ

'TYS Chald. m. rebellion, i. q. Heb.
772, Ezra 4, 19.

"32 Chald. adj. rebellious, f. NTY2,
emphat. 8N779, Ezra 4, 12. 15.

779 αἰ. (τ. 173) 1. rebellion, defec-
tion, Josh. 22, 22.
2. Mered, pr. τι. τὰ, 1 Chr. 4, 17. 18.

HAT f. (τ. M2) rebelliousness, con-
tumacy, 1 Sam. 20, 30.

ΟἩΤΎ Jer. 50, 2, Merodach, pr. n. of
an idol of the Babylonians, prob. the
planet Mars, to which, as the god of
blood and slaughter, as well as to Sa-
turn, the ancient Semitic nations offered
human sacrifices ; see on this worship
among the ancient Arabs, Comm. on Is.

II. p.344sq. The name which this divi-

nity hasamong the Arabs and Zabians,

. 27> “ied, seems to have come

~ from the Heb. or Aramean (Mirrikh

Lr. ΝΜ

Ἢ
Ὶ
j
Σ
;

from Mirdich), and the origin of this
latter comports well with the god of war
and slaughter, viz. Merodach, from the
general root Mord, Mort, which in old
Germ. signifies both death and murder
(see in M12 no. 1), and the formative syl-
lable ach, och, so frequent in Assyrian
and Chaldean names, comp. 9123, 7728,
3703. So too Mars, Mavors, mors,
seem to have a kindred origin.—Others,
as Hitzig, suppose Merodach to come
from Pers. JO.0 man, pr. little man,

manikin, used in endearment; see in
;ia3.—Of the worship of this idol by the
Assyrians and Babylonians, besides the
passage of Jeremiah above cited, we
have testimony in the proper names of
the kings of Assyria and Babylonia,
which are often compounded with this
name, (see Comm. on Is. I. p. 281,) as
ΠΤ S48 and INA FIN, q. v. also
Mesessimordachus, Sisimordachus.

"2772 (Pers. οἷὸ

manikin, or else, worshipper of Mars, fr.
HI q. v.) Mordecai, pr.n. a) AJew
of the tribe of Benjani living in the
metropolis of Persia, the foster-father
of Esther, and aitormards-chiel abinie-

little ‘man,

ter of state, Esth. 2,5sq. Sept. Mag-.

δοχαῖος. Ὁ) It is uncertain; whether
the Mordecai who returned with Ze-

615

"ΠΩ

rubbabel is the same person, Ezra 2, 2.
Neh. 7, 7. .

F772 m. Is. 14, 6 (pr. part. Hoph. of
τ. 532) subst. persecution. So, if the
orthography is correct; but there is lit-
tle doubt that with Déderlein we ought
for 33772 to replace M37 dominicn, from
r. 733. See Comm. on Is. 1. c.

ΓΙ 1. pr. i. ᾳ. 82 I, Arab. iS
to stroke, to stripe, espec. with a whip, to
lash, as 8772; or the skin with a razor,
whence 712 razor, see Schultens ad
Harir. Cons. I. p. 24. De defect. ling.
Hebr. p.117. Kindred is M9 to rub, to
rub over, etc.—Hence

2. to be perverse, refractory, to rebel ;
pr. to resist, to repel by striking and
fighting with the hands and feet. Arab.
(Sy to refuse one’s duty, Conj. ΠῚ to

dispute.—Constr. with 3 of pers. against
whom Ps. 5, 11. Hos. 14,1. Also with
acc. (pr. to repulse any one) Jer. 4, 17.
Ps. 105, 28. Often in the formula 779
mim "a-cx fo.rebel against (resist) the
divine command, Num. 30, 24. 27, 14.
1 Sam. 12,15. Possibly this may have
been taken originally in its proper sense,
‘to strike or smite upon the mouth of:
any one,’ i.e. to refuse to hear his words,
to treat him with contempt; comp.

r. δε 5 Chald. Piel—Absol. Deut. 21,

18. 20 mayan Wd 13 a stubborn anit
rebellious son. Ps. 78, 8. Jer. 5, 23. Is. 1,

20. 50, 1. Lam. 3,42. Metaph. 2 K. 14,
26 ἽΝ ΠῚ SN Iw. 9 the affliction of
Israel was very perverse, i. e. stubborn,
incurable. The ancient versions render
it bitter; either reading 7" (for 77%)
as adj. or assigning this sense to the
verb 772.

Hipn. yn, fat. M73", apoc. “ΠῚ
Ez. 5, 6, i. q. Kal no. 2, to resist, to op-
pose, to rebel. Job 17, 2 92m Dninans
"37D pr. on their cohtradiction rests mine
eye, i.e. they surround me with contra-
diction and reproach in their mouths.—
Also freq. of those who rebel against
God; constr. a) With 3 against, Ps. —
106, 43. Ez. 20, 8. 13,21; once 7an7>s
ja Ex. 23, 21 δ sanby, see inr. "72
Hiph. note. 8) With τ: Deut. 9, fe
24, pr. to contend with any one. 37, 24.
6) With accus. as in Kal, Ps. 78, 17. 40.

rw iy

, δ. 107, 11. Ez. 5,6. Often in the for-
mula A377 a-mx M2 for which see
in Kal, Deut. 1, 26. 43. Josh. 1,18; and
in the same sense ‘5 πη Τὺ man Ps.
106, 33, also "7 "252 Πα. d. to provoke
the eyes of Jehovah Is. 3, 8.

Deriv. ΠῚ I, ΠΏ, 979, and pr. n.
m9", 77779, ninva, Do, nm sia, MST,

I. 2 f. (r. V2) only dual, Jer. 50,
21 τσ yi land of double rebellion
or contumacy, i. 6. Babylonia, in which
first the Assyrians and then the Baby-
lonians detained and afflicted the people
of God. Others Merathaim, as a sym-
bolic pr. name.

Il. 772 f. (τ 32) 1. Adj. fem. of
“2, bitter; hence as subst. billerness,
i.e. calamity, misfortune, 2 Sam. 2, 26,
Adv. bitterly, Ez. 27, 30.

2. Marah, pr. ἢ. a) A bitter or
brackish fountain in the peninsula of
Sinai, Ex. 15, 23. Num. 33, 8. Most
probably, as Burckhardt supposes, the
same which is now called ὃ 1,50

’Ain Hawdrah ; not the ’Ayin Misa

Sry Wygtt as Pococke and Niebuhr
thought. See Burckh, Trav. in Syria,

etc. p. 472. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 96
sq. b) A name assumed by Naomi,
Ruth 1, 20 Keri.

mm (mérrah) f. bitterness, — grief,
Prov. 14,10. R. 79.

ΓΛ f. id. Gen. 26, 35 min m2 grief
of mind. ἘἈ. ὍΔ.

TAWA τη. (τ. 749) c. suff. “49, plur.
Bsn, pr. ὦ wandering, the condition
of a person driven from home and
wandering about destitute and afflicted.
Lam. 1,7. 3, 19.—Concr. one wandering,
having no home; Is. 58,7 to deal thy
bread to the hungry, and to bring home
poy ONS the needy wanderers. Sept.
well ἄστεγοι, Vulg. vagi.

ἊΝ τα
ΤΊ (prob. for τῦλ Ὁ, Arab. 3p

refuge, τ. ΤῊΝ) Meroz, pr. ἢ. of a place
in the northern part of Palestine, Judg.
5, 23.

mina m. (τ. m2) pr. one irheibee,
crushed ἢ Lev. 21, 20 738 ΠῚ crushed
as to his te-ticles, i. 6. τρια νι τ by
crushing, Gr. ϑλαδίας, ϑλασίας. But
Sent. μόνορχις. Vulg. herniosus.

616

ἸῺ

Dina m. (τ. ἘΞ’) constr. pins, 7 at.

pein.

1. height, altitude, elevation, e. g. of a
mountain, : hill, Is.. 37, 24. Jer. 49, 16.
Put in the gen. after nouns; bina “7
bare the high mount of Israel, ie.
Z.ion, Ez. 17, 23. 20, 40. 34,14. pina
on high Job 39, 18, hd pin in ace. id.
Is. 37, 23 473° bing num and liflest
up thine eyes on high. Coner. the Most
High, excelsus, of God Ps. 92, 9; and
collect. the high, i. 6. princes, Is, 24, 4,
Poetically, height, a high thing, said
of what is far above; Ps. 10, 5 pine
jnaza ἡΛΩΘΘ Ὁ high above him are thy
judgments. |

2. a high place, height, Hab. 2, 9;
map win the high places of the city
Prov. 9,3. 14; nsw Ὁ Judg. ὅ, 18. Ace.
in a high place Is. 22, 16. Spec. of
heaven, Ps. 18, 17. Is. 24, 18. 21. 40, 26.
57, 15. 58, 4. Jer. 25, 30; plur. Θ᾿ ΥΩ
id. Job 16, 19.. Of the lofty seat of Je-
hovah in Zion, Ps. 7,8; of an inacces-

sible fortress Is. 26,5. Trop. Ps. 73, 8”

they speak din loftily ; also of high
condition Job 5, 11; plur. id. Eee. 10, 6.

3. elation of aid pride; as adv.
proudly, Ps. 56, 3.

Dine (height, high place, r. Ἐν)
pinz-2 the waters of Merom Josh. 11,
5.7, pr. n. of the upper or highest sii
on the Jordan; Gr. Σεμεχωνῖτις Jos. Ant.
5. δ. 1. Arab. Jest el-Hileh. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 339 sq.

vind m. (τ. 755) α race, running,
Ecce. 9, 11.

I, ΠΧ Γ (τ 79) 1. α: vr: a
running, 2 Sam. 18, 27. Jer. 8, 6. 23, 10.

II, M279 Γ (for W299, τ᾿ ΥῈ5) δ᾽
pression, Jer. 22, 17.

mPa m. plur, (τ. P22) purifica-
tions, Esth. 2, 12.

mina (bitterness, bitter fountain

Maroth. pr. n. of a place in the tribe of
Judah, once Mic. 1,12. R.779-

ΤΙ Jer. 16, 5, constr. M2 comp.

Lehrg. p. 578; an oulery, either for joy,
‘ shouting. Am. 6,7; or also in sorrow

Comp. >=" and 12
R. mrs.

wailing, Jer. 1. ¢.
cused both of joy and sorrow.

ΠΡΟΣ

ἘΠ 1. to rub, to bruise, to crush
by rubbing, see mina. Kindred are
pra, m7, “and with" softened m2 Il.

Arab. ς; ae a tree from which fire is kin-

dled by rubbing.
2. i. q. Arab. to rub over, to

anoint, 6. σ. the body with oil; IV. to
soften. Kindred is m2, the Ἢ being
changed for a sibilant. In Heb. once
of a cataplasm or plaster laid upon a
sore; Is. 38, 21 Isaiah had said, let
them take dried figs, ΤΣ ΤΙ 59 ANI
pregn. and lay them softened upon the

ulcer. Sept. καὶ τρίψον καὶ κατάπλασαι.

379 m. (τ. 5112} wide place, breadth,
plur. constr. 728 "272 Hab. 1,6. Often
metaph. of freedom and deliverance , Opp.
to straitness. straits. "¥ ; see in r. 30".
Ps. 18, 20 3 29 ΝΣ) he brought
me out into a large place. delivered me
out of straits. 31,9. 118,15. Once in

a bad sense, Hos. 4, 16 3133 ©3293 as.

a lamb in a wide place, where it can
easily wander from the flock.

PIN m. (r. pa) plur. o"pn and
ὈΠΡΙΙ 2 Is. 33. 17. Jer. 8, 19; ; farness,
remoteness, distant place, e. g. P23 YAS
a distant land Is. 13,5. Plur. o- pn
Zech. 10. 9, S"PMT2 PI Is. 33, 17. Jer.
8, 19, Υ τ Ρ ΤΠ Ὁ Is. 8, 9. far countries,
distant lands.—Also ΤΠ 4) from
afar Ps. 138, 6; after verbs of coming
Is. 10, 3. 30,27" Ὁ) afar off Jer. 31,
10; comp. 12 no. 3.h. c) i. g. Pinte,
see in Pim? aa. 3; Is. 17, 18 pnaae bo
and they shall flee from ahet.i i. e. while
yet afar off.

mura f. (r. Ἐπ) a pot, μά for
boiling, ‘Lev. py Boy a

“O07 kindr. with wba q. v. pr. to
make smooth ; hence

1. to polish, to sharpen, 6. g. a sword,
Ez. 21, 14. 33.

2. to make smooth the head of any
one, to make bald, i. 6. to tear out the
hair, to pluck, e. g. in chastisement
Neh. 13, 25; in scorn Is. 50, 6 (where
ἘΠ are those who pluck the beard) ;
in grief Ezra 9, 3.—Ez. 29, 18 9227 53
τι every shoulder is made bald, i. e.
by bearing heavy burdens.

5O*

617

desert of Zin at Kadesh,

aye)

Nipu. to become bald, Lev. 13, 40. 41.
Puat 1. to be polished, of metal 1 K.

| ἢ, 46.

2. to be sharpened, i. 6. to be sharp, of
a sword; Part. fem, Nw for NY 3
(Dag. euphon.) Ez. 21, 15. 16.

3. Is. 18, 2. 7 wpVAN Fw. OF (for
Ὁ 20) α people drawn out and smooth,
i. e. tall and naked, sc. the Ethiopians.
Others sharp, ‘ferée, as 13m Hab. 1, 8.

O79 Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 2, to pluck ;
pret. pass. to be plucked, e g. wings
Dan. 7, 4.

neva see in τ. Ὁ" Pu. no. 2.

"79 m. (τ. 9772) in pause "72, 6. suff,
W272 Deut. 31, 27, 09972 Neh. 9, ἸΤ.

1. "Contradiction: outcry, as the ex-
pression of discontent and indignation,
ᾳ. d. protest ; Job 23, 2 ἍΤΙΣ "9 BINT Ὁ
even now is my speech outcry, i. e. I can-
not but cry out or complain of injustice.
Others: even now doth my complaint
seem rebellion? Or: even now is my
complaint bitterness ; so Targ. 1", as
if r. 772 were i. q. "7792. Neither is
appropriate, much less necessary.

2. perverseness, rebelliousness, sc.
against God, Deut. 31. 27. 1 Sam. 15.
23. So "2 ΓΔ a rebellious house, i. e.
people, Ez. 2, 5. 8. 3, 9. 26. 27. 12, 2. 3.
9; "72°23 rebels Num. 17, 25 [10];
"12 DY Is. 30,9. Also concr. "79 rebel-
lious Prov. 17,11; for plur. Ez. 2,1.
44, 6.—Hence

272 2 Meri-Baal. pr. n. of a son
of Jonathan, 1 Chr: 9, 40; just before.
called 52 3°79 Merib-Baal (contender
against Baal), which seems to be the
correct form.

RO m. adj. (τ. 812) fat, fatted, Ez.
39,18. Subst. a falling, spec. a fatted
calf, μόσκος σιτευτός ; often coupled with
the words "13 and Pa, 2 Sam. 6. 13.1 |
Κι 1, 9. 19. 25. Is. 11,6. Plur. ΘΛ
Is. 1, 11. Am. 5, 22. |

MAND f. (τ. 27) 1. quarrel, strife.
Gen. 13, 8. Ex 17, 7. Num. 27, 14.

2. Meribah, pr. n. a) Α fountain
flowing from a rock in the desert of Sin
on the western gulf of the Red Sea. Ex.
17, 1-7. b) Ra 2-42 waters of strife,
another fountain of the same kind in the
Num. 20, 13

aye)

24, Deut, 33, 8: Ps. 81, 8. 106, 32 ; fully
wtp mia 2 Num. 27, 14. Deut. 32,
51. Ez. 47,19. Simpl. Ps, 95,8. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 581 sq.

39a "2 see next after "0.

9 (rebellion against Jehovah, r.
m2) Meraiah, pr. ἢ. m. Neh. 12, 12.

m2 Gen. 22, 2 and 7712 2 Chr.
3, 1, Moriah, pr. n. of one of the hills of
Jerusalem, on which Solomon built the
temple. It lay northeast of Zion. from
which it was separated by the valley
Tyropeon, Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 9. B. J. 5, 5. 1.
Most commonly the name Zion embra-
ced also the temple on Moriah ; and the
latter name seldom occurs, not even 1
K.6,1. See genr. Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I, pp. 393, 413, 416.—Gen. 22, 2 78
ἄρ: the land of Moriah, i.e. the re-
gion around that mount, its vicinity, q.d.
the fields of Moriah, comp. "27 ΚΝ Josh.
8, 1.—As to the etymology of the word,
the sacred writers themselves (Gen. 22,
8. 14. 2 Chr. l. c.) refer it to the root
Hx, and this is confirmed by regarding
mena as for ΠΝ Ὁ the chosen of Jeho-
vah. an appropriate name for a place of
sacrifice or sanctuary. But so far as
the form is concerned, M="% may be
part. fem. from r. "72 pr. the resisting,
i. e. a fortress, castle.

ri" (rebellions, τ. 172) Meraioth,
pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 5, 32. 6,37. Ezra
7,3. b)1Chr.9,11.Neh.11,11. ὁ)
Neh. 12, 15; but this is apparently for
min72 in v. 3, the letters ° and 2 in the
ancient character being similar.

me (rebellion, i. q. "72 with the
formative syll. D—, asin cbo, thax) pr. ἢ.
f; Miriam, Gr. πρασοίμ: Μαρία. a) The
sister of Moses, a prophetess, Ex. 15, 20.
Num. 12,1sq. Μίς. 6,4. b) 1 Chr. 4,17.

HAI f. (τ. 2) bitterness, bitter
grief, Ez. 21, 11 [6].

Ὑ m. adj. (Ὁ. 28) bitter, then pot-
sonous, Deut. 32,24. Comp. int75% no. 2.

py", see in D909.

772 m. (τ. 423; as 792 from “y)
pr. softness, trop. timidity, fear, Lev.
26, 36; Sept. δειλία, Vulg. pavor.—The
‘Rabbinic 772M) mollescere, is a secon-
alary form, derived from this noun.

618

ΠΩ

272 τῇ, (τ. 33) 1. @ chariot, 1 K.
5, 6. ‘

2. ἃ seat in a chariot or other vehicle,
Cant. 3, 10. Lev. 15, 9.

mad f. (Ὁ. 32) 2 Sam. 15,1. 1 K.
7, 33 ; nate: ma2972 Gen. 41, 43; 6. suff.
in3272 Gen. 46, 29. 1 Sam. 8, 11; ’Plur.
ΖΞ. Zech. 6, 1: Joel 2. δ» constr.
niss72 Ex. 15,4; ¢. suff. 472272 Mic.

5,9; a chariot, eithas for war, Ex. 14,

25, 5 Be 11, 6. 9. Judg. 4, 15. 1 K. 10,
29; or as used by persons of high rank,
etc. Gen. 41, 43. 46,29. 1 Sam. 8, 11. al
Sing. collect. Hagg. 2, 22.

M2270 f(r. 531) a market, mart, Bz
i Ry, Seek

ma f. (τ. 72 Pi.) 1. deceit, fraud,
Gen. 27, 35. 34, 13. Prov. 12, 5. 17. 20.
14, 8. 24, 24. Ps. 36,4. al. mote tex a
deceitful man Ps. 5,7. 732 "338 false
weights Mic. 6,11. ΠΣ Ὁ "2182 a false
balance Prov. 11,1. So to work or frame
deceit Dan. 11,23. Ps. 50,19; to speak
deceit Ps, 34,14; comp, also Ps. 17, 1. 52,

6. 109, 2. So to swear m29%> deceit- —

fully, falsely, Ps. 24,4. Meton. wealth

—_——

got by fraud Jer.5,27. Plur. ΤΡ Ps. —

10, 7. 35, 20.
2. Mirmoh, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 8, 10.

ma" (heights, r. 049) Meremoth,
pr.n.m. a) Ezra 8, 33. Neh. 3, 4. 91.
10, 6. 12,3; for which γῆ v.15. Ὁ)
Ezra 10, 36.

CAT τη. (τ. 029) a treading down,
something trodden under foot, Is. 5, 5.
7, 25. 10, 6. Ez. 34, 19. al.

"5572 n. Meronothite, a gentile name

a ee ee Oe νον. “ν μα. "Ὁ.

αὖ

elsewhere unknown 1 Chr. 27, 30. ΝΘ ἢ,

3, 7.

O°" Meres, pr. n. of a Persian prince,
Ksth. 1, 14.
dignus, from r. mrish, Zend. meresh ; so
Benfey p. 200.

N20 Marsena, pr. τι. of a Persian
prince; Esth. 1, 14. Comp. in 12;
Sanscr. mdrsha, with the ending nd,
Zend. nominat. nar, man; so Benfey
lc.

72 m. (apoc. for M392, r. MS no. 5,
as 3" for AS) pr. frientiahte then coner.
ig. 32, α friend, companion ; always
ce. suff. F272 Judg. 15, 2, 33772 14, 20

‘Comp. Sanscr. mérsha —

; bay
15, 6. Gen. 26, 26. al. Plur. ΘΠ Judg.

14, ae. suff, am>37 for ἽΠΠΟΣ 2. Prov.
19, us

MYM m. (τ. ΠΣ) c. suff. ἘΠ. Job
39, 8, 53°37 Ez. 34, 18, pasture, i.e.
place of pasture Is. 32,14; also pasture,
feed for cattle, Joel 1, 18. Gen. 47, 4. 1
Chr. 4, 39 sq. 3: AS99 Ez. 34, 18.
ya5 a v.14. Of wild beasts, a feeding

place, haunt, Nah. 2, 12. Arab. sty 5

δι, id
mp". f. (r. πρὸ) 1. @ pasturing,
feeding, Hos. 13,6; “ΝΣ sheep
of my pasluring, which I tend, Jer. 23,
1. Ps. 74, 1. 79, 13. 100, 3. 5,8 62
the people whom he (God) feeds Ps. 95,7.
2. a flock, Is. 49, 9. Jer. 10, 21. 25, 36.

297" (trembling, perh. earthquake,
τ. ἘΣ) Maralah, pr. n. of a place in the
tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 11.

852 m. once ΓΞ Jer. 8,15. .Β.
RD" to heal.

Ἢ healing, cure of diseases, 2 Chr. 21,
18. 36, 16. Jer. 14, 19; remedy, means
of cure, Jer. 33,6.—Hence a) refresh-
ment, health. Prov. 4, 22. 12, 18, 13,17.
16, 24. Ὁ) remedy, help, deliverance,
sc, from calamity, Prov. 6, 15. 29, 1.
Mal. 3, 20.

2. tranquillity, placidness of mind ;
seer. SE" no. 38. Prov. 14, 30 δ᾽ 81 =
a placid “mind. 18. 4 we i XB quiet-
ness of tongue, i. 6. gentle and quiet
speech. Ecc. 10, 4 for quietness hinaer-
eth many offences.

WEM τὰ. (r. VED, OPI) pr. @ tread-
ing; concer. waler made foul by treading,
Ez. 34. 19.

Η 7.5 ‘=. in Καὶ not used, and of doubt-

ful signification. Kimehi, to be strong,
forcible, vehement. and this is not ill
Better. with Cocceius.and Simonis, to
be sharp. active. vehement ; comp. Arab.
transp. to be acrid, sour.

. Hien. ‘to make vehement, i. 6. to
provoke, toirritate. Job 16, 3 ce
what so provoketh thee ?

Nien. lo be strong. vehement, sore.
Job 6 25 ΠΟΔῸΣ sETeE"M2 how forci-
= are right words!’ 1K. 2. 8 nabp

619

“7

mx) a vehement curse. Mic. 2, 10 53m
7/122 sore destruction.

ye" m. (τ. Σ 5) an awl, for boring
piercing, Ex. 21, 6. Deut. 15, 17.

MPL f. (r. HS) a pavement, paved
floor, 2 K. 16, 17.

* pa pr. to rub, comp. kindr. ma,
and Gr. ἀμέργω, ὀμοργνύω. Hence

1. to polish, to scour, as metal; 2 Chr.
4, 16 pina MOM) polished brass. Imper.
Jer. 46, 4 orma7n Apia furbish the
spears. .

2. to cleanse, to purify, by washing,
anointing, comp. o°prman. Syr. ope
abstersit.

Puat P12 pass. of no. 1, to be scoured,
Lev. 6, 21.

Deriy, Bp "pina, py won, Pon.

P22 τὰ. broth, soup, Judg. 6, 19. 20.

9...» Suse
Is. 65,4 Keri. Arab. iy” and KS 0 id.
—The native form of the word is p38

q-v. from the root p71», the letters 5
and Ὦ being interchanged.

ΤΡ m. (τ. npr) plur. aromatic
herbs, Cant. 5, 13.

ANP f(r. mp). 1. ὦ spicing, sea-
soning, Ez. 24, 10.

2. unguent-ketile, for preparing oint-
ment, Job 41, 23.

DIP ἢ (τ. ΠΡ) 1. ointment, un-
guent, 1 Chr. 9, 30.

2. unguent- kettle, i. gq. MMP no. 2,
Ex. 30, 25. 2 Chr. 16, 14; comp. Job
41, 23. Or, it may be unguent-shop, but
tees well.

* ΠΏ pret. "2, 3 fem. 72; fut.
"0" Is. 24, 9, see Heb. Gr. 66. n. 3.

1. to flow, to distil, whence 72 a drop,
“ia myrrh, and prob. re bile. Arab.

--9

ΩΝ to make flow, Ὥς fresnent

rain, ~acanal. The trilit. » often

has the sense of going, passing away,
which in many roots is ‘Connected with
that of flowing; see ἼΞ no. 4. 533,
(Sy> to run, to flow, Aram. 2:7 to run,
whence 5°29 canals.
2. to be biller. Arab.

and so in all the kindred Janguages;

© fut. A, id,

2

comp. Lat. amarus, likewise mereo.
How this signification connects itself
with the preceding is not clear. Per-
haps it is denom. fromm “% myrrh, and
mana bile, as the most bitter things.—
Fut. A, 727 Is. 24, 9, see above. ‘Trop.
1 Sam. 30, 6 Ἐπ WE? ΠῚ the soul
of all the people was ‘piller, i i. 6. grieved.
2K. 4,27. Impers. "> 72 il grieves me
Lam. 1, 4; also ἐξ goes bitterly with me,
I am afflicted, c. 8 Ruth. 1, 13.

Nipu. “22, seer. 742.

Piex fut. "27 1. to make biter, to
tmbitier any thing, Ex..1, 14. Also to
acl bilierly in any thing, as Is, 22,4
"S22 77738 J will weep bitterly.

2. to imbiller any one, i. 6. to trri-
tale, to provoke, comp. Hithp. Gen. 49,
23.

Hipw. .25, inf-2 1. to make bitter,
to imbitler life, Job 27 2. With > to deal
billerly with any one, to cause him great
sorrow ; Ruth 1, 20 ἽΝ "78 > 72M the

Almighty hath dealt very bitterly with,

me. Comp. 9 3773 v. 31.

2. Intrans. tobe in bilterness, lo grieve,
to mourn, c. Ὁ Zech. 12. 10.

Nore. The form ἜΝ Ex, 23, 21,
although apparently a fut. Chald. of
“72, does not belong to this root, but to
ὃ no to disobey, to rebel ; Sept. μὴ
ἀπείϑει αὐτῷ. The sina intpp. all
read it as belonging to 9, prob. for
“2m, see inr. 772 Hiph. a.

Hirarae. ἘΚ ΝΣ to be imbiltered,
exasperated, with bx of pers. Dan. 8,7;

absol. Dan. 11, 11.—Syr. εἴορδὸ exacer-

. . . σιν» ᾿ .
bavit, lacessivit, Arab. iratus fuit.

Deriv. 92, "2, ΠΛ UH, He, πρῶ,
ayn rans, ἀξ, p52, ‘cann,
pr. ἢ. 272, nine, aut the four whieh
here follow

ΤΊ Γ (τ. 55) bile, gall, so called

from flowing or as bitter, Job 16, 13..

Ss 9 a κ«

Arab. ye Bl, Syr. 15,80, ἴΖεϑο, id.

m7 [ (τ. 972) constr. ΠΥ 2 ; plur.
Mics, ΤΊ ΛΟ. ;
me hitterness. acridness ; Deut. 32, 32
mins meSDWN clusters of bitterness, ἢ δ,
bitter clusters. Metaph. bitter ‘things,
sererr prnishments, Job 13. 26 smsn 2
mins ΞΡ thal thon arritest (layest) bil-

620 nia

ter things upon me, inflictest such heavy

punishment.

2. bile, gall, Job 20,25. Also 359
ὈΤΒ the gall of vipers v. 14, for the
poison of vipers, which the ancients sup-
posed to lie in the gall (Plin. H. N. 11.
37 or 62); although in other forms also
of this root the notion of bitlerness is
connected with that of venom; see

"7a, Syr. ἴ2,:2, Zab. δ, venom ;

bila πικρίας Heb. 12, 15, i.e. POE
Comp. naz, ON no. 5.

Ὁ m. plur. bitter herbs, Ex. 12,8.
Num. 9, 11; Sept. πιχρέδες, Vulg. lactu-
ce agrestes.—Trop. bitler lot, Lam. 3,
15, where in the other member is "33>
wormwood. R. 772.

ὙΠ (bitter, unhappy, τ. 2) Mera-
ri, pr. n. of a son of Levi Gen. 46, 11.
Ex. 6,16. Also as patron. Num. 26, 57.

mo, see MUN2. ‘

a Γ (τ. 339) wickedness ; concr.
a wickeds woman, as scelus for scelesta, 2
Chr. 24, 7.

“nwa, see in MA MDT.

Ni m. pr. infin. of τ. N&2, after the
Chald. manner; c. suff. ΝΘ.

1. a lifling up, elevating, from the
signif. to lift up, see the root no. 1, viz.

a) Of the voice, see 8&3 no. 1. 6, f;
hence song, singing ; 1 Chr. 15, 22. 27
xian sien che master of the song, leader
of the choir. Sept cod. Vatic. ἄρχων
τῶν δῶν,

b) Far more freq. effatum, an uttering,
something uttered; e. g. a saying, pro-
verb, Prov. 30,1; opllehts 31,1 "Wx Kwa
jax imno" the sayings which his ‘mother
taught hin.—Spec. effaltum divinum, an
oracle, prophecy, a divine declaration,
2K. 9,25. Is. 14,28 in the year that king
Ahaz died min Niwa men was this ora-
cle. Hab.1,1 πὶ πτπ =O wan the ora-
cle revealed to Habakkuk. Fally “Δ
Jer. 23, 33. 34. 38; "29372 Zech. 9, 1.
12,1. Mal.1.1.- Sometiinies followed bya
gen. of’ the object, as 533 ΝΘ the oracle
i.e. prophecy. declaration. against Ba-
bylon Is. 13, 13 ὋΣ “Ὁ. 23,1; also 15,1.
15.1.19. ἡ. 30. 6. Nah. 1; 1.-al. With
2 of object Zech: 9,1. 15. 21.13; d2
Zech. 12,1; >°Mal. 1,1. As sw is

-

ἜΝ
a

᾿

pwn

often found in the inscriptions of threat-
ening oracles or denunciations, Jerome,
Luther, the Engl. Version, and others,

have rendered it, even in the above

cases, burden (see no. 2. 6), meaning a
prophecy which is burdensome or threat-
ening; see Jerome Prol. ad Habac. et
ad Jes. 13,1. But it is used also in re-
ference to good, Zech. 12, 1. Mal. 1, 1.

Allusion is made to both the significa-

tions, burden and oracle, in Jer. 23, 33 sq.
Ez. 12, 10.

6) 52 Nw che lifling up of the soul,
i.e. that which the soul desires, longs
for, Ez. 24,25; see r. RW? no. 1. g.

2. From the signif. to bear, τ. 82 no.
4. a) Inf. to bear; Num. 4, 24 ahasd
nivada to serve and to bear, for serving
and for bearing 80. burdens, as porters.
2 Chr. 20, 25; comp. 35,3. b) Subst.
a bearing, the act or service of bearing
burdens, porterage, Num. 4, 19. 27. 31.
32. 47. ὁ) What is borne, a burden,
load, 2 K. 5,17. Neh. 13, 15. 19. Is. 22,
25. Jer..17, 21 sq. 2K. 8,9. xited non

by to bea bitllen to any one, 2 Sam. 15,

33. Job 7, 20; with 5x 2 Sam. 19, 36.
Metaph. of heavy eare, Num. 11, 11.

3. ὦ gift, see XY? Pi. no. 2,3; hence
tribute, i. q. ΓΙ) Ὁ no. 2. 2 Chr. 17, 11.
_ 4, Massa, pr. τι. of a son of Ishmael,
Gen. 25, 14. 1 Chr. 1, 30.

S82 (pron. massd) m. 2 Chr. 19, 7
8525 xw2 respect of persons, partiality ;
see Γ΄. NW? no. 3. Ὁ.

AND f. (r. xv) a burning, confla-
gration, so called from the rising of the
smoke, Is. 30,27. Comp. ΤΙΝ no. 1. Ὁ.

- Misia f ρίαν. Ps. 74, 3 in some edi-

]

tions; see ΓΊΝΗ.

Χο. Γ (for MNwo, τ᾿ NW?) constr.
mxive Gen. 43, 34; plur. mkv.

1. a lifting up, e.g. a) Of the hands
Ps. 141,2. b) a rising, ascending, as
of smoke in burning, Judg. 20, 38. 40;
comp. MNt2. c) Concr. a sign, sig-
nal, which is elevated, i. q. 03, Jer. 6, 1.
Perh.a signal given by fire ; comp. also
the Talmudic mx"w2 of signals by fire
given at the time of the new moon;
see Mishn. Rosh hashana 2. §2. d) i.q.
xiv no. 1. Ὁ. effatum, oracle, Lam. 2, 14.
e) Zeph. 3, 18 man ORY a lifting up

621

Sun

of reproach, concr. for ‘those on whom
reproach is lifted up or cast,’ i. 6. the
objects of reproach.

2. a gift, present, i. q. NWA no. 3,
Hsth. 2, 18. Jer. 40,5. Am.5,11. Spee.
a portion of food presented to a guest
(Hom. γέρας) Gen. 43, 34. 2 Sam. 11, 8.
Also tribute, 2 Chr. 24, 6. 9. Ez. 20, 40.

Nore. ΓΝ Ez. 17,9 is infin. Aram.
of Kal, for 82, ending irregularly in
ni like inf. Pi. minds foe Sk see in
xv? Kal no. 2.

330 m. (τ. 338) constr. 3307, c.,
cuff, saa. ;

1. height, altitude, as of walls, Is. 25,12.

2. a height, rock, crag, affording se-
curity and refuge, and ‘hence absol. a
refuge, Is. 33, 16; often of God, Ps. 9, 10.
18, 3. 48, 4. 59, 10. 18. 94, 22. al.

3. With the art. Misgab, pr. ἢ. ofa
town (on a height) in Moab; Jer. 48, 1.

ΓΙ f. (τ. 392) Prov. 15, 19, also
MDW") Is. 5,5 in some editions, a hedge
thorn-hedge. The latter form would be
from r. 392.

NW m. @ saw, Is. 10, 15.

MIWA f measure, sc. of liquids, Lev.

19, 35. Ez. 4,11. 16. 1 Chr. 23,9. Β.
“wr.

R.3w7.

wiv" τὰ. (r. wry) constr. wid, joy,
rejoicing, Is. 24. 8. 32, 13. 66,10. Me-
ton. the object and ground of joy, Ps. 48,
3. Is. 60, 15. al. Also Job 8, 19 bin
3.3 the joy of his way, i. e. his joyful .
lot.—Poetically Is. 8, 6, subst. for the
finite verb.

PCD m. (r. pn) derision, meton.
the object of it, Hab. 1, 10.

MQW? f. (τ. ΒΘ.) 1. a snare, trap,
for the feet, prob. of iron, parall. mp,
Hos. 9, 8. Hence

2. destruction, Hos. 9,7; comp. ΡΤ.

202 m. (pr. part. Hiph. τ. >>)
subst. a poem, song, Ps. 47,8; and so in
the titles of Psalms 32. 42. 44. 45. 52. 53.
54. 55. 74. 78. 88. 89. 142. Here =>
prob. implies a poem or song enforcing
intelligence, wisdom, piety, (see the root
Hiph. no. 3, 5,) whitch is true of all these
Psalms; not excepting Ps. 45, in which
every thing is referred to the goodness
of God, v. 3. 7. 8.

204

mw. f. (τ. ΠΡῸΣ) 1. an imag., fig-
ure ; Ez. 8, 12 mata "TIN chambers
of imagery, i.e. of i images, ‘chambers of
which the walls are painted with the
figures of idols, comp. v. 10. 11. jax
mz a slone or cippus with the image
of an idol, as Baal, Astarte, or the like,
Lev. 26,1; and so plur. mis3'02 Num.
33, 52. Prov. 25, 11 nisawna Snr “THEM
ΤῸ apples of pold with figures of silver.
Others, in baskets of silver, assigning to
m=. this signification as if from 720
to braid.

2. imagination, conceit, Prov. 8, 11.
Plur. Ps. 73, 7.

ΓΘ Ὁ f. (τ. 12) wages, Gen. 29, 15.
31, 7.41; reward Ruth 2, 12.

mina f. plur. nails, Ecc. 12, 11.
See 209. R. 2 i.g. Vd.

navn m. a shedding of blood, blood-
shed, Is. 5,7. R. MBWi. ᾳ. MED.

τ "Δ obsol. root, of doubtful signif.
perhaps i. q. Arab. “hn II, to divide.
Hence 77502.

ΤΥ £ dominion, empire, Is. 9, 5. 6.
R. m3 no. 2.

MDW f. (r. γ΄ 1) only plur. constr.
mip yy.

1. burnings, 6. g. of spices at funerals
Jer. 34, 5, see in r. FW no. 1. b; of lime
in a kiln Is. 33, 12.

2, ὉΠ mipye. Misrephoth-maim, pr.
n. of a place or district near Sidon, Josh.
11, 8. 13, 6—The name signifies pr.
‘burnings of water,” which Kimchi un-
derstands of warm baths. More prob. it
means ‘burnings by the water,’ either
lime-kilns or smelting-furnaces situated
near water.

ΤΡ (vineyard of noble vines, see
p wv) Masrekah, pr. n. of a place appa-
rently in Idumea, Gen. 36, 36. 1 Chr. 1,47.

mata a frying-pan 2 Sam. 13, 9.
Chald. M02, NOOO, ΝΌΟΣ, id.
The εὐ λοίοων is uncertain, and it is
even doubtful whether ™ is radical or
servile. But prob. it is servile, and then
the root, may be ΓΙ or MW 1. α. (ὦ
to shine, to glilter ; whence then ji
or 779, and M32 a metal pan, so called
from being kept bright. Seer. πλῷ.

622 ΝῺ

Ὁ Mash, pr. n. of ἃ people (and re-

gion) sprung from Aram, and therefore
to be sought in Syria or Mesopotamia,

Gen. 10, 23. Most interpreters, follow- —

ing Bochart (Phaleg II. 11), understand
the inhabitants of Mount Masius, Arab.
(S$O—>, which lies north of Nesibis,
and forms part of the chain of Taurus
separating Mesopotamia from Media,
Josephus confounds this name with
nt, Ant. 1. 6. 4.

NO m. (τ. 8t2 1) 1. usury, Neh.
5, 7. 10.

2. debt, loan, money borrowed, i. q.
mwa. Neh. 10, 32 39->D xvg the debt
of every hand, i. e. every debt, perh. so
called either because the debtor prom-
ised to pay by giving his right hand,
or because the hand is the instrument
and emblem of deposit, trust. Some
editions read here x®2 burden, which
is less well.

NWO Mesha, pr. n. of a place men-
tioned in describing that part of Arabia
inhabited by the descendants of Joktan ; —
Gen 10, 30 their dwelling was “O20
DIP A Mo A383 from Mesha even
unto Sephar (and beyond even unto)
the mountains of Arabia. .Here Mesha
might be taken as οῦσα or Motu, a —
celebrated city and harbour on the
western coast of Arabia, not far from
Mocha, where now lies δ)" Μάᾶξαλα,

or perhaps p¥—0 Misij, Niebuhr Ara-
bien p. 223, 224, 225. Mesha would

then constitute the western limit of the f

Joktanide. Sephar is the city yee,
the chief place of the district Shehr in
the province of Hadramaut; see in art.
“po. The mountains of Arabia are—
prob. the chain running across the mid-

νυ

dle of Arabia, from the vicinity of Mecca —

and Medina to the Persian gulf, called —

at the present day os Nejd, highlands ; ᾿
see Jomard Notice sur le Pays de Νά.
ou |’Arabie centrale, Paris 1823. 8vo.—
But as the Arabic names above given,
Misa’a, or Miasij, cannot wel) be com-
pared with Mesha, it may be better
with J. D. Michaelis (Suppl. 1561. Spi-
cileg. II. 214), to understand Mesene

ΝῺ 623

(ὦ, Bees: Meisdn), situated
among the mouths of the Pasitigris,
where this river empties into the Per-
‘sian gulf’ The sacred writer would
then begin with the eastern limit of the
Joktanide, and end with the western
and northern; so that "BO must be
sought between them. See “50.

ΔΝ m. (τ. 383) only plur. "Nw,
troughs, walering-lroughs, into which
water is drawn for cattle, Judg. 5, 11.

TNW f(r. x22 IT) debt, loan, money
lent, i. q. 8W2 no. 2, Deut. 24, 10. Prov.
22, 96.

FINDA m. deceit, dissimulation, Prov.
26,26. R. xv I.

MiNW Ps. 74, 3, see Mixiwe.

| Ὁ (entreaty, τ. 582) Mishal,
pr. n. of a Levitical city in the tribe
of Asher, Josh. 19, 26. 21, 30. Contr.
dec Mashal 1 Chr. 6, 59 [74], as if from
Ἔν.

MINWA Γ (τ. ἘΝ) a petition, request,
Ps. 20, 6. 37, 4.

ΓΝ f. (ΑΝ 9) a kneading-trough,
in which also the dough is leavened
-and swells, Ex. 7, 28. 12, 34. Deut. 28,
5. 17,

MQW , see naIva.

ΝΗ f. plur. (τ. Υ̓ΞΦ) 1. textures,
and with 3m1. lealures of gold, i.e. stuffs
inwrought with gold, in which threads
of gold are interwoven, brocade, Ps. 48,
14; see the root in Piel.

2. seltings, bezels, in which gems are
set, Ex. 28, 11. 13. 14. 25. 39, 13. 16.
‘See the root in Pual.

“202 m. Is. 37, 3. 2 K. 19, 3, constr.
"av. Hos. 13, 13, pr. ‘place of break-
ing forth” spoken of the mouth of the

womb, which the feetus breaks open at
birth. .R. 720.

“30 τὰ. (τ. 233) only in plur.
p20, waves which break upon the
shore, breakers, billows, Ps. 42, 8. 88, 8.
Jon. 2, 4, ΠΣ billows of the sea
Ps. 93,4. ΤῺ ‘a 2 Sam. 22, 4. Comp.
Gr. κύματος ᾿ἀγή from ἀγγνύω, ἄγνυμι. to
break. .

mw

nawa m. only in plur.c. suff. mnaw2,
destructions, calamities, Lam.1,7. Comp.
τ. ΞΘ Hiph. no. 4.

maw m. (τ. 33) an error, oversight,
Gen. 43, 12.

ae ΓΙ Ὁ 1. to draw, to draw
oul, 6. g. from the water, Ex. 2, 10.

Syr. {aso id. Arab. oom: Kindr. is
322.

Ηιρη. i. q. Kal, 2 Sam. 22, 17. Ps.
18, 17.

Deriv. "Od, pron. Mt, 92.

ΠῚ Ὁ obsol. root, Arab. Liwe
vesperi fecit, whence the subst. OX
evening, yesternight, q. v.

MO pr. n. Moses, Sept. and Josephus
Mwiojs, the great leader, lawgiver, and
prophet of the Hebrews, the son of Am-
ram and Jochebed, of the tribe of Levi,
Ex. 6,20. The narrative of his life and
actions, occupies the four last books of
the Pentateuch. A common appellation
is, the servant of God, of Jehovah, Josh.
1, 1. 2. 15. 1 K. 8, 53. 56. 2 Chr. 1, 3.
Dan. 9, 11; once in Pentat. Deut. 34, 5;
also the man of God Ps.90,1, His lawis
called: ΠΕ MIM the luw of Moses Ezra
3.2. 7,6. 2 Chr. 23, 18: mwa nin "Bo
the book of the law of Moses Josh. 23, 6.
2 K. 14,6. Neh. 8,1; also simply 759
mua 2 Chr. 25, 4. Neh. 13, 1. (Chald.
me" AED Ezra 6,18.) mya mins>d the
tables of the Mosaic law 1 K. 8, 9.—Is.
63, 11 he remembered the days of old,
‘a3 mun Moses, his people, i. 6. Moses
and his people.

As to the etymology, in Ex. 2, 10 the
name ΓΙ Ὁ is expressly derived from the
ideaof his being drawn out of the water.
But the form of the name is active, draw-
ing out ; not pass. drawn out ; and fur-
ther, it is hardly probable that the
daughter of Pharaoh would have given
him a name derived from the Hebrew
language. Hence the Alexandrine Jews
assigned to the name ἤωϊσῆς an Egyp-
tian origin with a Greek flexion, viz.

ΑΔ, μῶ, walter, and ΟΥ̓Χ Δ or
OAKES, ὑσῆς, saved, i.e. waler-saved,
saved from the water; sn Joseph. Ant.
2.9.6. c. Apion. 1. 31. Philo T: LL. p.

~

mon

853 Mang. Some such derivation may
also lie in the Heb. form Mua. Other
etymologies proposed, see in Thesaur.
p. 824. :

mia m. (τ. πῶ IL) a debt, loan,

Deut. 15, 2. See in 8&2 no. 2.

ΤΙΝ f(r. RW) i. gq. HYG with
which it is every where coupled, desola-
tion, ruin, Zeph. 1, 15. Concer. desolate
places, wastes, Job 30, 3. 38, 27.

PNW" ἢ plur. desolations, ruins, Ps.
73, 18. 74,3. The etymology is doubt-
ful, and hence the orthography varies;
e. g. Ps. 74, 3 in the edition of Athias
reads nix with Sin. Most. prob.
miniz2 is ‘merely a Chaldaizing or
Rabbinic form for Mixita (see MRI»,
τ. 81); comp. the futures 775" for 585,
152 for 195", and subst. Div i. α. witia ;
Heb. Gr. ὃ 71. note 9.—The form mix
(with Sin) would be from NW in the
sense to destroy, as Job 32, 22. Ez. 17,
9; see in NW) no. 2.

22502 (returned, r. 3%) Meshobab,
pr. ἢ. τῇ. 1 Chr. 4, 34,

maw, Mw, ἢ (r. mw) 6. suf.
ΕΟ a ΠΣ away. defection, apos-
tasy. ‘Pov: 1, 32 ΘΠ maa the
turning away oF fools from wisdom.
Spec. defection Jrom Jehovah, Jer. 8, 5.
Hos. 11, 7 ἼΓΞΗΞΏ defection from me.
Plur. > ian Jer. 2, 19.—Coner. naw
bees apostalizing Israel Jer. 3, δ. 8,
11. 12.

M9702 fc. suff. “na, error, once
Job 19,4. Ra.

DA Fz. 27, 29, and Vi" jb. v. 6,

an oar, For the Dagesh in 248” see in
ΤΟΝ, R. ow.

MOAW Is. 42, 24 Cheth. for notin
q. ν. @ spoiling, plundering.
“TW, see τ. τῶ,

ἘΠ fut. MY", inf. absol. miva,
constr. nia, once MN Ex. 29, 29, pr.
to stroke, to draw the hand over any thing.

Arab. A

hand, to stroke the face, to strike with a
sword. Chald. Syr. id. Monosyllabic
roots are: 7 whence Ot, and ma

Ὁ id. also to wipe off with the

624

π 2

whence M2, XM2,-to stroke, to wipe
off, to strike. called

1. to spread over with any thing, to
smear, 6. g. with colours, to paint, c. 3
of colour, Jer. 22, 14. Spec. to rub over

with oil, to oil, to oint, (Arab. ὶ

Syr. cascade , id.) 6. δ. cakes Ex. 29, 2.
Lev. 2, 4. 7, 12; so too a shield, to ren-
der the leather more tough and less
penetrable by weapons, Is. 21,5. 2 Sam.
1, 21.—Mostly to anoint, as a sacred
rite, 10 consecrate by unction to any of-
fice or use, e. g. a priest Ex. 28, 41. 40,
15; a prophet 1 K. 19, 16. Is. 61,1; a
king 1 Sam. 10, 1. 15, 1. 1 K. 1, 34.
Also a stone or column as consecrated
to God Gen. 31, 13; an altar Ex. 29, 36.
Lev. 8, 11; a sanctuary Ex. 30, 26. 40,
9. Dan. 9, 24; vases and utensils conse-
crated to God Num. 7,1. The full con-—
struction is 22> 5 Mt to anoint (i. 8.
consecrate) any one as king, Judg. 9, 15.
1 Sam. 9, 16, 1 K. 19, 15. 2 K. 9,33.
with 52, Judg. 9, 8. 2 Sam. 19,11 Absa-
lom nbs ἜΣΤΗ WU whom we anointed —
(constituted ‘king) over us. Is. 61,1 be-
cause Jehovah hath anointed (i. 6. con-—
secrated, appointed) me “25 to an-
nounce. 2 Chr. 22, 7.—That with which
one is anointed, as oil, ointment. ete. is
put with 3 Ex, 29, 2. Ps. 89, 21; accus.
Ps. 45, 8. Am. 6, 6. |
2. to spread out,.to expand, by rub-
bing or smoothing with the hand, see
mina. Hence also to measure. 6. g.
things long or broad, as cloth by mov-
ing the hand over it. Syr. lassi

on
Chald. nein, Arab. ered Hence.
ΓΙ Ὁ παπαῖ. }

Nipu. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be cu
ed, i. e. to be consecrated by unction,
Sleds 6, 13. Num. 7, 10. 84. 88. 1 Chr.
14, 8.

Deriv. ποθ, ΠΡΌ, sila the th
here following.

ΓΙῸ Chald. m. oil, Ezra 6,9. 7, od
Ofien in the Targums. Syr. LaaSo,

᾿

᾿

nnwn f. (r. nv) 1. an anointing,
nitions miian yaw the anointing-oil
Ex. 25, 6. 29, 7. 21. al. Wop rnte. ΠῚ
an oil of sacred unction, holy anointing=
oil, Ex. 30, 25. 31; comp. Lev. 10, 7%
21, 12. 5

mwa 6

oa part, portion, as measured out,
Lev. 7, 35; see the root no. 2.

ΓΙ f. 1. Inf. of the root Ὁ to
anoint; see above.

2. a part, portion, Ex. 40, 15. Num.
18, 8; see NH no. 2.

mn pr. part. Hiph. (r. mm) plur.
pinnia, destroying, which destroys ;
hence ‘Subst.

1. a destroyer, di plixteh. Jer. 22, 7.
Spec. in war, collect. ΡΤ ΘΓ the des
stroyers, troops in ambush rushing forth
to destroy, 1 Sam. 13, 17. 14, 15.

2. destruction, Ex. 12, 13. 2 Chr. 20,
23. 22,4. Dan. 10,8. Ez. 5, 16. 25, 15.
21, 36 [31] MMH "ON artificers of de-
struction, skilled to destroy. Spec. of
arms and weapons for destroying, Is. 54,
16; also of snares, traps, Jer. 5, 26.—So
naneia bs a man of destruction, a de-
stroyer. Prov. 28,24. But 2 522 Prov.
18, 9 is one who brings destruction on
himself a@ waster, prodigal—Also "4
‘On the mount of destruction ; spoken
of the mount of Olives or its southern
part, on account of the idol-worship set
up there by Solomon, 2 K. 23, 13, Vulg.
mons offensionis. Also of Babylon for
the like reason, Jer. 51, 25.

“NWA m. ig. IM, the dawn, aurora,
Ps. 110,3; see‘in art. 59. Ranw 1.

nt i. gq. MMH no. 1, destruction,
once ‘Ez. 1,” Ἐπ mr).

Pint m. (τ. mm) constr. nna,
destruction, defacement ; for concr. ide:
stroyed, disfigured, once Is. 52, 14.

PUA m. (τ. nnd) ὁ. suff. onda,
destruction, i. e. something destroyed or
disfigured, i. q. cape ei blemish, Lev.
92, 25.

| HV m. (τ. nv) Ez. 47, 10, constr.
Mw. Hz. 26, 5.14, a spreading, i. 6.
place for spreading.

"OU τη. ὁ. suff. jnew, dominion,
empire, influence. Job 38 33 Deyn ON
VINA inwwa dost thou assign the domi-
mion (of the heavens) over the earth ?
R. οὐ.

ὙΦῸ m. Bz. 16, 13, in pause ΑΘ v. 10,
according to the Heb. intpp. sill, a gar-
ment of silk. Sept. τρίχαπτον i. 6. ac-

53

5 sw

cording to Hesychius τὸ βομβύκινον
ὕφασμα. Jerome, ‘a garment so fine as
to seem equal to the finest hair.’ From
the root (Mt to draw) we can derive
no other sense than ‘something finely

drawn,’ e. g. a fine thread, stuff com-
posed of fine threads. τ

"0% see "0170.

byartn (delivered of God, τ. 318
Chald. ) Meshezabeel, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 4.
10, 22. 11, 34.

TW") τὰ. (τ. M72) constr. M2, ὁ.
suff. "M702.

1. Adj. verbal pass. χριστός, ointed,
anointed, of a shield 2 Sam. 1,21; ποθ 8
3°39 the anointed prince i. e. Cyrus, |
Dan. 9, 25; mM wan ἼΠΞΠῚ the anointed
priest, the high priest, Lev. 4, 3. 5. 16.
6, 15.

2. Subst. 6 Χριστός, the Messiah, the
anointed, the prince consecrated by unc-
tion, Dan. 9, 26.—More fully 3 mb.
the anointed of Jehovah, Sept. ὃ Χριστὸς
Κυρίου, a name of honour given to the
Jewish kings, as being consecrated by
anointing, and therefore most sacred,
1 Sam. 2, 10.35. 12, 3.5. 16, 6. 24,7. 11.
26, 9. 11. 23. 2 Sam. 1, 14. 16. 19, 22.
23,1. Ps. 18, 51. 20, 7. 28,8.al. Once
of Cyrus king of Persia Is.'45, 1. Not
used of the great Deliverer predicted
by the prophets ; although his usual
name (XM 0 Μεσσίας) among the
later Jews and in the N. T. is drawn
from passages like Ps. 2, 2. Dan. 9,26;
comp. John 1, 42. 4, 25. Buxtorf. Lex.
Chald. art. ἐπ δ, . [Yet Ps. 2, 2 is re-
ferred directly to the Saviour in Acts 4,
26.sq.—R.] Plur. the anointed of Jeho-
vah, spoken of the patriarchs, Ps. 105,
15. 1 Chr. 16, 22.

Ἶ 702, fut. 8"; imper. 72,
plur. 1309 Ex. 12, 21, and 1302 Ez.
22, 20.

1. to draw, to drag, Arab. GX id
see Lette ad Cant. Deb. pag. 96; in.
Golius and Freytag this signification is.
wanting. Kindred is m¥2.—With an
acc. of pers. το draw any one to a person
or place, with 3 or 58 of place, Judg. 4,
7. Ps. 10,9; comp. Cant. 1, 4. Contra,
to draw out of a pit, of ibe, water, with.
2 Gen. 37, 28. Job 40, 25. Jer. 38, 13.

ae

Absol. to draw to oneself, to draw down
upon oneself, Is. 5, 18. Hos. 11,4. 80
with 2 of manner, fo draw in the yoke,
Deut. 21, 3.— Bec.

8) rps ° 7072 to draw the bow, 1 K.
22, 34.92 Chr. 18, 33. Is. 66,19 nop ἘΠῊΝ
Eth. PMN id.

b) 33m 707 to draw out the seed,
i. e. to scatter it regularly along the
furrows, to sow, Am. 9, 13; comp. in
272 no. 1.

6) >in Fa Ex. 19, 13, and Ὁ
pa‘ 7222 Josh. 6, 5, to draw out the
trumpet, i. 6. to sound, i. ᾳ. MINBIWA SPR
in Josh. 6, 4. 8. 9. 13. 16. 20, comp. v. 5;
pr. to draw out the breath (to blow)
with force into the horn or trumpet of
jubilee ; comp. Germ. heftig losziehen.
In both places it is spoken of a signal
given with the trumpet of jubilee or
rejoicing ; see in 531} no. 1. Compare
Arab. whe traxit, also Conj. I, II, IV
clamorem extulit, inclamavit, increpa-
vit.

d) Hos. 7, 5 ΘΊΧΧΘΓΩΝ Ὑπὸ ya he
draws out hig hand with scorners, spoken
-ontemptuously of intercourse with im-
pious men; comp. in Engl. to give the
hand, to join hands with.

e) to draw out, i.e. to protract, to con-
tinue, to praloni Ps. 36, 11 ππὸπ 7d
E> prolong thy loving-kindness unto
them that know thee, thy worshippers.
85, 6. 109, 12. Jer. 31,3 "ὌΠ FAMSwa
have prolonged loving-Aintiness towards
thee. Ellipt. Neh. 9, 30. Comp. Syr.

ea to draw, whence subst. a long
continuance.

f) “wa 9 to prolong the body, i. 6.
to make it durable, robust, firm; to
strengthen. Ece.2,3 *YWa-ny 1553 Ww
to strengthen (cherish) my body with
wine. Syr. ya arefecit.

g) Intrans. like Engl. to draw on, to
draw towards, i. e. to move, to march, to
advance, Germ. ziehen. Judg. 4, 6 go
and draw towards Mount Tabor ; Sept.
ἀπελεύσῃ εἰς ὅρος Θαβώρ. 20,37 the am-
bush drew out, advanced. Prob. also Job
21, 33. Ex. 12, 21.

2. to lay hold of, to take, to hold, c. 3

Judg. 5, 14. Arab. argu ewe) id—In-
tens, to take away, i.e. to remove, to

δ. 4.

626 57

destroy, Job 24, 22. Ps. 28,3. Ez. 32,
20.

Nipu. to be protracted, delayed, de-
ferred, Is. 13, 22. Ez. 12, 25. 28.

Puat 1. i.q. Niph. spoken of hope
deferred, Prov. 13,12. ᾿

2. The Ethiopians are called, in Is.
18, 2.7, We "a a people drawn out,
extended, i. 6. fall of stature, a quality
ascribed to them in Is. 45, 14, Hdot. 3.
20, 114.—Arab. @Xww0 X, to be firm, ro-
bust, is also spoken of the body, but ina
different sense, Vit. Tim. I. 420.

Deriv. ni>b72 and

FW τῇ. (τ. Ὁ) 1. adrawing ; Ps.
126, 6 D737 WW the drawing out of seed,
i.e. the scattering it regularly along
the furrows; see in 52 no. 1. Ὁ. Comp.
Am. 9, 13.

2. possession; from the signification
of holding, Job 28, 18; see the root
no. 2.

3. Meshech, pr. n. prob. the Moschi, a
barbarous people inhabiting the Mos-
chian mountains between Iberia, Arme-
nia, and Colchis, Ps. 120, 5, (Strabo XI.
p. 344, 378,) usually coupled with the
neighbouring Tibareni (53m, 535m) Gen.
10,2. Ez. 27, 13. 32, 26. 38, 2.3. 39,1. So
too Herodotus, 3. 94 and 7. 78, Moayos
καὶ Τιβαρηνοί, The Sam. Cod. exhibits
a pronunciation approaching nearer to
the Greek form, Jw, jw, Sept.
ἹΜοσόχ, Vulg. Mosoch.

3202 m. (r. 23%) constr. 3202, c.
suff. "236 ; plur. constr. "332, c. suff.
pnisDwa.

‘La ‘lying down, reclining, e. g. for
sleep, 2 Sam. 4,.5 DYN 3309 sleep
at noon; also of a sick person Ps. 41, 4.
—Spec. a lying with, concubitus ; Levy.
18, 22 thou shalt not lie with a man
HER ΞΘ the lying with a woman, i.e. —
as with a woman. Lev. 20,13. Num. 31,
17. 18. 35. τ

2. a couch, bed, Ex. 7, 28. Lev. 15, 4.
5. 6. Job 33, 15. 2Sam. 17, 28.—For
the dead, a coffin, bier, 2 Chr. 16, 14.
Is. 57, 2.

3202 Chald. m. a couch, bed, i. q.
Heb. no. 2. Dan. 2, 28. 29. 4, 2. 7. 10
R. 320.

rina, see nistia.

ΞΘ
n220 £ (τ. b5u5) 1. Part. Piel, see
the root, Pi. no. 2.

2. abortion, miscarriage, 2 K. 2, 21;
see the root as above.

200 τὰ. (τ. j2) constr. j202, c. suff.
"2209 ; plur. constr. "2207 ; often plur.
nist, constr. minDw ; Sonatried 6.
fem. Ps, 84, 2.

1. a habitation, dwelling, as of men
Job 18, 21. Ps. 87, 2. Once of man’s
long home, the grave, sepulchre, Is. 22,
16; comp. 14,18. Of animals, a haunt,
lair, Job 39,6. Plur. poet. of God, i. e.
the temple, with its courts, Ps. 46, 5. 84,
2. 132, 5.

2. Spec. a tent, tabernacle, 2 Sam. 7,_

6. Cant. 1, 8. Often of the sacred tab-
ernacle of the Israelites, Ex. 25, 9. 26,
1sq. 40,9sq. Fully msn ΞΘ the
tabernacle of the law Ex. 38, 21. Num.
1, 50. 53. 10,11. For the distinction in
the descriptions of the tabernacle be-
tween 7202 and Dm, see in 5A ; hence
“3% bry 3 the freinieivori ‘of the
sacred tent, over which the covering
of skins was spread, Ex. 39, 32. 40, 2.
6. 29.

202 Chald. the dwelling of God, the
temple, Ezra 7,15. R. j20.

* 5188 fut. >" 1. to rule, to have
dominion ; not found inthe other Semi-
tic dialects, except Phenic. >w prince,
Monumm. Pheen. p. 448. Corresponding
is Gr. Baotd-eve.—Constr. a) Absol.
_ of a king Prov. 12, 24. 29, 2. Dan. 11, 3.
4.5; of God Ps. 66,.7; with an adjunct
of place where Zech. 6, 13. Josh. 12, 2;
6. dat. comm. 15. 40,10. b) With 3, to
rule over any one, as a king over his
people Deut. 15,6. Judg. 8, 22.23. 2 Sam.
23, 3. Is. 3,4. 12; or over a land or king-
dom Josh. 12, 5. 1 K. 5, 1. 2 Chr. 9, 26;
also of a viceroy or prefect Gen. 45, 8.
26; a man over his wife Gen. 3,16; a
servant set over household affairs Gen.
24. 2. Ps. 105, 21; of a people over an-
other people Judg. 14, 4. 15,11; and
of God who rules over all things Ps.
103,19. 1 Chr. 29, 12. Ps. 89, 10. Spoken
also of rule over incorporeal things, as
one’s own spirit Prov. 16, 32; sin Gen.
4,7. Ascribed likewise to things, as to
the sun and moon, Gen. 1, 18 bia did
m>"ba1; comp. Plin. 2.4. Cic. Tuscul.

627

sun

1.68 ‘omnium moderator et dux sol.’
c) Rarely with >3 over Prov.28,15. 4)
With int. c. > to have power to do any
thing, Ex. 21, 8 F932 ditin ND "39 DDD |
unto α aramies nation he shall have no
power to sell her.—Parr. > a ruler
prince, Prov. 6, 7. 23, 1. 28, 15. Ece. 9,
17. Jer.51, 46. Ez. 19,11; also-Is. 16, 1.
Ps. 105, 20; of the Messiah Mic. 5, 1;
of animals Hab. 1, 14. Also in a bad
sense, a master, tyrant, Is. 14, 5. 49, 17.
52,5; comp. 0°27) Is. 13, 2.

Il. to liken, to make like ; intrans. to
be like ; see Niph. Hiph. and the nouns

pit, >to; Arab. AS to be like, to
make like, hic likeness, simile, ACH
like. Ethiop. fA to deem, to seem
to any one, GFA, likeness. Aram.
is id.—The Various senses of this

verb in Kal are all drawn from the
noun >t, viz.

1. to propose a parable, with δὲ to
any one, Ez. 17, 2. 24, 3.

2. to use a proverb Ez. 18,2; with >9
concerning any one Ez. 16, 44.

3. to use a by-word or song of derision,
Ez. 12, 23; with 2 Joel 2, 17.

4. Part. plur. ibis poets, as using
the diction of parables, proverbs, ete.
Num. 21, 27.

Note. Various attempts have been
made to show the point of connection
between the two significations, to rule
and to liken; see Schultens ad Prov.
1,1. Michaelis ad Lowth de Sacr. Poesi
p. 41. Simonis Lex. etc. Two conjec-

‘tures formerly proposed by me, see in

Thesaur. p. 828. But not improbably
two roots of different origin have coa-
lesced under this form; one, correspond-

ing to the verbs (Lin, dws, to liken ;
the other, in Arabic chino, having perh.
the signif. to be strong, valiant, which is
still found in (huw fortis, strenuus fuit,

see ge :
wl vir strenuus, in Gr. βασιλ-εὺς
-“ ¢

Nipu. pr. to be made like ; hence to be
like, to be similar to any thing, c. > Is.
14,10; > Ps. 49, 13. 21; bY Ps. 28, 1.
143, 7.

Piet i. q. Kal πο. IL. 1, to use parables,
Ez. 21, 5 [20, 49].

Sun

Hien. I. to cause to rule, to give do-
minion to, with acc. of pers. and 3 of
thing, Ps. 8,7. Dan. 11, 39. Inf. subst.
bean ΡΣ ΜΈΝΟΙ 25, 2.

Il. to compare, ὁ. dat. Is. 46, 5.

Hirup. i. q. Niph. to become like, c. 9
Job 30, 19.

Deriv. >t, nth, and the three
following.

I. bw m. (r. bw) c. suff. POR,

plur. n>, constr. "20 .—Arab. its
Hass, Chald. Rom.

l.a ΠΝ parable Kz. 17, 2. 24,
3.—See too Judg.9, 7 sq. 2 Sam. 12, 1 sq.
2 K. 14, 9.

2. a sentence, γνώμη, a sententious say-
ing, apothegm, such as consists in the in-
genious comparison of two things, sen-
timents, etc. see in Prov. 25, 3. 11.12.13
sq: 26, 1. 2. 3. 6. 7. 8. 9: 11. 14, 17.—
E. g. Prov. 1, 1. 6. 10, 1. 25, 1. 26,7. 9.
Ecc. 12,9. Job 13,12. 1K. 5, 12.—As
this sort of sayings often pass into pro-
verbs (1 Sam. 24, 14), hence >a is
also

3. a proverb, παροιμία, 6. g. 1 Sam.
10, 12. Ez. 12, 22. 18, 2. 3. Comp. παρα-
Body Luke 4, 23,

4, Genr. a poem, song, verse, the mem-
bers of which, by the laws of parallel-
ism, consisted of two hemistichs similar
in form and sense. Spec. of prophecy
Num. 23, 7. 18. 24, 3. 15. 20 sq. of a di-
-dactic discourse or poem Job 27, 1. 29,
1. Ps. 49, 5. 78,23; often of a satirical
poem, song of derision, Is. 14, 4. Mic. 2,
4, Hab.2.6. So m3720)>" bund. on to
become a song and a by- ~word, Deut. 28,
ot.) 1K. 9; 7. Jeri24, 9: Ps. 69, 12; ale
Ps. 44, 15. 2 Chr. 7, 20; comp. Ez. 14,

8.—Arab. Ate parable, fable, sentence,

§ - 5
plur. SLivf fables, verses.

11. 502 pr. n. see dxwr.

Ὁ m. (τ. dt) 1. rule, dominion,
Zech. 9, 10.

Il. likeness, similitude, for concer. like,
Job 41, 25.

SA inf as subst. i. g. dt no. 4, a
song of derision, Job 17, 6.

moti τὰ. (τ. m8) only in constr.

rou.

628 aun

t. a sending forth, i. e. place to
which any thing is sent. Is, 7,25 ΓΞ Ὁ
“iW i.e. a place to which cattle are
driven.

2. With 5" or 553" ‘that ον δὴν the
hand is put,’ business, Deut. 12,7. 18. 15,
10. 23, 21. 28, 8. 20.

ota, mot, m. (r. mbo) 1a
sending, Esth. 9, 19. 22.

2. With 7", ‘that on which hand is
laid,’ prey, booty, Is. 11, 14.

ὨΓΙΘΙ Ὁ fem. of the preceding.

1. a sending, i. e. a troop, host, of an-
gels, Ps. 78, 49.

2. a sending away, discharge, from
war or captivity, Ecc. 8, 8. |

Dw (friend sc. of God, τ. > Pu.
no. 3) Meshullam, pr. n. of several per-
sons, Ezra 8, 16. 10, 15. 29. Neh. 3,4. 6.
30. al.

ninbdwn (for mini τοί του δημιᾷ
r, Bbw Pi. ) Meshillemoth, pr.n.m. 8)
2 Chr. 28,12. 0) Neh. 11,13; for which
nab | Chr. 9, 12;

m79202 and "71779209 (for ΠΟΘ,
whom Jehovah repays, or whom Jehos
vah treats as a friend, τ, D> Pi.) Me-
shelemiah, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 9, 21. 26, 1.
29; for which 3777258 26, 14.

meta, see in minbwn.

mabwn (friend sc. of God, r. πο Pu.)
Meshullemeth, pr. n. of the wile of king
Manasseh, 2 K. 21, 19.

wow for W>vin ‘ see D>Y.

mata f. (r. Dav) plur. niawe.

1. astonishment, amazement, Ez. 5,
15.

2. desolation, as Maths) M2730 Ex. 6,
14, 33, 28. 35, 3. Plur. Is. 15, 6. fe.
48, 34.

JOU m. (τ. 122) fatness ; Is. 17, 4
inva yo the fatness of his flesh, his
body. —Plur. 57:22 8) fat places,
fertile fields, Dan. 11,24. 8) Coner.
fat ones, i. 6. stout, robust warriors, 4t-
παροί͵ Ps. 78, 31. Is. 10 16. Comp. 728
Judg. 3, 29.

mat (fatness, r. 720) Mishman-
nah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12, 10.

γα γα

pyawa m. plur. (τ. 725) fatnesses,
*.e. the fat pieces of flesh, delicacies,
tidbits, Neh. 8, 10.

yawn m.(r.320) 1. ahearing, i.e.
the thing heard, Is. 11, 3.

9, Mishma, pr. n.m.
b) 1 Chr. 4, 25.

mynw f£ (r. yo) 1. a hearing,
audience, i. e. admission to the private
hearing of a king. 1 Sam. 22, 14 701
qmsewa-bx and hath access to thy pri-
vale audience. 2 Sam. 23, 23. 1 Chr.
11, 25.

2. obedience, for concer. obedient, sub-
ject, Is. 11, 14.

ἼΔΩ m. (τ. 20) constr. "22 ;
plur. ὁ. suff, 19979070.

1. watch, guard,i.e. a) ward, pris-
on, imprisonment, Gen. 40, 3 sq. 42,17.
Lev. 24, 12. Num.15, 34, Ὁ) The sta-
tion of'a watch, post, Neh. 7, 3. Jer. 51, 12.
Concr. the watch or guards themselves,
Neh. 4, 3. 16. Job 7, 12.. c) Meton.
what is guarded, kept ; Prov. 4, 23 keep
thy heart ἜΘ Ὁ ΟΞ above all that is
kept, above all things else.

2. observance. what is observed or
kept, usage, rite, Neh. 13, 14. Coner.
one who is observed, treated with rever-
ence, spoken of a prince, Ez. 38, 7.

a) Gen. 25, 14.

720", fem. of the preceding, c.
suff. “ays : plur. min202, constr.
ninsv..

1. watch , guard, custody,i.e. 4) The
act of πο ἴος;," K.11,5.6. Ὁ) Place
of a watch, sfalion, post, Is. 21, 8. Hab.
2.1. Concer. of the watch, guards, them-
selves, Neh. 7, 3. 12,9. 13,30. 96) Con-
cr. an object kept, preserved in safety,
1 Sam. 22, 23.

2. a keeping,
16, 32. 33. 34.

3. a keeping, observance, performance
of a duty, office, charge, Neh. 12, 45.
1 Chr. 23, 32. Num. 4, 27.31 mata mt
DNB this is the abseroance (charge) of
their porterage, this is what they have
tobear. 3,31 jiNn om yew their charge

was the ark. Plur. of the single duties
of the sacred office, etc. Nam. 8, 26. 2

Chr. 7, 6. 8, 14.—Hence πο ποῦ
‘peal Num. 1, 53. 31, 30. 47, or wibn "2
et

preservation, Ex. 12, 6.

629

ph opal

3, 28. 32. 38, or Hint “o Lev. 8, 35, tc
keep the charge of the tabernacle, ete.
i.e. to perform the service in the sacred
tabernacle.

4, The object of observance, a charge,
law, usage, rite, Gen. 26, 5. Lev. 18, 30.
Josh. 22, 3. 1 K. 2, 3. Zech. 3.7. Mal. 3,
14. al.

5. Ἔ mya 720 pr. to observe the
observance of any one, i. e. to keep
one’s duty to him, to follow the party
of any one. 1 Chr. 12, 29 "3.
ANY ma Nyaa ornsb, Vule! magna
pars eorum adhue sequebatun domum
Saul.

M3072 m. (r. M33) constr. το Ὁ, c
suff. ΓῺ,

1: twofold, double, the double, Ex. 16,
22. Is. 61, 7. Job 42, 10. Zech. 9, 12.
poScAitia the double in money, double
money, Gen. 43, 15. But m7 FQ v.
12 is a second money, i. q. "πὶ 3 other
money v. 22.

2. a duplicate, a copy, of an original,
Deut. 17, 18. Josh. 8, 32.

3. second rank, second place, in order,
dignity, honour, etc. Often in the gen.
after a noun, as 430an ἼΠΞ the second
priest, who ‘etande next to the high
priest (ON MD) 2 K. 25, 18. Jer. 52.
24. Plur. "22m 725 the priests of the
second order, 2 K. 23,4. So m3D7%
mba the second Ghaxiat i in order Gen.
41, 43. mz ἜΣΤΙ the second part of
the city Neh. 11, 9, and simpl. 7:9 id
2 K. 22, 14. Repl 1, 10.

4. Coner. the second, one who holds
the second place, c. gen. of the person
to whom he thus stands next, the newt,
6. 5. 23 M20 the wert to the icles
2 Chr. 38, 7, comp. 1 Sam. 23, 17. Esth.
10, 3. Tob. 1, 22. Spec. the second or
next brother, 2 Chr. 31, 12, Neh. 11, 17.
1 Sam. 8, 2; fully M22 AM-MN Ais sec-
ond or next brother 2 Chr. 31, 12. Plur.
Dwar ans their younger brethren,
opp. to the first-born 1 Chr. 15, 18.—
Also 5°30 ὩΌΞ. ΕΞ silver cups of a
second quality Ezra 1,10. So.1 Sam.
15, 9 5732 catile of a second qual-
ify, (opp. 20°72,) or perhaps lambs of
the second birth, i. e. autumnal lambs,

and therefore weaker and less valua-
ble. :

own

mown f(r. OOW) plur. n*own | plun-
der, prey, booty ; Mew> m7 Jer. 30, 16.
2 Καὶ. 21, 14. roti’ ἸΏ Is. 42, 24 Keri.
Plur. Hab. 2,7.

c » Ὁ obsol. root, perh. i. q. 2"

Ge

(comp. 62, Arab. yo abstersit,) to
make clean, be cleanse,.e. g. cotton by
picking; then also to pour out clean, to
milk clean, to eat off clean (froma plate) ;
also to plunder clean, i. e. to desolate,
comp. Mp2 Is. 3,26. Not found in the
Heb. verb; but adduced by Abulwalid
and many intpp.as the root of "302 q. v.
See Thesaur. p. 829.

>t m. (Ὁ. byw) a narrow path,
hollow way. Num. 22, 24 o.o8an biswina
a narrow way between two vineyards.

"JU ἅπαξ heyou. Ez. 16, 4 nxn xd
sstnd , of a new-born infant. Here
“307 j is referred by Abulwalid and many
others to r. ΣΦ q. v. as if a cleansing,
q. d. nor wast thou washed to cleansing
i.e. clean, the form "32 being taken
for ΠΣ, But no such form can be
derived from >2; and I would there-
fore rather refer it to r. M2 to look, i.e.
"yO i. α. MSW, Yod radical being
preserved, comp. obra 2 Chr. 24, 25;
and then the sense would be: nor wast
thou washed for looking upon, i.e. for
presenting to thy parents and others,
which is not done until after the frifant
is washed and swathed.

ἘΣ (swift-going, τ. D>) Misham,
pr. ἢ. τη. 1 Chr. 8, 12.

ΣΦ τὰ. (τ. 49%) constr. ww2, a
stay, support, prop, Is. 3, 1. Trop. Ps.
18, 19. 2 Sam. 22, 19.

JW m. id. Is. 3, 1 Magtiay ἸΣΘῸ stay
and support, i. e. support of every kind,
‘as immediately explained, e. g. food
‘and drink v. 1, comp. 430; also the
chief persons of the nation on whom
the people lean, v. 2. 3, comp. 738.
For this use of the masc. and fem. in
connection to express universality, see
Comm. on Is. |. c.

myo fem. of the preced. stay, sup-
port, Is. 3, 1; see in (202.

ΤΣ f. 2 K. 4, 31, constr. ib. 18, 21,
9. suff. "M2309; plur. c. suff. ons;

630

pon

a staff, on which one leans, Judg. 6,
21. ΕΖ. 29,6. Zech, 8, 4. Ps. 23,4. R.
ἸΣῶ.

ΓΒ, £ (τ. MEW) constr, iti,
ὁ. suff, “pnt ; plur. Minsss Ps. 107,
44, constr. ‘ninewa.

1. gens, i.e. a tribe, clan, Gen. 10; 18.
20. 31. 32. 12, 3. Also of a whole peo-
ple, nation, Ez. 20, 32. Jer. 8, 3. 25, 9.
Mice. 2, 3.

2. In the subdivisions of the Hebrew
people, spec. ὦ family, several of which
were comprehended in one tribe (238,
272), as on the other hand one family
contained several households, fathers’
houses, (MIAN M3, see M73 no. 11,) Ex.
6, 14 sq. Num, 1, 20 sq. 26, 5 sq. Lev.
20, 10. 41. Josh. 21, 4. 20 sq. 1 Sam. 9,
21. 10, 21. 20, 29 525 Hmph» M31 we
have a family (subdivision) sacrifice,

comp. v.- 6.—Used rarely and lJaxly for

tribe, ΞΘ, as Josh. 7, 17 HAN" ὩΓΙΒῸ Ὡ,
for WAT" pats in v. 16. Judg. 13, 2. 8,
2. 11,

3. genus, kind, of animals Gen. 8, 19;
also of inanimate things Jer. 15, 3.

OBWA m. (r. DEW) constr. DEW, c.
suff. "opts ; plur. CB, constr.
"DBD.

1. judgment, i. e.
judging, Lev. 19, 15 ye shall do no injus-
tice wEwAD in judgment. Deut. 1, 17
sin ΟΞ vewan "2 for to Ged be-
longeth judgment. Is. 28, 6 ὃς Ξῦῦ
DEW who sillelh in judgment. Ez. 21,
32 pew ib wx Nay until he shall
come to whom judgment belongeth. δ)
The place of judgment, i.q. Saban Spa
Ecc. 3,16. So ὩΣ SEs xia lo go into
judgment with, to summon before a
judge, Job 9, 32. 22, 4. Ps. 143, 2; comp.
Job 14, 3. Ecc. 11, 9. 6) a cause,
sutt, before a judge, Num. 27, 5. 373
uptie to order or set forth a cause,
Job 13, 18. 23, 4. Έ Ew (5) nos
to carry on ( judge) the cause of any
one, to be his patron, Deut.-10, 18. Ps.
9,5. (Comp. j"7 and 3%.) δῷ ow. “ΞΔ
ms to liticate or contend with any one,
Jer. 12,1. “wet 532 my opponent, ad-
versary, pr. who has a suit with me, Is.
50,8. d) the sentence of a judge, 1 Κ,
3, 98, 20,40. Ps. 17,2. Plur. mins ΘΝ
the judgments of Jehovah Ps, 19, ‘10. 119

a) The act of ©

j

ΒΦ

75.137. Sometimes τ ὩΒ Ὁ is (God’s) fa-
vourable sentence, kindness, Is. 59, 9. 14.
Oftener unfavourable, inflicting pariish-
ment, Is. 53, 8. Jer. 1,16. 4, 12. 39,5
2 K.25,6. 6) charge, guilt, crime, for
which one is judged, Jer. 51, 9. Ez. 7,23
p27 ὉΒ Ὁ a capital crime. So ΘΙ
ny guilt worthy of death, capital, Deut.
19, 6. 21, 22. Jer. 26, 11. 16.

2. right, rectitude, justice, what is just,
lawful, conformable to law, Is. 5, 7. 32,
1. 33, 5. Ps. 30,5. 111,7. Prov. 1,3. So
bea nen 10 wrest justice Deut. 16, 19.
27,19. 1 Sam. 8, 8. APIs vawa Mey Zo
do right and justice a. 22, 15. 23, 5. 38,
15. Deut. 32,4 wpa meyers all hie
ways are sdeaiiuale i, e. right, just. "2182
ὈΒΘ Ὁ a just balance Prov. 16, 11. Also
wpiad according to justice Ἦν 30, 11;
according lo right, as is right, Jer. 46, 28:
and so the opp. UB Nba without νὴ
Jer.22,13.—Spec. ἃ) α law, stalute,as
a rule of judging. i.q. pm. Ex. 21, 1. 24,3.
Plur. often 3 ΒΘ Ὁ of the dtvind ἜΝ
Lev. 18, 4. 5. 26. 19, 37. 20 sq. Deut. 4,
ἃς 7, 11. 12, So collect. the law, the
body of laws, as we say: ‘the Mosaic

law, ‘the common law; e. g. "7 vB

Is. 51, 4. 58, 2, and simply Ὁ ae 42, 3
3. 4, the divine law, (i. gq. τ.) the
Seligion of Jehovah. b) That which
belongs to any one by law, a right,
privilege, due, 6. g. genr. as "BBD? my
right Ps. 17, 2. Is. 49.4. Job 27, 2. 40. 8;
so 5 UB ‘brs to take away one’s riche
Is.10,2. In astricter sense, MENS UBSN
the right of redemplion Jer. 32, ri: Ὁ
ΞΕ the right of primogeniture Deut.
21,17. Collect. 32m ΒΕ the royal
privilege, i.e. the rights and preroga-

tives of the king, 1 Sam. 8, 9. 11. 10, 25.
Spec. what one receives byright; ΞΘ

ΣΙ ΓΝ ὈΠΣΓΙΞΙῚ the priests’ due from
the people Deut. 18, 3. 1 Sam. 2, 13.
c) Since laws blacned not only from the
will of the lawgiver, but often also from
the manners and customs of a people,
hence 220% is also manner, custom, pre-
scription ; as 2 K. 11, 14 and lo! the

king stood upon a stand B32 accord-

ing lo custom. 17, 33. 34. 40. Gen. 40,
ι8 ΝΠ ΒΘ ΘΚ in the former man-

mer. Comp. Arab. Cro and Gr. δέκη.

Hence d) manner, i. 6. fashion, sort,

631

po

kind, 2K. 1,7 8°xn vaya ng what was
the fashion of the man? what sort of a
man was he? Judg. 13, 12 mansna
aw) ASI DE what will be the
manner of the child (i. e. what sort of a
child will he be) and what will he do?
Also manner, way, Ece. 8, 5. 6.

DIME dual, folds, enclosures, open -
above, often wide of hurdles, in which
during the summer months ths flocks
are kept by night; Gen. 49, 14. Judg. 5,
16; i. ᾳ. S9MDW no. 2, where see fully.
R. maw.

. PW obsol. root, prob. i. q. ἢ Ὦ to
hold, and then zo possess, > and Pp be-
ing interchanged ; comp. ise —Hence ©
p22 possession, and

PUD ἅπ. λεγόμ. possession, Gen. 15,3,
i. gq. 70%. The interpretation of this
vexed passage may then be thus pre-
sented: ἌΣ ΟΝ, PHB NAT "Na ΡΘΓΊΞΙ
and the son of possession (i. e. the pos-
sessor) of my house or of my domestic
property will be Eliezer of Damascus.
The sacred writer seems to have chosen
this less frequent form PY2, in order
to form an assonance with the word
pvt; a kind of play upon words not
unknown even to the prose writers of
the O. T. see in M32 no. 2. Fora ze
reason he puts simply Γ pws for τ
ΓΘ ΞΞ a Damascene; comp. (52D no. a
Others derive Pa from the root Ppw
to run, (as 732 from 792 ») and sik oa,
late: δα discursitationis, i. q. house- ᾿
steward. But in this connection there
would be little force in the words: J

‘am childless and the steward of my

house (or my head-servant) is Eliezer
of Damascus. See more in Thesaur.
p. 829.

Pwd m. constr. Pw2, a running about,
Is. 33,4. From r. PPS, formed in the
Chaldee manner for PU.

mpwa m. (r, ΠΡ) constr. ΠΣ Ὁ Ὁ, Ο.
is Ene sing. 1 K. 10. δ. see Heb.
§ 91, Ζ plur. ppv; pr. part.
ess
1. a cup-bearer, butler. Gen. 40, 1. 2.
5. 9. 41, 9. Chald. "202, also "pw

s7pd, Syr. pans, Arab. (glu, id.

pwn

2. drink, espec. wine, Gen. 40, 21.
Lev. 11, 34. 1 K. 10, 21 npwe “2D
drinking-vessels.

3. a well-watered region, Gen. 13, 10.
Ez. 45, 15.

Spin m. (τ. >Pw) weight, Ez. 4, 10.

pipwa m. (τ. PY) a lintel, the up-
per part of a door-way, Ex. 12, 7. 22.
23.

ὉΡΦῺ τὰ, (τ. det) constr. dpon.

1. a weighing. act of weighing ; 2 K.
25,16 mum2> Sewn m7 ND there was no
weighing of the brass, i. e. it could not
be weighed for abundance. 1 Chr. 22,3
DpPw WN so that there was no weighing
it. v. 14.

2. weight, definite weight, Gen. 24, 22.

Josh. 7, 21. Judg. 8, 26. 1 K.10, 14. Lev. |

26, 26.

M2PW Is. 28, 17, and ὨΡΡ 2 K.
21, 13, f. a plumb-line, plummet, used

in levelling; so called from its poising,
R. >pw.

pt m. (τ. SPY) constr. spwa, de-
Secation, settling, of waters. Ez. 34, 18
ἜΘ craspo2, Vulg. aquam purissi-
mam.

N29, see "7D.

M109 f. (r. HX 1) maceration, steep-
ing. Num. 6, 3 ‘prags-nIwe the steep-
ing of grapes, Ἰ. 6. ἃ drink prepared from
_ macerated grapes.

NPN Chald. πὶ. (τ. Py) a pipe,
syrinx, Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15.

“YW Mishraile, gentile ἢ. from
satis Mishra, a town or district else-
where unknown; collect. 1 Chr. 2, 53.
The latter name might signify, ‘slippery
place, i.q. Chald. sinw2.

* “ὃ «"ἡ

Wie fut. tin" to touch, to feel, c.
acc. Gen. "27, 12. 22; prob. also 72x v.
21 (Dagesh being dropped), which is
commonly referred to r, th30.—Chald.

Ge

twa, chovin, Zab. ws, Arab.
Ethiop. with Ἢ inserted. ΟΠ ἢ id.

Gr. wcoow, Kindr. are 92 II, δ,
q. ν.
Pie. twa, fo feel in the dark, to

grope. Deut. 28, 29. Job 5,14; ¢. ace. to
Κεἰ out, to explore with the hand, Gen.

632

7

na.

31, 34.37. Job 12, 25 ηῦππ who" they
feel oul the darkness.
Hien. id. c. ace. Ex. 10, 21.

MnO m. (τ. 48) constr. MMH, e.
suff, arab Dan. 1, 5.8; and πξ το ν.
10, enna v. 16; all in sing. Heb. Gr.
§ 91. 9.

1. a drinking, Esth. 5, 4. 7, 2. So
5 π Hw. ΓΞ the chamber of drinking
wine, the banqueting-hall, Esth. 7, 8;
wma js the wine of his drinking,
i. e. which the king drank, Dan. 1, 5.
8. 16.

2. drink, Dan. 1, 10. Ezra 3, 7.

3. a banquet, feast, συμπύσιον, Esth. 1,
3. 2, 18. 8, 17. Is. 5, 12. al.

“nw Chald. m. emphat. ΝΛ Ὁ, id.
Dan. 5, 10 “Ὁ ΓΞ the hanqueling-halky
see in Heb. } Ὁ no. 1.

ΓΙ in sing. not used, a man, Lat,
mas, commonly referred to the root
nm, pr. extended, grown up, adult, see
Ewald’s Gram, § 382; comp. 732 W°N.
Eth. {9 ἘΓ vir, spec. maritus; comp. Lat.
mas. In the Hebrew itself there are
traces of the singular number in the pr.
names >xwana, ΠΡ ΘΓ, (ΓΟ being a
construct form, like 38 Chald. constr.
NIN; DW, Ἰοῦς, whence "byraw ; D268 in
sing. const. 200. whence tyne) as also
in Punic words 6. g. Metuastartus %%
nanw> 1. 6. a man or worshipper of
Astarte, Methymatnus ἡ 172 i. 6. a
gift-man, comp. Theodorus, Diodorus.
See Theenor. p. 830.

Pur. ΘΠ πὶ. twice defective =m
Deut. 2, 34. 3, 6, men, i. 6. niales, opp.
ὁ Wonien ail children, Deut. 2, 34 tra
FUT] BEM the men and women and
children. 3, 6. Job 11,3. Is. 3,25. Often
ς. genit. "BO "M2 a few men Gen. 34,
30; ΝΘ "m2 men of falsehood Ps. 26, 4;
"DON “m9 my tent-companions Job 31,
31. ete.—In Is. 41, 14 the words "ΠΏ
exit. ate’ ‘well rendered by Sept. ὀλι-
γοστὸς ᾿Ισραΐλ, Luther du armer Haufe
Israel ; though this notion of fewness
and misery lies not in the word "72
but comes from the preceding nzbin.—
For Judg. 20, 48 see in art. 52; and
for the phrase ΘΠ Ὑ see in W739 1.
1. Ὁ.

ΓΙ dead, part. of τ. ΤΩ, where see.

ona

straw, heap of straw, Is. 25, 10.

ἘΔῺ obsol. root, perh. either fo
_ stretch, to extend, comp. kindr. mm,
ΠΡ ; or else i. ᾳ. Ὁ, to draw, io
drag. —Hence

an m. c. suff. "3m, a bit, curb, 2 K.
19, 28. Is. 37, 29. Ps..32, 9. Prov. 26, 3.

_ Metaph. 2 Sam. 8, 1; see in "a8 no. 3.

;
4

ι
f

ΓΝ ee

"ΠΩ obsol. root, prob. i. q- iss

ἴω, and ets to stretch, to extend, e. g.
ἜΒΗ Kindred is Mm9, also 772, "72.

Deriv. m2 (5°12), “nD, pr. n. bytana,
m>wana.

bina τῇ. adj. (τ. pm) fem. HpINa,
plur. ΘΓ, see Heb. Gr. § 27. n. 1;
sweet, Judg. 14, 18. Ps. 19, 11. Prov. 24,
13. 27, 7. Cant. 2, 13. Nett. sweet,
sweelness, Ez. 3, 3. Judg. 14, 14.—Me-

_ taph. pleasant, Ecc. 5, 11. 11, 7.

ΝΣ (man of God, comp. from

“4772 man, see in ΤΏ, Ὃ i. q. "OX, and

) Methushael, pr. n. of one of the
triarchs, descended from Cain, Gen.
4, 18. |

᾿. nowanna (man of the dart, see pre-
ceding art.) Methuselah, pr. n. of a pa-
_ triarch before the flood. the son of Enoch
and grandfather of Noah, who died at

the age of 969 years, Gen. 5, 21 sq.

ΠΏ fut. ΠΟ, to stretch, to ex-
“tend, as a tent, the heavens, Is. 40,
— 22.—Syr. Chald. id. Eth. P@h for
PO? ἢ induit, velavit; whence de-

_rivatives signifying pallium., Kindred
‘roots are ΠΡ, Sam. ΠΤ}, to expand;
also ΠΏ, ei provectus fuit dies.

Deriv. Mmm a sack.

"M2 pr. subst. extension, space of

time; then as an ea adverb,

when? Arab. εχ, Syr. wAsef, Chald.
"12°8 .—Gen. 30, 30. Ps. 42, 3. 94, 8.
119, 82. 84. Am. 8,5. al. Without inter-
rogation (Syr. 2 wads} ) Prov. 23, 35
ΥῈΝ "172 when I awake. Ps. 101, 2.
With prefixes: a) "m3 i. gq. "Ma
(see > B. 2. a), at what time, when,

without interrog. Ex. 8, 5 [9]. Sept.
MOTE. ;

| ΓΝ
ΟἸΞΓΏ m. (from subst. 33m) collect.

Z

na

b) "ΩΣ until when? i.e. how long?
1 Sam. 16, 1. Ex. 10, 3.7. Ps. 80, 5. Jer.
4,14.21.al. Poet. in aposiopesis: Ps. 6,
4 and thou Jehovah, "M2792 how long ?
sc. wilt thou delay to help. 90,13; comp.
Is. 6, 11.

c) "ἢ "SMS after how long? i. e.
when? Jer. 13, 27.

DN plur. of ma q. v.

ὙΦ f. (τ. 42m) ὁ. suff. ἼΘΙ,
measure, ΕΖ. 45,11; a daily task, tale,
Ex. 5, 8, comp. ἸΞῺ v. 18. Ex. 30, 32
im22m22 according to its measure, i. e.
the proportion of the parts of which it is
composed. 2 Chr. 24, 13 and they rebuilt
the house of God imz2%2 53 according to
its former measure.

myona Mal. 1, 13 for ARDA-N2; see
2 note, lett. c. p. 541.

riven £ plur. by transposition for
nism, biters, teeth, only constr. Job
29, 17. Joel 1, 6. See nisne.

mowers Nah. 2, 4, see in r. 32m Pu.

ἘΓῺ m. (τ. 02m) wholeness, sound-
ness, 6. g. of body, Ps. 38, 4. 8. Is. 1,6.—
In Judg. 20, 48 instead of Dh is to be
read M2 men, as found in several Mss,
See in m2.

ὲ EX
τ {no obsol. root, Arab. cps, to be
strong, firm; comp. kindr. }M2.—Hence
“aya, OD.

ἸῺ m. (τ. 123) constr. jm2, Kamets
impure, Prov. 18, 16.

1. a gift, Gen. 34, 12. Num. 18, 11.
Prov. 18, 16. jm Ss a liberal man
Prov. 19, 6.

2. Mattan, pr. ἢ.
Baal 2 K. 11, 18. 2 Chr. 23, 17.
Jer. 38, 1.

82072 Chald. f. i. q. Hebr. nama, a
gift, plur. j2m2 Dan. 2, 6. 48. 5, 17.

ΓΘ f. (τ. 19) constr. m2; piur.
mon, constr. ΤΉ.

1. a gift, present, Esth. 9, 92. 2 Chr.
21, 3. Gen. 25,6; spec. a bribe, i. q.
“πῶς Ecc. 7, 7. Also a gift offered to

a) A priest of
b)

God Ex. 28, 38. Lev. 23, 38. Num. 18,
6. 7. 29. Ps. 68, 19; to idols Ez. 20,
31. 39.

2. Mattanah, pr. n. of a place between

na

the desert and the borders of Moab,
Num. 21, 18. 19.

"2772 (apoc. for 5"2m2) Mattenai, pr.
ἢ. ἢ. a) Neh. 12,19. b), Ezra 10, 33.
Ὁ) Ezra 10, 37.

"22 Mithnite, a gentile name else-
where unknown, 1 Chr. 11, 43.

MIF and WWI (gift of Jehovah,
r. 12) Mattaniah, pr. n. of several men,
2K. 24, 17. 1 Chr. 9, 15. 25,4. 16. 2 Chr.
20, 14. 29,13. Ezra 10, 26. 27. 30. 37.
Neh. 11, 17. 12, 8. 25. 13, 13.

DPF m. dual, (τ. 8) the loins, the
lower part of the back, so called as the
seat of strength, Gr. ὀσφύς, to be distin-
guished from 772" the thigh, see in ἢ"
no. 1.—1 K. 12, 10. 0%3m2 "2 waters to
the loins, reaching thus far, Ez. 47, 4.
Spec. the loins are that part of the body
around which the girdle is worn 2 K.
1, 8. 9,1. Is. 11,5. Jer. 1, 17. Gen. 37,
34; on which burdens are sustained Ps.
66, 11; in which is the seat of the pains
of travail Is. 21, 3. Nah.2,11. Also the
seat of strength, (see above and comp.
Lat. elumbis, delumbare for debilitare,)
whence ‘5 "22 Ὑ71 10 shatter the loins
of any one, i. e. to crush him wholly,
Deut. 33, 11, comp. Ez. 21, 11; to cause
the loins to waver, shake, of one verging
to ruin, Ps. 69, 24. Ez. 29, 7. Arab.

yi and ἐκ ἵδάδιζο id. more rarely

9
pled sing. 2. one side of the loins or

lower wri of the back protuberant
with flesh and muscles.

5 po fat. p27 1. to suck, 1. 4. Syr.
“ise to suck as a child; hence fo Seed
upon with relish, comp. Ὑ 2. Job 24,20
ma ‘pm when the worm feeds sweetly
on him.

2. to be or become sweet, sweet things
being wont to be sucked; Prov. 9, 17.
Ex. 15, 25. Metaph. Job 21, 33 Spme

634

nny

>r27"239 i> sweet to him are the clods
of the valley, the earth is light upon
him.

Hien. 1. 10 make sweet or pleasant.
Metaph. Ps, 55, 15 ‘Tid p M2 133 Wx
(we) who made sweet together our fa-
miliar discourse, i. e. who as familiar
friends held sweet discourse together.

2. Intrans. to be sweet, (pr. to cause
sweetness, see Heb. Gram. ὃ 52. 2. n,)
Job 20, 12.

Détiv. ping, opm, and the three
here following.

— υἷι

ae an ea οὐκ ,. των

’
PH") m. sweetness, trop. pleasantness,
Prov. 16, 21. 27,9. R. pm. ἰ

ῬΓ m. sweetness Judg. 9, 11. R.
pn.

f
MPN (sweetness, στ. PM2; prob. —
sweet fountain, opp. 79%) Mithkah, pr.
n. of a station of the Israelites in Arabia

4

Petra, Num. 33, 28, 29.

MTN Persian pr. n. Mithredath, —
Gr. Mitgadatys, Μιϑριδάτης, Mithrida- ὦ
tes,i.e.a Mithra datus, Mithra being the
genius of the sun. a) A treasurer of
Cyrus the king, Ezra 1,8. Ὁ) An offi- —
cer of Artaxerxes in Samaria, Ezra 4,
7.—See more in Thesaur. p. 832. t

sift, present, 1 K. 13,7. Prov. 25,14. Eee. ©
3,13. 5,18, ‘3 mm the gift of his hand, —
i. e. as much as he is able to give, Ez. —
46, 5.11. Only in the constr.

MAA (contr. for H9mm2) Mattathah,
pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 10, 33, Gr. Matrudu
Luke 3, 31. 4

Mmm. and WPHNA (gift of Jeho-
vah, r. 173) pr.n. Mattithiah, a frequent © q
name after the exile: a) Ezra 10, 43. _
b) Neh. 8,4. 69) 1Chr. 9, 31. 15, 18.
21. 16,5.—Gn Mattodias 1 Mace. 2, 1 εἶ
Mattias Acts 1, 233. 26; also ατϑαοῖος
the evangelist.

. FN f. (contr, for ΤΩ, ᾿ in?) a
ἢ

- ae
Ds

en Se ee ee ee oe ee ©

>

Nun, the fourteenth letter of the He-
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting
50. The name 493 signifies in Syriac,

-Chaldee, and Arabic, a fish, which seems

to have been represented by the primi-
tive form of this letter ; ; see Monumm.
Phen. p. 37 sq.

It is interchanged: a) With other
liquids, as Lamed, see lett. 5; Mem, see
Jett. 2; more rarely Resh, as ΣΝ 3 1322
and “28792522; ΠῚ, Chald. 723, the
sun is risen; 072, Aram. 1) two;
Arab. rey? and wy? purple. Ὁ)
As the weakest of the liquids it is often
softened into Yod, so that very many

verbs 7B and " exist side by side with
_ the same signification, as ΓΝ) and AN
_ to be beautiful,
and tp" to lay snares, comp. Lehrg.
δ 112. 2. ἃ ; and for the affinity of verbs
¥ ἽΒ with other biliterals, as 19, 33, rd,
see ibid. no. 2. 3. The primary ine
_ syllabic root of verbs jp, and also of
' verbs “B, is often the last syllable,
| whence 87) i. q. 725 to roar; M72 i. q.
ΟΠ, FAT; 402 and 34D to Aenast m2
and ΠῚ ἴο blow ; 3122 and 33) to curse ;
δ) and Ἐφ, ete.

=X) and 3%" to set, SP?

Nun is very often dropped at the be-

j ginning and in the middle of words; also
_ sometimes atthe end. Ontheother hand,

in Chaldee, Arabic, and Ethiopic, in-

_ stead of doubling a letter, Nun is fre-
- quently inserted before the letter which
_ would otherwise be doubled, 6. g. 228
, for HaN, see Fk

| mba), Arab. Blin, ear of grain;
| naw. ‘Eth. mzOT, etc. see Thesaur.
ep. ‘833.

33372 for 3772; also

I. 8) a particle of incitement and also
of request, entreaty, Engl. now, often
rendered J pray thee, Lat. queso, Gr.
δή, Germ. doch.—Syr. 3, 43, id. al-
though rarely used and sometimes mis-
understood by the Syrians themselves ;

Sam. xi. ΠῚ In Ethiopic the cor-

responding word is 20 go to, come,

N3

(})

usually declined like an imperative, ἢ

2%,, plur. 505, 3%; comp. 195, ΖΦ,
2P, lo! Amhar. 44. The whole verb
is prob, preserved in the Egyptian fig.
tocome. See Thesaur. p. 833.—The
particle δὲ2 is joined

1. With the Imperative, both simple,
as 827NP Gen. 22, 2; and paragogic or
intensive, as 8272> Judg. 19, 11. Num.
22, 6. It thus expresses: a) Incite-
ment, as ΤΆ RITN2B put forth now thy
hand Job 1,11. 2,5. Ὁ) Command, but
gently and mildly, as we say: ‘do now,’
‘do now this or that.’ Gen. 24, 2 put now
(S27O"D) thy hand under my thigh. 13,
14, Num. 22, 6. Job 4, 7 83-731 remem-
ber now. 12,78 sida ask. now. 35. 1
So in the language of God.; Gen. 22, 2
ΠΣ 3 ΟΝ ΝΣ ΤΙ take now thy son. Is. 7, 3.
Ex. 11, 2. c) Admonition, and even
rebuke and threat ; Num. 16. 26 depart
now (8279750) from the tents of these
wicked men. 20, 10 hear now (83733),
ye rebels. Ps. 50,22. d) Entreaty, very
often; Gen. 27, 19 May N-OIP arise
now, sit and eat. 24, 45 let me drink, I
pray thee. 12,13. 13,9. 32, 30. 37, 16.
50, 17. Judg. 19, 9. al. sep. With a
certain degree of asperity, Is. 47, 12
37232 NI 22 persist now in thine en-
chantments.

2. With the Future. a) In the first
person often together with ΠῚ paragog.
which has a like power ; here it serves
chiefly for incitement. Jer. 5,24 δὲ} 8753
ΤῸΝ let us now fear Jehovah. So sing.
also of oneself, Gen. 18, 21 R777 7
will go down now, i. q. come, I will go
down. Ex. 3, 3. 2 Sam. 14, 15. Cant. 3,
2. 1 Chr. 22,5. The same form is used
by those who speak with others and ask
their leave ; 1 Sam. 20, 29 x2 τι :Ν Let
me hasten away, I pray thee. Num. 20,
17. 1 K. 1, 12. Ex. 4, 18. Is.5; 1. 5.
Ruth 2,2. Once δὲ is found separated
from its verb, or rather the verb is to be
repeated before it, 82.... 0b Ps. 116,
14, b) In the third person. and here

NS)

it expresses: o) Incitement, provoca-
tion; Jer. 17,15 where is the word of
the Lord? 82 Ni>> let it come now, at
last ; comp. Is. 5,19. β) Wish and en-
treaty ; Gen. 47, 4 let thy servants dwell
now (X273207), i.e. suffer us to dwell.
Ps. 124, 1. 129, 1. Cant. 7, 9. 2 K. 2,9.
y) Asking leave ; Gen. 18. 4 Ἀϑ ΤΡ. let
there be brought now, permit me to bring.
44,18. ° ‘

3. Once with the Preter ; Gen. 40, 14
Son (tay xv ws) and show kindness,
I pray thee, unto me, deal now kindly
with me, where δὲ3 gives to the Preter
the foree of the Optative ; comp. in BX "2
B. 3. p. 462.

4. With Interjections: a) 2 ΠΣ Π
behold now! lo now! Gen. 12, 11. 16,
2. Job 40, 15.16. al. Ὁ) 82-758 wo now!
Jer. 4, 31. 45, 3. Lam. 5,16. 06) From
N2-AN comes contr. RIX and AX ah
now ! see p. 70.

5. With an interrog. Adverb, 82-758
where now ? Ps. 115, 2.

6. With Conjunctions: a) 827> nay
now; not, I pray thee; with fut. and
implying a wish or asking leave that
something may not take place. So with
the first pers. Job 32, 21 725 NWX ΑΥΤΟΝ
ws let me not. I pray, accept any man’s
persom, i. 6. let me now remain impar-
tial. With the second pers. Gen. 18, 3
231 8278 pass not away, I pray thee.
19,7. Num. 10,31. Also with the third
pers. Gen: 18, 32 "2585 Sm) δ τον, Ab-
sol. 827>8 not so now, Oh not so! Gen.
19, 18.

Ὁ) n2-0N if now, if indeed, Gr. εἴ ποτε,
ἐὰν mots, used by those who modestly
and timidly presuppose any thing. So
in the phrase Ὥ2ΣΞ ἩΠ ΝΣ Ὁ XPTON
if now I have found favour in thine eyes,
which I hope rather than venture to
assume, Gen. 18. 3 (Sept. εἰ age). 33,
10. 47, 29. 50,4. Ex. 33,13. 34,9. In
Gen. 30,27 the apodosis is wanting after
this phrase, q. ἃ. ‘ tarry, I will do all that
thou requirest.,—Once &} is separated
from the conjunct. Gen. 24,42 F8ITSN

"277 ΡΣ 82 if now thou do prosper

my way.

Nore. In the language of courtesy
and submission this particle is often used
repeatedly ; e. g. Gen. 18, 3. 19, 7. 8. 18.
19. 50,17. 2K. 20, 3. Is. 38, 3.

636

INI

II. 82 m. adj. (τ. 8"3) raw, half-
cooked, rare, as flesh, Ex. 12,9. Arab. —

i Ba 4

δ) ΕΖ. 80, 14. 15. 16. Jer. 46, 25, fully

ΤΩΝ ΝΣ Nah. 3, 8, No, No-Ammon, p=

n. for the Egyptian T'hebes or Diospo-—
lis, the ancient and splendid metropolis —
of Upper Egypt, called by Homer éxa- —
τόμπυλος 1]. 9. 383, one hundred and —
forty stadia in circuit, situated on both —
sides of the Nile, and celebrated for the —
multitude and splendour of its temples, —
obelisks, statues, etc. see Diod. Sic. 1.
45-50. Strabo 17. 1. 45, p. 816 Casaub. —
In the time of the prophet Nahum (l.c.) —
it was already destroyed, before Nine-—

veh, probably by the Assyrians, Is. 20;

4; it was afterwards in part restored by —

the Ptolemies and the Romans. Its

splendid ruins, which are named after —

the modern villages: Medinet Abu, Luk-

sor, Karnak, are depicted in the great —

work: Descrs de Egypte T. II. Ill.
Wilkinson’s Topography of Thebes, etc.
Lond. 1843. Comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. p. 28 sq.—Sept. in Ez. 1. 6. Ζιόσπολις,

in Nahum I. 6. μερὲς “dupa, which last

is a literal interpretation of the suppos-
ed Egyptian form No-Ammon, viz. 83,
Egypt. MOC or MOFC, i. 68. σχοῖνος, a
measuring line, then part, portion mea-
sured, and 7128 ΔΛΛΟΥΠ (Jupiter)
Ammon, see 7i28 IIL; whence ἽΝ δὲ
the portion of Ammon, i. 6. the possession
of the god Ammon, as the chief seat of
his worship; see Jablonski Opuscula
ed. te Water, T. I. p. 163-168. But
the ancient Egyptian form was more

probably 618. - ΔΑΛΛ ΟΥ̓ ΠΤ quod Ammonis

est, or better MA-2MOTIM the place
of Ammon, since m and n were often
interchanged, as in Moph and Noph.

m INQ obsol. root ; either i. q. Arab.
_-B-
OL to give forth water, i. 6. the earth,

whence OL a land yielding water; or
better i. q. 793, to be shaken, agilated.—
Hence

IND m. also TNS? for τὶν Judg. 4, 19;
plur. ΤΥ 2, @ bottle, i. e. a skin or lea-
thern sack. for milk Judg. 4,19; for wine

ab «ἀν

_ 1Sam. 16, 20. Josh. 9, 4.13, The skins

_ for preserving wine were suspended in

_ the smoke, Ps. 119, 83.—So called either
as being used for frntde; ; or better, from
being shaken in order to make batter

- from milk; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
Ῥ. 180, 440.

3 ri) in Kal not used, i. q. 753, to
sit, to dwell, comp. Gr. ναίω, ναός. The
primary notion seems to be that of rest,

quiet, see Hab. 2.5, comp. Eth. UP
respiravit, requievit; and it therefore
has affinity with 412.—Hence mx3, plur.
constr. min.
~Pin. ΠΝ Ps. 93, 5 (comp. ππὸῷ Hith-
pal. ninacn), plur. contr. 583 for W182.
1. With >, to be proper, suitable, be-
coming to any one ; pr. ‘to sit well? on
any one, comp. Plin. Panegyr. 10 quam
bene humeris tuis sederet imperium, the
_ metaphor being drawn from a garment.
_ So in Engl. and also Germ. jemandem
: gut sitzen, formerly taken in the widest
_ sense, whence the word Sitte. (Others
take M382 as Niph. of the verb 738, pr.
to be desired, and hence to be agreeable,
_ decorous, etc.) Ps. 93, 5 ΓΝ) 472d
Wp holiness becometh thine honise. Comp.
; adj. MIN2.
2. Absol. to be decorous, becoming, i.e.
to be comely, beautiful, Cant. 1, 10. Is.
52, 7.—Hence 748).

Γ ΠΝ.
:
Γ
|
.

AND f(r. Fas) iq. my, MBB, only in
_ plur. constr. Mix2, a poetic word, seats,
_ dwellings, habitations, viz. a) Of men
or of God, as ap37 mind Lam. 2, 2; mix?
don Vulg. domus iniquitatis Ps. 74, 20.
opindy mis? 83, 13. Ὁ) Of flocks and
4 herds, pastures, in which they remain,
lie down; rest; see the toot MN3. Jer.
25, 37. Am. 1, 2. “ate mR? pastures
! of the desert Ps, 65, "13. Jer. 9, 9. al.
sty min? green pastures Ps. 23, 2.

ΤῊΣ adj. (for 73832, τ. 982) fem. ΤῚΝ.

1. becoming, pa a A proper, ©. Ὁ ΡΕ.
33, 1 MBM MIN? OvIw> praise becometh
the lipright, i. e. praise to God. 147, 1.
Prov. 17, 7. 19, 10. 26, 1.

2. comely, beautiful, Cant. 1, 5. 2, 14.
4,3. 6, 4

* DN) i. g. O43, ποτὶ, Gr. μύω, to
murmur, to mutter, to whisper, to speak

637

ὮΝ

5

in a low voice; Arab. οἱ id. Spee. of
the supernatural voice which was sup-
posed to whisper oracles in the ear of a
prophet; see 58}. and comp. Ἰ1 δ a p.
192.—Once of false prophets, Jer. 23, 31
DN) 2} 25) they muller (false) oracles.—
Hence

DS? m. (r. 082, after thé-form 5133)
effatum, a declaration. revelation, oracle.
a) Of God ; once in st. absol. Jer, 23,31,
Very freq. in the phrases: Mim) oN?,
MINI¥ 77 BN2, (so is) the oracle of Jeho-
vah, so js it xevealad from Jehovah ;
usually inserted in the words of the
prophets themselves, as in Engl. saith
Jehovah, saith the Lord, Am. 6,8. 14. 9,
12. 13. al. or else added at the end of a
sentence Am. 2, 11. 4, 3. 5. 8-11. Is. 3,
15. 14, 23. So very often in Ezekiel,
e. g. 5, 11. 12, 25. 13, 16. 14, 11. 14. 16.
18. 20. 15, 8. 16,8; constantly in Jere-
miah, e. g. 2, 9. 12. 22. 29. al. in Isaiah
less frequently, e. g. 3, 15. 14, 22. 23.
More rarely found at the beginning of a
sentence, 1 Sam. 2, 30 bis. Is. 1, 24. Ps.
110,1. On this and similar phrases see
Kleinert ab. die Echtheit der Jes. Weis-
sagungen T.I.p. 246. Ὁ) Rarely spok-
en of men, e, g. Num. 24, 3 5352 ἘΝ)
the saying (oracle) of Balaam. v. 4, 15.
16. So of poets, a saying, song, poem,
2 Sam. 23, 1. Prov. 30, 1. Ps. 36, 2 ἘΝ)
5Ὸ a song of inhichiodiese, i. e. concern-
ing “the wicked. Or perh. in such in-
stances this genit. may be taken pas-
sively, 6. g. a revelation to Balaam,
which he received by inspiration.

ἘΏΝ fat. 4829, and Piet 53), part.
F822, to commit adultery, spoken both
of man and woman, absol. Ex. 20, 14.
Deut. 5, 17. Hos.'4,.2. 13.14. Part. 5x)
Job 24, 15 and 5829 an adulterer Is. 57,
3. Ps. 50, 18; fem. MBN) Ez. 16, 38 and
ΓΕΝΣ an etbepads Prov. 30,20. With
acc. to commit adultery with a woman,
Prov. 6, 32. Lev. 20, 10. Jer. 29, 23..
Contra, with accus. of the adulterer, trop..
Jer. 3. 9 see below.—Like 21 it is often.
trausferred to the apostasy of Israel
from the true God to idolatry ; Jer. 3, 8
dee na0a MEN NWN because fobelk
lious Israel ‘commits adultery, 5, 7. 9,
11. 23,14. With acc. Jer. 3, 9 5R3mr

ΞΔ

Τππσ τα Ἵ ΝΣ πσΤκὶ and commits adultery
with stone and wood. Ez. 23, 37.
Deriv. the two following.

pra m. plur. adulleries Jer. 13, 27.
Ez. 23,43. BR. ὯΝ).

D DANI m. plur. (r. 82) adulteries ;
Hos. 2, 4 ΠΤ 722 ΠΕΠΕΝΣ.. . ον. 70M let
her put aivay her orludterite frou be-
tween her breasts. Here the open bosom
of an immodest woman stands for the
seat of lust and unchaste solicitation ;
as elsewhere the collum resupinum is
the seat of pride Ps. 73, 6, and the neck
the seat of strength Job 41, 14.

“VR? fut. 782", to deride, to despise,
to reject with derision and contempt, as
instruction, admonition, c. acc. Jer. 33,
24. Prov. 1, 30. 5, 12. 15, 5; the divine
counsel Ps. 107, 11. Often of God as
rejecting men Deut. 32, 19. Lam. 2, 6;
absol. Jer. 14, 21 reject not, for thy name’s
sake! Comp. y3> and 0X2.

PIEL 7X2, fut. yR22 1. i. q. Kal to
despise, to contemn, Is. 60, 14; chiefly
God Ps. 10, 3. 13. 74, 18. Is. 1, 4. 5, 24.
Num. 14, 23, 16, 30. al.

2. Causat. to cause contempt, to give
occasion’ for calumny or blasphemy, 2
Sam. 12, 14.

Hipu. fat. 7X23 (by Syriasm for yx2>)
intrans. to excite disgust, to be spurned ;
Ecc. 12, 5 3pm yz the almond is
spurned, rejected, by an old and toothless
man; comp. 7p no. 2.—Sept. Vulg.
Syr. to flourish, as iffrom 732, but against

the context.
᾿ς -Hrrupo. part. yxta for yxdna Is. 52,
5, despised, contemned, pr. exposed to
contempt, one who must put up with
— contempt.

Deriv. the two following:

MEN. f. reproach, reviling, Is. 37, 3.
2K: 19, 3. ΒΟΥ͂Ν.

MEN) f. (verbal of Pi. τ. yx2) plur.
MixN2, reproach, reviling, Neh. 9, 18.
26; 6. suff. F"MEN2 Ez. 35, 12.

᾿ PN? onomatopoet. i. q. kindr. P28
q. v. to groan, to cry out from pain and
anguish, Ez. 30, 24. Job 24, 12.—Hence
MPN? f. constr. ΤΡ, a groaning, out-
cry of the oppressed, Ex. 2, 24. 6, 5.

Judg. 2,18. Plur. constr. mips? Ez. 80,
24,

638

ΝΞ)

᾿ “2 in Kal not used; kindr. with

"IN to curse. Arab. τι mid. Waw
abhorruit ab aliqua re, refugit, fr ad-
versatus est, restitit, noluit.

Piet "83, to abhor, to reject, Lam. 2,
7. Ps. 89, 40.

33 (perh. for 723 a height, hill, τὶ 732)"
Nob, pr. n. of a city belonging: to the
priests in the vicinity of Jerusalem, 1

Sam. 22,11. 19. Neh. 11, 32. Is. 10, 32.

With He parag. M5) (for 723) towards
Nob, 1 Sam. 21, 2. 22, 9. See Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 149, 150.

. N23 in Kal not used, pr. i. q. 539
the 5 being softened into &, fo boil up,
to boil forth, as a fountain ; hence to pour

forth words, like those who speak with —

fervour of mind or under divine inspira-

Ἐ,»
tion, as prophets and poets. Arab. (5.
I, I], indicavit, nunciaviti. q. sé {

Conj. I, spec. of a prophet who an-

nounces, reveals, to men the words of —
It is a wrong etymology to make ©
the primary notion that of extolling, ce- —

God.

lebrating.

NipH. 823, 2 pers. MX2) and once "23
(like verbs 5) Jer. 26, 9; part. 833,
plur. 5°83). also 5°82) Jer. 14, 14. 16,
as if from sing. 832 after the analogy of
verbs ΠΤ ; which is also followed by the
infin. 6. κὐδ' PRIN Zech. 13, 4.

1. to speak under a divine influence, —

as a prophet, to prophesy, Gr. agoqy-—
The Hebrews used the passive ©

τε ύω.

forms Niph. and Hithp. in this verb, θ6- —

cause they regarded the prophets as

moved and affected by a higher influ-«

ence, rather than by their own powers. —
The same class of notions the Romans —
also expressed by deponent verbs; see

Ramshorn De verbis deponentibus La-
tinor. p. 24; comp. also the Lat. verbs
of speaking passively expressed, as lo-
qui, fari, vociferari. concionari, valicinart,
etc. Ramshorn |. 6. p. 26.—This is the
usual word for the utterance of the pro-
phets, whether as reproving the wicked,
or as predicting future events, or as an-
nouncing the commands of God. Con-
strued: 8) Absol. Jer. 23, 21 "MDT ND
SND) ἘΠῚ cms 7 have not spoken to
( command ed) them, yet do they prophesy.

he en ὧν

———

|

N23

Am. 3,8 if the lion roars, who doth not
fear? if Jehovah speaks, 8327 δὰ 5. Ὁ who
shall not prophesy ? Joel 3,1. Ez. 11, 13.
37, 7. 1 K. 22, 12. Jer.19,14. 8) With
the name of the people or country to
which the prophecy refers, c. > Jer. 14,
16. 20, 6. 23, 16. 27, 16. 37. 19. With
by pike’ th’ a hostile sense, of threats,
Jer. 25, 13. 26,20. Ez. 4. 7. 11, 4. 13,
17, 25, 2. 29, 2. 34, 2. 35, 2. 39,1; also
in a good sense where the prophecy
holds out consolation and hope of future
good, Ez. 37, 4. With >x in a bad
sense Jer. 26, 11. 12. 28, 8. Ez. 6, 2. 13,
2. 16. 21,2; in a good sense Ez. 36, 1.
37,9. ο) With ace. of that which the
prophet utters, Jer. 20, 1. 25, 13. 28, 6;
6. g. "BY N22 Lo prophesy lies Jer. 14,
14.923, 25. 26. 27, 10. 14; "pd mixdn 5
Jer. 23, 32; and with 2, as "wa pr. to
prophesy swith a lie, as a false prophet,
Jer. 5. 31. 29, 9. The words of the pro-
phet are often given after 7ax> Jer. 32,
3, or Wa) Ez. 21, 33. 30,2. ἃ) With
3 of the source whence the prophet is
inspired ; hence the prophets of God are
said to prophesy "7 Da Jer. 11, 21. 14,
15. 23, 25. 26,9. 27,15. 29,21; and the
prophets of Baal, 5322 Jer. 2, 8. e)
With > referring to the object of the
prophecy (as in lett. c) Jer. 28,9; also
to the time to which the prophecy re-
lates Ez. 12, 27.

2. to chant, to sing sacred songs, lo
praise God, sc. while under a divine
influence, 1 Sam. 10, 11. 19, 20. 1 Chr.
25, 2.3; comp. Luke 1, 67.

Hirspa. 82:04, also x3:n Jer. 23,
13. Ez. 27,10; 2 pers. once Mann 1
Sam. 10, 6, also infin. nian 1 Sam.
10, 13, both imitating verbs ΡΝ Syr.

~ £232}, eth. TAP.

1. i. q. Niph. no. 1, to prophesy. absol.

_ Num. 11, 25-27. 1 K. 22, 10. Ez. 37,10;

_ with acc. of thing and 52 of pers. 1 K.
22, 8.18; >» of pers. Jer. 14, 14. 2 Chr.
20, 37 5533 xBINM to prophesy by au-
thority of Baal Jer. 23,13; ΞΘ ‘nm to
prophesy out of one’s own heart, without
inspiration, Ez. 13, 17.

2. to chant, to sing, to praise God,
while under a divine influence ; spdiien
of the sons of the prophets and of Saul
1 Sam. 10, 6. 10. 13, comp. 1 Sam. 19,

639

123

20-24. Of the frantic ravings of the
prophets of Baal, 1 K. 18, 29; comp. v. ~
28.—Hence

3. to rave, Gr. μαΐνεσϑαι, to be or be-
come mad, 1 Sam. 18,10. The pro-
phets, when under the power of inspira-
tion, appear to have been greatly agi-
tated and to have exhibited writhings
aud spasmodic affections of the body
like delirious persons; hence the true
prophet in 2 K. 9, 11 is called in scorn
insane, a madman; and in Jer. 29, 26
the two ideas are conjoined, δ 32,5 S3U9
raving and prophesying, spoken of a
pretended prophet. For a like reason
the Greeks and Latins apply words con-
nected with raving, as μάντις from μαΐ-
vount, furor, furere, to the frenzied man-
ner of soothsayers, poetic oracles, etc.

Deriv. 8°33, 78732, 48533, also 139
no. 1, and its obi Sern

S22 Chald. Irapa. "2200 to prophery
Ezra 5, 1.

i 22 to bore through, to make hollow,
iq. 5m. Only Part. pass. 3522 hollow
Ex. 27, 8. 38, 7. Jer. 52, 21. Metaph.
hollow, empty, foolish, Job 11, 12 where
see under 335 Niph.

Deriv. 9323 for 532) gate, pupil of the
eye. Others refer both forms to r. 343.

igs obsol. root, prob..i. q. Arab.
to ye prominent, high. Hence pr.
n. 23 for ΓΞ 33, minay’, perb. i= no. 2.
M2) £ see in ΓΤ. >a Niph. no. 4.

132 Nebo, pr.n. 1. The planet Mer-
cury, (Syr. and Zab. 2.1.) which the
Chaldeans (Is. 46, 1) and ancient Arabs
worshipped as the celestial scribe or
writer ; see Comm. on Isa. II. p. 344,
366. The etymology of the name ac-
cords well with the office of Mercury,

viz. 132 for 8122 i. g. 8°32 interpreter of

the gods, from the root N23. The divine
worship paid to Mercury by the Chal-
deans and Assyrians is attested by the
many compound proper names of which
this name forms part, as Nebuchadnez-
zar, Nebuzaradan, Nebushazban, see
below ; and others mentioned in classic
writers, Nabonedus, Nubonassar, Nabu-
rianus, Nabonabus, Nabopolassar, etc.
2. Of places, e.g. a) A mountain

{23

in the confines of Moab, Deut. 32, 49.
34, 1; and of a town near it, Num. 32,
3. 38. Is. 15,2. al. Prob. not the Jebel
*Attaris of Burckhardt and others; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 306. b) A
town in the tribe of Judah, Ezra 2, 29.
10, 43; more fully, in order to distin-
guish it from the preceding, ΠΝ 23
Neh. 7, 33.—Both this and the preced-
ing place may have been so called from
the worship of Mercury ; or better, the
name may here come from r. 733 to be
high. .

MSD) f. (τ. 822) a prophecy Neh. 6,
12. 2 Chr. 15,8. ‘Also of a prophetic
writing or book, 2 Chr. 9, 29.

MSD) Chald. id. Ezra 6, 14.

FINIWTIA2 Chald. pr. n. Nebuzaradan,
(Mercurii dux dominus, i. e. chief whom
Mercury favours; from 133, Ἢ i. q.78
prince, and 73% i. q. 7778 lord; comp.
Sardanapalus, i. e. princeps dominus
magnus), a general of Nebuchadnez-
zar’s army 2 Κι. 25, 8. Jer. 39, 9 sq. 40,
1. 41, 10. al,

MENIIDIAD Nebuchadnezzar 2 K. 25,
92, 2 Chr. 36, 6. 7.10. Ezra 2,1; rarely
AENIIDIA Nebuchadrezzar Jer. 39, 1.
11. 43,10. Ez. 29, 18, pr. n. of the king
of Babylon who destroyed Jerusalem
and carried the Jews into exile. Other
less usual forms are: defect. "2837232
2 K. 24, 1. 10; with & dropped "2332553
Esth. 2, 6. Dan. 1, 183; also twice
sizxqt2322 Cheth. Jer. 49, 28. Ezra
2, 1. ‘Sept. Ναβουχοδονόσορ, but Na-
βουχοδονόσορος in Beros. ap. Jos. c.
Ap. 1. 20, 21, NuBoxodgocogos Strabo
XV. 1. 6; Vulgate Nabuchodonosor ;

» G «οἱ ite
-.—The significa-

Arab. contr.
tion of the name seems to be: Mercurti
rex princeps, compounded of 13); khod-
na or khodan gods, in plur. majest. like
Pers. KIS; and zar prince; comp.
the other names beginning with Nebu.
Lorsbach explains it: ro οἷ pe
Nebo deorum princeps, Archiv. fir mor-
genland. Litteratur I. p. 247; Bohlen
yol fhe oe Nebo deus ignis. See
Thesaur. p.840. [In the cuneiform in-
scription at Behistun this name is writ-

640

3

ten Nabukhadrachara ; Rawlinson in
Journ. of Asiat. Soc. Vol. X. P. I. pp.
v. xxxix.—R. | Mh

JAW) Nebushazban (comp. of 139
and Pers. cy ne chespan, adherent of
Mercury,) pr. n. of a chief of Nebuchad-
nezzar’s eunuchs, Jer. 39, 13.

mia) (fruit, produce, τ. 335) Naboth,

pr. n. of a Jezreelite put to death by
the arts of Ahab, 1K. 21, 1sq. 2K. 9,
21. 23. 26.

Mata) Chald. f. a gift, present, lar-
gess; Dan. 2, 6 M2133 Ne gifls and
largess, Theod. dopata καὶ δωρεάν,
Vulg. premia et dona, Syr. and Heb,
intpp. ‘gifts and riches.’ Plur.. 6. suff.
Dan. 5, 17 FAIaTI.. FDWD My gifts
....and thy largesses.—There can be
little doubt, but that the ancient intpp.
have rightly referred this word to the
root 112, Chald. Pilp. 1212 to make great
expense, to squander, see in 133 p. 121;
hence pr. expense, largess, in horiour of
any one. For the Nun formative, comp.
Wan ig. 7272; dima and Pomudo;
and for the omission of the second τ in
the last syllable, comp. "U8 chain for
TN 5 m3353, Τολγοϑᾶ, Arab. ἅπας,

Syr. [Daag dng 5 ἘΠΣῚΣ for ONSIF, etc.—
There is then no- need of appealing to
the Persian; much less to the Greek
γόμισμα.

*Ta2 to bark, as a dog, onomato-
poetic, once Is. 56, 10. Arab. 2.5;

Syr. .w23, id. The primary syllable is
ma, which (like 72, p>) expresses the
idea of striking, pulsation ; comp. 559,
363. So Sanser. bukh, Engl. to bark.—
Hence <
M22 (a barking, τ. 22) Nobah, pr. n.
of a man Num. 32, 42; from whom the

city Kenath (T2p) also received the —

same name, Judg. 8,11. See m=}.

71132 Nibhaz, pr. n. of an idol of the
Avites 2 K.17, 31, to which the Hebrew
interpreters have chosen to assign the
ficure of a dog, prob. deriving it by
conjecture from r. 2) to bark. although

there are no traces of any idol with this ©

figure anciently worshipped in Syria ;
see Iken Dissert. de idvlo Nibchas. in

= a

ᾷ

PS

Ὁ ee Oe ee ee ΗΝ τ...
Ta — "

03)

his Dissertations, Bremen 1743, p. 143
sq.—In the Zabian books 8.2.2 (i. e. 1833)

is the name of an evil demon, who sits
on a throne upon the earth, while his
feet rest on the bottom of Tartarus;
but it is doubtful whether this is the
same name with 1922; see Norberg
Onomast. Cod. Nasar. p. 100.

*Da2 in Kal not used, and not
known in its Heb. signif. in the kin-
dred dialects.

Pie. ©22 to look, once c. > to look
upon, Is. 5, 30.

Hips. ΡΞ to look, to behold, to look
at. It differs from M8" to see, as 925 to
speak from “28 to say. 1 Sam. 17, 42
and the Philistine looked (2355), and
saw (A897) David. Lam. 5,1 ΠΏ ΞΠ
WASWINAN HX look now, and see our
reproach. ny: 22. Ps. 22, 18. Is. 42, 18;
contra, Lan 1, 11 Fost) 93 AN.
Rarely it is so used as not to differ
from 484; as Num. 23, 21 738 273m ND,
ΡΣ, mn mY xb. 1 Sam. 2, 32,—
Construed : α) Absol. Is. 42,18 Ἰ25.3Π
Mint? look, that ye may see. 63, 5 372%
“3 eS: I looked (about), but there was
lis Reiper. Is.18,4. β) With acc. some-
times with 5 local appended, to look at,
to look towards ; Job 3&5 a5 van
AN look unto the heavens and see! Ps.
142, 5. Gen. 15, 5 ΠΛ ΟἘΓῚ x272an look
now towards the heavens. 7) With 3,
to look upon with pleasure Ps. 92, 12,
comp. 2 Β. 4. ἃ. δὴ) With 5x Ex. A
6. Num. 21, 9; > Ps. 104, 32; b3 of the

place ἈΞΊΩΣΙΝ or on which one looks

Hab. 2,15. ε) With 12 of the place
whence one looks Ps. 33, 13. 80, 15. Is.
63, 15. ¢) With "ms to look after
any one departing, to follow with the

eyes, Ex. 33,8; but πὶ to look be-

hind oneself. i. 6. to look back, 1 Sam.
1, , Gen.
19, 26 InN insix 2am "waa his
(Lot's wife looked ‘from behind him ;
Vulg. Well, post se. She was directed
to follow her husband and not to look
back, and ought therefore to have look-
ed ever forwards and kept her eyes
upon her husband; so that ON is
here equivalent to προσ ΠΝ,
Trop. a) lo look upon, i.e. to re-
gard, to have respect to, to care for a
54*

641

"a2

person or thing, 6. ace. 6. g. God for
men Ps. 84, 10. Lam. 4, 16; for a peo-
ple Is. 64, 8; sacrifices Am. 5, 22; a
man for laws Ps. 119,15. With 5x id. ἡ
1 Sam. 16, 7, 2 K. 3, 14. Is. 66, 2. Ps.
119, 6; > Ps. 74, 20; absol. Ps. 13, 4.
b) to look to any one sc. with hope, to
hope in, c. >& Ps. 34, 6. Is. 22. 11. 51,
l. 2; abeol: Job 6,19. 6) to look upon
ith indifference, q. d. to suffer patient-
ly, e. g. wickedness, 6. acc. Hab. 1, 3. 13
bis. Absol. Is. 18, 4.—But, contra, in
Ps. 10, 14 to look upon iniquity is to not
overlook it, i. e. to punish it.
Deriv. 027, also

023 Nebat, pr. ἢ. of the father oF
Jeroboam, 1K. 11/26. 12, 2. 15. al.

8722 m. (τ. 823) c. suff. 4732; plur.
B°R7532, constr. "8932; a prophet, vates,
one wha impelled βὰς a divine influence ©
or by the divine Spirit rebukes kings
and nations, and predicts future events.
Arab. — for pr} Syr. 23, Eth.
20.4, id—Deut. 13, 2. Judg. 6, 8. 1
Sam. 9, 9. 1K. 22,7. 2 Καὶ. 3, 11. 2 Chr.
28, 9. al. sep. Found often with a ge-
nitive: α) Of the divinity in whose
name the prophet speaks, as "7 "X72:
1 K. 18, 4. 13. al. seep. bran 3 i K.
18, 19. 40. 2K. 10,19; A Gan ee
18,19. In Sing. often c. dat. as mind 5
1 K.18, 22. 22, 7. 2K. 3,11. al. sep.
β) Of the people and country where
the prophet belongs, e. g. a prophet of
Jerusalem, of Samaria, Jer. 23, 13. 14 ;
of Israel Ez. 13,2; your prophets Jer.
27, 9.16. 29,8. al. y) Of the king un-
der whom a (false) prophet lived, 2 K.
3, 13.—Num. 12, ὁ Hin? C3N732 NAT ON
if your prophet (i. δ. ἃ prophet among
you) be of Jehovah, spoken to Aaron
and Miriam; Vulg. ei quis vestrum fue-
rit propheta Domini.—Sing. as collect.
prophets Dan. 9, 24. So some under-
stand also Deut. 18,15. 18; which pas-
sage however is referred to the Messiah
in Acts 3, 22. 7, 37.

With the idea of a prophet there
was also primarily connected the idea
that he spoke not his own thoughts. but
what he received from God. (comp. Philo
T.IV. p. 116 ed. Pfeiff. προφήτης γὰρ ἴδιον

μὲν οὐδὲν ἀποφϑέγγεται, ἀλλότρια δὲ πάν-

a2

ta ὑπηχοῦντος ἑτέρου. 2 Pet. 1, 20. 21,)
and that he was the ambassador and
interpreter of God; as is evident from
the passage, in this respect classic, Ex.
7, 1, where God says to Moses: ΠΏ)
73 Sot amy pia) ringed obs
I make thee as God to Pharaoh, and
Aaron thy brother shall be thy prophet,
i. 6. in your intercourse with Pharaoh,
thou, as the wiser, shall act as it were
. the part of God, pial suggest to thy bro-
ther what to say ; while thy brother, as
more fluent. of speech. shall be to thee
as ἃ prophet, and utter what he receives
from thee. In the same sense it is said
Ex. 4,16 ΠΕΡ 42 ΤΠ NA he shall be to
thee for a-mouth, comp. Jer. 15,19. Those
who were educated for the prophetic of-
_ fice were called ΠΝ ἌΣ "22 the sons of
the prophets, i.e. disciples, pupils, 1 K. 20,
35. 5.1 2,3: 5. 7. 15. 4, 1. δύ. δ᾽ 1.
9,1. Comp. Pers. ‘the sons i.e. disciples of

the Magi.—There were also frequently |
among the Israelites false prophets, who |

pretending to have inspiration from God
flattered the ears of the people with
bland promises, and were therefore se-
verely rebuked by the true prophets, e.g.
Is. 28, 7-13. Jer. 14, 13 sq. 27, 9: sq. 28, 10.
sq. For these too is often put 8°22 sim-
ply Hos. 4, 5. 9,7. 8. Zech. 13,2 comp.
v. 3.4.-The idea of a prophet is also
frequently taken in a wider sehse, so as
to include any friend of God to whom
God makes known his will; so of Abra-
ham Gen, 20,7; of the patriarchs Ps.
105, 15.

8°22 Chald. a prophet, Ezra 5, 1. 6,14.

ΓΝ 22 ( (τ. 822) 1. a prophetess,
Jadg. 4, 4. 2K. 22,14. 2Chr. 84, 22.
Neh. 6,14. So of a poeless, female min-
_ strel, 6. g. Miriam Ex. 15, 20; who was

not in the strict sense a prophetess, see
Num. 12, 1-6. ;

2. a prophet’s wife, Is. 8,3. So Lat.
episcopa, presbylera, are used for the
wife of'a bishop or presbyter.

PNA (heights, r. 432) Nebaioth,
pr.n. a) The eldest son of Ishmael,
the brother. of Kedar; Gen. 25, 13. 28,
‘9. 36, 3. 1Chr. 1, 29. Ὁ) A people,
Nabathei, Nabatheans, descended from
Nebaioth the son of’ Ishmael, inhabiting
northern Arabia and Arabia Petrea,

642

$3)

abounding in flocks, Is. 60,7; and living
otherwise by trafic and plunder, Diod.
Sic. 2. 48. re 3. 42. ib. 19. 94.—Arab.

3 and bass, where the comes

from the Mm servile of the Hebrew. See
Reland Palestina p. 90sq. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. LI. p. 558, 573.

* 722 obsol. root, i. q. 922 and

Chald. 523, to spring, to gush forth asa
fountain. ΡΟΝ

32, once in plur. Job 38, 16 or"3 33
the springs of the sea. Sept. πηγὴ ϑα.
λάσσης.

. 22) Is. 40,7, fut. 554, inf. constr. 533 .

1. to wilt, to wither, to fade and
fall away ; kindr, with mba, >=8, alse
>). Spoken of leaves and flowers wi-
thering and falling, Ps. 1,3. 37, 2. Is. 1,
30. 28,1. 40, 7. 8. Ez. 47,12. Poet. of
the stars, Is. 34,4 and_all their hosts
shall fall, as the leaves fall from the vine.

2. Trop. of men, to wither, to faint, to
fall away, Ps. 37, 2. 18, 46. Ex. 18, 18.
Of a land Is. 24,4; of a mountain Job
14, 18 din" ΒΕ Ἴ5ποππ the mountain which
falleth, faileth, comes to nought, cannot
rise again, likg one dead. Comp. the
deriv. %222 corpse, carcass.

3. to be foolish, to act foolishly, wicked-
ly. Prov. 30, 32; see >22. The idea of
withering and decay is here transferred
to folly and wickedness, as elsewhere
that of strength and vigour to Hie

= piety; comp. Arab. oils ας
dels, all which have the κι “οὶ

οἵ flaccidity and imbecility, transferred
also to dulness, stupidity.

ῬΙΕΙ, 535, to lightly esteem, to despise,
Deut. 32, 15. Mic. 7,6. Comp. Arab,
(S4> stultus fuit ; VII, vilis, abjectus
fuit. :

2. to disgrace, to treat with bimely,
Nah. 3,6. Jer. 14,21 477132 8© a7 ΝΣ
do not diserace the throne of thy y ‘glory.
Comp. mibay.

Hipu. see in }>3 Hiph. p. 136.

Derive the six here following.

ba adj. fem. mdz). 1. stupid, foolish
Prov. 17, 7. 21. Jer. 17. 11. al

daa

2. As among the Hebrews the idea
of wisdom included also virtue and piety
(see i in DIM, 77235), so a foolish person

_ is often put to express the idea of one

wicked, abandoned, impious, (comp.
ΤΠ 1Sam. 25, 25. 2 Sam. 3, 33.
3, 13. Job 30, 8. τὸ 32, 5. 6. al. Spee!
impious, enpodly, Job 2,10. Ps. 14,
1.° 53, 2 andy ὮΝ faba 55) "ὮΝ
the ungodly hath said in his "heart,
There is no God. 39, 9. 74, 18. 22.
3. Nabal, pr. n. m. ὶ Sain. 25, 8 sq.

222 and 239 τη. (τ. 32) plur. p7>=2,
constr. "232, 6. suff. om7522 Jer. 48, 12,

l. a bottle, i. e. a skin, leathern mack. so
called perh. from its flaccidity, see the
root 532; Sept. twice ἀσκός 1 Sam. 10,
3. Jer. 13,12. Used for wine 1 Sam.
1,24. 10, 3.25, 18. 2 Sam. 16, 1. Poet. Job
38, 37 the bottles of heaven, for the clouds,
a metaphor common among the Arabs.

2. As bottles of skin were used for
water, milk, wine, hence 532 is trop. put

_ for any vessel for liquids, of whatever

a ω.,.

ὌΝΟΝ =

_ material, 6. g. genr.a vessel, pitcher, flask,
_ water-pot, etc.

Is. 30, 14 p77 82) a

potter’s vessel. Lam. 4, 2 wan 53)

_ earthen vessels, comp. Jer. 13, 12. 48, 12.

More fully pba "2D uiensils of bottles
Is. 22, 24, opp. τσ τ bp basins.

Sa Agsinatrement of maic.. Greek
γνάβλα (8232), γαύλα, Lat. nablium, a
species of harp, or lyre ; see Strabo X.
p- 471 Casaub. Athen. IV. p. 175 Ca-
saub. Ovid. A. A. 3.327. Often joined
with the 722, Ps. 57,9. 81,3. 92, 4.

108, 3. Is. 5,12. Am. 5, 23. 6,5; pleon,

| 432. 753- Ps..71, 22, plut. pb "29

‘Cie —

1 Chr. 16, i osphus describes this

; instrument, Ant. 7. 12. 3, as having

twelve strings, and as played with the

- fingers and not with a plectrum; but

the Hebrew words “i> 53) Ps. 33, 2.

144, 9, would seem to indicate an instru-

ment with /en strings. Jerome says its
figure was triangular, resembling an in-
verted Delta, 7, which also was the form
of the sambuca or harp, Vitruv. 6.1; and
harps of this form are often found upon
Egyptian monuments; see Wilkinson
Mann. and Cust. of the anc. Egyptians
II. pp. 280, 282, 287.

M23) f(r. 859} 1. Adj. fem. foolish,
Job 2. 10.

643

5)...

2. Subst. folly, with the notion of im-
probity, wickedness, see in 532 no. 2;
Is. 32,6. 1 Sam. 25, 25. Hence 8)
a shameful deed, crime, as rape, incest,
Judg. 19, 23. 24, 2 Sam. 13,12. The
agua μον ας ὉΝ 3 [1532 nw Gen.
34,7. Deut. 22, 21. Jude. 20, ‘10. Jer. 29,
23; more fally ἘΝ ΌΣΞ mba met ΠΏΣ,
Judg. 20,6. Ὁ) Meton. punishment of
folly and wickedness, comp. 932 ; hence
by m2) Nw? pr. to do punishment with
any one, i.e. to inflict upon him the
punishment of his folly, Job 42,8; comp.
D2 ION ΓΙῺΣ in art. ION.

mbo3 f. (τ. 23) constr. 533, c. suff.
smb Is. 26, 19, elsewhere amb, ind3) ;
a corpse, carcass, (see r. 532 no. 2, comp.
mp7 from r. >552,) e. g. ofan Deut! 21,
23. 1 K. 13, 24 sq. Ps. 79, 2; of bédiité,
Lev. 5, 2. 7, 24. Deut. 14, 21. al. Trop.
of idols as broken, Jer. 16, 18; comp.
"32 Lev. 26, 30. Collect. for carcasses,
corpses, Jer..7, 23. 16,4. 19, 7. Is. 50) 19;

of beasts, Lev. 11,11. 24.—Arab. xls
id.

MAPA? £ disgrace, shame ; hence parts
of shame, Hos. 2,12 [9]. See the root
53) Pi. no. 2, and Chald. 5922 obscene-
ness.

v3) (perh. for 2> 532) Neballat, pr
n. of a town in the tribe of Benjamin,
Neh. 11, 34.

* 929 to boil forth, to gush out, to flow,
as a fountain. Part. Prov. 18, 4. 933 5112

a gushing stream.—Syr. 23, Arab.
ΩΣ and δ id. The primitive syllable
is 3, a), imitating like Pa the sound
or murmur of boiling, bubbling;
saa, mp2.

Hien. 3°25, fut. 2°29 1. to gush out
with, to pour forth copiously, e. g. praise
to God Ps. 119, 171. Prov. 1, 23 mz7ax
oman ἘΞ5 J will pour out upon you my
spirtt. Espec. words, 15, 2.28 979307 73
risa D727 the mouth of the wicked belch-
eth out wickedness. Hence absol. to
belch out wicked words. Ps. 89. 8, 94. 4.

2. to give out. to erhale ; Ecc. 10,1
dead flies 9°27 O-°837 cause the vintment
to stink, to give out a bad smeil.

3. to uller, to publish, to declare. Ps,

comp.

"ale

19, 3. 78, 2. 145, 7. Comp. 823 which
hes sprung sim. this root, > being soft-
ened ἰπίο δὲ ; also 902.—Syr. 2) Aph.
vulgavit, Arab. a3 id.

Deriv. 3532. é&

22 Chald. f. emph. a candlestick,

candelabra, Dan. 5,5. Arab. lps,
Syr. ἴδω:ωξ οὖ, Rabb. nvy32, id.

quadrilit. formed apparently from "323
ji. q. 292 to shine, and tx fire.

12 (light soil, r. 7 32) Nibshan, pr.
n. of a town in the desert of the tribe of
Judah, Josh. 15, 62.

* 243 obsol. root, Syr. Chald. and
Sam. 10 be dry, to be dried up. Hence

Itisa

332 m. in pause also 333, the south,
the southern quarter, so called from its
dryness ; Ex. 27, 9. Is: 21, 1. Ps. 126, 4.
al. 252 5138 the southern border. Both:
15, 4. 18, 19; 32) ἜΣΘ the southern gale
Ez. 46, 9. ete. With genit. MIAN 333
the boul of Judah, southerr: part, 2 Sam.
24,7. 1 Sam. 27, 10. 30, 14; in accus.
south ὃ ,as DLAI 2. south of Jerusa-
lem Zech. 14, 10. Josh. 11,2. So 72s
3227 a south land Josh. 15, 19; spec.
the south of Palestine Gen. 20, 1. 24,
62. Num. 13,29. Also =22% id. Gen. 13,
1. Num. 21,1. Deut. 34, 3; and 332 1
Sam. 30, 1. 2325 "52 the cilies of the
south of Palestine, Jer. 32, 44. 33, 13.
Obad. 20. Poet. 332 and 3337 the south
put for Egypt Is. 30, 6. Dan. 11, 5-40.
With 7 parag. 733) southward Gen, 13,
14. 28,14. Ex. 40, 24. al. and so with
2. as WI 12 M532 southward from the
hill Josh. 18, 14. “With prefixes: 73333
in the southnord region Josh 15, 21;

3222 1 Chr. 26, 17.

ἘΠ23 in Kal not used. pr. to be in
front (7952, 322), to be in sight ;

to be clear, manifest. Arab. os to be

8
clear, manifest, pr. to be in sight; ae
high land, conspicuous; Syr. rd to go
in front. to be a leader. Comp. in 772.

Hiew. 3°89 pr. fo bring to light ; so
Job 21. 31 S203 ὙὉ25 by 37 79 who
shall bring to light his way to his face?
i e. the life and ways of the prosperous

Gad

hence.

“2.

wicked man, so as to reprove them.—
Hence

1. fo show, to exhibit before any one,
with two acc. Ez. 43, 10 ΛΞ ΤΟΝ an
mian-my Snes show this house to the
house of Israel. Also to show openly,
pre se ferre, Is. 3, 9.

2. Freq. to shone, to declare, to tell, to
announce, Sept. ἀναγγέλλω, ἀπαγγέλλω.
That which is made known is put: 8)
In the acc. Gen. 32, 30 720 RENTER
tell, I pray thee, thy name. Esth. 2, 10.
20. Job 26,4. Ὁ) With 53, to tell of
any thing: 1 Sam. 27, 11. Esth. 6, 2.
Job 36, 33 is ὙΌΣ 3735 his noise (thun-

der) showeth concerning him sc. God, —

and then follows: diz b3 58 ΠΕΡ yea
to the herds concerning him who goeth up
on high, i. e. the thunder proclaims God
even to the herds as he ascends in the
tempest. ὁ) With ΠΝ and its clause ;

1 Sam. 25, 14 iaxd SMR SI ὙΠ a:

young man told, saying. 2 Sam. 15, 31.
Lev. 14, 35; ΜῈ with ΘΝ dhat Esth,
3,4; "5 that Gen. 3, 11. 31, 20. 1 Sam.
10, 16, 2 Sam. 7,11; 5 whether Gen.
24, 23. 43,6; m2 ‘hee Judg. 16, 6. Mic.

6, 8; FES where Gen. 37, 16. d)
Where a thing before spiked of is im- —
plied and would be expressed by the —

pron. if, or the like, this is omitted ;
comp. in "28 no. 1, and so after Engl.

he told. Gen. 9, 22 sy ΞΡ Aas and —
he told his two brethren. 14, 13. 24, 49. 3
1 Sam. 14, 1. 2 Sam. 17, 17. 2K. 4, 97.
Job 1,15 sq. Different are: Job 38, 4
ΓΞ net ἘΝ 55, where 7:3 is pr. ihe Ι
object of the first vert, ᾳ. ἃ. ἘΝ 7273 7B

ms37; and Job 42, 3 13Ν by "HIB,

ig. PAN ND τὸς MEA 7 ‘have βιὰ
what I understood nol.—The person to |

whom any thing is told, is put often with

>, and then the verb is mostly construed —
with the ace. of thing and dat. of pers. —

Judg. 13, 6 "Ὁ 775 ND iDe-re he told
me not life name. 14, 6. Gen. 41, 25. 1
Sam. 9, 8. Is. 21, 10. Mic. 3, 8. Job 33,
23. al. More rarely with double ace.
of pers. and thing, as in no. 1; Job 31,
37 SEEN VISE “HO the number of may
steps will I declare unto him se. God. i. e.
tell him all my steps. Job 36,33 see above
in lett. τὰ on acc, of pers. 2 Sam, 15,
31 “ond Team 394 and one told David,
saying. But in Job 26. 4 "O-PS is not

TA

_ towhom, but with or by whom ? by whose
_ spirit, etc.—Sometimes 3 of place where
is added Jer. 5,20. 1 Sam. 4, 13. 2 Sam.
1,10. Mic. 1, 10.—Parr. 732 ἃ messen-
ger 2 Sam. 15, 13. Jer. 4, 15. 51, 31.
Spec. aa) to denounce, to inform
against, to betray ; with acc. of pers.
Jer. 20, 10 3597321 95753 denounce and
we sill denounce him, i. e. we will ac-
cuse him, inform against him. With
ace. of thing and dat. of pers. Job 17, 5
been han phd who betrayeth friendé
to the spoil, i. 6. spoilers, see in ΘΠ no.
2. With acc. of thing fo betray a mat-
ter, Josh. 2, 14. 20. Ecc. 10, 20; ace.
impl. Prov. 29, 24. bb) Of a prophet,
to show, i.e. to foretell future events,
found chiefly in the latter part of Isai-
ah, Is; 41, 22. 23. 26. 42, 9. 43, 9. 44, 7.
8. al. comp. Is. 19, 12. Hos. 4, 12. Dan.
11,2. cc) to tell a riddle, i. q. to solve,
Judg. 14, 12. 13. 14.19. 1 K.10,3. Also
of a dream, i. q. to interpret, Gen. 41, 34.
Dan. 2, 2. dd) to declare one’s sins,
i. q. to confess, Ps. 38, 19; comp. Ps.
142, 3. Is. 3,9 in no.1. ee) Emphat.
to declare, i. q. to proclaim, to praise ;
with acc. of thing, Ps. 9, 12. 19, 2. 22,
82. 51, 17. Is. 42, 12. 57, 12. al. sep.
_ Acc. impl. Ps. 40, 6. 75, 10.
_ Horn, 754, ‘ed 339, inf. absol. 355
Josh. 9,24. Ruth 2, 11, pass. of Hiph.
; ‘no. 2, to be shown, to be told, c. dat. Gen.
22, 20. 27, 42. Is. 7, 2. 21, 2. al. sep.
ἢ Deriv. "32, 732.

“122 Chald. to Μέω Dan. 7, 10.

_ ‘332 m. (τ. 722) in pause also 732, 6.
3 suff. "722, F722, 522; with Π parag.
ΤΗΣ) Ps. 116, 14; pr. abet: the front, the
front part, next to the spectator. Used
in the accus as a Preposition.

A) Simply. 1. before, in the presence
of, in the gight of, i. ἡ. 28>, as ~>D 722
ΠῺΣ before all thy people Ex. 34,105 759
min® before Jehovah 1 Sam. 12, 3; 332
savn before the sun, i.e. so ieee as the
sun is above the horizon, Num. 95. 4
(comp. Savy "20> Ps. 72,17). Am. 4, 3
and ye shall go forth m1 TeX each one
before herself, each her own way, comp.
Josh. 6, 5. 20. and 1728> wx Jer. 49, δ.
And as things which are before us and
afford us delight become the objects of
our regard and care, hence Is. 49, 16

645

“22

thy walls are continually'"732 before me
are objects of my constant regard and
care. Ps. 38, 10; 0g. "Δ "3p Ps. 19,
15. Gen. 10, 9.

2. in ifront of, over against ; Ex. 19,2
“IT 322 over against the anteneain. Jou,
3; 16. 6, 5. 20. And as things to be
compared are set over against each
other, hence Is. 40,17 all nations are
as nothing 1333 over against him, in com
parison with him ; comp. 7333.

B) With Prapodieicns Ἕ 3322 pr.
as over against ; and as things ‘to be
compared are set over against each
other (Is. 40, 17), i. e. things corre-
sponding to or like each other. counter-

’ parts, hence Gen. 2, 18 7 will make for

him (man) a helper 17322 corresponding
lo him, his counterpart. v. 20. Sept.
well in v. 18 κατ αὐτόν, v. 20 ὅμοιος αὐ-
τῷ, comp. 1322 Neh. 12,9 By the Rab-
bins 7332 is often used of things corre-
sponding to one another; see Lud. de
Dieu ad. ἢ. 1. Comp. Pers. sal e re-
gione, similis, conveniens.

2. 32>, c. suff. "9323, IRI, etc. 8)
before. in the presence ‘oft. 4: 732 no. 1.
2 K. 1, 13. Hab. 1, 3; ‘p-y"D 32 2
Sam. 22,25. Job 4, 16. b) over against
Josh. 5, 13. 1 Chr.5,11. Hence against,
conira, in a hostile sense, Dan. 10, 13.
Pregn. Neh. 3, 37 [4,5] for they have
provoked God to anger ἘΠΩΞΙΙ 752> set-
ting themselves against the builders. c)
like, instar, (comp. 733>,) Neh. 12, 9
= nab OM GN their brethren: like: them:
selves. d) for, over, i. e. before ; Neh.
11, 22 the prefect of the Levites.... for
or over (1332) the service of the hie of
God.

3. 132 a) pr. from before, i. 6. away
from before, e. g. after verbs of remov-
ing, Is. 1,16 put away your evil doings
"292 1322 from before mine eyes. Jon. 2,
5; (also with a noun of remoteness Ps,
10,5;) of averting Cant. 6,5; of cast-
ing away Judg. 9,17; of hiding Jer. 16,
17. Am. 9.3; of departing Prov. 14, 7
(> 13372), etc. So > 73:0 Judg. 20, 34.
—The construction in Jude. 9, 17 is un-
usual: he cast his life away ἵν for
the fuller 7532) from him, or as we
might say, he cast it off instead of from
him ; comp. below 2 Sam. 18, 13.

b) from over against, ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου,

“22

Adv. 2 Κα. 3,15 and the sons of the pro-
phets at Jericho saw him 1332 from over
againsl, i. e. from the opposite side.
Deut. 32, 52. Then also over against,
opposite, since a place at some distance
may be regarded as likewise looking to-
wards us from that distance; see ΤΊ
in 72 no. 3.i.k. Lat. 6 regione, ex adverso,
Gr. ἐξ ἐναντίας. 2 K. 3, 22 and the Mo-
abites saw 73272 over against them water
red like blood.—And as whatever is over

against, is necessarily at a certain dis-
tance, hence 1332 takes also the sense,
at a distance, afar off; so Gen. 21,
16 and she went and sat down 5320
prin far over against (afar off), about
a bow-shot ; Sept. μακρόϑεν. 2K. 2,7.
4, 25 and ἀϑήνῃ the man of God saw
her ΔΙ Ὁ afar οὔ. Num. 2, 2.—With
genit. as Prep. over against any place or
thing ; Neh. 3, 19. 25. 27. 1 Sam. 26, 20
Mim? 2H 1322 over against the face of
Jehovah, i.e. before his face. Ps. 38, 12
my friends stand 9343 3339 over heoksnt
my plague, i.e. aloof trom me, as above ;
parall. pina. Deut. 28, 66 and thy life
shall hang in doubt 733 ‘> before thee,
pr. to thee over against.

c) Ina hostile sense, over against, op-
posite, on the enemy’s side, Ob. 11. 2
Sam. 18,13. Comp. ὃ ἐξ ἐναντίας, Tit.
2, 8.

“32 Chald. prep. over against, oppo-
site ; Dan. 6,11 over against Jerusalem,
i. 6. in a direction towards Jerusalem, so
that Jerusalem was over against him. -

dj rq fut. m3", to shine, to give light,
Job 18, 5. 22, 28. Is. 9, 1.—Syr. id.

Hiru. 1. to cause to shine, 6. g. one’s
light, Is. 13, 10.

2. to enlighten, to illuminate, Ps. 18,
29. 2 Sam. 22, 29.

Deriv. the three following.

a2 f. Hab. 3,4, c. suff. oma: 1.α
shining, bran htnban: e.g. of fire Is. A, 5.
Ez. 1, 4; of the light Is. 50, 10. Am. 5,
20; of the sun 2 Sam. 23, 4, and of the
rising sun Prov. 4, 18; of the moon Is.
60, 19; of the stars Joel 2, 10; of a
sword Hab. 3, 11; also the light and
glory by which God is surrounded (7132
min) Ez. 10, 4. Hab. 3,4. Ps. 18, 13.
᾿ς Ὁ Nogah, pr. ἢ. of a son of David,
1 Chr. 3, 7. 14, 6.

646

"22

ΓΙᾺΞ Chald. emphat. NIA, the morn-
ing light, dawn, day-break, Dan. 6, 20.
So Targ. Esth. 10, 3. Is. 14,12. Syr.
Cond ja, the earliest dawn.

M32 £. brightness, splendour, plur.
Is. 59,9. R. 22.
* TA) fat. ms to thrust or push with

the horns, spoken of horned animals,
Ex. 2], 28. 31. 32.—This is one of the

onomatopoetic roots. The idea of strik-,

ing, pushing, thrusting, lies both in the
syllable 53, 33, comp. 543, *)32, 332, 223,
M23, and also in the other which nds
ἴῃ Τί, comp. ΓΞ) to bark, pr. to strike,
(see M22 and 353.) ΠῚ) and 5 to
push with the horns.

Pre id. Ez. 34, 21. Dan. 8, 4.—Trop.
of a conqueror prostrating nations be-
fore him Deut. 33,17. 1 K. 22, 11. Ps.
44,6. Comp. Dan. 8, 7 sq.

Hirupa. to push at, i. e. to wage war
with any one, Dan. 11, 40. Comp.
Chald. x25p ms c. ὮΣ to wage war

with. Arab. 3 Conj. ITI, id —Hence

M32] m. adj. apt to push with the
horns, Ex. 21, 29. 36.

“M32 m. (Ὁ. 732) constr. 7932, 732 1 Chr.
9, 11. Neh. 11, 11; plur. 0°732, constr.
"3°32; pr. the foremost henve α leader,
prefect, prince, etc. See the rvot, and
comp. Syr. ro preivit Ephr. I. 114,
also Germ. First i. q. cy Jirst. Chald.

saz, ‘Tia2, id. Arab. dus prince, also

uit ae to be

brave, valiant,
‘Spoken

brave, magnanimous, noble.

Ἑ, of any prefect, overseer, 6. 5. of the -

treasury 1 Chr. 26, 24. 2 Chr. 31, 125
of the temple 1 Chr. 9, 11. 2 Chr. 31,
13; of the priests 1 Chr. 12, 27; of the
nained 2 Chr. 28, 7; of military affairs,
a leader, chief, 1 Chr. 13, 1. 27,4. 2Chr.
32, 21.

2. Absol. prince of a people, ἃ genibred

Β»»

ee

ΡΞ

word comprehending also the royal dig- —

nity, 1 Sam. 9, 16. 10,1. 13,14. 2 Sam.
6, 21. 7, 8. 1 K. 1, 35. 14,7. al.

π

4932 the anointed prince i. 8. Messiah, Ἶ

Dan. 9, 25. mena ‘732 the prince of —
the covenant, i.e. confederate, Dan. 11 ©
22, Plur. princes, Job 29, 10. Ps. 76, 12

—Hence

“43 647

᾿ 8. noble, honourable, in general ; Plur.
neutr. nobilia, noble, things, Prov. 8, 6.

Comp. the Arabic usage above.

M392 f. (τ. 1322) constr. 72°33; plur.
22).

1. music of stringed instruments, Lam.
5, 14. Is. 38, 20.

2. a stringed instrument, in the titles
of the Psalms, Pss. 4. 6. 54. 55. 61. 67. 76.
Hab. 3, 19.

3. a song, psaln, to be sung with the
accompaniment of stringed instruments,
Ps. 77,7. Spec. a song of derision, sa-
tire, epigram, Lam. 3, 14. Job 30, 9. Ps.

69, 13.

_ beat, kindr. with M22, 322,

* Ὦ 5 ᾿
522 obsol. root, Arab. ἀξ, pr. to
cut, to pierce with a spear.—Hence 52
sickle.

“452 prob. pr. do strike in pulses, to
22, see in
ma2.—Hence

1. to strike the strings, to play on a

_ stringed instrument ; Part. 0°233 players

on instrumenis Ps. 68, 26.
2. i.q. Arab. with n softened,

to beat, to pound, asa fuller beats or

treads cloth; in Heb. to tread grapes, to

_ press ; whence Ma for M33.

Prev 432 10 strike the strings, to play

_ on a stringed instrument, 1 Sam. 16, 16.

— olla.

/ 23, also ma, 122, 532.
| syllable i is 43, 53, which seems to have
had the beni of striking, beating in
_ pulses, smiting, see in 732; comp. Piel,
_Niph. and 523.
comes from Gr. τάγτω, ϑίγ-ω, pr. pul-

17.18.23. 2K. 3,15. Ps. 33,3. Is. 23, 16.

38, 20. ἃ]. Chald.id. Sept. ψάλλω, κιϑα-

Deriv. 3739, 72739, MA, MMA, bn}.

* 353 fut. 337; inf. 359, ὁ. suff, i322,
72325 also msa 2 Sam. 14, 10. ὅτ 17,
10; imper. 53.

1. to strike, to smite ; kindr. are 822,
The primary

So Lat. tango, τ. tag,

sare.—With 3, q. d. to smite upon ; Gen.
82, 6 i233" 523 sa71 and he smote the
hollow of Stenas's thigh, which in conse-
quence was dislocated. v. 33. Job 1, 19
a great wind from the desert smote upon
the four corners of the house ; Syr. con-
cussit. Hence of God, to smite with
plagues, etc. 1 Sam. 6, 9. Job 19, 21.
So Part. pass. 3922 smitten sc. with a

52.

plague from God, Is. 53, 4. Ps. 73, 14.-—
Trop. of the wind, /o smite, to κόρην, 6. 5.
a'plant Ez. 17,10. Arab. Ὁ

2. to touch, Sept. ἅπτεσϑαι, sistas
very often with 3; q. d. to touch upon ;
Gen. 3, 3. Lev. 5, 3. 6, 11.11, 24sq. Dan.
δι. al. With by Is, δ 72 ΕΝ Num. 4,
15. Hag. 2,12; "9, Fok 4 5 it toucheth
thee, pr. unto these Also c. ace. Is. 52,
11. Job 6, 7. Lam. 4, 15.—Spec. a) to
touch any one, i.e. todo him harm or
violence, Gent 26, 11 min ΝΞ ΣΩΣΠ
{MOND whoever toucheth ‘(injures) this
man or his wife. v.29. Josh. 9, 19. al.
b) to touch a woman, to lie with her, Ὸϊ
3. Prov. 6, 29; 5x Gein: 20, 6. So un-
τεσϑαι γυναικός 1 Cor. 7,1. 6) to touch
the heart, i.e. to move, to affect the
mind of any one, 1 Sam. 10, 26.

3. Ina local sense, to touch upon, to
come in contact with, to reach to any
thing, 6. 2 1 K.6,27. Hos.4,2; ἽΣ Mic.
1,9. Is. 16, 8. Jer. 4,10; δ 51,9; 89

‘Judg. 20, 34. 41.—Hence

4. to reach to, to come to any person
or thing, c. 3 2 Sam. 5, 8; >& Jon. 3, 6.
Dan. 9, 21. Absol. to habe come, of
time, Ezra 3,1. Neh. 7, 73 [8,11]. Comp.
3737 no. 5.

Nipu. fut. 3227, Pass. of Kal no. 1, to
be smitten, to be beaten, of an army, or
rather to feien oneself Beaten, Josh. 8, 15;
comp. M2NMT, ὝΕΣ,

Piew i.q. Kal no. 1, to smite, spoken
chiefly of divine judgments, Gen. 12, 17.
2 K. 15, 5. 2 Chr. 26, 20.

Pua pass. of Pi. Ps. 73, 5.

ΗΙΡΗ. 9°35, fut. 5°55, apoc. 9Ἀ3Ὶ Is,
6, 7.

1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to
touch ; 15. Θ, 7 "8 >> S574 Gnd he let (the

coal) touch my moulh. 5,8 Σ 3 ὙΠ
m73a ma wo to those who join “house to
house, i. e. acquire longs rows of houses
unjustly. Often in the phrases: 3737
VINTON Ez. 13, 14, y282 ‘1 Lam. 2, 3,
"ἜΣ Σ ‘m1 Is. 26, 5, aleo "ΕΘ ΡΣ γεν" n
ib. 25, 12, to cause to ‘touch the ground,
the dust, i i. 6. to raze to the foundations,
as buildings, a city, etc.

2. to touch, i.q. Kal no. 2; ο. > Ex.
4,25. 2 Chr. 3, 11.12; > Ex. 12, 22;
by Jer. 1, 9.

3. i. q. Kal no. 3, fo reach to any ‘lao

oad

or thing, to touch; with "3, Is. 8,8 “"D
3°37 “NIX (the water) shall reach oon
unto the neck. With 51> 2 Chr. 28,9; >
Job 20,6; accus. c. Π loc. Gen. 28, 12.—
Trop. af prosperity or calamity, to hap-
pen to, to come upon, Ecce. 8,14; with >x
Esth. 9, 26.
4, to reach or come to a place, q. d. to
ge near to, to arrive αἱ a place; with
, Ps. 107, 18 Ms" "7D ΤΣ ἸΣ 35) and
ΠΣ draw near to the gales of death,
are exposed to death. With >x 1 Sam.
14,9; > Ps. 88,4; ace. Is. 30,4, Esth. 4.
3. 8,17. Hence i. q. to atlain unto, to
obtain, c. 3 Esth. 4, 14; inf.c. > Esth.
9,1. Also in the phrase "75 "am my
hand attains to any thing, i.e. ‘Lam able
to get it, Lev.5,7; comp. in δ Ὁ no. 2.¢.
5. Absol. to come, to be present, e.g.

men, Esth.6, 14; oftener of time, Ez. 7;

12 DI" S75 PDH ΝΞ che time is come,
the day is present. Ecc. 12, 1. Cant. 2,
12. Esth. 2, 12. 15.

Deriv. the following.

J) m.in pause 333, 6. suff. i>32,
“7 3"

plur, 57352, "322.

la stroke, blow, Deut. 17, 8. 21, 5.
2 Sam. 7, 14; collent: Prov. 6, 33. Spee.
of strokes, De judgments, calamities,
which God sends upon men, Gen. 12, 17.
Ex. 11, 1. Ps. 38, 12. 39, 11. 91, 10. al.

2. a spot, mark, blemish, in the skin,
whether eruption, scab, or leprosy, Lev.
13, 3 (comp. v. 2). 5.6.29. 30.42; hence
phil 232 a spot of scurf, scab, v. 31. 332
mp Ixh the spot of leprosy v. 3. 9. 20. 25,
and without MS3¥ v. 22 id. Also of the
leprosy of garments Lev. 13, 47; and
of walls 14, 34 sq.—Meton. for a person
affected with such spots, Lev. 13, 4. 12.
13.17; hence ῬΏΞΙ 522 one affected with
spots, scall, v. 31; comp. v. 33. Also of
a leprous garment, v. 50.

* ia. fut. pis 1. to smite, usually
of Jehovah as inflicting judgments upon
men, to plague, Ex. 7,27 [8, 2], mostly
with some fatal disease or death Ex. 12,
23 sq. Josh. 24, 5. 1Sam. 25, 38. 2Sam.
12, 15. Ps. 89, 24, 2 Chr. 21,18. In an-
other sense God is said to smite a peo-
ple before their enemies, i.e. to give
them up to defeat and slaughter; 1 Sam.
4,3 wherefore hath Jehovah smitten us
to-day before the Philistines? Judg. 20,

648

divine judgment, mostly of a fatal dis-

to deliver one into the hands (power) of ᾿

1222
35. 2Chr. 13, 15. 30. 14,11.
Niph.

2. to thrust, to push, e. g. as a horned
animal Ex. 21, 35; of a man 21, 22.
Comp. M22.

3. to strike against with the foot, te
stumble, Prov. 3, 23. Ps. 91, 12.

ΝΙΡΗ. 532, to be emitiates defeated, of
an army Judg. 20, 36. 1 Sam. 4,10. Of-
ten with "28>, ἐο be smitten (and flee)
before the enemy Ley. 26, 17. Deut. 28,
25. Num. 14, 42. Judg. 20, 32. 2 Sam.
2,17. 1 Chr. 19,1619. al. ~

Hirup. i. q. Kal no. 3, to strike against,
to stumble, with the fol: Jer. 13, 16.

Deriv. 753%, and |

Comp. |

Ἐ|Δ9 m. in pause 922. 1, ἃ plague,a
ease sent from God, Ex. 12, 13. 30, 12.
Num. 8, 19. 17, 11. 12.

2. a striking of the foot, stumbling,
Is. 8,14 522 7385 comp. Rom. 9, 33.
1 Pet, 2,7

: “2: in Kal not used, pr. to flow, i. q.
Heb. "32 and Chald: "32 ; comp. Arab.
(Sy> to flow, also Heb. ἼΠ2."

Nipu. 2 1. to be poured out, to flow
out ; of water 2 Sam. 14, 14; of the eye
Pat. 3, 49.

2. to be stretched out, e. g. the hand
in supplication, Ps. 77, 3. For mina2 Job
20, 28 see "3 Niph.

Hirw. "7551. fo pour out, Ps. 75, 9.
Hence also to pour down, to thrust down,
as stones from a mountain, Mic. 1, 6.

2. Trop. to deliver up, to give over ;
comp. A734 to pour out, deliver, Is. 53,
12. Soin the phrase: 2a "75> ban ᾿

the sword, Ez. 35, 5. Jer. 18, 21. Ps. 68,
11. See ἴῃ Ἴ no. 1. ee The ‘commition ᾿
rendering is wrong: ‘to shed by the
hands of the sword.’

Horn. 735 to be poured down, to be
precipitated, spoken of water, Mic. 1, 4.

* Wad fut. Bar, once sam Is. 58, 3.

1. to urge, to impel, to drive; kindr.
perh. with ym, ym>. Arab. yas to
drive up sc. animals for hunting ; to urge
on.camels; intrans. to be driven, herried.
—So of labdurine urged to their work
Is. 58,3; but see in no.2 Hence Part.

33

δὴ a task-master, ἐργοδιώκτης, Ex. 3,7.

5, 6. 6. 10. 13. 14. Job 3, 18; also with 2

as 3 35 Is. 9, 3. or a driver of ani-
mals, an ase-driver. Job 39, 7.

2. to urge a debtor, to exact a debt,
with acc. of pers. Deut. 15, 2.3; to exact
tribute, with two acc. 2 Καὶ. 23, 35; here
too best, Is. 58,3 ye exact all your la-
bours ; seeinno.1. Part. 2212 an exaclor
of tribute, Dan. 11, 20. Zech. 9, 8.

3. tw rule, to have dominion, and Part,

Δ a king, tyrant, Is. 3, 12. 14, 2. 60, 17,

Zech. 10,4. Ethiop. 21} id. whence

— SEW or 20] king, SPW: Ὁ

the scales of the crocodile.
_ 13.—The primary idea seems to be that
of impinging, rubbing upon; comp.

Judg. 20, 23; 19 Ge: 33, 3;

king of kings, the title of the king of
Ethiopia.

Nira. 32 1. to be pressed, harassed,
1 Sam. 13, 6. Is. 53,7. Recipr. to vex,
harass, one another, Is. 3, 5.

2. to be harassed with toil, to be wearied,
distressed, spoken of an army, 1 Sam.
14, 24.

; 1222 pret. Kal not used, but instead
of it pret. Niph. 8:2 Gen. 33, 7. Ex.
22, 21. al. Fut. Kal a7; imp. ws,
also “03 Gen. 19,9, fem. "Ha Ruth 2, 14,
plur. 1a Josh. 3, 9, c. % parag. MBs
Gen. 27, 21;-inf- τῶ, 6. suff. imwas.

1. to touch, to join ; with 3, Job 41,
8 [17] they join one upon another, SC.
Am. 9,

kindr. Chald. Ὁ), also Hap. The sig-
nif. of joining is found also by transp.
in PY).

2. to near, i.e. to come or draw near,
to approach, with >& to any person or
thing Gen. 27, 22. 44,18. Num. 8, 19.
Josh. 14, 6. Fe 30, 21; 3 Is. 65, δ: >
by Ez. 44,
13; acc. Num. 4, 19 wip-ny ἘΠ. 23
DIP when they approach unto the
holy ‘of holies. 1 Sam. 9,18; absol. Gen.
27, 21.26. 29, 10. 2K. 5, 1% δορὰ. a)
to approach one’s wife, in conjugal inter-
course (comp. 37>), c. >§ Ex. 19, 15.
b) to come near, lo draw near to Jeho-
vah, spoken of the priests who approach
his altar Ex. 30, 20. Ez. 44, 13; of the
pious who approach him with prayer
and obedience, Is. 29,13. Jer. 30, 21.
c) to draw near to an enemy for attack,
1 Sam. 17, 40. 2 Sam. 10, 13.
55

649

N73

3. to near away, i. e. to approach some
other place or object and so recede from
us; hence to recede, to stand back ; Gen.
19, 9 nya ws stand back; Sept: well
ἀπόστα éxet, Vulg. recede illuc. Is. 49, 20
"-m3 give place to me, Sept. ποίησόν
μοι τόπον, Jerome fac mihi spatium. In
many languages, ancient as well as mo-
dern, there is a want of accuracy in the
use of words signifying approach and
departure, so that they are often used
of the contrary motion, 6. g. ΞΡ for re-
ceding, "30 and Arab. of ap-

proaching; comp. also Germ. herab,
herum,used by the best writers for hinab,
hinum, which last indeed is hardly ad-
missible.

Hiren. 6755, fut. W735, apoc. Oss.

1. Causat. to cause to come near, to bring
near, Am. 6, 3. So of persons, c. 9% Gen.
48, 10.13. Ex. 21,6. Lev. 2,8.al. Of
things: with > of pers. 1 Sam. 30,7. 2 Sam.
17,29; bx of pers. 2Sam. 13,11. 2K. 4,6;
m2) 1 Sam. 28, 25; acc. inp. Gen. 27,
25; c. dat. impl. i Sand: 23,9. Also to
bring forth, to produce, as arguments
Is. 41, 21; persons impl. 45,21. Hence
to offer, to present, Job 40, 19; espec.
sacrifices to God, c. > Am. 5, 25. Mal.
2, 12; 5517.

2. 1. q. Kal no. 2, to approach, Am.
9;.10.°

Hopn. 837 pass. of Hiph. to be brought
near, i.e. to be put into, 2 Sam. 3, 34;
to be offered, c. > Mal. 1, 11.

Hirupa. i. q: Kal no. 2, to draw near, —
Is. 45, 20.

2 m. (τ. 739) a heap, mound ; so called
perhaps from the waving and trembling. -
motion of a heap of clay, mud, etc. Arab.

9

5 ἃ high mound, hill—Only poetically
of the waves of the sea heaped up like
mounds, Ps. 33, 7 0° "2 42D 032 who
heaped together as a mound the waters
of the sea; and so Josh. 3, 13.16 the
waters rose (flowing backwards) SAN Ἢ
in one heap. ῬΒ. 78,13. Ex. 15.8; comp ᾿
Ex. 14, 22 where in the same connec-
tion Ἂ main a wall. Perh. Is. 17, 11,
but see in 732 no. 2. Comp. Virg. Geor
4, 316. |

NT). see in 133 1.

TT?

"212 fut. . q- Arab.

ane to impel, to incite to any thing,
kindr. with F722. A. Schultens finds the
primary idea of this root in humidity,
flowing moisture ; which is often trans-
ferred by the Orientals to express libe-
ralily, munificence ; comp. $3 to be
humid, moist, also to be liberal; 6d6
A { having moist hands, i. e. libe-
ral, opp. to dry, avaricious ; Schult. ad
Hamas. p. 309-11, et ad Menken. Ep. I.
Ρ. 31.sq. Comp. Lette ad Cant. Deb.
p- 19-23. But all this is doubtful.

Found only in the phrase ἫΝ W7N7>3

i2> 52359 whomsoever his heart impels,
i.e. who acts willingly, of his own ac-
cord, Ex. 25, 2. 35,21.29. , _

2. Intrans. like Arab. Sas to impel
oneself ; and hence to be willing, liberal,
generous ; see 3°73 and Hithpa.

Hirupa. 1. to impel oneself, to show
oneself willing, to offer voluntarily, with
inf. c. > Neh, 11, 2. 1 Chr. 29, 5.6. Spec.
of soldiers to volunteer, Judg. 5, 2. 9,
comp. Ps. 110,3 ; so of those who volun-
teered for the sacred military service
2 Chr. 17, 16, Comp. for the same
usage in Arabic A. Schult. ad Ham.
p. 308.

2. to give willingly, to offer sponta-
neously, 6. g. gifts to Jehovah, c. acc.
1 Chr. 29, 9. 14.17. Ezra 1, 6. 2, 68.
3, 5.

Deriv. 5233, 3°72, ΓΞ ΠΣ, and the
pre n. 392, 2792, maa. *

512 Chald. Irup. i. gq. Heb. 1. to be
willing, ready, for any thing, c. > Ezra
7, 13.

2. to give willingly, to offer sponta-
neously, Ezra 7, 15. Inf. by Syriasm
rian subst. free-will offering, v. 16.

“12 (spontaneous. liberal) Nadab, pr.
n. a) A son of Jeroboam I, king of the
ten tribes 954-952 B.C. 1K. 14, 20.
15, 25.31. Ὁ) The eldest son of Aaron,
Ex. 6, 23. 24, 1.9. 28,1. Num. 3, 2.4,
26, 60.61. c) 1 Chr. 2,28. d)1 Chr.
8, 30. 9, 36.

ΤΣ f. (τ. 332) constr. M272; plur.
nin, constr. ΤΊΣ.

1. willingness, voluntariness, sponta-
neousness ; whence 13733 Num. 15, 3.

650

“2

Ps. 54, 8, and acc. "272 Deut. 23, 94,
Hos. 14, 5, spontaneously, voluntarily,
with a willing mind.

2. a@ voluntary gift, Ex. 35, 29. Ezra
1, 4, comp. v.7; chiefly a free-will offer-

ing, voluntary sacrifice, opp. to a sacri- —

fice in consequence of a vow (773), Lev.
22, 23 ink nwsn As as a free-will
offering thou mayest offer it. Ezra 3, 5.
8, 28. Ez. 46,12. Plur. 2 Chr. 31, 14.
Lev. 23, 38. Am.4,5. Metaph. Ps. 119,
108. [Ps. 110, 3 misty Fas thy people
are free-will offerings, Le. they present |
themselves a voluntary offering to God
for the war.—R.

3. By impl. liberality, abundance, Ps.
68, 10 mia}? Os plentiful rain, abundant
showers.

93°32 (whom Jehovah impels, r. 273) —
Nebadiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 8. |
32°72 Chald. m. (verbal Niph. τ. 9253) Ὁ
a layer of stones, trom the idea of join-
ing; or ὦ wall, i.e. the side of a room —
or house, once Ezra 6,4. It has both

of these significations in the Targums, —
as Ez. 46, 23. Zech. 4, 10.

αν" pret. not contr. 77) Is. 10.

31, 1573 22, 2. 33,3; inf, 3 ; : fat. Aram.
— Nah. 3, 7, anil 335 Gen. ‘31, 40.

1. Trans. to move up and down, toand ©
fro, 6. g. to flap, as a bird its wings,
Is. 10, 14.—Kindr. are 53, M7}, 252;
comp. also Sanser. nat to move, to be
moved.

2. Intrans. to move oneself ; hence to
wander about, of a bird Prov. 27, 8. Is.
16, 2; of men Hos. 9,17. Job 15, 23.
Part. T3453 δα wenerey fugitive, Is. 16, 3.
εἶ 14. Jer. 49, 5

. to flee, to flee away, Ps. 55, 8. 68,
= Ts, 10, 31.. 22, 3; ¢. 72, to flee from
any one Nah. ς Be ον Ps, 31, 12. Hos. 7, 13;
"289 Is. 21,15. Of a bird, to fly away,
Jer. 4, 25. 9, 9. Trop. of sleep Gen.

31, 40. Esth. 6, 1.—Arab. O3 fugit,
shufupit:

4. Causat. to make flee (see Hiph.)
i. 6. to remove, lo put away; and hence
by Syriasm to abominate, to abhor, see
maa. Syr. s Pe. et Aph. abominatus
“est.

Poa. ‘753, to flee away, to fly away
Nah. 3, 17.

12

Hips. 325 fo cause to flee, to chase

away, Job 18, 18.

Horn. pass. of Hiph. fo be put to flight,

_ to be chased away, fut. 739 (3339) Job 20,

8. Also to be thrust away, part. 132 by

_ Chaldaism for 7337, 2 Sam. 23,6; but
_ others read 72 from r. ‘742.

then to be liberal ;

Se eee ee ee,

Hirupo. to flee, Ps. 64,9. See also in

ry. 709,

Deriv. 0°77), a3 (M772), perh. 737.
"2 Chald. to flee, pret. "32 Dan. 6,
19. So in the Targums, but rarely.

OF? τῇ, plur. uneasy motions, toss-
ings, of a sleepless person on his bed,

Job 7,4. R.773.

Ἔ ΣΡ in Kal not used, i. q. 12, to
flee, to recede. Syr. et Sam. id.

PipL 3, to remove, to put away, c
> Am. 6, 3; ‘to thrust out, to cast out, τε
66, 5. —With the Rabbins “473 signifies
aéceouimurication.

Hip. to drive away, to seduce, 2 K.
17, 21 Cheth. 83>) for 3°; in Keri
mss.

“TI. ri3 obsol. root, i. q. Arab.
{5 mid. Kesri, to be humid, moist ;
see in'r. 372.—
Hence 772 II, also

ΤῊΣ m. ὦ liberal gift, as the wages
οἵ prostitution, Ez. 16, 33.

τ f. (τ. 772 πο. 4) pr. abomination,
i.e. uncleanness, impurity, Zech. 13, 1.

δ νος Num. 19,9. 13. 20. 21, the water

_ of uncleanness, i. e. water by which the

unclean were purified, 31, 23.—Spec.

a) filth, uncleanness, of the female men-

_ ses Lev. 12, 2. 15,19. 20; and hence of

the menstrual discharge Lev. 15, 24. 25.

39. Ez. 22, 10. 36,17. Concr. 532 HUN

a menstrous woman, Ez. 18,6. b) any

ἢ unclean thing, an abomination, 6. g. of
idols or things pertaining to them, Ez.

7,19. 20. 2 Chr. 29, 5. Ezra 9,11. Lam.
1,17. c) an abomination, abominable
crime, e. g. incest Lev. 20, 21.

om
73, fat. M3", pr. to thrust, to im-
pel, sc. forwards, from oneself; comp.
kindr. "717 and what is there said.
1. to thrust out, to expel, c. 2 2 Sam.
44,14. See Hiph.
2. to thrust forth, to impel, sc. an axe

651

“2

into a tree, to strike an axe into a tree
c. >» Deut. 20, 19.

Hieg. M737, fut. apoc. ΠῚ 1. to
to thrust down, to cast Genet, Ps. 5,113 ¢
2 62, 8.

2. to thrust out, to drive out, to expel.
i,q. Kal no. 1, 2 Chr. 13,9. So God the
Israelites into other lands, Deut. 30, 1.
Jer. 8, 3. 23, 3.8. 29, 14. 18. 32, 37. 46,
28. Ez. 4,13. Also to disperse a flock
Jer. 23, 2. 50, 17.

3. to impel any one away, to seduce,
absol. Deut. 13,14. Prov. 7, 21; with
12 to seduce or draw away from any
thing, Deut. 13, 6; mint 592 v. 11.

4. to thrust evil upon any one, to bring
upon, c. Σ 2 Sam. 15, 14; comp. Kal
no. 2.

NipPH. ΓΞ ;
Wa; PITT.

1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be thrust forth
or out ; Deut. 19,5 fia man go with his
δέρμασιν into the forest to cut wood,
VO MAD. Waa Ts mM and his
hand be thrust out with the axe (i. e.
make a stroke with the axe) 10 cut down
the tree.

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be expelled,
driven out, Jer. 40, 12. 43, 5. 49,5; of a
beast gone astray and wandering, Deut.
22,1. Parr. M72 one expelled, an out-
cast, Is. 16, 8. 4. 27,13. Jer. 49,36; fem.
30,17. Collect. masc. Deut. 30, 4. Neh.
1, 9, and fem. “132 Mic, 4, 6. Zeph. 3,
19, outcasts, fugilives. With suff. ima
his fugitive, banished by him, 2 Sam.
14, 13: Also fem. mm72 of a flock dis-
persed and driven away, Ez. 34, 4.
16.—Trop. Job 6,13 "Pa ANT] Awan
deliverance is driven from me. Arab.

dS V, id.
ςς Pass. of Hiph. no. 3, to be impelled,
seduced, Deut. 4, 19. 30, 17.

Puat, to be driven forth, to be thrust
out ; Is. 8, 22 M320 mSpx thrust forth to
darkness ; comp. Jer. 23, 12.

Hopu. part. m2 driven up and down
chased, Is. 13, 14.

Deriv. O°.

52 τῇ. (Ὁ. 312) 1. willing, volunta
ry, ready, prompt, 1 Chr. 28, 21; more
fully i235 3.1 of a willing mind Ἐκ, 35,
5. 22. 2 Chr. 29, 31. Ps. 51,14 naa πον
awilling spirit. See 37) Kal and Hithp

part. Πρ, c. suff. int,

“73

2. giving willingly, of one’s own ac-

cord, 1. 6. liberal, Prov. 19,6. Hence

3. generous, noble-minded, noble, which
in the mind of an Oriental is closely
connected with liberality in giving;
spoken of character and conduct, Is. 32,

. 8. Prov. 17, 7. 26. Cant. 7,2 3°) ma
daughter of the noble, i. e. herself no-
ble, generous, comp. in j2 no. 8. Plur.
mia") generous, noble things, Is. 32, 8.

a ae
Arab. 53 to be generous, beautiful.
4. Trop. of noble birth ; and as Subst.
a noble, a prince, Ps. 107, 40. 113. 8.

118, 9. Prov. 25,7. 1 Sam. 2, 8. Plur.

Job 12, 21. 34, 18. Num. 21, 18. Ps. 47,
18. Also in a bad sense, a tyrant, Job
21, 28. Is. 13,2. Comp. Ὁ».

Note. In most of its significations
this word accords with the synonymous
1732, but the order is different. The
one, 3°72, sets out from the ideaof a
willing and liberal mind, and is tropical-
ly used for nobility of birth ; the other,
3°52, is primarily spoken of a leader
and prince, and tropically of those good
qualities which belong to his station.

ΤΊ 2 f. (Ὁ. 32) nobility ; trop. ele-
vated and happy sidte, excellency. Job
30, 15.

I. 72 m. sheath of a sword, 1 Chr.
21, 27. The etymology is uncertain ;
see in 73°32 note.

ΤΠ. ὙΠ2 τὰ. (τ. τ) i. ᾳ. oR, Liberal
gift, as the wages of prostitution, plur.
Ὁ. suff. 72272 Ez. 16, 33.—Cod. Ross. 409
thas 73772 for 72273.

τ) 5. Chald. m. a sheath ; trop. of the
body. as the sheath or envelope of the
mind. Dan. 7,15 my spirit was grieved
372 32 in the sheath i. e. in my body.
The same metaphor is used by Pliny,
H. N. 7. 52 or 53: “donec cremato eo
inimic] remeanti anime velut vaginam
ademerint.” So too a certain philoso-
_ pher. who was slighted by Alexander
the Great on account of his ugly face, is
said to have replied: “corpus hominis
nil est nisi vagina gladii, in qua anima
reconditur ;”” see d’Herbelot Biblioth.
Orientale p. 642. The word σκεῖος is
used in the same way, A®lian H. An.
17. 11.

Nore. The etymology both of 427

652

"73

and 32 I, is doubtful. I have formerly
referred them to a root 773 as if i. q.
Arab. wo to be soft, flexible, as lea-
ther; but this is hardly tenable. With
First, we might assume a root 773, 115,
to be hollow, deep, if this could but have

a better foundation than Talm. 833 cask,

Pers. Wyle vase, ΕἾ, tonneau.

*£)72 fut. 5429 Ps. 68, 3, and 55> Ps.

1, 4, to drive away, to disperse, to scatter, — |
as the wind scatters chaff, straw, smoke, Ὁ

Ps. 1, 4. 68,3; to put to flight an enemy,

i.e. to vanquish, metaph. Job 32,13.— —

The primary idea is to thrust, to push ;

kindr. with 939, "£3, q.v. Arab. 3h —

to urge on an animal. Eth. ZRA, to
strike, to push.

Nipu. 9732 pass. to be driven away,
scattered, Is. 41, 2. Ps. 68,3. 572 M224

leaf driven by the wind Lev. 26.36. Job —

13, 25. Inf. constr. 5325 Ps. 68, 3.

"1. 772 fat. πᾶσ, conv. 93% Gen. 28, ;

20. al. once “ΠΏ 1 Sam. 1, 11; 10 vow,
i. 6. to promise voluntarily to give or do
something ; opp. "ὌΝ to bind oneself

frequent formula: 773 WS i. 6. 973 ΘΝ
one vowing, i. e. devoting or consecrat-

ing acippus, see Monumm. Pheen. Melit. —
1, 1. Carth. 1, 3, 2 3. α]. Syr. 5,2 id.

Chald. Sam. id. Arab. ΔΑ id. The
primary idea is that of setling apart,

consecrating, which is expressed in Heb. —

by the kindr. "13. Arab. ychd includes
both. Sept. ei'voue.—Constr. with ace.
of thing, Num. 6, 21. "22 "2 fo vowa
vow Deut. 12, 11. Judg. 11, 39, 2 Chr.
15, 8. Jon. 1, 16; ace. impl. Num. 30, 11.
Eee. 5,4. With dat. added, Gen. 31,
13. Deut. 23, 24; minb Num. 21, 2. 30,
4. Judg. 11, 30. Sometimes the words
of the vow are subjoined, with ἜΝΘ
Gen. 28, 20. 2 Sam. 15, 8; with 728"
Num. 21, 2.

ἘΠῚ. "2 i. q. Arab. AS, to fall out,
to drop down, as the grain from the win-
nowing-fork upon the threshing-floor.
Herce Chald. 938 threshing-floor,

‘32 and 32 m. in pause also "73, c.
suff. "752; plur. 0°773, const? "973. R.
"1.

not to do, etc. In Phenician is found 16

1
Ι
ἱ
ἢ

+

2

ὉΠ 2 "2 fo vow vows,
seein ᾿. 2 1. 573 ἜΣΘ ἢ Ps. 92,29, and

" ἔνε ney” Judg. 11, 39, to pay or per-

ἣν

᾿

Y
|

8°,
_ conduct, 393 way, habit.
ing in the Indo-European tongues are

"δ᾽ acc. Gen. 31, 18. Ex. 3, 1.
23, 5. 30, 20; c. 3 Is. 11,6. Comp. Ps.

20, 1. 2 Chr. 25, 11.
| a person or place Cant. 8,
ace. impl. 1 Sam. 30, 22.

form vows.
2. a thing vowed, votive offering or

_ sacrifice, Lev. 7, 16. 22, 18. 21. Deut.
__ 12, 6.—Opp. 7372 free-will offering.

2 m. (r. 39) something eminent, or-

_ namental, splendid ; once Ez. 7, 11 δὲ.
ἘΠῚΞ 9) nor shall aught splendid remain
_ among them, i. 6. all will be spoilee and
_ plundered by the enemy. Sept. Cod.

Alex. οὐδὲ ὡραϊσμὸς ἐν wtt0tce.—Accord-
ing to the Jewish intpp. lamentation,
wailing, for 73 from_r. 72 (form like
wp) ; but not suitably to the context.

"Δ, rid fat. 37339 1. to lead, to drive,
to conduct, Lat. ago ; Sept. aya, ἀπάγω,
ἐπόγω, εἰσάγω, ἀνάγω. Arab. te

9. -o- ~
way; Rabb. 373 to lead, to

Correspond-

Gr. ayo, ἡγέομαι, Lat. ago, Pers. al:

—Spec. a) tolead out or drive a flock,

1 Sam.

80, 2 who leadest Joseph like a flock. Ὁ)

_to drive, lo urge on, e. g. horses or other

animals in their course ; absol. 2 K. 4,
24 323 212 drive on, and go forward. 9,

20 521Π25 jisadis "2 for he driveth like a
. madman, furiously. Also 5233 393 to
drive a@ wagon or cart 2 Sam. 6, 3, ¢. 3
ΕΣ Chr. 13, 7; comp. Is. 11, 6.
‘drive off, to carry away, as beasts by
_ violence Job 24, 3;

c) to

to lead away cap
tives 1 Sam. 30, 2. Is. 20,4; and so Is.
60,11. 4d) tolead forth an army 1 Chr.
6) fo lead one to
2. Lam. 3, 2 ;

- 2. Intrans, to lead on, i. q. to act,
to conduct oneself ; comp. Arab.

to go, Germ. sich auffiihren. So of a
way of life, conduct ;
ΓΙΡΣΞΤΙΞ 33 and my. Weare acted in wis-
dom, wisely ; the clause being paren-
thetic.

Piet 333, fut. am 1, 1, ᾳ. Kal: a)
to drive a chariot Ex. 14, 25. Ὁ) to
55*

653

ἢ, a vow, Gen. 28, 20. 31, 13. Num. 6,
21. 30, 10. 14. al.

Ecce. 2, 3 735)

“S12

lead a person, as God his people, Is. 49,
10. 63, 14. Ps. 78, 52; men Ps. 48. 15;
with an adjunct of place whither Deut.
4, 27. 28, 37. 6) to bring, to cause to
come, 6. g. a wind Ex. 10, 13. Ps. 78. 26.
d) to lead off, to carry away, Gen. 31, 26.

2. to pant, to breathe hard, to moan ;
Arab. ee to pant from exhaustion by

running. Syr. wou id.—Nah. 2, 8 and
her maidens moan as the voice of doves ;
comp. Is. 38, 14..59, 11. Ez. 7, 16,

Notre. Some refer the significations
to lead or drive, and to pant, to different
roots. But they stand nearly related,
since driving and panting go together.
Comp. 737; also m2, Syr. {ana, Eth.
ZUP, to sigh; further pra, px, Eth.
2U 1, to be anxious, solicitous.

Deriv ΔΓ).

᾿ Ἴ.12 ἃ root not in use; Arab. (δῷ
to swell, e. g. the female breasts; mid.
Damm. to be fleshy, large, beautiful, as

ve
a horse, comp. Zech. 10,3; Xg5 swell-

ing breasts, a fleshy horse, something

high.—Hence 1m q. v.

δ ΣΡ to wail, to lament, (pr. to ery
Mit, MIN ,) Ez. 32, 18. Mic. 2,4 "2 AM
to wail a wailing, i. e. to make lamenta-
tion. Syr. Ethiop. id.

2. locry, aloud, to proclaim ; whence

Nipu. pr. to be convoked, to come to-
gether, to assemble, like Chald. ἌΓ
Comp. Pst Niph. to assemble. 1 Santi
7, 2 all the house of Israel assembled
themselves afler Jehovah, pregn. for ‘they
all with one mind followed after Jeho-
vah,comp."3 "75% 727, also ΠΝ Nba
"3. So the Targ. h. |. comp. the same
formula Targ. Jer. 3,17. 30,21. Hos. 2,
16. 3, 3. 5.

Deriv. "13, 7; comp. "2, 7772

“52 Chald. m. light, emphat. xing

Dan. 2, 22 Keri, the usual form in Chal-

dee. The Chethibh has 83°F}, as it
Syr.fpand. R. ono II.

032 τη. (r. 792) in pause 73, a la- |

“ment, elegy, song of wailing, Ter: 9, 17

sq. 31, 9. 15. Am. 5, 16. Mic. 2, 4.

m°F2 f. part. Niph. from r. 7°, Mie.
2,4. Prov. 13,19. See mz Niph. Ὡς

“5 é

2.—Others here make it fem. of preced.
art. lamentation ; but less well.

ΓΙ, see r. TM.

N°) Chald. f. (r. 753 IL) ilumina-
tion, wisdom, Dan. 5, 11. 14, Syr.
ἴοξωσιἦ id.

r pat not used in Kal, prob. to flow,

to go, like kindr. ὙΠ) I. Comp. bm
brook.—Hence .
Pie ἘΠ), fut. abel 1. to lead, to

conduct, Ex. 15, 13. 2 Chr. 28, 15 psbaat
pama and conducted them upon asses.
ΡΒ. 23, 2 "2bmn Mina Va">y he leadeth
me by or to still waters. 31, 4. Is. 49,
10.—With the notion of care and pro-
tection Is. 51, 18; and hence

2. to protect, 2 Chr. 32, 22 (comp.
nn 1 Chr. 22,18); to provide for, to
sustain, Gen, 47,17, comp. 5355 ἴῃ v. 12:

Hirup. to lead on, to go on, Gen. 33,
14.—Hence

32712 m. 1. pasture, whither flocks

are led orth, Is. 7,19. So "29 from
“23.

2. Nahalol, pr.n. of a city in Zebulun
Judg. 1, 30; which in Josh. 19, 15 is
called ἜΝ Nahalal.

* Dini a fat. pina", to growl, to snarl,
“the usual word applied ἐδ tha ‘hase bt
the young lion (Ὲ3) Prov. 19, 12. 20,
2; distinguished from soaring (2883),
although sometimes also attributed to
the full-grown lion, Prov. 28, 15.—Trop.
of the roaring of the sea Is. 5, 30; of the
ery, groaning, of those who mourn
(comp. 7725), Ez. 24, 23. Prov. 5, 11.
—The root is onomatopoetic. Arab.
and Syr. id. See under 777.
Deriy. the two following. ,
DM m. a growling, snarling, of a
young lion, Prov. 19, 12. 20, 2.

M99 f. constr. M22, roaring of the
sea, Is. 5, 30; groaning of the afflicted,
Ps. 38,9. R. 63.

: pris fut. pa", to bray, spoken of
the ass when hungry Job 6, 5; trop. to
cry out, as wretched and famished per-
sons, Job 30, 7.—Chald. and Arab. id.
Kindred roots are Τὰ), FIX, MN.

“1, Ἵ2 fut. 39729, to flow, to flow
together, Arab. re id. hence "133 river.

654,

“2

The verb is used in Heb. only trop. of —
a confluence of nations; Is. 2, 2 "ΠΣ
pvist~>D 5N and all nations ‘shall flow
unto it, Jer. 31, 12. 51,44; 6. 2 Mie
4, 1.

Deriv. "33, 9702, ΠΣ,

᾿ IT. 2 to shine, to be bright;
Chald. Syr. Samar. id. The same is
“a2, Arab. οἱ, q.v. comp. in lett. 7
p- 238.—In Heb. only trop. to brighten
up, to be cheered, to rejoice, strictly of a
bright and cheerful countenance (comp.
“is lett. g), Ps. 34, 6. Is. 60, 5.

Deriv. N73, "i732, 39°72.

We m. (τ. 2 1) constr. 9); plur..
evn), constr. “302; also plur. nin (m.
Ps. 93, 3), constr. ninm.

1. a stream, current, flood ; Jon. 3,4
"23307 ὙΠ) and the floods (of the a
surrounded me ; comp. wxeavod ῥέε-
Sou Il. ξ΄, 245. Ps. 24, 2. Job 20, 17
aNS-iah wo “bm ὍΔ) the streams of the
milk-and-honey brooks.

2. a stream, river, Gen. 2, 10. reg! Job

Sr
15,11. 22,16. 40,23.al. Arab. 3 1 ee :
Syr. Ἰ5σι, id—With gen. of region, as
pws "2 the river of Egypt, the Nile,
Gen. 15, 18; ira 9} the river of Gozan,
the ΟΠ μόνην: 2Κ. 17, 6; waa ΠΣ the ©

rivers of Ethiopia, the Nile, Astaboras,
Is. 18, 1. Zeph. 3, 10; 533 minm2 the

ba oe of Babylon, the ‘Rophrates with —

its canals, Ps. 137, 1; PwEs ming 2 Καὶ.
5,12. Also with the pr. n. of the river —
in the genit. as M728 "2 the river Eu-
phrates Gen. 15, 18; "33 “112 the river
Chebar Ez. 1, 1. 3. With the art. "727
the river καὶ ἐξοχήν so called, i. e. the
Euphrates, Gen. 31, 21. Ex. 23, 31;
more fully mp 77) ban “nin Gen. 15,
18. Deut. 1, 7. Josh, 1, ‘4; comp. 1 Chr.-
5,9. Deut. 11, 24; alan poet. without
the art. Is. 7, 90. Jer 2,18. Mic. 7, 12.
Zech. 9,10. Ps. 72,8. Once the con-
text requires "712 to be taken as the
Nile, Is.19,5. In Ps. 46, 5 many under-
stand Siloam, and not unaptly. since
“m2 is also used of smaller streams, as
of the waters of Damascus 2 K. 5, 12,
espec. Job 28,11. A 7iver is put as the
emblem of abundance “πᾶ prosperity.
Is. 48, 18. 66, 12.

7!
a
τ
Ἃ

ἃ

“13

= “32 mn. (r. "2 1) @ river, i. ᾳ. “2,

ἢ. ..6
_ Arab.
_ rivers, Tigris and Euphrates, whence

Hence dual pwn the two

pwn?) Dax Syria of the two rivers, i.e.

_ Mesopotamia ; see 038.

"W32 Chald. m. emph. 83532, M2, a

_ river, Dan. 7,10; also κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν, the

from it, as 222,

Euphrates, Ezra 4, 10. 16. 17. 20. 5, 3.
6, 6 sq. 7, 21. 25.

MI f. (τ. Ὑπὸ ΠῚ light, day-light,
Job 3, 4 Αὐαν. ἀφ.

* S81) in Kal doubtful, Num. 32, 7
Cheth. see Hiph. no. 2; pr. to say no,
to negative, like many other roots whose
primary syllable is 8), 52, 53, as also the
kindred x7, Ma xd, and transp. Ἰδὲ; e.g.

ὅδω and ag to forbid. to hinder; Les

id. to repel ; Ka, oko beware ,
mane to deny, etc. transp. 1" and πὰ,
whence } WN, FR, etc. Hence too r. pe
to negative, and part. X> not, by chang-
ing liq.2 into>. If a Semitic etymo-
logy be sought, we may find it perh. in

_ r. ΘῈΣ to nod, to shake the head, asa
_ sign forno. But the syllables, ne, na, an,

in, wn, have the same force in the Indo-

_ European tongues; see in ἸΝ p. 23.
- Thesaur. p. 859.

Hien. ΡΠ. 1. to deny, to refuse ;
fut. with 8 dropped 727 Ps. 141,5; where

86 Mss. read in full x72".

2. to disallow, to hinder ; Num. 30, 6
FMS MSN ΣΤΟΝ if her father held
her back. v. 9.12. With 12 to hinder
from, to avert, to dissuade from any
thing, Num. 32, 7; "M>39 v. 9.

3. to bring to nought, to render vain,
Ps. 33, 10.

Deriv. ANIM.

=) fat. =925 o sprout, to germinate.
The primary idea is that of gushing
forth, boiling up, a power contained in
the syllable 32 and in the roots springing
af eiat sex
and trop. either in the notion of sprout-
ing. as a3, cad; or in that of uttering,
as 822. Eth. Arab. (yard. QQad;
or also in that of rising above, being
higher. as M22, @Xa5 Conj. VIII emi-

_——
mm.
7

655 . 7

extulit, accrevit—In Kal only
a) Of men as flourishing in a

nuit, Wacom

trop.

green old age, Ps.92,15. Ὁ) Of wealth,

to grow, to increase, Ps. 62,11. ο) Of
the mouth, as sprouting with, pulting
forth words, ete. Prov. 10, 31.

Pit. 3353, to cause to sprout, to pro-
duce, Zech. 9, 17.

Deriv. 3°32, 393m, and pr. n. "3°3,
mic.

22 Is. 57, 19 Cheth i. 4. 23 q. v.

* 73 fat. 2: 1, Engl. to nod, i.e.
to move up and down, to ‘and fro to be
shaken ; comp. kindr. 172. Arab. dG
mid. Waw id. Syr. ,3 tobe moved,
shaken, terrified. Sanscr. nvd to agi-
tate-—Of a reed shaken by the wind
1K. 14, 15.

2. to be driven about, to wander, to be
a fugilive, e.g. a bird Prov. 26,2; a
person, Jer. 4, 1. Gen. 4, 12. 14. Ps. 56,
9. Also to flee Ps. 11,1. Jer. 49, 30.—
Trop. Is. 17, 11 ΧΡ 72 the harvest
fleeth ; here 73 is 3 pers. preet. like 7 ;
but see 73 subst.

2. With a dat. to pity, to commiserate,
as signified by the motion of the head,
comp. Job 16,4.5. Hence a) lo com-
fort, to console the afflicted, Ps. 69, 21;
with > of pers. Job 2. 11. 42, 11. Is. 51,
19. Jer. 16,5. Nah. 3, 7. ἃ]. 5) lo dé
plore, to bemoan the dead, Jer. 22, 10.
Syr. {2,3 sotrow.

Hiew. 7725 1, Causat. to cause to
wander, to drive out, 2K.21,8. Ps. 36, 12.

2. 1.4. Kal to move, to shake, to nod
with the head (OX73) i in scorn, Jor, 18, 16.

Horn. part. “2 2 Sam. 23, 6 shaken
out, thrust out. But R. Ben Asher has
339, from r. ΤῚΣ q. v.

Hirapan. 333201. lo be moved to .
and fro, to reel, of the earth Is. 24, 20;
to shake oneself, i. e. one’s head in scorn
Jer. 48, 27.

2. to bewail, to bemoan, Jer. 31, 18.

Deriv. 73,773, ΤΣ, ‘Ti29.

“ Chald. to flee, Dan. 4, 11.
"ΤΣ m. (τ. 12) 1. flight, wandering,
Ps. 56. 9.

2. Nod. pr. n. of the region to which
Cain fled, Gen. 4. 16.

“2

1713 (nobility) Nodab, pr. n. of a son
of Ishmael, 1 Chr. 5,19. R. =73.

ἘΠῚ obsol. root, Arab. sls to be
high, lofty, tall, as an edifice, the neck
und head of a camel. a plant, or the like.
Trop. of honour and dignity, to be high-
minded ; see examples from the Arab, in
Thesaur. p. 860.—Hence #3.

Υ ris i.g. 782 1. to sit, to rest, to
remain tranquil; Hab. 2, 5 “T7733
mi N59 dhe proud man, he resteth not,
he cannot_live in peace and quiet, but
seeks tumult and war. Also to dwell,
see M2, M2.

2. to be decorous, becoming, for the
connection of which with the idea of
sitting, see under Γιὰ Pil.

Hipu. to decorate with praises, to cele-
brate. Ex. 15, 2 728, Sept. δοξάσω av-
τόν, Vulg. glorificabo eum.

Deriv. the two following and n™3.

ΤῊΣ m. constr. 7), ¢. suff. 712, 3722,
om. R. mss.

A) Adj. 1. inhabiting, dwelling, fem.
M3, cstr. ΤΣ, Ps. 68, 13 ΓᾺΞ 23 the
dweller in the house, i. e. a matron who
remains at home, οἰκοῦρος Tit. 2, 5.

2. becoming. i. 6. comely. f. Τὴ} Jer. 6, 2.

B) Subst. seat,only poet. 1. a dwell-
ing, habitation, home, e. g. of men Is. 27,
10. 33, 20. Job 5, 3. Jer. 10, 25. 50, 44; of
God Ex. 15, 13. 2 Sam. 15, 25. Jer. 25,
30. Of animals, den, Is. 34, 13. 35, 7

2. a pasture, where flocks and herds
remain, lie down, and rest ; once in prose,
1 Sam. 7.8; elsewhere poet. Hos. 9.
13. Job 5, 24; with genit. jNx ΤῸ Is.
65, 10; otha mp Ez. 25, 5; ps4 mn
Jer. 33, 12. Plur. Jer. 23,3. For plur.
constr. the form mix} is used, see in
me.

ΤῊΣ f(r.) A) Adj. f. inhabiting,
contely, see M12 A.

B) Subst. i. q. 722 B, seat, dwelling,
home. of men Job 8 6; of flocks and
herds, pasture, plur. Zeph. 2, 6.

*TAD fat. mart, conv. ms) Ex. 10, 14.
1. fo rest, i. e. to set oneself down. lo
settle down in any place for rest. The
primary idea is lo
εἰ breath, 99 37tN. comp. kindr. Arab.
cy 1, 11, 1V, X, requievit, quievit. pr.

656 m3 4

breathe, to: take

to draw breath. From the same primary
idea comes Germ. ruhen (ruchen), and
from the same root also riechen (Low
Germ. ruken, riiken, comp. ruahen to

desire). Arab. ets spec. γόνος down,
of a camel, Conj. IV causat, ; Hs Se place

for a camel to kneel down. Syr. and
Chald.i.'q- Heb. Eth. ΖΡ to respire,
to rest, comp. under 733.—Spoken 6. g.
of the sole of one’s, foot Josh. 3. 13; of
an army Is. 7, 2. 2 Sam. 21,10 (Arab.

|s IV to encamp); of a flight of lo-

custs or flies Ex. 10,14. Is. 7, 19. Also
of things, as the ark of Noah Gen. 8, 4;

of the aik of the covenant Num. 10, 36.

Constr. absol. Num. 1. 6. with 5 Ex.1.c.
Ὁ; of place Gen. 8, 4. Is. 7, 2. Metaph.
of the divine Spirit descending and rest-
ing upon ay one, c. 53 Num. 11, 25. 26;
comp. no. 2. ¢. δ ον

2. lo rest, to be at rest ; absol. of men.

and beasts Ex. 23, 12. Deut. 5, 14. 100. 3

3, 26. Is. 57. 2; of God Ex. 20, 11;

eatth Te: 14, 7. So of the rest of death |

Prov. 21, 16. Job 3, 17. Dan. 12,13. “m-
pers. "> ΤΗΣ there is rest to me, i.e. I
rest, I have.rest, Job 3, 13. Is, 23, 12.
Neh. 9, 28.—Spec. a) to rest from la-
bour, i. q. 39, Ex. 20, 11. 23, 12. Deut.
5,14. Ὁ) Also from vexation and cala-
mities Is. 14. 7. Job 3, 26; c. 12 Esth. 9,
22. 0) i. q. lo reside. lo abide; Ecc. ©
7,9 anger resteth (dwells) in the bosom
of a fool. Prov. 14, 33. Ps. 125, 3 the
sceptre of the wicked shall not abide upon
the lot of the righteous. So of the di-
vine Spirit. which rests or abides on any
one, 6. ἘΣ 2 K. 2, 15. Is. 11,2; of God’s
hand Is, 25,10. ἃ) to be quiet, silent,
i.e. to rest or cease from speaking. 1
Sam. 25,9; with > q. d. to bear in si-
lence, to look on, Hab. 3, 16. ὃ

Hien. has ἃ twofold form and signifi-
cation.

A) mn, fiat. ΤῊΣ 1. to set down, to
put down one in any place, with acc.
and 2, 5x. Ez. 37, 1. 40, 25
the hand Ex. 17,11; to let fall upon, to —
lay upon any one sc. blows, a scourge, —
Is. 30, 32 ; also ἘΝ ΠΞῸΞ mn Ez. 44,
30. Metaph. 3 i-%m mH 0 allay one’s
anger, i. ὃ. to satiate it, on any one Fiz.
5, 13. 16, 42. 24. 13. Zech. 6, 8.

to let down —

m1

2. to cause to rest, c. dat. to give rest
_ to any one Is. 28, 12. 14,3. Often of
Jehovah, who is said to give his people
rest, i. e. the quiet possession of the pro-
mised land, Ex. 33, 14. Josh. 1, 13. 15.
Deut. 3, 20. 12, 10 ὈΞ 3. Ν 53 pa} m5)
3°30 and he shall give you ; rest from all
your enemies round about. 25, 19. Josh.
ὯΙ, 44. al. Comp. in N. T. καταπαύω,
χατάπαυσις.
Hopu. ΓΙ impers. rest is given, c
dat. Lam. 5, 5; pass. of Hiph. no. 2.
B) m5, fut. 722, apoc. M259; part.
m2; like ΘΠ from ΤΌ, 3752 from 47>,
and the noun 182 i. gq. DIV? from B19 ;
see Heb. Gr. ὃ 71, note 9.
1. to set or put down, to lay down, to

ἢ

o

deposit in any place, with ἘΝ or 3 of:

place, e. g. stones Josh. 4, 3. 8; a corpse
in the grave 1 K. 13, 29-31. Spec. to
lay up for eifa-keoping. Ex. 16, 34. Ez.
42,14. 44,19; before Jehovah Ex. 16,
33. 34. Num. 17, 22. Deut. 26, 4. 10. 1 K.
i 8,9. Also to place, to set, as an image
᾿ς Is. 46, 7. 2 K. 17, 29; a table 2 Chr. 4,
8 ap Pe people or troops in another land,
= to sfer, Is. 14. 1. Ez. 37, 14. 2 Chr.
4 1, 14. “203 ΓΞ to put in ward, cus-
' tody, Lev. 24, 12. Num. 15, 34. Also
_ stronger, to cast or throw down, Num.
19, 9. Is. 28,2772 yN> ΠΣ he casteth
it to the paid: with might. Am. sie
Ez. 22, 20.

2.10 cause to rest, to quiet, to ali
Kee. 10, 4 gentleness 075573 D NM M27

_ a) to give rest to any one, i. 6. to let rest,
to leave in quiet, to let alone, 6. ace.
“ms om let me alone that, i. e. suffer
me, Judg. 16, 26. Esth. 3,8. Often c.
dat. "> nmin 2 K. 23, 18. Hos. 4, 17;
also with } c. fut. Ex. 32, 10. 2 Sam. 16,
11 55p™ Ἴ sm2m let him alone that he
_ may curse, let him curse. ὃ) With acc.
_ of pers. and inf. c. >, to permit or suffer
_.one to do any thing, pr. to let him alone
that he may do it. Ps. 105, 14; with dat.
~ of pers. Ecc. 5, 11 jizitd 15 ΤΣ} 52258
_ doth not suffer him to sleep. pr. does not
Teave him in quiet so as tosleep. 1 Chr.
16,21. Comp. the verbs 83 and 993 in
the sense of conceding, permitting, con-
strued in the same manner. |

3. to let, to leave, Sept. ἀφίημι, κατα-
λείπω, in various senses: a) i. q. to let

657

_ quieteth (hinders) great offences. Hence -

=P)

remain, to leave behind in any place,
Gen. 42, 33. Deut. 14, 28. Josh. 6, 23;
e. g. a people in a land Judg. 3, 1. 2
Sam. 16, 21. 20, 3. Jer. 27, 11; of a
thing Gen, 39, 16. Ὁ) to Lave remain-
ing, Ex. 16, 23. Lev. 7,15. With ace.
of thing and dat. of pers. to leave behind
to any one, to bequeath to one’s heirs,
Ps. 17, 14. Ecc. 2, 18; so Is. 65,15. 6)
to leave or give over to any one, Ps. 119,
121. 4d) to let leave off ; as 72.72. 73n
to let the hand rest, i. e. to withdraw it
from any thing, Ecc. 7,18. 11,6. 6)
i. q. to forsake, to abandon, Jer. 14, 9.
Kee. 10, 4.

Hou. mit to be set down, placed,
Zech. 5, 11 (comp. the Chald. form Ὁ"
Dan. 7, 4). Part. ΤΡ something lef
vacant, vacant place, Ez. 41. 9. 11.

Deriv. ΤΊΣΙ, 329, HMA, OM, MA,
and the pr. names ΤΊΣ, M129, M132, ΤΠ Ὁ.
Also the two following :

ΤῊ m. 1. rest, quiet, Esth. 9,16 17,
18; c. suff. πη 2 Chr. 6, 4).
2. Noah, pr. n. see 113.

mins (rest, νυ: M52) Nohah, pr. n. of a
son of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8, 2.

* DAI to be moved, to quake, i. q. 272,
once Ps. 99,1; Sept. σαλευϑήτω ἢ γῆ,
Vulg. moveatur terra ; and so Syr. and
Chald. Kindr. is Arab. esl vacillavit
in incessu.

m9 (τ. 952) in Cheth. for pr. ἢ. τὴ"
Naioth in Keri, 1 Sam. 19, 18. 19. 22.
23. 20, 1.

* 559 Chald. Pa. 533, i. q. 533, to soil
to foul. Hence

9292 Chald. f. Ezra 6, 11, and

9292 Dan. 2,5. 3,29; a dunghill. Dan.
2,5 and your houses shall become dung-
hills, 1. 6. sinks. cloace ; comp. 2 Κα. 10, 27.

*DA2 to slumber, to fall asleep from
weariness and lassitude, and thus differ-
ing from 12 to sleep. The primary
idea seems to be that of nodding, like
Gr. νυστάζω, which the LX X put for it.
—Of watchmen, guards, Ps. 121, 3. 4.
Is. 5,27. Trop. of inactive and slothful
leaders, prophets, Nah. 3, 18. Is. 56, 10.
Ps. 76, 6 ΞΟ 522 they sleep their sleep,

are fallen asleep, perish.—Syr. sad id.

6

Contra Arab. ols signifies to sleep, and

“we to slumber.
wey
Deriv. 972527), pr. n. 599, and

MO) f. slumber, light sleep, ‘Prov.
23, 31.

"2 not found in Kal; Hien. fut,
P21, to sprout, to put forth, subolescere.
Ps. 72, 17 Cheth. vv) 7727 ΘΒ so,
long as the sun Bish shall his name
flourish. In Keri, Nupu. 7139 shall be
spread abroad. Sept. διαμενεῖ, Hence
772, 72°92, also

713

12 pr. Syr. and Chald. a fish, so called ,

from its prolificness, see the root. In
Heb. Nun, pr. n. of the father of Joshua,
Ex. 33, 11. Num. 11, 28, and so con-
stantly in the book of Joshua. Sept.
everywhere Ναυή, obviously from an
error of the earliest copyists (NATH
for NATN). From the forms Nufy and
wi found in some Mss. (see Holmes,)
we may gather that later transcribers
supposed this Navy to be the pronuncia-
tion, according to I/acism, of the Hebrew
x722.—Once Ji? id. 1 Chr. 7, 27.

ΟἽ fut. ox, cony. 0351; inf. con-
str. 0423, 023.

1. to move swiftly, to haste, to fly;
the radical idea being that of flying,
(comp. to fly and to flee,) although
this again is itself secondary, coming
from the idea of radiating, glittering ;
see under 733, and comp. Schroeder.
Origg. Heb. p. 150.—Spoken of the ra--
pid course, flight, of a horse and_ his
rider ; Is. 30, 16 DIO-5Y "2 ND ABN}
ΝΟΣ os Diz but ye say, ‘ No, * for
we will Sly on horses ;? therefore shall ye
flee ; parall. 2292 27>. There is here
a paronomasia arising from the double
meaning of the verb 053

2. lo flee, similar to synon. M22 with
which it is often coupled ; though some-
times put absol. to flee away, to escape,
as Am. 9, 1 Ὁ) o> O47 ND. Jer. 46, 6.
Spoken of single persons, and also of
nations, armies, Judg. 7, 22; also of
things which flee away, e. g. waves Ps.
104, 7. 114, 3; sorrow Is. 35, 10. 51, 11;
vigour Deut. 34,7. So Cant. 2,17 and
4,6 in describing the evening: 50)
prbbum the shadows flee, i. e. become

»

[9

8 δ"

lengthened, as it were flee from us and
are lost. Once i> 02, Fr. il s’enfuit, Is.
31,8; see in > A. 3. b.—The pers. or
esiiie’ from which or through fear of
which one flees, is put after 282 Ex. 4,
3. Num. 10, 35. Josh. 10, 11. al. ‘ya Is.
24,18. Ps. 104, 7 “Eb Deut. 28, 25.

Joels. 7,4. 1 Sam. 4,17; once > Shee t

16, 34, comp. in > Α. 8.6. The place
whither one flees is put with 5% Deut.
19, 5. 1 K. 2, 28; > 2K.8,21. Jer. 15, 16;

acc. with ΤΠ loc. ‘Gen. 39, 12. 18. 2K. 14,

19; acc. simpl. 2 K. 9, 27. With by bf
pers. to flee to any one for help, Is. 10, 3.
Pit. Ὁ to impel; Is. 59, 19 as a
confined stream 13 MQD3 τῆγ 49 which
the wind of Jehovah drives onward.
’ Hieg. 0929 61. Causat. of Kal no.:2,
to cause to flee, Ex. 9, 20; to put to
light, Deut. 32, 30.

2. to place iin safety, to secure, with
ace. of thing, Judg. 6, 11.

Hirupa. 00427 to betake. oneself to
flight, to flee, Ps. 60,6; so the ancient
versions, but see in 00) II.

Deriv. 0°23, 0429, mos: 2, pr. ἢ. 525.

* 913; aleo 52 as inf. absol. Is. 24,

20. Ps. 109, 10, but~also constr. Is. 7, 2.
1. to nod, to waver, to reel, to move to
and fro unsteadily, Gr.-vevw, Germ. nick-
en.

‘mid. Waw, to be moved; II. to move to
and fro, to make wave, as the winda
bough, ete—Spoken: a) Of drunken
persons, to reel, to stagger, Is. 29,9. Ps.

107, 27; and hence of the earth Is. 24,
20; of the blind, Lam. 4, 14; one’s paths
Prov. 5,6. Ὁ) Of a tremulous motion,
io tremble, e.g. as leaves agitated by
the wind Is. 7, 2; also of persons or
things moved with fear, to quake, Is. 6,
4, 19,1. Ex. 20,18. c) Of the tremu-
lous motion of any thing suspended in
the air, fo vibrate, to wave, to sway to
and fro, as of miners suspended in the

pits, Job 28, 4 "53 way by they hang

down far froin’ the dwellings of men,
and swing to and fro: So of a tree, to
wave over other ‘trees, metaph. for to
rule over them, 3 ἀρ: 9, 9. 11. 18. d)
Of the lips of a person speaking softly
to move, to vibrate, 1 Sam. 1, 18,

2. to wander about, comp. 93 and 733 ;
Am. 4, 8. 8, 12. Dain. 4, 14. 15. Jer. 14

—

Chald. id. but ‘rarely; Arab. cs

Sy

10. Ps. 109,10. Gen. 4,12 535 32 awan-
derer and a fugitive. ἘΝ θύμον "to cause
to wander to and fro, 2 Sam. 15,20 Cheth.
Nips. pass. of Hiph. to be shalcen, as
a tree in order that its fruit may fall, Nah.
3, 12; in a sieve, fo be sifted, Am. 9, 9.

Hirew. 9725 1. to move to and fro, to’

shake, e.g. in a sieve, to sift, Am. 9, 9;

_ the hand, as a gesture of scorn, to wave,

‘Zeph. 2, 15.

(435;
too some valor’ wea ἼΩΞ 3725 to nod
with the head, 2 (23) ‘here marking
the instrument, Job 16, 4; but it seems
- here rather to imply pity. Yet ὙΠ
N72 implies insult, Jer. 18, 16; comp.
. 48, 97. Ps, 44, 15. Ecclus. 13, 7. Matt.
_ 27, 39.—Also to move, i
B disquict, e. g. one’s bones, 2 K. 23, 18.

More frequent in this
sense is the phrase DX1 973M to move the
head to and fro, to nod or wag the head,
Sept. κινεῖν τὴν κεφαλήν, Vulg. movere
caput, a gesture of scorn, insult, con-
tumely ; prob. not the shaking of the
head, the usual token of denial, refusal ;
but a continued nodding fo or αἱ any one,
which, although a usual sign of assent
and epercral, may also imply assent and
joy in one’s adversity and calamity ;
just as the clapping of hands implies not
only assent and approbation, but also
scorn; comp. Lakemacher Observv. VII.

p.56sq. Thesaur. p. 865. Ps. 22,8 all

they that see me laugh me to scorn, they

gape with the lips, OX7 4372" they nod the

head. 109, 25; with 59 of pers. Lam. 2,
“ΠΝ Is. 37, 22. 2K. 19,21. Here

. q. to.disturb, to

2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. a. b, to cause

_ toreelor stagger ; Dan.10,10 lo! ahand
touched me "32 B21 spy 27b> "297271
and made me reel (stand reeling and
trembling) upon my knees and the palms
of my hands.

3. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to

_ wander about, πλάζω, Num. 32, 13. Ps.
59, 12. 2 Sam. 15, 20 Keri.

ery: ὈΠΣΟΣ Ὁ and pr. ἢ. M3).

mrss (wit whom Jehovah con-
venes, r. 32") Noadiah, pr.n. a) m
Ezra 8, 32. Ὁ) f. Neh. 6, 14.

F 5 1. tolift up, to elevate, see 53,
mp2. Arab. «δἰ I, IV, intrans. to be
6 o-
high, lofty ;'595 the highest part of a
camel's hump. Hence

659

pn

2. to. lift up the hand repeatedly, to
move or wave the hand up and down,
see Hiph. Spec. to sprinkle, which is
done by such a motion, with two acc.
Prov. 7, 17 "a "2239 "MD? I have

a orinklal my bed with myrrh. Comp.

Hiph. no. 3, and 723.—More freq. is

Hea. $7251, inf. 9925, once by Chald.
Mp7 Is. 30, 28.

1. to lift up repeatedly, to move or
wave up and down, Sept. αἴρω, ἐπαίρω.
Spec. a) 57 9°25 to wave the hand, as
one beckoning Is. 13,2; to shake the
hand or fist, 6. g. in threatening Is. 11,
15. 19, 16. Zech. 2, 13 (c. 89); for
punishment, c. 59 Job 31, 21. So of
the hand as applied for soothing, heal-
ing, 6. 982K. 5,11. Comp. xatavsia
τὴν χεῖρα, Syr. ἵΐ,3]) 243} Acts 13,16. 19,
33; comp. 12,17. b) to lift up and
shake, or wave, e. g.an iron tool, a sickle,
wpon any thing, i. e. to apply an iron
tool, sickle, o any thing, Sept. ἐπιβάλλω,
c. 59 Ex. 20, 25. Deut. 23, 26. 27, 5.
Josh. 8, 31.

2. to move to and fro, to shake, to wave,
spoken of a motion not necessarily up
and down, but also from side to side, e. g.
of a saw Is. 10,15; a sieve, to sift, Is. 30,
28. Chald. 2 and mp3, Eth. 7A,P,
to sift—Spec. of a certain ceremony in
sacrifices, by which portions of the vic-
tims or offerings, before being placed
upon the altar, were waved to and fro,
as if to show and present them on every
side. Lev. 7, 30 the fat with the breast
shall he bring, and the breast shall be
ἊΔ ΞΡ. ΠΕΡ im& 97> for waving it
with a waving before Jehovah. 8, 27.29.
9, 21. 10, 15. 14, 12. 24. 23, 11. 12. 20.
Ex. 29, 24. 26. Num. δ, 25. 6, 20.
Joined also with the rite of elevating, or
the heave-offering, τ πη π ON, Ex. 29,
27. Lev. 7,34; between which rites the
Rabbins justly distinguish thus, viz.
that the heave-offering is prenented with
a motion up and down, and the wave-
offering with a motion from side to side;
see Carpzov. Apparat. p. 709 sq. In
the case of living victims and in the con-
secration of the Levites, the waving.
would seem to have consisted in lead-
ing them about to and fro, Num. 8,
11-21. Saadias renders well. in re-

ane
spect to offerings, by KS Os

agitando agitavil ; and, of Ae aa

tims and persons by ἘΝ 5 circum-

duit circumducendo. Among the Ro-
mans the porrectio was a similar rite ;
as also the elevation of the host (mon-
stratio) in the Latin church.—Rarely of
offering in general, Ex. 35, 22.

3. i. q. Kal no. 2, to sprinkle, to scat-
ter, as God the rain, Ps. 68, 10.

. Hops. 92:5 pass. of Hiph. no. 2, Ex.
29, 27.

Pi. 5% i. q. Hiph. no. 1, to shake the
hand or fist af any one, as a gesture of
threatening, c. acc. Is. 10, 32.

Deriv. FE}, ΓΒ, 72, MBM, and

512 m. elevation, height, see r. 9.
Ps. 48, 3 beautiful-for elevation is mount
Zion, i. 6. it rises gracefully.—But 53
Memphis, is of Egyptian origin, q. v.

” y 12 1. Pr. tosend out rays, 10 spar-

kle, to glitter, as Arab. 513 mid. Waw;
comp. 72 and 7i%"3 a spark. Hence

2. Trop. to flourish, see Hiph.

3. Trop. to fly, to flee, as in kindr. 043.
The idea of sparkling, radiating, is oft-
en transferred to other kinds of swift
tremulous motion ; comp. 3 "23 sons
of the lightning, i. e. swift birds of prey ;
also "71 no. 2,3; Lat. micare, emicare ;
see Schroeder Origg. Heb. p. 144.—So
perh. Lam. 4, 15 532 53 52 they flee
away and wander ; but see in H¥3.no. 1.

ΗΙΡΗ. 72% to flourish, Cant. 6, 11. 7,
13. In Targg. 7728 id.

Note. The nouns 73, 2), ἼΞ2 are
derived from the kindred verb 722
4. ν.

Mz f. (r. 482) a wing-feather, pin-
ton, Ez. 17, 3.7. Job 39, 13.—For the
form mx) Lev. 1, 16 see below in its or-
der.

* P73 a doubtful root, prob. i. q. P25 to
suck ; whence fut. Hiph. 45—"2M) and
she suckled him, Ex. 2,9. But a very

slight change of the vowels gives

§mP72M1, from 2"
* "119 obsol. root, to shine, i. 4. "173 4}

Arab. 3b mid. basi id. 3G fire, ἢ):

660

"T)

and pec light. Syr. {oon fire, Sam.
apes
Deriv. "72, "2,
2 Chald. f. emphat. 853, fire, Dan.
3, 6. 11. 15. 17. 27. 7, 9. all.

“129, 79, pr. ἢ,

* WAI i. gq. tax, to be sick, ill at ease,
once trop. of the mind Ps. 69, 21. Syr.
a1 id. Gr. νόσος, νοῦσος.

“F172 fut. n34, apoc. ΤῈ Is. 63, 3, cony
™1 2 K. 9, 33.

1. to leap for joy, to exult, to spring.
The primary idea is that of sparkting,
Jlying out, so that 733 with the sibilant
softened is kindr. with ΤΙΣ), 732, ya.
Arab. {45 to leap} to spring. baa a wide
usage ; see Thesaur. p. 868. |

2. Of liquids, to leap forth, to spout, to
spirt, to be sprinkled, with 53, >. on,
upon any thing Lev. 6, 20 [37] 2K. 9,
33 ; also Is. 63, 3.

Fiat mar; fat Mt}, conv. 4. 1. to
cause to leap for joy, to cause to exult, to
make rejoice, with acc. and >3 in or be-—
cause of any thing; Is. 52, 15 M35 19
ΡΣ Ὁ 2 O39 so shall he cause many
nations to rejoice in himself; comp.
Minna ba. Sept. οὕτω ϑαυμάσονται
ἔϑνη πολλὰ ἐπ᾽ «αὐτῷ.---Αὐ. Syr. Vulg.
Luth. Engl. so shall he sprinkle many
nations, see no. 2, i.e. my servant the
Messiah shall make expiation for them 5
but this accords less well with the
parallel verb Daw.

2. to sprinkle, e. g. water, blood, also
oil Lev. 8,11; c. 53 Ex. 29, 21. Lev. 5, 9.
8, 30. Num. 8, 73 by towards Lev. 14,
51; ὭΣ Lev. 16, 14; "28> ib. et v.
15; ἜΒΤΟΝ Lev. 4, 6. 17. “Ace. impl. |
Nom. 19, 18. 19.

Deriv. “37 pr. ἢ.

"72 m. see in τ. "ἢν Niph. p. 274.

“WT? m. (τ. “12) corfiftr. 9712, one con=
secrated, devoted, spoken of persons.

1. a Nazarite, a species of ascetics
among the Hebrews. who bound them=-
selves by a vow to abstain from certain
things (see the law Num. 6, 2 sq.) Am,
2, 11.12; more fully ΠΡ ἜΣ con
crated to God, Judg. 13, 5. va 16,17. 5
"712 773 lhe vow of a Nuzarite Num. 6

r 573

Α

:

Υ 2.—From the Nazarite, who leit his

locks unshorn, the word was transferred

j ‘to the vine, which every seventh and
also every fiftieth year was left unprun-

ed, Ley. 25, 5. 11. Comp. Talmudic

; maps ΓΙΡῚΣΞ virginitas sycomori, a syca-
ἢ

‘more not yet pruned.

2. a prince, as consecrated to God,
Gen. 49,.26. Deut. 33, 16. Lam. 4, 7.
Comp. n7wa.

* 57 fat. bx 1. to flow, to run, sid.
bar, bb; e. g. liquids, Num. 24, 7. Ps.
147, 18. Part. plur. p71) the flowing,
an epithet of waters Jer. 18, 14; hence
poet. for floods, streams, Ex. 15, 18. Is.
44, 3. Ps. 78, 16. Prov. 5,15. Metaph.
of language, Deut. 32, 2 my speech shall
flow (distil) as the dew. Of fragrant
odours distilling and flowing through
the air, Cant. 4, 16.—In poetry also to
flow with any thing is put to express
abundance, with acc. (see in 425 no. 3,)
Jer. 9,17 Ὁ 3 τ 57 32529) and our eye-
px flow with waters. Is, 45, 8. Job 36,

Ϊ
4
.* Nore. The form 1513 Judg. 5, 5 is for
_ sbt3 Niph. of ds q. v.
Hira. barn, causat. of no. 1, to cause
ἵν. to flow Is. 48, 21.—The same form is
j found i in >>3.

Deriv. ribs 4. ν.

“᾿ *DT3 obsol. root, either i. q. Arab.
3 to perforate, to string pearls, whence

3a string of pearls; or better, i. q.
_ Chald. 21 to muzzle, whence Syr.

a a

ἡ a ring in the nose of animals to be tamed,
i. ἃ. hm.—Hence

_ OF) m. 6. suff. 212, plur. 07249, estr.
| 232. aring,i.e. a) a nose-ring, a fe-
_ male ornament common in the East;
Gen. 24, 47. Is. 3,21. Prov. 11, 22. Ez.
16, 12. See Jerome on Ez. 16, 12.
Hartmann’s Hebraerinn II. 166. IIL.
205 sq. δ) an ear-ring, Gen. 35, 4.
Ex. 32, 2.—Genr. and without specifica-
tion, Judg. 8, 24. 25. Job 42,11. Prov.
25, 12. Hos. 2, 15.

* Pi? Chald. to suffer loss or detri-
ment, Part. Pt2 Dan. 6, 3. Freq. in
Targg.

— 56

661

ἊΡ

Apu. ΡΠ to bring loss upon, to en-
damage, Ez. 4, 13. 15. 22. Hence

Pi? m. loss, damage, Esth. 7, 4.

*"T2 in Kal not used, Arab. as
to consecrate, to vow. The Arabs thus
embrace in this one word what the He-
brews express by the two kindred verbs
“13 and "33. The primary idea is that
of separating.

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. to separate oneself from any
one, 6. g. Mim) “MN i. e. to fall away
from the worship of Jehovah, Ez. 14, 7.

2. to abstain from any thing, with 12
Ley. 22, 2; absol. spoken of abstinence
from food and drink Zech. 7, 3, comp. v..
5.—Syr. Ethpe. id.

3. to consecrate or devote oneself to
any thing, 6. g. min"> Hos. 9, 10.

Hiew. "351. ‘to separate one from
any thing, i. e. to restrain from, to ad-
monish against. Lev. 15, 31 “MX BMI)
onNQwA be Ὁ 23. cause ye the ‘children
of. Israel to separate themselves from their
uncleanness, i. e. admonish them not to
make themselves unclean. Comp. Arab.
pos IV to premonish, to admonish.

2. Trans. to consecrate, c. 2 Num. 6,
12.

3. Intrans. i. q. Niph. no. 2, to abstain,
c. 12 Num. 6, 3.

4, i. q. Niph. no. 3, to consecrate or de-
vote oneself, 1371"> Num. 6, 2. 5. 6.
~ Deriv. "713, 5°29, and

“T2 τὰ. c. suff. i512 1. consecration
of a priest Lev. 21, 12; spec. of a Naza-
rite (see 7°12) Num. 6, 4. 6. 9 7912 WAT
his consecrated head. v.12. Hence me-
ton. consecrated head sc. of a Nazarite,
Num. 6, 19. Also, the primary -idea
being dropped, unshorn hair, long hair,
e. g. of a woman, Jer. 7, 29.

2. a diadem, worn as the mark of con
secration, 6. g. by the high priest, whose
diadem was called 3PM “32, Ex. 29, 6.
39, 30. Lev. 8, 95 a king 2 Sam. i, 10.
2K. 11, 12. 2 Chr. 23,11. al. "12 "258
the gems of a eee put for any thing
precious, Zech. 9, 16.

1 Noah pr. n. Gr. Nos, Nw, (i. q.
mia rest, σ᾿ ™52,) the son of Lamech,
preserved from the deluge for his right-
eousness, Gen. 5, 29. 32. ὁ. 6-9. 10, 1. 32.
1 Chr. 1,4. 9,2. Ez. 14, 14. 20. So 19.

and

m3 the wuters of Noah, the deluge, Is.
54, 9.—On the etymology see Thesaur.
p. 862.

"AM3 (hidden, verbal of Niph. τ. 73m)
Nahbi, pr. ἢ. τὰ. Num. 13, 14.

. ris in Kal preet. 412, imper. 773,
and in Hips. min, fut. om, inf.
nino.

1. to lead, to conduct, to guide ; kindr.
are 3), 5M. Sept. often, ὁδηγέω, καϑη-
yew, sometimes ἄγω, éxcyo.—Constr. c.
> to any one, Ex. 32, 34; ἽΡ Ps. 60,
11; ἌΞΩΝ 1 Sam. 22,4; nap Prov. 18,
16; also with ἡ of inde whence Num.
23,7; absol. Job 38, 32.—Often of God
as Aguada or suiding a people or per-
sons; Gen. 24, 27 "My M2 77 ΣΤῚΣ FTI
“258 ‘the Lord hath led me in the way to
the house of my master’s brethren. v. 48.
Ex. 13, 17. 21. ‘Neh. 9,12. Ps. 78, 14;
with by Ps. 107, 30; 5 Ex. 15, 13. Dent.
32, 12. Ps. 31, 4. 139, 10. Is. 57, 18. al.
Trp. God is said to lead any one ina
way of righteousness Ps. 23, 3; in the
old way, the religion of the forefathers,
Ps. 139, 24; in his counsel 73,24; comp.
also Ps. 5, 9. 27, 11. J

2. to lead out or away, to carry away
to any place. 1K. 10, 26 "ya cmos
33°19 and brought them out into the cities
for chariots. So to lead or carry away
a people into exile, coupled with m>3n,
2K. 18, 11. Job 12, 23 he enlargeth the
nations and (again) leadeth them away
into captivity.

DAM? Neh. 7, 7, see 51 lett. ὁ

DAN? (consolation, r. m2) Nahum, pr.
n. of a prophet, Nah. 1, 1.

D252 m. plur. (τ. ὉΠ) 1. consola-
tions Is. 57,18. Zech. 1,13 where many
Mss. and editions ΩΝ nani, but
against analogy.

2. compassion, Hos. 11, 8.

“M3 (snorting, snoring,) Nahor, pr. n.
a) A postdiluvian patriarch Gen. 11, 22.
b) A brother of Abraham Gen. 26, 57.

32 m. adj. (denom. from mim)
brazen, trop. Job 6,12. Also

mean pr. fem. of the preced. δ)
brazen, as ‘2 ΩΡ a bow of brass, bra-
Zen, Ps, 18, 35. Job 20,24. Ὁ) Neut. any

662

bey q

thing made of brass, a brazen thing
Lev. 26,19. Job 41,19. Is. 48, 4. Mie.
4,13. ‘Hence poet. for brass, i.g. MOM,
Job 28, 2. Is. 45, 2 ram mindy doors
of brass, brazen ‘doora: Job 40. 18 ἜΝ

‘wm? tubes of brass.

mio) ¢. plur. Ps. 5, 1, an instrument
of music, prob. tibie, pipes, flutes, i.g.
72%. Itis for Mibm2 the perforated, pr.
part. Niph. ofr. bb. |

BPI) dual (τ. 9) the nostrils, from
snoring, Job 41, 12 20} Syr. sing.

ἴω nose, Arab. ye nostril.

Ἂ ons fut. Dra" ‘1. to take, to get as
a possession, to possess, nearly i. ᾳ. 89.
The primary idea seems to be that of
leading, drawing ; so that Ὁ. is of like
signif. with 592. From the idea of
leading, comes, on the one hand, that
of flowing, ΠΡ ΘΑ ἘΓῚΣ stream; and, on
the other, that of taking, receiving, as
we also say, ‘to draw money, to draw —
profit,’ etc. for ‘to get, take, receive.’—
Spoken: a) Often of the Israelites as
acquiring and enjoying possession of —
Canaan, c. acc. Ex. 23, 30. Josh. 14, 1.
Is. 57, 13. Ps. 69, 37. al. Without ace.
to take possession, to have possession, to
possess, Josh. 16,4. Num. 32, 19; with
a of place Num. 18, 20. Deut. 19, 14.
Num. 18, 23. 24. Josh. 17, 6. 19,9. Ὁ)
Of God who takes Israel as his own pos-
session, and therefore protects and de-
fends them; Ex. 34,9. Zech. 2, 16 [12];
with 3 of place Ps. 82,8. 6) Genr. to
get, to gain, to acquire, as a possession,
e.g. glory Prov. 3, 35; wealth 28, 10;
also folly 14,18; the wind 11,29. So
Jer. 16,19 our fathers 352 "PO have
possessed lies, i. e. idols for worship.
Ps. 119, 111 thy precepts have I taken
as a possession for ever. ἃ) With ace.
of pers. to take possession of any one,
i.e. to seize upon his possession, to drive
out, to dispossess him, Zeph. 2,9. Comp.
to no. 1. b.

2. to get by inheritance, to inherit, with
a of place, Judg. 11, 2 m"33 drm Nb
ἼΣΩΝ thou shalt not inherit in our fa-
ther’s house-—The LXX render Ὁ
κληρογομέω also many passages cite
under no. 1; but the specific idea
inheritance in this verb is rare

ὉΠ}

3. Causat. i.q. Pi. to give to be pos-
sessed, to distribute any thing, with acc.
of Ming” and > of pers. Num. 34, 17
PITHY 222 srt who shall distré-
bute the land unto: you. v. 18. Josh. 19, 49.

Piet >m to give to be pocscsced, to
distribute, Josh. 13, 32; with two acc.

of pers. and thing Josh. 14,1. Num. 34,
29; > of pers. Josh. 19, 51.
Hin. damn, fut. bans 1. to give as

@ possession, to cause to possess, often

with two acc. of pers. and thing, 1 Sam.

2,8. Zech. 8,12; often spoken of the

distribution of the land of Canaan, Deut.
1, 38. 3, 28. 19, 3. 31, 7. Jer. 3, 18. 12, 14.
Josh. 1, 6. With acc. of thing impl.
Deut. 32, 8 ova yisb> Srna when the
Most High gave (divided out) to the na-
tions their possession. Prov. 8, 21. Acc.
of pers. impl. Is. 49, 8.

2. to cause to inherit, i.e. a) to leave
as heir Prov. 13, 22. Wb) to leave as
an inheritance, with dat. of pers. 1 Chr.
28,8. c) to distribute an inheritance,
with two acc. Deut. 21, 16.

Horn. to be made to possess,.i.e. to
have allotted or appointed as one’s por-

tion, although by compulsion and un-
willingly; hence with acc. (Heb. Gr.

ὁ 140. 1. a,) Job 7,3 δ. το ΤΡ ἌΠΟ ΤΙΣΙ

I have been allotted months of misery,

such are appointed as my portion.
Hirup. i. q. Kal, to receive as one’s

own, to possess oneself of, c. acc. Num.
_ 32, 18. Is. 14,2. With dat. of pers. to
_ possess for oneself and. for one’s heirs,
i.e. so as to transmit to one’s heirs;
| Ley.25,46 Ὡ3 ΤΙΝ 029233 onk ὈΟΓΙΣ ΓΙ
and ye shall possess them for yourselves
_ and for your sons after you ;
_ ancient versions.
_ are to be explained Num. 33, 54. 34, 13.
_ Ez.47,13. Comp. Ewald’s Krit. Gramm.
ip. 204.

so all the
In the same manner

Deriv. m>m2 and the four following.

M3 m: with He local Num. 34,5, and
poet. mom5 Ps. 124, 4; dual τοῦτο Ez.
47,9; plur. p-5m2, constr. “bra, c. suff.
mbm.

"toa stream, brook,, torrent, so called

‘trom its flowing, see r. ἘΠῚ Kal no. 1.

Lev. 11, 9.10. Deut. 8,7. 10,7. 1 Sam.
17, 40. 5 Sam. 17, 13. a 11. ‘1B. Ps. 78,
20. al. sep. Ἰδὲ bm a perennial brook,

663

Sn

see in [M8 no. 1. HRW >m2 an overflow-
ing stream Is. 30, 28. 66, 12. Jer. 47, 2.
mrbr) ὍΣΣ stones of the brooks Jeb 22, 24,

comp. 1 Sam. 17, 40. Is. 57, 6. So ἜΣ.
br willows of the brook Lev. 23, 40. Job

40,22; and hence 0723935 5n3 the brook

of willows Is. 15, 7, as pr. n. of a stream
on the east of the Dead Sea, perh. the
present Wady el-Ahsy,. ») sols,
which descends from the eastern moun-
tains and enters the south end of the
Dead Sea; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 1].
p. 488, 555. Most of the streams in Pa-
lestine are torrents flowing only in win-
ter, χεέμαῤῥοι, and such an one is meant
in Job 6, 15: my brethren are deceitful
like the torrent, which dries up unex-
pectedly and so disappoints the traveller.
The torrents (272M) of Palestine named
in the O. T. are: ets + “iar 3
pa. 2, called also 735 '3 2 Sam: 24, δ,
m2 °y, yp 5, yep 5, mp’, 568,
under these worde. Farther, nan ἢ
the brook of the desert i.e. of the Arabah,
put perh. for the Kidron, which falls fits
the northern part of the Dead Sea,
comp. 2 Κι. 14, 25. ΘΛ 5112 the brook
or torrent of Egypt, on the confines of
Egypt and Palestine, later ὩῬινοκόρουρα,
now Wady el-Arish, 9. 6}, Num.
34,5. Josh. 15, 4. 47; comp. 1 K. 8, 65.
2K. 24,7. Is. 27,12; called also κατ
ἐξοχήν simply bm Ez. 47,19. 48, 28.
But the river of Egypt, 07242 7), is
the Nile, Gen. 15, 18.—Poet. ΤΊΣ “bm
a torrent of sulphur Is. 30, 33; streams
of honey Job 20, 17; streams if oul Mic.
6,7; 59223 "Στ torrents of destruction
Ps. 18, 5. |

2. a valley, ravine, watered by a brook

or torrent, Arab. sol, Wady, Syr. ad

for Gr. φάραγξ Luke 3, 5.—Gen. 26, 19.
Num. 24,6. 2 K.3, 16. Ps, 104, 10. Cant.
G11. ἘΝ The sales enumerated of
this kind are: 5308 2, priv 5, ow avin,
ἜΤ, TaD, see aider ΣΝ: words.—
Since bn inthe both a brook and the
valley 1 in which it flows,*the same ex-
pression may be waderstood of either ;
as ‘3712 of the brook Deut. 2, 13. 14,
and of the valley Num. 21, 12; and in
some examples it may be doubtful which
is meant, as Josh. 15, 7. 19, 14, comp —
11. See Thesaur. p. 873.

ony

3. Prob. shaft or adit of a mine ; Job
28, 4 5112 718 they break (pierce) ashaft.

moms Milél Ps. 124, 45 see in bm
init.

Tom? Γ᾿ (τ. ὉΠ) constr. nom, c. suff.
snbm ; ; plur. nibry Is. 49, 8.

1. a taking possession, occupation ; |

Is. 17, 11 2m) OYA in the day of occu-
pation, i. e. of gathering the harvest.
But on account of the following 38>
wax, it is better to read HM) a deadly
sound ; seein r. An Niph.

2. a possession, estate, property, that
which is possessed. Ps. 2, 8 J will give
thee the heathen as thy possession, 72>".
So of wealth Prov. 20, 21. Ecc. 7, 21;
oftener of a possession of land, real es-
tate, Num. 16, 14. 86, 7. 8. 9. Ruth 4, 5.
6. 10. Josh. 19, 49.—Spee. a) Of the
territory assigned by lot to each tribe,
Josh. 23, 23. 28; comp. 18, 20. 28. 19, 1.
8. 9. 16. 23. 31. 39. 48. Hence of the
Levites it is said, Num. 18, 23 among
the children of Israel they shall have no
possession. v.24. 26,62. Josh. 13, 14. 33.
14,3. Ὁ) Of the whole land of Pales-
tine, given as a possession to the Israel-
ites, Deut. 4, 38. 15,4. 19, 10. 20, 16.
21, 23. 24,4. 26,1. spso mdm Is. 58,
14. al. ¢) mins mbm3 the possession of
Jehovah, his ‘property, i. e. the children
of Israel, whom Jehovah cares for and
protects as his own cherished people,
Deut. 4, 20. 9, 26. 29. 1 Sam. 26,19. 2
Sam. 14, 16. Is. 19, 25. Joel 2,17. Jer.
12, 7-9. Ps. 28, 9. 106, 40. al. But in
Ps. 127, 3 ™ m3n2 is a possession from
the Lord, bestowed by him. d) For
the prado b> ΓΒ ΤΙΣ pon "> ws, see in

Per no. 2. a.

ἐκ: Spec. an inheritance, patrimony,
Num. 27, 7. Job 42, 15. 1 K. 21, 4. Prov.
19, 14; also Prov. 17, 2.
+4. a portion, lot, assigned of God, i. q.
pen no. 2.d. Job 27, 13. Is. 54, 17. Job
20, 29 ἘΝ TaN MM? the lot appointed
unto him from God. With genit. id.
Job 31,2; comp. Ps. 127, 3 in no. 1. ὁ.

282M? (valley of God) Nahaliel, pr.
n. of a station of the Israelites in the
desert, Num. 21, 19.

2733 Nehelamite, patronym. other-
wise unknown Jer. 29. 24. 31. 32.

664

Dr

mem £ i. q. Hbm2, @ possession, por-
tion, lot, with the less frequent feminine
termination n—, Ps. 16,6. R. 5m.

F ὩΠ2 in Kal not used, pr. onoma-
topoet. to draw the breath forcibly, to

ue
pant, to sigh, to groan, like Arab. ΜΞ

Kindred roots are 512, 52, Dp), q. v.

Nipa. ὉΠ), fut. 8739, cony. ΓΞ",

1. to lament, to grieve ; for the use of
the passive and middle in verbs of emo-
tion, comp. M282, ὀδύρομαι, contristart,
alsoN22 Niph. Spoken: a) Inregard
to others, hence i. q. to pity, to have
compassion, absol. Jer. 15, 6 DMI "1853
Iam weary of having compassion ; ὁ. >3’
Ps. 90, 13; Ἐκ Judg. 21,6; > v. 15; 18
Judg. 2, 18. b) In reget to δένθν
own doings, to grieve ; hence to repent,
(comp. Germ. reuen which in Switzer-
land means to grieve, Engl. to rue,) Ex.
13, 17. Job 42, 6. Ps. 110, 4; with ">
Gen. 6, 6.7. 1 Sam. 15, 11. Often of
one who repents, grieves, for the evil he
has brought upon another, Ps. 106, 45.
Jer. 20, 16. Jon. 3,9. Joel 2,14; c. d»
Ex. 32, 12. 14. Jer. 8, 6. 18, 8. 10; δὲ 2
Sam. 24, 16. Jer. 26, 3.

2. Reflex. of Piel, to console oneself, to
be comforted Gen. 38, 12; with >¥ con-
cerning any thing 2 Sam. 13, 39; with
"28 i. e. for the loss of any one Gen.
24, 67.—Hence

3. to avenge oneself, to take vengeance,
since, to use the words of Aristotle, Rhet.
Il. 2, τῇ ὀργῆ ἕπεται ἡδονή τις ἀπὸ τῆς
ἐλπίδος τοῦ τιμωρήσασϑαι. With 78 Is.
1, 24; comp. Ez. 5, 13. 31,16. 32, 31.
See Hithp. no. 3..

Piex ὉΠ, fut. O72", ἐο console, to com-
fort, pr. to express grief, compassion ;
Job 16,2. Ecc. 4, 1 ΒΞ ἘΠῚ 1 they
had no comforter, Lam. 1, 2. 9..16. 17.
With acc. of pers. Gen. 37, 35. 50, 21.
Ruth 2, 13. al. With 52 of things con-
cerning which, 1 Chr. 19, 2. Is. 16. 7.
22,4. Ez. 14, 22. Job 42, 11. So God is
said to comfort any one by restoring to
him his favour, Is. 12, 1. 49, 13. Jer. 31,
13. Zech. 1, 17. Ps. 23,4. al.

PUAL bn), to be consoled, comforted ,
Part. ΓῺΓ: for mom Is. 54, 11.

Hirnp.. pminn, ‘once onin Ez. 5, 13,
i. q. Niph. but las frequent. :

om

1. to lament, to grieve: a) For ano-

_ ther, i. 6. to pity, to have compassion, c.

ὃν Deut. 32, 36. Ps. 135,14. _b) to re-
pent, Num. 23, 19.

2. to console oneself, to be comforted,
Gen. 27, 35. Ps. 119, 52.

3. to avenge oneself, totake vengeance ;
Gen. 27, 42 39 om2ma ΠΝ we mn
70> lo, Esau thy brother will avenge
himself by slaying thee.

Deriv. ΛΓ), DYAMIA, Mian,
the pr. names Dim), pm, nen, and
the five here following.

DV32 (consolation) Naham, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 4, 19.

DM), plur. n°am), see in D775}.
DI) m. repentance, Hos. 13, 14.

man) f, (τ. m2) Kamets impure, con-
solation, Job 6, 10. Ps. 119, 50.

_ "4732 (whom Jehovah comforts) Ne-

hemiah,*pr.n. 8) The son of Hacha-
_ liah, governor of Judea under Artaxerxes

Longimanus, Neh. 1, 1. 8, 9. 10, 2. 12,
26. Sept. Weeulos. Comp. snwan.—
Differentare Ὁ) Neh.3,16. c) Ezra
=» 2; 2. Neh. 7, 7.

"2722 (compassionate, r. Dm?) Naha-
" mani, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 7.

q 72 i. α. M28, we, found only Gen.
᾿ 42, 11. Ex. 16, 7. 8. Num. 32, 32. 2 Sam.
: 17, 12. Lam. 3, 42.

; OM) i. q. Chald. wim pane see in
“ene.

* γ13 i. ᾳ. 72, to urge, to press, see
under the letter >. Part. pass. 7312
_ urged, i. 6. urgent, pressing, 1 Sam. 21,
| 9.—Arab. Ya id.

: “3 onomatopoetic root, Arab.

~Syr. saa), to breathe hard through the
" nose, to snort. to snore, comp. Eth. Ζ ΝΖ,
to snore, Gr. géyzw, ῥόγχος. --- Hence
pe1"M3, pr. n. VIM}, also the two follow-
ing.

W32 τὴ. Job 39, 20, and T7772 f. Jer.
8, 16, a snorting, e. g. of a horse.

VWI) 2 Sam. 23, 37, and "7 1 Chr.
41, 37 (snorer, r. 93) Naharai, pr. n. τη.

Alf wn in Kal not used, an onoma-
topoetic root, i. q. 82, expressing a low
56*

665

‘On

hissing sound, to hiss, to whisper, espec.
of the whispering or muttering of sorce-
rers, see UM? Pi. Ps. 58,6. Comp. Zab. .

1 to whisper, see Cod. Nas. III. Ὁ. 88,

line 16.18. Syr. wiml.to practise en-
chantments.

Pret m2, fut. tm, to take auguries,
to practise divination, to divine, Lev.
19, 26. Deut. 18,'10. 2 K. 17, 17. 21, 6.
—Some here understand ὀφιμαντεία or
divination by serpents, as if denom. from
wm2; see Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 21.—
Hence

2. In a wider sense, to divine, to prog-
nosticate, to augur, i. 6. to feel a pre-
sage; Gen. 30, 27 mint 7229237) "MeN
sbbaa I augur that Jehovah blesseth me
for thy sake. 44, 15 know ye not &m2 "2
73 TWX WN OM" chat such an one as
I could certainly divine such things ? ἦν.
5 whereby indeed he divineth ? i. 6. the
cup, κυλικομαντεία. 1 Κ΄. 20, 33 DWNT
swm2" and the men took as a good omen
sc. the words of Ahab in v. 32. See
more in Thesaur. p. 875.

Deriv. ὅπ, m3, pr. n. FwM.

*TI. wn a root assumed to furnish
an etymology for Mn} brass; perh. to
be bright, corresponding to ὅπ. But
the Semitic languages afford no trace
of such a usage.

Oi) m. (τ. ὅτ 1) 1. incantation, en-
chantment, Num. 23, 23.

2. augury, omen, which one takes.
Num. 24, 1; comp. 23, 3. 15.

OM) m. (τ. m3 1) 1. @ serpent, so
called from its hissing, Gen. 49, 17. Ex.
4, 3. 7, 15. Deut. 8, 15. Ps. 58, 5. al.
Frequent mention is made of its deadly
bite, Num. 21, 17 sq. Am. 5, 19. 9,3. Ecce.
10, 11. Prov. 23, 22; also of its cunning,
Gen. 3, 1 sq. comp. Matt. 10, 16, and Bo-
chart Hieroz. III. p.246 Lips.—Put forthe
constellation of the serpent or dragon in
the northern quarter of the heavens, Job
26, 13. Arab. us.

2. Nahash, pr.n. a) A place other-
wise unknown 1 Chr. 4,12. b) A king
of the Ammonites 1 Sam. 11, 1. 2 Sam.
10,2. 06) 2Sam. 17, 27. d) 2Sam
17, 25.

wns ) 666

wn Chald. m. brass, copper, Dan. 2,

32.45. 4,20.al. Syr. ἔλα, Heb. mijn).

ji@2 (enchanter, r. m1) Nahshon,
pr. n. of a son of Amminadab, Ex. 6, 23.
Num. 1, 7. Ruth 4, 20.

ΓΤ (r. tm IL) comm. gend. m.
Ez. 1,7. Dan. 10, 6, f. 1 Chr. 18, 8; ὃ.
suff. FUN? Ez. 16, 36, "Mm Lam. 3,7;
dual oo mwn.

1. brass, χαλκός, pr. copper, mostly as
hardened and tempered, and so used for
arms and other implements, Gen. 4, 22.
Ex. 26, 11. 37. al. sepe. Metaph. Jer.
6, 28 brass and iron are they all, i.e.
base, vile, of less precious metal.—Syr.
and Chald. id.

2. Any thing made of brass or cop-
per,e.g. a) money, brass or copper
coin, Ez. 16, 36 ἼΘ ΤΣ FEN 2, Vulg.
quia effusum est es tuum. b) a chain,
fetter, of brass or copper, Lam. 3,7. So
dual ΘΟ fetters Judg. 16, 21. ὃ Sam.
3, 34. 2 K. 25, 7. Jer. 39, 7. 52, 11.

NNW) (brass) Nehushia, pr. n. ἢ
of the mother of king Jehoiachin, 2 K.
24, 8.

yaw? m. (from Mn) and the end-
ing \~) Nehushtan, i. e. the brazen ser-
pent, erected by Moses, and broken in
pieces by Hezekiah because the Israel-
ites made of it an idol and worshipped
it under this name, 2 K. 18,4.

* TT) fut. mys Ps. 38,3, and mn’
Prov. 17, 10, to go or come down, to de-
scend, a root common in Arameean, i. q.
Heb. 737; so Chald. mm fut. mans, Syr.

Dal fut. 2oud. In O. T. only poetic ;

perhaps denom. from the noun mm) (r.
m3), the Ὁ passing over into a radical.—
Jer. 21, 13 52959 mM" who will come
down against us? sc. to attack us. Ps.
38,3 πὸ "DY mmm and thy hand cometh
down upon me in chastisement. Plur,
smn? Job 21, 13, for smm?, Dag. euphon.
comp. Lehrg. p. 85. Trop. Prov. 17, 10
sea MISA MMM reproof goeth down
(sinketh deep) into the mind of the wise,
comp. 18, 8. 26,22. The form mmm is
penacute, comp. Lehrg. ὃ 51. 1. n. 1.

Nipu. 193 i. ᾳ. Kal, Ps. 38, 3 ΠΧ
“2a mm for thine arrows come down
upon Me, pierce me.

hand of God in threat Jer. 51, 25. Ez.

m3

Piet MM} to press down, 6. g. a bow,
i. 6. to bend, Ps. 18, 35; furrows, i. 6. to
level, spoken of rain Ps. 65,11.

Hipu. to lead down, ἱ. ἃ. 15. Im-
per. Joel 4, 11 #7133 7 NI Maw thi-
ther lead down, Jehovah, thy warriors ;
comp. v. 2. Others: prostrate, but con- —
trary to the parallelism.
Deriv. D°AM?.

ΓΙ} Chald. to come down, to descend,
part. oo: Dan. 4, 10. 20.

Apa. fut. ὌΠ, imp. MX , part. mri.

1. to bring down or away, Ezra 5, 15.

2. to lay down, to deposit, for safe-
keeping, Engl. to lay up, Ezra 6, 1. 5.

Horn. ΠΣ after the Heb. to be
brought down, to be deposed, Dan. 5, 20.

2 f(r. m9) as MM from mr.

1. a letting down, e. g. of the arm for
punishment, Is. 30, 30, comp. v. 32.
Concr. that which is let down, set on
upon a table; Job 36, 16 aambts nn
the food of thy table.

2. rest, quiet, Is. 30, 15. Job 17, 16.
Prov. 29, 9. Ecc. 6,.5. Acc. as adv, ©
Kee. 4, 6 ΠΣ 92 82 a handful with ©
quietness.

3. Nahath, pr. n. see Mim.

DM? adj. plur. (τ. M2) coming down,
descending, Dag. euphon. 2 K. 6, 9.

᾿ ioe fut. Mt", apoc. D3, OM, cony.
D7, 6. Mak. “oS,

1. to stretch out, to extend, Arab. Lb
extendit fila. Kindred roots are MM,
mna, ΠΏΡ, q.v.—Spec. a) to stretch
out, to extend, e.g. the hand Ex. 8, 2.
13. 10, 12. 21; the hand with a spear
Josh. 8, 26, and ellipt. v.18; often of the

6, 14. 14, 9. 13. Is. 5, 25; ‘or of man
if to assail God, Job 15, 25. So a mea-
suring line, 6. ‘by, to stretch the line
upon any thing Job 38, 5. Is. 44, 13
Lam. 2,8. Also to stretch out in length,
to sonaaiee Is. 3, 16 jing ΤΉ. see it
yina. Ps. 102, 12 bie) by a lengt
shadow, i.e. lengthened in the declini
sun, at the approach of evening ; com
109, 23. b) to stretch, to spread out,
expand, e.g. a tent Gen. 12, 8. 26, 25
the heavens Is. 40, 22 ΘΠ Ὁ ph πρὶ ,
who spreadeth out the heavens as a

ἡ
1
iz
ν.
Ε
i
4

-
br

ὩΣ

Job 9,8. Metaph. >» 37 ΓΙῸΣ to spread

out evil against any one, a metaphor

drawn from nets, Ps. 21, 12.—1 Chr. 21,
10 ΠῈΣ ΓΝ "δὲ wide I spread out three
things before thee (i. e. I propose to
thee), choose one ; comp. 2 Sam. 24, 12,

where for myo is 5101) eS ἐξ δας to

spread oneself out, e. g. as flocks in the

land, Job 15, 29.

2. to incline, to bow, i. e. to make tend
downwards; 6. g. the shoulder for bear-
ing Gen. 49, 15; the feet for a fall Ps.
17, 11 (comp. 73, 2); the mind Ps. 119,
112; the heavens, spoken of God, Ps. 18,
10. Part. pass. Ps. 62,4 902 ""P a wall
inclining, leaning,ready to fall.—Intrans.

-of feet inclining to a fall Ps. 73,2; the

declining day Judg. 19,8; the shadow
on a dial moving downwards 2 K. 20, 10.

3. to turn, to turn away, to deflect, 1. e.
to make tend to one side; Is. 66, 12 lo, J
will turn peace upon her like a river, 1. 6.
as a stream is turned in its course. Gen.
39,21 7m 17x Ὁ) and turned upon him
favour, i.e. conciliated favour towards

him.—Oftener intrans. to turn away, to
‘decline, Num. 20, 17. 22, 23. 26.33; with

> to any one Gen. 38, 16; with 7 and
ἘΞ from any one, from a way, Ps. 44,
19, 119, 51. 157. Job 31,7. 1K. 11, 9;

- with "298 to turn away after iw. ἐδ ἢϊο

party of any one Ex. 23,2. Judg. 9, 8.
1 K. 2, 28; comp. 1 Sam. 8, 3.—Hence
4, to go away, to go, 1 Sam. 14, 7.

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be stretched,
extended, as a measuring line Zech. 1,
16; of astream, to spread itself out Num.

24, 6; of évening shadows, fo be length-
igs Jer. 6,4; comp. Virg. Ecl. 1. 84.

Hipu. 720, fat. ma", apoc. 1 pers. ON
Hos. 11, 4, ΠΑ pause ὌΝ Job 23, 11, 2x1

᾿ 15. 6; 2 pers. OM Ps. 27, 9. 141, 4;

3d pers. 5) 2 Sam. 19, 15; jn. apoc.
on Ps. 17, 6.

1. i.q. Kal no. 1, but less usual, to
stretch out, toextend: a) K.g. the hand
Is. 31,3. Jer. 6, 12. 15,6; the limbs upon
a couch or bed Am. 23, 8. Ὁ) As a tent
2 Sn. 16, 22. Is. 54,2; sackcloth 2 Sam.
21,10. ᾿

2, to incline downwards, to bow, to de-
press, Gen. 24,14; the heavens, spoken
of God, Ps. 144. 56.. Spec. the ear in or-
der to listen, Jer. 7, 24. 26. 11,8; with

667
tain, awning. 45, 12. Jer. 10, 12. 51,15.

"03

> to any one Ps. 17, 6. 116, 2. Prov. 4,
20. 5, 1. al.

3. to turn, to turn away, to deflect, sc.
towards one side, i. q. Kal no. 3. Num.
22, 23. 2 Sam. 3, 27. Metaph. Job 36, 18
a great ransom cannot turn thee away,
sc. from the divine punishment, so as to
avoid it.—Spec.

a) Ἔ 3> Nwn fo turn the heart of any
one, 2 Sam. 19, 15 ; with >> ¢o any thing
Prov. 21,1; by Ps. 119, 37; 5. 141, 4;
sams 1K. 11, 2.3.4. Ina bad sense,
to turn away, to seduce any one, Prov. 7,
21. Is. 44, 20.—Also 58 42> Mun to om
cline one’s heart to, Josh. 24, 23. 1 K. 8,
58; to wisdom Prov. 2, 2.

Ὁ) Ξ 53 TOM MUN to turn favour upon
any one. to procure favour for him, Ezra '
7, 28. 9,9. Comp. Kal Gen. 39, 21.

c) bev He 1 Sam. 8, 3, ¢o turn
aside right, to pervert justice, right being
compared to a straight path from which
it is wrong to turn away on either side.
Hence, to pervert the ways of justice
Prov. 17, 23. With genit. Ἔ vata non
to pervert or wrest the right of any one,
spoken of a judge, Ex. 23, 6. Deut. 27,
19. Lam. 3,35; and, in the same sense,
to pervert the way i.e. the right of any
one, Am. 2,7. Acc. impl. Ex. 23, 2.

d) to turn away, to thrust out sc. from
a way, Job 24, 4 they turn the needy out
of the way. Hence metaph. of the way
of right and justice (comp. in lett. c.)
Is. 10,2; and so without mention of a
way, Is. 29, 21. Am. 5, 12. Prov. 18, 5.

e) to turn away any thing from a per-
son, to-avert, 6. g. good Jer. 5, 25.

f) to turn away asuppliant, to repulse,
Ps. 27, 9.

g) Initratia: to turn aside, to decline
from a way, to swerve, c. 772 Is. 30, 11.
Job 23,11. With acc. of place whither,
Ps. 125, 5 ;

Deriv. 02 (nwa), nea, nwa, mw or
mu, and pr. ἢ. 027.

2°02 m. verbal adj. (r. 5:22} laden,
Zeph. 1, 11..

"03. see ps2) .

mip") £ plur. (τ. 502) drops, pen-
dants for.-the ears, ear-drops, especially
of pearls, Judg. 8, 26. Is. 3,19. Arab.

5.7 ΄

5 14. Comp. Gr. σταλάγμιον a kind

"Ὧ2

of ear-pendant, from σταλάζω to drop,
distil.

miwrn) f plur. tendrils, twigs, Is. 18,
5. Jer. 5,10. 48, 32. R. Ww, see Niph.
Is. 16, 8.

plo fut. di” 1. to take up, to lift
up. Chald. id. Syr.\ju to be heavy,
from the idea of lifting. Kindred roots
are >>m, M2m; comp. Sanscr. tul, i. q.
Lat. tollere.—Is. 40, 15 Dit PID DN he
taketh up the isles as dust, as an atom.

2. to lay upon, to impose upon any
one, 6. 55, 2 Sam. 24, 12 doi "23x Ww
722 three things I lay upon thee, i. e.
propose to thee ; comp. the parallel pas-
sage in 1 Chr. 21, 10 where it is noi,
and in the same sense "22> 10) Jer. 21,
8.—Lam. 3, 28 "23 203 "> for God hath
laid upon him sc. calamity.

Prez i. q. Kal no. 1. Is. 63, 9.

Deriv. 5°02, 5023.

203 Chald. to lift up, Dan. 4,31. Pret.
pass. Dan. 7, 4.

Pop) m. (τ. 5902} a burden, load, Prov.
ΟἽ. ὃ.

"ΦῺ2 fut. sw, inf. 3%) and Mew, pr.
to set upright, to fix in the ground. Kindr.
are >" Ξε to set, τὺ Hiph. 3°39 id.
also 382, 347. Comp. Sanscr. dhé, Gr.
tidnut.—S pec.

1. to plant, as a tree, garden, vineyard,
Gen. 2, 8. 9, 20. Lev. 19, 23. Num. 24,
6. al. So God is said to plant the forest-
trees Num. 24, 6. Ps. 104,16. The place
where is put with 3 Jer. 32,41; 53 Am.
9,15; in ace. to plant a field, etc. Ez.
36, 36. Hence with two acc. to planta
garden, etc. with any thing, Is. 5, 2. Jer.
2,21.—Trop. a) to plant a people, i. 6.
to assign them a fixed and permanent
residence ; comp. in Engl. ‘to plant a
colony ;? Am. 9, 15. Jer. 24, 6 I will
plant them, I will not pluck them up. 32,
41. Ps. 44, 3. Ex. 15, 17. 2 Sam. 7, 10. al.
Comp. opp. M2, also Στ and 47 Ezra
9,8. b) Ps. 94,9 God who planted the
ear, i. e. created, formed it.

2. to fix, to fasten, as a nail, Ecce. 12,
11. Comp. in Engl. ‘to plant a nail.’
8. to plant, i.e. to pitch a tent, Dan.
11, 45, and so of the tent of the heavens

668

pe

Is. 51, 16; to set up an image Deut. 16,
21.
Nipu. to be planted, metaph. Is. 40, 24.
Deriv. 322 and the two following.

YQ? m. in pause 202, constr. 38) Is. 5,
7, c. suff. "302; plur. ΣΌΣ, "302.

1. a planting, i. e. what is planted, Is.
ΤΙ.

2. a plant, sc. recently planted, Job
19,9. Sept. well νεόφυτον.

3. a plantation, place planted, Is. 5, 7.
17, 10. 1 Chr. 4, 23.

DVO? m. plur. (τ. 322) plants, Ps. 144,
12 ;

*{)Q2 fut. pio, to drop, to fall in
drops, to distil. Aram. and Arab. Wales
id. Eth. 7MN stillavit, and 7MA, per-
colavit, which comes from the idea séitl-
lare. The primary syllable ΘΙ is ono- ©
matopoetic, as in Engl. and Germ. with
r inserted, to drop, tropfen. Metaph. of
discourse ; Job 29, 22 my speech distilled
upon them, was grateful to them as the
rain.—Often trans. like Engl. éo drop,

with acc. to drop or distil any thing, to
let fall in drops, comp. 812 no. 1, 424
no. 3. Joel 4, 18 ὈΠῸΣ HIT NBL the
mountains drop down new wine. Cant. 5,

5.13. Judg. 5,4; acc. impl. Ps. 68, 9.

Trop. Cant. 4, 11 7 niraw ΓΞ mp3
thy lips distil honey. Prov. 5, 3.—In a
similar manner the Arabs transfer the
idea of watering, irrigating, to flowing
and pleasing discourse ; comp. ‘S3) and
other synonymous verbs.

Hipu. fo let fall in drops, to drop, c. ace.
Am. 9, 13. Spec. of discourse, and the
accus. being omitted, simply to speak, to
prophesy, Mic. 2,6. 11. Ez. 21, 2. 7 [20,
46. 21, 2]. Am. 7,16. Comp. 323, 832.

Deriv. mib"%3, pr. n. MBB, and the
two: following.

502 m. 1. a drop, Job 36, 27.

2. An aromatic gum or resin, used for
incense, so called from its flowing out in
drops, distilling, Ex. 30,34. Sept. ora-—
κτὴ (from στάζω). i. 6. either myrrliflow-
ing spontaneously, Dioscor. 1. 74; or
the resin of styraz (M23>) used for in-

_cense, Salmas. Exerc. 1. 540. The lat

ter is here to be understood. Engl
Vers. stacte.

’ po

᾿

τ MDM? (distillation, r. 442) Netophah,
| τ. π᾿ ofa place not far from Bethlehem
. in Judea, Ezra 2,22. Neh. 7, 26.—Hence
the gentile n. snpity Netophathite 2
- Sam. 23, 28. 29. 2 K. 25, 23. al.

guard, to keep, i.q. "2 and.also "28,
*but. usually poetic. Syr. Chald. and
Arab. a3 id.—K. g. to keep a vine-

_ yard, Cant. 1, 6. 8, 11. 12.

_ 2. Spec. to keep anger, to continue
one’s anger, the acc. being implied. Ps.
103, 9 "τοι Bdivd Nd he will not keep his
anger forever. Jer. 3, 5. 12; with > of
pers. Nah. 1,2; mx Lev. 19, 18. Comp.
“2 Jer. 3, 5. Job 10, 14.

3. i, q. Arab. , to keep watch,
drawn from the* notion of guarding ;

. whence 72072 no. 2.

"2 Chald. to keep, to preserve, 82>3
in one’s mind Dan. 7, 28; comp. Luke
Pe, 19,

ΟΠ ἘΦῸΣ fat, vies, wie. 1. Pr. to
pound, to beat, to smite ; espec. to beat

small, to break in pieces ; whence also
to thrust out, to cast off, to reject. This
_ primary force of the syllable wD is
; found in the monosyflable wD to pound,

comp. Engl. to dash ; and in the dissyl- Ὁ

lables uml, to break, to break in pie-
“een Θ᾽ to hammer, Chald. to scatter,

yuh to pound, to break in pieces, Urb,
to smite, io" Heb. and Chald. to wake
in pieces, in Chald. also to thrust out, to
leave, to abandon, and Heb. 23. Sept.
ἢ υσω, ἀποτινάσσω, ῥήγνυμι, etc. Most
_lexicographers take the sense 10 leave
as primitive ; but against the analogy.
| Hence
_ a) to smite, in battle, comp. ΤᾺ). 1

Sam. 4, 2 manban domi and the batile
smote, i. 6. the warriors on each side
‘smote or thrust each other. Chald.
well 8279p "Wx Wo IDS ‘the men of
war smote each other ; Vulg. more
freely. but rightly as to the sense, inito
certamine.

b) to cast out, and then to disperse, to
scatler. Part. pass. 1 Sam. 30, 16 πὸ
YIN"52 ΒΘ ΤΌΣ D703 lo, they were scat-
tered upon the ground. Sept. διαχεχυμέ-
νοι, Theodot. ἐσκορπισμένοι. See Niph.

669

*02 fut. rion, itn, and "05" Jer.3, 5, |

wo
6) to cast or thrust down, to let fall.
Num. 11, 31 @ wind from the Lord

᾿ brought quails from the sea and let them

fall (cast them down) by the camp; Sept.
ἐπέβαλεν. Ez. 31, 12 of a tree: stran-
gers....have cut it off and cast it down ;
Sept. κατέβαλον. Ez. 29, δ. 32, 4. Hos.
12, 14 Wins b9 1725 God will cast his
(Ephraim’s) blood upon him. .

d) to thrust out, to cast off, to reject.
α) As God his people, Judg. 6, 13 but
now Jehovah hath rejected us (sting)
and delivered us into the hands of the
Midianites ; Sept. eégduper, Theod. ἀπώ-
σατο. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 1 K. 8, 57. 2K.
21, 14. Ps. 27, 9. Od, 14. Is. 2,6. Jer. 7,
29. 12,7. 23,33. Once a sanctuary Ps.
78,60; Sept. ἀπώσατο. $8) Manis said
to reject God; Deut. 32, 15 he rejected
God his Creator. Jer. 15,6. Also to re-
ject the precepts of a parent; Prov. 1,
8 reject not the law of thy mother ; Sept.
μὴ ἀπώσῃ. 6,20. y) to cast off care.
business ; 1 Sam. 10, 2 thy father hath
cast off the matter of the asses, etc. Sept
well, 6 πατήρ cov ἀποτετίνακται τὸ Gijuo
τῶν ovev.—In former editions I have *
given in the examples here cited in lett.
d, the sense to forsake, to abandon ;
which is adopted by most modern inter-
preters, and is indeed in itself appropri-
ate, and is sometimes admitted by the
Vulg. Syr. and more rarely the Sept.
But the stronger sense to cast off, to re-
ject, is here admitted if not demanded,
not only by the primary force of the
root, and by the authority of the ancient
versions ; but also by passages like Jer.
7, 29, where 22 corresponds to 772th ;
and Jer. 23, 39, where the words wu
"25 5372 do not admit the sense ¢o for-
sake.

e) to thrust out, to draw out a sword ;
part. pass. Mwnv2; Is. 21, 15 from the
drawn sword and | fbi the bent bow. So
Targ. ΒΡ RDIN.

f) With >3, to cast upon any one, i.e.
to commit to any one; 1 Sam. 17, 20 ‘and

committed (8w") the “flock to a keeper ;

Sept. ὀφῆκε τὰ πρόβατα φύλακι. 1 Sam.
17, 22. 28. ν

2. to let, to leave, from the sense of
casting off; e.g. a) to leave, to let lie,
as a field untilled Ex. 23,11. Neh. 10

32 [31]; strife Prov. 17, 14. So of debt

"ἢ 670

to remit, Neh.l.c. Ὁ) With acc. of
‘pers. and inf. c. 3, to leave to do any
thing, i. e. to permit, to suffer ; Gen. 31,
28 and hast not suffered me to kiss (ss
puiad "2mtin2) my sons and my daughters.

Nien. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be
broken in pieces; Is. 33, 22 thy tack-
lings are broken in pieces (16:9), they
strengthen not the mast ; Sept. ἐῤῥάγη-
σαν, Symm. ἐξεῤῥίφη.

2. Pass. of Καὶ no. 1. b, to be dis-
persed, scattered ; hence of a multitude,
to spread themselves ; so the branches
of a vine Is. 16,8; an army Judg. 15,
9 where Sept. ἐξιῥιφησω; 2 Sam. 5,
18. 22. )

3. Pass. of Kal no. 1. c, to be cast down
to be prostrated ; Am. 5, 2 the virgin of
Israel... ἐδ cast down prostrate upon her
land ; Vulg. projecta est in terram suam.

Pua pass. of Kal no. 1. ¢, to be cast
down, destroyed, Is. 32, 14.—Others, to
be forsaken ; see in Kal 1. d.

Deriv. Mi").

"2 a word of doubtful authority, which
the Heb. intpp. regard as for "2 (Ὁ.
mm), Ez. 27, 32 0723 in their wailing,
according to the Masora. But 11 Mss.
and several printed editions, Sept. (and
Arab.) Theodot. and Syr. exhibit the
_ reading 01723 their sons, which is bet-
ter ; comp. Ez. 32, 16. 2 Sam: 1, 18.

* N72 obsol. root, Arab. sb mid. Ye,
to be raw, uncooked, “4 flesh; Il, IV, to

be not well cooked ; a raw, half-cook-
ed. Hence δὲ II.

272 m. (τ. 232) produce, fruit, Mal. 1,
12. Metaph. ΘΒ Ὁ 3.2 the fruit of the
lips Is. 57, 19 Keri, i.e. offerings pre-
sented to God with the lips, thanksgiv-
ings; comp. Hos. 14, 3, and καρπὸς. χει-
λέων Heb. 13, 15. Chethibh in Is. |. ¢
has 2333, comp. Chald. 353 fruit.

2") (perh. fruit-bearer, τ. 352) Nebai,
pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 20.

"2 m. (τ. 152) consolation, comfort ;
once Job 16,5 "mBw 772 my lip-condo-
lence, i. e. empty, insincere ; see MEW.

M32 f. (τ. πὸ, for 472, see Lehrg.
p. 145) abomination, uncleanness, Lam.
1,8, 1. ᾳ. 32 v. 17.—Others a wander-
ing, from the root 74).

on

m2, also Cheth. nim) (hao.ations)
Naioth, pr. n. of a place near Ramah,
1 Sam. 19, 18. 19. 22.23. 20,1. R mn.
T3992 τῇ. (Ὁ. pe pr. rest, acquiescence,
σ᾽. 55 ΄σ
as Arab. Ke et) from r. elo, Bei ‘
from. r. we, De Sacy ae! Arabe, I. ©

p- 561. Then, sweelness, pleasantness,
delight, like the Lat. acquiescere in ali-
qua re for delectari, Syr. 2 eae) |
delectatus est aliqua re, Barhebr. p. 221,
Lust delicie, ibid. p. 38, Talmud. δὲ τη"
{> placetne tibi?—Found only in the
phrase mn mn an odour of delight,
i. 6. pleasant odour, sweet savour ; Gen.
8, 21 Hh wh many mint my) and God
smelled the pleasant odour. ‘Lev. 2, 12.
26, 31. Ez. 6,13. 20,41. To the Mo-
saic precepts concerning sacrifices is
very often added the phrase ΠΣ ΤΙ,
mins> a sweet odour to Jehovah Lev. 1, 9. .
13.17. 2,2.9. 3,5. 6, 14. Num. 15,7 Βα,
28,8; also τόπο mv πὸ o> Num.
28, 6. 13. 29, Ὁ. al. Plur. Ez. 20, 28.— §
Hence :
‘

Se δυο

77712 Chald. m. sid. from the Heb.
usage in the preceding article, omitting
mon, sweet odours, incense, Dan. 2, 46.
Ezra 6, 10. q

12 πὰ. (τ. By progeny, offspring, al-
ways coupled with 7232, Gen. 21, 23.
Job 18, 19, Is. 14, 22.

71272 pr. n. Nineveh, the ancient capi- |
tal of Assyria, situated on the eastern —
bank of the Tigris opposite to where
Mosul now stands upon the western
bank, Gen. 10, 11. 12. Is. 37,37. Nah. 2,
9. Ton, 1, 2. 3, 3. al. By the Greeks
and Romans it was usually called Nivos, ‘
Ninus, after the name of its founder, ©
Hdot. 1. 193. ib. 2.101. Diod. Sic. 2. 8.

In Ammianus however, Nineve, 23. 6.

of Bochart, Phaleg lib. 4. cap. 20; also
Niebuhr Reiseheschr. II. p. 353, 368
and Tab. 46. C.J. Rich Residence in ~
Koordistan, and on the site of ancien ©
Nineveh, II. p. 29 sq.

03 Jer. 48, 44 Cheth. i.q. 02 in Keri
fleeing, i.e. pass. made to flee, fugitive.

72") τὰ. Nisan, the first month of the
Hebrews, Neh. 2,1. JZsth. 3, 7; called

In respect to its site, see the or

ey 671 ΞΡ

in the Pentateuch S38 wih q.v. Syr.
Chald. and Arab. id—The name O72,
if Semitic, would seem to be for ἽΞ 2,
722, i.e. nvonth of flowers, from 72 a
flower. But Benfey with probability
refers it to a Persian origin, from Zend.
navagan new day ; made up of nav new,
and agan i.q. Sanscr. ahan day; die
Monathsnamen p. 131 sq.

yix? m. a spark, once Is. 1, 31.
Talmud. id) R. y%2, after the form
“iD"p.

3, see “2.

* "3 to break up with the plough, to
till, Hos. 10,12. Jer.4,3. This root has
prob. sprung from Hiph. of the verb "53,
comp. Ewald’s Gramm. § 235; and sig-
nifies pr. to make glisten.

Deriv. ὍΣ II, "432.

I. 12 m. once 13 Prov. 21, 4 (τ. 792)
i. ᾳ. "2, @ light, lamp, only metaph.
6. g. of offspring; 1 K. 11, 36 4325
Ὁ ΩΣ 59 IVI "Min that there
may be a light to David my servant Sor-
ever, i.e. that his posterity may conti-
‘nue forever. 1 K. 15, 4. 2 K. 8, 19.
2 Chr. 21, 7. Once the light of the
wicked, that in which they glory, Prov.
21,45; comp. in“) no. 1. Ὁ.

II. τὰ. (τ. 972) fallow ground, a
field recently broken up, Prov. 13, 23.
4, 3. Hos. 10, 12.

)

‘ *€22 to beat, to smite, i. q. M33.
Arab. «X3 id.

_ ΝΙΙΡΗ: fo be beaten ; Job 30,8 a 5X22
“VIS they are beaten from the land,
driven out with blows.

Deriv. the three following.

N82) m. plur. B"N2) smitten, trop. af-
_flicted, Is. 16, 7.

N22 adj. (τ. 822) afflicted ; fem. τη
“FRD a smitten spirit, afflicted mind,
Prov. 15, 13. 17, 22. 18, 14. Comp. 33.

mx22 f. (for N52, στ. 822) Gen. 37, 25.
43, 11 , strictly infin. ‘after the form mx>n,
MSP, PX20 ; pr. contusion, a breaking
in pieces. Hence aromatic powder: and
then this general name seems to have
been transferred to some certain kind
of spice or aromatic substance. Sept.
ιϑυμίαμα, Aqu. στύραξ, Vulg. styrazx.

!

Ss - S_-
Arab. $UG is i. ᾳ. X2X5 gum, gum
tragacanth.—Here seems also to belong
the phrase in52 ΓΞ 2 K. 20, 13. Is.
39, 2, which literally perhaps may be ren-
dered his spicery-house, as Aqu. Symm.
Vulg. but more correctly as to the sense,
treasury, store-house, as Chald. Syr.
Saad. and Arabs Polygl. (also Is. 1. ὁ. for
Gr. vsezoa.) In this house there seems
to have been laid up, as is said imme-
diately after, “silver, and gold, and spices,
and precious ointments ;” so that it took
its name from the latter rather than
from the former. Less probable is the’
suggestion of Lorsbach, that m3} is a

Persian word from ὡϑαρίλϑ deponere,

slX3 custodia ; ἜΘΟΣ Lit. Zeit.
1815, no. 59.

Ὶ 32 obsol. root, whence

22 m. progenies, as the Vulg. cor-
rectly renders it, i. e. progeny, always
coupled with the synon. }"2 q.v. Simi-
lar is Ethiop. 718" cenus, cognatio, tri-
bus, > and ἃ being interchanged ; comp.
“a3 for 353 Gen. 21, 23 Cod. Sam.—In
Job 31, 3 in some Mss. and editions 733
is read for the common Ἴ22, and might

then be i. q. Arab. KS calamity ; but
the common reading is preferable.

Ἢ 22 in Kal not used, fo strike, to
smite. Arab. and Ethiop. eet

Z'NP, id. but rarely used and chiefly

with the idea of harm. Syr. [a2 Pe.

and Aph. to harm. Kindred are verbs
beginning with 33, as M22, 432, 422;
comp. Lat. mec-o, noc-eo, Engl. to
knock.

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. of Hiph. to be smitten,
slain, once 2 Sam. 11, 15.

Pret does not occur, since what some
have regarded as the infin. of Piel, viz.
the form [32 Num. 22, 6, is there as
elsewhere (Josh. 10, 4) 1 plur. fut. Hiph.
thus: 332281 Ta7AD2 535K DAN perhaps
I may be ‘able that we smite him (Israel)
and I drive him out ; see Hiph. no. 3.
The verb 535 is here’ construed with a
finite verb, ἀσυνδέτως, comp. in Esth. 8. 6.

Pua. pass. to be smitten, 6. g. grain
Ex. 9, 31.32. But Hoph. θείαν more
usual, ἃ: v.

5

ΗΙΡΗ. 134, 2 pers. m"2, but 1 pers.
“nar and with suff. τ aan 1 Sam. 17,
46, ἼΠΞΠ Is. 60, 10 ; infin, nian, att
tal m2 Deut. 13, 16; imp. ΠΞΙῚ Ez. 6,
11, apoc. 47; fut. conv. 7354. oftener 75.

1. to strike, to smite, Gr. πλήσσω, e. g.
a) With blows, as with a rod, with acc.
of pers. and 3 of instrum. Num. 22, 23.
27; with the fist or a stone in the hand
Ex. 21, 18; instrum. impl. Ex. 2,11. 13.
1 K. 20, 35. 37. Deut. 25, 3 forty times he
may strike him, i. e. give him forty
blows or stripes ; hence ¢o chastise Jer.
2, 30. Neh. 13, 25. Also to smite the
cheek, to buffet, Job 16, 10, comp. Mic.
4,14. 1 Καὶ, 22, 24; a rock, acc. Ps. 78,
20 ; with 3 to smite wpon the rock Ex.
17,6; to smite the water with a cloak

2 K. 5, 8. With ja, "32, to smite out
of one’s hand Ez. 39, 3; c. acc. to smite
out an eye Ex. 21, 26.

b) With any thing sharp or pointed,
to smite, to thrust, e. g. with the horn
Dan. 8, 7; a flesh-hook 1 Sam, 2,14; a
spear 2 Sam. 2, 23. 4, 6. 20, 10, c. ace.
2 Sam. 3, 27. In a weaker sense, fo
smite as a worm a plant, to puncture Jon.
4, ἢ; the rays of the sun, comp. Engl.
stroke of the sun, with ace. of pers. Is.
49, 10; also of the moon Ps. 121, 6, i. e.
to the moon is ascribed the effect of the
nocturnal cold, comp. Gen. 31, 40. Hos.
9,16. So Arab. syd to smite, to sting

as a scorpion ; also mid. Kesri to be cold,
chilled.

c) With any thing thrown, to smite,
to hit ; as with a stone from a sling 1
Sam. 17, 49.50, comp. 2 K. 3, 25; or an
arrow 1 K. 22, 34. 2 K. 9, 24.

The following phrases are to be noted:

aa) 42 ΓΞ to strike the hand 2 K.
11, 12. Ez. 22, 13, and 23 ΓΙΞΙ 10 strike
with the hand Ez. 6, 11, fully “bx ὮΞ n2n
> to smite hand upon hand Ez. 21, 19.
_ 22, i. e. to smite the hands together, e. g.
either in exultation, to clap the hands,
2 K. 1. 6. or in indignation Ez. 22, 13, or
in lamentation Ez. 6, 11. 21, 19.

bb) 1 Sam. 24, 6 irk S1373b 531 and
David's heart smote him, i. e. as in com-
mon Eingl. ‘beat against his ribs.’ 2 Sam.
24,10. Comp. Aisch. Prom. 887 χραδία
φόβῳ φρένα Lowriter.

cc) Often of Jehovah or his messen-

672

15

gers, a are said to smite a person or
people or land with disease or plagues, :
i, 6. to inflict a plague upon them, comp.
SA, mal. E. g. By303 M2 to smite
with blindness Gen. 19, 11. 2K. 6,18;
pestilence Num. 14, 12; hemorrhoids
1 Sam. 5, 6; comp. Zetli 12, 4. Am. 4,
9. Hagg. 2,17. Also to smite a land
with destruction, with two acc. Mal. 3,
24; and impl. Is. 5, 25. Ex. 7, 25 after
Jehovah had smitten the river, i. 6. had
turned it into blood, comp. v. 20. So
Ex. 8, 13. Zech. 10, 11. Is. 11, 15.

dd) Ὁ ΓΞ to strike roots into
the ground, to shoot forth roots, Hos.
14, 6. Comp. “ὃ πϑῷ Jer. 17, 8.

2. In a stronger sense: a) [0 smite
in pieces, to destroy. Ex. 9, 25 and the
hail smote all that was in the field.. Ps.
3, 8 thou hast smitten all my enemies as”
to the jaw-bone, a figure drawn from wild
beasts. So houses, Am. 3, 15; two ace.
Am. 6, 11.

b) to smite or thrust through, comp.
no. 1. b; 6. ρ΄. with a spear 1 Sam. es
10. 18, 1. 26, 8.

c) to smite down, to overturn, to onl
throw, as a tent Judg. 7, 13. 1 Chr. 4,
41. 2 Chr. 14, 14. Pregn. Zech. 9, 4

ΓΙ ΓΙ Da MDM he doth overturn her ram-
part into the sea.

d) to smite fatally, to kill, to elds, ὦ
ace. Gen. 4, 15. Ex. 2, 12. Toul: 20, 5.
1 Sam. 17, 36. al. sep. With 3952
Josh. 11, 10. Jer. 26, 23; oftener 335 sp
Josh. 8, 24. 10, 39. July: 1,°25. 2K. 10,
25. al. Coupled with man, and then ©
mon refers to the deadly blow, and the)
former to the actual death, 1 Καὶ, 16, 10,
2 Sam. 18, 15. 2 K. 15, 10. 30. Josh. 10
26; also 2 K. 25, 25. “With WE? added,
we? ΠΞΙῚ 10 smite one as to his life,
i. e. so as to touch his life, fatally, Gen
37, 21. Deut. 19, 6. 11. 27, 25. Jer. 40
14.15; comp. Lev. 24, 18. So of God
as smiting men, 2 Sam. 6, 7. Ps. 78, 51
105, 36; of the angel of God 2K. 15
35.— Where only a part of a whole num:
ber are slain, this is marked by 12. Judg
14, 19. 20, 45. Josh. 7, 5;. or by 3 pa
tive, 1 Sam. 18, 27. 6, 19. 2 Sam. 8, &
Judg. 15, 15. So without an ace. ¢
number, ®°3"%3 42M to smite of the en
mies 2 Sam. 23, 10. 24, 17. 2 Chr. 28,
17. Num. 22,6; and so 1 Sam. 18,7

ἢ γ᾽.

| WDDNE daaw. 21, 12. 29,5.—Spoken also

of wild beasts, to slay, by tearing in pieces,
1 K. 20, 36. Jer. 5, 6—Trop. to smite
with the tongue, to bring into reproach
and punishment by slanders, Jer. 18, 18.

3. Ina weaker sense, to smite enemies
is often simply 10 overcome them in bat-

tle, to vanquish, to put to flight, fully

26, 14.

“ink M25 Ps. 78, 66. So Gen. 14,15
he smote them and pursued them unto
Hobah. v. 5.7. Num. 22, 6, see in Piel.
Josh. 13, 12. Judg. 1, 5. 1 Sam. 13, 4. 2
Sam. 8, 1.2.3. 10.al. With an adjunct
of distance, Gen. 14, 15. 2 Sam. 5, 25.
Josh. 10, 10. 41; of time how long 1
Sam. 30, 17. 2 Sam. 23, 10; of numbers
Judg. 1, 4. 3, 31. 1 Sam. 4, 2. Ps. 60, 2.
Also to smite a city, to take it by storm,
Josh. 7,3. 10,4. 1 Sam. 30, 1. 1 Καὶ, 15,
20. 2K.3,19.al. But 39m "> 33 ΠΣ
is to slay the inhabitants of a city Judg.
20, 37; comp. no. 2. d.

Hop. man and zn Ps. 102, δ.

1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 1, to be smitten,
i.e. a) to be beaten Ex. 5, 14. 16. Num.
b) to be smitten of God, with a

‘plague, etc. 1 Sam. 5, 12. Is. 1, 5. 53, 4.
Hos. 9, 16.—Ps. 102, 5 Wa") ΞῸΣΞ mon
"32> my heart (vital strength) is smilten

and drieth up like the herbage.
2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2. a) to be smit-

ten, slain, Num. 25, 14. 15. 18. Jer. 18,

᾿

91.

b) Of a city, to be smitten, to be

taken by storm, Ez. 33, 21. 40, 1.

Deriv. %572, and the two following.
M22 adj. smitten, only in constr. M23

cmb smitten in the feet, lame, 2 Sam.

4, 4. 9, 3; MAN M32 smitten in spirit, af-

-flicted, contrite, Is. 66, 2.

22 τη. (r. 923) only plur. 222 Ps. 35,
15, smiting sc. with the tongue, i. e. rail-

ers, slanderers ; comp. Jer. 18, 18.

M22 and 152 pr. n. Necho, king of
Egypt, son of Psammetichus, 2 K. 23,
29. 33. 2 Chr. 35, 20. 36, 4. Jer. 46, 2.
According to Manetho in his book of
dynasties, he was the sixth of the sec-
ond Saitic dynasty, and was called Ne-
cho II, to distinguish him from his
grandfather of the like name; see Jul. |
Afric. in Routh’s Reliq. Sacr. II. p. 147.
Herodotus calls him Wexwe, 2. 158, 159.
ib. 4.42. Sept. Weyaw, The etymology
is unknown, but is doubtless to be sought

57

673

55}

in the ancient Egyptian ; see Thesaur
Ρ. 885. |

122 (prepared, r. 119) Nachon, pr. ἢ.
of a threshing-floor 2 Sam. 6, 6. In the
parall. passage 1 Chr. 13, 9 it is ji0"2.

* T1229 obsol. root, pr. i. ᾳ. 73" to be in
Front, before the eyes, over against, (see
m23,) to go straight forward.—Hence
M22, M22, 733.

7122 m.adj. in front, straight, right, pr.
of one who goes straight ahead. Is. 57,
2 in53 72n whd walketh straight before
him, goes straight ahead, i. e. an upright
man. With >, right, just to any one,
Prov. 8, 9—Fem. M5} as subst. right;
justice, Am. 3, 10. Is. 59, 14; plur. nin33
id. Is. 26, 10. 30, 10.

M22 pr. subst. (r. M32) ‘the front, what
is before the eyes ;? but used only as a
Preposition.

1. opposite to, over against, Ex. 26,
35. 40, 24. Josh. 18, 17. 1 K. 20, 29. al.
Ὁ m2} id. Josh. 15, 7.

2. before, in presence of ; Min M23
i. ᾳ. MIM "25, before Jehovah, i. 8. ac-
ceptable to him Judg. 18, 6. "25 M33
mins before Jehovah Lam. 2, 19; me-
taph. known to him Jer. 17, 16, and 50
Proy. 5, 21. "28 M23 ὉΠ to set before
one’s own face, i. e. to regard with fa-
vour, to delight in, Ez. 14,7; comp. v.
3 where for DAW is 172.

3. With Prefixes: a) m23->x pr.
‘towards the front’ of any thing, i.e.
towards Num. 19, 4.

b) M333 α) Adv: ‘to the front, i. e.
straight forwards, Prov. 4, 25. 8) in
Front of, before Gen. 30, 38; whence —
7) on account of, for, after a verb of
interceding, Gen. 25, 21; Sept. περί.
Comp. Germ. vor and fir, the last of
which has also a local sense.

6) M23 52 unto the front of, i. e. to "-
the place over against, Judg. 19,10. 20
43. Ez. 47, 20.

M22 c. suff. ims) the front; adv. in
front of, over against, Ex. 14, 2. Ez. -
46,9. Β. 7532.

ν 22? to deceive, to deal fraudulently,
part. Ὁ Mal. 1, 14. Syr. Chald. Sam. id,
Prez id. with y of pers. Num. 25, 18.

Hrrap. id. c. 2 Ps. 105, 25; and 80

$59

with acc. to act deceitfully with any one
Gen. 37, 18.
Deriv. "273, "53, also

233 m. plur. c. suff. ἘΠ 53), deceit,
wiles, Num. 25, 18.

a O22 obsol. root, i. q. 023, 723, q. Vv.
to collect, to accumulate. Hence

02) m. plur. 0°02) goods, riches,
wealth, a word of the later Hebrew,
2 Chr. 1, 11. 12. Ecc. 5, 18. 6, 2. Josh.

22,8. Syr. qasal id.

02) Chald. m. plur. "022 id. goods,
wealth ; Ezra 6,8. 7,26 "33 62> mulet
of goods. :

ἘΠ22 in Kal not used. Arab. r=

a) to be of acute intellect; contra Ὁ)
not to know, not to understand, and
hence to disallow, to reprobate ; Conj.
IV, not to know, to deny, to reject. See
Thesaur. p. 886.

Hipn. ΣΙ is most in use, and is of
like signif. with 37".

1. Pr. to look upon, to behold ; Gen.
31, 32 "129 ΓΙῸ ἩΡ- ΣΙ behold for thy-
self what is with me. 87, 32. 38, 25. 26.
Neh. 6, 12. Jer. 24, 5 Apes, δ) “25
Ὠ 25 fo look upon the person of any one,
to have respect of persons, to show par-
tiality, i. g. ΘΕ Nw? in NW no. 3. Ὁ. 8;
spoken of a judge, Deut. 1, 17. 16, 19.
Prov. 24, 23. 28, 21; comp. Is. 3,9. Ὁ)
to look wpon with kindness and favour,
i. 6. to care for, Ruth. 2, 10.19. Ps. 142,
5; also to reverence as a god, to worship,
Dan. 11, 39.

2. to know by sight, to recognise a
person or thing, Gen. 27,23. 37, 33. 42,
7.8. Ruth 3, 14. Judg.18, 3. 1 Sam. 26,
17. Job. 2,12. al. Also to acknowledge ;
Deut. 21,17 he shall acknowledge the
son of the hated as the first-born. 33,19;
with "> Is. 61, 9; absol. 2 Sam. 3, 36.

3. to know, i. 6. to be acquainted with,
i.g. D3" no. 4. Job 4, 16 but I knew not

its form, i.e. was unacquainted with it. .

7,10. 24, 13. 17.
63, 16.

4. to know, i. 6. to have a knowledge of,
i.q. 3733 no. 5, but rare and only in the
later books; inf. ο. >, Neh. 13, 24 they
knew not how to speak the Jews’ lan-
guage. Ezra 3, 13.

34, 25. Ps. 103, 16. Is.

674

ὋΣ

Pret 1. i.q. Hiph. no. 1. ἃ, fo

upon, to regard with partiality ; Job 34,

19 nor regardeth the rich more than the
poor.—But contra

2. not to know, to be ignorant of, Arab.

3 Conj. I, comp. above in Kal, and

see note below. Joh 21,29 ask them that
pass by the way, 4922). 8> DBHAN and
their signs thou shalt not fail to know,
i.e. the signs, tokens, which they give.
—Hence

3. to feign not to know, to deny ; Arab.
Conj. IV, see above in Kal. Deut. 32,
27 ‘sai wa "7¥ 419279778 lest their enemies
should deny, and say, ete.
‘ 4. not to know, i.e. to reject ; Arab.
Conj. IV. Jer. 19, 4 they have forsaken
me (315) and have rejected (47227))
this place. Pregn. 1 Sam. 23, 7 God
hath rejected (and delivered) him unto
my hand.

Nien. 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be
known, recognised, Lam. 4, 8.

2. i.q. Hithp. no. 2, to feign, to dis-
semble, Prov. 26, 24.

Hirnp. 1. Pass; of Hiph. no, 2, to be
known, recognised, Prov. 20, 11. :

2. not to let oneself be known, to feign,
to dissemble, Gen. 42, 7. 1 K. 14, 5. 6.

Nore. Many attempts have been
made to find some point or idea common
to the two significations apparently so
contrary as to know and not to know.
Perh. the following order may afford
light, viz. "22 a) lo look upon intently
Hiph. no. 1, whence to recognise, to know,
Hiph. no. 9. 4. But as things unknown
new, unheard of, cause us to look intent-
ly upon them, to wonder, and admire,
hence b) not to know, to be ignorant,
Pi. no. 2, Arab. I, IV. Eth. H7'NZ to
admire, to wonder. Hence "23 strange-
ness, 13) strange —Again, as things
known and familiar are pleasing, while
those unknown and strange are dis-
pleasing and irksome, hence 6) to
be disagreeable, sient whence "Rs

“23, calamity, Arab. ΕΣ id.

Deriv. 1921, "22, and the three here
following.

“22 m. constr. "22 Deut. 31, 1
strangeness, foreignness, 6. 5. 8
worship Neh. 13,30. "32 M278 ast

nD)

. foreign country, Ps. 137, 4. >x
ΐ ἜΣ % strange god, foreign, Deut. 32,
of 12. Ps. 81, 10 plur. 222 "77>x id. Gen.
35, 2. Josh. 24, 20. 23; strange altars,
dedicated to Peeign gods, 2 Chr. 14, 2—
Also 723732 a stranger, foreigner, Gen.
17, 12, 27. Ex. 12, 43. Lev. 22, 25;

4 plur. "22 "22 Ps. 18, 45. 46. Is. 60, 10.
_ Neh. 9, 2.

"23 Job 31, 3, also "22 Ob. 12, a
strange fate, calamity; see in r. "23

9. ὦ,» 5. op
note lett.c. Arab. rp aS, id.

"122 adj. (from "23 with the ending
"-) Ἢ m952, plur. 0°32; unknown,
strange, foreign ; Chald. "922, "9343,
Syr. sp00) . Spoken: a) of one from
another land and people, "722 ΘῈΣ a
stranger, foreigner, Deut. 17, 15. Ezra
10, 2 sq. Deut. 14, 21. 1 K.8, 41,43; of
a people Ex. 21,8; a land Ex. 2, 22; a
city Judg. 19, 12; a vine Jer. 3, 31; a
_ garment Zeph. 1,8. b) Of one from
another family, a stranger, not of one’s
_ own household, Gen. 31, 15. Prov. 20,16;
_ 5932 Ὁ opp. to a son and legal heir
Ecce. 6, 2. Fem. 72932 @ strange wo-
_ man, opp. to a wife, spoken usually in
_ respect to illicit intercourse, and hence
i. q. an adulteress, harlot, comp. 1,
Prov. 5, 20. 7, 5. 23,27; hence jiw>
B32 a strange tongue, i.e. the tongue
of a strange woman, Prov. 6, 24. Of
another’s house Prov. 5, 10. With dat.
Ps. 69, 9, comp. Job 19, 16. 6) another,
- not oneself, Prov. 27,2. d) strange, un-
heard of, exciting wonder, Is. 28, 21.

MD), see X=).

. ᾿ ΓΊΡ2 a root found once in the Ma-
soretic text, but doubtful, viz.
Hire. Is. 33,1 Wan Tw VI"NID
“Wa staat ἼΔ39 anbep in thy ceasing to
spoil, thou shalt be spoiled ; in thy per-
fecting (finishing) to plunder, thou shalt
be plundered ; so the Heb. intpp. by
conjecture from the parallelism; taking
m>32 as inf. Hiph. for m>2n2, Dag. eu-
phon. comp. Lehrg. p. 87.—A. Schultens
compares Arab. JlS mid. Ye, to get, to
acquire, Opp. min. p. 276. Comm. ad
Job 15,29; see examples in Thesaur.
p. 888. But this idea does not suit the
parallelism, which obviously demands

675

"a3

the sense of perfecting, finishing. It is
better, therefore, with L. Cappell, Lowth,
Doederlein, and others, to read 5nd23,

from r. 423; which Wath cleewherepled
corresponds to omit, Dan. 9, 24. Is. 16, 4.
—Another trace of this root is supposed
to exist in the noun 222 q. v. Job 15,

29; but the reading is there equally
duabifal

M22) 1 Sam. 15, 9, the vile, the bad,
spoken of flocks, i.q. 5133. Sept. ἡτιμω-
μένον, Valg. vile. The form is wholly

3 anomalous ; and arose perhaps out of

the two readings "1272 abstr. for concer.
and 7133 which savours of a gloss; see
Lehrg. p. 462, 463.

oyna (perh. for 5x12" day of God)
Nemuel, pr.n.m. Num. 26,9. Patronym.
in "— fb. v.12. See also NN.

72 a spurious root, whence some
derive the forms 729, 13734, which be-
long to the root 32%.

9 522 a root doubtful in the verb it-
self, since all the forms assigned to it
may be, not to say ought to be, referred
to 59 and 5%. From r. >>” II, to cut
off, to be cut off, comes the fut. 5729, 35735,
see this root; and to Niph. of the same
may be referred 0m>22 (for DN>22) ye ©
shall be cut off i. e. circumcised Gen. 17,
11, which is commonly taken as pret.
Kal of this root 523 to be circumcised.—
To the root 512 undoubtedly belong
pret. Niph. 5733 i. q. 5125 to be circwm-

‘ cised Gen. 17, 26. 27, part. o5d'a 34, 22.

Comp. 0182 and vise, mint for MINT,
and see the remarks vinidiee ΤΑΝ ΗΝ Ὡς —
Still from a root of this form comes the
noun

m3 f. an ant, Prov. 6, 6, plur. 07373

ants Prov. 30, 25. Arab. x3 . Per-

haps so called from its cropping off 1. e.
consuming ; or. also from creeping, since
Arab. (\43 seems to have had this sense.

* “Vid obsol. root. i, i. 4. Arab. μι

to be spotted, speckled ; -Syr. kel to va-
riegate. Hence “23 leopard. ἭἍ"ἙἙ
II. i. gq. Arab. 45 to be limpid, pure,

as water; IV to find limpid and sweet
water’ see 7%).

-

2

“792 m. (τ. 02) a panther, leopard,
so called from his spots, Is. 11, 6. Jer. 5,
6. 13, 23. Hos. 13,7; plur. 50°72) Hab.
1, 8. Cant. 4, 8. Not improbably the
tiger was also comprised under this
name ; as the Hebrews had no specific
name for thatanimal. Syr. (33, Arab.

eg g°¢

ro last Eth. edhe Ambhar. FNC,

id.
‘22 Chald. id. Dan. 7, 6.

TA) pr. n. Nimrod, son of Cush, }
| 8,2. 16. 33,8. Judg. 2,22. 3,1.4. Comp.

founder of the kingdom of Babylon and
of the city Nineveh, Gen. 10, 8-12. Perh.
identical with that ancient king whom
the Greeks call Ninus, and make the
founder of Nineveh. ‘592 V8 i. 6.
Babylonia, Mic. δ, 5.—If the etymology
be. Semitic, this name may come from
ΤῊ to rebel, pr. ‘a rebel.’

m7) and BVA (τ. 7722 IT) Nimrah,
Nimrim, pr. n. see 1723 ma in art. ma
no. 12. cc.

"22 (drawn out, saved, i. q. m3)

Nimshi, pr. n. of the grandfather of Jehu
2K. 9,23 comp. 1 K. 19, 16.

Ὁ9 τη. (τ, 003 II) c. suff. "©2, pr. some-
thing lifted up, a lofty signal. Syr.
[oo asign, standard. Spec.

1. a column or high pole, Num. 21,
8. 9.

2. standard or flag of a ship, Ez. 27,
7. Is. 33, 23.

3. a standard, signal, planted on a
‘high mountain, chiefly on the irruption
of an enemy, in order to point out to the

people a place of rendezvous, Is. 5, 26. .

11, 12. 18, 3. 62, 10. Jer. 4, 6. 21. Ps.
60, 6. Comp. rx no. 1. c. Curt. V. 2.

4, Metaph. a sign, token, sc. of admo-
nition, Num. 26, 10.

M202 f. (τ. 330) pr. part. Niph. a turn,

course of things, from God, 2 Chr. 10, 15. .

* C2 see 410, note.

ν ΓΊΟΣΙ in Kal not used, pr. 1.4. Arab.
Lid fo smell, then to try by the smell, to
try. It differs therefore in its primary
idea from {M2 to examine by the touch,
to try by the touch-stone.

Pret 2, fat. MO", imp. 02 Dan. 1,
12.

676

| Spec.

qe

1. to try, to prove any one, to put him >
to the test; 1 K. 10, 1 the queen of Shé-
ba came ni3"M3 iby} to prove him with
hard questions, i.e. to try the wisdom |
of Solomon. 2 Chr. 9, 1. Ecce. 2, 1. Dan.
1, 12.14. Spec. a) God is eaid totry —
or prove men, i. 6. their virtue Ps. 26,2; —
piety Deut. 13, 4; their faith and obe-
dience Ex. 15, 25. 20, 17 [20]. 2 Chr.
32,31. This is done by wonderful works
Ex. 20,17; by commands difficult to be
executed Gen. 22,1, comp. Ex. 16, 4;
and by the infliction of calamities Deut:

piigatesy inN.T. Vice versa b) Men
are said to prove or tempt God, by doubt-
ing, not confiding in his power and aid, —
Ex. 17, 2. Deut. 6, 16. Ps. 78, 18. 41. 56.
Is. 7, 12 7 will not ask, neither will I
tempt Jehovah. Comp. Acts 5, 9. 15, 10.
Chald. Syr. Sam. id.
2. to try, i. 6. to make trial, to attempt,
to prove ; with acc. of thing, Job 4, 2
mdm WSN 2 Nd can one try word
with thee? wilt thou take it ill? Ece. 7,
93. With inf Deut, 4,34, 28,56. Ab-
sol. 1 Sam. 17, 39 9 δὲ δ Ἢ ‘fo Thave
not yet tried them. Judg. 6, 39.
Deriv. M0’.

*TO fut. mes, to pluck out, to tear
away. Kindr. ΣΌΣ. E. g. a person from
his dwelling Ps. 52,7; from his country
i. 6. to drive into exile Prov. 2,22. Also.
a house. i. e. to destroy Prov. 15, 25.
Like plants, men and houses are said to
be planted and plucked up; comp. 303
and tm.

Nipu. to be plucked up, i. 6. driven out
from a land, Deut. 28, 63.

Deriv. Mo.

MO) Chald. i.q. Heb. Irupsp. to be
plucked out, Ezra 6, 11.

JO? m.(r.FO21) 1. alibation, drink-
offering, Deut. 32, 38.

2. a molten image, i. q. 720%, Dan.
11, 8.
3. one anointed, i. 6. a prince conse-
crated by anointing, i. q. 7%, but-
more usual in poetry, Josh. 13, 21. Ps.
83, 12. Ez. 32, 30. Mic. 5, 4.

pit 22 fut. plur. 5389, 5507, fo pour
to pour out, Is. 29,10. Kindr. ts 730 .—
po ἢ

r

103,

' 1. In honour of the deity, to make liba-
tion, σπένδειν, E:x.30,9.Hos.9,4. Hence

Is. 30, 1 M202 JO, οὐδδόσθιι σπονδήν,

to pour out a libation, i. e. to make a

league, which the ancients accompanied

with libations. Comp. Gr. σπονδή liba-
tion and league, Lat. spondeo.

2. Of metal, ἕο cast, to found, Is. 40,
19. 44, 10.

3. to anoint a king Ps. 2,6. Comp.

- ‘W702 no. 3.

~~ sw α.
τσ

<a

the warp.

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. of Kal no. 3, to be anointed
Prov. 8, 23.

Prev i. q. Kal no. 1, to make libation
1 Chr. 11,18. Syr. Pa. id. In the pa-
rallel passage 2 Sam. 23, 16 is Hiph.

Hien. id. to pour out libations, to make
libation, Gen. 35, 14. Num. 28, 7. Jer. 7,
18. Ps. 16, 4. al.

Hopn. pass. to be poured out ; impers.
libation is made, Ex. 25, 29. 37, 16.

Deriv. 73972 I, 3702, 5793.

ail) ἃ 02 i.q.kindr.530 1. to inter-
twine, to weave, to hedge sc. with woven
work, i. q. Arab. SEs Hence ΞΘ

2. to cover, to protect, from the idea of
surrounding with a hedge, Is. 25, 7;
comp. 73072 II.

302 Chald. to pour out, to make liba-

_ tion, chiefly in Pa. as Dan. 2, 46, where

by zeugmait refers also to. Comp.
Arab. αν. to sacrifice.

73 Chald. plur. c. suff. ὙΠ 93, liba-
tions, drink-offerings, Ezra 7, 17.

ἼῸ2 and 709 m. (τ. 7021) in pause
7102, 6. suff. "302; plur. 5°30), constr.

" "302.

la libation, drink-offering, Gen. 35, -

14. Jer. 7, 18. al.
offering aad the drink-offering Joel 1, 9.

792) HT the meat-

"19. 2, 14: Num. 15, 24.

2. a molten image, i. q. 720%, Is. 41,
29. 48,5. Jer. 10, 14. 51, 17. .

7202, see r. 720 Niph.

as oo) i. q. 00%, to pine away, to
be sick. Syr. «οὗ Ethpa. id. [ooo
sick. Comp. Heb. 853, 3x .—Is. 10, 18
ὈῸ3 DD2> as the sick man pineth away.

*TI. 003 j in Kal not used, prob. i. q.

Arab. yas to lift up on high, so as to
57*

677

poy

make SOE RDEE 3 VIII to be high,

erect; Gas a lofty throne.—Hence 2.
Frac: Zech. 9, 16 they shall be as
ἽΝ ΟΣ ΤΟ 5) 72 -7"2aN the stones
of a diadem lifting themselves up in his
land. [Ps. 60,6 0043019 for lifting up, to
be lifted up ; others from r. 043 q. v.—R.

Φ 03 fat. 307, inf 953, c. suff. ὩΣῸ9
Gen. 11, 2; imp. plat. "νῷ.
1. Pr, i. ᾳ. Arab. ¢45 to pull up, to

pluck or tear up or out, (kindr. Md2,) -
6. g. a peg or pin from the wall Judg.
16, 14; the posts of a gate v. 3; oftener
the tent-pins or stakes in order to take
down a tent for moving, Is. 33, 20.
Hence

2. to break up a camp, or as in vulgar
Engl. to pull up stakes, i. e. to remove,
espec. of a nomadic encampment Gen.
33, 12. 35, 21. 46,1. Often with an ad-
junct of place whence, c. 7a Gen. 20, 1.
35, 16. Ex. 13, 20. Num. 10, 12; also of
place whither, acc. and 5 local, Num. 11,
35. Deut. 2, 1. 10,7. Said also of an
army Ex. 14, 10. 2 K. 19, 8. 36. Jer. 4.
7; and trop. of the angel of God and
pillar of smoke Ex. 14, 19; the sacred
tabernacle Num. 1, 51. 2,17; the ark
10, 35; the wind 11, 31.—Hence also

3. Genr. to remove, to journey, to mi-
grate, Gen. 12, 9. Num. 10, 33. With
dat. pleon. pod 190 Num. 14, 25. Deut.
1 OF nomadic ‘wanderings Jer. 31,

24, Zech. 10, 2.
Ex 3; see 59

4. to bend a bow, Arab.
no. 2.
Nipu. to be torn away, 6. g. the cords

ofa tent Job 4, 21, see under "m7. Of
a tent itself, Is. 38, 12.
Hipu. 5 ὉΠ, fut. θη, 1. Causat.

of Kal no. 2, to cause to break up, to
make remove, Ex. 15, 22.

2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to de
part, to cause to go forth, to lead out, Ps.
78, 52; poet. of a wind v. 26. Also of
things, to put away, to set aside, 2 K. 4, 4.

3. to pluck up, to tear up, asa tree
Job 19; 10; a vine Ps. 80,9. So to get
out stones, to quarry, Bee. 10, 9. 1K. 5,
31 [17].

Deriv. 2072, 3072.

Υ pos fut. Pd" once Ps. 139, 8, to go
up, to ascend. This root, so far as it can

poo

be called one, is very common in Syriac
and Chaldee ,butonly in fut. imp. inf. Kal,
wom}, vam, vom%, and Aph. «αὐῇ ;

‘in the other forms, pret. and part. Pe.
and conj. Ethp. the verb asm is uséd,
so that in fact the first radical Nun no-
where appears. Indeed such a root 55
_would seem never to have existed ; and
Castell was probably. correct in his re-
mark, (though censured for it by J. Ὁ.
Michaelis, Lex. Syr. Ρ. 600,) that FO",

280] , and PdX, «δοΐ,
from ΜῊΝ pbow. See too Roediger
in Zeitschr. far d. Kunde des Morgenl.
II. p. 91. Other examples of words
contracted, so that of two consonants
the first is doubled, are πο, NHN ;

are contracted

poe: vulg. AS see Caussin de Perc.

Gramm. Arabe vulg. p.12.al. In strict-
ness, therefore, this root PO) should be
banished from the Lexicons.

po? Chald. id. (see Heb. PO2,) Aph.
pon, inf. MPO, to cause to ascend, to
take up out of a place, Dan. 3, 22. 6, 24.

Hopn. after the Heb. form per, to be
taken up, Dan. 6, 24.

J702 Nisroch, pr. n. of an idol of the

Ninevites, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38, perh. pr.
a, Te

eagle, from the Semit. "2 es . and

the syllable δεῖν, ach, which in Persian is
intensive ; whence Nisr-och great eagle.

On the worship of the eagle by the |

heathen Arabs, see Jauhari art. 3.
Jurieu Hist. des Dogmes IV. 4. ¢. 11.—
Bohlen proposes several derivations
from the Sanscr. and Zend; see The-
saur. p. 892.

“NSS a spurious root; the forms
mo", mma, which might seem to be-
long here, see under Mid.

ΤΊΣ (motion, perh. earthquake; r. 343)
Neah, pr. ἢ. of a place in Zebulun Josh.
19, 13.

τ (motion, r. 552) Noah, pr. n. fi
Num. 26, 38,

n192 m. plur. (denom. fr. 932) child-
hood, youth, spoken of both sexes. 8)

Of early childhood Ez. 16, 22. "4>27
from my childhood 1 Sam. 12, 2. 1K. 18,

678

S99

12; s77sPa Gen. 46, 34, TINE 8, 21.
b) ΑΝ aa bys the husband oF
her youth Joel 1, 8; 33 ΤῸΝ the wife —
of thy youth, Pray: 5, 18. Is. 54, 6. Mal.
2, 14.15; mensen "22 the children of
one’s jouth born to one in youth, Ps.
127, 4.—Metaph. of the youth of the
Ietaclitish people Jer. 2, 2. 3, 4. Ez.
16, 22. 60. Comp. 572pT. .

min f. plur. (fr. n. 7332) id. youth,
Jer. 32, 30.

bo (perh. i. ᾳ. 58739 , DNAS) Neiel,
pr. n. of a place in Naphtali Josh. 19,27.

D°Y2 m. adj. (r. D2) sweet, pleasant
Ps. 133, 1; of song 147, 1; a singer,
ΤΩΙ BD? sweet qn songs 2 louie 23, 1;
a lyre Ps. 81,3; one beloved Cant. 1, 16.
Plur. 5°9"52 dalichts pleasures, Job 36,
11, and miaryy id. Ps. 16, 11.. So of |
place, pleasant, delightful ; plur. B°72"33 _
pleasant regions Ps. 16, 6. Also of a
person, pleasant, and so of God, benign, —
gracious, Ps. 135, 3. .

= 552 1. to bolt a door, to fasten —
with a bolt or bar, c. acc. 2 Sam. 18, 17.
18. Judg. 3,23. 24. 5:22 43 a garden
barred, shut up, also 5432 54 a fountain
shut up, Cant. 4, 12. F
2. to shoe, to put on sandals, Arab. hed,
which is done by confining, shutting in ~
the foot with thongs. With twoacc. Ez. —
16,10 timm 722241 J shod thee with seal- —
skin, i. 6. gave thee shoes of seal-skin. —
ΗΊἸΡΗ. to shoe, 2 Chr. 28, 15.
Deriv. 53232, 922, and

292 f. Deut. 29, 4, c. suff. ib92; plur. —
prds3, mids; dual pits; ; ashoe, sandal, '
Josh. 5, 15. TK, 2, 15.al. To put σὴ onée :
shoe is B3 bys cab Ez. 24,17; topu ©
off one’s shoe is πὶ >32 553 yon Deut. —
25,9. Is. 20,2; abv Ruth 4, 7.8; dw

Josh. 5,15. Ex.3,5. Arab. Sababet or |
sandal, Syr. jis id.—In transferring a
possession or domain, it was customary —
to deliver one’s shoe (Ruth 4,7), asin the —
middle ages a glove; hence the action —
of throwing down a shoe upon a region ©
or territory was a symbol of occupancy. Ὁ
Ps. 60, 10 wpon the land of EdomdoT
cast my shoe, i. e. 1 take possession, oc- τὸ
cupy it as nly own; see Rosenm. Altes —
und neues Morgenland no. 483. Ps. 108 —

oy

_10.—According to Deut. 25, 9. 10, a
husband’s brother who refused to fulfil
his duty by marrying the widow, was
to have his shoe plucked off bysthe lat-
ter, implying that he gave up a sacred
obligation; hence he was to be called
ἘΣ) y2M—Elsewhere a shoe-latchet,
thong, 552 1} Gen. 14, 23, or a pair
of shoes, dual 0723 Ami 2, 6. 8, 6, is
put for any thing of little value, worth-
less.—Plur. ons) Is. 11, 15; once mi>32
Josh. 9, 5.

g DP fut.022" 1. to be sweet ; Prov.
9, 17 po" ΠΟ ond. Comp. D932.
inated. are ‘en, ‘pad, pad, to taste ;
pr. to lick, to αὐ veloc the notion
of sweet taste; see 7X2.

2. Trop. to be sweet, pleasant, lovely,
of one beloved Cant. 7,7; a friend 2
Sam. 1, 26; wisdom, c. dat. Prov. 2, 10;
spoken of a place Gen. 49, 15. Impers.
Prov. 24, 25 ἘΣ" oops to those who
punish (to judges) shall be delight, i.e. it
shall be well with them ; comp. "> 20",

sb 310, it is well with me.—Arab. pe >
a= ΄- ᾿

1.5.5. id. > vite bonis abundavit.

_ Deriv. the seven here following ;

also D°D2, OWADIN.

| DY) (pleasantness) Naam, pr. n. m.
ea Chr.'4, 15. ᾿

B92 m. 1. sweetness, pleasantness,
"Prov. 3, 17. 053 "72% pleasant words,
i.e. suitable, becoming, 15, 26. 16, 24.
2. beauty, splendour; min7 Cyd the
beauty (glory). of Jehovah Ps. 27, 4;
_ comp. M79 3D v. 13. Ex. 33, 19.
ἢ 3. grace, favour, Ps. 90, 17. Zech._11,
ἢ. Comp. χάρις, Germ. Huld fi from hold,
4 and Engl. grace.

| W222 (pleasant, r. B22) Reamiah , pr. 0.
ΕΣ .Ἱ: Of two females; a) The daughter
of Lamech Gen. 4,22. Ὁ) The mother
of Rehoboam 1 K. 14, 21. 31. 2 Chr.
12, 13.

2. A place in the tribe of Judah Josh.
15, 41; comp. "7292.

22 Naamite, patronym. from pr. ἢ.
F222 no. 2, Num. 26, 40; pr. for "9252
which is read in the Cod. Sam.

22 (my pleasantness, fr. 295) Nao-

679

ἽΝ

mi, pr. n. of the mother-in-law of Ruth,
Ruth 1, 2 sq. -

ἼΩΣ2 1. pleasantness, amenity, of
place. Is. 17, 10 052232 "303 pleasant
plantations. R. o>).

2. Naaman, pr.n. a) A son of Ben-
jamin Gen. 46,21. Ὁ) Num.26,40. c)
A Syrian warrior and captain, 2K. 5, 1.

"1322 Naamathite, gentile n. from
maya, a place elsewhere unknown, but
diferent from that above mentioned in
mao no. 2. Job 2,11. 11, 1.

. V2? obsol. root, Chald. 722 to punc-

ture, to prick, to stick; whence uae
(V2) a species of thorn, perhaps lotus
spinosa, see Celsii Hierob. lI. p. 191,
and Comm. on Is. 7, 19.—Hence

77X22 τὰ. a thorn-hedge, thicket of
thorns, vepretum, Is. 7, 19. 55, 13.

af. 2 to roar, e.g. the young lion,
Jer. 51, 38. Syr. 13 id. This root

would seem to be onomatopoetic, like
the kindred "73.

aa "22 toshake; spec. 1. ἐρ shake
out, Neh. 5,13; the hand so as not to
hold a bribe, Is. 33, 15.

2. to shake off; Is. 33,9 Wa "33 -
2272) Bashan and Carmel shake off
i. 6. cast off their foliage.

Nipp. 1. Pass. of Pi. to be shaken
out, i.e. cast out from a land, Job 38, 13.
Ps. 109, 23. Comp. Affab. (4.25 quassit,
excussit, VIII expulsus est, (485 expul-
sio.

2. to shake oneself out from bonds, i. e.
to cast them off, Judg. 16, 20.

Pizt to shake out, Neh. 5,13. Pregn.
Ex. 14, 27 Fina ovngacy Hin? W271
Dn cmd Jehovah shook out the Egyp-
tians into the midst of the sea, i.e. he
drove them from the shore and cast them
into the sea. Ps. 136, 15.

Hirupe. to shake oneself fromany thing,
c. 772 Is. 52, 2.

Deriv. 722 II, n332.

*7. 22 m. 1a boy ; prob. primi-
tive, and Ra in the Indo- European
tongues for man. 6. g. Sanser. nrt and
nara man, f.narti and ndrt woman. Zend.

naere, Pers, yb ; Pr? Gr. ov79.—Spoken

2

both of an infant just born Ex. 2, 6. Judg.
13, 5. 7. 1 Sam. 4, 21; of a boy not yet
full grown Gen. 21, 16 sq. 22, 12. Is. 7,
16. 8,4; and of a youth nearly twenty
years old Gen. 34, 19. 41, 12 (comp. 37,
2. 41, 2). 1 K. 3, 7. 2 Sam. 18, 5, 29.
Spec. a) Often éiphat to express a
tender age, like Lat. puer, Engl. δου,
child, youth, 6. g. in various ways:
Sam. 1, 24 932 “32071, Vulg. et puer he
adhuc infantulus. 30, 17 τς ΤΊ SAIN
“22 four hundred young men, youths.
Jer. 1,6 [cannot speak, for Iam a child.
v. 7. Judg. 8, 20. 2 K. 9, 4. Eee. 10, 16.
Is. 65, 20. More fully 333 "32 young
and tender 1, Chr. 22, 4. Is. 3, 5. Ps. 37,
25. Lam. 2,21. Sept. νέος, γεανίας, νεα-
νίσκος. Ὁ) In other passages "32 seems
rather a name of condition and denotes
servant, like the Greek παῖς, Germ.
Bursche, Junge, Engl. boy ; Gen. 37, 2
“32 NIM he was servant with the sons of
Bilhah, i. e. he was herdsman’s boy,
shepherd’s boy. 2 K. 4, 12. 5, 20. 8, 4.
Ex. 33, 11. al. Also of common soldiers,
Germ. die Burschen, Engl. boys, lads ;
1K. 20, 15. 17.:19. 2K. 19°65 “With
genit. or suff. the servant of any one,
Judg. 7, 11. 9, 54. 19, 13. Esth. 2, 2. al.
But in Job 29, 5 "33 my sons. Spoken
of the people of Israel in its youth, Hos.
11,1. Comp. B33.

2. By a peculiar idiom in some of the
books, or rather by archaism, the form
“32 as in Greek ἡ παῖς, is used as if of
the comm. gend, for mz. girl, maiden,
and construed with a fem. verb, Gen.
24, 14. 16. 28. 55. 34, 3.12. Deut. 22, 15
sq. although M32 is everywhere réud
in the margin; comp. in S37 no. 1. In
the Pentateuch this occurs twenty-two
times, and I would also refer hither the
plur. 5°52 used of maidens in Ruth 2,
21, comp. v. 8. 22. 23, (Sept. lia nates
and of youths and wintions Job 1,19. In
a similar manner, the Arabs in the more
elegant style employ masculine nouns
also for the other sex, and abstain from
the feminine ery used in the

vulgar language; as Use brwbegroow

ee, Pie

and bride, which latter is vulg. Χαμο ἢ

y= an old woman, vulg. BigP ; comp.
ἧς for vulg. gas Tplnsene, oO for

680

252

Boys τ wife, like Germ. cena for be

mahlin, Gatte for Gattin.
Deriv. "35, M332, BMT » ὍΣΣ, pr.
n. 1153" προς,

Il. 3 m. (τ. 932 II) α casting out,
expulsion, concr. cast out, driven out, of
a flock or herd Zech. 11, 16. Sept. —
ἐσκορπισμένον, Vulg. dispersum.

"2 τὴ. (denom. from "221) boyhood,
youth, i. q. B°9933, poet. Job 33, 25. 36,
14, Ps. 88, 16. Prov. 29, 21.—In Job 36,
14 and Ps. |. c. some have adopted the
sense of expulsion, from r. "33 II, but
without necessity.

M122 f. (denom. fr. 932 1) plur. MiMS2.

1. a girl, 6. σ. 8) ἃ female child,
Job 40, 29 [41,5]. Ὁ) a maiden, dam-
sel, grown up and marriageable, Judg.
19, 3 sq. Am. 2, 7. ΠΕ" M432 a fair
maiden UK. 1, 3, 4. nbana ἢ > a young
virgin 1 K. 1,2. Esth. 2.3. Also of one
not long married, γεόγαμος, Ruth 2, 6.
4, 12; comp. M242 no. 2.

2. a handmaid, servant, Prov. 9, 3.
31, 15. Ruth 2, 8. 22. 3, 2. al.

8. Naarah, pr.n. a) A town on the
borders of Ephraim, Josh. 16,7; called
1 Chr. 7,28 159. b) f. 1 Chr. 4, δ.

>
"IY? , see "138.

— (servant of Jehovah) Neariah,
pr. n. ‘a) 1 Chr. 3, 22.23. b) 1 Chr.
4, 42.

7732 (boyish, juvenile) Naaran, pr. n.
see M32 no. 3. a.

mys f. (τ. "22 11) tow, as bemg shak-
en or beaten off from flax, Judg. 16, 9.
Is. 1, 31.

ἘΣ obsol. root, ΑΣΑ. uae to

take up, to lift ; whence yas barrow,
bier, also constellation of the bear, Ur
major and minor.—Hence ΔΨ II, for ὍΝ

D2 pr. n. Memphis, see 5/2.

* 422 obsol. root, Arab. 2.23 to go o
come forth ; kindred are Chald. P#2
go out, 232 to sprout. Hence

422 (sprout) Nepheg, pr. n.m. ἃ
Ex. 6,21. δ) 2Sam. 5,15. 1 Chr. 3.7
14, 6. |

so τῶν 681 bp5

i Aes

mp ζ Π) 1. high place, height, | Phe etymology is uncertain. Some ;

“comp. ἘΠ; hence “is mp2, Wit mips, | poo aii aire

the Height or Heights of Dor, Josh. 11, 2 eee Big εὐ ott BS which
12, 23. 1 K. 4, 11; see ais, no. 8. Giggeius and C er magnus,
2. a sieve, fan, for winnowing, Is. 30) | corpore magno; for it means
_ 28; comp. #2 Hiph. no. 2. 3 “excellens, generosus, Better to

BOND? (expansions, τ. 0B3). Nephu-
sim, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 50 k - But
Cheth. has 070°»), aia Neh. χὰ 52 has
Dp ow"D), which feat | is doubtless a false

: Bihograpliy made up from ah and

~ B%O"53.

*M52 fat. me, inf mp Ez. 22, 20,
i. q. 5B, to puff, to blow, to breathe, an
onomatopoetic root. Comp. Engl. to
puff, Arab. and 4.25 to blow;
while 63 and Δ. 5 express the harsher
sound of snoring, snorting. Syr. weeds
Eth. 242%, to blow, to breathe, to fill
the cheeks.—Gen. 2, 7 and breathed
(5°) into his nostrils the breath of life.

' —Spec.

1. to blow upon any one, as the wind,

6.83 ΕΖ. 37, 9.

2. ΝΞ Mp2 fo blow up-a fire, to kindle

up, Is. 54, 16. Ex. 22, 21; and without
' av. 20. mp3 Tit a Biden pot, i.e. a
pot under which one blows'the fire, Job

41, 12. Jer. 1, 13.

3. to blow away, sc. by blowing upon,
c. 2 Hagg. 1, 9.

4. With 2, to breathe out, to give
up the ghost, Jer. 15, 9.

Puat to be blown up, as a fire, Job 20,
26.

Hiew. 1. With 652, to cause to
breathe oul, to cause to expire, Job 31,
39; hyperbolically for to extort sighs,
to torment.

2. to blow upon or away, metaph. i. q.

~ to esteem lightly, to contemn, Mal. 1, 13.

Deriv. MB2, ΠΡ, MPA, and

_ M2 (blast, perh. windy place) No-
phah, pr. n. of a town of the Moabites
Num. 21, 30, supposed to be the same
with Ma) q. v.

2°22 m. only in plur. ὉΠ 5: ἢ} giants,
Gen. 6, 4. Num. 13, 83. So all the an-
sient Versions. -Chald. δ 552 the celes-
tial giant, i. e. the constellation Orion ; ;
plur. Orions, the larger constellations.

rest in r. 883; yet not. re that D753")
may be those causing men to fall from
fear (Kimchi); but so that 595) may be
i. q. 52279 one falling upon the enemy,
violent, grassans, comp. Gen. 43, 18, and
see r. 552 Kal no.2.d. So Aquil. ἐπὲ-
πίπτοντες, Symm. βιαῖοι.

ὈΠῸΣ Ξ9 Nephisim, see D035.

wp? (recreated, r. 822) Naphish, pr.
ἢ, of a son of Ishmael Gen. 25, 15; also
of his posterity 1 Chr. 5, 19.

DOWD, see DOD).

¥ ἼΞ2 obsol. root, of uncertain signi-
fication, comp. ΠῚΒ ; whence

JD m. a gem, precious stone, of an
uncertain kind, Ex. 28, 18. 39, 11. Ez.
27, 16. 28,13. Sept. thrice ἄνϑραξ i. 6.
carbuncle. Doubtful.

ἘΞ fut. 52 inf. 5Ξ), 6. suff. 1582
2 Sam. 1, 10 and 38. 1 Sam. 29,8; imp.
plur. nbD) .

1. to fall, Syr. Chald. \.43, 58}, id.

The primary. syllable >» fal occurs also
in this sense in Germ. fallen, Engl. to
fall. The Gr. and Lat. fallo, σφάλλω is
pr. to cause to fall. to supplant.—Spoken
of a person falling to the earth Ps. 37,
24; or from a horse or seat Gen. 49, 17.
1 Sam. 4, 18; into.a’pit, nmva Ps. 7,16;
into a snare Am. 3, 5. Is. 24,18. Also
of things, as of buildings falling down
Judg. 7,13. Is. 9,9. Am. 9,11; ofa
mountain Job 14, 18; the lightning from
heaven, c. ἸῺ Job 1,16; the dew 2 Sam.
17,12. The place into or upon which
one falls is put mostly with 7 loc. as
MLA; or with ἘΦ Lev. 11, 32, 3, >, also
ata Ps, 45, 6; the ἰδοῦ ΚΎΩΝ ‘with
qa, 92 .—Part. 585 falling, Job 12, 3. 14,
18; as pret. fallen, lying prostrate ; Judg.
3,25. 1 Sam. 5, 3. 31,8. Deut. 21,1; as
fut. ready to fall, 15. 80,18. So of a pro-
phet who sees visions sent from God in
his sleep; Num. 24, 4 who seeth the vi-
sion of the Almighty 09279 "9>31 585 lying

in sleep with open eyes sc. of his mind.

; Ps, 82, 7. al.

65

Spec. 885 fo fall is also further said
of'persons and things, as follows:

a) Of those who fall in battle or else-
where, i. 4. to be slain, like πίπτω, ca-
dere, to fall; Judg. 20, 44.46. 1 Sam.
4,10. 2 Sam. 1, 4. 2, 23, 3, 38. Is. 10, 4.
Often with an adjunct, as
aana ‘> by the sword Num. 14, 43. 2
Sam. 1, 12. Is. 3, 25. al. sep. Β 793 ‘3
by the hand of any one Judg. 15, 18. 2
Sam. 21, 22. 1 Chr. 5, 10. Lam, 1.1.
"QB ἊΝ to fall before any one, espec.
in great numbers, 1Sam. 14,13. 2 Sam.
3, 34.

b) Of those who fall sick, Fr. tomber
malade. Ex. 21, 18 sptind dB) to fall
sick wpon one’s bed, to take to one’s bed.
So Syr. f,S we ‘\a3 1 Mace. 1, 5;
Gr. πίπτειν ἐπὶ τὴν κλίνην Judith 8, 3.

c) Of a foetus, to fall, to be dropped or
cast, i.e. to be born, Is. 26,18. Comp.
Il. 19.110 ὅς κεν ἐπ᾿ ἤματι τῷδε πέσῃ μετὰ
ποσσὶ γυναικός, where Schol. πέσῃ, γεν-
νήϑῃ. So καταπίπτω Wisd.7,3; cadere
de matre Stat. Theb. 1, 60. Arab.
doin, not In Chaldee 58} spec.
of abortion, whence Heb. 583 q. v.

d) Of the limbs, which are said to fall
away, to® become emaciated, Num. 5,
21. 27.

e) Of the countenance of one in sor-
row, anger, to fall, Gen. 4, 5.6. Opp. is
Ὁ x2. Comp. Hiph. no. 1. d.

f) Of the heart, courage, to fall, to
fail, 1 Sam. 17, 82. So Gr. πίπτει dv-
uoc, Lat. cadere animis Cic. Fam. 6.
1. 4.

6) Of those who fall into calamity,
adversity, Prov. 28, 14. 2 Sam. 1, 10.
2K. 14,10. Prov. 24, 16.

h) Of kingdoms, states, which fall,
are overthrown, Is. 21, 9. Jer. 51, 8.
Am. 5,2. 2K. 14, 10.

i) Of the lot, as cast wpon or concern-
ing any pers. or thing, c. >> Ez. 24, 6.
Jon. 1, 7. 1 Chr. 26,14. Hence c. >,
to fall to any one by lot, Gr. πάσαν»
τινί, Num. 34, 2. .Judg. 18, 1.. Ez. 47,
14. "99, Bear: Ps. 16, 6, comp. fou
17,5. Hiph.no. l.c. So Lat. cadere of
the lot, Ter. Ad. 4.7.22. Sil. Ital. 7. 368.

k) Also ἐο descend from heaven, spo-
ken of divine revelations, Is. 9,7; comp.
Chald. Dan. 4, 38, and Arab. J53 to de-

682

5B

scend, spoken of revelations. Hence the
Spirit, or the hand of God, is said to fall

to descend upon any one, Ez. 8, 1. 11, 5.
1) 5D 52 to fall wpon any one, e. g.

deep sleep Gen. 15,12. Job 4,13; terror

Ex. 15, 16. Josh. 2, 9. Ps..55, 5. Job 13,

11; calamity Is, 47, 11. Ecc. 9,12; τον

proaches Ps. 69, 10.

m) Of events, éo fall out, to happen ; |

Ruth 3, 18 "a5 5&3 37% how the thing

will fall out, “Will end. Comp. Chald.

Ezra 7, 20. Css Brut. 40.
n) to fall to the ground, to fail, espec.

empty promises Josh. 21, 48, 23, 14.

Fully nis 58} 2K. 10,10; Gr. eines
εἰς γῆν, ἔραζε. Comp. χαμαιπετὲς ἔπος

Pind. Pyth. 6, 37. Nem. 4, 65, Plato

Eutyphr. 17. Also to fall away, not be
counted, to be lost, Num. 6, 12.

0) to fall from one’s counsel, purpose,

i.e. to fail in, c. 2, Ps. 5, 11 let them

fall from (fail in) their counsels. Comp.

Ovid Metam. 2. 308.

p) With 72 compar. to fall more
than, i. 6. below another, to be inferior, —
to yield to any one Job 12, 3, 13,2. Also

with "25> id. Esth. 6, 13.
2. to fall, with the idea of will, pur-

pose, i. e. to throw or cast oneself down,
to rush on; comp. Syr. Ἂ 21, which is”

put in N. T. for aintew and paldscond
Spec.

a) to fall down, to pores oneself.

2 Sam. 1,2 x98 585) he fell prostrate
to the earth. Job 1, 20.
"28 by Gen. 17, 3. 17. Num. 16, 4. Josh.

7, "6; ἼΩΝ 59 2 Sam. 14,4; ΠΙΧΝ 7BND

1 ars. 20, 41; also "Ἔ ὍΣΣ Gen. 44, 14;
Ἔ "53" πὴ Esth. 8, 3.
b) 5 "INAS ἘΣ bps to fall upon one’s

Often with

mm

te ee -

» Oe mee el ee

neck, to rush into his embrace, Gen. 33, ο

A, 45, 14. 46, 29.

c) 5 τ Ἐν bBo to fall upon one’s
sword, 1 ‘Sam. 31, 4.5. 1 Chr. 10,4. Of
the locusts Joel 2 8; see in "D3 no.1.b.

d) to fall upon as an enemy, to at-
tack, Job 1, 15; ¢. 3 Josh. 11, 7.

e) to descend from a beast, chariot, to |

alight, c. 5972 Gen. 24, 64. 2 K. 5, 21.

f) to settle down, i. e. to encamp, οὔ

an army, Judg. 7, 12; of a nomadic

people Gen. 25, 18, comp. 16, 12. em

κατῴκησε.

g) 355 "NNT ΠΡΣΣ my supplication

‘ 253

fal (is laid down) jefe any one, viz.

in atwofold sense: «@) is presented, I
make supplication, Jer. 36,7. £8) is
_ accepted, my prayer is heard and an-
_ swered, Jer. 37, 20. 42,2; pr. the person
_supplicated permits my petition to be
laid down before him, receives it, im-
_ plying a disposition to give a favourable

answer.

h) ‘to fall away, to desert, to go over
to another party, Gr. πίπτειν, διαπέπτειν,
1 Sam. 29, 3; c. ἘΣ 1 Chr. 12, 19. 20.
2 Chr. 15, 9. Jer. 21,-9. 37,14. 39,9. Is.
54, 15; ἘΝ to any one Jer. 37, 13. 38, 19.
52, 15.

Hier. 572m, fut. 5°83, apoc. dBm;
rarely without contraction; as inf. bob
Num. 5, 22.

1. to cause to fall, to make fall, Gen.
2,21. Jer. 15,8. Ez. 20, 22. Ps. 73, 18.

78,28; by the sword Is. 37, % Jer. 19, 7,

_ellipt. ‘Basi 11,12. Ez. 6,4; by the tiand

“of any one 1 ὕπο 18, 25. ete.—Spec.

a) tothrow, to cast, 6. g. wood upon the
_ fire Jer. 22, 7; tothrow down, to prostrate
any one Deut. 25,2; to throw down a
wall 2 Sam. 20, 15; to cast down stars
from heaven Dan. 8, 10; to fell trees
2K. 3,19. 25. 6, 5.
__b) to drop or cast as a birth, to bear,
to bring forth, see Kal no. 1. c. Is. 26,
19 the earth shall bring forth the dead,
i. 6. cast from her.
6) to cause to fall away, e.g. a limb,
to make wither, to emaciate, Num. 5,
22; see Kal no. 1. d.
_ 4) to cause to fall, to let fall, to cast
down, sc. the countenance in sorrow or
‘in anger, with 3 of pers. ‘to be angry
at any one’ Jer. 3,12. Also Ἔ "33 5.81
to cause the countenance of any one to
fall, i.e. to make sad, Job 29, 24. See
Kal no. 1. e.

68) to cast lots Ps. 22, 19. Prov. 1, 14.
1 Chr. 24, 31. Esth.3, 7. Jon. 1,7; also
without 5,18 1 Sam. 14, 42. Job 6, 27.
Hence to divide out by lot, to assign to
any one, with acc. of thing and > of
pers. Josh. 13, 6. 23,4. Ez. 45, 1. 47, 22;
without dat. Ps. 78,55. See Kal no. 1. i.

f) to lay down a petition, supplication,
before any one, i. e. to ask as a sup-

- ΝΣ

Dan. 9, 18.20. See Kal no. 5. σ.

683

pliant, to supplicate, Jer. 38, 26. 42, 9.’

2. to let fall, e. g. a stone Num. 35, 23.

V2

Hence a) ΠΣ 8 >°8F fo let fall to the
ground, e. g. a word, promise, not to ful-
fil, 1 Sam. 3, 19; without 258 Esth.
6,10. See Kal no. 1. β. b) ἐο let fall,
to desist from any thing, c. ja Judg.
2, 19.

Hrrup. 1. tolet oneself fall, to falldown »
prostrate, Deut. 9, 18. 25. Ezra 10, 1.

2. With >» to fall upon, to attack,
Gen. 43, 18.

Pix. 5353 to fall, once in Ezekiel, who
abounds in unusual forms, ὁ. 28, 23; i. q.
>) which stands in the same connection
30, 4. 32, 20. Ε'
Deriv. 552, 5°52, 92, ΓΙΡΒῸ, ὨΡΒΏ.

2B] Chald. fut. > (comp. Syr,
31, in Targg. freq. 585), i. q. Hebr.

1. to fall, i.e. a) to fall down, Dan.
7, 20. 4, 28 58) νοῶ 2 50 a voice fell -
from heaven i.e. came from heaven,
comp. Is.9,7. Ὁ) to fall owt, to happen,
Ezra 7, 20.

2. to fall down, i.e. to be cast down,
Dan. 3, 23. Syr. Ἃ 21 to be cast into

prison. Also to fall prostrate Dan. 3, 6.
7.10. 11; "MipyN-by Dan. 2, 46.

2B? m. (Ὁ. 583} in pause 582 Ecc. 6,3;
an abortion, which falls from the womb,
Job 3,16. Ps.-58, 9. Ecc. 6, 3. Comp.
r. 582 as spoken of birth in Kal. no. 1. ὁ.
Hiph. no. 1.b. So 589 is used of prema-
ture birth in the Talmud; also Arab,

bo. to fall, IV to miscarry, Arab. ΠΝ

abortion.
22D), see bb? Pil.

ob) obsol. root, Syr. and Chald,
05) to erpand. Hence D055).

“V2? only in pret. and inf. absol.
ΥΞ2 Judg. 7, 19, part. pass. p35? Jer. 22,
28. Imper. and fut. are from the kindr. |

ΡΝ

1. to break, to dash in pieces, 6. g. an
earthen mcieee] Judg. 7, 19. Jer. 22, 28.
Hence

2. to disperse, to scatter, asa flock, a
people, Is. 11, 12.

3. Reflex. “of a people, to disperse
themselves, i. q. to be dispersed, scat-
tered, 1 Sam. 13, 11. Is. 33, 3. Gen.9,
19 yayn-bs ΓΙΧΞΣ MENT from these the
whole earth dispersed itself, i i. 6. all the

certain

— =

y=?

nations of the earth, comp. 10, 5.—Eth.
24,8 to be scattered as chaff. Aram.
72? a) excursit, dispersit, effudit.

Piet 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to break or
dash in pieces, e. g. an earthen vessel
Ps. 2, 9; infants upon stones, Ps. 137, 9;
to break up rafts of timber 1 K. 5, 23 [9].

2. to disperse, to scatter a people Jer.
13, 14. 51, 23. Inf. 72 subst. dispersion
of a people, Dan. 12, 7.

Pua part. broken in pieces, 6. g.
stones Is. 27, 9.

Deriv. 722, 782, and

V2? τὰ. violent rain, inundation, storm,
Is. 30, 30; from Aram. 72 to pour out,
kindred to which is Arab. |,6l3 mid. Ye
redundavit; see in r. 72 no. 3.—Others,
dispersion, scattering, but not so well.

* pz? Chald. fem. ™P5} by Syriasm
for MRE? Dan. 2, 13, to go out, to go forth,
Dan. 2, 14. 3, 26. 5,5; of an edict, Dan.
2,13 ΓΕΒ) RMT), comp. Luke 2, 1 ἐξῆλϑε
Siena. Imp. ἬΝ. apap Dan. 3, 26.—In

Targg. often for 8x". Syr. Ἄν. Sam.

PJ, id.

Harn, P85, plur. psp, to bring
out or forth Dan. 5,2. 3. Ezra 5, 14. 6, 5.
Hence

82) Chald. f emphat. xnpy2, ex-
penses, pr. an outgo, outfit, what is laid
out, Ezra 6, 4.8. Syr. {d.083 id. Comp.
Rx" p. 415, lett. m.

7 WED in Kal not used, fo breathe, to

respire. Arab. yrds V, to breathe, to
take breath, to be refreshed.

Nipu. to take breath, to be refreshed,
after fatigue, Ex. 23, 12. 31, 17. 2 Sam.
16, 14. Arab. conj. II recreavit aliquem.

Deriv. pr. ἢ. ΠΕΣ, and

TH? in pause Be , c. suff. "D2; plur.
MILER, once DED Ez. 13, 20, c. suff.
, 46m DE2; comm. gend. but more usually

fem.—Arab. (aid, Syr. Hand, Ethiop.
211.

1. breath, Job 41, 13. ποτ WED breath
of life Gen. 1, 20. 30. Hence also odour,
perfume, Bbich any thing breathes, ex-
hales, Prov. 27,9; 52 "m2 perfume-
. boxes, siielling- bottles; Is. 3, "20

684

5)

2. The vital spirit, ψυχή, αἹ
through which the body lives, i. 6. ἢ
principle of life manifested in the breath,
comp. πῆ, Lat. anima, also Gr. ἄνεμος.
Hence life, vital principle, animal spirit ;
Gen. 35, 18 HWE] ΝΞ as her spirit was
departing, as she gave up the ghost.
1 Κ. 17, 21 τΣ nin Tbsn-we2 ese
ia"P let now the spirit of this child return
intohimagain. Ex.21,23, £2 ὑπ ΘῈΣ.
life for life. Deut. 19, 21. Ps. 69,2; comp.
124, 4 and Jer. 4,10. This life, spirit,
anima, itself is also said to live Gen. 12,
13, Ps. 119, 175; and to die Judg. 16, 30;
to be poured out, as if along with the
blood, Lam. 2, 12.. Is. 53, 12; to be
breathed out, see in m2. So also in
phrases, as Ὁ Ub) ΡΞ to seek the life of
any one, see in ΡΞ no 2; ‘2 Mpd lo take
life, see MP? no. 1. b.; to put one's Ii life i
his hand, ste in > ancts c.; UB) Ὁ nD
see in M2) Hiph. no. 2. ἃ. Hence it Ἶ
very frequent i in phrases which have re
spect to the losing or preserving of life:
a) iwE2->x for one’s life, i.e. in order to
save one 'slife, 1K. 19,3.2K.7,7. Comp.
Gr. τρέχειν περὶ ψυχῆς Od. 9. 423. Valk.
ad Hdot. 7, 56. 9, 36; and so (of a hare)
mee κρεῶν. But in Jer. 44, 7, it is agains
one’s life, in detriment of life. Ὁ) WE 33
with danger of life, in jeopardy of life,
2 Sam. 23, 17. 18,13 Keri. 1 K. 2,
mit oaticony any sgt ip with |
jeopardy of his life hath Adonijah sau
this. Jer. 42, 20. Lam. 5, 9. Prov. 7, 23
comp. nthe 1 Chr. 12, 19. ‘Aled’ oF
life taken away, i. e. on account of the
death of any one, Jon. 1, 14. 2 Sam. 14
7. 9) Ὲ we2> for one’s life, i. e. for th
good of one’s life, its support, prese
tion, etc. Gen. 9, 5. Deut. 4, 15. Jos
23, 11. )
Further also, to the vital spirit, anin
is ascribed whatever has respect to th
sustenance of life by food and drink, «
the contrary. [Here the Engl. versic
often renders it by soul, but improperly
Thus the spirit, anima, is said to b
satiated with food and drink, Prov. 27
7. Is. 55,2; to be made fat Prov. 11,2
13,4; also to fill i. e. to satisfy one’
spirit Prov. 6, 30. So the opposite ; m
spirit hungere Prov. 10, 3. 27, 7; thirs
Prov. 25, 25; pines Ps. 31, 10; fasts P
69. 11; abstains from certain kinds ¢

|

wp

loathes, Num. 21,5. Job 6,7. 10, 1. Zech.
11,8; is empty i. 6. hungry Is. 29, 8;
is dried up i. e. thirsty Num. 11, 6.
Hence too trop. for the jaws, throat, as

hungry and wide open, Is. 5, 14. Hab.

2, 5.—Trop. %22 is also put for that

__ which supports life, aliment, Is. 58, 10,

comp. Deut. 24, 6.

Sometimes 652 and > are opposed,
so that 05) is ascribed to brutes, and m7
to men, Job 12, 10; but m7 is also
ascribed to beasts Eco. 3,21. Once B53
is put for the anima, as separate from
the body, wumbra, manes, Job 14,22. As
the Hebrews held the seat of life to be
in the blood (Lev. 17, 11; for which
cause the eating of blood was forbidden
Gen. 9, 4. 5. Deut. 12, 23), it was natu-
ral when the blood was shed, to say also
that the life was shed, poured out, as
above in Lam. 2, 12. Is. 53,12. Such
too was the notion of the Greek
poets, philosophers, and physicians; see
Sprengel Beitrage zur Gesch. d. Arz-

neikunde I. fasc. 3. p. 202 sq. So tooin

Engl. to pour out one’s life, i. e. his life-

_ blood; and also in Arabic, see Thesaur.
p. 901.

3. The rational soul, mind, animus,

as the seat of the feelings, affections,
᾿ς emotions of various kinds, comp. >> no. 1,

b, with which it is often coupled, e. g.

Deut. 4, 29. 30,10. To it are ascribed

love Is. 42,1. Cant. 1, 7. 3, 1-4. Gen.
34,3; joy Ps. 86,4; fear Is. 15, 4. Ps.
6,4; piety towards God Ps. 86, 4. 104,
1. 143, 8; confidence Ps. 57,2; desire
Ps. 42, 3. 63, 2; longing or appetite,
e. g. for food Prov. 6, 30. 10, 3. Mic. 7, 1.

Deut. 12, 20. 21; (hence 53 532 a

greedy man Prov. 23, 2;) or for venery
Jer. 2,24. Ex. 23,18; oralso for revenge
and slaughter Ps. 27, 12. 41, 3. 105, 22.
Ex. 15, 9, comp. Prov. 21, 10. So too
hatred Is. 1, 14. Ps. 17,9; contempt Ez.
36, 5. Is. 49,7; vengeance Jer. 5, 9; sor-

row Job 27, 2. 30,25. As the seat of -

warlike valour, in poetic exclamation,
Judg. 5, 21 19 "WE? "S75mM tread down,
my soul, the strong. Jer. 4, 19 “bid Sip 55
"WE? "MAY because thou hast heard, O
my soul, the voice of the trumpet. Spoken
of the feelings in general, Ex. 23, 9
58

68

food, Lev. 30,3; is polluted by them
_ Ez. 4, 14. Also the spirit is weary,

we

“aT WHIM ODI" ye know the feelings
of a stranger, how a stranger and for-
eigmer feels. Job 16,4. 1 Sam. 1,15 7
have poured out my sont before Jehdouk
i. e. have laid open to him my inmost |
feelings. Prov. 12, 10.

Words also which themselves express
feelings of the mind or soul, are often
thus used in connection with D2; thus
the soul is said to weep Ps. 119, 28; to
be poured out in tears Job 30, 16; to cry
for vengeance 24, 12; and also to invoke
blessings Gen. 27, 4. 25. More rarely
things are attributed to the soul, mind,
which belong: a) To the mode of feel-
ing and acting, as pride, 553 319 Prov.
28, 25; patience and impatience, VITA
wp2 Job 6, 11. ὮὯΒ2 MEP, see in “EP,
Fis. b) To the will or purpose, Gen.
23,8 DIUEIMY Brox if it be in your
mind, i.e. if ye purpose, have deter-
mined in your minds. 2 K. 9,15. 1 Chr.
28,9 H¥BN 32a with a willing mind.
c) To the understanding or facully of
thinking ; Ps. 139, 14 my soul knoweth
right well. Prov. 19, 2. 1 Sam. 20, 4
whatever thy soul thinketh. Deut. 4, 9
keep thy soul well, lest thou forget. Lam.
3, 20.—In all these constructions the use
of 3> is more common, see 39 no. 1. 6,
d, e.

4, Coner. living thing, animal, - ἴῃ
which is the 852, anima, life. Josh. 10,
28 wErt~>> every living creature. v. 30.
32. 35. 37. Often more fully m:n ὉΒ2
Gen. 1, 24. 2, 7. 19, and with the arti-
cle enn we? 1, 21, 9,10, pr. the ani-
mal of life i. e. endied with life, liv-
ing animal, or as more comm. in Engl.
living soul, living being, Gen. 2,7; and
very often collect. for living things, liv-
ing creatures, Gen. 1, 21. 24. 9, 10. 12.
15. Lev. 11,10; man being not included,
except Gen. 9,16. In this formula it is
to be noted that =m is genit. of the
subst. 51 life, and not fem. of the adj.
aby living ; so that mon 52, like We) it-
self, may be of either gender, and can
be construed with the masculine. This
serves to illustrate the disputed passage
Gen. 2, 19 U2 DINA 1D NIP? ὍΝ. 531
jay wn TaN and whatsoever Adam call-
ed them, the living creatures, that was
their name, where i> and ia refer to
mort wp, which is pleonastic after ib.—

59

Spec. put for a man, person, mostly m
certain fixed phrases, where also in
Engl. we may use soul, 6. g. WD} 323 10
steal a man Deut. 24,7; comp. Germ.
Seelenverkdufer. GE 52% Ez. 22, 25.
Soalso: a) In laws, Lev. 4,2. 3 Ed
xomn if a soul (any one) shall sin. Lev.
5, 1. 2. 4. 15. 17. Comp. the phrase
M59 NT WHI AMID, under MID
Niph. no: 2. b) Ina hetiaedi of a peo-
ple, as UH] ODS seventy souls, persons,
Ex. 1, 5. ‘16, 16. Gen. 46, 18. 27. Deut.
10, 99. al. (So i in Greek ψυχαὶ Acts 2,
41. 1 Peter 3,20.) Fully 038 v3 Num.
31, 46. 1 Chr. 5, 21; comp. Gen. 14, 21.
c) ‘Of slaves, Gen. 12, 5 swonawig Up
7703 the slaves they had acquired in Ha-
ran. Ez. 27,13. Comp. ψυχαὶ ἀνϑρώπων
Apoc. 18, 13. 1 Macc. 10, 33. d) 53
m2, where ΤΙ is genit. (comp. the phrase
nen wp? above ,) one dead, a dead body,
corpse. Num. 6,6 X82 Nd ma WEI->d> let
him not come near to adead body. Ley.
21,11. So too m2 being omitted, as in
the formulas wins x70 Num. 5, 2. 9, 6.
7. 10, and 653 Naw Lev. 22, 4. Hage: 2,

13, i. €. one defiled by touching a dead |

body. Comp. Num. 19, 13.
5. With suff. "52, 7WE?, etc. it is put
very frequéntly for: I myself, thou thy-

self, etc. Comp. Arab. Ἵ

, Sanser.
diman soul, self; and Germ. selb, selber,
Swed. sjel, Engi. self, all from the same
root with Germ. Seele, Engl. soul, see
Adelung Lex. IV. p. 47.—Hos. 9, 4
pw nam> their food is for themselves,
is consumed by themselvés. Is. 46, 2.
Also reflex. "853 myself, i. 6. me myself,
Job 9, 21. —Interpreters also note that

ἌΦΕΣ, 7WH2, are often put for the pers.
“pron. "38, AMX; but most of the exam-
ples wikich πιῆ adduce are readily ex-
plained by what we have said above in
nos. 2,3. This idiom is most frequent
in passages where life is said or implied
to be in danger; 6. g. Ps. 3, 3 many say
of me (9535), there’ remains no help for
him. 11,1 why say ye to me (2535), flee
to the ‘mountains. Is. 3,9 ΟΞ» IN wo
to them ! pr. to their life. Ps. 4 pe 35, 3.
7. 120,6. Here too belongs is. 51,-23,
who say to thee (3535), prostrate thy-
self that we may pass over, and the like.
Once "253 and "5 approach so nearly

686 y3

\ <=

to the nature of a pronoun, as even tc _
be construed with a verb in the first —
person, Is. 26, 9. Comp. 4732 with 1
pers. Gen. 44, 32.

MD) f. (τ. #92) 1. ᾳ. MED, a high place
height, only Josh. 17, tl nein mw>w.
Targ. tres regiones. This appellation,
ᾳ. d. Tricollis, Tremont, seems to refer
to the three places just before mentioned,
Endor, Taanach, and Megiddo, which
all lay elevated above the plain ; comp.
Decapolis.

MB) αὶ (τ. PR) a sprinkling, dropping; —
whence D°8'S mp) the dropping of the
honey-combs, i. e. honey dropping from
the combs, i. 4. "39 q. v. Ps. 19, 11
Also without "55x id. Cant. 4,11. Prov. —
5, 3. 24, 13 sarrbp ping ΤῈΣ honey
droppinge which are sweet to thy pa-
late ; where the predicate Pina is not
inflected ; comp. Gen. 49, 15.

MIMD? (opening, τ. MMB), see Tinks 72
under art. "72 cc. p. 561.

DAM? τὴ: plur. (τ. 9B Niph.) wrest-
lings, struggles, once Gen. 30, 8.

DME) Naphtuhim, pr. ἢ. of an
Egyptian people Gen. 10, 13. 1 Chr. 1,
11. Bochart, in Phaleg IV. 29, comic
pares the name of the Egyptian goddess
Ἱγέφϑυς, the wife-of Typhon, to whom —
with her husband were consecrated
those parts of Egypt that border on the
Red Sea; and the name Wepitus itself 7
signified, according to Plutarch (de |
Isid. p. 355 extr.) the extreme border of
the land, washed by the sea; comp.

Egypt. METewy terminalis. The
Naphtuhim then were a border-people,
dwelling prob. on the Red Sea. See
Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. T. I. p. 269.
Jablonski Opusc. ed te Water T. I. p.
161.

"MD? (my wrestling, r. DNB, see Gen.
30, 8) pr. n. Naphtali, the sixth son of
Fao born of Bilhah, and patriarch of —
the ixibe of Naphtali, the limits of which
are described Josh. 19, 32-39.—Gen. 49,
21. Num. 1, 42. 43. al. Sept. Wepda-
Asi. :

ΥΞϑ τὰ. (τ. γ29) la flower, blossom,
Gen. 40, ie i. ᾳ. M2. See the root
no. 2.

NS)

2. An unclean bird, prob. a hawk, see

_ the root no. 3. Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 14, 15.
Job 39,26. Sept. ἱέραξ, Vulg. accipiter.
_ Comp. Bochart. Hieroz. T. II. p. 266.

:

S35. see in Mx? no. 1.

i Ae

a3) not used in Kal, to set, to put,
to place, i. q- 3¥3 q. v. Arab. 105 id.

Nipu. 28) 1. to be set, c. by to be set
over any one, 1 Sam. 22, 9. Ruth 2, 5.6.
Part. 32) a prefect. director, 1 K. 4, 5. 7.
5, 30. 9, 23. al.

2. to place or station oneself, to take
one’s stand, Ex. 7, 15. 17,9; ο. > to or
before any one, Ex. 34, 2 pw "5 ἘΞῈ)
and present thyself to me there. Also,
to take one’s stand, e. g. of God rising
up for judgment, Is. 3, 13. Ps. 82, 1.

3. to stand, spoken of men Gen. 18, 2.
24, 13. Ex. 18, 14. 1 Sam. 1, 26. Ps. 45,
10; of gheaves Gen. 37, 7; of waters
Ex. 15,8. With >> to stand upon any
thing Is. 21,8; to stand with or by a
pers. or thing Gen. 45, 1. 1 Sam. 4, 20.
19, 20. 22, 7. 17. Spec. to stand firmly,
Ps. 39, 6 319 DIN->D 53 a breath is

every man though he stand firmly. 119,

89. Zech. 11, 16 a shepherd....03325
baba" Nd plinth sol nourish that which
standeth firm, i.e. the healthy part of
his flock; Sept. τὸ ὁλόκληρον, Vulg. id

_ quod stat. But perhaps it would accord

better with the context to render: who
relieveth not that which standeth still in
the way, i. 6. which lags behind from
weariness or disease, i. q. to be weak,

sick, comp. Arab. sa lassus fuit, la-

boravit, pr. to stand still, to stop, from
inability to.go further.

Hipu. 3935, fut. 2°85, apoc. 33°.

1. to cause to stand Ps.'78, 13. Hence
a) to set up, to erect, as a column Gen.
35, 20. 1 Sam. 15, 12. 2 K. 17, 10; an
altar Gen. 33, 20; a heap of stones 2
Sam. 18,17. Trop. 1 Chr. 18,3 to set
up (establish) his dominion unte the river
Euphrates. Hence also 1 Sam. 13, 21
72795 a5xn3 for setting the goads, i. 6.
sharpening them when the point was
bent, ete. Comp. in Engl. ‘to set a
saw,’ ‘to set an edge.’ Ὁ) 10 fiz, to es-
blish, e. g. bounds Ps. 74, 17. Deut. 32,
8. Prov. 15,25. ὁ) to set, to place, Gen.
21, 28. 29. Ps. 41, 13. Lam. 3, 12; so

687

ns

gates Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16,34; a trapor
snare Jer. 5, 26.
Hops. 335 1. to be set, placed, Gen.

28,12. For Judg. 9, 6 see art. 239.

2. to be fixed, settled, determined. So
commonly in Nah. 2, gnnbsh mn 230)
it is fixed ! she is led away y captive ! live.
Nineveh. But 3853 may also be joined
to the preceding verse and referred to
the root 33%, where see.

Deriv. 382, 39%}, 182, M222, ΠΙΞΕῸ
Ma22, 382, and pr. ἢ. M2is; ὈΞῪΣ,

32) τῇ; (pr. part. Niph. r. 383) @ han-
dle, haft of a dagger, Judg. 3,22 ; so call-
ed from being fixed in, comp. the root
Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34. Sept. λαβή,

Vulg. capulus. Arab. las haft, han- |

dle of a sword, knife, ete.—But part. 333
a prefect, see in 3%2 Niph. no. 1.

S222 Chald. f. emphat. 823, firm-
ness, hardness, sc. of iron Dan. 2, 41.
Gr. Venet. χραταιότη. Aben Ezra
MS 93 ΣΧ.

| 3X2, see r. 32°.

- miss fat. 52" 1, Pr. to fy, to flee,
i. α. 3 no. 3, ΤῈ) no. 3. Twice: Jer.
48, 9 give wings to Moab, for 8%m N33
flying she shall go forth ; here δὲ δ "ἰδ
for ΓΞ) in order to correspond with 8¥M;
observe too the paronomasia 77¥, N¥2,
sum. Lam. 4,15 553 03 4X2 "D when they
flee away and wander ; so Kimchi and
others, and this is better than to refer
ns) tor. 712 as on p. 660.—Hence Γι"
pinion of birds, and Arab. Kuols (ea:
thers, plume of birds, also locks of hair
lgaging over the ΚΟ πε q. d. flying
locks. From this noun then comes

: Ἕ
2. Arab. Lads and Las to seize by
the locks, and Conj. III, recipr. to seize
each other by the hair. Hence in He-
brew to strive, to quarrel; comp. Syr.

and Chald. 1-3, Nx2, i. q. Heb. 21,

also Arab. Lb Conj. VI, id. See Hiph,
and Niph.—Hence

3. to lay waste, to desolate a city, pr.
to tear in pieces houses, to pull down.
In Kal intrans. or pass. to be laid waste,
to be desolate ; Jer. 4,7 ΤΣ 9 thy
cities shall be laid waste. Sept. καϑαι
ρεϑήσονται.

ΓΊΝΩ

Hiren. “25 to strive, to contend, see
Kal no. 2. Num. 26, 9 "59 pmisiqa
when they strove against Jehovah. Hence
to wage war; Ps. 60,2 DIN "MN Ins
p.m when he atte war with Mesopo-

tamia.

Niew. 1. M8) 10 strive one with ano-
ther, to quarrel. Deut. 25, 11 583° ">
vars pte if men strive one with ano-
ther. Ex. 4, 13. 21, 22. Lev. 24, 10. 2
Sam. 14, 6.

2. to be laid waste, desolate ; Is. 37,
26 Ὁ 5) ὩΔΞᾺ desolate ruins. 2 Κα. 19, 25.

Deriv. N53, M22, ΤΙΝ.

mz) f. (r. 72) i. q. V2 no. 1, a flower,
blossom, Job 15, 33. Is. 18, 5.

Mx? f. I. i. q. Mia, a wing-feather,
pinion, Job 39,13. R. x2.

II. i. ᾳ. ΠΧ part. Niph. of Nx,
something cast out, excrement in the
crop of a bird, Lev. 1,16. Comp. m&x
» and ONis.

ΤΣ f. (τ. 949, after the form
m29>2) watch, ward, guard; whence
in the vexed passage Is. 1,8 HIE "7D
a tower of ' watch, i.e. a tower fora watch
or guard in the deuert, i.g. SSD 912
2K. 17, 9. For "3 as pr..a ‘watch-
tower, or perh. the small hamlet spring-

ing up around it, see below in "9. See
also Thesaur. p. 908.
“gt mS2 in Kal not used. 1. Pr.

prob. to shine, to be bright, which is the
signif. of the syllable ΤΣ, as in ππς,
perh. ΠΧ, $; and also 73, as in

732, YR.
pr. to shine; whence Lass pa illustrious.
Hence ΤΣ} no. 1, pr. ἢ. ASX).

2. Trop. to do splendid deeds, to act
splendidly, gloriously; hence to excel,
to overcome, to prevail, as in Chald. and
Syr. See also Piel.

3. Trop. to be clear, pure, fii

true; Ethiop. #&'dh, Arab. pee te
_ Hence m2 no. 2.

4, Trop. to be firm, enduring, perpetu-
al; whence M8} no. 3. This may come
from the idea of prevailing in no. 2, or
of fidelity in no. 3.

Prev 82 only inf. m%2> and Part.
ai.

Syr. wis to conquer, but

688

mx

“1. to be over any thing, to be chief, to
superintend, e. g. the temple-service,
with 53 and > 1 Chr. 23, 4. Ezra 3,8.9.
Part. M822 a ‘prefect, overseer, 2 Chr. 2, —
1.17. 34,13; for which in the books of
Kings is 332.

2. Spec. to lead in music. 1 Chr. 15,
21 and Mattithiah...played on harps
in the octave (i. e. in the bass, nel
basso), 82> to lead the song, i. 6.
to govern, regulate the singing. (Opp.
are ν. 19 ὍΘΙ to sing or sound ona
clear (high) tone ; and v. 20 niaby dy
on the virgin hey, treble, nel soprano.)
Hence 8222, which is found in the
titles of 53 Psalms and Hab. 3, 19, is to
be rendered according to Kimchi, Rashi,
Aben Ezra, and many others: for the
leader, precentor, chief musician ; i. e. —
the Psalm is to be performed under his —
direction, which also is the sense of the
Targ. MM2%> ad canendum. And this
interpretation is to be preferred. Some-

_ times put absolutely, with only the name
‘of the author, as 7779 12732 Ps. 11, 13.

14. 18-21. 31. 36. 40. 41. 42. 44. 47. 49.
51. 52. 64-66. 68. 70. 85. 109. 139. 140;
sometimes with the name of the instru-
ment, as Mi2"323 Ps. 4. 6. 54. 55, 67. 76,
moni $2 8, 81. 84, ΒΘ ΤΩ by Ps. 54. 69."
80, nibsrpn-by Ps. 5, rons by Ps. 58;
or with the first words of the song or
melody in which the Psalm is to be sung,
see Ps. 22. 56-59. 75; or finally with a
word marking the tone or key, whether
lower or higher, ΤΡ 59 Ps. 46, 55
m-2"2un Ps. 12. Twice then follows —
prass ‘by Ps. 62, 1. 77, 1, once 4anaw7
39, 1, ‘where we may render’ to the chief
musician of the Jeduthunites ; unless
yinn3" in this connection is also to be
taken as an instrument or as a musical
key or mode. This inscription is wholly —
wanting in all the Psalms of a later age,
composed after the destruction of the
temple and its worship; and its signifi-
cation was already lost in the time of the
LX X.—Others make M822 not a par-
ticiple, but an infinitive of the Syriac
form, comp. Chald. Dan. 5, 12; but this
is not admissible, on account of the arti-
cle implied in maya for ΠΝ ΘΠ.

Nipu. to be perpetual ; Jer. 8, ‘5 naa

rms. a perpetual backsliding, ᾿ωρο8-
tasy.

watery Eth. 7Hm id. Hence mx II.

m3

δι] mx obsol. root, Arab.

‘de ogy
vel am

to sprinkle, to scatterye. g.

MZ) Chald. Ithpa. to overcome, to sur-

pass, to excel, c. > Dan. 6,4. Syr. id. |

See in r. nx) I. 2,
1.2) rarely "22 m
suff. "M=2, plur. O°).

1. eplendour, glory, 1 Chr. 29, 11.

2. sincerity, truth. Hab. 1, 4 8x7 >
wpa ΓΙᾺ} judgment is not given ac-
cording to truth, not in sincerity ; comp.
Is. 42,3. Hence confidence, sc. in one’s
truth and fidelity; Lam. 3, 18 "M} 728
my confidence is perished. 'Trop. object
of confidence, as God 1 Sam. 15, 29.

3. perpetuity, eternity, ever, everlast-
ing ; see the root no. 4. So mx2 5D Ps.
49, 20, and M%3> , adv. for ever, to everlast-

m. (Ὁ. maz) ὅ.

ving, 2 Sam. 2, 26. Job 4, 20. Ps. 9, 7..
108, 9. Is. 13, 20. al. sep. More rarely

acc. MX) id. Ps. 16,11. Am.1, 11. Jer.
15, 18. Sept. εἰς τέλος, Vulg. in _finem.—
Is, 34, 10 5°) mx2> for ever and ever.
Sometimes the idea of perpetuity is

_ modified, i. q. long time, long, Ps. 49, 10.
Job 34, 36; comp. D>i>>.

4. Some assume also the signif. per-

__ fection, completeness ; hence accus. M32,
and M¥2>, as adverbs, wholly, entirely ;
comp. Bare: lauter, Engl. clear, both
_ of which mean purely and also wholly ;
80 Ps. 13,2 ΠΣ} 72ND NIN AIT ἫΣ how
long, Jehovah, wilt thou wholly Sorget

me? Ps. 74, 10. 79, 5. 89, 47. Job 34,
36; genit. Ps, 74, 3 ΤΣ ΤΙΝ total
desolations, 1. 6. places wholly desolate
and destroyed. —But in all these and

~ like passages the idea of perpetuity may

better be retained, as in no. 3.

II. HX) τὰ. (τ. mz? IL) ο. suff, ὈΠΙΧΣ,
juice, liquor, which is scattered or spirt-
ed from grapes when trodden, Is. 63, 3.6.

_ 3X2 τῇ, (r. 322) pr. set, placed ; hence

1. one sel over, i.e. a prefect, overseer,

officer, i. q. 282, 1 K. 4, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 10

Cheth.

_ 2. ἃ military station, post, garrison,

i. q. 222, 322, 1 Sam. 10, 5. 13, 3. 4.
2 Sam. 8, 6. 14. “al :
3. a statue, pillar, ἐπ el q. 7282,

8
Arab. aaa 2, statue, idol. Gen.

58*

689

bx5

19, 26 ΓΙ 3) a statue of ak i.e. fossil
ale of which great quantities are found
in the vicinity of the Dead Sea; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 482 sq. comp.
in Mba p. 573.

4. Nezib, p. n. of a place in the tribe
of Judah, Josh. 15, 43." Now Beit Nesib,
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. ΠῚ. p. 12, 13. II.
p- 399. |

TPS) (illustrious, τ. "x2 1) Neziah,
pr. ἢ. τῇ. Ezra 2, 54. Neh. 7, 56.

“WE? Is. 49,6 Cheth. preserved, de-
livered, from τ. ἼΧ2 I.—Keri ΠΧ...

᾿ 5.2 in Kal not used, pr. to draw
out, to lake away, to snatch away ; kin-
dred are dw3, >d%3. Arab. juad and

has id. Eth. Z8A avellit.

Prev >83, fut. 5229 1, to take away,
to strip off, 2 Chr. 20,25. With ace. of
pers. to spoil any one, Ex. 3, 22. 12, 36.

2. to snatch from danger, to deliver, to
preserve, Ez. 14, 14. See Hiph. no. 3.

Hips. ἘΠ ΜΠ, fut. 5929, apoc. >851,

1. to pull away, c-472 to pull apart ; 2
Sam. 14, 6 the boys strove together in the
field Dr"I"D S922 PRI and there was
none to tear them apart, i. e. no one parted
them.

2. to take away, Hos. 2, 11 [9]; e. g.
booty, spoil, i. q. ἐο spoil, 1 Sam. 30, 22.
With 9. Gen. 31, 9. 16..Ps. 119, 43.
Also, to turn away any one from an evil
way, intercourse, Prov. 2, 12.16. Unu-
sual is 2 Sam. 20,6 92252 5989) and take
(turn) away our eye, i.e. elude our sight,
escape us; like 25 325 q.v.in 323. Sept.
σκιάζειν τοὺς ὀφϑαλμούς.

3. to snatch from danger, to deliver,
to preserve, to save, acc. of pers. Ex. 12,
27. 1 Sam. 30, 18. Is. 19, 20. Ps. 72, 12.
al. Oncec. dat. Jon. 4,6. Often in the
phrase ΘΜ 5" (there is) none deliver-
ing, no deliverer, Deut. 32, 39. Ps. 7, 3
50, 22. 71,11. 15. 5,29. Hos.5,14. 5925

iD) to preserve one’s life, to save alive,

Josh. 2, 13. Is. 44, 20. 47, 14. Ez..3, 19.
21. 33,9. Often with 12 of the pers.
from whoee power one is delivered, Ps.
7,2. 18, 18. 49. 35, 10. 59, 2. 3. Mic. 5,
5; also 2 of thing, as from waters Ps.
144, 7; the mire 69, 15; a snare 91, 3;
straits 1 Sam. 26, 24. Ps. 34, 18; from
death, etc. Ps. 22, 21. 51, 16. 56, 14. 86

΄Μ᾽

. oa

13. al. Often Ἔ th bm Gen. 32, 12.
Ex. 2,19. 1 Sam. 17, 37; 5>2 2 Sam.
19, 10. Ps. 18, 1. Is. 38, 6. !

Horn. ban to be snatched or plucked
out, as a brand from the fire, Am. 4, 11.
Zech. 3; 2.

Nipu. to be delivered, preserved, saved,
i. 4. to escape, 2 K. 19, 11. Ps. 33, 16.
Jer. 7,10. With 77, "9, 520, Ps. 69,
15. Hab. 2, 9. Prov. 6, 5; "35% Is. 20, 6.
With ὩΣ and bx, pregn. to be delivered
from any one to another, i. q. to escape
from and flee to, Deut. 23, 16.

Hirnp. to strip oneself of any thing, c.
acc. Ex. 33, 6. Comp. Heb. Gramm.
§ 53. 3: Ce

Deriv. πο πὶ

2X2 Chald. ΗΑΡΗ. ἘΣΤῚ to deliver, ἢ i. 4.
Heb. "2m no. 3, Dan. 6, 28. Inf. moun,
C. suff. mbar Rass 3, 29. 6, 15.

22 m. a flower, blossom, Cant. 2, 12. R.
744

ΧΩ, see r. DE".

+3 i,q. 712,92 1. to glitter, to
sparkle, only part. plur. px) Ez. 1,7.
Sam. id.—Hence y's"2 spark.

2. to flower, to blossom, to flourish, as
in Chald. whence 72, 72, ἼΞ2, a flower,
blossom. Verbs signifying splendour
are often transferred to express the ideas
of verdure and bloom ; see in M358 p. 27,
mnt, "t.—The notion of blossoming was
also transferred to the shooting feathers
and pinions of birds (comp. ΤΠ); hence

3. to fly, whence 73 ahawk. So kindr.

mx) and Arab. yas.
sprout, Syr. to fly.
p22, see r. ps*.

ἘΤ. ΚΞ, fat. 82 (but FEN Is. 42,
6. 49, 8 is Grow ἌΧ), rarely "¥3" Deut.
83,9. al. Imper. "33, ¢. 4 parag. ἃ ms)
Ps, 141, 3, ο. suff. Ane Prov. 4, 13, both
with Dac. euphon.

1. to watch, to guard, to keep, i. q. "03.
Arab. 5 to guard 6. g. a vineyard ;

comp. kindr.

Comp. M8 to

5 adspexit, intuitus est,
like the Lat. twert and intuert, also

tuitus est, defendit, liberavit.—E. g. a
vineyard Job 27, 18. Is. 27,3; a tree
Prov. 27, 18. Part. plur. DS) watch-

men, keepers, guards, Jer. 31,6. 399

690

: τὰν

bx the tower of the watch or guard,
watch-tower, 2 K. 17,9. 18,8. With
Ps. 141, 3 "nee ba b> ΠΣ) 6. ἃ. keep
thou watch over the door of my lips, i.e. my
mouth, lest I utter rash words; the form
mt) wk Dag. euphon. Prev, 20, 28.
13, 6. Is. 49, 6 oxy? "AS3 the kept (pre-
served) of lerael. ‘With 1 Ps. 34, 14.—
Spec.

a) to guard from dangers, to keep, to
defend, to preserve, as God does men,
Deut. 32, 10. Ps. 31, 24. Prov. 22, 12.
With 12, Ps. 32.7 "223m 729 from trou-
ble thou wilt defend me. 12, 8. 04) 2.
140, 2.

b) to keep, i. q. to waich closely, to ob-
serve diligently, Prov. 4, 23. 13,3 1" "5
he who keepeth his mouth: 16, 17. 24, 12.
Ina bad sense: α) to watch closely a
city, 1. q. to besiege ; Part. 0°) watch-
ers, besiegers, Jer. 4, 16 comp. 17 ; comp.
also "av 2 Sam. 11, 10. Is. 1,8 "33.
manx2 like a city besieged ; so common-
ly, but see in art. m2. 8) Jehovah
is addressed as INA ax) the observer
of men, as if on the ‘watch to detect them
in wrong doing, Job 7, 20.—Hence *

2. to keep, to observe, as a covenant
Deut. 33, 9. Ps. 25, 10; a law Prov. 28,
7; the ways of righteousness Prov. 2,
8; a father’s commands 6, 20; the com-
manndiieath of God Ps. 78, 7. 105, 45.
119, 2. 22. 33. 34. 100. 139; good coun-

sel Prov. 3, 21. Comp. Lat. custodire
modum, regulam, precepta, etc. With
dat. Ex. 34,7 keeping mercy for thou-
sands. Is. 26,3 Ὀϊρ ἴθ "BM HAND AST
the man of ‘firm mind, for him thou wilt
keep perfect peace, supply it

3. to keep from view, i. e. to hide, to
conceal. Is. 48,6 DMS ND} Minas? hid-
den things whith thou hast not known.
65, 4 soba oMaxtD they lodge in secret
places, perh. the recesses of heathen
temples, or with the Sept. sepulehral
caverns, parall. with sepulchres. Prov.
7, 10 a woman 32-M7582 subtile of heart.

Deriv. 7533.

sa) FB “Ss obsol, root, Arab. 5 to
shine, to be in full verdure, whence “33.
Nore. The significations of guarding
and of being verdant, which are al
found conjoined in the root "£m, I have
placed separately, although not iny pro-

ΡΥ,

f~

oats

- ably there is a common origin of both,
viz. the idea of shining, being shilendid,

5; in which is a also the no-
Yon of beholding,

_ peos δέδορκε, also Germ. Blick and Engl.
glance, signifying both splendour and
_ the act of looking,) and hence the signi-

ἐς fication of observing, guarding.

2: ἴδιο, 1.7.

where see more.

1 Chr. 12, 31.

82 m. (τ. 7282 ΠῚ 1. ἃ shoot, sprout,
Is. 60, 21. Metaph. of offspring Is. 11,
a

2. a branch, Is. 14, 19.

M2, see r. NS". .

NP? Chald. adj. pure, Dan. 7,9. R.
ἈΠῸ i. 4. MPR.

. =p? fut. ΞΡ, once 327 Job 40, 24,
e. suff. 1:32" Is. 62, 2; imper. c. 7 parag.
ΓΞ ; pr. yr hollow out, to excavate, like
the kindr. =P, 2p", ee "Dor ΓΞ, 5B,

Hence
1. fo bore a hole 2 K. 12, 10; c. acc.

to bore through, to perforate, Job 40, 24.

26 (40, 24. 41, 2]. 2 K. 18, 21. Is. 36, 6.

> ae 1,6 a4p2 VN a purse with holes.
A to pierce, to strike through with a

‘spear; Hab. 3, 14 "179 SN HIP? ἑλοῦ
: didst strike through ‘the heads of their

leaders. Arab. id, Syr. «αι, Chald.

Sam. 55. id.

2. to separate, to distinguish ; and
hence to declare distinctly, to specify, to
call by name ; comp. 875 no. 1, 2. Gen.
80, 28 "by ssw map? name me thy
‘wages. Is. ‘62, 2. Part. pass. O°SP2 the

«named Am. 6,1, i. 6. the renowned, the
᾿ς noble, q. d. Min "B28 , opp. the ignoble

populace, oY "da Job 30, 8. Comp.
Arab. ass leader,
prince.

3. i. α. 3A no. 2, to curse, pr. to pierce

Ge
with words, to cut, like Arab. Gow to

cut, to perforate, metaph. tocurse. EH. g.
the name of God. to blaspheme, Lev. 24,
11. 16 ran min “Ot =p) he that blas-
phemeth the name of Jehovah shall surely
be put to death ; from which passage the
Jews derive the supérstition which for-
bids them to pronounce (no. 2) the name
of Jehovah; see Mim. Also Num. 23,
3.25. Job 3,8. 5,3. Prov. 11, 26. 24, 24.

Nien. pass. of Kal no. 2, to be called

ΓΙ.

3, (comp. 518, Gr.

Ip3

by name, comp. Arab. Saba to name, 3
and > being interchanged. Num. 1, 17
these men Miat3 A=P2 WLS who are ex-
pressed by name. 1 Chr. 12 31. 16, 41.
2 Chr. 28, 15. 31, 19.

Deriv. fron the primary idea of exca-
vating, 322 bezel, Mp2 a stone-quarry ;
from that of perforating. M322, MIP ;
from that of piercing, striking through,
Mp2, Nap2, a pointed hammer.

i =)

372 m. 1. a bezel, the cavity in which
a gem is set; Jerome well, pala gem-
marum, Ez. 28, 13. Comp. 9m. Others,
a pipe, as if from 3723 in the sense to
bore, like "5m from 53m; but this does
not accord with the context.

2. a cavern ; whence c. art. 32373 Ne-
keb, pr. ἢ. of a place in Naphtali, Josh.
19, 33.

MAP? f. (τ. 3p2) a female, whether of
man or beast, so called from the form
of the genital organs; Gen. 1, 27. 5, 2.
Lev. 12, 5. 27,4. Num. 5,3; of beasts
Gen. 6, 19. Lev. 3, 1. 6: 4, 28. 32. 5, 6.

Syr. [3 αῦ, Chald. xapn, id.

p32 obsol. root. 1. to prick, to
point, to mark with points. Chald. id.
whence Rabb. 322 one who points a

“ae

manuscript, punctator. Arab: :\83 pu-
pugit serpens, but 4&3 punctis notavit.
2. to mark, i.e. to select, to separate

‘out what is of a better quality than the

rest, which is done by marking it with

S$ ve

points, etc. Arab. i235. Hence i23
(see Camoos p. 424) a species of sheep
and goats, short-legged and deformed,
but distinguished for the length of their

Gg, S-
wool and hair, OL&3 the shepherd of
such a flock. See tp) below.
Deriv. ΠΡ, pr. n. 8773,
four following.

and the

“IP? m. plur. o°7P2, pr. ‘marked with
points,’ speckled, spotted, of sheep and
goats, Gen. 30, 32 sq. 31, 8 sq.

“Ip? pr. ig. Arab. SLE a shepherd

pee
of flocks called τὰ ἃ» from the excellence
of their wool, see in τ. 322 no.2. Then .
in a wider sense of the keeper of any
cattle, a shepherd, herdsman Am. 1, 1:

ἽΡ)

a sheep-owner, catile-breeder, 2 ΚΞ. 3, 4,
spoken of the king of the Moabites. See
Bochart. Hieroz. Tom. I. p. 441. The-
saur. p. 909.

IP? f. a point, stud, 6. σ. of silver,

with which any thing is ornamented,
Cant.1,11. Β.. Ἴ.

Dp? m. plur. (τ. Ἴ2) 1. rely

of bread, Josh. 9, 5. 12.
2. A kind of cake, which _ prob. crum-
bled easily, 1 K. 14,3. Sept. xoddugis,

Vulg. crustula, Engl. cracknel, crumb-

cake.

* Pips , inf. absol. M2, to be clean, pure,
Arab. & id. Syr. to sprinkle for puri-

fication (pr. to cleanse), to pour out a
libation, to sacrifice; hence M"p22 a
sacrificial dish or cup. In Kal only Jer.
49, 12 mp2 inf. pleon. joined with a form
of Niph.

Nipu. ΠΡ, fut. ΠῚ 1. to be clean
in a moral sense, fo be pure, innocent,
Jer. 2,35. With 3 to be free froma
fault, blame, Ps. 19, 14. Num. 5, 31.
With 12 of pers. Judg. 15, 3 5}
pamwben J am blameless towards: the
Philistines, i,e. it is not my fault, but
their own, if I attack the Philistines. —
Hence often’ a) to be free from punish-
ment, to be quit, to go unpunished, Ex.
21, 19. Prov. 6, 29. ma prn7>> API Nd
δον toucheth her shall not go un-
punished. 11, 21. 16,5. Jer. 29,1. 49,
12; c. ya Num. 5,19. Ὁ) to be clean,
free, quit, sc. of an oath, obligation, Gen.
24, 8. 41.

2. to be cleaned out, to be made empty,
desolate, as a city, Is. 3,26. So Arab.

85 X.—Also of men who are destroy-
ed, extirpated, Zech. 5, 3.

Pret ΠΡ}, fut. ΠΡ 1. to pronounce
innocent, lo acquit, to absolve, Job 9, 28 ;
c. 72 Ps. 19,13. Job 10,14. Joel 4,21
see in no. 2.—Hence

2. to let go unpunished, to forgive,
with acc. of pers. Ex. 20,7. 1K. 2, 9.
Jer. 30, 11. 46, 28. Absol. Ex. 34, 7
who forgiveth iniquity and transgression
and sin, Mp N> Mp2 but will by no
means always leave unpunished. Num.
14, 18. Nah. 1,3.—In Joel 4, 21 [3, 21] the
words: "Mp2 δὲ 027 "NP? are usually

692

τήσω TO αἷμα αὐτῶν καὶ Ov μὴ ἀϑωώς

πὰ

rendered: J will cleanse (declare inno-
cent) their blood that I have not cleanse

i.e. I will avenge the blood of
which [have long left unavenged. Be ι-
ter perh. to read: "M"p] ND ΒΘ “FEB,
and render like Sept. and Syr. ᾿καὶ ext -

Iwill avenge their blood, nor ‘will Thee
it go unpunished, unavenged ; ; comp.
Deut. 32, 43. 2 K.9,7. Thesaur. p- 91).

Deriv. "P2, 8"F2, ΡΣ, ΤΣ.

NTP? Ristingclalal τ. 122) Nekoda,
pr.n.m. Ezra 2, 48. 60. Neh. 7, 50. 62.

Mp2, see τ. mpd.

* OP) i,q. Dip, VP, to be weary of;
to loathe, once in pret. c. 2 Job 10, l.
The fatore and other forms ‘come rom
the root B4p.

1 ἽὮΡ adj. (r. mp3) plur. ie 1. §
metaph. innocent, free from blame, Ex.
23,7. Job 4,7. 9,23. 17,8, Ps. 10,8. Jer.
2, 34; c. 72 2 Sam. 3, 28. orp
of pure hands, i. e. innocent, Ps. 24,
3 τ and "P2 £3 innocent blood, see ἘΞ

2. clear, free. quit, from an obligation,
oath, c. 72 Gen. 24, 41. Num. 32, 22;
exempt from military service Deut. 24,
5. 1 K. 15, 22; from a charge, Gen.
10. Ex. 21, 28.

N"P) i. q. ἘΞ with 8 added, Joel 4, 19.
Jon. 1, 14 Cheth.

TMP? m. (τ. MP2) constr. Fi}, clea n-
ness, 6. g. of the teeth i.e. famine Am
4,6; of the hands i. 6. innocence Gen
20, 5. Ps. 26, 6. 72,13; and so without
n"e> id. Hos. 8, 5.

Pp? τὰ. (r. PP2) only in constr. Jer.
13, 4 sbon ΤΣ the cleft of the rock.
Plur. ΟΣ ΕΠ "pp? Is. 7, 19. Jer. 16, 16.

=P
.

4%

‘3 ὩΡ2, fut. Dip", inf. DIP2, 10 aveng 5
to take vengeance; Arab. «fd Cony .
VIII, vindicavit se ab aliquo, penal rt
sumsit ab eo, punivit eum. Syr. ses

<> id. Chald. id. Kindr. om2.—Con-
strued a) Absol. Lev. 19,18. δὴ Wit
acc. of pers. or thing whom one avenges
Deut. 32, 43; once ὁ. >9 Ps. 99, 8.
the same sense is said, Lev. 26, 25
m2 oP? M2) a sword that shall av
my covenant. 9) The pers. of or fre

np)

whom vengeance is taken is put with
| 1 Sam. 24,13; mga Num. 31, 2; >
‘Nah. 1, 2. Ez. 25, 12; ace. Josh. 10, 13.
᾿ς Both constructions (b, 6) are united
in 1 Sam. |. c. 732 mint “yaR2 Let Jeho-
᾿ vah avenge me of thee. Num. 31, 2
S beyryen ΓΝ Ὁ bette pa ap? ope.
Nira. 1. to be ‘punished, Ex. 21, 20.
- Comp. Lat. ulcisci for punire.
2. to avenge oneself, to be avenged,
_ parall. om Is. 1,24. Ez. 25, 15 0p2 ἸΏ 3.
4 With 2 of pers. on whom vengeance 15
taken Judg. 15, 7. 1 Sam. 18, 25; with
72 in the same sense 1 Sam. 14, 24.
Esth. 8,13. Is. 1,24; with 429 of pers.
from whom and also of thing for which
vengeance is taken, Judg. 16, 28.
Prev i. q. Kal, 2K. 9, 7 25 "Map
Borex 49... DUNE Ὑπὸ that T may
avenge the blood of my servants the pro-

ce ἿΝ

phets...at the hand of Jezebel. Jer.
eke Ὁ
Hora. fut. Op" 1. to be punished,

ΤᾺ 21, 21. Gen. 4, 15 if any one slayeth
Cain, he shall be punished sevenfold ;
_ others: it shall be avenged, as in no. 2.
See in Niph. no. 1.
᾿ 2. to be avenged ; Gen. 4, 24.
Hirap. to avenge oneself, as in Niph.
er. 5, 9. 29.9, 8. Part. op2m0 @ self-
wenger, a revengeful man, Ps. 8, 3.
“Ad, 17.
Γ Deriv. DP?, ΠΡ).

vit:

᾿ ΟΡ» m. vengeance, Deut. 32, 356. ἘΠ᾽
DP? the day of vengeance Prov. 6, 34. Is.
84. 8. 61, 2. 63, 4. op? DP? to avenge
vengeance, to take vengeance, Ez. 25, 15;
ie oR? abn to render vengeance to any
one, i. 6. to take vengeance upon him,
Deut. 32, 41. 43; np? ΠΡ to take ven-
_geance Is. 47, 3; my DP? mw id. Mic.
4, 14.

Map) Γ (τ. Ὁ}3) constr. Maps, 6. suff.
ἼΠΌΡ9, plur. niop2. Ὁ ;

a. vengeance, i.g. 23; so Map? ov
Jer. 46, 10; 3 my 51, θ΄ τὴν Pp Oe the
God of vengeance, the avenging "God, Ps,
94,1. With genit. the vengeance of Je-
hovah is that which Jehovah takes, Jer.
50, 15. 28. 51,11; thy vengeance, which
thou takest, Jer. 11, 20. 20, 12. Also
with genit. of that for which vengeance
is taken, as ἘΞ“ vengeance for blood
Ps. 79, 10; bon ‘2 Jer. 50, 28. 51, 11.

693

op?
Phrases are: a) 3 ΓΙ) ΓΙῸΣ to take
vengeance upon, Ps. 149, 7. Ez. 25, 17.
b) 3 imap jn2 fo give or put one’s ven-
geance upon, Ez. 25, 14; comp. Num. 31,
3. 6) > mip? 19 Ps. 18, 48, also nivs
> ninp? Judg. 11, 36, to give or do ven-
geance for any one, to satisfy his desire
of vengeance.

2. desire of vengeance, vindictiveness,
Lam. 3, 60. ΠῺ93 NWS to act vindic-
tively, revengefully, Ez. 25, 15.

ς; 52, i. ᾳ. 3P3, to be rent away, ΠΝ
taph. to be alienated, Ez. 23, 18. 22. 28,
Found only in the preter.

: Sp: fut. P22 1. to strike, to cut
by blows with an instrument, see Piel
and 73. Chald. 5p? to strike an ox
for slaughter, to fell; Arah. 1285 I, III,
to smite, e.g. the head so as to break
it, to strike through i.e. to percolate.

Kindr, is 432, Eth. A'NA, to touch.
The idea of striking lies in the syllables
42, 53, P2, see M22; also in 4p, comp.
κόπτω, ΠΕΊΡΩ.

"Ὦ, to fasten together by driving nails,
to joia together, comp. Germ. zusammen-
schlagen, Engl. vulg. to knock together ;
Syr. and Sam. asf, JV, to join on;
Pe. .22) to adhere, to cohere.—Hence
prob. to fold together, e. g. a net (Job
19, 6) ; espec. so as to return upon itself
and form a circle; comp. aes band,
arm-band. See Hiph. no. 3, and 872.
Hence

3. to move ina circle ; Is. 29, 1 B°EN
spp" let the festivals run their circle,
i.e. the circle of the annual festivals
being completed.

Pre. 3 1. to cut down, to fell, 6. g.
a wood, Is. 10, 34.

2. to smite in pieces, and so to destroy,
like ΓΞ. Job 19, 26 after they shall
have destroyed my skin (body), this sc.
shall be or happen, viz. that which pre-
cedes in v. 25, the advent of God. See

_ Lehrg. p. 798.

Hiew. 1. to fold or cast around any
one, Germ. umschlagen, see in Kal no.
2. With ace. and 53 of pers. Job 19, 6
pop ΠΣ ὙΗΣῸ he hath folded (cast)
his net around me. Metaph. Lam, 3, 5
where supply ">3.—Hence

2. to lead around, to let go round ina

sp:
circle; Job 1,5 ΠΩΣ ΘΠ “2 IS pr 8D
when they (the sons of Job) had let the
days of feasting go round. after they had
gone round with feasting. Lev. 19, 27
τ BSW MND DPN ND lit. ye shall not
round the extremity y of your head sc. in
cutting the hair, i.e. ye shall not ‘cut
off the outer part of the hair in a circle
around the head; Symm. ov περιξυρήσετε
κύχλῳ τὴν πρόσοψιν τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν.
This would seem to refer to a custom of
the ancient Arabs, who cut off the hair
round the outer part of the head, but left
that in the middle untouched, Hdot. 8, 8,
ib. 4. 175.—Inf. absol. 59pm Josh. 6, 3,
and pm v. 11, pr. going around, as
adv. round about.

3. to surround, to encircle, c. ace. 1 K.
7, 24. Ps. 22,17; d9 2K. 6, 14. Ps. 17,
9, 88, 18.
Deriv. the two following.

Dp? m. a beating or shaking off of
olives, Is. 17,6. 24,13. Chald. 55p"2 id.

MBP? f. (τ. PZ no. 2) a rope, cord,
bound around a female slave or captive
instead of a girdle or zone, Is. 3, 24.
Sept. σχοινίον, Vulg. funiculus.

χ PE? obsol. root, prob. i. q. 32 and
“p3, to bore, to pierce; whence P"P}
cleft of a rock. A vestige of this root
exists in the Samar. see Anecdot. Ori-
ental. p. 88.

*"\P2 fut. "p", to bore, to pierce ;
‘spoken of the eye, to bore out, to put out,
1 Sam.11, 2. Prov. 30, 17 the ravens of
the valley shall pick it out sc. the eye.—

Chald. Syr. Arab. id. Ethiop. IPZ,

to be blind of one eye, 2PA evulsit.
The radical syllable is ἌΡ, which like
ΓΞ has the signif. of boring, digging ;
see MP, WP2, "27, "BY, WF; also 749,
M32, "DN, etc.

Pini. “39, fut. “p29, to bore or put
out the eye Num. 16, 14. Judg. 16, 21.
Metaph. Job 30, 17 "9 "a> nbsb the
night pierces my bones, i.e. by night
my bones are pierced with pain; comp.
3,3. °

Pua, to be dug out; Is. 51, 1 the
quarry whence BP) ye were dipped
metaph. of the ancestors or founders of a
᾿ nation.—Hence

694, 3

δὲ put out, comp. Job 21, 17; also Prox
| 20, 20. Job 18, 5.

ΠΡ or ἢ mp, α cavern, Fasure, onl i
constr. ἜΝΙ MIp2 the cleft of the τι
Ex. 33,22. Plur. pean rispy ἴα δι δ,

hia
* ODI ig. wp? and wip, but intre
to be snared, caught in.@ snare ; th
17 387 pia ED dsba in. the work of
his own hands the wicked is ἀπατηάτν
ΝΊΡΗ. to be snared, caught in a.
Deut. 12, 30. se
Pre trans. to lay snares, shoal: Ps. 38,
13; with > to lay snares for, to cat ἃ
snare over any one, Ps, 109, 11 wy
iPrmwy-b> Meio let the extortioner
a snare upon all. that he hath, i. e. .
him seize upon all his property.
Hirup. to lay a snare for any on
trop. c. 2 1 Sam. 28, 9. “4

WP? Chald. to smite, to strike, to knock;
so in Targ. and Talmud. Syr. 1.23
id. also to clap the hands, to strike a
bell, etc. Arab. ; 3 to strike a bel
or board.—Dan. 5, 6 and his knees δὲ
J2P2 I> smote one against the other.

“2 m. (τ. 192) once 2 2 Sam. 22, 29,
c. suff. "2; plur. ΤΣ, c. suff. ahaa :

l. a light lamp, ey: Kew fpalda id.
Zeph. 1,12. "2 “58 the light of the lamp
Jer. 25, 10. Prov. 31, 18 her lamp goetl
not out by night, she labours diligentl
all the night. Often of the lights of the
sacred candelabra, Ex. 25, 37. 30, 8,
40, 4. 25. Lev. 24, 4. Num. 4, ΘῈΣ K. f
49.al. Once of the candelabra itself. ἡ
lamp of God 1 Sam. 3, 3.—Trop. in v
rious senses, 6. g. a) Put for welfare
prosperity, happiness, comp. "8 lett. δ.
yet so that the image of a light is re
tained; Ps. 18, 29 992 "Km FPS tho
(God) wilt light my lamp, make my wa’
prosperous. 132, 17. Job 29,3. Contra
Prov. 13, 9 the light of the righteous re
joiceth, but the lamp of the wicked shal

b) Put for glory, a
the light of Israel, spoken of David ἢ
Sam. 21,17. So of Barhebreeus, Asse
man. II. p. 266. ὁ) Of divine instrue
tion, Prov. 6, 23. Ps. 119, 105; comp
Prov. 20, 27 a lamp of the Lord is th
spirit of man, i. 6. lighted of God
Comp. also φῶς John 1, 4. δ. 8. 9.

2. Ner, pr. n. of the grandfather Ὁ
Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 50. 51. 26,5. 1 Chr. 8, 38

πον
aia
a

Ἢ "3, see in my

ἣν 22 obsol. root, i. q. 442, to roll, to
ES rctv “rapidly ; ᾿ then, to talle rapidly
ial much, of babblers ‘and inane

‘to slander. or to
“poll or revolve quickly, both of motion

Arab. quadrilit.

S -0o-

and speech, to slander; whence -)
_threshing-dray, Heb. 512 q. v.~and

9. .
one turning quickly, ἃ slanderer,

tale-bearer.—Hence 13}.

3392 Nergal, pr. ἢ. of an idol of the
Cuthites, 2 K. 17, 30. According to

Norberg, 2392 is i. q. Zab. -Ὡ the

planet Mars, corresponding to Arab.
Sw

20 id. The > is ten the mark of a
diminutive, for the use of which in the
names of the gods see in Way. Better,
according to Bohlen, 5393 i. q. Sanser.
Wrigal, man-devourer, spoken of a fierce
Warrior, and dorresponding to 32979.
See Thesaur. p. 913.—Hence

EN 5992 Nergal-Sharezer, pr. n.
h A military chieftain under Nebuchad-
hezzar Jer. 39,3. Ὁ) One of the chief
Magi under the same king Jer. 39, 13.—
Bee the name “E878 Sharezer in its
order.. The same compound name is
ἸΝεριγλισσάρ, Neriglissar.

_ 3872 m. talkative, then a tattler, tale-
bearer, slanderer, Prov. 16, 28. 18,
8, 26, 20. 22. R. 373, after the form

oe

m. ©. suff. "32 | ine: D'Tn2, nard,

13.14. See Celsii Hierobot. Ἢ II. ΟΝ 1
Βα. Sir W. Jones on the Spikenard of
the Ancients, in Asiatic Researches Vol.
TV. Comp. Thesaur. p. 914. .
ΤΊ (lamp of Jehovah, r. 952) Ne-
rian. pr. n. m. a) Jer. 32, 12. 36, 4.
b) 51, 59.

“SO fat. xv, inf. absol. xiv Jer.
0, 5. Hos, 1,6; inf. constr. 83 Is. 1, 14,
Ri” Ps. 89, 10, c. suff. "Nv? Ps. 28, 2;
but far more fron: mRw, c. pref. nai
Ex. 27, 7, mxv> often, c. suff, SMD,
IMR ; imp. Xw3 ‘(once ΓΙῸ} Ps. 4,7) and

7 695

ND
x Gen. 27, 3. Num. 3, 40; part. pas

N52, once "442 like werbs mb Ps. 32, 1.
But in Ps. 139, 20 mid? is for 12, Nw

by Arabism, like I Ais.

1. to take up, to lift up, to raise ; Sept.
αἴρω, ἐξαίρω, ἐπαίρω. Kindted is Eth.
2W4 sumsit, accepit, see no. 3; also

5.
Arab. Lins elatus est, crevit, accrevit ;
but in the sense of taking up, bearing,
taking to oneself. the Arabs use other

roots, as δ᾽» ches .—Gen. 7, 17 the
waters increased and lifted up the ark.
Ex. 10, 19. Judg. 9,48. 2 Sam. 2; 32. al.
D2 Nw to lift up (erect) a standaed
Jer. 4, 6. 50, 2. 51, 12. 27. With dy
pregn. to lift up upon, to place upon
any thing, Gen. 31, 17. ‘Trop. tor
nom 50 10 lake up (bring) sin upon one-
self. Lev. 22,9. Num. 18, 32; 6. 3 2 Chr.
6, 22. Intrans. to li ift up Citebelf to heave,
as waves in a storm, etc. Ps. 89, 10.
Nah..1,5; trop. Hab. 1, 3—Specially to
be noted are the following phrases:

a) 79 Nd2, also 2 Nw, Zo lift up the
hand, as in taking an oath Deut. 32, 40;
comp. 7° ὉΠ Gen. 14, 22. Dan. 12, 7.
Virg. Ain. 12.195. Hence i. q. to swear,
with dat. of pers. and inf. ο. Ὁ, Ez. 20,6
DNTIN> OF? 77 ND. 47, 14, Ex. 6,
8. Num. 14, 30. Ps. 106, 26. Neh. 9, 15.
Also in dider to do violence, c. 3 2 Sam.
20, 21; to punish Ps. 10, 12; in prayer
and adoration Ps. 28, 2. 63,5. 134, 2
(comp. Lam. 3, 41); as beckoning Is.
13, 2. 49, 22 αἱ by,

b) 85 Nw» to ‘lift wp one’s head, spo-
ken: @) Of one who is eheesful and
happy Job 10,15. Zech.2,4. β) Ofone
who increases in wealth, power, pros-
perity, Judg. 8, 28. Ps. 83,3. Comp.
Lat. ‘caput extollere in civitate.’ But
7) 822 ᾿Ξ 'D wx xz fo lift up the
head of any one out of prison, is to bring
him up out of prison, these being usual-
ly under ground, 2 K. 25, 27; and so
without the words ‘> m*22 Gen. 40, 13.
20. Another sense of this phrase see
below in no. 2.

c) 1735 Nw) 10 lift up one’s countenance,
spoken of one conscious of rectitude and
therefore cheerful and full of confidence,
Job 11,15. Ellipt. Gen. 4,7 17 thou doest
well, Τὰ Ὦ lifting up of the countenance

will be to thee, i.e. thou wilt wear ἃ
cheerful countenance. Opp. 1922 3552
v.5.6. With >x fo look up towards any
thing 2K. 9, 32; "to look with confidence
to or upon any one Job 22, 26. 2 Sam.
2,22; also of God beholding men in
kindness, Mum. 6, 26. Pass. 5°25 Siw)
see in no. 3. b. a.

d) D72"> Nwv2 10 lift up the eyes, often
before verbs of looking, beholding, see-
ing, by a species of pleonasm common
to the Hebrews in similar cases. (Comp.
to lift up the feet Gen. 29, 1; to lift up
the voice, in lett. e, below; and see un-
der Mp> no. 1.) So Gen. 13, 10 he lifted
up his eyes and beheld. v. 14. 18, 2. 31,
10. 33, 1. 5. 48,29. “With 5x and > to
lift up the eyes upon, to cast eyes upon
arfy person or thing, i.e. in love, desire,
longing, Gen. 39, 7. Ps. 121,1. Trop.
of longing towards God and confidence
in him Ps. 123, 1; towards idols Ez. 18,
12. 23,27. Deut. 4,19. Comp. in lett. g.

e) Dip Nw» fo lift up the voice (comp.
in lett. d), before verbs of weeping, wail-
ing, Gen. 27, 38. 29, 11. Judg. 2, 4.
1 Sam. 24,17. 30, 4; of calling out
Judg. 9,7; of rejoicing aloud Is. 24, 14.
Also with >ip implied (Germ. anheben),
Is. 3, 7; hence absol. in the sense to
call aloud, i. q. to rejoice, to shout, Job
21,12 they lift up the voice (they shout)
to the timbrel and harp." Is. 42,11. Ibid.
v. 2 nw Nd aor lift up his voice, i. e.
‘nor cry dloud, i. q. p=¥7 8>.—Hence

f) to lift up any thing with the voice,
to take up, 1. 6. to ulter, 6. g. a song
Num. 23, 7. Job 27,1. Ps. 81,3; prayer
Is. 37,4; reproaches Ps. 15,3; the name
of God Ez. 20, 7; a false report 23, 1;
a wailing Jer. 9,9[10]. Here too be-
longs Ps. 139, 20 N1W2 NAw2, for aNo

et et, see above init.

g) > WE? Nw? fo lift up the soul unto
any thing, like Engl. to set the heart
_ upon, i. q. to desire, to long for any thing,
(Arab. ellipt. «“-ὦ dt chy.) Deut. 24,
15. Hos. 4, 8. Prov. 19, 18; c. > Ps. 24,
4; often Hin? dx i.e. to ἜΠΟΣ earnestly
for help from God Ps. 25, 1. 86, 4. 143, 8.

h) ™ 58 33 xt» to lift up the heart
unto Jehovah, in adoration, invocation,
Lam. 3, 14. But ia> ΝῺ his heart
lifts him up, viz. «) it incites him to any

ND 696 Nw
‘thing, stirs him up, i. 6. makes him

and willing to do any thing, Ex. 35, 2:
26. 36,2. βὺ) Also spoken of ie, 2
14, 10 7132 ΝῺ thy heart hath ἢ
thee up i. 6. thou art Prete Comp.
‘tollere animos’ Plaut. ‘ animi eublati
i.e. proud, Ter.

i) to lift up, to raise, sc. in the balar
i.e. to weigh, Job 6, 2.. Comp.
pendo and Heb. 830.

2. to take, to take away, which is most;
done by taking up ; so Lat. tol,
dio tollere, freq. for auferre. 1 Sam. 1;
34 and took a lamb from the flock
Judg. 16, 31. 2 Sam. 5, 21 and Da
and his men took them away, sc. the idols
1 K. 15, 22. 2K. 7, 8. Cant. 5, 7 they tool
away my veil from me. Kee. δ, 14. Jer
52,17. Mic. 2,2. al. So ‘5 ΠΝ ων
take away aoe life 2 Sam. 14, 14. Ger
40,19 yet within three days shall Phe
raoh 47232 FENATMN NW take au
thy head from off thee, i. e. take aw
thy life (comp. v. 22), there being he
a play of words as compared with th
contrary signif. of ‘> GX7 xv in no. 1
b. vy, above. So Cic. Ep. ad Div. 11,
init. “adolescentem (Octavianum) {ol
lendum,” which may mean either ἐο
exalted, promoted, or to be put out of t
way.—Hence in a stronger sense: ἢ
take away a person, as the wind, to car
away, 2 K. 2,16. Job 27,21; or as Ge
i. q. to destroy Job 32, 22. Hos. 1, 6, 5
below in b; spoken of a tree, fo pluc
up by the roots Ez. 17, 9, where ΓΝ Ὁ
is inf. Aram. Kal for ὍΘ, ending i
ΗΝ inthe ‘manner ‘of verbe >, com
rinbo.—Spec. to take away the str
guilt, ofany one, (’ bid, TWP, mxun Nv,
i.e. a) to expiate, to make atonemen
for, as a priest, Lev. 10,17. b) to
give sin, to pardon, spoken of men G
50, 17. Ex. 10,17; of God Gen. 4, 1
Ex. 34, 7. Num. 14, 18. Job 7, 21.
32, δ. 8]. Also mxwm> xb to forgii
sin Ex. 23, 21.. Josh. 24,19. Ps. 25, 1
With dat. of pers. to forgive or pardé
any one Gen. 18, 24. 26. Num. 14, 1!
Is. 2,9. Hos. 1,6 for I will no more ha
mercy upon the house of Israel δ} ἡ
tnd xix chat J should altogether pard
them. ‘[Better: but I will utterly ta
them away, destroy them. —R.] Par
pass. ΤΣ NIL? forgiven of iniquity, whos

“il

ἥ

ND
id

is pardoned, Is. 33, 24; »ὼ "12 id.
τ 32, 1.—Comp. in N. T. αἴρω τὴν

| ἁμαρτίαν for to expiate as in lett.a, John

697

1, 29.—From the idea of taking away

he the sense
_3. to take simply, i.q. MP>; Gen. 27.
2, take now thy weapons... and go out.
“Josh. 6, 4. 6. 2 K. 9, 25. 26. 1s. 38, 21.
: ΩΝ 6, 10. Ps. 1309, 9. Gen. 45, 19 take
your father and come. In such passages
; nity gives more fulness and vividness,
“see in Mp> no. 1. Hence also i. 4. to
_ get, to receive, to obtain, Ecc. 5,18 mxiv>
periony. Ps. 24, 5. 116, 13; so ἼΌΠ '3,
ἽΠ 3, to “obtain Favour Esth. 2,9. 15. 17.
5,2. So to take a thing offered; to ac-
cept, 1 Chr. 21, 24, comp. v. 23.—Spec.
a) MWN Xv? to take a wife, in the later
writers instead of H8X προ Ruth 1, 4.
2 Chr. 11,21. 13,21. Ezra 10,44. Ellipt.
Ezra 9, 2 they took wives of their daugh-
_ ters for themselves and for their sons.
v. 12. Neh. 13, 25. 2 Chr. 24, 3.
ΟΠ b) B38 NW) to take i.e. to accept the
_ person of any one, pr. spoken of a king
or judge who receives or admits those
"who visit him with salutations and pre-
sents, and ‘favours their cause; opp.
5 3°YF to turn away i.e. not to re-
ceive the salutations of any one. Gen.
82, 21 [20] 5 nw “bax peradven-
ture he will accept me, will receive me
kindly. Mal.1,8. Hence «) Ina good
sense, fo accept any one, to admit him as
a suppliant, to hear and grant his re-
quest. Gen. 19, 21 lo, Ihave accepted thee
(heard thy prayer) concerning this thing
also. 1 Sam. 25, 35. 2 Κ. 3,14. Job 42,
8. Trop. of a ransom Prov.’6, 35. Also
to respect the dignity of any one, to re-
were, Lam. 4,16; once > 072) Nw? id.
Deut. 28, 50. Sante part. pass. S123
“525 one respected, a man of influence,
51 6,1. Job 22,8. 15, 3, 3. 9, 14. 8)
In ἃ bad sense, to be partial, as a judge
unjustly partial or corrupted by bribes.
Lev. 19, 15 thou shalt not respect the per-
son of the poor, nor honour the person of
the great. Job 32, 21. 34,19. Ps. 82, 2.
Prov. 18, 5. Without genit. Deut. 10, 17
whio respecteth not persons, nor taketh re-
ward ; comp. 2 Chr. 19, 7. Job 13, 10
ἜΝΘ DB IMA OY if ye secretly accept
persons, are unjustly partial. Mal. 2, 9
myina 5°29 69x partial in the law.
59

i

εἰδὴ

NW)
In N. T. πρόσωπον λαμβάνειν. See more
in Thesaur. p. 916.

c) U1 Nw? to take the sum of any
thing, to number, Ex. 30; 12. Num. 1, 2.
49, 4, 2. 22. 26,2. 31,26.49. Also xt
“po Num. 3, 40, 1 Chr. 27, 23.

‘4, to take upon oneself, to bear, to
carry, Ex. 12, 34. 25,14. 27. 37,14. Ps.
126, 6. Is. 52,11. al. So of linden on
the back, as a beast Gen. 45, 23. Is. 30,6;
a child in the arms or bosom Deut. 1, 31.
Is. 46,3; garments, fo wear, 1 Sam. 2,
28. 14,3; a shield 2 Chr. 14,7. Soa
tree bears, brings forth fruit Ez. 17, 8.
Joel 2, 22. Hagg. 2,19; the earth its
products, whence trop. Ps. 72,3 let the
mountains bring forth peace (prosperity)
to the people.—Spec.

a) to take up and bring, to bring ;. Ex.
10, 13 and the east wind brought the lo-
custs. 1 K. 10, 11. the ships of Hiram
which brought gold from Ophir. 1 Sam.
4,4. 1 Chr. 16, 29. 18, 2. Ps. 96, 8—
Opp. to take away, see no. 2.

b) Trop. to bear, to endure, e. g. sor-
row Is. 53,4; reproach Ps. 69, 8, Ez. 16,
52; also Is. 1, 14. Jer. 44, 22. Mic. 7, 9.
Ps. 55, 13. Prov. 30,21. With 3 parti-
tive (see in 2 A. 2. b), Job 7,13 xiv
"2302 "Nw my couch shall beara por-
tion of my complaint, i. e. will help me
to bear it.—Hence, to bear, i. q. to per-
mit, to suffer, c. inf. Gen. 13, 6, Job 21, 3
ἌΣ suffer me that I may speak.

6) to bear up under any thing, to take
charge of, e. g. the burden of a public
office ; Num. 11, 14 J am not able to bear
all this people alone. v.17. Deut. 1. 9.12.

4) 5 (5) ΝῸΠ Nw, fo bear the sin
or guilt of any one, i. 6. take upon one-
self and bear the punishment of sin, Is.
58, 12. Ez. 4,5. 14, 10; ‘p wpa id. Ez.
18, 19.20; ixor, Σ᾽ x2, to bear one’s
own aint e. to ‘salto its frinlahiaane
Lev. 5, 1. 17. 17, 16. 20, 19. 24, 15. Num.
5, 31. 9, 13. 14, 34. 90, 16. So mit xe
to sufferdhe pun iskamand of one’s whoredom
Num. 14, 33. Ez. 23, 35. Absol. to bear
chudiah rent to be pninidhed's Job 34, 31
Pansy Xd “nxiva 7 have borne chastise-
ment, J will offend no more. For another
sense of this phrase, see above in no. 2.
a, b.

Nip. 82 1. to be lifted up, elevated
exalted, pass. of Kal no. 1. Is. 40, 4 752

Nw)

RWI NA every valley shall be exalted,
i.e. filled up. 52,13. Part. nw? lifted
up, elevated, lofty, 1s. 2, 2. 12-14. 6, 1.
90, 25. 57, 7. 1& Jer. 51, 9 Reflex: to
lift up oneself, Ez. 1, 19-21. Ps. 94, 2 lift
up thyself, arise, thou Judge of the earth.
7, 7. Prov. 30, 13. Dan. 11, 12.

2. lo be borne, carried, Ex. 25, 28. Is.
49, 22; to be carried away, 2 K. 20, 17.

Pie. XW? 2 Sam. 5, 12, and sw? 1 K.
9, 11.

1. to lift up, to exalt, 2 Sam. 5, 12.
Esth. 3,1. 5,11. Hence > tp} xvi. q.

Kal no. 1. g, to long for any thing Jer.

22, 27. 44, 14,

2. to help, to aid, comp. Engl. ‘ to give
one a lift,” Esth. 9, 3. Ps. 28, 9. Ezra 8,
36. Is. 63, 9. Espec. with gifts, c. 3
1K. 9,11. Ezra 1,4. Hence
_ 3. to make or offer gifis, c. > 2 Sam.
19, 43.

4. to take or carry away, i. q. Kal no.
2, Am. 4, 2.

Hien. 8°25 1. Causat. of Kal no. 4.
d, to cause to bear sin, guilt, i. 6. to let
bear the punishment of one’s sin, Lev.
22, 16.

2. With 5x to put upon, to apply to,
e. g. ropes to a city 2 Sam. 17, 13.

Hirap. 8W2nn and xwin Num. 24, 7.

1. to be elevated, exalted, c. > above
any thing 1 Chr. 29, 11. |

2. to lift up or exalt oneself, i.e. a)
to rise up in strength Num. 23, 24. 24,
7. 1K.1,5. Ὁ) to be proud Ez. 17, 14.
Prov. 30, 32. With > to exalt oneself
above any thing, Num. 16, 3. Ez. 29, 15.

Deriv. 8°), Γεθ, MNW, awa, xwa,
maw, MN], xy, ON’, mw, pr. ἢ.
yi.

NW? Chald. 1. to take or carry away,
as the wind Dan. 2, 35.

2. to take, Ezra 5, 15.

Irupa. to lift up oneself, to rise up
against any one, c. > Ezra 4, 19.

MN) f. pr. part. Niph. of 82 (comp.
Pi. no. 3) a gift, present, 2 Sam. 19, 43.

* 02 in Kal not used. Hin. wh,
fut. Ἀθη, apoc. δῶ.

1. to reach, to attain unto, to overtake,
pr. spoken of one pursuing another,
Gen. 31, 25. Ex. 14, 9. Deut. 19, 6. 1
Sam. 30, 8. Ps. 7, 6.. Jer. 52,8. al. So
of the sword of the pursuer 1 Chr. 21,

698

. 34. Ez. 12, 10. 45, 7 sq. 46, 2 sq. but

pis

12. Jer. 42, 16; of waves and terrors
Job 27, 20. Metaph. of blessing ὃ ὦν
cursing Deut. 28, 2. 15.45; the conse-
quences of iniquity Ps. 40, 13; divine
anger 69,25; divine threatenings Zech.
1,6; contra, of good Is. 59,9. Also of
time, to reach unto, to attain unto any ©
time, Gen. 47, 9. Lev: 26, 5.—So to at-—
tain unto, i. q: to obtain, e. g. joy Is. 35,
10. 51, 11; the ways of life, opp. Sheol)
Prov. 2, 19. Spec. my hand attains un-
to, obtains, any thing, i. e. to get, to ace
quire, to have, i. q. "37 "77 ΠΝ ΣΧ, see
in r. NS" no. 2. 6. Lev. 14, 21. 22, "30. 31
sq. 25, 26. Ez. 46,7; ¢. Ὁ id. Lev. 5,115
absol. id. Lev. 25, 47. ᾿

2. Causat. to redoh forth towards or
upon any thing, to apply, to put to or
upon, 6. g. the hand to the mouth 1 Sam.
14,26. With two ace. Job 41, 18 [367
if one lay at him with the sword, |

Note. The form 3° Job 24, 2 is
for 3°OM to remove ; see r. 44D.

MW? f. (r.8&2) ‘what is borne,’ a
burden Is. 46, 1.

NW? m. adj. verbal, pass. of NO}, one
elevated, exalted. Spon: ἍἭ

1. a prince. as a general term, spoker.
not only of kings (comp. 7733), 1 Καὶ, ll,

also of the heads, ‘chief, of single tribes’
a phylarch, e. g. of the Israelites Nowa
7, 10 sq. 34, 18 sq. fully >ysio? wr
Num. 1, 44, MID KH) 4, 84. 81, 13.
32, 2; of the Ishmaelites Gen. 17,
etc. ‘Ales of the chiefs of families, Now
3, 24 9 9 aX mg Nb v. 30. 35
plur. mish any 1 K.8, 1. 2.Chr. 5, 2
for ΡΣ ms ‘bs see in M2 no. i
Hence the prince, chief, of the whole
tribe of Levi is called sb “Nw? Ne
Num. 3, 32, comp. 1 Chr. Y, 40. So
put>s Nv? prince or chief constitute
of God, spoken of Abraham Gen. 23, €

2. Plur. ὈΠῸΣ 2? pr.risings, i.e. vapow
rising from the earth Jer. 10, 13. 51, 16
Ps. 135,7. Hence clouds, Prov: 25, 14.

—Arab. elas and £ U5 clouds j .
formed.

2 pws j in Kal not used. Hips. p%®
fut. p»w>, to set on fire, to kindle, Is.
15. Ez. 39, 9.—Chald. P78 id.

Nien. to be kindled, Ps. 78, 21.

-

4 ea 699

4 Ἷ *'D3 obso]. root, i. q.-Chald. "03,
- to saw, onomatopoetic, Arab. re id.

Ὶ ΜΕΡῚΣ 8. saw; Syr. .52 to saw; Eth.
ἣν OWZ and Ofi7,. Hence "2 ἃ saw.

ae ἮΝ NO) in Kal not used, prob. pr.
_ to remove from a place, i. g. 90}, «αὖ;
_ whence also ‘to put out, to dislocate a
__ limb, tendon,’ see in "Y2.—Hence
Hips. xen, fut. 87871. to seduce,
to corrupt, Gen. 3, 13. Jer. 49, 16.

2. to deceive, to impose wpon any one,
c. dat. 2 K. 18, 29. Jer. 29,8; acc. 2 K.
19, 10. Obad. 7. Jer.+37, 9 ἸΣΌΤΗΤΟΣ
ps"mMbp2 deceive not yourselves. With
ἘΦ preegn. Ps. 55,16 Keri 7223 ΤῊ} Ὁ NW
let death deceive them i. e. surprise and
destroy them suddenly ; in Cheth. "&.

ΝΊΡΗ. to be deceived, Is. 19, 13.

Deriv. jixwa.

ἘΠ. ΝΣ i. g. mw: Il, to loan on
usury, c. 3 fo any one, Neh. 5, 7. Is. 24,
_ 243 δ ἼΦΝΞ MV2D*as the loaner (bor-
- rower), so he that loaneth to him, the
a creditor. So part. absol. 83 (for 7w2)
1 Sam. 22, 2 a creditor.

Hip. fo exact, trop. to vex, as a cre-
_ ditor, with 3 of pers. Ps. 89, 23.
Deriv. 882, πε...

_ * 22 to breathe. to blow, of the wind,
3 upon any thing Is. 40, 7.—It is ono-
-matopoetic like the kindr. 7&2, Ὁ,
"80, where see. Syr. -201, Chald.
/ 303, id.
Hira.
- wind, Ps. 147, 18.

2. to drive away by a puff, Gen. 15, 11.

1. to cause to blow, e. g. a

i)

ΒΕ "1. rms 1. pr. todry up, to fail, as

᾿

ὶ ᾿ ως
_ water; comp. ,j5 to be dry, as bread,
a

yes to fail, as water in a pool. Hence
_ trop. of strength. Jer. 51.30 pm7933 ΠῚ
their might faileth ; also of the tongue
parched with thirst, Is. 41, 17 πο Ὁ
MY] Nei, where Dag. is either eu-
phon. or is to be dropped; comp. in r.
mw2.—The notion of drying up, failing,
is then transferred to torpor of the mem-
bers, Gr. γάρκη, ναρκάω, comp. M2 and
Sept. in Gen. 32, 32; and also to failure
of memory, forgetfulness. Hence

mis

2. to forget a thing, Lam. 3, 17; a
person, to desert, fo neglect, Jer. 23, 39.
Inf. absol. N32 for M83, ib.—Syr. we)

id. Arab. oss Eth. quadril. τ ΠΡ

with ΤΠ inserted, id.

Nipu. to be forgotien, to be given over
to oblivion; Is. 44, 21 “ὙΦ ND thou
shalt not be forgotten of me, for 2 M32M.
Kimchi "342 “8m. But Targ. and
Jarchi make Niphal i. q. Kal, and then
we may translate be not forgetful of me ;
but not so well.

Preu. to cause to forget, with two
acc. Gen. 41, 51 "3%2 for "222 to corre-
spond with the pr. n. 722.

Hipu. Men i. q. Piel; Job 39,17 God
hath caused her (the ostrich) to forget
wisdom. 11, 6 know τοὶ A> ΠῚ
4252 that God for thee hath caused to
be forgotten a portion of thy iniquity, i.e.
has remitted a part of thy guilt.

Deriv. 42, M782, and pr. n, 829.

“Ἢ: ΓΙ. to loan, on interest, usury,
spoken like the Engl. both of borrowing
and lending, i. q. 82 IT.

1. to lend to any one money or other
things, often on a pledge, c. 2 Deut. 24,
11;,and on interest Jer. 15, 10. The
primitive idea may be. that of delay,

giving time; Arab. τὰ to defer, to de-
lay.—With ace. of thing and 3 of pers
Neh. 5, 10 I likewise and my brethren
and my servants 537) OD ἘΠΞ ows
have lent them moneyrand corn. Acc.
impl. Deut. 24, 14. Jer..15, 10 "M72 xd
"a 32 N51 7 have neither borrowed nor
have men lent to me.—But 3 ΓΝ 782 to
lend at one per centum to any one, sc. in
monthly usury, see in 5X72 no. 38. Neh.
5, 11 the hundredth of the money and of
the ΠΟΥ... ΓΞ DH] OMX WR which ye
exact of them ; comp. 3 no xiva ν. 7.—
Part. M6? a usurer, creditor, money-
lender, Ex. 22, 24. 2K. 4,1. Ps. 109, 11.
Is. 50, 1.

2. to borrow, like Lat. fenero. feneror,
absol. Jer. 15, 10 see in no. 1. Part.
tw. a borrower, debtor, Is. 24, 2.

Nore. The verb > is distinguished
from MY}, δῶ, in that the two latter
include the idea of interest, which the
former does not.

mw

Hipu. i. q. Kal no. 1, with 3 of pers.
to lend to any one on usury, Deut. 15, 2.
. 24, 10.

Deriv. so, mw, pr. n. ws.

M2 m. Gen. 32, 33, ig. Arab. Las,
prob. nervus ischiadicus, the nerve or
tendon extending through the thigh and
leg to the ankles. R. MW) I. 1; see
Thesaur. p. 921 sq.

"U2 m. debt, 2K. 4,7. R. mvs IL

mb) f. forgetfulness, oblivion, Ps. 88,
13. R. ΠΩΣ 1.

Dw? plur. ἢ women, see sing. MBN.

Mp"? f. (r. pty) α kiss, Cant. 1, 2.
Prov. 27, 6.

ἘΠῚ) πὼς, fut. 85 Ecce. 10, 11, and 737
Proy. 23, 32, to bite, as a serpent Gen.
49,17. Bint. 21,8. 9. Am. 5,19; a man
Mic. 3,5. Eth. 2: Ὦ id. Syr. by transp.
dal .—Metaph.
Hab. 2,7. b) to lend on usury, Deut.
᾿ς 23, 20; since not only the lending on
usury, but even the taking of interest,
was regarded as sordid and oppressive.

Comp. Aram. 23, D253, to bite, whence
nmi usury; Arab. Ley

a) to vez, to oppress,

to gnaw,
Conj. IIT to lead on usury; Gr. δάκνε-
σϑαι ὑπὸ τῶν χρεῶν Aristoph. Nub. 1.12;
Lat. ‘usura vorax’ Lucan. 1. 171.

Prez i. q. Kal, to bite, Num. 21,6. Jer.
Sit.

Hireu. ἢ. ΠῚ caus. of Kal lett. b, to take
usury of any one, to exact interest, with
dat. of pers. Deut. 23, 20. 21.—Hence

ΤῺ m. in pause 22 Ex. 22, 24,
usury, interest, Prov. 28, 8. Ps. 15, 5.
Ez. 18, 8. 13. 52 22 oY 10 impose
usury upon any one, to exact it from
him, Ex. 22, 24; ¢. > Priut: 23, 30. mpd
72 ΤΩΣ 10 take usury from any one her:
25, 36. Ez. 18,17. 22,12. -*

MDW: a cell, see MDB and note.

, 20), fut. 58" intrans. in no. 2. Ὁ;
imper. > Ex. 3.5. Josh. 5, 15.

1..Trans. a) lo draw out or off, to
put off, 6. σ. ἃ shoe Ex. 3, 5. Josh. 5,15.
b) to cast out, to eject a people from a
land Deut. 7, 1. 22.—Kindr. are 5>v3,
mba, by. Arab. (Uk3 to draw out,

700

ἝΝ

as meat from a pot; (hid to put off a

|
7

Ὶ
-

breastplate, to draw out arrows froma

quiver.

2. Intrans.
Deut. 19, ὅ yen-ja yam 502) and if
the iron alippeth from the helve. b) to
fall or drop off, as the fruit of the olive
Deut. 28, 40, where fut. A. Correspond-

a) to slip off or bony ;

ing is Arab. chawd to fall off, as hair, —

wool, feathers.
Pr i. q. Kal no. 1. b, to cast out, to
drive out, a people 2 K. 16, 6.

υ nw; to breathe; Chald. Syr. id.

Arab. 5 to blow gently, as the wind;
V, to breathe. Kindred roots are 35,
2. by transp. 82, comp. Arab. μα

anhelavit, also parturivit, peperit.—Not |

found in Si verb; since fut. DWN Is. 42,

14, as pleawhers fut. DW, belongs to

the root Daw.
Deriv. ΠΏΣ and ‘

maw f. constr. maw), οὐ suff. “et
plur. ᾿τήοῦΣ.

1. breath, spirit, spoken of the achat |

of God, i.e. . a) the wind, i.q. ™ TA,
Job 37,10. b) the breath, breathing; of
his anger Is. 30, 33. Job 4, 9. Ps. 18, 16.

c) the spirit of God, imparting life and |

wisdom, Job 32, 8. 33, 4; comp. 26, 4.

2. breath, life,-of man and beasts; —

Gen. 2, 7 and breathed into his nostrils

msn math: the breath of life ; more fully
prt man Prt) Gen. 7,22. Simpl. na
id. Job 27, 3. Is. 42,5. Dan. 10, 17. “As
something vain and fleeting 16 2, 22.—
Hence, anima, the vital spirit, ψυχή, i. 4-
bb} no. 2, plur. Is. 57, 16.

3. the να intellect. i. q. ΘῈ) no. 3,
Prov. 20, 27.

4. Oution i. q. 0D? no. 4, living thing,
animal; e.g. ΓΘ) ἘΞ every thing that
hath breath, Deut. 20, 16. Josh. 10, 40.

11, 11. 14, 1 K. 15, 29. 17, 1. Ps. 150, 6.

NW? Chald. f. breath, life, Dan.
5,23.

᾿ see to breathe, to blow, Ex. 15, 10;

OO OO δον. γοννοννω “ὑπ διαν,.ου. πων νμδ

c. 2 to blow upon, Is. 40. 24.—Kindrec ©

are 202, p%2, also HNw, by transp. B52)

Arab. Uasnd to winnow.
Deriv. 53%37 and

52 m. in pause 2 Job 7,4; ἃ aut

ip) Job 3, 9.

pu

1. Pr. ‘a breathing;’ hence the even-

es" ing twilight, when cooling breezes blow

eee Στ κυ μ ον ον

9, 7,4. 1 Sam. 30, 17.

(BP πὴ Gen. 3, 8), Job 24,15. Prov.

7,9. 2K. 7, 5.7, comp. v.,9. 12. Sept.
σχότος. Put for the evening Is. 5, 11.
21,4; darkness, night, Jer. 13,17. Is.

69, 10.—Also

2. the morning twilight, dawn, Job 3,
Ps. 119, 147.

ΕἾ, pw fut. PW, once p+ Cant. 8,
1, whence MPN or ΠΡῸΝ 1 K. 19, 20,
to kiss ; Syr. κοὐ id. Sam. id. For the
origin see note under pw? II.—With
dat. of pers. Gen. 27, 27. 29, 11. 48, 10:
50,1. Ex. 4,7. Ruth 1,9.14. 1K. 19,
20; more rarely c. acc. 1 Sam. 20, 41.
Gen. 33, 4. 1 Sam. 10,1. Cant. 8,1. So
too ΠΡ) Ἔ pw, whence Cant. 1, 2

ΠῚ mip 22 ΣΡ, see in 72 no. 1. Ὁ.
.p. 580. Prov. 24, 26 he kisseth the
_ lips who answereth right words. Job 31,

27 "> "32 pum? or my hand hath kissed
my mouth, referring to a species of ado-

_ ration in which they kissed the hand
_ and waved the kisses towards the idol,
' Plin. 28. 2. 5. Poet. Ps. 85,11 right-
eousness and peace (happiness pidy))
_ kiss each other, i. e. they are mu-
_ tually connected, happiness

- upon tphteousness.—Among the He-
brews the kiss was likewise the symbol

_ of veneration, fidelity, homage, 6. g.

follows

a) To aking from his subjects 1 Sam.

_ 10,1; and also from vanquished princes
| Ps, 2, 12.
iebippers 1 K. 19, 18. Hos. 13, 2; comp.

_ Job 31, 27 Pits rite, both in a civil

and religious sense, was common among

b) To idols from their wor-

Ὡ many nations ; and was applied to va-

rious parts of the body, as the mouth,

_ the shoulder, the hand, the knees, the
feet, etc. comp. the adoration of saints

-

i in the ancient church, the kissing of the

eee stone in the Kaaba at Mecca;
Cie. Verr. 4.43. Comm. on Is. 49, 23.

_ Such a kiss of fidelity and homage the
Heb. intpp. understand in Gen. 41, 40,

where Pharaoh says to Joseph : 775 by
™29-5D pur upon thy mouth shall all my
people kiss, i. e. all my people shall
render to thee homage and obedience.
Of all the interpretations yet given of
this passage, this seems to be the best.
See more in Thesaur. p. 923.
59*

701

“9 -

Prev i. q. Kal, to kiss, Gen. 31, 28;
as a pledge of homage and fidelity
from the vanquished to a monarch, Ps.
2; 12.

Hipu. id. Ez. 3,13 the wings of the
living creatures mning-by πῈΝ τὰν ς
which mutually kissed each other, i, 6.
of which one reached to and touched
another, i. ᾳ. ANINN">X NWR misah 1, 9.
Comp. Hy 85, 1.

Deriv. npsts.

ἘΠῚ, pw to benda bow; Eth. ΘΙ Ὁ
id. Kindred are 8p", Op2, Hip to set a
springe, whence nip bow. 53: Chr. 12, 2
ΩΡ "pa Complut. ἐντείνοντες rena
Vulg. tendentes arcum. 2 Chr. 17, 17
723) MYp PWw2 bending the bow and
shield, by zeugma. Ps. 78,9 the chil-
dren of Ephraim τῶ 259 3202 bend-
ing and shooting the bow ; Sept. ἐντεί-
γοντὲς καὶ βάλλοντες τόξον, Vulg. inten-
dentes et mittentes arcum.

Deriv. pw2.

Nore. The signif. commonly ssiaigiGl
to pw. II, is that of arming oneself, and
then this cs connected with that of kiss-
ing by an assumed primitive notion of
fixing, adjusting, comp. Ez. 3,13. But
the context requires the meaning above
given ; and all the ancient versions and
the etymology confirm it. The signif.
of kissing is therefore plainly different
from ΤῺ II; and is perhaps onoma-
topoetic, like the words for kissing in
many other languages, as Germ. kiissen.
Engl. to kiss, Gr. xvw (in Hom. κύσσω,
κύσσα, κύσσαι) ; Pers. Uvg2, Germ. and

Swed. Puss, Engl. buss, comp. Lat.
basium, Ital. bacio; Germ. Schmatz,
Engl. smack. See Thesaur. p. 924.

PU? τὰ. also PU? Ez. 39, 9. 10; in
pause pt2. R. pw IL.

1. a weapon, collect. weapons, Job 20,
24. 39, 21.-Ps.140,8. In a wider sense,
arms. weapons and armour, 1 K. 10, 25.
(2 Chr. 9, 24.) 2 K. 10,2. Ez. 39, 10.
In Ez. 39, 9, it is mentioned along with —
various kinds of weapons and armour.

2. an armoury, arsenal, Neh. 3, 19;
see in "3" no, 2.

᾿ ay obsol. root, Arab.
in pieces with the beak, as a bird of prey;

, to tear

saya

9 o- 9 -ο r
ΩΝ γι beak of a bird of prey.
Hence

“W3 m. in pause “2; plur. Oa,
; So
constr. "102, an eagle; Arab. 3;

Syr. (pad, Kthiop. ZC, id. So Ex.
19, 4. Deut. 32,11. 2 Sam. 1, 23. Job
9, 26, al. As there are many species
of eagles, the "2, when distinguished
from others, seems to have denoted the
chief species, the golden eagle, χρυσαί-
etos, as Lev. 11, 13. Deut. 14,12. The
word however seems to have had a
broader acceptation, and, like the Gr.
ἀετός and Arab. (see Bochart

Hieroz. II. p. 312 sq.) sometimes com-
prehends also a species of vulture, espe-
cially in those passages where the "82
is said to be bald Mic. 1, 16, and to feed
on carcasses Job 39, 27-30. Prov. 30, 17.
(Matth. 24, 28.) The former would
seem to mark the vultur barbatus Linn.
—To the eagle itself, which often sheds

its feathers as the serpent its skin, are to "

be referred the words of Ps. 103, 5, so
that thy youth ts renewed like the eagle’s.
But the same fact is not alluded to in Is.
‘40, 31. See Bochart Hieroz. 1. c. with
Rosenm. annotations T. II. p. 743 sq.

“W2 Chald. plur. 78) , an eagle, Dan.
4, 30. 7, 4.

" nw to dry up, to fail, as the tongue
from thirst Is. 41, 17; trop. of the
strength Jer. 51, 30. So Kimchi, who
assumes this root for these two exam-
ples and Niphal. But these two pas-
sages are better referred to r. Γι I. 1,
where see.

Nreu. id. to be dried up, as water, by
‘transpos. i.g. Wm) Niph. no 2. Is. 19, 5
pena ὉΠ ine}. This form might also
be referred to a root mmti.—Ethiop.
207 destryxit, delevit.

{12 m. Hebr.and Chald. an epistle,
letter, Exzra 4, 7. 18. 23. 5,5.'7, 11. Its
origin seems to be from the Persian

Lind nebishten, .piiies newishten,
uy 5 newisten, to write; the sibilant
and labial being transposed.

* an3 obsol. root, prob. to tread, to
trample, like Gr. ote(8m, whence 3°12 a

702 minh

beaten path. On the primary syllables
tab, tap, and pad, pat, as imitating the
sound of treading, see above in 043,
227, 729.

D2 i.g. DM? , Ezra 8, 17 Cheth.

“mins only in PIE. mm to cut in
pieces, e. g. an animal sacrificed Ex. 29,
17. Lev. 1, 6. 12. 8,20; a dead body

Judg. 20, 6.—Hence

ΠῺΣ τῇ. plur. pm, a piece of flesh
Ex. 29, 17. Lev. 1, 8 sq. Judg. 19, 29.
ΕΖ. 24, 4.

ΦΉΣ m. and 72H) f plur. 5°39}
and mia"m). ΒΕ. 329.

1. Adj. trodden, see in 3M}, 6. g. 774
nan? a trodden way, beaten path, Prov.
12, 28.

2. Subst. a foot-path, by-way, a poetic
word Job 18, 10. 28, 7. 30, 13. 41, 24. Ps.
78, 50. 142,4. al. Plur. fem. in72 mia}
ihe paths to his house Job 38, 20. Is. 58,
12. Prov. 3, 17. al.

m°2"m2 τὴ. plur. (τ. 1.2) Nethinim.
i.e. the given, the devoted, pr. name of
the Hebrew ἱερόδουλοι or servants of the
temple, temple-slaves, who were under
the Levites in the ministry of the tem-
ple, 1 Chr. 9,2. Ezra 2, 43. 58. 70. 8, 20.
Neh. 3, 31. 7, 46. 60. 73. 11, 3. 21. ete.
For the origin of the name, comp. Num.
8,19. The Nethinim would seem to
have been partly Canaanites reduced to
servitude (Josh. 9, 23. 27), and partly
perhaps captives taken in war; they

‘were instituted or at least regulated by

David, Ezra 8, 20.—Cheth. once 0"35M3
Ezra 8, 17.

2M) Chald. id. Nethinim, Ezra 7,24.

ἘΠ, only in fut. qm, kindr. with
"02, to pour intrans. i. 6. to be poured
out, to overflow, pr. of water Job 3, 24;
elsewhere metaph. e. g. of roaring Job
l.c. of anger, 6. 3 2 Chr. 12, 7. 34, 25.
Jer. 44,6; ὃ; 42, 18; of curses Dan. 9.
11, divine punishment ib. v. 27.

ΝΊΡΗ. 4m} only in Pret. 1. i. q. Kal
to be poured out, as water, rain, Ex. 9
33. 2 Sam. 21, 10. Metaph. of anget
2 Chr. 34, 21. Jer. 7,20. Nah.1,6.

2. to be made to flow, to be snelted.
Biz. 22, 21.24, 11. :

Sa, γέρον

ae ee δ

bn

Ares. M4, fut. 77M, igh once ὭΣ

Ez. 22, 20.

1. to pour out or orth Job 10, 10;
money 2 K. 22, 9. 2 Chr. 34, 17.

2. to make ‘flo%o, to melt, Bz. 22, 20.

Hopu. 35) pass. of Hiph. no. 2, Ez.
22, 22.

Deriv. AT.

* ns obsol. root, Aram. \Aa i. q.
Heb. 4m? , to give—Hence pr. n. jie"n.

ΠΩ, 1 and 2 pers. 9, MM? (0Π06.
_ Hmm 2 Sam. 22, 41, as 13 for 7° Judg.

19, 11), plur. 33, ὉΠ. Inf. absoll.
7im2; constr. twice ih, " 12 Num. 20,
21. Gen. 38, 9; usually nn, with neat
mn>, and withtone ‘retracted! 5 nn
Gen. 15,7; ο. suff. "mm, imm. Imper. jm,
“in, Gen. 14, 21; c. He parag. 72M often
emphat. Ps. 8, 2, see no. 2. aa. Fut.
y27, τ, 1 pers. ρίαν. τ} Judg. 16, 5.

1. to give ; Chald. Sam. id. Syr. \da

only infut. The primary idea seems to
be that of reaching out the hand, present-
ing, from the radical syllable tan, whence

‘2m to extend, jm" to prolon mm to
Ἵ τ g; ττ
give.

The same is found in the Indo-
European tongues, with ὁ softened to ὦ,
and the final n mostly dropped, dithough
vestiges of it are not wanting; e. g.
Sanscr. da to give, Gr. dow, δίδωμι; Lat.
da-re, but with πὶ preserved donum, dono,
earlier also dan-it, dan-unt, Enn. Pacuv.

Comp. too Egypt. 'T, T2325 TES,

SHS: TO, TOS, to give, which in

hieroglyphic writing is expressed by a

hand extended and presenting some--

thing.—Construed pr. with acc. of thing

and > of pers. Gen. 24, 35 78x ‘b-yms
“ops. 29, 28. 33. 30, 6. al. seepiss.

With

᾿ by of pers. Gen. 18, 7. 21, 14. Is. 29, 11;
rarely ace. of pers. Josh. 15,19 77 "3
ὭΣ 32: for thou hast given mea
‘south (dry) land. Judg. 1, 15. Jer. 9, 1.

Is. 27,4. Also with acc. and BY, i. e. to
give to be with me, to give as a com-
panion, Gen. 3, 12; acc. of thing and 3
of price Joel 4, 3. Ez. 18, 13. Absol. to

give, i. 6. to be liberal, piitindficeiit, Prov.

21, 26. Ps. 37, 98.uS pec) in phrases:

a)" 5m? to give the hand sc. to the
victor, see ἕν no. 1. lett. e ; but 3 197 102
see ἴδ. lett. b.

703 aie

b) Ἔ 333 173 Zo give into the hand of
any one, to deliver into his power, see in
“Ὁ lett. aa. 6. Sept. παραδίδωμι εἰς χεῖ-
ρᾶς τινός. Ex. 23, 31. Num. 21, 2. 3.34.
Deut. 1, 27. al. Not much different is
Ἔ "25> jn2 10 give up, to deliver over, in
the presence of any one, Sept. παραδί-
Jas ἐνώπιον τινός, the former phrase
being used more of persons, and this of
things, e. g. a land, region Deut. 1, 8. 21.
2, 31. 33. Judg. 11, 9. 1 K. 8, 46. al. So
too simpl. "3 c. dat. to give up, to de-
liver over, 6. g. to the sword Mic. 6, 14;
to slaughter Is. 34, 2; to death Ps. 118,
18; to wasting Mic. 6, 16; one’s back to
the smiters Is. 50,6.—But Ἔ "1 59 jm) is
to commit to any one in charge, see 77
no. 1. ee; and so too >¥ Ἴ2 to deliver
the ictingedden to any one, Dan. 11, 21.

6) "72422 ἸῺ to give in ward, to put
in prison, Lat. in custodiam dedit, Gen.
40, 3. Comp. Gen. 39, 20. Jer. 37, 14.

d) "5 jn? to give fruit, i. 6. to yield,
as a tree, the earth, Lev. 25,19. Ps. 1,3.
Ez. 34, 27; comp. Gen. 4, 12. 49, 20.

e) HIS jn? to give i. 6. turn the back,
see in #29. Contra, 5 5°28 102 fo give
i. e. set the face against, ‘see in τ
(5.39) no. 1. f. But 5x Ἔ "5 ἸΏ to
turn the face of any one towards any
thing, Gen. 30, 40; see in M5 no. 1. e.

f) 7 7h} to give favour, to grant
grace, Ps. 84, 12; with > of pers. Prov.
3, 34. But ‘5 "2932 ‘pn in2 to give
one favour in the eyes of any one, see in
no. 1.b. The same constructions are
found with 5°27) “2.—Job 36,3 p7¥ AS
"D3b> 7 will give right to my Maker, de
justice to him, show that he is right ; ‘
comp. 0BW2 4M) in v. 6.

g) > (13) Si3> {m2 to give honour

_ praise, to any one, Ps. 68, 35. Jer. 13, 16;

affection, love, Cant. 7, 13.' Also, to
give, grant, to any one his wish, desire,
hope, Ps. 21, 3 comp. 5. 20, 5. 140, 9.
Job 6,8. Ina bad sense to, give (cause)
pain, sorrow, Prov. 10, 10.

h) Impers. jm?, jm™1, Germ. es gibt,
es gab, put for there is, there appears,
there arises, etc. Gen. 38, 28 and it
came to pass when Tamar trarailed, jr"
733 lo there appeared a hand. Job 37, 10
from the breath of the Lord 7127 \"" there
is (ariseth) frost, ice. Prov. 13, 10 ywra
mia 155 through pride there is contention.

ἼΩ2

i) The phrase jm" "2 has a twofold
use: a) Who will give me or show me
‘ this or that? i.e. no one will or can
give or show me, implying a negative ;
see in "2 no. ]. 6. Job 31, 31 jm 97
sav) ND inwa. who will alae-ane (i. 6.
where is) one who is not satisfied with
his meat ? i. e. who is driven from his
door hungry. Job 14,4 ἐς ΩΤ. ΓΙῸ Ἴ "7
who will show me (where is) one pure
born of the impure? 8) Who will give?
implying wish, i. q. Oh, that one would
give! Oh that I might have! Oh that,
would that ;. see in "2 no, 1. f. Deut. 28,
67 372 {82% would it were evening !
Judg. 9, 29. Ps. 14, 7 Oh that the salva-
tion of Israel were come out of Zion! 2
Sam. 19,1 would I had died for thee !
Hence aby ns "2 Oh that I had! Ps.
55, 7. ᾿βλυρδων there follows an acc.
and infin. Job 11,5 723 AI>N jm 7 Oh
that God would speak! Or with infin.
13, 5 "9 mn 2; fut. Job 6,8. 14,13;
pret. 23,3; pret.and fut. with Vav, Deut.
5, 26.—But here those passages are to
be distinguished, where jm" "2 is: who
will make me so and so ? (see no. 3 be-
low,) i. 6. Oh that I were! Jer. 8, 23 [9,
1] 572 WNT jm 47 Oh that my head
were waters ! Job 29, 2. Num. 11, 29.

Further, 123 to give or grant is also
put in various senses :

aa) to permit, to suffer, to let, sc.
to do any thing, Germ. zugeben ; like
Gr. δίδωμι, Lat. dare, largiri, Syr. and
Arab. «φυσι, Ss.
pers. and infin. 6. >, pr: to admit one to
the doing of any thing ; comp. the same
consecution in the synon. "35 from 2.
Gen. 20, 6 "5x 3525 AMM? xd I suffer-
ed thee not to touch her. 31, 7. Judg. 1,
34. 1 Sam. 18, 2. Job 31, 30. Ps. 16, 10.
‘ Eee. 5, 5; erithenat the > Job 9, 18. Num.
20, 21. With dat. of pers. 2 Chr. 20, 10.
Ps. 55, 23.

bb) to give forth, to utter, as a voice,
see ip ; words Gen. 49, 21; slander Ps.
50, 20; impious words Job 1, 22; odour
Cant. 1, 12. 2, 13; a miracle, i. e. to
show, to work, Ex. 7, 9, comp. διδόναι
σημεῖα Matt. 24, 24. A bolder figure is
OF jm? to give forth a sound by striking
the timbrel, i. 6. to strike the timbrel
Ps. 81, 3.

So with acc. of

704 a

cc) to give for a price, 1. 6. to sell, Gr
ἀποδίδομαι, Prov. 31,24. Opp. Mp? to
buy, see ΠΡ no. 2. a, 6.

dd) to teach, comp. mp? no. 2. Prov.
9,9 give loa wise man (instruction), and
he will be yet wiser.

ee) Perh. to give back, to requite ; Ps
10, 14 422 ΤΏΡ to requite it with thy
hand ; or, retribution is in thy hand,
power.

ff) With acc. of pers to give up or
over, 1 K. 14, 16.

2. to put in any place, to set, to lay, to
place, Sept. τέϑημι. Gen. 1, 17 and
God set them (ἘΣ 9H") in the Sirma-
ment of heaven. 9,13 I have set (3)
my bow in the clouds. So of persons 2
Sam. 11, 16. Of things that are set up
or out, as a statue Dan. 11, 31; a table
Ex. 26, 35. 30, 6, or other sacred vessels
v. 18. 40, 5-7. 1 K. 7, 38; the ark upon

a cart 1 Sam. 6,8; a monument Ez. 96.

8; and genr. of things puf, placed, laid
up in any way, e. g. a stumbling-block
Ez. 3, 20. Lev. 19, 14. 26,1. Ps. 119, 110;
corn in cities Gen. 41, 48. So of things
sprinkled, as incense Ex. 30, 6. Lev. 2,
1; or poured, as water, oil, Ex. 30, 18.
Lev. 2, 15. Num. 19, 17; comp. Ex. 12,
7. Of sharp things, as a hook, awl, to
put in, to fix, to bore, Ez. 29, 4. Deut.
15, 17.— Construed according to the
place where a thing is put: a) With
2 in a place, as Ez. 1]. c. Deut. 1. 6. δ)
With 5x into a place ; Deut. 23, 25 [24]
smn xb *Pba-bN thou shalt put none into
thy sack. Num. 4, 10. Ex. 25, 21. So
too Ex. 28, 30 thou shalt put into the
breast-plate the Urim and Thummim.
Lev. 8, 8; see in "& p. 26. c) With
by on or upon a place, as fire upon the
the altar Lev. 1, 7. Num. 16, 18; a mi-

tre, helmet, upon the head, Ex. 29, 6. 1

Sam. 17, 38. etc. Lev. 8, 7. Ex. 84, 93.

‘Num. 4, 6. 2 Chr. 10, 9. Metaph. God
is said to put his spirit upon any one Is.
42,1.

Ez. 16, 11; the rings of the ark Ex. 25,
26 comp. 12. 28, 14. Num. 15, 38; blooa
upon the horns of the altar Lev. 4,7. 18,
or upon the tip of the ear Lev. 14, 14.

Further, to put, to set, in special senses:
aa) to set, to place, to plant, e. g. the

branch of a tree Ez. 17, 22; a people

Also to put upon, i. q. to apply, Ι
as a ring upon the hand Gen. 41, 42.

rat)

and a land Ez. 37, 26. Prov. 12, 12 the
wicked desireth the prey of νὴ men,
fer oop as wb) but the root of the
righteous God planteth firmly ; comp. v.

3. Here belongs the vexed passage Ps.
8, 2 Jehovah, our Lord, how glorious thy

name in all the earth ! 3 + Win Han ww
pawn which glory of thine set thou also
above the heavens ! i. e. let thy glory,
thus manifested here on earth (v. 3),
be also acknowledged and celebrated
throughout the whole universe. The
form ΡΤ is here as elsewhere i imper. c.
He parag. | *

bb) With ace. of pers. and >3 of pers. |

or thing, to set-one over any pers. or

thing, Gen. 41, 31. 43. Deut. 17,15. But

with acc. of thing and 5» of pers. to lay

upon, to impute guilt to any one, to lay
on him its punishment; Jon. 1, 14 lay
mot wpon us (32°29 ἸΏ ΤΡ) innocent
blood, i. 6. the death of Jonah, comp.

Deut. 21, 8. Ez..7, 3 and 1 will lay upon
_ thee all thy abominations, cause them to
return upon thy own head; comp. v. 4.
8.9.
| 66) "25> 4M) 10 set before any one, 6. g.
laws 1 K. 9,6; judgment to be exer-
_cised Ez. 23, 94.

dd) Ὁ 22 ἸῺ to set one’s mind upon, to
_ give heed to any thing, i. q. >9 3> paw,
Ecce. 7,.21. Also stronger, to set ones
mind upon doing any thing, to apply
- oneself to doing, Ece. 1, 13. 17. 8, 9. 16.
Dan. 10,12. .
ee) Ἔ 25. ὉΝ ἽΞΞ M2 to put a thing
into one’s heart, spoken of God, Neh. 2,
12: 7,5. Also sab-by im, ἐν φρεσὶ Oi.

;
“4
᾿.
tg

vat, to lay to heart, to consider, Ece.7, 2.
Boyd.
ο΄. 8. tomake, like w, m7, Arab. hes.

| Lev. 19, 28 cs waa smn Nd ww ye
Ἢ shall make no incision in your ‘flesh.
_ Also 3 52502 to make or cause a blem-
᾿ ish in, to injure any one Lev. 24, 20.—
Spec.
a) to make i.e. to constitute one as
_ any thing, with two acc. Gen. 17,5 38
MN? OMA i the father of many na-
tions will I make thee. Ex. 7, 1. Lam. 1,
13. Ps. 69, 12. 89. 28; ace. and > of the
predicate Gen. 17, 20. 48, 4. Is. 42, 6.
Jer. 20, 4. |

b) 39 223"%n2 to make a thing as some-
thing else, like, similar to any thing.

705

Jn)

Is. 41,2 129 “2D JH" he will make their
sword as dust. Kiz. 10,7. Hence to
hold as, io regard and treat as or like
something else; 1 K.10, 2703-8 frm)
D"23ND and he made silver as stones. 21,
22. Gen. 42, 30 pxbana> nk jn he
held us, ρα us, as spies. (Comp.
haters pro hoste’ Liv. 2. 20.) Ez. 28,
2.6. With "25> of judgment merely, to
regard or count as such an one, to judge
to be such, etc. 1 Sam. 1, 16¢count me
not as a wicked woman. Comp. Gr.
τίϑεσθαν for νομίζειν, ἡγεῖσθαι, Passow
h. v. A. no. 5.

ΝΊΡΗ. 23 pass. of Kal. 1. to be given
to any one, c. > Gen. 38, 14. Ex. 5, 16.
Is. 9, 5. 35,2. Often to be given up, to
be delivered over, c. 322 Job 9, 24. Jer.
32, 24. 25. 36. 43. 46,24.al. Soofa
Laie to be given, Esth. 3, 14.

2. to be set, placed, Kec. 10, 6.

3. to be made, c. a Lev. 24, 20; as
anything, Is. 51, 12.

Horn. only fut. πη. 1. i. q. Niph.
no. 1, to be eves, 2°K. 5, 17. .Job 28,
15.

2. 1..ᾳ. Niph. no. 2, to be put, placed ;
2 Sam. 18, 9 and he was placed (sus-
pended) between the heaven and the
earth. Lev. 11, 38.

Deriv. ὩΣ, ΠΏ, ΤΣ, Mma, also
the proper namie "3m, Ton, non,
mmm, and the four hete ae

J©2 Chald. found only in the fut. 7727,

“jm2?, inf. jm, i.q. Heb. to give, Ezra
4, 13. 7,20; 6, > Dan. 2, 16. 4, 14. 22.
29. The other tenses are taken from
the verb 31" —Hence N22.

J©2 (given sc. of God) Nathan, pr. n.
a) A prophet in the time of David,
2 Sam; 75:2.°12,'1) -T KO 1) 8 Pa oy,
b) A son of David 2 Sam. 5, 14. cy'2
Sam. 23, 36. d)and 6) 1K.4,5. ἢ
1 Chr. 2, 36. g) Ezra 8, 6. h) 10, 39.

ml (placed i. e. appointed by
the king) Nathan-melech, pr. n. of a
court officer of Josiah 2 K. 23, 11.

28202 (given of God) Nethaneel, pr.
n. Gr. Ναϑαναήλ, Nathanael. a) Num.
“1,8. 2,5. Ὁ) Several other persons
only once mentioned respectively, 1 Chr _
9. 14. 15. 24. 24,6. 26, 4. 2Chr. 17, 7. 35
9, Ezra 10, 22. Neh. 12, 21. 36.

In:

ΠΡῸΣ and W723 (given of Jeho-
vah) ‘Nethaniah, pr.n.m. a) The son
of Asaph 1 Chr. 25,12. 8) 2K. 25, 23.
25. Jer. 40, 8. 14. c) Jer. 36,14. d)2
Chr. 17, 8.

‘i ons to tear up the ground, to break
up, proscindere terram; kindred with
ym2 and tm. Once Job 30, 13 oma
“man. they tear up my path, mar and

destroy it. Four Mss. read here, by a
- gloss, 1x59.
x 92 i. ᾳ. Ym2, 1 break out the

teeth ; the Y being changed into 9 in the
Arameean manner.

Nip. pass. 152 Job 4,10. The an-
cient Heb. intpp. refer this form to r.

5Ὸ q. v. ἦ

*VD3 fut. yn" to tear or break down,
to destroy, 6. g. houses, buildings, Lev.
14, 45. Judg. 8, 9. 17. 2 K. 23, 7. Is. 22,
10; walls Jer. 39, 8. 52, 14; a city
Judg. 9, 45; a statue 2 K. 10, 27; an
altar Deut. 7,5. etc. Also to break out

the teeth Ps. 58, 7.—Trop. of persons,

to destroy, Job: 19, 10. Ps. 52, 7.

Nipu. pass. to be thrown down, broken
down, destroyed, Jer. 4, 26. Ez. 16, 39;
rocks Nah. 1, 6.

Piz i. q. Kal, Deut. 12,3; elsewhere
only in Chron. as 2 Chr. 31,1. 33, 3.
34, 4. 7. 36, 19.

Pua. i. q. Niph. once pret. Judg. 6, 28.

- Hopu. i. q. Niph. and Pu. once fut.
Lev. 11, 35.

ai po to tear away, to pluck off, e. g.
a ring from the finger Jer. 22,24. Trop.
in a military sense, to draw away, to cut
off sc. from a plaee ae 6. 2 Judg. 20, 32;

‘see Niph. and Hiph. Part. pass. Dans
castrated Lev. 22,24. Arab. ($43 to
strip off the skin; ee to tear out the
locks; 2-9 to tear or break out a tooth,

to tear as an eagle his prey. The idea
of tearing seems to belong to the sylla-
ble 9. Hence pn.

Piet to tear up or off, 6. g. bands, to
break, burst, Judg. 16,9. Ps. 2, 3. 107,

14, Jer. 2, 20. 5,5; c. by Rade: 16, ΤῊΝ

a yoke Is. 58, 6; to tear the breasts, to
wound, Kz. 23, 34; to tear out roots Ez.
0

"106

Dal BP)

Hira. trop. to cut off from a | place,
see in Kal, Josh. 8, 6. Also c. δὴ to
pluck out, to γέννα: Sor any thing,
Jer. 12, 3.

Hors, pit i.q. Niph. no. 3, Saas. :

20, 31.

Mire pm, fut, pm23 1. to re torn off,
broken, e. g. of a string, cord, Is. 5, 27.
Jer. 10, 20. Judg. 16,9. Eee. 4, 12. Is.
33, 20. Metaph. Job 17, 11 my coun-
sels, purposes, are broken off, i. 6. ren-
dered vain.

2. to be torn out or away, e. g. from a
tent Job 18,14. Pregn. Josh. 4, 18 and
when the soles of the feet of the priests
were plucked up from the muddy chan
nel and placed upon the dry land.

3. Metaph. to be separated out, Jer. 6,
29. Ina military sense, to be cul off
From, ¢. 42 Josh. 8, 16.

Deriv. from Kal is

Ph? m. in pause FM3, a scall, mange,
scab, in the head and beard, Lev. 13, 30
sq. Concer. ῬΏΣΠ ΣᾺ) v. 31 and pn v.
33 one affected with the scall; comp.
322 no. 2.

2 “D2 fut."m1 1. to tremble, 6. gi the
heart, to palpitate Job 37,1. Onomato-
poetic, like τρέω, τρέμω, tremo.

2. i. q. Arab. "3 to fall with a sound

or noise, in allusion to the sound or rat-
tling of dry leaves in falling; whence

Chald. and Syr. "n3, 52. to fall, as

leaves, fruit, etc. See Chald. and Hiph.

no. 2.

Pie. to spring up and down, to leap,
i.e. to move by leaps. spoken of the
locust Lev. 11, 21. Other verbs of
trembling are also transferred to the
idea of leaping; see 394, >39n.

Hips. fut. apoc. "M?, imp. ann.

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make trem-
ble Hab. 3, 6.

2. i. q. Aram. Aph. pr. fo shake off the «
foliage of a tree, hence to shake off a
yoke. Is. 58, 6. Also ΠΣ “WHT to
shake off the yoke of captives i. e. to
loose, to set free captives Ps. 105, 20.

146. 7. Poet. Job 6,9 "32322379 352 SmI”

Oh that God would let loose his hand
and cut me off; here the hand of God,
when not exerted, is figuratively re-

garded as bound, and when ex nded, —

πὰ. -

͵

as set free.—For “m1 2 Sam. 22, 33, see

“in?

q the root 73m.

ὺ

AM? Chald. and Syr. to fall off, as the

fe _ foliage or fruit of a tree, see the Heb.
no. 2.

q Dive: to shake of leaves, Dan. 4, 11.—

_ Hence

. _ 2 m. nitre, Lat. nitrum, Gr. vitgor,

Se

λίτρον, pr. the natron of the moderns or
Egyptian nitre, a mineral alkali, gather-

ed from the celebrated natron lakes,
(different from m773 vegetable alkali,)

_ which mingled with oil is still used as
soap, Jer. 2,22. With an acid it effer-
yesces, and loses its strength; hence
_ Prov. 25, 20.—Prob. so called, because

it thus leaps or effervesces. See Hassel-
quist’s Reise p.548 Germ. J. D. Michae-

_and Thebes, I. p. 382 sa. Lond. 1843.

:
lis de Nitro § 10. Wilkinson Mod. Egypt

5 wn? fut. Bint, inf. Bird, pr. totear

Samech, the fifteenth letter of the
Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral denot-
; ing 60. The name 720 denotes fulcrum,
support, which accords well with the
Phenician form of this letter; see Mo-
numm. Phen. p. 39.

_ Astothe sound of Ὁ, it seems to have
ΤῊΝ pronounced anciently as a softer

sibilant than Ὁ, which latter before the

_ introduction of the diacritical points

“was not distinguished from ὦ,

see

-Lehrg. p- 17,18. Hence it comes that
4 very many roots are constantly written

_ -hone and the same manner, either with
9, as 330, “Ὁ; or with ©, as mab,

i. bib ; and Am that others wan enbnn
with Ὁ differ entirely from the similar

ones written with ©, as 520 to be fool-

_ ish, >> to view, to understand; "20 to

shut up, "2 to hire; 029 and wa";
"HD and "9H; MEO and mBw. By de-
grees however this distinction in the
pronunciation was lost, so that the later
Hebrew not unfrequently puts Ὁ for ὦ
and vice versa; 6. g. ὉΣΞ and WD vex-
ation; 3°27 once for ὉΠ Job 24, 2;
"70 and ΠῚ Ὁ ; "30 for "2w Ezra 4, 5;

707 ᾿ Ὁ

up, to BE up a plant, see Hoph. Arab.
(S to pull up e. g. thorns; Syr. ada
to tear up, also in pieces. Hence 8)
Trop. to root out, i. 6. to drive out, to expel,
sc. a people from a land (opp. 242) Deut.
29, 27. 1 K.14,15. So in the phrase
wing Nd) ὈΠΏΣΌΣ J will plant them and
not pluck them up, i.e. I will give them
a fixed dwelling, and will not drive them
out, Jer. 12, 14. 15. 24, 6. 42, 10. 45, 4.
al. Ὁ) to root out, i. e. to tear down, to
destroy, 6. 5. cities Ps. 9, 7; idols Mic.
5, 13:

Nipw. pass. 1. to be plucked up, ex-
pelled, as a people, Jer. 31, 40. Am. 9,
15; to be overthrown, as a kingdom,
Dan. 11,4. -

2. i. ᾳ. MB) (Is. 19, 5), to be dried up,
spoken of water Jer. 18, 14. ;

-Hopn. to be torn up, plucked up, Ez.
19, 12.

mada? for mi>30 folly Ecc. 1,17; 34
and 310; 098. and ®98; Ob" and 5.
The Syriac employs only the letter

‘Samech (.~); the Arabic only Sin ( Uw) ;

the Chaldee imitating the Syriac often
substitutes Ὁ for the Hebrew &, as "Xb
Chald. 7ixd leaven, "a Chald. "20 to
expect.

For the Heb. © the Arabs usually put
U*, while for Ὁ they put mostly \w, as
330 QS to adore, “ON rl to bind,

<

¢ ο
"03 | ams sour grapes, MoD Ὁ
cover; more rarely (ᾧ, as "MO Btu

winter, 20 Sirs.

In the Hebrew itself, and in Arame-
an, Ὁ is frequently interchanged : a)
With the thicker 6, as 11 and
Vi coat of mail, 239 Aram. 822 to
collect. MBO and πιϑῷ to pour, etc. comp.
ddd, “BD, and the like. That the
Ephraimites pronounced 8 like Samech,
we know from Judg. 12,6. b) With?
and 7 ; see under these letters. ὁ) With
dentals ; as 770 Chald. ἡ mire; comp.
20 and Fan, 550 and >>n.

SND | 708

FINO obsol. root.
extend, to expand ;
measure, comp. 7.

ORO f. plur. wo. 1. a Seah, a cer-
tain measure for grain, according to the
Rabbins the third part of an ephah,
ΓΒΔ i.e. nearly 14 peck English ;
according to Jerome on Matt. 13, 33, a
modius and a half. Gen. 18,6. 1 Sam.

Arab. aed to
then perhaps to
Hence

25,18. Dual D°MNd for DIMN 2 K. 7,.

1, 16, contracted in the Syriac manner,
like BINRD, DINNe. Chald. id. From
the Αἰτάσρὶ form {zie has sprung the
Gr. σάτον, in Sept. the N. T. and Jose-
phus.

2. Genr. mumeuie 3 so Chald. 8MXO
often. Hence with Aqu. Symm. Theod.
Chald. Syr. I would explain the difficult
word MROXoa Is. 27, 8, contr. from
ARO-ANDD (Dag. fort. conjunct. as
ΞΕ for ἘΞΡ ΤΩ), by measure and mea-
sure, according to measure, i. e. with
moderation; comp. DBY2 tie: 10, 24,
and oBt22 Jer. 30, 11. 46, 28. ὍΝ
prob. is a solution lately propased that
MNONOD is put for MPa (r. 551) in
agitating or terrifying her.

FIND τὰ. (νυ. 48D) @ shoe, spec. the
high and hollow shoe, caliga, ὑπόδημα
κοῖλον, bound on with thongs, such as
rustic travellers and soldiers were ac-
customed to wear as a protection against
the mud; Chald. 82°90; Syr. ackw. Is.
9, 4, ἸΝῸ inon5D lit. every shoe of the
shod, omnis caliga caligati, i. e. of the
eoiiiier, warrior.

FARO 1. Pr. as it would seem, to
be clayey, miry, comp. Chald. j80, 779,

Syr. jase, Heb. 370 mire, clay, kindr.

with the subst. 1. clay. Hence 7ixo
a shoe, as a defence against the mud
and mire. ‘Thence
2. Denom. to shoe, to furnish with
shoes, calceare, like Syr. a. Part.
WO intrans. shod, Is. 9,4; see in INO.
MINONO Is. 27, 8, see in HNO no. 2.

. R20 to drink to excess, to tope.
The primary idea seems to be that of
sucking up, absorbing, which is express-
ed by onomatopoetic words, as peal

220

sorbere ; with inserted Germ. schlirfen
with Ἢ dropped Anglosax. supan, Germ.
saufen, Engl. sip, sup; and in Greek
the sibilant being dropped, ῥοφέω. Alse
32 would seem to be from the same
source.—Is. 56, 12. Part. 83D @ toper
drunkard, Deut. 21, 20. Prov. 23, 20. 21
Ez. 23, 42 Cheth. Part. pass. RIBS
drunken ; [Nah. 1, 10 for interwoven
like to thorns, "ὩΣ DNAID BRIO and
drunken as ‘with their wine, ‘they yet
shall be devoured as stubble, i. 6. march-
ing in phalanx and intoxicated to reel-
ing; see in DiD no. 1.—R.,
Deriv. the two following.

N20 Ez. 23, 42 Keri, i. q. Part. xaio
Cheth. plur. Ὁ Ὁ drunkards.

N25 m. c. suff, ἼΝΞΘ 1. wine Is. 1,
22. Nah. 1, 10 see inr. N30.
2. a drinking bout, carouse, Hos. 4, 18.

830, plur. "N30, (perh. i. q. Ethiop.
Mi man, comp. nm30, n2M30,)
Seba, the Sabeans, pr. n. of a people de-
scended from Cush, Gen. 10,7; i.e. a
people and country of Ethiopia flourish-
ing in traffic and wealth, Is. 43, 3. 45,
14, Ps. 72,10; and distinguished for the
tall stature of its inhabitants, Is. 45, 14.
Hdot. 3. 20. According to Josephus,
Ant. 2.10.2, it would seem to have been
Meroé, a province of Ethiopia distin-
guished for its wealth and commerce,
lying between the Nile and the Astabo-
ras (Tacazzé), and called by the an-
cients an island; with a metropolis of
the same name, of which the ruins are
still found not far from the town of
Shendy. See Burckh. Travels in Nubia
p. 275. Rippell’s Reisen in Nubien und
dem petraischen Arabien 1829. Tab. 5.
Hoskins’ Travels in Ethiopia ete. Lond.
1835.—F or plur. D°830 Ez. 23, 42, are
in R20.

* 229 pret. both fully and defect.
1220, 128, nnis0; inf. 30, once 350
Num. 21, 4, imper. ΞΌ ; fat. 0" and
μὲ, ἊΝ 3", conv. 3054,

1. to tush oneself, i.e. to turn intrans.
e. g. Prov. 26, 14 the door turneth >»
ΠΡ upon its hinges. 1 Sam. 15, 27
msh> dxravi abs and Samuel turned. to
go away. The person or place to which
one turns is put with δὲ Eee. 1, 6

1 Sam. 14, 24; 51 Κι. 3,15. Ps. 114, 3.5;
>» Hab. 2,16. 2 Chron. 18, 31. That
| m which one turns is put with 72,
592, 282; 1 Sam. 17, 30 >xxo 30%

“πὶ ὕγοοΌΝ and he iene from him
toward another. 18, 11. Gen. 42, 24.
~ With ἌΝ τος to turn back after any

one, so as to follow him, 2 K. 9, 18. 19;
and absol. to return Cant. 2, 17. 18. Ps.

71, 21; inf. c. > to turn oneself to do any

thing, Ecce. 2, 20. 7, 25. Also absol. to

turn to, for to approach, 1 Sam. 22, 17.
- 18. 2 Sam. 18, 15. 30. Spoken of things,
_ to turn to any place, i. 6. to be brought,
carried, transferred, to that place or
person; 1 Sam. 5, 8 307 τ let the ark
_ turn about to Gath, be carried thither.
' Num. 36, 7. Hab. 2,16; comp.1 K. 2, 15.
2. to go about ina place, which in-
- cludes the idea of turning oneself con-
_ tinually, to go over a place, as a city,
sities, ὁ. 3 Cant. 3, 3. 5,7. 2 Chr. 17, 9.
23, 2 ; also 6. ace. Is. 23,1699 720 go
! bow! the city. 1 Sam. 7, 16 and he went
over the cities Bethel aid Gilgal and
_ Mizpeh. 2K. 3,9 and they went about
+ ὉΠ: mad 71 @ way of seven days,
Mi where the words" Ὁ Ἢ constitute an
ἢ accusative.—Also to go round about a
_ place, to compass, c. acc. Deut.'2, 1. 3.
> Josh. 6, 3. 4. 7. Ps. 48, 13; in brdée’to
᾿ς avoid it Num. 21,4. Judg. 11, 18.’

_ 3. to encompass, to surround, ο. ace.
) Gen: 2, 11.13. 1K. 7, 24. 2K. 6, 15.
Ps. 18, 6. 22,17; in a hostile sense
Ecc. 9, 14. Also c. 8 2K. 8, 21;
1 Job 16, 13. Judg. 20,5. Gen. 27, 7
ἊΣ snabxd jinn ΒΕ ἫΝ ΓΒ ΞΌΤΟ 3h}
δ and lo your sheaves surrounded my sheaf
and did obeisance to it, i. e. stood round
tf about it,etc. Absol. to surround a table
_ i.e. to come around it, to sit down or re-
cline at table, 1 Sam. 16, 11 202 X> we
will not sit down ; comp. in ΞΌ Ὦ.

4, Trop.toturn, i.e. to alter, to change ;
_ with 3 to become like any thing, Zech.
14,10. Comp. Pi. and Hiph. no. 3.

5. Trop. to go about any thing, to
bring about, i.e. to is the cause of any

- Be

thing. Comp. Arab. nha cause, aw

to cause; Talmud. 20 cause, pr. the
thing or occasion on which any thing
depends; Engl. circumstance, Germ.
_ Umstand, from the Maptcation of sur-
60

709 120

rounding, comp. ΤῚΝ, 1 Sam. 22, 22
WISN ΓΞ 8HIN22 "M20 73x Tam the
cause to all the persons of thy family.
i.e. Ihave brought about, occasioned,
their death; Vulg.ego swum reus omnium
animarum.

NipH. 302 and 302 Ez. 26, 2; fem,

302 for mad) Kz. 41, 7, see Tole, p-
372" Heb. Gr. "$66. n. 11; fut. 397,120".

1. i.g. Kal no. 1, to turn ἀπ πεῖς to
turn, Ez. 1, 9. 12. 17. 10, 11. 16; often
of a boundary Num. 34, 4.5. Josh. 15,
3.al. Also i. q. to be turned over to any
one, 6. >, Jer. 6, 12 ΘΛ 9. OF MA 1302
their houses shall be turned over (trans-
JSerred) to others ; comp. in Kal Num. 36,7.

2. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 2, to surround, Judg.
19, 22; with >», in a hostile sense, Gen.
19, 4. Josh. 7, 9.

PiEL 330 i. q. Kal no. 4, to turn, i. 6. to
change, 2 Sam. 14, 20.

Po. 2350 1. i.g. Kal no. 2, to go
about in a place, c. 3 Cant. 3, 2; 6. ace.
to go about or over a place i. e. in it Ps.
59, 7. 15; to go round a place Ps. 26, 6;
with >», in a hostile sense Ps. 55, 11.

2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to encompass, to sur-
round, Jon. 2, 4. 6. Ps. 7, 8; with two
acc. of pers. and thing with which Ps.
32, 7.10. Espec. in order to protect
and defend, Deut. 32, 10. Jer. 31, 22
"23 a3i0n Map? a woman protects a
man, Comp. Il. 1. 37 ὃς Χρύσην ἀμφιβέ-
βηκας.

Hien. 307, fut. 3Ὸ" and 385.

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to
turn Ex. 13,18. Trans. to turn, 1 K. 8,
14 25 τὸς 2M 3951 and the king turn-
ed his face. 21,4. 2 K.20,2. 392 307
72 to turn away the eyes from any one
Cant. 6,5. Trop. >» Ἔ 35 30h to turn
the heart or mind of any one towards a
person or thing Ezra 6, 22, comp. 1 K,

‘18, 37; and so without 32, 2 Sam. 3, 12

byrye bony ΤῸΝ ond to turn all Is-
rael unto thee.. Hence also to transfer,
with > of.pers. to whom, 1 Chr. 10, 14
a7 ΓΞ ὈΏΓΙ ΤΙΣ 30" and thasaferred
the kingdom to David. With >x of
place, i. 6. toor into any place, 1 Sam.
5, 8. 9.10; acc. of place 2 Sam. 20, 12.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, ‘to cause to
go about, 1. e. to lead about, around,
e. g. a man Ez. 47,2; an army Ex. 13,
18; walls, to build around 2 Chr. 14, 6

"30

3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to turn, i. 6.
to change ; 2 K. 23, 34 τς 3074
ὉΠ πα and changed (turned) his name
to Jehoiakim. 24, 17.

4, Intrans. a) i. q. Kal no. 1, to turn
oneself 2 Sam. 5,23. b) i. q. Kal no. 2,
fo go about in.a place, c. acc. Josh. 6, 11.
6) i. q. Kal no. 3, to surround, in ἃ hos-
tile sense, Ps. 140, 10.

Hopn. 2057, fut. 305" 1. 10 be turned,
to turn intrans. e. g. a door on its
hinges Ez. 41,24; the rollerof a thresh-
ing-sledge, Is. 28, 27.

2. to be surrounded, Ex. 28, 11. 39, 6.
13.

3. to be turned, changed, Num. 32,
38.

Deriv. Mad, M33, 3730, 302, IDM.

mad f. (τ. 330) α turn, course of
things, as from God, 1 K. 12, 15; i. q.
20) 2 Chr. 10, 15.

220 τῇ. (τ. Ξ3ΞΏ) 1. Sing. as subst.
a circuit 1 Chr. 11, 8. Hence 373072
from or in a circuit, round about, on
every side, Job 1,10. Ez. 37, 21. Josh.
21, 42. al. sep. Sept. χύκλοϑεν. So
Ὁ 230 from round about any person
or thing Num. 16, 24, 27. Accus, 2°30
as adv. round about, circum, Gen. 23, 17.
Ps. 3,7. 12, 9. Job 10, 8. 18, 7. al. sep,
and so after verbs of motion Is. 49, 18.
60, 4. 3°30 3°30 circumcirca, round
about, Ez. 40, 5 sq. > 3°30 as prep.
round about, ‘around any thing, e. g.
jab a0 ‘round about the tabernacle
Ex. 40, 33. Num. 1, 53. al. Once c.
_ genit. YIN 3°30 round about the land

Am. 3, 11.

2. Plur. τῇ. 0°3"30 =a) Of persons,
those round about, neighbours, Jer. 48,
17.39. b) Of place, places round about,
circumjacent, the environs, Jer. 33, 13
ἘΞ 55 "293203 in the environs of Jeru-
salem. Ps.'76, 12. 89,8. 97,2. 0) As
prep. c. suff. rownd about, around any
one; Ps. 50, 3 189 ΠΣ ὩΣ M330 it is
very tempestuous round about him. Jer.
46, 14. Lam. 1, 17.

3. Plur. f. nino a) circuits, circles,
orbits, which one runs through. Ecce.
1,6 πῆρ AW MMiaso 59} and the wind
returneth upon ils circuits, begins anew
the circuit dfits courses. b) i. gq. 5°93
no. 2, places round about, circumjacent,

710

220

the environs, Num. 22, 4. Dan. 9, 16.
Neh. 12, 28. Ps. 44, 14. 79, 4. c) In st.
constr. as a prep. round about, around ;
Num. 11, 24 5485 ΤΠ 3Ὸ rout leash
the tabernacle: Ez. 6, 5. Ps. 79,3. Often
6. suff. "Mia°30 roa ΣΝ me Job
29,5; and so Neh. 5, 17. Job 22, 10.
Ez. 5, 12. Ps. 18, 12. Gen. 35,5. 2K.
17, 15.

᾿ Ξῷ to interweave, to interlace, e. g.
branches, part. pass. Nah. 1, 10, see in
τ. 830. Comp. 728. Arab. JLo IL, id.
Kindr. are 772, 728. From this root
with 3 softened comes the verb ‘3 qui-
escent 310.

Pua. pass. of roots interwoven Job 8,
17.

Deriv. the five following.

729 m. (Kamets impure) branches
interwoven, a thicket, Gen. 22,13. Here
also belongs the phrase Y3"7303 Ps.
74, 5, taking as Kamets long, although
Metheg is wanting in the editions. A
similar instance is "P>r-n79 Ps. 16, 5,
which all copies write without Metheg,
although it is doubtless to be read m’ndath,
comp. 11,6. A few Mss. have 203,
see 29.

320 id. a thicket, whence plur. constr.
“353 "320 Is. 9, 17. 10, 34. Kimchi
and some Mss, read "330, "330, "220;
see Lebrg. Ρ. 77.

7320 ὁ. suff. i930 or ἴϑ3 (Dag. eu-
phon.) a thicket, Jer. 4,7. R. 729.

N220 Chald. f Dan. 3, 5, and δ Ξ Ὁ
v. 7. 10. 15, sambuca, Gr. σαμβύκη, σαμ-
βύκης, σόμβυξ, ζαμβίκη, a stringed instru-
ment of music, having four strings, simi-
lar to the nablium or 533 αἱ v. no. 3, i.e.
to the harp or lyre. See Athen. IV. p-
175. XIV. p. 633, 637. Strabo X. p. 471
Casaub. Vitruv. 6. 1. ib. 10. 22.—Strabo
affirms, 1. c. that the Greek word cap-
βύκη is of barbarian i. 6. oriental origin ;
and if so, the name might perhaps have
allusion to the interweaving of the strings,
from r. 720.

"240 (for #3 430 thicket of Jehovah,
i. 6. crowd of God’s people, comp. 20.)
Sibbecai, pr. n. of a military chief under
David, 2 Sam. 21, 18, 1 Chr. 11, 29 (for
which 2 Sam. 23, 27 corruptly "23).

- 20, 4. 27, 11.

ὅ3Ὁ

ut 220, fut. 530", to bear, to carry,
sc. heavy burdens. Syr. Chald. id.
Kindr. are D3w, d1¥).—Is. 46, 4. 7. Gen.
49, 15. Trop. to bear the sorrows, sins
of any one, i. e. to suffer the punishment

_ which another has merited, Is. 53, 4. 11.

kine Ps. 144, 14.

Lam. 5, 7.
Puat part. plur. 0">2073 , laden sc. with
young; hence gravid, big with young, of

9 -
Comp. Arab. duols

7 9e
portans, in utero gestans, (a3 gravis
fuit, in utero gestavit. .Syr. paox2 la-

den, gravid.

Hirap. Dano to become a burden
Kee. 12, 5.

Deriy. 520, 529, 30, 4330.

220 Chald. i. q. Heb. also to lift or
raise up, to erect. Comp. XW.
Poa pass. to be erected, ‘built, Ezra

6, 3 153 Ὁ “Te and its foundations
Be set up, built—Chald. and Samar. id.

220 m. a bearer of burdens, porter, 2
Chr. 2, 1. 17. 34, 13. Neh. 4, 4—1 K.
5, 29 (15) by apposition 52d δὶ). R.
20.

230 m. a burden Neh. 4,11. Ps. 81,7;
trop. 1 K. 11,28. R. da.

530 m. (r. 530) c. suff. 20 Dag. eu-
phon. a burden Is. 10, 27. 14,25. ὃ»
ἴδε the yoke of his burden, hie burden-

some yoke, Is. 9, 3.—For the Dag. f.
{ euphon. in iPad see Lehrg. p.87. The

form is not to be derived either from

_ 20 or 520.
᾿ς ΓΞ or M220 αὶ only in plur. constr.
mize burdens, tasks imposed, heavy

_ and oppressive labours, Ex. 1, 11. 2, 11.
id, 4:5. 6,6.7. Β. 530.

MAD in the dialect of the Ephraim-
ites i. q. 1238, ear of grain, Judg. 12, 6.

xno Chald. (in Heb. "26) a root
in frequent use in Chaldee and Syriac,

‘the significations of which may be ar-

ranged as follows ; see Thesaur. ἢ. 1319.
Buxt. Lex. col. 1424-30.

1. to cut, to divide ; whence Po. "350
to cut or open a vein. Buxt. no. V.

2. to look at, to discern, to inspect,
which is implied in dividing and distin-

711

“20

guishing, as in r. }°2; see Heb "3¥.—
Arab. ,Aw to examine a wound.

3. to look for, to await ; also to hope,
to trust ; see Buxt.no.II. Often in the
Targums for Heb. πῆρ, ea. Syr. pea
Pa. to hope.—Once in O. T. Dan. 7, 25
mazwin> 20") and he hopeth, trusteth, to
change, etc. "Sept. Alex. wibabiteren.

4. to judge, to suppose, to think, Buxt.
no. III. Syr. Pe. Aph. id.

δ. to understand, Buxt. no. IV.

Deriv. from no. 3 is

D"IA9 (two-fold hope) Sibraim, pr.
n. of a Syrian city between Damascus
and Hamath, otherwise unknown, Ez.
47, 16.

MAI Gen. 10, 7 (21 Mss. maw) and

NmID 1 Chr. 1, 9, Sabtah pr. n. of a peo-
ple and region of the Cushites; see in
Ὁ no 2. There is little doubt that it
corresponds to the Ethiopian city Safar,
Σαβά, Σαβαΐ, (see Strabo XVI. p. 770
Casaub. Ptolem.IV.10,) situated on the
S. W. coast of the Red Sea, not far from
the present Arkiko, in the vicinity of
which the Ptolemies hunted elephants.
Among the ancient intpp. Pseudojona-
than gives it by "8770, for which read
“x70 i. 6. Sembrite, whom Strabo 1. ὁ.
p- 786 places in the same region. Jose-
phus, Ant. 1. 6. 2, understands those who
dwelt upon the Astaboras.

N2MAO Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 9, Sab-
teca, pr. n. of a people and region of the
Cushites, probably in Ethiopia, like the
preceding; see in Wid. Targ. "83927
Zingitani, in the eastern parts of Ethio-
pia. On Egyptian monuments the word
SBTK or Sabatoca appears as the pr.
name of the Ethiopians; so that 82M30
can hardly be sought for elsewhere.
See Thesaur. p. 940. Rosellini Monum.
Storici Il. Ρ. 108 sq. 120, 121.

“Ὁ plur. ΠΡΌ, see "Ὁ.

* 740, fat. ἼΔΟΙ, to fall down in ado-
ration, to prostrate oneself, spoken of
idol worship, ὁ. > Is. 44, 15. 17. 19. 46,
6. It is a word of the later Hebrew:
and Chaldee ; see the following article.

"Ὁ Chald. Dan. 2, 46, fut. 7207, i. q.
Heb. to Jail down in ‘adoration ‘of idole
6. 2 Dan. 3, 5. 6, 10-12, 14. 15. 28; in

N30
homage of a man 2, 46.—Syr. rw to

΄.- 9 ο ΕΣ
Arab. δ id. whence λον
΄

adore.
mosk.

G9 τη. (7.430) 1. a shutting up, en-
closure. Hos. 13, 8 33> 7130 the caul
of their heart, i. e. the parts around the
heart, pericadium.

2. Job 28, 15 i. ᾳ. "990 IMT, see 730
Kal part. pass.

3. Ps. 35, 3 see in "30 Kal, lett. c.

*550 obsol. root, Chald. δ") (for
ΘΒ) to get, to acquire ; comp. NM>530
property. Kindr. is "30 .—Hence

M330 f. property, wealth, private pro-
perty, 1 Chr, 29,3. Ecc. 2,8. Often of
the people of farael mins rio (comp.
mom) Ex. 19, 5. Deut. 7, 6. 14, 2. 26,
18. al.

120 or rte} m. only in plur. 5°23 , a
prefect, governor, ruler, spoken : a) of
Babylonian magistrates, prefects of the
provinces, Jer. 51, 23. 28. 57. Ez. 23,
6. 12. 23; comp. Is. 41, 25. See the
Chald. Ὁ) Of the chiefs and rulers of
the people of Jerusalem in the time of
Ezra and Nehemiah, Ezra 9, 2. Neh. 2,
16. 4, 8.13. 5, 7. 17. 7; 5. 12, 40. 13, 11.

—Corresponding in mod. Pera. is xis
pet, satrap; whence Arab. ΜΈΣ Syr.

oud , satrap, prefect. A trace of the
same fom the anc. Pers. seems to exist
in j22N8 q. v. edict of a prince ; also in
Gr. ζωγάνης Athen. XIV. p. 639. C.
Benfey compares Sanscr. ¢angha, or ra-
ther ¢dsana, command, Monatsn. p. 193
sq. Bohlen better Sanscr. sagana
(ζωγάνης) 4. a. εὐγενής, noble. Sept.
στρατηγός, ἄρχων.

JA m. Chald. a prefect, governor of a
province, Dan. 3, 2. 27. 6,8. But Dan.
2, 48 47250 37 the chief of the prefects, sc.
over the Magi.

*a0 fut. "hO* , Co shut, to close. Kindr.
is "20 but less frequent ; comp. also >39.
The primary syllable is "4, comp. ΔΤ
Ethiop. 6W2Z, to shut up in a net, to
take in a net.—Constr, c. acc. as a
door Gen. 19, 10. Mal. 1, 10; a gate
Josh. 2 7. Ez. 46,12; the womb, so as

712

"30

to render barren, 1 Sam. 1, 5. Job 3, 10,
a breach in a wall 1 K. 11, 27; trop.
one’s own heart Ps. 17, 10, comp. 1
John 3, 17. Also 1798 Msn 730 to
shut the door after oneself on entering a
house, Gen. 19, 6; oftener M>4n "a>
i732 id. 2 K. 4 33. Is. 26, 21; ellipt.
cabelas "30 id. Judg. 9, 51. So too
Έ "sya nan "20 to iad the door after
(around) any one, lo shut him in, 2 K.
4,4.5; and without M29m Gen. 7, 16.
For all these constructions with 733,
and also for Judg. 3, 22, see in 73 no.
1, 2, and note, p. 143, 144. Gen. 2, 21
ninnn “iva “o> avd God closed up the
flesh instead thereof, i i.e. in place of the
rib.—Instead of the ace. we find other
constructions: a) With193 around,
round about; see in 793 no. 1. a. b)
With >> Ex. 14, 3"2'van Erbe ἼΔΌ the
desert hath shut them in, lit. “hath closed
upon them. Job 12, 14 B°N-by 7kO* he
shutleth up over a man sc. a subterra-
nean prison. ὁ) With ΤΣ pregn.
Ps. 35, 3 draw out the spear πα ΤῸ ποσὶ
“B75 and shut the way against my
pursuers; here many mene
take "40 or "ia0 as subst. i. q. Gr.
σάγαρις a battle-axe Hdot. 7, 64, comp.
Arab. Le a wooden spear; but this
is unnecessary., d) Absol. Is. 22, 22.
Josh. 6, 1 ΒΟ 5 ΤῸ im“ and Jeri-
cho had shut its gates and was Sast shut
up, where Kal seems to refer to the
closing of the gates, and Pual as intens.
to their being fastened with bolts and
bars; Vulg. Jericho autem clausa erat
atque munita ; Chald. ‘et Jericho erat
clausa foribus ferreis et roborata vecti-
bus eneis.’—Part. pass. “120 shut up,
closed, Ez. 44, 1. 2..46, 1. Hence also
precious, whence “30 St precious
gold, i. e. pure, unadulterated, 1 K. 6,
20. 21. 7, 49. 50. 10, 21. 2 Chr. 4, 26. 22.
9, 20.
aurum bonum. Others less well, aurum
dendroides, from tree, i. 6. native

gold, shooting out in sale form of a tree.
Nipu. pass. of Kal to be shut, of doors
or gates Is. 45, 1. 60, 11; shat up, of
persons, Num. 12, 14. 15. 1 Sam. 23, 7
Reflex. to shut oneself up, Ez. 3, 24.

Pren "30 i. q. Hiph. no. 2, to deliver

sc. into the power of any one, pr. ‘to

Vulg. aurum purum. Chald.

4

“20

shut up in the power of’ any one; c.
322 1 Sam. 17, 46. 24, 19. 26 8; absol.
2 Sam. 18, 28. Comp. συγκλείω Rom.
11, 32. Gal. 3, 22. Diod. Sic. 9. 19.
Puat to be shut up, 6. g. a city Josh.
6, 1 see above in Kal lett. d. Is. 24, 10.
_ Jer. 13, 19.

Hien. “300 1. fo shut up 6. g. a

house Lev. 14, 38; a person Lev. 13, 4. |

5. 11. 21. 26. al.
2. to let shut up, to deliver over e. g. to
the keepers of a prison Job 11, 10; and
_ genr. to deliver into the power of any
one, c. 773 Josh. 20,5. 1 Sam. 23, 12.
20. Ps, 31, 9. Lam. 2,7; δὲ Deut. 23,
16. Job 16, 11; > Am. 1, 6. 9; absol. Ob.
14. Also stronger, to détieer over, to
| give over to the power and discretion
_ of any one; c. > Ps. 78, 48. 50. 62; with-
out dat. to give up, 4. d. to foranledi ἴο
- abandon, Deut. 32, 30. Am. 6, 8.
Deriv. 120 , "330, 9202, MIRON.

i “Ὁ Chald. to shut, to close, Dan. 6,
t 38, Syr. ae) id.

Ἵ

: PAD m. rain, heavy rain, Prov. 27,
15. Chald. 87"30, Syr. [τ κὦ, Samar.

aired XX, id—Some refer this noun to

“to Arab. to fill with water, to pour

_ out gk ἊΨ the gutter. Better from r.

4 a to sweep away, to bear off;
me spec. to wash away the earth, as
8 torrent; 3 le torrent; hence by
_ prefixing the sibilant "30. Comp.
Chala. babso i,q. 858; Vee i. q.
32 ; see more in Lehrg. p. 862.

᾿ς "Ὁ π΄. (τ. Ἴ1Ὸ) stocks, Lat. nervus, i. 4.
M357 q. v. a wooden frame or bloskki in
which the feet of a person were shut
_ up. Job 13, 27. 33, 11.—Syr. 1-2, Chald.
5 8770 id.

- bad -
ω TIO obsol. root, Arab. duw, fo stop,
to shut up by a bar, bolt, etc. Hence 70.

TT. τῇ. (τ. 110) α shirt, shift,a wide
-under-garment of linen worn next
the body, Judg. 14, 12. 13. Is. 3, 23.
Prov. 31, 24. Sept. oidwr.—Chald. id.
Syr. Be εὉ in the Peshito for Gr. σουδά-
ριον Luke 19, 20, for λέντιον John 13, 4.
60*

713

mere)

*DID obsol. root, perh. i. q. DTW,
HI, Chald. to burn, to consume with
fire. Hence

DI Sodom, Gr. Σόδομα, pr. n. of a
city in the vale of Siddim near the south ,
end of the Dead Sea, which with three
others was destroyed in the time of |
Abraham and submerged in the Dead
Sea. Gen. 10, 19. 13, 10. 18, 20. 19, 15.
Is. 1,9.al. Hence vines of Sodom, which
were probably degenerated and inferior,
(comp. the apples of Sodom Jos. B. J. 4.
8. 4,) are put Deut. 32, 32 as the emblem
of a degenerate state ; comp. Jer. 2, 21.
Also judges of Sodom, i. q. unjust and
corrupt judges, Is. 1, 10.-- The name
may signify burning, conflagration, (r.
D170 ,) as being built on a bituminous soil
and therefore perhaps exposed to fre-
quent fires; comp. the name Kataxsxav-
μένη given to a part of Phrygia. Or it
may be i. q. 7278 field, vineyard, ᾳ. v.—
On the site and catastrophe of Sodom,
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 601 sq.

*370 Arab. yy Ow τὰ δ

(see lett. >) to οὐώνν to let one’s garment
hang loose ; whence pons ὥμλῶ:

G “»
wy ew a sail, wide garment.—Deriv.
79.

ε “70 obsol. root, Chald. "30 often
in Targ. for Heb. 32%, to set in a row,
to arrange in order. Hence “770,
yim3o2, and

ὙΠ. τὰ. order, plur. 570 Job 10.
22,—Chald. id. Syr. {sp id.

; WID obsol. root, prob. to go round
in a circle, to be round; kindred with
37, 99, q. v. Samar. i. q. “MO to sur-
round. Talmud. “M0 a wall, fence.
—Hence 3nd, “πο, DAN.

“WI τη. roundness ; once Cant. 7, 3.
“MOM jsX a basin of roundness i. e.
a round basin or goblet.—Syr. [sux

90
Arab. , the moon, so called from
its round form; comp. Ὁ, ΠΏ.

ΠΟ τη. ὦ tower i.e. a round tower, .

castle, fortress ; Syr. {Zp-sa0. arx, pala-

tium. Hence “7m ma the towers
΄

N10
house, house of the fortress, spoken of a
fortified prison, Gen. 39, 20-23. 40, 3. 5.

B10 So, pr. ἢ. of an Egyptian king
contemporary with Hoshea king of Israel
2K. 17,4; Sept. Sau, Sova, Σοβά, Σω-
Ba, Σουβά, Vulg. Sua; the Sevechus of
Manetho, the second king of the Ethio-
pian (X XV) dynasty in Upper Egypt,
successor of Sabaco and predecessor of
Tirhakah, πρῶ. According to Eu-
seb. 12, he reigned 14 years. The name
SBTK or SaBaToK on Egyptian mo-
numents is regarded by Rosellini as
Ethiopic; corresponding to which. is
Egyptian Sevech and Seve (δ), 8‘).
According to Champollion the name
Sevech denotes an Egyptian deity repre-
sented under the form of a crocodile, the
Χρόνος (Saturn) of the Greeks; Pan-
théon de l’Egypte no. 21, 22. On the
accordance of sacred history with that
of Egypt in that age, see Comm. on Is.
I. p. 596.

# 1,550, twice IW 2 Sam. 1, 22.
Job 24, 2; fut. 30" Mic. 2, 6 like verbs
$>, Lehrg. p. 407; to go off from, to
draw back, to depart, espec. from God,
c. 72 Ps. 80,19; absol. 53,4, Part. pass.
Prov. 14, 14 35 350 drawn back in heart
from God, ἃ backslider; comp. Ps. 44,
19.

Nipu. 3103, once 3102 2 Sam. 1, 22,
fut. 110", inf. absol. 2103, to draw back,
pr. to be made to draw back, to be turn-
ed back; e.g. of a retreating enemy,
often with “ims added, Ps. 35, 4 530°
mens “ins let them be turned back and
put to shame. 40, 15. 70, 3. 129, 5. Jer.
46, 5; of others Is. 42, 17. 50,5. Once
of a weapon, 2 Sam. 1, 22 site. With
min ὙΓΙΗ͂ Ὁ 10 draw back from Jehovah,
to make defection from him, i. q. Kal,
Zeph. 1, 6. Is. 59,13; and so without
these words, id. Ps. 44, 19. 78, 57.

Hipew. 3°00, in the Rabb. manner
for 3707 (comp. in M43, MID, 74>), once
fut. Ἀπ. Job 24, 2, apoc. 209; to remove,
to put away ; Mic. 6, 14 "bpm Ndi ΔΘ

thou shalt put away thy goods, but shalt .

not save them, i.e. shalt put them away
for safety. Spec. to remove a landmark,
border, Deut. 19, 14. 27, 17. Hos. 5, 10.
Prov. 22, 28. 23,10. Job 24, 2 Ἰλ 18;
also Hos. 5, 10 in some Mss.

714

me |

Horn. 387, i. q. Niph. to be turned

away, turned back, with “inx, trop. Is. -

59, 14. :
Norts. Most lexicographers assume
also a root 303, to which they refer
Hiph. and Hoph. 3°87, 385; inf. Niph.
ni? ; also fut. Kal 20". But this is un-
necessary.
Deriv. 390, 390, 37H.

* 11.395 to hedge about, to enclose
1.4. Heb. i, Syr. 4, Chald. 280.
Part. pass. Cant. 7, 3.

31 Ez. 22, 18 Cheth. i. q. 3° scoria.

“30 τὰ. (τ. 930) pr. prison; then
cage of alion Ez. 19,9. Sept. κημός͵
Vulg. caved.

71D m. for Tid1 (r.707) 1. consessus,
divan, a circle of persons sitting toge-
ther, an assembly ; either of friends in
familiar conversation Jer. 6, 11. 15, 17;
or of judges in consultation, ὦ council,
and hence of God consulting with those
above Ps. 89,8. Job 15, 8. Jer. 23, 185
also of wicked men plotting together
Ps, 64, 3. 111, 1. Gen. 49, 6. Ez. 13, 9.

2. familiar converse, intercourse, inti-
macy, Ps. 55,15. Job 19,19 “Tid Ἴ my
confidants, familiar friends. mim To
converse with Jehovah, i. e. his favour.
Ps. 25, 14. Prov. 3, 32. Job 29, 4.—Syr.
γα, Arab. δα, id. |

3. deliberation, consultation ; Prov. 15,
22 Tid PRD without deliberation, opp.
pgs? 32. Ps. 83, 4. |

4. a secret, whence 720 (MP4) M28 to
reveal a secret, Prov. 11, 13. 20,19. 25, 9.
Am. 3, 7.

“S410 (for m= tid confidant of Jehovah
Sodi, pr. n. m. Num, 18,10, From ‘71,

3 rie obsol. root, perh. to veil one
J G--
self; comp. Mi S9 Ὁ hide, sy 4

clothe oneself, S) vesture, external ἃ
Hence M102, MIO. :

5 a es!

pearance.
* TAD i. g. MMO to wipe away,
sweep away. Hence pr. n. VIMO
the two here following.
TO Suah, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 7, 36.
TMM f. (r. mI) i. g. "MO, sweepe
filth, dung. Is. 5,25 WES Sept.

δ ee

from r. MOD

one)

κοπρία, Vulg. quasi stercus, Targ.
δ ΤΌ 3 .—Kimchi here regards the let-
ter > as radical, so that NM302 would be
to sweep out. But

2 of compar. could here hardly be omitted.

"DIO (for "wib, τ. nuw) Sotai, pr. n.
m. Ezra 2, 54. Neh. 7, 57.

* 710 to anoint, spoken only of anoint-
mg the body after washing or bathing,
and thus differing from ΠΏ, which is
used only of anointing for consecration ;
kindr. with 303 I. Perhaps the primary

‘idea of 330 may have been that of wip-

ing, rubbing; comp. πιο, Gr. σώχειν.----
With acc. of pers. 2 Chr. 28, 15, and 3
of the oil Ez. 16,9. Intrans. to anoint
oneself, Ruth 3,3. Dan. 10; 3; acc. of
ointment (comp. M2 Am. 6, 6), Deut.
28, 40 Fiom NX> 72) but saith oil thou
shalt not anoint thyself. Mic. 6, 15. 2Sam.
14, 2. Sept. χρέω, ἀλείφω.

Hien. to anoint oneself 2 Sam. 12, 20.
—Bit Part. 7707 Judg. 3, 24 is 1. ᾳ. 7%
covering, from 330.

Deriv. Ox.

727970 Chald. f. Dan. 3, 5. 10. 15,
and Mem being dropped 572570 ν. 10

Cheth. Syr. Laces, prob. a double pipe

with a sack, bagpipe. It is the Greek
word συμφωνία (see Polyb. ap. Athen.
X. 52. p. 439. A. Casaub. _Isidor. Orig.
Ill. 21 extr.) adopted into the Chaldee
tongue, just as at the present day the
like instrument is called in Italy sam-
pogna and in Asia Minor sambonya.
The Heb. intpp. well 3355. See the
tract on Hebrew musical instruments
entitled ΘΔ °L>w in Ugolini Thes.
Vol. XXXII. p. pares. Thesaur. ἘΠ;

* p.941.

319 pr. ἢ. Syene, a city in the south-
ern extremity of Egypt, on the Nile,

4 situated directly under the tropic of

Cancer. Copt. CO¥ AM, which Cham-

pollion (Egypte sous les Phar. I. 164)

explains opening, key, sc. of Egypt, from

OEM to open, and C4. a participial
ot

formative. Arab. ,.,few! Aswan.—kEz.

29, 10. 30,6, in both places in acc. to
Syene. The 7% is prob. only for 7 local;

but was not so taken by the punctators.

715

E10

* DAD obsol. root, to leap, to bound,
i. q. wiv; in Zabian spoken of the
leaping and springing of horses; Nor-
berg. III. p. 298. 3.—Hence

DIO m. 1. a horse, so called from his
leaping; Aram. O30, ἴω id. Gen.
49, 17. Prov. 21, 31. Job 39, 18. al.
Sing. often collect. horses, war-horses
cavalry, Ex. 14, 9.23. Deut. 17, 16. 1 K.
18, 5. al. .The Egyptians excelled in
their cavalry, Ex. c..14. 15; also the
Canaanites Josh. 11, 4..ὄ Judg. 4, 3. 7 sq.
5, 22. 28; the Assyrians and Chaldeans
Jer. 6, 23. 8,16. 50, 37. Hab. 1,8 sq.
But the Hebrews appear to have had
little taste for cavalry, Is. 30, 16. 36, 8;
notwithstanding the efforts of Solomon
1 K. 4, 16. 9,19. 10,26; and therefore
placed the more confidence in Egypt,
Is, 31,1. 36,9. Jer.4,13. The war-horse
is described Job 39, 19 sq.—Meton. a
horseman Zech. 1, 8.

2. a swallow, so called from its swift
and cheerful flight, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγάλλεσϑαι
πτερύγεσσιν (comp. Il. 2. 462), Is. 38, 14
and Jer. 8, 7 Cheth. where Keri 00.
So Sept. Theod. Jerome. The Rabbins ᾿
render it a crane. See Bochart Hieroz.
T. IL. p. 602 sq.

mid f. a mare, the female horse,
Cant. 1, 9; Sept. 7 ἵππος, which the
Vulg. renders as a collective, equitatum.
But the comparison of a bride to cavalry
could hardly be elegant.

"OAD (horseman) Susi, pr. ἢ. τη. Num.
13, 11.

* 910 obsol. root, Chald. >*mox to
come together, to convene. Hence &3°0.

ΘΟ fut. poy 1. Pr. to sweep or
snatch away, to carry off ; kindr. with
FON and mao. Hence mp.

2. to make an end of, to destroy, see
Hiph. but in Kal intrans. to have an end,
to perish, Is. 66,17. Esth. 9,28. Here
too we may refer 550 Ps. 73, 19 Milél,
and 55d? Am. 3, 15 Milra on account of
Vav conversive.—Syr. and Chald. id.

Hipu. to sweep away, to make an end
of, to destroy; Zeph. 1, 2. 3 5O% FON
I will utterly sweep away ; also Jer. 8,
13 DEON FON, J will utterly sweep them
away; where the infin. absol. pleo

Ὁ

nastic in both passages is from the Kind-
red verb OX no. 5. Comp. Is. 28, 28.

Deriv. 0, MEAD.

Ὁ Chald. id. to have an end, i. 6. to
be fulfilled, e. g. a prophecy Dan. 4, 30.
Comp. 422 no. 1 fin.

Apu. to make an end of any thing
Dan. 2, 44.

IO m. (r. 980) end, a word of the
later Hebrew, already verging towards
Aramaism, i. q. YP, Ecce. 3,11. 7, 2. 12,
13. 2 Chr. 20, 16. Of the rear of an
army Joel 2, 20.

Ὁ Chald. m. (r. 0) emphat. ΘΟ,
end, Dan. 4, 8. 19. 6, 27. 7, 28. Targ.
for YP.

510 m. a rush, reed, sedge ; specially:
a) sea-weed, sedge, Jon. 2, 6. Hence
pio-o" the sea of sedge, i.e. the Arabian
Gulf or Red Sea, which abounds in sea-
weed, Ex. 10, 19. 13, 18. 15, 4. Num.
14, 25. Deut. 1, 40. Ps. 106, 7. 9. 22. 136,
13. al. Simpl. 570 id. Deut. 1,1; see in
many. Called alsoin Egyptian (SOR

ΠΟΔΌΣ i.e. the seaof weeds. See Mi-
chaelis Suppl. p. 1726. Jablonski Opusce.
ed. te Water T. I. p. 366. b) rushes,
bulrushes, growing in the Nile, Ex. 2, 3. δ.
Is. 19,6. See Plin. H. N. 13. 23. §45.—
The etymology is obscure; perh. pr.

$ oe :
sword, like Arab. Wdsw, and so trans-

ferred to coarse grass, q. d. sword-grass,

as Copt. CHIE, CH&E, sword and
also reed. In the Indo-European tongues
we may compare also Lat. scirpus, sir-
pus, old High Germ. sciluf, Germ. Schilf,
Dan. sif, séf, the letter r being softened
by degrees into /, and even into a vowel.

MD ἢ (τ. 90) a whirlwind, hurri-
cane, tempest, which sweeps away all
before it, Job 21. 18. 27, 20. 37, 9. Prov.
10, 25. Is. 17,13. With © parag. Mp
Hos. 8,7. Plur. mipio Is. 21, 1.

* 9D once “AW Hos. 9, 12, fut. "90%,
conv. 90") Ex. 8, 27. Judg. 4, 18, which
same form is found also in Hiph.

1. to go off, to turn aside or away, to

depart, c. a, ΣᾺ, ἘΣ. "INNA. ΕἸ. g.
a) Froma place: Is. 52, 11 3440 4790
nwa sxx depart, depart, get ye out from
thence. Lam. 4,15. Num. 12,10. Espec.

716

"1D

from a way 1 Sam. 6,12; metaph. Deut
2, 27. 2K. 22,2. 2 Chr. 34,2; also Ex.
32, 8. Deut. 9, 12. Is. 30, 11. al. So too
from work, service, 2 Chr. 35, 15; from
calamity, i. e. to escape from it, Job 15,
30. Prov. 13, 14.

b) From a person, Ex. 8, 7. 25. Ps. 6,
9 depart from me, all ye workers of ini-

_quity, let me alone. 119, 115. 139, 19.

Job 21, 14. 22,17. With "589 fo turn
aside from afier any one, to desist from
following him, 2 Sam. 2, 21-23; ο. jim
to depart from among, 1 Sam. 15, δ᾽ 9,
>32 to depart from the alliance of any

- one, Is. 7, 17.—Often of things which

depart from any one, leave him, e. g.
leprosy Lev. 13, 58; a yoke, c. 532 Is.
10, 27; the sword 2 Sam. 12, 10; the
divine anger Ez. 16, 42; the punitive
hand of God 1 Sam. 6, 3; an evil spirit
from God 1 Sam. 16, 23; folly Prov. 27,
22; defence Num. 14, 9; the sceptre
i.e. empire Gen. 49,10. So Prov. 11,
22 a fair woman B22 M20 who depart-
eth from discretion, i. e. who is without
discretion.—Spec.

aa) to turn away from God, to depart,
i.e. to fall away from his worship, to
apostatize, c. 2 Is.17,5; "9982 1 Sam.
12, 20. 2 K. 18, 6. Job 34, 27; bya Jer.
32, 40. Ez. 6,9; once 6. 3, Hos. 7, 14
"299905, like 3 DUB.

bb) to depart from the law or the di-
vine precepts, as from the right way
(comp. Is. 30, 11); ο. }2 Deut. 7, 20.
Josh. 23, 6. 1 K. 15, 5. Ps. 119, 102;
by 2K. 10, 31; once 6. ace. 2 Chr. 8, 15
323 mixa 0 ND they departed not —
from the commandment of the king ; but
3 Mss. read mix. Contra, not to de-
part from sin, i. q. not to leave-it, 6. 77
2 K. 3, 3. 13, 2.6.11; dy 10, 31. 15,18; :
“x72 10, 29.

ec) 312 790 to depart from evil, to
avoid it by doing right, often joined with
DTN NT, Ps. 34, 15. 37, 27. Prov.3,
7. Job 1, 1.8. Is. 59, 15. al.

dd) God is said to depart from men,
when he forsakes them, withholds his
aid and favour, c. 032 1 Sam. 16, 14. 18,
12; ἘΣ 28, 15. 16. Judg. 16, 20.

Absol. in various senses, 6. g. ἃ) to
turn away from God, to apostatize, comp.
above in lett. aa; Deut. 11, 16. Ps. 14
3. Jer. 5, 23. Dan. 9,11. 8) to depart

vy

"10

i e. to pass away, 1 Sam. 15, 32 the bit-
_ terness of death is past. Hos*4,18. So

6,7; envy 11,13. +) to be taken away,
_ removed. 1 K. 15, 14 and the high places
were not taken away. 22, 44. 2 K. 12, 4.
14,4. 15, 4. Job 15, 30.
2. With a preposition implying motion
away into a place, to turn aside to a place
or person, sc. from the way. So with
ἘΝ of pers. Gen. 19, 3 προ 870") and
| they turned in unto him. Judg. 4, 18; of
place Gen. 19, 2. Judg. 19, 12 "803 ND
9922 797>N we will not turn aside ‘into
the city of a stranger. 1 Sam. 22, 14 who
turneth in unto (hath access to) thy pri-
_ vate audience. With H— local, as "Ὁ
_ aw 10 turn aside thither Judg. 18, 15;
nant "10 Prov. 9, 4.16; with adv. "40
Di ‘Judg. 18, 3. 19, 15. ‘With d9 to turn
aside towards any one, e. g. to fight with
him 1K. 22,32. Absol. to turn aside and
: Go toany place; Ex. 3,3 58738) NITION
_ Iwill turn aside now, and see. v. 4. Judg.
14, 8. Ruth 4,1. 1 K. 20, 39. Jer. 18, 5.
δἰγρή. ΠΌΤ, fut. conv. "0" which
can be distinguished from the like fut.
_ of Kal only by the context, Gen. 8, 13.
80, 35. al.

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make de-
part, to remove, to put away, in any man-
‘ner, with acc. and often 472, 532; e.g. by
driving Gen. 30, 32; by exite 2 K. 17,
B18 ; by uncovering Gen: 8, 13; by cut-
ting off or away Lev. 1, 16. 8, 4. 10. 15.
Is. 18, 5. 1 Sam. 17, 46. So the hand
from one’s head, UX" 53% Gen. 48, 17;
a ring from the finger Gen. 41, 42; gar-
“ments from any one Zech. 3, 4. Gen. 38,
' 14. 1 Sam. 17, 39; a crown Job 19,9;
_ the head from any one, to behead, 1 Sam.
+17, 46. 2 Sam. 4,7. 16,9. 2K. 6, 32;
ahedge Is. 5,5; idolg, idol-worship from
aland 1 K. 15, 12. 2K. 3. 2. 2 Chr. 14,
| 2. Is. 36,7; innocent blood 1 K. 2, 31,
ἱ Rete. Deut. 7, 15. Josh. 7, 13. 1 Sam. 17,
26; also Is. 1, 16. Job 27, 5. 2 Sam. 7,
15. More rarely of men to remove, to
pul away from a land, i.e. to expel, 1
| Sam. 28, 3. 2 K. 17, 18: also from ἃ

station, power, 2 Chr. 15, 16. Is. 10, 13
[have removed the bounds of the people,
i. e. have moved them forwards, extend-
ed them.—Spec. to remove is a) i. q.
to take away, comp. in Kal no. 1. y ; 68-

τι

of clamour Am. 6, 7; the guilt of sin Is.

mio

pec. the right of any one Job 27, 2. 34,
5; 6. 2 Job 12, 30. b) to turn away
Sra the warshis of God, 6. "2982 Deut.
7,4. Prov. 28, 9. Job 33, 17 DIN “ΠΌΠ9
nes, where it should probably read
nes ; ; comp. Sept. c) to take back,
to reteiade a promise Is. 31,2. d) toturn
away the prayer of a suppliant, Ps. 66,
20. e) toturnor put aside, i. 6. to leave
undone, to neglect, Josh. 11, 15.

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to
turn aside to any one, c. "2% 2 Sam. 6,
10.

Hopu. "057 to be removed Lev. 4, 31.
35. 1 Sam. 21, 7. Dan. 12, 11. Is. 17, J
"7379 “ova pps Dosmascup shall be re-
moved (taken away) from among the
cities, i. e. destroyed.

Pr. “ΠΟ i. q. Hiph. to turn asidea
way, fo cause to deflect from the true
course, and so to lead into calamity,
Lam. 3, 11; comp. v. 9.

Deriv. W730, "30", pr. ἢ. 0, and

ΠΟ m. 1. Part. pass. i. ᾳ. "052 re-
moved, i.e. driven out, (comp. 1 Sam. 28,
3.) Is, 49, 21 HAd1 nb} cm bate aan
ditoen cut. Jer. 17, 13 Keri "5D those re-
moved from me, i.e. who have departed.

2. a degenerate branch or shoot, comp.
the root no 1. aa, bb. Jer. 2,21 "550
M2322 ἼΞ3Γ degenerate shoots of a strange
vine.

3. Sur, pr. n. of a gate of the temple,
only 2 K. 11,6. In the parall. passage
2 Chr. 23, 5 it is called iow ἜΣΘ the
foundation gate; and this is preferable.

* PAO or MO in Kal not used, to
stimulate, to incite. This root is want-
ing in all the kindred dialects, and is
perhaps secondary, derived from τ εἰ
thorn, goad, stimulus.

Hipu. ΤῸ and mon Jer. 38, 22, fut.
mo" and n°" Is. 36, 18, conv. Mom 2
Sam. 24, 1; part. m0 2 Chr. 32, 11; to
incite, to impel, to move, often in a bad
sense ; followed by an ace. and inf. c. >,
1 Chr. 21, 1 and (Satan) moved (ro)
David to number Israel. 2 Chr. 18, 2.
Acc. simpl. to seduce, Deut. 13, 7. 1 K.
21, 25 Ahab... whom Jezebel his wife
mmon incited, seduced; where ΠΡΌ is
for ΠΛ ΛΌΓΙ, ilinerige the au logy ‘of
verbs 39, as if from ἃ root mmo. Jer. —
38, 22. Ie 36, 18 lest Hezekiah ‘seduce

.

nid
you. 2 K. 18, 32.2 Chr. 32,11. 15. So
of a thing indifferent, Josh. 15, 18. Judg.
1, 14.—With ace. of pers. and 3 to incite,
to stir up, to provoke, against any one,
1 Sam. 26, 19. 2 Sam. 24, 1. Job 2, 3.
Jer. 43, 3. With 7, to incite, or entice
away from a pers. or place, to move to
depart ; 2 Chr. 18, 31 and God nn701
123 incited them from him, moved
them to leave him. Job 36,16 and even
THEE would he have led away out of the
strait.—Difficult is Job 36, 18 ΠΏ 2
95 ΟΝ ἼΕΞΓΞῚ) PRL? 4}707 778, usually
thus rendered: if there be anger (from
God, if God be angry), beware lest he
drive thee forth with chastisement ; then
great ransom cannot turn thee away sc.
from punishment. But such a meaning
of M"Om is not elsewhere found, and 15
not accordant with its usual ascertained
signification. Others: beware lest one
seduce thee with abundance ; and let not
great ransom (wealth) turn thee away ;
here Ppw may indeed be abundance, i. q.
PHO Job 20, 22; and πη" ΓΒ may be
taken impersonally; but "5229 can
hardly be put for wealth in general, and
M2" is not accounted for. See Thesaur.
p. 945, 946.

TNO m. ἅπαξ heyou. Gen. 49, 11. a gar-
ment, clothing, usually regarded as by
apheresis for MI0D (τ. MOD), which the
Sam. Cod. gives in full; see the author’s
Comment. de Pent. Sam. p. 33, and
Lehrg. p. 136.—Better to take it as con-
tracted from ΤΌ (τ. MIO, as MOD from τ.
MOD) a garment ; comp. ἢ ΠΣ veil. So
Aben Ezra. Thesaur. p. 700, 941.

i amd 1. i. ᾳ. Arab. 4S’, to drag,
fo draw along upon the ground, e. g.a
dead body 2 Sam. 17, 13. Jer. 15, 3
Iwill send ... sod O75 sbon-ny the doge
to drag hei about. 22, 19. 49, 20.

2. to pull or tear in pieces ; whence

Mad f. a tearing in pieces, Jer. 38,
11.12 mianen >a old torn clothes, rags,
clouts.

*FIMd to sweep away, to wipe off,

only in Prat "n-M> Ez. 26, 4.—Arab. ee
id. Syr."JZaun a broom, brush, Chald.

mmo to wash. Kindred roots are Amd
(whence "70,M0) and Mo .—Hence

718

“nod

TIO m. sweepings, offscouring, trop.
for any thing worthless, Lam. 3, 45.
Comp. Gr. περίψημα id. 1 Cor. 4, 13.—
Chald. 8m°nd dung.

WD ἅπ. λεγόμ. 2 K. 19, 29, for which
in the parall. passage Is. 37, 30 is found
om, chat which grows of itself the third

_ year “after sowing ; on which compare

Strabo XI. 4. 3. p. 502 Casaub. Comp.
mpo. Sept. 2K. 1. 6. τὰ ἀνατέλλοντα,
Vulg. gue sponte, nascuntur. The ety-
mology see under O°F1.

πο 1. pr. to scrape, i. q. Ὡπῶ ;
also Sieve. to scrape away, to sweep
away with violence, as rain which
sweeps all before it, "M0 "2 Prov. 28,
3.—Arab. _as to scrape i. e.. shave

9 nie 9. ΄

the head; WS and KAAS a violent
sweeping rain, torrent.

2. to bear down, to cast down, to the
ground. Syr. sun id. Hence

Nipu. to be prostrated, overthrown,
Jer. 46,15. Others: to be swept away,
from Kal no. 1.

ene fut. "170". 1. to go about, to
travel around in a land, to migrate as
nomades, with acc. of country Gen. 34,
10. 21. With 5x to go about or migrate
into a land, Jer. 14, 18.—Kindred is "71
q. v. Chald. "m0 very freq. in the Tar-
gums for Heb. ΞΞΌ. Syr. spec. to travel
about as a mendicant. In the Arab.
verbs and the notion of going

about is very doubtful, and is not sup-
ported by the usus loquendi.

2. Spec. to travel around, to traverse
countries as a merchant, in order to buy
or sell ; hence to trade, to traffic, ἐμπο-.
gevouct. Gen. 43,34 ἡΠΌΤΙ PINAKTAN
and ye may traverse the land sc. to buy
grain, to traffic i init. Part “πὸ a trader,
merchant, ἔμπορος, Gen. 23, 16. 37, 28.
Ez. 97,21. 36. ΡΠ MS the king’s tra-
ders, who made journeys in order to pur-—
chase wares for him, 1 K. 10,28. 2 Chr.
1, 16. Also of traders by sea Prov.
31, 14. Is. 23, 2. Ez. 38, 13. Fem.
mono a female trader) merchant; Ez 27,
12. 16.18. Metaph. to have commerce,
intercourse, with any one, Is. 47, 15.—In_
Aramean and Arabic the idea of traffick-

δ π)."
ing is expressed by the kindred verbs

° oi
΄΄σ.

“3h, κΞ
Pitp. “3770 to move about rapidly,

_ e. g. of the heart,i. 6. to palpitate strong-

_ ments, Esth. 1, 6.
of black marble, comp. Syr. [25cum
lapis niger tinctorius (Ὁ and 8 being in-
_ terchanged) ; or, better, marble marked

shielded marble, comp. Mnd.
mann (Hebrdaerin III. p. 363) supposes
“© to be tortoise-shell, consisting as it

ly, Ps. 38, 11.
Deriv. "702 and the five following.

WD τὴ. constr.2m9 1. ἃ mart, em-
porium, Is. 23, 3.

2. What is gained from traffic, profit,
wealth, Is. 45, 14.

“MO m. profit, gain, from merchandise
Is. 23, 18. Hence of any gain, profit,
Prov. 3, 14 ὨΌΞ-"ΠΘῸ HAND 319 3 for
her (wisdom’s) gain is better than that
of silver, i. 6. to gain her is better than
to gain silver. 31, 18.

MIMO f. (r.N0) traffic, merchandise,
for concr. merchants, Ez. 27,15 nn
72, 1. ᾳ. FIT MN v. 21, i.e. merchants
at thy hand, ready at hand.
main f. a shield, so called from sur-
ending and protecting a person, Ps.

Fs Comp. Chald. "md to surround ;
οἰ Zapaato tower, castle. R. “πο.

MIMO f. in pause mand a kind of
costly stone used in tesselated pave-
It is either a species

with round spots like shields, spotted or
Hart-

_ were of shields, comp. M70; but this
_ would hardly be interspersed in a pave-

δι ment with various kinds of marble.
QD see wid.

a-y--) plur. i. ᾳ. ΘΟ, pr. deviations
from the right way, i. e. transgressions,

| Ps. 101, 8. R. vw.

ΔΓ τη. (r. 430) Ez. 22, 18 Keri (Che-
thibh 390), and plur. 0°3°0, pr. what

goes off from metal, recedanea, i.e. a)

scori@, dross, Prov. 25, 4.0372 "Δ" Ὁ i374
separate the dross from the silver. 26, 23
ἘΠ Ὁ 203 dross-silver i. 6. not yet re-
fined. b) base metal, originally mixed
with the finer and separated from it by
smelting, see 5.13. Ez. 22, 18.19. Is. 1,
22. 25.

719

"Ὁ

Nore. For ©"3"0 we find in several
Mss. and printed editions 0°30 Is. 1, 22.
25. Ez. 22, 18. 19; comp. Lehrg. p. 145.
The former is preferable.

TNO m. Sivan, Esth. 8, 9, the third
month of the Hebrew year, from the new
moon of June to the new moon of July.
The form admits a Heb. etymology, e. g.
from a root "Ὁ i.g. J70, JRO; or from
""Ό 1. ᾳ. Ἐν, Ἢ q.v. Better, with Ben-
fey, to regard it as of Persian origin, like
the other names of months’; the name of
the corresponding Persian month being

Sefend-armez doy! didrul, . Zend.

gpenti drmaiti, Pehlv. Sapand-omad.
Monathsn. p. 13, 41 sq. 122 sq.

JMO (sweeping away, i. e. a warrior
sweeping all before him, r. M0) Sthon,
pr. n. of a king of the Amorites at Hesh-
bon Num. 21, 21. 23. Ps. 135, 11. al.
Hence the city of Sihon i.e. Heshbon, -
Num. 21, 28. In Jer. 48, 45 jim"0 1.3"
is prob. for πο ma from the hor
(city) of Sihon ; comp. Num. 21, 28.

“ yo obsol. root, prob. to be miry;

kindr. with }80; whence Chald. 779;
Syr. fis mire, i. gq. Chald. 2, Svr.

2, Arab. cpa.

TO (mire) Sin, pr.n. 1. Pelusium,a
city situated among marshes at the
north-eastern extremity of Egypt, in a
tract now entirely covered by the sea,
Ez. 30, 15.16. Comp. Strabo XVII. p.
802. In Arabic it is called Rink i.e.
marsh; and also Boys Farameh ; which

latter is from the Egyptian peporss
i. e. miry place, from q art. masc. €p to

be, and OX mire; see Champollion
Egypte II. p. 82sq. Sept. Σαΐς, cod.
Alex. Tavis.

2. The desert of Sin, westward of
Mount Sinai on the coast of the Sinus
Herodpolitanus or Gulf of Suez, Ez. 16,
1. 17, 1. Num. 33, 12. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I. p. 106.

"2D pr. ἢ. Sinai, Gr. Σινά, Σινᾶ, a
mountain or rather mountainous tract in
the Arabian peninsula lying between

' the two gulfs of the Red Sea, and cele-

brated as the place where the Mosaic

rae

law was given; Ex. 16, 1. Num. 33, 16.
Deut. 33, 2. Judg. 5, 5. Ps. 68, 9. 18.
Fully "299 "3 Ex. 19, 11 sq. 24, 16. 34,
4. 29. 32. Lev. 7, 38. 25, 1. 26,46. 27, 34.
al. [The proper Sinai is a lofty ridge
between two deep and very narrow val-
leys; the northern end impends perpen-
dicularly over a narrow plain er-Rahah ;
the southern rises into a higher summit,
the modern Jebel Misa. In the 8. W.
beyond the deep valley is another ridge,
on which is the summit St. Catharine.
The place of the giving of the law was
prob. the north end of the first ridge.
The Arabic name for the whole moun-
tain is now Jebel et-Tur, alt. See
a full description of Sinai with a Map in
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 129 sq. 139 sq.
148 sq. 157 sq. 175sq.—R.] The desert
around the mountain was called "27%
"3°0, Ex. 19, 1.2. Lev. 7, 38.’ Num. 1,
1.19. 9, 1. al—The etymology is un-
known.

"2° pr. ἢ. the Sinite, a people prob.
near Mount Lebanon Gen. 10,17. 1 Chr.
1,15. Strabo mentions here a city Sinna,
- XVI. 2.18. p.756 Casaub. Jerome also,
Quest. Heb. in Gen. ad h.1. speaks of a
place Sinz not far from Arca.

B72"0, whence 072" γον land of the
Sinim Is. 49, 12, where the context im-
plies a remote country situated in the
eastern or southern extremity of the
earth ; prob. the Sinenses, Chinese, whose
country is Sina, China. This very an-
cientand celebrated people was known to
the Arabians and Syrians by the name

epee <3) ΕΝ Sin, Tsini ; anda

Hebrew writer might well have heard
of them, especially if sojourning in Baby-
lon, the metropolis as it were of all Asia.
This name appears to have been given
to the Chinese by the other Asiatics ; for
the Chinese themselves, though not un-
acquainted with it, do not employ it;
either adopting the names of the reign-
ing dynasties, or ostentatiously assuming
nigh: -sounding titles, 6. g. Tchung-kue
‘central empire,’ etc. But when this
name was thus given them by other na-
tions, and whence it was Ccerived, is mat-
ter of question. Not improbably the,
opinion of those writers is correct, who

720

κι" z

suppose the name 6"3"0, Sinenses, to
come from the fourth dynasty, called
Tshin, which held the throne from 249
to 206 B. €. see Du Halde Deser. de la
Chine T.I.§1,andp. 306. Abel Rému-
sat Nouveaux Mélanges Asiatiques II.
Ῥ. 334 sq. To say nothing of the people
called 7'shinas and spoken of in the laws
of Menu, the name of this dynasty may
have become widely known among for-
eign nations long before it acquired the
sovereign power over all China. See
more in Thesaur. p. 949, 950.—Others,
who reject this application of the name
to the Chinese, understand the inhabi-
tants of Pelusium (comp. }"0),-and by
synecd. the Egyptians ; so Bochart Pha-
leg 4. 27; or the inhabitants of Syene,
comp. 7230. Sept. γῆ Περσῶν.

Ὁ" Ὁ a swallow, Jer. 8,7 Keri for 030
no. 2. q. V.

ἐς Ὁ (battle-array, comp. Syriac
ἵζμολυ; perh. for Ὁ“ Ὁ, from r. ""0
i. q. yw to spring upon, to make an on-
set) Sisera, pr.n?m. a) A military
commander under Jabin king of the Ca-

naanites, Judg. 4,2 sq. Ps. 83,10. Ὁ)
Ezra 2, 53. Neh. 7, 55.

δὰ Ὁ (congregation, as in Syr. and
Chald. r. 930) Sia, pr. n.m. Neh. 7,
47; for which 8M" Siaha Ezra 2, 44,
which latter seems to be a corruption
made up from the two forms 83" and
ΠΣ. Comp. 5°O"5). —

TnI" Dan. 3,10 Cheth. for 7335240
ᾳ. Vv.

*""O' mid. Yod, to boil up, to effer-

vesce, comp. Arab. yl to spring up, to
effervesce as wine ; ae rage, as anger, a
fever; Heb. "XW and ἜΝΘ to ferment,
""3 to boil up, to ferment.—Hence

YO m. Jer. 1,13; fem. Ez. 24, 6.

1. a pot, pr. for boiling, and then genr.
2 Κι. 4, 38 sq. Job 41, 32. Ez. 11, 3. 7.
24, 3.6. al. war o> Ex. 16, 3. Jer. 1,
13 55) “Ὁ see inr, MH) no. 2. Ps. 60,
10 “07 “Ὁ ari Moab shall be my pot
(basin) of washing, i. €. my wash-pot,
wash-basin, in contempt for ‘I will use
her as the meanest vessel.’ Plur. ΓΟ
pots Ex. 38, 3. 1K.7, 45. 2K. 25, 14, al.

Am. 4, 2.

Jer. 2, 21.

no

2. Plur. ὉΠ and nino Ps. 58, 10.
a) thorns, briars, so called
from the idea of springing up, efferves-
cing, in allusion to the luxuriant and
redundant growth ol wild plants; comp.
¢. ἌΣ. and art. "372 no. 2. Is. 34, 13.
Hos. 2,8. So in the paronomasia Ecc.
7,6: "90 mam ΠΛ DIP 2 as the crack-
ling of thorns under a pot. Poet. a thicket
of thorns or briars is an emblem of wick-
edness; Nah. 1, 10 59329 Β΄. ΠΟ ἜΣ inter-
woven like to han, see inr. ἈΞ 30, also 7
B. 2. ¢; cothp. Mic.'7' 4. Ez. 2 6. Diffi-
cult is Ps. 58, 10 ὈΞ Ὁ 93933 DADA
ἼΩΝ before men marked your thorns, loa
thorn-bush ! i.e. swiftly and unexpected:
ly the wicked grew up; but, whether
quick or burning, God will storm tt away,
i.e. God will destroy them with the
same swiftness. Others here take Ὁ
as pots, i. 6. before your pots can feel the
thorn-bush (fire of thorns Ecc. 7,6) God
will sweep it away; the figure being
taken from travellers in the desert, who
build a fire which the wind sweeps away.
b) hooks for fishing? from their resem-
blance to thorns, Am. 4,2; comp. min.
Nore. In former editions I have re-
ferred D°""D thorns to the root "30, as
denoting pr. recedanea, degenerated or
wild parts of a shrub, comp. 45353 ,"750
But it is better to refer
both signifeations of "> to the same

origin.

MO see τ. MID.

JO m. un. deyou. a multitude of peo-

; ple, Ps. 42,5. So all the versions and
intpp. and so the context requires, al-

ἱ

though in assigning the etymology there

isa great diversity. There can be little
doubt that it is pr. a thicket of trees, a
thick wood, here poet. for a dense crowd

of men, from r. 320; comp. 9 no. 2.
Comp. also "2" of a hostile troop, Is. 10,
18. 19. 34. |

JO m. (r. 720) ὁ. suff. 130, once ἽΞ:Ὸ
Ps. 76, 3 in some editions.

1. a booth, hut, Ps. 27,5. Poet. fora
tabernacle, fwalling. Ps. 76, 3.

‘2. a covert of trees, as the lair of wild
beasts, Ps. 10, 9. Jer. 25, 38.

: Plo obsol. root, i. ᾳ. 3B to look
upon. Hence pr. ἢ. 9202.
6]

121

"20

M20 f (τ. 429) constr. 30, pio.
midd.

1. ἃ booth, hut, made of green boughs
and branches interwoven, as a shelter
from the sun Gen. 33, 17. Jon. 4, 5. Is.
4,6; or for a watchman in a garden or
vineyard, Is. 1, 8. Job 27, 18; or for the
Jewish festival of booths Lev. 23, 34. 42.
Nah. 8, 15-17; whence the festival it-
self is called Mid60 3M the festival of the
booths, feast of the tabernacles, Lev. 23,
34. Deut. 16, 13. al. Once by way of
contempt of a small ruined house, Engl.
hut, Am. 9, 11. Elsewhere also of tents
for soldiers, 2 Sam. 11, 11. 1 K. 20, 12.
16. Poet. of the dwelling of God Ps. 18,
12. Job 36, 29.—2 K. 17, 30 niza mi2o
the booths of the ΕΊΤΕ usually ta-
ken for booths in which the maidens
prostituted themselves in the Babylo-
nian manner ; see Hdot. 1. 199, and art.
ΠΡ. Perhaps it should read miso
mina the booths in high places, conse-
crated to idols; see ini22 no. 3.

2. a covert, as the lair of the lion,
Job 38, 40.

MD9 (booths) Succoth, pr. n. 1. A
town in the tribe of Gad, Josh. 13, 27;
on the east of the Jordan Judg. 8, 5. 1
K. 7, 46. For its origin see Gen. 33,
17. Midd pee Ps. 60, 8. 108, 8, the valley
of Succoth, in which the town stood,
perh. part of the valley of the Jordan,
el-Ghor.

2. The first station of the Israelites
in the desert, on the Egyptian side of
the Red Sea, Ex. 12, 37. 13, 20. Num.
33, 5.

8. Succoth-benoth, see in 20 no. 1.

ΓΟ ΕΝ 29) i. q. 130, a tent, ta-
bernacle, which the japlatrous Israelites
constructed in the desert in honour of
an idol, like the tabernacle of the cove-
nant in honour of Jehovah, Am. 5, 26;
see on this passage in art. 1352. Comin,
the σκηνὴ ἱερά of the Carthaginians
Diod. Sic. 20. 65.

B29 (dwelling in booths) Sukkiim,
pr. n. of an African people mentioned
along with the Libyans and Ethiopians,
2 Chr. 12,3. Sept. Vulg. Troglodytes,

_ who dwelt along the coast of Ethiopie: |

and also in Arabia.

730

ἐπ 729, once 20 Ex. 33, 22; fut.
WO}-

1. to interweave, to weave, to interlace,
espec. boughs and branches as a screen
or to form a booth or hut, 120; hence
to hedge, to fence, see Hiph. ‘Kindred
roots are 77, 310 II, 702 Π. In Kal
poet. Ps. 139, 13 "ὮΝ 233 "220H thou
hast woven me in my mother’s womb,
comp. Job 10, 11.—Since booths as well
as hedges were built for the protection
and security of men, and also of gardens
and vineyards, hence 429 is

2. tocover,i.e. a) to shelter, to pro-
tect, to cover by way of protection, pr. as
boughs and trees, with two acc. Job 40,
22 [17] oz pubes 8D" the lotus-trees
cover him with their shade. With > Ps.
140, 8. Ὁ) Genr. to cover, with ace. of
covering and >, to cover over, Ex. 40,
3. 33, 22; acc. impl. 1 K. 8, 7 32053
ἜΝ ὈΠΞῚΞΠ and the cherubim cov-
ered the ark, lit. they covered over the
ark. Ex. 25, 20. 37, 20. 1 Chr. 28, 18.
Absol. Ez. 98, 14. 16. Intrans. to cover
oneself, to hide, Lam. 3, 44 4333 M20.
vy. 43.—Parr. 920 pr. covering ; hence
a shed, mantlet, vinea, used in besieging
cities, Nah. 2, 6.

Hiru. 70", fut. conv. 50", i. q. Kal.

1. tohedge in, to fence around, Job 38,
8; 6. ἽΣΞ 3,23. i

2. to cover, c. 99 Ex. 40, 21. Also to
protect, c. by Ps. 5, 12, > Ps. 91,4. on
37227 1 Sam. 24, And Judg. 3, 24, to
cover the feet, an euphemism for to ease
oneself, to satisfy a call of nature; so
correctly Josephus Ant. 6. 13, 4, the
Talmudists Buxt. Lex. Talmud. 1472,
and so Sept. παρασκευάσασϑαι i. q. ἀπο-
oxsvacard at, ἀνασχευάσασϑαι. Atleast,
in accordance with Kimchi’s opinion, it
is to void urine, which among Asiatic
nations the men also do in a sitting pos-
ture, covering themselves with the folds
of their wide garments.—Others: 10 lie
down for sleep ; so Syr. 1 Sam. 1. c. and
also Josephus (inconsistently) Ant. 5. 4.
2; but in that case no such circumlocu-
tion was necessary. See Muntinghe in
Diss. Lugdd. p. 1160. J. D. Michaelis
Supplem. p. 1743.

Pitp. 3030 to inflame, to incite, to
alatonash ; Is. 9, 10 "930" ἜΑ Ν ΓΝ and

722

20

his (Ephraim’s) enemies God will arouse.

19,2 ΠΣ ῺΞ D2 ΏΞΌΞΌ Iwill arouse
the Egyptians against the Egyptians. So
Sept. Targ. Syr. Vulg. and this is well
illustrated from the Talmudic usage by
Abulwalid; see Thesaur. p. 951.—Others
with Schultens, to cover with arms. to

Ge
arm; comparing Arab. Suis id.
Deriv. 99, ἢ (Fw), MBO, ποθ, MADD,»
702, 7209, 79, pr. n. miso, n=z0.

J20, see r. 20 no. 2, Part.

M220 (enclosure) Secacah, pr. n. of a
town in the desert of Judah, Josh. 15,
61.

x 220 in Kal not used, to be foolish ;
well to be distinguished from the verb
>> to look at, which has nearly the
same sound. Corresponding are >®2
no. 2.b. Syr. Aph. ‘Sf to act fool-
ishly, impiously, Chald. 50x id.

Piri to make foolish, i. 6. vain, fruit-
less, to frustrate, 6. g. counsel 2 Sam.
15, 31. Is. 44, 25. Comp. din.

Hipn. to act foolishly, with ὩΣ Gen.
31, 28; simpl. 1 Sam, 26, 21. —Aram.
Aph. itt:

Nien. 1. to act foolishly, pr. to show
oneself foolish, 1 Sam. 13, 13. 2 Chr.
16, 9.

2. to do wickedly, 2 Sam. 24, 10. 1 Chr.
21,8. Comp. >"02; 539, etc. :

Deriv. the three following.

220 m. foolish Jer. 4, 22. 5, 21. Ecc.
2, 19. 7, 17.—Syr. {law id.
230 m. folly, concer. fools Ecc. 10, 6.

miead £. (r. 530) folly, found only in
Ecclesiastes, c. 2, 3. 12. 13. 7, 25. 10,1.
13. Once ΡΝ id. Ecce. 1, 17. —Syr. id. |

|

*190 fat. joo. 1. Pr. i. ᾳ. Ἰ5
<,Suw, to dwell, c. ace. pers. with whom.

2. to be familiar with any one, ¢o as-
sociate with, from the idea of dwelling
together in the same tent or house.
Hence Part. {20 an associate, compan-
ion, friend, e. g. of a king Is. 22, 15.
Fem. ri20 a female friend, attendant, 1
K. 1,2. 4. Comp. Hiph.—Hence

3. With > and 5» of pers. to do kin :
ness to any one, to benefit, Job 22, 2. 35

»

with any one, c. 6» Job 22, 21.
with any thing, and hence to know, ὁ

"20

3; absol. 15, 3. Intrans. to profit, Job
34, 9. R

4. i.g. Arab. <pXuw Conj. I, IV, V,
to be poor, needy, see Pual and ἸΞΌ,
mi3D070. Ν Many have despaired οἵ find-
ing an accordance between this signifi-
cation and the others; but it probably
comes from the notion of being seated,
which is kindred with that of dwelling.
The idea of being seated is closely con-
nected with that of sitting down, of sink-
ing from languor and debility ; comp.
(λα to sit, Conj. IV pass. to be com-

pelled to sit, 1o be lame; ae ales’
Epes a
weak, feeble man; also sedé@re and sidére.

>
Arab. τιν and Heb. j20 therefore
are pr. to be sunk in one’s affairs, to be
ruined, comp. 72, 322:

Nipu. i. q. Chald. Ithpa. to be endan-
gered. Kec. 10, 9 whoso cleaveth wood
is endangered thereby. This significa-
tion is foreign from the other meanings
of the verb; but it may be perhaps a
denominative from }">W knife, axe, q. v.
and hence Zo cut oneself, to be wounded,
as Vulg. vulnerabitur.

Puat part. }20% impoverished, see Kal
no. 4. Is. 40, 20 Tran j20%7 he that is
Siipoverished by an oblation, i. 6. who

ness in the camel’s foot ;

has little to offer.

Hiew. F200 1. to acquaint oneself

Also

acc. Ps. 139,3 ΠΙΣΞΌΓΙ "275-52 all my
ways thou knowest, art acquainted with.

2. to be accustomed, to be wont, c. inf.
et > Num. 22, 30.

Deriv. }30, M2207.
ae “20 in Kal not used, i. q. fo shut

| up, to close-—Chald. id. Syr. Arab. -a0,

. os,

ΙΡΗ. to be shut up, stopped, Gen. 8,
2. Ps. 63, 12.
Pier i. gq. 230 and ""5d
up or over, c. 172 Is. 19, ἂν
Il. “30 i. q. "SW q. v. to hire, Ezra
4, 5.
si nso in Kal not used, to be silent,

kindred with Ὁ τὸ τοδί. Arab. οὐχ,
Conj. 1, ΓΥ͂, id. Samar. to attend.

, to deliver

123

sip

Hipu. to keep silence, once Deut. 27, 9.
Sept. σιώπα, Vulg. attende.

3D m. (τ. Ὁ) pr. a slender rod, e. g.
of willow, osier, from which baskets were
woven; hence a wicker-basket, bread-
basket, Gen. 40, 17. Ex. 29, 3. 23. Num.
6, 15. al. Plur. 0% Gen. 40, 16. 18.
Comp. κάνεον, κανίας, κάναστρον, canis-
trum, pr.a basket woven from reeds, from
κάνη canna, areed. Chald. 850, NN2D,

oy Sa Se.
Syr. tlw, Arab. XL id. JX a basket-
maker.

NDO (twig, basket) Silla, pr. n. of a
town near Jerusalem, 2 K. 12, 21.

NDO pr. i. q. 120, 520 no. 1, to lift
up; spec. to suspend a balance, comp.
xitz Job 6, 2, and hence to weigh ; comp.
Lat. pendeo and pendo. Once in

Puat pass. to be weighed; Lam. 4,2
THD O°NDOT! who are weighed with fine
gold, i.e. are comparable to pure gold.

Deriv. pr. n. 8720, RIED, 5D.

*15D ἅπαξ Aeyou. in Pret ΠΡΌ to
spring up, to leap up, to exult, Arab. °
Odo ‘the horse so leaps that the
stones give forth sparks.’ Job 6, 10 this
is still my comfort, 8> N>°M2 ΓΙΌ
dian and I exult even under pain which
doth not spare, that I have not denied
the words of the Holy One. Sept. for
n7boON has ἡλλόμην, Targ. 3438) I exult.
So Schultens Comm. in loc. —Others, as.
Saadias, Abulwalid, Kimchi, compare
the Chald. 420 to ‘Burm, to roast, and
then make the second clause concessive
or parenthetic: and though I burn (am
tormented, comp. P25) with pain which
doth not spare; other explanations see
in Thesaur. p. 955. But the tradition of
the Sept. and Targ. as the oldest, may —
well be received as having most author-
ity.—Hence

320 — Seled, pr. n. m. 1
Chr. 2, 30.

wad ΠΡΌ j i. g. N20 and 530, pr. éo lift
up, to raise. Hence
1. to suspend a balance, to weigh, see
Pual. Comp. in 850.
2. to make light of, to contemn, like
Lat. elevare, Ps. 119, 118. Comp. Engl.
light and weighty as applied to things

rable

trifling or important.—Chald. and Syr.
id.

Pie i. q. Kal no. 2. Lam. 1, 15.

Pua pass. of Kal no. 1. Jeb 28, 16
wisdom ““Bik BND3 OOM NP cannot be
weighed with gold of Ophir, cannot be
purchased with gold.

ΠΗ: 2d perhaps i.q. M>t (Ὁ and
ὦ being interchanged), to rest, to be
quiet ; Syr. {le to cease, to rest, Chald. id.

m20 always in panse, a musical
word, found 73 times in the Psalms;
elsewhere only in Hab. 3, 3.9.13. It is
pr. imper. 420 from r. nbo II, with π--
parag. ΠΡΌ, in pause προ, q. d. rest,
pause ! its use seems to Wave been, in
chanting the words of the Psalm, to di-
rect the singer (fo rest, to pause a little,
while the instruments played an inter-
lude or symphony. It is a sign of pause.
This use and interpretation is supported:
ἃ) By the authority of the Sept. which
everywhere renders 120 by διάψαλμα.
q. ἃ, interlude, symphony, sc. by instru-
mental music. b) By the position which
ΓΙΡῸ occupies in the Psalm. It stands
usually ἢ in the middle of a Psalm, at the
close of a certain section or strophe.
Thus in some Psalms it occurs only once,
Ps. 7, 6. 20,4. 21,3; in others twice, Ps.
4, 3. 5. 9,17. 21; in others three times,
Ps. 3, 3.5. 9. 32, 4. Ὁ. 7. 66,4. 7. 15. 68, 8.
20.33; and is even four times repeated,
89, 5. 38. 46.49; frequently also it stands
at the end of a Psalm, Ps. 3.9.24. Thus
it serves to divide a Psalm into several
strophes. Very rarely it is found in the
middle of a verse, Ps. 55, 20. 57,4. Hab.
3, 3.9. c) From Ps. 19.17, where for
the simple 30 we find the fuller ἽΝ
m0, which by apposition may be. ren-
dered: instrumental music, pause, i. 68.
let the instruments strike upa symphony,
and the singer pause.—In a similar sense
some derive 730 from r. 20 I, to lift
up, and understand by it a raising of the
voice sc. in response to the instruments,
comp. 8B: no. 1. e, and Job 21, 12. Others,
deriving it from the same root, render
it: suspend the voice, i.e. rest, pause,
as above. But the former etymology
is preferable.
Many have supposed, but without
good reason, that 720 isan abbrevia-

124

mod

tion, composed of the initial letters of
three words. Such abbreviations are
indeed common among the Arabians
and later Jews, (as "8" Rashi for ᾿Ξ
"πὸ mabe) Rabbi Solomon Jarchi ,) but
it cannot be shown that they were known
to the ancient Hebrews. This supposed
abbreviation has been explained in vari-
ous ways, 6. g. "Wn M3395 30 redi sur-
sum cantor, i.q. da capo, or mind 15
dipn the sign for a change of voice or key; ;
but all these fall away of course with the
hypothesis itself. For more on this topie
see Michaelis Supplem. p. 1760. Rosen-
miller Comment. in Ps. T. I. p. LXVII.
ed. 2. Noldii Concord. Particul. Heb. p.
940. ed. Tymp. Eichhorn Bibl. der bibl.
Litteratur V. p.542sq. Forkel’s Gesch.
der Musik, I. p. 144. See Thesaur. p.
955 sq.

"2D (weighed, τ. 8d) Sallu, pr. n. m.
Neh. 12, 7; for which v. 20 "50 Sallai.

NDd (id.) Sallu, pr. n. τὰ, 1 Chr. 9,75
for which Neh. 11, 7 NBD.

Spe (id.) Salu, pr. n.m. Num. 25, 4.

qidd Hz. 2, 6, and FPO Bz. 28, 94, α΄

thorn, prickle, pr. such as are found on
the shoots and twigs of the palm-tree ;
from > twig and 4, see in r. 520 no. 2.
Metaph. of wicked men Ez. 2, 6. Sept.
oxdhow.—Chald. 8259, ἈΠΟ Ὁ, Arab.

Aner thorns of the palm-tree.

ν m2 fut. M207, once mio’ Jer. ὃ,
7 Cheth. to forgive, to pardon. Chald.

and Zab. id. Eth. by transpos. TUIUA _
' to be clement, propitious, to pardon,

comp. Arab. ἀφ facilem se prebuit.
Samar. to expiate. The primary idea
seems to be that of lifting up, taking

away, as in 80, 920.—So of God, with —

dat. either of sin ‘Ex. 34, 9. Num. 14, 19.
1 K. 8, 34. 36. Ps. 25, 11. Jer. 33, 8; or

of pers. Num. 30, 6. 9. 13. Deut. 29,.
19. 1 K. 8,50. 2Chr. 6,39; absol. Num.

14,20. 2K. 24, 4. Am. 7, 2. Lam. 3. 42.
Sept. ἱλάσκομαι, ἀφίημι, ete.

Nien. to be forgiven, pardoned, e.g.
sin, c. dat. pers. Lev. 4, 20. 26, 35. 5, 13.
16. 18. Num. 15, 25, 26. 28. al.

Deriv. ΠΡΌ. AMD.

M20 τὰ. forgiving Ps. 86, 5

Ὁ

"dd (basket-maker? denom. from $0)
Sallai, pr.n.m. a) Neh. 11, 8. Ὁ) 12,
20, see 10. ὃ

TII720 f. forgiveness Ps. 130, 4; plur.
Neh. 9, 17. Dan. 9,9. R. nbo.

*' 420 obsol. root, Arab. SUL to

move along, to move about, to go, whence
“
Go-
dhs way, tract.—Hence

M220 {without Dag. in 3, and there-
fore for nao) Salchah, pr. n. of a town
of Gad or Manasseh 1 Chr. 5,11; in the
eastern limits of Batanea or Bashan,

now called AS Salkhad, and by

_the Arabian geographers hae 5 Sar-

khad, abounding in vineyards; see
_ Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria, etc. p. 99

sq. or I. p. 180 Germ. and note p. 507.

Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p. 160.—
- Deut. 3, 10. Josh. 12, 5. 13, 11. 1 Chr.
Eo, 11.

* 520 fat. 50" io lift up, to raise ;
_ like the kindred roots ndD, ΠΡΌ, comp.
ΠΡΌ, 320, ped, also Sn, nbn, 03,
; Hello. See Pilp.
1. to cast up into a heap, Jer. 50, 26.
Spec. to cast up earth into a causeway,
’ i.e. to prepare a way (comp. 545% Is. 49,
' 11), Is. 57, 14. 62,10. Prov. 15, 19. Jer.
18, 15. Job 19,12 nD"7 "ὃν bboy and
cast up (prepare) their way unto me.
1 30,12. Without 773 Ps. 68, 5 15d cast
Πρ, prepare, sc. the way.
_ 2. From the idea of being elevated,
f . . :
4 high, comes the signif: to move to and
sh) to wave, of things lofty, tall, slender,
in flexible. Espec. of the slender and pen-
a ; dulous boughs and twigs of trees, as of

πρὸς

willows and the palm-tree, hick are |

used: for weaving baskets and bound
into brooms; comp. 533, er LY

_ whence 575151 shoots, tendrils; also >>m
no. 1, 2, whence 0°>m>m.—Hence ΠΡΌ

Sa

‘and mibpbd (Arab. sing. XL.) baskets,
i. 6. of wicker-work, woven from slender
twigs; comp. the lengthened forms
673020 (> being changed for 3) the
pendulous shoots of the palm, from
which brooms are made, (whence the
‘Syr. and Chaldee verb }20 to sweep

61*

725

ple)

with brooms,) and 32% basket, as also
kindr. 839 basket, Chald. ΔῸΣ id. Arab.
pede to weave baskets. — Further,
as the branches of the palm-tree, be-
fore they put forth, are covered with
thorns or prickles, these are designated

, ST 2
by nduns from the same root, as JM

and ὌΝ thorns growing upon the
branches of the palm, and Heb. 730,
ib a thorn or prickle growing upon ἃ
branch or twig, from > (pr. twig) and
the formative syllable ji. The Arab.

Ss
Sa

Rhine a large needle, is so called from

its resemblance to a thorn or prickle.

Pivp. i. q. Kal no. 1, metaph. Prov. 4, 8
2050 exalt her, sc. wisdom, with praises.

Hrrupo. bbinon (denom. fr. *>>b)
io oppose oneself as a mound or dam,
to resist, c. 2 Ex. 9, 17 Ὁ ΤῚΣ
“da as yet opposest thou thyself againsi
my people ?

Deriv. mtb, obo, ΠΡΌ, d8-DD.
From no. 2, >, bo and 7550, “maybe.
and pr. n. ndo, "bd.

M290 ( (τ. 550) a mound, rampart.
especially a mound thrown up by be-
siegers against a city, 2 K. 19, 32. Hz.
4, 2. 2 Sam. 20, 15. Jer. 32, 24. 33, 4. al.

=p ie) m. a stair-case, ladder, Gen. 28,
12, i. q. Arab. « R. 530.

midood f. plur. (τ. 540 no. 2) i. q.
ΠΡΌ, wicker-baskets, so called from the
slender twigs from which they are
woven, Jer. 6, 9. Sept. Vulg. κάρταλλος.
cartallus.

* 990 obsol. root, pr. to be elevated,
high, like x>o, M20, 520, p20. Hence

YD m. in pause ¥dd, ὃ. sh cat ΣΟ,
plur. ΘΡΣῬΌ.

la rock ; not found in ἣν kindred
dialects ; but comp. Sanscr. ¢ild rock,
Lat. silec-s silex. Num. 20, 8. 10. 11.
24, 21. Judg. 6, 20. Job 39, 1. 28. Ps. ds
9. “35 ‘o a great rock Is. 32, 2. ΞΘ τσ
a tooth (sharp crag) of a veel 1 aii,
14,4. Sometimes of a fortress situated
upon a high rock, in which there is —
security from enemies, Is. 31, 9. 33, 16.
Hence metaph. of God as a refuge,
Ps. 18, 3. 31, 4. 40, 3. 42. 10.

35d

2. Sela, i. 6. Petra, pr. τι. of the an-
cient capital city of the Idumeans,
situated between the Dead Sea and the
Elanitic Gulf in a valley shut in by
lofty rocks. Written with the article
200 Judg. 1,36. 2K.14,7. Poet. with-
out the art. Is. 16, 1; perth. Is. 42, 11.
Gr. Πέτρα, later αἵ Πέτραι ; in the mid-
dle ages Vallis. Mosis, whence the mo-

dern name iow? sol, Wady Misa.

The city was subdued by the Romans
under Trajan, and restored by Adrian.
Its remains. still exist, consisting of
splendid sepulchres and temples exca-
vated in the rock, an amphitheatre, etc.
They were first visited by Burckhardt
in 1812. See Burckh. Tray. in Syr. p.
421. Irby and Mangles’ Travels, p. 415
sq. Laborde Voyage del’Arabie Pétrée,
fol. Bibl. Res. in Palest, IL. p. 514 sq.
573 sq.

*D920 obsol. quadril. root, to swal-
low down, to consume, as in Chald.
Hence

DID m. a species of locust, winged
and esculent, Lev. 11, 22. Sept, UTTAXNS,
Vulg. atiacus.

* DDD j in Kal not used. Some mod-
ern intpp. assume for it the primary idea
of slipping, sliding, comparing Arab.

2 to oint, to smear, also to slip
away, to pass away, Germ. schlipfen,
Engl. to slip, and kindr. p2m i. q. Gr.
ἀλείφω ; whence in Piel to make slippery
a way (Prov. 19,3), and then to cause to
fall, e. g.a cause, σφάλλειν δίκην (Ex.

23, 8); so A. Schultens ad. Prov. p..

203. Fasiin Jahn’s Neue philol. Jahrbb.
IV. p. 168. But this is not confirmed by
- any exegetical tradition, either of the
ancient versions or of the Rabbins.
All these give the idea to pervert, to
wrest, and then to subvert, to overthrow,
“4. 4. 724, 449, either directly or indi-
rectly; Gr. σκολιόω, Vulg. subvertere.
So too the Chald. though not freq. as
prbmox to be distorted, wry, as the
mouth, Targ. Esth. 6, 10 ; 920 perverse
of lip, Targ. Prov. 10, 10. It is safer
therefore to rest in this view.

Pret 520, fut. ὩΞΌ", part. #209.

1. to pervert, to wrest,e. g. a) The
words of any one (comp. 421 Jer. 23,

726

a0 ; ‘

36) ; Ex. 23, 8 fora gift (bribe) blindeth —
those that see, and perverteth (Ὁ Ὁ 3) the
words of the righteous ; Vulg. subvertit, —
Sept. λυμαίνεται. Deut. 16,19. Proy. 22,
12. Ὁ) The way or conduct of any
one, i. 4. to make perverse, Proy. 19, 3;
comp. Lev. 3, 9.

2. to subvert, to overthrow, to destroy
persons Cothip: 425 Prov. 12, 7); Job
12,19 2d" ΘΝ and aver ihadeth
the mighty; Sept. κατέστρεψε. Prov.
21, 12. 13, 6 righteousness keepeth the
upright in the way, DXwM ὨΞΌΤΑ ΓΙΣ
but wickedness overthroweth sin i. e.
concr. sinners. Hence .

S20 m. perverseness, Prov. 11, 3. 15, 4. |

* p20 or peo Chald. to go wp, to as-
cend, Dan. 7,3, 8. 30. Plur..9p20 Dan. |
2, 29. Ezra 4, 12. Fut. pd" see in τ. :
po? .—In. ‘Targa often for Heb, ndy.
Syr. Sam. id.

*m20 obsol. root, Arab. et
rub off, to strip off husks, -ete. bhp

are

urd pearl-barley, grits. Talm. mb |
to cut chips of wood, ΏΡΌ chips ;
Chald. τρί, xm>40 , fine meal, flour.—
Hence

md f£ (but with m. Ex. 29, 40,) ὁ.
suff. ΠΡΌ Lev. 2, 2 ; fine meal, flour, the
finest and purest, Sept. σεμέδαλις, Lev. 2,
1 sq. 5, 11. 6, 13.. Num. 8, 8. 1 K. 5, 2.
1 Chr. 9, 29. Ez. 16, 13. 19. al. m0
Dan apheaten flour Ex. 29,2. By ap-
posit. moo nap Gen. 18, 6. , Chald. id.
see inr. ΠΡΌ,

DO see bw.
723 "320 Samgar-Nebu, pr. n. of a

Babylonian military commander, Jer. 39.
3. Perh. ‘sword of Nebo,’ i. e. of Mer-

cury; from Pers. ως sword, an

22 q. v.

. “ΠΟ m. quadrilit. vine-blossom,
γάνϑη. Cant. 7,13 MAB IPA Aap Ὁ
“1200 whether the vine puis forth, and
its blossom opens. 2,13 "720 DIBAN
vines are in Binsaong: v. 15 "7720 92779
our vineyards are in blossom (comp. Ex
9, 31 5935. ΠΏ ΘΒ). Symm. οἰνάνϑη,
Sept. κυρπίζω, κυπρισμός. —Chald. i
in Targ. for Heb. 722 Is. 18,5. 5
15 pSam id. see Is. 17, 11 Pesh. Z

also of other blossoms, as of hemp, see
Norberg Lexid. p. 159.—Some of the
Rabbins understand by this word not
the blossom but the young grapes just
out of the blossom, see Surenhusii
‘Mishna Τ'. 1. p. 309; so the Vulgate Cant.
7, 13, and also Kimchi, but the former
sense isto be preferred onaccount of Cant.
2, 13 and 7, 13.—This quadril. is formed
‘apparently from =O aroma, fragrance,
and “47 pos to burst forth as a blos-

som. See more in Thesaur. p. 959,
960.

ἘΠ fut. 07 1. to place or lay
upon any thing, to impose, so as to rest
or be supported upon any thing. Chald.
720 id. to lean upon, be supported ; Ithp.

to trust in. Syr. id. also of reclining at
table. Ethiop. f1'N to recline upon,
to lean upon. Kindr. is 372m .—Spec.
ΟΣ Ἢ 320 to lay the hand upon any
_ thing, pr. so as to lean upon it, Ex. 29,
) 10. 15.19. Lev. 1, 4. 3,2. 8. 14. ἈΝ
μον. 24, 14. Reina: 27, 18. Deut. 34, 9.
But Am. 5, 19 sapnnby 79 ΟῚ and
leans his hand upon the wall.—Intrans.
to lean or rest upon any thing. Ps. 88,8
IN M2370 "ὩΣ thy wrath lieth heavy
upon me.
__ 2. to uphold, to sustain, to support, pr.
to let lean upon ὁ. acc. Ps. 37, 17. 24. 54,
BS Ex. 30,6 o™¥2 5320 they that up-
held’ ἜΣ, the allies of Egypt. Is. 59,
q 16. 63,5; c. > Ps. 145, 14. Part. pass.
F700 Ἂν ΡΟΝ propped, i. e. firm, un-
: moved, Ps. 112, 8. Is. 26, 3. With two
᾿ acc. to sustain one with any thing, i. 6.
to bestow upon him, to give bountifully ;
~ Gen. 27, 37 s9N220 wasn) ἸΔῈ corn and
new wine have I bestowed upon him. Ps.
51, 14.
_ 8.10 draw near, to approach, c. >8
Ez. 24,2. Syr. id—This signification
connects itself with that of leaning up-
on, being contiguous, etc. comp. Rabb.
“yee to hang together, be connected,
near, 3720 near.
Nira. io. be supported, upheld, c. >¥

Judg. 16, 29; to stay oneself, to rest upon, ἢ

Is. 36, 6. 2 K. 18, 21. Metaph. 2 Chr.
32. 8. Ps. 71, 6. Is. 48, 2.
~ Pro. to stay, i.e. to refresh, c. 3 Cant.
2, 5.

Deriv. 1272, pr. n. 9773720" and

. 780 727 WD

359379 (Jehovah sustains him) Se-
machiah, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 26, 7.

*d10 obsol. root, of which the sig-
nif. is not known. In Heb. we may
compare r. >t II to make like, to be
like ; also &>% image ; and in the Indo-
European tongues perh. Lat. simile, Gr.
ouoloc.—Hence

220 and 290 m. in pause 90, a Like-
ness, image, Ez. 8, 3. 5. Deut. 4, 16. 2
Chr. 33, 7 baen box a statue of likeness,
1.0. ἃ sbaltured likeness, carved image.
v. 15.

* 1720 obsol. root, Arab. x to smell ;
ors : P py
eye any thing fragrant.—Hence
BAS m. plur. aromatics, spices, Ex.
30, 34. pao ΤΏΡ fragrant incense
Ex. 30, 7. 40, 27. Lev 4,7. 16,12. Num.

4,16. al. Syr. [sam aroma, φάρμακον.

? wie in Kal not used, (comp. kindr.
71 ,) to mark off, to designate. Talmud.
a2, whence 2 Ὁ mark, sign. It is
sometimes improperly compared with
the Gr. onuaive, in which » does not be-
long to the root.

ΝΊΡΗ. part. 7202 marked off, designut-
ed, 6. g. a place. Is. 28, 25 1803 m3BA
and (sows) the barley in the appointed
place i.e. in the field marked off. So
Targ. Saad. Kimchi, and this interpre-
tation is to be preferred—Others, fat
barley, from the root ,. i. ᾳ. 7720 to
be fat: but this is repugnant both to the
laws of syntax and to the context; see
Comm. on Is. in loc. The signification
millet in Sept. Theod. Aqu. Vulg. is

‘merely conjectural.

τ “Wad to stand: erect, to bristle, poto-—
σειν. a) Pr. of hair, see Piel and 729 ;
hence of a person in terror, to shudder,
Ps. 119, 120 ""wa 7720, Symm. ὀρϑοχρι-
ye. b) OF bristling: points; whence
“202 any thing pointed, a nail, and
law Chald. "20, to fasten with cath

Piew id. to stand erect, 6. g. the hair
Job 4, 15.—Hence

"Ὁ τη. bristling, 699-0918, Jer. 51, 27,
an epithet of the insect p>".

* N20 obsol. root, perh. i. ᾳ. 720 fo be

N30

thorny, bristling ; kindr. are 820, Syr.
Ὧν, to hate.—Hence 78°20 and

N20 (thorny) Senaah, pr. ἢ. of a
‘town of Judah Ezra 2, 35. Neh. 7, 38.
With the art. Neh. 3, 3.

ὌΞΞ:Ό pr. π. Sanballat, the satrap of
the king of Persia in Samaria, Neh. 2,
10. 4, 1. 6, 1. 2.12. 14. 13, 28. He was
a Horonite, from Horonaim, a town of
Moab. The name appears to be of Per-
sianorigin. Bohlen compares odin
‘lauded by the army,’ and Sanscr. send-
balat ‘ giving strength to the army.’

: iad obsol. root, prob. to be thorny,
bristling ; kindr. with 830, and perh.
with 52% to be pointed.—Hence

ΓΙῸ m. 1. a thorn-bush, bramble,
Ex. 3. 2 sq. Deut. 33, 16.—Syr. tart id.

Arab. Gun and ete senna, folia senne.
Chald. and Talmud. 8730 id.

2. Seneh. pr. n. of a pointed rock
( Thorn-rock) opposite Michmash ; in
pause M20 (as 53 in pause pow) 1
Sam. 14, 4, See Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I]. p. 116.

20, perh. palm-branch, i. q. 720
see in προσ map, art. ΠΡ lett. e.
420.

MNO, c. art. ΤΠ ΒΘ (the bristling, τ.
N20) ‘Senuah, pr. n. "Neh. 11,9, prob. fem.

: marie Chald. quadril. to blind ; de-
rived according to C. B. Michaelis from
the trilit. ,|LS to shine, with Ὁ prefixed,
see Lehrg. p. 862; or according to Si-
monis compounded from Liw to glitter
and 743 to blind.—Hence

D329 m. plur. blindness Gen. 19, 11.
2 K. 6, 18.

A329 pr. ἢ. Sanherib, Sennacherib,
Sept. Servaynolu, Σενναχηρεῖίμ, Hdot.
Σαναχάριβος, king of Assyria from 714
to 696 B. C. when he was slain in the
temple of Nisroch by his two sons, 2 K.
18, 13. 19, 16. 36. Is. 36, 1. 37, 21. 37.
See farther concerning ‘aim Hdot. 2. 141.
Berosi Fragmentum ap. Euseb. Chron.

ae

Armen. ed. Aucher. T. I. p. 42, 43.—

Bohlen derives this name from Sanscr.
sendagrib ‘conqueror of armies,’ to which

corresponds mod. Pers. aye i:

728

nd

*429 obsol. root, in Chald. and Syr

to sweep with a broom made of branches ;
but this is secondary, see in 530 no, 2.—

Hence 30 and the two following.

13030 (palm-branch) Sansannah, pr.

n. of a town in the south of Judah Josh.
15, 31.

2030 m. plur. i. gq. D1bYSY, pibnbh
palm-branches, i i. e. the pendulans twigs
and houghs, Cant. 7, 9. See more in
>b0 no. 2. R. 930. ;

*"E20 quadrilit. fin of fishes, Lee :

11,9. Deut. 14,9. The origin is unce.
tain. Perh. from «(λάδι to hasten, and
3 to flee, to hasten, Pi. to propel.

0d τη. (τ. 0:0) a moth, in clothing Is

51, 8; ; so called from its leapinneeaae
id. Arab. yen
Gr. ong. ’
MOO Cant. 1, 9, see MOI.
200 Sisemai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 40.
ΠΣ fat. "30", to prop, to ‘uphold,
to support, Chald. and Arab. haw id.

With acc. Ps. 18, 36. Is. 9, 6. Prov. 20,
28. Then to sustain, to aid, to strength-

oO ρ

jm», Chald. 0d,
moth, weevil, louse.

en, Ps. 20, 3. 41, 4. 94,18. Spee. 55 130
to stay (strengthen) the heart, i.e. to

refresh oneself with food, see => no. 1. a.

Gen. 18, 5 335 130 strengthen your

heart, refresh yourselves with food. Ps.

104,15. With two ace. Judg. 19, 5.8

ace. impl. 1 K. 18, 7 ΤΣ Ὁ refresh thyself.
Deriv. 1307.

“YO Chald. to aid, to hee c.> Ezra
5, 2.

᾿ γ Ὁ ἅπαξ λεγόμ. i. ᾳ. Arab.
to yun, to rush, spoken also of tempests
see Thesaur. p. 962.—Ps. 55, 9 ΠΣ Ὸ Es,
a rushing wind.

EPO m. (r. 20) 1. a cleft, fissure
sbon ὩΠΣΌ the cleft of the rock Jadg. 15
8. 11. Plur. oben sp sd Is. 2, 21
57, 5. |
2. a branch. bough, Is. 17, 6. 27, 1
See mMbps0.—Both these sighificatio
are also united in Arab. λα.

“550 to divide, i. q. Arab. ert yy
the letters Ὁ and 3 being interchanged
Hence 9730, ΠΕΣῸ, ΠΕΣΌ.

ν᾿ ἂν

7
᾿,
ἰ

ὨΡῸ

Pren p20 as denom. from ade) no. 2,

to disbranch, to lop the boughs of a tree,

Is. 10, 33.

ΒΤ εν, the three in Kal, "530, ABD,
and

YO adj. verbal (of the form bp) di-

wided, i. 6. a man of divided mind, who

has no sure faith in regard to divine

᾿

things, but is driven hither and thither,
adoubter, skeptic, σκεπτιχός, plur. ὈΠΕΣῸ
‘Ps. 119, 113. Sept. παράνομοι, Vulg.

iniqui.

_ BPO f. (τ. Hd) i. q. mb, and only
in plur. mipso branches, Ez. 31, 6. 8.
Comp. MB3"70.

MBYO f. (τ. 990) plur. o"Hvo , divided
opinions, parties; 1 K. 18, 21 "na 3

ἘΛΕΣΌΠ ΣΡ. ONob ony, Vulg. us-
_quequo claudicatis in duas partes, i. e.

how long do ye hesitate between the two opi-

_nions, the worship of Jehovah or Baal?

; 4 ἊΣ δ fat. "30", kindr. with "3 and
q. v.

1. to be violently agitated, tossed, e. g.
the sea by tempests Jon. 1, 11. 13. Trop.
oftadversity Is. 54,11. Comp. Pi.

_ 2. Act. to rush on as a tempest, spoken
ofa foe Hab. 3, 14.

Nien. to be agitated, disquieted, of the
heart, 2 Καὶ. 6, 11. |

_ Pret “20 to toss about, to scatter, 6. g.
people, Zech. 7, 14.

_ Po. intrans. to be driven, scattered, by
a tempest, as chaff Hos. 13, 3.

Deriv. the two following.

‘WD τη. a storm, tempest, Am. 1, 14.
‘Ton. 1, 4. 12. Jer. 23, 19. 25, 32. al.

WW f. a storm, tempest, Is. 29, 6. 40,

94. AL, 16. Zech. 9, 14. Job 38, 1. Ps.
107, 99. al.
ΡΤ πΣῸ main Ez. 13, 11. 13, Satori
Once 725 in many Mss. 2 K. 2, 1.

Also AMATO Man Ps. 107, 25,

52 m. (τ. 950) plur. 78d, also nis,

Miso; c. suff. "Bo.

_ 1. sill, threshold, Judg. 19, 27. 2 K.
12, 10. al. sep.—Chald. and Sam. id.
Syr. Tam atrium.
- 2. a dish, basin, bowl, Ex. 12, 22. Zech.
12,2. Plur. o "po Jer. 52, 19, nipd 2
Sam. 17, 28, nipd 1 K. 7, 50. al.

3. Saph, pr. ἢ. τῇ. 2 Sam. 21, 18; for
which 1 Chr. 20, 4 "po Sippat.

129

ΓΞΟ

: NDC obsol. root, Talmud. in Pe. and
Aph. to feed an infant, to give to eat.
Hence 81502.

Ἧ 720 fut. 18% to smite the breast,

as a gesture of mourning; hence fo

mourn, to lament, chiefly for the dead,
with > of the dead for whom one mourns,
1 K. 14, 13: Jer. 16, 6. Gen. 23, 2; by 9
Sam. 11, 26. Zech. 12, 10; “yp 9 Sam.
3, 31; ahant Jer. 4, 8. 16, 5. Kec. 12, 5;
for a public calamity Is. 32, 12 (c. 52).
Jer. 49, 3. Joel 1, 13. Mic. 1.8. Zech. 7, 5.
It is often so applied as to include the
voice of mourners, i. 4. to wail, Mic. 1,8
MIBON I will wail.... 1 will make a
wailing (180%) like the jackals. Jer. 22,
18 they shall not lament for him, saying,
Ah my brother ! 34, 5. Still the primary |
signification seems to be that of beat-
ing, i.q. Lat. plangere, and not excla-
mation ; asin the Gr. ogad-afw, and this
the Sept. expresses in several passages
by κόπτεσϑαι, as Is. 32,12 ΒΤ 073 w=by
they smite upon the breasts sc. the wo-
men, comp. Nah. 2, 8. (Comp. Lat.
plangere pectora, ubera.) There is here
no difficulty in referring the particip.
n"1pD to the women, since they are
expressly mentioned, though at a consi-
derable distance previously, viz. in the
beginning of v.11, M2288 3795; see
Heb. Gramm. § 144. n. 1.

ΝΊΡΗ. to be mourned for, lamented,
Jer. 16, 4. 25, 33.

Deriv. 320%.

ἜΠΞΟ fut. ™BD" 1. to scrape, to
scrape off. Kindr. are 530, FON, F/O.

Arab. Law to sweep away, as the wind

dust; κ δἰ ὦ a scattering wind. Spoken

-
of the beard, to shave, Is. 7, 20.—Hence
a) to take away life Ps. 40,15; or per-
sons trom life, to destroy, Gen. 18, 23.
24. Deut.29,18: b) Intrans. to be taken
away, to perish, Jer. 12, 4.

2. i. q. FO" q. v. to add, only in imperat.
"DO Is. 29, 1. Jer. 7, 21, and inf. mind Is.
30, 1. Also, to add to any thing, to aug-
ment, (see 0" no. 2,) 6. 59 Num. 32, 14.

Nipw. 1. to be taken away. to be de- _
stroyed, to perish, Gen. 19, 15.17. Num. —
16,26. Prov. 13,23; espec. in war, 1 Sam.
12,25. 26, 10. 27, 1. 1 Chr. 21, 12.

ἽΞΟΌ

2. Pass. of Hiph. to be scraped toge-
ther ; Is. 13, 15 every one found shall be
thrust through, 2903 591 ΠΒΌΞΓΙ 99)
and every one scraped together (seized,
caught) shall fall by the sword; Sept.
οἵτινες συνηγμένοι εἰσί.

ΗΊΡΗ. to scrape together, to heap up,
6. ἘΣ upon any one, as calamities Deut.
32, 23. Sept. συνάξω.

ΒΟ m. (τ. 0) pr. a covering with
boards, wainscot, ceiling, of the temple,
1 K. 6, 15.

* MBO and maw , see Piel and new.
1. to pour, to pour out ; Arab.

to pour out, as blood, water, tears.—In
the derivatives it includes the shedding
of blood, MB; the inundation of wa-
ter, "BO no. 1; ‘the falling of seed, ΠΕ Ὁ
no. 2; the fitting off of hair, Pi. maw,
ΓΠΕΌ, MMBoR.

2. to anoint sc. by pouring oil upon a
person; comp. 702, Syr. ww»; to pour,
Aph. to anoint as bishop.—1 Sam. 2, 36
misnDr randy x2 "22D anoint me (put
me), T pray thee, into one of the priests’
offices —Hence

3. to spread out, as water poured out
is spread; Ethiop. f1<@M to expand, to
spread. See Pu. and art. mins’ cush-
ions.

4. With ἘΣ to pour upon, i.e. to add,
to adjoin ; see Niph. and Hithp. In.this
way the signif. of adding together or ad-
joining found in these conjugations, is
readily reconciled with the certain one
of pouring.

Nipu. to adjoin oneself to another, c.
>; see Kal no. 4. Is. 14,1 d9 IMB
= ma and shall adjoin themecloce to
the house of Jacob, add themselves to it.
Parall. 4453. Sept. προστεϑήσεται.

ΡΙΕΙ, MBO and may 1. to pour out
strong drink; Hab. 2, 15 nan ΠΒῸ
who pourest out thy glow, 50. of wine as
heating and intoxicating. Targ. 91.

2. to ) matlee flow out or fall off sc. the
hair by disease, scab, etc. hence i. q. to
make bald the head Is. 3, 17; comp. in
Kal no. 1.

Puat to be poured out, i. 6. to lie pros-
trate ; so of the poor of the people, Job
30, 7 π5Ὸ" DAM ὉΠ uniler the thorn-
bushes they he prostrate, stretched out.

730

950
Hirup. to adjoin oneself, i. q. Niph.
c. 3, 1 Sam. 26, 19 they have ΜΝ ΔΩ͂Σ
out this day "Δ nbma mensina from ad-

joining myself to the inheritance of Je-

hovah, from abiding in it. Targ. and
Vulg. habitare. |
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1.

ΙΒ f. scurf, scab, mange, so called
from the flowing or falling off of the
hair, Lev. 13, 2. 14,56. Comp. Piel maw
in τ. MBO.

"BO Sippai, see HO no. 3.

TBD m. (τ. MBO) pr. ‘what is poured |

‘out,’ effusum. Hence

1. an inundation, flood, plur. Job 14
19. ) oe |

2. the self-sown, what grows of itself,
i.e. grain produced spontaneously from
the self-sown kernels of the former year,
without new seed, Lev. 25, 5.11. 2 K.
19, 29. Is. 37,30. Comp. 6°70. Sept.
τὰ αὐτόματα.

ΓΘ f. (r. 189) α ship, spec. with a
deck, once Jon. 1,5. Syr. and Arab. id.

“BO τη. (τ. "DO) sapphire, a species
of gem of a cerulean hue (Ex. 24, 10.
Ez. 1, 26. 10, 1), so called from its beauty
and splendour; Ex. 28, 18. 39,11. Job
28, 6.16. Plur. ΘΕῸ Cant. 4, 14. Is.
Od, 11.—Syr, ᾿ξ, Chald. 720, ane,
Gr. σάπφειρος. | |

* 350 obsol. root, prob. i. 4. «λων,
bbw, to be low, depressed. Hence

580 m. a dish, bowl, found only in
Judg. 5, 25. 6, 38. Comp. 0 no. 2, id.
Chald. Talmud. id.

᾿ ΞΟ fut. ἸΞῸ", once {20 Deut. 33,
19; pr. to cover, comp. the kindred ἼΞΞ.
Hence

1. to cover with beams or rafters, to
roof, with two ace. 1 K. 6, 9.

2. to cover with boards; to wainscot, to
ceil, 1K. 7,3. 7. Jer. 22,14. Hagg. 1, 4.

3. to cover over, i.e. to hide, to pre-
serve ; only Part. pass. }120 hidden, pre-
served ; Deut. 33, 19 Din "59. "2Bw
seein r. 720 Kal. Deut. 33,21 τ Δ 55)
ΠΡΌ ΓΒ npn ow he saw.... that
there the portion of (assigned by) h
lawgiver was preserved ; here }"5D does
not agree in gender with AP abn to whi

ἢ

4 att)

_ itbelongs, comp. Gen. 49, 15; see Lehrg.
ΟΡ. 721.

Deriv. FBO, 72°50. |

τἶν ΞΟ a root of uncertain signif.
whence 50 threshhold, dish.

_ Hrrapo. Apinon denom. from 99, to
_ stand or wait on the threshold, Ps. 84, 11.

Ὧ, ΡΞΟ , rarely paw see Hiph. and
“pee; a ῥβου; io strike, to smite with
“the hand so as to make a noise, to clap ;

~ comp. Engl. to spank. Arab.
and id.—Spec. a) 9227>2 Ὁ to
smite upon the thigh, a gesture of self-
“reproach, Jer. 31,19; 722->8 Ez. 21, 17.
Comp. Il. 12. 162. dh, 15. 397.. Od. 13,
198. Ὁ) ΘΒ ΞτΤΝ PDD 10 smite the palms
together, to clap the hands, in indigna-
_tion Num. 24, 10; in derision. c. >» Lam.
2,15. Job 27, 23 where 31 Codd. have
Be etcad of Ὁ. Also without D°p>D Job
34, 37. c) to smile in chastisement,
spoken of God, Job 34, 26.
Hips. pwn c. 3, to strike hands
pith any one, Is. 2, 6. This may refer
to covenants, or to traffic and other in-
tercourse.
Deriv. pDv. :
ἢ]. PHO and ὈΞ 1 K. 20, 10.
1. to vomit, to vomit forth, Jer. 48, 26.
‘Syr. Pa. id.
ΒΕ 2. to be enough, to suffice, 1 K. 20, 10.
Chald. peo, Syr. 22", id—The pri-
mary idea, whence have arisen both
significations, seems to be that of abun-
‘dance, redundancy. Hence

} PRO m.c. suff: ἸΡΞΌ, sufficiency, abun-
dance, Job 20, 22.

Ἂ ἘΠΞΌ fut. "BO" 1. Pr. to scratch, to

mr 1

“scrape. Chald. “BD to scrape, to shave ;
‘Syr. Pa. 0 id. Ethpa. to be shaven,

‘shorn ; “BD {5 a barber; fred pe

to scrape, to sweep, whence a rasp.

—From the idea of scraping may come
that of polishing, and hence of sparkling,
see 17D, “DW ; but this is not certain.
ὦ. to write, pr. to scratch or grave in
letters ; comp. γράφω io write, also 2MD,
m2, which all come from the idea of
cutting in, graving. It is less usual than
anm2, and is found only in Parr. "5D a

731

MED

writer, scribe, Ps. 45, 2. Jer. 36,3; mop
spon a writer's ink-horn Ez. 9, 2. 3.
Spec. a) 922 72D the king’s scribe,
secretary, an officer of state who wrote
the royal edicts, etc. 2K. 12,11. 2 Chr.
24,11; so xut ἐξοχήν “BOM the scribe
2 K. 18, 18. 19, 2. 22, 3. 8 sq. 1 Chr. 24,
6. Is. 36, 3. 37,2; also without art. "Bd
2 Sam. 8, 17. 20, 25. 1 Chr. 18, 16.
Sometimes several scribes are mention-
ed, 1 K. 4, 3. Esth. 3, 12. 8, 9; comp.
Jer. 36, 23. Ὁ) α military scribe or tri-
bune, who had charge of the conscription
and muster-rolls, muster-master, 2 K. 25,
19. Jer. 52, 25. 2 Chr. 26, 11. Is. 33, 18.
So prob. Jer. 37, 15, as having charge
of the public prison. Genr. of a mili-
tary leader, Judg. 5, 14. Comp. Arab.

9 -

oo ert
5S to levy a conscription, RS an

army so levied. c) In the later books, a
scribe, γραμματεύς, one skilled in the sa-
cred books and in the law, 1 Chr. 27, 32.
Jer. 8, 8. Ezra 7,6 Ezra was a scribe
("BO Nn) skilled in the law of Moses.
So as a title of Ezra, Neh. 8, 1 sq. 12,

26. 36. Ezra 7,11. Syr. (pan, Arab.

ὧσϑ, id.

3. Fut. 9B", to count 1S TRONDEP, perh.
by marking dacs or checking each one;
Gen. 15,5. 41, 49. Lev. 15, 13. 28. Deut.
16, 9. Ps. 48, 13. 139,18. So to number
one’s steps, i. e. diligently to observe
him, Job 14, 16. 31,45; to number a peo-
ple, to enrol, Ps. 87, 6.

Nieuw. pass. of Kal no. 3, to be num-
bered 1 Chr. 23, 3. Often 3572 "5d" ND
it shall not be numbered for nuultitude,
i.e. shall be innumerable, Gen. 16, 10. 32,
13. 1 K. 3, 8. 8, 5. Jer. 33, 22. Hos. 2, 1.

Pret "89, fut. 9899 1. i. q. Kal no.
3, to count, to number, Ps. 22, 18. 40, 6.
Job 38, 37.

2. to recount, to narrate, to tell, to de-
clare, Job 15, 17. Jer. 23,28. With acc.
of thing and 53 of pers. Gen, 24, 66. 29
13. Ex. 18, 8. Judg. 6, 13. Ps. 48. 14. Job
12, 8. al. by of pers. Gen: 37,10; "2382
Ex. 10,2; > of pers. and >2 of ting Joel
33 by of thing, Ps: 3, 7 pH-by TION
I ‘ell declare concerning the decree. 69,
27. Often spec. to recount with praise,
to celebrate, e. g. the name of God Ex.

“ΞῸ

9, 16. Ps. 22, 23 (Ὁ of pers.) 102,22; also
his praises Ps. 9, 15. 78, 4. Is. 43, 21;
his glory Ps. 19,2. 96,3; his works and
deeds Ps. 73, 28. 107, 22. 145, 6; his
- wondrous acts Ps. 9, 2. 26, 7. 75, 2.—
Job 28, 27 then did God see and declare
tt sc. wisdom in and through his works.

3. Absol. to declare, i. q. to speak. to
discourse ; Is. 43, 26 P3¥M 42> “Bd
speak, that thou mayest be justified. Ps.
64, 6. 73, 15.

Pua. pass. of Piel no. 2, to be recount-
ed, told, Hab. 1, 5; > of pers. Is. 52, 15.
Job 37,20; > oftpers: and thing Ps. 22, 31.

Deriv. MBO, mabO, MIB, BO,
"Bo, and the oar here following,

"20 Chald.m. 1. ascribe, secretary,
who accompanied the satrap or govern-
or of a province, Ezra 4, 8. 9. 17. 23.
See Hdot. 3. 128.

2. a scribe, γραμματεύς, skilled in the
sacred books and the law, Ezra 7, 12.
21. See f. "Bd Kal no. 2. ο.

“BO m. (τ. "£0) c. suff. “2d, plur.
BDO, constr. “50.

1. writing, Syr. j,an, i.e. a) The
art of writing and reading; Is. 29, 11. 12
“DOM 910 acquainted with writing, able
toreadandwrite. Ὁ) Kind of writing ;
Dan. 1, 4 123 119) HO the writing
(letters) and language of the Chaldeans.
v. 17.

2. a writing, whatever is written, as
a bill of purchase or sale Jer. 32, 12 sq.
a bill of accusation, memorial, Job 31,
35; a bill of divorce Deut. 24, 1.3; es-
pec. an episile, letter, 2 Sam. 11, 14. 2
K. 10, 6. Plur. 520 leiters, epistles,
» 1K. 21,8. 2 Καὶ. 10, 1. Esth. 1, 22; also
as in Engl. letters for a single epistle, 2
K. 19, 14. Is. 37714. 39, 1. So Syr.
{pou for sing. τὸ βίβλιον Heb. 9, 19.

8. 'a rea as written; Syr. ipa,

Arab. pies id. Ex. 17,14. Deut. 28, 58.

29, 20. 26. 1 Sam. 10, 25. Job 19, 23. al.
Books were anciently written on rolls,
comp. Is. 34,4; hence more fully mb372
"BD roll of'a book Jer. 36, 2. 4. Ez. 2, 9.
Often with genit. of the contents, as "5D
msinn the book of the law Josh. 1, 8. 8,
34. 2 K. 22, 8 sq: 2 Chr. 34,14; "5d
nan the book of the covenant Ex. ‘24, 7.

732,

“ΞΟ

2K. 23, 2.21; et. "pd the book of:
the path 2 Chr. 16, 11. 24, 27; "2
beans "333 the book of chronicles, an-
nals, see "23 no. 2; nid "733 "BO the
book of the acts of Soloiion 1K. 11, 41;
“wen Ὁ the book of the upright, see in
swt no. 2. Also otx mitbin "BD the
book of the genealogy of Adam Gen. 5,
1; 075M Ὁ the book of the living, i. ὁ. of
those destined to life, the book of life
which is with God, Ps. 69, 29, comp.
Dan. 12, 1. Rev. 20, 12. 15; called also
the book of God Ex. 32, 32. 33. Ps. 139,
16.—But "2 "Bd the δα of Jehovah Ts)
34, 16 is the sacred book, the collection
of sacred books, oracles; and so too
ppor Dan. 9, 2 can only be the sacred
books, scriptures, into which the writings
of Jeremiah had. already been received.
Further, "2D κατ᾽ ἐξοχὴν Is. 29, 18, and
"DD nban Ps. 40, 8, the book of the law ;
like Arab. GLI the Scriptures, Kors
2.50. Pococke Spec. p. 156, also i
Koran.

“20 Chald. m. plur. ἼΠΒΌ, @ book,
i. ᾳ. Heb. "Bo, Dan. 7, 10. Ezra 4, 15. |

"ΞΟ m. 1. a numbering, census. 2
Chr. 2,16. R. “Ed.

2. Sephar, pr. n. of an- Arabian city
coupled with Mesha Gen. 10, 30; for
which passage see in 8&2. There can
be little doubt, that "5d is the earlier
jab Dhafér or Zafar, Bochart Geogr ;
Sacr. II. ο. 380 ; now called by the native
Isfar, ject, Law! ; an ancient mari-
time city, thé seat of the Himyaritic
kings, situated in Hadramaut not far
from the port of Mirb&t ; where its ex-
tensive ruins are still seen. See Εἷς
Fresnel in Journ. Asiatique, Ser. 3. Ty
V. p. 516 sq. Niebuhr Arabien p. 236.
Plin. H. N. VI. 23 or 26.

‘T1DD Sepharad, pr. n. of a region te
which exiles were carried from Jerusa=
lem, Obad. 20. Syr. Chald. and the
Rabbins, by conjecture, Spain. Jerome
says: “ Nos autem ab Hebreo, qui nos
in Scripturis erudivit, didicimus Bosphe
rum sic vocari; et quasi Judzus, ist
inquit, est regio, ad. quam Hadrianus
captivos transtulit. » That the district
Sepharad is indeed to be sought some-
where in the region of the Bosphorus.

᾿ "BD

has recently been confirmed by a paleo-
_ graphic discovery. In the celebrated
- euneiform inscription containing a list
of the tribes of Persia (Niebuhr Tab. 31.
lett. 1), after Assyria, Gordyene, Arme
nia, Cappadocia, and before Jonia or
_ Greece, is found the name CPaRDa, as
read both by Burnouf and Lassen, and
this was recognised also by De Sacy
as the 725d of Obad. 20; see Burnouf
_ Mémoire sur deux Inscr. cunéiformes,
1836. p. 147. It was therefore a district
_ and people of western Asia Minor, or at
_ least near toit. [In his later researches
_ Lassen identifies it with Sardis ; Zeit-
sehr. ἢ ἃ. Morg. VI. p. 50. Rawlinson
_ reads it Sparta ; Inscr. at Behistun p.
| i—R.

20 f. (τ. 92D) a book, i. ᾳ. "BO, Ps.

5 55, 9,

‘ ΤΌ ἢ (r. "ἘὉ) number, plur. Mind
a Ps. 71, 16:

DMO 2 K. 17, 24. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is.
36, 19. 37, 13, Sepharvaim, pr. π: οἵ ἃ
_ city of the Assyrian empire, whence
᾿ς colonists were brought into the territory
_ of Samaria ; prob. Sipphara in Mesopo-
_ tamia (Ptol. 5. 18) situated on the east
bank of the Euphrates above Babylon.
The gentile noun plur. is "7720 Se-
_ pharvites ΤῊΣ 17, 31.

~ M80 (scribe, τ. 22D, with a fem. end-
_ing as a name of office, see Lehrgb. p.
468.) Sophereth, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 57;
and with the art. Ezra 2, 55.

é

. * apo to stone, to pelt with stones, a
Ties of capital punishment among the

Ἢ ‘fication of stoning, however, would seem
: hardly to be the primary one, especially
_ since in Piel it has also the sense to free
| from stones. The origin seems to. lie

739-7
in the root Ὁρῶ, Aad, to be weighty,
heavy, whence the obsol. form >po
stone, so called from its weight, ei
from this the denom. verb >Pd to stone,
Piel id. and to free from stones.—Conatr.
_with ace. of pers. Ex. 19,13. 21,28. 1Sam.
30,6. 1 K. 21 10. al. Often with the
62

733

“Ὁ

word "2382 added, Deut. 13, 11. 17, 5
22, 24. al. “Comp. syn. 53°.

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. to be stoned, Ex. 19, 13.
21, 28 sq.

Piet 1. i. q. Kal to stone, to pelt with
stones, 2 Sam. 16, 6. 13.

2. Priv. like Engl. to stone, i. 6. to free
Srom stones, to gather out the stones from
a field, Is. 5, 2; with ἼΞῈ2 added 62, 10.
Comp. Heb. Grams § 51. 2. ¢.

Pua. pass. fo be stoned, 1K. 21, 14.15.

"Ὁ τη. δά]. (τ. "Ὸ) ἔ 0. 1. refrac-
tory, rebellious, Jer. 6, 28. See in r. Ὁ
no. l.

2. evil, spoken of the countenance, i. 6.
sad, sullen, angry, 1 K. 20, 48. 21, 4. 5.
See the root no. 2.

, 270 obsol. root, Chald. 230 to be
refractory, rebellious ; whence

270 m. (for 30, of the form dup)
refractory, rebellious ; Ez. 2,6 D520 7D
WIN obo} though they be rebels and
thorns toward thee ; Targ. ἸΏ, Syr.
—5-2.—Some of the Rabbins have
rendered 5°3"0 briers, and Castell in
Heptagl. nettles, (comp. 720 to singe,
to burn,) but the common interpretation
is properly defended by Celsius in Hie-
rob. II. p. 222.

: 2270 Chald. quadrilit. to cover, as
witha garment, flesh, fat,see Buxtorf. col.
1548. Derived perk, froin’ Chala. ὉΞΌ
to bear, as 5392 from 539.--βποθ

ΤΌΞΟ Chald. m. plur. (Kamets im-
pure) sarabala, a kind of garment; ei-
ther long and wide trowsers, such as are
still worn by the Orientals; or cloaks,
mantles-; Dan. 3, 21. 27—The former
meaning, erouisers, is supported by Dan.

Ἰ, cc. Arab. aa plur. Josh
Pera: by transpos. Nahe id. whence Gr.

σαράβαρα, σαράβαλλα, Lat. sarabara

saraballa Isid. Orig. 19, 23, Span. zara-
guelles, Portug. ceroulas, Hungar. schal-
wary, Pol. scharmvari ; see Frahnad Ibn:
Foszlan ἢ. 112sq. Pott Etymol. Forsch.

| I. p. lxxx.—The other meaning, maniles,

is supported by the usage of the Gemara
in which 55 is often put for cloak ; by

the Arabie form Sim, which is de-

;

. ao

fined in the Camoos to be a long shirt,
or coat of mail, or any other garment;
and by the Syr. BONA which is ex-
plained by Bar Bahlul to mean cloaks,
mantles.—There can be little doubt that
bano, Slow; jis, are Semitic
words, fron’ r. 5270; and altogether
different from Zend. sdravdro, Pers.
Nobis, Gr. σαράβαρα, Arab. Sy yaw
i. 6. Persian trowsers. Hence, while the
context affords no clue to determine the
meaning, the orthography with 3 fa-
vours the latter, cloaks, mantles. ~

PAIS (perh. Pers. a9” prince
of the sun) Sargon, pr. n. of a king
of Assyria who preceded Sennacherib,
716-714 B. C. Is. 20, 1. Comp. 2 K. 18,
7. Jer. 37, 38.

*"T3D obsol. root, Syr. 90 to fear,
to tremble ; hence

‘TI (fear) Sered, pr.n. m. Gen. 46, 14.
Patronym. "370 Sardite Num. 26, 26.

MID ἢ (τ. 80) pr. a going off, turn-
ing away. Hence

1. defection from Jehovah, apostasy,
Deut. 13,6. Is. 1, 5. 31, 6. 59, 13. Jer.
28, 16. 29, 32.

2. transgression of law, fault, crime,
Deut. 19, 16.

3. cessation, remission, of chastise-
ment, Is. 14, 6.

MD (recessio, τ. “10) Sirah, pr. n. of
a cistern 2 Sam. 3, 26. |

* alate
to spread, i. q. Arab.

1. to pour forth, to diffuse,
, see Diss.

‘Lugdd. p. 700 sq.—Part. pass. πῆ Ὁ
poured forth, trop. extended, stretched,
upon a couch, Am. 6, 4.7. Arab. om

VII, id—Intrans. part. fem. Ez. 17, 6
MID WPA a spreading vine.

2. to hang over, spoken of a curtain Ex.
26,12. Part. pass. MIO hung over, hang-
ing over, v.13. Ez. 23, 15 prbaay "Mn
hanging down with turbans , wearing long
turbans hanging down from the head.

Nipu. to be poured out ; metaph. Jer.
49, 7 oNQan Hee is their wisdom
poured out? i.e. ‘spilled, lost ; comp. Is.
19, 3 and Jer. 19, 7.—Hence

734

770

19 m. superfiuity, redundance , “ἢ
coner. “superfluous part, remainder, Ex.
26, 12.

MD 1. gq. jo, a coat t of mail, Jer.
46, 4. 51, 3.

OD m. (τ. O90) constr. ὉΠ ; plur.
po", constr. "O"70, once "ὉΟ Gen. —
40,7; c. suff. "0770 Gen. 40,2 ; aeunuch,
one castrated, Is. 56,3. 4, Syr. Loupe.

Such persons oriental monarchs were
accustomed to set over their harems,
Esth, 2, 3. 14. 15. 4,55 and also to em-
ploy them in various offices of the court,
Ksth. 1, 10. 15. 2, 21. 6,2. 7,9; comp.
Gen. 40, 2.7. 2 Καὶ. 20,18. Is. 39,7. Dan.
1, 7 sq. Joseph. Ant. 16. 8. 1. So_
poo 39 Dan. 1, 3, DOO AWW ν. 7
sq. the chief or prince of the eunuchs, who
had charge of the king’s sons, as at the
present day in Turkey the Kislar Aga
or chief of the eunuchs has charge of
the Sultan’s children, called Iishoglan. Ἷ
—Hence aecording to some, genr. ὦ mi-
nister of court, court officer, though not
castrated, Ger: 37, 36. 39,1. But these
passages determine nothing; because
many eunuchs are not wholly impotent,
and sometimes live in matrimony, Ter.
Eun. 4. 3. 24. Juv. 6. 366 sq. Chardin
Voy. III. p. 397. Of the other passages
of the O. T. there are nota few where
the proper sense is obviously to be re-
tained, as Jer. 38, 7. 41,16. 1 Sam. 8,
15. 2K. 24, 12. 15. Is. 39,7. On the
other hand, there is no passage wher
the proper sense is not appropriate, a
1K. 22, 9. 2K. 8, 6. 9,32. 20,18. 23, 11.
25,19. 1 Chr. 28,1. Jer. 34, 19. 52, 25.
Sept. constantly εὐγοῖχος, twice σπάδων,
Vulg. eunuchus. See more in Thesaur.
p. 973.

Ὁ or x20 Chald. only in plur.
77270, ahigh ‘officer of the Persian court,
a minister, president, spoken of the three
highest ministers! Dan. 6, 3. 4. 5, 7. 8.
In Targg. 82370, 4270, plur. 77290,
is put for the Heb. “τῷ prefect, magis-_
trate, as Gen. 41, 41, Esth. 2, 18.—Th
dtyinolopy is uncertain but seems t
come from Zend sara (gara) head,
and suff. ka ; as Sanser. sirasiha chief
prefect, from eirae head i q. sara; ~
fey Monathsnamen p. φῶς

‘ve

ΤΑ :
me Me yo

ἮΝ eae only in plur. D270, coustr. 270.
ὡς

εἰ τῇ 1. azles, 1 K. 7, 30. Syr. Ὦ ὦ id.
oa Chald. s290 wheel. The etymology is
ε “uncertain.

2. Metaph. princes, lords, a word pe-
ρα αν to the five chiefs of the Philistines,
Gosh. 13, 3. Judg. 3, 3. 16,5 sq. 1 Sam.
5, 8. 11. 6, 4. 29, 6. Comp. Arab.

a δ axis, pole; metaph. prince, q. d.
the axis round which a people revolve.

- O70 obsol. root, prob. i. q. kindr.

θη (denom. from 483) to root out, to
extirpate, spec. the testicles, and henee,

_ to castrate, Syr. and Chald. oe

_ O70, to castrate. Hence 0°70 reer

one castrated (pr. extirpated), a eu-
_ nuch; and also the secondary verb

Rd uy impotens ad Venerem fuit.
τ ΠΟ ἢ (τ. ὨΣῸ) a bough, branch,

rasa) ὦ

_ ig. ΠΒΡΌ, the letter Ἢ being inserted,
4 Ez. 31,5. Syr. «αὖ, το germinavit.

Ἄ “E29 in Kal not used, i. q. 920
τ ἴο burn, to consume with i fire. Syr.

Prex part. 410% lit. the burner sc. of
the dead, he who kindled the funeral
' pile, Am. 6, 10. This was usually done
_ by the nearest of blood; comp. Gen. 25,
9. 35, 29.. Judg. 16, 31.—But 23 codd.
| Kenic. and several of De Rossi ex-
“hibit y7w>.

ΠΡ mn. Is. 55, 13, a species of plant
growing i in the desert, Engl. vers. brier,
Sept. Theodot. varus Vulg. urtica, i.e.
nettle. This last, the nettle, accords
ἢ well with the etymology, whether we
ᾧ pregard 7590 as from r. 750 to smite,
a with inserted ; or, better, as made up
᾿ from 720 to “ut and “35D to smite, to
τ sting. —Simonis compares Syr. jam
_ white mustard; and this has recently
been again trodeht forward by Ewald
in his Heb. Grammar. But this is from
the Pers. white, and cannot well
_ be regarded as contracted from “B70.

end once Hos. 4, 16; elsewhere
. “only i in the participle.
1. to be su eitallitve: intract-

‘the shoulder, see in 43 no. 1.

able, pr. of refractory and unruly ani-
mals; kindr. with "90. Parr. "0d,

f. my, MIN, refractory, stubborn,

perverse, of an untamed heifer Hos.
4, 16; of a disobedient son Deut. 21,
18. 20. Is. 30, 1; of a lewd woman
casting off all restraint Prov. 7, 11; of
men disobedient towards God, Hos. 4,
16. 9, 15. Is. 30, 1. 65,2. Plur. Ὁ
the rebellious, spec.- of gentile nations,
who reject God, Ps. 66, 7. 68,7.19. As-
cribed also to the heart Jer. 5, 23; to
Parono-
masia is found Is. 1, 23. Hos. 9, 15. Jer.
6, 28 BID "70 rebellious of the rebel-
ous, i. e. most rebellious.

2. to be bad, evil, i. q. hae ζῶ.
Hence "0 no. 2.

Deriv. "0.

x rind obsol. root, Arab. Lad, Syr.
Aph. lank: to winter, though these per-
haps are denominatives.—Hence

Ἵ m. (form like 3D) winter, Cant.
2, 11, where Keri ὙΠῸ is probably a
corrupted form after the analogy of the
Βα" γι, Chald. tno, ind. Syr. oan,

- 9, o-
Arab. #Lié plus. 50, id.

“MO (hidden, r."md) Sethur, pr. ἢ.
of the phylarch or chief of the tribe of
Asher, Num. 13, 13.

*DNO, once pnw Lam. 3, 9; fut.
pho?, imper. pho.

1. to stop up, to obstruct, as fountains 2
K. 3, 19. 25. 2 Chr. 32, 3. 4. Metaph.
Lam. 3, 9 "ὭΣΘ onw he stops my prayer,
shuts it out.—Chald. pmo to shut up,
Arab. id. The primary syllable
is BM, 00, whence Chald. Dav, DID,

bow, Syr. Arab. Saha), : 5, to stop
a well, Heb. 52m to close up, to finish ;

and with a euttural prefixed DON, ODN,

Donn, pon.

2. ‘to shut up, to keep secret, Dan. 8,
26. 12, 4. 9. Part. pass. o'mo hidden,
kept secret, Ez. 28, 3. Ps. 51, 8.

Nrpu. to be stopped, repaired, 6. g. the
breaches of a wall, Neh. 4, 1 [7].

Prez. 1. q. Kal no. 1, Gen. 26, 15. 18.

᾿ “NS fut. "m0", to cover, to veil, see
Hiph. no. 1,and "79 no. 1; then to hide

, δ

Chald. "mo id. Syr. ὅλ
to protect, he veil, hiding-place, se-
eret. Arab.

fo conceal.

to cover, to cover over ;
90 9,“ 5 GS-7.
III, to hide ; po and jw veil, γ᾿“
shield.—In Kal once intrans. to hide one-
self, fut. "m0" Prov. 22, 3 Cheth. where
Keri "md3.
Nipu. 1. to be hid, to lie hid. Job 3,
23 to aman IMD} i207 ἽΝ to hans

his way ts hid, who knows not how to.

escape from calumitioa, With 47 (κα-
λύπτεσϑαι ἀπό τινος, comp. 472 no. 3. b)
to be hid from any one Ps. 38, 10. Is. 40,
27. Gen. 31, 49 when we shall be hid
from one another, when we shall be far
distant from one another. Ps. 19, 7. Job
28,21. With "2°22, Hos. 13, 14 repent-
ance is hidden from mine eyes, i. e. is
unknown to me. Is, 65, 16; "25 (Lat.
occulltari a conspectu alic. Plaut. ) Deut.
7, 20; ΒΘ Jer. 16, 17; 7320 Am. 9, 3.
Dik. plur. f. minno: hidden things, se-
crets, Deut. 29, 28 ; spec. hidden sins,
i. 6. unconsciously committed, Ps. 19,
13.—Followed by another verb, it may
be rendered by an adverb, secretly, like
Gr. λανϑάνω ; Num. 5,13 ΤΙΝ 3291 INO}
and she be secretly defiled. =

2. Reflex. to cover oneself ; Is. 28, 15
“pws smo? we have covered ourselves
up in lies, wrapped ourselves in them.
Hence, to hide oneself, Jer. 36,19. Zeph.
2,'3 5 with 3 of place, or 03, 1 Sam. 20,
5. 19. 24. Jer. 23, 24. Job 34, 22; 572 Ps,
55, 13; "252 Gen. 4, 14. Job 13. 20. Of
God as hiding himself Ps. 89, 47, i. 4.
28 “Md; see Hiph. no. 1. b.

Piri to hide a person for protection,
Is. 16, 3.

Pua part. fem. MIMO hidden, secret,
Prov. 27, 5.

Hiew. 1. to cover, to veil, espec. the
face, Ex. 3,6. With 3 from any per-
son or thine ; Is. 50, 6 7 covered not my
face from hepetioch one spitting. Is. 53,
3 35722 O72 “MOS as one covering his
face from us. sc. for shame, as affected
with an evil disease ; "M07 part. of the
Chald. form for ""m02 which is read in
4 Mss. Others: as one from whom men
hide their faces, taking the part. as im-
personal; this gives a good sense, but
the construction is less easy.— Spec.

736

“NO

Jehovah is said to cover or veil his face,
1978 7"MON, also D[2B "AON Is. 59, 2,

comp. Job 34, 29; e.g.

is said not to regard human affairs Ps.

a) Where ‘hp

10,11; ὁ. 72, Ps. 51,11 cover (smOn, q.d.

turn awa thy ‘face from my sins, i. 6.
regard them not, forgive them. b) In
token of displeasure opp. 1728 “85 see
p. 25, and» "28 Nis p. 695. With ἸΏ
Deut. 31, 17. 32, 20. Ps, 13, 2 how long
wilt thou veil thy face from me? 22, 25
he doth not veil his face from him se. the
afflicted, but hears his prayers. 27, 9.
102, 3. Is. 8, 17. Jer. 33, 5. Ez. 39, 23 sq.
al. sep. So without }2 Deut. 31, 18.
Ps. 30, 8. 44, 25. 104, 29. Job 13. 24.
34, 29 when he veileth his fuce, who can
behold him? i. e. if he be displeased,
who can be admitted to his presence ?
the figure being drawn from the custom
of kings and princes, who admit only
those whom they favour. So with 5°28

impl. Is. 57, 17 J smote him (the people)

covering my face, and I was wroth,—
Once the sins*of men are said fo veil the
Jace of God, i. 6. 1Ἃο avert his favour, Is.
59, 2.

2. to hide, to conceal a pers. or things}
Job 14, 13. Prov. 25,2. Spec. a) For

protection and salty from persecutors,

etc. Jer. 36,26. 2 Chr. 22,11; with 3
of place Ps. 17,-8. Is. 49, 2. Ps, 31, 21.
27,5; with j2, "282.2 K. 11, 2. Ps. 64,
3. Is. 50, 6. Ὁ) to hide ἃ thing from any

one, not to let him know it, with 72 of -

pers. 1 Sam. 20, 2. Is. 29, 15. Ps. 119, 19.

c) to hide sorrow, calamity, from any
Job 3,10 "moh

one, i. e. to avert it;
"37972 ΘῺΣ ; comp. Niph. Is. 65, 16 ‘and |
ΓΞ Job 33, 17.

Hirupa. “ΌΤΙ to hide oneself 1 Sam.
23, 19. 26, 1. Ps. 54,2. Is. 45, 15 truly
thou art smno2 >x a God hiding thyself,

whose secret counsels none can compre-_

hend. Is. 29, 14 the understanding of the
prudent shall hide itself, i. e. shall van —
ish away, disappear.

Deriv. ΤΌ, NINO, “ΠΏ, “iron,
pr. ἢ. “rd, “30D.

“τῷ Chald. Pa. 1. to hide. Part,
pass. plur. f. xnanoa hidden renee se-
crets, Dan. 2, 22.

2. to destroy, Ezra 5, 12; pr. to hide
away, to remove out of sight, comp. “n>
and‘"n2n. In Targ. often. Syr. Pe. ἂν

"nd

AMO m. (Ὁ. 9M) in pause “Mo Deut.
27, 15. 24; c. suff. "7nd, plur. S7Nd.
1. @ covering, veil ;

ἴῃ τ. ἼΌ Kal! Job 32, 14°31 43 Mo "ΣΡ

thick clouds are a covering to him, so

_ that he seeth not. 24,15 Ὁ 5 Θ25 “no
he maketh his face a veil, i. e. veils his
face. Ps. 81, 8 53 “"NO3 in the veil of
thunder, i. e. a thunder-cloud. 18, 12.
2. acovert, shelter ; Ps. 27,5 ony “no
the covert of his tabernacle. 61, 5. Is. 32,
2. Trop. protection, defence, Th 16, 4.
Ε 28,17. Ps. 31, 21. 91,1. Hence God is
said to be a covert, shelter, protection,
Ps. 32,7. 119, 114.

_ Ain, 729 eye, the sixteenth letter of
_ the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral de-
_ noting 70. Compare its figure Ο in the
_ Phenician alphabets, whence the Greek
~ Omicron.
_ While the Hebrew was a living lan-
_ guage, this letter, which is peculiar to
_ the Semitic tongues, and extremely diffi-
cult for our organs to pronounce, seems
_ to have had, like ©, a twofold pronunci-
ation, which the Neabiais distinguish by
a diacritical point, é Ain, ὁ Ghain. The
one apparently was only a uel im-
"pulse of the breath, like the letter &, but
more forcible, so as to resemble the
sound of a in father, or short. e when ut-
_ tered furtively or as if abruptly ejected

—<— on x
Ἢ x

_ from the throat. Hence the Greek inter- .

_ preters have sometimes represented it
_ by the smooth and rough breathings, and
- sometimes also by: expressing the furtive
_ Vowels, as P22 “Auodyjx, “29 “Hii, "729
Ἑβραῖος, SHIN. Noyé, ΒΞ 5} Τελβουέ, sy
_ sig, see Orig. ad Gen. 28, 19, in Montf.
_ Hexapl. II. p. 397. On thie ἴδμεν hand
the harder Ain, which the Arabs call
Ghain, was a harsh sound uttered from
the bottom of the throat, accompanied
by a certain whirring or whizzing, so as
nearly to resemble the letter r when
uttered abruptly with a strong rolling.
This the Seventy have usually repre-

7 a ;
sentea by the letter y, as MID 5 τῇ Tala,
62*

‘Syr. Arab. id. see °

737 5

3.ὦΔ hiding ; then a hiding-place,
place of concealment, 1 Sam. 25, 20; so
"92 in a hiding-place 1 Sam. 19, 2.
Ps. 139, 15.—Also, something hidden, a
secret, secrecy ; Judg. 3,19 "NO "23 a
secret message. Prov. 9, 17 pwnd on
bread of secrecies, to be eaten in ‘secret.
Often “moa in secret. secretly, Sept.
χρυφῆ, Deut. 13, 7. 2 Sam. 12, 12. Job
13, 10. Ps. 101, 5. Is. 45, 19. al.

MIMO f. (x. Md) i. ᾳ. "MQ no. 2, pro-
tection, Deut. 32, 38.

TNO (for MM protection of Jeho-
vah, r. 990) Sthri, pr. ἢ. m. Ex. 6, 22.

Md Τύμοῤῥα, "Dik rs Soyooa, "9 Tut,
Pa"> Γεβάλ. See De Sacy Gr. Arabe
I. § 45,46. Hence it happens, that seve-
ral Hebrew roots comprise what are
strictly two roots of different significa-
tion; one of which is written in Arabic
with the ὁ νην & and the other with &}

as >>» ‘te to drink a second time, to

glean, and ee dé to insert, to enter;
also "49, B59, Day, Hey, a9. In
other instances, the various powers of
one and the same root are distinguished
by the Arabs in the manner of pro-
nouncing; 6. g. Way i. q. ree to bind
closely together, and also i. q. ree to
serve, to worship; see in 729.

The softer pronunciation of » seems to
have been the most frequent among the__
Hebrews; as also among the Arabs the
letter ¢ & is far more frequent than E:

For this reason ¥ is very often. inter- :

changed with ἐξ, or, to speak more accu-
rately, > is often softened into ἐξ... 866 p.
1; also in the middle of words. when
icoceded by a Sheva, » is often dropped,
like δὰ and 4, as bya contr. >2, "23
contr. "2; to which we may also katte
πρὸ for’ Mpw2 Am. 8, 8, and 12> for
may Ps, 28, 8.—On the abhee hand the
harder > was kindred in sound: a) To
the guttural ΤΊ, as p2n, 29; BM, WS

Bi

ἊΝ

ay 738

“i>. Also to the letter =, 7, by which
indeed many express the Arabic Ghain,
as 22 and 247 to polish. Ὁ) To the
palatal letters, as 1, >, P, which see
respectively, and compare "¥3 and "M2
to surround ; 23) (832) and 333, 32, to
boil up; Chald. 8398 and δε earth ;
sa and paw. c) The letter > is also
very frequently interchanged with 7, in
such a way that for the Hebrew 7 we
find in Aramean 9, i. 6. the sibilant
being dropped, and nothing but a guttu-
ral impulse of breath remaining, as j8¥

le AS flock; ΣΝ υδ) Εἴ soo
earth; "2% [pda wool. See on the

nature and cause of this permutation,
Ewald Krit. Gram. p. 33.

I. ΔΨ τὰ. (r. 232) a term of architec-
ture, ὦ "threshold, slep, i. e. a projection
or offset, perh. collective, forming the
ascent into a portico, 1 K. 7,6. Ez. 41,
25. Plur. 0°29 v. 26, as if from a sing.
a3. Targ. well in 1K. 7, 6 xmBIpo
thresholds. Vulg. epistylium, architrave,
against the context in both places; al-
though such is the poverty of the He-
brew in terms of this sort, that the Heb.
ay may perhaps: have comprehended
the epistyle. This is also favoured by
the etymology from 335 to cover, q. Vv.

II. 39 comm. gend. (m. Is. 19,1. Ece.
13,3; £ 1K. 18, 44.) constr. 3> Prov.
16, 15. Is. 18, 4, once 22 Ex. 19, 9; plur.
pay, constr. "33, twice ΤῚΣ. 2 Sam.
23, ἃ, Ps. 77, 18. Ἔ. a>.

Ἴ, tabkness: chiefly of clouds, Ex. 19,
9 425% ΞΣΞ in the darkness of a oui.
Ps. 18, 12 npr "a> darkness of clouds.
—Hence

2. a cloud, Is. 19, 1. 28, 5. al. by 89
a cloud of dew Is. 18,4. Prov. 16, 15.
Often collect. clouds Job 20, 6. 36, 29. Is.

14,14. Plur. Judg. 5,4. 1K. 18,45. Ps. _

104, 3: al. A cloud is put as an emblem
of awh motion Is. 60, 8 (comp. 19, 1);
also of things evanescent Job 30, 15. Is.

44, 22.

3. dark thicket of a wood, plur. 5°33
Jer. 4,29. Chald. Syr. id.

2D see in 39 I.

* 22% obsol. τ᾿ prob. to cover, to hide,

dq. Ἔα xan, oan. Hence 35 I.

‘todo work. Aram. pos, 729 heat to make,

“2

* TAP μὰς. 142% 1. to labour, to work,

i. ᾳ. Heb. ΠῺΣ ; Arab. Rts to serve
“God, see ho: 3, but Conj. II to reduce to

servitude, hire servant; see Hiph. no.
2. A, Schultens holds the primary idea
to be that of subduing, depressing, ad
Job. p. 6; and so Redslob nearly.—Ab-
sol. Ex. 20,9 789m D5 γι six days
shalt thou labour, opp. to M38. 34, 21.
Deut. 5, 13. Ecc. 5,11. With ace. of
land, ete. to work, 6. g. to till the ground
Gen. 2, 5. 3, 23. 4,2; a vineyard Deut,
28, 39; a garden Gen. 2,15. So of arti-
sans, Is. 19, 9 ΘΒ "a> the workers
in linen. Ez. 48, 18 "ΛΣΤ ὙἼ29 the work-
men or labourers of the city. v.19. Ac-
cus. impl. Deut. 15, 19 thow shalt not till
the ground with (3) the firstling of thy
bullock.

2. to work for another, to serve, Num.
4,37; 3 of price, Gen. 29, 20.25. Hos.
12, 13. Ez. 29, 20. Often with ace. of
pers. to serve any one, Gen. 29, 15. 30,
26. 31,6. 41, Ex. 21,6. Mal. 3,17; poet.
of a beast Job 39,9; ἘΦ with any one
Gen. 29, 25. 30. Lev. 25,40; "25> 2Sam.
16, 19 of a minister of the king, comp.
“2p> “29. With two acc. Gen. 30, 29
MISS ἐὸν my HI" ἑλοῦ knowest what
(how) 1 have served thee. —Spoken not
only of single persons, but also of na-
tions, who serve their kings and princes
Judg. 9, 28. 38. 1 Sam. 11, 1. 1 K. 5, 1.
12,4. Ps. 18,44. Jer. 27, 7.9; or who
are subject to other nations Get. 15, 14.
25, 23. Ex. 14, 12. 1 Sam. 4, 9 (c. 5).
2 Sam. 10,19. Jer. 40, 9; aids of kings
who. are tributary to others Gen. 14, 4.
2K. 18, 7. Here belongs Gen. 15, 13
ἘῸΝ 8d) ὈΠΊΣΣΣ and they (the Ieraeks
ites) shall serve them (the Egyptians),
and they shall afflict them, the Egyptians
shall afflict the Israelites, the subject and
object being changed. So too 733 02
1K. 9,21, see in 02.—Once to serve any
one is for simpl. to obey, 1 K. 12, 7.

3. to serve in a religious sense, i. 6. fo
worship, to yield reverence and obedi-
ence to, 6. g. Jehovah Ex. 3, 12. 4, 23. 7
16. 26. Josh. 24, 15. 18. Ps. 22, 81. J
21, 15. al. sep. Also idols Deut. 4,19.
8, 19. 13,7. 14. Judg. 10, 10, 1K. 16, 31.

Γ ΠῺΣ

res

_ 2K.10,18.al. So ofa single sacrifice
_ oract of worship Ex. 3, 12. 4,23. Constr.
_ with ace. rarely with > Judg. 2, 13. Jer.
44,3. Acc. impl. (Jehovah) Job 36,11.

Is. 19,23. With two acc. to serve God

with any thing, i. e. to offer in sacrifice,
_ Ex. 10, 26; hence, the name of God
being emitted ΓΓΙ2 ἢ M33 722 to offer

sacrifice and oblation, i.e. to serve (God)

with such offerings, Is. 19, 21.

4, Causat. 3 729 i.g. TA, to make

_ serve, to impose service upon any one.
Ley. 25, 39 332 nad ia TayMm-N> thou
"shalt not make him serve the service of a
bondman. v. 46. Ex. 1,14. Jer. 22, 13.
34, 9.10. So of nations Jer. 25, 14. 27,
7. 30,8. Ez. 34, 27.

Nieuw. 1. to be wrought, tilled, of a
field, Deut. 21, 4. Ex. 36, 9. 34.
4 2. to be served, [ profited, as a king by
3 his land, Ecc. 5, 8.—R.
_ Poat 1.i.q. Niph.no. 1, Deut. 21, 3;
comp. 15, 19.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 4, Is. 14, 3 the heavy
«service 32 729 WX which was imposed
: For 72% we might expect
_ 772»; but see Heb. Gram. § 140. 1. b.
_ Hips. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to
cause to work, to compel to labour, c. ace.
_ Ex. 1,13. 6,5. 2 Chr. 2,17.—Hence to
weary with severe labour, to fatigue ; Is.
_ 43,23 [have not wearied thee with offering
᾿ sacrifices .. ..34 FAMINEMA "IANIITN FN
but thou hast wearied me with thy. sins.
_ 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to
_ serve, Ez. 29, 18; to reduce to servitude
sc. a people Jee. 17, 4.
* 3. Causat. of Kal no. 3, 2 Chr. 34, 33.
' Horn. 729 to be made to serve i.e.
_ toworship. Ex. 20,5 o739m > nor be
_ made (led, driven) to serve them i.e.
Sfalse gods. 23,24. Deut. 5,9. Hence
; to serve, at the persuasion or urgency of

“others, Deut. 13, 3.

Deriv. 73372, and the seventeen here
following.

_ 13% Chald. to make, to do, i. q. Heb.
ΠῺΣ no. 2, for which it is usually put in
the Targums. Spec. a) to make an
szmage Dan. 3,1. b) to make, i.e. to
create the fname and the earth Jer. 10,
11. ) to make ready a feast Dan. 5, 1.
d) to keep a festival Ezra 6,16. 6) to
make war Dan. 7,21. f) todo a law,

739

-be cut in pieces, see in D455.

‘Tap

i.e. to keep it, Ezra 7, 26; comp, wy
no. 2.1. Also to do or perform miracles

_ Dan. 3, 32. 6,28; to do or conmit wrong

Dan. 6, 23; to make sedition Ezra 4, 15.
g) Genr. to do any thing, comp. ΠῺΣ no.
3; Ezra 6, 13. Dan. 6, 11. 4, 32 [35]
MI3> ΓῺ what doest thou? spoken in in-
vective. h) 3 739 todo with any one,
56. customarily, Dan. 4, 32 [35]; to do
with any thing, to dispose of it, Ezra 7,
18; c. OY id. Ezra 6. 8.

Irupe. to be made, to be done, Ezra 4,
19. 7,26. With a noun following, Dan.
3,29 TBS" [2 let him be made pieces,
Dan. 2, 5.
Ezra 6,11. Absol. to be done, spoken of
something before mentioned, Ezra 5, 8.
6, 12. 7, 21. 23.—Deriv. 8139.

732 m. (r. 729) in pause 733; ο. suff.
"32>; plur. 5°23, constr. "J23; a

servant, Arab. OAS, Syr. [pas.

1. Genr. a servant, who among the
Hebrews was also a slave, Gen. 12, 16.
17, 23. 39, 17. Ex. 12, 30. 44. 21, 2;
whether born in the house, verna, (772%
m3 q.v.) or bought with money (ὩΣ 5
50>) Gen. 17, 12.23. ΞΡ M752 servile
work Lev. 25, 39. τὸν 739 a servant
for ever, see in 0252 no. 2. ἃ. O°F3D 739
a servant of servants, the lowest menial,
Gen. 9,25. m 72> m3 the house of serv-
ants, house of bondage, prison-house, i. e.
Egypt, Ex. 13, 3. 14. 20, 2. Deut. 8, 14.
13, 6. 11. Emphat. Jer. 2,14 ἐβ Israel a
servant? is he a home-born slave? why
is he a spoil? Often followed by > in
stead of a genit. ὦ servant to any one,
see > no. 3.f. Gen. 41, 12. 1 Sam. 30, 13.
17, 8 ἘΝ mvtsy ἘΠΝῚ. (But 759
bats are the ministers and courtiers of
Saul; see below in lett. b.) 2Sam. 9 12.
1K, 11,26. Hence > 739 55 to become
servant to any one Gen. 9, 25-27. 44, 9.
10. 17. 33. 47, 25. Lev. 26, 13. Deut. 6,
21; > tayd mn id. 1 Sam. 8, 17. 17, 9;
eon y ἼΞΣΝ mpd 2K. 4,1, 5 442) ἽΝ᾽
Is. 44, 21. 49, 55) once i. q. to ‘obey, to be
obsequious, 1 K. 12, 7.—Spec. the name
servants isapplied: a) To common sol-
diers, who are called the servants of their
general or prince, 2 Sam. 2, 12. 13. 15.
30. 31. 3,22. 8,7. Ὁ) To the servants of
a king, i.e. his ministers and court offi-
cers, 6. 5. HYD "739 Gen. 40, 20. 41, 10

Tay

37. 38. 50,7. Ex. 5,21. al. νῷ "359
1 Sam. 16, 17. 18, 22. 28,7; ἸΡῈΠ “Tay
ΤΠ 9, 27.2 K. 19, 5. Esth. 3, 3.
Is. 37, δ al. So of military commanders
1 Sahn: 29, 3.
c) To whole nations, which are subject
or tributary to others, Gen. 9, 26. 27, 37.
Deut. 5,15 15, 15. 16, 12. 2 Sam. 8, 2.
6. 14. 1 Chr. 18, 2.6.13. d) Trop. of
beasts Job 40, 28; also of things Gen.
47,19, comp. Judith 3, 4.

In addressing superiors the Hebrews
from modesty or humility were accus-
tomed to call themselves servants, and
those whom they addressed, lords; see
in ΠΝ. Gen. 18, 3 pass not away from
thy servant, i.e. from me. 19, 19. 33, 5.
44, 18. 24. 33. 1 Sam. 17, 32. 34. 38. 20,
8. Is. 36, 11. Dan. 2, 4. al. So in con-
verse with God, Ex. 4, 10. 1 Sam. 3,
9. 10; and in prayers to him, Ps. 19, 12.
14. 27, 9. 69, 18. 119, 1% Neh. 1, 6. 8.
Hence 73> thy servant is in this way
put for "258, so that the suffix of the
first person is referred to it, e. g. Gen.
44, 32 for thy servant (I) became surety
Sor the lad unto my father.—The term
servants is applied also to absent per-
sons, whom one wishes to commend to
the favour of a patron; as Gen. 44, 27
thy servant, my father, said unto us. 32,
5. 20. 21.

2. Mim Tay, servant of Jehovah, used
tropically in various senses, viz. 8)
For a worshipper of God; Neh. 1, 10 ἘΠ
W745" FISD they (the Israelites) are thy
servants and thy people ; comp. Chald.
Ezra 5, 11 we are the servants of the God
of heaven, we worship the God of heaven.
Dan. 6, 21 O Daniel, servant of the liv-
ing God, i. e. who dost worship the liv-
ing God. In this sense it is used asa
laudatory epithet or title applied to the
pious worshippers of God, e. g. to Abra-
ham, Ps. 105, 6. 42; Joshua, Josh. 24, 29.
Judg. 2, 8; Job, Job 1, 8. 2,3. 42, 8;
David Ps. 18, 1. 36, 1. 78, 70. 89, 4. 21.
Jer. 33, 21 sq. Ez. 34, 23; Eliakim Is.
22, 20; Zerubbabel Hag. 2, 24. Also
in silt mint "32> is often said of pious
men, Ps. 84, 23. 69, 37. 113, 1. 134, 1.
135, 1. 136, 22. Is. 54, 17. 63, 17. 65,8;
' 9. 13-15. Ὁ) For a minister or amnbas-
sador of God, called of God and sent to
perform any service. Is. 49,6 "mi" 529

740

1K. 11, 26. 2K. 25, 8.

s29
“1

‘nan ἘΝ ΠΏΞΘΩΝ ὈΠΌΓΙΡ ay 5b δ te
not enough that thou shouldst be my ser-
vant (i.e. my ambassador and instru-
ment) to raise up the tribes of Israel....
I will also make thee a light to the Gen-
tiles. v.5. In this sense it is applied

‘directly to the Messiah Zech. 3,8; also

to Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, —
whom God used as his instrument in —

chastising the people, Jer. 25, 9. 27, 6.
43,10. Often also there is connected

with the term the idea of a familiar —
servant, standing in a more intimate re- —

lation, chosen and beloved of God for his
piety and approved fidelity, and sent to
perform his service, e. g. thus spoken of
angels (in the other hemistich B°28>%)
Job 4,18; and of prophets Am. 3, 7. Jer.
7,25. 25,4. 26,5. 29,19. 35, 15. 44, 4.
Dan. 9, 6. Ezra 9, 11; spec. of Moses
Deut. 34,5. Josh. 1, 1. 13. 15. Ps. 105
26; of Isaiah Is. 20, 3. Sometimes the
two ideas of a pious worshipper of God
and of an ambassador sent from God
appear to have coalesced, e. g. in the
passages which relate to Abraham and
Moses, and particularly in those where
Israel or Jacob, i. e. the people of Israel,
is addressed by this honourable and en-
dearing appellation, as Is. 41, 8. 9. 42,
19. 44, 1. 2. 21. 45, 4. 48, 20. Jer. 30, 10,
46, 27. 28. Ez. 28, 25. 37, 25; comp. |
Hos. 11, 1. Still it is the pious Teravelstui

who are here especially meant, i. 6. those

truly worthy of the name, ἀληϑινοὶ “Ie-
ραηλῖται, Is, 43, 10. 49, 3 where see the
author’s note at the end of his Germ.
version edit. 2. Among these again
the prophets particularly are so named,
Is. 44, 26.
thus: termed the servant of Jehovah. is
called in the other hemistich sometimes
the elect, chosen of God, Is. 41, 8. 45, 4;
sometimes ambassador and friend 42,
19, and so in the plur. ambassadors 44,
26. But in all the passages respecting
the servant of God in the chapters of the
last part of Isaiah, (42, 1-7. 49, 1-9. 50,
4-10. 52, 13—53, 12,) he is represente
as the intimate friend and ambassado
of God, as aided by the divine spirit, a

as about to restore the tribes of Israe |

This same Jacob who ἰδ

— λυνὸΣ

4

.

4

|

and become the teacher of other na-—

tions. [Such was to be the characte
of the Messiah, to whom these pa

β ay

sages are expressly referred in the N.

| T.—R.
3. Ebed, (servant sc. of God,) pr. n.
-m. a) Judg. 9, 26.28. b) Ezra 8, 6.

TaY Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. 733 servant ;

e. g. servant of the king, i. e. a minister,

prefect, Ezra 4,11; so those who ad-

dress the king call themselves his ser-

vanis, Dan. 2, 4.7. ἀρ ἼΞΣ the ser-

vant of God, i. e. worshipper, Dan. 3, 26.
6, 21. Ezra 5, 11.

t22 m. (Kamets impure) work, deed,
Syr. [pos.
ay, see T3i9.

NAY (servant sc. of God, after the
Chaldee form) Abda, pr.n.m. a) 1K.
4,6. Ὁ) Neh. 11, 17, for which 1 Chr.

9,16 m729.

DIN"T3Y (serving Edom) Obed-edom,
pr. n. of a Levite, 2 Sam. 6, 10. 1 Chr.
10, 38.

ἢ

᾽ ob (servant of God) Abdeel, δ n.

ma. Jer. 36, 26.

: ΩΣ f. (τ. 722) 1. work, labour ;
Ps. 104, 23 man goeth forth unto his work
and to his labour (1355) until the
evening’. Lev. 25, 39 129 MIB servile
labour. 23, 7. 8. 21. 35. 36. Num. 28, 18.
25. 29, 1. 12. 35.—Ex. 39, 32 myay-bp
IN 5D all the work of the tabernacle,
‘ai the labour expended upon it. 36, 3. 5.
Hence a) work, business, i. q. raxda,
"Num. 4, 47 “9 may ὉΠῈΣ ἼΞΡΌ, io
work the work of the ministry and the
work of bearing in the tabernacle of the
“congregation, i. q. to do the work or
business ; for ig in 1 Chr. 9, 19
ΞΡ moxda. Is. 28, 21 inway say
to ‘work his he i. 6. divine judgments
“upon the ungodly. 32, 17. Comp. 558,
ΠΈΣ, Chald. 83> i. q. ΠΏΣΏ. b)

once Kce. 9, 1.

κὰ

δ Spec. Keorle of the field, tillage, ‘agricul-_

ture, 1 Chr. 27, 26. Neh. 10, 38.

2. hahour‘of a servant for his master,
service, ministry. Gen. 30, 26 hou know-
est my service (ΠΤΛΊΞΣ τ), which I have
done thee. ὩΣ NIBP 739 to serve a ser-
vice with any one, to be his servant, Gen.
29, 27. Ex. 1, 14 and they made their

life bitter (Ap mIS2a) with hard ser-
vice in mortar, etc. and go nwp ΓῚᾺΡΞ9 of
_hard'service rendered by a people toa

741

ἼΩΝ

king or to another people, Deut. 26, 6.
1 K. 12, 4. Neh. 5, 18. Is. 14, 3. Lam. 1,
3; of military service Ez. 29,18. Also
of the service or ministry of the king
1 Chr. 26,.36. 2 Chr. 12, 8—Hence

. 8) service, i. e. use, profit. Ps. 104, 14

and herb for the service of man. Num.
3, 26. Ὁ) service, i.e. furniture, imple-
ments, Num. 3, 31. 36. Comp. in Engl.
a service of plate.

3. service of the tabernacle and tem-
ple, the sacred ministry of the priests and
Levites, 1 Chr. 25, 1. 26, 8. al. Fully
syia Saka mwas Num. 4, 23. 35; nay
" ἘΠῚ Ex. 30, 17. Num. 18, 6; j2van Ξ
Num. 3, 7. 8. 16, 9; “ma MIB 1 Chr.
9, 13. 23, 28; SIP ‘mas Num. 7, 9;
mint may Nein: 8, 11. Josh. 22, 27;
κατ ἐξοχήν nyasn 9 Chr. 35, 10. So
ὌΠ 2a MIs the service of the sons of
Kohath sc. in the tabernacle, Num. 4, 4;
comp. v. 24.27.28, mtasrtb> the vessels
of service, sacred vessels, 1 Chr. 9, 28.
28, 14. NIB ΝᾺΣ the service-host, the
host of ministering priests and Levies
Num. 8, 25. v. 26 7497 Nd ΠῚΞ9 he
shall do no service, shall take no part
init. Spoken αἷοῦ of a particular rite
or service, Ex. 12, 25. 26. 13, 5.

MIP f. (τ. 723) service, for concr. ser-
vants, familia, Gen..26, 14. Job 1, 3.
Comp. Gr. ϑεραπεία Matt. 24, 45.

1122) (servile) Abdon, pr. n. 1. A
Levitical city in the tribe of Asher, Josh.
21,30. 1 Chr. 6,59. The same name
according to 20 Codd. should be read
Josh. 19, 28 instead of the usual 7439.

2. Of several men: a) A judge of
Israel, Judg. 12, 13. 15; called 772 1
Sam. 12,11; seein 113. b), 1 Chr.8,
23. c) ib. 8,30. 9,36. d)2 Chr. 34,20.

MATA f. (denom. from 732) servi-
tude, bondage, Ezra 9, 8.9. Neh. 9, 17.

Syr. [ZopaS id.

“JAY (for 3239 servant of Jehovah)
Abdi, pr.n.m. a) 1Chr. 6,29. b) 2
Chr. 29,12. c) Ezra 10, 26.

DN°TIY (servant of God) Abdiel, pr.
n,m. 1 Chr. 5, 15.

W729 and M7539 m. (worshipper
of Jehovah) Obadiah, pr. n. of several

persons, of whom the most distinguished
was a prophet of this name contem-

Tay

porary with Jeremiah, Obad. 1.—1 K.
18,3. 1 Chr. 3, 21..7, 3. 8, 381 9, 16
(comp. Neh. 11,17). v. 44. 12, 9. 27, 19.
2 Chr. 17,7. 34, 12. Ezra 8, 9. Neh. 10, 6.
Sept. ᾿4βδίας, which properly comes
from M333.

Jay (servant of the king, Arab.
SULT dus Abd el-Malek), Ebed-me-
lech, pr. n. of an Ethiopian at the court
of Zedekiah, Jer. 38, 7. 39, 16.

02 TAY (perh. i. Bs 2) 322 worship-
per of Mercury, see 33) Dan. 1, 7. 2,49.
312, also i932 ἼΞΣ v. 29, A bedileeis a
Chaldee pr. n. given in Babylon to Aza-
riah one of: Daniel’s companions.

*ray 1. to be thick, fat, Deut. 32,
15. 1 K. 12, 10. Comp. the noun "a>.

2. to be dense, compact ; whence "33,
may. .—Syr. ak to be fat, hard, as
the heart; Eth. UP to be large, to
grow; Arab. jas to be thick, dense.

Diay τὰ. a pledge, pawn, Deut. 24,
10, 11.12. R.o3e.

"AY m. (r. “2>) constr. PINT “ay
produce of the earth, grain, corn, Josh.

5, 11. 12; opp. manna or bread from —

heaven. Syr. janx, Chald. "522 , id.—
Comp. 553" from r. 53, Hiph. >"37h to
bring; ΠΣ from Nia.

“AY (τ. 939, after the form 5533,
7708) pr. a passing over, transit ; found
only with prefix V1322 , and so used as
a Preposition (and Conjunction) corre-
sponding nearly to Gr. ὑπέρ with a geni-
tive, Engl. over, marking that over or
above which any thing passes or moves ;
see Passow Lex. art. ὑπέρ A; comp. >2

no. 2. d. 6. Found only in_ tropical
senses. .
A) Prep. 1. over, i. 6. for, in behalf of,

for the sake of, in the sense of protec-
tion, care, favour, benefit, Gr. ὑπέρ τινος
Paco. in ὑπέρ A. no. 4. Gen. 12, 13
that it may be. well with me 777APA for
thy sake. 2 Sam. 9, 1.'7. Gen. 26, 24 for
my servant Abraham’s sake. 18, 26. 29.
31. 32. Ps. 132,10. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 2 Sam.
5, 12. 6, 12. 12, 25.—Hence

2. for, because of, marking the cause
on account of which any thing is done;
comp. Ὁ no. 2. ἃ. 2 Sam. 13, 2 he fell

742,

“39

sick "2m “322 for his sister Tamar,
because of his love for her. 12, 21. Jer.
14, 4. Gen. 3,17 cursed be hed ογοι
Because of thee. 8, 21. 1 Sam. 23, 10.
2 Sam. 7, 21. 2 Chr. 28, 19. Job 20, 2.
Mic. 2, 10. = Also

3. for, spoken of price; comp. ὑπέρ,
Sor i. q. instead of, Passow 1. ο. no. 5.
Am. 2, 6. 8, 6. ; |

4, With infin. for, i. e. for this cause
that, in order that. Ex. 9, 16 I have
raised thee up "M2-M¥ ἸΌΝ ΞΖ for
to (that I may) show thee my power.
1 Sam. 1, 8. 2 Sam. 10, 3. 18, 18.—So
too snap} c. infin. id. Ex. 20, 20. 2
Sam. 14, 20. 17, 14:—Hence

B) Conj. that, in order that. , marking
end and purpose; c. fut. Gen. 21, 30
ΤΙΣ. "> mnm saya that they may be
to me a testimony. “27, 4.19. 31. 46,34.
Ex. 9, 14, 19, 9. 20, 20. Ps. 105, 45;
fully “iy “AAP2 Gen. 27, 10.

Miay see naz.

"O29 fut. vazs
exchange, see Piel.
interweave.

2. to give a pledge for any thing bor-
rowed, which lies in the idea of ex-
change; Deut. 24, 10 ‘wap ΞΕ in
order to pledge his pledge, i. e. in order
that he (thy brother) may do so.
Hence to borrow, sc. upon a pledge
given, Deut. 15, 6 ΞΕ 8D OMEN} bu
thou shalt not borrow. |

Pret to change for another. Joel 2.7 f
they change not their ways, i. e. nothing
turns them out of their course.

Hiren. to lend upon a pledge, with ac
of person to whom, Deut. 15, 6; with
two acc. of pers. and thing v. 8.

Deriv. 0133 and

DOA τῇ. (τ. 35) pr. a pledging of
goods; concr. things taken in- pledge
Hab. 2, 6 wo to him who enlargeth what
is not his own! how long? to him whe
ladeth himself with goods taken ὃ
pledge, i. e. unjustly detained and ap
propriated to his own use; the fig
being taken from a heartless ΟΝ

1. to change; to

Kindr. is P33 t

ἼΔΦ τὴ. (τ. 922) denseness, compact-
ness, e. g. of shields Job 15, 26. 2 Chr. Ε
4,17 ΤΩΝ "Asa in the δοηιραοί soil
prob: clayey ; Vulg. in terra argillose, Ὁ

ΕΓ.

᾿ BY m. (Ὁ. 939) c. suff. 929, thickness 1
Ἢ Κ, 7,26. Jer. 52, 21. 2 Chr. 4, 5.

| SPAY Chald. f. (τ. 139) 1. work,
labour, Ezra 4, 34. 5, 8. 6, 7. 18.

2. business, e. g. administration of af-

fairs, Dan. 2, 49. 3, 12. Comp. 52x29
Neh. 2, 16,

ΐ ΄ a
? by obsol. root, Arab. has to strip
ar" ss
a ai of its leaves, Mus a white stone,

dash a mountain whose rocks are
_white.—Hence pr. n. d3i>, 53.

“v2? obsol. root, i. 4. 3¥3 to be in
pain, according to 1 Chr. 4. 9. 10.—
Hence pr. ἢ. 723°.

_ * 732 fat. πβθη, 2 p. fem. A335
Ruth 2, , see Lehrg. p. 306. Heb. Gr.
§ 47. ἡ. 1.

᾿ς 1.to pass over. Arab.

“

to pass over

a river, also to pass away, depart, die;

So»
> pe bank of a stream, shore ;

= to pass away, depart. Aram. "39

“~o8i.q. Heb. The same root is widely
γῇ
| ΗΝ in the Indo-European tongues,

€. g. Sanser. upari, Pers. fail A and
4 super, supra, Gr. ὑπέρ, πέρα, πέραν,

περάω, Lat. swper, Goth. ufar, afar,
Germ. δέν, Engl. over.—Pr. to pass over
ἃ river, sea, ὁ. ace. Gen. 31, 21 735"
Smn-ny Is. 23,2 ns ἼΞ9. Deut. 3, 27.

‘lil. 2 Sam. 15, 23. Zech. "10, 11; sina
Num. 33,.8.' in cetin: impl. to pass over
‘sc. a river Josh. 2, 23. 2 K. 2,9; and
with acc. of place to which one passes
' over, Jer. 2,10 DM> NX 43D pass over
“(the sea) to the coasts of the Chittim.
Is. 23, 6. 12. Am. 6, 2; ὁ. δ Num. 32, 7.
—Spoken also of: ἀϊβιῶν impediments
which one passes over; as a deep val-
ley or ravine Is. 10, 29, see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 116; a NaN OE fonon Job
19, 8, comp. Is. 51, 23; a bound Ps. 104,
9.. Hence metaph. to pass over, to trans-
gress, Sept. παραβαίνω, 6. σ. the com-
mandment of God Num. 22, 18. 24, 13.
1 Sam. 15, 24. Hab. 1,11; orof the king
Esth. 3,3; a covenant Deut. 17, 2: Josh.
7,11. 15. 23, 16. Jer. 34, 18; a law Is.

129

"ay

24, 5. Dan. 9,11. So Syr. 25 to trans-
gress a law, Chald. 83723 transgression.
With 5x, to pass over the border to any
pers. or thing, 1 Sam. 14, 1. 27,2. Trop.
also of a razor passing over one’s head,
c. δ Num. 6, 5; of the wind passing
over upon any pers. or thing, c. 2 Ps.
103, 16. Comp. no. 4.

2. to pass over, to pass through, to go
through, sc. a region, city, field, ete. with
acc. Num. 20, 17. Judg. 11, 29 ἼΞΣ5)
‘331 IDDA- MN antl he passed over through-
out Gilead and Manasseh. Often c. 3
in, through, Gen. 12,6 D938 ΥῊΝΞ πΞ ΣΤῊ,
Ps, 42,5 93 W358 "2 for 7 had passed
on among the crowd. Gen. 30, 32. 41, 46.
Num. 20, 18. Deut. 2, 27. Josh. 18, 9. 1
Sam. 9, 4. Is. 34, 10. Jer. 2,6; 13 be-
tween two things, Gen. 15, 17. Jer. 34,
19; Fina Job 15, 19. Ez. 9, 4; 553
Joshi , 11. Am. δ, 17; absol. 2K. 4, 8.
—So af things, Ps. 18, 13 793 4933 29
wx "bma1 there passed through his clouds
(ace. ) hail and burning coals ; but see
inno. 4.d. 1K. 22, 36 and there went
a joyful cry throughout the host. Absol.
Lam. 3, 44 thou hast covered thyself with
clouds ben "332 so that our prayer
should not pass through.—So 723 702
2 K.12,5 and “M2 729 HOD Gen. 23,
16, money passing among the rnerchaute,
current money, i. e. which passes cur-
rent; prob. pieces of silver on which
the weight was marked, as among the
Chinese ; ‘since coined money can hardly
have existed in the days of Abruham.
Vulg. probata moneta.

3. to pass over, i. e. to pass beyond, to
pass by. to pass along or away; with
acc. of pers. or place by which one pass-
es, Judg. 3, 26 ΒΡ ΌΒΠΙ ΓΝ TAD RAM
and he passed on beyond the quarries.
Gen. 32, 32. 2 Sam. 18, 23 “my 72333

“gD and he passed by Cushi, outran
him. Is.31,9 7537 “i929 i2b0 from fear
he shall pass on (flee) beyond his for-
tress. With >> pr. over, beyond, Gen.
18,5 02739 52 DMNIBD 3.55 7D Sor there-
fore do ye pass by your servant, i. e. pass
this way. Judg. 9,25 am7>> nagrriy-b2
ἼΊ13 all that | fiassed along by them. that
way. 1 K. 9,8. 2K. 4, 9. Prov. 24, 30.
Jer. 18, 16. Ez. 16, 6.8; 522.Gen. 18.
3; ὭΣ Ex. 34,6; 3852 K. 4, 31;
also ΞΘ OM 72> to pass along under

ay

the crook of a shepherd numbering his

‘flock, i. e..to be numbered, Lev. 37, 32.
Absol. Gen. 37, 28 there passed by Midi-
aniles, merchants. Ex. 12, 23. Ruth 4,
1.—Parr. "33 passers by Ps. 129, 8.
Is. 51,23; with genit. of way, W277 “135
passers by on the way, they that pass by
the way, Ps. 80, 13. 89, 42. Job 21,29.—
Spec.

a) Of time as passing away, e. g. the

day Ps. 90,4; the days of one’s life Job
17,11; mid-day 1 K. 18,29; the seasons
Jer. 8, 20. Cant. 2,11; the harvest Jer.
8, 20. So of welfare, anger, mourning,
i. e. seasons of welfare, mourning, etc.
Job 30, 15. Is. 26, 20. Ps. 57, 2. Gen. 50,
4. 2 Sam. 11, 27.
. 8) Of things that pass swiftly away
and vanish ; 6. g. chaff driven by the
wind, "29 pa, "39 wp, Is. 29, 5. Jer.
13, 24. Ps. 48,5; a cloud Job 30,15; a
shadow Ps. 144, 4; waters drying up
Job 6, 15. 11, 16.—Hence

c) to pass away, to perish, e. g. men
Ps. 37, 36. Job 34, 20. Nah. 1, 12; by
a weapon, M2ti2 Job 33, 18. 36, 12; of
things, q. ἃ. to be forgotten, Esth. 9, 28.

d) Trop. ΞΘ. 72> to pass over
transgression, i. e. to forgive, to pardon,
Mic. 7, 18. Prov. 19, 11; and so without
DWE, c. dat. to forgive any one, Am-7, 8.

2.

4. to pass over from one place to an-
other, i. e. to pass on, to pass, to go fur-
ther ; 7°32 ΟΣ "23 to pass from city
to city 2 Chr. 30, 10. Gen. 18,5 "x
sar afterwards ye shall pass on. Neh.
2,14 no place for the beast under me to
pass sc. further. 2 Sam. 18, 9 the mule
that was under him passed on, went
away. 16,1. Mic. 1, 11. Josh. 6, 7. 8. 2
Sam. 16,9 let me pass on and take off
his head. 381 "23 to pass on and re-
turn, i. e. to pass hither and thither, to
go to and. fro, Ex. 32, 27. Ez. 35, 7.
Zech. 7, 14. 9,8. With 3 or >3 of the
way ; Prov. 4, 15 pass not (73) init. 2
K. 6, 26 the Jes was passing (55) upon
the wall. v. 30.—Hence

a) to pass on toa place, fo go to it;
6. acc. 2 K. 6, 9. Am. 5,5 and pass not
to Beersheba ; c. >§ 1K. 19, 19. 2 K. 4,
8. Often of a boundary, which passes on
to any point, acc. c. 7 loc. Num. 34 4.
Josh. 15 3 sq, 18, 13. 18. 19. 19, 13.

744

"29 |
b) With 3 to pass in, to go in, to en-
ter; Judg. 9, 26 D293 933" and
entered into Shechem. Lev. 26, 6. Ez. 14,
17; 6. ace. to pass in at a gate Mie. 2,
13. Is. 62, 10. Here belong also the
phrases "732 “33 10 enter into a cove-
nant Deut.-29, 11; mwa 722 10 pass
into the pit of dems Job 33, 28.

6) With "25>, το pass on before, to go
before, so that others follow afterwards,
Gen. 33, 3. Ex. 17, 5. Deut. 3, 28. Josh.
4,5. 12. 6,7. Also to pase on firat, io go
Jirst, Gen. 33, 14. 1 Sam. 9, 27. 25, 19.
2 K. 4, 31. —Contra, c. "IN, lo pass on
after, to follow, 2 Sam. 20, 13, :

ἃ) With 32, mx2, to pass from. any
person or thing, to go away, to depart.
Ruth 2, 8 ΠῚ 23m Nb pass not from
hence. Cant. 3,4. 1K. 22,24; of things,
Ps. 81, 7. [Ps. 18, 13 "33 i923 maka
29 from the brightness" before him
passed (went) forth his clouds, hail and”
burning coals, i. 6. the hail and light-
ning were in the thunder-clouds which
were gathered around his glory.—R.]
Trop. Deut. 26,13 I have not departed
Srom thy commandments, have not trans-
gressed them. Is. 40, 27 “opin "TDN
"az" my righteous cause hath passed
away from my God, he neglects it, no
longer cares for it. —Absol. id. Cant. 5,
6. Esth. 4, 17.

e) With >>, to pass over to anothe
owner, Is. 45, 14, Ez. 48, 14 Cheth. Comp,
Lam. 4, 21 013 "Ash abe ba unto thee
also shall the cup pass on or over.—But
Deut. 24, 5 ἘΣ 723 to pass over upon is
i. q. lo be laid upon, as a burden, charge.

5. From the primary signif. of pass
ing over comes the frequent use of thi
verb in respect to waters which are said
to pass over their banks, to overflow, ἴα
overwhelm ; c. ace. Jer. 5,22; absol. Is
8, 8 "231 Few he shall overflow and ove
whelm. Nah. 1, 8 “21> 5ou2. Hab. 8,
10. Often c. >> Is. 54, 9. Ps. 42,8 al
thy waves and thy billows have passed
over me (723), have overwhelmed me.
Jon. 2,4. Ps. 124, 4.—Hence, Is. 23, 1
“ND FSIS ὍΠΩΣ ‘overflow thy land li ce
the Nile, 1. 68. spread thyself abroad in
thy land now free from the bane of the
oppressor.—Hence

a) Trop. of an inundating host,
overwhelm ; Dan. 11, 10. 40 (coupled

i

with yuk). Nah. 2, 1 [1, 15] the de-
__stroyer shall no more overwhelm thee.
Is. 28, 18. Mic. 5, 7.—Sot too of wine, c.
ace. Jer. 23, 9 (comp. 5ῸΞ, ohn); a
multitude of sins Ps. 38, 5; ‘the wrath
* of God Ps. 88, 17. Absol. Ps, 73, 7 3939
535 ΓΊΡΞΙΘ the imaginations of the heart
overflow, their proud thoughts are con-
_ spicuous in their looks and actions.—
Hence
b) to rush upon any one, to assail ;
c. >3, Job 9,11 729 ἬΞΕΣ 74, sc. God.
13, 13. Hos. 10, 11. Nah. 3,19 whom
hath not thy wickedness assailed?

6) Also of tears, to overflow, comp. in

Engl. ‘to run over ; Arab. rs the eye

4

wets ω 3
overflows, ὅτ a tear. Part. "23> "2

overflowing myrrh, i.e. distilling of itself,
_ dropping in tears, Cant. 5, 5. 13.

_ Nira. fut. 933", to be passed over,
e.g. ariver Ez. 47, 5.

_ Piex 539, fut. a3", to make pass over,
e.g. 6) A bar, bolt ; hence to shut up
or close with bolts ; c. "28>, 1 K. 6, 21
— 9359 92p> ant mipini 5237) and he
Ἶ ᾿ closed up with golden chains (instead
__ of bars or bolts) before the holy of holies.
_ b) A female is said to let pass, to trans-
mit the male seed, etc. and thence to
conceive, to breed. ‘Job 21,10 "a> iw
| his cow breedeth, becomes big with
ql ‘young. Chald. "29 Pe. Pa. Ethpa. id.
_ see Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 291, and Bux-
" torf Lex. Chald. col. 1568. Comp. syn.
ΠΡ to pass. over, Pa. Aph. to be made
gravid, in Targg. for 45, pr. to trans-
' mit, Buxt. col. 1579. See Thesaur. p.
984.

ΗΙΡΗ. "235, fut. "ae, apoc. "3374.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, ‘to cause to pass
over, to transport across a river, 6. g. a
_ people, flocks, etc. with two acc. of pers.
and stream, then: 32, 24. Num. 32, 5.
~ Josh. 7, 7. 2 Sam. 19, 16; acc. of obj.
and 3 of the stream Ps, 186,14. This
word is employed whether the passing
of a stream be in boats, over 2 Sam. ]. c.
or by swimming, as ΗΝ the case of a
flock, or by wading through at a ford,
Gen. Josh. l.c.—Further: a) to cause

shave, c. 99 Num. 8, 7. Ez. 5,1; comp.
Kal no. 1 fin. b) to cause to pass, to
63

: ae) 745

a razor to pass over any one, i. q. to

"ay

transfer from one place to another. Gen
47, 21 and he transferred the people
py) to other cities, out of some cities
into others, i.e. made them exchange
habitations; comp. 2 Chr. 30, 10 in Kal
no. 4. 6) to cause an inheritance to
pass to any one, 6. > Num. 27, 7.8;
comp. Kal no. 4.e. d) to cause to pass
over, i.e. to make transgress a law, 1
Sam. 2, 24; comp. Kal no. 1.

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause or let
pass through, e.g. a land Deut. 2, 30;
to cause to pass throughout or overrun,
as wild beasts a land Ez, 14,15. Spee.
2 DIP 77235 to cause to be proclaimed,
to make proclamation in i. 6. through-
out a land, camp, Ex. 36, 6. Ezra 1, 1.
10,7. 2 Chr. 30,5. Also “Bit "°33h pr.
to cause the trumpet to pass through
a land, i.e. to blow the trumpet, Lev.
25, 9.

3. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to make or let
pass by or beyond ; 1 Sina: 16, 9. 10. 20,
36 he shot an arrow i773311> to make it
pass by him, i. e. beyond him. Me-
taph. HRB ΣΦΙ 10 let a sin pass by,
i.e. to remit, to forgive, comp. Kal no.
3. ἃ. 2 Sam. 12, 13. 24, 10. Job 7, 21.

4. Causat. of Kal no. 4, i. α. 8°35, to
cause to pass, to cause to go or come ;
also i. q. to bring, spec. to offer_as in sa-
crifice, to consecrate, c. Njm"> Ex. 13, 12.
—Often also in the phrase p72 335
"222 to offer children to Molech Ser. 32,
35. Lev. 18, 21. Ez. 16, 21. 23, 37 ; ais
with Oxa added 2 K. 23,10; and ‘weit
out dat. ὧδΞ Ἴ 5 τς WISN Deut. 18, 10.
2 K. 16, 3. 17, 17. 2 Chr. 33, 6. Ez. 20,
31. That children thus πο ἴο Mo-
loch were really burned, the following
passages hardly leave a doubt: 2K. 17,
31. Jer. 7, 31. 19,5. 2 Chr. 28,3. Ez.
23, 37; comp. Diod. 20. 14. Euseb. Prep.
4.16. The Rabbins however, desiring
to free their ancestors from the oppro-
brium of a superstition so atrocious. have
feigned that the children were only
made to pass through the fire as a rite
of lustration; see Carpzov Apparatu:

‘Antiq. 5. Cod. p.483. Spencer de Legib:

ritual. p. 363-370. The same sentiment
is also expressed by the Seventy, 2 K..
16, 3. al. See more in Thesaur. p. 985.

δ. Causat. of Kal no. 4, viz. a) Of
Kal no. 4. Ὁ, to cause to pass in, to.make:

ἫΝ

enter, 6. 2, as ἼΞΞΞΞ ἜΠΞΘΙΙ lo make enter
the brick-kaln 2 Sam. 12, 31. b) Of
Kal no. 4. d, to lead away, 2 Chr. 35,
23; to take away, to put away, to re-
move, e. g. a garment Jon. 3,6; aring
Esth. 8, 2; idols, false prophets, 2 Chr.
15, 8. Zech. 13,2; to put away, to avert
evil, reproach, Esth. 8, 3. Ps. 119, 39.
Ecc. 11, 10; the eye, to turn away, so
as not to see, Ps. 119, 37.

Hirupa. pr. i. 4. Kal no. 5, of waters,
to pass over banks, to overflow ; hence
trop. a) Of overflowing wrath, to be
wroth, Ps. 78, 21. 59; 6. 3 v. 62. Deut.
3,26; =D Ps. 89, 39; by Prov. 26, 17;
¢. suff Prov. 20,2 inayma for 5 “a ivhioso
poureth forth wrath against him sc. the
king. Comp. 7732 no. 1. Arab. ye
i. gq. "29, to transgress, to be proud, to
be wroth. b) Of pride, to overflow with
pride, to be haughty, ὑβρίζειν, Prov. 14,
16. Comp. 32 no. 2.

Deriv. "933, “ABD, "392
the eight here fliowing.

, 79392, and

“27 m. c. suff. i933; plur. 5°29,
constr. "39.

1. the region or country beyond, on the
other side of ariver or sea which one
must pass; as 7298 “393 beyond the
Arnon Judg. 11, 18. pn "S93 in the
region beyond the sea Jer. 25, 22. Spec.
{7757 72D, τὸ πέραν τοῦ ΠΥΒΕΤΟΣ, the
country beyond Jordan, the part of Pales-
tine lying east of the Jordan, Gen. 50,
10. 11. cng be eg Σ Josh. 1, 14. 9, 10.
Fue: 14, 3. 17, 5. Sate: 1, 25; comp.
Num. 22, 1. In some passages, how-
ever, this expression is applied to the
country west of the Jordan; as Deut. 3,
20.25. 1 Sam. 31,7; comp. Josh. 5,1. 12,
7. 22,7. Deut. 11, 30; also Josh. 22, 7.
1 Chr. 26, 30; espec. Num. 32, 19.
~ Similar is also the phrase "425 729 the
country beyond the river, i. e. the Euphra-
tes, Josh. 24, 2. 3. 2 Sam. 10,16. 1 Chr.
19, 16; which is used also of provinces
on the west of the Euphrates, 1 K. 5, 4
[4,24]. Ezra 8, 36. Neh. 2,7. 9. 3,7;

. comp. Chald. Ezra 4, 10.16. All these

were probably written by persons who
had resided on the east of the Kuphra-
es.—Plur. "2 "39 id. Is. 7, 20.

' 2. a region opposite, the other or op-

746

‘b) Neh. 12, 20.

——

posite side, a valley or other space —
being interposed; 1 Sam. 14, 1. 26, 13
"3377 ‘13 72D and David passed over
to the other side sc. of the valley, to the
opposite mountain. Hence in antith.
79 V397'3—Ny72 13272 on this side—on’

that side 1 Sam. 14, 4; also Sry 7aD>
—HI¥ 7395 id. v. 40. Plur. 93D “50
from all his sides, on every side, 1K. ;
5,4. Jer. 49, 32; oA a9 93079 on both

.

their sides Ex. 32, 15.

3. With prefixes it often becomes a —
preposition, viz.

a) ἼΞΣ ΤΟΝ pr. to the region beyond,
i.e. beyond, over, Deut. 30,13; in the
region opposite, i. e. over against, Josh. "Ὁ
22,11; towards the region, i. e. towards,
Ex. 28, 26. More fully "28 ἼΞΣ ΟΝ to- —
wards the region opposite one’s face, —
straight before oneself, i. e. forwards,
straight forwards, Ez. 1, 9. 12. 10, 22.
‘p "29 5» id. Ex. 25, 37.

b) nas i. 4. inag-by, ' straight for-
wards, i. e. one’s own way, Is. 47, 15.”

c) “292 with genit. or suffix ; also
2 "390 «) from the other side, ‘from bes
yond, after verbs of motion, 2 Chr. 20,
2. Job 1,19. Josh. 24,3. Zeph. 3, 10.
8) on the other side, beyond, e.g. 9392
n> beyond the sea Deut. 30,13; 7292

sh "92> beyond the streams of Ethio-
pia Is. 18,1. 1K. 14, 15. |

4. Eber, Heber, pr.n. a) The founder
of the Hebrew race, Gen. 10, 24. 25.
11, 14. 15. See a discussion on this
point, Gesch. d. Heb. Sprache u. Schrift
p- 11. Hence ΞΡ "32 Gen. 10, 21, and.
poet. "29 collect. Num. 24, 24, i..q. oe
Hebrews. For the distinetioks between
Hebrews and Israelites see under 39.
c) 1 Chr. 8, 12. d) 8,

;

22. e) 5, 13.

“aY Chald. 1. ᾳ. Heb. "39 no. 1, the
region beyond ; hence 872 “32 the
country beyond the river Euphrates, i. e.
in the Persian mode of speaking, the
country west of the Euphrates. Ezra 4,
10. 11. 16. 20. 5, 3. 6, 6. 8. 13. 7, 21. 25

MAY Γἰ (τ. 32) 1. @ ferry-boat
passing a stream 2 Sam. 19,19. Chald.
Myss2, NHI, contr. N73, id.

2. 2 Sam. 15, 28 Cheth. where Keri
missy desert-places, as the context re-
quires. :

͵ "ay

WIA ἢ (τ. 12D) constr. M239, c. suff.
“ὩΣ: ; plur. ΤΩ, constr. ninsy Job
40, [ἢ also 2» Ps, i

1. an outpouring, overflowing of wrath,

comp. the root in Kal no. 5, and Hithpa.
Job 40,11 Fax ΤΊΣ» the outpourings of
thy wrath. —Hence for wrath itself, i. e.

outburst of wrath; so of the seals

wrath, Prov. 14, 35; of enemies Ps. 7,7.
Spec. of God’s wrath Is. 9, 18. 13, 9. 13.
Hos. 13,11. Am. 1,11. Ps. 85,4; so UN
"m2 the fire of my wrath Ez. 21, 36
[31]. 22, 21. 38,19; "M33 02 the people
of my wrath, against whom I am wroth,
Is. 10,6; comp. Jer. 7, 29. Prov. 22, 8.
Lam. 3, 1. map on the day of God's
wrath Grar. 11, 4. Zeph. 1, 15. 18. Ez.
7,19; plur. id. Job 21, 30. Prov. 11, 23
ἵ nI39 ΠΣ MIpM the expectation of the
wicked is wrath sc. from God. Coupled
with synon. D>t Ps. 78, 49.
; ΡῈ 4. ὕβρις, pride, aug htiness, inso-
ΟΠ lence, see the root in Hithpa. lett. Ὁ. Is.
16, 6. Jer. 48, 30.

ἱ ‘MMA (passage sc. of the sea, r. Ἴ39)
_ Ebronah, pr. n. of a station of the Israel-
_ ites near Ezion-geber on the Elanitic
gulf, Num. 33, 34. 35.

». “129 m. plur. on 39, oma Ex. 3,
π᾿. 18; ἢ me 9a3, plur. ria, gentile n.
a Hebrew, ‘Barkn. Gr. “Ἑβραῖος. As to
δ the ὁ origin of this name, it is derived in
_ the O.T. from the name "39 no. 4, q. v.
_ but would seem primarily to have been
_an appellative from that word (732), im-
_ plying the land or country beyond the
_ Euphrates; whence "722 pr. one from
_ beyond the river, Gen. 14, 13; where
Sept. well ὃ περάτης. The name He-
| brews differs from the term Israelites
(ΟΝ δ 23) in this respect, viz. that the
| latter, as a patronymic derived from the
_ founder of the nation, was in use only
among the people themselves; while
the former, as an appellative applied by
the Canaanites to the Hebrews migrat-
ing from beyond the Euphrates into
Canaan, was the current name among
foreign nations. (Comp. 02322 and
Φοίνικες; Chemi, 09982, Atyumtos.)
Hence Greek and Roman writers use
only the name Hebrews, or in later times
Jews ; e.g. Pausan. 5. 5. 2. ib. 6. 24. 6.
Plut. Sympos. IV. 6. 1. Tac. Hist. 5. 1.

747

nay

Josephus passim. The writers of the —
O. T. apply to the Israelites the term
Hebrews, either where foreigners are in-
troduced as speaking, Gen. 39, 14. 17.
41, 12. Ex. 1, 16. Φ, 6. 1 Sam. 4, 6. 9.
13, 19. 14, 11. 29, 3; or where Israelites
are represented as speaking of them-
selves to foreigners; Gen. 40, 15. Ex. 1,
19. 2, 7. 3, 18. 5, 3. 7, 162 9, 1.7132 Jon.
1, 9; or where they are opposed to
other nations, Gen. 43, 32. Ex. 1, 15. 2,
11. 13. 21, 2. Deut. 15, 12 (comp. Jer.
34, 9. 14)? 1 Sam. 13, 3. 7 where there
is a play of words in 5933 O™>9. 14,21.
The opinion of some that the term Js-
raelites wasa sacred name, and Hebrews
the common appellation, is without foun-
dation. See more on this topic in Gesch.
d. hebr. Sprache u. Schrift, p. 9-12..

D°39 (regions beyond, from 3») Aba-
rim, pr.n. Jer. 22,20. Fully o-asacan
Num. 27, 12. Deut. 32, 49, and "5
pear Num. 33, 47. 48, the mountains
of Abarim,a range of mountains beyond
Jordan over against Jericho, in which
was Mount Nebo; see 13} no. 2. The
name Abarim was apparently some-
times so extended, as to include all the
mountainous tract on the east of the
Dead Sea.—For 823 "> Num. 21,
11. 33, 44. 45, see in art. "D no. 2. Ὁ.

7732 , see in ὙῚΞ9 no. 1.

ἘΞ) an. λεγόμ. Joel 1, 17, to die,
spoken of seed which loses its germinat-
ing power and dies in the ground from
the effects of too great heat, estu va-
nescit, to use the words of Pliny on this
very point H. N. 14. 24; Germ. verdum-
men. Kindred is Chald. WD pr. to rot,
spec of the kernels perishing in the
ground; see Buxtorf Lex. Chald. 1642.
Bochart. Hieroz. 1.471. That the word
for to rot may beso extended as to apply
to seed @stu vanescens, is shown by the
Gr. πύϑομαι, Hesiod. Scut. Herc. 153.—
Abulwalid compares Arab. (was i. q.

> to dry up; so that here wap
would be i. 4. Ww".

ὃ, nay in Kal not used, to be inter-
woven, interlaced, kindr. with the roots
vay, mip. :

Pret to entangle, to pervert, Mic. 7, 3.

Deriv. the two. following.

nay

PAY adj. fem. mn», interwoven, inter-
laced, spoken of trees with thick foliage
Ez. 6, 13. 20, 28. Lev. 23, 40. Neh. 8,

᾿ -15.—Syr. with Tet Paras id.

ΩΣ plur. pinay and minay, subst. of
both genders (f. Judg. 15, 14), any
thing interwoven, interlaced. R. 29 .—
Hence

1. a cord Judg. 15, 13. 14. Is. 5, 18.
Job 39, 10. Ps. 118, 27. Plur. cords, i. e.
_ bands, bonds, fetters, Ps. 2,3. Ez. 3, 25.
4,8. "Trop. bands of love Hos. 11, 4.

2.a braid, wreath, of small rods or
wires woven together Ex. 28, 24 ΓῺ Ὦ
ma> braided or wreathed worke Ex. 28,
14. 22. 39, 15; ninaon minw3w wreath-
en chains 28, 14.

3. a Bristachs with thick foliage, thick-
leaved bough, Ez. 19, 11. 31, 3. 10. 14.

* aay fut. 2397 1 Pr. to breathe, to
blow, i. q. kindr. 38 no. 1; whence 2343
said instrument of music. This idea
is then transferred to emotions of the
soul, to breathe after, to desire ; hence

2. lo love inordinately, to dote on, i. q.
338 Pi. spoken of impure love, lust, c.
>» Ez. 23, 5. 9. 16. 20; 58 v. 125 ate. v.
7. Part. 07233 lovers Jer. 4,30.—Comp.
ἀγαπύω. Arab. ws IV placuit alicui
res ; V accendit amore.

Deriv. the two following, also 3353.

339 see 33>.

MAY f. c. suff. ΞΡ, inordinate love,
excessive fondness, Ez. 23, 11. R. 33>.

DALY m. plur. (Ὁ. 33>) loves ; Ez. 33,
32 E9329 ""D a song of loves, i.e. an ero-
tic song pleasing to the people. Then
i. q: “ὌΠ, love for men; Ez. 33, 31
pws nan — naa5""> for with their
mouth they make love,i.e. they show much
love and kindness, opp. but their heart fol-

loweth after gain. Com). Arab. λας id.

My f. (τ. sat) also MY 1 K. 17, 13.
Hos. i, 8; constr. ray 1K. 19, 6. Ez. 4, 12;
plur. Pind, a cake, round- cake of bicad,
baked under hot ashen such as are com-
monly prepared among the Orientals at
the present day when in haste or ona
journey ; S°BS9 ΤῈΣ a cake baked upon
hot stones 1 K.19, 6. mis ὌΝ unleav-

ened cakes Fix. 12. 39... Arab. Pe egg-

748

a3

fritter, omelet. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 496. III. p. 76.—The or-
thography varies in Mss. and editions;
in most it is written without Had
see J. H. Michaelis in ll. ce.

“AY m. (τ. 73>) a verbal adj. of pas-
sive form but active signif. chattering, —
twittering ; hence: a) As an epithet
of the swallow, Is. 38, 14 "839 ὈΠῸΣ as
the twittering swallow ; the LXX omit
“139; Syr. ‘the chattering swallow; see
the references under r. "32. δ) Poet.
for a species of the swallow itself, Jer. 8,
7; pr. the chatterer, the twitterer. Bo-
chart endeavours to show, Hieroz. II.
68 sq. that the word "53 signifies the —
crane ; but his arguments are not valid.
The passage in Is. 1. 6. is particularly |
against this position. .

"49 m. (τ. 835) a ring, spec. ear-ring,
Num. 31, 50. Plur. ΡΣ. Ez. 16, 12.

* 559 obsol. root, i. gq. 543 to roll, to
revolve, Syr, Pa. id. Comp. Arab. dst
to hasten, to hurry.—Hence 5°39 ) BSD,
and the five here following. :

a9 adj. fem. ERD , round, rounded,
1 K. 7, 23. 31. 35, 10, 19. 2 Chr. 4,2.

22 τὰ. (τ. dad) c. suff, “532, plur.
pray, constr. sho, a calf, Ps. 29, 6. Is.
11; 6. ‘Am. 6, 4. Lev. 9, 8: al. Also @
young bullock, steer, Jer. 31, 18 ἐδ PapD
sab as a steer untrained, unsubdued
to the yoke. Is. 27, 10. Ez. 1, 7.—53
mivinvia a calf of a year old Liev. 9, 3.
Mie. 6, 6. pave 532 a fatted calf 1 Sam,
28, 24. More fully “panja 899 a calf 9
the herd, of neat cattle, Lev. “9, 2; inas-
much as 72 was used also for the young

below. Often of the images of a calf
set up and worshipped by the Israelites
at Sinai and in the kingdom of Samana
mao 39 a molten calf Ex. 32, 4.8; 7239
ant golden calves 1 K. 12, 98, 2K. 10,
99. yin bay the calf of Samaria Hos.
8, 6, comp. 13, 2. Metaph. Ps. 68, 31 th
piltsiude of the bulls 222 92393 with δι
calves of the people, i.e. the hostile lead
ers with their people compared to herds. —

Sy 8, ““"“
—Arab. het ἢ RAS, Syr. Ls fF
JaSS, Chald. das; 8292, id Eth

bap

HAA fetus, embryo, infant just born,
also the young of animals, whelp; HRA
young ofanimals, calves, lambs; 4A PAT
a she-calf, heifer. The etymology is
doubtful. Simonis and others refer it to
the idea of a leaping and bounding
course ; but perhaps the primary signif.
lies in the Ethiopic. Not improb. 539
HWA may denote, like 054, something
rolled or wrapped together, an unformed
mass; and hence embryo, fetus, and
also the young as just born and still un-
shapen. On the verbs 553, 53, and
other kindred roots, see in r. 558 note.

M237 fem. of 39 1. a calf, heifer-
salf, or rather heifer, i. q. 775, Deut. 21,
4.6. Jer. 46,20; more fully “ps ὨΞᾺΘ a
heifer of kine Deut. 21, 3. 1 Sam. 16, 2.
Is. 7, 21; see 2 3 bay i in 53>. So of
a heifer Sestrained to the yoke Hos. 10.
11; giving milk Is. 7, 21; as ploughing

- Judg. 14,18; ttéading out grain Jer. 50,

11; of three years old Gen. 15,9. So

too prob. ΠΛ ΠΡ ΤΡ a heifer of the

_ third year, unsubdued to the yoke, as an

emblem of Moab, Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48, 34;

so Sept. Targ. Vulg. Of idol images
_ Hos. 10, 5.—Arab. Syr. etc. see in 53>.

2. Eglah, pr. n. of a wife of David,

2 Sam. 3,.5. 1 Chr. 3, 3.

| mony ἢ (τ. 532) c. suff. ‘ind3y, plur.
} pity, " eotiatt ribsy Num. 7, 3, α wain,
_ car, any wheeled carriage, 6. g. ἃ wagon
Gen. 45,19 sq. Num. 7, 6-8; an ox-cart
1 Sam. 6, 7 sq. 2 Sam: 6, 3. Is. 5, 18.

Am. 2,13; α threshing-dray or sledge
' (see 512) Is. 28, 27. 28; a war-chariot

Ps. 46, 10.—Chald. 8239, Syr. XS,

pba (q. ἃ. vituline, from >3>) Eglon,
pr. ἢ a) A king of Moab Judg. 3, 12.
b) A city in the plains of Judah, for-
merly a royal city of the Canaanites,

Josh. 10, 3. 12,12. 15, 39. A tract of ruins

still bears the name ’Ajldn, yt
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 392.

*D32 to be sad, to grieve, c. > for
any one, Job 30, 25. See in δὰ ho. 3.

* 139 only in Neu. from the Chald.
to shut “oneself up, to remain shut up.
Ruth 1, 13 nz Wb would ye there-

63*

749

ἽΣ

fore remain shut up? i.e: so as not to
marry; for 32395 or 232m; comp. in
Is. 60, 4. ‘Sept. τ ον ώνϑη, —Chald.
7742 one detained, shut up, espec. in pri-
son; whence 339 ΓΞ prison. According
to Kimchi Talmud. 72539 is a. woman
who shuts herself up at home and lives
without a husband.

"22 obsol. root, prob. onomatopo-
etic, by transpos. i. 4. ἜΣ q. v. 10 cry out ;
Eth. JUZ ana 10Z, to cry out from
pain, to groan like one sick or dying;
Gr. γηρύω, γαρύω; Lat. garrio, pr. of
the chirping or twittering of certain
birds, nearly i. q. }¥2¥; whence hirun-
do garrula Virg. Georg. 4. 307; cicada
garrula Pheedr. 3. 16.10; luscinie gar-
rulentes Apuleius.—Hence "13>.

‘W, also 7¥ after a prefix with Ka-
mets; pr. subst. m. from r. 779 i.g. 929.

A) Subst. 1. pr. α passing, progress,
in space; also duration in time. Hence
perpetual time, eternity, everlasting, i. q.
pds; so Eth. ‘1G time, from 3 to
pass; comp. fem. M> time, for N39. So
“D> for ever, i.g. D212>, Ps. 9, 19. 19, 10.
21,7. 22,27. al. 39 "ID fo everlasting,
for ever, Ps. 83, 18. 92, 8. 132, 12. 14.
Is. 65,18; 795 phish Yor ever and ever
Ps. 9, 6. 119, “44. 145, 2. Mic. 4,5; odis
534 id: Pa. 10, 16. 21, 5. 52,10; ΠΕ 53
ND id. Is. 45, 17. 49 "> from of old, i. q.
pbiva, Job 20, 4, Also 2 "38 everlast-
ing father Is. 9,5; 39 “in, ἪΡ “rT,
everlasting mountains Gen. 49, 26. Hak,
3,6; 19 3 inhabiting eternity, sitting
enuitmnad for ever, Is. 57, 15.

2. prey, booty, see the root no. 2. Gen.
49,27. Zeph. 3,8. Is. 33, 23. Chald.
NID, "1D, OND, AND, id.

'B) Bren. 3D, and oat plur. constr.
"I> Job 7, 4. Ps. 83,18; 6. suff. "19,
ΠΣ, "1, also D3"3> wiih Kamets Job

| 32, 12; once ἘΠ Ὁ for pad 2K. 9,

18. Comp. Syr. rs dum, donec ; Samar.
TV id.

1. during a certain time, so‘long as,
while. Job 20,5 239 "49 during (for)
a moment. 1 Κ. 18, 45 n> 33) ΠΡ 49
during so and so, in the mean while;
prob. accompanied by some gesture of
the hand. 2 K. 9, 22 bar ab ia)
during the whoredoms of Jezebel. 80

ie 750 | ἽΣ

long as these continue—With infin.
Judg. 3,26 omerann 39 during their
tarrying, while they delayed. Jon. 4, 2.
ες 2. to, unto, even to a certain term or
limit, viz.

a) Of space, as bitan “NE 3D wnto
the great river Deut. 1, Ἦν γῆν πα ΓΧΕ ID
unto the end of the earth Ps. 46,10; 135
even unto Dan Gen. 14, 14. ddr τῷ,
33 ID, hitherto, to this point, 2 Sam. 7,
18. 1 Sam. 7,12. So after the-verbs 333
Job 4,5, 88 11, 7, 032 Judg. 9,52. Opp.
are Ἴ--- from—to, and 79;—472 from
—even to, see in 8 no. 3. a p. 583;
also where there are several terms and
a, progression ΤΟ one to another,
ID}—12— 2 Gen. 7, 23, and so 12 being
omitted 1 Sam. 17,52. Jer. 31, 40.—Cou-
pled with other prepositions: aa) > "2
which does not differ from 7, and be-
longs to the later writers, 6. ρ΄. 52772> ἪΡ
even to the camp 1 Chr. 12, 22: pind ἪΡ
even to afar, afar off, 2Chr. 26,15. Ezra
3,13; comp. “Ὁ 59 Is. 57, 9. With infin.
see alow in b.. bb) cnbx 43 even unto
them 2K. 9, 20. — ec) spd “> even to
hefore, e.g. the king’s gate Esth. 4, 2;
so 332 ΣΡ Neh. 3, 26, M22 43 Judg. 19,
10. 20, 44.

b) of time, unto, until, as Hi OA ID
even unto this day, i. e. this day, still,
Gen. 26, 33. 32, 33. Deut. 34, 6; "pan 53
tenitil the morning, i. 6. befire to-morrow,
Judg. 6, 31; 3337 53 until the evening
Lev. 15,5. Poet. a2 "33 Ps. 104, 23;
13 "I> unto everlasting, for ever, Is. 26,
4, comp. Joel 2,2. Rarely > 79 Ezra 9,
ἐπ ϑηδη with an adv. of time: MIND,
Mo-ID, "Na 4>, till when? how Mowe?
see in nae, τῷ, “ma; also M3752 contr.
ΠΙΣῚΣ, ree “3, "13, ππϑτ, until now,
hitherto, see ‘thepe words, —With infin.
until ; M%s-39 wntil he came near Gen.
33, 33 Bw until thou come again
ees 6, 18; ὅπ ΠΡ until he had
destron oS him 2K. 10,17; FRA until
thou come Gen. 19, 22, see in N13 no. 2.
b. Ex. 22,25 [26]. Ps. 18,38. Jer. 9, 15.
Dan. 10, 3. In the later Hebrew also
54> id. as Rind 4D. Judg. 3,3. 1 Chr. 5, 9.
13.5; so Ezra 10,14. 1K. 18, 29. 1 Chr.
28, 20. 2 Chr. 24, 10. 29, 30. + Sometinas
the idea of the infin. tarlki in a particle
(originally a noun), e. g. j"% IY pr. until
mone, i. e. until there be none, as }"877>

“ΒΌ until there be no number, ie.
innumerable, Ps. 40.13; "pM PR Ty Job
9,10; NB Pye 2 Chr. 36, 16;
Dip? ON ID Is..5,8; "ba 1 mba “2,
until failure, i.e. so lone as, see in τὲς
no. 4. ἃ, "55. πο. 4. 6.

ο) As marking the degree of excel-
lence or pre-eminence fo or unto which
a person or thing has arrived; 2 Sam.
23, 19 82 N> ΠῚ D3 but unto the
three he did not attain. Job 11, 7 79 Bx
nixon "78 mbom canst thou attain unto
the perfection of the Almighty? Hence
in comparisons: 1 Chr. 4, 27 nor did all
their family multiply M75" "32a 7D even
unto the children of Judah, i. e. to equal
the children of Judah, like to them. Nah.
1, 10 85.332 ΘΠ Ὁ 4B interwoven like to
thorns, i. e. so as to be like thorns entan-
gled together, see inr.830. So thoy,

ἽΝ ID, ‘even unto veliemenee? i.e.
vehementh y, exceedingly ; Mm 79 ‘even
to (great) πρϑθό, > speedily, very swiftly ;
m>32> 42 ‘even to the highest point,
exceedingly, see in >>2 II. 3. b. Here
too might be referred several examples
quoted above in lett. b, as "BO }"N~TD.
—Also, even to some extreme limit, e. g.

ak 5D even to destruction Num. 24, 20;
of some extreme thing, the last even to
which an action or quality.might be
expected to extend; 1 Sam. 2, 56 59
nAyaw m9 HApy ahé, even the barren,
hath borne : seven, i.e. even she, the bar-
ren. Num. 8, 4 even unto the shaft and
unto the flowers thereof, it (the candela-
bra) was turned work. Witha “a
Hag. 2,19. Job 25,5. So Ἵπ τ, 5
mot even one Ex. 14, 28. Judg. 4, “1
2 Sam. 17, 22. |

3. After verbs of motion, to, unto, i. q.
>, but marking the passing over, trar
sit “throvigh the intervening space, rather
than the arrival at the point or limit;
comp. the root. Gen. 38,1 898 59 054
“ab39 and he turned in unto an Adul
lamite ; so "2 31 1 Sam. 9, 9; Ἵ ΝΣ,
SY. a0, see NID, aw, Also‘ofa diva
tion sf the rtiind to any one, "> 724am
Job 32,12. 38,18; 39 [INA Num. 98
18. Onis nin “στὸ ἪΡ towards i. 6. as
to this matter Ezra. 10, 14. 2

C) Conjunct. 1. athile, comp. in F 1_
With pret. 1 Sam. 14, 19; fut. Joo 8
21; particip. Job 1, 18 conip. vv 16. 1

|
q
}

sy 751 Ty

More fully “6 32 id. Cant. 1, 12.—x>-9
‘Prov. 8, 26, and x> “tN = Ece. 12, 1.
2.6, while not, while as yet not, i.gq. BIA
before, Syr. iS Matt. Ἢ 18 for Gr.
πρὶν 7.

, 2. until, so long as until, spoken of a
term or limit of time, comp. in Β. 2. Ὁ.
With pret. Josh. 2,22 ΠΕ saw ἪΡ
until the pursuers have returned. Ez.
39,15. 2 Καὶ. 24, 20; fut. Gen. 38, 11.
Flos. 10, 12. Ριον. 7, 23. Job 27, 5. Is.
22,14. More fully ‘ats "2 wntil that,
‘with pret. Deut. 2, 14. Judg. 4, 24; fat.
Num. 11, 20. Hina: 5,15. ὦ Ἢν Cant.
3, 4. Jade. 5, 7. %2 7% id. with pret.
Bien, 26,13. 2 Sam. 23,10; fut. Gen.
49,10. ox Ἵν Gen. 24, 19. Is. 30, 17,
and ἘΝ "ὧν 52 Gen. 28, 15. Num. 32,
17. Is. 6,1. In 1 Sam. 1, 22 the tevin
or limit οἵ time itself is siguitied, not the
space or interval up to that limit, e. g.
1 Sam: 1, 22 “nk73) 4325 bps 53
until the child be weaned, then will I
bring him, for when he lial be weaned ;

comp. Chald. JINN 4D, and the ioe
of southern and viestern Germany:
‘bis Montag reise ich,’ i. e. I set off on
Beonday next. There is here strictly
an ellipsis, which we may thus fill out:
until the child be weaned (let him remain
᾿ with me), then will I bring him.—It has
moreover been often observed, (comp.
_Noldii Concord. Part. p. 534. Intpp. ad
ὦ 110,1 ; et contra Fritzsche ad Matt.
853 sq. Winer Lex. p. 695,) that the
psiticle ‘2 sometimes includes also the
_ time beyond its term or limit ; but this is
“manifestly without foundation, so far as
it is ascribed to this particle as arising
from any special usus loquendi of the
Hebrew language. Still it is not the
- less certain, that the sacred writers
have not i all places assigned the ex-
treme limit, but a nearer one, without
intending however to exclude at all the
time beyond. When a person setting
off on a journey says toa friend: fare-
well till, we meet again! he now thinks
indeed chiefly on this nearer term, al-
though he also wishes his friend to fare
well in like manner after his return.
.These remarks apply to passages like
Ps. 110, 1. 112, 8. Dan. 1,21. Gen.-28,
15. 1, Tim. 4, 13. Comp. Hengstenberg
Authentie des Daniel p. 66, 67.

3. even to such a degree, i. e. so that,
even. so that, comp. in B. 2.c. Comp.
Arab. X= donee, also ui c. fut. Eth.

HIN donec, wt.—lIs. 47,7 thou saidst,
I shall rule forever, 53 NPS ΤΟ Ὁ 5. ID
"a> so that (even to such a degree of
insolence, that) thou didst not lay these
things to heart. Job 14,6. More fully
ἜΝ ἫΣ Josh. 17, 14, comp. Chald. A. 3.

“IY Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. where see.
A) Prep. 1. during, within; ID

amen Ἴ 210 within aay days, Dan. 6,

8. 13.
2. until, even until, of time, 6. g. 7

12> even until now Ezra 5d, 16. But ὙΣ,

"IIS until the last, i. q. till at the last,
at last, Dan. 4, 5.

3. to, for, of purpose, end ; "7 ΛΞ ΠΣ
to the intent that, to the ond that, Dan.
4, 14,1. ᾳ. 3 miss by 2, 30.

B) "352 Conjunct. 1. until that,

| ere. Dan. 6, 25 they had not yet reached

the bottom of the pit, i.e. the persons

thrown in.ere("3 5) the lions seized them. .

2. until, till that, with pret. Dan. 2, 34.
5, 21. 7, 4. 9. 11. 22; fut. Dan. 2, 9. 4,
20. 22. 29.

37 m. (τ. 82) Tere impure, plur.
ΣῚΡ, constr. "12, once "379 Ps. 27. 12
in some copies.

1. a witness, Deut. 17,6. 19, 15. Ruth
4,9. 11. Is. 8, 2. Prov. 19, 5. 9. al. Also
of things, Gen. 31, 44. 48. Is. 19, 20. Job
16, 8.

2. witness borne, testimony ; 2 ἽΣ 29
to bear witness against any one, Ex. 20,
16. Deut. 5, 17.

3. a prince, chief, pr:a preceptor, law-
giver, Is. 55,4. See the root in Hiph.
a. 6.

9, see ‘Tid yet.
N'3Y Chald. see after r. ΠΡ.

a

: TIY obsol. root, Arab. de to num-
ber, to reckon, espec. days, time ; Con}.
IV to determine, to fix, sc. a time. This
would seem to be a secondary verb, de-
rived from the noun 33 ¢ime. like the verb
137, with which it is kindred. “Hence
Syr. gs,> to keep a festival. νὰ fes-
tival day i. q. 33172.—The form 771 see
under r. TA.

Deriv. 139, j39, pr. n. 159, ny.

4

ΓῚΣ

᾽ ΠΣ fat. M932, conv. ἼΞϑγν, i. q.
“29, Chald. Syr. id. Arab. f&e for
sos, Eth. ΚΦ, id.

1. to pass, to pass over or by, Job 28,
8. Hence “> A. 1, B. C.

2. to rush upon, to attack in a hostile

3?
manner, whence Arab. φιλὶ an enemy;
comp. the synon. "29 no. 5. b. Hence
“> A. 2, prey.

3. Causat. ‘to cause to pass over up-
on,’ i. 6. fo put on ornaments, to adorn
or to deck oneself with any thing, 6. ace.
like 82>. (Chald. id.) Job 40, 10 “ID
Pik ND ‘deck now thyself with aplendour.
“1D my to deck with ornaments, to put
on, Ez. 28, 40. Jer. 4, 30. Hos. 2, 15. Jer.
31, 4 7 1Bn NSA thou shalt deck thyself
swith thy tabrets, which as being drawn
over the hands were an ornament of
dancing females. Is. 61, 10. Ez. 16, 13;
with two ace. to ddorn, to deck a person
with any thing, Ez. 16, 11.

Hip. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to re-
move, to put off or away a garment
Prov. 25, 20, i. q. 9°35 Jon. 3, 6.

Deriv. 19, "73, Md for ΤῚΣ (nny, “MD ),
also the pr. names M79, ben, m3,
pent, AID, ΠΣ, nvqp2.

OIF or NY Chald. fut. 1793,
i.q. Heb. Syr. [ps id.

1. to pass over i. e. away, and hence,
of a kingdom, to perish Dan. 7,14; ofa
law, to be abrogated Dan. 6, 9. 13.

2. to go or come, c. 3 to or upon any
thing Dan. 3, 27; ο. 2 to go from, to
depart, Dan. 4, 28.

Apu. Causat. of Pe. no. 2, to take
away Dan. 5, 20. 7, 26; of kings, to re-
move, to depose, Dan. 2, 21.

NID4,
αἰ:

ΤΙΣ (ornament, beauty, r. 139 no. 3)
Adah, pr.n.f. a) The wife of Lamech,
Gen. 4.19. Ὁ) The wife of Esau, Gen.
36, 2.4; comp. 26, 34.

I. W352 f. (for 399, rv. 595) constr.
ΓΗ͂Σ. plur. MSY, an appointed meeting,

assembly. Bias
1. an assembly. congregation, of the

Israefftes ; fully xn ΤῚΣ Ex. 12, 3.6.

47. Lev. 4, 13; byron "a ΤῊΣ Ex. 16,
Ἵν TRS «FI he 65 35, 4: mins ΓῚΣ the con-
gregation of Jehovah Num. 27, 17. 31,
16; also κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν ΤΡ Lev. 4, 15. 8,

152.

| 59. 79. 138. 146. 168.

"m3

3. 4. 5, Num. 13, 26. 14, 1. al. Sept.
ouvayoyy.—But Ἐκ MID Ps. 82,1 is the
assembly (council) of the angels con-_
voked of God.

2. A domestic or private coupe
family, household, Job 16, 7. 15, 34
52M ΤῚΣ, parall. snti-bae

3. Any assembly, multitude ; Ps. 1, 5
ΠΡῚΝ MID the congregation of the.
righteous. 7,8. Often in a bad sense,
troop, band, gang, of wicked men, Ps.
86, 14. 22, 17. 16, 5. 11. 26, 9. 27, 3.

4. Of beasts, as ΦΎΣΙΝ MIP the mul-
titude (herd) of the bulls Ps. 68, 31. Of
bees, a swarm, Judg. 14, 8.

IL. ΤῊΣ ἢ (v.49) Tsere impure, ~
miny.

1. a witness, any thing which testifies,
Gen. 31, 52.

2. testimony, Gen. 21, 30.

3. a precept of God, ordinance, only
plur. Deut. 6, 20; c. suff. Ps. 119, 22. 24.

Id f. (τ. TID) only in plur. 5°79, Pre
reckoning, stated time, i. q. Arab. ἜΝ

spec. the monthly courses of women, Is,
64, 5 on 132 vestis menstruis pelt

So Arab. AE je VIII menstruata 6
mulier.

ΠΣ and NITY (timely) Jddo, pr. ἢ. m.
a) A prophet and writer 2 Chr. 12, 15,
13,22. Ὁ) The grandfather of Zecha-
riah the prophet, Zech. 1, 1. 7. Ezra 5,
1. 6, 14. Neh. 12, 4. 16.

MAT and MT f. (τ. 3) plur. c. suff.
mami; i. g.! my II. 3.

i. a precept of God ; Ps. 19, 8 ™ ma":
ΓΝ, parall. 272m Δ MIM. "78,
81, 6 (parall. pr, Dpvin). 122, 4 whitl
the tribes go up....by the precept to
rael. Plur. c. suff. 49ND Neh. 9, 34
mind 1K. 2,3. 2K. 17,15. al. In al
these _ passages the LXX. have neers
lor, μαρτύρια, according to the commo
etymology, but against the context
comp. r. ΠῈΣ Hiph. no. 2. ¢.

2. Collect. precepts, law, spec. the ¢
calogue. Ex. 25, 21 in the ark thon
shalt put the law, the decalogue. v
maId in the ark of the law Ex. 95. 22.
26, 33. 94: ΤΗΣ br ik the tab act
of the law Num. 9, 15. 17, 23. 18,2

ὦ i "79
opm mind the tables of the law Ex. 31, .
18. 34, 29.—2 K. 11, 12. 2 Chr. 23, 11.

3. ἃ revelation, dag’ hence ἃ song or
_ psalm revealed, inthe inscriptions Ps. 60,

“1. 80, 1; comp. Ps. 60, 8-10. Others a
lyric song, to be sung to ne lyre, as if

a from 9 i.g. Arab. doe lute, lyre.

— m. (τ. M32) in pause "79, c. suff.
>, plur. O°".
ri. ornament, “and collect. ornaments,
see the root no. 3. Ex. 33, 4. 6. Jer. 4,
0. O73 42 splendid ornaments Ez.
a 7.
2. Perh. time of life, age, comp. 79 A.
1, and ΤΡ no. 3. Spec. youth, as Ps. 32, 9
be not as the horse and as the mule.
ΡΞ iy jou 3792 with bit and wire.
dle must their youth (vigour, fierceness)
be muzzled. Others: with bit and bri-
ἢ , even their trappings, must they be
zled. Ps, 103, 5 ὭΣ awa Dawn
who satisfieth thy years with good, parall.
79533. See Thesaur. p. 993.

2852 (ornament of God) Adiel, pr.
fem. a)1Chr.4,36. b)9 12. ὁ)

_ 72 (whom Jehovah adorns, r. 772)
‘Adaiah, pr.n.m. a) The grandfather
of king Josiah, 2 K. 22,1. b) 1 Chr.9,
15. Neh. 11,12. c)1Chr 8,21. 4d)
E e) 10, 39.. Neh. 11, 5; for
eich wy id. 2 Chr. 23, 1.

TP adj. (τ. 119) delicate, effeminate,
woluptuous, 15. 47, 8. —Very difficult and
perhaps corrupted is the passage in
2 Sam. 23, 8 Cheth. 2490 4D sn
(Keri ssn) for which the author of
‘Chronicles gives in 1 Chr. 11,11 “Sin
Amnn-ny WTP he lifted up his spear.
Simonis renders in 2 Sam. 1. c. percussio
gus hastdé sud (fait) in octingentos, etc.
comp. wars Conj..II, to smite with a
pointed” weapon; see below in 4X».
Better to render 119 vibration i.e. the
brandishing of a spear, r. 772 to be soft,
pliant, flexible. Perh. however the read-
ing is here corrupted for 324553 327759 SAM

pleonast. i252" for the sake of parono-
masia with 13495; comp. Ez. 10, 3.
1 Sam. 21, 14.

2. Adin, pr.n. m. Ezra 2,15. Neh. 7, 20.

753

he brandished it, his spear, with suff. °

9

ROY (slender, pliant,) Adina, pr. n.
of a military commander under David
1 Chr. 11, 42. R. ὩΣ.

nny (double prey, see 39 A. 2)
Adithaim, pr. n. of a town in the tribe
of Judah, Josh. 15, 36.

* 519 obsol. root, Arab. Scke to be
just, equitable, generous.—Hence the
two following.

ae (for 97359 justice of God) Ad-
lai, pr. n. τῇ. 1 Chr. 27, 29.

Des (justice of the people, for 519
DD; according to Simonis for 52979, comp.

pies latibulum, and 03 to hide,) Adul-

lam, pr. n. of a city in the plains of
Judah, anciently a royal city of the Ca-
naanites, and fortified by Rehoboam,
Josh. 12,15. 15, 35. 2 Chr. 11, 7. Mic. 1,
15. Neh. 11, 30. Sept. ’Ododduu. In its
yay was the cave of Adullam, ΤΥ Ὁ
p27, 1 Sam. 22, 1. 2 Sam. 23, 13. —Gen-
tilen. sabay Adullamite Gen. 38, 1.12.20.

ἘΣ in Kal not used, prob. to be soft,
lax, pliant ; Arab. ..y»X V to be flexi-

4 ees
ble, to waver, to vibrate; .yh¢ soft-

rei
ness, laxness, languor, wld a cane

or reed, a long pole (pr. vibrating in the
air); comp. above in {79 no. 1. The
Gr. ἀδινός, which Simonis here com-
pares, is obviously not connected with
this root.

Hirup. pr. to give oneself up to soft-
ness, i. 6. to live delicately, sumptuously,
voluptuously, Neh. 9, 25.

Deriv. 772, 772, 7279, PR, OW.
and the pr. names NITD, ΓΙΣῚΣ, RID.

ΤΣ τὰ. (r. 779), plur. 0292, ¢. suff.
Wt.

1. delight, pleasure, Gr. ἡδονή, only in
plur. Ps. 36, 9. 2 Sam. 1, 24. Jer. 51, 34.
See the root in Hithp.

2. Eden, pr. n. of a pleasant region in
Asia, the situation of which is described
Gen. 2, 10-14; in which was placed
the garden of our first parents, Gen. 2, .
8. 10. 4, 16. Is. 51,3; hence 719773 the
garden of Eden Gen. 2, 15. 3, 23. 24.
Joel 2,3. Ez. 36,35; 719 "> the trees of
Bans Ez. 31, 9. 16.18. The place in

yy

the mind of the sacred writer would
seem to have been in the elevated re-
gions of Armenia, near the sources of
the Euphrates and Tigris; in which
vicinity also we find the earliest traces
of mankind after the deluge, Gen. 8, 4.
—The various opinions respecting the
site of the terrestrial paradise are re-
viewed by Rosenmiller, Bibl. Geogr. I.
p. 172 sq. Tuch Comm. tb. ἃ. Genesis
p. 71 sq. See Thesaur. p. 995.

17) (pleasantness) Eden, pr. n. of a
region in Mesopotamia or Assyria, 2 Καὶ.
19, 12. Is. 37,12. Ez. 27,23. The site
is uncertain.—Different is 772 ΓΞ, see
in ΓΞ no. 12. dd.

ΤΣ, ΤΊΣ, contr. for m2n-49 till now,
yet, Ecc. 4, 2. 3.

739 Chald. m. (τ. 779) plur. 7>259,
tvme, Dan. 2, 8 sq. 3, 5. 15. 7,12. Syr.
ρ π s,°
cr Arab. wld id.—Spec. in pro-
phetic language for a year, Dan. 4, 13.
20. 22. 29. 7,25 Jad 2985 PIT] PIT
for a year, also two years, and half a
year, i.e. for three years and a half;

comp. Jos. B. J. 1.1.1. See 39% no. 1. ¢,
and 0°" no. 3.

82°77 (pleasure) Adna, pr. n.m. Ezra
10,30. R. fy.

ΤΡῚΣ (id.) Adnah, pr. n. m.
12,20. Ὁ) 2 Chr. 17, 14.

mY f. (r. 732 Hithp.) pleasure, Gen.
18, 12.

MI. see 712.

VII (Syr. festival) Adadah, pr. ἢ.
of a town in the southern part of the
tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 22. See inr.
v1. |

4

. gy to be abundant, redundant, pr.
of garments or curtains hanging in full
folds, Ex. 26, 12.13. Then to be more
than enough, lo remain over as surplus,
of food Ex. 16, 23; of money Lev. 25,
27; of men, c. 59 Num. 3, 46, c. 3 48,49.

Hien. to gather more than enough, to
have an overplus, Ex. 16, 18.—Arab.
34 superfluum, nimium dedit; Conj.
IV laxavit velum.

᾿ “ΠΣ 1..to set in order, to arrange,
to array, 6. g. an army for march or bat-

8.) 1 Chr.

754

wp
tle, c. acc. 1 Chr. 12, 38; acc. impl. v. 33.
Perh. kindr. with "30. ο

2. to put in order a vineyard, i. e.
dress, to dig, to hoe, so that by heaping
up earth around the vines, the hills and
furrows form rows; so in Talmud. See
Niph. no. 1, and "332.

3. to muster, and so to miss, to find
lacking, as in >; see Niph. no. 2.

Niro. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be
dressed, digged, as a vineyard, Is. 5, 6.
7, 25.

2. Pass. of Kal no. 3, to be missed, to be
wanting, lacking, of pers. 1 Sam. 30, 19.
2 Sam. 17, 22; of things Is. 34, 16.
40, 26. 59, 15. Zeph. 3, 5. Arab.

(λὲ to remain behind, as a sheep from
the flock, pr. to be lacking. |

Pret to let lack, to let be wanting, 1%
4, 27 [5, 4].

Deriv. "72, "352, pr. n. "32, 58779

V2 m. (τ. 9) ὁ. suff. $973, plur.
DN, constr. "12.

ae “flock, herd, drove, Sept. ποέμνιον,
ἀγέλη, pr. host, from the idea of array-
ing and musteringe which was also done
by the shepherd ; comp. Lev. 27, 32. Jot
5,24. So Gen. 29, 2.3.8. 32, 20. Judg.
5,16. 1 Sam. 17, 34. Ps. 78,52. "39 139
drove and drove, i. e. each drove Gen
32,17. With genit. of the kind of cattle,
iN ‘> Joel 1, 18. Mic. 5, 7. “pa > Joe
lc. pod ‘> Cant. 4,1. 6,5. With genit,
of the owner or keeper Cant. 1,7. Is. 40
11. Jer. 51, 23; hence nim" "33 i.e. the
people of Israel Jer. 13, 17. Zech. 10, é
Chald. 8779 id.

2. Eder, pr.n. a) A city in the south
of Judah, Josh. 15,21. Ὁ) A man 1 Chr.
23, 23. 24, 30. Comp: “39 55372 in 2339
no. 4. a.

39 (flock) Eder, pr. n. τὰ. in paus
“av 1 Chr. 8, 15.

PNT (flock of God) Adriel, pr. n. of
a son-in-law of king Saul, 1 Sam. 18, 19
2 Sam. 21, 8.

* wd ‘obsol. root, Arab. (wore t
fodder a flock or cattle. Hence perha

wy, only plur. 8°42, lentiles, a kin
of pulse resembling imal beans, use
chiefly by the poor, Gen. 25, 24, 2 Sa

17, 28. 23,11. Ez. 4,9. See Celsii Hie

a

΄΄.

ny
. II. p.104sq. Still called in Arabic

he ?Adas, and much used by the
Somamon peopl; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
oy see in ΡΣ.
NY 2 K. 17, 24, see in M43.

* 21} in Kal not used, i. 4. 99 no. 3,
to wrap around, to cover with darkness.

Hiren. to cover with darkness, metaph.
to degrade, to treat with gontansoly,
‘Lam. 2,1 how hath Jehovah in his wrath
ΝΕ with darkness the daughter of
Zion! Sept. ἐγνόφωσεν, Vulg. caligine
texit.—Syr. Aph. to obscure; but Pa.
ous metaph. to contemn, to treat with

‘contumely, Arab. wle mid. Ye, to dis-
ἢ Π λουτ, to disgrace.
~ Deriv. =» II.

a ᾿
Δ (serving sc. God, r. ἼΞ5 πο. 3)
Obed, pr,n.m. a) The son of Boaz

‘and Ruth, Ruth 4, 17.21. Ὁ) 1 Chr.
ΝΣ c) ib. 2,37. d) ib. 26,7. 6)
Chr. 23, 1

229 Obal, pr. n. of a tribe and region
in that part of Arabia peopled by the
descendants of Joktan, Gen. 10, 28; for
which in the Sam. Cod. and 1 Chr. 1,
22, is read bay Ebal. Its position is
very uncertain.
understands the Avalite or Abalite on
the Ethiopian coast, outside of the straits
of Bab-el-mandeb ; but the descendants
of Joktan must be sought, it would seem,
ir | Arabia itself. Still less can it be re-
ferred to the a of Josephus in
Tdumea, which is 533

εἰ fe 1. pr. to move in a circle, like
the kindr. roots aim, 33m. Arab. le

mid. Kesr. to be curved, II to curve, to
bend.—Hence τ (ma), ΔἸΣῺ, a ronn
cake, bread-cake, like "25 fons "72.
ΤΩ, Denom. from maiz, to bake cakes,
i.e. bread-cakes, fat. ὁ. suff. nism Ez.
15,

μὰ» (perh. contr. for 329 , P29, i. 6. long-
ecked?) Og, pr. ἢ. of a king of Bashan

famous for his gigantic stature, Num.
21, 33. 32, 33. Deut. 3, 1. al.

3°) m. (τ. 329) Gen. 4, 21. Job 21,
12. 30, 31, also 332 Ps. 150, 4 (where

7

Bochart, Phaleg. 2, 23, -

[9

5 TY

several Mss. and editions have 339) a
pipe, reed, syring, as the Hebrew intpp.:
correctly give it. Targ. 82°28 pipe,
tibia, Jerome organon, i. e. double or
compound pipe, an instrument consisting
of several pipes. In Dan. 3, 5. 10. 15,
‘the Hebrew translator uses 10 Ὡς M3520

q. Vv.

ai dibs 2 pr. to turn back, to return ;
hence fo go over again, to repeat, comp.

si. Arab. OLe to return, to repeat,
to get accustomed; IV to repeat, to re-
store. Comp. also r. 348 no. 1.

2. to continue, to endure, from the idea
of constant repetition ; comp. 4" no. 3.
a,b. Hence 143 again, continually.

3. Spec. to say again and again;
-hence to affirm and spec. to testify, to
exhort ; in Kal once Lam. 2, 13 Cheth.
See Hiph. Comp. Arab. IV, in no. 1.

Pie. ἢ to surround, Ps. 119,61; comp.
Ps. 18, 5.6. Eth. URE to go around,
IV AYE to cause to go around, i. e. to
surround.

ΗΙΡΗ. 95, fut. 1 pers. WDNR.

1. Spoken ofa witness: a) i. q. Kal
no. 3, lo testify, to bear witness, absol.
Am. 3, 13. Mal.2,14. With ace. against
any one 1 K. 21, 10. 13; but also in fa-
vour of or for any one, i..e. to laud him,
Job 29, 11; comp. μαρτυρέω Luke 4, 22.
b) Causat. to cause to testify, i. 6. to
take witnesses, to take any one as wit-
ness, Is. 8, 2. Jer. 32, 10. 25, 44. Hence
to call as witness, to invoke, c. 3 against
any one Deut. 4, 26. 30, 19. 31, 28.

2. toobtest,i.e. a) toprotest, to affirm
solemnly, calling God to witness, with 3
of pers. Gen. 43, 3 UW NTI 523 ἼΣΙΙ DA
ἜΝΘ the man solemnly protested unto us.
Deut. 8, 19. 32, 46. 1 K. 2, 42. Zech. 3,
6. b) to exhort solemnly, to admonish,
espec. Jehovah a people, c. acc. pers.
Lam. 2, 13; 3 Ps. 50, 7. 81, 9. 2 K. 17,
13; 59 Jer. 6,10. Also do chide, to up-
braid, comp. 90", Neh. 13, 15.21. ec)
to enjoin solemnly upon any one, 6. g. ἃ
precept, law, and hence of the divine
legislation, comp. 57> no. 3, and may.
With ace. of thing ‘and 3 of pers. 2 K.
17,15 ἘΞ TVA WER sniny τὰς his pre-
cepts which he had enjoined upon them,
given them. Neh. 9, 34. 1 Sam. 8, 9.

Td

Horn. 495 to be testified, declared,
made known, 6. 2 Ex. 21, 29.

Pte 779 (improperly referred bysome
to the root 779) to set up again, to re-
store, to relieve, Ps. 146, 9. 147, 6.

Hrrupot. to right oneself again, to re-
store oneself, plur. 1 pers. stism Ps.
20,9. Sept. ἀνορϑώϑημεν.

Deriv. 39, MIB, ΤῊΣ, ΠΊΣΩ; pr. 2.
“Tid, also

TY, rarely 4) (according to the Ma-
sora twelve times, e. g- Gen. 8, 22. Jer.
13, 27. etc.) ὁ. suff. “tiv and “2Ti> (see
in no. 4), pr. repetition, continuance, du-
ration, from τ. 789 no. 2; but always as
Ady. Not found in the kindred lan-
guages, except the Chald. See below.

1. again, yet again; comp. Aram. a4F\,
~202, again, also from the idea of return-
ing, repeating, Gen. 4,25. 24,20. 37, 9.
Hos. 1. 6. al. sepiss. Often after a verb
denoting repetition, as ΠΣ am Jer. 3,
1; tid 907 Gen. 18, 29. With a negat.
aio Xb not again Gen. 9, 11. 15. ‘Is. 54,
9; and so 719 34 xb Job 7, 10.719 FOTN?
Gen. 8, 21.

2. repeatedly, i. 6. continuedly, contin-
ually, without interruption ; Gen. 46, 29
sis IRs 59 35) and wept upon his
neck continuedly, uninterruptedly. Ruth

4,14. Ps. 84,5 happy they who dwell in
thy house, #722877 ΠΣ continually do they
praise thee.—Hence

3. yet, yet more, further, longer, pr. of

continued time and action. Gen. 8, 10

and he waited ΡΣ NIZW TD yet seven

days longer. 29, 27. 30. 7; 4 sis pad
maw for in yet seven days. Is. 5, 4. Ee.

3,16. With a negat.no more, no longer,

Gen. 17, 5. 32, 29. Is. 2, 4. 30, 20. Job

24,20. al. Also yet the more, of an ac-

tion continued and increasing ; Gen. 37,

Bink soy Tis ἸΡῸΡ and they hated him

yet the more. Prov. 9, 9.—So too i. q.

more than this, besides, where to per-

sons or things already mentioned some-
thing further is added ; Gen. 43, 6 ΣΠ

mx p22 whether ye had yet a brother,

i. e. besides. Gen. 19, 12. Is. 1, 5.

4. Most freq. of a time or action con-
tinued either up to the present moment,
or to the occurrence of another act, yet,
as yet, still. Gen. 45, 3.711 Mak TST doth

756

Ἢ»

hand is stretched out δἰ. Ps. 78, 380
while their meat was yet in their mouth
Is. 65, 24. Dan. 9, 20. 21 Lo, it is yet igh
day. So 1 23 ‘Tid yet a little while ana
this or that will be done, Is. 10, 25. 29
17. Ex. 17, 4. Ps. 37, 10—Where the
subject is a personal pronoun, this is
appended to 713 as a suffix (comp. also —
wn, 7 N), thus: "FTP as yet I, Josh. 14,
11. 1 Sam. 20, 14; "71> see, in no. 5. ΔῈ
ἩΤῚΡΣ yet thou Gen. 46, 30, ἢ ΠῊ 9 1K. 1,
14; 17> Gen. 18, 22; Πρ» 1 K. 1.
22; otis Ex. 4, 18, once ἘΠ sid Is. 65,
94. ete. Like 89 and PX, so TiS als¢
includes the idea of the substantive vert
and is then construed with a participle
e. g. Gen. 18, 22 "ἢ s3pb Tas TS ἢ
stood yet before Jehovah ; or with a ver-
bal adj. as "11 "27> he is yet alive Ge .
43, 28. Sometimes i> c. suff. is sub-
joined toa substantive, as Num. 11, 3
chest) na Tis ean while the flesh.
was yet between their teeth. 1 Sam. 19, 7.
2 Chr. 34,3; here the suffix (as oF
where 835, 8%) has the, fore of the
subst. verb.—Once ὁ. suff. plur. Lam. |
17 Keri: 327299 T"BIN ἡ ΤῚΣ as yel our
eyes languish, pr. by anacoluthon ‘as ὧν
we languish, our eyes languish. But ther
true reading is preserved in Chethit i

τ τὴ, apparently a poetic form fo

_ WINTId (as TO" poet. for Dy"), 1. 6. a
yet they languish, even our eyes, the su
fix being redundant, as above, but witi
a finite verb instead of a participle. ἃ

5. With Prefixes: a) 7153 pr. ‘ir
the being yet, ie. ©) while, while yet
opp. DIwa. 2 Sam. 12,22 "Π bay Tis?
while the child was yet alive. Job 29, ξ
Prov. 31, 15. Jer. 15, 9 pain ida whil '

yet day. With noun suff. Ps. 146,
“viva while 1 yet exist; but with verbe
suff, Gen. 25,6 "1 527122 while he ye
lived. Deut. 31, 27. Here in “tira th
49 is construed as a noun, pr. in my 601
tinuance, existence, being ; but in WTS
the TiD is an adverb, and there is ane
lipsis, pr. in the time while he yet live
η3-- being the nominative. §) im ye
within yet this or that space of tim
Gen. 40, 13 pvan nwey 92 within y
three days. Is. 7,8. 21, 16. Jer. 28, 3.1
Comp. 3 A. 5.

Ὁ) ΡῈ from as yel, ex quo, i. 6. ev

my father yet live ? 31, 14. Is. 5, 25 his

since. Gen. 48, 15 “ΤΡ ever since

go that 1 cannot hear.

. nD

am, ever since I exist. Num. 22, 30
HF BT ἽΣ 43D ever since thou wast,
even unto this day.
— ΤῊ Chald. yet, i. q. Heb. no. 4, Dan.
. 4, 28.

qT (for “75 setting up again,
erecting, r. >) Oded, pr.n. a) The
father of the prophet Azariah, 2 Chr.

15, 1. 8. Ὁ) Another prophet, 2 Chr.
28, 9. 7 |
*7T 1:1. ᾳ. Arab. (Set, fo bend,

fo curve; also to make crooked, to dis-
tort, kindr. with 738. See Niph. Pi. Hiph.
2. to act perversely, to sin, (comp. 531
I. 3,) Dan. 9,5; with >¥ of pers. Esth.
1, 16.—Arab. (553 erravit, seductus est.
Nien. 1. lo be distorted, to writhe,
_ with pains and spasms, like a woman in
travail. Is. 21, 3 yawa "M132 7 writhe
Also io be bent,
bowed down, depressed, with calamities,
mrs, 38, 7.
᾿ς 5, to be perverse ; part. M123 perverse.
Prov. 12,8 33 M133 perverse of heart.
| 1Sam. 20, 30 ΤΥΤΊΙΙ Mie3-72 the son of
perverse rebelliousncss, 1.6. of ἃ perverse
_ and obstinate mother; comp. Job 30, 8.
Pier 449 to subvert, to overturn, to turn
__ upside down, i.e. to destroy ; Is. 24, 1 M43
- 28 and turneth the face of it (the
a earth) upside down. Lam. 3, 9 "ἾΞ 3

_ md he turneth up (breaks ap) my ways.

© Comp. 387.

_ Hipx. 7135 10 make crooked, to per-
wert, e.g. to pervert or wrest right, Job
_ 33, 27; to pervert one’s way or conduct,
ive. to act perversely, Jer. 3,21. Also
~ with 377 impl. to act perversely 2 Sam.
| 7,14. 24,17. 1K. 8, 47. Ps. 106, 6. Jer.
_ 9,4; c. acc. 2 Sam. 19, 20.

ὺ δ md, 19, BADD, 9, 97,
| Chald. Ry, also the pr. names “AD,
rs, nu, ἐν, py, 9.

. ΤῊΣ £ an overturning, overthrow, Ez.
) 21,32. R. m9 Pi.

may 2 K. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is. 37, 13, also
NID 2 K. 17, 24, (i. q. 452 overturning,
ruin, unless perhaps it is to be so read,)
Ivah or Avah, pr. n. of a city under
the Assyrian dominion, whence colo-
nists were brought to Samaria. Sonie

compare here a Phenician city Avatha,
A4

| 757

We

see Relandi Palestina p. 232, 233; but
it must rather be sought in Mesopota-
mia.—Gentile ἢ. plur. ὉΔῚ Avites 2 K.
17. 31, see below under "4.

TW iniquity, see 519.
my strength, see 19.

*TID or ΤῊΣ to flee for refuge to
any pers. or place; Arab. Sle mid.
Waw id. c. Ws; II, to cause to flee for’

refuge, ὅφδ, Olas, refuge. Either
kindr. with verbs of hasting, wan, BaD;
or perh. denom. from subst. 132 refuge,
asylum, comp. Is. 30, 2.

Hipu. causat. pr. ‘ to cause to flee for.
refuge ;’ hence to save by flight, to place
in safely, spoken of one fleeing with his
effects, property, etc. Ex. 9, 19 τῶν tpn
292. Acc. impl. id. Is. 10, 31. Jer. 4, :
6. 6, 1.

"ὩΣ perh. i. ᾳ. Arab. blé mid.
Waw fo sink in any thing, as the foot
in the sand; II, to sink, to dig a well;
TY, to plunge, to immerse ; hence tieitette
b> stylus. But the ΤΕΣ of digging,
graving, is not certain in this root ; and it
is better to refer 2D to the idea of hard-
ness, stiffness, (as Germ. Stift from steif,) Ὁ
which belongs to the kindred syllable
Y>, see in Y33, 733, AEP; so that it
would then be related to 72 wood,
whether the root be ΤῈΣ i. q. V9, or
MDP i. q. M¥P as is more probable.

"AY, plur. e439, Avite, Avi, i. 6.

1. Gentile ἢ. from the name M419, Nay,
2 K. 17, 31; see in m9.

2. Names of the aborigines of the coun-
try of the Philistines, Deut. 2, 23. Josh.
13, 3.

3. B'S (the ruins, or Avites’-town)
a town of Benjamin, Josh. 18, 23. _

N or RY Chald. f perverseness.
sin, often in the Targums; but in O. T.
only plur. j"12, or in some copies (al-
ways in the Targums) im>, Dan. 4, 24.
R. m9.

I. "2 m. adj. (212) wicked, ungodly,
Job 16, 11.

II.>"19 m. (τ. d82) a child, pr. a
suckling, i. q. 532, Job 21, 11, parall’
m3"; perh. 19, 18.

δὰ

PZ (ruins, r. 41>) Avith, pr. n. of a
town in the territory of the Edomites,
Gen. 36, 35; also 1 Chr. 1, 46 where
Cheth. πῆρ,

‘i Pah in Kal not used, to turn away,
to distort, comp. >°%, 52%; hence to be
wrong, perverse, wicked. Arab, Sle
mid. Waw quiesc. to turn aside 80.
from right, to be unjust.

Prex fut. 5355 to do wrong, to act
wickedly, Ps.71,4. Is. 26,10.—Syr. Aph.

Sash id.
Deriv. >39, d39, ΠΡῚΣ (πϑὶρ, ΡΝ
and 5.91,

229 m. (r. Ὁ") a wrong-doer, ‘one
wicked, Job 18, 21. 27, 7. 29, 17. al.
Syr. fad.

219 m. (r. 543) once in constr. >13 Ez.
28. 18, 6. suff. Ἴδη, wrong, wickedness,
tiquity, Job 34, 10. Ps, 53, 2. Jer. 2, 5; so
in a judge Ley. 19, 15. Ps. 82,2; ina
merchant Ez. 28, 18. >1D ΓΙῸΣ 10 do evil
Ez. 3, 20. 18, 24. 26. 33, 13; “Dap ἜΣ id.
Job 34, 32. bry tex a wicked man unjust,
Prov. 29, 27. "Coner. for unjust gain Ps.

7; FR Syr. ad, Chald. ND1D, ND"D, id.

* DAD to give milk, to suckle, of ani-
mals, only part. fem. mb mins milch-
kine 1 Sam. 6, 7. 10. Gen. 33, 13. Also
without subst, part. ΓΙΌΣ the milk-giv-
ing, milch, poet. for the ewes, Ps. 78,71.
Is. 40, 11.—Kindr. by transp. is 3%,
where see note. Arab. SLé mid. Ye,
gravida fuit et lactavit.

Deriv. >"1> II, and

29 m. a child, pr. a sucking-child,
suckling, Is. 49,15. 65, 20.—Arab. dole
boy, Syrt. oS, Chald. bay, d»d, id.

may f. (τ. 249) once contr. moi Is.
61, 8; with He poet. demonstr. “nny
Ps. 125, 3. Hos. 10, 3, contr. HMd> Job 5,

16; once transp. ἢ moe Hos. 19, 9; plur.
rabis Ps. 58,3. 64, 7; i. q. by, wrong,
wickedness, dignity, Job’6, 29. 30. 11,.14.
Prov. 22, 8. Is. 59, 3..al. 319 nv todo
wrong, to act wickedly, Zeph. 3, 5. 13;
may “at Job 13, 7. 24, 7. nbwny 13. the
son of wickedness, a wicked man, Ps, 89,
23; n>19-"22 the wicked 2 Sam. 3, 34,
7, 10. ‘Abstr. for concer. wickedness for

758

ΝΣ ν.......

bab

the wicked Job 5, 16. 24, 20. Ps. 107, 42.
Sept. adixia, ἀνομία.

moi evil, see in DAD ; also a burnt-
offering, see ‘nbs.

2249 m. (see note) plur. 5°>3%9 and
pr5b1) as from a form >>%>; constr.
sbbip Lam. 2.20; with light suff. ΠΆΡΕ
Ps. 137,9. nab Lam. 1, B3 with grave
suff. prnbbi : a boy, child, infant, e. g.
of tender age ἐᾷ 13, 16. Hos. 14,1. 2 K.
8, 12. Nah. 3, 10. Ps. 137, 9; carried in
the arms, Lam. 2, 20;.playing in the
streets Jer. 6,11. 9,20; asking for bread
Lam. 4, 45 carried away captive Lam.
1,5; once of the unborn feetuis Job 3, 16.
Sometimes coupled with 725" suckling
Ps. 8, 3. Joel 2, 16. Jer. 47, 7. Lam. 2,
11; from which however it is expressly
distinguished 1 Sam. 22,19. 15, 3 5>is
p2it 39}. The same is 52599 Is. 3, 12.
Plur. c. suff. their children Ps. 17, 14.

Norse. The form comes from Poel or
Polel >>%>; prob. from r. 559 to vex,
and so referring to the petulance of chil-
dren; or it may come from r. 549 to
suckle, though the sense would here be
passive, while the form is active. See
in 55 I. 2, and Po. no, 3. Thesaur. p.
1033, 1034.

ΓΟ and ribby ἢ plur. (τ. 53 1)
constr. M>5>, gleanings, Mic. 7, 1, “Is..
24, 13. Jer. 49, 9. Obad. δ. Twice cou-
pled with a preceding mase. sing. Judg.
8, 2. Is. 17,6; see Heb, Gram, ὃ 144.

ὈΡῚΡ m. rarely DY Gen. 3, 22. 6, 3.
al, plur. oadid. R. ob9 1.

A) Pr. ‘hidden,’ spec. hidden time, i. e.
obscure and long. of which the begin-
ning or end is uncertain or indefinite,
duration, everlasting, eternity, spoken:

1. Of time long past, gray antiquity,
of old, everlasting, as in the following
phrases and examples; Ddi> "70" Am.
9, 11. Mic. 7, 14. Is. 63, 9, and chip nin"
Deut. 32,7, the days of old, ancient times.
noire of old, from ancient times, Gen. 5,
4. 1 Sam. 27, 8. Is. 63, 16. Jer. 2, 20. 5,
15. Ps. 25, 6; ,and so of time ΠΡΌ the
world, From, everlasting, Prov. 8, 23; ᾿
with a negative, not from any time,
never, Is. 63, 19. 64, 3; elsewhere of a
long time, long: Is. 42, 14 referring to
the time of the exile. 46, 9. 57, 11%

Sa

pbi> S322 an ancient landmark, set up
by the forefathers, Prov. 22, 28. 23,
10; Ὁ» "MnP ancient gates, Ps. 24. Ἵ.
τὸ sma the dead of old, those long
dead, Ps. 143,3. Lam. 3,6; 0>%D ἘΦ the
people of old time, long dead, Ez. 26, 20.
—Since to men ef Avoiant. times: were
attributed sincere piety and uncorrupted
morals, hence D>1> 323 Ps. 139, 24, τιον

᾿ ὈΝῚΘ Job 22, 15, “pbip nian Ἴρις θ, 16,

bis "720 Jer. 18, 15, are all put for the
true piety of the fathers of old ; comp.
ἘΠΏΞῚΡ PIX the righteousness of ld. for-
mer righteousness, Dan. 9, 24.—That
‘not always the remotest antiquity is
implied, is manifest from the phrase
pbid ninnn Is. 58, 12. 61, 4, spoken in
[prophetic] allusion to the ruins of Je-
rusalem at the close of the Babylonian
exile. Jer. 25,9 and 49, 13 do not belong
here, ‘> there referring to time future.
2. Often also of future time, ever, for

ever, evermore, in such a way that the

terminus ad quem is to be determined
from the nature of the subject. Thus
where human things are spoken of:

a) Spec. in the affairs of single per-
sons, 21> is sometimes put for the whole
period of life, all the days of one’s life,
as D213 7239 a servant for ever. i. 6. not
to be set free in all his life, Deut. 15, 17.
Ex. 21, 6. 1 Sam. 27, 12; poet. of an
animal Job 40, 28 [41,4]. obis~3> for
ever i. e. so long as he lives, 1 Sam. 1,
22. 20,15. 2 Sam. 3, 28, odi> 77543 ever
secure. ever prosperous, so long as they
live, Ps. 73; 12. 30, 13 Jehovah, my God,
ΤῚΝ wdi>> for ever will I praise thee,
1,8. while I live. 5, 12. 31, 2. 37, 27. 28.

49,9. 52, 11. 71, 1. 86,12. Sometimes

put for very long life ; Ps, 21, 5 he (the
king) asked life of thee, thou gavest him

Ip} ObID Hv" WIN length of days for

ever and ever, i. e. a long. long life—A
still narrower application of 0349 is im-
plied in Is. 35, 10 δ ΠΡ Ddid Maw

_ perpetual joy shall be upon their heads,

i. 6. a joy ever conspicuous in their coun-

_tenances, they shall be ever cheerful and
rejoicing (comp. Ps. 126, 2). Is. 51, 11.

61,7. In Is. 32, 14 the limit of this long

time is specified: hill and watch-tower

shall become caverns 2339-79 evermore

15 τ ΠΣ until the ¢ Spirit shall be

q poured out. etc.

759

Sy

b) As pertaining to a whole race, dy-
nasty. or people, and including the whole
time of their existence until their de-
struction. 1 Sam. 2, 30 thy family shall
serve me D2i3-5 for ever, i. e. so long as
it endures. 13, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 16. 1 Chr.
17, 12. 22, 10. Ps. 18,51 he will show
mercy to David and to his seed 2>°9-73.
So the covenant of God with the Israel-
ites is called D>4> τὴ Gen. 17, 7. Lev.
24, 8; the laws given to them are
mbt mpm, ΡΣ ph, Ex. 12, 14, 17. 27,
21. 28, 43. 30, 21. Lev. 3, 17.6, 11; the

possession of the Holy Landi is DDiD ray |

Gen. 17, 8. 48, 4.

c) Nearer to the metaphysical notion -

of eternity, or at least to an eternity
without end, approach those examples
in which obi i is attributed to the earth
and to the universe. Ece. 1, 4° but the
earth standeth or abideth ἘΝ for ever.
Ps. 104, 5 it (the earth) shall not be moved
for ever. 78, 69. “> ni233 everlasting
hills, created of old, and te endure for
ever, Gen. 49, 26. Deut. 33,15; > mina
everlasting heights Ez. 36, 2. So too
of human things which refer to a period
after death, e. g. 0259 τοῦ everlasting
sleep, for death Jer. 51, 39.57; abid ma
his everlasting house. long ania ἢ e. the
grave Eee. 12,5; 0549 "1 everlasting
life after the resurrection Dan. 12, 2.

d) The true and full idea of eternity
is expressed by n>i> in those passages
where it is spoken of the nature and ex-
istence of God, who is called D>%> 5x the
eternal God, everlasting God, Gen. 21,
33. Is. 40, 28; ὈΞΊΡΓΙ ΠῚ the ever living
Dan. 12, 7. ὌΡΝΙΝ pbisd mom to live
for ever, to be immortal fike God, Gen.
3, 22. Job 7,16.) To him are attributed

Ἐν mishy everlasting arms Deut. 33,
27; and of him it is said Ps. 90, 2 ΤῊΝ
dbx mmx ὈΡῚΣ 5D from everlasting to
everlasting thou art God. 103, 17; comp.
Ps. 9, 8. 10, 16. 29, 10. 93, 2.

e) Of a peculiar kind are those pas-
sages, where the Hebrews by hyperbole
ascribe eternity in the metaphysical sense
to human things, chiefly in the expres-
sion of good wishes. - Here belongs the
customary form of salutation towards
kings: 02i9> ΠΡ ΏΓΙ "25x om let my lord
the king ‘live for ever, 1 K. 1, 31. Neh. ἡ
2,3. Comp. Dan. 2, 4. 3, 9. Judith 12,

12

4. Jélian. V. H. 1. 32. So in poetical
invocations of good upon kings and royal
lines, 6. g. Ps. 61, 8 for ever may he sit
upon his throne before God ; comp. v. 7
let his years be 943 7 12D as many ge-
nerations. 45, 7 thy throne of God [pr.
Q God] ">" ΤΌΝ is for ever and ever ;
see in Dns note, p. 55. Ps. 89, 37 his
(David’s) seed shall endure for ever.
How much this last expression implies
is apparent from the words which imme-
diately follow it: Ais throne (shall stand)
as the sun before me, 38 like the moon
shall it be established for ever ; and from
Ps. 72, 5 they shall fear thee, (O king,)
so long as the sun and moon endure,
throughout all generations ; ib. v. 17 his
name shall endure D252? for ever. so long
asthe sun shall his name flourish. That
is, by this figure of hyperbole there is
invoked’ for the king and his royal pos-
terity; a dominion not less enduring
than the universe itself—Also Ps. 48, 9
God will establish it (Jerusalem) for
ever. Jer. 7,7 the land which I gave to
en faihers p>" 331 Dbis Ἴ25. 25, 5.

Por. pinbdty, ᾳ. ἃ. ages, everlasting
ages, like Gr. αἰῶνες, i.e. a) ages of
antiquity, ancient ages, Is. 51, 9. Dan.
9,24. Ecc. 1,10. b) future ages, the
remotest future, Ps. 61,5. 77,6. 145, 13.
Is. 26, 4. 45, 17.

B) the world, mundus. from the Chatd.
and Rabb. usage (Buxtorf col. 1620), like
Gr. αἰών ; hence love of worldly things,
worldly-mindedness, i. q. more fully ἀγά-

‘my tov xoomov 1 John 2, 15, αἰών τοῦ
κόσμου τούτον Eph. 2, 2, and Arab.

ο 9
{430 the world, worldly things and the

love of them, as destructive to the know-
ledge of divine things. So Ece. 3, 11
God hath made every thing beautiful in
its time, "232 ὈΞῸΞ jh) Desn-my ps
‘a ἘΝ ΝΣ ῺΣ xd six “although he
(God) hath set the love of worldly things
in their heart, so that man understandeth
not the works of God ; i. e. 03 for 5D BS,
see Dino. 4. For the sense comp. Ecc.
8, 17.—Another form is Du>"3.

ἘΣ obsol. root, to rest, to dwell ;
kindr. 458. are. οἵ to live quietly,

comfortably ; Σ yet] quiet, comfort.—

760

ee
sa

Hence F319, 7152, ΓΘ, pr. ἢ. ὈΠ259 Ὁ

"mois.
125) for 72, see the root 1.9.

TY τὰ. (r. Ary) twice THY 2 K. 7, 9.
Ps. 51,75; constr. 3, ἸῊΣ 1 Chr. 21, 8;
plur. aol and constr. mind, δ. der
ἈΝ 12, 429, oftener “ΒΝ ate, etc.
pr. wrong, perverseness ; "hens concr.
wrong action, iniquity, stn, crime, Gen.
4,13. 44, 16. Ex. 20, 5. 28, 38. al. sep.
Hos. 10, 10 see in Ἵ no. 1, note. Sept.
ἁμαρτία, ἁμάρτημα, ἀδικία. Often cou--
pled with synon. ὈΝ ΌΤΙ Ex. 34, 9. Deut.
19, 15. Jer. 16, 10. al. With genit. of
him who commits the sin, as Miay 7AP
Ex. 20, 5. 34, 7 ; or of the place where one
sins, as "DB ’> Josh. 22, 17, wap "
Num. 18, 1; or also of the punishment
to be inflicted for the sin, as 393M miss
iniquities for the sword, to be punished
by it Job 19, 29, and yp 712 iniquity of
the end, which brits destruction, Ez.
21,30; comp. 0°>">8 119 a crime for the
judges, to be punished by them, Job 31,
11. To express the pardon or expiation
of sins the yerbs used are Mb, ΡΠ,
"BD, Nw? no. 2.b; for its ponishmeilt
“PB ; for the suffering of its punishment,
x2 no. 4. d.—By synecd. a) wrong,
iniquity, guilt, contracted by sinning, as
“anh 552 the iniquity of the Amorites
Gen. 15, 16; "ΠΝΌΝΙ ἸΣ the iniquity of
my sin Ps. 32, 5. Soa jd ts there 18
iniquity in any one, he i is guilty, 1 Sam.
20, 8. 25, 24. 2 Sam. 14, 32: with b> 2
Sam. 14,9; > Job 33, 9; also 1 Sam.
28,10. 2K.7,9. . b) unrighteous gain;
Hos. 12, 9 [8] in all my gains they shall .
Jind no 83m VER δὲ fp wrong that is sin.
c) the punishment of sin Is. 5,18; hence

calamity, misery, Ps. 31, 11.

Mey f. (τ. 115) ἃ living together, co-
habitation in the conjugal sense, Ex. 21,
10. Talmud. id—For Γ᾽ Hos. 10,
10 Keri, see in j"3 no. 1, note.

DIY τὰ. plur. perversities, i. e. per-
verseness, Is. 19. 14; for "127, from the —
root πὴ, Vulg. vertigo. not unaptly.

* o> fat. 9", with αν conv. ΩΝ
1. to cover, spec. with the wings. fea.
thers, i. gq. 422; from which perhaps
this root Eas been formed by softening —
the letters, comp. P29, PY; PEN, OF

Dy 761 oy

y'x, and many others; see the roots
was, WT, etc.—Is. 31, 5 mipy DBED as
hivste cover (their young "with. their
wings) G2wav? Dy “XS 425 4D so will
Jehovah of hosts protect Jerusalem.—
Hence 59, pr. i. q. $23 wing, then col-
‘ect. birds, fowl; and hence again the
verb as denominative :

2. to fly, pr. of birds Job 5, 7. Prov. 23,

5. 26, 9. Deut.4, 17 ; also of locusts Nah.
3, 16. So of the Seraphim Is. 6, 6; οὗ
God as sitting upon his throne and borne
by Cherubim Ps. 18, 11; of a flying roll

- Zech. 5, 1.2. Trop. of an army flying
(rushing) to battle Hab. 1, 8. Is. 11, 14
(c. 3); of a fleet Is. 60, 8; an arrow
Ps. 91,5. So to fly away, to vanish, as
sleep Job 20,8; human life Ps. 90, 10.
Once transit. like Hiph. Prov.23, 5 Cheth.
—Arab. Wsle mid. Waw and Ye, to
eer in the air as a bird, c. ἐς;

ΕΗῈΞ flight.

3. to Cover over, to wrap, Syr. voS in-
volvit, for ἑλίσσω Heb. 1,12. Hence in-
trans. to be covered (wrapped) in dark-
ness ; Job 11, 17 575m “"paD ΓΊΒΣΤ now
covered with darkness (calamity), soon
thou shalt be as the morning. Better

_ perhaps with 3 Mss. to read MBEAN ,
_ darkness shall become as the morning.
_ —Also

4. to be overcome with darkness, to
faint, to faint away ; so fut. 5321 1 Sam.
14, 28. Judg. 4, 21; this form being
chosen to distinguish it from ὩΣ} to fly.
—See ΩΣ, >, and Arab. -
Syr. vaS to become weak, Ethp. to faint
_ away. Kindred are 575 and ὭΣ" to be-

come weak, weary.

» Pin ὨΞῚΣ 1. i. ᾳ. Kal no 2, to fly,
- to fly about, Gen. 1, 20. Is. 6,2. Part.
"RBIS flying, Is. 14, 29. 30, 6.

' . 2. to brandish, ᾳ. d. to make fly about,
_ €. g. a sword Ez. 32, 10.

_ Hien. to make fly away Prov. 23, 5
Keri.

Hirupat. to fly away, to vanish, Hos.
9,1.

___ Deriv. from no. 1, 2, 959, DIBDDD ;
from no. 3, ΒΨ ΤΗΣ, Hh, MDAsN.

my m. (r. m2) pr. wing; collect.
_ birds, fowl, i. e. the winged tribes;
64*

sometimes with plur. Jer. 4, 25. Ez. 31,
6. 13; oftener with sing. verb Gen. 1,

21. 30. Lev. 17, 13. Ps. 50, 11. al. seep.

Of birds of prey, 2 Sam. 21, 10.—Syr.
[eaX bird, but not frequent. Eth. ey
id.

py Chald. birds, fowl, i. q. Heb.
Dan. 2, 38. 7, 6.

"DIY Jer. 40,8 Cheth. see in "DD.
νὰ ἢ yr to consult, to take counsel,
i.g. 737 where see; ‘onks in imp, 4X9

Judg. 19, 30. Is. 8, 10.—Hence yas"
pr. n.

*TI. γΡ perh. i. q. ble, μοί δ, to

impress itself, to sink, e. g. te sige in the

sand, comp. r. 249; whence Sboed ἐ light
sandy soil and fertile. Hence .

VY Uz, Ausitis, fully 71> 72 the
land of Uz Job 1, 1. Lam. 4, 21; 7a"
yon Jer. 25, 20; Sept. αΑὐσῖτις, Avoitat,
pr. n. of a region and tribe in the north-
eastern part of Arabia Deserta, between
Idumea, Palestine, and the Euphrates,
adjacent to Babylon and the Euphrates ;
called by Ptolemy (V. 19) «ἰσῖται, un-
less the reading Αὐσῖται is to be restored.
For the origin of this tribe, see Gen. 10,
23. 36, 28; comp. 22, 21. See the dis-
cussions. respecting the situation of the
land of Uz in Bochart Phaleg II. 8.
J.D. Michaelis Spicileg. II. 26. Rosenm.
Schol. in Job. Prolegom. § 5. See also
Thesaur. p. 1003.

᾿ Pr? j in Kal not used, ἮΝ and Chald.
to be pressed, to be straitened i. q. Heb.
pax.

Hipu. to press, c. mm pr. to press
down, καταϑλίβω. Am. 2, 13 lo, I will
press you down (os"ANn p22), as a
cart full of sheaves presseth down sc.
what is under it, i. e. I will press you
down and crush you as a wain loaded
with sheaves.

Deriv. HP, MP9.

2 Wy whence Piel “53 to blind, see in
“ἢ IIL.

VWF adj. (τ. 749 > UIT) plur. 5°19 and
nint. Is. 42, 7; blind, Ex. 4, 11. Lev. 19,
14. al. Metaph. of blindness of mind
the darkness of ignorance, Is. 29, 78,
42, 18. 19. 43. 8, |

“>

“1. fat. "id", imper. parag. T7459.
1. fo wake, to-be awuke ; Chald. Pal.
and Aph. “713, 928, to awake, to arouse,

ΓΟ ™¥mX to be aroused, awake ; Syr. sabe

to ΤᾺ to arouse; Aph. to excite.
Comp. ἐγείρω, Sanscr. g7i. Perh. kindr.
with τ. "9 .—Cant. 5, 2. Mal. 2, 12
331 “3 the waking wad the answering,

e: every one living, a proverbial ex-
pression (like 2519) ἜΣΘ) drawn perhaps
from the Levites keeping watch in the
temple Ps. 134, of whom one remains
awake and calls, and the other answers.
In the same sense the Arabs say: no
caller and no answerer, i. e. none alive,
Vit. Tim. I. p. 108. ed. Mang. Jerome:
magister et discipulus, and so the Engl.
Vers. ‘the master and the scholar.’

2. to awake trom sleep, intrans. only
in imper. My. Ps. 44, 24 rad mrp
ἬΝ ἸῺ awake ! why sleepest ‘thou, O
Lord? Ps. 57,9. 59, 5. 108, 3; 6. ‘by
Ps. 7,7. Fem. "5> Judg. 5, 12. Cant.
4, 16. Is. 51, 9. 52, 1. Hab. 2, 19.

3. Causat. to awaken one out of sleep,
i. q. Hiph. So fut. "557 Job 41, 2 Keri.

Nipu. 22, fat. "157, pass of Piel and
Hiph.

1. to be awaked, to be roused from
sleep, Job 14, 12. Zech. 4, 1.

2. Trop. to be raised up, lo arise, e. g.
a wind Jer. 25, 32; a people Jer. 6, 22.
Joel 4, 12 [3,17]; Jehovah Zech. 2, 17
[13]. —For Hab. 3, 9, see in Τ᾿ ἋΣ Il.

Pi. i> , comp. Gr. ὄὅρω, ὄρνυμε, preet.
. ὅρωρα.

1. toawaken, to rouse out ofsleep; trans.
Cant. 2, 7. 3,5. 8, 4; to excite or call
forth serpents from their lurking-places
Job 3,8. Trop.to excite, to stir up quar-
rels, strife, Prov. 10, 12; love Cant. 8,5;
- commotion Is. 14,9; ¢. 59 against any
one Zech. 9, 13; to rouse up one’s
strength, Ps. 80, 3.

2. to raise up, to lift up and brandish
a spear 2 Sam. 23,18. 1 Chr. 11, 11.20;
a scourge Is. 10, 26.—But Is. 23, 13 see
under r. 175 Pil.

Pitp. "272 , to raise up, to lift up acry ;
hence Is. 15, 5 ἜΣΘ 30 Mpyt they
shall lift up a cry of destruction ; here
ἌΣ ΦῚ (in many Mss. 17599") is for
AAV ID" , the syll. "2 being softened into
9; Peon. Ewald Krit. Gr. p. 479. Μο-

762

“>

numm. Phen. p. 431, 432. Or pern. it
should read 193"" , whence 2129 might
easily arise, and then defect. 933>.—
See also in "7>.

Hipnr. 725, fut. "75", inf TOR
pref. ΠΣ Ps. 73, 20, i. q: Piel.

1. Causat. to awaken, to arouse any one
from sleep Zech. 4, 1. Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5.
8, 4. Ps. 57, 99nd moon 7 will awake
the dawn. 108, 3. 73,20 793.

2. to rouse up, to excite. to stir up,
Job 41, 1 [10] none so bold 33373" "2 that
he will stir him up sc. leviathan, i. δ. pro-
voke him. Deut. 32, 11 Pp "D3 "O35
as the eagle stirreth up her nest, pro-
vokes her young to fly, Vulg. ad volan-
dum. So to rouse up, to excite to any
thing, e. g. warriors to battle Joel 4.9;
a victorious king (Cyrus) Is. 41, 2. 25.
45, 13; c. 52 against any one Is. 13, 17.
51, 1. Ez. 23,22. So to rouse up, to ex-
cite the ear Is. 50,4; the mind, spirit,
Jer. 51, 11. Hag. 1, 14. 1 Chr. 5, 26.
Ezra 1, 1.5; wrath Ps. 78, 38; ardour
Is. 42, 13; valour Dan. 11, 25.

3. Intrans. to rouse oneself, to wake,
- a yee with which it is coupled Ps.

"0, with

3. (73 20); c. 52 for any one Job

4 6.

Hirupau. 1. to rouse oneself, to arise,
Is, 51, 17. 64, 6; ὁ. 59 against any one
Job 17, 8.

2. to rejoice, to exult, vulg. Engl. to be

wide awake, Job 31, 29.

Deriv. "9, 1"> city, Chald. "> watch-
er, pr. ἢ. "2,72 Doses RD, AWD, OVD,
Ὁ,

ἘΠ. jg. ΠΡ and “79 10 be
naked, to be made naked. Arab. lB,

pers nakedness, verenda. Hence "i272
4. V.

Nien. Hab. 3, 9 FAYP WS] AMS with
nakedness was thy bow made naked, i. e.
wholly drawn forth from its sheath;
comp. Is. 22, 6.

Pin. "759, see r. TD.

Deriv. "> , ΠΡ.

ἘΠῚ. q. "3M, to dig, to ex-
cavate. Hence ΠΣ cavern; ; Arab,

κέ, ξζ2, id.
Prev “39 (as 739 Pi. 33) to blind, to
make blind, pr. *to dig out’ the eye,

.

- — τὰ πὴ βδιυ ϑϑὺν --

Σ
comp. "hy. 2K. 35, 7. Jer. 39, 7. 52, 11.
Metaph. ἐο blind a judge with presents,
_ Ex. 23, 8. Deut. 16, 19.—Aram. "39,
$64, id. Eth. URC to be blind; Arab.

ΧΕ and >» to be blind of one eye.

Deriy. “39, i739, ΤΡ; Chald. "5
chaff.

99 Chald. chaff, Dan. 2, 35. Syr.
“J » - 9 γι Ἑ
food id. Arab. ye AE, a bit of

chaff or the like which flies into the eye.

and hurts or blinds it. R. 75> no III.

9 m. (τ. 789 II) c. suff. “19, plur.
nin>.

1. the skin of a man, . so called perhaps
from nudity; Ex. 34,29. Lev. 13,2. Job
7,5. al. sep. "30 “03 with the skin of
my teeth Job 19, 20, i. e. with nothing left,
with the loss of all; others understand
the skin of the gums; see in στ. 239
Hithp. where another view is given.
Poet. for the body, Job 19, 26 see under
M2 Pi. no. 2. Job 18, 13 the parts of
his skin, i.e. the members of his body.
2,4 "ἢν Iya “id skin for skin, i.e. like
for like ; [ what. he holds dear as life
(his wealth) will he give for his life.—R.

2. skin, hide, of animals Job 40, 31 (41,
7]; chiefly as taken off Lev. 4, 11. 7, 8.
Gen. 3, 21. 27,6; also as prepared and
wrought, leather, Lev. 11, 32. 13, 48 sq.
- Num. 31, 20. nm i> seal-skin Num.
4,8. 11,12. Plur. minis Ex. 26, 14.
39, 34.

"ΠΣ see on p. 761.

DV see 359. :

ὙΦ m. blindness Deut. 238,28. Zech.
15,4. R. ὋΣ IIL

DY (read 032) Is. 30, 6 Cheth.
for D°77D asses ; see in "79.

mV ἢ blindness, Lev. 22, 22. Syr.
{zdses. BR.“ IIL.

* WY dn. Asyou. Joel 4, 11, where
Sept. Targ. Syr. render ‘to assemble, to
come together.’ Better, to hasten, to make
haste, like the kindred roots Bin, ΤῊΣ,

perh. (© ΠῚ to hasten; IV, to urge
on in haste.
Deriv. SD, Wd, pr. n. Wy, Bi.
,

1609 ΤΣ

ai

᾿ ΓΦ in Kal not used, to be eietioed,
crooked, bent, kindr. with M39, 032.

Pret mad, fut. m3o%, to bend, to make
crooked, Ecc. 7, 13. Metaph. to pervert,
to wrest, e.g. justice Job 8, 3. 34, 12;
comp. Am. 8, 5. Also with acc. of pers.
to subvert, i.e. to wrest or pervert the
cause of any one, Lam. 3. 36. Job 19, 6.
Ps. 119,78. “5 323 MD to subvert the way
of any one, i.e. to thrust him down to
destraction, Ps. 146, 9.—Chald. id. Syr.
ζω, deceit, fraud.

Puat part. ΓΦ crooked Kec. 1, 15.

Hirap. to bend oneself, to bow down,
Kee. 12, 3.

Deriv. πὴ

"TMS ἅπ. λεγόμ. a root of the same
origin and signification with >, pr. to
hasten, to hasten up sc. for help, Engl.
‘to run up;’ hence to succour, to help.
Arab. GLé pr. to run; IV, to succour,

to help.—Construed with two ace. (like
>2>> Gen. 47, 12. 1 K.18, 4.13;) Is. 50,
4 “33 ἘΣ ΓΝ ΤῊΣ to help the weary
with a word, i. e. to speak comfort to
him, raise him up. Aqu. ὑποστηρίσαι,
Vulg. sustentare.—Hence

"HAY (for πόσο», τσὴ, whom Jeho-.
vah succours) Uthai, pr.n a) 1 Chr.
9,4. b) Ezra 8, 14.

MMA £. (verbal Pi. r. m2) a bending
or bowing down of any one, i. e. oppres-
sion, Lam. 3, 59; comp. the verb v. 36.

TZ adj. (τ. 11D) Ὁ πῦρ, plur.m. OY,
constr. 19,

1. strong, vehement, fierce, e. g. a lion
Judg. 14,18 comp. 14; an enemy Ps.
18, 18; a wind Ex. 14, 21; waves Is. 43,
16. Neh. 9, 11; anger Gen. 49, 7. Prov.
21, 14; omeren Is. 56, 11 D2 “ID strong
of appetite, greedy. Metaph. of love
Cant. 8,6. Also mighty, powerful, Ps.
59,4. Am. 5,9; so a people Num. 13,
28. Is. 25,3; a king Is. 19, 4.—Neut.
strength Gon 49, 3.

2. strong, i.e. fortified, guarded, Num.
21, 24.

3. harsh, hard, stern; plur. f. mrp
harsh voi Prov. 18, 23. p28 ΤΣ hard
of face, i. e. impudent, shameless, Deut,
28, 50. Dan. 8. 23.

ib) 764,

ΤΩ Γ (τ. 115} plur. ΒΡ 1. a she-goat,

om 99. " > a τὸ
Syr. |}, Arab. se, Phenic. «fo Steph.
Byzant. The Indo-European tongues

have the sdme word, as Sanscr. aga he-
goat, aga she-goat, Goth. gditsa, Anglo-
Sax. gat, Engl. goat, Germ. Geis and
with a harder form Gems the chamois,
Gr. αἴξ, αἰγός, comp. Grimm. Deutsche
Gr. III. 328. The Hebrew furnishes a
good etymology in τ. 112; comp. δ,
ὅν .—Gen. 15, 9. 30, 35. 31, 38. 32, 15.
Num. 15, 27. etc. [But in the great
majority of instances the word is gene-
ral, a goat, goals, as Ley. 1, 10. 17, 3.
Num. 18, 17. Ex. 12,5. ete. So 3
ΠῚΡ a buck of the goats Lev. 4, 23. 28.
Num. 28, 15. 30; o> "7°Bs id. 2 Chr.
29, 21; ΠῚΦ Ἢ a kid of the goats Gen.
27,9; ἊΣ Me a goat i.e. the goat, an
individual for the species, Deut. 14, 4.

—T.
' 2. Plur. ellipt. 2°3> goats’ hair Ex. 26,
ἡ. 36, 14. 1 Sam. 19, 13.

TY Chald. f. i. q. Heb. no. 1, ashe-goat,
Ezra 6, 17.

Τ5 τὰ. (τ. 12) rarely TY Prov. 24, 5.
31, 17.25; c. Makk. “1D, c. suff. “43,
ἬΤΣ, ἜΣ, rarely "39 Ex. 15, 2, Hz Ex.
15, 13, once 53345 Ps. 81, 2.

1. bthengtil ‘might, power, of God Job
12, 16. 26, 2. al. of men Ps. 29,11. Prov.
24,5. 31,17; of animals Job 41, 14. Also
vehemence, violence, as of rain Job 37, 6;
thunder Ps. 68, 34; anger Ps. 90, 11.
137523 with all eee might 2 Sam. 6, 14,
Coner. the strong ones, heroes, Judg. 5,
21; comp. Is. 43, 17.

2. strength, firmness, sc. by fortifi-
cation. τῷ 5432 ἃ strong tower, fortified,
Judg. 9,51. Ps. 61,4; 13 “9D Is. 26,1;
τὸ moap Prov. 18, 19. Ps. 30, 8 thou hast
confirmed strength unto my mountain,
hast made me secure.—Hence trop. de-
Sence, refuge, protection, Ps, 28, 8 min"
a> 31> Jehovah is their defence. 46, 2.
62, 8. 84, 6. 140, 8. Is. 49,5. Jer. 16,19.
Ez. 26, 11—In a bad sense, 5°28 τῷ
_ strength (hardness) of countenance, i. e.
boldness, impudence, Ecc. 8,1. 39 758}
her pride of strength, her shameless
pride, Fz. 30, 6.18. 33, 238. Coner. Ez.
24, 21 E233 jiNk_your strong pride, that
in which. you proudly trust.

NITY

3. splendour, majesty, glory, as the
usual concomitants of might and power,
i. q. ‘7132 with which it is often coupled,
Hab. 3, 4, Ps, 96, 6 PINEM) τῷ
and majesty. Is. 51, 9. 52,1. Prov. 31,25.
Ps. 132, 8 FID Ὑ7 the ark (seat) of thy
majesty, i.e. the ark of the covenant (i.q
min® tia> 11) 2 Chr. 6,41; for which
poet. τῷ alone Ps. 78, 61; comp. 1 Sam. —

8 .
4, 21. 22.—Arab. γξ glory.

4. glory, praise, laud, Ps. 8, 3. 29, 1.
68, 35. 99, 4. Ex. 15, 2. 2 Chr. 30, 21
tabs instruments of praise i.e. used in
praising God. Cr

ἘΣ ΤΣ (strength) Uzza, pr. n.m. a)
2 Sam. 6, 3, for which v. 6.7 M39 Uzzah.
b)1Chr.8,7. ¢) Ezra2,49, Neh. 7,51.

DINTY Azazel, a word found only i in
the law respecting the day of atonement
Lev. 16, 8. 10. 26, and vexed with the
numerous conjectures of interpreters.
Most prob. the averter, expiator, Aver-
runcus, ‘Alstixaxog, Sept. ᾿ποπομπαῖος,
i.e. bixt> for >¥>32, from the root 513,
ch , to remove, to separate; comp.
Lehrg. p. 869. By this name is prob. to
be understood originally some idol that
was appeased with sacrifices, as Saturn
and Mars, see 7122; but afterwards, as
the names of idols were often transferred
to demons (Spencer de Legg. Hebreo-
rum ritualibus IIT. Diss. VIII. p. 1039-—
1085), it seems to denote an evil demon
dwelling in the desert and to be placat-
ed with victims, in accordance with this
very ancient and also gentile rite. The
name Azazel cd π is also used by

d

the Arabs for an evi! demon, see Reland. —
de Rel. Muhammed. p. 189. Meninski —
h.v. The etymology above proposed
was expressed of old by the LXX, al-
though neglected or misunderstood by
most interpreters, Thus_ they render
brniod in v. 8 τῷ ‘Anonounady i. 6. “Amo-
τροπαίῳ, ᾿Δλεξικάκῳ, Averrunco ; ν. 10
εἰς τὴν ᾿ἀποπομπήν, ad ayerruncandum
v.26 εἰς ἄφεσιν. Comp. for the use of —
the Greek word ᾿ἡποπομπαῖος, what is
said by Bochart in Hieroz. P. I. p. 651 .
Suicer Thes. Eccl. I. p. 468:—The ec-

clesiastical fathers have referred res
Cia epg to the goat itself; ἃ. ἃ

=i)

= “scape- goat, although obviously in v. 8
the antithesis lies between >ixt>> and
_ minn>. So too the Vulg. caper emissa-

γῆι, Symm. ἀπερχόμενος, Aquil. ἀπολε-
δέωδος as if the name were compounded
- of 2 goat and Ἐπ to depart. Bochart
himself (I. c.) understands the place
whither the goat was to be sent away,
and supposes 5ἸΝῚΣ dy; γς to be a plu-
ralis Ffractus from r. Js pr. separa-
ions, and then desert places. But there
d ‘no trace of the alpralls Sractus in
‘the Hebrew language, and the place
hither the goat was to be sent away
‘is specified by thé words 772720 v. 10.
21, and 713 VIN v. 22. See more
in Thesaur. Ῥ. 1012.

* ST? fat. siz" 1. Pr. to cut loose, to
loosen the bands or cords by which any
thing i is bound or fastened ; and thus to
let loose, to release, to let go free, e. g.
abeast of burden,i.g.nme. Arab. ὡ

der about, see Sypkens in Diss. Lugdd.
Ρ. 930,931. The primary idea seems
to be that of cutting loose ; so that x1
is kindr. with 289, 33m, to cut.—So in
the difficult passage, Ex. 23, 5 when thou
-seest the ass of thine enemy lying down
under his burden, 239 9 ΞῚΣ Ὁ H>IM}
‘i> =i2m beware that thou leave him nol,
but thou shalt surely loosen (the bands
of the ass) with him, i. e. thou shalt help
the owner to loosen the fastenings of
the load; comp. Deut. 22,4. There is
here a paronomasia in the double use
of the verb 3%, first in its more usual
sense fo leave, to desert, and then in the
sense of loosening. See more in The-
-saur. p. 1007.—Spec.

a) Ofaslave set free, whence the pro-
verbial expression 3519} 7" the shut up
_ and the let go free, i. δ. the bond and
_ the free, i. q. all, every one, Deut. 32. 36.
ΠῚ Κ. 14. 10. 21, 21. 2 K. 9,8. 14, 26.
Comp. 7251 “> Mal. 2, 12, see in r. 79
I. 1; also the similar Arabic phrases,
Thesaur. p. 1008.

b) to let go a thing. i. q. MDY; opp. to
keep, to hold fast. Job 20,13 he spares
_ it (the morsel in his mouth) and lets it

noi go. Metaph. Job 10,1 J will let go

my complaint, no longer restrain it. 9. 27.

765

to let loose camels that they may wan-’

215

Ez. 20, 8. Ps. 37, 8 let go wrath, keep it
not, cease from it.

c) to let go a debt, to remit, Neh.
5, 10.

d) to let go, i. e. to leave off, e. g.
whoredoms Ez. 23, 8; inf. c. > Hos. 4,
10.—But Ἔ p92 HOM ΞῚΡ to leave off
one’s kindness, to withdraw one’s favour
from any one, Gen. 24,27; ΤΙΝ THOM ard
id. Ruth 2, 90.

6) to let go, to let be, i. 6. to permit,
i. gq. M595 ; opp. to keep ‘back, to hinder ;
Ruth 2, 16 mop) amas) and suffer that

᾿ she glean, let her glean. With dat. Neh.

3, 34 [4, 2] ἘΠῚ5. ἸΞῚΡ ἪΠῚ will they (one)
suffer them sc. to build the walls ? i. e.
shall we permit them? Clericus: will
the governors permit them ?

2. to let go a person or thing, i. e. fo
leave, to quit, e. g.

a) With acc. of pers. Gen. 2, 24. 44,
22. 1 Sam. 31, 7. Ruth 2,11; with an
adjunct of place where, 2 Sam. 5, 21. 15,
16. 2 Chr. 28, 14. Also to leave, to let
remain, Judg. 2, 21. Often i. q. to for-
sake, to desert, e. g. those who need
help Deut. 12,19. 14, 27. Num. 10, 31,
Job 20, 19. al. Part pass. fem. 31> one
forsaken Is. 62. 4.—So God is said to

. forsake any one, i. 6. to withdraw his

help from him, Gen. 28, 15. Josh. 1, 5.
Ps. 27, 9. 71, 9.113 a people Ps. 9, 11.
22, 2. Is. 42, 16. 54, 7; a land Ez.8. 12.
9, 9. Contra, men are said to forsake
God, to fall away from him, Deut. 31, 16
Judg. 2, 12. 2 Chr. 12, 1. 10. Jer. 5, 19
al. seep.

b) Of place, to leave,-to forsake, Jer.
25, 38. Ez. 8,12; a way, metaph. the
way of the wicked Is. 55,7: the right
way Prov. 2,13. 15, 10,—Also to forsake,
to abandon, to desert. houses or cities, so
that they lie deserted and fall into ruins ;
comp. Arab. «Ὁ a aa to be deserted, deso-
late. asa land. “Is,17,2 "253 "79 ΤΊΣΙΣ
the cities of ruins ;are deserted. Jer. ‘4,
29. Zeph. 2, 4. Hence Parr. pass. fem.
may dacted. a desolation, i. e. houses
deserted ef the inhabitants, ruins, rub-
bish ; Is. 6,12 ΝΠ Sapa mash 427
und great be the desolation (ruins) in
the land. 17,. 9 his strong cities shall
be ὍΤΤΙ ὨΞΗΙΣΞ as ruins in the forests
and in the summits of Palestine. which
the Canaanites have left deserted before ©

ὩΣ

Israel, i. 6. as they fled before Israel. in
the time of Joshua.

c) With ace: of thing, to leave, to for-
sake, as a bird her eggs Is. 10, 14. Josh.
8,17 they left the city open. With an
adjunct of place where Gen. 50, 8. 39,
15. 18;,‘D 322 Gen, 39, 12. 13. Pregn.
Is. 10, 3 whither will you (carry away
and), leave your wealth? | Metaph. to
forsake a law Is. 58, 2; a covenant
Dan. 11, 30; counsel 1 K. 12, 8; the
precepts of God Ps. .119, 87; wisdom
Prov. 4, 6; piety Job 6, 14; also sin
Prov. 28, 13.

d) ‘5 "3 319 to leave in the hand of
any one, to commit or entrust to any one
Gen. 39, 6; comp. in lett. 6. -Also to
leave at one’s disposal, to give up to his
pleasure, 2 Chr. 12, 5. Ps. 37, 33. Neh.
10, τῇ c. > id. Ps. 16, 10. Job 39, 14; dx

: bp Ps. 10, 14.

ἜΣ to leave to or for any one, with ace.
of thing and dat. of pers. Lev. 19, 10.
23, 22. So of one dying Ps. 49, 11; οἵ.
a destroyer leaving nothing behind him
Mal. 3, 19 [4, 1].

ΝΙΡΗ. lo be left. to be forsaken, de-
serted, Neh. 13, 11; often of a land left
deserted of its inhabitants Lev. 26, 43
(c. 12). Is. 7, 16. Job 18, 4; of cities Is.
27, 10. 62, 12. Ez. 36,4. With >. tobe
left, given over, to any one Is. 18’ 6.

PuaL 339 i.q. Niph. ἐο be left, forsaken,
a city Jer. 49, 25; poet. of the tumult of
a city Is. 32, 14,

Deriv. Myt>, and

337 m. only in plur. 0°24339, prob. a
technical word signifying traffic, com-
merce ; from the root 315 10 leave or let
go for a price, i. 6. to sell. Hence

1. a fair, market, market-place. Ez.
27, 19 Dan and Javan 3723123 535K
12M) set out spun-work in thy fairs, i. e.
brought it to thy fairs. In the similar
passages v. 12. 22, with the same gene-
ral sense we find 3 prefixed to the wares,
with silver, iron, etc. do they set out thy
fairs ; in v.16 3 is put twice, i. 6. be-
fore both the wares and the place; and
in v. 14 2 is omitted before both. Per-
haps all these constructions were com-
mon among merchants, and therefore
adopted by the prophet.

2. gains, earnings, profits accruing
fre traffic, Ez. 27, 27. 33. Comp. "0.

766

ΤΙΣ
ῬΞΙΣ (from ἸΡ and ps3, strong de- .
vastation) Azbuk, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 16. —

“2

tune) Azgad, pr. n. m. Ezra.2, 12. pie
Neh. 7, 17. 10, 16.

ἘΠῚ ΟὈδξΟΪ. root, Arab. ἘΣ to con-
sole ; whence pr. ἢ. ΔΕ ἜΣ SANS, Haye.

MY (the strong, comp. Valentia) pr.
n. dian Deut. 2, 23, i. 6. Gaza, Sept.
Γάζα, one of the five cities of the Philis-

(from *> and “3, strong in for- |

r tines. Josh. 11, 22. Judg. 16, 1. 21.1

7

‘position.

Sam. 6, 17. Jer. 25, 20. Am. 1, 6. 7.
Zeph. 2, 4. al. It was a royal city
Zech. 9, 5, situated εἶδαν the southern
border of Palestine Gen. 10, 19. 1K. 4,
24; was subdued by the Hebrews in
the time of the Judges Judg. 1, 18, but
soon afterwards recovered by the Philis-
tines. It is often mentioned in Greek
writers; Plutarch calls it the largest
city of Syria; and Arrian says it is a
great city situated in a high and strong
The ancient name is still re-
tained, ὅτ Ghizzeh. Its history is
copiously narrated by Reland, Paleesti-
na p. 788-800. See Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. Il. p. 372-383.—Gentile n. "M39
Gazite Judg. 16, 2.

MY Uzzah, see δὲν lett. a.

MAW f. (τ. 319) 1. ruins, rubbish,
see the root no. 2. b.
2. Azubah, pr.n.f. a) The mother

of Jehoshaphat 1 K. 22, 42.
wife of Caleb 1 Chr. 2, 18. 19.
TM m. (τ. 19) adj. strong, mighty,
of God Ps. 24, 8. Collect. the strong
ones, warriors, Is. 43, 17.
TAY τη. (τ. 119} strength, might, as of
war Is. 42, 25; of God Ps. 78, 4. 145, 6.
“WHY, see “ID.
"TIS fut. 13", conv. 1933, inf. constr.

ΤῊΣ and D>,
1. To sibs har: to make strong and

firm. Arab. == fut. O id. fat. J and
A, to be potent, also to be vehement,
violent ; Eth. VHH to strengthen. also
to be strong. Syr. K i. q. Heb.—Con

atr.c. > to give strength to any one, to
make secure, to protect; Ecc. 7, 19.

b) The

«- ΤΙΣ

Πὰν ΣΤΡ som meann wisdom strength-
_ eneth the wise more than ten chiefs, i. e.
protects him more and better than ten
leaders ; comp. 15 no. 2, and 132. This
attive signification appears also in the
‘ name INI.

’ 2. Intrans. to become strong, to be
made strong. Dan. 11, 12 tist N55 but
he shall not be made eke, "Ps. 9, 20.
Of waters, Prov. 8, 28 Dinn Mind rida
when the ‘Fountains of the deep ‘waxed
strong, i.e. flowed with violence ; comp.
o> 1 Neh. 9, 11. Is. 43, 16. With
2> against or ‘over any one, - prevail
over, Judg. 3, 10. 6, 2.—Syr. Ἐ Ethpa.
infremuit, efferbuit, put for Gr. ἐμβρι-
μἄομαι John 11, 33. 38.—Also i. q. fo
have protection, to be protected, safe, se-
cure ; Is, 30, 24999 risa2 tidd.

3. to be strong, mighty, powerful, Ps,
89, 14. 52, 9; to show oneself strong
8,29. -

Hipx. 738 125, to strengthen one’s
countenance, i. e. to put on an impudent,
shameless fice, Prov. 7, 13; c. 3 21, 29.
jomp. ΤΣ no. 3, 15 no. 2.

_ Deriv. 12, 1D, 19, md, MID, TDD,
RP, mid, perh. ney, and the nine here
Bitiowing.

ΤΙΣ (strong) Azaz, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. δ, 8.

WITTY (whom Jehovah strengthens,
Τ᾿ 11D) Azaziah, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 27,
2 6) 2 Chr. 31, 13.

: b) 15, 21.
ΟΣ (apoe. for my) Uzzi, pr. n. m.
a) 1Chr. 5, 31. 6, 36. Ezta 7,4. b)

6) 9,8. d) 7,7. 6) Neh.
11, 22. f) 12, 19. 42.

SST, see SN"D7.

: bee (might of God, from 19) Uz-
2 Ἷ a) Ex. 6,18. Num. 8, 19.

b ΟΥ̓, 7. d) 25,4. e)
2 Chr. 29,14. f) Neh. 3,8.

“BNI Num. 3, 27, Uzzielite, patro-
~hym. from PNW lett. a.

s ΤΡῚΣ and 79 (might of Jehovah,

Εν. 13) Uzziah, pr. n. m. Sept. *Ottac.
a) A king of Judah from 811 to 759 B.
"Ὁ. 2K. 15, 13. 20. 32. 34. Is. 1, 1. 6, 1.
7,1. Hos.1,1. Am.1,1. In2K. 14,21.
15, 1. 6. 7. 8. 23.27, he is also called

ἈΠῚΡ and ITI , Which however is
b. not another name of the’ same

767

“Td

king, but would seem to have arisen
from an error of the copyists, ΤῚΣ and
mst> being similar ; see Thesaur. p.
1011. Comp. inc. δ) 1 Chr. 27, 25.
6) 1 Chr. 6,9, for which v. 21 MD.
d) Ezra 10, 21. e) Neh. 11, 4.

MTD (strong, τ. 119) Aziza, pr. ἢ. τη.

Ezra 10, 27.

ΓΙῸΣ (strong as death? from ry
and m2) Azmaveth, pr.n.m. a) One
of David’s warriors 2 Sam. 23, 21. Ὁ)
1 Chr. 27, 25. 0) M1313 m3 see in ΓῚΞ
no. 12. ee. :

* D9 obsol. root, Arab. ds

move, to separate, to set apart ;
kindr. ἘΝ no. 2. Hence ὅτ.

MmP2TD f; Lev. 11,13. Deut. 14, 12, a
species of eagle, Sept. ἁλιαίετος, Vulg.
aquila marina ; but Gr. Vénet. γύψ by
conjecture. The Heb. intpp. and also
Bochart (Hieroz. II. 774 Lips.) hold the

to re-
see the

Nun not to be radical, and refer the

form tor. 11, for M32 i.e. the strong,
Onk. x19, Samar. Vers. mm. This
is well; comp. from the same root
2729 for F720 Is. 23, 11.

pis only in Pier p31», to loosen with
a mattock or hoe, to dig up or over, sc.
the ave Is. 5, 2.—Arab. Ch id.

whence ἘΠῚ a spade, mattock. —

From the kindred signif: to dig in, to
engrave, comes —

SPT? Chald. f. a signet-ring, Dan. 6,
18.—Syr. {aopS id.

ΤΡῚΣ (dug over, broken up, τ. PY2)
Azekah, pr. ἢ. of a city in the plain of
Judah, Josh. 10,10. 15, 35. 1 Sam. 17,.
1. Neh. 11, 30. Jer. 34,7. See Relandi
Palestina p. 603.

ἢ mrs fut. "D7 plur. 752 1. 10 sur-
round, to enclose with a wall or fence ; ¢
to protect. Kindr. are "%M no. 1, 7X9,
also "'33.—Hence M713 court.

2. to help, to succour, to aid. Arab.

, Syr. aS id. not 5} as Simonis
and Winer have it.—Absol. Is. 30, 7;
ace. of pers. Ps. 37, 40. 79, 9. 109, 26.
118, 13. al. Ὁ 9 Sam. 8, 5. 21, 17; espec.
in the later books, 1 Chr. 18, 5. 21,17

stp 768 ~ OP

2 Chr. 19, 2. 26, 13. 28, 16. Job 26, 2;

ny (eounp. Engl. ‘to stand by) 1 Chr.
12,21; nN, 1K. 1,7 72253 "IN AID
they υἱάνὰ following the party of Adoni-
jah. Also with > of thing, to help to or
fir a thing; Zech. 1, 15 M395 ἘΠῚ,

2 Chr. 20, 23.—Parr. "33 a helper, often
in the phrases: > 73> m7 Ps. 30, 11.
i> “td ΝΣ 2K. 14, 26. Ps. 72, 12; n13 ἽΝ
Ps. 22, 12. Is. 63, δ; so an associate,
ally, in war 1 Chr. 12, 1, comp. 1 K. 20,
16. Part. pass, “39 Is. 31, 3.

Nipu. to be helped, aided, Ps. 28, 7 ;
espec. from God 2 Chr. 26,15. 1 Chr. 5,
20 thay Amps. and they were helped
against them, i.e. God gave them the
victory. Dan. 11,34. The Arabs say
in like manner, x3} to be helped sc.
from God, i. e. to conquer.

Hipu. i.q, Kal. Part. after the Ara-
mean form, plur. 8°15 2 Chr. 28, 23;
inf. c. pref. "49> 2 Sam. 18, 3 Cheth.

Deriv. pr. ἢ. 199, and the twelve here
following.

WE τη. ὁ. suff. > 1. help, Is. 30, 5.
With genit. the help of any one is the
help afforded to him ; «as "712 Ps. 121, 1.
23 AMD 124, 85 FMD Deut. 33, 26. Ps,
20, 3; 4712 422 the shield of thy help
(0 Israel), i. e. God, Deut. 33,29. Often
concr. for a helper, Ps, 33, 20.70, 6. 115,
9; so of a female helper Gen. 2, 18. 20.

2. Ezer,pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 4, for
which ποτ v.17. b) 12,9. 9) Neh.3,
19.

“TY (help) Ezer, pr.n.m. a) Neh.
12,42. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 7, 21.

WY and WY (helper) Azzur, pr. n.
m. a) Jer.28,1. Ὁ) Ez.11,1. ¢) Neh.
10, 18.

RY (help, τ. >) Ezra, pr. ἢ. m.
a) A priest and scribe, γραμματεύς, who
in the seventh year of Artaxerxes Longi-
manus, 458 B. C. led up ἃ colony of Jews
from Babylon to Jerusalem, Ezra ο. 7-
10. Neh. c. 8. 12, 26. 36. For his line-
age see Ezra7, 1-5. Ὁ) One of the first
colonists, under Zerubbabel, Neh. 12, 1.
13; some suppose him to be the same
as the preceding. °) Neh. 12, 33 comp.
ὍΝ

“ITY (whom God helps, Germ. Gott-

helf,) Azareel, pr. n. a) 1 Chr. 12,6. _
b) 25,18. ὁ) 27,22. d) Neh. 11, 13.
12, 36. 6) Ezra 10, 41.

POPE (ep) 1. help, PPS Jor
help Jer. 37, 7. Is. 10, 3. 31,1. With
genit. of him who receives help, Judg. 5,
23. Job 6,13. Ps. 22, 20. 40, 14. al. also
of him who gives it Is. 31,2. Coner. a
helper Ps. 27, 9. 40, 18; helpers Nah. 3
9. With He parag. MND Ps. 44, 27.

Triv

2. Ezrah, pr. τι. see “32 no. 2. ἃ.

‘a

MVITZ f. ("19 no. 1) 1. A word of the —
later Hebrew for the more ancient "xm
atrium, court, sc. of the temple, 2 Chr. 4,

9. 6,13; from τ. "32 in the sense of en-—
closing i. gq. “XD, oan Toe in the

γ αὶ
Targums, Arab. transp. nets id. |

2. a ledge around the altar, formed by |
drawing in or diminishing the part
above, an offset, terrace, Ez. 43, 14, 17
20. 45, 19.

"M2 (for m=z, help of Jehovah)
Ezri, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 27, 26.

SSS (help of God, comp. the Pu- —
nic pr. n. Hasdrubal, i. e. 592 i713 help
of Baal) Azriel, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 5,
24. b) 27, 19. c) Jer. 36, 26.

mT anid We"TY (whom Jehovah
helps) pr.n.m. Azariah: a) A king of
Judah called also M239 q.v. Ὁ) See
ΤΡῚΣ lett.c. 6) One of the companions
of Daniel, Dan. 1, 6.7. 11. ἃ) Of many
others: 1 K, 4,2. 5, 1 Chr. 2, 8. 38.-39.
3,12. 2 Chr. 15, 1. 21, 2. Jer. 43, 2.
Ezra 7, 1.3. Neh. 3, 23. 24, etc. etc.
See Thesaur. 1014.

DP TY (help against the enemy)
Azrikam, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 3,23. Ὁ)
8, 38. 9,44. ¢) 9, 14. a) 2 Chr. 28, 7.

PITY f. (τ 72) help, i. 4ᾳ ΠΣ, Ps.
θ0, 13. 108, 13.
TY, see in > fin.

DY τη. (see in r. 7955} constr. BP, stylus,
a style, i.e. a writer’s style, reed, cala
mus, Jer. 8, 8. Ps. 45, 2; also of iron for
inscribing letters upon stone or metal,
Job 19, 24. Jer. 17, 1.

NOP Chald. (r. 3") i. ᾳ. Heb. πὲϑ
counsel, i.e. prudence. diaries Dan
2, 14.

|

STO? fat. ness, nest. conv. 295).

1. to cover ; FA Lhe, Syr. Ls,
id. Kindred is 29, and perh. nOD.—
Constr. with 53, like moD and other

_ verbs of covering, to cover over, Lev. 13,
45. Ez. 24, 17. 22. Mic. 3, 7.

2. to cover oneself with any thing, to

_ put on a garment, to clothe oneself or be

clothed with, c. acc. 5°22 ΤΙΣ clothed in
arobe 1 Sam. 28, 14. Metaph. Ps. 104,2
naw. WX ΠῸΡ clothing thyself with
light as with a garment ; so with zeal
Is. 59, 17; disgrace Ps. 71, 13. 109, 29;

cursing Ps. 109, 19. Comp. t2> ΚΑ

43, 12 of Nebuchadnezzar: and he shall
put on (MB) the land of Egypt, as a
shepherd pulteth on (ΤῺ) his garment,
i. e. he shall get possession of it speedily
and easily.—Part. fem. πῶ covered,
i. 6. veiled ; Cant. 1,7 why should I be

_ mI~>> as one veiled by the flocks of thy
_ companions? i. 6. let me not wander in
_ search of thee among the shepherds like

a harlot ; comp. Gen. 38,15. Sept. πε-
ριβαλλομένη.

3. to wrap up, to fold up. Is. 22, 17
Hey Ἴ25 he will wholly wrap thee up, sc.
as a ball; comp. v. 18.

Hips. ποτ, fat. med", fo-cover, with
two acc. Ps. 84,7 My ΠΏΣ ΓΊΞΊΞ ἢ

yea, with blessings the autumnal rain
With >> of the thing co-

doth cover it.

vered Ps. 89,46.—For the forms 0535,

es)

m.D.

ΤΩΣ m. tid 129) a place where cattle
anil flocks lie down, e. g. around water,
ete. Job 21, 24 35m 5xdQ ὙΣῸΣ the rest-
ing-places of his herds are full of milk,
abound with it; so at least Abulwalid,
Aben Ezra,and many later interpreters.
—Better, perhaps, if we take j"23 as

i.q. Chald. 22>, Syr. Load, the thigh,

- side, (mand n eina interchanged, see

p- 529,) Chald. and Zab. SouN; and
then the sense will be: Ais sides (loins)
are full of fat, 35m for 32%; so Sept:
ἔγκατα, Vulg. viscera, Syr. sides. But
this interpretation also is by no means
certain.

, ΤΩΣ τῷ. a sneezing Job 41,10. R.

769

pom, 1 Seni. 14, 32. 15, 19, see the root

"0>
ΠΡῸΣ m. a bat, Lev. 11, 19. Is. 2, 20.
Compounded from > comp. Arab.
ΔῈ to be dark, and ὩΣ flying —Chald.

id. Phenic. in fem. ὀϑολαβάδ, see Mon-
um. Phen. p. 391.

᾿ jo? obsol. root, Arab. ωϑε to lie

down around water, as camels ; whence

S »-- S ,.-o
ups and pare place near water

where cattle and flocks lie down. Hence
Pos.

ΩΣ fut. meso and meer 1: to
cover as ; with a garment, to clothe, i i. q.
mw, for which it is often put.in the Tar- __

gums. Arab. abe ΠΟΥ͂, to put ona gar-

ment, Syr. 2} to be clothed. Kindr.
and synon. is "%2.—Constr. with >, Ps.
73, 6 29. don pages" the garmeal of
violence doth cover them, i. e. they are
wholly wrapped up in iniquity, as in a
garment. Comp. 82>.

2. Intrans. to put on, to be covered,
clothed with ; c.acc. Ps.65, 14 ἸΒΏΘ" B*pas
"2 the valleys are covered over (clothed)
with corn. Job 23,9 1585 ΠΏ" (if) he
put on the south, i. e. if he hide himself
in the south, as in a garment.

3. to be overcome, overwhelmed, i. e. to
languish, to faint, comp. the synon. ΤΣ
no. 4,22. So of the mind or soul Ps,
61, 3. 102, 1. Is. 57,16. Part. pass, 102
languid, faint, Lam. 2,19; weak, feeble,
of lambs, kids, plur. Gen. 30, 42.

Nip. i. 4. Kal no. 3, Lam. 2, 11.

Hien. to act feebly, to show languor,
Gen. 30, 42; comp. Kal no. 3.

Hirup. to be overcome, to languish, to
faint, i. q. Kal no, 3, Lam. 2, 12; of the
mind Ps. 77, 4. 107, 5. 142, 4. 143, 4.
Jon. 2, 8.

Deriv. ΠΕΣ.

ἘΔῺ, fut. 6. suff. "29U9M, fo sur-
round, to enéompdiss, either for a hostile
purpose, c. >§ 1 Sam. 23, 26; or for pro-
tection, c. dupl. ace. Ps. 5, 13.—Kindr.
is "MD q. Vv.

Piet zd to encircle with a crown, to
crown, with > of pers. Cant. 3, 11. Me-
taph. Ps. 65, 12; 6. dupl. acc. Ps. 8, δ.
103, 4.

Hipn. i. q. Piel, only part. feat Is, 23,.
8 ΠΩΣ ἘΠῚ AS Tyre the crowning, 1. 6.

"Oy

bestowing crowns or diadems; since

the power and title of king in the Phe-

nician colonies were dependent on the

senate of Tyre.—Hence the two follow-

ing.

VOY Γ (τ. 222) constr. MUP,
minv>.

1. acrown, 6. g. convivial, with which
guests were crowned, Is. 28, 1; also
royal, a diadem, 2 Sam. 12, 30. Ps. 21,
4, Cant. 3, 11. Ez. 23, 42. al. Figura-
tively crown is used for every thing
which serves for ornament and dignity ;
Job 19, 9 he hath torn the crown from my
head. Prov. 12,4 a virtuous woman is
a crown to her husband. 14, 24. 16, 31.
17, 6.

2. Atarah, pr. n. f. 1 Chr. 2,.26.

MIMO (crowns, τ. Ἴ29) Ataroth, pr. n.
a) A city in the tribe of Gad Num--32,
3. 34. Ὁ) Another in Ephraim Josh.
16,7; which is also called "3g mine
forowns of Addar) 16, δ. 18, 13. 6)
ΞΔ ma Mies (erowne of the house of
Joab) a city in the tribe of Judah, 1 Chr.
2, 54. ἃ) jw mines a city of Gad,
Num. 32, 35.

. woy obsol. root, Arab. . to
sneeze. Chald. Suz id. Hence menue.

ἊΣ (for ἪΡ i. ᾳ. "> heap of ruins) Ai,
with art. "25 Engl. Hai, pr. ἢ. of a royal
city of the Canaanites, eastward from
Bethel in the northern part of the terri-
tory of the tribe of Benjamin, Gen. 12,
8. 13, 3. Josh. 7,2 sq. 8, 1 sq. Ezra 2, 28.
Sept. 4yyai, Vulg. Hai. See Bibl. Res.
in Palest. IT. p. 119, 312 sq.— Other forms

plur.

of the same name in the fem. gender.

are: δὲ» Aija Neh. 11, 31; πὸ Aiah 1
Chr. 7, 28 in some editions; and ΤΡ
Aiath Is. 10, 28.

ἊΣ m. (for "13, r. 3) pr. ‘subversion,
overthrow ; ; hence

1. ruins, rubbish, Mic. 1, 6; for Job
30, 24 see art. "32. Plur. OD ruins,
wader, heaps of ruins, Jer. 26, 18. Ps.
79,1; also 39 Mic. 3, 12.

2. Plur. 53 Jim or Jjim, pr. n. 8)
A town of Judah Josh. 15,29. Ὁ) "Ὁ
p33 [je-Abarim (ruins at or on Aba-
rim) Num. 21, 11. 33, 44, also simply
b> Jim 33, 45, a town near the desert
on the southern quarter of Moab, so

770

oy

called prob. to distinguish it from the
Tim of Judah ; see in "733.

N°, see in ">. δ
Δ, see r. DAD.

529 (stone, see τ. 339) Ebal, pr. n.
a) A mountain in the northern part of
Ephraim, opposite to mount Gerizim’
(9.153) on the northern side of the val-
ley of Shechem, Deut. 11, 29. 27, 4. 13
Josh. 8, 30. 33. Sept. Ταιβάλ, Vulg.
Hebal. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIL. p.

96,101. b) A various reading for 5313
Obal, where see. 6) An Edomite Gen.
26, 33. OF

mY, see in D.

Py (a ruin, r. 73>) Zjon, pr. n. of a
fortified city in the tribe of Naphtali -
1 K. 15, 20. 2 Chr. 16, 4.

MY ἢ Aijuth, 1 Chr. 1,46 Cheth. for —
ΤῊΣ q. v.

FO") fut. apoc. UD" and Vd, to
rush upon, to ἣν upon any person or
thing ; Syr. ud2f to be indignant, to
storm or rush upon any one, -Que& indig:
nation, anger. Arab. ἐδ ἃ to be indig
nant, bub heat, anger.—Constr. ¢. 3,
1 Sam. 25, 14 cha ups he flew upon
them, i. e. stormed, ‘railed at them. With
δ, 1 Sam. 15, 19 dbein-by 2>m) where-
Sore....didst thou Sty upon the spoil?
14, 32 Keri, which is the true reading,
bbe bs ἘΣΤῚ W22 dhe people rushed up-
on the spoil. As to the form in both
these passages, there is little doubt but
that &") is the same with U9™1 25, 14;
just like 6mm! Job 31, 5 for Umm to
hasten, and 4° Prov. 27, 17 for “33,
“n°, in which forms perhaps there isa
Daghesh forte implied after the Chak
daic manner.

Deriv. the two following.

ὯΣΦ m. 1. a ravenous beast, i.e. rush-
ing on his prey, Jer. 12, 9.—Spec.

2. a ravenous bird, ἀετός, Job 28, 7;
as emblem of a warlike king Is. 46, 11.
Collect. for birds of prey Gen. 15, 11.
Is. 18, 6. Ez. 39, 4.

Ὁ (place of ravenous beasts, see —
wd) Etam, pr.n. a) A city in Judah
1 Chr. 4, 3. 32. 2 Chr. 11, 6. [Situated ἢ
perhaps not far south of Bethlehem; see

ay

Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 515. II. p. 168.
—R. b) Arédck, apparently in or near
_ the plain of Judah, not far from Samson’s
residence, Judg. 15, 8. 11.

Dyy, OMAP "29, see in »D no. 2.

pity τη. (τ. Dx I) eternity, ever ;

2 Chr. 33,7 nib"2> for ever, i. ᾳ. 02>

| A. 3. ὁ.

by (i. q. Chald. ">> supreme, r.
3) Jlai, pr. τι. of one of David's war-

riors 1 Chr. 11, 29; called.i in 2 Sam. 23,

28 yinds.

Dy £ Is. 21, 2, m. Is. 22, 6, Elam,
Elymais, pr. ἢ. of a province of Persia in
_ which was the capital Susa, Ezra 4, 9.
Dan. 8, 2. In Greek writers Elymais
_is the province adjacent to Susiana and
Media, on the east of Babylonia (Strabo
XVI. p. 744); in Daniel]. c. Elam seems
to include Susiana. Saadias renders it
by Khizistan, with which it appears to
have accorded; the name ©0>*> corre-
_ sponding to the Pehlv. Airjama i. 6.
| yearn See Thesaur. p. 1016,

1017. Cellarii Not. Orb. ant. II. p. 686.
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 300 sq.—
In Gen, 10, 22, the origin of the Ela-
mites is deduced from Shem. 14, 1. Is.

“Ui, 11. 21, 2. 22,6. Jer. 25, 25. 49, 34

sq. Ez. 32, 24.

DY once Is. 11, 15 imam or>2 , Sept.
ἐν πνεύματι βιαίῳ, Vulg. in fortitudine
spiritus sui, Syr. σιν 5} Hypwolo, Engl.
with his mighty wind, and so the Heb.
intpp. by conjecture from the context,
without philological grounds. Perhaps
it should read D¥3 (Cx>) strength, force,
which gives the sense expressed by
Sept. Vulg. Syr. The exchange οἵ
‘Tsade for Yod would be easy in the an-
_ cient alphabets.

V9 1. i. q. Arab. ube mid. Ye,
to flow, to flow out, as water, tears;
_ whence ΠΣ eye, fountain, unless this be
regarded as the radical word and the verb
as secondary.

2. Denom. from 573, Part. 5712 eyeing
askance, envious, 1 Sam. 18, 9 Keri; in

Cheth. is ὭΣ. Arab. GyslB, Cyyad,
id. Comp. Heb. 723 535, in p22 no. 1.

771

7»

72) f. (very rarely masc. Cant. 4,9
Cheth. perh. Ps. 73, 7, dual Zech. 3, 9,)
constr. "2 , 6. suff. "392 , 13°2 , c. He loc.
τ» Gen. 24, 16.45; Dual 073", put
also for plur. Zech. 3, 9. Ez. 1,18. 10, 12;
constr. "2" , once "33 in some copies Is.
3,8; Plur. in signif. no. 2, Mid 2 Chr.
32, 3, constr. Mid Ex. 15, 27. Num. 33,
9.

1. the eye ; and so in all the Semitic
dialects. Ex. 21, 24. Lev. 24, 20: al. seep.
W135 ὙΣ eye to eye Num. 14, 14. Is. 52,

18. ΘῈΣ NE" fair of eyes, having fine

eyes, 1 Sam. 16, 12; opp. 9 O72"9
weak eyes, blear, Gen. 29, 17.—To the
eye is ascribed weeping Job 16, 20. Lam.
1, 16. 3, 48. 49.51; also various affec-
tions and emotions, which are manifest-
ed through the eyes, as pride, humility,
anger, pity, joy, envy, contempt, etc. as
mint ΠΣ lofty eyes, pride, Ps. 18, 28;
Diy niv low of eyes, humble, Job 22, 29;
"2°33 Nn anger is kindled in the eyes.
Gen. 45, 5, see ἴῃ ΓΤ no 1.6 ; 9293 ΠΌΤ
>> my eye hath pity upon, see in "πὶ; Ps.
6,8 mine eye pineth away for grief, i. 6.1
pine, am wasted by disappointed hope.
31, 10, comp. Job 17,7 and in >>, 385.
Also 5°2"F "°NM fo enlighten the eyes,
i. 6. to gladden, see in "iN Hiph. “ΠΏ
n"2"> pure of eyes, i. e. abhorring to look
upon evil, Hab. 1, 13; 3 Σ ΠΣ mine
eye is evil towards any one, i. 6. envious,
I envy him, Deut. 15,9; comp. >>" no.
2. f. Tob. 4, 7 μὴ φϑονησάτω σου ὃ
ὀφϑαλμός. So of scorn and contempt,
as Prov. 30, 17 the eye that mocketh at
his father, and scorneth to obey his mo-
ther, the ravens shall pick it out, ete.
Trop. of the eyes of the mind, ΣῪ Σ 75>3
having the eyes open, spoken of a’ pro-
phet in vision, Num. 24, 4. 16.—Spec. to
be noted are the following phrases:

a) Ἔ "55 before the eyes of any one,
i.e. before him, in his presence, Gen. 23,
11. 18. Ex. 4, 30. 7, 20. 9,8. 19, 11. al.
seepiss.

b) ‘B "2°92 in the eyes of any one, i. 6.
in his sight, he being judge, a phrase by
which the Heb. expresses the sense of
the verb to seem, videri. Gen. 19, 14
TIN "Da pmsas Ὕ and he was as
one that mocked in the eyes of his sons-
in-law, i. e. he seemed to them as a
mocker. 29, 20. 2 Sam. 10, 3 393.3230"

v?
W523 F PINTAN thinkest thou that David
doth honour thy father? Hence 310
"2°32 it is good in my sight, i.e. it seems
good to me, pleases me, see r. 330, 205;
also "3°33 (5) 577, it displeases me, see
33, 533; ; comp. under the root "8". So
3753 ‘bon wise in his own eyes, self-
conceited, Prov. 3, 7. 26,12. Job 32, 1.
Also ‘D "2°23 57 ΝΣ, see in ἽΠ no 1.
etc.

c) Θ ὭΣ away from the eyes of any
one, i. e. without his knowledge, Num.
15, 24; also after verbs of hiding Job 3,
10. Is. 65, 16.

4) D52"> 13 between the eyes, i. 6. upon
the forehead, Ex. 13, 9.16. Deut. 6, 8. 11,
18 ; upon the front part of the head Deut.
14, 1.

e) b> > pw to set an eye upon any
one, mostly in a sense of kindness, to
look with favour upon any one, prdspi-
cere alicui, like Arab. As Luvs ans

wd. Opp. is 53 0°28 ὉΠ“, which

every where implies disfavour.—E. g.
Gen. 44,21 1993 "292 ΓΙΌ ΝῚ that I may
set my eye upon him, i. e. be kind to
him, Sept. ἐπειμελοῦμαι αὐτοῦ, Jer. 39,
12, 40,4. Job 24, 23, Ezra 5,5; c. 5
Ps. 33, 18. 34, 16; 3 Deut. 11, 12;
comp. also Zech. 12, 4. 1K. 8, 29. 52.
More rarely in a sense of disfavour, of
the angry countenance of Jehovah (else-
where 0725), Am. 9,4 where to avoid
ambiguity is added ΠΩΣ Ndi ΓΙΣ ον,
8 c. 3. Once with nated Jer. 24, 6;
comp. 1 Pet. 3, 12.—Simply, "2 ΠῺΣ
thine eyes are upon me, i. e. thou bebe
upon me, Job 7, 8. So with the idea
of favour and disfavour, Zech. 9, 1
δ} 125 road 55) ἘῸΝ pS mind oD for
Jehovah's eye is upon men and upon all
the tribes of Israel, i. e. upon Israel with
favour, and upon all other nations with
disfavour. [More in accordance with
the grammatical construction, is the ren-
dering: for towards Jehovah shall be
the eye of man and of all the tribes of
Israel ; so Engl. Vers. nearly.—R.

f) ΘΛΣῸΣ x2, see in 8? no. 1. d.

Trop. also in various senses :

aa) Of one who is eye for another,
i.e. in the place of eyes, who sees for
him, shows him the way; whether to
ane blind Job 39, 15, or to one ignorant

772

of the way Num. 10, 31.—So among the
Persians, the Satraps or royal governors
of the provinces were called the 8
eyes and ears, Hdot. 1. 114. Xen. Cyr.

8.2.7. Comp. Arab. (yAS a'scouit.

bb) Of any thing resembling the eye,
e. g. the eye of wine, its bead, Eras
91.

cc} Meton. a look, glance of the eyes; ;
Cant. 4, 9 Cheth. 92°32 Na "271329
thou hast ravished my heart with one » of
thy glances ; Keri A832, see above init.
Comp. Job 16, 9. ἬΝ

dd) look, aspect, appearance οἵ athing ;
Num. 11, 7 ils appearance was as the
appearance of bdellium. Lev. 13. 5. 55.
Ex. 1, 4sq. 10, 9. Dan.10,6. Spee. the
face, surface, as YI8M 772 the surface
of the ground, i. q. “πὶ "28, Ex. 10, ϑυϑῇς
Num. 22. 5. 11.

--

A

ee) Sometimes referred to the ts

face ; but incorrectly, since. in all the
passages cited for this signif. the eye it-
self is to be understood, as Gen, 29, 17.
1 Sam. 16,12; also 7223 97> Nam, 14,
14, Is. 52, 8; pet Ps. 6, 8. 31, 10; see
ubove under no. 1.
Nore. In Manuscripts > (772) eye is
sometimes confounded with ἼΣ (412) sin,
so that it is difficult to arrive at a satis-
factory decision ; thus Hos. 10, 10 Cheth.
criss ΩΡ ὈΛΌΝΞ, Keri Bmisid; here
many prefer the latter, and τοιάδε: ‘be-
cause of their two sins, i. e. the two
golden calves; but perh. we may better
rest in Cheth. in binding the (making
them captives) before their fo eyes, em-
phat. for om7"27"9? Judg. 16, 28; comp.
Gen. 42, 24 cron ins sb.

Zech. 5, 6 yoxn-b2a BID PAT is ren-.

dered by some: this ephah i is their image.

in all the earth ; but incorrectly, since
\"> may indeed signify the external ap-
pearance, but never the image of a
thing. Hence it is better, with Sept.
and Syr. to read D252 MNt this is their
sin, i, e. that in which they sin, false
measure. See also Ps, 73, 7.

2. a fountain ; whether so called from
its resemblance to the eye, or, vice versa,
the eye from its resemblance to a foun-
tain, may be doubtful., Comp. Pers.

CYC, Kyrie fountain, ‘Chinese

tan eye and fountain. Contra, Gr. πηγή

a

So.

7
fountain, corner of the eye.—Gen. 16, 7.
24, 29.30.42; ov 115 v. 13.43; MI" ν. 16.
45. Plur. f. ΓΘ, constr. M1392 , Deut.8,7.
Ex. 15, 27. Prov.8, 28. On this use of

_ the plar. fem. for inanimate objects, see

Lehrg. p. 539, 540.—Arab. yA id.

Many cities and places in Palestine
were named from fountains in their vi-
cinity, thus:

a) "8 15 (fountain of the kid) En-
gedi, a city in the desert of Judah on the
Dead Sea, fertile in palm-trees, the En-
gadda of Pliny (H. N. 5.17). Josh. 15, 62.
1 Sam. 24,1. Ez. 47,10. Cant. 1, 14.
Anciently 2n-jizsn q. v. [Still called
(SAS Ups *Ain Jidy, with a beauti-
ful fountain and ruins; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 209, 214.—R.

b) oc a-}°> (fountain of gardens)
En-gannim, a city :
Judah, Josh. 15,34. ) Of the Levites
in the territory of Issachar Josh. 19, 21.
21, 29; [perh. the Iwate of Josephus,
now Jenin ; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. III. p. 1565,: 156.—R.

6) S83 572 Ps. 83, 11 and “in jp
_ (fount of the dwelling) En-dor Josh. 17,

11. 1 Sam. 28, 7, in the tribe of Manas-
seh, four Rom. miles south of Mount
Tabor; now 20 Ὁ} Endér. See Bibl.
Res. in Palest. an p. 218, 225.

ἃ) mam Ὁ» (swift fountain) En-had-
dah, a city of Issachar Josh. 19, 21.

e) “isn 77>, En-hazor, a city of
Naphtali; losh. 19, 37.

f) 70m FP, see Tin.

= 5) mewn "3 (fountain of judgment)
En-mishpat, i. q. wap q. v. Gen. 14, 7;
- comp. Num. 20, 13.

h) 5°23 ΤΣ (fountain of two calves,
unless perh. ‘> is for 09238 two pools)
En-eglaim, a city on the northern part
of the Dead Sea, Ez. 47, 10.

i) 2 simply: «) A city of the Le-
vites in the territory of Simeon Josh.
15, 32. 19, 7. 21,16. 1 Chr. 4,32. β)
A place in the north-eastern part of
Palestine, Num. 34, 11.

_ Sometimes fountains themselves are
designated by proper names:

aa) ©2 5°> (fountain of the sun)
En-shemesh, on the border of Judah
᾿ς and Benjamin, east of Jerusalem, Josh.

>. αἱ

773

αν) In the plains of.

Sy

15, 7. 18,17. See Bibl. Res. in Rulesty:
I. p. 493.

bb) 35 15 (fountain of the scout;
Targ. fuller’s fountain) En-rogel, in the.
valley of the Kidron just south of Jeru-
salem, on the border between Judah and
Benjamin, Josh. 15, 7. 18, 16. 2 Sam.
17,17. 1K. OS® Josephus says it was'°
in the king’s gardens, Ant.7.14.4. Now
a deep well, called Bir Eyib, the well
of Job; see Bi Res. in Palest. I. p.
490 sq.

66) ΩΣ 12 Brain fountain) near
Jerusalem, cali i. q. Gihon, Neh, 2, 18.
Bibl. Res. in Pal. I. p. 514.

dd) nian Ὁ En-Tappuah, a fountain
of the city ΠΗΒῺ Josh. 17, 7, comp. v. 8.

Denom, are ἘΣ, 023, j7>2, and the
two following.

DY (two fountains) Enajim, Gen.
38, 21, and 52°9 (on which form of the

dual see Lehrg. p.536) Enam, pr. n. of a
place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 34.

j2°2 (having eyes) Enan, pr. ἢ. m.
Num. 1, 15. 2,29. Comp. 92°39 925 un-
der "7.

29 to languish, to faint, to fail,
comp. the kindr. roots ὩΣ, 37; once
Jer. 4, 31.—Hence 593, pr. ἢ. "B">.

BLY adj. (τ. 92>) f nw, languid.
Saint, weary, of one fatigued with travel
or labour and oppressed also with thirst.
e. g. espec. Gen. 25, 29. 30. Job 22,7
where 33" stands in the other hemi-
stich. Ps. 63, 2. Prov. 25, 25 cold waters
for the fainting i. 6. thirsty soul. Jer.
31, 25 Iwill give drink to the thirsty.
Spoken also of wearied beasts of burden
Is. 46,1, where “57> is neut. fessum,
i. 6. wearied beasts, i.g. ME2D ΠΡ; of
the thirsty earth Ps. 143, 6. Is. 32, 2.

MD Y f(r. o99) 1. darkness. Am.
4. 13 ΠΡ “my mb> he maketh the
morning darkness. ‘With He parag
ΠΙΌΞΡ Job 10, 22.

2. Ephah, pr. ἢ. aj)A tribe and
region of the Midianites, Gen. 25, 4. Is.
60, 6. 1 Chr. 1,33. Sept. Tue Is. Le.

ἀν
perh. i. ᾳ. Arab. Kaa, which the Ca-
moos explains to be ‘a place near Pelu-
sium.’ Ὁ) A mani Chr. 2,47. c)A.
woman 1 Chr. 2, 46.

Ἔ5

ἼΣ (weary, languid, τ. 559) Ephai,
pr. ἢ. τὴ. Jer. 40,.8 Keri, where Cheth.
"DID. |
ἊΣ τῇ. (τ. 5) c. suff. πη. Gen. 49,
11, plur. B°"7D, @ young ass, ass’s colt,
foal ; Job 11, 12 838 ΣΡ wild ass’s colt.
Sometimes also of ὦ young ass, full
grown, Gen. 32, 16; as used for riding
Judg. 10,4. 12,14. Zech. 9,9; for bear-
ing burdens Is. 30, 6; for ploughing Is. 30,

_ 24. Comp. Gen. 32,16. Arab. yer an ass,
either wild or domestic.—Strictly it
would seem to signify a wild ass or colt,
. so called from its swift running, see the
root "> lett. a; just as 838 wild ass,
from 878 to run.

ΓΦ to be hot, heated, ardent, Arab.

Lé mid. Waw, to be hot, e. g. the day
at noon. Also causat. for ""2, to make
hot, to heat, as a baker his oven; Hos.
7, 4 ἢ “992 Paw he ceaseth from
heating after the kneading until it be
leavened.—This idea of heat, being hot,
is then often metaphorically applied :

a) To the heat of running, to run
hotly i.e. swiftly; whence “" an ass.
Arab. ,Lé IV to run swiftly, of a horse;

Le mid. Ye, to run away, as a horse
when the reins break, comp. P>3 no. 2.

b) To the heat of anger, an ardent
i, e. impetuous hostile attack ; comp.
Arab. le Conj. I, III, IV, to rush upon
the etiemy, and ,Lé mid. Ye, to be hot
with jealousy. Hence "9 II, and “p
an enemy.

6) To heat of mind, i. e. anxiety, ter-

ror; see ἜΣ II. b.

I. WY Εἰ (r. "9 ΤῊ mase. perh. in the
phrase "952 "">, also Num. 35,-2. 3.
Deut. 3,6; plur. once Dp" for the sake
of paronomasia Judg. 10, 4, elsewhere
bp"), constr. ">, as if from a sing. “D.

1. a city, town, Sept. πόλις ; not found
in the kindred dialects. The signif. is

of wide extent, embracing not only the »

idea of an encampment, but also that of
small fortifications, as watch-posts,watch-
towers ; thus Num. 13, 19 and what the
cities (ODM) they dwell in, Dazrean
mE YI22 ON whether in camps or in
strong-holds. 2K. 17,9 they built them
high-places 041"927>23 in all their cities,

774

ἪΣ

"322 ὋΣ ἫΦ ὈΧΣ Same from the
tower of the watchmen to the fenced city.
Is. 1, 8 H95¥32 ὍΣ a tower of watch, i..g.
px) S390 2 K. |. c. see in ms,
Gen. 4, 17 prob. a nomadic encampment
defended by a ditch or wall against wild
beasts. This usage leaves no doubt as
to the etymology ; and "3 is pr. ‘a
place of watch or guard, built with a
wall or tower as a refuge for the keep-
ers of the flocks, comp. 72-5332 Gen.
35, 2, also the 075532 built by Uzziah in
the desert 2 Chr. 26,10; then, ‘a place,
enclosure, surrounded by a mound or
wall” to protect the nomades and their
flocks from enemies- or wild. beasts. a
nomadic hamlet ; and finally a town,

. city, often not large, as may be gathered

from the fact that in the land of Canaan
there were 31 royal cities, while in the
one tribe of Judah there are enumerated
124 towns, 5°), Josh. c. 15.— With the
pr.n. of the city in appos. Ἰϑνϑ “93h the
city Shushan Esth. 3, 15. 8, 15; 53D
Gen. 33, 18. Often with the genit. in
various senses: M2%im Ψ a walled city
Lev. 25, 29; “19 >, "¥30 'D ἃ fenced
city, fortified, see "is2, "¥322; ὈΡΡῸ 9
a city of refuge, see D2P2; DIM > a
city of the priests 1 Sam. 22,19; 42352 'D
a royal city 2 Sam. 12, 26; myn “yp
1K. 12,17; also 2 K. 23,19. Judg. 12,7;
p25 9 city of blood, slaughter, Nah. 3,
1. So O3pn “> the holy city, Jerusa-
lem, Neh, 1, 1. Is. 52, 1. Dan. 9, 24,

comp. πόλις ἁγία Matt. 27, 53; also 9

min Is. 60, 14, o">x > Ps. 66, 3. 87,3,
and καὶ ἐξοχήν ἜΣΤΙ Ez. 7, 23, ὙὉ Is.
60, 6, all for Jerusalem. (But in Is. 32,
19 ΠΣ) Π stands for Nineveh, the metro-
polis of the enemy.) With genit. of pers.
the city of any one is either the capital of
a king, as {i770 "> Pav Num. 21, 26,
comp. Josh. 8,1; or oftener one’s pater-
nal city, or that in which he dwells, as "9
“im? the city of Nahor i.e. Haran, where
he dwelt Gen. 24, 10; the city of David
i.e. Bethlehem, 1 Sam. 20, 6; and so
Deut. 19, 12. 21, 19-21. Josh. 21,6. 1
Sam. 8,22. 28, 3.1 K. 22, 36. Comp.
Gr. πόλις Jufid i. e. Bethlehem, Luke
2,4; πόλις αὑτῶν i. e. of Jesus’ parents,
Nazareth, Luke 2, 39, comp. John 11, 1.

Judith 8,3. With genit. of another city
ἊΣ is put for the smaller towns and vil

Σ

a lages around that city, elsewhere M123

3; as IDL YS Josh. 13,17. Jer. 34, 1.
But ing 79 Is. 17, 2. see ἰη ὍΣ ΤΟΣ no. 1.
—Proverbially Ecc. 10, 15 the labour of
the foolish wearieth him, because he
Kenoweth not ""2->% N2>> to go tothe city,
i. e. cannot find his way ‘to the city ; the
figure being taken from an awkward
rustic who loses his way on the most
beaten road ; comp. Germ. ‘ er weiss sich
nicht zu finden.’ - In Ps. 73, 20 ""92 is
for 1°22 inf: Hiph. of τ. "ΡΣ I.—Spec.
‘> is also put:

a) Fora part of a larger city, espec.
as fortified by a separate wall ; like Gr.
πόλις see Passow, Engl. Old city, New
city. So 313 "5 the city of David, i.e.
the citadel on Zion, a part of Jerusalem,
ἡ ἄνω πόλις, 2 Sam. δ, 7. 9. 6, 10. 12.
[Later the name city of David seems to
have sometimes included the whole of
Jerusalem ; see Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p.
97 sq. ib. 1846, p. 633 sq.—R.] “"9n
M332°r3 the middle city, the middle part
of Jerusalem, 2 K. 20. 4 Cheth. where
Keri has "3m. So 5%m ἪΡ the water-
city, part of the city Rabbah, 2 Sam. 12,
27; 9am ma > the city of the house
of Baal, a part of Samaria so called
from the temple of Baal, prob. the enclo-
sure of the temple, τέμενος. 2 K. 10, 25.

b) As in Engl. the city for its inhabi-
tants, the people of a city; 1 Sam. 4, 13
ssprim>> ῬΡΤΩῚ all the tity cried out. Is.
14, 31. Here too belongs the phrase
Dna 9 the city of men, i. 6. the multi-
tude, crowd of men, Deut. 2, 34. 3, 6.
Job 20, 48. (24, 12); also Judg. 20, 48
where read ὉΓ foroh2. See Thesaur.
p- 890. and ""> Il. b.

c) With genit. of a people or country,
the chief city, metropolis ; as MIAMI IND
the city of Judah, i. 6. Jerusalem, 2 Chr.
25, 28: p222 '> 1 Sam. 15,5; ayia 3:
Soi: Ἢ 36.

Proper names of cities are: aa) ""D
moan the City of Salt in the desert of
Judah, near the Dead Sea, Josh. 15, 62.

bb) Gm2 > (city of serpents) Jr-na-
hash, the site of which is unknown, 1
Chr. 4. 12.

cc) B28 ΡΣ (city of the sun) Ir-she-
mesh, in the territory of Dan, Josh. 19,
51. Prob. thesame with Beth-shemesh ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest, IIL. p. 19.

115

ὋΣ

dd) OYA MD the City of palm-trees,

i.g. i777 Jericho, so called from the
multitude of palm-trees growing there,
see Plin. H. N. 5. 14. Tacit. Hist. 5. 6.
Deut. 34, 3. Judg. 1, 16. 2 Chr. 28, 15.

ee) For ὉΠ "ΠΡ see under OT.

2. Ir, pr. n. of aman 1 Chr. 7,12; for
which in v. 7 """9.

II. PF τὰ. (τ. 1) heat, i. e. 8) an-
ger, wrath ; Hos. 11,9 7792 ΩΝ ND 7
will not come in sorath. Ὁ) of mind,
anxiety, anguish, terror; Jer. 15, 18
mia > ἘΝῺΒ 7D omben, Sept.
ἐπέῤῥιψα ἐπ᾿ αὐτὴν ἐξαίφνης τρόμον καὶ
σπουδήν. Here too we may refer Job
24, 12 3px" ὉΠ 79922, if with Syr. for
ὈΠῸ men we read ὉΠ the dying, 1. 8.
from anguish do the dying groan.

~ "9 Chald. m. (r. 83) @ watcher, a
name for angels in the later Hebrew, as
keeping watch over the affairs of men,
Dan. 4, 10. 14. 20.—In the Syrian litur-
gies it is also used for the archangels,
as of Gabriel; elsewhere ieaipads and
Gr. ἐγρήγοροι of evil angels. In Lib.
Henoch. Eth. °}-Y% watchers, is spok-
en of good angels 12, 2.4. 92, 16; of
fallen angels 10, 13. 12. 5. al. Suicer
Thes. Eccl. art. ἐγρήγορος. Castelli
Lex. Syr. ed. Mich. p. 649.

"ΠΣ see before τ. "7D, p. 774.

8D (wakeful, τ. 92 1) Jra, pron. τῇ.
a) A priest under David, 2 Sam. 20, 26.
b) Two of David’s warriors 2 Sam. 23,
26. 28.

“ΠΣ pr. n. m. Jrad, an antediluvian
patriarch, son of Enoch and grandson
of Cain, Gen. 4, 18.

WV (fr. >) Fru, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 4,
15.

ὙΠ (urbanus) Jri, pr.n. see 77> I. 2.

DB (urbanus) Jram, pr. n. of a phy-
larch or head of a tribe among the Edom
ites, Gen. 36, 43.

D9 and DW m. (r. ΘῈ 1) plur.
Θ᾽, nakedness, Deut. 28, 48. Ez. 16,
7 es pay mR} but thou shalt be nietke
ness and need. i. 6. most naked and with-
out help. v. 22.39. 23.29. Coner. naked,
Gen. 3,10.11. Ez. 18,7. 165, and so plur.
nran> naked Gen. 3,7.—The form is

wy

like pid» i. gq. Ddi9 with Dag. in the
third radical.

OY Ursa major, see int.

DY pr. ἢ. see in.

a2) (i. q. 9252 mouse) Achbor, pr.
n.m. a) τὴς Idumean, Gen. 36, 38. Ὁ)
A courtier of Josiah, 2 K. 22, 12. 14. Jer.
26, 22. 36, 12.

WD m. a spider Job 8, 14. Is. 59, 5.

τ ΚΡ
Arab. & A , Chald. ΒΗ. It
seems to be compounded from ==>

ο
ane agile, swift. and Arab.
to weave (as a spider), q. d. swift weaver.
So Germ. Spinne from spinning ; also
Gr. ἀράχνη, comp. Semit. 328 to weave.

“222 m. a mouse, espec. field-mouse,
1 Sam. 6, 4. δ. 11.18; but an esculent
species of dormouse seems to be meant
Lev. 11, 29. Is. 66, 17. At least the

9 GS sx0-
Arab. is ig αὐγὰ
jaculus Linw: See Bochart in Hieroz.
T. I. p. 1017, who holds this word to be
compounded of the Chald. 535 to de-
vour and “2 field, the / being elided ;

better from 35> eee agile, swift, and
“DX, TP, to dig, pr. swift digger.

; θῶ

DY (heated sand, Arab. ΧΦ, r. 722)
pr. ἢ. Accho,a maritime city in the terri-
tory of Asher, Judg. 1,31; perh. Mic. 1,
10, where 133 seems to be for 253. On
Phenician-Greek coins => is to be read
>», see Monumm. Phen. p. 269,270. In
Greek ἄκη, Strabo 16. 2. 25; more fre-

-ve

jerboa, mus

quently Ptolemais ;. now Ke ’ Akka,
also Fr: St. Jean d’Acre. See Reland
Palestina p. 534-542.

2. (troubler, comp. Josh. 7, 26)
Achor, pr. n. of a valley near Jericho,
Josh. 15, 7. Is. 65, 10. Hos. 2,17. R.
"2>.

G
4 13 obsol. root, Arab. gX¢ pr. to
strike, to smite ; fut. I, to be hot, spoken
of the day, pr. to be struck by the sun;
comp. 722 Hiph. no. 1.b. Hence pr. ἢ.
ize.
* "22 obsol. root, prob. i. q. "39 to

trouble ; comp. Josh..7, 1 sq.—Hence pr.
n. 39" and

776

"29

}22 pr. n. (troubler) Achan, an Israel-
ite who by his sacrilege brought defeat
upon the people, Josh. 7, 1. 22, 20; in
1 Chr. 2, 7 written "35 Achar, id.

O27 in Kal not used, Arab. u»Ke;
: S,.-
to bind back ; Ke a cord, halter, by

which the mouth of the camel is bound
to his’ fore foot. Hence 039 fetter,
anklet ; and from this again:

Pret denom. to put on anklets as un
ornament ; or rather to make a tinkling
with them, like females desirous of at-
tracting notice, Is. 3,16. See O52 lett.
b.—Hence

O22 m. a fetter, ankle-band, see- the
root. a) For criminals, Prov. 7, 22 he
goeth after her suddenly (the young man
after the adultress) as the ox goeth to

the slaughter-house, "1% “QOXD">N DBD

and as fetters for the punishment of the
wicked. Or we may here take 022 for

2D UN as one bound in felters (goeth)
to the punishment of the fool, i. e. of folly
or crime, as also in Engl. ‘a criminal to
the punishment of his folly” Ὁ) As an
ornament of showy females, fastened
upon the ankles, ankle-band, anklet, pe-
riscelis, περισφύριον, plur, S"O23 Is. 3, 18.
Comp. 03> Pi. This ornament was com-
mon among ancient nations, as also now
in the east ; comp. Schreeder de Vestitu

p- 1 sq.

MOF (anklet, from r. 03>) Achsah, pr.
n. of the daughter of Caleb, Josh. 15, 16.
17. Judg. 1, 12.

*"22 1. pr. i.q. Arab. pe to

trouble water, to make turbid, to disturb.
Hence trop.

2. to trouble, i.e. a) to disturb, to

put in confusion; Prov. 11, 29 in"a 933 _

he that troubleth his house, i. 6. lets his af-
fairs get into confusion. 15,27; comp. 15,6.
b) to afflict any one, Judg. 11, 35; often
more strongly, i. 4. to bring evil upon
any one, Gen. 34, 30. Josh. 6, 18. 7, 25,

1 Sam. 14, 29 YANATPR ἫΝ IBD my |

father hath brought evil on the land.
1 K. 18, 17. 18. Prov. 1], 17 158 725
"3128 the cruel man afflicteth his own
flesh.

Nipu. to be troubled, to be moved with

ee ee ee ee ee

eatin ον

" ἊΝ Ῥ Ψ ve ΩΝ

"29

_ Deriv. 7125 and the two following.

ὩΣ (troubler, τ. 922) Achar, pr. ἢ. m.
1 Chr. 2,7; see in 139.

7722 (afflicted, τ. "29) Ochran, pr. ἢ.

m. Num. 1, 13. 2, 27.

ΟΣ m. quadril. an asp, adder, Ps.
140, 4. Derived perh. from. r. voy
ynKe to bend back, and 3p to lie in

wait, i. e. ananimal coiling tlself up and
lying in wait.

59 m. (MY, like 79 from M39, 92 from
892) with disjunct. accent by.

1. Subst. height, summit ; then for
concr. high, most high ; so of God Hos.
11,7 Ἐπ >3°7>N they call them unto
the Most ‘High (i. e. the prophets the peo-
ple), but not one will exalt him. Witha
negat. partic. by ND the not-high, non-
summus, i. q. ΒΝ N> no-god, collect.

- no-gods, idols, or i. q. bysba sorties:

ness ; so Hos. 7, 16 5 NX> 929 they turn
themselves to no-gods, i. e. to idols, or to
wickedness.

2. Adv. on high, highly ; 2 Sam. 23, 1
ἘΣ OPM whowas highly exalted, οἱονείδα:
With pref. 99 fromon high, froin above,
Gen. 27, 39. “49, 25; also simply above
Ps. 50, 4, see 12 fas 3. ἢ.

μ᾿: pr. constr. of the preced. article ;
Plur. constr. ">> (a form peculiar to the
poets like "bx, "12),c. suff. "bz, πον,

‘aby, πον, ards, “pends, ony, poet.

ΠΡ Ps. δ, 12. Job 20, 93,

Α) Prep. very frequent and of wide
extent, corresponding to the Greek ἐπὶ
(ava) and ὑπέρ, Lat. super and in, Germ.
auf and tiber, Engl. upon, over. Chald.
b9, Syr. αἴ, id.—Its various uses and

applications may be reduced to four

classes.

1. i. ᾳ. ἐπί, super. auf, upon, where
one thing is placed upon the upper part of
another, so as to stand, rest, incline upon
it, have it for a substratum,etec. Thus:

a) Of a state of rest, e.g. NDD7>D =
to sit wpon a throne; “MN~>D 72> to
stand wpon a mountain ; ΠΟΤΕ 429
to stand upon his feet Zech. 14, 12; to
lie imwan->> upon his bed 2 Sam. 4, 7;
="M2 "b> on or in the way Job 18, 10. ’Ps.

rs |

_ grief Ps. 39,3. Part. fem. the being trou-
_ bled, i.e. trouble, disturbance, Prov. 15, 6.

b>

131, 2 iy "DD 23> as a weaned child
upon his mother, i.e. upon her lap. Cor-
rectly therefore Ps. 15, 3 he slandereth
not ‘265-52 upon his tongue, where
strictly speech arises; and so 77B7>> _
upon thy mouth, where we say ‘upon ἢ
thy lips, 6. σ. Ex. 23, 13 ΒΡ saws Nd
nor let the name of their idols be heard
upon thy lips. Ecc. 5,1. Ps. 50, 16.
Comp. Gr. ava στόμα tyew—Here be-
longs too the phrase ΤΆΣ Ὁ on or ina
house, of which the following examples
may be noted: Is. 32, 13 briers and
thorns grow wi "Ma->D">2 upon all
the houses of joy, i. e. upon their
ruins. 38, 20 we will sing with stringed
instruments... ..°7 77273> in the temple
of Jehovah, or as in Engl. up in the tem-
ple, this being on a lofty site; comp.
Germ. auf der Stube, auf dem Saale,
for up in the room, etc. Polish po izbiz,
on the parlour, this being higher than
the ground floor. Similar is 12>->» on
the dust, not only upon the surface of the
ground, but also in the sepulchre, where
the dead repose not only on or in the
dust, but mingle with it, Job 20, 11. 21,
26. See “B>.—We may perhaps refer
to lett. b, and to no. 4 below, the follow-
ing examples in which motion is implied:
Hos. 11, 11 J will cause them to dwell
nr ma~>> in their houses ; Is. 24, 22 the
captives are gathered into the dungeor
and are shut up in the prison.—Spec.

a) ΤΟΣ Ὁ upon a land, where we
say in a ‘land, in a country, Am. 7,17;
so 12) ΓΝ by in a foreign land Ps.
137, 4; also 49, 12. 110, 6. Is. 9, 6. 14,2;
mvEy be in Ephraim, in his land; Is. 7,
2). Comp. Lev. 25, 18. Jer. 23,8. Ez.
28, 25. 37, 25.

8) It designates. clothing which one ’
wears, has on him. Gen. 37, 23 the tunic
shy“ which was on him, which he
wore. Deut. 7, 25. 22,5. 2 Sam. 13, 18.
Is. 9,5. Ruth 3, 3.15. 1 Κα. 11,30. Thus
we may explain the passage Job 24. 9:
adam ἜΣΤΩ (WN) what is upon the
poor (i.e. his clothes, rags) they take asa
pledge. Comp. >> nbs for ἜΝ τς HDs
by Lam. 2, 14. 4, 22! under art. riba no.
2.. In like manner the Arabs thus em-
ploy their As, sees Schult. ad Job 24,
21. Hariri Cons. ed. Sch. IV. p. 46.
Comp. Gr. χειρέδες ἐπὶ χερσέ Od. 24. 229.

by 7768. by

vy) With words implying to be heavy
upon any one, i. e. to be a burden, trou-
ble to him; Job 7,20 J am a burden
"bd upon myself. Is. 1, 14 m2 >3 ἢ"
they are a burden upon me, i.e. a trouble
tome. Comp. 2 Sam. 19, 36 where Ἐκ
for 5». Hence Ὁ 72, see r. 732 no. L.
Here too we may refer Gen. 48,7 aby nna
29 Rachel died, a loss heavy upon me.
Ecc. 6, 1.

δὴ) Hence of any duty or obligation
resting wpon any one as a burden, comp.
Comm. on Is, 9, 5. So 2 Sam. 18, 11
mm> ">> it lay on me to give, i. e. was my
duty. Prov. 7, 14 "29 o°9>% "1123 thank-
offerings were upon me, i. e. were due
from me. Gen. 34,12 "ΠΩ ἬΝ. "39 ADIN
ἼΩΝ lay upon me never so much of dow-
ry and gifts, ete. 1K. 4,7. Ps. 56, 13.

Ezra 10, 4. Neh. 13,13. So Arab. “ls
yee cat I owe a thousand dinars,
and po walt Suis ob thou .owest

me a thousand dinars; see De Sacy
Gramm. Arabe I. § 1062. ed. 2.

ε) 59 mem, Gr. Si» ἐπί τινος, to live
upon, 6. g. ΤΙΣΙ ΤΟΣ on bread Deut. 8, 3,
2717>> upon or by one’s sword Gen. 27,
40. The idea is here that of a founda-
tion, support, by which life is sustained.
Comp. Is. 38, 16.

¢) Trop. and rarely of time when, as
the basis on which ta πραχϑέντα as it
were rest, or as a way on or in which
they have their course. Prov. 25, 11
NDN“PD on i. 6. at its proper time,

So Arab. Bdge As

in its time, Gr. ἐπ᾿ ἤματι Od. 2. 284, ἐπὶ
vuxti, ἐπὶ πολεμοῦ, Germ. auf den Tag,
Engl. upon the day, upon.a time.

᾿ς ) Of the norm, rule, standard, which
is followed or imitated; since things
measured or to be conformed to any
model are laid upon the rule or pattern.
Comp. the Greek én? ϑηρός ‘in the man-
ner of beasts,’ Lat. ‘hune iz modum,’
Germ. ‘auf die Art,” ‘auf Englisch, i. e.
in the English manner. Ps. 110,4 τὸϑ
‘a ἼὯΠΞῚ after the manner of Melehize-
jek; nop-b ὁ in this manner Esth. 9, 26;
2D Nj =, eid oi ἐπὶ τινος, to be called
after ΗΝ one, seeeX"Pp. Often of the
instrument after whose modulations a
song is to be sung, Ps: 8, 1. 45, 1. 43,1.

timely, see jEX.

60, 1. 69,1. Also of a song the mea-
sure of which i is followed in other poems,
Ps. 56,1. Comp. the similar use of the
Syr. ἈΝ, Eichhorn Pref. ad Jones de
Poesi Asiat. p. xxxm; also Russian po
tact, after the time, measure.

b) Of motion upon or over the upper
part or surface of any thing; either from
a higher place downwards, down upon,
over, or from a lower place upwards, up
upon, over.—Hence

«) upon, i. 6. down upon, as 53 9 to
put upon any thing Lev. 1,7; ds Ἡρὺπ
to cast upon or over any thing Ps. 60, 10;
to rain upon the earth Job 38, 26; snd
ἡ έτος to inscribe upon tablets Ex. 34,

1; bp 72, ὙΠῈΡ ἸῺ to give over
upon i. e. into the hands of any one, see
in 7 no. 1. ee. Trop. of punishment or
calamity coming upon any one, as "Ὁ ΏΤῚ
ΠῈΣ my wrong be upon thee Gen. 16, 5;
ΠΡΌ ἊΣ 27, 18; so 38, 29. 42, 36 ;
comp. > “in Ez. 13, 3; by N12 to come
upon, i.e. to happen fo any one, see in
83. So after verbs of presenting, giving
in charge, Engl. to give over to any one;
as 53 Ipp, Dd Mix, ἘΣ omD, see these
verbs; comp. ounotaal ἐπὶ ᾿ἄμωϊον Od.
22. 427 ; and also after verbs of speaking
or deciding upon, i. 6. against any one,
as Ὁ 5S "27. see in 739 lett. g; 59 "ὮΝ
Ez. 26, 2—To this general sense we
may refer Judg. 15, 8 -59 pis} τ 97
727 he smote them leg upon thigh, Engl.
‘hip and thigh ; also Am. 3, 15 and J
will smite the winter-palace upon (>9)
the summer-palace. Here the idea is to
smite them limb upon limb, i. e. so that
the scattered limbs fall one upon ano-
ther; and in like manner palace upon
palace, so that the ruins of one over-
whelm and destroy another.

8) upon, i. e. up upon, up into; as
“it by mb> to go up upon or into a moun-
tain Is. 40,9, 14,8. 14; ΓΞ ΒΡ ΓῸΣ neh
to cause to come up into a chariot 1 Καὶ.
20, 33; yo->> mbm to hang upon a tree
Gen. 40, 19. 2 Sam. 4, 12; and so τὸν
=b-by to cume up upon or inio the heart
or mind, see in M53 no. 1 fin.

7) Trop. it marks something super-
added ; comp. Gr. μῆλος ἐπὶ μήλῳ Od. 7
120, ἐπὶ τοῖσι, Lat. vulnus super vulnus,
Engl. wound wpon weund. So >> pe"

͵ ΡΣ;

to add upon or to any thing. see 50";
ἘΦ atin} to be reckoned upon or to any
thing 2 Sam. 4, 2; ΞΘ. 738 ruin
_ upon ruin Jer. 4, 20, comp. Ez. 7, 96. Job
6, 16. Is. 32, 10 nywdy p70" days upon
years, or as in Engl. a year and a day,
for an indefinite period of time. Gen. 28,
9 he took Mahalath....."&2->> upon
i. 6. in addition to his other wives. 31,50.
δὴ Where any thing is subjoined,
“which might be an obstacle or hin-
_drance, 59 is equivalent to even upon,
i.e. notwithstanding ; Job 34,6 "ΘΙ Ὅτ»
notwithstanding my right. Also c. infin.
although, Job 10, 7 4M237>9 allhough
thou knowest. See below in B. no. 1.
2. The second class comprises those
significations and phrases in which is
contained the idea of impending, suspen-
sion, being above or over any thing, yet
so as not to be in contact with it, i. q.
_ Gr. ὑπέρ, Germ. itber, Engl. above, over,
upon. Spoken of rest in a place, 6. g.
_ Job 29, 3 when his candle shined over
(around) myhead. Ps. 29,3 the voice of
the Lord is heard upon (over) the wa-
ters. Also after verbs of motion, Gen.
19, 23 the sun was risen YINN7>D upon
(over) the earth. 1, 20. Job 31, 21.
‘Spec.
> a) Of power, dominion over men, as
by ΝῊ, by dbuin, by TpET to set over,
ΤᾺΝ “τ the prefect of the palace,
marshal, see ΓΒ no. 3. Comp. Gr. ὃ ἐπὶ
τῶν πραγμάτων one over affairs, a super-
visor, prefect.
b) After verbs signifying to cover, to
_ protect, i.e. pr. to cover over any one,
_ see the verbs 193, MOD, 720, ΠΏΣ, and
Lehrg. p. 818 ; though the cover or veil
_ may not be over or above the thing co-
_ vered, but around or before it. Ex. 27,
21 the curtain which is over i. 6. before
- the law. 1 Sam. 25, 16 52959 9° ADIN
they were a wall over us, i. e. before us,
_ they protected us. Ez. 13,5. Zech. 12,
2. After verbs signifying to protect, and
also those implying to defend, to inter-

——— νου

ἣν

προσ

———— νον

cede, it may be rendered for, Lat. pro,

(υϑάῥι Gr. ἀμύνειν ὑπέρ, Flew ὑπέρ,) as
ἘΦ ἘΓῚ52 to fight for any one Judg. 9, 17;
by 49 id. Dan. 12,1; 9°58 to make
expiation for any one ; 9 bbann to in-
tercede for any one, in gmiet to avert
punishment.

779 29

c) Often it expresses the idea of sur-
passing, going beyond in any thing, comp.
Lat. super omnes, supra modum, Engl.
over, above. Ps. 89,.8 terrible above all
them that are round about him. Job 23,
2 ὭΓΣΝ ΟΣ MII2 47 my hand (i. 6. the
hand of God upon me) is heavier than
my groaning. Kec. 1, 16. Ps. 137, 6.
Gen. 49, 26. Comp. Arab, Kor. 37, 153
‘I have preferred the daughters Ac
pu above the sons.’ Also Gen. 48,

22 I give thee a portion of land 4°n87>>
above thy brethren, i.e. a portion larger
than to thy brethren. Hence i. q. over
and above, besides » beyond, Ps. 16,2 "M330

W7>2 da all my good is nothing besides
thee i.e. I prefer thee to all other good.
So of time, over, beyond, Lev. 15, 25 if
the menstrual flux continue MN337>2 be-
yond the time of her uncleanness.

d) Trop. of the cause for, on account
of, because of which any thing is done,
Gr. ὑπὲρ οὗ. Ps. 44, 23 for thee (7752),
for thy sake, we are slaughtered. Job
34, 36. Ruth 1,19. Hence ΠῚ 5> Lam.
5, 17, pxt dy Ter. 4, 38, and 3 b> (see
13), for this cause, on this account ; >>
"25 (propter rem), Mitix dy (proptes
causas), on account of, because of ; 72 >9
on what account? i. 6. wherefore? With
inf. FN > because of thy saying, be-
cause thou sayest, Jer. 2, 35. Job 32, 2.
Often also of the cause (qs. the founda-
tion) both of joy and sorrow, see naw,
4227, 780; of laughing and weeping,
see pM, M23; of anger Job 19, 11; of
compassion Ps. 103, 13, etc. etc.

e) As marking the object of discourse,
upon, concerning, of ; Judg. 9,3 1737
"b> fax "My and his mother’s brethren
spake concerning him. 1 K. 5, 13. Gen.
41, 15 4729 "mda 7 have heard: con-
cerning thee. Also of an oath Lev. 5,
22; of confession Ps. 32, 5; of a pro-
phecy 1 K. 22, 8. Is. 1, 1; of strife Gen.
26, 21; comp. >» 23" to know concern-
ing auy thing Job 37, 16.

3. The third class consists of those
examples in which 5» after verbs of rest
implies proximity and contiguity, Lat.ad,
apud, Germ. an, bey, Engl. at, by, near ;
yet so that this notion springs out of the
primary idea of being upon, over any
thing. So espec.

by

a) Where a thing actually impends
over another, 6. g. when one stands by
a fountain or well, j227>2, over which
one really impends or inclines, Gen. 16,
7; ov d» by the waters, as being lower
than the surface of the ground, Num. 24,
6; 51 by by the sea Ex. 14, 2.9; 7B 59
nik at or on the bank of the Nile Is. 19,
% nik” by at the river Ex. 2,5, comp.
Gr. ἐπὶ ποταμοῦ, Lat. super ines Liv.
i. e. Engl. upon the river, Dutch Keulen
op den Rhyn, Russ. pomorski superma-
rinus, i. e. maritime ; 0°25 5D by the
camels sc. lying down, so ‘that a man
standing was above them: Gen. 24, 30;
jut >9 Prov. 23, 30; Ὀ3 Ν >> at or over
the crib Job 39, 9; extn ty at meat, at
table, 1 Sam. 20, 24 ; veda >y atiadg:
ment, pr. at the table of the judges, Is.
28,6; in all which cases the head is
above the place named. Comp. ἐπὲ τῷ
δείπνῳ Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 12, super coenam,
ἐπὶ ἔργῳ, ‘to sit over one’s books.’—Here
too belongs 52 ad, ἘΦ 282, to stand at
or by a person, e. g. lying down 1 Sam.
4, 20. 2 Sam. 1, 9. 10. 20, 11; or sitting
on the ground, Gen. 18,8; or on a seat,
as a judge Ex. 18, 13. 14, ora king Judg.
3,19. 1 Sam. 22, 6.7.17. Also to stand
at or by an altar, sacrifice, >> 222 Num.
23, 3.6. 15. 1 K. 13, 1. Here too some
refer the phrase "9 > 729 and the like;
but these belong rather to lett. b, ο, be-
low.—So where one inclines or leans
upon or over a person or thing; Gen.
45,.15 he kissed all his brethren 73"
Ennbs and wept upon them, bending
over them. Judg. 14, 16..Gen. 45, 14. Is.
60, 14.

b) Different is it with phrases like:
"28 >D at the face, in front of a person or
thing, i. 6. before him, see in 738 (5°28);
73-59," DY, at or on the side, i i. 6. by,
near, see in = no. 5; 777° b> on the
right, at the right of any one, see in
7707 no. 1; M77Ns 59 at the rear of it,
behind it, Ez. 41, 15; comp. Gr. ἐπὶ
δεξιὰ, ἐπ᾿ ἀριστερά, 1]. 7, 238. 12, 240;
Engl. on the side, etc. The quite ficice
of a thing is not only its upper surface,
but every other external part; and by
the same figure we speak of what is on
the side, for at or by the side. Hence
b> simply is put for 79 >¥, i. q. at, by,
near, 6. g. D9 Δ), ἘΦ 2d, 10 stand by

780

Ὁ;

or near, even where a person so stand-
ing is in no way higher than the other,
as 1 Sam. 22,9. Zech. 4,14. Here be-
long the phrases : "3 5p az2nn Job 1,6.
2, 1. Zech. 6,5, "2 >bd-Tay 1 K. 22, 19,
αὐλὼν οἵ angels and other attendants
of Jehovah, who stand before him seated
upon his lofty throne, comp. Is. 6, 1.
Also Job 30, 4 who pluck up purslain by
the bushes, i. e. around and under them.
31,9 mmp >> at the door. Ez. 46,2 52
“DUI ΓΙΗΤ by the post of the gate. Job
29, 7 raps by the city. Comp. below
in ΒΦ +4 2.

c) Sometimes the idea at, by, near, at
the side of, is extended so as to include
several or all sides, and becomes thus
i. q. round about, around, like 323. Ex.
14, 3 "ἼΗΙ Ἐπ; "30 the desert hath
closed ‘around. them, hath shut. them
in; comp. 733 WR 1 Sam. 1, 6. Is: 35,
10 everlasting joy O88 59 upon their
head, i.
head. Job 13, 27 see in r. HEM Hithp.
So too Job 26, 9. 36, 30, unless we refer

7

e. circumfused around their |

these to the idea of covering over; see —

above in no. 2. ὃ.

d) Kindred is the idea of accompani-
ment, with, together with ; comp. also the
sense of adding, no. 1.b.y. So of men

and beasts; Ex. 35,22 the men with (>2).

the women. Gen. 32, 12 D722 SON the
mother with the children, Job 38, 32.
Of things, Num. 9, 11.331. Mima by with
unleavened. bread and bitter herbs shall
they eat it, sc. the paschal lamb. Ex. 12,
8. 9. Deut. 16,3. So 23m Ὁ ba fo eat
flesh with the blood 1. Sam. 14, 32. Lev.
19, 26; comp. ἘΞ 28 Deut. 12, 23. Of

uivendael circumstances, as ΓΙΞῚ ὩΣ with:

sacrifice Ps. 50,5; 533 "ἂν with the lyre
Ps. 92, 4; 38 by with sunshine Is. 18,
4.—For Judg. 15, 8 and Am. 3, 15, see
above in no. 1. b. a, fin.
e) Hence arise various hese
which >> with refers to that which one
has with or within himself; so that in'the

same connection it might be 5 or =7723.

So espec. in phrases pertaining to the
heart, soul, spirit, (22, 82, M99.) or
their affections or changes, « etc. Jer. 8,
18 "33.722 ">> my heart within me issick.
Hos. 11, 8 "33 "b>
turned swithinsnet aimee “DF ἘΞ. 72> 7879

id. Lam. 1, 20). Neh. &, 7. Ps. 131, Ὁ"

ὭΣ my heart is |

᾿ ΡΨ.

nvip2 "ΒΦ 5222. τη. 8,90. Ps. 42,6 why
art thou cast down, Omy soul, 929 ΤΊΤΟΣ
and why disquieted within me? v.7. 12.
_ 43,5. Ps. 142, 4 "ΠΗ "2. ΠΌΣΌΤΙΞ. 143,
4. Jon. 2,8; comp. Ps. 107,5.—Here too
we may refer Ps. 42, 5 "02 >9 noBwy
TI pour out my soul within me sc. in tears.
Job 30, 16. Also 1 Sam. 4, 19 35BAR-"D
ns ‘abe for her pains surned.them-
selves. within her, i, e. began to cause
writhings within her, Dan. 10, 16.

f) With abstract nouns >> forms a
periphrase for adverbs, as "PY 9 with
falsehood, i.e. falsely, Lev. 5, 22; "7 >3
abundantly, plentifully, Ps. 31, 24; by
ΓΞ} lightly, slightly, Jer. 6, 14. 8, 11;
Vis. >> with acceptance, acceptably 86.
before God [5.60, 7, i. q. 1 Χ 5 56, 7. Jer.
6, 20. Comp. ἐπ᾽ low i. q. ἴαως, ἐπὶ μέγα,
ἐπὶ πολύ, Arab. ,, yy As evidently.—
But these aM may also be referred
to >> no. 1. a. ἡ.

4. Under the fourth class are included
those significations and those examples
in which >> implies motion and espe-
cially rapid motion upon i. e. towards
any place or object, and thus approaches
to the force of the particle >x, for which

indeed ‘WS is everywhere put in Sy-

riac and Chaldee, they being without
bx. This spfings out of the signification
of rushing down upon any thing (see in
no. 1. Ὁ. α), downward motion being
usually more rapid, and is expressed in
Greek by ἐπί or κατά, down upon, espe-
cially in compounds as καϑίημι; Lat. in,
ad ; Germ. auf etwas hin, auf etwas
los ; Engl. upon, to, towards, etc. So
Job 27, 22 759 πρὸ" to cast upon him
sc. arrows, to shoot at him. . Also 172 dD
to his face (elsewhere 1728 >8, see 2735)
Job 21,31; tap 59 to his place Ex. 18,
23; 772" by to the right hand Gen. 24,
49; ἸΔῚΡ by for ἸΔῚΡ 58 into his ewan
parts, i. 6. into him, 1K. 17,21. Hence
59 θῶ and >x nbw lethenaihetdbréd
Is. 36, 12; dv bp» (also bx 582) to fall
away to any one; 9 Ξ.Ὶ (also dx 313)
to write to any one 2 Chr. 30,1; >» ra
Is. 29, 12 i. q: DN FMD v. 11. So after
verbs of going fo 2 Sam. 15, 20; of
coming fo ib. v. 4; of fleeing fo Is. 10,3;
of sending to Neh. 6,3; of putting forth
the hand {0 Is. 11, 8; of inclining oneself

pyr

181 Ὁ»

to or towards, > mnntn Lev. 26, 1; of

speaking, dsp > ὃν ΖΞ to speak tes the
heart i.e. kindly, to comfort, see in "23
lett. e; of announcing Is. 53, 1; 35 Dow
>Y, see in DAW πο: 4..¢; of love (see 23>)
and desire Cant. 7,11; and also 2 Sam.
14, 1 pibwasx by Fat 22 the king’s
heart was upon (towards) Absalom, i.e.
he loved him.—Spec.

a) In a hostile sense, upon, against,
contra; Judg. 16, 12 4729 DB MwoE the
Philistines are upon thee, i. e. assail
thee. Ez. 5,8 9722 9225 lo, Jam against
thee i. e. will assail thee (elsewhere
ἼΝ ‘m). Job 16, 4. 9.10. 19,12. 21, 27.
30, 12. 33, 10. Is. 9, 20. Also b> DIP.to.
rise up against any one; "79.52 73M to
encamp against a city, to besiege it;
>> 330 to surround any one sc. in a
hostile manner; ἘΣ 38n to take counsel
against any one, etc.

b) More rarely in a sense of kindness,
to, towards, e.g. 59 TOM Nw> 1 Sam. 20,8.

ὦ In writers of the silver age of the
Hebrew (see >¥ Chald.) it is not unfre- "
quently used for 5% and >, as marking
the dative, e. g. Esth. 3,9 723) >> ON
212 if it seem good to the king, if it
please him, comp. Ezra 5,17. So not
rarely in the book of Job, as 33, 23 ὃ" oN
1929 i. g. 15.92 ON if there be to him, if
he have, etc. 22,2 Wadd ἸἸ9Ὸ 7D even
when he is profitable (o himself. 6, 27.
19, 5. 30, 2. 33, 27. 38, 10; comp. Ez. 27,
5. Prov. 29, 5.

d) Ina few examples >» approaches
to the force of 32, with which it is some-
times interchanged in Mss, as Is. 10, 25
om 2am by even tortheir destruction ;
here 2 Mss. have 39. Ps. 19, 7 and his
circuit oMixp >2 wnto the ends of them,
where 18 Mss. read "9. Job 37, 3.

Norte. Less correctly are referred to
this class such phrases as ὩΥΦΙΣΓΙ dy
toward heaven Ex. 9, 22, 379 >y Is. 17,
7, (79) >> πὸ Mic. 4, 1, and others of
the like kind ; all of which belong rather
to no. 1. Ὁ. β.

B) Conjunct. for "8x 59 1. although
comp. A. 1. b. δι Job 16, 17.0737 > d2
"B22 although there is not injustice in my |
hands, 18. 53, 9.—Arab. Ac id. see
Thesaur. p. 1028.

2. on account that, because, see in A.
2. ἃ; ο. pret. Gen. 31, 20. Ps. 119. 136..

by

Ezra 3,11. More fully "x 52 Deut.
29, 24. 2 Sam. 3,30; "> >> Deut. 31, 17.
Ps. 139, 14.

C) With other Prepositions :

I, 53D pr. as according to, as is fitting,
comp. in 59 Α. 1. a. 4. As prep. ac-
cording lo, Is. 63, 7; repeated, Is. 59, 18
pbs by ΓΊΡῸΣ ΕΣ according to their
deeds, accordingly (for Ἡπ 559) will he
repay. Comp. 2 Chr. 30, 18.—F ar more
frequent is

IL. bya, Arab. As , although
not frequent in Arabic, e. g. 1 K. 13, 15
Vers. Arab.

1. Pr. from upon, from above, spoken
of what is removed from the place upon,
above, over which it was, Germ. von
oben weg ; whether it falls or is borne
downwards, or is removed in any other
manner. Thus Gen. 24, 64 she alighted
bas bya from the camel ; so to fall
from a seat, RODH YD 1 Sam. 4,18; to
shoot from ‘the wall, main ton 2 δ:
11, 20; or even to be lifted upwards,
yoNn boo Ez. 1, 19. Gen. 48, 17 he
removed his hand ju by from his
« head, on which he had laidit. OX" xv?
“5 ἘΝ to take off the head of any one
Gen. 40,19. Am. 7,11. Judg. 16, 20 Je-
hovah was departed "">22 from him, i.e.
the spirit of God which had rested upon
him. Spec. a) Of those who put off
or lay aside a garment (comp. ἘΣ A. no.
1.a. 8) Gen. 38, 14. 19. Is. 20,2; a shoe,
sandal, Josh. 5, 15; a ring from the fin-
ger Gen. 41, 42, comp. Deut. 8, 4, 29, 4;
hence of the skin, Job 30, 30 "nw "i>
"bs2 my skin turns black and falls off
from me. v.17. Trop. Judg. 16, 19 his
strength went from him, i.e. in which he
τ was clothed, see 82>. Ὁ) So of those
who are relieved from any cause of dis-
quiet, any burden upon them, comp. >>
A. no. 1. 7. Ex. 10, 28 "292 πὸ depart
from me,as being a vexation and burden
upon me. Gen. 13, 11. 25, 6. 2 Sam. 19,
10 he (David) is fled out of the land
pibuian 592 from Absalom, to whom he
had become a burden. c) Of those who
read from upon the page of a book, out
of a book, Jer. 36, 11. Is. 34, 16.

2. from αἱ, from by, fiom near any
person or thiog, comp. Ὁ. no. 3. Gen.
17,22 and Jehovah went up oiT7aN 592
from with Abraham. 35, 13. Num. 16, 26.

782

nd>

Hence after verbs of passing by or away
Gen. 18,3; of removing Jer. 2,5. Job 19,

13; of turning onself away Is.7,17. Jer.

32, 40. Hos. 9, 1.

3. > 599 nearly i. 4. 52 (comp. ἢ mmm
i. q. MMM) above Neh. 12, 37 ; above, over,
any thing Gen. 1, 7. Ez. 1, 25. Jon. 4, 6.
2 Chr. 13,4. Neh. 12,31. So too at, by,
near, by the side of, 2 Chr. 26, 19.—Also
> being omitted (as mmm foe > rnin)
above Neh. 3, 28. Ece. 5,7 32 mina 73
sd mina for one high above the high
watcheth, i.e. above the most powerful
there is still a higher power which
watches him. Ps. 108, 5. Esth. 3, 1; at,
by, near, Jer. 36, 21.

29 Chald. c. suff. ὝΠΕΡ, NINDD , Vinnby,
i. q. Heb.

1. upon, Dan. 2, 10. 29, 46. 48. 49. 3,
12. al.

2. i. q. Heb. no. 2, ὑπέρ, above, over,
Dan. 5, 23. 6,4; espec. in the sense of
surpassing Dan. 3, 19. Trop. for, on
account of, because of, hence M33 >
therefore Ezra 4, 15; also of the object
of discourse, upon, concerning, Dan. 6,
13. 7, 16. 19.

3. Often i. q. >8, 20, wnto any person
or thing, e. g. after a verb of approach-
ing Dan. 7, 16; of entering 2, 24; of re-
turning 4,31; of sending Hara 4, 11.17.
18 ; oF writing, 4,7. Also i.q. > as mark
of the dative, Dan. 6, 19 sleep fled ὙΌΣ
to him, i. 6. his aleep fled ; hence also
by 30 Ezra 5,17. 7, 18, ‘and by sed
Dan. 4, 24, it seems good to any one, i.e.
pleaseshim. Ina hostile sense, against,
Dan. 3, 29. Ezra 4, 19.

>¥ m. (τ. dd2 IT) once 919 Jer. 5, 5, 6.
suff. "bz, a yoke, the curved piece of
wood upon the neck of draught animals,
by which they are fastened to the pole
or beam, Num. 19, 2. Deut. 21, 3. 1
Sam.6,7. Often trop. as the emblem of
servitude 1 K. 12, 4. 9-11. Is. 9,3, 10, 27.
14, 25. 47, 6. Jer. 5, 5; hence to break
the yoke, to become free, Gen. 27, 40. Jer.
2, 20. al. An tron yoke is the emblem
of severe bondage, Deut. 28, 48. Jer. 28,
14. Put also for calamity, suffering,

Lam. 1,14. 3, 27. Arab. he id.

N29 Chald. above, over, followed by

72 Dan. 6, 3.

ROD
NY (yoke) Ulla, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7,
39.

ΤΙΝ Θ᾽ Chald. emphat. see "b>.

* 359 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. wih

to be strong, to prevail. Hence pr. n.
Pa Ρ. 5.

* 509 obsol. root, i. q. 39>, to stam-
mer ; hence

339 m. adj. ie ks stuttering,

Is. 32, 4. Arab. barbarian.

* D9 fut. 9227, apoc. 59, inf. constr.
mid>.

1. to goor come up, to ascend, to mount,
opp. 723. Sept. ἀναβαίνω. Arab. Ἂς
to ascend, also to be high, XE to grow
up high, as a plant, to be high sc. in
price; Syr. Pa. SS to lift up, Ethpa.

to be lifted up, to go up; Chald. Pa. to
exalt, to praise, Ithpa. to be exalted.
Comp. Lat. alo to bring wp, whence al-
esco, altus—Constr. a) Absol. Gen.
44,17. 46, 29.al. Ὁ) With ja of place
whence Josh. 4, 17. 10, 9. Cant. 4, 2;
ἐν of pers. spoken of God Gen. 35,
13. c) Place whither is put with >> Is.
14, 14. Josh. 2,8; Ἐκ Ex. 24, 13. 15. 18.
34, 4. Deut. 17, 8. 1 Sam. 15, 34; > Is.
22,1; 3 Ps. 24, 3. Deut. 5, 5. Cant. 7,
95 ace. Gen. 49, 4 τ FIN 39 mb Ἵ3
ier thou didst ascend the bed "of "thy
| father. Prov. 21,22. Num. 13,17. Judg.
9, 48. Prov. 30, 4; c. 5 loc. Touk 15, 3.
ἃ) The pers. to δὰ is put with ΕΝ
Ex. 19,3; >2 Josh. 3,8. But >» oftener
marks the pers. against whom one goes
_ up, 2 K. 17,3. 18,25. Joel 1,6. 6) In-
fin. c. > , for doing something Is. 57, 7.

Poetically, like other verbs of going,
flowing, (see 17, 72 ,) it takes an acc.
of thing implying abundance, sc. that
of which a great quantity springs up
6. σὲ upon a certain spot of ground, so
that every thing seems changed into it.
So a vineyard, Is. 5, 6 τι Ὁ a1ae ΓΙΒΣῚ
and it grew up to thorns and prickles,
i.e. was wholly changed into them, as
a burning house goes up in flame and
smoke (comp. Judg. 20, 40. Jer. 48, 15).
Is. 34, 13. Prov. 24, 31 and lo, it was all
_ grown up to thorns. So Am. 8, 8. 9.5

783

soy

MD ANID ΠΟΘ and it (the land) shall
go up wholly like the Nile, sc. in inunda-
tion, shall be wholly overwhelmed.

Persons are said to go up, to ascend,
not only upon a mountain, wall, roof,
bed ; but also in other less obvious re-
lations, 6. g. @) From a lower region
to a higher, comp. in 75° no. 1. a-d; so
of God ascending into heaven Gen 35
13. Job 36, 33 see in τ. 332 Hiph. no. 2. Ὁ.
Josh. 4, 17.19. 10, 7.9. 33. Judg. 1, 1.2.
3. 16. 2, 1. Gen. 46, 29 where Joseph
goes from the capital near the Nile to
the land of Goshen. Spec. of those who
go up to Palestine, e. g. from Egypt Gen.
13, 1. 44, 24. 50,5. Ex. 1, 10. 2 K. 23,
29; from Assyria 2K. 17, 3. Is. 36,1. 10;
from Babylonia 2 K. 24, 1. Ezra 2, 1. 7,
6. Neh. 7, 6. 12, 1; out of all lands Hos.
1,11. Zech. 14, 16.17. But as to Assy-
ria the usage is not constant, and in
Hos. 8, 9 Israel is said to go up to Assy-
ria (comp. m>yn 2 K. 17, 4), just as the
Greeks used “avo Baye of a journey to
the interior of Asia, whence the ‘4va-
βασις or expedition of the younger Cy-
rus; and this physically speaking is _
perhaps correct. £) Of those who go
into deserts, since these are often high
regions, Job 6, 18; comp. Josh. 16, 1.
Matt. 4,1. So too those who go up to
a sanctuary, since these were usuallyen
hills and mountains, see in 7723 no. 3, 4;
Deut. 17, 8. Judg. 20, 3. 18. 31. 21, 5. 8.
19. 1 Sam. 1, 3. 10, 3. Ps. 122, 4; comp.
Ex. 34, 24. Syr. vais to go up. to a
convent. Also to a place of judgment
Deut. 25, 7. Num. 16, 12. 14. Judg. 5, 4.
Ruth 4,1. Yet perh. the sanctuary and
place of judgment were regarded as
heights also in a sacred and moral
sense; which would accord better with
some passages, as Num. |. c. Ruth 1. ο.
So too where Joseph is said to go up to
the court of Pharaoh Gen. 46, 31; comp.
woe, ἀναβαίνω, of those who go to the
metropolis, Mich. Chrest. Syr. p. 68.
Raphel. Obss. ad N. T. e Polyb. p. 90.
7) To goup against is said also of those
who go to attack or besiege a city, per-
son, land; since citié8.and fortresses
were situated on heights, Mic. 2, 13.
Nah. 2, 2. Joel 1, 6. 1 K. 15, 17. 20, 22
Is. 7, 1.6; comp. 1 Sam. 17, 23. 25.

soy

Spoken of beasts, e. g. the males of
cattle in gendering Gen. 31,10-12. Al-
so of things, e. g. a plant, to shoot up, to
grow up, Gen. 40, 10. 41, 22. Deut. 29,
22. Is. 55,13; grass Am. 7,1; so of a
horn Dan. 8,3; and even of a person
who grows up Gen. 49, 9. Also of a
stream going up, rising over its banks
Is. 8,7; the wind, to spring up, Hos. 13,
15; flame Judg. 13, 20; smoke Gen. 19,
28; vapour Gen. 2,6; the dawn, to rise,
Gen. 19, 15. 32, 25. 27; a stench Joel 2,
20. Soof away leading up Judg. 20,
31; a border Josh. 15, 15 sq. 18,12; a
rising tract of country Josh. 16,1; the
lot coming up out of the urn Lev. 16,
9. 10. Josh. 18, 11; anger, which is often
compared with smoke, Ps. 18, 9. 78, 21.
31. 2 Sam. 11, 20; a battle waxing
fiercer 1 Καὶ, 22, 35; of tumult, clamour,
Ps. 74, 23. Jer. 14, 2. So of clamour
going up to the ears of Jehovah-2 K. 19,
28; a rumour id. Jon. 1, 2.—Metaph.
‘p >> ΓῺ to go up above any one, i. q.
to surpass, to excel, Prov. 31, 29; in
wealth, prosperity, Deut. 28, 43. Also
35 52 ΓΡΡ 10 come up to mind, i.e. to
be remembered, mentioned, Is. 65, 17.
Jer. 3, 16. 7, 31. 19, δ. 32,35; so ava-
βαίνειν ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν Acts 7, 23. Hiph.
Ez. 14, 3. 4.

+2. As intrans. M32 to go or come up is
also used for various passive senses: a)
i,q. to be taken up, 6. g. from the ground.
Am. 3, 5. Prov.26,9 "i383 45> min a
thorn that is taken up in the hand of a
drunkard. Job5, 26 ipya Ὁ 15 ΓΠΘΘΞ as
a shock of corn is taken up inits season sc.
and carried to the garner. 36. 20 long not
for the night ova ΤΡ Ὁ whither the
nations are taken away. b) to be put
or laid upon, 6. g. a yoke upon an animal
Num. 19, 2. 1 Sam. 6, 7; a sacrifice
upon the altar 1 K. 18, 36; so of ban-
dages applied to a wound, see in M2578.
c) to be put on, worn, as a garment,
Lev. 19, 19, comp. in ἘΦ no. 1 ἃ. 8 So
of flesh and sinews made to grow and
cover the bones Ez. 37, 8; comp. in
-Hiph. no. 3. 6. Of arazor,t he drawn
over or applied to one’s head Judg. 16,
17. d) tobe put upon record, to be re-
gistered, recorded, 1 Chr. 27, 24; comp.
bY am>D, and see Hiph. no. 2. f.
Nie, 7522, fut. 599 1. to be made

784

mb»

to go up, i.e. to be led or brought up
Ezra 1, 11.

2. to lift up oneself, to rise up, togo up
in departing, etc. So the cloud of the
divine presence Num. 9, 17. 21, 22. Ez.
9,35; an army, i. q. to break up, Jer. 37
5. 11, comp. 2 Sam. 2, 27. With 7 to
gel onesdlf up or away from a place
Num. 16, 24, 27. *

3. to be bcatlted, of God, Ps, τ, aa
c. 59 above others Ps. 97, 9.

Hira. 732, once 525 Hab. 1, 15
with Vay conj. “nen Deut. 27,6; fut
mds" conv. 9°, which can be distin.
guished from Kal only by the context.

1. As referring to men and beasts, to
make go or come up, to cause to ascend,
to lead or bring up, Sept. ἀναβιβάζξω,
ἀνάγω. E.g. upon a roof Josh. 2, 6;
into a chariot 1 K. 20, 38. 2 K. 10, 1B;
out of a pit Gen. 37, 28. Ps. 40, 3. Jer.
38,'3; from Sheol Ps, 30, 4; also to
evoke from Sheol 1 Sam. 28, 11. So
from a lower to a higher region of coun-
try 2 Sam. 2,3. 2 K. 25,6; from Egypt
into the desert and into Palestine Gen.
50, 24. Judg. 6, 8. 1 Sam. 12,6. 2K. 17,
36. al. into Palestine as mountainous

from other lands 2 Chr. 36, 17. Jer. 27,* —
22; comp. 39, 5. So an enemy, comp. —

in Kal no. 1. y ; Ez. 26, 3 against Tyre ;
Jer. 50, 9. 51,27 against Babylon; ora
crowd, mob, Ez. 16, 40. 23, 46. Also to

bring up a young lion Ez. 19,3; comp. .

Kal Gen. 49,9. Further, to take up and
away, lo take away by death, Ps. 102, 25

ἌΔ "gma ὍΣ ΤΙ ON take me not away é in
the midst of my days. Ellipt. Nah, 8, 8

mbs2 wp the horseman causing (his

horse) to rear, i. 6. showing off his horse
by causing him to rear and prance.

2. As referring to things, and to what-
ever may be regarded as things, e. g.
sacrifices, even if human, to make go or
come up, to cause to ascend ; and spoken
of the sea or waves, to cause to rise, to

raise up, ¢. acc. et > Ez. 26,3. Hence

a) to bring up, to draw up, as fishes
from the water Hab. 1, 15. Ez. 32.3;
the cud as ruminating animals, Lev. 11,
4. 5. ben

b) to carry up to a loft 1 K. 17, 19.
Neh. 10,39; and so of things od or
brought up from a lower to a high
tract of country, 2 Sam, 21, 13; τ εν

.--

ee ae ee

»~

|

|

;

᾿.

29,2 Chr. 1. 6.

πὸ»

_ ¢) to put or lay upon, 6. g. the lights
upon the candelabra, Sept. ἐπιτέϑημι,
Ex. 25, 37. 40. 4. So a sacrifice upon

_ the altar, i. q. to offer, to sacrifice ; Is.

57, 6 ΤΙΣ m7bDn. 66, 3. Espec. of
Bient-offcrings, holocausts, which are
hence called 35> impositum ; as M>37

_ ΜΡ to offer a burnt-ofering Lev. 14, 20.

Job 1, δ. al. sep. Sept. ἀναφέρω, προσ-
φέρω. Maina >> Hon Gen. 8, 20.
Num. 23, 2. 14; nara $9 '>‘n Ex. 40,
ribsb ὁ 7m to offer any
thing as a burnt-offering Gen. 22, 2.13;
md “5 ‘nm id. 1 Sam. 7, 9. 2 K. 3, 27.

rgnnd nbn fo sacrifice to Jehovah sc. as
a burnt-offering Judg. 13, 19; "3 738

2 Sam. 6, 17.—Further, 0% nbon to im-

| pose a tribute, ᾳ. d. to raise a levy, 1K.

5, 27 [13]. 9,15; to lay on or apply ban-
dagée toa wound, see in M2598. Ellipt.

2 Chr. 32,5 nibaran by 93) and raised

up upon the towers, i. e. made them
higher, repaired the towers the tops of
which were broken down. Comp. the

_ same ellipsis in 5D 507, see ὯΌ no. 2.

d) to put or cast upon, e. g. dust upon
the head, 6. 52 Josh. 7, 6. Ez. 27, 30.
Metaph. to send disease upon any one,
Deut. 28, 61.

e) to bring up, i.e. to put or lay on,
e. g. sackcloth upon a person, to cause

him to wear it, Am. 8, 10; /o overlay

with gold, as 1 K. 10, 17 and with three
mine of gold did he overlay each shield.
Also to bring up flesh upon the bones,
cause it to grow and cover them, Ez.
37, 6; to put or fasten upon, as orna-

ments 2 Sam. 1, 24. 2 Chr. 3, 5. 14.

f) to put upon record, to register, to
enrol, 1 K. 9, 21. 2 Chr. 8, 8.

g) 32 52 nb9h fo bring up to mind,
to remember, q. d. to bear in mind, e. g.
idols, idol-worship, Ez. 14, 3.4. Comp.
Kal no. 1 fin.

Ηορη. 22h for 7225, to be made to
go up,i.e. a) 10 be led away, comp.
Niph. no.2. Nah. 2,8 προσ nnbs. b)
to be offered, as sacrifice, comp. ‘Hiph.
no. 2.c. Judg. 6, 28. d) to be put upon
record, to be recorded, registered, comp.
Hiph. no. 2. f. 2 Chr. 20, 34.

66*

785
᾿ς of pers. 1 Sam. 2,19; so the ark 1 Sam.
6,21. 7,1. 2 Sam. 6, 12.15; the tribute

_ carried or sent to Assyria 2 K. 17, 4, see
_ in Kal no. 1. α. Hos. 8, 9.

my

Hierwit to lift up oneself, to be elated, -

Jer. 51, 3.—Chald. Ithp. id.

Deriv. b> subst. >¥ prep. που, md,
"dp, "D9, maby , Tid, S92, bya. ΠΣ,
nbs, nbn; pr. n. ‘rbpby, shy, sb,
712; Chald. nbs, mb3, ‘are, 3.

my m. pert mb>, c. suff. 532 Ps,
BA plur. constr. ΡΝ Neh. 8, 15, a leaf,
Gen. 8, 11. Lev. 26, 36. Josh. 13, 25. A

leaf, green and flourishing, is the emblem |

of prosperity, Prov. 11, 28. Jer. 17, 8.
Collect. leaves, foliage Ps. 1, 3. Is. 34, 4.
Gen. 3,7.—R. 439 in the sense of spring-

ing up, growing up.
M39 Chald. αὶ (r. 533) @ cause, occa-
sion, ge Dan. 6, 5.6. Syr. ας;

Arab. gle: id. Arab. (Ls Conj. ΠῚ to

be a cause, to effect as a cause; V, to

give a cause or pretext; VIII, to seek
~

ἃ cause or pretext. Syr. Ss i.q. Arab.

II; Ethpa. i.q. Arab. V. Bar Heb. p.
416.

MY and M5 £ (τ. m>>) plur. mid3,
pr. ‘what goes up ;’ hence

1, an ascent, i.e. steps, a stair-way, 1K
10,5; plur. Ez. 40, 26. Comp. 2 Chr
9,4. See Biblioth. Sacr. 1846. p. 612.

2. a burnt-offering, holocaust, a sacri-
fice to be wholly consumed, comp. Ex.
29, 18, and 5.53 no. 3; so called as being
carried up and laid upon the altar; see
the root in Kal no. 2. b. Hiph. no. 2. e.
Sept. ὁλοκαύτωμα, δλοκαύτωσις, Vulg.
holocaustum. For the Mosaic rite, see

Lev. 1. 3-17. 6, 9-13. The usual for?

mula is M>3 ndoq, ΤῸΝ muy, Lev. 5, 10.
Judg. 13, 16. Ez. 45, 23. The patriarchs
seem also to have offered holocausts,
Gen. 8, 20. 22, 3.6; and human victims
were likewise so offered, see Gen. l. c.
Judg. 11, 31; comp. Monumm. Phen.
p. 446, 453.—Often coupled with other
kinds of sacrifices, 6. g. with M=t.which
included other bloody sacrifices, Ex. 18,
12. Num. 15, 3. 8. 2K. 5, 17. 10, 24. Is.

56,7. al. ORun Ps. 40,7; od Ez. 46,
12.

Note. For 429, >> evil, see in
nD.

may Chald. f. emphat.xm>> -holesaah
burnt-offering, plur. 53> Ezra 6, 9.

tT

by

ΤῊΝ 1. By transpos. for 7219 which
is read in many Mss. evil, wickedness,
iniquity, Hos. 10,9. Comp. Eth. VAO
i. ἃ. δ)».

2. Alvah, pr. n. of an Edomitic tribe
Gen. 36, 40. 1 Chr. 1, 51 Keri, where
Cheth. has 5759.

pny m. plur. (denom. fr. 05%,
maby, after the form ©°2pT, prbana)
potsth; youthful age, Ps. 89, 46. Job 33,
25. Poet. for youthful vigour, Job 20, 11
ὙΛΏΡΌΣ ΝΘ ND although his Bones
are full of youth, i. e. youthful strength,
as Sept. Chald. Syr. well. So of the

youth of a people Is. 54, 4.—Chald.
mvanby, Arab. xen hE, id.

ΤῊΣ (i. q. ws tall, thick) Alvan,
pr. n. of an Edomite Gen. 36, 23; also
written 9753 1 Chr. 1,40. R. πον.

Mp OY f. (τ. Poe) ἅπ. λεγόμ. Prov. 30,
15, pr. a leech, blood-sucker, as correctly
given by Sept. Vulg. Gr. Venet. Kimchi;

g-
and so Arab. gle, Syr. faSS, Chald.
NP>Y, NPY; but spoken also of an
imaginary female spectre which sucks
human blood and is insatiable, like
Jost, Χ), 4}, el-Ghileh of Arabian
superstition in the Thousand and One
Nights, and the vampyre of our own fa-
. ‘bles; thus | is ca wey in the
Camoos by this very word J | el-Ghiil,
which Bochart, Hieroz. II’ 801, and A.
Schultens ad Prov. |. c. have wrongly
interpreted fate. Hence in Ρτον. 1]. c.
the leech hath two daughters crying,
Give, give, i. e. insatiable. —On the su-
perstitions of the Hebrews and other
oriental nations concerning spectres, see
our remarks in Comment. on Is. 34, 14.

a

5 ΤῸΣ i. q. 029 and ὙῈΡ, fo exult, to
triumph, (prob. primarily ‘of a cry or
shout of exultation, like ἀλαλάζω, 429;
and not of leaping and dancing, like the
synon. 85.) 2 Sam. 1, 20. Ps. 68, 5; c.
2 in any thing Ps. 149, 5. Hab. 3, 18.
Trop. of the heart Ps. 28, 7; the reins
Prov. 23, 16; also inanimate thik, Ps.
96, 12. ° aeek times in a bad sense, of
insolent and. wicked men, Ps. 94, 3. Is.
23, 12, comp. 5, 14. Jer. 50. 11.

Dériv. 1759, also

786

aby

ΤῸΝ m. one exrulting, rejoicing, Is. 5,
14, ,

» nd9 obsol. root, Arab. δλξ to be
thick, dense ; and with the letters trans-
posed Abe io be dark; whence

Mo2? £ darkness, evening twilight, |
Gen. 15, 17. Ez. 12, 7. 12.

"29 m. a pestle Prov. 27, 22; from π
m>> in the sense to be lifted, comp. md
no. 2. a.

"59 (ascent, summit, coner. the high-
est, r. M22) pr. n. Eli, a high priest,
predecessor of Samuel, 1 Sam. ὁ. 1-4.
14,3. Sept. “Hi, Vulg. Heli.

"29 Chald. adj.emph. O8b>, supreme,
most high ; ONE δος God the Most
High, Dan. 3, 26. 32. 5, 18, 21; and simpl.
mxb> the Most High 4, 14. 21. 7, 25, of
the one only supreme God. In Cheth.
everywhere x7>9, after the analogy of

Syr. SS. R. τὸν.

“Sy adj. only in fem. mb, higher,
upper, Judg. 1, 15; plur. mi*}> Josh. 15,
19. R.m>>, after the form >up.

ΤΩΣ and 722, see ΓΙΌΣ and 9)>3.
mod Γ (τ. mb) 1: an upper cham-

9 So
ber, loft, ὑπερῷον, Arab. Kale, le,

Chald. 59 q. v. So of. the upper
chambers of an edifice or private house,
1 K. 17, 19. 23. 2 K. 4, 10; or of a palace
Judg. 3, 20-25, 2K. 1, 2. Jer. 22, 13. 14;
of the temple 1 Chr. 28, 11. 2 Chr. 3,9;
sometimes over the gate 2 Sam. 19,1;
or built upon the flat roof, 2 K, 23, 12.
Poet. for the heavens Ps. 104, 3. 13.

2. ascent, i.e. stairs or way up to the
temple, 2 Chr. 9, 4; comp. 1 K. 10, 5.
See Biblioth. Sac. 1846. p. 612.

ry τὰ. adj. ἢ nzinds, plur. nizindy.
R. 159.

1. high, higher, upper, Gen. 40, 17;
opp. jimmn, 1 Chr. 7, 24. 2 Chr. 8, 5.
m2inbom 205M the upper pool, i. 6. situ-
ated on higher ground, 2 K. 18,17; also

Ez. 42. 5.. Deut. 26, 19. 28, 1Ones of

a thing exposed in an dleyated place as
an example of punishment, correspond-
ing to the Greek παραδειγματίέζεσϑαι,

“Sy

AK, 9,8 759 oon mm man, ας:
εἰ domus hee erit in exemplum.

-2.-most: high, supreme, of God, as be
ynbe Gen. 14, 18, 2 nim Ps. 7, 18,
opnbs pot>s 57, 3, and simpl. “yds 9, 3.
21,8. al. seep. —The Phenicians and Car-
thaginians used the same word also for
the gods, e. g. ᾿Ἡλιοῦν i. ᾳ. ὕψιστος, Philo
Bybl. apud Euseb. Prep. Evang. 1. 10 ;
also Alonim valonuth [Poon curbs]
gods and goddesses, pr. superi supere-
que Plaut. Pen. V. 1.1; comp. also pr.
n. Abdalonimus, cubs 439, servant
i. e. worshipper of the gods.

ΤΌΣ Chald. id. only in plur. majest.
me the Most High God Dan. 7, 18.
22. 95. 27.

22 m. « 139) one exulting, rejoic-
ing, mostly in a bad sense, one proudly
exulting, insolently triumphing, Is. 22, 2.
23, 7. 24,8. 32,13. Zeph. 2, 15. Is. 13,3
ἜΝ ED my proudly exulting war-
riors. Zeph. 3, 11.

| Dy m. am. deyou. Ps. 12, 7 work-
shop, officina. Others, crucible ; so Chald.
—R. >>> I. 3.

ΤΡ Γ (r. DbY I. 3) Ps. 14, 1. 66, δ,
plur. mi>b"23, work, deed, doing, 6. g.
a) Of the glorious deeds of Jehovah Ps.
9:19. 77, 13. 78, 11. 103, 7. Is. 12, 4.
b) of the actions of men 1 Sam. 2, 3;
espec. in a bad sense, of evil deeds,
Zeph. 3, 7 omib"by 55 anmwvn they per-
vert all their doings, i. 6. act "perversely
altogether. Ps. 141, 4. Ez. 14, 22. 20,
43. Zeph. 3, 11. Deut. 22, 14. 17.

may f. (r. >b9 1) 1. ᾳ. 3959 ‘no. 1,
worl, deed, sc. of God, Jer. 32, 19.
MIB f(r. yd) exultation, rejoic-

ing, Hab. 3, 14.

m2 Chald. f. an upper chamber, loft,
i.g. Heb. 4259, Dan. 6, 11.

a

1.559 i. 4. Arab. (LS, pr. to drink
again aftera first draught (for which the
Arabs use the verb hes), in order fully
to quench thirst. Conj. II, to drink again
and again, also to drink deep. This
primary signification i is carried over into
various tropical applications implying
completion ; Σ e.g. to the gleaning of

3 fields or vineyards; to the second blow

187

boy

by which one already struck is cut
down and killed; toa stripping or after-
milking; comp. Jauhari and Firzubadi
in Alb. Schult. Origg. Hebr.I.c.6, where
this root is copiously treated of. In He-
brew 52> has the following significa-
tions : ᾿
1.. to glean, like {2 Conj. 11; see
Poel no. 1, and ni>3i>.

2. to quench thirst, trop. of lust, see
Hithpa. Judg. 19, 25. Also to gratify
one’s desire, to indulge oneself in vexing,
abusing, deriding any one; and hence
to be petulant, saucy, mischievous, comp.
Po. no. 2, 2249, 2132, ἃ petulant boy,
abstr. bsbyn.

3. to perform a work, to accomplish, to
execute ; hence to do a deed, see Hithpa.
no. 2, Hithpo. and the nouns 5733,
nbaby, bdy0.

ao 1. to gleana vineyard Lev. 19,

. Deut. 24, 21. Trop. of a people, to
es utterly cut off, Jer. 6, 9.

2. to vex, to do evil to any one, with >
of pers. Lam. 1, 22. 2,20 AD mbbis “20>
whom thou hast thus vexed. 3, 51 any
ἌΦΕΣ mdi mine eye vexeth me, i. 8.
pains me 86. from weeping. Pass. Lam.
1, 12 like unto my sorrow, "5 >>3> "ὮΝ
which is brought upon me, with which I
am pained, vexed.—For Job 16, 15 see
in >>> II. Po.

3. to vex, to tease, to be petulant; sau-
c#; hence Part. bisa a boy, child, i. q.
ddi3, Is. 3, 12:

Hrrara: bron 1. pr. to quench
thirst, trop. of lust, c. 2 wpon any one,
Judg. 19, 25. Also to gratify or indulge
oneself in vexing, abusing, deriding any
one, to mock, Sept. well ἐμπαίζω, Vulg.
illudo, 1 Sam. 31, 4. 1 Chr. 10, 4. Num.
22, 29. Jer. 38, 19.

2. to exert one’s might, to do wonders,
c. 3 Ex. 10, 2. 1 Sam. 6, 6.

Hrrapo. to doa deed, to work, c. acc.
Ps. 141, 4.

Deriv. Ddis, θὴρ, ΓΒ ΟἿ», ἘΠ᾿, Nd*by,
ΠΡΡΛΩΣ, 2227, ΞΉΡΣΊ. cos

ὙΠ SE ie

Il. oF i.q. Arab. he 1. to put
in, to thrust. in, and intrans. to go in, to

enter, like Chald. >>> q. v.
2 to bind on, to bind fast, whence 59

Ae yoke, like Lat. jugum a jungendo,
Gr. fuyor from ζευγνύω.

225

Po. to cause to enter, to thrust in ; Job
16,15 "7p “Ba ΞΘ» 7 have thrust
my horn into the dust, i. e. my head.

229 Chald. i. q. Heb. >d3 IIL.

1. to go in, to enter, Syr. id. Spec. of
one who is admitted to the private au-
dience of a king, Dan. 2, 16. 24. Pret. >»
Dan. |. c. fem. M39, Cheth. m>>d 5, 10.
Part. plur. ">> 4, 4. 5. 8, Cheth. pbs.

2. Of the sun, to go down, to set, Dan.
6, 15. Comp. Heb. ἐν.

Apu. lo bring in, to introduce any one,
6. acc. pers. Dan. 2, 24. 6, 19; > 2, 25.
5,7. Pret. 5330 (with 3 inmerted) Dan.
2,25. 6,19. Imp. D971 2,24. Inf. ΠΌΣΗ
5, 7, and moyin 4, 3.

Horn. ΠΝ like the Heb. to be intro-
duced, Dan. 5, 13. 15.

ὕειν: ney, 30.

mics} see mibbis.

«ἦν ὁ p>» to hide, to conceal; in Kal
found only in Part. pass. "223 hidden,
secret, e.g. sins, Ps. 90,8.—Kindr. is 92>.
The primitive idea is perh. that of wrap-
ping up, comp. =>3.

Nipu. 0293 (not pb D2) to be hidden, to
lie hid, with 72 of es from whom, Ley.
2, 2-4. 1K..10, 3. 2 Chr. 9, 2; 3°90
Rey. 4, 13. Num 5, 13. Job 98. 21.—
Part. D292 hidden Ece. 12, 14; plur.
p>? hidden men, i.e. crafty, dissem-
blers, Ps. 26, 4. Fem. 72532 hidden, eo-
vered in darkness, forgotten, Nah. 3, 11.

Hira. 0°23n, rarely with comp. Sheva
as "a7">3T Ez. 22, 26.

1. to hide, to conceal, c. 2 from any
one, 2 K. 4, 27." Spec. a) 3.9 Dn
c. 72 to hide the eyes from any one, i. 6.
to turn away from him, a gesture im-
plying neglect, Ez. 22, 26; refusal of
help Is. 1, 15, comp. Prov. 28, 27; or
also connivance Lev. 20, 4. 1 Sam. 12,
86. 3. b) 718 D7bzn fo hide the ear, so
as not to hear, Lam. 3,56. 6) Intrans.
to (oneself ) Ps. 10,1; comp. maiph.
of 15

2. ol hide, to cover over with words,
i. 6. to chide, to rebuke, (opp. to enlight-
en i. e. to praise,) Job 42,3; comp. 38, 2.

Hirap. to hide oneself; of a stream,
Job 6,16 adti-nbems ya"b> in which the
snow hideth itself lies hid, i.e. the melt-
ing snow in spring, >> here implying ap-

788

259
proach, see >2 no. 1. b. vy. With 72 to
hide oneself from any person or thing,
to turn away from, Deut. 22, 1. 3. 4. Ps,
55, 2 "MMH Ὁ ἙΣΤΏΤΩΝ hide not thyself
from my supplication, i. 6. turn not
away. Is. 58, 7.

Deriv. Bbis, bibs, προσ, Chald
ἘΦ, pr. n. jabs, nabs.

*I1, DD> or n>? obsol. root, i. 4.

Arab. we pubes fuit et coéundi cupidus,
spoken of young persons and of animals,
Syr. soXszf id. The primitive idea
seems to be that of fatness, fulness, so

that 023 is kindr. with 05m q. v.-Hence
b> and maby , ody.

pby Chald. m. emph, ΝΣ ; plur.
wat, emph. 8729; i. q. Heb. Dbis , re
mote time, eternity, " everlasting: αἰών, of
time past Ezra 4, 15; of time future
Dan. 3, 33. 4, 31. 7, 97, whence Dan. 2,
20 nebo) saben} 2 from everlasting to
everlasting. So webs "Mm who liveth for
ever sc. God Dan. 4,31 [34]. —For the
Heb. 55135, onabiz , for ever, is put
72235 Dan. 2, 44. 6, 97; as also in the
salaried a aby sabe O king, live
Sor ever, Dan. 2, 4. 3, 9. 5, 10. 6, 7. 22.
So too N272>2>-2, 44, once wenby obs 7D
7, 18; comp. in N. T. εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν
αἰώνων Rev. 1, 6. 18. Gal. 1, 5."

DP τῇ. (Ὁ. =>» II) a youth, young man,
of marriageable age, 1 Sam. 17, 56. 20,
22, for which "D2 inv. 21. Sept. veavi-

79 “9
σχος. Arab. ede, “μὲ » id.
D2y, see in Ddi>.

M222 fem. of tb¥, a girl, maiden,
young woman, μι: of ates

3
age, like Arab. ree , Syr.
{DseaSS, Chald. maby, i. q. A533, and |
like Gr. γεᾶνις by Be thé Heb. maby
is rendered in Sept. Ps. 68, 26, and Aqu.
Symm. Theod. Is. 7,.14.—Gen. 94. 43.
Ex. 2, 8. Prov. 30, 19. Plur. mixed Ps.
68, 26. Cant. 1, 3. 6, 8. Spoken of a
bride, a youthful spouse, a wife recently
married, Is. 7, 14, comp. 4242 Joel 1 8;
see in art. ‘ no. 2. e. p. 239. The pri-
mary idea in this word is not that of
unspotted virginity, for which the He

= 1

>

__ brews have the special word M>4n3, see
_ Cant. 6,8 and Prov. |. c. so that in Sept.
Is. |. c. it is incorrectly rendered παρϑέ-

7

4 n. m.

meth.
_astation of the Israelites in the haa

doubtful authority.
seems to be the same with mi22> >» Ps.
| 46, 1, i. e. with the female voice, see un-
ΟΣ

_ vog ; nor does it primarily signify the un-
married state, as Hengstenberg con-

tends, Christol. des A. T. II. p. 69; but

simply the being of marriageable age,
the age of puberty. So too Gr. παρϑέ-

γος Il. 2, 514; κοράσιον Judith 16, 12;
Lat. puella Virg. Geor. 4. 458 ; and even

Heb. m>5ma Joel 1,8. See Corimenit,
ad Is. L ¢+Hence mindy ἘΦ after the
manner of maidens, see Ὧν no. 1. a. ἢ;
i.e. with the female voice, i. q. our treble,
soprano, opp. to the deeper voice of
men, 1. Chr. 15, 20 (for which see
under the root mx: I. Pi.) Ps. 46, 1.

Forkel in his Gesch. der Musik I. p. 142,
understands virgin measures, like the

Germ. Jungfrauweis of the Meister-

singer; but against the context in 1

Chr. |. ὁ.

qiaey (hidden, τ. 529) Almon, pr. ἢ.

a) A town in Benjamin Josh. 21, 18;

called in 1 Chr. 6, 45 [60] rab “Alle-
b) nasnbsy-pinby Num. 33, 46,

south-east of the Dead Sea.
“pxaby a word found twice, but of

Perhaps it should be so read.
b) In Ps. 48, 15 the context requires it to
be i. ᾳ. δὴν eternity, i. ᾳ. for ever and
ever, Sept. εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, Vulg. in
secula, as if they had read it τ 255.
Many Mss. and editions have it m¥a->9
even unto death, which in both cases is
foreign to the context.

"0>y

“ὦ "

Chald. gentile ἢ. from 55°» q. v.

: Elamite, Plur. 877259 Elamnites, ‘Ezra
“4, 9.

ΓΡΩ3Ψ) (covering, r. 559) Alemeth, pr.
a) 1 Chr. 7,8." b) 8, 36. 9, 42.

ray see 7122 lett. a.

*O>y , fut, O>97 1. ᾳ. 149 and γὸϑ, to
exult, to rejoice, Job 20 18.

Nipx. 0233 id. Job 39, 13 ὉΠ29Ὑ Ὡ)29
Moby) the wing of the ostrich exulls, i. e.
moves itself joyfully, swiftly. Comp.

q Hom. Il. 2. 462 ἀγαλλόμεναι πτερύγεσσι.
Ἶ

189

a) In Ps. 9, 1 it

Oo»

Hirup. to make oneself joyful, to age
oneself, Prov. 7, 18.

eh er a very doubtful root, which
some suppose to be i. q. 93> to sip up, to
suck up, and thence derive fut. Pi.4>23"
they suck up Job 39, 30. More prob. it
ought. to read 1»>3>.(changing * into
>, a letter of the same form but larger)
i. 6. ΣΌΣ or 499d they sip up eagerly,
pret. Pilel from ‘pad, a form often used
of rapid and eager motion. ) Seed in dad.

92¥ Chald. f. i. q. Heb. DX, a rib,
plur. yobs Dan. 7, 5.

. bb» in Kal not used, pr. to cover, to

wrap up; Arab. Wahé to lay up in a
chest, casket, eto. Gr. καλύπτω. Comp.
ΗΝ no 1. r

Puat 523 1.0 be covered over, Cant.
5, 14.

2. to be overcome, to be languid, to
faint, see the synon. MB , HO , Is. 51, 20.
So of trees Ez. 31, 15, wittke meby i is for
np>e and refers to M1wM "sD by the rule
in Heb. Gr. δ 143. 3.

Hirup. 1. to veil oneself Gen. 38, 14.

2. i. ᾳ. Pu. no. 2, to be overcome, to be-
come languid, to faint, e. g. from heat |
Jon. 4,8; from thirst Am. 8, 13.

mpoy see in 2: 9 Pu. no. 2.

y23 fut. 7207, ig. 159 and 059, to
exult, to rejoice, to be joyful, Prov. 11,
10. 28,12. So minva y>> to rejoice in
Jehovah Ps. 5, 12. 9, 3. 1 Sam. 2,1;
"1 "2p> id. Ps. 68,4. With > to exult
over any one, to triumph, Ps. 25, 2 -
Trop of things 1 Chr. 16, 32.

Deriv. ΤΗΣ ᾿ς

* Dod obsol. root, Arab. gle, to

adhere, to be affixed, spec. of leeches ;
Syr. LoS visgous, Hence Mp3>2 leech,

q. ν.
TINY see in ΔῸΣ

DY? in st. absol. with conj. ace. and in
constr. but ὩΣ with disj. acc. and with
art. D9; 6. suff. "29, iad; Plur. 0729,
constr. “a9 ; rarely aoe Neh. 9, 22,
constr. many 9, 24. 029 Judg. 5, 14, in
the Arameean manner (see “below in

py

Chald. 0); masc. rarely fem. (collect.)
Ex. 5,16. Judg.18,7. Jer.8,5. Β΄. ΒΡ.

1. a people, nation, so called as being
congregated together, or from their com-
mon interests, etc. q. d. community, com-
monwealth. Syr. Chald. Samarit. id.

9
ι = . aA G <<
Arab. to be in common, Xele the

common people, plebs ; see in r. DY .—
Constr. with sing. and also as collect.
with plur. both of verbs and adj. Ex. 5,
5. Judg. 2, 4. 7. 3,18. 9,37. 2 K. 14, 21.
21, 24. Is. 9,1. 8. 65,3. Often of a peo-
ple, properly so called, “ coetum juris con-
sensu et utilitatis communione socia-
apg Cic. ap. Augustin. Civ. Dei 2.21;
6. g. the people of Israel 5x3" D> 2 Sam.
18,7; called also Fin" =) Ex. 15, 16.
Num. 11, 29. Judg. δ, 11. 1 Sam. 2, 24;
pon DD Judg. 20, 2; "Δ rms f=)
Deut. 4, 20; wip oy Is. 62, 12; also
genr. af any other people, as D>} ἘΦ,
md} 5D, every people Esth. 1, 22. 3, 12.
8, 9. Neh. 13, 24; to eae one people
Gen. 34, 16. 22, comp. 11, 6. Deut. 1, 28
a people greater and taller than we. 2,
10. 21. 20,1. So yoXn oD the people of
the land, i. e. the Canaanites Gen. 23,
12. 13. Num. 14,9; the Egyptians Gen.
42,6; winded the people of Chemosh,
i. 6. Moab, Num. 21,29. Jer. 48.46. So
too plur. ὩΣ nations Gen. 17, 16. Ps.
45,6. 18. 47,4. Is. 2, 3. 10,13. 14,6. 17,
12. al. πὶ "22 Deut. 28, 10; ΟΥ̓Χ INA a>
Ezra 3, 3.—Sometimes ἘΦ stands in a
narrower sense, for any number or mul-
titude of persons, even not associated,
like Engl. people, some people, comp.

Arab. “5 a people, also some people.
Num. 21,6 5x77 29 cd m2" and there
died imtich people of Israel. 1 Sam. 9,
24 I have invited the people, i. e. the
guests, thirty persons, ν. 22. Judg. 3, 18.
Ps. 18,28 "29 ἘΦ ‘he afflicted ‘ones ; comp.
ΤῚΣ a Gen. 20,4. See belowin lett.c.

With a genit. in various ways, 6. g.
the people of a king, who are riled by
him, Ex. 7, 28; the people of Jehovah,
of Chemosh, who worship them, see
above, and comp. Ex. 6, 7. Lev. 26, 12.
Deut. 27, 9. al. So of private persons,
e. g. my people, among whom I belong,
am a citizen, Lev. 17. 10, 23,.30. Num.
5, 27. Esth. 2, 10. 20. Ruth 1, 10. al. the

790

ὩΣ

people of Mordecai, the Jews, Esth. 3, 6.
Hence 29 "23 the children of my people,
my countrymen, my fellow-citizens,Gen.
23, 11; poet "> m2 id. see in M3 no. 5,

Lam. 2, 11. 3, 48. 4, 3.6; comp. P28

no. 3.—Also the people of a city, its

inhabitants, Gen. 19, 4. 47, 21; ; Dbtans oy |

2 Chr. 32, 18, comp. Lam. 1, i =n
pS “nas the city full of people, thronged
with inhabitants. So VIN ἘΣ the peo-
ple of a land, its inhabitants, 2 K. 11,
18-20. 15, 5. 16, 15. 25, 19. al. put some-
times for the common people in distinc-
tion from the kings and nobles Ez. 7, 27.
Hence the Rabbinic 778 &> for a ple-
beian, boor, opp. to one learned.—Once
ἘΣ τ a non-people, i.e. not God’s people,
gentiles, barbarous enemies, sings 32,
21; parall. 523 "4a.

Sines: ἘΦ is used in a narrower mie
also wider sense : °

a) Of a single tribe, race, e. g. OD
ἼΒΡΗΞῚ Judg. 5, 18; though here it may
be taken as men. soldiera see in lett. Ὁ.
Piur. 07> often of the tribes of Israel,
Gen. 49, 10. Deut. 32, 8.+33, 3. 19. Is. 3
13. Hos. 10, 14. Ps. 47,2. 10. Comp. the
Athenian δῆμοι.--- ΑἸδο of one’s family,
kindred, as 2 K. 4, 13 "234 "BD Fins
nao" I dwell among mine own family ;
and espec. plur. "5 "29 one’s kindred,
friends, Lev. 19, 16. 21, 1.4. Soin the
phrases apy FON? to be gathered to
his kindred, i.q. ‘sepiagnbay ’ 2, see in FON
Niph. no. 1; also "ΒΦ Ὁ ns to be cut
off from his people, kindred, Gen. 17, 14.
Lev. 7, 20. 21; see in M32 Niph. no. 2.

Comp. Arab. “ uncle, and the proper
names >S"2d, THIS, DID ὸ

b) Of common soldiers, men, Hom.
λαός, opp. to the leaders, chiefs ; Judg. 8,
5 "b3n2 tx oem the people (soldiers)
that follow me. 5, 2. 9, 36.37. Fully ἘΦ
ἈΞ Num. 31, 32; honben ἘΦ Josh. 8,
13. 10,911, 7.

b) Of attendants, servants, i. q. 2 "WIN
one’s men, one’s people ; Gen. 32,8 O27
IAN TWN his servants. 33, 15. 1K. i9,
21. 2K. 4,41. Also of the attendants,
followers, train of a prince, ete. Judg. 3,
18. Ecc. 4, 16. Cant. 6, 12 > misD%
a") the chariote of a princely train ; 3 the
s— is here not suffix, but paragogic an
the constr, state,

|

|
|

:

|

ΩΣ ἘΝ Ὁ

d) Inawidersense for the human race,
all mankind, q. ἃ. the people of the earth.
15. 42,5 πὴ» md> mow: jm that giveth
breath to the "people upon it sc. the earth.

40, 7. Ps. 45, 13 59 "1°82 the richest of
people, i.e. the Tyrians. So in irony, Job
2,2 ἘΦ OMN,7D DION no doubt but ye
are all the world, and wisdom will die
2. Poet. of animals, a race, troop, flack,
Prov. 30, 25. 26. ae 74, 14; comp. "ia

no. 2. So Arab. zal and Gr. δῆμος.

DY Chald. m. α people, Dan. 2, “ 3
29; emphat. δ» Ez. 7, 13. 16. 25;

4, 12. Plur. emphat. x20 Dan. 3, ys i
31. 5. 19. 6, 26. 7, 14.—Syr: [Sex, plur.

feos.

DY pr. conjunction, communion, from
the root 29, but used only as a parti-
cle, viz.

A) Adv. therewith, therewithal, at the

. , , e-
same time, Gr. σῦν, μετὰ, Arab. Lex.

1 Sam. 17,42 for he was red-haired 75" ἘΣ
Sil and withal comely of aspect. aS
2.—Usually

B) Prep. ὁ. suff. "29 (for which also
“12> is used, see 72>), 72> (in pause
and fem.. 722), i>, ad, ὈΞῺΦ, od
Gen. 18, 16, and om Num. 22, 12. Syr.

"ὦ, Arab. by transp. leak “0

1. with, Lat. cum (which indeed has
the same origin, see in 0%), pr. of ac-
companiment, attendance, society ; Gen.
13,1 189 vids and Lot with him. 18,
10. 1 Sam. 9, 24, 22, 5. Nah. 3, 12.
Hence spec.

a) Of help, aid, Gen. 21, 22 pnb
ΞΡ God is with thee i. e. aids thee.
Sam. 14, 45; hence after verbs of

γα. V. etc.
a a Of mutual and joint action, as P>n
ΝΡ to divide with any one Prov. 29, 24;
to inherit with any one Gen. 22, 10; to
make a covenant wilh any one, see M2 ;
also DY 733 (see 725) to talk with any
‘one, and hence 9 923 a word spoken
with any “one Job 15, 11. °2-Chr.-1,-9.
BD 32W to lie with any one Gen. 19, 32
sq. 30, ‘1b.
6) Ina hostile sense with, for agastiae
-

191 ὩΣ

as 09 ἘΠῚ32) to fight or make war with
any one; SY P28} to wrestle wiih ; 34
t> to strive with any one; also Ps. 55,
19 "Tad 443 BM|I Ἵ2 for with many 8.
lies are they with me, i. e. do they come
against me. 94, 16 who will help me ὩΣ
ΠΡ contending with the wicked ? Job
9,14. 10,17. 16,21.17,3. Ὁ

d) With verbs of doing, i. e. to do
with any one well or ill, to do him good
or evil, to treat him well or ill, as nv
BS aid, oD TOM ΠῺΣ Josh. 2, 12. Ps. 119,

- 65; = ΞΟΠ to do good to any one

Gen. 32, 10; BY ΠΝ to be on good
terms with any one Ps. Ὅ0, 18; also Ὁ 2
BD 18, 24; mY δῦ, see εὐθ; by γ159
Ps. 78, 37.

e) From the idea of accompanying,
proceeds also that of a common lot,
event, etc. Gen. 18, 23 wilt thou destroy
the righteous with the wicked ? i. e. as
the wicked. v. 25. Job 3, 14. 15. 21, 8.
Ps. 73, δ. Ecc. 2, 16 the wise dieth with
the fool, as well as the fool, the same lot
falls to both.—Hence

f) As referred to any kind of οὐδεν
likeness, etc. Job 40,15 lo! behemoth
(the hippopotamus) whom Ihave created
2» equally with thee, as well as thee.
9, 26. Ps. 73, 25 YIN3 "AYN Nd Fay 80
as with thee I delight in nothing upon
earth. Coupled with verbs of likeness,
n> 5 2 to be compared with, i. 6. to be
like to any thing Ps. 143, 7.

g) Of likeness in respect to time; Ps.
72, 5 wow pd FAR they shall reve-
rence thee with the sun i. 6. 80 long as
the sun endures. Comp. Dan. 3, 33;
also Ovid Amor. 1. 15. 16, “cum sale et
luna semper Aratus erit.”

2. with, i. q. at, by, near, spoken of
nearness, vicinity, etc.’ "82 ἘΦ al or by
the well Gen. 25, 11 ; 52 ἘΦ by or near
Shechem (the city) 35,4; min oD by
i. 6. before Jehovah, at his sanctuary
1 Sam. 2, 21; 28 ἘΦ αἱ 1. 6. before the
face of any one Job 1, 12. Hence, ‘to
dwell with any one,’ i. e. in his house or
family, Gen. 27, 44; in or among his
people 23,4; ‘to serve with any one,’
i. e. to be his servant Gen. 29, 25. 30.—
Spec. ‘with or by any one’ is said:

a) For in the house of any one, chez
quelqu’un ; see the above examples, and
also Gen. 24, 25 straw and provender

ny 792 py

enough is 3239 with us, in our house. In
the later Hebrew fully written “Ὁ ΔΒ ἘΦ
1 Chr. 18, 14.

b) For in nes body ; Job 6, 4 the ar-
rows of the Almighty are "7729, Sept. ἐν
τῷ σώματί μου. Oftener

c) For in one’s mind ; Job 27, 11 “WN
“MON ND "aU) OD what is with the Al-
mighty will I notsconceal, i. e. what is in
his mind, how he is disposed. 9, 35 δὲ
"32D "DIN j2 nol so am J with myself,
i.e. not so disposed in mind sc. that I
should fear. Num. 14, 24. Also of pur-
pose, intention ; Job 10,13 ΓΤ 42 "ADI"
ἼΞΣ I know that this is with thee, that
such is thy purpose. 23,14. Of that
which one knows, is acquainted with ;
Ps. 50, 11 the beasts of the field are with
me, in my mind, i. e. I know them all ;
parall. wo ae Job 15,9. Of one’s opin-
ion, judgment, 6. g. >§ DD PIE to be
just with God, i. 6. in the, view of God,
Job 9,2. 25,4; comp. Lat. “apud me
multum valet hee opinio,” Arab. Gdic
‘with me’ i. 6. in my opinion.—In the
later Hebrew more fully written “a> DD,
"32> cd, like the Gr. μετὰ φρεσίν, Lat.
apud animum statuere, proponere ;. Ecc.
1,16 "39 BY "MID3 Jcommuned with my
heart, thought within myself. Deut. 8, 5.
Ps. 77,7. 2 Chr. 1, 11; so of purpose 1
Chr. 22, 7. 28, 2. 2 Chr. 6, 7. 8. 24, 4.
29, 10; of that which one knows Josh.
14, 7. 1K. 10, 2. 2 Chr. 9, 1.

d) Also with men is often said for
among them, in the midst of them,
as Gr. μεϑ᾽ ἑταίρων, ust ἀνδράσι, Lat.
apud exercitum, for in exercitu; comp.
Germ. mit, which comes from the same
root with Mitte and Gr. μετά, also Engl.
mid, amid, amidst. Is. 38, 11 "320" &»
bin with (amid) the inhabitants of the
world. 2 Sam. 13, 23 DIIDX BY in the
midst of Ephraim.

e) Metaph. notwithstanding, comp.

a in B. no. 2. 6. Arab. 20 De Sacy

Gr. Arabe I. ὃ 1094. ed.2. So ΠῚ ἘΦ 1. α.
in Engl. with this, for all this, i. 6. not-
withstanding, Neh. 5, 18.

Nore. In many of its significations 59
accords with mx Il; and hence Ewald
proposes to derive the latter from ὩΣ, i. 6.
maz, contr. mM, which is then changed
to mx, Krit. Gramm. p. 608. But

that both their origin and prim
force are different, is sufficiently shown
above.

3. With 12 prefixed, 522 (Arab.
Otis \.p0), spoken of those who go
JSroma person or place with, at, by whom
or which they previously were, Fr.
@avec. Similar is M82 p. ett: bie

a) from with, from one’s vicinity,
neighbourhood, after verbs of going
away, departing, Gen. 13, 14. 26, 16; of
dismissing Deut. 15,12. al, mayan ἘΣ
Srom near the altar Ex. 21, 14. Deut.
23, 16. Judg. 9, 37. Job 28, 4.

b) from one’s house, de chez quelqu’un,
comp. ὮΦ no. 2.a. ΤΣ toa from the
house of Pharaoh Ex. 8, 8. 25, 26. 9, 33.
10, 6. 18.

c) Srom one’s power, i.e. from any one,
after verbs of receiving, taking, 2 Sam.
3, 15; of demanding Ex. 22, 13; of buy-
ing 2 Sam. 24, 21. Often of God; from
whom,as the author and cause any
shisw ἀκα δον νὴ Ps. 121, 2 my help com-
eth Hin ἘΣ from Jehovah. Is. 8, 18
we are signs and wonders to Israel ἘΞ
mins from Jehovah, i.e. sent by him for
this intent. 7,11. 29,6. 1 K.2,33. 2Chr.
10,15. Arab. dds up ex jussu, ex
voluntate alic.

d) from one’s mind, heart, etc. 1 Siam
16, 14 the spirit of the Lord
ἘΝ ὉΣ Ὁ from with Saul, from his mind
and heart. Hence of a judgment or
opinion proceeding from any one, Job
34, 33 doth God retribute ΩΡ according
to thy mind? 2 Sam. 3, 28; of purpose
or intent Gen. 41, 32. 1 Sam. 20, 33.

6) from among, comp. © no. 2. ἃ
78 057 Ruth 4, 10.

BY Chald. i.q. Heb. with, cum, ot ao,
companiment Dan. 2, 18. 43. 6, 22. ἢ
13 one like the Son of Man came %9
N00 "23 2 with the clouds of heaven ᾿
comp. μετὰ πνοιῆς ἀνέμοιο Od. 2, 148.
In a hostile sense, with i. e. against
Dan. 7, 21, see Heb. ἘΦ no. 1. c.—Of
time during which any thing is done,
comp. the Heb. no. 1. σ᾽; 87573 oD
Eng. by night, Dan. 7, 2; so Arab,
ΔΗ dic. Also 7) 77 ἘΞ with all

generations, i. e. so long as the genera-

tions of men shall endure, Dan. 3, 33.

4, 31.
ν΄

Ta

ἔν. ‘Way fat. ὭΣ. 1. to stand ;
Chald. and Talm. to stand up, see in

᾿ Ss 3
no. 4. Arab. and Eth. more freq. οἷο

U@ a column; whence in the verb
ec Conj. I, Il, IV, and UP to
make stand, to prop up, sc. by a col-
umn, etc. In the Syriac church καὶ

‘to baptize,’ perh. because the per-
son to be bapt.zed stood in the water ;
but see Castell. Lex. Syr. ed. Michaelis
sub v.—Spoken of men Gen. 24, 30. 31.
41, 17. al. sep. of beasts Gen. 41, 3; of
things Deut. 31, 15. Josh. 3, 16. 11, 13.
It implies not only that one already
stands in a place, but also that he comes
to stand there, q.d. to take a stand, to

place oneself; as 1 K. 20, 38 >> 7223

Wran->s and he stood to meet the king
on the way. 1 Sam. 17,51 he ran and
stood by the Philistine. Hab. 3, 11 the
sun and the moon stood in (betook them-
selves into) their dwelling ; so 782 72>
to stand in the breach, see in 78. The
place in or upon which one stands is
put with 3 Ps. 1,1; oftener with >>
Hab. 2, 1. Jer. 6, 16. Ez. 11, 23. 2 Chr.
30, 16; also 239 >> 52> [0 ‘atand upon
one’s feet Ez. 2,1. Zech. 12,12. But
by ΩΦ is further to stand near any
one (see 59 A. 3. a), i.e. to come near,
2 Sam. 1, 9.10; and then trop. «) to
stand by or Yor. i.e. to succour, to de-

_ fend, comp. >» A. 2. b. Dan. 12, 1.

Esth. 8, 11. 9, 16; comp. > Esp Ps. 94,
16. 8) to stand over, ἷ. 6. to be set over,
Num. 7,2. 7) to stand upon, i. 6. to
confide in, Ez. 33,26; so Syr. > sao.
Also with "22>, once "25-ry 1 K. 12,6
where 2 Chr. 10, 6 "28>, to stand before
any one Gen. 18, 22; ‘usually i q- to
serve, to minister unto him, 6. g. to a
king or leader Deut. 1, 38. 1 K. 1, 28.
10, 8. Dan. 1, 5. Jer. 52, 12; comp. "2
aban ἘΞ to stand in the king's palace

Dan. 1,4. So to stand before Jehovah,

to act as his servant and minister, e. g.
of the priests and Levites Deut. 10, 8.
Judg. 20, 28, comp. Ps. 134, 1; the pro-

_ phets 1 K. 17, 1. 18,15. 2 K. 5, 16. Jer.

15,19. Also 1. ᾳ. to enter upon a ser-

_ vice or ministry, Gen. 41, 46.—Once 7729
. "2B? of sexual intercourse Lev. 18, 23.

67

793

Tay

2. to stand, i. e. to stand firm, to per-
sist, to endure, opp. to fall, to perish.
Ece. 1, 4 ΓΘ 02122 yINN the earth
standeth for ever. Ps. 102, 27 they (the
heavens) shall perish, but thou endurest.
Ps. 33, 11 the decree of Jehovah stand-
eth for ever. 19,10. 111, 3. Ex. 18, 29,
Am. 2,15. Hos. 10,9. Hence, to con-
tinue, not to die, Ex. 21, 22; of things,
not to perish, Jer. 32, 14. Also ‘>
m2m>%2 fo stand firm in battle Ez. 13, 5.
With "25> to stand before any one, i.e. to
bear up against him, to resist him, Ps.
76, 8. 130, 3. 147, 17. Nah. 1, 6; more
rarely c. "283 Josh. 21, 44. 23, 9; 723
Kee. 4, 13 ; 5 Dan. 11, 8; simply Dab.
11, 25. 82. With 3 to persist, to perse-
vere in any thing, 15. 47, 12. Eee. 8, 3.

2 K. 23, 3; once c. acc. Ez. 17; 14 to
keep the covenant and ΠΡ ΤΩΣ to stand to
it ; comp. Esth. 3, 4 whether Mordecai’s
matters would stand, i. e. whether he
would persist in that course. ‘

3. to stand, i. e. to stand still, to stop,
opp. to go on, to proceed. 1 Sam. 20, 38
haste, 122m ἘΝ stop not. Gen. 19, 17. 45,
9. Jer.4,6. Of things, as the sun stand-
ing still in his course Josh. 10, 3; oil no
longer flowing 2 K.4,6; the sea becom-
ing calm Jon. 1,15. Hence a) fo stay,
io remain in a place, c. 3 2 K. 15, 20;
mx, >> of pers. Gen. 45, 1. 2 Sam. 20,11;
absol. Ez. 9, 28. Of things, Dan. 10, 17.
Jer. 48, 11,-Ecc. 2,9. Often to remain
in any state, condition, c. 3 Lev. 13, 5.
37. b) With Ὁ to stop from doing any
thing, to leave off, to desist. Gen. 29,35
ΓΞ sam and left bearing. 30, 9.

4. to stand, i.e. to stand up, to rise up,
io arise, i.g. DIP; Sept. ἀνίστημι. Lev.
19, 16 W327 OF 59 TaDM ND nor shalt thou
rise up eet the blood of thy neighbour.
Elsewhere only in the later Heb. e. g. of
one who rises up to speak 2 Chr. 20, 5.
24, 20; or for help Is. 47,13. Dan. 12,1;
of a new king or prince Dan. 8, 23. 11,
2. 3. 20. Ecc. 4,15; of one who rises from
the dead Dan. 12, 13. Of things, to
arise, e. g. deliverance Esth. 4,14; war
1Chr. 20, 4. Dan. 11, 31.—With >»,
to rise up against any one, Dan. 8, 25...
11, 14. 1 Chr. 21, 1.°2 Chr. 20, 23; comp.
Ezra 10; 15.—Once, to stand forth, 1. 6.
to exist, to be; Ps. 33, 9 Tad3 MAX NA
he (God) commanded, and it stood forths.

\

Tay

5. Pass. of Hiph. no. 1, to be set, con-
stituled, appointed ; Ezra 10, 14 “377239
Ἴ2 2 x2 let now our rulers be appointed.

Hipx. "235, fut. 77992 1. Causat.
of Kal no. ἢ to make stand, to set, to
place, e.g. a person (or thing Ex. 24,
11)i in any place, with 3, 59, "25>, aécort
ing to the nature of the cae ; Gen. 47,
7. Lev. 14, 11. 16, 7. 27, 8. 1. Num. 3,
6. 5, 16. 18. 30. Is. 21,6. Ps. 31, 9. al.
Hence to set up, e.g. statues, idols, 2
Chr. 33,19; a house, to build up, 2 Chr.
_ 24,13. Ezra 2, 68. 9,9; doors Neh. 6, 1.
~ 7°12 Ti8p. to set up, to constitute, to
appoint,e.g. a) To any office, to set
over any charge, 1 K. 12; 32. 1 Chr. 15,
16. 2 Chr. 11, 22. 19, 8. 31, 2. Esth. 4,
5. al. Ὁ) to appoint, to establish, c. acc.
2 Chr. 30,5; acc. and dat. of pers. 2 Chr.
38, 8 (in 2 K. 21,8 m2). Ps. 30, 8. 105,
10; >> of pers. Neh. 10, 33.

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to make stand
Jirm, i.e. to establish, to maintain, to
preserve, 1 K. 15, 4. 2 Chr. 9,8. Prov.
29, 4; to preserve alive Ex.9,16. ‘Trop.
to confirm, i.q. ἘΞ, 2 Chr. 35, 2. Dan.
11, 14 to confirm the vision sc. by the
event.

3. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to make stand
still, to settle, to compose, sc. the features,
2K. 8,11. Also to set oneself, to stand,
to stand still, 2 Chr. 18, 34; parall. in
1K. 22, 35 is Hoph.

4. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to
arise, to raise up, Job 34, 24; a prophet
Neh. 6,7; an army Dan. 11, 31.13; a
wind Ps. 107, 25.

Horn. to be set, placed, Lev. 16, 10;
to remain 1 K. 22, 35.

Deriv. 723, Md,
2372.

kh τ

Tray, ΤΩΡ,

“TJ. TOP ἅπ. λεγόμ. in Hip. but of
doubtful authority ; Ez. 29, 7 W723}
ἘΣΘ ΟΞ o>, which is manifestly for
"12" ‘Dan (and thou madest all their
loins to shake, tremble, comp. Ps. 69, 24.
Syr. id. Sept. συνέκλασας. But Whether
the letters are thus transposed by some
special usage of the language, or merely
by a corruption in this one passage, is
uncertain. In any case this form is pro-
bably to be reckoned among the many
licences or barbarisms in the language
of Ezekiel.

794,

ray

‘TO2 prep. i. ᾳ. ἘΦ, found only with
suff. of 1 pers. "72> i. q. "4D with me
Gen. 21, 23. 31, 5; by or with me, in

my house, etc. Gen. 29, 19.27. Other —

examples see under 0>.—This form has
no connection with the root 29 to stand,
but belongs rather to an obsol. root
1723 i. q. ‘39 to bind, to connect, and

-@
corresponds to the Arab. ic. See
in 523 no. 1. ον

"ὩΣ m. (r. 22) only ὁ. suff. “722,
a word of the later Heb. i. q. DIP. a
stand, i. e. place where one stands, Dan.
8, 17. 18. 10,11. Neh. 8, 7. 9, 3. 13, 11.
2 Chr. 30, 16. 34, 31. 35, 10.

TAY , see in T2d.

MJY f. a station, domicil, Mic. 1, 11.

R. 329.

* $1722 obsol. root, with the idea of
society, companionship, communion, like
r.039. Deriv. m2.

MOY f. (τ. pad) 1. Pr. subst. a ga-
thering, conjunction. communion ; found
only in constr. ΤΩΡ Ecce. 5, 15, elsewhere
ΓΆΡ, c. suff. ἜΣΘ ; once ‘pimp Ez.
45, Ὺ; always as Prep. i. g. D9, viz.

a) together with, i. e. by, at, ned, Ex.
25, 27. 28, 27. 37, 14. 39, 20. Ley. 3, 9.

b) Spec. of persons or things which
move along parall. to and near each

other, so as to be over against each

other; 2 Sam. 16, 13 and Shimei went

along on the hill’s side ina>> over —

against him (the king), and threw stones
inaz> over against him, i.e. he kept
along by the side of the king’s train, and
threw stones and cast dust, not directly

at the king, comp. v. 6. Ez. 40,18. 42, 7.
—Also of things which take place at the —

same time; Ez. 1, 20 and the wheels
were lifted up Dra>> together with them,
i.e. at the same time with them. v. 21.
3, 13. 10, 19. 11, 22. Comp. ἘΦ no. 1. g.
Hence

c) equally with, like, even as; 1 Chr. —

24, 31 these cast lots cnn md> even

as their brethren. 26, 12. 16. Neh. 12,

24. Ecce. 7, 14. Emphat. Ecc. 5, 15

map->2 altozether as, in all points ‘like

as; comp. Tid">> Job 17, 3.

d) along with, 1. ὦ Bestaee Bz. 45,6.

comp. v. 1. 48, 13. 18. 21.

Vay

2. Ummah, pr. n. of a town in Asher,
Tosh. 19, 30.

‘TIDY m. (τ. 722) plur. ov, Dvn,
constr. "722.

la column, pular, Judg. 16, 55." 26.
1K.7,2 sq. 42271 79> the column of
cloud Ex. 33,9. 10, and ONT “92> the

‘column of fire 13, 22. The pillars of

heaven, i. 6. loft} mountains, Job 26, 11 ;
of the earth Job 9, 6. Ps. 75, 4.

2. a stand, platform, elevated place
for standing, 2 K. 11, 14. 23, 3.

ΤΩΣ ig. “22742 (comp. Gen. 19, 38,

_ viz. son of my kindred, i.e. born of in-

cest ; from © no. 1. a, with the syllable
rh satel, as 1121 from DIP, ὙἼ ΘΝ Ἢ from
Dx) Awimon, pr. n. of the son of Lot

_ by his youngest daughter Gen. 19, 30

sq. Also for the Ammonites deecended
from him, who dwelt beyond the Jordan
in the tract of country between the
streams Jabbok and Arnon, 1 Sam. 11,
11; oftener ὩΣ "22 Num. 21, 24. Deut.
2, 37. 3,16. al. For their country see

- Deut. 3, 16. Job 12, 2. Judg. 11,13. In

Ez. 25, 2-5 yia~"22 is put for "22 YIN

9. like the Lat. ‘in Bruttios, ‘Sam-

nites, profectus est,’ i. e. into their terri-
tory. See Reland Palestina p. 103.
Ersch and Gruber’s Encycl. art. Am-
mon, Vol. III. p. 371.—The gentile n. is
ἜΣ, ἢ ΤΩΡ, Ammonite Deut. 23, 4.
1 Sam. 11, 1.2. 1 K. 14, 21. 2 Chr. 24,
26; plur. f. mitzimd 1 K. 11, 1. Neh. 13,

_ 23, where Keri has mi*723.

DvP (borne up, sustained, τ. 29)
Amos, pr.n.of a prophet, Am. 1,1. 7, 8 sq.
Bue 5
pI

PAP (deep, τ. p2>) Amok, pr. ἢ. m.

"Neh. 12, 7. 20.

28AY (servant of God, see in ἘΦ no.
1. 6) Ammiel, pr. n. m. a) Num. 13,
12. b) 2 Sam. 9, 4. 5.17, 27. c)1
Chr. 26,5. d) 1 Chr. 3,5; for which

28am. 11, 3 o>7bx.

f

ib. v. 28.

THI"AY (one of the tribe of Judah,
for 757" "2>) Ammihud, pr.n.m. 8)
2 Sam. 13, 37 Keri. b) Num. 1, 10. 2,
18. 1 Chr. 7, 26. c) Num. 34,20. 4d)
e) 1 Chr. 9, 4.

ΣΤ ἘΦ (kindred of the giver, i. 6.

_ Jehovah, comp. x3, "3NYa>) Ammi-

zabad, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 27, 6.

795 ;

buy

ὩΣ (kindred of nobles) Ammi-
hur, pr.n.m. 2 Sam. 13, 37 Cheth. for
ana» lett. a.

372°2 (kindred of the prince) Am-
minadab, pr.n.m. a) Ex. 6,23. Num.
1,7. Ruth 4,19. 1Chr.2,10. b) 15,10.
11. c) 1Chr. 6, 7.

p22 Chald. adj. (τ. pad) deep, pro-
found ; trop. hidden, unsearchable, Dan.
2, 22.

“ΠῺΣ m. (τ. 72d) 1. pr. a handful of
grain as cut down, before it is gathered
into sheaves, Jer. 9, 22.

2. a sheaf, i.q. 139, Am. 2,13. Mic.
4,12. Zech. 12, 6.—Chald. 8393 id.

"JW"OY (kindred i. e. servant of the
Almighty, comp. >x"22) Ammishaddai,
pr. n. m. Num. 1, 12. 2, 25.

PAY f.(r. ΠΏΣ) 1. society, compa-
nionship; Zech. 13, 7 "3d "ΔῈ the
man of my fellowship, i.e. my compa-
nion.

2. Concer. i. ᾳ. 59, ὃ πλησίον, neigh-
bour, fellow-man, Lev. 5, 21. 18, 20. 19,
11. 15. 17. 24, 19. 25, 14.15. 17. In this
signif. it is also joined (ad sensum) with
a masc. Lev. 19, 17.

* 5139 fat. devs, to labour, with the
idea of effort and exhaustion, to toil,
Eee. 5, 15; c. > to labour for any one,
Prov. 16, 26; c. 3 to labour in or upon
any thing, Jon. 4,10. Ecc. 2,21. Ps. 127,
1.—Ece. 1, 3 φῶ buy-boe of all the
labour wherewith ‘he toileth. 2, 19. 20.

5,17. Arab. Aves to labour, to make.

Syr. \&4s to labour, to be fatigued.
Deriv. the two following.

209 τη. (once f. Ece. 10,15.) 1. la-
bour, toil, i.e. a) pr. Ecc. 1,3 2,11.
3, 13. 4, 8; trop. of the mind Ps. 73, 16.
Meton. fruit of labour, Ps. 105, 44. Ecc.
2,19. b) travail, sorrow, anguish, mi-
sery, including the idea of wearisome
and painful effort, Sept. πόνος, μόχϑος,
κόπος, Gen. 41, 52. Deut. 26,7. Job 3,
10. 4, 8. 7,3. Ps. 7, 15. 73, 5. Often
coupled with synonymous words, as
TI bad Ps. 10, 7. 90,10; das 718 Ps.
55,113 O32) bas Ps, 10, 14, etc. Job
16, 2 by “2m miserable comforters

yap) 796

Is. 53,11 259 5222 from the travail i.e.
sorrow of his soul—In Num. 23, 21. Is.
10, 1, it is sometimes rendered iniquity,
fault, i.g. 718; but the signification,
sorrow, misery, may well be adopted in
both.

2. Amal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 35.

2A m. adj. (τ. 589) plur. ὈΠΡΏΡ.

1. labouring, toiling, with severe ef-
fort and exhaustion; often put with
personal pronouns for a finite verb, Ece.
2, 22. 4, 8. 9,9. Hence a labourer,
workman, Judg. 5, 26. Prov. 16, 26.

2. sorrowful, wretched, Job 3, 20. 20,
22.

P2029 Amalek, pr. n. 1. The Ama-
lekites, a very ancient people Gen. 14, 7.
Num. 24, 20, who inhabited the regions
on the south of Palestine between Idu-
mea and Egypt, comp. Ex. 17, 8-16.
Num. 13, 30. 1 Sam. 15, 7; also to the
eastward of ihe Dead Sea and Mount
Seir, Num. 24, 20. Judg. 3, 13. 6, 3. 33;
and who appear likewise to have settled
down here and there in Palestine itself,
whence the mount of the Amalekites in
the territory of Ephraim Judg. 12, 15;
comp. 5,14. They often waged war with
the Israelites ; the latest mentionof them
is during the reign of Hezekiah 1 Chr.
_ 4,43.—In the genealogical traditions of

5 ° 9 --
the Arabians, the brane ᾽ ads ᾽

are reckoned among the aborigines of
that country. See Reland Palestina p.
78-82. D’Herbelot Biblioth. Orient. p.
214. J.D. Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr.
Hebr. ext. T. I. p. 170-177. Ejusd.
Supplem. p. 1927. Ersch and Gruber’s
Encycel. art. Amalek, Vol. ΠῚ, p. 301.—
The gentile n. is spony Amalekite, with
the art. collect. Gen. 14, 7. Judg. 12, 15.

2. A grandson of Beau, the founder. of
an Arab tribe, Gen. 36, 16; comp. v. 12.

*Da? 1. pr. to bring together, to
congregate, to conjoin; whence ®Y a
people, ἘΦ with, by, 22 conjunction.

Arab. μιᾷ to be common, to be in com-
mon. This root is very widely spread
both in the Semitic and Indo-European
languages. In the former comp. 025 to
collect, whence D3, 229 ; DID to cumu-
late ; and preserving the ‘puttaral DAN,

oye]

mad, ἘΠῚ kinsman, father-in-law. In the

latter comp. Lat. cum, con, cumulus,

cunctus, (from cungo i. 4. jungo,) Gr.
κοινός (κυνός), γάμος, and with the pala-

tal letter either softened into an aspirate

or changed to a sibilant Sanscr, sam,

Pers. gS, Gr. ἅμα, ouds, ὁμοῦ, (with d

or 1 subjoined as a third radical ὅμιλος,

duadoc, comp. Heb. “Ἐν, Lat. simul,)

σύν, ξυνός, Meesogoth. sama, saman, Fr.

ensemble, Dan. sam, Anglosax. samod~
with, Germ. samint, zusammen, sammeln.

Comp. also, for the Slavic languages,

Dorn ἄθεον die Verwandtschaft des Per-

sischen und Gr. Lat. Sprachstammes p.

183.

2. to shut up, to close ; hence to hide, to
conceal ; trop. to overshadow, to surpass,
Ez. 31,8. Impers. Ez. 28, 3 pano->>
W223 Nd no secret thing can they hide
as to thee, i. 6. nothing can be hid from
thee; see Heb. Gr. ὃ 134: 3. b—Arab.
we to cover ; ; to obstruct, to shut up;
Pass. to be hidden, veiled with clouds,
sc. the heavens. ‘Chald. ἘΦῺΣ to ob-
scure ; Ithp. ΘΏΣΩΝ to be obscured, to
grow dark, as the eyes, etc.

Horn. 55:7 to be obscured, to become
dim, e. g. the lustre of gold Lam. 4, 1.

Deriv. o>, 2, M22, also Pr. n. ms
bx, etc.

ΠῺΣ plur. and Chald, F207
tions, tribes, see in SD.

287229 (God with us) Jmmanuel, the
symbolical and prophetic name a a
child, Is. 7, 14. 8.8. Sept. ᾿ξμμανουήλ.

* 0729, once wie Neh. 4, 11, fut.
pins”, to take up, to lift up, e.g. a or
Zech. 12,3; to bear, to carry, Is. 46, 3.
Spec. to tale up and place upon a beast
of burden, to load, absol. Is, 46, 1. Neh.
4,11 [17]; with >» of beast, the ace. of
haaden being omitted, Gen. 44, 13 D3"
iniam-b> wre lit. each one lifted the load
upon his ass, i.e. loaded his ass. Neh.
13, 15. Trop. Ps. 68, 20 422-0732 if one
lift (lay) a burden upon us, God is our
deliverer.

Hien. 0°97) to lift up a load upon any
one, to load, c. b¥ 1 K. 12, 11. 2 Chr.
10, 11.

Deriv. mow, and the pr. ἢ. Oia,
MIDST, RUBE, "WEE, ὌΘΩΣ.

ΓΤ Nip

β Pipes.

συ

ὉῺΡΣ

ΤΟΣ (whom Jehovah bears, comp.

Is. 46,3) Amasiah, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 2 Chr. 17
16.

ὩΣ ΣΌΣ (people of duration) Amad, pr.
n. of a town in the tribe of Asher, Josh.
19,26. .

z pas to be deep, metaph. to be un-
_ searchable, Ps. 92,6. Comp. Gr. βαϑύ-
gow, βάϑος.. σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ϑεοῦ

: Rom. 11, 33.—Arab. Bs, more rarely
_ by transpos. ( gx, Aram. wakes, Eth.
UP®, id.

Hira: p22 , to make deep, often fol-
lowed by a finite verb. Is. 7,11 porn

_ mbxvi make deep, ask, i. 6. demand that
a wonder shall come from the deep,

from below. . Also with inf. c. >, 80 as

_ to be taken in an adverbial sense, Jer.
49, 8. 30 mawid spya>n make deep to
_ dwell, make deep your dwellings, dwell

in the depths of the earth. Hos. 9, 9. Is.
29, 15 ὝΠΟ ΘΠ ὩΣ ΒΓ who hide deep.
Things are also said to be deep which

_ extend toa great length from the eye

of the spectator, as Gr. βαϑὺς τόπος a
deep tract i.e. of great length, βαϑεία
αὐλή a deep court Il. 9. 142; as we also
speak of the depth of a house from front
to rear, comp. P22. So Is. 30, 33 prayn
ANI. SMM deep and broad do they

make the pile thereof. Metaph. pen
ΤΠ 10 turn deeply ‘i. 6. far away, to
| depart widely, Is. 31, 6. Hos. 5, 2.

Deriv. Par, pa, Pav, pr, p°2>,
O1p2s"2, pr. n. pins.

P22 adj. deep, profound, only in plur.

_ constr. MEY “Pd a people deep of lip,
- i.e. of obscure speech, using a foreign
_ language which cannot be understood,
© ds. 33, 19. Ez. 3, 5. 6.

“pay adj. (τ. p22) £ mpRy, plur. Spas,

Ἐ “deep. e. g. waters Prov. 18,4. 20,5;

_ apit 22,14. 23.27; the plague of lep-

rosy as deeper than the skin Lev. 13, 3

sq. Plur. f. mipe> or mipey deep things

Job 12, 22.
2. Metaph. wnsearchable, not to be
found out, Ps. 64,7. Ecc. 7, 24. Job 11, 8.

PO? m. (τ. pay) 6. suff. "p>, plur.
EPR, a valley, pr. a long low plain,
67*

797

pay

βαϑὺς τόπος, (see the root in Hiph.)
adapted to the culture of grain Job 39,
10. Ps. 65, 14. Cant. 2,1; and also con-
venient for battles Job 39,21. So Num.
14, 25. Josh. 8,13. Judg. 7, 1 sq. 1K.
20, 28. Jer. 48, 8. al. With art. pavn
once poet. for*Jerusalem Jer. 21, 13;

elsewhere of a valley or plain hefore
mentioned, Judg. 1, 19. 34. 5,15. 7, 1. 8.
12, Plur. =°p23 seems once to be put
for the inhabitants of valleys, 1 Chr. 12,
15 they put to flight a"p7233752 all (them
of) the valleys ; unless perhaps we may
read 0°P2375> all the Anakim, just as
in Jer. 47,5 ‘for DPs> ΓΝ Ὁ it is better
with Sept. to read op mans (Aske-
lon) the remnant of the ‘Anakim, comp.
v. 4; see also Josh. 11, 21.—It differs in
usage from the words of kindred mean-
ing ΠΡΌ, "3, 52, in that each of these
words is applied only to certain particu-
lar valleys or plains. So too psd is
used of the following valleys:

a) ΡΣ pr the Valley of Elah, i. e.
of Terebinths, south-west of Jerusalem,
leading out from among the hills to the
grgat plain, the scene of David’s triumph
over Goliath, 1 Sam.17,2.19. 21,10. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 349, 350.

b) X22 ῬῺΡ the Valley of Baca, i. 6.
of Weeping, see in 823 no. 1.

6) M273 pr the Valley of Berachah.
i. 6. of Blessing, south of Bethlehem.
2 Chr. 20, 26. Now Wady Bereikit.
9X59 3 see Bibl. Res. in Palest. Il.
p. 189. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 43.

d) 724m px» the King’s Dale, perh.
towards the Dead Sea, Gen. 14, 17. 2
Sam, 18, 18.

6) ΝΒ" px the Plain of Rephaim,
i.e. of the ‘Giants, beginning near the
valley of Hinnom, south-west of Je-
rusalem, and stretehing off as a plain
south-west on the right of the road to
Bethlehem, Josh. 15, 8. 18, 16. 2 Sam.
5, 18. 22. Josh. 17,5. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I. p. 323, 324.

f) n-7w p> the Vale of Siddim, see
in Dw.

5) Y°SP Pay the Vale of Keziz, pr. n.
of a city of Benjamin Josh. 18, 21.

Other valleys take their names from
adjacent towns, as }i2352 [72 near Gi-
beon Is. 28, 1, comp. Josh. 10, 11; mido 9

pay

Ps. 60,8; dxd419 ’D, see p. 393; inn "
Gen. 37, 14; jibes > the Vale of Ajalon,
near that city, Josh. 10, 12; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 63. Also from per-
sons, as UEWIN Ὁ the Valley of Jehosha-
phat, Joel 4, 2, 12; see p. 386. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. I. p. 396.

Po? τὰ. (r. p>) depth, Prov. 25, 3.
Chald. pass, Syr. LoscaS, id.

* "22 in Kal not used. Arab.

to overwhelm with water ; Conj. I, III,
_ to rush upon, to assault vehemently ;
Conj. VII, VIII, to be overwhelmed,
submerged. Hence to Heb. "22, so far
as we can judge from the verb and its
derivatives, may be ascribed the follow-
ing significations :

1. fo heap together, to accumulate,
kindr. with "2m no. 3. Hence “=>,
“122 , Pi. 172.

2. to overwhelm any one, to rush upon,
as Arab. Conj. II, ΠῚ. See Hithpa.

3. 10 overwhelm any thing, to sub-
merge; comp. "2%. Hence pr. ἢ.
ΠΡ.

Piet denom. from “2, to heap toge-
ther, to gather up grass or grain as cut.
Ps. 129, 7 wherewith the mower filleth
nol his hand, "2% 323) nor the gath-
erer his arm.

Hirapa. “2905, to rush upon any

one, fo lay hands upon violently, ὁ. 35.

comp. 5829 and >>%snm ὁ. >> Gen. 43,
18. So of a female slave who has been
her thaster’s concubine, Deut. 21, 14
thou. shalt not sell her... ΩΣ ΌΤΙ >)
ma nor shalt thou lay hands upon her sc.
tochastise her. Ofaslave stolen, Deut.
24,7 if one steal a man of Israel “ὩΣ ΌΤΙΣ
i155 3. and lay hands on him and sell
him ; comp. Gen. |. c.—Others by con-
ject. to make merchandise of any one.
Deriv. 195, 1°29, pr. n. May, 723.

“22 Chald. m. wool, i. ᾳ. Heb. “ὩΣ,
‘Dan. 7, 9.

| may m. (τ. (22) 1. a handful of

grain, a sheaf, Lev. 23, 10-13. Deut. 24,
19. Job 24,10. Plur. o> Ruth 2, 7.
15. Sept. δρόγμα. Targ. vos id.

2. an omer, a measure of things dry,
equal to the tenth part of an ephah, or
34 quarts (see Ex. 16, 36); Ex. 16, 16.
18. 22. 32. 33.—Not to be confounded

798

=39

with the "3h, which contained ten
ephahs.

may (prob. submersion, τ. 22, comp.
bop conflagration) Gomorrah, Sept.
Τόμοῤῥα, pr. ἢ, of one of the four towns
in the vale of Siddim, submerged in the
Dead Sea. Where all are enumerated.
Gomorrah is put second, Gen. 10, 19.
14; 2. 8. Deut. 29, 22; but oftener only
two are mentioned, Sodom and Gomor-
rah, Gen. 13, 10. 14. 10. 11. Is. 1,9. 10.
Jer. 23, 14. 50,40. Zeph. 2, 9. al.

"TOF i. g. ΠΡῸΣ ve pupil of Je- .

hovah, comp. Arab. ἢ = untaught, in-
experienced) Omri, pr.n. a) A king
of Israel, τ. 929-918 Β. C. the founder of
Samaria, 1 K. 18 16.sq. 2 K. 8, 26. Mic.
6, 16. Sept. ἄμβριι b) 1 Che: 7, 8.
6) 9,4. d) 27, 18. |
D2 (kindred of the ney Gi i.e. of
God) Amram, pr. ἢ. m. 8) The father
of Moses Ex. 6. 18. 20. Num. 3, 19;
whence patronym. "2733 Amramite,
Num. 3, 27. 1 Chr. 26, 33. Ὁ) Ezra 10,
WY, see in da.

NWP (burden, τ. V2) Amasa, pr.
n.m. a) 2 Sam. 1% 25. 19, 14. 1 Chr.
2,17. Ὁ) 2 Chr. 28, 12.

“W227 (burdensome, τ. 0:89) ‘Anant
prenem. a) 1 Chr. 6, 10.20. b) 15,
24. ¢) 2 Chr. 29, 12. f

"CW? pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 13; prob. |
a wrong orthography arising out οὗ
the two forms "war and *0%>. Comp. —
peop: and XAL"0.

* 322 obsol. root of uncertain signif.
Talmud. to conjoin, whence Simonis de-
rives 233 cluster; but as 555 signifies
rather berry, this etymology is unapt.
Better therefore 32> to roll up or loge-
ther, to become globular, like 332 whence
3212 (globule) star; comp. also ΤῊΣ to

roll up, ¥ and > being interchanged.—
Hence pr. ἢ. 3322 , and the two following.

339 (q. ἃ. grape-town) Anab, pr. ἢ. of
a town on the mountains of Judah south
of Hebron, Josh. 11, 21 (where some
edit. 329). 15, 50. “Still called πᾶ,
wlis; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II p.
194, 195.

ΟΝ

“322 m. (τ. 599) Deut. 32, 14, 6. suff.
Diss v. 32, elsewhere only bar, ὈΠΞΟΣ,
rs constr. "232 (Dag. euphon.) Lev. 25, iy
a grape, plur. grapes, i. e. the betried uot
the clusters ; 5°3:> being distinguished
from >5>3x cluster, as Gen. 40, 10 "523 ΠῚ
νοι mndodx | see in ΕΝ no. 1.
τς ‘Nom. 13, 23 B.s37 59ῸΝ clusters of
Pd Hence =39 ἘΞ Deut. 32, 14, and
€ 339 = the blood of grapes i. 6. wine
‘Gen. 49, 11; so’Num. 6, 3. Deut. 23,
55. Hos. 3,1. Gen. 40, ie Num. 6, 3.

al. Chald. =22 id. Arab. is grapes,
" Ride a grape.

227 in Kal not used, éo live deli-
᾿ cately and effeminately; Arab. δὲ ἴο

delight, to entice, spoken of females who
draw attention by ogling and other co-
quettish gestures.

Puat to be delicate, tender, part. fem.
32272 Jer. 6, 2.
irap. 1.i.q. Pu. Deut, 28, 56.

2. to delight oneself, to rejoice in any
thing, espec. "9 >> Is. 58, 14. Ps. 37, 4.
Job 22, 26.. 27, 10;.c. 12 Is. 66, 11;
also fo enjoy oneself, c. 52 Ps. 37,11; 3

55, 2.

3. In a bad sense,. fo sport over any
one, i.e. to mock, to deride, c. ἘΣ Is. 57, 4.

Deriv. 34228 and the two following.

423 adj. f. 333 , delicate, soft, effemi-
nate, Deut. 28, 54. 56. Is. 41, 1

429 m. delight, pleasure, Is. 13, 22.
58,13. R.423.

ἘΓῺ to bind on, only twice in the
_verb, Job 31, 36. Prov. 6, 21. Hence

subst. ΓΙ. Kindred are dis with,
by, and Heb. a>.

εν [1.29 fut. M337, conv. [5°15 pr. a
verb *> i. q. Arab.
1. Lo chant, to sing ; Arab. it Conj.

II, V, id. elie song. Syr. Pa. αἷς, to

sing. Comp. Lat. cano, Pers. dss

to sing, to call, to read; old Germ. han
to sing, whence Hahn cock.

a) Pr. Ex. 15, 21 and Miriam sang
tento them ; Vulg. precinebat. 1 Sam.

799

ry

18, 7. Ezra 8,11. With > to sing of any
one, to celebrate in song, 1 Sam, 21, 12.
29, 5. Num. 21, 17. Ps. 147, 7. In all
these passages the LXX have ἐξάρχω,
implying to strike up, to begin to sing.
Comp. Piel.

b) i. q. to ery aloud, to shout, which is
often expressed by words implying sing-
ing, as Lat. ‘actor canit, cantat,’ i. e. de-
claims, cries aloud ; ‘ gallus canit,’ comp.
Engl. chanticleer. Ex. 32, 18 there is a
shout of battle in the camp, ... >3p 7>%
misy Sip mw Miss Sip Py: nana ming
S22 "558 not the shout of victory, not the
outcry of defeat, but the voice of singing
do I hear; hence it appears that the
signif. fo sing belongs more to Piel. Of
the shouting of soldiers in battle Jer. 51,
14; of the wailing cry of jackals Is. 13,
22.

2. to strike up with the voice, to begin
to speak, to speak, which approaches
nearly to M22 i. 6. ἐξάρχω, in no. 1. a.
Deut.21,7 s708) 5235 and they shall speak
and say. 26, δ. 27, 14. Job 3,2 a8 1991
“2x1 then spake Job and said. Cant.
2,10. Is. 14, 10." Zech. 3, 4. al. seep.
comp. Gen. 31, 36. With acc. of pers.
to speak to any one Zech. 1, 11.—So
Chald. 32 very freq. in the book of
Daniel, see below; and hence in N. T.
ἀποκρίνομαι id. Matt. 11, 25. 22, 1. 28, 5.
al. see the Lexicons.

3. More freq. to answer, to respond ;
pr. of one who answers to another calling
(5P), q. d. § to call back,’ which the He-
brews did by the word "225. So Job 19,
16 1339 ND} ΠΝ ἪΡ SF "5 I called to my
servant, but he answereth nol. 5, |. Prov.
1, 28. Hence of men who answer when
God calls, Is. 50, 2. 60,4. 66, 12. Jer. 7,
13. Job 14, 15. Of God as answering
the cries and invocations of men, after
pos, prt, Job 35, 12. Is. 46,7. Mic. 3,4;
S30 Job 30,20; Xap Is. 58, 9. Jon. 2, 3.
Ps. 22, 3. 91, 15. al. So the phrase “>
3%, see in "9 J. 1; also OXI ΓΞ to
answer with fire 1K. 18, 24.—Mostly
simpl. to answer, to reply to one speak-
ing; construed: «) Absol. Prov. 15, 28.
26,5; very often in the formula: 4354
“oxs1 bax and Abraham answered
and said Gen. 18, 27. 31.36. 43. 40, 18;
or with “xd Gen. 41, 16. 42, 22. al. 8)
With acc. of pers. ἀμείβομαι τινά, Job

Γ2 Ν

1, 7. Gen. 23, 5. 45, 3. 1 Sam. 28, 15. al.
7) Acc. of thing with which one answers,
Job 15, 2. 32,17. Prov. 18, 23; or to
which, Job 40, 2 the reprover of God
m5" let him answer this. Hence ὃ)
With two acc. of pers. and thing, 1
Sam. 20, 10. Mic. 6, 5. Ps. 119, 42. Jer.
23, 37; comp. Job 9, 3.

Spec. to answer is also said:

a) Of those who respond to the re-
quests or entreaties of any one, who
hear and grant his requests; hence often
of God as listening to the prayers of
men, i. q. to hear and answer, 1 Sam. 9,
17. Ps. 3,5. 4, 2. 13. 4. 20, 10. 27, 7. 34,
δ. 118, 21. Is. 30, 19. al. sep. comp. above
inno. 3. Sept. εἰσακούω, éraxovw. With
an adjunct of place whence one hears
and sends help, Ps. 20, 7 "aw sm2>°
iw5p he will hear (and help) him from
his holy heavens. Soof the place whence
one calls, Ps. 22,22 ΩΣ 0°27 "29P2
hear me calling from ‘the horns of the
wild buffaloes, comp. Jon. 2, 3; com-
monly taken as constr. pregn. hear
(and deliver) me from the horns of
the buffaloes. [The parallelism here
requires the latter interpretation. R.]
On this animal see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. p. 206.—With acc. of pers. and 3
of thing, to answer with any thing, Ps.
65, 6. Also with acc. of thing, Ecc.
10, 19 >>a-my AId2 HODN money an-
ewereth with all things, i. 6. imparts all,
procures all. Hos. 2, 23. 24.

b) Of God as answering by an oracle,
to give response, to announce future
things ; so after NIP Jer. 33, 3; duo
1 Sam. 14, 37. 28,6. So genr. Jer. 23,
35. 42,4. Gen. 41, 16 “my 7297 cindy
rise iby God responds the peace of
Pharaoh, i. e€. announces to him pros-
perity ; comp. Deut. 20,11. 1 Sam. 9,
17.—Trop. Job 20,3 "3232 ἌΓ Δ m4
my spirit from my understanding re-
sponds to me, i.e. my spirit, in which is
wisdom, suggests to me what to say.

c) In a forensic sense, to answer, i. e.
a) Of a judge giving his response or sen-
tence, Ex. 23,2. $8) Of a witness an-
swering the inquiries of the judge; hence
to bear witness, to lestify, Deut. 19, 16.
31, 21. Job 16,8; 6. 3 concerning any
one, i. e. either sor any one Gen. 30, 33.
1 Sam. 12, 3; or also against any one

600

ray

2 Sam. 1,16. Ex. 20, 16. Num. 35, 30.
Deut. 19, 18. Is. 8, 9. Jer. 14,7. Job 15,
6. Ruth 1, 21. al. sep. comp. 3 3h.
More fully 3 ἽΣ n> Ex. 20, 16. Deut. 5,
18.—With acc. of that which one testi-
fies, Deut. 19, 16. 18.

d) Further, to answer is likewise i. @.
to contradict, Sept. avtanoxgivoum, Job
16, 3; with acc. of pers. 9, 14. 15. 32; to

refute, Job 31, 35 behold my words | "313 ὦ

"2299 may the Almighty answer me, i. 6.
refute my accusation ; acc. of thing Job
32,12. Also to give account, with acc.
of thing Job 33, 13; comp. 9, 3.

4. i. q. Arab. tu signify, to intend,
to aim at; hence 7322, 322, also 15"
pr. purpose, intent, aim.

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. to be answered,i.e. a) to
be heard and answered Job 19, 7. Prov.
21,13. b) to be refuted Job 11, 2.

2. i. α΄ Καὶ no. 3, to answer, c. Ὁ Ez.
14, 4. 7. :

Piet to chant, to sing, i. α. Kal no. 1
where see. Ex. 32, 18 see in Kal no. 1.
Ps. 88, 1. Is. 27, 2.

Deriv. "33%, 35%, #2", and pr. n.
Moe) THE, PINE, MONE.

Ἢ, red for "29, a verb ἴθ ; comp
the derivatives, 133, M39.

1. to bestow ‘labour upon, to exercise
oneself in any thing, Ὁ. 2 Kee. 1, 13. 3,

10.—Syr. 2 yas, Arab. ct cure ha-

buit rem; «ἀξ lassus fuit.—Spec. perh.
to till the ground, subegit terram, whence
ΓΟ, ΤΡ Ὁ, furrow:

2. to labour, i. 6. to suffer, to be afflict-
ed, oppressed, humbled, Ps. 116, 10. 119,
67. Zech. 10, 2. Hos. 5, 5. Is. 25, 5
MpD7 ENED 721 the song of the tyrants
shall be brought low, suppressed. With
72, 31,4 mops Nd prion and will not
be depressed at their ‘multitudes, will not
lose courage.

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. to be afflicted, Ps. 119, 107.
Is. 53, 7 7392 857) and he was afflicted.

2. Reflex. to humble oneself before any
one, to submit to him, c. "28% Ex. 10, 3,
where ὍΣΣ is for ΡΟΝ

PIEL mp fut. ΠΕΡῚ ,to oppress, to afflict,
to humble, Sept. ταπεινόω, κακόω. So of
single persons as oppressed and afflicted,
Gen. 16,6. 31,50. Ex. 22, 22. Ps. 89, 23

.

my

= 119, 75. Job 30, 11; also whole nations
_ Gen. 15, 13. Ex. 1, 11. 12. Num. 24, 24.
Deut. 26, 6. 2 K. 17, 20. Ps. 90, 15. Is.

60,14. Nah. 1,12. al. Referred to the

δ Ἰρᾶγι Judg. 16, 5. 19; to the mind, Deut.

ΟὟ
ἐ
ds
᾿
A
᾿
4
|
t

_ Ez. 93.10.11. Lam. 5, 11.
_ to afflict one’s soul by fasting, i. q. to

"bina WE? Ps. 35, 13.
thy ψυχήν, and so Ecclus. 2, 17. 7, 17.
Judith 4, 9.

j bour and toil, i. q. Kal no. 1.
his labour, toil, Ps. 132, 1.

~ Is. 53, 4.

_ with the joy of his heart.
- cause God will (hear and) answer him
with joy of his heart.

_ oneself, Gen. 16, 9;

_ 8,2. So Ps. 105, 18 1539 5333 829 they
afflict his feet ἘΠῚ felters.
afflicted (weakenéd) my stnenartle in the
_ way, mid-way of my life.
hast afflicted (overwhelmed) me with
all thy waves. Job 37,23 F239 X> he
will not afflict ; so the common reading,

102, 24 God

88, 8 thou

but it is better to read with Sept. Vulg.

'Syr. and several Mss. of De Rossi X>
| 337 he will not respond, 1. e. will not
_ give account; see in 73> I. 3. d—Spec.
a) ΠῸΝ Hp to humble a woman, i. 6.
_ to have carnal intercourse with her,
often by force; Gen. 34,2. Deut. 22, 24.

29. Judg. 19, 24. 20, 5. 2 Sam. 13, 22.
b) ‘iw52 mp

fast, Lev. 16,29. 31. 23,27. 32. Num. 29,
7. 30,14. Is. 58, 3.5.10; more fully ἊΣ

Sept. tazswow

Puat 1. to be made to labour, to la-
Inf. ink

2..to be oppressed, afflicted, Ps, 119,71.

Hien. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to
cause to labour, i. e. to occupy, to employ,
to busy; Ecc. 5.19 he shall not much
remember the days of his life (i.e. its
shortness), because God occupieth him
Others: be-

_ 2. to oppress, to afflict, to humble, i. q.

Piel, 1 K. 8, 35. 2 Chr. 6, 26. Ps. 55,20.

Hirap. 72207 1. Pass. to be afflicted,

to suffer, 1 K. 2, 26. Ps. 107, 17.

2. Reflex. to humble oneself, to submit
“ἢ "28> Dan. 10, 12.
Ezra 8, 21.

Deriv 1:9, 7329, 5929, May, 29, "23,
39. M3 232, Pues, mash, ‘also?! ‘pr. n.
m3, "2.

Τ᾿. ΤῊΣ or S822 Chald. plur. 23; part.

mop, plur. 7722, i. q. Heb. mT.

. ἢ το begin ‘to speak, to speak, mostly
with "28, as ὙΝῚ ΝΡ [2 Daniel

801

Σ᾽

spake and said Dan. 2, 20. 3, 9. 14. 94
28. 4, 16. 27. 5,7. 10. 13. 6,17. al. “So
with Ὁ of pers. Din. 2, 15. 3,9; ἘΠ} 6,
14; also “8 being omitted ec. 2, 47.

2, loanswer, after ἃ question, e. g. ΤῺ
“ant Dan. 2, 5. 7. 8. 26. 3, 16. 25. 6, 13.
14; ο. DIP 2,10. 27.

IT. 722 Chald. to be oppressed, afflict-
ed, i. q. Heb. 729 II. 2. Part. 729, plur.
129 the afflicted Dan. 4, 24.

M22 Anah (τ. ΤΩΣ LorII),;pr.n. a) A
son of Seir, and also an Edomitish tribe
descended from him, Gen. 36, 20. 29.
b) A son of Zibeon and grandson of
Seir, Gen. 36, 2. 14. 24.—In vs. 2. 14,
Anah is called the daughter of Seir; but
from v. 24 it obviously should read 13
son, with the Samar. and Sept.

122 m. adj. (r. 429 IT) sing. Num. 12,
3 where Keri 1°29 ; : plur. ΤΣ, constr.
"329.

εἰ oppressed, afflicted, jaa but
everywhere with the accessory idea of
humility, meekness, i. 6. the humble, the
meek, who prefer to suffer wrong rather |
than do wrong, comp. espec. Ps. 25, 9.
37, 11. 69, 33; and who therefore enjoy
God’s favour, Ps. 10, 17. 22, 27. 34, 3.
147, 6. Is.29,19. Am. 2,7. al. ΤΌΝ 32
Ps. 66, 10. Is. 11, 4, Zeph. 2, 3. Chald.

123, 19123, Syr. Koaas, id—Hence

2. Simpl. meek, once Num. 12, 3.
Sept. πραῦς.
Note. In five passages Keri has

ΘΛ for Cheth n™2>, Ps. 9, 13. 10, 12.
Prov. 3, 34. 14,21. 16,19. Vice versa,
twice Keri has 5°"2> for Cheth, ΘΛ,
Ps. 9, 19. Is. 32, 7.

222 (bound together, τ. 3:9) Anub,
pr. ἢ, m. 1 Chr, 4, 8.

M22 pr. fem. of "39, used as abstr.
1, humility, modesty, ον. 15, 33. 18,
12. 22, 4. Zeph. 2, 3. |
2. As attributed to God, mildness,

clemency, Ps. 18, 36.

M22 f. i. α. 7929 no. 2, mildness, clem-
ency, of a king Ps. 45, 5.

Pry, see in P29 no. 2."

M2 f. (τ. M29 IL) affliction; Ps. 22

25 "39 MND the affliction of the afflicted.
Others, δμρνέρς Sept. Vulg. Chald.

me
=

render it the cry of the afflicted, comp.
‘ish in the other member; but 29 is
never used for the wailing cry of the
miserable, see the root no. 1. b.

"39 m. adj. (τ. 739 IL) f. ΠΙῺΝ Is. 10,
30, plur. 55523 , constr. "°23 , afflicted, dis-
tressed, wretched, from whatever cause:
whether poverty, see below in lett. a;
the oppression of the wicked, persecu-
tion, extortion, Is. 3, 14. 15. 10, 2. Job
36, 6. Ps. 12, 6; solitude, abandonment,
as orphans, exiles, strangers, Lev. 19, 10.
23, 22. Is. 58, 7. Ps. 25, 16. Zech. 7, 10;
or wars and the harassing of enemies, Is.
14, 32. It sometimes takes also the ac-
cessory idea of innocence and piety, Ps.
22, 25. 84,7. 35, 10; and sometimes that
‘ of meekness, 6. g. as opp. to pride Ps. 18,
28, or as coupled with 55 733 Is. 66, 2;
but this idea belongs more to ‘32>.
Hence spec. a) poor, needy, Deut. 24,
12. 14.15. Job 24,9. Prov. 31,20. Ὁ)
humble, lowly, meek, Zech. 9,9. Sept.
πραῦς.---Ῥ αὶ often with synonymes, as
73aN7 ὋΣ Ps. 37, 14. 40, 18. al. Wn} ἊΣ
Ps. 82,3: 51 "29 Zeph. 3, 12, comp. Is.
26, 6 ; "339 aoa Ps. 25,16; "33 "2> Lev.
19, 10. 23,22; N51 "29 Ps. 69, 30; B23
pina Is. 58, 7.—Sing. as collect. Ps.
10, 2. 9. 14, 6. . With genit. om "23
Ps. 72, 4. Is. 10,2. 14; 32; Ἔ "723 the
poor of any one, i. e. his poor brethren,
᾿ fellow-citizens, Deut. 15,11; Δ "723 the
poor of Jehovah, whose hope and help is
-God, Ps. 74,19. Is. 49,13. Sept. usually
πτωχός, πένης, Sometimes ταπεινός, πραΐς.
—Chald. "23, 873>, id—See in 29 note.

"22 m. (r. 722 II) in pause "23, c. suff.
— "39, affliction, distress, misery, of what-
ever kind; so both of persons and of na-
tions Ex. 8, 7. 17. 4, 31. 2 K. 14, 26. Ps.
44, 25; whether from the oppression of
enemies or of the powerful Gen. 16, 11.
31, 42. Ps. 9, 14; or from calamities in-
flicted of God Job 10, 15. 30, 16. 27. 36,
8; or from any other cause, 1 Sam. 1,
11.—Ps. 25, 18. 31,8. 107, 41. 119, 50.
92. 153. Lam. 1, 7. 9. 3,19. al. "23 "33
i. q. D239 Prov. 31,5. “35 ἘΠῚ bread
of affliction, i.e. the unleavened bread
eaten with the passover, Deut. 16, 3.

"29 (for 299. depressed, r. τὸν IT)

Unni, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. Neh.
12, 9.

802

wa

ἼΔΩ

22 (whom Jehovah answers, r. mp
1) Anaiah, pr. ἢ. m. Neh. 8, 4. 10, 23.

TY Num. 12, 3 Keri for 123 q. v.

B27 (contr. for ΠΡῸΣ fountains) Anim, —
pr. n. of a town in Judah, Josh. 15, 50.
Perh. the mod.
min.
in Josh. 1. c. with Anab and Eshtemoh;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 625.

1.25) m. (τ. 739 IL) a-word found only
in Ecclesiastes.

1. labour, toil, Ecc. 3,10. Hence bu-
siness, employment, comp. M32 II. no. 1.
Kee. 2, 26. 1,13 39 9229 an evil business
profitless, in which there is little good.

2. thing, affair, as in Chald. Ece. 4, 8
3) 722 an evil thing. 5, 2 4239 35 much
ado ; in the other member is ὈΛῚ3 55
many words. 5, 13 3°) 32392 by some evil
event, untoward accident. 2, 23 12739 DDD
vexation is his affair, his portion, 8, 16

"729 obsol. root, Arab. ῳΐλς to be
deep and hard to Fea e. g. sand ; alsc

I, V, to shut a gate; bik gate. Hence
23h.

se fhe

.
ΝΥ
-

ὨΞΣ (two fountains, for the dual in Ό-
see Lehrg. p. 536) Anem, pr. n. of a city
of Issachar 1 Chr. 6, 58 [73]; for which
in the parallel passages, Josh. 19, 21.
21, 29, is ΘΒ ΠῚ fountain of gardens
see p. 773. b.

D222 Gen. 10, 13. 1 Chr. 1, 11, Ana-
mim, pr. n. of an Egyptian tribe which
cannot be made out; see Bochart Pha-
leg. IV. 30. Mich. Spicil. I. p. 1600. The-
saur, p. 1052.

J22:29 Anammelech, pr. n. of an idol
of the Sepharvites or Sipparenes, 2 K.
17,31. The name seems to be made up
from 03> i. q. image, statue, > and
x being interchanged, and 322 king;
or, according to Hyde de Rel. vett. Per-
sarum p. 131, from ee herd, and 42%,
i. e. the group or constellation Cepheus,

which the Orientals call Gy «51.
stars of the flock, and “As, elt

the shepherd and his flock—The first
part of this name occurs also in the name

’Eveusoouo, Tob. 1, 2.-13. 15. 16.

|
|
!

358) el-Ghuwein, di-
‘little αήζαις > it being coupled

Ee ee

~

ee I ee ὔὐ ΨαΡ ἊΝ

Oe ee eee lle dle ial |

i

— νυν

4
’

9

ν 129 in Kal not used, pr. prob. ¢o
cover, like the kindr. 123, 22. Hence
422 cloud.

Pret denom. from 42>, to cloud, i. 6. to
make or gather clouds, Gen. 9, 14; where
"2222 is. for "3223, see Heb. Gr. § 10. n.

PoEL 43253, fut. 3255" Lev. 19, 26, part.
12529, plur. 57223 Deut. 18, 10. 14, with-
out the 2 2 also D219 Is. 2, 6. Jer. 27, 9;
once ἢ ΤΡ for ἃ mypise (though it can
also be Kal), to act covertly, to use covert
arts, to practise magic, sorcery, Lev. 19,

26. Deut. 18, 10. 14. 2 K. 21, 6. 2 Chr.
Ε 33, 6. Is. 2, 6. 57, 3. Jer. 27, 9. Mic. 5,

11, Several of the ancient versions
understand by it some special kind of
divination, 6. g. Sept. κληδονίζομαι ;

Vulg. observans somnia, also augurans,

divinans ; Syr. sometimes fascinans
oculis, as if 21 were derived from }">.
But it seems rather to imply some kind
_of divination connected with idolatry.—
Comp. the roots 24>, 2m> II. See The-
saur. p. 1053.

Deriv. the five following.

125 m. (τ. 322) constr. 923, plur. 57233.
1. a cloud, collect. clouds, so called as

πράσα the heavens; Arab. Mets

clouds, ἀπ 12 acloua. Gen. 9, 13. 14.16.

Job. 7, 9. 26, 8. 9. Ps. 97, 2. 105, 39. al.
PHS) WP Di" a day of clouds and dark.
ness Joel 2, 2. Zeph. 1, 15. Ez. 34, 12.
po ἼΩΝ a pillar of cloud, see in 712d,
Once plur. 0°23 clouds Jer. 4,13. A
numerous army js compared to a cloud

_ Ez. 30, 18. 38,9; @ morning cloud is

the emblem of transientness, Hos. 6, 4;
comp. Job 7, 9.
2. Anan, pr.n.m. Neh. 10,27. *

#22 Chald. a cloud, plur. constr. "223
_ Dan. 11d

M229 f. (τ. 322) noun of unity corres-

Ἢ ponding to collect. 933, α cloud Job 3, 5.

— Theod. well συννεφία,

way

Comp. M728.
"232 (apoc. for 7323) Anani, pr. ἢ. m.

—1Chr. 3, 24.

. protects,
man Neh. 3, 23. Gr: “Avaviac.
_ town in the tribe of Benjamin, Neh. 11,

222 (whom Jehovah covers i. 6.
r. 19) Ananiah, pr.n. a) A
b) A

32.

803

py

‘i p22 obsol. root, prob. fo cover, like
2D, comp. —2, HAS, espec. MEY.—
Hence the four following.

S22 m. a branch, bough, Ez. 17, 8. 23.
31, 3. Mal. 3,19. Constr. y> 53> Lev.
23.40. Plur. ff. 7°523 Ps. 80,11. Syr.

fois branch, mane. 2

"22 Chald. id. c. suff. “tiB2> Dan. 4,
18.

22) (τ. 929) a branch, bough, once c.
suff. 5383 Ez. 36, 8.

529 m. full of branche@Bz. 19,10. R.
23.

. pir to adorn with a necklace or
collar, from the primary idea of choking,
throttling, which is expressed by the
kindr. roots P28, P23, where see. Arab.

(ge IV to ornament a dog with a col-

9
lar, Bis neck, Germ. Nacken,; Upper

Germ. die Anke, Engl. neck.—Once trop.
Ps. 73,6 M1N3 ὙΌΣ pride surroundeth
them like a neck-chain, i. e. clothes their
neck, the collum resupinum being to the
poet the seat of pride.—Hence p23.

Hien. p22" prob. to lay upon the
neck or shoulders in order to bear. Deut.
15, 14 of a manumitted slave, p23
‘sa1 ἬΝ i> pM thou shalt lade him
liberally out of thy / flock, etc. Sept. Vulg.
dabis viaticum. Others apply here the
signif. of giving, as if pr. to adorn with
a neck-chain and so with gifts.

P22 τὰ. 1. ἃ collar, neck-chain, neck-
lace, Cant. 4,9; plur. 5°— and mi Prov.
1, 9. Judg. 8, 26.

2. p22 Anak Josh. 15, 13, once [29
Josh. 21, 11, (pr. long-necked, a giant,

3 “oF
comp. Arab. sist long-necked,) pr. n.

of a son of Arba (3258), the progenitor
of a race of Canaanites celebrated for
their great stature, called P23 733 the
sons of Anuk Num. 13, 33, also Pisin 723
Josh. 15, 14; pin eal Num. 13, 22.
Josh. 15, 14; ὈΠῸΣ 23 Deut. 9. 2;

Dp? γέψη Deut. 2, 10. 11. 21 Josh.
11, 21. 22. 14, 12. 15. The seat of the
tribe before the invasion of the Hebrews
was in the vicinity of Hebron, Josh. 11,
21. They were nearly extirpated by
the Hebrews, so that only a few re-

29

mained aiterwards in the cities of the
Philistines. Compare the interpreters
and critics on Jer. 47, 5.

“BY (i. gq. "92, ἀνήρ 2) Aner, pr.n.
A Canaanite, Gen. 14,13.24. Ὁ) A Le-
Vitical city in Manasseh, elsewhere ὭΣΤ,
1 Chr. 6,55 [70]; whereyprob. also it
should τοδὰ ΟΣ or ὭΣ. :

x wd fut. 25". to tmpose a fine, to
amerce ; found elsewhere only in the
Rabbinic dialect. The primary idea
seems to be that of tmposing, comp. the
kindr. 07>, wy; or better that of ur-
ging, comp. 038.— With > Prov. 17, 26 ;
with two acc. to amerce one in money
Deut. 22,19. 2 Chr. 36, 3 where it is
money exacted by war; in wine Am. 2,
8. Impers. Prov. 21, 11 y>"t22a when
they amerce the scorner, sc. the judges.

Nipu. to be amerced, Ex. 21,22; genr.
to be punished Prov. 22, 3. 27, 12.

Deriv. is 829.

22 Chald. m. @ fine, mulet, Ezra 7,
26.

33 m. a fine, mulct, exacted from
any one, 2 K. 23, 33. Prov. 19, 19.

M22 (an answer sc. to prayer, from r.
md, like ™3> from τ. 432) Anath, pr. n.
m. Judg. 3, 31. 5, 6.

M22, see M222 p- 482.

Miniy (answers sc. to prayers, Ὁ ser-
vile being retained, see Lehrg. p. 528)
Anathoth, pr.n. .a) A city of the priests
in Benjamin Josh. 21, 18. 1 K. 2, 26.
1 Chr. 6,45. Neh. 11,32; the birth-place
of the prophet Jeremiah, Jer. 1, 1. 11, 21.
23. 32,7. 9; three Roman miles from
Jerusalem towards the north-east, Je-
rome in Jer. 1, 1, comp. Joseph. Ant. 10,
7. 3. Now lc *Andia ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. IJ. p. 109. Gentile n.
smh: Anethothite 2 Sam. 23,27. Ὁ) Of
men: «)1Chr. 7,8. βὺ) Neh. 10, 20.

mony (answers from Jehovah) An-
thothijah, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 8, 24.

ὈΠῸΣ τη: (τ. OO) pr. ‘ what is trodden
out,’ and so put for new wine, the pro-
duct of the same year, like new wheat,
Joel 1, 5. 4,18. Am. 9,13; intoxicating
Is. 49, 26. Also from pomegranates
Cant. 8, 2.

a):

—

804

bpp

* DO9 to tread down, to tread in pieces,
Mal. 3, 21.—Chald. ROD, Pa. inf. ORSs
to tread grapes. =a:

ΣΦ a fictitious root, whence some de-
rive 19337 Is. 15, 5; but see r. "49 no. T
Pilp.

D NEY see in art. "ED. ΝΣ
" ΓΞ: obsol. root, Arab. lac to ) cover

'
|
|

τ
]

the earth with herbage; Syr. [as to. |

flourish. Comp. 32,522. Hence "52
Heb. and Chald.

MD, see in MDD.

"22 m. plur. D°8b>, for DED (comp. —
Lehrg. p. 575. Heb. Gr. § 91. 6. 6),

boughs, foliage of trees, Ps. 104, 12.

"EY Chald. id. Dan. 4, 9. 11, 18.—Syr.
TAG branch, top of a .tree, thoes
foliage.

* 2E2 in Kal not used, pr. to swell,

to become tumid, whence 559 tumulus,

hill.
hernia.

Puat to be tumid ; metaph. to be in-
flated, elated, proud, Hab. 2, 4; see in
art. "0" no. 1.

Hin. to act tumidly, i. e. proudly,
presumptuously. Num. 14, 44 ἢ ΘΣ "ἢ
“Δ miby> they acted presumptuously
in going up, i. 6. they went up presump-

tuously, neglecting God’s warning.

The same is expressed in Deut. 1, 43
thus: MAMA ἸΞΦΙΝῚ sI1m).—Hence

bey χη ἃ hill, 2K. 5, 24. Mic. 4,8
yin ma bed the hill of the daughter of
Zion, i. 6. Mount Zion. Is. 32,14. Spec.

with the art. 53" Ophel, pr. n. of a hill

or ridge on the east of Mount Zion, sur-
rounded and fortified by a separate wall
2 Chr. 27, 3. 33, 14. Neh. 3, 26. 27) 11,
21. Josephus ‘Oghé B. J. 6. 6. 8. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. 1. p. 394.

2. Plur. o°55> (O°FED) tumors, he-

morrhoids, in ah: Deut. 28, 27. 1Sam.

5,6sq. Arab. Lin tumor in ano viro~
rum vel in pudendis mulierum; see
Schreeder Origg. Heb. cap. 4. p. 54, 55.
H. A. Schultens ad Meidanii Prov. p.

23.—Keri has instead of it παν

Arab. Atrs to have a tumor or

‘
f

:

a ee

- Schult. ad Job p. 61.

Job 3, 9. 41, 10.

hence “29
colour (as 57238 from 078), "52 a fawn,

Arab. ἢ

805

ἼΞΣ

ΠΝ iE? obsol. root, Arab. and Syr. to

become mouldy ; hence

"252 gentile n. Ophni, Ophnite. once
Josh. 18, 24, where "2855 (752) is a town
of Benjamin.

DYBZDZ m. dual, (τ. 95>, Pilp. AYB>,

‘Heb. Gr. § 54. n. 4.) only constr. "B25,
6. suff, BSED, the eye-lashes, pr. the

flying, the fluttering, Job 16,16. Like
the eyes there is ascribed to them sleep
Ps. 132, 4. Prov. 6,4; weeping Jer. 9,

17; sight Ps. 11, 4. Prov. 4, 25; pride

Prov. 30,13; beauty 6, 25.—Poet. "B>5>

FD the eye-lashes of the dawn, for the
_ rays of the morning sun Job 3, 9. 41, 10.

Comp. ἁμέρας βλέφαρον Soph. Antig.
103, 104. The Arab poets compare the
sun to an eye, to which they ascribe
eye-lashes, νῦν! wrt 3; see
(Better, onpyny
for the eyelids with the eyelashes as a

_ whole, like Lat., palpebre ; hence, as

closing or revealing the eyes and giv-
ing to them expression, they are put for
the eyes themselves in parallelism; as
in all the passages above cited, except
In these the poetic
allusion is specially to the eyelashes, as
a figure to represent the first rays of

_ dawn; so too the Arabic.—R.

“BY in Kal not used, prob. a verb
of colour, i. ᾳ. Arab. pt to be whitish,
light-reddish, like sand, the gazelle ;
whe dust, earth, from the

m72> lead, also from its whitish colour.
Piet “82 denom. from “5>, to dust,

to throw dust at, 2 Sam. 16, 13.

Deriv. "BD, 95>, M753, and pr. n. "29,

ΠΕΡ, PHD, FBS.

22 m. (τ. "BY) constr. "BS, 6. suff.

Ἢ in, plur. nm MDD, constr. ΠΊΕ.

Ἃ duat, Tad earth, Gen. 2, 7. 26, 15.

ἀξ id. Put also for clay, mire,
with which walls are cemented or built

_ Lev. 14, 42. 45; rubbish Hab. 1, 10. Ps.
_ 102,15; fine dust as driven by the wind,
ἴα. Pax, Ps. 18, 43; and which mourn-
ers cast upon tiieir hens Josh. 7,6. Job
1: 2, τὰ Lam. 2,10. Ez. 27,30; py Nn 7p
68

ἽΞ»

the dust ὡς, earth Ex. 8, 12. 13. Is, 40,
12. Am.2,7. Hence 75> by upon the dust
or sand, where the ostrich leaves her
eggs for warmth, Job 39, 14; then upon
the earth, in orbe terrarum, Job 19, 25.
41,25; upon the ground 22,24. Is.47,1;
or also in the grave, sepulchre, Job 20, 11.
21,26; for which is also said "> 7, 21.
723 377 to go down into the dust, i.e. into
the sepulchre, Ps. 22, 30. "52 722% chose
who dwell in the dust, the dead, Is. 26, 19;
“BP ΤῚΝ 20" id. Dan. 12, 2; mg 7D
the dust of death, i. 6. the grave, Ps.
22,16. “H9->x = to return to dust
Gen. 3, 19. Ps, 104, 29; “Bd 5 id.
Job 34, 15. Hence "ἘΦ put for the
dead as: dissolving into dust, Ps. 30,
10. Ecc. 12, 8. Also “ἘΦ ἊΝ to εαὲ.
dust, spoken of the serpent Gen. 3, 14
comp. Is. 65, 25; to lick the dust, hy-
perbol. of those who prostrate them-
selves in the dust, Mic. 7, 17; but trop.
Lam. 3, 29 to put the mouth in the dust,
is to bow in silence and await God’s
help. “ἘΝῚ “by “dust and ashes, a pro-
verbial expression for the lowness and
frailty of human nature, Gen. 18, 27,
comp. Ps. 103, 14.—Spoken also of a
multitude, Num. 23, 10 3p27 “D> the dust
of Jacob, i. 6. a people like the dust of
the earth innumerable, comp. Gen. 13,
16.—Plur. minp> lumps; clods of earth ;
Prov. 8, 26 ban | ΤΥ ΩΣ ON the first clod
of the earth. Job 28, 6 ant ninp> lumps
of gold in mines.

“BP ( ᾳ. is a calf, young animal)
eit pr.n.m. a) A son of Midian
Gen. 25,4. b)1Chr. 4,17. c) 5, 24.

“DY m. (r. "BD) a fawn, i. e. a young
deer, roe, neuen Cant. 2, 9.17. 4,5. 7,4.

99.

8, 14.—Arab. pit and r= young of
the wild goat, Steinbock.

MDP (female fawn) Ophrah, pr. n.
a) A town in the tribe of Benjamin
Josh. 18, 23. 1 Sam. 13,17; fully Mic.
1,10 m3ps> m2 (house of" the fawn).
[Perh. the mod. Tayibeh, see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. IT. p. 124. Biblioth. Sac. 1845:
p. 398 sq. Prob. i.g. 119 2 Chr. 13,
19, where see.—R. δ) A town in Ma-
anak Judg. 6, 11. 8, 27. 9,5. ὁ) A
man 1 Chr. 4, 14.

"BF

TS, (fawn-like) Ephron, pr.n. 8)
A city on the border of Benjamin 2 Chr.
13, 19, where Keri 7725. [It was the
᾿βφραΐμ of John 11, 54, and prob. identi-
cal with ΞΡ lett. a, where see more.
Biblioth. Sac. 1845. p- 398—R. b)A
mountain on the confines of the tribes of
Judah and Benjamin, Josh. 156,9. ¢) A
descendant of Heth, a Hittite Gen. 23,
8.25, 9.

ΤΩΣ (the two fawns) see i789 lett. ἃ.

MID? f. (r. "2>) in pause M75¥ Num.
31, 22. lead, so called from its whitish
iia comp. #02, amt. Ex. 15, 10.
Ez. 22, 18. 20.27, 12. "Zech. 5, 7. al.
PIES aN the leaden weight Zech. 5, 8.

MND Job 10, 22, see in mMD">.

72 τὰ. (τ. ΠΕΡ) c. suff. 159; plur.:

D XD, eat "Z>, 6. suff. "33.
1. a tree, Eth. ‘OU id. Arab. Las

a staff, rod, also a bone; comp. Gr. ὄζος
branch, ὄστεον, Sanscr. pe Lat. hasta,
Germ. Ast. For the idea wood the Arabs

8

often employ the kindred form ὦ Σ
Chald. >8 and δὲν id—E, g. Onn y>
the tree of life (see ") Gen. 2,9. 3,1. 18,
4, 8. Ps. 1, 3. al. sep. Often collect.
trees ; "8 72 fruit-trees, Gen. 1, 11. Is.
10,19. Ps. 74,5. Plur. trees, Judg. 19,
8 sq. 1 K. 5, 13. Ps. 104, 16. al.

2. wood, Ex. 15, 25. Is. 40, 20. 44, 19.
]283 72 wood and stone Deut. 4, 28. be
TIN cedar-wood Lev. 14, 4 sq. Υ3΄ 23
Gill wood i.e. all idols Ez. 21, 15, comp.
Jer. 2, 27. Spec. a wooden post, a
stake, gibbet, cross, Gen. 40, 19. Deut.
21,22. Josh. 10,26. Esth. 2, 23. 5, 14.
Plur. =°X wood i. 6. sticks of wood,
as prepared for fuel, Gen.-22, 3. 9. Lev.
1, 7. 4, 12; of materials for building,
wood, timber, Ex. 25, 10. 1 K. 5, 24. 10,
12. Is. 60,17. Comp. art. Ox I.

ἢ a2 1. to work, to form, to fash-
ion, see Piel no. 1. The primary idea
lies perhaps in cutting, carving, both
wood and stone, comp. 285, 20M, AXP ;
hence also the idea of cutting, wounding,
giving pain, etc. In the kindred lan-
guages there are secondary significa-
tions, as Arab. 45 to be angry.—
Hence =z and =x a carved image,
idol, 3% earthen vessel.

806

ak

2. tosuffer pain, to be afflicted, as with
painful toil; see 335, S49, Max>, fia.
Also in mind, in Kal trans. to pain, to
afflict, to grieve, 1 K. 1,6. 1 Chr. 4, 10.
Part. pass. f. Is. 54, 6.

Nira. 3333, to be pained: a) In bo-
dy, to hurt ‘oneself, with 3 of instrum.
Kee. 10,9. Ὁ) In mind, to be afflicted, .
grieved Gen. 45, 5. 1 Sam 20, 3; ο. δὲς
1 Sam. 20, 34; by 2 Sam. 19, 3.

Pre. 1. to form, to fashion, comp.
Kal no. 1, Job 10,8. Sept. ἔπλασάν με.

2. to pain, to afflict, to grieve, comp.
Kal no. 2, Is. 63, 10. Ps. 56, 6.

Hiew. 1.i.q.Kal no. 1,folabour ; and
thence to serve an idol, to worship, like
synon. 72>; Jer. 44, 19 MI"SII> to wor-
ship her sc. the queen of heaven; Vulg.
ad colendum eam. Others to fashion
her i. 6. her image; comp. Kal no. 1.

2. i. gq. Piel no. 2, to grieve, i. 6. to
provoke to anger sc. God, Ps. 78, 40.

Hirup. 1. to grieve oneself Gen. 6, 6.

2. to be angry, wroth, Gen. 34,7. See
Hiph. no. 2.

Deriv. 389 —M389 and ΓΙΒΕΣΏ,

222 Chald. part. pass. a"s> grieved
afflicted, Dan. 6, 21.

322 τὴ. (r. 39 no. 1) only in plur,
b°ax>, constr. "BED, images, idols, 1
Sam. 31, 9, 2 Sam. 5, 21. Hos. 4, 17. 8,
4. Is. 10, 11. Mic. 1, 7, al.

ΞΔ τη. (τ. 339) 1. an earthen ves-
sel, vas fictile, Jer. 22, 28. See the root
in Kal no. 1.

2. labour, hard and painful, toil, tra-
vail, Prov. 10, 22.—Plur. D°333 laboune’ ;
ΛΞ ΕΣ ἘΠῚ the bread of labours i.e.
obtained by labour Ps. 127, 2; genr.
what is obtained by labour Prov. 5, 10.
With suff. 53"289 your labours, i. e.
those which you exact from your ser-
vants, Is. 58, 3; see in a2.

3. pain, 6. g. of a woman in travail
Gen. 3,16; comp. Engl: labour id. Also
pain of pares anger ; Prov. 15,1 "3%
3x2 a word of anger, i. 6. spoken i in an-
ger, bitter, harsh.

315 m. (Ὁ. 355) c. suff. ΝΘ 1. an
image, idol, i. q. 3E2, Is. 48,5. Ps. 139,
24 τὺ 73 idobanet, i, 6. idol-worship, |
idolatry.

2. labour, sorrow, Is, 14, 3; pain of a
woman in travail 1 Chr. 4, 9

—— τὰ

Pa τ υαν

ΞΕ m. (r. 359) constr. vias.

1. labour, hard and painful, toil, tra-
vail, Gen. 3, 17. 5, 29.

2. pain, sorrow; Gen. 3, 16 921325
τ ΠῚ thy sorrow and thy pregnancy,
Hendiadys for ‘the sorrow of thy preg-
nancy.’

MALY f. (τ. 359) in pause M322, con-
str. nazy as if from a form aed ; ; δαί.
constr. mine, c. suff. pring.

1. an idol, ‘plur. nists i, q. DXAED ;
Ps. 16, 4 many are their idols, etc. [But
as minx> elsewhere signifies only sor-
rows, it is better so to take it here, as
Engl. Vers. many are their sorrows, etc.
—R.

2. pain, as of body Job 9, 28 ; of mind
Ps. 147, 3 pniaxy> wana he bindeth up
their sorrows, i.e. heals the wounds of
their minds. Prov. 10,10. With 3> 15, 13.

Ρ TS2 obsol. root, to cut, to cut down ;
Arab. ude to cut, to cut down a tree.
Hence 7¥37 axe.

. ΓΙ 1. to make fast, firm; and
hence to close, to shut, 6. σ. the eyes,
Proy. 16, 30. Arab. Laé IV, id. Eth.
U&O to shut a door.

2. Intrans. to be hard, firm; Arab.

fut. J, to be obstinate, stubborn ;

Con}. VIII, to be or grow hard ; comp.
in 79.

Deriv. y>, ΠΕΡ I, ΠᾺΡ, and pr. ἢ.
Ts.
“TED m. (Ὁ. mz>) Lev. 3, 9, the back-
bone, spine, according to Onkelos and
_ Arabs Erpen. or else according to Saa-
dias dnd Bochart in Hieroz. I. p. 497,

08. coccygis, Arab. yasuax't, i.e. the

_ lower joint or vertebra of the spine. In
either case so called from its hardness

and firmness; see the root. Arab. Las
is the thigh-bone ; plur. wing-bones of
birds.

I. MXP fem. of v2, collect. wood, i. q.
D°x>. spoken of building materials, tim-
ber, Jer.6,6; of fragrant wood, U5) mx2
Prov. 27, 9.

Il. M22 ἢ (for nz>", τ. y2%) constr.

ΤΕΣ, c. suff. "M¥2; plur. see in no. 4;
counsel, i. e.

807

“SD

1. purpose. plan, Is. 19, 3. 29, 15. Jer
18, 23. Hos. 10, 6. Job 5, 13. 21,16. Ps.
14, 6. 33,10. 11. ἃ]. ΠᾺΡ Mw to execute
counsel, to carry out a purpose, Is. 30, 1.
Spec. of the divine counsels, purposes,
sa mgd Is. 5,19. 14, 26. 19, 17. Jer. 49,
20. Ps. 107, 11. Is. 46,11 "NXE VN the
man of my counsel, whom I use as an
instrumént for executing my purposes.
Also emphat, > id. Job 38, 2. 42, 3.

2. counsel which one gives or takes,
advice, 2 Sam. 16, 20. 1 K. 1,12. al. Ps.
119, 24 "MN¥>d "WIN my ας ἡ ες 725
Ἔ ΓΣΣΞ to ‘walk in the counsel of any one,
to live according to his advice, Ps. 1, 1.
2 Chr. 22, 5. Of prophetic warn.ngs,
predictions, Is. 44, 30; comp. 41, 28 and
V2? no. 2. Ὁ.

3. counsel as a quality of mind, i. e.
deliberation, prudence, wisdom, espec.
of God Is. 11, 2. Prov. 8, 14. 21, 30. Jer.
32, 19 mdr D543 the great in counsel, i. 6.
of great wisdom. 1 Chr. 12, 19 mxSa
upon advisement, advisedly. :

4. Plur. miz>, once 6. suff. 72Mzy Is.
47, 13; coninsele Deut. 32, 28. Is. 25, 15
deliberations Is. 47,13; anxious cares
Ps. 13, 3.

DALY m. adj. (τ. Bx) plur. DED,
DN2SS.

1. ‘strong, mighty, powerful, ofa people
Gen. 18, 18. Num. 14, 12. Deut. 9, 14.
26, 5. Toul 2,25 ofkings Ps. 135, 10; of
waters Is.8,7. Plur, 2%25x2 the strong,
the mighty, i. e. warriors, heroes, Prov.
18, 18. Is. 53, 12; once the strong mem-
bers of a lion, i. 6. the claws, teeth, Ps.
10, 10 oxsbn smizya 552 the unhappy
fall into his mighty ‘fangs ; ; but others
understand the whelps of the lion.—Arah.

pains great.

2. strong in number, numerous, Num.
32, 1. Ps. 35,18. Am. 5, 12. See the
root, Kal no. 3.

723 JSP (back-bone of a man, r.
nxy) Ezion-geber, pr. n. of a sea-port οὔ
Idumea on the Elanitic gulf of the Red
Sea, not far from Elath (see ΤΡ),
Mite 33, 35. Deut. 2,8; whence the
ships of Solomon sailed to Ophir 1 K. 9,
26. 2 Chr. 8,17; and where the fleet of
Jehoshaphat was lost 1 K. 22, 49. 2 Chr.
20,36. The Greek name was “Βερενίκη

buy

Jos. Ant. 8. 6. 4. Written in Arabic
Wyyes ’Asytin. [A similar name still
exists in connection with a small Wady
north of’Akabah. ylndalt el-Ghudydan;
but no traces of the city have yet been
found. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p.
250. Burckh. Travels in Syria p. 511.
—R.

Ὰ ΧΦ in Kal not used, Arab. (he
I, V, to be at leisure, idle ; Con). II, to
leave, to neglect. The primary idea
seems to be that of laxness, languor,
comp. 7m, Abs, also 535.

Nipu. to be slothful, remiss, Judg. 18, 9.

Deriv. the three following.

2X3 τὴ. adj. verbal, one slothful, a
sluggard, Prov. 6, 6. 9. 13, 4. 15, 19.
20,4. al. R. dx.

ΓΩΣ f. (r. 5.9) sloth, indolence, Prov.
19, 15. Dual ponbxy double slothful-
ness, i. 6. great, excessive, Kee. 10, 18;
referring perhaps to the languor and
sloth of both hands.

ΗΟ Ν᾽ f. sloth, indolence, Prov. 31, 27.
R. dup.

*DES 1. pr. to bind up, to bind fast,
to tie up, e. g. the eyes, Is. 33, 15; see
Piel. Arab. IV, to tie up a leather
bottle or skin; more commonly was

tobind up. Kindr. are 52%, a (772%),
also SON, OMN.—From the idea of bind-
ing up (see "33, "P), comes

2. Intrans. (once mid. E, "ὩΣ" Ps. 38,
20,) to be strong, mighty, powerful, Gen.
26, 16. Ps. 38, 20; to become strong, etc.
Ex. 1, 7. 20. Dan. 8, 8. 24. 11, 23.—

Arab. [8 to be great, of great mo-

8
ment, a greatness, pslas great.

. to be strong in number, to be nume-
rous, many, Ps. 38, 20. 40, 6. 13. 69, 5.
139, 17. Is. 31, 1. Jer. 15, 8. 30, 14. 13.
See DAx> no. 2.

Piet ox>~ 1. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, to shut
up the eyes of any one, Is. 29, 10.

2. Denom. from ΣΡ, fo gnaw or
craunch the bones, Jer. 50,17. Comp.
pan.

Hipu. to make strong Ps. 105, 24.

Deriv. D8xd, Minxsm, and the five
here following

808

>

OXY f. but with masc. Ez. 24,10. Ps.
22,18; in pause O&), c. suff. "249; plur.
DyND, constr. "ὭΣΘ, c. suff. ΚΕΝ also
phunad. minxy , banete: minx , c. suff,
“ming. R. Dy. ὶς

la “bone, so called from its hardness
and strength, comp. the root no.2; Arab.

oe. Gen. 2, 23. Ex. 12, 46. Num. 9,
12. Job 30, 30. "35 "E> my bone and
my flesh, see in "Wa no. 4. Plur. 5°29
constr. "2x> Ps. 6, ‘8. 31, 11. 32,3; once
of the bones of the dena Am. 6,10. Of
tener plur. ὩΣ Ps. 22, 15. 18. 42, 11.
51, 10. Is. 38, 13. Job 4, 14. Prov. 14, 30;
mostly of the bones of one dead (comp.
mits mipd), Ex. 13, 19. Josh. 24, 32. 2
Sam. 21, 12.13.14. 2 K. 23, 14. 18. 20. al.

2. a body, bodily form, Lam. 4, 7.

3. With genit. it is used instead of
the pronoun self, self-same, ipse, comp.
synon. 074 no. 3, and Arab. .,ae eye,

-

ipse, self; but only of things, e. g. ἘΣΘΞ

mint Din in the self-same day, that very
day, Gen. 7, 13. 17, 23. 26. Lev. 23, 21.
28. al. Ex. 24,10 D13um Cx>2 as the
heaven itself, the very heaven. Job 21,
23 Wan ἘΣΘ in his very wholeness, in the
midst of health and prosperity.

4. Azem, pr. n. of a city in the tribe
of Simeon, Josh. 15, 29. 19, 3. 1 Chr. 4,
29. >

DEY m. (τ. oxy) ὁ. suff. ΠΝ

1: strength, Deut. 8, 17. Job 30, 91.

2. Collect. the bones, body, i. q: ΣΡ
no. 2, Ps. 139, 15.

MOxy f. (τ. DEY) constr. MOE>.
"Ὁ ‘strength Is. 40, 29. 47, 9.
2. number, multitude, Nah. 8, 9.

Tz (strong, r. ΘΞ9) Azmon, pr. ἢ.
of a place on the southern border of Pa-
lestine, Num. 34, 4. 5. Josh. 15, 4.

minx f. plur. (τ. ©) strong de-
fences, bulwarks, trop. of arguments with
which disputants defend their cause,
Is. 41, 21; comp. Job 13, 12.—Talmud.
ὈΧΣῺΝ to dispute, to contend with argu-

ments; Arab. Kas defence, guard,

᾿ ΣΦ obsol. root, prob. of a like force
with D>, M¥2, Zo be hard , firm, strong:
—Hence

ἼΧ5
ἼΧΣ ἄπ. λεγόμ. 2 Sam. 23, 8, prob. a

Pi 2
spear; comp. Arab. (at branch. See
this passage in full under art. >.

ΩΣ fut. “S59, more rarely ἘΣ"
1 K. 18, “Ad. 2 K. 4, 34.

1. to shut up, to close. The primary
idea lies in surrounding, enclosing, with
a fence, wall; comp. the similar roots
ἜΣΤΙ, WEN, WN, and the remarks there
made. Arab. to prohibit, to re-

fuse ; to hold back, to restrain,

like the Heb. no. 2.—E. g. to shut up the
heavens, so that it cannot rain, Deut. 11,
17. 2 Chr. 7, 13; the womb, so as not to
bear, Gen. 16, 2. 20, 18 (where it is con-
strued with 432 q. v. no. 1), comp. Is. 66,
9. Also to shut up in a place Jer. 20,9;
espec. in prison 2K. 17, 4. Jer. 33, 1. 36,
5. 39,15. With"259, 1 Chr. 12, 1 "4x9
bax "2579 shut out ya the presence of
Saul, not permitted to see Saul’s face ;
others: shut up at home because of Saul,
through fear of him, comp. IV to

keep oneself at home.—F or the phrase
SD} WAXY, see in 519 no. 1. a.

2. to hold back, to hinder, to detain a
person anywhere, 1 K. 18, 44. Judg. 13,
16; c. > 2K.4, 24; ο. 3 Job 12, 15 παρ"
ὈΠῸΞ he: holdeth back, ‘withholdeth, the
waters, 4,2 49222 7¥> to withhold words,
29, 9. 1 Sam. 21, 6 ἈΝ ΤΙΣ MUN wo-
men have been kept from us.—A pecu-
iar formula not unfrequent in the later
Hebrew is MD 7% , to retain strength, to
be strong, Dan. 10, 8. 16. 11, 6. 2 Chr.
13, 20;. 6. > to have strength for any
. Shing: to be able, 1 Chr. 29, 14. 2 Chr. 2,

5. 22, 9; and so MD being omnitind 2 Chr.
20, 37. 14, 10.

3. coércuit imperio, i. e. to rule, to
reign, c. 3 1 Sam. 9, 17.

_ 4. to collect, to heap up, i. q. ἘΝ q. v.
hence “3 wealth; to assemble persons,
see Niph. no. 3, and H733.

ΝΊΡΗ. 1. to be shut up, 6. g. the hea-
vens 1 K. 8, 35. 2 Chr. 6, 26.

2. to be restrained, hindered, stayed,
Num. 17, 13. 15 [16, 48. 50]. 2 Sam. 24,
21. 25. Ps. 106, 30.

3. to be assembled (from the idea of
constraining, compelling, see MZ),
espec. to a festival, Ma¥>. 1 Sam. 21,

68*

809

Spy

8 mint "2D "YD2 assembled before Je-
hovah.

Deriv. the three following, and “E72
“ix372.

ZY m. (τ. I¥¥) treasures laid up
wealth, riches, i. q. MINZIN. Judg. 18, ™
ΧΡ WIi. .. FN no possessor of wealth ,
comp. "X23 no. 4; Vulg. magnarum
opum ; Sept. Vatic. κληρονόμος ἐκπιέξζω;»
Snoaveovs.—Several ancient intpp. give
it by dominion, rule, see ΣΦ πο. 3. But
the expression refers to a people, and
not to a ruler.

“ZI τὰ. (r. 989) 1. @ shutting up,
closure. Prov. 30, 16 BY “8 the shut-

᾿ ting up of the womb, i. e. a barren womb. .

2. constraint, oppression, vexation, Ps.
107. 39. Is. 53, 8

MIST f. (τ. 1¥9 πο. 4) 2K. 10, 20. Is.
1,13. Joel 1, 14; elsewhere ΓΜ, in
pause MIX 2 Chr. 7, 9; plur. c. suff.
DSI"NiNEy ; an assembly, Jer. 9, 1 [2.
ΣΤΡ noisy an assembly of wicked men.
Usually, the assembly, congregation of
the people for celebrating public rites
πανήγυρις, Joel 1,14. 2 K. 10, 20. Am.
5, 21. Is. 1,13; espec. as held on the
seventh day of the passover, and on the
eighth day of the festival of taberna-
cles, i. ᾳ. UIP ΠΡ, Lev. 23, 36. Num.
29, 35. Deut. 16, 8. 2 Chr. 7, 9. Neh. 8,

S_
18. Comp. Arab. Kem assembly, more

fully Keyl es day of assembly, i. e.
Friday, as a festival or holyday of the
Muhammedans.—lIken and Michaelis
find the primary idea in restraint from
labour ; see Iken Diss. philol. theol. p

49 sq. J. D. Michaelis Suppl. h. ν,

‘The contrary is shewn by Jer. 9, 1 [91

* ap? fut. aps" Jer. 9, 3; 6. suff,
"23P>7 Gen. 27, 36.

1. Prob. to ΓᾺ high, like a vault,
mound, or the like; kindr. with 337
223. Hence 3) hill, 3p» heel.

2. Denom. from ap?, to take, or seize
by the heel ; Hos. 12 4 “MN APY ἸΞΞΞ
wrx in the womb he took his aaa by
the heel ; comp. Gen. 25, 26. So Ana

oe
sas hasmeaningsborrowed from, i=

heel, 6. g. to, hit in the heel.—Spec. iz
order to trip or throw one down; hencs

“apy

3. Trop. to circumvent, to deceive, to
defraud, Gen. 27, 36. Jer. 9, 3. Chald.

ape to lie in wait for, pr. to follow at |

one’s heels, to track.
ΞΡΞ no 2, Maps.

Comp. 312 9 no. 3,

Prez to ine ‘behind, pr. at one’s heels, |

e. g. the lightnings behind the thunders
Job 37,4. Arab. _,¢ to leave behind,
to defer, to procrastinate ; Chald. 339 to
delay.

Deriv. 229—Nap>, and pr. ἢ. ΞΡ,
Spy", haps".

ΞΡ τὰ. (τ. 39 no. 1) constr. APs
Gen. 25, 26; plur. B°AP>, constr. "ap>
Cant. 1, 8, "apy Dag. sibe: Gen. 49, i7,
and nispy Ps. 77, 20; c. suff. "2 ΞΏΣ,
ΠΠΩΊΖΡΣ.

1. the heel of the foot; Arab. were

Syn fase id. Chald. 827 id. also end
οἵα thing. a)Ofmen Cieri: 3, 15. 25, 26.
Ps. 41, 10. Job 18, 9.—Meton. steps, foot-
steps ; Ps. 56,7 37720" “3p> they watch
my heels, i.e. my steps; so Cant. 1, 8,
and minpy Ps. 77, 20. 89, 52 they have
reproached the footsteps (ninps) of thine
anointed. Comp. 3? no. 3.—To make
bare the heels of a woman, to show her
disgrace, the heels of a modest woman
being covered by her train, Jer. 13, 22.
b) Of a horse, the hoof, Gen. 49, 17.
Judg. 5, 22.

2. Metaph. the rear of an army, Josh.
8, 13. Gen. 49, 19.

3. Adj. verbal from the root no. 3, a
lier-in-wait, tracker, Ps. 49, 6.

PY m. (r. PY no. 1) fem. 3} Re.
1. a hill, acclivity, Is. 40, 4. Arab.

SARS , ’Akabah, a steep pass. Ethiop..

ῴφῃ,

2. Adj. fraudulent, deceitful, 6. g. the
heart. Jer. 17, 9.

3. Adj. denom. from 309 no. 1. a.
Hos. 6, 8 D5 Maps tracked ‘with blood,
i. €. fall of bloody footsteps, the traces
of blood.—This adj. 3P3, f. Maps, imi-
tates those which mark ροῦν and the
dike, e.g. 058, 1p), Ips.

ΞΡΦ τὰ. (τ. 2p)

of any thing; Arab. errs Chald. 83p>.
Hence as adv. even to the end, ever, for
ever, Ps. 119, 33. 112.

1: Ἐν end, the last

810

Ὁ»

2. recompense, reward, wages, as the
end and result of labour; comp. doz-
σϑήϊα reward, from λοῖσϑος last. Ps. 19,
12. Prov. 22,4.—Hence Ξ 9 9 Ps. 40,
17. 70, 4, aud 59 Is. 5, 23, as Prep. pr.
in reward of, i. e. on account of, because
of, propter. Also with a relat. particle
as Conjunct. 6. g. “WN AED Gen. 22, 18.
26,5, and "3 p> Am. 4, 12, propterea
cued, because ; and so sii =p Num.
14, 24. Deut. 7, 12. 8, 20. ‘

Mapy f. or better NAPF ἢ fraud, craft,
sublilty, 2 K. 10,19. R. apd no. 3.

ΓΊΞΙΡΣ see in ΞΡ».

* "IP? fut. pos, to bind, Gen. 22, 9.
Chald. id. Arab. ae nexuit, nodavit.
Kindred roots are 738, 328, q. v. Hence

TPY adj. plur. D°ApY, banded, i. e.
marked with bands or stripes, striped
ring-streaked, comp. "3" no. 3; espec.
on the feet, pied-footed, white-footed,
Gen. 30, 35. 39. 40. 31, 8. 10.12. Symm.

S- als
λευχόποδες. Saad. aS white-footed,

So
from \& band, fetter.

ἽΡΦ see DDN IpPY MB in art. M73
no. 12. ii.

᾽ rips obsol. root, Arab. lke to re-
tain, to detain. The primary idea seems
to lie in compressing ; see PAX, Pix.
Hence ΠΡ.

MP f. oppression Ps. 55,4. R. pry.

APY (insidious i. q. 3p9") Akkub, pr.
n.m. a)1Chr’3, 24. b) 9,17. Ezra
2,42. Neh. 7, 45. 8, 7. 11,19. 12, 25.
c) Ezra 2, 45.

% >p> in Kal not used, to twist, to
wrest, to pervert. Chald. >p> to per-
vert; Syr. ‘ek part. perverse. Arab.
(Lic to bind together sc. the feet.

Puat part. >p9% perverted, Hab. 1, 4.
Deriv. the two following.

Spy το. adj. (r. SRS) winding,

crooked, only plur. Judg. 5, 6 MINIS
mibpdp» winding ways, i.e. devious and
unfrequented, by-paths. So withou
subst. mibp>py id. Ps. 125, 5.

\BN8 id.

Syr_

ee

dps

TIM3PY adj. (from a lost subst. n2py
and adj. ending 11) winding, tortuous,
epithet of a serpent Is. 27,1. R. 555.

ΝΡ. obsol. root, perh. i. ᾳ. >pS and
Aram. 5p, lo twist, to wrest. Hee

We2Z Akan, pr. n. m. Gen. 36,27; for
which 372° Jaakan, 1 Chr.1, 42. See
also 7292 "22 MINNA p. 110.

Υ pe 1. to pluck up, to root out,
6. g. a plant, Ecc. 3, 2.—Syr. and Chald.
id. The primary syllable is "Pp with the
idea of digging, digging out; comp. the
kindr. roots “4p, “P32; also "1D, ΓΞ,
"28.—Hence . _ ‘

2. i. q. Arab. 786 and 7 S,
rile, used both of male and female, but
pr. to have the testicles extirpated,
comp. under the root 079.

Nipu. to be rooted up. destroyed, e. g.
a city Zeph. 2, 4.

_ Piet to hamstring, to hough, 6. g. a
horse, i. e. to cut the sinews of the hind
feet, by which the animal is rendered
wholly useless and unable to stand, Josh.
11, 6.9. 2 Sam. 8, 4. 1 Chr. 18,4; οἵ ἃ
bullock Gen. 49, 6. Sept. νευροκοπεῖν.
This was often and is still done in war
by the victors, when unable to carry off
with them the horses captured.—Arab.

| As ia

eriv. the six following.

to be ste-

“PY Chald. to pluck up, to root out.
Irupe. pass. Dan. 7, 8.

"PP τα. adj. (r. 7B) £TIBY, MIR’,
_ sterile, spoken of both male and female ;
_ for the primary idea see the root no. 2.
_ Ofa male Deut. 7, 14; of females Gen.
11, 30. 25, 21. 29, 31. Deut. 7, 14. al—
| Syr. and Arab. id.

ΓΦ τι. (τ. 33) 1. pr. a rooting up,
_ concer. a plant Halted up and transplant-
_ ed to another soil. Hence metaph. ofa
person sprung from a foreign family re-
sident in the Hebrew territory, Lev.
25, 47.

2, Eker, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 27.

“py Chald. m. a stump, trunk of a
tree, Dan. 4, 12. 20.

272 m. plur. p23py
pion Ez. 2,6. Arab. pie id. Syr.

S11

85 in Spd σχόλιος.

1. @ scor-.

wp»
[opo% id. Comp. Gr. σκορπίος, the
guttural being changed to a sibilant,
As a quadriliteral
it seems to be compounded from “p92

to wound, and 3p> heel.—See also
praIpI“72972 p. 598.

2. a scourge, armed with knots, points,
etc. 1 K.12, 11.14. 2 Chr. 10, 11.14. So
Lat. scorpio according to Isidorus, Origg.
5. 27, i.e. ‘ virga nodosa et aculeata.’

TPF (eradication, τ. “PY; comp.
Zeph. 2,4) Ekron, pr. n. of one of the
five chief cities of the Philistines, situ-
ated in the northern part of their terri-
tory, Josh. 13, 3; assigned first to the
tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 45, and then to
Dan, Josh. 19, 43, but occupied by nei-

- ther.—Josh. 15, 11. 19,43. Judg. 1, 18,

1 Sam. 5, 10. 2K.1, 2. al. Sept. ‘Axxa-
ρῶν, ᾿ἀκαρών. Now ,3le ’Akir,a large

village ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p,

23.—Gentile ἢ. ΠΡ. Ekronite Josh.
13, 3. 1 Sam. 5, 10.

Ἑ wpy not used in Kal, to twist, to
pervert, to wrest. Arab. and (aks
id. This signif: of twisting or bending
1165. both in the syll. P>, as fo to bend

or twist back, "PD, hee. plas nexuit.

>p>, Dp? Sans, Waite; and also in the
syll. Wp,as BAP, Wp.

Piet to pervert, Mic. 3,9. So to per-
vert one’s ways, i. q. to act perversely,
Is. 59, 8. Prov. 10, 9.

Hipu. to declare perverse, 1. 6. guilty,
parall. with 9"69n. Job 9, 20 though
I be perfect, "328p271 he will declare me
perverse, guilty; here "20p>") is for
"30°91, Heb. Gr. § 52. n. 4.

Nipu. pass. to be perverted, perverse..
Part. ΘΠ p>) whose ways are per-
verse, Prov. 28, 18.

Deriv. Up>, mop», ovwPy2.

Up? m. adj. (τ. Up») plur. ϑῶρϑ,
constr. "Op>.

1. perverse ; tp» 22> a perverse mind
Ps. 101,4; and vice versa 335 9 a
man oP perverse mind Prov. 11: 20. 17,
20. MDW OP2 one perverse of lips't 1. Θ. "
speaking falsely Prov. 19, 1. Absol.
false, deceitful, Deut. 32,5. Ps. 18, 27.
Prov. 8, 8.

2. Ikkesh, pr. τι. m. 2 Sam. 23, 26

pe
PAOPI Γ (Ὁ. Bpy) with mB, perverse-

ness οἵ mouth, i. 6. false speech, deceit-.

ful words, Prov. 4, 24. 6,12; comp. 19,1.

ΤΟ τὰ. (Ὁ. 749 1) acity, spec. as forti-
fied, whence plur. ὩΣ used as plural
of "2 q.v. In sing. only as pr. n. "3
Ar, Num. 21,15. Deut. 2, 29; fully sD
axi2 Ar Moab Num. 21, 38. Is. 15, 1;
also ania ΠΣ city of Moab, Num. 22, 36,
i. e. the metropolis of Moab, situated
on the southern bank of the Arnon; Gr.
‘Ageonoks (which some neglecting the
etymology have interpreted Urbs Mar-
tis), Abulfeda slo and Xs Sf; still
called Rabba. See Reland’ Palestina
p.577. Burckhardt’s Trav. in Syria, p.
374, 377. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 569.
—Twice put for the country of Moab,
Deut. 2, 9. 18;

Il. Σ m. (r. 9°) an enemy; 6. suff.
772 1 Sam. 28, 16. Plur. ΒΡ Is. 14, 21.
Ps. 139, 20.

“W Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. no. II, an enemy,
Dan. 4, 16.

“W (waking, τ. "ἢ 1) Er, pron. a) A
son of Judah, Gen. 38, 3. 46,12. b) 1
Chr. 4,21.—Another "3 see in r. "ΝΣ I. 1.

tl 272 1. Pr. a) to interweave,
to braid ; comp. 238 to knot, to braid,
Egypt. ops constringere ; hence 25>
woof. δ) to mix, to mingle, as Syr.
LD, Chald. 24 ; see Hithp. no. 1, 33
no. 2.

2. to exchange commodities, to barter,
to traffic, by exchange of merchandise,
Hz. 27,9.27. Hence ΞΡ. .

3. to become surety for any one, with
ace. of pers. pr. to exchange with him, to
stand in his place. Chald. Syr. Sam.
id. E.g. a) to be surety for one’s
life, to pledge oneself for the life of an-
other, Gen. 43, 9. 44,32. Ὁ) For an-
other’s debt, to give security for the
payment, Prov. 11, 15. 20, 16. 27, 13;

c. 2 Prov. 6, 1; ppb 17, 18. ‘Poet. Job
17, ἃ 7723. "23779 be surely Sor me with
thee, i.e. in the cause which I'have with
thee. Is. 38, 14 "2259 be surety for me,
O Lord! i.e. take me under thy protec-
tion. Ps. 119, 122.—Deriv. ma >, nan.

4, to pledge, to give in pledges. with
acc. of thing; Arab. Wye Conj. II, IV,

812

+

ay

to give a pledge. Neh. 5,3. Metaph.
{227M 372 10 pledge his life, i.e. to ex-
pose it to pressing danger, Jer. 30, 21.
Deriv. 71299.

Hirap. 1. to mingle onself, to inter-
meddle, with 3 of thing, Prov. 14, 10.

2. to intermingle in social life, 10 have
intercourse with any one, spec. to be
familiar with, c. 3 pers. Ps. 106, 35; >
Prov. 20,19; b> 24, 21; by marriage,
c. 5 Hera 9, 2. Also Ph make an en-
gagement, c. DX with any one, sc. by
way of wager, 2 K. 18, 23. Is. 36, 8.

Deriv. 338, ΠΡΌΣ, ya, a782 I,
mayen.
“I. ἋΣ ι. ἐο- δ, δῦ...

St id. Susyé jet-black, crow-black.

Hence 55 raven.

2. Trop. to be or grow dark, to draw
tcwards sunset or evening, Fade’ 19, 9.
Metaph. Is. 24,11 π Ὁ 99 Hayy call

joy ws darkened, gone wen Syr. eA
the sun sets, ἜΗΝ sunset; Eth. UZN

the sun sets; Arab. τὲ id. whence
Sos 9..9
Gye

Hiren. to do at evening ; Inf. 3935
‘doing at evening, as adv. evening, at
evening, 1 Sam. 17, 16. Comp. ΘΠ
in the morning. ~

Deriv. 279, 339, 329, 3992 IT, W359.

* TIT. 232 or ANY, i. ᾳ. 239, tobe

arid, sterile. Eth. by transp. UNZ id.
Hence 13%9, and pr. ἢ. 399 Arabia.

*[V.A72 fut. βοὴ. 1. Intrans, to
be sweet, pleasant, (perh. well tempered,
well mixed? comp. no. I. 1. b,) with > of
pers. 6. g. sleep, Prov. 3, 24. Jer. 31, 26; —
a desire accomplished Prov. 13, 19;
sacrifices, gifts, Jer. 6, 20. Hos. 9, 4.
Mal. 3, 4; c. 53 Ps. 104, 34. Ez. 16, 37
ὈΠῸΣ MAID “Wx 10 whom thou hast been,
pleasant. “Comp. adj. 24> sweet.

2. From the notion of sweetness is
derived perhaps the signif. of sucking,
comp. 732, M82. Hence 4¥ gad-fly
as sucking the blood of men and beasts;
comp. Arab. ον. which in *he Cainoos,

p-. 125. 1. 11, is sa ape τυ by KSI
comedit.
Deriv. 359, 359.

, the occident, west.

2»

279 Chald. Pa. to mix, to mingle.
Part. pass. 2392 mixed, Dan. 2, 43.
Irupa. pass. Dan. 2, 43.

AN m. adj. (τ. 229 IV) sweet, plea-
sant, Prov. 20, 17. Cant. 2, 14.

359 m. (τ. 229 IV) a species of fly,
gad- fly, exceedingly troublesome to man
and beast, so called from its sucking the
blood; see the root no. 2. Ex. 8, 17.
18. 20. 25. 27 [21. 22. 24. 29.31]. Ps. 78,
45. 105, 31. Sept. κυνόμυια dog-fly,
which Philo describes as so named from
its impudence, Phil. de vita Mosis, T. II.
_ p. 101 ed. Mangey.—The Rabbins al-
- most unanimously interpret it of a mix-
ture, confluz of noxious insects, as if
from 339 I, to mix; and so Aqu. πάμ-
μυια, Jerome omne genus muscarum,
Engl. divers sorts of flies Ps. \l.cc. But
_ that 352 denotes some certain species
of insect is clear from Ex. 8, 17. 18 [21.
_ 22). Oedmann (Verm. Sammlungen II.
ΠΡ. 150) understands by it the blatta ori-
᾿ς entalis, Dutch and Germ. Kakerlacke,
_ Engl. cockroach, which however devours
_ things rather than stings men, contrary
_ to the express words in Ex. 8, 17.

ANY 2 Chr. 9,14. Jer. 25, 24, and 2

3.»
Wye, so called from being arid and

_ sterile; see r. 399 III. The gentile n.
is "392 Arab, Arabian, Is. 13, 20. Jer.
_ 3, 2, of nomadic tribes in both passages;
| eo "39> Neh. 2, 19. 6,1; Plur. ἘΠ2ἼΡ
_ Arabs, Arabians, 2 Chr. 21, 16. 22, 1,and
“DINAN 2 Chr. 17, 11. —The name Ἄρα»
᾿ bia among the Hiditews did not include
the vast peninsula to which geographers
_ have given this name, but only a tract
a of country not very extensive, on the
a east and south of Palestine as far as to
᾿ the Red Sea; perh. the same assigned
_ by ancient writers to the Ishmaelites,
' see in Ἐννοῶ, Hence in Jer. 25, 24
_ this name is coupled with other Αὐδοθιώ
tribes: So too Eusebius, of the Midi-

Π νότον ἐν ἐρήμῳ τῶν Sagaxjrov τῆς

} ἐρυϑρᾶς ϑαλάσσας ἐπὶ ἀνατολάς. The

_ Arabia of the N. T. extended no fur-

| ther, Gal. 1,17. 4,25. See Comm. on
[5. 21, 13.

. 819

Is. 21,18. Ez. 27, 21, pr. n. Arabia,

anites: χεῖται ἐπέκεινα τῆς ᾿ἀραβίας πρὸς"

any

272 m. (1. ΞῚ 1) also 219 see inno. 2.

1. the woof, weft, in weaving, Lev. 13,
48-59. See the root no. 1. a.

2. Simpl. 299 Ex. 12, 38. Neh. 13, 3,
elsewhere 6. art. 2995, pr. mixture, see
the root no.1.b; hence concr. a mized
multitude, mingled mass, of strangers
and foreigners who follow a migrating
people or an army. So of strangers
who joined themselves to the Israelites
Ex. 12, 38. Neh. 13, 3; of Solomon’s
foreign troops, auxiliaries, 1 K. 10, 15
2727 "252; or those of Egypt Ez. 30, 5.
Jer. 25, 20. 24 where 399m 7252 and
a ΟΝ are coupled ; also those of the »
Chaldeans Jer. 50, 37. Sept. ἐπίμικτος,
σύμμικτος. Vulg. promiscuum vulgus,
ὌΠΑ Chald. ἡ 3 ΞΡ id. Comp. also

Arab. τ ὐγὲ stranger; though this per-
tains to τ. 339 II.

AY τη. (r. 299 IT) but ἢ 1 Sam. 20,5;
in pause 29> Gen. 24, 63; plur. D°373,
constr. "299 see in no. 2; also mia
Jer. 5,6. Dual see below.—For 2795
c. art. mixture, see in 379 no. 2.

I. evening, even-tide, see the root no.

. 2. Gen. 1, 5. 8. 13. 19. 23. Lev. 23, 32.

al. 393 MM the evening sacrifice Dan.
9, 21. Ezra 9,4. Al evening, in the
evening, is 2993 Gen. 19, 1. 29, 23. Ex.
12,18. al. Poet. 2795 Gen. 49, 27. Ps.
59, 7. 15. 90, 6. Job 4, 20; and so in the
later books 1 Chr. 16, 40. 2 Chr. 2, 3.
Ezra 3, 3. Ecc. 11,6; acc. 259 Ex. 16,
6; 399 ὩΣ Gen. 8, 11. 24, 11. Zech.
14, 7; 0% aw evening of the day, at
evening, Prov. 7, 9; 232 mized αἱ the
turning of evening, towards evening,
Gen. 24, 63. Deut. 23, 12.—Also "21
31> evening wolves, see in 381; and so
Plur. once Mia aNt Jer. 5,6. “ἘΞ ATW
evening and morning, νυχϑήμερον, a day
and night, i. e. the civil day of 24 hours,
Dan. 8, 14. ν
Ὅσαι, ba > the two evenings, only in.
the formula c(i 3°2 beiween the two
evenings Ex. 16, 12. 30, 8, as marking
the interval of time doviog which the
paschal lamb was to be killed Ex. 12, 6.
Lev. 23, 5. Num. 9, 3. 5, and the even-
ing sacrifice offered Ex. 29, 39.41. Num.
28, 4. This, according to the opinion .
of the Karaites and Samaritans, as also

ay

Aben Ezra (which moreover is favoured
by Deut. 16,6), was the interval between
sunset and dark. But the Pharisees and
Rabbinists (comp. Jos. B. J. 6.9.3) held
the first evening to commence with the
declining sun, Gr. δεέλη πρωΐα, and the
second evening with the setting sun,
Gr. dsidn ὀψία ; hence according to them
the paschal lamb was to be killed from
the ninth till the eleventh hour, Jos. 1. c.
A third opinion is that of Jarchi and
Kimchi, who hold the two evenings to be
the time before and after sunset, so that
the sunset divides them. Of all these
the first is best supported. The Arabs
have the like expression ; and also the
Syrian church; see Thesaur. p. 1065.
II. Only in plur. 5°39, constr. 9259,
willows, osiers, perh.so called from their

GS-°%»
ash-coloured leaves. Comp. ye one

having white eyelashes, ene white-
ness of the eyelashes, silver, also a wil-
low. Syr. {rozS, plur. Lozs, id.—lIs.
44. 4. Job 40, 22. Ps. 137, 2, where the
salix Babylonica Linn. is to be under-
stood, with pendulous boughs, the em-
blem δὲ grief and mourning, Engl. weep-
ing-willow. Is.15,7 0°2995 5112 the Brook
of Willows (comp. Job "40, 22) in Moab,
i. 6. ©) sol, Wady el-Ahsy,
which forms the Fouitdaty between the
district of Kerak or Moabitis, and of Je-
bal or Idumea; see Burckhardt’s Tra-
vels in Syria, etc. p. 400. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 488, 555 —The more an-
cient name.was ἼΔῚ Zered, q. v.

279 τὰ. (r. Ὁ» IT) plur. pa5y.
_ 1. ἃ raven, so called from its ‘black
colour. Chald. Ramis, Losax,

OD
Arab. wl ¢. Corresponding in sound

are Sanscr. kdrawa and kurawa, Lat.
corvus, old Germ. hraban, whence Rabe,
Engl. raven.—Gen. 8,7. 1 K. 17, 4. 6.
Is. 34, 11. Ps. 147, 9. al. Sometimes it
would seem to have a wider sense and
to comprehend kindred species of birds,
espec. the crow, see Lev. 11, 15. Deut.
14, 14.

2. Oreb, pr. n. of a prince of the Midi-
anites, Judg. 7, 25. 8, 3. Ps. 83,12. From
him the name was tritnsferred to a rock
beyond Jordan, Judg. 7, 25. Is. 10, 26.

Syr.

814 -

ay

AD f(r. 239 IIL) ὁ. πὶ loc. am M333 ;
plur. ΤΊΣ, constr. mia.

1. an aie tract, sterile region, desert,
Job 24, 5. 39, 6. Is. 33, 9. 35, 1.6. 40:3.
41, 19. 51, 3. Jer. 2, 6. 17,6. 50,12. 51,
43. Sept. ἔρημος, also ἄβατος, ἄπειρος,
γῆ Sweoce.—With the art. M3IIZH the
Arabah, as pr. n. for the low desert tract
or plain of the Jordan and Dead Sea,
shut in by mountains, and extending from
the lake of Tiberias to the Elanitic Gulf;
see Josh. 12, 3 ming> pr naw».
Deut. 1,1 930 di ΠΊΣΩ in the Arabah
over against the Red | Sea, i.e. at the
opposite end or part. 2,8. So Deut. 1,
7. 3,17. 4,49. 11,30. Josh. 12, 1. 3. 8.
8,14. 11, 2.8.16. 15,2. 2 Sam. 2, 29.
4,7. 2 K. 25,4. Jer. 39,4. 52,7. Ez.
47,8. Hence the Dead Sea is called
the Sea of the Arabah Deut. 3, 17. 4, 49.
Josh. 3, 16. 12,3. 2 K. 14, 25. [The
Greek name for this tract was Aviom,
described by Eusebius as extending
from Lebanon to the desert of Paran ;
Onomast. art. diddy. Abulfeda speaks
of it under the name el-Ghér {, and
says correctly that it stretchés between
the lake of Tiberias and Ailah or ’Aka-
bah. At the present day the name el-
Ghér is applied to the northern part,
from the lake of Tiberias to an offset or
line-of cliffs just south of the Dead Sea ;
while the southern part, quite to the
Red Sea, is called Wady el~Arabah

|, the ancient Hebrew name. The

extension of this valley to the Dead Sea
appears to have been unknown to the
early geographers; and in modern times
was first discovered by Burckhardt; see
his Travels in Syr. p. 441 sq. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 594-600.—At Jericho
the valley is broader; and is called in
plur. m3) miay> Josh. δ, 10. 2 K. 25,5;
also, east of the Jota, ayia Mint,
Vulg. campestria Moab, Num. 22, 1. 26,
3. al. maarn 5112 the brook of the Ara-
bah, see in 5m) no. 1, p. 663.—R. :
2. Arabah, pr. n. of a town in Benja-
min; fully "3337 ma, see MD no. 12. kk.

May f. 1. surety, security, Prov. 17,
18. R. 5051. 8.

2.a pledge. 1 Sam. 17, 18 “PNy
Man onass and bring from them a
pledge, token. R. a3 no. I. 4.

: =

maw m. (τ. 359 I. 4) a pledge, earnest,
Gen. 38, 17. 18. 20. Arab. oss,
ἘΠῚ».

wry id. Hence ἀῤῥαβών, arrhabo,
i. e. a pledge, earnest, a mercantile term
which the Greeks and Romans appear
to have adopted from the Phenicians as
the founders of commerce.

"372, 7272,
in 333.
_ WI Arbathite, gentile name from
3593 no. 2. 2 Sam. 23, 31.

* 72 fat. ne

— Ee See

an Arab, Arabian, see

1. to rise, to ascend,
Ὁ place of ascent,

I ΩΣ ΤΟΥ̓ΝΑς Ethiop. (1 ἰά. See
ΠΡ.

2. With ὃν and dx to look up towards
_ any thigg, to long for, Gr. ὑρέγω 5 comp.
by wep δῶ. Arab. Conj. II, institit,
intentus fuit rei. Ps. 42, 2. Joel 1, 20.—
_ The assertion of the Hebrew interpret-
ers, that 379 is strictly used for the cry
of the stag and is transferred to domestic
animals in Joel |. c. (the Syriac version
also having hy in both passages,) is
not supported by the usage of the kin-
_ dred languages; although one might
- compare the Gr. onomatop. ὠρύω, ὠρυγή.
See too the deriv. 73°93. More also
is given by Bochart, Hieroz. P. I. p-

Arab. om id.

5 19 obsol. root, Arab. Oye to flee ;
_ comp. kindr. 13m. Hence 7179, Chald.
ΟΣ, wild ass, onager.
2B Arad, pr. n.
city in the southern part of Palestine, so
᾿ς called prob. from the wild ass, Num. 21,
1. 33,40. Josh. 12, 14. The name is
; “still preserved in Tell Arad of

: hill far south of Hebron adjacent to ΔΩ:
ὶ “desert ; see Bibl. Res. in Patest. Π. p.
475. 692. b) A man 1 Chr. 8, 15.

TY Chald. m. i. ᾳ. TinY, a wild ass,
onager, Dan. 5, 21.

ΟἿΣ to be naked, in Kal not used.
Arab. SF id. The primary idea of

} the root seems to lie in plucking out
} (comp. 38), e.g. plants, hair, etc. hence

818

a) A Canaanitish |

Ἣ»

to be bald. bare, naked, of plants, trees,
etc. comp. 7732, "Sh. Kindr. is ΒΦ
and perhaps oer ΤΙ.

PrEL ΠΣ, fut. conv. "5M, imper. plur.
and.

1. to make naked, to uncover, e.g. the
pudenda Is. 3, 17; a shield sc. from its

covering 22,6. Zeph. 2, 14 τὴν TIAN.

the cedar-work they have uncovered, i. e.
they have torn off the wainscotings of
cedar and laid the walls bare.
2. to lay naked, bare, as the founda-
tion of an edifice, i. 6. to demolish, to
rase, Ps. 137,7. Inf. mind Hab. 3, 13.
Comp. 533, nbs, Ez. 13, 14. Mic. 1,6.—
Hence

3. to empty a vessel, to pour out, in
doing which its bottom is laid bare;
uncovered ; Gen. 24, 20. 2 Chr. 24, 11.
Ps, 141, 8 "52 son-by do not empty out
my life, i.e. let not my blood be shed.
Comp. Hiph. no. 2.

Hips. ΠΣ 1. to make naked, to un-
cover, e. g. the pudenda, Lev. 20, 18. 19.

2. to pour out, comp. Pi. no. 3. Is. 53,
12 iin? m2 NID he poured out his life
unto death, or in death, gave himself up

o- Ὁ &

to death. Arab. x83 SLA! animam
suam effudit, h. e. tradidit. Syr. Tm
oasd, Gr. παραβάλλεσϑαι, whence pa-
rabolanus.

Nipu. pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be poured
out, trop. of the Spirit, Is. 32, 15.

Hirup. 1. to make oneself naked
Lam. 4, 21. ,

2. to pour oneself out, trop. to spread
oneself abroad. of a flourishing wide-
spreading tree, Ps. 37, 35.

Deriv. πῦρ, HID, NMP, ΠΣ, 2,
"Dm, and pr. a. nose.

ΓΙ f. (τ. ΠῚ) plur. mind Is. 19, 7,

naked places, without trees (see "32,

ΓᾺΣ 2), here of the meadows or grassy
places on the banks of the Nile. Arab.

Ie, ays, open place.

MY f. (τ..359) Cant. 5, 13.. 6, 2,
Ez. Ἵ7, 4, 10, areola, bed, of a cardia
or vineyard. ΠΕΣ in the middle. So
the ancient versions.—Others a ladder,
trellis, a frame for training plants up-

GS of
wards; comp. Arab. ἐν" ladder.

ἵν.

THY m. (r. 49) a wild ass, onager,
Job 39,5. Chald. id. in Targg. for Heb.

Syr. id. Arab. oye ass

ΓΝ f. (τ. ΠΣ) 1. nakedness, Ez.
16, 8. Hos. 2, 9 [11]. Metaph. m">
V285 the nakedness of the land, i. 6. the
‘exposed part, where it is unfortified,
easy of access, Gen. 42, 9. 12. Arab.
ἔνε, τεῖχος ἐγυμνώϑη Hom. Il. 12. 399.

2. pudenda, espec. as exposed, naked-
ness, Gen. 9, 22. 23. Ex. 20, 26. Lev. 20,
17. Ez. 16, 37. 23, 29. pee 4B: nbs
‘p MIND to uncover the niikednéss of a
woman, either in ignominy Is. 47, 3; or
for carnal intercourse with her, see in
mba Pi. no. 1. ἃ. ax MIND the naked-
ness of his father, i. e. of his father’s
wife, see in >’ Pi. no. 1. ἃ. mrq9 “wa
the flesh of nakedness, the privy-member,
Ex. 28, 42.

3. shame, uncleanness, filthiness. ΤᾺΣ
"as any filthy thing, excrement, Deut.
23,15; a foul blemish found in a wo-
man, 24,1. See in Thesaur. p. 1068.—
Hence ignominy, disgrace; Is. 20, 4
bwx2 ΤῊΣ the shame of Egypt. 1 Sam.
20, 30.

M72 Chald. f. pr. an emptying out ;
hence damage, detriment, sc. of the king,
Ezra 4, 14. See Heb. m > Pi. no. 3:

DIY m. adj. (τ. 099 1) also DY 1 Sam.
19, 24. Job 1, 21. Is. 58, 7, fem. 293,
plur. ov73 ; naked, Job 1, 21. Ecc. 5,
14. Mic. 1,8. Am. 2,16. Adv. naked,
without clothing, Job 24, 7. 10. Is. 20, 4.
But naked is also put: a) i. q. poorly
clad, ragged, Job 22, 6. Is. 68, 7; comp.
Gr. γυμνός James 2, 15, Lat. nudus Se-
neca de Benef. 5.13. Arab. 2 gluwo

undressed, ill-clothed. Ὁ) Of one who
has laid aside his outer garment and
goes about in his tunic (M22), 1 Sam.
19, 24. Is. 20, 2. Comp. John 21, 7.
Virg. Georg. I. 229 and Voss’s note.
Aurel. Vict. c. 17.

DAW m. adj. (τ. 529 1.2) 1. crafty,
cunning, subtle, Gen. 3, 1. Job 5, 12. 15, 5.

2. In a good sense, shrewd, prudent,
wise, Prov. 12, 16. 23. 13, 16. 14, 8. 15.
18. al.

Diy, see BSD.

x75.

816

==

YIN, also WAP Is. 17, 2, from r.
“a2, like >pidp from >>p.

1. ruins, rudera, see the root Po. Pilp,
and Hithpal. Jer. 48, 6. Is. 17, 2—Vulg.
in Jer. l.c. myrica ; others juniper, comp.
Arab, juniper; Bibl. Res. in Pa-

lest. II. p. 506. In Is. 1. 6. "B43 "49 is
usually rendered cities of Aroer; but
Aroer was not a metropolis, nor does it
suit the context.

2. Aroer, pr. n. a) A city on the
northern bank of the brook Arnon, Deut.
2, 36. 3, 12. 4, 48. Josh. 12,2. 13, 9.16;
subject to Moab Jer. 48, 19; and witha
different form “i3"> Judg. 11, 26. Its
ruins still bear the ancient name, οἱ

*Ar@ir ; see Burckhardt’s Travels in
Syria, etc. p. 372. Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. App. p. 170. Ὁ) Another city situ-
ated further north over againgt Rab-
bath-Ammon Josh. 13, 25, on the brook
Gad i. e. a branch of the Jabbok 2 Sam.
24,5; founded by the Gadites Num. 32,
34. Judg. 11,33. 06) A city of the south
of Judah, 1 Sam. 30, 28. Its site still
bears the name ’Ar’érah syle 3 see

Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 618.—Gentile
ῃ. "353 Aroerite 1 Chr. 11, 44.

VT m. (Ὁ: γὴν, after the form >431)
in other Mss. ΥΥΦ after the form 8>2,
terror, horror. Job 30, 6 prbm) ΥΥΣΞ
in a horror of valleys, i. 6. in horrid val-
leys, chasms.

ΤΣ f. (τ. HD) nakedness, i. α. WIA
Hab. 3, 9 thy bow "ΣΤᾺ M7 with naked-
ness was made naked, i. e. quite naked,
the verbal noun being put for the inf.
absol. Elsewhere concer. Ez. 16,7 ὩΣ
mand) DAD thou wast naked and naked-
ness, “utterly naked, bare. v. 22. 39. —
29. Mic. ) Br

“ (for M292 watching i. 6. worship-
ping Jehovah, r. "49 1) Eri, pr. ἢ. of a
son of Gad, Gen. 46, 16.

MON f. (τ. OF) only in plur. τ ΟῚ
Num. 15, 20. 21. Neh. 10, 38. Ez. 44,
30, groats, grits, coarse meal, ptisana,
Talmud. 07> ptisana of barley, bar-
ley-groats, pearled barley ; also a drink

made from it. ge Lams} id.—Sept.
Vulg. in Num. φύραμα, pulmentum ; in
Neh. and Ez. σῖτος, cibus.

ven

DPD" m. plur. (r. 9221) pr. ‘the
distilling.’ Poet. for the clouds, and me-
ton. the heavens, Is. 5, 30.—Syr. and
Vulg. caligo ; comp. quadrilit. 5273.

ΤῊ τὰ. adj. (r. v2 , Kamets impure
for 7772) plur. O°, constr. "¥™9 ;
pr. terrible, inspiring terror ; hence

1. powerful, mighty, of God Jer. 20,11;
of powerful nations Is. 25, 3.

2. In a bad sense, violent ΩΡ law-
less, a tyrant, Ps. 37, 35. Is. 13, 11. 25,
4.5. Job 6, 23. 15, 20. 27, 13. al—Ez.
28,7 D3 "E77 the violent of the nations.
30, 11. 31, 12. 32, 12.

Ὑ m. adj. (τ. 19) plur. D3,
destitute, forlorn ; hence childless, Gen.

‘15, 2. Jer. 22, 30; plur. 5°72 Lev. 20,

20. 21. Sept. ἄτεκνος.

cae fut, 392" to place in a row, to
ei wn order, to arrange, Gr. τάσσω, τάτ-
τω. Comp. kindr. 728 to extend in ἃ
straight line, and in the Indo-European
tongues: Germ. Reihe (Reige, Riege),
rethen, intens. recken ; Lat. rego (not
for reago, as some suppose), regula, rec-
tus, also vigeo to be stiff, rigor right
line.—E. g. wood upon the altar Gen.
22, 9. Lev. 1,6; bread upon the sacred
table 24, 8, comp. M3732 no. 1. Also to
put in order, lo prepare, 6. g. a table for
a banquet, fo spread, Prov. 9, 2. Is. 21, 5.
65, 11; an altar Num. 23,4; the sacred
candelabra Ex. 27, 21. Lev. 24, 3. 4;
arms for battle Jer. 46,3. Also Is. 30,33
nan paar”? ΠΡ 3 for the place of

_ burning is already long arr.inged, pre-

pared. 2Sam.23,5 593 ΓΞ" Σ ὈΞῚΡ ΓΔ
an everlasting covenant ordered in all
things, i. e. confirmed in all ways.—Spec.

in phrases:

a) mamba 32 to set the battle in ar-

ray, to draw up an army, Judg. 20, 20.

22 ; with MX and MNIP> against any one
1 aim. 17, 2. Gen. 14, 8. Part. 9355
mama 1 Chr. 12, 33.35; and rama AMD
Soel 2.5, drrayed for battle, in ‘pattle ar-
ray. Bolarkiioat mama id. Judg. 20,
30. 33. 1 Sam. 4, 2. ‘17, 21; οἱ 59533
MIP? against any one, 2 Sain: 10, 9. 10.
17. a 50,9. 14. Part. pass. 93799 ar-
rayed sc. ἐν battle, Jer. 6, 23. 50, 42.—
With acc. Job 6, 4 "232499" they set them-
selves in array against me.

69

817

Ἴν

b) mba ΤῊΝ do set in order words, i. é.
to utter words, c. ὃ against any oné
Job 32, 14; also without nna, Job 37,
19 Ξπη ΒΒ 53 NP we Ἰὼ ΝΣ in
order (words) by reason of darkness, i.e.
ignorance. 33, 5. With >, to dtrect
words to any one Is. 44, 7, and ellipt. Ps.
5, 4 F>-FIDR APA in the morning 1 will
direct to thee sc. my words, my prayer.

6) OB AID 10 set in order a cause
before a judge, to array it before him,
Job 13,18; ο. "25> 23, 4, comp. Ps. 50, 21.

2. With >, to place together with any
thing, along side of it, to compare. Is.
40, 18 ibaa Dm ΤῊ ΘΠ ΓΤ what likeness
will ye compare unto him? Ps. 89,7. 40,
6 478 ΠΣ px nothing can be compared
to thee. Job 28, 17. 19, where in both
verses 3- is dative for mb ;

3. to estimate by comparing with mo- —
ney, i. 6. to value, to esteem ; comp. ΔΕ ΤΙ,
Job 36,19 API FAN will he set value
on thy riches? i. e. will he regard them?

Hipu. i. q. Kal no. 3, to estimate, to
value, Lev. 27, 8 sq. 2 K. 23, 35.

Deriv. 7232, 72939, M3732, and

ΤῊΣ m. ὁ. suff.2D99 1. ἃ row, pile,
of the shew-bread Ex. 40, 23. =.

2. preparation, equipment, pr. a put-
ting in order, a suit, espec. of clothes,
arms, etc. Judg. 17, 10 ΘΔ 31> equip-
ment of clothing, i.e. all necessary cloth-
ing. Sept. Vat. well, στολὴ ἱματίων,
since στολή is the word appropriate to
this idea, comp. Lat. stola ; Alex. ζεῦγος
ἱματέων, whence Vulg. vestem duplicem,
which L. de Dieu ad ἢ. |. seeks to de-
fend.—Of the armature (qs. stola) of
the crocodile Job 41, 4. ͵

3. estimation, valuation ; 224 ac-
cording to thy estimation Lev. 5, 15. 18.
25. 27, 27. Num. 18, 16. 2 K. 23, 35. 12,
5. ev. 27, 12 jan 42722 checendine to
thy estimation, of the priest 1 mean ; and
so also the Srinulat is to be taken in v. 2,
ming? mig) 422A according to thy (the
priest’s) estimation shall the persons be
to Jehovah; comp. on this passage De
Wette and Dettinger, in Theol. Studien
u. Kritiken 1831, p. 303. 1832, p. 395;
396.—Hence, estimate, price at which a
thing is estimated, Lev. 27, 3 thy estr-
mate (price) shall be fifty shekels. v. 4-7.
13. 15. 19. 25.—Job 28, 13. Ps. 55, 14

bey

"D292 Si a man after mine own price,
i. δ. whom I equal to se boone my own
equal.

* O79 1. to be uncircumcised ; see

ΤΡ §S
Arab. Jyé id

2. Denom. from Ty, q. ἃ. to fore-
skin, i. 6. to remove as foreskin, as an
unclean thing, spoken of the first fruits
of a young tree, Lev. 19, 23.

Nipu. to show oneself uncircumcised,
to show one’s foreskin, Hab. 2, 16;
spoken of a drunken heathen, who
shamelessly uncovers his nakedness.

Deriv. the two following.

adj. δὴ».

oy m. adj. constr. ἔκ Fiz. 44, 9, and-

ba2 Ex. 6, 12, plur. prbas ; uncircum-
cised, Geri. 17, 14. Ex. 12, 48. Often
spoken of other nations in contempt,
and with the idea of uncleanness, pro-
faneness ; as the Philistines, Judg. 15,
18. 1 Sam. 14, 6. 17, 26.36. 31,4; of
other gentiles Is. 52; 1. Ez. 28,10. 31,
18. 32, 19.21.24sq. Metaph. pone 59>
uncircumcised of lips, i. e. dull of speech,
(989. “"p? Onk.) stammering, one
whose lips still have as it were the fore-
skin, and are therefore too thick and
large to bring out. words easily and
fluently, Ex. 6,12. 80, So likewise Jer.
6, 10 τοῖν nba their ear is uncircum-
Gined, shut up by a foreskin ; also D235
ban their uncircumcised ΜΑ͂Σ. to which
the precepts of religion and piety cannot
penetrate, Lev. 26, 41. Ez. 44,9. Comp.
Acts 7, 51.

MW Γ (τ. dod) constr. mb"9, plur.
nibsy, constr. mibay 1 Sam. 18, 25,
F the Poresiten,: Pe Sept. axoo-

βυστία. Arab. aii , Syr. jzadsas,

1 Sam. 18, 25. 2 Sam.3,14. nb asm "wa
membrum preputiatum Gen. 17, 11. 24.
Lev. 12,3. Metaph. 2>-m>59 the fore-
skin of the heart, see in bay ult. Deut.
10,16. Jer. 4, 4. Comp. Kor. Sur. 2, 82.
4, 154, ;

2. Trop. foreskin of a tree, i. e. the
fruit of the first three years, which by
the law was to be regarded as unclean,
Lev. 19, 23. Comp. τ. 599 no. 2.

3. Plur. mibyen mya; Foreskins-hill,
pr. n. of a place near Gilgal, Josh. 5, 3.

818

man

*7.099 or DW 1 to make na-
ked ; hence BAY (8155), IMD, naked,
p23. Kindr. are 39, 74> II, perh.. :

ἊΣ. eye ta 5
ὩΣ. Arab ere to make naked; also

to bark a tree. Intrans. aye to be

shameless, malignant, i. e. bearing one’s
malignity naked before him. _ )
2. to be crafty, cunning, once inf. absol.
ΤῚΣ 1 Sam: 23, 22.—Syr. Pe. Pa. Ethpe.
id. [ros;S, Chald. xo, cunning.

This signif either connects itself with

Arab. oe to be malignant, see above;

or comes from the primary idea of
smoothness, baldness.

Hiren. 1. to make crafty. Ps, 83, 4
Sid 372575" they make crafty their coun-
sel, i.e. they take crafty counsel.

2. to act cunningly, craftily, 1 Sam. 23,
22. In a good sense to act prudently,
discreetly, Prov. 15, 5. 19, 25.

Deriv. DITD, DID, NY, DID, Hayy,
ὈΡΘῸΣ Ὁ , perh. yop.

᾿. Il. ὉΠ in Kal not used, kindr.
with the verbs DIN, DOA, ἘΝῚ, DA,
n29, to be high. Syr. Pa. to heap up.
Kn yaw V, » be heaped up, Saad.

Ex. 15, 8; Rey
threshing-floor.

Nipu. to be heaped up, as waters Ex.
15, 8.

Deriv. M292.

DAY naked, see BIND.

DIY, see in ΘΠ.

¢ heap of grain on the

DY m. craftiness, cunning, Job 5, 13.
R. Dt I.

TO f(r oe 1). 1. pear de
guile, Ex. 21, 14. Josh. 9, 4.
2. prudence, Prov. 1, 4, 8, 5. 12.

may f (τ. po IT) constr. mans
Tsere impure, plur. ‘min, once pay
Jer. 50,26; a heap, e. g. of rubbish Neh.
3, 34; of grain Cant. 7,3; of sheaves
Ruth 3; 7. Neh. 13, 15. Hage: 2, 16.
2 Chr. 36, 6 sq. 9

ΤΥΔῚΣ m. the plane-tree, platanus ori-
entalis, perh. so called from shedding its

bark; comp. Arab. eye in r. DID

Gen. 80, 37. Ez. 81,8. See Celsii Hie-
robot. T. I. p. 513.

ΤῊΣ (q. ἃ. Vigilantius, i. ᾳ. "> with an
adj. ending) Eran, pr. n. m. Num. 26,
36. Patron. "29> Eranite, ib. R. 49 I.

? O79 obsol. root, 1.4. O74, to break
into coarse pieces, to pound coarsely.
Hence Talmud. 0793, mio373, pounded
beans, polenta from beans, bean-groats,
See the deriv. Ho».

PW Tudg. 11, 26, see in "iny no.
2. a.
Wy m. adj. (τ. 92) 1. Pr. naked,

_ bare; then destitute, forlorn, Ps. 102,18.
- Perh. Jer. 17, 6 like one forlorn in the
_ desert, where there is none to help.
But see in no. 2.

2. ruins, Jer. 17,6; like "Din Jer. 48,

6. Others as in no. 1.
ve and “AY, see in ping.

I. $39 fat. ΠΡ, i. g. 927, to drop,
to distil, (comp. 23, sb) Deut. 33, 28;
metaph. of speech ibid. 32, 2.
Deriv. B.5"">.

ἘΝ ΩΣ 1. Prob. primarily to pull,
to pluck, which is the force of the pri-
mary syllable 4", 3", comp. 85", 5%,
a", and with the palatal or guttural

9.09
prefixed 23, 52m, F129. Hence ῳ9

“mane of a Anges (something to be.pulled

out), C3,¢ to pull out a horse’s fore-

lock ;,also Heb. 52 neck, prob. so called
from the mane. In the Indo-European
tongues comp. Lat. rapio, carpo, Germ.
raffen, raufen. The signif. of mane and
top, vertex, is found also in Gr. λόφος,
mane, then neck, back or ridge, κορυφή,
κόρυμβος, κορύμβη vertex.

_ 2. Denom. from 51%, to break the neck
of an animal Ex. 13. 13. 34, 20. Deut.
21,4. 6. Is. 66. 3. Trop. of altars, to
break down, to destroy, Hos. 10, 2.

Deriv. the two following.

ΤΡ m. neck, nape, the back of the

neck, e. g. of a beast Lev. 5,8; Arab.
5

δοιὰ mane. So of a man Gen. 49, 8.
Job 16,12. al. sep. Inphrases: a) 19

m3 to present or turn the nape or back,

the back of the neck being thus put

819 ©

γν

genr. for the back, 2 Chr. 29, 6; also
ἘΝ ΤΩ 5 ΓῺ fo turn the back to any one,
i.e. to turn away from him, Jer. 2, 27.
32, 33, comp. 18,17. Ὁ) 533 25 Josh.
2 19, AIS TEN hen, 48, 39, and mm 724
Josh: 7, 8, to turn the nape. or back se. in
flight, to flee, Syr. f. = ais}, and Pers.
wole φῦ. Here belongs Ex. 23,
27 59 ἘῸΝ ΞΜ 9 τὰς sANN and I
will give thee all thine enemies, their back,
i.e. 1 will make them turn that inane
put them to flight. Ps. 18,41. 6) m&p
HD stiff-necked, i. 6. stubborn obsti-
nate, see MUP ; comp. Is. 48, 4, and Lat.
“tantis cervicibus est,’ Cic. Vert, IIT. 95.

MBIY (mane, forelock, or acc. to Si-
monis i. q. M75 fawn) Orpak, pr. n. f.
Ruth 1, 4. 14. Β. 979 IL.

aia m. quadrilit. thick clouds, dark-
ness, gloom, Ex. 20, 21. 1 K. 8,12. Ps.
18, 10. Job 22,13. Is. 60,2. al. Often
coupled with a synon. word as 55 Σ᾽ ὯΝ
Deut. 4, 11. 5,19; 5) 2 Bt Joel 2 yids
Zeph. 1, 15.—Syr. ws.< id. \a,S2f to
be dark. It seems to be made up from
the triliterals 5°92 cloud, and 5X to be
dark. Comp. ὀρφγός obscure, dark,
ὄρφνη darkness espec. of the night.

"ΟΣ fut. ΥΣ" 1. to terrify, to
frighten, to inspire terror and trem-
bling. Arab. Ure Con}. VIII, the skin

trembles, is tremulous. oly ἃ quiver-

ing lance. Greek perh. egeocoo.—ls. 2,
19. 21. Job 13, 25. Is. 47,12 "452m 725N
perhaps thou mayest terrify sc. thine
enemies, make them afraid ; the ancient
versions render: ‘thou mayest be strong,
mayest prevail.’ With 12 of place
whence; Ps. 10,18 that man may no
more terrify them out of the land.

2. Intrans. to fear, to be afraid, to
tremble, Deut. 1, 29; c. "25 before any
one Deut. 7,21. 20, 3. 31, 6; 6. acc. Job
31, 34.

Nira. part. 7232 terrible, fearful, i. q.
no, Ps. 89, 8.

epi, 1. Causat. to cause to fear, to
make afraid, particip. c. suff. ΞΡ Ὁ
lex 8; 13;' 2

2. to fear, c. ace. Is. 8, 12. 29, 23.

Deriv. yand, p77, NBIWD2.

pay

pas to gnaw; Arab. ιὃ I, V,
to gnaw a bone. Syr. ayn id.—Job 30,
3 for want and famine 828 ΤΙΣ OPIS
‘a1 MN they gnaw the dry land, the
darkness of desolate wastes ; Vulg. rode-
bant in solitudine. This expresses hy-
perbolically the deepest misery ; comp.
‘to embrace the rock’ Job 24,8, ‘to em-
brace dunghills” Lam. 4, 5, aldo | to lick
the dust’ see in ἽΠΡ Pi. Job 30, 17 “pry
1207 Nb my gnawers take no rest, i. 6.
my gnawing pains; Vulg. qui me come-
dunt, non dormiunt.—But Chald. P2> is
to flee, often in Targg. for Heb. 052 and

m3 ; and so Syr. woes, Arab. sy
and Sy* to go away, to depart through

aregion. Thissignif: most ancient intpp.
apply in Job 30, 3, viz. they flee into a
dry land, i. e. into the desert; Sept.
φεύγοντες ἄνυδρον, Targ. ΝΘ 5 PPI
NETS; see in ΘῸΝ no. 2. In Job 30, 17
they render with “Sept. τὰ νευρά μοῦ, OF
ΤΑ ΠΟΥ: my arteries take no rest, cease
$ 29

not to throb; comp. Soy nerves,

veins, 87> ligament. But neither of

these suits the context.

"PI gentile ἢ. Arkite, Gen. 10, 17.
1 Chr. 1, 15, i. 6. an inhabitant of the
city Arka or Arke, Gr. “Aoxn, in Phenicia,
the ruins of which are still found to the
northward of Tripolis, and are called
ἰξ. ας and x3,e ’Arka, ’Arkeh. See

Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria, etc. p.
162. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p.
183.

ἘΣ i,q. ἪΡ Land ΠΡ, to make
oneself bare, to be naked; in Kal once

imper. with He parag. 139 make thyself

bare, Is. 32,11. Hence trop. to be desti-
tute, forlorn, forsaken, whence “373,
ἼΔΗΣ.

Po. "753 to lay bare, 6. g. the founda-
tion of an edifice, i. e. to demolish, to
vase, Is. 23, 13.

Piup. "29> and Hirxaparp. ἜΣΣΩ
Jer. 51, 58, to be laid bare, e.g. the
walls of a city, i. e. to be utterly de-
molished. rased. Comp. ΠΣ Ps. 137, 7.
Hab. 3, 13.—Hence ™>5">.

Deriv. see in Kal and Pilp.

620

sep

* WAY obsol. root, Arab. ryt to
erect a house or tent; II to roof, to arch;

She
whence ; © roof, vault, throne witha

canopy ; comp. 8©>.—Hence

WY f£. Cant. 1, 16, in pause BY Am
3, 12, ὁ. suff. "H7>; plur. constr. nivy
i: 6,4; a bed or couch, (pr. with a
canopy, curtains, comp. Cant. 1. ¢.) —
Deut. 3, 11. Ps. 132, 3; whether for
sleeping Prov. 7, 16; for sickness Ps.
6,7. 41, 4. Job 7,13; or for reclining,
a couch, divan, Am. Il. cc.—Syriac _
{m,-S, Chald. nod, ΝΌΟΣ, id. Arab.

S, .
Unt ‘husband’ is secondary, q. d. bed-
fellow, see DIN.

ὰ Ὁ obsol. root, Syr. wees to make
fat, to fatten. Hence pr. n. W38739,

As Bo χὰ

* 202 obsol. root, pr. to shine, to be,
bright ; then to be gréen as a plant.
Kindred is 238 whence 23178 hyssop;
also by transp. 307, 29%. Arab. nie
seems to be denen: 6. σ. Conj. Il, 1V,
to yield green pasture, XII to be cov-
ered with green herbage, sc. the earth.
—Hence

202 m. c. suff. paws Is. 42, 15, plur.
constr. Minw> (Dag. euph.) Prov. 27, 25,
green herb, plant, collect. green herbs,
growing in the fields M7WM 3d Gen. 2:
5. 3,18. Ex. 9, 22. 10, 12. 15; yun >
Job 5, 25; and on mountains Is. 42, 15.
Pair, 27, 25; growing up and setting
seed Ges. 1, 11. 12. 29; and serving as
food for man Gen. 1, 30. 3,18. Ps. 104,
14; and for beast Deut. 11, 15. Ps. 108,
20. Jer. 14,6; comprehending therefore
vegelables, greens, and sometimes all
green herbage Am. 7,2 comp. v. 1; in-
cluding also grain Ex. 10, 12. 15. Men ~
are said to flourish as a green herb Ps. —
72, 16. 92, 8. Job 5,25; also to wither
aws2 Ps. 102, 5. 12. Hcocai ‘too those —
seized with fear and turning pale, Zhogot, —
are compared to the herb of the field —
which grows yellow and withers, 2 K.
19, 26. Is. 37, 27. Sept. χόρτος, βοτάνη.
Chald. nat, Syr. aie id. Arab.

λὲς green fodder, eer a field
green with herbage. |

aw»
ΔῸΣ Chald. m. Dan. 4, 12 [15], “emph.

nab, green herb, herbage, as the food of
cattle, Dan. 4, 22. 29. 30 [25. 32. 33]. 5,21.

at δ ΓΙῸΣ fut. HYD", apoc. HS", conv.
w>>5 , rarely mur TK. 16, 25. al. nin
1K. 14, 9. 17, 15. al. mbox! Ez. 20, 14.

Dan. 8, 27; but never in ‘Pentat. Inf...

constr. nibs, absol. iw> Jer. 22, 4.

1. to work, to labour, todo. The pri-
mary idea lies prob. in forming, shaping,
culling ; so that MHD, WwW, is perhaps
formed by softening the letters from 233,
τς comp. ABS andy, ΞῈ 9 and Hxp, axv
and 73%. Of the same origin may also

be Arab. ent to be apt, convenient, pr.

to be adapted. So Lat. facere is prob.
a fingendo ; comp. Germ. machen, Engl.
to make, with μηχανή, Lat. machina, ma-
chinari.—Prov. 31,13 ΠΕ pana won
and she worketh with willing hands. Ruth

2,19 mw max) and where hast thou

_ wrought? 1 K. 20, 40 πῶν FA my
ΤΣ FE and thy servant was busy (had
_ todo) here and there. So of God Job

. 23,9. With 3 of that in or on which
one works, Ex. 5, 9. Neh. 4, 15; so of a
material, as ὩΌ 33) ania mibs Ex. 31, 4.
5. 2 Chr. 2, 13.

2. to make, to do, to produce by labour.
Spec.

a) to make, i. q. to form, to construct,
to prepare, to build, Ex. 25, 13 sq. 26, 4
sq. 27, 1 sq. 28,2 sq. So of the ark of
_ Noah Gen: 6, 14. 8,6; an altar 13, 4.
2 K. 16, 11; bricks Ex. 5, 16; garments
Gen. 3, 7.21. 37,3; idols Deut. 4, 16 ; arms
.1 Sam. 8, 12; gardens and pools Kce. 2,
5. 6, comp. ΓΑ ΟΣ ΤΙ ΓΞ ΞῚῚ the made pool
as opp. to natural, Neh. 3,16. Soi. q.
to build or erect booths Gen. 33, 17; a
gibbet Esth. 5, 14. 7,9; cities 2 Chr.
32, 29 ; a house for any one, trop. 2 Sam.
_ 7, 11; landmarks Prov. 22, 28, Sept.
: ᾿αἰϑημι. With >> and 5, to aniilce upon

or unto, Ex. 25, 11. 24-96. Also MVD

M2xb7 to do doors to do labour, opp. to
rest, Ex. 20, 9. Deut: 5; 13. n2Nban ὩΣ»
the duers of the work, i.e. the workmen,
labourers, 2 K. 12, 12. 22,5. 9. Neh. 11,
12. al_— Where the material is indicated,
of which a thing is made, a double
accusative is employed; Ex. 30, 25
WIP ΤΠ 728 Ink Nd) and thou shalt
69*

821

ΓΙῸΣ

make them (the spices, i.e. of them) an
oil. of holy unction. Is. 40, 6. Hos. 8, 4.
So too even where the ace. of material is.
put last (comp. 22, "7, Lehrg. p. 813),
Ex. 38, 3 mum nity wbb-b5 all its ves-
sels he μέ δὲ brass. 25, 39. 30, 25. 36,
14, 37,24, Sometimes the thiog thus
made out of any material is put with >,
e. g. 15. 44, 17 HYD Nd, IN“ ND the reat
of it he cals into an idol, i. 8. of the
rest he makes an idol. In the same
way Ex. 27, 3 τ nism 123-530 all
its vessels shalt thou make of brass. v.
19.—Here too belongs Gen. 6, 14 5.3}
Manny vy chambers shalt thou
make. the ark, i. 6. in the ark, thou shalt
divide it up into rooms.

b) Of God, i. q. τσ create, as the hea-
vens, earth, men, Gen. 1,7. 16. 2, 2. 3,
1, 5, 1. 6, 6. Ps. 96,5. 104,19. Hence
part. nis as subst. creator, c. suff, ">
my creator, Job 35, 10; nn > his creator
4,17. Is: 17,7. 27, 11.. Hos. 8,14: So
also MiN?D? nbs to do wonders, wonder-
ful works, Ps. 78, 4. 12. 98, 1. Neh. 9, 17;
nbn Ὁ id. Is. 95, 1; nidhy ’ > id. Ps. 71,
19; > nix ΓῺ fo "ἐμ Ἐν i.e. show a sign
to any one, Judg. 6, 17.

c) to make is ala put i. q. to produce

| out of oneself, to yield ; spoken also of

animals, e. g. to make milk, i. e. to yield
milk, of ἃ cow Is. 7, 22; to make fat sc.
upon the loins, spoken of a man grow-
ing fat Job 15, 27; comp. ‘ corpus facere’
Justin; Ital. far corpo; Gr. μεγάλην
ἐπιγουνίδα ϑέσϑαι Od. 17. 225; τρίχας
γεννᾷν, ‘sobolem facere’ i. 6. procreare,
Plin. In like manner trees are said to
make fruit, i. 6. to bear, to yield, (comp.
Gr. ποιεῖν κάρπον,) Gen. 1, 11. 12. 2 K.
19, 30. Is. 37, 31. Ez. 17, 23; branches
(comp. ‘ caulem facere’ Colum.) Job 14,
9. Ez. 17, 8; so of fruits or grain as
yielding meal Hos. 8,7; of the earthas
yielding fruits, a vineyard grapes, Gen.
41, 47. Hab. 3, 17. Is. 5, 2. 4. 10.—The
Hebrews often express the same idea by
the conjug. Hiphil; see Heb. Gramm.
§ 52. 2, note.

d) to make, i.e. to get by labour, fo
acquire; as in Engl. to make money,
Lat. pecuniam facere, Gr. ποιεῖν βίον to
make a living. Εἰ, g. property, wealth,
Gen. 31, 1. Deut. 8, 17. 18. Jer. 17, 11;
wages Is. 19,10 "2% 78> those making

wy
wages, i.e. hired labourers.—So Gen. 12,
5 the slaves which they had gol, acquired,
' bought Kee. 2,8. Also to make or get
for oneself a name, renown, Gen. 11, 4;
a new heart Ez. 18, 31.

e) to make ready, to prepare, to dress
e. g. food (comp. Engl. ‘a made dish’)
Gen. 18, 7.8. 27, 17. Judg. 13,15. 1
Sam. 25, 18. 2 Sam. 12, 4. 13,10; so a
feast, banquet, Gen. 19, 3. 21,8. Esth. 5,
12.—Also to dress the beard, i. e. to trim
and comb it, not to shave, (comp. Lat.
‘facere barbam’ Lamprid. Fr. ‘faire la
barbe,’) 2 Sam. 19, 25; to dress the feet,
i.e. to wash and anoint them, ibid. fo
trim and pare the nails Deut. 21, 12.
Trop. j18 M02 lo prepare iniquity, spoken
of the heart Is. 32,6. Also of God as
making ready future things Is. 37, 26.

f) to dress or prepare a victim or
sacrifice to be offered to God ; hence to
sacrifice, to offer; Ps. 66, 15. Ex. 29, 36
ΓΙΌΣ. ΓΤ 7b thou shalt offer a bul-
lock as a sin-offering. v. 38. 39, 41. Lev.
9, 7. 15, 15. 16, 9. Judg. 6, 19. 1 Κ 18,
23. Hos: 2,10 byob nwo ant gold with
they offered to Baal. So. the ace. of the
sacrifice being omitted, MIn*> ΓΙῸΣ to
offer, to sacrifice, to Jehovah, Ex. 10, 25;
comp. 2 K. 17, 32 ἘΠ o-B> an who
sacrificed for them. Comp. Gr. ἱερὰ
ἔρδειν, ἱερὰ ῥέζειν, and without acc. ῥέζειν
ϑεῷ Il. 2. 400. ib. 8. 250. Od. 14. 251.

g) to make one any thing, i. 6. to make
into, to cause to become any thing; ¢
dupl. acc. 1 Sam. 17, 25 and will make
his father’s house Sree in Israel. With
acc. and >, (comp. in lett. a, fin. and jm2
no. 3,) Gen: 12, 2 5153 iad Foye J will
make thee a great nation. Ex. 32, 10.
Jer. 10; 13. 51, 16.—Hence i. q. to con-
stitute, to appoint; to an office, etc. 1 Sam.
12,6 Vehovah MYa-Mx ΓΙῸΣ ww who ap-
pointed Moses. 0°35 nine to appoint
priests 1 K. 12.31. 2 Chr. ‘13, 9; pr
2K. 21,6. 2Chr. 33, 6. With .,
appoint to or over any thing, Jer. 37, Ἢ
1 Sam. 8, 16.

h) none nye to make war with any
one, Gr. πόλεμον ποιεῖσθαι, ἘῪ. ‘faire la
distro: Gen. 14, 2. Deut. 20, 12. Josh.
11,18. Also > pibus mixd to make peace
with, to grant it to any one, εἰρήνην ποι-
firdat τινί, Is. 27, 5, where Schnurrer’s
view is to be preferred ; see Comment.

*

822

‘11,39; 3 ὈΠΌΞ ΠῺΣ 10 execule judg-

to celebrate, e. g. the sabbath, the pas-

ΓΙῸΣ

on Is. in loc. So to make a covenant
with any one Is. 28, 15.

i) Emphat. to effect, to execute, to ac-
complish a thing proposed, a purpose ;
hence NY Mey 10 execute counsel Is. 30,
1. Job 5, 12; 152 ΠῺΣ to accomplish
vows, i. e. to perform or pay them, Judg.

΄΄

ἕ
νι, Κ᾽ μόνω

ments (punishments) upon any one, Ez.
5, 8. 10. 11, 9. 30, 14.19; finn > to exe-
cute anger 1 Sam. 28, 18. Eee. 2, 2 and
of joy I said MB> mia what doth it
effect? i.e. what good.—Often without
acc. Dan. 8, 24 nw) ΤΌΣ and he shall
prosper and accomplish his purpose. 11,
17. 28. 30. Is. 10,13. So of God Ps. 22,
32. 37, 5. 52, 11.

k) i. q. to keep any stated day, to hold,

chal festival, Ex. 12, 48. Num. 9, 10. 14.
Deut. 5,15. Also to pass or spend time
Ecc. 6, 12; comp. ποιεῖν χρόνον Acts 15,
33. So with adv. 31 MWY to spend one’s
life well, εὖ πράττειν, Engl. to do well
Kee. 3, 12.

1) todo i.e. to perform the laws of
God, his precepts, will, ete. Lev. 20, 22.
Deut. 15, 5. Ps. 103, 20. 21; also to do
i.e. to practise right, justice, vein >
mp3: Gen. 18, 19. 25. Ps. 9,17. Is. 58, -
2. Jer. 22, 15. 23, 5. 33,15; (but nivy
Ῥ vbw is to maintain one’s right Ps. 9,
5;) virtue Num. 24, 18; good Ps. 37, 3.
Contra, to do or commit wrong, 027,
219, Is. 53, 9. Ez. 3, 20. 18, 26. 33, 18;
wiokediees, mba) Gen. 34, 7. Deut. 22,
21; fraud Dan. 11; 235 falsehood 2 Sam.
18,13; rapine Ez. 22,13. Also 3, Ὁ
‘bp DISS (“t91) fo do what is good (right) —
in one’s eyes, what is pleasing to him, Is.
38, 3. 1 K. 11, 38; contra, comp. Ps. 51,
6. Absol. in a bad sense, to do or com-
mit any thing wrong, Gen. 40,15. With
>, OD, mx, of pers. fo wheat one does
Kindinwes or wrong; e.g. ἘΦ JOM AL
to do kindness with or to any one, see
in TOM no. 1; PR ABO Nes Jer. 33, 9;
ἘΦ, Ὁ mys ΠῺΣ Ps. 15, a Judg. 15.3: So |
Num. 5, 30 nn nyinn-bs-ny πὸ hips)
and shall do unto her all this law, i ΠΡ!
whatever this law requires.—Sometimes —
that which one has thus done to another _
is omitted, and can be gathered only
from the context; whether evil Gen. 27, il
45. Ex. 14.31; or good Gen. 30, 30. “

ΓῺ»

13, 8. Deut. 11,7. Often it is taken only
in a bad sense, as Gen. 19, 8 only unto
these men 923 12M 5 do ye nothing, do
them no harm. 22,12. Ps. 56,5. So
"b ΤΩΣ Γ τσ why hust thou done this
unto me? Gen. 12, 18. 20, 9. 26, 10. 29,
25. Ex. 14, 11. Ταάρ. 15,11: nies ΓΞ
AO ΓΙΞῚ "Ὁ "5, see in HD πο. 1. Instead
of > is Rand Also py Ruth 2, 19, mx v.
11, and accus. Is. 42, 16.

m) 3 ΠῺΣ to δ with any ao to
deal with him, according to one’s own
pleasure ; (fully 431x933 Dan. 8, 4. 11, 3.
36 ;) Jer. 18, 23 ἘΠΞ ns FEN rps in
the time of thine anger deal thou with
them sc. according to thy pleasure. Dan.
17:

n) Once M957 πῺΡ 1 Chr. 4, 10, pr.
to do so as to abstain from evil, i. q. to
abstain from evil. Others less well, to
do me from evil, i.e. to keep me from
harm.

3. Often MBS is so put as to express
the simple idea of a verb of action; to do,
to act, rendered definite only by the con-
text or the circumstances. Gen. 3, 13
mw oxin2 why hast thou done this?
v. 14 ΓΝ mw "> because thou hast
done this. Gen. 6, 22 "Ox 533 m3 woe
pny ink mag auth Noah-did according
to all that God commanded him. Ps.
115, 3 he doeth whatsoever he will. Gen.
8, 31. 18, 5. 17. 29. 30. 20, 5.6. 10. 21,

Ὁ 26. 22,16. 27,19. 1 Sam. 14, 43. Ps. 7,

4. 50, 21. al. sep. 2 Sam. 12, 2 mmx
“mo nine thou didst it in secret, i. e.
didst act secretly. Is. 46,4 "MWD "28
Nw "NI have done it, wad I will bear,
i. e. as I have borne, so I will bear. Comp.
the Attic use of ποιεῖν, see Passow ἢ. v.
no. 2.f. So of a way of acting, Prov.

13, 16 ΓΡῚΞ ning ὈΡῚΣ 99 every prudent
man acteth with understanding. Jer. 8, 8.
—Sometimes it is pleonastically inserted
᾿ before another verb, by way of emphasis.
Gen. 31,26 why hast thou done (this) and
deceived me? (Mark 11,5 τέ ποιεῖτε λύ-
ovtec;) Gen. 41, 34 “RET ΠΙΣΒ MY" let
Pharaoh do (this, lethim follo: vw my coun-
sel) and appoint, etc. 1 K. 8, 32.—With
Ὁ of thing, to do to or with a thing, to
deal with it; Lev. 4, 20 and he shall do
with the bullock as he did with the bul-
lock for a sin-offering. Deut. 31,4. Josh.
8 2. Is. 5,4. 10,11. Dan. 11, 39; also

823

rms

c. 3 id. Is. 5, 4; ace. Lev. 16, 15, comp.
v. 14.

4. to work over, in an immodest sense,
Ez. 23, 21; see in Piel.

ΝΗ: ΕΝ , ἢ ΠΡΏΣΣ, part. πῶϑϑ,
fut. MB22 (once ΠΏΣ ἢ 6. matr. lect.
against ‘all rule Ex. 25, 31), apoc. wm
Esth. 5, 6. al. to be made, to be done, Num.
15, 24. Esth. 4, 1. Eee. 1, 9.13. 4,3. 8, 9.9,
3.6.al. Fut. of what ought not to be done,
Gen. 20, 9. Lev. 4, 2. 13. 22. 27. 5, 17.
Impers. in the same sense, Gen. 34, 7
mys Nb 32) and thus it ought not to be
done. Also impers. ἐξ must not be so
done, i. 6. according to custom, Gen. 29,
26.—Spec. pass. of Kal no. 2. lett. a, to
be made 1 K. 10, 20; of lett. b, to be cre-
ated Ps. 33, 6; of lett. e, to be made ready,
prepared, as food Num. 6, 4. Neh. 5, 18;
of lett. f} to be dressed and offered, asa
sacrifice Lev. 7, 9; of lett. i, to be done,
executed, as counsel 2 Sam. 17, 23, pun-
ishment Dan. 11, 36; of lett. k, to be kept,
celebrated, asa festival 2 Καὶ. 23,23. Esth.
9, 28 ; of lett. 1, to be wrought, committed,
as wickedness Deut. 13, 15. 17, 4. Mal.
2, 11.—With dat. > my: to be done to
any one, to happen to him; Ex. 2, 4 to
see {> Mwy m2 what would be done unto
him. Lev. 24, 19. Obad. 15. Num. 15,
11. Deut. 25, 9. 1 Sam 17, 26.27. Esth.
6,.9.. Is..3, 11.

Pie. Mw» 10 work over, i. 6. to handle,
to squeeze the breasts of an immodest
woman, i.q. 992, Ez. 23, 3.8; and so
in Kal v. 21. So Gr. ποιεῖν and Lat.
Sfacere, perficere, conficere mulierem, are
put by euphemism for sexual intercourse,
Juv. 7. 240. Petron. 87. Suet. Ner. 29.

Pua to be made, created, Ps. 139, 15.

Deriv. M22, and the pr. names,
mavya, cess, bytwss, "be, mvs,
benesy, ποθ, mb.

“Ti. rTwy obsol. root, to be hairy,
Soe 2.
igre hairy, lis

Hence pr. ἢ. WW.

NAY (whom God created, consti-
tuted, τ. Mwe) Asahel, pr.n.m. a) 2
Sam. 2, 18. 23, 24. 1 Chr. 27,'7; and in
separate words 1 Chr. 2,16. b) 2 Chr.
17, 8. 31, 13. 6) Ezra 10, 15.—For the
letter ™ quiescent in the middle ofa
word, see Lehrg. p. 48.

rough, shaggy, Arab.
hairiness.

Vw

"WY pr. ἢ. (i. 6. hairy, rough, Gen.
25, 25, τ. ΠῺΣ 11) Esau, the son of Isaac
and twin-brother of Jacob; also called
pox, which name however is used
more of his posterity than of himself.
On the other hand, ὩΣ "32 Deut. 2, 4
sq. WY ΓΞ Obad. 18, and hive Jer. 49,
8.10, Obad. 6, spoken of the ‘aavistile
i. e. the Saini @hsiny is mostly poetic. "1
“Ney the mountain of Esau, i.e. of the
Idumeans, Mount Seir, Obad.8. 9. 19. 21.

“WY m. (denom. from WY) a ten, a
decad, e.g. a) Of days, like yin a
se’nnight, Gen. 24, 55. © Also for the
last day of the ten, i e. the tenth day sc.
of the month, Ex. 12, 3. Lev. 16,29. Num.
29,7. Josh. 4, 19. Jer. 52, 4.12. al. Comp.
Gr. δεκάς, ἐννεάς, τετράς, for the tenth,
ninth, fourth day of the month; also
Ethiop. VUFC, %APL, for the tenth,
fifth day. ete. See Ludolf’s Gramm. p.
100. Ὁ) Of the cords or strings of an
instrument; hence for a ten-stringed
instrument, decachord, Ps. 92, 4; fully,
by appos. "iv 532 α ten-stringed lyre
33, 2. 144,9. Sept. δεκάχορδον.

aiey (created of God) Asiel, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 4, 35.

ΓΙῸΣ (whom Jehovah created, con-
stituted) Asaiah, pr.u.m. a) 1K, 22,
12. 14. 2 Chr. 84. 30. b) 1 Chr. 4, 36.
¢) 6,15. 15,6. 11. ἃ) 9. δ.

YOY adj. ordinal (from "w>) the tenth
Gen. 8, 5. Num. 7, 66. al. sep. Ellipt.
for the tenth month, i.e. Tebeth, Gen. 8,
5. Jer. 52, 4. al. comp. December.—Fem.
ΠΡῸΣ Is..6,13 and m™"w> the tenth
part, a tenth, Ex. 16, 36. Lev. 5, 11. al.

Ἢ pw in Kal not used, Chald. and
Talmud. PO2 to have to do with any per-
son or. thing, to strive with.

Hirup. to strive, to quarrel, once c. b>
_ Gen. 26, 20.—Hence

PW» (quarrel) Esek, pr. n. of a well
near Gerar, Gen. 26, 20.

ἘΠ f. in pause "ὮΣ Josh. 21,5;
masc. ΓΦ), constr. maw ; ten, a cardi-

nal number. Arab. μὴ ξ, f and ae “
τὰ. Syr.;msf.and {,uSm. Ktymolo-

gists agree in deriving this form from

824,

“wy

the shaped of the ten fingers; comp.
Arab. to be joined together, asso-
ciated; also "Z>, "ON, “18, and by
transp. (wyt, all which contain the
idea of conjunction.— Every where
coupled only with a noun plural; in

1 Sam. 17, 17 93 A Iw>y the word nind>

is omitted. E. g. ‘a) Fem. 5°03 sw
2 Sam. 15, 16; mums “> Gen. 45, 23 ; 5
miay Ex. 26, 16; and with the wiinerel
after, "w> BD Tey 15, 57. 1 Chr. 6,
46. b) Masc. Gen, 18, 32, 5°75) ΠΩΣ
1 Sam. 25, 5; and so Gen. 24, 10. Neh.
5, 18. Deut. 4 13; with the num. after,
ΠΩΣ EB Gen: 32, 16. Sometimes ten
is put as a round number, Gen. 31, 7.
Job 19, 3.

Piur. ΥΩ tens, decads ; hence “qv
ninws rulers ‘of tens Ex. 18, ‘21. Deut. ἡ
15. Sept. δεκάδαρχοι, disagree Arab.

elas tens.—Plur. pes see in “us.

Deriv. “wd, wy, *wP, yinwe,
“ws, the donb: vee “ey Other
forms of the cardinal itself here follow.

“WY τὰ. and ΠΩΣ f.id. 1. ten, Engl.
teen, used only in those numbers which
are compounded with ten; as, masc.

“wd IAN eleven, “WD NDB NW fourteen,

nig MB sixteen ; also. as ordinals,
eleventh, fourteenth, sixteenth ; with art.
“ion 0120 the twelve Josh. 4 4, Fem.
πὸ ΠΝ eleven, τ ὩΣ vies sixteen ;
also ord. eleventh, sixteenth, etc. ,

2. PLur. B22 (from sing. mney)
a) Card. twenty, of both genders, used
with nouns sing. and plur. and either
before or after them, Gen. 31, 41. Ley.
27,5. al. Ὁ) Ord. the twentieth, Num.
10, 11. 1 K. 15, 9. 16, 10.

“wy Chald. f. and MWY τῇ τῇ. fen, Dan.

ads 20, 24. “b> “aM twelve Dan. 4,
26, Ezra 6, 17. Plur. [7&3 twenty
Dan. 6, 2.

“WY fut. "wet (denom. from "BP)c. —
acc. to take the tenth part of any thing, —

to tithe, 1 Sam. 8, 15. 17.

_ Pret to give the tenth part, to pay tithes.
Neh. 10, 38 and the tithes of our fields
(must we bring) do the Levites D15h om)

nan for they, the Levites, must (in

turn) pay tithes.
which the tithe is paid, Deut. 14, 92"

With ace. of that of ©

"DD - 825 rey

dat. of him ἐο whom it is paid, Gen. 28,
22.
Hiren. like Piel, to give tithes, inf. with
_ pref. "wa, "wd, Neh. 10, 39. Deut.
626,12. - |

MWY, cee “wd.

oe ee

ΩΣ, see "WD.

prey m. (denom. from "W) plur.
Bw, a tenth, tenth part, a measure
of things dry, spec. for grain and meal,
Lev. 14, 10. 21. 23, 13. 17. al. sep. Sept.
δῤίῶτον; more fally Num. 15, 4 δέκατον
τοῦ oigi, Vulg. decima pars Ephi, the
_ tenth part ofan ephah, or about 34 quarts,
i. q. 729; and this appears to be correct,
' comp. Lev. 5, 11. 6, 13. Num. 5, 15. 28,
δ; et ibi Sept.
I. BY τὰ. a moth, Job 4, 19. 13, 28.
ec,
Is. 50, 9. Hos. δ, 12. al. Arab. Rie.
_R. wes.
IL. ὧϑ m. (r. 0.93) Job 9, 9, and WY
f. Job 38, 32, the constellation which we
eall the Great Bear, Ursa Major, the

_ Wain, from the Greeks and Romans.’

In Job 38, 32 723 ifs sons are the

three stars in the tail of the bear. The

word W> does not itself signify a bear,
but is made by apheresis from &2, Arab.
ἘΠ a barrow, bearer, (from r.
to take uf, to bear,) the Arabic name
of this constellation. The same three
stars in the tail are also called wlis
i235, i. 6. daughters of the Bearer.
_ See Bochart Hieroz. II. p.114. Niebuhr
Arabien p. 115.—Alb. Schultens ad Job.

lic. regards the Heb. 8 as i. q. Arab.
’ ὃ - 7 -I-
yale night-watcher, from r. yale and

pat to go about by night, and supposes
_ this constellation to be so called because
it never sets. But the former etymolo-
gy is preferable. Comp. Michaelis
_ Suppl. p. 1907. See more in Thesaur.
ΠΡ. 898 sq.

PIP m. an oppressor Jer. 22, 3, i. 4..

| puis 21,12. R. pws. -

ΡΨ τὰ. plur. (r. PY) oppressions,
_ injuries, acts of violence, Ecc. 4, 1. Am.
3,9. Job 35,9. But in Ps. 103, 6. Jer.
_ 50, 33, it is part. pass. plur. the oppressed.

PW m. adj. (r. mee) bright ; Ez.
27, 19 miwy 5113 bright iron, perh, pol-
ished steel ; others, wrought tron, from
the root no. 2. Sept. σέδηρος εἰργασμέ-
γος, Vulg. fabrefactum.

MOY Ashvath, pr. n. τα. 1 Chr. 7, 33.

YW τη. (τ. 2D) plur. ow, constr.
"I"W> ; rich, viz.

1. Adj. "8d BN a rich man 2 Sam.
12, 4.

2. Subst. one rich, a rich man ; plur.
n.1"w> the rich; Prov. 10, 15. 14, 20.
18, 11. Jer. 9,22. Ecce. 10, 20. Ps. 49, 3.
45, 13 o> "2°83 the richest of people.—
Spec. a) Ina good sense, honourable,
noble, Ecc. 10, 6; opp. 523. b)Ina
bad sense, proud, impious, ungodly, since
riches are the source of pride, and pride
to a Hebrew is synonymous with impi-
ety; so Is. 53,9 and they put with the
wicked (ΠΡ ΓΤ) his sepulchre, and
with the ungodly (ΞΡ Δ) his tumulus;
here the parallelism demands that 178»
and 2°59 be synonymous. See also
odin (in bbn no. 3), 29 and "29 ; comp.
Is. 2, 7. Mic. 7, 12. Matt. 19, 23.

ἘΛῺΣ fut. }25> plur. in pause ἤϑῶθη
Ps. 104, 32; to smoke, as mountains Ex.

9, 18. Ps. 104, 32. 144, 5. Arab. να
id. Kindr. is 3, whence jAM¥8 furnace.
In the Indo-European tongues compare
Sanscr. diéman mind (pr. breath, spirit);
Gr. ἀτμός vapour, smoke, ἀτμή. ἀτμίς;
Goth. athma, breath, Germ. Athem.—
Metaph. spoken of thé divine wrath
Deut. 29, 19. Ps. 74, 1. 80, 5.

Deriv. the two, following.

ΩΣ m. (r. 59) constr, 782 Josh. 8,
20. 21, also ἸῺ as if from Ἰῶν Ex. 19,
18; c. suff. mvs.

1. smoke, Gen. 15, 17. Is. 4, 5. 6, 4.
Nah. 2. 14. Prov. 10,26. }29 "ΠΡ a col-
umn of smoke Judg. 20, 40; “> max id.
Is. 9, 17; Ὁ minacm id. Cant. 3,6. A
people suddenly dispersed is compared
to smoke driven away Hos. 13, 3. Ps. 68,
3.-Is. 51, 6.—Poet. smoke is also put:

-a) For vapour caused by the breathing

and snorting of an enraged animal, Job
41, 12 [20]; comp. ‘fumantem nasum
viri ursi’ Martial 6. 64.28. Hence of
the divine wrath, Ps..18,9 ipxa WY τιὸϑ
there went up a smoke out of his nostrils

»
γ.,. 65, 6. b) For a cloud of dust, as
indicating the approach of a hostile ar-
my, Is. 14,31; comp. ‘fumantes pulvere
campos’ Virg. Ain. 11. 909.

2. Ashan, pr. ἢ. of a city in Simeon,
Josh. 15, 42. 19, 7. 1 Chr. 4, 32. 6, 44.
Called also ἸῈΦ “9 q. v.

OY m. adj. (τ. 789) ρίαν. θῶ,
smoking Ex. 20, 15. Is. 7, 4.

*pwy fut. pd" 1. to oppress, to
treat with violence and injustice ; Arab.
Bont I, V, to urge, ἴο press, (ion
injustice, violence.—E. g. the poor and
needy, Ps. 119, 121. 122. Am. 4, 1. Jer.
7,6. Prov. 14, 31. 22, 16. 28,3. Ece. 4,
1; aking his subjects 1 Sam. 12, 3. 4;
a victor the vanquished Is. 52, 4. Jer. 50,
33. Ps. 105, 14. Hos. 5,11; God a man
Job 10,3. More fully pus Ἔ pws Ez.
18, 18. 22,29. Part. act. Pwi> an op-
pressor Ps. 72,4; pass. θῶ oppressed
Deut. 28, 29. 33. Often coupled with
ὅτ q. v.—Metaph. Prov. 28, 17 PAw> OTS
UEDA a man oppressed with ‘life's
blood sc. shed by him, i. e. sinking under
the burden of this guilt.

2. to defraud any one, to extort from
him by fraud and violence, with acc. of
pers. Lev. 19, 13. Deut. 24,14; also ace.
of thing Mal. 3,5 "72% "2% "po> who
wrest his wages from the hireling. Absol.
Hos. 12, 8.—Both senses (no. 1 and 2)
occur together in Mic. 2, 2 "33 5puy
ina) they oppress a man and (wrest
away) his house sc. by fraud and vio-
lence; comp. 513

3. to be proud, insolent, trop. of a river
overflowing its banks, Job 40, 18 [23].
Comp. synon. Lies, :

Pvat part. fem. ἃ ert violated, e. g.
a virgin, metaph. of a captured city Is.
23, 12.

Deriv. ρῶν, ρῶν, Pus, NPws,
mipwya, pron. poy.

poy (oppression) Eshek, pr. n. τῇ. 1
Chr. 8, 39.

ῬῺΣ m.
act, Is. 59, 13. Spec. oppression of the
poor and needy, by fraud, extortion, pil-
lage. Ez. 22,7. 12. Ps. 73,8. Jer, 6, 6.
22, 17. With genit. of the oppressor
Ps, 119, 134; of the oppressed Kec. 5, 7.

826

1. violence, injury, violent ἢ

“mw

2. Any thing extorted, got by fraud
and violence, Lev. 5, 23. Ps. 62, 113
genr. unjust gain Kce. 7, 7.

3. distress, straits, i. gq. NPB, Lait
14. ἘῚ

Mpwy Γ᾿ (τ. pey) oppression which
one suffers; hence distress, straits ; Is.
38, 14 "~“npwy distress is upon me ; read
dshkal-li tiotwithstanding the Metheg,
as in oA mg, "2720, see Lehrg. p. 43.-

“wy fut. "WS3 to be rich, Job 15, 29.
Hos. 12, 9. Aram. nny, dds, id. —The

primary idea seems that of being right.
straight, so as to be kindr. with "8s,
“ws, 10D; hence the idea of happiness,
and then of riches.

Pret to build, pr. to erect, from the
primary force of the root; once 1 Κὶ. 22,
49 Cheth. τοῖο “eS pein ‘Jehosa-
phat built ships ; ; Keri mie , and thus -
2 Chr. 20, 36. 37. . |

Hipo. 7035, fut. c. suff ΠΝ 1}
Sam. 17, 25.

1. to make rich, to enrich, ¢. acc. pers.
Gen. 14, 23. Ez. 27, 33. Trop. Ps. 65,

10 niqdsn nas thou dost abundantly

enrich it, the earth, i. e. with copious
gifts dost adorn it. With two ace. 1
Sam. 17, 25. Absol. 1 Sam. 2, 7. Prov.
10, 4. 22.

9. Intrans. to enrich oneself, to hechines
rich, (pr. to make riches, see Heb. Gr.
§ 52. 2, note,) Ps. 49, 17. Prov. 21, 17.
With acc. of that with which one is en-
riched, Dan. 11, 2.

Hirup. to feign oneself rich, Prov. 13,7.

Deriv. "22, also:

ἼΩΝ m. riches 1 Sam. 17, 25. 1K. 3,
11. 13. Ecc. 4, 8. Prov. 22, 1. al. seepe.

*wws i. q. M22, to fall in, to fall
away,e.g. a) Of garments falling in
pieces from use or from being moth-—

86
eaten; comp. 0>, Kkc moth. b) Of the

countenance falling away, pining, wast- ΐ
ing, from ries or care, Ps. 6, 8. 31,10. —
%
ἢ
4,

11. Arab. yas to fall away, to pine.

ἘΣ 1. to shine, to be bright, —
smooth. Jer. 5,28 smu 300 ‘they are Ἢ
wasxen fat, they shine, i. 6. their skin ἱ
shines with fatness. Hence ΤΟΣ,

2. to make shining, i. e. smooth ; hence

nuy

to work, to forge, to form, see deriv. M33.
Comp. τιν .—Hence
_ 3. Trop. of the mind, which forms,
Ejashions, moulds any thing by revolving
it, see FINDS, MAMwS; also
_Hrrap. to bethink ων recogitare as
‘Valg. well; c. > Jon. 1, 6. Chald. nvynx
to Gatnittate.

a ΤΩΣ, mv, Chald. to think, to have
in mind, to purpose, c. inf. et 5 Dan. 6,
4, See Heb. nz no. 3, and Hithpa.

ny f. (r. MOD) something wrought,
_arlificial work, Cant. 5,14. The fem.
' gender comes prob. from regarding the
“Mas amere ending; see Lehrg. p. 474.
_—Plur. "18> see in its order.

ΓΉΡΩΣ f, (r. ΩΣ no. 3) thought,
_ opinion ; Job 12,5 7288 minBy> in the
thought of one at ease, i. q. "3°23.
Some Mss. and printed editions read
ΡΟΣ. plur. constr. of Mv, which
however ought then to be minws; but
_ the more accurate exhibit Shurek.

"MWY a word of doubtful origin, which
_ joined with a number denoting ten, i. e.

ΤΌΣ Avs m. and ΓΙΌΣ "MNvs f. signifies
éleven, e. g. masc. Num. 7, 72. 29, 20;

Moin. with plur. Ex. 26, 7. 8. 36, 14. 15,
| with sing. 2 K. 25, 2. Jer. 1, 3. al. Also
“as anordinal the eleventh, masc. Deut. 1, 3.
Zech. 1,7; fem. Jer. 39, 2. Ez. 26, 1.
Simonis explains it, after Kimchi, as if
plur. constr. of τῶ, thus: “ cogitationes
ultra decem, i. 6. numerus cogitalione
sive mente concipiendus, cum preceden-
tes numeri ad digitos numerarentur.”
This is unsatisfactory enough, though a
better solution is still wanting.

PMY Γ plur. thoughts, counsels, Ps.
146, 4. Chald. id. R. mvs.

| money [1 Κ. 11,5. 33. 2 K. 23, 13,
Ashtoreth, elsewhere plur. HWY Ash-
taroth, i. e. Astarte, ἡ ’Aotcégtn, pr. π. of
‘a female divinity worshipped by the
Sidonians 1 and 2 K.ll.cc. by the Philis-
tines 1 Sam. 31, 10; and after their ex-
ample by the Heptewe in the days of
‘the Judges and Solomon, Judg. 2, 13.
10, 6. 1 Sam. 7, 3. 4. 12,10. 1 and 2K.
dl.ce. with great observance and in con-
‘nection with Baal, Judg. 1. c. 1 Sam. 12,
10. The plur. ninHe27 , which is thrice

827

muy

coupled with D°>3an Judg. 170, 6. 1 Sam.
7, 4. 12, 10, seems to denote statues
of Astarte, comp. D°29a, nine, Gr.
“Equa ; and so too in L Sam. 31, 16
minnw> ma the temple of Astartes (dines
there may have been several images in.
the same temple), and Judg. 2,13 5225
ninmds>1. Butsome explain these pas-
sages as instances of the ‘pluralis excel-
lentie.’ Sept. ’dotugtn, ρίαν. ᾿ἀστάρται
and ‘dotaoad.—The extent of this wor-
ship among the Phenicians and Cartha-
ginians is shown by the frequent occur-
rence of this name in the pr. names both
of men and women; as ΩΣ 359 serv-
ant of Astarte, Gr. “48daotceros, Lat.
Bodostor, Bostor ; ΤΩΣ *>5 served of
Astarte, Deleastartus, ete.—Greek and
Roman writers compare this name partly
with their Juno, as August. Quest. ad
Jud. 7, 16 ‘Juno sine dubitatione a Puni-
cis Astarte vocatur;? more commonly
with Venus and Luna, as Lucian de Dea
Syr. ᾿στάρτην δ᾽ ἐγὼ δοκέω Σεληναίην Eu-
μεναι. Philo Bybl. ap. Euseb. 1.10 τὴν δὲ

᾿ἀστάρτην Φοινίκης τὴν ᾿Αφροδίτην εἶναι

λέγουσι. Οἷς. Nat. 3, 23 ‘quarta [Venus]
Syria Tyroque concepta, que Astarte vo-
catur” The latter is the more correct;
for as 592 was sometimes held to be the
god of the sun (see 7am 553 in 593 no.
5), though usually the planet Jupiter and
god of fortune, so Astarte also sometimes
represented the moon, and again Venus,
i.e. the planet Venus, the goddess of
love and fortune, who in a like respect is
called likewise πα and 722 q.v. See
also Mover’s Pheenizien p. 601 sq.—As
to the figure of this idol it can only be
affirmed that it was horned ; since the
city Ashtaroth of Bashan, so named
from the worship of Astarte, is once
called DUP τ» Gen. 14, 5; and
these horns accord well both with the
goddess of the moon, and also with the
mythus respecting Astarte in Philo Bybl.
ap. Euseb. |. c. and Sanchun. Fragm.
ed. Orelli p. 34: “datugtn δὲ ἢ μεγίστη
καὶ Ζεὺς ΖΦημαροῦς καὶ “Addo: (777)
βασιλεὺς ϑεῶν ἐβασίλευον τῆς χώρας,
Κρόνου γνώμῃ. “HH δὲ ᾿Αστάρτη ἐπέϑηκδ
τὴ ἰδίᾳ κεφαλῇ βασιλείας παράσημον κεφα-
λὴν ταύρου" περινοστοῦσα δὲ τὴν οἰκου-
μένην, εὗρεν ἀεροπετῆ ἀστέρα, ὃν καὶ ἀνε-
λομένη ἐν Τύρῳ τῇ ἁγίᾳ νήσῳ ἀφιέρωσε,

ny

See also Tacit. Hist. II. 3—As to the
etymology of the name, so long sought
for in vain, it would seem that MIM? is
for "AON Pers. 8Liw slar, κατ ἐξοχήν

the star of Venus, like Syr. Lpases; see
art. "ION p.76. Hence the name Aorgo-
ἄρχη, by which Astarte is called, Hero-
dian 5. 6. 10, gives the etymology well.
—See more in Thesaur, p. 1082 sq.

Prior. ΩΣ, constr, MAHL 1. As-
tartes, images of Astarte; see above.

2. Ἰὰς ΤΩΣ Astartes of the flock,
Venuses, prob. for females, ewes, as pro-
pagating the flock, Deut. 7, 13. 28, 4. 18.
51. Kimchi j82m miap3, Gr.
well diss ewes.

3. Plur. Ashtaroth, pr. n. of a city of
Bashan, Deut. 1, 4. Josh. 9, 10. 12, 4.
13, 12. 31. 1 Chr. 6, 56. Once σῶν
ΠΡ Ashteroth-karnaim, i. 6. horned,
Gen. 14, 5; so called from the horned
images of Astarte, with which the city
prob. abounded; see in no. 1. The an-
cient full name seems to have been M73

ἼΡῺΣ (house of Astartes), whence by
contraction M}MYs2 Josh. 21, 27; see
this art. p. 149. It was assigned first to
Manasseh, and then to the Levites, Josh.
13, 31. 1 Chr. 6,56. Often coupled with
ΣΙΝ Edrei, from which according to
Kusebius it was six Roman miles dis-
tant. The Καρναΐν of 1 Macc. 5, 43
seems to be the same. [A large mound
or acropolis, called Tell ’Ashtereh, now
marks the site of Ashtaroth ; it is in the
midst of a vast plain, 74 miles 8. 8. W.
of Nowa towards Mezareib, from which
it is 5 miles distant. It is also about 6
miles distant from Der’a the ancient
Edrei. See Newbold in Journ. of Lond.
Geogr. Soc. 1846. p. 333. Reland. Pa-
lest. p. 598.—R.

DY pr. for M39 fem. of 4¥ (r. MID) as
mb for M72, M8 for ΤῊΝ ; c. Makk. “M3,
c. suff. "AY; usually fem. asin Rw nya,
but Bue tioec masc. Ez. 7, 7.12. Cant.
2, 12, since the origin of the word ap-
pears to have been overlooked; see
Lehrg. p. 474. Plur. o°m> fem. Ez. 12,
27.
15, 5. Dan. 11, 14. Ezra 10,14. Neh.
10, 35.

1. time, in general; with genit. ὩΣ
375 the time of evening, even-tide, Josh.

Neh. 13, 31; oftener masc. 2 Chr..

828

Venet. —

_.

‘abundant.

ny

8, 29; "25 MD pruning-time Cant. 2,
12; ΠΡ ΤΣ dime of evil, of calamity, Ps.
37,19; Jer. 51,6. Hagg. 1,2. With inf.
nv mp dime of bearing Job 39, 1. 2; Jer.
8, 7: So before a clause, Mic, 5, 2 m>
nabs γὴν the time when she that tra-
vaileth bringeth forth. Job 6, 17. Deut
32, 35. 2 Chr. 20, 22. 28, 22. Also n>
rp (1D) dx from time to time 1 Chr. 9
25. Ez. 4, 10. 11.—With prepositions:

a) D3, c. art. MDZ, in or at a time;
δ. mp at that time Gen. 21, 22. 38,
1. Num. 22, 4, and so always in the Pent.
see in 817; in the other books 8°75 MPa.
So "xp ὮΣΞ in the time of harvest Jer.
50, 16; RTD na Gen. 38, 27; ΓΘ 533
at all times, always, Ps. 10, 5. 34, 2. 62,
9. al. seep.

b) τ ata time, espec. of the time
of day, of life, ete. 299 m¥> Gen. 8,11.
24, 11. 2 Sam. 11, 2. al. unwn siz ned
Seah. 10, 27. 2 Chr. 18, 34; ΠΡ mp) in
the time of old age 1 K. 11, 4. 15, 48,
pira civ}, ig. OVS OM day by day.
1 Chr. 12, 39,

6) M2 about or αἱ a time, see in 5 Β,
3; as 399 mm MDD at the time of the
evening oblation Dan. 9, 21. With the
art. MDD (for MSD) at this time, now,
Num. 23, 23. Judg. 13, 23. 21, 22. Job
39,18. ὙΠ M>> about this time to-mor-
row, Ex. 9,18. 1 Sam. 9, 16. 20, 12. 1K.
19, 2. al. more fully M81 MD M2 Josh.
11, 6. M5 MSD, see in "Π no. 3. p. 309.

d) Accus. m>, at or in the time; Ps.
4, 8 “21 0233 M22 more than in the time
when their corn and their wine were
Absol. at the time, now, i. q.
ΠΩΣ, Ez. 27, 34. Sept. νῦν, Vulg. nune.
Spee.

2. time of the year, season, Gr. ὥρα;
Cant. 2, 12. Jer. 50,16, see above in ho.
1. mem ὭΣΞ, see shove in no. 1. ὁ.
Ezra 10, 13 πρῶ MSM the season of
rains, ive. the rainy season; see Bibl
Res. in Palest. II. p. 97.

3. lime or season of life, espec. youth |
spoken of a marriageable virgin, Ez. 16
8 oth md smd mT" lo, thy time was ty:
time of love. So Ps. 81, 16 their youti
should have endured | for ever. Comp. Gi
ὥρα, 6. g. ἐς γάμου ὥρην ἀπίκεσϑαι Hdot
6, 61; εἰς da δρὸς ὥραν ἥκουσα κόρη Plat:

4. a fit time, proper season, like ΕἾ
καιρός ; often with suff. as inda " th

24, 27. «

ny

rain in iis season, i. e. at the proper
time, Deut. 11, 14. 28, 12; of fruit Ps. 1,
3; so Ps. 104, 27. Job 38, 32. Prov. 15,
23. Ecc. 7, 17. 10,17. Acc. md Xd not
in time, out of time, untimely, Job 22,
16; and so M> in time, betimes, Hos. 13,
13 hei is a foolish son ΔῈ ‘Ta ND ΤΙ 3D
Sor he standeth not betimes in the matrix,
i.e. doth not break forth from the womb
at the right time, while there is yet
strength to bear; comp. Is. 37, 3.

5. the time of any one, i. q. day of any
one, see in Di" no. 1. b; i. δ. the time of
the end, the last and fatal day, time of
destruction, Is. 13, 22. Jer. 27,9. Ez. 22,
3. 30, 3. Ecc. 9,12. Absol. Ecc. 9, 11.

6. ὦ set time, a certain period, which
will have an end, opp. D>4>. Ecc. 3, 1
γ8 1153» τ to every thing there is a
time, i. e. it endures but for a time. is not
permanent; comp.8,6. So m> 52 fora
time, i.e. a fixed period, which will come
_ to an end, Dan. 11, 24.

Prior. ΠΡ, mind, see above init.
times; i.e. a) As computed by those
learned in such matters; e.g. "MD ἜΣ
Esth. 1, 13, and 5°M2> 4373 *yT5 1 Chr.
12, 32, knowing of times, 1.6, astrologers.
b) As connected with the vicissitudes of
men and things, 1 Chr. 29, 30. Dan. 9,
_ 26. Is. 33, 6. Hence i. q. destiny, lot,
Ps. 31, 16. Also times of judgment, of
_ divine wrath, Job 24, 1; comp. in no. 5.
6) As implying repetition, Neh. 9, 28
mina O° many times, repeatedly ;
_ comp. Chald. 4723 no. 2.

Denom. MM, "mY, perh. pr. ἢ. "M>.
PP MY (time of the judge) with Π
local ‘p Am? , Ittah-kazin, pr. n. of a city
_ in Zebulun, Josh. 19, 13.

ΠῺΣ in Kal not used; Chald. Pa.
ΩΡ to set, to place, to prepare ; Ithpa.
_ te set oneself, to stand, i. q. 28°nn.
Fe tbe Pe. and Pa. to set, to arrange. Arab.

Rees to be prepared, ready ; II, IV, to

_ prepare, toarrange. Kindr. are 107, τῶ,

Piet to make ready, prepare, Prov.

Biche. to be ready, destined, for any
_ thing, 6. > Job 15, 28.
Deriv. M9, 73nd, TANY.

_ AIRY adv. (from m> time, with para-

gog. demonstr.) in pause πῶ Milél Gen.
ἼΩ

829

“my
32, 5, like MAN, MR; pr. at the time.
Hence. y

1. at this time, now, as opp. both to
time past and future, Josh. 14, 11. Hos.
2,10. Is. 48,7; and so Gen. 22, 12. 29,
32. Job 3,13. 4, 5. Ps. 12, 6. 20, 7. al.
sep. Also now, already, Job 6,3; and
poet. i. q. presently, shortly, Job 7, 21.
8,6. τὴν 4d) ΠΡ Ὁ from this time even
Sor ever, Is. 9,6. MAY ID until this time,
until now, Gen. 32, 5. 46, 34. πὶ ΠῺΣ
just now, this moment, see in MT no. 3.
b. ΠῺΡ DA yea now, see DA no. 3 ult.
mm> > not now, no more, Is. 29, 22.
Freq. is ΠῚ and now, therefore, Gen.
3, 22. 4, 11. 21,23. 41, 23. Neh. 5,5. al.

2. Sometimes the notion of time is
dropped, and then like Gr. νῦν, νύν, it is
used by way of emphasis, incitement,
now, come now, mostly with imperat.
Gen. 31, 13. Is. 30, 8. Mic. 4, 14; mm>
mot 1 K.1,18. 2 Καὶ. 18,21. Also with
interrog. Is. 36, 5 come now, on whom
dost thou trust? v.10 and now (ΤΠ)
have I then come up without Jehovah ?

oo as
“ΠΩΣ m. a he-goat ; Arab. Spit a
young goat, pr. well-formed, of perfect

S-

age, robust; comp. <At& a horse ready
for the course ; others, robust, of perfect
stature.—Only plur. ὉΠ, DIM,
Gen. 31, 10. 12. Num. 7,17. Ps. 50, 9.
13. Prov. 27, 6. Is. 1,11. al. Put for the
leaders of the flock Jer. 50,8. Poet. of
the leader of a people, a prince, Is. 14 9,
Zech. 10, 3.

THY m. (τ. IMY) 1. ᾳ. TMD, viz. 8)
ready, prepared, Esth.8,13 Cheth. Ὁ)
Plur. MimiMd things prepared, i. e. ac-
quired, treasure, Is. 10, 13 Keri.

EY (perh. i. q. "M2 opportune) At-
tai, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 36. 86. Ὁ)
12,11. c) 2Chr. 11, 20.

“FY m. adj. (from ὯΝ) timely, fit, op-
portune, Lev. 16, 21.

THY m. adj. (r.1m>) 1. ready, pre-
pared, c. > Esth. 3,14. 8, 13. Job 15, 24.
Syr. and Arab. id.

2. practised, skilful, c. inf. Job 3, 8.
Comp. die Conj. V, artis peritissimus
fuit ; see Schult. ad 1. c.

3. Plur. ΠΩ 8) things prepared
for any one, i. e. things impending, des-

ἊΣ

tined, Deut. 32, 35. Ὁ) things prepared
i.e. acquired, treasures, riches, τὰ ὑπάρ-
χοντα, Is. 10, 19 Cheth.

_ PHY Chald. ready, Dan. 3, 15.

TOMY (perh. i. ᾳ. ΠΥ 25) Athaiah, pr.
n. m. Neh. 11, 4.

PNY τη. adj. (τ. PMY) splendid, spoken
of garments, Is. 23, 18 P"N> Mo22,
Targ. "771102. It is here the splen-
dour of the sacerdotal vestments, handed
down from antiquity and preserved with
the highest care and veneration; see
in r. PMY no. 4.—Arab. ple old, an-
tique, put for that which. is superexeel-
lent, of ancient name and honour.

p°Ry τη. δα]. (τ. PMY) 1. taken away,
taken off, sc. from the mother’s breast,
weaned, Is. 28, 9.

2. ancient, old, 1 Chr. 4, 22. See the
root, no. 2.

pry Chald. m. adj. ancient, senex,
Dan. 7, 9. 13.22. Syr. Tosa id. See
pny no. 2.

“eng obsol. root, Arab. dic to
turn in, to take lodging. Hence

JH (lodging-place) Athach, pr. n. of
a place in the tribe of Judah 1 Sam.
30, 30.

ony obsol. root, Arab. (hie to treat

with violence. Hence the two following.

“ony (for H2>n> q. v.) Athlat, pr. n.
m. Ezra 10, 28.

mony (whom Jehovah afflicts, r.
bn») ‘Athaliah, pr. τι.

1. Mase. a) 1 Chr. 8, 26. Ὁ) Ezra
8, 7. :

2. Fem. a queen of Judah, the daugh-
ter of Ahab and Jezebel, 880-877 B. C.
2K. 11, 1; elsewhere 5h7>n2 id. 2 K.8,
26. 11, 2. 2 Chr. 22, 2. 23, 21. 24, 7.

ΩΡ a root ἅπ. λεγόμ. in ΝΊΡΗ. Is.
9, 18 through the anger of Jehovah OM>3
V2 the land is consumed, burned ; pa-
rall. ‘the people are food for fire.’ Sept.
συγκέκαυται. Cod. Alex. συγκαυϑήσεται.
Targ. ΓΞῚΠΙ is burned. This sense is
required by the context; and is con-

9 ο -
firmed by Arab. wre suffocating heat,
and Eth. CPYT?P angry, heated with

830

pny

anger.—The Rabbins render it, the land
is darkened, comp. Arab. to be
darkened ; but against the context.

*4H> obsol. root, kindr. with >nz,
ig. Arab. pi to treat with violence.

9. >»?
Comp. ῳ χδ lion.

lowing.

"IY (for me2m> lion of Jehovah)
Othni, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 26, 7.

SNSIMY (lion of God) Othniel, pr. n.
of one of the judges of Israel, Josh. 15,
17. Judg. 1, 13. 3,9. 1 Chr. 4, 13. Gr.
Τοϑονιήλ Judith 6,15. R. ine. |

*PO? fut. pms 1. to be taken
away, removed, Job 14, 18. 18, 4. See
ΤΩΣ no 1, and Hiph.

2. to be advanced in years, to grow
old, Job 21, 7. Ps. 6, 8 mine eye groweth

old ; comp. Lam. 3,4. Arab. BEE to

be antique, old. Syr. was to grow mais
Chald. id. Sée "ΤΙ no. 2.

3. to be set free, manumitted, from the
idea of taking away; comp. Is, 28, 9.

Hence the two fol-

Arab. sis fut. I; Be manumit-

ted, free, bie freedom. Hence Heb.

ph> in a bad sense, licentious, impudent.

4. From the idea of age in no. 2, comes
the signif: to be antique, and thus to be
venerable, noble, splendid, in the manner
of antique wealth, or old wine, transmit- —
ted from one’s ancestors and preserved
untouched; see Schult. ad Prov. 8, 18,
Hence pry, p'n>.

Hips. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to take
away, to remove, Job 9,5. Spec. a)
Of tents, to break up, to remove, 8. g. a
nomadic camp, Gen. 12, 8. 26, 22. b)to
transfer, to transcribe, from one book into
another, hence i.q. to collect proverbs,
Prov. 25, 1. Sept. ἐξεγράψαντο, Vulg.
transtulerunt. Talmud. to copy, to
translate. c) to take away from any
one. Job 32, 15 ὈΠΡῺ nme ΡΣ they
took from them words , impers. for‘ words _
were taken from them, they could say
nothing.

Deriv. pry, PNY, PNY; PAD.

PHY m. adj. pr. ‘ free, licentious,’ i.e.
bold, impudent, wicked, see the root πὸ.

pny
3. pms 123 10 speak impudently, i. 6.

_ arrogantly, wickedly, Ps. 31, 19. 75, 6.

94, 4. 1 Sam. 2, 3.

Phy τη. adj. (τ. Pm no. 4) splendid ;
_ Prov. 8, 18 pn> 755, Vulg. opes superbe.

bye x “ny fut. ΠῚ (1. i. q. “ER, to
burn incense to a divinity ; Syr. hs to
smoke with perfume, |; fume, in-

_cense; Arab. to breathe odours.

Hence “nm no. 1.

2. to pray as a suppliant, to supplicate
God; the prayers of the righteous
being likened to incense, comp. Rev. 5,
8, and μνημόσυνον τῆς προσευχῆς Tob.
12, 12. Acts 10,4. With > and >x Gen.
25, 21. Ex. 8, 26. 10, 18. Judg. 13, 8.
Job 33, 26.

Nieu. to let oneself be entreated by
any one, 6. dat. i. 6. to hear and answer
prayer; Gen. 25, 21 mint i> ans and
Jehovah heard him. 2 Sam. 21. 14. Is.
19, 22. 2 Chr. 33, 13. 19. Ezra 8, 23. Inf.
absol. “im32 1 Chr. 5, 20.

Hiren. i. q. Kal no. 2, to pray, to suppli-
cate, c. ἘΝ, Ex. 8, 4. 25. 9,28. Job 22,

ND the seventeenth letter of the He-
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting
80. The name &® probably signifies
mouth, i.q.%8. It was pronounced like
φ, ph; but with Dag. lene 5 also as 2,
ps; see Lehrg. p. 20, 21. It is inter-
_ changed chiefly with the other labials
_ Sand %, where see

NB adv. here, see Hip.

*sIND a root not used in Kal, to
breathe, to blow; like the kindr. n>p
(πη), also δὴ, HB, Mp, all which are
onomatopoetic, and imitate the sound of
one blowing from his lips.—Hence az.
λεγόμ.

Hirw. Deut. 32, 26 ote J will
blow them away, i. 6. scatter them like
the wind. Sept. διασπερῶ avtove.—Si-

SU
monis compares here Arab. {3 which
has the signif. of splitting, separating,

831

rind

27; > Ex. 10,17. With > and 32 to
entreat for, i.e. in behalf of any one, Ex.
8, 5. 24.

. Deriv. "m>.

Ἢ, “DY in Kal not used, i.q.Chald. |
“n> and Heb. 78», to be rivh, abundant.

Nipu. id. Prov. 27, 6 abundant are the
kisses of an enemy; opp. faithful are
the wounds of a friend.

Hipu. to make abundant, to multiply ;
Ez. 35,18 02"737 723 OMIT) ye mul-
tiply your words ag cainst me 86. impi
ously. Comp. 778 no. 2.

Deriv. ΠΡ and pr. ἢ, "My.

WHY m. (r. "n> 1) constr. "M3, plur.
c. suff, "IND.

1. incense, fragrant smoke, Ez. 8, 11.
So correctly Sept. Vulg. Syr.—Others
render it abundance ; comp. τ. "m3 II.

2. a suppliant, worshipper of God,
Zeph. 3, 10.

ΓὮΣ (abundance) Ether, pr. n. of a
place in Simeon; Josh. 15, 42. 19, 7.

ΓΌΩΝ f. abundance, riches, Jer. 33, 6.
R. sno IT.

and so of wounding, dispersing ; but Jess
well. See more in Thesaur. p. 1086.

Deriv. HRB, 7B, HB, minpB, and
words compounded with "pb.

ANB f (from masc. ORB, ΓΒ, τ. OND)
constr. M88, plur. XB.

1. Pr. the mouth, then the face, like
Lat.os. Syr. {22 id. Like other femi-
nines it is everywhere transferred to
inanimate objects, i. q. side; hence

a) Of the side or quarter of the hea-
vens ; as D3 MND the west side, the west,
Ex. 97, 12. Josh. 18, 14; jipY ΤᾺ the
north side Ex. 26, 20. 27,11; 332 MRB
the south side Ex. 27, 9. Num. 34, 3;
DIP M™NB the east side Ez. 48, 2. Often
with 5 local, as 33 XB the side west-
ward, to the west, Ez. 48, 16; MmxB_
minx Josh. 15, 5; M232 ΝΒ Josh. 18,
15; ΠΡΩΊ. ΓΞ) ΓΒ the south side

ΓΝΞ

southward Ex. 26, 18; ΠΡ ΝΘ Num.
35.5; AM AIP ΓΒ the east side
eastward Ex. 38,13. At or on the side
of is PRED in Ex. and Το Πρ ναι
τὰ Θ᾽ in Ez. 45, 7. 48, 2 sq.

b) Genr. side, quarter, parts ; Lev. 18,
41 if any one have lost his hair "28 NRE
from the side towards his face, i. 6. from
his forehead, in front. Neh. 9,22 =p>nn’
ΠΙ͂ΝΕ and didst distribute them (the Ts-
raelites) into various quarters, i.e. dis-
tricts of the promised land. Jer. 48, 45
=xi2 ΓᾺΒ the parts of Moab. Parall. in
Num. 24, 17 is dual constr. SNiO ΝΒ
q. d. the two sides of Moab, the whole
region; comp, B°N297, O77, all bor-
rowed from the human body and trans-
ferred to tracts of country. Symm. κλέ-
pato.—Hence

2. the extreme part, extremity. corner,
6. g. of a field Lev. 19, 9. 23, 22; of the
sacred table Ex. 25, 26. 37, 13; of a
couch or divan, the place of honour, Am.
3, 12.—Lev. 19, 27 D3UR 1 MNE APN ND
ye shall not round off (cut in a circle)
the extremity of your head of hair; and
then is subjoined: ARB Mx An Mon NP
321 nor shalt thou mar the extremity
(corner) of thy beard ; and this again is
thus expressed in Lay. 21,5 DIRT MRB
Amba δὲ» nor shall they shave off the
extremity (corner) of their beard. Here
the OX" MmxB doubtless refers to the
extremities of the hair or locks along
.the forehead, temples, and behind the
ears, which are not to be rounded off in
cutting. By the same analogy {P30 ΤῊΝ
is put for the extremities or corners of
the beard running up from the musta-
chios and beard towards the ears; these
the Hebrews were forbidden to cut off;
[and in this same respect, at the present
day, the Jews in the East are distin-
guished from the Muhammedans, who
trim this part of the beard.—R.] To
the extremities of the hair or locks, MX
WN, is also to be referred the phrase
MAND "“IxP clipped as to the locks, hav-
_ ing the locks clipped, rounded of. Jer.
9, 25. 25, 23. 49. 32. This is said with
a sort of. contempt of the Arabs of the
desert, who are described by Herodotus

as wearing their hair cut in this nan-

ner, Hdot. 3.8. The Jewish intpp. here
render ΠΙᾺ parts, as in no. 2.

832

"IND

ΓΝ ΒΞ obsol. root. 1. to fill the
mouth with food, to swallow with effort.

Arab. ols id. also to satiate oneself.

Eth. T'4® to have in the mouth a
morsel, lump, etc. =i morsel. It
is one of the roots ending in m which
express sounds made with the lips clos-
ed. Kindred is st intellexit, pr. im-

butus est. Wi pip for DANB mouth.

2. Arab. we to be fat; apparently
of the same family with Sanser. pina

fat, πιμελής, πιμελή, opimus, pinguis—
Hence map fat.

; I, "85 in Kal not used. 1. to be ©
beautiful, adorned; see "8B, MINDM,
MIND, TINS. Kindr. is prob. rf to
excel in glory, to glory.

2. i. q. Arab. yb mi mid. Waw, to boil,

fp be hot, to glow ; ὃν» fervid heat, —

; ἈΝΕ foam of a boiling pot ; kindr. ἼΣΞ

to burn? Hence “§"88, “958,

Note. These two significations have
perh. no mutual connection; that of
beauty belonging properly to this root —
with mid. δὲ, and the other being prob.
borrowed from a root "3.

Pie. ΝΒ to adorn, to beautify, to
honour, e. g. the sanctuary, Is. 60,7.13; —
the people of God Is. 55, 5. Ezra 5, 27;
the poor with succour Ps. 149, 4; comp.
ornare beneficiis.

2. Denom. from nose, to bough, to zo
over the boughs sc. in order to glean,
Deut. 24, 20.

Hirup. 1. to be adorned, honoured, ὦ
e.g. a people from Jehovah Is. 60, 21.
61, 3; of Jehovah, to glorify himself in
bestowing favours on his people, ὁ. 3
Is. 44, 23. 49, 3.

2. to vaunt oneself, to glory, c. >>
against any one, Judg. 7, 2. Is. 10, 15.

Deriv. “8B, MND, MIND, TING
(7598), INEM, ΤΉΝΕ.

“TT. ΝΒ ὦ dig, to bore, eopet: in

the earth ; kindr. with "82. Arab to
dig down and hide in the earth. Hence

9 ΄ἁἑ
mp for 7388 (Arab. 34) a mole or rat,

β ἊΣ
and pr.n. 7288. To this root also we
_ may refer .
_ Hrrapa. “885 to explain or de-
clare oneself ; compare similar tropical
significations under "83 no. 2, and 322
no. 2. Ex. 8, 9 [5] 9 Parad “ἣν ἜΝΒΌΠ
_ declare unto me when, etc. where ‘the
particle >> bya delicate! idiom implies
_ command; Sept. well τάξαι πρός ws, Vulg.
_ constitue mihi, quando, ete.—The Rab-
bins and many moderns render: Glory
‘over me, when shall I entreat for thee?
i. 6. as they explain it, thou shalt have
from me this honour, viz. to appoint a
‘day when, etc. But this is far-fetched
and arbitrary.

“WD m. (τ. 9881) c. suff. FIRB; plur.
ΝΘ, constr. ΝΒ Ex. 39, 28, but
ΠΗ Ez. 24, 23; a head-dress, tire,
turban ; worn by females, Is. 3, 20;
_ priests, M9332 "NB , Ex. 39, 28. Ez. 44,
Ε 18; a bridegroom, fe: 61, 10; by others
in gala dress, Is. 61, 3. Ez. 24, 17. 23.

MIND f. (by Syr. for ΝΒ, στ. “NB 1)
only plur. minXs Ez. 17, 6, c. suff.
maxes Ez. 31, 5. 6, and by transp.
ONAB v. 8. 12. 13, green branches, fo-
liage, pr. the ornament of a tree, Ez. Il.

ec. Comp. in Syr. (LS fruit.

AIS f. (by Syr. for ΠΝ, τ. 7B IT)
a bough, branch, adorned with foliage,
Is. 10, 33. Several Mss. read 7759.

ASB m. (for WAND, τ. "NB 1) heat,
_ glow, and hence a pol, see πη. Then
glow, flush of countenance ; Joel 2, 6

“HORE AXAP Ὀ25 93 all faces gather a
δι glow, are flushed with anxiety. Nah. 2,
11. Comp. for the same thing Is. 13, 8
Bre 0723 28; also Ps.10, 2. 39, 4.—
4 Others: all ΤᾺΝ withdraw their reid
“ness, i.e. grow pale with fear; comp.
Joel 2,10 and 4,15 032 ἸΞΌΝ =
_ the stars withdraw their brightness. But
_ then it should be 579988; and "ΠΝ
_ without suff. implies a quality not natu-
ral to the countenance.

FISD (prob. region with caverns, r.
“xB IT) Paran, pr. n. of a desert region
- inhabited by somadic tribes 1 K. 11, 18;
lying between Mount Sinai, Palestine,
and Idumea. So δ “272 Gen. 21,
21. Num. 10, 12. 13; 3. 26. Deut. 1, 1.
1 Sam. 25,1. In the north-eastern part,

70*

833

p33.

next to the ’Arabah, there is a broad
tract of mountains, j28B "7 Hab. 3, 3.
Deut. 33, 2; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I.
Ρ. 275. 11. p. 508, 609. Once spec. Gen.
14, 6 “atN->9 -ῶν FIND De the oak or
terebinth of Paran which is by the desert,
Sept. τερέβινϑος τῆς Φαράν, prob. a noted
tree on the borders of Edom. The de-
sert of Paran in its widest sense included
also that of Zin in the Ghor and ’Ara-
bah south of the Dead Sea, Num. 13, 26,
comp. 20,1; and was also not far dis-
tant from Carmel and Maon, 1 Sam. 25,
1. Josephus mentions a valley Pharan,
apparently towards Idumea, with many
caverns, B. J. 4.9.4.—This Paran has of
course no connection with the Pharan
of Eusebius, three days east of A®lana,
Onomast. art. Φαράν ; nor with the Fa-
ran or Feiran in the peninsula of Sinai;
though it has often been confounded with
them. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p.
186, 552.

᾿ς 38 τῇ, plur. 0° unripe figs, which
hang on the‘tree over winter, grosst,
grossuli, Cant. 2, 13. Sept. ὄλυνϑοι.
R. 338.

*335 Arab. 53 VII to be unripe,
e.g. fruit; Syr. 3 unripe, sour. The
primary idea seems to be that of cold,
transferred to late fruits; comp. kindr.
a.

2735 m. (r. 528) filth, uncleanness,
abomination, i. ᾳ. PRY; so ἘΠ ἫΣΞ
meat of pollution, unclean, Ez. 4, 14;
plur. 5°23 PY broth of unclean meats
Is. 65, 4. Concer. for abominable, un-
clean, Lev. 7, 18. 19, 7.

7 525 obsol. root, Talm. Pi. to make
stink, to render fetid ; Hithp. to be fetid,
to stink. _ Arab, and Eth. (4 and πὶ being
interchanged) ἀξ the food stinks,

AMA to be unclean.—Hence dase.

“SA fut. 5555, imp. 529.

1. to strike upon or against, to impinge,
Lat. pepigit from pango or pago which
is a root of the same family. Comp.
also the kindr. pax for pacs, paciscor,
Gr. πηγνύω, Germ. pochen, and the
kindr. bocken, Bock, from striking, push-
ing, Engl. buck. Kindr. in termination
is the root 333; comp. Wa and 032.—

ane
----
_ “5 ΦΕ-- —

“25

With. 3 to strike upon any person or
thing, to fall upon, to light upon, either
with purpose or accidentally, either with
violence or gently; e.g. a) Ina hos-
tile sense, to fall wpon, 1 Sam. 22, 17.
18. Josh. 2, 16. Judg. 18, 25; espec. in
order to kill, hence to kill, to slay, Judg.
8, 21. 15,12. 2 Sam. 1, 15. 1 K. 2, 25.
29. 31 sq. Once with acc. of pers. and
2 of thing, Ex. 5, 3 "233 525352"7R lest
he fall upon us with pestilence. b) Ina
kind sense, to assail with petitions, to
urge, to entreat any one, c. 3 Ruth 1, 16.
Jer. 7, 16. 27, 18. Job 21, 15; also with
Ὁ of him for whom one ask or inter-
cedes, Gen. 23, 8. ὁ) to light upon, to
meet with any one, ὁ. 3 Gen. 32,1 [2].
Num. 35, 19. 21; comp. Gen. 28, 11.
Also c. acc. Ex. 23, 4. 1 Sam. 10,5. Am.
5,19. d) to reach unto, to border upon,
ὃ, 3 Josh. 16, 7. 17, 10. 19, 11. 22. 26. 27.
34; c. dx Foub. 19, 11.

2, to strike ἃ league with any one, fo
make peace with him, Lat. paciscor (see
above), c. M& with; pr. ‘to strike hands
with,’ in ratifying a covenant; see PDD
I, Hithp. So in two passages of Isaiah,
which have been variously explained by
interpreters, Is. 64, 4 NOs) vo-my md
pix thou makest peace with him who re-
joiceth to do justice, i.e. with the just
and upright man thou art in league, thou
delightest in him, he is ΠΣ O°, Ox
2». With mx impl. Is. 47, 3 Twill
take vengeance DIN 33PX NX>} and I will
not make peace with man, i. e. will make
peace with none before all are destroyed.

Hipu. 2738F, fut. 2995".

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1. a, to cause to
fall wpon any one, to lay upon. Is. 53, 6
55 V2 τὰ ia S25 he hath laid on
him the iniquity of us all.

2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. b, to cause to
supplicate. Jer. 15,11 -M&... Ἢ "ASSEN
asxn 7 will cause the enemy to come as a
suppliant to thee. So Chald. L. de Dieu,
Rosenm.

3. Intrans. a) i. q. Kal. no. 1. a, to
fall upon. Part. ΘΒ an assailant,
enemy, Job 36, 382, Ὁ) i. q. Kal no. 1.b,
to assail with prayers, to entreat, to sup-
plicate, c. 3 Jer. 36, 25; ¢. > of him for
whom one intercedes Is. 53, 12. Part.
9°3572 an intercessor, defender, Is. 59, 16.

Deriv. 535%, also the two following.

834,

mp

338 m. ‘what lights upun ‘any one?
incident, event, chance, Ecc. 9, 11; with
D1 an evil occurrence 1 K. 5, 18 [4].

NPI (event of God) Pagiel, pr. n.
of a phylarch of the tribe of Asher,
Num. 1, 13. 2,27. R. 928.

*"35 in Kal not used. Pret to be
Saint, weak, exhausted, 1 Sam. 30, 10.
21.—Talmud. Pi. to be languid, lazy.

Syr. Oe! (and 5 being interchanged)
to be attenuated, weak.—Hence

“38 m. in pause "38; plur. ye
constr. "338, @ corpse, carcass, of man
Is. 14, 19. 34, 3. Jer. 31, 40. Ez. 6, 5.
43,7. 9; of beasts Gen. 15, 11. With
m7 added 2 K. 19, 35. Is. 37,36. Comp.
Syr. Ip: also of a living body.—Sing.
collect. 1 Sam. 17, 46. Am. 8, 3. Metaph.
D2">4b3 "3B the carcasses (ruins, frag-
ments) of your idols, Lev. 26, 30.

*WAB fat. bab", to strike against, to
light -upon, kindr. with 338 and W332,
comp. in Bp>. a) Ina hostile sense, to
fall upon, to attack any one, 6. ace. Ex.
4,24, Hos. 13,8. b) By chance, to fall
in with, to meet, c. acc. Gen. 32, 18. 33,
8. Ex. 4, 27. 1 ‘Sain. 25, 20. 2 Sam. 2, |
13. Is. 34, 14; ο. 3 Prov. 17, 12. ,

Nipu. recipr. to meet together, i.e. one
another, Ps. 85, 11. Prov. 22, 2. 29, 13.

Prev i.q. Kal. lett. Ὁ, to light upon any
thing, to meet with, poet. Job 5, 14.

* 7115 fat. ππῈ 1. Pr. to cut, to ;

cut in two or in pieces; Arab. Be) id. |
Hence m7p.—Spec. ‘to cut loose ;”
whence

2. to ransom, to redeem, Ex. 13, 13. 15,
34, 20. Lev. 27, 27. With 2 of price, as
Ex. 34, 20 nwa 3H AN “0B the fra
ling of an ass thou shalt redeem with a
lamb. Poet. to redeem from death, Ps.
49, 8.

3. With 72, to let go free, to set free,
e. g. God his people from servitude
Deut. 7, 8. 13, 6. Mic. 6,4. Ps. 130, 8;
any one from straits 2 Sam. 4,9. 1 K.1
29. Ps. 25,22; from death Job 5, 20
from the hand (792, 92%) of enemies
the wicked, Jer. 15, 21. 31,11. Job 6,23
from the power of Sheol Hos. 13, 14
ἸΏ c. inf. Job 33, 28; absol. Ὁ Wap IH

TID

to preserve the life of any one Ps, 34, 23.
71, 23. Sometimes retaining the figure

of a redemption, it is put for the deliver-

ance of Israel out of Egypt, 2 Sam. 7,
23. 1 Chr. 17, 21; and from Babylon Is.
35. 10. 51, 11.

4. to let go, to dismiss, as the priest a
firstling, Num. 18, 15. 17.

Nipu. pass. of no. 2, Lev. 19, 20. 27,
29; of no¥*3, Is. 1,27. ὁ

ipa: n3=5" , causat. of Kal no. 1, Ex.
21, 8.

Hori. pass. inf. absol. 355 Lev. 19,
20.

Deriv. Syt'1B—Di"D.

SNTIIb (whom God delivers) Peda-

hel, pr. n. m. Num. 34, 28. R. mB.

ἜΣΤΙ (whom the rock i. 6. God de-
livers) Pedahzur, pr. n. m. Num. 1, 10.
2,20. R. mp.

"178 m. (r. 438) only in plur. 2778 ,
price of redemption, ransom, Num. 3, 46
sq. 18, 16.—Elsewhere 5077978 as part.
pass. plar. the delivered, rescued, Is. 35,
10. 51, 11. See the root no. 3 fin.

7178 (deliverance, τ. 71) Padon, pr.
n. m. Ezra 2, 44. Neh. 7, 47.

PTB f. (rma) 1. division, distinc-
tion, Ex. 8, 19 [23]. Sept. διαστολή,
Vulg. divisio, Aben Ezra ΘΒ. Comp.
Muntinghe in Diss. Lugdd. p. 1154.

2. deliverance, Ps. 111, 9. 130, 7. Is.
50, 2.

ΓΒ (whom Jehovah delivers) Pe-
daiah, pr.n.m. a) The father-in-law
of hing Josiah 2 K. 23, 36. b) 1 Chr. 3,

18. c) Neh. 3, 25. ἃ) 11, 7. e) 8,4.
13, 13.

7958 (id.) Pedaiah, pr. τι. τα. 1 Chr.
27, 20.

DMD m. Num. 3, 49, and rio”) Ex.
21, 30. Ps. 49,9, price of redemption,
ransom, λύχρῳν. R. πΒ.

ΓΞ obsol. root of uncertain prima-
ry signification. From it have come:

Ge
1. Arab. WX to build high ; hence
ῷΖ΄ --
wy OY ἃ high tower; see Heb. 712.
a ee
2. Arab. ωἱδῷ and tos a yoke of

oxen, a plough, a measure of land, Fed-

835

ΓΞ

dan; also Syr. Lips, Chald. 55, id.
But Syr. Lipas a valley, plain, depress-
ed region; a signif. not obviously allied
to the preceding.—Hence

722 Gen. 48, 7, i. q. Syr. Lito, a
plain, low region, fully 598 115 the plain
of Syria, Padan-Aram, i. e. Mesopotamia
with the desert on the west of the
Euphrates, opp. to the mountainous re-
gion along the Mediterranean; Gen. 25
20. 31, 18. 33, 18. 35, 9. 46, 15. With
π local DAX M238 Gen. 28, 2. 5.6.7. In
Hos. 12, i3 Diy mw id. whanbe it ap-
pears that {3D is nearly earn to
πῶ.

“5 i. q. 78 to deliver ; once Job
33, 24 ὑπὸ nny. IADB deliver him
iftian going down to the pit ; comp. in v.
28 M718 in a like connection. In other
roots too the forms $> and > are kin-
dred and stand side by side; comp. 337
and M32, 55" ἀπ ΠΡ. Five Mss. here
read 45398 loose or dismiss him; but
less adapted to the context, while the Ἢ
is also sustained by the parall. v. 28.

P VIE obsol. root, prob. to nourish, to

Ge
Satten ; comp. Arab. GA to fatten an-
imals, r and n being interchanged ; and

more aeoy Gy 0G to become fat,

thick, way fat, fatness. In the Indo-
European tongues comp. Germ. Futter,
Engl. food, fodder, later Lat. fodrum ;
also o fett, Engl. fat, Icel. feitr from the
root foeden to nourish. The primary
radical syllable is fad, which in many
forms takes 7, comp. pita, pater ; pigeo,
piger, 35.—Hence

‘V'78 m. in pause "78, c. suff. 978, fat,
grease, Lev. 1, 8.12. 8,20. Sept. στέαρ.

MIB m. (τ. A8B; for HRB, as MY for
my) constr. "5 for "NB ; c. suff. 15

Arab. ia 3778, f. 7B; MB and ἘΠῚ, f.

MB; 5; ὈΞῚΒ; ὈΠῚΒ Deut. 21, 5,
post. ja"p Ps, 17, 10; plur. in signif, no.
9851 Sam. 13, 21, xt mip Prov. 5,4.

1. the mouth, so eatied rom breathing
and blowing, see the root and Ps. 135,
17, comp. "8 M9 Ps. 33,6; like ὮΝ nose

S78... See
from 528. Arab. Bed, KAS, sls, xs

ΓΞ

constr. > 3; Ls, id—Spoken of the
mouth of man and beast, e. g. of the lian
Ps. 22, 22 (whence poet. Job 36, 16
“x "52 from the mouth i.e. jaws of the
enemy); of the crocodile Job 41, 11.13;
and of the beak of birds Gen. 8, 11. Is.
10,14. As the instrument of speech
Ex. 4, 11. 12. Num. 22, 28 (of Balaam’s
ass). Ps. 37, 30. 115, 5. 135, 16. Is. 1,
20. al. sep. So of eating or devouring
Is. 9, 11. Ez. 2, 8. 3, 27. 4, 14. Dan. 10,
3; of tasting Gen. 25, 28; of kissing
Cant. 1, 2; of laughter Job 8, 21; of
breathing, seeabove. So MB 723 heavy-
mouthed, i. e. slow of speech Ex. 4, 10;
pen mB a smooth mouth i. 6. πκυῤειον
Prov. 26, 28; 8 2 "B a mouth of deceit
Ps. 109, 2.—As ‘phrases may be noted:
a) To speak with any one 4 ΒΝ np
mouth to mouth, i. e. in person, ‘without
mediator or interpreter, Num. 12, 8;
comp. ""B ἘΦ 1"B Jer. 32,4; ΠΝ AT
34, 3; also "83 1K. 8,15. Ὁ) IAN ΠΒ
with one mouth, with one voice or accord
Josh. 9, 2. 1K. 22, 18. 2 Chr. 18, 12.
Syr. seas re -«-". c) Job 19, 16 7 en-
treat him "5 i723 with my whole mouth,
i.e. with all my strength of voice ; and
so "Da Ps. 89, 2. 109, 30; also in ace. Ps.
66, 17 "MNP 7B DN Tory unto him with
my whole mouth ; see for this ace. Heb.
Gr. § 135. 1. η. 3. d) Ἔ "ἘΞ Bw 10 put
in one’s mouth sc. words, to suggest what
one shall say, Ex. 4,15. Num. 22, 38. 23,
5.12. 2 Sam. 14,19, Is. 59,21; "Ba 109
id. Deut. 18, 18. Ps. 40, 4. Jer. 1, 9.
Also 1. ᾳ. Deut. 31,19. Further, to be
Ἔ "DD in one’s monith, i. 6. so as to be of-
ten spoken of, as a law Ex. 13, 9; comp.
Ps. 5,10. 38,15. Diff. isi? Sam: 17, 5 let
ushear "53772 what is in his mouth; i.e.
what he has to say. 6) ΠΒΤῸΣ upon the
mouth, Gr. ἀνὰ στόμα, ἐπὶ στύμα, where
_ we say in or into the mouth; Nah. 3,12
they (the figs) fall >>ix “p-b3 into the
mouth of the eater. Mic. 3,5. So that
which is spoken is said to be HB"> upon
the mouth, where we say upon the lips,
see in >> A.1. 2 Sam. 13, 32 "Β΄ ἘΣ
many Hm ἘΡΩ͂ ΞΙΝ upon the lips of Ab-
salom hath this been purposed, i. e. he
has often spoken of it, has not concealed
it. But mp-bp 35 pr to lay the hand
upon the mouth, i. q. to be silent, Judg.

836

ΓΞ

18,19. Job 21, 5. 40,4. Mic. 7,16; comp
os 52 Prov. 30, 32. f) Β "BY SMD fo
write from the soenstl of any one, at his
dictation, Jer. 36,4. 27, 32. 45,1. g) man
"1 "Bp the breath of the mouth of Jehovah,
for the wind Job 15, 30; for his power-
ful and creative woud or command, fiat
Ps. 33, 6.

Further, the mouth is alin put by
meton. aa) For a speaker,spokesman,
Ex. 4, 16 ΠΕΡ 45> O17 N50, comp. 7, 1
where it is 8°32. Jer. 15,19. bb) For
voice, sound, Am. 6, 5 53373 "87>2 to the
sound of the lyre. cc) For speech, dis-
course; Ps. 49, 14 their Sollowers cmpa
129" delight in their sayings. dd) For™
command, precept, order; “Β “B79 ac-
cording to the command of any one, by
order of, Gen. 45, 21, Ex. 17, 1. Lev. 24,
12. Num. 3,16. Josh. 19, 50. Job 39, 27;
more rarely "p~>8 Josh. 15; 13, 17, 4. 21,
3; ἝΞ 1 Chr. 12, 23. Also ΕΝ: “ὦ
to keep the commandment of any one
Ecc. 8, 2; contra, “ΒΝ (M32) AIA
to rebel against a command, see in 192.
In like manner "9 "B “3% fo transgress
the command of Jehovah Num. 14, 41.
22,18. 24,13. 1 Sam. 15,34. Prov. 8, 29.
So perh. Ps. 17, 3 ἜΣΘ" 52 “mint,
see in art. Mat.
nion, decision, e. g. of a judge Deut. 21,
6 So ip the phrase Ἔ "B"MX SRB to
ask the opinion or counsel of any one.
Gen. 24, 57. Josh. 9, 14. Is. 30,2. Also”
of testimony, as DY on sp-bp at the
mouth of two witnesses, i.e. by their tes-
timony, Deut. 17, 6. 19, 15; nD Ἢ"
Num. 35, 30.

2. a mouth; i.e. an apertudls orifice,
entrance ; 6. g. of a sack Gen. 42, 27. 43,
12. 21. 44,1; of a well Gen. 29, 2. 3.8;
of an ephah Zech. 5, 8; of the laver

| 1K. 7, 31; of a cavern Josh. 10, 18. 22,

27, and hence of Sheol Ps. 141, 7. Is. 5,
14; also of any garment which sur-
rounds the neck, Ex. 39, 23. Job 30, 18.
Ps. 133, 2; 899 "pid. Ex. 28, 32. So
of a city, Lat. ostium, Prov. 8, 3. Hence
mp> mp entrance to entrance, i.e. from
one end to the other, 2 K. 10, 21. 21, 15;

ee) For counsel, opi- —

-,

np->x nee id. Ezra 9, 11.—So Arab. —

3
, Ethiop. Ae, Gr. στόμα, id.

3. mouth of the sword, i. 6. the edge, .

_as biting and devouring like the mouth

ΓΞ

comp. r. 528 no. 3, Syr. Lop? ἰξδοαϑ,

Ethiop. Af, edge of the sword.—So in
_ the phrases: 397) "D> NDF 10 smite with
the edge of the sword, see in 33
_ Hiph. no. 2. d, and 3 no. 8. 6. fin. "5> 25
"35 Gen. 34,27; 229 "Bd ONIN Josh.
6,21. 11, 11. 1Sam: 15,8; 297 "> Dan
to discomfit with the ede of the sword,
Judg. 4,15; 397 78> Hn id. Ex. 17,13;
also 239 “3b bb3 Josh. 8, 24. Judg. 4, 16.
’ Here = “p> 'n3n éte. does ‘not differ
_ from 5:15 mon Josh. 11, 10, except as
being more vivid. Sept. πατάσσω ἐν
στόματι τῆς doupaiec.—Plur. 9B edges
of cutting instruments 1 Sam. 13, 21;
38 id. Prov. 5, 4.

4. a portion, part, pr. a mouthful,
morsel, comp. 73 no. 7. Deut. 21, 17 "5
6.20 the portion of two, i. e. a double
portion. 2 K. 2, 9; also two parts of
three, two thirds, Zech. 13, 8; comp. Ἢ
Bic.

5. i. q. fem. OND, the side or extremily
of any thing. Is. 19, 7 "87 "ΒΤ on the
_ side of the Nile, not ‘at the mouth of the
Nile.’
_ 6. With prepositions it assumes almost
the nature of a particle :
_ 8) 39 α) according to the command
of, 1 Chr. 12, 23. 8) according to the
_ mention or notation of, i.e. in proportion
_ to, according to, Ex. 16, 21. Lev. 25, 52
20 "52 according to his years. Num.6,
Ἢ ἢ, 5.8. 35,8. y)i.g.3, 52D, as, likes
Job 33, 6 bxb τ ΒΞ "Σὰ 7 am, as thou, of
God sc. created. ὃ) “WR "BD Conj.
according as, even as, Mal. 2, 9; and
without "x ellipt. so as, so that, Zech.
2,4.
ΟΠ b) "89, ig. "BD, see 5 no. 13. a) by
or according to the command of, i. q.
simpl. according to; Gen. 47, 12 75>
20 according to the number of the
children. Lev. 25, 16. 27, 16. Num. 26,
54. Prov. 12,8. Hos. 10,12 sow ye in
Justice, "ὉΠ spb IEP and reap accord-
ing to your piety. $8) With infin. ac-
cording to. Ex. 16, 16. 18. 12, 4; ,also

when, i. ᾳ: ? ©. inf, Num. 9, 17. res 29,

10; see in > lett. C. no. 7.

"Ὁ "722 a) upon the mouth, where

we say in or into the mouth, see in no. 1.

e. ) onthe side, see no. 5. y) at the
sound of, see no. 1. bb; according to the
command of, by order of, see no. 1. dd;

>

ee ee ὋὉςἐο΄ὖ -Σ» .ν.-

897

mid

by the testimony of, see no. 1.ee. Hence
5),i. ᾳ. "BD, ">, according to, Num. 26,
56. Lev. 27, 18. Deut. 17,10. Ex. 34, 27.
Gen. 43, 7 nbyn DNS "B7by actors
ing to these things, as things were, truly.
“ws "B7>2 according as, Lev. 27, 8.

MD or ‘IB, once 8B Job 38, 11, (perh.
contr. from 458 i. q. 53 in this or that
sc. place, like MD for MD) Adv. of place.

1. here, in this place, Gen. 19, 12. 22,
5. 40, 15. Josh. 18, 6. 8. al. sepe. Aba,
ipa, from here, hence, Ez. 40, 21. 26. 34.
37. ΓΒΏ--- 8 hence—hence, on this
side—on that side, Ez. 40, 10. 12.21. 41,
2. For Γξ τὸς see in its place.

2. hither, 1 Sam. 16, 11, Ezra 4, 2,

9 ᾽
NB (perh. Arab. Kye mouth) Puah,
pr.n.m. a) A βοὴ οὗ Issachar 1 Chr.
7,1; for which Gen. 46, 13 and Num.
26, 23 mip Puvah. Ὁ) Judg. 10, 1.

* JAB fut. 395", with Vav cony. 4553.

1. to be cold, without vital warmth.
Syr. and Arab. id. The primary idea
is that of breathing, blowing, cooling,
see Heb. Min, the palatal and guttural
being interchanged. —Gen. 45, 26 3533
in but his heart was cold, did not warm
with joy, was not moved. Trop. to be
torpid, sluggish, slack, Ps. 77, 3. Hab.
1, 4 friget lex.

Nipu. to be torpid, languid, Ps. 38, 9.

Deriv. m35D and

MB f. remission, pause, Lam. 2, 18.
iB, see r. 77D.
MB see in MND.

* TAD fat. maps, i. ᾳ. ME? q. v. to
puff, to blow, to breathe. Arab. =~

οἰ to breathe odours, to be fra-

grant. Syr. xu to blow, Pa. to refresh,

to cool, sc. the air by a breeze.—Cant.
2,17 DIT MAD IY until the day breathes,
i.e. until the breeze comes and the heat
remits, until evening. Cant. 4,6. Comp.
min no. 2, and 235.

Hien. 1. With acc. to blow upon, as
a wind Cant. 4, 16.

2. to breathe out words, to utter; 6. g.
falsehood Prov. 6,19. 14, 5. 19, 5. 9;
also in a good sense, to speak the truth
12. 17.

DD

3. to pant, i.e. to hasten, Hab. 2, 3.
Comp. δ Ece. 1,5.

4, With 3 to blow into a flame, to
kindle up a ‘fire, Ez. 21, 36. Trop. 6.
acc. Prov. 29, 8 to kindle. up a city, i.e.
to excite sedition.

5. to puff at, i. q. to rail at any one, c
2 Ps. 10, 5; Ὁ Ps. 12,6 5 πη Ὲ" (nt)
whom they puffed at, i. 6. the oppressed.

Deriv. "5.

* DAB obsol. root, Syr. Aph. to de-
spise, to afflict. See >x7a..

OB Phut, pr. n. of a warlike African
people, descended from Ham, Gen. 10, 6.
Jer. 46,9. Ez. 27,10. 30,5. 38,5. Nah.
3,9. Sept. and Vulg. usually Libya,
with which also Josephus agrees, Ant.
1.6.2. Phut then prob. comprised the
Libyans next to Egypt, while 57255
was a more general term, Nah. 3, 9.
See Thesaur. p. 1093.

Sy7D1b (afflicted of God) Putiel, pr.
n. m. Ex. 6, 25.

7D VIE Egyptian pr. n. Potiphera,
the father-in-law of Joseph, and priest
of Heliopolis, Gen. 41, 45. 50. 46, 20.

Sept. IZetepo}, Πεντεφρῆ, i. ᾳ. NETE-
ΦΡΗ qui Solis est, Soli proprius; see
Champollion Précis du Systéme Hié-
roglyphique, Tableau général, p. 23. Pl.
12. Found in various forms on Egyp-
tian monuments; see Rosellini Monum.
Storici I. p. 117. Thesaur. p. 1094.

"ΒΡ (contr. for 29) "Ὁ18) Poti-
phar, pr. n. of the chief of Pharaoh’s
body-guard, Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1.

“7b obsol. root, uncert. but perh.
i.q. Talmud. Pa. 25, to paint, to lay on
colours.—Hence |

ΠῚ m. i. ᾳ. Gr. φῦκος, Lat. fucus, i.e.
paint, dye, with which the Hebrew
women tinged their eye-lashes; prepared
from antimony (stibium) or minium; see
inr. δῷ. Sept. στιμμέ, Vulg. stibium.
2 K. 9, 30. Jer. 4, 30. Comp. pr. n.
Vat FR. Is. δά, 11 with eye-paint
(stibium) will J lay thy stones, i.e. I will
use it as cement in laying thy walls.
1 Chr. 29, 2 F35-"238 stones of paint,
used in building the temple; prob. a
more costly kind of stones, or species of

838

marble, used for ornamenting and as it

215

were painting the walls or pavements,

S45 m. (r. 558) a bean, 2 Sam. 17, 28,

Ez. 4,9. Mod. Arab. Uys, α) 9, id-—

The etymology is to be referred to the

idea of rolling, from its round form ; comp.

Lat. bulla, Belg. bol a bean, peul, peul,

chick-pea, bolle onion.
>) Pul, pr. ἢ.

with little probability understands Phila,

a large island of the Nile betweenEgypt
and Ethiopia, called by the Egyptians

TWAAK i. 6. border, far country, see

Champollion PEgypte I. p. 158. wh

taune Ρ. 1094.
2. A king of Assyria who ‘preceded

Ti glath:pileser, about 774-759 B. C.

2K. 15,19. 1 Chr. 5, 26.—The name
may signify elephant, i. q. Sanser. pil,
Pers. haa; or better lord, king, i. q.
Sanser. pala, Pers. YL, lofty, highest.
The same syllable is ‘found in Nabo-
polasar.

BAB and OB Chald. m. c. suff. rapa
Dan. 7, 5, more correctly without Da-
ghesh ; contracted for DI8B , DAND,r. OND,

as ὉΠ for DIN; i. q. Heb. mB, mouth —

Dan. 4, 28. 6, 23. 7, 5. 8. 20; an: aper<

ture, gee Dan. 6,18. Syr. Hoos |

id. Arab. re
75 pert i. 4. Arab. yl or Af,

comp. ;
1. to mh spoken of the sun, to become
dark, see 1238.

2. to be perplexed, distracted. Once

fat. Ps. 88, 16 M3xBN, Sept. ἐξηπορήϑην,

Vulg. conturbatus sum.
Deriv. pr. n. ἼΣΗ, Ἴ258.

M2 spoken of a gate of Jerusalem
2 Chr. 25, 23; see in r. 538 B. ho. 2. fin.

“ΒΞ Punite, patronym. from a pr. n.
"8, a person unknown, Num. 26, 23.

7238 (darkness, r. 138) Punon, pr. ἢ.

1A Bk» and re-.
gion in Africa as yet unknown, Is. 66,
19; where it is coupled with 78>. Vulg.
Africa. Bochart, Phaleg. IV. cap. 26,

ἵ
Ἧ

᾿
t

of a station of the Israelites in the desert ᾿ ᾿

after leaving Mount Hor, Num. 33, 42.
43. Prob. Gr. daivw, Lat. Phenon, cele-
brated according to Jerome for its mines, _

yD

in which convicts were sentenced to la-
_bour, between Petra and Zoar ; de Locis
Heb. See Relandi Palestina p. 952.
- same is pre.

TB (i. ᾳ. ΠΝ, Arab. x55 mouth,

or according to Simonis for 4>557 splen-
lid) Puah, pr. n. f. Ex. 1, 15.

. “yi only in fut. 735%, imper. plur.
ASD, once part. pass. c. suff. “45 Zeph.
3, 10, i. q. 722 q. v.

_ 1. to break or dash in pieces. See Pil.
‘Hithp.

_ 2. to scatter, to disperse ; Ez. 46, 18
that they scatter not my people every man
his possession, i. e. expel them.

art. pass. γὴ8 dispersed; Zeph. 3, 10°

xD ma the daughter (congregation) of
my dispersed.—E|sewhere only intrans.
to be scattered, to disperse themselves,
e.g. a flock Ez. 34,5. Zech. 13,7; a
people Gen. 11, 4. Num. 10, 35. 1 Sam.
‘11, 11. 14, 34. 2 Sam. 20, 22. Ps. 68, 2.
_ 3. to overflow, to be superabundant, of
‘fountains Prov. 5, 16; metaph. of pros-
perity, siwa, Zech. 1, 17.

ΝΊΡΗ. γ᾽: pass. to be scattered, dis-
persed, e.g. an army 2 K. 25, 5. Jer. 52,
4 a people Ez. 11, 17. 20, 84. 41. 28,

. 34,12. 80 οὗ voluntary diepersion,
F ; Senden themselves, to be scattered, as
a flock not watched Ez. 34, 6. 1K. 22,
17; a people by removing to various
regions Gen. 10, 18. 2 Sam. 18,8 for the
b aitle was scattered over the face of all
2 country, extended itself. —Niph. does
ἴοι differ from Kal in signification; but
‘in Niph. only pret. and part. are used ;
᾿ n Kal only fut. and imperative ; comp.
. 34, 5 Kal, v. 6 Niph.
ὴ Pu. ΥΝῚΒ to break in pieces, a rock
with a hammer Jer. 23, 29.
_ Pie. 7282 lo break in pieces, a man
‘by dashing him upon the ground or
‘against a rock, Job 16, 12.
_ Hires. 1. Trans.. a) to scatter seed
Is. 28, 25. Ὁ) to scatter, to disperse, as
the wind a cloud Job 37, 11; inhabitants
Ts. 24,1; an army, 10 discomfil, to rout,
Hab. 3, 14. Ps. 18, 15. 144,6. Jer. 13, 24.
18, 17. Often with adjunct of place
whither a people is scattered, Deut. 30,
3. Jer. 30, 11; c. 2 Deut. 4, 27. 28, 64.
ong 1,8. er: 9, 15. al. comp. Gen. 49, 7
5 to let be scuttered, as a shepherd his

839

“5

flock Jer. 23, 1.2. Part. "5° a disperser,
devastator, Nah. 2,2 [1]. 0) to put to
flight a single person Job 18,11. d) te
let overflow, to pour abroad, metaph. of
anger Job 40, 11.

2. Intrans. to disperse oneself, spread
oneself abroad, e. g. the east wind over
the earth Job 38, 24; a people Ex. 5, 12:
1 Sam. 13, 8.

Hirupau. yin to be broken in
pieces, to be scattered as dust, e. g. moun-
tains Hab. 3, 5 [6].

Norte. An example of the form Ttphel
(see Heb. Gramm. § 54, δ. Lehrg. p. 254)
occurs in the common reading Jer. 25,
34 ES Misian J will scatter you. Other
Mss. and editions read E3°MiSiBM your
dispersions, which is also expressed by
Aqu. Symm. Vulg. The former is bet-
ter suited to the context.

Deriv. Y°=2 a mallet.

κα ῬῚΞ to move to and Sro, to waver,
to be unsteady, Is. 28,7.—Kindr. is Arab.

GE to become poor, comp. in 332.
Of the same stock perh. is Germ. wank-
en, with a sibilant prefixed schwanken,
(old Germ. wagen), diminut. vacillo,
wackeln, Engl. to wag. Comp. 338.
Ηιρη. id. Jer. 10,4 pp? 8) and it
moveth not.
- Deriv. ΠῚ, ΡΒ.

ἘΠ]. PA to go out, i. ᾳ. Chald. p22.

Hiren. 1. to give oul, to furnish, to
supply, Ps. 144, 13; c. dat. Is. 58, 10, see
in ©} no. 2, end of 2d par. p. 685. ᾿

2. To cause to go out from any one, to
cause him to give, i. e. to get, to obtain,
from any one, Prov. 3, 13. 12, 2. 8, 35.
18, 22. Sept. λαμβάνω.

3. to bring out fully, to further, to let
succeed, Ps. 140, 9.

PB f. (τ. p32 1) an obstacle in the
way, which causes one to stagger, a
stumbling-block, i. q. 91822, 1 Sam. 25,
31.

FAB i. q. 72, to viet to break in
pieces. Hence

Hien. ἘΠῚ id. i.g. 95, trop. to frus-
trate, Ps. 33, 10. Ez. 17, 19.

Deriv. 7352 wine-press.

IB τὰ. α lot, die, a Persian word, i:q.
d9ia by which it is explained Esth. 3,”

ἪΞ

It corresponds to Pers. ὅ L pareh part,
portion, whence wy 54 to part, and

9 behre part, lot. Of the same fam-

ily is also Lat. pars ; comp. too Heb. τ.
"ap and 98.—Plur. 5°48 lots Esth. 9, 24.
Also oun "a" v.31, and simply oD
v. 29. 32, the festival of Purim, i. e. of lots,
celebrated by the Jews in memory of
the events recorded in the book of Esther,
on the 14th and 15th days of the month

Adar. Arab.

TAB f. a wine-press, Is. 63, 3. Hagg.
2, 16. R, “AB.

NMNB Poratha, Pers. pr. n.of one of
the sons of Haman, Esth. 9,8. Sept.
Vat. Φαραδαϑά, Alex. Βαρδαϑά or Φαρ-
dado. Hence perh. 8M712 is contr. for
ἢ sorte datus ; comp. ΤΠ.

* WA fut. wpm 1, to be scattered,
dispersed, kindr. with 5B; see Niph.
Chald.id. Alsotospread oneself, to over-
flow, as a stream ; see 710"8.—Hence

2. to be proud, to show off proudly,
from the idea of a stream proudly over-
flowing, comp. Pw> no. 3. Arab. gp
mid. Ye, 1, III, id. So of a horseman
prancing proudly Hab. 1, 8; of calves
leaping and sporting, 2 pers. O}W8 Mal.
3, 20 [4, 2]. Jer. 50,11. Sept. σκιρτάω,

Nipu. to be scattered, dispersed, Nah.
3, 18.

Deriv. pr. n. 119 18.

*MAB obsol. root, Arab els mid.
Waw, to be apart, to be separated one
from another, to have an interval be-
tween two things. Kindr. is MMB, also
(e5, interval between the fingers.—

Hence mb.

“FB Puthite, patronym. once 1 Chr.
2, 53.

TB τη. (r. 11 1) pr. adj. purified, pure,
an epithet of gold Cant. 5, 11; then itself
for pure gold, fine gold, Ps. 21, 4. Lam.
4,2. Is. 13, 12. al. Distinguished from
ordinary gold, Ps. 19, 11. 119, 127. Prov.
8, 19.—Rosenmiller prefers to render it
solid or massive gold, comparing Pep
solid, heavy; but in a case so doubtful
{ would not desert the authority of the
book of Chronicles; see in. 118 Hoph.
Bibl. Alterthumsk. IV. p. 49.

9 ο " , ,
s festival of Purim.

840

mp

*}. ΤΞ in Kal not used, i. 4. Arab.

Ge
as to separate, to distinguish ; comp.
the roots beginning with the letters xB
under M¥8. Spec. as it would seem, fo
separate and purify a from the

scoria by fire ; whence ()43 silver, comp.

>"72 stannum, tin, from >72, and Eth.
OZ silver, ACE brass, fom the root
“72 to purify.—Hence *8 pure gold, and
Hopu. part. 1839 amt 1 Καὶ. 10, 18,
which in 2 Chr. 9, 17 is expressed by
“ing ant pure gold. ,

* LI. 715 to be hard, firm, strong ;
Syr. μι hard, solid, robust, see above
in'®. Once.in fut. Gen. 49, 24 his bow
abode in strength, "31 "351 31B2 and
the arms of his hands were firm, strong,
i.e. the power of his hands. So Kimchi
ipimm"; also Abulw.—Others, as Saad.
the arms of his hands were active ; com-

paring Arab. 3 to leap up, asa gazelle,

to be agile, light; also the kindr. 45f4
yo ye Talm. 128 to leap, to dance,

So at least Heb. 118 in )

Pre, 2 Sam. 6, 16 "393794 1759 leapt
and dancing; which in 1 Chr. 15, 29
is expressed by Ῥπ 25 B29 dancin :
and playing. So too Sept. ὀρχούμενος
καὶ ἀνακρουόμενος, Vulg. subsiliens |
saltans. Targ.Ma%4 7p .—But Kim
chi and Abulw. who explain 118 by pin
render here: strengthened, i. e. girde
accinctus,

? “I to scatter, to disperse, i. q. "12
"32; in Kal only part. pass. fem. 751
Jer. 50, 17.

Prev. "3B, fut. "53 1, i. q. Kal,
scatler, to disperse, e. g. ashes, frost, P
147, 16; enemies, Ps. 89, 11; Isra
among the nations, 0152 Joel 4, 2; t
bones of any one Ps. 53, 6. Jer. 3, 1
JIM MM and hast scattered t
ways i. e. hast roved about.

2. to distribute largely, to be libe
bountiful, Ps. 112, 9. Prov. 11, 24.

Nipu. Ps. 141, 7, and Puat Esth. 3,
pass. to be dispersed.

I. MB τὰ. (τ. mm) plur. 5°
fort. impl. like 5°M8 ; constr, "JB.

mS

1. a plate, lamina, see the root in
Kal; plur. o°-M2 Num. 17,3. 3935 "Mp
the plates of gold, Ex. 39, 3.

2. a net, snare, trap-net, Sept. παγίς ;
espec. of a fowler Am. 3, 5, see below.
Prov. 7,23. Ecc. 9, 12; wip: mp Hos.
9,8. Ps. 91,3; o78pi2 mp Ps. 124, 7.
Also such an one as seizes and holds
beasts or men by the foot; Job 18, 9
Mp 3293 WIN" che trap shall take him by
the heel. Jer. 18, 22 3337) 22D ONE. It
was set in the path, Prov. 7, 23. 22, 5;
and hidden on or in the inrhoeae bande
5 ΓΒ 22 Ps. 140, 6. 142, 4. Jer. 18, 22;
also > mp 11) id. Ps. 119, 110; mp wp
> Ps. ‘141, 9.—The form of this springe
or trap-net appears from two passages,
Am. 3,5 and Ps. 69, 23; it was in two
parts, which when set were spread out
upon the ground and slightly fastened
with a stick (trap-stick); so that as
soon as a bird or beast touched the stick,
the parts flew up and inclosed the bird
in the net, or caught the foot of the ani-
mal, Job 18, 9. Thus, Am. 3, 5 diana
: ee A> ἢ Opi ywan np-bp nibs
vind? Nb ish) maw" }2 MB doth a bird

fall into a net upon the ground when
_ there is no trap-stick for her? doth the
net spring up from the ground and take
nothing αἱ all? i.e. does any thing hap-
pen without a cause? Ps. 69, 23.7"
mab ὈΓΙ 255. o> let their table before
_ them become a ‘net ; here the 7729 is the
oriental cloth or leather spread upon

Swe
the ground like a net, Arab. 5,8 ;

in 77>) and Niebuhr Reisebeschr. IT. p.
_ 372.—Metaph. put for any cause of de-
_ struction Josh..23, 13. Is. 8, 14. Hos. 5,1;
- comp. Ps. 69,23. Job 22,10, For the pa-
Tonomasia ΓΒ" NID IMB}, see in IMB .—
Here is usually referred Ps. 11, 6 "0205
sa ome arp7~by upon the wicked God
shall rain snares, fire, and brimstone.
_ But Jarchi and Aben Ezra long ago

perceived that 5°" might here be re-
ferred to the root 093, whence om a
coal, burning coal, and ‘then lightning,
comp. 8X 72m3 Ps. 18, 13. 14. There
_ is therefore no need with Olshausen to

θος τ 9. -
replace onp a. since Ὁ" ΠΒ aa

means the same thing; see 0°NB in its
order. Still the signif: nets, snares, may
71

: see

841

IMS

here well be retained, as an emblem of
destruction to the wicked.

IT. 19 j. ᾳ. mp q. v. a prefect or gov-
ernor of a province; once c. suff. ἘΠῚΒ᾽
Neh.5,14. But the suffix is here suspi-.
cious, not being required by the context,
and being in fact omitted by Vulg. and
Syr. though expressed by Sept. ac
Perh. it should read 578.

“ἼΠΞ fut. a5" to tremble, to be in
trepidation ; Chald. id. but rare. The
primary idea seems to be that of leap-
ing, springing, comp. 1B , 12, also ΤΊ,

a7
+3, vt, τὐϑ; see in 5 II. Thus:

a) For fear, i. 4. to fear, to be afraid,
Deut. 28, 66. Is. 33,14. 44,8.11; hence
“mp NX> not to be afraid, i.q. to be of
good courage, intrepid, coupled some-
times with Mua, Is. 12, 2. Jer. 36, 24.
Ps. 78, 53. Proy. 3, 24. M9 70» to fear
a fear Ps. 14, 5. 53. 6. Job 3, 25. With
72 of pers. of whom one is afraid, Ps. 27,
14m 2% of whom shall I be afraid?
Mic. 7, 19. Job 23, 15; "289 Is. 19, 16.
17. Apecibed to the heart Deut. 98, 67.
Ps. 119,161. With >> to turn trembling
to any one, either as expressing fear,
Jer. 36, 16 (comp. Gen. 42, 28); or to
implore help, Hos. 3, 5. Ὁ) For joy, Is.
60, 5 335 anv ἼΠΡ" and ‘thy heart
shall teernbils (leap, throb) and. be en-
larged. Jer. 33,9. See also r. 552 spo-
ken both of joy and terror.

Prex i. q. Kal, but intensive, fo fear
continually, to be in terror, c. "287 Is.
51, 13. Hence to be cautious, circum-
spect, Prov. 28, 14.

Hipx. to make tremble or shake, c.
acc. Job 4, 14.

Deriv. 73mB and

sn8 τη. ὁ. suff. ism, plur. oN.

1. fear, terror, Ex. 15, 16. Job 4, 14.
13, 11. 22, 10. al. sep. Job 25, 2 bwiont
$23 37151 dominion and ys are with
him, i. 6. they proceed from him. Diaz:
‘mp2 secure from fear, without fear,
Job 21, 9; IMB 722 id. 39, 16. m>3> IMB:
terror by nieht nocturhat terror, Ps, 31,
5, comp. Cant. 3,8. oxmp Inp Hecht
terror, Prov. 3, 25. 325 Imp fear of
heart, terror of mind, Deut. 28, 67. Pa-
ronomasia is MADi Imp Lam. 3, 47, and:
mp) mp) 3p fear, and the pit, and a:

snp

snare Is. 24, 17. Jer. 48, 43, put for any
kind of terror and destruction, and ap-
parently a proverb drawn from birds or
other game, which by some object of
fright were driven into a pit or snare ;
comp. Lat. formido Virg. Georg. 3. 372,
und Heyne’s note.—Often with genit.
of pers. who inspires fear; as "7 “1B
the fear of Jehovah, which he inspires,
1 Sam. 11,7. 2 Chr. 14, 13. 17,10. Is.
2, 10.19; comp. "3h 1 Chr. 14,17. Job
13, 11; alu ony snp Ps. 36,2; 178
ΞῚΝ Ps. 64, 2; onan Sp Esth. 8, 17.
9,3; 770B Deut. 2, 25 ; ἘΞῚΠΕ 11, 25;
and in like manner M33 ‘MB the fear a
evil, calamity, Prov. 1, "33.—Put for an
object of fear or terror ; Prov. 1, 26 823
ὈΞΤΙΞ when your fear cometh, i. e. that
which you fear. v. 27 (comp. Job 3, 25).
Ps. 31, 12. Hence for the deity of any
one, as Gen. 31,42 Pm? Imp the fear
of Isaac, the God πίονα ‘Tsaac fears, i.e.
Jehovah, comp. v. 53.—Plur. ὉΠ ΠΒ
fears, terrors, Job 15, 21>

2. Plur. or Dual, the thighs ; Job 40,
17 [12] sane ome “Pa the sinews of
his thighs are wrapped tog gether. Targ.
"1787 xem, Pesh. σον ae? Mp

“ἃ os ’
Arab. σός 9} Gays the same word

in all, but prob. in different senses. Syr.

|pwos is explained in Lex. Adl. by ‘dab,

_ the jugular vein ina horse; but the Ara-
bic translator, who follows the Syriac,

: § «
gives it by OLS thighs, from AX

thigh ; and this is most appropriate to
the context in Job l.c. See more in
Bochart Hieroz. III. 716 Lips.—But
Chald. ("775 is testicles Lev. 21, 20;
and so Vulg. testiculi Job 1. c. In this
case the signif. thigh is transferred
to the pudenda virilia; comp. in ἢ"
and also Lat. femur.—T he primary idea
is doubtful. If the signif: thigh be the
original one, then it may come from the
idea of leaping (see in r. 3B), as piv
leg, from the signification of running.
Or if the meaning pudenda be first, then
the idea of shame may be derived from
that of fear.

MIB f. (τ. the) fear of Jehovah, i. q.
man, Jer. 2, 19.

842

ΤΞ

“8 (for ππθ Dag. forte impl.)
constr. mmp, 6. suff. ἼΠΠΒ Mal. 1, 8;
plur. nina 1 K. 10, 15, constr. nie
Neh. 2,7, c. suff. Homma Jer. 51, 28. 57s.
a prefect or governor of a province rm
than a satrapy (see in Dp" TION); ; 6.5:
in the Assyrian empire 2 Κ. 18, 24. Is.
36,9; the Babylonian Jer. 51, 57. Ez.
23, 6. 23; the Median Jer. 51,285; espec.
the Pebaian Esth. 8, 9. 9, 3. So of the
Persian prefect or governor on this side
the Euphrates Neh. 3,7; of whom seve-
ral are mentioned Neh. 2, 7. 9. Ezra 8,
36; also of the governor of Judea Hag.
1, 1. 14.2, 2.21. Mal. 1,8. This office
was held by Zerubbabel, Hag. Il. ce.
and then by Nehemiah, Neh. 5, 14. 18.
12, 26. Rarely spoken of a prefect of
Judea in the time of Solomon 1 K. 10,
15. 2 Chr. 9,14; and of Syria in the
days of Benhadad, 1K. 20, 24.—The
fem. ending appears in this word in
common with many other names of office

F (see Lehrg. p. 468, 878); though ΠΠΒ

being of Persian origin, the ending may
arise from another source. Several ety- —
mologies have been proposed; the best
penh. is by Benfey (Monathsn. p, 195),
who compares Sanser. paksha compa-
nion, friend, Pracrit. pakkha, old Parsee
prob. pakha, applied to the prefects of
provinces as the associates and (quasi)
adjutants of the king. Of the same ori-
gin is prob. Laly, Lil, Basha, Pasha,

coming from the same Sanser. form.

ΓΞ Chald. constr. ΓΒ, plur. em-
phat. NMIND, a prefect, governor, i. 4.
Heb. Ezra 5, 3. 14. 6, 7. Dan. 3, 2. ὃ.
27. 6, 8. ᾽

ἘΤΤΊΒ to leap, to spring, as in Chald.
So of water boiling over, comp. 178 Gon.
49,4. Hence trop.

1. to be proud, vain-glorious, like Arab. :

; comp. ‘I. Part. plur. G°IB, —
spoken of false prophets Zeph. 3, 4.

2. to be light, wanton, lewd ; Part.
pmb Judg. 9,4. So Syr. pus, comp. —
Gr. ζέω.

Deriv. the two following.

ΠῚ. m. pr. a boiling up, ebullition, as
of boiling water. Gen. 49,4 Reuben,
thou my first born... D132 ἹΓῚΒ ὦ boil-
ing up as of water art thou, i. 6. thou”

_ to form, to be a potter.

Tm

st boil up like water with Just and
passion, referring to his incest. Symm.
ὑπερζέσας, Vulg. effusus es. Comp. r.

1938 no. 2.

MMI Γ vain-glory, boasting, Jer. 23,

82. R. mp.

Ἢ nine in Kal not used, pr. to strike

‘upon, to pound, to smite, onomatopoetic

and kindr. with 338, 03p, O25, 7p,

_ p28, and others in which the syllables
' 98,55, pd, also 53, pa, have the force

of striking upon, smiting ; comp. Gr.
πήγω (anyvio), Lat. pago (pango), paco
(pax, paciscor).—Hence m2 plate of me-
tal, from beating; also net, snare, from

: setting, making fast by pegs, etc.

Hipu. Mm denom. from mp, to snare ;
Is. 42, 22 ‘bbe ΘΓ men tae one
snares them all in holes, i. 6. binds them
fast with fetters in prison-houses.

DMD m. (Ὁ. pnp) i.q. OB, a coal, col-
; ῷ -
lect. coals, like Arab. ha ; and so, ac-

cording to some, put for lightning Ps.
11,6; comp. Ps. 18, 13.14. See in m5
I, 2, fin.

* Dn obsol. root, Chald. =p and

Arab. to be black, like coal ; comp.
on. =)

Deriv. 5°M_ and

DMS τὰ. (for om Dag. forte impl.) a
coal, collect. coals, charcoal, Prov. 26,
21; also coal as kindled, burning coal

ῷ, τ Soz

Is. 44, 12. 54, 16. Arab. =. a
id. Eth. Gh? a coal, live coal.

* M2 obsol. root, Syr. Ethp. #24
Hence

"© Chald. m. (for "Ma Dag. forte
im. ) a potter, Dan. 2, 41. . Syr. fas,
Arab. je, id.

if nn obsol. root, Syr. Pa. διὰ to
dig, to excavate. Hence

DIS m. 2 Sam. 18,17, plur. o°nne
f.2 Sam. 17,9; α pit, often as the em-

blem of destruction Lam. 3, 47. Is. 24,
17.) OMI IB, see in 748 no. 1. Jer.

48, 43.

843

ato)

aNva-nn (prefect of Moab, see

nna) Pahath-Moab, pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 2,
6. 8, 4. 10, 30. Neh. 3, 11. 7, 11. 10, 15.

MHMID (fem. of MM) α hollow, low
spot, in garments infected with leprosy,
Lev. 13, 55. R. nme.

MIOD f. a species of gem Ex. 28, 17.
39, 10. Ez. 28, 13; found in Cush Job
28,19; according to most of the ancient
versions the topaz, a pale yellowish gem
found on an island in the Red Sea, Plin.
H. N. 37.8. See more in Braun de Vest.
Sacerd. p. 508.—Bohlen (in Abhand-
lungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft zu
Konigsberg I. p. 80) seeks the origin
of the word in the Sanser. language,
where pita is yellowish, pale; and the
Greek name τοπάζιον might itself seem
to come by transposition from M725,
ΓΞΏ.

ὙΠΩΞ m. (τ. Ἴ29) pr. something cleft ;
hence a bursting bud, opening blossom ;
DEY MOE opening flower-bude, 1 K. 6,
18. 29. 32, 35.

“OS m. adj. (τ. 2B) free, 1 Chr. 9,
33 Cheth. In Keri "428 part. pass, see
the root no. 3,

W°OD mm. (r. OLD) a hammer, Is. 41,
7. Jer. 23, 29. Metaph. Babylon is
called the hammer (desolator) of the

whole earth, Jer. 50,23. Chald.id. Arab.

ales id.

WSS Chald. m. plur. c. suff. Dan. 3,
21 Cheth. Jind wp their tunics, under-
garments, So Syr. ὁσλλϑ from
Lats tunic; Heb. into, mums. In
Keri is ingen from woe id. R. top
no. 2.

*O® , fut. "25" only in no. 3.

1. to cleave, to burst open ; see 28.
Arab. 5 id. and intrans. to break
forth, sc. a tooth. Kindred is "2 q. v.

2. Transit. to cause to break forth e.g.

water, fo let out, Prov. 17, 14.—Hence —

3. Trop. to let go free, to dismiss, like
Chald. 128 ; 2 Chr. 23,8. 1 Chr. 9, 33
ib )-] the ΘΑ ΜΡΝῚ the free, i. 6. ex-
empt from public duty, where Cheth.
ὉΠ .—Intrans. to break or slip away
to get out of the way or place, fut. 925”

ι

“ὯὮΞ

1 ϑαπι. 19,10. Syr. phe id. Chald. Pe.
and Ithpe.

Hiren. i. q. Kal no. 1, to cleave, to burst
open; hence to gape. So πῶ “"yEn
to gape with the lips, i. 6. to open wide
the mouth, to stretch the mouth, as a
gesture of scorn, Ps. 22, 8; comp. 35, 21.
Job 16, 10.

Deriv. "iOB, WUD, TIE, and

“OE m. a fissure, concer. that which
first breaks forth ; hence omy 106 the
first-born, firstling, which first opens the
womb, Ex. 13, 2. 12. 15. 34, 19. Num.
3, 12. al. Also without on Ex. 13, 12.
13. 34, 20. :

MOD f. id. Num. 8, 16. R. 7B.

: WOE 1. to beat, to pound, to ham-
mer, Gr. πατάσσω, whence "2p ham-
mer. Arab. yrs to hammer out iron.
This root is onomatopoetic; kindr. are
os, wud, wu7,wIm. The same idea
of beating lies also in the syllable U5
pat ; comp. late Lat. baituere. Fr. battre,
Belg. bot, Engl. to beat ; and with the
second ἐ changed to a sibilant, Germ.
patschen, Swed. baisch, blow.

2. to spread out, to expand, for which
more usually wtp. Hence Chald.o un.

"B constr. state of the noun ΓΒ mouth,
q. ν.

ΓΌΞ Ez. 30, 17, in some Mss.
moa"p in one word, which is better, Pi-
beseth, pr. ἢ. of a city in lower Egypt on
the east side of the Pelusian branch of
the Nile, Gr. Βουβαστὸς and Βούβαστις,
Bubastis, Hdot. 2.59. Strabo XVII. p.
805. It was so called from a temple of
Bubastis, a goddess of the Egyptians,

whom Herodotus compares with Diana, .

2. 137,156. The name was written in
Egyptian llor8acT, which Steph.
Byz. erroneously affirms to be the name
for cat. But the Egyptian name of
Diana was ΠΟΤ : and not improb.
moa-"p was formed by prefixing the
masc. art. ΠῚ. α5 in chp. The ruins
of the ancient city, now called Tell Bas-
tah, Kim Bastah, were discovered and
are described by Malus in Descr. de
Egypte, Etat moderne, livr. IIL p.
307. Comp. Quatremére Mémoires sur

844,

5")

Egypte I. p. 98. Wilkinson Mod.
Egypt, I. p. 427 sq. Lond. 1843.

“ἡ

=| a obsol. root, Arab. δι: mid. |
Waw and Ye, fo die, i. ᾳ. els (kindr.
with ma, ele) IV, to destroy. Sanser.
pid to make sad, to afflict—Hence

‘"B m. calamity, misfortune, Job 30, —
24, 31, 29. Prov. 24,22. Here also be-
longs Fob 12,5 tha "p> to misfortune
(i. e. to the unfortunate) is contempt, —
see in p>.

MB m. (for ONB , τ. ANB) mouth, i. 6.
edge of a sword; plur. inp "28 Judg. 8,
16. Comp. ΠΒ no, 3.

ΓΤ ΓΒ Pi-hahiroth, pr. n. of a
place near the northern end of the Gulf
of Suez, eastward of Baal-zephon, Ex
14,2. 9. Num. 33, 7; also without "B v.
8. According to the Hebrew it would be
the mouth of the caverns; but it isdoubt-

lessanEgyptianname. πο
place where grass or sedge grows. See
Jablonski Opusc. ed! Te Water I. p. 447.
IT. p. 159.

"8 m. (τ. MB) ashes, cinders, easily
blown away, Ex. 9, 8. 10.

29 (mouth of all, i. e. all-command-
ing) Phicol, pr. n. of the commander of
Abimelech’s. troops, Gen. 21. 22, 32.
26, 26.

akb a) a concubine, see in ΟΣ ΣΒ ἢ

ΓΒ f. (r. ONE) fat, fatness, Job 15,
27. : .
ΠῚ Ἔ (mouth ‘of brass, from “B and
om? for tm i. q. Mem?) Phinehas, pr. n.
a) ‘The son and successor of the high- —
priest Eleazar, Ex. 6, 25. Num. 25, 7.
Josh. 22, 13. Judg. 20, 28. 1 Chr. 6, 35.
9, 20. Ps. 106, 30. Ὁ) A-son of Eli, 1
Sam. 1, 3. 2, 34. 4, 4 εα. 14, 3. iat

8, 33.

V°B (i. q. 158) Pinon, pr. ἢ. of an
Idumean city, Gen. 36, 41. 1 Gr 1,52;
see PID. R. jw.

ΓΗ ἢ plur. (by redupl. from “B,
ma) edges, i. 6, two or more. aan

ΠΕ a iosedied sword, δίστομος, Ps. 7
149, 6. In Is. 41, 15 of ἃ threshing-
ἄταν. mina" ἘΣ παυϊηρ ϑὰρ δ i ie. teem
points.

ΡΞ
Ἢ Pp m. ἃ wavering, tottering, of the
_ knees Nah. 2,11. R. px.

{ ΤΠ (overflowing, τ. 8x) Pishon,
| _ pr. n. of a river issuing from the garden
of Eden and flowing around the land of
- Havilah or India (see ΠΤ no. 3) Gen.
2, 11, comp. Sir. 24, 25. Josephus un-
Ἢ derstands the Ganges, Ant. 1. 1. 8; but
with Schulthess and others 1 πὰ
_ prefer the Jndus, which actually flows
_ around India on the west, and was
' nearer to the Hebrews. Others, as
' Reland (de situ Paradisi § 3), Rosen-
- miller (Bibl. Geogr. I. p. 194), under-
stand the Phasis, and take ΓΞ ΓΙ for
Colchis ; but the Heb. name ‘for the
Colchians was 0°7502. The Samari-
tan translator and others hold Pishon to
mean the Nile, and employ the Heb.
- word in this sense; see Castell Annot.
Sam. ad Ex. 2, 3. See more in J. Ὁ.
᾿ς Michaelis Supplem. Ρ. 2008. Rosen-
miller |. c.

_ ‘PB Pithon, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 8, 35.
9,41. The etymology is unknown.

JE m. (τ. 42_) a flask, bottle, 1 Sam.
10, 1. 2K. 9, 1.3.

ἘΓΙ͂ΖΞ in Kal not used, kindr. with
23, to drop, to distil.

Piet to flow out in drops, to flow, Ez.
47, 2.

Deriv. 78 -

*"2© obsol. root, Syr. to bind, to
fetter; P.a.to entangle, to hinder. Hence

D was MIDB (snaring the roes;
or, according to Simonis, retarding i. e.
getting ahead of the roes,) Pochereth-

Zebaim, pr. ἢ. of a man Ezya 2, 57.
__Neh. 7, 59.

*ROB in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to
| separate, to distinguish, i.q. 122; see
_ Pi. and Niph. no. 1.—The primary bili-
teral root is 55, which like "5 implies
separation; as Chald. "38 to cleave, to
_ cutintwo, Pa. tosever, separate, remove ;

Syr. lls to search out; Arab. XG de
lacte depulit. Comp. the kindr. roots
mee, 358, 358, Sanscr. phal to separate.

2. to fais PiattiigpitiaNed extraordi-

| nary, wonderful, see Niph. Hiph. no. 2,
and pr. ἢ. 72838.

ark 71"

845

NOD

ΝΊΡΗ. 8223, fut. 8257 1. to be distin.
guished, i.e. great, extraordinary, 6. g.
of strong affection, 2 Sam. 1, 26. Dan.
11, 36 mixdp2 7237 shall speak great
things i. e. impious words, atrocious
blasphemy against God. Comp. in 5113
no. 2.

2. to be great, i. 6. to be hard, difficult,
arduous, with "3933 in the eyes of any
one, 2 Sam. 13, 2. Zech. 8,6; with 79
too hard, too difficult, Gen. 18, 14. Deut.
30, 11. Jer. 32,17. 27. Also to be hard
to accomplish Ps. 131, 1; hard to under-
stand Prov. 30,18. Job 42,3; hard to
judge Deut. 17, 8—Hence

3. to be wonderful, marvellous, Ps. 118,
23. 139,14. Part. plur. fem. ΓΝ 953 as
subst. wonderful works, marvellous deeds,
miracles, of God, both in creating and
sustaining the world Job 5, 9. 37, 14.

ΕΟ Ps. 72,18; and also in preserving and

aiding his people and pious worshippers
6. g. in Egypt, etc. Ex. 3, 20. 34, 10.
Josh. 3, 5. Judg. 6, 13. Neh. 9, 17. Ps. 9,
2. 26, 7. 106, 22. al. sep. It also takes
an adjective, as ΤΡ ΤΟΝ ΘΒ) Ps. 136, 4.
Adv. mix?52 wonderfully, ‘marvellous,
Job 37, 5. Dan. 8, 24.

Pro, to separate, to set apart, ἀφορί-
few, i. 6. to consecrate, 6. g. an offering
in fulfilment of a vow, only in the phrase
mind “39 NDP Zo accomplish, pay, @ vow
to Jehovah, Lev. 22, 21. Num. 15, 3. 8.

Hien. ΩΣ twice ἘΘΘῚ like verbs
i> Deut. 28, 59. Is. 28, 29,

1. i. q. Pi. to consecrate a vow, i. e. an
offering vowed, Lev. 27, 2; and so ina
different construction Num. 6, 2 87257 Ἢ
“12 ὙΠ ὙἼ29 if one consecrate any thing
for vowing the vow of a Nazarite.

2. to make distinguished i. e. great,

_ extraordinary, 6. g. kindness, to show

great kindness, with 5 of pers. Ps. 31,
22; calamity Deut. 28, 59. Inf. ἜΝ
dy, eminently, very, 2 Chr. 2, 8.

3. to make wonderful, cabeiscable, e. g.
counsel Is. 28,29; with mx to do marvel-
lously, toe deal wonderfully with any one,
in a sense of disfavour Is. 29, 14; but
ἘΣ NHI? Hw id. in a good sense Joel
2. 20. With δ c. inf. ἜΣΤΙ ὄν to be
wonderfully helped 2 Chr. 26, 15 ; nobSh
mie? to do or act wondroush y Jade. 13,
19.

Hirspa. to show oneself distinguished

ndp

i.e. to show oneself strong, mighty, c. 3
towards, against any one, in oppressing
him, Job 10. 16.

Deriv. xbp, "ΝΒ, N7>B, ONDE, and
the pr. names bp, ΡΝ, mba.

NOD τη. in pause 8>B, c. suff. "NDB,
a aponder, marvel, mirada of God Bix.
15, 11. Ps. 77, 12. 15. 78, 12. 88, 11. Is.
25, 1. Plur. ΘΠ 58 πᾶν. wonderfully
Baan; 1, 9; but plur. ΓΟΥ͂Ν ΘΒ’ wonders
Dan. 12, 6:¢-Couer, the Wonderful, spo-
ken of the Messiah, Is. 9, 5.

"MB m. adj. (x28 with adj. ending)
wonderful, Judg. 13, 18 Cheth. spoken
of something daperiataral. In Keri is
“bp, which is only a contracted form.—
The fem. of "X>B is M7"N>D (ANE) Ps.
139, 6 Cheth. where Keri 778 is fem.
of a form 8">B.

TNS (whom Jehovah makes distin-
guished, τ. 82B) Pelaiah, pr. ἢ. m. Neh.
8, 7. 10, 11.

? 35 in Kal not used, Aram. and
Arab. AS to cleave, to divide ; comp.

on the primary root >» under X28.—
Hence

Nipu. fo be divided, Gen. 10, 25. 1 Chr.
I, 19.

Pret to divide, 6. g. water-courses Job
38, 25. Metaph. Ps. 55, 10 divide their
longue, i. e. cause dissension among
them.

Deriv. 328 —N32 , M3252.

328 Chald. id. Part. pass. 3b» Dan.
2, 41.

328 m. Arab.
/ ge g--

5, ἐ" id. Ethiop. 2.,ΛἽ river,

large stream. Commonly taken as a
channel, canal, from the idea of divid-
ing, comp. the verb 328 Job 38,25. Not
improbably, however, the root 35» may
have also included the idea of flowing,
fluctuating. boiling up, eomp. the words
fluo, fluc-si, fluc-tus, piv-w, pluo, Sanser.
plu, Bow to flow, also πέλαγος ; Eth.
AAM to boil, to boil up; see Pott Ety-
mol. Forsch. I. p. 212.—Ps. 65, 10 238
pbs the brook or collect. the brooks,
streams, of God, i. e. watering and ferti-
lizing the land with God’s blessings.
Plur. o> Is. 30, 25, constr. "358, as

1. a brook, rivulet ;

846

ΓΞ

pv “sbp Ps. 1, 8. Ῥτον. δ. 16. 21,1. Of
streams of tears Ps. 119, 136. Lam. 3, 48;
8--
5. id. ὙΦ ΡΒ brooks of oil
Job 29,6. For Ps. 46,5 see in "A? no. 2.
2. Peleg, (division, part,) pr. n. of a
patriarch, the son of Eber, Gen. 10, 25.
1 Chr. 1, 19.

428 Chald. a half, Dan. 7, 25.

328 or ΓΟ only in plur. miabp
brooks, streams, ‘Judg. 5, 15, 16. Job 20,
17. Β. 388.

ma2b f. a division, class of the priests,
i. q. ‘pbs, 2 Chr. 35, 5. R. 358.

mybp br side Chald. id. Ezra 6, 18.

WIDB, oftener WIND, c. suff. ish;
plur. prtisbp and ΒΕ estr, "ab.

1. Fem. a concubine, Chald. xnpb"p,
NmpoB. id. comp. Gr. πάλλαξ, παλλακίς,
παλλακή, Lat. pellex. The etymology
is obscure ; the word seems not to be of
Semitic Ssten: but may®come from Gr.
πάλλαξ, or perh. from the Persian.—Spo-
ken usually of a female slave, who was
also a legal concubine, Gen. 22, 24. 35,
22. Judg. 19,2 sq.al.sepe. Fully nes
wad" Judg. 19, 1. 2 Sam. 15, 16. 20, 3.
Opp. to wives of higher rank 1 Κα, 11, 3.
Cant. 6, 8. 9.

2. Mase. i. q. ὃ πάλλαξ, a paramour, -
3189, Ez. 23, 20 comp. v. 5.

«dB obsol. root, Arab. dts to cut
up ; comp. in 828 PE ΘΩΣΗ

MDB f. iron, steel ; Syr. iss, Arab.

SIG, a finer kind of iron, steel.—Plur.
mise irons, perh. hooks or scythes on
chariots of war. Nah. 2, 4 nitbp xa
2295 with the flashing of trons are the
chariots, i. e. with polished scythes or
armature. ᾿

WIE Pildash, pr. n. m. Gen. 22, 22.
The etymology is unknown.

x ΓΡΕ in Kal not used, i. 4. 8>B, to
separate, to distinguish.

Nipu. to be separated, distinguished, .
c. 2 Ex. 33, 16. Ps. 139, 14 7 will praise
thee "M7>b? MINT "D for I am wonder-
Sully distinguished.

Hipu. 1. fo separate, to distinguish,
Ex. 8, 18 [22]; 6. 13 o.dinmee ae
tween, ib. 9, 4. 11, 7. '

comp.

125

2. to distinguish, i. e. to make distin-
guished, to make great, Ps. 4, 4. 17,7.
Deriv. "398.

ND (distinguished, τ. x>p) Pallu,
‘pr. n. of a son of Reuben Gen. 46, 9. Ex.
6, 14.—Patronym. "x22 Palluite, Num.

26, 5.

aor imp) to cleave, espec. to plough, to
Jurrow the ground, Ps. 141, 7. Arab.

8G a husbandman. Syr.

Ethp.,to be ploughed, Pa. to grave, to
write. Comp. the Chald.
_ Pie 1. to cleave, 6. g. an arrow the
liver Prov. 7, 23. Job 16,13; to cut up,
to slice, e. g. wild cucumbers 2 K. 4, 39.
2. to let break forth from the womb,
to bring forth young, Job 39. 3. Comp.
53 Kal, Niph. and Pi. no. 4.
Deriv. 92, pr. n. 8M>B.

mop Chald. to labour, to serve, often
in the Targuihs ; spec. fo serve or wor-
‘ship God, comp. 123; with ace. and >
Dan. 3, 12 sq. 7 14. 27.

Deriv. 77>B.

M22 f. Job 41, 16 (r.m>p) 1. a piece,
slice, part cut off, e. g. of an apple, fig,
Cant. 4, 3. 1 Sam. 30, 12.

2. a mill-stone, so called from the cut
side which fits to the other stone, i. e.
the lower side of the upper stone, and
the upper side of the lower one. Arab.
us The upper stone is also called
in full 39} Mp i. 6. the rider Judg. 9, 53.
2 Sam. 11, 21, and simpl. 359; the νῶν
one is M°ANM ΤΡ Job 41, 16.

NDB (a slice, τ. MDB) Pilha, pr. ἢ. m.
Neh. 10, 25.

{2B Chald. m. service of God, wor-
ship, Ezra 7,19. R.m>8.

᾿ ὯΞ5 pr. ta, be smooth, slippery, i. q.
wba q.v. Hence to slip away. to escape,
Ez. 7,16; also to let escape. to deliver,
comp. pr. ἢ. 772>p. Arab. 5.19 IV, to
deliver; Yas II, IV id. V, VII to be
delivered, to escape. Syr. ve Pe.
and Pa. id.

Prev 1. i.q. Kal, but intens. to escape

wholly, to be fully delivered, c. 472 Job
23, 7

847

“55

2. to let escape, viz. a) From danger,
to deliver, Ps. 18,3. 40,18. al. sep. With
7a Ps. 17, 13. 18,49; 192 71,4. b) A
foetus frota the wenn; i. 6. to Dritig forth,
Job 21, 10. Comp. ἫΝ Pi. no. 2.

Het, to deliver from danger Mic. 6,
14; to place in safety Is. 5, 29.

Derit. ubB—anwwdB, pabp—nanb,
wna.

nbp adj. escaped by flight, i.q. 2°38;
only plur. prubp Jer. 44, 14. 50, 28. 51,
50. R. od.

USP inf. Pi. as noun, deliverance, Ps.
32, 7. 56,8. R. udp.

up (deliverance, r. ube) Pelet, pr. n.
m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 47. b) 12, oe

ΠΏΣ, see manbe .

“2p (for M*4>8 deliverance of Jeho-
vah, τ. 228) Palti, pr.n.m. a) Num.
13, 9. b) 1 Sam. 25, 44; fuller "abn
Paltiel, 2 Sam. 3, 15.

"Sp (apoc. from 4°2>8) Piltai, pr. n.
m. Neh. 12,17. R.2

ΩΣ see in "28 lett. b.

M022 (whom Jehovah delivers, r
zbp) Pelatiah, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 3,
21. b) 1 Chr. 4, 42.

map (id.) Pelatiah, pr. n.m. Ez.
11, 1. 3.

"2B, in pause "2B. see in ἜΝ 58.
NB, see in "NDB.

mp (i. ᾳ. 9988, whom Jehovah
makes distinguished, τ, 23) Pelaiah,
pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 3, 34,

UB m. adj. verbal (r. 258), one
escaped by flight, espec. from battle,
slaughter, i.g. 55, 2K. 9,15. Am. 9,
1; often coupled amiils I, Josh. 8, 22.
Fer, 42,17. Lam. 2, 22. With the art.
ΠΌΤ collect. the escaped Gen. 14, 13.
Ez. 24, 26. 33, 21. 22. _ With genit.
DuIDN ΠΏ 5Ὁ5 the escaped of Ephraim
Judg. 12,5; but 2971 "2p those escaped
from the sword Jer. 44, 28, Ez. 6, 8.

UB m. (τ. vba) 1. 4. ὭΣΘ, only in
plur. pigs the escaped Num. 21, 29.
Is. 66, 19.

mints thrice MUDD Ex. 10,5. 1 Chr.
4, 43. Ez. 14, 21, (τ. 022) pr. escape, de-

"Ὁ

liverance, Joel 8, 5. Obad. 17. m2 NX
> ΠΌΡΕ Pr. there is no deliverance to
any one, i. 6. none shall escape or be de-
livered, 2 Sam. 15, 14. Jer. 50, 295 ὯΝ
> nash id. 2 Chr. 20, 24. Ezra 9, 14."
Dan. 11, 42 nurbe> mann xd shall not
be delivered, shall not escape.—Meton.
that which escapes Ex. 10, 5. Joel 2, 3.
Is. 10, 20. Espec. concr. collect. i. 4.
oud, ova bp, the escaped, the deliver-
ed oe danger or destruction, Gen. 32,
9. 45,7. 2 Chr. 30, 6. Ezra 9, 13. So
the escaped of Israel or Jacob are the
people of Israel diminished by repeated
slaughter, Is. 4, 2. 10, 20. 38, 3; comp.
‘Neh. 1, 2.

2°28 m. (τ. 558) a judge, only in plur.
mibsbp Ex. 21, 22. Deut. 32, 31. Job 31,
11 ord bp ἫΣ α crime for the judges i. 6.
for them to punish; comp. 2. 28. For
the stat. absol. instead of the constr. see
Heb. Gram. § 114 n. 8; but many Mss.
read here "5"5B as in v. 28.

ΠΡ f. judgment, right, i.e. justice
Is. 16,3. R. 858.

_ 2°58 adj. (from 8558) pr. judicial,
i.e. pertaining to the judges, Job 31, 28,
comp. v. 11.—Fem. 475">p judgment,
act of judging, Is. 28, 7.

' Ἴ25 obsol. root, prob. to be round,
globular ; Arab. gis to have the
breasts round and plump, spoken of a
maiden ; II, to be round and plump, spo-

8.5.
ken of the breasts; IV, to be round; ὡχλϑ
the round part of any thing, a niguud,
wave of the sea, celestial orb.—Hence «

- 2Ώ m. in pause 322, c. suff. iz>p.
1. a circle, circuit, district, i. q. "22,
(Chald. 928 id.) Neh.3,9sq. D255" Fbp
the circuit or district round Jerusalem
‘Neh. 3, 12. 14. 15. al.
2. the whirl of a spindle. and hence for
the spindle itself, Prov. 31,19. See in

Arab. KAS, id. Talmud. “PB,

mobp, m=55p, id. whence 42) to spin.—
Hence

3. a round staff, crutch, 2 Sam. 3, 29.
eee ae

* 5D in Kal not used. In Piel and
in the derivatives it has the signif. to

siw°D.

848

58

judge, which is usually referred to tne
primary idea of cutting, separating, tak-
ing away, comp. X23, ΓΒ, Mbp, and
others beginning with >5; but Ae is igs
ΠΡ to break. I would rather refer the
primary meaning of 588 to the ideaof —
rolling, revolving, comp. “dip, 333, 722,

bp, Syr. SSNs to roll in any thing,
to tinge, to dye; then, to make even by
rolling, ἐο level with a roller, comp. D>B
to roll; whence ¢o lay even a cause, to

adjust a difference, toact as umpire. So
in Germ. the words richten and schlichten,

used for judging, deciding, strictly signi- —

fy ‘to make even.’

Piet 1. to judge, 1 Sam. 2,25. Also
to execute judgment, by punishing Ps. —
106, 30 [33], comp. Num. 25, 7. But
Sept. Vulg. placavit, see under Kal.—
With: >, to adjudge to any one Ez. 16,
52.

2. to thinks to suppose, Gen. 48, 11.

Hirupa. 1. to intercede for, to sup-
plicate for any one, pr. ‘ to interpose as
umpire, mediator, c. 3 Gen. 20, 7.
Deut. 9, 20. 1 Sam. 7,5; 52 Job 42,8;
51 Bin: 2, 25 id. With ἘΝ of him bith
whom one intercedes and supplicates
Gen. 20,17. Num. 11,2. See both con-
structions in Jer. 29, 7. 42, 2. 20.

2. Genr. to supplicate’ to pray, espec.
to God, c. Ἐκ Ps. 5, 3. 1 Sam. 1, 26.
2 Sam. 1, 27. Jer. 29, 12. al. 5 Dan. 9,
4; by 1 Sam. 1, 10; s2p> 1K. 8, 28.
Neh. 1, 4. 6; absol. 1 Sam, 2,1. 2 Chr.
7, 14. That or which one prays to God
is put with -& I Sam. 1, 27. Is. 37, 21.
So too pipa"bx bbpnn to pray towards
a place, sanctuary, 1 Καὶ. 8, 30. 33. 35,
comp. v. 44. 48. 2 Chr. 6, 38. —Rarely
to pray to idols, 6. 58 Is. 44, 17. 45, 20;
also once to supplicate men Ts. 45, 14.

Deriv. from the signif. of rolling Dip;
of judging >">p , ΙΒ ΕΒ, "b72p ; of suppli-
cating, MPN ; aleo.the pr. names ΡΒ.
nbhp, Lox.

228 (judge) Palal, pr.n.m. Neh.3 _
25, |

55 (whom Jehovah judges i, e.
whose cause he protects, τ. 998) Pela-
liah, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 12.

?

"21258, see next art. πο, 1, ult,

55

: Pb”) m.(r. >) 1. some one, a cer-
: S$ 5.9
tain one, Gr. ὃ δεῖνα, Arab. wrXs, Syr.
i =, pr. one distinct, definite, whom
_ one points out as with the finger and not
_ by name; prob. from an obsol. noun 1198
_ a distinguishing. Every where joined
_ with the synon, "2x pr. one concealed,
nameless. So of persons in the voc.
- Ruth 4,1 ΡΝ 77> ΓΒ ΤΙΞῸ sit down
2 pi thou such anone ! Gr.@ ἀξίως: Arab.

GE. JSG, ig. ἰδ Ὁ. Ofthings,
1 Sam. 21, 3 spade "2B DIPA->N 10 such
— and such a place, i iq. toa certain place
_ which shall be nameless. 2 K. 6, 8.—
From the junction of these two words
comes the form "32>8 Dan. 8, 13.

_ 2. Pelonite, a gentile n. fror a place

758, elsewhere unknown, 1 Chr. 11, 27.

860.

Ἀφ op) in Kal not an prob. to roll,
and then to roll smooth, to level by roll-
ing. Kindr. is 5>p where see.

_ Prez 1. to make level, even, plain, sc.
_ away, i.e. to make or prepare a way,
"Is. 26, 7. Prov. 4, 26. 5, 6. Ps. 78, 50 he
| made a way for his anger, i. e. let it
_ have free course.

_ 2. to weigh, which is done by making
_ the balance even ; to weigh out, trop. Ps.
58,3. Also trop. to ponder, to consider,
Prov. 5, 21.

_ Deriv. Ὁ and

| O58 m. a bulance, so called from being
_ even, level, Prov. 16, 11. Is. 40,12. In
_ both passages it is coupled with D721%2
| pacales, and would seem therefore to be

1 Pr a steel-yard, Arab. nha.

: * VOB j in Kal not used, prob. of a like
F ‘signi. with 7728, to break, to rend.
_ Hrrupa. to tremble, to be shaken, of
ἢ the columns of the earth Job 9,6; pr. to
ee oreken, rent, comp. 5239 1 K. 1, 40.

- Deriv. nba, τα ΕΓ. an

| mad f. trembling, horror, Job 21, 6.
Ps. 55, 6. Is. 21, 4. Ez. 7, 18.

ἘΞ i. * D>B, whence wpa.

ΕΣ; pb) obsol. root, pr. to roll, to
_ make revolve, like kindr. ‘obp, dbp. So

849

1255
Simonis correctly in ed. 1--3, and Kimchi
badann. |

Hirnpa: to roll oneself, to wallow,
e. g. in ashes, "2X3, Jer. 6, 26. Ez. 27,
30; in the dust, "BY, Mic. 1, 10; absol.
id. Jer. 25, 34.—In former editions I have
assigned to this root the sense of strew-
ing, sprinkling, after the Sept. and Vulg.
but the former sense is preferable, as
springing from the nature of the root.

Τ Π Wop (prob. kindr. with wubb,
mbp) Eth. A,ALl to migrate, to emi-
grate; Τ᾿ ΛΙ͂Ι to rove about without
certain dwelling; A,Af. a rover, so-
journer, stranger.—Hence

MOP Is. 14, 29. 31. Ps. 60, 10, 83, 8.
87, 4. 108, 10; in pause nv>p Ex. 15,
14; Philistia, pr. n. fem. ‘land of
strangers, sojourners,’. see r. 2p II,
and "mMw>p. It comprised the southern
portion of the coast and plain of Canaan,
along the Mediterranean (hence called
ΠΩ oo Ex. 23, 31), from Ekron to
the border of Egypt; though at certain
times the Philistines had also in posses-
sion large portions of the interior; see
1 Sam. 31, 8. 1 K. 15, 27. 16, 15.—Hence
the Gr. name 77]αλαιστίνη, Jos.*Ant. 1. 6.
2. ib. 2. 15.2; which name was applied
by most ancient writers to the whole
land of the Israelites, as also by Josephus
himself, Ant. 8. 10. 3. See Reland Pa-
lest. p. 38 sq.

“MOD gent. n. (from ΓΕΡῸ) a Phi-
listine, 1 ‘Sam. 17, 4 sq. 23 sq. 19, 3.21,
9. 22, 10. al. Plur. p°md>op the Hota,
tines Gein, 26, 1. Judg. 10,6, 1 Sam. 4, 1.
5, 1. al. sep. rarely Ppoaniibe Am. 9, 7.
They were of Egyptian origin, and
emigrated to the coast of Canaan from
Caphtor, see in, ΕΞ and Gen. 10, 14.
Am. 9.7. Sept. Φυλιστιείμ in Pent. but
elsewhere usually ἀλλόφυλοι. Josephus
Παλαιστίνοι Ant. 5. 1.18. Comp. Reland
Palest. p.42. The Philistines were the
indomitable enemies of the Hebrews;
and continued to harass them until after
the time of the Maccabees (see Ecclus.
50, 26); when by degrees they appear
to have amalgamated with the other
inhabitants of Palestine into one peo-
ple.

no»
ἘῺΣΕ obsol. root, Arab. wrhs to

S >
flee, to escape, i. q. Heb. v>p ; fea |

κα ee
swift, py liks a swift horse, runner.—
Hence the two following.

“M28 (swiftness) Peleth, pr.n.m. 8)
Num. 16,1. 6) 1 Chr. 2, 33.

“hOB m. (Ὁ. 2) a public runner, cou-
rier, with art. collect. the public runners,
couriers, everywhere coupled with "13
q. v. 2 Sam. 8, 18. 15, 18. 20, 7. 23. 2K.
11, 4.19. Sone without gosd reason
hold hoth “M2 and "M>B to be Philis-
tines, and regard the latter form as put
by paronomasia for "Md>p, but against
the analogy of the Hebrew language;
so Ewald Heb. Gram. p. 297. See in
“NT -

I. ἽΒ m. i. q. fem. ΠΕΣ which is more
usual, a corner,.c. suff. ΠΏ Prov. 7, 8.
Plur. 0°25 Zech. 14,10. R. 128.

II. 38 conj. (for M2) , r. 92 Pi. no. 1)
pr. a removing, laking away ; used only
in the constr. state with Makk. “JB, as a
Conj. of removing, prohibiting, hinder-
ing, i. q. μή, that not, lest. Thus:

1. Where an action precedes, that
serves to hinder or prohibit something
which one fears and wishes to remove
or avoid. Gen. 11, 4 let us build us a
city... 7352758 lest we be scattered. 19,
15 arise... MEOM-jB lest thou perish. 3,
3 eat not of it... ἜΤΟΖΤΙΓῚΒ lest ye die.—
Then, after verbs of ail like Gr.
δείδω μή, Lat. vereor ne, Gen. 31, 31,
comp. 26, 9; of caution, comp. Gr. ἰδεῖν
μή, Gen. 24, 6. 31, 24. Deut. 4, 23; also
of swearing Judg. 15, 12, comp. ὀμνύω μή
I]. 23, 585. In examples of this kind 5x
is never used.

2. At the beginning of a sentence,
where it implies: a) Prohibition or dis-
suasion, like 5x. Job 32, 13 "2 ΠῚ
say not, i. e. beware lest ye say.’ Is. 36,
18 AMIN B2mN ΤΌ ΓΒ beware lest
Hezekiah deceive you. Ὁ) Fear, appre-
hension, as Gen. 3, 22 {32 τυ τΒ AMPs
‘a7 and now (I fear) lest he put forth
his hand. ete. 44, 34 “09 392 ANIN |B
(I fear) lest I see the evil, ete. 21, 31. 38,
11. 42, 4.° Ex. 13, 17. Num. 16, 34.
1 Sam. 13, 19. With pret. where one
fsars lest something has already taken

850

“p]MN M2 10 turn after any one, to in-

ΤΣΞ

place, 2 Sam. 20, 6 δὲ Ὁ lest he may
have found. 2 K. 2, 16 air man ἽΝ ΘΟ) 8
(we fear) lest a wind from Jehovah hath |
taken him up.—Once it approaches to
the power of a negative adverb, i. g.X>,
Prov. 5, 6 DPpM~jB ON MI the way of
life she prepareth not for herself, se. the
adulteress, i.e. she walks notin the way
of life. But the full serftence is: ‘(see)
lest she walk in the way of life.’

ASB un. λεγόμ. Ez. 27, 17, perh. a
kind of pastry or sweet cake. The Targ.
renders it N7>5p, i. 6. Gr. κολέα, a kind
of sweet pastry; and in the book Zohar
32D oM> is pastry-work. Other opinions
are enumerated by Celsius in Hierobot.
II. p. 73. Sept. κασία, Vulg. balsamum.
—The etymology is wholly uncertain.

ἜΓΠΩ5 fut. 357, apoc. and conv.
723, =m, in the other persons ES,
72M, ἸΞΞῚ; imper. M28; 10 turn, trans. in
one phrase: => "ἈΝ to turn the backl
Josh. 17, 12. Jer. 2, Ωγ. 30, 33.—Else-
where always intrans. to turn, to turn
oneself, i. 6. .

1. In order to go sii to go
away; Ex. 7,23 Nam Fissp 155}. 10, 6.
32, 15. Gen. 18, 22. Deut. 9, 15. 10, 5.
16,7. al. Sometimes with a dat. pleon.
Deut. 1, 40..2, 3. 1K. 17,3. Hence
a) to turn to or towards any place, to
betake oneself in any direction, ce. >¥
Gen. 24, 49; >8 1 Sam. 13, 17; 3 Is. 53,
6. 56, 11;. acc. 1 Sam. 13, 18. 14, 477
mop? “wx 593 whithersoerer he turned
himself ; with He parag. 1K.17,3. Deut.
2, 3.. Cant. 6,1. Also with >8 of pete to.
turn unto any one, to go to him for re-
sponse or for aid, espec. God Is. 45, 22;

angels Job 5, 1; ᾿ἰδάϊο Lev. 19, 4. Deuty
31, 18. 20; wicked men Ps. ‘40, 5; di-
viners Lev. 20,6; with >& of thing, to
turn unto e. g. iniquity Job 36, 21.

j

cline to his side or party, Ez. 29, 16.
b) to turn away from any one, 6. Σ᾿
Deut. 29, 17 mentally ; absol. 30, 17 if —
thy heart turn away ftom God, and thow
do not obey, etc. 6) Trop. of time,e. g.
a) to turn away, i. e. to pass away. Jer.
6,4 nism mp the day turns, declines;
also poet. Ps. 90, 9 all our days t
away, pass away. #) to turn in a
proaching, 6. g. in the phrases; M25

m2

en at the turning of the morning, at
the approach of dawn, Ex. 14, 27. Judg.
ἷ 19, 26. Ps. 46, 6; 329 ΓΞ5 at the turn-
τ ing of evening, at even-tide, Gen. 24, 63.
_ Deut. a3, 05...
~ 2.1In order to look at any thing, 2 K.
23, 16. Ecc. 2, 12 422M MINI ὍΝ 72ND
I turned myself to behold wisdom. Ex.
ἜΣ 12° 897) 5) ΓΞ Be and he turned
5 Dimseif (his eyes) hither and thither and
_ looked. Hence i. q. to turn the eyes, to
look at any thing, c. dbx Ex. 16, 10.
Nam. 17,7. Job 21, 5; 3 6, 28. Eee. 2,
11; πὶ behind Oneself’ Fadg. 20, 40.
ν᾿ 28am! 1, 7. 2,20; n>825 upwards Is. 8,
Ε 21 [22]. Metaph. by 28 to look upon,
ive. to regard, to have respect to any
_ person or thing, Deut. 9, 27; espec. of
_ God as hearing and regarding men with
“favour, Ps. 25, 16 72271 728 728 . 69, 17.
86. 16; also ΠΡ ΟΝ, mp Ps. 102, 18.
| 1K. 8,28; ΠΤ ΒΤ ῸΝ Num. 16, 15. Mal.
2,13. Of a king 2 Sam. 9, 8—Of
a things, to turn or look towards any
quarter, Ez. 8, 3 miipx ΓΒ “DUN the
_ gate looking ὙΨΗ͂Σ the north. 11, 1. 44,
1. 46, 12. 47,2; simpl. H27ibn “Dun 2
᾿ς Chr. 25, 23, comp. 2 K. 14, 13. Ofa
_ boundary Josh. 15, 2. 7.
Piet pr. to cause to turn and go away,
see Kal. no. 1. b; hence to clear away
‘any thing, c. acc. Zeph. 3, 15; absol.
Ps. 80, 10 ἈΡΩ͂ m:n thou didst clear
away before it, i. e. didst make room and
“prepare the ground.—Also to clear out
_ 8c. from things thrown hither and thither,
impediments, to put in order, to prepare,
€.g. a house Gen. 24, 31. Lev. 14, 36;
"a way Is. 40, 3. 57, 14. 62, 10. Mal. 3,1.
: Hien. fut. conv. 7271 1. Trans. to
, Judg. 15, 4; espec. the back in
δ τος flight, 1 Sam. 10, 9. Jer. 48,
39. Hence
_ 2+ Intrans. with 99 impl. to turn the
back, to flee, Jer. 46, 21. 49, 24; also to
| look back, to stop in flight, Jer. 46, 5.
Nah, 2,9. With >x to turn oneself to

any one Jer. 47, 3.

Horn. to be ΕΣ back, i. q. to turn
_ back Jer. 49,8; to be turned: i. q. to look
ἣ towards any quarter, comp. in Kal no. 2
fin. Ez. 9, 2.

Deriv. 75 (7p), ΓΒ plur. 538, whence
mp, 0720, "Bd; and the pr. names
| m35%, “bene, bye.

᾿

851

re

“25 not used in sing. (though under
another form "28, 528, it appears in the
pr. Hames 58778, >838,) plur. OB,
constr. "28, m. but fem. Ez. 21, 21.

1. the face, countenance, pr. the part
turned towards any one, see Ez. 21, 3,

from τ. 435; comp. Arab. 5 face,
from X=. V, to turn oneself in any di-
rection. ἡ For the use of the plur. comp.
Gr. τὰ πρόσωπα in Homer.—Gen. 38, 15.
50, 1. Ex. 3, 6. al. sepe. Also of the
face of animals Ez. 10, 14. Job 41, 6.
Constr. with a verb or adj. plur. Job 38,
30. Dan. 1, 10, and in the fem. Ez. 21,
21; rarely sing. Lam. 4, 16. Prov. 15, 14.
Also asa real plur. faces, 6. σ. ADDN
25 Ez. 1, 6. 10, 21. 41, 18; oB-b2
all faces Joel 2, 6. Is. 13, 8. Nah. 2, 11.
Spec. on2pm DN the bretid of the face
presence, the shew-bread, see in ὈΠῚΞ no.
2; also D°2BH1 jm>W the table of the shew-
ποῦ on which these loaves were set
out, Num. 4, 7. "28752 55} to fall upon
one’s face, see 583 no. 2.a. Ἔ 28 2M to
smooth the face of any one, see in [ΡΠ
Piel no. 1.

Spec. to be noted are the following
phrases :

a) B"2B">N OB face to face Gen. 32,
31. Deut. 34, 10. al..id. Also 52 5.28
id. Ez. 5, 4; 07283 0°29 id. Prov. '27, 19.

b) To say or do any thing Έ nay to
one’s face, i. e. frankly, freely, and also
often impudently, insolently, in scorn and
defiance ; comp. French dire dans la
barbe, Lat. laudare in os, Ter. So Job
1, 11 2931 37287>D he will curse thee to
thy face. 21, 31. Is. 65, 3 who provoke
me "32">% to my face, i. 6. in scorn and
defiance. In the same sense is said “DX
p28 Job 2, 5. 13,15. Deut. 7, 10 ὙΠ Θ ΤῸΝ
sbrobws he will repay him to his face sc.
God an enemy, i. e. openly and speedily,
Vulg. statim ; the other member has &>
“mint. Here belongs also 19383 72> to
answer one to his face, i.e. to ‘refute him
strongly, freely, openly; Job 16,8 "wna
m7 "22 my leanness refutes me to my
face i.e. testifies openly and strongly
against me. Hos. 5, 5. 7, 10.

c) bY HB END to set the face upon
any one; for good, 1 K. 2,15 upon me
did all ἐρκάμ set their faces, that I
should reign ; or for evil, to set the face

ΓΞ 8
against any one, Ez. 6, 2. 29, 2. 35, 2.
Also > 1125. Btw in the same sense Ez.
13, 17. 21,7. 25, 2. 38, 2; and with 4
parag. Ez. 21,2.—Similar is 58 "28 MW
to set (turn) one’s face towards a place
Num. 24, 1. Also in a hostile sense
DX OB 72m Zo direct the face against
any thing Ez. 4, 3. 7; 2 OB ΞΔ id.
Dan. 11, 18. 19. aah aaah 2K. 8, 11.779935
=o 132 and he fixed his countenance
and set it, i.e. beheld him with a fixed
look.

d) "2b oi c. ace. to set one’s face
towards any quarter, 1. 6. to direct one’s
course thither, to go, Gen.,31, 21; with
inf. c. > Lo intend, to purpose doing any
thing, but still with special reference to
going or departing, Jer. 42, 15.17. 44,
12. 2K. 12,18. Dan. 11,17. InN. T.
comp. Luke 9, 53. Syr. in the same

“IS ρ' ‘
sense has sas} sew to set his face,

raw $a” to fix his look.

6) 1728 jM2 to set one’s face, q. ἃ. to

cast the eyes, 6. σ΄. MEN upon the ground
Dan. 10, 15; ¢. 58 towards any one, as
God Dan. 9, 3. With inf. c. > to set
one’s face to do any thing, i. 6. to pur-
pose, to determine, 2 Chr. 32, 2. But
Dx Ἔ "2B M2 fo set the face of any one
towards, i. e. to cause him to look to-
wards any thing, Gen. 30, 40.—Further
’ f) In a hostile sense, 2 1728 DAW /o set
one’s face upon i.e. against any one in
anger, to behold him in anger; so of
God Lev. 20, 5. Ez. 15,7; more fully
ΓΙΞῚΩΡ N51 nab Jer. 21,10, MP7 44, 10.
Also 2 135 in: id. Lae 17, 10. 20, ἃ, θ,
20,17. Ez. 14,8. 15, 7. Soo too without
a verh, Ps. 34, 17 39 "Osa 9 "2p , comp.
opp. v. 16.
g) 2) Nb? Lo lift up one’s counte-
nance, see in 8W2 no. 1.c. But in2 Sam.
2, 22 and Job 22, 26, it is rather lo look
with confidence upon any one. So too
DN ὉΠ on Ezra 9, 7.

‘h) Έ "28 ΓΝ to see the face of any
one, i. 6. to see him in person, as present,
Glen. 32, 21 7 will appease him (Esau)
with the present ;... afterwards Iwill see
vis face, meet him in person. 46, 30.
48,11. Also i. q. to be admitted to the
presence of any one of high rank, as a
prince, king, Gen. 43, 3.5. 44, 23. 26.
2 Sam. 3, 13. 14, 24. 28. Ex. 10, 28,29;

δῷ

Ξ

or to have access to the king, as his ser
vants and ministers 2 K. 25,19. Jer. 52,
25. Esth.1,14. Hence to see God’s face,
to have access to him, to find him prepi-
tious, Job 33, 26. Is. 1,12 (if we read
728 mind). Gen. 33, 10; also “Ὁ 2B IN
Ps. 17.15. :-In other passages ‘it is said
that no mortal can see God’s face and
live, Ex. 33, 20. 23 (but comp. Gen. 16,
13, 32, 30. Judg. 8, 22. 13,22. Is. 6, 5).
Hence the ancient intpp. in the follow-
ing passages: Dan. 31,11 "28 DX MIND,
Is. 1,12 "28 ΤῊΝ, Ex, 23, 15 187 xb
— "25, 34, 15. Ps, 42, 3 "2) ONAN
Danby, hare given to the verbs tlié pas-
sive punctuation( Mix, ANTI, ANI) af
ter the analogy of Ex. 34, 23 and 1 Sam.
1, 22.93 ΒΟΌΣ AN ; ‘and the \sense
then is: to appear ‘before God. But.
perh. the active construction is favoured
by the fact that "2b stands thrice without
ms; and also M873 twice without 7, so
that it cannot without apparent violence
be pointed mixy>.—Is. 63,9 1928 4852
the angel of his (God’s) face, presence,
who beholds his face, is his minister. _
i) As to see the face of any one, is to
be admitted to his presence (see lett. h);
and do seek the face of any one, is to seek
admittance to him (see 8pa Pi. no. 1,
comp. Proy. 7; 15); so Ἔ 728 NW? fo re
ceive the face (person) of any one, is ta
grant him admittance (see δὲ 3 no. 3.b),
and opp. © "28 3 fo turn away the face
of any one, is not to admit, to repulse
him (see 352% Hiph. πο. 1). So too ὍΛΟΙ.
772 1°28 10 turn away one’s face from any
one 2 Chr. 30, 9.5 72 2B "MOM, see in
“mo Hiph. |
k) The face of any one is often put fos
one’s presence, person, self. Ex. 33, 14
127 "2B my presence shall Zo, i. e. 1 my-
self will go. v.15. 2 Sam. 17, 11 7728
37p2 0°25 that thy presence (thyself
go to the battle. Lam. 4,16. Ps. 21, 1
7729 Ts> in the time of thy. presence,
when thou art present to fight again:
them. 80,17. Also Ps. 31, 21 thou shall
hide them 7722 "Moa in the covert of
thy presence. 89, 15.—So Ps, 42, 6 ‘Tis
‘sar RB nisas atin J shall ye
praise him, for the deliverance of his
presence, even my God, i. e. him whose
presence brings deli vert nai But in.
12 and 43, 5 the same words. are. differ

ae)

“

Γ25 853 135

ently divided: J shall yet praise him,
“ONT "PB Mivrw the deliverance of my
presence and my God, i. 6. with De
Wette. ‘the deliverer of my person.’
_ But prob. we should here divide miss
ἽΠΠΟΝ 172B, as in v. 5. 6; see Thesaur.
δ ν». 1110.
: 1) The face, countenance, is also often
_ put for the look, mien, air of a person, as
_ expressing the affections and emotions
of the mind. Gen. 31, 2 and Jacob saw
the countenance of Laban, and lo, it was
not toward him as before. v.5. Hence
pp 1 of hardened looks, impudent,
_ Deut. 28, 50, comp. Is. 50,7; 5°28 75K
see in 758 lett. g. Son 39 0°25 an evil
_ countenance, sad looks, Gen. 40, 7. Eee.
ἢ, 3. Neh. 2, 3; and simpl. 0°23 id.
_ 18am. 1,18, comp. v. 8. Job 9,27. For
_ the same is said 02D 5552 (see 58} no. 1.
_ a, and Hiph. no. 1. 4); and of a cheerful
_ countenance, D722 XW}, see NW) no. 1. ὁ.
_ —So too shame is expressed in the coun-
_ tenance, either by blushing or turning
_ pale, whence 5°38 mwa Ps. 44,6. Jer. 7,
19; and so Ps. 69, 8. 83, 17. ως 51, 51.
Also loathing is expressed by averted
looks, Ez. 6, 9. 20, 43. 36, 31. To the
_ expression of anger in the looks we may
_ refer Gen. 32,21: J will appease (1722)
_ his countenance with the present.
᾿ς πὴ) 0972 133 before their own face Is.
5, 21, i. q. pred, piy"2°D2, in their own
_ eyes or opinion; see in "> no. 1. b.
_ 2. Trop. of things, the face, surface
_of any thing, e. g. of the earth Gen. 1,
29. 2,6. Is. 14, 21. 24,1; of a field Is.
| 28, 25; of water Gen. 1,2. Job 38, 30.
etc. Cori. s2075N no. 2. ἜΡΟΝ no. 1,2.—
- Less obvious is Job 41,5 iwrad "25 πὲς "2
_ who shall uncover the surface of his (the

_ garment itself the surface or upper
_ part of his body, the scales, covering the
| vest; comp. 59 no. 1. a. 8. So also
B15 528 the surface of the veil, put for the

veil itself as a covering, Is. 25, 7.—
Hence a) aspect, view, Job 26, 9. b)
_ external appearance, state, éondition of
a thing, Ps. 104, 30. Prov. 27, 23. look
well to the state, appearance, of. thy flock.
¢) a way, manner, as with the consent

see below in *2> D. 3. Comp. Sy

face, manner
72

crocodile’s) garment ? i. e. prob. for the:

3. the forepart, front of any thing,
Arab. x5 id. Jer.1,13 npg "yp. 77D

and the front thereof (of the pot) is
before (towards) thenorth. So the front,
van, of an army, Gr. πρόσωπον, Joel 2,
20.—Adverbially:- a) 0728 in front,
before, (opp. "IN& ,) Ez. 2,10. 1 Chr. 19,
10. 2 Chr. 13,14... Ὁ) 0723 forwards
Jer. 7, 24; of time, before, of old, Deut.
2, 10. 12. Josh. 11, 10. 14, 15. ἃ]. ὁ)
ppb From of old, from ancient times,
Is, ‘41, 26. ἃ) 28 in front, before,

‘2 Sam 10,9. Comp. below in "252 D.

2.—The Face or front of a sword is
its edge, Ez. 21, 21 [16] nind9 5728 72K
whither is thine edge directed? Ecc. 10,
10.—Further, 5728 is also used for the
inner wall of a house opposite the door
as one enters, Hom. τὰ ἐνώπια, whence
with He parag. 772728 q. v. also 27257
id.

With prepositions 0°28 assumes very
frequently the nature of a particle :

A) "28758 1. into or in the presence
of, before. 8) Of place whither, after
verbs of motion, 2 Chr. 19, 2. Lev. 9, 5.
Num. 17, 8 [16, 43]. b) of place where
Ex. 23, 17.

2. upon the face, surface, of any thing,
6. g. MW "2B7>N Lev. 14, 53. Ez. 16, 5.
—Another meaning of this phrase see
above in no. 1. Ὁ.

B) "287M pr. with (in) the presence of
any one, in his sight, before any one ;
6. δ. 237 "287M Esth. 1,10. ὍΒ.ΡΝ
" before Jehovah Gen. 19, 13. 27. Ps.
16, 11. Also for public worship in
the phrase Δ "J5"MX O82 10 appear
before Jehovah in the sanctuary, Ex. 34,
23. 1 Sam. 1, 22. (In this sense we
find also "Ὁ "2p-by 2 Ex. 23, 17; also
poet, "ἢ "8 ‘2. Is. 1, 12. Ps. 42, 5, see
above in no. 1. h.) So too before, in
front of, e. g. 7951 "2B7MN before the
city Gen. 33, 18. nen "BTN before
the veil Lav, 4, 6.—After verbs of mo-
tion, into the presence of, before any one,
1 Sam. 22, 4. al. "325 ΤῸ from the pre-
sence of any one Gen. 27, 30; from be-
Sore, from the ae of any thing, 2 K..
16, 14.

C) "2D3 , i. q. "20>, in front of, before;
more capes. in the later writers, Ez. 42,
12; often in the phrase "383. 72% te

ra)

stand before any one, i 6. to resist him,
Deut. 7, 24. 11, 25. Jush. 10, 8. 21, 44.
23, 9. Esth. 9,2.—The proper force of
the subst. seems to be retained in Ezra
6, 9 MWD ADP? they show loathing in
their countenances ; see above in no. 1. 1.

D) "25>, c. suff. "28>, A3Ed, 72Hd,
D2"3b>, cred.

‘1. in the presence of any one, in his
sight, under his eyes, he being present
and beholding, before any one. Num.
8, 22 the Leviles went in to do their min-
istry ....1°72 7285) jiGN 72H) in the pre-
sence of Aaron and his sons, under their
inspection. 2K. 4, 38. Z60k. 3,8. "28>
nw before the sun, i. e. so long as the
sun (which poets bp τῊν to the eye,
and illumine the essiti Ps. 72, 17; comp.

man 22> v.5. (But Job 8, 16 wit "25>
in the sunshine.) Often trop. i. q. appa
in the eyes, sight, of any one, i. e. in his
mind, fooling, judgment, 6. g. "ὉΠ
"pb mraNn favour and kindness with
any one, “Dan. 1, 9. 1 K. 8, 50. Ps. 106,
46; spd 30" i, gq. WFD 3B, seé 309.
W758 “ppb bina great i. 6. having great
influence with his lord, 2 K. 5, 1; comp.
Ῥγον. "4, 3. 14, 12.

Spee. to be noted is the phrase "25>
mim or ODN 72H), i.e.

a) Pr. in the presence of i. 6. before
Jehovah Gen. 18, 22. Ex. 6, 12. 30. 16,
9. Ps. 95, 6. 96, 13. 98,9. 1 Sam 1, 12.
15. Also in the sight of Jehovah, he
being present and a witness, Gen. 27, 7.
1 Sam. 23,18. Since Jehovah was re-
garded as dwelling in his sanctuary,
hence before Jehovah is i.q. αν in the
tabernacle, usually not in the holy of
holies, Ex. 27, 21. 34,34. 40, 25. Lev.
4. 6.7. 8,26. Once in the holy of holies,
Ex. 28, 35. 3) at the door of the taber-
nacle, where stood the altar of burnt-
offering, Ex. 29, 11. 42. Lev. 3, 1 comp.
v. 2, 14, 11.12. 17,4. ἃ]. y) inthe tem-
ple, Is. 37,14; in its halls or courts, 2
K. 16, 14. Is. 23, 18. Ez. 46, 3.9. δ)
before the ark of the covenant, on which
the presence of Jehovah rested, Josh. 4,
13; comp. 6, 7.

b) Trop. Jehovah beholding, Jehovah
being judge. Deut. 24, 4 an abomina-
tion before Jehovah. Josh. 6,26 cursed
before Jehovah, comp. 1 Sam. 26, 19.

854,

~ like significations:

é ΓΞ

Ex. 28, 38 favour before Jehovah. Deut. —
24, 13 righteousness before Jehovah.
Hence also simpl. in a good sense, Je-
hovah assenting and approving, i. q. well
pleasing to Jehovah, since we set before
the eyes only such things as are pleas-
ing; so "7 "25> ἬΞΠΌΡΙ to walk before
Jehovah, to live as he approves, see in |
yen Hithp. no. 2. Gen. 10,9 a mighty
hunter °2 "28> before Jehovah, with whom
God is well pleased. Ps. 19,15. What
is pleasing to Jehovah he decrees; so
Gen. 6, 13 the end of all flesh "28> 82
is come before me, is decreed by me.

The rarer form ΤΊ ΒΝ "36> has the
a) before God, i.e.
in his sanctuary Ex. 18, 12. Josh. 24, 1.
Judg. 21, 2; on the throne of God’s
appointment Ps. 61, 8. Ὁ) God being
judge ; Gen. 6,11 the earth was corrupt
before God. So arty "28> ΞῚὉ good
before God, in his sight, well pleasing
to him, Ece. 2, 26. 7, 26.

Further we may note the use of "353
in the following phrases:

aa) 29 "28> 32 to stand before
the king, to await his mandates, i. 6. to
minister unto him, see 722; comp. 723
"25> 2 Sam. 16, 19. .

bb) To adore or worship before a di-
vinity, see MInmwn ἴῃ τὶ δ. 1K. 12
30 the people went to worship NH Bb
before the one sc. of the calves. 1 Chr.
21, 30.

60) To be smitten, put to flight before
an enemy, see $32 Niph. and hence
after verbs of scattering, discomfiting,
and the like, Judg. 4, 15. 1 Sam, 14, 13.
20,1. 2 Sam. 5, 20. Jer. 1,17. 49, 37.
Come. below. in "387.

dd) Β "28> 12 to set before any one,
e. g. food 2 K. 4, 43; trop. for choice, te
propose Deut. Ll, 26 ; a law to be ob-
served, to impose Deut. 4, 8. 1 K. 9, 6.
Jer. 26, 4. 44, 10. Ez. 23,24. Also i. 4.
to give into one’s power, to deliver over
to any one (i. q. ® 773), Josh. 10, 12.
Deut. 2, 33. 36. Judg. 11, 9. 1 K. 8, 46.
Is. 41,2. So without the verb of givin
Gen. 24, 51 lo! Rebecca 77225 before
thee, i. e. is given up to thee. 34, 10 .
land is before you, lies ready before yo
and your flocks. 2 Chr. 14,6. —

2. before, in front of, comp. 0°28 no.

a) Of place, 19% Sk Ἴ2 85 i

iD

tabernacle of the congregation 1 Chr. 6,
_ 17 [32] ; hence eastward of, Gen. 23, 17.
_ 25, 18. Deut. 32, 49. Also of a leader
- who goes before his army, see 83) N37
- $3 72> under art. Ni2 no. 1. a of a
ἡ king who stands before, at the head of,
᾿ his people, Ecc. 4, 16 there was no end
to all the people ΓΙ 235 N° “we 535
to all whom he was over. "Further of
_ captives, booty, etc. which, as a shep-
_ herd his flock (Gen. 32, 18), the victor
_ drives before him, Is. 8, 4. Am. 9, 4.
Lam. 1, 5. 6.
Bb) Of time before, e. g. WEI “2»>
_ before the earthquake Am. 1, 1; "35>
- “xP before the harvest Is. 18, 5. Gen.
_ 13, 10. 29, 26. Prov. 8, 25. Zech. 8, 10.
_—Gen. 30, 30 "25> before me, i. e. before
I came to thee. Jer. 28, 8 ΠῚ "25> be-
_ fore now Neh. 13, 4. With ‘inf. before
that, before, Gen. 13, 10. Deut. 33, 1.
- 1Sam. 9, 15.
᾿ς 96) Of worth, preference, before, above,
like Lat. ante, pre. Job 34, 19 he re-
_ gardeth not the rich >1 "22> above the
‘ γ.

d) After verbs of motion, lit. to one’s
_ front, obviam, implying motion to meet
_ any one, e. g. ' "28> ΠΡ Gen. 24, 12;
also often in a hostile sense, against,
| Gr. ἀντί, pr. to one’s face, front, e. g.
782 op to rise up against any one
Num. 16, 2; "2D NX1 to go out against
1 Chr. 14, 8, 2 Chr. 14, 9. Also 72>
"28> (see 70D), "28> =u to stand
against any one, i. 6. to stand out, resist.
3. in the manner of, like, see above in
6728 no. 2. c. Job 4, 19 lit. they crush
‘ them > 20> like the moth, impers. for:
"they are crushed as by the moth, as if
moth-eaten ; Vulg. sicut a tinea. Sept.
τὸς τρόπον. Comp. Lat. ad faciem
Plat. Cist. 1. 1.73. So "35> jm3 to re-
gard as or for any one (comp. 3 m2)
ΟῚ Sam. 1, 16.—From "25> comes the adj.
form 85 anterior, q. v.
Nore. The following significations
; iinétimes ascribed to "25> are doubtful:
a) Sor, comp. 733 and Germ. vor and fir;
e.g. in the phrase "25> 229 to become
surety for any one, Prov. 17, 18; but the
surety doubtless gave his δίραυυ before,
in the presence of, his friend. 8) on ac-
count of, propter, like 72532, "28 ; so
in 25> 759 to mourn on account of any

855

rd

one 2 Sam. 3, 31; better pr. before him,
since in the funeral procession the
mourners preceded the bier; Geier de
luctu Hebreorum c. 5. § 15-19.

ΕἼ) 2552 1. from. before, from the
presence of any one, implying that the
person or thing spoken-of was before the
other and goes away from that place.
ΕἸ. g.to go out 12 "2352 Lev. 9,24; "2b
mp Gen. 41, "46 ; also Gen. 23, 4. 8.
Hence after weitlin ai fleeing tconep: i)
no. 3. a), and of driving out 1 Chr. 19,
18. 2 Chr. 20,7; of fearing and causing
fear 1 Sam. 18, 12. Ps. 97, 5. 114, 7. Eee.
8,13. Esth:'7, 6; also of crying for help
(usually conjoined with flight) 1 Sam.
8,18; of humbling oneself 1 K. 21, 29.
2 Chr. 33, 12. 36, 12.

2. Of time, before, iq. "25> no. 2. ὃ.
Kee. 1, 10. Comp. 72 no. 4. b. ;

3. Trop. of a cause, on account of, be-
cause of, i.q. "28%, 74, 6. g. to shout or
rejoice because of, 1 Chr. 16, 33.

F) "252 1. from the face, presence,
front, of any person or thing, from be-
fore, 6. σ. Ex. 14, 19 and the column went
ἘΠ from before them, and stood be-
hind them. Hence very often after verbs
of departing, Hos. 11, 2; of freeing
(comp. 772 no. 3, a, from which it differs
in that "35° is for the most part used be-
fore persons, 2 before things, see MMM
Niph.) Gen. 7, 7. 16, 8. Is. 20,6 comp.
Ps. 61, 4; of crying for help Is. 19, 20.
26, 17; of fearing (see 839, MOM Niph.) ;
of reverencing, humbling oneself, 2 K.
22,19. Lev. 19,32; of hiding Job 23,17;
and other verbs of similar significations.
Thus the idea of flight and fear is im-
plied in Judg. 9, 21, and he dwelt there
OTN boy "257 (after he had fled)
from the presence of Abimelech his bro-

| ther; Vulg. well, ob metum A. fratris

sui. 1 Chr. 12,1 see in r. “X29 no. 1.
Is. 17, 9 ae ruins. οὐ 7252 nat “WN
beni which the Canaanites left deserted
from before Israel i. e. fleeing from be-
fore them; see in r. 313 no. 2. b.

2. OF the author and efficient caus :,
from which any thing proceeds, i. 4. 12
no. 2. 6. Gen. 6,13 the earth is filled with
violence &137227 from them, i. 6. of which
they are the cause, Sept. well 2 ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν.
47, 18. Ex. 8, 20. Ἰαΐρ. 6, 6. Jer. 15, 17.
Ez. 14,15. Also of the remoter cause
ἃ

Γ25

because of, on account of ; Is. 10, 27 the
yoke shall break 728 728% because of the
fatness sc. of the ox. Deut. 28, 20. Hos.
10, 15. Jer. 9,6. So where the reason
is ive on account of which something
is not done, Lat. pre, Job 37, 19. 1 K.8,
11.—With “wx ‘it is equivtilont to a
Conj. because that, because, Ex. 19, 18.
Jer. 44, 23.

Nore. Winer has needlessly added
the two following meanings, Lex. p.779:
αν before, citing Lev. 19; 32, where Dap
"2p to rise up in one’s presence, is the
part of modesty and reverence towards
old age, comp. above inno: 1. £) to-
wards, as if for "287>&, Jer. 1, 13; for
which see above in DNB. no. 3.

G) "287>» has various meanings ac-
cording to the different power both of
the noun and particle.

1. From the signif. face and front, no.
1, 3, arise the following:

a) at or before the face of any one, be-
fore, i. ᾳ. "282 no. 1 (comp. >¥ no. 3. b),
Gen. 32, 22. Lev. 10, 3. Ps. 9, 20. 2 K.
.18, 14. Job 4,15; in the sight of any
ene, under bis inspection, Num. 3, 4.—
Job 6, 28 Ξῖϑ ON DD72BA>D it is before
your tyes (will be manifest), whether I
lie. "2p 59° i. α. "2529 ‘Gen. 23, 3

b) in 1 front of any ‘thing a, before, 2 Chr.
3, 17. Ps. 18, 43 as dust τον σι the wind,
driven by the wind. Here belong also
the following: 1 K. 6, 3 the length of it
(of the porch) m°a am5 7287>> before
the breadth of the temple, i. e. along in
front of the breadth of the temple. 2 Chr.
3, 8. Hence: oa) In a geographical
sense, before, i. 6. to the east, eastward
of, Gen. 16, 12 and he shall dwell on the
east of all his brethren. 23, 19. 25, 18.
1K. 11, 7 in the mount which is on the
east of Jerusalem, the mount of Olives,
comp. Zech. 14, 4. Deut. 32.49 mount
Abarim....which is.on the east of Jeri-
cho. 1 Sam. 15, 6. Still, as the more
general signif. before, over against, might
here be applied, the quarter of the hea-
vens is sometimes added to remove the
ambiguity; as Zech. 14, 4 the mount of
Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the
east. Num. 21,11. Josh. 15, 8 the top of
the hill which is before the valley of Hin-
nom westward.
before Beth-horon southward. Where

856

18, 14 the hill which is.

25)

there is no such adjunct, the direction —
must be determined by the circum-—
stances, and is sometimes uncertain, as |
1 Sam. 24, 3 [2]. Josh. 13, 25. 17, 7
comp. 16, 6. 6) Of time, δείόρα; Gert |
11, 28. y) Of preference, before, reine
than, Deut. 21, 16.

c) to the face or front of any thing,
see in 59 no. 4; hence, towards, in the
direction of, Gen. 18, 16 and the men....
looked DD “35-5d towards Sodom. 19,
28. Num. 21, 20. 23, 28. So Judg. 16,
3 towards Hebron ; see Bibl. Res.
Palest. II. p. 377. Perh. 1 K. 17, 3; —
comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. sete
Hence in a hostile sense, eee 17
21, 13. Nah. 2, 2. 7

2. From the signif. surface, ΕΝ ἰδὲ
a) upon the face i. 6. surface, 8. σ. of the
earth Gen. 1, 29. 6,1; of the heavens —
Gen. 1, 20; of the waters Gen. 1,2; ofa
valley Ez. 37,2. Hence "28 box “front
upon the fitce of the earth, ‘spoken. of
what is destroyed, 1 Sam. 20, 15. Am.
9,8. Ὁ) After verbs icvplyiig motion,
upon the face i. e. surface, e. g. of the
earth Job 5,10. Am. 5, 8; of the fields
Lev. 14, 7. Ez. 32,4. ο)) owt upon or
over the surface, etc. Gen. 11,8. Lev. 16,
14.15. Is. 18,2. ἃ) Trop. of something
added, i. q. 5¥-no. 1. b. a, above, besides,
ἐπί, Ex. 20,3 thou shalt have no other
gods "28->2 over and above me, i. 6. be-
sides me; Sept. well πλὴν ἐμοῦ, Targ.
ἈΦ "2. ‘Job 16, 14.

ΓΞ f. (τ. 118) 1. a pinnacle, mural
turret, q.d. a ‘branch’ or ‘shoot’ spring-
ing up out of the wall; see the root.
2 Chr. 26, 15. Zeph. 1, 16. 3,6.—Hence

2. a corner, angle, pr. exterior, as of a
house Job 1, 19; of a street Prov. 7, 8
Also interior, as of a roof Prov. 21, 9.
24; of ἃ court Ez. 43, 20; of a cit
2 Chr. 28,24. M2 j3N a corner-stone Jo
38, 6. Is. 28, 16; and so ΓΕΒ simpl. Jer.
51, 26. πὸ ON the head ‘of the corner,
i.e. the chief corner-stone, Ps. 118, 22
see in ὥν no. 4. MIB ASW the co
ner-gate, one of the gates of Jeruss
lem, 2 K. 14, 13. 2 Chr. 126, 9. J
31, 38.

3. Metaph. α prince, the chief of
people, on whom as a corner-stone th
burden of the state rests, comp. Ps, 1

᾿ς 8, 25, Keri 5.328.

—

35

22. Is. 28,16. So Is. 19,13. Zech. 10,
4, 1 Sam. 14, 38. Judg. 20, 2.

325 (face of God. from obsol. sing.
28 i. q. 0°22, comp. ἼΔΩ plur. ΘΠ)
Penuel, pr. n. a) A place beyond
Jordan Gen. 32, 32, where its origin is
narrated. Judg. 8, 8. Once >x728. id.
Gen. 32,31. Ὁ) Ofmen: «) 1 Chr.
8) 1 Chr. 4, 4.

872D see the preced. art. lett. a, and
lett. Ὁ. a.

0°28 see in 092728.

25 face, see art. M28.

DB in ὈΠΩΞΞ 1 K. 6, 29; see in
ΓΙ 28 lett. a.

72728 Milél, from 0°28 no. 3, with
He local (once without 5 1 K. 6, 29, see
below in a); for the plur. ending retain-
ed comp. M270", and N2>"x Ex. 15, 27.
Num. 33, 9; pr. αὐ or by the inner wall
of a house, room, court, i. 6. opposite to

_ or in front of the door and of those en-

tering, ἐν τοῖς ἐνωπίοις, where the throne
is set in palaces. Ps. 45, 14 all glorious
sits the king’s daughter (the queen)
72925 by the wall, i.e. upon the throne.
—Also on the inner wall, like Gr. ἐνώπια,
1 K. 6, 18; within, in the house, 2 K. 7,
41: δον, into the house, 2 Chr. 29, 18,

With prefixes: a) "28> inside,
within, 1 K. 6, 30; inward Ez. 41, 3.

᾿ > manaed inwardly to, inside of any

thing, Ez. 40, 16 ; also ἘΞ 55 (without
τι loc.) from ὑπνῶν, i.e. on the inside,

1K. 6,29. Ὁ) 72732 on the inside,
within, 1 K. 6, 19. 21. 2 Chr. 3, 4—
Hence

2°28 m. adj. (2 being treated as radi-

_ cal and therefore retained, ) fem. MQ 2Dy

plur. 590728 1 Chr. 28, 11, Εἰ nisan2p 2
Chr. 4, 22; interior, inner, (opp. Vi¥77

- exterior,) 1 K. 6, 27. 36. 7, 12. Ez. 40,
_ 15 sq. 41, 15. al.

D°2"2B m. only in plur. (sing. is the
pr. ἢ. 7228,) Prov. 3, 15 Keri. 8, 11. 20,
15. 31, 10. Lam. 4, 7. Job 28, 18, once
D2 Prov. 3,15 Cheth. according to
many of the Rabbins pearls, Gr. πίννα,
and so Bochart, Hieroz. II. 1. V. c. 6, 7.
Against this is the passage in Lam. I. c.
D"}"382 SYS ἸῚΝ, which cannot be
rendered with Bochart : they are more

72*

857

OD

"

᾿ϑηϊηϊηρ tn body than pearls, see ἴῃ τ. DIN

᾿

Better therefore is the opinion of J. D,
Michaelis (Supplem. p. 2022) and others
who understand red corals ; which. is
also favoured by the etymology, pr.
‘branches, branching trees,’ from r. 425
q.v. To this it is not an objection,
that corals are called by another name,
ΛΩΝ; the same is also the case in
respect to pearls, see 242.— Others
understand red gems, as the sardius,
pyrops; but this word is never enume-
rated among gems, comp. Ex. 39, 10 sq.

- Ἴ25 obsol. root, Arab. oy Conj. I,

to divide up, to separate, to distribute
a.

into gered 3 a species, class, plur.
~ 5 ee

branches ; ἘΠΕ a branch ; wl a
thick branch ; ss a branching tree.—
Hence 78 I, 428, 57372, pr. ἢ. 7228.

328 (coral, i. q. 52728 which is found
in some Mss.) Peninnah, pr. n. of the
wife of Elkanah, 1 Sam. 1, 2. 4.

᾿ p22 in Kal not used, Arab.
to treat and train delicately ; IV, to live
delicately. Syr. Ethpe. to delight one-
self. Comp. p58.

Piet to bring up delicately, to spoil by
tenderness, e. g. a servant Prov. 29, 21.

OB m. (τ. 0d) end, extremity, only
in the phrase 0°98 τ Gen. 37, 3. 23.
32. 2 Sam. 13, 18. 19, a@ tunic reaching
to the 0°08, i. 6. to the palms of the
hands and soles of the feet; see the
root. It was therefore the long tunic
with sleeves, worn by young men and
maidens of the better class; so Jos. Ant.
7.8. 1, ἐφόρουν γὰρ αἵ τῶν ἀρχαίων παρ-
ϑένοι χειροδέτους ἄχρι τῶν σφυρῶν πρὸς
τὸ μηδὲ βλέπεσϑαι χιτῶνας, which is well
explained and defined by Hartmann,
Hebraerin III. 280. Aqu. ap. Sam. καρ-
motos. Symm. χειριδωτός. Aqu. Gen.
ἀστραγάλειος (talaris).—Others: a tunic
of many colours, i. 6. of pieces of various
colours sewed together, from Chald. 08
palm of the hand, also a piece, etc. So
Sept. in Gen. χιτὼν ποικέλος, Vulg. poly-
mita.

OB Chald. m. ὁ. genit. 872 0B palm
of the hand, Dan. 5, 5. 24. See τ. 008

ΌΞ
D'DY OB, see ous ODN.

A05 in Kal not used, Chald. 308 to
cut up, to divide, i. q. P&B which is
more usual.

Pret once Ps. 48, 14 ΠΝ 8b
divide ye up her palaces, i. e. walk
through and survey them ; or perh. con-
sider them accurately, since verbs of di-
viding are thus used metaphorically ;
comp. r. j°2.—Hence

M308 (Chald. part, piece) Pisgah, pr.
n. of a mountain ridge in Moab, on the
southern border of the kingdom of Si-
hon, Num. 21, 20. 23, 14. Deut. 3, 27.
Josh. 12, 3. al. In it was Mount Nebo,
Deut. 34, 1.

MOB f. (τ, OOD) pr. expansion, diffu-
ston, comp. r. MB and Chald. ji70B;
then trop. abundance, once Ps. 72, 16
VY ND 7B MEH ὙΠῸ [οἱ there be nbundanté
of corn in the land.—Others take it as
fem. of 5B, whence a handful, sheaf,
Kimchi )2' 853; but not suited to the
context.

Piel.
1115.

2. Spec. to leap over, to pass over, 6. g.
a stream, river, whence pr. ἢ. MOBR
Thapsacus, pr. passage of the Euphra-
tes.— With 53, i. q. ἘΦ "a2; Ex. 12, 23
‘aX Mme by 3 MoE and Jehovah will
pass over the door, and will not suffer
the destroyer to come in. v. 13.27. Sept.
v.23 mégégyouct, Vulg. transibo.—Hence
1. q. to spare, Is. 31, 5.

8. to halt, to limp, to be lame, trom the
irregular and leaping gait: see Niph.
and mep. Trop. 1 K. 18, 21 how long
prob om do ye halt belween two opi-
nions ? i. 6. hesitate between Jehovah

and Baal.

[4
Chrysost. πεῤρὲ τὴν πίστιν χωλεύειν.

Piet to leap, to dance ; so the priests
of Baal, 1 K. 18, 26 they danced at
(around) the altar which was made ;
Sept. διέτρεχον, Targ. ἸΏ insani-
ebant, which Kimchi explains, ‘they
danced after their manner.’ Dancing

1, pr. fo leap, to dance, see
See also Thesaur. Niph. p. 1114,

EA ‘
So Arab. Wai pr. to limp ;

‘was customary at some sacrifices; see.

2 Sam..6, 16.

858

Ion

Nips. pass. of Kal no. 3, fo become ons
be made lame, 2 Sam. 4, 4. aay yy
Deriv. MO05—Mnep.

MOB (lame) Paseah, pr. n. τῇ. os
1Chr. 4,12. b) Neh. 8,8. 8) Ezra
2, 49. Neh. 7, 51. |

MOB τη. (Ὁ. Mop) in pause Mop, plur.
DOB ; pr. a passing over, sparing, de-
liverance from punishment and calamity. —
Hence ᾿

1, The sacrifice instituted on account
of the immunity of the Israelites, the
passover, the paschal lamb. described
Ex. 12,27 nog "WR Hind NIA Nop ΓΙΞῚ
pMz22 bere. sna-bs_ the sacrifice
of sparing (pr. passing over) jis this to
Jehovah, who passed over the houses of
the Israelites in Egypt, when he smote
the Egyptians, etc. Hence moan ung
to kill the passover i. e. the paschal lamb
Ex. 12, 21. 2 Chr. 30, 15. 17. 35, 1.6;
Moen may Deut. 16,2 sq. MOBM 52x fo
eat the passover 2 Chr. 30, 18. TOR nivy
to prepare the passover, i. 6. to keep the
festival, Ex. 12, 48. Num. 9, 4 sq. Josh.
5, 11. al. Plur. ontop paschal lambs
2 Chr. 30, 17. 35, 7-9.

2. the festival of the passover, the pas-
chal day, i. e. the fourteenth day of the
month Nisan, Lev. 23, 5; which was
followed by the seven days’ festival of
ynleavened bread, ib. v. 6, Ez. 45, 231.
Fully moan an Ex. 34, 25. Hence
moan mans the ‘morrow of the passover,
i. e. the fifteenth day of Ngai Josh. 5,
11. Num. 33, 3.

TIOB m. adj. (r. MOB) lame Lev. 21,18.
Deut. 15, 21. Is. 35, 6. al. Plur. Θ΄ ΠΌΒ
(without Dag.) 2 Sam. 5, 6. 8. Is, 33, 23.
΄ D> op m. plur. (r.>0B) 1. carved
images of idols, Deut. 7, 25. Ts. 42, 8.
Jer. 50, 38. Hos. 11, 2. al. 802 “5.08
your carved images of silver Is. 30, 22.
Syr. {ime cut, hewn, as stone.

2. Pesilim, pr. n. of a place not far

from Gilgal, Judg. 3, 19. 26. Targ.
NPINMD quarries ; but it is safer to rest
in the common signif. ‘ images,’ perh.

‘hewn stones,’ i. q. Syr, καλῶ,
* yO obsol. root, Chald. Pa. to cut
up or off, i. q. 308 and poe. Hence ~

JOB Pasach, pr. n.m. 1 Chr.7 33

Sop

pn sdp fut. 508% to cut, to carve, to form
: ‘by cutting ; 6: σ. stones, to hew, Ex. 34,
1.4. Deut. 10, 1. 3. 1 K. 5, 32 [18]; an
idol, Hab. 2,18. Syr. Chald. id. Kindr.
pteak
Deriv. nxb*op and

SOE m. in pause ῬΌΒ, c. suff. "20B, a
{ ‘carved image of an idol, Ex. 20, 4. Deut.
_ 4, 16; of wood Is. 44, 15. 17. 45, 20.
My Spoken also of a molten image, which is
ὃ properly called M302, Is. 40, 19. 44, 10.

3 χὰ 10,14. 51,17. ~—For the plur. prbtop
is used, q. v.
PIVIOS Dan. 3, 7, and PIMIOB Dan.

3 δ. 10. 15, the Greek word ψαλτήριον,
_ psaltery, lyre, (which the Sept. transla-
tors often put for 523, 7'22,) adopted
into the Chaldee, > and 3 being inter-
changed. It is of the singular number ;
since it is coupled with other names of
musical instruments in the singular ;
and does not correspond to the Greek
_ waktryg which signifies harper, lyrist,
but to ψαλτήριον, the Greek ending ‘or
_ among the Orientals usually becoming
ΩΝ, ; as συνέδριον ὙΠ), κοινόβιον

EN cd ed Kandbin.—The same

word may be recognised in the mdu.

_ Arabic pie, , and other like

_ forms, the name of a species of psaltery
or harp; see Villoteau in Descr. de
YEgypte VI. p. 426. Comp. on the
other hand Hengstenberg Authentie
des Daniel p. 15. Havernick ad Dan.
Lc.

_ -* O05 to expand, to diffuse, to dis-
_ perse,-kindr. with Mtg, Chald. 9
_ whence ji703 diffusion. Hence Chald.
ΕῚ RT) 0D expansion i. e. palm of the
hand; Syr. Pa {do25 id. Te jDms
_ sole of the fost ; Ὁ boards; Heb. nop
᾿ς diffusion, οὐ νόκονν Fone we may
refer Ps. 12,2: DIN "239 O72708 1B che
faithful disperse (are scattered) from
_ among the children of men, comp. Ps.
11,1. 2; parall. "23. But the ancient
_ versions, Jarchi, and many moderns,
_ give to ὈῸΒ in this passage the signif.
_ of DDN, to cease, to fail; like parall.
Δ. |
_ BOB Pispah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 38.
_ the etymology is unknown

‘

859

"

ὉΣΞ

ἘΠΣ Ξ onomatopoet. 1, to cry out.
to scream, once of a woman in travail
fut. 1 p. ΠΡῈΝ Is. 42, 14.—Syr. and Chald.

the, ἜΣΘ, to bleat, to bellow, as flocks

and herds; comp. Gr. βοάω, whence βοῦς
bos. Similar is 433 γοάω, q. v.—Hence
pr. ἢ. 399. |

2. to hiss, to blow, as a serpent, viper,
kindr. with OB q. v. Hence M358
viper.

1B (a bleating, lowing) Pau, pr. n.
of a place in Idumea, Gen. 36, 39; call-
ed also "58 Pai, 1 Chr. 1,50. R. ΠΣΒ.

“YB (hiatus, cleft, τ. 128) Peor, pr.
n. of a mountain in Moab Num. 23, 28.
Hence “i38 593 Baal-Peor Num. 25, 3.
5, and simply "i38 23, 28. 31, 16. Josh.
22, 17, an idol of the Moabites, in whose
worship females prostituted themselves.
Comp. "i38 M3 in art. M72 no. 12. mm.

"JB see in 578.

? byp fut. 595"; once 5598 0. Makk.
“D357 Job 35,6, i. ᾳ. MBB, to make, to do,
but only i in poetic style. Sve. and Talm.

part. N>3%p WSs a workman. Arab.

ches to do, to work, but not freq.—Job
11, 8 >3pn-M2 what canst thou do?
Ps. 11, 3 ἜΣΘ ΤΩ ΤῚΣ what can the
righteous do? Deut. 32, 27 b3p 3 mime xd
mxi~>> Jehovah hath not done all this.
Job 33, 29. Is. 43, 13—Spec. a) tu
make, to form, e. g. an idol Is. 44, 15;
a pit, i.e. todig, Ps. 7, 16. Absol. Is.

44, 12 omea 598 he stiowkcetls (forgeth)
in the coals. b) to produce, to create,
Ps. 74,12; whence "228 my Creator Job
36, 3. 0) to prepare, Ex. 15, 17 the
place thou hast. prepared to dwell in.
Hence to altempt, to undertake any
thing (opp. ΠῺΣ to effect, to accom-
plish), Is. 41, 4 ‘Hips bop 2 who hath
attempted and done it? (comp. 43, 7
ἼΣΩΣ FX VAIS.) Mic. 2,1. Ps. 58,

3 in heart ye plot wickedness. So mvs
is used in the same manner, Is. 32, 6. 37,
26. d) todo, i.e. to ραν, e.g. right-
eousness Ps. 15,2; iniquity, crime, Job
34, 32. 36, 23. Por: 30, 20. ἫΝ bob
evil-doers, wicked men, Ps, 5,6. 6,9. 14,

4.al.sep. e) With acc. and Ὁ of δ
Ps. 7, 14 5598" mxpdtd ΣΤ he maketh his
arrows aS Og lit. into or for burning

232

things. f) With > of pers. to do to or
for any one, either ‘good Job 22, 17. Ps.
31, 20; or evil Job 7,20; with 3 id. 35, 6.

Deri¢: bb, nbsp, bpp, nbspa,
and pr. n. “nbn.

295 m. c. auf. ἼΣΒ,, 7>D_ (pddlcha),
rarely {595 Is. 1, 31, Jer. 22, 13; plur.
pibsp 1 Chr. 11, 22; work, i. q. nis,
but, with few exceptions, only poetic.

1. work, i. e. labour, business, Ps. 104,
23; comp. Job 24, 5.

2. a work, i. a. a deed, act, facinus ; of
God’s mighty deeds, espec. in preserv-
ing and defending his people, Ps. 44, 2.
64, 10. 77, 13. Deut. 32, 4. Also of
man, Ps. 28, 4. Prov. 24, 12. 29. Spec.
a great deed, mighty act, 2 Sam. 23, 20;

Sinz
an evil deed, Job 36,9. Arab. Kies id.

3. awork, i. 6. something made, the
product of labour, ete. "39 dsb the work
of my hands, i. δ. Israel, Deut. 33, 11. Is.
45, 9. 11. ‘Spec. of the divine judg-
ments, Is. 5,12. Hab. 1, 5. 3,2; comp.
ΓΙΌΣ no. 3. a. Of the divine ad. Ps.
90, 16.

4. work, i. e. the fruit of one’s labour,
acquisition Prov. 21, 6; ee Job 7, 2.
Jer, 22, 13. Comp. ΠΕΣ. no. 2, aud
ἔργον Rev. 14, 13.

M278 f.(r.>38) constr. rhs 1. As
abstr. noun of action, i. q. ΠΩΣ Ὁ no. 1,
labour, business, occupation, i. e. the
doing of any thing, Prov. 10, 16. 11, 18.
Is. 65,7. Jer. 31, 16. Plural nibsp of
the deeds or ὠδυδέ of men, Ps. i7, 4;
of God’s works, Ps. 28, 5.

2. wages of fabour; {: q. >2B no. 4. Lev.
19, 13. Ps. 109, 20. Is. 40, 10. 49, 4. 61,
8. 62, 11.

ἼὭΣΣΕ (for "ἢ M38 wages of Jeho-
vah) ει παῖ, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 26, 5.

7 DY 1. to strike, to beat, to pound ;
whence 628 anvil, and i232 a bell.—
Also to strike upon with the foot, to
tread ; whence C2» step, pace, foot.

2. Metaph. to impel, to urge, to move,
e. g. the Spirit of God a person Judg.
13, 25.

Nipu. to be moved, agitated, troubled,
Gen. 41, 8. Dan. 2, 3. Ps. 77, 5.

HIrupa. i. q. Niph. Dan. 2, 1.

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, and the two
following.

860

ms

DIB f. but mase. Judg. 16, 28. 2 Sam.
23,8 Cheth. Plur. 2°23B and none
1. an anvil, Is. 41, 7. τ
2. tread of the foot, hence; a) 8, ep,
footstep, Ps. 119, 133. 140, 5. Trop,
Judg. 5, 28 the paces of his chariots
b) the foot itself, with which one treads
Ps. 57, 7. 58, 11. Prov. 29, 5. Cant. 7,
Is. 26, 6. Plur. ninsB ‘feet, i. 6. artifi Ἅ
cial, Ex. 25, 12. 1K. 7, 30.
3. Trop. MAX ὉΣΒ pr. one tread, i.e
one time, once, Josh. 6, 3. 11. 14. 1 Sam.
26, 8; a oe time, at once I 66, 8.

or

Comp. Arab. eas Sea γα, id.
Dual D72B twice Gen. ‘27 36. 41, 32,
43, 10. Plur. ἘΛΏΣΒ whe) three times,
thrice, Ex. 23, 17. al. Ὁ ΏΣΒ ma> how
many times? how often? 1K. 22, 16.
mia) ΘΠΏΣΒ many times Ece. 7, 22 [23].
Ps. 106, 43. Also ΒΝ BSB once and
again Neh. 13, 20.—In phrases: a)
With the art. DyBn, this pe in this
thing, Ex. 9,27; hence ἘΦΒΠ FX only
this time, only this once, Gen. 18, 32.
Ex. 10, 17. Judg. 6, 39. 16, 28; now
Gen. 46, 30; now indeed Gen. 2, 23. 30, Ὁ
20. cvpm nm 29,34. Ὁ) ΝῊ ores
af this time, Ex. 8, 28 [32]. 9,14. c) ΤΠ
DSHM-OVED one time as another, now as
before, Num. 24,1. Jadg. 16, 20. 1 Sam, 7
20,25. d) ἘΣΒ---ὩΣΒ, now—now, Prov.
7; 12.

ἸἸΏΦΨΒ m. (τ. ὉΣ8) a bell, so called
from being struck, Ex. 28, 33. 39, 25.
26 ; comp. 28, 34.

M228, see MIZB7MIE.

2 oes 4 te me oe ew ~ ee

*"Z® to open wide, to gape, constr.
only with mp, once mp3 Job 16, 10;
spoken of ravenous beasts Job 16, 10; of
longing desire Job 29, 23. Ps. 119, 131. ‘

Poet. of Sheol, Is. 5, 14.—Syr. εἶω;
Arab. re id.—Hence pr. n. "138, and

“SD Paarai, pr. n. of one of David's
military chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 35; written
more correctly in 1 Chr. 11, 37 "33
Naarai.

. ΓΞ fut. 55" 1. pr. to tear apart
to rend ; comp. ‘the kindr. verbs oe
nxp, bxp, ὈΣΒ.. which all have the pri-
mary signification of tearing apart,
breaking in pieces ; as is also the case —

ΓΧΞ 4

th roots beginning with the syllable
_ ya, 12.—Hence #0 open wide the mouth,
ΤῈ 2. 2, 8. Is. 10, 14; c. 59 to gape upon,
e.g. in threat, as ravenous beasts, Ps.
_ 22,14; in scorn Lam. 2, 16, 3, 46; as
uttering hasty words Job 35, 16. Ps. 66,
Ὁ 14.. ἈΝ 11, 35. 36. Trop. the μαι,
also is said to open her mouth, Gen. 4,11.
ΙΝ m. 16, 30. Deut. 11, 6.

m= 2. to snatch away, to deliver, Ps. 144,
. 10. 11. So Syr. Chald. and Arab.

as Conj. II, IV. .
~* FYB fut. plur. nZ5"9 .1, to break
n pieces ; Arab. ee id. comp. &

to break, to cleave ; 566 Pi.

_ 2. ΠΡ ΤΊΧΒ, Lat. erumpere jubila, i.e.
to break forth into joy, rejoicing, shout-
ing, Is. 14, 7. 44, 23. 49, 13. 54, 1. 55, 12;

twice 4271 ΠΣΒ id. 52,9. Ps. 98, 4. seSSpr.
eet to break forth sc. into Joy; for
Gr. ῥήγνυμι id, Gal. 4,27. Comp. Lat.
‘erumpere gaudium’ Ter. Eun. 3.5. 2 ;
-ferumpere stomachum’ Cic. Att. 16. 3.

_ Piet to break in pieces, e. g. bones
Mic. 3, 3. -

VID m. (τ. XB) dulness, bluntness,
_ pr. the being notched, spoken of cutting
" - 3

Ἢ
_ instruments, 1 Sam. 13,21. Arab. jr:
ἃ sword notched, dull.

| *OE5 only in Piet >28, to lear or
_ strip off bark, to peel, Gen. 80, 37.. 38.
᾿Οσπιρ. kindr. >¥3.
δ», to cut in pieces.—Hence

ΓΉΣΣΘ ΓΟ plur. peeled spots or streaks
on green rods, Gen. 30, 37.

*D2_ to rend e. g. the earth, to
- cause to yawn, Ps. 60, 4. Arab.

_ to break, to rend, Eth. A,AA® to break
off, to finish. Kindr,. is M¥5.

πὰ 938 pr. to cut, to cleave, comp.
_kindr. 32. Chald. id. Hence to wound,
Cant. 5, 7. 1 K. 20, 37. Deut. 23, 2.—
Hence
2B τὰ. in pause ¥p, c. suff. "DEB,
eS B°Sd , constr. Ὅσα, "a wound, Gen,
4, 23. Ex. 21, 25. Is. 1, 6. Prov. 20, 30.
Ἐ ριον. Prov. 23, 29. 27, 6. Job 9, 17.

ae] obsol. root, i. q. YB to dis-
__ perse; whence

861

Arab. rere Syr.

ἽΡΞ

_ ΥῈΒ (dispersion) Pizzez, pr. ἢ. m.
c. art. 1 Chr. 24, 15.

*ZB fut. axB%, pr.tohack, to notch ;
and hence.to beat, to blunt, to make dull,
i,q. Arab. ὃ see Schult. Opp. min. p.

168. Hence ΠΣ q. v.—Trop. to urge,
topress any one, with 3 of pers. a)
With prayers, entreaties, comp. obtun-
dere precibus, Gen. 19, 3. 33, 11. Judg.
19, 7. 2K. 2,17. 5,16. Ὁ) In a hostile
manner Gen. 19,9. Comp. kindr. 2 7728.

Hien. obtundere animum, and hence
to be obtuse, dull, stubborn. Inf. "355
as. noun, stubborness, wilfulness, 1 Sam.
15, 23, parall. with "V9.

Deriv. W7°8.

ἘΠῸΞ fat. 3P51, infin. and imper. 72,
prob. pr. to strike upon or against any
person or thing, to light upon. Kindr.
are 338, 28, q. v.—Hence

1, In a kind sense, to go to any one,
e.g. a) lo go to see, to visit; 1 Sam.
17, 18 and go see thy brethren D1>B> how
they do ; comp. Gen. 37, 14. Unwillingly,
2K.9,34, With 3 ofthe present which |
a visitor brings with him, Judg. 15, 1.
b) to visit, sc. in order to examine, to
prove any one, Ps. 17, 3. Job 7,18. ὁ)
For the sake of inspecting, reviewing,
and hence fo review, to muster, to number,
e. g. a people, army, Num. 1, 44 sq. 3,39
sq--l Καὶ, 20, 15. 2 Sam. 24, 4. Job 5, 24.
Part. pass. O™NPB the samatereds the
numbered, Num. 1, 21 sq. 2, 4sq. Ex.
30, 14. 38, 26. Conn. Hothpa. and the
noun spEn . Also to miss a person or
thing in reviewing, numbering, 1 Sam.
20, 6, 25, 15. Is..34,16. Eth. APR to
review, to number. 4d) As caring for
any person or thing, to visit with kind-
ness, to look after, to take care of. asa
shepherd his flock Jer. 23, 2; as God
men Gen. 21, 2. 50, 24. Ex. 3, 16. 4, 31.
1 Sam. 2, 21. Is. 23, 17. Ps. 8, 5. al.
Sometimes to visit again, to look after
anew, Is. 23, 17; to revisit mentally. to
call to mind, Ez. 23,21. Also to look to
any one expecting help, Is. 26, 16.

2. In a hostile sense, to go to any one,
i. 6. to come or fall upon, to attack, comp.
339 no. 1.a. . With 5» of pers. to punish,
to vistt with punishment, Jer. 9, 24. 25.
44,13; ὃ 46,25; 29,8; acc. Ps. 59

ἽΡΞ

6; absol. Is. 26,14. Job 31, 14, 35, 15.
The sin to be punished is put in the
accus. 1 Sam. 15, 2. Ps. 89, 33. Hos. 8,
13. Lam. 4, 22; often with >» of pers.
Ex. 20, 5 5°23 by ΤΊΣ }12 Ipb visiting
(punishing) the iniquity of the fathers
upon the children. 32, 34. 84, 7. Num.
14,18. Is. 13, 11. Hos. 1,4. 2, 15. 4, 9.
Am. 3, 14.

3. Causat. i. q. Hiph. pr. ‘to cause
_ to look after’ sc. persons or things, to
let care for them, etc. i.e. a) to set
over, to give the oversight of, to appoint,
with acc. of pers. and >», Num. 4, 27.
27,16. Jer. 51, 27. Metaph. Jer. 15,3 I
will set over them four kinds, i. e. will
send upon them four kinds of calamities.
~ With >x Jer. 49,19. Absol. Num. 3, 10.
Deut. 20, 9. Part. pass. DFIPD prefects,
officers, Num. 31,48. 2 K. 11, 15. Comp.
Niph. Hiph. and n. ΡΒ. With my (MR)
to set with, to join to any one a com-
panion, attendant, Gen. 40, 4. Ὁ) to
charge with, to enjoin upon the ‘care of
any one; Aram. Pe. and Pa. to charge,
toitemmand.” With ἘΦ of pers. 2 Chr.
36, 23. Ezra 1,2. Job 36, 23 "39 pp "2
i293 who hath enjoined wpon ‘him his
way 2? 34, 13 HEIN 2D IPB 4 who hath
charged him with the earth? i.e. com-
mitted the earth to his care and charg@
Comp. pp mandate. c) to deposit
anywhere, to lay up, i. 6. commit to the
care of another, 2 K. 5,24. Comp. ἡ ΤῈ
deposit, store.

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1. ¢, to be
mustered, Εἰ. 38,8 ; to be missed, to lack,
Num. 31, 49. 1 Sam. 20, 18. 25. 25, 7.
21. al.

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be visited with
punishment, to be punished, Is. 24, 22.
29, 6. Num. 16, 29. Prov. 19, 23.

3. Pass. of Kal no. 3. a, to be set over,
appointed, Neh. 7, 1. 12, 44.

Piru i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1. ὁ, to her Is

13, 4.
Pua
Ex. 38, 21.

2. to be missed ; Is. 38, 10 I shall be
missed the residue of my years, friends
will seek me in vain among the living.

Hip. i. gq. Kal no. 8. 1. to set over,
tomake overseer of any thing, to appoint,
with acc. of pers. and >2 of thing, Gen.
39, 5. 41, 34. Num. 1, 50. Jer. 1, 10. 40,

lato be en naipiblred:

862

8 ΡΞ

11; 51 K. 11,28; 3 Jer. 40, δ. 41, 18
abecli 2K. 95, 23. Metaph. Lev. 26, 16,
comp. Jer. 15, 3, in Kal no. 3. a.

2. to charge with, to commit to the ©
care of any one, 6. 3 >» 2 Chr. 12, 10,
372 Ps. 31, 6; c. MX pr. to commit or
entrust with any one, q. d. to deposit with
him, Jer. 40, 7. 41,10. Absol. 37, 21.

3. to deposit, to lay up anywhere, Is,
10, 28. Jer. 36, 20.

Hops. ἽΕΙ, part. plur.O°7R82 1. to
be visited, i. e. " punished, Jer. 6, 6.

2. to be sel over, to have the oversight
of, 2 K. 12, 12. 2 Chr. 34, 10. 12.

3. to be deposited with any one, 6. MX
Lev. 5, 23. ry

Hrd’. fut. SpeM? for IPSN, ‘babe
of Kal no. 1. ¢, to be mustered, numbered
Judg. 20, 15. 17. 21, 9. |

Horapa. plur. sIpEnn for spenh,
id. Num. 1, 47. 2, 33. 26, 62. 1 K. 20, 27.

Deriv. HIPB—Oo" PB, MPR, IPE.

MPP ἢ (τ. ΡΒ) 1. ἃ muster, enume-—
ration, 1 Chr. 23, 11. 2 Chr. 17, 14. 26,
11. See the root no. 1. ὁ.

2. care, providence, Job 10, 12; see
the root no. 1. d.—Spec. custody, ward,
i. gq. "790, M7902, and coner. watch,
ΟΕ: 11, 18. 2 Chr. "23, 18. Ez. 44, 11.
minpen ma the house of ward, i. e.
the prison, Jer. 52,11; comp. Hiph. no. 2.

3. oversight, office, charge, see the
root no. 3; Num. 4, 16. 1 Chr. 24, 19.
26, 30. Ps. 109, 8. Coner. officers, 2 Chr.
24, 11. Is. 60, 17; comp. Num. 4, 32, _~

4. Something laid up, i.e. stores, sub-—
stance, wealth, Is. 15, 7.

5. visitation, i.e. punishment, see the
root no. 2. Is. 10, 3. Jer. 10, 15. Hos. 9,
7. Mic. 7, 4. Plur. Ez. 9, 1.

P IPP m. (τ. IPB no. 3. 6) something
laid up, deposited, with any one ; a depo-
sit, store, Gen. 41, 36. Ley. 5, 21. 23.

KATP f. (r: IPP) oversight, office, Jer. —
37, 13. Ἵ

"SAPD m. (r. spp) 1. visitation, pun-—
ishment, put allegorically as a name for
Babylon, Pekod, Jer. 50, 21.

2. office, charge, see the root no. 3. a.
Concr. a prefect, officer, Kz. 23, 23.

DpH m. plur. (τ. 3PB) mandates,
precepts, sc. of God, Ps. 19, 3. 103, 18
111, 7; elsewhere only i in Ps. 119, e. g
v. 4. 15. 27. 40. 45. al. sep, ’

ΠΡΞ
ΡΞ fut. MPD", to open the eyes;
once spoken of the ears Is. 42,20. A

wider signif. occurs in MiPMPB q. v.
Chald. id. Arab. 3.83 the whelp first

opens his eyes, the rose opens itself.
_ Kind. is nmp, like πῶ and πρῷ ; also
2p8.—Hence a) "29 NPB 10 open
one’s eyes 2 K. 4, 35; in order to see, 2
K. 19, 16. Dan. 9, 18. Job 27,19. Also
_ to have the eyes open, to be wide awake,
watchful, opp. to be sleepy, slothful,
Prov. 20, 13. With >> to open the eyes
_ upon a pers. or thing, i. 6. in order to
attend to, to observe, Jer. 32, 19; or to
look after, to care for, Zech. 12,4; also
in a bad sense, to observe closely, to
᾿ watch, Job 14,3. Ὁ) God is said to open
the eyes of any one, i. e. «) to give or
restore sight to the blind, 2 K. 6, 17. 20.
Is. 42, 7; ellipt. Ps. 146, 8. £8) To
‘enable one to see what he had not seen
_ of himself, Gen. 21,19; comp. Niph.
᾿ς Nipu. to be opened, sc. the eyes: a)
_ Of the blind, to be restored to sight, Is.
_ 35, 5. Ὁ) So as to see what was not be-
fore perceived, Gen. 3, 7. Metaph. v. 5.
Deriv. Mpa—Nip-npe.

“—seor ee

MPP (open-eyed, or ellipt. for mn npp
4ᾳ. v.) Pekah, pr.n. of a king of Samaria
in the time of Isaiah, B. C. 759-739. 2K.

[16, 25 sq. 16, 1. 5. 2 Chr. 28, 6. Is. 7, 1.

TIPE m. (τ. NPB) open-eyed, seeing,
opp. to blind, Ex. 4,11. Plur. trop. Ex.
b 23, 8.

__ ΓΒ (Jehovah has opened his eyes)
| Pekahiah, pr. ἢ. of a king of Samaria,
'B. C. 761-759. 2 K. 15, 22. 23. 26.

TMPTPS, or better with many Mss.

in one word MPMPP, (τ. mpp, like
| bibnp ,) an opening of the prison, deli-
“verance, Is. 61, 1; comp. Mmp Is. 14, 17.
~—In Arabic also mpp, kindr. “with MNMp ,
is not exclusively used of the eyes and
ars ; see in r. MPP.
PPP τῇ (τ. Ἴ5Ὲ) 1. @ prefect, over-
“seer, Neh. 11, 9. 14. 22. 12, 42. "pp
"32 the chief overseer, head prefect, in
the temple, Jer. 20, 1. 2.

2. an officer, magistrate, Gen. 41, 34.
βίῃ. 2, 3; with genit. Judg. 9, 28.
2 Chr. 24, 11. | Also of military officers,
2K. 25, 19. Jer. 52, 25

863

R75

*7P5, Syr. ‘a9, iq. ΣΏΞ, to split
to burst, Arab. ‘ang crepitavit.—Hence
the two following.

ΓΗ͂Σ f. plur. wild cucumbers, cucu-
meres asinint, which are egg-shaped, bit-
ter, and burst on being touched and scat-
ter their seeds, 2 K. 4,39. See Celsius
Hierob. I. p. 393 sq.—Others: colocyn-
thides, and so Vulg. but these do not
thus bursts

D°YPB m. plur. (Ὁ. aa id. wild cu-
cumbers, as an architectural ornament,
1 K. 6, 18. 7, 24.

ΒΒ and 7B m. (τ. "78 11} the latter in
pause and with distinct. accents; c. art.
"pt, “pa, 7p>, plur. ΘΒ, a bull, bul-
lock, espec. a young bullock, jwvencus,
a steer; hence often with the adjunct
“pa-ja Ex. 29, 1. Lev. 4, 3. 14. Num. 7,
15 sq. 8,8. Ez. 43, 19. 23. 45, 18. 46, 6.
Once.a bullock seven years old, Judg. 6,
25. In appos. Ps. 69, 32.55 "ἰῷ q. d. a
bullock-ox ; contra W8H “bp Judg. |. c.
Coupled with another name for bulls, Is,
34,7 owaN DD OMB the bullocks with
the bulls. With few exceptions, as Ps.
22,13, it is spoken only of bullocks for
sacrifice ; hence Hos. 14, 3 [2] mabwa
yMpW oD so will we pay as bullocks
our lips, i.e. we will offer our praise as
victims, as sacrifice ; see the beginning
of the verse. Trop. of princes Jer. 50,
27.—Corresp. are Germ. Farr, Farse,
Anglo-Sax. fear, Gr. πόρτις, perh. Arab.
pes 209
Jy aiid “, young of a sheep, goat,
deer. etc. It follows the analogy of "75,
and might come from the idea of break-
ing forth into ferocious anger; see "7B
I. But it is better referred to r. 975 ΠῚ
to be borne ; the bullock being so called
from bearing the yoke, drawing the

cart, etc. Comp. >39, Germ. Fahr and
Sahren.

: ND not used in Kal, i. q. kindr.
ΓΒ q. V-

1. to bear, spec. fruit, see Hiph.
2. to be borne swiftly. to run swiftly ;
hence 879. Talm. 8%) to run. Ethiop.

4,CU to flee in fear; comp. Arab. γ᾿

and 9 to flee.
Hipu. to bear fruit, Hos. 13, 15.

R"5

NIB, once MIB Jer. 2, 24 (τ. 85D)
comm. gend. (m. Ps. 104, 1, f, Jer. 2,24,)
a wild ass, onager, 80 called from his
swift running, being fleeter than the
fleetest horse, Aristot. Hist. An. 6. 29;
taller and better formed than the domes-
tic ass, of a reddish colour, wild and un-
tameable, living in troops in the deserts,
Gen. 16, 12. Is. 32,14. Jer. 2,24, Hos. 8, 9.
Job 24, 5. 39,5; comp. Dan. 5, 21. Ecclus.

13, 21 or 24. Arab. 3, 21,5, id. This
animal was formerly found in the de-
serts of Syria; but is now exceedingly
rare in western Asia, Mesopotamia, Per-
sia, and Tartary; see Pallas in Acta
Acad. scient. Petrop. A. Ὁ. 1777. R. K.
Porter’s Travels I. p. 459, where also an
engraving is given.—Hence

DNTP (q.d. ἽΝ wild-ass-like, i. e.
indomitable) Piram, pr. n. of a Canaan-
itish king, Josh. 10, 3.

PSB ἢ plur. branches, boughs, see in
MAND.

“a2 1 Chr. 26,18, and 8 plur.
nop 2K. 23,11, prob. the open porti-
cos surrounding the courtsof the temple,
from which was the entrance to the cells
or chambers, mi=w> q. v. The form

“18 corresponds to Pers. a\sy5 Ἄ ΝΣ
δ» oy? 5 also Jtyys yrs; which

all signify a swmmer-house, or rather an
apartment open on all sides to the light
and air. Inthe Targ. and Talm. 7°7798
and 47"2"18 are the suburbs or places
adjacent to a city.

*105 1. to break off, to break in
pieces, to separate by breaking ; comp.
Engl.to part. This is the primary force
of the biliteral "5, comp. "7B, 07D, HB,
728; P28, 2B; hence also tropically in
various senses, 6. ρ΄. of dispersing, strew-
ing; 075, 772); of letting go, 27); of
breaking or bursting forth, M78; of ex-
-panding 772, 07, 1579; also of deciding,
judging, 175. Comp. the similar power
of the syllable "3, under the verb 873.

Arab. 555 1, IV, V, VII, to be separated,
alone; II, X, to Separate oneself from
others ; Syr. 2-2, to separate, to put

apart ; Chald. "28 to separate, to dis-
join.

864

_to the pleasure-gardens and parks wi

ID

2. to expand, to spread out, e. 6.
Hence Syr. 19 to f
to flee away. Comp. 775 4 ΤΩΣ

3. to strew, to scatter, i. q. ὯΣΒ; wher
ni7B q. v.

Nips. 1. fo separate oneself, tt
be separated, divided, parted. 2 Sam. :
23 in their death 37} 8 they were ne
divided. Of the river of Eden, Gen. 2,
10. With 12 from any one, Judg. 4, 11.
Prov. 19, 4; Ὁ id. Gen. 13, 9. 11. 14.
Pregn. Gen. 25, 23 two nations 77322
y79p" proceeding from thy bowels shall
separate themselves. Part. ™752 one se-
parating himself from others, a misan-
thrope, Prov. 18, 1; comp. Hos. 8, 9.

2. to be divided out di ispersed, to ᾿
perse themselves, Neh. 4,13 819]; of na
tions Gen. 10, 32; hyperbol. v. 5.

Pie. intrans. to go aside with a he

lot, Hos; 4,14, Arab. 533 to go aside
for devotion.

Pua part. T7252 separated, singular,
KEsth. 3, 8; comp. Niph. Proy. 18, 1.

Hien. 1. to separate, c. ace. Gen. 80
40. Prov. 16, 28. 17, 9; 6. 713 (comp.
7a >°735) Ruth 1, 17. 2 Κ. 2, 11. Prov.
18, 18.

2. to disperse, Deut. 32, 8.

Hirupa. 1. to separate oneself, to be
sundered, Job 41, 9 [17]. Ps. 22, 16.

2. to be dispersed, scattered, Job 4, 1
Ps. 92, 10.

Deriy. 77]—ni73B ,, and pr. n. xD

‘TB m. (τ. 78) ὁ. suff. "798, a m
so called from his quick pace, or fror
bearing ; comp. the root no. 2, and see
above under "B. 2 Sam. 13, 29. 18, §
1 K. 10, 25. 2 K. 5, 17. Ps. 32, 9. Is. 66,
20, al.—Comp. Lat. veredus Germ
Pferd.

IND. Σ a she-mule 1 Ke 1, 38. 98. 4
See ™B.

Mit3B f. plur. (τ. 48) grains,
of grain scattered in the earth as seed,
Joel 1,17. Syr. 1232 kernel. Talm.
‘Ip grain of a pomegranate.

wings Ez. 1,11.

O75 m. a park, pleasure-grounds
a place planted with trees, Cant. 4,1
Neh. 2,8. Plur. Ecc. 2,5, It correspond
to eg’ Gr. upton a word appli

ΓΞ
wild animals around the residence of
the Persian monarchs, comp. Xen. kc.

' 4. 13. Cyr. 1. 3.14. Sturz Lex. Xen.
_ subh.v. It seems however to originate

neither with the Greeks nor Hebrews,

but in the languages of eastern Asia;
comp. Sanscr. paradéga, a region of sur-

_ passing beauty; Armen. pardes, a gar-

den or park Soe the house; Syr.

{i0455-2; Arab. υ"55γ8 see Camoos I.
p- 784.

*FT9B rarely 87D 4. v. fut. ΠῚ";
part. 198, fem. 4°95, also ΓΒ for πὴ
Gen. 49, 22.

1. Lat. ferre, to bear. Besides the
Semitic dialects this root is also widely
found in the Indo-European tongues,
e. g. Sanscr. bari to bear, Pers. yb

burden, wy

Gr. φέρω, βάρος, βαρύς, Lat. fero, porto,
Soth. bairan. Engl. to bear, causat. to
burden, old Germ. bdéren. Other forms
see below in b.—Hence a) to bear
fruit, as’ a tree, plant, Is. 11, 1. Metaph.
Is. 45, 8. Part. Deut. 29, 17, nab ὦ
WN. a root bearing poison. Fem. 723
m=b α fruitful vine Ps. 128, 3. Is. 32, 12.
» Ez. 19, 10; ellipt. mB fruil-bearing

tree Is. 17,6; MB for mB id. Gen. 49,
22. b) do bear young, to bring forth, of
men and beasts, to be fruitful, Gen. 26,
22. Ex. 23, 30; often coupled with 735,
as Gen. 1, 22. 28. 8,17. Ex. 1,7. Jer. 3,
16. Ez. 36,11.al. Comp. Pers. ys fruit,

Goth. bairan to bring forth, barn fetus,
Scotch bairn. But this signif. is in
part expressed in the Indo-European
languages by peculiar forms, as Lat.
pario, both of young and fruit, fruor,
Sruges, fructus, Germ. Borde fertile re-
_ gion. In the Semitic dialects, Syr. 05
_. to be fruitful, Lye progeny; Eth. ACP
to bear fruit, Z, fruit.

2. to be borne along, to run, of a car-
riage, Germ. fahren, Chald. 878 to run.

to bear, Armen. Dieril,

Hence 717728 sedan, litter. Comp. 878 ,-

x72.

‘Hien. fut. apoc. "235 to make fruitful
in offspring, Gen. 17, 6. 20. 41, 52. 48,4.
Lev. 26, 9. al.

, θεῖν. "2, IMB.

73

865

a)

ΓΞ fem. of "5 q. v. plur. ninp.

1. a heifer, Gen. 41,2 sq. Num. 19, 2 sq.
Also of a heifer or young cow in milk
Job 21, 10. 1 Sam. 6, 7-12; as bearing
the yoke Hos. 4,16. Metaph. heifers
of Bashan, put oe the voluptuous fe-
males of Samaria, Am. 4, 1.

2. With the art. 78M (heifer-town)
Parah, pr. n. of a place in Benjamin,
Josh. 18, 23.

ΓΒ f. (for MINB, τ. "8B IL) @ mole or’
rat, so called from its burrowing; Arab.

ps] - 5
$s. Hence plur. inp moles or rats

Is. 2, 20, if the word is to be read sepa-
rately, as is usually done. But see in
nQBqEN.

MB, see 1D.

MB (i. ᾳ. ANB bough) Purah, pr.n.
m. Judg. 7, 10. 11.

NIM (kernel, r. 128) Peruda, pr. ἢ.
m. Ezra 2, 55; for which 83""8 Perida
Neh. 7, 57.

“TIN plur. oy4en Esth, 9, 19 Cheth.
i. q. Keri "1984; see in "178.

MAND (blossoming, τ. Mh) Paruah,
pr. ἢ. πῃ. 1 K. 4, 17.

D8 Parvaim, pr. n. of ἃ region
producing gold, 2 Chr. 3, 6. Bochart
regards it as the same with Ophir ; Can.
I. 46. More probably oriental regions,
from Sanser. parva prior, anterior, ori-
ental; so Wilford in Asiat. Res. VIII. p.
276. For the form, comp. 877920.

“WB see in "34D.

1B m. (for "ΝΒ, r. "NB I) pr.
heat, then a pot for boiling Num. 11, 8.
Judg. 6, 19. 1 Sam. 2, 14.

Ξ TAD obsol. root, Arab. : ya to sepa-

rate out, to set apart ; Con). III, IV, id.
But Conj. II, to prescribe, to determine,
to decide. It is therefore of like origin
with 79, 07D, 728 ; the idea of cutting
and taking away being transferred to
the sense of judging. To this comes
also the sense of expanding, spreading;
in MIB, "TAB; comp. wap.
Deriv. 38 , re, nine, "T18, sp.

TID m. a leader, chief, commander
of troops, pr. i. q. vbw, ppna, (see r
mp ,) Hab. 3, 14.

ΤΊ

ΓΞ £ (τ. tp) only plur. nip
country regions, open country, as opp. to
cities; Arab. 33 id. Ez. 38, 11 728
mite a land of open country ; as imme-
diately follows: without walls and having
neither bars nor gates. Esth. 9,19 ">
mime the cowntry-towns, opp. to the
metropolis v. 18. Zech. 2,8 [4] Jerusa-
lem 38m Mit shall be inhabited as the
open country, i. 6. because of the multi-
tude of her inhabitants no wall can be
built around her.

TID m. (τ. 158) 6. suff. DIB, rude,
dominion ; Judg. 5, 11 there shall they
rehearse the righteousness of Jehovah,
ἘΝῚ Dime MIpPIs the righteous acls
of his rule in Israel.—Concr. for rulers,
leaders, chiefs; with plur. Judg. 5, 7
beobra jim 14m the rulers ceased in
Israel sc. to act, remained inactive.
Sept. Vat. δυνατοί,

"TAB m. (from M138) α countryman,
rustic, dwelling in the country ; collect.
Deut. 3, 5 "178M "72 country-towns. 1
Sam. 6, 18 "128 "BD a country-village.
Plur. Esth. 9, 19 Keri.

"77D (i. q. "728 a countryman, rustic)
Perizzi, Perizzite, Sept. Φερεζαῖος, col-
lect. the Perizzites, a Canaanitish tribe
living in the mountain regions, which
they afterwards yielded to the Ephraim-
ites and other Jews; Josh. 11, 3. 17, 15.
Judg. 1, 4.5; kindred to the Canaanites
strictly so called, Ex. 23, 23. Judg. |. 6.
Sometimes Canaanites and Perizzites
are put for all the tribes of Canaan,
Gen. 13, 7. 34,30; elsewhere the Periz-
zites are enumerated with various other
tribes of the same stock, Gen. 15, 20.
Ex. 3, 8.17. Deut. 7, 1. al. seep.

S18 Chald. m. emphat. 82192, i. q.
Heb. 5173, iron, Dan. 2, 33-45. 4, 20. 5,
4.23. 7, 7. 19. |

*TAB fut. mop? 1 to break out or
forth, 6. σ. a) From the womb ; Arab.
é χ Conj. II, a bird brings forth

(hatches) young; IV, id. : > young

of birds, ete. δ) toput forth buds, leaves,
blossoms, to flourish, to blossom, as.a
tree Hab. 3, 17; a vine Gen. 40, 10.
Cant. 6, 11.7, 13; a rod Num. 17, 20. 23;

866

“5

the desert Is. 35,2. Arab. 5 id.—
Metaph. of the flourishing and prosper
ous state of a person or ptople, Hos. 14
6. 8. Prov. 11, 28. Is. 66, 14. Ps. 92,8.
13; and without a comparison Ps. 72, 7.
Is. 27,6; contra, Hos. 10,4 punishment
shall blossom like the poppy, comp. Ez.
7, 10. c) to break out, as an ulcer, the
leprosy, etc. Lev. 13, 12 sq. 14, 43. Ex.
9, 9. 10. |

2. to fly,asinChald. so Part. fem. plur.
ΓΒ the flying, i. 6. birds; Ez. 13, 20
mirmb> like birds ; see in > no. 13, ult.
—For the connection of this signif. with
that of sprouting, see under the synon.
7%? no. 2, 3.

Hien. 1. to cause to flourish, to make
blossom, Is. 17, 11. Ez. 17, 24.

2. Intrans. to put furth buds, leaves,
flowers, to flourish, to blossom, Ps. 92, 13.
Job 14, 9. Metaph. Prov. 14, 11.

Deriv. P28, ΠΤ, MPN, pr. n. TAB,

M15 m. in pause M7p Ex. 25, 33, ἃ
flower, blossom, Num. 17, 23. Is. 5, 245
also artificial, Ex. 25, 33. 37, 17. 20.
Num. 8, 4. Abstr. bloom, verdure, Nah.
1, 4.

MIB m. progeny of beasts, contemp-
tuously for low and wicked men, brood,
Job 30, 12. R. mp.

*D"5 pr. to strew, to scatter, kindr.
with "78, 07p; then to scatter words,
i. e. to boast, to prate; comp. Arab. b

to be insolent in word or deed ; also ro

to scatter, whence ,43 a garrulous per-
son.—Am. 6, 5 a3 ἼΒΤΌΣ Ow IBA they
chatter (are garrulous) to the sound
of the lyre, spoken contemptuously.—
Hence in

DD m. a scattering, concr. any thing
scattered, strewed. Lev. 19, 10 77292 278
the scattered grapes of thy vineyard, i.€.
those fallen off of themselves; as Syr.
Chald. Vulg. correctly —In the Talmud |
also of the scattered grains of the pome-
granate.

"75: m. (τ. 778) in pause "7B , 6. suff.
ἌΒ, wp, but FB, ὉΞῚΠΒ Hos. 14, 9.
Ez. 36, 8, and oa" B, 77H Am. 9, 15.
Jer. 29, 28. / q

1. fruit, both of the ear‘h and fields —

"ἼΒ.

6, Gen. 4, 3. Is. 4, 2. Ps. 72, 16.
107, 34. al. hence 3 ΥΝ @ fruitful
land Ps. 107, 34; also of trees Gen. 1,
— 12. 29, whence "18 Y> fruit-tree Gen. 1,
ii. A tree or field producing fruit is
said "75 MBS, see in ΠῺΣ no. 2.c; δἰ
"78, see in "xin no. 4; wp jM2; see in
983 no. 1. d.—Metaph. of the result, con-
sequences of an action or endeavour, the
. figure being often, preserved ; Is. 3, 10
they shall eat the fruit of their doings,
: experience the consequences. Prov. 1,
31. Jer. 6, 19. 17,10. Ps. 104, 13 with
the fruit of thy works (of God) is*the
earth satisfied, i.e. is watered with rain,
_ which is the fruit of the skies or élodde:
Prov. 31,16 0782 “8 the fruit of the
hands, i. e. gain, profits. Is. 10, 12. "3
a3 ba the fruit of a proud heast; i.e.
boasting. Prov. 12, 14 the fruit of one’s
mouth, discourse. 13, 2, 18, 21. al.
2. jaa 7B fruit of the womb, see in
{02 no. 2; and so simpl. "8 i. q. 51,
of men Ps, 21, 11; of beasts Is. 14, 29,
— So "5 ΠῸΣ of persons 2 x. 19, 30. Hos.
9, 16. Jer. ‘22, 2.

N15, see NTI7D.

' V8 π΄. (τ. 728 no. 3) constr. 7.8

Is. 35,9; but plur. ΘΒ, "X77B, (with
_ Dag. impl. for y778,) one violent, rapa-
cious ; an oppressor, a tyrant, Ps. 17, 4.
Ez. 7, 22. 18,10. Jer. 7,11. Dan. 11, 14.
—Is. 35,9 MPM γ508 q. ἃ. a ravenous
beast.

ey 725 obsol. root: 1. to break, to
break down, to crush; Talm. P75 to
_ break or crack nuts; comp. kindr. p78.
_ Hence 773.
2. to separate, like Arab. (ἢ
' Hence map. uP
JID τὰ. (τ: FB) oppression, rigour,
from the idea of crushing, Ex. 1, 13. 14.
Lev. 25, 43. 53. Ez. 34, 4.
. ΓΒ ἢ (τ. 7:8) @ vail, curtain, se. of
separation, which separated the holy of
holies from the outer sanctuary in the
_ tabernacle, Ex. 26, 31 sq. Lev. 16, 2. 12.
- Num. 18, 7. al. sep.

ΒΞ fat. DADS, to rend garments
Lev. 10, 6. 13, 46. 21,10. Freq. in Tal-

Ἷ mud. Syr. sep2 to cleave. See under

867

a

ΝΣ ΟΞ (Sanscr. parameshta supe-
rior) Parmashta, pr. n. of a son of Ha-
man, Esth.. 9, 9.

325 (prob. either from Chald. 238 to
leap up, to run swiftly ; or from Heb.
pie to live delicately) Parnak, pr. n.
ny. Num. 34, 25.

* OMB to break, in Kal only in the
phrase ΐ ἘΠῚ ὈΠΞ to break bread to
persons, i. e. to deal out or distribute it, |
Is. 58,7; also without =m> Jer. 16, 7,
comp. Ex, 24, 17. 22. Comp. ΔΒ no. |.

Hiren. 1 εἵδάναι to divide. Lev. 11,4
DH? 32 MOIw but divideth not the
hoof, i. e. has not the hoof wholly cloven.
Elsewhere M0753 0™5F pr. to cleave
the hoof, i. e. to have a cloven foot, to
part the hoof, Lev. 11, 3. 5. 6. 7. 26.
Deut. 14,7. 8. So ae Ps. 69, 32 "8
p13 IP? @ bullock having horns
and cloven hoofs.

Deriv. 078, 708.

O35 Chald. to divide, part. act. plur.
yore Dan. 5,25. Part. pass. 078 v. 28.

OIE in pause 075, pr. ἢ. Heb. and
Chald. Persia, the Persians, 2 Chr. 36,
90. 22. Ezra 1, 1. 4,3 sq. 6, 14. Dan. 5,
28. 6, 9. 13. al. Pers. uy: uy,

uy Fars. Some derive it from Zend

Pars pure, splendid; others from 678

5.1
Uy? horse,

horses.—Hence gentile ἢ. "078 Parsi,
a Persian, Neh. 12. 22; and Chald. em-
phat. 87078 Dan. 6, 29 Keri.

O78 m. (τ. 098) 1. ig. NOW, a
cloven foot, claw, plur. c. suff. wots
Zech. 11, 16.

2. A species of eagle, Sept. yovy, Vulg.
eryphus, Ley. 11, 13. Deut. 14, 12. Ac-
cording to Boc hatt, Hieroz. II. 185, the
sea-eagle, ossifraze, Arab. pats the
breaker.

MOI f. (r. on pr. cleft, for cloven
foot, hoof, see the root ; Ex. 10, 26. Ez.
32, 11. Mic. 4, 13. Then also of a horse? 5
hook not cloven, Is. 5,28 Jer. 47, 3.—
In Chald. it is put also for the sole of
the human foot, i. q. 53) 42 in Deut. 28,
35. Josh. 3, 13. .

"O18 a Persian, see n. 078.

since Persia abounds in

775

ἘΝ ἽΞ fut. 395" 1. tolet go loose, to
dismiss, pr. to let break away. Chald.
338, Syr. αἴ, id. Comp. the roots
beginning with “5 under art. "18 .--
Hence a) to absolve the guilty, Ez.
24,14. b) to let go loose, unbridled, un-
' checked, and part. pass. 3198 unbridled,
unruly ; Ex. 32, 25 bis. 0) to refuse,
to reject, Prov. 4, 15. 8, 33. 13, 18. 15,
32; to avoid Prov. 1, 25.

2. to make naked. to uncover, by loos-
ening the garments, etc. e. g. the head
Num. 5, 18; spec. by cuttimg off the
hair Lev. 10, 6. 21, 10. Part. pass. 3398
naked, bare, Lev. 13, 45.—Chald. and
Talm. id.

3. to begin, ἃ ἄρχομαι, from the idea of
breaking loose, opening, comp. in >>n
Hiph. Hence to lead on, to go before ;
Arab. ὁ to be highest, to surpass

others. Judg. 5,2 5222 nistp Soba,
for which correctly ‘Sept. Alex. and
Theod. ἐν τῷ ἄρξασϑαι ἀρχηγούς ae. A.
in the leading on of the leaders in Israel
i.e. in that the princes of Israel took the
lead as leaders, put themselves at the
head. Opp. 53 3325 the people wil-
lingly followed, volunteered.

ΝΙΡΗ. pass. of Kal no. 1. Ὁ, to be un-
bridled, unruly, Prov. 29, 18.

Hien... 1. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, to dismiss
from labour, to let rest or cease, c. {2
Ex. 5, 4.—Arab. ἃς 9 V, to be free from
labour. σ'

2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. b, to make
unbridled, unruly, 2 Chr. 28, 19.

312 m. 1. hair, locks, as being
shorn, see r. 32 no, 2. Num. 6, 5. Ez.

44, 20.—Arab. ey τὰ

2. a leader of an army or people, ὦ
prince, see Τ᾿ 378 no. 8, Plur, miss,
constr. ὨΊΡΒ. Deut. 32, 42. Judg. 5, 2;
comp. for the gender of nouns of pftice
Lehrg. p. 468, 878.—Arab. Ey prince,
head of a family.

MID, Gr. Φαράω, Pharaoh. the com-
mon title of the ancient Egyptian kings
in the Old Test. and found only there
and in writers who have drawn from
this source.—It often stands simply, like
a proper name, Gen. 12, 15. 37, 36. 40,
2 sq. 41, 1 sq. and so genr. in the Penta-

868

D5

teuch, as also Is. 19, 11. 30, 2. Cant. 1,
9. al. More rarely other words are add
ed, as DYNA Fe 1K. 3, 1. 2K. 17, 7%
18, 21; sometimes also a more specific
name, as 12) M378 2 K. 23, 33 sq. comp.
v. 29. SBN Hsp Jer. 44, 30.—The
word originally signifies the eer in the
Egyptian language, as Josephus has re-
marked, Ant. 8. 6.2; and was written in

the dialect of Memphis OPO, Theb.

PPpo: eppo, Basm. pPp+ eppd.>

and with masc. art. novrpo, Ippo;

πρρὰ, see Peyron Lex. Copt. p. 150, |
181. Jablonski Opuse. I. p.374. Kosegar-
ten de prisca ZEgyptior. Lit. p. 17. —The ἢ
idea has been started more recently, that ὦ
ris corresponds to the Egypt. -pH
the sun, which is written as a ene :
phic symbol over the titles of kings ; so
Roseliini Monumm. storici I. p. 117.
Lepsius Lettre ἃ Rosellini p. 25. But —
more prob. the Egypt. PPO was so —
inflected by the Hebrews as to appear
in a Semitic form, i. q. 798 prince, and
then the termination #1 i. q. }iwas added.
See in Thesaur. p. 1129.

ἘΣ ΒΞ obsol. quadrilit. i..q. Ethiop.
&44,CUB to leap, to spring. Hence
0372 m. 1. a flea, so called from its

leaping, 1 Sam. 24, 15.—Arab. ὥγέν,
Syr. transp. 15.25.5.

2. Parosh, pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 2,3. 10, 25.
Neh. 3, 25. ;

PHPIB (perh. chief, from 278 , W398)
Pirathon, pr. n. of a city of Ephraim
Judg. 12,15. Gr. ®agaday 1 Mace. 9,
50.—Gentile ἢ. is "239 Pirathonite,
Judg. 12, 13. 15.

“BNE (prob. swift, r. "78 II, Arab.
4 iy to hasten, to be swift) Pharpar,
one of the two rivers of the territory of
Damascus, 2 K. 5, 12. [The other was
the Amanah (228) corresponding to the
present el-Burada, coming from Anti-
Lebanon and now divided on the plai
into several streams to water the cit:
and fields. The Pharpar has been re
ferred: a) To one of the channels
the Barada. This is hardly probable

4
[
:
Ι
j
3
;
1

ΩΣ oye.
_ a syllable prefixed, are Goth. spreitan,

γ3

δἴποθ two distinct rivers are apparently .

intended. b) To the fountain and

stream el-F%jeh Ksra)f, high upon the

eastern slope of Anti-Lebanon. This
stream joins the Barada about twenty-
five rods from its source ; its volume of
water being twice as great as the other.
Hence it is regarded as the main source
of the Barada, and not as a distinct river.
Abulfede Tab. Syr. p. 15, 174. ed. Koh-
ler. O. v. Richter p. 157. c) To the
Awaj, the next largest river of the Da-
mascus territory after the Barada. It
rises in Jebel esh-Sheikh (Hermon), and
flows ὃ. W. to Sa’sa’; and then north-
easterly through the plain to the lake
el-Merj. It is described as a rapid and

pretty stream ; and may well be regard-

ed as the Pharpar. It is mentioned by
Abulfeda ; see Tab. Syr. p. 97. Burckh.

‘Syr. p. 53, 312. Schubert’s Reise III. p.
_27.—R.

pe i* y ἽΞ fut. 77 to break, to rend, to
brea

out or forth, Gen. 38, 29.—This

‘primary power lies not only in the let-
ters "5, see under 178, but also in the

syllable 71, ῥήσσω, reissen ; comp. in r.
Analogous to this root, with

Germ. spreitzen, Engl. to spread. The
middle radical being softened to a semi-
‘vowel; there arises the root γ38. Arab.

ue to cut, to rend, to tear; Uy
to cut in, trop.to define. Chald. iq.
Heb.—Spec. 1

1. to break or tear down, to demolish,
6. g. the house of God 2 Chr. 24, 7; a

wall, etc. Is. 5, 5. Ps. 80, 13. Mic. 2, 13.

Ecc. 3, 3. 10, 8... Neh. 2,13. 4,1. 2K.
14,13 ΤΙΝ TDI... O1BwAT Pain| pap
max and brake down in the wall of Jeru-
salem... four hundred cubits. 1%979 ΣΡ
a city broken down, i. e. whose walls are
demolished, Prov. 25, 28.

2. to Break or rend asunder, i. e., to

disperse, to scatter, 6. g. hostile forces

r

.2 Sam. 5, 20. 2 Chr. 20, 27. Ps. 60, 3.

: BS tntraris. to disperse onasel? to apredid

»
)
!

abroad, as a people, flock, and hence to

_ tncrease in number, Gen. 28, 14. Is. 54,
_ 3. Ex. 1, 12. Hos. 4, 10 they commit
. ‘whoredoin, 12597 N51 but do not increase
in Renter, Gen. 30, 30. Job 1,10. Also
_of a person whose Tia increases,

73*

869

ΥΞ

Gen. 30, 43; of a rumour diffusing itself,
2 Chr. 31, 5. Metaph. to be pecientla
with any thing, c. acc. like other verbs
of abundance, Prov. 3, 10 #737 inn
aZ457 thy wine-vats shail overflow with
new wine. Others less well: ‘thy presses |
shall burst with new wine ;’ for neither
the wine-press nor wine-vat can be said
to burst from the quantity of wine made,
the figure applying only to a cask or
wine-skin. Adverbially, 1 Chr. 13, 2
ΠΡῸΣ mx let us disperse and send,
i.e. let us send in every direction, every
where.

3. to break forth upon, to break in
upon, to rush upon, Mic. 2,13; with 3 of
person Ex. 19, 22.24. 2Sam. 6,8. 1 Chr.
15, 13; c. acc. Job 16, 14. Also to form -
by eoe kind through or into ; Job 28, 4
dm? yp he breaks a shaft through, i.e.
sinks a shaft or pit, by breaking through
the ground.—Further: a) In a bad
sense, to break out, to act with violence,
Hos. 4,2. Hence yp. b) In kind-
ness, to press upon, to urge with entrea-
ties, c. 3 1 Sam. 28, 23. 2 Sam. 13, 25.
27. 2 K. 5, 23.

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 2, part. p43
spread abroad, common, 1 Sam. 3, 1.

Puat pass. of Kal no. 1, to be broken
down, demolished, Neh. 1, 3.

Hirupa. to break away from any one,
i. q. to run away, 1 Sam. 25, 10.

Deriv. Υγ 8, y'252, and

728 τὰ. in pause yp Neh. 6,1; plur.

‘DN Am. 4, 3, mis Ez. 13, 15, c. suff.
Ve.

1. a@ breach, rent, in a wall 1 K. 11.
27. Is. 30,13. Am. 4, 3. 9,11. Job 30,

14 49M 39 y71BD, Vulg. well, quasi

rupto muro irruerunt, the figure being
taken from besiegers, who rush with
great force into a city through a breach
made in the walls. From the same
source comes also the phrase Υ8Ξ >
to stand in the breach sc. against an

enemy rushing in, and this is the station

of the bravest and most devoted troops,

‘as being most exposed to danger, Ez.

22, 30 (comp. 13, 5). Ps. 106, 23.

2. breach, i.e. a breaking up, disper-
sion. a) Of enemies, defeat, Judg. 21,
15. Ps. 144,14. b) breach of waters, a
breaking forth, inundation, 2 Sam. 6, 96

DoD

3. breach, i. e. a breaking in upon,
assault, impetus. Job 16, 14 he rusheth
upon me YIH-2H->9 γῈ8 breach upon
breach, assault upon assault.

4. Perez (Engl. Vers. sometimes
Pharez), pr.n. 8) A son of Judah by
Tamar; see Gen. 38, 29. 46,12. Patro-
nym. "375 Perezite (Pharezite) Num.
26,20. Ὁ) Perez-Uzza (83> 779 defeat
of Uzza), pr. n. of a place 2 Sam. 6, 8.
1Chr. 13,11. 6) Plur, O°s98 75 (mount
of ACR Mount Perazim Is. 28, 21.

Cn ΡΞ to break ; Syr. and Chald. id.
Arab. , αὖ to separate, to distinguish.
This is 4n onomatopoetic root, found
widely also in the same signif. in the

Indo-European languages, as Sanscr.’

prah, Lat. frango, Goth. prikan, prichan,
Germ. brechen, brocken, Engl. to break.
Ina softer form it appears as 3 to
break i.e. bend the knee; and with the
labial dropped 64 yvuus. Spec.

1. to break off, e. g. a yoke, c. 598
Gen. 27, 40.

2. 10 break or crush e. g. bones, limbs,
as a wild beast, Ps. 7, 3.

3. to let break away, i. e. to deliver,
Ps. 136, 24. Lam. δ, 8.—Syr. we id.

Piet 1. to break or tear off, Ex. 32, 2.
Zech. 11, 16.

2. to break or rend in pieces, 6. g.
mountains, 1 K. 19, 11.

Hirup. 1. to be broken in pieces, Ez.
19, 12.

2. to break or tear off from oneself, c.
acc. Ex. 32, 3.24. Comp. Heb. Gram.
§ 53. 3. a.

Deriv. P73, ‘P28, P72.

Pp 2 Chald. pr. to break off, see the
Heb. hence to deliver to redeem, Dan.
4, 24.

P25 τὰ. (r. P28) constr. p28, broth,
soup, Is. 65, 4 Cheth. so called from the
fragments or crumbs of bread over which
the broth is poured. Comp. Arab.
Bo 60 a dish made of crumbs of bread
with hot oil poured over them. Another
form is Ὁ q. v.

‘PIS m. (τ. pp) 1. violence, rapine,
from the idea of breaking in upon, Nah.
3, 1.

2. Place where two ways separate, ὦ

870

- the roads. .

‘D1
fork, Obad. 14. Comp. Arab. 37? 0
separate, ἘΣΤΕ Gs the fork of

i “IAB to break, to break in ‘itd |
comp. “4B I; see the roots beginning
with ἽΒ in τ. 775.—In Kal once inf
absol. “ib Is. 24, 19; although it may
also be referred to r. "ἢ I.

Hiru. “24, in pause ἜΒΗ Gen. 17,
14; inf. "Bn, c. suff. B395n Lev. 26, 15;
fut. “5%, oonY: 7B"; ‘to ‘break, always
trop.
1. m™2 'n to break a covenant, to vio-
late, Is. 33, 8. Ez. 17,15. 16; 36‘of thoke
who break their covenant with God
Gen. 17, 14, Lev. 26,15. Deut. 31, 16. 20,
15." 24, 5. al. So of God Lev. 26, 44.
Judg. 2, 1. Jer. 14,21. Also to break a
law, Ps. 119, 126; God’s precepts Num.
15, 31. Ezra 9, 14.

2. to make vain, bring to nought, to
Srustrate, as counsel 2 Sam. 15, 34. Ps,
33, 10; comp. Job 5,12. Prov. 15, 22. Is.
44, 25; to declare void, e. g. a VOW
Nan 30, 9. 13.—Intrans. to be in vain,
to fail, Ecc. 12, 5.

3. to annul, to abolish, e. g. piety Job
15,4; one’s right 40, 8. Ps. 85,5 "ἘΠ
nay ODD annul thine anger towards us,
i. 6. avert it, cause it to cease. |

Horn. “51 to be made vain, to come
to nought, Is. ‘s, 10. Jer. 33, 21.

Po. “7D to cleawe, to rend, 6. g. the
Red Sea Ps. 74, 13.

Hirapo. “718m to be broken, fond
by concussion, as ‘the earth Is. 24, 19.

Pitp. fut. "B95", to shake violently, Job

16, 12, comp. Is. 24,19. Arab. 355 to
break. on

“11.28 i. g. ap , 73B, t0.be borne

swiftly, to run. Arab. “ to flee. Hence
"p, 7B, ἽἼΒἼ8.

* D5 fat. 7p) 1. i ᾳ. OTB to
break, to break in pieces, Mic. 3, 8.
> τος wap to break (diats igi) bead to |
persons, Lam. 4, 4.

2. to spread out or βου to posi:
pr. from the idea of bisakiug apart and
arranging, comp. yp no. 2. Chald. id. —
Syr. wie id. . Arab. ιἦγϑ to
upon the ground.—K. g. a cloth or cove

ς «ὦ».

: itself Joel 2, 2\—Spec.
‘epread a net Hos. 5. 1. Ps. 140, 6; ο. Ὁ

the feet in riding, see 58.
παι ἢ. 5. and τῶ 5.

wD
ing Num. 4, 6.8; a sail or flag Is. 33,

3 a tent Ex. 40,19; a letter rolled
up Is. 37, 14; light (c. "> around him-

self) Job 36, 30; a cloud Ps. 105, 39;

. part. 8 of the dawn spreading
a) mij wp to

Jor any one Lam. 1, 13; >> (for >, by)
Prov. 29,5. Hos. 7,12. Ez. 12, 13. 17,

20. 32, 3; hat Ἰ6 From 6°41. Is. 19, 8, bv

refers to ΟΕ b) 5723 8 fo spread

the wings,as a bird, cherub, Deut. 32, 11.
1K. 8, 7. 2 Chr. 5, 8; ο. by, DN, Ὁ of
place, ‘to spread the wings in οὐδὸν ἴο
fly to any place,’ Jer. 48, 40. 49,22. Job
39, 26. For Ruth 3, 9 see in 523 no. 2.
6) D172 Ip, ODD wip, Zo spread out
the hands, either in prayer and adora-
tion, c. 5 to any one Ex. 9, 29. 33.

1 K. 8, 22. 38.54. Ezra 9,5. Job 11,13;

> Ps. “4, 21; or for bounty, δ. 3 Prov.
31, 20; or bit spoil, with >» of thing

Lam. 1,10.—Metaph. Prov. 13, 16 a fool

spreadeth out his folly, lays it open, bears
_ it before him.

3. to disperse, see Pi. no. 2; hence

_ Nien. to be dispersed, scattered, Ez.
17, 21.

Pret. 88 Is. 25, 11, fut. wp", inf.

es suff. ὈΞΘΊΕΞ, to spread out, to expand,

e.g. the hands in prayer to God, Is. 1,
15. 25, 11. 65, 2. Ps. 143, 6. Unusual

_is 3°77 NOB 10 spread forth with the

hands, id. Lam. 1,17. Comp. 5°28 pin
also O720a. Heb. Gr. § 135. n. 3.

ΒΕ 2. to disperse, to scatter, Ps. 68, 15.:
- Zech. 2, 10.

Deriv. ΘΒ.

᾽ wb pr. to cleave, to divide, see

Hiph. Hence

1. to separate, to distinguish, i. 4

ἶ Chald. and Syr. whence 0395 ἴμἃ,5,
a Pharisee, i. e. one separated.

ὺ 2. to declare distinctly, to specify, Lev.

24. 12. Comp. 3123 no. 2.—Syr. wee
for Gr. ogifw Acts 17, 26. 31.

3. 10 spread out, to stretch apart, spec.
Comp. the

Nien. to be dispersed, scattered, Ez.

_ 84,12; where however several Mss. and
editions read τ ΕΣ. which is more ac-
>:

cording to the usus loquendi; see r. wp.

871

wD

Puat pass. of Kal no. 2, to be distinetly
declared, to be specified, Num. 15, 34.
Part. as adv. Neh. 8,8 and they read
in the book of the law of God ‘3952 dis-
tinctly (so Vulg. i. e. word for word, Syr.
faithfully), and gave the sense and ex-
plained what they read ; comp. Ezra 4,
18.—Others, as also Hengstenberg Au-
thent. Dan. p. 299, render it here, with
explanation i. e. translation sc. into
Chaldee; but see Thesaur. p. 1132.
Compare also the use of the noun M37p.

Hiren. to puncture, to sting, Prov. 23,

ys id. Lae
goad. |
Deriv. wp, wap, mw.

WB Chald. id. Pa. part. pass. wan,
as adv. distinctly, accurately, word for
word, Ezra4,18. Vulg. manifeste, Syr.
faithfully. See Heb. 07» Pu.

WD m. (τ. UB, after the form >up)
constr. 815 Ez. 26, 10 before a conj. ac-
cent; plur, ΘΒ. ὁ. suff. 9p, with
Kamets retained. ja

1. ahorseman, rider, eques, Syr. μῶν 59»

32.—Syr. «αὐοΐ, Arab.

Arab. us, pr. so called as riding upon
a horse, and not on an ass (Arab. jes )

or camel (ASH). Jer. 4,29. Nah. 3,

3. Plur. 05 Gen. 50,9. Ex. 14, 9 sq.
1 Sam. 8, 11. al. sep. Is. 21, 7 Tax
pip pairs of horsemen; horsemen
and their steeds in pairs. v. 9. Opp.
“im 337, 523 33 riders on asses and
camels.

2. a horse for riding, a steed, which
the Romans also called eques, according

to Gell. 18.5. Macrob. Sat. 6.9. Comp.

equitare, of a horse running with a rider,
Lucil. ap. Gell. ibid. It is manifestly to
be distinguished from "030 i. 6. com-
mon horses for chariots, etc. 1 K. 5, 6
[4, 26] and Solomon had forty thousand
pairs of horses (2"050) for his chariots,
and twelve thousand steeds, sc. as saddle-
horses. Ez. 27,14 from Armenia they
brought to thy fairs D° 7751 DIDI ODA
horses (common), and steeds for riding,
and mules. Joel 2,4, D°W7p *>2a 2 Sam.
1, 6 horsemen. Once Is. 28, 28 of horses
treading out grain, but still with riders,

_Arab. uy Ethiop. A.Zf1 a horse.

55

Nore. It may seem strange to derive
the word for horse from that signifying
horseman ; but for this there are the fol-
lowing reasons: a) The authority of
the vowel-points, since in the signif.
horses it is also read ΘΒ not ΘΒ.
b) The analogy of the Latin usus lo-
quendi. c) The etymology, which can
be probably explained only in this way;
i.e. WD a rider, is readily derived from
wp to separate or spread out the feet,
which in Arabic is more fully given by

Outs and 2.5.
Ὁ m. (τ. Hoy) c. suff. itp
1. excrement, dung, feces, in the belly,

so called as being separated and thrown
off; Ex. 29, 14. “Lev. 4, 11. 8,17. Num.

19, 5. Mal. 2;3. Arab. ers, , Syr. (2,3,

Chald. 878, id.
2. Peresh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 16.

2095 Heb. and Chald. a transcript,
copy, e.g. of a letter, Ezra 4, 11. 23. 5,6.

7,11. In Targ. id. Syr. ape. The
etymology is obscure; though the word

is prob. to be referred to the Sanscrit or
old Persian; comp. in j20. Thesaur. p.
1133, 1134. ah nathiay form of the same
noun is j24M_ Esth. 3, 14. 4, 8.

᾿ TOD quadril. not used in the verb,
Arab. Qué 3 and bbb. to separate or
spread out the feet, to straddle ; com-
pounded from 728 (see no. 3, also 98)
and 7p —Hence

FITWD ἅπ. λεγόμ. Jude. 3, 22, accord-
ing to the ‘Farg. Vulg. Luth. Engl. dung,
dirt, (comp. 87 ,) hence τ ΒΤ xx
and the dirt (feces) came out from the
wound. But the He paragog. implies
rather the place to which a thing comes
out; perh. therefore better to render:
and (the blade, 37>) came out between
his legs, i.e. in vulgar Engl. ‘into his
crotch ;? comp. the root and nop .—Sept.
Vat.-. καὶ ἐξῆλϑεν (‘4a0) τὴν προστάδα,
as if ᾿ὐτάνιόνη were i. q. 531950777 in v.
23 ; but such a repetition "would be fri-
ary and v.23 is manifestly a transition
to another topic. —

MUD f (τ. Op, for Msp verbal of
Piel) distinct declaration, exposition,
Esth. 4, 7. 10. 2.

872

vive

᾿ TWIS quadril. to spread out, to ex”
pand, Job 26, 9. Compounded-from 848
no. 3, and 18 to spread; comp. Mit7B ~
Kinde: with ap 4. ν.

NNIIWIB Parshandatha, Pers. pr. n.
of one of Haman’s sons, Esth. 9,7.—The
form savours of Chaldaism, and might
so denote an interpreter of the law ; but
the name is more prob. of Persian origin
inflected in the Chaldee manner.

. ΓΞ obsol. root, Syr. and Chald. to

break, i. ᾳ. 2B ; but Arab. Sys to be
sweel, spoken of water.—Hence

FD pr. n. Phrath, Euphrates, a river
of Syria, which, rising in the mountains
of Armenia and uniting below Babylon
with the Tigris, empties itself into the
Persian Gulf, Gen. 2,14. 15, 18. Deut.
1,7. Jer. 13, 4-7 where some erroneously
understand Ephrata. 46, 2. 6. 10. al. seep.
Comp. "72 no. 2. Gr. Εὐφράτης fron

2

a form τ, Arab. ele , which also
signifies ‘sweet water ;’ comp. Jer. 2, 18.

MB ἢ a fruit-tree, see the root np
no. 1. a. |

Dan m. plur. nobles, princes,
among the Persians Esth. 1, 3. 6, 95
among the Jews Dan.1,3. It is of Per-
sian origin, i. q. Pehlvi pardom the first,
see Ang. du Perron Zend-Avesta II.
Ρ. 468. ‘Comp. ‘Zend fratheméd, Sanser.
prathama, the first; kindr. are Gr.
πρῶτος, Lat. primus.

τ ΓΞ to spread, as the leprosy, Lev.
13, 7 sq. Arab. Las V, to be propaga-
ted, e. g. disease. Aram. sop id.—The
primary idea is that of going apart and

spreading out, a signification common to

verbs beginning with the. syllables DB,
wp, wp (ΓΒ), and often expressed in
Latin by the particles dis, αἱ.

pal UB to stride, to go; ¢. 2 to po
upon, Is. 27, 4, Chald. >0p id. —The pri-
mary idea is that of throwing apart the
legs, see in πιῶ and Pp.
Deriv. ΠΣ ΘΒ and
YWE m. a stride, step, 1 Sam. 20, 3

*

pwe to dispart the lips, fo open
wide, Prov. 13, 3.—Kindr. with SDB. ©
Piet id. of the feet, Ez.16 25 , ᾿

wD

OE ἅπ. λεγόμ. Job 35, 15, which, in
_ entire accordance with the context, the
Sept. and Vulg. render παράπτωμα,
_ scelus, i. 6. trangression, as if i. α. 302 ;
ῇ hence 8 is prob. put for 2p, Wa, the
; - final » being dropped, like ne) Job 15, 31
Cheth. for IW. Others, after the Rab-
bins, multitude sc. of transgressions ;
but this and other explanations are
_ forced. See Thesaur. p. 1136.

ἘΠΞ only in Pret fut. to tear in
pieces Lam. 3,11. Aram. id.

_ “NWS Pashur,pr.n.m. a) A priest
' contemporary with Jeremiah, Jer. 20, 1.
2.3. Allusion is made to the signif. of
_ the name, i. 6. prosperity round about,
compounded from mp Arab. to be

_ wide, ample, and “ino round about.
Opp. 2"302 7132. Ὁ) Jer. 21, 1. 38, 1.
_ c) Ezra 2, 38. 10, 22. Neh. 7, 41. 10, 4.

* DUE fut. oS", imp.c. 4 parag.
. πΏθῈ Is. 82, 11.
1. to spread out, to expand, Syr.as,
| Arab. Laws; kindr. wwe no. 1, 2.
_ Everywhere intrans. to spread oneself
out, of hostile troops 1 Chr. 14, 9. 13; of
_ swarms of locusts Nah. 3, 16; with >>
of a land or people, to invade for the
_ purpose of carrying off booty, Job 1, 17.
Judg. 9, 33. 44; 58 1 Sam. 27,8; 3 2
Chr. 25, 13. 28, 18 ; accus. 1 "μα 30,
Ε14: shail, Sam. 27, 10. Hos. 7, 1.
_ 2. to put off a garment, to lay off;
_ which implies the opening and unfold-
ing of it, a garment being wrapped toge-
_ ther in putting it on; c. acc. Lev. 6, 4.
16, 23. Cant. 5, 3. al. Absol. imper.
| neds put off thy garments, Is. 32, 11.
a Pret to strip, to plunder, e. g. the slain
ΟἽ Sam. 31, 8. 2 Sam. 23, 10. 1 Chr. 10,8.
_ Hips. to cause to put off one’s gar-
ments, i. 6. a) With acc. of pers. to
_ sirip any one Hos. 2,5. Ὁ) With acc.
+ of garment to strip off, 1 Sam. 31, 9.
_ Job 22,6; comp. Mic. 2, 8. c) With
_ two acc. to strip one of any thing, Gen.
37, 23. Num. 20, 26. 28; dr ace. of thing
and 59 of pers. Mic. 3, 3. Job 19, 9.
| _ 2. to flay victims for sacrifice Lev. 1, 6.
2 Chr. 29, 34. 35, 11; comp. Mic. 3, 3.
_. Hirup. to strip oneself 1 Sam. 18, 4.

i

873

wwy

* SWE fut. sen 10 Pr. to break with
any one, i. e. one’s covenant, allegiance ;
hence to fall away, to revolt, to rebel, c.
22K.1,1. 3, 5.73 ©. nine 2 K. 8, 20.
22. Comp. Arab. («5 to revolt, also
Aram. ams, Pop, to break. —Spec.
mina Sup. to rebel against Jehovah, to
apostatize from him, Is. 1, 2. Jer. 2,29.
3, 13. Hos. 7, 13. al. sep. Absol. id.
Am. 4, 4. Lam. 3, 42.—Hence

2. Cane to transgress, to sin, Prov. 28,
21; c. 59 against Hos. 8, 1.—Part. ova
one who makes defection from God, a
transgressor, Is. 48, 8; plur. pte
transgressors, i. 6. who rebel against
God, Is. 1, 28. 46, 8. 66, 24. al.

ΝΊΡΗ. recipr. of Kal no. 1, Prov. 18, 19
3YEBI MX brethren breaking with one
another, offended, discordant.

Deriv. Bp and

ΣῈ m. in pause SOB, c. suff. "WUE ;
plur. payin , constr. “uD.

i. defection; rebellion, of a people
Prov. 28, 2.

2. a trespass, fault, Gen. 31, 36. 50,
17. Ex. 22,8. Espec. transiression, sin
against God Job 7,21. 13, 23. 14, 17. 31,
33. Ps. 32,5. 51,3. al. It would seem
to be stronger than ὨΝΌΤΙ,, Job 34, 37.
Plur. Prov. 10,12. Am. 1, 3. 6.—Meton.
a) punishment of sin Dan. 9, 24. b)i.q.
sin-offering, Mic. 6, 7.

Ἶ WE Chald. i. q. Heb. "mp , to ex-
plain, to interpret, e. g. visions, dreams,
Dan. 5, 16.—In Targg. often for Heb.
“mp. Syr. pao, Arab. poss id.

Pa. id. Dan. 5, 12.

Deriv. the two following.

“2B Chald. m. emphat. x79 and
mothe , ce. suff. mv, plar. 12a ; ex
plynation, interpretation, Dan. 2, 4 sq.
4,3. 4.15 sq. 5, 7. 8. 12. 15 sq. 7, 16.

“WB Heb. id. Ecc. 8,1. R. 7a

* WE obsol. root; Arab. ui II,
to dissolve, to separate into its parts;
spec. to shake up, to card cotton, Avi-
cenna cited by Castell. Syr. Lamas
a carding. Chald weve to examine
closely, to scrutinize, from the same idea
of separating, etc.

Deriv. the two following.

nws

MUS f£ only c. suff. snus Hos. 2, 7.
11, and plur. Donte (f Is. 19, 9), flax,
linen, ἢ i. 6. the material Is. 1. c. Deut. 22,
11. Proy. 31,13. momen >"ne a line of
flax Ex. 40, 3, and so minus judg. 14,4.
Also as wrought, linen, linen-cloth, Fey.
13, 48.52 ἘΠ 32 a linen garment.
v. 47. 59. Ez. 44, 17.—So Josh. 2, 6 “HUB
V27 the tree- faz, i i. 6. the stalks of “flac ;
Vulg. stipule lini, Sept. λινοκαλάμη. But
Arab. Vers. stalks of cotton.

Note. This word is usually referred
to aroot ΕΘ, whence is then derived a
form πῶ. But there exists no trace
of such a root in the kindred dialects ;
and a form Hw is never found. I pre-
fer therefore to assume, as above, a root
wep, whence Up, fem. mp and TAs,
. plur. pines , see Lehrg. p- 575, ‘576.
The Ὦ, though servile, is then treated
as a radical, as in Mik, Mink; Mop,
ninwp , etc.

MMP Γ (see Mvp note) 1. flax, the
plant as growing, Ex. 9, 31.

2. a wick, as made of linen, Is. 42, 3.
43, 17.

ΓΒ ἢ Prov. 17,.1. (τ. mmp) c. suff.
‘mp, plur. ὉΡΩ͂, a bit, crumb, morsel,
e. g. of bread Gen. 18, 5. Judg. 19, 5.
1 Sam. 2. 36. 28, 22. 1 K. 17, 11. Prov.
28, 21; also without ἘΠῚ id. Ruth 2, 14.
2 Gan. 12, 3. Job 31, 17. Prov. 23, 8.
Plur. o°mS crumbs bes. 2, 6. 6, 14. Ps.
147, 17 he sendeth forth his ice D'MED as
morsels, i. e. the hail.

nb m. (r. map) c. suff. j7Mp Is. 3, 17,
plur. minb, an interstice, space between ;

Arab. ὧν id. It follows partly the
analogy of verbs 93 .—Spec. of the space
between the feet, i. e. pudenda muliebra,
Ital. potta, Is. 3,17. Trop. min’ female
hinges, i. e. the eyes or parts with holes,
1 K. 7, 50.

DONE , see "MD.

pkmp adv. (for tmp from 5 mo-
ment, with the ending t=, and ¥ changed
into &,) im a moment, sudddenty, Josh. 10,
9. 11, 7. Job 5, 3. 9, 23. Ps. 64, 5.8. al.
In the genit. after a noun, as D&M_ IMB
sudden terror Prov. 3, 25; often inten-
sively after SMB, as OXMD SMBS very
suddenly Num. 6, 9; pknp sne> Is. 29,

874

rims
5; also transp. 3755 ἘΝῸΒ 30, 13. With
prefix pkNDD 2 Chr. 29, 36. :

A2MB m. constr. 32Mb , delicate foc dL,
dainties of the king’s table, Dan. 1, 5.8

13. 15. 11,26. Syr. 1.22 in Barhebr.
and Ephr. id. The word is of Persiar

origin; from 42, Pers. sls, sl; ce

Sood, see p. 111; and Sanser. paiti domi-
nus; q. d. ἌΣ food, delicate; so Ben-
fey, Monathsn. p. 194.

DANS Chald. m. emphat. Ἐπ᾿
word, i. q. "33; whence δὲ 535 any,
i. q. Heb. 125 “Sein to return word, i. 6.
to answer, Ezra 5, 11. Dan. 3, 16. πρῷ
δὲς ΒΒ to send word, i.e. a writing, letter,
etc. Ezra 4, 17. 5,7; comp. Heb. Prov,
26,6. Hence a rescript, edict, decree, ©
of aking Ezra 6, 11; adecree of Jehovah ©
Dan. 4, 14 [24]. ΜΕΝ the Targg. often
for Heb. "33. Syr. do id. Prob.
of Persian origin, i. Ts Pehlv. peddm,
Pers. peighdam, Ρ A Leas, τς μὰν elas, ;
word, also an edict sent foe letter or by |
amessenger. The Chald. 53m would
seem to come from an antique form, in
which both the ¢ and g were preserved.

DINE m. (Kamets impure, see Syr.
and Pers. above,) word, later Heb. i. q.
preced.Chald. Spec. a rescript, decreee
of a king Esth. 1, 20; of a judge, sen-
tence, Ecc. 8, 11.

ἽΠῺΒ fut. mms, apoc. MB* Job 31,
27. ae. :
1. Pr. to open, to expand. Kindr. are
mnb, 578; and in the Indo-europ. dia-
lects comp. Sanser. pad to expand, Gr.
πετάω, πετάνγυμι, Lat. pateo.—Prov. 20,
19 ΠΕ MMB who openeth his. lips,
spoken of a garrulous person who al-
ways has his mouthopen. Also to dilate,
to make broad and large; see Hiph.

Chald. xmp Aph. id. Syr. {2 to be
broad; Pa. and Aph. to make broad. —
Sam. = ΧΩ to be broad.

2. Intrans. to be open, and trop. of the
mind, to be open, ingenuous, like children
and youth; comp. Arab. Lis to be inge- _
nuous, youthful ; hence in a bad sense,
to let oneself be enticed, seduced. Deut.
11, 16 52325 ΠΏ ΓΒ lest your heart de

m5

enticed. Job 31, 27. Part. nb simple,
foc ish, Job 5,2; fem. mmB Hos. 7, 11.
_ Nien. to let oneself be persuaded Jer.
id ), 7; to let oneself be enticed, seduced,
6. bY to any thing, Job 31, 9.
yi Ῥιει ΠΞ 1. to persuade any one,
ec mp. st9w, so Jer. 20,7. Hos. 2, 16
14); ; espec. to evil | K. 22, 20 sq. Fade.
, 15. 16,5. 2 Sam. 3, 25. Hence to
ntice, to seduce, Ex. 22, 15. Prov. 1, 10.
16, 29.
_ 2. to deceive, to delude with words,
τ. ἀπατάω, Ps. 78, 36. Prov. 24, 28
ἼΣΩΣ mnen wilt thou deceive with
y lips? i. e. deceive not, see in 4 no.
a.
_ Puat i. q. Niph. to let oneself be per-
suaded Prov. 25, 15; to let oneself be
eceived, Ez. 14, 9. det: 20, 10.
_ Hips. ‘fat. apoc. M5", to dilate to make
broad and large, i. q. on , comp. Kal
. 1; ©. dat. fo enlarge ‘for any one,
give him ample room; Gen. 9, 27
“p> p-M>s mp" lit. may God make large
fe » Japheth, i.e. give him wide room.
The paronomasia is to be noted.
_Deriv. “mp, mitnp, Chald. "ne, and
»: ἢ. mp".
SSI (prob. for 583m man of God)
Pethuel, pr. n. m. Joel 4 1.
= m. (τ. Mma Pi. no. 4) plur.
AMD, constr. "MMB, engraving, sculp-
lure, carved work, 2 Chr. 2,13. Zech.
9; Plur. 1 K. 6, 29. Ps. 74,6. "mmp
apin engravings of a ring or signet, on
yems, Ex. 28, 11. 21. 36. 39,6. 14. 30.
Sept. γλυφή, γλύμμα.
sins (perh. i. q. Chald. 87m a table)
ethor, pr. n. of a place on the "Euphra-
es where Balaam dwelt, Num. 22, 5.
eut. 23, 5.
MIMD i. ἃ. mB, α bit, morsel, Ez. 13,
9. R.nnme.

ΟΠ nn fut. MAD", inf. c. suff. "The.
“1. to open, Syr. οἷο, Arab.

Act ch id. Kindred are πῶ, ΣΏΒ. also
ΠΕΒ q.v.—E. g. to open a door Judg. 3,
5. 2K. 9,3; a gate Is. 26,2. Ez. 46,
2; the ss of heaven Ps, 78, 23; a
ὃ ον Gen. 8, 6. 2 K. 13,17; ot walpal-
chre Ez. 27, 12. 13; treasures Deut. 28,
2; a rock, :.e. a fountain in a rock Ps.
105, 41; a sack Gen. 43, 21; the eyes

875

mins

1 K. 8, 21. . Without acc. to open sc. a
door Is. 22, 22. Jer. 13,19; ὁ. dat. to
open to any one a door Cant. 5, 2. 5. 6.
Also intrans. to uvpen, of the earth Ps.
106,17. Part. pass. MMB open, not cov-
ered, Num. 19, 15.—Spec. in. phrases:
a) ATMS ΠΩΒ to open one’s mouth,
either for eating Ez. 3, 25 or in song
Ps. 78, 2; or for crying out Ez. 21, 27
[22]; or for speaking, mostly after aterm
of silence, Job 3,1. 33,2; hence lo speak,
to utter words, Prov. 31, 8. Ps. 109, 2.

-So the opp. not to open the mouth, i. e.

to be silent, Ps. 39, 10. Is. 53, 7. Prov.
24, 7. Also to open the lips, i. e. to
speak, Job11,5. Ὁ) Ina different sense
God is said to open the mouth of any one
i.e. to make the dumb speak Num. 22,
28 ; or to make one speak fluently, Ez. 3,
27. 33,22. 0) to open the ear of any
one, i. e. to reveal any thing to him, so
of God Is. 50, 5, comp. 48,8. d) to open
the hand unto any one, c. Ὁ, i.e. to deal
liberally towards him, Deut. 15, 8. 11.
e) to open the gates of a city, spoken of
cities which surrender, Deut. 20, 11.
2K.15,16. f) Pregn. to open the grain,
a somewhat bold figure for: ‘to open
the granaries and expose the grain for
sale” Am. 8,5. Also to open a sword,
to draw it from the sheath, Ps. 37, 14.
Ez. 21, 33 [28]; to open prisoners, i. e.
to let them go free, Is. 14, 17.

2. to open, i. 6. to begin, to lead off
e. g. a song Ps. 49, 5.—Arab. id.

Nipu. 1. to be opened Gen. 7, 11. 15,
35, 5. Ez. 1, 1. ἃ]. Trop. Jer. 1, 14.

2, to be lodsed; e. g. a girdle Ta 5, 27;
to be set free, as a captive Job 12, 14.

Piet 1. to open i. q. Kal, Job 41, 6.
Intrans. to‘ open itself, of a flower Cant.
7,135; of the ear, to be open, Is. 48, 8;
of gates 60, 11.

2. to loosen, to unbind, e. g. bonds Is.
58, 6. Job 38, 31. 39,5. Ps. 116,16; a
rein Job 30, 11; sackcloth Ps. 30, .12, te
20, 2. etc. With acc. of pers. Jer. 40, 4
I will loose thee from the chains, etc.
Ps. 102, 21. 105, 20. Gen. 24, 32. Is. 45,
1. Part. 9m one who ungirds himself,
spoken of a warrior putting off his ar-
mour after a battle, 1 K. 20, 11.

3. to open or furrow the ground with |
a plough, Is. 28, 24.—Hence in the simi-
lar sense:

ΓῺΞ

4. to engrave, to carve, to sculpture,
6.5. wood 1K. 7, 36. 2 Chr. 3, 7; gems
Ex. 28, 9 36. 2 Chr. 2, 6.13; also archi-
tectural ornaments in stone, Zech. 3, 9.

Puat pass. of Pi. no. 4, to be engraved,
Ex. 39, 6.

Hrrupa. to loose oneself from bonds,
z. ace. Is. 52; 2.

Deriv. προ, TRB, TNE,
nmao, ΠΏΞ, and the pr. names MHS",
Minp?, OIE? .

ΤῸ Chald. to open, i.q. Heb. Dan. 6,
11. Pret. pass. Dan. 7, 10.—Often in
Targg.

MMB m. (τ. MNg) in pause MN, ὁ. suff.
snmp, plur. "IM, constr: "NB.

1. an opening, entrance, door-way, or
in a looser sense door, 6. g. of a house
1 K. 14, 27. Job 31, 24; of a tent Gen.
18, 3; of Noah’s ark Gen. 6, 16; of a
chamber 1 K. 6, 8. 31; of a city Gen.
38, 14. al. It differs from mba, o°n27,
which signify the door or valves by which
the πῶ door-way is closed. Hence
mnps in the entrance Gen. 38, 14. Jer.
26, 10. 43,9. Ez. 11,1; 8 mnad, nnp2
αἱ the entrance or door Prov. 9, 14. Gen.
4,7; ΠΏ 59 id. Job 31, 9. Most. freq.
simpl. MMB as acc. of place where, c-

genit. ΠΝ mM at the. door of the tent
Gen. 18, 1.10. Ex. 33, 8. 9; "D5 ΠΝ Έ
Ex. 29, 11. 32. 42; man 8 Gen. 19, 11.

2K. 5,9; 2vn Ἐ at the entrance of the
gate, in or by the gateway, Judg. 18, 16.
17. 2Sam.8, 8; comp. 9, 35.44; "£4 Έ
Num. 3,26. 4,26. After verbs of motion,
ΤΊ ὌΝ to or towards the door Lev. 1, 3.
4,4, Deut. 22,21. Josh. 8,29; also HANMBM
Gen. 19, 6.

9. Poet. for gate, iq. 12, Is. 3, 26.
13,2. Mic. 5,5. Ps. 24, 7. 9 pbis "nn
the everlasting gates. Metaph. 772 "18
Mic. 7, 5.

MND m. (τ. Mmp) opening, insight, in-
struction, afforded by any thing, Ps. 119,
130.—Syr. tw Ze2 an opening, explana-
tion. Arab. 2x3 X, to explain the

Koran.

ΠΣ 5: τα. (τ. ΓΒ) constr. yinnms , open-
ing of the mouth, Ez. 16, 63. 29, 21.

‘TMD (whom Jehovah sets free, Τ᾿

876

dnp

16. Ὁ) Ezra 10,23. Neh. 9,5. ©) N |
11, 24. &

"MB m. (τ. ΠῚ) in pause "Ng, ali
out of pause Prov. 9, 4. 16. 14, 155 lur.
ὉΠ Prov. 22, 3, ΘΓ Prov. 1, 22.32;
and ὩΣ 8, 5. 9, 6. al. simplicity. fe ye
Prov. 1, 22; see τ. MMB no. 2: Cor oI
simple, foolish, easily enticed and sé
duced, Prov. 7, 7. 22, 3. 27, 12. Ps. 1

6. al. So of one credulous Prov. 14, 15
inexperienced Ps. 19, 8. .

“MB Chald. m. breadth, ο. suff. FY
Dan. 3,1. Ezra6,3. ὅτ. Lohse id. Se
r. ΠῺΒ no. 1. |

SMB ἅπ. λεγόμ. Is. 8, 24, ἃ kind ¢
costly raiment, perhaps an embrotc

festive garment, compounded from ἢ
Ὅ5 id. comp. Syr- 1539 an embroidere

and variegated garment, ys to va
gate; and 55} exultation, rejoicing,
on festivals, holidays. See Thesaur.
1137. 4
MIAN f. simplicity, folly ; coner. sim
ple, foolish, of a female Prov. 9,13. Rey
nine - οἷ
ΤῺ f. plur. Minne drawn
Ps, 55, 22. R. MMB no. 2. |
ne m. (τ. 5B) α thread, line, cc
Num. 19, 15. Judg.16, 9. Ex, 28, 28. 37 3
of the cord or string by which the signet=
ring was suspended in the bosom, Ge |
38, 18.25; of a measuring-line Ez, 40

—Arab. juss a cord.

᾿ ὉῺΞ in Kal not used ; Chald. Syre
Arab. and Ethiop, fo twist, to twine,
spin. Hence 578.

Nirg. 1. to be twisted, metaph. to
crooked, crafty, deceitful, part. bmp? Pro
8, 8. Job 5, 13. isa:

2. to wrestle, which implies a mutu
twisting and intertwining of the limt
Gen. 30, 8. See =i) oP |

Hrrupa. lo show oneself crooked,
ty, perverse, to act thus ; fut. bnenn P
18,27. The form bpnn 2 Sam. 22,
seems to have arisen by transposil
bmpnn into bemnn, and then contre
ing into >3mn. ie

Deriv. Dmg, DOBIMER, pr. a. “eA
also .

.

len τα eae ms
=. ΓΟ “- πα ~~. Ν

Ὁ) Pethahiah, pr. τι. m. a) 1 Chr. 24,

dns

‘a Srone m. crooked, crafty, perverse,
" Deut. 32,5. R. dnp.

_ BMD Pithom, pr. ἢ. of a city of Goshen
in lower Egypt, on the eastern bank of
4 the Nile, Ex. 1,11. Gr. Zatovpos He-
"ἢ rodot. 3. 158. Steph. Byz. Also Θοῦμ,
_ dropping the syllable pa which ex-
_ presses the Egyptian art. Itin. Anton.
ΟΠ p. 163 Wessel. Egyptian @OXX, and
_ with art. ΠῚ- ΘΟΛᾺ the narrow place ;

see Champollion Egypte sous les Pha-
_ raons, I. 172. II. p. 58 sq.

3
_* 3) obsol. root. I. i. q. m2, cps,
to be strong, to be firm; whence jM22
_ threshold.
| IL. Prob. i. ᾳ. mp. to twist, to twine.
_ Hence

ἸΏ m. in pause jmp, plur. O°2ne an
asp, adder, a poisonous serpent, Is. 11,
8. Ps. 58, 5. 91. 13. Deut. 32, 33. Job 20,
14.16. ‘On the deafness of the adder,
Ps. 58, 5, see Bochart Hieroz. III. 156,

"161 sq. Lips.—Chald. 58, Syr. ie,
; 9. <.
Arab. pA, id.

* nD obsol. root, Samar. i. q. Mmp
_ toopen. Hence

_ MB pr. opening of the eyes, a wink,

twinkling ; then a moment, like Gr. ῥιπὴ
ὀῳϑαλμοῦ. Hence as adv. in a moment,
suddenly, Prov. 6, 15. 29,1. Hab. 2, 7.
_ 9n_ps Num. 35, 22 unexpectedly, i. 6. acci-
dentally. Other examples see under
ΝΒ, which comes from this.

Tsade, “3%, the eighteenth letter of
_ the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral de-
_ noting 90. The name signifies perh. ὦ
_ reaping-hook or scythe, from r. ΤῚΣ no.
I; so called from the ancient figure of
_ the letter; see Thesaur. p. 1143.

_ In the Arabic alphabet there are two
__ letters corresponding to &, viz. , 0 Sad,
asharp sibilant, and ye Dad equiv. to
_ dort pronounced with a slight sibilant
_ orlisping sound ; to this latter approach-
|: 74

877 x

"ΤῺΒ fat. “hp? do interpret a dream
Gen. 40, 8. 16. 22. 41,8.12.13.15. The
Chaldee, which is usually averse to sibi-
lants, has in this signif. "a q. v. Ethiop
4A,NZ,.—Hence pr. n. ins and

ΤΩ m. interpretation of a dream,
Gen. 40, 5. 12. 18. 41,11. Plur. Gen.
40, 8.

OIMMD Pathros, the domestic pr. n.
for Upper Egypt, distinguished from
“ix2, D572, which denote in their
more limited sense Lower Egypt; see
these words. Is. 11, 11. Jer. 44, 1. 15.
Ez. 29, 14 where Pathros is called the
native land of the Egyptians. 30, 14.
Gentile noun plur. 5°07m_ Pathrusim
Gen. 10,14. The name in Egyptian is
Il-€T-PHC the region of the south; in
later Coptic called also $8.8.-DHC
southern region. See Jablonski Opusc.
ed. te Water I. p. 198. Quatremére
Mém. sur Egypte II. 30. De Sacy ad
Abdoll. p. 13, 14. See more in The-
saur. p. 1141.—Sept. JJaovgys, but Cod.
Vat. in Ez. Φαϑωρῆς, both from Theb.
Ilé.TOVPHC pr. the south wind, south
quarter ; Peyron Lex. p. 49. 182.

JIWND, see in a7 .

7329
+ NO® to break. to break in pieces,

Lev. 2,6. Arab. end id. Eth. ATT
to break bread.
Deriv. ΓΒ, ming.

es also 5 Dha i.e. ὁ uttered from the
bottom of the palate near the throat,
which we might call with Sanscrit gram-
marians cerebral. Thus ΤῚΣ LgXdo;
but Ἰδπ wybs sheep; also δὲ ὩΣ gr to:
thirst, pbx atte to be obscure. Hence

in several Hebrew roots there is a differ-
ence of signification, according as they
are written in Arabic with \,o or , 6 or
4b, see 6. g. 5b; but still roots of this

FINS

sort often have the same etymology,
and are united by a very close affinity,

Ge Ge
comp. "1% and , Σ ΧΩ 2 and

3.3.--ΤἼ]6 LXX usually drop the den-

tal sound, and express the Tsade by the
simple sibilant s ; as ΝΞ Sufawd.

Kindred letters are: a), which in
Aramean is often put for the Heb. ¥;
comp. in the Hebrew language itself
the roots "¥2 and "23, "ΠΣ and “WD,
32% and 32, οἷο. Ὁ) More rarely 7;
comp. 33% and 137, JBE¥ ..p3d, etc. ὁ)
‘The sibilants 1, Ὁ, 0; comp. v3, Τὸ,
029; ΥὮ3, OM; pny , pm. ἀ)», ra
vehich see p. ΡΝ οὖ The palatal 4,
2,p. This is a singular affinity, but
it is proved by many examples, and is
to be explained perhaps in the same
way, that in Sanscrit the gutturals g, k,
pass over into the palatals ds, tsh, i. 6.
Engl. 7, ch. Examples are: pos ὦ
καχάζω; 32% and 523 to be depressed ;
"2% and "23 to screak, to creak; ἼΩΝ
κάνϑαρος cantharus, i, e. tube; "3% and
“2p to heap up, to form a mound, and
so to bury, ete.

“NZ f. Tsere impure (for ANZ"; r
RE7) constr. ONS, c. suff. FMRE; excre-

ment, ordure, human, Ez. 4, 12. Deut.
23,14. Comp. ΓΝ ἸῺ no. 2, RIX, ORS,

“ANY see mix.
᾿ *ONN obsol. root.. Arab. dls to be

thin, slender ; but with mid. Ye JL
denotes the lotus silvestris, prickly lotus,
perh. kindr. with r. }2%.—Hence

DON m. plur. Job 40, 21. 22, rendered
by Abulwalid, Schultens, and others,
loti silvestres, lotus trees, Rhamnus Lo-
tus Linn. Arab. Sidr ydw, also Nibk

a3. This tree is common in Egypt
and Syria; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p. 210, 284.—Others regard 5°>x¥ as an
Aramean form for ΠΡῸΣ shades, i. 6.
shady trees ; as 27, Aram. FRI; 0d2,
Aram. 082. So Vulg. Syr. Aben Ezra.
See Thesaur. p. 1144.

* IN obsol. root, and doubtful. Arab.
ice to be rich in sheep and goats;
but it is a denominative from δὰ δὴ ἐν

878

jee

flock. Perh. i. q. }3% to wander, to mi-
grate, like nomades ; hence gis nomadic
flock. ὦ

ἸΝΣ, once pixz Ps. 144, 13 Cheth.
comm. gend. see below in no.“l.c¢; a
collective noun.

1. a flock, flocks, i. e. small cattle,
Ss -
a and goats; Arab. plur. ΔΕ

ΟΣ woolly flock, opp. to goats; but

Su pees wyatt denotes the wild
goat. For shes and oS i. 6. ISX,

a frequent Arabic word is -Chald.
jaz, Syr. AS, id —Gén. 29, 1 10. 30, 36.
40. 32, 6. 37,12. Ex. 2, 16. 3, 1: al. sep.
Often with ΡΞ herd, as “p35 Ἰὰς
flocks and herds Gen. 12, 16. 13, 5. 20,
14. 21, 27. 24, 35. 1 Sam. 14, 32.al.
ΝΣ ἢ Ash a keeper of flocks, shepherd,
Gen. 4, 2. 46, 32. 34. Spec. it may be
noted: a) That {8% comprehended
both sheep and goats, usually intermin-
giled in the same flock, as at the present
day ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 169.
So Gen. 30, 35. 38, 17 J will send thee a
kid ‘from, the flock ; comp. 27, 9. Lev. 1,
10. δ, 6. 22, 21. 2 Chr. 35,7. But xar
ἐξοχήν sheep alone are implied 1 Sam.
25,2. b) As acollect. it takes nume-
rals, which are put sometimes before it,
as jXS "RNY two sheep Is. 7, 21; Ban,
i8x 1 Sam. "25, 18; comp. 1 K. 5, 3. Job
1, 3. 42,12; and sometimes: after it, as
Num. 31, 32. 1 Sam. 25, 2. 1 K. 8, 63.,
al. The corresponding noun of unity is:
mw a sheep or goat, one out of a fonts
Ex. 21, 37 [22,1] if a man steal..
sheep or goat (MY), he shall vetoes “.
ΝΣ ΣΞῸΝ four sheep or goats. Ez. 45,
15. Soin saa sLé as noun of unity

corresponds to pik. ¢) As to gender,

“8x is put with the masc. where rams
and he-goats are to be understood ; Gen.
30, 39 ἸΝΝΙῚ sam and the rams and
biicka rutted. With the fem. where
ewes and she-goats are implied, ibid. ὦ
kan jt>m and the flocks brought forth.
v. 38, 41. 33, 13. 1 Sam. 17, 28. Put
also for females καὶ ἐξοχήν, as usually
constituting the flocks, Gen. 31,8.11.12 —
2. Spec. a flock. drove, ἱ. ᾳ. ΠΣ (comp —
ΝΣ “979 Gen, 29, 2. Mic. 5, 7); so Ps

ONS
7. 12. 95, 7. Jer. 23, 1. Trop. of Israel

i .7, 14. SIX jks a flock (troop) of
io ix. 36, 37. 38.

~ RX (place of flocks) Zaanan, pr. n.
‘of a’place in the tribe of Judah, Mic. 1,
11; perh. i. q. }2% Josh. 15, 37. R. jx.

_ DNENZ m. plur. (τ. X¥7) constr.

"NENE Is. 48,19; c. suff. DI"NENY Is.

ἡ hw

| 1. issues, what comes out from the

arth, productions, produce, Job 31, 8

B 22, 24. 34,1. 42,5.

2. Metaph. issue, offspring, children,
is. 61, 9. 65, 23. Job 5, 25. 21, 8. 27, 14.

Fe ly τ ΤΡ “RENE the offspring (issue)

stock, family.

32 τη. (τ. 331} Γ΄ alitter, sedan, palan-
_ quin, as being lightly and gently borne;
comp. r. 33%. also Germ. Séanfte id.
from sanft softly. Plur. D°2x Is. 66, 20;
| Sept. λαμπήνη. ‘Num. 7, 3 3% ΓΞ. litter-
wagons, i. 6. covered and commodious
like litters; Sept. ἅμαξαι Aaunnrixai.—
| Chald. 828, 83°, id.

2. A species of lizard, Arab. coe
tacerta Libyca, living in deserts and so
called from its sluggish motion, Lev. 11,
29, Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 1044-63.

‘ Nis fut. X27 lo go forth to war,
as a soldier, to make war,c. >3 against
any one, Num. 31, 7. Is. 29, 7. 8. 31, 4.
Zech. 14, 12; abeol. Nom, 31, 42.—In
Arabic the corresponding word has a

_ wider use, Cus to go or come forth, e. g.
a star, a tooth, a soldier against the
enemy. Ethiop. UA to make war,
8-06 war. Comp. 73¥.—Trop. of
the temple service, a sort of “militia sa-
cra, to serve in the temple, Num. 4, 23.
8, 24; of females 1 Sam. 2, 22. Ex.
38, 8.
᾿ς Hien. to cause to go forth to war, i. 6.
to levy, to muster, 2 K. 25, 19. Jer. 52,
95

Deriv. Siz.

ee Nak Chald. fut. 82%", to will, to

_ please, pr. to be inclined, prone, i. q.

feb. maz no. 4. Dan. 4, 14. 22. 29. 32.
, 19.21. Ὁ, 2. Syr. id.

_ . Deriv. 13%.

879

of thy bowels Is. 48, 19.—Arab. eel

Naz

S2E m. constr. 83%, c. suff. iN2¥, plur.
τόνος, constr. MINI, MINAS, but
RIE Ps. 103, 21. 148, 2. wide con-
strued with a verb ἫΝ Is. 40, 2. Dan.
8,12. R. Raz.

1. war, warfare, military service ; so
Rix “xbn armed for war, see in 7>2n
no. 3; ἈΞᾺΞ X17 fo go out lo war Num.
31, 36. Deut. 24,5; woud 8x1 id. Num.
31, 27. 28 ; N3¥ NS7 id. ‘Num. 1, 3sq. So
of the uted service of the Levites
Num. 4,'23; 8322 ΝΞ coming into the
service, qualified for it, Num. 4, 3. 30.
35. 39.—In the later writers trop. war-
fare for hard service, time of affliction
and calamity, Job 7, 1. 14, 14, comp.
10, 17 ; of the Babylonish exile Is, 40, 2.
Dan. 10, 1 and true is the decree 8331
i933 and great the warfare, i. e. heavy
will be the calamity.

2. an army, host ; Sept. often στρατιά,
δύναμις, Ex. 6, 26. 2 Sam. 8, 16. 10, 7.
al. Plur. Ex. 7. 4. Ps. 44. 10. al. seep.
Rix “0 the captain of a host, general,
Sept. ἀρχιστράτηγος, Gen. 21, 22. 32.
2 Sam. 2, 8. 1 K. 16, 16. al. "tx
832m the men of the host, soldiers, Nam.
31, 53. 1 Chr. 12,8; 838m ὩΣ id. Num.
31, 32.—Spec.

a) DUI NIX the host of heaven, i. 6.
a) The host of angels which stand
around the throne of God (στρατιὰ ov-
ράνιος Luke 2, 13), 1 K. 22, 19. 2 Chr.
18, 18. Plur. Ps. 103, 21. 148, 2. So too
"" Rix Nv the captain of Jehovah's host,
i. e. one of the higher angels, Josh. 5, 14.
15. £8) Of the sun, moon, and stars,
δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν Matt. 24, 29; re-
garded as inhabited by angels and celes-
tial beings, comp. Job 38,7. 25, 5, also
4,18; see Ovid. Fast. 3. 111 ‘ Sidera,
constabat sed tamen esse deos.’? Me-
tam. 1. 73. So Is. 34, 4. 40, 26. 45, 12.
Jer. 33, 22. Dan. 8,.10. Often where
the worship of the heavenly bodies is
spoken of, Deut. 4, 19. 17, 3. 2 K. 17,
16. 21, 3. 5. Zeph. 1,5; where some-
times a special mention of the sun and
moon precedes (Deut. 17, 3. Jer. 8, 2),
and also of the stars (Deut. 4, 19. Dan.
8, 10), and then this phrase is subjoined
as more general, and as if comprehend-
ing all the inhabitants of heaven (Dan.
4, 32), q. d. all the celestial divinities ;
comp. Matt. 24; 29. In Is. 24, 21 the

Nax

host of heaven (D192 NI) is put in
antith. with the kings of the earth.—
Once by a bolder figure 83% in zeugma
is made to refer to the inhabitants of the
earth, or rather to all the earth contains,
i. ᾳ. VINA NPQ, including even animals
and plants: Gen. 2, 1 ovavn ἸΦΞ)
PRINS) PANT, which is expressed
without zeugma thus in Neh. 9, 6
ΠΡῸΣ “tiy-b3) VIN ONBE~D21 Ovawh ;
pemP. Ex. 20 11 7P2).. IST on

Ὁ) A very frequent epithet of Jehovah
is: MINDE WTP min® Ps. 89, 9. Jer. 5, 14.
38, 17. 44, 7, ‘TNS ΗΝ nine Hos.
12, 6 [5]. Am. 3, 13, more rarely min
PINIE OFTEN Ps. 59, 8. 80, 5, also “x cubs
Ps. 80, 8. 15, and ΓΙ: τῆ Is. 2, 12.
3,1. Jer. 49, 7. Mic. 4, 4. Neh. 3, δ.
Hab. 2, 13, ete. Jehovah (God) of hosts,
ἀν; of the celestial armies. This isa
very usual appellation for the Most High
God in some of the prophetical and
other books, especially in Isaiah, Jere-
miah,| Zechariah, and Malachi; but
does not occur in the Pentateuch, in the
books of Joshua and Judges, nor in Eze-
kiel, Job, and the writings of Solomon.—
As to the grammatical construction of
mixaz Min, some suppose it to be by
ellipsis for. ᾿ "8 Ἢ, but this is not
mecessary, and the Arabe too subjoin in
like manner a genitive of attribute to the
pr. numes of persons, as Usb att Pat
Antara equitum, q. d. Antara dus equi-
tum. So too in the construction D°7>x8
MiN3z, the word Mins may be taken
as an attribute which could be put in
apposition with the names of God ;
comp. ΤΊΝΕΣ "253 Is. 10, 16, κύριος σα-
Bao d Rom. 9, 29. James 5, 4. See
Comm. on Is. 1, 9.—The hosts thus sig-
nified in ΤΊΝΕΣ Him can hardly be
doubtful. if we compare the expressions
“ΝΣ Josh. 5, 14. 15, plur. ἢ "8A the
hosts of Jehovah Ps. 103, 21. 148. 2;
which again do not differ from δὲ Σ
ἘΠῚ ΠῚ the host of heaven, embracing
both angels Gen. 32, 2. 3, and the sun,
moon, and stars, comp. Dan. 8, 10. 11.
The phrase ΝΞ ™ therefore differs
little from the later form paw He,
RP20 HSN, God of heaven; see in 0°20.

O°N2E and MINI, plur. of "2¥ roe.

680

M33 warring against her.

mak

DNA (i. q. ONDE roes, or i. q. Day
hyenas) Hos. 11, 8, also DA, DMX
Gen. 10, 19. 14,2. Deut. 29, 22, Zeboim, |
pr. ἢ. of'a city in the vale of Siddim, de- —
stroyed with Sodom and Gomorrah, and
covered by the Dead Sea.

ἡ 5: Ν in Kal not used; kindr. with
535.
1. to move gently, io go slowly ; see 3B.

2. to flow; Arab. wie to flow, to

trickle, of water, ase! to pour.—To this —
root I would refer

Hopn. 387 after the Chaldee manner,
in the vexed passage Nah. 2, 8, where
the words may be thus joined: 59
ait) 3102 the palace is dissolved and
made to flow down, i. e. the palaces of
Ninevah inundated and undermined by
the Tigris, and so falling in ruins; see
Diod. Sic. 2. 26.—Usually referred to
τ. 3%) Hoph. no. 2, where see.

Deriv. 3%, and

M222, c. art. M328 (the slow-—
moving) Zobebah, pr. ἢ. f. 1 Chr. 4, 8.

ἼΩΝ 1. ig. 828, l0g0 forth to
war, to make war; Part. c. ace. Is. 29, 7

2. i. q. Arab. ἴω prodiit stella, to go
forth, to appear, asa star, and so toshine,
to be splendid ; hence ὩΣ splendour.

3. lo project, to be prominent ; Arab,
Lue Conj. I, and Lud Conj. If, immi-
nuit inrem. Hence éoswell, ofthe belly
Num. 5, 27. Also ©

4. Trop. to be propense, inclined, dis-
posed, to will ; comp. YER and h2a.—
Arab. Lu id. Chald. 83% q. v. - Syr.
Lo, id.

Hipn. causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to
swell, Num. 5, 22. .

Deriv. ΠΣ, "3%, 733%, and pr. n.
R35, Mel, ΕΝ

may j in the word Max Zech. 9, 8, is
held by some to be i, q. 823 host, whic
is also read in some Mss. and in Keri.
But 427 is here i. α. [382 q. v.

2% m. adj. (τ. 138) fem. ΠῈΣ,
ing, swollen, Num. 5, 21.

_ glorious.

ria
naz , See in ΠΙΞῚΣ.
32% Chald. m. (τ. 828) pr. will, pleas-
ure; then thing, matter, affair, Syr.
a2,, Dan. 6,18. Comp. 75M no. 3.
ΦΊΔΧΣ m. (r. 938 IL) once Jer. 12, 9,

959 τῆς
a hyena, i. ᾳ. Arab. Sept. vawe.

Others genr. a beast of prey, comp.
‘Talmud. 5°>i3x% ravenous beasts. See
Bochart Hieroz. P. I. p. 829.

*Oas fut. BAL pr. to lay hold of,
to grasp, to take with the hand, like
Arab. λό, Eth. VAM. Kindr. is
max. Hence c. dat. to reach out to any
one, once Ruth 2, 14.

"3 m. in pause "A¥ Dan. 8, 9; plur.
By, ONAL, MINIS, ‘constr. minaz Jer.
3, i9. R. nas no. 2.

1. splendour, beauty, glory, nearly i. 4.
133, MINE; corresponding is Syr.
Ἰλεῖ, decus Is. 4, 2. 23, 9. 24,16. Ez. 7,
20. 26,20; ΤΉΝΕ [Sx Is. 28, 1, 4. ἊΣ
nisban the glory of kingdoms, i. 6. Ba-
bylon, Is. 13,19. So 7385 ys the land

| of beauty, i. 6. Palestine, Dan. 11, 16. 41;

ΤῊΝ 723 the glory of the earth, id. Ez.
25,9; ΤΙΣ ΡΞ "sz id. Ez. 20, 6. 15;
and sith art. aan the beauty sc. of
lands, id. Dan. 8,9; so often in the Rab-

bins.—Plur. constr. ΤΊΝΕΣ; Jer. 3, 19

pa minay 72% m>m2 a possession of
beauty of beauties among the nations,
i.e. a possession most beautiful, most
So Targ. Kimchi, etc.

2. a roe, antelope, Gr. Sopidde, so called

_ from its beauty and gracefulness; Arab.

2b, Chald. πη, Syr. ἔλωζ. It is

very timid Is. 13, 14; and fleet 2 Sam.
2, 18. 1 Chr. 12, 8, Pray. 6, 5, comp. Ec-

_ clus. 27, 22 or 20; and the flesh was and
_ is regarded as a delicacy, Deut. 12, 15.
) 22. 14, 5. 15, 22. 1 K. 4, 23 [5, 3]. See
_ Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 895 sq. 924 sq. or
Il. p. 304 Lips. where he shows that
_ "2% is to be referred to the whole genus

of the roe and antelope, and not to.a par-
ticular species. Their fleetness is re-
ferred to in Cant. 2, 9 comp. v. 8. 2 Sam.
1,19 dn Fanina by ἘΝ 9 7220 thy an-
telope, Ὁ Israel, slain wpon thy heights !
i. e. Jonathan, as being swift of foot,
comp. v.25. 2.18. The roe or antelope,
74*

881

mins |

and espec. the gazelle, is highly prized,
by the orientals for its elegance, and
they even obtest by it; Cant. 2,7 7 αὐ-
jure you, O datlahters of Sirians.
MW MIDNA IN Mixsya by the roes and
by the hinds of the ‘field. 3, 5.—Plur.
ΠῚ ΝΣ 2 Sam. 2,18; okay 1 Chr. 12, 8;
fem. Biers Cant. 2 a 3, δ.

NIT (roe, fr. "2%) Zibia, pr. n. αὶ
1 Chr. 8, 9.

MAL (roe, fr. "3¥) Zibiah, pr. n. of
the tfothier of king Josiah, 2K. 1222.
2 Chr. 24, 1 =Flens the ‘Arameah
xm"30 Tabitha, Gr. Δορκάς Dorcas,
Acts 9, 36. :

max” fem. of "38, a roe or female
antelope, Cant. 4, 5. 7, 4,

DAL, see paNdy.
nt Ὁ vax obsol. root, i. q.

in, to menor hence to tine to dye;
kindy: 3%, where see.—Hence DX,
SAEN, a με n. ἼΣΩΣ.

ae yay j 1. q. to seize as prey.

to raven as a wild beast; hence vise
beast of prey, hyena, and pr. n. ὈΛΣΩΣ.
Sor S ».

Αγαθ. ἀρὰν, Mn;

5325 Chald. to dip in, to immerse;
Pa. to wet, to moisten, Dan. 4,22. Irnpa.
F2VEN to be wet, moistened, Dan. 4, 12.
20, δ, 21.—In the Targums often, ‘ to
dye, to colour. :

to dip

lion.

52 m. (τ. 22x 1) a dong concr.
something dyed, dyed garments, Judg.
5, 30.

FiPAL (dyed, τ. vax 1) Zibeon, pr. ἢ.

of a son of Seir, phylarch or head of the
Horites, Gen. 36, 2. 20. 24. 29. |

BVA (hyenas, see 213) Zeboim,
pr. n. of a valley and town in the tribe
of Benjamin, 1 Sam, 18, 18. Neh. 11, 84.
R. 33% II.

"MSS fat. "Ax" fo heap. up, to store
up as grain Gen. 41, 35; treasures Job
27, 16. Ps. 39, 7. Zech. 9,3; a mound
Hab. 1, 10.—Chald. “ax and ἌΝ
id. Kindr. is "3% q. v.—Hence

O22 τὴ, plur. heaps of heads 2 K
10, 8.

nax

. nox obsol. root, prob. lo grasp with
the hand ; hence-

Maz m. only in plur. o°N38, hand-
fuls, once Ruth 2, 16. Vulg. well mani-
puli.—Talmud. ‘a.

SZ τη. (τ. 112) c. suff. "345 plur. O74,
constr. "7%, c. suff. 3S.

1. the side of any thing; ἼΧΞ im the
side e.g. of the ark Gen. 6,16; of a man
2 Sam. 2,16; with the side Hz. 34, 21.
322 at or by the side of a pers. Ruth 2,
14. 1 Sam. 20, 25. Ps. 91,7 (opp. to the
right side) ; of a thing ‘Deut. 31, 26;
spec. of a place, Josh. 12, 9 ΤῊ ἽΒΞΌΏ.
1 Sam. 6, 8. 23, 26. 2 Sam. 13, 34. So
to carry a child sz7>> upon the side,
where we say, ‘in the arms,’ Is. 60, 4.
66,12. With 4 parag. πῆς 1 Sam. 20,
20. Plur, n° Ex. 26,13. 30,4. 37,27.

2. Plur. o“1x Judg. 2, 3, adversaries.
enemies, comp. Schult. Opp. min. p. 150.
Vulg. hostes ; Targ. °P"22 oppressors ;
Sept. συνοχαί. But all these versions
seem to have expressed the sense of
Heb. O°", which perh. should be read;
comp. Num. 33, 55 ἘΞΌΝ 773).

“IZ Chald. τὰ. i.q. Heb. no. 1, side ;
"72 on the side or part of, in respect to,
Dan. 6,5. ΧΡ at or against the part
of, i.e. against, Vulg. contra, Dan. 7, 25.

NZ Chald. m. (τ. πτς IL) purpose,
design. Dan. 3,14 N33 is iton pur-
pose? etc.

G -
* 1S obsol. root; Arab. Quo to
turn oneself away; IV, to turn away,
[1

to avert; XW to turn away, to avert;
Talm. 77% to turn one’s side to any one.
But all. these seem to be denominuatives
from “¥ side, pr. to turn one’s side, to
turn away from any one. See Buxtorf
Lex. Chald. h. v.

Deriv. 7%, pr. ἢ. ὉΠΛΗ͂Σ and TIS.

"ΠΣ or TIX, with mM loc. HT, pr.
n. Zedad, a ὍΤΑΝ in the northern: extre-

mity of Palestine, Num. 34,8. Ez. 47,15. .

Now a large village, still called OOvo
Stdid, in the desert east of the great

road from Damascus to Hums or Emesa}; _

see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 461. App.
p. 171, 173, 174.

882 ΄

"12

“ € ΓΝ 1. pr. to cut down, to mow
or reap ; whence the name of the letter
“Ix T'sade, reaping-hook, or scythe; see —
p. 877. Eth. ARP harvest, harvest-
time,summer. The primary root is a,
whence ἼΧΠ Chald. Syr. Sam. also
Owes to Hanvdats ἼΧΣΣ q.v. as, to
cut down branches, of a tree, whence ©
ἼΣΣ an axe. Comp. Lat. cedo.—Comp.
in X7¥ IL. no. 1.

2. to lay waste, to desolate a region or
city; comp. Is. 7,20. Chald. 87 often
in Targ. for Heb. 02%); see Buxtorf
Lex. col. 1887 sq. Syr. Ὧν, and ὮΝ
devastation, desolation.

ΝΊΡΗ. to be desolated, destroyed, razed,
as cities Zeph. 3, 6; parall. yaw).

mle ΓΝ 1. pr. to fix the eyes upon
any thing, to look at. So Syr. Ios,

whence boy a fixing of the eyes, Ὧι
keen-sighted,. ete—The primary idea
is prob. that of sharpness of the eyes,
keenness of sight; so that this signif.
coalesces with that of culling in no. I.—
Hence

2. Trop. to fix the mind or purpose
upon, i. 6. lo search, to lie in wait, to
hunt after ; c. acc. 1Sam. 24,12 57% HAN
‘ia "OEIMS thou huntest after my life :
to take ‘it; Vulg. insidiaris vite mee.
Absol. Ex. 21, 13; comp. v. 14.

Mz, see MIS.
pinx (just, τ. PI“) Zadok, pr. ἢ. τῇ.

a) The father-in-law of king Uzziah
2 K. 15, 33. 2 Chr. 27,1. Ὁ) 2 Sam.°8,

17. 15,24. c) 1Chr.5,38. d) Neh.
8, 4. 10,22. 6) Neh. 3, 29. 13,13. ἢ
11, 11.

ΤΡῚΣ f. purpose, design ; hence 1°72
by design, purposely, Num. 35, 20. <2.
R. ΠῚΣ II.

DIZ, c. art. DRA (the sides) Zid-
dim, pr. n. of a town in Naphtali, Josh.
19, 35.

p73X m. adj. (τ. PIs) plur. SP.

1. just, righteous, i.e. doing justice, —
spoken of a judge or king who dispenses
justice and defends the right, 2 Sam.
23, 3; Sept. usually δίκαιος. Henes
very often of God as a righteous judge. —
Deut. 32,4. Job 34,17. Jer. 12,1. Ps.

"az

11,7. 119,137; now in punishing 2 Chr.
12,6. Ezra 9,15. Lam. 1, 18.
14; now in rewarding Ps. 112, 6. 129, 4.

145,17. Is. 24,16, where God καὶ ἐξοχήν.

is called P"585; now as fulfilling his

4 promises, Neh. 9,8 “> πη ΟΣ op

πρὸς py and hast fulfilled thy weds,
for thou art righteous. v. 33. Is. 45, 21
a righteous God and a deliverer.
_ 22. just in one’s cause, right, 1. 6. in
the right, not in the wrong. a) Ina
forensic sense, opp. 7H7. Ex. 9, 27
ΘΡΣΙΘ ΓΙ aT} 2] PTI "2 Jehovah is
in the right, and I and my people are in
_ the wrong. 23, 8. Prov. 18,17. Ὁ) In
_ assertion, of one who speaks what is
_ right and true, whence adv. right, truly,
Is. 41, 26; comp. 43, 9, where in the
_ same context it is Ma%.—Hence
3. Of a private person, just toward
other men (Prov. 29, 7), obedient to
divine laws; hence righteous, upright,
virtuous, pious, good, all which qualities
Cicero also comprehends under the term
justitia, 6. g. Offic. 2. 10 ‘justitia, ex qua
una virtute boni viri appellantur.? De
Vin. 5. 23 ‘justitia...cui adjuncta sunt
pietas, bonitas, liberalitas, benignitas,
- comitas, queeque sunt generis ejusdem.’
Partit. 22 extr. ‘justitia erga deos religio,
erga parentes pietas, vulgo autem boni-
tas, creditis in rebus fides, in moderatione
animadvertendi lenitas, amicitia in bene-
volentia nominatur.’—Gen. 6, 9. 7, 1. Ps.
5, 13. 11, 3. 31, 19. 34, 20.. 37, 25. 72, 7.
Job 12, 4. 17, 9. Often coupled with
pan Job 12, As "Pp? Ex. 23,7; and as
often put in opposition with SBF Prov.
10, 3. 6. 7. 11. 16. 30. Gen. 18, 25. al.—
To the just and upright man the He-
brews, like Cicero as above quoted, at-
tributed also kindness and liberality Ps.
37, 21. Prov. 12,10. 21, 26; temperance
_ and moderation in eating Prov. 13, 25,
_ and in speaking 15, 28; love of truth
13, 5; wisdom 9, 9.—Emphat. of inno-
_ cence from faults, crime, etc. Ecc. 7, 20

_ there is not a just man on earth, that

doeth good and sinneth not. Just before,
inv. 16, the words: be not righteous over-
᾿ς much....lest thou destroy thyself, are

_ apparently to be understood of a self-
_ complacent admirer of his own virtue ;

ὲ — somp. 72°23 ΤῚΣ Job 32, 1.—In Is. 49,
_ 24, A. Schultens renders p77 bellator

883.

Dan. 9,

pix

strenuus, as if i. q. Y"7> in v. 25; but |
py3% "30 is here the captives of the
righteous, i. e. taken from among them.

DZ, MPISX, see in wy.

“pix fut. pus" pr. to be right,
straight, i. q. 8", as if spoken of a way,
comp. ῬῚΣ Ps. 23, 3, also Is. 33, 15.
Arab. je to be true, sincere. Syr.
κοῖς to be right, just—Hence

1. to be just, righteous, in dispensing

‘ Justice ; of God Ps. 51, 6; of his laws

Ps. 19, 10. °

2. to have a just cause, to be in the
right. a) Ina forensic sense, Gen. 38, 26
"27272 ΠΡῸΣ she (Tamar) ts more in the
right than I. Job 9, 15. 20. 10,15. 13,
18. 34,5. Opp. 5" to have an un-
just cause, to be in the wrong. b) Of
disputants, to be right, to speak the truth,
Job 33,12. 0) to gain one’s cause, to
be justified, Job 11, 2. 40, 8. Is. 43, 9. 26.
45, 25. Ez. 16, 52.

3. to be righteous, upright, good, see in
p'3x no. 3. Job 15,14. 22,3. 35,7; with
"7 "3B> Ps. 143,2; Ὁ ὩΣ Job 9,2. 25,4;
ΠΝ 8 4, 17, i.e. God being jadge:

ΝΊΡΗ. pr. to be declared just, i. 6. to
be justified, vindicated sc. from violence
and injury ; Dan. 8, 14 Ὁ ΠΡ p3s2. Vulg.
not unaptly mundabitur.

Pret ΤΗ͂Σ, inf. ΤΡΗ͂Σ Ez. 16, 52.

1. to make righteous, upright, inno-
cent, eccl. Lat. justificare, to justify. Ez.
16, 51 thou hast justified thy sisters
through thine abominations, i. e. hast
caused them to appear comparatively
innocent. So likewise Jer. 3,11 πρὸς
‘901 72 PNIW.... a2 Israel hath made
herself more righteous than Judah. i. e.
appears so in comparison.

2. to pronounce just, righteous, inno-
cent, a person Job 33, 32; c. 1022 oneself”
Job 32, 2.

Hien. 1. to make righteous, upright,
pious, by one’s example, teaching, ete.
6. ace. Dan. 12, 3; 3 Is. 53, 11.

2. 1. ᾳ. Pi. no. 2, to pronounce right,
just, innocent. a) Ina forensic sense,
of a judge, to absolve, to acquit, Ex. 23,
7. Deut. 25,1. 2 Sam. 15, 4. Is. 5, 23.
Also to make one gain his cause, to do
justice to, Ps. 82, 3. Is.50,8. Ὁ) Ina
disputation, to.pronounce right, to allow

ΡΝ

to be in the right, to assent to his opi-

nion, Job 27, 5. Comp. in Kal no 2. b.
Hirupa. to justify oneself, to clear

oneself from suspicion, Gen. 44, 16.
Deriv. P3IY—A PIS, PIL, PI.

ῬῚΣ m. in pause pI¥ Ps. 4, 6; 6. suff.
"PIE.

1. In a physical sense, rightness,
straightness, i. gq. "8". Ps. 23,3 "335
ΤῚΣ straight paths. Seer. ῬῚΣ.

2. In a moral sense, rectitude, right,
righteousness, ‘what is right and just)
such as it should be, comp. 3" no, 2. a.
Ps. 15, 2 ῬῚΣ >>b doing right, acting
bigtitly’s comp. PI¥ Mwy Is. 64,4. Ps.
45, 8. Job 8, 3. 36,3 pix rials “bob to
my Maker I will ascribe righteousness,
i. e. will vindicate his justice. Hence
PIS LEY to judge the right, i.e. right-
eously, justly, Jer. 11,20; pie oBtin
righteous judgment Is. 58, 25 my "SIND,
PIE "25N, a just halance, just ἐν θεὰ
Lev. 19, 36. Job 31, 6. Ez. 45,10; "M51
pis rightful sacrifices, i. 68. such as are
right, due, proper, Deut. 33,19. Ps. 4,
6. 51,21. With suff. the right of any
one, his just cause; Ps. 7,9 judge me
ἽΡΊΣΧΞ according to my right, my right-
eous cause. 18, 21. 25. Job 6,29; comp.
Ba; 17,<1. Often joined, DEY PIs,
right ad justice, Ps. 89, 15. 97, 2.—
Also.of what is spoken, the right, the
truth, Ps. 52, 5. Is. 45, 19; comp. 48, 1.

3. justice, i. q. NTS, 6. g. of a judge
Lev. 19, 15; of a kiog Is. 11, 4. 5. 16, 5.
32,1: of God Ps. 8, 9. 35, 24, 28. 50, 6.
72,2. 96, 13.—Hence righteousness, up-
righiness, integrily, sce in PIX no. 3.
Is. 1, 21. 51, 1. 7. 59,4, Ps. 17,15. Hos.
2, 21.

4, deliverance from wrong or evil,
prosperity, happiness, as the conse-
quence and reward of righteousness,
see Is. 32, 17; or also as resulting from
Jehovah’s retributive justice and equity.
So often where the other member has
58, Msw, Is, 41, 2. 45, 8. 51, 5. Dan.
9, 34, Ps, 132, 9, comp. v. 16. Of the
servant of Jehovah, Is. 42, 6 ΠΡ
ῬῚΣ3 I have called thee with deliverante,
i.e. that thou mayest come with deli-
verance, mayest bring prosperity and
happiness ; comp. Jer. 26, 15. In the
same sense of Cyrus, Is. 45, 13 72338

884

pix

pigs annoy 7 have raised him up
that with deliverance he may come.
Also i. g. 7273, Is. 61, 3 PIRI Ἴδης the
terebinths of blessing, benediction, on
which God’s blessing rests, blessed or —
happy terebinths; as we also say a
blessed land.—Frequently also the word
ΠΡῸΣ q. v. is used in the same manner;
and it is in vain to deny this significa-
tion; see NPIS no. 4.

“PIX (τ. PR) constr. MPT, 6. suff.
“Mpis, plur. “ips, constr. MIpIs. .

1. rectitude, right, what is right and
just. (A trace of the phys. origin lies
in the phrase mipy 42h Is. 33, 15.)
2 Sam. 19, 29 what right have I more?
Neh. 2, 20. Joel 2, 23 np3x>d ΠῚ the
early rain according to right, i. 6. in
right measure, according as the earth
requires.

2. justice, e. g. of a king Is. 9, 6. 32,
16. 17. 60, 17; so of God Is. 59, 16. 17,
both as exhibited in punishing the wick-
ed Is. 5, 16. 10, 22, and in delivering,
avenging, rewarding the righteous Ps.
24, 5. 36,11. Plur. acts of justice, i. e.
benignant or gracious deeds, Ps, 11, 7.
103, 6. Judg. 5, 11 3398 ΓΗΡῚΣ the —
righteous acts of his rule in Israel, i. 6.
the aid which he gave them, the triumph,
victory, which he bestowed on them.

3. In private persons, righteousness,
integrity, virtue, piety, Is. 5,7. 28, 17. 46,
12. 54, 14. 59,14. Mpie mv Ps. 56,1. 58,
2. Gen. 15, 6 God counted it to him for
righteousness, held it as a proof of his
upright sincerity and piety. Deut. 6, 25.
Plur. Mpyx righteous acts Is. 64, 5.
mins ΤΡῚΣ a righteousness well pleasing
to God Ps. 5, 9—Sometimes espec. for
kindness, compassion, mercy, Prov. 11,4.
Ps. 24, 5; liberality, beneficence, Prov.
10, 2. Mic. 6,5. Sept. often γόνα ῥ ime
Deut. 6, 25. 34. 13.

4, deliveranaih prosperity, iq. PTE πο.
4 where see ; paral, Dw, πρῶ τη. 15.
45, 8. 46, 13. 48, 18. 51.6.8. 54, 17. 56,
1. 57, 12. 59, 9. 17. 61, 10.11. Ps. 24,5, —
parall: mon.

mp Iz Chald. ἢ liberality beneficence,
Dan. 4, 24. So often in the Talmud
and Rabbins Comp. Samar. ΠΡΡῪΣ of —

alms, Arab. $5 duo; Syr. }d.09]. Comp i
MP3s no. 3 fin. |

pay.

—-MPP'IT (justice of Jehovah, τ. PIs)
Zedekiah, pr.n. a) A king of Judah,
_ r. 600-588 B.C. to whom this name was
_ given by Nebuchadnezzar instead of his
- former one 7"3m2, 2 K. 24, 17. Jer. 1, 3.
Ὁ. 37-39. He was the son of Josiah,
Ἰ and uncle of Jehoiachin his predecessor,
Jer. 37, 1. 2 K. 24,17. 1 Chr. 3,15. In
9 Chr. 36, 10 he is called the brother of
_ Jehoiachin, prob. in the general sense
of relative. Ὁ) A false prophet under
“Ahab 1K. 22, 24, 2 Chr. 18, 10. 23;
also M=p 1% 1 K. 22,11. c) Jer. 29, 21.
29, d) 1 Chr. 3, 16. e) Jer. 36, 12.

. as to glitter, to shine, as gold;
_ Talm. id. Arab. © to glitter, also
_ to be reddish or yellowish, like the hru-
‘man hair. For the origin see in NM.
Horn. Part. 312 polished, glittering,
like gold, Ezra 8, 27.—Hence

3AY m. gold-coloured, yellow, of hair,
Lev. 13, 30. 32. 36.

Ty obsol. root, to be sunny, and
80 to become dry, arid; kindr. with
mms, mms, where see. Syr. and Chald.
ORAS to be thirsty. With the mid. rad. 4
softened the Arabs have Sy? Io , to

become dry; and the Hebrews ΓΙῸΣ q. v.

“ony 1. to shine, to be bright, see
‘Hiphil, i. ᾳ. ΠΣ, 753; see under ΠΗ͂Σ.

2. Trop. ofa ar Abril tone or voice;
‘hence to neigh, of a horse Jer. 5, 8. 50,
11. Arab. igo, Syr.Na,. Also of
persons, to shout, to sing, to cry aloud for
joy, Is. 12, 6. 54,1. Jer. 31, 7. Esth. 8,
15; c. 3 for i. 6. on account of any
thing, Is. 24, 14. Once of the cry ex-
torted by terror: Is. 10, 30 ὭΞῚΡ ΠΣ
aloud with thy voice ; where for the
ace. of instr. see Heb. Gr. § 135. 1. n. 3.
_ Hipn. causat. of Kal. no. 1, to cause to
shine, Ps. 104, 15.
% Deriv. mbnx.

| a to shine, to glitter, like the
| kindr. “nt, "30, see under r. MNS.
Arab. 2 to appear, to come forth, to

be manifest; [V, to manifest. Hence

i. light, and "737 oil.

Hien. denom. from "1, to make‘or
press out oil, with a press, fom olives,
_ ete. Job 24. 11.—Chald. id.

|

Pak:

885

Siz

WZ f 1. pr. light, a light; collect.
Gen. 6, 16 Han> ΠΏΣ “NS Light shalt
thou make for the ark, i. e. windows, Gr.
φῶτες, comp. 8, 6. Like collectives it 19
cohetrand:- wikia tem Awirends Mandy
mb2n of a cubit long shalt thou ‘make
them, ‘the windows.

2. Dua 13% noon, pr. double light,
i. e. the strongest, brightest, Gen. 43, 16.
25. Deut. 28, 29. 2 Sam. 4,5. 1 K. 18,
26.27. 29. al. _Chald. MD, HIND, Syr.

{sn3, Arab. Sagb, ia rab to do at

noon.—Jer. 6, 4 DVIS 72Y2 let us go
up at noon sc. against the enemy, i. 6. at
once, suddenly, unexpectedly, since an
attack was seldom made at that hour,
because of the heat. 20, 16. ‘Comp.
Kor. 9, 82.—Metaph. of high prosperity,
happiness, Job 11,17. Ps. 37, 6. Is. 58, 10.

TZ and ἼΣ m. (τ. 438, as "Pp, Ἢ, from
mp, mn x a pede SA; precept.
Hos. 5, 11 1¥ "208 32m to follow the
commandment, unless we prefer to read
ὙΦ for 818; with Sept. and Syr. Is. 28,
10. 13 in the language of the wicked ru-
lers: 1%> 5% 4%> 1% precept upon precept,
precept upon precept, i. e. precept is
added to precept, law to law, by priests
and prophets, we are daily wearied with
new precepts. Jerome imitates the pa-
ronomasia: manda, remanda, manda
remanda.

NZ m. adj. filthy, of garments, Zech.
3,3.4. R.&¥7, comp. mNix.

MIE or MSE Γ (τ. ἘΝῚ) excrement,
ordure, i. q. OX¥, Is. 36, 12. 2 K. 18, 27
Keri.—Hence genr. filth, Is. 4, 4. 28, 8
TRE Np filthy vomit. Metaph. of the
pollution of sin, Prov. 30, 12. Is. 4, 4.
—Chald. Syr. Talm. id.

“WIZ m. (τ. WIE) constr. wx Jer.
28, 10. 12. 6. suff. "NIE, once ἘΣ Neh.
3, 5; plur. constr. "284%, c. suff. 4NIy,
once 3 ΝΣ Mic. 2,3; the neck. Gr.
τράχηλος. pr. the nape of the neck, the
back part at and above the shoulders, so
called from bearing, see the root. Thus
upon the neck are borne burdens, the
yoke, etc. Gen. 27, 40. Deut. 28, 48. Is.
10, 27. Jer. 27. 2. 8. 11. 28, 10. 11. 12.14.
Hos. 10, 11; also garments, ornaments,
Judg. 5, 30; upon the neck (the nape) of

NS

the vanquished the victors put their foot
Josh. 10, 24..-So-of the neck of a horse
Job 39, 19; of the crocodile, as the seat
of his strength, Job 41, 14 [22]. Also
“NIZA with nape erect, stiff, i.e. proudly,
obstinately, Job 15, 26. Ps. 75, 6; comp.
Gr. τραχηλιάω to walk with nape erect,
to be proud, τραχαλᾶς an epithet of Con-
stantine the Great.—Elsewhere the neck
genr. is understood, the nape included ;
Cant. 1, 10 comely is thy neck with strings
of pearls. 4,4. 7,5. Gen. 27, 16. 41, 42.
[So "Nix IB even to thé neck, spoken of
floods of deep waters, Is. 8, 8. 30, 28;
trop. and poet. of the deep bottom, depth,
of the sea, as laid bare, Hab. 3, 13.—R.]
Also "85% neck is perh. put for the head-
less trunk, body, Ez. 21, 34 [29].—Puor.
necks, pr. in a plur. signif. Josh. 10,
24. Judg. 8, 21. 26; oftener for the
sing. like Gr. τὰ τράχηλα, Lat. cervices,
Gen. 27, 16; so Ἔ ἼΝΗ͂ΧΤῸΣ 56) 10 fall
upon one’s neck, to embrace him, Gen.
33, 4. 45.14; Ἔ “x 5D moa Gen. 45, 14.
46, 29.

“WX Chald. m. nape, neck, Dan. 5,
7. 16.

maiz ;rarely § MIX 2 Sam. 23, 36, N2IZ
10, 6, (for ΠῚ ΣΧ station, r. 3X2 ,) Zobah,
pr. n. of a Syrian kingdom, “fally DIAN
maix Ps. 60, 2. 2 Sam. 10, 6. 8; whose
king made war with Saul 1 Sd: 14, 47,
“with David 2 Sam. 8, 3. 10,6. 1 Chr.
18,5. 9, and with Solomon 2 Chr. 8, 3.
It was on the north of Damascus, and
seems to have comprehended Hamath,
(see MQM, hence called ΓΙΞῚΣ man 2 Chr:
8, 3,) and to have extended as far as to
the Euphrates, 2 Sam. 8, 3. 1 K. 11, 23.
— The Syriac translators understand by
it Nistbis in Mesopotamia, as yi, and
they are followed by J. D. Michaelis,
Supplem. p. 2073. But the former opi-
nion is correctly maintained by Hyde ad
Peritsol Itin. mundi p. 60, and Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 144, 249.

ἘΠῊΝ fat. ΠΧ pr. to lie in wait;
kindr. with ΤΣ, and of the same origin;
ες comp. WE? τὴς 1 Sam. 24,12 and 7
wE2 Prov. 6, 26. ;—Spec. a) to hunt wild
animals, Gen. 27, 3. 5. 33. Jer. 16, 16.
Poet. ascribed to beasts of prey, as the
lion Job 38, 39; comp. 10, 16. Metaph.

886

- 1, Num. 36, 2. al. seep. More rarely δ.

rs

Ps. 140, 12. Ὁ) to catch birds; to
snares, Lev. 17,13. Trop. of snares]
for men, Lam. 3, 52. 4, 18. Prov. 6, ;
Mic. 7, 2.—Arab. OL mid. Ye, tohunt,

to fish, εὐ νύα hunter, fisher, a lion ;
Chald. πῆς, Syr. 24, 0f hunting, isin
fishing.

Pit. i. q. Kal, to lie in wait for Biz: τ
18. 20.

ΗΙΤΗΡ. 7322 denom. from 77% no. 3,
to provide oneself with food for a journey,
Josh. 9,12. Aram. 37738 id.”

Deriv. TIS, IM, ΠΣ, 322 ak
mis , ny, , pr. n. sis. ,

ἘΓΠΊς in Kal not used, pr. to set up,
to put, to place ; kindr. with 71%; hence

i" cippus. Syr. los, e. g. ao, ἴοι
to set uP a monument Ez. 39, 15 Pes.

Arab. ἫΝ cippus, The Be ἀξ» yila-

ble 1X corresponds to 2¥ in 381, 332. —
Pret Mx, fut. apoc, 17 » WSS imp.
mix Ps. 44, δ, apoc. 1%.
1. to constitute, to appoint, to confirm ;
Num. 27, 19 and set him before Eleazar
Lome ink mmx) and constitute
him in their sight. The primary force
of Mx i. q. 3212 is found perh. in Ex. 18,
23 if thou shalt de this thing, D> AAS}
saz 3271 then God will confirm (estab-
lish) ‘thee, and thou shalt be able to en-—
dure; Sept. κατισχύσει σὲ 6 ϑεῦς.---
Hence a) 10 set over any thing, fo ap-
point, with acc. of pers. and >3 of thing,
1 Sam. 13, 14. 25, 30. 2 Sam. 6, 21. 7,
11. 1Chr. 22, 12. Neh. 5, 14. 7,2. Is. 45,
11 ἜΣΣΩ "73 ὉΣΒΤΒΣῚ 3 ἢν pr. set me
over my sons and over the work of my
hands, i. e. ye may safely commit to
me the care of all that I have created.
b) to appoint, to institute, with ace. of
thing ; ΡΒ. 7, 7 ὍΛΗΣ UP institute thou a
judgment, trial. 68, 29. 111, 9. Is, 45, 12°
all the host of heaven have I Gppointid, ΐ
i. 6. constituted, created. Is. 48, Sperall. ἢ
muy. Also to appoint, to ordain, to de-
cree, Ps. 44, 5. 71, 3. 105, 8.
2. to conmied, to change ἢ 3 absol. Ps.
33, 9 Tas ΤῊΣ NIN. With ace. of pers.
(Lat. ‘jubere aliquem,) Gen. 26, 11. 44,

ἥ

by Gen. 2, 16. 28,6. 5 Chr. 19, 9. Am. 2,
12. Nah. 1, 14; 58 Gen. 50, 16. Ex. 16, 34.

ΓΝ

Num. 15, 23; > Ex. 1,22. 1 Sam. 20, 29.
Ἢ So ‘eiths the express words of com-
ad after xd Gen. 2, 16. 26, 11. 32, 5.
Bt 50, 16. Ex. 5, 6. al. sep. —Further, that
ν hich one commands to be done is put:
a) In the acc. Gen. 47, 115572 ΠΣ ἼΩΝ 9
" Berens to what (as) Pharaoh had
‘ manded. Ex. 7, 10. 20; with two
"ἢ 0. of pers. and thing. Gen. 6, 22. 7,9. 16.
. “Thetis 12, 50. 1 Chr. 22, 13. Neh.
3,1. Soalso to command a thing, precept,
: ἘΝ , law, i. q. to give a command, to
‘make a law, etc. Ex. 16, 16 WY 733 ΠῚ
“ms. 35, 4. Num. 30, 2.1K. ‘13, 21
SM ΤῊΣ Wy Asan. Num. 30, 17 ia
max wax. ‘Josh. 1,7 ΠΣ WS min
Pe. Also c. dat. pers. Deut. 33, 4.
Neh. 9,14. Ps. 119,4. b) In the inf'c. >,
Ge n. 50, 2 and Joseph commanded .
: physicians ἼΩΝ ΤῸΝ LM fo embalm
his fathgr. Ex. 35, 1. 29. 36,5. Lev. 7,
. 2 Sam. 7, 7. Jer. 26,8. Where one
commanded not to do a thing, 1..€.
where any thing is forbidden, it is put
ith 72 ¢. infin. Is. 5,6 MZ OAT 59)
symm; or with ΠΌΡΟΝ c. inf. Gen. 3,
ἮΝ ων 35, 8. -c) In the fat. with “WS
t »Esth. 2, 10 Sor Mordecai had
cha Sr her 1722 ND WY that she should
tell it; andso with 78x impl. Lam.
, 10. Oftener with Vay, ὃ as Gen. 42, 25
a 171 and he commanded and they
᾿ od, i.e. he commanded them to fill.
Ex. 36, 6. 1 K. 5, 31.
_ 3. With an acc. of pers. without men-
tion of the thing commanded, to give
che nae to any one, to send with com-
3, to command to go. Jer. 23, 32 I
have sabe sent them Ὁ ΤΟΣ NX>) nor given
them charge, i.e. have not commanded
them to go to you. 14,14. The pers.
fo whom one is thus sent is put with >>
Hsth. 4, 5. Ezra 8,17. 1 Chr. 22, 12. Is.
=, 0,6; >% Jer. 27,4. Esth. 4, 10.—The
rs. or thing concerning which charge
given is put with >> Gen. 12, 20.
2 Sam. 14,8; 5s Ex. 6, 13. 25, 92. [5.
23,11. a. 47, 7; > Ps. 91, 11. —Not sel-
om God is unis sata lo eotannientel or send
᾽ hinge e.g. his blessing Lev. 25, 21.
jeut. 28, 8, Ps. 133, 8; his favour Ps.
2, 9. 44.5; the sone Am. 9, 4; the
wn Job 38, 12. So Job 36, 32 1435
BES. ID and cointmanded it (the
light; lightning) against the enemy.—

887

"id. 2 Sam. 17, 23.

v1

The person upon whom the command
is laid is put with >> Gen. 2, 16. Job
36, 32; with >, as ΞΡ ΓῊΣ lo give
charge to one’s household, i. e. to declare
one’s last will, to set one’s house in order,
2K. 20, 1. Is. 38,1; also ima-by my
Comp. Rabb. mya
testament.

Puat Mix to be commanded, Gen. 45,
19. Lev. 8, 35 "MI¥ 13 so I am com-
manded, this charge is given me. Ez.
12, 7 "NX ὝΣΝΞ as I was contmanded.
24, 18. 37, 7. With 2 of him by whom
the eommaias is given, Num. 36, 2.

Deriv. 1%, "%, JPL, TINA.

* TOS to cry out, to shout for joy, Is.
42,11. Chald. id. The Arabs use-a

Lo for
Both Heb. and Arab. are prob.

: er? comp. Is,

MIS f. outcry, e.g. of joy, shouting,
Is. 24, 11; of sorrow Jer. 14, 2. Ps. 144,
14; c. suff. nM thy cry, i. 6. caused
by thee, Babylon, Jer. 46, 12; comp.
Gen. 18, 20.

contracted form, mid. quiesc.

softer forms from ΤῊΣ
42, 11. 13.—Hence

* 5% obsol. root, prob, i. q. >>¥ III,
to be sunk, dnibetiads hence nbixn,
DAS" , and

ΤΡῚΣ f. depth of the sea, abyss, Is.
44, 27.

* DAS fut. orx3, conv. 2&™, fo fast ;

Arab. αἰ 2 and Aram. id. The primary
idea lies in keeping the mouth shut, comp.
the remarks on roots ending in Ὁ under
art. 523 note.—Judg. 20, 26. 1 Sam. 7,
6. 2 Sam. 1,12. 1K. 21, 27. Is. 58, 3.
Jer. 14, 12. al. Zech. 7, 5 “Moe Dis
did ye at all fast unto me? where the
suffix is to be taken in the dative.—

Hence

DiS m. plur. τὺ ΟἿΣ Esth. 9, 31; a fast,
fasting, 2 Sam. 12,16. Is. 58, 5.6. Zech.
8, 19. Esth. 4, 3. Neh. 9,1. Dix ΝῊΡ to
proclaim a fast 1 K. 21, 9.12. Ezra 8,
21. Dix Wap to consecrate a fast, insti-
tute it as a sacred rite, Joel 1, 14. 2, 15.
Ps. 69, 11 "352 Dixa in fasting is my
soul, i. 6. I fast, comp. 52 no. 2.

ig vis

* SAX obsol. root ; Arab. gle to
form, to fabricate, to ply the trade of a
goldsmith. Hence "32% sculptured
work.

“Wak (smallness, τ. "3¥) Zuar, pr. ἢ.
~m. Num. 1, 8. 2, 5.

"WIE see avs.

é gx to flow, to overflow, c. 59 Lam.
3, 54.—Chald. Ithp. to flow out, Syr.
“23, Chald. 2, to overflow, to float, to

swim.
Hipu. 1. to make overflow or over-
whelm, c. acc. et >» Deut. 11, 4.
2. to cause to float or swim, 2 K. 6, 6.
Deriv. ΠΕΣ, ΠΕΧΕΣ, and

"£m. 1. comb, honey-comb, so called
because the honey flows out from it;
Prov. 16, 24 533 "79% WII ΤῈΣ pleasant
words are as the honey-comb ; Sept. κη-
ρον μέλιτος, Vulg. favus mellis. Plur.
DBAS rf) Ps. 19, 11, see in MEd.

2. Zuph, pr. n. of an ancestor of Elka-
nah 1 Sam.1,1. 1 Chr. 6, 20 where Keri
has ΠΣ; alan “pix 1 Chr. 6, 11.

MEN (a cruse, r. MEY) Zophah, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 7, 35. 36.

"DX, see in subst. ΤΊΣ no. 2.

“DIX and “DX (perh. i. q. TiP¥-spar-
row) Zophar, pr. ἢ. of one of Job’s three
friends and opponents Job 2, 11. 11, 1.
20, 1. 42, 9.

1S i,q. 732 and 732, comp. tt.

1. to glitter, see Hiph.

2. to flower, to flourish. Pret. yt Ez.
7, 10, metaph.

Hien. fut. iad conv. 7%?
7722 Cant. 2, 9

1. to glitter, to sparkle, pr. to emit
splendour, comp. “"xM. Ps. 132, 18.
Hence to glance forth, i. e. to look by
stealth; pr. to let the eyes sparkle ;
Cant. 2, 9 D*DINN ys ps2 glancing
Sig the lattice. Tal. y73s7 id. Arab.

part.

£7,

Ya05 and (09, to look by stealth,

e. g. a female through a hole in her
veil.

2. to bloom, tu blossom, pr. to. produce
blossoms, Num. 17,23 [8]. Ps. 90,6. 103,
15. Metaph. Ps. 72, 16. 92, 8. Is. 27, 6.

Deriy. ΟΣ, OX", ΤΣῸΣ,

888

“ἼΣ

ἘΠ. PAX to be narrow, δἰγαιίοηρῖ, 6 i
pressed, Arab. gle mid. Ye. Eth,
MRP to straiten, to compress ; 804 :
to be strait, narrow; IV, to strait an,
Kindr. is pid, also P29, ΩΤ, and ©
like. [Hence perh. to press close upon,
to cleave to any one, Ps. 41, 9; but
in PX? no. 1.a.—R.

Hipu. ΡΣ 1. ἐο straiten, to press,
upon, to distress any one, c. dat. Deut.
28, 53 sq. Jer. 19,9; spec. a city bya
siege, c. dat. Is. 29, 2. 7. Part. p32 an
oppressor Is. 51, 13.

2. to press, to urge, with entreaties,
prayers, 6. acc. Judg. 14, 17; c. dat.
16, 16.—Also Job 32, 18 MAN ΤΡῚΣ
"202 the spirit within me presseth, (cor 1
straineth) me.

Deriv. pix,
pis.

OPS, Ps, piza

“TT. PAX fant. pass; kindr. es pe
2.

1. i. ᾳ. P¥" to pour out, Job 29, 6.
2 MUIM2 PAs? ἸΞΝῚ and stone pours ou
brass, i.e. ore is molten into brass. Me
taph. Is. 26, 16 Wm> PY they pour c
prayer ; where 7% Milra is pret. Ka
with Nun paragogic, for 4px.

2. i.g. P°8M (Hiph. of r. ps3) to se
up, to place ; hence ΤῈΣ column, ,

pix m. distress, trouble of the time:
Dan. 9, 25. R. psx I.

MP f(r. pax 1) id. Prov. 1, 27.
8, 22. 30, 6.

*J. 7S fut. sass, apoc. 5 (like!
kindr. "7%), to straiten, to press upon, to”
compress ;, comp. "81 I. Hence

1. to bind up or together, sc. into Hf 0.
or package, i.q. "7¥ no. 1. Pret.
Deut. 14, 25; fut. 04" 2 K. 12,"
"34 5, 23.

2. to press, 6. g. a) In a hosti
sense, fo press upon, to beset, to assail
c. acc. Ex. 23, 22. Deut. 2, 9. 19; c.
2K. 16,5; >2 Chr. 28,20. Part. pl
n°" assailants, persecutors, Esth. 8
11. Ὁ) Of acity, to press with siege.
lo besiege, with acc. of city 1 Chr. 20,1
often c. >> Deut. 20, 12. 2 Sam. 11, °
1K. 15, 27. 2K. 6, 24. Jer. 21,4. Ez.
4,3; c. 58 Deut. 20,19; absol. Is. 2
2. Also with >» of a pers. besieged in ἢ

ἢ
;

99, "AT. Ps. 89, 27;
4 beri’ x2 dant 93, 3. Is. 30, 39; c. cuff

ns

city 2 Sam. 20, 15; 58 1 Sam. 23, 8.
Metaph. Ps. 139, 5 AY DIP) TWN thou

_ besettest me behind and before, so that I

cannot escape thee. c) With acc. and
by, to press one thing upon another; to
push forward upon ; Is. 39, 8 4723 "AI
az2 J will push forward posts (of
troops) against thee, Jerusalem. Cant.
8,9. Judg. 9,31 lo, they urge on (excite)
the city against thee.

3. to cut, to carve. a) Pr. by press-
ing upon with a knife, comp. 173 no. 1,
2; hence "ix an edge, sharp rock. Ὁ)
to form, to fashion, to shape, i. q. "8"
no. 2 Syr. Ἢ to form ; Arab. 7 “Ὁ id.
Found only in fut. "351 Ex. 32, 4. 1 K.
7,15; FSR Jer. 1,5 Cheth. The other
tenses are from "X°.

Deriv. "AX, HX, WY, VSD, pr. ἢ.
“iz, “S, DRE, "IO.

ἘΠῚ. As or ἊΝ to bear, to carry ;
Ethiop. ABC id. IV. to load; AC
aload; APA a porter. Kindr. perh.
with Aram. "39, ugh to bear.—
Hence “85¥ nape, 773%

VE τη, (τ. ὍΣ 1.3) plur. 54, once

minsy Job 28, 10.

1. a@ rock. a) Genr. sharp and pre-
cipitous, see the root, comp. Virg. AZn.
8, 233 ‘stabat acuta silex, praecisis undi-
que saxis.’ Sept. πέτρα. Chald. 2350,
Syr. (sa, a mountain; and so Arab.

yb: as λων re Mount Sinai—
Ex. 17, 6. 33, 21. 22. Judg. 6, 21. Job
14,18. Ps. 78, 20. 105, 41. Is. 2, 10. 48,
21. al—Metaph. of a place where one
is secure from enemies, comp. Ps. 27, 5
“gins “xa he hath set me high upon

_ arock. 61,3. Hence a refuge, shelter ;

espec. of God, as affording refuge and

protection to Israel, Deut. 32, 37 "ὩΣ

{3 On. So "0rva « Ps. 94, 22, ΤΊΣ Ὦ ε:

La rock of refuge Is. 17, 10. Ps. 31, a3

ADA ΄ x Deut. 32, 15, "3B" ‘2 2 Bint
"225 "x Ps. 73, 26;

mang ‘my rock, Ps. 18, 3. 47. 19, 15. 28,1;

id ce. art. "120 Deut. 32,4. Of any tute-
| lary divinity, Deut. 32, 31. 1 Sam. 2, 2.

—By another metaphor, drawn from a

Ἢ quarry, ΠΣ is put for the founder of a

mreople, Is. 51, 1.
| 75

889

ἽΕΙ Ἔ

b) a stone, pebble ; Is. 8,14 >i20 “AE
a stone of stumbling. Job 22, 24 "ὋΣ
2m pebbles of the brooks ; see Heb.
Gr. ᾧ 106. 3. ὁ.

2. an edge, see the root no. 3. a. Ps.
89,44 sam x the edge of the sword ;
according to which analogy Josh. 5, 2.3
pv mis are sharp knives; comp.
“x Ex. 4,25,and so Targ. But Sept.
Vulg. Syr. Arab. understand knives of
stone (comp. no. 1), which the ancient
Orientals were accustomed to use for
castration and circumcision, Hdot. 2. 86.
Plin. 35. 46; and this interpretation is
favoured by the words of the Alex.
translator inserted after Josh. 24,30, ἐκεῖ
ἔϑηκαν εἰς TO μγῆμα εἰς ὃ ἔϑαψαν αὐτὸν
(Joshua) ἐκεῖ τὰς μαχαίρας τὰς πετρίνας,
ἐν αἷς περιέτεμε τοὺς υἱοὺς ᾿Ισραήλ.. καὶ
ἐκεῖ εἰσιν ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας. This i is
a circumstance worthy of remark; and
goes to show at least, that knives of stone
were found in the sepulchres of Pales-
tine, as well as in those of north-western
Europe.—Hence

3. form, shape, Ps. 49,15 Keri; pr.
cut, comp. Fr. taille from tailler ; see
“Ax no. 3. Ὁ.

4. Zur,pr.n.m. a) A phylarch cr
chief of: the Midianites, Num. 25, 15.
31, 8. Josh. 13, 21. b) 1 Chr. 8, 30.
9, 36.

“IZ and ἊΣ (a rock, ig. “9%, comp.
Rochelle) pr. n. ἢ Tyre, Gr. Τύρος, from
an Aramean form 870, {304, the cele-

brated and opulent emporium of Phe-
nicia, of which the most ancient and
strongly fortified part, afterwards called
Paletyrus ("% "%3 2 Sam. 24,7, "9
“x 9432 Josh. 19, 29), was situated up-
on the continent, and the more modern
part upon an island over against the
former; see Ez. 26, 17. 27, 4. 25. Is. 23,
4, Comp. Menand. Ephes. ap. Jos. Ant.
9. 14. 2. ib. 8.2. 7. For the history of
the city see Comment. on Is. 1. p. 707 sq.
Thesaur. p. 1160. Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. p.401-8.—The domestic name ὋΝ is
found in O. T, 2 Sam. 5, 11. 1 K. δ, 15.
7, 13. Ps. 45, 13. Ez. 26, 2. al. seep. and
also in inscriptions on Tyrian coins
struck in the time of the Seleucide, ei-
ther simply "x5 (785) Τύρου, or more
fally ἘΝῚ BX “Ed (ὉΣῚΣ oN TED), ‘of

ἪΣ

Tyre the metropolis of the Zidonians ;
see Monumm. Pheen. p. 79, 261. Tab. 6.
34. Mionnet Descr. des Medailles, T.
V. pl. 23, 24.—At the present day its
ruins, called Sar, lie upon a penin-
sula, Alexander the Great having join-
ed the island to the continent by a
mole; Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 394
sq.—Gentile ἢ. "% q. v.

“WX see ANIX neck.

aba f. (τ "A 1.3) constr. M75¥ , plur.
minis, form, Ez. 43, 11 bis.

ΤΊΣ only in plur. ὉΠ ΠΣ necks Cant.
4, 9, for neck. The ending jj is dimin.
and implies affection, Lehrg. p. 13.
Others a collar.

SNA (my rock is God) Zuriel, pr.
n. m. Num. 3, 35.

“TWA (my rock is the Almighty)
Zurishaddai, pr. n. τὰ. Num. 1, 6. 2, 12.

* PAX, Hipx. ΤΣ to set on fire, to
_kindle, i. ᾳ. ™"8, once Is. 27,4. See
ns.

ΤΣ m. adj. (τ. my)
white, bright, Cant. 5, 10.

2. Spec. sunny, bright, clear; Is. 18,
4 m¢ om clear heat. Jer. 4,11 ΤΣ m4
a serene wind, i. e. warm and dry.

3. Trop. ee plain, of words Is. 32,

o-<
4. Arab. to be clear, manifest.

_ NOY and or (dry, thirsty, τ. nm)
Ziha, pr.n.m. Ezra 2, 43. Neh. 7, 46.
11, 21.

1. dazzling

R rims obsol. root, i. ᾳ. MAY, to be
bright, sunny; then to be dry. Aram.
NM to be thirsty.—Hence ΠΣ, pr. ἢ.
RNY.

minx adj. Ἄ nn , after the form >up)
dry, from thirst, Is. 5, 13.

“TIE 1. to be bright, to be of a
dazzling white, Lam. 4, 7.

2. to be sunny, i. ¢. exposed to the
light and heat of the sun; whence Mx,
g
mens, Any, mingns. Arab.
sunny plain, also the sun; Syr. -ἴ

to shine, to be serene, wenn warm ;
Chald. M¥n¥ to make shine, to polish.

890

filthy, foul ;

Wiz

—This idea of brightness and splendour
belongs very extensively to roots from
the biliteral stock M¥, as also to those
beginning with the softer letters ny,
mt, and with the sibilant dropped πῶ,
πῶ; ; comp. ! any, “is, OMY, MS2; nny,
παν, “ns, bre ; ; nT, ont, =H ; “re,
nn.

Deriv. mz, mingns, and the three
here Saliceing.

TMS τη. adj. sunny, hence dry, oe
ed, Ez. 24, 7.8. 26, 4.14. R.nmg.

ΓΤ ΤῊΣ f. a dry and parched land, Ps.
68,7. R.nny.

ὙΤΥΤΙΣ id. plur. et Neh. 4,7 Cheth,

*{0% obsol. root, Syr. <#3 to be
also to be impudent.
The primary idea is

that of stinking ; comp. M2} and e*

to stink.—Hence
MIE f. stench Joel 2, 20.

minxnz f plur. droughts, Is. 58, 14.
R. ΠΠΣ no. 2.

* PMS fat. pms to laugh ; Arab.
Iss, Syr. and Zab. yam, Chald. also

77" id. All these are onomatopoetic,
and correspond with Sanscr. kakh to
laugh, Gr. καχάζω, καγχάζω, Lat. cachin-
nor, Germ. gackern, kichern, Engl. to
giggle. With the exception of Judg. 16,
25. Ez. 23, 32, this verb is found only in
the Pentateuch ; while the later writers’
and the poets use instead of it the softer
form pe. Comp. p>%.—Gen. 17, 17. 18,
12. 13. 15; c. > at any one Gen, 21, 6,

ΡΙΕΙ, to play, to sport, to jest, pr. as
iterat. ‘to laugh repeatedly ? Gen. 19, 14,
Spec. a) With singing, leaping, danc-
ing, Ex. 32, 6. Judg. 16, 25. Gen. 21, 9;
comp. Matt. 14, 6. b) With females.
to toy, to caress, like παΐζειν, Lat. ludere,
Gen. 26, 8; c. 2 Gen. 39, 14. 17.

Deriv. pr. n. P37, and Ξ

poX m. laughter, scorn; Gen. 21,6
God hath prepared laughter for me, i 6.
against me. Ez. 23, 32.

* "IZ obsol. root, Arab. ff cori.
XI, to be dazzling white αὶ kindr. is
“MY, see under ΠΣ Hence the three.
followhig.

Chald. πὲ id.

ee

~ _ —s

ee ἊΨ ee re,

-Gen. 23, 8. 25, 9.

"nz

~ WIZ m. whiteness of wool Ez. 27, 18.

“hx adj. white, e. g. she-asses Judg.
5, 10; prob. those of a light reddish

colour, since asses entirely white are
rarely if ever found.

: A lightxcolour
is highly prized by the Orientals in

asses, camels, and elephants. Vulg.
gy ys

-nitens ; Syr. whitish. Arab. ys pr.

white, but also spoken of an ass of a
light reddish shade. R. “πὶ.

“IX (whiteness) Zohar, pr. n. πὶ.

a) A son of Simeon, Gen. 46, 10. Ex. 6,

15; called also πὶ Num. 26, 13. b)
6) 1 Chr. 4,7 Keri;
in Cheth. "4x".

~~ T.58, i. g. n° dryness, see in DY.

ΠΣ m. (for "1%, τ. M¥) a ship, so
called as being set up, built; comp.
m"Bo. Is. 33,21. Plur. o°% Num. 24,

24. Ez. 30,9; also ὩΣ Dan. 11, 30.—

S_ ee
Castell adduces Arab. ‘&3f a small
vessel; but this word is not found in
Arabic lexicographers.

RIF (for M3"¥2 statue, τ. 3¥2) Ziba,
pr. n. of a servant of Saul, 2 Sam. 9, 2.
16, 1.

WX m. (τ. 8%) 1. hunting, the chase,
Gen. 10,°9. 25, 27.

2. game taken in hunting, venison, etc.

‘Gen. 27, 5. 7. 19. 235. 33. Prov. 12, 27.

Also prey, as of ravenous birds Job 39,3
(38, 41].

3. food of any kind, Neh. 13, 15. Ps.
132,15. Spec. provision for a journey
Josh. 9,5. 14. Comp. ΠΣ.

“EX m. (r. TX) a hunter, Jer. 16, 16.
APL or WIT f. (τ. T4¥) i. g. TE no.

3. food; spec. provisio& for a journey

Gen, 42, 25, 45,21. Ex. 12, 39., Josh. 9,
il. Judg. 7,8. Pa, 10. 1 Sam, οὗ, 10. Ps,

“78. 25.—Arab. oly, Aram. 87", 122},

id.
JIMS and FM Gen. 10, 15 (fish-

ing, fishery, r. ΠΣ) Zidon, pr. n. of a

very ancient and opulent city of Pheni-
cia, fully Ma jis great Zidon, or
Zidon the metropolis, Josh. 11, 8. 19, 28.

The name is fem. where the city is

‘spoken of, Josh. 11,8. 19, 28; and masc.

891

ΣΝ

where the people is meant, as Gen. 10,
15.. Often coupled with Tyre, Joel 4, 4.
Jer. 25, 22. 27,3. Zech. 9,2.al. Gen-
tile πο τὴς Zidonian, see in its order.—
The name Zidon, Zidonians, is often
applied to all the inhabitants of the —
northern parts of Canaan, dwelling
around the skirts of Mount Lebanon,
and called by the Greeks Phenicians,
comprehending also the Tyrians; so Is.
23, 2. 4. 12. Deut. 3, 9. Ez. 32, 30. Josh.
13,6; comp. 1 K. 11, 5. 33. 2 K. 23, 13.
Comp. «Σιδόνιοι Hom. Il. 6. 290. ib. 23.
743. Od. 4. 84 ib. 17. 424, which name
has the same extent. Hence it is appa-
rent, why Ethbaal king of Tyre (see
Menand. ap. Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 2) is also
called king of the Zidonians i. 6. of
Phenicia, 1 K. 16, 31; and why on
Tyrian coins (see "iX) we read "x5
ὈΣῚΣ ox of Tyre the metropolis of the
Zidonians. See more in Comment.
on Is, 23; 2. On the coins of Zidon itself
the inscription is }7>, D29¥5, i.e 7525,
o>, of Zidon, of the Zidonians,. At
the prégent day a town of importance
still occupies the same site, called foro
Saida ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p.
415-428. Reland Palest. p. 1010.

ἜΣ ΤῚΣ gentile n. a Zidonian. Judg. 3, 3.
Ez. 32, 30. Plur. o735°%, 0°95¥ 1 Chr.
22, 4. Ezra 3, 7; 2% 1 K. 11, 33.
Fem. plur, ΓΝ 1 K. 11,1; in-other
Mss. mi727% or M7273.

ἜΠΟΣ obsol. root, i. ᾳ. πῖπξ q. v. to
be sunny, dry.— Hence πὰς, ΠΣ, FPS,
pay .

mex £ dryness, drought, Job 24, 19;
whence 3% ΚΝ ὦ dry land, desert, Ps.
63, 2. Is. 41, 18. Jer. 2, 6. Hos. 2, 5.
Foe 2, 20. al. So with Ὑ impl. id. Ps.
78, 17. Is. 35,1. Jer. 50,12. Zeph. 2, 13.
Plar. minx Ps. 105, 41. R.t mix.

ΤῊΣ m. dryness, concr. a dry place,
desert, Is. 25, 5. 32,2. R. mx.

JZ (sunny place, sunny mount, r.
mx) Zion, pr. n. f. the southwestern-
most and highest of the hills on which
Jerusalem was built; Sept. Σιών. It in-
cluded especially the most ancient part
of the city, with the citadel and temple,
(mount Moriah on which the temple *
was built being reckoned to Zion.) and

ΝΣ

was also called the City of David, 2
Chr. 5,2. By the poets and prophets it
is very often put for Jerusalem itself, Is.
8, 18. 10, 24. 33, 14. al. Also for its in-
habitants, fem. Is. 1, 27. 49, 14. 52, 1.
Ps. 97,8. Zeph.3,16. The inhabitants
are dled ndutieally called 53 ὩΦ Is. 30,
19, 779% 722 Ps. 49, 2, 1 Σ ΓΞ the daigh-
ter of Zion Is. 52, 2. 62, 11. Ps. 9, 15. al.
and 7% naw Ἢ 12, 6. So ΝΞ is
also put for the inhabitants even in exile
Zech. 2, 11. 14, comp. Is. 40, 93 once
for the ety itself Is. 1, 8; see in ma no.
5. But ΤΣ ΓΞ the daughters of Zion
are the females of Jerusalem, Is, 3, 16.
17. 4,3. Once c. genit. Is. 60,14 jix
beni wip Zion of the Holy One of
Israel, i. e. sacred to him. For the to-
pography, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 1. p.

388 sq. comp. Pp. 413.—Arab. uxt:
Syr. eoar, , as if from Anz.

PPX m. (τ. Mx) a pillar, cippus, a
short column, as being set wp; either
sepulchral 2 K. 23,17. Ez. 39. 15;o0r as
a way-mark, guide, Plur. 0°2*¥ Jer. 31,
21.—Chald. id.
id.

RTS see in SMe.

Syr. Leo,, Arab. 550 ᾽

DX m. plur. (from a form *¥ i. q.
mx dryness, with the ending "-) inha-
bilants of the desert, viz. a) Men, i. 6.
nomades, Ps. 72,9; and so according to
some Is, 23, 13. Ὁ) Animals, i. 6. jack-
als, ostriches, wild beasts, Is. 13, 21. 23,
13. 34, 14. Jer. 50,39. Ps. 74, 14.

PX see jx.

po τη. (τ. pk) Jer. 29, 26, Sept. and
Vulg. ὦ prison ; better stocks, as confin-
ing the hands and feet; so Symm. and

the Heb. intpp. Comp. Arab. GG
fetter.

“yx Be iteion, r. "3¥) Zior, pr. n.
of a place in the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 54.

SX see in art. ΠΣ no. 2.

Y= m. (τ. y¥) 1. ἃ brightness, i. 6.
a burnished plate of gold on the fore-
head of the high priest, Ex. 28, 36-38.
39. 30. Lev. 8,9. Comp. Ps. 132, 18.

2. a flower, Job 14, 2. Ps. 103, 15. Is.

892

ὋΣ

28, 1. 40, 6-8. Plur. D°8¥ for ΝΣ
1 K. 6, 18. 29. 32; see Lehrg. § 37. ἢ. 1.
3. a wing ; see in Y¥3 no. 2, 3. Jer. 48,
9.—Chald. 7" wing, also a fin.
4. Ziz, pr. u. of a place or pass, once
2 Chr 20, 16. Prob. near En-gedi, see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 215.

MoS f(r. yay) a flower ; Is, 28, 4
bab ney a flower of fading, i, 6. a fading
flower, comp. v. 1. But prob. it should
read 5233 y"% with the same sense.

MRL f. (for ms") pr. flower-like, or
wing-like, from Y"% with the adj. fem.
ending π΄. Hence

1. a lock of hair, forelock, Ez. 8, 3.
Comp. under M2 no, 1.

2. fringe, tassel, worn by the Israel*tes
on the corners of their garments Num.
15, 38. 39. Comp. Matt. 23. 5.

2p" 1 Chr. 12, 1. 20, elsewhere
2px , in pause ἄρῃς, Ziklag, pr. n. of a
city of Simeon, at times subject to the
Philistines, Josh. 15, 31. 19, 5. 1 Sam.
27, 6. 30, 1. 14. 26. 2 Sam. 1, 1. 1 Chr.
4,30; comp. Neh. 11, 28. The etymo-
logy is obscure. Simonis derives it
from >3 PS" outpouring of a fountain ;
but this has little probability.

*""S a root doubtful in the verb it-
self, signifying according to the deriva-
tives:

1. to goin a circle, to revolve, kindr.
with "90, 99m, "95. Hence 7"¥ hinge,
writhing.

2. to go, Arab. jlo mid. Ye, to go,
to arrive; comp. "30.
messenger.—Hence also

Hirupa. fut. 992¢%"1 425%) Josh. 9, 4
could be: they went it and betook themselves

to the way, ney set off. But since no —

other trace of this form or signification
exists én Hebrew or in Aramean, it is

_ better to read with six Mss. 17°23" they.

provided themselves with food for the
journey, as in v. 12; which is also ex
pressed by the ancient versions.

I. ΝΣ m. (τ. 55) plur. 5°4°¥ , constr.
“Is.

1. hinge of a door Prov. 26, 14. Chald
Syr. Arab. ee} id. 4

2. Plur. O°""% i. q. phon urithings,
throes, pains. of a woman in travail, Is

Hence-""% ἃ

_ -writhe with pain.
3. @ messenger, Prov. 13, 17. 25, 13.

7

|

‘17, 23. 31, 6. Hos. 14, 8. al.

ὋΣ

13,8. 21,3. 1 Sam. 4,19. Metaph. of
terror Dan. 10, 16, which is often com-
pared with the pains and trembling of
childbirth. Comp. Arab. pe V, to

Jer. 49, 14. Obad. 1. Plur. Is. 18, 2. 57,
9. Seer. 2°¥ no. 2.

ΠΣ τὰ. (r. ὭΣ 1: 3) 1. form,
shape, i. 6. beauty, Ps. 49, 15 Cheth.
2. an idol, image, Is. 45, 16.

ὩΣ m. (Ὁ. dd¥ IT) 6. suff "δ ἢ once
fem. 2 K. 20, 11. Is. 38, 8, dias ny
ean only referto oe , comp. MEE ; ; shade,

shadow ; Arab. Ab, Syr. WNZ id. So

Judg. 9, 36. Ps. 80, 11. Cant: 2, 31. Ez.
"3202 ἘΣ a
lengthened shadow, i. 6, lengthening
with the declining day, Ps. 102, 12,
comp. 109, 23. Jer. 6, 4. Job.17, 7 all my
members are as a shadow, i. e. wasted,
thin, so that only a shadow of me re-
maifs.—Metaph. a) Put for any thing
fleeting and transient, Job 8, 9. Ps. 102,
12. Ece. 6, 12. 8, 13. 1 Chr. 29,15. So
“ais ὉΣ a passing shadow Ps. 144, 4.
b) Coner. a shade, i. 6. as affording shel-
ter, protection, the figure being preserv-

ed, as Gen. 19,8 "N7ip 5x2 under the

shadow of my, oof, the protection of my
house. So in or under the shadow of thy
wings Ps. 17,8. 36,8. 57,2. Is. 25, 4
thou, Jehovah, art a shadow (shelter)

_ from the heat. 16,13. Also the figure

.
:

being neglected, 6. g. in the shadow of
his hand, i. e. under his protection, Is.

49. 2. 51, 16 ; in the shadow of God, Ps.

91, 1. Lam. 4, 20; of Egypt Is. 30, 2;
bf Heshbon Jer: 48, 45. Ece. 7, 12 bes
027 Ska M22NN in the shadow of wis-
_ dom we are in the shadow of wealth, i.e.
wisdom protects men not less than
wealth. So Ps. 121, 5. Num. 14, 9.—
Once dz may be roferred to" ἰῷ ap-
proach of evening, as in Engl. the shades
of evening, the end of the day’s labours,

_ Job 7, 2.

2 NOX Chald. to incline, to decline,
often in Targe. for Heb. πῷ3. Spec. to
_ incline the ear, to listen, Targg. Ps. 40,
2. Prov. 5, 13. ai Ἢ id.—Hence in
"Ὁ. T.

75*

893

mow

Pa. to pray, to implore, pr. ‘to cause
to listen ;’? Dan. 6, 11. Ezra 6, 10.—Often

in Targg. Syr. sates Arab. Yio, Eth.
AAP, id.
* Tox to roast, 1 Sam, 2, 15. Is. 44,

16.19. Arab. SLs and do id.—Hence
ah

nbz (shade) Zillah, pr. n. of a wife
of Lamech, Gen. 4, 19. 23. .

ΩΣ, in Keri 2°52, pr. κολλύρα, a
round cake ; so called from rolling, from
r..>2x III. Comp. "33. Once Judg. 7,
13 oS od (55>) baby, where Sept.
and Chald. well, a cake of barley-bread.

"1. mds and mx Jer. 12, 1, fut.
M>z", pr. “to cleave, ‘to cut, to αν
through. Chald. to cleave wood; Syr.
id. Aph. to break through, whence

LAS, rupture, hernia. Kindr. is 3m.

—Hence spec.

1. to go over or through, to pass over
a river, to ford, c. ace. 2 Sam. 19, 18. -

2. to come upon, to fall suddenly upon ;
mostly of the Spirit of God falling upon
men, 6. 5¥ Judg. 14, 19. 15, 14. 1 Sam.
10, 6. 11, 6; δ. 58 16,13. 18,10. Of
fire and of God himself breaking forth
upon men, poet. c. acc. Am. 5,6. Comp
si no. 2. d.

3. to go on well, to prosper, to succeed
comp. "WN, WD; 6. g. of a business Is
53, 10. 54,17. Jer. 12, 1. Ez. 17, 15; of
a plant, to thrive, to flourish, Ez. 17,9
10; of a person in any matter, business
etc. Ps. 45, 5. Jer. 22, 30. With >, pr.
to prosper ὃν any ΠΈΣΕ i. 6. to be ‘good:
or fit for any thing, Jer. 13,7. 10. Ez.

ὧν
16, 4. 16,13. Arab.

Hien. 1. Causat. of Kal πο. 38. a)
to give success, to prosper, spoken of God
as prospering e. g. the business of any
one Gen. 24, 21. 56. 39, 3.23; also a
person, with acc. of pers. 2 Chr. 26, δ
Neh. 1, 11. 2, 20; absol. Ps. 118,26. Ὁ)
to atdohepliah prosperously y, to finish hap-
pily, 2 Chr. 7,11. Ps. 1,3. Dan. 8, 25.
Is. 55, 11. Spec. with the nouns 13595,
"3, pr. to make one’s way or counsel
prosper, i. e. to prosper in one’s ways, to
be successful, Deut. 28, 29. Ps. 37,7 ΤΙ ΟΣ Ὁ

2 aptus fuit.

mdz

i393 who prospereth in his way, who is
successful in all: things. Josh. 1, 8. Is.
48, 15.

2. Intrans. to have success, to be suc-
cessful, 6. g. an undertaking Judg. 18,5;
a person in any undertaking 1 K. 22, 12.
15. 1 Chr. 22, 13. 29, 23. 2 Chr. 18, 14.
Prov. 28, 13. al. Jer. 2, 37 c. > of thing.

ἘΠῚ. MDS ig. Chald. m1, to flow,
to be poured out. Syr. was] to pour out

into any thing, tosprinkle-—Hence mney,
meric , mmdx, dish.

MX Chald. i. q. Heb. πὸΣ I, Aru.
mbsn after the Heb. form.

1. Trans. to cause one to go on well, to
promote rapidly sc. to public offices and
honours, Dan. 3, 30; to accomplish any
thing prosperously, Ezra 6, 14.

2. Intrans. to be prospered i. e. to be
promoted to high honours Dan. 6, 29;
of a thing, to be prosperously accom-
plished, to succeed, Ezra 5, 8.

ΓΙΌΣ Γ (r. M>¥ IL) only plur. mindy
2 Ohr. 35, 13, dishes, platters, into which
ταν are poured. Chald. sm7moy,

yr. baad, id. Arab. 23 large plat-
wii

MT>E £ a dish. 2 K. 2, 20.
II.

MM>z Γι a dish, 2 K. 21, 13. Prov. 19,
24. 26,15. R. τὸς Il.

R. πὸς

"ΝΣ m. constr. "¢ , roast, roasted, Is.
44, 16. wavy Ex. ‘12, 8.9. R. nby.

D2, see baby.

. I. pp): to tinkle, onomatopoetic ; as
metal, comp. >¥>¥ no. 1; also of the
Pokling stridulous sound of insects, see

‘be>% no. 2. Arab. dow; Syr. ‘Sf, id.
Comp. Germ. schallen, Schelle, and with-
out the sibilant, gellen, hallen, comp.

db. Also / being changed to 2, ῃ

i. q. Lat. tinnire—Trop. a) Of the
ears, fo tingle with astonishment, terror,
fut..3 pers. plur. Chald. n2>xm, 2K. 21, 12.

Jer. 19, 3. Arab. pb id. 8) Of the
lips (and teeth) as rapidly striking each
other, to chatter, to quiver, Hab. 3, 16.

894

ἃ Lit. ΝΣ to roll or tumble down of

p>

Hien. i. q. Kal lett. a, fat. ΓΞ ΧΏ 1
Sam. 3, 11.
Deriv. >¥2%, Nb¥2, M2¥2.

“1h. pp) to be shaded, darkened, e. g.
by shadows, or twilight; see Hiph. In
the kindred dialects also the signif. both
of shade and of darkness is prevalent ;

Arab. ub II to shade, IV to be shaded,
dark, e.g. the day; (μ᾽ shade, also

morning twilight. Eth. AAA to shade,
IV to seek the shade ; but AAA, dark-
ness. Aram. 592 id. Kindr. is D> .—
Once Neh. 13,19 and it came to pass
when the gates of Jerusalem began to be
dark (355%) before the sabbath, i. e. on
the eve before the sabbath, when the
holy time began; comp. Lev. 23, 82,

Hipu. part. ΒΞ: shading, giving shade,
Ez. 31, 3.

Deriv. ἘΣ, ἘΌΝ, ΠΕΡΧῸ, myoby, and

pr. ἢν mds, sab, sabe, πεῖς, spas, |

DRONA.

oneself, to be. rolled dowp ; kindr. with
bba, the letters ἃ and ¥ being inter-
changed. Once, of the Egyptians in
the Red Sea, Ex. 15, 10 myp>D 552%
p73 0772 they rolled down like lead
in the mighty waters, i. e“tumbled to the
bottom, sank; Sept. ἔδυσαν, Vulg. sub-
mersi sunt.
Deriv. D8>¥, 592%. |

5X m. (r. dd¥.11) c. suff. i> ; plur.
pibby,, constr. sbby ; ; shade, shadow,
Cant. 2, 17. 4, 6. Job 40, 22; 273 abby
the shades of evening Jer. 6, 4; ἢ comp.
Ps, 102, 12. 109, 28.

“ibooe (shade looking upon me)
Zelelponi, pr. ἢ. m. with the art. Haze-
lelponi, 1 Chr. 4, 3.

*DDY obsol. root, kindr. with Sb ΠῚ
Arab. aAb I, IV, to be shady, dark, e. g.

o3
the night ; , darkness. Eth.

BAP to be obscure, dark.
Deriv. the four following. ἡ

i na

Doe m. c. suff. jade ; plur. 6. cull!
snady , constr, "2>%.
1. shade, shadow ; metaph. of any

".. 1

2 ——— Ψ

- ond» a ae ae a μα —, ΞῪ

a ΨΌΨ.ᾳ.ν ναν ἦν. ΨΨ0ΙΟΝ a eo «ἢ i ἔπ ὦ ΟΡ ὡς

poy

thing empty and vain, Ps. 39, 7; an
illusion, Ps. 73, 20.—Hence

2. image, likeness, as shadowing forth
any thing, comp. Gr. oxia, σκίασμα, σκια-
γραφέω. Gen. 1, 26. 27. 5,3. 9,6. Plur.
images of things 1 Sam. 6,5.11; of men
Ez. 16, 17. 23, 14; spec. idols Num. 33,
52. 2 K. 11, 18. Ez. 7, 20. Am. 5, 26.—

Syr. and Chald. Kad, xab¥, id. Arab.
9“.

image, the letters 9 and > being
interchanged.

Dot and Dox Chald. m. emphat.
x2be, an image, idol, Dan. 2, 31 sq. 3,
1. 2. 3. 5. 7. 10. 18. al.

ΤΊΔῸΣ (shady) Zalmon, Salmon, pr. n.
a) A mountain in Samaria near She-
chem, Judg. 9, 48. Many suppose this
to be the same as the Zalmon in Ps. 68,
15: when the Almighty scattered kings
in it (the land), there was snow (impers.)
on Zalmon, i.e. the fields were whit-
ened with the bones of the slain. [But
the only high mountains around She-
chem are Gerizim and Ebal, and these
would be first covered with snow.—R. ]
Others here take yay as an appella-
tive, shade, darkness, i. e. 02%, and ren-
der: there was snow in the darkness,
i.e. light arose in the darkness, cala-
mity; so Targ. Theod. Kimchi. Ὁ)
One of David’s military chiefs 2 Sam.
23, 28; called in 1 Chr. 11, 29 "5".

m2 72k (shady) Zalmonah, pr. τι. of
a station of the Israelites in the desert
Num. 33, 41.

ΓΗ͂Σ f. only poet. death-shade, sha-
dow or darkness of death, i. e. such as is
in the place of the dead or Sheol; com-
pounded of >¥ shadow, darkness, and ΓΙ
q.v.no.2. Hence thickest darkness, pr.
that of Sheol Job 10, 21.22. 12,22. 28,3.
38, 17; and then genr. i. q. 78" butstrong-
er,Job 3,5. 24,17. 34,22. Ps. 23,4. Am.
5, 8. Jer. 13, 16; of a prison Ps. 107, 10.
14.—Metaph. af: great evil and calamity
Ps. 44, 20. Is. 9,1; of great distress Job
16,16. The desc as being pathless,
is also called ΓΣ γὴν Jer. 2, 6.

927222 (perh. for 2372" Σ shelter is
denied him) Zalmunna, pr. n. of a prince
ef the Midianites, Judg. 8, 5. Ps. 83, 12.

895

pox

ἘῸΝ 1. pr. prob. to be prominent ; |
Arab. ee id. of a tooth. Hence >>¥

rib, Arab. ὁ rib, also a large tooth.

2. Denom. from >>¥ no. 2, pr. ‘to lean
on one side ;’ hence fo halt, to limp, Gen.
32,32. Part. fem. M¥>¥8N collect. the hall,
the lame, pr. of a flock weary with heat
and travel, trop. of the Israelites Mic. 4,

6.7. Zeph. 3,19.—Arab. at 5 and « Z
a ete ne ee

Deriv. Σὸν, σὸς.

ΣῸΣ m. constr. 22% Ex. 26, 26 sq. once
sbx 2 Sam. 16, 13; c. suff. "25x Jer. 20,
10; plur. ΠΡ m. 1 K. 6, 34 in nasal
no. 2; elsewhere missy pay Ex. 25,
12. al.

1. a rib, Gen. 2, 21. 22. Arab. ἃ

Chald. 533, Syr. SSP, id —Plur. ribs,
i.e. beams, joists of a building, 1 K. 6,
15. 16. 7,3. Comp. in Engl. ribs of a
ship.

2. the side,e.g. a) Of a man Job 18,
12. Jer. 20, 10 "35x "77 the keepers of

my side, who do not leave my side, my

pula companions. Comp. Arab. lo
| protector of the side; Lat: ‘te-
gere latus,? Hor. δ) Of things: as of a
mountain 2 Sam. 16,13; of the taberna-
cle Ex. 26, 26. 27; of an altar 27, 7. 38,
7; of the ark Ex. 25, 12. 37,3. So of
a side or quarter of the heavens Ex.
26, 35. Plur. 0°28 m. sides or leaves
of a double door 1 K. 6, 34.
3. a side-chamber of the temple 1 K.
6, 5. Ez. 41,6. Of these there were
thirty (Jos. Ant. 8. 3.2), or thirty-three
according to Ez. 41, 6, surrounding the
temple on three sides, and divided into
three stories; see 35X7no. 2. Collect.

. a side-story or range of these chambers

1 K. 6,8; and put also, like 345", for this
whole part of the edifice, Ez. 41, 5.9.11.
Also nis>¢ ΓᾺΞ Ez. 41,9, i.e. the space
between the wall of the ναός and the
external wall, in which these chambers
were erected. See espec. Josephus I. 6.

4. Zelah, pr. n. of a city in Benjamin
where Saul was buried, Josh. 18, 28.
2 Sam. 21, 14.

98 m. ἃ halting, and hence a fall
Ps. 35, 15. 38,18. R. dz. |

pox

: spe obsol. root, Syr. to break, to
wound.—Hence the two following.

. pox (fracture, wound) Zalaph, pr. ἢ.
m. Neh. 3, 30.

“WD2¥ (first fracture, perh. first-born,
comp. 528.) Zelophehad, pr. n. m. Num.
26, 33. 27, 1. 36,2. Josh.17,3. R. A>.

mxox (shade from the sun, from >x

shade and πὰ i. gq. g.6 sun) Zelzah,

pr. n. of a place on the border of Benja-
min, 1 Sam. 10, 2.

kod im. (Ὁ. ἘΞ 1) in pause >x>x
Deut. 28, 42, constr. ΞΧῸΣ Job 40, "31.
Is. 18,1; plur: Oy Eby, constr. sbacby,
see in no. 1. b.

1. Put for any tinkling, ringing, clang-
ing instrument, e.g. a) a fish-spear,
harpoon, Job 40, 31 [41,7]; used by the
ancient Egyptians for hunting the hippo-
potamus and crocodile, see Wilkinson’s
Mann. and Cust. of the Anc. Egyptians
ΠῚ. p. 72, 73. Ὁ) Plur. ΡΟΣ 2 Sam.
6, 5, constr. ἌΡ ἘΣ Ps. 150, 5, ‘cymbals,
which are struck ‘together and produce
a loud clanging sound ; comp. Joseph.
Ant. 7. 12. 3.

2. Put for a stridulous insect, which
gives forth a tinkling or clanging sound;
e. g. a grasshopper, cricket, Deut. 28, 42.
—Sept. and Vulg. not well, rubigo.

3. Put for the whizzing or whirring of
wings; Is. 18,1 Ὁ Ε99 ¥>x VR lit. the
land of the whirting of wings, i. e. ‘land
of the clangour of armies,’ full of armies
(wings) clanging their arms, viz. Ethio-
pia. Wings are heré put for armies, see
522 no. 1; and this double meaning of
92D and bebe gives room for an inge-
nious play of words.—For a review of

other interpretations, see Comm. on Is.’

1.é. Thesaur. p. 1167.

* Dos obsol. root, Chald. to cleave, to
split, i. q. MD I.—Hence

Pex (fissure) Zelek, pr. n. of one of
David’s military chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 37.
1 Chr. 11, 39. . 7

“M>% (contr. for ΠῚ nbz shadow i. e.
protection of Jehovah) Zillethai, pr.n.m.
a) 1 Chr. 8,20. Ὁ) 12. 20.

896

ἼΩΝ

Υ NOS , pret. (without δ} 1 pers. "ΠΏΣ.
Judg. 4,19, 2 pers. f. Max Ruth 2, 9; [ας
NOX; to thirst, Ex. 17, 3. Judg. 15, 18. Is.
48, 21. 49, 10. Job 24, 11. Metaph. NOE

ΠΟ to thirst after God, to long for

his worship, Ps. 42, 3. 63, 2. Comp

διψάω Matt. δ, 6. Arab. tb, Ethiop.
APA, id.
Deriv. the four following.

NOX m. thirst, Neh. 9,15. 20. Ps. 69, 22.
104, 11. al. ο. 5 ‘Am. 8,11. With prep.
3 it usually takes the art. as kos2 ΓΙῸ
Judg. 15, 18. Is. 50, 2; Noa mn Ex.
17, 3. Hos: 2, 5. al. but without art. ©
Deut. 28, 48. 2 Chr. 32, 11.—Once max
Is. 5, 13 in some editionll

NO m. adj. (r. Ree) fem. NDE,
thirsty, 2 Sam. 17, 29. Is. 21, 14. 55, 1. al.
Spec. a thirsty land ¢ 6. dry, desert, Is.
44, 3.—Fem. Deut. 29, 18 to take away
ΠΝ ΝΠΤΟΝ AI the full with the thirsty,
i. 6. one and all. Comp. in τ. 339 no. 1a.

ΤΙΣ ὩΣ f. thirst, trop. of sexual desire
Jer. 2, "25. R. Nox.

ΤΊΣ ὩΣ m. (τ. N2%) a thirsty ladle:
dry. parched, Deut. 8, 15. Is. 36, 7. Ps.
107, 33.

ἼΩΝ in Kal not used. 1. to bind,
to fasten, see Pu. Hiph. Kindr. with
Ds; comp. 023 and 72>. Arab. MS
to bind up, 6. g. a wound. Syr. roy,
Chald. 2%, id.—Spec. ‘to bind to the
yoke ;? hence

2. to subject to the yoke, i. 6. to rule and
discipline, to subdue; and in the pass.
conjugations to be subdued, to serve. So
Ethiop. VP to subdue to the yoke;
TUPE to serve, spec. of divine wor-
ship; VOR and VAR a servant,
spec. of God.—Hence ᾿

ΝΊΡΗ. >32> 2%) to serve Baal, to wor-
ship Baal, Num. 25, 3. 5. Ps. 106, 28.

Puat to be bound, fastened, e. g. a
sword, 2 Sam. 20, 8.

Ἐπρῆ: with 729%, trop. nectere dolos,
i. 6. to contrive, to frame, Ps. 50, 19.

Deriv. 1°28, and

‘TAZ m. c. suff. "72%, ie Dy,
constr. "7723.

l.a pair, yoke, e. g. of oxen 1 Sam
11, 7. 1 K. 19, 19.21; of asses Judg. 19

rae

το. 2 K. 9, 25 ὈΠῸΣ peas4 riding in
: , pair-wise, two and two. Collect.
21,7 ΘΒ ἼΩΝ pairs of horsemen. v.9.
a yoke, as ‘a measure of land, i. 6. as
puch as a yoke of oxen can plnigh ina
day, comp. Lat. jugerum ; 1 Sam. 14, 14.

Is. 5,10. So Arab. fs feddan.

mx Is. 5, 13, see in 82% fin.

| VOL Γ a veil, Cant. 4, 1.3. 6, 7. Is.
47,2. R. 02% no. 2.

ΡΩΝ τη. (τ. p2x) only plur. o*praxs
a "pax, dried grapes, raisins, bunches
of raisins, Ital. simmuki. 1 Sam. 25,
18. 30, 12. 2 Sam. 16, 1. 1 Chr. 12, 40.
iff. from MB" q. v.

᾽ ms fut. M72", to sprout, to spring
ip, as plants Gen. 2,5. 41, 6. Ex. 10,5;
air Lev. 13, 37. Trans. once Ecc. 2,
BSD ΠΣ AD the grove shooting forth
rees, i. 6. producing trees. Metaph.

) Of men as likened to plants, Job 8,
19. Is. 44,4. Zech. 6, 12. Ὁ) Of cala-
mity Job 5, 6; truth Ps. 85, 12; new
events Is. 42, 9. 43,19. 58, 8.—The pri-

‘mary root MZ see in MME. Syr. Luo,
‘to be bright.

_ Preu i. q. Kal, of the hair Ez. 16, 7.
Jude 16, 22; of the beard 2 Sam. 10, 5.
1 Chr. 19, δ.

_ Hiren. to cause to sprout or spring up,
to make grow, 6. g. God the plants Gen.
2, 9. Ps. 104,14. Job 38, 27; the earth

plants, to bring forth, Gen. Ἢ 18. Is. 61,
il, atid so with acc. impl. Deut. 29, 99.
With two ace. Ps. 147, 8 DIN ΠΣ
sn who maketh the mountains to bring
᾿ forth grass; impl. Is. 55,10. Metaph.
pood is said: 5 1 MEN fo cause the
horn of any one to put forth, i. 6. to en-
Jarge his power and authority, Ez. 29, 21.
s. 132,17. Also MP Ie Msn to cause
deliverance to spring up, i.e. to appear,
s. 45, 8. 61, 11.—Hence

ΤΩΣ m. in pause M2¥ Zech. 3, 8, 6.
suff. “nok.
Ε 1. a sprouting, springing up; Ez. 17,
ΠΡῸΣ "DID. v. 10.
, 2. "a sprout, shoot, only collect. growth,
increase, i. e. ‘what springs from the
earth. its fruits, productions, Gen. 19,
25. Hos. 8, 7. Ez. 16, 7. Ps. 65, 11.

Henee mim ΥἹῸΣ Is. 4; 2, the increase of

oe ee

897

Diy

Jehovah, i.e. the produce of the Holy
Land as consecrated to God, i. q. "8
7287 in the other hemistich; comp.
Gen. 4, 3. 13, 26. Deut. 1, 25. 26,2. 10.
28, 30. ete. The whole passage I inter-
pret thus: The increase of Jehovah shall
be splendid and glorious, and the fruit of
the earth excellent and beautiful, for
those escaped of Israel, i. e. the land
shall flourish in beauty and with abun-
dance of produce and fruits, in behalf of
those who shall escape the slaughter.
All other interpretations of this passage
fail to accord with the context and with
the parallelism of the words ; and among ~
them, that which regards "2 ΓΙῸΣ asthe »
sprout, i. e. offspring of God, viz. the
Messiah, which the expression 787 "3p
in the other hemistich forbids.—But the
Messiah is undoubtedly to be understood
in Jer. 23, 5. 33, 15, where there is
promised to David Pp" ΤΙΣ, APIs ΓΙῸΣ,
a sprout or branch of righteousness, a
righteous descendant; and Zech. 3, 8.
6, 12, where the Messiah is elliptically
called Moxy the Branch, offspring, sc. of
David.

- ΩΣ τη. (τ. 12k) 1. abracelet, Num.

31, 50; plur. Gen. 24, 22. 30.47. Ez.
16, 11. 23, 42.

2. a lid, cover of a vessel, as ‘made
fast’ upon it, Num. 19, 15.

D GE m. sing. (τ. 2% , after the form
p"3%) a snare, noose, Job 18, 9; comp.
vv. 8.10. Metaph. destruction, Job 5, ὅ

pdm ovat HN) and destruction panteth
after their substance ; where destruction
is aptly represented by a snare which
lies in wait gaping for its prey. The
ancient versions here render ΘΛ the
thirsty, as if i. q. DONDE; but against
the laws of the language.

nix f. (τ ΤΣ) pr. destruction,
extinction; hence nnd, ΤΩΝ,
until extinction, i. 6. 50 bong as a thing
endures, i. q. 02325, for ever, in perpe-

tuity, Lev. 25, 23. 30.

*DOx obsol. root.

bind ; kindr. with D2.

1. to braid, to |

Arab. “ὁ to
join two things, to conjoin—Hence
ΠῺΣ snare.

2.i. q. Chald. pax, ox2¥, fo'cover, to
veil, Targ. Gen. 24, 65. ind pers may.

pray
*pas to dry up, to be dry, of the

breasts, Hos. 9,14. Arab. gale dry,
thirsty.—Hence Pray.

ὮΝ obsol. root, perh. i. q. Vt and
Arab. transp. pyre: to cut off—Hence

“ὩΣ m. in pause Wat, c. suff. "72¥
Hos. 2, 7. 11, wool, perh. so called as
being short; comp. Τῷ fleece, from 113.
Lev. 13, 48. Deut. 22, 11. 2 K. 3, 4.
Prov. 31, 13. Is. 1, 18. 51,8.al. "72% Mra
a fleece of wool Judg. 6,37. Of woollen
garments Ez. 34, 3. 44,17.—Eth. V@C
wool, a fleece ; Chald. 8979, Syr. Fpsad
id.

"2X Gen. 10, 18, the Zemarite, pr.
n. of a Canaanitish tribe, apparently the
inhabitants of Simyra, a Phenician city
near the river Eleutherus; Strabo XVI.
Ρ. 753 Causab. ([Cellarii Not. Orbis
ant. If. 445, Ruins are mentioned here
by Maundrell (p. 31) and by Shaw (p.
269, 270); the latter says they are five
miles west of Arca, and bear the name
of Sumra, prob. ων Semér. But
neither Maundrell nor Burckhardt

has this name.—Another ane phew

Semdr Jebeil lies near the coast A ith
of Jebeil; and a site of ruins called
Zemrah exists north of Tortosa the
ancient Antaradus.—R.

D2 Zemaraim, pr. n. of a city
in the tribe of Benjamin Josh. 18, 22,
Hence would seem to be derived the
name ΠΩΣ ὙΠ Mount Zemaraim, in
the mountains of Ephraim, which ex-
tended to or into the territory of Benja-
man, 2 Chr. 13, 4.

ΓΛΩΣ f. (τ. 28) c. suff. imyey,
foliage, q. ἃ. fleece or locks of the trees,
Gr. λάχνη, Lat. ‘coma arborum,’ as trans-
ferred from animals to plants ; comp.
LLP) note, Mp, rp", Gr. οἷὸς ἄωτον
Hom. Od. 1. 443,—Ez. 17, 3. 22. 31, 3.
10. 14. Others, topmost bough ἢ comp.
maint.

ΩΝ pr. to be silent, like Arab.
“aro; of the same family with D4x,
mas, O23, and many others ending ind,
see in 023 note-—Trans. pr. to make
silent, and hence to cut off, to destroy,

898

|
“Re | :
Lam. 3, 53," So'Eth. BROT to cx.
tirpate. ;
ΝΊΡΗ. to be cut off, to become extinct
as torrents Job 6, 17; a person Job 23, 17
Prez i. q. Kal, Ps. 119, 139. ,
Hiren. i. q. Kal. Ps. 18, 41. 54, 7. 69,5.
83, 27. 94, 23. 101, 5. 8. 143, 12.
Pin. ΤΩΣ id. Ps. 88, 17 ,where "AMA ;
is read for “TIMMS “which no one seems
to have explained. “Prob Kibbutsis put
for the movable Sheva because of the
following; see Lehrg. p. 68, 69. ΣΝ
Pheen. p. 436.
Deriv. hn" .

ἼΣ, see Due.

J¥ Zin (also PS in some Mss.) pr. π᾿.
of a desert on the βου οἵ Palestine and
westward from Idumea, in which was
situated the city 3292 WIp Kadesh-Bar-
nea, Num. 13, 21. 20, 1. 27,14. Wi
He parag. "2x Num. 34, 4. Josh. 15, 3.
It was therefore in the western part of
the ’Arabah, south of the Dead Sea
see in WIP —Talm. 7s a low poles
tree.

*NIS and * mS obsol. root, i. 4

ix, Arab. (wes IV, to have large
—Hence ΄

N22 comm. gend. c. suff. pas Num.
32, 24, also "2% Ps. 8, 8, i. q. jR¥, flocks,
small cattle, espec. sheep.

mz f. I, Pr. α thorn, from r. 2X I
plur, mi2x¥ trop. hooks, for fishing Am.
2. Comp. in min.

Il. a shield, buckler, from 42% II, i. e
of the largest size covering the whole
body, ϑυρεός, see 1 K. 10, 16. 17.—P.
35, 2. Ez. 23, 24. 38, 4. 1 Sam. 17, 7. 41
al. Metaph. Ps. 5, 13. 91, 4. |

Ill. cold, Prov. 25, 13, .R. pe TIT.

mx, see NX.

ΩΣ i, q. Ht, Is. 62, 3 Cheth.
mos.

“VizX τὴ. (τ. 92%) a cataract, water
fall, so called from its rushing soun
Ps. 42, 8; a water-course 2 Sam. 5, 8.
Chald. id.

* 2% fut. mn to let oneself
to descend, 6. g- from an ass, to alig:
Judg. 1,14. Josh. 15,18. Once of thin

32
Judg. 4, 21 she smote the tent-pin through
his temples, YR3 ΤΣ and it. went
down (penetrated) into the ground.—
Kir dred is 32% q. v. also

oneself, see in αὶ lett. 6. p. 878.

3X m. ρίαν. thorns, prickles, Prov.

22, 55,80 of a thorn-hedge Job 5,5. R.
ὭΣ I.

| pi m. plur. thorns, prickles, Num.
33, 55. Josh. 23,13. R. 423 1. .

ΡΣ m. (τ. 92%) α tiara, turban, as
‘wound around’ the head, e. g. of men
Job 29, 14; of women Is. 3, 23; of the
high priest Zech. 3, 5; of kings Is. 62, 3
Keri.

* Dy pr. to be hard, as in Samari-
tan; comp. Syr. fraic,, Chald. x27,
ἃ stone.—Part. pass. Dw* dry, barren, of
ears of grain Gen. 41, 23. Comp. saab.

«

᾿ pees I., 1. q. 122, to sharpen ; Pass.
to be sharp, to be pointed, to prick.
Hence mx, 572, p°2"2%, thorn, thorns.
_ II. i. q. 923, to cover, lo protect ; for
the affinity of the letters 4 and & see
u nder ¥ lett.e. Arab. ,.)Le mid. Waw,
to keep, to preserve. eo Elenoe nes Il, a
hield, also M3423.

III. to be cold, whence πὸ: III. So
Talm. }20E8 to cool, to become cold.
Chald. “m2 cold.
| BY, see NE.

. yx to depress ; Part. pass. 353%
“depressed,” then subinissive, humble,
modest, Prov. 11, 2. Chald. 372 id.
Kindr. are 333, ΤΩΣ,

Hin, c. M23, to act or live humbly,
estly, Mic. 6, 8.

.* ΩΣ fut. 938", to roll or wind
around, to wrap around, e.g. the tiara
᾽ turban, Ley. 16, 4.—Is. 22, 18 pine
IL FHI" lit. rolling he will roll thee
gether as a roll, or with a rolling.

᾿ Deriv. Pre, HY, Ma, and

Mp ¢ a roll, ball, Is. 22, 18; others,
¢ a rolling.

ΠΌΝΩΝ Γ (τ. 92% IL) a vase, vessel, for
keeping, preserving; spoken of the ves-

899

i> to incline

Wk

sel in which manna was laid up, Ex.
16, 33.

ε ῬῺΣ obsol. root, kindr. with ΤῊΣ I,
to be narrow, straitened ; comp. P3.—
Samar. to shut up, Arab. GRid to be
narrow. Hence pi".

" ἊΝ obsol. root, prob. onomatopoe-
tic and kindr. with the verb "22, (for
the affinity of Ὁ with the palatals, see
lett. ¥ ult.) pr. to screak, Germ. schnar-
ren, (as "22° to creak, Germ. knarren.)
or rather to whirr, to whizz, especially
of the rushing sound of falling water, as
in cataracts, aqueducts, etc. Hence “2%.

“HE £. plur. Mian , canthari, canals,
tubes, through which the oil passes from
the olive-branches into the reservoir
(M3) of the candelabra in Zechariah’s
vision, Zech. 4, 12 ; comp. v. 2.—Chald.
Pm id. The same word is κάνϑαρος,
cantharus, ~ and > being interchanged.
This quadriliteral seems to come from
"2% and to have nearly the same power.

ν TDS fat. 333°", inf. c. suff. FASS,
lo step, to go by steps, spoken both of as-
cending, as in no. 1, and of descending,

as in Hiph.—Arab. Ao to ascend by
steps; II, IV, to ascend a mountain, also
to descend into a valley. Correspond-
ing is Lat. scando with n inserted; perh.
Sanscr. skad, skand, to leap up and
down.—Hence

1. to go up, to mount ; so of a fruit-tree
or vine, Gen. 49, 22 "33 "bY ΠῚ Σν Miva
her daughters (branches) mount upon
the wall, sc. by the aid of supports, trel-
lis-work, comp. Ps. 128, 3. Vulg. well.
jiliea discurrerunt super murum. For
the verb sing. see Heb. Gr. § 143. 3.

2. to step, to move slowly in a regular
stately manner, to march, e. g. in solemn
procession 2 Sam. 6, 13. Jer. 10,5; hence
of Jehovah Judg. 5, 4. Ps. 68,8; of the
sauntering gait of a youth Prov. 7, 8.
With acc. to pass or march through a
land, Hab. 3, 12.

Hipu. to cause to descend, to drive
down. Job 18, 14 ninba shad INP IIA
impers. one ἀκ him down to the king
of terrors, i. e. | death, who reigns in
Sheol.

Deriv. 13272, M3328, and the two fol-
lowing.

ἽΝ

2X m. c. suff. ὙἼΣΣ; plur. ODS,
constr. "33%; ἃ step, pace, 2 Sam. 6, 13.
Prov. 5, 5. 700. 34, 21. Ps. 18, 37. Jer.
10, 23. al. sep. 17Ὁ number one’s steps,
to watch him. closely, Job 14, 16. 31, 4;
to hunt one’s steps, Lam. 4, 18.

MIE f. 1. a going, marching, of
God, 2 Sam. 5, 24. 1 Chr. 14, 15.
2. Plur. mistz% step-chains, Arab.

515 : , ;
dla.an, i. 6. short chains which orien-

tal females wore attached to the ankle-
band (Ὁ35) of each foot, so as to compel
them to take short and mincing steps,
to walk mincingly (ΠΏ), Is. 3, 30;
comp. in MI3EN.

" mys 1. to turn on one side, to in-
cline, e. g. a vessel for pouring Jer. 48,
12. Arab. Lew IV, id Eth. NUO
to pour out, > and Κὶ being interchanged;
see lett. ¥ ult.

2. to be inclined, bent, bowed down, of
a captive in bonds, Is. 51,14. Also to
bow oneself ad concubitum, κατακλένε-
σϑαι, Jer. 2, 20.

3. to bend or toss back the head, i. e.
to be proud, Is. 63, 1.

Piex i. q. Kal no. 1, Jer. 48, 12.

“ivx for "75% Jer. 14, 3. 48, 4 Cheth.

EPIX m. (τ. ὩΣ) a@ veil, Gen. 24, 65.
38, 14. 19.

WIL τὴ. (r. WD) c. suff. i"3e, plur.
ΣΕ, constr. ΠΡ, Fem. ἤῆπες.

1. Adj. small, Jer. 48, 4 Keri. Arab.

9
Ak. a) Innumber, few, 1 Sam. 9, 21.

Mic. 5, 1. Is. 60, 22. Judg. 6,15. Ὁ) In
age, younger, minor natu, Gen. 19, 31.
43, 33. 48, 14. Josh. 6, 26. 1K. 16, 34;
with 0%" Job 30,1. 6) In estimation
and value, petty, ignoble, mean, Jer. 14, 3
opp. "58 ;‘contemned, despised, Ps. 119,
141; worthless, of flocks Jer. 49, 20.

2. Zair, pr. n. of a place, 2 K. 8, 21;
in the parall. 2 Chr. 21, 9is 1H Ed.

MIE f. (τ. ἜΣΕ) minority in age,
youth, Gen. 43, 33.
; ‘ ἼΣΝ fut. 3%", pr. fo load up beasts
of burden, i. q. 152 II; hence to remove,
to migrate, as nomades, Is. 33,20. Arab.
ων id.

Deriv. pr. ἢ. B°323%.

900

poz

ἸΣῈ pr. n. Zoan, i. 6. Tanis, an an-
cient city of lower Egypt, situated on
the eastern side of the Tanitic arm of
the Nile, called in Egyptian X¢
and 2.515 ‘low region,’ whence both
the Hebrew and Greek forms are
derived; as also the Arabic
San, by which name the site i? still
known. See Comment. on Is. 19, 11.
cs Mod. Egypt, I. p. 449 sq.

nd. 1843.—Num. 13, 22. Is. 19, 11.13.
80, 4. Ez. 30, 14. Ps. 78, 12. 48.

D°32Y (removals, r. j3%) Zaanannim,
pr. ἢ. of a place in Naphtali occupied
by the Kenites, Josh. 19, 33. Judg. 4,11.
In Judg. 1. ὁ. Cheth. 5"23% Zaanaim.

᾿ ΣΝ obsol. root, prob. i. q. ὩΏΦ fo
cover, to veil. Hence 3% veil.

D'yLIZ m. plur. sculptured work,
Vulg. opus statuarium, 2 Chr. 3, 10. R.
D5¥ q. Vv. |

» ΡΩΝ fut. P27, i. α. ῬΣῚ where see,
to cry out, Is. 42, 2; espec. from pain-
sorrow, aw 27, 84. 2 K. 4, 40. Is. 33,7;
in complaint and for help Deut. 22, 24.
27. Ps. 84, 18. Job 35,12. With dx of
pers. to cry to any one, to implore, as
God Ex. 8,8. 14,15. Lam. 2,18; idols Is.
46,7; a king, prophet, Gen. 41,55. 1K.
20, 39. 2K. 4, 1; 6. > 2 Chr. 13, 14.
With acc. of thing of which one com
plains, Job 19, 7. Trop. ascribed to the ©
heart, Lam. 2, 18; to blood unavenged ~
Gen. 4, 10.—Arab. $40 to cry out for 7

terror ; 2 outcry, clamour. More
usual are the forms with 1, see in P33. 7
Piet to cry out, to exclaim, 2 K. 2, 12.
Hipn. to call together, to convoke, lik 2
ptt, 1 Sam. 10, 17.
ΝΊΡΗ. pass. of Hiph. to be called to:
gether, to come together, Judg. 7, 23. 24
10; "075: Tash: 1 Sam. 13, 4. 2K. 3,21.
Hence :

Mpy= f. constr. MEE, ©. suff. "MPSS,
cry, outcry, from pain Gen. 27, 34;
help Is. 5, 7. Zeph. 1, 10. With genit.
of the pers. crying out Ps. 9, 13. Job 34
28. 1 Sam. 9, 16. With gent: of object
i.e. of those against whom the ery i
raised, Gen. 18, 21. 19,13. Also “Mp3:
"34 a great and bitter cry, ict ee 2
see in "243 no. I. a. .

.

αὶ τ Ἂς ΨΨ ΟΝ ee ee «

“ἽΝ

® “wx fut. "27 to ᾿ small, i. q. "3%

q.v. Arab. . 742 and asia. .—Metaph.

to be low and despised, to be brought low,
opp. 722, Jer. 30,19. Job 14, 21. Zech.

3
13,7. Arab. “m0 id. Syr. 7, to con-
temn, to dishonour ; Chald. Pa. id.
Deriv. "52, ὌΣΣ, NWSE, wz,
the pr. names apr, abe, ‘also

“DX, fully “DIX Gen. 19, 22% 30,
(smallness, comp. Gen. 19,20,) Zoar, pr.
n. of a place near the southern extremity
of the Dead Sea, on the eastern shore;
Gen. 13, 10. 14, 2. 8. 19, 22, 30. Is. 15,
5. Jer. 48, 34. More anciently called
953. Sept. Σηγώρ, Zoyoga, Arab.
Zoghar. [The site was apparently dis-
covered by Irby and Mangles ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 480, 648.—R.

“TDS kindr. with 72%, to adhere
Sirmly, to cleave fast, Lam. 4,8. Arab.
(Ao to bind together.

of > ries fut. apoc. ὩΣ", to look about,
to view from a distance. The primary
idea is that of inclining, bending for-
ward, in order to behold, comp. in
HRY, pwn. Similar are σχέπω, oxé-
πτομαι, σκοπέω, and also by transp. Lat.
specio, specto, specula, ete.—Part. ΠΕῚΣ
speculator, a watchman stationed on a
tower, 1 Sam. 14, 16. 2 Sam. 13, 34. 18,
24 sq. Metaph. of prophets, who like
watchmen announce future things as re-
vealed to them in vision, Jer. 6, 17. Ez.
3, 17. 33, 7. Is. 52,8; comp. Hab. 2, 1.
In a still wider sense Is. 56, 10.. Once
of things Cant. 7,5.—Hence spec. a)
to look out for any thing, to await ; Hos.
9,8 ΒΞ κα Mais Ephraim awaiteth sc.
response, help; comp. Lam. 4, 17. Ps.5,
4, b) to watch, to observe closely, ¢
ace. Prov. 15, 3. 31, 27; 3 Ps. 66,7; ¢.
2 to observe and judge between, Gen.
31, 49. 6) to lie in wait, c. > Ps. 37, 32.
4) With 5x to look out for, i. e. to eclect;

«4. O89; Job 15, 22 a3 "ἘΝ NAM ADE he
8 elected! (destined). for “the sword,
where 52% is for "DS.

Prez i. q. Kal, to look about, to watch,
1 Sam. 4, 13. Jer. 48, 19. Hab. 2,1; 6.
acc. Nah. 2,2. Part. mp2 petilatn)
a watchman, Is. 21, 6; metaph. of a

76

901

1s

prophet, Mic. 7,4. With >x of that for
which one looks about, which he ex-
pects, e. g. help Lam. 4, 17; 3 Mic. 7,7.
Absol. Ps. 5,452 7 will await se. the
divine help, I will look unto God.

Deriv. ΠΡΌΣ, MSY, HBX, and the pr.
names MX, OMY, IY, "Hy, jay,
ΠΕΣ.

*TI. may in Kal not used, prob. to
be broad, expanded, spread ; kindr. with
max, comp. Heb. Gr. § 74. init. n.—
Hence

PIEL 78% fo overlay with metal, wood,
stones, 6. dupl. ace. Ex. 25, 11. 13. 1K.
6, 22 sq. 2 K. 18, 16. 2 Chr. 3, 4. 10. al.
Rarely with 3 of the material 1 K.6,
15; ¢. ace. id. ibid.

Poss, pass. of Piel, to be overlaid ;
part. Ex. 26, 32. Prov. 26, 23.

Deriv. "BY, MDE.

MDE f. (r. ΤΩΣ) inundation ; Ez. 32,6
55S 7 8 thy land inundated by the
Nile. Others, a floating, swimming.

IDX (watch-tower, r. MBE 1) Zepho,
pr. n. of a son of Eliphaz Gen. 36, 11.
15; called also "ΒΞ 1 Chr. 1, 36.

“BX m. (τ. MDX IL) an overlaying,
thin covering, of metal, Ex. 38,17. 19.
Num. 17, 3. 4 [16, 38. 39]. Is. 30, 22.

2X comm. gend. but f. Is, 43, 6. Cant.
4,16; with M loc. mips. R. jax.

1. the north, the northern quarter of the
heavens; pr. ‘the hidden, the dark,’ since
the ancients regarded the north as the
seat of gloom and darkness, in contrast to
the bright and sunny south ; see in ὉΠ,
—Ex. 26, 20.35. 27, 11. Num, 34,7. al seep.
JIBS YD the land of the north, i. e. As-
syria Jer. 3, 18 comp. 12. Zech. 2, 10 [6];
Babylonia Jer. 6, 22. 10, 22. 31, 8..50, 3.
Zech. 2, 10 comp. 11. 6, 6.8. In the
book of Daniel the king of the north is
the king of Syria, 11, 6-15. 40; opp. the
king of the south i. e. Egypt.—Poetically
also for the north wind (15% 17) Cant.
4,16; also for the northern heavens or
hemisphere, which is nearly equivalent
to the heavens generally, since the south-
ern hemisphere is for the most part hid-
den to the inhabitants of Palestine, Job-
26,7. > ὙἸΒΙΣῺ on the north of any place
Josh. 8, 11.133 and without > 11, 2—
With n— loc. MiP northward Gen. 13,

152

14; alsoof a region situated towards the
north, AZIBX Mis>072 the kingdoms of the
north Jer. 1,15; and with prepositions,
myipzn->y Ez. 8, 14, myinz> 1 Chr. 26,
17, towards the north, northward ; ΓΒ Ὦ
on the north, on the north side, Josh. 15,
10; 5 m2iBs2 on the northward of, Judg.
21, 19; nzipx "252 from towards the
πον Jer. ΣῈ 13. Comp. 3332, 7333.

2. Zaphon, pr. ἢ. ofa city in the tribe
of Gad, Josh. 13, 27.

ΤΣ, see VBS, also Pipy 593 p. 147.

ἼΣΩΝ m.. (fr. fis) 1. Adj. northern
Joel 2,20; spoken of the army of locusts
approaching from the north.

2. Patronym. of the name jiDx, ἘΣ
q. ν. Zephonite, Num. 26, 15.

YADY Ez. 4, 15 Cheth. i. q. 5: Σ.

“BZ comm. gend. (τ. ἜΣ 1) m. Ps.
102, 8; f Lev. 14, 4. Is. 31,5; plur.
my4py, as if from a form M3bx, whieh
occurs in the Talmud.

1. a bird, i. e.a small bird, so called from
its chirping, twittering, see the root;

95 3
spec. a sparrow, (Arab. pat with
prosthetic guttural,) Ps. 84, 4. 102, 8,
Prov. 26, 2. 27,8. Job 40, 29. al. Ecce.
12, 6 "ip >ip> at the voice of the spar-
row, i.e. at early dawn. Also of other
small birds of the sparrow genus, or simi-
lar to the sparrow, Ps. 11, 1. 104, 17.
124, 7; as caught by the fowler ΓΝ 6,

5. 7,23. Am. 3, 5. al. So Arab. yiuae,
Syr. i25-

2. a bird of any kind, sing. as collect.
fowl, birds Gen. 15, 10. Lev. 14, 4-53.
Deut. 4,17. Ps. 8, 9. al. Also of birds
of prey Ez. 39,4. With genit. 25. 55
of every wing or kind Ez. 17, 23. 39, 17.
Gen. 7, 14; without >5 Ps. 148, 10.

3. Zippor, pr. ἢ. of the father of Ba-
- lak king of Moab, Num. 22, 2. 10. Josh.
24, 9. al.

ΠΕΣ obsol. root, kindr. with Mp2.
Arab. I, II, to draw out, to spread
out, to expand, as metal into plates, to
overlay, comp. ΠΣ Il. Eth. fitch
id. f<-fh expansion, breadth_—Hence
mnmpy, pr. ἢ. MBI, and

4

902

ἜΝ 4

MMSE f. acruse, flask, perh. of iron
plates ; for water 1 Sam. 26, 11 sq. 1 Καὶ.
19,6; for oil 1 K.17, 12. Chald. mao

id. Syr. bess dish, platter; Arab. by.

transp. Kiss id.

ἜΣ, see ἴξιν.

MMPEL f. (Ὁ. ΠΕΣ 1) a watch-tower, i. q.
mex, Lam. 4, 17.

ἹΤῈΣ (a looking out, τ. ΠΕΣ 1) Ziph-
ton, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 16 ; for which ΒΝ
Zephon Num. 26, 15.

MPSS ἢ a flat cake, so called from
its spreading out, comp. πλάξ, πλακόεις,
Ex. 16, 31, R. ΠΕΣ.

ΤῈΣ Ps. 17, 14 Cheth. for HX; see
ἼΞΞ no. 2.

ΣΧ only plur. constr, ἌΦΕΣ excre-
ene of animals, dung, Ez. 4,15. Arab.

aid. R. 5ῈΣ ἃ. v.

MQ ἘΣ f. (τ. Se) only plur. nives
shoots of a tree, but only such as are
worthless, q.d. excrescences; trop. spoken
of humbler offspring, in antith. ds. 22, 24
ΣΕ ΣΙ ΡΣ ΣΝ the offshoots and the
exorescences, the noble and the ignoble.

“DE m. a he-goat, Dan. 8,5. 21; fully
Don “ἜΣ Dan. 8, 5. 8. Plur. Ezra 8,
35. 2 Chr. 29, 21. So called from leap.
ing,see the root "B¥ no. 2. It isa word
of the later Heb. and Chald. for the
earlier ""9W; see the Chald.

“HE Chald. plur. PV ES, a he-
Ez. 6,17. Syr. ee

MVS f. (r. "Bx 1.3) once ΓΒΑ, Ez.
7, 10; constr. ὈΠῸΣ.

1. Pr. a crown, diadem, Is. 28, 5.

2. a circle, cycle, put for the vicis-
situde or turn of human things, which

return in the same succession, as if in a

circle, comp. Mia"30 Ecc. 1,6. So Ez.
7,7 ΡΝ MOST Na the circle comes
to thee, thy turn has come; Abulwalid

aptly: of yl sel. Ez. 7, 10.

MHz f. (r. ΠῈΣ 1) a watch, watching,
guard. Is. 21,5 ΛΈΣ ΠΕΣ they watch
the watch, i.e. they keep a watch upon
the towers. Other interpretations see —
in Thesaur. p. 1179.

ΕΞ ΡΣ eee ee ΟὙ ΟὟ

ἸΞΣ

“YES fut. ees, kindr. with yaw q. v.

1. to hide, ἐο conceal, Ex. 2,2. Ps. 31,21.
Espec. in order to protect and defend any
one Josh. 2, 4. Ps. 27, 5. Part. pass: Ps.
83, 4 Mim ἜΣ: those protected of Jeho-
vah; also as neut. }iDX hidden, i. e.
secret, private, inaccessible Ez. 7, 22.—
Intrans. to conceal oneself, to lurk in am-
bush, c.> Prov. 1, 11.18. Ps. 10,8; absol.
56, 7 Keri.

2. to lay up, to treasure up, to hoard,
Hos. 13, 12. Prov. 10,14. With > to lay
up for any one, Cant. 7, 14. Ps. 31, 20.
Prov. 2,7. 13, 22. Job 21,19. Trop. jp
4222 to lay up in one’s sniad Pas 119, 11.
Job 10, 13, comp. 23, 12; ims ἼΞΣ id.
Prov. 2,1. 7, 1.—Part. pass. plur..D7255x
hoards, treasures, wealth, Job 20, 26. Ps.
17, 14 Keri.

3. to keep back, to hold back, to re-

‘strain, Prov. 27,16; c. 772 i. q. to deny to

any one, Job 17, 4.

Nipu. 1. to be hidden from any one,
i. e. to be unknown to him, c. 12 Job 24, 1.
Jer. 16, 17.

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be laid up for
any one, i. e. destined, appointed to him,
Ὁ Job 15, 20.

Hiren. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, to hide, Ex. 2,
3. Job 14, 13; to hide oneself, to lurk in
ambush, Ps. 56, 7 Cheth.

Deriv. yin ("zise), n°28x, the pr. n.
ΒΝ and

MDX (Jehovah hides, protects) pr. n.
Sept. Σοφονίας, Vulg. Sophonias, i. 6.
Zephaniah, for ΓΒ. a) A prophet,
the ninth in order of the twelve minor
prophets, Zeph. 1,1. Ὁ) A priest Jer.
21, 1. 29, 25. 29. 52, 24; called also
ΓΙΌΣ 37,3. 0) Zech.6,10.14. d)
1 Chr. 6, 21.

329 HSL, Zaphnath-paaneah, an
Egyptian pr. ἢ. given by Pharaoh to Jo-
seph in reference to his public office, Gen.
41,45. The Sept. translator seems to
have preserved more nearly the genuine
Egyptian form of the word, which he
gives by Ψονθομφανήχ, in which both
Jablonski and Rosellini (Opusc. I. p.
207-216. Monn. Storici I. p. 185) recog-

nise the Egyptian NCWTMYEMET

the salvation or saviour of the age, from

WLarticle, Ceo ty σώζειν, σωτήρ, σωτηρία,

908

"2%

q-estez αἰών. Jerome: salvator
mundi. Better perhaps W{-Ctostt-&a-
5 EEG sustentator 5. vindex seculi.

This in Hebrew letters would be pro-
perly expressed by M225 m2=5; but the
letters ἘΞ are transposed in or to
bring it nearer to a Hebrew etymology.
For the Egyptian root SN7' sustentare,
tueri, see Champollion Gramm. p. 380,
386. Peyron Lex. Copt. p. 207.

and

= 2 2S obsol. root, pr. to thrust out,
to protrude, kindr. with «$0 to thrust,
to push, to impel. Spec.~of any thing
ignoble, worthless, mean, as excrements;
comp. Arab. «λό to discharge the bow-

els, to break wind, and 573"B¥ excre-
ments. Also of worthieas shoots, ex-
crescences of a tree, see ΠΣ ἜΣ.

11.5 5S obsol. root, onomatopoetic,
to hiss as a serpent, basilisk; comp. the
kindr. ΒΕ and M2 to blow, to hiss,
whence M358 viper—Hence the two
following.

DX m. Is. 14, 29, and "39DX um. Is. 11,
8. 59, 5. Prov. 23, 32; plur. ΘΕ: Jer.
8,17; @ viper, so called from its hiss-
ing ; perh. with Aquil. and Vulg. basi-
liscus, regulus, a small serpent of Africa
exceedingly venomous, which also was
called sibilus, Isidor. Origg. XII. 4.

"Dx see in ἘΣ.

ἢ aes only in Pip. }¥D¥, an onoma-
topoetic verb, to peep, to chirp, as a small

9 ο

bird Is. 10,14. 38,14. Arab. διὰ
& ,0
peeping of a sparrow ; Wako a spar-
row. Gr. πιπέζω, τιτέζω, τρίζω, Germ.
zirpen.—Like the Greek toigw, it is
transferred to the voice of the manes or
ghosts, which the wizards professed to
imitate, Is. 8, 19. To the same the
Latin poets apply the epithet stridor ;
see the Lexicons.

MDEOL f. (τ. mxx) according to the
Rabbins ὦ willow, salix, Ez. 16, 5; so
called as growing in places overflowed

Arab. sai id
ν᾿ "ES 1. to twitter, to chirp, as

small birds. Arab. > id. Hence
“ies, Chald. "px, also pr. ἢ. "51%.

by water.

ἼΕΝ

2. to dance in a circle, also genr. to
dance, to leap, to spring ; comp. 553, "ΠῚ

and bing. Arab. 7&4 id—Hence
"B¥ he-goat.

3. 10 go in a circle, to revolve, see
manny. Hence, to turn oneself round,
to turn about ; Judg. 7, 3 whosoever is
timid and fearful, "Bz™) 5.95 let him
turn back and return.

ἘΠ. "5% 4
with nails and claws; comp. “BO and
"pt —Hence 775%.

“BX Chald. (f Dan. 4, 18 and 4, 9
Keri, but Cheth. m.) α bird, i. q. Syr.
125 Sing. Targ. Gen. 7, 14. Deut. 4,
17. Plur. 7°8%, constr. "78x Dan. 4, 9.
11. 18. 30.

“Dx, see “ΕἿΣ.

> to scratch, sc.

YTIDE m. a frog ; sing. twice collect.
frogs Ex. 8,2. Ps. 78, 45, where it is
eoupled with a fem. in the manner of
collectives. Plur. O°3795s Ex. 7, 27-29.
8, 1-9. Ps. 105, 80. This quinqueliteral
is compounded from the verb ΒΕ I. no.

9.52
2, to leap, to spring, and slo, marsh,
q. d. marsh-leaper ; and not, as Ewald
suggests, from the root "5¥ I. no. 1, since
the twittering and chirping of birds can-
not properly be ascribed to frogs. From

this fuller form, the Arabic and Sy-
riac have the contracted quadriliterals

pois and [X95] frog.

MBX (little bird, see BY) Zipporah,
pr. n. of the wife of Moses Ex. 2, 21. 4,
25. 18, 2.

JIBS τὰ. (r. BE IT) 1. nail of the
finger, plur. c. suff. 47278 Deut. 21, 12.

g§°
Arab. , Chald. "pd, Ethiop. ες,
id. Corresponding in form are Gr. περόνη,
Germ. Sporn, Engl. spur.
2. point of the stylus, which was

tipped with adamant or diamond, Jer.
17,1. Comp. Plin. H. N. 37. 4. 15.

PPE f. (τ. ΠῈΣ 11) chapiter, capital of
a column, i. ᾳ. ΚΞ, 2 Chr. 3, 15. Syr.
ἴδ ornament.
MDX (watch-tower, r. BY 1) Zephath,
pr. ἢ. of a Canaanitish city, afterwards
[ἢ

904

τ᾿ ἽὉ

called 929M , Judg.1,17. [This ancient
name is perh. retained in the modern
Sufah, slau, the name of a diffi
pass leading up from the ’Arabah to the
south of Judah ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. _
IL. p. 592, 616.—R. |

MMSE (id.) Zephathah, pr .n, of aq
valley at Mareshah in the cathe of Judah
2 Chr. 14,9. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. —
II. p. 365.

DEL, see y"% no. 2.

“dpe obsol. root, perh. i. q. >pd,
(ἀξ, to bind together, to tie. Hence
wpe. Fs

2p, see ἈΞῚΣ.

TPE m. (τ. SP¥) a sack, bag, scrip,
from being drawn together and tied; once
2K. 4, 42.—Talmud. 5p? a sack for
straining ; comp. also Gr. ϑύλακος sack.

ἊΣ τὰ. (τ. 19%) also ἊΣ with distinct.
acc. and with art. "27, c. suff. x;
plur. 5%, constr. "2, c. suff. 14¥.—-
Fem. nox see in its order.

A) Adj. strait, narrow, pent up, Num.
22,26. "xX onmin a seal closely pressed,
Job 41, 7 [16]. “x "m2 a stream pent
up, as between rocks and therefore vio-
lent, Is. 59, 9. -Trop. Prov. 24,10 "x
mans straitensd will be thy strength, i. e.
limited, small,

B) Subst. 1. an adversary, enemy,
i. ᾳ. SN, Gen. 14, 20. - Num. 10. 9.
2 Sam. 24, 13; elsewhere only poetic,
as Num. 24, 8. Ps. 3, 2. 44,6. 89,24. ᾿
Is. 1, 24. 63, 18. al. sepe; and in the
later books, Esth. 7,4. 6. Neh. 4, δ. 9,27.

2. straitness, narrowness of place ; ;
1 Sam. 2, 32 ji32 "8. Trop. straits,
distress, affliction, Ps. 4, 2, 44,11. 78, 42.
Mpisas ἊΣ distress and ‘affliction Job 15,
24. Ps. 119,143, 7 ἘΠῸ bread of affic-
tion Is. 30,20. ἊΣ ΤῊΣ a time of distress
Job 38, 23. With prep. "22 Is. 26, 16;
“za Ps. 32,7. 60, 13. Also with Ὁ, as
“> sz in my distrebi: Ps. 18, 7. 66, 14,
106, 44, 102, 3 "Ὁ ax Dina in the ¢tikee of
my distress. 69, 17.

3. a stone, pebble, Sint, i. q. ἊΣ and ἜΣ

no. 1, Is. δ, 28.—Arab. bia.

"2 (flint, i. q. 7b) Zer, pr. ἢ. 0. a
place in Naphtali, Josh. 19,35. R. "ὩΣ;

"2%

«= see “3.

ΝΣ m. (τ. ὍΣ) 1. ἃ rock, ig. 2

no. 1. Ez. 3,9...

2. a knife, pr. of flint, Ex. 4,25. Comp.

ὯΝ no. 2. :

3, i. q. Vix Tyre, q. v.

Ἐ' ΣΝ in Kal not used, to burn, to

"4 scorch; kindr. with 920, #2, also a3.

_ —Chald. 827% a burning.

Nien. to be burned, scorched, Ez. 21,
3 [20, 47].

Deriv. the two following.

— StF adj. (for att) ἢ Matt, burning,

scorching, as M27 ON Prov. 16, 27.

PI} f. (τ. 29%) α scar, cicatrizx, as
Sept. Vulg. Chald. well; whether from
a burn Lev. 13, 28; or as left by a sore,
v. 23.—Others derive it from Arab.

‘Wy to smite ; as 232 from 322.

5.’ TIS obsol. and doubtful root, Arab.
Oyo lo yn to be cool. Hence

_ PIX (cooling) Zeredah, pr. n. of a
_ city in Manasseh near Scythopolis, 1 K.
11, 26. 2 Chr. 4,17. For the same we
_ find ΠΣ Judg. 7,22; where 75% is to
_ be restored. The same is also prob. in-
_ tended by jm°% Josh. 3, 16. 1 Καὶ. 7, 46;
Ὁ. M parag. ΤΩΣ 1 K. 4, 12.

ξ ΓΝ obsol. root. 1. i. ᾳ. Syr. and
_ Chald. to cleave, to make fissures ; then
2. i. ᾳ. Arab. (S56 to flow, to run, as
ἃ wound ; hence *9¥ and pr. n, HTS.

ΤῚΣ f. of masc. "¥, constr. MX, c. suff.
ny, plur. ins. R. wy.

_ A) Adj. fem. strait, narrow, 6. g. a
well, pit, Prov. 23, 27.

_ Β) Subst. 1. a female adversary ;
' spec. a rival, 6. g. another wife, 1 Sam.
1,6. See the root no. 2. a, Ὁ.

2. straits, distress, affliction, Gen. 42,
21. Prov. 11,8. 12,13. 17, 17. al. sep.
4 Often, Hw Diva in time of distress Ps.
60, 15. Prov. 94. 10; ΠΣ ὍΣΞ id. Ps. 37,
89; Maza Mim> times when one is in
Bistros Ps. 9,10. 10,1. With synon.
ΠΡ" ΣΧ “SIs. 30,6. Prov. 1,27; mprxa “x
_ Zeph.1,15; comp. Is. 8, 22. 37,3. With
ssuff. "τς Dina Ps. 77, 3. 86, 7; also 6.
- dat. comp. in ἊΣ B. 2, Fon 2,3 δ᾿ m3.

_ Ps. 120, 1.—Plur. nin Job 5, 19. Ps. 25,
- 34, 7, 18. al.

76*

905

on

3. anguish, Lat. angor, see the root
no. 2.c.8. Jer. 6,24 anguish hath taken
hold of us. 49, 24. 50, 43; of a woman
in travail Jer. 4,31. 52 ΤΣ anguish
of soul Gen. 42, 21.

MPAIT (cleft, wounded, τ. ΠΣ) Ze-
ruiah, pr. n. of a daughter of Jesse, sis-
ter of David 1 Chr. 2,16; and mother of
Joab, Abishai, and Asahel, 2 Sam. 2, 18.
3, 39. 8, 16. 16, 9. al.

APN (leprous, τ. 1%) Zeruah, pr.
n. of the mother of Jeroboam, 1 K. 11, 26.

“WWE m. Prov. 26, 8 (τ. 92%) plur.
mins Gen. 42, 35.

1. a bundle Cant. 1, 13. Spec. a bun-
dle of money, and so for a puree, bag,
Gen. 42, 35. Prov. 7, 20. Job 14, 17.
Prov. 26, 8 see in 05". Metaph.
1 Sam. 25, 29, see in "7X no. 1.

2. i. q. ΠΣ no. 1. b, a small stone, peb-
ble, 2 Sam. 17, 13. Hence apparently
a grain, kernel, Am. 9, 9.

3. Zeror, pr. n. m. 1 Sam. 9, 1.

"ΤῸΝ obsol. root. 1. i. q. Arab.
cre 0 II, to be clear, manifest ;
ae zs"

land, > 55 high building, tower ; Heb.

mz. Kindr. are "n¥, "nx.

2. Trop. of the voice, comp. ὉΓῚΣ no. 2,
to cry aloud, i. 6. with a clear and loud
voice, Zeph. 1,14. Arab. , Eth.

ACF and MCA id. Kindr. is mrs.
ΗΊΡΗ. to lift up a cry, to shout, for
battle, Is. 42, 13.

> high ground, elevated

“1X a Tyrian, gentile n. from ἊΣ
Tyre, 1K. 7,14. 2 Chr. 2, 13. Plur.
ps Tyrians 1 Chr. 22, 41. Ezra 3, 7.
Neh. 13, 16.

“IZ m. (τ. ΠΣ) Gen. 43, 11. Jer. 8,
22. 46,11. 51,8; in pause "ἽΝ Ez. 27, 17,
once with Vav. copul. "5 Gen. 37,25;
opobalsamum, balsam of Gilead, distil-
ling from a tree or shrub growing in
Gilead, and used for healing wounds.
So the Talmudists and Rabbins well.
This balsam was always reckoned as
one of the precious gifts of Palestine,
Gen. 43, 11; comp. Strabo XVI. p. 763.
Tacit. Hist.5.6. Plin. H. N. XII. 25 or

‘

"Σ

54. In the times of the N. T. and Jose-
phus, the balsam which anciently be-
longed to Gilead was cultivated largely
in the gardens of Jericho; Jos. Ant. 14.4.
1. ib. 15, 4. 2. B.J.1.6.6.—See Bochart
Hieroz. T. I. p. 628. Celsii Hierobot.
II, 180-185.

‘1 pr. ἢ. for "7%", see in ἜΜ" no. 3.

TP" m. a high building, which may
be seen far and wide, 6. g. a@ tower or
castle Judg. 9, 46. 49; a watch-tower,
plur. 1 Sam. 13,6. R. ΠΣ no. 1.

sat Bees obsol. root, Talmud. and Syr.
Ithpe. to need, to be needy, poor. Hence

ΤῊΣ m. need, c. suff. ἸΞῸΣ thy need,
2 Chr. 2, 15.--Chald. and Rabb. id.

*% as to smite heavily, to strike ;
Arab. ma to strike down, to prostrate ;

whence ey? a scourge, also scourged.

—Hence part. pass. ΦΉΙΣ Lev. 13, 44.
22, 4. al. also Puat Part. Sat, Ἢ nytt,
2 K. 5, 1. 27. 15, 5. al. leprous, pr. smit-
ten, scourged of God, since the leprosy
was regarded as a special divine inflic-
tion; comp. the words 333, 333, ΓΞ),
Deriv. ΠΡῸΣ, pr. ἢ. ΠΣῸΣ, and

ΝΣ f, Ex. 23,28. Deut. 7, 20. Josh.
24, 12, according to the ancient versions
and Rabbins, a hornet, with art. collect.
hornets, wasps, so called from their strik-
ing as they sting; comp. M23, ed -—
But these passages are not to be“under-
stood of hornets literally ; they are put
metaph. as a symbol of the terror,
panic, sent from God upon the enemy
(a°>x mmn Gen. 35,5), by which they
are agitated and put to flight as if stung
to madness; see Ex. 23, 27 comp. 28;
also Deut. 7, 23, where just after the
mention of hornets (v. 20) it is added:
he shall discomfit them with a great dis-
comfiture, until they be destroyed. In
antithesis to this is the promise, that
God would send his angel before the
Israelites, to aid and guard them, and
help them on their way; see Ex. 23, 20.
23. 32, 34, 33, 2. Gen. 24, 7. 40.

IZ (for “ ma q. d. hornet’s town)
Zorah, pr. n. of a town reckoned to the
plain of Judah Josh. 15, 33, but inhabit-

906

᾿ Σάρεπτα Sarepta, Luke 4, 26.

“ΠΣ τ
ed by Danites 19, 41; not far from Esh-
taol, and celebrated as the birth-place
of Samson, Judg. 13, 2. 25. 18, 2. 8. 11;
comp. 2 Chr. 11, 10. Neh. 11, 29. Now
aS wo Sirah, situated on a spur of the
mountains running out into the plain,
on the north of Beth-shemesh ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. 339, 343, 365. III. 18.
—Gentile n. "292 Zorite 1 Chr. 2, 54;
snvqx Zorathite 1 Chr. 2, 53. 4, 2.

ΓΝ ἢ (r. 5) leprosy, e. g. of per-
sons, i.e. the white leprosy, 228, see
Ex.4,6. Num. 12,10. So-Ley. 13, 2 sq.
2K. 5, 3. 6. 7. 27. 2 Chr. 26,19. The
black leprosy is the elephantiasis, see —
ὙΠ .—Also of garments, prob. mouldi-
ness, spots contracted from lying shut
up; and likewise of houses, prob. a ni-
trous scab or crust on the bors Lev.
13, 47-59. 14, 34-57. .

ΡΩΝ fat. phax 1. to melt, to sil
metals, spec. gold and silver ; to refine,
to purify with fire and thus separate
from scoria, Ps. 12,7. Is. 1, 25. Zecls.
13,9. Metaph. Judg. 7,4. Part. pass.
metaph. pure, sincere, Ps. 18, 31. 119,
140. Prov. 30, 5.—Part. 7% a smelter,
refiner, goldsmith, Judg. 17,4. Is, 40,19.
Prov. 25, 4. al.

2. Metaph. to try, to prove any one,
δοκιμάζειν, Ps. 17, 3. 26, 2, 66, 10. 105,
19. Is. 48, 10. Dan. 11, 35.

Nipu. to be tried, purified, Dan. 12, 10.

Pie. part. $142 ἃ refiner, goldsmith,
Mal. 3, 2. 3.

Deriv. the two following.

“BIZ (goldsmith) Zorphi, pr. ἢ. m.
(c. art.) Neh. 3, 31. ]

ΓΒΑ (perh. smelting-house, r. ὩΣ)
Zarephath, with 4 parag. ΤΌΞΟΝ, pr. ἢ.
of a Phenician town between Tyre and
Sidon, 1 K. 17, 9. 10. Obad. 20. Gr.
, Now
WKS Strafend ; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. III. p. 413, 414.

FANS to press, to compress, kindr.
with "1x I. Hence
1. to bind up, to bind together ; co

six I. Arab. “0.—With 2 to bind ot

roll up in a cloth, bundle, ete. Ex. 12,
Job 26, 8. Is. 8, 16. Prov. 30, 4.

— Ύνν-

ΠΝ aad
_taph. 1 Sam. 25, 29 the life of my lord
“shall be bound up in the bundle of lives
with God, i. e. will be under God’s pro-
tection. But in a different sense, Hos.
13, 12 the iniquity of Ephraim is bound
up, is reserved against the day of ven-
geance ; comp. Job 14,17.—Spec. a)
Hos. 4,19 the wind hath bound her up
(seized her) in-its wings: Ὁ) to shut
_ up, to confine, 2 Sam. 20, 3.
2. to press upon, i.e. a) to persecute,

“to be hostile to, Arab. “ὦ id. With
acc. Num. 33, 55. Is. 11, 13; with dat.
Num. 25, 18.—Part. "7% i. q. "¥, an
adversary, enemy, Ex. 23, 22. Ps. 6, 8.
7, 5. 23, 5. Is. 11, 13. al.

b) to rival, to be jealous of, spoken
espec. of two wives, Lev. 18,18. Arab.
εὐ

‘es Intrans. to be pressed, straitened,
distressed ; in which sense is chiefly
used the monosyll. pret. ἜΣ (fully "7%
Prov. 30, 4. Hos. 4, 19) Is. 49, 20. 2 K.
6,1; f mx Is. 28, 20.—Often Impers.
sb “x lit. ‘it is strait to me, i.e. a) 1
am in a strait, in trouble, Ps. 31,10. 69,
18. Judg. 11,7. 8) Iam in distress, in
anguish, 1 Sam, 28, 15. 2 Sam. 24, 14.

Koph, the nineteenth letter of the
Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral denoting

8
100. The name 5p, ip, Arab. Was,
signifies occiput, the back of the head.
_ Hence two letters, Koph and Resh, take
_ their names from the head ; just as two
_ others, Yod and Caph, ΠΕ the hand.
_ Koph Sekeaponds to Lat.Q. Its pro-
- nunciation differs from > with or without
_ Dag. lene, in that the sound of P is pro-
duced from the back part of the palate
near the throat, and with a stronger
_ effort, in the same manner as ¥, where
see. So Arab.

__. Koph is interchanged with the other
palatals ἃ, >, see those letters; and also
_ passes over into the gutturals, so that

907

Mxp

v) With >3, wo is me for any one, 7
grieve for, etc. 2 Sam. 1, 26.—In the
same connection is also used fut. "> "35,
see τ. "X37 no. 1.

Pua. part. "9% bound up, Josh. 9, 4.

Hipn. ἍΜ, inf 930, fut. ἜΧΗ 1 K. 8,
37, plur. 933 Neh. 9, 27.

1. to press upon, to straiten, Jer. 10
18; with siege, to besiege, Deut. 28, 52.
1 K. 8, 37; to distress, to harass, to vex,
Neh. 9, 27. 2 Chr. 28, 20. Zeph. 1, 17.
2 Chr. 28, 22 5. "2h mda in the time of
(their) distressing him. 33, 12.

2. ΤΣ HW a woman in her pains,
throes, i. e. pr. pressing upon the fetus,
or else intrans. pressed with anguish,
Jer. 48, 41. 49, 22.

Deriv. 9X, ΠΣ, WS, WME, W¥2, pr.n.
“x.

“AZ see in “ind.

ΤΣ, see NTIS.

DAS (for mane splendour, τ. ¥)
Zereth, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4,7.

“on MX (splendour of the dawn)
Zereth-shahar, pr. n. of a city in Reu-
ben, Josh. 13, 19.

AIS, see NTIS.

we find as kindr. roots 6. g. "2p, Chald.
"22, to burn incense; see in M and 9.
Besides this, in the primary elements
of the language at least, the sound οὔ Καὶ
appears to have passed over into that
of ἡ, just as children often substitute for —
k the sound of ¢, as being more easily
pronounced ; and in this way has arisen
the affinity of the roots MPB and MNS to
open, APY and ANw to drink, “ne Eth.
"25 to interpret ; comp. κόπτω and τύ-
nro, quatuor and τέτταρες, quis and τίς,

NP m. (τ. SIP) vomit; Prov. 26, 11.

MNP f. (Ὁ. vip) ὁ. art. mpm Lev. 11,
18. Deut. 14, 17, constr. MRP, pr. the
vomiter, a water-fowl (Lev. and Deut.
1. c.) inhabiting also desert places Is. 34,

=P

11. Zeph. 2, 14. Ps. 102, 7; according
to the ancient versions the pelican, Targ.

xpp, Syr. fas, Arab. Sept.
πελεκάν. So called from its vomiting
the shells and other things which it has
voraciously swallowed.

AP τα. (r. 530) pr. a hollow or concave
vessel,comp. Lat.cupa,Engl.cup. Then,
a measure for things dry, cab, 2 K. 6,
25 ; according to the Rabbins the sixth
part of a seah (7), or nearly two
quarts. Comp. Gr. κάβος i. 6. χοῖνιξ.

“*22— kindr. with 323, > II, to
curve, to make convex or concave ; hence
1. i. q. 222, to hollow out, and also to
arch, to vault ; comp. 333, "33 i. α. 72.

Arab. £3 Conj. II, Chald. 22, id—
Hence Sp, 42p.

2. Metaph. i. q. 323 no. 3 (q. v.) to
curse, pr. to pierce with words, to perfo-
rate. The forms found are: Pret. Sp
c. suff. Num. 23, 8. 27; Inf. constr. ΞΡ v.
11, and as absol. v. 25; Imper. c. 7 pa-
rag. ">"nap Num. 22, 11. 17; with suff.
and Nun epenth. ap Num. 23, 13.

Map f. (for H2p), τ. 22) the maw,
ventricle, i.e. the ‘rough prickly stomach
of ruminating animals, echinus, Deut.

9 {7 5.
18, 3.—Arab. Kad and Kd id.

Map f. (for ΒΡ, τ. 3p2) ς. suff.
rinsp, once Num. 25, 8, genitalia mulie-
bra, comp. "323; so Sept. and Vulg.
correctly.

ΟΞ f. (r. 33) α tent, high and round-
ed like a dome, a vaulted pleasure-tent,
devoted to the impure worship of Baal-
peor or Hipeoee Num, 25, 8.—Syr.

[acas, Arab. RAS, id. Hence with the
Arabic art. Span. alcova alcove ; comp.
later Lat. cuppa, Germ. Kuppel, Engl.
cupola.

ΥῊΞΡ m. (r. Y2P) a gathering, throng ;

Is. 57, 13 ὭΠΣΊΞΡ thy throngs of idols.
Comp. v. 9.

AMIP Γ (τ. 3) 1. sepulture, burial,

Jer. 22, 19. Ecc. 6, 3.

2. a sepulchre, i. q. “2p, Gen. 35, 20.
47, 30. Deut. 34,6. 1 Sam. 10,2. 2K.
21, 26. Is. 14, 20.

908

dap

“590 in Kal not used, pr. to be be-
fore, in front, over against. Arab. |

front, Ave: Wefore.—Hence ‘to com
from an opposite direction,’ to meet any

one, Arab. dos.

Pre bap, found only in the later Heb.
pr. ‘to let come to oneself? i.e. a) Of
persons, to receive, to admit, 1 Chr. 12,
18. Ὁ) Of things, to receive, to take
any thing offered, Ezra 8, 30. Esth. 4, 4..
1 Chr. 21, 11. Job 2, 10. So do receive,
to admit a precept, ἘΠ i. e. to observe
it, Esth. 9, 23. 27; instruction Prov. 19,
20. Simpl. to take, i. q. MP2, 2 Chr. 29,
16, 22.

Hipu. intrans. to stand over against
each other, to be opposite, Ex. 26, 5. 36,
12. Arab. Conj. III id.

Deriv. 2p. , 53Ρ. fs

23} Chald. only in Pa. to receive,
Dan. 2, 6, 6, 1. 7, 18. Ὁ

ak prep. (τ. >3p, after the form
Ἢ) or according to other copies bap q
rea, before, i. q. Chald. bap no. 1. a. 9
2K. 15, 10 ey 53}, before the people.

>2P and bap Chald. (r. ἘΞ) pr. the
Front ; hence,

1. bap> Prep. ὁ. suff. 7234p 6) coun
against Dan. 5,5; before, Dan. 2, 31. 3,
3. 5,1. b) on account of, because of,
propter, i. q. "28 no. 2, Dan. 5, 10. Ezra
4,16. Before | it becomes a conjunc-
tion, because, propterea quod, Ezra 6, 13. Ὁ

2. Oftener, in the diffuse Chaldee
manner of expressing particles, more ~
fully and pleonastically "4 >2p7>D. a)
Pr. ‘and all because that,’ forasmuch as,
Germ. alldieweil, for the simple because, _
since, Dan. 2, 8. 41. 45. 3, 29. 4, 15. 9
5, 12. 22. 6, 4.5.23. Ezra 4, 14. 7,14. ©
With relat. for which cause, wherefore,
Dan.2,10. Ὁ) in the manner that, i. e.
as, Dan. 2, 40 Sept. ὃν τρόπον. 6, 11
Sept. καϑώς.

3.33 ΞΡ ΡΞ for this cause, Dan. 2
12. 24. ὃ, 7.8. 22. 6, 10. Ezra 7,17. See
Chala. bono.4.”

2ap m. (τ. >3P) pr. pi front, what
is over against, Arab. ; so Ez. 26,

9 aR ὙΠ the stroke of what is in fro:
of it, i. e. a battering-ram for battering

yap
dos a walls. —Other copies read bap
A aL éllo, which is also admissible, see

>; but the form i>3p, found in J. H.

Michaelis and Van der Hooght, is con-:

y to the laws of grammar.

i be high and rounded off; like a ton
hump, the head; Arab. «s3 gibbosus

uit. Hence 93} helmet, ΡΞ cup.
omp . Gr. xv87.—From these nouns,
ἮΝ all designate things serving to
ver, comes the signification :

a to cover, to hide, Arab. «a3 to hide,

g.the head in one’s garment, or of a
wer hiding itself in its calyx.—Hence
op. to defraud, to rob any one covertly,
comp. 723, Mal. 3, 8.9; c. dupl. acc. fo
9) one of any thing, to despoil, Prov.
2, 23.

_Deriv. 566 in no. 1.

ΣΝ f. (τ. 3ap) ἌΡ, calyz, pr. of a

lower, κάλυξ, Arab. Eats; then also for
rinking, κύλιξ, goblet, whence Is. 51, 17.
2 dD map pleonast. the goblet-cup.

J ‘y V2P fut. Yap" pr. fo take or grasp
in the hand. Arab. Yaad to take with
the fingers; (a3 to grasp with the
jand ; ἰσλϑ id. Kindr. are Aram. 730,

το, to compress; also Heb. yop,

yep. Hence
1. to gather, to collect things, 6. g.
ain Gen. 41, 35. 48; spoils Deut. 13,
Ἢ (with DR of place); wealth Prov. 13,
1 ; 6. ΩΝ any one Prov. 28,8. Metaph.
’s. Al, 7 his heart 5 338 YAP" gathereth
ni ἜΗΝ for itself, i. e. my adversary i in
isiting me gathers new matter for
latred and slander.
2. to gather together persons, to as-
emble, Judg. 12,4. 1 Sam. 7, 5. 2 Sam.
, 30. 1 K. 18, 20. al. sep. With >x of
ers. to whom 1 K. 18,19. 2 Sam. 3, 21;
tof place αὐ which Ezra 8, 15; also
5 ὌΝ 2 Chron. 32, 6. Hab. 2,5; "59 id.
K. 11, 24.
Nien. 1. to be gathered, collected,
eg corpses Ez. 29, 5.
. to be gathered together, to be as-

semi ed, of persons ; also to gather them- |

Pselves together ; Gen. 49, 2. 1 Sam. 7,
6. 25, 1. Esth. 2,8. 19. Is. 43,9. al. Of
a

909

' Wu fut. Sap? 1. i.g. 533, 523, to ἢ

2p

ot Is. 34,15. With 5x of pers. Josh.
6. Ezra 10, 1; >9 2 Chr. TS; 7.
get 1. to tikes or fold in the arms,
as a shepherd his lambs Is. 40, 11.
Metaph. Jehovah his people Is. 54, 7.
Opp. is 313.

2. to gather, to collect things, e. g.
grapes in the vintage Is. 62,9; sheaves
to the threshing-floor Mic. 4, 12; waters -
into a pool Is. 22, 9; idols, to get together
Mic. 1, 7.—Joel 2, 6 and Nah. 2, 11, see
in “ANB.

3. to gather together, to assemble, e. g.
beasts Is. 34, 16; a flock, so that it may
not be destroyed, Is. 13, 14. Chiefly of
persons, a people, nations, Joel 4, 2. Is.
66, 18. Ez. 20, 34. 41. 36, 24. ἃ]. as dis-
persed Is. 11, 12. 56,8. Very often of
God, as gathering together the Israelites
when dispersed, with 72 of place
whence; e. g. from Egypt Hos. 9, 6;
from foreign lands, Ez. 34, 13. 39, 27.
Ps. 107, 3; out of the nations Deut. 30,
3. Ez. 11,17. With > to any one Is.
56, 8; against Ez. 16, 37.

Puat part. f. n¥2p%2 gatheretl, assem-
bled, Ez. 38, 8.

Hirer. plan: to gather themselves to-
gether, to assemble, Josh. 9, 2. Judg. 9,
47. 1 Sam. 7, 7. 2 Sam. 2, 25. Is. 44,
11. al.

Deriv. y32P, and the three Here fol-
lowing.

DNZAP , see DRESP".

MEAP f. a gathering, heap, hoard, Ez.
98, 90. RB. ΥΞΡ.

D "LAP (two heaps, r. iy Kibzaim,
pr. n. of a city in Ephraim, Josh. 21, 22.
See in O>ep".

*"2P fat. "ap", to bury, e. g. one
person Gen. 23, 4. 19. 25, 9. 50, 14.
Judg. 2,9. 1 Sam. 31, 13. al. sep. —
Once of several, i. q. Piel, Ez. 39, 12.—
Arab. Aram. Eth. id. The primary
idea is that of heaping up a tumulus,
see Syr. μῶν to heap up, for Gr. σωρεύω
Rom. 12, 20. Kindr.is “as. The bili-
teral root is =P, comp. the verbs 23P,
233.

ΝΙΡΗ. pass. to be buried, 6. g. one per-
son Gen. 15, 15. 35, 8. 19. Judg. 12, 7 sq.
Of several, Job 27, 15. Jer. 8, 2. 16, 4. 6.

“=P

Piet to bury, 6. g. several (comp.
bop) Num. 33,4. 1K. 11, 15. Jer. Τά,
16. Ez. 39, 14. Hos. 9, 6.

Pua pass. Gen. 25, 10.

Deriv. ΠΡ and

“ap τὰ. in pause "3p, c. suff. “3p ;
plur. 0" 3P, constr. “HP ; and ninap,
constr. ninsp ; pr. ‘a burial-place, a
sepulchre, grave, Gen. 23, 9. Ex. 14, 11.
Num. 11, 34, 35. Job 21, 32. Jer. 26, 23.
al.—Job 17, 1 75 B™2P the sepulchres
are ready for me, i. q. Engl. the grave-
yard awaits me.

MISMATNMAP (the graves of long-
ing, see "2P) Kibroth-hattaavah, pr. n.
of a place in the desert of Sinai, Num.
11, 34. 33, 16. Deut. 9, 22.

; +.

ΜΡ TIP i. q. Arab. 3, to divide, to
cleave ; kindr. with 733, 3, and the
like, see 734; comp. also χέδάω, κεδά-
ζω, oxedatw. Hence ΠΡ cassia, and
“PIP vertex.

ἜΝ TIP to bow down, to bow the Riad
to incline oneself in honour and reve-
rence ; found only in fut. of the Chaldee
form, 77, >", plur. 3p". Followed

always by MinMwH , which is stronger ;
Gen, 24, 26 nin amass Wan Ip and
the man bowed down and -prostrated
himself before Jehovah. Ex. 12, 27.
Num. 22, 31. 1 K. 1, 16. 1 Sam. 24, 9.
2 Chr. 29, 30. Neh. 8, 6. al. Sept.
usually x’a1.—Kindr. is Syr. -&o to
incline oneself, to bend the knee ; comp.
Arab. X23 to sit down ; also Chald. 3p>
to bend the knee, Samar. "p> id.—This
signif. cannot well be conciliated with
that of no. I, by assuming it to be a
denom. from “Pp pr. ‘ to bow the head.’

x win?) obsol. root, Syr. yes to pos-

sess. Hence pr. n. ΞΡ" (possessed
by the people) Jokdeam, q. v. Comp.
P2eR), O32p7, from τ. Map, MR.

MIP ἢ (Ὁ. Tp 1) Ex. 30, 24. Ez. 27,
19, according to the Syr. Chald. Vulg.
cassia, a species of aromatic bark re-
sembling cinnamon, but less fragrant
and less valuable ; so called from its rolls
being split. See Dioscor. 1.12. Theo-
phr. Hist. Plant. 9.5. Celsii Hierob. II.
86. 350 sq. Comp. ΠΡ ΣΡ.

910

Targ. ‘

‘ing human filth out of the camp, it i

' To angels, who κατ᾿ ἐξοχήν are cal

‘Ip

DAT m. plur. (r. SIP) 1. q. DIF no.

3; aforetime, ancient days ; once J
5, 21 pxmsp ἘΠῚ a stream of a
days. Sept. Vatic. χειμάῤῥους &
rivus in quo facta sunt “pi
signa et fortia facta ab antiquie.’—Th
form is like 07933, a>, which als
designate time.

Wisp and WIP adj. (r. wp) constr.
Sinp .c.suff. ep; plur. wip, Sws4p,
see at the end of the article ; holy, sac i
sanctus, ἅγιος, ἁγνός, Pr. pure, clean, free
from the defilement of vice, idolatry, ar
other impure and profane things; opt
is 2" impure, profane. In fixing ha
primitive signification of this Mihi
following are classical passages :
11, 43 sq. where after the law reagiell
ing unclean meats, it is said: ye shal
not pollute yourselves with these, that ye
should be defiled therewith, 44 ... O77) —
"Ix Sip 2 owsp and be ye holy
(sanctus, pure), for I am holy. vy. 45.
So 19, 2, and 20, 26, where the sam
formula, be ye holy, for I am holy, i
placed at the beginning and end of a
section (c. 19. 20) containing variou
laws against fornication, adultery, ir
cest, idolatry, and other like crimes. Ir
Deut. 23, 15, after the law for remov-

᾿ ἢ
~

ἣ
Ξ

added: for Jehovah thy God walketh t
‘he midst of thy camp... . ὭΣΤ 73
wisp wherefore let thy camp be holy
(sanctus, clean), that he (God) behold
unclean thing in thee, and turn awe
Srom thee.—In a sense somewhat variec
it is applied: a) To God as abhorrin
every kind of impurity both physical and
moral; see Lev. ll. ce. Also as the
avenger of right and justice, Ps. 22, 4
comp. v. 2. 3. Is. 6, 3 comp. v. 5 sq. and as
the object of fear and reverence to men
Ps. 99, 3. 9. 111, 9 where it is coupled
with δ 5, Sometimes God is zat
ἐξοχήν called Winp Holy, the Holy O
Job 6, 10. Is. 40,25. Hab. 3,3; and more
frequently also x3w3 itp the Hol

One of Israel, espec. by Isaiah, as Is. 1

4. 5, 19. 24. 10, 17. 20. 12, 6. 17, 7. 43,
3. 14. 45, 11. 47, 4. 48, 17. al. Ellse-
where rarely, as Ps. 78, 41. 89,19. ὃ)

holy, Dan. 8, 13; see below in Plur. ὁ

mp

To a, with dat. of the divinity, as

. 21, 6. ὉΠ Ν 5. ἼΠῚ ἘῚΡ let them
‘ Fholy (pure, clean) unto their God, in
lis sight, and not profane, etc. v. 7. Ps.
106, 16 and Aaron nim Wisp holy unto
Jehove Also with dat. of other men,
“unto whom the priest should be holy,
Lev. 21,8. Οἵ ἃ Nazarite Num. 6, 5.
4d) Spoken of pious men, who are pure
and clean from the defilement of guilt
and sin, so far as is possible for erring
mortals, Is. 4, 3; then of the people of
ael, who were bound to abstain from
‘and avoid every kind of impurity, Lev.
11, 43-45. 19,2 see above. Deut. 7, 6
comp. v.5; with dat.-holy to Jehovah
14, 2. 21. 26,19. 6) Of places conse-
rated, holy, Ex. 29, 31. Lev. 6,9. 19. al.
If days consecrated to God, before
s1>x> Neh. 8, 10. 11.—Hence itp a
toly place, sanctuary, Is. 57, 15. Ps. 46,
ΠΡ "2D Wisp the holiest of the
lwellings of the Most High.

PLor. Op, owsp 1. As plur.
majest. for the sing. the Most Holy, for
ehovah, Hos. 12, 1. Josh. 24, 19. Prov.
y, 10. 30, 3.

2. Pr. holy ones,i.e. a) angels, es-
ec. in the later books (see in 30),
Job 5,1. 15,15. Zech. 14. 5. Ps. 89, 6.
8; perh. Deut. 33, 3. Ὁ) the pious wor-
shippers of God, saints, Ps. 16, 3. 34, 10.
Jeut. 33, 3; spec. the Jewish people
6 WNP) Dan. 8, 24.

" snp 1. to kindle fire, Jer. 17, 4.
5, 50,11. 64,1. Syr. Aph. id. Arab.
5 to strike fire.

_ 2. Intrans. to kindle or be kindled, to

urn, Deut. 32, 22. Jer. 15, 14.
Deriv. πρὶ and

ΠῚ £ burning fever, Lev. 26, 16.
Deut. 28, 22.

DP m. (τ. 5p) with 5 loc. no“sp.
1. the front, the part or region over
igainst any one. Hab. 1, 9 M2"7p for-
wa ds.

Pe. the east, the eastern quarter of the
Ἵ heavens, i. q. DIP; see in “IMS no. 2.
_ Often in Ezekiel, as ΘΠ PRB Ez. 47, 18.
8, 2. 6-8. 16; in acc. eastward 43, 17.
, 1. 46,1. 12. 47,2; and so m2"4p 11,
ἥ Be ἐς poet. DvP mn, DSIpA mn,

911

ΠΡ

the east wind, Ex. 10,13. 14,21. Ps. 48,8.
Ez. 17, 10; oftener ellipt. op id the
most vehement of all winds in western
Asia and the adjacent seas, Job 27,21. Is.
27, 8. Jer.18, 17. Ez. 27,26; as scorching
and withering plants and herbage, Gen.
41, 6. 23. Ez. 17,10. 19,12. Jon. 4, 8.
But the east wind is perh. put for any
violent wind between the east and south;
[so the Arabs at the present day call the
violent south wind of the desert Shiir-
kiyeh i. 6. east wind; and hence the
Italian Sirocco, which also is mostly em-
ployed of southerly winds; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. I. p. 305, comp. p. 287,
289. —R.] Metaph. i. q. m7, of any
thing vain and empty, Hos. 12, 2. Job
15, 2.

OP Chald. adj. i. q. Heb. Bip,
holy, sanctus; spoken a) Of God and
also of false deities; 1 7p τος the holy
gods, Dan. 4, 5. 6. 5,11. Ὁ) Of angels;
Dan. 4, 10 B°Ap1 “" a watcher (angel)
even aholy one. Plur. ἡ πρὸ holy ones,
i.e. angels, 4,14 [17]. See wisp Plur.
no.2.a. 0) Ofthe Jews, Dan. 7, 21; fully
yee "sp the holy ones (saints) of
the Most High, Dan. 7,18. 22.25; comp.
Esdr. 8, 70 τὸ σπέρμα τὸ ἅγιον.

"ΤΡ in Kal not used; Arab. 4 .\3

to go before, to precede ; mid. Damm. to
precede gn time, to be of old. The pri-
mary idea seems to be that of being
sharp, pointed ; comp. quadril. Dap for
Dap a sharp instrument, axe ; hence pr.
to be or go in front, at the point, head,
Germ. an der Spitze stehen.

Pie. S3p 1. 10 go before, to precede,
Ps. 68, 26; with acc. of pers. Ps. 89, 15.

2. to come or get before any one,
to anticipate, pave. Syr. opt id.
With acc. Ps. 17,13 "35 map. 119,
148 γῆ ὩΣ "3"D AIP my eyes antici-
pate the night-watches, i i. e. I wake ere
the night-watches are cried out.— With
inf. to do hastily, speedily, i i. 6. early in
the morning, as Syr. Sop, Eth. P2&,
Chald. ἘΠῚ for Heb. Ὀπϑῦπ. So Jon.
4, 2 therefore 13> "M23P I made haste
to flee. Absol. Ps. 119, 147 622 "MAP
I rise early with the dawn.

3. to go to meet any one, to meet, to
encounter, with acc. of pers. Ps. 88, 14.

DAP

Spec. a) With help, ἱ. 4. 10 succour, Ps.
59, 11. 79,8. Job 3,12. Ὁ) With 3 to
meet one with any thing, in order to pre-
sent it, q. ἃ. to succour with, Deut. 23, 5.
Is. 21, 14. Neh. 13,2; genr. Mic. 6, 6.
With two acc. Ps. 21,4; 2 of thing Ps.
95,2. c) Ina hostile sense, q. ἃ. to as-
sail ; Is. 37, 33 5 MPQAP) NX? no shield
shall come up against her, the city, i. @.
shall not be raised against her. Job 30,
27. Ps. 18, 6. 19. |

Hien. 1. to come before, to antici-
pate, in doing a kindness, in bestowing
a favour on any one, so as to make
him a debtor, Job 41, 3. Arab. pos

Se
IV, id. cod a kindness, kind office ;

see Schult. ad Job. p. 1183,

2. i. gq. Pi. no. 3. c, to meet as an ene-
my; to fall upon, as calamity, ὁ. 723
Am. 9, 10.

Deriv. DIP—VAIP, BVAIP, SR,
pin.

DIP m. in pause DIP Gen. 10, 30; also
OP only with m paragog. ΓΘ. Plur.
constr. "27p see in no. 3.

1. Pr. the front, what is before ; hence
as Adv. before, Ps. 139, 5. 07% id. Is.
9, 11.—Hence

2. the east, the eastern quarter, see in
mins no. 2. Job 23,8. ΘΠ from the
east, after a verb of motion Gen. 11, 2.
13, 11; also at the east, eastward, Gen.
2,8. > ΤΡ Prep. at the east of; east-
ward of, Gen. 3; 24. Num. 34, 11. Josh.
7, 2. Judg. 8,11. With ΤΠ paragog.
map towards the east, eastward, Gen,
13, 14. 25, 6. 28, 14. Lev. 1, 16. al.
Sometimes is added pleonast. ΠΤ
Num. 2, 3. Josh. 19, 13; enw mire
Josh. 19,12. But ΠΡ is also ‘what
is towards the east?-and i. q. ΠΡ},
(comp. 1332, M21P¥,) hence M27P PRD?
on the east side Ex. 27, 13. 38,13; "RB2
ΓΘ id. Ez. 45, 7.—Further, 57) 533
the sons of the east, the inhabitants of the

Arabian desert, which lies eastward of
Palestine, and extends to the Euphrates,
now οἰ} Xsdu desert of Syria; Job
1,3. Is. 11,14. Jer. 49, 28. Ez. 25, 4,
1K. 5,10. Judg. 6, 3. 33, 7.12. Also
DIP VI Gen. 25, 6, and DIP "322 PIS
29, 1, the Syrian desert including Meso-
potamia; and so 6p "775 of the moun-

912

_perh. it should read DOP.

| awho sitteth upon his throne from

iP

tains of Mesopotamia, Num. 23, 7.
DIpn 1A Gen. 10, 30 is the mountain «
Arabia, see in art. 8ta.—Is, 2, 6 δ
pipe they are filled full from the δι
i. e. with superstitions and sorceri
brought from the east or Babylon. B

>.
31

3. Of time, former times, aforetim
ancient days, poet. i. q. B243 no.1. Aral

ῷ ο ο ε
ers olden time, Leds aforetime, of ol

So Ps. 78, 2. Job 29, 2. Also D3 from
ancient times, of old, Ps. 74, 12. 77,6. 1:
Is. 45,21; O1p "252 kings of old, ancie
kings, Is. 19, 11; DIR 27 times of ὁ
Ps. 44,2; DIp 72° Is.23,7. Mic. 7,21
Lam. 1,7. Spoken also of eternity, a
least that which is without beginnin
6. 5. DIP "M>y Deut. 33,27; DIR 38

lasting Ps. 55, 20; also Deut. 33, 1
Ps. 68, 34.—Put also 8) Adverbiall
for aforetime, of old, Ps. 74,2. Jer. 30, 2
Lam. 5, 21, i. q. ἘΣ Ὸ, Ἐ2ΒΡ, b)
a prep. before, Prov. 8,22.—Plur. const
“21p primordia, beginnings, Ῥτον. 8,
DIP. Chald. prep. once BYP (i
ὙΠ 215) Dan. 7, 13; ο. suff. plur. 79 He
stiatp. m-a7p, Dan. 7, 7, ὙΠ
before, ante, coram, i. q. Heb. "282. Β
to speak before any one, i.e. to hi
Dan. 2, 9. 36. 4, δ. 6, 13. 14; also aft
a verb signifying to answer Dan. ἢ
10. 27; to pray Dan. 6, 11. 12; to re
Ezra 4, 18. 23. . "27P, "BY it was ge
before me, i. ᾳ. "2°23 330, Dan.
[4, 2]. 6, 2. After verbs of motic
Dan. 2, 24. 25. 3, 13. 4, 3. 5, 13.—Al
ΠΡ 12 i. ᾳ. Heb. "289, ὉΣΏ, from, alt
verbs of receiving Dan. 2, 6; of askir
2,18; of commanding 6, 27; of sendi
Ezra 7, 14. Dan. 5, 24; of fearing Da
5, 19. 6, 27. EBS!
TOTP f(r. SIR) oldness, antiquil
Is. 23,7 ANVIP DYE M29 whose (Tyre’
antiquity is from ancient days, Also
former state, Ez. 16, 55. Plur. Ez. 8
11.—In the construct state ΓΘ, it b
comes a preposition, and with δὰ im
a conjunction, before, Ps. 129, 6. ,
MASP Chald. former time; hen
may natp7y2 Dan. 6, 11, NpTNeT
Ezra 5, 11, in former. times, aforelin
formerly. 4 Hold

ΠΡ

‘TIP (eastward) Kedemah, pr. n. of

re — δ.

a son of Ishmael, Gen. 25, 15.—Another
“pep see in DP no. 1.

MTP i. q. DIP no. 2, only in constr.
_ m2IP, on the east of, eastioard of a place,

Gen. 2, 14, comp. "88. 4, 16. 1 Sam.

eS

13, 5. Ez. 39, 11.

ΤΩΡ adj. (fr. 812) fem. ΠΡ ὩΡ,

᾿ eustern, Ez. 47, 8.
"TOTP, see "350.
niasp (antiquities) Kedemoth, pr.

; n. of a city in Reuben, Josh. 13, 18. 21,

-

87. 1 Chr. 6, 64. An adjacent deaiet

bore the same name, Deut. 2, 26.

;
:

™27P Chald. first, plur. 8727p Dan.

7,24. Fem. st. emphat. δὲ Ὁ 7. 4;
_plur. δ Ὁ Ἵ 7, 8.

ΤΥΥΣ

S82 IP (one before God, i. 6. minis-
ter of God, τ. 53—) Kadmiel, pr. n. m.

Ezra 3, 40. 3, 9. Neh. 7,43. 9, 4. 10, 10.
12, 8.

SOI, Γ 5) ; comp. ἸΤΩῚΡ.

ἡ ΔῚΡ ΟΥ "7723p adj. ἢ m"3227p; plur.

R. ΒΡ.

1. eastern, Ez. 10, 19. 11, 1. oon

ΟἈΣ 2 ἼΡΓΙ the eastern sea, i. e. the Dead

Sea, opp. to the western sea or Mediter-

ranean, Ez. 47, 18. Joel 2, 20. Zech.
“14, 8.

2. former, ancient, Ez. 38, 17. Mal.

3, 4. Plur. ὩΠ2 2 older persons, the

aged, Job 18,20. Sing. collect. 1 Sam.
24, 14 “ΔΓ den the proverb of the

Vancients. Plur. ἢ Τοῦ») Ὁ) former things,

things of old, Is. 43, 18.
"2. Kadmonite, collect. pr. n. of a Ca-

-fhaanitish tribe, dwelling prob. in the

eastern part of the country, Gen. 15, 19.
Bochart conjectures them to be the
same with the Hivites; Canaan I. 19.

- PIP τὴ ΠΡ I) c. suff. PIP,
others 97°95 Job 2, 7. Ps. 7, 17, vertex,
top, crown of the head, so called because
the hair there divides itself; comp.
Germ. Scheitel, die Haare scheiteln.
Gen. 49,26. Deut. 33, 16. 20. Is. 3, 17.
Byer. 2, 16. 48. 46. al. Fully “Ὁ ἼΡῚΡ
athe crown of hair (pr. the Guiling of

“the hair) Ps. 68, 22. Arab. Bere is the
part of the head from the vertex to the
neck behind.

γα

918

DIP
ἘΠ 1. to be dirty, foul ; spoken
of a turbid torrent, Job 6,16. Hence, to
go about in dirty garments, like mourn-

ers, 1. 4. to mourn, Jer. 8, 21. 14, 2.
Part. "I~ a mourner Ps. 35, 14, 38, 7.

2 3 orate
42,10. 43, 2. Job 5, 11. Arab. 533, 03

| to be squalid, of garments; Chald. "3p

id. comp. "73.

2. to be of a dirty or dusky colour, to
be dark coloured, e. g. the skin as
scorched by the sun Job 30, 28; to be
darkened, to become dark, as the day, the
sun, the moon, Mice. 3, 6. Jer. 4, 28. Joel
2, 10. 4, 15.

Hipu. 1. ἐο causeto mourn, Ez. 31, 15.

2. to darken, to obscure, e. g. the i
stars, Ez. 32,7.8. °

Hirup. to be darkened, overcast, e. g.
the heavens 1 K. 18, 45.

Deriv. "32—N7775p .

VE (dark-skinned) Kedar, pr. ἢ. of a
son of Ishmael, Gen. 25, 13. Also of an
Arabian tribe descended from him, Cant.
1,5. Is. 21, 16. 42, 11 (where it is joined
with a fem.) 60, 7. Jer. 2, 10. 49, 28.
Ez. 27, 21; more fully "7p "23 Is. 21, 17.
Ps. 120, 5 Kedar and Meshech, put for
barbarous tribes. The Kedar are the
Cedrei of Pliny, connected with the Na-
batheans, Hist. V. 11; comp. Reland
Palest. p. 96 sq. The Rabbins call all
the Arabs by this name; whence 12
"7p the Arabic tongue.

ΤΡ (the turbid, τ. "4p, comp. Job
6, 16) Kidron, pr. n. of the brook or tor-
rent flowing in winter through the valley
of like name between Jerusalem and the
Mount of Olives, and emptying itself into
the Dead Sea; 2 Sam. 15, 23. 1 K. 2, 37.
15, 13. 2K. 23, 4. Jer. 31, 40. Hence
χείμαῤῥος tov Κεδρῶν John 18,1. See
a full description in Bibl. Res. in Palest.
[. p. 396-402.

PANT f. (τ. 1p) darkness, obscurity
of the heavens, Is. 50, 3.

ὨΡΞ ΤΡ adv. in mourning, mournfully,
Mal. 3, 14. R. VIR.

*y ΠΡ and DIP Num. 17, 2; fut:
wap.

1, to be pure, clean, pr. of physical
purity and cleanness ; see Hithpa. no. 1,
and adj. Sitp. Kindr. is perh. wan , of

ΠΡ
which the primary idea is ‘ to be bright.’
—Hence

2. to be holy, sacred, sanctus ; so in all
the kindred dialects, espec. in Pi. or Pa.
a) Of a person who consecrates himself
to God, and so regards himself as holier
than the profane vulgar ; Is. 65,5 "MO Ip
7 am holy unto thee, for τὸ ἜΘΟΣ ; or of
those who are consecrated by touching
sacred things, Ex. 29, 37. 30, 29. Lev. 6,
11.20. Ὁ) Of things destined for the sa-
cred worship Num. 17, 2. 3. Ex. 29, 21;
or which are consecrated by the contact
of sacred things 1 Sam. 21, 6. Hag. 2,
12; or which are devoted to the sacred
treasury, Deut. 22, 9.

Niew. 1. to be regarded and treated
as holy, to be hallowed, sanctified, sc.
God, c. 2 Lev. 10, 3. 22,32. Also to
show oneself holy, glorious, in any one,
either by bestowing favours Ez. 20, 41.
28, 25. 36, 23. 38, 16. 39, 27; or by in-
flicting judgments Ez. 28, 22. Num. 20,
13 ; comp. Is. 5, 16.

: 2. to be consecrated, 6. g. the sacred
tabernacle Ex. 29, 43.

Piet ΘῊΡ to make holy, to sanctify, to
hallow, i. e.

1. to hold sacred, to regard and treat
. as holy, as God Deut. 32, 51; a priest
Lev. 21, 8; the sabbath, ¢o keep holy,
Ex. 20, 8. Deut. 5, 12. Neh. 13, 22. Jer.
17, 22. 24. 27. Ez. 20, 20.

2. to pronounce holy, to sanctify, e. g.
the sabbath Gen. 2, 3; a people Lev. 20,
8.21,8. Also to institute any holy thing,
to appoint, 6. g. a fast Joel 1, 14. 2, 15
(parall. with xp) ; a festival 2 K. 10, 20.

3. lo consecrate, 6. g. a priest Ex. 28,
41. 29,1. 1 Sam. 7, 1; analtar, the tem-
ple, Ex. 29, 36. Lev. 8, 15. Num. 7, 1. 1
K. 8, 64; the first-born, Ex. 13,2; the
people of Israel, Ex. 19, 10. 14. Josh. 7,

. 13; a building when completed, Neh. 3, |

1; a mountain, as separate and distin-
guished from all others, Ex. 19, 23.—
Hence to consecrate or sanctify with
solemn rites, e. g. by lustrations for sa-
crifice 1 Sam. 16, 5. Job 1, 5; troops for
battle, Jer. 51, 27. Comp. Hiph. Also
nanba wap to consecrate or inaugurate
a war, battle, (i. 6. with sacred rites,
comp. Ps. 110, 3. 1 Sam. 7, 9. 10,) q.d.
to prepare, to begin, Joel 4, 9. Jer. 6, 4.
Trop. Mic. 3, 5.

914 Sop

Pua part. Up , consecrated, spoken
of priests and sacred things, Ez. 48, ll,
2 Chr.26, 18. 31, 6—Is. 13, 3 "apa
consecrated ones, i. 6. soldiers whoa Ι
have consecrated to war; comp. Jer. 51,
27.

Hiew. 1.i. q. Pi. no. 1, Is. 8, 13: 29,
23. Num. 20,12. -

2. i. q. Pi. no. 2, to pronounce holy, to
sanctify, Jer. 1, 5.

3. i. q. Piel no. 3, to consecrate to God
Lev. 27, 14 sq. Juda 17, 3. 2 Sam. 8,11.
1 Chr. 26, 27. Also of God, to sanctify,
to hallow for himself, e. g. the first-born
Num. 3, 13. 8, 17; the temple 1 K. 9,
3. 7. 5

Hirup. 1. to cleanse or purify oneself,
by sacred ablutions and observances.
2 Sam. 11, 4 mpXQwe ΓΟ ΠΤ RW for
she had purified herself “from her unclean-
ness. Is. 66, 17 coupled with "mer.
Often of the prea and Levites, as puri-
fying themselves for the holy service,
Ex. 19, 22. 1 Chr. 15, 12. 14. 2 Chr. 5,
11. 29, 15. al. Comp. Kal no. 1.

2. to show oneself holy, i.e. pure from
guilt, to sanctify oneself, Lev. 11, 44. 20,
7; of God, as the punisher of guilt, Ez.
38, 23.

3. to be celebrated, kept, e. g. a festi~
val, Is. 30, 29.

Deriv. το, WIP, ΟΡ, sap, op,
wipe.

WIP m. pr. sacred, consecrated. acid

1. Spec. a male prostitute, a catamite,
sodomite, κίναιδος, so called as conse-
crated to the service of Astarte or Venus;
Deut. 23, 18. 1 K. 14, 24. 15, 12. 22, 47.
2. K. 23, 7. Job 36,14. These wretched
beings were priests or rather temple-
servants (isgddovior) of Astarte at Hiera-
polis in Syria ; and having been emascu-
lated and wearing a female dress, they
wandered about thro Θ cities
and villages begging an
them an image of the goddess.
were courted by females, and gave them
selves up to unnatural lusts. See espec.
Lucian. Luc. § 35 sq. Id. de Dea Syra,
§ 27,51. Jerome ad Hos. 4,14. Spencer
de Legg. rit. II. 35. Movers Pheenizier
I. p. 678. .

2. Kadesh, pr. n. Gen. 14, 7. 16,
20,1. Num. 13, 27. al. also 3392

_ Kadesh-barnea Num. 32,8. 34,4. Deut.
1,2.19. 2,14. Josh. 10, 41. al. a city in
_ the south-eastern extremity of Judah,

‘adjacent to Idumea, whither the children
_ of Israel came under Moses, sent spies
᾿ into Palestine, and then turned back to
_ Mount Hor, etc. Gen. 20, 1. Num. 13, 27.
20, 14.16.22. 33, 36. 37. Judg.11, 16. 17.
“There was here a fountain called >>
pew Gen. 14,7; afterwards 53°73 "2
De it. 32, 51; the adjacent desert was
called also sap Δ Ps. 29, 8. [All
these notices go to fix the site of Kadesh
in the western part of the ’Arabah south
of the Dead Sea, perh. not far from the
fountain ’Ain el-Weibeh, the most fre-
᾿ς quented watering-place in all that re-
_ gion. See Euseb. Onom. art. Kaddng
Boovn. Jerome Quest. Heb. in Gen.
14, 7: “ Cades...significat locum apud
Petram, qui Fons Judicii nominatur.”
- Reland Palest. p.114. Bibl. Res. in Pa-
- lest. Il. p.582,620.—R.] The term 533
_ Simonis regards as from "2 open coun-
_ try, desert, and 52 wandering, from r. 359.

WIP (sanctuary) in pause Wp Judg.
4,11, Kedesh, pr.n. a) A city in the
Ἢ Southern part of Judah, Josh. 15,23. Ὁ)
_ Another in Naphtali, Josh. 12, 22. 19,
Ε 37. 21, 32. Judg. 4, 6. 1 Chr. 6, 61.
With He parag. πῶ Judg. 4, 9; and
nbsp 4,10. This city, Kedesh a Naph-
: tali, lay upon the hills west of the upper
__ake of the Jordan, el-Haleh; and still
exists under the same name, Arab.
) chs Kedes ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
} tL p. 355. Biblioth. Sacr. I. p. 11 and
_ Map. c) A third in Issachar 1 Chr. 6,
7 _ 57, also called jp Josh. 19, 20. 21, 28.

_ WIP m. once WTP Dan. 11, 30, ο.
~ suff. 4p ; plur. ΘΟ ἪΡ (kddashim), with
art. and pref. DOA , ΡΞ Lev. 22,
| 4, 2°87p> Neh. 10, 34; but c. suff. “δ
ΟΕ χ. 22, 8, wwIp 2 Chr. 15, 18 σῶν.
q Ewald’s Krit, Gramm. p. 335), and "7p,
; Num. 5, 10.

‘1. holiness, sanctity ; so Arab. ον! |
_ el-Kuds, concr. ‘the holy,’ pr. ἢ. Seer
ἢ salem, coda 3) the Holy Spirit ;

an

Syr. Larcos Luso5 id.—Most. ‘freq. in the
_ genit. after another noun, instead of an
4 adjective, as S3p ΓΝ holy ground Ex.

3,5; wip vipa the holy place Lev. 10,

é asp 915 |

ΠΡ.

17. 14,13. So c. suff. ΘῊΡ 9 my moun-
tain of holiness, i.e. my holy mountain,
Ps. 2,6; W872 7 thy Holy Spirit Ps.
51, 13; realy with o7°>s added, as 1
Chr. 22, 19 ody Wap ἊΞ the holy ves-
sels of God. Ascribed also to all those
things which in any way pertain to God
or to his worship, as ΠΡ BY my holy
name Lev. 20, 3. 22,2; FIR Nay thy
holy sabbath Neh. 9,14; WIpI “WD the
pag City, Jerandlera, ie. 48, 2. Neh. 11,

; ΠΡ down thy holy temple Ps. 138, 2;
ob ond hallowed bread, the show
bread, 1 ‘Sam. 21,5; WIP "1393 holy vest-
ments Ex. 28, 2. 4; wap "238 the sacred
jewels, trop. far the nobles of the people,
Lam. 4, 1: 3p “Ww the sacred princes,
i.e. the priests of higher rank, 1 Chr, 24,
5. Is. 43,28; Φ a> a holy people, Pk
rael, Dan. 12, 7; ΘῚΡ m2 a holy cove-
nant Dan. 11, 28. 30, ete. etc.—Rarely
only, and in doubtful examples, is it to be
rendered as abstr. holiness, Am. 4,2. Ps.
60, 8. 108, 8; in which places “WIP,
ἸΘΊΡΞ, is usually translated: by my (his)
holiness ; perh. more correctly: in my
(his) sanctuary. Sept. in Ps. ll. ce. ἐν
τῷ ἁγίῳ avrov.—The notion of purity, :
physical or moral, is referred to in Ex.
22, 30. 2 Chr. 31, 18. Is. 6,13; see in
art. 97 init.

2. Concr. a holy thing, something sa-
cred, consecrated to God, opp. ἘΠ pro-
fane; Lev. 10,10. Ex. 29, 33.34. Num.
18, 17. Prov. 20, 25. al. sep. With dat.
added, rims wap Lev. 27, 10. 14. 21
Jer. 2, 3. Ezra 8, 28; onnbdyb wap Lev.
21, 7. 23, 20; wid hn wip Num. 6, 20.
18,10; rarely. genit.™ wap id. Lev. 19,
8 par D wIpHM the consecrated things
Lev. 21, 22. 22, 3. 6.7. 12. D wp ὩὉ3
the ζδυον dedicated to the saiepien Chr.
26, 20. 26. 28,12. With genit. of the
person consecrating, as 1K. 15,15 "4p
"ax. Lev. 22,15. Num. 5,9; also of
him to whom they are consecrated,
ss "0 7p Lev. 5, 15.

3. a holy place, sanctuary, as the ta-
bernacle Ex. 28, 43. 29, 30. 35, 19. 39,
1; the temple Ps. 20, 3. Dan. 8, 14. al.

_ Spec. of the temple itself, as distinguish-

ed from its courts, etc. i.e. the 5355,
ὃ ναός, 1 K. 8, 8. 2 Chr. 29, 7. Once of
the inner sanctuary, for πο wip Ez.
41, 23.

wap
4. Intens. D°w4p WIP holiness of holi-
nesses, something most holy,e.g. a) Of
things, as the sacred incense Ex. 30, 36;
the sacred utensils v. 29 ; the altar 29, 37.
30, 10. 40, 10; the part of the sacrifices
which only the priests might eat, Lev.
2, 3: 10. 6, 10. Num. 18,9. Ez. 48, 12. al.
So of things devoted with a curse Ley.
27,28. Plur. ΒΡ “Hp the most holy
things, of offerings destined for the priests
alone, Lev. 21, 22. 2 Chr. 31,14. Ez. 42,
13. 44,13. Ὁ) Of men, as Aaron, 1 Chr.
23,13. c) Of places, a most holy place,
Num. 18,10. Spec. the inner sanctuary,
adytum, "37, in the tabernacle Ex. 26,
33. 34. Num. “4 4.19; and in the temple
1K. 6, 16. 8,6. 1 Chr. 6, 34. Ez. 41, 4. al.
Fully o-W3p WIp ma 2 Chr. 3, 8. 10.

MUI? fem. of subst. Bp no. 1, α fe-
male prostitute, harlot pr. one conse-
crated like the wap to the worship of
Astarte, and the gains of whose prosti-
tution went into the treasury of the
temple of that goddess ; Gen. 38, 21. 22.
Deut. 23, 18. Hos. 4,14. Comp. Num.
25, 1. Jerome |. c. Hdot. I. 199. Lucian
de Dea Syra ᾧ 6. Id. Heter. 7, 1. 14, 3.
Tac. Hist. 2.3. Similar are the Hindu
Bayaderes.

ἥ rip, kindr. with “2, to become
dull, to be blunted, e. g. the teeth Jer. 31,
29.30. Ez. 18,2. Syr.id. Chald. 8p id.

Piet AP id. intrans. of iron Ecc. 10,
10.

. ΠΡ in Kal not used, prob. to call,
to convoke, kindr. with r. dip.

Hien. to call together, to convoke, e. g.
a people Num. 8, 9. 10,7. 20,8. Deut. 4,
10. al. With >» against any one, Num.
16, 19; acc. impl. sc. a tribunal Job 11,
10.
' Nipu. to be convoked, to assemble, 6. g.
a people Esth. 9, 2. 15. 16. 18, 8, 11; ο.
23 Ex. 32, 1. Num. 16,3. 17,7; 58 1K.
8, 2. Jer. 26,9; also with by ‘of place

πὶ Taide. 20, 1: b 2 Chr. 20, 26;

ace. at ance Josh. 18, 1. 22, 12.

Deriv. 572577, mibapy, ‘ond the four
nere following.

SMP m. constr. PAP, c. suff. obnp.

1. a coming τς μος an assembling,
‘the act, Deut. 9,10 Snpn pina. 10, 4.
18, 16.

916

ΠΡ

2. an assembly, congregation, convoca
tion. a) Spec. of the assembly or con-
vocation of the people of Israel, for ὃ ῃ ‘
cause Judg. 21,8. 1 Chr. 29, 1. 2 Chr.
23, 3, comp. Job 30, 28 ; mostly for re-
ligtoce purposes, i. q. nish, fully -AP
ἘΝ ὩΣ Lev. 16, 17. Deut. 31, 80: “7 OF 2
Num. 16,,3. Deut. 23, 2; conden Z
Neh. 13, 1; also c. art. ὑπ xut ἐξοχήν.
Ex. 16, 3. Res: 4, 13.14. Num. 10,7. al.
sep. So 35 bap Ps. 35, 18. 22,26; bap
D173 1K.8,65. Ὁ) Ina vider: sense, of
any assembly or multitude of men, Jer.
31,8. Ez. 16, 40. 23, 46. 47. 32,22; of
troops Ez. 17, 17. 38,-4. 15; of nations
Gen. 28, 3. 35, 11. 48, 4. Jer. 50,9; of
the wicked Ps. 26, 5 comp. Gen. 49, 6;
of the righteous Ps. 149,1; of holy ones”
i.e. angels Ps. 89, 6. 8; of the dead
Prov. 21, 16. .

ΤΣ ΠΡ (convocation) Kehelah, pr. n.
of astation of the Israelites in the desert, —
c. Π parag. Num. 33, 22. 23.

MMP £ (r. bp) an assembly, congre-
gation, Deut. 33, 4. Neh. 5, 7.

MoMp Koheleth, pr. n. by which Solo-
mon is denoted in the book thus in-
scribed, i. e. the book of Ecclesiastes.
It is usually of the mase. gend. and
without the article, Ecc. 1, 1.2. 12, 9
10; once ὁ. art. 12, 8, see Lehrg. p. 656,
657; once with verb fem. Ecc. 7, 27°
manp mex, where perh. it should be
read nbnpn τὸν as in 12, 8.—The fem.
termination is not infrequent in words:
denoting office, station, etc. (see MMB,

5. ΄
md, Kat i.e. Khalif,) and also in

later Hebrew even in proper names of
men, see MD, ΓΞ; Lehrg. p. 468,
878.—As to the signification, the only
true one seems to be that given by the
earliest versions, 6. g. Sept. and Vulg. τ
᾿Εχκλησιαστής, Ecclesiastes, i. e.apreach-
er, one addressing a public assembly and
discoursing of homan things, i. q. 593
MBON 12, 11, pr. ‘a convoker’; unless
one’ chooses to derive the signif, of
preacher or orator from the prima y
notion of calling and speaking, 5p i. q.
bip, Jls. For other explanations, see
Knobel Comm. p. 2 3. Thesaur. ἢ
1199, 1200. i

nap

a a root of doubtful authority,
ound once in Cod. Samar. Gen. 49, 10
ΩΡ ΤΡ 151, for Heb. oad rap? wba,
‘ce. from the Chald. to him shall the na-
‘tions be gathered together. It seems
2 therefore to have been i. ᾳ. Chald. 84p,
Heb. 5p, to assemble. Hence pr. n.
mapn and

oh (assembly) Kehath, pr. n. of a
f on of Levi, Gen. 46, 11. Ex. 6, 16. Josh.
21,5 Written also Map, Kohath Num.
4, 14.15. Hence patronym. “mpm the
4 ohathile Num. 3, 27. 4, 18. 37.

ΟΡ πὰ ἼΡ m. (τ. m3) the latter absol.
oy 28, 10. 13, but constr. 2 K. 21, 13. Is.
ΕΑ Ὁ suff, cap Ps. 5

1. acord, line, Arab. 3 Spec. a)
measuring line, Is. 34, 17. Ez. 47, 3.
a ἽΡ ΠῺΣ to stretch a line upon any
thing, in order to measure it; which is
pdone where any thing is to be made Is,
, 13; or built Job 38,5. Zech. 1, 16
I bel ; or also to be destroyed and made
even with the ground so that the line
'may be drawn over the levelled spot,
2K. 21, 13. Lam. 2,8. Is. 34,11. b)
Metaph. a line, i. 6. a rule, law, norm, Is.
128, 17, and so vv. 10. 13 Ὁ "Pp "p> 1p
tine upon line, line wpon line, see in art.
Σ 06) the margin, rim of a laver, resem-
Dling a cord, 1 K.7, 23 Keri. 2 Chr. 4, 2.
ἃ) a string of a lyre or other musical in-
strument; hence sound, q. d. accord, Ps.
19,5; Sept. ὃ φϑόγγος, and so Rom. 10,
ot Sram. ὁ ἦχος, Vulg. sonus. But
rh. instead of tip it should here
ae pbip or Pp, as in v. 4; parall.
prea. Sa?

2. strength, might, Arab. $3, see r.
‘MyP no. 2. Is. 18,8 PP iN a nation
most mighty. The repetition is inten-
sive.

ἘΝῚ to spue out, to vomit forth.
Arab. εἰ 5. mid. Ye, Eth. PPA id. It
would seem to have been formed by
softening the final letter of the onomato-
| poetic pip, ὉΠ, and perhaps also pri-
“marily the form ΘῊΡ ; comp. under the
etter > p. 738.—Metaph. Lev. 18, 28
" that the land spue you not out, reject you.
“Once Imper. plur. ἢ" ἢ and spue ye
᾿ er. 25, 27, as if from a root &"P drop-
ping &; see Arab. and Eth. above.
a 77*

eet
ee

917

DP
Hipn. id. Prov. 23, 8. 25, 16. Jon. 2:11.
Trop. Lev. 18, 25. 28. Job 20,15; where
comp. Cic. in Pis. 37, ‘devoratam pecu-
niam evomere.’

Deriv. 82, MRP, XP.

53} (Milra) Ez. 23, 24, constr. >2ip
(Milél) 1 Sam. 17, 38, a helmet, i. q.
ΣΞΞ. On the form and tone of this
word, see in 3213, note. R.2ap.

“WTP, see in Bp.

Ἵ rie 1. pr. to twist a rope, cord, to
wind; whence Mp, "Pp no. 1, πῆΡΏ.
Hence

2. to be strong, robust, the notion of
binding fast, girding, being tropically re-
ferred to strength; see >3M, ptm no. 3.

- Comp. Germ. Strange i. 6. cords, strenge,

(whence Engl. strength, strong), also
anstrengen, all which come from the no-
tion of binding fast, Lat. adstringere.
Hence Ἢ no. 2.—Arab. se to Po

a?

strong, robust ; II, to strengthen. so
strength.

3. to hope strongly, to trust, implying
firmness and constancy of mind, comp.
ΝΠ, So of trust in God, Part. ip
nim Ps. 37, 9. Is. 40, 31; c. suff. "ip
Ps. 49, 23; Wp 25, 3. 69, 7. ip Lam.
3, 25. See Piel.

Pret Mp i. q. Kal no. 3, to hope for.
to wait for, to expect any thing, c. acc.
Job 7, 2. 17,13. 30, 26; > Jer. 8, 15. 14.
19; inf. c. Ὁ Is, 5, 2. Ps. "69, 21. Spec.
a) ἘΔ mip Ps, 25, 5. 39, 8. 40, 2.
mind % P Prov. 20, 22, ™ dx Ps. oF. 14.
37, 34, to wait for or on Jehovah, i. 6. for Ὁ
his help, to rest one’s hope on him. _b)
to lie in wait for any-one, c. dat. Ps. 119,
95; c. acc. ὥξ Ps. 56, 7.

Nuvu. to gather themselves together
to assemble, (pr. perh. ‘to be wound to

gether,’ see Kal no. 1,) spoken of na- -

tions Jer. 3, 17; of waters Gen. 1, 9.
Deriv. ἪΡ, MP9, MPA, ΤΡ, and

MP or MP i. g.4p, @ rope, cord, in
Cheth. thrice 1 K. 7, 23. Zech. 1, 16;
constr. perh. Mp Jer. 31, 39.

TMP Is. 61, 1, see Mipripy p. 863.

* OP i. q. vp and wp, to loathe, to
nauseale, trop. Pret. up Ez. 16,47, where
however both the reading and the inter- ἡ
pretation are doubtful; all the ancient

>4p

versions omit OP. Others make it i. q.
Arab. ἰδ only, duntaxat ; see Thesaur.
p- 1202.—Fut. ΡΣ c. a Ps. 95, 10.
But 21p7 Job 8, 14, see in r. DUP.

Nipu. id. c. "253 Ez. 20, 43. 36, 31.
Once 122 in some copies for sop: Ez.
6, 9.
‘Hirapar. vepnn id. Ps. 119, 158; 6.
3 139, 21.

«ip obsol. root, to call, to cry out;

Arab. JSG to speak, to say. Correspond-
ing roots are Sanscr. ¢al to call aloud,
Gr. καλέω, Lat. calo, whence calenda,
Eng. to call. Kindred is also appa-
rently >mp 4. v. and Chald. >23p.—
Hence

DIP m. also op Ex. 19, 16,c. suff. "Dip ;
plur. mibip, mibp, the voice ; Eth. PA

voice. word, sound. Arab. J 3 dictum,
saying. Syr. {Lo voice; Chald. >p id.
Spoken.

a) Of the voice of men, e. g. as speak-
ing, crying out 1 Sam. 4, 6. 14; singing
Ez. 33, 32. Ex. 32, 18; wailing Ps. 6, 9.
Gen. 45, 2; groaning Ps. 102, 6; re-
joicing Ps. 42, 5. 118,15. Jer. 7, 34; so
of the voice or noise of a multitude, 1
K. 1, 41. Dan. 10,6. Of the voice of
God as speaking, Deut. 4, 33. 5, 23. 18,
16. al. So Gen. 27, 22 spss Dip dipn
the voice is Jacob’s voice. Judg. 18, 3.
1 K. 19, 13.—Also 511 ipa with a loud
voice 1 Sam. 28, 12. 1 K. 18, 27. 28. Is.
36, 13. Prov. 27, 14; in acc. 51: Dip id.
Deut. 5, 19. 2 Sam. 15, 23. 19, 5. al.
bs Dip id. Deut. 27, 14; 708 bsp with
one voice 2 Chr. 5, 13; sip with my fall
voice Ps. 3, 5. 142, 2, aud so 72'p Is. 10,
30 see in bas, Pleonast. the voice of
. words Deut. 1, 34. 5,25. 1 Sam. 15, 1.
Job 33, 8 ;
6. 66, 19; the voice of weeping Ps. 6, 9.
Ellipt. in exclamation; a voice! the
voice! Cant. 2,8 "tin dip the voice of
my beloved! sc. 1 hear. 5, 2. Is. 13, 4.
52. 8. 66, 6. Jer. 50, 28; comp. Job 39,
24.—Metaph. ascribed to blood una-
venged, Gen. 4,10. Put also meton. for
speech, discourse, Kec. 5, 2. 5 [3. 6]; for
rumour, report, Gen. 45, 16. Jer. 3, 9.
Ez. 26, 15.

6) Of the voice or cry of beasts, e. g.

918

-ing of lions Job 4, 10. Zech. 11, 3. rf |

the voice of prayer Ps. 28, 2."

5ῚΡ ;
the bleating of flocks and ta

herds 1 Sam. 15, 14, comp. Jer. 9, 9;
neighing of horses Jer. 8, 16; the ὯΝ

of the voice of birds Ecc. 12, 4; of ‘
turtle Cant. 2, 12; of the dove Nah. 2,
c) Of the soulidd and noise of inanimat
things, as of a trumpet Ex. 19.19. 20, 1
Josh. 6,5; a harp, pipe, Ez. 26, 13. J
21, 1958 dell Ex. 28, 35; thandes Ps
104, 7; rushing waters Ez. 1, 24. 43, 2
Ps. 42,8; rain 1 K. 18, 41; of chariot
and horses, a ratiling, 2 K. 7, 6. Joel 2,5
of fire, ibid. of burning thornaera ling
Ecc. 7, 6; of a mill Ecce. 12, 4; οὔ!
whip, crackin. Nah. 3, 2; ἰδ δὲ '
sound of steps 2 Sam. 5, 24. 1K. 14,6
2 K. 6, 32, and prob. Gen. 3, 8; of wing
in motion Ez. 1, 24. 3,13; of a fallin
leaf, rustling, Lev. 26, 36. 90) dip
with great noise Is. 29, 6.—So mim 3!
κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν for uncle Ps, 29, 3 sq.
30, 30. 31. Job 37, 2. 4. 5. 1 Sam. 7, 10
Plur. ΒΡ thunders Ex. 9, 23. 99. 3
84. 1 Sam. 12, 17; fully pony ’ p E:
9, 28. nibp ttn thunder-flash, lightnir
Job 28, 26. 38, 25.
Spec. may be noted the followin;
phrases: :
aa) ΞῚ xv to lift up the voice, see i
nit? no. 1. 6; also δὴ» ὉΠ id. see
nnn Hiph.
bb) 5p 19 α) to give forth one’
voice, of persons, 6. g. in weeping Ger
45, 2. Num. 14,1; in outery Lam. 7
in falling Prov. 1, 20. 8, 1. Jer. 22, 2
c. > i. ᾳ. to call’ to any one Prov. 2, 3
ΥῊΝΞ Dip ἼΏ9 to proclaim in the la
2 Chr. 24, 9. So of birds singing F
104, 12; of the lion roaring Am. 3, 4; of
the sea Hab. 3, 10; of the noise of ὁ
multitude Jer. 48, 34; of thunder-clouds
Ps. 77, 58. Of God as thundering FP
18, 14. Am. 1,2. Joel 2,11. 4, 21. Jer
25, 30. β) ‘bipz im to give forth (te
utter) with his voice, comp. Heb. Gr
§ 135. 1. n. 8. So of a lion roaring
by against, Jer. 12,8; of God as thu
dering Ps. 46, 7. 68, 84.
cc) Ἔ Dip ΣΦ αν to hear the v
of any one, i.e. to listen to him, Gen
23. Is. 28, 23. Of God as hearing an
aniWering amuppliant Num. 20,16. Dev
26, 7. Ps. 5, 4. 27, 7. 55, 18. 64, 2. Jor
2,3. So bip 5 PING id. Job 9, 15. Ps. 1

, ἦν

bp

_ of any one, i. e. fo listen and obey, Gen.

27,8.13.43. Ex. 18,19. Deut. 21, 18. al.
- Spec. to obey God Gen. 22, 18. 26, 5.
Deut. 8, 20. 1 Sam. 12, 15. 15, 19. 20. 22.

al. Of God as listening to a suppliant
Gen. 30, 6. Judg. 13, 9. Ps. 130,2. 7)
‘Bp >ip> 58 to hearken to the voice of
' any one, fo listen and obey, Gen. 3, 17.

16,2. Ex. 18, 24. 1 Sam. 2, 25; to obey

God Ex. 15, 26. Judg. 2, 20. Ps. 81, 12.

_ 6) Ἔ dip->x 28 Zo listen to the voice of
_ asuppliant, so God Gen. 21, 17.

dd) 3 5ἿΡ “7337 to cause to be pro-

claimed in a land, see in "32 Hiph. no. 2.

map (i. ᾳ. H2>5P, voice of Jehovah)
Kolaiah, pr.n.m. a) Jer. 29,21. Ὁ)
Neh. 11, 7. Φ

*DAP fat. Dap, apoc. Dp? Gen. 27,
31, > oP" Job 22, 28; conv. op, ΡΣ,
but 1 pers. ΝΘ. 2, 12, ΠΡ i XK.
3, 21; Imper. πῆρ, cp Sal 7, 10, 6. Π
parag. ΓΙ; Pret. once OXp Hos. 10,
14, like Arab. eb.
1. to rise up; Arab. el id. also to
stand. Syr. to rise up, to stand. Eth.

PRP to stand.—kE. g. from the ground,
or from a bed, Gen. 27, 31. 32,23. Cant.
5,5; c. 72 1 Sam. 28, 23; 53a 2 Sam.
11,2. Soof one who rises in the morn-
ing Ps. 127, 2; or who had fallen down
Prov. 24, 16. Mic. 7, 8; or was upon his
knees 1 K. 8, 54; or was sitting, 6. g. on
aseatc. 52% Judg. 3, 20, or at table c.
ὩΣ 1 Sam. 20, 34. So msm2 DIP zo
rise up from fasting Ezra 9, 5, since in
fasting, as connected with mourning,
they sat upon the ground, comp. v. 3. 4.
2 Sam. 12,16. Job 2,13. Imper. with
dat. pleon. 9 3p Cant. 2, 10.—Spec.
a) to rise up to or before any one in

_ token of respect, reverence, Is. 49, 7;

c. 7282 Gen. 31, 35. Lev. 19, 32; ἘΝ ΡΝ
Gen. 19,351 K. 2, 19.

b) Very often it stands before verbs
of going, departing, and the like; Gen.
22,3 7>"1 cps and he rose up and went.
98,2 > DIp. 24, 10. 25, 34. Ex. 24, 13.
Num. 16,25. αν: 19,8. al. cgiine 1Sam.

Gent 21, 32. aos.

Hh. πρῶ: aici! 17, "9
mre) ΠΏ), ete.

Also, these belug

919

2 £) Ἐ dipa 22% to hearken to the voice

Dip

omitted, D5p itself is i. q. fo rise up and
go, to set off, Gen. 31,17. Josh. 8, 19.
1 Sam. 17,48; with 12 of place whence
Gen. 23, 3. 46, δ. 1 Sam. 20, 41.—Some-
times ΘΠ marks the doing or undertak-
ing of any thing with impetus; 2 Sam.
23, 10 he arose and smote (331 OP S17)
the Philistines until his hand was weary.
Judg. 8, 21. 2K. 11,1. 2 Sam. 13, 31
then the king arose .and tore his gar-
ments. Job 1, 20. 2 K. 12, 21. Jer. 1, 17.
Prov. 31, 28. 1 Sam. 24,5. Sometimes
it implies a doing again, after an inter-
val; Josh. 6, 26 that riseth up and build-
eth this city Jericho. Deut. 31,16. Ina
few cases it is pleonastic or marks a ver-
bose style; Num. 11, 32 and the people
rose up all that day...and gathered the

quails. Ex. 2, 17.—Arab. alé ec. fut.

to undertake, to begin.—Hence Imper.
Dip rise up! arise! as a word of incite-
ment; either to go, as 32 o°p Gen. 28,
2; N¥ DAP 31, 13; MEY orp 35, 1, ete. or
to do any thing, Judg. 8, 20 50 δὲ
pmin. v.21. 1K.21,15. With parag.
intens. espec. as addressed to Jehovah
that he may help, Ps. 3, 8 " ΠΡ
HIS WIT. 7, 7. 9, 20. 10, 12. 74, 22. 82,8.
132, 8. al.

c) to rise up against any one, in a
hostile sense ; c. D> Judg. 9, 43. Is. 14,

22. Am. 7, 9. al. by Gen. 4,8. 1 Sam.
22, 13. 24, 8; Ξ Mic. 75°63 spb Num.
16, 2; with nanbub Ob. 1. Also. as.a

witness, to rise up against Ps. 35, 11; c.

3 Deut. 19, 15. 16. Ps. 27, 12. Job 16, 8.
Part. ὋΣ ΠΡ those rising up against
me, my adversaries, enemies, Ps. 92, 12;

also "29 n725pH id. 2 K. 16,7: oftanar
c. suff. ~ap id. Ps. 18, 40. 49. Lam. 3, 62,
nap Ps. 44, 6, AEP Ex. 15, 7, ete.
Arab. Ac el id.—Trop. Ps. 27, 3
though war should rise up against me.
Hos. 10, 14. Nah. 1, 9. Prov. 24, 22.

d) to arise, to come forth, to appear ;
e.g.a new king after his predecessor
Ex. 1, 8. 1K. 3.12. 2 Κα. 23, 25; a leader .
Judg 5,7; a prophet Deut. 13, 2. 34, 10;
anew generation Gen. 41, 30. Judg. 2,
10. Ps. 78, 6.. With mmm in place of
Num. 32, 14. 1 K. 8,20. Syr. 55. often

Arab. i229 ols id.

e) Trop. to rise up out of calamity

of'a king.

Dip

Jer. 51, 64. Also to vise in prosperity,
pe ᾳ. ἃ. ‘to rise in the world,’ Prov.
28, 12.

f) Of God as virile up for judgment,
wptia?, Ps.76,10; to punish the wicked
Is. 2, 19. 21. 28, 21. Ps. 12,6. Job 31,14.

g) to rise up, to rise again, as the
dead returning to life, Job 14, 12, Ps. 88,
11. Is. 26, 14.19. Also to arise out of
sleep Prov. 6,9; to rise up from sick-
ness Ps. 41, 9.

h) to sit down and rise up, put for the
general course of life and conduct, Ps.
139, 2. So to lie down and rise up id.
Deut. 6, 7. 11, 19.

i) to rise, as the light Job 25. 3; the
noon-day light Job 11, 17.

2. to set oneself, to stand, i. q. "ὩΣ ; see
the Arab. and Ethiop. usage above. 2 K.
13, 21 1"ban7>> OPM and slood upon his
feet. Job 19, 25. 30,12; c. 3 Ps. 24, 3.
Of waters heaped up, Josh. 3, 16; with
neg. of idols, i.q. to be cust down, Is. 27,
9.—Trop. a) to stand firm, to be esta-
blished, as a kingdom 1 Sam. 13, 14. 24,
21; of a king 2 Chr. 21,4. Hence fo
stand, i. e. to stand out, to endure, Job 15,
29. Am. 7, 2.5. Nah. 1,6. Ps. 1,5; ¢.
"2»> to stand out before, to withstand any
one, Josh. 7,12. 13. Ofthings Job 41,18
[26]. b) to remain Josh. 2, 11. Is. 40,
8; 6. > to any one, Lev. 25, 30. 27, 19.
With by, Is. 32, 8 DIPS nisaby NAT}
and he remaineth (persisteth) in liberal
things. Arab. Ac Ls to persist in.
6) With > of pers. to stand up for any
one, in his behalf, fo stand by him, Ps.
94,16. Arab. x) elsid. d) Trop. to
to be confirmed, established, e. g. a pur-
chase Gen. 23, 17. 20; counsel or pur-
pose Is. 8, 10. 14, 24. Prov. 19,21; once
c. 2, to be established to any one, i. e.
to be successful, Job 22, 28; of a pre-
diction Jer. 44, 28, opp. 8839. So ἐο be
valid, to stand good, e. g. testimony
Deut. 19, 15; a vow Num. 30, 5 sq.
6) Ἔ ὈΣΣ ΣΡ DAP zo stand upon (in) the
name of any one, i.e. in the public regis-
ters, to be enrolled in his place, to suc-
ceed to the name and estate of any one,
Deut. 25,6. f) }m> Ap 1K. 14,4
comp. 1 Sam. 4, 15, his eyes were set,
fixed, spoken of a person afflicted with
a disease of the eye, in which the pupil

920

-excite a hostile people Hab. 1,

Dp

becomes fixed, so as no longer to contract

and dilate. Arab. yard} cuols id.
3. Like Samar. ὩΣ, to live ; see Pi.
no. 2, and the nouns Dp, ΞΗΡΌΝ

(ppt) the people.

Pie. OP, chiefly in the later books ,
like Aram. D°p, Sano.

1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, in various
connections: a) to confirm, to establish,
Ruth.4, 7. Esth. 9, 29. 31 init. Οἵα
prophecy, to confirm by the event, Ez.
13, 6. Ὁ) With >> to enjoin any thing
upon any one, pr. fo cause to be imposed
upon any one, Esth. 9, 21. 31 mid. comp.
Chald. ὃ ἘΠῚ to bind by an oath.
Hence 1753 ΣΡ to take upon oneself, pr.
‘to enjoin upon oneself?’ Esth. 9, 27.

1 fin. c) to make stand good, i. e. to
perform, to fulfil, an oath, Ps. 119, 106.

2. Trans. of Kal no. 3, to preserve
alive, Ps. 119, 28. Frequent in the Tar-
gums.

Pit, caip 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1,
to raise up, to build up, 6. g. ruins, Is.
44, 26. 58, 12. 61, 4.

2. Intrans. fo rise up; Mic. 2, 8 long
since hath my people Dp? 3385 risen
up as an enemy; Vulg. consurrezit.
Others, long since hath my people set
(me) up as an enemy ; but this is far-
fetched. ,

Hips. S°pt, fut. Ὁ", apoc. ep,
conv. Ops}.

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to raise up, to
lift or help up, e.g. one lying down 2
Sam. 12, 17. 1 Sam. 2, 8; one fallen
Deut. 22,4; the afflicted Job 4,4. Ps.
41,11. Spec. a) to raise up, i.e. to
6; an
adversary (0.2) 1 K. 11, 14; 6. 53
against Am. 6,14. Mic. 5,4. Also to
rouse up a wild beast Gen. 49, 9. Num.

5
~

"24,9. Trop. to raise up evil, calamity,

against (>) any one, 2 Sam. 12, 11.
Ez. 34, 23. Zech. 11,16; Ἐκ id. 1 Sam.
3,12. Ὁ) to raise up, i. 6. to cause to
arise or appear, e. g. judges Judg. 2, 18;

a prophet Jer. 29,15; a priest 1 Sam. —

2,35; aking in place of another, c. "mm
2 Sam. 7,12; a new generation Josh. 5,
7; a plant, to make grow up, Ez. 34, 29.

Spee: > ot} opm Deut. 25, 7. Ruth 4, 5. ?
10, and > soy ppm Gen. 38, 8, to raise

Bp

up to any one a name, seed, or offspring,
1. 6. by marrying his widow to raise up
- children that shall succeed to his name
-andinheritance. c) ¢oset up, to rear up,
to erect, 6. g. a tent Ex. 26, 30; a sta-
tue Deut. 16, 22; an altar 1 K. 16, 32;
towers Is. 23,13. Also to set up again,
_ to restore, 6. g. a tent fallen down Am. 9,
11; hence 728 O°PH, ep: "wad ‘n,
to restore the land, the tribes of Israel,
Is. 49,6.8. So m™a DPM to set up
(make) a covenant Gen. 6, 18. 9,11. 17,
7. αἱ. d) to lift up a shield, Ez. 26, 8.
6) to raise up again, to revive, Hos. 6, 2 ;
comp. Jer. 30,9. See Kal no. 1. g.

_ 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to
᾿ stand, Ps. 40,3. Hence: a) 20 set, to
δεῖ up, to constitute, e. g. a king Deut.
28, 36. 1 K. 14,14; a watch Judg. 7, 19.,
_ Jer. 51,12; watchmen, overseers, Jer. 6,
17; shepherds 23, 4; God, a people for
himself Deut. 28,9; a boundary Prov.
30,4. δ) to make stand firm, to con-
__ firm, to establish, 6. g. a throne, kingdom,
2 Sam. 3, 10. 1K. 9, 5. 2 Chron. 7, 18.
Also of a vow Num. 30, 14. 15; a pro-
ΠΟ phecy, to fulfil Is. 44, 26; and so a pro-
mise, to fulfil, to perform, Deut. 9, 5.
1 Sam. 1, 23. 1 K. 6, 12. Jer. 29, 10. Ps.
. 109, 38; an oath Gen. 26, 3. Jor. 11, 5;
a covenant Jer. 34,18. So to perform,
‘to execute a eoriiinndd 1 Sam. 15, 11.
Jer. 35, 16; a purpose Jer. 23, 20; a
vow Jer. 44,25. c) to make stand still,
to still, a tempest, Ps. 107, 29.

Hops. 8P37, once Opn for DPM in
some copies 2 Sam. 23, 1.

1. to be raised up, erected, 6. g. the
_ tabernacle Ex. 40, 17.

_ 2. to be set up, constituted, 2 Sam.
) 23, 1.

3. to be established, performed, e. g. a
rule, command, Jer. 35, 14.

Hirnpan. oaipnn.
hostile sense Ps. 17, 7; ὁ. > upon or
against any one Job 20, 27. Part. c.

Ps. 59. 2. Job 27, 7

Ἶ Deriv. πο, maa, Dp , ΘΗΡῸΣ,
PBip2. oP, AVP, mB, ΠΌΡΡΩ,
Se9iPm, andthe pr. names 5°p?, yap.

~ BAP Chald. fut. πῆρ, part. ΝΡ.
1. to rise up Dan. 3, 24. 6, 20; before

921

to rise up, ina

suff. “anipma "Ἢ adversary, enemy, ’

Pp

Heb. no. 1..b, Dan. 7, 5. Ezra 5, 2; to
arise, i.e. to come forth, to exist, 6. g.

aking, kingdom, Dan. 2, 39. 7, 17. 24.

2. to stand, Dan. 2, 31. 3, 3. 7, 10. 163.
also to endure, to remain, 2, 44.

Pa. O°p to raise up, to set up; hence
bsp asp to make a decree, to give com-
mand, Dan. 6, 8.

Apu. o°pn Dan. 3, 2, 6. suff. Haxpn
5, 11, once πρὶ 3, 1; 2 pers. ᾿2
3, 18, ΤΏ 3, 14; fut. DAs 2, 44, also
opt? 5, 21; part. DMD 2, 21.

1, to set wp, to erect, e. g. a statue
Dan. 3, 1 sq.

2. to set up, to constitute, e. g. a king
Dan. 2, 21; a prefect 5,11; priests
Ezra 6, 18; c. 53 tu set over Dan. 4, 14.
6, 2. 4.

3. to cause to arise, to set up, 6. g.a
kingdom, Dan. 2, 44.

4. to confirm, to establish, Dan. 6, 9. 16.

Hora. ΞΡ, fem. ma pn, to be made
to stand, Dan. 7, 4.

Deriv. D°p, 3.

Map f. (r. Bip) 1. stature ; Eth.
PEP Syr. jAseao, id. 8) Ofa person,
Cant. 7, 8. 1 Sam. 16, 7. 28, 20 δὲ 5
inaip his full stature. Ez. 13, 18 “b5
mip every stature, i. e. men of every
stature. Ὁ) Ofa tree, plant; 7 maip ab)
tall of stature Ez. 31,3; τὴ nba low
of stature Ez. 17,6; comp. 19, 6. 31, 5.
10. 14. Is. 10, 33, το mig “the sla-
ture {tallness) of his cedars; his tall
cedars, Is. 37, 24.

2. height, altitude, Gen. 6, 15. Ex. 25,
10. 23. 27, 1. 1 K. 6, 10. 20. 26. 2 K. 25,
17. al.

mran'ip f. (τ. Dap Pil.) pr. upright-
ness ; as adv: upright, erect, Lev. 26, 13.

ἽΡ ΟΥ̓ TP in Kal not used; prob.

1. to beat, to pound ; kindr. with 22.
Arab. (ον mid. Ye, to forge iron. Syr.
χω, Chald. 2, a worker in iron,
asmith. Hence }"p no. 1.

2. to strike the strings of a musical
instrument, to play; also to sing, to
chant in accompaniment ; see Pil. and
mp. Bh . [aac a musical sound. .

Arab. Ἀτὰξ a maid, also according te
some a female sehateel,

Ἢ

Pit. "ip, fat. 3 plur. 4225pm Ez. 32,
16; spec. to chant a mournful song, to
lament, fally HP IP 2 Sam. 1, 17.
Ez. 32, 16; ἃ by over or wpon any per-
son or thing 2 Chr. 35, 25. Ez. 27, 32;
by 2 Sam. 3,33. Part. ἢ plur. ΤΣ
female wailers, hired mourners, Jer. 9,
16.

Deriv. 772, ΠΡ» pra. "MR; 12:

* ¥"\P obsol. root, prob. 1. to dig, to
scrape, i.q. "AP; see in lett.4. Hence
2. ig. Arab. αἰ mid. Waw, Conj. I,
VIII, to mount, to cover, spoken of the
camel in copulation; from the idea of
digging, piercing; see in r. "2% no. 1.
Deriv. ΣΡ and

YP m. once Ez. 23, 23, pr. a he-camel,
stallion, then trop. prince, noble, as the
Vulg. and Rabbins correctly. This me-
taphor is common among the Hebrews
and Arabians, comp. "ΠΩΣ, also Arab.

Sos ey ey all which denote a

he-camel for breeding, espec. of a nobler
race, and likewise a prince. In parono-
masia with >i wealthy.

ΩΡ obsol. root, i. ᾳ. 23 no. 3, to
move in a circle ; hence M5pM circuit.

Dip m. plur. b pip, an ape 1K. 10, 22.
2Chr. 9,21. Sanscr. and Malabar kapi,
ape, (pr. swift, agile,) a word of Indian
origin; whence also Gr. χῆπος, κῆβος,
κεῖβος, which are used of various species
of apes and monkeys.

ΤΥ see in yp IIL.

ΠΟΥ fut. ysps, conv. ppt.

1. to loathe, to feel disgust, to abhor
any thing. Corresponding are 5p,
Eth. PAMM to loathe ; comp. Chald.
ὭΣ. The primary idea is prob. to feel
nausea, to vomit, as a sort of onomato-
poetic verb, comp. in Xip.—With 5
Gen. 27, 46. Lev. 20, 23. Num. 21, 5.
1 K. 11, 25. Prov. 3, 11.

2; ΡΘΗ to be anxious, 6. "232 Ex.
1,12. Num. 22, 3. Is. 7, 16. —The idea
of loathing in παν προ other verbs is also
transferred to that of fear, as Chald. 22p

to loathe, Syr. aaa to fear greatly ;
so Arab. pe ae comp. also Germ.

922

4

“Ip

|

Ἷ

« Grauen haben vor etwas,’ Engl to

feel horror.’

Hipx. ὙΠ, causat. of Kal no. 2, to
put in fear, 6. g. a city, region, to terrify
it with invasion, siege, Is. 7,6. Comp.

Arab. Conj. Ill, timorem es
oppugnavit,
᾿ ΠΡ only in Ηιρη. ὙΠ in-

trans. to awake from sleep, i.q. 7P3, but
except 2 K. 4, 31 only poetic, Ps. 3, 6.
17, 15. 73, 20. 139,18. Is. 29,8. Prov.
6, 22; from: drunken sleep Joel 1, 15.
Trop. a) Of God, nE"pH awake! sc.
for help, Ps. 35, 23. 44, 24. 59,6. Hab,
2,19. b) From the sleep of death 2K.
4, 31. Job 14, 12. Is. 26,19. Dan. 12, 2.
6) Ez. 7,6 9228 "RM YPM δ the end
cometh, it awaketh (riseth up) against
thee, where note the paronomasia.

rin. ΥΡ and VR 1. i. q. 73, to
cut, to cut up or off; comp. ΓΝ.
Hence y'P thorn, so called from cut-
ting, wounding ; aleo YP pr. the cut-
ting off of fruits, harvest; then summer.
—From the noun 7"P then comes

2. Denom. to summer, Is. 18, 6; opp.

ΠῚ. no. 2 to winter. Arab. LE mia.

Ye, id.

TP m. (τ 7p Il) plur. B°x 5p, o"xp
Ex. 22. 5.

1. a thorn, Ez. 28, 24. Collect. thorns,
a thornbush, briers, Gen. 3, 18. Is. 32,
13. al. Plur. Jer. 4, 3. Is. 33, 12. Judg.
8, 7.

2. Koz,pr.n.m. a)1Chr.4,8. Ὁ)
With art. yp Ezra 2,61. Neh. 3,4. 21.
7, 63. 1 Chr. 24, 10.

mizip f. plur. (τ. 7p) locks of hair,
Sorelocks, so called from being cut, shorn,
Cant. 5,2. 11. Syr. f2,a0 or f2.a5 id.

Sg?
Arab. a3 forelocks.
tens Opp. min. p. 246.

*"\P to dig for water, 2 K. 19, 24. Is.
37, 90: Ant ye mid. Waw, excidit e

Comp. Schul-

medio ; ed to have one eye dug out.

The biliteral root “p to dig occurs alsa

in "Pt, "PM, "pr, WAS; comp. Ad,

ΓΞ, 285 79 TI, aM .—Deriv. ipa.
Hiren. 2 pret. ἢ Oph, inf. pA. to

ἪΡ

let flow forth, as a fountain its waters
Ψ ει 6, 7.

4. Prue. “Pp 1 to dig under, to under-
“mine a wall,asin Talmud. So in paro-
_ nomasia, Is. 22, 5 Ἢ "pp (a day) un-
_dermining the πάπα when all shall be
[πότον Talmud. “"P't NIP Pp de-

are

2. to” destroy perpous ; ; Num. 24, 17
τῷ "23-52 “Pp IpP) and destroy all the
sons of pride ; Sept. προνομεύσει, Vulg.
| wastabit. -

| Deriv. "Pp, "PIP, ΣῚΡ, Pe.

| TP m. (τ. Mp) 6. suff. "mp, plur.
ΤΡ} ; a beam, joist, pr. a cross-beam, 2
Κι, 6, 2. 5; plur. 2 Chr. 3, 7. Cant. 1, 17.
ΒΥ synecd. a roof, like Gr. μέλαϑρον,
" Gen. 19, 8—Syr. ἴδ id.

_ OP m. plur. fine threads, webs, i. 6.

_ spiders’ webs, Is. 59, 5. 6. Arab. 93
thread of cotton. Comp. Gr. καῖρος the
_cross threads in weaving, whence zaigow,
χκαΐίρωσις. The etymology is obscure.

* wip 1. i. q. Arab. υ3 to be

curved, bent, as a bow, the back; II,
_to curve, to bend, as a bow; δ οι

| Gr. γαῦσος curved. Hence nap, δα

_ bow, nw, and pr. ἡ. ἢ ΠΡ.

2. i.q. ὅρα, tolay snares ; once in fut.
Is. 29, 21 AHP, in other Mss. j7Hip".

_ Deriv. see in no. 1, also pr. n. Bp,

4 ὙΘΡοΣ , and

j WIwAp (bow of Jehovah, i. e. rain-

| bow) Kushaiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 17;

_ called in 6, 29 [44] "δ Kishi.’

_ MiP see r. mp> and Index.

OP Ez. 16, 47, see 2p.

τ ΞῺΡ obsol. root, Chald. and Arab.
5 10 cut ; hence to cut off, to destroy.
' Kindred verbs are 13p ,2"4,3unN. The

cutting off, like the kindred yp , 7; see
f the ΡῈ bop, joe, Hue, Arab. bs,
ἈΞ; and comp. under ΥῈΡ, YEN, 1a,
ee 71a .—Hence ΞΏΡ, ΟΡ ἃ

AQP m. in pause Ὸ 1. a cutting

i off, destruction ; Is, 28,2 UP "D0 a de-
petroying storm.

923

biliteral root Ὁ has this sense of cutting, |

jeP
2. Spec. contagion, pestilence, Deut.
32, 24. Ps. 91, 6.

AUP m. ὁ. suff. ἼΞΩΡ id. spec. conta-
gion, pestilence, Hos. 13,14. R. 2up.

ΤΩΡ f. (r. 2p 1) incense, Deut. 33,
10.

MIP (incense) Keturah, pr. ἢ. of

‘the wife whom Abraham took after the

death of Sarah, Gen. 25,1. 1 Chr. 1, 32.

ἘΘῺΡ fat. S24, to kill, to slay, ἃ
poetic verb, Ps. 139,19. Job 13, 15. 24,
14. Syr. and Chald. id. Arab. ass,
Ethiop. ®TA. The primary idea is
that of cutting,see in 33. Comp. the
Gr. KTe:Nw.—Hence ΞΡ.

2UP Chald. to kill; Part. act.bup Dan.
5,19. Part. pass. baz: “=P Dan. 5, 30. 7, 11.
Pa. wp intens. to kill Bhar than

one, like Syr. Pa. and Arab. Jas. Dan.
2, 14. 3, 22.
True. and IrHpa. Dan. 2, 13, pass,

SUP m. in pause dup slaughter, Ob.9.

ΩΡ, fut. wpr, to be little, small,
opp. 55. The primary idea seems to be
that of cutting off, and so making short-
er and smaller, pr. ‘to be docked; see
in 22p. Syr. ado, Ethiop. ®M,7,
fine, subtle.—2 Sam. 7, 19 and this was
yet small in thy sight, did not suffice.
1 Chr. 17, 17. Trop. 6. ja to be un-
worthy of, Gen. 32, 11. |

Hira. to make small, Am. 8, 5.

Deriv. oP, oP, ἸΏ}, and pr. n. nwp,
Whe:

TOR and FOP, constr. once #2p 2 Chr.
21, 17; but c. suff. "22p, plur. D"2up
2K. 2, 23, constr. "22P, and fem. ΠΡ
we misep Zech. 4, 10, all from jep.

1. Adj. little, small, opp. πῇ. a) OF
persons, as not grown up, bing, a1 joa
from small to great, i. 6. all, Gen. 19, 11.
1 Sam. 5, 9. 30,2. Jer. 8,10. al. dit32
JP 331 id. 2 Chr. 34, 30. Esth. 1, 5. 20.
{2p 52 α little son 2 Sam. 9,12; jop 753
1 Sam. 20, 35. 1 K. 11, 17, plur. 2 K. 2,
23, ΠΡῸΡ mins a little sister Cant. 8, 8.
2K. 5, 2. Hence of age, c. art. (OPH,
ὭΡΠ, young, the younger, Gen. 9, 24, 27,
15, 42, 44,2, 1 Sam. 18, 11. 17, 14..ὄ 8)
Of beasts 2 Sam. 12, 3. Cant. 2, 15. ὁ)

ἸῸΡ
Of things, as jOPM Tine Gen. 1, 16;
mop ΡΣ Ecc. 9, 14; so 1 Sam. 20, 2.
22, 15. 1 K. 2, 20.—Abstr. smallness,
whence jQPM 72D vessels of smallness,
ji. e. smaller vessels, Is. 22, 24. Plur.

ΤΡ oi the day of small things, Zech.

4, 10.
2.Trop. a) Ofasmall number 1 Sam.
9, 21. Is. 60,22. b) Of time Is. 54, 7.
ὁ) Of might, authority, Am. 7, 2. 5;
comp. Is. 36, 9.
3. 2p Katan, pr. n.m. ο. art. Hakka-
tan, Exzra 8, 12. :

JOP m. (τ. 1212) smallness, then the
little finger ; whence c. suff. "22p κοί πὶ
‘my litle finger’ 1 K. 12,10. 2 Chr. 10,
10. Other Mss. read in 2 Chr. |. c. 325
kéténni, from a form 29 with Dag.
impl. in }, the moveable Sheva being
changed into Kamets-Hateph ; see J. H.
Michaelis ad ἢ. 1. But it would seem
inadmissible to read with Van der
Hooght "4p in1K.1.c. Comp. >3p.

. ΠΡ fut. ΠΏ, to pluck off, to break
off, 6. g. ears of grain, foliage, etc. Deut.
23, 26. Job 30, 4. Ez. 17, 4. 22.—Arab.

wakes, Syr. καἶ», to pluck grapes.
Kindr. are 907, ὭΣΤ,
Nipu. pass. Job 8, 12.

#? OP in Kal not used, i. q. "MY no.
1, to smoke, see ἴθ. Spec. of fra-
grant smoke, perfume, incense; Arab.

5 Il, to smoke with aloe-wood ; V, to
perfume oneself with smoke, as a female ;
ῳ Ὁ 9 ῷῳ 99
pee and pes odorous wood burned as
perfume, aloe-wood.

Prev 3 plur. Bp, fut. "wp", to burn
incense, chiefly to idols, c. dat. 6. g. dyad
2 K. 23,5. Jer.’7,9; the queen of heaven
Jer. 44, 17-19. 25; the brazen serpent
2K. 18, 4; the host of heaven Jer. 19,
13; to ‘other gods’ Jer. 1, 16. 19,4. 44,
8. 15. Absol. or with adjunct of place
1K. 22, 44. 2K. 12,4. 14, 4. Is. 65, 7.
Jer. 44,21. 23. Trop. Hab. 1,16. Rarely
like Hiph. no. 2, of sacrifice offered to
God, 6. ace. to burn the fat, the odour of
which went up as incense, 1 Sam. 2, 16;
comp. Am. 4, 5.—Part. fem. plur. ninwpa
altars of incense, on which incense was
burned, pr. ‘diffusing odours,’ 2 Chr. 30,
14

924:

i"p

Puat part. f. ΤΩΡ incense Cant. 3,

Hiru. 1. i.q. Piel, ἐο burn incense
idols, c. dat. 1 Καὶ. 11, 8. Jer. 48, 35. Hos
2,15; absol. 1 K. 3, 3. 13, 2, 2 Chr. 28
3.—Oftener ‘

2. to burn upon the altar, c. ace. og
incense, MI¥p , Ex. 30, 7.8. 40,27. 2 Chr
29, 7; the fat of victims and the victim
itself, Lev. 1, 9.17. 3, 11.16. 4, 10. 8,21,
Ez. 29, 18. 1 Sam. 2, 15. 16; an offering
or memorial, Lev. 2, 2. 16. 6,8. Jer. 33,
18. With dat. of the divinity, as EPr
mibd 47> 2 Chr. 13, 11, comp. Ex. 30, 20;
without acc. 2 Chr. 26, 18; with 3 "38
1 Chr. 23, 13. 2 Chr. 2, 3. 5; absol. 1 K.
13, 1. 12, 33. 1 K. 6, 34.

Horn. “27 pass. of Hiph. no. 2, Lev.
6,15. Part. "2p incense Mal. 1, 11.

Deriv. πῶ, Mbp, Wp, ὙΠῸ,
“2h2, MILP2, and pr. ἢ. ΠΩ.

ἘΠ᾿. 90D i.g. Aram. "ΩΡ pho and
Heb. "8p, to bind, to tie; and hence fo
shut, to close. Comp. Ethiop. RAZ to
bind, ®TZ to shut, to watch a door.
—Part. Pass. f? Ez. 46, 22 ninop ninsn
closed courts, i. e. surrounded by a wall
and closed with doors; referring to the
smaller courts in the four corners of the
great court, which served as kitchens, v.
24.—Hence pr. ἢ. ΩΡ and

“OP Chald. m. only in plur, pop,
knots, i. 6. a) vertebre, joints of the
back, Dan. 5, 6; see in yom. Syr.
12,20 joint of the hand, wrist. δ)

Trop. knotty questions, hard problems,

Dan. 5, 12. 16.

TOP (knotty, i. ᾳ. Chald. ἸΏ, τ.
“op ΠῚ Kitron, pr. n. of a town of Zebu-
lon, Judg.1,30. Some hold it to be i. q.
nop Josh. 19,15; but without reason.

MOP f(r. wp 1) c. suff. "AIP, in-

cense Ex. 30, 35. Lev. 10,1. Is. 1, 13.

Prov. 27, 9. al. sep.—Ps. 66, 15 ΓΒΕ
nn>°x incense of rams, i.e. the fat as
burned in sacrifice.

ΓῺ (for mp small, r. jp) Kaétath,
pr. n. of a place in Zebulon, Josh. 19, 15.

RP m. vomit, Is. 19, 14. 28, 8. Jer.
48, 26. R.xXip.

F rm 2, Imper. "Pp Jer. 25, 27, see in
τ. SP

4
Ἷ

ἵ

"

o"p

D8 Chald. m, i. ᾳ. Heb. V2, sum-
mer, Dan. 2, 35.

OP m. (r. “op 1) 1. smoke, Gen.
19, 28. Ps. 119, 83.
2. vapour, a cloud, Ps. 148, 8.

ὩΡΡ m.(r. 9p) a rising up against
any one, see the root no. 1. c; hence
concer. Job 22, 20 522"P our adversaries,
enemies, i. q. 33°72.

Dy Chald. m. a statute, edict, Dan. 6,
8. In Targ. often for Heb. ph, m3.

*Syr. ἴδωυο. R. orp.
DP Chald. adj. enduring, sure, Dan.
4,23. Syr.[Saed id. R. Dp.

MOP f. (τ. DIP) α rising up, Lam.
3, 63.
Dip, see winp.

TP see in r. ἘΡ.

TP m. (τ. PP) 1. α lance, spear, c.
suff. ἢ 2 Sam. 21, 16.

2. Cain, pr.n. a) The eldest son of
Adam, the murderer of his brother Abel,
Gen. 4,1sq. Among his posterity were
the inventors of arts and arms. The
name comes from r. ἢ, perh. lance, as
a murderous weapon; though in Gen.
4,1 the etymology is explained as if r.
“Ip were i. q. ΤΡ no. 1, viz. she bore
Cain and said: I have gotten (borne) a
man with the- help of the Lord. Ὁ)
The tribe of the Kenites, Num. 24, 22.
Judg. 4,11; see ΠΡ. c) A townin
the tribe of Judah, c. art. Josh. 15, 57.

"2"? ἢ (τ. PP) plur. Γῆ, once ὉΠ
Ez. 2, 10.
1. song, Syr. {22.20 musical sound,

song. Spec. a song of mourning, lamen-
tation, Jer. 9,9. Am. 5,1. 8, 10. Ez. 2,
10. 19, 14. al.

2. Kinah, pr. n. of a town in Judah
Josh. 15, 22.

22 Gen. 15, 19. Judg. 4,11. 17. 1
Sam. 30, 29, also "2P 2 Sam. 27, 10 "2°
1 Chr. 2/55, gentile ἢ. Kenite, collect.
the Kenites, a Canaanitish tribe dwell-
ing among the Amalekites, | Sam. 15,
_ 6, comp. Num. 24, 20.21. Hobab. the

father-in-law of Moses, was phylarch of
one of their tribes, Judg. 1, 16. 4, 11.
The family of Heber the Kenite dwelt

78

925

ΡῬ

in Naphtali, Judg. 4, 11. See too jp
no. 2. b.—Syr. Luteo id. pr. ‘a smith,
and this is prob. the signif: of Heb. Ὁ,
from r. 3p.

2} (smith, perh. lancer, r. jp) Ke- .
nan or Cainan, pr. n. of an antediluvian
patriarch deasohdod from Seth, Gen. 5,
9. 1 Chr. 1, 2.

TP m. (r. γῈΡ IIL) c. suff. ΣΡ, har- -
vest of fruits, fruit-harvest, not of grain
which is "Xp; pr. the cutting off of
fruit. Is. 16, 9. Jer. 8, 20. 48,32. Spec.
Sig-harvest, which in Palestine takes
place in August ; although early figs
(9.533) ripen at the summer solstice ;
Is. 28, 4 as the early fig before the har-
vest. Mic. 7, 1.—Hence

a) the harvest-time of figs, i. 6. sum-
mer, espec. midsummer, the hottest sea-

πα τιν Ἂν

son; Arab. Lae or Leys mid-summer.
Chald. op, Syr. ἴω, id.—Ps. 32, 4
ΤῊ w2=7N2 into the droughts of sum-
mer. Prov. 6, 8. 10, 5. 26, 1. 30, 35.
ΥΡΤΠ ma the summer-house Am. 3, 15.
Sometimes it seems to include the spring,
as $M also includes autumn and win-
ter; see in Fh,

b) fruit, spec. figs, as harvested, Am.
8, 1. 2; comp. Jer. 24, 1 sq. Jerome po-
ma, which is a general word including
Jigs ; see the.lexicons. 2 Sam. 16,1 ΓΝ Ὁ
77P, ellipt. for yap MidbaI τιν Ὁ, a hun-
dred cakes of figs. Comp. in Engl. the
harvest for the grain harvested.

. PX"P m. adj. (r. ΥῈΡ, for fiz p, after
the analogy of jiz°n from yin, Dag.
om. after "—) the last, the extreme, only
in f. nix "p Ex. 26, 4. 10. 36, 11. 17.

ΤΡ m. Jon. 4, 6-10, according to
Jerome, the Talmud, and Heb. intpp.
the ricinus, palma Christi, Arab. ¢ g ya

el-kheri?a, Egyptian xix, κούκι, Diod.
Sic. 1. 34, a tall biennial plant still culti-
vated in gardens, of an elegant appear-
ance and rapid growth, with a stalk or
trunk full of sap. At Jericho it becomes
a considerable tree; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 281. Bochart. Hieroz. IL.
p. 293, 623. Celsii Hierobot. II. p. 273
sq. Thesaur. p. 1214.—According to
Sept. and Peshito, a gourd..

ΡῬ
PP τα. (r. dbp) i. g. FPP, ignominy,
shame, once Hab. 2, 16.—Vulg. vomitus
ignominia, ΠΥ ΚΑΡΨ, vomit, as if com-
. pounded from "p for 8"P vomit, and Ὁ
ignominy, in which sense also nine Mss.
write it in separate words, j1°2 "P.—
Perhaps for ji>p>P, comp. MinviD from
mY. But not improb. the letters “p
are not genuine, and have crept in by
“an error of the copyists.

ὝῬ m. once “P Is. 22, 5 (where seve-
ral Mss. ""p), plur. mimsp. R. ap.

1. a wall, Sept. τεῖχος, 6. g. of a city
Num. 35, 4. Is. 22,5. ΡΠ workmen
in walls, masons, 1 Chr. 14, 1, comp.
2Sam. 5,11. "pa jax Hab. 2, 11. Lev.
14,37. "03 “"p a leaning wall, ready
to fall, Ps. 62, 4; 855 ἪΡ Ez. 13, 12. 14.
15.—Spec. a) wall of a house, e. g. ex-
terior 2 K. 9, 33. Ez. 8,8. 12,5, Am. 5,
19; also the inside wall, often ornament-
ed with panels and pictures, 1K. 6, 15.
Fiz. 8,10, 23, 14. 1 Sam. 19,10. 2 K. 20,
2. “prt 392 the wall-seat, by the wall,
1 Sam. 20, 25. So of the walls (sides)
of an altar Lev. 1, 15. 5, 9; trop. of
the heart Jer. 4,19. b) wall of a gar-
den, park, etc. Num. 22,25. 1 K.5, 13.
“pow a wall-storm i. 6. destroying
walls Is.25,4. 6) wall-side,as min -"p
Josh. 2, 15; and so prob. 2K. 4, 10 “nrby
mop =p a little wall-chamber, built
against the side of the house ; here ΓΙΡῸΡ
agrees with m=>y.—Prob. the primary
idea of ""P may have been a mound,
rampart, Lat. vallum, so called from
digging, r.“p; hence a wall ; just as
Engl. wall,comes from Lat. vallum.

2. ὦ walled place, like Gr. τεῖχος (He-
rod. Xen.) a fortress, citadel ; whence
ayia “"p Is. 15, 1 (fortress of Moab,
Chald. Δ ΤΩ 8272) Kir Moab, pr. n. of
a fortified city in the territory of Moab,
now called Kerak, which name is glao
applied in a δες sense to the whole
district. The same is called in Is. 16,
11. Jer. 48, 21. 36 ban “"p (brick en
με; and in Is. 16,7. 2 Κ.8,
25 nwan ὙῬ Kir-hareseth, id. For the
present Kerak, see Burckh. Travels in
Syria p. 377-390, Irby and Mangles
Ρ. 351 sq. [110 sq.] Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II. p. 569.

3. Kir, pr. ἢ. of a people and region

926

,
=

mp

subject to the Assyrian empire, Is. 22,6.
2K. 16, 9. Am. 1, 5. 9, 7. Prob. the
tract on the river Cyrus (Gr. Κῦρος and —
Κύῤῥος) between the Euxine and Cas-
pian seas, called at the present day in
Armenian, Aur.

ὉΠ (Chald. a weaver’s comb) Kiros,

pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 47; for which ὉΠ Ke-
ros, Ezra 2, 44.

SU
ws

OP (perh. i. q. ῳ» mup a bow)
Kish, pr.n.m. a) The father of king
Saul 1 Sam. 9,1. 14, 51. 1 Chr, 8, 88,
b) 1 Chr. 8, 30. 9,36. ¢) 1 Chr. 23, 21.
22. 24,29. d)2Chr. 29,12. 6) Esth.
2,5. R. wip.

POP (curved, winding, r. wip) Ki-
shon, pr. n. of a stream which in winter
rises near Mount Tabor and empties
itself into the bay of ’Akka, Judg. 4, 7.
5, 21. 1K. 18, 40. Ps. 83,10. In sum-
mer it is dry in the plain. See Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 228-233. | tas

“OP, see ἡγε. -

‘DAMP Chald.i.q. Gr. κέθαριξ, eithara,
a lyre, harp, Dan.3,5.7.10 Cheth. In
Syriac also the Greek ending ἐς is com-
monly changed to os.—Keri D5MP q. v.

DP m. adj. (r. bp) £ nbp, ρίαν. op.

1. light, Job 24, 18.—Hence

2. swift, with lightness, Is. 19, 1; of
one running, Am. 2,14. Jer, 46, 6. lam.
4,19; fully >372 dp 2 Sam. 2,18. Am.
2, 15. Poet. spec. a fleet horse is, 30, 16.
Adv. swiftly, Joel 4, 4. Is. 5, 26.—Aram,

dbp, jLiN’s, light, swift.

>P Chald. m. i. q. Heb. dip, voice,
Dan. 4, 28. 6,21. 7,11; sownd of ἃ trum-
pet, Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15.

Ὁ, see dip, also in r. >>p no. 4.

ἘΠῚ whence fut. Niph. s">p% 2
Sam. 20, 14 Cheth. Better is the Keri
Sbrps.

ΕἾ. MP to roast, to parch, as ears

of grain, etc. Part. pass. "2>P Lev. 2, 14.
Josh. 5,11. Alsoa person, asa specie of

torture, Jer. 29, 22.—Arab. we and ws ’
Eth. PAW, Chald. 8>p, id. Kindr. is
Mx , see onder Ἢ p. 878.
ivr: Part. ΠΡ} scorched, burned ;
hence burning, inflammation, Ps. 38 8.
Deriv. ">p.

Ὥ

f

eS mp. |

*ILMSP i. g..d4p, to be light, in
Kal not used.

ΝΊΡΗ. to be made light of, to be con-
temned, Is. 16, 14; to become despised,
despicable, Deut. 25, 3. Part. 3p? de-
spised, ignoble, low, 1 Sam. 18, 23. Is. 3,
5. Prov. 12, 9.

Hipu. to make light of, to lightly es-
teem, Deut. 27, 16.—Hence

ΤΡ m. 1. contempt, shame, disho-

nour, Prov. 3, 35. 6, 33. 13, 18. Jer. 46,

12. Job 10,15. Concer. Is. 22, 18.—Hence
a) shame, i.e. a shameful deed, Prov. 18,
3. Hos. 4, 18. b) shame, reproach, in
words Prov. 22,10. c) shame, i. e. the
parts of shame, Nah. 3, 5. Jer. 13, 26.

*mop obsol. root; Talmud. to flow,
to flow out; Pi. to pour owt. Kindr. is
mx II, to flow, to be poured out ; whence

_mmbx a dish. Hence

mn>p f. verbal of Pi. α pot, kettle, from
pouring, 1 Sam. 2, 14. Mic. 3,3. Comp.
Lat. futum (Varr.) and futile, vessel,
from fundo.

μ wap 1. to contract, to draw in, to

_ shrink, i. q. Arab. yolks. Part. pass.

_ again of pulse.

wisp contracted, shrunk; then any
thing of diminished stature, dwarf,
spoken of victims Lev. 22, 23. Arab.

9 ΄ 9. ὦ, De Ὁ
biG small stature, go, LX, small,
dwarf; see Camoos p. 965.—Hence
pr. n. ΕΠ =

2. to take in unto oneself, to receive a

fugitive, i. ᾳ. Chald.v>p. Hence 2p

an asylum.

ὙΦ m. (r. m>p 1), once NOP with x
in otio (as "3,
roasted or parched grain, i. e. wheat or
barley roasted in the ears and then
rubbed out, as is still common among

_ the Bedawin Arabs; see Legh in Mac-
_ michael’s Journey p. 235. Bibl. Res. in

Palest. II. p. 394.—Lev. 23, 14. Ruth 2,
14. 1 Sam. 25, 18.2 Sam. 17, 28 where
“DP is twice read, once of grain and
» Comp. Lev. 2, 14.

"bp (perh. for MP, ΡΒ, the swift
messenger of Jehovah) Kailai, pr. n. m.

Neh. 12, 20.

™2P Kelaiah, pr. n. of a Levite, Ezra

10, 23; called also

δ 22) 1 Sam. 17, 17,_

927 >>p

ND DP (dwarf, τ. 02p) Kelita, pr. ἢ.
m. Ezra 10, 58. Neh. 8, 7. ao 11.

2p fut. >p3, Ἰ59" δῶ, 16, 4. 5. 1
Sam. = 30.

1. to be light, not heavy, see Hiph.
Eth. PAA id. PAA light. Syr.\> to
be light, swift, lightly esteemed.—Hence

2. to be swift, fleet; comp. κοῦφος
light, swift, ἐλαφρός and ἔλαφος, Lat.
‘levis cervus,’ Engl. light-footed ; also
adj. 55. So 2 Sam. 1, 23 bp ower
ihey were swifter than eagles. Hab. 1,8.
Jer. 4, 13. Job 7, 6. 9, 25.

3. to be or become few, small, to be

ΓΝ
diminished ; Arab. (ἀξ to be few. Gen.
8,11 and Noah saw Y Nh 5272 DYaN ADP 7D
that the waters were diminished from off
the earth. v. 8.

4. Trop. of persons, to be lightly es-
teemed, to be insignificant, vile ; opp. τ.
132 no. 6. With."3°32 Gen. 16, 4. 5. Job
40, 4. Nah. 1, 14 ‘mp "2 for thou art
become small, thy power is broken, O
Assyria. Sometimes intens. to be de-
spised, contemned, opp. 7233, 1 Sam. 2,
30. Comp. ΠΡ ΤΙ Hence, according
to some, >p inf. as noun, lightness, i. e.
shame, reproach, Jer. 3,9; better i. a.
dip voice, rumour.

Nipu. 52 2 K. 3, 18, dpa 1 K. 16, 31;
fut. dp".

1. to be light; Part. fem. mp2 59
lightly, slightly, Jer. 6, 14. 8, 11. Also
to be light, easy, 2 K. 20, 10; with dat.
of pers. to any one Prov. 14, 6. |

2.0 be swift, i. q. Kal no. 2, Is. 30, 16.

3. Trop. of things. to be light, small,
trifling ; c. "3°92 1 Sam. 18, 23. 2 K.
3, 18.—Impers. 1 K. 16, 31; and so with
72 with inf. Is. 49,6 733 55 smith Spa τέ
is too light a thing that thou shouldst be
my servant ; also with dat. added Ez. 8.
17. But Hitzig has well remarked on
Is. 1. 6. that this construction is not ac-_
cordant with the laws of thought or lan-
guage, but we should rathér expect 12
of -pegson, thus 733 "> ANN ἜΞΩ 522.
The writer confounds the two construc-
tions, and puts before the infin. the 72
which should have .stood before the
person.

4. Trop. of persons; to be lightly es-
teemed, to be contemned, vile, 2 Sam. 6,22

>>p

Prax dbp to vilify, to curse, pr. to make
vile, contemptible ; Syr. Sf to lightly
esteem, to vilify. Spec. a) to revile,
to abuse with reproachful words, Lev. 19,
14. Neh. 13, 25. 2 Sam. 16, 5. 7. 9. 10. 11.
13. b) Intens. to curse, to utter impre-
cations, i. q. "28, and opp. 772. Ps. 62,
5. 109, 28; with ace. as parents Lev.
20, 9. Prov. 20, 20; God, i. q. to blas-
pheme, Ex. 22, 27. Lev. 24, 11; also
one’s natal day Job 3,1; c. 2, as the
king and God Is. 8, 21; so non nwa 2
K. 2, 24, >a 1 Sam. 17, 43. ‘Acurse
allowed: by immediate destraction is
ascribed to the prophets, 2 K. 2, 24.
Deut. 23, 5. Josh. 24, 9; espec. to God
Gen. 8, 21.—Reflex. > 5p to curse one-
self, i. e. to bring a curse upon oneself;
1 Sam. 3, 13 because he knew D"22—9 "2
sa ἘΠῚ that his sons were bringing a
curse upon themselves.

Pua fut. ΞΡ", part. 5p , to be ac-
cursed, Ps. 37, 22. Job 24, 18 ; 80 i. q. to
perish under a curse, Is. 65, 20.

Hien. >pn, fut. oR , inf. 5pm, imper.
bpn.

1. 10 make light. to lighten. a) With
acc. of thing and 537 of pers. to lighten
any thing from off any one, to take it
away, 1 Καὶ. 12, 10. 1 Sam. 6, 5. 2 Chr.
10,10. b) Acc. impl. Ex. 18, 22 >pn
7722" lighten from off thee sc. the bur-
den, business, make thy business lighter.
Jon. 1, 5. c) With 12 of burden, fo
lighten or remit something from a bur-
den; 1 K.12,4 9°38 may dpn lighten
(something) from the service of thy fa-
ther, i.e. remit something of the service
which thy father imposed upon us. v. 9.

2. to make light of, to despise, 2 Sam.
19, 44. iz. 22, 7; to make despised, to
bring into contempt, Is. 8, 23.

Pip. ΠΡ 1. to shake, to move
* quickly to and fro, from Kal no. 2;

Arab. K&S id. Eth. AZPAPA to be
moved, shaken.—Ez. 21, 26 [21] >p>p
p sma he shaketh (waveth) the agrows,
a species of divination.

2. to make smooth, to polish, and hence
to sharpen Kec. 10, 10.—The notion of
smoothness exists also in the adj. >>p.

Hirnpacp. to be moved, shaken, Jer.
4, 24.

928

29. 32:35:

Op
Deriv. bp, d>p, ΠΡΌ, oe i ᾿

waht "ER. μα: Ω &

Δ m. adj. smooth, polished, of 8
Dan. 10,6. Ez. 1,7. Vulg. @s candens.
See r. ΒΒ} Pilp. no. 2. ae

MDOP f (r. ἘῈΡ Pi.) constr. nd .
suff. *nbep plur. ni>>p; maled\ction,
i.e. a) cursing, reviling,, 2 Sam. 16
12. Prov. 27, 14. b) a@ curse, impreca-
tion, Gen. 97, 12. Deut. 11, 26. 29. 30, 1.
19. al. Gen. 27, 13 5M2>p thy curse, pass.
i. 6. which Loh te on thee. Concr. one —
accursed Deut. 21, 23. Jer. 24, 9. 42, 18.
al. Plur. mi>2p curses Deut. 28, 15. 45.

, O>P in Kal not used, Piet to scoff -
at, to scorn, to deride, Ez. 16, 31 thou
art not as a harlot, 33% 02P> who scoff
eth at her hire, in order to get more. |
Vulg. well, Sastidio augens pretium.— |
Chald. op to praise, also to mock.

Hirnp. id. c. Ὁ 2K. 2, 23. ΕΖ. 22, 5. :
Hab. 1, 10. |

Deriv. the two following. .

ΞΡ m. scorn, derision, Ps. 44, 14. Jer.
20, 8.

MO2P f id. Ez. 22,4. R.odp.

Ἧ; yop to sling, to throw with a
sling. Part. ΣῈ a slinger, Judg. 20,16.
Trop. to sling out, i. e. to eject a people
from a land, Jer. 10, 18. Chald. and
Syr. id—The primary idea is perhaps
that of moving up and down, shaking;
comp. Arab. «A$ id. Hence >2p no. 2.

Piex i. q. Kal, 1 Sam. 17, 49. 25, 29.

Deriv. >2P, >Ep.

“Tl. bpp) lo carve wood, ete. 1 K. 6,
Eth. A%U to impress,
mark, stamp money; @A*U an image
on coin.—Hence rz>p2,

Y2P m. (r. ΞῸΡ 1) in pause sop, ὁ.
suff. is>p ; plur. ΣΡ, constr. "3>P.

l. a sling 1 Sam. 17, 40. 50. 25, 29.
Zech. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 26, 14, Chald.

RD>P, Arab. edlie, id:

2. a curtain, hanging, Ex. 27. 9 sq.
35, 17. Num. 3, 26. al—Chald. id. Arab.

a sail of a ship; @¥ ΤΥ, to sail, to

navigate. Eth. PAU the sail is furled

ς ,

Ἢ eae eee OS ΗΝ - =

ee

—Chald. ΩΡ 14. Arab.

Ξ δ 5 >p

This signification perh. comes from the

᾿ς idea of ig up and down; see the

root.

3. In 1 K. 6, 34 for D°D>p, we ought
prob. to read ἜΡΟΝ leaves of the door,
which stands in the first clause and in
cod. Kennic. no. 150.

D>P a slinger 2 K. 3,25. R.>>p 1.

PP adj. (τ. bp, as 9353 from “:5)
light, mean, vile, of food Num. 21, 5.

᾿ Wop obsol. root. perh. i. ᾳ. Y2p to
prick ; then, to be sharp. Chald. wp
to be thin, lean.—Hence

FiDSP τὰ. a sharp point, prong; 1
Sam. 13,21 jit>p Θ᾽ a three-pronged
fork, with which hay, straw, and the
like are gathered up, pr. ‘a triad of
prongs.—Spoken of a pointed instru-
ment Ecc. 12, 11 Targ.

* WP obsol. root, perh. i. q. Arab.

5 to heap together, to collect. Hence
the pr. names ΘΝ, M29P7, OPV,
Cea:

Map f. (τ. DP) constr. ΤΏΡ, plur.
miap; pr. α stalk of grain, collect.
stalks, put for standing grain Ex. 22, 5.
Deut. 16, 9. 23. 26. al. Plur. Judg. 15,
5.—Chald. id. also a statue.

SNMP (assembly of God? τ. Mp)
Kemuel, pr.n.m. a) Α βοὴ of Nahor
Gen. 22, 21. Ὁ) Num. 34, 24. c)
1 Chr. 27, 17.

ΤΩΡ (perh. full of stalks or grain, see
mp) Kamon, pr. n. of a place in Gilead
Judg. 10, 5.

ΩΡ τα. Is. 34,13, VID P Hos. 9, 6,
and plur. D°2iWp Prov. 24, 31, a prickly
weed, e. g. nettle, thistle; see Celsii
Hierob. T. II. p. 206. Kimchi thorns.
R. dap.

ΤΩ) obsol. root, prob. to be fat,

marrowy ; comp. Gs to be fat, and nm
to be marrowy.—Hence

Map m. in pause map, meal, flour,
pr. marrow, μυελὸς ἀνδρῶν. Judg. 6, 19.
1 Sam. 1, 24. 28; 24. 1 K. 5, 2. al. sep.

-

5 ο A .
grain,

wheat. Eth: ®Prh pulse om which
meal i is made.
78*

929

NID

* DOP to lay fast hold of, Job 16, 8.
—Chald. id. Arab. L643 to bind.
Kindr. are Y2P, ΥΞΡ.

Puau pass. Job 22, 16.

*5°OP Is. 33, 9, and DP 19; 6, to
pine away and die, of a tree, plant.

Kindr. is 59x. Arab. dus pr. to be

thick set with insects, lice, and so to
languish, ofa plant. Syr.‘\seo to lan-
guish, of persons.

7 V2R pr. to press ΤΕΘΊΕΤ, to com-
press, comp. kindr. pip; then to take
with the hand or fist, e. g. ahandfal Lev.
2, 2. 5, 12. Num. 5, 26. Hence

ΤῺΡ τὰ. c. suff. iz0p, a handful, of
meal etc. as an offering, Lev. 2,2. 5, 12.
6,8. Also of grain, a handful, manipu-
lus, as laid down by the reapers, but not
yet bound into sheaves; Gen. 41, 47
p"xap> by handfuls, i. 6. abundantly.

G56
Arab. Saal

* W2P obsol. root, prob. i. q. wp,
to prick, to sting, as a nettle-—Hence
Wiap (win p).

ἼΡ τὰ. constr. “Pp Deut. 22, 6, c. suff.
‘2p, plur.o2p. R. pp.

1. a nest Is. 10, 14. Ps. 84, 4. Prov.
27, 8. Meton. a nest of young birds.
nestlings, Deut. 32, 11. Is. 16, 2.—Syr.
[23 id. :

2. Metaph. a dwelling, espec. one built
upon a lofty rock like an eagle’s nest
(comp. Job 39, 27), Num. 24, 21. Jer.
49, 16. Obad. 4. Hab. 2, 9; or as being
pieageat and comp irs bie, Job 29, 18;
comp. ‘nidum servas’ Hor. Ep. I. 10. 6.
—Plur. 5°:P cells, chambers in the ark,
Gen. 6, 14.

Eo.

* NIP in Kal not used, Arab. Lis
to become very red. Hence

ῬΈΕΙ, ΣΡ 1. to be jealous, from the
redness or flush with which the face is
suffused ; with acc. of one’s wife Num.
5, 14; with 3 of a female rival Gen. 30,
1.—Causat. i. q. Hiph. to excite to jea-
lousy, with 3 by or with any thing, Deut.
32, 21. 1K. 14, 22.

2. to envy any one, with 5 of pers.
Gen. 37, 11. Ps. 37, 1. 73, 3. Prov. 23

Nop

17, 24, 1.19; acc. Gen. 26, 14. Is. 11,
13. Ez. 31, 9; > Ps. 106, 16.

3. to be zealous towards any person
or thing, lo burn with zeal, ζηλόω. a)
With > to be zealous for any one, for
his cause, Num. 25, 11. 13. 2 Sam. 21,2.
1 K. 19,10. al. Ὁ) ¢o emulate any one,
ce. 3 Prov. 3, 31.

Hipu. causat. to provoke to jealousy,
see Piel no. 1; ὁ. 3 Deut. 32, 16. 21. Ps.
78, 58.—For part. mp2 Ez. 8, 3, see in
τ. πὸ Hiph.

Deriv. Sip, XP, ANP.

N2P Chald. to buy, i..q. Heb. ΠΡ no.
3. Ezra 7, 17.

δὲ] m. (τ. 82) jealous, spoken of God
as permitting no rival, and the severe
avenger of defection from himself, Ex.
20, 5. 34, 14. Deut. 4, 24. 5,9. 6, 15.
—Chald. 822 and jN2p id.

ANP f. (τ. 822) constr. MXIP, c. suf.
ἜΝ : plur. MiN2p.

1. jealousy, 6. g. ina husband Prov.
6, 34. 27,4; of God Ez. 8, 3; of rival
nations Is. 11,13. Plur. mixzp Num. 5,
15. 18 25. 29.—Hence envy Ecc. 9, 6;
meton. object of envy Kee. 4, 4.

2. zeal, ardour towards any one, ζῆλος,
e. g. of lovers Cant. 8, 6; of God for his
people Zech. 1,14. Is. 9,6 Min ΓᾺΡ
rinax the zeal of Jehovah of hosts, in
behalf of his people. With genit. of
object, ΣΤΟΝ the zeal (of God) towards
the people Is. 26, 11; so 2 K. 10, 16. Ps.
69, 10.

3. heat, anger, indignation, coupled
with Mon Ez. 5, 13. al. M933 Ez. 38,
19; 4% 35,11. To it is ascribed fire,
‘RIP OX Ez. 36, 5, as devouring Zeph.
1, 18. 3,8, smoking Deut. 29, 19; comp.
Ps. 79,5. Spoken of the indignation of
‘God Num. 25, 11. Ez. 16, 42. Is. 59, 17;
of men Ps. 119, 139. Job 5, 2.

ἡ ΡΣ] fat. mrp, conv. ip. pr. to set
upright, to erect, i. q. ("P33 kindr. with
VP, PD; see MIP, 72P, canna.—Hence

1. to found. to create, 6. g. the heavens
and earth Gen. 14, 19. 22; mankind
Deut. 32, 6. Ps. 139, 13. Prov. 8, 22
where Sept. ἔχτισέ με, Targ. and Peshito

a, 1-5. Arab. Ls ig. gle God

created, see Camoos p. 1937.
2. to get, to gain, to obtain, to acquire ;

930 re

Syr. fre, Arab. US and κὰδ, id. 1
a woman to wife Ruth 4,9. 105 wi
understanding, Prov. 4,7. 15, 32. 16,1
17, 16. 19,8; God his holy mountain by
conquest, Ps. 78, 54; the people of Is-
rael as his own, Ex. 15, 16. Ps. 74, 2.
Gen. 4,1 τὰ Os "NP J have gotten
a man ται the help of Jehovah, have |
borne a son; see in "Pp no. 2. a. δ
3. Spec. to get by purchase, to buy,
Gen. 25, 10. 47, 19. 22. 50, 13. Ex. 21,
2. 2 Sam. 12, 3. Jer. 13, 1. 4. Is. 48, 24.
al. sep. Metaph. to buy the truth Prov. —
23, 23. Part. ΓῺΡ a buyer Prov. 20, 14.
Ez. 7, 12; opp. 73% Is. 24,2. Also fo
buy off, to redeem from captivity, Deut.
28, 68. Neh. 5, 8. Is. 11, 11.—Comp. —
Lat. conciliare for emere Ter. Eun. 4. 4. —
21.—Hence ;
4. to own, to possess, Part. ΓΡ an
owner, possessor, master, 6. g. of a house
Lev. 25, 30; a flock Zech. 11, 5; an ox
Is.1.3. Comp. ΤΡ —Syr. Pao id. Eth. —
ΦΡ to possess, to be master; Arab.
x3} to possess.
Nipu. to be bought, Jer. 32, 15. 43.
Hipu. pr. ‘to let buy or be bought,’
i.e. to sell; Zech. 13, 5 "BPH CIN ἃ
man sold me asa slave; comp. Kal in
Am. 8, 6. Ecc. 2,7. Verbs of buying
often take in the causative conjug. the
signif. of selling ; ‘comp. Ἴ31 <2] to buy, ©
ἸΞῚ <=} to sell.—Part. "2372, Ez. 8, 3.
Mpa ΓΝ Sco avin Dum IN where —
was the seat of the image of wrath (i. 6.

‘the idol provoking God’s wrath) which —

selleth sc. Israel to his enemies, i. e.
which delivers Israel even as a slave
into the power of his enemies ; note the
paronomasia. Others refer ™2>24 to
τ. 82P, and render: which provoketh to —
wrath.
‘
Deriv. MIP, WIP, TR, WHR, and
pr. n. ΠΡ», ΤΣ.

M2? m. (τ. 2p init.) constr. MIP, ¢
suff. m2p ; plur. ΠΡ. constr. ἜΣ, Ο. Bard 4
CHIR 5 : a reed, cane, Lat. canna, Gr.
κάνη, κάγνη, κάννα, id. gt 2 Miz, SBP,

Syr. fio, Laas, id. Arab. $3 ia. alsc

spear.—Of a reed or cane growing in
wet or marshy ground 1 K. 14, 15. Job
40, 21. Is. 19, 6. 35,7. Ps,68 3143p ne

mp

the beast of the reeds, i. e. the crocodile.
‘At the present day the banks of the
ordan and the upper part of the lake
Hiileh are full of tall reeds or cane ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 255. ΠΙ. Ρ.
_ 340.—R.] Spoken also of the sweet cane,
sweet flag, acorus calamus Linn. calamus
odoratus, growing in India (Plin. XII.
15 or 48), Is. 43, 24. Ez. 27, 19. Cant. 4,
14; fully c= mp Ex. 30, 23, πῖον mp
Jer. 6, 20.—Also the cultivated cane,
ΗΒ saliva, arundo donax Linon.
growing very tall, and used as a staff
) for walking, 52pm ΤΟΣ Ὁ Ez. 29, 6. Is.
36, 6, comp. 7322 2p Ez. 42, 3; and
for measuring rods. See on these spe-
' cies of cane Celsii Hierob. II. p. 312 sq.
—Hence

a) a measuring reed or rod, fully "3p
nmyan Ez. 40, 3.5. 42, 16-19; this was a
measure of six larger cubits (DY) ΠΙῺΝ,
' see in MN), i. 6. six cubits and six
' palms, Ez. 40, 5-8. 41,8; plur. Ez. 42,
16-19.—So Gr. κάλαμος was a measure
of 6% cubits.
᾿ς b) α stalk of grain, Gr. κάλαμος, xa-
depen, Gen. 41, 5. 22.

c) the upper bone of the arm, Job 31,
22. Comp. Germ. Armrdhre; Arab.

ὴ wert: reed, also a marrow-bone.

d) the rod or beam of a balance;
hence meton. for a balance, Is. 46, 6.
Gr. xara.

6) the hollow shaft, stem, of the sacred
candelabra, Ex. 25, 31. 37, 17.

f) Plur. 5°2— arms, branches, tubes,
bearing the lights of the sacred cande-
labra, Ex. 25, 32. 33. 35. 37, 18; c. suff.

; Oe
onizp Ex. 25, 36. 37, 22.—Arab. 8G
channel, trough.

_a) A stream on the borders of Ephraim

and Manasseh, Josh. 16, 8. 17,9. Ὁ)
A city in Asher Josh. 19,28. [Nowa
village about three hours south of east
from Tyre, still called Kana Us; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 384.—R.

SED m. (r. N2p) i. q. NIP, jealous,
_. spoken of God, Josh. 24, 19; also angry
against his enemies, Nah. 1, 2,

ΓῺ (place of reeds) Kanah, pr. n.
;
.

12} obsol. root, perh. i. qe (ars fo
hunt.—Hence

-

991 pop :

ΤΡ (a hunt) Kenaz, pr.n. a) An
Edomite, descended from Esau; also
a tract of Arabia named from him, Gen.
36, 11. 15. 42. b) The father or ra-
ther the grandfather of Othniel the bro-
ther of Caleb, Josh. 15, 17. Judg. 1, 13.
1 Chr. 4,13. Seep. c)A grand:
son of Caleb 1 Chr. 4, 15.

“T2P (hunter) Kenizite, pr. n. ἃ)
A Canaanitish tribe, of which nothing
further is known, Gen. 15,19. Ὁ) Pa-
tronym. of the name 13 lett. Ὁ, Num.
32, 12. Josh. 14, 6.

2p τὰ. (τ. ΠΡ) constr. 1}. 6. suff.
BNR.

1. a creature, Ps. 104, 24. Sept. κτί-
σις. Chald. 122} id.

2. a getting, acquisition, purchase,
Prov. 4, 7. Lev. 22, 11.

3. possession, substance, wealth, Gen.
34, 23. 36, 6. Ps. 105, 21. Ez. 38, 12. 13.

* D2? obsol. and doubtful root ; perh. to
set up, toerect, like 2p, ἪΡ, 3}. Hence
;i22P cinnamon, after the form 7/721,
pr. i. q. ΠΡ» cane, since the rolls of cin-
namon resemble a cane or tube.

J"'%23P m. constr. “722P Ex. 30, 23, cin-
namon, Prov. 7, 17. Cant. 4, 14. Gr.
κίνναμον, κιννάμωμον, according to Hdot.
3. 111 a word of Phenician origin. For
the etymology see in r. 52p.

7 12P in Kal not used, pr. to set up,
to build ; kindr. with "2p, jp, also DIP. ©
Hence jp nest; and from this:

Pre. 13 denom. fo nest, to build a
nest, as a bird Ps. 104, 17. Jer. 48, 28.
Ez. 31, 6; a serpent Is. 34, 15. Syr.
I id.

Puat to have a nest built, to nestle, Part.
f. ΡΣ Jer. 22, 23.

"Z2P Job 18, 2, see in yp.

M3}? (possession, r. M2p) Kenath, pr.
n. of a city beyond Jordan, situated in
Auranitis (Hauran) some distance north
from Bostra, Num. 32, 42. 1 Chr. 2, 23.
Gr. Κανάϑα, Kavoda. Now called
wl Ais Kinawdt. See Reland Palest.
p- 631. Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria
p. 83.

*DOP fats ndp», 2 pers. pl. nip
Ez. 13, 23, to divine, to practise divina-
ton, used in the verb only of false pro-

nop

phets, etc. e. g. of the Hebrews Deut.
18, 10. 14. Mic. 3, 6. 7. 11; of necro-
mancers 1 Sam. 28, 8; of Breion pro-
phets, as of the PAiintines 1 Sam. 6, 2,
of Balaam Josh. 13, 22. Classic for the
three kinds of divination common among
the Semitic nations, viz. arrows, en-
trails, and Teraphim, is Ez. 21, 26 [21].
Constr. with acc. of thing, 2 K. 17, 7.
Ez. 13, 23. 21, 26. 28; dat. of pers. 1
Sam. 28,8; acc. and dat. Ez. 21, 34.
22,28. Parr. DOP a diviner, one who
foretells, 1 Sam. 6, 2. Is. 3, 2. 44, 25.
Jer. 27, 9. 29, 8. Zech. 10, 2. Sept.

usually μάντις, wovtevw.—The primary ©

idea is prob, that of dividing, dividing
out ; comp. Arab. $5 to divide out.
As this was often done by lot, hence
nop pr. to divide out by lot, like Arab.
5; and then for any species of lot or
divination. Chald. bop, Syr. Sonn, id.
Deriv. DOP and

OC? m.
the root.
2. divination, Num. 23, 23. 1 Sarna.
15. 23. Jer. 14, 14. Ez. 13,6. 23. Plur.
Ὁ ὩΌΡ Deut. 18, 10. 2 K.17, 17. Me-
ton. reward of divination Num. 22, 7.

1. lot, Ez. 21, 27 [22]; see

Comp. 238.
3. Ina “good sense, an oracle, divine
sentence, Prov. 16, 10. .

4 ΟΡ in Kal not used, to cut off, i. q.

Po. dd%P to cut off fruit, Ez. 17, 9.

MOP f. (τ. ΤῸ) any vessel, a dish,
cup, so called from its rounded fortn, i. q.
mvp q.v. Hence "Bvt Mop a writer’s
vessel, i. e. an ink-horn, ink-stand, worn
in the girdle, Ez. 9, 2. 3. 11.—Eth.
ΦΙΓΡῪ a water-vessel, water-pot.

moyp (prob. i. ᾳ. k2A5 arx) Keilah,
pr.n. of a city in Judah Josh. 15, 44.
1 Sam. 23, 1. 1 Chr. 4, 19. Neh. 3, 17.
18. See Reland Palest. p. 698.

ΣΌΣ m. a stigma, mark, cut or burnt
in, Lev. 19,28. R.>9p no. 1.——Talmud.
yprp to dig, to scratch as a fowl, also
to cut in a mark.

° *" 22 obsol. root, Arab. “95 to be
deep ; pr. to dig, kindr. with “5p, “2,
also "pn, "P3.—Hence

i SEP

‘hedgehog,

ΓᾺΡ f. constr. M2IZp, plur. co
minsp, c. suff. ΤΣ, a deep dish,
charger, Num. 7, 13 sq. 84. 85. Ex.

29. 37,16. Sept. τρύβλιον. Arab, ot .
a ΙΝ dish.

* NEP to draw in oneself, to contract |

Kindr. are YP, TBR: ER: and softened

825; also Arab. ἧς to be wrinkled, —
shrunk, as cloth after washing.

1. to draw in the feet, to sit with the —

feet drawn under, in the oriental man- —

ner, Zeph. 1, 12; comp. Jer. 48, 11.

2. to concrete, to coagulate, -as milk, —
see Hiph. Poet. of the sea, Engl.Vers. —

to congeal, Ex. 15, 8.

ΝΙΊΡΗ. to be drawn in, contracted, Zech. |

14,6 Cheth. Nap? Maps, see in "p?
no. 4, p. 420.
Hipu. causat. of Kal no. 2, to make

coagulate, to curdle milk, Job 10, 10—_

Hence

PREP m. congelation, ice ; Zech. 14,
6 Keri Fiep) τη, Sept. καὶ ψύχος
καὶ πάγος, Vulg. sed frigus et gelu. Bet-

ter is Chethibh, see in τὶ SBP Niph. and ~

“Pp? no. 4.

*T2P to draw δὴν together, to

shrink, to roll oneself up; like kindr.

Ge

'pe, PPB, Syr. mao, also NEP, Was.
Hence ip hadpehiba!

Prev id. Is. 38, 12 "=m 3382 ΠΕΡ 7

have rolled together, like a weaver, my

life ; or intrans. my life is rolled toge-

ther, as by a weaver; i. e. in either

case, my life is finished, like the piece

of cloth which the weaver, when com-

pleted, rolls together. The latter is

pevh. preferable. Intrans. also in Targ.

and Pesh. .
Deriv. the two following.

“EP m. also THBP Is. 34,11 (τ. 3B) a
so called from rolling himself
up; Is. 14, 23. 34, 11. “GRD 2,14.—Arab.

resolving the Dag. διὰ: and ς ἀλϑ.
Syr. {eco id. Eth. ΦιΖ “Ἢ pod
pine. | f
MIP f. Milél (r. IP) Ez. 7, 25 m EP
83 destruction cometh, ‘according to the
Targg. and Heb. intpp. Better, horror,
terror, from the primary signif’ of the

ἽΞΡ

root, i

Comp. Syr. pS. —The π-- is not para-
_gogic, and the tone is retracted prob.
_only by an error of the punctators ; see

Heb. Gr. § 79, note 2. e.
IEP, see in TBP.
‘ 9... ὦ
ΤΊΞΡ m. (τ. ΤῈ) ig. Arab. δι ἀξ, ser-
2 LAS
pens jaculus, q.d. arrow-snake, so called

from its darting, springing, in the man-

ῥ

ner of the rattle-snake, Is. 34,15. See

Bochart Hieroz. IT. p. 408.

*T2P obsol. root, pr. i. q. TBP, VEP,
(comp. ΥΞΡ, Y2P,) to draw oneself

together, 10 contract, espec. in order to

make a spring, in the manner of a cat,
lion, deer, serpent, etc. So Arab. ye
and Chald. 7p to leap, to spring upon.

Syr. |~Sao locust, grasshopper; comp.
r. y2P.—Hence Msp.

SP fut. V2p?, to draw together,
to contract, to shut, kindr. with ΒΡ, 7BP,

also yp. Chald. id. Arab. οὐδὰξ con-
strinxit.—E. g. the mouth Job 5, 16.
Ps. 107, 42; the hand, i. e. to be illiberal,
niggardly, Deut. 15,7; trop. one’s com-
passion, sympathy, Ps. 77, 10.

Nien. to draw or gather oneself wp, to
compose the body and limbs as in death,
i. q. to die; Job 24, 24 SER bdo;

comp. Gen. 49,33. Arab. ae and paid

to die.
Piew to leap, to spring, comp.
Cant. 2,8. Chald. yp id.

VP m. (τ. yp) c. suff. "8p; plur.
constr. "%3P once Job 18, 2 see in Plur.
helow, where also see other forms; an
end, i. e.

1. Of place, end, extremity. 2 K. 19,
23 ΠΕΡ 119 his extreme lodging-place,
i.e. the highest. Jer. 50,26 yp? i. 6.
‘from the extremity of the earth ;’ or,
‘all from the extremity, i. q. N¥P, see

in ΠΕΡ. So > ΥἹ ἘΝ to put, set, an
end (limit) to any thing, Josh. 28, 3.

_ 2. Of time, end, 6. g. of the year 2 Chr.
21.19; of words Job 16, 3; of war Dan.
9, 26; of wonders Ran. 12,6. So 7S
Ὁ yp there is no end toa thing, i i. 6. it is

; infinite, Is. 9,6. Eee. 4,8; or innume-

TER,

933 ΝΡ

i. e. ‘ to shrink, to start back.’ | rable Ecc.4,16. With > om. Kec. 12,12

7R PR Taw po τῶν to the making
of many books there ts noend. Also ΥΩ
with genit. of time, at the end of (comp.
ἸΏ no. 4. c), i. 6. after, e. g. Gen. 8, 6
after forty days. 4, 3. 16,3. 41,1. Ex.
12,41. Is. 23, 15. 17. al. sep. Later
writers use 72? id. 2 Chr. 18, 2. Neh.
13, 6. Dan. 11, 6. 13. 12, 13.

Spec. a) the end of a person, i. q.
destruction, death, Ps. 39,5. Dan. 9, 26.
14, 45. Job 6, 11; of nations, destruction,
Jer. 51, 13. Ez. 7, 2. 3.6. Am. 8, 2; of
mankind Gen. 6,13. Also pp }2 ini-
quity of destruction, causing it, Ez. 21,
30. 34 [25. 29]. 35,5. Ὁ) event, fulfil-
ment of a prophecy, Hab. 2,3. 6) yp n>
the time of the end, Dan. 8, 17. 11, 35. 40.
12, 4, also YP 3457 id. 8, 19, D"253 YP
the end of days 12, 13, and simpl. yp id.
11, 27, i. e. the last days, the time of
calamity immediately preceding the
coming of Jehovah and the Messiah.

Pur. once in the constr. state, Job
18, 2, where "3p is for "2p the Daghesh
being resolved in the Chaldee manner,
see Lehrg. p. 134. Thesaur. p. 1223.
The words are: ΧΡ ὩΣ AID
7722> how long (i. 6. when) will ye put
an end to words ?—Elsewhere for plur.
absol. is used the form MSP, see NXP ; ;
for the constr. and c. suff. "xp, MEP,
from "XP, A¥p.—Denom. is yp, for

sp.

yp see ΥἹΡ.

* SEP fut. 3EP" 1. to cut, to cut off,
e. g. wood, a stick, 2K. 6, 6.—Arab.
25 to cut off, to cut in pieces. Kindr.
is 30P, also 33M, sum. But all verbs
beginning with the letters ¥p have the
notion of cutting, cutting off, 6. g. YP,
MSP, SP, ΞῈΡ ; comp. 1h, ΥΈΓΙ, also
733, which are all of the same family.

2. Spec. to shear sheep, Cant. 4, 2.

Ss -
Arab. Was a shorn sheep.—Hence

ΣῊ τὰ. 1. cut, i. e. form, shape,
comp. Fr. taille, Germ. Zuschnitt, 1 K.
6, 25. 7,37.

2. Plur. constr. O° “arp Jon. 2, 7,
cuttings off (i. e. extremities, fonda
tions) of the mountains sc. in the depths
ofthe sea. Vulg. extrema montium.

nxp

ἕ ΓΝ 1, Pr. to-cut off spec. the end
or extremity, to curtail, and so differing
from 2H to cut in the middle ; see Piel.

Kindr. are ΥῈΡ, 28R, 4. v. Arab. Las
ἢ, I1.—Then
Mi to end, to finish ; Arab. ye,

eee , extremity. Hence “3p, xp,

ΣΡ, end.

3. to cut off persons, to destroy, inf.

Hab. 2,10 3 BYas-Misp. Arab.
| 5 IV to exterminate.

4. to decide, to judge, Arab. .ς.23;
hence }"XP judge.

Prez i. q. Kal no. 1. Prov. 26, 6 naps
ὉΠ who cutteth off the feet i. 6. whose
feet are cut off. The whole verse is to
be rendered thus: he cutteth off his own
Jeet, he drinketh (suffereth) damage,
who sendeth a message by the hand of
a fool, i. e. uses a fool as his messenger.
—2 K. 10, 32 Jehovah began mizp>
betwra 10 cut off in Israel, i.e. to re-
move one part after another.

Hipu. to scrape off or away, i. q. >XP,
Lev. 14, 41. 43.

Deriv. n3P—¥P, PEP, MIP.

MEP f. (r. ΠΣ) pr. fem. of M¥p. an
end, extremity. Sing. only in the form
mxp at the extremity Ex. 25, 19. 26, 4,
36, 11. 37, 8—Elsewhere only iu plur.
constr. Mixp, c. suff. "MiZp, i. e.

1. ends, extremities, e. g. of a vine-
stock Ez. 15, 4; of wings 1 K. 6, 24; of
a breastplate Ex. 28,23sq. YIN rigp
the ends of the earth, the remotest regions
and nations, Is. 40, 28. 41, 9.29. Job 28,
24, BNQWIT Mizp ya 0K the Sour ends

(quarters) of the heavens Jer. 49, 36;

. comp. Ps. 19, 7. Metaph. Job 26, 4
273 Disp the ends of his ways, i. e. the
extreme part, outline, sketch, of the di-
vine operations.

2. the ends of a thing, i. 6. the whole,
to the very end, to the uttermost; see
in MXP no. 3; so the whole number, Judg.
18, 2 they sent of their family five men
ὈΓΊ ΣΡ oul of their whole number. 1 K.
12, 31. 13, 33. 2 K. 17, 32.

MP m. (Ὁ. HYP) constr. MXP, 6. suff.
smzP ; butralso EXP sing. Ez. 33, 2,
see in M82 and Heb. Gr, § 91. 9, n. an
end, i. e.

934,

ΧΡ

1. Of place, the end, extremity «
thing; 6. g. in length, as of a staff
6,21; a spear 1 Sam. 14, 27; the Jo
as it enters the Dead an Josh. ‘15, |
Also of length and breadth, as of a cur-
tain Ex. 26,5; a field Gen. 23, 9; the
desert Ex. 13, 20; a city 1 Sam. 9, 27;
the Dead Sea, its southern end, Num, 34,
3. Josh. 15, 2. ete. “HI MEP the extremity
of the mountain, i. 6. its foot, Ex. 19, 12;
nvaan ‘p id. 1 Sam, 14, 2, on ΠΥΡῚ
the extremity of the water, water’s edge,
Josh. 3,15. 5823 ΠῚΡ the extreme bor-
der of a land Gen. 47, 21. Num, 20, 16.
22, 86. in" maya Mzpa in the ex-
treme east of Jericho, i. e. on the eastern
border of its territory. So PIN ΠΕΡ
the end of the earth, the remotest parts —
and regions, Ps, 46, 10. Is. 5, 26. 42,10.
48, 20. Jer. 10, 13. al. and so ΕΘΝ Mp !
the end of the heavens, i i. 6. the remotest —
parts of the world; Is. 13,5. Deut. 4, 32. —
Is. 7, 18 O¥4 “RINSED in the uttermost ©
streams of Egypt, in its remotest parts, —
—Peculiar is Gen. 19, 4 all the people
ΓΙΧῚΡῸ even from the extremity, i. e. from —
the remotest parts. Jer. 51, 31 his city
is taken MP2 from its extremity, at all
ends, wholly. So snxpe Is. 56, 11. Ez.
25, 9.—Arab. Last ab extremo, |

i.e. omnes. Comp. in no. 3.

2. Of time, end; often in the con-
nection: 072" ν ΓΙΣΡῸ αἱ the end of —
three days, i. e. after three days Josh. 3,
2; and so Gen. 8, 3. Deut. 14, 28. 2 Sam. ὦ
b4,8. 1K. 9, 10. Ez. 3, 16. al.

3. the end of a thing, i.e. the whole,
q.d. to the very end, to the uttermost.
E. g. the whole number, Gen. 47, 2 ΠΝ Ὁ
ὌΠΙΝ from the whole number of his breth-
ren. Ez. 33,2. So Num. 22,41 he saw
ΣΤ Np the uttermost of the people, i. 6.
the whole people éven to the extremi-
ties. See in no. 1. fin. 5

MP m. (τ. ΠΧΡῚὺ end, only i in the for-
sate 2 AXP PR thers is no end to a
thing, i. δ. it is infinite, innumerable, Is.
2,7. Nah. 2, 10. 3, 3. 9.

“EP or XP m. (r. HYP) only in plur
constr. 7% ΣΡ the ends of the earth —
Ps. 48, 11. 65, 6. Is. 26, 15.

PAxP plur. see in ΣΡ.

Sp,
ied obsol. root. Arab.

le onion-seed and ere condiments

᾿ χω
δε

9on food ina pot;’ eter ‘ onion-seed

' and other condiments.’ The primary
idea seems to be: fo sprinkle, to strew.
_—Hence

_ ΠΙ͂ΧΡ m. Is. 28, 25. 27, according to

Sept. Vulg. and the Rabbins, nigella,
_ melanthium, i.e. black cumin. See Cel-
_ sii Hierobot. P. II. p. 70.

PSP m. (τ. H¥P no. 4) constr. Xp,
ur. constr. ΧΡ.
1. a judge, magistrate, Is. 1, 10. 3, 6.7.

“Mic. 3,1.9. Arab. eG kady, a judge.

2. a leader, chief, in war Josh. 10, 24.
Judg. 11, 6.11. Is. 22, 3. Dan. 11, 18.
Comp. opt.

_ 3. aprince, Prov. 6,7. 25, 15.

AM IPL(r.28p) 1. cassia, Gr. κασία,
_laurus cassia Linn. a bark resembling
cinnamon, but less aromatic, so called
from being stripped off; plur. mis"zp
Ps. 46,9. See Celsii Hierob. T. II. p.
800. Arab. Xawas id. Castell.

2. Keziah, pr. n. of one of Job’s daugh-

" ters, Job 42, 14. |

EP m. (r. 9¥P) constr. XP, c. suff.
ow sp.

1. reaping, harvest of grain; diff. from
“yp harvest of fruits, figs, where see. [In
Palestine the barley-harvest precedes
the wheat-harvest about two weeks.

_ At Jericho, in the depressed valley of
the Jordan, the former takes place in
_ the last half of April, and the latter in
the first half of May; comp. Josh. 3, 15.
On the plain along the coast, the har
vest is usually a fortnight later; and on
the mountains at Jerusalem and Hebron
_ still later by another fortnight ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 99,100.—R.] The
harvest is described as beginning with
_ the barley 5°73 "xp 2 Sam. 21, 9. 10.
Ruth 2,23; and ending with the wheat,
"xp Gen. 30, 14. Ex. 34, 22, and
ΟΠ with the festival of Pentecost, "sp 3m
Ex. 23, 16. Harvest-time is "3p n>
Jer. 5, 16, "xp "25 Gen. 30, 14, "sp Ὁ"
| Prov. 25, 13, and simpl. ΧΡ Prov. 6, 8.
10, 5. 26, 1.

935

Coupled. ΛΝ 55] Gen. .

ὮΣΡ

8, 22; ὙΣΡῚ BN Gen. 45, 6. Εἰχ..34,
21.—Meton. harvest is put: a) For the
grain, crop, either to be harvested Lev.
19, 9. Joel 1, 11. 4,13; or as already
harvested, Tet, 5, 17. Job 5, 5. δὴ ΣΡ
the harvest of the Nile Is. 93, 3. b) Poet.
for ΣΡ "WI harvest-men Is. 17, 5.—
Metaph. for destruction, slaughter of a
people, Jer. 51, 33. Hos. 6, 11.

2. a bough; collect. boughs, foiiage,
ofa tree Job 14, 9. 18,16. 29, 19. Is. 27,
11; ofa vine Ps. 80,12. So called, it is
usually said, from the notion of cutting
off. Better perh. to refer it to r. "En
no. 2, to be green, verdant ; at least the
roots "SP and “XM are closely kindred.

ν YEP in Kal not used. 1. to cut, to
cut off or out ; comp. XP, MSP, and see
insxp. Arab. «la5 to cut off—Hence
Mdixp2 chisel.

2. to scrape, to strip off bark; see
Hiph. and n3"xp.

3. to break, i. q. Syr. le; see Pual.

Pouat Part. plur. ΓΞ Ex. 26, 23.
36, 28, and Hopu. Part. plur. missprya
Ez. 46, 22, pr. ‘ parts broken in, bent,’
i. 6. angles, corners, internal angles, i. 4.
misizpa.

Hipu. to scrape off, i.q. ΠῈΡ Hiph.
Lev. 14, 41.

Hopn. see in Pual.

Deriv. ΠΡ ΣΡ, ΣΊΣΡΏ, MPSpr2.

ΣΡ fut. FSP 1. to break, to
break in pieces, as wood, see ὭΣ no. 1,

and ΠΕΣ. ΑΥΤΆ. Wias the wind
dashes in pieces a ship; mild. Kesr. to
be broken, as a tooth, spear.—Hence

2. Metaph. to break out or forth in
anger, Gr. éjyvuus; and so to be angry,
wroth, 2 K. 5, 11. Esth. 2, 21. Is, 57, 16.
64, 8; with by of pers. Gen. 40, 2. 41, 10.
Ex. 16, 20. al. by Josh. 22, 18.—Syr.

ΡΣ rivalry, envy.

Hipu. to provoke to anger, 6. g. Jeho-
vah Deut. 9, 7. 8. 22. Ps. 106,32. Zech. ©
8, 14.

Hirup. i. gq. Kal no. 2, to fret oneself,
Is. 8, 21.

Deriy, ὭΣ, ΠΕΣΡ.

ὭΣ Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. no. 2, Der :
—Hence

ὮΣΡ
ΣΡ Chald. m. anger, wrath, Ezra7, 23.

ΣΡ τη. (τ. ὩΣ) in pause ὭΣ. c. suff.
"BYP.

1, Collect. chips, splinters, comp. the
root no. 1, Hos. 10,7. Sept. φρύγανον.
Others, ‘foam.

2. anger, wrath, from the root no. 2,
Ecce. 5, 16. Spec. of Jehovah, Num. |,
53. Josh. 9, 20. Is. 34,2. 2 Chr. 19, 10.
24,18. 32, 26. al. Also strife, alterca-
tion, Esth. 1, 18.

MPEP f. (τ. ὮΣΡ) a breaking, a broken
thing, spec. of foliage, boughs, a tree,
Joel1,7. Sept. συγκλασμός.

5 ΥῈΡ to cut off,e. σ. the hand Deut.
25, 12; the beard Jer. 9, 25.. 25, 23,

see in ΠΝ no. 3. Arab. yas to trim
the nails and locks. See under 3£p.

Pie. ΥῈΡ and yp 1. to cut off, e.g.
a cord Ps. 129,4; the hand, the thumbs,
Judg. 1, 6. 2 Sam. 4, 12; a spear Ps. 46,
10; ornaments 2 K. 16, 17. 18, 16.

2. to cut up into threads, Ez. 39, 3;
nto pieces, to cut in pieces, 2 K. 24, 13.

Puat part. O°X2P2 pass. of Pi. no. 1.
Judg. 1, 7.

erty. VP, whence the denom. jix"p ;
pr. ἢ. 2.

TP Chald. Pa. to cut off, Dan. 4, 11.

"SP and “SP 1. Mid. A, fut.
"xp", to cut off or down; spec. grain,
whence to reap, to harvest, c. ace. Is. 17,
5. Lev. 19,9. 25, 5. al. Part. "ΣῚΡ α
reaper, mower, harvestman, Ruth 2, 3
sq. 2 K. 4, 18. Jer. 9, 21. Am.9, 13. Ps.
129, 7: Part. pass. "SXP cut off, shorter,
of cells Ez. 42, 5.—Metaph. Job ‘4, 8
“hey that sow trouble reap the same.
Prov. 22, 8. mp. 5.1 no. 2. a.

2. Mid. E (comp. adj. "¥p), fut. ἜΣ,
once “XP? Prov. 10, 27, intrans. to be cut
off ; hence to be shortened, short, Is. 28,

20. Arab. ~1a5 to be short.—Spec. a)

ὙΠ ΤΣ my hand is shortened, i. e. I
have no power, am weak, feeble, Num.
11, 23. Is. 50, 2. 59, 1. Comp. Arab.

oust pres ‘short-handed,’ and Ads

εἰ Od! ‘short-armed,’ spokenofa person

without strength or power ; vice versa

ἀγὼ oO ‘a long hand, for strength,

936

ΣΡ
power ; see more in Comm. ree :
b) "eB2 Cre") mI my soul, sp
shortened, . 6. lam impatient, ¢
vexed, Num. 21, 4. Judg. 16, 16.
4. Mic. 2,73 with 2 for, on account ¢
any thing, Judg. 10, 16. Zech. ᾿
Comp. 0° F218 under WIN.

Piet to cut off, to shorten, ai.
Ps. 102, 24.

Hira. 1. to harvest, to reap, Job 2
6 Cheth. as
2. i. q. Pi. Ps. 89, 46. 4
Deriv. "SP, “XP, WEP.

"EP το. adj. (1. ἼΞΠ) constr. "Sp, pla
coustr. "TP , short ; 0°23 “SP short o
days, short-lived, Job 14, 1. Spec. a) 935
"2 short-handed, i.e. weak, feeble, 2K. 1
26. Is. 37, 27. Ὁ) M9 “EP Prov. 14, 2
and D728 "EP v. 17, short 7 ae

anger, i. e. impatient, prone to anger.

ΣΡ m. (τ. ΣΡ RP) only ΓΝ xp sh
ness of spirit, i. e. impatience, Tix. 6; 9..

ΓᾺΡ ἢ (for MXsp, τ MEP; like
fr. ΓΙῸ) a Chaldaizing form.

1. end, extremity, always with Ὁ
72, i.e. ΣΡ for MPR, at the aha
os a Dan. 1, 15 πων πὰ Ἢ ΤΩΡ a
the end of ten days. v. 5. 18 oso Ὦ "Ὧ
αἱ the end of the days, see ΠΗ Ρ. ὅ
Comp. ΠΕΡ for ΓΙΣΡῸ, see in ik
2,3.—Puor. nizp (for ΤΊΣ, as PL
mi2D,) ends, extremities, Ez. 38, 5
art. the ends ec. of the’ earth Pie δὲ §
comp. v.6. With suff. initsp Ex. 37
and 39,4 Cheth. where Keri has vai
from MEP.

2. the sum, the whole number, iq.
no. 3. Dan. 1,2 E°A>Rn m3 bp haps
some of the whole number of the sacred
vessels ; here ΓᾺΡ is used anlage |
like 72 no. 1. Neh. 7, 70 "OR2 MEP:
mint some of the number of the 7
larchs, i. e. a part of the heads of tribe
Comp. "78 Nxp2 Gen. 47, 2.—Some of
these examples, as Dan. 1, 2. 18. Nek
]. c. are referred by commentators to a
noun of the form Msp, to which they
give the signification of part. But the
Chaldee, which is of special authority in
all these examples, isclearly destitute ¢
any such form, (since the passage in hd
Targ. Gen. 47, 2, is of the same charac-
ter with those above cited) and we

ὮΧΡ

not therefore doubt but that ΤΕΡΏ,
v erever it occurs, is to be explained i in
yne and the same manner.

=P Chald. m. constr. MEP 1. end,

x ss b2 MEP a part bf the whole ως
dom, i.e. ἃ part of the kingdom. Parall.
s ΓΙΣῸ a part of it.
> WP m. adj. (τ. 72p) plur. o™pP, cold,
_ cool, Prov. 25, 25. Jer. 16, 14. Trop.
cool, quiet, Prov. 17, 27 Cheth. ™" "Pp
of a quiet spirit. Keri see in Ἢ" no. 1.

“iP, see in -"p.
“P m. (τ. 2) cold, Gen. 8, 22.

*L. ROP, 3 fem. ΤΡ for ΤΣ yp Is.
7, 14; inf Sp , once MNP Judg. 8, 1
like verbs >, c. suff. "Rp; fat. Rp,
“. suff. isp? Jer. 23, 6; ; imper. ΝΡ,
plur. f. j87p Ex. 2, 20, jx3p Ruth 1, 20.
1. tocry out, to call oul, κράζειν. It j is
_ an onomatopoetic verb comprising, also
inarticulate sounds, see art. NIP; like
_ Syr. 1-2 to call, also to sound as a trum-
_ pet, tocrow asacock. Comp. Gri κράζω
_ (χραγ), κηρύσσω (xnevy); in the Germa-
᾿ς nic tongues charen to cry out, charo cla-
_ mour, wailing; often of the cry of ani-
mals, as Germ. krahen, Engl. to crow,
_ French crier, Engl. to cry ; with a sibi-
lant prefixed skreian, Swed. skria, Germ.
éschreien, Engl. to scream; and witha
_ sibilant added at the end kreischen, 11>
_ q. v.—Spoken absol. of any cry or cla-
_ mour, even inarticulate, like p>; Gen.
39,14 511 Dips NPS! and, I cried sith
a loud voice, Sept. ἐβόησα φωνῇ μεγάλη.
V.1589p8) "Dip "M12". Often follow-
ed by the words thus uttered with a loud
ery, i.q. either immediately, Gen. 45, 1
‘ay asesin ΡΞ and Joseph cried,
Cause every one to go out. Lev. 13, 45.
Judg. 7, 20. 2 Sam. 20, 16. 2 K. 11, 14.
Esth. 6,9. 11; or also with a word inter-
posed, as ἽΝ Ez. 9,1; sax 2 Sam.
18, 28; comp. 2 K. 18, ‘28 ἽΡΞ SP"
noes [aT nan bin3 and he cried
with a loud voice in the Jewish tongue,
_ and spake and said.—Spec.
a) With >x of pers. to cry owt to any
one, to call to any one, Is. 6, 3. Judg. 18,
79

937

‘manner of a herald or prophet.

Np.

23; and with the words uttered, pre-
ceded by 7883 1 Sam. 26, 14, 728"
Judg. 9, 54. 1 Sam, 17,8. 1 Καὶ. 17, 11.
Also with ἘΣ of pers. Is. 34, 14 the satyrs
shall cry to each other. With "38 of
pers. to cry after any one, i.e. as he
departs, 1 Sam. 20, 37. 38. 24, 9.

b) Often i. q. tocry for help, to implore
aid, espec. from God, absol. Ps. 4, 2
"223 "NPS when 1 cry, hear thou me.
22,3. 34,7. 69,4; with minty Ps. 4, 4,
28, 1. 30, 9. 55, 17. 61, 3. Judg. 15, 18.
2 K. 20, 11. fing 7,7; pared Ps. 57, 3;
ace. Ps. 14, 4. Is. 43, 22; c. suff. Ps. 17,
6. 88, 10. 91,15. Also with >» of pers.
on account of or against whom one cries
to God for help, Deut. 15, 9.

6) i. ᾳ. κηρύσσειν, which the LXX
often put for it, o cry, to proclaim, inthe
Absol.
Prov. 1, 21 wisdom crieth in the public
places. 8,1; c. acc. 20, 6. Is. 40, 6 the
voice said, Cry. And he said, What shall
I cry? 58,1. Zech. 1,14. 17; with >> of
the object Jon. 1, 2. Followed also by
the words cried, Gen. 41, 43. Ex. 32, 5.
Jer. 2, 2. 7, 2. 19, 2. 51,61; or as coupled
with an acc. Zech. 7, 7. Is. 44, 7. Joel
4,9 ἘΠῚ Mt ANP proclaim ye this
among the Gentiles ; or with "2 Is. 40, 2.
> ΠΥ NIP fo proclaim or announce /ib-
erty to slaves, captives, Jer. 34, 8. 15. 17.
Is. 61,1. SIX RIP to proclaim a fast 80.
to the people, Jer. 36, 9. Jon. 3, 5.—’
From the sense of proclaiming comes
the signif. of reading aloud, reciting, see
in no. 4.

2. to call, Sept. καλεῖν, very often.—
Spec.

a) to call any one fo oneself, i. 6. to
bid him come, to call or send for, c. ace.
Gen. 27, 1. Ex. 2, 8. 1 Sam. 3, 16.
Hos. 7, 11. Is. 46, 11; > Gen. 20, 9.
Lev. 9, 1. Hos. 11, 1; by Gen. 3, 9.
Ex. 3, 4. 1 Sam. 3, 4. by SIP Lo call to
oneself 2 Sam. 15, 2. Metaph. Prav. 18,6
his mouth calleth for blows, i.e. deserves
and invites them. Ruth 4, 11 τῷ x Pp
prme-maa i. e. call thee (get thee) a.
name in Bethlehem, become thou famous.

b) As referring to several or many, to
call together, to convoke, c. acc. Gen.
41, 8; dat. Gen. 20, 8. 39, 14. Josh.
23,2. 24, 1; Dx 49, 1. Josh. 10, 24.
Hence αν}. 2 kop to call a solemn assem-

ΝΡ

bly, to convoke, Joel 1, 14, comp. Is. 1,
13; a festival or holy convocation Ley.
23, 2.4. MIB ἜΝ Ρ those called, con-
voked, to an assembly, Num. 1, 16.

c) to call, i. e. to invite, to bid, to a
répast, banquet, comp. καλεῖν ἐπὲ δεῖπνον,
1 Sam. 9, 13. 22. 1 K. 1, 9. 10. 41. 49.
Part. O°NIMP guests Prov. 9, 18. Trop.
ἘΣ IDWS NIP 10 invile to peace, to pro-
pose an alliance, Deut. 20, 10; comp.
Judg. 21, 13.

d) to call, to summon before a judge,
καλεῖν, καλεῖν sic δίκην, Job 13, 22. 14, 15;
comp. 5, 1. Is. 59, 4 parall. DBw2.

e) to call out or forth, as warriors
Is. 13,3; also God the generations of
men Is, 41, 4.

f) to call any one to an office, i. q. "72
to choose; c. acc. Is. 42, 6.49, 1. 51,2;
> 22, 20. In the same sense, but
stronger, is B DWA NIP Zo call one by his
name, i, e. to the name and character
which he now bears, Is. 43, 1. 45, 3. 4.
Comp. Ex. 31,2. Part. O°" Pp the call-
ed, renowned, Ez. 23, 23.

g) Ὁ ὉΦΞ3 ΝῊΡ το call upon the name
of any one, lit. ‘to call with the name,’
i, e. pronouncing the name; hence to
praise, to laud, 6. g. «) Men, as Ps.
49, 12 Sminwa ΝΡ they laud their
names i. e. of the rich. Prov. 20, 6
JFOM Wx Rp" they praise every one his
own goodness. A somewhat different
turn of this sense occurs in Is. 44, 5 πὶ
SP22 Hs Np" another lauds the name
of Jacob, i. e. follows and praises the
side or party of Jacob. #) 73 ΒΦΞ NIP
to call upon the name of God, to invoke
his name, i. e. ἴο praise, to celebrate, to
worship God, Gen. 4, 26. 12, 8. Ps. 79,

6. 105, 1. Is. 64, 6. Jer. 10,25. Zeph. 3,

9. Comp. " aor “317. Without 3,
we find "Ὁ be Nop id. Deut. 32, 3. Ps.
99, 6. Lam. 3, 55. Sometimes to call
upon the name of a divinity, is to implore
his aid, 1 K. 18, 24 sq.—A different sense
occurs in Ex. 33, 19, where God him-
self says: 928? Min ows “mx pt and J
will proclaim by name before thee, Jeho-
vah! sc. as present, i. e. in order that
thou mayest know that God indeed is
here, I will myself be the herald to an-
nounce my coming. Comp. Gen. 41, 43.
3. to call, i. 6. to name, fully > DY RIP
to call (give) a name to any one, Gr.

938

Nop

καλεῖν τινά τι Il. δ. 306. Od. 8. 550. §
Gen. 26, 18. Ruth 4, 17. Ps. 147,
Construed: a) With acc. of name

dat. of that to which the name is given,
Gen. 1,5 517 iN? ODN NIP. v. 8. 10.
31, 47. 1 Sam. 4, 21. Ruth 1, 20. 21. 18.
d) With two acc. Num, —

c) Oftener as follows: —
Gen. 4, 25 mY int-ry RPMI and she

47, 1. al. seepe.
32, 41. Is. 60, 18.

called his name Seth. v. 26. 5, 2. 3. 29.

11, 9. 19, 22. 27, 36. 29, 34. |
4. to read aloud before an assembly,

etc. to recite, (pr. from the signification

of crying or calling out, see no. 1. fin.)

with acc. of thing Ex. 24, 7. Josh. 8, 34.

35. 2 K. 23, 2; also "BD3 NIP to read in |

a book, i. e. what i is written in it, (comp.
3 ΠΡ to drink whatis in a vessel,) Neh. —
8, 8. "18. 9, 3. Jer. 36, 14 sq. Hab. 2, 2.

Often with the adjunct ἜΝ Ex. 1. Ca

Josh. 1. c. “B 332 Deut. 31, 11.—Hence
genr. to read Deut. 17, 19. 2K. δ, 7.19,

14, 22,8. Is. 29, 11.—Arab. is, Syr. ἵμ,
to read.

Nien. 8772 .1. to be called, i. 6, bid
to come, to he called together, convoked,
Esth. 3, 12. 8,9. Ἔ τῷ Np? the name
of any one is celebrated, becomes fa-
mous, Jer. 44, 26. Ruth 4, 14. ‘

2. to be called, i. e. named. Construed:
a) With dat. of pers. or thing to which
the name is given; Gen. 2, 23 ΓΝῚΡ
MEX RIP this shall be called Woman.
1 Sam. 9, 9. Is. 1, 26. 32, 5. 62, 4. 12.

b) With a double nominat. Zech. 8, 3

Tran any ὉΠ ΘΗ 5 MN Ip?) and Jerusalem
shall be called the city of truth. Is. 54, 5.
56,7. 6) With 0 added, Gen. 17,5 rs
DISN ἸΏ Θ ΤΩΝ Tid RIP no longer shall
thy name be called Abram. 35, 10. Deut.
25,10. Dan. 10,1. For this threefold
construction comp. in Kal no. 3.

The following phrases are also to be
noted: a) Ἐ nwa NP? to be called by
the name of any one, i. e. to be reckoned
to his family, tribe, etc. Is. 43, 7. 48, 1;
c. 5 Gen. 21, 12; and in like manner 59
bv, 48, 6 aN Ip ON OY ἘΦ they shall
be called after the name of their breth-
ren, i. e. shall be reckoned as belonging
to Ephraim and Manasseh, not as distinct
tribes, nor as sons of Jacob, Deut. 8:14.
Also with 72, Is. 48,2 5849p? wipn “372
i. 6. they call themselves from the holy

᾿.

Np

_ eity, inhabitants of it. £8) "20 S5p2
ΡΨ my name is called upon any thing,
i.e. my name is given to it, it is called
. mine, implying property, relation, etc.
Is. 4, 1. 2 Sam. 12,28. So of the people
of Israel, to whom the name of.God is
δ given, i. e. who are called the people of
_ God, Deut. 28, 10. Is. 63, 19. Jer. 14, 9.
_ Am. 9, 12. 2 Chr. 7,14; of the temple
1K. 8, 43. Jer. 7, 10. 11. 14. 30. 34, 15;
of Jerusalem. Dan. 9,18.19; of prophets
" Jer. 15, 16. Also with 5 id. Gen. 48, 16.
_ y) Further, to be called is often i. q. to
_ be, since men and things are called that
_ which they are, or at least seem to be;
e.g. Is. 1, 26 afterwards thou shalt be
called the city of righteousness, i. e. this
_ will be thy name because thou wilt be
so in reality. 9, 5. 30,7. 35, 8. 47, 1. 5.
_ 48,8. 56,7; comp. 4, 3.19, 18. See
- Comm. on Isaiah, Ill. p. 29. So Gr.
κεκλῆσϑαι 1}. 4.61. Od. 7. 313. Monk ad
Eurip. Hippolyt.2. Porson ad Pheeniss.
576.
3. to be read aloud, recited, Esth. 6,1;
¢. 3 ina book Neh. 13, 1.
; Pua nip, Part. c. suff. "89P2.
' 1. Pass. "of Kal no. 2. f, to be called,
chosen, Is. 48, 12.
2. to be called, named, Is. 65,1; often
Ὁ ΝῊΡ 48, 8. 58, 12. 61,3. 62, 2. Ez. 10,
_ 13. But see in Niph. no. 2. 7.
᾿ς Deriv. 83, XP, ΠΝ, ΚΡ.

ἘΠ S852 fat. s3p2 to encounter, to
meet any one, i.q. ΠΣ. The primary
idea is to strike upon, lo impinge or hit
against, comp. 239 ; like Gr. τυγχάνω pr.
to hit a mark. Its stronger signif. ap-
pearsin "7p a hostile encounter. Kindr.
roots are 22P, 1) whence ΠΡ, Gr. xv-

ρέω. Comp. Arab. 13 and 1,3.—Only

trop. c. acc. to encounter, to. assail any
one, as terror Job 4, 14; to befall, to
happen to any one, as evil, harm, Gen.
42,4. 38. Lev. 10,19. Is. 51,19. Jer. 13,
22; genr.Gen.49,1. Once without acc.
Ex. 1, 10.

Nien. to be encountered, to be met
with, to be found ; 6. g. by chance, i. q.
_to happen to be, 2 Sam. 1,6. 20,1. With
"25> to be found before any one, 6. g. of
things Deut. 22,6; of persons to meet,
to come to meet, 2 Sam. 18, 9; with by

939

ΞΡ y

id. Ex. 5,3. Trop. to come to pass, to
happen, Jer. 4, 20.

Hipu. to cause to happen or befall,
e. g. evil to any one, c. dupl. acc. Jer.
32, 23.

Nj}? Chald. fut. 82p2, once Mp
Dan. 5,7; part. pass. "Pp Ezra 4, 18. 23.

1. to cry, to call out, as a herald, Dan.
3, 4. 4, 11. 5, 7. ,

2. to read aloud, to recite, Ezra 4, 18.
23; to read Dan. 5, 8. 16. 17.

| NP see xP.

NP m. (r. 2p 1) 1. @ partridge,
pr. ‘ the crier, caller; so in German it
is said of the partridge, ‘das Rebhuhn
ruft;? comp. Kréahe from krahen, and the
Arab. Lbs Καιά, ie. a species of part-
ridge so called from its ery, see Burck-
hardt’s Travels in Syria p. 406.—1 Sam,
26, 20. Jer. 17, 11, in which last passage
there is an allusion to the fable of an-
cient naturalists, that the partridge

steals the eggs of other birds and sits

upon them; Epiphan. Physiol. 9.
2. Kore, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 9,19. 2 Chr.
31, 14. 8

RIP ἢ (τ. Nap IL) pr. noun of ac-
tion , encounter, meeting ; found only with
Ὁ prefixed, constr. ΝΡ contr. for
PSIp>, 6. suff. "MXIP>, ΒΌΝ ΠΡΟ, also
πον ΡΝ, and only as Preposition.

1. Pr. for encountering, for meeting,
i.e. to meet, towards, obviam, after verbs
of motion, as 92, &¥7, M>9; eithier in
a hostile sense Josh. 8, 14. Judg. 7, 24.
1 Sam. 4, 1. Job 39, 21. Ps. 35, 3. al.
sepe; or genr. Gen. 14, 17. 18, 2. 29,
13. 46, 29. Ex. 4, 27. 18, 7. al. sepe.
Pregn. after a verb of rest, where
however a verb of motion is implied ;
Gen. 19, 1 ΘΝ ΣΡ OP™ and he rose up
and went fo meet them. Judg. 19, 3
iPRIP? Maw he joyfully went to meet
him. 1 Sam. 16, 4. 21,2. Am.. 4, 12, |
Ps. 59, 5. Is. 14, 9. Josh. 11, 20.

2. over ἀδαΐως opposite to, Gen. 15,
10; in a hostile sense 1 Sam. 17, 21.

Σ᾿ ΞΡ and =" Zeph. 3, 2; inf.
ap, c. suff. 33» Deut. 20, 2, fem.
masp Ex. 36, 2; "fut. a1p", to draw
near, to come near, to approad Arab.

ys and Sy id.

Syr. po, Eth.

a 940

@CN id. The primary idea seems to
be that of striking upon, touching, reach-
ing to, comp. 333, 3}; kindr. therefore
with Sp II, nap —Constr. with 5x of
pers. Gen. 37, 18. 2 Sam. 20, 17. Jon. 1.
6; of thing and place Ex. 32, 19. Deut.
2, 37. Prov. 5,8. More rarely with ἘΣ
2K. 16,12; > Job 33, 22; 3 of place
Judg. 19,13. Ps. 91,10. Also accord-
ing to the context, c. 12 2 Sam. 20, 16;
Psp? 1 Sam. 17, 48; "p> Josh. 17, 4;
ban Deut. 2, 19, ete. Absol. Deut. 25,
11. Is. 41, 5. Ez. 9, 1.—Strictly only of
animated beings; but trop. also of time
Gen. 27, 41. Deut. 15, 9. Ez. 12, 23.
Lam. 4, 18; inf. c. 5 Gen. 47, 29.
Deut. 31,14. 1 K.2,1.—Spec. a) In
a hostile sense, to draw near for battle,
Ex. 14,20; with mamda-5x and mand:
Deut. 20, 2; 3n-bx Deut. 20, 10.
Josh. 8,5. Ὁ ds Ps. 27, 2; comp. Ps.
119, 150. See 3. Ὁ) Vice versa, in
kindness and good-will; 1 K. 2, 7 13 53
"D8 Aa Ip for so they came in kindness to
me. So God is said to draw near to
men, in affording help to the afflicted,
‘Ps. 69, 19. Lam. 3, 57. c) gp draw
near to God, "7 by: also before God,
"39962, Ex. 16, 9; with sacrifice Lev.
16, 1. 1 Sam. 14, 36. Ez. 40, 46; the
priests in their ministry Ez. 44, 15;
all those who come with pious hope and
confidence, Ps. 32,9. Zeph. 3, 2; comp.
- Ps. 119, 169. Often of those who take
part in sacred rites, Ex. 12, 48. Lev. 21,
17. 18. 22,3. Num. 17, 5. 2 K. 16, 12.
ἃ) πον τον ΞΡ to approach a woman
in conjugal intercourse, Gen. 20,4. Lev.
18, 14. Deut. 22, 14. Is. 8.3. Ez. 18, 6;

ubsol. Lev. 18, 6. 19. But~>x Aap |

M22 is said of a woman lying down to
a beast, Lev. 20,16. Arab. vy . Eth.

TPLZN id. Gr. πλησιάξζω, also πελάζω.
e) Is. 65,5 4728 2p come near to thy-
self, sc. and not to me, i. e. stand back,
approach me not; comp. Hiph. no. 2.

Nien. 1. i. q. Kal to come near, to
approach, Josh. 7, 14.

2. to be brought, pass. of Hiph. Ex.
22, 7.

Pie. ΞΡ 1. Causat. to bring near
or forth, to cause to approach, Hos. 7, 6.
Is. 41, 21. 46, 13; to oneself, i. e. to ad-
mit, to receive, Ps. 65, δ. Job 31, 37; to

ΖΡ

bring near to one another, to joi:
gether, Ez. 37, 17, where 3p isi
for 3}.

2. Intrans. and intensive, to be
near, c. > et infin. Ez. 36, 8.

Hien. 1. to bring near, to cause or
command to approach, e. g. person:
with > do any one Ex. 28, 1. 29, 4
Num. 8, 9. 10; times, to Bring dh Ex.
22,4; to admit to oneself, to give ac-
cess, Jer. 30, 21; of things, to bring to-
gether two things, to join, Is. 5, 8.--
Hence

2. to bring, to offer a gift Judg. 3, 18.
5, 25, Ps. 72, 10. Mal. 1, 8; espec. a sa-
crifive ofany kind Ex. 29, 3.10. Lev. 1...
13. 14, 3,3. 7. Num. 9, 13. al. seepiss. —
Sometimes there is added "9 "35> Lev.
3, 12. 12,7; mined 2 Chr. 35, 12. Ez.
44, 15. Sy Ty: bring a cause before ἃ
judge Deut. 1, 17.—Arab. ye Il, ba
offer.

3. With infin. and > to draw near to
doing any thing, to be near or about to
do, ὁ. M733 Is. 26, 17; sind Gen. 12,11;

absol. id. Ex. 14, 10. αν yl οὐδ

With 13, to bring away from one
place to ἀνδινον to remove, 2 K. 16,11
ΓΞ "38 MQ ΞΡ" and he removed
the brazen altar from the front of the
temple. Comp. 32 no. 3, where add
Sanser. dgam to approach and recede.

Deriv. 23P—j39P; 31. ΡῈ

Hh; ="P obsol. root, prob. i. 4. Arab.

Rie (rand 1 being interchanged) to
turn, to turn about ; mid. E, lo turn in-

-

side out, to invert, e. g. as the lip ;
the interior, inner part.—Hence 3>p.

a7? Chald. plur. 5p , to draw near,
to approach, Dan. 3, 26. 6, 13; 6. >2 to
any one Dan. 7, 16; > 6, 21.

Pa. to bring, to offer, Ezra 7, 17.

Apu. 1. to bring near Dan. 7, 13.

2. to bring, to offer. Ezra 6, 10. 17.

a? m. (τ. 22p I) Kamets impure,
encounter, battle, war, i. q. names,
2 Sam, 17, 11; elsewhere only in poetic
style, Ps. 55, 19. 22. 78, 9. 144, 1. Job 38,
23. Eee. 9, 18. Zech. 14, 3. Plur. ΤΡ

Ps. 68,31. Syr. Lope id.
27? Chald. m. id. Dan. 7, 21. In
Targg. often for Heb. mama. .

t ΨΦ
—eEE— Ee

ΞΡ 94]

32? m. adj. verbal (τ. 39p 1) plur.
ΞΡ. drawing nigh, approaching,
“Pout 20,3 1 Sam. 17, 41. 1 K. 5, 7.

δι τ 2) πα. (τ. 33} II) in pause 3p , 6. suff.
fap, plur. c. suff. "ΞΡ once Ps. 103, 1.
1. the midst, middle, inner part ; hende
with Prep. . a) 3273 in the midst of,
_ ‘tself almost a preposition, like Jina;
J 8. 5. 787 353 in the midst of the
4 dtand, i. e. in the land Gen. 45, 6. Ex. 8,
mts. Is. 7, 22. 10, 23; mish a7R3 in the
| middle of the streets Is. 5, 95. 23
ἱ 99320 among the Canaanites Judg. 1,
2, DSN ‘2 Gen. 24, 3, "ny “3 Deut. 18,
, 2 2, sad" 5 Ps. 36, 2. etc. Also after verbs
of motion, as M2m>2h 323 into the
_ midst of the battle 1 K. 20, 39; to pass
ΣΤ ΓΙ 323 through the miclet of the
_ camp Josh. 1,11. Of time, 0°34 2972
in the midst of (within) the years Hab.
3,2. Ὁ) ΞῚ 92 from the midst, after
verbs of taking away, removing, etc.
6.5. "OM, MID, "23, Ex. 31, 14. Lev.
17, 4. 10. Deut. 13, 6. Mic. 5, 9. al. seep.
_ 2. Spec. the interior of the body: a)
the bowels, intestines, e. g. of victims Ex.
29, 13. 22. Lev. 1, 13. 9,14. al. Also the
belly or ‘stomach Gen. 41, 21; the womb
Gen. 25, 22. Ὁ) the inner part of a per-
son, as the seat of life 1 K. 17, 21, and
of the mind Ps. 39,4. "223 within me
51, 12. 55, 5. Is. 16,11. 26,9. al. Hence
for the mind, heart, as the seat of
thought and affection, Gen. 18, 12. 1 K.
8, 28. Ps. 5, 10. 62, 5. 64, 7. Jer. 31, 33.

Δ, see in 2i9p-

map f. (τ. ΞΡ 1) constr. m34p, a
drawing near, approach, Ps. 73, 38. Is.
58, 2.

272 m. (r. ΞΡ 1) 6. art. in pause
72724 Ez. 40, 43 (comp. 72975 1 Sam.
13, 21), constr. ΞΡ, 6. suff. 1229p ; plur.
c. suff. once BF"2a7p Lev. 7, 38 (in other
copies DI"22"P), an offering, oblation,
sacrifice, either bloody or without blood,
either to be wholly burned or only in
part ; so Ez. 20, 28. 40, 43, but elsewhere
only in Leviticus and Numbers; e. g.
Lev. 1, 2. 8. 10. 14. 2,1. 4. 3,1. 2. 7,13.
22, 27. Num. 5, 15. 7,17 sq. 15, 4. 31,

50. al. Seer. 23p Hiph. no. 2. Comp.
κορβᾶν Mark 7, 11.—Chald. RR 2p,

_ BSyr. jisias , Arab. oss, id.

79*

ΠΡ

ἸΞῚΡ m. an offering, oblation, Neh.
10, 35. 13, 31.—R. 35P no. I.

np πῃ. an ave, c. suff. 2772p 1 Sam.
13,20. Plur. 5°277p v.21, and nizap
Ps. 74, 5. Jer. 46, 22, also ρον: with-
Ss we

out Dag. Judg. 9, 48. Arab. ΕΣ
Talmud. csp, id.—But Heb. 5: 0

prob. comes from the verbal Pi. ἘΞΡ,

ὦ»
a5; (the letter ἢ being inserted,)

from r. DIP in the primary signif. to
sharpen, to be sharp, comp. Bia, SOP. .
Another and softer form of the same
word would seem to be 31", where see,
and comp. the Arabic forms there quot-
ed.

“STOP fut. oop%, once nop as if X>
Dan. 10, 14, apoc. and conv. 9p" ; i. q.
sap IL

1. to meet, to go or come to meet any
one, in a hostile sense, c. acc. Deut. 25,
18. See Niph. and Ἢ.

2. to befall, to happen to any one, as
good or evil, Is. 41,22; with acc. of pers.
Gen. 42429. 1 Sam. 28,10. Esth. 4, 7.
6, 13. te. 2, 14. 9, 11; 6. > Dan. 10,
14. So Ruth 2, 3 roth ΠᾺΡ Ὁ Ὁ"
A> MWh lit. and her hap benied
upon a ‘part of the field belonging to
Boaz; Engl. Vers. well, her hap was to
light upon, etc.

Nien. 1. to meet, to fall in with, c.
>3, like Engl. to light upon any one,
Ex. 3,18, comp. 5, 3; >& Num. 23, 4. 16;

neip> v. 3; absol. Nass, 23, 15.

2. to be by chance, to happen, 2 Sam,
1,6. Comp. &%p II. Niph.

Pie. ΠΡ to lay beams or joists, con-
tignare, pr. to make them meet and fit
into each other, (comp. 7p ἃ beam,)
2 Chr. 34,11. Neh. 2,8. 3,3.6. Hence ©
to frame, to build, Ps. 104, 3.

Hire. 1. to cause to meet, to let hap-
pen to any one, c. "28> Gen. 27, 20. 24,

12 pint "25> ΣΕ κα ἼΣ let happen to me
this day sc. ‘what I seek, send me good
speed. ;

2. to make convenient, ready of access
e.g. cities of refuge convenient to flee
to, Num. 35, 11. .

Deriv. AIR, mip, ™P, TP, MAP
mpa, Tapa, and the pr. names mye
FEI, Nip.

περ

_ ΠῚ Chald. see r. 83p.

MIP £. (r. Mp) cold, Ps. 147, 17. Job
24,7. 37, 9. Prov. 25, 20. Nah. 3, 17.

ΤΡ m. (τ. MIP) hap, chance, acci-
dent. Deut. 23,11 Πρ m7p2 by rea-
son of accident by night, an euphemism
for nocturnal pollution. Soin Talmudic
the noun ™)p.

MP see Πρ.

IP m. adj. also 3 Ex. 12, 4. al.
(τ. 22p 1) c. suff. in4p, plur. ὈΠΞΊΤΡ, c.
suff. “Shp; fem. ΤΡ, ΠΞῚΡ Deut. 21,
3, plur. f miaap Ez. 22, 5; near, nigh,
spoken ;

a) Of place ; with >x of pers. Gen. 45,
10 958 31} Mh thou shalt be near unto
me. Ex. 12,4. Deut. 13,18. Josh. 9,16;
with >¥8 1K. 21,2. 51 9 a near
neighbour Prov. 27,10. Trop. near in
dignity Esth. 1, 14; in public relations
2 Sam. 19,43. Spec. God is said to be
near to men, when he affords them help,
Deut. 4, 7. Ps. 34, 19. 119, 151. 145, 18;
and vice versa the people of God, the
righteous, the priests, are said to be near
to God, Ps. 148, 14 (where 125" is i. q.
sine). Lev. 10, 3. Ez. 42, 13. 43, 19;
comp. 1 K. 8, 59.—Diff. is Jer. 12, 2
‘a7 DF"BS nme ΞΡ near art thou in
their mouth, but fer Srom their heart,
i. 6. they speak of thee always. Ps. 75, 2.

b) Of kindred, affinity; with >x Lev,
21, 2. 3. 25, 25. Num. 27,11. Deut. 21, 6;
> Ruth 2,20. Neh. 13, 4; 72 of com-
parison, uth ‘2s 12 "3% AMP nearer
cab With? suff ininp ig. > amp
‘one near to him, his kinsman, Ex. 32,

27. Ps. 15, 3; plur. 6. suff. "2i5p my.

kinsmen Ps, 38, 12. Job 19, 14. ‘Also
friends, i. e. paramours, Ez. 23, Ὁ. 12:
see r. 3} Kal lett. d.

c) Of time, i.e. «) near to come, im-
pending, as the day of Jehovah Is. 13, 6.
Joel 1, 15. 4,14; deliverance Is. 51, 5.
Ps. 85, 10; distress Ps. 22, 12. Fully
wind inp Is. 13, 22. 56,1. Jer. 48, 16.
Here too belongs Job 17,12 31} "δ
yun 3p. the light is not far from
darkness, will soon be merged in it;
comp. Lat. prope absum. Hence 513
in a near time, soon; Ez. 11,3 3i9pa xo
DMA MS is it not near, the building of
houses? i. e. soon we shall rebuild the

942

mop

houses ruined in the siege. So
after a near time, soon, shortly, Ez. 7,
Jer. 23, 23 (see in P'iN3) ; also Job 20,
the triumphing of the wicked is ΞΡ,
short, i. e. will shortly come to an end.
Arab. x33 yp soon, shortly. #) Of |
time just past ; hence 3192 in recent
times, newly, lately, Deut, 32, 17.

“TP fat. ρίαν. ὙΠ, imper. ἢ
“MP, pr. ἐο make smooth, see MIP ice;
spec. to make bald, to make a bald
place, Lev. 21, 5. Mic. 1, 16.—Hence by
softening the letters, comes the root M>3

q.v. Syr. wp. having no horns; Ara

@y
RES baldness.

Nipu. to be made bald, 6. > for any
one, e. g. the dead, Jer. 16, 6.

Η!ΡΗ. i. q. Kal Ez. 27, 31.

Hora. pass. Mp2 make bald, shorn,
Ez. 29, 18.

Deriv. ΠΡ ΠΡ.

TT? (bald-head) Kareah, pr. n, m.
2 K. 25, 23. Jer. 40,°8.

TTP m. (r. Mp) a bald-head, having
a bald spot on the crown or hinder part
of the head, different from M24 q. v. Lev.
13, 40. 2 Καὶ. 2, 23. Chald. mp id.

MP m. (τ. ΠῚ) in pause Mp.

1. ice, so called from its smoothness,
Job 6, 16. 37, 10. 38, 29. Hence cold,
Gen, 31, 40. Jer. 36, 30.

2. crystal, like Gr. κρύσταλλος, as’ re-
sembling ice, Ez.1,22. Chald. Ap id.

MIP πὰ. (τ. MIP) 1. ig. MIP no. 1,
ice ; poet. for hail, Ps. 147, 17.

2. Korah, pr.n. a) A son of Esau
Gen. 36, 5. 14. Ὁ) A son of Eliphaz,
also an Edomitish tribe descended from
him, ib. v. 16. c) A Levite, cousin of
Moses and Aaron, who conspired against
Moses, Ex. 6, 21. 24. Num. 16, 1 sq. 26,
9-11. Of thesame stock arethe M3p "23
the sons of Korah, the Korahites, a family
of Levites and singers in the time of
David (see "7P), to whom ten of the
Psalms are ascribed, Ps. 42-49. 84. 85.
87. 88. d) 1Chr. 2, 43.

TIMP £ (r. mp) once NIP Ez. 27,
31, baldness, a bald place. a) On the
crown or hinder part of the head, Lev.
21,5; as shorn in token of mourning

map

"Is. 3, 24. 15, 2. Jer. 47, 5. 48, 37. Ez. 7,
_ 18. al. b) On the front part of the
head, i. q. MM33, Deut. 14, 1.

0 WW? Korahite, patronym. from ΠΡ
no. 2. 6. Ex. 6, 24. Num. 26, 58. 1 Chr.
12,6. 26,1. Plur. ΠΡ 1 Chr. 9, 19.

ΓΙΤῚΡ f. (r. np) c. suff. inmp, i. q.
ΠΤ, baldness, bald spot on the crown
_ or hinder part of the head, Lev. 13, 42.
43. Trop. bareness, a thread-bare spot
on the wrong side of cloth, Lev. 13, 55.

“i? τὰ: (τ. TP) in pause “Pp , hostile
encounter Lev. 26, 28; and so in the
phrase ὩΣ "9p 42/1 to go into encounter
with any one, i. e. to walk contrary to
him, to oppose, to resist him, Lev. 26, 21.
23. "p23 id. v. 24. 27. 40. 41.

NP m. (r. xp 1) called, chosen, se-
lect, Num. 16,2; also Num. 1, 16 Cheth.

ANP a public crying, proclamation,
Jon. 3,2. R.x 1.

AMPS. (τ. MIP) a city, town, '. ᾳ. ἢ,
comp. MR; so called perh. from the
signif. ‘ to frame, to build,’ see the root in
Piel ; better perh. ‘a fortified place,’ as
resisting enemies, comp. in “Pp. With
a few exceptions (Deut. 2,36. 1 K.1, 41.
45), found only in the poetic style, Num.
21, 28. Is. 1, 21. 26. 22, 2. 25, 2. 26, 5.
32,13. Ps. 48, 3. Prov. 10, 15. Job 39, 7. al.

5

we a. αὐ. ὦ τ ~

o- 5.09
Syr.1p0, |kspo, Arab. Ky, x53, city,
also village.

Hence the following pr. names of
cities :

a) S298 Mm™P Gen. 23, 2. Josh. 15,
54. 20, 7; ο. art. y29Nn mp Neh. 11,
26; Kirjaih: Arba, i. e. the city of Arba,
oneof the Anakim (see 278), the ancient
name of Hebron, but still used in the
time of Nehemiah, Neh. I. c.

© b) 52a. mp (city of Baal) Kirjath-
_ Baal, the same city which is more usu-
ally cated pwaDt Mmp (see in lett. d),
Josh. 15, 60. 18,14.

c) Mzn-m Pp (city of streets) Kirjath-
huzoth, in Moab, Num. 22, 39.

dy omsr-np (city of forests) Kir-
jath-jearim, on the confines of Judah

and Benjamin Josh. 9, 17. 18; 15. Judg.
18, 12. 1 Sam. 6, 21; ¢c. art. OSs
Jer. 26, 20; cotitravred ΒΞ ΠΡ Ezra
2, 25. and ERE, mp Josh. ‘18, 28 ; else-

943

where also >92-n7™P see in lett. Ὁ.
Eusebius places it at nine Rom. miles
from Jerusalem towards Diospolis or
Lydda. Prob. the modern Kuryet el-
?Enab, three hours west of Jerusalem ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 334 sq.

6) M30-MN 4p (palm-city. comp. 272020)
Kirjath-sannah Josh. 15, 49, also called
“pon Pp (book-town) Kirjath-sepher,
in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 15. 16.
Judg. 1, 11. 12. The same city was
likewiae called "35 ᾳ v. Josh. 15, 15.
49. 9

f) D> MIP , see in lett. d.

g) pnp > (double city) Kirjathaim:
a) In the territory of Reuben Num. 32,
37. Josh. 13, 19; afterwards subject to
Moab Jer. 48, 1. 23. Ez. 25,9. Euse-
bius and Jerome speak of a place Ka-
ριάδα (Καριάϑα) Koreiatha, ten Roman
miles west of Medaba. #) In the tribe
of Naphtali, 1 Chr. 6, 61 [76]; else-
where jp.

MP and N™P Chald. a city, Ezra
4, 10 sq. ‘

MiP (cities) Kerioth, pr. n. of two
cities, one in the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 25; the other in Moab, Jer. 48, 24.
41. Am. 2, 2.

MIP, see in M79P lett. ὦ.

ΠΡ to overlay, ἰο ‘cover ; Syr. and
Chald. to overlay with metal. With
5», like other verbs of covering; Ez.
37, 6 -ἰρ pa >> "map 7] will cover you

with skin. Intrans. to be covered, fut.
pap", v. 8.
Ἶ 1 1. pr. prob. to strike, to push,

kindr. with 89p Il, ΠΡ, ΞΡ ; whence
2 horn, as the instrument of striking,

pushing. Eth. P42 to push with the

horn, also to assail; ®C% horn. The
primary syllable is "DP; comp. Sanser.
carnis, carngan, horn, sharp point, ¢iris
sharp point, all from gar to bore.

2. Denom. from 1Ὲ lett. 6, to emit
rays, to shine, e. g. the face of Moses
Ex. 34, 29. 30.35; Sept. δεδόξασται τὸ
πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ. π- λαα!. and Vulg. ab-
surdly, κερατώδης ἦν, cornuta erat. Hence
painters and sculptors often represent
Moses with horns.

Hipu. to have horns, pr. ‘ to shoot out
horns,’ Ps. 69, 32.—Hence

ΤΡ

ΤῊΡ f. in pause 72p, ὁ. suff. 4p; Du-
al pup, also D°27p (as if from IP)
Dan. 8, 3. 6. 20, constr. "39> used also
for plural; Plur. mi27p , constr. Τὴ) Ps.
75, 11 mostly in lett. c; a horn, as of an
ox, ram, see in r. 1 no. 1. Gen. 22, 13,
Deut. 33,17. Ps. 22, 22. Dan. 8, 5. 8. 9.
al. sep. Also of artificial horns 1 K. 22,
11. Zech. 2,1. 2. 4 [1, 18. 19. 21]. Meton.
for a flask, vessel, made of horn, comp.
Engl. drinking-horn, powder-horn, 1

Sam. 16, 1. 13. 1 K. 1, 39.g-Arab. we

horn, also point of a sword; Eth. C3,
Syr. 3:05, Chald. 8259p, horn.
see in τ. ὩΡ. Comp. Gr. κέρας, also
κέραυνος thunder-bolt, Lat. cornu, Goth.
haurns, whence Germ. and Engl. horn.

Metaph. α horn is put as the symbol
of strength, might, power, the image
being drawn from the bull and other
animals which push with their horns.
Jer. 48, 25 the horn of Moab is broken,
i. 6. her strength, might, is broken,
comp. Lam. 2, 3. Ps. 75,11. So God is
said ‘5 1 O79H Lo lift up, exalt, the horn
of any one, i. 6. to strengthen him, to in-
crease his power and dignity, Ps. 89, 18.
92,11. 148, 14. 1 Sam. 2, 10. Lam. 2,
17. Contra, to exalt the horn of God, i.q.
to praise, to.laud him, 1 Chr. 25, 5.
Hence "ἢ 127 my horn is lifted up,
exalled, i. e. my strength is augmented,
Iacquire new courage and spirit, Ps, 89,
25. 112, 9. 1 Sam. 2, 1. In the same
sense, Am. 6,13 D°2"p 32> MP? we have
taken to us horns. Vice versa, in a bad
sense 1239p 0°57 fo lift up one’s horn, i.e.
to be proud, Ps. 75, 5.6. Comp. Lat.

Sanscr.

cornua sumere, of those who place too’

much confidence in their own strength
and thus become overbearing; also Hor.
Od. 3. 21. 18 “addis cornua pauperi.”
A similar metaphor is in Job 16, 15, J
have thrust my horn into the dust, where
we should naturally say ‘my head.’ In
Ps. 18, 3 David calls God "382 jp the
horn μ᾿ my deliverance, i. 6. the instra-
ment, means of deliverance, the image
Ἔλα: drawn from animals which use
their horns as a defence. Ps. 132, 17
there (in Zion) will I make the horn of
David to sprout, i. e. will cause the
kingdom of David to flourish in power;

944,

ΥΡ
or rather, I will raise up to the house of
David a powerful offspring. Ez. 29, 21
Hence in prophetic vision, horns are, put
trop. for kings, powerful princes, D
7, 7. 24. 8, 8. 21—The same gene

metaphor exists in Syriac and Arabie*

see Bar Hebreus p. 516. Hariri Con
sess. 43. p. 498 ed. De Sacy. Comp. the

Arabic epithet of Alexander the Great,
ral > i. 6. bicornis, Kor. 18,85

os

sq. doubtless as the symbol of power,
might; so both Alexander and the Se- {

leucide are represented on coins with
horns, Curt. 4. 7.

From the resemblance toa horn came

also the following uses of TR.

a) a horn, as a wind instrument, ΠΟΥ,

net, trumpet, like Lat. cornu, Josh. 6, 5.
See di" no. 1.

b) 72 nimp horns of ivory, for ele-
phants’ teeth, by a common error, Ex.
27,15. So Plin. H. N. 18. 1 ‘eornua
elephanti et uri.” Eth. id.

6) M272 nip the horns of the altar,

i.e. the projecting points or risings, like |

horns, on the four corners of an altar,
γωνίαι κερατοειδεῖς Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 6;
which were to be smeared with the blood
of the victims Ex. 29, 12. Lev. 4, 7; and
which malefactors laid hold of as an
asylum 1 K. 1, 50. 2,28. So Ex. 27, 2.
30, 2. 3. 10. Lev. 4, 7. 8, 15. Ps. 118, 27.
Am. 3, 14. Jer. 17, 1. ἃ]. Similar orna-
ments are found upon the altars of the
Greeks and Egyptians.

d) horn for peak, summit of a hill or
mountain, Is. 5, 1. So Gr. κέρας, Lat.

$ o-

cornu, Arab. Ὡ 5. as in Kirn Sirtubeh,
Kirin Hattin, see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II. p. 257. III. p. 238. Comp. Germ.
Horn in the names of Swiss mountains,

4

eT

as Schreckhorn, Wetterhorn, Aarhorn. *

e) σαι, DUP, i. q. rays of light,
splendour, Hab. 3,4. So Arabian poets
compare the first rays of the rising sun
to horns ; and hence call the sun itself the

gazelle Uta comp. in M>*x p. 42.

ΤΡ Chald. ἢ emphat. x27p; Dual
7272p Dan. 7, 7, emph. 8229p 7, 8.

1. a horn, Dan. 7, 8. 20. 21. |

2. A wrted inotenraeiey horn, cornet
Dan. 3. 5. 7. 10. 15. 7, 7

a

ΠΡ

4 FAT ΤΡ (the paint-horn) Keren-hap-
puch, pr. ἢ. of one of Job’s daughters,
_ Job 42, 14.

_* oP to bend, to bow down, hence to
_ sink together, to collapse, i i. q. 32D in the
_ other member, Is.46,1. Sept. συνετρίβη,
ΟΜαϊσ. contritus est. Henne DIP. ῬΌ".

_ OF π΄. plur. D°o7p, constr. "op,
iL pr. a curve, joint, comp. Ὁ ; hence a
_ hook, tache, to which a loop or eye is
ἢ fitted, Ex. 26, 6. 11. 33. 35, 11. 36, 13. 18.
| 39, 33.

| Bp, see ὈΠῬ.

᾿ Sonp pr. diminut. from ὉΠ (see in
“ett. p. 499 ), a joint, small joint, espec.
the ankle, which also the Germans ex-
_ press by the diminutive Knéchel, comp.
Engl. knuckle. Dual c. suff. Ps. 18, 37
"DOIP 34372 δὲ my ankles do not waver,
i. e. my feet stand firm. 2 Sam. 22,
37. Vulg. tali. Comp. Targ. Ez. 47, 3.

Syr. #,500.—From this word, by con-
tracting the quadriliteral into a triliteral
form, is derived the Arab. Jy to walk
- unsteadily, to waddle, as if with weak

2 _ oF
ankles, comm. to limp; Jj3} a person
so walking, one weak in the ankles and
legs.
a. Pp fut. ΣΡ". 1. ἐδ rend, to rend
asunder ; kindr. with yp, Arab. υὸγϑ
_ to cut.—E. g. the garments in grief,
_ Gen. 37, 29. 34. Num. 14,6. 1 Sam. 4,
12. 2K. 5, 8. Ezra 9,3. Jer. 36, 24. Job
1,20; cushions Ez. 13, 21; a roll or book
with a knife Jer. 36, 23; to rend in pieces,
as a wild beast Hos. 13, 8; of God, to
rend the heavens Is. 63,19. Also >5p
8539p to rend in pieces 1 K. 11, 30;
p"sp> Pid. 2K. 2,12, ἼἸΞΞ ὉΡΣῸΣ Sp
to rend the eyes with paint, i. e. to dis-
tend the eyes and make them appear
large by painting them thickly with sti-
bium; see in 59D, 792. So Jer. 22, 14
s2ibn i> ΣΡ he rendeth himself windows
in the palace, i. 6. he makes many and

plur. ending, Lehrg. p. 523.
. 2. to tear off or away, to rend away,
ὁ. 72 Lev. 13,56; 532 Ez. 13,20. Trop.
¢. b32, 1 Sam. 15, 28 Jehovah hath rent
the kingdom of Israel from thee. 1 K.

94.5

large windows; the “-- in "215m being a

P"P
11, 11; "89 v. 12. 1 Sam. 28, 17; 92
1K. 14,8. Reflex. to rend oneself away
2 K. 17, 31.

3. Metaph. verbis proscindere, as in
Engl. to pull in pieces, i.e. to slander, to
backbite, Ps. 35,15. Arab. αι οὐ II, in-

crepuit, corripuit. Comp. 3p) no. 3.

Nipu. pass. to be rent, torn, of gar-
ments Ex. 28, 32. 39, 23. 1 Sam. 15, 27;
of an altar torn dowa ΚΕ. 19, 3. te
Hence

DP τῇ. plur. torn pieces of cloth
1K. 11, 80. 31. 2K. 2,12; rags Prov,
23, 21.

“YOR fat. plur.iz3p" 1. totearor cut
asunder, nearly i. q. kindr. 2p ; hence
to cut off to destroy, whence Vp de-
struction, and Chald. 7p piece.—Arab.

Uy to tear, to tear off; 3 Usy5 id. II,
to cut, to gnaw.

2. Spec. ‘to cut with the teeth,’ fo bite,
e.g. inthe phrases: a) D9naw ΥῈΡ lo
bite the lips, said of one plotting mis-
chief, Prov. 16, 30. b) 1 Ῥ Prov.
10, 10. Ps. 35, 19, and 573°33 Prov. 6, 13,
lit. to bite or pinch the eyes, i.e. to press
together the eyelids (in the manner of
biting the lips), to wink behind one’s
back; also a gesture of malice and mis-
chief-—Arab. υδϑχϑ to pinch, to nip off.
Comp. Nazar. 419 to pinch together the
eyelids.

Pua yp to be torn or broken off, to
be nipped. Job 33,6 "287DA “ASIP waha
I also am nipped from the ‘clay. the
image being drawn from a potter, who
pinches off a portion of clay from the
mass in order to form a vessel.

ΤΊΡ m. destruction Jer. 46, 20. R.
ΥῊ no. 1.

ΤῊ Chald. m. a piece, bit, Syr. ἕω;
see r. YP no. 1. Only in the phrase
“3 ΧΡ 92} 10 eat the pieces of any one,
q.d. to eat him up piecemeal, metaph. in
to slander, to accuse falsely, to inform
against ; as also in Lat. mordere, dente

carpere, dente rodere. Dan. 3, 8. 6, 25.
= . Ὁ

Syr. ἵν Sof id. Arab. es Ast
to eat one’s flesh, to slander.

YP P m. (r. “Ip Pilp.) 1. ἃ founda-
tion, bottom, i.q. Talm. ἜΑΡ id. fron

PP
the idea of digging, see the root Pilp.
and for the ἢ seas into 9, see lett. ".

Comp. Arab...

ken: a) Of the bottom of the sea, Am.
9,3. b) Of the tabernacle and temple,
floor, pavement, Num. 5, 17, 1K. 6, 15. 16.
80. 7,7 2pIpI 33) 2SpypN2 from floor
to floor, from the floor to the ceiling, i. e.
the walls or sides of the room from bot-
tom to top; not, as De Wette, ‘over the
whole floor.’

2. Karkaa, pr. n. of a place in the
south of Judah, Josh. 15, 3.

“PrP (foundation, τ. "4p Pilp. Arab.
ΣΦ ΚΣ level ground) Karkor, pr. n. of a

place beyond Jordan, Judg. 8, 10.

Ὰ "ΠΡ obsol. root, to be cold, cool.
Trop. to be cool, quiet. Chald. and Syr.

id. Arab, 19 id. Comp. χρύος.
Deriv. "2, ἽΡ, MIP, MP2.

WAP obsol. root, kindr. with ὥστ,

to cut, to cut wp or in pieces. So Arab.

a according to the Camoos p. 823,
>. —Hence

ing m. in pause Sp, c. suff. AHP
Ez. 27,6; plur. D°Y3p, constr. "S4p ;
a board, plank, Ex. 26, 15 sq. 335, Ἢ,
36, 20 sq. Num. 3, 36. 4, 31. Collect.
henches banks, of a ship Ez. 27, 6.

MIP f(r. 2p, as MOD from MO) in
pause MP, a city, i. q. mp, but less
frequent, Job 29, 7. Prov. 8. 3. 9, 3. 14.
11,11. Chald. mp id. Thiaword is also
meéperved in the names of Carthaginian
and Syrian cities, as Cirta (ἈΠ), Ti-
granocerta, etc. and on the Phenician-
Sicilian coins struck at Panormus; see
Monumm. Phen. p. 288, 291. Tab. 38.

MNP (city, τ. Mp) Kartah, pr. n. of
a place in Zebulun, Sout. 21, 34.

JEP (double city, old dual form from
mp) Kartan, pr. n. of acity in Naphtali,
Josh. 21, 32 ; Sec hore o°msp, see in
mnp lett. g. 6.

“Twp obsol. root, perh. i. q. mop
II, and Arab. Las, to take off the bark
by turning ; then to turn, and genr. to
‘round off, to bring into a round form.
Hence mop, also

3 level ground. Spo-

946

"understand by it a lamb, a sense wh

. ‘wwp
MP and mp, only plur. mivp Ex.
37, 16, cstr. Mivp Num. 4,7,c. suff.

Ex. 25, 29, bowls, cups, for libatic as
Sept. onovlite. Chald, MOP, myer; d.

" nwp obsol, root, prob. to weigh, to
weigh out ; whence the notion of ey ity,
justice, asin kindr.wp. Arab. LawS to
be just, pr. to weigh out justly, with even

scales } whence δ: ἃ measure, ἃ por-
tion measured out, ἃ “balance. —Hence Ὶ

ΓΟ £ Gen. 33, 19. Josh. 24, 22,
Job 42, 11, pr. something weighed out ;—
hence as the name ofa certain weight,
Kesitah, (comp. >pY, 722,) espéc. οὔ
gold and silver, by which, as also by the
shekel, money was estimated in the time
of the Patriarcha. It was heavier than
the shekel, and contained indeed about
four shekels, as appears from a compari- |
son of the passages Gen. 33, 19 and 23,
16. According to Rabbi Akiba, in a
later age a certain coin in Africa was
called Aesita ; see in Rosh hash-shana
c. 3. fol. 26. a.—Most of the ancient intpp.
ich ᾿
has no support either fron etymology —
or in the kindred dialects, nor is it in
accordance with the patriarchal usages;
since in their age merchandise was no
longer usually exchanged, but actual
sales were conimon for money either by
weight or by tale, comp. Gen. 23, 16. 47,
16; see Bochart’s triumphant remarks
(Hieroz. I. p. 433-37) against F. Span-
heim in Hist. Jobi, Opp. III. p. 84.—The
coin bearing the figure of a lamb, in
which Minter thought he had found the
Kesita, (Progr. in Danish on the Kesita,
Copen. 1824,) is undoubtedly a coin of
Cyprus, the money of which bore that
image. See Thesaur, p. 1241.

mupep ἢ (τ. wep) plur. oepip
1 Sam. 17, 5, 6. suff. ΠΟΘ ΡῺΡ Ez. 29,43
a scale, Lev. 11, 9. 10. 12. Deut. 14, 9,
10. 1 Sam. 17, 5 πο ῸΡ vim a har
ness of scales, a scaled coat of mail, con-
sisting of small plates like scales.

wwp obsol. root, prob. to strip off
bark, scales, ete. to scale off ; like Arab.
Lis, comp. Heb. πὸ and mee be

Comp. also Arab. γ᾿ whence ὑὸς

bark, a scale.

ee

ni. <' o.oo

grain, partly as left standing if the
fields, stubble, Ez. 5, 12; which then
were sometimes burnt over, Ex. 15, 7.
Is. 5, 24. 47, 14. Joel 2,5. Nah. 1, 10. Ob.
18; λ ‘end partly as broken up in treading
out the grain and so separated by venti-
Tation, chaff, e. g. 572 UP Is. 41,2; wp
‘"ai> Jer. 13, 24; also Job 13, 25. 41, 30
[38]. Is. 40, 24. Ps. 83, 24.

NUP obsol. root, to be hard, heavy,
difficult, like mp I.—Hence

NWP, only in plur. ΒΝ 0, cucum-
~G ~-?)
bers, Num. 11, 5. Arab. 8Lig, 2s,

Chald. "wp, Syr. “2.4, ἕω; whence
cumis chate Linn. By transpos. Gr.
᾿σικυός, σικύα. The Talmudists rightly
_refer the origin of the name to its hard-
ness and difficulty of digestion, from r.
RWP; comp. Plin. H. N. 19.5. On the
cucumbers of Egypt, see Abdollat. ed.
De Sacy p. 34, 125. Forskal. Flora
ΖΕ ρσγρι. p. 169. Celsii Hierob. II. p. 249.
— Denom. ΠΩ II.

*3UP fat. sup" to attend to any
_ thing, 6. g. of the ear, ¢o listen, to heark-
en, once in Kal, Is, 32, 3—The primary
idea seems to be that of sharpening, so
that 3p may be nearly i. q. ΞΖ ; comp.
in Engl. to point or prick up the ears, a
figure drawn from animals ; comp. under
its I. p. 29,
’ Hipu. with ji&, 6. g. 133% ΞΡ pr.
‘to point one’s ear,’ i. 6. to attend, to

_hearken, Ps. 10,17. Prov. 2,2. Without

i348 id. c. 58 Ps. 142, 7. Neh. 9, 34; 59

Prov. 17,4, 29, 12; Ὁ Ps. 5, 3. Is. 48,

18; 3 Ps. 66,19; acc. Job 13, 6. Ps. 61,

2; absol. Is. 10, 30. 28, 23. al. sep. Of

God, i. q. to hear and answer, Ps. 5, 3.
17,1. 61,2; of man also, i. q. to hear and
cyst Sam. 15, 22. Is. 48, 18. Jer. 23, 18.
Deriv. the three blisering.

BP adj. only fem. navip, attentive, of
the ear, Neh. 1, 6. 11.

᾿
4
|
Ι - ae adj. id. only plur. fem. τ ΞΘ, of
the e ears Ps, 130, 2. 2 Chr. 6, 40. 7, 15.
4

q 2UP m. (r. 2upP) in pause 30p, at-
tention, heed, 15. 21, 7 “21 38p sph
ἣ gid he hearkened heedfully with much

is 947
op τῇ, (τ. WwpP) straw, the dry halm .

went heed with her in the birth.

πῶρ

heed,’ i.e. with the greatest possiblé at-
tention. 1 K. 18, 29. 2 K. 4, 31.

“Ts mDp fut. MBP". conv. BP.

1. to be hard, harsh, 6. g. of words
2 Sam. 19, 44, Arab. Lud id. Syr.
ap to harden.

2. to be hard, severe, vehement, of
punishment from God 1 Sam. 5,7; of
wrath Gen. 49, 7.

3. to be hard, difficult, Deut. 1, 17.
15, 18.

Nip. part. πῦρ, hard bestead,
harshly oppressed, Is. 8, 21. Comp.
βαρούμενοι, 2 Cor. 5, 4.

Piet fut. conv. wpm. Gen. 35, 16

Ἐπ 123 wpm she had hard labour, it
In v.
17 Hiph. stands in the same phrase.

Ηιρη. πῶρτι, fat. πῶ, conv. pr.

1. to harden, to make hard, e. g. a)
The neck, 92>, i. e. to be stiff-necked,
stubborn, Deut. 10, 16. 2 K. 17, 14. 2Chr.
30, 8. Neh. 9,29. Jer. 7, 26. Prov. 29,1;
without Ὁ» id. Job 9, 4. b) With 3,
to harden the heart of any one, i. 6. to
make him obdurate, wilful, perverse, Ex.
7,3. Deut. 2, 30; 25 ‘nm to harden one’s
own heart Ps. 95, 8. Prov. 28, 14.

2. to make heavy, burdensome, e. g. a
yoke 1 K. 12, 4.

3. to make hard, difficult. 2K. 2, 10
PINGS MPM thou hast made hard in
asking, i. 6. thou hast asked a hard thing.
Ex. 13, 15 2Mbw> Fs qp mpm Ἢ. when
Pharaoh made it hard to let us go, would
hardly dismiss us.

Deriv. HYP , "Up, and the pr.n. fi7Up.

pa | Dp i. ᾳ. Arab. Lis, to strip

off the bark, espec. by turning ; hence to
turn, to bring into a round form; comp.
ΠΡ .”

Deriv. ΠΡ, nvpa.

MUP τὰ. adj. (τ. πιῶ 1) constr. ΓΙ,
plur. O°wP; fem. Hep, constr. nwp,
plur. mip.

1. hard, harsh, spoken of hard bond-
age Ex. 1, 14. 6. 9. 1 K. 12, 4; of harsh
words Gen. 42, 7. 30. 1Sam. 20, 10. 1 K.
12, 13. 14,6; of men, hard, churlish,
stern, 1 Sam. 25, 3: Is. 19, 4.—Spec.
a) Of the neck, stiff, unyielding, obsti-
nate, Deut. 31,,27. Hence 97% nip
stiff-necked, i. 6. stubborn, rebellious, Ex.

swip
32, 9. 33, 3. 5. Deut. 9, 6. 13; 3> nup
hard-hearted, stubborn, Ez. 3, 7; TWP
p25 Aard- faced, 1. 6. ὑπ μιδονα ἢ impu-
dent, Ez. 2,4; simpl. mvp id. stubborn,
obstinate, is 48, 4. MOp WII a stubborn
way, obstinate τὴν Judg. 23, 19. δ) Of
a hard and Waveree lot, Ps. 60, 5. Job 30,
2507 ΠῸΡ whose day is hard, i.e. his
life or lot. Is. 21,2 Hep main a hard
' vision, 1. 6. inniunclag adverse things.

c) In a good sense, firm, fixed, once of .

love Cant. 8, 6.
2. hard, stern, severe, Judg. 4, 24. Is.
27, 1—Spec. a) πὴ Mvp severe in
spirit, sad, sorrowful, 1 Sam. 1,15. Ὁ)
severe, vehement, strong, of a wind Is. 27,
8; a battle 2 Sam. 2, 17.
i. e. strong, in authority and power, 2
Sam. 3, 39.

3. hard, difficult, Ex. 18, 26.

DWP Chald. m. truth, i. gq. Heb. vip,
Dan. 4, 34. ὈΣΡ 2 of a truth, i. 6.
truly, Dan. 2, 47.

if mop in Kal not used, Arab.

i. gq. πῦρ 1, Ls, to be hard. Comp.
mpx Il, i. gq. ΠΕΣ.
Hiew. 1. tohardenthe heart Is. 63, 17.
2. to treat harshly, as the ostrich her
young, Job 39, 16.

P OwWpP obsol. root, i. ᾳ. bP, Arab.
Lowwd, pr. to weigh out justly ; hence to
be just, upright, true. In Heb. this root
takes the sense of truth ; that of justice
>eing expressed by p3¥ .—Hence

OUP τὰ. truth, Prov. 22, 21. Chald.
pitip g.v. xuvinp, Syr. [ees id. the
letters Ὁ and Ὁ being interchanged.

_ OUP m. ἅπαξ λεγόμ. Ps. 60, 6, a bor,

. gq. Chald. ΝΡ for ΩΡ, Heb.
nee see Targ. Ps. 61, 4. Esth. 1, 3.
So Sept. Symm. Peshito. For this
change of M into Ὦ, see in muUp.
{Others truth, i. q. BWP, and this is
preferable.—R.

DUP, see vivip.

“WP m. (τ. np 1) hardness of heart,
stubbornness, Deut. 9, 27.

{PMP (hardness, r. πῶρ 1) Kishion,

pr. n. of a place in Issachar, Josh. 19, 20.

21, 28; called in 1 Chr. 6, 57 ΘῊΡ q. v.
lett. c.

948 “wp a

c) hard, °

*"OP fat. “BR? 1. to bind, lo le
corresponding is Aram. ho, “DP, see

in "2p Il; Eth. P&Z to bind with
cordlas Constr, with ace mint Ἐξ, to bind
or tie one thing upon another, Gen. 38
28. Prov. 3,3. 6,21. 7, 3; acc. and 2 Job

39, 10 [13]. Josh. 2,18. With dat. add-
ed, Job 40, 29 wilt thou bind him for thy
maidens? i. e. that they may play with
him. Metaph. c.3, Prov. 22, 5. Gen.
44, 30 523 ποθ ἼΘΕΣ hig soul is
bound to his (the child’s) soul, i.e. the
father is bound to the child bythe strong-
est love ; comp. Niph. 1 Sam. 18, 1.

2. to conspire, pr. ‘ to bind oneself to-

gether with others, Neh. 4, 2; with
>> against any one, 1 Sam. 22, 8. 1K.
15,27. 16,9. 16. 2K. 10, 9. al. Fully

“tR “Op, see in “WR. Part. ρίαν.

Dm" UP conspirators 2 Sam. 15, 31. 2K.

21, 94.

compact and firm, strong,

3. Part. pass. "3p, bound, hence
robust, Gen. |

30, 42.—T his transition from the idea of |

binding to that of strength, see also in
PIn no. 3, 53m no. 5.

Nipu.
1 Sam. 18, 1; comp. Gen. 44, 80,

1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, metaph. :

2. to be bound or fastened together |

e. g. the portions of a wall, and henee

to be completed, Neh. 3, 38 [4, 6].

Piet 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to bind, Joh
38, 31.

2. to bind upon oneself, in the manner

of a girdle, c. ace. Is. 49, 18 Np pe

mbD> thou shalt bind them on thee as a
bride bindeth on her girdle; in the
other member it is: thou shalt put them
on as an ornament.

PuaL part. Mint pe the strong cattle
Gen. 30, 41; see Kal no. 3.

reap. q. Kal no. 2, ο. > 2 K. 9, 14,
2 Chr. 24, 25. 26.

Deriv. “8p, Dep.

“ZP m. (τ. WP no. 2) in pause “tp |

c. suff. UP, a conspiracy, 2 K. 11, 14.
Is. 8, 12. ‘by “Up WP to make a con-
spiracy against any one 2 K. 12, 21. 14,
19. 15, 30.

Dep m. plur. girdles, belts, as a fe-
male ornament, espec. of a bride (comp.
Is. 49, 18), Jer. 2, 32. Is. 3,20. Comp
“WP no. 2.

|

|

wep
‘ ¢ Wp 1.
Arab.
tip stubble.

to be dry, as a plant.

2. Denom. from Up, to gather straw

or stubble, see Po. Hence genr. to col-
lect, to gather, imperat. Zeph. 2,1; see
Hithpo.

Po. wp to collect, to gather straw or
stubble, Ex. δ, 7.12; wood Num. 15, 32.
$3. 1 K. 17, 10. 12.

Hirapo. metaph. fo collect oneself, i.e.
to collect one’s thoughts, to look into
one’s own mind, to prove oneself; Zeph.
2, 1 Wips ἘΦ ΡΤ collect (examine)
your own selves and be ye collected. Kal

and Hithpo. are here coupled for em-—

phasis ; comp. Is. 29, 9.
* Deriv. Sp.

MOP (τ. wip..as mpy from ΤΆΤ. AM?
from 132) in pause NYP, c. suff. "NWP ;
plur. ninvp, constr. ninwp, sninwp
Dag. euphonic ; comm. gend. pr. fem.
Is. 21, 15. Job 20, 24; but, the etymo-
logy being neglected, also masc. 2 Sam.

1, 22. Ez. 1,28; α bow. Arab. wo,

Eth. Pit, Syr. ἴδια, id. But the
origin of the Τὸ servile being by degrees
neglected, it was regarded as a radical

and changed to ©; as Arab. olbns
bow; Syr. 4.4.52] to shoot with a bow,
Chald. τὸ id. sewap bow.—E. g.
a) @ bow for shooting arrows Gen. 21,
16. Is. 13, 18. Job 20, 24. al. sepe. “ja

᾿ς Resh, the twentieth letter of the He-
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting
200. The name 87 i. ᾳ. Chald. Ux

Band Heb. wn, denotes head, and refers

to the figure of this letter in the Pheni-

cian. alphabet (4 ), from which by in-

-yerting its head is derived the figure of

‘the Greek “Pa. See Monumm. Phen.

op. 44.

_ This letter has affinity : a) With
the other liquids, and.as being the hard-
est of the liquids, it is sometimes inter-

80

yes id. Kindr. is in .—Hence

949 2

ΩΡ the son of a bow, i.e. an arrow, Job
41,30. To bend a bow is expressed by
the verbs 782, PY2, ὉΠ), espec. 773
q-v. Toshoot wilh a bow, see the verbs _
ma, 732 Kal and Hiph.~ Meton. the»
word bow is put: oa) For bowmen,
archers, MUP 7375, Is. 21, 17. 22, 3. Ps.
78, 57 where M2029 MBP are deceitful

_ archers, who feign flight in order to de- _

ceive. Comp. "ΞΡ of reapers.

8) the

- song of the bow 2 Sam. 1, 18, i. e. the

lament of David over Saul and Jona-
than, in which there is mention of a bow
in v. 22. On this mode of inscribing
poems and books, so common among
oriental writers, see Jones de Poési
Asiat. p. 269. Comment. on Is. 22, 1.—
Metaph. a bow is also the symbol οἵ
strength and power ; hence fo break the
bow of any one, i. q. to take away his
strength, to destroy his power, Hos. 1,
5. Jer. 49, 35; also wee versa, Job 29,
20 my bow is strengthened in my hand,
i. e. I wax stronger and stronger. Gen,
49, 24.

b) a rainbow, iris, Gr. τόξον, Gen. 9.
13. 14. 16. Ez. 1, 28.

MBP m. (denom. fr. mvp) a bowman,
an archer, Gen. 21, 20. Syr. [lao id.

riMNp obsol. root ; Arab. Lis to serve,
to be a domestic. Hence pr. ἢ. ΣΡ".

OAMP Chald. m. everywhere in Keri
for ὉΠ Ρ cithara, harp, lyre, q. v. Dan.
3,5.7.10. This latter is the more usual
form in the Targurns.

changed with > and 3, see p. 499, 635.
b) With the guttural >, as being partly
pronounced in the throat, p. 738. ὁ) It
is interchanged with the sibilants, espec.
τῷ comp. P32 and pt3 to emit teh ; Arab.

ΡΞ and ὌΝ, also ὃ) and Ρ) to muz-

zle, = and γὲ to be proud; also ὉΠ

and tom. See also the paronomasia in
the words }i9" and jim Ez. 7, 13.
It is further to be noted, that, instead _

mie

of doubling a letter, the simple letter is
sometimes written with ἢ inserted be-
fore it, especially in Arameean and the
later Hebrew. Thus&0®2, ΟΠ]. ἈΞ,
‘throne ; py7as, in Chr. pean, Denar
cus; 59 quadrilit. from Pi. >2> to
bind ; also non, ὉΠ, o"ps wv. In the
same way are to be explained: ΡΞ
sceptre i. ᾳ. D2, Chald. 837795 cubit
i. q. 704, arising from such forms as
pau, 123, although these forms are
not elsewhere extant.

* FIN") inf absol. HRI, IND Gen. 26,
28 ; inf. constr. Mk9 Gen. 48, 11, once
mixa (like O87) Ez. 28, 17, usually
Pans ; fat. ANT, apoc. NI}, convers.
δ. 5], rarely aE 1 Sam. 17, 42. 2 K.
5, ‘21; ; in the other PRTEAGE Sn, SIA,
RINT:

1. to see, to look, generally ; Arab. ots )

id. It corresponds to Gr, dgaw, as 337
to Gr. sidw, Lat. video. Constr. with
acc. very often, rarely with dat. Ps. 64,
6; and with two acc. Gen. 7, 1 AMR
ΓΝ "Mw thee have I seen righteous ;
with "> before a whole sentence, e. g.
Gen. 6, 5 DIN M33 M27 7D Nin RW.
28, 6. 29,31. 38,14; also by antiphone-
sis [attraction] Gen. 1, 4 Dwrt>N Sah
aio 5D. ΝΠ, 6, 2. Ex. 2,2; with 3
interrogative, whether, Ex. 4, 18. Also
with mn thus: Gen. 8, 1335 HE} δὲ "151
af he looked, and behold ! 18, 2, 19,

. Lev. 13, 20, 14, 3. al. With acc.
fy Ps. 40, 13 my punishments... .%>
misa "m5" J cannot see them all, i. 6.
cannot take in the multitude of them at
a view. 40, 4 AN 3"*) O°D) ANT many
saw (my deliverance) and feared ; comp.
the same paronomasia Ps. 52, 8. Job 6,
21. Often ascribed to the eye, Job 13,
1. 28, 10. Is. 29, 18. 33, 20. al.—Spec.
a) to see the face of any one, e. g. of
God, see in 0°28 no. 1. ἢ.

b) Absol. to see is put for to enjoy the
light, to live, Gr. βλέπειν ; more fully to
see the sun Ecc. 7,11, to see light Ps.
49,20; comp. Gr. ζώειν καὶ δρᾷν φάος
᾿Ηελίοιο Hom. in later writers simpl.
ὁρᾷν. In the same sense, to see Jehovah
in the land of the living Is. 38,11. Thus
also is to be understood the difficult
passage in Gen. 16, 13, "™s9 b> Dan
"xa "my do J then here see (i. e. live)

950

-

ΓΝ Ἢ y

after the vision of God, i.e. after having
seen God ? |

c) to see in vision, i. 6. to be ric
of God in visions, as the prophets, Is. 30,
10; comp. 29,10. Hence part. Γδ Ἢ q. ν.
a seer, prophet, ΓΝ vision. Comp.
Mim no. 2.

"2, to see, i. e. to look at, to diew, to be-
| hold, with intention, purposely; c. acc.
Gen. 11,5 and Jehovah came down 87>
“sim. Lev. 13, 3.5.17. 1K. 9, 12.
With 3 Gen. 34,1 payn nia nix
to see the daughters of the land. Judg.
16, 27. Ez. 21, 26 [21] 73323 ANT to in-
spect the liver: Ece. 1], 4 5°333 AN he
that vieweth the clouds. 3,22. Cant. 6,
11.—But Ecc. 12, 3 mis Na miss tie
those looking out at the windows. Jer.
18,17 I will look upon them with the back
and not with the face, i. e. will turn my
back upon them. ‘With 9 and inf. Is.
18, 3 behold ye, how ge lifteth up an en-
sign on the mountains.—Spec. |

a) tolook upon with delight, togazeai,.
to gloat upon ; comp. Engl. ‘ to feast the.
eyes upon.’ Prov. 23, 31 look not upon
the wine when it blushes. Is. 53, 2. Eee.
7,13. Usually with 3, (comp. 2 B, 4.
a,) Job 3, 9. 20, 17. Is. 66, 5. Ps. 106,5,
very often of the joy felt at the destrue-
tion of one’s enemies, Ps. 54, 9 “2 ΝΣ
"29> ΓΤ mine eye hath looked (with
delight) upon mine enemies, i. 6. on their
destruction. 22, 18, 37, 34. 112, 8. 118
7. Obad. 12. — Contrsriwise

b) to look upon with pain, to behold ie
thing painful or afflictive; c. 3, Ge
21, 16 3 mina my N-by let me uae
look upon ‘the death of the child: 44, 34.
Ex. 2, 11. Num. 11, 15. Esth. 8, 6.

c) to look upon with disdatn, q. d. to
look down upon any one, comp. καταφρο-
γέω to contemn; Job 41, 26 ΠΡ 59 MN
oN" he looketh (down) upon all high

things, with contempt, as if he himself

were higher than all. Comp. Cant.
1, 6 MAA INS “px wR look not
(diedetinfully) wpon me because Iam
dark.

d) to behold, to regard, to have respect
to; Is. 26, 10 inn maga my ND he
regardeth not the majesty of Jehovah
Espec. of God as looking upon affliction
and removing it; Ex. 4, 31 “MX ANID |

. 0939 that he had looked upon their afflie-

AN

tion. Ps. 9,14. 25, 18. 31,8. 2K. 14,
26; also c. 3 Gen. 29, 32. 1 Sam. 1, 11.
‘Ps. 106, 44. "Followed by a clause Ecc.
a, 14 in the day of adversity 48" consi-
der this: God hath set, etc.

e) to see to any thing, to look after, to
take care of, i. q. 233 no. 1. Ὁ. 1K. 12, 16
SIT FMS AN see to thine own house,
David! Gen. 29, 23 the prefect of the
prison saw to nothing that was under
Joseph’s hand. Is. 22, 11. Ps. 37, 37
7} AND see 10 uprightness, ἷ, 6. take
‘care to practise it.

f) 15 Ax to look out any thing for one-
self, i. e. to provide, to choose out. Gen.
22,8 God will provide for himself a lamb
for a burnt-offering ; v.14 and Abraham
called the name of that place (Moriah),
ARI Min? Jehovah will provide, i. q.
TNT, contr. ΓΝ 2 q. v. comp. Niph. no.
3. Deut. 33, 21 15 τον" NI" he chose
out the first ‘for himself, i. e. the best.
1 Sam. 16,1.17. Dat. omitted, Gen. 41,
33. Deut. 12, 13. Part. "485 chosen,
selected, Esth. 2, 9. Comp. Tob. 12, 1
ὅρα, τέκνον, μισϑὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ.

g) to go to see, to visit any one, in order
to pay one’s respects «and salutations,

2 Sam. 13, 5. 2K. 8, 29. 2 Chr. 22, 6..

More fully in the construction “MX 7x7
‘p οἵρ Gen. 37, 14; comp. > pid be).
h) With dx το look unto any one, as ex-
pecting help from him, Is. 17, 7; with
>» to look upon any one, as shout to cone
sider and judge his case, Ex. 5, 21.
i) With 2, to look upon as, to regard
as any thing; Judg. 9, 36 thou lookest
upon the shadow of the mountains as men.
k) With 72 of pers. pregn. q. d. to see
and learn from ; Judg. 7,17 489% 737372
see and learn from me, do as ye see me do.
1) Trop. to look at any thing, 1. 6. to
have in view, to aim at; Gen. 20, 10
what hadst thou in view, that thou
shouldst do this thing 2
_ 3. Not unfrequently the Hebrews, like
the Greeks and others, employ the word
_to see (8%) of things which we per-
ceive, not by the eyes, but in some other
way, viz.
_. a) By the other senses, 6. g. by the
hearing, Gen. 2, 19 ioxp a Mint
to see what he would call them. 42, 1.
Ser. 33,24; by the touch Is. 44, 16 "M°8"
i ἫΝ I perceive the fire, feel the heat.—

951

me

So Gr. δράω, see Brunck ad Soph. Gd,
Col. 138. Lat: video, Virg. Ain. 4, 49.
Hor. Sat. 2. 8. 77.

b) Of what we perceive, experience,
enjoy, through the medium of the vital
principle, the animal spirit, life, anima,
Heb. Ubi q.v. no. 2. Εἰ. g. to see life
Ecc. 9, 9; to. see death Ps. 89, 49, comp.
ἰδεῖν ϑάνατον Heb. 11, 5; and in the
same sense 10 see the pit, the grave, Ps. 16,
10. 49,10. Also to see sleep, Ecc. 8, 16,
comp. Terent. Heautontim. 3. 1. 82; to
see famine Jer. 5, 12; to see good, bona
videre (Cic. Mil. 28), i. e. to enjoy the
good things of life, Ps. 34, 13. Ece. 3, 13.
6,6; also 3103 AN Jer. 29, 32. Mic. 7,
9. Ecc. 2,1. Vice versa to see affliction
Lam. 3, 1; to see evil Prov. 27, 12. Jer.
44, 17; ΚΣ 373 ΓΝ Obad. 13. Comp.
ὁρᾷν δεν Tob. 4, 4,

c) Of what we perceive with the mind,
rational soul, animus, 233 ; hence i. q. to
perceive, to understand, to learn, to know,
Gen. 3, 6. Ece. 1,16 9722F Haq τ Ἢ 72>
my heart hath learned great wisdom.
2, 12. Jer. 2, 31. 20,12. 1 Sam. 24, 12.
1K. 10,4. Often spoken of those things
which we learn by the experience of
life; Is. 40,5 all flesh shall see (under-
stand, know) that Jehovah hath spoken.
Job 4,8 ΠΝ WLRD as 7 have seen, ex-
perienced. Ecc. 7,15. 13 πλλ 10 dis-
cern between, to distinguish, Mal. 3, 18.

Nips. A873, fut. ONT, apoc. 8.

Ae to be seen, Judg. 5, 8. 19, 30. i K. 6,

. Prov. 27, 25.

ae to let oneself be seen, to show oneself,
to appear, Gen. 1, 9. 9, 14; of men and
things Gen. 8, 5. Lev. 14, 35. 2 Sam.
17, 17; ο. d¥, to show oneself to any one
Lev. 13, ts 19. 1K.18,1. 99 22B7my TNT
to appear before Jehovah, at his sanc-
tuary, see 0°28 no. 1. ἢ, p. 852. Often
of Jehovah or an angel as appearing to
men, Ex. 16, 10. 1 Sam. 3, 21; with >x
of pers. Gen. 12,7. 17,1. 18, 1. al. > Jer.
31, 3. 2 Chr. 3, 1.

3. Pass. of Kal no. 2. f, to be provided
for, cared for. Gen. 22, 14 nin "na
mya in the mount of the Lord it is pro-
vided, i. 6. in mount Moriah God provides
for menand brings them help, as formerly
to Abraham (v. 8) so now. . This would
seem to be a proverbial expression, sig-

. nifying that God will ever care for and

ms

aid those who worship in his temple ;
alluding at the same time to the etymo-
logy of the name M572, q. ν΄.

Puau to be seen; plur. 4&7 Job 33, 21,
with Dag. forte impl. or better Mappik
in the letter 8, see Lehrg. p. 97.

Hipu. nya and MSI, fut. AYN,
cony. 875 like fut. Kal, "2 K. 11, 4.

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, lo mike one
see, to let see, Gen. 48, 11. Deut. 4, 36.
2 Sam. 15,25. Hence with ace. of thing,
to show, Is. 30,30; with two acc. of pers.
and thing, to show one any thing, Ex.
25, 9. Num. 8, 4. Is. 39, 2. 4. Nah. 3, 5.
al. Spec. in sleep Gen. 41, 28; in vision
2K. 8,13. Jer. 24,1. Am. 7, 1. 4. 7. 8,
1. Zech. 2, 2. 3,1; with "> 2 K. 8, 10.

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2. a, to cause to
look upon with pleasure, c. 3 Ps. 59, 11.

3. Causat. of Kal no. 3. Ὁ, to cause one
lo see i.e. to experience evil, c. dupl. ace.
Hab. 1, 3. Ps. 60, 5. 71, 20; to let one see
i.e. enjoy good, Ecc. 2, 24. Ps. 4, 7. 85,
8; with acc. of pers. and 3 of thing Ps.
50, 23. 91, 16. °

Hora. O84, Part. mR, pr. ‘to be
made to see any thing,’ i. e. to be shown
any thing. Ex. 25, 40 according’to the
pattern "2 HN TAX WS which thou
wast shown mm the mount. 6, 30. Deut.
4,35. Lev. 13, 49, ἡπϑπτ τς AN W and
tt shall be shown to the priest,

Hirupa. recipr. tu look at one another,
e.g. a) Of persons waiting in doubt
‘and hesitation what to do, Gen. 42, 1.
b) In a hostile sense, to look one an-
other in the face, i.e. to fight hand to
hand in close combat, 2 K. 14, 8. 11.
2 Chr. 25, 17. 21; comp. Is. 41, 27. Com-
pare the old German proverb: “sich
die Kopfe besehn, sich das Weisse im
Auge besehn.”

Deriv. 89, ANT, TR, PART, ANT
"Na, MN, ney, mR, Chald. Δ,
perh. 578 (aby). and: the pr. heines
MIN, FB, MG, TANT, AN.

?

M8" Deut. 14, 13, a species of rapa-
cious bird, so called on account of its
keen sight; but in the parall. passage
Ley. 11, 14 it is 583 vulture, which per-
haps should be restored in Deut. I. c.

MN adj. verbal, seeing ; constr. Job
10, 15 "739 MN) seeing (experiencing)
my affliction. See r. M87 no. 3. Ὁ.

952

"δ"

ΓΝ pr. Part. Καὶ r. 589. 1.
seeing visions, i. 6. a seer, prophet,
r. ON no. 1. c; the more ancient
for prophet according to 1 Sam. 9,9; and
attributed κατ ἐξοχήν to Samuel, F Sam.
9, 9. 19. 1 Chr. 9, 22. 26, 28. 29,29; to
another prophet 2 Chr. 16, 7. 10. Plur. :
ph Is. 30, 10.

2. Abstr. i. ᾳ. "87, @ vision, in which
sense perhaps the accent is to be placed
upon the penult, in the manner of Sego- .
lates. Is. 28,7 MR53 53Y Ney ee oe
in their vistons. Comp. myn no. 2. .

7258 (pr. see ye, a son! but the
sacred writer in Gen. 29, 32 explains it
as for "7233 (789) AX} ‘provided in my
affliction,’ see Γ΄ ΓΝ Ἢ no. 2. e,) Reuben,
pr. ἢ. of the eldest son of Jacob by Leah,
Gen. 29, 32. 37, 21 sq. though deprived
of his birth-right Gen. 49, 3.4; and head

of the tribe of like name. For the loca-

tion of this tribe beyond Jordan, see
Num. 32, 33 sq. Josh. 13, 15 sq.—Patro-
nym. "23487 (δὲ in otio) Reubenite 1 Chr.
11, 42; ‘collect. Reubenites Deut. 3, 12.
4, 43. Josh. 1, 12. 12, 6. 22, 1. al.

MIN inf fem. Kal of στ. 984, q.v.

AN’) selected, chosen, see in ΓΤ. my
no. 2. f.

MOAN (raised, high) Reumah, pr. ne
f. of a concubine of Nahor, Gen. 22, 24.
R. ox".

DAN f. (Ὁ, ON) sight, seeing, Ecc. 5,
10 Keri. ‘In Cheth. τη,

"8) m. a mirror, plate of metal, i. 4.
ΠΝ no. 2. Job 37,18. R. πὲ,

"N87 m. in pause "84. R. AN.

1. a vision, sight, Gen. 16, 13; for
which see in r. M8" no, 1. Ὁ.

2. ig. ONT, _ sight, view, 1 Sam. 16,
12. Job 33, 21 his flesh is vanished "42
Srom the sight.

3. a spectacle, gazing-stock, παρά-
δειγμα, Nah. 8,6.

PS] (whom Jehovah cares for, r.
ms) "Reaiah, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 4,2.
for which in 2, 527855. b) 1 Chr. 5
τ Ὁ) Ezra 2, 47. Neh. 7, 50,

DTN], see BY.
TIS, see jive.

2)

_ TUNE sight, seeing, Ecc. 5, 10 Cheth.
. BR.

fs

} *OR obsol. root, perh. i. q. 5;
hence “ANIA.

_ * DN to be high Zech. 14, 10; 1.4.
pan, ὈΠῸΣ, D47.—Hence pr. n. T2584,

“max, ‘also

_ BS) m. Num. 23, 22. Deut. 33, 17,
ms) Ps. 92, 11, 5° Job 39, 9. 10;
-Plur. πεν Ps, 29,6. Is. 34, 7, also D725

Ps, 22, 22; a wild and ferocious animal,

| bearing a like relation to the ox as the

wild ass does to the domestic one, Job
39, 9.10. Deut. 33,17. Is. 34, 7. Ps.
29, 6 (where 53> calf is parallel with

ΘΝ 13); horned and destroying men.

with his horns Ps. 22, 22. 92,11; comp.
Deut. 1. 6. The species of animal here
meant is somewhat doubtful; but we
need not hesitate to understand, with A.
Schultens ad Job. |. c. and De Wette on
Ps. 22, 22, the bos bubalus or oriental
buffalo. The corresponding Arabic

£
word indeed, ey: denotes the oryz, a

large and fierce species of antelope,
Oppian. Cyneget. II. 445; and this sense
has therefore been also given to the
Hebrew word by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p.
948 sq. by Rosenmiller, and others.
But whatever may be said, no one will
deny that the buffalo of the east is
much more aptly compared with the ox,
than the antelope could be. The Arabic
usage in this word, therefore, though
similar to the Hebrew, is clearly not
identical; and in Arabic the larger
-antelopes appear to have received the
appellation of buffaloes, just as in Greek
they are called βούβαλος, βουβαλίς, and
just as in Arabic animals of the deer
genus are termed ciiogSf if wild

᾿ς oxen.—Sept. has μονόκερως, Vulg. uni-
_ corn,an animal described by Pliny H. N.

]

q

_ 8.21, which for a long time natural his-
_ torians, espec. since Buffon, have held to

be fabulous, but which a few years since
was said to have been discovered in the

_ deserts of Thibet; see Rosenmiiller
_ Bibl. Alterthumsk. IV. ii. p. 192. Quar-

~~ | = ὮΝ δ τ ἐν

_terly Review No. 47, Oct. 1820. But
this sense is also inadmissible since the
80*

"27 9

3 ete

unicorn, as described, resembles the
horse much more than it does the ox,
and is in any case an extremely rare
animal ; while the 58", as appears from
all the passages, was an animal frequent
and well known in Palestine and the
adjacent regions, just as the buffalo is
known there at the present day ; though
prob. at that time not as now domesti-
cated; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p.
305, 306.

ΓΝ Ἢ f. plur. (τ. 88) i. ᾳ. mia.

1. high things, heights, trop. sublime
or difficult things, Prov. 24, 7.

2. high-priced or precious things; ac-
cording to the Rabbins red corals, Job
28, 18. Ez. 27, 16. |

3. Ramoth, pr.n.ofacity: a) In Gi-
lead, Deut. 4, 43. Josh. 20,8. 1 Chr. 6,
65; called also Mia3, ΠΕΣ MI", q. v.
b) In the tribe of Issachar, 1 Chr. 6, 58
[73]; perh. i.g. Ὁ Josh. 19, 21, and
mya 21, 29.

33) FON) (southern height) Ra-
math-negeb, pr. n. of a city in Simeon
Josh. 19, 8; for which 333 ΤΩ 1 Sam.
30, 27, q. v.—Others, 333 ΤΏ.

; UN obsol. root, perh. i. q. UO", to
be moved, shaken ; Arab. UMS» UAS) ;
to tremble, espec. of the head ; whence

Wx" head of any thing, as of a mast or
tree, which is shaken.

DN poor, see in τ. HA.

ONT m. i. ᾳ. O™, poverty, Prov. 6, 11.
30,8. RB. wa.

UN Chald. i.g. Heb. Ux, c. suff.
AON, plur. POX}, PWR.

1. the head, Dan. 2, 32. 38. 7, 9. 20.
BNI WN visions of thy head, presented
to thy mind or imagination, Dan. 4,2. 7.
10. 7, 15.

2. Trop. the sum, amount, Dan. 7, 1.
Plur. ΟΝ v. 6; ¢. suff. this. Ezra
5, 10.

I. O89 τὰ. (for xh, τ. ON) ὁ. suff.

“ON, plur. DWN for’ DWN], once δ.
suff. oe Is. 15, 2.

<
1. the head, Arab. ls , Chald. 3x9
q.v. Syr. bass, Ethiop: Caf; Arab.

om
denom. (νυ ) to be head, prince. ete —

- UN.

Pr. of men and animals, Gen. 3, 15. 28,
18. 40, 16. al. seepiss. So in phrases:

> oo PID, see in ΓΞ; OX 3°34,

see in 353; on 83, see in ND no. 1. δ;

νοι ov Zo lift up ‘the head Ps. 110, 7,

and with genit. to lift up the head of any
one. to exalt him, Ps. 3,4. So to return
(fall back) upon one’s own head, i. e.
to be requited, recompensed, Ps. 7, 17.
comp. Joel 4, 4. ‘5 SNS ἼΠ2 fo give
(back) upon one’s head, i. e. to recom-
pense, to requite ; e. g. evil Ez. 9, 10.
11, 21. 16, 43. 17, 19. 22, 31.—Meton.
a) Like 3353 q. v. itis used in enume-
rating espec. soldiers, for one person,
individual, 1 Chr. 12, 23. Judg, 5, 30
"33 7 to the head of a man, i. e. to
one man, each one. The Arabs often

Ξ
employ the word pas head in like
manner, espec. in enumerating flocks
and herds, see Schult. Opp. min. p. 206.
b) For life, Dan. 1,10. So =°Ox 73 with
our heads, i. e. in jeopardy of our lives,
1 Chr. 12,19; comp. DB3 no. 2.b. See
Hiad 4. 162. ib. 17..242.

2. Trop. head for what is highest, up-
permost,e.g. a) the top. summit, of a
mountain Gen. 8, 5. Ex. 17, 9. 10. 19,20.
Am. 1, 2; of a tower Gen. 11, 4; of a
column 1 K. 7, 19; of a throne 10, 19;
of a sceptre Esth. 5, 2; of an ear of
grain Job 24,24. ἘΠΞΞῚ3 SN the sum-
mit of the stars, the highest heaven, Job
22,12. ὈΠῸ ὃ N73 ON the head of the
fat valley, i. 6. impending over it, Is.
28.1.4. Munn ON the head of the bed,
where the head lies, Gen. 47,31. Ὁ)
head, i.e. chief, prince of a people or
* state. Deut. 1, 15. Judg. 10,18. 11, 8
Bx-=5 ἘΞ om. 1 Sam. 15,17. 2 Sam.
23, 8. 18. Ps. ‘18, 440™3 ON prince of
the nations. Is. 7, 8.9. al. 33} DR" see
in 333. Ofa family, a head, chief, patri-
arch, as ΤΊΣΙ MS ON Ex. 6, 14. Num.
7,2. 1 Chr. 5,24. 7,9.40; also mise OX"
id. Ex. 6, 25. Num. 32,28. 1 Chr. 8,6. al.
ONS MF to become the head, to be the
victor, Lam. 1,5; comp. Deut. 28, 44.
Job 29, 25 BX tx J sat as prince, held
the chief place. So Arab. , wl head,
prince. c) head, for the highest place
or rank, the chief ; so ©8771 97> the high-
priest 2 Chr. 19, 11; also simpl. S875
id. 2 Chr. 24,6. Spec. of a head city,

954

the head of the corner, Gr. xepadyn τ

UN
the metropolis, er
7,8. So Arab. uslySt of Mecca.

Metaph. of that which is highest,
best ; as O°OTI "ON the |
most costly, Cant. 4, 14. Ez. 27, 55:
mrs OX the chief j joy, highest joy, Ps
137, 6; DIP "TN ON the best gifts o
the ancient mountains Deut. 33, 15.—
Hence q
3. the sum, amount, pr. ‘the whole
number,’ which is also the highest, Lev.
5, 24. Ps. 119, 160. 139,17. Hence 883
OX" to take the sum, to number, see 8B _
no. 3.c. Trop. a body, band, ce ;
espec. of soldiers Judg. 7, 16. 20. 9,3
37.43. 1 Sam. 11,11. Job 1, 17. Ps. 140, 10,

4. head, for what i is frst, foremost, i.e.
the beginning, first part, front ; Dew ¥
20, 9 oom UNS at the head of the ἢ
ple, in front as leaders. Jer. 31,7.)
2, 13. Am. 6, 7. Is. 2, 2 the namie
of the Lord’s house shall be established
DUT ON2 αἱ the head of the moun-
tains, “and shall be higher than the hills,
i. e. it shall be a prince among the moun
tains. Also 323 UN" the head of th
way, where ways branch off, Ez. 16, 98
21, 24. mixin tn the head of t
streets, corner, id. Lam. 2, 19. Is. 51, ®
Hence we may explain the phrase ΤῚΣ
ἘΌΝ four heads of rivers, i. e. four
streams into which the river divided
itself, Engl. branches, Gen. 2, 10. Sept.
and Gr. Venet. dave. Comp. Lat. ὁ
put, Engl. head, for source, fountain.—
Ecc.. 3, 11 the. sorte ONS) ἢ δ
mio from the beginning to the end, {
first to last. Also Ps. 118, 22 np eo

:

γωνίας Matt. 21, 42, i. 6. the foremost 0
chief corner-stone, the leader as it \
of all, i. q. λέϑος ἀκρογωνιαῖος 1 Pet. 2
6 comp. Is. 28, 16. It.is made a que
tion, whether this chief corner-stone i
the highest, forming the top or cop ing
of the corner; or the lowest, which
forms the foundation of the building
The latter seems preferable; for OX
here refers not to the highest place, t
to the head or point where two wal
meet.—Often of time, as ποῖα ON" the
beginning of the year Ez. 40,1; ὉΝ
msn the beginning of months, th
first of the year, Ex. 12, 2. Judg. τι

Bure from the beginning, Is. 40, 21. 41,
26. 48,16. Syr. 0557 «ἕο id.—Prov. 8,
98 535 ΤΕΣ SN the first clod of the
earth, i. e. first created.
| 5. O84, once for distinction Si Deut.
32, 32, is the name of a poisonous plant
Deut. 29, 17, growing quickly and luxu-
riantly Hos. 10, 4. of a bitter taste Ps. 69,
22. Lam. 3,5, and therefore coupled with
-wormwood Deut. 29, 17. Lam. 3, 19.
Hence it would seem to be, not the hem-
| lock, cicuta, with Celsius in Hierob. II.
| 46 sq. nor the colocynth or wild gourd
with Gdmann,-Verm. Samm. IV. p. 63;
nor lolium, darnel, Michaelis Supplem.
ΟΡ. 2220; but the poppy, so called from its
_ heads, Livy 1.54. Thus OX" "2 juice
of the poppy, poppy-juice, Jer. 8, 14. 9,
_ 14, 23:15. Hence for poison genr. Deut.
32,°32; even of serpents v. 33. Job 20,
_ 16.—Chald. jm τ the poison of ser-
_ pents, Targ. Ps. 69, 22. Lam. 3, 19.
Denom. HEL I—M SS}, iS", MSR,
κι" and pr. n. naw.

s-3?
Il. os Rosh, pr. n. of a northern
nation mentioned along with Tubal and
Meshech, Ex. 38, 2.3. 39,1. Prob.i. q.
the Russians, who are described by the
Byzantine writers of the tenth century,
under the name οἱ ‘Pas, as inhabiting
the northern parts of Taurus ; and also
by Ibn Foszlan, an Arabian writer of
the same period, under the name
Ris, as dwelling upon the river Wolga.
See Ibn Foszlan’s Bericht aber die Rus-
sen Alterer Zeit, von Frahn, Petersb.
1823, espec. p.28 sq. Comp. Von Ham-
mer Origines Russes, Petersb. — who

also here compares the nation u): men-
tioned iin the KorAn, Sur. 25, 40. 50, 12.

TON Ἢ Γ᾽ (denom. from BX, by Syri-
asm for ΓΞ ΝΠ) beginning, olur. c. suff.
tSndsx7 Ez. 36, 11.

“FONE. (from tN) beginning, first
part, front ; hence NOX 3285 Zech.
4,7, by appos. the stone the beginning,
i. e. the first corner-stone, i. ᾳ. 728 OX;
see in SN" no. 4.
PION m. adj. (from τόδε; by Syri-
. asm for 19 ὩΣ, which is found in Cheth.
Josh. 21, 10. Job 15, 7,) once PU) Job
8.6; fem. M2585; plur. ἘΝ, ΓΝ Ἢ.

955

UN

1. Pr. head, highest, chief ; Syr. [3.25
head-men, magistrates. Yet this pri-
mary signif. is found only in the later
Hebrew in imitation of the Syriac; as
B725R7 OS chief princes Dan. 10, 13.
1 Chr. 18, 17. Fem. πρῶ Ἢ adv: in

ΡΣ chief place, highest rank, Esth. L

oe aE e. a) In place and order,
the first, foremost, Gen. 32,18. Hence
35x" adv. in the first place or rank, in
front, foremost, Gen. 32,2; m8x12 id.
Is. 60,9. b) More freq. of time, the first,
former, earliest ; JOR CIN the first
month Ex. 40, 2. 17. Ezra 7, 9; ellipt.
PSR in the first month Gen. 8, 13.
Num. 9, 5. Ez. 45,18. 21. “sm i the
Jirst day Ex. 12, 15. 16; τς 71S the
Jrrst man Job 15, 7; POR Fay thy
Jirst father 18. 43, 27. Plar. D308
the first, the former, 2 K. 1, 14. 2 Sam.
21, 9.—In antithesis: a) With ordinals
following, as second, third, seventh, Gen.
32, 18. Ex. 12, 15. 16. Dan. 8, 21. 3 Chr.
29, 3. 8) With the last, jonxn, Ex. 4,
8. PAIN PSK the first and the last, of
God Is. 44,6. 48,12. 7) With the later,
following, posterior; e. g. the first or
former husband Deut. 24, 4; former
time, at first, Is. 8,23 [9,1]. Plur. first
and later acts, 2 Chr. 9, 29. 16, 11. 20,34.
δ) Often the first, former, earlier, as opp.
to the present time ; e.g. a former king
Num. 21, 26; the first temple Ezra 3, 12.
Hagg. 2, 3.9; the former manner Gen.
40, 13, ete. Plur. πὶ the first ta-
bles Ex. 34, 1; the former governors
Neh. 5, 15; former kindnesses Ps. 89,
50, comp. Is. 65, 7; former days or time
Deut. 4, 32. 10,10. 2°37 O°N7S2 _for-
mer prophets Zech. 1,4. 7,7.12. Absol.
ἘΠ ΘΝ ancients, ancestors, Lev. 26, 45.
Deut. 19, 14. Ps. 79, 8. Is. 61, 4 mica}
ἘΘΘῚ the ruins of the ancients, which
have laindesolate from formerdays. Plur.
fem. πὶ the former things, events
long passed, Is. 43, 187 46.9; also long
since predicted Is. 42,9. 43,9. 48,3. ε)
Spoken of the time which is yet first to
come, opp. to a more remote future
time. Joel 2,23 736x713 in the first time,
i. e. immediately, presently ; comp. Engl
‘at the first moment.’ See also 7}5N713
Zech. 12, 7, below in C. a.

‘wR

Fem. matey A) Adj. fem. first, for-

mer Jer. 16, 18. Plur. nis®x7 former
things Is. 65, 17.
« B) Adv. a) in the highest place, see
above in no. 1. b) in front, foremost,
see no. 2. a. c) Of time, first, earliest,
Gen. 38, 28. Num. 2,9. 1 K. 18, 25; at
first, the first time, Dan. 11, 29.

C) With prefixes: ἃ) Aw, spo-
ken of place and order Is. 60, 9; see
above in no. 2.a.—Of time, first, before
_ something else, 2 Safn. 20, 18. 1 K.17,
13. Zech. 12, 7; andso of pers. first, be-
fore others in cuits Num. 10, 13. 14.
Deut..13, 10. 17, 7. 1 Chr. 11,6. Neh. 7,
5. Also at first, formerly, beforetime, 2
Sam. 7, 10. 1 Chr. 17, 9. Is. 1, 26. Jer.
7, 12. Prov. 20, 21. al. So for the first
time, the former time, Gen. 13, 4 (comp.
12, 8). Josh, 8, 5. 6. Judg. 20, 32. 1K.
20, 9.—n20a 122 as at the first, as for-
merly, Is. 1, 26; M2722, contr. for
mibsia-n2>, 1 Chr. 15, 13.

‘b) mn: “NID. as at the first, as formerly,
Deut. 9, 18. Dan. 11, 29.

c) matin at first, formerly, i. q.
mothe a , Gen. 28, 19. Judg. 18, 29.

"Plar. "mabe, see above in no. 2, b. 0.

"3ON adj. (from t87) fem, mx,
first, i. q. XEN, Jer. 25, 1.

MWS, see ΤΟΝ Ὑ2.

PWN £ once MW) Deut. 11, 12;
denom. from 8X"; pr. abstr. ‘the being
head ;’? hence concr.

1. the topmost, the highest; trop. the
chief. best, most excellent; as MUR
p22 the most precious ointments Am.
6, 6. ovis mw the chief of the na-
tions Am. 6, 1. Num. 24, 20. Dan. 11, 41
the chief of the children of Ammon, their
princes; also 1 Sam. 15, 21. Jer. 49, 35.
Ps, 111, 10. Prov. 1, 7. Job 40, 19 the
chief of the ways of God, his most won-
derful work, sc. the hippopotamus.

2. beginning, comp. UX 7 no. 4. Syr.

o=x =

jduwsod —E. g. lhe beginning, as opp.
to the end, m™n8, Ecc. 7,8; of strife
Prov. 17, 14; of a reign Jer. 26, 1. 28, 1.
49, 34; of sin for concr. the beginner,
ἀὐθεοῦ, Mic. 1,18. ΠΣ 9. Ὃ the begin-
ning of his (Nimrods) kingdom, the
territory of which it was at first com-
posed, Gen.'10, 10. Hos. 9, 10 as the

956

2"

early fig in the fig-tree ΠΡΟ in it
beginning, i. 6. when the tree first begi
to bear.—Absol. of the beginning of
things, Gen. 1, 1; comp. ἐν ἀρχῇ John |

1. Gr. ἐξ ἀρχῆς Hes. Theog. 45; Lat. a

principio Cic. Nat. Deor. 1. 12.

3. former time, times of old, opp.
mn , Is.46, 10. Also first state, for-

mer condition, Job 8, 7. 42, 12.

4. Concer. the first in its kind, first-

fruits, firstlings ; often of the first pro-
ducts of the harvest Lev. 23, 10. Deut.
18, 4; or of fruits 26, 10; of wool 18, 4;
or generally Prov. 3, 9. These were of
fered to Jehovah, and hence MYX ἼΞῚΡ

an oblation of the first fruits Lev. 2, 12.

But 5°32 NWN is the first of the first-
fruits Ex. 23, 19. 84, 26. Ez. 44, 80.
Vik MPN? the firstling of one’s strength,

poet. for the first-born, Gen. 49,3. Deut. —

21,17. Ps. 78, 51. 105, 36. rl "= the

firstling of his way, the first created of |

God, i, 6. the hypostatic wisdom, Prov.
8, 92: comp. ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ ϑεοῦ
Rev, 3, 14. Of Gad, Deut. 33, 21 8553
{> mtx he chose for himself the first-

fruits of the land, i. e. the first portion }
of which the Israelites took possession. —

2) m. adj. in pause 24, plur. B.D;
with Yod parag. ©

fem. ΓΞ, constr. M24,
ὭΣ" Lam: 1,1, plur. nian. R. 339.

1. multus, i.e. either as one continuous
whole, Engl. much, as 33 271 much gold
1 K. 10, 2. Ps. 19, 11. Gen. 24, 25. Deut.
28, 38; or asa collective whole which
contains many parts or individuals, Engl.
many, numerous, as 3 ὩΣ much or many
people i.e. numerous, Josh. 17,14; 33 S38

many men Job 36, 28 (here οἱ i srohlol) 7

maa ΓῊΣΣ a numerous family Gen. 26,
14; 5} ΣΡ numerous flocks and herds
much cattle, Num. 32, 1. Josh. 11, μι
Hence ec. plur. 5°32. 5°" many doves

long time, Gen. 21, 34; D727 Ὁ ὩΣ many
nations Ps. 89,51. With genit. M342" 39
a man of much (great) understanding
Prov. 14, 29; 0°23 73 a woman having
many children 1 Sam. 2,5; with ‘fall
parag. DY "M22 numerous in people, fall |
of people, i. e. a city, Lam. 1,1. Often

as neut. 39 much, i.e. collect. many Ex.

19,21 37 52722 52 and there fall (perish)
of: them much people, many. 1 Sam.
14, 6. Gen. 33, 9; hence adverbially,

‘

a
4 an

en with subst. plur. Ps. 18,15 5 0.3
Sigh much, i. e. many, in great
mber. Ecc. 6, 3 τ "797 TH 3}
although the days of his years be much,
many. Often i. q. enough, it is enough,
Gen. 45, 28. Ps. 123, 3; chiefly in the
formula (comp. ὩΣ) ΠΡ 33 enough
now! i.e. desist! 2Sam. 24, 16. 1K. 19,
4; more fally "5.35 Deut. 3, 26, πΞὉ-3"
Ez. 45, 9. Num. 16, 3, enough for thee,
Sor you, let it suffice thee, etc. With infin.
Deut. 1,6 M38 023737 ye have dwelt long
enough. 2, 3; before ya, Ez. 44;6 025729
pprnavin-b22 enough for you of all
your abominations ! i. e. desist from
them. 1 K. 12,28. Ex.9,28.—Also fem.
ΓΞ is often put adverbially for much,

enough, Ps. 62, 3. 89,8; oftener in the
constr. M3" id. Ps. 65, 10. 120, 6. 123, 4.
129, 1. 2 Chr. 30, 18. So Syr. 255
often.

2. large, great, vast, comp. πολύς in
Passow no. 1. b; spoken of a vast space
Gen. 7, 11. Esth. 1, 20; of a long way,
πολλὴ 000g 1 K. 19, 7; of a great battle
and slaughter 2 Chr. 13, 17. Num. 11,
33; of heinous sin Ps. 19, 14; of the
multiplied goodness and mercy of God
Ps. 31, 20; of diligent attention (comp.
πολλὴ σιγή) Is. 21, 7. Spec. a) i. 4.
mighty, powerful, Ps. 48, 3. Is. 63, 1.
Plur. 0°23" the mighty Job 35, 9. Is. 53,
12. b) major natu, elder, Gen. 25, 23.
Plur. 5°29 great in age, the aged, Job
32,9. c) Subst. a great man, chief, a
leader, i. q. "2%, chiefly in the later He-
brew, 6. g. °Ma2 37 chief of the body-
guard 2K. 25,8; ὉΠ Ὁ. Ὁ 35 chief of
the eunuchs Dan. 1, 3. Esth. 1, 8. Neut.

abstr. greatness, Ps. 145,7. Is. 63,7. ἃ)
Subst. a master, one great or skilled in
any art, Prov. 26,10; comp. the Tal-
mudic =" doctor, ἐδ μόν Ponts man.

Syr. 23, 155, id. Arab. S) ) lord, mas-
ter, owner.

3. In Job 16, 13 "37 is rendered by
all the ancient versions his (God’s) ar-
rows, from 32" no. 2. Others, his arch-
ers. We may however well retain the
sense, his many hosts, warriors.

(29 Chald. m. emphat. x22; fem.
-emph. 839; plur. redupl. 793937, fem.
337372, emph. 873937.

957

at

1. Adj. great, Dan. 2, 10. 31. 35. 7, 2.
Plur. 2, 48. 3, 38. 7,3sq. Jana 552 to
speak great things i. e. to speak proud-
ly, impiously, Dan. 7, 8. 20; comp. >i43
no. 2.

2. Subst. a chief, leader, prince, Dan.
2, 14. 48. 4, 6.

2), seeinr. 2%.
21, see subst. 25.

Δ m. (r. 324) also in the later books

fully 277 Job 35,9. Esth. 10,3; c. Makk.
“29, c. suff. B29; multitude, abundance ;
with plur. 0°23 25 multitude of years
Lev. 25, 16. Is. 1,11; with sing. collect.
wm 437 25 Gen. 27, 28. Ps. 49, 7. Is.
37,24. Often also where in Engl. abun-
dane, greatness, much, as 237737
much wisdom Ecc. 1, 18; ἜΡΟΝ a4 Ps.
37, 11. 72,7; ind 34 is 63,1; 70 5
the greatness of the way, the loig journey,
Josh. 9, 13. Is. 57,10. Adv. 35> in mul-
litude, abundantly, 1 Chr. 12, 40. 22, 3. 4.
Gen. 48, 16; often also in comparison
with things implying a vast multitude, as
with the stars, 25> OY2WF "3315 D23n
Deut. 1, 10. 10, 22, 28, 62: so with the
sand on the seaahort Josh. 1 1,4. 1 Sam.
13, 5. 2 Sam. 17,11; with locuats Judg.
6,5. Also 352 from (for) multitude,
Gen. 16, 10. 32,13. 1K. 8, 5.—Poet. 35
is put for a whole multitude, and so
hardly differs from 59, as Job 4, 14
which made all (35) my bones to shake.
33, 21; comp. Jer. 23,9 and Schult. ad
Job1.c.—Plur. constr. "29 Hos. 8, 12 Keri.

Z 227 1. to become much or many,
to multiply, Gen. 6, 1; to be much or
many, to be multiplied, manifold, 1 Sam.
25, 10. Ps. 3, 2. 69,5. 104, 24. Is. 59, 12.
al. sepe. Found only in pret. 955, and
once inf. 35 Gen. 6, 1 ; the other forms are
taken from the kindred root 723 .—Arab.

iy to be great, mighty; also to in-
crease, multiply. Syr. and Chald. Palp.
2505 for 2755 to magnify.

2. Mid. O, pret. 1255 Gen. 49, 23,
according to Kimchi and Gr. Venet.
prob. to shoot, i. 6. they have shot } the -
signif. being drawn from the multitude

9 -
of arrows, comp. 6°3"2"; also mL)

multitude of arrows, Cam. Hence some

γε oe ny

derive 27 no. 3, an arrow. But 535)
can also be referred to the subst. 35 by
a slight change of vowels: they provok-
ed him with their multitude, ete.—Some
refer hither also Ps. 18, 15 33 ΡΖ he
shot out lightnings, but see in 3 no. 1.

Puat, denom. from 23", part. plur.
miaay2 multiplied by οὐδε: by ten
thousands, Ps. 144, 13.

Deriv. 23, 539,35, 7335, 125, ni24,
naa", and the; pr. anings nant , npuisy,
pan".

M22) f. (τ. 325) a myriad, ten thou-
sand, Lev. 26, 8. Deut. 32,30. Judg. 20,
10; often for any great indefinite num-
ber Gen. 24, 60. Cant. 5, 10. Ps. 91, 7.
Ez. 16,7. Plur. mia34, constr. mia3%
and mina, den thousands 1 Sam. 18, 7.
8; often for any great and indefinite
number, Ps. 3,7. Deut. 33, 2. 17.

M32) Chald. ἢ ten thousand, whence
plur. 33 Dan. 7, 10 Keri. See in Chald.
ja".

x Tat) I. i. g. 1B, to spread a bed,
sternere lectum, Prov. 7, 16. Hence
5-127, Beth without Dag.

Il. i. ᾳ. Arab. 5. to bind, whence
7735 collar.

ΣᾺ plur. n24; fut. Ma", apoc.
“17 and’ 3)"; imp. na", plur. 3" ; part.
na. Pret. and inf. are formed from
254 ᾳ. ν.

1. to become much or many, to multi-
ply, to increase, Gen. 7, 17. 18. Ex. 1,
10. 12. 20. Deut. 8, 1. Ezra 9, 6. al.
Often coupled with 7», 6. g. Gen. 1, 22
9393. ἢ be fruitful and multiply. v. 28.
8,17. 9, 1.7. 47, 27. Jer. 3,16. Ez.36, 11.
With dat. Deut. 8, 13. Prov. 4, 10.—

‘ Hence to be multiplied, many, numerous,
1 Chr. 5, 9. 23. Ps. 16, 4. 139, 18.

2. to become great, to increase, Deut.
30,16. Hence fo grow up, Job 27, 14.
39, 4. Ez. 16,7. Gen. 21,20 735 ὙΠ]
ΤΣ and he grew up an archer.—Also
to be great Gen. 43, 34; of a way, to be
long, Deut. 14, 24, 19, 6; comp, in 34
and a3 no. 2. Trop. of God, to be pow-
erful, mighty, Job 33, 12; to be great,
abundant, of wealth Ps. 49, 17; of wis-
dom 1 K. 5, 10 [4, 30].—Chald. id. see

below. Syr. [25 to increase in number
and magnitude. Pa. to bring up.

958

m7

Pret 73", imp. 535 1. to multip
to increase, trans. c. acc. Judg. 9, 29
Absol. to make haces i.e. to get muck
to increase one’s substance, comp. Hiph.
no. 1. a, and MWS no. 2. a. Ps. 44,13
payne. may Nd thou hast not made
much by their price, i. 6. thou hast sc
them for a small price ; or, thou hast
increased thy wealth, comp. Prov. 22, 16.

2. to let grow up, to bring up, pe 19, 3.

Lam. 2, 22.. Syr. 255, Arab. eit

Hires. 7254, fut. Hay, apoe. 5
imp. apoc. =n; ; inf. “abit nay ἐδ.
man (the latter always adverbially’
constr. mint. ᾿

1. to make or do much, to multiply, to
increase any thing, c. acc. Gen. 3, 16.
16, 10. Ex. 7, 3. Deut. 1, 10. Judg. 16,
24, Is. 9, 2. Jer. 46, 11. al. rarely ὁ. >
Hos. 10, 1. Followed by > with the
infin. of ἃ verb, it often expresses the
adverbial idea much, greatly; e. g.
PON? MDH i. q. to devour much 2 Sam,
18. 8; “bbpnn> main to pray much
1 Sam. 1, 12; Ps. 78, 38. 2 K. 21, 6.
2 Chr. 36, 14, Ezra 10, 13. Is. 55, 7.
Also too much Ex. 36,5; and so before
a finite verb 1 Sam. 2. 3. Ῥε. 51, 4.—Put
likewise: a) With acc. of thing and
dat. of pers. to multiply to any one, Hos.
2, 10[8]; and so with dat. impl. Ex.
30,15. But i> “1 m25n reflex. to multi-
ply to oneself, i. 6. to get or take much >
or many, Deut. 17, 16. 17. Jer. 2, 22.
b) With ace. i. q. to have much or many,
see Heb. Gr. § 52. 2. Lev. 11, 42 na99_
nban having many feet. Job 29, 18 TD

multiply days as the sand, i. e. my days
are many as the sand. Nah. 3, 16. 1 Chr.
7,4. 8,40. 23,11; acc. om. 1 Chr. 4,
27. ¢) With by, to make i. 6. to im-
pose much upon any one, for the fuller
ἘΣ pbb natn, Gen. 34, 12.—Inrin.
ABSOL. “mann, ‘rarely nian Am. 4, 9.
Prov. 25, 27, pr. in making or doing
much, alwaysas Adv. aa) much, great-
ly, like 30" well; coupled: α) With
a verb, as Ma I33 10 serve much, dili-
gently, 2 K. 10,18; ἽΝ Mah maw to
err very greatly 1 Sam. 26, 21. Ecc. 7,
17. 8) With a subst. plur. e. Η D133
nan i.q. many words Eee. 5, 6 [7] "
nao ΘΕῸ many books 12, 12. 1 K. 10.
11; also with sing. mostly collect. 2 Sam:

ria

, 2 Ik mann “pai jXS. 8, 8. 2 Chr.
"97. 14, 12. Gen. 41, 49. As predi-
cate Gen. 15, 1. Rarely put before the
subst. Ecc. 1,16; and so separated from
it, Ps. 130,7. y) Absol. 2 Sam. 1, 4
ἘΣ 72 bps mat much (many) of the
: are ' fallen ; comp. 033. 2 Chr.
5, 9. Eee. 5,11. Soma m id. 2 Chr. 16,
Neh. 5, 8. bb) too much, Ecce. 7, 16.
_ 2. to make great, to enlarge, Ps. 18, 36.
1 Chr. 4, 10. Job 34, 37 he maketh large
his words against God, i. e. he talks
largely, impiously ; see in 39 Chald.
» Deriv. Mas, Maye, Hay, may,
ΤΆΣ, main.

2) Chald. to become great, to grow,
as a tree Dan. 4, 8. 19.

Pa. to make great, to exalt, Dan. 2, 48.
- Deriv. 535.

ΟΞ. 1. Adj. fem. of 33, much, many;
see in 35.

2. Subst. pr. a great city, metropolis,
Syr. {a23, and then pr. n. Rabbak.

a) The capital of the Ammonites,
2 Sam. 11, 1. 12.27. Josh. 13,25. 1 Chr.
20, 1. Jer. 49, 3. (not Ps. 110, 6,) fully
iad "22 M39 Deut.3,11. Gr. ἱΡαβαϑά-
μαναὰ Polyb. 5.7.4; usually Philadel-
phia ; in Abulfeda and at the present

day ws Amman, Tab. Syrie p. 91.
See an account of its ruins by Seetzen in
Zach’s monatl. Corresp. XVIII. p. 429;
Burckhardt Travels in Syria, p. 356 sq.

b) A city in the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 60.

12 £ (for Min4 q. v. Ὁ being dropped,
Syr. 225) Jon. 4,11. 1 Chr. 29,7; also
S157 with & added (Heb. Gr. § 23. 2. n.
3) Ezra 2, 64. Neh. 7, 66; ἃ myriad,
ten thousand, i. q. 7327, but found only
in the later writers. Dual 59712" (from
mia.) twice ten thousand Ps. 68, 18.
Plur. also mika Dan. 11, 12, contr. M834
Ezra 2, 69.

527 Chald. fem. plur. 113} like Syr.
si. (Keri 133) id. 3139 129 α myriad
of myriads, ten thousand times ten thou-

sand, Dan. 7, 10.

2°) Chald. f(r. 92) emphat. 843,
greatness, majesty, Dan. 4. 19. 88 [22. 36].
5, 18. 7, 27.

959:

a ἢ

MID £ (Ὁ. 225) α myriad, ten thou-
sand ; Neh. 7, 71 Mis "HY twice ten
thousand.—Hence 12" by dropping n.

D373) τη. plur. (τ. 33) rain,a shower,
from the multitude of drops, Deut. 32,2.
Ps. 65, 11. 72, 6. Jer. 3, 3. 14, 22. Mic.

S$ -.
5, 6.° Arab. “) aqua copiosa.

2 τὴ. (r.729 IL) @ collar, chain,
for the neck, Ez. 16, 11. Gen. 41, 42.

"J" ord. adj. (fr. card. 539, 2228,
four) plur, ὩΣ; fem. "3°37 and
m3"35 ; fourth, Gen. 1, 19. 2, 14. 15, 16.
al. sep. Ellipt. the fourth (day) of the
month 1 K. 27, 7; the fourth month Ez.
1,1. Zech. 8, 19. 99°39 733 children
of the fourth generation, i. e. the children
of great-grandchildren, 2 K. 10, 30. 15,
12.—Fem. m73°3" ellipt. a fourth, the
fourth part, Ex. 29, 40. Lev. 23, 13.
Num. 15, 5. al.

"9°23 Chald.m. emphat. 8"2°25, Keri
mxoa4, id. fourth, Dan. 2, 40. 7, 23.
Fem. emphat. 87339 id. Dan. 7, 19.23.

ΓΞ (multitude, τ. 33.) Rabbith, pr.
n. of a city in Issachar, Josh. 19, 20.

* = to mingle, to dip into a fluid,
6. g. bread in oil; only Hops. Part. f
mza%2 Lev. 6, 14. 7, 12. 1 Chr. 23, 29.

Arab. By id.

ee obsol. root, Arab. chy, to be
much, fertile, abundant.—Hencé

T2237 (fertility) Riblah, pr. n. of a
town in the northern borders of Pales-
tine, in the district of Hamath, through
which the Babylonians both in their
irruptions and departures were accus-
tomed to pass. Traces of it are extant
in the place Ribleh xy situated some

30 or 40 miles south of Hamath on the
Orontes ; see Biblioth. Sac. 1847. p. 404,
408. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 461.
App. p. 176.—Num. 34, 11. 2 K. 23, 33.
25, 6. Jer. 39, 5. 52, 10.

ἘΦ 2) obsol. card. four ; hence 2258
with & prosthetic ; denom. 53 II; also
227, 939, 334, wr.

*T. 939 1. ἢ ᾳ. 733, to couch, to
lie down, > ‘and & being interchanged ᾿
see 32 1.

5.

2. to couch down to, to lie with, with
ace. spoken of bestiality Lev. 18, 23.
20, 16.—Arab. @ ) ΤΥ, 14. ofmen. Chald.

and Talm. id. often of bestiality.
Hipu. to cause ‘to cover, to let gender,
of beasts Lev. 19, 19.

II. 93 denom. verb from obsol. 23
i.g. 5298 four; Part. pass. 3429 quad-
rated, i. e. four-square, Ex. 27, 1. 28,
16. 30, 2. 37,25. 38, 1. 1 K.7, 5. Ez.
41, 21.

Puat Part. 3279 id. 1 K.7,31. Ez. 40,
47. 45, 2. Arab. id.

I. mn m. 6. suff. "239, a lying down,
Ps, 139, 3. R. 239 1.

II. 92} m. from 229, 328, four.

1. a fourth part, i. q. 325) Ex. 29, 40.
1 Sam. 9, 8.—Hence

2. a οἶδα, i. e. one of four sides, Ez.
43, 16. 17; comp. 1, 17.

3. Reba, pr. n. of a king of the Midi-
anites, Num. 31, 8. Josh. 13, 21.

52 τὰ. (from 229) a fourth, fourth
part, 2 K. 6, 25. Num. 23, 10 who can
number even the fourth part of Israel ?
Comp. τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς, τὸ τρίτον τῆς

ν᾽ So
γῆς, Rev. 6, 8, 8,7. Arab. . id. Syr.

xaos quadrans.—The Heb. intpp. ren-
der it concubitus, see 329 1.2 ; and hence
offspring.

53 τὴ, (from 235) only in pl. 5°22,
descendants of the fourth generation, i. 6.
children of great-grandchildren, Ex. 20,
5. 84, 7. Num. 14, 18. Deut. 5, 9.

Ἢ γ3: fut. 727, to couch, to lie down,
pr. of quadrupeds which lie upon the
breast with the limbs gathered under
them; spoken of flocks and herds Gen.
29, 2..Is. 11,7. 17, 2. Zeph. 2, 14.
ΕΖ. 34, 14; of wild beasts Gen. 49, 9.
14. Is. 11,6. Ps. 104, 22. Ez. 19, 2; of
the ass Ex. 23,5. Num. 22, 27; also ofa
dragon lying in the water Ez. 29, 3; of a
bird brooding upon her nest Deut. 22, 6.
Arab. U42) id—Spec. a) Ofabeast of

prey lying} in wait, to crouch, Arab. U2)

id. aa the lier-in-wait, lurker, poet. .

for the lion. Gen. 4, 7 if thou doest not
well (but givest way to secret hate)
727 mRoM mmpd sin coucheth (lurk-

960

a4

eth) at thy coor, i. 6. sin lieth in
for thee as a wild beast crouching
thy door. Here 735 is put sub
tively and ἐπικοίνως, not agreeing
gender with PRwO, comp. Heb. Gr,
§ 144. note 2. For the sense comp. Ps.
37, 8. 1 Pet. 5, 8. Ὁ) Trop. of men
dwelling in tranquil security Gen. 49,
14. Job 11, 19. Is. 14, 30. Zeph. 3, 133
of waters reposing in the bosom of the
earth Gen. 49, 25. Deut. 33, 13; of t a
curse which rests upon any one Deu
29, 19.

Hirn. 1. to cause to lie down, e. g. .
flock Jer. 33, 12. Cant. 1, 7. Is. 13, Bie
persons Ps. 93, 2. Ez. 34, 15.

2. to lay stones in cement, Is, 54, i.

Deriv. y272, and

722 m. c. suff. "¥39. 1. ἃ couching=
place, resting-place, of flocks, ete. My 35,
7. 65, 10. Jer. 50, 6.

2." resting-place, quiet dwelling, ὃ

men, Prov. 24, 15.—Arab. &) resting
place, any dwelling.

* P= obsol. root, Arab. (δὴ to

firmly, to fasten, espec. an animal, cattle.
—Hence p27, and

ΓΡΞ (a cord with a noose, not t
aptly of a maiden who ensnares by h
beauty,) Rebekah, the wife of Isaac,
Gen. 22, 23. 24, 15 sq. 25, 20. al. Sept.

“Ῥεβέκκα Rebecca.

ΤΉ, see art. 25 Chald. "

t:i7!

13.132} Chald. m. only in plur. 1355}
magnates, nobles, princes, Dan. 4, 33. 5,
1 sq. 6,18. Freq. in Targg. R.333.

Mp7 (Aram. [oe 25 chief cur
bearer) Rabshakeh, pr. n. of a military
chief under Sennacherib, 2 K. 18, 17. 19._
26. 28. 37. 19, 4. 8. Is. 36, 2. 4. 12. 13. 22.
37, 4.8. R. 33" and πρῷ.

ΓΞ see in 35 no. 1, fin.

¥ 237 obsol. root, kindr. with 539,
heap together stones, to throw stones
perh. also lumps, clods, ete. Henee p
n. 2598, also

33) m. plur. 5°339, constr. "329, @
clod, lump of earth. ‘Job 21, 33 sweet
unto him are the clods of the valley, i. 6.
the earth is light upon him. 38, 3

ἃ

ἸΔῈ

ΡΞ. 673378 and (if) the clods cleave
_ fast together.

_ 734 fut. 129", to be moved, disturbed,
to bethrown into cominotion, 2Sam. 7, 10.
ΟἽ Chr. 17, 9; with > of cause Is. 14, 9.—
The same signification is found under
_ various tropical forms in the primary syl-
Tables 39, 39, and also A; comp. 335,

Δ. 0a; 205, ἘΠῚ ; and see below un-
_ der 55. It pelrchpotids to the Sanser.
rag to move oneself, to go, and trop.
raga, Gr. ὀργή anger, grief ῥήσσω (ῥήγω),
Germ. regen, Engl. to rage, and with
another letter prefixed frango (fregi,
fragor), krachen, etc. To the root 135,
of which the last letter is a sibilant,
approach nearest the roots ὥλη, Ww",
where see.—Spec.

1. to be moved with anger, to be angry,
woth, Prov. 29,9. Is. 28,21; with > ἐο-
wards or against any one, Ez. 16, 43.
Comp. Hithp. Syr. }Q id.

2. 10 be moved with grief, to be grieved,
affected, 2 Sam. 18, 33 [19, 1].

3. to be moved with fear, to tremble, to
quake, Arab. >): Gen. 45,24 be ye
not timid by the way ; but Sept. and
Vulg. against the context, μὴ ὀργέζεσϑε,
ne irascimini. 1 Sam. 14,15. Ps. 4, 5.
Is. 32, 10. 11. Joel 2, 1. Hab. 3, 16; with
"287 before, because of any person or
thing, Deut. 2, 25. Is. 64,1 [2]. Also
of things, Joel 2, 10. - 5, 25. Ps. 18, 8.
from their Decnrbata.: i. 6. they come
out trembling from their strongholds
and surrender to the victors.

4. to be moved with joy, to rejoice, Jer.
33, 9.

Hips. 1. to move, to disquiet, c. acc.
1 Sam. 28, 15; c. > Jer. 50, 34.

2. to provoke to anger, Job 12, 6.

3. to make tremble, to shake, for fear,
Is. 14, 16. 23, 11; of things 13, 13;
pregn. Job 9, 6.

. Hirap.torage, to rave, with >8 against
any one, Is. 37, 28. 29. 2 K. 19, 27. 28.
Deriv. 132,335, 139, T2508.
ΤΆ. Chald. to be angry. Apu. to pro-
woke to anger, Ezra 5,12. ®@
ΤΑΙ Chald. m. anger, rage, Dan. 3, 13.

ΤΩ m. adj. trembling, palpitating,
Deut. 28,65. Β.. ἸΞ πο. 38. ΄

ΩἹ

961

$a5

727 m. (τ. 139) c. suff. in pause ΠΤ,

- commotion ; hence

1. restlessness, turmoil, tumult, Job 3,
17; of a horse Job 39, 24; noise, of
thunder Job 37,2. Arab. and
of thunder. δὰ ) ure

2. disquiet, trouble, Job 3, 26. 14, 1.
Is. 14, 3.

3. anger, wrath, Hab. 3, 2.

MA f. trembling, prepidation, Ez. 12,
18. R. 12.

ie 2. to tread, to walk, to go; kindr.
is 525. The idea of moving lies also in
Sanscr. rag to go; see in 133 .—Spee.

1. to go about tattling and tale-bear-
ing; hence to slander, to backbite, Ps.
15, 3.

2. to tread garments in washing,
cleansing; hence 53" a washer, fuller.
See the pr. names 535 1 and 07335.

Pret i. q. Kal, to goabout, i.e. a) As
a slanderer, to slander, only 2 Sam. 19,
28, c. 3 pers. Ὁ) For the sake of re-
connoitering, to search, to spy out, c.
ace. Josh. 14, 7. Judg. 18, 2. 14.17. 2
Sam. 10, 3. al. Part. 5392 @ scout, spy,
Gen. 42, 9sq. Josh. 6,22. 1 Sam. 26, 4. al.

ΤΊΡΗ. 53. i. q. Syr. Ww, to teach
to walk, e. g. a child, to lead by the
hand, Hos. 11, 3.

Deriy. 5) (0555), mizan2, >34, pr. n.
pnd35.

55 f. in pause 553, 6. suff. "539; dual
(also of more than ἐν Lev. 11, 93. 42)
7232 , constr. "239, comm. pend: (m.
Prov. 1, 16. 7, 11. Jer. 13, 16); plur.
p.>39 ἢ in sigalf. 2.

1. the foot of men and beasts, Ez. 1,

7. 29,11, Arab. bey, Syr. LS, id.—

So b3 WY} IND from his head even
to his feet Lev. 13, 12, and 923 539 922.
SPIp from the sole of the foot even to the
crown of the head Deut: 28, 35. Is. 1, 6..
Job 2,7; comp. Gr. εἰς ἜΡΩΣ ἐκ sickle
Hom. Il. 18. 353; ἐκ ποδῶν sis κεφαλήν
Arist. For 533 228 toe of the foot, see
in S2EN; for ban 72 see in ἼΠΞ; for
pads Sor see in ὥτϑ; for mtdy3 M39.
see in 53); for psd39 9 urine, see in
Δ Ὁ. So pqbs3 “yt the hair of the feet,
i. e. of the pudenda, Is. 7, 20; but ὉΠ 5)"
is not put by euphemiem for wiilende, as

02

962 =
some suppose, in Ex. 4, 25. Is. 6,2. For | Ἔ 72279 id. Job 18, 11. Hab. 3, δ.
the phrase 07532 OM, see in 729. ΤΗΝ and 9 ih at one’s feet,

Also "ἢ "33 Dip the place of Jeho-
vah’s feet, ‘where he sets his feet, i. e.
‘Le temple Is. 60, 13, comp. Ez. 43, 7;

for 19339 DoF ina like sense, see in D773.

—Often that is ascribed to the feet,
which strictly pertains toa person walk
ing or journeying on foot ; 1 Sam, 23, 22
the place where his foot cometh. 2 K. 21,
_ 8. Is. 23, 7. 32, 20. 52,7
upon the mountains are the feet of him
that bringeth glad tidings. Nah. 2, 1.—
Deut. 11, 10 5393 MPH to water with the
foot, i. e. to irrigate land by raising
water with a small tread-wheel, turned
with the feet and hands; such as were
anciently and are still sometimes used in
Egypt for watering gardens, and also in
Palestine for raising water from wells;
in Gr. ἕλιξ, See Philo de Contus. Ling.
I. p.410 Mang. Niebuhr Reisebeschr.
I. p. 149 and Tab. XV. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I. p. 542. 11. p. 351. IIL p. 21.

2. Metaph. a) a step, beat, tap of the
foot ; only in plur. 07535 beats, fortimes,
these being counted by beating with the
foot; comp. O38 no. 3. Num. 22, 28
prban whe mr man thou hast beaten
me these three times. v. 32. 33. Ex. 23,
14. Ὁ) foot-step, step, pace; as bip
1239 the sound of foot-steps 1 K. 14, 6. 2
K. 6, 32. Gen. 33, 14 naxbun Ὁ} ac-
cording to the pace of the flocks, as they
are able to travel. 6) foot-slep, track ;
so in Ὁ "2392, B "37>, see in no. 3.
a, b.

3. With Prepositions: a) 923 on
foot Ps. 66, 6; 175393 on his feet, on foot,
Judg. 4, 15. 17. oben dp swift of foot
2 Sam. 2, 18. Am. 2, 15. Also to be
‘p "2994 at the feet of any one, in his
Sfoot-steps, i. e. to follow any one, Ex. 11,
8. Deut. 11, 6. Judg. 4, 10. 15. 5, 15. 2
Sam. 15,17. 1 K. 20, 10. 2K. 3, 9. al.
Comp. Gr. κατὰ πόδας τινός.

b) Έ 5395, to be at the foot of any one,
in his foot-steps, i. 6. to follow any one,
1 Sam. 25, 42. Gen. 30, 30 Jehovah hath
blessed thee in my foot-steps, has caused
prosperity to follow me into thy dwell-
ing. So of Cyrus, Is. 41, 2 Ἐπ ἢ ΤΡῚΣ
i>g7> prosperity encounters him (and fol-
lows) in his foot-steps ; unless pérh. we
render simply: at every step. Plur. .

how beautiful ἡ

him. See also in lett. c. β.
c) =°332 ἘΣ upon or at the feet, e. g.
«) mda by ΩΣ to stand upon one’s feet
Ez. 2, 1: Zech. 14, 12+ also ribs by ap
2 K. 13, 21. Coin Dan. 7, 4. 8) >B3
‘p "533 dy to fall at the feet of any one,
1 Sam. 25, 24. 2 K. 4, 37. In the same
sense, ‘D 58:5 "25> Esth. 8, 3, and δ
aba ar Deut. 33, 3. |
d) 8 “825 rnin under one’s Jeet, as an
emblem of subjection, 2 Sam. 22, 39.
Ps. 8, 7. 18, 39. 47, 4.
e) 8555 2 between the feet Judg. 5,
27. The ried "339 9°22 see in ἸὩ
no. 4. c. Gen. 49, 10. Deut. 28, 57.

237 and 93°) Chald. m. the foot, opp. PS,
Dan. 2. 33. Dual 52. the feet, spoken .
also of ‘quadrupeds, Dan. 7,4. Emphat.
m=539 Dan. 2, 41. 42; 6. «οἱ 2, 33. 34,
1, eo

235 m. (τ. 739) a fuller ; see in DMD35,
and >34 1Σ in 72 no. 2. bb.

"237 m. (r. 239) a foot-man, i.e. one on
foot, only i in a military sense, foot, foot-
soldier, Ex. 12, 37. Num. 11,21. 1 Sam.
4,10. 15, 4. 2 Sam. 10,6. al. With ΘῸς
added Judg. 20,2. 1 Chr. 18, 4. 19, 18.

Plur. 59337 Jer. 12,5. Arab. is hers )
id. Syr. ENS.

=) (fullers’ place, τ. by) Rogelim,
pr. n. of a town in Gilead, 2 Sam. 17,27.
19, 32.

*D39 1. to heap or pile up, to accu-
mulate ; Arab. and -) VIII to be

accumulated, heaped up; kindr. with the
biliteral roots ΘΔ, 02, 09, for which see
under DID, 023. Hence 23> heap,
crowd.

2. Spec. to heap up stones upon any
one, see 2392; hence to throw stones
at any one, to stone. Arab. ) to heap
up stones upon a grave; also to cover
with stones, tostone. Syr. ya,3 to stone.
Chald. ἘΔ" Ps cast stones, arrows, etc.—
Construed: a) With 53 of pers. to stone
to death, prob. so as to form a pile of
stones over the dead body; Ez. 23, 4
728 DEY O77} and they shall

O34

ie them with stones. Ὁ) With 3 of pers.
Lev. 24, 16; and with 538 added 1 K.

eae, 18. ὁ) With acc. of pers. Lev. 24,
14; often with 13 3 added, Lev. 20, 2.

ἢ 27. Ez. 16, 40, 5°2382 fim: 14, 10, or
4 jas Lev. 24, 23. Josh. ”, 25. Hehe

3. to throw or lay on polis, to bedaub

any thing, i. 6. to.colour, to paint, kindr.
_ with Dp‘; pr. from the idea of throwing,
as we speak of throwing any thing upon
paper, into writing, etc. comp. also Germ.

_ Entwurf sketch. Hence 72398 a costly

colour, purple.

Ps. 106, 25.

in τὴ, Or.

δ

4. From the signif: of throwing comes

also Chald. quadrilit. 039M pr. drajicere,
to set one over a river; and hence to
_ translate from one language into an-
_ other, to interpret.

Deriv. 039, 97235, 25772, 72398, D5.
7? we? ee > a i Nd ite ἃ-.

D3) (i. q. ae) friend sc. of God) Re-

ἷ gem, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 47.

729 Δ (friend of the king) Regem-

_ melech, pr. n. τὰ. Zech. 7, 2.

O37 f. a heap, then a throng, band,

Ps. 68, 28. ΒΗ. 535.

" a to murmur, to rebel, kindr. with
B37, ὉΠ, see in 139; Part. Is. 29, 24.

_ The kindred dialects have not this root.

Nipu. id. with 3 of pers. Deut. 1, 27.

Be 2. 1. pr. to make tremble, comp.
Arab. transp. ) to

_ tremble, see in no. 3. Hence to terrify,
_ to make afraid, espec. by threats, up-
| braiding, Is. 51,15 153 on™ Den 52
_ who maketh the sea afraid, and its waves
_ do roar, i.e. are agitated, thrown into
commotion as by fears; Sept. well τα-
᾿ράσσων. Targ. chiding, upbraiding. Jer.

| 31, 35. Job 26, 12 mtn 237 ‘inda dy his
power he maketh the sea afraid, parall.

| by his wisdom he smiteth through its
| pride. Comp. 725 Ps. 106,9. Nah. 1, 4.

2. Intrans. to be afraid, terrified, to

| shrink together for fear ; hence to be
still, quiet; comp. Eth. 420 to con-
tract, to be coagulated as milk; and for
_ the sense comp. Ἴ33, HND, RDP —Job7. 5
ὌΝ 5" 52 “i> my skin contracts i. 6.

Dehrivels (and cracks), and runs with mat-
ter.—Syr. to be contracted, of the skin.

963

12
8. 1. ᾳ. Arab.

be terrified; hence of the tremulous
motion of the eye, to wink, see Hiph.
no. 3, and 33.

Nurs. iq. Kal no. 2, to be quiet, to
rest, of the sword Jer. 47, 6.

Hien, 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to
cause to rest, to give quiet to a people,
Jer. 31, 2. 50,34. Also for Zo set, to found,
to establish, Is. 51,4 vay Wind "UBB
3°398 J will set (establish firmly) my law
as ὦ light for the nations.

2. Intrans. to rest, to dwell quietly.
Deut. 28, 65. Is. 34, 14.

3. to wink with the eyes, to give a
wink, see Kal no. 3. Jer. 49, 19 ">
WLAN 438 7. will wink, I will cause
him to run, i.e. at my wink he shall run.
50, 44. Prov. 12,19 ΠΣ ΣΡ while I
wink, i. e. for a moment; opp. 33> for
ever.

Deriv.

*) to tremble, pr. to

337, 53], Baya, MZa7.

337) m.+adj. still, quiet, see τ. 339 Kal
no. 2. Plur. constr. γι °535 Ps. 35, 20.

23) m. (τ. 334) in pause 334; plur.
5).

1. a wink of the eye; then a moment
of time, comp. Germ. Augenblick, also
momentum for movimentum. Is. 54, 7
jp 2393 in a little moment. Ex. 33, 5.
—With Prepositions : a) 3292 in a
moment, suddenly, speedily, Job 21, 13.
b) 225 "33 for a moment, Job 20,5. c)
3222 as in a moment, suddenly, un-
expectedly, Num. 16, 21. 17, 10. Ps. 73,
19; 325 ‘92 id. Lam. 4, 6. ‘Stronger j is

334 us2D for a little moment Is. 26, 20.

Ezra 9, 8. d) Acc. 335, for a moment
Is. 54, 8. Ps. 30,6; in @ moment, sud-
denly, at once, Jer. 4, 20. Ps. 6,11. Job
34, 20. e) Plur. min in all moments,
every moment, Job 7,18. Is. 27,3. Ez.
26, 16. 32, 10.

5. one time; repeated, once—again,
like Chald. "31, Arab. wrS,. Jer. 18, 7
once (33) I speak toa people....9 and
again (+371) Ispeak to a people. See
Chald. Ἴ8 1 no. 2.

* WS kindr. with ὥϑη, to rage, to
make a noise, tumult ; of nations Ps. 2,1.
In Targg. for Heb. Aon, w24 —Honee
Bay, mo.

122
Ὁ). Chald. i.g. Heb. Harn. 87375,

to run together with tumult, c. >> Ben:
6, 7. 12. 16.

᾿ 5 m. Ps. 55, 15, and M37 f. Ps, 64,
3, pr. ‘a noisy crowd,’ hence genr. ὦ
crowd, multitude.

ἘΠῚ pr. to tread down or in pieces,
to break in pieces by treading, kindr.

-

with y=, VU) comp. M7}. Ps. 144, 2
“Ann ‘ap 3353 who treadeth down the
nations under me; "23 for 0% which
is read in many Mss. Sept. languidly:
ὑποτάσσων τὸν λαύν μου, and so Vulg.
Pesh. qui subdidit, anne: Targ. re-
tains 17°79 .—Is. 45, 1 ΠΣ ἐν Ἢ > to
tread down before him the nations ; ; 9
inf. for the usual 72.—Hence

Hipu. to spread out, to expand, as if by
treading, stamping ; then ἐο overlay, i. q.
9, 6. g. with gold 1 K. 6, 32.

Deriv. 7°, pr. n. "7.

Ἢ 4 fut. FA, conv. 455 ;-kindr.
with 574. Arab. 5°:

1. to tread, to trample down or in pieces,
to break in pieces by treading; Arab.
(59) I, IV, id—E. g. the wine-press,
i. e. the grapes in it, with acc. impl.
Joel 4,13 [3,13]; with 3, Ps. 49, 15
pes ἘΞ say the upright shall tread
upon (over) them, i.e. walk upon their
graves. Is. 14,6 ἘΠῚ} 5x3 ἀνὰ tramp-
ling down in anger the nations.

2. to thead, i. 6. to walk, to go; Syr.
135 id. L295 a going, journey. So Jer. 5,
31 the prophets prophesy falsely, phon
pws" b> aan and the priests walk at
their side, i i. e. are their companions and
helpers, see in ΣῈΣ πο. 3. ἃ. Targ. well
ny" ὉΣ 7570 they help at their side.
Others: they bear rule, as in no. 3.—Of
fire, 0 run or pass through, c. acc. Lam.
1,13 God hath sent fire into my bones,
ΠΣ π 5} and it runneth through them all.

Syr. 195 of fire, Bar. Heb. 216.

3. to have dominion, to rule, to bear
rule, c. 3 over any one, Gen. 1, 26. 28.
Lev. 25, 43. 46. 1 K. 5, 4. 30. be 14, 2.
Ez. 29,15. al. With acc. id. Lev. 25, 53.
Ez. 34,4. Ps. 68, 28; absol. Num. 24,
19. Ps. 72,8. 110, 2, Sept: κυριεύω, ἄρχω,
᾿ ete.—Chald. id. but rare.

964.

7

4. From the idea of breaking ec
the sense to break off, to tear off, and
to take out or away, as honey from
hive. So in the vexed passage Judg. L
9 BD->x ANTI and he broke it
(tore or took it out) i in his hands.... δι
he told them not 177 ΤΣ ΤῸ ὦ
W251 that out of t of the ion
he had broken (taken) the honey ; Sept.
ἐξεῖλεν, Vulg. sumsil. In Talm, AT is
used of bread or cakes which adhern a o
the oven and are torn away.

Prev i. q. Kal, to tread or ipa
pieces ; fut. apoc. 373 for A377 rake
13 bis. So Abulwalid ; but the usual
and better interpretation takes oh aS
imper. of 73", where see. .

Hiru. causat. of Kal no, 1, Is. 41, 3.

Deriv. perh. M372, seein ma72 p.615.

ὙΠ (treading down, τ. 111) ——
pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 2, 14.

TT) τὰ. (τ. 7} 6. suff. "3934, plan.
prs ; pr. ‘ something expanded ;?
hence of a wide and thin female gar-
ment, a veil, Is. 3,23. Cant. 5, 7.—Chald.
x3" for Heb. 575% veil Gen. 24, 65.

38, 14. Syr. Tpa2s, Arab. 81d), id.

* D7" in Kal not used, pr. to snore,
to be in a deep sleep, onomatopoetic.
Comp. Gr. δαρϑάνω, dégm (sterto), and
transp. Lat. dormio.

ΝΊΡΗ. 0773 1. to lie in deep sleep,
pr. to be oppressed with sleep, Prov. 10,
5. Jon. 1, 5. 6.

2. to sink down stupified, senseless, to
be stunned, Dan. 8, 18. 10, 9. Judg, 4, 21.
Ps. 76, 7.

Deriv. msn.

D5 1 Chr. 1, 7 (also Gen. 10, 4 in
Samar. and Sept. where the Heb. text
has 0°25) Rodanim, pr. n. of a Grecian
people descended from Javan, and men-
tioned along with the Cyprians, B°M>.
Most probably the Rhodians are to be —
understood, whom Epiphanius, himself —
a Cyprian, describes as being of the —
same origin with the Cyprians, and as —
included with them under the name —
Kitiqe Chitlim ; Epiph. adv. Heeret. 30.

δ 25.—But the reading 0°25 Dardani
has the greater authors see Fanta
p. 215. P

δ

7 fut. F597, once 735" Ps. 7, 6

‘in some editions (a false orthography
_ from the two forms 5777 and 977° after
_ the analogy of bom Ps. 73, 9; see
_ Lehrg. p. 462); pr. to run after, to follow
_ eagerly, to pursue. Chald. and Syr. id.

Arab. less strongly, to follow, to be after.

_ The primary ideais that of treading,
going, ramnng, ih lies in the sylla-
ble in 779, F719; also that of thrust-
ing, urging, in the syll. 57, see 935,
_ 932,583, comp. in r. tp>.—Judg. 3, 28
ἢ “308 ὅθ: run ye after me, tollow me
closely. 2 K. 5, 21. Ps. 23, 6.—Spec.
_ a) Ina hostile sense, to pursue after, to
_ chase, c. "8% Gen. 31, 23. 35, 5. Judg.
_ 4,16. 1 Sam. 23, 25. 28. 2Sam. 17,1. al.
sep. With acc. and this oftener in poetic

style, Gen. 14, 15. Judg. 4, 22. Ps. 7, 6. |

Job 13, 25. Is. 41, 3. Am. 1, 11. al.
Rarely c. > Judg. Ἢ, 25, > Job 19, 28;
absol. Gen. 14, 14. Ex. 15, 9. Part.
B"H pursuers, persecutors, Josh. 2,7. 16.
22; c. suff. "BI5, "HIF, Ps. 7, 2. 35, 3.
3 Sam. 24,13. Ὁ) Trop. to follow afler
any thing, fo pursue as an object of de-
sire, with acc. e.g. strong drink Is. 5,11;
bribes Is. 1, 23; the wind i. e. vain
things Hos. 12,2; the right Deut. 16,
20. Prov. 21, 21. Is. 51,1; wrong Ps.
119, 150; peace Ps. 34, 15; c. inf et>
’ Fos, 6,3. 6) to chase away, to put to
flight, Lev. 26, 36. Trop. Job 30, 15.

NipH. pass. of Kal lett. a, Lam. 5, 5.
Part. 5373 Ecc. 3, 15, pr. ‘chased away,
- put to flight,’ i. e. the past.

Pre. i. q. Ral, but only in poetical
style.

1. to pursue, in a hostile sense Nah.
1,8. Prov. 13, 21. 5

2. lo follow. to run after any one Hos.
2, 9. Prov. 12,11. 28,19. Trop. to fol-
low after righteousness Prov. 15, 9; evil
11, 19. 19, 7 he followeth after words,
i. e. the poor man catches at the words
of friends and trusts in them.

Pua (lo be chased, driven away, Is. 17,
13. i

Hien. to pursue, to chase, Judg. 20, 43.

Deriv. 372.

᾿ a fut. plur. 53999 1, to rage, to
be outrageous, violent, c. 2 against any
one, Is. 3, 5.—Syr. «σι to make noise

anduproar. Kindr. with the verbs 05°,
81*

965

7

no", and others beginning with ™7, 55,
a1, see under 139 .—Hence

2. to press upon, to urge strongly, with
acc. of pers. Prov. 6, 3 47°39 3 be
urgent with thy friend.—Found also Is.
60,5 in some Mss. for 317 ; but less well.

Hira. 1. to make fierce, courageous,
to embolden, Ps. 138, 3.

2. to press greatly, to overcome, trop.
Cant. 6, 5.

Detiv. 372, 375, 422, and

a) m. adj. violent, proud, plur. 2°77
Ps. 40, 5.

37] m. 1. violence, insolence, pride.
Job 9,13 399 "213 proud helpers ; comp.
Is. 30, 7 in no. 2. b.

2. Poet. a) ἃ sea~monster, a ferocious
aquatic animal, as τὸ κῆτος, the croco-
dile, and so differing little from "2m
and jm7>. Job 27, 12 by his power he
maketh the sea afraid, and by his under-
slanding 379 12 he smiteth the sea-
monsters ; Sept. to κῆτος. Here the sea’
and its monsters are then in parallelism.
Is. 51, 9 art thou not it, (O arm of Jeho-
vah,) 2 Mine am Maxnan that
hast cut off the sea-m monster, that hast
wounded the dragon ? i.e. Eeypt, which
elsewhere also is represented under the
image of an aquatic monster, e. g. as
smitten in the Red Sea Ps, 74, 13. 14;
so Pharaoh Ez. 29, 3. 32, 3, comp. Ps.
68, 31; also Babylon under the like
image Is. 27, 1.—Hence

b) Rahab (sea-monster), as an appel-
lative for Egypt, Ps. 87,4. 89,11. Perh.
Is. 51, 9, see above.—Allusion is made to
the originof the name in Is. 30,7: Egypt
helpeth in vain... therefore I call her:
M30 ΠῚ 31 violence (i. 6. the violent)
they sit still, i.e. boasting and blustering
they are yet cowards; prob. a prover-
bial expression.

37 m. pride, meton. that of which
one is proud, c. suff. pam Ps. 90, 10.

* 3017 obsol. root, Arab. ἘΣ , to
cry out ; “hence

ai) (outcry) Roheah, pr. n. m. 1
Chr. 7, 34 Keri; for which Cheth.
marin.

7) a spurious root Is. 44, 8; seer
mI,

ὉΠ

* ὩΓΡΤ, obsol. root, Aram. 377, a5,

i. 4. 777, fo run, to flow, as water ; comp.

under lett. %.—Hence the two follow-
ing.

OF) m. plur. pun 1. watering-

troughs, Gen. 30, 38. 41. Ex. 2, 16.

Chald. 82071, Syr. Lind, Rais, id.
2. locks, αὶ so called from their
flowing down, Cant. 7, 6.

ON m. (τ. 25) carved or fretted
ceiling, so called from the hollows in it
resembling troughs or channels; comp.
Sept. φάτνωμα from φάτνη manger.
Cant. 1, 17 Keri 528°), in a few Mss.
plur. ONT, Vulg. laquearea. In
Cheth. DoT, see art. OMT.

, o7 obsol. root, prob. to make a
noise, tumult, like the kindr. B29, 379,
and also 2m, 02m. Hence ὉΠ, Arab.

59 =? , .
els , multitude, in the pr. n. ὉΠ.

From this lost form come also, as * it
would seem, by softening me ἘΜῊ

both the form pRD, and Arab. pes mul-
titude.

‘T) Chald. (for "8", τ᾿ Ἢ) aspect, form,
Dan. 2, 91. 3, 25.

33 - see art. 34.

)

27 i. α. 2", to contend, to quarrel.
Traces of a root with mid. Vav are
found in the pr. names 2337",
also in Cheth. 297M Prov. 3, 30.

ἘΠῚ. gq. Arab. of, to wander about,
to ramble, spec. of animals which have
broken loose ; Conj. ΠῚ, IV, to inquire
after, to seek, sc. by running up and
down; to desire, to wish.—Hence trop.
of a people who have as it were broken
loose from God’s yoke and run wildly
about, Jer. 2, 31. Hos. 12, 1 [11, 12]
, Ὁκ πεν Fa THD AIAN" Judah yet runs wild
towards "God.

Hipn. fat. 1°", i. q. Kal, Gen. 27, 40
FINIS ἘΣ iby ΠΡ Ἴ8: TIF WWD nn}
and it shall be, when thou shalt rove at
large, that thou shalt break his yoke
from off thy neck. Of one driven hither
and thither by cares and anxiety, Ps. 55,
3 "wa MR 7 wander about in my
complaining.

Deriv. 7992, and pr. ἢ. 7738.

966

nwa;
νὰ Ὁ ν

ΠῚ"

ἘΓ to drink to the full, rw be
sated with drink, drenched, as 338 t
be sated with food; once with fatness
which is sucked or dient in rather tha
eaten, Ps. 36,9. With 72 of thing Ps. 36
9. Jer. 46, 10; see Hiph. Poetically of
the sword as drinking up blood Jer.
l. c. also of persons with forbidden

pleasures, Prov. 7, 18. ν ἴσα Sy he

ΖΦ to be sated with drink, to be wa- 7
tered. Aram. 87, {o3, stronger, to be
drunken ; see Piel no. 1. Ὁ.
Pret 1. to satiate, to drench oneself; 14
hence i. q. Kal, butintens. a) tobe fully
salted, drenched, i.e. wet, soaked, of the —
earth, c. 72 Is. 34,7. Ὁ) to be drunk, —
poet. of the sword, Is. 34,5; comp. Syr.
2. Causat. to make drink in, to water, —
e.g. fields Ps. 65, 11; c. dupl. ace. Is. —
16, 9 "M327 Fw J will water thee
with my tears ; the form 71778 being by
transpos. for 37228,.see Lehrg. p. 143. —
Also to satiate any one, 8. g. with fat- —
ness, c. dupl. ace. Jer. 31, 14; spoken of
conjugal desire Prov. 5, 19.
Hipu. to give to drink, to water, Jer.
31,25; afield Jer. 55, 10; lodrendh ἐνὸς j
3, 15. "Also to satiate Jer.31, 253 with fate
ness Is. 43,24, comp. Ps. 36,9. Jer.31,14.
Deriv. An, "4, and :

ΓΛ m. adj. fem. 7), sated with drink,
Deut. 29, 18; well batered, ofa garden,
Is. 58, 11. ion, 31,12. Β, πη.

MOM, see in man.

* TA" obsol. root, prob. to hide, to con-
ceal ; Syr. 15 to make secret; Aph. ἢ]
to hide counsel.—Hence Chald. 19.

ΤΠ fut. mis, to breathe, kindr,
with mn; to breathe Sreely, by which
the breast i is enlarged, dilated, refreshed
(see Is. 60,5); hence intrans. to be large,
ample, spacious. Impers. "2 M39 it is
enlarged to me, I have room to breathe,
I am refreshed, 1 Sam. 16, 23. Job 32,
20. Opp. "> ἋΣ —Chald. mn, ἡ:
wos, id.

Puat part. M399 aired, ἀὖτν, PACE,
Jer. 22, 14, 4 eg

Deriv. my and ote

MI} m. 1. enlargement, relief, va
from straits Esth. 4.14, ,

7

™

gt SPue; width, Gen. 32, 17. ‘Arab.
opt

i man in Kal not used, to breathe, to
blow, espec. through the nostrils. The
word is onomatopoetic, like the kindr.
m5 to blow with the mouth, and 53 to

‘br eathe, to respire. Arab. 5 I) the wind

Hires. nn, fut. 1%, conv. mI,
to smell, by snuffing or breathing the air
in and out through the nostrils; Arab.

ia) I, IV, X, to perceive a thing by the

smell; II, to make odorous; Syr. cians

to smell. Comp. Germ. riechen to smell,
also Rauch smoke.—With acc. Gen. 8,
21. 27, 27. 1 Sam. 26, 19; absol. Ps.
115, 6. Deut. 4,28. Metaph. to perceive
by the smell, e. g. fire brought near
Sudg. 16,9; to scent, to snuff, as a horse
the coming battle, prob. owing in fact to
acuteness of smell, Job 39, 25.—With 3
to smell at any thing i. 6. with plea-
sure, 10 enjoy the odour of any thing, Ex.
30, 38. Lev. 26, 31. Hence genr. to

enjoy, to delight in, Am. 5, 21. Is. 11,3
Sms ims his delight shall be in
the fear of the Lord. The signification
of sweet odour is often transferred to any
thing which delights, pleases; see under
‘xa, 0w32, Nh.

Deriv. 17, pr. ἢ. in""; and espe-
cially

ΤΠ f. rarely m. Ex. 10, 13. Ps. 51, 12.
Job 4,15. al. Plur. minis, ning Jer.
49, 36.

1. breath, a breathing, blowing, i. e.

a) breath of the nostrils, a snuffing,
snorting, Job 4, 9. Ps. 18, 16. Hence
anger (comp. 98% from 52% to breathe)
Judg. 8, 3. Is. 25, 4. 30, 28. Zech. 6, 8.
Proy..16, 32. 29, 11; also pride Ps. 76, 13.

b) breath of the mouth, fully 7B mn
Ps. 33, 6, here spoken of the creative
wordof God; ΘΒ m1 Is.11,4. an
‘man to draw breath, to take breath, Job
9,18. Often of the vital breath, breath
| of life, fully Dm 537 Gen. 6, 17. 7, 15.
22; comp. inno. 2. As an emblem of
any thing transient, like the synon. 5311,
Job 7, 7. Ps. 78, 39.

967

ΠῚ
6) breath of air, air in motion, i./e:
a) Lat. aér, aura, a breath of air,aslight
breeze, Job 4, 15. 28, 25. 41,8 [16]. δῷ
mn to snuff up the breeze Jer. 2,24. 14,6.
pint min the breeze of the day, i.e. the
evening, when the cool breeze springs
up, Gen. 3,8, comp. Cant. 2, 17. 4, 6.
Plin. H. N. 2. 47 ‘sub crepusculo com-
motior aura spirare solet.’ Sept..10 δει-

Arab.

~

λινόν.

᾿ todo αἱ evening. β)

Oftener wind, i. 6. a strong wind, Gen.
8, 1. Is. 7, 2. 17, 13. Ps. 1,4. 18, 43. 35,
5. Job 21, 18. al. sep. Also @ tempest,
hurricane, Job 1,19. 30,15. Is. 27, 8.

| Jon. 1,4. 1K. 19,11. The air was sup-

posed to be put in motion by the breath
of God, see Ex. 15, 8. Job 15, 30; hence
the wind is also called Mjn° m7 the
breath, blast, wind of Jehovah, Is. 40, 7.
Hos. 13, 15. ° (Not Gen. 1, 2, see no. 4.)
Poet. the wind is said to have wings,
Ps. 18, 11. 104, 3. Hos. 4,19. Comp.
Ovid. Met. 1. 264.

Further, M9", wind, is also put:

aa) For a side or quarter of the hea-
vens, 6. g. Ὁ M7 fhe eastern quar-
ter, the east, Ez. 42, 16; comp. 17. 18.
19. minis 2248 the four winds or quar-
ters of the heavens Ez. 37, 9. 42, 20. 1
Chr. 9, 24. Zech. 2, 10.

bb) For any thing empty, vain, Is. 26,
18. 41,29. Mic. 2, 11. main "733 vain
words Job 16, 3. Main M33 vain know-
ledge 15, ἃ. 99 (MAD) 7D vain de-
sire, see ΓΗ͂Σ, iS. So to sow the
wind Hos. 8, 7; ᾽ω inherit the wind Prov.
11, 29; nin’ ‘foe wind, for nought, in
‘aia Ece. 5, 15. Jer. 5,13. Job 6, 26.mere
wind are the words of one desperate!
comp. Gr. εἰς ἀέρα λαλεῖν 1 Cor. 14, 9.—
Trop. a wind or tempest is put for an in-
vading army, Jer. 4, 11. 12, comp. v. 10. 13.

2. 1. ᾳ. Ὁ 59 no. 2, ψυχή, anima, i.e. the-
vital breath, spirit, life, the principle of
life as embodied and manifested in the
breath of the mouth and nostrils, see in
no. 1.b; spoken both of men and beasts,
Kee. 3, 19. 21. 8, 8. 12,7. Job 12, 10.
ἼΞ M17 PS there was no breath in him,
spoken of the dead, Ez. 37, 8; also of
things, as idols, Jer. 10, 14. 51,17. Hab.
2,19; metaph. of one overcome with
surprise and astonishment, 1 Καὶ. 10, £3
comp. Ez. 2, 2. 3, 24. Hence is said

a
f

Ὡς ὉΠ

“man 3h the life of my spirit, i. 6. my
life, Is. 38,16; "Min ANI Gen. 45, 27
and "MAN ΓΙΞῸ my spirit, “life, revives, re-
turns, Judge. "15, 19. 1Sam. 30, 12, i. 6. to
revive, to be refreshed. Job 6, 4 arrows,
the poison of which drinketh up my life.
10, 12. 17, 1. Ps. 31,6. Poet. 32°58 TAT
the breath of our nostrils i.e. our life,
meton. for an object dear as life, Lam.
4, 20.—Once the human spirit or life is
called also ἐπῆρ Τὴ Job 27, 3, as being
. breathed into man from God and again
returning to God, Gen. 2, 7. Ece. 12, 7.
Ps. 104.29; so too in Gen. 6, 3, for which
see in r. }°%.—Twice in the description
of prophetic visions the term spirit, life,
is used of a certain divine and miracu-
lous power, by which things otherwise
inanimate are animated and moved, Ez.
10, 17. Zech. 5, 9.

3. i. q. 6E2 no. 3, animus, the rational.
soul, mind, spirit.

a) As the seat of the affections, emo-
tious, and passions of various kinds. Prov.
25, 28 one not ruling inn his own spirit
i.e. his passions, affections. 29.11. Gen.
41,8 his mind was agitated, troubled.
Job 19, 17. To it are then attributed
patience M7 3728 Ece. 7, 8, impatience,
min “xp q. v. pride M9 F25 q. v. quiet-
ness, lowliness of mind,see "P and >5W ;
grief of mind Gen. 26, 35. Ps. 34, 19.

b) In reference to the disposition, the
mode of feeling and acting ; in which
sense one is said to have firmness of
mind, a firm spirit Ps. 51,12; a matly
spirit Prov. 18,14; a new and better
spirit Ez. 11,19. 18, 31. ete. Sometimes
also of a spirit or disposition common to
many, as B°2931 M5" the spirit of whore-
dom Hos. 4, 12; 0°19 min Is. 19, 14;
MAIN ΤΠ 29,10; AXP m9 Num. 5, 14,
etc. and such a spirit is said to be pour-
ed out on men from on high, to be im-
parted to them from God, comp. Is. 11, 2.
32,15. Ez. 36, 26. 27. Similar is Is.
28, 6 Jehovah avill be awin> wpa mind
opinn-bs 5 for a spirit of justice to those
who sit for judgment, i. e. he will fill all
judges with a spirit of justice. 1 K. 22,
22.

6) Of will, counsel, purpose ; Ez. 1, 12
whither the mind (purpose ) was to go, they
went. Hence ΠΗ ΓΝ "737 fo stir up the
mind, spirit, purpose of any one to any

968

27,18. Josh. 2,11. δ, 1. Hab. 1, 11. b )

‘life of virtue and holiness, Ps. 51, 13. 1

mn

thing, 1 Chr. 5, 26. 2 Chr. 21, 16. 36,2
Ezra 1, 1; and in asense nearly simil
mn ἽΞ ἸῺ fo suggest a purpose to ar
one, to inspire him with it, 2 K. 19, 7a
37, 7. ὑπ ὕπο ΓΙ 1 Wy whose mind (wi
impels him Ex. 86, 21 , whence M3" My "
Ps. 51, 14. So mn ἘΣ nbs j ing. 32 >> ΠΡ:
to come up into the mind, e. g. ἃ purpose.
Ez. 20, 32.—1 Chr. 28, 12 the paler
all ὩΣ 192 5 Wey that he had inh
mind, which he purposed to make.

ἃ) ‘More rarely of the underste 7
intellect, M92 “ἢ Ex. 28,3. Deut. 34,9,
Is. 11, 2; also Is. 29, 24. 40, 13. τ

Absol. 9 aa) spirit, courage, Nur

spirit, genius, by which man is as it
were inspired to be wise, eloquent, et
Job 20, 3. 32, 8. 18. Is. 19, 3.

4. ΤῊΝ man, Mins mn, the Spirit
of God, of Jehovah ; poet. by mn Joh
33, 4, ribs ’ “ Job 27,3; rarely ΘῊΡ τον
the Holy Spirit of God, ‘and then alway
c. suff. 727R min Ps. 51, 13. Is. 63, 10.
11; also κατ΄ ἐξοχήν Man "Hos, 9,73, Ut
divine Spirit or power, which like ne
wind and the breath cannot be seen, but
which peryades the universe, Ps. 139,7 s¢
animates and fills it with life, Gen. 1,
Job 26, 13. 27, 3. 33, 4. Ps. 104, 29, 30
through which God governs and pro-
tects the world and also mankind, Is. 40
13. 63, 14. Neh. 9, 20; and ‘invites to a

143, 10.

Especially the O. T. refers to this
divine Spirit all extraordinary gifts and
powers of mind, as of the artificer Ex.
31, 3. 35, 31; of the prophet Num. 24, 2.
1 Sam. 10, 6. 10. Is. 42, 1. 61, 1. Mic. 8
8. al. whence M773 Ὅν the prophet Hos.
9,7; of the interpreter of dreams Gen.
41, 38; of warlike valour in a chie
Judg. 3,10. 6,34. 11, 29. 13, 25; also ὁ
royal virtues Is. 11, 2 sq. This same
spirit is given to some and taken away
from others, 1 Sam. 16, 13. 14; is
ferred from one to another Num. 11, 17.
2 K. 2,15; but in the glorious reign of
the Messiah will be poured out upon all
men, Joel 3, 1. Is. 59, 21. ᾿

Spoken dlso of an evil spirit from God,

‘which entered Saul and made him mo-

rose and furious, 1 Sam. 16, 14. 15. 16.
23. 18,10; also an unclean spirit, é

ἘΠῚ πὰ

Ὁ sede, which inspired false pro-
sts, Zech. 13, 2, comp. 1 K. 22, 21 sq.
_ Sometimes it ia. pat in antith. with
“ba flesh, Is. 31,3. Zech. 4, 6. Gen. 6,
Ξ see “wa no. 2.

ΠῚ Chald.i.g. Heb. 1. wind, Dan.
2,35. Plur. constr. Dan. 7, 2.

_ 2. spirit, mind, animus, Dan. 5, 20.7, 15.
3. a spirit from God i in man, Dan. 4,5.

5. 15. 5, 12. 14. 6, 4.

τ ΓΤ Γ(υ. nt) abreathing, Lam. 3,56;
r. breathing-time, respite, Ex. 8, 11 [15].

ΤΠ Γ abundant drink, abundance,

s. 23, 5..66, 12. ΒΒ. ΠῚ.

oe fut. 8555, apoc. B55, conv.
‘DWM, once 593) ex. 16, 20. Part. 5"
‘see after Kal. ;

1. to lift up oneself, to rise, to be lifted
or raised up; Chald.id. Syr. Aph. to

sustain. Samar. 44} to be high. Kindr.
Teots are 029, DIN, O10, ΠΡ. A
trace of transitive power seems to exist
in the pr. ἢ. 5959 ‘whom Jehovah sus-
tains.’—Spoken of persons and things;
e. g. of Noah’s ark Gen. 7, 17 ; the glory
in the sanctuary Ez. 10,4. Hence to
rise up, to arise, Is. 30, 18 see in 53M Piel
(where others less well: to be afar off ).
Trop. of prosperity, e. g. a city Prov.
11, 11; once i: q. fo grow, of worms Ex.
16,20.—Metaph. a) 2>0% the heart is

14, 17, 20. al. ΠΣ 470" the eyes are
lifted up, lofty, from pride Prov. 30, 13.
Ps. 131, 1. b) to exalt oneself, to show
Gneself powerful, Ps. 21, 14. 57, 6; with
ἘΣ to triumph over any one Ps, 13, 3.
9) to extol oneself, i. 6. to glory, to boast,

in a good sense, Ps. 89, 17.

2. to be raised up, to be made high; ;
e. g. of ahighway that is cast up, Is. 49,
11 (comp. 530, 722). Metaph. to be
_ extolled with praises Ps. 18, 47; also to
δὲ exalted in power, might, dignity, fo
become powerful, Ps. 140, 9. Num. 24, 7.
Is. 52, 13; ascribed to the hand Dent.
» 32, 27. Ps. 89, 14; to the head Ps. 27,6;
to the horn 1 Sas. 2,1. Ps. 89, 18. 25.
112,9; comp. in 3p.

3. to be high, lofty, Job 22,12. Me-
_taph. of those conspicuous in power and
glory, to be high, exalted, Ps. 46, 11.
Mic. 5, 8.

f
4
ἐξ
Ἷ
G
f

ἢ

969.

lifled up, is elated with pride, Deut. 8,

ὍΝ ὦ

Part..07,f.23 1. lifted up, high,
e. g-of the threatening hand of God Is.
26, 11. - 794 792 with uplifted hand, i.e.
openly, proudly, with defiance, Ex. 14,
8. Num. 33, 3; comp. 15, 30 and >i"
m2 Job 38, 15.

2. high, lofty, 6. g..a mountain, tree,
Deut. 12, 2. Is. 2, 13. 14. Ez. 6, 13.17,
22. 20, 98. 34, 6; a seat, throne te 6,1;
a mountain Ez. 20, 28, etc. Of men of
stature, tall, Deut. 1, 28. 2, 10. 21. 9,2;

comp. Is. 10, 33. Of God as dwelling _.

on high Ps. 113, 4. 138, 6. Plur. 690"
the heights of heaven Job 21, 22. Ps. 78,
69.—Metaph. a) ahighi.e. loud voice
Deut. 27, 14. Ὁ) powerful, mighty,
whence M2" 3" mighty hand Deut. 32,
27. c) nian ps lofty eyes, i.e.
proud looks Ps. 18, 28. Prov. 6, 17. ἃ)
high i. e. difficult to comprehend Prov.
24,7, where it is written in the Arabic
manner ΤΩΝ Ἢ q. v. Comp. 330.

Nien. see under r. 072".

Pru. Dain lift up, to raise, to make
high, Ps. 107, 25; hence to build a house
Ezra 9,9; to nidike grow e. g.a plant
with water Ez. 31,4; to bring up chil-
dren, Is. 1, 2. 23,4.—Metaph. a) to set
one on high, i. 6. in a high and secure
place, to place in safety (see 2°30) Ps.
27,5; c. 72 18, 49. 9,14. Ὁ) to Lift up,
to exalt e. g. in honour and prosperity,
1 Sam. 2, 7. Ps. 37, 34. Prov. 14, 34.
Job 17,4. c) to exalt with praises, to
extol, to celebrate, Ps. 30, 2. 34, 4. 99,
5. 9. 107, 32. 145, 1. Is. 25, 1. al.

PotaL 02%" to be exalted in honour,
power, Ps. 75, 11. Part. pina exalted.
glorious, Neh. 9, 5.

Hips. 5717, fut. 0°99, apoc. 0°", conv.
pas; inf. on; ; imp. bon also * Ἴ oon
Milél 2 K. 6, 7.

1. Causat. of Kal: a) to make high,
e. g. a throne Is. 14,135; a nest Job 39,
27. Trop.of pers. to exalt any one, opp.
dipwin, Ps. 75, 8; espec. from a low
condition to honour and. prosperity, ¢
ya 1K. 14, 7. 16, 2. Ps. 89, 20; comp.
1 Sam. 2,8. Ps. 113, 7. In a like sense,
to lift up the head of any one Ps. 3, 4;
the right hand Ps. 89, 43; the horn of
any one, 1. 6. to increase his strength
and power, 1 Sam. 2, 10, Ps. 89. 18 Cheth.
Ps. 92, 11. 148, 14. But Dp ἘΠῚΠ
to lift up one’s own horn, i. q. to be proud,

=i

insolent, Ps. 75,6. b) to set up, to erect,
a monument Gen. 31,45; a standard Is.
49, 22. 62, 10.

2. to lift up, to raise up, e. g. any thing
from the ground 2 K. 2, 13; a rod or
staff Ex. 14, 16. Is. 10, 15; also with 3
of the rod Ex. 7, 20, comp. Heb. Gr.
§ 135. 1.n.3.—Spec. a) fo lift up the
hand or right hand, Ex. 17, 11. Num.
20, 11; in an oath, with "7 Ἐπ Gen. 14,
22. Dan. 12,7; or to do violence, c. 3
1K. 11, 26.27. Comp. Ἢ δ) in r. ΜὶὉ2)
no.1l.a. ὃ) to lift up the feet, i. 6. to go,
Ps. 74,3. But to lift up one’s hand or
foot, i. q. to move, to do any thing, Gen.
41,44. ὁ) to liftup the face to any one,
i. 6. to look upon him unabashed, c. 5x
Ezra 9, 6. Also to lift up the head,
spoken of one who recovers strength
and spirit after quenching his thirst, Ps.
110,7. d) dip oN fo lifl up the voice
or cry, to cry out, Gen. 39, 15. 18. Is. 40,
9. 58, 1; with msn. added to shout
aloud, Ezra 3, 12. Ez. 21, 27; ©. > bo
any one Is. 13,2. Job 38, 34; ¢. ὃ; against
2 K. 19, 22. Is. 37, 23. So also of
a trumpet, 2 Chr. 5, 13 Sip syne
mingsn2 when they lifled up a voice
with trumpets, i.e. when they sounded
the trumpets; also elliptically 15 OS™"
to lift up, the horn or trumpet, in the same
sense, 1 Chr. 25,5. Also dips =" 1
Chr. 15,16; comp. in lett.a. e) loraise
a tax or tribute, ἐο levy, Num. 31, 28.

3. to take up and put before any one,
6. g. food upon a table, 1 Sam. 9, 24.
Hence (to offer, to present, e. g. gifts to
God, to the temple or the priests, Ex. 35,
24. Num. 15,19 sq. 18, 29. 31, 52. Ezra
8, 25. Ez. 45, 1. 13 ; distributions of flesh
to the people 2 Chr. 30,24. 35,7. 8. 9.—
_ Prov. 14, 29 one hasty in spirit sets forth

his folly, presents it to public notice.

4. to take up and away, 6. g. a stone
Josh. 4, 5. Is. 57,14 c. 72. With dat.
2 03h take it up to thyself 2 K. 6, 7.
Trop. Prov. 3, 35 j>p 3. τ΄ 3 Ὁ5
fools take wp and bear ‘shame.—Hence
simpl. to take, Lev. 2, 9. 4,8. 6,8. Nom,
17, 2. 18, 30. 32; of a crown, to take away,
to remove, Ez. 21, 31. Dan. 8, 11 Cheth.

Hops. 6797 pass. of Hiph. no. 3, Ex.
29, 27; pass. of no. 4, Lev. 4,10. Dan.
8 11 Keri.

Hirupat. to lift up oneself, to rise up,

970

D7" Chald. id. Pret. pass. 4
lifted up, of the heart Dan. 5, 20,

Pat. sx to at with in ἃ
extol, to celebrate, Dan. 4, 34. Pass. t
lift up oneself, to rise up, c. 52 ag
any one Dan. 5,23. ᾿Ν 23

Apu. to lift up, to exalt to hono
Dan. 5, 19. )

DN m. Ὁ.
2. elation of mind, pride ; oust
Prov. 21, 4. Is. 10, 12; 55's Jer, 48,29
also simpl. ov Is. 2, 11. 17. me |
D7 Chald. m. height, Dan. 3,1. 4, 17.
Ezra 6, 3.
BN m.i. q. om, height,
hence acc. as adv. os Mab Bae ate

FMON (lofty, τ. τ.) Rumah, pr. n. ¢
a place 2 K. 23, 36. Perh. i. q. ποεῖ αν
TTT Γ (τ O85) elevation, adv. vith
head, elatedly, ρα, lic.

ee δι
Ps. 66, 17. Plur. constr, τήθρ τη, Pe
149, 6. a a
ma ΓΟ (τ. ot) pr. inf Pil. after
the Syriac form, a lifting’ up, c. suff.
pd Stee

* 77" Arab. ων" mid. Ye, to
come, to get the upper hand, c. ὃ
perhaps kindr. with om. In god
used, since fat. 15) Prov. 29, 6 belongs
to 3.

Hirupat. Ps. 78, 65 722 ores

as a mighty man overcome

the Arabic phrase .
wine overcame him, i. e. he became
drunk.

"21 ig. 209 1 Pr. to mabe tte!
noise,see Hiph. Arab. (ἐξ). τὺ
2. to be evil, see Nip¥?. sa
Nore. The forme of Kal 99, 25. ΜΝ
and of Hiph. 229, 294, which are com-

pn

Mon referred to this root, belong to the
v ) 339; see Ewald’s Krit. Gr, p. 472.
Nira. fut. 9199 1. fo suffer evil, to

yme off ill, Prov. 11,15. Here the noun
is intensive, in the manner of an in-
1. absol.
3, to become evil, to be made worse,
(opp. to become wise,) Prov. 13, 20.
_ Hires. 2-95, plur. once 25 1 Sam.
17, 20, pr. to make a loud noise ; hence
1. to cry with a loud voice, to shout,
h. 6, 26 ; c. 59 Job 30,5. Spee. a)
to shout for joy, in triumph, etc. Judg,
15, 14. 1 Sam. 4, 5. 10, 24; in jubilee
ech. 9, 9. Is. 44,23. Zeph. 3,14. Job
3. 7; 4. b> over ἃ vanquished enemy
Ps. 41, 12; with dat. in honour of any
sne Ps. 47,2. 95,2. 98,4. 100,1. 5) OF
ike shouts, outeries (M3997), Josh.
δ, 16. 1 Sam. 17,20. 2Chr. 13, 15. Is.
42,13; c. 59 against any one Jer. 50,
15. 6) More rarely of a mourning cry,
“Mic. 4, 9. Is. 15, 4. Hos. 5, 8.
2. to sound a trumpet, Num. 10, 9
"Z2N2 SrHis3 sound ye with trum-
pets. Joel 2,1. Spec. to sound an alarm,
s. by blowing loud and long upon the
trumpets, as a notice for breaking up an
encampment, Num. 10,7, i.q. "2997 ΣΡῸ
10, 5.6; different from ΣΤ, which sig-
hifies to blow a trumpet (once) in order to
convoke an assembly. Comp. 31) no. 1.
Potat fut. 335" το be shouted joyfully
16, 10.
Hirupa. 925M to shout for joy Ps.
0, 10. 65, 14. 108, 10.—The same form
found from the verb 52° q. v.
_ Deriv. 23, 7Z97H.

i “en not used in Kal, Engl. to rub,
erm. reiben, i. e. to rub or pound:in
bes; hence MP", also MBN q. v.

PoLat HEI fo be moved as bya stroke
or blow, to feel a concussion, to be shaken

Job 26, 11.

Di An fut. V393, conv. 7"; also
Ἢ Prov. 23, 26 Cheth. to run, Eth.
DR, Aram. 9779 , 305, id. see under

he lett.m. Fut. once c. suff. ΣΥΝ trans.
. 50,44 Cheth. see in Hiph.’ See also
ote at the endof the article. —Spoken of
men Num. 11,27. lgSam, 20,36. 2Sam. 18,
19. 23. Prov. 4, 12. al. sep. Of horses
vel 2,4. Am. 6, 12; of locusts Joel 2,

971

yn

9. With Ἐκ of pers. Gen. 18, 7. 24, 29.
Is. 55, 5, and of place Gen. 24, 20;
Mx p> Gen. 18, 2. 24, 17. 33, 4. 2K. 4.
26; "78 2 K.5,20; 9, as 92> fo run
to evil Is. 59, 7. Prov. 1, 16; PX with,
i. 6. in a race Jer. 12, δ. With ace. of
place whither 1 Sam. 20, 6; acc. of way
Ps. 19, 6.—Trop. Jer. 23, 21. J have not
sent these prophets, yet they run, i. e.
with a false zeal they act as prophets.
Ps. 119, 32 J will run the way of thy com-
mandments, will studiously walk in them.
Hab. 2, 2 so that the reader may run, i. 6.
may read currently, fluently. Spoken of
things, Ps. 147,15. Spec. a) to run
or rush upon any one, in a hostile sense,
with 5% and 52 Job 15, 26. 16, 14; ace.
Ps. 18, 30. Ὁ) With 3 fo run to any
one, for refuge Prov. 18, 10,

Part. Υὴ ἃ runner, courier, Jer. 51,
31. Job 9,25. Plur. 5°29 and }°x> 2 K.
11, 13, runners, couriers, i.e. ἃ) The
servants who ran before the chariot of
a prince, q. d. running footmen, 2 Sam.
15,1. 1 Καὶ 1,5. So Lat. cursores Suet.
Ner. 30. Ὁ) The body-guard and royal
messengers of the Hebrews in the time
of Saul, 1 Sam. 22,17; and of the kings
after David 2 K. 10, 25, 11, 6sq. 2 Chr.
12, 10. 11, 23, 12, 30,6. 10. Prob. the same
who under David are called "7>8 q. v.
Comp. 1 Καὶ 1, 5. 14, 27. 2 Sam. 15, 1,
c) The mounted couriers of the Persians,
who carried the royal edicts to the pro-
vinces, Esth. 3, 13. 15. 8, 14.

Nips. 793, see r. P24.

Pit. YE i. q. Kal, to run, e.g. a
chariot Nah. 2, 5.

Hien. fut. yo, imp. ὙΠ, to cause
to run up, Jer. 49, 19; hence to lead up
hastily, to bring quickly, Gen. 41, 14. 1
Sam, 17, 17; to let make haste, Ps. 68,
32 pvnbsb wT) pA WD Ethiopia shall
let her hands make haste unto God, i. e.
shall hasten to stretch them forth unto
him in adoration or with oblations.—
With 522 to cause to run away from ;
Jer. 50, 44 Keri J will make them flee
away from her, i. e. the Babylonians
from Babylon. Chethib: px178 in Kal.

Deriv. yim, MIN.

Nore. Several forms of the verb ym,
as fut. yn, Niph. yin2, and the noun
ΤΙΣ no. 2, τὰ ΠΝ signification
froin the verb y=",

pn

* PA in Kal not used, pr. to pour
itself out, to be poured out, also to be
emptied ; whence Pp") and p™) empty,
ἃ. v. It seems to be kindred with the
verbs pp, Pp, Gr. ἐρεύγομαι, which
the poets use of rivers emptying them-
selves, Lat. ructo, eructo.

Hin. pn, fat. Pp", conv. pI.

1. to pour out, c. acc. Ps. 18, 43. Eee.
11, 3. Zech. 4, 12. Mal. 3, 10. Chald.
and Samar. ΤΣ, Arab. hf, id. Trop.
for: a) to draw out the sword, i. e. to
draw and use the sword, Ex. 15, 9. Lev.
26, 33. Ez. 5, 2. 12. 12, 14; the spear
Ps. 35, 8, Ὁ) to draw out, to lead out, as
troops to war Gen. 14, 14. For the
Heb. p31 the Cod. Samar. here has
P37" (pI) to muster, from the Aram.
root P13, and the same is expressed by
the Sept. and Vulg.

2. to empty, as vessels, sacks, Gen. 42,
35. Jer. 48, 12. Hab. 1, 17. Also, to
leave empty, trop. Is. 32, 6; comp. 65}
no. 2. par. 2.

Hopn. pass. of Hiph. no. 1, Jer. 48,11.
Cant. 1, 3 Faw Pym 12} ointment is
poured out even thy name, or, as oint-
ment is thy name poured forth, the sense
in both cases being the same: Thy name
diffuses fragrance (comp. DOS, U2),
i.e. is grateful and acceptable to all. In
the former construction, 22 is here
coupled with a feminine; and in the
latter, 0%. The latter is to be preferred.

Deriv. pP™), P77 (P2), SR.

ἘΠ to spit out, with acc. to emit
saliva or any like fluid, to run with; so
of the privy member Lev. 15,3.—Arab.
P saliva of infants, Jt, mid. Ye to

spit, to pule, as an infant, Chald. Syr.
“75, ἵμ5, saliva.

Deriv. 1".
D7 poppy, see in 8X5 no. δ.

* D1 to be poor, to suffer want ; the
same as Wi) Niph. of 9,5 q. v. to be
dispossessed, to come to poverty. Preet.
once ἢ Ps. 34, 11.—Part. v1 poor,
needy,, Prov. 14, 20. 18, 23. 19, 1. 7. 22.
29, 13. Ps. 82,3. 1 Sam. 18, 23; fully
wer 2 Sam. 12, 1.4. Prov. 10, 4. Plur.
ΘΠ Prov. 22,7; owe 13, 23.

Pon. Wwin, see in Ww.

972

7"

Hirupat. to feign. oneself poor, pa
wwinna Prov. 13,7, ἜΝ
Deriv. wn, on, UR. “a
AN (i. gq. MAI female friend, in P
shito 203, r. no) Ruth, pr. n. of a
male among the ancestry of Davic
whose history is given in the book hic!
bears her name. prepa
ΤῊ Chald. m. emphat. ἘΝ ὅσοι a se
cret, Dan. 2, 18. 19. 30. 47; plur. 9°99,
emph. 8°19 2, 29, 47. Syr. 15] a secret
ΒΗ... τη". ᾿

*F1T) pr. to make thin and: lean
hence. to make waste away, to co

ᾷ pride, Zeph. 2,11. Arab. 155 ἢ
ὦ: ) ) to diminish any thing. The f

mary idea perh. is that of abrading ;
mrs, Fi", and Niph.

Nira. to become lean, to waste
Is. 17, 4.

Horie "19, jit I, and ©

MI) m. adje lean, in flesh Ez. 4, 20
of the soil Num. 13, 20.
I. 103 m. (τ. MY) leanness, and then
consumption, pining, Is. 10, 16. Ps. 106
15.—Mic. 6, 10 τη ΓΝ a lean ephah,
i. e. scanty measure, too “_
11. FT m. (τ. 115} ig. 1,
Prov. 14, 28; parall. is 729.
is like pis ij i. q. PUI.
7179 (prince, i. q. 115) Risoniprde n. of
the founder of the kingdom of “ nas-
cus, 1 K. 11, 23.

* TT obsol. root, to cry out with a
clear (loud) voice, kindr. with my.
Hence 1372 q. v. ι

"T τὰ, (r. mY) consumption, destruc-
tion ; Is. 24,16 55. 5} 1 am consumed,
like "Ὁ “3 ; ‘perall. is ™ “iN wo lo me!

x pT" to wink with the eyes, a gesture
of pride and insolence, once fut, plur.
77079" Job 15, 12.. See in FR no. 2.—

So. by transp. Aram. 125, ῥεὴν seal \rab,
#h id. ν

“417 i. q. Arab. oY to be heavy,
weighty ; hence lo be reputed, honoured.
Part. 315 pr. weighty, august, poet. for j

ΠῚ
prince, king, parall. with ΠΡΌ, opt;
- Plar. 09315 Judg. 5, 3. Ps. 2, 2. Prov. 8,

15. 31, 4. Is. 40, 23. Hab. 1, 10.
Deriv. 7117 I, and pr. ἢ. 7537.

5 277 to be or become we large,

spacious. Arab. SS): O55: Ethiop.

Cahn, id. The primary root is Mm,
whence ΓΤ Ἢ to be large, spacious, Sa-
mar. M39 transp. 299.—Spoken pr. of
chambers which are made wide, large,
_ Ez. 41,7; of the mouth, to open wide
1 Sam. 2, 1; metaph. of the heart, to
dilate, swell with ὁ joy, Is. 60, 5.

Nips. part. 3°72, large, spacious, e.g.
pastures Is. 30, 23.

Hips. 3995, fut. 29152, to make
wide, broad, Is. δ 2; a bed 18. 57, 8;
a funeral pile (opp. to make deep, i. e.
long). Is. 30, 33; one’s steps Ps. 18, 37.
Also to make large, i. e. long and broad,
to enlarge, e. g. baldness Mic. 1,16; the
borders or boundaries of a kingdom, Ex.
34, 24. Deut. 12, 20. 19, 8. Am. 1, 13;
and so with acc. of pers. Deut. 33, 20
3 a"hI92 who enlargeth Gad i. e. the
borders of this tribe. —Spec. 8) With
> of pers. to make wide for any one, i.e.
to make room for him Gen. 26, 22 ;
to give him entrance Prov. 18, 16; or
also to give him enlargement, deliver-
ance, from straits Ps. 4,2. Comp. 30%
- and opp. "33. δὴ) mB ΞΠΠῚ fo open
wide the mouth Ps. 81, 11; c. by upon or
against any one, in scorn and mockery
Ps. 35, 21. Is.57,4. Ina similar sense:
6) 52 “Π to open wide the life, i. 6. the
jaws, throat, comp. U5} no. 2. par. 2 fin.
Is. 5, 14. Hab. 2,5. ᾿ 4) 35 ‘nm to open
wide the heart, iis’ of any one, so as
to receive instruction, Ps. 119,32. Comp.
a5 sm4.—In Ps. 25, 17 instead of the
common “82 3D" 533» Ming it is
better to read "883 =n y's enlarge
the straits of my heart, and—. Others
l ere render it intrans.

Deriv. 399 — 33m, 372.

37) τη. adj. constr. 319; fem. ng)
constr. NIT).
ΕΠ wide, broad, large, Job 30, 14; of
the sea (opp. long) Job 11, 9 ; ofa wall,
referring to its thickness, Jer. 51, 58.
Neh. 3,8. 12,38. Also, long and broad,
large, spacious, of a land Ex. 3, 8. Neh.

82

973

=n

9,35; of a cup large in circumference
Ez. 23, 32. More fully 0773 arm, fem.
p73 Mam, broud-sided, i. e. widely ex-
tended, as of a land Gen. 34, 21. Judg.
18, 10. 1 Chr. 4, 40. Is. 22,18; ofa city
Neh. 7, 4; of the sea Ps. 104, 25;
streams, canals, Is. 33,21. Neut. nan a
at large, unrestrained, Ps. 119, 45.—Me-
taph. Ps. 119, 96 thy commandment is
exceeding broad, i. 6. thy law is compre-
hensive and without limit ; also 32 309
Ps. 101, 5, 82 34 Prov. 28, 25, of a tu-
mid, inflated heart or spirit, i. e. proud,
arrogant. Also 39 3m" as subst. pride,
arrogance, Prov. 21, 4.

2. 399 Rahab, pr. n. of a harlot in
Jericho Josh. 2, 1. 6, 17.

aT) m. breadth, wide place, Job 36,
16. Plur. constr. γ᾽ 31 the hawaii
of the earth Job 38, 18.

277 m. c. suff. jams, breadth Gen. 6,
15, 13, 17. Ex. 25, 10. Deut. 3,11. ἘΚ.
6, 6. < 27. Ez. 40, 6 sq. Metaph. am
3 breadth of mind, great understand-
ing, 1K. 5, 9 [4, 29].

aM" f. also 217) Dan. 9, 25; plur.
nian m. Zech. 8,5. R. 3m.

1. a street, so called from its breadth,
pr. a wide street, like Gr. πλατεῖα, Gen.
19, 2. Judg. 19, 20. Ez. 16, 24. 31. Cant.
3, 2; collect. streets of a city, Esth. 6, 9.
11. Plur. mah streets Prov. 1,'20. 5,
16. Jer. 5, 1. 9, 20. al.

2. a place, i.e. a) a market-place,
forum, a broad open place at the gate
of oriental cities, Deut. 13, 17 [16];
where public trials were held Is. 59, 14.
Ps. 55, 12; and where the inhabitants
were wont to assemble, Job 29, 7. Neh.
8, 1.3. 16. 2 Sam. 21,12. Ὁ) an area,
court, before the temple, 2 Chr. 29, 4.
Ezra 10,9; before the gate of the palace
Esth. 4, 6.—Ethiop. PChfN) platea,
vicus.

3. Rehob, [pr. n. of two cities: 8)
One in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 28.
30. 21, 31. Judg. 1, 81. b) 1. ᾳ. ΓΞ
=m", see in M72 no. 12. pp.—R.

MIT) (wide places, see Gen. 26, 22 ;
or, streets, comp. Platea in Beeotia ; ΓΤ.
=n) Rehoboth, pr. n.

1. Of a well, Gen. 26, 22.

2. ἋΣ nish Rehoboih-city, a city of

art

Assyria, Gen. 10, 11, of which nothing
definite is known.

3. "EH nish Rehoboth of the river,
a city on the Euphrates, as it would
seem ; prob. > | er-Rahabeh, on the
west bank between Circesium and Anah.
Gen. 36, 37. Thesaur. p. 1281. —

72339 and WWI) (whom Jehovah
enlarges, i. 6. makes free and happy, r.
an) Rehabiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 23, 17.
24, 21. 26, 25.

D317) (he enlarges the people, comp.
Ex. 34, 24, r. 39; q. d. Lvgidnuos)
Rehoboam, pr. ἢ. of the son and succes-
sor of Solomon, who reigned in Judah
B. C. 975-958. 1 K. 11, 43. 12, 1sq. 14,
21. 2Chr.11,5sq. Sept. “PoSouu.

+1 obsol. root, prob. to rub, to

ound, to crush ; comp. Arab. >) torub
» Ρ )

or pound, to tread; as also the syllable
min the kindred verbs M8 to tread a
path, πο, ym3. The Arab. lL, to

construct a mill, to turn a mill, is a
secondary verb derived from the noun

eS —Hence

TT m. ὦ mill-stone, so 2h as cea:
bing and crushing the grain; found only
in dual 0°75 pr. ‘the two millstones,’
a mill, hand-mill, Ex. 11, 5. Num. 11,8.
Deut. 24, 6. Is. 47, 2. Jer. 25, 10. Arab.

ls), dual wlgS ia. See inndp, 335.
29, see in 3711.

DAT m. adj. (r. 0M) merciful, com-
passionate, used only of God, and often
coupled with 712m, Deut. 4, 31. 78, 38.
Ps, 86, 15. 103, 8. 111, 4. Joel 2, 13. al.

DAM (compassionate, τ. 1) Rehum,
pr. n.m. a) A Persian governor in
Samaria, Ezra 4, 8.
c) Ezra 2, 2. Neh. 10, 26; for which
Neh. 7, 7 54M}, prob. by an error of the
transcriber. d) Neh. 12, 3, for which
pan v. 15.

PIM m. adj. (τ. pr) also PM} Deut.
30, 11, plur. pip; fem. npiny, mpm,
plar. ΡΠ; far off, distant, remote.

a) Of place; as countries Deut. 29, 21.
Ps. 65, 6. Is. 66, 19; a journey Num. 9,

974

‘not a God of things far off (pina)?

b) Neh. 3, 17.

ins

10; a people Joel 4, 8. Josh. 9, 22;
pin? a brother living far off Prov.
10. With 2, far off from any one, Deut.
13,8. Neh. 4, 13. Trop. one is said to be
far from wisdom Ece. 7, 23; from de-
liverance Is. 46, 12; vice versa, deliver-
ance is far from any one Ps. 119, 155;
God is far off from men when he with-
holds his help, Ps. 22, 2, comp. Prov. —
15,29. So 12 pins farther off than, i.e.
beyond, far above, spoken of value Prov.
31, 10.—Subst. ping, a distance, space,
Josh. 3, 4. See also pinya, pny},
below.

b) Of time, far distant, either fature
or past. «) Future, as S°piny oD
times far off Ez. 12, 27. Jer. 23, 23 amI
a God of things near (21922) ..... and

i. e.am I acquainted only: with things at
hand? so piny2> for a long time to come
2 Sam. 7, 19. 1 Chr. 17, 17.) Past;
pina long ago Is. 22, 11. 25,1; aleo
pind id. Is, 37, 26.
c) ‘far off, i. ex strange, foreign to one’s —
mind and disposition, Deut. 30, 11.
With Prepositions: aa) pina, Syr.

Lowos <—~, i.e. «) from afar, afar off,
Gen. 22, 4. 37,18. Deut. 28, 49. 18. 43, 6.
al. Also pin 723 to stand afar off
(comp. 72 no. 3.i), like Gr. éornxévos —
μακρόϑεν, Ex. 20, 18. 21. 2 K. 2.7. Ps.
38, 12. Is. 59, 14; comp. Jer. 51,50. Of
time, see above in lett. b. 8) After
verbs of motion, far away, to a distance,
Prov. 7, 19. Is. 22, 3. 23,7; comp. 12 no.
3.k. pina ἋΣ id. Is, 57, 9. Neh. 12, 43.

bb) inves a) from ‘afar Job 36, 3.
39, 29; of time past, from long ago ‘Is.
37, 26. B) for a long time to come, 2
Fa 7, 19; see above in lett. Ὁ, a
pinaad “2 to far away, far abroad, 2
Chr. 26, 15. Ezra 3, 13.

cc) pinn 2 to a distance, far away,
Mic. 4, 3.

dd) pin a at a distance, afar off, once
“Δ 1723 Ps. 10,1.

OF) m. plur. p"2M5 Cant. 1, 17Cheth.
i. q. on in Keri, carved or fretted ceil-
ing, either from an error in the tran-
scriber, or because © in this word was
sometimes pronounced harder, like ΤΠ; as
among the Samaritans, in whose Penta-
teuch instead of ὩΣ is read DYWMA.— |

“

Bwold on Caut. 1. c. supposes ΤῊ to
put by a transpos. of letters for An,
bys, turned work; but this is reed

probable.
DTI dual, a hand-mill. see in WN.

_ pT) Chald. adj. plur. ἡ, far off,
_ distant, Ezra 6,6. R. pm.

"57. obsol. root, Arab. dS, to mi-

grate, lo journey, espec. with camels.
Hence perh. 5 a sheep ; comp. jX%.—
i nv secondary and denom. verb is Arab.
Ν 45) Conj. V, to own lambs.

7 £ plur.o*> 1. anewe,'a sheep,
Gen. 31, 38. 32, 15. Is. 53, 7. Cant. 6, 6.

_ Arab. Iss dS, lamb.
2. Rachel, pr. n. of the wife of Jacob
Gen. 29, 16 sq. mother of Joseph and
, Benjamin Gen. 30, 22. 35, 16 ; who died
_ near Bethlehem, where her sepulchre
is still shown Gen. 35, 19. 1 Sam. 10,2;
“see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 322. If. p.
157.—For Jer. 31, 15 see in 72" no. 2. a.

παν 1. pr. to be soft; then to
soften, to soothe, and also to be fond of,
to cherish; kindr. with 5. Arab.
to soothe, to cherish, as a mother

bm,

her infant; to brood, as a bird her eggs.
—Hence 097,05", belly, womb. Also
2. Fut.O, 597, tolove, Ps. 18,2. Syr.

yous id. Arab. ΡΞ) to pity, also to love.

Prev om, inf.orm, fut. orm", to have
mercy, compassion, upon any one, fo
pity ; from the idea of fondness, cherish-
ing. Syr. Pa. id. Strictly of compassion
towards the needy and helpless, as wi-
dows Is. 9, 16; infants 13, 18; also of
parents towards their infant ahikiren as
helpless Ps, 103, 13. Is. 49,15; espec. of
God as pitying his afflicted people Deut.
13, 18. Is. 14, 1. 30,18. 60, 10. Jer. 12,
15. Hos. 1, 6. Hab. 3, 2. al. Rarely as
towards things Jer. 30, 18.—Constr.
with acc. usually; rarely with >> Ps.
» 103,13; absol. Lam. 3, 32.

Poa DIT? to be pitied, to find mercy,
Prov. 28, 13. Hos. 14,4, Part. fem. 7379
for ΠΌΤ "2 Hos. 1, 6. 8. 2, 3. 25.

_ Deriv. ἘΠῚ — "ram, Dims, also the
pr. names cM, ont yon, marty ND.

y

97

»

δ mn

om m. Lev. 11, 18, and ἃ ant f.
(Milél) Deut. 14, 17, a smaller species of -
vulture, white, with black wings, feeding
on dead bodies, the carrion-vulture, vul-
tur percnopterus Linn. The Heb. name

comes from its tenderness to its young,
9.» 9,“ -
hke ΠΟΤῚ stork. Arab. >) and RS):

See Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 297-322.
Russell Nat. Hist. of Aleppo II. p. 295.

DTI f(r. 0m) in pause ὉΠ. Plur.
tm see below in its order.

1. i. q. OF) womb Gen. 49, 25. Is. 46,
3» Ez. 20, 26. Prov. 30, 16.

2. Poet. for a female, maiden, from -
the womb as peculiar to the sex, Judg.
5, 30. Comp. ΠΏ.

3. Raham, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 44.

OM) comm. gend. (m. Job 24, 20; {
Jer. 20, 17) in pause DF, c. suff. F2m19 ,
the belly, spec. the womb, Num. 12, 12.
Job 10, 18. 24, 20. 31, 15. Hoa 9, 14; in
beasts Ex. 13, 2. 12. 15; trop. Job 38, 8.
Ps. 110, 3. To shut up the womb see in
"30, "E>; to open the womb see in MMB
mnt ‘from the womb, from one’s birth,
Ps. 22,11. 58, 4. Jer. ai 5; at birth Job

3, 11.—Arab. yp >): id. R. dM.

MOTT f(r. om) i. 4. OMY no. 2, a
maiden, damsel; Dual Dima Judg.
5, 30.

man), see inr. on Pual.

DAT) pr. plur. of subl&t. om, like
pr b>, D°2PY; see Lehrg. Ρ. 576.
1. ‘the inwards, bowels, τὰ σπλάγχνα,

Syr. «το; ; so called from their soft-

ness, seer. OF. Spec. as the seat of
affection, compassion, etc. Prov. 12, 10.
So ta σπλάγχνα ἐλέους Luke 1,78. Arab.
a) pity. Samar. id—Hence

2. Trop. affection, tenderness towards
one’s kindred, Gen. 43, 30. 1 K. 3, 26;
pity, compassion, mercy, towards the
needy, helpless, afflicted, Gen. 43, 14.
Am. 1,11. Is. 47,6. Zech. 7,9; espec.
of God towards men as helpless, wretch-
ed, sinful, and deserving of punishment,
Ps. 25, 6. 40, 12. 51, 3. 69, 17. 79, 8. al.
pam) Jom Hos. 2, 21. Ps. 103, 4. jm3
Ὁ Θ΄ to give or show mercy ‘towards
any one Deut. 13, 18. Jer. 42, 12; ose

ὭΤΓΙ.

> pram id. Is. 47,6; see in D&D no. 6.
1) ‘pb bm ἸῸΣ fo give one mercy
before any one, to procure him favour,
Gen. 43, 14; comp. 1 K. 8, 50. Ps. 106,
46. Neh. 1, 11. Dan. 1, 9.

JST) Chald. plur. id. mercy, compas-
sion, Dan. 2,18. Freq. in the Targg.

"ΌΤΤ τη. adj. (τ. 91) merciful, com-
passionate, fem. plur. M72) Lam.

4,10. Arab. US; id.
“yn obsol. root of doubtful signifi-

cation, Arab. to bend, to incline. Hence
pr τι, MII.

ἘΠ pr. to be soft, kindr. with Bm
q.v. Arab. aS, id. Hence to be or
become flaccid, lax, weak, nearly i. q.
mes. Jer. 23,9 my heart is broken,
"miaxs->2 sem all my bones are re-
laxed, from terror. The ancient ver-
sions have to tremble, to shake, by mere
conjecture.

Prex fut. 97° fo cherish one’s young,
to brood or hover over, (comp. inr. ΤΠ.)
as the eagle its young Deut. 32, 11.
Trop. of the Spirit of God as thus brood-
ing over and vivifying the chaotic mass
of the earth, part. fem. METI Gen. 1, 2.

—Syr. 245 is far more common, and is

used of -birds which brood over their
young, Ephr. II. p. 552; of a mother
cherishing her infant ibid. p- 419; of
Elisha cherishing the dead body oF the
child, Ephr. 41. Ρ. 529; also of a voice
descending from heaven and hovering
in the air, Ephr. III: p. 143; also to pity,
'.q. Heb. om".

VT) fat. prem, inf. yg and asm
Ex. 30, 18.

1. to wash, to lave, c. ace. e. g. the
human body or its parts, Gen. 18, 4, 43,
31. Lev. 14, 9. 15, 13. 16,4; meats Ex.
29, 17. Lev. 1, 9.13. Metaph. to wash
away the pollution of sin from man Is.
4,4. To wash the hands in innocency
_ is to declare oneself innocent Ps, 26, 6.

73, 13; comp. the symbolical action
Deut. 21, 6 sq. Matt. 27, 24.—It differs
from 023 to wash clothes. Arab. A>,
to wash the body and also clothes.

2. to. wash oneself, to bathe, Ex. 2, 5.
Ruth 3, 3. 2 Sam. 11,2. 2 K. 5, 10. 13.

976

Γ

to go far away Ex. 8, 24 [28]. —Hence

pnn

With 3 of that im which one
Cant. 5, 12. Job 29, 6; ace. of ν
Ex. 30, 20 ; ἸΏ of οὔσης Ex. 40, Ἢ
Poin Vy) to be washed, ¢
Prov. 30, 12. Ez. 16, 4.
στα». to wash oneself, Job 05 20.
Deriv. YT2, AST. oe

TT) Chald. [thpa. to trust, c. > on
in any one, Dan. 3, 28.

771 m. a washing Ps. 60, 10. 108, 1
MIM) f. washing of sheep, washing-
place, Cant. 4, 2. 6,6. “R. ym B

* PIT fat. paws, inf apr 1 Fs 8 8
1. to go far away, to recede from am
one, 6. "12 Ecc. 3, 5. Job. 30, 10.
19, 7. Chald. and Syr. id, But ¢ Ἢ ?
primary signification seems to ha Θ᾽
been transitive, to thrust away, to rep 7
i. q. P3.—With >32 Ez. 8, 6;
go far away from God, nin iy Jer,
2,5. Ex. 11, 15. 44, 10; ders the aa
mina Ps. 119, 150; from sin Ex. 23, 7,
Is. 54,14. Chald. pr id. P
2. to be far off, distant, remote ;. it
place Deut. 12, 21. 14, 24. Ps. 103, 12:
in time Mic. 7, 11. Often of God as
being far from affording aid, i. e. as re-
fusing to help, Ps. 22, 12, 20, 35, 22. 38,
22. 71,12. Of men as far from safety
Job 5, 4; and vice versa, deliv
judgment, as far from men, Is. 46, 13.
59, 9. 11; comp. Job 22, 18,
Nipu. fo be put far, away, removed,
Ecc. 12, 6 Cheth. ri
Piet pr to put far away, to remove, |
Is. 6,12. 29,13; to spread far and wide,
Is. 26, 15: i
Hipn. 1. Trans. i. q. Piel, to put fur
away, to remove, ο. acc. Job 11, 14; with
ἸῺ of pers. or place added Ps, 88, 19.
Job 22, 23; with 522 of pers. Job 13, 21.
19, 13. Prov. 5, 8; of place Joel 4, €
(comp. 2, 20). Jer. 27, 10; once with 3 _
of place Ez. 11, 16. Metaph. Prov. 4,
24, 30,8. Ps. 103, 12 God doth remove —
our sins from us, i. e. he forgives us our
sins.— With inf. (a3 Ps. 55, 8) or inf. c.
>, it is taken adverbially, nadb pn

a

2. to go far away, pr. with *2>> impl.
Gen. 44, 4. Josh. 8,4. Judg. 18, 22.
absol. pmwn adv. far away, far off, Gen,
21, 16. Ex. 33, 7. Josh. 3, 16.

Deriv. Pin}, Pm and

pm

i: Chald. i. q. Heb. pr.
- pyr.
PI) m. adj. verbal, going far away,
departing ; plur. c. sal Ps. 73, 27 "ἘΠῚ
ho go far from thee.
PP} adj. ἢ npr,
d i wm to boil wp or over, as a foun-
ain or boiling water; Syr. uss Pe.
and Aph. id. The primary idea seems
to lie in the noise of water boiling or
bubbling, comp. >3.—Metaph. c. acc.
Ps. 45,2 31 933 "35 IM my heart boils
up with goodly song.
_ Deriv. mur.

PIT f. a winnowing- Jak or shovel, a
fan, Is. 30,24. R.mn, after the form mm.
»" 20" fut. 397 to be wet, moistened,
vith rain Job 24,8; also with sap, see
Bis. Arab. by and Eth. ZMAN ia.
espec. of the moisture or juiciness of
plants in full verdure.—Hence
309 m. juicy, in full green, Job 8, 16.
hald, 3309, 3705, id.
10) a spurious root, see 05.

Hence

sed in pins.

ts DD" obsol. root i.q. ΤΙ to trem-
, to be terrified. Chald. id.—Hence

DU) m. tremour, terror, Jer. 49, 24.

* WED quadril. pass. Job 33, 25, to
σ 701 green again, to grow young again,
to revive, prob. compounded from 32° to
be juicy, green, and Sp to he thick, fat.
Arab. transp. (3>lo according to the
Camoos to recover, to revive after ste-
rility.

τ vo in Kal not used, to smite,
break, dash in pieces ; kindr. with 6w2,

Bud, wre; Arab. unt: Urbs.

Piet fut. Sw" to dash in pieces, spec.
children against the stones, 2 K. 8, 12,
i.q. Υ82 in Ps. 137, 9. Comp. Pual.
Also to dash tu the ground, with arrows
Is. 13, 18.

Puat Bw, fut. Sw, to be dashed in
pieces dgainst stones Le. 13, 16. Hos. 10,
14, 14, 1. Nah. 3, 10.

Ὑ m. (for 97, τ᾿ 7%; as ἽΝ for “2,
"δ for IN) @ wateritig, rain, Job 37, 11;

eee fullyinme. Arab. S) id.
82*

977

a a

#237" and 27, pret. 33, 35, also
miay; inf. absol. 25 Judg. 11, 25. Job
40,2; fut. av", apoc. 23" Hos. 4, 5,
before a monosyll. 1> 237 Judg. 6, 31. 32,
cony. 3771 Gen. 31, 36. αι 37371 1 Sait
15, 5 is from r. 338.

1. lo contend, to strive, to quarrel. Syr.

253] to strive. Arab. VI) mid. Ye is

to doubt, to hesitate, a secondary sense
derived from the idea of contending and
quarrelling. The primary idea of 3°% is
‘to seize each other by the hair, like the
synon. 3 ; and this root belongs to the
same family with rapio, Goth. raupjan
to pull or pluck, Germ. raufen, rupfen,
see more under the verb 8B3.—Spoken:
a) Pr. but rarely, of those who contend
by blows etc. Deut. 33, 7 15 25 19°99 with
his hands let him contend for himself ;
here 1"3° is the instrument, see Heb. Gr.
§ 135. 1.n.3. Ὁ) Oftener of those who
strive in words, Ps. 103, 9; c. o> Gen.
26, 20. Job 9,3. 40,2; τι with Is. 45, 9.
Judg. 8,1; Ἐκ Judg. 21, 22. Job 33, 13;
3 Gen. 31, 36; also with acc. of him
with whom one contends Job 10, 2. Is.
27, 8. With > of him for whom one
contends Indg. 6, 31. Job 13,8; ὃΣ of
that about which one strives Gen. 26, 21.

2. Spec. to contend before a judge, to
manage or plead a cause, with acc. of
the person whose cause one sustains, Is.
1, 17. 51, 22; fully Ἔ s*9°m8 30 1 Sam.
24, 16. Lam. 3, 58. Jer. 50,34. 51, 36.—
Pregn. 1 Sam. 25, 39 blessed be Jehovah
53) Ἴ ANGI 3 ΠΟΙ 3 WwW who hath
pleaded (maintained) the cause of my
reproach from, Nabal, i. e. who hath
taken vengeance for me of Nabal. Ps.
43,1 ὙΠῸ ND 7579 72" 13 maintain my
cause (and deliver me) from a merciless
people. Ps. 119,154. Prov. 22,23. Part.
35 a defender Is. 19, 20. God is also
said to plead his cause, when he rebukes
or punishes: the wicked, Is. 3,13. Am.
7,4. Ps. 103, 9.

Hip. i. q. Kal, found only in part.
5.2 1 Sam. 2, 10. Hos. 4, 4.

Deriv. 333, 3.7, 52772, the pr.
names "275", “25, "beans, neat, also

2") m. and 2) Job 29, 16;
p73" and mi34, constr. "377.

1. contention, strife, quarrel, Gen. 13
7. Deut. 25, 1. Is. 58, 4. Prov. 20, 3. al.

- plur

‘ie

ἜΣ my_adversary, Is. 41,11. Trop.
Job 33,19. Plur. ἘΣ "2" Ps. 18, 44.

2. a cause, suit, before a judge, Ex. 23,
2. Deut. 21, 5. Is. 1, 23. 41,21. 5.5 ΘΝ
one who has a cause or suit Judg. 12, 2.
2 Sam. 15, 2.4; "299 τὸς my adversary,
opponent, Job 31, 35.- Plur. "Maw ΓΞ
the pleadings of my lips Job 13, 6.

"277 (i. g. "515, ΓΞ, for whom
Jehovah pleads) Ribai, pr. n. m. 2 Sam.
23, 29. 1 Chr. 11, 31.

ΤΙ m. (τ. M49) scent, odour, which
any thing exhales, emits, Cant. 1, 12. 2,
13. 7,14. Gen. 27, 27. al. Trop. Job
14, 9, comp. Judg. 16,9. Often in the
connection ΤΠ M4, see Mm").

ΤΙ Chald. m. odour Dan. 3, 27;
comp. Job 14, 9.

ὩΣ, see 5X4 buffalo.
5, c. suff. D227, see in art. 3° Π.

mip £ plur. (τ. 539) pounded corn
or grain, grils, polenta, 2 Sam. 17, 19.
Prov. 27, 22.

ΓΞ Gen. 10, 3, Riphath, pr. n. of a
-region and people sprung from Gomer,
i.e. from the Cimmerians. Most. intpp.
compare the Riphean mountains, in the
remotest northern regions.

Pp’. m. (τ. ps) 1. Adj. empty, as
py ">> Jer. 51, 34. Neut. emptiness,
trop. a vain thing, Ps. 2, 1. 4, 3.

2. Adv. in vain, to no purpose, Ps. 73,
13. Is. 30,7. More fully p> id. Lev.
26, 16. 20. Is. 65, 23; p> Job 39, 16.
Is. 49,4; po "39 id. Hab. 2,13. Jer.
51, 58.

ΟΡ m. adj. (Ὁ. p%) also PD Gen. 38,
94; fem. MP2; plur. o"P™, also DPS
98am. 6, 20; cnphe Chald. p™, 3p";

Syr. [2555. So of an empty vessel
Judg. 7,16. 2K. 4,3; a pot Ez. 24,11;
a sietore Gen. 37, 24; ears of grain with-
out kernels Gen. 41, 27, comp. ‘ vane
ariste’ Virg. Georg. I. 226. So of an
empty spirit, i.e. hungry, Is. 29,8, comp.
32,6 and 653} no: 2; also of empty hands,
Le 6. impoverished, needy, Neh. 5, 13;
comp. in Op%).—Metaph. a) empty,
vain, of words Deut. 32,47. Ὁ) worth-

978 7

less, wicked, Judg. 9, 4. 11, 3.
20. 2 Chr. 13, 7. Prov. 12, 11.

DP) adv. (τ. Py) q. d. δ
a) with empty vessels, Jer. 14,3; em
handed, i. e. poor, needy, Ruth 1,
also without a gift Ruth 3,17. Hi
pp ‘Bp ΠΕ to send one n
without a gift, Gen. 31, 42. Det
15, 13. Job 22, 9, comp. i Sam, 6
Dp" ἼΞΠ to go away empty, pe
3, 21. Deut. 16.16 they shel Nee re
before Jehovah ἘΔ empty, with
offering, Ex. 23, 16. 34, 20. . wa
void, to no purpose, without a
2 Sam. 1, 22 the sword of Saul retura
not emply, i.e. not without slaughter
victory. Jer. 50,9; of God’s word I
11. So Ps. 25,3 ep) ΘΎΊΔΘΠ ἡ
them be ashamed that transgress in ve
i.e. whose wicked counsels are frustra
6) for naught, undeservedly, with
ground or cause, i. q. 5271 no. 3; Ps. 7,5
comp. Ps. 69, 5.

I") m. (r. 9%). spittle, slovirs
1 Sam. 21, 14, For mob 9 Job 6
see in rath,

Ol τη. (τ. 89) poverty, Prov. 10, 1
13, 18, 24, 34.

Ὁ m. (τ. Ba) poverty, Prov. 28, ‘
31, 7.

yw, see in iON.

7 τὰ. adj. (r. 429) plur. omd5; fe ‘ ἴῃ
ΓΞ, plur. nid4.

1. tender, e. g. foliage Ez. 17,
children and youth of tender age, Ge
33, 13. Prov. 4,3. 1 Chr. 22, δ. 29, 1;
the young of flocks and herds and thei
meat, Gen. 18, 7.

2. soft, not hard, e. g. ἀν.

25, 15.—Trop. soft, i. 6. a) petiedia and,
Prov. 15,1. mid" soft words Job 40, 27;

comp. pectin ἔπη, μαλακοὶ λέγοι, Ho: Υ
b) delicate, tenderly brought up, Deut.
28, 54. 56.

3. weak, feeble, 2 Sam. a 30, ΡΩΝ
mids weak or dull eyes Gen. 17
which were esteemed a defect, comp.
1 Sam. 16, 12. Vulg. lippi, blear, Sep
ἀσϑενεῖς. —Trop. 235 32 faint-hear
timid, Deut. 20, 8. 2-Chr. pt ee Rar pe

J m. (τ. 524) softness, delicateness
Deut. 28, 56. ee Le

7

4 Ὧ
)

ar a

=~ |
δ 29. fat. 33°", to ride, whether on
‘an animal.or ina rome Lat. vehi.

-Chald. Sam. 325, id.
idea seems to be to. bend the knee, so
i" that 325 is pr. i. q. 7235 hence Chald.

J 3137, N29, NBIDIN, Pan knee.

1. to ride upon a beast, as a horse,
ass, camel; with >> of beast Gen. 24, 61.
Num. 22, 22. 30. 1 Sam. 30, 17. al. sep.
2 Neh, 2, 12, Jer. 17, 25. 22,4. With
ace. 3D 335 a rider, horectian. 2 K. 18,
“19. Am. 2,15; comp. Ex. 15, 1. "335
nish J οἷα. 5, 10.

2. to ride, to drive in a vehicle, vectus
est ; comp. old Germ. rian, Anglosax,
ridan, Engl. to ride ; whence reita, reiti,
carriage, rheda Ces.—With 3 of the
vehicle Jer. 17, 25. 22,4; acc. Hagg. 2,
22; ubsol. 1 Καὶ, 18, 45. Ps. 45, 5. 68, δ.
Poet. of Jehovah who is borne, rides,
upon the cherubim Ps. 18,11; upon the
clouds Is. 19, 1 comp. Ps, 104, 3; upon
the heavens Deut. 33, 26. Ps. 68, 34.

Hix. 39295, fut. apoc. 329°).

1. to cause to ride, to let ride, on an
animal, Esth. 6, 9. 1 Κα. 1, 33. Ps. 66, 12.

2.. to cause to ride in a vehicle, c. acc.

pers. Gen. 41, 43; to convey 2 K. 23, 30..

2 Chr. 35, 24. Metaph. to cause to ride,
to be borne, upon the wings of the wind,
Job 30, 22. Here belongs the expres-
sion ΝΟΥΣ ΟΣ 3D, see in M2
no. 2.—Spoken of things, to set or place
upon a@ vehicle, 2 Sam. 6, 3; also simpl.
to place upon, to put or lay upon, e. g.
the hand, c. b> 2 K. 13,16. Arab. 5
II, to impose or insert one thing aoe

another. Syr. Aph. id. Chald. Aph. id.

3. to fasten or yoke to a vehicle, e. g.
as ἃ draught-animal, Hos. 10, 11.
~ Deriv.339—234, 2429, 329,327.

32) m. in pause 239, c. suff. "229;
plur. constr. "234 ; constr. once sith
plur. f. Nah. 2, δ᾽; pr. ‘a riding,’ concr.
‘rider.’ Heice
1. Collect. riders, troops, Is. 21,7; so
v.'9 ὍΝ 229 man-riders, comp. Is. 22, 6.

Arab. MNS riding-camels.

2. a wagon, chariot, i. q. 722773, either
for war or serving (δέ luxury ‘aud pomp,

viv

The primary |

on camels) Rechab, n.

==!

Judg. 5, 28. 1 K. 1, 5. 22, 35. 2K. 3, Ll.
2Chr. 35, 24. Often collect. war-chariots;
6. g- DW IBI 33% chariots and horsemen
1K. 10, 26. Is. 22,7. 31,1; Jer.51,21 339
259 the chariots and those that ride
therein ; also with numerals, 2 K. 7, 14
333 "20. Ez. 14,7. Judg. 4,2. 1 Sam. 13,
5. al. With a verb plur. fen. Nah. 2, 5;

only once itself plur.i39® "33 Cant. 1, 9.
13 339 chariots of i iron, either diverted
with iron plates, or armed with hooks,
scythes, Josh. 17,18. Judg.1,19. 3395 ">
the chariot-cities. where war-chariots
were stationed, 1 K. 9,19. 10, 26. 2 Chr.
1,14. 8, 6. 9, 25. 3595 "9 captains
over chariote.1 K: 22, 31. "33. 2K, 8, 21.

—Often 229, like ἅρμα in Homer, refere
chiefly to the horses, and also to the
warriors who sit upon the chariots, e. g.
2 Sam. 8, 4 and David houghed all the
chariots i. e. the chariot-horses. 10, 18
and David slew of the Syrians seven
hundred chariots i. e. the warriors of
so many chariots. 2 K.7, 14 339 738
B"010 two pairs of horses. Ez. 39, 20.

| But not infreq. 339 and 5°00 are joined,

and so distinguished from each other,
Josh. 11, 8. 1 K. 20, 25. 2 K. 6, 14. Jer.
17, 25. Ps. 20, 8.—Like the Hebrews, the
Canaanites also used war-chariots Josh.
17,18; and espec. the Egyptians Ex. 14,
9. Is. 31, 1; see the sculpture.on Egyp-
tian monuments, Rosellini Monn. stor.
Tab. 46-49, 102 sq. Wilkinson Mann.
and Cust. of the Anc. Egyptians, I. p.
338 sq.—Poet. chariols are also ascribed
to the celestial hosts, Ps. 68, 18; comp.
Hab. 3, 8.

32) m. (τ. 225) 6. suff. 13321. @
rider, horseman, 2 K. 9, 17.

2. the driver of a chariot, charioteer,
1 K. 22, 34. 2 Chr. 18, 33.

22°) (i. ᾳ. Arab. of, a band of riders

a) The
founder of the tribe of Rechahites, who
were bound bya vow ever to follow the
nomadic life, 2K. 10, 15.23. Jer. 35, 2sq.
1 Chr. 2, 55. Comp. Diod. Sic. 19. 94,
Gentile n. plur. 5°22 Rechabites, Jer.
35, 2. 3.5.18. b)2 Sam. 4, 2. c) Neh.
3, 14.

M251 f. (τ. 329) vectura, a riding or
driving, Ez. 27, 20.

m4

MD) (for M294 q. v.) Rechah, pr. n: of
a place otherwise unknown, 1 Chr. 4, 12.

275°) m. a chariot, Ps. 104,3, R. 224.

WAI] m. defect. WI) Gen. 14, 11. 16.
21.15, 14; c. suff. 18134, 18349 Gen. 31,
18; pr. ‘what one has,’ possessions, pro-
perty, substance ; Sept. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, ἢ
ὑπάρξις. Thus:

a) In the most general sense, as fields,

gardens, vineyards, grain ; hence omy
2% W124 overseers of the king’s sub-
stance 1 Chr. 27, 31; comp. v. 25-31.
Flocks and herds are also mentioned as
part of the king’s substance, 2 Chr. 21,
14, 35, 7.
_b) Ina sense less general, moveable
property, such as can be transported or
driven, as flocks and herds, gold and sil-
ver, household, stuff, Gen. 12, 5 where
slaves are excepted. 13, 6. 14, 12. 16.
15,14. Num. 16, 32. 2 Chr. 21, 17.. Ezra
8, 21.. Dan. 11, 13. 24. 28. Sometimes
flocks and herds are not included, Gen.
31,18. 46,6. Num. 35,3. 1 Chr. 28,1;
also grain Gen. 14, 11.

c) In the strictest sense, household
goods, baggage, not including precious
things, nor gold and silver, Ezra 1, 4. 6.

2.2 m. (r. 224) tale-bearing, detrac-
tion ; hence 272) ἼΩΣΝ tale-bearers, slan-
derers; Ez. 22, 9. ΚΕΝ 32h to go ‘about
for ἡ δ Φοδῥέην, as ἃ tale-bearer, Lev.
19, 16. Prov. 11, 13. 20, 19. Jer. 6, 28. 9,3.

"3. +, pret. 31, fut. 329 see in no. 3. -

1. lo be tender; see 32 adj. Arab.
G

J. Kindr. is Pew i.

2. to be soft ; trop. to be delicate, ten-
derly brought up, Deut. 28, 56. Of
words, to be soft, gentle, bland, Ps: 55, 22.

3. to be weakened, broken, e. g. the
mind, =>, to become fuint, timid; so
pret. 377 2K. 22, 19; fut. 73" (like 7725,
tm") Deut. 20, 3. Is. 7,4. Jer. 51, 46.

Pua 327 to be softened, mollified, as
a wound with ointment, Is. 1, 6.

Hira. Causat. of Kal no. 3, Job 23, 16.

Deriv. 92, 49. 42%.

. 227 i. q. 529, pr. to go about, i. 6.

a) For traffic, as a trader, i. q. "M0,
hence to trade, to traffic. Part. >25
a trader, merchant, Cant. 3, 6; plur.
ΡΞ" Ez. 27, 13. 15. 17 sq. al. Fem.

980

5"

mos a female trader, Ez. 27, 3. 20.
Syr. tls5 is spec. a perfumer, apoth
—Hence M334, m3>72.

b) For tale hearing. slander; wh

82" tale-bearing. -
Deriv. the two following and —

59. (traffic) Rachal, pr. n. of a city in
Judah, 1 Sam. 30, 29. |

ΠΝ f. trade, traffic, Ez. 26, 12. 28.
5.16.18. R. 53".

"3" fut. plur. 1055", to bind on or ᾿

to any thing, Ex. 28, 28. 39, 21. Arab.
id. e. g. cattle in stalls—Hence —

the two following.

02), only in plur. ΘΠ ΌΞ"

places, i. e. rough, rugged, ‘difficult to
pass, Is.40,4. Jarchi: mountain ranges,
chains of mountains.

025 m. (r. 35) once Ps. 31, 21 "039
wx, either: a) snares of men, their

plots, Arab. mS acord, noose; or b)

bands, troops of. men, as M738 from
738; or 0) leagues of men, conspira-
cies; comp. "tp from r. "tp.

Δ Ἐπ 1. i. q. Arab. dS) pr. to

hit with the foot, to kick; spec. a urge —
on a horse with the feet ; and hence of a —
horse, to be urged on, to run. like Arab.

Vass); also vas; I, VII, to run
swiftly, to flee—Hence ws".

2. to gather, lo acquire, to get proper-
ty; pr. ‘to drive or bring together?
Gen. 12, 5. 31, 18. 36, 6. 46, 6.

D2) τὰ. (r. B24) in pause wa, a
horse of a nobler and fleeter race, @
steed, courser, Mic. 1, 13. 1 K. 5, 8 [4,
28]; distinguished from bleh le) Esth. 8,

10. 14. Syr. asd horse. See Bochart
Hieroz. I. p. 95. «
U2), see art. B54.

D1. Part. of the verb 5%, high, see
r. C49 Kal.

2. Ram,pr.n. a) A family or clan of
the Buzites Job 32,2; the same, as some
think, with 598 Gen. 22,21. b) Ruth
4,19. 1 Chr. 2,9; for which *4geu Matt,
1, 3. Luke 3, 33, 0) 1 Chr. 2,25. 57.

ὯΔ buffalo, see DY.

ye

i m2" 1. to cast, to throw, 832 into
the sea, Ex. 15, 1. 21.

"2. to shoot with a bow; ΠΌΤ a
jow-shooter, archer, Jer.4,29; plur. "29

2 Ps. 78, 9. - Arab. (5) Ethiop.
ZOP, Syr. and Chald. th, id. Comp.
Gr. . ῥίπτω.

Pret 25 to deceive; pr. ‘to cast

down, to make fall” like Gr. σφάλλω,
whence Lat. fallo; c. acc. Prov. 26,
19. Gen. 29, 25. Lam. 1, 19. 1 Sam. 19,
- Josh. 9, 22.. Pregn. 1 Chr. 12, 17
%> ἌΓ 10 deceive (and betray) me
lo my enemies.

_ Deriy. n729, 5272, TBI, m-27H,
ΓΗ ΘΙ, and pr. ἢ. M739, 1797°.

ΠῺΣ, NO), Chald. 1. to cast, to
throw, Dan. 3, 20. 21. 24. 6, 17.

2. to set, to place, e. g. thrones, Dan.
7,9. Comp. Rev. 4, 3 ϑρόνος ἔκειτο, and
15 no. 2.

»'3. to impose tribute, Ezra 7, 24.
~Ivrnpr. fo be cast, thrown, into a fur-

nace Dan. 3, 6. 15.

ΓΘ f. (τ, I) coustr. M25, Kamets
impure ; plur. mi2".

1. a high place, height, 1 Sam. 22, 6;
espec. as consecrated to the worship of
idols, Ez. 16, 24. 25. 39. Comp. "22.

2. Ramah, pr. n. of several towns situ-
ated on heights. Gentile n. Δ" Rama-
thite, once 1 Chr. 27, 27.

a) With art. M295, except Neh. 11,
33, and maa Jer. 31, 15, a town of
Benjamin Josh. 18, 25; in the vicinity of
Gibeah and Geba Judg. 19, 13. Is. 10, 29.
Hos. 5, 8. Ezra 2,26. Neh. 7, 30. 11, 33;
on the way from Jerusalem to Bethel
Judg. 4,5; and not far from the confines
of the two kingdoms 1 K. 15, 17. 21. 22;
mentioned also Jer. 31, 15. 40,1. Je-
rome places it six Roman miles north of

Jerusalem. Now er-Rdm e! |, asmall

village on a hill two hours from Jerusa-

lem on the east of the great northern
road ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 315-
317. Josephus calls it Ῥαμαϑών Ant.8.
12. 3.—[Jer. 31, 15 a voice was heard in

Ramah. . Rachel weeping for her chil-

dren ; here the context refers to the ex-
—iles gaevied away captive by Nebuzara-
dan to Babylon, who passed by way of
Ramah which was prob. their rendez-

981

7

vous, see Jer. 40, 1. As Ramah was in
Benjamin, the prophet introduces Rachel
the mother of that tribe as bewailing the
eaptivity of her descendants.—R.

b) Ramah of Samuel, so called, where
that prophet lived and was buried, 1 Sam.
1,19. 2,11. 7, 17. 8, 4. 15, 34. 16, 13. 19,
18. 19. 22. 23. 25,1. 28,3; always with
the art. and either He es or 3 pref. as
mana 1 Sam. 19, 19. 23. 25, 1. 28,3.
The same, as usually supposed, is ΘΟ ὉΠ
ὈΠΕῚΣ Ramathaim-Zophim in the moun-
tains of Ephraim, 1 Sam. 1, 1 comp. 19;
but this is less certain, since the native
town of Elkanah (1, 1) might be differ-
ent from the Ramah in which he resided,
v. 19. [But in v. 3 Elkanah is said to
go up from his city (i9">2) to worship,
which can only refer to the preceding
Ramathaim of v. 1; and in v. 19 he and
his wife return to their house in Ramah
(Ama OM |a-bN), obviously. the same
place. —R.] The position of this Ra-
mah was early lost sight of by tradition;
and a variety of opinions has prevailed
ever since Ensebius and Jerome. Its
site has been fixed: a) At the Ramah
of Benjamin (lett. a), although this was
less than an hour distant from Gibeah
where Saul resided and in full view of
it; comp. 1 Sam.c. 9. 10. So Pococke,
Raumer, Winer. £) Eusebius and Je-
rome regard it as the Arimathea of the
N. T. and place it near Lydda, where a
Ramah anciently existed. Hence some
have held it to be the same with the
present Ramleh ; which however is a
modern town. y) At the present Neby
Samwil, a high point two hours north-
west of Jerusalem. But this is irre-
concileable with the mention of Rachel’s
sepulchre in 1 Sam. 10,2. 4) Another
suggestion places Ramathaim-Zophim
and Ramah at the modern Séba west
of Jerusalem; where however the like
difficulty presses, though in a less de-
gree; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p.
330-334 ; comp. in ΤΣ. 8) If then we
allow weight to the mention of Rachel’s
sepulchre, we can only seek for this Ra-
mah near Bethlehem ; where also Euse-
bius speaks of a Ramah: ἐστὲ δὲ καὶ
‘Popo τοῦ Βενιαμὶν περὶ τὴν Βηϑλεέμ.
Not far south-east of Bethlehem is Jebel
Fureidis or the Frank Mountain, the au-

ΒΟῊΝ

cient fortress and city of Herod called
Herodium ; and if we fix there the site
of Ramah, all the circumstances men-
tioned in 1 Sam. c. 9. 10, are easily ex-
plained. But then the Ramathaim-Zo-
phim of 1 Sam. 1, 1, must have been a
different place. [This last supposition,
as we have seen above, is inadmissible.
Besides, no one who had ever seen the
Frank Mountain could suppose for a
moment that a cityever lay upon it. It
was indeed occupied by Herod’s fortress,
but the city Herodium lay atits foot ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 171-173. Euse-
bius, as above cited, places the Ramah
of Benjamin near Bethlehem, obviously
in order to help outa wrong interpreta-
tion of Matt. 2,18. ¢) A recent hypo-
thesis places this Ramah at a site of
ruins now called er-Rdadmeh two miles
north of Hebron. This also makes Ra-
mathaim-Zophim, the place of the pro-
phet’s birth, to be different from the Ra-
mah of his residence and burial ; against
the express testimony of Josephus, Ant.
6. 4. 6. ib. 13.5. See Biblioth. Sacra,
1843, p.46-51.’ See generally Bibl. Res.
in Palest. IT. p. 141-143. p. 330-334.—In
this uncertainty interpreters may yet be
driven to the position, that the city where
Saul found Samuel (1 Sam. c. 9.10) was
not Ramah his home.—R.

0) A city of Naphtali Josh. 19, 36;
perh. the same mentioned v. 29; see Re-
land Palest. p. 963.

d) A town of Gilead 2 K. 8,29; fully
ΠΕΣ ΘΓ M2" Josh. 13, 26.

e) “n> mg, see in ὙΠ no. 3.

ΠῺΣ αὶ (Ὁ. pel) a worm, collect.
worms, as bred from putridity, Ex. 16, 24.
Job 7,5. 17, 14. 21. 26. 94, 10. Is. 14, 11.

5
Once trop. of man Job 25,6. Arab. ey
putridity, worms. 4

7127 τὰ. also 72, c. suff. "229; plur.
ὉΠ ΘΛ, constr. 735724.

I. a pomegranate, spoken of the tree,
Num. 20,5. Deut. 8,8. 1 Sam. 14, 12.
Joel 1,12. al. Of the fruit, Cant. 4, 3.
6, 7. 8,2; also artificial, as an architec-
tural ornament, Ex. 28, 33. 34. 2 K. 25,

17. Arab. ὡῶ id. Syr. id. The
etymology is πο μα: since it is hard-

ly possible, as some have supposed, that |

982

nD"

pomegranates should have this r in
from the worms ("2") with which t 1
are infested. Better im interpret jim";

the marrowy, from *) marrow. yp!

the bone is full of marrow. The pom
granate tree is still found in Syria, P;
lestine. and Egypt ; see Celsius Hiero
I. p. 272 sq.—F rom their abounding Ϊ
pomegranates, several places eceive
the pr. name 3'2°9-Rimmon, viz.
a) A city of the tribe of Simeon it
the southern part of Palestine, Josh. 18
32. 19, 7. 1 Chr. 4, 32. Zech. 14, 10.”
b) A town ona high conical rock ὦ
peak north-east of Geba and Mich
near the desert, Judg. 20, 45.47. 21,1

Now Riimmén or) see Bibl. Res. it

Palest. II. p. 113, 122.—Here too some
refer 1 Sam. 14, 2.

c) A city of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 13
where ἜΝ ΓΙ does not belong to thi
proper name, see under "8M Pual.—
The same is 1252" 1 Chr. 6, 62. .

d) 728 1755 a station of the Israelite:
after leaving Sinai, Num. 33, 19.

6) 7325 Ms, see in Ma πο, 4.

Il. Rimmon, pr.n.m. a)A Syria
idol, 2 K. 5, 18; comp. pr. ἢ. 772938 ant
yas ; ; perh. the exalted, from τ. D7"
Ι. Hesych. “Papas: ὕψιστος ϑεός. b
A man 2 Sam. 4, 2.

mia. (heights, plur. of m2) Ra
moth, pr.n. a) A city in Gilead, else:
where ΓΝ ἢ, Josh. 21, 36 [38]. 1 K. 4
18. Ὁ) 332 ΤΏ, i. gq. ΞΑ) ΓΏΝ q. v
1 Sam. 30, 27.

may ἢ (τ. 855) a heap, mound, of
corpses Ez. 32,5. Better, with J. D
Michaelis, to write 4°12" or perhap:
M27, thy worms, from 124.

* ny 7 " ; ---

= | obsol. root, Arab δ᾿ ἐς
pierce with a lance, to lance.-—Hence

ΤῊ m. plur. 5757794, ὁ. suff. 52°39

a lance, spear, used by heavy-armec
troops Num. 25, 7. Judg. 5, 8. Neh. 4,7
10,15; coupled with πὶ 1 Chr. 12, 8. 24
2 Chr. 11, 12. 14,7. 25,5. Sometimes

the iron point, lance-head, Jer. 46, 4. Joe!
4,10. 1K.18,28—Aram. 83% Ladeos

9 οω.
i , * id. a
id. Arab ec i

“a4

"2" m. plur. 6. art. 5a" 2 Chr. 22, 5,
. ΘΝ ΤΙ, Syrians ; comp. 2 K. 8, 28.
or the apheresis of the letter δὲ see p.
also art. "278.

nv) (whom Jehovah hath set, comp.
Shald. m2 no. 2) Ramiah, pr. n. τὴ,
izra 10, 95.

ΠΡῸΣ f. (r. 5709 Pi.) 1. a letting fall
f the hands, i i.e. "remissness, sloth ; 853

» ὍΠΟΥ. one slothful, Prov. 12, 24. 27.
7327) 2 mw to labour wih, a slack
and, slothfal, 10,4; see Heb. Gr. § 135.
a 3. Adv. cenizely, slothfully, Jer.
, 10.—This notion of the root ap-
γε aches near to the Κίπάν, ΠΒ. Arab.
—*) VI, laxum, remissum fuit nego-

2. deceit, fraud, Ps. 32, 2. Mic. 6, 12.
ob 13,7. Ππρ2 71> a deceitful tongue
. 120, 2. 3. mI NYP a@ deceitful
ow, which sends the arrows wide of the

ark, Hos. 7,16. Poet. for treacherous
A who feign flight in order to
deceive, Ps. 78, 57.

721 £ amare, once Esth.8,10. Arab.

: Cay id. Syr. [3399 herd of horses and
mares, also of other animals ; prob. from

OL
Pers. X0, flock, herd, troop.

ν᾽» >a" obsol. root, Arab. (hey to deck
vith gems, to stain with blood. Hence

amma} (whom Jehovah decks) Re-
maliah, pr. n. of the father of Pekah
king of Israel, 2 K. 15, 25; prob. a man
low birth and standing, whence his
son is called in contempt 7529742 Is.
7, 4. 5. 8, 6.

κ᾿

᾿ og B ΒΘ i. q. 017, to be high, to be
lifted up, Dat Pret. 1a Job 22, 12
where many Mss. and editions have 1727 ;
so "29 Job 24, 24 where other ciples
have yain. Part. fem. M221" uplifted,
exalted, Ps. 118, 16.

- Nieg. imp. plur. 1255 Num. 17, 10
; 6, 45], and fut. "85 Ez. 10, 15. 17. 19,
10 lift up oneself, to rise up. In both the
forms a few Mss. omit the Dagesh.

4 PI [. 3. Arab.
Tious, of a bone; also to be marrowy.
Hence 2", 115.

.

) to rot, to be ca-

983

7 5 a slothful soul, person, Prov. 19, 15.

wan

ἜΣ ΟΡ ΘΔ (I have exalted his help
r. D197) Romamii-ezer, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr.
25, 4. 31.

721, see 13.

"Ὁ" fut. 079"; kindr. is OB".

1. to tread with ‘the feet, 6. g.a potter
the clay, ὁ. acc. Is. 41, 25; 3 Neh. 3,
14; also Ez. 34, 18. Hence ¢o tread
upon, i.e. to walk over any thing, Ps.
91, 13.

2. to tread down, to trample under foot,
2 K. 14, 9. Is. 26, 6. Dan. 8, 7. 10; also
persons so as to destroy life 2 K. 7, 17.
20. 9, 33; a lion his prey Mic. 5, 7.
Trop. Is. 63, 3. Ps. 7,6. Part. 025 a
treader down, oppressor, Is. 16,4. As-
scribed to the foot Is. 26,6; comp. Ez.
34,18. Further, to tread down, to trample
streets with horses’ hoofs Ez. 26, 11.
Also Is. 1,12 "14m 02" to trample my
courts i.e. to profane them ; comp. Rey.
11, 2. 1 Mace. 3, 45.

Nipu. pass. of no. 2. Is. 28, 3.

Deriv. 027.

* 7D) fat. ban" 1. locreep, to cravl,
the appropriate verb for the motion of
the smaller animals which creep along
the ground; both those which have four
feet or more, as mice, lizards, crabs, (and
this is the proper signification, comp.
25.) and also those without feet, which
glide or drag themselves upon the
ground, as worms and serpents. . Gen.
1, 26, after the mention of quadrupeds
both domestic and wild, of birds, and
fishes: ΝΠ woh ΘΠ 59 all the
creeping things (reptiles) that creep
upon the earth. v. 28. 30. 7, 8. 14. 8, 17.
19. Lev. 11,44. Sometimes the earth
is said to creep with creeping things, c.
acc. (comp. 327 no. 4,) Gen. 9, 2 533
πο πὶ Ban wwwx upon all with which
the earth creeps, i. e. all reptiles which
creep upon the earth.

2. In a wider sense spoken of aquatic
or amphibious reptiles ; Gen. 1,21 43%}
par ASW WN nwa the creeping
animals with which the waters swarm.
Lev. 11, 46. Ps. 69, 35. So of all land
animals whatever, Gen. 7, 21 init. Ps.
104, 20 all the beasts of the forest do creep
forth, se. by night from their dens —
Hence

, 90

YA m.a creeping thing, reptile, col-
lect. reptiles, Gen. 1, 25. 26. 6, 7. 7, 14.
23; often M27NN Ὁ 5 whatever creeps
upon the earth Gen. 1, 25. 6, 20. Hos. 2,
20 [18]; comp. Deut. 4, 18. Once of

aquatic animals Ps. 104, 25. So of all

.and animals whatever, Gen. 9, 3.

ΓΘ (height, i. gq.) Remeth, pr. n.
ofa city in Issachar Josh. 19, 21.

a2 2) in some editions, see in
33) M787.

ppix OM). see in m9 no. 2. b.

“τυ

77 m. (pr. inf. of r. 13.) α shouting,
rejoicing ; Plur. constr. 02-"25 shouts
of deliverance Ps. 32, 7.

* F122 fat. Πρ, iq. 22, to give forth
a tremulous and stridulous sound ; once
of the whizzing of the arrow as shot from
the bow Job 39, 23, where MBWN quiver
is put poet. for arrows. Arab. Ss) and

Y) I, IV, to sound, to twang, as the

bow when the arrow is shot. See Bo-
chart Hieroz. I. p. 134. Alb. Schultens
ad Hariri Cons. I. p. 11.

a) ἢ (τ. 39) 1. shout of joy, re-
joicing, Ps. 30,6. 42, 5: 47, 2. Is. 35,
10. 51,11. al. 1K. 22, 36 ΠΡῚΠ Mar
Δ Mies ...m3m22 and there went thej joy-
Sul cry throughout the camp... Home !

2. a mournful cry, outcry, wailing,
Ps. 17, 1. 61, 2. 88, 3. 106, 44. Jer, 14,
12. al.

3. Rinnah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20.

2 inf. and imp. 95; fut. 75%, twice

msn Prov. 1, 20. 8, 3, once 9399 Prov.

29, 6; pr. to give forth a tremulous and
drolilous sound. Spec.

1. Of the tremulous creaking or whi-
ning sound mace by a mast or tall pole
vibrating in the wind ; hence 78, 727.
Also of the noise, roaring of a tor-

rent, see ji228.
a bow, to whizz.
2. to give forth the voice in vibrations,
to shake or trill the voice; hence a) to
utter cries of joy, to shout, but not with
an articulate voice, Lev. 9,24; elsewhere
poetic Job 38, 7. Is. 12,6, 42, 11. 54, 1.
al. Ascribed also to the human tongue
Is. 35, 6; to inanimate things Is. 44, 23.

Arab, ὡ; to twang as

984,

yo"
49,13. With ace. to shout one’s pre
to praise with rejoicing, Is. 61,7 see |
no. 2,c. With 3 id. Is, 24, 14; on
count of, Jer. 31,7. Ὁ) Of mournt
cries, to cry aloud, to wail, Lam. 2, 1

Pret 925 i. q. Kal πο. 2, to she ut
joy, to rejoice, Ps. 98, 4. 132,16. Is
19. 52,9; with 3 in or over any pe
or Hin, Ps. 93, 1. 89, 13. 92, Pa i
ἘΦ over the destruction of any one J
51, 48. But with ace. of pers. or th ~
to shout aloud one’s praise, i.e. to Ὁ
with rejoicing, Ps. 51, 16. 59, 17; c.
Ps. 84, 3; > 95, 1. ‘Inf. Xs ‘noun!
shouting Is. 35, 2. Ascribed to tk
Ps. 96, 12. | %
Puat fut. 325", pass. Is. 16, 1 Κι

Hips. ὙΠ. 1. Trans. fo cause”
shout for joy, to make rejoice, Pe.
Job 29, 13.

2, Intrans. to shout for joy, to re
Deut. 32, 43. Ps. 32,11; c. > Ps. 81, ᾿
Deriv. cee Kelas: 1; also i, ΓΞ, a

723) f. constr. 7229 1. oO OF ;
shout, Ps. 100, 2. Job 3, 7. 20, δ.
mind Ps. 63, 6.

2. Plur. 57329 Job 39, 13 [16] ἐᾷ sq. J
male ostriches, poet. for the comm.
M23"; so called from their wailing ὃ
see 12 Lam. 2,19 and in M333.
Arab. ,Ley female ostrich, from her ὁ
Vulg. ‘struthio. See Bochart Hieroz. |
Ρ. 24.

MO" (a ruin,-r. 004) Rissah, prt π᾿
a station of the Israelites in the dese
Num. 33, 21. 22. | a

D"O"O" m. plur. constr. "0.

i breaches, ruins, Am. 6, 11. R.e
no. 1.

2. drops, dew-drops, Cant. 5, 2. ἐν Ὁ
no. ἣν wc oleae

ἘΦ" ἽἼ obsol. root, Arab. uy |
bind, i g- with a cord, halter, cur
Hence

19 m. c. suff. 209 1. ἃ curb, al
pr. which goes over a horse’s nose I
30, 28; hence genr. ὦ rein, bridle, P
32, 9. Job 30, 11 9MbW "8 10 they ca
off the bridle before me, i.e. they tak
unbridled liberties; comp. the Are t
phrase x0Le: sb ‘he throws off h
bridle,’ said’ of an nabridled person
Hence .

‘ 9d"

2. the mouth, i. e. the interior where
16 bit is placed, the jaws, the teeth, like
Gr. χαλινοί. Job 41,5 [13] i207 bpp,
ji. e. the jaws, the double row of teeth in
he crocodile.

| 3. Resen, pr. n. of an ancient city in
Assyria, Gen. 10, 12.

ΟΡ SO inf ob 1. to break in pieces,
inde. with AS} and ὉΠ q.v. Chald.
DD" to pound, to crush; Zab. “25 to
bi πε νον (Hence ἘΠ Ὁ no. 1, and
or. ἢ. π|Θ.

9, to sprinkle, to moisten, Ez. 46, 14.
dence 670707 no. 2. Chald. 003,

GLU
rab. WY id. This connects itself with

the signif. no. 1, since what is broken in
pieces or crushed small, is easily scat-
tered, sprinkled.

31 m. (r. 55) in pause and after
distinct. acc. 39; with art. 575 and
597; with Vav copul. 57), but with dis-
tinct. acc. 993; plur. 0°39.

A) Adj. with fem. mz4, plur. ΤΣ.
1. bad, evil, worthless, in quality or es-
ence; opp. 316. Εἰ. g. merchandise
Prov. 20; 14; water, unwholesome, 2 K.
2,19; cattle Lev. 27,10; figs Jer. 24, 2;
sterile soil Num. 13, 19, comp. Deut.
15, 21. 31 δ 39 737 Lo speak bad or
good, i.e. any thing at all, Gen. 24, 50,
δτάρ: 31, 24.—Spec. ἐ{- favoured, of bad
appearance, Gen. 41, 3.4.19. 21. 515233
filthy thing, excrement, Deut. 23, 10 [9].
—Trop. ‘B "2°32 7 evil in the sight of
any one, displeasing to him, Gen. 28, 8.
38, 7; absol. Ex. 33, 4. Often in the
phrase m3 979a SIN ΓΙῸΣ (0 do evil in
the sight of Jehovah, what is displeasing
to him, spoken of idolaters and trans-
gressors, Num. 32, 13. Deut. 4, 25.
Judg. 2,11. 1 Sam. 15,19. 1K. 11, 6.
2K. 3,2. al,sep. For "3°23 is put also
"22> in the later books, as Neh. 2, 1;

oe b9 Ecc.*2, 17.

d, evil, i. e. causing evil, hurtful,
ΔΑΊ a) Physically, 6. g. a raven-
ous beast Gen. 37,20.33; malignant dis-
ease Deut. 28,59; 37 at a malignant
ulcer v. 35; 32 7253 an evil thing, poi-
sonous, 2 K. 4, 41; yD 27 evil-eyed, i. e.
Bavious, miserly, Prov. 23, 6. 28, 22.
Ts. 32,7 0°39 1723 732 the weapons of
the deceiver are “haartful, destructive to
83

tion Deut. 1, 85.

985 bh

others. : Ὁ) Morally bad, evil, wicked ;
of persons 1 Sam. 30, 22. Ps. 5, 5. 140,

2. Job 21, 30. Prav. 11, 21. Esth. 7, 6;

plur, 0°39 the wicked Prov. 4, 14. 14, 19.
So 577 732, see in "32 Pielno. 3. Of.
a wicked people Jer. 13, 10; or genera-
Then also of things,
as 3 723 a wicked thing, crime, Deut.
17,5; a way, mode of life, Prov. 2, 12. 8,
13. 28,10. Jer. 23, 22; 39 25 an evil
heart Jer. 7,24. 11,8. Prov. 26,23; 7%
>4 an evil imagination, thought, Gen.
6, 5. 8,21. So A339 Τὴ an evil spirit
from God upon Saul 1 Sam. 16, 15; but
in Judg. 9,23 539 πὴ is an evil spirit
of discord.

3. ill, evil, i. e. sad, sorrowful, e. g. the
countenance, Gen. 40, 7. Neh. 2, 2; the
heart Prov. 25, 20.

4, ill, evil, i. e. unprosperous, unhappy,
Is. 3, 11 comp. v. 10. Gen. 47, 9. For
ἘΞ. 375 see below in B. 1. b. Φ

B) Subst. 99s 1. ill, evil,i.e. a) evil
which one does, Ps. 97, 10. Is. 59, 7.
D5 Mey to do evil 1 Sam. 29, 7. 2 Chr.
33, 9. Neh. 9, 28; 9 "&> evil-doers Ps.
34, 17; 549 ἜΣ id. Mic. 2,1. 37 ney
'p &> fo do evil with or to any one Gen.
31, 29; c. > id. Jer. 39,12. 99 572% to
recompense evil Ps. 7,5. Ὁ) evil which
happens to any one, adversity, calamity,
Gen. 44, 34. Job 2,10. 5,19. 30, 26. Ps.
121, 7. Prov. 5, 14. Is. 31,2. al. 39 055
day of evil, of calamity, evil day, Am. 6,
3; 92 70" Ps. 49,6. 035 955 for vil
unto you, for your hurt, instead of the ful-
ler phrase 03> 39 nish, Jer.7,6. 25,7.
Ecce. 8,9. So to prophesy evil, calamity,
1 K. 22,8. 18. Plur. 0°39 72x57 angels
of evils, evil angels, bringing calamity,
Ps. 78, 49.

2. evil ina moral sense, wickedness,
depravity ; 3772 “Ὁ departing from evil,
doing right, Job 1,1; comp. Prov. 8, 13.
Also ill-will, malice, Ps. 7,10; 223 with
malice, wickedly, Ps. 73, 8.—Sometimes
in genit. expressing quality, as 27 "WIN
wicked men Prov. 28,53 32 MYX a wicked
woman Prov. 6,24; 31 ΓᾺΡ wicked coun-
sel Ez. 11, 25 comp. Ece. 4, 8.—Sept.
πονηρός, κακός.

Ι 3) m. (r. 359) c. suff. 94, outcry,
noise, e.g. in joy, a shout, Ex. 32,17;
in grief Mic. 4,9. So 7 39 for the thun-

39 980

der ; Job 36,33 5 ἼΔῈΘ 937 his thunder -

showeth concerning him, God ; see in 733
Hiph. no. 2.

II. ΣῪ m. (for 434, στ. 43. no. 3) ὁ.
suff, "34, iP Jer. 6, 21, but far oftener
S45, Gnce fully p23") Job 6, 27; Plur.
Os, 6. suff. "99, 4795, MP2 Job 32, 3,
also on for — Job 42. 10. 1 Sam.
30, 26, ΠΣ Ps. 28, 3.

1. a friend, companion, acquaintance,
with whom one lives, has friendly inter-
course, Gen. 38, 12. 20. 2 Sam. 13, 3.
Job 2,11. 19, 21. Prov. 19, 6. 25, 17;
but implying less than 248 Prov. 18, 24.
With dat. like Gr. ὃ ἐμοὶ φίλος, Job 30,
29 m3p3 M232 D9 a companion (i.e. like)
to ostriches. The epithet 97, friend,
companion, is also put for: a) ἃ lover,
one beloved of a woman, Cant. 5, 16. Jer.
3, 1.20. Hos. 3,1. Comp. ΠΣ. Ὁ)
any one, any other member of the hu-
man lamjly, ὃ πλησίον, neighbour, fellow,
Ex. 20, 17 sq. 22, 25, Lev. 19, 13. Deut.
5, 18. Prov. 3, 99. ἃ]. c) Preceded by
wns, one—another ; Judg. 6, 29 377aN™}
τς στὸν tnx they said each man to his
fellow, i.e. one to another. Gen. 11, 3.
1 Sam. 10, 11. 2K. 3, 23. Ex. 18, 7.
2 Chr. 20, 23. Gen. 31, 49. Also of
things Gen. 15, 10, see in ὥς no. 4.
Comp. M8 no. 7. Rarely without πὶ
_ preceding, Is. 34, 14 83P7 "ΠΡ Το TTY
the satyr shail cry to his fellow, i.e. one
satyr to another.

2. thought, will, desire, i. q. Chald.
“MADD, PDI, Ps. 139, 2. 17. Chala. m9

to will also Syr. [9 Ethpa. to think.

D7 m. (pr. inf. of r. 394) _ 1. badness,
bad quality, Jer. 24, 2. 3. 8. 29,17. Also
ugliness, deformity, Gen. 41, 19.

2. In a moral sense, evil, wickedness,
Is. 1, 16. Jer. 4, 4.. 21, 12. 23, 2. 26, 3.

3. sadness of the heart, countenance,
Neh. 2, 2. Ecc. 7, 3.

"250 fut. ἌΚΩΝ to hunger, to be
hungry. Arab. 25) Ἢ be ample and

capacious ; os) id. uy wide-bel-

lied. The primary idea seems to be
that of having a wide and empty sto-
mach; comp. kindr. 3179 and Ethiop.
C7M to hunger —Spoken of individu-

mo

als Is. 8, 21. 49, 10. ὙΠ
of a whole country, fo be far 1,
suffer famine, Gen. 41, 55. With ἢ
hunger for any thing, Jer. 42, 14.
ΗΙΡΗ. to cause to hunger Deut. §
to let famish Prov. 10, 3.
Deriv. 339, 129, and

337 m. hunger, famine, of sir
persons Lam. 5, 10. Deut. 32, 24. Je
11, 22. Am. 8, 11; of whole’ count
i. e. famine, scarcity of grain, Gen. 1
10. 26, 1. 45,11. Ruth 1,1. Job δ, 20. al,

ὩΣ m. adj. plur. 59335, fem. Dl
hungry 2 Sam. 17, 29. Job 5 5. Is. 29
8.8]. hunger-bitten, ‘famished. Job eh 2

ΤΊΣ Σ Ἢ m. (τ. 329) constr. 7i239, fan
Ps. 37, 19. Gen. 42, 19. 33.

ΚΣΤ fut. 1993 to tremble, to qua
e. g. the earth Ps. 104, 32.—Arab.

Conj. IV, VIL, id. Eth, COPid. Kindr,
are 535, 055.
Hiren. intrans. to tremble, to shake, 0
persons, part. ΤΣ Dan. 10, 11. Ε
10, 9. .
Deriv. the two following.

0’) m. a trembling, Ez. 1616. ᾿
es 6.

VID Γ (Ὁ. — ἘΣ
48, 7. Is. 33, 14. Job 4, 14.

“F127 fat. ΠΣ, apoc. 293 Job 20, 26

1. Trans. to feed a flock, to pastur
Lat. pascere. Arab. id. and trop
to tend, to guard, to govern. Ethioy
COP id. Syr. Chald. Samar. id—
Constr. with acc. of flock Gen. 4, 2. 8.
36. Ex. 3, 1. Is. 40, 11. Jer. 23,4. Cant
1,8. al. 3 Gen. 37,2. 1 Sam. 16, 11.
17, 34; absol. Gen. 29, 7. 37, 13. Num.
14, 33. Cant. 1, 7. al.—Part. ἢ subst.
a shepherd, “herdsman, Gen. 46, 34. Ex
2, 17. Is. 13,20. Jer. 43, 12; with genit.
of flock or herd Gen. 13, 7; und of the
owner, as PAY? "25 Gen. 26, 20. Fer om, ne

mh Gen. 29,9. Arab. eh “4

Trop. to feed: a) i, q. to rey
rule, to care for, the figure being often
preserved, 8. g. «) Of a prince or king,
like Gr. ποιμὴν λαῶν. 2 Sam. 5, 2 |
shalt feed my pepe Israel. 7,7. Jer. 2
2 sq. Mic. 5, 3. 7, 14; δ. 3 Ps. 78, 71

m4

5 ΠΣ a shepherd, spoken of a prince
king, Jer.2,8. 3.15. 22,22. Ez.34,2sq.
. 44, 28. 8) Of God, Ps, 23, 1 Jehovah is
my shepherd, I shall not want. 28,9. 80,
9. Gen. 48, 15. 49, 24; comp. Fisas 4; 16.
7) Ofa teacher of virtue arid wisdom,
4 ov. 10, 21. Hence ΓΙΡ a master or
acher Ecc. 12, 11; and so perh. of
s Zech. 11, 5. 8. 16, where others
fanderstand princes. ὃ) Ps, 49, 15 min
B21 death feedeth (pastureth) them, i.e.
in Sheol, like a flock ; see the preceding
clause.
_b) to nourish, to afford sustenance ;
Hos. 9, 2 the ahr ankivie- floor and wine-
press shall not feed them, i. e. shall be
cut off, fail.
_ 2. Intrans. to feed, to graze, to pas-
ture, as does a flock, Lat. pasci, Is. 5, 17.
11,7. 65, 25; with >» of place added Is,
45,9; 3 Gen. 41, 2. With acc. of the
pasture on which a flock feeds, Jer. 50,
19. Ez. 34, 14.18.19. Mic. 7,14. Trop.
to feed down, to consume ; Mic. 5, 5 they
shall feed down the land of Assyria with
the sword. Job 20, 26 axa Mb 5}
(the fire) shall devour what is left in his
tent. Jer. 22,22. 2,16 ἽΡῚΡ WS? they
feed off the crown of thy head ; comp. Is.
7,20. Job 24, 21 ΠῸΣΕ ΠΣ who feedeth
idown (oppresseth) the barren woman;
Chald. confringens.—Also trop. to feed
in quiet, is fo live or dwell in security Is.
14, 30. [So Ps. 37, 3 m272x ΠΣ and
feed. in faith, trusting in "God, i. q.

OL .

τ δ

ceding clause.—R. .
_ 3. Metaph. fo feed upon any thing,
i. ὁ. lo feast upon, to delight in any per-
son or thing; comp. Cic. Pis. 20: ‘his
ego rebus pascor, his delector” Chald.
ΤΙΣ id. comp. Heb. παῖ, "3, y5n.
Kindr. is M47, Arab. Ley. Constixied;
a) With acc. of pers. to’delight in any
one, to be his companion, Prov. 13, 20.
28, 7. 29, 3. b) With acc. of thing.
, Prov. 15, 14 the mouth of fools M258 A975
delights in folly, feeds upon it, seeks
after it. min ΠΣ to feed upon the wind,
i. 6. to strive or grasp after gomething
_ vain. inania sectari, Hos. 12,2; comp. Is.
44, 20. Comp. min mass and m9 15.
Pie, 439 denom. from 433 and Σ᾽
a friend, to treat asa friend, to make the
companion of any one, Judg. 14, 20.

987

mn im2v2xN2 Hab. 2, 4; see the pre-.

me

Hier. fut. c. suff. 02525, to feed, i. q
Kal no. 1, Ps. 78,

ΗΙΤΗΡ. to make friendship, to hold
intercourse, c. Τὰ with any one Prov.
22, 24.

Deriv. M99, 22 I, ΠΡ, “37, "Σ᾿,
PAD , MD yes, ΠΡ, ei atic
and ‘the proper names S34, ἘΝΉΡΗ,
main.

ΠΣ Γ (Ὁ. 55) A) Adj. fem. evil, bad,
see in masc. >".

B) Subst. ill, evil, Eec. 5, 12. 6, 1. 10,
5. ΤΙΣ for evil, i.e. with bad intent or
purpose, 6. σ΄. to set one’s face upon any
one 3109 N51 ΓΙ for evil and not for
good Jer. 21, ‘10. 39, 16. 44, 11; comp.
Am. 9, 4. Deut. 29, 20. Jadg. 2 15. 2
Sam. 18, $9,—Henee

1. ill, evil,i-e. a) evil which one does
to others; thus > ΠΡ Mb» to do evil to
any one Ps. 15, 3. Neh. 6, 2; c. o> Gen.
26, 29. Judg. 15, 3; ὮΝ Judg. 11, 27.
ΓΞ mam my. ΞΘ to reward evil for
good Gen. 44, 4; also Is. 7, 5. Ps. 21, 12.
Plur. mid" Ps, 140, 3. With genit. nos
23738 the evil of Abimelech, which he
did to others, Judg. 9, 56. 57. 1 Sam. 25,
39. b) evil which happens to any one,
calamity,i.e. αν hurt, mischief, destruc-
tion, Gen. 19,19. Ex. 32,12. Jer. 2, 3. 4.
6. 5,12. 11, 11. al. "M99 "p39 they
that seek my hurt, my destruction, Ps.71,
13. 24; comp. Ps. 35,4. β) affliction,
trouble, adversity ; 4273 in or with af-
Jliction, sorrow, Neh. 1, 3. Gen. 44, 29.
ΠΝ Ppa in time of evil, i. 6. of afflic-
tion, distress, Ps. 37,19. 41, 2. Jer. 2, 28.
11, 12. Plur. ΤΊΣ ἢ evils, éalacnitiea, Deut.
31, 21. Ps. 34, 20.

2. evil in a moral sense, wickedness,
depravity ; so ΝΡ Ὁ N37 M7922 that
we may put away evil (concr. evil per-
sons) out of Israel Judg. 20,13; see in
“va Pi. no. 3. Also wicked deed, sin,
Gen. 39,9. Hence of active wickedness,
deliberate mischief, malevolence, malice,
Gen. 6, 5. Nah. 3, 19. Is. 47,10. Job 22, 5.
Hos. 10,15 D333 ΤΣ the evil of your
evil, your great wickedness.

MZ) m. (r. 437) constr. HPs, c. suff.
722 Prov. 6, 3 (like ΤΡ, 53}. a
Sriend, acquaintance, companion, i. q. 2
which is more usual. 2 Sam. 15, 37. 16,
16. 1K. 4,5

pat COTO yy
_ a a == ἄν

97

TW fem. of ΠΡ, plur. ΠΣ female
companions, Ps. 45915. Judg. 11, 37
Keri.

MY" inf. of τ. 924, where see.

"Y (friend sc. of God) Rew, pr. n. m.
Gen. 47 18. Gr. ἹΡαγαῦ Luke 3, 35.—
ΠΕ δεν i ᾳ. M94, like "32 i. q. nbp. R.
ΓΕ.

Ὁ. 255) (friend of God) Reuel, Sept.
“Ῥαγουήλ, pr.n.m. 8) Α βοὴ of Esau
Gen. 36,4.10. b) The father of Jethro,
Ex.2, 18. Num. 10,29. ¢)1Chr.9,8. ἃ)
In Num. 2, 14 should be read inatead of
it bast ; comp. 1, 14. 7, 42. 10, 20.

PAY pr. fem. of 439 q. v. R. π᾿.
1. a female friend, companion, plur.
mito Judg. 11. 37 Cheth. Hence a)

another, any other, Eisth, 1, 19, comp. ἡ

1 Sam. 15, 28. b) Preceded by HUN
one—another, Ex. 11, 2. Jer. 9,19. Zech.
11, 9; of birds Is. 34, 15. 16. Comp. in
>" no. 1. 6.

2. desire, a striving, grasping after
any thing.

- wind, q. ἃ. windy striving, vain endea-

vour, Ecce. 1, 14. 2. 11. 17. 26. 4, 4. 6. 6,
9. Comp. min 39 Hos. 12, 2, and
Chald. mas".

AAD) Chald. ft will, pleasure, Ezra 5,
17. 7,18. R. m5" no. 3.

"2" m. pasture, 1 K. 5,3 [4,23]. R.

Md".

"2') (friendly, social, denom. from >")
Rei, pr. n. τὰ, 1 K. 1, 8.

al adj. denom. from 35, of a shep-
herd. pastoral, Is. 38,12. Subst. a shep-
herd, Zech. 11, 17.

ΤΊ (τ. ΠΣ) a female friend, com-
panion, plur. c. suff. "M53" Judg. 11, 37
Cheth. Also one beloved, as a term of
endearment, F'r. mon amie, Cant.1,9. 15.
2,2. 10. 13. 4, 7. al. Comp. 37 no. 1. a.

TPF τὰ. i. ᾳ. O99 no. 2, desire,
striving. Ecc. 2, 22 iad Vis the striv-
ving of his heart. τιν 55 a striving
of wind, windy striving, vain effort, Ecc.
1,17. 4,16. ΓΝ no. 3.

2 Chald. τὰ. thought, ‘ett
Dan. 4, 16. 5, 6.10. 7, 28; spoken of
weet visions Dan. 5, 29. 30. R. ΠΕΡῚ
to think.

988

"tion, Zech. 12, 2. ν ν᾿

mn ΤΗΣ a striving of

‘mane of a horse, prob. as erect from

eh
* 53°. tocgnembie,. to reeks nena
95. Chald. and Syr. id. Found or

Horn. to be made to tremble or qr
e. g. a spear, to be brandished, Nah. 2, 4.

Deriv. 537, 7239, and the pr.name
ΓΙΌΣ, ποδϑ ἢ. 140 @

bo τη. 1. ἃ reeling from intoxie a

2. Plur. nibsy veils, as a female ὃ
ment, so called from their tremulous 0

TP

fluttering motion, Is.3,19. Arab. (key.
m7 (whom Jehovah makes rer

ble, ‘Le. who fears Jehovah) Ree
pr. ἢ. τῇ. Ezra 2, 2; for which Neh. ss) Ι

nas".

* DP" fat. poss 1. robe iit
tated, to tremble! kindr. with 9) τ
Ez. 27, 35. Spec: of the sea, to be sf
bled, towed, to rage, Ps. 96, 11. 98,7
1 Chr. 16, 32. ut

2. to thunder, see Hiph. πᾷ ὩΣ. Syr
$085 id. ΚΟ thunder. Chald, 39m
to murmur, to roar. ᾿

3. to be angry, wroth, see Hiph. πο. 2,
Syr. Ethp. id. Arab. Il, V, id.

Hirw. 1. to thunder, sc. Jehovah Ps.
18, 14. 29,3. Job 40, 9. 1 Sam. 2,

7, 10, )

2. to provoke to anger, to %
1 Sam. 1, 6.

Deriv. the two following.

DY) m. c. suff. ΠΏΣ, thunder, Ps. 77
19. 81, 8. 104, 7. Is. 29, 6. Hence ‘01
a white of thunder! as of warlike lee
shouting their orders, Job 39, 25. Me-
taph. Job 26, 14 932539 2 INNA D4
the thunder of his power who can unde
stand? i.e. the whole compass of
divine power, all the mighty deed
which can be predicated of God.

May) f. (r.e29) 1. a trembling, q
vering, shuddering, poetically for tu

we
van,

excitement, and waving or streaming
in the wind. Job 39, 19 [22] rane

masa Ἴδης hast thouclothed his nec
with shuddering? i.e. with a wavi ng
mane; comp. Gr. φόβη mane, from Φ Hf
—Other interpretations are reviewed Ὁ
Bochart, Hieroz. J. p. 118 sq. and Als
Schult. ad. h. 1.

o ἊἝΣ
7

ὩΣ

2. Raamah, pr. n. of a son of Cush,
who with his sons Sheba and Dedan
founded families or tribes in south-east-
ern Arabia, which afterwards had com-
merce with the Tyrians, Gen. 10, 7.
1 Chr. 1,9. Ez. 27, 22; see the arts.
wD, 83, 713. Sept. in Gen. |. c. ren-
ders it Péyue, i.e. a city on the Persian
Gulf. mentioned by Ptolemy and Steph.
Byz. See Bochart Phaleg IV. 5.

ΤΩΣ Ἢ see in ΠΑΡ,

: “"-

0079) Gen. 47, 11. Ex. 12, 37. Num.
33, 3. 5, and OO’) Ex. 1, 11, Rameses,
or Raamses, pr. ἢ. of an Egyptian city in
the land of Goshen, built ο᾽ at least for-
tified by the labour of the Israelites, Ex.
1,11. The name of this city seéms some-
times to have been given to the whole
province, (see Gen. |. c.) from which it
would appear to have been the chief
city of the district. It was prob. situated
near the water-shed between the Bitter
Lakes and the Valley of the Seven
Wells, not far from Herodpolis, but not
identical with that city ; see Thesaur. p.
1297 sq. Hengstenb. die Biicher Mose u.
Agypten p.48 sq.[Engl.p.47sq.] Comp.
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 79 sq. 547-550.
—The name accords with that of seve-

‘ral kings of Egypt, Ramses, Preaee
i.e. son of the sun; one of whom pro-
bably founded the city and gave it his
own name.

ἘΣ in Kal not tised. Syr. [4So5

is the plant mallows; prob. so called

from its greenness.

Pit. 9229 to put forth leaves, to be
green, 3 pers. f. 72397 Job 15, 32. Cant.
1,16. But both these examples can be
referred to the following adjective.—
Hence

7227 τὰ. adj. plur. 272299 Ps. 92, 15;
᾿ς fem. 12239; green, e. g. leaves; foliage,
Jer. 17, 8; ἀΐ trees which are vigorous
and. Sanctaiting, Deut. 12, 2. 2 K. 16, 4.
al. A — tree is then the emblem of
prosperity e. g. in the wicked Ps. 37, 35;
in the a tiees 52, 10. 92, 15. al. Ailsa

green oil, 1. 6. fini: new, Da: 92,11.
ΟΣ Chald. m. ia. green; metaph. of

a person flourishing in prosperity, Dan.
4 1 [4].᾿ |

a ᾿ς

989

55"

ἫΝ 2 1. to break, to break in pieces,
ig. 722, 722. Also intrans. as in Engl.
to break, i. e. to be broken ; Chald. Syr.
id. Preet. 139 are δέβηδη: Jer. 11, 16.
Inf. fem. ns" in breaking. pleonast. Is.
24,19; as subst. a breaking, 6. σ. ΤΡ Ἠῶ
a brokeh tooth Prov. 25,19. Fut. 95°
Jer. 15, 12. Job 34, 24; ¢. suff. op4n Ps.
2, 9.

2. Intrans. to be evil, bad, from the idea
of breaking, being broken, and so made
worthless; opp. of 52m to be whole,
sound, good. Pret. 94, Κὶ πϑὴ Deut. 15,
9. 2 Sam. 19, 8; inf. 95 Ecc. 7,3; imp.
plur. 194 be ye evil, i. 6. though ye are
evil, angry, though ye rage, Is. 8, 9;
fut. 577, sometimes wrongly referred to
27°.=The following constructions, mostly
impers. may be noted; comp. in 310 and
30". a) Pret. "2993 97 it was evil in
my sight, it displeased me, Num. 22, 34.
Josh. 24,15. Jer. 40,4; fem. of a woman
Ex. 21, 8. Fut. ΡΟ 55 (355) id.
Gen. 27. 11. 38, 10. 1 Sam. 8, 6. 2Sam.
11, 25. al. tater writers for "2°53 put
"Ὁ, Neh. 13, 8. 2,10. Jon. 4, 1. Also
ral 21, 12 nprn-by W772 pan-by let it
not be evil in thy sight (not grieve thee)
on account of the lad. 1 Chr. 21, 7;
comp. 2 Sam. 19, 43.° Ὁ) 95 9599 it is evil
to me, i. 6. it goes ill with me, Ps. 106, 32.
c) to be sad, sorrowful, of the counte
nance, heart, Neh. 2, 3. 1 Sam. 1, 8°
comp. Deut. 15, 10.. ἃ) Of the eye, to.
be evil, i. e. to be envious, c. 2 Deut. 28,
54; comp. 15, 9.

Nipn. fut. 9195, see in r. 939.

Hips. 295 and 207; inf, 995, in pause
29; fut. 55°, conv. Eon part. 357,
plur. ΘΛ.

1. to break in pieces, to destroy, Ps.
44, 3. 74, 3. Jer. 31, 28.

2. todoill, i.e. a) to make evil sc.
what one does; comp. opp. 2°27}. Gen.
44, 5 ΠῺΣ ax ond tn ye have done
sy what ye have done, i. 6. in so doing.
To do good or to do coll is sometimes
put genr. i. q. ‘to do something of other’
any thing, Zeph. 1,12. Is. 41, 23. Jer. 4,
22. Lev. 5,4 if one swear unadvisedly to
do evil or to do good, i. e. any thing what-
ever, he is bound. Hence ellipt. Ps. 15,
4 9997 N51 ΣΤ saw if he sweareth
(unadvisedly to do good or) to do evil,
he changeth not ; san being here put for

5.

the fuller ΞΟ Ὑτθὴ 3379. i.e. if he swear
to do any thing, and it turn out evil to
himself or others, he yet performs his
oath; comp. Lev. 5, 4. Judg. 11, 31.
Others here render it neighbour, friend,
as if for ΣΤΡ from 349; so Sept. Symm.

Pesh. De Wette takes 92> for 7,

and understands a wicked person. —Alao
miws> san pr. ‘to make evil in doing,
to do evil, 1 K. 14, 9. Jer. 16, 12; Mic.
3,4 ΡΟΝ ΓΙ they pie in pai their
doings, they work evil.—Hence

b) Ellipt. to do evil, to act wickedly, |

Gen. 19, 7. Judg. 19, 23. 1 Sam, 12, 25.
Is. 1,16. Jer. 4, 22. Ps. 37,8. Prov. 4, 16.
al.—Part. 572 Prov. 17, 4, in pause 972
Is. 9, 16, plur. 5°39, an evil-doer, evil-
doers, Ps. 22, 17. 26, 5. 27,2. Is. 1, 4. 14,
20. 31, 2. al.

c) to do evil to any one, to deal ill with,
to afflict ; c. > Gen. 19, 9. 43,6. Ex. 5,
v2. 23. Num, 11, 11. 1 Sam. 26, 21,
Zech 8,14. Ps. 105,15; ¢. acc. Num.
16, 15. Deut. 26,6; Ὁ 1K. 17, 20; o>
Gen. 31, 7; 3 1 Chr. 16, 22. ‘Of God
as afflicting men, 6, > Ruth 1, 21. Jer.
25, 6.

Hirupo. ΦΊΛΩΙ 1, to be broken in
pieces, from concussi6n, Is. 24,19. Hence

2. to destroy or ruin oneself, Prov.
18, 24.

Deriv. 54, 599, .35.

32" Chald. to break in pieces, fut.
yin after the form p37, Dan. 2, 40.

Pa. id. ibid.

ΩΣ fat. p97, to drop, to distil,
c. acc. Prov. 3, 20 the clouds distil the
dew. Ps. 65, 12. 13. Job 36, 28. Arab.
wee, id. Comp. by transp. 93> 1.

Hiren. i. q. Kal, to drop, to distil, as
the heavens, c. ace. Is. 45, 8.

*Y2 2 fat. yoon, i. q. pst and 394,
to break or dash in pieces, Ex, 15, 6.
-Metaph. fo harass, to oppress a people,
Judg. 10, 8.

: ὩΣ fut. 8297, to tremble, to quake ;
comp. Engl. to rustle. Arab. UMS) and
id. Kindr. are "25, 53%, o35.—

Spec. for fear, terror, Ez. 38, 20; the
earth Judg. 5, 4. Is. 13, 13; the heavens

Joel 2,10. 4,16; mountains Jer. 4, 24.
Nah. 1, 5; islands Ez. 26, 15; the foun-

990 ᾿

N57

dations of the earth Is. 24, 18; walls,
door-posts, Ez. 26, 10..Am. 9,1. With

~

va of the cause of fear, Jer. 10, 10. 49,
‘21; "282 Ez. 38, 20.—Once of the mo-
tion of grain as agitated and rustling in —

the wind, Ps. 72, 16.

Nips. i. q. Kal, to be moved, shaken,
to quake, e. g. the earth Jer. 50, 46.

Hipu. 1. lo cause to tremble, toshake,
e. g. the heavens and the earth Ps. 60,
4. Hagg. 2, 6.7; kingdoms Is. 14, 16;
the nations Ez. 81, 16.

2. Spee. to cause to leap, as a horse, a
locust; verbs signifying to tremble, to
move to and fro, being often transferred
to the idea of leaping, springing, comp.
ΠΣ Pi. 29m, 539m, also 3p3. Job 39,

ΜΞ «

20 of the, hore; ΠΞῚΝΞ Senn dost —

thou make him leap like the locust 7—
Hence yaw

UPI m. 1.4 trembling, shaking, as
of a spear Job 41, 21 [29]; of persons
Ez. 12, 18; of the earth, an earthquake,

1 K. 19, 11. 12. Is. 29,6. Ez; 37, 7. 38,

19. Am. 1, 1. Zech. 14, δ.

2. a leaping, bounding, see the root —

Hiph. πο. 2; e. g. of a horse in running
Job 39, 24 comp. 20. Poet. of war-
chariots Nah. 3, 2. Jer. 47, 3; ai
65... τ

3. tumult, uproar, as of battle Is, 9, 4.
Jer. 10,22. Perh. thunder Ez. 3, 12. 13;
comp. 39" to tremble, OS) to thunder.

y NBO fut. REN; see also στ. 759 IL.

1. Pr. to sew together, to mend, to re-
pair.
corresponds to the Gr. ῥάπτω. These
roots all have their origin in a common
stock, the primary and onomatopoetic .
syllable 9, which has the force of Lat.
rapere and carpere, Germ. raffen, rup--
Jen, comp. 478, 42,520. The pre-
sent verb imitates the sound of a person
sewing rapidly.—See Niph. and Pi. no. 1.

2. to heal, to cure, pr. a wound, a
wounded person, which is often done by

Arab. sy, Eth. ZA, id. It

:
.

sewing up the wound, Ps. 60, 4. Jer. 30, —

17. Job 5, 18. Eee. 3, 3; also one sick,
c. acc. Gen. 20. 17. Ps. 6, 3. 30, 3. 41,
5. With dat. of pers. Num. 12, 13. 2K.
20, 5. 8.. Lam. 2. 13; or of the disease
Ps. 103, 8. Part. ἈΞῚ a physician Jer: δ,
22, 2 Chr. 16. 12. Gen. 50, 2; metaph.
of God, Ex. 15. 26.—Comp. Gr. axsio Fas

ΝΞ

i, 6. to mend and to cure; also Ayab.

rb ia. 7

P "Metaph. a) God is said to heal a per-

son, a people, a land, i. 6. to restore to .

former prosperity and happiness, 2 Chr.
7, 14. Hos. 5, 13. 7,1. 11, 3. ‘Is. 19; 22.

30, 26. 57, 18. 19. Jer. 17, 14; as vice '

versa God is said to wound by inflicting
calamities, see Deut. 32. 39. Is. 19, 22.
al. b) As further this restoration is con-

nected with and depends on the remis-:

sion of sins (see Matt. 9, 2.sq. Mark 4,
12, comp. 2 Chr. 7, 14. Is. 6, 10. 53, 5),
hence to heal isi. q. to pardon, to forgive,
2 Chr. 30, 20. Jer. 3, 922. Hos. 14, 5. Is.
6,10 lest... . they be converted, and God

heal them, i. e. forgive and restore them. .

Comp. Ps. 103, 3. c) Also ¢o comfort, to
console ; Job 13, 4 555% "XDA empty com-
Sorters, comp. Ps. 147, 3; unless we re-
turn to the primary meaning of the verb,
and render: palchers up of vanities,
i. ᾳ. "BY 728d in the first hemistich. So
the verb solor, consolor, seems also to
have the primary sense of fo heal, to make

whole, from solus, ὅλος ; comp. also Arab.

Lif to cure, and to console.
3. toallay, to quiet, i. q. Arab. &, ᾳ. ἃ.

to heal ἃ tumult. See ΝΕ (NBD) and
RB no. 2.

ΝΊΡΗ. 8873, see also in r. 737 II.

1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be repairal,
Jer. 19, 11.

2. to be healed, cured, either a disease
Lev. 13, 18. 37. 14, 3. 48; or a sick per-
son Deut. 28,27. 1 Sam. 6,3. Jer. 17,14.
51, 8. With dat. is. 53,5 ax ΝΒ there
washealing for us, i.e. God hath forgiven
us. So bitter and unwholesome water
is said to be healed, when it is rendered
wholesome, 2 K. 2, 22. Ez. 47,8. 9.

Prec x1; but. part. xp. Jer. 38, 4
is for 7977, see in r. 75% 1, Pi.

1. to mend, to repair, 6. g. an altar
broken down 1 K. 18, 30.

2. to heal, lo cure, 6. g.a wound Jer.6
14; the wounded or sick Jer. 5,9. Zech.
11, 16. Ez. 34,4. Also to render whole-
some e. g. bad water 2 K. 2,21. Metaph.
to comfort, to console, Jer. 8, 11.

. 8. Trans. to cause to be healed, i. 6. to
bear the expense of a cure, Ex. 21, 19.
Inf. pleon. xi87 Ex. |. c

‘ 991

59

beni to let oneself be healed, 2K. 8
29. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 22, 6.

Deriv, NBD, HNDD, MARDT, NBT.)
and the pr. Hattie “RD, BN, RADI,
PRB.

᾿ SD) m. 1. Plur. O°» pr. ‘ the quiet,
the silent,’ i. e. the shades, manes, dwell-
ing in Hades, whom the Hebrews sup-
posed to be destitute of blood and ani-
mal life (53), but yet not wholly with-
out some faculties of mind; Ps. 88, 11.
Prov. 2, 18. 9, 18. 21, 16. Is. 14, 9. 26
14. 19; c. art. Job 26, 5.

2. Rapha, pr.n. a) The founder ofa
race or family among the Philistines
celebrated for their tall stature, c. art.
RBI 1 Chr. 20, 4.6.8; but 595 2 Sam.
21, 18. 20. 22. His sons or posterity,
MHI "3755, in the time of David, were
distinguished for their great stature and
bravery, 2Sam.21, 16.—Perh. 857, 755,
signified also to be high, tall ; from 3)

to be high, lofty. Comp. ΘΠ ΒΡ in "857.
b) 1 Chr. 4, 12. c.) ib. 8, 2.

MNS) f(r. 889) only ρίαν. mixpy
medicines for wounds. medicaments, Jer.
30, 13. 46, 11. Ez. 30, 21.

ΓΗ͂Ν ΒΞ Γ a healing, health, Prov. 3,8.
R. 85".

ΑΞ, only plur.. o°xD, a gentile
name Rephaim, Rephaites, an ancient
Canaanitish tribe beyond the Jordan,
celebrated for: their gigantic stature,
Gen. 14, 5. 15, 20. Josh. 17, 15. In a
wider sense, this name appears to have
comprehended all the gigantic races of
the Canaanites, the Emim, Zamzum-
mim, and Anakim, see Deut. 2, 11. 20.
Of those beyond Jordan, Og king of
Bashan was the last. Deut. 3. 11. Josh.
12, 4. 13. 12. From the Rephaim on
this side Jordan was named the Valley
of Rephaim, see in paz lett. 6. Giants
of like name are mentioned in the time
of David‘among the Philistines ; see in
NDT no. 2. a.

2853 (whom Giod heals, r. NBT) Re-
phael, pr. ἡ. 1 Chr. 26,7. Gr. “Poona
as the name of an angel, Tob. 9,5. ᾿

* 757 fat. 129 to strew, to spread
Job 41, 22 [20]. Kindr. 327.

men

Ῥιει, 1. to spread a bed, sternere
lectum, Job 17, 13.
2. to stay up, to support, pr. with

“cushions, pillows; Arab. +) pr. to sup-

port, then to help; comp. Heb. 739.—
Hence to refresh a weary person, Cant.
2,,.2..

Deriv. “7°57, and the geogr. names
pp, WIN.

*T.572 fot. ne, conv. 97%) Ex.
4, 26; to ‘be relaxed, elackened: to sink
down. ~Syr. Pa. and Aph. to relax,
to slacken; Chald. id. Kindr. perh. is
‘msa5.—Spec. a) Of the hands. to be
slack, to hang down listlessly ; 2 Chr. 15,
7 EST AWN let not your hans be
slackened, ‘become weak, i. e. be not
slothful in your work. Frequently also
hands hanging down, i.e. relaxed, feeble,
are ascribed to those who are discour-
aged, faint-hearted ; 2 Sam. 4, 1 487")
Ὑπὸ his hands were feeble, he became
discouraged. Is, 13, 7. Jer. 6, 24. 50, 43.
Ez. 7,17. 21, 12. Zeph. 3,16. With yo
from any thing. i. q. to desist from Neh.
6,9. b) Of persons; Jer. 49, 24 MMB
pint Damascus is slackened, waxed
feeble, in mind, i. e. is discouraged,
weakened. With 12 of pers. to desist
from, to let go, Ex. 4, 26. Of anger
Judg. 8, 3. c) Of other things; Is. 5,
94. ΓΒ mand wim and us the flaming
grass sinks down, i i.e. in the flame. Of
the day as declining Judg. 19, 9.

Nieu. to be slack, i. 6. remish idle, Ex.
5, 8. 17.

Piet ΠΡ, part. ΒΛ Jer. 38, 4, as if
from X>; to slacken, to let fall, to let
down, e. +: the wings Ez. 1, 24. 25; a
girdle, to relax, to loosen, Job 12, 21.
Spec. the hands of any one, to make
hang down, to relax or weaken, i. e. to
discourage, Jer. 38, 4. Ezra 4, 4.

Hips. 7234, imp. apoc. 4/377, fut. apoc.
and ‘conv. $75. '

1. to slacken one’s hand, to desist.
2 Sam. 24, 16 WW Ah slacken thine
“hand, i. e. ΗΝ from smiting. With 7,
i. q. to desert or forsake any one, Josh.
10,6. So Syr.—Without 7°, to slacken
the hand, i. e. to desist from any person
or thing. 6. 72; Ps. 37,8 ὩΝῸ FIN
desist (cease) from anger. Deut. 9, 14
"3072 ΤΠ desist from me, i. e. let me

992 »

»55--

alope. Judg. 11, 37 let me ale
months, i.e. give me two months. E
also with > of pers. fo let alone or «
to any one "| Sam. 11,3. 2K.4,27. J
sol. 1 Sam. 15, 16. Ps. 46,.11...4 aan
2. lo let go, to dismiea:a person ¢
thing (opp. to hold fast), c. ace. Cant.;
4, Job 7, 19. 27,6. Prov.4,13, ΠΝ
3. to let drop, to leave off, e.g. ay
begun Neh. 6, 3; a person, i. 6. to¢
off, to forsake him, J i. q. 319, Deut. 4, 31
31, 6. 8. Josh. 1, 5. Ps. 138, 8.
Hirap. to show oneself slack,
i.e. a) to be slothful Josh. 18, 3.
18, 9. b) to be discouraged, to fi
Prov. 24, 10::
Deriv. ΠΡ, }°8".

“Th. ΓΞ, put sometimes for
to heal ; comp. 83P Π i. q. FIP.
this sense occurs imper. 5% for xb7 F
60, 4; fut. ΠΡΊΒ Job 5, 18. a

Nips. nen}: Jer. 51.9; inf. meq 9,
11; fat. 997 2 K, 2, 22.

Deriv. ΓΒ and

MD, (for x3) Raphah, pr. n.
With art. ABS » ἃ Philistine, whose ons
(npn 5158) were giants; see in art.
xp" no. 2.a. b) A man 1 Chr. 8, 37;
for which in 9, 43 435" q. v. .

MD) m. adj. (r. 959 1) fem. ΠΕ, p
eke

1. slack, remiss, espec. with 77 add- |
eff slack-handed 2 Sam.17,2. MiB} OTT
slack hands, as implying discourage
ment, int hear Job 4, 3. Is,
35, 3. “a
2. weak, feeble, Num. 13, 18. -

ND" (healed, τ. 8B) Raphu, pr. Ἂς

m. Num. 13, 9.
*ME™ obsol. root, Arab. OQ to be
rich ; hence ᾿
MD" (riches) Rephah, pr. n,m. 1 Fi
7, 25.
ΓΒ f. support, stay, railing, on
the sides of a litter or sedan, Cant. 3,10.

Sept. ar ἄκλιτον, Vulg. reclinaton ‘um.
R. 757 Pi. no, 2.

ΤῈ (refreshments, τ. 729) Rephi- —
dim, pr. n. of a station of the Israelites |
before coming to Sinai, Ex. 17,1. 19, 2.
Num. 33, 14. See Bibl. Res. sin Palest,
᾿ Ῥ. 178.

sk

lett. b.

ως ἢ

a) 1 Chr. 8 21.
c) 7,2. d) 9, 43, comp. 55"
e) Neh. 3, 9.

7PEI m. (Ὁ. ΠΡ 1) only constr. 754,

b) 4, 42.

slackness, remissness, with 573" added ;

trop. for discouragement, faintness of
heart, Jer. 47, 3.

ty 05” and WE" used without any
distinction ; fut, Hay? Ez. 34, 18. 32,2;
to tread with the feet, to trample upon ;
espec. to trouble water, to make turbid

by treading. Kindr. 02". Syr. mss
id. Arab. (a3) to kick.

ΝΊΡΗ. part. Hi 25, 26 En? Ἰ9 a4
troubled fountain.

Hirup. 087nn pr. ‘to let oneself be
trampled under foot,’ i. e. to prostrate
oneself, to humble oneself, Prov. 6, 3. Ps.
68, 31 FO3 "BI OBIN collect. pros-
trating themselves with pieces of silver,
i.e. submissively offering them as tribute.
᾿ς Deriv. &e72.

D5 Chald. to trample down, to stamp
upon, ‘Dan. 7, 7.
MPL Γ plur. floats, rafts, 2 Chr. 2,
15; a word of the later Hebrew, as it
would seem, for nina5 1 K. δ, 23. It

is obviously kindred with Arab. ny;
Eth. ZAP a raft; and is perh. com-
pounded from D5" i.q. x0, and synon.
Talm. 8308; or, according to others,
from 0D" to tread and 75° to strew.

5 ΕΞ. obsol. root, which prob. had
the primary signif. to pull out or off, to
pluck, Lat. carpere, see in r. 85D no, 1;
and to this may be reduced several of
the many glosses so confusedly exhibit-
ed by Arabian lexicographers under the

word 3,, 6. σ΄. suxit ubera, edit olera,

assuit (comp. 85), corripuit aliquem
9

febris.
cote, flock of sheep; and to this doubt-

Hence is derived ) sheep-

_ less corresponds in the Mishnah the word

rp. (PBI, as m3 from 551. 2d from
440) stall, Baba bathra 2. $3, and 6. ὃ 4,
pr. a rack from which hay or straw is
pulled; like’'Germ. Raufe ; comp. ΠΡῚΝ
and Ὀΐδὲὲς. Hence also the biblical

993

᾿ MD (whom ]Θ μονὴ μθαϊθᾶ, τ. ΠΒ 11}
Mechaiah, pr. ἢ. m.

ΓΝ

non" stalls, q. v. in art. D9. The form
ὨΞῚ Job 26, 11, see under r. 53>.

᾿ p24 in Kal not used; -Arab. 34)
VIII, to lean upon the elbow; Ethiop.
LAP to recline at table.

Hiren. to lean oneself, c. 59 wpon any
one, Cant. 8, 5.

TDI, see r. DBT.

τ WS) obsol. root, kindr. with ¥5"
and 05", to tread with the feet, as ren-
dering water turbid. Hence

WHI m. mud, mire, i. q. B72, Is. 57,
20. In the Talmud, id.

MD), only in plur, 0° Hab. 3, 17,
stalls, as the Hebrew interpreters cor-
rectly give it. See the etymology and
the Talmudic usage under r. 559. The
mofthe sing. isservile, although retained
in the plural, comp. PDR. og Comp.

%, Sa ῷ
Arab. 5), Sy, os, also way, straw,
fodder of cattle, as being pulled from the
rack. Sept. Vulg. presepia.

V1 τὰ. (τ. 7¥2) a fragment, piece, 6. g.
of silver not coined, Ps. 68, 31.

V2 τὰ. a runner, see in r. 7".
4 X82) I. i. ᾳ. 739 fo run ; Inf. absol.
six Ez. 1, 14.

II. i. q. M8" to delight in ; whence at
least Ἢ for °°29 Ez. 43, 27.

* 21 in Kal not used, Arab. do

to watch closely, spec. to lie in wait for.
Piet to watch insidiously, to look

askance at, Ps. 68,17. See Schultens

Animadyv. in loc. Thesaur. p. 1308.

“TS, fat. ΠΣ 5,
also in r. 89 II.
1. to delight in any person or thing, to

apoc. V7; see

take pleasure in. Arab. is) to like,

to choose. a) Of persons, c. acc. i. 4. to
love; Prov. 3, 12 ΓΙ ja~M& IND asa
father diliohizeth: in his son, loves him.
With 3 1 Chr. 28, 4: impl. Is. 42,1.
With ὩΣ pregn. to delight i in intercourse
with any one, to be on good terms with
him, Ps. 50, 18. Job 34, 9. Part.. pass.
"124 delighted in, acceptable, c. > to
any one Esth. 10, 3; poet. c. genit. ac-

χὰ

cepted of any one Deut. 33,34. Ὁ) Of
things, 6. acc. Ps. 102, 15 thy servants
take pleasure in her stones, i.e. the ruins
of Zion. Job 14, 6 until he shall delight,
as a hireling, in his day, sc. as past, in
the rest and quiet of evening. Ps. 62, 5.
Of God as taking pleasure in things,
1 Chr. 29, 17. Ps. 51, 18. Prov. 16,7. Ece.
97. With 2a Ps. 49, 14, 147,10. 1 Chr.
29, 3. Mic. 6, 7. Hage. 1,8

2. to be kind, favourable, gracious, to-
wards any one; of a king 2 Chr. 10, 7.
Mostly of God, with acc. of pers. Ps. 44,
4, 147,11. Jer. 14,10. Hos. 8, 13; acc.
of thing Deut. 33,11; 3 Ps.149,4. Also
i. q. to receive into favour, a land Ps. 85,
2; 6. inf. Ps. 40,14; absol. Ps. 77, 8.
Am. 5, 22.—Spec. to receive graciously
one bringing a present, Gen. 33, 10.
Mal. 1, 8. Of God as receiving gra-
ciously those who approach him with
sacrifice and prayer, Job 33, 26. Ex. 20,
41, 43, 27. Jer. 14,12. 2 Sam, 24, 23;
with ace. of sacrifice Am. 5, 22. Ps. 119,
108.

3. to satisfy a debt, i.e. to pay it off ;
pr. to satisfy the creditor and render him
favourable; Lev. 26, 34. 41. 43. 2 Chr.
36, 21.

Nipu. 1. to be graciously received or
accepted, to be well pleasing, e. g. a sa-
crifice, see Kal no. 2. Lev. 7, 18. 19, 7.
22, 23. 27; also Lev..1, 4. 22, 25,:in
which’ passages there is added a dat.
commodi 5, 02>. In the same sense
yer man het: 22, 20.

2. Pass. of Kal no. 3 and Hiph. éo be
satisfied, i.e. paid off, discharged, Is.
40, 2.

Piet to render well pleased, i. 6. to
seek to please any one, to seek his favour.
Job 20, 10 his sons shall seek the favour
of the poor, or what comes to the same
thing, shall conciliate the poor, sc. by
restoring the goods extorted from them;

comp. Arab. Ley II conciliavit.

Hipu. to satisfy, i.e. to pay off. i. q.
Kal no. 3. Lev. 26, 34 then shall the
land rest and pay off her sabbaths, viz.
those which she still owes.

Hirup. to make oneself pleasing. ac-
ceptable, to get the favour of any one,
c. δὲς 1 Sam. 29, 4.

Deriv. pr. n. NIST, PSI, Hen; also

994,

ns"

y=) m. constr. 1X4, c. suff. "3%
1. delight, acceptance, approbation
Prov. 14, 35. Is. 58, 5. jis3> mon ἢ
56, 7. Jer. 6, 20, and ἘΣ ΤΕΣ 16, 60, 7
to be acceptable, grateful to God, to be
approved.—Ex. 28, 38 "78> ἘΠῚ jizab
mim: for acceptance to them before
vah, i. 6. that they may be graciou
accepted of Jehovah. Ps. 19, 15. Lev.
22,20. 21. With suff. Lev. 1,3. 19,5
E22ix9> that ye may be accepted, i. e.
that your sacrifice be acceptable. 22,
19. 29. 23, 11.—Concr. a delight, that
in which one delights, Prov. 11, 1. 2
12, 22. 15,8. 16,13; spec. what is accept-
able to God, Prov. 10, 32. Mal. 2, 13.
2. good-will, favour, grace, as of a”
king Prov. 16, 15. 19,12; espec. of God,
Ps. δ, 13. 30, 8. Deut. 33, 16. Ps. 51,20,
Is, 49, 8 Fis2 MP2 in a lime of grace,
when the way is open to my favour.
Meton. favours bestowed, benefits, Ps.
145, 16, Deut. 33, 23. Prov. 18,22,
3. will, pleasure, i i. ᾳ. Chald. mas", pr.
‘what pleases any one,’ his pleasure, Fr.
‘tel est mon plaisir? Ps. 40, 9. 103, 21.
143, 10. 145,19. 2 Chr. 15, 15. Yoinge ny |
to do according to his pleasure Esth. 1
8, Dan. 8, 4. 11, 3. 16; with 3 of pers.
to treat a person accordidde to one’s plea=
sure, as one will, Neh. 9, 24. 37. Esth.
9,5. In the sense of wicked pleasure,

wantonness, Gen. 49, 6.

* MS fat. ΤΙΣ, 1. to break or crush
in pieces ; kindr. with yz2. Arab.
) ἀν Pe See Pi. no. 1 yand mx.

2. to kill, to slay, c. ace. pers. Num. 35,
30. Deut. 4,42; absol. Ex. 20,13. Deut.
5,17. 1K. 21, 19. Jer. 7, 9. Hos. 4, 2.
wip ’ Bmx Deut, 22, 26, comp. ® M25
WB), under m2? Hiph. no. 2. d.—Part._
nish a slayer,- murderer, Num. 35, 16 sq.
Deut. 4, 42. Josh. 20, 5. 6. Job 24,14. ἃ].

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 2, Judg. 20, 4.
Prov. 22, 13.

Piet to break or dash in pieces, Ps.
62, 4.

2. i. q. Kal no. 2, but iterative like
dup, to kill many, to be a murderer,
Hos. 6, 9. Ps. 94,6. Part. mz a mur-
deren 2. 6, 32. Is. 1, 21.

MZ) τὴ, (τ. ΠΧ) 1. a breaking in
pieces, crushing. Ps. 42,11 with acrush-—

“387 id.

ing of my bones, i. 6. causing me the
severest paiu.

2. outbreak of the voice, outcry, cla-
mour, comp. r. M¥8; Ez. 21, 27, where
it is coupled with 43577.

_ S22) (delight) Rizia, pr. n.m. 1 Chr.
7,39. R.nx.

PX) Rezin, pr.n. a) The last king

of Damascus, slain by the Assyrians,

2 Κ. 15, 37. 16, 5-9. Is. 7,1. 4. 8. 8, 6.
9,10. b) A man, Ezra 2, 48. Neh. 7,
50.—The etymology is uncertain. It

“may come from r. Mx" after the form

ὙΣΡ, by Syriasm for }°%3; or from
6 -
Arab. urs) firm, stable ; or perh. it is

kindr. with jit" prince, also pr. ἢ. of the
founder of the kingdom of Damascus.

ἘΣ ΧΟ to pierce, to bore, 6. g. the ear
Ex. 21,6. Arab. ay I, 1V, id. Chald.
Deriv. ΦΧ.

» m7 to range slones artificially. to
inlay a pavement or other work, to
checker ; part. pass. 53%" checkered, tes-

selated, inlaid, Cant.3,10. Arab. WS}

id.
» Deriv. 927, Mesh, ΤΕΣ.
ἘΣ τὴ, 1. a stune which is heated in

order to roast meat or bake bread upon

it. 1 K. 19, 6 DIDS] May a cake baked

on hot stones. Arab. RE ie id. The

᾿ Rabbifis understand a coal ; comp. 87.

2. Rezeph, pr. n. of a city subdued by
the Assyrians, Is. 37,12. Prob. the “Py-

σάφα of Ptolemy situated in Palmyrene,

Arab. ksLey. See Ptol. Geogr. 5. 15.

MBS) f(r. 9S) 1. ig. HSI, α hot
stone, Is.6,6. Vulg. calculus. Sept. and
the Rabbins a coal.

2. a tesselated pavement, Esth. 1, 6.
2 Chr. 7, 3. Ez. 40, 17.18. 42,3. 2 Chr.
7, 3. .

3. Rizpah, pr. n. of a concubine of
Saul, 2 Sam. 3, 7. 21, 8. 10, 11.

“ys fut. ya for y. Is. 42. 4, yu
Kec. 12,6. But ΣΉΝ Jer. 50, 44 Cheth.

_ also D¥7 8 ib. Keri, belong to τ. 73.

1. to break, to crush or shatter, i. e.
so as to make a flawor crack, but not en-

995

Pp.

Go.
tirely off. Arab. US) 5 kindr. 73" and
339.—Is. 42, 3 pis ΤΩΡ a broken reed
shall he not break uff (728); Vulg.
quassaitum. 36, 6. 2 K. 18, 21.—Intrans.
to break, to be broken, crushed, Ecc. 12,
6; trop. Is. 42, 4.

2. Trop. to treat with violence, to op-
press, often joined with pw, Deut. 28,
33. 1 Sam. 12, 3.4, Am.4,1. Is. 58, 6.
Hos. 5, 11.

Nipa. 772 fut. yin? (as if from τ. 7495),
pass. of Kal no. 1, Ez. 29, 7. Ecc. 12, 6.

Prien Y22 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, but
stronger, to break in pieces, Ps. 74, 14.

2. Metaph. i. q. Kal no. 2. a, Job 20,
19. 2 Chr. 16, 10.

Po. yxin, to oppress, to vex, i. q. Kal
no. 2 and Pi. no. 2, Judg. 10, 8. But
y2in Nah. 2, 5 belongs to r. 749.

Hien. fut. conv. ὙΠ (so as to differ
from ym} to make run), to break in
pieces, Judg. 9, 53.

HiruHpo. ys to dash one another,

to struggle; Gen. 25, 22.
Deriv. 7, 7977 IL.

Pim. (r.ppol) 1. Adj. fem. mp4,
plur. mips, thin, lean, of kine Gen. 41,
19. 20. 27.

2. Adv. of limitation, restriction, only,
alone. Job 1, 15 "735 "28 PD only I
alone. - Gen. 47, 22 only the land of the
priests bought he not. 14, 24. 41, 40. 50,
8. Ex. 10,17. 1 Sam. 1, 13. 5,4. Am.
3, 2. al. sepe. Also of exception, only,
except, provided ; Gen. 19, 8 only unto
these men do nothing. 24,8. Num. 20, 19.
Deut. 3,11. Josh. 1, 7.18. Is. 4,1 we
will eat our own bread, ... only let us be
called by thy name. Once emphat. p4
τ only indeed Num. 12,2. Spec. a)
After a negation, only, i. e. save, besides ;
2 Chr. 5, 10 there was nothing in the ark
ninda m3) Pp. save or besides the two
tables. Josh. 11, 22 there were none of
the Anakim left nisa P only, excepl, in
Gaza. 1 K. 15, 56. Ὁ) Put before ad-
jectives as an intensive, in the same
manner as Ἴπ no. 2. ἃ, b,c; thus 312 ΡἽ
only good, nothing but good, Gen. 26,29;
37 Γ΄ only evil, nothing but evil, Gen. 6,
5. 1K. 14,8 1897 4 only right, nothing
but what is right. Deut.4,6. Also with
an adverb Deut. 28, 13; with a verb
Judg. 14,16. So befire 578 there is not

Pp 996

intensively, as 1 ῬᾺ surely there is not,
i.e. it is only so that there is not; Gen.
20, 11 mys Dipwa ὈΠΥΟΝ ret PS Δ
surely the Sear ‘of God is not in this
place.—At the beginning of a clause,
Pp. refers sometimes not to the next
word, but to one more remote ; Is. 28,19
mst Jan ΠΡΤ Ρ zw 18. a terror only
to hear the rumour. Ps. 32, 6 Σ mew Pl
AD"g2 ND MSN DD] OTD in the ‘flood of
great waters, only to him (the righteous)
shall they not come near, Prov. 13, 10.
Deut. 4, 6. Gen. 24, 8.

P. empty, see Pp".

Pp m. (τ. pp? IL) c. suff. iPr, spittle,
Job 7, 19. 30, 10. Is. 50, 6.

*327, fut. spy, to be carious,
worm-eaten, rotten, as wood, Is. 40, 20.
Metaph. Prov. 10, 7; comp. the Rab-
binic phrase; ‘ ascendit putredo in no-
men alicujus.’—Not found in the other
dialects. The primary idea seems to

be that of hollowing out, excavating ;

comp. 332) 327, 329, also in 73".
Deriv. the two following.

ΞΡ m. constr. 3p, caries, rottenness.
a) Of the bones Prov. 12, 4. 14, 30;
metaph. of terror striking through all
one’s bones Hab. 3,16. Ὁ) Of wood,
Job 13, 28. Hos. 5, 12.

yap. m. (τ. 2)%) rottenness of wood
Job 41, 19.

* "TP 2 fut. plur. sIp7n, to leap, to skip,
e. g. for joy, to dance Ecc. 3,4. Poet. also
things are said éo leap or skip from fear,
i. q. to start, to quake, Ps. 114, 4. 6.
Comp. Hiph. and "m2 Pi. also 835. Syr.
Pa. id. but Aph. is to wail, to beat the
breast. The primary idea seems to lie
in beating or stamping the ground, see
in Sp".

Piet, to leap, to spring, to dance,
1 Chr. 15, 29. Is. 13, 21. Job 21, 11.
Poet. of a chariot driven rapidly and
bounding over rough ways, Nah. 3, 2.
Joel 2, 5.

Hien. pr. to make leap or skip, e. g.
mountains, i. e. to cause to tremble or
start, to shake, Ps. 29,6. Comp. Kal,
also 83" and “M3.

“ ΠΡ £ (τ. Ppt 1) c. suff. inp., pr.
thinness, something thin; hence

“Pp

1. the temple, temples, a part od
head, Judg. 4, 21. 22. 5, 26. |

2. Poet. for the cheek, Cant. 4, 3. 6,
Comp. tempora id. Prop: 2. 24.3...

TP? (thinness, r. PR? 1) κάμαν
n. of ἃ city in Dan lying on the se
coast, Josh. 19, 46. aS

“MP7 fut. προ to season, to spice
e.g. oil for making ointments, fo 7
JSume, Ex. 30, 33; also wine, see
and flesh, see Hiph. Part. Mp* sec
ing, spicing, 1 Chr. 9, 30; subst. a maker
of unguents, perfumer, Ecce. 10, 1. Ex.
30, 35. 37, 29.—The primary idea ©
prob. that of heating, boiling, pr. iq
πρὶ, the letters Ὁ and Bistinn <> inter
changed; see in lett. Pp.

Puat pass. of Kal, 2 Chr. 16, ve

Hira. to season flesh, to γέρο ας
24, 10.

Deriv. MPI—OMPD, MH, πὶ mF)
rnp 2.

PZ) τα. spices ΠΡ 9% apioed wing,
i. ᾳ. 792 α. v. Cant, 8, 2.

MPA m. ointment, perfume, Bx. 30,
25. 35. ‘

MP? m. (r. M22) plur. SPD, ame
of ointments, perfumer, pigme q
Neh. 3;8. Fem. ΠΡ, plur. remy i
1 Sam. 8, 13. ᾿

“INP f. see preced. art, a sain

DP) m. plur. (τ. MP9) vn
perfumes, c. suff. Is, 57, 9.

ΣΡ m. (r. Ph) constr. op, pea.
solid expanse; see the root no. 2.—
Hence ΠΥ

1. the Pamir: of heaven, Gen. 1, 6.
7. 8. Ps. 19, 2; fully τσ 9 Gen,
1, 14. 15. 17. 20. The Hebrews sup-
posed the firmament to be spread out
like a solid hemispheric arch over the
earth, shining and pellucid as sapphire
Ex. 24, 10, comp. Dan. 12,3; in it were
fixed the stars, Gen. 1, 14-17 ; and above
it was the celestial ocean with windows
in the firmament.through which the wa-
ter fell as rain upon the earth, Gen. 1,7.
7, 11. Ps. 104,3. 148, 4; this latter being
the common notion: althotgh the true
state of the case was not unknown to
them, see Gen. 2, 6. Job 36, 27. 28.
Sept. στερέωμα, Vulg. firmamentum. So-

a

᾿

᾿

;

SDS
Hom. οἱρανὸς πολύχαλκος Il. 5. 504. Od.
8. 2; ove. σιδήρεος Od. 15. 328.—Arab.

2a pavement, foot-pavement, beneath
ἃ throne, i. q. ΞΡ ; pr. a foundation,
from stamping, founding, see the Syriac

usage inr. Spano. 2. So of the pave-

ment borne by cherubs, above which

as the throne of Jehovah, Ez. 1, 22. 23.

ἮΝ m. ae ῬΡ 1) plur. constr."p"P7,

ἃ thin cake, wafer, Ex. 29, 2. 23. Lev. 2,

Num. 6, 15. 19. al.

2° pp” to deck with colours, to make
versicoloured, to variegate ; spoken of
the colours in the eagle’s pini6éns, and

of variegated marble, see 2p"; but

chiefly of variegated cloths and gar-
ments.—Chald. in Targ. of the spots

and shields of the leopard, Jer. 13, 23.

Arab. oy I, II, to τῶ striped, as cloth ;

also to write ; pe 351 variegated. From

‘the Arabic comes Span. recumare, Ital.
ricamar, to embroider with the needle.

The primary idea seems to be that of

laying on colours, as in kindr. 535 no. 3,
where see.—Spec. to variegate a gar-
ment, to embroider with coloured figures,
Lat. opere plumario ; which seems to
have been done by ueedle-work in
figures of various colours, as blue or
purple, upon a white ground or byssus ;
the figures having the form sometimes
of feathers or scales, and sometimes of
little shields or tessele. Hence Parr.

ΒΡ plumarius, a worker in colours, em-
| broiderer, Ex. 26, 36. 27, 16. 28, 39. 36,
87. 38,18. 39,29.. The work of the op4
differed from the work of the 3Wn, in

that the former was stitched with the

needle or sewed upon the cloth, while
the latter was woven into it; see in

38m no. 3. The LXX also understand
needle-work Ex. 27, 16. 38, 23; and so

the Talmudists. See more in Thesaur.
Ρ. 1310 sq.

ΑΙ, pass. to be curiously, elaborately,
wrought or shaped, of the formation of
the foetus in the womb, Ps. 139, 15.

*Deriv. 222, Nap.
OA

997

PP
DP (variegation, flower-gardening.

Sol
Arab. &45 ») Rekem, pr. n.
1. Ofa city in Benjamin Josh. 18, 27.
2. Of several men: a) A king of the
Midianites Num. 31,8. Josh. 13,21. Ὁ)
1 Chr. 2,43. c) 7, 16.

MO? f. (τ. DP) c. suff. omep , plur.
ΤΏΡ, dual o'nep4.

1. variegation, versicolour, i. e. play
of colours, e. g. in the eagle’s wings Ez.
17, 3; of stones, a pavement, 1 Chr. 29,
2, comp. in 72.

2. work in colours, embroidery, also
cloth embroidered with colours, see in r.
op). Ez. 16, 10.13. 27,16. mp “a2
embroidered garments, decked with co-
lours, as worn by princes, Ez. 16,18. 26.
16. Plur. minp id. Ps. 45, 15. Dual
Judg. δ, 30 ΒΡ 525 dyed garments
of double embroidery, i. 6. embroidered
on both sides, or so that the-work and
figures on both sides correspond.

* JP) fut. c. suff ὈΞῪΝ, inf c. suff.
RD:

1. to beat, to smite the earth with the
feet, fo stamp, either in indignation Ez.
6, 11; or in exultation Ez. 25,6. Kindr.
with pp. .—Hence to tread down ene-
mies, 2 Sam. 22, 43.

2. to beat out, i. e. to spread out or
expand by beating, see Piel; hence
simpl. to spread out, to expand, as God
the earth Ps. 136, 6. Is. 42, 5. 44, 24.—
Syr. ‘55 to make firm, stable ; Aph. to
found, pr. by beating and stamping in
order to make a solid foundation. Arab.

ὃς to make firm.

Pret 1. to beat out, i. 6. to spread out
or expand by beating, as thin plates Ex.
39, 3. Num.-17, 4. Hence

2. to overspread, to overlay with plates
of metal Is. 40, 19.

Puat part.>p72, to be beaten or spread.
into plates Jer. 10, 9.

Hien. i. q. Kal no. 2, to spread out the
heavens fut. ΣΡ Job 37, 18.

Deriv. >", also

O°) m. plur. plates, lamine, Num.
17,3.

χὴ ἢ Pp? obsol. root, pr. to beat, to
pound, spec. to spread out by beating, to.

Pre!

beat thin. Arab. intrans. , §) to be thin.
It is onomatopoetic, like the kindred roots
PR3, 27, comp. Ip}, 55.

Deriv. P2, 722, P"P7, and pr. names
Mp2, TP.

Ἄς Pe? i.q. P71 to spit, to spit out,
_an onomatopoetic root, like kindr. P57,
comp. Lat. creo, Fr. cracher. Fut. ΤΣ
c. 2 to spit upon any one Lev. 15, 8. For
the Pret. p13 is used, q. v.

Deriv. p>.

Mp] (pr. shore, Chald. snp, Arab.

Sa,
KS )) Rakkath, pr. n. of a city in the

tribe of Naphtali, situated according to
the Rabbins on the spot afterwards occu-
pied by Tiberias, Josh. 19, 35. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIJ. p. 266.

D7 poor, see in τ. An,

ἘΠ obsol. root, Chald. xv to be
able, to have leave, D0" leave, permis-
sion.—Hence

ΤΥ τὰ. leave, a permit to do any
thing, Ezra 3, 7.

MD"), see in MUNI.

f pw" to write down, to record, part.
pass. ποῦν Dan. 10,21. Arab. haa) id.

Dw" Chald. fat. pwns, Lo write, Dan.

5, 24. 25 ; also to subscribe, lo sign an
edict, Dan. 6, 9 sq.

*PD7 fut. S89" 1. Pr. as it would
seem, to make noise and tumult, to cause
disturbance, see the adj. 9% Job 3, 17.
Is. 57, 20, and Hiph. Job 34,29. Syr.

“29 Aph. to disturb, to agitate, [N25
disturbance, commotion, also «αὐ ἴο

be disturbed. Comp. by transp. ὥξ".

no. 3.—Hence
2. to do evil, to be wicked, impious, opp.
p71 ; since wicked men are usually noisy
and boisterous in doing injury, while
good men are gentle and quiet. 1 K. 8,
"47. Dan. 9, 15. Ecc. 7, 17. Ἔ
3. to have an unjust cause, to be guilty,
opp. PIX; Job 9, 29. 10, 7. 15. With
mrMt>xn, to be held guilty of God, before
God, Ps, 18, 22.
Hira. ΞΘ Π, fut. "52-1. to dis-
turb, to stir up tumult ; see in Kal no. 1.
Job 34, 29 srw nan ENP? xin he

"

VIVO

-—

“ml

(God) giveth quietness, and ¥ i
stir up tumult ? fi
2. to pronounce guilty, i. e. to c
any one, as a judge, opp. porn; E:
8. Deut. 25,1. Job 32,3. Prov. 12,
16. Ps. 94, 21. Is. 50, 9. al. So tog)
who gains his cause, Is. 54, 17.
simply togainone’s cause, tobe wl ic tor
6. g. of Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 47 and 1

-soever he turned himself, 5 Dw he αἱ

his cause, i. e. was victorious ; Ὁ
being daousted the reward of a
cause, defeat the punishment of unrig ᾿ ,
eousness ; comp. P7¥ πο. 4, APIS no.
so Heb. ΠΞῚ to be innocent, Syr.

to cohquer. Sept. ἐσώζετο, Vulg. s
abat. Others here as in no. peck:
disquiet, Engl. Vers. he vewed th
his enemies,

3. Intrans. to do evil, to act %
fully mivy> yw 2 Chr. 20, 35; 6
id. (like >on, 30n ») 2 Chr. 29, 3. J
9, 33. Ps. 106, 6. Job 34, 12. Part.
genit. Dan. 11, 32 Ὧ 3 ἘΝῚ who αἰ
wickedly against the covenant, ive. wi
impiously break it.

Deriv. 985, θα, HO, eq |

YO m. adj. and subst. plurs O°3B>
constr. "289. Fem. ΠΣ Ἢ twice Ez. J
18. 19.

1. unjust, faulty, guilty, having an ¥
just cause, a wrong-doer, opp. P™3% ir nno
cent. So 9% p"TEN to acquit the guilt
Ex. 23, 7. Is. 5,23; 989 "HIN to see
demn the guilty Deut. D5, 1.1 pity
Also Ex. 2, 13 >w5 men) and he 8ι
unto the wrong-ider, Num. 35, 313
mand faulty to dying, guilty of ὁ
worthy to die. in

2. wicked, ungodly, impious ; with
subst. 939 O38 a wicked man (opp. P*TS
no. 3) Job 20, 29. 27, 13. Prov. 11, 7
Oftener as subst. a idea te person,
doer, Job 9, 24. 15, 20. Ps. 9, 6. 17. te
2. 3.4. 37, 10. 12. 21. 32. 35. 55,4. Plur.
prs the ‘wicked Job 3, 17. 8, 29, 10. 3.
Ps. i, 1.5. 6. 3,8. 12,9. 28,3. al. sepiss,
espec. in the Proverbs. Spoken of indi-
viduals who plot against the good and
vex them, and also of public heathen
enemies, Is. 13, 11. 14, 5. 3

307 m
suff. 20,
1. injustice, unrighteoumess, ‘Job. 3h

δ᾿

ἐξ Ὁ, 599) in pause 3B, ον. :

07

10. Mic. 6, 10. 28> rinzix treasures got
by wickedness Mic. 6,10. > "2180
‘unjust balances, i. 6. false, v. 11. Hence
s. fraud, falsehood, opp. M2, Prov.

val

7.
2. wickedness, ungodliness, Ps. 5, 5;
‘opp. PIX Ps.45,8. 99 nv 10 do wick-
edness Prov. 16,12. 2% "028 wicked
‘men Job 34,8; comp. Ps. 84,11. Plur.
Ext wicked deeds Job 34, 26.

; ΤΣ fem. of 28% q. v.

4 : " f. (r. 535) constr. m0" , c. suff.

Prov. 13, 6; spec. of the fraud of
those who give scant measure Zech. 5,
8, comp. Mic. 6, 11.

_ 2. wickedness, ungodliness, Is. 9, 17.
Mal. 3, 15; a wicked deed Deut. 25, 2.

_mInee, see BINT jr.

1c Ee

7 obsol. root, to inflame, to kin-
dle; ἔ kindr. FIw, 220. Samar. id. trop.
—Hence

Ὁ m. ρίαν. ΠΕ, constr. "Bw and
"Bd.
1. ‘flame, Cant. 8, 6. Comp. Chald.
Ps. 78, 48 Targ.
2: lightning: Ps. 78,48. Poet. a) Ps.
76, 4 ΩΡ "BY the lightnings of the bow
i.e. the arrows. b) Job 5,7 O73 "22
the sons of lightning, i. e. birds of prey
which fly swift as the lightning. Others,
arrows ; others, sparks.
8. fever, burning plague, with which
the body is inflamed, comp. "2m heat
and poison. Deut. 32, 24 523 "2M? con-
sumed with burning pestilence. Hab. 3,
5, parall. "33 plague.
4. Resheph, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 7, 25.

yy wo to break down or in pieces, to
destroy, in Kal not used, kindr. with
7s".
Posr fat. wis, id. Jer. 5, 17.
Puat plur. 1 pers. 3207, pass. of Kal,
| Mal. 1, 4.
Derivi pr. n. BIN.

Peer. 5") in pause MW, c. suff.

amt ; a net, Ps. 57, 7. 9, 16. 31, 5.
Lam. 1,13. 53 τῷ wp fo spread or
cast a net over any one, Ez. 12, 13. 17,
20. 19, 8. 32,3. τῶ ΠΏΣ net-avorke
"ἜΣ. 27, 4, and so simp. mus v. 5.

pn

Pi αἰ. (τ. pn) a chain, Ez. 7, 23.
Plur. ρη 1 K. 6, 21 Keri, where in
Cheth. ΡΣ id.—Plur. mips see in
its order.

ἜΤ to boil, to be hot, in Kal not
used. Syr. and Chald. id.

Preu to make boil e. g. a pot, imp. ΠῚ
Ez. 24, 5.

Puat to be made to boil, i. q. to boil,
spoken of the bowels, metaph. for com-
motion of mind Job 30, 27. Comp. ζέων
ἐν πνεύματι Rom. 12, 11.

Hien. like Pi. Job 41, 23.—Hence

TT) m. a boiling, only plur. ὁ. suff.

‘rn Ez. 24, 5.

ΡΤ 1 K. 6,21 Cheth. see in art.
pin.

: pn" to bind on, to make fast, e. g.
horses to a chariot, imper. 55" Mic. 1,
13. Comp. "08 no. 4. Arab. μ᾿) IV,

to bind a thread upon the finger.—Hence
the two following.

DM" m. 1K. 19,4 (but fem. in Cheth.)
plur. 5°29 1 K. 19, 4. 5. Job 30, 4. Ps,

S_- Ρ'

120, 4, i. ᾳ. Arab. 3), collect. ey: ge-
nista, broom, spartium junceum Linn. a
shrub growing in the deserts of Arabia,
with whitish flowers and bitter roots,
which the Arabs regard as yielding the
best charcoal ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. p. 299. Burckh. Trav. in Syr. p. 483.
This illustrates Job 30, 4 and Ps. 120, 4.
—Prob. so called from the notion of
binding, as juncus a jungendo, Germ.
Binsen from the verb binden. See Cel-
sius Hierobot. T. I. p.246 sq. Oedmann
Verm. Sammlungen Fasc. 2. c.8.—The
Heb. intpp. and Jerome understand the
juniper, but on no good grounds; see
Celsius I. c.

mA (genista) Rithmah, pr. n. of a
station of the Israelites in the desert,
Num. 33, 18.19. R. om.

“ po in Kal not used, to bind, to
put in fetters. Arab. S) clausit, con-
suit.

Nien. Ecce. 12,6 Keri: before the sil-
ver cord PN" be loosed, unbound ; ina
signif. directly contrary to Kal. Prob.
it should read Pm" to be broken, from r

~

pny

ῬῺΣ q. v. in Niph. no. 1.—Frigid is

Cheth. prin? to be removed.

— Pua pm fo be bound, Nah. 3, 10.
Deriv. Ῥ and

Pipm Γ᾿ plur. chains Is. 40, 19.

The letter originally, and before the
invention of diacritical signs, served to

express both the simple sound of s, and’

also the thicker sound sh. In like man-
ner the Irish language has only one
sign, s, for these two sounds, e. g. sold
solace, and se (she) he, si (shi) she. At
a later period a distinction was made by
the Grammarians, so that the simple
sound of s came to be indicated by a

point over the left horn, and the thicker |

sound. sh by one over the right.
For the Heb. © the Chaldee often

and the Syriac always (as being desti- |

tute of the letter Sin) substitute 0; see
in lett. Ὁ, p. 707. The Arabic, from a
peculiarity of the language, in almost all

these words has Ue as δὲ) Ὁ lis, ἽΖὉ
, dow SUC, etc. much as the

people of Wirtemberg give a thicker
sound to the German 8, pronouncing ist
like isht. Very rarely does the Arabic
retain Uw 88 mb Syhw quail.

In the Hebrew itself, kindred letters
are: a) The other sibilants, as ©, Ὁ,
x, Rv's see gi 707; comp. also jD¥, jb”,
(BD; POY, ῬΠῸ; ppw, ppt to strain;
“Nw ey ants to Sle b) Some-
times the aspirates, almost. like Gr. ὗς
Lat. sus, ὕλη sylva ; comp. ΓΙ i.g. TIN
to extend; 720 ὅλων i. q. 72h to go;
370 i. q. 398 to plait, to weave. Some-
times also,in the formation of roots, a
sibilant is prefixed to the primary bilite-
ral syllable, as 33 i. q. 223 to be high,
naw i.g. OX, etc. Comp. γράφω scribo,
γλύφω sculpo, τρίξζω strideo, tego στέγω,
fallo σφάλλω, and many others.

* r : :
ἘΠ» obsol. root, see in MY.

umns, 1K. 7,18. 20, 42, 2K. 25,17. a9 .

“ “ὦ

᾿ ὭΣ" obsol. root, i. q. Ὀ ἀπά A
Ann, 25 , to terrify ; hence

MN m. terror Hos. 13, 1.
amin id.

ri "Nw obsol. root, kindr, with t
verbs “Nw, “70 q. v. to become
ferment ; comp. Arab. 3 to boil υ pt
break out, as an ulcer.” In the we
languages we find from the same 8 ool
Germ. in Ottfr. swar, Anglosax. sur
Germ. saver, Eng]. sour.—Hence a

“SY m. leaven, Ex. 12, 15. 19. 13,7.
Lev. 2, 11. Deut. 16, 4. Chald. ND id :

ΓΝ Ὁ pr. inf. fem. of the verb Nore
Px), c. suff. "MXW, once contr. Nw ok
41, 17, where other ‘Mas. have ἸΏΝ

la lifting up, Job 41, 17 [25]; so of
the countenance, elation, cheerfulness,
Gen. 4,7. See the root 8&2 no. 1. δ. ἡ

2. elevation, a rising in the skin, hence
genr. a spot, Lev. 13, 2. 10. 19. 28. 48.
14, 56; so too where more than ski
deep, comp. Lev. 13,2 with v. 3.4.

3. exaltation, dignity, majesty, Ge
49, 3. Ps. 62,5; of God Job 13, 11.
23. Here too we may refer Hab. a
From himself go forth his law and his
dignity, i. e. he acknowledges no la
and no dignity but his own. | *

a0 an old man, see in τ, 3". AGF
“TaD to interweave, to braid, i i. 4
320. Hence 20, moa, FBe.

720 τὰ. only plur. D122 lattices, ἢ ba
lusters, around the capitals of columns,
1K.7,17. See in m338.

N22 sambuca, see 8220.

ΓΞ ( (Ὁ. 32) 1. @ net Job 18, 8
ες 2. lattice, lattice-work, PERL EL
pec. upon or around the capitals of ec

᾿

52, 22. 23; plur, miss 1K. 7, 41..ὄ
2 Chr. 4, 12. 13. Also before a winds
or balcony, 2 Κ. 1, 2. we

naw
Ye paw obsol. root ; Arab. ὦ to be

cold. ὌΡΘΝΝ assigns to it the signif. of
the verb nwa lo be fragrant.—Hence

D2 (coolness, or fragrance) Sebam
Num. 32, 3, and 220 (id.) Num. 32, 38,
Sibmah, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of
Reuben abounding in vineyards, Josh.
13,19. Is. 16, 8.9. Jer. 48,32. Jerome
places it near Heshbon.

*32D also Z 2M Deut. 14, 29. 26,
12. Is. 9,19; fut. 5395.
1. to be or become satisfied, satiated,

filled ; Arab. 2:2 id. Chald. 930, Syr.
S4, id. The primary idea is that of
abundance,superabyundance ; comp. Prov.
25,16. Kindr. is >5%.—Of one sated
with food, Deut. 31, 20. Ruth. 2, 14. Is.
44,16. al. More rarely with drink, i. ἃ.
mn, Am. 4,8. Jer. 46,10; hence also
of the earth as watered Prov. 30, 16.
Ps. 104, 16. Absol. Ps. 37,19. Hos. 4,
10; hence 3%) 52% 10 eat and be filled,
satisfied, i. 6. to eat one’s fill, Deut. 6, 11.
8, 10. 12. 14, 29. Ruth 2, 14. Joel 2, 26.
Ps. 22, 27; so 532) p27 Is. 66, 11; ‘also
sav Nb t0 be insatiable Ez. 16, 98, 29.
Prov. 27,20. Ascribed to the belly Prov.
18, 20; to the spirit (see 852 no. 2)
Ecc. 6,3; and metaph. to the eye as
not satisfied with seeing, Ecc. 1, 8. 4, 8,
comp. Is. 53,11. Ps. 17,15; to the sword
Jer. 46, 10.—Constr. with acc. of thing,
as end Daw to be filled with bread Ex.
16, 12. Job 27, 14. Prov. 12,11; with 12
Prov. 14, 14. 18, 20. Job 31, 31; 3 Ps.
65, 5. 88,4; °> ο. inf. Ece. 1, 8.—-Metaph:
to be satisfied with weeilth Ecce. 5, 9;
to be filled with reproach, Lam. 3, 30.
Hab. 2, 16; with contempt Ps. 123, 33
with calamity Ps. 88,4; with poverty
Prov. 28,19; with one’s own devices,
i.e. to reap the full reward of them,
Prov. 1, 31. 18, 20.
ΠΩ, to be sated, glutted, tired of any
thing Prov. 25, 16. Is. 1,11. Job 7, 4.
p72" 52 10 be sated with life 1 Chr. 23,
1. 2 Chr. 24, 15.—Also it comes from a
feeling of satiety and fulness, that the
heart is proud and estranged from God;
Prov. 30, 9 lest Ibe full and deny God.
Hos. 13, 6.

‘Pret to satisfy, to satiate, Ez. 7, 19;

84"

1001

NRA
with two acc. of pers. and thing Ps. 90,
14.

Hipu. to satisfy, to satiate, with acc.
of pers. Ps. 107, 9. Is. 58, 11.. Job 38, 27;
with two acc. of pers. and thing Ps. 132,
15. 147, 14; with 12 of thing Ez. 32, 4.
Ps. 81, 17; Ξ of thing Ps. 103, 8. Lan.
3, 15. Gus with > of pers. and acc. of
thing, Ps. 145, 16 yiz7 sm-b2> Sra
and satisfiest every living thing: with
benefits. Metaph. Ps. 91, 16.

Deriv. the five followin

ΣΦ m. satiety; hence abundance,
plenty, e. g. of food Gen. 41, 29 sq. Prov.
3, 10.

yaw τὰ. adj. (r. 224) constr. 3B.
plur. o°220, satisfied, satiated, full,
Prov. 27,7. 1 Sam. 2,5. Metaph. a)
In a good sense, abundant, rich in any
thing, 6. g. 7iX9 320 rich in favour se.
with God Deut. 33, 28. Ὁ) In an ill
sense, sated with sorrows, i. e. abounding
in them Job 14, 1. 10,15. Hence with
the notion of weariness superadded,
p23 saw sated with life Gen. 35, 29.
Job 42, 17; and simpl. 53 id. Gen. 25, 8.

ΣΦ m. 1. satiety, fulness ; 92v> to
the full Ex. 16, 3; hence 33> 528 Ex.
16, 3. Lev. 25, 19. Prov. 13, 25.

2. abundance, Ps. 16, 11.

nyav f. (τ. 32) 6. suff. ρϑξῶ, sa-
tiety, fulness, Is. 56, 11; ngav> to ihe
full Ys. 23, 18. Ez. 39, 19.

MyIW Γ (τ. 539) constr. ὩΣ ΞίΩ, satiety,
Sulness, Ezra 16, 49.

* 20 to look ; with 3 to look upon,
to inspect, to view, Neh. 2,13. Some
editions have here "3 for "ab, but less
well. Chald. "30, where see in full.
Arab. -Aw to examine a wound.

Piet 1. to look for, i. e. to expect, to
wait for ; comp. ΠΕΣ Pi. no. 2. Ruth-1,
13.

2. to hope, ὁ. ὃ Ps. 104, 27. 145, 15;
> Ps. 119, 166. Is. "38, 18; Sc. inf. Esth. |
9, 1. ἄπο Pe. and Pa. id. comp. Lat.
spero.—Hence |

πρὶ" m. 6. suff. st), expectation,
hope, Ps. 119, 116. 146, 5.

* NID not founda in Kal (the form
maw being used), to be or become great

MAD
to grow. Chald. NID, M20, to be multi-
plied, many; Syr. bw id. also to grow,
to be increased. Kindr. with 83, the
sibilant being prefixed, see under ὦ,
Ρ. 1000.

- Hira. 1. to make great, c. > Job 12. 23.

2. to magnify, to laud, Job 36, 24.
' Deriv. xv.

saw Chald. id. to be or become great,
Ezra 4, 22. Fut. Dan. 3,31 sat pinay
may your peace be great, i. e. be multi-
plied unto you; a form of salutation.
6, 26. In Targg. always 830.

*250 1. to be high, e.g. of a city,
to be inaccessible, strong, Deut. 2,36;
elsewhere only in poetry. Not found
in the other dialects.. Kindr. perh. with
335, the sibilant being prefixed; see
under lett. Ὁ.

2. to be exalted, to be raised up, e. g.
to safety as in a high place, Job 5, 11.
Comp, 3307.

Nipu. to-be high, as a city, a wall, Is.
26, 5. 30,13. Ῥτον. 18,11. Trop. a) to
he exalted, supreme, of God Ps. 148, 13.
[s. 23, 11. 17. Ὁ) to be set ina high and
secure place; hence to be safe, to be
protected, Prov. 18, 10, comp. 3: Ὁ.
c) to be high, i. e. difficult to compre-
hend, Ps. 139, 6.

Pipi to set up on high, to exalt any
one; onlymetaph. a) to make power-
ful, to strengthen, 18. 9,10. Ὁ) to set
on high i. 6. in safety, to protect, to
defend, Ps. 20, 2. 69,30. 91, 14; 6. 2
from an enemy (comp. 7 no. 3. a) Ps.
59, 2. 107, 41.- +

Puat pass. of Piel lett. b, Prov. 29, 25.

Hipu. to exalt oneself, to show oneself
exalted, Job 36, 22. .

‘Deriv. 33%, and pr. ἢ. 3530.

39 a spurious root, see 342 II.

. maw fat. Mav", i. g. Sav, to become
great, to grow, Job 8,7. 11. Ps. 92, 13.

Hipn. to cause to grow, to increase,
Ps. 73, 12.

a (elevated, r. 23) Segub, pr. ἢ.
m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 21.22. b) 1K. 16,
34 Cheth. for which Keri 373% Segib.

ND τὰ. adj. (τ. N2W) great, of sei
Job 36, 26. 37, 23.

10UZ

and pastures Gen. 31, 4. 37, 7. Ex. 9,3.

"τῷ

sat Chald. m.(r-838) 1. Adj. gi
Dan. 2, 31. 4) 7. Also much, | 7
Dan. 4,9. 18. Plur. f. we
2, 48. Ezra 5, 11. :
2. Adv. much, greatly, very, L Jan,
12. 5, 9. 6, 15. 24. 7, 28. ae
wi

23D see in 212 lett. Ὁ. ia
* 71D ἴῃ ΚΑΙ not used. Arab. ds

has two different significations, t ACES |
which remain in Hebrew, viz. —

1. to be straight, even, level, com
"wW7 no. 1, 2; conj. Il, to make straight;
Viil, to be straight made arlene
Piel.

2. to stop, to shut up away, door, ate
comp. 730; and this seems to con
ΔῸΣ the “ides = ΟΝ comp.

Oud: Hence ἃς and in some’

intervening between two poland ar

stopping the passage, spec. a mountai
oo - 7 ΄Φ..

plur. ϑιλαν a valley full of rocks an

stones, where the rain-water stands,
Hence pr. n. πῶ. te

Piet to harrow, i. 6. to level a field Is.
28, 24. Job 39, 10, Hos. 10, 11.

*FTID obsol. root; Are lw ὦ
extend the hand (comp. M75, rr) ἢ
tend towards any thing, to go with lars
and free steps ; IV, to be let go free.
The primary idea therefore is that of
wide, free, ample space.—Hence

M50 m. constr. mI; 6: suff. ὯΝ
718, amv; plur. nin, constr. "It
Ruth 1, 1. 2, also Mit® Neh. 12, 29, ὁ
suff. omniny oninh ; a field, the ope
fields, the country, lying unenclosed an
without fences or hedges, as is still th :
case throughout the East. Not found i
the kindr. dialects, except in the Paniay
see Monump. Phen. p. 394. Often opp
to cities, villages, camps, Gen. 4, 8.24, 63.
65. 29, 2. 34, 7. 37, 15. 1 Sam. 20, 5. 113
also to vineyards, these being enclosed
by a wall (comp. Is. 5, 2. 5. Num. 22,
24), Ex. 22, 5. Lev. 25,3. 4. Num. 16, 14,
20,17. It embraces both tilled fields

Ruth 2, 2.3; also mountainous land and
fields planted with trees Judg. 9, 32
comp. v. 36. 1 Sam. 14, 25, 2 Sam. 1,213
likewise the houses of the peasants not

"" Ὁ

rounded by a wall were reckoned to
δ open field, Lev. 25, 31. Hence 8%
a man of the field, i.e. Esau asa
hunter and living in the open air, Gen.
25, 27; mw men collect. the beasts of
the field, wild beasts, Gen. 2, 20. 3, 14.
pyen ΞῺῸΝ the herbs or plant of the field,
wild plants, Gen. 2, 5. 3, 1

_ Spee. a) a@ field as Maes? and
tilled but not enclosed, Gen. 47, 24. Lev.
19,19. Often for MI” ΠΡΞΠ part of a
field, i. 6. a portion of the open field be-
longing to one owner and tilled by him
(comp. Gen. 33, 19. Ruth 2, 3. 4, 3),
Gen. 23, 13. 17. 49, 30. 32. Ruth 4, δ.
Jer. 32, 9. 25. Is. 5,8. [Meton. for the
‘produce of the fields, parall. rs yin,

Ecc. 5,8.—R.] Once κατ᾿ ἐξοχήν for wild
plants, pasturage, Ex. 32, 5.

b) 3m MID the field of a city, i. e. its
territory, the open country round about,
Gen. 41, 48. Neh. 12, 29. Ps. 78, 12. 43.
τῶ > the country-towns, opp. the
metropolis, 1 Sam. 27, 5.

c) So the field or country of a people is
their territory, Gen. 14,7. 32,4. 1 Sam.

in Engl. territories ; Ruth 1,1 ΞΝ ἸῺ "7b.
v. 2. 22. 2,6. Spec. ofa level country,
as DIS AI Hos. 12, 13, for Ox 138 ;
see in 73.

d) Asopp. to the sea, i, q. the land,
terra firma, Ez. 26, 6. 8.

"JO m. i. ᾳ. τῷ, field, country, but
only poetic, Ps. 8, 8. 50,11. 80, 14. Deut.
32, 13; al—That "— is the proper and
primitive sing. form, and common in

Arabic for the Hebrew “-, from verbs
ib. is shown Lehrg. p. 158. Simonis
~ and others incorrectly hold "78 as plur.
i. ᾳ. 0°70; but see Ps. 96, 12.

DW τη. plur. pr. n. Siddim, whence
DTW pr» the Valley or Plain of Siddim,
the plain of the cities Sodom and Go-
morrah, now occupied by the Dead Sea,
Gen. 14, 3. 8,10.—Aqu. Onk. Saad. trans-
late ‘Valley of the fields’ (0.8) But

ie is prob. i. q. Arab. δῷ, plur.
Bod, ‘a depression (Wady) full of

rocks and.stones,’ and therefore difficult
to pass, see in 170. no. 2; hence ‘a plain
_ cut up By stony channels.’

1003

6, 1. 27, 7. 11. Ruth 1, 6. 4, 3. Plur..as’

a0
mI f. (τ. πο, with Ὁ for Ὀ)α row,

rank of soldiers 2 K. 11, 8. 15 ; of stories,
chambers, 1 K. 6, 9.

mW, constr. Mw Deut. 14, 4, c. suff.
iw Deut. 22, 1 and 342 1 Sam. 14, 34,
comm. gend. (m. Ex. 12, 5; f. Jer. 50,17.
Ez. 34, 20,) one of a flock, i. 6. a sheep
or goat, a noun of unity corresponding
to the collect. j8¥ q. v. a flock of sheep
or goats; Gen. 22,7.8. 30,32. Ex. 12, 5.
Deut. 14, 4 519 bi a aws Mw one of
the sheep and one of the goats, i.e. a
sheep and a goat. Lev. 5, 7. 27, 26.
1 Sam. 15, 3. 22,19. Judg. 6,4; comp.
“iw and “pa. It admits of no plural;
but is put as collect. Jer. 7, 25. 43, 23.

* aru

Arab. §L, plur. αἰ ὦ, id —The etymo-
logy is doubtful ; though the word seems
derived from a verb MNW, as ΓΒ from
FIND ; and this prob. had the same signi-

fication with Arab. Cals to drive sheep
by uttering the sound L& La repeat-
edly ; comp. in Engl. the sound sh,
sh... Nor is it strange that a sheep
should be se named from this call or
sound of the shepherd; just ds in the
language of German children a horse is
called Hotto from the word hott! used
by coachmen.

: Tw obsol. root, i. q. Aram. 9oum,

m0, Arab. Wgw, to testify, pr. to be

an eye-witness; Conj. III, coram spec-
tavit.—Hence the two following.

WW m. c. suff, “In Kamets impure,
like part. Peal in the ‘Aramean dialects ; ;
a witness, once Job 16, 19.

ΠΣ f(r. to’) an Aramean
word in stat.emphat. used by Laban the
Syrian, testimony, a testimonial, Gen,
31,47. Targ. smi9m0 Ex. 20,6. Syr.
{Zo yout :

Dw m. plur. (τ. "30, with Ὁ ford)
dimin. crescents, little moons, worn as an
ornament on the necks of men, women,
and camels, Judg. 8, 51. 26. Is. 3, 18.
Sept. μηνέσκοι, Vulg. lunule.

a1 10 be gray-haired, see τ. 2°).

yw i. q. 930, thick branches, thick-
et, 2 Sam. 18, 9. R. 7aw.

50

* 7, AND io go off from, to draw back,
1.q. 90 I, where sée. SO Nirn. 310} 2
Sam. 1, 29, where however many Mss,
and editions have Ὁ. Hira. 13° Job
24, 2, see in r, 990 Hiph.

61]. AW 1, q. ano Il, to hedge about,
to enclose, in Kal not used.

Pitp. 330 to hedge about, 6. g. a vine-
yard. Is. 17, 11 “ΌΣΟΙ 4202 Oa in
the day thou plantedst it, thou didst also
hedge it in.—Kimchi and Aben Ezra
render it by "5337 thou didst cause it to
grow, as if from 328 i. q. &3B, τρί, but
the former-is to be preferred.

I" to plaster with lime, see τ. 770.

5 maw once Gen, 24, 63 Isaac had
gone oul ΤῺ Mw>, Vulg. ad meditan-
dum in agro, i. 6. to meditate, so that
maw would be i. ᾳ. ΠῚ Ὁ L lett.c. So too
most of the ancient versions; for both
Sept. ἀδολεσχῆσαι, and Aqu. ὁμιλῆσαι,
are to be understood of pious meditation
and discourse. The Syriac alone has it:
ad deambulandum, to take a walk ; and
this is almost demanded by the nature
of the context. But not improb. it
should read m2 wId> to go to and fro
in the field, in order to muster his flocks
and shepherds. This is the sense of the
phrase ΩΝ ὉΝ Job 1, 7. 2 Sam. 24,
2.8; comp. Zech. 4, 10. 2 Chr. 16, 9.
Jer. 5, 1.

* DAW |, q. Mew, fo go or turn away,
to turn aside to any thing, part. plur.
B19 "Uw Ps. 40, 5.

Deriv. ΒΡ, ΘΟ.

ἘΠῚ Ὸ lo hedge, to hedge in or, about.
Arab. YLé mid. Waw, to hedge with

8.
thorns, Cae ; BS, thorn. See the

kindred verbs aw II, a90 ΠῚ, 720 and
ἽΞΩ, also Fav and 730, which seem
to have come from 71 , 710 , by strength-
ening the middle radical. Compare also
Sanscr. sdkhd, Pers. elt , a leaf; bough.

—Metaph. Job § 10 1933 M3 thou hast
made a hedge about him, i. e. dost pro-
tect him. But the same phrase is also
used in a sense of disfavour, for to shut
wp one’s way, i, 6. to shut in, to straiten,
Hos. 2, 8; comp. Job 3, 23.

55.

py

Pot. 420 lo intertwine, to
trop. Job 10, 11 9322%m o793)
with bones and sinews hast thow we
me; comp. Ps. 139, 13.

Deriv. ΠΗ and M309, also
three following.

TID m. Iudg. 9, 49, and πρὶ Ὁ ¢ ν.
48, a bough. Chald. 770 and mi, 8
Loon, id.

i210 (for 191 branches, see a
Josh. 15, 48 Keri, also ΤΙ 9 Ὁ ib, Chet
Josh. 15, 35. 1 Sam, 17, 1, Socho, Sc .
pr. n. of two towns of Judah: 4) On :
in the mountains near Anab and Eshta-
moa, Josh. 15, 48; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I]. p. 195. b) The other in the
plain, Josh. 15, 35. 1 Sam. 17, 1; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. ibid. p. 349.—The
modern Arabic name of both is a
keh Koy, dimin. from Shaukeh wSyut

comp. the Σοηχώϑ' of Euseb.

cel

ἼΘ᾽ Ὁ Sucathite, patronym. from a pr.
ἢ. M210 elsewhere ἜΡΟΝ 1 Chr. 2,
|

"DAD and B"W, fut. eros, apoe,
tls, conv. oh"), once piv. Ex. 4, sity
imp, o°&, m2" ; inf absol. bib , constr
cab, rarely oft ‘Job 20, 45 part. tone
ΠΌΝΟ 2 Sam. 13, 2 Keri, τ Ὁ Cheth,

genr. to put, to set, to place; Syr. sat,
Ethiop. WR, ULM, id. Less fre-
quent is Arab. elas mid. Ye, to set, to

constitute, e. +! a price. Kindr. are
box, oi" .—Hence rg
1. to put, to set, lo place, where(dhil
person or thing thus put stands erect, or
is regarded as standing rather than as
lying down, Gr. ἵστημι. So of persons,
to set, to station ; 2 K. 10, 24 Jehu sta-
tioned (i> τῷ) in the street fourscore
men. Ex. 33, 22. 1 Sam. 8,11; troops
in garrison 2 Sam. 8, 6. 14, or in ambuéh
Josh. 8, 2. 12. Judg. 20, 36 ; hence also
to set or put the foot upon the neck of
any one Josh. 10, 24. Of things, which
stand or seem to stand; as an idol, to set
up, Deut. 27,15; a monument, cippus,
Gen. 28, 22. 1 Sam. 7, 12; a table Ex.
26, 35; an altar Ex, 40, 26. 29; the ark
Ex. 40, 3; a throne Jer. 43, 10. 49, 38;

a door, to set or put in, Gen. 6, 16, comp,

38, 10; ἃ tent Ps. 19,5, So too the
ds of the sacred tabernacle, which
i upon bases, Ex. 40, 18; the court
ore the same, by setting up the co-
nns from which the curtains were sus-
, Ex. 40,8; also to put up the
i. q. to hang them upon the co-
umn Ex. 40, 5—Spec.

_ 4) to set troops, i. e. to draw up, to
ay, ¢. ace. 1 Sam. 11, 11 Saul set
555) the people in three companies.
» 1,17. Acc. impl. 1 K. 20, 12. Ez.
, 24. So 1 Sam. 15, 2 ayy Ἵ oy he
t himself for him in the way, i. 6;
: ἰδὲ him.

- *b) (0 set, i.e. to constitute, to appoint,
(τιθέναι Acts 20, 18,) 6. g. a king Deut.
p me a prince Hos. 2,2; judges 1 Sam.
1; c. dupl. ace. 1 Sam. | c. Ps. 105,
iss: nce. and > Gen. 45,9. Ex. 2, 14;
‘ace. and 58, 10 set over, i.e. a person
πων Ex. 1, 11, 5; 14, 1 Sam. 18,
ὅ, So watra orb fo put at the head. of,

to set over, ‘Deut, 1, 13; comp. in δ"
no, 4.

_ 6} to set a plant, i. 6, to plant, Is. 28,
25. Ez. 17, 4.5. Is.41,19. So Lat. ‘ po-

“nere arborem’; Arab. wad.

ον, d) to set up, to erect, to build, e. g. a
‘sepulehral monument Nah. 1, 14; anest
ina rock Num. 24, 21; a eoand against
-acity Mic. 4, 14,—Metaph. to establisha
“covenant, ἱ; 4; 772 o°pn, c.> 2 Sam.
223, 5.
-e) myn ow, Gr. νόμον τιϑέναι, to set
a law, i. 6. to establish. to appoint, to
make a law, Ps. 78,5. 81,6. Gen. 47, 26.
Ex. 15, 25. Josh. 24, 25. 1 Sam. 30, 25.
Of the laws of the heavens Job 38, 33.
| Jer. 33, 25. So to set or appoint a term,
“limit, Ps. 104,9, Prov. 8, 29; a place Ex.
| 21, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 10.
| 2. to set, to put, to place, pr. a person,
| #0 that he may sit (be seated), dwell, or
in any way exist in a place ; Gr. τεϑέναι,
which also is used in several of the
senses under no. 1. 2 Καὶ, 10, 3 opch
(93% ΚΌ2.52 and set him (cause him to
sit) upon the throne of his Sather. pi
52 ΤΙΣ 'B lo put one in prison 2 Chr.
18, 26. Gen. 40, 15. Gen. 2, 8 and there
(in the garden) he put the man, caused
him to dwell there. Job 20,4. With>d
‘of place Job 5,11; ace Cant. 6, 12.—

Also of things:

7

piw 1005 pip

a) With >2 , to put upon any thing, as
upon the head Ex. 2,6. Also to fasten
or fiz upon, Ex. 28, 12. 26. 37, 38. 39, 7;
a sword upon one’s thigh Ex. 32, 27.

b) With 3, to put in, to insert, e. g.a
hook or ring in the nose, Is. 37, 29, Job
40, 26° [84]. Gen. 24, 47. poq3 nib to
put in the staves into the rings Num. 4,
6. 8. 11, 14.

c) With 992, to put between, Judg. 15, 4:

d) i. q. to found, to establish, e. g. the

‘world Job 34,13; metaph. a people Is.
44,7; the divine Jaw 42,4. Here be-
longs the expression, where God is said
to set his name anywhere, i. 6, to estab- |
lish the seat of his worship, Deut. 12, δ,
21. 14, 24. 1K. 9, 3. 11, 36. 2K. 21,4;
i, ᾳ. 170 420 Deat. 12, 11. 26, 2.

3. lo put, to place, to lay thiigs (rarely
persons), so that they may remain in a
recumbent posture. Gen, 22,9 and laid
him (Isaac) upon the altar. 24,2. 9. 28,
21. 31, 37. 48, 18. al. With ἘΣ of pers.
to put or lay upon any one for bearing,
Gen. 21, 14. 22,6. Ex. 3,22; 59 of thing
Lev. 24, 6. Gen. 9, 23, Ex. 29,29. or
mp 52 Ἢ to lay the hand upon the mouth,
as imposing silence on oneself, Judg. 18,
19. Job 21,5; mane Ὁ id. 1 Sam, 19,
13; ΠΕΡ Job 29, 9; τϑ τ" 40, 4, With
2 lo put or lay in any ‘place, Gen. 30, 41,
31, 34. 44,1. 50, 26. Ex. 2, 3, Job 13, 27;
rarely to lay upon, i. ᾳ, >> 272 , Pe: 66,
11, With "28>, lo set before any one,
6, g. food 1 Sam. 9, 24, 2 Καὶ, 6, 22 (also
ἘΠ} oie 2 Sam. 12, 20; comp. Gen.
43, 31); a law, to set before. to propose,
Ex. 21, 1. Deut. 4,44, With acc. of
place; Gen. 28,11 and he took a stone
WOR 505) and put it at (under) his
head, v.18. 1 Sam. 19, 13,—Spec.

a) to put or set 10 any thing, to apply ;
6, g. ὧν OD lo put fire to or under, 1 K.
18, 23. 25; 5,2 590 fo apply batter-
ing-rams, 6, >9 Ez. 4,2. 21,27. Also
to put a knife to one’s throat Prov. 23,2;
to apply a measure to a building Job 28,
5.—S0 29 8 to lay hand upon any
pers. or thing; e.g. in a hostile sense, in
order to afflict or punish, Ez. 39, 21,
comp. Job 40, 32. But in Ps. 89, 26 7
will put his hand upon the sea, i. e. 1, Je-
hovah, will cause his dominion to extend
to the sea.

Ὁ) lo put on a garment, ornaments

piw 1006 piw

etc. ο. ἘΣ Ruth 3, 3. Ez. 16, 14. Gen.
41, 42. Lev. 8, 8.1 K. 20, 31. 21, 27.
So to put on or apply a bandage Ez. 30,
21; a girdle upon the loins Jer. 13, 1.
With 2 Gen. 37, 34. Ez. 24, 17.

6) 'B “393 nib to pul into one’s hand,
€.g.a cup Is. 51, 23. Contra i993 nie
to put into one’s own hand, i. e. to take in
one’s hand ; e. g. a hammer Judg.4, 21;
goods, 1 K. 20,6. ‘B23 ΘΒ) BAw Zo put
or take one’s life in one’s hand, see in Ὦ2
lett. c. 1 Sam. 19, 5. 28,21. See alsoin
lett. d, here following.

d) ‘pb "Ba 531 CHW fo put words in
the mouth of any one, to suggest them to
him, Ex. 4, 15. Num. 22, 38. 23, 5. 16.
2 Sam. 14, 3. Is. 51, 16. al. So to put
wonders in the hands of any one, to give
hirh the power of working miracles, Ex.
4, 21; to put any thing in the ears of any
one, to rehearse it to him, Ex. 17, 14.

e) to put or lay upon any one, to im-
pose, e.g. any thing to be done, with 52
of pers. Ex. 5, 8. 14. 22,24; or to be suf-
fered, c. 3 Ex. 15, 26. Deut. 7, 15; also
to impute to any one sc. guilt, with
ἘΦ Judg. 9,24; > Deut. 22, 8. 14 [17];
2 1 Sam. 22, 15. ‘Job 4, 18.
᾿Ὼ) bet nab to put i.e. give a name
to any one, (ὄνομα ϑεῖναί τινι Od. 19.
403, ὄνομα ϑέσϑαι 19. 406,) Dan. 1,7;
nid with a somewhat different construc-
tion, Judg. 8, 31 923738 Tad-ny con
antl: he set i.e. called his name Abimelech.
2 Κα. 17, 34. Neh. 9, 7, and Chald. Dan.
5, 12; comp. Num. 6,27. “

᾿ 6) i732 Dx to set before oneself, be-
fore one’s eyes, spoken of that for which
one has high regard, Ps. 54, 5. 86, 14.

h) Absol. to put, to lay down, sc. a

pledge, Job 17, 3. Comp. Arab. δ

Conj. III, i. q- yl C9 ἢ Gr. τέϑεσθϑαι

Passow, A. no. 8.

i) With >x to lay before any one, i. e.
to propound, to explain, Job 5,8. Also
absol. 52 piw to explain the sense Neh.
8, 8.

k) to lay up, as if in store; Job 36, 13
‘the wicked 58 va"w" lay up wrath sc. in
their heart, i.e. they treasure up their
wrath, indulge in anger and hatred
against God, and do not humbly turn to
him; so Umbreit correctly. Usually
they lay up i.e. heap up divine wrath

against themselves, i. q. ϑησαυρίξ
ἑαυτοῖς ϑυμόν Rom. 2, 5. oi
1) Similar is ΞΡ ἊΣ DB do lay to heart
Gr. ϑέσϑαι ἐνὶ φρεσί, Is. 47, 7. 57, 1.1 i
Jer. 12, 11. Also 237>y pit) 2 Sam. 19,
20. aba ‘w 1 Sam. 21, 13. Job 22, 2:
With inf. and > Mal. 2, 2, also 8b “aig
(that not) Dan. 1, 8, to care, to take ca.
sc. to dovor not to do anything: -Ellipt.
Ps. 50, 23 373 ΒΘ who layeth to heart
his way i. e. his walk, life, who take:
care to live aright. :
m) i. q. to throw, to cast, e. g. stone
and timber into the water, Ez. 26, 12.
n) Spoken of liquids, to powr, to pou
out, e. g. blood in war, to shed, 1 K. 2, &
With 3 to pour into Judg. 6, 19. 1 Sar
17,54. Ps. 56, 9. With 33 t0 pour upon,
as blood Ez. 24,7; oil Lev. 5,11. Trop
to put (pour out) the Spirit upon any
one, Num. 11, 17; 1293 Is. 63,11.
4. to put, to set, i. 6. to direct, to turn”
in any direction; Judg. 7, 22 and Jehovah
sel (turned) every man’s sword against
his fellow.—Spec. a) >> 1d ὈΝ to set
eyes upon, see in 712 no. 1. ὁ. b) Bw
"2 10 set one’s face upon or towards, in
various senses, see in 738 no. 1. 6. ἃ, Κ΄
c) 12> Erb to set one’s mind upon, animum
advertere, lo attend to, to consider, Is. 41,

Is. 41, 20. Job 34, 23. 37,15. Judg. 19)
30. Comp. ΞΡ 792 and 72h id. With
>2 upon or towards any thing Job 1, 8;
by Ex. 9,21; > Deut. 32, 46. Ez. 40, 4;
with 3 (c. 55 impl.) Job 23, 6. But
1 Sam. 9, 20 b ab cr is to set the heart
upon, i. e. to care for, to hold dear. τ᾿

5. to set as any thing, to put into any
state or condition, i. q. to make, to ren-
der ; comp. Gr. τιϑέναι i. α. ποιεῖσθαι,
see Passow in τέϑημι B. Ex. 4, ΤΊ "Ὦ
pbx obs who maketh the dumb? Ez.
11, 7. 19, 5. With two ace. Ps. 39, 9
make me not (set me not as) the reproach —
of the wicked, i. 6. the object of their re- —
proach. 40,5. 91,9. 105,21. Job 31,24; —
acc. and > Gen, 21, 13. 18. Job 24, 25.
Is. 5, 20. 23, 13; to turn into Hos. 2, 14
[12]. With ace. and >, to make one’
as or like any thing, Gen. 32, 12 [13]
I will make thy seed as the sand of the
sea. 48, 20. 1 K. 19, 2. Is. 14,17. The
two constructions are mingled in Is. 25, —
2 da2 "7572 NAb thow hast made of a city

piv

ruins, lit. ‘thou hast turned from a city
into ruins ;’ for 53> “> or ba ΠΡ.

| 6. to set or put, i. q. to make, to prepare,
to produce, to do; Gr. τιϑέναι. So ard
mM p to make baldness i. 6. a bald spot
Deut. 14, 1. “aan 773 ΘῈ to make a
way in the desert Is. 43, 19; and so Job
19, 8) Ps. 46,9. nin& ort to do siens
or wonders, to work miracles, 6. 3 in or
among, Ex. 10, 2. Ps. 78, 43. 105, 27.
Is. 66, 19; comp. Num. 24, 23; but nav
Ὁ mix to set (give) a sign to any one
Gen. 4,15. 83 orb to beget children
Ezra 10, 44, comp. ϑέσϑαι παῖδα ὑπὸ
ζώνῃ Hymn. Ven. 256, 283. 52 πρὸ nab
to do evil to any one Ps. 109, 5.—Often
with dat. of pers. ‘ to do this or that to
or for any one.’ 1 K. 20, 34 make thou
streets for thyself in Damascus, as my

father made in Samaria. Ex. 8, 8 [12] ©

the frogs "8> ctw "ΩΝ which he had
brought upon Pharaoh. So > yp Div to
put an end to, to make an end of any
‘thing, Job 28, 3; comp. 18,2. With ἴδ,
as i> ὦ mb to make oneself a name, to
‘get renown, 2 Sam. 7, 23. 1 Chr. 17, 21.
Sometimes to set or make for any one is
‘i. q. to give, to grant ; 6. g. >. 5 Dad to
give seed (offspring) ¢o any one 1 Sam.
2,20; 2 OND ord to muke survivors to
any one, i. 6. to give or preserve a pos-
terity, Gen. 45, 7. 2 Sam. 14, 7. orb
2 0757 to give place to any one, to make
room, 2 K. 11, 16. 2 Chr. 23, 15; see in
Δ no. 6. So nbd i. gq. mm> Is. 61, 3.
Also Ὁ Dibw orb to give peace (prosper-
ity) to any one Num. 6, 26; > 7ia> ob
to give honour (glory) to, Josh. 7, 19.
Is. 42, 12, comp. Ps. 66, 2; > n7aM7 nab
to give or show mercy to, Is. 47,6. Comp.
Gr, ϑεῖναι τινὲ ἄλγεα, πόνϑος, see Passow
‘in τέϑημι B. no. 2.

Hirg. i. ᾳ. Kal. Imper. "2°0m either
attend, see Kal no. 4. ὁ ; or set in array
‘sc. the battle, see Kal no. 1. a; Ez. 21,
91 [16]. Part. ob attending, regard-
‘ing, Job 4, 20.

_ Horn. fut. cb, to be put, set, once
Gen. 24, 33 Keri. See ob".

~ Deriv. ΠΩ, and pr. n. ἘΝ 825.

᾿ς DAY Chald. pret. pb; pret. pass. orb,
f, na" Dan. 6,18, also 5° 3, 29; imper.
plur. 0"® Ezra 4, 21; i. q.'Heb. to put,
to place, to set. Spec.

1007 wD

1. to set over, i. 6. to constitute, to ap-
point, Ezra 5, 14.

2. ra Bw to make one’s name any
thing, to name, Dan. 5, 12.

3. 5 53 paw to set the heart on any
thing, i. e. to make a point of, to en-
deavour, Dan. 6, 15.

4. ἘΞῺ naw do set forth an edict, i.e.
to give, make, publish it, Ezra 5, 13.
6, 1. 3. 12. Dan. 3, 10; ὁ. dat. Ezra 5,3.
9. Impers. Ὁ DY "22 from me is set
forth the decree, i. 6. | have made a de-
cree, Dan. 3, 29. 4, 3. Ezra 4, 19. 6, 8.
11; "23, 72 1d. Dan. 6, 27 [26].

δ. 59 pry Bw to make account of, to
regard, Dan. 3, 12.

Irupe. fut. bom" 1. to be put, 6. 3. to’
be put in, inserted, Ezra 5, 8.

2. to be made, c. dupl. acc. Dan. 2, 5.

3. to be given, as a decree Ezra 4, 21.

ἘΠ. 7 fat. sts, i. g. mae, “τῷ,
where see.

1. to contend, to strive, c. δὲ with or
against Hos. 12, 5.

2. to be prince, to have dominion, to
reign, Judg. 9, 22.

Hien. "0m to make princes, Hos. 8, 4.

* 71. ὦ onomatopoetic, i. q. "3
to saw, fut. "251 1 Chr. 20, 3.

* TIT. 79D once for 710, to go away,
to depart, inf. c. suff. "7282 Hos. 9,12;
seer. "50.

MND f(r.) a row, range; Arab!

Bp row of stones. Is. 28, 25 nun bh.

mb and sets (plants) the wheat in rows ;
the accus. π Ὁ being put adverbially ;
Jerome per ordinem. In the east wheat
is often thus sown or dropped in rows ;
see Niebuhr Arabien p. 157.

PNW, see prb.

* WW and WW, fut. wd", once
bab" Is. 35,1; imp. Ὁ "Ὦ ; inf. absol.
bit, constr. bib; to exult, to be glad,
to rejoice. The primary idea is that of
leaping, springing, comp. 030. Kindr.

ris ols to leap, as the fetus in the

Ss -

womb, comp. Luke 1, 41. 44; KO gut
pulsation of an artery. Sanscr. sas’ to
leap, sasa a hare.—With >» of that at
which one rejoices Deut. 28, 63. Zeph.

ni
$17. Jer. 32,41. Is. 62,5. Ps. 119, 162;
with 3 Job 39, 21. Pa. 35, 9. Is. 65, 19;
spec. ninna mab Ps. 40, 17. 70,5. 18.
61, 10; acc. once Is. 35,1; > 6. inf Ba
19,6; "2 Job 3, 22. am:-d, 21; also
Vay Ἄ 64, dh the vexed and ‘petit
corrupted passage: Ez. 21, 15 [10] that
to it (the sword) there may be lightning,
it is sharpened ΤΌΝ Ὦ 3 LI bh? is
Y27>2, where it ‘should prob. read DN
nx": against the prince of the tribe of
my son (Judah), which despiseth all wood,
i. 8. since the king and people of Judah
contemn all the wooden reds with which
I have hitherto scourged them, there-
fore I will now bring against them a
sharp sword. In this way 375 and ΥΣ
are in antithesis; the LXX express
ds for i8; and NX") is usual in this con-
nection.
‘ Deriv. ἡ, bide.

mw m. (τ. πρῶ) meditation, thought,
Am. 4, 13.

. ΓΙῸ to swim, inf. mind , part. ππῷ,
both Is. 25, 11. Chald. xm0, Syr. Laas,

to wash, also to swim.
Hipu. to make swim, i. 6. to inundate,
Ps. 6, 7.—Hence

IMD f, (Milél, for in) a swimming
Ezra 47, δ:

PIND, see ph.

*onw to press, to press oul, 6, g.
anes, fut. ombx Gen. 40, 11. nel
ond id.

ἴω pnw fut. priv" zo laugh, i. q. POS
q. v. but more usual in the later Hebrew;
Eth. Wh®,Wh®, to laugh; Zab.
ous to rejoice.—Absol. Prov. 29, 9.

Ecc. 3,4. With 5x to laugh or smile
upon Job 29,24; c. 9 to laugh at, to de-
ride, Ps. 52,8. Job 30, 1. With > id.
but espec. in contempt, to laugh at in
scorn, to scorn, espec. powerless threats,
Job 5, 22. 39, 7.18. 22. 41, 21. Prov. 31,
25; absol. id. Ps. 2,4. With 3 to mock,
to rejoice in others’ calamities, Prov. 1,.
26; c. bY id. Lam. 1, 7.

Prep. pw, fut. pry 1. to jest, to
sport, pr. to laugh repeatedly, Pi. being
- iterative, Prov. 26, 19. Jer. 15,17. Also

to rejoice Proy. 8, 30.31. ὁ

1008 tok)

2. to sport, to play, e.g. child
8,5; sea animals Ps. 104, 26, ce
40, 90. 29; also of the play or moc
of armies or armed men, to skirm
2 Sam. 2, 14. ᾿ ,

3. to dance, always as accomy
with song and instrumental music, ¢
Engl. to play on an instrument; Jué
16, 25. 1 Sam. 18, 7. ἃ Sam. 6, 6:
1 Chr. 13, 8. 15, 29.. Jer. 30, ie
ΡΠ the voice (song) of ὁ
and singers. 31, 4 ΡΠ
the chorus of dancers: »

Ηιρη. to laugh at in scern, to ἃ -_
6. ἘΣ 2:Chr. 30, 10,

Deriv. ppv, pr. Ἐς PRED ig. P
also

phy aa pi m, 1. ae
2,2. 7, 3.6.7. 1008, 21. Ps, 126, 2.

2. derision, scorn, inieton. for the ¢
of it, Job 12, 4. Jer. 20, 7. 48, 39. μ
3, 14.

3. jest,ssport, Prov. 10, 23;
to music, Judg. 16, 27.

DW see Ὁ.
bibs tot

* TOD fat. news, apoe. ἊΝ
aside from ἃ way, to deviate ; - kindr.
wb, Aram. xvod οἴω, id With 33
5713 from the way-Prov. 4,153. Peres:
7,25. Spec. of adulterpus females }
5, 12; with Ooxn mp (i. q ᾳ. malar
19, 20. 29. Comp. M33 no. 1, in He
12 and Ez. 23, 5. 3 ia

Deriv, "B50 for "BIW. -. = ἐὴ ;

ὉΠ Ὡ m. plur. (τ. wit) deviations fre
right, transgressions, Hos. 5, 2.
ΠΩ q.v. id. Ps. 101, 3. The foriti
like Xp from r. Sip, tn or ΠῚ from Γ
dam .—Others concer. apostates, revolte

*pow fut. pbs to, lie in, wait f
any one, “to persecute him, c. ace, Gea
27, 41. 49, 23. 50, 15. Job 16, 9. 80, 2
Ps. 55, 4.—The primary signif. is to
a trap, comp. Syr. So; er ee hi
deriv. ΠΩ. ii

*TOW ig. cut 1. to lie in wait,
be an adversary, to persecute, c. acc. =
71,13 ἌΦΕΣ “Ub i. gq. WE? "epa. 8
21. 109, 4. φῶ my adversaries, Ὁ
cutors, Ps. 109, 20, 29.

%. to oppose, to resist, in the f

- Le
le
-

jow
‘inf. c. suff. Ων Zech. 3, 1—Chald.
“eve. did, Arab. ..»bL% to resist.
Deriv. the two following.

“Um. 1. anadversary,e. g. in war,
an enemy, 1 K. 5, 18. 11, 14. 23. 25.
.1 Sam. 29,4; in the forum Ps. 109, 6,
comp. Zech. 3, 1. 2; also of one who in
any way opposes another, 2 Sam. 19, 23.
Num. 22, 22 the angel of Jehovah stood
in the way %> j20> to oppose him. v. 32.
—Chald. Ἰὼ, Ἰ9Ό, X20, id.

2. With the ari. ἸῺ the adversary
καὶ ἐξοχήν, it assumes the nature of a
proper name (Heb. Gramm. ᾧ 107. 2),
i. 6. Satan, ὃ διάβολος, the Devil, the
evil spirit in the theology of the Jews,
who seduces men to evil 1 Chr. 21, 1
(where alone the article is wanting,
comp. 2 Sam. 24,1), and accuses and
calumniates them before God, Zech. 3,
1. 2. Job 1, 6-9. 2,1 sq. Comp. Rev. 12,
10 6 κατήγωρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν, ὃ κατη-
γορῶν αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ ϑεοῦ ἡμῶν
ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός. Syr. i», Arab.
ἰδ, Eth, M.PM%, id—The

hypothesis of A. Schultens, Herder,
Hichhorn, and others, is now univer-
sally exploded: these writers held the
Satan of the book of Job to be differ-
ent from the Satan of the other books,
regarding him as a good angel appoint-
ed to try the characters of men; and
hence they proposed in the prologue of
this book everywhere to read j¥WM 1. 6.
περιοδεύτης, from the root uiw.

mow f. (r. 72%) 1. accusation, let-
ter of accusation, Ezra 4, 6.

2. Sitnah, pr. ἢ. of a well, so called
from the opposition and strife of the
Philistines against Isaac, Gen. 26, 21.

5.1. Chald. see in "08.

NW τη. (for x72, τ. x2) elevation,
eminency, i. ᾳ. PRD, Tob 20, 6.

TIN (for yix"b2 elevated) Sion, pr.
n. of the mountain usually called Her-
mon, yon. nothing more than an epi-
thet, ' the lofty,’ Deut. 4,48. R. ΝῶΣ.

Ba a" to be gray, hoary, i. e. gray-
headed, to have gray hair, 1 Sam.:12, 2.
Part. 38 gray-headed, an old man, se-
nex, Job 15, 10.—Chald. 370, Syr.--eha,

85

1009

mow

Arab. wLi mid. Ye, id—Hence 37,
mad.

Ὁ Chald. id. Part. plur. emphat.
x30, constr. "2b , old men, elders, Ezra
5, 5. 9.

“ -
2 Ὁ m. sc. suff. in" , grayness of the
hair, meton. old age, 1 K. 14, 4.

maw Γ᾿ (τ. ab) constr. Mab, c. suff.
ina" , grayness of hair, hoariness, Hos.
7,9. Job 41,24. Meton. a) Of a per-
son who has gray haira, one gray-head-
ed, Gen. 42, 38. 44, 29. 31. Ruth 4, 15.
1 K. 2, 6. 9;'espec. Lev. 19, 32; fully
mab "x Deut. 32,25. Ὁ) For old age,
Ps. 71, 18. 92,15. maiv maw a good
old age, i. 6. far advanced, Gen. 15, 15.
25, 8. Judg. 8, 32. 1 Chr. 29, 28.

x m. (τ. 330 or 5: 1) a withdraw-
ing ; 1Κ. 18, 27 %> 3°) he has with-

_ drawn himself, sc. into his private apart-

ments,

ἘΠ to cover with lime, to plaster,
Deut. 27, 2. 4. Arab. οἰ ὦ mid. Ye,
Chald. 40, id.—But this is prob. rather
a denom. signif. from ἢ. 1" lime ; which
itself may come from the idea of boiling,
r. "0 i. gq. ‘3%.

TY m. lime, see in r. ™b ult. Deut.
27, 2. 4. Is. 33, 12. Am. 2, 1.—Arab.

8 γή oy
Oud, Syr. 1pais, Chald. 8170, id.
mw, see the suff. forms in mb.

Ἐπ fat. mb" to speak, to talk, to
converse ; Talm. m0 id. but not found
in the kindr. dialects. With >, Job 12,8
yx rin speak to the earth, i.e. to the
reptiles. With 3 fo talk of any one Ps.
69, 13; c. ace. to talk with, to converse
with, Prov. 6, 22.—Hence a) to speak
or utter a song, to sing, i. q. "27 no. 1.
c. p. 211; absol. Judg. 5, 10; c. acc. to
sing of, to celebrate in song, Ps. 145, 5 ;
c. did. Ps. 105,2. b) to utter complaints, —
to complain, Ps. 55,18. Job 7,11. Comp.
subst. ΠΏ 1.3. c) ig. i553 725 to
talk with oneself, i. 6. to meditate. espec,
on divine things, Ps. 77, 4.7 "335
mmwx. With 3 of thing v. 13. 119, 15.
23. 27. etc.

Pou. fut. πη, 1. ᾳ. Kal lett. c, to
meditate, c. 3 laa 143, 5. Also to think,

mw

to consider, Is. 53,8; see Comment. on
Is. 1. c. Thesaur. p. 1328.
Deriv. Mb, nb I, end.

1 mw τὰ. (r. π᾿ῶ) c. suff. “rb.

1. speech, discourse, 1 K. 9,11. So
perh. in irony of Baal, 1 K. 18, 27 ib nn
he is talking with some one; or perh.
he is meditating, is in a brown study, so
that he does not hear; see the root lett.
c. The first is more certain.

2. song, Ps. 104,34; see the root lett. a.

3. complaint, complaining, 1 Sam. 1, 16.
Job 7,13. 9, 27. 23, 2. Ps. 55, 3. 64, 2.
102, 1. Prov. 23, 29.

II. τ m. plur. ΘΠ, a shrub, bush ;
collect. shrubs, bushes, Gen. 2,5. Job
30,4. Plur. Gen. 21, 15. Job 30, 7.—

Comp. [wom shrub, from wow to sprout,
to grow. Perh. of the same origin with
πῶ, πΞῷ.

amy f. (τ. πῶ) meditation, espec.
pious, in respect to divine things, Ps.
119, 97. 99. Job 15, 4 Ἐξ "28> HN" me-
ditation before God, i/e. devotion, Germ.
Andacht.

DY to put, to place, see Ὀΐῶ.

JW τὰ. (τ. 42) plur. ob, ἔλοσρε,
prickles, Num. 33, 55. Arab. ὡς ὦ
thorn. |

JO τα. (r. ὩΞῸ i. ᾳ. 720) c. suff. i>,
a booth, hut, also a tabernacle, dwelling ; ;
Lam. 2, 6 ‘pt nD diam) God hath torn
away his dwelling as the hut of a gar-
den, i.e. the temple, comp. 129.—Others
less well, a hedge, enclosure.

ἢ maw obsol. root, i. ᾳ Chald. 830
to look at, to view, Syr. wan, Samar.n20,
to look for, to long for, Sina: “120
eye. Kindred is 9%. The primary
idea secms to have been that of cutting,
separating, discerning, comp. in 53;
whence 13 knife.

Deriv. ἸΞῸ --- 3, mz.

my f. (τ. 720 i. ᾳ. Wb) α pointed
weapon,’ dart, pr. a thorn, Job 40, 31.
Arab. xo ha a thorn, sharp weapon.

ἜΣ (watch-tower, τ. Mab) Sechu, pr.
n. of a region near Ramah, 1 Sam. 19,
22.

1010

b>

nov m. (τ. M28) intelligence, ¢
ect and r. bi no. 2; meton. |
seat of it, the mind, neat Job 38, 88
for this passage see in art.
Others, phenomenon, meteor, but ὃ
the context.

maw f(r. m2) the flag of a
a standard, seen as a signal from ἃ
Samar. mars signal, standard. ar. δι
Is. 2, 16 upon all the ships of Tarshish >
nyonn nissiy-b> and upon all their τ
flags ; comp. the parallelism v. 13-16.
Sept. correctly as to sense, ἐπὲ nagar
ϑέαν πλοίων κάλλους. The Phenici
and Egyptian vessels had their flags
and sails of purple and other splendit
colours ; see Ez. 27,7. Diod. Sic. 1. 57.
Wilkinson’s Mann. and Cust. of Ane
Egypt. IL p. 211.

ΤῸ m. (r. naw) a knife, Prov. 23, 2.

Chald. 7730, Arab. (paki, id. a

“72U m. (τ. 38) one hired, a hire-
ling, hired labourer, Ex. 22, 14. Lev. 19,
13. 22, 10. Deut. 15, 18. Job 7, 1. al. Is.
16, 14 in three years "730 ΝΗ accord-
ing to the years of a hireling, i. 6. it will
happen at this exact time, will not be de-
ferred longer, just as the hired labourer —
does not continue his work beyond ὧξ
stated hour.

MID ἢ (τ 3) a hiring ; Is. 7,20,
nyse ‘nom the hired razor. ae
*J2D 1.1. q. 420, to interweave ἢ
also to cover, Hz. 33, 22. Hence ἢ.

2. i. ᾳ. FAW, to hedge, spec. to hedge
with thorns ; ; hence Ja thorn, pointed |
(Ἢ

3

weapon, ILs to be armed. ἡ
Deriv. Ww, 9, πϑῷ and nz,

«Sov 1. Pr. to look at, to behold, to
view ; Chald. and Samar. bso Ithpa. id.
See Hiph. no. 1, Oftener | ᾿

2. Trop. to be prudent, circumspect, to 3
act prudently, wisely, pr. ‘to look well
to any thing’, 1 Sam. 18,30. »"

Pix causat. of Kal no. 3. Gen. 48, “4 4
tion bab he laid his hands circum-
spectly, ἢ i.e. placed them purposely thus.
—But all the ancient versions give the —
sense, he laid his hands cross-wise, Sept

220
ἐναλλὰξ τὰς χεῖρας, Vulg. commutans ma-
nus. :
_ Hira. 1. to look at, to behold; Gen.
8,6 ἘΞ) ΠΡ yon VN and pleasant was
the tree to behold; Vulg. aspectu delec-
tabile,and so the other ancient versions.
Others refer it to no. 5.

2. Trop. to look at with the mind, fo
consider, to attend to, absol. Dan. 9, 25;
c. ace. Deut. 32, 29. Ps. 64, 10; 5»
Prov. 16, 20; by Neh, 8, 13. Ps. 41, 2
da-by bani who considereth the poor,
i. e. careth for him; c. Ὁ Prov. 21, 12;
3 Dan. 9, 13; Ἢ Is. 41, 20.

3. to be or Beene intelligent, prudent,
wise, Ps. 2, 10. 94, 8; c. 3 Dan. 1, 4,
comp. v. 17; to act prudently, wisely,
Jer. 20, 11. 23, 5.—Parr. 5°20 one in-
telligent, prudent, wise, Job 22, 2. Prov.
10, 5. 14, 35. Am. 5, 13; also upright,
righteous, godly, Ps. 14, 2. Dan. 11, 33.
35. 12,3; comp. 03m, mean. But
subst. baniba α poem, see in its order, p.
621.—Inf. S*2n Jer. 3, 15 and >2n
Prov. 1, 3. 21, 16, subst. inielligence, un-
derstanding, wisdom.

4. i. q. °28h to have success, to pros-
per, in any undertaking or business,
Josh. 1, 7.8. 2 K. 18, 7. Is. 52, 13. Jer.
10, 21. Prov. 17,8. Also

5. Causat. to make wise, i. e. to teach,
to instruct, c. acc. Ps. 32,8. Prov. 16,
23; 6. dupl. acc. Dan. 9, 22; c. > pers.
iow 21, 11.

6. fo give success, lo cause to prosper,
1K. 2, 3. Deut. 29, 8.

Deriv. 9 and bab), also >*2i2.

220 Chald. Irupa. c. 3 to attend to
any thing, fo consider, Dan. 7, 8.—Hence
12238.

520 m..1 Chr. 22, 12, also 221, in

pause >>, c. suff. bob. R. bob.

a: ditaticgence, understanding, wisdom,
1 Chr. 22, 12. 26, 14. Prov. 12,8. 52
212 good Gilerstaniline Prov. 13, 15. Ps.
111, 10. 2 Chr. 30, 22. >2t nib Zo give
the understanding of any thing, i. e. to
cause to understand it, Neh. 8, 8.—In a

_bad sense, craft, cunning, Dan. 8, 25.
2. prosperous success, prosperity, Prov.

Mk :

macs £ Hee. 1, 17 folly, i. q. maids
which is found in many ἢ Mss. and edi-
tions.

1011

iin

n2M220 Chald. f. (Ὁ. 2b) intelligence,
understanding, Dan. 5, 11. 12.

? 720 fut. "Db", to hire; Arab.
po to reward, to thank. Talm. i. q.

Heb.—With ace. of pers. Gen. 30, 16.
Prov. 26, 10. So to hire workmen 2
Chr. 24, 12. Is. 46,6; troops 2 Sam. 10,
6. 2K. 7,6. 1 Chr. 19, 6. 2 Chr. 25, 6;
a priest Judg. 18, 4. In a bad sense
i. q. to bribe Judg. 9, 4. Deut. 23, 5. Neh.
13, 2.

Nipu. to hire oneself out, to be hired,
1 Sam. 2, 5.

Hirap. to hire oneself out, to earn wa-
ges, Hag. 1, 6.

Deriv. "30, “2b,
ΓΞ Ὁ, pr. 1. ἜΞΩ".

120 m. constr. "3, ο. suff. ϑῷ. R.
a2.

Ἢ hire, wages, of a labourer Gen. 30,
28. 32. Deut. 15, 18. 1 K. 5, 20. Zech.
8,10. Mal. 3, 5; of a nurse Ex. 2, 9;
fare, passage-money, Jon. 1, 3; also
hire of a thing Ex. 22, 14 ; stipend of the
priests Num. 18, 31.

2. reward, espec. from God, either for
virtue Gen. 15, 1. 2 Chr. 15, 7. Jer. 31,
16. Ps. 127, 3; or for labours and suffer-
ings Is. 40, 10. 62,11. Ez. 29, 18. 19.

3. Sacar, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 26, 4.
b) 1 Chr. 11, 35, for which in the parall.
passage 2 Sam. 23, 33 978.

“20 m. (τ. 920) hire, wages, Prov. 11,
18. Is. 19, 10 "a "ῶὥν» Woke making wa-
ges, hired labourers ; comp. ΓῺ no. 2. ἃ.

ἘΠΡῸ obsol. root, i. gq. Arab. dw,

ἜΞῷ, Hpk,

. pr. to be quiet, i. q.t πρὸ; then to be fat,

i. q. Arab. du VII. LBs
"20 m. (Keri 1720) a quail, so called

-

from its fatness, comp. Arab. olen 5

thrice collect. quails, Ex. 16, 13 where
it is joined with a fem. in the manner of
collectives. Num. 11, 32. Ps. 105, 40.—
Pior. 512% Num. 11,31, as from a sing.

~~

nib, corresponding to Arab. Sets
and Samar. "50, which the Cod. He-
breo-Sam.alsohas. Sept. ὀρτυγομήτρα,
Vulg. coturniz. See Bochart Hieroz.
II. p. 92.—Not the bird now called kata
elhs, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p.

| 620.

“Sip 1012 eRe ἀκ᾿

"2H Keri, see bb.

Na>W (garment, see mad) Salma,
pr.n.m. a) A son of Caleb 1 Chr. 2,
51.54. Ὁ) See in m5 no. 2.

ma £ by transpos. for M2 q. v.

1. a garment Ex. 22, 8. Mic. 2, 8.

2. Salmah, pr. n. oF the father of
Boaz, Ruth 4, 20; for which xo>b 1
Chr. 2, 11, and abt Ruth 4, 21.

aw (clothed) Salmon, pr. n. m.
see 17228 no. 2.

mab Salmai, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 48;
for which Ezra 2, 46 Keri "Ὡρῷ.

S80 a quadrilit. root not used in
Kal, denom. from bX.

Hira. ΘΛ ΓΙ, fut. ΒΝ Ὁ Gen. 13,

9; inf. and imp. buoitn 2 Sam. 14, 19,
“yar Ez. 21, 21; part. plur. obeats
1 Chr. 12, 2.

1. to turn to the left, Gen. 13, 9. Is. 30,
21. Ez. 21, 21. 2 Sam. 14, 19 see in 72".

2. to use the left hand, to be left-hand-
ed, 1 Chr. 12, 2.

. NAD, more fully Βα γον» ΟΝ

ought perh. to be pronounced ringed,

Arab. His.

1. the left hand, opp. 1.2} the right
hand. Gen. 48, 14. Judg. 16, 29. Jon. 4,
11. Cant. 2,6. 8,3. Accus. >Xow and
dRowN (Gen. 13, 9) to the left hand,
towards the left; often in the phrase
brains 1.25 "Ὁ τ not to turn to the right
hand or to the left Deut. 2, 27 (comp.
Num. 20, 17). 5, 29. Josh. 1, 7. 23, 6.
1 Sam. 6, 12. 2 K. 22,2. 5x02 on or
at the left hand 1 K. 7, 49; c. genit. of
any one Gen. 48. 13. 2 Sam. 16, 6. 1 K.
22,19. 3 Chr. 4,8. Ὁ ΘΟ 55 on the left
hand 2K. 23,8; to the left hand, towards
the left, Gen. 24, 49. Is. 9, 19.

2. the left, i. e. the left side, quarter.
part ; hence >Xaw~5 the left hand, Judg.
3, 21. Ez. 39, 3.

3. the north, the northern quarter, see
in, VMN no. 2. Job 23, 9. Gen. 14, 15
Pipat> ΝΟΣ on the north of Damas-

S -
cus. Corresponding in Arabic is IGS
the left hand, the left, the north.

Nore. As to the origin of this quadri-

literal, some regard it as from ΘΝ Ὁ Ls

and >, the latter either as added, or as
rarhwen from 547, i.e. >Xow from ORD
and 547. Others, as Simonis, make i
from a root bow hy to wrap oneself —
in a garment; as if >No the left hand —
were so called as being usually enveloped
in the mantle or outer garment.
Deriv. denom. 5x2 Hiph. and

"OND adj. left, on the left, opp. "772"
right; 1 K. 7, 21. Ez. 4, 4. Fem.
ΓΡΡΝ ΝΘ Lev. 14, 15. 16. 26 sq. 2 K,
11, 11.

*T72D and 172 Neh. 12,43. Zech.
10,7; imp. nav, ft, maw; to rejoice,
to be joyful, to be glad. The primary
idea seems to be that of a smiling, cheer-
ful, merry countenance, comp. AMY
lett. a, b; and hence Arab. to be

cheerful, gentle, liberal—Judg. 9, 19.
1 Sam. 11, 15. 1 K. 5, 21. Hee. 3, 22. al.
Sometimes of a louder joy, to be or make
merry, spoken of persons feasting ‘and
nig Fite! themselves, 1 K. 4, 20. Eee.
15; comp. Zech. 10, 7. Henke maw
as or to rejoice before Jehovah, spoken
or the sacred festivities held in the courts
of the sanctuary, Lev. 23, 40. Deut. 12,
7. 12. 18. 14, 26. 16, 11. Neh. 12, 43;
comp. Is. 9,2. Also of those singing
and dancing, Job 21,12. So too maw
jaba Ex. 4, 14; elsewhere. ascribed tol
the heart itself Ps. 16, 9. 33, 21. Prov. —
23, 15; and to inanimate things, as the
Reavers Ps. 96, 11..1 Chr, 16,383
Mount Zion Ps. 48, 12; once to a light,
Prov. 13, 9 the candle of the righteous
mab" rejoiceth, i. 6. shines with a cheer-
ful light.—With 3 of that in or αὐ which
one rejoices, 1 Sam. 2, 1. Ps. 21, 2. 104,
31. 122, 1. Prov. 23, 24; often maw ©
mina to rejoice in Jehovah i.-e. in his
favour and protection Ps. 9, 3. 32, 11. 85,
7. 97,12. Joel 2,23. With > id. Is. 9,
16. 39, 2. Jon. 4, 6. 1 Chr. 29,9; rarely
c. 12 Prov. 5, 18 (where many Mss. have —
3). Ecc. 2,10; 6. > et inf. as ΤΊ may
1 Sam. 6, 13, comp. Judg. 19, 3; ‘sD Ps.
58. 11. Job 31, 25. For the idea of re- —
joicing over the calamities or destruc- —
tion of any one is put > M2W Ps. 35, 19.
24. 38, 17. _Is. 14, 8. Mic. 7, "8. Ob. 12;
rarely 3 Mab Prov. 24, 17. Job 31, 29.
Pie. maw, fut. mutts, to make rejoign:

-cover with a garment ;

“wrap oneself. Hence ΠΡΌ, 2138;

naw

to gladden, to cheer, c. acc. Deut. 24, 5.
Prov. 10, 1. 15, 20. 30. Ps. 45, 9. 104,,
15. al. Of a rejoicing over the gala-
mities of others, c. > Ps. 30,2; 52 Lam.
2,17; 22 Chr. 20, 27.

Hipu. i. q. Piel, Ps. 89, 43.

Deriv. the two following.
ΤΠ Ὁ m. adj. verbal, fem. Hab, joy-
Sul, glad, rejoicing, Deut. 16, 15; c. 77a
because of or in any thing Ece. 2, 10;

plur.c.> et inf. Prov. 2, 14 nivs> ora

33 who rejoice to do evil: Plur. constr.
once smu) Ps. 35, 26, once “72 Is.
24, 7.

ΓΔ Γ᾽ (τ. mv) constr. mrt» c.
suff. sna) , plar. ΤΠ Ὁ ; joy, gladness,
rejoicing, Ps, 4, 8. 45, 16. nay now
2133 to rejoice with great joy, i. 6. ex-
ceedingly, 1 1 K. 1, 40. Jon. 4,6. Spec.
a) The loud expression of joy; as songs
of joy, shouts of rejoicing, Gen. 31, 27.
Neh. 12, 43. 2 Chr. 23, 18. 29, 3806. b)
festivity, i. e. festive banquets, -plea-
sures, Judg. 16, 23. Prov. 21, 17 om
ΠΡ Ὁ loving pleasures: nna mina
Neh. 8,12. 12,27. 2 Chr. 30, "23. ma
ann Ece. 7, 4.

ΓΔ f(r. Fab, Ὁ for Ὁ) a carpet,
quilt, mattrass, Juadg. 4,18 ; where some
Mss. read 73°20. Comp. ἴξξου bed,

couch.
| * Sv obsol. root; Arab. dys to
Conj. EY, to

garment.
Hira. ῬΛΘΏΤ, see Γ΄. bea.

Tony Ε (τ. 92) constr. N22, c. suff.
indo ; plar. ΓΦ, c. suff. ΞΟ;

a garment, both of men and sation
Deut. 22,5; espec. the wide owler gar-
ment or mantle Gen. 9, 23. Judg. 8, 25.
Prov. 30,4; in which a person wrapped

himself at night, Deut. 22, 17; the sol-

diers’ cloak, Is. 9, 4. Also genr. rai-
ment, as nba ἘΠ᾿ food and. raiment
Deut. 10, 18. Is. 3,7. 4,1. Plur. rida
garmenis Gen. 45, 22. Ex. 3, 22. ak
From this primary ‘form comes by trans-
pos. M725 q. v.

nba (garment) Samiah, pr. n. of a
king of Edom, Gen. 36, 36. 1 Chr. 1, 47.
85*

1013

NI

᾿ paw obsol. root, Arab. te por-
son ; whence eye Samiim (Simoom)
a poisonous wind.

maa (in some Mss. Ὁ 819) a spe-
cies of poisonous lizard, Prov. 30, 28 ;
Sept. καλαβώτης, Vulg. stellio. Arab.

ala isa poisonous lizard spotted like a
leopard. See Boehart Hieroz. II. p. 1084.

“aw i. ᾳ. 7.920; hence ΑΘ
nails ; comp. in 7202.

* N20, fut. 830", inf. abs. δ Ὁ, con-
str. No ana Paty Prov. 8, 13, to πὰ

Syr. (am, Arab. Us, id. but Arab. also

ron σ΄
intrans. to be ugly, deformed, i. ᾳ. eid.
In this idea of ugliness, deformity, seems
to lie the primary meaning of the root ;
comp. Engl. ugly, pr. in a physical sense,
but also provincially of temper and dis-
position.—Constr. with acc. of pers. Gen.
26, 27. Deut. 22, 13. Judg. 14, 16. Ps. 5,
6. 31, 7. 139, 22; with acc. of thing,

“e.g. falsehood Ps. 119, 104. 128. 163;

wickedness Ps. 45,8; also 50, 17. Prov.
5, 12. Ecc. 2, 17. Ps. 120, 6. al. Rarely
with > of pers. Deut. 19,11. Ascribed
‘to the soul (353) Is. 1, 14. Ps. 11, 5.
Opp. 3538 Deut. 21, 15. 2 Sam. 19, 1—
Parr. 820, NIV, ΜΈ τσ a hater, απ ene-
my, either personal Ex. 23, 5. Job 8, 22.
Prov. 25, 21. Ps. 35, 19; or public Gen.
24, 60. Ex. 1, 10. Ps. 21,9. With suff.
inn” Deut. 7, 10; but also i> sow id.
Deut. 4, 42. 19, 4. 6. 11. Josh. 20, 5;
comp. Gr. ἐχϑρός τινι: Heb. Gr. § 113. 2.
Fem. plur. ΤῚΝ) Ez. 16,27. Part. pass.
hateful, odious, fem. Prov. 30, 23.

NIPH. pass. of Kal, Prov. 14, 17. 20.

Pret only in Part. xia a hater; an
enemy, either personal Job 31, 29; or

‘public Deut. 33, 11. Ps, 18,41. 44, 11.

68, 2. 89, 24. Only in poetic style.
Deriv. ΝΣ, new.

NU Chald. ig. Heb. Part. nw a
hater, enemy, Dan. 4, 16 [19].

TNID f. (Ὁ. 82) constr. MRI, ον suff.
"Fg

1. Pr. inf! of the vérb 82¥ Deut. 1, 27.

2. hatred, 2 Sam. 13, 15. Ps. 109, 5.
Kec. 9,1. Hx2v2 in hatred Num. 35, 20.

sid

nding ON Nw 10 hate with great ha-
tred, i. 6. exceedingly, 2 Sam. 13, 15.

Sel) m. (r. 820) adj. verbal, only
fem. HN", hated, Deut. 21, 15.

“2H (r. “9, coat of mail, i. ἃ. 78
q. v. no. 2; or, cataract, i. 4. "8%, from
the noise of waters) Sentr, pr. ἢ. of
Mount Hermon among the Amorites
‘Deut. 3, 9. Ez. 27,5; in a narrower
sense for a part of Hermon, Cant. 4, 8.
1 Chrr 5, 23. According to Abulfeda
the part of Anti-Lebanon north of Da-
mascus is called Senir ; Abulfed.

ed. Kohler p. 164; ed. Paris p. 68.—
Written also ""78 in some copies’ Deut.
3, 9. Cant. 4, 8.

ἀκ» 1} obsol. root, prob. i. q. "2% fo
make a noise, to clatter, e. g. as arms,

θῶ“ “Κ5

whence armature, coat of mail.
Hence see pr. ἢ. "730.

MY, ρίαν. nist, see in MDB.

YY τη. (τ. "2Y) constr. "93; plur.
Dp "3, constr. "7730.

1. hates, shaggy, rough, Gen. 27, 11.
23. Dan. 8, 21. Chald. 7130, Syr.

G6. σ

jagsm, Arab. petty id

2. a he-goat, buck, (Lat. hircus i. q.
hirtus, hirsutus, hairy,) Lev. 4, 24. 16, 9
sq. Fully 1 ΑΣῸ a buck of the goats,
goat-buck, Gen. 37, 31. Lev. 4, 23. 16,5.
Num. 7, 16 sq. 28, 30. 29, 11. al. “3B
mRoMN the goat of the sin-offering Lev.
9, 3. 15. 10,16. 16,15.27. For the wor-
ship of the he-goat among the Hebrews,
after the example of the Egyptians, see
Lev. 17,7. 2 Chr. 11,15. Fem. πο
a she-goat, see in its order.—Plur.
nysb he-goats for satyrs, wood-demons,
supposed to resemble he-goats, and to
Jive in deserts Is. 13, 21. 34,14. Sept.
δαιμόνια. See on these popular supersti-
tions, Comment. on Isa. Il: cc. Bochart.
Hieroz. II. p. 844.

3. Plur. ὩΣ Ὁ, showers, Deut. 32, 2;
comp. r. "3 to shudder.

py (hairy, shaggy, τ. ἸῺ) Sei,
pr. n.

a) A phylarch or chief of the Horites,
Gen. 36, 20-30.

b) The mountainous country of the

1014

ὩΣ :

Edomites, extending from the Dead Sea
,to the Elanitic Gulf, the northern part of
*whigh i is now dalled Jebdl (see 233); and
the southern esh-Sherah, $1.4 St; see
Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria, p. 491,
410. Bibl. Res. in Palest. Il. p. 552.
This region (ΠΣ "3 Gen. 14, 6. Deut.
1, 2. 2, 1) was first inhabited by the
Horites, πὶ Gen. 14, 6. Deut. 2, 12;
then by Esau Gen. 32, 4. 33, 14. 16, and
his posterity the Edomites Deut. 2, 4sq.
2 Chr. 20, 10. al. This mountainous
country may possibly have derived its
name from the Horite Seir, see above
in lett.a; but it is better to render ΡΣ
asean appellative, the shaggy mountains,
i. e. clothed and as it were bristling with
trees and forests ; comp. Gr. λάσιος, and
Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 3.

c) A mountain on the northern border
of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 10.

ΠΣ f(r. “2¥) constr. ΤΣ

1. a she-goat, comp. in ἌΣ Ὁ, Lev. 4,
28. 5, 6.

2. Setirah, pr. ἢ. of a place or tract in —
the mountains of Ephraim, c. 7 loc.
mn yw Judg. 3, 26 comp. 27. |

Dey τὰ. plur. (τ. 990, Ὁ for Ὁ).
thoughts, cogitations, which divide and» :
distract the mind; Job 20, 2. 4, 13 in
thoughts from the visions of the night, |
i. 6. nocturnal dreams which distract
and agitate the mind; comp. Dan. 2, 1.

nie. w fat. "2" to shudder, to shiver ;
Germ. schauern, ‘schaudern. |

1. Like "30, spoken of the sudden
commotion and raging of a storm or
tempest, to storm ; see Pi. Hithp. Niph.
Comp. Lat. ‘dies horruit imbre’ Val.
Flacc. ‘ tempestas horrescit nimbis’ Sil.
1. 133; Germ. Regenschauer, Engl.
shower.—With acc. to sweep away in
storm, Ps. 58, 10. Hence “3 no. 1,
masy, os (ΠΣ no. 8).

Ὁ. of the convulsive motionand shrink-
ing of the skin in sudden terror, to shud-
der, to shiver, Gr. φρίσσω, φρίττω. Ez.
27, 35 "zw ssw ἘΠΞΡῸ their kings
shall greatly shudder, i.e. be seized
with great and sudden terror. Jer. 2, 12;
with >» of the cause Ez. 32, 10. With
ace. like Gr. φρέσσω τινά, to shudder at,
i.e. to feel a sacred awe before a divi-

"ow

nity, to fear, Deut. 32, 17.—Hence “>
no. 2.

3. Of the hair, to stand on end, to bris-
tle, as the effect of the sudden shudder
of the skin; comp. φρίσσω Sept. Job 4,
15; φρίσσουσι τρίχες Hesiod Op. 540;
Lat. ‘capilli horrent’? Tib. 2. 3. 23.
Hence in the derivatives is found the
signif. of standing on end, bristling,
saggy, hairy; as 198, ΟΣ Ὁ, a hair,
collect. hair, comp. Germ. Haar, Lat.
hirtus, hirsutus, hircus; χήρ, her, heres
(eres) i. 6. hedgehog ; also M73¥ hor-
deum, barley, so called from its bristling
ears ; and ""3W hirsutus, shaggy, a goat;
Arab. -2% to be shaggy, hairy.

Nipu. impers. it storms, is tempestuous,
a tempest rages, Ps. 50, 3.

Piet to sweep away in storm, c. 7
Job 27, 21.

Hirup. to rush on like a tempest, c. >¥
Dan. 11, 40; comp. "90 Hab. 3, 14.

Deriv..see in Kal no. 1, 3.

“YW τὰ. (τ. 19%) 1. 1. ᾳ. 490, a tem-
pest, siorm, Is. 28, 2. |

2. a datidering. horror, Job 18, 20.
Eiz. 27, 35. 32, 10.

3. Onibe as Saat of “3B q. v.

ah) m. (r. "2W) constr. "3H, once
ἜΣ Ig: 7, 20, c. suff. 93%, hair, 80 ᾿οὐοὰ
from ptinding out or erect, SSH ἢ

see r. “30 no. 8. Arab.
Ijse, 12,8, id—-Spoken: 8) Of
the hair of the head, with SX" added
Judg. 16, 22. 2 Sam. 14, 26. Ezra 9,
3; without OX" Cant. 4,1. Ps. 68, 22.
b) Of hair on other parts of the body,
Lev. 13, 3. sq. Ὀπ5). ὍΣ the hair of
the feet, i.e. of the pudenda Is. 7, 20;
and so κατ΄ ἐξοχήν Sr the hair of paherty,

‘Ez. 16,7. Arab. By i id. c) Perh.
_ the shag of coarse woollen cloth; so
ΠΣ VIN a hairy i i. 6. made
either of hair or fur (Arab. ia), or of

shaggy woollen cloth, Gen. 25,25. Zech.
14,4. Hence "3 592 7x a man clad
in such a mantle 2 K. 1, 8.

“9 Chald. m. hair, with xy added
Dan. 3, 27. 7,9. In Targg. id.

--

1015

a, Syr.

ΓΞ

Maye fig. mIv0 a tempest, storm,

Job 9, 17. Nah. 1, 3. R. 3b.

MVD fF. (r. BW) constr. NAVY, c. suff.
ἼΛΗΣ, plur. constr. ΤΊΣ, n. unit. of

"3, a hair, Arab. Sos ὦ id. Judg. 20,
16 πησϑπ τον to a hair, proverbially of
slingers who could hit a mark without
varying a hair’s breadth. Elsewhere
collect. hair, e. g. of the head 1 Sam. 14,
45. 2 Sam. 14, 11. 1 Καὶ. 1, 52; or genr.
of the body Job 4, 15. Plar. “ONT ming
the hairs of my head Ps. 40, 13. 69, 5.

MSW ἢ also ΤΡ Joel 1, 11 (r. ab)
no. 8) plur. ΟΝ ov ἰσὼ ; ; barley, so
called from the bearded atid bristling
ears of this grain; like Lat. hordeuma
horrendo, and vice versa m™28> spelt
(q. v.) from its smooth and shorn ears.

Syr. pS, Chald. xpiz0, posh,

psd ; Arab. pase barley, Sand α

barley-corn.—Sing. only of barley in
growth, Job 31, 40. Joel 1,11. Ex. 9, 31.
Deut. 8, 8. Is. 28,25. Plur. o™S0 of
the grain after threshing (comp. mun,
1911) 2 Sam. 17, 28. 1 Κ' 5, 18. Jer. 41,
8. Ez. 4,9. al. mdb sh a-homer of
barley Bey 27, 16. DSi map barley-

meal Num. 5, 15; ὦ ond barley-bread

Judg. 7,13, comp. Ez. 4, 12. So too
ps Wxp barley-larvesl, the gather-
ing in of the grain, Ruth 1, 22. 2, 23.
2 Sam. 21, 9.

DW (barley) Seorim, pr. ἢ. m.
1° Chr. 24, 8.

“yaw obsol. root, which seems to
have had the signif. to suck or lick up
greedily, to absorb, like kindr. 830 q. v.
The same idea is expressed in other
families of languages (inserting the let-
ters lor r) by the roots slab, srab, comp.

ὦ to drink, opm to absorb, Lat. sor-

bere, Germ. vulg. schlappen. Dropping
i there arises Lat. sapio to taste ; or cast-
ing off the sibilant, Pers. ws, Lat. la-
bium, Engl. to lap.

Deriv. mab, ond.

MOY f dual ponew, constr. ‘maw, ὁ.
suff. ΠΡΌ; ; plur. donate: ninpd as from
a form ry. R, mp.

1. @ lip, dual the lips. Chald. 880°

ΓΞ
5.5
NMED, xnav, Syr. jkan, Arab. KAS, id.

hers 37, 29, Cant. 4, 3. 11. 5, 13. Prov.
24,28. meba sven Ps. 22, 8, see in
“28 Hiph. Often put: a) Asanorgan
of speech; 6. g. to open the lips, to begin
to speak, Job 11, 5. 32, 20; also fo open
the lips of any one, to cause him to
speak, Ps. 51, 17; to refrain the lips, to
keep silence, Ps. 40,10. Prov..10,19. So
speech or discourse is said to be upon
the lips Prov. 16,10. Ps. 16,4; once un-
der the lips Ps. 140, 4; comp. Ez. 36, 3,
for which see in 71> no. 1. p. 528. Job
2, 10 he did not sin with his lips. 12, 20.
Ps. 45, 3. ime >32 of uncircumcised
lips, i. e. not of ready speech; Ex. 6, 12.
—Hence b) Of the manner of speech,
e.g. αὐ In nations. i. q. speech, dialect,
Gen. 11, 1. 6. 7. 9. Is. 19,18 5222 rBw the
dialect of Canaan. 33,19. Ez. 3, δ. 8.
8) In. individuals whose manner of
speech varies according to their disposi-
tion and habits; 6. g. "RY MEL lip of

deceit, lying lips, falsehood, Prov. 10, 18,

comp. 17, 4. 7. Ps. 120,25; 738 MBw id.
Prov. 17, 4: Max new lip “of truth, vera-
city, Prov. 12, 19.
. ing lips, ardént professions, Prov. 26, 23.
pine pm sweelness of the lips, plea-
sant discourse, Prov. 16, 22; so Zeph. 3,
9. Is. 6, 5. Ps. 12, 3. 4.—Also the word of
one’s lips, 6. g. of Jehovah, a divine pre-
cept, Ps. 17,4; comp. Prov. 23,16. Else-
where in a bad sense, of what one utters
with his lips, but without consideration
and without meaning what he says
_ (comp. Is. 29, 13); hence lip-talk, i. 6.
-emply words, vain and foolish discourse,
Is. 36, 5. Prov. 14,23; and so Dona Hx
ἃ man of talk, an empty talker, Job 11,
2; Dina 54x a prating fool Prov. 10,
__ 8; comp. Lev. 5, 4. Ps. 106, 33.—Ps. 81,

(6 SowN MAID ND mw 7 heard a lan-
guage (manner of speech) that 7 had
— not known, i.e. the divine communica-

tions—Arab, RAN ys ee) | Dw,
the son or daughter Ae the lip, i.e. speech.
2. a lip, i.e. the edge, border, margin,

as of a cup 1 K. 7, 26; of a garment.

Ex. 28, 32; of a éurtain 26, 4. 36, 11;
of the sea, the shore Gen. 22, 17. Ex. 14,
30. Josh. 11,4; of a river, the bank Gen.
41, 3. 17. Ex. 2, 3.2 Κ. 2, 13. ney
j77" the bank of the Jordan; and so

1016

_ 24, 17. 22. Sept. ey χείλη. hes

mph ΠΩΣ Ὁ burn-.

also σάγος, sagum,i. 6. the coarse mantle

Spw
Judg. 7, 22nbina bax mpl) she ba
(the stream at) Abel-ineholah.

Ὁ naw whence Pi. may and n.

ie dP
see in τ. MEO.

DET m. (from mew lip, and BS, com
nbp, | bax) c. suff. ‘joey, pr. li
the ‘mustachios ; 6. g. ΞΘ ΠΙῺΝ to tri,
the mustachios or beard 2 Sam. 19, 98
Sept. ποιεῖν μύστακα. Also ΒΩ wh-b> nus
to cover the mustachios, i. e. the mouth
and the beard over it, in token of leprosy
or falsehood, Lev. 13, 45. Mic. 3, 7. BZ

Venet. in Liv. μύσταξ.
JPW, see in τ. PO.
pew, see in r. PED. [
PE τ. (τ. pdO I, & for Ὁ) a smiting,

chastisement, from God, Job 36, ®
Comp. PD Job 34, 26.

po m. (r. Ppw) c. suff. py; plat
ΥΩ, cusuff orp.
ting, sackcloth, a coarse cloth,
s made of hair, used for sieves
and strainers (see the root); also for
sacks to hold grain and for mourning
garments. Comp. Eth. W® sackcloth,
also the garments of monks and pilgrims;
WHW® lattice; Gr. σάκος, σάκκος,
sackcloth, Lat. saccus, which Jerome
uses likewise for the garmentof pilgrims;

or blanket of soldiers. Chald. po, RPO,

Copt. COK, CK, id.—Is. 3, 24 nga
pb a girdle of sackcloth, Then . ©
2. a sack for grain Gen. 42, 25, 27. 35.
Lev. 11, 32. Josh. 9, 4

3. sackcloth, as used for a mourning:
garment, fally Κ pi waad Esth. 4,2;
a close, and rough garment of sackcloth |
(Is. 3, 24. Job 16, 15, comp. Rev. 6,12) —
worn upon the salad body 1 K. 21, 27,
2 K. 6, 30. Job 16, 15; andnot laid aside —
at night 1 K. 21, 27. Joel 1,13. Also ;
ΒΝ) PY wzb to ‘pit on: stekcloth and |
ashes, a8 a mourner Esth, 4,1; comp. —
Is. 58, 5. Spoken of the garigent of
ascetics and prophets; Is. 20,2 Vaoae the ;
sackcloth from off thy loins. ἴ

Tpw, once in Nips. Lam. 1, 14, ac-
cording’ to Kimchi to be bound, made
Jast, sc.a yoke. It would seem tostand

δ΄ μρὺ
; n affinity with 7pP, TDN, Tax, the as-
jirates and sibilants being often kindred ;

es .—Several Mss. have 3283, which is
ilso expressed by Sept. Vulg. Syr. but
against the sense of the context.

᾿ *ppw obsol. root, prob. i. q. Ppt
6. v. to strain ; Gr. σακκέζω, Lat. sacca-
Hence pv.

[ "4 “pw in Kal not used, i. q. Chald.
"Pd, to look, to behold.

i Pre pr. to let (the eyes) look about,
i. 6. to look about, to ogle, in the manner
of wanton and shameless females, Is.
3, 16. Sept. ἐν γεύμασιν ὀφϑαλμῶν.---
Others fucantes oculos, comp. "PO to
tain, to paint; but against the context.

12 m. (τ. "9) c. suff. Ὡϑ ὦ ; plur.
Bb", c. suff. "2, constr. ™B.

1. a prefect, leader, master, chief ;
0 not found in the kindred dialects. 1
am. 22,2. 2Sam.23, 19. With genit.
ε Span “® the chief of the cup-bearers
Gen, 40,2sq.41,9. o7pkn 7b the chicf
the bakers ibid. "ἼΘΙ "ὦ the
ief of the eunuchs Dan. 1,7. "737 ὦ
prefect of the city Judg. 9, 30. 1 K.
, 26. 328m "ὦ the chief of the dis-
trict Neh. 3, 14 sq. Ὁ" "0 masters
over the tribute-service, task-masters, Ex.
1,11. p29 “% masters over the eattle,
chief herdsmen, head-shepherds, Gen.
47, 6. Espec. of military chiefs and
aT Beaders, a commander, captain, Ex. 18,
21. 2 K, 1, 9 sq. Is. 3, 3. Deut. 1, 15. 1
F am. 18, 3; plur. 1 Chr. 15, 25. Gen. 21,
ἜΣ: Sani! 12, 9 o»MawM “Wb the captain
é f ‘the body-cuard Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1. 41,
10. Jer. 40,1 sq. Also absol. of a mili-
ἰῷ y commander, 2 K.19, 9; plur. Num.
1, 18. Job 39, 25. Is. 21, 5. 31,9. 2 Chr.
32, 21.

4 ἔ- a prince, noble, chief, 6. σ. a) Of
2 who holds the power over a whole
port, although less than a king, i. q-
m2 no. 2; so ΠΣ ΘΒ 4b the princes of
P Philistines 1 Sam. 29, 8; perh. Job 3,
14. Is. 49, 7.al. b) Of the chief niéni ina
state, Job 29, 9. 34.19; on whom rest
authority and power, chief officers, min-
islers, the companions and friends of
‘the king, plur. Ὁ Ὁ 2 Sam. 18,5. 1K. 4,
ὦ, Is. 30, 4. Jer. 26, 11 sq. 37, 14 sq. al.

ἢ

sunder Ὁ Ρ. 1000. Targ. aggravatum

101:.7 "ὦ “Ὁ Xs

ΠΣ "Ὁ Gen. 12, 15; ἸΣΣ Mb Is. 19
11. 13. pt) abe Hoa. 13, 10. Is. 49
38 ; comp. Hos. 7, 3. 8, 10. Is. 23, 8 Tyre

. ome mynd “ai ‘tohine merchants
are princes, i.e. like princes in wealth
and power.—So in sacred things: α)
wip "1b sacred princes, i. e. the priests,
Is. 43, 27. 8) In the book of Daniel,
the princes of the angels, i. e. the seven
archangels (οἱ ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι οἵ ἐνώπιον
tov ϑεοῦ ἑστήκασι Rev. 8, 2) who act as
the patrons and advocates of particular
nations before God ; Dan. 10, 13. 20. 21.
12,1. Hence y) o™ WH -ὦ the prince
of princes,’ t: e. God, Dan. 8, 25.

* 370 j in Kal not used, to interweare,
to braid. Chald. and Syr. 470, =e
id. Kindr. are the roots 770, prxb,
prob. 338 to weave, comp. under letter
®; also 750, 30 , the mid. radical being
softened.

Puau fut. plur. 539" fo be woven toge-
ther, interwoven, Job 40, 17.

Hrrap. fut. plur. 39%" 10. interweave
themselves, to be woven together, trop. of
transgressions Lam. 1, 14.

Deriv. 5°39", and pr. n. δ),

ig 1,70 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Oy
to pierce, to perforate, kindr. with © ;
9 -

whence a

Then, to sew together, @spec. things hard,
as lanthos with wire and an awl; also ἐὸ
interweave, to net, in the manner of net-

an awl, Heb. 178 stylus.

90.
work, as a coat of mail, whence Oo

a coat of mail woven from iron wire or
rings; see ὙΠ.

=: “Ὁ to flee, to escape, Josh. 10,

20. Arab. δεὼ id. Syr. ἫΣ to trem-

ble, to flee in trepidation, Kindr. is
329, perh. 139.

Deriv. Tv.

TID m. (τ. AW) pr. a coat-of mail ;
then a species of cloth or stuff resembling
mail or network, wrought of threads by
means of needles, of which the curtains .
of the tabernacle were made; comp.
V2¥; hence 1 "398 Ex. 31, 10. 35,
19. 39, 1. 41. Comp. Chald. 1 cur-
tains, hangings, so callea ‘hot the kind

TD |

of stuff from which they were made,
δ Ὁ sieve. Sept. incorrectly, στολαὶ
λειτουργικαΐ, as if for maw "35, which
the Samar. actually exhibits; but the
sense requires curtains, tapestry, and
not garments.

TY τος Te 44, 18, 1. 4, Arab. ἀγα

“an awl, or rather a stylus, graver, with
which the artist sketches the outlines
of the figure to be sculptured.

ἘΠ Ὸ 1. to set in a row,to range
in evils, i. ᾳ. Arab. ye mid. Waw.

Hence M750 a row, ae q. ν.

2. to be a leader, prince, chief, i. q.
“ay I. no. 2, and "2; from the notion
of arranging τῆ ΠΝ up troops.

nists Sy and a to be noble, liberal,

ἘΝ a prince, noble.

3. to contend, to strive with any one,
c. DY Gen. 32,29; τὸ Hos. 12,4. Arab.

St Conj. ΠῚ, id—Fut. "ΝΘ comes

from “a I,
Deriv. myib; Mw, and the pr.
names "0, he, Bens.

MW fem. of subst. Ἢ (τ. MW) la
princess, noble lady, Judg. 5, 29. Esth.
* 1,18. Spec. of the king’s wives of noble
birth Is. 49, 23. 1 K. 11, 3; different
from his concubi@es, comp. Cant. 6, 8.
Metaph. Lam. 1, 1 Γῆ) 123 ΥΩ princess
among the provinces.

2. Sarah, pr.n. a) The wife of Abra-
ham, at first called "9% q. v. Gen. 18, 6
sq. 20, 2 sq. 21, 1sq. 23, 1. 19. Is. 51, 2.
al. b) A daughter of Asher, Num. 26,
46.

AVN (shoot, branch) Serug, pr. n. m.
Gen. 11,20. R. anv.

FIN τη. ‘(r. 72’) a latchet, thong,
which fastens a shoe or sandal, so call-
ed from lacing and binding together,
Is. 5, 27.~ Proverbially for any thing
of little value Gen. 14, 23; see in BAN

p. 299. Arab. Oya id.
mp, see in PAW no. 2.

MW (abundance, i. q. M79) Serah,
pr. n. f. Gen. 46, 17. 1 Chr. 7, 30.

1018

“Ww

*OID to cut, to gash onese
make incisions in the flesh, as wa
tomary in mourning, ren yur. ἢ
Lev. 21,5. Arab. b

Nien. to be lacerated, i. a tol
crushed, in lifting too grou ab
Zech. 12; 3.—Hence

» DI m. Lev. 19, 28,
21, 5, an incision, gash..

"ID Sarai, pr. n. of the wife of Ab
ham, Gen. 11, 29 sq. 12, 5. 1156. 3 1
afterwards called ny: q. v. Gen. 17,
sq. The LXX write the first na
Σάρα, pronouncing "— like a, in the J
bic manner, comp. "370 Σινᾶ ; the la
they write Σάῤῥα, because ale
reality for the form M3v.—The ety
logy δ of "1 is obscure. Some cor 7

Sri colocynth, Miclese Orient. E
lioth. IX. 188; others ἘΝ w noble, g

rous, Iken. pie. Theol. p. 17 sq. Ew
explains it, ‘ contentious, quarre
from τ. ΤΡ no. 3; Gram. § 3234.
is prob. best.

γ ὦ ὩΣ

te

Κ 2

of

ΘΔ τὰ. plur. (τ. 238, Kamets i
pure) c. “suff. mb, shoots, t
of a vine, Gen. ‘40, 10. 12. Joel 1,
Kindr. are Chald. 7397, jA991, a
vine; Arab. Sassy. νῷ» id

TID τὰ. (τ. TY I) plar. ἘΠῚ
constr. "3°W.

1. one left, one escaped from a laug
ter. a survivor, i. q. 0">B, whence 7
wsbps Jer. 42, 17, 44, 14. Lam. 2, 2
Often in the phrase . sr au) S
there was not left to him a survivor, ¢
remaining, i. e. there was none left aliv
Num. 21, 35. Deut. 3,3. Josh. 10, 28. 37
11, 8; also Num. 24, 19. Deut. 2, 84. a
Collect. the survivors, those who remail
alive, Judg. 5, 13. Is. 1,9. Of thing
left, remaining, Job 20, 21. 26.—F
Josh. 10, 20. Joel 3,5. 397) “37 thos
left of the sword, who escaped it, Je f,
31, 2. 4
2. Sarid, pr. n. of a town in Zebulun
Josh. 19, 10. 12. PY

mW and Ww (oration Te
vah) ‘Seraiah, pr.n.m. a) The βου!
or secretary of David, 2 Sam, 8. 17;

π΄ τη
fee γος corrupted, 6. σ. into x73
. 20, 25, NOW 1K. 4, 3, Rv
Chr. 18,16. b) The father of Ezra
e priest, Ezra 7,1. c) Of several
| Persons, see 2 K. 25, 18. 23. Jer.

ae
Ϊ “

i δ 40. Ezra ὃ, 2. Neh. 10, 3. 11,11.

12, 1. 12.

PID, see pq. -

hei Ὁ adj. (τ. px 1) plur. £ nip",
ackled, hatcheled, as flax Is. 19, 9, An-

nt eombe: for this purpose, see in Wil-
‘ ‘a on’s Anc. Egyptians, III. p. 140.

32 i. q. 328, in Kal not used, to
weave, to lay crosswise, to entangle.
. W290 id. spec. to entangle one’s

ath ; Arab. Joi i. q. Heb.

| Pint, Jer. 2, 23 the swift camel m2 3%

93°73 entangling her ways, i.e. ranning

bout wild in her season of heat.

Deriv. 77.

atthe Sarsechim, pr. n. of a chief
f the eunuchs in the army of Nebu-

hadnezzar, Jer. 39,3. Perh. "20 (plur.

20) is sectus, exsectus, i. q. D140, from
r. rr, whence also 138 knife.

* on to stretch out, to make long or
large ; Aas. wid. Part. pass. 339

stretched, prolonged, i. e. having any
member too long or large, and so being
ΒΕ 6. g. of persons Lev. 21, 18;
of cattle Lev. 22, 23.

_ Hien. fo stretch oneself out, Is. 28, 20.

| DSL m. ρίαν. thoughts Ps 94, 19.
139, 23, 1. α.. p'e>) q. v. with the letter
“ inserted ; see under ἢ, p. 949, 950.

«οὐ ἢ gw ~, fut. ὉΠ 1. to burn up,
to consume with fire. Syr. id. but rarely.

Zab. 23] id. Syr. -2;0 is also ‘to suck

‘up, to absorb,’ see Middledorpf Cure
eer in Job p. 15. Comp. also 278 heat.
Ε΄ onetrued : a) With acc. to burn,
a δ. wood Is. 44,16; garments Lev. 13,
2; stubble Is. 47, 14; a sacrifice wes
. 12. 21. 8,7. 16,27; a city Judg. 18,
fe’. 15. 1, 7; sanctuaries Ps. 74, 8 ;
vv Boden idols Deut. 12, 3. 1K. 15, 13;
feeds forming stockades Jer. 51, 32, see in
Bax ; also children in honour of an idol,
2K. 17, 31. Jer. 7, 31. 19,5. Deut. 12,

| 40, 8. 51,59. 61. 1 Chr. 4, 13. 14."

1019 sal’

31. In many of these examples Ux3
with fire is added. 8) 5 Raw pnw to
burn a burning for any one, to make a
burning, i. e. to institute a Slain: pub-
lic funeral for any one, during which
precious spices were burned, 2 Chr. 16,
14. 21,19. Jer. 34,5. Comp. Jos. B. J.
1. 33. 9, where, in the funeral of Herod,
it is said there followed πέντακόσιοι τῶν
οἰκετῶν καὶ ἀπελευϑέρων ἀροματοφόροι.
Geier de Luctu Hebreor. 6. 2. But
this custom had no connection with the
burning of the body. - c) to burn or bake
bricks, Gen. 11, 3.

Nipu. pass. of Kal, to be burned, e. g.
in punishment Gen. 38, 24; genr. Lev.
4, 12. 6,23, Josh. 7,15. Jer. 38,17. Mic.
1, 7. Prov. 6, 27. al.

Prev see in 20.

Puav i. q. Niph. Lev. 10, 16.

Deriv. Fes maw, mp we.

"EA paw Arab. G58, Gua
Ὁ τα ' ya : Σ᾿ ;
1, to be high, lofty, Scena s bia

% elevation, loftiness, Seal high,
γα ενάσν —Hence
2. to be eminent, noble, to excel in no-

5. -
bility and glory ; whence Sri noble-
9

ness, glory, Was, noble. in rank, ἃ

prince.—Hence 757 q. v.

Ὁ m. (r. ye 1) plur. oa;
see also the next article.

1. Pr. Adj. burning, fiery; then poi-
sonous, venomous, deadly, as an attribute
of a serpent, from the burning inflam-_
mation caused by its bite ; comp. "2M
I, heat and poison; also Gr. πρηστήρ,
καῦσος. So: Num. 21, 6 and Jehovah
sent ΠΕ ΌΤΙ Dni-ny fiery (poison-
ous) serpents among the people ; Sept.
τοὺς ὄφεις τοὺς ϑανατοῦντας, Vulg. ig-
nitos serpentes. Deut. 8, 15 Ὡπῷ om
I3P33 poisonous serpents and scorpions ;

Sept. ὄφις δάκνων, Vulg. serpens flatu

adurens.—Also as Subst. without m3
id. Num. 21, 8 τῶ 5 πῶν. Is.
14, 29 ΠΗ “RIL a venomous “flying .
serpent ; ascribed also to the Arabian
desert, Is. 30,6 Spiva FIb) MBN the
viper and the venomous flying serpent

paw 1020 “nw

It is now known that no species of fly-
ing serpent exists; but this ancient opi-
nion probably rested upon a species of
flying lizard, draco volans Linn. found
in Africa and Asia, which in its general
appearance resembles a serpent but is
not venomous. See Comm.on Is. 14, 29.
—Corresponding in sound is Sanscr.
sarpa serpent from srip, serpere, ἕρπειν,
to creep; but this seems to have no
relation to 9, which signifies not ser-
pent, but venomous.

2. Saraph, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22.

ΠΣ Ὁ m. plur. (τ. AI’ IL) Seraphim,
Seraphs, 15. 6, 2.6; an order of angels

and ministers of God, who stand around
his throne, each having six wings, also

hands and feet (v. 2), and praising God [

with their voice. They were therefore
of human form, and furnished with wings
as the swift messengers of God, like the
Cherubim (see 3393); though by no
means identical with these, as some
have supposed. They are so called as
being of elevated rank, princes ; as in
Daniel the archangels are also called
nb princes, Dan. 10, 13 comp. 8, 25.
Other proposed etymologies, see in
Thesaur. p. 1341 sq.

MDW f. (τ. qv I, Tsere impure)
constr. ΠΕ, a burning with fire Gen.
11,3; a burning, a fire, Lev. 10,6. Num.
19, 6.17; espec. a burning of spices at a
funeral (see in τ. 90 1), 2 Chr. 16, 14. 21,
19; conflagration Deut, 29, 22 [23]. Am.
4,11. me Ib ὙΠ a mount of burning, i.e.
to be burned up, Jer. 51, 25.. ma qw> nw
to be for burning, i. e. destined to be
burned up, Is. 9, 4. 64, 10 [11].

mi. paw to comb 6. g. flax, to hackle.
Zab. wp id. Talm. p70 id. also to
curry a horse, etc. Hence adj. p™v
q. ν.

“ST. pre or paw to be reddish,
fox-coloured ; spoken of a horse, see
adj. Pav ; ; also of cerulean ad nd grapes,

yielding red wine. Arab. pas id. of |

horses and camels, the hair, etc.
Deriv. the two following, and pr. n.
mprbe.

more in p3w.

PAD m. (r. Ῥ ΠῚ) 1.
foa-coloured, of horses, plas

Zech. 1, 8. Arab. by transp. ὦ
reddish horse, with the mane cae
also red, Germ. Fuchs, fox-coloured,

2. a vine bearing cerulean of fil

grapes, plur. "pny Is. 16, 8. ὃ

"pI? m. Is. 5, 2, PTD Jer. 2, 21, 8
MPD £ Gen. 49, 11. R.pwwil

1. a vine of a finer and nobler ἐν
prob. so called from its cerulean or pi
ple grapes. According to Abulwali
grows in Syria; it is called in
Gay and . as also at
present day in Morocco Serki, i. q. Pe
Yi Kishmish, and is still ce
brated in Arabia and Persia ; the grap
are small, partially round, dark-colour
with the stones soft and scarcely perce
tible. See Niebuhr’s Arabien p. 14
Oedmann’s Verm. Sammlungen aus d
Naturkunde: VI. p. 98 sq.

2. Sorek, pr. n. of a valley, prob.
called from its vineyards, Judg. 16,
[Eusebius and Jerome place it north.
Eleutheropolis and near to Zorah. Οἱ
mast. art. Soreoh.—R. a

ΤῸ i. q. mI no. 2, and "πῶ
have dominion, to rule, to be a pri
Part. "9% Esth. 1, 22. Fat. ibs Is.
1, Prov. 8, 16.

Hirap. “nen, to wali
prince, c. ἘΣ Nom. 16, 13.

Deriv. ἰῷ, πῶ.

FIWD m. (r. wat) constr. (ivy Kame
being dropped, as if from a root πιῶ
joy, gladness, Joel 1, 12. Is. 12, 3. Jer. 3
13. 51, 14. 119, 111; often coupled 1
nm Is, 22, 13. 35, 10. 51, 3. 11.
jibe oil of joy, i i. 6. oil used in anoir
ing the guests at festive banquets, et
Ps. 45, 8. Is. 61, 3.

MD | see mx.
Ἶ βοΐ, see in SMO. ὲ
‘ “nw to split, to burst, Arab.

Nien. to be burst forth, protruded,
break forth, of hemorrhoids, fat. plur

mnw? 1 Sam. 5,9. Comp. >p3 Ν
no. 3.

᾿
Shin, forming together with Sin the
‘ aty-first letter of the Hebrew alpha-
et, as a numeral denoting 300. The
lame of this letter, 1 i. q. 7, signifies

-tooth, in allusion to its figure, which is
nearly the same in all the Semitic alpha-
bets. It is pronounced like the Engl. sh,

erm. sch, a sound which was wanting

Ὁ the Greeks, unless perhaps the Doric
Sav, Hdot. 1. 139, is to be so pronounced.
e the LXX, in order to give some
ipproximation to its sound, for ὅπη, "ὦ,
ite ἹῬήχς, Χσέν, see Lam. c. 2. 3. 4.
_To the letter 8, which is far more
quent than ὦ, thers are in Arabic
Be Sorrespionding letters, viz. a) In
' 3 the greater number of cases, μν»

eh baw as. ie b) Far

5 often (pf, as Yaw nee the sun,
τὸς pe to write down. In roots of
both these kinds, the Aramean pre-
serves.*. 6) Sometimes ὦ». in words
where the Aramean has Τὸ, as ἀρ ον»

ΠΩ B&z 395 eight ; au a

Ah 2 sb snow ; Sw wa and Νὰ nan,
jan . Ravew } in such examples has the
Arabic w for B,as "38 25 72M to
break, 2123 WLS 35 to return, to turn
‘about. 4) The Arabic sometimes also
) admits different ways of writing the same

‘word, and thus apparently divides one
LE Hebrew toot into two Arabic ones, as

τ UMS) and US) 5 ; nwp sort and
PL as; 5 Re Quis and J ao pares
; . uss body.

In the Heb. ἕλον ὦ is interchanged:
sa) With ®,see p. 1000. Ὁ) With n, as
ban and mn, like χαράσσω, χαράττω;
gna and mina pine; comp, =18, Aram.
“sim, Arab. ok; "δῷ, ἡ te, nan,
| “Arab, χὰ 6) With other sibilants in
the dialects, as ¥, ἃ, eg. dad ACK
‘train; 235 ei ball wan, Rab-
bin. ἈΣΏΝΓΙ the groin; Bp, Gite and
86

¢

ae 1021 ὦ

yess. d) With ἀθηΐα!5, α5 ἼΡ, Aram.
pho TBP; ND and ΓΙ to lie.

In those Semitic roots which have
been adopted into the occidental lan-
guages, chiefly the Greek, 8 is ex-
pressed sometimes by a simple g, 8, as
MIG σειρά, σκηνή from 720; 520 συλάω;
sometimes by ox and az, as bby} σκυλάω,͵
ἔχ). σκυτάλη, nau σκῆπτον, σκῆπτρον,
σχολή from πϑῶ, Sometimes it passes
into ὁ (d); as 718, Aram. ἴο 2, Gr.
Tavgos; 03 Bcsieelas wan Tartessus ;
ἼὩ ὁδούς dens; though in these the
Aramean form seems often to have in-
tervened. i

Ὁ, rarely 2 Judg. 5, 7, Cant. 1, 7.
Job 19, 29, before gutt. Ὁ Judg. 6, 17,
and © Eee. 2, 22. 3, 18,1. 6. the prefix
Shin, i. q "88; the & being dropped by
apheresis, and the Ἢ either assimilated
and inserted as Daghesh in the next
letter, or (in the form &) also dropped.
Except in the book of Judges (5, 7. 6,17.
7, 12. 8, 26), this prefix is usual only i in
the later Hebrew.

A) Relat. Pron. who, which, what ;
that. Judg. 7, 12. 8,26. 1 Chr. 5, 20. Ps.
122, 3. 124, 8. 129, 6. 7. Lam. 2, 15. 16.
Cant. 4, 1. 2. 6, 5. Ecc. 1, 3. 9. 14. 2, 9.
11, 21. 22. al. sep. Without a demonstr.
i. gq. he who, Ecce. 1, 11. Cant. 1, 17. 3, 3.
—Besides in the Heb. O. T. this form of
pronoun is found widely in the Phenician
dialect, where it wads pronounced si,
sy, se; sometimes followed by a letter
doubled; see Monumm. Pheen. p. 356,
438. Perhaps also in the same dialect
the fuller form © is found; see The-
saur. p. 1345. In the other dialects

comp. Amhar. fl when, prefixed to 4
verb.—Spec. like "Ox a) Asa mere
sign of relation, 6, g. ow—O whither
Ece. 1, 7; Dww Ps. 122, 4. b) With >,
i.e. by} so frequent among the Rabbins,
used like > as to express the genitive
of a possessor ; Cant. 3,7 ποθ ines
the litter of him, ‘anlomon. pr. which is

to Solomon. Cant. 1,6 emphat. abe} 95.

-Νῷ

my vineyard, even mine ; for the pleo-
nastic suffix, see Heb. Gram. ὃ 119, 3.
note.

B) Relat. Conjunct. i. q. ΟΝ, ἈΞ.

_ 1. that after verbs of seeing. Ecc. 2,
13. 3,18; of knowing Ecc. 1, 17. 2, 14.
9,5; of thinking Ecc. 2, 15; of giving
a sign Judg. 6, 17. Also: a)* what
is—that, ‘this is—that,’ Ecc. 2, 12. 5,
15. 7, 10. Cant. 5, 9. b) Ecc. 12, 9
mw “min besides that he was, etc. 6, 3
38 sg" ἈΠ 32 so that many be the
days of his years. Ὁ ὉΣῸΞ scarcely that
Cant. 3,4. ὦ 2 till that, until, Judg.
5, 7. Cant. 2, ‘17. c) ὦ πῶς to make
or cause that Ecce. 3, 14.

2. because that, because, Cant. 1, 6 bis.
5,2. Ecc. 2, 18; fully Ὁ mya3->2 Ecc. 7,
14. Also for; Cant. 1,7 mob for why?

3. when, Ecc. 5, 10. Comp. "8x B. 5.

4, With Prefixes: a) ‘2 i. q. “OAD
lett. c, because that, Ecc. 2, ‘16. b) ὋΣ
i. q. “OND, pr. according to what, i. e. as,
Kee. 5, 14. 12,7. Also, as, when, Ecc.
9, 12. 10, 3.

"ιν fut, 3887 fo draw water.
Chald. id. Arab. Ls and Sain to

slake one’s thirst by drawing water.
Comp. Goth. skephan, Germ. schépfen.—
Construed either with acc. 92 Gen. 24,
13. Deut. 29, 10. Josh. 9, 21.23. 1 Sam.
7, 6.9. 11; or absol. Gen. 24, 11. 19. 20,
With dat. of instr. Gen. |. c. Nah. 3, 14;
772 of fountain 2 Sam. 23, 16.
Deriv. D°aNd2.

. δ fut. δε to roar ; Arab. pa

to bellow, to bleat, also toroar. Spoken
pr. of the lion, Judg. 14,5. Ps. 22,14. Hos.
10, 11; c. > Ps, 104, 21. Trop. of thun-
der Job 37, 4, comp. Am. 1, 2. Joel 4,
16; of raging warriors Ps. 74, 4; also
of persons in extreme pain, to cry out, to
groan, Ps. 38,9. Hence

TNw f. constr. Magy, c. suff. "MN,
plur. c. suff. "Max ; roaring of a lion -
5, 29. Job 4, 10. ‘Zech. 11,3. Trop. out-
cry, groaning, of a person in great pain
Job 3, 24. Ps. 22, 2. 32, 3.

“f Nw i, ᾳ. NID
noise, to rage, to roar, of floods,-a tumult
of people, see Finw, mY IT.

1022

1. to make a,

IND

2. to crash, to fall with a er
‘a house, etc. hence to be laid 1
6, 11 init. Ἧ

Nips. 1. to νοὐν ol ush
roar, e. g. of floods and nations
12. 13.

2. to be laid waste, of a land Is,

Hien. to lay waste, inf. ee :
26; and so αὶ being dropped MX
19, 25.

Deriv. TRS, FINO, MND, if

~ ded mR not used in Kal, i. ᾳ F
to look at, to behold with atianilall

Ηιτηρ. AXA id. Gen. 24, 21, δ.
Sept. καταμανϑάνωϊ Vulg. contemy

MRD, see nyiv. |
MINT Prov. 1, 27 Cheth, see int xt

bind and SB comm. gend. ΩΝ
96,6; ἢ Is. δ, 14. 19, 9}) Sheol, ἢ
Orcus, the under world, Sept. vu

ans, once ϑάνατος 2 Sam, 22,6; a
subterranean ‘place Job 11, 8. Deut,
22; fall of thickest darkness Job 10, 2
22 (but see Is. 14, 9 sq.) where dwell th
shades of the dead (3 Χ55 q. ν.) Ps. 3
4. 86, 13. 89,49. Prov. 23,14; to whie
are poetically ascribed valleye Prov. ἕ
18, and also gates and bars Is, 38, 1
Job 17,16. The dying are said to
down to Sheol, M35 773 Num. 16, ὃ
Ez. 31, 15. 17; poet. birt) “3 Job 7, 8 |
Ps. 55, 16; comp. πρίν ‘sein to bri
down to Sheol Gen. ‘42, 38. 1 Sam. 2, 6
1 K. 2,9. Those who save the life o
any one are said ¢o deliver him >ix®
Srom the hand ( power) of S Hos. 13
14. Ps. 49,16. Elsewhere Sheol is said
to devour all Prov. 1, 12; to be insatiable
Prov. 30, 16. Is. 5,14; to be stern am
cruel Cant. 8,7. To it by prosopopeia
are ascribed snares, with which it lies
in wait for men, Ps. 18, 6. 2 Sam. 22, 6;
and those who escape death are said to
have made a covenant with Sheol, Is. 2§
15.18. Poet. and by meton. Sheol is
put for its inhabitants, or rather is per-
sonified, Is. 14, 9. 38, 18, comp. Ps. 6, 6.
See espec. Nom. 16, 30 sq. Is. 14, 9 sq.
Ez. 31, 16 sq. 32, 21 sq. Chald. and
Talmud. bi" id. Syr.\cae. Ethiop.
f.6A.—As to the etymology, ding
comes from r. ἘΝ Ὁ I, and is i. q. 2138 ἃ
cavity, a hollow subterranean place ; just

-

IND
s the Germ. Holle hell, is originally the

sat. celum is from Gr. κοῖλος hollow.
usual derivation has been from the
tion in of asking, demanding, r. oxi no.

( εἰ alike, whence the epithet orcus
war Catull. 2. 28, 29.

(asked for, desired, r. 5x8 II)
ul, Saul, pr.n. a) The first king
f the Israelites, from the tribe of Ben-
jamin, 1 Sam. 8, 4. 9,2sq.c.15. b)A
‘ing of the Edomites, Gen. 36,37. c) A
or of Simeon, Gen. 46,10. d) 1 Chr.
9, see in >xi lett. —From lett. c.
‘comes the patronymic *>5x® Shaulite
Yum. 26, 13.
Tint m.(r. πο 1) constr. jiNs, c.
suf χα
1. noise, raging, tumult, 6. g. of wa-
ters Ps. 65, 8. Is. 17, 12. 13; οἵ ἃ crowd
or multitude of men, Is. 5, 14. 13, 4. 24,
8. 25,5. 66, 6; of war Am. 2, 2. Hos.
“10, 14; of outery, clamour, Ps, 74, 23.
Jer. 25, 31. 48, 45 ints "22 sons of up-
roar, i. 6. ¢omultuous warriors.
2. desolation, destruction ; Ps. 40,3 753
_ -ViRD the pit of destruction. Jer. 46, 17.

_ temn, to despise.
¢ Ἢ ie

prob. to stink; comp. bU and kes

; 6-8

to stink, X15 stinking mud.—Hence

= ὌΝ m. (Kamets impure) c. suff.

| FONv Ezy 25, 6; contempt, i. 6. pride,

_ arrogance, Ez. 25, 15. 36, 5.

ρου f. ruins, Is. 24, 12. R. nee 1.

| «by fat. 5x I. ig. 598, to dig,
to excavate, to hollow out ; hence dix
Hades, pr. a hollow place ander ground.
—From the idea of digging comes rea-
dily that of searching out, inquiring,
Ε comp. "PF, “23 no. 3, "BM no. 2; also
᾿ς -percontari, to search, to explore with a

The primary idea is

κόντος stick, probe, etc. Engl. ‘ to dig,
_to grub.—Hence
IL. to ask, to inquire, to ask for, either
hy way of demand or entreaty.
1. to ask, to inquire of, to interrogate ;

| Chald. id. Sy \L2 to interrogate, to
sk for. Arab. Ke to interrogate, to

1028

1 ask; V,tobeg. Eth. 4A and MAA to
me with Hohle a hollow, cavern, and

7 OND obsol. root, i. q. 698 II, tocon- |.

byw

demand, to ask, to beg.—Constr. absol.
Deut. 13, 15: with acc. of pers. Gen. 24,
47. 32,18. 44,19 OND WISS-PN DNATA
my lord asked his servants, saying. Deut.
32, 7. Judg. 4, 20. Job 40,7; rarely with
Ὁ of pers. 2 Κ. 8, 6. Job 8,6. That of or
about which one asks is put with >, Gen.
32, 30. 43,7. Judg. 13, 18. Jer. 6, 16; bp
Neh. 1,2. Ecc. 7, 10; ace. Jer. 50, 5; hence
with two acc. of pers. and thing Jer. 38,
14. Is. 45, 11. 58,2. Hagg. 2,11. Ps. 35,
1l.—Spec. a) to consult an oracle, to
inquire of, e.g. Ξὶ xt Deut. 18, 11;
tra 6. 3, a mins by) to inquire
of (at) Jehovah Judg. 1, 1. 18, δ. 20, 8.
Sam. 28, 6; also 2 Sam. 16, 23. Ez.
21, 26. With > for any one 1 Sam. 22,
10. 13.15. Nun: 27, 21. b) 'Bd bee
pibwd to ask one as tohis health, wel-
fare, etc. to ask how one does; hence
to salute, to greet, Gen. 43, 27. Ex. 18,7.
Judg. 18, 15. 1 Sam. 10, 14. 17,22. 2Sam.
8, 10; and so Jer. 15, 5 2 pibai PROD,
Poet. Ps. 122, 6 othe iby) sed wish
prosperity to Jerusalem, i i. e. salute her.
[Others, perhaps better, pray for the
welfare of Jerusalem, as in no. 2.—R.]
Without the idea of salutation, 2 Sam,
11, 7 David inquired after the welfare

of Joab and of the army, etc. Syr. Sta
᾽ [road id. to salute.

2. to ask for, i.e. a) to require, to
demand, abso]. 1 K. 3,5. 2K. 2,9. Is.
7, 11. 12. Mic. 7,3; with ace. of thing
1 Sam. 12, 13. Lam: 4, 4 ρα onbbis

tm. Ps. 40,7; c. 18 Pe. 2, 8᾽, mya

1 Sam. 8, 10. With two acc. αἰτεῖν
τινά τι, Deut. 14, 26. Is. 58,2. Ps. 137, 3.
With dat. i> 5x to ask (demand) for
oneself, 1 Sam. 12, 17.19. Ascribed to
the mind, 852, Deut. 14, 26; to the eyes
Ecc. 2,10. Spec. Jon. 4,8 “mx Ὁ 95)
mia> ΕΝ he required of his soul to die,
i.e. he prayed that he might die. 1 K.
19, 4. Job 31, 31 iwz2 Moxa SRB by
requiring his life with curses, i. e. pray-
ing for his (my enemy’s) death. So
ἀσυνδέτως Is. 7, 11, comp. 2 K. 2, 10.

b) to ask, i. e. to entreat, to beseech, to,
beg, with acc. of thing Judg. 5, 25. 1 K.
3, 10 sq. 10, 13; also with 3 of pers.
from whom, Judg. 8, 24. 1 Sam. 1, 20.
Ps. 21, 5; ὨΝῺ 2 Sam. 3,13. 1K. 2

δι᾽

20. Ps. 27,4; 632 Deut. 10, 12. 18, 16.
With dat: of pers. for whom 1 K. 2, 22.
sb ἘΝ Ὁ to ask for oneself 2 Chr. 1, 11.—
Spec. «) to ask as a loan, to borrow
from any one Ex. 3, 22. 11, 2. 12, 35.
Part. pass. >5X0 borrowed. 1 Sam. 1, 28.
K. 6, 5. With > prob. to lend. i. ᾳ.
Hiph. 1 Sam. 2,20. Syr. Aph. to lend;
Kttaph. to be lent. So in Rabbinic efien:
f) to ask alms, to beg, i. q. Pi. no. 2,

Prov. 20,4. Arab. Conj. V, id. Lt
a beggar. Ethiop. id.

Nipu. to ask for oneself, to ask leave,
like Gr. αἰτοῦμαΐ σε τοῦτο, see Heb. Gr.
§ 50.2. With 72 of pers. and > with
inf. of that which one asks leave to do,
1 Sam, 20, 6. v. 28, where the inf: is omit-
ted. So with a finite verb Neh. 13, 6.—
Others, ‘to obtain liberty or leave from
a master by entreaty.’

Pret 5x8, fut. 530.
interrogate, 2 Sam. 20, 18.

2. to beg, i. ᾳ. Kal 2. Ὁ. 8. Ps. 109, 10.

Hipn. to loan, to lend, Ex. 12, 36.
1 Sam. 1, 28; comp. Kal no. 2. b. α.

Deriv. frat no. I, >ixt; from no. IL,
πονῶ, πρὸ, nyt, andthe pr. names
baw), bats, ‘byte, DINOS.

ut Chald. 1. to ask, to interrogate,
with > of pers. Ezra 5,9; also with ace.
of that about which one inquires, v. 10.
Dan. 2, 10. 27.

2. to ask, to demand, c. dupl. ace.
Ezra 7, 21.—Hence πρὶ Chald. and

Nt (an asking) Sheal, pr. n. m.
Ezra 10, 29.

Nw see rind.

PEND ἢ (r. ΒΝ) c. suff. "MENG DHdNw
Ps. 106, 15, and contr. προ i Sam. i, 17.
ΟἽ. an asking, request, petition. So
ΓΝ Sew to ask a petition, i. 6. to ask
a thing of any one, to make a request,
Judg, 8,24. 1K. 2, 16.20. ὃ Wn? to grant
a petition Esth. 5, 6, 8. 7, 3. 9,12. "Ra
max the petilion is granted Job 6, 8.

2. a loan, thing loaned, 1 Sam. 2, 20.
Comp. the root >8 no. 2. Ὁ. a.

M28 Chald. f. emphat. xmdxw, pr.
a question. i. 6. a subject of inquiry, a
cause in law, and hence a decree; Dan.
4,14 xmbxw wap ΩΝ ‘he mandate

1. to ask, to

1024 ὍΝ

of the Holy ones is this decree

1 ee question, cause in law, ἡ

SN "MOND (I have asked him o
Shealtiel, pr. ἢ. τη. 1 Chr. 3,17. E
2. Neh. 12, 1; icq. bere Hogg
14. 2, 2. the

*IND to rest, ἰοδ Gull in call
used; kindr. with {D0 to rest ¢
upon any thing, for repose ond
Syr. Pa. «ὦ placavit.

Pit. XO to be quiet, tr
in quiet, Jer. 30, 10. 46, 27. “i 3
Prov. ᾿ 39. -Ἡρῦδο

282 m. adj. plur. ΣΝ Ὁ 1..
tranquil, of a dwelling Is. 33, 20; oto
dwelling in quiet Zech. 1, 15. Job 12,
comp. #2850 Job 31,33. ©

2. In a bad sense, living at ease, Οἱ
less, proud (secundis rebus ferox
lust. Jug. 94.) Ps. 123, 4. Am. 6, on 9
32, 9. 11. 18. Comp. nya no. 2. babe
mabe, and Schultens Animadv. ad Jol
26, 5.—Subst. pride, arrogance, ls 8
29. 2K, 19, 28.

OND, see r. DOW,

ἘΏΝ fat. HRd? 1. to breathe hard,
to pant, to blow, 6. g. of an 5
son, to snort, Is. 42, 14; of one in haste Ἂ
hence. ἕο hasten Eee. 1,5. Comp. m5
Hiph. no. 3.—Of the same stock are the
roots FW, O02, 32, 3a 1; and kindr.
to these is the syllable sn, oN. which
has the signif. of breathing and desir- :
ing. In the Indo-european tongues we |
have, with asibilant, schncubes, canara, !
pen, to snuff.

2. to pant after, sc. with.open nostrils,

mouth, ete. 6. g. the air, wind, lo snuff —
up Jer. 2, 24. 14, 6; nightfall Job 7, 2;
night i.e. death Job 36, 20; absol. Ps.
119, 131. Poetically asoribed to a snare —
or trap laid for any one, Job 5, 5; see
peas. With ἘΣ, Am. 2,7 they pant for
the dust of the earth on the head of the
poor, hyperb. expressing the sordid
avarice of the rich, as envying the
even the slightest possession and etriv-
ing to deprive them of it.—Elsewhere
to pant afler any one, is to thirst for his
blood, the metaphor being taken from
wild béaste, Ps. 56, 2. 3. 57, 4. Am, he
Ez. 36, 3.

| oie

om)

a

"NW

em δ πον» 1. to become full and turgid.
‘to swell up or out ; spoken of fulness or
roundness of flesh in the human body,

‘spec. in youth, whence “NW flesh ; also
of the rising or swelling of fermentation,
whence MIND kneading-trough. Kin-
dre roots are 7xw whence “WW leaven;
al 9 ὙΠ Ὁ to swell, to boil ; Arab. ye id.

3 id. also of swellings on the ies.
~ 2. to be abundant, redundant ; hence
“to be left, io remain. Chald. and Sam.
? > : .»-
. Arab. γῶν to let remain ; rm to
be lefi—In Kal once 1 Sam. 16, 11.
_ Nien. pass.of Hiph. 1. fo be left over,
to remain ; Gen. 7, 23 73 48 "RU and
only left. 42, 38. 47,18. Ruth
1, 3. 5. al. _ Ex. 8, 27 [31] wb Nd
πὶ there remained nit one ; 80 14, 28.
Ζῶ. 4,16. Josh. 8,17. 2 Καὶ. 10,21. With
dat. to remain for any one Zech. 9,7;
Ὁ. 3 inany place Is. 17,6. Dan. 10, 8;
Ὁ. 72 Neh. 1,2. Part. “x02 one lef, a
_ survivor, Gen. 32, 9. Is. 4, 3; plur. Gen.
14,10. Fem. Is. 37, 31.
2. to remain any where, to remain be-
hind, Ex. 8, 5.7. Num. 11, 26. Job 21,
84 ὉΣΌΓΟΝ ΟΣ oman your answers
remain treachery, i.e. being examined
there remains of them only treachery.
Nore. In Ez. 9, 8 in some editions is
found the anomalous form "28 "NXON2} ;
_ which has doubtless arisen from the
mingling of two readings, "82 part. and
“xwx. Some Mss. also are without the
ἐξ, and others without the 3; see De
Rossi.

_ Hira. 1. to leave, to let remain, e. g.
after eating Deut. 28,51; after the har-
_ vest Ob. 5; espec. after a slaughter, 8}
— MH WOH he left none remaining, no
_ survivor, Josh. 10, 28. 37. 39.40; c. dat.

to any one Josh. 8, 22. 10, 33. 11, 8.
1 K. 16,11; and so after a public de-
portation 2 K. 25, 12. 22. Jer. 39, 10.—
So to leave behind, spoken of one depart-
ing, Joel 2, 14.
| 2. Intrans. 7> Rtn to be left to any
_ one, there remains to him; Josh. 8, 22
and they smote them pnd “90h “nba “3
swab until there was not left to them one

remaining. Num. 21, 35. Deut.. 3, 3.

2K. 13,7. Without dat. to have left, to

retain ; Am. 5,3 the city that went out
* 86*

1025

“Nw

a thousand OND “NON hath } a hundred
left, etc.

Deriv. "80, ae (7988), MANY,
ΓΝ ΘΌ, and pr. names MINDY , 332 ay.

“NU m. (Kamets impure) remainder,
remnant, residue, the rest, a word of the
later Hebrew for the earlier τῶ.
Is. 10, 20. 14, 22. al. With genit. "xo
iz> the remnant of his people Is. 11, 11;
so 10, 21. Zeph. 1, 4; also the remaining
part, the rest, as opp. to something pre-
ceding, Is. 17,3 Damascus DIX =NOs
and the rest of Syria. 2 Chr. 9, 29.

ISU Chald. m. constr. ἜΝ, once
“xO Ezra 7, 18; remainder, residue,
Dan. 7, 7. 19; the rest, as opp. to some-
thing preceding, Ezra 4, 9. 10. 17. 6, 16.
7, 18. 20.

20° ΝΘ (the remnant shall return,
be converted) Shear-jashub, symbolical
pr. n. of a son of Isaiah, Is. 7, 3; comp.
10, 21. 22.

“SV m. constr. "XB Lev. 18, 12. 13,
6. suff. inRD, flesh, so called as swelling
out in fulness and roundness in the well
fed body, see in τ. "NW no. 1. Ps. 73, 26
"3353 ἜΝ md. Prov. 5, 11 mi>az
FINA FAIwa when thy flesh and thy ful-
ness (fat) are consumed. Prov. 11, 17.
Trop. to eat the flesh of a people is to op-
press and exhaust them, Mic. 3, 3; see
in 528 no. 1. g. Also Jer. 51, 35 "Ὁ ΓΙ
baa-by "IN01 my injury and my flesh
(devoured by the Chaldeans) be upon
Babylon.—Hence

a) the flesh of beasts as eaten, Ps. 78,
20. 27; also genr. meat, food, of any
kind, Ex. 21, 10.

b) the flesh of any one, put for his
blood-kindred, blood-relatives, comp. "W2
no. 4; Lev. 18, 12. 13. 17. 21, 2. Num.

27, 11; more fully: inva "NO (where the

primary idea of "δῶ: ‘is already lost)
Lev. 18, 6. 25, 49. . Comp. Arab. ae

avenger of blood, which signif. seems to
have come from Heb. "XW.

MIND f£-(denom. from “"x3) blood-
relationship, blood-kindred ; concr. kins-
woman, Lev. 18, 17.

MIND (id.) Sherah, pr. n. f. 1 Chr.
7, 24.

"NW
MIND f£ (τ NW) once contr. PB
1 Chr. 12, 38, part remaining, remain-
der, Femi uk: the rest, Is. 44, 7. Jer. 39, 3.
Neh. 7, 72; espec. the remnant, the sur-
vivors, after great slaughter, as ΤΣ Ὁ
mais" the remnant of Judah Jer. 40, 15.
42,15. 44, 28; and so Jer. 24, 8. Ez. 9,
8. 11,13. Am.1,8.al. Of a total de-
struction it is said, > MR mm ND
there is no remnant to any one, none
(nothing) is left, Jer. 11, 23. 50, 26;
‘contra > ὦ m2 to grant a remnant to
any one, to leave a remnant, Jer. 40,11;
"ὦ =anin id. Jer. 44,7; >" orb Gen.
45, 7, comp..2 Sam. 14, 7.—Ps. 76, 11
for the wrath of man doth praise thee,
“inn Mia MNO the remainder of thy
wrath thou dost gird on, i.e. dost exert
thine extreme wrath, comp. Deut. 32,
23. The remainder of wrath is here
God’s extreme wrath, reserved for ex-
treme cases, opp. to the less degree of
wrath manifested on less aggravated
occasions.

DN f (for PRB, r. ON) desolation,
devastation, Lam. 3, 47.

820 Sheba, pr. n. m. comp. Ethiop.
MN man.

1. Three men in the genealogical ta-
bles in Genesis and 1 Chron. founders
of families or tribes in Arabia. a) A son
of Raamah and grandson of Cush, also
brother of Dedan, Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1,
9. b) Α βοὴ of Joktan, and brother of
Uzal, Ophir, etc. Gen. 10, 28. 1 Chr. 1,
22. Comp. Abulfeda p. 98 Paris. c) A
son of Jokshan and grandson.of Abra-
ham and Keturah, also brother of a
Dedan, Gen. 25, 3. 1 Chr. 1, 32. Comp.
in no. 2 fin.

2. Sheba, the Sabeans, a region and
people in Arabia Felix, abounding in
frankincense, spices, gold, and precious
stones, 1 Καὶ. 10, J.sq. Is. 60, 6. Jer. 6, 20.
Ez. 27, 22. Ps. 72, 15; celebrated also
for their great traffic Ez. 1. c. Ps. 72, 10.
Joel 4, 8. Job 6, 19; but in Job 1, 15
driving off plunder in the vicinity of Uz
or Ausitis. With all this accords what
Greek and Arab writers say of the Sa-
beans (Σαβαῖοι), whose chief city they
all Saba and Mariaba (Μα͵αριάβα, now
wy Mareb), three or four days’ jour-

ney distant from Sana’a; see Strabo

a

1026 30

XVI. p. 768, 777, 780. Agatharch. p.
64. Diod. Sic. 3. 38, 46. » Plin. VI. 32:
Abulfeda p. 96 Par. Edrisi I. p. 53, 147,
ed. Jaubert.. See Thesaur. p. 1351.—
Comparing now the three names in
Genesis (no. 1. a, b, 6), it appears that
the Sabzeans of Arabia Felix adjacent to
Sana’a are descendants of Joktan, Gen.
10, 28 (lett. Ὁ). Nor is it less evident
that the other two passages, Gen. 10, 7
and 25, 3 (lett. a, c), refer to one and the
same people, although a different origin
is assigned; since in both, Sheba is
coupled with Dedan and Raamah. We
may therefore assume two tribes of Sa-
beans; one of which (b), the more
powerful and noble, was in Arabia Felix 5
while the other (a, 6) dwelt towards the —
Persian Gulf, not far from the mouths of |
the Euphrates. This latter tribe is not .
mentioned except in Genesis I. c.

2 δὲ 5: obsol. root, i. q. Arab.

kindr, is Syr. wave to
inflame. The primary idea is perh.
‘to blow into a flame,’ to kindle by
blowing, comp. 382, ὥῶς. Hence 2°38
flame.

ἘΠῚ. 32% j. q. Chald. 230 to break,
whence Xa fragment. Hence

D220 τη. plur. fragments, Hos. 8, 6.

χει" fut. conv. 38°, to make pri-
soner, to take or lead captive to carry

off ; Arab. Luv, Chald. 83x}, Syr. tow,
id.—E. g. either pergons Gen. 34, 29.
1 Κ. 8, 48. Is. 14,2. Jer. 41, 10. 14. 43,
12. al. or cattle, flocks, 1 Chr. δ, 31.
2 Chr. 14, 14; or wealth, substance,
Obad, 11. 2 Chr. 21, 17.—So of a con-
queror leading his captives in triumph, —
Judg. 5, 12. Ps. 68, 19; also to hold cap-
tive Ps. 137, 3.—Part. pass. DNIDW cap-
tives Is, 61,1; fem. Gen. 31, 26 nine)
27" captives of the sword i. 6. taken in —
war, like Gr. αἰχμάλωται, δορυάλωται,
comp. 2 K. 6, 22. Is. 22, 3.

Nira. pass. of Kal, Csi 14, 14. Ex.
22,9. 1 Sam. 30, 3. 5. lari 13,17. Ez. 6,9.

Deriv.. mia, "a5 nae, meat, and
pr. names betsy} sai, “55 , satin.

ἼΔΙ τὰ. a species of precious stone, _
Sept. Vulg. ἀχάτης, agate, Ex. 28, 19.
39, 12. See Braun de Vest. sac. II. 15

ΣΑ͂Σ to kindle-;

"3
5 Senay (captive of God) Shebuel, pr.
n.m. a) 1 Chr. 23,16. 26, 24; called in

24, 20 Ἐπ ξεῦ Shubael. b) 1 Chr.25, 4;
called in ν. 20 5x90.

~ ΦΉΣ Jer. 18, 15 Cheth. for 5°20 ἃ. v.

7130 τὰ. (denom. from 22% seven)
constr. 330 Gen. 29, 27, 28; dual ΠΣ
Lev. 12, δ; plur. 5°20 m. Dan. 9, 95.
10, 2. 3, nee nivaw , constr. ΓΗ͂Σ, c.
suff, pstnst) Num, 28, 26; a ΠΩΣ. a
sennight, ἑβδομάς, i.e. @ ἐδ —In the
phrase MXt 934 Gen. 29, 27, 330 is not
fem. but is st. constr. hefare mst, i.e. the
week of this daughter.

1. Pr. a@ week of days, seven days,
Gen. 29, 27. 28. Dan. 10, 2 o°>=wW Mw
p70" for three weeks, where 5°72" 1s nota
genitive, see under 0%" Plur. no. 2. b.—
Miva 3m the festival of (seven) weeks,
Pentecost, so called from the seven
weeks which were reckoned from the
passover to this festival, Ex. 34, 22.
Deut. 16, 10 comp. 9; fully Tob. 2, 1
ἁγία ἑπτὰ ἑβδομάδων. But in Ez. 45, 21
pws mivae an the festival of sevens of
days, i is the passover, as being celebrated
each time during seven whole days.

2. a week of years, seven years, Dan.
9, 24 sq. Comp. hebdomas annorum
Gell. N. A. 3.10. Censorin. c. 14. Aris-
tot. Polit. 7. 16.

myiaw and MAW f. (τ. 92) constr.
ὈΣΞΦ,, c. suff. nnd at ; plur. risa ; a
swearing, an oath, Lev. 5 a Judg. 31, 5.
1 Sam. 14, 26. Ecc. 9, 2. at. mya »βῦν
to-swear an oath Gen. 26, 3. Josh. 9,20.
"RY nsad a false oath, perjury, Zech.
8, 17. nin nsaw an oth by Jehovah
Ex. 22, 10. Ecce. 8, 2; also with gen. of
the person swearing Ps. 105, 9, and of
him fo whom one swears, as “1933 the
oath fo me, sworn to me, Gen. 24, 8.
For Hab. 3, 9 mina τῶ, see in ΠΡ
no. 3. p. 559.—Spec. a) Anoath sworn
in making a covenant, i. e. a covenant
confirmed by an oath, 2 Sam. 21, 7.
bps 72a joined in a sworn league
with any one, Sept. évogzot, Neh. 6, 18.
b) An oath oF cursing, an imprecation,
curse, Dan. 9, 11. Is. 65, 15; fully moss
nba Num. 5, 21.

ΤῊΣ and MAW Ff (τ. m8) the first
form being sometimes in Cheth. where

1027

paw

Keri has 973, as Ps. 85, 2. 126, 4; but
oftener in Keri rahe Cheth. bas maw,
as Job 42, 10. Jer. 29, 14. al. ogpttesiia
Num. 21, 29; also concer. for captives, as
‘p maa =305 fo bring back the captives of
a people, Deut. 30, 3. Jer. 29, 14. Ez. 29,
14. Am. 9, 14. Zeph. 8, 20. Ps. 14, 7.
53,7. al. Ἔ mast ain id. Jer. 33, 7.
11. 49,6. Ez. 39,25. Trop. to restore to
one’s former state and prosperity ; Job
42,10 315 MIBw-My 3B IN and Jeho-
vah restored Job to his former prosperity.
Ez. 16, 53, comp. v. 55. Hos. 6, 11.

. maw in Kal not used, to stroke, to
soothe ; Arab. , to swim, pr. to

stroke the water~ Hence

Pie. 1. to soothe, to still, to restrain,
e. g. billows Ps. 89,10 (comp. mulcere
fluctus Virg. Ain. 1. 70); anger Prov.
29, 11. Comp. πὸ πὶ Piel.

2. to praise, to laud, pr. to soothe with
praises, mulcere laudibus Pacuv. (Arab.

, Ethiop. f-Oth, id.) Ece. 8, 15;

espec. to praise God Ps. 63, 4. 117, 1.
147, 12; c. dat. 145, 4.

3. to pronounce happy Ecc. 4, 2;
where Maw is for part. matva. Comp.
Chald. :

Hien. i. q. Pi. no. 1, ¢o still, to restrain,
e. g. billows Ps. 65, 8.

Hirup. c. 3 fo laud oneself, to glory
in any thing, Ps. 106, 47. 1 Chr. 16, 35.

Deriv. pr. n. M30".

naw Chald. Pa. M28 to praise, to
laud, as God Dan. 2, 23. 4, 31. 34; idols
5, 4. 23.

*02 obsol. root, which with its kin-
dred forms seems to have had the signif.
to stand, to make stand, and then to be
slable, fixed, firm. Kindred aré the fol-
lowing three classes: a) DEW to set up,
to decree, to judge; MDW q. v. to set up,
to fix in the ground. b) va whence
a8; MW to rest, to stand still; Arab.
eee to be stable, firm. 6) 2923 to lash;
to row; MW or may) to set, to place.

020 and ὭΞ m. once fem. Ez. 21,
15; in pause ὥξΦ, c. suff. "22; plur.
b'230, constr. sae R. v30.

1. ἃ stick, rod, staff. Chala. xoag
id. Syr. o> a staff, rod, tribe. Not

p20 1028

improb. the primary signif. of 30 may
have been a shoot, sprout of a tree, a rod
growing up from the root, see MB no.
1, also no. 2 below.—Corresponding
forms are Gr. σχήπτων, σκήπτρον, σκηπέων,
σκίμπων, Lat. scipio, scapus; Sanscr.
skabh, to make firm; Germ. Schaft,
Engl. shaft.—Spec.

a) a rod or staff for chastising, Ex. 21,
10. 2 Sam. 7, 14. Is. 10, 15. 24. Mic. 4,
14. Prov. 10, 13. al. sep. Hence 038
“Ὁ the rod of correction Prov. 22, 15.
pune t va the rod of God, with which
he corrects men Job 9, 34. 21, 9. 37, 13.
Is: 10,5 "BX U3 the rod of my anger.
11, 4 he doth smite the earth 1B 038
with the rod of his mouth, i. e. his severe
sentence, stern decree.—Also for beat-
ing out pulse, Is. 28, 27. x

b) a staff on which one leans, Ps.
23, 4.

c) the crook of a shepherd, Lev. 27, 32 ;
see in "33 no. 3. Trop. Ez. 20, 37.
Mic. 7, 14.

d) the staff of office, e. g. of a leader,
chief, Judg. 5.14. Hence the sceptre of
a.king Gen. 49, 10. Num. 24, 17. Zech.
10,11. Am. 1, 5. 8 238 72h, σκηπτοῦχος,
q. d. ἃ sceptre-bearer, a king. Trop.
for rule, administration; Ps. 45, 7 a
sceptre of equily is the sceptre of thy
kingdom. Also of unjust rule, 030
sH17 Ps. 125, 8; but 592 ἘΞ an iron
sceptre, a stern find inflexible authority,
Ps. 2, 9.

e) a spear, lance, as composed of a
staff or rod with an iron point, 2 Sam. 8,
14. Comp. ΓΙ no. 2. b.

2. a tribe, espec. of the children of Is-

rael; Arab, bu id. The expression

is metaphorical, and is derived from a
plant, from whose root there spring up
several sprouts, shoots, stems; thus the
founder of a whole race is compared to
a root (Is. 11,1), while the ancestors of
the several subdivisions or tribes are
called stems (Gen. 49, 28), as also the
tribes themselves, comp. 22 no. 3. So
1K. 11,13. 36. 397" Dav the tribe of
Judah Josh. 7, 16; ay ὦ Deut. 18, 1.
DAW wD "30 the twelve tribes Ex. 28, 21,
byron seu) ‘the tribes of Israel Ex. 24, 4.
Deut. 29,20. Judg. 18,1.al. Called aleo
mn nent) the tribes of Jekiovah Ps. 122, 4.

"δῦ

—It differs from mete family, w

is strictly part of a ‘tribe (Deut. 29,
Judg. 18, 19. 21,24); yet ΞΘ is son
times used i in a narrower sense far ἡ
JSamilies of a tribe, 6. g. of the Κι
ites Num. 4, 18; of Dan, Judg.

comp. 2; of Benjani Judg. Σ
1 Sam. 9,21. Vice versa it is also p
for the whole people of Israel, calles
Δ mbm2 Daw a tribe (race) the possess "
of Jehovah, his own peculiar people
Jer. 10, 16. 51, 19. Ps. 74,2; comp. p
Is. 63, 17. Once of the Reyotian th
Is. 19, 13.—2 Sam. 7,7 spake Ia wor
wilh one of the tribes of Israel (7

‘b? "w30), whom I commanded to fe
my people? Here for "238 should ¢
less be read "θῶ judges;va ities
1 Chr. 17, 6. Ἕ

ὭΣΘ Chald. m. a tribe, plur. constr
"y30 Ezra 6, 17.

ΞΘ Shebat, the eleventh month of
the Hebrew year, from the new moon ¢
February to the new moon of Μὲ

Yosh. 1,7. Syr. Qa, Arab. bua

and bus, id. See Thesaur. p. 1358. |

"20 m. (τ. M38) 1. Adj. captive,
i,q. "20, Ex. 12, 29. Fem. ne
Is. 52, 2.

2. Subst. abstr. in pause “23, ο.
3B, AISO, 0293; caplivity, Deut. 21,
13. 2 Chr. 29, 9. Ezra 3,8. 9,7. Neh. 8,
17. 073 yw the land of their captivity
Jer. 30. 10. 46, 27. "383 7bh to go into
captivity Jer. 20, 6. 22, 22. 30, 16. on τὰ
Ez. 12, 11. Am. 9,4; once "Ξῷ 725
Lam. 1, 5; also "382 oe Gea ed !
into captivity Jer. 48, 46; sau jn? to
deliver into captivity Ps, 78, 61. 738
mish the captivily of the exiles Ezra 25
1. Neh.7,6.—Spec. a) Concer. captives, |
"= M20 to take captive captives, i.e. to ο΄
lead away captives, Num. 21,1. Judg.
5,12. Ps. 68,19. "3 508 to gather cap-
tives Hab. 1, 9. pre "βῷ the captives
of Egypt Is. 20, 4. Jer. 52, 2. mipba
"aun the prey of caplives Num. 31, 26,

b) Put for booty of cattle, etc. Am. 6, 10. Is.
49,24 pay "20 lawful booty. v. 25 “a
“23 the booty ‘of the warrior, comp. v. 24.

|
᾿ δὴ (i. ᾳ. M3 taking captive) Shobai, |
pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7,45. | |

Ὁ Taton

΄

8.8.4. Ex. 12, 15. 16. al.

/

230 τὴ.

i
J

30 -

é

me, constr. 2°38 Job 18,

Sept. φλόξ, R. 338 1.

Ὁ 2°20 Chald. emphat. ἘΞ 3 ie fe
‘Dan. 3, 22. Plur. Dan. 7, 9.

am | m30 f. (τ. 93%) captivity, Neh. 3, 36.
Jer. 48,46. Meton. captives, Deut. 21,
11. 92, 42. 2 Chr. 28, 5. 11. 13. 14. 15.

“TP30 ἢ see in "3
bog m. (Ὁ, bs) only plur. constr,

“abou , c. suff. nbs, a way, path, Ps.
τ 20. Jer. 18,15; where Cheth. 42% id.
Chala. x73, Syr. ico, Arab.

' dani way. ;

OI m. plur. (τ. 028) nettings,

cauls, caps of net-work, reticula Varro
de Ling. Lat. IV. 19, a female orna-
ment for the head among the Hebrews,
Is. 3, 18. Sept. ta ἐμπλόκια. So the

~Talmudists and Rabbins.—Schroeder,
de Vest. mul. Hebr. c. 2, pompares Arab.

Κων (diminut. from % sun), and
“understands Little suns, or studs resem-
bling suns worn upon the neck; this
‘would also seem to be supported by the
mention of panb little moons, imme-
diately after.

"973W ordin. adj. the seventh, Gen. 2,2.
Fem. oF
Ex. 21, 2. 23, 11. al—Denom. from στὸ
seven.

ΤΟΣ Ὁ, see mist).
ἘΠ2Ὼ obsol. root, Arab. Siw to pour,

a q. 720 .—Hence pr. n. 7270.

Daw nearly i. q. 53", a root not
used in the verb. -
1. to go, whence 5°38 way. Arab.

AA w Way ; haw IV, to be travelled,

as away; Syr.\.2a to show the way.

2. to go up, to rise, to grow. Arab.

ate Conj. IV, and quadril. Ree ony to

_ produce ears. See mba, ποθῶ no. 1.
3. to flow, espec. largely, copiously.

) _ Arab. Con}. ys the heavens pour down

rain; hence τὰ rain. Deriv. >a,
nbbe) no. 2; perh. pr. n. 5218.

1029
γ δον: (id.) Shobi, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 17,.

520

220 m. the skirt or train of a robe,
Is, 47, 2. Comp. kindr. >33. Arab,

Cale
Row id. R. 53% no. 3.

2538 or D520 m. a snail, espec.
without the shell, so called from its
slime and moisture, (like Gr. λεέμαξ from
λείβω,) from conj. Shaphal of the verb
>>3. Ps. 58, 9 spoken of the wicked: Jed
them melt away.... Hor? Om P4538 129
as the snail which melteth as it goeth,
i.e. which leaves a slimy trail as it goes,
and thus wastes away more and more
the further it advances. See Bochart,
Hieroz. II. 646. |

n2aw ἢ (τ. 52 no. 2) α twig, branch,
with fruit on it, as resembling an ear of
grain ; plur. constr. Zech. 4, 12 9238 "Mo
enn the two olive-brasiches. —It is
sometimes written "228 (from ΡΞ),
but against the Masora.

nay f. (τ. 538 no. 2) plur. ondaw.
R. 528 no. 2.

1. an ear of grain, Job 24, 24; plur.
Gen. 41, 5 sq. Ruth 2, 2. Is. 17, 5.—

Chald. xdind, Syr. Hae, JaXas, id
ter Sits! 5.

Daghesh eoatieed Beit Ethiop.
mDA id.

2. a stream, flood, see the root no. 3,
Judg. 12, 6. Ps. 69, 3. 16. Is. 27,12. Syr.

jAS248 channel of a river.

ὦ, and with

a 20 obsol. root, perh. lo increase,
to grow up, i. gq. >28 no. 2, and Arab.

huss ; comp. Arab. Geet to be tender,
delicate, as a youth.—Hence the two
following.

8230 and M223 (perh. youth) Sheb-
na, pr. ἢ. of the prefect of the palace,
Is. 22,15. After this office was given
to Eliakim (Is. 22,15), he became scribe
or secretary to the reigning king Heze-
kiah, Is. 36, 3. 2 K. 18, 18. 26. 37. 19, 2.

320 (whom Jehovah has made
grow up?) Shebaniah, pr. n. m. a)
1 Chr. 15,.24. b) Neh. 9, 4.5. .c) Neh.
10, 11.13. d) Neh. 10,5. 12,14; for
which 12, 8. 29, and 1 Chr. 24, 11
aere |

ol 1030

τε clu obsol. root, i.q. 72 38, to mingle,
to ialterindance y Chald. 328 id. Hence
p"o"30. ;

92 to swear, denom. from 238 seven,
since seven was a sacred number, and
oaths were confirmed either by seven
victims offered in sacrifice Gen. 21, 28
sq. or by seven witnesses and pledges,
see Hdot. 3. 8. Hom. Il. 19.243. In Eth.

PANOP are enchanters, Lib. Hen.
ms. ὁ. 8,3 (comp. 7, 10 ed. Oxon.) because
the sacred number seven was also em-
ployed in magic rites.—In Kalonly Part.
pass. Ez, 21, 28 misa® ἼΣΞΩ lit. those
sworn with oaths, i. δ. who have sworn
oaths. For Hab. 3,9 ΤΩ ΤΗΣ, see
in M2 no. 3. p. 559.

Nipa. 22%) to swear, [lit. ‘to seven
oneself,’ i. 6. to take an oath confirmed”
by seven victims or before seven wit-
nesses.—R.] Construed: a) Absol.
Gen. 21, 24. Ps. 110, 4. "ped saws
to swear to a falsehood i. e. falsely,
Lev. 5, 24 [6, 5]. 19, 12. Jer. 5, 2. Mal.
3, 5. al. m0 5) id. Ps. 24,4. b) Fol-
lowed by the words of the oath, after
sant) 1 Sam. 20,3; “ΝΡ Num. 32, 10.
Deut. 1, 34. Josh. 14, 9; without an in-
tervening verb 1 Sam. 19, 6. Ps. 110, 4.
Hos. 4, 15. ὁ) That which one swears
to do is put with "D> Gen. 22, 16. 2 Sam.
19, 8. Jer. 22, 5. 49. 13; or with infin. Lev.
4,4, Deut. 1,35. What one swears not
to do is put with 18 Judg. 15, 12; jac.
inf. Is. 54,9; mbad c. inf. Deut. 4, 21.
Judg.21,7. ἃ) With 3 of that by which
one swears, e. g. by Jehovah Gen. 21, 23.
31, 53. Josh. 2, 12. 1 Sam. 28, 10. al. με
an idol Jer. 12, 16; also ™ ovis 320
Lev. 19, 12. Jer. 12, 16. God also is
said to swear by himself Gen. 22, 16. Is.
45,23. Am.6,8. 8,7; by his right hand
Is. 42, 8; but in iWIpa 5a) the 3 seems
to refer to place, see in YP no. 1 fin.
Further, to swear by Jehovah is some-
times i. q. to worship him, since one
swears by the divinity he worships,
Deut. 6, 13. 10, 20. Is. 19, 18. 48, 1. Ps.
63,7; to swear by idols id. Am. 8, 14.
But to swear by one afflicted, wretched.is
to imprecate upon myself the same evils
_if I prove false, Ps. 102,9; comp. Is. 65,
15. Jer. 29, 22. 6) With > of pers. to
swear to any one Gen. 21, 23. 24, 7. al.

Also with acc. of thing, to 7
an oath, to swear a thing to any:
Gen. 50, 24. Ex. 13, 5. 33, 1. al.
pr>xb to swear allegiance unto |
2 Chr. 15, 14; comp. Is. 19, 18. pl
5, where it is oncec. 3. f) V ἊΝ
of that about which one swears, Ley.
24 [6, 5].—Sometimes 238 is taken in
bad sense, i. 4. to swear rashly, fi
Ecc. 9, 2. Zech. 5, 3 comp. v. 4. .
Hien. 1. to cause to swear, to ὃ
with an oath, Num. 5, 19. 2 Chr. 3€
Followed by the words of him who it
poses the oath, with “®x> Gen.
Ex. 13, 19. 1 Sam. 14, 28; also’
>and i inf. Neh. 5, 12; 788 ‘Gen. §
Ϊ Κ. 22, 16.
2. to adjure, to charge solemnly, δ.
Cant. 2, 7. 3,5. 1 Sam, 20, 17. Jer. 5,’
Deriv, npasy, 338 II.

* 1. 920 καὶ constr. sa, and " n73
m. constr. meat , Seven, a cardinal num

ral. ui eks Samar. vad tl b.
a Ethiop. ἤν and MOY. Si-
milar is ancient Egypt. eqy, Theb,
CAN ; and in the Indo-Europe
tongues Sanscr. saptan, Zend. hapta,
Pers. rss, Gr. ἑπτά, Lat. septem, all
with the letter ¢, which both in the § :
mitic and Teutonic languages is drop-
ped, as Goth. sibun, Germ. sieben, Eng
seven.—T he absol. form usually precedes
a noun, as ὉΠ 23) Gen. 5, 7, ΓΒ
41,18, Ds πρϑῷ Num. 23, 1. 295 mo
rarely it follows, espec. in the later He-,
brew, as 73 mids Ez. 40, 22, ΒΝ
ny3t} 2 Chr. 13,9. 29, 21. (Num. 29, 32.)
Ifthe preceding noun be in the construct
state, 52 expresses the ordinal, as 729
D2 the seventh year 2K. 12,1. The
construct form always precedes a noun,
but is found only in certain formule
as O"D7 M230 a seven of days, a week,
Gen. 8, 10. 12.31, 23.al. sep. miko σῶς
seven hundred Gen. 5, 26. Also πρϑῦ Ἶ
Mea seven seven, i.e. by sevens, Gen.
7, 2. With suff ἘΠΣΞῸ those seven
2 Sam. 21, '9.—Seventeen is “b> nse

m. and nny sau f Gen. 37, 9. "1 Chr.
7, 11.—The number seven among the

Hebrews, as in other oriental nations —

᾿ was also used: a) Asa sacred edaber

| 539 ἈΞ.

4 The form ᾿Ξ is also:

34 16.

very common in sacred things; the

origin of which may be referred to the
seven planets and the early worship of
sm among the Egyptians and Semitic

mations; see Von Hammer Encyclop.

bersicht der Wissenschaften des Or.

: _ 322. Jablonski Pantheon ZEgypt. Pro-

. § 24. 25. Winer Realw. II. art.
nn; comp.in82m. So Gen. 21,28.

50, 10. Ex. 12, 15. 13, 6. Lev. 4, 6. 17.

As a lesser round number; ΤῊΝ

WII in 23°98 no. 1, also Engl. ‘
dozen ;’ Gen. 4, 24. 31, 23. Judg. 16, 7
1 Sam. 11, 3.2K. 8, 1. Ριον: Ὁ, 1; Is.

, 15. al. seep.
aa) Adv. seven
3, Lev. 26, 18. 21. Ps. 119, 164. Prov.

bb) Sheba, pr. n. m.
8) 1 Chr. 5, 13.
cc) Sheba, pr. n. as some suppose, of

a) 2 Sam. 20, 1.

a town of Simeon, Josh. 19, 2 534 7x2 _

929) Beer-sheba and Sheba 3 but prob.

‘D2 is here the name of the well (like

M23 Gen. 26, 33), and we may render:

_Beer-sheba with the well Sheba. Other-

wise the number of cities is fourteen
instead of thirteen; comp. v. 6.
dd) Fem. M33¥ Shebah, pr. ἢ. of a

well, Gen. 26, 33.

Dvat D°N230 seven-fold Gen. 4, 15.
24. Ps. 12,7. 2 Sam. 21, 9 Cheth.
_ Por. 5°33 seventy, often as a larger
round number, Gen. 50, 8. Ex. 15, 27.
24,1. Num. 11, 16. Judg. 1, 7. 9,2. 5.
2K. 10,1. 6.7. Comp. Kor. Sur. 9, 8.
Hence seventy years, often in predictions
Is. 23, 15. 17. Jer. 25, 11. 12. 29, 10. Dan.
9, 2. 24. Zech. 1, 12. 7,5. m3} Ὁ ὦ
seventy and seven-fold Gen. 4, 24; comp.

Matt. 18, 22.

Deriv. 23 (Mp3), DI2w,
ΓΩΣΞΏ.

Il. p10 m. an oath, i. ᾳ. MPIAY, ac-
cording to Gen. 21, 31. 26, 33; see in
Hence also the pr. names

"S720 ;

awd, datc-na.

yaw, see in Siw .

MQW Chald. m. id. seven, Dan. 4, 13.
20. 22. 29; constr. ΡΞ Ezra 7,4. For

the phrase 4234 9m Dan. 3, 19, see in
I p. 296.

320 1081 “20

Mylo

nepat m. i. q. M33, seven, an. ὼς ;
Job 42, 13; comp. 1, 2. For the ending
M}= see Lebrg. p- 612.

*vaw in Kal not used, i. q. Ὀξῷ,
mingle, to interweave. Syr. ony to

mingle; Arab. (arcu Conj. V, to be
interwoven, entangled, of atree. Chald.
Wz to entangle; Part. Pu. confused.

Pret to weave in checker-work, Ex. 28,
39, i.e. so that the stuff (byssus) may be
figured, tesselated, woven in squares or
bezels; comp. Pual. For this kind of
texture, see Braun de Vest» Sacerd. p.
293 sq. ibique Maimonides. Salmas.ad
Scriptt. Hist. August. p.507,512. The-
saur. p. 1356.

Pua to be sel, enchased, q. ἃ. in-
woven, as gems in gold, Ex. 28, 20,

Deriv. nizav9, yavn, and

YaW τὰ: once c. art. 2 Sam. 1, 9, pr.
‘perplexity, confusion of mind,’ i. 6. ver-
tigo, giddiness.

ΡΞ Chald. to leave, Dan. 4, 12. 20.
23. Syr. id.

Irupe. to be left, Dan. 2, 44.

Deriv. pr. ἢ. Heb. paw, paw.

᾿ a [ας ἜΞ 5). 1 tobreak, to break
in pieces. Ethiop. and Amhar. M0Z
id. Arab. .s3 to break, re to destroy,
see below in lett. c. Chald. "3m, Syr.
722, Samar. 3,2 ἧς, id.—E. g. a staff
Is. 14, 5, comp. om2"hwa 738 in nw
no. 1; bars Am. 1, 5; a door Gen. 19, 9;

a iki Jer. 2, 20. 28, 2.13; the arm of
any one, i.q. to break his power, Ps. 50,

see in mpIWw.

. 15. Ez. 30, 21. 22. 24, comp. in 573 no.

2; the bow of any one, id. see in NYP;
an earthen vessel Judg. 7, 20. Is. 30, 14,
Jer. 19,10; bones Ex. 12, 46. Prov. 25,
15. Diff. from ys, see in Is, 42,3. Of
a tempest as breaking trees and ships
Ps. 29, 4. Ez. 27,26. Pregn. Hos. 2,20
the bow and the sword and the armour of
battle will I break and cast out from the
land.

Spec. a) to break in pieces, to rend,
as a wild beast, 1 K. 13, 26.28. Lat.
Srangere of a lion Hor. Carm. 1. 23. 10.

b) Part. pass. 112 broken, spec. of
one having a limb or member broken,

a0

Lev. 22, 22. Ethiop. NZ to break
any one, spec. his leg; MMC one
whose leg is broken. won Niph.
lett. a.

c) to break a people “as a potter’s

_ vessel,” i. 8. to break down, to destroy,

Lev. 19, 11. 48, 38; and so without the
comparison Is. 14, 25. Lam. 1,15. Also
of single persons, to destreg, Dan. 11,26.
Jer. 17, 18.—Arab. to destroy ; in-
trans. to perish. | ae

d) to break one’s thirst, i. q. to quench,
Ps. 104, 11. Comp. Lat. ‘frangit se
calor,’ Cic. Varr.

e) to break the pride of any one, Lev.
26,19. Also to break the heart (35) of
any one, i. 6. to afflict him sorely, Ps. 69,
21; 32 "82 the broken-hearted Ps.
147, 3. Comp. Niph. lett. c, and Hoph.
—So Syr. oS ery id.
κλάσϑη μοι φίλον ἦτορ Hom. animo fran-
δὶ Cic. Att. 7. 12.

f) to break off sc. a portion, an allow-
ance ; hence trop. to apportion, to ap-
point ; comp, in "33. Job 38, 10 "3x7
"pr i722 when J appointed fer it (the
sea) my limit. Cocceius well supposes,
that the expression ph "28 is borrowed
from the breaking off of a daily allow-
_ance of bread, etc. and this is here poet-
ically transferred to the space assigned
to the sea, PM signifying both an allow-
ance and a limit; comp. in pr.

_ II, Denom. from "28 πο. II, grain,
i.e. a) to buy grain, with "ξῷ added
Gen. 47, 14; bo& Gen. 42,7. 10. 43, 4.
20. 22. Deut. 2, 6; "2 Gen. 42,3; absol.
Gen. 41, 57. 42, 2.5. Is. 55, 1. b) to sell
grain Gen. At 56; comp. see II.

Gr. xats-

Comp. Arab. ops straw, Os to sell
straw.

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. I, to be broken,
as a staff, wood, vessel, heaai Lev. 6, 15.
21. Is. 14, 29. Jer. 2, 13. 48,17. Ez, 6, 6.
Dan. 8, 8. Ps. 34, 21. Job 24, 20. al. Of
a springe or snare, MB, Ps. 124, 7; to
be wrecked, of ἜΑ 2 Chr. 20, 37.
Ez. 27, 34. Jon. 1, 4—Spec. ᾿ a) to
be broken; i. q. to ΑΝ one’s own limbs,
Is. 8, 15. 28, 13; of animals Ex. 22, 9.
13 [10.14]. Part. fem. ™ 2027 the bro-
ken, the hurt, i.e. an animal having its

limbs broken, Ez. 84, 4. 16. Zech, 11,16.

1032 © "20.

_ God will so break and change the h a

"13; ships, as the wind Ps. 48, 8; ti

‘21. Οἵα limb, member, Ley. 21, 19. 24,

See Kal no. I. Ὁ. b) a
broken down, i. e. to be overthrou
stroyed, 2 Chr. 14, 12. Ez. 30, 8, 3
Dan. 11, 22; so of a people, in di

Jer. 48, ‘4. 51, 8. Dan. 11, 4; a city

24, 11. Of persona, ἡ q- to pariah an,
25, Prov. 6, 15. 29,1. Comp. Ἢ
Ing. .1¢) Of the heart, fo be l ‘ole
ken of a penitent and contrite miné i
51, 19[17]. Hence 33 ™atss the bs
heated Is. 61, 1. Jer. 23, 9. Ps. 8
d) In Ez. 6, 9, nzist] DBa-My mad
is manifestly.i ᾳ. 13 "ABW Wy, τὸ h
I shall break their whorish heart ; con
Ps. 51,19 [17]. Here "323 is i. q. ἢ
break ‘for oneself, like byw) to atl
oneself, comp. Heb. Gr. § 50. 2. Cy he

of the people, that they will turn ὃ τε
unto him.

Piet 720 i. q. Kal, but intens. to br 1
in pieces, to shiver, 6. g. tables of stor
Ex. 34,1; teeth Ps, 3,8; bones Is. 3
as the hail Ex. 9,25; rocks, as a tel
pest 1 K. 19, 11; idole, and their alta
Ex. 23, 24. Deut. 7,5. 2K.18,4. 2Chi
14, 2. 18. 21, 9. al. ,

Hien. I. to cause to break, lo bur
the womb, as the fetus at birth. As. 6
9 sndix by “7DUN 72ND shall I coun
break (the womb), and not cause .
bring forth? Comp. subst. nat.

|;2.« a boy, infant, who has just broke

the womb. »
II. Denom. from “28 no. Il, g
i. q. Kal no. 11. b, 10 coll giaiasiGlont4 L:
6. Deut. 2, 28. Prov. 11, 26. Am. 8, 5. €
Hopn. to be broken, e. g. the heart Jer
8, 21; see Kal no. I. 6. Niph. lett. a. —
Deriv. saw, jira, "BH, "ae
and pr. n. DTS. S08

720 m. Is. 30, 14, oftener ον ἢ n
pause "20, c. suff: "938; plur. τὰ τῶ,
c. suff. ποῦ ; also plur. as pr. n. 8
in its order. ἔξ wi

la breaking, breach, fracture ; e. σ.
of a wall, i. ᾳ. ruin, destruction, Is. 3
30. 14; so metaph. Prov. 16, 18 93%) "353
ἾΝ3 pride goeth before destruction 1s 3

20.—Trop. μα a breaking Bows, brea
preserving the figure of a wound, hurt.
Lam. 2 13 4238 BrD 515g thy bre

720.
) is great like the sea. 5973. ΞΘ
er. 4,6. 6, 1. 48, 3. Nah. 3, 19 HAD ὙῸΝ
Ὁ = no healing for thy bréack hurt.
Jer. 30, 12. Ps. 60,4 N93 ME heal
thou its wounds. The figure being
neglected, i. q. destruction, ruin, e. g. of
a people, nations, Is. 30, 26. Jer. 6, 14.
8, 11. 21. Lam. 2, 11. Ez. 32, 9; of the
wicked Is. 1,28. 73%) 70 is intens. Is.
59, 7. 60, 18. Jer, 51, 19. 738 Mpst a
ery as of destruction, a loud and bitter
cry, Is. 15, 5; comp. Jer. 30, 15. Ὁ)
man 730 a Breaking of the spirit, i. 6.
Bitterness, anguish of mind, Is. 65, 14;
al 9 MAMA BW id. Prov. 15, 4. c)a
breaking of the mind from fear, ete.
comp. r. Pm no. 2; hence ¢error, plar.
B30 terrors Job 41, 17 [25]. Comp.
Chald. xw5M for Imp Ex. 15, 16 Targ.
Jon. d) a breaking, i. 68. polation, in-
terpretation of a dream, Judg. 7, 15.

IL. grain, corn, commonly said to be
so called as being broken or ground in
the mill, or because it breaks hunger.
But τ. 939 is never used ofa mill, nor of
unger ; and the signif. of grain must be
sought elsewhere. I do not hesitate to
compare ree 5 Nie tree bears fruit,’

whence ou $ fruit, ἐν

the Arabs thus put for the fruit of a
tree, the Hebrews employ for the fruits,
produce of the field. A seunee vie the

3 tree 3; and what

same remains also in Arab. 3. .-
Gen. 42, 1. 2. 19. 26. 43, 2. 44, 2.“ 47, 14,
Neh. 10, 32. Am. 8, 5.—Hence ἡδέα
i in Kal no. II, Hiph. no. II.

paw m. (r. "3%) constr. πώ.
* 1. a breaking, fracture ; Ez. 21, 11
pM. jaw a breaking of the -loins,
broken loins, put for the sharpest pains:
as of a woinan in travail; comp. Is. 21,
3. Nah. 2, 11. .
2. destruction, Jer. 17, 18.

_ B30 (breaches, ruins, as of walls,
Ts. 30, 13. 14, plur. of "3%) Shebarim,
pr. n. of a place between Ai and Jeri-
cho; c. art. Josh. 7, 5 they chased them
before the gate even unto Shebarim ; so
Vulg. Arabs, Kimchi. Perh. even unto
the ruins. ὁ

ibe wav Chald.a verb not used in Kal;
kindr. with 72%, 02%. Perh. contr. from
7

1033.

naw

a quadralit. 3858, like Chald. 638 from
3030, comp. W728 from "WH. See The-
saur. p. 1359.
Pa. to perplex, to disturb, to trouble ;
hence
Irupa. pass. Part. plur. Dan. 5, 9.

~* ὨΖΦ intr. fat. raw", rarely naw.
Lev. 26, 34. Neh. 6,3; pr. to be fixed,
firm. Kindr. is 328, where see; comp.
also 30", 37, 2%2.—Hence

1. to rest from labour, to lie by, to keep
holyday. Chald. and Sam. m38 id. Syr.

Aph. διωδΐ id. Arab. cAdw to rest, to

sleep.—Ex. 23, 12 six days thou shalt
do thy work, and on the seventh day

20m thou shalt rest. 34, 21. Is. 33,8
πον 72> M28 the wayfurer resteth, lies
by, does not journey because of war.
14,4.—With 12, to rest from labour,
Gen. 2, 2. 3. Ex. 31, 17. Lam. 5, 14 the
elders rest from the gate, do not go to
the public place or forum.—Also land is
said to rest, when it lies untilled, Lev.
26, 34.35. 2 Chr. 36, 21; comp. Lev. 25,
2, and art. M20 no. 3.

2. lo cease ; either for a certain time,
i. q. to intermit, to stop, as a work Neh.
6,3; the succession of day and night
Gen. 8, 22; or wholly, i. q. to cease to be,
to come to an end, as strife Prov. 22, 10;
joy Is. 24,8. Lam. δ, 15; the manna
Josh. 5,12. Also seq. 12 c. inf. to cease
JSrom being or doing any thing, Jer. 31,
36. Job 32, 1. Hos. 7, 4, see in r. 9
p. 774.

3. Spec. to keep or celebrate the sab-
bath, absol. Ex. 16, 30; with maw Lev.
23, 32. So of land, to lie untilled every
seventh year, Lev. 25, 2.

Nira. M203, to cease, to have an end,
Is. 17, 3. Ez. 6, 6. 80, 18. 33,28. Comp.

Kal no. 2.

Hiru. τι, 2 sing. magn yinf, ΓΞ 5
for matnd Ain, 8, 4.

1. to make or let rest, sc. from Jabour,
6. acc. et ἸΏ Ex. 5,5. Also to quiet, to
still, i. e. to restrain an enemy, Ps. 8, 3.

2. to cause to cease, to make desist,
with acc. and 44 ¢. inf’ Ez. 34, 10
misv2 Bsmaon J will cause then” to
cease from feeding the flock. 16,41. Seq.
“Abad c. inf. Josh. 22, 25. For Ps. 89, 45
see in art. "MQ p. 360.

3. Of things, to cause to cease, to let —

naw
cease, to put an end to, c. acc. as a work
2 Chr. 16, 5. Neh. 4,5; sacrifice Dan. 9,
27; war Ps. 46,10; also Hos. 1,4. 2, 13.
Is. 16, 10. Prov. 18,18. Ez. 26, 13. 30, 10.
—Hence to fail, io be wanting, lacking,
e. g. salt in the meat-offering Lev. 2,
13, Ruth 4, 14 xk > man NS “oy
who hath not let a ransomer ‘be wanting
to thee.

4. to put or take away, to remove, c.
acc. of pers. or thing, and often with 772
of place. Ex. 12, 15. ὩΞ 3 "RW AM"awA
ye shall put away leaven out of your
houses. Lev. 26, 6. 2 K. 23, 5. 11. Is. 30,
11. Ez. 7,25. With acc. of thing and
2 of pers. Jer. 48, 35.—Spee. i. q. to de-
siroy, 6. σ. the poor Am. 8, 4; the re-
membrance of any one, Deut. 32, 26.
Comp. navn.

Deriv. “nat I, nay, jimad, nada,
pr. ἢ. "δῦ.

I, ὨΒῸ, £ (r. m2) ο. suff. ἸΡΙΞΏ, rest,
cessation ; hence interruption of labour,
loss of time, Ex. 21, 19. Also an ab-
staining from strife, Prov. 20, 3; comp.
18, 18. 22, 10.

II. ΓΒῸ f, pr. inf. of 3% to sit, to
dwell ; hence as subst.

1. a sitting, the act of sitting ; Ps. 127,
2 m3 ΠΝ Ὁ who prolong their sitting,
sit late. Ps. 27, 4, Also a sitting still
Is. 30, 7.

2. a seat, 1 K. 10, 19. Am. 6, 3.

3. a place, 2 Sam, 23,7 n2Wa in their
place.

Maw, constr. naY, c. suff. ima’ ; plur.
mina, constr. minav, c. suff. "nnsv ;
of both genders, but oftener fem, Ex.
31, 14. Lev. 16, 31. al. masc. Is. 56, 2.
6. al.

1. a sabbath, a day of rest, the seventh
day of each week, reckoned from the
evening of Friday to the evening of
Saturday, Lev. 23, 32. Neh. 13,19. On
it by law the Jews abstained wholly
from labour, Ex. 20, 8-11. Deut. 5, 12-
15. Ex. 31, 12-17. 35, 2.3. It was to
be kept holy, Ex. 31, 14. Lev. 23, 3;
and was a sign of οὐ covenant with
Israel, Ex. 31, 13. 16. 17. Ez. 20, 12. 20.
Whoever protuned the sabbath was to
be put to death, Ex. 31, 14. 15. 35, 2;
and that by stoning, Num. 15, 32-36.
Those who kept it holy were blessed,

1034

naw

Is. 58, 13. 14—The institution of
sabbath is referred in Ex. 20, 11. 1,
to the creation, comp. Gen. 2, 3; w
in Deut. 5, 15 it is referred to the « ἂι
verance out of Egypt.—Examples
the sabbath as kept, see Ex. 16, 2%
Am. 8, 5. Is. 1, 13. 2 Καὶ 4, 23; as |
glected, Jer. 17, 19 sq. Ez. 20, 13
22, 8. 26; comp. Neh. ec. 13. "specu
navn the day of the sabbath, the sabba
day, Ex. 20, 8. 11. Num. 15, 32. Ni
10, 32. al. Lev. 24,8 81°93 ὕΣΞῈΠ δ᾽
mawn i. 6. every sabbath ; and so 1Ch
9, 32 mad mad, where naw is a she
ened form because of the close conr
tion of the words, as in Num. 28, 10+
The verbs used to denote the κα vit
of the sabbath are "28 and wap; ᾿
profaning it, 55m q. v.

2. Spec. the sabbath is a name fort
great day of atonement in the sev
month, Lev. 23, 32. Comp. yinad. ,

3. The name sabbath is applied
every seventh year, when the fields
untilled, and as it were kept sabbath, ὦ
eabbath-year, Ley. 25,2 γὴν Ans
mins> mad and the lend shall keep
sabbath unto the Lord. v. 4. Comp. '
6. 26, 34. 43. 2 Chr. 36, 21; also |
πῶ. a

4. Sometimes a sabbath is nearly. φ
a week. Lev. 23, 15 and ye shall 6
unto you from the morrow after the 8

οὐ MMI Miah ΓΛ saw se
sabbaths shall be complete ; 16 even
to the morrow after the seventh sabba
shall ye number fifty days; here
seven complete sabbaths are parallel t
the miza¥ m2 seven weeks of De
16,9. So too pw ninaw. sat.
sabbaths (weeks) of years, Lev. 25, 8.

Nore. In the kindred dialects: Ch ule
navi, emph. x28 or X20, sabbath, als
week. Syr. {2% and toa id. Sam

c=
WAND and YQ" id. Arab. ox
sabbath, aww! py3 Saturday, Et
and Amhar. 117M‘ sabbath, both :

Jews and Christians.

wr.

JiN2B m. abstract noun, a keeping ¢
the sabbath, sabbatism, sabbath rites
pr. ‘a lying by, rest’; found only in E
and Lev. Spoken of the first and eight

nag |
ys of the festival of tabernacles, Lev.
23, 39; of the festival of trumpets, Lev.
3, 24, comp. Num. 29,1. Also empha-
ie, with MaB, as ΟΞ Pav a sabbath
of sabbatism ; so of the weekly sabbath,
. 31, 15. 35, 2. 3. Lev. 23, 2, and so
Ex. 16, 23; of the great day of atone-
nent, Ley. 16, 31. 23, 32; and of the
Sabbatical year, Lev. 25, 4, i. q. τῷ
ΓΞ ib. v. 5.

ἥ “maw (r. M2; sabbath-born, comp.
Paschal i. 6. passover-born) Shabbethai,
pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 10, 15. Neh. 8, 7. 11, 16.
-Among the Rabbins it is the name
of the planet Saturn.

: ἘΝ i. ᾳ. 33 and m3; hence
προ and

a Sy (erring) Shage, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
11, 34.

* 590 i. q. kindr. ny, xwB, 283, see
note below; i. e.

1. to wander, to go astray ; hence

2. to err, to do wrong, through igno-
rance or inadvertence. Lev. 5,18 and
the priest shall make expiation...for
the error 337 X> N47} 335 τῶνὲ which he
‘committed and he knew it not, i. 6. un-
wittingly, unconsciously. Num. 15, 28.—
In a wider sense, to transgress, to sin,
Ps. 119, 67; also in the proverbial form
ΠΝ 25 a the erring and the causing to
err, the seduced and the seducer, i. e.
all, Job 12,16; comp. the like expres-
sions, Mal. 2, 13. Deut. 32, 36. Here
belongs Gen. 6, 3 D302 because of their
transgression ; where ὦ is inf. Kal ‘af-
ter the form ἢ Jer.5,26.—Hence 338.

Nore. The roots 38, JW, pw, seem
to contain the idea of pricking; pierc-
ing, as also of cleaving, rending, which
appears in various shapes in the words
thence derived; comp. Heb. Ppw and
pid. and see Thesaur. p. 1362. The
_ signification of erring, wandering may
_ come either from the mind as pierced,
_ excited, and therefore’ erring; or from

the idea of cleaving or dividing up a

tract or region, as one does in wander-
_ing over it. See Thesaur. 1. c.

Wa f. (Ὁ. 22) ὁ. suff. inaxd, error,
mistake, transgression, through igno-
rance or inadvertence, Ecc. 5, 5. Num.
15, 25. 32% 23% fo commit an error

1035

"10

Lev. 5,18. 3303 through error, unwit-
tingly, Lev. 4, 22. 22, 14; also Num. 35,
11. 15. Josh. 20, 3. 9. nats nor to sin
through error, inadvertently, Lev. 4, 2.
27. 5, 15; comp. Num. 15, 24-29.

ἐπ, f, M307, i. α. kindr. 330.

1. Ἢ wanders to oe astray, of a flock
Ez. 34,6. With 92, to wander froma
way, and trop. from the divine precepts,
Prov. 19, 27. Ps. 119, 21. 118.—Chald.
maw id. Syr. to err from a way,
also from the truth. th. ΠΡ to
wander.

2. to wander in mind, from wine ;
hence to reel, to stagger, with 3 and 42
of wine, Prov. 20, 1. Is. 28,7 ter; parall.
is M3m.—Also of one led away, ravished,
with love, whether conjugal or illicit,
Prov. 5, 19. 20. Hence of one carried
away by his folly and reeling to destruc-
tion, Prov. 5, 23. Comp. 330.

3. to err, to transgress, through igno-
rance or inadvertence, 1 Sam. 26, 21.
Job 6, 24. 19, 4. Ez. 45,20. Comp. 330.

Hien. to make wander, e. g. a blind
person from the way, Deut. 27, 18.
Trop. to cause to err, e. g. from the di-
vine precepts, c. 72 Ps. 119, 10; to se-
duce Prov. 28, 10. Job 12,16 see in 338
no. 2.

Deriv. 71938 , HRW.

“mw in Kal not used, to look, to
gaze, poetic ; kindr. with M3W, m>w.
On the affinity of verbs 4> and iD, as

_ ne and ΠΡ, ΠΡ and ΠΡ, see Heb.

Gr. § 74, init.

Ηιρη. 730, fat. m3", to look, to
view, from a higher place ; with ya and
dx Ps. 33,14. Cant. 2,9 mistan-yo mst
looking in from (at) the windows. ἴω
relation to 85 is seen Is. 14, 16, 7787
AMAR DN those seeing thee ‘shall look
at thee. Not found elsewhere.—Chald.
maw id.

TN f(r. 83) error, transgression
through i ignorance or inadvertence, once
plur. Ps. 19, 13.

ΤῺ τὰ. (τ. πρὸ; form like 7i3r,
via) a hymn, or rather a dithyrambic
ode, i. e. erratic, wild, enthusiastic. So
in the inser. Ρβ. 7, 1. Plur. Hab. 3, 1 53
ὍΔ in the manner of dithyrambic
songs.

Ὁ2

Ἴ 230, fat. perh. 34, to lie with a
woman, ὲ acc. Deut. 28, 30 προ;
but the vowels belong to 320, "which
the Masorites everywhere substitute in
Keri, regarding 530 as obscene.—Comp.
Arab. \& to draw water with a bucket,
trop. of sexual intercourse; see Diss.
Lugd. p. 168. Better, comp. Heb. >p&
and Arab. (h&3 to be heavy; hence

a+
“rla3 to be gravid, as a woman.
Nipx. fo be lain with, ravished, as a
woman Is. 13, 16. Zech. 14, 2.
Puat id. Jer. 3, 2.—Hence

230 f. a consort, e. g. of a king, a
queen, Ps, 45, 10. Neh. 2, 6.

530 Chald. f id. Plur. the king’s
wives Dan. 5, 2. 3. 23; from whom are
distinguished the 3255 concubines.

"252 in Kal not used, Arab. =

to be pais brave ; εἰς one vigor-
ous, brave ; ἐξ fierce, οἵα σατηθὶ. The

primary idea seems to be that of impe-
tuous excitement.

Puat Part. ΣΡ 1. one raving, fren-
zied, furious, as if inspired, spoken of
false prophets Hos. 9, 7; also of true
prophets in contempt 2 K. 9, 11. Jer.
29, 26.

2. a madman, one insane, | Sam. 21,
16. Deut. 28, 34.

Hirup. to be insane, to play the mad-
man, 1 Sam. 21, 15. 16.—Hence

ἡ 3 m. madness, Deut. 28, 28. 2 K.
9, 20. Zech. 12, 4.

“Δ obsol. root, Chald. Pa. to cast
forth, to eject.—Hence

"20 m. Ex. 13, 12, and "AY Deut. 7,
13. 28, 4, both in constr. a fetus, which
is cast forth at birth (comp. >B3 no. 1.
c), i. e. the young, offspring, only of ani-
mals..

TW m. Lam. 4,3. Dual po"), constr.
"10 Hos. 9, 14. Cant. 4, 5, the breast,
pap, both in woman Cant. 4, 5. 8, 1. 8.
10; and in animals, Gen. 49, 25 blessings
of the breasts and of the womb, i.e. abun-
dance of milk and flocks. Comp. πῶ.

ρ Θι σα
Aram. 3m, 192, Arab. SOS, id. Gr.
τέτϑη, τιτϑή, Engl. teat. R. OW.

1036

10
"τὸ only in plur. pst , idols, pr :
(comp. ="533), Deut. 32, ‘17. Ps. 11

—R. 758 to rule, whence Sid

dominus, lord, Syr. ἫΝ demon. — 5
Vulg. δαιμόνια, demonia, demons,
the Jews regarded idols as
which let themselves be worshipped
men; see Bar. 4, 7. Sept. Ps. a
1 Cor. 10, 20. ἊΣ

I. 4D m. i. q. τῷ, the breast,
24, 9. Is. 60, 16. 66, 11. gal

II. 4W. m. once “Tit Job ὁ ΒΙῸΣ
because of D438 in the other clause. if Ἷ
TID. f

1. violence, oppression, wroiig | :
Hos. 12, 2. 9, 6. Am. 5, 9. Prov. | 4,
Often τῶι bon or DOM) δ,
and wrong, Hab. 1, 3. Jer. 67. γι
Ez. 45, 9; meton. of wealth got by vi
lence and wrong, Am. 3, 10. Also ᾿ 7
"30) violence and destruction, Is. :
60, 18. 51, 19. Jer. 48, 3.—A genitive
after δ᾽ marks the person who ¢
wrong or who suffers wrong. Heb. Gr
§ 112.2. E. g. ἘΣ 8 the violence
of the wicked, which they do, ake 2]
7. Contra, ΒΡ 7 the oppression of th
poor, Ps. 12, 6. Is, 22, 4. mizna ὙΘ th
violence done to the beasts Hab. 2, 17.-
Hence

2. wasting, desolation, destruction, Job
5, 21. 22. Joel 1, 15 Nia "3a i> ἢ re
destruction (or a desolating tempest)
Srom the Almighly shall it come. Ts. 13, Ἷ
6. In an imprecation, Hos. 7,18 Ἐπ τῷ

destruction unto them! ;

ἘΣ, pret. "173 Ex. 32, 12; inf
TID Jer. 47, 4; imper. ἡ} 1 Jer. 49. 28 5
fut. c. suff. prs Jer. 5, 6. Also con-
tracted, pret. c. suff, son's Ps. 17, 9; inf.
"ὦ Hos. 10, 14; fut. (7%) 6. suff ἐπῶν
Prov. 11,3 Revs also fut. 3925 Ps. 91,6
(as 7305 for 757, 77 for 797) unless
perhaps it is from r. 99 i, g. T73.—Pr.
to exert power, to urge, to press upon, to
force, as 778,795; kindr. are ὙΠ8΄ and

‘
4

aa, Arab. os durus, molesturs fuit ;
Eth. and Amhar. MEP to persecute,
drive out.—Hence genr. 10 do violence,
and so to oppress, to spoil, to destroy,
with ace. of pers. or thing; Ps, 17,9
jim sy mr the wicked that oppress

Iw

me. Ser, 47,4 O°mB>e-bo-mx τῶ for
spoiling all the Philistines. 49, 28. Prov.
11,3 Keri. Ez. 32, 12 and they shall
‘spoil the pomp of Egypl. Jer. 25, 36.
If a wolf, to prey upon, Jer. 5, 6.—Part.
‘170 as subst. an oppressor, spoiler, de-
yer, Job 12,6. 15, 21; often of ene-
“mies who invade and spoil or lay waste
“ἃ land, Is. 16, 4. 21, 2. 23, 1. Jer. 6, 26.
12, 12. 48, 8. 18. 32. 51, 48. 53. Ser Ser.
15,8 1 ΠΣ3 38 a spoiler at noon day,
i.e. openly, i in sight of all. Opp. "778
προ" night-robbers, Ob. 5. Comp. Ps.
ξ ι.4.-- Part. pass. 290, spoiled, de-
slain, Judg. 5, "97. Is. 33, 1.
Also given over to spoiling or to destruc-
tion, Jer. 4, 30; and so the vexed pas-
sage, Ps. 137, 8 ΠΤ daa-ma, of
‘F abylon soon to be destroyed, if indeed
‘not already desolated; or perhaps we
may regard the city as captured by
Cyrus and so to a certain extent de-
_stroyed.

Nien. lo be laid waste, desolated, Mic.
2, 4.

Pier i. q. Kal, Prov. 19, 26. 24, 16.

Po. i. q. Pi. Hos. 10. 2.

Poat 738 and 75% Nah. 3, 7, to be
spoiled, laid waste, destroyed ; of a city
Is. 15, 1. 23, 1; of a land Jer. 4, 20. 48,
15. 20; of fields and fruits Joel 1, 10.
Zech. 11,3; of men Jer, 4, 13. 9, 18.
49, 10.

Horn. fut. 104", i. gq. Pual, Is, 33, 1.
Hos. 10, 14.

Deriv. τῷ II; pr. n. Ti3t8; perh.
"38.

*PTTW obsol. root, Chald. RI to
cast, to shoot, to pour out; Arab. {i$

to moisten, to irrigate. Hence 78 and
“ I, breast; pr. n. ΠΝ ΤΩ,

3 f, pr. domina, mistress, and

_ thence wife, fem. of the noun 78 lord
(r. 35%) for '3°W, but formed as if from
773; comp."7%. It corresponds with

S- we
Arab. 3X mistress, usually contr.
caw sill or Xiw sittah; put also for

9
wife, like Arab. Faery Only once, Ecc.
2,8 I got me...the delights (αἴας) of
the sons of men, NIH) HIB a wife and
wives, where the sing. may be referred
to the queen, and the plur. to the king’s
875

1037

pIw

other wives and concubines; comp.1 K.
11, 1 sq. Cant. 6, 8—In the Talmud
m3v, MI7Y, denotes a woman’s camel-
saddle, pilentum ; comp. in Germ. Frau-
enzimmer, pr. ἡ woman’s apartment,’ gy-
neceum, but also woman ; and in Ara-
bian poets pilenia (pr. camel-saddles)
are likewise women,.see Hamasa ed.
Schultens, p. 232. Comp. Solomon’s
splendid sedan, Cant. 3,9sq. See more
in Thesaur. p. 1365.

"JU m. in pause "38, the Almighty,
the Omnipotent, an epithet or name of
Jehovah ; sometimes in the Pentateuch
preceded by 5x, as Ex. 6, 3 J appeared
unto Abraham... "13 byn as God Al-
mighty; but by my name Jehovah (Fim,
mins Jahveh) was I not known unto
them. Gen. 17, 1. 28,3. 35, 11. 43, 14.
48, 3; prob. also Gen. 49, 25 "73 mx
should be "πῶ 5x, as in the Sam. and
several Heb.Mss. Elsewhere only once,
Ez. 10,5. In all other examples it is
without 58, as Num. 24, 4. 16. Ruth |
1, 20. 21. Ps. 68, 15. 91, 1. Joel 1, 15. Is.
13, 7. Ez. 1, 24. Job 5, 17. 6, 4. 14. 8, 3.
5, and often in this book.—According to
Gesenius, "30 is strictly a pluralis ma-
jestaticus, from a sing. ὦ powerful.

| from r. 770; but plurals in "— are

quite doubtful; see Heb. Gr. ed. 16.
§ 86. 1.c. More probable is it, there-
fore, that "3%, which never takes the
article, is to be regarded as a plural (of
8) with the suffix of the first person.
after the analogy of the form "25%, and
used at first in direct invocation to God;
Heb. Gr. § 119. n. 4. Hence, pr. mei
potentes, my God; but afterwards a
name of God as Almighty ; comp. "258.
—Other etymologies see in Thesaur. p.
1366 sq.

TANT (darting of fire, τ. m3)
Shede-ur, pr. n.m. Num. 1, δ. 2,10.

PIO Job 19, 29 Chethib, prob. not a
simple word, but compounded of the
prefix ὦ (723s) and 774, i. q. that [there ἡ
is] a judgment. Keri 78, id.

5 ὉΠ obsol. root, perh. to shut off, to
set bounds to, as a field; comp. pon

and wo to shut up; Heb. no q. v.—
Hence

“τὸ
ποτῷ f. I. Only in plur. mint,
constr. ΤΩ, fields, as shut in by
boundaries, Is. 16, 8. 2 K. 23, 4. Jer. 31,
40 Keri. Spec. fields of grain Hab. 3,
17; or of vines, vineyards, Deut. 32, 32.
Twice, Is. 16, 8. Hab. 3, 17, it is joined
with a verb sing.—This signification of
the word, although no vestige of it ex-
ists in the kindred dialects, is sufficient-
ly established by the context and by the
authority of ancient versions. It is some-
times unaptly rendered vines.
Il. a blasting, blight, Is. 37, 27, i. q.
mp3 2 K. 19, 26; the letters Ὁ and 5
being interchanged; see under 3.

*f)2, kindr. with 91, to scorch, to
blast, as the east wind grain; part. pass.
Gen. 41, 6 D"IP Mins blasted with the
east wisi, v. 23. ie Chald. and Talm.

Ὁ id. Ar. he | black, δ dark-

8 a
ness of night, 8a id—Hence the
two following.

MD3W fa blasting, blight, 2 K. 19, 26.
For Is. 37, 27, see in ΠΤ IL.

PHI τὰ. (τ. HIB) a blasting, bhght,
6. g. of grain by the east wind:(Gen. 41,
6 sq.) 1 K. 8, 37. Am. 4, 9. Hagg. 2, 17.
- 2 Chr. 6, 28. Deut. 28 22.

vy "ὦ Chald. Irapa. "3MB, to exert
oneself, to strive to do any thing, c. >
Dan. 6, 15.. Elsewhere, both in Chal-
dee and Rabbinic, it is written 53%, the
“ being softened; see in > lett. i
Hence “A5nSx.

JI Chald. Shadrach, pr. n. given
to Hananiah, one of Daniel’s companions
at the court of Babylon, Dan. 1,7. 2, 49.
3,12. According to Bohlen, i. q. Pers.
sfoLa rejoicing in the way. Accord-
ing to Benfey, royal, from Zend khasa-
thra and suff. ka ; Monathsnamen p.
201. But all this is quite uncertain.

Iv an uncertain root, assumed
to account for the forms of the numeral
Ww six, contracted from O, as ap-
pears from several ΜΝ τοῦῖς and Bthiopie

forms; 6. g. ape. and Ap Ἰθὴπ a
sizth part, etc. ART and APE

siz, etc. But how the number siz took

1038

RVG

its name from this root, is u
Hence many, including Geseni
gard SW as a radical nomen
Indo-Germanic tongues; see in ὦ
Heb. Gr. ὃ 95. marg.

*On τ obsol. root, Arab. pew to

pale ; neu arrow.—Hence Ss

DY m. 1. A species of gem, ac
cording to many the onya or perh. 8
donyx, so called from its resemble
to the human nail; Gen. 2, 12. Ex. 2
9. 20. 35, 9.27. Job 28, 16, Ez. 28, 13
This signification accords best with ἢ
etymology. For other conjectures, se
Thesaur. p. 1369 sq. =

2. Shaham, pr. n. of a Levite, 1 C hrs
24, 27. '

Ὑδ Job 15,31 Kethig. 81.

ἘΝ 1. ig. ΠΝ Ὁ I, to make a noise,
to crash; also to be laid waste, destroy.
ed. Hence δῶ, πιῶ, myiwe, nines
ΓΝ ΘΙ, pr. ἢ, Ὴ

2. i. ᾳ. Arab. εἰ ὦ mid. Waw, to be
evil, bad ; hence &}8.—The same sig-
nifications are found united in the verbs

323, 589, q. v-

NI m. once plur. c. suff. prix , de-
struction, ruin, Ps. 35, 17. See fem.
πρῶ, R.xiw no. 1. -§

NIU m. (pron. shav’) pr. a subst. ¢
the segolate form like m2, but without
the furtive Segol, like ROR, utp. R.

Ri no. 2. Arab. Bow; Bow, malice ;

Eth. WP crime. 3
1. evil, i.e. a) evil done, iniquitel
wickedness ; 818 “ty wicked men Job
11, 11. Ps. 26, 4. Is. δ, 18 δα "ban
the cords of iniquity. b) evil sufferec ᾿
calamity, destruction, Job 7, 8, Is. 30,98.
NID ME? the fan of destruction. Hos. 12,
12.—Both these significations (a, h) are
found together i in Job 15, 31, let him not
trust in evil (men of evil); he is de-
ceived ; for evil (calamity) shall be his
recompense. Comp.O33. .
᾿ς 2. Spec. falsehood, a ‘lie, Ps. 19, 3. 41,
7. 144, 8. 11. Job 31, δ. δῷ σοῦ a
false report Ex. 23, 1. RID “3 false
witness Deut. 5, 17. ‘Ex. 20, 7 δἰ nb
Nye ont αὐτοὶ thou shalt not utler

δ

the name of Jehovah unto a falsehood,
ou shalt not swear falsely ; comp. Ps.
4,4. Is, 1,13 x ΤΙΣ a lying sacri-
fice, false oblation, i. e. offered by a
lypocrite without any pious feeling.—

3. emptiness, vanity, nothingness, spo-
ken of that which deceives the hopes,
Ps. 60, 13. 89, 48. 127,2. x18 "23 vain
idols Ps. 31,7. Mal. 3, 14 ponds 73 Nye

Riv vain prophecies, empty, ἐμιμδιους
Lam. 2, 14. Ez. 12, 24. 13, 7—Hence
seb in vain Jer. 2, 30. 4, 30. 6, 29;
also 870 as adv. in vain, Ps. 127, 1.

od Sheva, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 20, 25
Keri, for 87 Keth. See in m5.

4 1}. f. (r. 818) constr. MXB Prov.
8,25.

1. ὦ slorm, tempest, so called from

its noise, roaring, crashing, Prov. 1, 27
where Keth. πῶ, Ez. 38, 9.
_ 2. desolation, ruin, Job 30, 14; often
coupled in paronomasia with the synon.
ΠΝ, Zeph. 1,15. Job 38,27. Hence
desolate places, ruins, Job 30, 3. 14.

3. destruction, ruin, espec. sudden and

unexpected; Ps. 63, 10 "Spar mRiw>
"HE? they lie in wait for my life to de-
stroy it. Is. 10,3. 47,11. Ps. 35,8. Prov.
3, 25.
— * 3510, inf. constr. once 3 Josh. 2,
16; pret. 30, fem. M28, once nad Ez.
46, 17; fut. 257, apoc. 267, with Vav
cony. 20°), in pause 30>.

1. to turn, to turn away, to turn back,
to return.—Chald. 39m id. Syr. 202

trop. to return to one’s senses. Arab.

SoG trop. to return to God, be con-
verted.

A) OF persons; either simply, ἐδ turn
about, to turn away ; or with the idea
of motion, to turn back, to return, in
_ which it is more frequent.—Absol. Josh.
2, 22. Inde. 14, 8. 19,7. 2 Sam. 6, 20;
with 12 from, out of any place Ruth 1,
_ 22; with 12 c. inf. Gen. 14, 17. Num. 13,
25. 2 Sam. 2,1; with "7mx after a per-
‘son 2 Sam. 23, 10; with "amxa from
afler a person ‘hom one has followed
or pursued, Ruth 1,16. 2 Sam. 2, 26. 30;
with > fo a person Gen. 8, 12. 22, 19.
87, 30, or to a place 37, 29. Esth. 7, 8;

1039 ὦ

though the place is oftener put with 5
Gen. 18, 33. 32, 1. 33,16. Num. 24, 25;
also with acc. of place, either with n—

_added Gen. 50, 14. Ex. 4, 20, or simply

2 Sam. 15, 34. 2 K. 2, 25. Is. 52,8 s30a
jis when Jehovah shall return to
Zion ; others, ‘when Jehovah shall
bring again Zion? Part. 303 92> pass-
ing on and returning, i..e. going and
coming, passing hither and thither, Ez.
35, 7. Zech. 7, 14. 9, 8.

Followed by another verb, e. g. to
return and do, or, to return to the doing
of any thing. it is i. q. to do again, to do
a second time. The latter verb is then
put: «@) Ina finite tense with the co-
pulative 1, as 2 K. 1, 11. 18 m>vi) 3"
and he sent again. 20, 5. Gen, 26, 18. Jer.
18, 4. Zech. 5, 1. Semewhat different
is Hos. 2, 11 “ands ax J will return
and take away, i. e. what I have given
I will take back again. 4) Without ἢ,
Gen. 30, 31 ΠΡῸΝ Has 1 will again
feed. Zech. 8, 15. Ps. 71,20. Mic. 7 , 19.

vy) With inf. ο. >, Job 7, 7. Eccl. 1, 7:
Hos. 11, 9.

Trop. a) lo turn, to return to any
person or thing, e.g. to the party of any
one 1 K. 12, 27; at the reproof of wis-
dom, Prov. 1, 23. Often Minmt->x 28 to
return to Jehovah, to convert, be con-
verted; with 58 and >, 1K. 8, 33. Ps.
22, 28; with bs 2 Chr. 30, 9; 33 Is. 19,
22. Joel 2, 12. Am. 4,6 sq. 3 Hos. 12,7.
b) Absol. to return, to be converted, as
in Syr. and Arab. above, Jer. 3, 12. 14.
22. 2 Chr. 6, 24. Is. 1, 27 4°23 her con-
verts, i.e. of Zion. 35:55 “νῷ a rem-
nant shall return, be converted, Is. 10,
21. c) With Ἢ to turn from, i. 6. to
cease from, to leave off, 6. g. an evil way
1 K. 13, 33. Zech. 1, 4; sin, evil, Ez. 3,
19. 18, 27. 33, 14. Job 36, 10; anger Ex.
32, 12; justice Ez. 18, 24. Comp. Is. 59,
20 SBD 730 they that turn from iniquity.
d) With. tea and "7982 10 turn away
from any one, espec. from Jehovah,
Josh. 22, 16.23.29. 1 Sam. 15, 11; absol.
Josh. 233,12. p%babam ἘΣ from idols,
idolater: ΕΖ. 14,6. ey) to return into
the possession of any thing, i. e. to re-

‘cover it, c. b§ Ez. 7, 13. Lev. 25, 10; 9
‘Is. 23, 17.

B) Often of things: a) to turn, be
deflected, as a border, Josh. 19, 12. 27

. a

29. 34.. b) to return to a former own-
er, i.e. to be returned, restored, c. > Lev.
27, 24. Deut. 28, 31. 1 Sam. 7, 14. 1 K.
12, 26. c) to return toa former state,
to be restored, renewed, of cities: Ez. 35,
9 Keri, comp. Ez. 16, 55; of a diseased
member of the body 1 K. 13,6. 2 K. 5,
10. 14. Ex. 4, 7. d) In the contrary
sense, ΒΟ 218 to return to dust, be
shimped. to dust again, Gen. 3, 19. Ece.
3,20. So > Ξη is genr. fo turn into, be
παροὺ into, Is. 39, 17. 6) to be re-
called, revoked, ta be made void, as a
decree, prophecy, (opp. 812,) Is. 45, 23.
55,11. f) So anger is said to return,
to turn back, when it is calmed, Gen. 27,
44, Is,5,25; alsoc. 72 to turn back from
any one, i. e. to cease as against him,
Gen. 27, 45. 2 Chr. 12, 12.

2. Transit. 1. ᾳ. Hiph. 8) to cause to
return, i. 6. to lead or bring back, Num.
10, 36. Ps. 85, 5; espec. in the phrase
maiay ="0 to bring back captives, see
mst. Hence part. pass. 330 returned,
turned away; Mic. 2, 8 mana sau)
turned from war, averse from war.
Comp. part. pass. “30 Is. 49, 21. Jer. 17,

“13. bh) to restore to a former state,
Nah. 2, 3.—Not unfrequently in Kethibh
Δ is to be taken as transitive, where
Keri without necessity has Hiphil; as
Job 39, 12. Ps. 54,7. Prov. 12, 14. Jer.
33, 26. 49,39. Joel 4, 1.

Pi.. 2278 causat.of Kal. a) to cause
to return, to bring back, Jer. 50, 19;
metaph. to God, to convert, Is. 49, 5.
See Kal no. 1. a. δ) to restore, to re-
new, Is. 58, 12; ο. > Ps, 60, 3. With
wp? fo refresh Ps. 23, 3; comp. 20H.
6) to turn away sc. from right, to per-
vert, to seduce, Is. 47, 10, comp. Jer. 50,6
Keri. Once nearly intrans. to fall away,
to backslide, Jer. 8, 5. For Mic. 2, 4,
see subst. 2350.

Pou, 2330, part. fem. 23172 ὨΞΞῚΘὮ
brought back from the sword, i. e. res-
cued from the power of the enemy, Ez.
38, 8.

Hips. 204, fut. a3,
conv. awh.

1. to lurn, trans. to turn about, to turn
‘away; ὃ. acc. e. g. the wheel of the
threshing-sledge upon enemies, Prov.
20, 6; for this punishment see in 055 p.
219. With acc. of pers. and 3 of thing,

apoc. 3",

1040

210

to lurn away one from, Jer. 23, 2!
2, 6.—Spec. ie

a) "2B ΞΘ fo turn one’s face 1
wards any thing, c. > Dan. 11, 18.1
comp. "378 Bw p. 852. d. Also e. Ἷ «
bya, to turn away one’s face from, e.
idols Ez. 14,6; and without "35 ib. a
18, 30. 32.

b) im" ΞΘ to turn one’s hand, wi
b2 against a person or thing, Is. 1, 2
Am. 1, 8. Ps. 81, 15, Ez. 38, 12; »
2 2 Sam. 8,3. Once with 52 upon, i
good sense, Zech. 13, 7.

c) τῆν men >on to turn, away th
wrath of ‘Jehovah, to avert it, from
one, with 12 or bon, Num. 25, 11. Jer
18, 20. Ezra 10, 14. But God is sai
also to turn away his anger, i.e. to 2
press, to withdraw it (128 ‘Nn, nen 1
Job 9, 13. Ps. 88, 38. 106, 23; comp. 8
4. With d30 of pers. Prov. 24, 18;
comp. 15, 1. 29, 8.—Onee, not to
away one’s anger, but to turn it upe
any one, i. e. to pour it — Is. 66, 155
comp. Job 15, 13.

2. to turn back, to return, trans. 6. g.
a person or thing, viz. ‘

a) to bring back or again, to lead
back, c. ace. of pers. or thing, Gen. 48,
21. Is. 37, 29. Judg. 11.9; with 5x to:
person or place, Gen. 28, 15. 42, 87. 43,
12, 44, 8. 2 Sam. 17, 3. Jer. 42, 12.
With ace. of thing and 3 of pers. Deut.
28, 60.—Also Min w>y sn to bring
again to Jehovah, to his worship, 6. ace
of pers. 2 Chr. 94. 19. Neh. 9,26. a5
maa, i. g. ΤΙΣ a0, to bring again the
captivily, i. 6. the captives (see in art.
mist) Jer. 32, 44. 33, 11. 49, 6. 39.
ἜΣ ΟΝ >On to bring: again to dust,
i. 6. by death, Job 10,9; 823 73 ‘A id.
Ps. 90, 3; comp. in Kal 1. B. d. onal
. δ). =n to draw back or withdraw
the hand, Prov. 19, 24. 26, 15. Gen.
29. Ex. 4,7. 1K. 13,4. Spec. the ha
as stretched out for help, Ps. 74, 11.
Lam. 2, 3; or also for threatening, Ez.
20, 22. pe 2, 8.

δ) to turn back or away, to drive back,
e. g. animal lust Jer. 2, 24. Is. 28, 6
ΠΣ manda aq who turn back the ©
war to the gate sc. of the enemy. 44, 25.
Job 9, 12 333°" 52 who shall turn him
(God) back? i. 6. hinder him, 11, 10.
23,13. Once in a like senge, 77 2°05

37
turn back the hand of God, hinder it
rom ‘inflicting punishment, Is. 14, 27;

comp. 43,14. Ἔ 728 2°DF fo turn away

‘the face of any one, i. e. to repulse him,

deny him access, not grant his petition,

(opp. 5725 Xb2,) 1 K. 2, 16.17.20. 2Chr.

6, 42. Ps. 132,10. Emphat. and strong-

er, 2 K. 18, 24. Is. 36, 9.

_ 3. to bring back, to restore, comp. Kal

' ; e.g. spoil taken by an enemy, fo

recover, Gen. 14, 16. 1 Sam. 30, 19 ;. 10

restore one to a post or place, Gen. "40,

13. 41, 13. 1 Chr. 21, 27. Ez. 21, 35. Gen.

42, 25. 2K. 14,22. Hence ἐδ restore to

ἃ former state, c. acc. of pers. Ps, 80, 4. 8.

20. Is. 1, 26. Dan. 9,25. Also 053 Son

“p to restore the spirit, life, of any one,

i. e. to refresh or relieve his spirit; ei-

ther by food Lam. 1, 11. 19; or by com-

fort 1, 16. Ruth 4, 15. Ps. 19. 8. Prov. 25,

13; comp. 1 Sam. 30, 12. Judg. 15, 19.—

Different is 72 Ὁ Ὁ) ‘hm fo restore one’s

life from danger, to rescue, Ps. 35,17. Job

33, 30. Also 3°39 is to bring back, to

restore sc. one dead to life 2 Sam. 12,

23.—Spec. Job 9, 18 "M57 ΞΘ 722m? ἐν

he will not suffer me to draw my breath,
gives me no respite.

_ 4. to return a thing to any one, fo re-
store, c. acc. of thing and dat. of pers.

2 Sam. 9,7. Ex. 22, 25. Deut. 24, 13.

Ez. 18, 12. 33, 15. Lev. 25, 27. 28. 51.

52. Neh. 5, 11.—Spec. to restore a thing

found or stolen, Lev. 5, 23 [6, 4]. Deut.

22,1. 2. Ps. 69, 5. Job 20,10. 18. Hence

to render, to pay, sc. any thing due,

Num. 5, 7. 8. Jadg. 17, 3.4. 1 Sam. 6,

3. 4.8.17; also to make good, to com-

_ pensate, sc. loss or damage, Ex. 21, 34.—

Hence

a) to requite, to reward, to render
back, ὁ. ace. of thing, Prov. 17, 13 ΞΘ

ΓΙ nnn 7345 whoso rewardeth evil for

| good. With acc. of thing and Ὁ of pers.

| 2Sam. 16, 12. Ps.'79, 12. 116, 12. 1Sam.

26,. 23. Job 33, 26; also the bes: being

omitted, 2 Chr. 6, 23. Prov. 24, 12. 29.

Ps. 18, 21. With acc. and >3 of pers.

Ps, 94, 23. Gen.50,15. Also izsna “πὶ,

βδοβτον ’ mt, saints’ πὶ ον “πὶ to το.

turn or requite upon one’s own head,

upon oneself, Judg. 9,57. 1 Sam. 25, 39.

| 2Sam. 16,6. 1 K. 2, 32.44. Neh. 3, 36.

> ὙΠΕΡ aN fo requite one’s doings

_ upon him Hos. 4,9; comp. 12,3. See

1041

510

also in arts. 523, 0)3.—Arab. SL II,
IV, to repay, Hariri 17. p. 166.

Ὁ) 235 aH to return word, i. e.
a) Genr. to give response, to answer,
Prov. 18, 13. Is. 41, 28; with acc. of
pers. (comp. in M22,) 2 Sam. 3; ἘΠ ΤᾺ:
12, 6. 9.16 723 Sharm psn is and
the people answered the king. Neh. 2,
20. Prov. 27, 11. Also simply 2°85
(without 5155) 2 Chr. 10, 16 and the peo-
ple answered (3237071) the king. Job 13,
22 ΞΖ ΘΙ answer thou me, parall. M22.
32, 14. 33, 5. 32. 40, 4. 20, 2. In the
same sense of answering is said also
px awh, to relurn answer (words),
seq. 4 of pers. Prov. 22, 21. Judg. 5, 29;
also }7b Ξ τι id. Job 35 4. oye “βοῦς
who answer discreetly Prov. 26, 16;
comp. 24, 26 and Chald. Dan. 2. M4.
8) Of'a messenger it is also said: 5: ΠῚ
"23 to return word, to bring back an-
swe?, c. acc. of pers. 1 K. 2, 30. 2 Sam.
24,13. Gen. 27, 14. Num. 22,8. Deut.
1, 22. 25. Josh. 14, 7. 2 K. 22, 9.

5. to return a thing, in the sense lo
bring again and again, to render re-
peatedly, as an annual tribute, 2 K. 3, 4.
17, 3. 2 Chr. 27, 5. Ps. 72, 10; sacrifice’
Num. 18,9. Comp. Lat. sacra referre
Virg. Georg. I. ee ZEn. 5. 598, 603.

6. 327>& atin, to recall to mind, to
lay to heart, 6. ace. of thing, Lam. 3, 21/7
Also without an ace. in a sense of peni-
tence, Deut. 4, 39. 30,1. 1 K. 8,47. Is
44,19; and 257d» ‘nid. Is. 46,8. Comp.
add» ony in r. DY 3. 1. p. 1006.

7. to recall, to revoke, as an edict Esth.
8, 5. 8; a decree, sentence, Am. 1, 3 for
the many tranggressions of Damascus
npa7wWR Xd J will not recall that which I
have decreed against her (comp. v. 4. 4,
and Num, 23, 20). Am. 1, 6.9. 11. 13.
2,1. 4.6. So ofa benediction Num. 23,
20. See Kal. 1. B. ὁ.

Hopn. 2win_ 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2,
to be brought back, Ex. 10, 8.

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 4, to be return-

- ed, restored, Gen. 42, 28. 43, 12. Num.

5, 8.

Deriy. sai, anid, maw, maw,
naw, nsdn, and pr. names sau ᾿
DyIw., son svn, om> "30, sivia,
2137 AND.

DIN, sed dysau.

21

2270 m. (τ. 3.9) 1. Adj. turning
away, apostate, rebellious, Jer. 3, 14. 22.
Is, 57, 17.

2. Shobab, pr. n.m. a) A son of
David, 2 Sam. 5,14. 1 Chr. 3,5. 14,4.
b) 1 Chr. 2, 18.

3350 m. for 22% part. Pil. τ. 34.

1. Adj. apostate, rebellious, of the Is-
raelites, Jer. 31, 22; of the Ammonites,
49, 4.

2. Subst. an apostate, rebel ; Mic. 2, 4
pam as asiw> our fields he hath di-
vided out to an apostate,:i. 6. an impious
enemy. Others regard 33185 here as
inf. Pil—For Jer. 8, 5, see in r. 230
Pil. c.

maw f. (τ. 348) return; metaph. con-
_ version, once Is. 30, 15.

J2W (τ. Gav) Shobach, pr. ἢ. of a
general of Hadarezer king of Zobah,
2 Sam. 10, 16. 18; for which 1 Chr. 19,
16.18 πϑῷ Shophach.

Ὁ (perh. flowing, or a shoot, r.
bavi) Shobal, pr.n. m. a) A son of
Seir, Gen. 36, 20. 23. 29. . b) 1 Chr.
2,50. 4, 1.

p2iw (forsaking) Shobek, pr. n. m.
Neh. 10, 25. R. paw.

FOND j. q. and, ποῦ, fo wander ;
hence M33.
TH, see τῷ IL.

ἘΠ i. q. S30. 1. to treat with
violence, to lay waste, fut. θη, Ps. 91,
6; unless this is rather for fut. τῶ,
from τ. Ὑπτῷ,

Byitowrule, to be lord; Ijke Arab. Olas
mid. Waw. Hence τῷ lord.

ss rilw, fut. MOM, pr. to put, to set,
to place, see Piel; kindr. with may,
MI, MY, Oly, a8, ayt, ΓΩΣ, which
see. Hence, to pul or lay together, to
compare ; like 32> to set in order, to
compare, to estimate. In Kal intrans.

1. to be compared with, i. e. to be like,
to be equal to another, c. > of pers. Prov.
26, 4. Is. 40, 25. Impers. Job 33, 27 7
sinned and perverted right, “> ny} δὲ 5)
but the like was not done to me; Vulg.
et ult eram dignus, non recepi.—Also to
be like in value, equal to any thing, c. 3
of thing, Prov. 3, 15, 8, 11.—Aram. 818,

1042

m0

Jou, to be equal, like; fit; Aph. to
pare, countervail. Arab. $9 ΠῚ to
equal, like. “a
2. to be equal, i. e. to be enough
satisfy, to avail, c. > of pers. Esth. 8
3. to be equal, i. e. to count il,
compensate for, c. 3 of thing, Esth. 7,
4. to be fit, right, proper, ¢. > of t
Esth. 3, 8. “_
PIEL ma 1. to put, to set, to plac
i. ᾳ. OPW, Dv. This signification
current in Chaldee, where the Targu
often put "98 for Heb. m7, οὐ. i‘
in the early Heb. poets, as Ps. 16,
OF 7922 Mins sn J set Jehovah ἃ
ways before me, before my mind; co
piv Ps. 54,5. So Ps. 119, 30 runt
Ὁ thy statutes have I set sc. t ref
my eyes. Of a vine, Hos, 10,1 *
> Πρ he puts forth fruit for hin
i. 6. Israel.— With 53 of pers. to put o
lay upon, to bestow, e. g. honour Ps, ἥ
6; heip 89, 20.—With ace. and 3, to se
or make like ta any thing, Ps. 18,
2 Sam. 22, 34; comp. Hab. 3, 19.
2. to put in order, to make even, 8. ἃ.
a) Of a field, to level, to make plain, | 8.
28, 25. Syr. Pa. wae to even, τὴ Ke

level; Arab. Il, [V, to ma
level. Ὁ) Trop: to compose or calm the
mind, Ps. 131, 2. Ellipt. Is. 38, 13
“Pa 3D on 4 ἢ quieted my mind |
(he morning, patiently hearin my
pains; Vulg. and Jerome sperabam usqu
ad mane. In this rendering the word
"IND is referred to the subsequent clause
But others make it causat. of Kal no. 1,
I have made me like the lion se. in roar-
ing; Targ. ‘rugiebam ut leo.’

Note. In Job 30,22 Keth. ποτ στοὰ
by Gesenius and others M3t6m, and i
referred to Chald. x38, Ithpe. “IMR, >
fear, to be terrified. ‘Hence Piel niin
thou terrifiest. me; which accords with
the preceding "23312m thou makest me
to melt away. . Better with Ewald as
subst. ANDM i. q. ANH (τὶ NH), put for
the raging, roaring, of a tempest; see
art. mm .—Keri mci, see art. Mam.

Hirn. fo compare, to liken, with acc.
and >, Lam. 2, 13. Is. 46, 5.

Nine. a fir frequent in the Mishna
and among the Rabbins, but rare in the
O. T. see Lehrgeb. p. 249. Heb. Gr. —

bh
54.9 ; lo be compared, to be regarded
‘alike, to be alike. Prov. 27,15 a con-
inual dropping in a very rainy day
‘and a contentious woman MIM are

t publesome.—A few Mss. have πῆ 2.
See Thesaur. p. 1376.
᾿ meniy πῶς Pr. n, D3, "59.

1. i. q. Heb. Pi. no. 1, to put, to
t, to make ; often in the Targums; see
‘Athpa.

_ 2. to compare, to make like to any
‘thing, 6. acc. et D2, Dan. 5, 21 Keri.
Comp. ὩΣ no. 1. f.

_ Ivara. to be made, rendered, Dan.
“3, 29.

MD (a plain) pr. n. Shaveh. a plain
in the country beyond Jordan, called
also ‘the king’s dale’ (8 Poy) Gen.
14, 17; comp. 2 Sam. 18,18. The same
is NMP NW the plain of Kirjathaim
Gen. 14, 5; see in ΠΡ lett. g.

Ἐπ fut. πῆ 1. to sink down,
to settle down, like mw, mmo. Arab.

Ly mid. Waw, to sink in the mud.

Chald. ππιῷ, mw, sg, i.q. Heb.—Prov.
2,18 mma ‘ryan by ane her house sinks
down into ‘death, i. 6. into Sheol , Hades;
so Vulg. Butas ™"2 is elaswhere al-
ways masc. Aben Ezra refers Mn to
_ the woman herself: she sinks down into
death (Sheol), her future house. See
Thesaur. p. 1377.
2. Metaph. fo be bowed down, de-
_ pressed, 6. g. the mind, soul. Ps, 44, 26
42052 9HD2 HN our acid ta bowed down
to the dust. Lam. 3, 20 Keri.
Hin. i. q. Kal no. 2, Lam. 3, 20 Keth.
* Deriv, Ame, ood, mn, and pr.
names FA, ome, mani

TD (pit, τ᾿ πη) Shuah, pr. n. of ason
of Abraham and Keturah, and also of an
Arabian tribe descended from him, Gen.
25,2. Hence the patronymic and gen-
tile n. "150 Shuhite Job 2, 11. 8,1. 25, 1.
The country of the Shuhites was not
improbably the same with the Σακκαία
of Ptolemy 5. 15, eastward of Batanea.

1043

Ow
MUTA f(r.) 1. a pit. Jer. 2,6
AMA) A332, yy α land of desert and
pit, i. e. Sinai.
destructive, Prov. 22, 14. 23,27. Soto
dig a pit, see in r. HD, Jer. 18, 20. 22
Keri.

2. Shuhah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4,11; for
which:v. 4 wan,

ond (perh. pit-digger, τ. πη) Shu-
ham, pr. ἢ. of a son of Dan, Num. 26, 42;
called in Gen. 46, 23 pon.

ne | DAD, fat. plur. 3083, pr. i. α.

385 q. v. to be stable, firm, stiff. Hence
comes DW i. ᾳ. DIY, a, stick, rod; then
a scourge, whip ; and also ont an oar.—
Hence, as a verb denominative, v5t) is:

1. to whip, to scourge, to lash ; like
Arab. bly.

2. to row, q. d. to lash the sea with
oars; see ὯΔ no. 2, and vite. Part.
plur. as subst. ὉΠ rowers Ez. 27, 8;
with acc. of pers. v. 26.

3. to run up and down, to go to and
Sro, hither and thither, in haste ; pr. so
as to lash the air with one’s arms as
with oars; comp. Lat. remi used of the
arms and feet of a person, Ovid. Heroid.
18 fin. and also more frequently of the
wings of birds, Quinctil. 8. 6, 16.—Num.
11,8, YP I82 LW 10 go over the earth or
a land, to travel through it, espec. in
order to visit and inspect it, Job 1, 7. 2,
2. 2 Sam. 24, 2. 8.

Pit. YT i. ᾳ. Kal no. 3, but inten-
sive; Jer. 5,1. Am. 8, 12. Zech. 4, 10
the eyes of Jehotah γ ΝΠ 593 pron ita
run to and fro in the whole earth. 2 Chr.
16, 9. Metaph. to run through or over
a book. i.e. to examine it thoroughly
Dan. 12, 4.

Hirarat. wBitnn, (not vUIMeN, to

avoid the sequence of three like let-

ters,) i. q. Pil. Jer. 49, 3.
Deriv. 2iW, wwivs, τῶ, , Bid.
“TI. Daw, Aram, vw, wha, i
DN, Zo contemn, to denies Part. XW

for Ὁ (Heb. Gr. § 23. 4. π. 1) Ez. 16,
57. 28, 24. 26.

OW τη. pr.i.g. U3, see r. 242 I, init.
a whip, scourge, Prov. 26, 3. Nah. 3, 2.
1 K.12,11. 465 wits the scourge of the
(slanderous) tongue Job 5,21. Trop. the
scourge of God, i. e. calamities, plagues,

Trop. for any thing,

51

which God sends upon men, Is. 10, 26.
Job 9,23. Aut vit an peeranhblantaie
scourge, i. e. calamity rushing upon
one, spec. a hostile army, Is. 28, 15. 18.
Comp. Kor. Sur. 89. 12.—Aram. eink

Woe, a rod, staff, scourge; Arab. bea
a scourge; Eth. £1@°% id.

ἘΔ obsol. root, Arab. Sg mid.
Waw conson. to be loose, pendulous, as
the belly ; comp. A ts mid. Ye, to flow.

Kindr. are 53), 555, Arab. Js, also
πρῶ, 5>u).—Hence

Ὁ m. plur. constr. ">a, c. suff.
" ρηῶ,

1. a train, the flowing skirts of a
robe, i. q. bab , Is. 6, 1. Lam. 1, 9. mPa
psbaw) 10 uncover the skiris or train, i.e.
to expose to the deepest disgrace, Jer.
13, 22. 26. Nah. 3, 5; comp. Is. 47, 2.

2. the hem of a garment, Ex. 25, 26.
28, 33. 34. 39, 24.

ὩΡῚ m. (τ. dvi) 1. stripped, either
of clothes i. e. naked, or of shoes i. e.
barefoot, as Sept. Syr. Mic. 1, 8 Keri,
comp. Is. 20, 2. Comp. >t2 no. 1, to put
off a shoe.

2. a captive, prisoner, Job 12, 17. 19.
M270 Shulammith, pr. n.of a maid-
en celebrated in the book of Canticles,
Cant. 7,1; Vulg. pacifica. But theform
menabiwn may also be a gentile name,
the Shulamite, i. ᾳ. τ Ὁ Shunamite ;
since according to Eusebius the place
Shunem was also called Sulem; and
this seems preferable, on account of the
article.

* DAW obsol. root, i. q. Arab. oe to

smell ; whence Bo a. fragrant melon.
Kindr. are 03 to breathe. $oa3 to smell.
—Hence

DAW τη. garlic ; only plur. 5°28 , once
Num. 11, 5. So called from its acrid
odour; allium sativum Linn. see Celsii
Hier. Il. p. 52 sq. Sept. σκόρδον s. σκό-
godor, Vulg. allium. Chald. xm, Syr.
Wood. id. Talm. ΤΠ θη wild garlic.

8
Arab. 23 garlic; Eth, MOP ja—
Large quantities of garlic were an-

1044

08

ciently raised in Egypt; see Ce
Herodot. 2. 125.. Comp. Forskal Ἑ
Egypt. p. Lxv.

“21D, see wats.

yw obsol. root, perh. i. q.
be quiet.—Hence the three following.

"230 (quiet) Shuni, pr. ἢ. of a se 10
Gad, Gen. 46, 16. Also as patrony
Shunite (for "*258) Num. 26,15. R. ἢ

ΞΘ (perh. two resting-places, ft
ΡΣ, τ 9; comp. O22 for oF
Shunem, pr. n. of a city in "the tribe ¢
Issachar Josh. 19, 18. 1 Sam. 28, 4. 2 K
4,8; prob. the Sulem of Eusebias (os
thn Sulem) five Roman miles so

of Mount Tabor. Now Sdlam μὴ φαν
see Bibh. Res. in Palest. III. p. 169, 170

"27 gentile n. (from preced.) fe a
σας a Shunamite, 1 K. 1, 3. 2,17. 2
99,2 K. 4, 12. 25. 36.

* YI in Kal not used, i. ᾳ. MY
Chald. m8 , to cry out. Eth. AMT
or AMU to call, to invoke. ΜΝ

Ριει, 239, inf. c. suff. "338. 10 ΟΥ̓ o
espec. to cry for help, to implore, Ps. 18
42. 72, 12. Job 19, 7. 29, 12; 6. d¥ ὁ
pers. Ps. 18, 7. 22, 25. Job 30, 20. al.

Deriv. sy) meme, sid 1, pst) I.

31D τα. (τ. 218) an outcry, κω ”
for help, supplication, Ps. 5, 3. Sept.
δέησις. aes
iw obsol. root, i. q. 1. γεν ond Are
855: ὟΣ
1. to be broad, ample ; hence
2. to be rich, opulent, powerful. .
3. to be set free, delivered, out ο Γ
straits and danger. , Comp. r. 309.
Deriv. 310 II, ar) II, ΠΟΤ pr.
RDW. '
Ι. γ᾽ δ τὰ. (r. 318) a cry for help,
ig. S18, Is. 22, δ.
IL. yt) adj.(r. 238) 1. rich, opulent,
Job 34, 19. Ez. 23, 23, where see in Sip.
2. liberal, noble, Is. 32, 5.
LL ΣΦ τὰ. (r. 213) @ cry for help,
i.g. 318, Job 30,24. .
ΤΙ. 998 m. (Ὁ. 398) 1. riches, wealth,

τὸ 36, 19.

ears
‘ 2. Shua, pr. n. of a Canaanite, Gen.

5, 2. 12.

IIL. IW an oath, i. q. 334, (3 beinir
oftened into 1, see in 3 lett. b, p. 105,)
whence pr. n. su ma Bath-shua 1 Chr.
3, 5, i. gq. PIU Ma q. v. p. 167. Ὁ.

“S879 (wealthy, r. 233) Shua, pr. ἢ.
ΠῚ Chr. 7, 32.

3 my f. (τ. 318) a cry sc. for help,
να. 2, Ps. 18, 7. 39, 13. 102, 2.
2990 m. plur, ovbysv), ods.

l. a
ox, also a jackal, see below. Cant. 2,
δ. Lam. 5, 18. Ez. 13, 4. Neh. 3, 35.
fudg. 15, 4. Ps. 63, 11. Chald. x>3n,

an [23 with \» added; comp. pr. ἢ.
ε Brads —As to the origin of the word,
Bochart supposes the fox to be so called

om a word signifying to cough, which

he refers to its yelp. comp. haw to
ough. Others suppose it to come from
its howling, comp. πὸ I. According
to Gesenius the animal has this name
from its burrowing under ground, from
, byt}, so that 5ΣῊΦ denotes pr. ‘a dig-
ger, burrower,’ comp. >xv I1.—Under
he general name of fo2es the Hebrews
and other Orientals appear in common
usage to have comprehended also jack-
als, Pers. his Shaghal ; see Niebuhr’s
Krabia p. 166. Germ. Thus jackals
seem to be meant in Judg. 15, 4, since
e fox is with great difficulty taken
ive; andalso in Ps. 63, 11, inasmuch as
foxes do not feed on dead bodies, which
are. a favourite repast for the jackal.
But in Cant. 2,15 it is more probably
oxes. See Bochart Hieroz. T. II. p.
190 sq. ed. Lips. Faber’s Archeol. I. p.
140. Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. ii. p. 154.
2. Shual, pron. 48) 5399 yo, ‘Jack-
al-land, a district in the tribe of Ben-
jamin, 1 Sam. 13, 17; perh. i. ᾳ. Y28
953) 1 Sam. 9,4. Ὁ) daw oxn, Ha-
1 £ rar-shual, ‘Jackal- -village, > in ΗΕ δον: ;
ee in “3h 3. ἃ. p. 339. ὁ) Shual, an
Asherite, i Chr. 7, 36.

“AWW m. denom. (ποτ ὃ no. 1, like
8:5 from D2, Heb. Gr. § 85. 2. 1,) ἕο;
Bs ; a gale-keeper, porter; so of the
city gates, 2 Καὶ, 7,10. 11. Neh. 7, 1. 12,
88

1045

v θι.ο ᾿
Syr. 2, id. Arab. XIL25, but oftener

piw

27; espec. of the temple, Neh. 12, 45.
47. 1 Chr. 9, 17 sq. 15, 18. 26, 1. 12-19.
2 Chr. 23, 19.

: raphe pr. to scrape, to rub; then ‘to
injure by rubbing,’ to bruise, to crush, to
break or dash in pieces. Chald. 5¥,
ΝΘ, 90, id. Syr. “ss to rub, [ow
to file, 2a to scrape; Arab. 3Lé to
polish. Kindr. is 750 q. v. also M0,
Arab. Law, to scrape.—Only thrice in
O.T. Job 9,17 "2596" ΣΌΣ ΘΒ with a tem-
pest he dasheth me in pieces. Gen. 3, 15
bis, SPP ἼΘΙ MAN} OX FEWs gn he
shall crush thee as to the head, and thou
shalt bruise him as to the heel, sc. by thy
bite; for the construct. comp. Ps. 3, 8.
Heb. Gr. § 136. fin. For this latter use
of #38, comp. Jon. 4,7. In Ps. 139, 11
ΕΣ WYN, we may indeed render,
darkness shall fall upon me, shall over-
whelm me. But this is less natural,
and it is better therefore to read with
Ewald, "2230", darkness shall cover me,
from ape or S20. Symm. σκότος ἐπι-
σκεπάσει με, Anon. καλύψει με. See more,
Thesaur. p. 1380 sq.

FDI, see Faiw.

“2D a Shuphamite, patronym. from
DEIDW q. v. Num. 26, 39.

FDI Num. 32, 35; see in ninws lett. d.

“DID m. also “HP (r. py) ρίαν.
minpis, constr. MinDiv , a trumpet. horn,

cornet, lituus, Arab. es (diff. from

ΓΝ ΣΤ.) perh. so. called from its clear
and shrill sound, comp. Engl. clarion ;
either made of a horn, or similar to a
horn, i. ᾳ. ἢ (Josh. 6, 5, comp. 4. 6, 8.
13), Ex. 19, 16, Lev. 25, 9. Job 39, 25.
Joel 2,1. Am. 2,2. al. Jerome says, om
Hos. 5, 8, “buccina pastoralis est et
cornu recurvo efficitur, unde et proprie:
Hebraice Sophar, Grece περατίνη, appel-
latur.” Sept. σάλπιγξ, κερατίνη.--- Το.
blow the trumpet is "20 SPM or ΒΞ Ὦ,
see in Spm.

*DPAWig. pw.

1. to cleave, Arab..

G -
5-4; Syr. ἴω. a fissure; see in r..
330 note,

2, to run about, to run to and Hous see:
Ppw and 303 note. Hence piw, prw...

prs
3 forun afer any thing, to desire, to

long for ; Arab. Gia to cause desire,

VIII to desire, ἘΠ desire.—Hence
pwn q. Vv.

Hien. pw, causat. of Kal. no. 2, to
let run over, to pour over, to overflow, c.
acc. of thing, Joel 2, 24 D°ap77 sp wn
Ὁ the vats overflow with wine. Absol.
Joel 4, 13.

Pi. Pps causat. fo cause to overflow
with plenty, to enrich, 6. g. the earth
Ps. 65, 10.

Deriv. see in Kal no. 2, 3.

Pw [1 Sam. 9, 24, (τ. pst) dual
mp Prov. 26, 7; constr. "piw Ps. 147,
10.

1. the leg, in the human body, from
the knee to the foot; so called either
from the cleft of the legs; or as that
with which one walks or runs, as Lat.

crus from cursus ; see the root no. 1, 2.
ρ

Chald. pd, pit, Syr. Ga, pod, id.
Sam. PX, ra, id. Arab. gk,

isle, id.—Is. 47, 2. Prov. 26,7. Deut.

28, 35. Cant. 5, 15.—Poet. spoken of
foot-soldiers, infantry, as opp. to caval-
ry; Ps. 147, 10 ¥ 7 Nn *pitiackd he
taketh no pleasure. in the legs of men,
i.e. infantry. A proverbial phrase oc-
curs in Judg. 15, 8 ὭΣ piw ἘῸΝ 75
and he (Samson) smote them leg upon
thigh, leg and thigh, Engl. Vers. hip
and thigh, i.e. he cut them in pieces ut-
terly; see in 52 3.d. Another inter-
pretation given by Gesenius, see in >>
1. b. ἃ.

2. In animals, the fore-leg, shoulder,
corresponding to the shoulder in the
human body, Ex. 29, 22. 27. Lev. 7, 32
sq. 8, 25sq. 9,21. Num. 6, 20. al. Sept.
βραχίων, Vulg. armus.

PD m. (τ. pr) a street, alley, place,
pr. a cleft between two rows of houses;
Prov. 7,8. Ecc. 12, 4.5. Plur. apy
Cant. 3,2; comp. a from "18, boyy

from ‘145. Chald. apie id. Syr. Ra Ne

=I. 11D obsol. root, Arab. κε ἦ ἴο
be excited, stirred up, as dust, ‘tumult,
anger ; II to stir up, excite, 6. g. dust,
tumult, war; IV to stir up dust; also

1046

“10 ὃ
. stir or plough land. Hence J

an ox, bullock, see in art. *

Further, τι is also to leap or sf
upon, to dssail, as a lion; Chald. "Ὁ
leap, Syr. sae id. and to leap forth
upon, to assail; whence Syr. wie

~~

to be bold, audacious, proud. Hence’ νὴ

11. 4D fat. seein 1. ἢ ᾳ Ἢ
"30, "59, 10 go round or about, to trat
about, to journey, espec. as a merchi
for traffic; hence M78 no. 1. 2

πιῶ mid. (4: to go, to journey.
72 froma place; Cant. 4, 8 thou w
come with me from Lebanon, S872 Ὑἢ
M228 thou wilt journey (descend) fro
the top of Amana ; others, thou wilt loo
see in no. 3. Once with , lo go wi
any thing, to offer it in traffic, Is. ot
Hence 7307.

2. to surround, to enclose; hence
no. 1, and HW no. 2, a wall.

3. to look around or about, to Py | mn
to survey, lo observe, pr. by going ὃ
comp. "ΝΡ to go about, Chald. fi
spy out. With acc. Job 35, Soph
survey the clouds—Spec. a)
looking about from a height, c. 12, Nu
23.9. Ὁ) Of one lying in wait, to lk
after, to watch for, Jer. δ, 26. Hos 13. 7
c) In the sense to consider, to rega
i. 6. to look after, like Lat. circumspic
c. acc. Job 24, 15 723 "275m ND no Ἢ
looketh after me, observes me. 25, "
33, 14. 35, 13 Apps Nb "πῷ the 2
mighty doth not regard it. ἃ) Simpl
to look upon, to behold, c. ace. Job 7, ὃ
17, 15. 20, 9. 34, 29; also of propheti
vision, Num. 24, 17.

Pix. "798 to behold ; so Job 36, 24 ¢
cording to some; but see τ. "7.

Deriv. "18, M78, m0.

* TIT. ΝΜ να, sf to ing; Pi
“110 id. see r. "τῶ,

i τὰ. (τ. πρῶ 1.) an epicene noun,
plur. 0°97 Hos, 12, 12; an oz, bullock,
cow, Lat. ‘bos ; eo'enltad bow ploughir ss

like "Pa and ‘Lat. armentum from aro.
or perh. from its boldness and fierceness,

see theroot. Arab. yp bull; Eth. Cid.
Chald. “4m q. v. rd {so id. whence

“0
Gr. and Lat. ταῦρος, taurus, Germ. Stier,
see Grimm. Gr. III. p. 325.—It isa gen-
word, denoting one of the ox kind,
ithout respect to'age or sex. Ey g. in
ey. 22, 27. Ex. 22, 19, itis a calf; in
x. 34, 19 710) [OB is the firstling of a
Db; also “ivi “isa Num. 18, 17. (In
b 21, 10 it is a bull, though Gesenius
ukes a different view, see in r. "23 Piel.)
It oftener denotes single animals, (the
collective being "73 cattle, a herd, from
hich this word differs, as MD from ἽΝ.)
x. 21, 28. 29. 37. 22,8.9. Lev. 7,23.
7, 26. Num. 22, 4. Is. 1, 3. Job 6, 5. al.
$0 WMI ἜΘ one ox Neh. 5, 18. Nam.
15,11. Instead of the plur. we find"P3,.
is Num. 7, 3—More rarely 778 is put
collectively, oxen, cattle, herd ; as inan
enumeration of various things, Gen. 32,
6. 1 Sam. 22, 19. 2 Sam. 15, 3. "133
“iW the firstling of thy herd, parall.
oes “2a, Deut. 15, 19; comp. above.
pyr ται a bullock of the herd, Judg. 6,
25.—Metaph. 7iwn 7123, spoken of a
prince and leader, Deut. 33, 17. So
erh. "18 simpl. for men of valour and
‘renown, Gen. 49, 6.
— WO m. (τ. IT) 1. a wall, Ps. 18,
80. 2 Sam. 22, 30. Gen. 49, 22. Plur.
mIinw, Job 24, 11 OMIM 1.3 between
: (within) their walls, i.e. the rich in their
own houses ae villas. — Aram. "30,

ow, Arab. ἡ ὡς:
_ 2. a lying-in-wait, or rather, a lier-in-
“wwait, enemy, Ps. 92,12. Comp. “πῶ.

fines of the great desert lying between
| Egypt and Palestine, Gen. 16, 7. 20, 1.
25, 18. 1 Sam. 15, 7. 27, 8. Josephus
understands by it Pelusium, Ant. 6. 7. 3,
comp. 1 Sam. 15, 7; but this city was
- called in Hebrew, Ὁ. More prob. "νῷ
_ was somewliere in the vicinity of the
modern Suez. The desert extending
from the borders of Palestine to Shur, is
called in Ex. 15, 22 "1 "319 the desert
of Shur ; but in Num. 33, 8 it is called
ΡΝ 7279 the desert of Etham.

ΠΝ Chald. m. @ wall, like Heb. no.
ΠῚ; ραν, 8998 walls Ezra 4, 12. 13. 16.

* WA obsol. root, to be white, or ra-
_ ther to be bright, to shine, as appears
_ from the derivatives. Kindr. is 63 to

1047

be gray; also 7% to shine, to glitter.—

| 45, 1. 69, 1. 80, 1.

5. Shur, pr. ἡ. of a city on the con- ‘seems to be nothing more than Jilies,
5 , pr. ἢ. |

Wiw

Hence 87% white marble, 88 id. and
byssus, "OY id. FOI, FON, Mw, pr.
nse, we, 7D.

NWID, see HW lett. a.

FOI τὰ. (τ. wad) ρίαν. ordiw, a
lily, κρίνον, growing wild in Palestine
and the adjacent regions in fields and
pastures, Cant. 2, 16. 4, 5. 6, 2. 3. 7,3;
comp. Eeclus. 50, 8. Matt. 6, 28. Luke
12,27. The oriental lily is of various
colours, especially white and cerulean,
which suit well in the above passages.
But in Cant. 5, 13 the lips are compared
with lilies, prob. red or purple ; see Plin.
Hist. N. 21. 5 “Est et rubens lilium,
quod Graeci crinon vocant...sunt et
purpurea lilia.” Celsii Hierob. I. 383
56. The root πῶ Dee refer to any

bright ΕΊΣ Arab. pupae, valg. Ar.

cy erga glass, id. Chald. spud
lily, flower, Syr. Dace lily. —Spoken
also of artificial lilies, e. g.

a) Of architectural ornaments on the
capitals of columns. 1 K. 7, 22 ΓΙΌΣ Ὁ
jo lily-work, imitating lilies. εἰ 26
joie mae id. Comp. 73 and mri .

b) According to most interpreters,
jOiv is also an instrument of music,
perhaps a cymbal or some kind of trum-
pet, so called as resembling the form of
the lily ; comp. 3898. Plur. ΒΡ δ ὦ Ps.
But here 5°20i0

and indicates some well-known song or
poem, after the measure and numbers
of which these psalms were to be sung.
So Ps. 60,1 ΤΡῚΣ 758 perhaps indicates
more briefly the same poem ; but “ὦ and
ΤΗΣ are not to be joined, comp. Ps. 80,
1 many oniw.

JU m. (r. Bd) 1. ἃ lily, see in
Ἰώ. 1Κ. 7, 19 Ἰϑνῷ ΠΏΣ lily-work,
artificial, see ἿΝ Ἰϑ τῶ lett. ἃ. Ps. 60,1
mary 7, see in 71w lett. b.

2. Shushan, written also 729) Esth.
4,8. 16. 8, 15. al. pr. name, i. 6. Susa,
τὰ Σοῦσα, the city, Esth. 3, 15. 8, 15;
with a royal palace or castle, jun
masa, Neh. 1, 1. Dan. 8, 2. Esth. 1. 2.
5. 2, 3. 5.8. al. situated in Elam or Ely-
mais Dan. 8,2; where the Persian kings,

vag

as Xerxes (Esth. 1, 2.2.3.8) and others
of the Achemenides, were wont to pass
some months in the spring, Neh. 1, 1.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 6. 22. Polyb. 5. 48. It was
in the province of Susiana, on the river
Euleus (7558 Dan. |. c.) or Choaspes,
now the Kerkhah or Kerrah, where at
present is the village Sus or Shush in
the province Khizistan. Its mounds of
ruins are described in Kinneir’s Memoir
p. 99. Ker Porter’s Travels II. p. 411 sq.
Layard in Journ. of the Royal Geogr.
Soc. XIII. p. 334 sq. Ritter Erdk. Th.
IX. p. 293 sq.—Others find Shushan on
the river Karin, ata village called Tus-
tar, or vulg. Shushtar ; so Von Hammer
in the Trans. of the Geogr. Soc. of Paris,
Il. p. 320 sq. 333 sq. Rawlinson as-
sumes two cities of this name.—The
name, if Semitic, signifies only ἐν; as
appears from Athenaeus XII. 1. p. 513.
Ktymol. Mag. s. v.

ΤΊΣ f. (τ. wind) a lily, Cant. 2, 1.2.
Hos. 14, 6; artificial 2 Chr. 4,5. It is
the noun of unity ; jwiw being the gene-
ral noun; Heb. Gr. edit. 16, § 105. 3. e.
—Hence the pr. ἢ. Σωσάννα, Σουσάννα,
Susanna.

8932090 Chald. gentile n. plur. Shu-
shanchites, Susians, the inhabitants of
the city Shushan or Susa, Ezra 4, 9.
See ἢ no. 2.

pwiw 1 K. 14, 25 Keth. where Keri
PUD q. v.

DAW to put, to place, see τ. τῶ,

MoMA (perh. for nomixd ‘noise of
breaking,’ see πὶ and mbm) Shuthelah,
pr.n.m. a) A son of Ephraim Num.
26, 35.36. b) 1 Chr.7,21.—From the
hiciaey comes the patronym. "Monn
Shuthalhite Num. 26, 35.

i τὸ Chald. a spurious root, from
which some derive the forms of the rare
eonj. of Pret or Prix, 31", 2778, fo set
Sree, to deliver ; fut. Sr, inf. nam,
part. τς Dan: 3, 15. 17. 28, 6, 15.17.
2128, iPicouent in the Targums, for
Heb. d"zn, 055. Syr. ojo id.—But
am, as ‘leo joe, israther SHAPHAL

of r. 219, i.q. Arab. is, to flow, pr. to

glide, and hence to slip away, to escape ;
comp. 222, 08. Similar is the form

1048

mm
xz"w, which Gesenius has rightly pr pu

viride’ r, RZ" p. 416.
Deriv. pr n. Peara.

“STD pr. ig. τῶ, Chald. τητῦ, t
scorch, to burn ; espec. of the sun, Car it.
1,6 wow snpre Jor the sun hath
μρ ὦ me, made me swarthy. Poet-
ically of the eye, (which is often com-
pared to the sun, and vice versa, see
D°BS23,) as casting its glances upon
any thing, i. 6. to look upon, to scan, Jok
20, 9. 28, 7. 4

Ὁ i.q. Arab. y}0 , to ¢wist a thread
from right to left;‘or back-handed, #
twine several threads together. Hence

Horna. Part. "12 Ww lwined bys: 8,
i. e. of several threads twisted together,
double or three-threaded, etc. Ex. 26, ;
31. 36. 27, 9. 18. 28; 6. 8. 15 sq.

MY πὶ. adj. (r. mm) depressed, ca ‘
down. Job 22, 29 52» NW with dow
cast eyes, one dapreiaanl

*TOW fut. 2 fem. “mein, to give, to
make a present, espec. in order to be
free from punishment, Job 6, 22; or for
seducing, corrupting, c. ace. of pers. Ez,

16, 33. Syr. ide to give once, Pa. to

give often, both in a good and bad
sense. Hence

HI m. a gift, present, 1 K. 15, 19
Chald. τώ, Syr. ἔκαιον, id. Espee.
in order to be free from punishment,
2 K. 16, 8. Prov. 6, 35; comp. Job 6, 22
Also in order to corrupt a judge, a bribe,
Ex. 23, 8. Deut. 10, 17. 16, 19. Ps. 2€
10. Is. 1, 23. al. ‘Im mpd to take a re
ward, bribe, Ps. 15, 5. 1 Sam. 8, 3. Ez
22, 12.—Prov. 17. 8 "2933 Inn jn
"boa like a precious stone is a gifti
the eyes of its possessor, i. e. of him whe
receives it; comp. >33 no. 4.

' ΓΙ to sink down, to subside ; see
Pan, mone , ἃ pit. Also, to incline one:
self, to bow down like rine and Maw q. ᾿
Is. 51, 23.—Chald. anv id. Other kindr
verbs see in r. maw. |

Hien. mnt to make bow den
depress, metaph. the mind, Prov. 12, 2

Hirapan, Manne, the third radie
being doubled (like FIND, ΓΝ, from |

ny3), fut. TIMMY, apoe, ΤῊ , in paul
ANA.

δῇ "πὸ

1. to bow down, to fall prostrate be-
ore any one in order to do him honour
ind reverence, i. ᾳ. προσκυνεῖν, Gen. 22,
. 1 Sam. 24, 9. Ruth 2, 10; with 5 of
vers. Gen. 23,7. 1 Sam. 2, 36;
28> Gen. 23, 12; >x Is. 45,14; ἘΞ Lev.
6, 1. This ieite of salutation consist -
din falling upon the knees and then
ouching the forehead to the ground;
ence there is often added ΠΝ ΘἼΒΝ,
9% END, or the like, Gen. 19, 1. 42,
: 48, 12. peau. 25,41. 2 Sam. 14, 33.
‘his honour was paid not only to supe-
iors, as to kings and princes 2 Sam. 9,
. 14, 22. 33. 16,4. Esth. 3, 2; but also
o equals Gen. 23, 7. 12. Ex. 18,7. 1 K.
, 19; sometimes the prostration was
epeated seven times, as Gen. 33, 3;
omp. 1 Sam. 20, 41.—Hence

2. Spec. to bow down before God, to
orship, to adore, spoken of worship ren-
ered to God and also to false gods;
bsol. Gen. 22, 5. Ex. 24, 1. 33, 10.
udg. 7, 15. Job 1, 20; with’, ἀξ: 24,
8. Ex. 20, 5. Deut. 4, 19. Fadg: 2, 12.
5, 27, 13. al.:more rarely "25> Deut.
6, 10. 1 Sam. 1, 19. Ps. 22, 28. 86, 9.
Sindthinds > faatics the ‘ae towards
rhich one worships, e. g. the holy
jount Ps. 99,9. 132, 7; also Ὁ Ps. 5,
. 138, 2.—Also without prostration,
thile in bed, Gen. 47, 31. 1K. 1, 47.

3. to do homage, to yield allegiance.
5, 45, 12 he (the king) is thy lord,
: “INA do thou homage unto him.
af. Chald. nmmMbn 2 K. 5, 18. For
M"INMY2 see Index.

Deriv. see in Kal.

πῶ, see in sind .*
TINW, see "ὑπ,
in τη. (τ. Ὑπὸ 11.) blackness, Lam.

MANW Γ᾿ (τ. nnw) a pit Prov. 28, 10.
‘omp. HMw and nnw.

ἜΤΙ i. g. ποῦ and Mm q. v. comp.

29; pret. nw, "nine, plur. inv and
733; fut. mB.

1. to bow down, to sink down, Hab. 3,
_ Of animals lurking for prey, to
rouch, Job 38, 40 [39, 2].

2. to be bowed down, trop. to be brought
w, depressed, Ps. 10, 10. 107, 39; so
ride Is. 11, 2.17; spec. with ariet sor-

>, =

less often "

1049

Ὁ.

Onw

row Ps. 35, 14. 38, 7. Lam. 3, 20 Keri.
Also to submit, to humble oneself ; 3 Is. 60,
14 nin ποῦν, 1234 shall come to εὐῤ'
mit themselves to thee.
14, 19.

Nipu. to be bowed down, brought low,
Is. 2, 9. 5, 15. Of a low and muffled
voice or ssa. Ece. 12, 4 niva7>> anv
“wn and all the daughters of song are
brought low, i. e. are made to sing ina
low voice, or be silent, lest the aged man
awake; see Thesaur. p. 1387. Pregn.
Is. 29, 4 FIN MVM ἼΒΡ 3 and thy voice
shall be low and out of the dust, i. e. low
and feeble, as from the shades.

Hipu. niin, to bring low, to cast down,
Is. 25, 12. 26, 5.

Ηιτηρο. Syimwn, to be brought low,
cast down, trop. of the soul, Ps, 42, 7. 12.
43, 5.

Deriv. MU.

*DOMW fat. ont", inf. wn (non

Hos. 5, 2 see in Piel), 8, rise Dome) Ez.
23, 39; inf. abs. BMY; pr. ‘ to cast down
at fall length, to prostrate.’ Kindr. are
πῶ, MY, mw, mm. Syr. μέν Pa.
to corrupt; Eth. fimhM to injure.—
Hence

1. to kill animals, to slaughter, Arab.
fos, c. ace. Gen. 37, 31. Is. 22, 13.
1 Sam. 14, 32. 34. Espec. victims for
sacrifice Lev. 1, 5. 11. Ex. 12, 6. 21.
Num. 19, 3. Hos. 6 2 spas ΘΛ Ὁ ΠΌΤ
in the slauphtering (of victims) they
make deep their transgressions ; but see
in Piel. Also a human victim Gen. 22.

10. Is. 57, 5.

2. to kill persons like beasts, to slay,
to slaughter, to massacre, c. acc. Judg.
12, 6. 1K. 18, 40. 2 K. 10, 7. 25, 7.
Ter: 39,6. 41,7. Num. 14, 16 therefore
ΌΤΙ he alee them in the desert, i. e.
let them perish. Trop. Jer. 9, 7 Keth.

Ὁ 9 ori ya hilahierine arrow t3

their tongue, i. e. by its skanders.
βολὶς τιτρώσκουσα: Vulg. ‘sagitta vul-
nerans.’ Keri. has ὭΣΤ, slaughtered ;
but as this cannot be said of an arrow,
Ewald prefers to render with the Syr.
Vers. sharpened, sharp, (tuto; comp.
Chald. try sharp; Mishn. 1m to
sharpen, rey A id.

3. Spec. vam ant 1K. 10, 16. 17.
2 Chr. 9, 15. 16, perh. mixed gold, alloy-

Sept.

Job 9, 13. Prov..

᾿
Ee αν eT ee

ee eee eee

sat)

ed with some other metal; comp. Arab.

46 to dilute wine with water, and see
more in Comm. on Is. 1, 22. Thesaur.
p. 772. _ So Gesenius.—Better with
Sept. beaten gold, i.e. drawn-out into
plates ; comp. MW to spread out, to ex-
pand, the letters being transposed.

Pigew prob. i. q. Syr. «δὰ, and Heb.
mmw, to corrupt, to act or do wickedly.
Inf nom (like M70" Lev. 26, 18), Hos.
5, 2 prosn ὉΠ rome and ‘the revolt-
ers have sunk deep in evil doing ; so
Ewald, comparing Hos.9,9. The Heb.
ΠΝ τ ἰβυϊμας acknowledge an_ infin.
Piel; see Kimchi Lex. Another view
see in Kal no. 1.

ΝΊΈΡΗ. pass. of Kal. no. 1, Lev. 6, 25.
Num. 11, 22.—Hence

MOND £ a killing, slaughter of vic-
tims, 2 Chr. 30,17. R. ond.

PID τὰ. (r. jm) a burning sore, in-
flamed ulcer, a boil, botch, or rather an
inflamed spot of the skin, in which arise
pustules (Mi9a22N) or Jeoroun spots ;
Ex. 9, 9-11. Lev. 13, 18-20; spec. of
eatbuncles i in the skin of one seized by
the plague, 2 K. 20, 7. Is. 38,21. Also
ΘΚ FN the botch of Eeypt Deut.
28, 27, aul 77M a sore botch, v. 35.
Job 2, 7, a species of the black leprosy
enderttic in Egypt, called by physicians
elephantiasis, from the dark scales with
which the skin is covered, and the
swelling of the legs. Comp. Lucret. 6.
112 sq. Plin. H. N. 26.1.5. Schilling
de lepra Lugd. Bat. 1778, p. 184, Wi-
ner Realw. art. Aussatz.

ony m. (r. ὉΠ) i. g. BND, that
which grows of itself the second year
afler sowing, Is. 37, 30. So the ancient
versions; see πόνων p- 1389.—This
would seem to be the primitive form,
and to signify pr. sprout, shout ; see the
root.

spy m.(r. 1) only constr. 5°70,
a board, as made thin by hewing, plan-
ing, etc. once Ez. 41, 16.

mnw f. (τ. HAD) @ pit, plur. mined
Ps. 107, 20. Lam. 4,20. The fm is not

radical, but is nevertheless preserved in
flexion ; see Lehrg. p. 527.

NID Chald. part. f. see τ. MN.

1050 pnw

in

ἘΡ πὸ obsol. ee to roar ; com]

Arab. Aeaer to bray, hué and J ts

a braying. In Heb. it is referred to the
Diss in Arab. to the ass. So Ar ab

5 to roar asa lion, to bray as a
ass.— Hence 5m a lion. te

=a on Ὁ obsol. Fan Arab. de, to

peel, to scale, to shell ; jae a ale

mattock, sil filings, scrapings, alse
pods, chaff etc. Hence πρῶ, τὴν

SU m. (r. πὸ I,) ἃ lion, so calle
from his roaring; a poetic epithet, Job
4,10. 10, 16,.28, 8. Ps. 91, 13. Prov.
26, 13. Hos. 5, 14, 13, 7. Boctiévt ἢ
Hicroz. Arp be ‘onderstand the swarthy
lion of Syria; Plin, H. N. 8. 17; comp. 7
“nd black, the letters > and Ἢ being in=
terchanged. But this is quite uncertain.

χε f. (r. 5m Π,) pr. @ shell. or ac-
cording to the Heb. intpp. ὄνυξ, onyar
marinus, unguis odoratus; the blatta
Byzantina of the shops, Germ. Teufels-
klaue ; Ex. 30, 34. It consists of the
shell or cover of a species of muscle,
found in the lakes of India where the
nard grows; also in the Red sea and
along the whole coast of Arabia; which
when burned emitsa sweet musky odour. i
Murex inflatus Lam. Murex ramosus
Linn. See Dioscorid. 2. 10, and the
Arabian writers cited by Bochart, Hie-
roz. II. p. 803 sq. See more in Thesaur.
p- 1388.

πὸ obsol. yoot, Arab. ,. to be
hot, inflamed, spoken of the eyes and
skin. Chald. (id. Syr. qa id. ar
Pa. to ulcerate. Hence 0. τ

Μ Onw obsol. root, perh. to sprout,
to grow; comp. Arab. Yass to lift
or raise oneself up; alsor. γπῶ. Hence
Ὀσπῶ,

ὙΠΟ 1. i. α. HMO, and by transy
mom, Aw, which see; 0 strip off bark,
to hew, to chip off, sc. by hewing, plan-

ing, etc. Comp. Arab. ais to sha e
the head. Kindr. are Aram HMw,

to crawl; also Heb. ΠΡ, MBO, FEN I
Agreaby Fw.

|

πῶ
2. to become thin, lean, to consume

i , Ft? Me a
away ; comp. Arab. L2S\w to be thin;
Talm. Mw to pine.—Hence πῶ and

SMW τὰ. Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 14, 15, ac-
cording to Sept. and Vulg. the sea-mew,
sea-gull, Vulg. larus, an aquatic unclean
bird. so called from its leanness. See
Bochart Hieroz. II. lib.2.c.18. Β. πῶ.

, manw f. (τ. |) leanness, then con-
sumption, Lev. 26, 10. Deut. 28, 22.

Ne ynw obsol. root, Arab. Yasue
to lift up or raise oneself, to rise ; comp.
ont .—Hence the two following.

YNW m. elation of mind, pride; Arab.

ο ΄

yeasts, Talmud. γπῦ, id. So 533
yn, Vulg. filii superbie, the sons of
pride, i.e. the larger and nobler beasts of
prey, as the lion, so called from their
proud gait. Job 28,8. 41, 26 [25]. The
Chaldee renders it /ions, in c. 28, 8;
but the other passage requires it to be
taken in a wider sense. Comp. Bochart
Hieroz. I. p. 718.

DSI (heights) Shahazim. pr. n. of
a place in the tribe of Issachar, c. © loc.
maemo Josh. 19, 22 Keri. In Keth.
ΤΊΣΙ .—R. pos.

y pow fut. PMs 1. to rub or beat
in pieces, to pound fine 3 Arab. (§> id.
Chald. pnd, Syr. vous id. Ex. 30, 36.
Trop. of enemies, Ps. 18, 43.—Also to
wear away, as water stones, Job 14, 19.
—Hence pre no. 1.

2. to expand, sc. by rubbing or beat-
| "πὰ to stretch out ; whence PMwW no. 2.

paw πὶ, (τ. PMY,) a poetic word.

if 1. dust, fine dust, so called from rub-
bing, trending, etc. Is. 40, 15.

_ 2. Rarely in sing. Pm Ps. 89, 7. 38,
_oftener plur. ΡΠ, the sky, the hea-
_vens, so called from their expanse, like
‘DP, see the root no. 2; comp. Heb.
Gr. ὁ 106.2. Targ. xpm, plur. “πῶ,
wpny, everywhere for Heb. Arab. rar.

‘ ΄
(Gs a thin cloud. Prev. 8,28. As the
seat of God and the angels, Ps. 89, 7. 38.
68. 35. Often parall. with ot, Deut.
88, 26. Job 35, 5. Ps. 36, 6. 57. ne 108,

δ. Jer. 51,9. But pmo and o "pnw δ.

1051

“hw

| note the sky or heavens both as serene |
or clouded; e. g. as serene, Job 37, 18
hast thou like him spread out the sky
(ΘΠ), firm, as a molten looking-
glass? Or as covered with clouds, Job
37, 21; whence descend the rain and
dew. Job 36, 28. Prov. 3, 20; also the
manna Ps. 78, 23 comp. Is. 45,8; and
whence the thunder is heard, Ps. 77, 18.
ΒΡ “32 clouds of the heavens Ps. 18,
12. 2 Sam. 22. 12. Also put for the
clouds themselves Job 38, 37, parall.
p72 "222 bottles of the héntuth

“ὦ καὶ “ΠΩ pr. to cleave, to break,
kindr. with "3% and Arab. pe perh.
“320, comp. also in Τ᾿ 338° and note.
Hence

1. to break, to break forth, as ‘the
light, dawn; hence "8 and “nwa au-
rora.

2. to break in, to pry into, and hence
to seek, comp. "P3 no. 2,3. In Kal once
part. "70 Prov. 11, 27. See Piel.

Piet "MW to seek, to seek carefully,
only poetic, c. acc. Job 7, 21. Prov. 7,
15. 8,17; also > c. inf. Job 24, 5. Prov.
13, 24 "037 jane inns he that loveth
ain (his son) seeketh ‘for him chastise-
ment, q. d. prepares it for him, does not
let him go without it. The suffix is to
be taken as a dative.—7T seek God is:
a) To long after him, Is. 26, 9. Ps. 63, 2.
b) To turn unto him, Hos. 5, 15. Ps. 78,
34; c. 58 Job 8, δ.

Deriv. “πῶ, he “wa, pr. ἢ.
maInw, pin.

os WL ba u to be or become black ,
Aram. span, "m0, id. Pregn. Job 30,
30 "bs aM “i> my skin is black from
off me, i. e. turns black and scales off.

Deriv. "MY, TiN, Ahm, and pr.n.
sinw, τς.

ἘΠῚ. “3 pot used in Kal; Arab.
χ- : S ο

, to fascinate, to enchant ; re in-
cantation, magic.

PrEL, fab ὁ. suff. ΤΠ or MIN, to
fiscinale: to charm; hence to charm
away, to remove by magic arts. So
once, Is. 47, 11 and evil shall come upon
thee, AAMY "SIM X5 thou shalt not know |
to charm it away; comp. the next

σ΄

clause, and Num. 23. 23. So J.H.and .

"πὸ

J. Ὁ. Michaelis, Ewald, De Wette, and

others.—Another interpretation refers

it to art. "MW the dawn, i. 6. good after

the evil. So Gesenius, Mauer, Knobel.

But this accords less well with the par-
allel clause.

“30 m. (r. 10 I,) aurora, the dawn,

_ morning ; so called as Bdge forth ;

SOF
Chald. "mw id. Arab. ὃ id. Gen. 19,

15. Josh. 6, 15. Judg. 19, 25. Am. 4, 13.
Job 38, 12. al. Poetically there are
ascribed to it eyelashes, see D°DTD9 ;
and wings Ps, 139, 9. wg"43 son of the
morning, 1. 6. the morning star, lucifer,
Is. 14,12; seein 5°. Hos. 6,3 -nwW>
xin 7333 his going ‘forth i is sure as the
dawn, i. 6. the coming of Jehovah. Ps:
57, 9 “πὸῷ MIN Twill awake the dawn
sc. by my early song. 108, 3. Also
“mwa αἱ the dawn, early, soon, sud-
denly; comp. "P22 Ps. 90, 14.—In ‘Cant.
6, 10 a maiden Davis abroad, and Joel
2 2 a cloud of locusts appearing on the
sky, are compared to the dawn; the lat-
ter perh. referring to the yellowish light
which is said to accompany the flight of
locusts. A similar comparison is found
in Arab poets; see De Sacy Chrestom.~ |}
ΠῚ. p. 54. 1. 15... Metaph. of prosperity,
as again dawning upon the afflicted, Is; :
8, 20, (see in "Wy B. no. 8). 58,8; sof
Ἢ 47, 11 according to some; but see oi
r. "πὸ III, Piel. The same metaph. oc+
curs in the use of the words "2 Job 11}

17, ΠῚ Jer. 13, 16, and Arab,

For “πὸπ mb's Ps, 22, 1, see fully in
art. mba p. 42.

ὙΠῸ and NNW m. adj. fem. myine,
black, e. g. hair ‘Levi 13, 31. 37. Cant.
5,11; a horse Zech. 6, 2. 6; of a dark
or b waethy countenance Cant. 1, δ. R.
“πὸ IT. δ

πὸ, see “IND.

PAW Εἰ (τ. ππῷ I,) the dawn ;
youth, once Kee. 11, 10.

hw m, adj. (τ. 30 IT.) fond,
dark, swarthy, spoken of complexion
Cant. 1,6. For this diminutive adjec-
tive of colour, after the form p305x,
PIP, see κεν; p. 497. Heb. Gr. § δά.
8. § 83. 23.

Sos

trop.

1052

mms

mm (Jehovah seeks him, r. Ἔπὲ
I.) Shehariah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 26. 4
DIU (the two dawns, comp. 0°
Dy1ns) Shaharawm, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 8, 3.

" naw in Kal not used, pr. ‘to p oss
down, to cast down, to prostrate ; kindr.
are πῶ, nw, mM, mw. Hence, fo
destroy, to ΡΟΝ see Piel and Hiph.

Arab. SM to destroy, 1V id. comp. Sy
Juma Pa. to corrupt, to violate ; Eth

rich M. to injure, to violate.
PIEL MD, 2 sing. MMB, 2 plur. orm),
1. to throw down, to overthrow, to de-
stroy, pr. to cast down, to prostrate.
E. g. one wounded Ex. 21, 26; or slai
2 Sam. 1, 14; or a whole peuple Gen.6 6,
17. 9, 15. Hoe. 13, 9. Is. 14, 20. Ez.
16.al. M8 MT fo destroy by casting to
the ground, e. g. Onan, Gen. 38,9. Alse
to destroy buildings, walls, cities, to over
throw, Gen. 13, 10. Jer. 48, 18. Lam. 2,
5. 6. Ez. 26, 4. 43, 3. 2K. 19, 12; or a
land, region, field, vineyard, fo desolate,
to lay waste, Gén. 9, 11. 13, 10. Josh. 22,
33. Judg. 6, 5. Hos. 11, 9. Nah. 2, 3. al.
—Trop. ΓΤ MM to violate or break ἃ
venant Mal. 2,8; 1257 Ὁ Lo destror
@ cast off one’s pity Ags: 1, 11; comp. Ez ᾿
28, 17. Prov. 33, 8 ΘΈΣΙ 47939 Any
thou destroyest (losest) thy sweel words,
2. Intrans. to destroy, absol. 2 Sam.
14, 11. Jer. 5, 10; 6. 5 Num. 32, 16:
1 Sam. 23, 10.—In a moral sense, to cor=
rupt oneself, to become corrupt, Ex. 32,
7. Deut. 9, 12. Hos. 9,9; ¢. > towards
any one, Deut. 32, 5. Comp. Highs
Hien. n-ne 1.1. q. Piel πο. 1, te
throw down, to overthrow, to desire
e. g. by casting down, laying waste, a
walls Lam, 2,8; a house Jer. 6,5. 2Chr.
34, 11; a city Gen. 19, 13. 14. 2 Sam. 20,
15; a land. kingdom, 1 Sam. 6, 5. ἦν.
8, 19. Jer. 13, 9. 51,20; by cutting dow
as trees Deut. 20, 19. 20. Mal. 3, 11;
by slaying, as men Gen. 6, 13. Deut
9,25. Judg. 20, 35. Ez. 9,8; also with
Ms7x added, to destroy to the ground
Judg. 21, 21.25; enemies 2 Sam. 11, 1
2Chr. 24, 23; or byl injuring in any wa
Judg. 6, 11. Prov. 11, 9. Ps. 78, 45. Is
65, 8. Jer. 49, 9. 2 Chr. 36, 19. al. Ὁ
the beard, to mar, Lev. 19, 97. ΓῺ
iD? to destroy oneself Prov. 6, 32. “Pa t

πὸ

ΤΡ ΠΝ a destroying? hen Jer. 2,
30, comp. 4,7. So ΤΩΙ FNban the
destroying angel 2 Sam. 24. 16, and
simpl. mw the destroyer Ex. 12, 23,
i. e. the angel of God who inflicts ca-
lamities and death upon men; comp.
1 Chr. 21, 12. Jer. 51, 1.—The phrase
mrwnm->x destroy not, in the titles of
Pss. 57. 58. 59. 75, seems to be the first
words of an earlier song, to the measure
of which these Psalms were to be sung.

2. 2.3 Mnwh Gen. 6, 12, MNi>"bD ‘n
Zeph. 3, 7, to destroy one’s way, i. 6. to
corrupt or pervert it ; and hence to be-
come corrupt, to act wickedly. So too
with the accus. suppressed, id. Deut. 4,
16. 25. 31, 29. Judg. 2, 19. Is. 1,4. 11, 9.
65, 25. Yer. 6, 28. al. Ez. 16, 47 "ΠῚ
srety>22 jn and thou hast become
corrupt, more thun they, in all thy ways.
Comp. Piel no. 2, and Hiph. 277 in r.
375.

‘Nore. In the Samaritan Pentat. Hi-
phil is sometimes read, where the Heb.
has Piel; Gen. 6, 17. 9, 15. 19, 13. 19.

Hops. mmwn, to be destroyed, i.e. to be
corrupted, spoiled, part. M2 Prov. 25,
26. Part. f. nm contr. from namin
(as τ for N72) Mal. 1, 14; comp.
Lev. 22, 25.

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. to be destroyed, marred,
corrupted, 6. g. by putridity Jer. 13, 7;
of a vessel spoiled, 18, 4; morally Gen.
6, 11. 12. Ez. 20, 44.

2. to be laid waste, Ex. 8, 20.
Deriv. n°nw2, ὨΠΘ , nnwa, nna.

ΓΙ Chald. to destroy, to corrupt ;
Part. pass. ἢ Dan. 2,9 amrnwa ΓΞ. nba
lying and corrupt swords. —Part. Anant}
Be subst. a corrupt deed, crime, Dan. 6, 5.

nnd (Milel) f. Prov. 26, 27; c. suff.
omni Ez. 19, 4.8; (τ. mui, as mma from
. m93;) pr. a sinking’ hence a pit,
usm, 6. g. a) In which traps are
laid for wild beasts, a pit-fall, Ez. 19,
4. 8. Trop. for plots, treachery, peril,
Prov. 26, 27 582 ma Mn md whoso dig-
reth a pit shall fall therein. Ps.7, 16. 9,
16. 94, 13. 103, 4. Jon. 2, 7. Is. 38, 17.
0) @ pit, cistern, with mire, Job 9, 31;
comp. Ps. 40, 3. 69,15. 6) Put some-
times for a ΡΒ ΤΡ, the grave; so αἱ
least in the phrase MMW 355 to go down
to the grave Job 33, 24. Ps. 30, 10. 55, 24

1053

mow

mn wwa> oY Tim how shalt bring them:
down to the pit of the grave. Ez. 28, 8.
Is. 51, 14 mMwd man Nd he dieth not into
the grave, i. e. so as to be carried to his
sepulchre. (Others: ‘he dieth not in
the prison”) Also in the phrase ON"
maw or mmun “ἢ to see the grave, to die
and be buried, Ps. 16, 10. 49, 10, i. q.

mia ΠΣ Ps. 89, 49, ἐδεῖν ϑάνατον Heb.

11, "Sy δὰ toned 17, 14 mmd> to the
grate I have said, Thou art my father ;

to the worm, My πρίν and my sister ;
comp. the Arab proverb, Burckhardt
Prov. no. 623. Thesaur. p. 1378.

Nore. The LXX often render mnv
by διαφϑορά, as if from τ. M8 διαφϑείρω
to corrupt ; not however in the sense
of corruption, putridity, but of destruc-
tion ; see the examples in the Concord.

“of Tromm. The Greek word is indeed

taken by Luke in the sense of corrup-
tion in Acts 2, 27. 13, 35 sq. but it would
be difficult to show that the Heb. mmw_
has this sense even in a single passage,
as dérived from r. mw. The appeal-is
indeed made to Job 17, 14, where the
other hemistich has 7729, and mnw is
called father, which seems to accord
only with a masculine noun; but in
such cases the sacred writers often neg-
lect both the etymology and gender of
words; comp. 712 Ma τς Ps. 17, 8.
See Hengstenberg on Ps. 16, 10; and
the Commentators on Acts ll. ec.

now f. (for N32H, as NUN for NV)

$9.
i. q. Arab. ai Sint, the acacia, i. e.

‘ acacia vera, the spina A’gyptiaca of

the ancients, Mimosa Nilotica Linn.
Is. 41,19. It is a large tree growing in
Egypt and Arabia; its bark is covered
with large black thorns; the wood is
exceedingly hard, and when old resem-
bles ebony. See Celsii Hierobot. T. I.
p-498sq. Jablonsky Opusc. ed. te Water
I. p. 260. Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. i.
p. 277. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 349.—
For HOW ma see art. M2 no. 12. rr.

Piur. O°2W 1. acacias, whence "£9
mst acacia-wood, of which the furni-
ture and wood-work of the tabernacle
were constructed, Ex. 25, 5. 10. 13. Bist
26. 27, 1. 6. al.

2. Shittim, pr. n. of a valleys in’ Moab
on the borders of Palestine, over against

mow

Jericho, Num. 25, 1. Josh. 2, 1. 3, 1.
Mic. 6, 5; fully ΘΓ ἘΠῚ (the valley
of acacias) Joel 4, 18 [3, 18].—For >38
bint see in art. bax II. b.

7 mow fut. M2wH , to spread out, to ex-

pand ; Syr. wu jus, Arab. 7b w, Eth.

Mh, id. Job 12, 23 oad nod he
spreadeth out for the nations, i. e. gives
them ample territories. Espec. to spread
- any thing upon the ground, 6. g. bones
Jer. 8,2; quails Num. 11, 32; ground
corn, coarse meal, 2 Sam. 17, 19.

Pint fo spread out, to stretch out, 6. σ᾿."

the arms, hands, Ps. 88, 10.
Deriv. Miod2.

DoD τη. (τ. Ὁ I, Pil.) a scourge,
Josh. 23, 13; i. q. BIW q. v.

“P/O fut. ΠΣ 1. fogush or pour
out. to flow abundantly. Ps.78, 20. pws
p20 a pouring rain, Ez. 13, 13. 38, 22,
—Kindr. are 5% and 351 to flow, to
overflow; Aram. 50, ee, ,id. comp. 5/23
to distil.

2. to overflow, to overwhelm, as a
stream Is. 30, 28. 66, 12; metaph. of
anarmy Dan. 11, 10. 26. 40.—So with
acc. a) to overflow or inundale any
thing Jer. 47, 2; also stronger, ἰὼ over-
whelm and swallow up, Ps. 69, 3 M238
“INDLY the floods overwhelm me, ewal-
low me up. v. 16. 124, 4. Is. 43, 2.
Cant. 8,7. δ) to sweep away as with
a flood, to wash away, Is. 28, 17. Job
14, 19 the flood sweepeth away the dust
of the earth. Ez.16,19. 6) Vice versa,
to bring in as with a flood ; Is. 10, 22
MPIS Hew yn 7i7b2 destruction is de-
creed, bringing in justice like a flood,
i. e. overwhelming the wicked with
merited punishment, ΠΣ being an
accus. governed by HO. d) to wash,
to rinse, i. e. copiously, Lev. 15,11. 1K.
22, 38.

3. Metaph. to run swiftly, to rush, as
a horse, Jer. 8,6. Comp. no 1.

Nien. 1. to be overflowed, over-
whelmed, trop. of a hostile army Dan.
pb Be ὍΝ

2. to be washed, rinsed, Lev. 15, 12.

Puat i. q. Niph. no. 9, ον, 6, 21.—
Hence

1054

.comp. "MWa Hos. 10, 15, and see ἢ ν.

| scribere.

Ow

50d and ΠΩ τὰ. 1. a gushi
pouring, e. g. of rain Job 38, 25; οἱ
torrent, whence *metaph. Prov. 2
ὮΝ How anger is an outpouring, ive
outrageous.

2. an overflowing, inundation, ἢ floc
Ps. 32,6. Nah. 1, 8. Dan. 9, 26 ues
his end cometh as a flood, i. e. sudd

C. Metaph. of an army, Dan. 11, 2%
>

*"Dw pr. to. cut, to cut in, to ¢

like Arab. . a whence pelea bat >

er, also a line, i. e. cut in; com
Heb. τῷ, Chald. "οὔ. — Hence

o>

write, pr. to cut in or grave with a sty
lus, like SMD q. v. Gr. γράφειν,

Arab. 7c id. Chald. "ον a
writing. Hence ΚΑ

Part. "08 pr. a writer, scribe, Si pi
γραμματεύς, γραμματοεισαχωχεύς, Peshit
(pow. Then, as writing was ancient i
employed chiefly in the administrati
of justice (comp. 32 πο. 5, 6, and E

Gr. γράφειν, γράφεσϑαι), a magistré
prefect, sa of the people ; comp

Arab. ~baw to be over any thing, ὁ

As ; ΜΈΣΟΙ a prefect, inspector

Targ. 8279 a prefect. Vulg. magiste
du, exactor. —Spec. the no were
a) the leaders, officers of the Israelites
in Egypt, Ex. 5, 6-19; and in the des
ert, along with the seventy elders, Num Ἢ
11, 16. Deut. 20. ὅ. 8. 9.. 29,9. 31.
Joth: 1,10. 3,2; distinigratshiad from thi
elders 0°21 and the judges o°Dbt
Josh. 8, 33. 23, 2. 24,1. b) magi
trates in the cities and towns of Pale
tine, sometimes joined with the judge
Deut. 16, 18; selected from the Levite
1 Chr. 23, 4. 26,29. 2 Chr. 19, 11.
13. Spoken of superior magistrates Ὁ
officers Prov. 6,7. ¢) In military me
ters, inspectors, directors, whose duty ii
was to number and regulate the troop
so 2 Chr. 26, 11, where two officers, 1
ΠΩ anda “Bid, are said to have been
appointed inspectors under a superic
prefect. Sept. κριτής.
Deriv. 2202, pr. n. "138.

|
|

sow

ποῦ Chald. m. (or rather "2W, as is
read i in 26 Mss. and editions, and "this is
so supported by 11 others which have
4nd) the side, Dan. 7,5. In the Tar-

gums 920, 8300, Syr. (pen.
: “ow (perh. γραμματικός, τ. 72D)

‘Shitrai, pr. ἢ. τὴ 1 Chr. 27, 29 Keth.
In Keri "070.

| 0 m. (τ. 80, for 8D, as "2 for 875)
δι τοι. things desirable, precious things,
comp. mitan. Spec. a gift, present ;
‘so in the phrase "ὦ Ὁ" πο bring pres-
ents, Ps. 68, 30. 76, 12. Is. 18, 7.

‘hy NU or δ obsol. root, i. q. Arab.
he: to will, to desire—Hence "© for
πῶς

NW pr. n. 2 Sam. 20, 25 Keth. see in
mr, :

FIND (a ruin, τ. Ni) Shion, pr.n.of a
city in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 19, 19.

Ι. M3 f. (τ. 23%) return, and concer.
those returning, Ps. 126, 1. But more
prob. it should read ΤῊΣ or M738, as
in v. 4.

IL. MW ἢ (for maw", τ᾿ 38") dwell-
ing, stay, 2 Sam. 19, 33 [32].

7 mo a doubtful root, to which is
apparently to be referred fat, apoc. "Un,
after the form "731 /Deut. 32, 18 ; Sept.
ἐγκατέλιπες, Vulg. dereliquisti, i. e. thou
hast forsaken ; the other hemistich has
m2Hm) thou hast forgotten. The root
mi} then would seem to have signified

the same as MM, Lew). to forget, to

neglect, whence wake negligence; the
letter % when interposed between two
vowels being changed into ", as is often
‘done; comp. ΠΣ and 7x, ΠῚ and

1 Ge-
‘yp, ANY and <3} to deck, ts and ἴω»
‘to be raw, 6. g. flesh; and comp. the
like change of 8 in O83, 455, vulture,

soko. Veud.—Or "Om may he derived

from the root nny itself regarding it
‘as contracted from “nun (for nmin,
comp. "Mom Jer. 18, 23 for nan), like
1 for 7.

~ * 3" obsol. root, Arab. Sa, to love,
to be captivated. Hence

1055 Te

Nw Shiza, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 11, 42. »
ΤΣ Chald. to deliver, see in τ. 318.

TIO ΓΟ (τ. md) ρίαν. ming, i. q.
maw, a pit, Ps. 57, 7. 119, 85. Jer. 18,
22 Keth. |

View, Wind, WH, pr. black, tur-
bid, from r. "78 II; hence Shihor as
the Heb. pr. name for the Nile, "&" be-
ing the Egyptian name, so called from
its muddy and turbid waters ; (whence
also Lat. Melo i. q. μέλας, according to »
Festus and Serv. ad Virg. Georg. 4.
291. Asn. 1. 745. ib. 4. 246;) Is. 23, 3
“NT TSP ANY HI the produce of Shihor,
the harvest of the Nile, Vulg. Nili. Jer.
2, 18.—In two passages, Josh. 13, 3.
1 Chr. 13, 5, Shihor is put as the south- "
western limit of Palestine, where one
might expect the torrent of Egypt, 53
pwx2, see 53; but in the similar pas-
sage Gen. 15, 18, the Nile, 51942 "73,
is also mentioned.

M232 AY shihor-libnath Josh. 19,
26, pr. n. of a small stream or river,
which empties itself into the sea, in the
territory of Asher; according to J. D.
Michaelis Glass river (comp. 23> no.
1), i.e. the Belus, now Nahr Na’mAn,
from the sands of which the first glass

‘ was made by the Phenicians.

uw m.(r.280) 1. anoar,i.q. vivir,
Ie. '33,, 1. f
,2. ig. BIW, a scourge, Is. 28,15 Keth.

τιον, 10 see in art. θῶ,

22°0 Mic. 1, 8 Keth. i. ᾳ. >> no. 1,
where see.

"J2"0 gentile n. a Shilonite: a)
From m>"% Shiloh, see in iW, 1K. 11,
29. 12,15; written also "32> Neh. 11,
5. Comp. >3 and "3553. Ὁ) For 72>
from πρῶ, 1 Chr. 9, 5.

yaw (for jaw desert) Shimon,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20.

. 7 obsol. root, i. ᾳ. Eth. WBZ
and Syr. 92, mingere ; comp. Ἰσῶ.
Hence 3", also

Hips. HN, contracted prob. from
Hithpa. }M85 , mingere, to make water ;
found only in part. "M82, in the pro-
verbial phrase pa j>MB2 mingens ad

. parietem i. e. against a wall, signifying

a male person, espec. where mention is
made of exterminating a whole tribe or
family ; comp. in Engl. ‘to the last man.’
1K. 14, 10 and I will cut off from Je-
roboam “pa mt. him that pisseth
against a all, the bond and the Sree,
i.e. all, utterly. 21,21. 2K. 9,8. 1 Sam.
25, 22. 34. 1K. 16, 11 he slew all the
house of Bashan; he left him not one
pissing against a wall (not a male),
nor kindred, nor friends. 'This biblical
phrase is imitated in Syriac by Barhe-
breeus, Chron. ap. Assem. Bibl. Orient.
II. p. 260, an desiderium me teneat die-
ceseos Gume, in qua non relictus est unus
qui mingat ad parietem? i. 6. which is
wholly desolated.

Against this view it is urged, that in
the east it is customary for men to
perform this office of nature in a sitting
posture, beneath their flowing garments,
nor does decency permit it to be done in
the presence of others; see Hdot. 2. 35.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.16. Amm. Marcell. 23. 6.
Jahn Bib]. Archeol. 1. ii. p.77. Comp.
in Arab. ‘si quis stans mingit, eque est
ac si mingat in Caabam.’? Hence some
understand by the above phrase a slave
or person of the lowest class ; so Jahn
l.c. Others, ὦ small boy; as Schindler
Lex. Pentagl. Gesen. Lex.man. Others
still,a dog ; and this is followed by many,
as Ejphr. Syr. Opp. I. p. 542. F. Judah
ben Karish in Ms. Abulwalid in Ms.
Kimchi, Jarchi, J. Ὁ. Michaelis, Dathe,
etc. This last view is strongly opposed
by Bochart, who adopts the one above
given; Hieroz. I. p. 675 or 776 sq. Lips.
See more fully in Thesaur. p. 1398.

1 τὴ. (r. 7) plur. D525, c. suff.
ἘΠ, urine, in Keth. 2 K. 18, 27. Is.
36, 12. Prob. obscene, and ΕΠ ΤΗΝ
ἫΝ pr7b39 a" in both places.

NZW Chald. to Saath see in στ᾿ 8X"
Chald.

an, rarely “1D Keth. 1 Sam.
18, 6; fat. ""W", apoc. once "6" Job 23,
37, conv, "Ww" Gade’ 5,1; to sing, Tadg.
5, 1. Ps. 65, 14. Not fourid in the other
| Semitie lable =n Consté, a) With
acc. of the song Ps. 7,1. 137, 4. 149, 1.
Is. 42,10; also with accus. of the pers. or
thing celebrated, Ps, 59, 17. 89, 2. 101,
1. 106, 12. Ὁ) With Ὁ. to sing unto

1056

"ὦ

any one, i. 6. before him Ps. 137, 3; of-
tener in his honour, fo celebrate in so
Ps. 13, 6. 27, 6. 33, 3. 68, 5. Jer. 20, 1;
once, to sing of or concerning any th ing
Is. 5,1. 6) With 3 to sing of, Pa, 138
5; comp.2 723. d) With 53 of h
shot one addresses in song, be fore
whom one sings; Job 33, 27 9 nt
D"D28 he singeth before men, chants or
proclaims unto them sc. the mercy of
God, celebrating it in song; comp. 23
no. 1. ἃ, θ. Prov. 25, 20 53 3 ᾿
p17a> he who sisigntl songs to a hea vy
heart, i. 6. to one afflicted—Parr. "
as subst. plur. ΘΛ, ὦ singer, singer
Ps. 78, 26. 87, 7. Ez. 40,49. Fem. a
mind “female singers, singing-wome π,
2 Sam. 19, 36. Ecce. 2, 8 2 Chr. 35, |
For Ὁ Ez. 27, 25, see in art.
no. 1. “a
Pit. "8, to sing, to chant; spoken
of the voice or cry of animals, to re-
sound, Zeph. 2,14; and οὖ of song t self
2 Chr. 29, 28. With ace. Job 36, 24
Erwy TI shy which men do sing.
celebrate; others less well, ‘which me
behold,’ comps τ. 999 IL 3. d.—P
“7%, plur. Do 02, α singer, singers,
(only i in Ezra, Neh. and Chron.) 1 Chr.
6, 18. 15, 16. 2 Chron. 5, 12. Ezra 2, 4
7, 7. Neh. 7, 1. 13, 5. 10. al. Fem. plur,
nina female singers, singing-wom
Ezra 2, 65. Neh. 7, 67. , ΜΝ
Horn. "57 pass. to be sung, e. g. ἃ
song, Is. 26, 1.
Deriv. τῶ, πῶς

ὦ τη. (. “"t}) 1. a song, singing,
the act of singing, 1 Chr. 6, 16. 17. %
6. 7. 2 Chr. 23, 18. Neh. 12, 27. 2 Chi
29, 27. 28 “iva “Mtini and the 80 ;
sang (resounded) and the trumpets trum
peted, all until the burnt-offering was
consumed ; here Kimchi needlessly take
"0 for ""0 bya ‘a singer; others fe
“" ">a ‘a choir?—Song was often
adapted to musical instruments ; hene
“7 ">> instruments of music, 2 Chr. 5
13. 7, 6. 29, 27. 1 Chr. 16, 42, Am. 6,5
Neh. 12, 36. In Eee. 12,4 tn
Δ ΟΝ of song are female singers,
see in τ. Mm Niph. 3

2. a song, hymn, that which is sung,
e.g. a) Collect. songs, hymns, 1 Κα. δ.
12 [4, 32] and his songs cm

aa)

49°) were a thousand and five. Also
nin; ὦ the Lord’s songs, in honour of
God, Ps, 42,9. 137.4, i. g. ΡΣ Ὁ songs
of Zion; comp. in 71"8. Ὁ) Genr.a
‘song, hymn, 6. g. sacred, a psalm, Ps. 33,
3, 40, 4. 69, 3. 96, 1. 98, 1. Is. 42,10; atso
profane, or secular, Is. 23, 16. 24, 9. Ecce.
7, 5; spec. of rejoicing, Am. 8, 3. 10,
opp. ΠΣ. Plur. 0-970, songs, hymns,
Gen. 31, 27. Prov. 25,20. Am. 5,23. Ez.
26, 13. 1 Chr. 3, 8.—Spec. for particular
occasions; as victory Judg. δ, 12; the
dedication of the temple Ps. 30, 1; for
the sabbath Ps. 92,1. For ni>pan 27
in the titles of Pss. 120-134, see in art.
ΓΞ: no. 4. In the titles of some other
Psalms ὙΠ stands in apposition with
sii, Ps. 48, 1. 65, 1. 66, 1. 67, 1.al.
D.332 I a song of delighis, i. 6. pleas-
ant, Ez. 33, 32. τὺτ 1 7°, see in art.
s277.—Also pwn WB Cant. 1, 1,
Vulg. canticum canticorum, the song of
songs, as the title of the book, i. e. ‘the
most excellent of songs, comp. the for-
mulas pede wap § the most holy,’ "20
ὈΛῸΠ ‘the highest heaven’ 1 K. 8,27;
see Lehrg. p. 692 sq.

yw f. (τ. 18) ἃ song, hymn; a
noun of unity, while "" is general and
collective; Heb. Gr. § 105.3. 6. Always
of some particular song, often with a
pron. demonstr. as MINIT MIEN this song
Ex. 15, 1. Num. 21, 17. Deut: 13, 19. 21.
al. Also of a parable in rhythm, Is. 5,
1. Plur. nin} Am. 8, 3.

OD τὰ. Syr. tas, white marble, once
1 Chr. 29,2. Comp. 8% no. 1. R. tw.

NOW, see 7.

Pwrw once PwAD 2 K. 14, 25 Keth.
Shishak, pr. n. of a king of Egypt, who

gave refuge to Jeroboam, 1 K. 11, 40;
and who afterwards, in the fifth year of

king’s palace, 1 K. 14, 25 sq. 2 Chr. 12,
2-9. He is the same with Sesonchis I,
the first king of the twenty-second dy-
nasty of Manetho ; whose name is found
on the Egyptian monuments ; see fully
n Thesaur. p. 1399.

‘ye nw, pret. MY, 1 pers. "MW; fut.
HH". apoc. NY, nbn Ex. 23,1, conv.
‘ms; inf. absol. MB Is. 22,7; to set, to
Ὶ 859

1057

Rehoboam, invaded Judea and spoiled
‘the Holy City, the temple, and the _

nw

put, to place, i. ᾳ. ΞΘ. τιϑέναι, but less
frequent. Kindred Hebrew roots ate
maw, τοῦς mm 1Π| which see; comp.
bmw. In the kindred dialects the traces.
of this root are few; Pheenic. see Gesen.
Monumm. Phen. p. 451. Talm. m8

plur. 777 foundations. Syr. daw id.
see more in Thesaur. p. 1400. :

1. to set, to place, to put, where it re-
fers to persons or things which stand
erect (or at least sit, Ps. 132,11) or are
regarded as erect rather than as lying
down, 6. g. to sel a watch, guards, Ps.
141, 3; any one upon a throne, X02>,
Ps. 132, 11; ΦΝῚΡ MI NW to set a
crown upon the head Ps. 21, 4, Metaph. |
Gen. 3, 15 7 will put enteily between thee
and the woman. Ps. 73, 28 ΝΞ 7M
“oma in the Lord have I put my trust.—
Spec.

a) to set in array as an army, the
acc. 72072 being every where implied
(comp. Josh. 8, 2. 13, and comp. in ὭΣ
and Daw ,)-i..e. to set omasalhis in array, Is.
22, 7. Ps. 3, 7 "δ IM 373O WY who set
themselves in array "against me round
about.

b) ἐο set, i. 6. to constitute, to appoint,
e. g. any one as prince, with two acc.
1K. 11, 34; acc. of pers. and > Ps. 45, 17 ;
Paso pers. and >3 of thing, to set one
over any thing, Gen. 41,33. So ace, of
pers. and 89, to set with or over, Job 30,
1; where others, to make equal with.

c) to set, i. q. to found; 1 Sam. 2, 8
and he hath set, founded, the world upon
them i. 6. the columns; comp. r. ὩΞ Ὁ
no. 2. d.

d) ΡΤ mw to set or lay snares,
springes, i. 6. to lay plots, to plot against,
Ps. 140, 6.

6) to set abound Ex. 23,21; of a
term of time, Ph, to set, to appoint, Job
14, 13. Ellipt. and impers. Job 38, 11
pba igaa m2 rips and here let one set
(bounds) to thy proud waves, i. e. her
let thy proud waves be stayed.

f) With acc. of pers. and 3 of place,
to set or put one in any place; Ps. 88,7

nana 23 "IMD thou hast put me in
the lowest pit, i.e. hast cast me into it.
Once with > of pers. and 3 of place, Ps.
73, 18 ib POA mipbma chow hast set
them in slippery places ; comp. Ps. 12;
6 i> πηῈ" own mW 7 will place in

mw

safety him at whom one puffeth, i. e. the
oppressed. Nearly similar is 3 ‘5 m7
to set or put one in a certain class or
number, to reckon him to that number ;
2 Sam. 19, 29 thou didst set me among
them that eat at thy table, and Jer. 3, 19
B22 YN OR WN how have I sel thee
among my children ! i. 6. in what hon-
our.

g) With >» to put to any thing. toadd
to, Gen. 30, 40.

2. to put, to place, to lay any person
or thing, so that they may remain ina
recumbent posture. Ps. 8, 7 mm 59
239 ὉΠ thou hast put all things under
his feet, hast subjected them to him.
Ruth 4, 16 and Naomi took the child,
ΓΞ smn and laid it in her bosom.
Ps. 84, 4 a nest where she (the sparrow)
may lay her young.—Spec.

a) Σ Ὑπὸ MW 10 lay one’s hand upon
any one Gen. 48, 17; in protection Ps.
139, 5; or as an arbiter, mediator, who
lays a hand upon each of the disputants,
Job 9, 33. Also to lay the hand upon
the eyes, of a dead person, i. 6. to close
his eyes, the last act of filial affection,
Gen. 46, 4. On the contrary, ἘΣ 72 M70 ,
to put or lay one’s hand with any one,
i. 6. to join hands with him in doing any
thing, Ex. 23, 1. Ellipt. Job 10, 20
"pa MW, sc. πη, put from me thy
hand, let me alone.

b) With 3, to put or lay in any place ;
Job 38, 36 tho hath put wisdom in the
olouils ? others, in thy reins. Ps. 13,3
how long shall I put (have) cares in my
soul? Prov. 26, 24 man mys iapa
he putteth deceit within him, i. e. has 1t,
cherishes it within him.

c) "79: 1"23 MD to put on one’s orna-
ments Ex. 33, 4. Comp. the subst.
mw.

ἃ) With acc. of thing and 59 of pers.
to lay upon any one, either something
to be carried, Ruth 3, 15; or to be en-
dured Is. 15, 9, with > of pers. Ps. 9, 21;
or to be’ performed, paid, Ex. 21, 22;
also to impute to any one a fault, sin,
Num. 12,11. Comp. D5 no. 3. 6.

e) 3325 Mm" to set or lay before one-
self, before one’s eyes, ec. that for which
one cares, either to punish Ps. 90, 8;
or to cherish 101, 3. Comp. pb no.

3. g.

1058

' a thorn-hedge, as being set around -

πὸ

f) Sometimes from the nature ¢
case it is i. q. to cast, Job 22, Ὁ. ἢ Ἢ"
ἜΧΞ “E3-d3 cast upon the earth the
cious ore.

3. to set, to put, i. e. to direct, to 1
in Any definite position or direction, e.
a) 5x8 728 MW fo set or turn one’s fa
any whither, Num. 24, 1. b) 1%
with inf. c. >, to set one’s eyes upon de
any thing, to attempt something, Ps
17,11. 6) 3b mn" animum advertere
to turn the mind, i. e. to regard, 1 Sam
4, 20. Ps. 62, 11. Prov. 24, 32. ‘itl
by io any thing, to set the heart upon,
attend to, Job 7, 17. 27, 23; > Ex.
23. 2 Sam. 13, 90. Ps. 48, 14. Prov. 2
17. 27, 23. Jer. 31, 21. «

4. to set as any thing, i. 6. to make, ἢ
render, comp. the sense to constitute ii
no. 1. Ὁ. With two ace. Is. 5,6. 26,1
Jer. 22, 6. Ps. 21,7. 84, 7. 88, 9. not
ace. and > Jer. 2,15. 13, 16; ace.
to make as any thing, Is. 16, 3. Hos
5. Ps. 21, 10. 83, 12. 14, Rarely didi Ὶ
to make, to do, i. ᾳ. MYZ, as MINN Π
to do signs, wonders, Ex. 1, 10. Mo
freq. is των ow .—Hence

5. With ace. and > of pers. to mai
or prepare for any one, i. q. to give
Gen. 4, 25. Jer. 51, 39. Impers. Hos.
11 42 ΣΡ MY myn ἘΔ also for thee
Judah, a harvest of evil pares ,

Ho?n, pass. c. 59, to be laid 1
imposed, Ex. 21; 80,

Deriv. τῷ, τοῦ, pr. n. mY.

FD τη. ο. suff. im Is. 10, 17, a thorr
collect. thorns, found only in Isaiak
and every where put with synon. "20
Is. 5, 6. 7, 23-25. 9,17. 10,17. 27, 4.--
The etymology is doubtful; but per
mw is for το, the middle radical
being softened, ye mia for m22, εἷς fo
ἕνς, εἰς for évc,)'from τ. 720, wieeree '
fem. M3; comp. ΓΤ from Sb, refi
FDI; so αμμῤῥῥος “Others indebeti

dens and vineyards, from στ M78;
the word does not signify a hedge
thorns, but thorns as growing sponte
neously in the fields and among ruin
Mm m. (τ. mw) something put o )
i.e. attire, dress, Prov. 7, 10. Ps. 73,
Comp. r. MW no. 2. 6. a

JU, see 20. Ύ

B50

“ +390. fat. 2>37; inf. 128, c. suff.
Footy) Gen. 19, 33, 739% (from δ)
Deut. 6,7; imperat. 330 , c. He emphat.
229; to lie down, to lie ; Syr. Chald.
nd Eth. MN, id. but Arab. Ser

to pour out, by inclining a vessel. The
primary root is 33, >, which has the
signification of curving, inclining one-
self, see in 952, Gr. and Lat. κύπτω,
cubo, cumbo. For the sibilant prefixed
to biliteral roots in order to make them
triliteral, see under ©, p. 1000.—Ps. 68,
14 would that ye lay among the stalls,
i. e. the shepherds in order to take rest.
Am. 6, 4. 2 Sam. 12, 3. Lev. 26, 6. Is.
50, 11 ye shall lie down in sorrow. 1 K.
3, 19 she (the woman) had lain upon it,
the child, and so had suffocated it. Also
to lay oneself in a particular posture ;
Ez. 4,4 lay thyself wpon thy right side.
v. 6.9. 2 K. 4, 34.—Spec.

a) Of persons lying down to sleep,
Gen. 19, 4. 28, 11. 1 Sam. 3, 5. 6. 9.
Ps. 3,6. 4, 9. 1K.19,5. 7100 7, 4. Prov.
3, 24; and as lying in bed, sleeping,
1 Sam. 3, 2. 2 Sam. 11, 9. 1 K. 21, 27.
Ruth 3,4. Prov. 23, 34.. Also to lie
down for rest, Ps. 68, 14. 2 Sam. 4, 5;
hence, to rest, to take rest, Ecc. 2, 23
even at night his heart taketh no rest.
Job 11, 18 see in "5M II, p. 335. Job
30, 17 my gnawing (pains) take no rest.

b) Of sick persons, 2 Sam. 13, 6. 2 K.
9, 16.

c) Of mourners as lying upon the
ground, 2 Sam. 12, 16. 13, 31; of one
morose 1 K. 21, 4.

d) Of persons dying, to lap oneself
down, very often in the phrase 09 330")
amiss Gen. 47, 30. Deut. 31, 16; espec.
of the iegeuse of kings, 1 K. 1,21. 2,
10. 11,43. 14, 20.31. 15, 8. 24. 16, 6.28;
also of the dead, Is. 14,8 MI3W τὸ Ὦ since
thou art laid oat liest dead. v. 18. 43,
17. Job 3, 13. 20, 11. 21, 26. “3p “333
those ἜΑ in the grave i, 88, 6.

6) With ὩΣ, to lie with a woman,
married or unmarried, unlawfully, Gen.
26, 10. 30, 15. 16. 34,2. 39, 7. 12. Deut.
22, 23 sq. 2 Sam, 12, 11; ain with M&
| Gen. 35, 22. 1 Sam. 2, 22; with acc.
fem. Deut. 28, 30 Keri, where Kethib
has >3; and so with acc. AMX, "MR,
᾿ς Gen. 34, 2. Lev. 15, 18. 24. Num. 5, 19.
2 Sam. 13, 14. Ez. 23,8. Rarely spoken

1059

mow

of a woman as lying with a man, 2 Sam.
13, 11. Gen..19, 32-35. Also 338 is
used for the lying of a male with.a
male, sodomy, Lev. 18, 22. 20, 13; and
of aman with a beast, Ex. 22,18. Deut.
27, 21. Very rarely indeed is it spoken
of conjugal intercourse 2 Sam. 11, 10.

Mic.7,5; commonly the words 37°, 032,

ΞΡ are used.

Nipu. to be lain with, ravished, of a
woman, Is. 13, 16. Zech. 14, 2.

Poa. id. Jer. 3, 2 Keri.

Hiru. 1. to make lie down, to lay
down, to place, to put, 1 K. 3, 20. 17, 19.
2K. 4, 21. 2 Chr. 16, 14. Hos. 2, 20.
With x78 fo cast down the ground,
to prostrate, 2 Sam. 8, 2.—Spec. of a
vessel, fo lay down, to incline, so as to
empty it; Job 38, 37 who shall incline
(3.3.5) the bottles of heaven, i.e. the
clouds, so that the rain may descend.

So Arab. axkia to pour out, sc. by in-
clining a vessel.

Horn. 3287 Ez. 32, 32; a 2 K. 4,
32; imper. ἢ ΤΙ ΞΘ ΕΖ. 32, 19.

Deriv. ποθῶ, nase), 33.

M220 f. (τ. 22%) only constr. raav,
pr. a lying down; found only in the
Pentateuch. Eth. f'AN'E id.

a) bur masw, the lying down or fall
of the dew, its ‘effusion as scattered upon
the ground, Ex. 16, 13.14. See Hiph.

b) 53% mas, pr. ‘a lying with of
seed, i.e. a lying with a woman with
emission of seed Lev. 15, 16. 17. 32. 22,
4. So 233 Ὥξϑῷ πϑν ΩΝ 328 Zo lie with
a woman, a lying with of ‘seed, with
emission of seed, Lev. 15, 18. 19, 20.
Num. 5, 13. |

MAW f(r. 32%) a lying with, concu-
bitus ; hence MERI Imaso-msx ἸῺ i. q.
to lie with a woman Num. 5, 20; so ofa
man with a beast Lev. 18, 23. 20, 15.
Also with 519 added, Lev. 18, 20.

ὦ “ὦ maw obsol. root, Arab. Ks, to
complain, to accuse ; V,id. Eth. ὯΡ
to accuse, to inform against. Hence
US testicle, see p. 94; also pr.n. 4730.

ἘΠ) γὼ a doubtful root, prob. ἰ. 4.
maw, δῶ, Eth. fi NeP, so err, to wan-

der, to roam. Comp. in 438 note; and
m3 of a wandering flock, Ez. 84. 6.

bhi)

Hipu. part. Jer. 5, 8 like fed horses (in
lust) ἘΠ ὈΛΞ di they roam about ;
comp. Jer. 2, 23. Prov. 7, 10 sq. The
idea of roaming accords wel both with
horses unmanageable from lust, and with
libidinous men; so Simonis wall, Lex. r.
b2.—Other less probable interpreta-
tions see in Thesaur. p. 1403.

Pah) m. (τ. 25%) bereavement, pr. loss
of children, trop. of Babylon, Is. 47, 8. 9.
Also, loss of friends, state of Gbanagne:
ment, Ps: 35, 12.

bath m. adj. (τ. 558) ἢ m228, plur.
niraw.

1. bereaved, of children, Jer. 18, 21;
robbed of whdlps, as a bear, Prov. 17, 12.
2 Sam. 17, 8. Hos. 13, 8.

2. without young, barren, e. g. sheep,
Cant. 4, 2. 6. 6.

NSU, DW, m. adj. (τ. 92) drunk,
intoxicated, 1 Κ. 16, 9. 20,16 "φῶ πρῶ
drinking himself drunk. 1Sam. 25, 36.
Job 12, 25. Joel 1, 5. Is. 19, 14 as a
drunken man staggereth in his vomit,
24,20. Fem. τ θῶ id. 1 Sam. 1, 13.

"TD and 712 Is. 49, 14. Prov. 2,
17; fat. Mawr; 7 o forget; kindr. with
(M30 HW, πρῶ, δῦ, q. v. Deut. 25, 19. 26,

13. Job 39, 15. “With ace. of thing or
pers. Gen. 27, 45. 40,23. Deut. 9,7. Am.
8, 7. Job 9, 27. al. Ps. 137, 5 if I forget
thee, O Jeracalem: let my right hand for-
get sc. her skill; see a similar execration
in v. 6 and Job 31, 22. Rarely with ja
c. inf. Ps. 102, 5 an 532 "ANDY 7 for-

get to eat my food ; comp. Prov. ‘A, 5.— |

Also to forget so as to leave behind, e. g.
a sheaf in the field, Deut. 24, 19.—Very
often men are said lo forget God, not to
' regard him, Deut. 6, 12. 8, 11. 14. 19.
Judg. 3,7. Hos. 2,15. 15. 17, 10. Jer. 2,
32. al. or also the divine law Hos. 4, 6.
Prov. 2,17. 3,1, Ps. 44, 18. 119, 83. al.
Vice versa, God is said to forget men, to
neglect them, not to care for them, Ps.
10, 12. 13, 2. 42,10. 74, 19, Is. 49, 14.
‘Lam. 5, 20; also to forget his kindness,
not to continue it, Ps. 77, 10. Part.
2% "m2 those forgetful of God, Job 8,
13. Ps. 50, 22.

ΝΊΡΗ. ΓΞ 3, fem. PMDU2 Is. 23. 15, to
be forgotten, to fall into oblivion, Gen.
41. 30. Job 28, 4 539.99 ὈΤΙΞῚΣ forgot

ten of the foot they hang down, i. e. not 4 Arab, AS id. Chald. ieee

1060

‘bereaved of you both ? Part. pass. fe

* Sou

supported by the feet; see in rob
1. Eee. 2, 10. 9, δ. Is. 65, 16, Jer.
50, 5. Deut. 31, 21 ion "pp Maun ὃ
(the song) shall not be forgotten ¢
the mouths of their seed.—Pz fe
mnt forgotten Is. 23, 16. ie a
Pret πιϑῷ to cause to be forg
ace. of thing, Lam. 2, 6.
Hien. to cause to forget, c.
pers. and thing, Jer. 23, 27. ἣ
Hirapa. ΞΕ, i. q. Niph. tobe
gotten, Ecc. 8, 10.
Deriv. nos.

naw Chald. to Jind. The forn
Peal are found rarely in the Targu
Irape. MDA, to be found, nue
Dan. 2, 35. 5, 11. 12. 14. 27. 6, δ. 23.
Apa. 20h, to find, Ezra 4, 15.
Dan. 2, 25. 6, 5. 6. 12; also in the se r
to get, Ezra 7, 16. “ἢ

: τὴ
ΤῸ adj. verbal, forgetting, fors tf
plur. crore) ὁ. ace. of object, Ps, 65, 1]
plur. constr. S*ndx Γι forgetting G
Ps, 9, 18; see Heb. Gr. § 91. δ. >

mw (accusation, r. 30 1.) §
ah, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 8,10. Many mant
scripts and editions have i | δα,

*J2U, fot. qe, ink πὸ ‘Esth. 2
and 7 Jer. 5,26. Kindr. are roe, τι :
4. v. comp. also 320, B20, j2B SRR

1. to subside, to settle down, as ¥
Gen. 8, 1; of anger, to be ΟΡΡΘΑΘΟΘΩΝ
2, 1. 7; 10.

2. to stoop down, to crawaigtaceieal Ὁ
setting snares, Jer. 5, 26.

Hipn. to make subside, to still, e. δ. ἃ
sedition, Num. 17, 20 [5]. sul

¥ 250 and 23t , pret. 1 pers. ice.
and “pbsu Gen. 43, 14; fat, 9";
bereaved sc. of chifdnma! to be. mad
childless. 1 Sam. 15,33 ἸῺΝ eee 80
shall thy mother be made childless amon, τ
women, thou being slain. Gen. 43,
“bs abbey TURD ὍΝ and I. when ᾿
am bereaved, I am bereaved, the lar
guage of a person who calmly bears up
under what appears to be inevitable ;
comp. Esth. 4,16. With acc. Gen. 27,4

pote) os botin mb why should I bea

nba) bereaved, childless, Is. 49, 91.-- ᾿

Pre. ἘΞ 1. to bereave, to make child-
tess, c. acc. Gen. 42, 36. Hos. 9, 12. Jer.
15,7. Ez. 36.12. 13.14 Keri. So of wild
beasts which devour children; Lev. 26,
22 Iwill send wild beasts among you,
which shall make you childless. Ez. 5,
17. 14,15. Poetically of the sword as
destroying young men; Deut. 32, 25
ΘΠ ΡΞ pine παῦε (in battle) the
sword shall make childless i. e. destroy
your fons. Lam. 1, 20. 1 Sam. 15, 33;
comp. Jer. 18, 21.

2. to make an abortion, i. 6. to have
abortion, to miscarry, e. g. Ex. 23,26; of
kine Job 21,10; of sheep and goats Gen.
31, 38. Hence of a vine, to be barren,
unfruitful, Mal. 3,11; so Pliny speaks of
the ‘abortus arborum,’ H. N. 12.6, comp.
18. 17,44. Trop. οἵ ἃ land, where there
is frequent miscarriage (sc. of women
and flocks) because of the bad water;
so part. ΓΞ yu a land suffering
abortion. In v. 21 ΓΞ is a subst.
which see in its order.

Hien. 1. i. q. Piel no. 1, to bereave,
i.e. to destroy young men in war, Jer.
50, 9 99. Tina a mighty bereaver,
Vulg. interfector ; so Gesenius. Others
prefer the reading 5,39 in the sense
of successful, prosperous; see στ. >2¥
Hiph. no. 4; so Sept. Syr. and some
nanuscripts and editions.

2. to make an abortion, to miscarry ;
part. Hos. 9, 14 ΘΛ OM a miscarry-
ing womb. Comp. Piel no. 2.

Deriv, >is, baw), DvD, ΡΞ Ὁ

m>20 m. plar. (r. 559) Rabelais
i.e. time or state of bereavement; comp.
che like plur. ΘΠ, B7953, etc. Trop.
of the condition of Israel in Beto. Is. 49,
20; comp. 54, 1.

2290 , see Chald. r. 553.

2 paw in Kal not used, pr. perh. to
incline oneself, to bend down, to stoop;
_ kindr. with j28, 9P0,q.v. Hence Eth.
MN to bear or carry a load ; comp.

Arab. aX to walk with short steps
from weakness, pr. prob. to walk stoop-

ing; also μξω to be ill, languid.—Prob.

from stooping or bearing that part of the

back between the shoulders is called

£2 ; although the signification of bear-
Qg*

sour 1061.

a Ν
nu

ing might really come from B20, as
Chald. 5m> ‘to bear on the shoulders;
from >> shoulder.

Hips. 5°27, fut. apoc. O20".

1. fo rise early i in the morning; e. g.
with “R22 Gen. 19, 27. 20, 8. 28, 18. Ex.
8, 16. al. or with a like κλπ, Josh. 6,
15. 1 Sam. 9, 26. Judg. 9, 3; or simpl.
Gen. 19, 2. Josh. 8, 14. Judg. 6, 28. 7,1.
2 Sam. 15, 2. 2 Chr. 29, 20. It seems
to signify pr. to load up camels and
other beasts of burden, which among
tlfe nomades is done very early in the
morning ; hence ‘to set off early,’ comp

ἼΣΣ and jab to migrate, from ἸΣΏ to
load up.— With >, to get up early to any
place, to go early, Cant. 7, 13.—Some-
times when followed by another verb it
is equivalent to an adverb, early ; 6. g.
before an infin. 2 K. 6,15 osp> otis
and he rose early. Ps. 127,2; or a fut. Is.
5, 11; or a participle Hos. 6, 4. Hence
inf. absol. ΒΞ ΘΓ or DDWHA as adv. early.
Prov. 27, 14. 1 Sam. 17, 16.

2. Trop. to do early, seasonably, ear-
nestly, put before another verb; Zeph.
3,7 oMmid>y amemin sown they were
in earnest to act wickedly, always ready
to do evil. It is a peculiarity of Jere-
miah to join infin. absol. S2v7 with an-
other infin. as Jer. 7,25 1 have sent unto
you all my servants the prophets, 027
midwy earnestly and diligently every day.
25, 4. 26, 5. 29,19. 35,15. 44,4; "at ‘nm
Jer. 7, 13. 25, 3. 35,14; 73) Ἢ Jer. 11.
7; Wa2) “πὶ 32, 33. Bistwhere once in
2 ‘Chr. 86, 15.—Inf. ὈΠΞῸΝ for ὈΠΞΩΠ,
once, Jer. 25, 3.—For Jer. 5, 8, see in r.
mow.

DU m. in pause 52% Ps. 21, 13; 6.
suff. toot. See inr. cst init.

1. the shoulder, or, as Simonis has
well remarked, the shoulder-blades, i. e.
the part where these approach each
other behind, the upper part of the back
next beneath the neck, called in Engl.
indifferently the shoulders or the back.
Hence found only in the singular, and
different from M2; as Job 31, 22 "BND
diam ΓΞ Ὁ let my shoulder fall from
its shoulder-blade, i. 6. from the back to
which it is joined. Here the ending
m—, although without Mappik, is to be
taken as in the printed Masora for a

p20

suffix (comp. Num. 15, 28), so that it is
not necessary to assume a new fem,
7920 i. α. 03.—The noun 538 comes
from the idea of inclining, stooping ; or
trom that of bearing; so Gesenius in
smix, Thesaur. p. 1161.—In the hu-
man body, not in beasts, the 520 is
spoken of:

a) As the part on which burdens are
carried ; Gen. 49, 15 5205 7220 us and
he bowed his shoulder to bear. Josh. 4,5.
Judg: 9, 48. Is.'10, 27. Ps. 81, 7; algo
Gen. 9, 23. Trop. dominion is said to
be upon one’s shoulder; Is. 9,5 the do-
minion shall be upon his shoulder, the
figure being drawn from the robes and
other ensigns of dignity; or, as others
think, from its being a charge or bur-
den; comp. chargé d’affaires. So Is. 22,
22 the key of the house of David will I
lay upon his. shoulder, i. e. commit to
him; for "71> 53 see in art. 7 no. 1. ee.
Zeph. 3,9 to serve the Lord πιὰ 538
with one shoulder, i. e. with one mind,
ouodvuadcy; the figure being taken
from those who bear a burden or yoke

| Pt δ
together; comp. Syr. Led |p jointly.
For m22% Hos. 6,9, see below in no.
3, a.

b) As the part on which blows are
inflicted. Is. 9,3 Ἰῶϑι nw the staff of
his shoulder, i. e. with which he was
beaten.
᾿ 6) In the phrase 53% 25M to turn
the shoulder, i. 6. to turn the back, eaid
of one going away, 1 Sam. 10,9; comp.
A272 M22 Jer. 48,39. Hence may be ex-
plained Ps. 21, 13 53 ὭΣ 72, Vulg.
quoniam pones eos dorsum, i.e. thou wilt
make them turn their backs; comp. 43
5. 2 Chr. 29,6; here 2B is acc. of
manner.

2. Metaph. a tract or τ portion of land,
Gen. 48, 22, where there is an allusion
to the city Shechem;; pr. a ridge or hill,

as Arab. eer shoulder, also tract of
land.

3. Shechem, Sichem, pr. n. a) A
city among the mountains of Ephraim,
situated in the narrow valley between
Mount Ebal and Mount Gerizim, after-
wards called by the Romans Flavia
Neapolis, whence the modern , w4sls
‘Nébulus or vulg. Nablus ; Gen. 12, 6. 33,

1062

a)
18. 34, 2. Josh, 20,7. 21, 20. 21. Ps: ν
1 K. 12, 25. Sept. Συχέμ, comp. |
7, 16. Vulg. Sichem. With He lo
nest to Shechem, Gen. 37, 14. Jos
1. Judg. 9, 31; once nest Hos. 6 ;
where it is said of wicked priests : a
mast mas, they wander in the
towards Shechem. referring to its r
as a city of refuge (Num. 35. 0s
which it would seem the priests th cn
abused, so as either themselves to ὁ
mit murder, or to conceal it when ec
mitted by others. Others here t
most} as in no. 1. a, by consent.—
Relandi Palest. Ρ. 1004 sq. Bibl. F
in Pal. III. p. 96 sq. 119 sq. ὍΝ
b) A Canaanite, the son of πὶ
prince of the city Shechem, Gen. m8
%4.2 sq. Judg. 9, 28.
Deriv. the two following.

ΞΘ (shoulder) Shechem, pr. ἢ.
a) A son of Gilead, Nam. 26, 31. Tha h,

17,2. b) 1 Chr. 7, 19.—Patronym. | :
lett. ἃ, 15 "230 a Shethemite, Num. I. 6.

Ἂν} according to some i. ᾳ. ὈΞ J
31, 22 ; but see above in B38 no. ‘1.

*520, also 20 Deut. 33, 18.
Judg. 5, 17; fut. j2"; inf. 59, ὁ.
"720. a

1. to let oneself down, to setile a pwn,
to abide, 6. g. the glory Ex. 24,16; the
column of fire and cloud, Num, 9, 17, 22.
10, 12.—Talm, j20 id. Syr. oe ik 1.
Kindr. are 420 q. v. 320, ιν Be,
also 430, JNO.

2. to lay oneself down, to lie down, c.g
for rest, as the lion Deut. 33, 20; of ἃ a
people lying in tents, to encamp, Num.
24,2; of clouds resting heavily arora .
day, ¢. ἘΣ Job 3,5. Hence to rest, to tak
rest ; Prov. 7, 11 7239 2207 sb Ans

her. fect rest not in her house. Ps, 55, 7.
Also of one inactive, inert, Judg. δ i
bis. Nah. 3, 18, parall..032, Comp. 3
no. 1. e. Shue |

3. to abide, to dwell, Arab. nom
Syr. cas, id. With 2 of place Gen.
9.27. 14,13: 26,2. Jer. 48,28. 1 Chr 23,
25 ;-acc. of place Deut. 22, δ. Is. 33, 16,
Ps. 68,7. A frequent formula is }:
VW to dwell in or inhabit the a
possess it quietly, Prov. 2, 21. 10,
Ps. 37, 3. 29; and so without P38 in th

20°

ame sense Ps. 102,29; with 0>%>> or
b added Ps. 37, 27. 29; also moa or]
τ ΤΙΏ35 ὦ Ps. 16. 9. Prov. 1. 33. Deut.
33, 12. 28. 23,6. A similar ellipsis is
in Is. 57, 15 God “2 328 who dwelleth
forever sc. in heaven; comp. fully in Is.
3, 5 Dine 13 he (God) dwelleth on
gh. So God is said to dwell in the
midst of his people, in Zion, in the holy
lace, ete. Num. §, 3. 35, 34. Ex. 29, 46.
Joel 4, 17: 21. Deut. 12, 11. al. (Hence
among the later Jews the 72°30 She-
thinah, the visible presence or glory of
Jehovah ; Buxtorf Lex. Talm. p. 2394.)
| ‘Sam.-7, 10 ET 12} that they (the
people) may dwell in a place of their

m. Deut. 33, 16 730 "220 the dweller
in the bush i. e. Jehovah, comp. Ex. 3, 2.
With a pleonastic dat. Ps. 120, 6 7338
n> hath dwelt for itself—Part. pass.
pou as act. dwelling, like the Fr. logé,
Judg. 8. 11.—Animals also are said to
dwell ; as wild beasts in their lairs Job
37, 8; fishes in the sea Job 26, 5; birds
among foliage Is. 34, 11. Ez. 17, 23. 31,
13. So too of inanimate things ; e. g.

et. the light Job 38, 19; the taberna-
cle Josh. 22; 19; trop. justice Is. 32,16;
glory Ps. 85, 10.—Further, one is said
to dwell in the temple, who frequents it,
Ps. 65, 5, comp. 15, 1. Once metaph. to
dwell in any thing, i. e. to be familiar,
inlimate with it; see j30 no. 2, and
Arab. ,. to be familiar; Prov. 8, 12
IT wisdom 7273 "7:28 dwell in prudence,
am intimately united witlf her.

4. to be dwelt in, inhabited, to be full
of inhabitants, i. ᾳ. 283 no. 4. ᾳ. v. So
of a city, Jer. 33, 16 nad yistin Hows
Jerusalem shall be inhubited in safety.
So of a land, Jer. 46,26. Also j2 N>
of a city desolate and deserted, not
habitable, Is. 13, 20. Jer. 50, 39 (parall.
Stn 85).

Piet, to cause to dwell in any place ;
6. ace. of pers. and 3 of place, Jer. 7, 3.7.
Num. 14, 30. Of Jehovah is said 3
ΞΘ io cause his name to dwell in a
place, i. e. to fix his abode there, Jer. 7,
‘12. Deut. 12,11. 14, 23. 16, 6. 11. 26, 2.
Neh. 1, 9; i.g. 108 cw, see in σ᾿. 532
no. 1. f—Also to pitch or set up a tent,
| toplace, c. acc. Ps. 78, 60 BIND 72D 5πὶδ
the tent which he set up among men,

comp. in Kal no. 3, and Hiph. πο. 2.

1063

nou
Hien. ΞΟ. 1. Causat. of Kal no.
1 or 2, to lay or cast down,.to depress;
Ps. 7, 6 3" 7HT2 ὙΥΞΞ let him lay
mine honour in the dust, cover me-with
ignominy.

2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to
dwell, i. q. Piel; c. acc. of pers. Ps. 78,
55. Trop. of wickedness, Job 11, 14.—
Also to set up, lo place, e. g. the cheru-
bim at the gate of Eden, Gen. 3, 24; a
tent Josh. 18, 1, comp. Piel.

Deriv. j28, 72%, j299, pr. n. 97239,
7728.

J20 Chald. fut. plur. fem. 723%", to
dwell, as birds among foliage, Dan. 4,
18 [21].

Pa. to cause to dwell, as God his panes
c. acc. Ezra 6, 12.

Ἰ9 τὰ. (τ. 1393) constr. j28 Hos. 10,
5; 6. suff. 230 Ex. 12,4; plur. c. suff.
"230. Fem. 7230, c. suff. ποθ Ex.
3, 22; plur. ΓΞ ὦ Ruth 4, 17.

1. a dweller, inhabitant, Is.

Hos. 10,5. Arab. ὧξ Lo id.

2. one dwelling near, a neighbour,
Prov. 27, 10. Ex. 12. 4. Ps. 31, 12. 2 K.
4,3; so of nations or tribes Deut. 1, 7.
Ps. 44, 14. 79. 4. 12. 80,7. al. Chald.
139 id.—Fem. a female neighbour Ex.
3, 22. Ruth 4,17.

720 m. c. suff. ἜΝ , @ dwelling, once
Deut. 12,5. R.j

M720 Naima with Jehovah, r. {20

33, 24.

no. 3 fin.) Shecaniah, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr.
3,21. b) Neh. 3,29. ¢) 6,18. 4)
Ezral0,2. e)8,3. f)8,5. g) Neh.

12, 3, see 73330.

ἜΘ (id.) Shecaniah, pr. ἢ. m.
2 Chr. 31, 15; also 1 Chr. 24, 11, see in
ἀν Ὁ Ὁ

ν" 20 , fut. "39, inf. constr. 4738
Hag. 1, 6; $08 Heb. Gr. δ 45. 2. b; ‘to
drink deeply, to be drunken, sat ΤΥ ΞΡ
Gen. 9, 21; with acc. of the drink, Is.
29, 9. 49,26; jo [5. 51,21. Not always
of drunkenness ; but sometimes lo drink
to the full, i. ᾳ. 719, Hag. 1, 6 ; to drink
to hilarily, to be merry, Cant. 5, 1. Gen.
43, 34.—Metaph. in the prophets the

- wicked are said fo be drunken, since they
rush by a sort of madness into their own
| destruction, Is. 29, 9. 51, 21. Lam. 4, 21.

ie τ.

Nah. 3, 11; see fully in ὈΪΞ, also The-
saur. p. 1409 sq.—Part. pass. M9929
drunken, intoxicated, Is. 51, 21—Arab.

po Syr. poe, Eth. (AZ, id.

Piet to make drunk 2 Sam. 11, 13.
Metaph. Jer. 51, 7. Is. 63, 6; see in
Kal.

Hip. id. to make drunk, trop. 6. g.
arrows with blood Deut. 32,42; nations,
see Kal and Pi. Jer. 51, 57.

Hirup. to make oneself drunk, to get
drunk, 1 Sam. 1, 14.

Deriv. "28, 2, 7iWDw.

ἘΠῚ. 73U i. gq. “99, Arab. 20d,
to hire, to reward ; wheuce “DON.

"20 τὰ. (r. 720 1.) temetum, strong
| drink, any intoxicating liquor, whether
wine Num. 28, 7; or an intoxicating
drink resembling wine prepared or dis-
tilled from barley (Hdot. 2. 77. Diod. 1.
90, 34. Xen. An. 4. 5. 26), from honey,
or from dates; see Hieron. Opp. ed. Mar-
tian. T. IV. p. 364, “Sicera (32) He-
bro sermone omnis potio, que inebri-
are potest, sive illa que frumento confi-
citur, sive pomorum succo, aut quum
favi decoquuntur in dulcem et barbaram
potionem, aut palmarum fructus expri-
muntur in liquorem, coctisque frugibus
aqua pinguior coloratur.” Comp. Plin.

H. N. 14. 16 or 19. 5.—Arab. 4

prepared from dried grapes and dates.
The "20 is often distinguished from
- wine, as Lev..10, 9. Num. 6, 3. Judg. 13,
4.7; and the poets not seldom use in
one member "> and in the other 152,
as Is. 5,11. 24,9. 28, 7. 29, 9. 56, 12.
Prov. 20, 1. 31, 6. Mic. 2, 11.—In Is. 5,
22 a wine mingled with spices seems to
be intended, i. q. ΠΟΘ, 31°.

"DW see -ἰξῶ.

M72, see r. 720 I, init.

FMDV m. (r. 728 1)
ness, Ez. 23, 33. 39, 19.

2. With πὶ local. moins ; Shikron, pr.
n. of a place on the ΟΡ δα border of
the tribe of Judah, towards the west,
Josh. 15, 11.

Sw m. error, fault, 2Sam. 6,7. R.
πρῶ,

- ΕΣ
wine

1. drunken-

1064

“Saige p. 99. Jon. 1, 7 ἼΣΟΣ be

35u

50 a particle of the later Hebi
made up of the prefix ‘ti. ᾳ 738,
>, hence i. q. > adie. In Rabbit ic
very frequent, and me there put ἢ
the genitive; comp. 2 TEN in art.
A. no. 3. In the Heb. it occur Ol
with a prefix. 9

1. ῬῈΞ on account of, an

of whom, on whose account, for whi
v. Shas "> “aa. v. 12 bie 7:
account. It corresponds to the Ara
ΒΞ, compounded of 3, 53 i. Qa ve
and

2. τῶν ΞΦΞ, pr. eo ipso quod, inaw
soever ; Ecc. 8, 17 baNn doso τῶν Me
NEO" sb in whatsoever a man lat mu
yet shall he not find it. It is emphé
for "2x2 eo quod, in what, (comp. 8;
ΠΕ ejus ipsius, see Agrell
Syr. p. 195,) and so is equivalent
neg-Sok in all whatsoever, i. e.
much soever. The text needs no a
rection. δ:

3. abun “2 who of those to us? ul
who of ours, who of us, 2 K. 6, 11.

. |

7820 m. adj. tranquil, dwelling
ease, Job 21, 23. Itis either made ἃ!
from two synonymes M> and TNE;
comes from the latter alone by inserting
>, as ὮὭΣΞΙ i. q. ὭΣΤ to be hot; or pe h
is a mere error for eR.

᾿ 350 5 in Kal not used; Arab. AA
is i. q. pbs to break solchar'e, g. in the

edge of a vessel, sword, etc. Chald
=v) Pa. to join logether, to connect ;
whence ΓΞ, steps or rounds of a
ladder, so called as conjoining the tw
sides.—In Hebrew this word seems t 0
have signified to notch into each ὁ
to join by tenon and mortise. ad

Pua part. Ex. 26, 17 two tenons ἵ
each board, mming">y πῶς misbur
joined one to another, perhaps by tre
verse pieces of wood under the sche
v. 19; or filled (corresponding) one 7
another. 36,22. But Sept. ἀντιπέπτοντας
ἕτερον τῷ ἑτέρῳ, opposite one to another.
Hence noua

D720 τὰ. plur. pr. joinings, join
e. g. at ‘the corners of a base or pedes-
tal; then ledges or borders covering
these joints, 1 K. 7, 28. 29. one

τ ..

* "Say

| 338
. πλοῦ in Kal not used; perh. ei-
ther to cast down, kindr. with πῶ,

4 ; 8 ?<

πρῶ, ἀνα 32, Arab. 5, Aram.
5 Ὁ , snow, as falling from the clouds;
) else having some affinity with r. 353
‘o ‘be bright, to shine, so that snow was

hen so called from its brightness.

‘ ‘Hien. tn , prob. denom. from au)
snow; to be snowy, i. 6. to be white like
NOW, cat a snow-white colour; so Syr.
Arab. Comp. for the use of Hiph. in
designating colours, under 078, 43>.
s. 68, 15 when the Almighty scattered
tings in it (the land), 7i2>%2 ἈΦ it
pas snow-while (like snow) on mount
Zalmon, sc. with the bones of the slain;
comp. Virg. AEn. 5. 865. ib. 12. 36,
Campi ossibus albent. But as mount
Zalmon was woody (Judg. 9, 47 sq.)
and could scarcely present the appear-
ance of a field covered with bones like
snow, we must either give up this
meaning of 322m, or else render 2553
at Zalmon, i. e. in the plain near the
mountain. Others take it in the sense
to snow. and ji0bs as an appellative
‘the shady’; and render: when the Al-
mighty scallered kings in it, snow fell
in the darkness, i. e. either light arose
in the darkness, calamity ; or, snow fell
as a judgment from God upon the ene-
my, comp. Job 38, 22.23. See Thesaur.
p- 1411 sq.—Hence

Γι

320 m. in pause 25%, snow, Arab.
et. Chald. sbm, xz>n, Syr. ἔχον:

Samar. id.—Job 6, 16. 24, 19. 37, 6.
38, 22. Ps. 147, 16. Is. 55, 10. al. 2 Sam.
23, 20 sin bin the time of snow, winter.
Prov. 31, 21 she (the good housewife) is
not afraid of the snow for her household,
1. .6. of the cold, since they are well
clothed. In ancient times, as now, snow
was prob. brought in summer from Leb-
anon (1235 22 Jer. 18, 14) for refresh-
ment, espec. for cooling drink; so Prov.
25, 13 as the cold of snow in the time of
harvest, i. 6. refreshing.—Snow is put
as the emblem of whiteness, Ex. 4, 6.
Num. 12, 10. 2 K. 5, 27; of clearness,
brightness, Lam. 4,7; of purity of mind,
Ps.51, 9. |

1065

mow

᾿ mow and nw, pr. to be lax, τ
laxed; like στ. 535 q. v. comp. >dvd.
Hence

1. to be tranquil, secure, at rest, espec.
of one who enjoys quiet prosperity, Job
3, 26. Jer. 12, 1. Lam. 1. 5. Ps. 122, 6.
Pret. "n}2 Job lc. Fut. "ΡῈ Ps. 1. 6.

Of a dwelling, Job 12, 6.—Arab. δίων to
be tranquil and serene in mind. Chald.
xbv, Syr. ud», ig. πρῶ, Kindr. is
mov, also Dbw.

2. Trop: ‘to be lax, negligent, care-
less’; hence, to go astray, to sin, to fall
into sin, from ignorance or inadver-
tence ; see Niph. Hiph. and deriv. δῷ,
128 no. 2, 935% no. 2, Chald. πρῶ, adv.

—Arab, ἅς to be forgetful; Chald.
x>W and Syr, aX to neglect, to for-
get; also Chald. 85% to err, to sin, in
Targ. for Heb. πλῷ.

3. Trans. fo relax, to set Sree; or, as
some, to draw or pull out, i. q. 5:2), bbe,

q. v- like Aram. 85%, ita comp. } nabs,

Hence is commonty derived fut. apoc.
5:95 for 9209; Job 27, 8 1:95 mide duit
when God ‘shall set free (or draw vut)
his spirit sc. from his body as a prison
or sheath (comp. 233), i.e. shall take
away his soul. So Chald and Syr.—
The conjecture of Schnurrer is not to be
slighted, that 5.95 is contracted for 58

9 demand, comp. Arab. 4 oat for

ἜΣ though. it would then seem
necessary to read >".

Nira. 7333, i. q. Kal no. 2, to go
astray, to sin, 2 Chr. 29, 11.

Hipn. causat. of Kal no. 2, to lead
astray, to deceive, 2 K, 4, 28.

Deriv. 5%, 18 or Sui, ‘by, πρῶ,
“dw, mabe.

τοῦ Chald. 1. to be securé, to be at
rest, i. q. Heb. 93% no. 1; Part. pass.
ποῦ Dan. 4, 1.

2. to go astray, to sin, i. ᾳ. Heb. n>¥
no. 3. Hence mui, θῶ,

M2 Chald. f. (r. nba) error, wrong,
any thing amiss, i. g. 1>t3, made, Dan,
3, 29 Keth.

mow ¢ (r.58B) 1. ig. HDNW, petition,
c.suff. 320 1 Sam. 1,17. See in πρῶ,

ποὸ 1066 "ὦ

2. Shelah, pr. n. of a son of Judah,
Gen. 38, 5. 46, 12. Patronym. “bu
Sidanile, Num. 26, 20.

mow, see art. Ἰώ,

nanew f. (r. 30>, whence Chald. and
Syr. Shaph. 395%, ond.«) flame, 1372
mand intens. a flame of flame, Ez. 20,
47 [21, 3]; of a burning wind Job 15,
30. Cant. 8, 6 ΡΞ Ι ὦ the flame of
Jehovah, i. e. lightning ; where others
read mananbe in one word, or without
Mappik AAS, but in the same sense.

iow τη. adj. once npPk' Job 21, 23, also

ὙΠΟ Jer. 49, 31; fem. n> ; plur. constr.
“bo. ΕΒ. nb no. 1.

1. secure, tranquil, at rest, 1 Chr. 4,
40. Zech. ν᾽ 7; espec. of one living in
tranquil security, enjoying quiet pros-
perity, Job 16, 12. 21, 23. Ps. 73, 12.
Jer. 49, 31. Neut. as subst. security,
quiet. Job 20, 20. ,

2. Ina bad sense, at ease, careless ;
hence for wicked, Ez. 23, 42. Comp.
W282 no. 2.

ἡ m. tranquillity, security, once c.
suff. δῷ Ps. 30,7. ΕΒ. πϑῷ πο. 1.

52 Chald. Γ᾿ (for τῆ in Targg. r.
nb) error, wrong, something amiss,
Ezra 4, 22. Dan. 6, 5; also 3, 29 Keri.

32 Judg. 21,19. 1 Sam. 1/24. 3, 21.
al. or ΤΟ Josh. 16, 6. 18, 1. 8-10. 1

Sam. 1, 3.9. al. also ἡ ϑυ Judg. 21, 21.
Jer. 7,12; and τ 1 K. 2, 27. Gen.

49, 10 q. v. below; prob. ‘ place of rest,
peace, quiet, for ji>"%, and this prob.
for Did"d, from τ. D>Y, see note; Silo,
Shiloh, pr. ἢ. of acity in the tribe of
Ephraim, situated among the hills to
the north of Bethel, eastward of the
great northern road ; where the sacred
tabernacle remained for a long time,
Josh. 18, 1. 1 Sam. c. 1-4; comp. Ps.
78,60. In the time of Τονόμμα it was
utterly desolate, so that the ruins of an
altar could scarcely be pointed out;
in Sophon. 1, 14. Epitaph. Paule p.
676 ed. Martianay. It remained un-
known during the crusades, and down
to the present century; and was first
visited in 1838 ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
Lil. p. 86-89. Sept. Syl or Σηλώμ.

Josephus Σιλώ, also Σιλούν Autt. δ
19,20. Hence the present Arabic n
wy Seilin.—The gentile nou
Στ or "25U); see art. θῶ.
The same pr. n. Shiloh may be ἢ
sumed also in the difficult passage Ge
49, 10, the sceptre shall not depart froi
Fula . map? 15) πρῶ xine ™
ὈΠῸΣ ttntil Re (Judah) shall come to Sh
loh, and the nations obey him; thi
shall he bind, etc. ete. Here 2}
ace. of place, as in hx Na" and he cam
to Shiloh 1 Sam. 4, 12. 1 K. 14, 4;
comp. Judg. 21, 12. 1 Sam. 4,4. It was
before the patriarch’ mind, that the
tribe of Judah would be the leader of —
the other tribes in the war against the
Canaanites, and thus hold the supreme
power; see Judg. 1, 1 sq. comp. 20, 18.
Num. 2, 1 sq. 10, 14; nor could this”
war be regarded as finished and victory
obtained, until “the Hebrews came as
conquerors to Shiloh, in the middle of
the land, and there set up the sacred
ark and tabernacle ; after which, the
Canaanites being now subdued, Judah
ceased to be leader, and the land was
distributed in peace among the tribes %
see espec. Josh. 18, 1. This interpre-
tation was proposed by Teller, and has
been followed by Herder, Bleek, Tuch,
Ewald, Delitzsch, and others. In the
name nbnes the author prob. had respect
to the signification rest, peace ; and the
prophecy may have looked forward be-
yond that epoch of time.—The various
interpretations of this passage are given
by Hengstenberg, Christol. des N. T. 1.
p. 59 sq. Reinke Die Weissagung Ja-—
cobs etc. Miinst. 1849. Exclusive of the
one above given, they belong to three —
classes: a) Some prefer the defective
orthography πρῶ, θῶ, which they then
read Mbt or iM i. q. % “wx , and render,
until he shall come to whom is or belongs
sc. the sceptre, dominion. This they
refer either to some one of the Jewish
kings, as Solomon; or more usually to
the Messiah. So*Targ. Hieros. and —
Onk. Peshito, also Jahn, Bohlen, and —
others. They appeal to the like idea,
Ez. 231, 32 [27] wnvian i> Wy Ra ID
until he come whose right it is, i. 6. the
Messiah. Butalthough this mightseem

—_

son; Rabb. babe embryo.

finde.

“δῷ 1067

imitated from the passage in Genesis,
yet it can hardly be so regarded; for
the form ὦ is unknown in the Penta-
teuch, and an ellipsis of »2Wan cannot
be admitted. b) There are Jewish
writers, who explain 757% or i>" by
his son, sc. Judah’s, i. e. the Messiah as

of that tribe ; comp. Arab. fw I foetus,
So Abulwa-
lid, D. Kimchi; also Illgen. _c) Nota
few modern interpreters, as Vater, Ge-
senius, Rosenmiller, Winer, Hengsten-

berg, Knobel, take m>"w here as an ap-

pellative, signifying either peace, quiet,
or (abstr. from concer.) pacificator, prince
of peace. Most understand by it the
Messiah; who is called Di>w 7 prince
of peace Is. 9,5; though they differ in
explaining the single words. But this
view labours under the difficulty, that
no such appellative noun is elsewhere
found, nor one of a like form; except
57a, which itself is the name of a place,
as is also δ every where else.—The
variety of orthography in this passage
is the same as in the rest, where it is the
name ofacity. We find >" in most
Mss. and editions; “>v} in 38 Jewish
Mss. and all the Samaritan; i>"W ina
few Mss. and 45% in the margin of cer-
tain codices; see De Rossi Var. Lect.
T. LV. App. p. 217 sq.

Nore. As to the etymology of πῶ
or >, there is hardly a similar form,
except “rss pr. n. of a city; and as in-
terpreters have derived this from r. MDa,
so they commonly refer 7>7% to r. nbid ;
comparing the forms i2"p, 77D. But
this is wrong ; for 75" , i5"S , must then
be regarded ‘a ΑΕ παν ΡΝ
and 273 from™ i593; as.from "Wz we

sometimes find Ἠῶ. Henoe τϑοῶ, boy
may have come rather from πονῶ, and

m>"3 from yea. But although nouns
from verbs > often have the ending
ji-, yet a form like 75", is very rare ;
and could be made only by transpos. for
It is therefore better and more
certain, to regard >, id as for
Bid" from r. D>; just as «abt is for
pitt}. Comp. the Gr. Σηλώμ.

mow f. (r. 75% no. 1) constr. πῶ,
a tranquillity, security, Prov. 17, 1.
Ps. 122, 7. Ez. 16, 49. miowa in the

ph)

midst of security Dan. 8, 25. 11, 21,
(comp. Job 15, 21,) i. e. unexpectedly,
suddenly, like Chald.and Syr. nabwa,
ΓΘ 77, woe eto. Comp. Dan. 1,
24.

2. In ἃ bad sense, careless security,

. wickedness, comp. r. 928 no. 2; so Prov.

1, 82. Plur.c. suff. ΠΩ ἸΡῈΞ Jer. 22, 21.

. ΓΦ Chald. f. security, safety, quiet,
Dan. 4, 24, R. πρῷ.

ODO τη, plur. (r. m>w) after the
form D™"p2..

1. a sending away, dismission ; Ex.
18, 2 ΡΠ “ns after her sending
away, i. e. after Moses, when about to
go into Egypt to deliver the Israelites,
had sent back his wife Zipporah with
their children to her father’s house. So
in Mic. 1, 14 B°Ms>w jm is to give dis-
mission, i. q. to dismiss, to relieve, to
cease from possessing.—In neither pas-
sage is the idea of divorce necessary,
as some hold; comp. r. M2 Pi. no. 3. ἃ.

2. a marriage-gifl, sc. on sending
away a daughter, a portion, dowry, 1 K.
9,16. Comp. Pi. πξῷῶ Judg. 12, 9.

Ἐῶ, rarely Dow m. (r. b>t) constr.
pibw.

A) Adj. after the form 5473, whole,
sound, safe, inleger, 6. g

1. Of the body, sound, well, in health,
Gen. 43, 27 02°38 pibiin is your father
well? 1 Sam. "25, 6. 2Sam. 17,3. 20,9. -
Job 5, 24. Ps. 38, 4 vex3a Did γὶ there
is nothing sound (no health) i in my bones.
Is. 41, 3.

2. or number, whole, in full number,
Jer. 13, 19.

3. secure, tranquil, Job 21,9; plur. Ps.
69, 23.

4, seeking peace, friendly, allied, Ps.
55, 21.

B) Subst. wholeness, soundness, i. 6.

1. health, weal, welfare, prosperity, good

of every kind; Arab. Ὁ oh KONG,
Aram. 858, soe, Eth. LAP. Deut.
29, 18.) 1K: 2,33. Ps. 27,11. 37. Is. 52, 7.
Jer. 4,10. al. 1K. 2,13 Axia odein is
thy coming Sor good? to which the an-
swer is: οἵδ for good! and so 1 Sam.
16, 4. In the same sense ΡΠ for

ἀν 2K. 5, 21. 9,11. 17. 22. —Spee. in
the following conatructions and phrases:

"δι

ἃ) > pibuin, once without He > pibw
2 Sam. 18, 29, lit is health to him? i.e.
is he well § 2 is it well with him? in ask-
ing after the welfare of an absent per-
son, Gen. 29,6. 2 K.4,26. The answer is
piaw Gen. |. c. comp. 43, 28.—Hence

8) ibe ‘p> Daw lo ask one after his
welfare, i. e. to salute any one, see in
daw Π 1.b; comp. 2 Sam. 11,7 >xw
ranban pibuib 313 and David asked.
how the war prospered. Also “MX AN
‘p pibw vo see after the health, welfare, of
any one, to see how he does, Gen. 37,14;
with 515 Esth. 2,11; with pp 1 Sain,
17, 18. Ellipt. 2 K. 10, 18 we go down
(to see) after the welfare of the king’s
children, i. 6. to salute and visit them.

6) pide (72>) 32 1 Sam. 1,17. 20, 42,
and pibein je 2 Sam. 15, 9, a form. of
wishing ‘well to one departing. go in
peace, i.e. may every good befall thee!
Gr. ὕπαγε sic εἰρήνην Mark 5, 34, and
πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην Luke 7, 50.

d) On the other hand (23) 72 Di>dw,
welfare to thee, may il be well with thee
Judg. 6, 23. 19,20. Dan. 10,19. Gen. 43, 23,
a form of addpena when one would encou-
rage a timid person and assure him of
safety, i.q. ‘thou hast [ye have] nothing
to fear, thou art in safety ;? hence we
thrice find added δὸς, ἈΝ ΛΌΓΟΝ,
comp. 1 Sam. 20, 21 Ἢ ἰδ ἊΦ for then

all is well with thee, thou art in safety,

thy matter is prosperous. v.7. See also
2 Sam. 18, 28, where a messenger of
good diditios exclaims o>, q. ἃ. all is
well! comp. 1 Chr. 12, 18.—Among the
Arabs dike Soy, es salam ’aleika,
and among the Syrians ceased ἴδον,

as also Rabbin. Ἢ9. o1bw, are forms of
salutation to persons approaching or
passing by; but in this sense the above
Heb. phrase is not found in the O. T.

2. peace, ag to war, since in a time
of peace one’s affairs are in safety and

prosperity, Lev. 26,6. Judg.4,17.1Sam. —

7,14. 1 K.2,5. 2K. 20, 19. 5 pibuih Nop

to invite any one to peace, i. 6. to offer

peace, Deut..20, 10. Judg. 21, 13; ΓΝ
i> 6. acc. of pers. to answer peace,
j.e. to accept offered peace, Deut.20, 11.
δ᾽ Ὁρῶ ΓΙῸΣ 10 make or grant peace to
any one Josh. 9, 15. Is. 27, 5; Is. 57, 2
pibw Nia? he shall enter into peace, i. 6.

1068

nbz
the sepulchre. i> ὅπ α man of
peaceful, Ps. 37, 3¥. cide “123
of peace, pacific, Deut.-22, "26. οἰῶ.
prince of peace, the Messiah, Is. 9, δ.
Hence Ὕ
3. concord, friendship, 2153 tx
Friend, my ally, Ps. 41, 10. Jer. 20, 1
38, 22. Obad. 7. εἰσ "235 speaking
friendahip Ps. 28, 3; comp. Ἐδέμ. 9, 30.
Jer. 9, 7.

Didt), see pdt,
obo retribution, see bY.

728 (prob. for ode) Shallun, Shale
lum, pr. n. m. Neh, 3, 15.

Wi>W three, see wy,

nde fut. Mbt"; inf πρῶ, once
πρῷ Is. ‘58, 9; inf absol. mide ; ; imper.
nbn , plur. mbt), c. suff. bo | ye hae

1. to send ; Sept. mostly ἀπόστλι ἢ
ἐξαποστέλλω, Chald. πϑῷ q. v. | Syr.
ue. The primary notion of r. no
is apparently ‘to relax, to loosen, to let
go’; kindr. are 513, πρῶ, 55. gq. v.—
Construed: a) Absol. Gen. 38,17, ne |
59, 1; often so that another verb is sub-
joined with or without a copula, 6. g. 1 Κ΄
18,.19 “1 yap πρῷ send, gather εἰσ.
2 K. 11,4 ps, mbes hé sent and —
fetched etc. Gen. 31, 4. Ex. 9, 19. Job
1,4. al. Here the ace, of the person
sent is omitted; comp. Gen. 31,4. Ὁ)
With ace, of the person sent, Gen. 42, 4. |
43, 8. 45, δ. Ex. 5, 22. 1 Sam. 15, 20.
2 K.1,6. Is, 6, 8. al. espec. a messenger, —
embassador, Gen. 32, 4. Num. 20, 14.
Judg. 6, 35. 7, 24. 2 Sam. 2,5. 1K. 19,
2. Is. 18, 2. al. sepe. With a dat: pleon.
added, > πϑῷ send for thyse A Num. 13,
2. Rarely in later H@®. c. > of pers. —
2 Chr. 17,7. Jer. 16,16. 6) With acc. —
of place to which one sends, 1 Sam. 4, 4. —
1K. 5,28. 2K. 2, 4. 6; also 6, ἽΣ of —
place, 2 K, 2, 2. 4) With ace. of pers. —
and > of thing, as 02> for water Jer.
14, 3; but oftener with > c. inf. of some-
thing to be done, as Num. 13, 16 these
are the names of the men, MB MB wx
VINNY ΠΡ. whom Moses sent to spy
out the land. 14, 36. Deut. 34,11. Josh. |
6, 25. 1 Sam. 15, 1. Is. 61, 1. Zech. 1,
10. al. 6) With acc. of pers. sent and
>d& of pers. to whom, Gen. 37, 13. 46, 28.
Ex. 3, 13. 14. 15. 7, 16. 1 Sam. 9, 16.

_ that for which Joab had sent him.

now

2K. 5,6. Jer. 25, 4. 17. Zech. 2, 12. al.
Rarely as in\Chald. c: *>3, Neh. 6, 3. Jer.

26, 15. 29, 31. 2K. 18, 27. Also c. dN

of pers. and > of hing for which, 1K.
20,7; or > ὁ. inf, Num. 29,37. f) With
acc. of pers. and "78 of person, to send
after, i. e. so as to follow one departing,
2 Sam. 3, 26. 2K. 7, 14. 14, 19; comp.
Zech. 2,12 [8]. g) With acc. of the
thing sent, Gen. 38, 23. 45, 27. 46, 5.
Esth. 4, 4; espec. letters, Neh. 6, 19.
Esth. 1, 22. Also acc. of thing and 5x
of pers. 2 K. 20, 12. Jer. 29, 1. 25; so
letters, Jer. 29, 25. Esth. 9, 20. 30; 5
of pers. Gen. 32, 19. 45, 23. Ps. 78, 25.
2 Chr. 16,1. h) Sometimes the per-
son sent is put with 775, by the hand
of, 1 Sam. 16, 20. 2 Sam. 11, 14. ,12, 25.
1 K. 2, 25 3n22a 712 423n mbes and
the king sent by the hand of Benaiah, i.e.
he deputed Benaiah.. Ex. 4,13 xa-nbei
πρ τ 3 send now by whomsoever thou
wilt send. i) Pregn. 2 Sam. 15, 12
manna inv Sphonscny ofduax ἜΝ
and Absalom sent [and called, i.e. sent
Sor | Ahithophel from his city, from Giloh.

Spec. of things: aa) losend to any
one, i. 6. to send word (0°37 >), to
send a messenger to him, Judg. 11, 28. Is.
37, 17. Prov. 26,6 >*0D 53 023 M3
whoso sendeth a message by the hand of
a fool, i. 6. whoever makes use of a fool
as his messenger. Absol. in the same
sense, Gen. 38, 25 "iax> nvan->y nb
she sent to her father-in-law, saying, i.e.
she sent him this word. 1 K. 20, 5.
2 K. 5,8. Neh. 6, 8. Jer. 29, 31; with-
out "xd 1 Sam. 20,21. With ace. of
the message thus sent, 1 K. 5, 23 τ
ὋΝ ποῦ ὯΝ oipsn wnto the place
which thou shalt send word to me, i. 6.
shall point out. 20,9. 21,11. Jer. 42,5.
21. 43, 1; c. dupl. acc. to send one with
or for any thing, 2 Sam. 11, 22 and he
told David δὴν n> stiy-boony all
1K.
14,6. Ex. 4, 28. bb) God is said to
send help, Ps. 20,3; deliverance, 111, 9;

_ his favour, 57, 4; plenty, Joel 2, 19;
rain, Job 5, 10; oracles and precepts,

Is. 9,7. Zech. 7, 12. Ps. 147, 15; signs

94, 12. Jer. 25, 16. 27.

and wonders, Ps. 135, 9; espec. calami-
ties, plagues, Ex. 9, 14. 23, 28. Josh.
Ps. 105, 28. 144,

6. Here Piel is more common, q. v.

90

1069

now

2. to send away, i.e. to let go, i. q. a
no. 3. Judg. 11,38. Ps. 50, 19 AMD ἢ
M373 thou lettest go thy mouth to yee as
if unbridled. Pregn. 72 ὅτι Mb fo let
go one’s hand from any thing, i. 6. to
withdraw it, 1 K. 13, 4.—Part. pass.
ππρ mb a hind let loose, roaming
freely, Gen. 49, 21. Others less well,
a slender hind, see in no. 3 fin.

3. to send out or forth, i. 6. to put forth,
to stretch out, to extend, e. g. a rod, staff,
Ps. 110, 2. 1 Sam. 14, 27; a sickle into
the harvest Joel 4, 13, comp. Rev. 14,
15. 18; a branch to the nose, Ez. 8, 17,
see in art. M21. So too the finger,
as in scorn, Is. 58, 9. Espec. to send
out or put forth the hand, (Hom. χεῖρας
ἰάλλω Od. 9. 288. ib. 10. 376,) Gen. 3,
22. 8,9. 19,10. 48,14. Ex. 3, 20. Deut.
25, 11. 2 Sam. 15, 5. Cant. 5,4; 6. g.
for smiting, Job 1,11. 2,5. Ps. 138, 7.
a) With > ¢. inf. for doing a wrong, |
1 Sam. 22, 17. 2 Sam. 1,14. Ὁ) With
>> wpon a thing which it is wrong to
touch, 1 K. 13,4. 1 Chr. 13,10. c)
With >x of pers. to put forth the hand
to or upon, to lay hand upon, sc. in vio-
lence, Gen. 22, 12. Ex. 24,11. 2 Sam.
18, 12. Job 1, 12. d) With 3 of thing,
to put forth the hand upon, e. g. a rock,
in order to remove it, Job 28, 9;.also to
lay hand on any thing, i. e. to seize, to
purloin it, Ex. 22,7. Esth. 9, 10. 15. 16. _
Dan. 11, 42; somewhat different, Ps.
125, 3 lest the righteous also put forth -
their hands unto iniquity, i. e. to do
iniquity. Also with 3 of pers. to put
Sorth the hand upon or against, to lay
hands upon, Gen. 37, 22. 1 Sam: 24, 7.
11. 26, 9. 11. 23. Esth. 3,6. 8, 7. 9, 2;
once for punishment, Neh. 13, 21. Pe-
culiar is Cant. 5,4 "ΤΠ ya it md he
put forth his hand from the window, 1. e.
he put itin through the window into
the house.—Sometimes 7 is omitted,
as Ps. 18, 17, comp. 144, 7; also before
dx of thing, 2 Sam. 6, 6; befite 2 Ob.
13.—Part. pass. πῆρ pr. extencled; then
slender ; so of a hind according to some,
Gen. 49, 21; but see above in no. 2 fin.

Pret πρῶ, 3 plur. pret. in pause ἡ,

1. i. gq. Kal no. 1, to send, 6. g. to a
place, Is. 43,14; with acc. of pers. sent,
Gen. 19, 13. 28, 5.6. Judg. 20, 6. Is. 10.
6. Jer. 24, 5. 28; or with acc. of thing,

| ποῦ

Gen. 38, 17. Ex. 23, 27. 1 Sam. 11, 7.
Mal. 2, ds or with by to whom, 2 Chr.
32, 31 with acc. of thing and 5 of pers.
2 Chr. 24, 23; acc. of thing with >x fo
whom and 773 by whom, Jer. 27, 3. But
in this signif. Kal is far more frequeitt ;
while Piel is more usual in the sense fo
send upon any one, as God sends calam-
ities, plagues, see Kal no. 1. bb; c. 3
Deut. 7, 20. 32, 24. 2K. 17, 25. Ps. 78,
45; ὃκ Ez. 14,19; 9 5, 17; 2 Jer. 48,
12; Ἔτι 9, 15. 49, 37. Also yi mbes
to wohl strife, i. e. to excite or occasion
it, Prov. 6, 14. 19. 16, 28.

2. i. q. Kal no. 2, but more frequent,
to send away, to let go or depart, to dis-
miss, 6. g. one about to go away, and
espec. who has been in any way de-
tained, Gen. 24, 54. 30, 25. 45, 24. Ex.
3, 20. Josh. 2, 21. Judg. 2, 6. 1 Sam. 6,
6. 2 Sam. 11, 12; so of the ark which
the Philistines had detained, 1 Sam. 6,
2. 3.8; of flocks sent out to pasture,
Ex. 22, 4, comp. Is. 32, 20; of Samson’s
foxes, Judg. 15,5; of the scape-goat let
go into the desert, Lev. 16, 10 sq. of a
- bird let fly, Gen. 8, 7. 8. Lev. 14, 7. 53.
Deut. 22, 7; of waters sent forth in
streams, Ez. 31, 4. Ps. 104,10. Also Zo
let goa captive from custody, 1 K. 20,
42, Jer. 40, 1. 45, 13. Zech. 9, 11,
comp. 1 Sam. 24, 20. Ez. 13, 20; ofa
slave, to set free, to manumit, Jer. 34, 9
sq. see "WEN, and comp. Jndg. 1, 25;
op mbui, without ‘a gift, see in art.
ΡΤ; of ἀκα μον to set out, to give in
marriage, fully nein ina πξε Judg. 12,
9. Also to accompany one departing, to
send him on his way, προπέμπειν, Gen.
18, 16. 31, 27. Judg. 3, 18 (comp. v. 19).
1 Sam. 9, 26. 2 Sam. 19, 32 and (Bar-
zillai’) went over Jordan ‘with the king,
FIPAMY IMdw>, Keri p=N-ny, to con-
duct him by aria. i. 6. its further
bank; here Keth. wishes no good sense ;
perh. it should read 1153 inx mbdwd.
_ With ace. of pers. and “72 of thing, to
give over into the power of any thing,
Job 8, 4 if thy children have sinned
aetna him (God), ὈΣΩΒ Ta obey
and he have given them over to the power
of their transgression, i. e. to merited
punishment; comp. Ps. 81, 13.—Fur-
ther, to let down any one with ropes
into a subterranean prison; Jer. 38, 6.

1070

‘Things, as arrows 1 Sam. 20, 20; fi

17, 8. Ob. 1.

noe

11; also once to let hang down or
long, sc. the hair, Ez. 44, 20.

3. to send forth, in a stronger sense,
i. 6. to cast, to throw, to shoot, e. g. a)

into a city Am. 1, 4 sq. 2, 2.5. Hos. 8,
14; which is also expressed by Ἢ MW
wxa to give or commit to the flames, Fr.
mettre ἃ feu, Judg. 1,8. 20, 48. 2K. 8,
12. Ps. 74,7. δ) to cast forth, to cast
down, Ece. 11,1. Job 30, 11 they cgst offbe-
fore me the bridle, i. e. act in an unbridlec
manner. 39, 3 they cast forth their pains,
i. 6. they bring forth the feetus, and at”
the same time are freed from their pains 5
see in 52m p. 292. 1 K. 9, 7 and this
house, which I have hallowed for my
name, "28 ὉΣῺ ΤΞΩΝ will J cast forth
from my sight, will reject it; comp.
parall. 2 Chr. 7, 20 977>0x. 9) to cast”
out, to eject, to expel any one, Gen. 3, 23.
Lev. 18, 24. 1 K. 9, 7. Is: 27, 8. Jer. 15,
1. 28, 16. Job 14, 20. Poetically, Job
30, 12 amas 7339 they thrust or push away
my feet, so that I fall. ἃ) Spec. tusend
or put away a wife or concubine, to di-
vorce a wife, Gen. 21,14. Deut. 21, 14. 9
22,19. 29. 24, 1. 3. 4. 2 Sam. 13, 16. 9
Jer. 3, 1. 8. Mal. 2, 16 where inf. πϑῷ |
as subst. 1 Chr. 8, 8; comp. Is. 50, 1.

4, i.q. Kal πο. 3, to put forth or stretch
out, to extend, e. g. the hand, Prov. 31,
19. 20; a tree its roots, to spread out,
Jer. 17,8; and its branches, Ez. 17, 6.
7. 31, 5. Ps. 80,12. So God is said fo
spread out a people, Ps. 44, 3 thou didst
drive out the heathen with thy hand, and —
plantedst them (Israel) ; thou didst afflict ©
the nations, and spread them out, sc. Is- i
rael. |

Pua mth 1. Pass. of Piel no. 1,and_
of Kal no. 1, to be sent, Prov. 17, 11. Jer.

2. to be sent away, to be let go, dis-—
missed, Gen. 44, 3. Is. 50,1; comp. in
Piel no. 3.d. Hence to be left, forsaken,
Prov. 29, 15 mbt "22 a neglected child.

3. to be cast out, expelled; Is. 16, 2
a bird mtn 4p driven from the nest.
Is. 27, 10 nb | τὴ} a habitation driven
out (i. e. its inmates) and forsaken like a
desert. Also to be cast, driven, impelled
into a net, Job 18, 8. Judg. 5, 15 pasa
Mew he was driven or he rushed into aie
plain.

ποῦς
. Hien. 9755, i. q. Piel no. 1, to send,
sc. plagues, calamities, wpon any one,
6. 5, Ex. 8,17. Lev. 26, 22. Am. 8, 11.
Ez. 14, 13; also an enemy, 2 K. 15, 37.
Deriv. πο, πρῶ, nindw, “nbs,
pny, nds, Dmaby, ribwa, nde,
nnd.

M20 Chald. fut. ἐὺ: 1. to send,
Ezra 4, 14, 7,14. Dan. 3, 2. 6,23; with
acc. of thing and >> to whom, Ezra 4,

11. 18. 5, 6. 17; also 4, 17. 5, 7.

_ 2. With 3, to put forth or stretch out
the hand, Dan. 5, 24; c. > to attempt
any thing, Ezra 6, 12.

M2W m. in pause mbw,c. suff. inv.
R. nbc.

1. a missile weapon, as sent against an
enemy, 6. σ΄. ἃ ΓΝ gee spear, etc.

Arab. and
Coe ond che

sa a sword ; gt an armed man;

collect. arms,

w Conj. V, to arm oneself—2 Chr.

32, 5. 23,10. mba 72> to perish by
the weapon-sc. of death, Job 33, 18. 36,
12; for Joel 2,8 see in 732 no, 1. b.
Here belongs the difficult passage, Neh.
4, 17 [23] pvan inde ws every man his
weapon for water, i. e. every man went
for water with his weapon in his hand ;
comp. v. 11. 2 Chr. 23, 10. But the
hetter reading is 1193 in>H wx, see
Reediger de Interp. Arab. p. 60.

2. a shoot, sprout, plant, Cant. 4, 13.
Comp. τ. 93% Pi. no. 4.

3. Shelah, Salah, pr.n. a) Asonof
Arphaxad Gen. 10, 24. 11,12. Ὁ) An
aqueduct and pool near Jerusalem, ap-
parently thesame with τ q. v. Neh:
3,15. Vulg. Siloe.

mu m. (τ. M>Y) for mids as in
Chaldee, after the form 7iu"p, 7iws>D;
pr. a sending. of water, i. 6. a conduit,
_ aqueduct, comp. τ. M28 Ps. 104, 10, and
Gr. ἱέναι poor 1]. 12. 25.—With the art.
m>un Shiloah, Siloah, Siloam, pr. ἢ. of
an aqueduct and small reservoir or
fountain at the foot of Zion on the south-
eastern part of Jerusalem, Is. 8,6. See
Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 2. ib. 5. 12. 2. ib. 6. 7. 2.
ib. 6. 8. 5. It is apparently the same
with that called πρῶ in Neh. 3, 15.
The LXX. and Josephus (I. 6.) write

1071

nba

the name Σιλωάμ, and so John 9, 7,
where it is explained by ἀπεσταλμένος,
abstr. for concr. This refers probably
to the long subterranean passage or
aqueduct, by which the water is brought
from the intermitting fountain higher
up in the valley of the Kidfon. Fora
full description of this ancient fountain,
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 493-498,
500 sq. By a misapprehension of the
language of Josephus (B. J. 5. 4. 2),
several writers have formerly sought
for Siloam on the south-west of Zion;
Reland Palest. p. 858. Gesen. Comm.
on Is: 7, 3.—Arab. cyl Selwan.

ninow f. plur. (τ. 93%) shoots, ENG
Is. 16, 8. See Pi. no 4.

"150 (perh. armed) Shilhi, pr. n. m.
1 K. 22, 42. 2 Chr. 20, 31. R. mb.

O° (armed men, τ. Md) Shilhim,
pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Judah,
Josh. 15, 32.

ria m. (τ. πρῶ, after the form
5) constr. 77256 ; plur. miz>t , constr.
nism ; a table, so called from its being
extended, spread out, see the root no. 3,
and * τανύειν ἐράδόϊον Od. 10. 37; aled
Ps. 69, 23 below. Especially a canis as
spread with food, viands, Judg. 1, 7.
1 Sam. 20, 29. 34. 1 K. 5,7. 10,5. Job
36, 16. Neh. 5, 17. So wabun ΠΣ to
prepare or spread a table Ps. “22, 5. 78,
19. Prov. 9, 2. Is. 21, 5; jrbinnby =
to sit at table 1 K. 13, 20; by boN

B i> to eat at one’s table, with him,
2 Sain 9, 11. 13, comp. v. 7. 10; "b>

5 ἡποὼ those eating at one’s table, {ables
companions, guests, 1 K. 18, 19. 2, 7.
2 Sam. 19, 29. Of the table of shew-
bread in the tabernacle and temple,
p28 71> Num. 4,7; ὈΞΊΣΘΙΙ ὦ 2 Chr.
29, 18, and plur. “an mismbe) 1 Chr. 28,
16; see in arts. EM? no. 2, ὌΞΟΣ Ὁ, and
m2 no. 1. The same is *hen bein
the pure table Lev. 24,6; and so where
the tabernacle or Necple is spoken of,
simply jm>wn Ex. 30, 27. 37, 10 sq.
Num. 8. 81. .1.κ. 7, 48. Also ym
mins the table of Jehovah, his altar, Mal.
1, 7. 12. Ez. 41, 22. 44, 16, comp. 23,
41. Of the Alter or table prepared be:
fore idols, lectisternia, Is. 65, 11 D°279n
120 742 who prepare a table for Gad.

ow

the god of-good fortune—As to the
form of tables among the Hebrews,
little is known ; but, as in other oriental
nations, they were prob. not high. In
Ex. 25, 23, indeed, the table for the
shew-bread is described as acubit anda
halfin height ; but the table of Herod’s
temple, as depicted on the arch of Titus
at Rome, is only half a cubit high.

Prob. the table of the ancient Hebrews
differed little from that of the modern
Arabs, viz. a piece of skin or leather, a
mat, or a linen cloth, spread upon the
ground. Hence the fitness of the name,
7120 something spread, and also the
phrase WH 29; and hence too light
is shed upon Ps. 69, 23 Cr3B>02N2w 7
mp) let their table before them become a
snare or net, i. e. let their feet become
entangled fn it, as spread on the ground,
so that they may stumble and fall; see
in mp 1.2. Comp. Gen. 18, 4.

. now fut. Ὁρῶ", a verb of the later
Hebrew ; except the deriv. Ὁ" ἘΦ once
Gen. 42, 6; but frequent in Aramean ; pr.
to be Ahare. hard, harsh; hence a) to
rule, 10 have dominion, over any one, c. 3
Ece. 2,19. 8, 9; by Neh. 5, 15. b) to
gain Mousiion. to get the mastery, c. 3

of pers. Esth. 9, 1—Arab. 4.4 to be

harsh, vehement, V to get dominion ;
- 9g 9

ibe power, concr. the Sultan.
Eth. WAM to-have dominion. Aram.
see in Chald. 020.

Hipn. 1. to let have dominion over
any one, Ps. 119, 133. .
_ 2. to give power to do any thing, to
permit, Ecc. 5, 18. 6, 2. Comp. >i
Ex. 21,8; also Syr. pXo Pa.

Deriv. Bet}, fiw, ww.

Dw Chald. fut. o>" 1. to rule, to
have dominion, 6. a in or over any thing
Dan. 2, 39. 5,7. 16; to have power over
any chit: 80 as to ating it, Dan. 3, 27.

2. With 3, to get the mastery of, i. 6.
to rush or fall upon, Dan. 6, 25. .

Apen. to let bear rule, to make ruler
or lord over any one, c. 3 Dan. 2, 38. 48.

Deriv. Chald. 71033, jad}, wb) ,

D>) τῇ, (τ. 028) a shield, only plur.
pve), constr. "420 shields, apparently

1072

bow

so called from being hard or perh. ton
see the signif. of the Arabic root und

wbvs, and comp. the adj. Ὁ ὦ. 2 Sam.
8, 7 Ξπῖτι "Le the shields of gold. 2K,
11,10. 2 Chr. 23,9, Cant. 4,4, ΕΖ. 27,
11, in which passages shields are spoke
of as suspended for ornament upon
walls. Jer. 51, 11 sharpen the arrows,
pro >wir ἘΝ ΡῺ 1 fill out the shields, i. e. put
them on, see in r. ΑΒ no. 1. ‘a. — Inter
preters have long hesitated as to th
signification of this word; and some
have even rendered it by quivers, as
(after Jarchi) Jahn Archeol. II. ii. p.

428; or also darts, comp. bL. arrow:

The signification here given has been
adopted by most commentators from
Kimchi onwards, and is supported by
probable etymology, by the context of
all the passages, and by the authority
of the ancient versions. Thus the Tar-
gums and Syriac version often retain”
the same word, as being common in
Aramean ; but the Chaldee translator
of the Chronicles gives it in two places
by shields, 1 Chr. 18, 7. 2 Chr. 23, 9;
and the translator of Jeremiah, ec. 13, 23,
uses the words M"ry2p9 "Y> to denote .
the spots of the leopard, as resembling
the figure of a shield. Among the
later Syrians this word appears to have ~
become obsolete; for Bar Bahldél, in
Lex. Oxon. Ms. under LAS», himself

fluctuates between the various opinions
of Syrian interpreters, the most of whom
however understand by it quivers. .

ἸΏ τὰ. (τ. wdei) powerful, potent,
Ecc. 8, 4; with 3 having power over any
thing, v. 8. |

ΩΦ Chald. (r. wbx!) one in power,
a ruler, magistrale, Dan. 3. 2.

joo Chald. m. constr. 722, domin-
ion, power, empire, Dan. 3,33. 4,19. 7, 6.
14. 6, 27 "ΗΘ Ὁ whe-ba in every do-
minion of my Itingdom, i. 6. throughout
my whole empire. Plur. x*28>t, em-—
pires, kingdoms, Dan. 7, 27. Arab.

9 > A He ; :
; LBL dominion, and concr. dominus
rex, Sult&n.

MOU Ε see ὉΠ Ὁ no. 1.

"δ

(bt m. (τ. 5%) in pause "ti, quiet,
atiliness ; 2 Sam. 3, 27 "wa in quiet,
i. e. privately.

M720 £ (τ. Md no. 3) the afler-birth,
the membrane which envelopes the
foetus and follows the birth, Deut. 28, 57.

Arab. . & the membrane enveloping the
feetus ; Chald. ποθῶ, Talmud. xn750,

R150 , after-birth ; Syr. (dedw id.
ne and 0, see in 1>0.

2b m. adj. (τ. 2}t), fem. mubd for
mob, the "~ being dropped in the
feminine, like ἈΝ f, MIAN.

1. hard, vehement, imperious, fem. of
an imperious woman, impudent, Ez.

16,30. Arab. ἰϑυλῶ, kai.

2. powerful, mighty, i. e. having power
over any thing, c. 3 Ecc. 8, 8.—Subst.
one having power, u ruler, magistrate,
Ecc. 7,19. 10,5. Gen. 42, 6.

ὌΠ Chald. (τ. D>) 1. powerful,
mighty, Dan. 2,10. 4,23; having power
in or over any thing, bearing rule over,
6. 3, Dan. 4, 14. 22. 29. 5, 21.—Subst.
a ruler, prince, Dan. 2, 15. 5, 29. Ezra

4, 20.
2, οὐ ND, with >. inf. there is no

power to do any thing, i. 6. it is not per-
mitted, non licet, Ezra 7, 24.

wy and wou m. (r, 65%, or 85%)
Kamets impure.

1. a third, Is. 40, 12; i. e. a measure
for grain, prob. the third part of an ephah
(see MD) 1. g. MND, μέτρον, since Sept.
often renders ΠΡ by τρία μέτρα, comp.
Gr. 7 τετάρτη, Engl. quart.—Genr. for
any measure; acc. as adv. Ps. 80, 6
ry Miseta ioptm thou givest them
tears to drink by measure, i. e. in great
quantity, abundantly. Sept. ἐν μέτρῳ,
Vulg. in mensura.

2. a triangle, i. e. an instrument of
music struck in concert with drums, as
in modern military music. Plur. 1 Sam.
18, 6. :

3. Spec. a third man, i.e. one of three,
Gr. τριστάτης, an order of warriors, who
fought from chariots, chariot-warriors,
ἀναβάται, παραβάται. Ex. 14. 7 he took
all the chariots of Egypt, τὸν pr ἢ

%2> and three warriors upon each of |

an*

1013

a)

them. 15,4. 1K. 9, 22, comp. 2 K. 9, 25.
They served also as the body-guard of
kings 1 K. 9, 22. 2 K. 10, 25. 1 Chr. 11,
11. 12,18. Sept. τριστάται, i. 6. accord-
ing to Origen in Catenis, (although
the Greek Glossarists decide otherwise,
see Schleusner Thes. in voc.) ‘soldiers
fighting from chariots,’ and so called be-
cause each chariot contained ‘three sol-
diers, one of whom managed the horses
while the other two fought; comp. tgs
τοστάτης, one of the three persons who
constituted a row or subdivision in the
Greek tragic chorus. On Egyptian
monuments only two persons are usu-
ally depicted in each chariot; one fights,
while the other manages the horses.
In the Assyrian and other Asiatic sculp-
tures, there is often a third man in each
chariot, who is either an armour-bearer
or holds an umbrella.—The leader or
chief of these troopsis called τεσ UR
2 Sam. 23,8, and with the fuller form
pyw"btin tan 1 Chr. 12, 18; and the
same person seems to be denoted by
w»dtin, κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν, as spoken of one of
the nearest attendants of the king, 2 K.
7, 2.17. 19. 9, 25. 15, 25.—Hence plur.
ποθῶ Prov. 22, 20 Keri, perh. princi-
palia, i. e. things honourable, princely :
comp. 8, 6.—See more in Thesaur. p.
1429.

"Z"SY m. ord. adj, (from Bbw) ἢ
Pry, πρῶ; plur. p why ; third,

the third ; Aram. ὝΛΡΩ, catia) Arab.

ὧλξ: So Gen. 1, 13. 2,14. Num. 2,
24. Is. 19,24. Job 42, 14. al. sepe. Plur.
pd has several uses; Num. 2, 24
ΣΌ" pwd) they shall move fortard the
third, i.e. the third in order. 1 Sam.
19, 21 and he sent the third messengers,
i. 6. the third time. 2 K.1,13. Thrice
as subst. cells or chambers of the third
story Gen. 6, 16. 1 K. 6, 8. Ez. 42, 3.—
Fem. spec. as subst. a) a third, the
third part, Num. 15, 6. 7. 2 Sam. 18, 2.
b) the third duy, the day after to-mor-
row; 1 Sam. 20, 12 mw-buiit am MPD
about this time to-morrow or the third
day. c) the third year, Is. 15, 5. Jer.
48, 34, see in M39 no 2; comp. in Engl.
‘the third of queen Victoria.’ 4) With
He parag. προ adv. the third time,
Kz. 21, 19.

qow
: 2 in Kal not used, kindr. with

n>, Arab.

Pint, inf. m2>% as subst. see in its
order.

Hien. Fn, fut. πο, very fre-
quent.

1. to cast, to throw, c. acc. of pers. or
thing, Gen. 21, 15. Ex. 7, 10. Lev. 1, 16.
2K. 2, 21. Jer. 41,9. al. Also to cast
off, as a tree its blossoms, Job 15, 33; to
-cast away 2K. 7, 15. Ez. 20, 7. 8. Ece.
3, 5; of stones, lo cast away, to scatter,
opp. 022, Ecc. 3,5. 515 472th Zo cast
lots, sc. in dividing land, Josh. 18, 8. 10;
hence in Mic. 2, 5 thou shalt have none
to cast a line by lot, sc. in marking out
land.—Constr. with ace. of place upon
er into which any thing is cast, as the
ground, a pit, water, etc. Ex. 4, 3. Dan.
8, 12. Gen. 37,24. Ex. 1, 22; with >
of place, Gen. 37, 22. Ex. 15, 25. 2 K.
4,41. al. 3 of place, Gen. 37, 20. Ex.
32, 24. Is. 19,8; with acc. of thing and
2 of pers. upon or αἱ whom, Num. 35,

20. 22. Josh. 10, 11. Judg. 9, 53. Nah.

3, 6. Job 27, 22 bs 729 he shall cast
at him sc. deadly weapons. Ez. 43, 24.
2K. 23,6. 2 Sam. 20, 12; with 5 of
place, 2 Chr. 24, 10. 30, 14, also c. ace.
Ex. 22, 30 ins ‘tm 252 ye shall cast it
(the flesh) fo the dogs ; with 2 of place,
to cast out a person or thing froma place,
Neh. 13, 8. Deut. 29, 27. ‘Judg. 15, 17.
Job 29, 17 57% ἢ τοῦκ 2w2 from his
very teeth I cast (plucked) out the spoil ;

also to cast down from 2 Chr. 25, 12;

with 534, "292, to cast away from
oneself, to throw off, to-lay aside, Ps. 2,
3. Ez. 18, 31. Deut. 9, 27.

Trop. in the following phrases: a)
379 SWE? Ww he cast his life from
him, i..e. exposed it to great danger,
Judg. 9,17; seein 733 no. 3. a,and comp.
Gr. eater Go τὴν ψυχήν 1]. 9. 322,
whence Lat. parabolanus. Ὁ) sen
ns Ps. 50, 17, and 13 “nx ‘hn, to
cast behind one, hehind one’s back, i. 6.
to neglect, to contemn, 1 K. 14, 9. Neh.
9, 26. Is. 38,17. Ez. 23,35; also of God
as pardoning (forgetting) the sins of
men, Is. 38, 17; comp. Mic. 7,19. The
Arabs have the same expression, see
Thesaur. p. 1419. 6) "ΔῸΣ 7 >UN fo
‘cast upon Jehovah one’s burden, i. 6. to

1074

δ
commit any thing to his care, Ps. 55, 23
comp. Ps. 37, 5andr.sm3. ἃ) 59 π|"
"2b d30 Ἔ Jehovah casle‘ont from ἡ
presence, i. 6. rejects him from his fa-
vour, 2 Κὶ, 13, 23. 17, 20. 2 Chr. 7, 20.
Jer. 7, 15, Ps. 51,13; also simpl. 77°20A
Ps. 71, 9. 102, 11.
2. to cast down; to overthrow, as a
house Jer. 9, 18; to destroy, as a locust
the vine Joel 1, 7. Metaph. Job 18, 7
Mss ΓΞ ΡΤ" and his own counsel shall
cast him down, destroy him.
Horn. abun and 720" 1. to be cast
out or forth, to be thrown, Jer. 22, 28. Is.
14, 19 but thou art cast forth (M2>0n i
from thy sepulchre like a despised
branch, i.e. art not laid in the sepul-—
chre, as thou hadst hoped or appointed,
art without the burial due to thee.
With 3 and 5x of place, 2 Sam. 20, 21.
1 K, 13, 25. Jer. 14,16. Ez. 16,5; also
with >, as y7%> “Π fo becast down to the
ground Ez. 19:13, Jer. 36, 30 and his
dead body shall be cast forth to the heat
(a9n> m2btx) by day, and to the cold
by night—T op. Ps. 22, 11 SdH aby
ὉΠ 7 was cast upon thee from the womb, ᾿
i. e. 1 have committed myself to thee.
2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2. Dan. 8, 11.
Deriv. the two following.

720 m. Lev. 11, 17, Deut. 14, 17,a
sea-lowl, Sept. καταράκτης or nerve
κτης, i. 6. a species of pelican which |
casts itself from high rocks into the
water after fish, a diver, prob. the gan-
net, Pelicanus Bassanus Linn. Vulg.
mergulus, Syr.and Chald. ‘fish-catcher.’
Comp. Bochart Hieroz. P. II. lib. 2. ¢. 21.
GEdmann Verm. Sammlungen aus der —
Naturkunde, III. p. 68. Rosenm. Bibl.
Alterthk. IV. ii. p. 308 sq.

ΤΩΡ Ὁ f. (τ. 5) pr. inf fem, Piel.

1. a casting down or felling of a tree.
Is. 6, 13.

2. Shallecheth, pr. n. of a gate of the
temple, 1 Chr. 26,16. = «#

*5du sometimes with the regular —
form, and sometimes with that of verbs
55; as θῶ, sddu), smibw) ; inf. 55 and
bis fut. bids, ¢. suff 7702 Hab. 2, 8;
pr. 'to relax, to loosen, to let go; see the
roots dati, ndtv}; comp, M>W, >dm, Hen,
Chald. δεν, Hence

du
“1. to draw or pull out, sc. stalks of
grain from the handfuls, Ruth 2, 16.

Arab. sn id. Kindr. are Aram. 83%,
, Heb. dvi2, ρῦ.

2, to strip off to despoil, to spoil, to

plunder’; rarely in the Aram. dialects,

as Chald. part. δῶ, Nasor. “Wa, to

spoil.—Constr. c. acc. of thing, Ez. 26,
12; or of the person plundered 39, 10.
Hab. 2,8. Zech. 2,12. >} 55 to spoil
the spoil, to seize the spoil, Is. 10, 6. Ez.
29, 19. 38, 12. 13.

Nipu. here some refer fut. >> Deut.
28, 40; but see in r. 52.

Hirupo. >>invs Aram. for >>imvn to
be spoiled, plundered, Is. 59, 15.

Deriv. 5518 and

220 m. constr. S58. 1. spoil, plun-
der, booty ; j Is. 33, 23 bby} “3 a prey of
spoil, from which connection of the
words it appears that ἽΣ is the more
general word, and >>% the more spe-
cial; yet the latter is often general,
prey, booty, Gen. 49, 27. Num. 31, 11.
12. 1 Sam. 14, 32. Jer. 50, 10. Prov. 1,
13. al. also of flocks and herds driven
off, 1 Sam. 15, 19. 21. 773 53% David's
spoil, driven off by him, 1 Sam. 30, 20;
but 97378 5 the spoil of thine enemies,
taken from them, Deut. 20, 14. Josh. 22,
8. 1 Sam. 14,30. To seize or take the
spoil is >>%} 55% see the root no. 2;
ὦ x 20 to bring the spoil 2 Sam. 3, 22.
2 Chr. 15, 11. 28, 8; 558 τῷ Deut. 3, 7.
20, 14. 2 Chr. 20, 25. Esth. 3, 13; once
bb δ Ὁ) 2 Chr. 14,12. Contra, δρῶ pbn
to divide the spoil, to distribute the boo-
ty, Gen. 49, 27. Ex. 15, 9. Judg. 5, 30.
Ps. 68, 13. al. Jer. 21, 9 and his life shall
be unto him for a booty, i. e. he shall be
preserved alive; and so 38, 2. 39, 18.
45, 5. Ries the difficult passage Judg. 5,
ment, two VWeotwienti of divers atic for
the neck of the spoil, there is no good
meaning. Hence Gesenius and others
take 55% for 55 ΟΝ ἃ spoiler, and
render: for the neck of the spoiler, i. e.
Sisera or any warrior; so Syr. Schnur-
rer, Rosenmueller, etc. Others, as De
Sacy. Studer, read 55%) 14x8z>, a spoil
Jor his neck, 50. Sisera’s ; ‘and so Sept.
τῷ τραχήλῳ αὐτοῦ σκῦλα. Boettcher, i in

1075

noe

Spicileg. p. 21, proposes to read said
>>, a spoil for my neck, as the wish
of a woman expecting a portion of the
spoil. This perh. is best.

2. gain sc. by labour, profit, Germ.

e°7

Ausbeute, Prov. 31,11. So Arab.
prey and gain; comp. Gr. ληΐζεσϑαι to
plunder, also genr. to get, to gain.

*DDW or DOW fat. cheis 1. to be
whole, entire, integer ; hence
a) to be sound, safe, secure; Arab.

phew. Syr. sotxa, id
πρῶ 15. Job 9,4 who hath set himse yf
agate him, ὍΝ and. been PeCuRR, in|
safety. 22, 21.

b) to be completed, ‘finished, ended ;
e. g. the temple, 1 K. 7,51; the walle
of the city, Neh. 6, 15; ales of a period
of time, Is. 60, 20, Chald. 07> q. v.
Syr. sou id.

3. Denom. from Ὁρῶ, to be at peace,
in friendship with any one. Part. 6.
suff. "25 Ps. 7,5 my friend, ally, i.-q.
spine thx Ps. 41,10. Part. pass. padw
pacified, peaceful, 1 Sam. 20,19. See
Pu. no. 2. Syr. saa c. S, to consent,

to accord.

Pret 0b, 3 pl. in pause ane to
make whole, entire, integrum fecit, viz.

a) to make secure, safe, c. acc. of
thing, Job 8, 6.

b) to complete, to finish, e. g. the tem-
ple, 1 K. 9, 25; comp. Kal no. 1. b. ᾿

6) to make whole, to make good ; e. g.
to restore a thing lost Joel 2, 25, or stolen
Ex. 21, 36. 22, 2 sq. Lev. 5, 25 [6, 5].
Ez. 33,15; to repay a debt 2 K. 4,7. Ps.
37, 21. Prov. 22, 27. Job 41, 3.

d) to pay, to perform, to render, c. ace.

Kindr. are r.

of thing, e. g. vows 2 Sam. 15, 7. Is. 19,

21. Nah. 2, 1. Ps. 22,26. Prov. 7,14. Job

22,27; praise as sacrifice, Hos. 14, 3 [2],

see in art. "B, comp. Ps. 56, 13. Trop.
to render or impart comfort, Is. 57, 18.
e) to requite, to recompense, to re-
ward, sc. like for like, both good 1 Sam.
24, 20: Ruth 2, 12, and also evil Gen. 44,
4; with > of pers. Deut. 7, 10. 32, 41.
Judg. 1,7. 2 K. 9. 26. Ps. 41, 11; acc. of
thing, Is. 65, 6. Jer. 16, 18. 32,18; with
> of pers. and acc. of thing, as bars obi}
ὃ see in 4728 no. 1, 5 558 034 Job 34, 11.

nd

Jer. 51, 24; 59 of pers. and acc. of thing |

Joel 4, 4; also ὮΣΕΞ ‘p> pbw or Ἐ5 ὦ
iMw>22 10 reward ' any one according to
his works 2 Sam. 3, 39. Jer. 25, 14. 50,
29. Ps. 62, 13. Socibtime, though rare-
ly, with acc. of the pers. rewarded, Ps.
31, 24; and also with acc. of thing add-
ed, Ps. 35, 12 ΠῚ ΤΠ A349 "abt, as
Engl. they rewarded me evil for good ;
so Prov. 13, 21.

Puat 1. Pass. of Piel lett. d, to be
paid, performed, as a vow, Ps. 65, 2.
Also Pass. of Piel lett. e, fo be repaid,
requited, recompensed, Jer. 18,20. Prov.
11, 31 Ddv. ΥῊΝΞ PTE ἼΠ lo, the right-
eous is recompensed upon earth, much
more the wicked and the sinner. 13, 13.

2. ‘To bé brought into a state of
peace,’ to be at peace with any one, to
live in friendship, i. q. Kal no. 2. Part.
pw. a friend, ally, sc. of God, i. 6. Is-
rael, 15. 42,19; parall. with min" 33.
Conip. Hiphi no. 2.

Hiew. 1. to complete, to perform, to
execule, Job 23, 14. Is. 44, 26.28; to make
an end of any one, Is. 38, 12. 13.

2. to make peace with any one, to seek
and cherish peace; as Chald. Aph.
mbt, comp. Kal no. 3. With mx Josh.
10, 1. 4; bY Deut. 20, 12. 1 K. 22, 45,
But with dN, to submit oneself in peace
to any one, i.e. by a treaty of peace,
Josh. 11, 19. Comp. adj. 05% no. 3;
Arab. Conj. IV, to submit oneself
to the dominion of any one, spec. to
commit one’s affairs to God, c. ο. cot)

6.7 0 ,¢F
whence ew JI el-Islam, i. e. obedi-

ence to God and Muhammed, the true

religion, Muahammedanisn ; hse Mus-
lim.

3. Causat. to make a friend of any
one Prov. 16, 7.

Hopn. to become the friend of any
one, c. > Job 5, 23.

Deriv. mbt. abt, pfu) | Ὀξ or Ὁρῶ,
mobw , pasisbe ΕΝ of: n, Dew br
οὐδ 5. bw, isd, sbwy, vadui, burnbui,
ΓΑ ὦ maui, pbein, reba, “ambit
and nrabsin, ΕΝ rindi.

now Chald, i. q. Heb. q. v. to com-

plete, tu finish, e. g. the temple; once
Part. Peil o°>w) finished Ezra 5, 16.

1076

pds

Apa. 1. to finish, to make an end ¢
c. acc. Dan. 5, 26. :
2. to restore, to give back, Ezra cA 1g

D5 Chald. m. i. q. Heb. Dibw , pre
perity, peace, Ezra 5,7. Dan. 3,31. 6, 26.

Dw τὰ. adj. (r. Ἐδῶ) f. maby; Ὁ Ir.
cmb, mind. .

1. whole, sound, perfect, i.e. a) Of
full and just weight and measure, as
nab) 72x a full weight, perfect, Prov.
11, 1. Deut. 25, 15; comp. Gen. 15, 1
where it is spoken of the full measure
of one’s sins. M2>t) ΓῊΡᾺ the whole n m=
ber of the captives Am.1,6.9. Ὁ) whole,
safe, unharmed, Gen. 33, 18, see in no.
4.¢. So of an army Nab. 1,12. oya%
minbw whole stones, i. e. not hewn, Deut. .
27, 6. 1 K. 6,7.

2. completed, Jinished, e. g. an edifice,
2Chr.8,16. Chald. ondw, Syr. Soe οἰ,

3. living in peace and friendship,
peaceful, friendly, see the root in Kal
no. 2; Gen. 34, 21 AX ἘΠῚ ΘΟ they
live in peace with us. Spec. nin ‘oy ‘oO
at peace with God, devoted to him, 1 Καὶ
8, 61. 11, 4. 15, 3.14; and so simpl. 353°
pbu 2 K. 20, 3. 1 Chr. 28, 9. 2 Chr. 15,
17. Comp. Hiph. no. 2.

4. Salem, pr.n. 8) i. ᾳ. OBA 76-
rusalem, for the etymology of which,
see in its place; Gen. 14, 18. Ps. 76, 3.
—Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 2 τὴν μέντοι Σόλυμα
ὕστερον ἐκάλεσαν Ἱεροσόλυμα. So Arab.
Oe em ig

i , % , id. but very rarely.

b) Another city Salem, the residence —
of Melchizedek, Gen. {i 18. Josephus —
and many others regard this also as Je
rusalem; but this accords neither with
the geographical circumstancés of the
narrative, which point to a place fur-
ther north, nor with the tradition pre-
served by Jerome: “Salem, non, αὐ
Josephus et nostri omnes arbitrantur, —
Jerusalem,...sed oppidum juxta Secy- —
thopolim, quod usque hodie appellatar
Salem, et ostenditur ibi palatium Mel-
chisedech, ex magnitudine ruinarum ve-
teris operis ostendens magnitudinem”;
Ep. 73 ad Evang. T. I. p. 446, ed. Val- —
lars. This Salem, Jerome elsewhere
says, was eight miles south of Scytho- —
polis; Onom. arts. Salem, Z2non. It is
probably also the same place mentioned

sph)

John 3, 23. Judith 4,4. See Relandi Pa-
lest. p. 976. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii.
p. 134sq. Tuch Comm. in Gen. ad loc.
and in Zeitschr. der morgenl. Ges. I. p.
194. [In 1852 the translator sought
diligently in the south of Scythopolis ;
but found no trace of name or ruins by
which to identify the Salem thus de-
scribed by Jerome.—R.

ec) In Gen. 33, 18 05% is by many
taken as an adjective, see above in no.
1.b; while Sept. Vulg. and others treat
it as a pr.n. Shalem, Salem. A village
pw Salim, exists at the present day

among the hills on the eastern side of
the plain opposite Nablus or Shechem ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 102. Wil-
son Lands of the Bible II. p. 72.—R.

Dow m. (r. p>) 1. Pr. peace, con-
cord, a state of peace and friendship;
plur. "23% id. expressing a continued
᾿ state, like the plurals p"79}, DoM22>x,
on, and others. Spec. of A state "oe
seeking peace and favour with God ;
hence 722%) M31, with art. Dw2>en 33,
plur. οὐ οὼ “Π51, a peace-offering, peace-
offerings, Vulg. sacrificium pacificum,
Sept. ϑυσία εἰρηνική, Lev. 17, 5. Josh.
22, 23. 1 Sam. 10, 8. Prov. 7, 1A; more
rarely D220 ὈΠΠΞῚ Ex, 24,5. 1 Sam.
11, 15; 6. suff. crab "nay Ex. 29, 28.
Such ΤΌΝ were offered as ἃ testi-
monial of seeking peace and favour with
God, either publicly or by private per-
sons, Lev. 3, 1 sq. 4, 10. 26.31. 35. 7, 11
sq. 10, 14. 19,5. 22, 21. 23,19. Num. 7,
17 sq. 10, 14. 19, 5. 22, 21. 23,19. Num.
7, 17 sq. Also pode min mar Lev. 7,
13. 15, i. ᾳ. HTIM Mt v. 12, a peace-offer-
ing of praise or thanksgiving, a thank-
offering, the same with that called by
the more general name 0°23 M3} vy.
18. 29.—Hence

2. Without m3, a peace-offering ;
once sing. D>W Min. 5,22; usually plur.
prabe, peace- offerings, Ex. 20, 24. 32, 6.
Lev. 6, 5. 7, 14. 9, 4. Num. 15, 8. Josh:
8, 31. al. So Sept. and Vulg. —Some-
times these were offered in a time of
distress and calamity, for appeasing the
wrath of God and conciliating his fa-
vour, Judg. 20, 26. 21,4. 2 Sam. 24, 25;
once before a battle, 1 Sam. 13, 9.

Nore. Many at the present day ren-

1077 pablo

der ΒΩ Mat by thank-offering ; ; comp
τ. Dow Piel.

pbti τη. (τ. 538) 1. requital, recom-
pense, retribution, Deut. 32, 25. |

2. Shillem, pr. n. of a son of Naphtali
Gen. 46, 24. Num. 26, 49; for which
1 Chr. 7,13 0s5t}.—Patron 458 a Shil-
lemite Num. |. c.

DW, see pidw.

Dew and D190 m. (r. pb) 1. re-
quital, retribution, Hos. 9, 7; plur. Is.
34, 8.

2. a reward, gift, by which one is
corrupted, a bribe, like o°725, Mic.
7, 3.

pow (retribution, τ. D>%) Shallum,
pr.n. a) A king of Israel, 772 B.C.
2 K. 15,10sq. b) A king of Judah,
son of Josiah and younger brother of Je-
hoiakim and Zedekiah, prob. the same
with "Axim no. 2. Jer. 22, 11. See
Rosenm. ad ἢ.1. c¢) The husband of
Huldah the prophetess, 2 K. 22, 14.
d) Of several other men, Ezra 2, 42,
7, 2. 10, 24. 42. Neh. 3, 12. 7, 45. 1 Chr.
2, 40. etc. Comp. Sbwd no. 2, and Ἰξῶ.

maou ΠῚ. gq. DY, retribution, punish-
ment, Ps. 91,8 R. ‘bbw, |

Tid (pacific, Ireneus, Germ. Frie-
derich, from 0%>t with the syll. 4 i. ἃ.
i, Fi, comp. 1 Chr. 22, 9, and Heb. Gr.
§ 83. 15) pr. n. Silcinon: the tenth son
of David, 1 Chr. 3, 5, comp. 2 Sam. 3,
5; born of Bathsheba; the successor
of his father, and the third king of the
Hebrew nation, r. 1005-975 B. C. and
celebrated throughout the world for his
wealth, splendour, and wisdom, see 1 K.
οὐ 2-11..1 Chr. c. 23. 28. 29. 2 Chr. ὁ:

1-9. Prov. 1, 1. Cant. 1, 1. Ecc. 1, 1.
Sept. Piles ob in N. T. Σολομών, and
so Josephus.

"250 (my thanks, τ. Bdv}) Shalmai,
pr. ἢ. πη. Ezra 2, 46 Keri, where Keth,

baw,

"22% (pacific) Shelomi, pr. n. τὰ.
Num. 34, 27.

erp ys (friend of God) Shelumiel,
pr. ἢ. m. Num. 1, 6. 2, 12.

WA (i. q. ΠΡ 9.9) Shelemiah,
pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 26, 14.

Ὁ"
ra (pacific. abstr. ‘love of peace’)
Shelomith, pr.n. ΒΕ. δῶ.
1. Fem. a) Lev. 24, il.
3, 19.
2. Mase. a) A son of Rehoboam
2 Chr. 11,20. Ὁ) Ezra 8,10. c,d, 6)
1 Chr. 23, 9. 18. 26, 25.

7220 Hos. 10, 14; fully "ΟΝ Ὁ
2 K. 17, 3. 18, 8, Shalman, Shalmane-
ser, pr. n. of a powerful king of Assyria,
about 730-716 B. C. by whom the ten
tribes were carried into exile, B. C.
722. Vulg. Salmanassar.—Bohlen com-

Pers. pol we wy
erga ignem. See more in Thesaur. p.
1426.

ὉΠ ὩΣ τη, plur. (τ. dt) rewards,
gifts. by which any one is corrupted, ls.
1, 23.

"220 | see in πρῶ no. 2.
"32%, see "350.

εροῷ imper. ΠΡΟ 1, to draw out

or forth, to pluck out ; Chald. 52%, Sam.
2%, and Nasor. «ὅν... id. Syr.
Ethpe. to be torn out; comp. Arab. and
Eth. “Aw, FAN to draw out, espec.
a sword from the sheath. Kindr. are
Ὁρῶ, δῷ), Md no. 3.—E. g. a weapon
from a wound, Job 20. 25. Judg. 3, 22;
espec. a sword from its sheath, i297 920
to draw one’s sword Judg. 8, 20. 9, 54.
1 Sam. 17, 51. 31,4. 1 Chr. 10, 4; also
Num. 22, 23 i373 πξ 3 12M his sword
drawn in his hand. v. 31. Josh. 5, 13.
1 Chr. 21. 16; and so 23h "Bot those
drawing tie sword, armed with swords,
Judg. 8,10. 20, 2. 15. 2 Sam. 24, 9. al.
Also to drato off the shoe, Ruth 4, 7. 8.
Of grass growing on the flat roof of a
house, to pull, to pluck up, Ps. 129, 6 as
grass of the housetops, 037 92 πρῶ

b) 1 Chr.

pares verecundus

which, before one plucketh (gathereth)

it, withereth. Sept. ὃς πρὸ τοῦ éxona-
᾿σϑῆναι ἐξηράνϑη. Vulg. priusquam evel-
latur. So too Rashi.

520 Sheleph, pr. n. of a tribe in Ara-
bia Felix, Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20;
perh. the ΖΣαλαπηνοί, whom Ptolemy
(VI. 7) reckons among the tribes of the
interior. See Bochart Phaleg lib. 2. ο.
16

1078 . wow

* woo a root of uncertain sig
whence the numeral ww three; 8
Thesaur. p. 1427.—Hence z

Pret denom. from 85%, as Sn
eon. ;

1. to divide into three parts, e. g.

land, Deut. 19,3. Arab. and Eth.
WAN, id. a

2. to do the third time, 1 K. 18, 3
Chald. nbn, Syr. AS2, id. i

3. to do on the third day, 1 ΡΥ, |
19 77m MwEY) and on the third day t 0
shalt go “down. Sept. τρισσεύσεις. .

Pua denom. Part. ὥς 1.
fold, triple ; as ‘a wan a threefold oad,
or a cord made of such thread, Ece. 4,
oo

2. of three stories, three stories high
sc. a building, Ez. 42,6. Comp. 5°20
ep 6, 16. y.

3. of three years, three years old,
spoken of beasts, Gen. 15, 9. Sept
τριετίζων, Vulg. triennis.

Deriv. 85 ---ὐ θῶ,

woo rarely and later Bid, constr.
ὥρῶ, before Makkeph once “> Ex. 21,
11, joined with feminines; also node, .
rarely MUiIOW, constr. = joined
with masculines, except ἰὴ Cee 7,13.

Job 1,3; card. num. three ; hak 51}

or a, Chald. moh, xno 26. ν. Syr. .
ANZ, jaN2. For the ἐδμρβϑμλσολοος.

syntax of this numeral, see Heb. Gr.
§§95, 118; comp. Lehrg. δῇ 144, 181.
Fem. in various constructions, as D>
n> three cities Deut. 4, 41. 19, 2. 7. 9;
wd n> id. Josh. 31, 32; définite Boy
psn Num. 35, 14. Dist) obey three
years Lev. 19, 23. Deut. 14, 28. al. and
wde) ort) id. 2 Chr. 11,17. ming woo
three cubits Ex. 27,1. Ez. 40, 48. 41,
22, and >) mix id. 2 Chr. 6, 13. ww
— three times, thrice, Ex. 27, 17. 34, —
23. Num. 24, 10. al. and henee ellipt. —
> nasrp two or three times, twice or
thrice, i. e. often, Job 33, 29; pxban wht)
three times Ex. 23, 14. Num. 22, 98, wx)
mex ning three hundred thousand Num.
31, 36; Ox ming dw three hundred
men a 7, 63 πρὸ nina ww) three
hundred years 1, 26; ΘΗΝ ming wy

δ
ὁ hundred foxes 15,4; τ 58 “pa
sen three hundred 2 Chr. 35, 8.—Masc.
wx MSH three men Gen. 18, 2. Josh.
18, 4; defin. D WIN MY>w the three men
Job 32, 1. Ὁ" mye three days 1 Sam.
30, 12. 2K.2, 17; m¥dw o-m7 id. 1 Chr.
12, 39. Neh. 2, 11; bans ryybe) id. Gen.
30, 36. Ex. 3, 18. Swan θοῦ three
months, 2 Sam. 6, 11. Am. 4, 7: whence
Bsn wow about after three months
Gen. 38, 24, where 9 is prep. 72, see
art. 2 no. 4. c. rrujbu} D720 ¢wo or three
Ts. 17,6. 2K. 9,32.—With suff. psnw>y
ye three Num. 12,4; onw>y they three
Ez. 40, 10. 41, 16. With art. Deut. 19,
thou shalt add three cities shun-by
HEH to these three. 1 Chr. 11, 20.—
Absol. 2 Sam. 24, 12 Wes Suis “2x ww
three things J offer thee. 1 Chr. 21, 10.
Prov. 30, 18. 21. 29. Ellipt. 1 Sam. 30,
13 nity bist onan J fell sick these
three days, i. e. three days ago.—For
ΣΡ > see in art. ΞΡ .---βοιηθ-
times’the cardinal is put for the ordinal
number; espec. in the phrase 850 ὩΣ
c.> before the name ofa king, or jaded,
or Ἔ ΓΙΞΡΌΡ, in the year of three, in the
third year, 1 K. 15, 28. 2K. 18, 1. 2°Chr.
17, 7. Esth. 1, 3. al.
“Also maby the with fem. τ 9 Ὁ
WY with mase. thirteen. Fem, n> ὦ
b> thirteen cities Josh. 21,19; ἋΣ “ὦ
id. v.33; ‘> “ὁ 5.5 id. 19,6. 21,4; and
601 K.7,1. Masc.o™ 5 "ws my>w thir-
teen bullocks Num. 29, 14.—For the ordi-
nal, the thirteenth, Esth. 3,12. 9, 1. 17.

Pior. mw) comm. gend. thirty;

+ : > -
Aram, y77bR, Arab. 6305, Eth.
WA, id. Gen. 32, 16. Ezra 1, 9. 10.
‘So Hx ὃ thirty men Judg. 14, 19, and
p28 WY id. Jer.38,10. πῶ ὺ Ex. 38,
24, and Dye ὦ 21, 32; pin ὦ thirty
days, Num. 20, 29. πρὸ Ὁ: 13 the son of
thirly years, thirty years old, Gen. 41, 46.
Num. 4, 3. 2 Sam. δ, 4.—For the oxi.

nal, the thirtieth, 1 K. 16, 23. 29.

Ὁ) (triad) Shelesh, pr. n. m. 1 Chir.
7, 35.

DW, see tnd.

20 only ρίαν. Ὁ Ὁ m. (τ. wd)
discendants of the third generation,
great-grandchildren, Ex. 20, 5. 34, 7.

yo

1079

pw

Num. 14, 18. Deut. 5, 9. nH) "29
Gen.- 50, 23 children of great-grand-
children, i. q. 5°22" the fourth genera-
tion. Some have wrongly taken D°Odw
for the grand-children themselves; but
their name is 5°33 "23, and in Ex. 34,7
they are expressly distinguished from
the oH. In Ex. 20, 5 the grand-
children, i.e. 5°23 "23, ‘seem to be omit-
ted.

moon Shalishah, pr. n. of a district in
the vicinity of the mountains of Ephraim,
1 Sam. 9, 4; in which appears to have
been situated the city πῶ τ9 53 Baal-
shalishah, 2 K. 4,42. This city Euse-
bius calls Beth-shalishah, and says it
was 15 Roman miles distant from Dios-
polis, towards the north. R. ὥϑῷ.

M2 (triad) Shilshah, pr. n. πα.
1 Chr. 7, 37. R. w>v,

Dit >tand DOWD adv. (r. wide), after
the form okmp ; or comp. from wh j i. 4.
w>w and pin) three days ago, the day be-
fore yesterday, i. e. before, Prov. 22, 20
Keth. opp. Di v. 19. Elsewhere al-
ways coupled with Dian, as o&5uj diam
yesterday and the third day Ex. 5, 8; 7
also DIW>Y on Θ᾽ Ως ba id. 2Sam. 5,2;
i. 6. heretofore, formerly. pivdy binna
as before. as formerly, Gen. 31, 2. 2K.
13, 5. nivibes diame before, in time past,
Deut. 19, 6. Josh. 20, 5.

ANN, see ΒΡ τ,
κε Dw adv. of place bo time, there,

then; Arab. 3 there, re then; Chald,

bm, Syr. ed. In the Indo-European

ΒΒ. kindred forms are Gr. τῆμος
then, Lat. tum, tunc, Anglosax. thenne,
whence Engl. then, Germ. dann, all of
which have been transferred to time;
see no. 2.—Spoken

1. Of place, there, i.e. 8) in that
place, ἐκεῖ, Gen. 2,8. 12. 11,2. 31. 12
7. 8.10. 13, 4. 18. al. sepiss. With the
sign of relation prefixed, OW "WX where
Ex. 20, 18; often with one or more words
interposed, 5W... Wx Gen. 13,3. 2 Sam.
15, 21. Dw. Du here ... there Is. 28,
10. b) After verbs of motional ᾳ. maw
thither, as ἐκεῖ for ἐκεῖσε, 1 Sam. 2, 14.
2 K. 19, 32; whence DW... "WR whither
1 K. 18, 10. Jer. 19, 14. 4

nw 1080~—«;

2. Of time, then, at that time, like Gr.
ἐκεῖ, Lat. ibi, illico, Ps. 14, 5. 132, 17.
Judg. 5,11. Comp. the remarks above
' on the affinity of other languages.

3. therein, in that thing; Hos. 6, 7
they have transgressed the covenant ;
therein (i. e. in doing this) they have
been treacherous towards me.

4, With prep. 12, i.e. 0&2, from there,

6. thence. a) Of place Gen. 2, 10. 11,
8,9. 1 Sam. 4,4. Dw9... 78 whence
Deut. 9, 28. b) Of time Hos. 2, 17.
6) i. q. from that thing, thereof, thence ;
Gen.3,23 ἐο till the ground DY2 MP? "WX
whence (from which) he was taken, 1 K,
17,13 May DY "> "wd make me thence
(therefrom) a cake. Ez. 5,3. Unusual
is Gen. 49, 24 Dx wv jax ΠΣ ow from
' thence, froin the ‘shepherd, the rock of
Israel, come, etc.

5. With He parag. M2, pron. sham-
mah. 8) thither Gen. 19, 20. 23, 13.
Is. 34, 15 where render: thither shall
she place her nest. Ὁ) i. q. OW, there,
so that M— has a merely demonstrative
power, Jer. 18, 2. Ps. 122, 5.—With the
relative, Ma... 78x whither Gen. 20,
18, Ex. 29, 42; raeely where 2 K. 23, 8.

DY m. (τ. 972%) constr. D8, and so be-
fore Makkeph, as στοῦ, Dipzn-ow,
Gen. 19, 22. 22, 14, but before an ac-
cented syllable “οὐ, as 3 8 Gen. 16,
15, Στοῦ Ex. 39, 16, snBro) 1 K. 16,
24; c. suff. “nw, id, aw in p. 720,
poe; : plur. nin constr. mind), c. suff.
oni. Once fem. Cant. 1, 3; see in
r ‘om “‘Hoph.

1. ἃ sign, monument, a memorial of a
person or event; 2 Sam: 8,13 TI ws)
DY and David made (set up) a monu-
ment, a memorial of victory. Is. 55, 13
biz mind pwd mind non and it shall
‘be to Jehovah for a memorial, for an

everlasting sign. Comp. 0%) 13 a monu-
_ ment and sign Is. 56, 5; see in 3% no. 8.
So too Gen. 11,4 according to some;
but this belongs rather to no. 2. a.

2. a name, pr. a sign or designation
of a person or thing; see the root.

9 st 9 5, 99
Arab. pol rarely hate aaa ee Eth.
fig; but Chald. 6% or ox, emph.
δι 55 “4. v. Some hold τῷ to be for
32W , the 5 being dropped; comp. Sept.

_ abad name, bad reputation, 29 is added, —

Ow

which often renders 2% by 6 ὄνομα.
ten both of persons and things; e.
Gen. 3, 20. 19, 22 "31x “Sh Dw RS
one called the name of the city Z 1
Is. 62. 2. Ez. 24,2. Num. 17, 17. ‘sa
23,34 oxprin® iat-my 30% anid Τ' ne
(changed) his name to Jehoiakim, 2
17. Esth.9,6. So ninwa by theirnames
by name, Num. 1, 17. 4, 32. Ezra 8, 20,
al. ‘B Dwa in the name of any one, by
his authority, 1 K. 21,8. Ex. 5, 23. Esth.
3, 22. 8.8.10; Ἢ: Btia in the name of
Jehovah, by divine authority, Deut. 18
22. 1 Chr. 22, 19. Jer. 11, 21. 26, 9. 90.
Also Dta Ὁ 7 to know one by name,
i. e well, familiarly, Ex. 33, 12. For
the formulas pw NOP, BUA NIP, ete.
see δ no. 2. ᾧ g, and Niph. no. 2; for
pwa ΠῚΞ see in 172 Piel—Spec, ὦ ist”
a) a great name, fame, renown, like
ὄνομα and nomen, 2 Sam. 23, 18 ὦ δι.
mw>wa and to him (Abishai) was a nan
among the three. v. 22, 1 K. 5,11 [4, 31}
3°30 ὈΠῚ51 923 ind and his ‘fame was
in all the nations round about. 1, 47. 2
Sam. 7,9. ἃ]. 5% ib nw> Gen. 11, 4, Jer
32, 20, ‘and bt) ib ory 2 Sam. 1, 23, to
make oneself aname, to gainrenown. So
DUI "WIN the men of renown Gen. 6, 4;
also men of standing, nobles, Num. 16, |
2; ΤΙ "2 id. 1 Chr. 5,24; and vice
versa Dw "Ὁ3 "23 sons of no name, of
low parentage, i. e. themselves ignoble, |
badse-born, Job 30, 8. Gen. 9, 27 “SaNa
Dw in tents of renown, fame: Zeph. 3,
19 ova MEANS ὉΠ ΟἹ and J will set
them for a praise and fame, i. e. will,
make them celebrated, renowned. v. 20.
Deut. 26, 19.
b) a good name, good reputation, Ecc. |
7, 1. Prov. 22,1. Where it stands for

as Deut. 22, 14. 19. Neh. 6, 13; once in
a bad sense without 24, Ez. 23, 10,
comp. 16, 41.
c) name after death, memory, Ps. 72,
17. 2 Sam. 14, 7; espec. in the phrases
to destroy or blot out one’s name, i. 6. ut-
terly to destroy a people or city, so that —
their name and memory shall perish,
Deut. 9, 14. 1 Sam. 24, 22. 2 K. 14, 27.
Ps. 9, 6. Zech. 13, 2; also Eee. 6, 4 its
name is covered with darkness, spoken
of an abortion. Vice versa, b> ὦ "pn
to raise up a name to any one, i. 6. to

ee

δῦ

ive him descendants (comp. SU SpA
and so continue his name, espec. toa
deceased brother or kinsman by marry-
ing his widow, Deut. 25,7. Ruth 4, 5. 10.

ἃ) Very. frequent is Min" DW the
Gime of Jehovuh, rarely obs ἘΦ the
ame of God Ps. 69, 31, not only in its
proper sense, as in the third command-
ment. Ex. 20, 6, comp. 6. 3; but also in
various other relations. E.g. a) the
eood name, honour, of Jehovah, his es-
timation among mankind; as in the
phrase i8 32> for his name’s sake,
according to nis name and attributes,
what these lead us to expect; see more
in ΣΏ A. 1. Hence‘also put for the
glory of God, 2%} 4272> for my name’s
ake, i. e. that the glory and honour of
the divine name be not obscured, Is. 48,
9. 1 K. 8, 41. Ps. 79, 9. 106, 8. Ez. 20,
44. Ps. 138, 2 ΞΘ ΡΞ ΟΣ above all thy
ame, i. e. above all the glory which
can be ascribed to thee. 48) For God
imself, as the object of invocation,
praise, worship; as °° 03 ΝῊΡ fo call
“pon (invoke) the name of Jehovah, i. e.
to praise or worship God, see in τ. 837
no. 2. g; and so "" πῶσ τὰς bb 1 Ps. 113,
3. 135; 1; 55 ot-ny 372 145, 21; also
7720 mri, ποῦ TIBI , and other like
phrases in the Psalms. ‘So 7730 "38
those who love thy name, i. e. who de-
light in thy praise, Ps. 5, 12. 69, 37.
119, 132; Fah "S75" those who know thy
naine Ps, 9. 11. Jer. 48, 17. 7) For
the deity, Godhead, as present to mor-
tals, nearly i.g. MIM" "2B, , Ex. 23, 21
i29P3 72) "> for my name (divinity) i is
in him, in the angel. 1 K. 8, 29 man
By "2 my name (divinity) shall be there
se. in the temple. 2 K. 23, 27.1 Καὶ. 3,2
there was yet no house built unto the
mame, of the Lord. 8, 17. 20. Is. 18, 7.
So jaw (j20) ov, said of Jehovah, to
place or cause hie name to dwell any
where, i. e. to fix his abode there, see
in 090. and j28. Often spoken of the
aid which the present deity vouchsafes
to men; Ps. 54,3 O God, "5 Γι Fada
save me by thy name, by thy presence
and aid. 44,6. 124, 8. 89, 25. 20,2; once
as present we punishment, Is. 30, 273.
Also 0), cvin, absol. for mins ow, Lev.
24. 11. 16. Deut. 28, 58. Here tho be-
longs 1 Chr. 13,6 the ark of God... OX

nea

1081

.

"20

pe xiP2 αἱ which (where) the Name is
called, invoked, comp. 2 Sam. 6,2.—For
the superstition of the later Jews in
respect to the name M57, see in n°
init. and r. 3122 no. 3.

3. Shem. Sem, pr. n. of the eldest son
of Noah, Gen. 5, 32; from whom (Gen.
10, 22-30) are derived the Semitic na-
tions,i. 6. the nations of Western Asia,
the Persians, Assyrians, Arameans, He-
brews, and part of the Arabs. SeeeGe-
sen. Gesch. der Heb. Spr. u. Schr. p. 5, 6.
Knobel die Volkertafel der Genesis, p.
131 sq.—For Gen. 9, 27, see above in
no. l.a. κα; Ν

Compound pr. names with BY are:
DRADY, SI, Mio Iw.

Dw Chald. m. Ἢ. suff. mat (from Dx),
a name, Dan, 2, 20. 26. 4,5. 5,12. Ezra
5, 1. 14 ποῦ suave sa") and they
were delivered to. ‘Sheshbazzar by his
name, i. 6. to oe whose name was
Sheshbazzar. Plur. j730, constr. ΓΤ
or ὕπο, Ezra 5, 4. 10. Syr. Sauk,
dow, id.

NOW (desolation, τ. 028) Shamma,
pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 7, 37.

ἽΝ (for "2828 lofty flight, from
Dw or πῶ height, and =a) Shemeber,
pr. n. ofa king of Zeboim, Gen. 14, 2.

MAW (perh. i. q. ΠΣ Ὁ fame) Shi-
meah, pr. n,m. 1 Chr. 8, 32; for which
in 9, 38 oxaw Shimeam.

1320 Shamgar, pr. ἢ. of one of the
judges of Israel, Judg. 3, 31. 5,6. The
etymology is unknown. Comp. "30.

*'T72D in Kal not used, i. q. D2 fo be
astonished, desolate, cast down ; comp.

Ὁ. Arab. yw to be astonished.
Rabb. 7328 extinction, ‘persecution.—
Hence

Hipn. 20M to destroy, i.e. a) to
lay waste, 6. g. cities, altars, Lev. 26. 30

Num. 23, 52. Mic. 5, 13; a kingdom Am.

9,8. δὴ) Oftener to cut off, to destroy,
persons and nations, Deut. 1, 27. 2, 12.
21. 22. 23. 31, 4. 1K. 15, 29; ‘Aled to de-
stroy one’s name or race, 1 Sau 24, 22.
2 Κ. 10,28. Inf, tt subst. destrucs
tion Is. 14, 23.

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. to be destroyed.i.e. a) ta

_ be laid waste, as fields Jer. 48, 8; high;

'

Ὑ2Ὁ

places Hos. 10,8. b) to be cut off, to
perish, of nations Deut. 4, 26. 28, 20; of
single persons Gen. 34, 30. Ps. 37, 38;
also the name of any one, Is. 48, 19.

"Δ Chald. id. Apu. to destroy, Dan.
7, 26.

- maw obsol. root, i. q. Arab. as
to be high ; hence 2720 the heavens.

Kindr. is q.ws to sign, to mark with a
sign, spec. as burnt in; Xpw a sign,

9 ᾿ ᾿ Γ ,
mark ; > a sign, designation, name;
comp. 7720, 121, to mark off, designate.

Hence ΒΦ name.
MAW, see in DY no. "i "

ΠΩΣ f£ (τ. oo) 1. astonishment,
Jer. 8, 31. Μείοη. object of astonish-
ment, something stupendous, Jer. 5, 30.
19, 8. 25, 9. 29, 18. 51, 37. 2 Chr. 29,
8. Deut. 28, 37.

2. a laying waste, desolation, ruin,
Is. 24,12. m2d> ΠῚ to be for desola-
ition, to be desolated, Is. 5, 9. Jer. 4, 7.
25, 11, 50, 23, Zeph. 2, 15; “w> τῷ,
‘ab paw, to lay desolate, Is. 13 9. Jer. 2,
15. 51, 29. Joel 1, 7; ‘ts in2 to give
over to desolation 8 Chr. 30, 7.—Plur.
mi desolations Ps.
DIMN HAO) ΤΊ ἸΣῚ2 ὭΣ of teal
tions and panting afler you, i. e. because

they lay waste and pant after your ἀ6-

struction. Others here regard Γῆ as
an anomalous inf: Kal of r. D2 as tran-
sitive; see Thesaur. p. 1436.

3. Shammah, pr.n.m. a) A son of
Reuel Gen. 36, 13. 17. δ) A sonof
Jesse, brother of David, 1 Sam. 16, 9.
17, 13; elsewhere written M328 Shi-
meah 2 Sam. 13, 3. 32, and X38 1 Chr.
2,13. c) 2Sam. 23,11. d) 2 Sam.
23, 33. 6) ib. v.25; for which minw
Shammoth 1 Chr. 11, 27, and mingw
Shamhuth 1 Chr. 27, 8.

mama, see M24 no. 8. 6.

naw Chald. plur. constr. names ;
Bee Bo.

bynat pr. n. m. Samuel, prob. comp.
from >& and 92% i. α. OY, as 5x24 from
dx and 43% i. q. 2; comp. im in comp.
names i. q. M2, aleo 9B in byron ; hence
pr. ‘name of God? (Jahveh), see. Sam.

1082

46, 9. Ez. 36, 3

[75 1.6

1,20. Others take it for ἘΣΘ ‘h
of God” a) The great prophet a
judge of the Hebrews, the son of E
nah and Hannah, born at Ramath i
in mount Ephraim; see his history ἃ
1 Sam. c. 1-25. In 1 Chr. 6, 13. |
[28. 33] the same Samuel seems to ἢ
meant; it is there said that he was ol
the tribe of Levi, which.is not specifies
in the book of Samuel. See Knob
Prophetismus d. Hebr. IL. p. 28. Wine
Realw. art. See Num. 34, 2
d) 1 Chr. 7. 2. .

ViDW see NDOU lett. a.
προ and MI f(r. 5) cor

ὩΣ, pr. ‘what is heard ;’ hence
1. report, rumour, 2 Chr. 9, 6.
2. tidings, a message, news, 1 Sam. ὦ

19; whether of good Prov. 15, 30. 8

25, or of evil Jer. 49, 23. Ps. 112, 7.

10, 22. Espec. a message sent fre

God, Is. 53, 1. Jer. 49, 14.—Hence

3. i. q. instruction, teaching, ΔΝ 9
“700, see ""20 no. 3.
γῆ, see in M2 no. 2, and 3. 6.

“DSU fut’pl. aris 1. to smite,
thrust, to cast, to throw down; com
Arab. (λυ to.strike, to smite, also tt
urge on a beast violently.—Hence
to cast or throw down, e. g. a perso
from a window, 2 K. 9,33. ὃ) Intra
to thrust or spring forward, to rush, t
run away; so prob. in the vexed pas
sage 2 Sam. 6, 6 and parall. 1 Chr. 13,
“pan so2w "> for the oxen ran, drag
ging the cart with the ark. Others, a
Vulg. the oxen kicked ; or trans. the ore
shook sc. the ark. See Thesaur. p. 1435

2. to let fall, to let lie, e. g. a field un
tilled, Ex. 23, 11; a debt, to remit, to τὸ
lease, Deut. 15, 2. With 42, to desi
from any thing, to discontinue, Jer
17, 4.

Nira. pass. of Kal no, 1. a, to be ce ‘
down, e. g. from a rock Ps. 141,6.

Hien. i. q. Kal no. 2, to remit, tor
lease, Deut. 15, 3" Hones

τ f. remission, release, from det
Deut. 15, 1.2. noon τοῦ eal
release, i.e. the year of jubilee, i in whie
all debts were to be remitted, Deut.
9. 31, 10.

T

LP fa

'

“pod (fame of wisdom, see art. Dw
fin.) Shemida, pr. n. of a son of Gilead,
Num. 26, 32. Josh. 17, 2. 1 Chr. 7, 19
Patronym. "27728 a Shemidaite, Num.
lc.

ὉΠ m. plur. (τ. 772%) constr. "28,
¢. suff. 47720, 02°20 ; the skies, the hea-
vens, heaven, from an obsol. sing. τῷ,

Arab. 8144, Eth. frQP. the high;
i. 6. the firmament, >"p , which seems
spread out like an arch above the earth,

and is represented as supported on foun-
dations and columns, 2 Sam. 22, 8. Job
26,11; hence the rain is said to descend
through its gates or windows, Ps. 78,
23, comp. Gen. 28, 17 and Mia NX; and
above is supposed to be the abode of
God and the angels, Ps. 2, 4. Gen. 28,
17. Deut. 33, 26; hence in Job 15, 15
pia and tp the heavens and his an-
gelsare parallel. With He loc.n972un
towards heaven, heavenward, Gen. 15, 5

28, 12; so the accus. in the same sense
ΛΟ, O'2uN, 1 Sam. 5, 12. Ps. 139. 8,
also DY2WMN->> Ex. 9, 22. 23. 10, 21. 22.
But acc. ΘΠ is also in heaven 1 K.
8, 34. 36. 39. 43. 45. 49. 2 σι nnn un-:
der the heavens, i. e. on earth, Ece. 1, 13.
2. 3. 3,1; comp. D*atin->> mm under
the whole heaven, i. e.in the whole earth,
Gen. 7, 19. Deut. 2, 25. Job 28, 24. 37,

3. 41, 3. Dan..9, 12. ovat 7205 DIN
the heavens and heaven of heavens, i. e.

all the extent and regions of heaven,

however vast and infinite, Deut. 10, 14.
1K. 8, 27. posit) oven the heavens
and the “earth, i. e. the universe, Gen.
1,1. 2,1. 14, 19.22. Also "ΘΠ pis
the birds of the heavens, Gen. 1, 26. 28 ;

‘Sr 102 the rain of heatten Deut. 11, 11,,
‘in by the dew of heaven Gen. 27, 18,

Ὃ "ῈΞ the hoar frost of heaven Job 38,

29. ont tm> bread of heaven, the
manna, Ps. 105, 40, and so Ps. 78, 24
Ὁ 121. For vat 82 see art. 82%.

In the later books Jehovah is often called
crn "by the God of heaven, (see the
Chald.) 2 Chr. 36, 23. Ezra 1, 2. Neh.

1, 4.5. 2,4. 20. Ps. 136. 26. Jon. 1, 9;

comp. onan ">N Mint Gen. 24, 7.

~ Bat) 1083 "διὸ

ΘΟ (desolated, τ. o¢t) Shammai, | 7730 Chald. m. plur. emphat. ποθῶ,
pren.m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 28. 8) ibid. | i. q. Heb. q. v. the heavens, heaven, Dan.
v. 44, c)4, 17. 4, 8. 10. 7,2. Sometimes for the inhab:

itants of heaven, i. e. God with the an-
gels, who govern the world, Dan. 4,23;
comp. on this usage in the Jewish writ-
ings and also in the classic authors, Fes-
selii Advers. Sac. p. 349. Wetstein ad
Matt. 21, 25.—nzc) mb the God of
heaven, see Heb. above, Dan. 2, 18. 37.
Ezra 5, 11. 12. 6,9. 10. Comp. Tob.
10, 12. Rev. 11, 13.

"00 m. miu f. (fr. m3!) ordin.
adj. the eighth, 1 Chr. 12, 12. 26, δ.
“awn wIhnn the eighth πα 1 K. 12,
32. Zech. 1, 1; ‘em Dia on the eighth
day Lev. 9, ‘i Num. 6, 10; Maw Aw
the eighth year, Liev: 25, 22. Chald.

nwy7an, Syr. walasez, Arab. od,

Eth. "1G°% .—Spec. fem. mun the
eighth, the octave, Ps. 6,1. 12,1; atech-
nical musical term, of which the signifi-
cation is doubtful. According to Gese-
nius it denoted the lowest and gravest
notes, as sung by men, the modern bass,
basso ; opp. to Mi2>z7>> 1 Chr. 15, 21,
which is equally obscure; see in r. M3
Pi. no. 2,andart.m25>. Others regard
it as a musical instrument.

“RT m. (τ. 1728 no. 1) c. suff. 4D.
1. a thorn, collect. thorns, so called as
bristling, prickly ; found with m7W Is. 5, 6.
7, 23. 24.25. 9,17; with yp 32, 13; trop.
of enemies to be consumed, Is. 10, 17.

Sls. 9᾽
27,4. Arab. Ἔσο collect. ro a thorn-

tree, spec. the Egyptian thorn.

2. adamant, the diamond, so called
from its hardness, see the root no. 1;
“ duritia inennarrabilis est” Plin. H. N.
37.15; or from its cutting and perforat-
ing other substances. Thus the point
of the writer’s stylus was of diamond,
Jer. 17, 1 "728 FBX. Asan emblem
of hardness, Ez. 3,9. Zech.7,12. Vulg.

9. 9», σ

adamas. Arab. yyw id. Perhaps we
may compare Gr. σμῖρις, σμῦρος, i. 6.
diamond-dust used for polishing. Bohlen
suggests an Indian origin of the word,
and compares asmira, stone which eats,
lapis rodens, spoken of gems, iron, ete.
See Winer Realw. I. p. 234, edit. 3

"20 1084

3. Shamir, pr. n. a) A cityin Ju-
dah Josh: 15, 48. Ὁ) A city in the
mountains of Ephraim, Judg. 10, 1. 2.
c) A man 1 Chr. 24, 24 Keri, where
Keth. “300.

ΓΘ (name most high, or hea-
ven most high, Semiramis?) Shemira-
moth, pr.n.m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 16, 5.
2 Chr. 17, 8.

"3W Shamlai, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 46
Keth. prob. corrupted from > Keri
ib. or from 2 Neh. 7, 48.

᾽ D2, 3 fera. pret. im pause M22;
fat. os, plur. satis. A fut. A ow? see
under r. CW".

1. 10 be astonished, amazed ; Chald.
with > inserted S25 causat. to aston-
. ish; kindr. are τῷ, Mom. The pri-
mary idea is that of closing, shutting
up ; then the shutting of the mouth im-
plies silence; and this is transferred to
ustonishment, q.d.‘to be struck dumb ;?
comp. the kindr. roots Ὁ, O23, D5;
Hupfeld in Zeitschr. far d. Kunde des
Morgenl. III. p. 397.—Jer. 18, 16. 19, 8.
50, 13. 1 K. 9, 8.. Ps. 40, 16; with >9
Lev. 26, 32. Job 17, 9. al. So 2 Chr. 7,
21, see art. > A. 6. b.

2. to be laid waste, to be made desolate,
since desolate places are silent and quiet,
in contrast to the noise and turmoil of
inhabitants ; Ez. 33,28. 35.12.15. Part.
pod, ow, ἢ noob, plur. Ὁ,
mina, desolate, Lam. 1, 4. 3, 11. Is. 49,
8; of persons, wasted, perishing, Lam.
1.13.16, also solitary 2 Sam. 13, 20, Is.
54,1. Plur. f. mina desolate places,
ruins, Is. 61, 4. Dan. 9, 18. 26.

Norse. A transitive signification, lo
lay waste, is usually assumed, fon ac-
count of ΓΘ Ez. 36,3 and pad Dan.
8, 13. 9,27. 12,11. But for the former
see art. TA ; and for the latter see in
Poel.

Nien. Ὁ 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, lo be
astonished Jer. 4,9. Ez. 4,17; ¢. 3 Job
18, 20.

2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to be laid waste, made

desolate, Am. 7, 9. 9, 14. Is. 54, 3. Jer.

(12.11. Ps. 69. 26; to be wasted, to per-
ish, of persons Lam. 4.5; ἐο be desolate,
solitary, of a way Lev. 26, 22. Is. 33, 8;
also Joel 1, 17.

paw

Port 1. iq. Kal no. 1, to be
ished, part. D262 Ezra 9, 3. 4.

2, Trans. part. cota Dan. 9, 7.
31, and also ἘΦ Ὁ or πρῶ, the 2 Ὡς
dropped, Dan. 8. 13. 9, 27. 12, 14]
something astounding, horrible,”
ing, almost as a subst. and sometim
joined with y3p¥, as Dan. 12, 11
Dah ppv che selling up of the abor
nable, the horrible, comp. 11, 31.8
Something thus abominable and ἢ
ble is said by the prophet to be set 1
in the sanctuary in Jerusalem by th
conqueror, after the sacrifices were ὃ
ished; and this can only refer to idole
try, fog which yspv is always v
We may therefore understand an. ic
or an altar to idols, whieh Antioc
Epiphanes set up in the temps Bey t
βδέλυγμα ἐρημώσεως. Vulg. abominati
desolationis. 1 Mace, 1, 54 φκοδόμι
βδέλυγμα ἐρημώσεως ἐπὶ τὸ ϑυσίιαστ
ριον κτλ. comp. 2 Mace. 6, 2 sq. Mat
24,15. Mark 13, 14.—The same seem
to be also cet sven Dan. 8, 13,1
Sept. ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐρημώσεως. ἐπ Oe
including Gesenius, interpret this wor
not of a thing, but of a person, se. Ar
tiochus; and take cet. and seb αἱ
genitive, (he abomination of the desola
lor, the transgression of the desolaton
Most interpreters also take 028 as par
ticiple of Kal; to which they ascribe a
transitive sense ; see Note above. σ΄

Hips. own, fat. ows, ὁ. suff. c
1 Sam. 5,6; inf. Down, part. ota. |

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make aston
ished, Ez. 32, 10. 20, 26. si ae

2. Intrans, to be astonished, Ez. 3, 1
also Job 21, 4, see in Hoph. With &
Mice. 6, 13. See 49, 20.

3. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to day w
to make desolate, 6. g. a land Lev.26; 31.
32. Num. 21, 30. Jer. 10,2. Job 16,7. F
79, 7; also trees, Hos. 2, 14. - mao

Hopn, DWN, or as in many mss.
editt. Cen (prop: hdsham), to be
waste, made desolate 3; inf c. suff. Fae
(or Farm) for mae, Lev. 26, 34.
2 Chr. 36, 21; and 6. 3 pref. raving fa or
Paws , sant this for mana. Lev. 26,
43,—Here too some refer yan to be
astonished Job 21, 5, to be’ pronounced
hoshémmu, as they think; and it is also
found in some mss. written "28m and

|

paw
a But the true form seems to
be satin (hdshémmu) imper. Hiph. for
woo, like pret. 1am for sawn Jer.
10, 95.

Hirupo. ΩΣ
pavin Ecc. 7, 16.
ΟἹ, to be Gitohished., amazed, Is. 59, 16.
63,5; also Ps. 143, 4; c. 59 of thing,
Dan. 8, 27.

2. to desolate or destroy oneself, Ecc.
7, 16.

Deriv. 2%, M200, noo,
Mab, MW ; pr. n. x20, "22.

τοῦ Chald. only Irapo. cairns, fo
be astqnished, Dan. 4, 16.

DAW m. adj. laid waste, desolate, Dan.
9,17. Lam. 5; 18. Fem. 7228 Jer. 12,
11. R. now.

ΓΘ Ὁ f. (r.02) plur. constr. τ Ὁ,

1. astonishment, Ez. 7, 27.

2. a desolation, waste, desert, Is. 1, 7.
62, 4. Jer. 25,12. al. So πότ Maw pyran
the land shall become a waste Ez. 12,
20. 14, 16. Ex. 23, 29. Is. 17, 9. al. Jer.
49, 2 and it (the city Rabbah) shall be
ε on? for a mound of desglation, a heap
of ruins. Also Mo9d caw, M799 ins,
sc. a city, land, lo make ita desolation,
to lay desolate, Jer. 6, 8. 9,10. 10, 22.
Ez. 15, 8; idols Mic. 1, 7. Emphat.
ΤΟ 7272 a desolate waste Joel 2, 3.
4,19. Jer.12,10; Masa. M20 a desert
and desolatiun, an utter waste, Ez. 6,
14, 33, 28. 29. 35,3; maaws maw id. Ez.
23, 35.

MIU ᾧ (for M235 τ. 0°28) plur. constr.
Mineo ; a desolation, waste, Ez. 35,7. 9.

yaw πὰ. (r. D208) astonishment,
amazement, Ez: 4, 16. 12, 19.
mga |

*\2 2 , fut. aw", to be or become fat,
Deut. 32, 15. Jer. 5, 28. Arab. ων

id. Aram. 13, <u.

Hien. 1. to make fat, to cover over
with fat, metaph. the heart, as enve-
loped in fat and thus made dull and
callous to the words of the prophet, Is.
6, 10; comp. Ps. 119, 70.

2. to become fat, pr. to make or pro-
duce fat from oneself, Neh. 9, 25.

Deriv. 159, jay, oad, προς,
you, DB", and pr. ἢ. mig.

91*

fut. once contr.

yi hs) ’

see in maa.

1085

yaw tee

Joe τὰ. adj. (τ. pad) ἢ nyved, fat, Is.
30, 23. Ez. 34, 16; of a strong, lusty,
robust man, Inia. 3, 29, see (720; of a
land, fertile, Num. 13, 20. Neh. 9, 25.
35; of pasture Ez. 34, 14; of bibed ag
séuriching, Gen. 49, 20; δὲ spoil, Hab.
1, 16.

yaw τη. (r. 72) c. suff. “38, plur.
5°22. Some take it as fem. in Cant. 1,
3; but see in τ. P19 Hoph.

1. fatness, Ps. 109, 34. mya ΠΕ
a banquet of fatness, i. e. sumptuous,
splendid, Is. 25, 6. 10, 27 "382 > Dam}
728 and the yoke (of Israel) is broken
from fatness, the figure being taken
from a fat ox which breaks and casts
off his yoke; comp. Deut. 32, 15. Hos. 4.
16. Also fertility of the earth, 6. g. NE
D722 vulley of fatness, i. e. most fertile,
Is. 28, 1. 5, 1 29 3 AR a fertile hill.

2. ait spec. olive-oil, ΓΤ jaw Ex. 27.
20. 30, 24. Lev. 24, 2; comp. 72 ΤῸ
Deut. 8, 8. 28, 40; airtiph: id. Deut. 32.
13. 2 K. 4, 2. 6, 7. Jer. 40, 10. Job 29, 6.
al. So as exported to Tyre and Egypt.
Ez. 27, 17. Hos. 12, 2 [1]; as applied
to Souride Is. 1, 6, comp. Luke 10, 34;
used in the sacred cundelabra, Ex. 27.
20. 35, 8. 14. 28. Num. 4, 16; for pre-
paring food, 1 K. 17, 12. Ez. 16, 13.
19, and also sacrifices, Mic. 6,7. Lev.
8, 26. Num. 6, 15, espee. the sacrifice
without blood (m2) Ez. 29, 40. Lev.
2, 1 sq. and as a libation, Gen. 28, 18.
35, 14.—Also 18} Υϑ oft Mee: the οἴ δ
or rather the wild olive, oleaster, the
olive being mt; so Neh. 8, 15. Is. 41,
19. See Celsii Hierob. II. p. 331 sq.

3. spiced oil, ointment, unguent, for
anointing, 2 K. 9, 6. Is. 61, 3. Ps. 23, 5.
45, 8. 141, 5. Ecc. 9, 8. Cant. 1, 3 see
in PI" Hoph. So 310 528 precious
ointment, 2 K. 20, 13. Ps. 133, 2. Ecce. 7,
1; πρὶ Ὑ2 2 unguent of the per -fumer
Kec. 10, 1, kept in a flask (4B) 1 Sam.
10, 1. 2 K. 9, 1. 3, or horn (722) 1 Sam.
16,-1.- Fs 1 ET 39. Also 729 FAIS 10
anoint oneself with oil 2 Sam. 14, 2.
Mie. 6, 15. | Spec. of the holy oil or oint-
ment, ὯΝ anointing the sacred vessels
and furniture, the priests and espec. the
high priest, and composed of olive-oil,
myrrh, cinnamon, sweet cane, and cas-
sia, see Ex. 30, 23-25; called MMe pow
Ex. 25, 6. 29, 7. 40, 9. Lev. 8, 2. 10

, 220

Num. 4, 16. al. rarely WIPH “ Num, 35,
25. Ps. 89, 21; or VIP nnwa ‘& Ex. 30,
25; or mins nna “S Lev. 10, 7, comp.
21, 12. —Plur. Ds au ointments, unguents.
How: 6.6. Cant. 1, 3. 4, 10.—Also 7728
“ἘΠ ointment of myrrh, fragrant with
myrrh.

pnw m. plur. (Ὁ. 129) fatness of the
earth, i. e. fat fields, fertile regions.
Gen. 27, 28 God gave thee YIN7 "F202
fertile fields, pr. of fertile fields, as the
other hemistich has ‘m >w2 of the dew
of heaven. But v. 39 A347 PIN "swe
ΞΘ, without the fatness of the earth
shall be thy dwelling, parall. Ὑπ >a2. In
both places 0°22 is for ΠΣ ΩΦ but
there is a play of words arising fron the
twofold use of 72, which in v. 28 is taken
in the partitive sense, see 12 no. T; and
in v. 39 in its privative sense, see 12 no.
Sf.

᾿ rig aw, also προ, joined with
feminines ; maw , rarely 73720, constr.
ὩΣ ΩΣ, joined with masculines card: num.

eight. Arab. ys, oti bey Aram,

"72M and "33m, Paez. with fem. &"273m,
ον with mase, Eth. Ps, ete.
So ὩΣ ΠΡῸΣ eight years Judg. 3, 8.
2 Chr. 34. 1; my τ Ὁ id. 2 K. 22, 1.
8.17 Keth. 6°23 nin eight sons 1 Sam,
17,12; ord Ὁ eight men Jer. 41, 15,
mony 0779 eight bullocks Num. 29, 29;
spin 1 ΓΟ eight omen Num. 7,8. “j3
D770" ryod a son of eight days, eight
days old, Gen, 17, 12. 21. 4,—Put in-
stead of the ordinal, for the eighth, as
Ἴ25» ΓΙΌΣ Mixa in the eighth year of
his reign 2 K. 24, 12; wad moos pina
on the eighth day of the month 2 Chr.
29, 17.

Also ΠΩΣ AZAD with fem. wwe nro
‘with mase. (once swe moaw Judg. '20, 25 )
eighteen; so τ ray mod ἐλέγαν
years Judg. 3, 14; ΠΩΣ προ Ὁ
eighteen wives 2 Chr. 11, 21. —¥or the
ordinal, eighteenth, 2 K. 3, 1. 2 Chr. 35,
19.

Pror. ὩΣ Δ Ὁ and BAW Gen. 5. 26.
al. eighty; Chald. 432" or {20m, Syr.

=0 9,4
--αἴδοζΖ, Arab. Oks, Eth. ΟΡ,
id. So "x 0°29 eighty men Jer. 41, 5;

1086 ὩΣ

ρ. 2 Job 37, 2. ‘Is. 42, 94. 2 Sam. 12, 1

nr ὉΠ Ὁ eighty years Judg. 3, 90
so Cant. 6, 8. Gen. 16,6. Ex.7, 172k
19. 33.

Deriv. ordin. "7D. ow

ΚΦ ΏΣ, in pause 32 Ps. 34, yi
fut. 3°29; imper, 328, “ngaw Res a 1
very ἀπόδος

1. to hear; Syr. Chald. id. Ar al
. Eth. f1GU, to hear, to obe

Gen. 18, 10. Is. 6,9. Job 13,1. Ps. 48,
c. acc. of thing Gen. 3, 10. 24, 52.
2,15. Jer. 42, 14. Job 3, 18; ¢. ace. 0
pers. speaking Gen. 37, 17. 1 Sam. 1 j
28; with "> before a clause or sehte
Gen. 42,2. 2 Sam. 11, 26. 1K. 5, Ἢ
Neh. 3, 33; ¢. ΒΡ Geik ΑἹ, 15.—Spec
a) to hearken, to listen to any one, t
give attention, ¢. ace. Gen. 23, 8.11) 1
Ecce. 7, δ: bx Gen. 49,2. 1K. as, Ν
Is. 46, 3. 12; > Ps. 81, 12. Job 31,

But 22200 is likewise often to hearst
any thing. to be an ear-witness,
auritus fuit Plaut. Gen. 27, 5. Job 15, 8.
26,14; also tghear with pleanre 9 Sat
19, 36. Ps. 92, 12. 58) Of God. fo]
and accept prayer, tohear.and answe
6. acc. Gen. 17, 20. Ps. 10,17. 54, 4;
ὃν Gen. 16, 11. 30, 22; Ῥ ΒΡ Deut. ὃ
γ΄. Ps. δ, 4. 18. 7, 27, 7, 38, 3. 64, 8
Lam. 3, 56; ‘» >ipa Gen. 30, 6. Deut. .
1, 45; bip-by Gen. 21, 17. Sometimes
also with 5 οἵ the object, Gen. 17,
c) to hearken to, to hear and obey, ted
19. 65, 12. Jade. 11, 17. 28; ¢. ace. 0
thing, EX. 24, 7. Deut. 12, 18; ¢. ba
Gen. 28, 7. 39, 10. Deut. 18, 19. Josh.
1,17; by 2K. 20,13; > Neh. 9,29. Lev.
26, 21; ‘p bina Gen. 27, 13. Ex. 18. 19.
Deut. 26, 14. 2 Sam. 12, 18; Ἔ bip>
Gen. 3, 17. Judg. 2, 20. Ps. 58,6.
2. to hear distinctly, to understand,
Gen. 11, 7. 42,23. 3 35 an under-
deli heart 1 Κ. 3,9. But Σοῦ Oe
Prov. 21, 28, the man that hath heard se.
the thing to be established by testimony, —
i.e. a true witness, in opp. to a false
witness. ~
Nipw. 1. to be heard, Gen. 45, 16.
Ex. 23, 13. 1 Sam. 1, 13; 6. 5 by any
one Neh. 6,1. 7. Also i: q- to be regard-
ed, Ecc. 9, 16; to be heard and accepted
Dan. 10; 12, comp. 2 Chr. 30,27. 7

-

2. 1ὸ show oneself obedient, to obey, c. >
of pers. Ps. 18, 45.
- 3. to be understood, Ps. 19, 4.
Piet pr. ‘to make hear, i. 6. to call,
to summon, i. q. Hiph. no. 3; ο. acc. of
pers. and > of the thing to which oneis
lled, 1 Sam. 15, 4. 23, 8 and Saul

1. to cause to hear, to let hear,
6. g. one’s voice, with Dip, Judg. 18, 25.
Cant. 2, 14. Is. 30, 30. Ps. 66, 8; a cry
Jer. 48, 4: c. dupl. ace. of pers. find thing,
to cause one to hear any thing 2 K. 7, 6.
Ps. 143, 8; c. >8 of pers. Ez. 36, 15.

Without dip absol. to let oneself be heard,

to utter aloud, and so with i>5p2 Ps. 26,
7. Ez. 27, 30, comp. i>ip2 179 in Dip bb.
Spec. to sing with the voice Neh. 12, 42;
also to sound with instruments 1 Chr.
15, 28. 16,5; espec. of loud music 1 Chr.
15, 19, comp. Pi. M22. Comp. Arab.

5
Χαρὰ songstress, plow music.

2. to announce, to declare, c. acc. of
thing Is. 45, 21. 52,7. Nah. 2,1; acc.
of pers. Is. 44,8. 48,5; c. dupl. acc. of
pers. and thing Is. 43, 9. 48, 6.

τ 3. to call, to summon, i. q. Pi. 1 K. 15,
22. Jer. 50, 29. 51, 27.

Deriv. >20, s85, MSY, MDB,

3720, natn, and the pr. names τοῦ,

St), sme ἀφοῦ, MP0, M3720 , not,

“φῦ; 33, nase, ΟΣ Ὁ, Senay,
basows, masa.

_ ΦῸ Chald. to hear, c. acc. of thing,
Dan. 3, 5; 6. ἘΣ of or concerning any
one, Dan. 5, 14. 16.

_ Ivrnee. to show oneself obedient, to
obey, Dan. 7, 27.

Ὁ (hearing, obedient) Shama, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 44. .

. JOU m. Ὃν. pad) c. suff. "320.

1. the hearing, as opp. to the sight;
Job 42, 45. Ps. 18,4575 "5 ἜΘ irk sud
at the hearing of the ear do they obey me,
i.e. Lam obeyed as soon as heard.

2. Something heard, report, rumour,
fame ;
‘the report (sc. of Tyre destroyed) cometh
to Egypt. Hos. 7, 12 on3s> sate as
the report (hath δι) lo their congre-
gation. SYS ΣΟ a false report Ex. 23,
1. With gen. of pers. of whom the report

γ᾽ 1081

Is. 23, 5 ΦΧ Saw “UND when

paw

is spread, as M258 Sa the fame of Solo- —
mon, 1 K. 10, 1; ᾿ς τοῦ the report con
cerning Tyre, as destroyed, Is. 23; 53
ΞΡΣ ΣΦ the report of the coming of
Jacob Gen. 29, 13. Is. 66, 19. Hab. 3, 2.
Nah. 3, 19. al.

᾿ ΝΘ m. (τ. 2atd) in pause saw.

1. sound, music, see the root in Hiph.
Ps. 150, 5.

2. Shema, pr. n. m.
44, b)5,8.
8, 13.

YAW (id.) Shema, pre n. of a city in
the south of Judah, Josh. 15, 26.

WU τη. (τ. 908) c. suff. isnv, fame,
rumour, Josh. 6, 27. 9, 9. Jer. 6, 24.
Esth. 9, 4.

SIU (rumour, τ. 22%) Shimea, pr.
n.m. a) A son of Jesse, brother of
David, 1 Chr. 2, 13; for which is read
nmzeO 2 Sam. 13, 3. 52; and also naw
Shammah 1 Sam. 16, 9. 17,13. b)A
son of David, 1 Chr. 8, 5; for which is
read 3520 Shammua 2 Sam, 5, 14. 1 Chr.
14,4. c) A Levite. 1 Chr.6,15. d)
ib. v. 24. 9

TINY (14.) Shimeah, 2Sam. 13, 3. 223
see H2W no. 3.b. Patronym. is "M330
a Shimeathite 1 Chr. 2, 55.

ΓΟ Shemaah, pr. n. m. ὁ. art,
1 Chr. 12, 3:

mA see ΓΙΣ ΔΩ ‘

PNW (a hearkening, r. 3%) pr. n.m.
Simeon, Gr. Συμεών, a) The second
son of Jacob, born of Leah Gen. 29, 33,
the progenitor of the tribe of the same
name. The cities of this tribe were
within the territory of Judah, and are
enumerated Josh. 19, 1-9. Ὁ) Ezra 2,
31.—Patronym. of lett. a, is "2370 ὦ
Simeonite, Num. 25, 14. Josh. 21, 4.

WAU (renowned, r. 32%) Shimei,
Shimi. pr.n.m. 8) Ex. 6, 17. Num. 3,
18. hb) 2 Sam. 16, 5. 1 K. 2, 8. 36 sq.
c) 1K. 1,8. 4, 18. d) Esth. 2. 5.
Also of several other persons of less
note.—Patronym. of lett. a, 95% a Shi-
mite for ΣΦ Num. 3, 21.

ΓΟ ὩΣ and ἜΠΟΣ (Jehovah hear-
eth him) Shemaiah, pr. n.-m. a) A
prophet in the time of Rehoboam, 1 Κὶ.

a) 1 Chr. 2, 43.
c) Neh. 8,4. d) 1 Chr.

»

12, 22. 2 Chr.11,2. 12,5.7.15. Ὁ) An-
other in the time of Jeremiah, Jer. 29,
31.32. c) Of several other persons of
less note; see Simonis Onom. p. 546.

nyaw (i. q. 739%) Shimeath, pr. n. f.
2 K. 12, 92. 2 Chr. 24, 26.

‘yaw obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Yass;
_ to thrust, to cast, to throw ; comp. 028.
Then intrans. ‘to thrust oneself to

S$, -?
hasten, comp. Arab. yous a hasten-
ing; espec. in speaking, fo speak hur-
riedly, to mutter, to whisper, like Arab.

anid, which also seems to be trans-

ferred to derision and pleasure in the
misfortunes of others.—Hence the two
following.

ΤῊ τὴ. a transient sound, a whisper,
rapidly uttered and swiftly dying away,
Job 4, f2. 26,14. Symm. ψιϑυρισμύς,
Vulg. susurrus—In the Talmud ye
is a little, which the Targum and Syr.
have expressed in the above passages.

ΤΙΣ ὩΣ f. (τ. yod) pr. a whispering,
and that enviofs and malicious; hence,
‘joy in others’ evils, malicious plea-
sure, or a jeering, mocletny. whispering
dartsion: once Ex. 32,25 chapa ΠΣ
for a derision among their enemies.
Sept. and Theodot. éaizague.—Jewish
interpreters, shame, reproach ; Gesenius
and others, rout, overthrow ; see more
in Thesaur. p. 1442,

Ἐν} fut, “459, c. suff. 9298", once
before pause accent D953 Prov. 14, 3.

1. Pr.i.g. "20, "2b, to be stiff, rigid,
to stand erect, to bristle; whence "720
thorns, as bristling; also adamant, a
diamond, as rigid, hard, comp. ‘silex ri-
gidus’ Ovid. Met. 10. 942. Then trans-
ferred to fixedness of look, lo stare, to
look at earnestly. Hence

2. to watch, to guard, to keep; comp.
synon, "X3, “02.

a) 10 keep, in the narrower sense, as
a garden Gen. 2, 15. 3, 24; a flock 30,
31; a house Ecc. 12.3; a gate, 1 K. 14,
27. Neh. 13, 22.—Part. "2 subst. a
keeper, watchman, Cant. 3,3; of a flock
i. 6. a shepherd 1 Sam. 17, 20; "Ww 2B

field-keeper Jer. 4,17; 07352 “ὦ keeper

of the women Esth. 2, 8. 8. 14. 15. ὦ

1088 ἔπ)» 1.

ποῦξπ bagegage-guard 1 Sam. ba
p12 ὦ keeper of the wardrobe 2 ἢ
14; FEM “yb keepers of the thresh
or door of the temple, the priests, 2
12, 10. 22, 4. 2 Chr. 34, 9. Trop. t
prophets are called ποτοῦ keepers |
21, 11. 62, 6, comp. ΒΞ in r. MBs; αἱ
Jer. 20, 10 "ὃ Σ "798 the keepers of
side, who do not leave my side, m
miliar companions; see in >>¥ no. 2. —
b) In a wider sense, fo keep safe,
protect, to preserve, c. acc. of pers. ¢
thing, 1 Sam. 25, 21. 30, 23. Prov. 13,
21, 23. Deut. 23, 24; with >> of per
Prov. 6, 22. Often of God, as keeping
protecting, preserving men, 6. ace. Gen
28, 15. £0. Ex. 23, 20. Jer. 31, 10. Ps. 1
8. 16, 1. 121, 7. 145, 20. Job 2, 6;
ace. and j2, to keep or protect from
Prov. 3, 26, 21, 23. Ps. 121, 7. Is. 56, %
6) Spec. WWE? 2, one keeping h
spiril, 1. 6. circamepess, prudent, Pre
16, 17. 22, 5; also WWE] WHY, seq. 15
beware lest, Deut. 4, 9. Hence elliz
"20. to beware, to abstain from, c. 7
like Engl. to keep from doing any thing,
Josh. 6, 18; comp. Niph. no. 2, 3. ;
3. to keep, to reserve, to lay up; a
grain, Gen. 41, 35; food, 1 Sam, 9, 94:
goods, property, Ecc. 5, 12. Ex. 22, 6.
Ezra 8, 29. Also to keep, to observe, te
practise, 6. g. good faith, Is. 26, 2; dis-
cretion, Prov. 19, 8; mercy, 1 K. 3, 6.
Neh. 10, 30; anger, Am. 1, 11 1"733
ΤΙΣ} M920 his anger, he keepeth it for-
ever, where M20 before pause is for
MW (as RB MER for 82 HIP, Ez. ;
25); ellipt. Jer. ΕἸ 5 mab see τὰ wit
he keep his anger forever? Ps.’ 39,
Spec. to keep in mind and memory, Gt
φυλάττεσϑαΐ τι, c. acc. of thing Gen. 37,
11; espec: words, counsels, Prov. 4, 91.
7,1. 22,18; sins, Ps. 130, 3.
4. lo keep in view, to observe, to mark,
to regard, c. acc. of thing; 6. g. admo-
nition, Prov. 13, 18. 15, 5. 1 Sam. 1, 12.
Job 39, 1. Eee. 11,4; so of migrato
birds Jer. 8, 7. Mic. 7,5 4° (MB τοῦ
mark the doors of thy mouth, be careful
as to thy words. Prov. 2, 20 ninsy}
satin DTP as and mark the ways of the
righteous, sc. in order to follow them;
but in the opp. sense, Ps. 17, 4 ia
y771B γπον J have marked the ways
the oppressor, sc. in order to avoid them:

+4

Sara)
5. 42,20. Αὐδο — "20 fo keep the
616, to observe one’s duties, to attend
upon one’s office, comp. in myo no. 3.
Num. 3, 10 Snans-ry at ‘and they
all altend upon their priest's office,
perform it. 18, 7; and so with 3 of
thing, Job 14, 16 "MRwn->> mawM ἐὲθ
t thou not mark as to my sin? but
others differently. Further, to attend
to any one, to care for, almost in the
sense of protecting; c. >% of pers. Ps.
59, 10. 1 Sam. 26, 15; c. 53 v. 16; ¢. 3
2 Sam. 18, 12—Sometimes in a bad
sense, to watch narrowly, to spy out, c.
acc. Job 13, 27. 33, 11. Ps. 56, 7. 71, 10.
ἘΣ 720 lo watch ἃ cily, i. 6. to besiege
it, 2 Sam. 11, 16; comp. 72 I. 1. Ὁ.
_ 5. to keep, lo observe, i. 6. not. to break ;
e. g. Ὁ covenant, as man, Gen. 17, 9. 10.
Ex. 19, 5. Ps. 78, 10; or God, Deut..7,
9. 12..1 K. 8, 23. Neh. 1, 5. Dan. 9, 4;
also a promise, 1 K. 3. Ὁ. 8, 24. 25; the
sabbath, Ex. 12, 1. 23, 15. Lev. 19. 30.
Deut. 5, 12. Is. 56, 2. 4. 6; espec. God’s
law, precepts, commandments, etc. Gen.
18, 19. Ex. 15, 26. 20, 6. Lev. 18,4. Am.
2,4. Jer. 16, 11. Mal. 2, 9. al. step. Ecc.
8, 2 “δῷ abun "Β keep the king’s com-
Hintidinent but Mic. 7,5 see in no, 4.
Sometimes joined with another finite
verb, as MBI) πο Deut. 4, 6. 7, 12.
2 Chr. 9, 7; often mivs> το Ὁ to observe
to do, take care to do, Deut. 6, 5. 5 ἃ!
13,1. 16,5. 17,10. 2K.17,37.al. “3 τ΄ ὃ
Num. 23, 12; ‘ppb a7 Nb 2K, 10, 31.

6. to abeerve; i. e. to regard, to honour,
6. g. God, to worship, Hos. 4,10; idols, Ps.
31,7; one’s master, Prov. 27,18. Comp.
Virg. Georg. 4. 212 ‘observant regem
non sic Aigyptus,’ etc.

‘Nieg. 7203, imperat. always Milel
satin , except once Is. 7,4; see end of
no. 3.

1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be kept, pre-
served, Ps, 37, 28. 2 K. 6,10. Hos. 12, 14.
52. Reflex. to keep oneself from any
thing, to refrain from, c. 7 Deut. 23, 10.
Judg. 13, 13. 1 Sam. 21, 5. Comp. Kal
no. 2. 6.

.3. to take heed to oneself, to beware
of any thing, fo refrain from; c. 772 Jer.
9,3. Gen. 31, 29; "292 Ex. 23, 21; 3
2 Sam. 20, 10; c. inf. Ex. 19, 12 take
heed to yourselves not to go up into the
mount ; also with 48 lest, before a clause,

1089

“70

Gen. 24, 6. 31, 24. Deut. 4, 15. 16; the
pleonastic pron. ἢ being sometimes
added after an imperative, as Gen. Ex.
ll. ce. Occasionally in a strong prohibi-
tion, there is added to the verb of cau-
tion the formula 7 E22, 7WH2>, by thy
life, as thou lovest thy life ; which how-
ever is not dependent on the verb 72).
Deut. 4, 15. 16 ΞΘ Β25 WN. ἘΠ 2.75)
yFensn-ip take good heed therefore, as
ye value your lives...lest ye act wick-
edly, etc. Jer. 17, 21 BS"Niwpa Mw
xvo ἘΝ ΘΓ ΝῚ fake heed to yourselves,
for your lives, and bear no burden, etc.
Josh. 23, 11. Dice with inf. c. >, to take
heed to do any thing, not to omit it,
comp. in Kal no. 5; Deut. 24,8 "28m

ΤΩΣ ΞῚ ko 92> take heed... to observe

1 diligently y and do, ete. Once joined with

another imperative, Is. 7,4 ὩΣ ΠῚ TAU
take heed and be quiet ; here only "2e
is Milra; see above, init.

Prez, i. 4. Kal no. 6, to regard, lo
worship, 6. g. idols, Jon. 2, 9.

Hirupa. Vanwrn 1. i. q. Kai no. 5,
to keep, to observe, pr. for oneself, Mic.
6, 16.

2. to take heed to oneself, c. 572 Ps.
18, 24.

Detiv: Ὁ. MAD, WOW, MI, MIS,
MIN, st, Seti, and pr. n. ἀξ,
a0 , ya, jin , ἝΩ, MIA,
sm Ὁ, τη, τῶ, "7720".

"δῶ m. (τ. a). 1. Plur. Θυ ῶ,
dregs, lees of wine, so called hoeanae
wine is kept, preserved, in strength and
colour by letting it stand upon the lees.
Ps. 75, 9. Is. 27, 6 O-ppra ΘΛ 5 lees
racked off or fined, i. e. generous old
wine purified from the lees. Proverb.
ὙΠΟ ΘΟ; (ΝΒ) Upw Jer. 48, 11. Zeph.
1, 12, ‘to rest upon one’s Mes, i. e. to live
a life of quiet indifference and sloth, the
figure being drawn from wine.

2. Shemer, pr.n.m. a) 1K. 16, 24.
b) 1 Chr. 6, 31. 6) 8, 12. d) 7, 34,
for which v. 32 πῶ, see 720.

"Ὁ and Wai m. 1. Pr. part. Kal
of τ. "720, and subst. a‘ keeper 3 see in
Kal no. 2.

2. Shomer, pr.n. a) Masc. 1 Chr.
7, 32; comp. "28 no. 2. d. b) Fem.
2 K. 12, 22, for which 2 Chr. 24, 26
maw Shimrith.

“0

“a τη. (τ. 723) only plur. ΒΩ,
observance, celebration, Ex. 12, 42.

MVD f. (τ Wav) plur. Min, eye-
lids, once Ps. 77, 5.

MIU f. (τ. 72%) watch, guard, Ps.
141, 3.

ΤΠ Ὁ (watch, guard, τ. 28) Shim-
ron, pr. 0.

1. A son of Issacher, Gen. 46, 13.
Patronym. "253% a Shimronite, Num.
26, 24.

2. Ὑ 2 ji Shimron Meron Josh.
12, 20 Keri (Keth. ἜΝ Ὁ), elsewhere
ἡμαρὶν yin28 Shimron Josh. 11, 1, and
so 19, 15, acity of Zebulon. According
to the Talmud (Megilla fol. 70, col. 1)
this place was the later M°"212"0 ΣΊμω-
viac, a village in Galilee mentioned by
Josephus, Vit. §24; now &3 Semi-
nieh, Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 201.
Comp. Relandi Palest. p. 1017.

Tia f. (watch-post, τ᾿ 2%) pr. ἢ.

Shomeron, Samaria. With π-- loc.
mAb.”
1. A hill, ὦ "nm Am. 4,1. 6,1, with a

city built upon it by Omri, in the terri-
tory of Manasseh, and named by him
after Shemer the former owner of the
soil, 1 K. 16, 24; afterwards the capital

of the kingdom of Israel, 2 Καὶ, 3, 1. 13, 1.
~ 18,9. 10. Is. 7, 9. 28, 1. Ez. 16, 46. al.
Chald. ἡ, whence Gr. Σαμάρεια,
Lat. Samaria; rebuilt by Herod the
Great and called by him Σεβάστη in
honour of Augustus, Jos. Ant. 15, 7. 7.
It is now asmall village called Sebis-
tieh; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p.
138sq. Relandi Palest. p.979. Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 112 sq.

b) In a wider sense, the kingdom of
Samaria, i. 6. 6f the ten tribes, of which
Samaria was the metropolis. jin "9
the cilies of Samaria, i. e. of the king-
dom. 2 K. 17, 26. 23, 19, and by prolep-
sis even under Jeroboam, 1 K. 13, 32.
jive 9m Jer. 31,5; Ὁ 799 1K. 21, 1;
also "ὦ bs» the calf of Samaria, i. e. the
calf at Bethel ‘Hos. 8, 5. 6. — Gentile n.
is "ab a Shomeronite, Samaritan, 2K.
17, 29.

“0 (watchful, τ. v2) Shimri, pr.
nm. a) 1 Chr. 4, 37. Ὁ) 26, 10.
c) 2 Chr. 29,13. d)1Chr 11, 45.

1090

On

τ (whom Jehoval kee
mariah, pr.n.m. a) Ason of R
boam 2 Chr. 11,19. b) Ezra 10,
c) ib. v. 41.

wr (id.) sramartaks pr. 1
1 Chr. 12, δ. fe

ΤΩ Chald. Samaria, the ὁ
Ezra 4, 10. 17, i. q. Hebr. ji00B.

ΓΘ (watchful, τ. 2) pr. -
Shimrith, 2 Chr. 24, 26; see in "Ἢ

ΓΔ Ὁ (watch, guard, τ. 28) §
rath, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 8, 21.

᾿ wow obsol. root of doubtful sigr
cation; perh. from a reduplicated for
pu sw (comp: in τ. 63%) from the sit
ple root Bt (see D2), and expressi
the idea of astonishment, stupor. He
yw the sun, as causing stage od
eyes, and so dread, terror, in the mind
of rude nations, leading them to payt
the sun divine honours. Hence perl
Aram. 82% to-minister, from the
of wonder and reverence.

Wd Chald. only Pa, xd, to mini
ter unto, to wait upon, ὁ. ace. Dan. 7, 10
Syr. id. For the primary idea, see —
τ, WoW.

DAW, in pause Wow, c. suff, πῶ
comm. gend. as m. Ps. 104, 19. f. Ge
15,17. R. wow.

1. the sun, so called from the stupo
amazement, with which men look at
him, see the root. Others as pr. high,
celestial, comp. πρῶ, ρῶς Chald.

2, emph. niin; ΜΩ͂Ν isa emph.

tesa, comm. id. Arab. wo fem.
id.—Ex. 16, 21. Jer. 31, 35. Cant. 1,6. al.
sep. avn nnn under the sun, i. 6. on
earth, an expression frequent in the book
of Ecclesiastes, as 1, 3, 9. 14. 2, 11. 18:
19, 22. 4,1. 8. 7.15. al. Woy 28> o
fore the sun,.i, e. in the sunshine, Job 8
16; but for Ps. 72, 17 see "28> no 1.
854. wWavin "22> in the sight of the
i. e. the sun being as it were presen

and looking on, 2 Sam. 12,11. 82th 733.
id. v. 12. Num. 25, 4. The rising of
the sun is expreseéd by the verbs 833,
mir; its setting by the verb R533.
these verbs. For the worship of the
sun, see Deut. 4, 19 17, 3. Jer. 8, 2

t

{5}.
᾿

. 8,16. 2 K. 23, 5. 11; comp. Job 31,

.—Metaph. Mal. 3, 20 [4,2] APIs wow

sun of righteousness shall rise. So

is called 1225 2 a sun and re

84, 12.

2. Plur. mitvyw, battlements, sc. ser-

fated, notched, q. d. suns, rays of the

Is. 54,12. Sept. ἐπάλξεις.

Deriv. the two following.

PVA (sun-like. denom. from Wx)
imshon, Samson, pr. n. of a judge of
srael, of the tribe of Dan, celebrated
or his strength, Judg. c. 13-16. Sept.
“wow, which Josephus (Ant. 5. 8. 4)
lains by ἰσχυρός, but against the ety-
ology. See Winer Bibl. Realw. art.
imson. Ewald Gesch. des Volkes
srael II. p. 401 sq.
"WNW (sunny, from 82%) Shimshai,
pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 4, 8. 17.

"WNW Shamsherai, pr. n. 1 Chr. 8,
26. It seems to have sprung from a
double orthography, "728 and "20.

N80 a Shumathite, patronym. or
gentile ἢ. from.a pr. ἢ. M28 (garlic)
1 Chr. 2, 53; elsewhere unknown. R.
pw.

ἡ, constr. 72, 6. Makk. “7 and “7,
¢. suff. 128 , fem. Prov. 25, 19, as in ain
and Arabs but masce. in sight no. 2.—
Dual 0738, constr. "20. R. 420.

ΟἹ @ tooth, of men or animals? Aram.

Ss
WW, NID, <—*; 2, Arab. ue Eth.

fi3, id—Ex. 21, 24. 27. Lev. 24, 20.
Deut. 19, 21. 32, 24. Spec. elephant’s
tooth, ivory, (comp. 5"37178,) Cant. 5,
14. 7,5. Ez. 27,6. 8 mimp horns of
ivory, elephant’s tusks, Ez. 27, 15, see
in ὙΡ lett. b. ὦ ΝῸΞ a throne of ivory,
i. e. inlaid, ornamented, with i ivory, 1 K.
10, 18. “ἨΔ min couches of ivory, inlaid,
ete. Am. 6,4. 72 "M3, 9872270, ivory
' palaces, i. 6. with walls inlaid or cover-
ed with ivory, 1 K. 22, 38. Ps. 45, 9.
Am. 3, 15.—Dvau 072 feeth, pr. two
rows of teeth, Gen. 49, 12. Num. 11, 33.
Mic. 3, 5. Cant. 4, 2. ἃ]. 1720 pin to
gnash one’s teeth, Ps. 37, 12. 112, 10,
comp. Lam. 2, 16; also 17282 ‘Nn id. Job
16,9. Praverbial are: Job 19, 20 nab ny
=30 iva Jam escaped with the skin of
my teeth, i i.e. scarcely do my as re-

1091

ND

main from disease and wasting; comp.

‘Engl. ‘to escape with a whole skin.’
13, 14 "28a 23 NWN 7 take my flesh in

my teeth, i. e. expose my life to danger;

since what is thus carried in the teeth

is apt to be dropped ; comp. in art. 93

no. 1. 6.

2. Any thing like a tooth,e. g. a)

a tine or prong of a fork or flesh-hook;

1 Sam. 2, 13 oyu Wow sbran a flesh-

ὃ
hook of three teeth. So Arab. αν tooth
of a comb. b) @ sharp rock, peak,
point of a hill or mountain, Job 39, 28.

1 Sam. 14, 4. 5. Syr. -- id. Arab.
-- 6
ha> up id. Comp. Fr. dent applied

to mountains, as Dent de Midi, etc.
3. Shen, pr. ἢ. of a place, prob. a rock,
6. art. jm 1 Sam. 7, 12.

Comp. pr. names with j© are δον,
"aN.

: NIV, see r. 520 1,

820 Chald. fut. xiv) 1. i. q. Heb.
m3 I. no. 2, to be different, diverse, c. ya
Dan. 7, 3. 19. 23. 24.

2. i. ᾳ. Heb. M78 I. no. 3, to be changed,
to change, Dan. 6, 18. 3,27. Espec. for
the worse, as the countenance, tochange,
to be altered, Dan. 5, 6. 9.

Pa."28 1. Trans. /o change, to alter ;
Dan. 4, 13 let them change his heart, im-
pers. for let it be changed.—Part. pass.
different, diverse, Dan. 7, 7.

2. to lransgress a law, mandate, decree,
q. d. to change it, Dan. 3, 28. Syr. id.

Irupa. ἌΝ, to be changed Dan.
2,9; espec. for the worse, fo be altered,
disfigured, Dan. 3, 19. 7, 28.

Apu. "208, fut. 82%" 1, to change,
to alter, Dan. 2, 21; a royal mandate,
Dan. 6, 9. 16.

2. to transgress a statute, ordinance,
Ezra 6, 11. 12.

NIU , See in m0.
NI. see in mt.

Fi Se 3

2820 (father’s tooth) Shinab, pr. n.
ofa Canaanitish king, Gen. 14, 2.

S20 m. (τ. MIO) repetition; Ps. 68,
18 820 "B58 thousands of repetition,
i. 6. thousands upon thousands.

TEND (perh. fiery tooth) Shenaz-
zar, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 3, 18.

230

᾿ 9} obsol. root, Arab. Au fo be,
cool, spoken of the day ; see Schult.ad*
Prov. 7,6. Hence 3288 q. v.

lt maw fut. 9387, and N20 fut.
N20" once Lam. 4,1; comp. Pi. Po. and
deriv. W820. Pr. to bend, to eld, to

double up or over ; ie cet ee to
fold together, to bend, zigs the folding

of a garment, folds of a serpent, a coil
of rope, ete. To this notion of folding,
doubling, may aptly be referred the
other meanings of the verb; as also the
numeral 0720 two, "20 seounn —Hence
1. to do the second time or again, to
repeat, Arab. 3, Chald. 73m q. v.
Syr. 2. Neh. 13, 21 320m ὮΝ if ye do
it again. 1 K. 18, 34. Job 29,22. With
>, 1 Sam. 26, 8 once will I smite him
ἐν may Nb ‘and will not repeat it to
him, i. e. there shall be no need of smit-
ing him twice. 2 Sam. 20,10. With 3
Prov. 26, 11 a fool ae m2 who re-
peateth (yietsists in) hit folly. 17,9 m0
“S72 who repeateth a matter, i. e. rakes
up anew unpleasant things which should
be forgotten.

2. Intrans. lo be different, diverse from
any thing, c. 12 Esth. 1, 7. 3, 8.

3. to be changed, aliered, espec. for
the worse, Lam. 4,1; of the mind, Mal.
3,6 7 Jehovah change not. Part. plur.
220 changing sc. the mind, changeable,
fickle, spoken of discontented persons,
turncoats, who change from party to
party, Prov. 24, 21; comp. Jer. 2, 36.

ΝΊΡΗ. to be repeated, 6. g. a dream
Gen. 41, 32.

-PreL M30, once XO 2 K. 25, 29.

1. to ἀηδῆ, to alter, e. g. garments
2 K. 25, 29. Jer. 52, 33; a promise Ps.
89, 35; right, justice, i. 6. to pervert,
ῬιοΥ, 31, 5. Also to change often, to
vary, 6. 5. ἃ way Jer. 2,36; to change the
countenance of any one, i. e. to cause it
to change to sadness, Job 14, 20.

2. to transfer to another place, acc.
of pers. and > of place, Esth. 2, 9.

3, ἸΏΣΌΤΟΝ mW , to change i.e. to dis-
figure one’s nenlerstanding, to feign one-
self mad, play the madman, 1 Sam. 21,

14. Ps. 34, 1. Syr. bsasy ΠῚ and
ellipt. Ὧν, to be mad.

1092

ἔχε"

Puat to be chohigel for the beter ἢ

8, 1, where 8207 for M37. f
Hirar. to change oneself, i. 6. one

garments, to disguise oneself, 1 K. 14,
Deriv. j820, MID, O70, 720 ΠΝ

7 he ΓΙῸ: ᾳ. Arab. Lai od in F
to be bright; hence "20. _—

mw (r. M320 1.) constr. M20; ple
pent) , constr. Ὁ; ; poet. plur. τ 2 ,,
ὅϑηθας mid; dual 0°M20; a year, pr
repetition sc. of the course of the st
or of the seasons, as. spring, he
winter, etc. comp. Gr. ἐνιαυτός, Ar

δι :
“,5. orbit, year. Chald. NIU, em ph.
xnw, Syr. fie, emph. ἴα, “νων
3.4. 6. 6,and very often. πρῷ ποῷ Deut.
14, 22, ΤΣ HW 15, 20, Hwa are
1 Sam. 7, 16, i. e. every year, from year
to year, MED in every year Ex. 23, 14.
17. al. M22 γπ once in a year 30, 10,
Lev. 16, 34. 2 Sam. 21, 1 ποῷ ow ὥϑῷ
nz} "INN three years year after year,
three years in succession. Repeated
mowa...miwa in one year... in ὃ
year Jer. 51,46. Years are numbered
thus: NON> ὈΠῸΣ ΓΞ in the year
of Asa. i. e. in his second year, 1 K, 15,
25; i2d2> Γ) m2 in the year BIGHT
of his reign 2 K. 24,2; and so on He-
brew coins. Sometimes nz2 is pleon,
repeated, as M3 71> M30 ΤῊΝ bey roa
in the six hundredth year of Noah’s li 2
Gen. 7, 16. Often of the years of life;
hence 0°24 35 multitude of years, old
age, concr. aged men, Job 32,7. “ὦ,
my years, my life, Ps. 31, 11. Is. 38, 10.
15. Mis 0" the diye oft eh gba Ἃ
of our life, ‘Ps. 90, 10. Ecc. 6, 3. Alse x
Ph ob weds in the ‘beginning of the yea
Ez. 40,1; ‘tn ὈΝΣΧΞ at the end of the
year Ex. 23, 16. For dain mw and
muon ΓΟ see arts. bSi5, ποθῶ .- --
Plur. or) indef. some years, 2 Chr. 18,
2; comp. Cea some days.—Trop.
fhe the produce of the year Joel 2, 25.
Dua ΒΡ» two years, biennium, Gen.
11, 10. 45, 6. 1K. 15, 25. Am. 1,1; also
pins pnw pr. two years of lime, see
ὉΠ" no. 1. Ὁ, under art. 8% Plur.

ἄν

MID Γ (for maw, τι 131) once NID
by Chaldaism Ps. Ἰ27. 2, constr. t
6. suff. "720, plur. Mind ; δὰ. ὖ

γ ὦ
SL.
ἅλω, Gen. 31, 40. Prov. 3; 24. 6, 4. 9.
20, 13. al. Plur. Prov. 6,10 Mis} v3
a little sleep. 24, 33.—Spoken of any
thing transient, Ps. 90, 5 3°77 M30 they
are (as) asleep; others here a dream,
but without good reason.

M20 or SIV Chald.f. I. i. q. Heb.
M20 a year, Ezra 4, 25. 5, 13. Dan.7,1;
plur. 7928 Dan. 6, 1. Ezra 5, 11.

II. i. q. Heb. 720 sleep, c. suff. ΠΩ} Ὁ
Dan. 6, 19.

D320 m. plur. ivory, only 1 K. 10,
22. 2 Chr. 9,21. Sept. ὀδόντες ἐλεφάν-
two, Targ. 5°23 j% elephant’s tooth.
It is prob: compounded from 112 tooth,
and some foreign word for elephant ;
but as to what the latter word should
be, there is great variety of opinion.
Ewald regards 0739 as contr. for 07255,
and this (like Gr. ἐλέφας) for Sanscr.
karabha or kalabha elephant. Or perh.
for 273973 should be read 035 73
trory and ebony, see art. "235. For
various other opinions, see Thesaur. p.
1453 sq.

ὍΣ see πω.

30 m. (τ. 20 11,}) crimson, rose col-
our; the colour obtained from a certain
insect, Arab. ως 5 Kermez, Coccus Ilicis

Linn. which adheres with its eggs to
the twigs of a species of oak, and is re-
lated to the cochineal or coccus cacti ;
comp. art. 59252, and see Comm. on Is.
1, 18. Rosenm. ‘Ritetthdeaak: IV. ii. p.
447. Winer Realw. art. Carmesin.
From Arab. Kermez comes Ital. creme-
sino, Engl. crimson. So "78m ὉΠ ἃ
crimson thread Cant. 4, 3, and simpl.
98 id. Gen. 38, 28.30. "28m vIn mpn
a cord of crimson thread, Josh. 2, 18, and
ΘΓ mip id. v.21; fully Ὁ nsbin pr.
crimson-worm Ex. 25, 4, and ‘nedin ou)
worm-crimson Lev. 14, 4. 6. 49. 51. 52.
Num. 19, 6. - From thread of crimson,
purple, and byssus, were woven the
hangings and cloths of the tabernacle,
Ex. 26, 1. 31. 36. 27,16. 36, 35. Num.
4.8; and also certain vestments of the
priests, Ex. 28, 5. 8. 33. 39, 1. 3. 8. 24.
Meton. 73 crimson for crimson gar-
ments 2 Sam. 1, 24. Jer. 4, 80. Plur.
6°28 crimson cloths, garments, Is. 1, 18.
Prov. 31, 21.—It signifies, pr. ‘a bright
99

1093

Sab} Ὁ

colour,’ from τ. 28 IL; comp. Aram.
“nT, Tease, coccus, also from "71 to

be bright: comp. V2" no. 2.—Others
suppose "2 to be pr. i. ᾳ. δέβαφον, twice
dyed, from τ. M20 I; but only purple
cloths or garments were dyed twice,
never those dyed with coccus. See
Braun de vestitu Sacerd. p. 237 sq.
Boch. Hieroz. IIL. .p. 527 sq. ed. Lips.

"30 m. (τ. πρῷ 1.) τον f. adj. ordinal.
1. the second, Gen. 1, 8. 2, 13. Ex. 2,
13. Num. 1, 1. al. Seep. So nw) and
the second, i. e. again, once more, 2 Sam.

16, 19. Arab. ws, f. S03, Chald.

Ff
pom, Syr. 12552.—Fem. τ also as
adv. a second time, again, Gen. 22, 15.
41, 5. Lev. 13, 5. 6. Jer. 1, 13. Mal. 2,
13. al.
2. second, secondary, of a second rank

S°, or
or order; comp. Arab. ce and Pee id.

also second or next to the prince ; Chald.
7m, Syr. «αὶ, id. So plur. D120)
the second, those marching second in
order, in the second place, Num. 2, 16,
comp. vv. 24. 31. In Gen, 6, 16 57530
are cells or chambers of the second slory.
Sing. in the difficult passage Judg. 6, 25
"Wm “D1, prob. to berendered: lake thy
father’s young bullock, even the second
bullock of seven years old; here "285
marks a bullock of the second birth,
inasmuch as such were regarded as
more valuable than’ all others; so R.
Tanchum ad 1 Sam, 15, 9, see in The-
saur. p. 1451. But in Nami: 8, 8 "20 7B
is simpl. another bullock. μὰ

6°20 m. dual, (r. πρῶ I,) constr. "38,
(fem. see below,) card. num. two, Gen.
44, 27. 1 Sam. 11, 11. Ecc. 4, 11. Am.
3, 3. al. sep. 6. art. D°3W the two Kce.
4, 9. 12. Sometimes the twofold, double,
Ex. 22, 3. 6. 8; and this seems to be
the primary idea, see the root. Arab.

σο “ἰ
wt, Aram. 2032, j"2", which two

latter vary from the primary form by
changing n for r.—It is put either before
or after a noun plural; the former being
more usual in the earlier books, and the:
other in the later books; as 59393 0738
Ex. 25, 18; 5°79 5920 Deut. 17,6; and

"30
so Judg. 11, 37. 1 Sam. 25, 18. 1 K.5,

28. Ez. 21.24. al. but 5792) 0°39-3 2 Chr,

3, 10. 15. 4, 12. Lev. 23, 18) also. 5720
pw IN Josh. 2,1, and 072 ἘΝ Ex. 29,
1; "Eometimed put with a collective
noun, Gen. 46, 29. Num. 7. 17 sq.—Very
often constr. "20 is put before a genit.
plur. as £723 “3th two sons Gen. 10, 25;
Ἐ5 3.3 {100 cherubs, Ex. 37,7; ni
py two witnesses Deut. 19, 15; a6d 80
Josh} 2, 4. 1 Sam. 1, 3; or before a
genit.‘dual, as 7770 “ον thy two breasts
Cant. 4,5. 7,4; ora eng collect. as
329 ΣΦ two ohariote’2 K. 7,14; ora
suf. pron. plur. as 42°28 both of us 1Sam.
20, 42. Job 9, 33; ont both of them
Gen. 2, 25. 21, 97. al. oy ΣΦ dbo
and two, by pairs, Gen. 7, 9. 15. 1 Chr.
26, 17. pa ΓΞ and pest "33, 10 cut
in two, Jer. 34, 18. 1 K. 3, 25. Ales two
1 K. 17, 12, and two or three 2 K. 9, 32.
Is. 17, 6, ior a few; comp. Am. 4, 8.

Fem. DFW by syne. for O93 , (Arab.

ysl .) Dag. lene being put irregu-

larly after a movable Sheva, as if Aleph
were prefixed (B°NUN) ; constr, "MY; ὁ.
pref. πρῶ 3 Gen. 31, 41,7md> Ex. 26, 19;
but onvin Judg. 16, 28, contra ont.
πῶς Jon. 4, 11. 80 Lae. 23, 17 pind
py) two women 1 K. 3, 16; mix ὦ two
cubits Ez. 40, 9; 92 “ὦ two years
2 Sam. 2, 10; constr. mi23 "ny two
daughters Gen. 19,8; 0°20 Ὁ 1 Sam.
13, 1; andso Ex. 28, 11. Deut. 9, 15.
With oes JPNY they two, both, Ez. 23,
13. 1 Sam. 25, 43; also 2728 pnw we
two 1K. 3, 18.— Saran: ong two things
Job 13, 20. Prov. 30, 7. Is. 51, 19.—Often
in dates; as NON? DIM M23 in the year
nwo of Asa 1K. 15,25. 2K. 1,17. 14,1.
15, 32. Hagg. 1, 1. Dan. 2,1; and soon
Heb. coins, see *Thesaur. p. 1450. —Also
DID as κὰν. a second time, again, Ps.
62, 12. Neh. 13, 20; also p'nwa id. Job
33, 14. 1 Sam. 18, 21.

Hence masce. “wy Dw, five times
“ws Ὁ Ex. 28, 91. Num. 7 3. Josh. 3,
12. 1 K. 7,42. Ez. 47,13; Hieelne: ὁ Sam.

2,15. 1 Chr. 25, 9-31. pnts "δὲ ὮΝ Dy

bustos men Deut: £23. Gen. 17, 20, 42,
13, worn “Ὁ "Did. ‘Num. 1, 44. Esth. a,
12. “ὃ 8.9 twelve Sidlocke Ezra 8, 38.
With art. "ws ΘΛ 1 K. 19, 19. Josh.

1094 you

4, 4—Also for the ordinal, the
“Ἐξ ΒΡῈ Π 1 Chr. 25, 19. 97, 15. oe
wand on the tvelfth of the month Ex
29, 1; but wth wy "23 in the twelf
month Ez. 32, 1. Ae

Fem. ΤΌΣ nw , four times ἪΝ
mee Josh. 4, 8. Ez. 32, 1.17. 33, 21
twelve, as 07238 Σ΄ ti taeebve stones Josh
4.3.20. 18. 24. 1 K. 18, 31. mw ’ 5»
twelve years Gen. 14, 4. 1 K. 16, 23,—
For the ordinal, the twelfth, as > ῷ ὩΣ
in the twelft® year 2 K. 8, 25. 17, 1,
Esth. 3, 7.

m3" f. (r. 328) ἃ sharp or point
saying, and hence mockery, derision
M2725 Hn fo be for mockery, an objec
of scorn, Deut. 28, 37. 1 K. 9, 7.

ὙΦ, see 773.

*42™ to sharpen, e. g. a sword, Deut.
32,41; metaph. the tongue, i. 6. lo utter”
sharp or pointed sayings against any
one, Ps. 64, 4. 140, 4;-comp. 120, 3. 57,
7, and rr. 93, 0>>. Part. pass. 220
sharpened, sharp, of a weapon, Ps. 45, 6.

“.,....
Is. 5,28. Chald. Pa. Ἰξῶ, Arab. uw sid. ;

Pie., to sharpen in, Germ. einschar-
fen, i. 6. to inculcate, c. acc. of thing and ~
dat. of pers. Deut. 6, 7. ᾿

Hirupo. to be pricked, pierced, e. g.
with pain, Ps. 73, 21. Ἢ

Deriv. j®, M272) ; perh. τῶ for td,

tw ou in Kal not used, perh. to force
or bind together, to co Sve kindr. with
D285 comp. Chald. y2, yz, sandal-
thong, shoe-latchet ; τον Arab. (καλῶ
implexus est, adheeait.

Pie. 0:8 fo gird up, sc. the loins,
1 K.18, 46. So all the ancient versions,
and the context demands it.

“YIU Shinar, pr. n. of the country
around Babylon, Gen. 11,2. 14,1. Is. 11,
11. Zech. 5, 11. Dan. 1, 2; comprising
the cities Babylon, Erech, Accad, and
Calneh, Gen. 10,10: See Bochart Pha- —
leg 1.5. J.D. Michaelis Spicileg. Geo-
gr. I. p. 231. Tuch de Nino urbe p.9sq.
Syr. Sip of the country around Bag- —
dad; see Barhebr. p. 256. The deriva-
tion is unknown. See more Thesaur,
p. 1454, :

nw =

nt f. (τ. 195) 1. ᾳ. πρῶ, sleep, Ps.
132, 4.

"ΠΟ fut. novis, kindr. with 008,
DOW, FOL, q.v. to plunder, to spoil, Ps.
44, 11; c.acc.of thing, Hos. 13, 15.1 Sam.
21,1. Part.no8 subst. plur. 5°08 plun-
derers, spoilers, Judg. 2, 14. 2 K.17, 20;
smem2 70% spoilers of my heritage Jer.
50, 11; c. suff. 908 his spoilers, they
who spoil him, 1 Sam. 14, 48. Judg. 2
16. Jer. 30, 16 Keri, for Keth. see in r.
cow. Part. pass. "OW plundered, spoil-
ed, Is. 42, 22.

Po. πρῶ, for HOW which is read in
some Mss. 10 plunder, to spoil, c. acc. of
thing, Is. 10, 13.

* DOW fut. di", to plunder, to spoil,

i. td ποῦ, 6. acc. of pers. Judg. 2, 14.
Ps. 89, i; ace. of thing, 1 Sam. 17, 53.

Part. plur. c. suff ΠΝ by Araiwiain
for ποῦ, Jer. 30. 16 Keth. comp. part.
PR3, 2}, from r. Ὁ...

Nip. 0W2, fut. Ow, to be plundered,
spoiled, Is. 13, 16. Zech. 14, 2.

Deriv. NOW.

᾿ OW to cleave, to split, to divide ;
kindr. are πο, DOW, also S15, ΘΒ, SEP
_as likewise Arab. ὦ and Heb. 7ow.

In Kal spoken of the cloven hoofs of
beasts; as MoO7p :ΌΩΦ sow and ὁ ὃ
Τὴ , cleaving the cleft of the hoof or
hoofs, i, 6. cloven-footed, Lev. 11, 3. 7.
26. Deut. 14,6; comp. r. 0125 Hiph.
Part. pass. fem. M330WN TO1BN the clo-
ven hoof Deut. 14, 7.

Piet OW 1. to cleave, to split, but
not so as to separate the parts; Lev.
1, 17 and he shall cleave it (im® PO")
with the wings thereof, but shall not di-
vide it asunder.

2. lo rend, to tear in pieces, 6. g. a
lion, Judg. 14, 16.

3. Metaph. verbis dilacerare, i. e. to

_ chide, to upbraid, 1 Sam. 24, 8.—Hence

VOW cleft, fissure, see τ. 308 in Kal.

“HOU in Kal not used, to cut in
pieces ; kindr. with ASP, IA, also vow,
Dow, mow, Syr. ole.

ei fut. OU", to cut or hew in pleces
t Sam. 15, 33. Sept. ἔσφαξε, Vulg. in
frustra comeitdit,

1095

ὭΣ,

*L πϑῦ οἱ mew, apoc. 4, to
look, skindr. with ny, ποῦ, where BP ;
the primary idea bali that of divid-
ing, discerning, comp. 333 note, 930 I.
Hence absol. to Jook around for help,
2 Sam. 22,42. Spec. ἃ) With 5x ¢o
look upon with favour, to have respect
to the sacrifice of any one, Gen. 4, 4. 5.
b) to have respect to a law, to observe, δ.

3 Ps. 119, 117, where fut. 1 sing. DWN
has the paragog. M—, which is very rare
in verbs 7>; comp. mMymwv? Is. 41, 23.
c) to look to any one, expecting help, ὁ.
>8 Is. 17, 8; by 17,7. 31,1; a Ex. 5,9.
d) With a and ὉΣ Ὁ to look away ‘Soom
to turn away the eyes from any person
or thing, to let alone, Job 7, 19. 14, 6.
Is, 22, 4.

Ηιρη. i. q. Kal lett..d, with 72 Ps. 39,
14 “2739 SUM look away Srom me, spare
me. The form >tn-is here imper. apoc.
for πρῶται, whence son (like 395, 53m)
and then the tone being changed ia the
first syllable made long, sw. There
is then no need of deriving this form from
a root >, nor of changing the vowels.
Another stin see in 330 Hiph.

ΗΙΤΗΡ. nomen, fut. apoc, SMS"
look around for help, Is. 41, 10.

2. to look upon each other, sc. with
astonishment, to be amazed, Is. 41, 23;
for the form MMW? see in Kal lett. b.

Deriv. Chald. 53%, perh. "svn.

ἘΠῚ. ΠΣ Ὁ i. gq. Syr. ἴων, Heb. τεῷ,
to be smeared together with viscous mat-.

ter, spoken of the eyes, to be blinded, Is.
32, 3.

mY Chald. ἢ (r. πϑῷ 1,) emphat.
Nn, MSW, a moment of time, pr. a.
look, pisses of the eye, Germ. Augen:

blick, Syr. {AS& and Arab. eed mo-

ment, also hour; Eth. Ὁ and ΠΡ
id. NXmvw"ma in the same moment, i. e.
instantly, immediately, Dan. 3, 6. 15. 4,
30. 5,5; but 4,16 son ΠΣῸΞ ‘Rie mo-
ment, i. e. for a short ‘time.

1. to

, ὍΣ obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. wud 1,
3, to run up and down; pr. to lash, to
row. Syr. is to swim, to fly, sc. by
the motion of the limbs and wings; also
Nasor. of a stag running up aod down in
the desort.—Hence

DID 1096

ΣΩΣΤῸ Γ constr. mas, course, race,
rushing, sc. of horses rushing onward,
Jer. 47, 3. So Targ. Peshito, Aquila,
D. Kimchi, and others. J. D. Michaelis
and Gesenius prefer the sense of stamp-
ing, comparing Arab. as3 IL; which
however is not fo stamp on the ground,
but ἐο pound in pieces.

TUyw a kind of cloth or garment
made of two sorts of threads, linen and
woollen, woven together, Lev. 19, 19,
where it is coupled with 0°%>2. Deut.
22, 11 lhow shalt not wear Shaatnez,
woollen and linen together, Sept. κίβδη-
λον, i. 6. adulterated, not genuinee—The
etymology is very obscure, That pro-
posed by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 406,
ahd that of Buxtorf, Lex. Chald. col.
2483, both of whom seek its origin in
the Semitic languages, have little pro-
bability. Nor is that entirely satisfac-
tory which is suggested by Jablonsky,
Opusc. ed. te Water I. p. 294, and by
Forster, de Bysso Antiquorum p. 92,
who reler it back to the Coptic word

WONTIMEC Shontnes, i. e. byssus fim-
briatus. More prob, the LXX have to
a certain extent expressed the true
sense by the word κίβδηλον. The first
part of 13420 may therefore well be the

— Coptic word ROOT, i. 6. “ κέβδηλος,
spurius, impurus, reprobus,.” as explain-
ed by Peyron in Lex. while the other
part perh. is shortened from Copt.

CHTE i. q. Psy i. e. twisted from
many threads; the particle Δ being in-
terposed.

“bu obsol. root, prob. to cleave, to
break through, to make hollow, as would
appear from the derivatives bss hollow
of the hand, 532 hollow way, ΣΉ the
fox, pr. the burrower; as also from the
kindred roots 938, 973, ἘΝ Ὁ II, whence
ΝΘ Sheol, δῆ δε:

Deriv. 38, bath, ΞΘ ργ. n. pxbsw,
Ὀσοσῶ.

byt m. 6. suff. F335 , plur. pysh
constr."23. Aram. 30), ρθῶ, Woda:
id.

1. the hollow of the hand, the palin, Is.
40, 12.
ον a handful, 1K. 20, 10. Ez. 13, 19.

Do Ὁ
290, see S35, ‘all

maby Judg. 1, 35. 1K. 4, 9, ἃ
ΤΒΟΝ Ὁ Josh. 19, 42, (city of foxes

-" =

the fuller “ὦ ma, comp. Arab. .
i. q. ᾿ξ fox,) Shaalbim, Shae τ
pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Se
Relandi Palest. p. 988.—Gentile 101
"22530 (as if from 1359) a Shaa

nite, 2 Sam. 23, 32. 1 Chr. eRe SS

Doe (foxes’ region) Shaalim, pre
ofa district 1 Sam. 9; 4; prabet i. q.
dew q. v. in >>5% no. 2. ¥

*or'0 obsol. root, Arab. snl

swiftly, sc. a camel, ΜΕΤ a ΜΠ

rent. Hence perh. 532.

“420 to lie down, to rest ; see kinc
wed, 720. In Kal not used.

Nipu. 432, fut. ΣῈ} 1. to lean ἃ
on, to rest upon, 6. g. ἃ Spear, ὁ. Σ
Sam, 1,6. “B79 ἘΣ 43083 fo lean τ
the hand of any one, said of kings who
lean upon their high officers and atiends
ants in public, 2 K. 5, 18. 7,2. 17. Me-
taph. fo rely upon, to trust in any person
or thing, c. 53 Is. 10, 20. 31, 1. Job 8, 15.
2 Chr. 13, 18. 14, 10. 16, 7. Mic. 3, 11;
bx Prov. 3,5; 3 Is. 50, 10; absol. Job
24, 23.

2. to lean cates e.g. ἃ εἰ να
ἘΣ Judg. 16, 26; of a country, to be ad-
jacent, to adjoin, c. > Num 21,15,

3. to recline, pr. to be leaning upon
the elbow, Gen. 18, 4.

Deriv. j3%, rise, Ue, rages
and pr. n. Wee.

ἘΦ, imper. pl. 53%, pr. to stroke
also to overspread, to smear; comp. Tr.
new II. Chald. and Syr. 23% and 330,
“Ss and “a, id.—In Kal once intrans.

to be smeared together, e. g. the eyes, to
be blinded, Is. 29, 9; see in Hithp.

Hipn. imp. ΣΤ to smear, i. 6. to blind
the eyes, Is, 6, 10.

Pitp. SOs 1. Trans. to delight, to
rejoice, pr. to stroke, to soothe, Ps. 94, 19.

2. Intrans. to delight oneself, to be de-
lighted, Is. 11, 8; ¢. ace. in or with any
thing, Ps. 119, 70.

Pour. ΣΌΣ to be soothed, to be ca-
ressed, dandled on the knees, Is. 66, 12

ὩΣ
ιτηρλιρ. 282MM to delight oneself,
lo take one’s pleasure ; Is. 29,9 S3O2nNoN
ΣΟ. delight yourselves and be ye blind-
ed, i.e. indulge, if ye will, in your de-
lights and pleasures; but soon ye shall
be blinded with astonishment ‘at the
things which shall happen. For this
use of two imperatives. of which the
first is permissive while the second as-
serts and threatens, see Heb. Gram.
$127.2. With 3 in or with any thing
Ps. 119, 16. 47.

Deriv. Dy Swsw.

᾿ ὩΣ ὦ obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. EO. to
αὐσίάε. Hence

ἘΦ (division) Shaaph, pr. n. πὶ.
a) 1 Chr. 2,47. ὃ) ib. v. 49.

ow "20 1. to cleave, to split, to di-
vide ; PON intrans. ΤΩΡ to be cleft, to

open in fissures, -#3 cleft, aperture ;

Eth. MUZ to break, then to loosen, to
destroy. Hence ΣΦ gate; for part.
“DW see in its order.

2. to estimate, to fix the value of any
thing, Prov. 23, 7. Verbs of cleaving,
dividing, readily pass over to the idea

of deciding, Judging. Arab. pm II, to

fix a price, ἂν price of grain, Chald.

ἌΣ id.—Hence “28 no. 2, and pr. ἢ.
τσ Ως

ΤΕ “DD j i. q. "3D q. v. to Sada
not in use in the verb; but hence the
deriv. ἜΣΘ, ΠΣ Ὸ mast,

he |

"9B comm. gend. but fi Is. 14, 31,
comp. Neh. 13, 16; in pause “σῷ, loc.
ΠΣ ; plur. ome, constr. “30.

1. a gate, Syr. and Chald. by transpos.
377, <32. E. g. of a camp, Ex. 32, 26.

27; of a city Gen. 23, 18. Josh. 2, 7; of
the temple Ez. 8, 5. 10,19; of a palace
Esth. 2, 19. 6, 10, whence “3 for the
palace itself (comp. the Porte) Ksth. 3,
2.3. 4,2. 6. 6,12; see in 35m. Once
of the gate of a ee public building,
where the city magistrate dwelt, 2 K.
23,8; but never does it denote the door
of a house or tent, except perh. once
Prov. 14, 19. Hence “38 gate differs
from M23 a valve, door, and from mnp
92*

1097

“30

door-way, opening ; so that we find
ἜΣΠ "VW Minds the doors of the gate of
the city Judg. 16,3. 1 Sam. 21, 14. Neh.
6,1; also ""3 “DW mms the entrance
(spailing’ of thegate of the city Josh. 8, 29.
Judg. 9,35. 2 Sam. 10,8. 1 K. 22, 10;
comp. Prov. 1, 21 ΕΙΣ το ὙΠ βοϑ πὶ ayy
the gale of heaven Gen. 28, 17; "130
PINY or M2 ὦ, the gates of Sheol or of
death Is. 38, 10. Ps. 9, 14. 107, 18. Job
38, 17, i. q. ‘Aiduo πύλαι Hom. πύλαι
πλοῦ Matt. 16, 18. Also Nah. 2, 7 "ὩΣὼ
nisin the river-gates, perh. sluices
from the Tigris with which they had

Gog?
fortified Nineveh; comp. Arab. xE53
gate, sluice. So ΝΠ “IS the gates
of the land are the passes into a country,
where the enemy can have entrance.
Jer. 15,7. Nah. 3,13; comp. the Cili-
cian gates, ete. 4™7SH2 within thy
gates, i.e. in thy cities, Ex. 20, 10. Deut.
5, 14. 12, 12. 17.18; andso ee ἼΠΝΞ
in one of thy cities 17, 2, comp. 1 K. 8.
37. 2 Chr. 6, 28. Hence "SU nx WI
""3"8 10. possess the country or cities of
one’s enemies, Gen. 22,17. Atthe gates
of cities was the market-place, forum,
ah1, (comp. espec. Neh. 8, 16. 2 Chr.
32,,6,) where trials were held, and where
the inhabitants came together either
for business, or to sit and converse with
each other, Gen. 19, 1. Ruth 4,11. Prov.
31, 23. Lam. 1,4. Hence ">W2 in the
gate, often for in court, before the tribu-
nal, Deut. 25, 7. Job 5, 4. 31, 21. Prov.
22, 22. Is. 29, 21. Amos 5, 10. 12. 15;
“ZW "30" those sitting in the gate, i. 6.
idlers, Ps. 69, 138; Ps. 127, 5 see in "35
note, p. 212, Ruth 3, 11 "ὩΣ "s-5D all
the gale (i. e. concourse, assembly) of
my people.

The gates in the walls of Jerusaléin
seem to be mostly enumerated in Neh.
c. 3; and some are mentioned elsewhere
in the same book and in other books.
But it is very difficult to fix the place
of the several gates. Yet in this we
are aided by the language of Nehemiah ;
who in 6. 3 narrates by whom and in
what order the walls and gates of the ᾿
city were rebuilt; beginning it would
seem on the eastern side, and proceed- —
ing along the northern and western
sides and then along the southern to the

“ΣῸ

place of departure. The additional no-
tices in c. 2 and Ἂς. 12, 31 sq. assist in
filling out the sketch. The order is as
follows: a) jNBM 730, the sheep-gate,
the first named in Neh. 3, 1; and to
which the order returns v. 32, comp. 12,
39; i. q. 7 προβατική John 5, 3. It is to
be sought in the eastern part of the city
and near the temple; since the rebuild-
ing of it was undertaken by the high
priest and other priests, Neh. 3.1. [It
was also near the pool of Bethesda
John 5. 2; perh. the intermitting fount-
ain in the valley of the Kidron just
south of the temple; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I. p. 508.—R.] It prob. took its
name from the sheep sold in the market
around it, as victims for the sacrifices
inthe temple. b) 5°35 "30, the fish-
gale, so called from the fish there sold,
Neh. 3, 3. 12, 39. Zeph. 1, 10; also
2 Chr. 33, 14, where Manasseh is said
to have rebuilt the wall of the city, be-
ginning on the west and proceeding
around the southern side to the fish-
gate; perh, that now called St. Ste-
phen’s gate. c) πρῶλπ 70, the old
gate, Neh. 3,6. 12, 39; perh. the “σῷ
WAIN the first gale Zech. 14,10. ἀ)
Ἰ25:3 "SW, the gale of Benjamin, as
leading to the territory of that tribe,
Jer. 37, 13 comp. 12. 38,7. Zech. 14,
10; oftener called ΘΝ "SW, the gate
of Ephraim, as leading also to the coun-
try of Ephraim, Neh. 8, 16. 12,39. 2 Κι.
14, 13. 2 Chr. 25, 23; the same now
called the Damascus gate. But the
upper (high) gate of Benjamin, 928
jitesn 772722 Jer. 20, 2, belonged to the
temple, i. gq. 7itb3 Ninn ma πσῷ the
upper (high) gate of the house of the
Lord 2 K. 15, 35. 2 Chr. 27, 3. Ez. 9, 2.
e), MB "SH 2K. 14, 13. 2 Chr. 26, 9.
Jer. 31, 38, also D°28m ὦ Zech. 14, 16,
the pinnacle-gate or corner-gate, 400 cu-
bits. distant from the gate of Ephraim,
‘2K. 1.c. The mieq ὦ 2 Chr. 25, 23
seems to be corrupted from ΤΡ ΩΓ ὦ, as
appears from the parall. passage 2 K.
14, 13.—Towards the west we find: [Ὁ
BT ἜΣΘ, the valley-gate, leading out into
the upper part of the valley of Hinnom,
wliere now is the Yafa gate, Neh. 2, 13.
15. 3,13. 2Chr. 26,9. From this point
“he wall was carried southward along

5.5 "Σ :

| the steep brow of Zion, where
were not needed. σὴ πϑῶν πὶ 7st
dung-gate, Neh. 2, 13. 3, 14. 12 2,
and contr. πῶσ ᾧ 3,18; it was 1
cubits, i. e. a long interval distant fra
the valley-gate. Josephus calls it
gate of the Essenes, B. J. 5.4.2. ἢ
suppose it to have been the pre
portal in the valley of the Tyroy v0
now called the dung-gate by travelle:
but this is in the modern wall, whi ᾿
there far within the ancient line. Othe:
place it on the west or southwest.— Th
remaining gates all seem to have ἢ
on the southeastern part of the city, i
that part of the walls which surrou
the hill Ophel after the time of Mana
seh, 2 Chr. 33, 14. Neh. 3. 27. They
areasfollows: h) 71s 730 » the four
ain-gale, near the king’s pogl and ¢
dens, Neh. 2, 14. 3,15, 12, 372 Th is
doubtless took its name from Siloam
and is described as the gate between t
two walls 2 Κα. 25, 4. Jer, 39, 4.42, 7.
i) DIB "SW, the water-gale, northeast
of the fountain-gate, Neh. 3, 26. 8.1, ὃ
10. 12, 37; perb. the same with that
which in the time of Jeremiah was
ed: k) Mao nh ΣΦ the pottery-gale,
Jer. 19, 2, by which one went out to

to the valley of Hinnom. Others hold
it to be the same with the valley-gate.
—Several other gates are quite uncer-
tain; as Mya ὦ, the east-gate, Neho
3, 29; which may perh. be either the
water-gate or Pr horse-gate. This
latter, D"O8OM “ὦ, the horse-gate, Neh,
3, 28., Jer. 31, 40. 2 Chr. 23, 15 comp.
2K. 11, 16, is commonly reckoned as-
in the walls of the city; but belong-
ed more prob. to the wall enclosing —
the temple; and so also the following:
Ἔξ π ‘oO, Vulg. porta judicialis, Neh.
3, 31; oonn Mims ὦ, the new gale of the —
Lord, Jer. 26, 10, 36, 10; 7753 ὦ, see
above in Jett. ἃ; mown ὦ, the prison-
gate, Neh. 12, 39; "80 82K. 11, 6, for.
which Tio" Ὁ 2 Chr. 23, 5, see in art.
“9D no. 3; mabe ’ ὥς the gale of over-
throw, 1 Chr. 26, 16; magne ὦ, the
inner gate, Ez. 8,3. With the king's
palace was prob. connected ne xan as,
the gale of the runners or bodyguards |
2K. 11,19. And finally, the middle or
Sty gate, 7173 ἜΣ Jer. 39, 3, seems

ii

ὭΣ ὦ

have led from the upper to the lower
ty.—The difficult question as to the
tes of Jerusalem, has been variously
reated; see espec. Lightfoot Opp. II.
. 184sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Alterth. II. ii.
. 216 sq. Εἰ. Robinson in Bibl. Res. in
lest. I. p. 471 sq. :

_ 2. a measure, see r. ἜΣῸ no. I. 2, Gen:
,12 Es AND a hundred measures,
i.e. ἕκατον ᾿πλασΐως, a hundred fold.

"Ὁ adj. horrid, i. 6. bad, foul, loath-
gme, of figs, Jer. 29, 17; comp. 24, 8.
R. “3% II. .

ay, see “3103.

7 er adj. (τ. ἜΣΘ IL) horrible ; fem.
something horrible, Jer. 5, 30. 34, 14.

“SAW id. Jer. 18,13; fem. meas
Hos. 6, 10 Keri. R. “σῷ II.

ΠΣ (whom Jehovah estimates, r.
ἜΣΘ 1) Sheariah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 38.
9,44. ᾿

ὩΣ Ὁ (two gates) Shaaraim, pr. n.
of a city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15,
36. 1 Sam. 17, 52. 1 Chr. 4, 31.

“| VII adj. i. q. ™372W; fem. Hos.
6, 10 Keth.

ΤΟΣ ὃ Shaashgaz, pr. n. of a Persian
eunuch, the keeper of the women in the
court of Xerxes, Esth. 2, 14.—Bohlen
contpares Pers. :Xwlw beauty’s ser-
vant; but this is doubtful.

| Dywye plur. delight, pleasure, Prov.
8, 30. Ps. 119, 24. Jer. 31,20. R. 538
ei

maw in Kal not used, pr. fo rub,
to scratch, fo scrape, then to scrape or

pare off Chald. 858 to rub, file, polish; -

Syr, lew to file, pr. to make smooth,

bald; Liisa. file, [asaea filing, par-
ing. Kindr. are 530, ἜΞΩ: also Arab.

lia tp be bright.

Nipx. Part. 752, bare, bald, pr.
abraded. ofa ible ly Is. 13,2. Sept.
ὄρος πεδινόν.

Puat, to be worn away, wasted, of one
wasted with disease and ready to die;
Job 33. 21 Keri ‘"niax> "BY his bones
are wasted, 387 xd they are no more
seen. i.e. he pines away and disappears.
Solbn Ezra, comp. Chald. x28. Others,

1099

mpd

his bones are made bare, are naked of
flesh; so Jerome, ‘ossa que tecta fue-
runt nudabuntur ;’ and so several mod-
ern interpreters. Keth. "58 q. v.

Deriv. MBM, "BY, and’ pr. ἢ. BU,
nee.

MDW or MLW, (τ. By) only in plur.
2 ἐών, 17, 29 “ps mipw, according to
Targ. Syr. and the Heb. intpp. cheeses of
kine, so called as being rubbed, grated,
ground fine, in order to be eaten; so
the Arabs of the desert to this day, see
Burckhardt Notes on the Bedouins I.
Ρ. 60.

‘Dw (smoothness, r. MW) Shepho, pr.
n,m. Gen. 36, 23; for which "BY Shephi .
1 Chr. 1, 40.

DIDW m. (τ. ww) judgment, punish-

χάρι 2 Chr. 20,9. Plur. ΘΒ Ez. 23,

i being shortened to ἢ, Heb. Gr.
ca n. 1.

ΞΘ (perh. i. q. ji=°2Y serpent)
Shephupham, (Engl. Vers. Shupham,)
pr. ἢ. of a son of Benjamin, Num. 26, 39.
In Gen. 46, 21 written. 5°89, perh. for
pvp.

Ἰδοῦ (id.) Shepuphan, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 8, 5.

mipw Neh. 3, 13, see in EUS.

“ maw obsol. root, to spread out, to
expand, i. gq. MDD, MBX, MW; also to
adjoin, to βεϑοδλαία, comp. r. MBO no. 4.
Hence ΠΕ; Ὁ family, and

ΓΒ f. constr. rmeo , plur. mined,
famula, ‘one of the family,’ a family
servant, i.e. a maid servant, handmaid,
espec. as waiting upon the mistress; so
called from associating with the family ;
Gen. 16, 1. 8. 30, 7. 10. Ps. 123, 2; comp.
Is. 24, 2. Prov. 23, 23; so the 733 ser-
tant waited upon the master, with whom
the MMHO is often joined, Gen. 20, 14.
32, 6: Esth. 7, 4. Jer. 34. 9 sq. Soines
times the MME was given by the mis- —
tress to her husband: as a concubine,
Gen. 16, 2. 30, 18. Ex. 11,5 πὸ ππϑῶ
στ the maid servant behind the mill,
the mill-wench, see in r. j7%.—In ad-
dressing a superior. a Hebrew woman
from modesty or humility spoke of her-
self'as FMMEW thy handmaid, for J; just
as aman spoke of himself as πὸ} thy

OSD

servant, see in ἽΞ5 no. 1; so 1 Sam. 1,
18. 25, 27. 28, 21. 22. 2 Sam. 14, 6 sq.
Ruth 2, 13. al.—1 Sam. 25, 41 738 73h
πεν, lo thy handmaid is for a servant
etc. is ready to render service.

*D50 fut. 5195, 3 plur. in pause once
ΗΒ" Ex. 18, 26; imper. parag. MBBD.

1. to judge; not found in the other
' Semitic dialects, except Phen. part.
DEW a judge, see inno.2. The primary
idea seems to be to set upright, to erect,
like Germ. richten, and Eth. 22 to
judge, i. ᾳ. Heb. 7252 from τ. 72; comp.
the kindr. MDW, 23, mau, q. v.—Ab-
sol. Gen. 19, 9. Is. 11, 3. Job 22, 13. Ez.
44, 24; c. acc. of pers. whose cause is
judged, Ex. 18, 22. 26. Deut. 16 18.
Is. 11, 4. Joel 4, 12; rarely c. ace. of
thing, Ex. 18, 22. 26. Also px caw
Prov. 9], 9, and pw ὦ Ps. 76, 3, to
judge justly, uprightly, to do justice,
equity, comp. Ps, 58, 2; contra ἘΣ DES
to judge unjustly Ps. 82, 2. Further,
wEw2 LEY fo give judgment, to pro-
nounce sentence, 1 K. 3, 28; vee Ὁ
ΤΩΝ to judge (execute) true qudgment,
in accordance with (ruth, Zech. 7, 9;
also 8, 16. Ez. 16, 38 ΒΘ FMGEWS
ΕΝ J will judge thee (according to)
the judgments of adulteresses. Also ὦ
yz 772 lo judge between, i. 6. to be arbi-
ter, umpire, Gen. 16,5. Ex. 18, 16. Deut.
1, 16. ἃ]. ὅ...1.3 CED id. Ez. 34, 20.
Gen. 31, 53 let God judge 4272" between
us. Comp. Judith 7, 2.—Parr. ved,
wp, subst. a judge, Ex. 2, 14. Deut.
16, 18. Josh. 8, 33. Is. 1, 26. Job 9, 24.
al. sep. Often of God as the judge of
men or of the wholé world, Gen. 18, 25.
Is. 33, 22. Ps. 7,12. 50,6. al. See also
in no. 2.

Spec. to judge any one, like r. ὙΠ no.
2, is: a) i. q. to condemn, to punish
the guilty, κατακρίνω, 1 Sam. 3,13. Ez.
7, 3. 8. 22, 2. Obad. 21. Ps. 109, 31. al.
Comp. view. δ) 10 do justice to any
one, lo defend or vindicate his cause,
espec. the poor and oppressed ; Is. 1, 17
pint ἈΞ defend the cause of the father-
less. Ps. 10, 18. 26, 1. 82.3. Ἔ varia ὦ
Jer, 5.28. Lam. 3,59. With 4 and 3379
priegn. to defend one’s cause and deliver
him from his enemies, 1 Sam. 24, 16.
2 Sam. 18, 19. 31. Ps. 43, 1.

1100

2. to govern, to rule, as connecte:
judging; since to dispense justic
the part of kings and chief me
comp. 1 Sam. 8, 20. 1 Κ 3, 9. 2K
Prov. 29, 14. 2 Chr. 1, 10, aod ne
no. 1,2. So Judg. 16, 31. 1 Sam.
8. Hence Part. OBO, SE, a
for a ruler, prince, chigh Ps. 9, 1 1
11. Am. 2, 3. Is. 16, 5. 40, 23. Prov.
16. Spec. of the leaders and chief
gistrates of the Israelites from Josh
to Samuel, who led out the reople
war against their enemies, ae
having delivered them from the opp
sion of the neighbouring nations, exe
cised during peace the office of ck
ruler and judge, (comp. Judg. 3, 10,
4sq. 10, 2.3. 1 Sam. 7, 6. as
16. 18. Ruth 1, 1. 2 K. 23, 22. al.—
same name, sufel or sufte, plur. si
was borne by the chief magistrates «
the Carthaginians, Liv. 28. 37. ib.%
7. Movers. das Phen. Alterth. I. p. 51
534.

Nips.
33. 109. 7

2. Recipr. to go to law, to pleac
contend before a judge, with any ¢
Prov. 29, 9. Is. 43, 26; with ὩΣ of pers
Joel 4, 2 [3. 7);.PS (mx) Ez. 17, 20.
35. 36; > Jer. 25,315 also e. wep. of thitl
about whic h, 1 Sam. 12,7. Ez. 17,2

ὌΝ of pers. and b> of thing, Jer. 2, 35
Where Jehovah is thus said fo plant
contend with men, it has sometimes t
sense to punish, see Ez. 38, 22. Is. €
16; comp. 2 Chr. 22, 8.

Port, lo go to law with, to ovale
to assail, comp. Niph. no. 2; part. c. suff.
‘unite my assailant, Job 9, 15. Comm
so to assail with the tongue, to εἶτ
der, τ. (32>. Others in Job 1. 6. i. ¢
“DED my judge.

Deriv. ved, ops, opt, and pr. π,
wp, MIcED, “προ, (CED. )

ro} Chald. part. 20 a judge, Ezr

1. to-be judged, Ps. 9, 20. ὃ

7,25. This is a Hebraism, since the

verb itself is wanting in Chaldee.
CHW (judge, τ. v2) Shaphat, pr.
m. a) Num. 13.5. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 3, 22.
6) 1K. 19,16. d) 1 Chr. 5,12. 6)
27, 29. ᾿
ὯΒΘ Ὁ mm. only plur. Dee, judgmen
punishments, Ex. 6, 6. 7, 4. Prov. 19, 28

Unw

14,21. 3 ΘΌΞ ΠῺΣ to do judg-
t upon, to inflict punishment, spoken
f God, c. 3 of pers. Ex. 12, 12. Num.
4. Ez. 5, ‘10. 15, 28, 22. 264 2 Chr. 24,
fal. R. op,

mUat (whom Jehovah definde 3 i. €.
lis cause, r. PW) Shephatiah, pr. n. τη.
) A son of David, 2 Sam. 3, 4. 1 Chr.
3. Ὁ) Jer. 38, 1. Ὁ) Neh. 11, 4. d)

zra 2.4.57. 6) Ezra8,8. Neh.7,9.59.
δ ΠΟΘ (id.) Shephatiah, pr. n. m.

T'-¢\>

) A son of Jehoshaphat, 2 Chr. 21, 2.
) 1 Chr. 12,5. cc) 27, 16.

FEED (judicial, τ. vEw) Shiphtan, pr.
.m. Num. 34, 24.

>)" πη, (τ. 7B) plur. ΘΒ ὦ and o"pw.
1. a rubbing, wearing away, i. 6. ei-
ther a wasting, or nakedness, Job 33, 21
Keth. But see r. πξῷ Pu.

_ 2. a naked hill, i. 6. bare, destitute of
trees, or abraded, (comp. BY? 7H Is.
13 2,) Jer. 12,12 “3 ἼΩΞ pop) hills in
the desert. 3, 2. 21. 4, 11. 7, 29, 14, 6. Is.
41, 18. 49, 9. Num. 23, 3 or W221 he
went upon a hill.

3. Shephi, pr. n. m. see 15D.

ΘΕ (perh. serpents, τ. 9) Shup-
pim, pr. n. m. a) A family of Ben-
jamites, 1 Chr. 7. 12 o°=n cp). ν.
15. b) 1 Chr. 26, 16.

JE"2U τὰ. (perh. a dimin. form, like
728. comp. 7s, Heb. Gr. ὃ 85. 4;
τ. DY) a species of serpent, Jerome
cerastes, with which the tribe of Dan is
compared, Gen. 49,17; comp. Judg. 18,
27. Prob. coluber cerastes Linn. coluber
cornutus Fasselquist, p. 354; a small
serpent with two antenne like horns,
venomous,and dangerous, lying in wait
‘In the sand and near paths; see Plin.
H. N. 8. 23 5. 385. Bochart Hieroz. II.

8
3. 12. Arab. Waw a kind of speckled ser-
pent with black and white spots, |

Dw (fair, τ. "28) Shaphir, pr. n. of
a place i in Judea, Mic. 1, 11. Accord-
ing to Eusebius, it lay between Eleu-
theropolis and Askelon; prob. the mod-
érn Sawéfir, κα Saw 5 see Bibl. Res. in

Palest. II. p. 370.

ΠΕ Chald. adj. fair, beautiful, Dan.
4,9.18, R. "Εὖ.

1101

ἸΞὸ

ἘΠΞῸ fut. 3B 1. to pour out ; :
Arab. @iaw, Chald. ἜΞΩ, Syr. yan,
Sam. Ag A, id. also @aw and Eth. |
WN'D to pour out metals; kindr. are
ΠΡΌ. —E. g. water, Ex. 4, 9.

‘Am. 578. 9,6; broth, Judg. 6,20; ποῦ

7193 10 pour out a libation Is. 57,6, and so

ἜΣ Ὁ id. 1Sam. 7,6. Also D3 7B
to pour out blood, not only of a slaugh-
tered animal Deut. 12, 16. 24. 15, 23. or
of a sacrificial victim Ex. 29, 12. Lev.
4,7. 18. sq. but especially that of men,
to shed blood, to kill, to slay, Gen. 9, 6.
Lev. 7, 4. 13. 1 Sam, 25, 31. Is. 59, 7.
Joel 4,9. Ps. 79, 3. al. sep. —Metaph.
wes ποῦ Ps. 42, By, and ja> “ὃ Lam. 2,
19, ‘lo pour out one’s soul sc. in tears and
complaints ; with 7.9355 1 Sam. 1, 15.
Ps. 62,9; comp. Lam. l.c. Ps, 102, 1.
142, 3. ‘pbs THA 20 10. pour contempt
upon any one Job 21, 21. Ps. 107, 40.
‘p >> Iman “ὃ to pour out his (God’s) spi-
rit upon any one, Joel 3,1. 2. Ez. 39,
29. Zech. 12,10, Ἔ 53 inon ‘ to pour
oul his (God’s) anger upon, Is. 42, 25.
Jer. 6, 11. Lam. 2, 4. 11. Ez. 7, 8. al.
sep. >8 for >3 Ps, 79,6; d9 fost “ὦ id.
Ps. 69, 25. Zeph. 3, 8. Ez. 21, 36. 22,
31. —Part. pass. 7720 poured out, 6. g. -
human blood, shed, Ps. 79, 10; divine
wrath, Ez. 20, 33. 34.

2. Of things dry, to pour out, to cast
out, e. g. dust, Lev. 14, 41, comp. Niph.
and art. ἜΞΩ. Spec.a Meant πιθοῦ “w
to throw or cast up, 2 Sam, 20,15. 2 K.
19, 32. Jer. 6,6. Ex. 4, 2. al.

Nea. 5282 1. 10 be poured out, 6. g.
human blood, to be shed, Gen. 9, 6. Deut.
19, 10, comp. Lam. 2,11; ashes 1 K. 13,
3. 5.—Metaph. Ps. 22, 15 Tam poured
out like water, as describing a person
unable to rise from weakness.

2. to be poured out, i. e. profusely ex-
pended, sc. money, Ez. 16, 36. Comp.
ἐχχέω Tob. 4, 18.

Puat to be poured out, 6. g. human
blood, to be shed, Num. 35, 33. Zeph. 1,
17. Trop. of one’s steps, i. 6. to slip, to-
fall, Ps..73. 2. Keri; comp. Lat. fundi
for prosterni.

- Hirapa. lit. to be poured out, e. g.
stones thrown down and scattered, Lam.
4,1.—The phrase his soul (life) is pour-
ed out signifies: a) he pours himself

πὸ

out in complaints, Job 30, 16.
blood is shed, he dies, Lam. 2, 12.
Deriv. the two following.

JDO m. place of pouring out, Lev. 4,
12. R. yew.

MDBW f. (τ. 59) the privy member,
pr. urethra, through which the urine is
poured off, once Deut. 23,2. Vulg. vere-

trum. Others wrongly, testicle, see FEN

*S5w fut. Saw, inf. 5pw Ecc. 12, 4
for Prov. 16, 19 see Spe; pr. ‘to fall
down, to fall together,’ kindr. with >53,
bap, bX, 53%; hence fo be made low, to
be depressed, cast down, e. g. a mount-
ain, Is. 40, 4; a city 32, 19; trees 10,
33; any high thing, also men of high
degree, the proud, to be humbled, abased,
Is. 2, 9. 11. 12. 17. 5,15. 29,4; soa
sound or noise, which becomes low, Ecc.
12,4. Arab. chins to be humble, low;
comp. Heb. >Bd, Aram. >2U.

Hips. bapein, to bring low, to cast
down, to make humble, e.g. any thing
high Job 40, 11; a tree Ez. 17, 24; a
strong city, Is. 26, δ. 25, 12. Also to
lay low, to humble, to abase, sc. pride,
arrogance, the proud, Is. 13, 11. 25, 11.
1 Sam. 2,6. Ez. 21, 31. Ps. 18, 28. 75,
8. So Proy. 25,7. Job 22,29 ss"nwn Ἢ
when they cast thee down, i.e. w hen the
proud humble thee, and thou sayest, O
insolence ! then (God) shall help thee
walking humbly, pr. with downcast eyes.
A different explanation see in art. M31.
1,—Intrans. Is. 57, 9 53Nv ἜΣ *S°BwA
and wentest down even to Sheol. Joined
with another verb it forms a periphrase
for an adv. Jer. 13, 18 329 γρ ΒΘ ΠῚ make
low, sit down, i. 6. sit ye down ina low
place.

Deriv. θῶ, bee, n>pw, mbps, ma>py.

πρὸ Chald. i. q. Heb. Bw, but rarely

found in Peal; Syr. ‘lee to be him-
ble, inferior.

Ἄρη. to make low, to humble, to abase,
6. g. kings, powerful persons, Dan. 5, 19.
7,24. Also with Mm23>. to humble one’s
heart, to become humble, Dan. 5, 22.

baw m. adj. (τ. 5819) constr. 55w; fem.
nde, constr. ΒΘ; low, dewéaneil of
a tree Ez. 17. 24; a vine ν. ὃ; a spot
in the skin Lev. 13, 20. 21. 26, comp.

b) his

1102

ἸΞῸ

14,37.—Metaph. a) toni |
2 Sam. 6, 22. Job 5, 11. Mal. 3,9,
man baw humble in spirit, lowly,
29, 23. I 57, 15; also Prov. 16, 19
without Fan id. Is. 1. cm}
parag. accus. mbben the ἢ
Ez. 21, 31 [26]; see Heb. Gel
§ 88, 2. a

2D Chald. m. adj. low, hunble, D
4, 14.

SHU m. (r. τ
ness, i. 6. low condition, alte
10, 6. Ps. 136, 23.

τ Ὁ £ (r. >B) lowness, a low p'
Is. 32, 19.

MID £. (τ. deed) low country, as Ὁ
to mountains, Josh. 11, 16 fin. Wit
art. M>ptn the low country or pla
along the Mediterranean from .
Gaza, Josh. 9, 1. 12,8. 1K. 10, 27.
32, 44. 33, 13. Gr. ἡ Σέφηλα 11}
12, 38. See Onomast. art. Sephela. —

PSHD Γ (τ. ber) a letting down, e.
8.15 ‘Ba letting down of the hands, i.
remissness, slothfulness, Ece. 10, 18.

“ Daw a spurious root, or at
very doubtful; similar to r, D2, A
, to be cold. Hence perh. the th

following pr. names, of which the ¢
mology is obscure.

DPW (r. ἘΡΘ, or perh. bald, shaven
r. M52) Shapham pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 5, 12
DEW (r. cb, or bareness, place na:
ked of trees, r. MEY) Shepham, pr. n.

of a place on the northeastern border
of Palestine, north of Riblah, Num. 34
10. 11. .

MODY (τ. ow, or bare places, plur.
of nEt) Shiphmoth, pr. ἢ, of a place in
the south of Judah, mentioned with Aroer
and Eshtemoa, 1 Sam. 30, 28. Others
read ΤΌΘ Ὁ, Siphmoth.—Gentile n. ΘῈ
a Shiphmite 1 Chr. 27, 27. ν᾽

a ἸΞῸ obsol. root, prob. i. q. ἸΒῺ, ἸΞΌ,
jB%, to cover, to hide, espec. under

ground, whence Re Arab. ue ‘a

look askance ; Bee: cunning.

72D πὶ. plur. owed 1. A quadruped,
supposed to chew the cud in the m

y

»Ξὼ
ner of the hare, Lev. 11, 5. Deut. 14, 7;
living in flocks among the rocks, and
agg for its cunning, Ps. 104,

. Prov. 30,26. The Rabbins render
t the coney or rabbit. The LXX in
th 5 places have χοιρογρύλλιος, hedge-
. ἡ Which is indefinite. Some refer it
to the mus v. dipus jaculus of Linn.
Arab. Ex Jerboa. The animal is
do abtless correctly specified by Saadias,
whe renders Ἰὼ by wabr, i. e. the
hy Syriacus, a small animal like a
A

mot, found in Lebanon, Palestine,
abia Petra, Upper Egypt, and Abys-
inia; and still called in the Himyaritic

>?
ὁ thofun, kindr.

Εἰ

ect οἵ Hadramaut ,.

With 723. It is scarcely larger than a
abbit; has almost no tail; and in its
ear: feet, and snout, eeesintles the

hedgehog. It lives in families among
the rocks, making its bed in the clefts;
but does not burrow. It is lively and
quick to retreat on the approach of
danger ; and is difficult to capture, The
= ah = Bi
name might come either from its hiding
itself, or from its cunning. See more in
Thesaur. p. 1467; also Seetzen in Rit-
ters Erdkunde XV. p. 596. Wilson
‘Lands of the Bible II. p. 28 sq. Fresnel
in Journ. Asiat. Ser. ΠΠ. T. V. p. 514.
ochart Hieroz. I. p. 1001 sq.

3. Shaphan, pr.n.m. a) The scribe
or secretary of king Josiah, 2 K. 22, 3.
12. Jer. 36, 10; comp. Ez. 8,11. Ὁ)
2 K. 22, 12. 25, 22. Jer. 26, 24. 39, 14.

wR Bw obgol. root, to oxerflow, to be
uperabundant, as in Chald. and Syr.
Se .—Hence the three following.
DEW m. abundance; once Deut. 33,
19 the abundance of the sea, i. e. wealth
obtained from the sea.
onped ¢ (τ. 3B) constr. NIV, abun-
dance, i. e. multitude, as of waters Job
22, 11. 38, 34; of men 2 K. 9, 17 bis; of
camels Is. 60,6; of horses Ez. 26, 10.
| "ww (abundant, τ. 380) Shiphi, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 37.

“hav obsol. root, prob. i. q. Aram.
τὸ, 2, to scrape, to rub; then, to rub

along, fo creep, to glide. Hence }iP°ED,
}and pr. ἢ. DESBY, JPY, ow.

1103 np

᾿ “ΞῸ 1. Pr. to scratch, to scrape, .
to rub, kindr. with "BO, ΠῈΣ II; hence
to polish.

2. Intrans. to be polished, i. e. to de
ἕν shining, comp. Arab. I, EV
illuxit aurora, and Chald. eer
hence to be fair, beautiful, i. ᾳ. Chald.
and Syr. With 53, to be pleasant, ac-
ceptable, to any one, Ps. 16, 6; comp.
Chald. "88 Dan, 4, 24. —The notion of
brightness may perh. be transferred to
sound, as in Engl. a brilliant tone, i. e.
clear and sonorous (comp. 5511}; whence
“Bi trumpet.

‘Deriv. THY, MED, Www , “Hw, www.

"50 Chald. fat. “pw, to be fair,
beautiful ; 6. 59 Dan. 4, “2, and Dy 3,
32. 6, 2, to please, to be acceptable to any
one. Syr. id.—Hence &77Bv.

“OU τὰ. (τ. ΒΦ) 1. brightness, i. e.
beauty, pleasaniness, of words Gen. 49,
21. :

2. Shepher, pr. ἢ. m. of a mountain in
the Arabian desert, Num, 33, 23. 24.

"DW, see “piv.

MID ἢ (νυ Ἐῶ) 1. brightness, beau-
ty ; Job 26, 13 πο ὦ crew inmsna by his
(God's) spirit the heavens are ‘bright-
ness, i, e. are bright, splendid, beauti-
ful; so A. Schultens, Simonis, Gesenius, —
and all recent writers.—But most earlier
intpp. take MBO for 772H9 (Piel of 758)
to make bright, beautiful, to garnish se.
with stars and constellations; and sup-
pose there is a mingling. of two con-
structions, 1780 ἢ imam and vay inna
“Bw, Vulg. spiritus ejus ornavit caelos.
But ‘Daw. forte characteristic is very
rarely if ever dropped from the letters
Mbps tas.

2. Shiphrah, pr. ἡ. f. Ex. 1, 15.

ὙΠῸ m. (r. WY) splendour, orna-
ment, tapestry, with which a throne is
spread and adorned, Jer. 43, 10 Keri;
for which Keth, "9750 id.

δ ἼΣΗ Chald. m. (r. 2DY) the dawn,

rT:

aurora, Dan. 6,20. Syr. {pom id.

* MEW fut. mbt: 1. to set, to fix, to
put, to place, i. q. kindr. maw, see fully
in rr. Ὁ and mad .—2 K. 4, 38. Ez.
24, 3. Ps. 22, 16 “INE ΤῸ spzd thou
dost set me in the dust of death, i, 6. dost

nsw

bring me down to the grave. Comp. Ps.
88, 7.

2. to place to or for any one, i. 4. to
give, with acc. of thing and > of pers. Is.
26, 12.

Deriv. MBUx, ὈΠΩΒ Ὁ, and

DMD m. dual from a lost sing. perh.
τεῦ, pr. a stake, pale, pin, see τι PED;
then a series of pales set in the arbund
and forming an enclosure; hence dual
DIMMED.

l. a forked pin or peg, a hook, affixed
to the wall in order to hang up any
thing; Ez. 40, 43 and forked pins (i. 6.
hooks projecting) a hand-breadth were
fixed in the inner part round about, i.e.
in that part of the court where the vic-
tims were killed. These hooks were
prob. for suspending the victims in order
to take off the skin. The dual is here
put for the plur. as 0°M>32 Ezra 3, 10,
pd 7a">2, etc. Heb. Gr. § 86 b. 2.

2. a double enclosure, surrounded with
pales; spec. folds, enclosures, made with
pales or hurdles, often in two parts, into
which the flocks are gathered at night.
(Enclosures with walls are Min33, the
common word is Mix>>2.) Heiies Ps.
68, 14 DIMEW 772 32 fo lie among the
folds, spoken proverbially of shepherds
and husbandmen living in leisure and
quiet, remote from the turmoil of war ;
and so ΘΠ Ὁ 13 33} id. Judg. 5, 16.
Gen. 49, 14; ‘comp. also ‘Judg. 5, 11, and
Mic. 4, 4.—Many intpp. pols; J. D.
Michaelis and others, drinking-troughs.
The true view was long since given by
Ludolf in his Lex. ASthiop. p. 76. See
Thesaur. p. 1471. |

ἘΤΝ obsol. root, prob. i. q. HY to
pour out, to overflow.—Hence

es") m. once Is, 54,8 FSR HSB out-
ee ing of anger, effusion of wrath ; i. q.
ὮΝ 42% Prov. 27,4. The form art was
perb. chosen instead of mud for the sake
of paronomasia.

pw Chald. iq. piv, the leg, from the
knee to the ankle, plur. c. suff. *ipw
Dan. 2, 33. Theod. well κνῆμαι.

*I pw fut. Ip", prob. pr. ‘to lie

down,’ comp. ὈΡὼ and 30. Hence -

1. to lie in wait, as a leopard, 6. dB
Jer. 5, 6.

1104

πρὸ

2. to watch, to keep wate
watchmen ina city Ps. 127,15 até
mirbs by Prov. 8, 34. Ezra 8, 29
st} watch and keep sc. the gol
silver. Also to be watchful, we
Ps. 102, 8. Hence “p%.—Trop.
b>, to watch over any thing,
attention to it, Jer. 1, 12. 31, 28. 44.
Dan. 9, 14. Job 21, 32. Ironically
29, 20 ἢ "πρὸ they who watch
iniquity, i. e. ‘who sedulously take ¢
that wrong and not right shall be d
Chald. "pe id.’

ΝΊΡΗ. apt? i in some Mss. Lam. ἢ
see in τ. "pw Niph.

Pua part. “PU, denom. from Ἢ
made like almonds, i. 6. having
form of almond-flowers, Ex. 25, 38

“Spd m. plur. OES 1. ane
tree, pr. ‘the waker,’ so called ast
the earliest of all trees to awake ἢ
the sleep of winter, Jer. 1, 11. Ὁ r
is also here an allusion to the haste a
ardour thus implied, comp. v. 12.
Plin. H. N. 16. 25 or 42. Celsius
robot. I. p. 297. a

2. an almond, almond-nul, Gen. ; .
11. Num. 17, 23. Eee. 12,5 "pS ἢ
and the almond is spurned, rejected,
by the old and toothless man, althot
in itself a delicate and delicious frui
or, he spurneth the almond. Othe’
less well, the almond-tree shall fic
which they refer to white hairs ; thos |
the flower of the almond-tree | is x
white, but rose-coloured.

ν pd j in Kal not used,. pee.
ed, to drink, i. q. "MB and A. ul
, Eth. PP, to let drink, ‘to wate

Coa Aram. Aph. "pes, oa).
Hien. Open, fut. MPS, apoe. ns
1. to water the ground, to irrig
6. g. a field, garden, grove, Gen. ἔς
10. Joel 4, 18. Is. 27, 3. Ps. 104, 13. ὃ
sbana Mpen to ‘water with one’s fodt, i.
to raise water by a wheel turned wi
the foot, Deut. 11, 10; seein 539 no. 1
2. to give to drink, to let drink, δ.
of pers. Gen. 21, 19, 24, 18. 45. Jer. ἥ
17. Ps. 104. 11. Also ὁ. dupl. ace,
pers. and thing, Gen. 19, 32.
a 4,19. Num. 5, 94.
2, 7. Jer. 9, 14. 35, ΡΝ

»

ὧν

ape

ng Cant. 8, 2; c. 3 of thing with
ich one is made to drink or is over-

cup or vessel, Esth. 1, 7. Gen. 24,
Part. Mp2 causing to drink, Hab.
15. As subst. a cupbearer, etc. seein
its order.
3. to water cattle, Gen. 24, 14. 46. 29,
2.3.7.8. 10. Ex. 2, 16. 17. 19.
_ Nipu. according to some in Am. 8, 8
ethib; but see in τ. ΣΡ Niph.
- Pwat to be moistened. irrigated. Job
, 24 the marrow of his bones is moist,
i.e. fresh, vigorous; comp. Prov. 3, 8.
16, 30. 17, 22.°

Deriv. met, Mp2, and the two fol-
lowing.

SPU m. (r. πρὸ for ws, after the
form 5:2) drink, only in plur. ope
Ps, 102, 10.

“pt m. (r. Mp) plur. c. suff. "pw
Hos. 2, 7.

1. a watering, moistening of the bones,
i.e. refreshment, Prov. 3,8, Seer. πρὸ
in Pual.

2. drink, Hos, 2,7, where some deli-
cate drink, as wine, is to be understood ;
Sept. ed. Ald. ὃ οἶνός μου.

VP or 7 PU τα. (τ. ypw) plur. ϑυχηρῷ
or ΡΣ, an abomination, abominable
thing, spoken of things unclean, e. g.
filthy garments Nah. 3, 6; of meats
offered to idols, εἰδωλόϑυτα, Zech. 9, 7;
espec. of idols, 1 K. 11,5 Milcom ὉΠ ὩΣ “ὦ
the abomination (idol) of the Ammonites.
2 K. 23, 13. Dan. 11, 31.. 12, 11. Plur.
of idols 2 K. 23, 24. Ez. 20, 7. 8. Is. 66,
3. 1 Chr. 15, 8. al. Once of iddlatrous
men, Hos. 9, 10.

* DPW fat. wp, to rest, to have or
keep quiet, to be still; pr. ‘to be cast
down, to lie down, to recline,’ Arab.
oi. to fall, Chald. pw to rest, Syr.
Doe id. Kindr. is m20 to be silent,
Arab. catuw id. perh. pnt q. v. also
20, 22, j2.—Spoken: a) Ofone
who is troubled by no one, Jer. 30, 10.
46, 27. Job 3,13; of a land not harassed
by enemies, Judg. 3, 11. 5, 31. 8, 28;
whence ΓΙΏΓΙΡ Ὁ vp Josh. 11, 23. 14,
15; also of. one who troubles or Leen
es no one, Judg. 18, 7. 27. Ez. 16, 42;
which sometimes arises from foas Ps,
93

1105

elmed, poet. Ps. 80,6; but also 3 of |

>pu

76, 9. δὴ) Of one who does nothing,
remains inactive. idle; Is. 62,1. Jer. 47,
6; hence of God, as not affording aid,
Ps. 83, 2.

Hiren. 11. to cause to rest, to quiet,
i. e. to appease strife Prov. 15, 18. Also
to give quiet, to render tranquil and se-
cure, Job 34, 29; 6. 5 of pers. and 12 of
thing, i. e. from danger, Ps. 94, 13.

2. Intrans. to find rest, to be quiet, pr.
to quiet oneself, Is. 7, 4. 57,20. Jer. 49,
23. Inf. opPwM subst. rest, quiet, Is. 30,
15. 32,17. Trop. the earth is said to
be quiet, tranquil, when the air is still
and sultry, Job 37, 17.—Hence

DPD m. rest, quiet, 1 Chr. 22, 9.
* SPW fat. dP, c. Vav conv. ΓΘ ON}

Ezra 8, 25 Keri (Keth. mbipwns), pal.
nbpeisy as if-from >p Jer. 32, 9; to
poise, to weigh, 2 Sam. 14, 26. Is. 40, 12.
Spec. to weigh out to any one, e. g. met-
als, money, c. acc. of thing and > of pers.
Gen. 23, 16. Ex. 22,16. 1 K. 20, 39. Is.
46, 6. Jer. 32, 9. Ezra 8, 25; with Ἔ "317-59
into the hands of any one, Ezra 8, 26.
Esth. 3,9; with >» over to or into the
king’s treasury, Esth. 4,7; with 3 for
a thing, Is. 55,2. 2 Sam. 18. 12 though
I might weigh a thousand shekels into
my hands, i. 6. though they should be
weighed out tome. Part. >p¥ a weigher,
i. e. a collector or receiver of tribute, Is.
33,18. Trop. to examine, to try a per-
son Job 31, 6; a thing 6, 2.—The pri-
mary idea is ‘to poise, to hold suspend-
ed’; Eth. fi®PA to suspend, spec. on

the cross, ἢ Φ ἃ suspended, also weigh-

ed; Arab. (a3 to weigh; also hid to
weigh coins. Chald. bpm, Syr. Sow,
Sam. 2X, i.q. Heb. But also Chald.
>pY w carry by poising, to bear; Syr.
‘au id. but also to migrate, whence
perh. pr. n. >pte.

Nipu. to be weighed, trop. Job 6, 2; to
be weighed out Job 28, 15. Ezra 8, 33.

Deriv. ΞΡ Ὁ, biptia, ΤΡ, Neptia,
pr. n. p>pwe, and

2P0 m. in pause Ὁρῶ; ide ὈΡῬῶ,
constr. "2p; a shekel, siclus, a certain
weight, according to which the weight
and price of things was determined ;
e. g. bread Ez. 4, 10; hair 2 Sam. 14,

Spw
26; espee. metals, as brass, iron, sil-
ver, gold, and things made of metal, as
arms, vessels, etc. Ex. 38, 24. 25. 29.
Num. 7, 13 sq. 31, 52. 1 Sam. 17, 5
(Goliah’s corslet). v. 7. Josh. 7, 21.
2 Chr. 3, 9; ellipt. with >pw impl. Gen.
24, 22 two bracelets for her hands, WYO2
ΞΘ om fen shekels of gold their
weight. Num. 7, 13. 19, 25. 31 sq.—
Especially did the Hebrews use silver
weighed by the shekel as money; and
often it was actually weighed out, al-
though they may have had pieces or
bars of silver marked with the weight,
“mo> "a> 902 current silver, see in "33
no2; Gen. 23, 16. Jer. 32, 9. 10. Ex.
21, 32, Lev. 5 , 15. 27, 3-7. 2 Sam. 24,
24. αἱ. Hence ἘΞ, even where 592 is
not added, is a ‘aged shekel, 2 K. 7 1.
16. 18. ‘Am: 8, 5; and vice versa, the

numeral only is oftin given with 502,

implying a certain number of shekels,
as OD 92% a thousand shekels of silver
Gen. 20, 16, and so 37, 28. Deut. 22, 19;

comp. Acts 19, 19. 53 ἘΡῸ Σ3 the
fourth of a shekel of silver, 1 Sam. 9, 8;

PREM ΠΡ the third of a shekel Neh.

10, 33. Half a shekel is >pwn mse
Ex. 30, 13. 15, or >p2 Ex. 28, 26. —From
the common stiekal i is distinguished the
sacred shekel, IPM Ἐῶ, somewhat
heavier, it would seem, or at least of just
and full weight, according to which all
contributions and tribute for sacred uses
were to be reckoned, Ex. 30, 13. 24. 38,
24, Lev. 5, 15. 27, 3. 25. Num. 3, 47.
50. 7, 13. 19, 25 sq. 18, 16; whether in
2 Sam. 14, 26 72:3 4283 DpU the shekel
by the king’s weight, is still different,
cannot be determined. Nor can the ex-
act weight of the shekel be fully ascer-
- tained. The sacred shekel contained
twenty gerahs, beans, carob-beags, as
some suppose (see art. 773) Ex. 30, 13.
Ley. 27, 25. Num. 3, 47. 18,16. Ez. 45,
12. More to the purpose is the speci-
fication of the Rabbins, that the shekel
was equal to 320 barley-corns; since
this accords tolerably with the actual
weight of the Maccabean shekels still
preserved. In the time of the Macca-
bees (1 Mace. 15,6) silver coins were
struck, each weighing one shekel, and
stamped with the words >8"w" >pw; see
Bayer de Nummis Hebreo-Samaritanis,

1106

_“drachma Attica denarii arena 18

pw

Valent. 1781. 4to. p. 171 sq. E
Doctr. Numor. vet. I. TIL. pt
Some of the specimens still ex
though worn by age, weigh 266 οἱ |
Paris grains; so that the full Mae
bean shekel must have been at | Ι
about 274 grains, and thus equivalen
the δίδραχμον of ABgina. Henoeld
LXX render it sometimes σίχλος, ἃ
sometimes δίδραχμον or δίδραχμα. B
Josephus and later writers give the ν
lue of the shekel at four Attic drachma
Antt. 3. 8. 2 0 δὲ σίκλος, νόμισμα bBoat
ὧν, ᾿Αττικὰς δέχεται δραχμὰς τέσσαρα
Hesych. σέκλος τετράδραχμον *A ox
Hieron. ad Ez. p.43 ed. Vallars. Inthe
time, however, the Attic drachma ha
depreciated, and was reckoned as equ
to the Roman denarius, i. 6. 7hd. ste
ling, or 15 cents; Plin. H. N. 21. 1

bet pondus.” The Maccabean she
therefore, may be estimated at 2s. 6 a
sterling. or 60 cents. See Bose
Metrol. Untersuch. p. 55-57, 62, 63, 29!
Smith’s Dict. of Antt. art. Denarius
Robinson’s Lex. N. T. art. ἀργύριον ne
2. Hence the halfshekel, which wi
to be paid yearly to the temple (Ex. 38
26), is called δίδραχμον in Matt. 17, 24
—Some suppose that the earlier cor
mon shekel was less than the Mac
bean by one half; Boeckh I. c. p.
Bertheau Abhandll. p. 26: Of me
weight and value was also the ofxdog
σίγλος, used by the Persians, and con-
taining 74 oboli (six oboli make one
drachma) Xen. Anab. 1, 5.6.—At pa
sus a shekel of gold was in use, accord-
ing to Alexander A&tolus ap. Mac
Sat. 5. 22. Some understand κυρ ἢ
coin in 1 Chr. 21, 25; but the words
imply rather weight.

᾿ ppw obsol. root, of doubtful sig
fication; perh. to recline or to ocea
comp. the kindr. roots S20, ps, ἊΝ
Others comp. Arab. pies to be ill, sick.

—Hence a ἢ

MPU , only plur. Site 1 K. 10, 5
Is. 9, 9. Am. 7, 14. 1 Chr. 27, 28. 2Chn
1, 15, once Minpw Ps. 78, 47, (the sin 5.
occurs in the Mishna,) αὶ sycam pe,
Gr. συκόμορος, συκάμινος, very fi
in the level parts of Pade a

“

g the mulberry-tree in its leaves
and general appearance, with fruit simi-
lar to the fig iba. wage from the
stem and larger boughs, and very diffi-
sult of digestion ; Dioscorid. 1.182. The
" ruit is used only by the poorest class-
es; and its ripening could be hastened
by artificial nipping, Am. 7,14; see in
fr. 0>3. See Theophr. Hist. Plant. 1. 94.
ib. 4. 2. Celsii Hierob. I. p. 310. Winer
Realw. II. p. 62, ed. 2.

_ * SPD fat. speis, kindr. with 728,
also ppw, perh. pr. ‘to sink in a cleft;
hence to sink down, to subside, as wa-
ter, see Hiph. no. 1; fire Num. 11, 2;
of a land, to be submerged, overflowed,
drowned, Jer, 51, 64. Am. 9, 5 περῷ
er249 “ΝΖ it is overflowed as with the
river of Egypt, where it is coupled with
an acc. of abundance. Chald. >28 Ith-
pe. id. ᾿

Nipu. to be submerged, overflowed, as
a land, Am. 8, 8 Keri. In Keth. for

see in 9, p. 737, col. 2.
Hips. 1. to cause to subside, as water
Ez. 32, 14.
_ 2. to sink, i. 6. to press down ; Job 40,
25 43> 9pm Sana canst thou press
down his tongue with a cord? i. 6. canst
thou tame him (the crocodile) by a
thong or rein thrust into his mouth?
or, better, the line to which the hook is
fastened.
Deriv. pu.

PMAAPW £ plur. sunken places, hol-
lows, i in a wall Lev. 14,37. Sept. κοι-
dade, Vulg. vallicule. This quadrilit.
comes from >P¥ to sink, and ΣΡ to be
deep.

\ ΠΡ in Kal not used, pr. to bend,
to incline, comp. D3, 338, and Arab.
ἡ διν to be long and curved, 6. g. the
neck of the ostrich; then ¢o lay upon or
over, to lay or cover with beams, joists,
etc. Arab. iw, Chald. XB5pd lin-
tel, Gr. oxerow, oxenalw.—Hence Apu
D"PY, Hips.

ΝΊΡΗ. to lie out over any thing, to pro-
ject; hence to bend forward, Gr. προ-
κύπτειν, espec. in order to see, and thus
i. q. fo look forth or abroad, comp. in
mex, Cant. 6, 10; spec. from a window,

MSP? stands MPwW3, the > being elided ;

pe 1107

he

pp

2
jbnn ἼΣΞ Judg. 5, 28. 2 Sam. 6, 16;
from heaven Ps, 85,12. Also of a moun
tain, fo overhang, to look towards, Num.
21. 20. 23,28. Metaph. Jer. 6, 1 evil im-
pendeth (approacheth) from the north.

Hips. στ, pr. ‘to make inclina-
tion;’ hence to look forth, to look out, to
look, 2 Sam. 24, 20 δὰ)... ἘΣΘ. and
he looked...and saw. So through a
window, }#>57 733, Gen. 36, 8. 2 K. 9,
30. 325 with mp3, to look οὐδ
Gen. 18, 16. 19, 28. Of God as looking
down from heaven, Ps. 14, 2. 102, 20.
Ex. 14, 24. al.

Deriv. see under Kal.

PU m. (τ. 9p) in pause HY, a layer
of beams or joists, ete. once 1 K. 7, 5 all
the doors and the posts were HPY D°F39
made square with layers of beams, i. e.
were not arched but covered above with
beams, and therefore square.

ὈΠΞΡΦ m. plur. (r. Pd) beams or
bars laid over, frame-work, 1 K. 7, 4.
6,4 ΘΝ OBPY “2M windows wiih
closed (fixed) bars, ‘lattice-work. See
under τ. DON.

a

- Ὁ in Kal not used, pr. fo be cast
or thrown down, i. ᾳ. UP; hence éo be
cast away, rejected, to be unclean, abomi-
nable. Arab. lady to fall off, IV to cast
away, to reject; pass. to be contemned.
Chald. yp Pa. i. q. Heb. Pi.

Piex 1. to reject, to despise, Ps. 22,

2. to loathe.- to abhor, to detest,
thing unclean, defiled, Lev. 11, 11: 13.
Deut. 7, 26. So ita2-ny ppd, to make
oneself ‘tnelean, to defile oneself, c. 3 of
thing, Lev. 11, 43. 20, 25.

Deriv. y3PD, and

ΥΡῺ m. an abomination, abominable
thing, spoken of things (and persons)
unclean, polluted; espec. of things re-
lating to idolatry, Lev. 11, 10. 12. 13.20.
23. 41. 42. Is. 66, 17; once δὲ 89 PRB
Lev. 7, 21; in apposit. Ez. 8, 10.

TPY, see γιρῷ.
, ppv fut. pe pr. ‘to cleave,’ like
r. Pam Arab. usd; Syr. ow, comp.

joc fissure; hence, as derived from

this idea of cleaving (see in 338 note),
or perh. from throwing apart the legs

“pu

5"
(comp. piv and r. ῬΏ8), it comes to
signify:

1. ἐο run up and, down, to and fro, to
run about, spoken of those who eagerly
seek any thing , 8. σ΄. of locusts Joel 2, 9;
ce. 3 of the prey, Is, 33, 4.—Hence

2. Pr. to roam about, to range, as in
search of prey; then, to be greedy, ra-
venous, of a bear Prov. 28, 15; to be ea-
ger, to long, of a person thirsty Is, 29, 8,
Ps. 107, 9.

Hiruparp. PUPMBN i. q. Kal no. 1, of
chariots, Nah. 2, 5.

Deriv. pws, pr. n. pww.

*"P WD, fut. “prs, to Lie, to tell lies ;
c. dat. to lie to any one, to deceive him,
Gen. 21, 23. Chald. Pa. "pw i. q. Heb.

Pi. Syr.;o id. The primary idea is

aah that of colouring, pats j comp.
“7
ἰο be red, ruddy, re ὦ red colour,

paint, falsehood ; Chald. ἪΡ to paint red ;
see Tsepregi in Diss. Lugdd. I. p. 154.

Piex, to lie, 1 Sam. 15,29; ¢. 3 of
pers. to lie to any one, fo deceive, Lev.
19,11. Also c. 3 of thing, as M732 "po
to be false to a covenant, i. e. treacher-
ously to break it, Ps. 44,18. ΓΣΒΌΝΣ ὦ
to be fulse to one’s faith, fidelity, Ps. ‘89,
34; absol. id. Is. 63, 8.—Hence

. WP m. in pause "PY, plur. oMPY,
6. suff. ΠΡ Jer. 23, 32.

La lie, falsehood, false words, Ps. 52,
5. Job 36, 4, “"purra3a false word Ex.
23, 7. Prov. 13, 5. Jer. 9,4; "pw "35
false words Ex. 5, 9. Jer. 7, 8; ἐξ 33
to speak falsehood Mie. 6. 12. Is. 59, 3.
and Oo pd “sid. Ps. 101, 7. Poet. yes
“pe a false tongue Prov. 6, 17. 12, 19.
22. Ps. 109, 2; and "pwd. new lying lips
Ps. 31, 19. 120, 2. Prov. 10, 18. ὦ bw
see inr. 2DY. Also "Pt 53 a false wit-
ness Deut. 19, 18. Ps. 27, 12. Prov. 6, 19.
14, 5, and ὩΣ ἫΣ id. Prov. 12, 17. 19,
5.9; "PW M2> Lo testify Ἰαϊβοϊ οι false-
ly, Deut. 19, ‘18. “RY M338 a false oath
Zech. 8,17; "pw a3 to swear falsely
Lev.. 5, 24. 19, ‘12. Jer. 5, 2. Zech. 5, 4.
Mal. 3, 5; once "FY 59 ‘vid, Det. 5, 22.
"pe nan a lying spirit, in false prophets,
LK, 22. 22. 23. 2 Chr. 18, 21. 22, comp:
in art. M95 fin. So "PY 822 10 pro-
phesy falsehood, falsely, Jer. 29, 21; and

1108

R10

“pud 5. id. 27, 15; oftener "pa
Jer. 5, 31. 14, 14, 20, 6. 27, 0.
29, 9, comp. Is. 9,14. Absol. as a
lie! false! 2 K. $612. Jer.37, 14.
for concer. a liar, man of falsehoe
“pd Os. Prov. 17, 4. we
2. deceit, fraud ; Jer. 6,13 Pe.
doing deceit, practising fraud. 8,10. |
7, 1. Prov. 11, 18. ἘΦ ©m> food
by. fraud Prov. 20, 17; so 2 Sam. 1
Keth.
3. deception, a vain thing, any th
which deceives or disappoints 6
hopes; Ps. 33, 17 nnd DIO ΡΘΙ
they are deceived, disappointed,
trust in cavalry for victory. 1 ΜΝ
Prov. 31, 30. Hence “pwd in
1 Sam. 25, 21. Jer. 3, 23; and "9

out cause, wrongfully, Ps. 38, 20.
119, 78. 86.

npo f. (τ. MPL), plur. constr.
(as if from MP) a wateri

made of wood or stone for watering ¢a
tle, Gen. 24, 20. 30, 38,

NT, see "οὐ.

“WO m. (τ. "78) c. suff. Ἴ:ῶ Ez. It
4, and with the double letter resolve
W772 Cant. 7, 3. This last son
to a form οὖ; but comp. iby, 55 a
from ἘΦ, 77. a ,

l. a sinew, muscle, like ἜΘ 5 com
Syr. jase, Eth. WOM, id. Collec
Prov. 3,8 ΣΡ "AR MAND it shall ἢ
healing to thy sinews, and moisteni
(refreshment) to thy bones. —Others le
well, the navel.

2. the navel, pr. the naveleord,

the root no. 2; Syr. f,d, Arab. ἢ saw δ
pases id. Ez. 16,4 in the day thou
born, τ ὃ ΤῊΣ Xd thy navel was not cut.
Cant. 7, 3 thy navel (477%) is like
ruund pote, i. e. the navel with t
parts around it, the abdomen.

NW Chald. also Sal) Dan, 2, 22.

1. to loose, to unbind, to Sek ὁ
knots, trop. knotty questions, Dan, 5, 16,
Part. plur. j92% loosed, unbound, i. e.
from bonds, Dan. 3, 25. ‘Targ. for Heb.
nme; Syr. ἴω, Sam. Δ", id—
Spec. of travellers who stop and put up

for the night, and so unbind the lox is
4

ND
their beasts of burden, Arab. ἡ 1
τ. καταλύω, whence κατάλυμα. Hence
2. to put up for the night, and in gen-
ral to lodge, to dwell, Dan. 2,22. Syr.
τὰ. to put up, to dwell. Comp. mun.
Ὲ 1. i. q. Kal ne 1, to solve Dan.
12.
2. to begin, pr. to open, comp. 5m
‘om >>n, Ezra 5, 2.

_Trnra. to be loosened, to become weak,
Jan. 5, 6.

. ΣΝ Sharezer, Persian pr.n. a)

A son of Sennacherib, a parricide, Is.
7, 38. 2K. 19.37. b) Zech. 7, 2.—

Pers. at
ara and athar.

ΚΞ obsol. root, Syr. and Chald.
5 be hot, dry; kindr. 29%, 57, and
m.—Hence the two following.

Ξηῦ m. 1. heat of the atmosphere,
Is. 49, 10.—Then

_ 2. Spec. Sharab, Is. 35, 7, of a pheno-
menon frequent in the deserts of Arabia
and Egypt, of Persia and India, and also
occasionally seen in the southern parts
of Russia and France, Arab. Gliw Se-

rab Kor. 24. 39, Fr. le mirage, by which
name it is also commonly knownin Eng-
lish. It consists in this, that the des-
ert, either wholly or in parts, presents
the appearance of the sea or of a lake,
so that the most experienced travellers
are sometimes deceived. See Erdmann
and Frahn in Gilbert’s Annales Phys.
T. XXVIII. p. 1. Gesen. Comment. o
Is. 35, 7. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 61.
W. Thomson in Biblioth. Sac. 1848, p.
470.—Hence we are enabled to under-
stand Is. |. c. bax 23wN NM the mirage
shall become a ‘pool, i.e. the desert, which
‘presents the appearance ofa abe shall
be changed into real water. Arabian
poets often refer to this phenomenon.

ΤΟ (perh. heat of Je hovah, τ. 37%)
Sherebiah, pr. n. m. Ezra 8, 18. 24. Neh.
8,7. 9,4. 10, 13. 12,8, 34,

O°) m. (for wats with Ἢ inserted,
see under ", p. 950) a sceptre, a fora
of the later Hebrew, Esth. 4, 11. 5, 2.
8.4.—The 3 is without Dag. after ";
comp. 597372.

prince of fire, from Zend
See ΣΝ 5272.

93*

1109

"Ὁ ἰ

“Ἔ a) in Kal not used, i. q. Chald.
NI to loose, to solve. The form INS
Job 37, 3, belongs tor. 18> Pi. no. 2.

PIEL M1 to loose, to let "go free. Jer.
15, 11 Keri sind WING 7 will loose thee
for good, i. e. will set thee free. The
Hebrews would seem to have used this
word also in a bad sense (39>) for desert-
ing any one; whence here the adjunct
10> is αὐ θα For Kethib see in r. 992
ΠΟ. 3; which perh. is to be preferred.

Deriv. ninW, M72, perh. pr. ἢ. "78.

ὦ mo i. q. MW, MID, to connect,
to interweave; kindr. are 77¥, comp.
“2%. Hence M179, ji"78, 795, coat

. of mail, armour.

ΓΛ ἢ (τ. Ἔν ΠῚ) pr. part. Kal, and
then subst.

1. a band of travellers, spec. of mer-
chants, a caravan, like MM"; see the
root no. 1. Ez. 27, 25 θη ΡΩΝ
ἜΘ the ships of Tarshish are thy,
caravans, i. 6. fleets by er instead of

cornet by land. Arab. Sols and

55 Ἀν ας a band of comers and goers.—

ae. wrongly princes comp. "¥; or
gifts ; or even female singers.

2. Plur. mind, walls, from the root
no. 2, i. q. MINI, Jer. 5,10. So Sept.
Aquil. Chald. Syr. Vulg. and so the con-
text demands.

Mw f. (τ. 29d) plur. mised chains.
bracelets, Is. 3, 19; so called as being
twisted together, intertwined.—Chald.
ὍΘ id. comp. also*M785W q.-v. in its
place.

PII (perh. for ὙΠ mane, i Atay
lodging) Sharuhen, pr. n. of a place in.
the tribe of Simeon, Josh. 19, 6.

JW (for ji" plain, τ. 5) always
with art. jin, Sharon, pr. ἢ. of the
level tract along the Mediterranean be-
tween Mount Carmel and Joppa, cele-
brated for its rich fields and pastures,
Josh. 12, 18. Cant. 2,1. Is. 33, 9. 35, 2.
65, 10. 1 Chr. 5, 16. 27,29. Some sup-
pose another plain of the same name to
be meant in 1 Chr. 5, 16; but this is not
necessary. See Reland Palest. p. 188,
370.—Hence gentile n. "2°98 Sharonite
1 Chr. 27, 29.

™

a

ΤΡ Jer. 18, 16 Keth. i. q. npn
ἢ. Ve

MAW f. perh. beginning, Jer. 15, 11
Keth. Chald. 398 id. Β. ΠΣ I, comp.
Chald. 833 Pa. no. 2. See more inr.
"78 no. 3.

"DID, see "πῶ.

"10 (perh. Jehovah frees him, r
mye I, so Simonis) Sharai, pr. ἢ. τη.
Ezra 10, 40.

MW f. a coat of mail, corslet, Job
41, 18; so called as woven with threads
of iron, see r. πὴ II.

FW m. (τ. πὴ Π) 1. ἃ coat of
mail, corslet, 1 Sam. 17, 5. 38, Plur.
pasha Neh. 4, 10; miotyu 2 Chr. 26,
14, yr. μὰ id. The same is also
TIMID q. ν.

2. Shirion, pr. n. by which Mount
Hermon was known among the Sido-
nians, Deut. 3, 9. Ps. 29, 6. Comp.
"2%. This name would seem to be
derived from some fancied resemblance
to a breastplate; as also Gr. Θωράξ is
the name of a mountain near Magne-
sia.—Some editions in Deut. 1. c. read
yw Sirion.

7770 τὰ, (r. 92 11.) α coat of mail,
corslet, 1 K. 22, 34. 2 Chr, 18. 33. Is, 59,
17... Chald. 9279, Syr. op, id.

Mp IW f. plur. (τ. pd) 1. whist-
lings, or rather pipings; Judg. 5, 16
DMIF NIP pipings of the flocks, i. e.
of the shepherds who play on the pipe
while guarding theit flocks.

2. hissings, i. q. scorn, derision, Jer.
18,16 Keri. In Keth. mipany.

“7A adj. (τ. 1793) firm, hard, tough ;
Chald. 1°93, Syr. pope, id. Only in
plur. constr. ἸΏ3 "2°"8 the firm parts of
the belly, the sinews, brawn, e. g. of the
hippopotamus, Job 40, 16. Comp, "ὦ
mot.

ΤΡ and MAI fF. (τ. wt) dhard-
ness, firmness, and coupled with 3> and
5 3} hardness of heart, stubbornness,
Deut. 29, 18. Ps. 81,13. Jer. 3, 17. 7, 24.
9,13. 11,8. Aram.min" 8; ἴδοι,
in a good sense, firmness, truth.

TMNT, see in mand.

1110

paw

MMII Jer. 31, 40 Keth.
error of the copyists for Mix τῷ}
which is read in the parallel p
2 K. 23, 4, and also in Sone 7
Keri, in ais Mss. and in several pri
editions.—That the common reas
(which the LXX also sive Sm ισ
uot), may be justified in the sen
Jields cut up or overflowed, has Ὁ
tempted to be shown by Kuyper:
Dissert. Lugdd. I. p. 537, com fo i
Arab. em ey: ii
with little success. δ

* VOD, fat. vaeis 1. to ereep,
crawl, spoken of reptiles and the si
er aquatic animals, Gen. 7, 21. Le
29. 41. 42. 43. 46. Ez. 47,9. Somet
a place, as the earth or the sea, ἣν
to creep with creeping things, reptil
i. 6. to teem or swarm with them, ca
comp. in 725 no. 3. Heb. Gr. § 135.
b; 6. g. the sea with aquatic ar an
Gen, 1, 20.21; Egypt with Poss Ε
7, 28. Ps, 105, '30.—This root pert
originally onomatopeetic from ther
of reptiles crawling and scratching ἢ
ground.—Then

2. to breed abundantly, to swarm, t
multiply, of animals Gen. 8,17. 9,7; ©

mankind Ex. 1,7. Eth. WZA& pullu
lavit.—Hence | }
ΤῊ m. collect. 1. reptiles, cre pin

things, Gen. 7, 21. Lev. 5, 2. 11, 29.
20 ΣΞΝ ΤΟΣ πὴππ pion γγ8 winged re
tiles going upon all fours, i i. 6. bats, x ot
crickets, which latter have six zs,
though they are said to use only four in
going. v. 21.23. Deut. 14,19.

2. the smaller aquatic animals Ge
1, 20; fully ΡΠ 778 Ley. 11, 10.

τ

* PD fut. paeis 1. thing, to whistle,
an onomatopeetic verb, like Gr. « 4
συρίσσω, συρίττω, whetice σύριγξ, σύρι-
γμα, συρέγγιον, Sansc. svrz to a
svara sound, Chald. p23, p28, id.
Syr. Aph. pal, id. a) With >, to
hiss or whistle for any one, to call by α΄
hiss or whistle, e.g. bees, flies, in the —
manner of bee-keepers, Is. 5, 26. 7, 18:
trop. nations Is. ll. ec. Zech. 10,8. 8)
to hiss in scorn and derision, 1 K. 9, 8,
Lam. 2, 15. 16; c. ἘΣ of pers. or thing.

paw

ph. 2,15. Ez. 27, 36. Jer. 19, 8. 49,
17; pregn. Job 27, 23 tapaa 1753 PA?
they shall hiss him out of his place, drive
him out with hisses. Hence "p78.

' 2. to pipe, i.e. to whistle, not with the
mouth, but with an instrument; hence
πῆρ, Chald. mp5.

mprw f. (vr. p13) a hissing, derision ;
Hp Iw>. m7 to become a hissing, i. e. an
object of scorn, Jer. 19, 8. 25, 9. 29, 18.
Mic. 6, 16. 2 Chr. 29, 8.

WD 1. to twist, to twist together,
in the manner of a cord, kindr. with the
foots "WIT, "9M, "3H, HO, WT, TAT, all
of which contain the primary idea of
turning, turning about, going in a cir-
cle, in various modifications.—Hence "8
and 77% the navel, pr. the navel-cord,
ΒΘ nerves, sinews, N73, HW,
nnd, ‘chain, q. d. cord made of metal.
—Hence

2. to be firm, hard, tough, espec. in a
bad sense; whence min" hardness of
heart. Chald. Pa. "7 to make firm, to
strengthen; Syr. res firm, true; Eth.
7 to found, pr. to make firm.

3. lo press together, and hence to op-
press, to afflict, to treat as an enemy,
i. 4. ΠΣ no. 3. ἃ. Here we may refer
Jer. 15, 11 Keth. 3105 Anne J will
afflict thee for thy good; others read
FAAw thy beginning ; Keri is τῶ,
see r. 798 I, Pi—Part. “98 an adver-
sary, enemy, Ps. 5, 9. 27, 11. 54, 7. 56,
3.59, 11.

_ Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. Also

"τὸ Sharar, pr. ἢ. m. 2 Sam. 23, 33;
for "2 1 Chr. 11, 35.

“70 m. i. q. "ἰδ πο. 2, where see.
MAIN, see mA .

μὰ wat onomatop. root, i. q. 770, pr.
‘to rub or scrape the ground;’ then to
creep ; comp.r. ἢ. Hence perh. 8
a root, as creeping; comp. Eth. WZA&
to germinate, to put forth, WC germ,
shoot, trunk.—Others regard 67 as
contracted for the quadrilit. "3" from
“7 ; and hence W4 with the idea of
firmness.

Pre. Ὁ denom. from 81%, comp.
kindr. 0, to root out, to extirpate see

_i1ll

ww
Heb. Gr. ᾧ 51. 2.¢; Job 31, 12. Metaph.
Ps. 52, 7.

Po iti wae pass. to be rooted out, Job
31, 8.

Poet 818 denom. fo root, to take root,
as a tree, Is, 40, 24.

Poat Wn, to be rooted, to have taken
root, Jer. 12, 2.

Hips. 68m denom. i. q. Poel, to
strike roots, to take root, with acc.
πο, of a vine, Ps. 80, 10; absol. and
trop. of a person or people in prosperity,
Is. 27, 6. Job 5, 3.

Deriv 676, pr.n. 84), Chald. 359,

TIL (root, i. ᾳ. OI, Syr. Lape)
Sheresh, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 7, 16.

wi τη. (Fr. 878) c. suff. "69 ; plur.
D°H Iw (pron. shdrdshim) c. suff. HI ,
constr. "B70.

1. a root, from its creeping ; Chald. id.
see below; Syr. Laps id. Eth. WC

fas
root, nerve. Arab. urs ὦ id.—Job 30, 4.

8,17. 14, 8. Ez. 17, 6.7.9. Spoken both
of plants and trees, as 76H Me to
send out its roots Jer. 17,8; “ὦ ΠΞΙ to
strike its roots Hos. 14, 6; “ὦ 50" to in-
crease (enlarge) its roots 2 K. 19,30. Is.
37, 31. In poetry persons and nations
are often compared to a plant or tree,
and then the root is a chief part men-
tioned; e. g. the wicked Is. 5, 24;
Ephraim Hos. 9,16; and so Am. 2, 9.
Is. 14, 30. Ez. 31, 7. Mal. 3, 19. Job 18,
16. Deut. 29, 17. al—Trop. a) The
root for the lowest part, bottom, as of a
mountain Job 28, 9, comp. ῥέζα τοῦ ogous
Judith 6,13; for the sole of the foot, Job
13, 17; the bottom "οἵ the sea, 36, 30.
b) For a stock, race, genus, like Gr.
ῥίζα, of animals, Is. 14,29. c¢) For the
seat, abode, dwelling, of a people, Judg.
5, 14; so nations are said to be planted
and take root in a land; see in >0).
d) "25 658, the root of controversy,
ground of dispute, Job 19, 28.

2. a shoot, sprout, springing from the
root, Is.53,2; called ΒΘ “x2 a branch
of the roots Dan. 11, 7. Metaph. of the
Messiah, Is. 11, 10 τῶν wiv the sprout
of Jesse, of the lineage of David ; ; synon,
with "$2 and "Zh v. 1; comp. ῥέζα Je-
Bid Rev. 5, 5. 22, 26.

ww

ore Chald. m. i.q. Hebr. a root, Dan.
4; 12, 20. 23.

Mow £ (for quadril. πο 2) plur.
constr. MD" , chains, small chains, Ex.
28, 22. ΗΒ. τῶ.

NOW (pron. shéroshu), Keri ὙΦ
Chald. ἢ a rooting out, i. e. expulsion,
banishment, Ezra 7,26; comp. 10,8. R.
tia), see Pi. and 838 no. 1. c.

mow f. (r. 998) only plur. Mind
chains, small chains, Ex. 28, 14, 39, 15;
see on these passages in art. m3>33.—

8.
Arab. with the letter r softened a Wen OR ;

Chald. nbwby, xbwbsw ; Syr. [DNaus.
—Hence by contraction MBB q. v.

τῷ in Kal not used; pr. prob.
‘to go about, to travel’; then to minis-
ter; kindr. with r. 998 IL.

Pre..o7s, inf. ΓΘ and with thetone
drawn back τῷ Deut. 17, 12, fut. con-
vers. mies, to “wait upon, to serve, to
minister unto, ὃ. ace. of pers. Gen. 39, 4.
40, 4. Num. 3, 6. 1 K. 1, 4. 19, 21; e. 5
Num. 4, 9. 8,26. Here m7 differs from
13>, in that it implies the more honour-
able duty or function of a free attendant ;
while 739 pertains rather to the condi-
tion of a servant. So in the court of
Solomon, the 5°76 atlendants, minis-
ters, are distinguished from the 5°32
servanis, 1 Κα. 10, 5; so the nephews of
king Ahaziah ministered to him, 2 Chr.
22,8; and so Joseph, having found fa-
vour with Potiphar, and being made
overseer of his house, ministered to his
master, Gen. 39, 4; while, being in pris-
on, and being set over the prisoners, he
is yet said to minister to them, Gen. 40,
4, comp. 39, 22.—Often of the priests and
Levites as performing the sacred rites,
to minister unto Jehovah,’ στ NW
Num. 18, 2. Deut. 17, 12. 1 Sam. 2, 11.
3,1; once min*> “ὁ id. 2 Chr. 13, 10;
si ΤΩΝ Ὁ id. 1 Sam. 2, 18; absol.
mw to minister, to perform the sacred
rites, Ex. 28, 43. 29, 30. 39, 1. Num. 3,
31. 2 K. 25,14. al. Once of the worship
of idols, Ez. 20, 32 jai ΥΣ NIG to serve
wood and stone. Inf. M70 as subst. see
art. τοῦ .—Different is "ἢ pwa τῶ to
minister in the name of Jehovah, Deut.
18, 5. 7, i. 6. to worship Jehovah with

1112

invocation, after the analogy οὗ
phrases "7 03 792, 7 SOS R ἡ
a hold figure it is said Is. 60, Tu
of Nebaioth 523-77 shall 1
thee, i. e. shall serve as victims
sacrifices.—Parrt. 209 subst. αὶ
ter, attendant, Prov. 29, 12. 5
17. 18. Esth. 2, 3; so Joshua was
minister, assistant of Moses, Ex. 24,
33, 11. Num. 11, 28. Josh. 1, 1} of t
attendant of Elisha the prophet, 2
43. 6,15. Spec. of the priests and I
vites as the ministers in sacred thi
Is. 61, 6. Ez. 44. 11. 45, 4. 5. Ezra 8
Neh..10, 37. 40. Joel 1,9 3
ministers of Jehovah. v.13 mar "2
isters of the altar. Fem. Awe ΟΝ
for mm we, Lehrgeb. p. 133, @ ‘fem
attendant 1 K. 1, 15.

PW m. (pr. inf Pi. τ. mye) :
ministry, c. art. M28 Num. 4, 12. 2 Ch
24, 14. F

ro, see r. MOU. - ἊΝ

I. BW (contr. for τῷ, τ. 3) on
c. Makk. “6% Prov. 6, 16, joined wit
feminines ; and new (contr. for HW Ν
constr. τῷ (like MEN constr. Ox)
joined with masculines; cardin. num.

. 8 .
siz. Chald. >® α. ν. Arab. wow and

8a ; § ° 8. Ὁ
Rin id. contr. for wow and Rav ow +
Eth. ΡΤ contr, fir and MP Prk, id.
For the syntax see Heb. Gr. §9 95, 118.
Lehrg. δὲ 144, 181.—So nize oo six
cubits 1 Sam. 17,4; Min’ BY six trou-
bles Job 5, 19; βου θ᾽ Ὁ six years Gen.
31, 4. Jodg. 12, 7. al. seep. prose ᾿ὦ siz
times 2 K. 13,19. ww τοῦ six daugh-—
ters 1 Chr. 4,27. mina BO siz hundred
2 Chr. 29, 33. Ellipt. ons we sir
measures (Ὁ) of barley Ruth 3, 15.
17. For the ordinal, 2 K. 18, 10 novia
ww in the year six (sixth year) of Heze-
kiah.—With mase. D WIN MB siz men
Ez. 9,2; 8533 ΠῈ Ὁ siz sons Gen. 30, 20.
1 Chr. 8, 38; D°WIN ΠΟ ὥ six months
2 K.15,8; ahi MweN the other six
Ex. 28, 10. pan muy siz days Ex. 20,
9. 11. 23,12. Josh. 6,3.14.al. sep. Pts
p°DSN six thousand 1 Sam. 13, 5. Job
42, i2.

‘Alin many Ow with fem. “wy ip
with masc. sixteen ; as ποῦ nw 3 oe

or

ia

ὧν

years 2 K. 13, 10; nia “ὃ sizx-
daughters 2 Chr. 13, 21. ‘> ‘ om
een cities Josh. 15, 41. mb ‘> wunya
the son of sixteen years, i. e. sixteen years
old, 2 K. 14, 21.—With masc. ὩΣ πὸ
HPN sivteen Pousand Nam. 31,40; 9 ὃ
ἘΣ sixteen bases Ex. 26,25. "> Ὁ p22
sixteen sons 1 Chr. 4,27. For the ordi-
nal, 2 Chr. 29, 17 ‘> “ὃ pita in the sizx-
teenth day of the month.

Pion. DDD sizty; as Ox οὐ sizr-
ty men 2 K. 25, 19; ὋΣ ὃ sixty cities
Deut. 3; 4. 1 Chr. 2, 23; omy “ὦ id.
1 K. 4, 13. ΓῺΞ ὦ sixty daughters
2Chr. 11,21. miax ὃ sixty cubits 1 K.
6, 2, and “ ΩΝ id. 2Chr. 3,3. “4a
mit Dw sixty years old Gen. 96, 26.

- Deriv. HBO, "ww, Chald. md.

IL. OO m.(r. 61) white marble, Esth.
1,6. Cant. 5,15. Syr. tau.

III. BB an Egyptian word, prob.
WESC shens, so altered by the He-
brews as to seem derived from r. 630,
and to take the signification of white-
mess; (as ΥῈΣ byssus is derived from

in the Egyptian words ΤΥ ΓΞ, ΓΙ Ὁ :)
byssus, cloth of byssus, i. 6. cotton, white,

fine, and costly ; comp. Syr. wore a cheap-

er kind of cotton. Sept. every where
βύσσος. Asan Egyptian word, 8 re-
fers chiefly to the Egyptian byssus,
which was brought to Tyre Ez. 27, 7;
the Syrian byssus is there called 732
v. 16; though in the later books only
772 is in general use; see in art. 732.
In Exodus δ occurs more than thirty
times; it was brought voluntarily by
the people, Ex. 25, 4, 35, 6.23; was spun
and woven by skilful artisans, Ex. 35,
25. 35. 38, 23, comp. "189 Ow in r. 730 ;
and was then used for the hangings and
veils of the sacred tabernacle, Ex. 26, 1.
31. 36. 27,9.16.18. 36, 8, 35. 37. 38, 9.
_ 16. 18; as also for the sacred vestments,
espec. the ephod of the high priest, Ex.
28. 5. 6.8. 15. 39. 39, 2. 5..8. 27. 28. 29.
Vestments of byssus were worn, not
_ only by the priests. but also by nobles;
as by Joseph when prefect of Egypt,
_ Gen. 41, 42; and by women of rank,
Prov. 31, 32—But tw is used also of
linen cloths, as appears from Ex. 39, 28,

1113

712 to be white; comp. similar changes .

"Oy
where the 7353 "025%, linen drawers, -
are said to be made of "32 6w; and,
further, B"H flaz, linen, is sometimes
rendered in the Targums by 753 bys-
sus, Is. 43, 17. The bandages of Egyp-
tian mummies have also been examined
with the microscope; and found to be
of linen; comp. art. 733, and see Wil-
kinson Mann. and Cust. of the anc. Egyp-
tians, III. p. 115. See genr. Celsii Hie-
rob. II. p. 259. J. R. Foster de Bysso
antiquor. Lond. 1776. Rosenm. Alter-
thumsk. IV. i. p. 175 sq.

τὰ WW in Kal not used, to go, to walk.
There is in it a reduplication of a sim-
pler verb; as appears from the Ethiopic
cited below.

Piet XW, to lead, to bring, c. acc. of
pers. once Ez. 39, 2 τ PPNww) 7nd
Wm ΣΙ [will turn thee again, and will
lead thee, and will bring thee up, etc.
Sept. καϑοδηχήσω σε, but Complut. κα-
τάξω σε. Targ. ‘errantem te faciam.’
Vulg. seducamte. The signification of
leading is quite clear from the context; as
to the etymology, comp. Eth. AOn@O

contr. (Ὁ. whence AZIM to walk

or go about, to traverse countries, and
m@'rid a ladder, as aiding to go up.
“X20 Sheshbazzar, Pers. pr. ἢ.

borne apparently in Persia by Zerubba-
bel, Ezra 1, 8. 5, 14.—Perh. contr. from

jot yee fire-worshipper.

MW Pier denom. from ww I, pr. to
make six, to divide into six parts ; Ez.
45, 13 me "Nt ἘΠ, which however
should prob. be written HD"NA MWY the
sixth part of an ephah, as in the pre-
ceding clause.

"WW (perh. whitish, r. tw) Shashai,
pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 40.

"WW (id.) Sheshat, pr. ἢ. of an Anak-
ite, Num. 13,22. Josh. 15, 14. Judg. 1, 10.

"WW Ez. 16, 13 Keth. for Bw, byssus.
The writer seems to have chosen this
unusual form for the sake of a parono-
masia with the word "72.

ἜΣ τα. (fr. 88 1,) fem. πῶ, ordin.
adj. the sixth; Arab. νοι, wha,
8 - . Ρ =x
cola, id. Aram. IEC yy Dap Dey, 1 —

yeu

Gen. 1, 31. 30, 19. Ex. 16, 5. 26, 9.
Lev. 95, 21. Josh. 19, 32. 1 Chr. 3, 3.
Ez. 8, 1.—Fem. subst. the sixth part, a
sixth, Ez. 4, 11. 45, 13, 46, 14.

JU Sheshach, a name of Babylon,
Jer. 25,26. 51,41. Its etymology and
proper signification are doubtful. The
Hebrew intpp. as also Jerome, suppose
Ἴ to stand for 522, according to the
secret or cabbalistic mode of writing call-
ed wank, i. 6. in which the alphabet is
inverted, so that Τὸ is put for δὲ, Ὁ for 3,
etc. and this Jerome thinks was done
by the prophet through fear of the Chal-
deans. Such a method of writing may
indeed be admitted in these passages,
if not by Jeremiah himself, yet by some
later writer. Thisis assumed by Ewald,
Maurer, Hitzig ; and is perh. the more
probable, because the LXX have not
expressed the name ἼΞ in either pas-
sage; implying that it was not in their
manuscripts.—Other explanations see
in Thesaur. p. 1486.

JOU (perh. i. q. 7852 lily) Sheshan,
pr. ἢ. τῇ, 1 Chr, 2, 31. 34. 35.

OW, see joie.

PUY (perh. for pPtpw eagerness,
longing; so Simonis,) Shashak, pr. ἢ.
m. 1 Chr. 8, 14. 25. R. ppw. .

Ὁ obsol. root, i. g. "2, Arab.
1, to twist, to turn, e. σ. ἃ cord, the

hand in hurling a spear, brandishing a
sword, etc. hence * to look askance’; and
then transferred to changeable colours,
to be versicoloured, to play from one col-
our into another. Comp. aiodos agile,
also versicoloured, changing hues; Hes.
ὄμφακες αἰόλλονται ‘the grapes begin to

colour, they change colour.’ Arab. 25
ruddy, rubicund.—Hence

“WW m. in pause “Uw, red Phos
spec. red ochre, rubrica, "Jor, 22,14. Ez.
23,14. Vulg. sinopis, Ἶ 8. rubrica. Sino-
pensis, which was the most celebrated,

see Plin. H. N. 35.5 or 13. Sept. μέλτος,

which in Hom. is i. q. rubrica. The
Heb. intpp. understand by it cinnabar,
vermilion.

nw τῇ, (τ. Mm") only plur. mim co-
lumns, pillars, and metaph. princes, no-

115-14

era’

bles, i. 6. pillars of a state. Ps. 11,31
the pillars are overthrown, i. e. whe
noblest, the firm supporters of ¥
right and good, have perished. —
10 and her (Egypt’s) pillars are bra Ὃ
down, i. 6. the nobles of her state ;

hired ere i. e. the vulgar. r

Arab. Salah pillar, for a noblem
prince.—Others, foundations. _ a

L MB m. (r. ποῦ IIL,) the buttock
28, 4; plur. c. suff. pine their ru

tocks 2Sam. 10,4. Arab. ee Sy
plur. λα id. 4

IL. MO αὶ (r. Nd, contr, for
Lam. 3, 47) noise, tumult ; Num. 24, |
mw "22 the sons of (warlike) tumult, i.
the tumultuous enemies of Israel.
Jer. 48, 45, which is imitated from Nu
l. c. it stands int} "22. }

ILI. Ὠ (τ. τοῦθ) Seth, pr. n. of th
third son of Adam, Gen. 4, 25. 26. 5, 3
sq. In the first of these passages, it is
derived from ΓΤ to set, to place, to re
place, q. d. ‘compensation,’

MY and MO Chald. i. q. Heb. 8
Dan. 3, 1. Ezra 6,15. Plur. Aw
Dan. 3, 1. 6, 1. Ezra 6, 3.

NNO Chald. see nny.
*T. IN, fat. mm, apoc. Avr; ink

"0?

mind , once “srs Prov. 31, 4; with pref,
nine ; inf. absol. nhw, sn and ming:
Is. 22, 13.

1. to drink ; Chald. ANY, RMB, q. v.
Syr. οδαΐ, part. ἴδω, Eth, TP, id
Synon. is 7% not used in Kal and Niph,
but Hiph. pwn i is used &s the causative |
of mnw. Often absol. espec. as joined
with box to eat, Ecc. 2, 24. 3,13. Is. 29,
8. 1 Sam. 30, 16. Job 1,4; mostly of per-_
sons, but aled of animalk ‘Gon: 24, 22. 30,
38. Num. 20, 11. 19. 2 K. 3, 17. Ez. 39,
17. 18. With acc. of drink, as water,
wine, Ex. 7, 21. 34, 28. Lev. 10, 9. Judg.
13, 4. 7. 14. 1 Sam. 1, 15. Ece..9, 75 me-
taph. to drink the cup, Is. 51, 17. Jer. 49,
12; with 8, to drink of, Gen. 9, 31.
Ruth 2, 9. Jer. 51, 7. Job 21, 20; comp. —
in D1D no. 1. With 2 of wine, with the —
notion of enjoyment, Prov. 9, 5; also ὁ.
3 of the vessel in which one drinks, see

hr
‘ Fj

--

πῶ

art. 3. Α. 1. Ὁ, Am. 6,6: 755 "M& wine-
inkers 106] 1, 5. Ps. 69, 13. —Metaph.
ob 15, 16 nbs “23 ποῦ drinking in
ity like water, i i. e. wholly filled and
verflowing with iniquity; comp. 34, 7.
Sut in Proy. 26, 6 the same phrase is to
taken in a passive sense, the lame
van drinketh in injury, i. e. must suffer
. cannot avenge it.
2. to drink together, to banquet, Esth.
, 1. Comp. ΠΡ.

Nips. pass. of Kal no. 1, Lev. 11, 34.

Hipu, see “pd.

Deriy. ἜΘ I, mand, nna.

| Ἢ. ΠΡ obsol. root, Arab. ἜΝ

54] i. q. isl, to fix the warp
ys loom; or i. q. Chald. 8M and
yr. Aph. aw to weave. Hence
mo II.

* TIL. πο obsol. root, i. ᾳ. τὼ
ἃ mn, fo sel, to place. To this root
long: "Palm. min or MY founda-

tion; Syr. ΡΨ bolttb an: —Hence no I,
the buttock.

MIMD and NMW Chald. to drink, Dan.
5, 1. 2. 23.. Pret. c. Aleph. prosthet.
mex they drank Dan. 5, 3.4; comp.

Syr. sds{ to drink: With 2 of the
vessel, Dan. 5, 2. 3. 23, as in Heb. no.
νι

Deriv. ἈΦ. Chald.

MIND, see nw.

Ι. Ὧν m. (τ. nmv 1,) a drinking,
carousing, Ecc. 10, 17.

IL. " τὰ. (r. nme II,) the warp in
weaving, Lev. 13, 48 sq.
ΟΡ ᾧὶ (τ. nme 1,) @ drinking, i. q.
ony I, Esth. 1, 8.

ΤῊΝ m. (r. 5) plur. constr. τὸ,
a plant, shoot, Ps. 128, 3.

DIA zwo, see in pww.

ἘΦ fat. c. suff, sbnty Ez. 17,23;
to plant, a poetic word, synon. with 223,
_Ez. 17, 22. Part. pass. δητὼ platited
Ps. 1,3. 92, 14. Hos. 9, 13. Jer. 17, 8.
Ez. 17,8. 19, 10. 13.—Chald. bn, Syr.

‘Sha, id. Arab. (ius id.

1115

nw

. pnw prob. i. q. on, OND, fo shut,
to close, twice, in the phrase with part.
pass. ]735 om closed of eye, or with
closed eye, Num. 24, 3.15. This may
here be taken in a literal sense of the
prophet’s eyes as closed in sleep for re-
ceiving and reporting visions; and this
is best, see Hupfeld in Zeitschr. f. d.—
Kunde des Morgenl. IV. p. 145; comp.
585 in v.4. Or it may be referred to the
mind of Balaam as before obscured, so
that future things were shut up and
unknown to him, until God opened his
mind and he became ®%2"2 453 open of
eyes, with open eyes, Num. 24, 4. 16;
comp. 22, 8. 38. 23, 3. 12. 24,13. So
Vulg. cujus obturatus est oculus.—Many
intpp. espec. Jewish, assume a directly
contrary signification, with open eye, so
that then 7137 Mw is nearly i. q. "453
D72"> which follows it: They appeal
to Talm. 0%, which certainly in one
passage is to perforate or to open; and
in a gloss 5M is defined by 3122 to per-
forate. See more in Thesaur. p. 1488.

Ἡ ἸῺ Δ a doubtful root, to which some
refer Hiph. }*78N minzit. But see un-
der r. ἢ: ;

*pnw fut. Prws, i. gq. Up, to sub-
side, to settle down ; ones to be still, to
be Rushed of waves Ps. 107, 30. Tow. 1,
11. 12; of strife Prov. 26, 20, Chald..

pnw or pont, Syr. wis, id. Sam.
ἌΛΛΑ to still, to be still.

"τῶ (i. ᾳ. pio Pers. a star) Shethar,
pr. n. of a Persian prince, Esth. 1, 14.

"aria ND (i. q. Pers. sll ne
shining star) Shethar-bozenai. pr. ἢ. Of:
a Persian governor, Ezra 5, 3. 6, 6

ΩΦ jg. nw, to set, to place ; hence |
twice pret. plur. imw. Ps.49, 15 impers.
mw Dawid WNw> like sheep they put them
in Sheol, i. e. they are driven or thrust
down thither ; comp. Ps. 88,5. Ps. 73, 9
pnp ΛΞ Any they set their mouths
against the heavens, i.e. they assail the
heavens, and as it were provoke them,
with proud and impious language.

Note. Some refer to this root the
forms: 3 Is. 19,5; ΠΣ Is. 41, 17;
ΓΘ) Jer. 51,30. But see in τ. MW? and
r. πῶ 1.

an

Tav or Tau, the twenty-third and
last letter of the Hebrew alphabet, as a
numeral denoting 400. For the signifi-
cation of the name, see under art. 1F.

As to the pronunciation, © without
Dag. lene is an aspirate and seems to
have had a lisping sound, like Gr. %,
Engl. th. With Dag. lene (fF) it is a
slender ¢, differing from ©; for which
difference see under ©. In Arabic the
corresponding letter is w, as in 3h
us, nnn Gus}; rarely Ὁ», as in ὮΡΏ
aks. It is sometimes interchanged
with Ὁ p. 1021; Ὁ p. 358; and‘ p. 208.
In Aramean Τὶ often stands where the
Heb. has 8 and the Arab. ὧν; see in
lett. ὦ p. 1021. The m has also some
affinity with the breathing &; comp.
ΔΝ, 338, 25m, to return; H8 and m7
to dwell, also to mark. etc. So also in
Arabic often.—At the end of a word Ὁ
is sometimes dropped; as in MiD5, 15,
p. 959; ὨΙΞΡΏ, Aram. 1552, etc.

SM om. (for %m, τ. om IIL) pr. an
abode ; then a chamber, room ; spoken
of the guard-room in the king’s palace,
1K. 14, 28. 2 Chr. 12,11; of side cham-
bers in the gates of the temple as des-
cribed Ez, 40, 7. 12.13; plur. D°NmM id.
v. 7. 16; constr. "8B v. 10; c. suff. ἸΝῺ
v. 21, 29. 33. 36; once plur. Mixm v. 12,
ae NIN, WH, id. Syr. 62, fez,
id.

*T. SNM or JNM) ἐὸ desire, to long
afler, only. 1 pers. pret. ΣΝ c. > of
thing, Ps. 119, 40. 174. Chald. SNM id.
It seems to be a secondary root, formed
from Hithp. of τ. O38; as in Arabic.
See Thesaur. p. 1489.

ἍΤΕ ἰῷ softened from r. 3m, see
in lett. 8, p. 1. Hence

- Pret to abominate, to abhor ; part.

ayn once Am. 6, 8; parall. x2. ‘So

all the ancient versions.

MANN f. (τ. ΞΝ ΠῚ 1.) desire, longing,
once Ps. 119, 20. Chald. [35x"M id.

1116

n

ὈΝῺ

*T. OSM τας ΠΌΤ; kindr.i
see in lett. ἡ above. In Kal r

Prev (MxM) fut. 2 plur. san N .
7. 8, to mark out, to déscriba aa το
borders of a land, Num. 1. 6. In ν. Τί
the same context is Hithp. ΒΝ
τ. M58 III, where see.—Hence
Gen. 49, 26; see in MRF no. 3.

Ἢ. πλῷ obsol. root, i, q. .

sls, to outrun, to get before.—E

inh Deut. 14, 5, and contr. Sin ε
20, a species of antelope or mount
goat, so called from its swiftness ; ὁ
Engl. doe.—In Deut. 1. c. Sept..\
and in 15,1. 9. Aqu. Symm. Theod. Vu
render it ὄρυξ, orya; Targg. be
tris, wild ox, which is a kindred signi
See Bochart Hieroz.

comp. D8".

Ρ. 973. ra
MINH ἢ (τ. 458 I) constr. PIN

“nn.

1. desire, longing, wish, whith Ἵ
and good Ps. 10, 17. 21, 3. i 26, 85
wicked Ps. 10, 3. 112, 10.

2. desire, appetite, saga for f
Num. 11, 4 ΓΝ ΤΙ ARMA they longed
longing, i. e. fell a longing. Ps. 78,
30.—Hence pr. ἢ. AISA Min
sepulchres of longing,’ see on p. 10.

3. a desire, delight, something de
ble, Gen. 3, 6; also IRM 522 fe
desire, i. 6. delioutad dainty, Job 33, .
Hence, desirableness, charm, Gen.
26. Prov. 19, 22.—Others in Gen. 49, 5
a bound, Limit, from r. righ) 1 A
Ewald and Delitzsch. | Ἢ

DINM m. (r. ONM) @ twin, only
p°akn twins Gen. 38, 27; contr. Ὁ
Gen. 25, 24; constr. "2i8m Cant. 45
Arab. and Are: id. Hence pr. ἢ.
μᾶς, Thomas, i. q. Δίδυμος. io)

MOSM f. (r. mdby) c. suff. nae,
curse Lam. 3, 65. .

*DNM pr. to be joined, re ed
spec. οἵ two things, and hence to be d
ble, twain; Part. plur. DyaNh dout

| oxn
, coupled, of boards Ex. 26, 24. 36,
_E-
Chald. and Syr. id. Arab. els to
twin. Kindr. perh. with 023, Dox,
b. ἀπό to double, Eth. RIP to

t.
Hipn. to bear twins, Cant. 4, 2. 6, 6.

γα Ὁ. G1 IV, id.
Da. ΘΝ τι, and the two following.

BSH m. @ twin; hence plur. psn,
hich see in its order.

pin or OSM, whence plur. constr.
ἼΏΝΟ (wins Cant.7,4. It is pr. a mono-
syllabic abstract noun, of the form 518,
544, here put as concrete.

*ANN + Obsol. root, prob. i. q. 72m, to
spread out, to extend ; hence mon fig-
tree.

ABSA f(r. mx I,) c. suff. mMNN, pr.
a coming together, and then of the copu-
lation of animals. Once of the wild ass
in her heat, Jer. 2, 24.—Not less aptly
N. G. Schreeder, in his Observatt. ad
τεσσ. Hebr. p. 10, derives the signifi-
cation of heat, lust, from the root ol to
be hot, to boil, comp. tn».

USA f. (το j8M) c. suff. ΣΝ ; plur.
BNF), constr. XM ; a fig-iree, also its
fruit; so called from its spreading; Fi-
cus carica Linn. So Chald. 2"xm and

2m; Syr. nn emph. faz, contr.

faz ; Arab. cpa ;

a) Of the tree, a fig-tree, Num. 13,

23. 20, 5. Judg. 9, 10,.11. Joel 1, 7. 12.
Am. 4, 9. Hab. 3,17. al. Proverbial is
the phrase, to sit under one’s own vine
and fig-tree, i. 6. to lead a quiet and
happy life, 1 K. 5,5. Mic. 4,4; comp.
Zech. 3, 10. 2 K. 18, 31. Is. 36, 10.—In
Gen. 3, 7, some uhdérstand the Musa
peradisigca, Engl. plantain-tree, Germ.
Adamsfeige, with leaves several feet
long and a foot broad; so O. Celsius,
Gesenius, Tuch, and others. But leaves
of that size would not need sewing to-
gether; and the tree does not belong to
the fig genus, and could hardly be called
MIN).

"b) Of the fruit, a fig, (comp. ™79Da
and 8.) Num. 13, 23. Nah. 3, 12. 2 K.

OA

1117

‘Onn
20, 7 see in M35. Jer. 8, 13. 9, 17. 24,
1 sq. Neh. 13, 15.—See genr. Celsii Hie-
rob. II. p. 368-399. Rosenm. Alterthk.
IV. i. p. 285 sq.. Winer Realw. art. Fei-
genbaum.

᾿ ΤΣ f. (for MXM, τὶ 528 I.) occa-
sion, Judg. 14, 4.

MINN f. sorrow, mourning, Is. 29, 2.
Lam. 2,5. R. 72x 1.

DXA m. plur. (Ὁ. Ἵν no. 3) hard la-
bours, travail ; Ez. 24,12 ΤΙΝΙ ΘΝ
it (the pot) doth weary itself. with toils.
Vulg. multo labore sudatum est.

now FIRM) (approach to Shiloh, r.
mx IL) Taanath-Shiloh, pr. n. of a place
in the confines of Ephraim, Josh. 16, 6.

FANT pr. i. q. r. "8m, to go about ;
then, to run, lo “extend, to stebtch: apokels
of the bound or border of a lend or re-
gion; like kindr. Arab. τ δ. With ya
of place from which, and 5x of place to
which, Josh. 15,9; or ace. of place whi-
ther, ih v.93 ohangr ce. H= loc. to which,
v. 11. 18, 14. 17.

Pie. to mark out, to delineate ; fut. e.
suff. s79NM" Is. 44, 13; some Mss. read
ἜΝ ΤΣ, see Thesaur. p. 1491.—Hence
“ΝῺ.

Puat, either pass. of Piel, to be marked
off ; or betteri. q. Kal, to stretch, to ex-
tend ; part. Josh. 19, 13 "Rhian ὙΠ NBN
ms2it and it (the border) passed on to
Rimmon and stretched to Neah.—Sept.
Syr. Vulg. Engl. all take "N35 wrong-
ly as a pr. name.

Deriv. is

NM m.c. suff. imah for TNA, ΟΝ,

outline, form, figure of the body; 1 Shin
28, 14. Judg. 8, 18. Is. 52,14. Lam. 4,8.
ash mp", fem. ΕΝ mp", of a beautiful
form or figure, often said of persons
Gen. 29, 17. 39, 6. Deut. 21,11. 1 Sam.
21, 3. Esth. 2, 7; also of beasts: Gen. 41
18, and "XM 3 ill-favoured, ugly, v
19.—Spec. good figure, comely form, Is.
53, 2. Jer. 11,16. 1 Sam. 16,18 "8h view
aman of figure, i. e. handsome.

JR Tarea, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 8, 35;
for 33mm 1 Chr. 9, 41, where see.

“ANA τὰ, (τ. τῶν ho. 1) Is. 41, 19.
60, 13, pr. ‘erectness, tallness;’ hence

ΡΝ

a tall tree, and as pr. ἢ. for ἃ species of
cedar growing on Lebanon. Vulg. and
Chald. render it buxus, the box-tree ;
Syr. and the Hebrew intpp. Sherbin,

Coney, 2...) i. e. a species of
cedar distinguished by the smallness of
its cones and the upward direction of its
branches. See Rosenm. Alterthumsk.
ΠΥ. i. p. 292. Niebuhr Arabien p. 149.
. Celsii Hierob. II. p. 153.

mam fan Egyptian word, a box,
. chest, ark ; spoken of Noah’s ark, Gen.
6, 14-9, 18, where Sept. κιβωτός. Also
of the ‘ark of papyrus in which Moses
was exposed, Ex. 2, 3. 5, where Sept.
ϑίβη. Vulg. in both places arca.—In
ancient Egyptian tha is ‘a chest’ and
‘sarcophagus’; and ἐρέ is ‘a boat, hull’;
Bunsen’s Egypt I. p. 482, no. 517. p.

483, no. 549. Copt. o€8S, OHBS, ark,
mummy-chest. Chald. 85%"), Arab.

ὡς 3G, ark; Eth. 0b ark, chest.
See Thesaur. p. 1491.

ΤΙΝ ἼΔΩ ( (τ. ΝῚΞ) constr. MRI3M, plur.
Minion .

1. produce, increase, e. g. of the earth
Josh. 5, 12. Is. 30, 23; of the threshing-
floor and wine-press Num. 18, 30; of the
vineyard Deut. 22,9. Trop. Jer. 2, 3.

2. gain, profit, Is. 23, 3. Ecc. 5, 9.
suan mxian the gain of the unjust Prov.
10, 16. 15, 6. Maan mxian the profit of
aniedom, resulting ‘from it, 3, 14. 8, 19.

3. Trop. result, consequence ; ΤΉ
snmp the result of his words, Prov. 18,
29 Comp. 778 no. 1.

FAN m. (Ὁ. 113) insight, understand-
ing’ Hos. 13, 2 they have made idols ac-
cording to their own understandings, i.e.
as they pleased.

MAM f. (r. 113) id. insight, under-
standing, spoken of God and men, Prov.
2, 6. 3, 19. 21, 30. Deut. 32, 28. Plur.
id. Prov. 11, 12. 28, 16. Is. 40, 14; also
intelligent words, reasons, Job 32, 11.
Spec. of skill in arts, Ex. 36, 1; comp.
372 no. 2.

MOAN f.-(r. pin) a treading down,
destruction, 2 rp 22, 7.

am Tabor, or. ἢ. Pr. a mound,
ἐν mount, height, perh. umbilicus, λδοϑὲ

1118

Ὁ3Ὸ

μαστοειδής Pol. δ. 70. 6, from:
Others, a quarry, from Chald. τ"

1. A mountain on the confines:
bulun and Issachar, standing ¢
the northeastern part of the pl
Esdraelon, perh. 1000 feet high,
round form, and covered with
chards; Sept. ᾿παβύριον, also ‘At ταῦ
Pol. |. 6. now has Jebel T
So στ 71 mount Tabor Judg. 4, 6,
14; and simpl. ἜΣ Jer. 46, 18. Η
1. Ps. 89, 13; perh. also Josh. 19,
Judg. 8, 18, which others refer to m
See Relandi Palest. p. 331 sq. Bi
hardt’s Trav. p. 332 sq. Bibl. Re
Pal. IIL. p. 211 sq.

2. A city of the Levites, sity
the above mountain, Pol. l.c. 1 ©
62 [77]; and prob. Josh. 19, 22. Je
18, which some refer to no. 1.

3. vism 7158 1 Sam. 10, 3, the oak
Tabor or the oak-grove of Tabor, in
country of Benjamin. Ewald a
tures it to have been the same +
masz ΣΝ the oak of weeping Gen. 3

SAM £ (for bam, each Tsere impt
a poetic word. R.>33 High ating

1. the earth, as fertile and ir
the habitable globe, world obxoopiry. Bt ;
N2lZ, ΓΖ, 222, id. Vas al
"272. Job 18, 18. Twice 17% 3 ᾿
world (the habitable parts) of his ea
i.e. God’s, Prov. 8, 31. Job 37, 12.
ban? ys Ps. 90,2. Also often

2. the whole earth, the world in get
ral, Is. 14, 21. 27, 6. Ps. 77, 19. Prov. 8
26; espec. where the founding of te it
mentioned, 1 Sam. 2, 8. Ps. 18, 16. 9
Meton. for the inhabitants of the e
Ps. 9, 9. 96, 13. 98,9. Hyperb. st
of the kingdom of Babylon Is. 13, 11 ; ang
of Israel 24, 4; comp. orbis Romanus. —

53m m. foul pollution; profanation.
Lev. 18, 23 after the law against be ;

ity, Nin ban this is foul pollution. 20, 18
—R. 853 no. 3, as 0=R from τ. 0% ᾿

comp. Chald. babs to profane sc. we ir

cest Gen. 49, 4 Targ. Jon. Arab. ¢
to be profane, to commit adultery.

an, see Dan. Rie
ΜΝ £ (r. π|53) consumption, de-

bas

struction, c. suff, on*dan Is. eh 25

bon

ome Mss. and editions read here

22h. which would also have the
snse of consumption, from r. >> Pi.
ut this reading seems owing rather
baa the copyists, to whom the word
22h was more familiar; comp. the
ΜΝ variety of orthography in Job
21,13. 36, 11.

| 23am m. adj. (τ. 553 no. 3) stained,
‘i.e. having stains, spots ; only Lev. 21,

20 5553 5230 having a (white) spot on
his eye. Vers. anon. in Hexapl. λεύκωμα,
comp. Tob. 2,9. 3, 17. 6,8, where the
Heb. ignaelator renders the Gr. λεύκωμα
by this word, 55=n.—Targg. 17>°n,

witb, here for blear-eyed, lippus ; bomp.
Τ, Bhs no. 1, and Talm,. 5353.

ἘΞ a doubtful root; perh. kindr.
-~with r. 12 q. v. pr. to divide, to separate
the parts of any thing.—Hence 43h,
72, pr. n. 237).

Ἴ3. m. straw, as broken up and cut
in pieces by threshing, short straw,

chaff ; Arab. oes Chald. 8357, Syr.

faoZ. id. Jer. 23, 28. Job 21, 18. 41,

19; of broken straw gathered and mix-
ed with clay for bricks, us still seen in
the bricks of ancient Egypt, Ex. 5, 7.
10. 11 sq. Also as fodder for cattle,
Jer. 11,7. 65, 25; for camels, Gen. 24,
25. 32; of asses, Judg. 19, 19; of horses,
i K. 5, 8; in all which passages: straw
mixed with barley or other provender
seems to be implied.

ὭΣ (r. jam) Tibni, pr. n. τὰ. 1K. 16,
21. 22.—Perh. pr. gentile n. Tvbnite, from
72h as the name of a man or of some
place ; ; comp. mod. Tibneh for 20M.
According to Gesenius, for 7°23" build-
ing of Jehovah, from r. 423.

PPIAM f(r. 42a) 1. structure, mode
of building, Ps. 144, 12.

2. a model, pattern. after which any
thing is built, Ex. 25, 9. 40. 2 K. 16,

- 10. al.

3. image, form, likeness of any thing,
Deut 4, 16. 17. 18. Ez. 8, 10. Hence
Ez. 8. 3 ἢ ΓΞ News and he put forth
the form ‘of a hand, something like a
hand. 10,8. Comp. 725 no. 3.

1119

"an

ΤΣ 3Ὸ (a burning, τ. "22) Taberah,
pr. ἢ. of a place in the desert, Num.
11, 3. Deut. 9, 22.

72h (brightness, τ. 735) T'hebez, pr.
n. of a place near Shechem; Judg. 9,
50. 2 Sam. 11, 21. Prob. mod. Τ᾽ δὰ

ΕΝ Bibl. Res. in Palest. ΠῚ. p. 158.

γα ἡ 72h obsol. root, prob. i. q. "20
q. v. and “33, to heap up ; comp. Sam.

OV mount; Chald. 1, Syr. 23,
Eth. RAC, id. Hence pr. n. "ian.

*TT, 22M Shald. i. ᾳ. Heb. 223, to
break ; Syr. D2, Sam. YAAK, id.

Part. pass. ""2" broken, also fragile,
frail, Dan, 2, 42.

ONE MIM pr. n. m. Tiglath-pile-
ser, king of Assyria, who about B. Ὁ.
741 conquered Damascus and part of the
kingdom of Israel; 2 K. 15, 29. 16, 10.
Written also “pbs nbam 2 K. 16, 7;
soN2>p ΤΡ 1 Chr. 5, 6. 2Chr. 28, 20;
and node ΣῊΝ 1 Chr. 5, 26.—The fitet
part of the name seems to be equivalent
to Diglath, the river Tigris, see >p3n;
pr. acer, swift. The latter part, which
appears also in the name Nabo-polassar,
is prob. i. q. Pers. YL magnus rex,

comp. Sanscr. "pala lord, king, from r.
pal to guard, to rule; unless perh. Pi-
leser and Polasar may be i. q. Sanscr.
pura sara, preceding, a leader; see
Bopp’s Glossar. p. 220. ed. 2. The
whole name may be translated: lord of
the Tigris. So Gesenius. See more
in Thesaur. p. 1493.

S03 m. (r. 523) a benefit, i. q. DIOR,
Ps. 116, 12.

MIAN f. (τ. 5) strife, contention ;
Ps. 39, 11 sm >> "28 10 NIN from the
contention of thy ‘hand (thy strokes,
judgments) Jam consumed. Chald. id.

ΤΥ ΔΙᾺ Gen. 10, 3, and W271 1 Chr.
1. 6. Ez. 27, 14. 38, 6, Togarmah, pr. n.
of a northern region and people sprung
from Gomer, i. e. the Cimmerians, and
abounding in horses and mules. Most
prob. Armenia, which was noted for its
horses, ἱππόβοτος σφόδρα Strab. 11. 13.
9; or at least a part of it: Such too is
the tradition or opinion of the Arme-
nians themselves, who claim to be de- —

IM

scended from Torgom great grandson
of Gomer, and call themselves the house
of Torgom ; comp. Sept. ll. cc. where
by transpos. of the letters we find also
Θοργαμά, Θεργαμά, Θυργαμά, as likewise
some Heb. Μ88. αν ΠΏ, See J.D.
Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. T. I. p. 67-
78. Winer Realw. art. Armenien.

ἽΠΠΩ m. name of a tree growing in
Mount Lebanon, Is. 41,19. 60,13. Vulg.
ulmus, elm ; Chald. 32°79 i. e. a species
of plane-tree, called by the Arabs co .

Better, hard oak, holm, fez, pr. lasting,
firm, from τ. “ΠῚ no. 2. Comp. 8277".
See Celsii Hierob. T. II. p. 271. Gesen.
Comment. on Is. 41, 19.

87 Chald. f. (τ. 295) circuit, hence
continuity, perpetuity, i.q. Mom. Adv.
xI"INa pr. in a circuit, continually,
Dan. 6, 17. 21. Freq, in Targg.

“WAM 1 K. 9, 18 Kerf, and2 Chr. 8, 4,
Tadmor, pr. n. of a city in a fertile spot
of the Syrian desert between Damascus
and the Euphrates, founded by Solo-

ν᾿
mon, and still called by the Arabs 5
Tudmur. Prob. for "ann ‘ city of palms ;?
hence Gr. JZuluvga and Παλμιρά, Pal-
myra ; see Schultens Ind. ad Vit. Salad.
So vice versa the Arabs called Palma
a city of Spain pes Tadmir. The
same city is called "2m (palm) 1 K. 1. ο.
Keth. which seems to have been less
usual. In the numerous Aramman and
Greek inscriptions which are still found
on the ruins of Palmyra, the name is
written both "27m and “725m. See
_ Wood The Ruins of Palmyra, Lond.
1753. fol. Swinton in Philos. Transac-
tions. Vol. XLVIII. Rosenmiiller Bibl.
Geogr. I. ii. p. 274 sq. Irby and Man-
gles p. 267 sq. [82 sq.] Thesaur. p.
345,

᾿ ὩΣ (fear, veneration, r. 551) Tidal,
pr. n. ofa king, Gen. 14, 1.

ἘΓΠΡῚ as) obsol. root, Chald. ἈΠῸ io be
waste. eeert. desolate kindr. with AND ;
whence ie? “TIM, RIM, waste, demain

Arab, oe empty.—Hence

wn subst. for "0 a Segolate form,
like Bap. R. mn.

1120

' Onn

1. wasteness,desolateness ; cc
desolate, Gen. 1, 2. Jer. 4,27. 3
Hence a) a waste, a desert,
32, 10. Job 6, 18. 12, 94. Ps. I
b) desolation ; Is. 24, 10 ὉΠῸ ᾿
cily of desolation, i ἱ, 6. laid waste. 8
see in "p no. 1.

2. Trop. nothingness, er
ty, and concer. a vain, worthless
(synon. 53,) Is. 41, 29. 44, 9.
1 Sam. 12, 21; nothing, parall,
ἜΝ, Is. 40, 17. 23.

3. Adv. in vain; so smhb a
and ace. 3M Is. 45, 18. 19.

DIAM comm. gend. (τ. min) p
mich; mase. Job 28, 14, πος, 5
Gen. 7, 11. ΕΖ. 31, 4; 0 poetic
pr. ‘a mass of raging waters,’ 80
from their noise and roaring; epee.
sea, ocean, the deep, Gen. 8, 2. Job 2
14. 38, 6. 30. Ez. 26, 19. 81, 1διϑον ᾿
Hab. 3, 4; more fully ΓΙΞᾺ
great deep, Gen. 7, 11. Ps. 36,7. A
4. Is. 51, 10. More : a
mass of waters, as those civertogall
earth at the creation, Gen. 1, 2. Ps, 105
6; or the subterranean waters, the dee
the abyss, whence spring fountains ant
streams, Gen. 49, 25, Deut. 33, 13; als
in the description of roaring waters |
floods, Ps. 42, 8 flood calleth unto flood
Ez. 31, 4. Job 41, 24 [32].

Piur. Minh 1. waves of the
billows, Ex. 15, 5.8. Ps. 33,7. 77, 1%. 7
25. 106, 9. Prov. 3,2. 15. 63,13.

2. abysses. depths of the sea, Ps. 107,
26. 135, 6. 148,7. But 72x nichn
71,20 are the depths of the earth
water ; also Deut. 8, 7 ἘΠῸ "5m? 7
‘aa mivhnm miss a land of brooks ἢ
water. of ‘ fountains and water-dep
etc.—Sept. ἡ ἄβυσσος. plur. αἱ ἔριφοι .

mann f. (r. $m Pi.) constr. rion,
c. suff, anbnn ; plur, mibnn. ᾿

1. praise, i. 6. the singing of praise.
2 Chr. 20, 22. Ps. 100, 4. Also song of
praise, a psalm, hynin, Ps. 147.1; 6. 5.
to any one, in his honour, Ps. 40, 4. 65,
2; > of the author, Ps. 145.1 375
a hymn of David. With suff. Ps. 22,
26. 71,6. Plur. iba psalins, hymns. Ps.
22,4: also DEM as the later name of the
Pealter. —Hence praise, laud espec. as —
sung; Ps. 106, 12 ininn 7S" they sing —

ὲ

oan

his praise. Ps. 34, 2. 66, 2.8. Plur.
praises Ps. 78, 4. Is. 60, 6. 63,7. Meton.
a praise, i.e. object of praise, he who is
lauded, Deut. 26, 19; comp. Jer. 13, 11.
33. 9. Zeph. 3, 19. 20. Jer. 51, 41 nbn
YIN>D the praise of the whole earth,
i. e. Babylon ; and so Jerusalem Is. 62,
7. Jer. 49, 25.

2. praise in which one stands in re-
spect to others, glory, renown, Ps. 48, 11.
51, 17. Is. 42,8. 48, 9. 61, 3. Jer. 48, 2. al.
Hence of a person or thing as the object
of one’s glory, that in which one glories ;
Jer. 17, 14 πῶς “NEN thou (Jehovah)
art my glory. Deut. 10, 21.—For the
form 4°N2NM Ps. 9, 15, see Lehrg. p.
215, 527. The Yod is superfluous.

MMM £ ἅπ. λεγόμ. folly, and then sin,
Job 4, 18; Sept. σκολιόν 1, Vulg. pra-
vum quid, Targ. iniquitas. The opi-
nions of interpreters as to the etymology
have been various; but the Hebrews,
and among them Kimchi, have long ago
suggested the true one, to wit, that M2nn
is fem. of ἘΠῚ or Ἐπ, from the root ibn
no.4; as bah. 3m, th. from 00%, bba,

422. Nor is it an objec tion that the Ὁ is
without Dagesh forte, comp. 022 from
dod, fem. Md>2, see Lehrgb. p. 503.—
Others, as Schnurrer, refer it to the root

So
de, to wander, to err, whence hos

error; and from this they derive the
noun A>sim, Hoh, and thence m>nn ;

as vice versa nbsh (be n>sn Judg. 6, 28,
ΠΏΣ for mos Num. 23, 7.

rptnn f. (τ. 2) α procession, plur.
Neh. 12, 31.

PYOEAN f. plur. (v.42) 1. perverse-
ness, folly, Deut. 32, 20.

2. deceit, falsehood, fraud, Prov. 2, 12.
14. 6, 14. 8, 13. 23,33. al. misenn 19
α deceitful tongue 10, 31.

Wm. (r. 51m I,) c. suff. "m; @ mark,
sign, espec. in the form of a cross.
a) On the forehead of any one, Ez. 9,
14. b)-As subscribed to a complaint
or charge; hence mark, signature, Job
31, 35, parall. "BO. It is related of the
synod of Chalcedon and other oriental
synods, that the bishops who could not
write their names affixed the mark of
the cross instead of them; and this is

94*

1121

an

common at the present day in the case
of persons who cannot write. Much more
must we suppose it to have been so in
the infancy of writing; and thus to have
passed into the common usage of lan-
guage.—Chald. τ, 83M, ANIM, a sign,

terminus; Arab. (553: 5[95.,8 mark, i. e.

a cross burnt in upon the neck or thighs
of horses and camels; whence the name
of the letter τς which has the form of a
cross in the Phenician alphabet and on
the coins of the Maccabees. See Gesen.
Monumm. Phen. p. 47.

NM, see inn.

*35M Chald. fat. ans, i. q. Hebr.
5 q. v..to turn back, to return, Dan. 4,
31. 33.

Apu. 29m (with Heb. form) fut. 2"m"
Ezra 5, 5, and ΠῚ 6, 5, i. q. Heb.
Ξ σι, to return, to restore, Ezra 6, 5.
Dane 3°nn i. q. Heb. "33 awn, to re-
turn answer, to answer, c. acc. of pers.
Ezra 5, 11. Dan. 3, 16. ἘΣΘ" ΝῸΣ ann
to return counsel ahd wisdom, i. 6. to
answer considerately and wisely, c. > οἱ
pers. Dan. 2, 14, comp. 534 3°78 Prov.
26,16. min: Ὑπίο return a letter, i. 6.
to answer by letter, Ezra 5, 5.

225M Ez. 27, 13. 38,2. 3. Is. 66, 19, and
22M Gen. 10, 2. Ez. 32, 26. 39, 1, pr.n.
Tubal, i. e. the Tibareni, a people of
Asia Minor dwelling on the southeast-
ern shore of the Euxine, on the west of
the Moschi; see 782 no. 3. Thesaur. ἫΝ
1491 5α.

Pp 22M Tubal-cain, pr. n. of a son
of Lamech, the first who wrought in
iron and brass, Gen. 4, 22.—Perh. sco-
aii Saber, compounded from Arab.

AS faber, and Pers. dass metalli sco-
rie, the genitive being put first, which
savours of an Assyrian or Persian origin.

M231 Job 26, 12 Keth. for man
insight.

mM f. (τ. 4a") grief, sorrow, vexa-
tion, Prov. 14, 13. 17, 21. Ps. 119, 28:
Meton. cause of grief, Prov. 10, 1.

MAIN see nanan.

MIM αὶ (r. ni" Hiph.) constr. mtn,
plur. nisin. | ie

min

1. confession Josh. 7, 19. Ezra 10, 11.
Syr. id.

2. thanksgiving, praise, Ps. 26,7. 42, 5.
Is. 51,3. tin pwnbxd mar to offer thanks
lo God as sacrifice Ps. 50, 14, 23. 107, 22.
16,17; but this formula is not to be un-
derstood of actual thank-offerings. M3
min Lev. 22, 29; ov2>t min mat 7,
13. 15, comp. 12; and ellipt. main Ps. 56,

13. 2 Chr. 29, 31. Jer. 17, 26; all imply-
‘ing thank-offering, sacrifice of thanks-
giving. Syr. id.

3. a choir of singers, celebrating God
in songs of thanksgiving, Neh. 12, 31.
38. 40.

ΓΤ. Chald. kindr. with man, to be
astonished, Dan. 3,24.

ἀν non) in Kal not used, i. q. XM I,
io mark, to delineate ; comp. M78 ILL.
Pie fut. conv. 17), fo mark, to make
marks ; 1 Sam. 21, 14 of David feigning
madness. ἼΣ ἘΠῚ ΤΊΤΟΣ NM he made
marks, scrawled, on the doors of the gate,
in the manner of mischievous boys.
Hipn. 19 ANH 10 make a mark, c. >3
to set a mark upon any one, Ez. 9, 4.
Deriv. 1".

ἘΠ. 575) to repent, to be grieved.
Syr. id.

Hip. causat. to grieve, to afflict, 6. g.
as a people God, Ps. 78, 41.

* TIL an obsol. root, i.q. 758 I, and

Arab. se to abide, to dwell ; whence
4m chamber, for Ἢ.

* TF obsol. root, i. ᾳ. MB, to sink
down, to settle, to incline backwards ;
eb and 5 G mid. Waw,
to sink, to be immersed. Hence to be
depressed, to be low, to be wnderneath.
Comp. τ. in.

Deriv. ὑπ,
mom, min, and

TIM (perh. inclined, or lowly) Toah,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 19 [34] ; for which in
v.11 [26] τ Nahath; and 1 Sam. 1,
ianm Tohu.

Memin Εἰ (τ. ἘΠῚ) c. suff. "ποτ τι, ex-
pectation, hope, Prov. 10, 28. 11, 7. 13, 12.
Lam. 3, 18. Job 41, 1.
any one Ps, 39, 8.

comp. Arab.

‘nnn, jimnn, Chald.

1122

be sunk, immersed, in any thin;

With Ξ hope é in

_ an 7
ἘΠΊ obsol. root, i. gq. 1A, tos

are Mw, Mm, 720., Hence adj. ἢ
and ἢ

ΠΤ τη. constr. 71M, c. suff. °39R,5:
Doin, the inner part, interior, 1
the middle of any thing; as ΤΣ
the midst of the house, perh. the.
court, 2 Sam 4, 6, but comp v. 7; ὁ
where min =F is the midst of the h
itself 1 K. 6, 19. 11, 20; see be
Also ΠΏ in the midst, in the mic
6. g. between two things or parts, Ju
15, 4. Josh. 8, 22. Num. 35, 5. Gen.
10. Put also in the genit. after a not
Judg. 16, 29 ΠΏ ἜΣ the middle
lars.

With Prefixes. 1. πω a) i
midst or middle of any thing, as πὶ
monn in the midst of the house 1 K.
20. att Tina in the middle of the ga
den Gen. 2, 9. 3, Se mbes a
Zech. 8, 8. Neh. 4, 16, Tw mite Ting in

midst of the field Gen. 37,7; and so 4,
3, 20. 1 Sam. 9, 14. Job 2, 8. Also afi
verbs of motion, O° iM in the mic
of the sea Ex. 14, 22. 27. Sometimes
does not differ from 3 A.no. 1. ina p ac
Gen. 9, 21. 18, 24. 26. Am. 3,9;
as in3 A. no. 7, into a place Ps. oT,
Further, ἼΓΞ “32 10 pass through tl
midst of any thing Ez. 9, 4. Ex. 14,2
Num. 33, 8. b) As referring to
eral, among, pr. in the midst of; 33
among you, in the midst of you, Gen. 3
2. Prov. 17, 2. Ez. 2,5. Also for 972,
between, to express distinction, separa
tion, Gen. 1, 6 πὶ Fina between t. .
waters, sc. above and below the firma
ment. "4

2. Wim out of the midst of any thing;
hence simpl. out of, from, Jer. 51, 6. E
33, 11. al.

3. Fim7>sx into the midst of any. tie 2;
Num. 17, 12. 19,6. Comp. synon. at

JF i. q. Wh oppression, q. ν.
| nn2in f. (τ. M22) chastisement, pun-
ishment, i.q. MMD"M no. 3. 2K. 19, <
Is. 37, 3. Hos. 5, 9. Plur, mingin F
149, 7. ae)

MIMD f. (r. mB") 6. suf. “ADF 5
plur. ΤΙ τ, constr. “pinsin.

1. Act of proving, proof, demonstra-
tion that one is in the right, Job 13, 6;

on

argument, appeal, Hab. 2,1. Plur.
“oofs, arguments, Job 23, 4. Ps. 38, 15.
Hence Prov. 29, 1 ninzim Bx a man
arguments, i. e. who when censured
efends himself. Others: ‘one often re-
roved,’ from signif. no. 2.

2. reproof, admonition, correction by
words, Prov. 1, 23. 25. 30. 3,11. 5, 12.
27, 5. 29, 15. om nmin reproof of
life, life-giving, Prov. 15, 31. Plur.
“ΟΊ MINSIM reproofs of instruction, in-
structive, Prov. 6, 23; comp. in "05%
no. 3.

3. correction, chastisement, punish-
ment, Ps. 73,14. Plur. Ps. 39, 12. Ez.
5, 15: mem minsin. 25, 17.

DMD3M 2 Chr. 9, 21, see ODM.

in (birth, τ. 759) Tolad, pr. ἢ. of a
place in Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 29; called
also T25m>% Eltolad Josh. 15, 30. 19, 4.

ΓΞ and mien f. plur. R. "55.

1. generations, families, descents, Num.
1, 20 sq. τ ϑ τ» according to their gen-
erations, families, descents, Gen. 10, 32.
25, 13. Ex. 6, 16. al. Hence mdin "ED
a book of genealogy, a genealogical reg-
ister or tree, Gen. 5, 1.—Hence

2. history, espec. family history, since
the earliest history among oriental na-
tions is mostly drawn from the genealo-
gical registers of families. Gen. 6, 9
m3 mo>im ΠΝ this is the family-history
of Noah. 25,19. 37,2. Then also for
the origin of any thing, i. e. the history
᾿ of its origin; Gen. 2, 4 this is the origin
of the heavens and the earth, i. e. the
story of their origin. Comp, ®m" and
Syr. Lope family, genealogical tree,
history.

FIOM, see in fidn.

S21 m. (τ. 885) @ vexer, tormentor,
pr. abstr. ‘ vexation,’ the acts of one who
extorts lamentation from others, weewnl

of Pil. after the form >upn, Altes
masen. Once in Plur. Ps. 137,3 decor
our tormentors, oppressars. Sept. ἀπα-
. γὰαγόντες ἡμᾶς, Vulg. abducentes nos ;
Targ. ‘predatores nostri,’ >>im being
taken for >>i2%) (by interchanging the
letters 3 and Ὁ), which however has a
passive sense.

1123

on

921M m. (r. 58) 1. ἃ worm, so
called from licking, swallowing, comp.
p>?; comp. in τ᾿ 23m. Plur. oos>im
Ex. 16, 20. |

2. Spec. the coccus worm or insect,
coccus ilicis Linn. and hence coccus
colour, crimson, and so crimson cloth
Is. 1, 18. Lam. 4,5.. See in M3>%m no. 2.
—Hence part. Pu. denom. 5°3>m2, see
under r. 33m.

3. Tola, pr.n.m. a) The eldest son
of Issachar, Gen. 46, 13. 1 Chr.7,1. Ὁ)
A judge of Israel Judg. 10, 1.—Patronym.
of lett. a, ">in a Tolaite Num. 26, 23.

ΠΣ £ (τ. 585, like ΠΟ 1) Job 25.
8. Is. 14,11; and hybin both absol. and
constr.

1. a worm, i. q. 531M; as generated in
putrid substances, Is. 14, 11. 66, 24, or
gnawing plants, Jon. 4, 7. Deut. 28, 39.
Trop. of man as feeble and despised, Ps.
22,7. Is. 41, 14. Job 25, 6.

2. Spec. 20) MZ>%m crimson-worm, and
msdin "203 worm-crimson ; hence crim-
son colour, and crimson cloth ; see in
"23; comp. 27272.

DAM, a spurious root to which some
refer several forms belonging to τ. Dam.

DIM, see om.

DOF twins, see DRM.

Jaw (join) Gen. 36, 15 Keth. for
72°F q. v.

MPM f. (τ. 33M) constr. Navin; plur.
missin, constr. Miadin ; an abomination,
an abominable thing, pr. ‘what causes
loathing, abhorrence’; so of a slander-
er, Prov. 26, 25 for seven abominations
are in his heart. Chiefly of things to
be abhorred because of religious pre-
cepts or customs, Prov. 21, 27. 28, 9.
Lev. 18, 22. 26-30. Gen. 43, 32. 46, 34.
Deut. 14, 3. al. So ΠΏΣ ΠῺΣ or NYD
miazim to do or commit abomination,
Lev. 20, 13. Jer.6,15. 8, 12. Ez. 16, 50.
18, 13. 24. al. Also mint -2»> ΙΒ τ
Dent, 24, 4, and oftener ain nazin
an abomination before or to Jehovah,
Prov. 6, 16.11, 1. 15, 8. Ὁ θυ 10
23, comp. Jer. 1, 13. So of a person
whom God abhors, Deut. 25, 16. 11, 20.
16,5. 17, 15. Also of a person as an
abomination to men, Prov. 29, 27; once
plur. emphat. Ps. 88, 9; of wrong deeds

yin

and the like, Prov. 8,7. 16,12. 24, 9
Spec. of every thing pertaining to the
worship of idols (synon. YRY, V*Pe)
Deut. 7, 25. 26. 20, 18. 1 K. 14, 24.
2K. 16,3. 21, 2. Jer. 2,7. 7, 10. Ez. 5,
11. Ezra 9, 1. 11. al. sep. missin "ἘΣ
nations of abominations. given to idola-
try, Ezra 9,14; also of the heathen view
of the Heb. sacrifices, Ex. 8, 22 [26]
Mind MBI? ONI¥9 Navi we sacrifice to
Jehovah what is an abomination to the
Egyptians sc. to sacrifice, i. e. animals
which the Egyptians worship as gods.
Also of idols themselves, Is. 44, 19. Jer.
16, 18. Ez. 11, 21. Deut. 27, 15. 2 K.
23, 13; comp. Ez. 7, 20 and 16, 36.

ΓΣ ἢ ἢ (τ. ΠΡ) 1. error in respect
to things of religion, impiety, wickedness,
Is. 32,6. See the root iett. ὃ.

2. a wandering, i. 6. perturbation,
disturbance, Neh. 4, 2 [8].

MDL Δ f. plur. (τ. 937) constr. Mi_IIN ,
pr. ‘fatigues, wearinesses ;’ hence

1. labours, toils. Job 22,25 Mipsim joD
the silver of labours, i. e. got with toil.
—Then, product of labours, treasures,
wealth, i. ᾳ. 373" no. 2; Ps. 95, 4 Mipsin
nn the labours of the mountains, i: 6.
treasures of the mountains obtained with
toil.

2. swiftness, speed in running, as
BR] Mipsin the swiflness of the buffalo,
Num. 23, 22. 24, 8.—Sept. δόξαν, Vulg.
Onk. Syr. Arabs Erp. Kimchi strength,
which does not accord with the etymo-

logy.

Note. Some interpreters compare
this word with the Arab. root 2&3 to go
up, to grow up; IV, to be tall. Hence

in Num. l. c. ‘the Yaliness of the buffalo.’
Ps. 95, 4 the heights of the mountains.
Job 22, 25 silver of heights, heaps of sil-
ver. But the etymology above given
is to be preferred, as resting on the cer-
tain and demonstrable usage of the He-
brew language ; comp. in τ. ὭΣ".
"ΩΓ obsol. verb, to spit out, like
Talm. 5"; kindr. Eth. Tl to spit.
Pr. it would seem, ‘to pound, to thrust,
to thrust out, to eject,’ comp. 5m and
PR? II. Comp. also r. 55m, and Arab.
3

25 dirt of the nails, ete.—Hence neh,
mie

1124

| to follow, metaph. Num. 15, 39.

‘ce. ace. Prov. 12, 26 ΡΣ ἩΓῚΣ “ὯΝ the

“In .

PINTIN £ plur. (τ. 82) ec
mins.
1. a going forth ; metaph. fr
ger, i. e. escape, deliverance P i θέ
Comp. τ. 8%" Ecce. 7, 18. '
2. place of going ‘forth or exit,
a gate Ez. 48, 30; a founta
4,23 on ΓΗ͂Ν ΧΩ the fountain of li
happiness: Also of the cat On
tion of any thing, i. e. ΙΝ
Num. 34, 4. 5. 8. 9. Josh. 15, 4.4 ΝΕ
18. ἃ]. Η.

MAP IM, see in napn.

* "AM, pret. 1 sing. "Mh, fut.
ΠΏ. The form 4m° is subst. wh
see in its order, p. 438. ἐν:

1. fo turn about in a circle, to ἢ
in gyrations ; see kindr. "5, "80,
7, "aM, “A IL, 98. Hence } m
sin 1, ᾳ. ν. ἃ turtle-dove.

2. to go or travel about, i. q. Ἢ

sii II; Arab. jG id. E. g. ἡ.
a) For the sake of traffic, as a mel
chant, fo go abroad, to travel bor
comp. >35, "M0; 1 K. 10, 15 and 2Ch
9, 14 ocen ΣΝ men of the 1
merchantmen, 4
b) For the sake of exploring, 6. a.
a scout, spy, 10 spy out, to reconnot
a land, c. acc. Num. 13, 16, 17. 21. Ἵ
6 sq. i
6) For inquiry, to search out, to fin
oul any thing, c. ace. of thing and
pers. Deut. 1, 33. Num. 10, 33. Ez. 2
6. Trop. to investigate, to examine, ¢ ὃ
acc. Ecc. 7, 25; also 6. 53 Eee. 1, 18
{n>z 79M fo turn in one’s mind, to think
to do something, to think how one shall
do it, with inf. c, >, Ece. 2, 3. a
d) With "nx * toma about after, i. 6.

γι

Ἤιρη. 1. Causat, of Kal πο. 2. ἢ
to cause to spy out, to let reconnoitre,
Judg. 1, 23. Others i. q. Kal no. 2.1

2. to μὰ one about, espec. in order to
show him the way in places where he is
unacquainted; hence fo show the way,
to guide; comp. Chald. "*m a guide. —
Here may be referred fut. καὶ for"

righteous showeth his friend ‘the
Also fut. "m1 2 Sam. 22, 23, put for

“--

ΩΝ, as ΤΣ for "3° from τ. M342,

“an

Heb. Gr. ed. 16. § 71. n. 9; hence with
p ace. of pers. and way, ΔΤ 5"
3.1 and (God) showeth the upright his
pay, i.e. the way in which he should
alk. So at least this passage may be
ptly explained; although it is not im-
orob. corrupted for the parall. 2,3) Ps.
8, 33.

θεῖν. 4", and

L Mor F 1. Fem. plur. oh, a
rile-dove, so called from its flying in
tyrations ; comp. "73 a swallow, from
"73; others refer the name to its coo-
ing. Gen. 15, 9. Lev. 1, 14. 5,7. 11. Num.
5.10.al. Asa term of endearment, Cant.
, 12, comp. M2 id. v. 14. 5,2; and so
the people of Israel, Ps. 74, 19 471m
thy turtle-dove, i.e. the people dear to
hee and now afflicted and affrighted.
2. "mM, a row, order, turn, espec. of
what goes round in a circle, Esth. 2,
12. 15.

3. Plor. om, a row or string of
pearls, or beads of gold or silver, as an
ornament for the head, Cant. 1, 10. 11.

ΤΠ Ὑ 1 Chr. 17, 17,1. ᾳ. nym in
the parall. passage 2 Sam. 7, 19, mode,
manner. If the reading is genuine, the
form would seem to be apoc. from Min
ig. πῶ. .

IF Chald. m. an o2, i. q. Heb. οἰῶ.
Plur. ἸΏ ozen, cattle, Dan. 4, 22. 29.
30. 5, 21. Ezra 6, 9. 17.

AW f. (r. 42 Hiph.) constr. 35m,
6. suff. anvin ; plur. ninin.

ΕἸ; Eaetruction. precept, Job 22,22. a)
Human, as of parents, Prov. 1, 8. 3, 1.
4.2. 7,2. Ps.18,1. Ὁ) Divine, through
the prophets, Is. 1, 10. 42, 4. 21; hence
an oracle Is. 8, 16. .

2. law. a law; the same Heb. word
is retained for the Mosaic law in Arab.

a
B95 Kor. 5.47; Chald. xmitix, Syr.

ἵδωϑοὶ, Eth. SA'T.—E.g. 4) Ofsin-
-gie laws and precepts, Ex. 12, 49. Lev.
7. 7. 37. 14, 54. Num. 5, 30. 15, 16. 29;
with genit. of object. as Lev. 6, 2 τ
ΤΙΣ the law of the burnt-offering. 12,
7. 14, 2. Ez. 43, 11.12 the law of the
house, i. e. the description which the
builder is to follow. Plur. minim laws
Ex. 18, 20. Lev. 26.46. b) Ofthe whole

1125

TT

law of Moses; fully Yo Mim 1 K. 2, 3,
2 K. 23, 25; αἰδὸ nin main Ps. 19, 8.
37, 31. Is. 5, 24; c, suff. id. Is. 51, 7. Ps.
40, 9. 78, 10; also καὶ ἐξοχήν Minn
Deut. 1, 5. 4, 8. 17, 18. 19. Josh. 1, 7;
poet. without art. Deut. 33, 4. Is. 2, 3.
8, 20.— The book of the law of Moses is
called mya min "Bd 2 K. 14, 6. Josh. 8,
31; panby ’ nd Josh. 24, 26; mim: "Ὁ Ὁ
2 Chr. 17, 9. 34,14; π᾿ ΩΣ “ἘΌ Deut.
28, 61. 29, 21. 2 K. 22. 8. 11. al.

3. a custom, manner, comp. 288" in
2 K. 11, 14; so 2 Sam. 7, 19 main mst
DIN this is the manner of man, not of
God, i. e. to deal with me thus, so fami-
liarly, as man with man; comp. v. 14.

AUF τη. (τ. 35°) c. suff. 72M, plur.
DAWN, constr. "28m, Kamets impure ;
pr. ‘habitation, concr. an inhabitant,
dweller, usually a sojourner, stranger,
from another country without the rights
of a citizen, Lev. 22, 10. 25, 47. Ps. 39,
13. Plur. constr. 1 K. 17, 1.

ΠΡ and mon f. (τ. τῷ) a poe-
tical word, pr. ‘a setting upright, up-
rightness ;’ hence

1. help, succour ; see the root. Job
6, 13 "2a ΠῚ ΠΡ 5) and succour, is
it driven from me? parall. with Matz in
the other member; Sept. βοήϑεια. Prov.
2, 7, Sept. σωτηρία. Mic. 6. 9 πΡξηγ"
7725 "N77, as in several Mss. and in the
versions, comp.in no. 3. Job 30, 22 Keri.

2. purpose, underlaking, enterprise,
pr. what one wishes fo set wp or esta-
blish. Job 5,12 mrvism ἘΠ 10 ΠΡΌΣ Nd
their hands perform not their enterprise ; F
Vulg. quod ceperant.

3. counsel, wisdom, understandings
Job 11. 6 nruinnd p1bp>, see in DED.
12, 16 Aswan} 12 strength and counsel.
26, 3. Prov. 3, 21. 8. 14. 18, 1. Is. 28, 29
movin Sam NED NbHn lit. who maketh
wonderful his counsel, and vast his un-
derstanding. Mic. 6.9 in the common
reading; see in no. 1.

Mim τὰ. (τ. mm) a club, bludgeon,
Job 41, 21. Sept. σφύρα, Vulg. malleus.

= Tim pr. as it seems, fo smite. to beat ;
then to thrust or cast down, like kindr.

: : Gp
wo? ; comp. OM2, and Arab. yale to im-
pugn, to silence, to immerse; all which

"ΤῸ

« znifications may be referred to the
idea of smiting, thrusting.

Hien. 14, in pause ΤΠ, i. q. Kal,
- to cast down ; Is. 18, 5 he will cut off
the twigs with pruning-hooks, and the
branches 101 770% he will remove, he
will cast down. Vulg. excutientur, Syr.
| excutiet.—Others explain th, to
cut off; appealing to Talm. "5, Rabb.
mn, from r. ΤῊ,

MATA f. (r. 121) fornication, whore-
dom ; metaph. for idol-worship, Ez. 16,
26. 29. 23,8.17. Plur. c. suff. ἼΤΩ
etc. Ez. 16, 15. 20, 22. 23, 7 sq.

miaann and micann f. plur. from
r. 23m no. 1; strictly ‘denom. from the
nouns bor rope, ah sailor, pilot.

1. a steering, guidance, management,
Job 37, 12.

2. the art of steering or guiding ;
hence wise counsel, prudent measures,
in a good sense Prov. 1, 5. 11, 14. 20,
18. 24,6; in a bad sense, cunning de-
vices, Prov. 12, 5.

IMM see in min.

minh Chald. preposit. under, i. q.
Heb. mmm, Dan. 7, 27. Jer. 10, 11; ὁ.
suff. *Minhn under it Dan. 4, 9. 18.

"22M Tachmonite, patronym. 2
Sam. 23, 8; in the parall. 1 Chr. 11, 11
"223M q. Vv.

monn f..(r. 52m Hiph.) constr. m2nn,
a beginning Am. 7, 1. Ruth 1, 22. Ece.
10, 13. Hos. 1, 2. Prov. 9, 10. al. ΠΣ ΠΩ
in the beginning. i. e. before, formerly,
Gen. 13, 3. 41, 21. Is. 1, 26; the first
time Gen. 43, 18. 20; first, as making a
beginning, Judg. 1, 1. 20, 18.

SATIN m. (r. 8271) only plur. °N>Mn,
constr. "19MM ; sicknesses, didedes,
Deut. 29, 21. 2 Chr. 21, 19. Ps, 103, 3.
Jer. 16, 4 "ΡΣ poxbnn “ming deaths
of diseases they shall die. Coner. Jer.
14,18 59 ΠΡ ΤΠ the sick ( pining) with
famine.

Ch m. (τ. 02M) an unclean bird,
so called from its violence and cruelty ;
Lev. 11,16. Deut. 14,15. According to
Bochart, Hieroz. II. p. 232, the male os-
trich. which is called also by the Arabs
"μὰ violentus, iniquus. from its cruelty

1126

aa

towards its young; comp. Job 39,
Lam. 4,3. The name 7333 M2 ν
precedes it ll. ec. seems then to ἢ
derstood in the narrower sense Ὁ
female ostrich.—Sept. and Vulg. re

it noctua, night-hawk, Jonath. ὁ ἊΡ
low. ἐχ

JOH (for MIA station, camp ᾿
Tahan, pr.n.m. a) Ναπι. 36, 88
1 Chr. 7, 25.—Patronym. from
"mn Tahanite, Num. 26, 35. -

MOK f(r. 2m) constr. MAR, Ὁ
nin. |

1. favour, mercy, Josh. 11, as
9, 8.

2. prayer, supplication, pr. ‘
mercy,’ from r. 93% Hithp. Ps.
55, 2. 119, 170. 1K. 8, 30. 45. δ
Plur. nizmm 2 Chr. 6,39.”

3. pes: pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 4 2.

ΤΌΤ m. (τ. 72m) only plur. ἘῸΝ
Ps. 58. 2 6. 31, 23. 116, 1. al. and or
nisin Ps. 86, 6, i. q. ΡΠ no. 2, p
supplication.

MM τὰ. plur. (τ. mm) ὁ
campment, i. e. place of encampmet
2 K. 6,8. Comp. Lat. castra in pli

OMSENM Ez. 30, 18, and was tel cd:

43, 7.8.9. 44, 1. 46, 14, also 2. ἴδ᾽
(where Keth. 0:6mm), Tehaphnehes, Te
panhes, pr.n. of a city in Egypt, whic
the LXX render by Taqyn, Τάφναι. th
name of a goddess, T'phnet, C sol
121, 123. It was doubtless i. q. Daz hne
a atrong city near Pelusium, Hot. § 2
30, 107. Jablonski, in his Opusce.
Ρ: 343, supposes the Egyptian nar i
of this city to have been written thu

Té2.€-ENET i.e. caput v. principi
seculi, or as we would say, ‘the beg in-
ning of the world, i. e. the Egypti
world, in reference to its position at the
northeastern extremity of Egypt.

O°2EMM (caput seculi, see the preced-
ing art.) Tahpenes, pr. ἢ. of an Egyptian
queen, 1 K. 11, 19. 20.

SIT m. (r. mam) a coat of
breastplate, ϑώρηξ, made of linden’ ἴ x,
28, 32. 39, 23, a military garment, pr.
linen strong and thickly woven, and
furnished around the neck and breast
with a breastplate or coat of mail ;

“ἽΠΠΩ
- d

dot. 3. 47; comp. λινοϑώρηξ Hom. II.

. 529. Syr. |p» Ethpe. to fight, to

ake war, Aph. to prepare for battle ;

mp. r. 797 Tiph.

MAA, see τ. ΠῚ Tiph.

JIA (cunning, r. 79") Tahrea, pr. n.

τῇ. 1 Chr. 9,41; written in 8, 35 398M.
“Onn a doubtful root, from which

to derive the noun mm; perh. to thrust

in, to break iy, to penetrate ; so Mau-

rer, comparing Arab. (waoO, Ywhd,

YE>, etc. Hence tm perh. a bad-

ger, from its burrowing; or, better, a
seal, or other sea animal, from its en

OA, ἃ in pause 8mm, an obscure word.

1. As an appellative, found only in
the connection: Umm i> skin of Ta-
hash Num. 4,6.8.10.11.14; Plur. minis
prin Tahash-skins Ex. 96. 5. 26, 14.
35, 7. 23. 36, 19. 39, 34; also, in the
same sense, inp. Num. 4, 25. Ez. 16,
10; in the Pent. spoken of the coverings
of the tabernacle, the ark, and the other
sacred furniture, as made of this kind of
skin ; in Ez. 1]. c. of the shoes of females
as made of the same. The ancient in-
tpp. understand by it a colour given to
the leather, e. g. Sept. ὑακένϑινα, Aqu.
‘Symm. ἐάνγϑινα, Chald. and Syr. rubra,
Samar. black ; and these are followed
by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 989 sq. But
this Géscuiba supposes to be mere con-
jecture, having no support either in the
etymology, or in the kindred dialects.
On the other hand,the Talmudists and
Hebrew interpreters almost unanimous-
ly hold the &mm to be an animal, the
skins of which were used for covering
the sacred tabernacle and also for shoes
or sandals. To this view Gesenius ac-
cedes, and following the opinion of R.
Solomon ad Ez. 1. c. with Luther [and
the Engl. Version] understands here ei-
ther the badger, taxus v. taxo, the me-
les of Varro and Pliny ; or else the seal,
_ phoca. Besides the context, which
seems to demand an animal, this view
is sustained: a) By the authority of
the Talmudists, Tract. Sabb. cap. 2. fol.

1127

nn

28, where in treating of this animal they
say it resembles the viverra or marten,
j>°& &>M, which accords well with the
badger. Ὁ) The agreement of lan-
guages, which in the names of animals
and plants is of great weight. The

- ἢ S$ σ΄
Arabic jut tuhas, and jad duhas,
are indeed translated dolphin by the
Lexicographers ; but this name has a
wider extent and embraces also seals,
which in many respects resemble the
badger, and were frequent on the shores
of the peninsula of Sinai, Strabo XVI.
Ρ. 776. See Beckm. ad Antig. Caryst.
c.60. The Lat. name ta.cus or tazxo,
whence in nfodern languages Span.
taxon, tasugo, Ital. tasso, Fr. taisson,
Germ. Dachs, is indeed not found in
Latin writers before Augustine ; but it
must not on that account be regarded
as a word newly coined, but only adopt-

‘ed from the vulgar tongue and of for-

eignorigin. 6) The etymology which

» the Hebrew itself presents, and which

is satisfactory, viz. that Umm may be
regarded as put for "Umm, from the root
muon to be silent, to rest, which would
apply well to the badger in respect to
his six months’ sleep; nor is the seal
less somnolent. 4) The skins either
of badgers or of seals might doubtless
have been used both for covering the
tabernacle and for shoes ; those of seals
are made into shoes at the present day.
—But not improbably the Hebrews de-
signated under this one name both the
seal, the badger, and also other like
animals which they did not know nor
distinguish accurately. — — Thus far
Gesenius, whose arguments on this diffi-
cult topic it has seemed better to let
stand. But though it were admitted,
that seals and dolphins might have been
called by one name, yet it is scarcely
credible that the badger should be in-
cluded under the same; the Arabic for
the badger is δ). lis or Asus.

That the ancients covered their tents

with seal-skins in order to protect them

from lightning, is related by Pliny, H.

_N. 2.56, comp. Plut. Symp. 5. 9. Sueton.

Octav. c. 90. And as a finer kind of
shoes can be also made of skins of this
sort (Eiz.1.c.) it seems probable that fhe

nan

seal is the animal intended.—But the
hairy skin of the badger has also its ar-
guments ; espec. if we regard the con-
jecture of Maurer, see inr. 8mm. The-
od. Hase held the Umm to be the 7γὲ-
chechus manatus Linn. or vacca marinus
or humo marinus of others, Fr. Laman-
tin, from the thick and hard skin of
which the Arabs of the present day
make sandals; see Hase Diss. philol.
Sylloge, X. §17. Mus. Bremens. II. p.
312. Ruppell Reise in Nub. p. 187, 196.
Burckhardt Trav. in Syr. p. 532. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. I. p. 171. See more in
Thesaur. p. 1500 sq.

2. Tahash or T'hahash, pr. n. m. Gen.
22, 24.

HI), in pause MOM, pr. subst. from r.
min, like "M3 from r. ΠῚ), MMW from στ.
mw.

1, Subst. the lower part, what is un-

derneath. Arab. uss id. comp. de-

nom. Eth. ΔἸ ΔΤ to let down, to
lower, ΤΡ ΠΥ Τ' to be lowered, depress-

| é
ed, Τ ἄν Τ' low; also Arab. cnt

men of low condition.—Hence

a) Accus, as adv. helow, beneath, Gen.
49, 25. Deut. 33,13; Mmm id. (see 72
no. 3. h,) Ex. 20, 4. Josh. 2, 11.

b) Constr. as Preposition, (for which
once > mmm Cant. 2, 6,) also c. suff.
chiefly as attached to the plural, "nnn,
TAN, HAMA, MAMA, ADAM, cSnnn,
DATANNA ; rarely as attached to the sing.
as SANA 2 Sam. 22, 37. 40. 48, MANA
Gen. 2, 21, ΠΤ, CANN, see Heb.
ein, § 101. n. 3; below, beneath: un-

der, ind, Arab. s\3, Eth. ha, id,
E. g. osown mmm under the heavens
Dan. 9,12. wywn nnn under the sun,
see WOU. san nnn under the mount-
ain, at its foot, Ex. 24,4. itn mmm
swhider the tongue Ps. 10, 7. 66, 17, and
menawy mom wnder the lipe 140, 4, i. e. in
the mouth. ‘p 73 ὉΠ under one’s hand,
i. e. in his power or keeping, 1 Sam.
21,9. Ofa woman who commits whore-
dom or adultery under a husband, i. 6.
while married and owing fidelity to her
husband, Num. 5, 19. Ez. 23,5; comp.
in 733 and below in aa. 738 MMM under
affliction, impending calamity, Hab. 3,

1128

nnn

7. In Hab. 3, 16 we may rende
m8 7 tremble under me, i. ΩΣ
knees and limbs.— With verbs ¢
a) beneath, under any thing, 2§ Wn
37. 40. 48. Gen. 18, 4. ode. 8, § εἶ,
under, i. 6. down, downwards, καὶ
mw. ; Am.2,13 SRN ΡΟΣ 7S]
press you downwards. Job 40, 12.—Hei

With Prefixes: 88) AND ady
low, beneath, see above in a.—As Pre
ὑπ᾽ éx, from under, from beneath, spo!
of persons or things which come «
JSrom under any thing. Ez. 47, 2
came out jRESI ΤΠ from τὸ
threshold. Prov. 22, 27 why 8)
take away thy bed ἩΏΠ —_
thee? i.e. on which thou liest. Ἐκ ὃ
Deut. 7, 34. Hence Ὁ ΠΡΌ
above in lett. Ὁ, and ΓΝΤ .--
> MAM below, under any thing, Jo
5. Ex. 49. 9.—Another mane e loco, 8
in no. 2. init.

bb) > me (opp. > 55) Below, am
any thing ; as ΣῚΡ PANS τὸ zs

ment Gen. 1, 7. Ex. 30,4. PF
m3> under or below Bethel, i. e. b

wie the hill on which Bethel stood, G
35, 8; comp. 1 Sam. 7, 11.

ec) > MAND i. q. the preceding, ἃ
a verb of motion, 1 K..7, 82. . |

dd) mnn->y under, pr. ‘to cmd
place whither, Jer. 3, 6. Zech. 3, 1
> ὍΠΩΣ Ez. 10, 2. Of place where
1 Sam. 21, 4. ,

2. What is under any one, i. e. place
stead, in or on which one stands or is
Zech. 6, 12 ΠΏΣ ΠΣ from his plac
he shall spring up, i. 6. in his own ni
tive land ; comp. Ex. 10,23. Hence a
Acc. in one’s place, in loco. Ex. 16,
TAMA Wx 130 abide ye every one in hi
place. Judg. 7, 21. 1 Sam. 14, 9, 28
2, 23. 7, 10. 1 Chr. 17, 9. Job 36, 16
MAnm psi 8> a broad place, here
(in which) there is no straitness, — b) n
place of, instead of, spoken of a Ὁ 1
succeeding in the place of another, Ley.
16, 32. Esth. 2,17. Ps. 45,17 > paige?
4722 ὙΠ in the place of thy . rs
shall be ‘thy children. Hence of thing
exchanged for others, e. g. of price, in-
stead of, for, Gen. 30, 15. 1 Sam. 2, 20.
1K, 21,2; also after verbs of requiting,
1 Sam. 25,21. m2 mmm forwhat? why?
Jer. 5, 19. ἜΜ

ann
With a relat. conjunct. e. g. “WS FIH
t) instead of that, whereas, Deut. 28,
8) instead of, in return for, because,
eut. 21, 14. 2 K. 22,17.—Also "> mmm
. Deut. 4,37. The same is likewise
inn c. inf. Is. 60,15; comp. Job 34, 26
ἜΣΘ nnn for the fuller oni nnn
237 because they are wicked.

3. Tahath, (place, station,) pr.n. a)
A station of the Israelites in the desert,
Nun. 33.26. b) Aman a) 1 Chr.6,
99. 22. 8,7) 7, 20.

HI) Chald. prep. under, Dan. 4, 11
sminnm 10 i. ᾳ. Heb. ΠΩ. The
more usual form is ninn.

PPA πὶ, adj. (from non) f. ΤΡ ΓΤ,
lower, lowest, i.gq. “ΤΙΣΙ, Josh. 18, 13.
1 K. 6, 6. Is. 22, 9. Ez. 40, 18. al.

"AND m. adj. (from nm) f nepann
and MAMA; plur. ΡΠ, mPAnm ; low-
er, lowest, Ps. 86, 13. Deut. 32, 22. Gen.
6, 16. ΤΠ Me the lower millstone Job
41,16. “ππι ΛΠ the lower part of the
mount, at its foot, Ex. 19, 27. “PAM
VS the lower parts of the earth, Sheol,
Hades, Is. 44. 23; poet. for any hidden
place, e. g. of the mother’s womb Ps.
139, 15. The same is τ ΠΝ Ez.
26, 20. 32,18. 24; comp. mitmmn ia the
lowest (deepest) pit, Ps. 88, 7. Lam. 3,
55.

MF a doubtful root, see in r. 11m.

PI" m. adj. (from 73M) f. min,
mid, middle, inner; ΤΙΣ 3 ΓΙ ἜΣΤΙ the
mid city, the midst of the city, 2 K. 20,
4 Keth. and genr. Ex. 26, 28. Judg. 7,
19. 1K. 6,6. 8. Ez. 41,7. 42; 5.6.

jon (for 7i>"M2 gift, according to
Simonis,) Tvlon, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20
Keri, where Keth. ji>'m. R. 52.

NOM Is. 21, 14. Jer. 25, 23, and NOD
Job 6, 19, (r. 125, 779") Tema, pr. n.
-a) A son of Ishmael, Gen. 25,15. Ὁ)
A tract and people in the Arabian des-
ert, so called from Tema (lett. a): and
still called by the Arabs Yas Teima,
corresponding to the Oatue of Ptol. 6. p.
179. But the Arabian Teima is only
about three days’ journey northwest of
Medina. Prob. therefore Heb. 827M is
ϊ.ᾳ. 12.) no.2.b; andso the LX X always
write it Θαιμάν. See Thesaur. p. 600.

95

1129

“7

TOD), once TOR) Job 9, 9, comm. gend:
(mase. in signf. 2, Obad. 9; fem. in sig-
nif. 1, Is. 43, 6. Cant. 4, 16,) pr. ‘what
is on the right hand,’ denom. from 772°.
Hence ι

1. the south, the southern quarter, see
7727 no. 3; Josh. 12, 3. 13, 4. Job 9, 9.
Is. 43,6. Hab. 3,8. Zech. 6,6. al. With
m loc. ΠΡ southward, to the south,
Ex. 26, 18. 35. 27, 9. Num. 3, 29. Ez.
47.19. ΠΡΌ 7 Ez. 21, 2. % min

southwards ‘of. on the south of, Num. 2,

10. Poet. ya°m for jam m3, the south
wind, Ps. 78, 26. Cant. 4, 16. Comp.
ὙΦ Σ.

2. Teman; pr.n. a) A grandson of
Esau, Gen. 36, 11,15. Ὁ) A city, re-
gion, and people on the east of Idumea,
sprung from Teman (lett. a), Gen. 36,
42. Jer. 49, 7. 20. Ez. 25, 13. Am. 1, 11
12. Ob. 9. Like other Arabs (1 K. 5, 11)
the Temanites were celebrated for wis-
dom, Jer. 49, 7. Baruch 3, 22.23; comp.
Job 2,11. 22, 1—Patronym. "22° Te-
manite, Job 1. c. Gen. 36, 34. 1 Chr. 1, 45.

"272° (comp.* patronym. 77277 in

7279) Temeni, pr. ri. m. 1 Chr. 4, 6.

NYO, see in ΠΟΙ,

Ὦ a doubtful root, whence the
following.

(EM) the Tizite, gentile n. 1 Chr. 11,
45; derived from y7m, the name of some
place elsewhere unknown. Simonis re-
gardsit as for y"M3 from τ, 72, Onomast.

WINN and OM m. (τ. WI) new wine,
so called because it gets possession of
the brain, and inebriates; comp. Syr.
{n25Td, Chald. mi, id. Hos. 4, 11
59 Mp? Win? 150) M121 whoredom and
wine and new wine take away the heart,
i. 6. the understanding. Judg. 9, es
Mic. 6, 15. al. Often coupled: ‘m) 43
corn and new wine Gen. 27, 28; "21 ΤᾺΝ
warn’ a land of corn and new wine, i. e.
abounding in them, Deut. 33, 28. Is. 36,
17; also more fally, corn, wine, and oil,
Deut. 28, 51. 2 Chr. 32, 28. Joel 2, 19.
al. Of the juice of the grape, Is. 65, 8.
[All the passages go to show, that Ὁ. ΤΙ
is new wine of the first year, the wine-
crop or vintage of the season; and hence
itis mostly coupled with wine and oil-
asa product of the land. That it was

ἘΝ
regarded as intoxicating is shown by
Hos. 4, 11; see above.—R.

RMN (fear, τ. 892) Tiria, pr. ἢ. m.
1 Chr. 4, 16.

ὉΠ m. Tiras, Gen. 10, 2, pr. n. of a
northern people sprung from Japhet;
according to Josephus, Jerome, Jonath.
and Targ. of Jerusalem, the T'hracians,
Thrace. See Bocharti Phaleg. II. 2.
Thesaur. p. 1501.

* O'R obsol. root, prob. to smite, to
beat, to bruise, i. q. °F) or 11H q. v. and
wo2.—Hence

UR m. plur. oz9n, a he-goat, buck,
so called from its butting; Prov. 30, 31.
bei 30, 35. 32,15. 2Chr.17,11. Arab.

Boas caper, Chald. 82m, xOn, hircus;
Syr. Law 2 id.

JF m. (τ. 325) oppression, violence,
Ps. 10, 7. 55, 12; fully 31m Ps. 72, 14.

s nah in Kal not used, according to
the Heb. intpp. ‘to be fitted, joined ;’
better fo lean upon, to lie down, comp.
Arab. εἰ Χ Conj. VIII.

Puat Deut. 33,3 42373 82m ἘΠῚ and
they (the Israelites) are laid down (en-

camped) at thy feet, i. 6. at the foot of '
- Mount Sinai.

Some prefer to read 53h
they abide, from Syr. yz to abide.

1 ΡΣ f. (τ. 91D) place, dwelling,
Job 23, 3.

IL. A295 f. (r.42m) 1. arrangement,

fashion, Ez. 43, 11, i. q. "722" in v. 10.

2. costly furniture, splendid equipage,
Nah. 2,10. Comp. "323m no. 2.

DM m. plur. 1 K. 10,22, and 5°33"
2 Chr. 9, 21, peacocks, according to the
Targ. Syr. Arabs, Jerome, and the Heb.
intpp. Corresponding are Tamil tégai
or téghai, Sanscr. gikhin. This would
seem to have been the domestic name
of this bird in India; and hence comes
also Gr. ταώς, ταῶς, pr. ta Ὡς, Athen. TX.
p- 397, en Arab. ον, Chald.

pin, Syr. {eo2 and also Lat. parvo, the
letters ¢ and p being interchanged ;
comp. dads, lapis, λέϑος. See Bochart
Hieroz. T. II. p. 135 sq. A. Benary in
Berliner litt. Jahrbiicher 1831. no. 96.

1130

’ Arab. SS to crush under foot ὃς

don

* 72h obsol. root, pr. to ¢
on, to crush; then to oppress, toh

Syr. y2 to injure, i. q. Heb: 543. |

72h}. 7A id. Kindr. are 723, asst
also 33m, n>m.—Hence ΠΏ, and

D°D2F\ m. plur. spoilings, of
espec. of the poor; once Prov. 29,13
5°32 an oppressor of the pool |
δανειστής, Vulg. creditor. In the simi
passage Prov. 22, 2, it is "> the
man, prob. usurer.

* 2M obsol. root, prob. to shel
peel, i. q. D8 Il, whence τσ τι a shi
fish, muscle. Hence 32m. -

ΤΩ Γ (τ. mb2) completion, perf
tion, Ps. 119, 96.—Others hope, ὃ
dence, trom r. 53", X22, to hope.

mDoM Γ (r.md3) 1. seo
pleteness, Job 11, 7. Ps. 139, 22 mb:
MN perfect hatréd.—For Is. 10, 25, 5
in ‘podan. ; Ly
2. end, extremity, Neh. 3, 31, Job 2
10 ΠΣ min mbH lit. unio}
end of the light with the darkness, ¥
pt the light terminates in darkn
28,3 "ph win mban-b2 he sea
even to all ends, i.e. into the dee
recesses of the ently

ΓΘ f. (τ. dom) a shell-fish, |
helix ianthina Linn. i. 6. a species ¢
muscle found in the Mediterranean, a
hering to the rocks, with a cerulea
shell, Rabb. 7915"; from which is pr
cured the blue or cerulean purple
Hence for cerulean purple, violet, de
blue, Fr. bleu foncé ; and also for-< cloths
garments, yarn or thread, dyed with 0) his
purple ; espec. of the hangings ;
other cloths of the tabernacle, in whic
this colour was combined with reddis
purple, scarlet, and gold, Ex. 26, 1.3 |
36. 2716; non 533 a cloth of blue, ἢ
covering the sacred table and other fu
niture, Num. 4, 6. 7. 9. 11. 12; ‘n>
loops of blue, for connecting the hang
ings, Ex. 26, 4. 36, 11. The same mix-
ture of colours was employed in the
ephod of the high priest, Ex. 28, 6. 8,
15. 28. 39, 2. 5.8; while his robe was
wholly of blue, Ex. 28, 31. 39,22. ‘See
also Ex. 25, 4.5; 28, 33. 35, 6. 23. 36,8.

?
.-

yon

, 24. Also precious cloths and gar-
ents of this colour are mentioned, Ez.
, 6. 27, 7. 24. Jer. 10, 9. Esth. 8, 15.
n bone a cord of blue Ex. 28, 37. 39,21.
um. 15, 38, comp. Ex. 35, 25; also BPA
Sin einbrotiérer tn blue Ex. 35, 35. 38,
. comp. 39, 3. 2 Chr. 2, 6. 13. Sept.
and Vulg. well, ὑάκινϑος, ὑακίνθϑινοξ,
hyacinthina.—Ibn Ezra, Rashi, and Lu-
ther, wrongly, pale or yellowish silk.—
See Bochart Hieroz. II. 720-742; or III.
655-686 Lips. Braun de Vestitu sacer-
dot. p. 187-200. Thesaur. p. 1502 sq.

ΟΞ 1. Pr. to make even, to level,
see Niph. Kindr. is jpn.

2. to poise, to weigh, by the equilibri-
um of the balance; metaph. fo weigh,
i. e. to prove, to bry: Prov. 16, 2 {2h
mins mina Jehovah proveth the minds.
21, 2. 24, 12.

Nipu. pr. to be made even, to be equal,
level, as a way; trop. of a way of con-
duct, to be equal, right, comp. τ. 789,
Ez. 18, 25. 29. 33, 17. 20. 1 Sam. 2, 3.
Comp. in Kal.

Piet ἸῺ 1. to weigh, 6. g. the wa-
ters Job 28, 25; metaph. to prove, to try,
Is. 40, 13.

2. to measure ; ‘Is. 40, 12 who hath
meusured the heavens with a span? in
the other clause 172, ps.

3. to set up, to fix, to adjust, e. g. by
a level or plumb, Ps. 75, 4

Pua part. j2%2, weighed out, e. g.
money 2 K. 12, 12.

Deriv. (2, M322m II, m2= A, mara.

JOP πα. (τ. 12:1) 1. a task, as weighed
or measured out, Ex. 5, 18.

2. a measure Ez. 45, 11.

3. Tochen, pr. ἢ. of a place in the tribe
of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 32.

PPR f(r. 32h)
paitern, Ez. 43, 10.

2. completeness, perfection, sum, Ez.
28, 12.

FIA m. (τ. 723) α wide robe, man-
tle, pallium, the long and flowing robe
of an oriental monarch, Esth. 8, 15.
Chald. id.

oF m. (r. bm no. 2)c. suff. mbm, a hill,
Josh. 11, 13; espec. a mound, a heap of
_ rubbish, Deut. 13, 17. Josh. 8, 28. Jer. 30,

1. arrangement,

1131

son

18. 49,2. Arab. ἂς Tell, Chald. be: de
ἔν and iz, id. also Egypt. TAA,

Σὰ, GRA. ἢ — Hence coma theca
lowing names of Babylonian cities,
called after hills or mounds in their vi-
cinity, see Assemani Bibl. Orient. ind.
geogr. T. ΠΠ. 2. p.784sq. Burtckhardt’s
Travels in Syria, etc. p. 69 sq. 142.

- Bibl. Res. in Palest. {IL Ind. p. 232.

a) 332 Ἐπ Tel-abib, i. 6. corn-hill,
Ez. 3, 15, Mcsonothmis on the ri-
ver oe perh. the T'hal-labba on
D’ Anyille’s map, ‘ ’Euphrate et le Ti-
gre. But this is doubtful. )

b) xwon 5m Tel-harsha, i. 6. forest-
hill (see wn), i in Babylonia, Ezra 2, 59.
Neh. 7, 61.

6) mba bm Tel-melah, i.e. salt-hill. also
in Babylonia, Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 7, 61.

- NOM j i. ᾳ. Mm, to hang up, to sus-
pend, 2 Sam. 21, 12 Keri paxdm they had
hanged them ; Keth. pion from r. n2n.—
Part. pass. 819M twice: 8) Deut. "28,

66 thy life will hang (be suspended) be-
fore thee, i.e. will ever be in present
and pressing danger. b) With >,hang-
ing after, bent, inclined ; Hos. 11, 7 "ἜΣ
"Mz3d25 DO NIM) my people are bent (in-
clined) to defection from me.

MOM f(r. nxd, as Adem from r.
γι; ; ‘for ΓΘ, masbn, see Lgb. p.
509) travail, trouble, didtrend Ex. 18, 8.
Num. 20, 14. Neh. 9, 32. Lam. 3, 5.

mawen f. (τ. 38>) thirst ; once Hos.
13, 5 miagdn ys a thirsty land, i. e.
dry.

ἜΝΘ, 2 K. 19, 12, and “WM Is. 37,
12, Telassar, pr. n. of a region in Assy-

ria or Mesopotamia, which also further

occurs in Targ. Hieros. Gen. 14, 1. 9, for
Heb. "08, and likewise in the same
Targ. and in Jonath. Gen. 10, 12 for
Heb. 70%. Prob. for "98x >m Assyrian
Tel. Ewald regards it as perh. the
same with the Theleda of the Pe
ger Tables, near Palmyra.

nvaon f. (r. 822) a garment, Is. 59,
17.

327 Chald. m. snow, i. q. Heb. "δῷ,
Dan. 7, 9.

"0228 MIM, see's hcl

gb) 3)
nit, see nisdin.

“son fut. pl. bm, 1. to hang up,
to suspend, Chald. and Syr. 82m, 12, id.
The primary idea is that of bite loose,
pendulous; see Mdvs, 559, Saw, 551);
comp. Gr. τλάω to Hotpend in a bal-
ance, whence τάλαντον. 2 Sam. 18, 10.
Job 26, 7. Ps. 137, 2. Cant. 4, 4. Ez. 15,
3: ysn >> Ἔ nby to hang upon a stake
or cross, to crucify, a species of punish-
ment among the Hebrews Deut. 21, 22.
Josh. 8, 29. 10, 26, comp. 2 Sam. 4, 12;
the Egyptians Gen. 40, 19. 22. 41, 13;
and the Persians Esth. 5, 14. 6, 4. 7, 9.
10. 8,7. 9, 13. 14, 28.

2, Intrans. fo hang upon, to adhere to,
τ. ἘΞ Is. 22,24. Syr. Ethpe. wS22f id.
Nien. pass. Lam. 5, 12. Esth. 2, 23.

Piet i. q. Kal, Ez. 27, 10. 11.

Deriv. "Dn.

mM [ (τ. 31> Niph.) @ murmuring,
complaining, 6. g. of a people, only:plar.
nizom (others less well mi3>m) Ex. 16,
7.9. 12. Num. 14, 27. 17, 95.

᾿ mon obsol. root, Talm. to be broken,
ruptured, perh. kindr. with Arab.

and ἀλϑ to break the head; Chald. Ὁ
to cleave.—Hence

non (breach) Telah, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr.
7, 25,

ἜΡΙΣ m. (τ. mbm, like "> from τ. m>3)
On. hey ou. Gen. 97. 3, a quiver, according
to most of the ancient intpp. so called as
being suspended from the shoulder or
girdle. So Sept. Gr. Venet. Pseudojon.
Vulg. But Onk. and Syr. render it a
sword.

amon Chald. ord. num. emphat.
ΣΤ τη, the third, Dan. 3, 89. R. mbm
three.

eels 1. to sway to and fro, to vi-

brale ; kindr. ‘are bbs, wer >30, which

See ; aleo mom, Arab. ἀξ to loosen and
let down the rope in a well, Eth. T3T
to vibrate ; comp. Gr. ταλαντείεσϑαι, ταν-
ταλεύεσϑαι, to sway to and fro. Hence
premier.

2. to raise up, to lift up, pr. any thing
swaying to and fro, loose, unsteady;
then to heap together, e. g. loose earth,

1132

mn

Gr. ow, χώννυμι, whence ye
genr. to heap up, to cast up, 8
mound; comp. >>0 id. 43 ar
Part. pass. 535m heaped up, made ἢ
lofty, of a mount, Ez. 17, 29, Cc

>°>m elevated; Syr. jaSSase e
Hence ἘΠ.

ς 3. tobe cast, projected, prosire
trans. fo cast ΡΟΝ. the coma

trate ; like Arab. At; and Heb.
bubs from r. δῶ. Hence
Hira. ἘΠ, and with tone draw
bnn Gen. 31,7; 2 sing. pet Rn
16, 10. 13. 15; inf. bmn Ex. 8 5
13,9; fut. 2 plur. sbnnn (comp. [π᾿
Ξ ΣΡ) Job 13, 9, also before a | ra
and neglecting the Dagesh enn
9, 4, and under the great pause-ac
bam 1 K. 18, 27; pr. to prostrateale
one, to trip up hie heels. Hence |
‘1. to deceive, lo dupe, to cheat, se. wit
guile, c. 3 of pers. Gen. 31, 7. Jodg. 1
10. 13. 15. Job 13, 9. Jer. 9, 4. |
2. to mock, to deride, 1K. 18, 27. Se
the derivatives D°2nA and mbna.
Horu. man, to be deceived, e.g. th i
heart, Is, 44, 20, Ἂ
Nore. Others refer the above fort
of Hiphil and Hophal, as also the der
atives cnn and mibniqa, to the 0
bmn, where see. But this is less wil
See espec. Ewald Krit. Gramm. ἃ. Ε
Spr. 1827, p. 487; also his Lehrb. 4
Heb. Spr. edit. 5, § 127. d.
Deriv. 5m, cvbnten, ont ἐπβτηρν,

7 pom obsol. root, prob. i. q. Ara
5, to break, to cut in. Hence thi
two following.

DOM m. plur. constr. "2>n, a furrow
Hos. 10, 4. 12, 12. Job 31, 38. 39, |

Ps. 65. 11. Arab. pets Chal
R, b>.

"22M (furrowed, τ. 0>m) τος
n. a) A king of Geshur, the father
in-law of David, 2 Sam. 3, 3. 13, 3%
b) An Anakite Num. 13, 22. Josh. 15,
14. Judg 1, 10. ‘ae

722M m. (r. 725) a disciple.
1 Chr. 25, 8. Syr. Cds

ded, id.

=

on
mien, see in M2557.
a yon in Kal not used, Arab.

1. q. , to be long-necked, to be stretch-

| out long. Hence many derive >>%m
a worm; but see in >>'n.

Poa part. ΣΡ, denom. from s>in
q. v. clothed in crimson, Nah. 2, dine
For nisin teeth, see in its order.

‘ spa obsol. root, Arab. as to pe-

654
rish ; IV, to destroy ; &A3 destruction.
Hence perhaps

"BoM adj. destructive ; only plur.
ΩΣ the destructive, the deadly ; po-
etic for weapons, arms. Cant. 4, 4 as
the tower of David nitn>n> 723 built
for the weapons, i. e. on or in which the
Weapons are suspended; comp. Ez. 27,
10. 11, also 1 K. 10, 16. 14, 26. 1 Mace.
4, 57. 6,2. Plin. H. N.35.3. So Gese-
nius.—Others, in nearly the same sense,
take τ "ΒΡ as compounded from bm (r.
nbn to hang) and nie edges sc. of
swords, comp. Prov. 5, 4 and Ps. 149, 6;
ji. 6. suspended weapons, and hence an ar-
senal. Vulg. propugnacula.—The form
ΤΕ may also be referred to the root

Ge.

D2, Arab. ual to roll up, to congre-
gate; hence a tower for bands of sol-
diers, where to deposit theirarms. See
more in Thesaur. p. 1506.

"WOM, see “WDM .

φΦ nbn Chald. with fem. and NNN,
mndn, with masc. three, i. q. Heb. whe;
80 Ezra 6, 4. Dan. 3, 24. al. nbn ἘΠ"
the third day, Ezra 6, 15. —Plur. ‘pnb

thirty Dan. 6, 8. 13.
Deriv. the two following.

M2M Chald. emphat. Nntm abstr. the
third ; Dan. 5, 29 xnbn bed the third
ruler or noble, i. e. the third in the
kingdom, next to the king and his prime
minister. In v. 16 ellipt. smom id.—
This form is elsewhere unknown; the
usual form is "M757.

ἜΡΙΣ Chald. m. (from nm) the third,
Dan. 5, 7. Synon. is "Mn. This
form. like the preceding, is elsewhere
unknown.

ὈΠΞΏΡΙ m. plur. (τ. b>m no. 1) wav-

ing branches, hee." pendulous flexible
On*

mpd

1133

mon

boughs, with which flowing locks are
compared, Cant. 5, 11. LXX ἐλάται,
Vulg. elathe palmarum. Comp. bby
no. 2; also ὩΠΣΙΞῚ and 72030. Arab.

Oe wicker basket, pr. as made of
pendulous twigs.

DM m. adj. (r. pam) f man, whole,

perfect, upright, Lat. integer, only 3 ina
moral sense, nearly i. ᾳ. 98>, Job 1, 1.
8 2,3. 8,20. 9, 20. 21. 22. ‘Ps. 64, 5.
Pros: 29, 10.—Hence also simple, plain,
tnnocent ; Gen. 25, 27 30" Bm Ws SPIT
otbnk Jacob was a plain man dwelling
in tents, where 0M seems to imply the
milder and placid disposition of Jacob,
in opposition to the wilder and ferocious
character of Esau. Fem. c. suff. "man
my innocent one, Cant. 5, 2. 6, 9.—Subst.
neut. integrity, Ps. 37, 37.

DM Chald. adv. i. q. Heb. ow, there ;
always with © local, man, there, i. q.
Heb. ma no. 4. Ὁ, Ezra 5, 17. 6, 12.
ΒΓ from there, thence, Ezra 6, 6.
See art. OW.

DM m. (τ. em) once nim Prov. 10, 9:
c. Makk. “Oo, c. suff. 72m ; wholencaé:
an tae Lat. integritas.

. Of number and measure, fulness ;
ti: 47, 9 DaN> in full measure.

2. Of condition or fortune, soundness.
welfare, prosperity, i. q. pind. Job 21,
23 Yam ἘΣΣΞ in his full prosperity. Ps.
41, 13.

3. Ina moral sense, infegrity of mind.
uprighiness, innocence, Ps. 7,9. 25, 21.
41, 13. Prov. 13, 6. Job 4, 6. Ξ55- 8 in-
ig α of heart Gen. 20, 5. 6. Ps. 78,72;
pha 320 Prov. 10, 9, or ἼΞ.Ξ n Ριδν,
28, 6. Ps. 26, 1. 11, comp. Ps. 101, 2, or
bin ‘hn Prov. 2, 7, to walk in intexriae to
live uprightly. Put for that simplicity —
of mind which is remote from mischief
or ill design ; 1 K. 22, 34 one drew a
bow ‘a> in his simplicity i. 6. without
any evil intent. 2 Sam. 15, 11 D°2>h
bran? who went (with him) in their sim-
plicity, not conscious of any evil design.

4. Plur. pram T'hummim, i. 6. truth,
Sept. adj Pee; see in 758 no. 1. b.

NON, see 82"M.

is fut. man, to be astonished, to
wonder ; "Syr. σιζοΖ. Chald. man, alsa
min id. the labial letters being inter-

man

changed. For the origin see in 034
note, and r. ow. Absol. Is. 29, 9; 6.
by of cause Ecc. 5,7. Pregn. Is. 13, 8
amram? ansav>y wax they looked with
astonishment at one another ; comp.
Gen. 43, 33. Sometimes in a gtronger
sense, to be struck with fear and amaze-
ment, to be in consternation, Ps. 48, 6.
Jer. 4,9. Ecc. 5,7. Poet. of the pillars
of heaven, Job 26, 11.

Hirsp. 72min ia, Hab. 1, 5.

Deriv. ΠΤ, and.

mat Chald. m. a wonder, miracle,
plur. 793M, emphat. X79, Dan. 3,
32. 33. 6, 28.

MOM f. (τ. oem) i. q. mase. OM, integ-
rity, innocence, Job 2, 3.9. 27, 5. 31, 6.

PAN τὰ, (τ. 2A) constr. FNEA, as-_

lonishment, consternation, terror, Zech.
12, 4; 335 ΤΙ astonishment and terror
of mind, Deut. 28, 28.

TAAM Tammuz, c. art. Wann, pr. n.
of a Phenician deity, the Adonis (778)
of the Greeks; for whom the Hebrew
women also were accustomed to hold
an annual lamentation in the fourth
month, called tam, beginning with the
new moon of July, Ez. 8, 14. Sept.
Θαμμούς, Vulg. Adonis; and so Cyrill.
Alex. in Jes. 18. Hieron. ad Ez. l. c.
For this Syrian solemnity, celebrated
chiefly at Byblus, see Lucian de Dea
Syra § 6 sq. Comp. Selden de Diis
Syris 2. 31. Creuzer Symbolik des
Alterthums, T. Il. p. 91 sq. ed. 2.
Movers Phenic. I. p. 191 sq. Winer
Realw. IL. p. 601 sq. ed. 3. The ety-
mology is obscure; see Thesaur. p.
1507.

Siam and Dian adv. (for Diamx q. v.)
yesterday ; 1 Sam. 20,27 bith ba Sion Da
both yesterday and toldy. 2 Sam. 3, 17
iby oy Simm Ὁ both yesterday and the
day before, i. e. formerly, in time past;
and so thy Sinn id. Ex. 5, 8. Ruth 2,
11. Also with a prefix, nod bian> as
before, as formerly, Gen. 31, 2.5. Ex. 5,
7. 14; Josh. 4, 18. 1 Sam. 21, 6. 2 K.
13,5; also bids >icme from time past,
fore, formerly, Ex. 21, 29. 36. Deut.

4,42. 19,4. 6. Josh. 3, 4.—Syr. \Szf,

sozf; Chald. “bans, dion, "ben;

1134

+

“on

Eth. TAA®P, id. As to the «
logy, the word, as R. Jonah .
is prob. composed from Mx Me Η

at, and ἸΏ, 5972, pr. i. ᾳ. ΣΌΣ
and is then transferred from
relation to that of time. This mode
formation is required by the form ab
whence by apheresis >12m; nor do
root 52m afford any light in mi Ἢ
kindred dialects. i

ΓΙ ΩΤ f. (τ. #2) constr. meOR, or
non Num. 12, 8. |
1. appearance, form, shape. Nur
8. Ps. 17,15. Job 4,16 "299 7335 APNE
shape was before my eyes. Deut. 4, I ?
2. an image, likeness, Ex. 20, 4. De’
4, 16. 23. 25. 5,8.

MOM f(r. 99) 1. exchange, bi
ter, espec. in buying and selling, tu
4, 7. Hence exchange, i. q. that
which any thing is exchanged ; Job
17 1p "dD MENTION and the exchange
it is [not] vessels of gold, i. e. wi
is not to be acquifed for gold. Lev. 23
10. 33. “

2. compensation, retribution, Job 1
31. 20, 18 ΝΣ Nb» inqien SD as
possession to be restored, in which o
rejoices not.

MVM f. (r. m2) death, only in the
phrase Mmian-"272 sons of death, cor
demned to death, i. 4. nye7"32, Ps: 79,
11. a 21. a
Ὦ (in Samar. laughter) ,
in man Tamah, pr. n,m. Bara 3,
53. Neh. 7, 55.

Tm. (τ. 532) 1. Subst. contin
ance, perpetuity, i. 6. perpetual lime, as
moving on continually without interrup-
tion. Only in the genit. after othe
nouns,-in place of an adjective; e. σι,
προ "wa menof continuance, ἱ. 6. hired
constantly, and not for a short period,
Ez. 39,14; an zis acontinual burnt-
offering, ἢ. e. continued daily, both
ing and evening. Num, 28, 6. 10. 15. 23.
24; I2mh om the continual bread, i. q.
πὰ}: end Num.4,7. Rarely in ce

as a nbis Num. 28, 3. [

9. Ellipt. for tamn ΤῚΣ the daily
ties Dan. 8, 11. 12. 18 ΤΠ wae

3. Adv. continually, ever, dlwaye Ps
16, 8. 25, 15. 34,2. Is. 21,8. 49, 16. al.

i

aya) 3)

D'OR m. adj. (r. Dem) constr. D-2N,
lur. ΒΘ ΠῚ, constr. "72°F; fem. 73"2h,
ur. ΓΤ ΌΤΙ.

1, complete, perfect, Ps. 19, 8. Job 36,
. 37, 16.

2. whole, entire, Lev. 3, 9. 25, 30.
losh. 10, 13.

3. whole, sound,i.e. a) without blem-
sh, as victims Ex. 12, 5. Lev. 1. 3. 3,
.6. 9,2. 3. Num. 6, 14. Ez. 43, 22. 23.
l. sep. δ) sownd, in health, of men,
τον. 1, 12.—Hence
4. Trop. in a moral sense, Lat. integer,
le-minded, i. e.

» a) upright, innocent, blameless, good,
n. 6, 9. 17, 1. Job 12, 4. Prov. 2, 21.
11, 5. 28-10. Ps. 37, 18. FIT αν}.
the upright in life Prov. 11, 20. Ps. 119,
1. dX ἘΞ DTON upright with (towards)
God, devoted to him, Deut. 18, 13. Ps.
18, 24; c. > 2 Sam. 22, 24; comp. 03%
no. 3. Neut. subst. inlegrity, Josh. 24,
14. Judg. 9, 16.19. Hence o*2m2 42n
to walk (live) uprightly Ps. 84, 12; and
80 0°70M 725 id. Ps. 15, 2. Prov. 28, 18;
also 0°29 7272 32 id. Ps. 101, 6;
comp. ha bn.

b) true, subst. truth, verity. Am. 5,
10 τ Ὁ 725 one speaking the truth.
1 Sam. 14, 41 5°9M ΓΙΞΙ give the truth!

DOA m. for ΘΝ ΤΙ, pr. plur. of a form
ἘΝῚ q.v. wins; hence twain, coupled,
Ex. 26, 24. 36,29. Seer. oNnm.

ἘΞ. fat. F2m7; kindr. with 728.
1. to take, to hep hold of, 6. g. one’s

Ὁ Is. 33, 15. Prov. 28, 17. Job 36, 17 1.5
aan" wets justice and judgment lay
hold sc. on thee; where Gesenius and
others less well, lake hold on each other,
gee inj no. 1.6. Here too may be re-
ferred Ps. 16, 5 “δ. WIN OME thou
takest hold of my lot, dost guide and
maintain it; the rs! ΠΩ being a
participle for 725m or W7725IM, like 2730
2K. 8, 21; see Heb. Gr. § 49. n. 1.

2. to obtain, to acquire, e. g. honour,
6. ace. Prov. 11, 16. 29. 23.

3. to hold, to hold fast, c. ace. Prov.
3.18. 31. 19; ‘pau Wim one holding the
scepire, a prince, Am. 1, 5. 8; comp.
Hom. σκηπτοῦχος βασιλεύς.
Prov. 4. 4; also Ps. 17, 5 "18x jon
Wmbas2a my steps hold fast in thy

1135

hand, ec. acc. Gen. 48, 17. Prov. 5,5; c

Metaph.

pan

paths, i. e. I continually follow thee;
here the inf. 42m implies a finite verb,
or fills the place of one; Heb. Gr. § 128.
4. Ὁ. Others, as Targ. take ΠΩ as
imperat. huld up my goings in thy paths.

4. to hold up, to support ; c. 3 Ex. 17,
12 they supported his hands. Often of
God who is said to uphold a person or
thing, c. 3 Ps. 41, 13. 63, 9. Is. 42,1;
c. ace. of pers. Is. 41, 10.

Nipu. pass. of no. 3, Prov. 5, 22.

2M, see dian.

* DOM), 3 sing. pret. om, 1 pl. 2M
Num 17, 28 (but also 322m for 7am Lam.
3, 22); inf th, c. suff. am. Fut. oh,
once thm Ez. 24,11; 1sing. once ΓΝ
for DMX Ps. 19, 14; ΤΣ vam? Deut. 34,
8, oftener mh" (whieh others refer to-
Niph.) Num. 14, 35. Jer. 14, 15. 44, 12.
Ps. 104, 35, in pause 12M? or as in some
Mss. 52m" Ps. 102, 28.

1. to make whole, i. e. to complete, to
perfect, to finish; Ps. 64, 7. Jer. 27,8

} ia oMk “ans uniil J shall have fin-

ished them (wholly delivered them) into
his hand. With 5 c. inf. to finish doing
any thing, to have done; Josh. 3, 17
ἽΠΠΩΝ sr Mam TEN IZ unlil they
had finished passing over Jordan. 4, 1.
11. 2 Sam. 15, 24. Josh. 5, 8 44m “to
dinm> an->> when the peonle had done
being circumcised, were all circumcised.
Deut 2, 16 mad sam when they all had
done dying, i. e. were all dead.—Often
intrans. fo be complete, to be finished ;
1 K. 7, 22 and the work of the columns
was finished, om. Is. 18, 5. ban 33
until they were finished, i. e. wholly.
Deut. 31, 24. 30. 1 K. 6, 22. Josh. 3, 16

the waters 5723 "2M were wholly cut off.

an
id. trans. and intrans.

—Arab. The

primary idea is doubtless that of shut-
ting up, closing; comp. the kindr. roots
p27, ON, cox. Ἐῶ, and also the same
primary force in synon. "22.

2. to be finished, ended, to have an
end, to cease, Ps. 9,7. Is. 16, 4 (parall.
m>> and ODN). Josh. 4, 10. Lam. 4, 22
W252 om thine iniquity has ceased, i. 6.
thy punishment is at an end. Also of
time, Gen. 47. 18 sn mavn chm and
when that year was ended. Lev. 25, 29.
Deut. 34, 8. Jer. 1,3. Ps. 102, 28 τ 295

Ἢ

oan
san Xb and thy years have no end. Ez.
47, 12 7B Din? Ny whose fruit shall
never fail. Job 31, 40 ais 7137 72H the
words of Job are ended. Ps. 72. 20.

3. to be consumed, exhausted, spent,
i. ᾳ. MdD no. 3; 6. g. bread Jer. 37, 21;
money Gen. 47,15. 18; aroll as hired
Jer. 36, 23; the rust of a boiling pot,
Bz. 24, 11. So Lev. 26, 20 pm? ὈΠῚ
pans and your strength shall be spent
‘in vain. Num. 14, 35. 32, 13 oA
sinn-d2 until all that generation was
consumed. Deut. 2, 14. Jer. 14, 15. Ps.
104, 35. Hence to perish, to be destroy-
_ ed, (like M>2 no. 3,) 2 K. 7, 13. Josh. 5.
6. Ps. 73, 19. Jer. 44,12. 18, 27; so ΤΣ
yan until it be ἡ τωνα 1 K. 14, 10, and
Dan ἫΣ until they were destroyed Deut.
2.15. Josh. 8, 24. 10, 20. Jer. 24. 10, i. q.
mbD-39, see τὸ no. 3 and Pi. no. 3.

4, to be complete, whole, e.g. a) In
number, 1 Sam. 16, 11 S"952 Aan are
these all thy sons ? Num. 17, 18. Ὁ) In
mind. to be whole-minded, upright, blame-
less, Ps. 19, 14. Num. 17, 28 323m ON)
3535 even if blameless, must we die? here
ΝΠ is ‘evenif. although’; and so prob.
in Job 6,13. Others refer this passage
to lett.a. Comp. oh, 5°on.

Nien. here many refer the form "2m",
' which belongs rather to Kal; see init.

Hien. ΠΤ; inf. om, once ΘΙ for
Wann Is. 33, 1; fut. OM.

1. i,q. Kal no. 1, but only trans. to
complete, to perfect ; e. g. flesh in cook-
ing, to make ready, to prepare, Ez. 24,
10; counsel, to execute 2 Sam. 20, 18.

2. to finish, to cease ; Is. 33, 1 ΠΏ ΤΤΙ9
“310 when thou shalt cease to spoil.

Causat. to cause to cease, and c. {2 lo

remove from any one, Ez. 22, 15.

3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to make whole,
to complete, e.g. a) Of a number;
Dan, 8, 23 pos wan OND when the trans-
gressors shall have completed sc. the
number of their sins. Dan. 9, 24 Keri,
see in r. BOM no. 3. Hence to pay oul
in full, as money, i. q. Ἐῶ, 2 K. 22, 4.
Ὁ) Of a way of life, to make upright ;
Job 22, 3 F737 ONIN 7D if thow livest up-
rightly.

Hirap. o2mn to show oneself upright,
to deal uprightly with any one, c. 03
Ps. 18, 26. 2 Sam. 22, 26.

Deriv. om, oR, Man, oven, of.

1136

on

Jom, see 72".

ΤΙΣ ΤΩ (portion assigned, r. 3 "
38, 12. Josh. 15, 10. 57. 2 Chr. |
with m local προ Judg. 14, 1.5
with © parag. Josh. 19, 43. Judg.
Timnah, Timnath, (Θαμναϑά τ
9, 50.) pr. n. of an ancient Cana εν
city Gen. 38, 12; first ‘Oo ua
tribe of Judah, Joa. 15, 10. 57, 8
wards to Dan Josh. 19, 43. - Tt n
ed long in possession of the Philis
Judg. 14, 1. 2 Chr. 28, 18. Comp.
Ant. 5. 8. δ. Now XiaS Tibneh,
a Res. in Palest. I. p. 343,—Gen

."20F) Timnite Judg. 15, 6.—[Je
stacks of a Tiimnah or Θαμνά in
nection with Gophna and Lydda, |
giving name to a toparchy, Ant. 14. 7
2. B. J. 3. 3. 5. Now called Tibn
lying northwest of Gophna on ‘the R
man road to pear see Bibliot
Sacr. 1843, p. 484.—R. 7

ΓΦ ΤΟ, see in NABH.
"ZR, see 72"D.

"270M, gentile noun, see MOM.

32M (one withheld, inaccessible
5:9) Timna, pr. ἢ. of a conoubinal
Eliphaz the son of Esau, Gen. 36, 1:
22. 1 Chr. 1,39. From her the name
passed over to an Edomitish tribe, Gen

36, 40. 1 Chr. 1, 51.
ΠΟΞΌΏ, see in ΠΣ,
ὉΠ Ώ, see the next ΡΠ

τ ΓΤ (portion of abundance, i. ¢
remaining portion, see ΠΡ.) Timnat
serah, pr. n. of a town in the moun ~
of Ephraim, assigned to Joshua, and t
place of his burial, Josh. 19, 50. 24, 3 2
The same is called in Judg. 2, 9 “Mz
Ὀπ πὶ (portion of the sun) Timnath ert
The former is prob. the correct ree
ing; since a possession thus given 1
Joshua after the rest of the land 4
distributed (Josh. 19, 49) would strictly
bea portion remaining ; ; see Stoder | in
loc. [Prob. i. q. Θαμνά Timnah of Je
phus, the head of a toparchy lying ἢ
tween those of Gophna and Lydda; |
above in M24m.—R.

ie
Ot m. (r. Don) a πόδας away, P
58. 9. See in dada. ΝΜ

wae

ἼΡΩ.

hy Var obsol. root, pr. prob. to creak,
give forth a creaking sound, kindr.
ith 921 II, "ax; then to stand forth
ll, high, to be lofty, since things tall
nd slender, like trees, masts, easily
ibrate and creak; comp. 77F a pole,
ast, from r. 32 to creak; ""28 top of
tree, from r. 28. Hence 2n palm
ee, M72 or ΓΙ 2 ΤΊ column of smoke,
ὙΠ 2) columns as waymarks. — So
rab. ᾿ οἰ 3 and ἕ οἰ 3 tower of a
na lea
; pices riguit hasta, membrum
irile. For the Talmudic usage, see in
mason. Comp. 727m.

vr:

Deriv. see above, also "2h, "an;

1. a palm-tree, phenix
dactylifera, date-palm, a tree always
green, tall, and slender, from r. 727

4. ν. Chald. 79m id. Arab. 745 date,

Eth. TCT palm. Joel 1, 12. Ps. 92,
13. Cant. 7, 8. 9. Plur. =" 2M palm-
trees Ex, 15, 27. Lev. 23, 40. Num.
33, 9. Neh. 8, 15.—This beautiful and
most useful tree, now found throughout
Egypt and Arabia, was anciently like-
wise frequent.in Palestine, at least in
the depressed tract along the Jordan
and the shores of the Dead sea; “Judea
inclyta palmis,” Plin. At the present
time it is not found in that region; and
is elsewhere very rare in that country.
See Theophr. Hist. Plant. 2. 6. Plin.
H. N. 13.4. Celsii Hierob. II. p. 566
sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Alterth. IV. i. p.
297 sq. Winer Realw. art. Datielpalme.

2. Tamar, pr. n. of place: a) A
town on the southeastern border of
Palestine. Ez. 47, 19. 48, 28; prob. the
Θαμαρώ of Ptol. 5. 16, the Z'hamaro of
the Tab. Peut. and 7'hamara of Euse-
bius, see Onomast. art. Hazazon Tha-
mar. Perh. the site of ruins now called
- Kurnub, about a day’s journey south of
el-Milh (Malatha), on the ancient way
between Hebron and AZlana; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 616.622 sq. b)
i. 4. MaIM-q. v. Tadmor, Palmyra, 1 K.
9,18 Keth. c) 79m >33, see in 553
no.6.k. 4) 72M j¥2M, see on p. 338.
6) ποτ ὍΣ the City of palm-trees,
.e. Jericho, see in art. "Δ dd.

\

1137

“an -

3. Tamar, pr.n.f. a) The daugh-
ter-in-law of Judah, Gen. 38,6; Θάμαρ
Matt. 1, 3. Ὁ) A daughter of«David
2Sam. 13,1. 1Chr.3,9. c) A daugh-
ter of Absalom, 2 Sam. 14, 27.—Comp.
“ΓΝ lthamar pr. ἢ. m. p. 46.

“OF m. (τ. 12M) a palm-tree, e. g.
that of Deborah between Ramah and
Bethel, Judg. 4,5. Also of the trunk of
a palm-tree, Jer. 10,5. Comp. Epist.
Jerem. v. 70.

Von f(r. wean, related to VM as
map? to op2) a pillar, column, twice
in the phrase ἸῸΣ Min2M columns of
smoke,poetic, Cant. 3, 6. Joel 3,3 for
2, 30], like jU> ΞΡ Judg. 20, 40.—For
ninon in both places many Mss. and
editions have Mi72"M or ΤΊ, insert-
ing Yod; or at least Min2m with Me-
theg. These latter forms would strictly
come from r. 72", as UM from r. U4.
In the Talmud is read Han Ῥ ~127M
the column of the rising sun, and "772°"
m22> the column of the moon; where
ΠΣ may be alike referred to στ. 72H
and r. "72",;since according to the laier
mode of writing it may be for 777aM.
We find also imam m22nm tts column
(of incense) ascends; and there is a
verb in Piel, "am, to ascend like a col-
umn sc. of incense. All these may in-
deed have come from the biblical word ;
but, on the other hand, the biblical
minxm may have been changed into
ΤΊ to conform to the later orthio-
graphy; see Lehrgeb. p. 145. It is
therefore doubtful, whether the word
belongs to r. "72m or r. 1%"; though the
former is more probable. The signifi-
cation is certain.

OOF, see in ΠΛ.

man f. (τ. am) plur. oan Ez. 40,
16; and τ ἸῺ 1 K. 6, 29. 32. 35. Ez.
41, 18.19, palm-trees, i. 6. artificial, as
an architectural ornament.

pian m. (r. P12) plur. constr. "pan,
6. suff. ΠΡ ΗΠ, IP VEN; purifications,
e. g. of the virgins admitted into the
harem of the Persian king, Esth. 2, 12.
Meton. precious ointments, perfumes, for
the#e purifications, Esth. 2, 3. 9.—Me-
taph. a cleansing, remedy, by which one
is corrected and amended, sing. Prov
20, 30 Keri.

|

ἼΔΩ " 1138

Tp m. plur. (r. 28) bitter-
nesses ; 6. 5. ΠΌΤ "23 bitter weep-
ing Jer. 31, 15. 6, 26. ‘Adv. bitterly
Hos. 12, 15.

1. O79" m. plur. (τ. WH) up-
right columns, pillars, or perh. heaps
of stones, as way-marks, Jer. 31, 21.

P "TAA i. gq. pan q. v. Prov. 20, 30
Keth.

ἸῺ or JH τὰ. (τ. 92m 1.) only plur. 53m,
(a sing. 02m see below,) once with
Aram. form 4729 Lam. 4, 3 Keth. (perh.
nizm, see in 73M fin.) jackals, an animal
dwelling in deserts Is. 13,22. 34, 18. 35,7.
43, 20 (whence 0°2m Dip? Ps. 44, 20, and
orm ἩΡῸ Jer. 9,10. 10, 22. 49, 33, for
the desert,) suckling its young Lam: 4,
3, and uttering a wailing cry like that
of achild, Job 30, 29. Mic. 1, 8.—Bo-
chart, Hieroz. II. p. 429, understands
huge serpents, as if i. q. 72h; but R.
Tanchum Hieros. cvrrectly interprets
the word by the Arab. ss! up l jackal,

wild dog, so called in Arabic from its
howl (also in Heb. “δ, plur. 578);

comp. Arab. ys wolfi—The name

prob. comes from the outstretched neck
and body inrunning; see r. Ἴ2 I.

N27) a doubtful root, see in Min.

ἜΤ. ΣΙ to reach out, to give, to dis-
tribute gifls, espec.in order to get the
service of any one, to hire; kindr. are
wm I, 103, m2. Once Hos. 8, 10 "9 os
pias 42m" alihough they give presents
(hire) among the nations ; where others
read 52m" from r. {M2. Vulg. well, et
cum mercede conduxerint nationes.

Hien. i. q. Kal, once Hos. 8,9 ΞΔ
ὈΠΞΠΝ NT Rohraim hireth lovers.

Deriv. TIN, 2M, and pr. names
"ams, Ὁ", bern,

oe ER ΓΊ2 1 to repeat, i. q. 72, Aram.
Nom, Ton, 122. Not found in Kal; since
the form 3m Prov. 31, 31, which some
refer here, belongs rather to jn2. For
the form 72m Ps. 8, 2, see r. {M2 init. and

no. 2. aa. °
' Prev pr. to repeat often, to rehearse ;
hence to commemorate, to praise, to cele-
brate, c. ace. Judg. 5, 11; ¢. > ΤῊΝ 11,

Ἴ"Ὡ
40. Aram. "2m, ez, i

2, i ¥ ‘ -
count. Arab. eed IV, to celeb t
praise, pr. to utter. iat

27 Chald. i. q. Heb. 733, fo |
whence WA, mas. Ae

man f(r. j2m1,) only plur. rien
dwellings ; once Mal. 1, 3 and In
his (Esau’s) mountains a waste, ¢
heritage “3°72 ΤΗΣ Sor du
the desert. ‘Sept. δώματα ἐρή͵
so Syr. This signif. is readily de
from r. 72h, either from the ¢ nb
the tracts inhabited, or from the d
tion, comp. τ. 2. Kindr. is Are
to abide, to dwell ;
ou dweller.
nius supposes M2M to be for mien y
Dag. forte euphonie, i. q. DINIM; cor
ΓΙΡΞ Ὁ for ΠΝ ΟΞ, and ΠΙ for πιὸ
referring it to a root om i. q. Ar
abode.—But Vulg. the Heb. intp
Rosenm. Ewald, and others, take
as a plur. of jm,i. q. OM jackals, o
i. q. B°22M dragons; and render t
words ἜΞΩ nim) for jackals of the ¢
ert, or for dragons of the desert. [ ἢ
signif jackals seems to give the easie
and best interpretation.—R.

MSM £ (τ. RO) c. suff. "MNF. pu

oe
whence $2

dwelling, Hence Ge .

MINI .

la holding back of oneself,
drawal, alienation, of God from men
Num. 14,84. Hence

2. enmity, Job 33, 10° "ὃν rinen
xx" lo! he seeketh enmity against 1 ne.

Comp. Arab. εἰ mid. Waw, Conj. ΠῚ,
to rise up against any one in a he tile:
manner. ai
MIF Γ (τ. 332) constr. ΤΗΣ, plur, τ
nian, produce, increase, Deut. 32, 1
Judg. 9, 11. Is. 27, 6. Ez. 36, mt
Lam. 4, 9. ”
JIT τὴ. (τ. Im) end, extremity, 2
with ἽΝ added, tip of the ear Bx, 29,2 20.
Lev. 8, 23,24. 14, 14.17. 25,28.
Mg") f(r, B92) slumber, plur, Job
33, 15; espec. from indolence, sloth,
Prov. 6, 10.24. 33. Ps. 132, 4. al. σ΄
MDH ἢ (Ὁ. 992) constr. ates a ca
ing, a moving to and fro, e.g. a» Of

"ἢ"

Vn

e hands, asa gesture of threatening,
5,190. 16. Ὁ) Ofa sacrifice before Je-
ovah, a certain ceremony or rite, for
hich see in 553 Hiph. no. 2. Hence
EMM IM the wave-breast, i. 6. offered
r to be offered with waving to and fro,
x. 29, 27. Lev: 7, 34; MBAR ὩΣ the
ve-sheaf Lev. 23, 15; and so v. 17.
Ex. 38, 24.29. nein ont Ex. 38, 24.
6) i. q. tumult; Is. 30, 32 rE τὴ ΠΝ
wars akahuleinie, i. 6. af tumult, tumultu-
ous.

3H compounded from 4m i. q. Nasor.
IRM (see in r. 72m 11) or Chald. jAmx,
and Chald. "53 q. v. pr. ‘ furnace of fire ;’
plur. ΘΉΣΩ, τὰ. but fem. perh. Hos. 7, 4.
ΟΠ a furnace, oven, Gr. κλίβανος, Gen.
15, 17. Is. 31, 9. Ps. 21, 10. Lam. 5, 10.
Mal. 3,19. Spec. for baking bread or
cakes, Ex. 7, 28 [8,3]. Lev. 2, 4. 7, 9.
11, 35; not only that of the baker Hos.
7, 4. 6. 7; but also that used by the
housewife for baking bread, Lev. 2b, fe

Chald. avin, Syr. ἴα: 2, Arab. eri

id. The Tannir is a large we, pot
of earthen or other materials, two or
three feet high, narrowing towards the
top ; this being first heated by a fire
made within, the dough or paste is
spread upon the sides to bake, thus form-
ing thin cakes; see Golii Ber: Arab.
p. 398. D’Arvieux Ménm. III. p. 270 sq.
Niebuhr Beschr. von Arabien p. 51, and
Plate I. Of the Gr. κλίβανος Jerome
says on Lam. 5, 10 “ Clibanus est co-
quendis panibus enei vasculi diducta
rotunditas, que sub urentibus flammis
ardet intrinsecus.” Comp. the Greek
Lexicons s. v.
2. Pr. n. ἘΣ 5739, Tower of the
furnaces, upon or near ‘the walls of Je-
_ rusalem, Neh. 3, 11. 12, 38.

D2) m. plur. (τ. ἘΠ)
compassion, Ps. 94, 19.

2. consolations, comfort, Is. 66, 11.
Jer. 16, 7.

mann f. plur. (τ. 8113) consolations,
Job 15, 11. 21, 2.

MN (comfort, τ. 02) Tanhumeth,
pr. n. m. 2 K. 25, 23. Jer. 40, 8.

1. pity,

DSM sing. Ez. 29, 3. 32, 2,a great

serpent, dragon, i. e. here the- crocodile

1139

yn | ᾿

as the emblem of Pharaoh and Egypt ;
i. q. "2M, which latter is read in several
Mss. and from which this form has been
corrupted by the writer, or by copyists,
who had in mind the plur. 0") from
sing. ἸΏ.

ae m. (τ. j2m J,) plur. 8"373m, Arab.
ps, Chald. }"2m, Syr. 32; a great

serpent, dragon, so called from its ex:
tension, length. Spec.

1. a water-serpent, sea-monster, drag-
on, comp. Am. 9,3; so Gen. 1, 21 where
Sept. κῆτος. Job 7, 12. Ps. 148, 7.

2. a land-serpent, dragon, Ex. 7, 9.
10. 12. Deut. 32, 33. Ps. 91, 13. Jer. 51,
34.—For ἸΏ ΤΣ Dragon-fountain
Neh. 2, 13, see in 19 no. 2. ec, and
Bibl. Res. in Pal. I. p. 514. ν

3. Put for the crocodile, for which the
Heb. and Aram. have no vernacular
name; every where as the emblem of
Egypt or her king, Is. 27, 1. 51, 9. Ps.
74,13; also Ez. 29, 3. 32, 2, in Mss.
where the comm. reading is 5"2M q. v.

22h Chald. the second, Dan. 7,5. R.
mM to repeat. Comp. 5724.—Hence

HANI adv. a second time, again,
Dan. 5, τὸ

* 312M obsol. verb, Syr. Ethpe. oot:

to come to an end, to cease. Hence

qn.

τῷ ἢ 12h) obsol. root, the native force
of which may be gathered from its de-
rivatives and from the kindred roots ; fo
stretch out, to extend ; comp. in the Se-
mitic tongues Eth. ΠΣ length, 109 and
mm to give, pr. to extend the hand
(comp. “7, M7), 125) to extend itself, '
e. g. time, to endure, to be perpetual ;
and in the Indo-Europ. tongues, Sanscr.
tan, Gr. τείνω, τανύω, τιταίνω, Lat. tendo
(comp. Diss. Lugdd. II. 852), whence
tenuis (Sanscr. tanu), tener, Goth. than-
jan, Germ. dehnen, with many others,
as old High Germ. Tanna fir-tree.—
Hence ΠΣ a great serpent, sea-monster.
so called from its length; comp, ταινίο
(from τεένω) a long fish, Lat. tenia.
Also jf a jackal, from its running with
outstretched neck and body.

Deriv. JA, TIM, ΒΞ, 90}.

pen

Τ᾽ ih Chald. i. q. ees to smoke ;
whence Eth. T% ἀτμίς, vapour; Chald.
noon, Syr. 1332, (202, Sam. xT,
smoke; Nasor. 828" furnace.

Deriv. Chald. ΙΝ, comp. “2m.

ΓΔ Γ (τ. τὸ to respire) 1. Lev.
11, 30, an unclean animal, classed with
other species of lizards; according to
Bochart (Hieroz. T. I. p. 1083) the cha-
melion, so called as living upon air ac-
cording to the opinion of the ancients,
Plin. H. N. 8. 33. Hasselquist Reise
p. 350. Sept. and Vulg. talpa, mole.
Saad. lizard.

2. Lev. 11, 18. Deut. 14, 16, an unclean
aquatic bird, prob. the pelican, pelecanus
onocrotalus, so called from its pouch,
which it can extend by inflation, see
“Oedm. Verm. Samml. III. 50.—Sept.
πορφυρίων, i. 6. the crested purple heron,
ardea purpurea Linn. Vulg. cygnus,
swan. |

ἢ Ξ 5 Ὁ in Kal not used; comp. 38"
II.. This root is very rarely found in
the other Semitic dialects in its usual
Hebrew signification. The primary
idea seems to be lo thrust forth or away,
to drive away; and hence (o reject, to
abhor, to abominate.

Pini an, fut.atnm 1. fo abominate,

to abhor, Deut. 7, 26. 23,8. Am. 5, 10.
Mic. 3, 9, Job 19, 19. Ps. 5, 7. al.
_ 2. Causat. to cause to abhor, to fill
one with abhorrence. Is. 49,7 "ii 32m
who causeth abhorrence to the people,
who is an abomination to the people.

3. Causat. to make abominable, to
cause to be abhorred, Job 9, 31. Ez. 16,
25. See Hiph.

Hiren. fo make abominable, shameful.
Ps. 14, 1 399 Aa "ENN they make abom-
inable their doings, i.e. they do abom-
inable deeds, act abominably; comp. Ps.
53,2. So with ΠΡΌΣ implied id. 1 K.
21, 26. Ez. 16, 52. Comp. Mngt, S35.

Nira. pass. to be an abomination, ab-
horred, detestable, 1 Chr. 21, 6. Part.
asm abominable Job 15, 16; despised,
worthless, Is. 14, 19.

Deriv. Mazin.

* TIE fat. nym, apoc. 25, pr. ‘to
be thrust hither: and thither, comp.
33m; kindr. is 33m q. v. Then, like r.

L14U αι

mu, to wander, to err, to go 6
Chala. ΝΣ id. but oftener ἐς
tg, Arab. Lab and _<tlo id. ὃ
of persons Is. 35, 8. 47, 15; oft
Ex. 23, 4. Is. 53, 6. Ps. 119, 176
sak ΠῺΞ J have gone astray t . ;
sheep ; ‘also of birds Job 38, 41; w
of place Gen. 21, 14. 37,.15. Ps. 1
With ace. of place, to wander't
or over, trop. of the branches of a:
shooting luxuriantly over the desert
16,9[S]. Spec. a) Of drank
sous, who go reeling about; Is. 2
ἜΞΈΠΙΓῚ ἸΣῸ they go astray (reel) j
strong drink; and hence trop. of
mind, Is. 21, 4 "33 mn my heart?
eth, is scizedwith giddiness. b) T
of the mind as erring from the paths
virtue and piety, Ps. 58, 4. Ez. 48,
comp. 33> "3h Ps. 95, 10, mn oh Is,
24. With 72, e.g. from. God’s p ace’
Ps. 119, 110, comp. Prov. 21, 16; ἡ
nin bso Ez. 44, 10.15; with
nim from following Ge God, ‘from his w
ship, Ex. 14, 1]. - Chald. ἃ
spec. ‘to be giyen od try,’
be a heretic. 6) Of those whe
their aim and fail in their efforts; Pr
14, 22 39 "th asm ΝΕΊΡΠ do iad
err (from their ‘mark) who devise ¢
Others, do they not perish. ;

ΝΙΡΗ. to wander, pr. to be made |
wander, to stagger about, Is. 19,
Metaph. to be deceived, to err, in ἃ πὶ
al sense, Job 15, 31.

Hipn. fut. apoc. 295 1. to
wander Job 12, 24. Is. 19, 13.44. ΩΝ
20, 13. Ps. 107, 40. Jer. 50, 6; lik
drunken man Job 12, 25. Is. 30, 28 %
nsn2 a bridle causing to err. Met
to cause to wander or err from the Ὁ
of virtue and piety, 6. g. a pation di to
impiety, ungodliness, Is. 3. 12. 9,
Am. 2, 4. Hos. 4, 12. Jer. 23, 13. 32; οἱ
into idolatry, 2 K. 21, 9. 2 Chr. * 8
with 79 Is. 63,17. ᾿

2. Intrans. to err, pr. to let oneself
wander, Jer. 42, 20 Keri Prov. 10, 1

Deriv. Msn, and .

"9M (error) Tou, pr. n. of a sie’
Hamath or Epiphania, 1 Chr. 18, 9. 10;
written "3h Joi 2 Sam.8,9.10. ς᾽

MPH f. (τ. ΡΣ Hiph.) a divine pre
cept; hence an oracle Is. 8, 16; law

Ἵν 1]

. 20; in both.cases parall. with Mim.
Iso custom, as having the force of law,
uth 4, 7.

MDW f. (τ. 535) darkness, Job 11, 17
3 Mss. See in r. 553 no. 3.

"7, see in ssh.

mbon f. (r. 93>) constr. mdzn, plur.
, suff, ΓΟ comp. nybh) from r.

La channel, trench, in which water
is raised from a stream to water or in-
ndate the fields, 1 K. 18, 32. 35, 38.
K. 18, 17. 20, 20; a conduit, aqueduct
8. 7, 3. 36, 2. Ez. 31, 4. Poet. Job 38,
5 nbsn pew ἌΣ τῷ, who hath divided
| nnels for the rain? 1. 6. distributed
he rain-water to all parts of the heavens.
2. a plaster, bandage, something put
upon a wound, Jer. 30, 13. 46,11. Comp.
MDI Asn.

oe m. plur.(r.>591,) 1. vexa-
tion, adverse destiny, Is. 66,4. See the
root Po. no. 3.

2. boyishness, for concr. 0°2>%> , :boys,
babes, Is. 3, 4.

MO22M Γ (τ. 889) a hidden thing,
secret, Job 28, 11. Plur. mi- Job 11, 6.
Ps. 44, 22.

ἌΡΩΦΤΆ τη, (τ. 222) Prov. 19, 10; plur.
O°325m Cant. 7,7, and mi- Ecc. 2, 8, deli-
cale living, delights, Mic. 2, 9. Prov. 1. c.
Mic. 1, 16 92220 "23 children in whom
thou delightest. Espec. pleasure, enjoy-
ment, i. e. sexual Cant. 7, 7. Ecc. 2, 8.

MMII f. (τ. 739 I1,) pr. ‘self-affliction,’
i. 6. fasying, Ezra 9, 5. See the root
Pi. lett. b.

F227 and F29H) (sandy soil, r. 25)
Taanach, Tanach, pr. n. of a royal Ca-
naanitish city Josh. 12, 21, in the territory

of Issachar, but assigned to Manasseh.
Judg. 1,27. 5,19. 1K.4, 12. Josh. 17, 11.

21,25. Now Hiss Ta’annuk, see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 156. Biblioth.
Sacr. 1843, p. 76. Comp. in "39 lett. b.

i yon in Kal not used ; pr. to thrust,
to push, to hier upon, like MOM; comp.

ἜΞΩ. Arab. a and a vomit, pr. a

breaking forth, ejection, εὖ to thrust.
96

L141

PiLp. SHSM, part. SAIN, to mock, to
scoff, Gen. 27, 12; pr. ‘to burst into
laughter,’ like pete Σ᾽ or, what ac- .
cords better with thé duplicated form,
‘to trip with the tongue, to stammer,’

COMP 423 no. 2, like Arab. Cs: ἃ χὰ 5,

Cie. pr. ‘to shew oneself a
mocker’; hence to mock, to deride, part.
plur. O°SASM9, c.a 2 Chr. 36,16. Arab.
X3 to stammer. °
Deriv. ὈΠΣΏΣΏ.

HVaLLN f. plur. (τ. ὩΧ9) strength
powers, Ps. 68, 36.

ΠΣῸ obsol. root, i. ᾳ. "9 q. v. and
Arab. to cleave, to split.—Hence
“sn II. p33

LF m. (τ. m2) @ razor, sharp
knife, so called as making naked or bald;
Num. 6, 5. 8,7. Ps. 52, 4. Is. 7,20. Ez.
5,1. "BOM “sm a writer’s knife, with
which he sharpens the calamus, q. d.
pen-knife, Jer. 36, 23.

IT. “3A m. (r. ἜΣ) ¢. suff. IIA
the sheath of a sword, (pr. cleft,) 1 Sam.
17, 51. 20, 8. Jer. 47,6. Ez. 21, 8. 10.
35 (21, 3. 5. 30].—Others efor thinalen
tor. ΠΣ,

MIMI ἢ (τ. a1 1. 3) suretyship ;
plur. 2 K. 14, 14 mins3n "32 hostages,
given as surety.

ὩΣ ΤΩ m. plur. (τ. 93m) mockery, de-
lusions, Jer. 10,15. 51,18 D»smsn ΓΙῸΣ Ὦ
i. 6. idols; Jerome, opus risu dignum ;
better, works of delusion.

DP m. (τ. Spm) plur. o°5n, c. suff
71en.

1. adrum, tabret, timbrel, Arab. Re
whence Spanish aduffa.; in the East
it consists of a thin wooden rim covered
with a membrane, and hung around with
brass bells or rattles; it is: used. chiefly
by dancing females. Ex. 15, 20.- Judg,
11. 34. 1 Sam. 10, 5. 2 Sam. 6, 5. Is.
5, 12. 30, 32. Jer. 31, 4. Job 21, 12. al.
comp. Ps. 68,26. See Niebuhr’s Reise
beschr. I. p. 181.

2. Ez. 28,13 the drum or hollow in
which a gem is set, bezel ; comp. 373.
So Jerome, whom Gesenius follows. ;.
others, fabret, as above.

NBN

ΤΥ ΘΙ f. Is. 28, 5. Jer. 48, 17, else-
where MNDM f. absol. and constr. in
| pause ΓΝ ΒΤ, c. suff. "FINEM. R. Ne L

1. ornament, beauly, Ex. 28, 2. 40, Is.
3,18. maxen 732 beautiful garments
Is. 52, 1 PINEN ">> beautiful trap-
pings, jewels, Ez. 16, 17. 39. 23, 26.
‘mn mavy a crown of beauty, an orna-
mented crown, Prov. 4, 9. Is. 28, 5. 62,
3. Ez. 16, 12. 23, 42. "Ὁ "3X beautiful
ornament Is. 28,1.4. The proud beauty
of the Chaldees, i. 6. Babylon, Is. 13, 19;
the beauty of Israel, i. e. Sesssalons,
Lam. 2, 1; the ornament of children are
their parents Prov. 17, 6; comp. Ez.
24,25. Sols. 4, 2. Jer. 13, 11. 33,9;
comp. Deut. 26,19. 1 Chr. 22,5. Also
DIN ΤΑΝ ΒΩ the beauty of a man,.i. 6. the
human form in its beauty, Is. 44, 13.

2. splendour, magnificence, glory,
Ksth. 1, 4. Is. 60,19. "AREA ΓΞ my
glorious house Is. 60, 7; n ΣΤῊ 63, 12;
‘nN Bw v. 14; often of the divine glory,
the light and splendour of the divine
presence, Is. 46, 13. 1 Chr. 29,11. Poet.
of the ark of the covenant, as the seat
of the divine glory, Ps. 78, 61; see in 19,

3. honour, glory in a moral sense,
Judg. 4,9. Prov. 19,11. Also a glory-
ing, boasting, Is. 10, 12. Zech. 12, 7;
concr. the object of it, Is. 20, 5. Ps.
89, 18.

TRIBN m. (τ. M52) plur. S°74BM, constr.
“MI5n .
_ 1. an apple, so called from the fra-
-grance which it exvhales; Cant. 2, 5. 7,
9. Prov. 25,11. Also an apple-tree Joel

a>
1, 12. Cant. 2, 3. 8, 5.—Arab. eas pr.

apple, but also of the lemon, peach, apri-
cot, etc. |

2. Tappuah (apple-region), pr. ἢ.
a) A city in Judah, Josh. 12,17. 15, 34.

Now os Teffiih, northwest of He-

bron ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 428.
b) A city on the confines of Ephraim
and Manasseh, Josh. 16, 8. c) Ofa
man, 1 Chr. 2, 43.

MINN £ (r. 772) pl.c. suff. Do"nisian
your dispersions, Jer. 25, 34. But other
copies read Tiph. 53°nNizi5m, which is
better; see in r. 738 note, p. 839.

1142,

mad, Aral had, to eject wine

dan

D'PER m. plar. (r. ΠΕΝ) ὁ
cooked pieces ; after the form
main, with Nun formative,
from MEP. Once in the diffic
sage Lev. 6, 14 [21] of a cake for
fice, fried (in oil) shalt ae |
ὈῸῺΒ ὨΓΙΣῸ "275M lit. as the ὁ
the meat- offering in pieces, i. 6.
or prepared like the meat-offe
broken up into pieces, comp.
sq. 7,9. The construction is ac
one in Hebrew; see Lehrg. p. 810

* 5M obsol. root, τ

out; Arab. as, to emit «waa
ΓΤ

fetid. Hence, to have a bad smell, t
ill-seasoned, unsavoury, insipid ; coi
maatn "9 Job 6, 6; see in art. t
Hence ΒΩ no. 1, πίε. τ ΟΝ

2. i. ᾳ. Spo, 0 ft om te oie m,
make adhere; Talm. dpm and «
dbv to adhere. Kindr. is “ay
ben no. 2, lime, cement.

Deriv. >bm, MSP, pr ἢ. beh.

2PM m. (τ. ben) 1. any thing
seasoned, unsavoury, Job 6, 6; me
insipid, foolish, vain, Lam. 2, 4.
npn. |

8. lime, hence mortar, Ῥ
rather whitewash, as spread upon wa
Ez. 13, 10 sq. 22, 28; in both passé
contemptuously., See r. SBA no.2.

Jib ena JL, Chald. "52, id :

2PM (lime, τ. 32) Tophel, pr. n. of
place i in Edom, on the east of. the: y a
bah, Deut. 1, 1. Now Lake ἐς
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 570, a

MPM f(r. dpm) pr. insipidr
hence folly, i. q. impiety, Job 1, 22.
12. Jer. 23, 13, Comp. in 533.

MdDM f(r. dbp Hithp.) constr. r
plur. miben.
1. intercession, supplication for
one, 2 K. 19, 4. Is. 37, 4. Jer. 7, 16. Ὁ
14.

4

2. Genr. supplication, orawaniel Fo
Ps. 65, 3. 80, 5. Is. 1, 15. Tob 16,17.
With % of pers. Ps. 42, 9. 69, 1459
2 Chr. 33, 18. Ps. 109, 4 ber δ ὁ
am all prayer, poet. for ‘I give my:
to prayer.” ΠΕΡ ΤῚΣ house of pray

Sn

temple, Is. 56,7. To offer prayer is
sit? Is. 37, 4; Ὁ 55pnn Neh. 1, 6.
God as hearing and answering prayer
; said : Ἢ ΠΗ» Ps. 6, 10; ‘mn ὃκ mp Ps.
, 18; ‘m saw Ps. 4, 2; ‘nm PING Ps,
7, 1. Preyer i is also said to come (12)
‘ore God, Ps. 88, 3. Jon. 2,8. Sonmben
the sense of prayer in the titles of
*salms 17. 86. 90. 102. 142.—In a wider
ense

_ 3. a hymn, sacred song, Hab. 3,1. So
5. 72, 20, where the whole preceding
k of Psalms, 1-72, is€alled 713 niban.
similar usage is found in the verb
benn 1 Sam. 2, 1.

nxben f. (r. 728) terror, c. suff.
x>5M thy terribleness, Jer. 49, 16.

MOEN (passage, ford, r. noe) Tiphsah,
Thapsacus, pr. n.

a) A large and opulent city on the
estern bank of the Euphrates, situated
it the usual point of passing that river,
1K. 5, 4[4, 24]. See Xen. Anab. 1. 4.
Il. Arrian. Exp. Alex. 2.13. ib. 3. 7.
Strabo XVI. Ρ. 1082. Q. Curt. 10. 1. 9.
b) A place in Palestine, 2 K. 15, 16.

᾿ pan to strike, to beat, Engl. to tap,
e. g. the tabret, Ps. 68, 26. Kindr. are
MBI, PHI, HI, 72, Arab. 230, ete.
From the same stock are Sanscr. tup,
to smite, to kill; Gr. τύπτω, root τυπ,
whence τύμπανον i. q. OP.

Po. to beat, to smite, pr. to drum, to
tabor, 6. g. upon the breast, c. by Nah.
Tees ; f

Deriv. τι.

bg 5m to sew together Gen. 3, 7. Ece.
3, 7. Job 16, 15; i.g. ἘΞ and Dm no. 2.

Pre. id. Ez. 13, 18.

* EN fut. Berm, i. ᾳ. Chald. dpm.

1. to lay hold of to seize, to catch, to
take ; c. acc. of pers. Gen. 39, 12 (with
7322 by his garment). Deut. 22, 28.
ΤῊ "4 13, 4. 18, 40. Ps. 71, 11. Is. 26, 8.
87, 13. 1 K. 20, 18 oun piven take
them alive.» 2 K. 7, 12. 10; 14; less
freq. with 2 of pers. Is. 3, 6, Fer 37, 14;
with 3 of thing, Deut. 9, 17. Ez. 29, 7.
30, 21. 1K. 11, 30. Hendy to tae in
war, to take captive, 6. g. men Josh. 8,
23. 1 Sam. 23, 26. 2K. 7, 12. 14, 13;
cities, Josh. 8, 8. Deut. 20,19. 2 Κ. 14,

1148

nan

7. 16,9. 18,13. Trop. Dw =m Prov.
30, 9 to lay hold upon the name of Jeho-
vah sc. unlawfully and wrongfully, to
do violence to the name of God by false-
hood and perjury; comp. tm> in the
preceding member.

2. to hold, to have in possession, as a
city Jer. 40,10; a fortress 49,16; then,
to handle, to wield, e. g. the sickle Jer.
50, 16; a shield 46, 9; a sword Ez. 38,
4; the bow Am. 2, 15. Jer. 46,9; an oar
Ez. 27, 29; also a musical instrument,
as a pipe, harp, to play, Gen. 4,21: So
man>an we taking hold of war, i. e.
performing military service, Num. 31,
27; Hin "wEM handling the law, i. 6.
occupied with the law, the priests, Jer.
2, 8.

3. to make fast in gold and silver, for
to overlay; Part. pass. Smt iM over-
laid with gold Hab. 2,19. Comp. πὶ
no. 5, 6.

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be taken,
seized, Num. 5, 13. Ez. 21, 23; to be
captured, 6. g. men Ps. 10, 2. Jer. 34, 3.
Ez. 12, 13. 19, 4.8; cities Jer. 48, 41.
50, 24. 46. 51, 32. 41.

Prez, i. q. Kal no. 1, to take hold, to
lay hold, sc. repeatedly, Prov. 30, 28.

men ἢ (τ. 55m) 1. spittle; meton.
one spitupon. Job 17, 6 πο Ὁ ΞΡ Man
Iam become as one in whose face men
spil, i. e. the vilest and most contemned
of mortal men; comp. ὕακά Matt. 5, 22,
i, e. perh. 8P1 from r. PP" to spit out.

2. With the art. nahn, (thrice with-
out art. Jer. 7, 32. 19, 11. 12,) Tophet,
pr. n. of a place in the valley of the sons
of Hinnom (see in 84 lett. a), near Je-
rusalem, noted for the human sacrifices
there offered to Moloch and finally abol-
ished by Josiah, 2 K. 23, 10. Jer. 7, 32.
19, 6. 13.14. mpm mina Jer. 7, 31 the
high places of Tophet,i. e. the artificial
mounds, tumuli, on which those sacri-
fices were offered. See in art. 22 .—
Hieron. in Jer. 7, 31 “ Topheth, que est
in valle filiorum Ennom, illum locum
significat, qui Siloé fontibus irrigatur,
et est amcenus atque nemorosus, hodie-
que hortorum prebet delicias.” See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 202-204.—As
to the etymology of the name Mp? it is
commonly and best referred to r. 53m
to spit, and rendered ‘place to be spit

3-13)

upon, to be abhorred; as in no 1, Job
17, 6. Others with Noldius in Vind. p-
948, and with Lorsbach, regard Mh as
i. q. OMDM q. v. denoting the place of
burning dead bodies in the funeral rites.
See more in Thesaur. p. 1497.

MSM f. place of burning, bustum, i. e.
where the slain of the Assyrians were
to be burned, once Is. 30,33. The pro-
phet by this word seems to indicate a
place equally impure and polluted with
Tophelt, see MEM no. 2; and as AREA
comes from neh, it signifies something
of the like kind ; as MUX from DN de-
notes sacrificial fire. Hence Omen, im-
plying a place for burning dead bodies,
takes this idea rather from its likeness
to the well-known Mphn ; and need not
be referred to the Pers. pals to burn,

as is done by some. R. 3.

ἐξ ΘΙ Chald. m. pl. emphat. persons
learned in the law, lawyers, Dan. 3, 2. 3.
Arab. Conj. IV ἘΣ to give a response

concerning the law 5 whence oul

the Mufti, pr. a wise man, one whose
response is equivalent to law. Sept.
οἱ én ἐξουσιῶν, Vulg. prefecti.

MINIH see in MINZin.

* RPM obsol. root, Arab. ce !

fear, to beware ; hence pr. n. yes

ΠΡ (τ. mop) Tokhath, pr. ἢ. m.
2 Chr. 34,22 Keri; where Keth. napin
Tokahath, from r. ™p2.—The parall.
passage in 2 K. 22, 14 has ΠῚ q. v.

Mp f(r. MP) constr. MIPN, c. suff.
“MORN.

1. i. q. "P, @ cord, line, Josh. 2, 18. 21.
2. expectation, hope, Job 11, 20. 19, 10.

Prov. 23, 18. al. "5 mipm ws there is
_ hope to me, I have hope, "Rath 1,12. Job
5, 16. Zech, 9, 12 FAN OR the pris-
oners of hive, i. e. cherishing hope of
deliverance. For Job 4, 6, see under ἢ
no. 1. bb. 8. p. 267.—Meton. for what
one hopes, Job 6, 8; for the person (God)
from whom one hopes any thing, Ps.
71,5.

3. Tikvah, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 2 K. 22, 14, for
which in the parall. 2 Chr. 34, 22 ΠΡ
q. v. Keth. mmpir.

1144

| 27.

opn

MOIPH Γ (τ. BAP) power of δὶ
i. 6. of resisting, Lev. 26,37.

DAPHM m. (τ. orp) ig. ©
who rises up against, an adver
plur. c. suff. Ps. 139, 21.

ΦῚΡΏ τὰ. ‘(r. >PM) pr. inf. to ἢ
trumpet ; hence subst. ο. art. Ez. 7,
Comp. art. M7 c. art. ΓΝ

21pm (r. Spm, a pitching of tent
perh. trumpet-clang, comp. Jer. 6,
Tekoa, pr. n. of a fortified city, t
birthplace of the prophet Amos, Ar
1, in the tribe of Judah 2 Chr. 11,66
Roman miles south of Bethlehem ont
margin of the desert (35pm a <7 Chi
20, 20, comp. 1 Mace. 9, 33), 2 re
1. Jor, 6, 1 in paronomasia, pn τ᾽ pr
“piv Am. 1, 1 ae Θεκωὲ 1 Mace.
33; in Josephus Θεκωέ, Θεχώς, Osx
In the genealogy of the tribe of fod idah
it is said that Ashur, the posthumot
son of Hezron, was Sipm "28 the fa
of Tekoa, implying that he was th
founder or at least the possessor of tl
city, 1 Chr. ’2; 24. 4, δ; 80 Machir fi |
called 7353 "ax 1 Chr. 2, 21, comp. v. 2%
In Josh. ‘15, 60 Tekoa is not name
among the cities of Judah; but Sept
has Θεκώ. Its ruins are still called

: Ὁ Teki’a ; see Relandi Palest. p.

1028 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 18
sq.—The gentile n. is "SPR the Tekc
2 Sam. 23, 26; fem. mspA 2 Sam. 4
4.9; plur. ΣΡ Neh. 3, δ.

MD PH [ (τ. ὮΝ) constr. ME!pA, plur.
ΓΕΡῸ; α circuit, as of the sun Ps. 19, 7
Hence the coming about or relurn ὁ
the seasons, lapse of time, 1 Sam. 1, 2
movin mpspm> at the return of the od
i.e. after a year, 2 Chr. 24, 23; comp.
Ex. 34, 22 where > is omitted.

Sp m. adj. strong, mighty, Ecc. €
10, R. FPR.

5°pM Chald. m. (r. pp) Ba Heb.
strong, mighty, Dan. 2, 40. 42. 3, a

᾿ ὉΡῺ Chald. to poise, to pers q-
Hebr. $pd. Parr. pass. pm for 9pm
weighed Dan. 5, 25. Hence Pei pass.
2sing. m. pret. NM>PM, or as in some
Mss. anPER, thou art weighed, Dan. 5

ΤΡ

*5PM int iPM, to be or be made
straight, kindr. with }2"; a word of the
later Hebrew, and usual in Chaldee and
the Talmud. Ecce. 1, 15.

Prien ἼΡΏ, to make straight, c. acc.
Ecc. 7,13. Hence to set in right order,

to compose, 6. g. proverbs, parables,

Ecc. 12, 9.

JPA Chald. id. only Horn. jpn4, witn
Heb. flexion, to be set upright, estab-
lished, Dan. 4, 33 [36].—In Targg. also
Pael and Aph.

*JPM fat. spn 1. to strike, to
smite, spec. with acc. 9D; i.e. a) to
clap the hands as a token of rejoicing,
Ps. 47, 2; also at the calamities of
others, c. 59 Nah. 3, 19. δ) to strike
hands as a pledge of suretyship, Prov.
17, 18. 22, 26; c.> for any one, Prov.
6,1. Without 92 id. Prov. 11, 15.

2. to strike or drive a thing into ano-
ther, i.e. to fix or fasten by driving,
6. g. a nail Judg. 4, 21. Is. 22, 23. 25; to
Sasien with nails, 1 Sam. 31, 10. 1 Chr.
10, 10. Judg. 16, 14; hence dm >pn to
pitch a tent, by fastening it with pins
driven into the earth, Gen. 31, 25. Jer.
6, 3; to thrust, e..g. aspear, sword, dart,
Judg. 3,21. 2 Sam. 18, 14; also to cast
into the sea, Ex. 10, 19.

3. "BWS Spm Josh. 6, 4. 8. Judg. 3,
27. 6, 34. 1 Sam. 13, 3. al. and “Biv 'n
Ps. 81, 4. Jer. 4,5. 6,1. 51, 27. Joel 2,
1. 15. at also ΡΣ ΓΞ ΣΡῺ Num. 10, 3:
4. 2K. 11, 14. al. to strike up the trump-
et, i. e. to give one blast, to blow the
trumpet once, as a signal, Arab. ᾧὉ
Laat. It differs from 3°95 and Spm
ΤΙΣ ΠὮ to sound an alarm; see in on
no. 2. p. 971, comp. Num. 10, 7.

Nipu. 1. Reflex. of Kal no. 1. b. Job
17,3 Spm 7775 NIN who is he that
will strike with my hand ? i. 6. that will
strike hands or pledge himself for me.

2 Pass. of Kal no. 3. Is. 27, 13. Am.
3, 6.

Deriv. ΣῚΡ, pr. a. 31pm, and

ΙΑ m. Ps. 150 3, α blast, clang of
the trumpet

"Spm fut. c. suff. ὙΠΕΡΌΣ, pr. to

thrust down, to smite, to crush, comp.

“EN; then /o overpower, to oppress wholly,

c. acc. Job 14, 20. 15, 24; to prevail
96*

1145

minty)

against, to assail, Ecc. 4, 12. Comp.
Chald. pH; Arab. Was id.
Deriv. °PA, ARM.

2M and PM Chald. to be or become
great, strong, powerful, Dan. 4, 8. 19.
In a bad sense, of the mind, to become
JSirm, hardened, obstinate, Dan. 5, 20.
Syr. v.22, Sam. JPA, id.

Pa. inf. to make strong, to confirm,
Dan. 6, 8.

Deriv. Chald. βρῇ, 9Pn.

SPM m. (r. DpH) c. suff. iepPm, might,
power, authority, Esth. 9, 29. 10, 2.
Dan. 11, 17.

SPM Chald. τὰ. emphat. BPR id.
might, power, Dan. 2, 37. 4,27. R. 5PM.

MEN, see nESPR.
“Ki, see in. |
MONAM (perh. i. q. ΠΡΌΣ a reeling)
Taralah, pr. n. of a place in Benjamin.
Josh. 18, 27.

ΤΉ ἢ (τ, M39) @ brood, progeny.
in contempt, Num. 32, 14.

MDI f. (τ. M25) increase, interest,
i. g. ΤΊΣ q.v. Lev. 25, 36. Prov. 28,
8. Ez. 18, 8. 13. 17. 22, 12.

ΘΛ Tiph. denom. from Pat, Fo. 55.
where see, p. 961.

DIM Chald. quadrilit. to translate
from one language into another, to in-
lerpret. Arab. and Ethiop. id. For the.
origin of this word, see 039 no. 4. Pua
part. pass. 03972 dranslated Ezra 4, 7.

MOTI f£ (τ OT, Tsere impure)
constr. natn , deep sleep, Gen. 2, 21. 15,
12. 1Sam. 26, 12, Put for deep lethargy,
sluggishness, Is. 29, 10. Prov. 19, 15.

API Tirhakah, pr. n. of a king of
Ethiopia and Thebais, Is. 37,9. 2K. 19,
9; the Τεώρκων of Strabo 15. 1. 6, Τάρ-
κος or Tagaxds of Manetho ap. Syncel-
lum ed. Paris p. 74, 75. ed. Dind. p. 139,
140. This name, written in the hiero-
glyphic-phonetic characters, is found in
Ethiopia and in a temple at Thebes;
see Lepsius Briefe aus Egypten p. 238
sq. Wilkinson’s Mann. and Cust. of
the anc. Egyptians, I. p.140sq. Rosel-
lini Mon. Stor. II. p. 109 sq. See more
in Thesaur. p. 1518 sq.

nan

ΠΩ Γ (r. D9 Hiph. no. 3) constr. -
ὩΣ, plur. nian.

1. an offering, a present ; 6. 8. Prov.
29, 4 minim wx a man of presents, i.e.
a judge loving presents. Hence

9. an oblation, an offering to God or
to idols Is. 40,20; spoken: a) Of the
offerings of the Israelites for erecting
and ornamenting the sacred tabernacle,
Bx. 25, 2.3. 35, 5.21. 24. 36, 3. 6; also
of other offerings to the temple 2 Chr.
31, 10. 12. 14. Ezra 8, 25. b) Of the
annual offering of a half-shekel, Ex. 30,
13-15. ὁ) Of an offering made to Je-
hovah after a victory, Num. 31, 52;
eomp. vv. 29. 41. ἀ) Of the offering
of the first-fruits, Num. 15, 19. 20. 21.
e) Of the tenth of the tithes, which was
to be paid over by the Levites to the
priests. Num. 18, 26.28.29. f) Of the
portions of the sacrifices which belong-
ed to the priests, and which it was un-
lawful for others to eat (Lev. 22, 12),
Lev. 7, 14; espec. N27M Pit the obla-
tion-shoulder, which together with the
wave-breast (NBM MIM) in sacrifices
of thank-offering was the portion (732)
of the priests, Ex. 29, 27. Lev. 7, 32-34.
10, 14. 15. Num. 6, 20; see also Num.
5, 9. Neh. 10, 38. 12,44. 13,5. g) Of
the territory reserved for the priests,
Bz. 45, 1. 48, 8-10. 12. 20. 21.—Coupled
with a genit. of him to whom the obla-
tion is made, ἢ ΤΡ Ex. 30, 14. 15.
35, 5.21; ἘΣ πϑ τ Ὁ Neh. 13, 5; with
genit. of thing offered Neh. 10, 40. Ex.
35, 24. Ez. 48, 12.. So too Wap ‘mn a
holy offering Ex. 36,6 ; 13 "nan offering
of the hand, as that with which the
offering is brought and presented, Deut.
12, 11. 17; comp. 3° mn Deut. 16, 17.
—Also miainn “Iv fields of offerings,
i. 6. fertile fields, yielding rich fruits,
suitable for oblations to God as first-
fruits or tithes, 2 Sam. 1, 21.

3. a present exacted by a prince, i. é.
trite, icq. HMI no. 2. Ez. 45, 3. 16.

Nore. The origin of this word, as
stated above, is from the idea of offering
in D777 no. 3, just as Nw and Nv are
from 82; not frém the idea of taking
away in ἘΠῚ no. 4, although there is
once an allusion to this power in Pual,
Ex. 29, 27; comp. Num. 18, 26.—Many
of the Rabbins, though not all, assign

1146

nan

to nainm the signif. elevation, and refer

it to a certain rite in sacrifice, the heave- τ΄
offering so called, consisting in present-
ing the offering with a motion up and

down; comp. ἐξ Στὴ wave-offering, and
see in 99) Hiph. no. 2. p. 659. But this 4
signification is supported by no certain
example. See Thesaur. p. 1276 sq. —

MAIN f. 1. α. MINH no. 1. g, Ez.
48, 12.

my Ύ ΙΑ f. (τ. 999), constr. MPM.

1. loud noise, tumult. Spec. a) shorts
of joy, rejoicing, Job8, 21. 33,26. S77
ΠΣ 1 Sam. 4, 5. Ezra 3, 11.13. "29H
"2% the shouting for a king, i. 6. joyful
acclamations with which a king is wel-
comed, Num. 23, 231. b) ἃ shout for
battle, war-cry, Am. 1, 14. Job 39, 25.
Jer. 4,19. 49, 2. ΠΣ B° 10 raise —
the shout of battle, Josh. 6, 5. 20.

2. sound, clangour, of trumpets Lev.
25,9. Zeph. 1,16. Alsoasignal,alarm, —
as sounded, e, g. M339m SEH 10 sound the
alarm, to give the signal with sound of -
trumpet, Num. 10, 5.6. 387M “Bid @
signal-trumpet Lev. 25, 9; and so Num.
31, 6. 2 Chr. 13, 12—Also ‘mn "babs
clanging cymbals Ps. 150, 5. ASH DI
i. 6. the first day of the seventh (after-
wards the first) month, which was an-
nounced by the sound of trumpets, Lev. —
23,24. Num, 29, 1-6. msam WISTsacri-
fices offered with the sound of trumpets,
Ps. 27,6; comp. Num. 10, 10.

MDM ἢ medicine, Ez. 47,12. Vulg.
medicina, Sept. ὑχίεια, comp. Rev. 22, 2

Ssoansiu.—Prob. pr. medical powder, ὦ

from r. 91" to crush. Others assign to —
this root the signif. ‘to heal,’ i. q. 887. —

* TM) obsol. root, Arab. 593 tobehard,

GS 99
dry; yy firmness, hardness.—Hence

TIM f. Is. 44, 14. a species of tree so 7

called from its hardness and strength,

perh. an oak, like Lat. robur. Aqu. —
Theod. ἀγριοβάλανος, Vulg. iler, See —
Celsii Hierobot. T. II. p. 269 sq.

Σ nar obsol. root, Chald. mm, to de- 4
lay. Hence Ἢ
ΤῺ (station) Terah, pr. n.- a) A
station of the Israelites in the desert, —

Num. 33, 27. 28. Ὁ) The father of —
Abraham, Gen. 11, 24 κα. Josh. 24,2.

oman

ITI Tirhanah, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 2,
48. R. γπ5.

Toh Chald. constr. "nm, fem. AIM,
two, Ezra 4, 24. 6, 17. Dan. 4,26. 6, 1.
For the meuardaiee of other tehgdages:
see Heb. 072).

MII) f. fraud, deceit, Judg. 9, 31.
R. 707 Pi.
DWAIN, see in na9N.

, nan f. (r. 729 Pi.) fraud, deceit,
Zeph. 3, 13. Ps. 119, 118. Jer. 8,5. 23,
26; also 14, 14, where Keth. mann id.

727 m. ὁ. suff. O24, prob. 1. ᾳ. FR, a
pine, Chald. aman. Hence: 8) the
mast ofa ship, Is. 33, 23. Ez.27,5. 8)
a signal-pole, set up on mountains, Is.
30, 17.—The root is 329, whence oh
after the analogy of 12 from r. 27,
om from r. 002. See in ji&.

7 ars) Chald. to cleave, to break
through, i. q. Heb. 934 I, α. v. comp.
R25" rupture; Syr. Se id.
o7m, 29h, gent. ἢ. "35".

Hence

71M) Chald. m. i. q. Heb. 93, a gate,

door, e. g. of a furnace or oven Dan. 3,

Θ jo?
26. Syr. “52, ἴδ, Arab. ΧΦ, id. —
Spec. the gate of the king, i. 6. of the
royal palace, put for the*palace itself,
or rather for the court of the palace, into
which there was only one entrance, Dan.
2. 49; comp. 4240 ἜΣ Esth. 3, 2 sq.
see in "SW no. 1. Comp. also Arab.
οἷο, Turkish 95 Kapu, for the court
of the Khalifs and Turkish sovereigns ;
Engl. the Porte. Gr. at ϑύραι for the
Persian court, Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 2. ib. 8. 3.
2, 11: ib. 8. 6. 7.

JH) Chald. (for 27m, after the form
—mb2, 75%.) plur. emphat. x295M, the
_ door-keepers, porters, Ezra 7, 24.

myn f. (τ. 599) reeling, drunken-
ness; whence 1232M 477 wine of reel-
ing, pr. wine even reeling, 1. 8. which

τ": - =

ΑΒΗ Ἥ 51, 17. 22, ae for the
metaphor under 052.

“YI Tirathite, gentile n. from a
place προ (gate) otherwise unknown,
1: Chr. 2, 55.

1147

zn
Ως obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab.

ΠΡ;
33 to live in comfort ; whende K5L3
prosperous and comfortable life. With
this accords Sanscr. trip to delight, Gr.
τέρπομαι. Other explanations see in
Thesaur. p. 1519 sq.—Hence

D "DAM m. plur. Teraphim. i.e. house-
hold gods, domestié idols, the Penates of
the Hebrews, brought from Syria Gen.
31, 19, comp. Ez. 21, 26 [21]; perh. so
called as the supposed guardians and
givers of prosperous life; see the root.
Although not sanctioned by law, they
seem especially in the earlier times to
have been greatly venerated and wor-
shipped, Judg. c. 17. 48- They were |
prophetic images, which were supposed
to give’ response in respect to things
doubtful.and hidden, Ez. 21, 26. Zech.
10, 2; and had at least the head and

face of the human form, 1 Sam. 19, 43> 25

From this passage, avaver, it does not
appear, whether they had the whole
form and stature of the human body; or
only had the human head upon a square
trunk or column in the manner of the
Herme. Norisit certain, whether they
had the full dimensions of a man, or were
of various sizes; for while in 1 Sam. ]. 6.
a larger image is spoken of as repre-
senting a man, yet in Gen. 31, 34 small-
er images seem to be indicated, since
Rachel hid them in or under a camel’s
saddle and sat upon them.—Constr. c.
plur. Gen. 31, 34; but in 1 Sam. 19, 13.
16 under the plur. "59M only one
image is implied.—The passages in full
are, Gen. 31, 19. 34, 35. Judg. 17,5. 18,
14. 17. 18. 20. 1 Sam. 15, 23. 19, 13. 16,
2 K. 23, 24. Ez. 21,26. Hos. 3, 4. Zech.
10, 2. For a review of all these, and
of the literature, see Thesaur. p. 1520 sq.

ZIM (delight, τ. ΠΧ) Tirzah, pr. n.
a) A city of Israel situated in a pleas-
ant region, Cant. 6,4; and from Jero-
boam to Omri the capital of the kingdom:
of Israel, Josh. 12,24. 1K. 14, 17. 15,
21. 2K. 15, 14. al. Prob. mod. Talla-

5
zah, δ, pAb, about six miles north of

Nablus. Ὁ) One of the daughters of
Zelophehad, Num. 26, 33. 27, 1. 36, 11.
Josh, 17, 3.

on

GIN Teresh, (perh. Pers. ὦ
vere, austere,) pr. n. of a eunuch at the
court of Xerxes, Esth. 2, 21. 6, 2.

WWM (perh. a breaking, subjection,
i. e. subdued country, r. 8&4) pr.n. Tar-
shish.

1. Tartessus, Gr. Ταρτησσός, more
rarely Ταρσηΐον Polyb. and Steph. Byz.
a city of Spain with the adjacent coun-
try, situated between the two mouths
of the river Betis or Guadalquivir, a
flourishing colony and mart of the Phe-
nicians, Gen. 10, 4. Is. 23, 1. 6. 10. 66,
19. Jon..1, 3. 4,2. Ez. 38,43. Kings of
Tarshish are spoken of, Ps. 72,10. From
hence silver (comp. Diod. Sic. 5. 35-38.
_Strab. II. p. 148 Casaub.) iron, tin, and
lead, were brought to Tyre, Jer. 10, 9.
Ez. 27, 12. 25. See Bochart Geogr.
Sacra lib. IIf. cap. VIL. p. 165 sq. J.D.
Michaelis Spicileg. geogr. Hebr. extere
*P. I. p. 82-103. Gesen. Comm. on Is.
23, 1.—Hence wrtrn nin ships of
Tarshish, Tarshish-ships, spoken pr.
of ships employed by the Tyrians in
voyages to and from Tarshish, Is. 23, 1.
14, 60,9; but also genr. for all large
merchant vessels, although sailing to
other and different countries, Is. 2, 16.
Ps. 48, 8; comp. the Engl. Eust-India-
men. Soin 1K. 10, 22. 22, 49, of ships
sailing from Ezion-geber on the Red
Sea to Ophir; although the writer of
the Chronicles seems either not to have
known or not to have approved this
usage, see 2 Chr. 9, 21. 20, 36. 37.—
See more in Thesaur. p. 1315.

2. A precious stone, so called as
brought from Tarshish, just as Ophir
also is put (Job 22, 24) for the gold
brought from thence, Ex. 28, 20. 39, 13.
Ez. 1, 16. 10, 9. 28, 13. Cant. 5, 14.
Dan. 10, 6. According tothe Sept. and
- Josephus, the chrysolite, i. 6. the topaz
of the moderns, which is still found in
Spain; so Braun de Vestitu Sacerd. II.
17. Others understand amber, but con-
trary to Ex. 28. 20. 39, 13.

3. Tarshish,pr.n.of persons: a) A
Persian-prince, Esth. 1.14. b) 1 Chr.
7, 10.

RODIN always with art. xnwonn,
(comp. Pers. | 5 torsh, severe, austere, )
the Tirshatha, the title of the Persian

> se-

1148

salvation, Is. 45, 17. 1 Sam. 1, 9. 15.

wn
governor of Judea, 4. ἃ. your &
comp. Germ. gestrenger Herr; ἃ
formerly given to the magist
free and imperial German ci ies
Zerubbabel, Ezra 2, 63. Neh.
Also of Nehemiah, and put a
name, Neh. 8, 9. 10, 2; coma 1
where for it is "MBM the governor. —
Thesaur. p. 1521. ε΄.
ἸΏ Tartan, pr. ἢ. of ag
der Sargon and Seamncharlil
Assyria, Is. 20,1. 2K. 18, 17. F ἐ
possible etymology see Thesaur. 1
PHN Tartak, pr. n. of an idol of t
Avvites (ἜΣ) 2 K. 17, 31.—In Peh
tar-thakh might be ‘deep darkness,
‘hero of darkness.’

Moiwn ἢ (Ὁ. oY) with gen. 7
‘something put into one’s hand, i. e
deposit, trust, Lev. 5, 21. +m

mindy f. plur. (τ, 1) noise, 6. 8.
crashing ‘of thunder Job 36, 295 up,

tumult of a multitude, Is. 22,2; cla
bawling of an ass-driver, Job 39,"
shouting, shouts of rejoicing, Zech. 4,"

“DOM m. a Tishbite, 1K. 17,1. 21, 1
gentile n. of the prophet Elijah, |
city of Naphtali called ΞΘ or ma gl
Gr. Θισβή Tob. 1,2, See Reland Pa
lest. p. 1035. Thesaur. p. 1352. R. 39

VION m. (τ. γ3:9) tesselated stuff, i.
cloth (byssus) woven in checker-w in
see the root; hence yawn nzh> a
of checkersoorts Ex. 28, 4.

TID only plur. nixwy ΕΓ Ί

MAW ἢ (τ, 339) 1. ἃ return toa
place, 1 Sam. 7 1G
2. a return of time, recurrence, as Ὁ of
the season or year, 2 Sam. 11,1. 1 Chr.
20,1. 2 Chr. 36, 10. 1 K. 20, 22. 36. a
3. a response, answer, Job 21, 34. 85)
36. Comp. 3. Π no. 4. Ὁ. a
MOM ἢ (r. Nit) the raging, roaring,
ofa tempest, i. q- O88; so prob. Keth.

mun Job 30, 22. ‘See more inr. M33
Pi. note. pe

MPIWM Γ (r. paw II,) deliverance, help, ;

hel

Ps. 60, 13. 146, 3. Prov. 11, 14. 24, 6.
Often of help and deliveranos; salva-
tion, from God, Ps. 37, 39. 38 23. ie

wn

11. 17. 51, 16. 71, 15. Is. 46, 13. Jer.
3, 23. al—Spec. deliverance in war,
victory, 2 Sam. 19, 3. Prov. 21, 31,
comp. Ps. 33, 17. 2K. 13,17. So “ nivs
ΓΙ πϑηϑτη, or 3 55 13), Jehovah
hath ereught or given pail victory,
Judg. 15, 18. 1 Sam. 19, 5. 2 Sam. 23,
10-12. 2 K. 5,1; and so Ps. 144, 10.

MPIOH ( (τ. prvi no. 3) desire, long-

,c. δὲ Gen. 3, 16. 4,7; c. >9 Cant.
7, 11.

ΘΓ (τ. πὸ 11) a gift, present,
1 Sam. 9,7. Soo too in the Heb. ver-
sion of Daniel, Dan. 2, 6. 5, 17, for
Chald. M2132.—See r. "98 II. 1, with
3; comp. espec. Is. 57, 9.

MOM Job 30, 22 Keri, see in mvwian.

"J°OM m. (from 98m) f. mDzIM, ord.
adj. the ninth, Ezra 10, 9. 1 Chr. 12, 12.
Jer. 36, 9. Zech. 7,1. Aram. "97m,

movwin, [usea2, Arab. ae, Eth.
bio, id.—So min pita on the ninth

1149

nn

day Num. 7, 60, Jer. 39,1 m-s"tinn nowis
in the third year sc. of Zedekiah. 2 K.
17, 6.

* UN constr. sun with fem. and
my wm constr. ΠΣ with masc. cardin.

pow: nine, Gen. 11, 19. Deut. 3, 11.
Josh. 15, 44. 2 Sam: 24, 8. al. Arab.

So ΚΣ Θ οἷν Υ
3, Xaw3S,Aram.3Un, Πρ τι, W22,

ἴω, Eth. THs, Thok, Tres,
id.—Hence Mixa sun nine hina
Gen. 5,5. Judg. 4, 3. wind muna onthe
ninth of the month Lev. 23, 82. 2K. 25,
3. Jer. 39, 2.

Also ΟΣ Σ ΤᾺ with fem. and nyon
“oy with masc. nineteen, Gen. 11, 25.
Josh. 19, 38. 2 K. 25, 8. 2 Sam. 2, 30.

Por. ΓΝ comm. ninety, Gen. 17,
1.17. Ez. 4,5, 41, 12.

"2 Tatnai, pr. n. of a Persian
governor, Ezra 5, 3. 6, 6. Perh. i. 4.

polo gift.

a ; υ
angel) ry > ‘
t τοῦ “δ

‘ A 1!
' εν.
hs .

εὖ

. ‘>

revised by Roediger, seventeenth edition,
York, 1854. They were ων made
the same divisions, Halle 1845; English,

INDEX ;

GRAMMATICAL AND ANALYTICAL.

The weferences to Sections (§) in this Index are to the Hebrew Grammar of Gesenius, as

Halle 1854; English by T. J. Conant, New-
to the fourteenth edition of that work, with
by M. Stuart, Andover, 1847; also by T. J. Co-

nant, New-York, 1847.—In all the examples of verbs and nouns, Prefixes with Sheva
only, Vay conversive (-1), and the Article, are omitted.

ΖΝ Ez. 28, 16 for WISRR 1 fut. Piel
from τ. a8, the first radical 8 being
dropped by Syriasm, Lgb. p. 378.

way Chald. fathers, plur. of 38.

maae Is. 28, 12 for 138 they will, by Arab-
ism, $44. note 4. Lgb. 265. R.m3ax.

᾿ WISN, see Bia>.

ἼΞΝ for 8°38 1 fut. Hiph. from r. 813 1K.
21,29. Mic. 1,15. §75.2.f. Lgb. 436.

ΤΥΥΣΝ 1 fut. Hiph. from r. 73%, for
TP ARR, MIAN. § 67. note 1. Lab. 377.

spay 1 ‘pret. ‘Hiph. for "75x37 from
‘Sx ΤΙ. ἢ 52. note 6. Lgb. 319.

ΠΕΡῚ 1 fut. Hithp. from “73. Also
with suff. pix. See p. 215.

pps 2 Sam. 22, 43 for opty 1 fut.
Hiph. c. suff. 5—, from στ. ppt, the
Dag. of a short syllable being resolved
into a long vowel, Lgb. 145, 369.

Mass 1 fut. Hithp. from 497 1.

asvins 1 fut. Hiph. c. suff. os for 2758,
a form not contracted, from 737 Hiph.
to praise Ps. 28,7. Comp.mtin § 52,
note 7.

ΠΝ 1 fut. apoc. from 73H fo be, for FINN.
" mony 1 fut. c. 5 parag. for ΠΤ from
mon to sigh, to complain, Ps. 77, 4.
§ 74. note 4.

mbimix Jer. 4, 19 Keth. see in r. 5m”
Hipb. no. 2. p. 395.

basin Hos. 11, 4, 1 fut. Hiph. for DANN,
SaoNe, conn τ. 28. ὁ 67. note 1.

ΟΣ ΝΣ 1 fut. Hiph. c. 4 parag. by Chal-
daism for ΠΝ, TERN, from r.
“EN; ὃ 67. note 1.

ΤΣ 1 fut. Hiph. for PIR from r. jk
no. I. § 67, note 1. Lgb. 378.

dix Chald. Ezra 5, 15, imp. Pe. from r.
DIN, by Syriasm 518, c. Makk. “51x.

ἐς ,

TAN , see in r. HIM init. p. 803,

mien 1 fut. Piel, 6. suff for MRDNMy
from r. SoM, Gen. 31, 39.

mics f. plur. sisters, see sing. MIM p. 33.

dmx 1 fut. Hiph. from τ. 55m, J will pro-
fane Ez. 39, 7, (pr. with Dag. forte
impl..§ 22. 1,) differing from 5x Iwill
begin Deut. 2, 25. Josh. 3, 7; just as
brs Num. 30, 3 he breaks (his word)
differs from 5m" he begins Judg. 10, 18.
13,5. § 66. 5. Lgb. 370, 371.

ἜΤ 3 plur. pret. Piel for "8 from r.
“ns, Judg. 5,28; comp. "2n2m" and
Lgb. 170.

mmx Chald. imp. Aph. from r. mM} to
descend.

mans 1 fut. Kal from τ. ΤΙ, c.4 parag.
Jer. 17, 18.

ox 1 fat. Hiph. apoc. for πιῶ from r.
mo? Hos. 11, 4. Job 23, 11. Comp.
ὍΣ, OM, imp. on. ‘

MD°8 where art thou? from "8 and suff.
he.

nsbsx, see in r. 729 init. p. 253.

ΒΟῸΣ Ps. 19, 14, i. gq. ΝΣ, which is read
“in several Mss. 1 fat. (A) Kal from r.
nen 7 shall be upright. Lgb. 52, 366.

>28 1 fut. apoc. Piel from r. m>D Ez.
43, 8.

7228 Ex. 33, 3 for 7528 1 fut. Piel c. suff.
the Dag. being dropped and Pattahh
passing over into Segol, comp. § 27.
note 2. b. Sept. ἐξαναλώσω σε, Vulg.
disperdam te. Lgb. 164, 433.

ὮΞΝ for ὩΞῈ 1 fut. Niph. from 552, Mic.
6, 6.

M728 for TSN 1 fut. Kal c. suff. from τ.
ΤῚΣ, 6. Dag. forte euphon. ae 3, 2.
Lzb. 87.

x | 1152 - |

mx Deut. 9, 21, 1 fut. Kal from mmo,
§ 66. note 5. Lob. 370, 371.

ΝΌΟΝ Ὁ Hos. 4, 6, 1 fut. Kal (τ. ON) 6.
He parag. and cuff 7, perh. correctly
pronounced ἸΝΌΝΘΝ. The FH parag.
before the suffix seems to have passed
over into &, as elsewhere into’M, see
ἡπ 3. The Arabs also retain the
sound a in the fut. antithet. before a

suffix, ¢ SLES ,
ἘΠ f. plur. from MN maid, q. v.
22x Chald. for max its frult. the Dag.
πον resolved, from the noun 38,
Dan. 4, 9.11. 18. Lgb. p. 133.
SIN, see 552",
pIsON by Syriasm for DADON 1 fut. Pi.
from τ. “so. § 23. note 2. Lgb. 152.
DON 1 Sam. 15, 6, 1 fut. Kal ‘from r.
FON; but 2 K. 22, 20 the same form
is Part. Kal.
Dox fut. Kal ΠΌτη τ. Ὁ". §70. Lgb. 390.
CITNDN 1 fut. Hiph. from r. NB, c. suff.
on.
sox imp. Kal for IDX cook ye Ex. 16, 23,
from r. 7&8, by Syriasm. ὃ 23. note 2.
θὰ, and with iconv. ΒΝ, 1 fut. Niph.
apoc. for πος, from r. Ane.

MP"ZN 1 fut. Hiph. from 32", § 70.
py 1 fut. Kal from px?. δ 70.
"8x 1 fut. Kal from 7x7. ὁ 70.

mes 1 fut. Kal from np>.
PX Is. 56, 12 in some "Mss. i. q. MIPS
Ἶ fut. Kal from r. mp>; see the follow-
ing form.
MIPS 1 Sam. 28, 15, for 9PX with n—
(for nA) parag. ot, 286.
mx Num. 22, 6, imp. Kal from στ. "48.

pains 1 fut. Hithpal, for ΘΝ, from:

r. BAM.

W238 transpos. for 72748 1 fut. Pi. from
my]. Others suppose a Piel 4% in-
stead of M7.

6°20x inf. absol. Hiph. from n2v.

"wrx Ez. 3,15 Keth. "wx, read “WN
and I beheld, from r. "50 IL no. 3.

mos Chald. 3 plur. pret. Kal, for
"NW ; see πη,

STM 1 fut. Hiph. from r. 3°33,

a"mx imp. Kal from r. πῸΝ to come, for
aR by Syriasm. § 23. note 2. πὰ
152.

38 1 plur. pret. for the usual 52°mx we

are come, from r. nny. It imitates

the flan of verbs XD.

® the termination mi as a plural fem.

nwa inf. Kal, from a2 to approach.

| ΤΙΝ 1 fut. Kal from pm? 10 tear GF
with Nun epenthet. and suff.

=

moxz Ruth 1, 19. Jer. 8,7, inf from r,
nia, c. suff. of 3 pers. plur. fem. with
He parag. Lgb. 213. ῃ

yana 2 Chr. J, 4 for Ἰ3ΠΠΞ, from 1" a)
(Hiph. of 139), 5 art. for relat. and 2;
comp. }"23 2 Chr. 29, 36.

aa Ez. 26, 15 for s2nn2 inf. Niph.
from τ. an (Dag. fort. : ‘impl.) for
I. Lgb. 331. }

rauina Lev. 26, 43, for mawna inf.
Hoph. from D2 to lay waste.
p20Wi2 inf: Po. from owW2,q.v. Others
take it for inf Kal for “pews (comp.
DIN), but in forms of this kind
Hholem is always defectively written.

2 Zech. 4, 10 i. q. 13, from Τὴ. |

WNP a Ps, 45, 10, see in "Pp no. 3,
p. 420.

"nea plur. constr. from 723 or rather
mod, see M22 p. 139 note. .

523 for "IND we are come, from 83,
1 Sam. 285, 8. 4

FINI. τὴν building for 123 inf. constr. |
6. suff. Ez. 16, 31; an irregular form,
which seems to have come from taking

which it is not. Lgb. p. 463.
ἼΩΝ for MMIXA, see MRD.
boa, pnd Ecc. ἢ, 18, inf. Kal from "73,

C. pats ὃ-. ,
"bua, see under δῷ. “

a
>b imp. for >4 from r. >>3 to roll Ps. 119,

12, comp. Josh, 5, 9; but in v. 18 the

same form is for nbs ἢ imp. Pi. from πρὶ.
ΣΆ inf. constr. Kal, from 53) to touch. —
Wa, “Wa, Ma, imp. ‘fess wing, But Josh.

3, 9 in plur. we have 415 goshu, an

Ruth 12,14 fem. "3 goshi. 3

"“

3" for 53 from r. >>3, where see.
> imp. from r, 37". ᾿
ΓΙΣῚ or ΠΙΣῚ Prov. 24, 14, i. gq. 553 c.f
parag. Hence iE2d Neen ΠΣ 52
learn (get) wisdom for thy soul. Sep
αἰσϑήσῃ. Leb. 286. R. 375.

a)

"INT Is. 19, 6 for AN72IN;: see M23

Hiph. 7

, an, imp. from 37°.

j "ΝΞ tf a δον αὐκδά form Is. 30, 5, where
the context demands w73in from r.

Wa", which also 12 Mss. read.

mn, Hos. 4, 18 ΓΞ". 51>p SM ANN;
Εἰ τὸ the Heb. intpp. take 523m for —
(τ. 3", comp. 772 for 773, ΠΏ for
mnm3), μέ render: her princes love to

give reproach ; Jerome: dilexerunt af-

ferre etc. But thisis languid; and the
context requires ; they love reproach.

Hence the letters 135 are prob. spuri-

_ous, and arose from an error of a copy-

ist, who let them remain rather than
mar the beauty of his manuscript. _

jan Inf. Niph. from r. ῬΏΞ.

3m Inf. Hiph. from r. ey

i Inf. Po. from r. 537 I.

at for HNd3h 3 ἢ priet. Hoph. from r.

| "nbs , by Aramaism.

Ih Hothp. from 13 do be fat.

sain Chald. inf. Aph. from r. 72% to
"perish.

zn Chald. Hoph. from r. 738.

sin Hiph. ὁ. suff. from r.35, Lam. 1, 5.

sin Hiph..r. 57".

ἼΗΙ inf. Hoph. from r. 52", for ὭΡΗ,

bin Ps. 78, 63, see >>4 Pu.

210 Gen. 8, 17, imper. Hiph. ofr. RZ".
The pointing helongs to the Keri 8277;
the Keth. would be read xin.

smiavin Zech. 10, 6, Hiph. from r. 38",
for D°M3W4T ,! which also some Mss.
exhibit. This form imitates the ana-

logy of verbs ἴθ, and the poet or copy-

ist would seem to have had in mind

Srv. Lgb. 464.
an from r. ΘΠ q. v.

5, 20.
asi Chald. pret. Ithpa. from 741,
qe.
D0 pret. Hiph. from r. >>1, with
Chald. flexion. § 71. note 9.
τι for ἸΞΤΌΓΙ imp. Hithp. from M31.
"ρος #3 Ez. 6,8, inf. Niph. from r. mY,
“for pSninin ; with suff. as attached
to the plur. onivtrevy to Shp wenciet
rule; see in 37723.
97

the similar form D°nia from r.

3 Chald. inf’ Aph. from “14 Dan. —

m1 1153 eT

nngann for HRA 3 f. pret. Hip.
she hid, from r. NSM, c. ΠῚ parag. Josh.
6,17. Lab. 266.

“Abani thrice, Judg. 9, 9. 11. 13, with
m interrog. should I cease from? ete.
corrupted, asit would seem, for "7>3n4
in Kal; or else for Hiph. “pba omit-
ting He interrog. which some Mss.
exhibit, see J. H. Michaelis ; although
there are no other vestiges extant of
a conj. Hiphil inthis verb. A similar
example seems to be ΤΊΣ ΓΙ (wastes,
deserts) Ez. 36, 35. 38, where we
‘should expect miaann ; also Segol be-
fore = in DOOINT, sseind, (the new
moons, in the ney boris.) on which
form see Ewald’s smaller Grammar
ὃ 127,2. But the sound 6 in "27m,
niaanm, remains unaccounted for. ὁ

“Onn and “on, for SOM and kon,
pret. and inf: Hiph. from ROM, Jer.
32, 35.

bin inf. Niph. τ. 5b, Ez. 20, 9.

Ὅτι imp. Hiph. apoc. from r. 782, for
nun, Ps. 17,6. 119, 36.

Neen Héthpaal from r. 8720.

anny 3 fem. pret. Hiph. from M22, 6.
suff. 3 pers. Prov. 7, 21.

yarn Chald. pret. Aph. from j28.

mt 4 Chald. pret. Aph. from 8 Dan.
5, 3. Pass. is "7°. ,

ἽΠ imp. apoc. Hiph. r. 73).

bash Ez. 21, 33 inf. Hiph. for Ῥ3 ΝΠ:
The same fotniis dle Hiph. front ba,
Jer. 6, 11.6

725 pret. Hiph. from 33, c. suff. Ἢ.

D2n pret. Hiph. from 33, ce. suff. o—..

ἼΣΘΙ 1 plur. preet. Hiph. Wom. ed

"2D pret. Hiph. from 23, c. suff. 2—.

mabny 3 fem. preet. Hiph. from r. nx,
‘Aramean for ΠΌΝΕΠ
ibn Job 29, 8. see bt ΤΊ Kal no. 2.

Dia, see art. OF p. "257.

yon i. ἃ. 1} ||, see τ 18".

ἼΖΞΓΙ for 12257 Job 24, 24, Hoph. fiom.

r. 22. ἢ 66.5. Bei 371.

oan inf. Niph. r. 002, for dan.

wom by Chaldaism for 1027, Hiph.
from r.0%2, Josh. 14,8. Lgb. 433.

pninant Job 17 2, inf. Hiph. from r. 7772,
c. Dag. fort. :gapton!

mit imp. Hiph. from r. 143, where see
Hiph. B. © § 71. note 9.

msm preet. Hiph. from r. m2, where see
Hiph. B.

7 1154 a

myst pret. Hoph. B, from r. m5.
bson Chald. preet. ‘Aph, r. 559 αν.
ΠΣ inf. Hiph. by Chaldaism for R30,
‘from τ. m93, Is. 30, 28.
m-on Hiph. Grom mio, Chald. form, § 71.
. note 9.
ΤΊΣ for ΠΈΣ pret. Hiph. from r. ΤΙΣ,
"Dag. being dropped. § 66. note 11.
bs imp. apoc. for M237, Hiph. from r.
πὸ.
ΠΣ ἢ ‘for npn Hiph. from r. nd>.
‘note 4. Leb. 170.
mbsh for nbsn Hoph. from r. 1>3, ibid.
ὈΞΊΒΙΠ Lev. ‘26, 15, for 53955, ink, Hiph.
c. suff. from r. “5B I, q: V:
“sox Hithp. denom. from MINX, q. v.
ibs for ipso c. Dag. forte emphon.
Lab. 88: R. j2s. ᾿
nizpn inf. Hiph., for ΙΧ ΡΠ, Leb. 320.
sph Prov. 25, 17, imper. Hiph. ofr.
“p".
s3T imp. apoc. Hiph. for πβπ. R.n34
‘to be many.
ΓΞ, M290, niay, infin. Eph forms
‘from ΓΞ μῇ v.
sa5 imp. Niph. from r. 229 to be
high.
m1 imp. Hiph. apoc, from r. 759.
nz by Chaldaism for ΠΏΣ 8 fem.
pret. Hiph. from r. ΤΙΣ. Ley. 26, 34.
=n imp. Hiph. in pause for 385, from
τ, 310. Is, 42, 22.
pwn (hdsham) Hoph. from r. baw q. v.
But wherever it occurs, some Mss.
and editions have pwn, others DWH,
the latter after the analogy of me
for 137255.
dun Ps. 39, 14, imp. apoc. Hiph. from
τ. pW, srhaed see; but the same
form in Is. 6, 10 is imp. Hiph. from
338 to Bekman
minnwn Hithpal. from r. nme.
stisntn Hithpal. from r. 338i, q. Vv.
snrsnn Chald. inf. Aph. c. suff. from
“aM to return.
osinn Hithp. from r. m3".
brinn i imp. apoc. Hithp. “from r. nbn to
᾿ς δὲ sick.
an imp. Heh, from MAS to come, for
alae
yon 18. 33, 1, for Tang inf. Hiph.
from r. DM, ὁ: at.
_ bon, see r. ton Piel, and τ. bm Hiph.
minh inf. Hithp. Dr ἈΞ from r.
N33, like verbs 1.

8 57.

t

mat for 737 Pual, from r. M34.
“mit for "Mir, see Mat.

π

sbin Judg. δ, 7 (in many Mss. and e
tions) for 1>4m they cease, c. Da
forte euphon. Lgb. 85..Ὀ .

ἌΠΙΘ ΤΙ, see andar | above, “ri (a

ipan Prov. 8, 29 for ipn inf. of r. B spt
with suff. ξ 66. not. 1. 4

jun and MXon inf Kal from r. Ron.

on Piel from r. 350.

mim Ex. 1, 16 let her live, in pause | |
han, 3 pret. fem. from "=", Daghe:
being dropped because the ‘syllables
prolonged by the pause, § 66. note 1
Comp. 23" for 1277 1 Sam. 2, 9
885), apn for 3M (τ. PRA) Job.
23, maasm Ruth 1, 13, for m339n. ᾿

imn constr. form with 4 parag.
mn a beast, form. ὁ 88. 3. Ὁ.
548, 549.

aso a for manminf. Piel from M3M fo ¢

snibn Ps. 77, 11, inf. Piel from τ.

"pon 6. Dag. euphon: for "R2n Pp
constr. of P>n.

pnwan 2 K. 18, 27, see art. D°83n pa

ae
ee
A
6

~
ms inf. Kal from r. 03 fo plant. 7

|

ὌΝ, bah, fut. apoc. Hiph. rene τ. Π
to sibniches ε΄
MR, MX, fut. apoc. Kal ἄραι πρὶ
come, for Mn, Om. Ἕ
ink" 3 plur. fiat. ‘Niph. from r. Mis
assent, q. ν. i
jan, 251 2K. 12, 12 for som, fat |
from, sia. The same is rental
24 Keth. where, if the reading
genuine, it is for plur. 83". 1
Keri has 12" and they smote.
wis? fut. Kal from Bia, a form pe
to this one verb. Lab: 403. Ὁ
anvian, anwan for angams, Nah. 1
διὰ Pixrfrom wa" to be ΩΝ Ἢ
note 6.

΄

ΩΝ 1166 :

mat, man, fut. Pi. for 5999 from r. 79° 1.
§ 68. note 6. |

don, dsm, fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. h23.
nan fut. Niph. r. 3.

NJ}, 8721, fut. apoc. Kal from r. Res to

135 ae for 157295, fut. Pi. from m3" to
cast. § 68. at 6.
R55" fut. Hithp. from r. 835.
51 and 4373, for D332 and Ἴ315, your
hand, Gen. 9, 2.
ph? plur. 1037 by Chaldaism, fut. Kal
from r.pas. § 66.5. n.
73" fut. Niph. in pause, for a7" (r.
bas) ; see the form ΓΤ above.
sain? Ecce. 11, 3, for 37°, fut. apoc. Kal
from r. 351 to be, fut. rns.
43105 Chald. fat. ‘Apk. from r. San.
nin fat. Hiph. from τ. "32, by Chal-
‘daism for main. § 52. note 7.
"3", ΠῚ, fut. apoc. Kal from r.51 to be.
ΟΝ Is, 52, 5, Hiph. from r. bbs, for
She-cainan, contracted abides,
777 Chald. fut. A, Pe. from r. 315 to go.
brn Is. 13, 20 contr. for DN, fut. Pi.
from r. bre.
nen", see under r. bnn and r. 55m Hiph.
sain Ez. 42, 5 for ἜΣ fat. Hoph. from
r. DON q. v.
nti part. fem. for the usual main,
Gen. 16,11. Leb. 591.
sin, 71", fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. M7.
N79 Prov. 11, 25 (al. mi") is sprinkled,
watered, prob. fut. Hoph. from 57",
for M359, comp. 231 for 235m Lev. 4
23. 29.
2, ™5 fut. apoc. Hiph. from ΠῚ.
and Τὴ, with conv. ™, %55, fut. apoc.
Kal from 41D.
Ἴ215 fut. Kal for wats, from r. DRY.
oan, 37°5, fut. apoc. Kal from In to
‘rejoice.
Sr", fut. Hiph. see τ. "3M p. 296.
“rm, "m1, fut. apoc. Kal from στ. 55M.

΄

yarn? «Hab. 2, 17 for jm fut. Hiph..

from mmm, c. suff. j— in pause for j—.
Lab. 145, 177.

DM", see ΓΝ above. |

55m" in pause for "5 7πη, 3 pl. preet. Pi. τ.
1". Dag. forte.euphon. Lgb. 85.

47207 for 7M" pret. Pi. fromm. Lgb.
170.

ΓΙ ΌΤΙ 3 plur. fem. fut. Kal, for the usual
nyann, from r. BM" or Don, Gen. 30,
38. § 47. note 3. Lgb. 276.

synam Ps. 51,7 for "22m" pret. Pi.
with suff. from r. 0. Comp. AMIN .

ΠῚ, jy fut. apoc. Kal from r. mn.

ἜΣ" for 420" fut. Kal from r. jin. Lab.
171, 366.

pi" in pause for 4pm", fut. Hoph. from
τ. PPM; see above under the form
mn.

“m5, =r, fut. apoc. Kal. from r.55n.

nm fat. Kal from r. M2, and fut. Niph.
from r. mmr.

2", fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. 522.

oo, 0, fut. apoc. Kal from r. 0), for
nos, mo",

"Ὁ" fiat. Hoph. from τ. b32, Job 40, 1.

a Ps. 138, 6 for 335 fat. Kal fees ¢
3. Coinp: on these,and the fol-
lowing forms Lgb. p. 388, 389. ἡ
note.

279299 for DT, a, fut. Hiph. from
30, See as ἡγοῦντο, |

babes for ddan, bade, fut. Hiph. from
bbs to wail. See as Bafore.

no, ΓΝ fut. apoc. Kal from r. mp.

7, 22, fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. m2).

"22725" Ps. 50, 23 he will honour me,
fut. Piel foie r. ἜΣΘ c. suff. et Nun
epenthet.

23529 he fashioned us Job 31, 15, for
23255" fut. Pil. fromge 53>, 6. suff.
1 plur. Thetwo Nunscoalesce intoa
double one, and ‘i is shortened into ἢ.

227 Chald. fut. Peal from r. >>".

wat" for 72703" or 2:93" Ex. 15, 5,
fut. Pi. from r. nos. Here 12 is writ-
ten for ‘72 on account of the preceding
vowel uw.

m2", 4m2", fut. Hoph. by Chaldaism
‘from mm, for M357, 9, § 66.5.

n>" for 5m>", and this for 4m>" fut.
Hiph. from ore to pound. § 66. 5. ἡ.

amb" for arb" fut. Hiph. from τ. 145.
§ 71. note 9.

; rE, nob?) fut. Hiph. from r. 43>; see

in Ἢ Hiph. no. 2.

mat, mas Gen. 7, 23, fut. apoc. Kal
from r. ΠῚ. But other very respect-
able copies, both Mss. and editions,
e. g. the edition of Van der Hooght,
read ma"5 fut. Niph. of the same verb.

mb" fut. Pi. from r. nda, for ΕΘΝ,

“a5 fut. A, from στ. “17 Ἰῷ be bitter, for
“170%. $66, note 83, Lgb. 366.

Παρὰ for WIN" fut. Kal ‘from Ὁ: “ON,
Ps. 139, 20.

᾿ 1156 9

yx? fat. Hiph. by Syriasm for 722
from r, YX. Lgb. 411.

332" Chald. fut. Pe. from >to know,
for 237, the Dag. forte being resolved
into Nun. Comp. 33272 for 372.

"29 fut. Hiph. from r. N19, for 8°93. Ps.

141, 8.
mp" ft. Hiph. B, from r. 5).
Ξϑ fut. Kal by Chaldaism for 307, from
Ἢ eee ret

20" fut. Hiph. from r. 230 by Chalda- |

ism, for 30".

435, 3355, fut. Hiph. from τ. "49.

ὍΣ", ws" and (c. Dag. forte impl.) O39"
1 Sam. 15, 19, and 14, 32 Keri, fut.
apoc. Kal from τ. 0°39.

bps, 5354, fut. apoc. Kal and Hiph. from

nbs,

mytioo 3 fut. fem. plur. for ΤΣ ΩΦ,
"Dan. 8, 22. § 47. note 3. Lab. 276.

anges [5. 15,5 for 9399397, see r. ἊΣ,
Pilp. p. 762.
sz", az", fut. Hiph. from r. 749.

=} fut. Hiph. apoc. from στ. ΓΞ, for
We).

mp" fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. mine.

33° fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. 349, Deut.
32, 8.

5ΞΌΧΟ Chald. fut. Ithpa. from r. 53%.

IMPS, see ΓΝ Hithp. p. 892.

Py, pit:, fut. Kal from τ. px" q.v.

"97 (9855) and “4, fut. Kal from r.
a> ὧν no, 2.

"x", "55, fut. apoc. Kal from r. "42;
also fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. "7x.

ἼΣΗ, 7855, fut. Kal from ΣΝ no. 1.

amz7 fut. Kal from mx" to kindle, in
pause c. Dag. euphon.

“p? plur. 177, fut. Kal from τ. ὙΠ, by
Chaldaism.
mp? fut. Kal, and mp* fut. Hoph. from
τ. Mp>, for προ", ἜΡΩΝ

ΥῈ" ik 3, 15 in some Mss. and edi-
tions, for 7277, from r. yp.

32P7 1 Sam. 28, 10 for 5: (c. Dag.
euphon.) fut. Kal from ΠΡ, ὁ. suff.
RH

UP, pes. fut. apoc. Kal, r. ΠΡ.

ϊ wp" fat apoc. Hiph. τ. πιῶ.

wn, x75), fut. apoc. Kal from r. AR.

ae for the comm. aN" imp. from rh
to fear, Ps. 34, 10; inflected after the
manber ofvetbe 4, so that 8 becomes
in otto, comp. ΝΒ Kz. 47, 8. Τισὺ.
417.

nim" Chald. fut. Ithpe. from r. Div.

ints they fear for 389"", different from ὴ
ἤδη" they see, with pltoré Hirek..

335, => for 278°3, fut. Hiph. froliial
a,

ΓΙ
en

> pan Ps. 7, 6, see O74. 7

sins for I97 2 Chr. 25, 15, inf. constr. Ε a !
from r. ΠῚ" with & appended! “Ἢ
W192 for Fig fiat. Kal from r. 13, Lgb. 869
ὙῊΣ for p> fut. Kal from r. ΤᾺΣ,
intrans. Lgb. 869. - “a
22 fut. Kal ‘from r. j22, where 566...
97° fat. Kal from r. 335 no. 2, where 58
But >3* Job 20, 26 is fut. es rein ΤΩ
MP" to eat up. Ἢ
snag" Jer. 22, 23 Keth. for nats sit
ting, Yod parag. §88. 3. .
"5 for 3b" fut. Kal from 313. Lgb.
369.
amw> fut. 7 Niph. from τ. HImy. $
"w" for SW" fut. Hiph. from nwa to d 1
ceive. ;
pnw fut. Hiph. from στ. baw; by Chal
daism.
pw" fut. apoc. see in r. MDW no. 3.
pis fut. Kal by Chaldaism, from τ. ὦ
ps for patin fut. Hithpo. from r aa
ἡ made up from ws there is, and s ff.
8 sing. masc. with Nun inserted.
D0", DW, fut. apoc. Kal from πϑῶ,
nose 1 Baws 6, 12, 3 fem. plur. fat. Kal
"for MAU frat r. 105. ὁ 47. note 3.
Amv, ams , fut. apoc. sing. Hithp
from fut. nina R. ππῷ. -"
ΡΦΡΏ ΘΙ fut. ‘Hithpal. from ‘pred.
x7, me, fut. Kal from rms to come,
fist nny. and πῶς
mim fat. Hithpa. from r. ΓΞ".

[ pin Chald. fut. Ithpe. from at to nour-

ish, Dan. 4, 9.
o2n" ‘fat. apoc. Hithp. from r. MOD. a
cin plur. van", in ‘pause 1M, fat. Κι

from r. pon. .
ham" fut. Niph. from r. Dan.

3. ἢ '
"IND Ps. 22, 17, see under "ἢ I. ”
yinn7> for 7972 with the vowels afte
the Aramean manner, Rte.
Lgb. 161... ἡ ΤᾺ
Did? all of them, from 59 with the u
usual suffix cn— for b—. 4
ΓΞ id. but fem.

. aa 1157 2

wmb> , 3 sing. fem. pret. Piel, τ. 533, 6.
anf, for ΓΞ.

ΤΠ ἼΡ33 Is. 33, “1, see under r. 112.

M3222 Is. 23,8 hen merchants, plur. with
light suff. from 322 no. 3, inflected in
the manner of "33.

2.

ΠΡΊΝ Ὁ inf, Hiph. contr. for 3°82, from
Fr, a8.

sind for “'ixm> inf. Niph. from τ. Vik.

fn, ΠΡ, see in Chald. ΠῚ note p.
247.

mivind 2 K. 19, 25, contr. for nixwn? Is.
$7; 26, inf. Hight from AND.

pont Is. 47, 14, inf. in pause : from τ. pon,
‘after the form Sup; comp. 02222 Is.
30, 18.

| sion 2 Chr. 31, 7, inf. Kal from r. 0",
for the usual 7i0"> Is. 51, 16.

ὉΠ» for moap7> by Syriasm, from the
noun MAP, Prov. 30, 17. Lgb. 151.

" imp. from ae to go, see 720.

mad, 42, see in 925 init. and no. 7, p.
253, 255.

n2> inf. fem. Kal from 92", see 925.

ΣῊ for 2 it lodgeth, 3 fem. pret. from
39 Zech. 5, 4.

miax> contr. for ΓΞ ΓΙ inf. Hiph. from
τ Way. δ

89> for 8775 inf. Kal from 87° to fear.

m2, c. > pref. m>>, inf. Kal contr. for
M72, from 37 to bear, Lgb. 133.

2

"32 part. Hiph. for 87372 from r. 853.
ΠΩΣ Ξ for AMMTI2 part. Pi. fem. from
r. M32 Pi. to derrify, 1 Sam. 16, 15.
mows 1 Chr...15, 13; compounded
from 2, 2, H2VNI4 the former. See

72 note, lett. c, p. 541.

yr Judg. 5, 10, plur. of 772 garment,
after the Chaldee form.

yn. Chald. part. Aph. from 1} ¢o
descend.

7273 Chald. part. pass. Aph. r. 728.

717 Chald. inf. Pe. τ. 97 fo go.

mn part. Hoph. from r. m4 to die.

305 part. Hoph. from r. 330.

ΤΙΣΙ part. Kal for ΤΣ, τ. 192 to
waver, p. 594.

2470 part. Hoph. from.r. 8%.

p72 plur. of 3112 threshing-sledge,
ἴον ὉΠ. Lgb. 145.

Qvx ὦ

xia, 6. suff. ΣΤ, Chald. inf Pe. bit
r. MIN to kindle.

ΓΙ what is this? for mina, see M7
note, lett. c. p. 541.

ὙΠ for tx part. Hiph. from τ. 438 I.

xr Chald. part. Aph. from r. 8°37 to
live.

jm Chald. inf Pe. from r. j2m.

p"ysEN, see WEN p. 338. col. 2.

ani μῆς Hithp. from το, for "HUM.

ΡΞ ΝΡ 2 Sam. 11, 1. 1. ἃ. prada (which
also 31 Mss. and 7 early editions ex-
hibit) kings, the δὲ being redundant,
as a ‘mater lectionis.’

nba for ΝΘ pret. Kal from r. 8272.

pith part. Hiph. from r. 53> no. 2
inflected in the Rabbinic manner,
Lgb. 407.

ba for FEN part. from τ. p> to learn,
after the Syriac.

smb for ἼΩΝ Θ pret. Kal from x2.

7a m. 7739 f. from thee, from 72 q. v.

q772122 Nah. 3, 17, see O71: p. 588.

372 part. Hoph. foie Hiph. B, from r. m3.

mr part. of Hiph. B, from r. 52.

21399 for ΤΙΣ Ὁ Is. 23, 11, from ΤῊΣ Ὁ q. v.

bs, see 3 p. * 782.

D3, see DY p. 792.

ΟΝ Gen. 32, 20, for ὈΞΕ ΝΣ, inf Ka!
from 83%. Pawns, mish for M2371.
"2>p0 Jer. 15, 10, a form made. up, as
it would seem, from two readings,
"3>5p and “nbbp, and attributable
to cspoiats rather than to the writer.

ott: Jer. 22, 23 Keth. part. Pu. f>

from Pi. 2, with Yod parag. which
is omitted in Keri. ᾧ 88. 3.
7p part. Pil. from r. "4p.

snes Ez. 8, 16, prob. an oversight

of copyists, for nMMMNw. worshippers.
Some have supposed that the ending
DM is for OMX you, so that the whole
form may be a contraction from this
word and from the particip. by Syri-'
asm; but we should here hardly ex-
pect the second person, on account of
the preceding an.

xn Chald. inf Pe. from r. OMX.

mmo, "m2, 2 and 1 pers. pret. Kal from
r. ΤΠ, q. V.

mind, see IMRT.
shes Niph. of r. D>, Jer. 50, 36.
“NUR? Ez. 9,8, see in "XW note, p. 1025

2 1158

ma) 1 Sam. 14, 36, for ΓΞ} fut. Kal from
“3 , Dag. being dropped. §66. note 11.

‘723 for "M822 pret. Niph. from δὲ 39 to
prophesy

ba, 5331, we fade, wither, Is. 64, 5, has
‘its fart from 853 Hiph. fat. but its
signif. from 533; ; prob. for dap’ 1 fut.
Hiph. of 533.

mba? for mbao fut. Kal’ from τ. dda.
δ δύ. 5) and note 11. Lgb. 372.

mp3? for 732 pret. Niph. from r. pp.
Lab. 372.

sbyxh> Is. 59, 3. Lam. 4, 14, see Niph.
bun If.

ΓῺ Ἢ ‘Jer. 8, 14 for Mam) fut. Niph. from
Don II. Comp. § 66. 5, and note 11.

“79, 725, 1 plur. fut. apoc. Kal from 7575.

D738}, constr. "393, fem. Mian, part. Niph.
from r. M39, for 0°35) ete.

155) pret. Niph. from r. ‘757, for 7349

6. Dag. euphon.

smi? Ez. 23, 48, see in γ. Ὁ" Nithp. p.
407.

bm pret. Niph. from r. 5 π,
Pi. from r. md.

pm? pret. Niph. and Pi. from r. OM).

pam? part. Niph. plur. from r. 02m, for
-pvam:. ὁ 66: not. 11.

mm? 2 pret. Niph. from r. 42".

=m) pret. Niph. from r. ὍΤΙ.

mm pret. Niph. from τ. nnn.

p32 1 plur. fut. Kal from r. 73°, c. suff. o—.

p72, 7723, 1 plur. fut. Kal from γ. 7,
6. suff. --.

"2, 722, 1 plur. fut. Hiph. apoc. from
r. 3).

#3533 part. fem. Niph. from r. "39.

mms) part. fem. Niph. from m2" to con-
wince.

“B2: Deut. 21, 8, Nithpa. from r. "5D.
Lab. 249.

922 pret. Niph. from r. "5, the form
being derived from r. 772.

m0) for 30) pret. Niph. ‘from r. 330. >
'§ 66. 5, and not. 11. Lgb. 372.

M02 Ps. 4, 7 for xv} imp. from r. δ Ὁ, a
negligent orthography.

ἌΣ pret. Niph. from r. "59 q. v.

nnkba) for M¥DB2 ὁ. ΠῚ parag. 2 Sam.
1. 26. Lab. 266. R. NDD.

‘DRED Pil. from p>.

pros 1 plur. fut, Hithpa. from ἐς PIS,
Ὅτ; ΓΊΩΣΙ, PyxM2.

Caine 2) for m2, imp. Kal ¢. 4 parag.

also pret.

. ning iz. 39, 26, and xiv passa ap-

from r. “x2, -¢. Dag. euphon. Ps. 141, 3.

P

bp2 pret. Niph. from >>p. δ

pended, comp. Arab. {
20, for Nw? they bear.
aL lisp] Ps, 32, 1, for N42 part. pass. Kal |
from nino, inflectéd Tike verke i>, so”
as to be assonant with "703, whidl :
stands near.
ὈΠῸΣ 1 plur. fut. Hiph. from τ. 228, by
Chaldaism, for 57%) or Dw. |
mim Nithpa. from r. me, p- 1042.
1m} ‘Job 4, 10, 3 plur. pret. Niph. 0 ἀξ
ΣΡ; comp. inr. 3m>.
AMAPN? for AA2PNd, Dag. euphon.
"nin? for "202 pret. Kal from r. 123.

(3) Ps. 1 9,

Ὀ

a.nd 2 K. 8, 21 for ΞΞΌ, the Yod being
a ‘mater leetiontae?

i230 for i230 from 730 ο. suff. et Dag. '
euph. ΓΗ

i220 from ὉΞῸ q. v. 6. suff.

δ᾿

may for 433 imp. Kal from r. 113. τ
"2d for "22 c. Dag. forte euphon. from
339 cluster of grapes.
ΤΩΣ for ΠΩΣ she made, 3 fem. pret. 4
from r. ny Lev. 25, 21.

5

ἘΠῚ} Neh. 5, 14, i.e. HMB ὁ. suff

nnp inf. Kal from r. ΠΕΡ to breathe.

ἼΣΦΒ for i>30 his work, from ὉΣΒ. μεν.
170, 571,

-

z

SX imp. Kal from στ. 83".

mx inf Kal of the same verb.

WNP Is Ez. 16, 52, inf Pi. fem. 6. suff.
from στ. PIS.

“pimmay, see in r. mx Pilp. p. 898.

px imp. Kal from r. PS? to pour.

mpx inf. Kal of the same verb.

ἘΝ pret. Kal for of, from r. DAP, in ©
the Arabic manner. ὃ 71. note 1.
"Leb. 401. .
ἘΝ» Chald. part..Pe. from στ. D°P. ue
nop Lev. 22, 11 (read kébah) imp. from
=P}, c. 7 parag. ᾿

Ρ wee Ὁ

ΞΡ curse him! imp. from r. 3732, with
Nun epenthet. and suff.

mp imp. Kal from r. ΠΡ.

mp Ez. 17,5 for Mp? totake. The bis
dropped from the ‘beginning, and be-
longs to the characteristic neglect of
_ grammatical forms in Ezekiel. Comp.
nnn for oan, 77 for 32°.

ἘΠ Hos. 11, 3 inf Kal from τ. ΠΡ, c.
suff. i. e. by taking or holding them.
ΠΡ. once Mnp 2 K. 12, 9 inf Kal fem.
᾿ from Γ᾿ πρὸ to take.

4

~

|

mgs inf. Kalfem. from τ. 589 Ez. 28, 17.

“= inf. from 79 to subdue, where see.
But in Judg. 19, 11 the same form is
_ put for 775 to go down, the first radi-
cal being “dropped ; comp. MAM, 2iv.
— Lgb. 139.

53, N77, imp. (the latter once inf: Gen. }

46, 3 ‘) from τ. ‘35.
ἘΠ΄ part. Kal from nv, c. suff. Ὁ--.
Ὁ" and Ὁ, imp. from τ. 827 to possess.
mw inf. of the same verb.

3
xv imp. Kal from r. XW.
mye, mxiv>, inf. and c. νῷ; from τ. NW).
xiv ten inf. from r. RW), ‘for no.

ΠΝ fully written for: ANNI ‘Ez. 35,
11. Lgb. 527.

Ὄ

ὌΝ part. Kal from r. Ὁ} IT.

snot (Milra) Ps. 23, Θ᾽ usually rendered
my dwelling, for "M238 inf. c. suff. from
23°. But the authors of the points
seem to have regarded it as for "M2"
by apheresis. Comp. 7, sv.

paw, see in r. 328 no. 2.

ἰῷ for aiw inf. pleonast. from 38" Jer.
42, 10. Comp. 39, ΠΏ.
anvid pret. Po. from nw 1. ᾳ. ποῦ,

q. ν.

Ὁ imp. Kal from r. >w2.

ΓΘ inf. plur. from paw to lay waste,
Ez. 36,3. Lgb. 365.

ὈΠῸΣ 9 dual of m2 year.

τῶ, mime, “mo , priet. from m7 to set.

an see in r. nn.

Ὠ

Ἴδα Prov. 1, 22, fut. Kal for ιν τι
the vowels ‘Seine contracted in the
Aram. manner; comp. 9272, 7722.

amboxm Job 20, 25, fut. Pi. for anboxn,
from bon.

ash for 5 NM, from "8h. Comp. i>2B.

nam Prov. Ἐ “10, by Chaldaism for nah,
Hann, Bit. Kal from Ax to will.

ἌΡ ΤΣ 3 plur. fut. fem. Kal from r. N13,
Ps. 45, 16.

nnxan Deut. 33, 16, for mkon, He
parag. being added twice, as it would
seem. So also in

WnNian Job 22,21 for FNian; and "nMXan,
Keri MXam, for “xan 1 Sam. 25, 34.—
Others, as Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 488,
suppose the aflormiatives of the preter
to be appended to the future, sq that
nmXan is from 83m and mmx (but the
sense requires ΠΝ 3), FinNon from
muon and FMR, "ΝΞ from wh
and ΝΞ or ΝΞ. Comp. Leb. 464.

yan, aM}, fut. apoc. Kal from r. [133 10
weep.

minaan for mMa3m Ez. 16, 50, the sylla-
"ble -- - being inserted i in the manner of
verbs ΠΡ and 33, for the sake of asso-
nance with the ares mown. ἘΡΙΞΆ.

yah fut. Hiph. from r. ἤδη,

bam 2 fut. apoc. Niph. from τ. ma.

“370 fut. Pi. from r. 7725, for "2K,

- the third radical " being regained:

πο, ΠῚ, in pause "4M, fut. apoc. Κα.
ΠΡ r. non,

mon for Aya" Mic. 2, 12. Lgb.
"405. R. ban ‘Hiph.

Sin for ΠΣ thy praise, the» as
‘mater lectionis, being redundant.
See above in ΠΝ Ὁ.

sbmnn fut. from r. bm, where see.

qroin Ps. 16, 5, a less fren. form of the
part. Kal, for * in holding. Lgb. 308.
R. πῶ.

dim for ΠΡΊΝ fut. Kal from r. ἘΝ to de-
part. Lgb. 377.

“rim 2 Sam. 22, 40, i. α. "2738 (Ps. 18,
40) fut. Pi, in: r. "IN 10 gird.

tn for πε 2 fut. Kal from r. 198 fo

hold.

“mm fut. apoc. Kal from r. mon.

bmn fut. Niph. from r. 52m to profane, to
pollute. Lev. 21,9.

Ὥ 1160 “ὮΝ

winm, ὉΠ for wmms, 3 pers. fut. Kal
from r. wan; for an analogous instance
see under r. 0° p. 770. Job 31, 5.

mam Prov. 17, 10, fut. Kal of τ. M2 q. v.

um fut. epoc. Kal from r. 922, for ner.

ΠΏΣ Ex. 25, 31 in many editions, with
Yod as ‘mater lectionis,’ for MYIN ;
but contrary to rule and almost cer-
tainly acorruption, Lgb. 52, 331.

Mom, MDM, fut. apoc. Kal for msn,
from r. 72.

dan fut. apoc. Pi. for "2M, from r. M02.

mbm, mdm, fut. apoc. Kal tans. nin.

pr fut, al shertened-from yn, from
τ. 71> or 97>.

“tram for Mrjam 2 masc. (the Yod be-
longs to the root) of fut. Hiph. from
mm to wipe away. Jer. 18, 23.

sm Chald. 1 pl. pret. r. bam, for 24M,
Num. 17, 28. Lehrg. 373. Ss να ὧν
3 pl. 9am Lam. 3, 22; so Ewald and
Roediger.

ber, on, fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. md"
lo ) flow Hote

“am Hx. 23, 21, fut. Hiph. see "72 Hiph.
note, p. 620,

ἡ ΩΤ for ὩΔΊ fut. Kal from r. ὮΝ.

im, 72m, imp. Kal from r. {m2 q. v.

2737), see 332°.

2 ol fat: Hiph. of r. 2" ἃ. v.

bom for ΟΝ τ fut. Kal from r. FON.

ΤΑΣ for 743m 2 plur. fut. Niph. from
r. ὭΣ, Dag. forte being omitted; see
above inn. § 66. note 11.

mash Ez. 4. 12, fut. Kal ο. suff. from r.
"RE q. Vv. Dag. forte euphon. in 3.

smpm, snp, fut. Kal from r. MDX to
hide, for sms.

ba "MiZiPM Jer. 25, 34, see under the root
778, note.

ZEPAS

A agp Rae

(GNIVERSITY)

| Ὁ 4t Pons: 4

mbsn Jer. 19, 3, fut. οὶ οι ἢ dbx,

for the comm. nysben, See 5521.
mxan 1 Sam. 14, 27 Keth. (by a cor-
ruption) -for Πρ,
seems to have had in mind the word
OVW.
S5n, nm}, fut. apoc. Kal from τ. man.

vinn fut. Niph. from τ. ὙΠ to break,

the form being borrowed from 75".

mom Prov. 23, 26, i. 6. for Keri nen
"fat. Kal of r. "x2. The Keth. is
fut. Kal οὔτ. 75, and should be: read
m2s4n.

man Jer. 9, 17 for ixwn fat. Kal from
r. noo.

"wn Deut. 32, 18, see τ. 18 p. 1055.

non fut. apoc. Kal from r. ποῦ to

drink.

Inner fut. apoc. sing. Hithp, form ynMwn ,
from r. mm to bow down.

snun Is. Al, 10, fut. apoc. Hithp. from
τ. TDW.

mm inf. Kal from r. {m2 10 give, contract- |

ed for m2m. With suff. "hm.

smn 2 Sam. 22, 27, for “1anm fut.

Hithp. from r. "9a. Lgb. p. 374, —
mam by apheresis for ΠΣ, which is
read Ps, 18, 41. Comp. 1 for 733.

“mim, see in MM above.

pm, ohn, fut. Kal from Dan, q. v.

inm 1K. 17, 14 Keth. commonly taken
for mm to give, with Nun parag. as
in 1 Καὶ, 6,19, where however {MM is
future. Here the Keri, Mm, is to be
preferred.

dnm, som}, fut. apoc. Kal from r. 73m.

bean 2 Sam. 22, 27, see in ΒΩ Hithp.

p. 876.
sunm Ex. 2, 4, for 229m Hithp. from
r. BER. Lab. 386.

ἊΣ

αν

. The copyist —

- -

a.

RETURN TO the circulation desk of any
University of California Library
or to the
NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY
Bidg. 400, Richmond Field Station
University of California
Richmond, CA 94804-4698

ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS

e 2-month loans may be renewed by calling
(510) 642-6753

e J]-year loans may be recharged by bringing
books to NRLF

¢ Renewals and recharges may be made 4
days prior to due date.

DUE AS STAMPED BELOW

JAN 02 2001

12,000 (11/95)

ΨΥ ΨΥ, ΠΡ

ser

τ

i

il

Y LIBRARIES

wit nui

υ 0

1

ἢ

|

CO71049986

ces

ΠΑ ΡΣ

»
ἊΝ μ᾽
ΠΗ͂Ι

Σ
Π
te

HEE LET?
pared Ν ἐδ: Ρ
TT ARR Ata tae δ

4 ΨΩ
“ταν
7

port

ς - τοὺ τ
τὰ τ τ ῖν
a

᾿

ξεν

-

ess

7.949
«- af

=
΄
-

<
“Sih ade

fed
ΗΝ
i

By bakit a
ut adieeh itp
Miah Ἔ
9} ,
artic

ADP ak be

Π
deh
why

Faas Ba Miia ae ae
; tie ie ret i STE iM ' Wu
᾿ a δῶ Rigs f tena Ct eet '
Hf ἡμὰς tone ΚΕ Ὶ ap aa ac ; culane
a ἼΗΙ by yin Ay Ἢ a Veta ΨῈ ὁ οἷ
net + mas ipleh Me Liter

4a

Prt
tay ay ΤῊ;
πα τ fie
Ἢ oy" " pein
! τ Ἵν ΠΝ
“ΠῚ

Heh a
ait
4"

‘

ἦν

ἢ ἱ ; ἢ ἣ } ᾿ { οἷ
ἢ κῃ ; et Tre Ἢ

ἱ 1
᾿

i